Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 


FORM S-4

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


KAR Holdings, Inc.

And the Guarantor Registrants Listed in the Table Below

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 


 

Delaware    5010    20-8744739

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

  

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

  

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard

Carmel, Indiana 46032

(800) 923-3725

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 


Rebecca C. Polak. Esq.

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

KAR Holdings, Inc.

13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard

Carmel, Indiana 46032

(800) 923-3725

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 


Copies of all communications to:

Gregory A. Fernicola, Esq.

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036

(212) 735-3000

(212) 735-2000 (facsimile)

 


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If the securities being registered on this form are being offered in connection with the formation of a holding company and there is compliance with General Instruction G, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered   Amount to Be
Registered
  Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per
Unit
  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Floating Rate Senior Notes Due 2014

  $150,000,000   100%   $150,000,000   $5,895

8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes Due 2014

  $450,000,000   100%   $450,000,000   $17,685

10% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2015

  $425,000,000   100%   $425,000,000   $16,702.50

Guarantees of Floating Rate Senior Notes Due 2014

  N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A(2)

Guarantees of 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes Due 2014

  N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A(2)

Guarantees of 10% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2015

  N/A   N/A   N/A   N/A(2)
 
 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(f) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(2) Pursuant to Securities Act Rule 457(n), no separate registration fee is payable with respect to the guarantees.

The Registrants hereby amend this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

 

Name of Additional Registrant*

  State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Formation
  Primary
Standard
Industrial
Classification
Code Number
  I.R.S
Employer
Identification
Number

ADESA, Inc.

  Delaware   5010   35-1842546

ADESA Corporation, LLC

  Indiana   5010   35-1842546

A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc.

  Louisiana   5010   72-1417504

A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC

  Tennessee   5010   62-1532205

ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC

  Louisiana   5010   72-1419175

ADESA Arkansas, LLC

  Delaware   5010   71-0844203

ADESA Atlanta, LLC

  New Jersey   5010   58-2563132

ADESA Birmingham, LLC

  Alabama   5010   63-0980470

ADESA California, LLC

  California   5010   91-1811682

ADESA Charlotte, LLC

  North Carolina   5010   56-1853746

ADESA Colorado, LLC

  Colorado   5010   84-1555543

ADESA Dealer Services, LLC

  Indiana   5010   26-1218111

ADESA Des Moines, LLC

  Iowa   5010   42-1486117

ADESA Florida, LLC

  Florida   5010   35-1842547

ADESA Impact Texas, LLC

  Texas   5010   20-5233403

ADESA Indianapolis, LLC

  Indiana   5010   35-1915228

ADESA Lansing, LLC

  Michigan   5010   38-3406149

ADESA Lexington, LLC

  Kentucky   5010   61-1184881

ADESA Mexico, LLC

  Indiana   5010   35-1842546

ADESA Missouri, LLC

  Missouri   5010   43-1811816

ADESA New Jersey, LLC

  New Jersey   5010   22-3339600

ADESA New York, LLC

  New York   5010   16-1307133

ADESA Ohio, LLC

  Ohio   5010   31-1334072

ADESA Oklahoma, LLC

  Oklahoma   5010   73-1607773

ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC

  Pennsylvania   5010   25-1801698

ADESA Phoenix, LLC

  New Jersey   5010   86-1000467

ADESA San Diego, LLC

  California   5010   41-2021208

ADESA South Florida, LLC

  Indiana   5010   35-1930710

ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC

  Indiana   5010   35-1929359

ADESA Texas, Inc.

  Texas   5010   74-2757736

ADESA Virginia, LLC

  Virginia   5010   20-2751571

ADESA Washington, LLC

  Washington   5010   91-2069348

ADESA Wisconsin, LLC

  Wisconsin   5010   39-1846227

AFC Cal, LLC

  California   5010   20-8709089

Asset Holdings III, L.P.

  Ohio   5010   20-8709089

Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC

  Massachusetts   5010   13-4284567

Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC

  Tennessee   5010   04-3165540

Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC

  Indiana   5010   26-1218186

Automotive Finance Corporation

  Indiana   5010   35-1699152

Automotive Recovery Services, Inc.

  Indiana   5010   35-2123607

AutoVIN, Inc.

  Indiana   5010   35-2086523

PAR, Inc.

  Indiana   5010   35-2062003

Axle Holdings, Inc.

  Delaware   5010   20-2835651

Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

  Illinois   5010   95-3790111

Insurance Auto Auctions Corp.

  Delaware   5010   95-4455113

IAA Acquisition Corp.

  Delaware   5010   36-4351076

IAA Services, Inc.

  Illinois   7549   36-4294285

Auto Disposal Systems, Inc.

  Ohio   5010   31-0954761

ADS Ashland, LLC

  Ohio   5010   31-0954761

ADS Priority Transport Ltd.

  Ohio   5010   31-0954761

Dent Demon, LLC

  Indiana   5010   26-1530430

Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc.

  South Dakota   5010   46-0412455

Tri-State Auction Co., Inc.

  North Dakota   5010   45-0255813

Zabel & Associates, Inc.

  North Dakota   5010   45-0446447

* Addresses and telephone numbers of principal executive offices are the same as those of KAR Holdings, Inc.


Table of Contents

Subject to Completion. Dated January 24, 2008.

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. We may not complete this exchange offer or issue these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

OFFERS TO EXCHANGE

$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (CUSIP No. 48238QAA3); $450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 (CUSIP No. 48238QAB1); and

$425,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

(CUSIP No. 48238QAC1), the issuance of each of which has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (collectively, the “Exchange Notes”),

for

any and all of its outstanding Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014; 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014; and 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (collectively, the “Restricted Notes” and, together with the Exchange Notes, the “notes”). We refer herein to the foregoing offers to exchange collectively as the “exchange offer.”

 

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2008, unless we extend

the exchange offer in our sole and absolute discretion.

Terms of the Exchange Offer:

 

   

We will exchange all outstanding Restricted Notes that are validly tendered and not withdrawn prior to the expiration or termination of the exchange offer for an equal principal amount of the applicable Exchange Notes.

 

   

You may withdraw tenders of Restricted Notes at any time prior to the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

   

The terms of the Exchange Notes are substantially identical in all material respects to those of the applicable outstanding Restricted Notes, except that the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the Restricted Notes do not apply to the Exchange Notes.

 

   

The exchange of Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes will not be a taxable transaction for United States federal income tax purposes, but you should see the discussion under the caption “Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” for more information.

 

   

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

 

   

We issued the Restricted Notes in transactions not requiring registration under the Securities Act of 1933 and, as a result, their transfer is restricted. We are making the exchange offer to satisfy your registration rights, as a holder of the Restricted Notes.

Results of the Exchange Offer:

 

   

The Exchange Notes may be sold in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions or through a combination of such methods. We do not plan to list the Exchange Notes or the Restricted Notes on any national securities exchange.

All outstanding Restricted Notes not tendered will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in the outstanding Restricted Notes and in the applicable indenture. In general, the outstanding Restricted Notes may not be offered or sold, unless registered under the Securities Act, except pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. Other than in connection with the exchange offer, we do not currently anticipate that we will register the outstanding Restricted Notes under the Securities Act.

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. By so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Restricted Notes where such Restricted Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that, for a period of 90 days after the closing of this exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution.”

There is no established trading market for the Exchange Notes or the Restricted Notes.             

 


See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 23 for a discussion of risks you should consider prior to tendering your outstanding Restricted Notes for exchange.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2008.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

SUMMARY

   1

RISK FACTORS

   23

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

   38

USE OF PROCEEDS

   40

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

   40

CAPITALIZATION

   41

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

   42

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

   46

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   50

BUSINESS

   98

MANAGEMENT

   115

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

   118

SECURITY OWNERSHIP AND CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

   142

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

   145

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

   150

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

   152

DESCRIPTION OF THE SENIOR EXCHANGE NOTES

   160

DESCRIPTION OF THE SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTES

   214

BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

   270

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

   273

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

   274

LEGAL MATTERS

   274

EXPERTS

   274

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

   275

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   F-1

This prospectus incorporates by reference important business and financial information about us that is not included in or delivered in this document. Copies of this information are available, without charge, to any person to whom this prospectus is delivered, upon written or oral request. Written requests should be sent to:

KAR Holdings, Inc.

13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard

Carmel, Indiana 46032

Oral requests should be made by telephoning (800) 923-3725.

In order to obtain timely delivery, you must request the information no later than                     , 2008, which is five business days before the expiration date of the exchange offer.

You should rely only on the information contained in this document or to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. The information in this document may only be accurate on the date of this document.

 

i


Table of Contents

USE OF NON-GAAP MEASURES

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as presented in this prospectus, are supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. They are not a measurement of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to revenues, net earnings (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as an alternative to cash flow from operating activities as measures of our liquidity.

EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss), plus interest expense net of interest income, income tax provision (benefit), depreciation and amortization, as set out in our Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe that EBITDA is a useful financial metric to assess our operating performance from period to period by excluding certain items that we believe are not representative of our core business. We also believe EBITDA is useful to assess our ability to generate cash from operations sufficient to pay taxes, to service debt and to undertake capital expenditures. We use EBITDA for business planning purposes, including to establish budgets and operational goals and manage our business. We believe EBITDA is a measure commonly used by investors to evaluate our performance as well as the performance of our competition.

Adjusted EBITDA is calculated by adjusting EBITDA for the items of income and expense and cost saving as follows: (a) gain and losses from asset sales; (b) unrealized foreign currency translation gains and losses in respect of indebtedness; (c) certain non-recurring gains and losses; (d) stock option expense; (e) certain other noncash amounts included in the determination of net income; (f) management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees paid to the equity sponsors; (g) charges and revenue reductions resulting from purchase accounting; (h) unrealized gains and losses on hedge agreements; (i) minority expenses; (j) expenses associated with the consolidation of salvage operations; (k) consulting expenses incurred for cost reduction, operating restructuring and business improvement efforts; (l) expenses realized upon the termination of employees and the termination or cancellation of leases, software licenses or other contracts in connection with the operational restructuring and business improvement efforts; and (m) expenses incurred in connection with permitted acquisitions. Management believes that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain covenants required pursuant to our senior credit facilities and the notes.

The EBITDA measure has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

it does not reflect our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

   

it does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;

 

   

it does not reflect any cash income taxes that we may be required to pay;

 

   

assets are depreciated or amortized over differing estimated useful lives and often have to be replaced in the future, and this measure does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

 

   

it is not adjusted for all non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of cash flows;

 

   

it does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters we consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations;

 

ii


Table of Contents
   

it does not reflect limitations on, or costs related to, transferring earnings from our subsidiaries to us; and

 

   

other companies in our industry may calculate this measure differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

Because of these limitations, our EBITDA measure should not be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business or as a measure of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations. You should compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using this measure supplementally. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 


Unless the context other requires, in this prospectus, (i) “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company” and “KAR Holdings” refer collectively to KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and all its subsidiaries, including ADESA and IAAI; (ii) “ADESA” refers to ADESA, Inc. and its subsidiaries; and (iii) “IAAI” refers to Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and its subsidiaries; and (iv) the “Equity Sponsors” refers, collectively, to GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., Kelso Investment Associates VII, L.P., Parthenon Investors II, L.P. and ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P., which own through their respective affiliates, including, in respect of Kelso, Axle Holdings II, LLC, substantially all of our equity.

 

iii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

This summary highlights information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before participating in this exchange offer. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the matters discussed under the caption “Risk Factors” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data” and in the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as information incorporated by reference. On April 20, 2007, KAR Acquisition, Inc. merged with and into ADESA, with ADESA continuing as the surviving corporation (the “Merger”). The Restricted Notes were issued in connection with the Merger and the related transactions described below. After consummation of the Merger and the related transactions, ADESA and IAAI became wholly owned subsidiaries of KAR Holdings, Inc.

Our Company

Overview

We are the second largest provider of whole car auctions, the second largest provider of salvage vehicle auctions and have the largest network of automobile auction locations in North America. Our network of whole car and salvage vehicle auctions facilitates the sale of used and salvage vehicles through physical, online and hybrid auctions, which permit Internet buyers to participate in physical auctions. We earn auction fees from both vehicle buyers and sellers for completed transactions. We also generate revenues by providing our customers with value-added ancillary services, including reconditioning, inspection and certification, titling, transportation and administrative and salvage recovery services. We facilitate the transfer of ownership directly from seller to buyer and, in almost all cases, we do not take title or ownership to vehicles sold at our auctions.

We are also a leading provider of short-term inventory-secured financing, known as floorplan financing, primarily to independent used vehicle dealers. Floorplan financing typically involves the financing of dealer vehicle purchases at auction in exchange for a security interest in those vehicles. Loans are generally short-term in nature and typically repaid when the vehicle is sold by the dealer. We generate revenues from both fees and interest on these loans.

Our key competitive advantages include our leading North American market positions, broad distribution network, established relationships with a diversified customer base, comprehensive range of innovative value-added services and strong management team with significant industry experience. As of January 21, 2008, we have a network of 58 whole car auction locations, 134 salvage auction locations and 91 loan production offices in North America. Our auction locations are primarily stand-alone facilities dedicated to either whole car or salvage auctions. Eight of these locations are combination sites, which offer separate whole car and salvage auctions. We believe our extensive network and product offerings enables us to drive revenues by leveraging relationships with North American institutional vehicle providers and over 85,000 registered buyers of used and salvage vehicles.

Business Segments

We operate through three business segments: ADESA Auctions, IAAI Salvage and Automotive Finance Corporation, or AFC.

ADESA Auctions

We are the second largest provider of whole car auctions and related services in North America. We serve our customer base through 58 whole car auction sites located throughout North America. Our whole car auction facilities are strategically located to draw professional sellers and buyers together and allow our buyers to physically inspect and compare vehicles, which we believe many customers in the industry demand. Our

 

 

1


Table of Contents

complementary online auction capabilities provide the convenience of viewing, comparing and bidding on vehicles remotely and the advantage of a potentially larger group of buyers.

Vehicles available at our auctions include vehicles from institutional customers, such as off-lease vehicles, repossessed vehicles, rental vehicles and other program fleet vehicles that have reached a predetermined age or mileage and have been repurchased by the manufacturers, as well as vehicles from dealers turning their inventory. Sellers include large institutions, such as vehicle manufacturers and their captive finance arms, vehicle rental companies, financial institutions, commercial fleets and fleet management companies and independent and franchised used vehicle dealers. Buyers are primarily franchised or independent used vehicle dealers. We currently maintain relationships with over 50,000 such registered buyers.

ADESA Auctions generates revenue primarily from auction fees paid by vehicle buyers and sellers. In almost all cases, ADESA Auctions does not take ownership or title to vehicles sold at our auctions. Our buyer fees and dealer seller fees are typically based on a tiered structure with fees increasing with the sale price of the vehicle, while institutional seller fees are typically fixed. We also generate revenues from ancillary services, such as vehicle reconditioning and preparation, transportation and professional field information services.

IAAI Salvage

We are the second largest provider of salvage vehicle auctions and related services in North America. We serve our customer base through 134 salvage auction locations throughout North America. Our salvage auctions facilitate the redistribution of damaged vehicles that are designated as total-losses by insurance companies, recovered stolen vehicles for which an insurance settlement with the vehicle owner has already been made and older model vehicles donated to charity or sold by dealers in salvage auctions.

Salvage vehicles are primarily supplied by property and casualty insurance companies, as well as non-profit organizations, automobile dealers and vehicle leasing and rental car companies. We enjoy long-term relationships with all the major automobile insurance companies in North America. Buyers of salvage vehicles include licensed vehicle dismantlers, rebuilders, repair shop operators and used vehicle dealers. We currently maintain relationships with over 41,000 such registered buyers.

We process salvage vehicles primarily under two consignment methods: fixed fee and percentage of sale. Under these methods, in return for agreed upon fees, we sell vehicles on behalf of insurance companies, which continue to own the vehicles until they are sold to buyers at auction. In addition to auction fees, we generally charge fees to vehicle suppliers for various services, including towing, title processing and other administrative services. Under all methods of sale, we also charge vehicle buyers fees based on a tiered structure that increases with the sale price of the vehicle, as well as fixed fees for other services.

AFC

We are a leading provider of floorplan financing to independent used vehicle dealers. We provide, directly or indirectly through an intermediary, floorplan financing to independent used vehicle dealers through 91 loan production offices located throughout North America. Typical loan terms are 30 to 60 days with an option to extend the original term of the loan. In 2007, AFC arranged approximately 1.2 million loan transactions, which number includes extensions or “curtailments” of loans. We sell the majority of our U.S. dollar denominated finance receivables without recourse to a wholly owned bankruptcy remote special purpose entity, which sells an undivided participation interest in such finance receivables to a bank conduit facility on a revolving basis.

Floorplan financing supports independent used vehicle dealers in North America which purchase vehicles from our auctions, independent auctions, auctions affiliated with other auction networks and non-auction purchases. Our ability to provide floorplan financing facilitates the growth of vehicle sales at auction.

 

 

2


Table of Contents

AFC generates a significant portion of its revenue from fees. These fees include origination, curtailment and other related program fees. We collect accrued fees and interest when the loan is extended or paid in full. To secure our obligations, we typically retain possession of the title document to the vehicle, file UCC filings and receive personal guarantees from the dealer. We also maintain a close relationship with customers to assess their financial health and conduct regular inventory checks on the dealers’ lots through our AutoVIN subsidiary.

Competitive Strengths

Leading North American Market Positions

We are the second largest provider of whole car auctions and salvage vehicle auctions and related services in North America. In 2006, the most recent date available, we had estimated market shares of approximately 18% and 33% in the whole car auction and salvage auction markets, respectively. We leverage our significant market presence to attract a high volume of vehicles, thereby ensuring sufficient supply to create the successful marketplaces that buyers and sellers demand. We also have a leading market position in the floorplan financing industry. AFC’s broad coverage, strong brand name and longstanding customer relationships have established it as a leading provider of floorplan financing for independent used car dealers.

Broad North American Distribution Network

Our 58 whole car and 134 salvage auction locations enable us to provide a single source solution for our customers’ needs throughout North America. In addition, AFC has 91 loan production offices supporting independent dealers across North America who purchase vehicles from auctions held by ADESA Auctions, independent auctions, auctions affiliated with other auction networks and non-auction sources. Of these offices, 46 are located at ADESA Auctions sites, 34 are located strategically near auctions and 11 are located at third-party auctions. Our network enables us to maintain and develop our relationships with local sellers and buyers, while our North American presence allows institutional customers to access buyers and to redistribute vehicles to markets where demand best matches supply. Our presence in 70 of the top 75 metropolitan markets in the United States gives us an advantage over our smaller competitors, the large majority of which operate in a single market and lack scale. As our customers increasingly demand single source solutions, we believe that our scale and network will become an even more distinct advantage over our competitors. In addition, we believe our broad, established network positions us well because of the large tracts of land required to build new auction sites (our average whole car site is 75 acres and our average salvage site is 20 acres) and the need to comply with regulatory requirements, including zoning and use permits.

Established Relationships with a Diversified Customer Base

We have established strong business relationships with dealers and institutional customers, such as vehicle manufacturers, insurers, financial institutions, rental agencies and fleet companies. We have a diverse customer base and do not have a major concentration of business with any one customer. We believe this diversity allows us to better withstand changes in the economy and market conditions. In our whole car business, we enjoy long-term relationships with all of the major vehicle manufacturers, vehicle finance companies and rental car companies in North America, including Chrysler Motors, LLC, Ford Motor Company, General Motors Corporation, American Honda Finance Corporation, Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., Capital One Auto Finance, Chase Auto Finance Corp., Enterprise Rent-A-Car, The Hertz Corporation, Mercedes-Benz Credit Corporation, Nissan North America, Inc., VW Credit, Inc., WFS Financial and World Omni Financial Corp. In our salvage vehicle auction business, we enjoy long-term relationships with The Allstate Corporation, American Family Insurance, American International Group, The Farmers Insurance Group of Companies, GEICO (Government Employees Insurance Company), Nationwide Financial Services, Inc., The Progressive Corporation, State Farm and USAA (United Services Automobile Association). As of

 

 

3


Table of Contents

January 1, 2008, no single supplier represented more than 7.5% of our unit sales and no single buyer represented more than 1% of our unit sales. ADESA Auctions has over 50,000 registered buyers, while IAAI Salvage has over 41,000 registered buyers.

Single-Source Service Provider of Value-Added Services

We are able to serve as a “one-stop shop” for our customers by offering a comprehensive range of innovative and value-added services. We offer physical auctions with Internet-bidding capabilities that enable buyers to pre-bid over the Internet, participate in person at a physical auction and bid over the Internet in real time. Through ADESA Auctions, we offer reconditioning and preparation services and customized reporting and analytical services. Through IAAI Salvage, we provide on-site facilities for insurance providers and online tools for salvage vehicle suppliers that include inventory management, salvage returns analysis and electronic data interchange of titling information. We also provide our insurance company suppliers with the capability to electronically assign and manage their salvage vehicle inventory.

Strong Management Team with Significant Industry Experience

Our senior management team has extensive experience in the automotive services industry.

Brian Clingen , our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, has significant operational and investment experience in the automotive services industry. Mr. Clingen has served as a managing partner of BP Capital Management since 1998.

Jim Hallett , President and Chief Executive Officer of ADESA Auctions, has significant experience in the automotive auctions industry. Mr. Hallett previously served as an executive officer of ADESA from August 1996 until May 2005.

Tom O’Brien , President and Chief Executive Officer of IAAI Salvage, has over 30 years experience in general management of various businesses, with 15 years in businesses that provide services to the automotive insurance industry. Mr. O’Brien has led IAAI since 2000.

Curt Phillips , President and Chief Executive Officer of AFC, has significant experience in overseeing accounting, cash management, and the credit and contract functions. Mr. Phillips previously served as Chief Financial Officer of AFC from April 1998 until January 2004.

Eric Loughmiller , our Chief Financial Officer, has over 25 years experience in finance and accounting and over 10 years as Chief Financial Officer of public and private companies.

John Nordin , our Chief Information Officer, has over 26 years of experience in IT and over 13 years as Chief Information Officer of public and private companies.

Rebecca Polak , our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, has significant experience in corporate and securities law. Ms. Polak served as Associate General Counsel of ADESA from February 2005 to April 2007.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Business Strategy

We continue to focus on growing our revenues and profitability through the execution of the following key operating strategies:

Increase Whole Car Volume

Institutional . We continue to focus on growing our whole car auction business by building stronger and more interactive relationships with our institutional customers. Jim Hallett is highly regarded in the industry, and has extensive customer relationships that he has developed over 17 years in the North American used vehicle redistribution industry. In addition, we have staffed, and will continue to staff, our sales organization with relationship managers focused on the various categories of institutional customers that we serve. To the extent possible, we have aligned our managers with the types of customers that they have the most relevant experience with: vehicle manufacturers, finance companies, rental car companies, leasing companies and fleet management companies. This allows our managers to focus on the current trends for their respective institutional customer group in order to better coordinate our sales efforts and service offerings tailored to our customers’ needs. In addition to our team of relationship managers, we utilize ADESA Analytical Services to provide our institutional customers with customized studies and data analysis tools to enhance their remarketing decisions, target potential buyers and determine the best market and forum for their vehicles.

Dealers . We have a decentralized sales and marketing approach for our dealer business with primary coverage responsibilities managed by the individual auction locations. We believe this decentralized approach enhances relationships with the dealer community and increases dealer volumes at our auctions. Dealer business is a highly market specific business and we have local relationship managers who have experience in the used car business and possess an intimate knowledge of their local market.

Realize Cost Savings and Enhance Revenues in Salvage Operations

We continue to focus on cost savings and revenue synergies from the combination of ADESA’s and IAAI’s salvage operations by reducing corporate overhead of the combined salvage operations. We strive to increase performance of our salvage operations through enhancement opportunities, including reducing corporate overhead of the combined salvaged operations, consolidating existing salvage sites onto existing whole car sites, opening new salvage sites on existing whole car sites, easing volume constraints through a larger branch network and implementing IAAI standard processes and information technology systems to streamline operations and improve operating efficiencies at existing ADESA salvage branches.

Over the past few years, IAAI has successfully implemented an operating model for its auction sites that streamlines numerous operating and administrative activities and standardizes processes, resulting in cost savings and improved customer service levels. We have implemented this scaleable operating model at 28 of ADESA salvage facilities located in the United States, which we believe will result in additional cost savings, primarily by reducing headcount and personnel costs. We intend to implement the IAAI operating model at 13 of ADESA’s salvage locations in Canada in 2008.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Reduce Costs and Enhance Revenues at ADESA Auctions

We continue to focus on reducing costs and enhancing revenues at ADESA Auctions by implementing the following initiatives:

 

   

Optimize management and staffing levels for each auction

 

   

Establish standardized operating procedures and utilize technology to automate process controls for key operational areas and to improve labor efficiency

 

   

Centralize certain common functions currently performed at individual auction locations such as payables processing and general ledger entry to reduce costs and improve working capital turns

 

   

Centralize and consolidate certain procurement functions to leverage global volumes of commodities and services to gain more favorable pricing

 

   

Standardize fee structures for ancillary services

Expand through Selective Relocations, Greenfields and Acquisitions

We continue our efforts on relocating several of our existing whole car auction facilities to new, larger facilities in markets where our existing facilities are capacity-constrained. In addition, increased demand for single source solutions by our customers may enable us to acquire smaller, less geographically diversified competitors at attractive prices. Both ADESA and IAAI have been successful in acquiring independent auction operations over the past few years. We will continue to evaluate opportunities to open new greenfield sites in markets adjacent to those in which we already have a presence, in order to effectively leverage our sales and marketing capabilities. We expect to expand our salvage operations by selectively locating new salvage auction sites at ADESA Auctions’ existing auction facilities.

Expand AFC

We will continue to focus on expanding AFC’s geographic coverage and gaining market share by adding loan production offices in selected markets and improving coordination with ADESA Auctions to capitalize on cross-selling opportunities. By encouraging a collaborative marketing effort between AFC and ADESA Auctions, we believe we can market more effectively to dealers and tailor AFC’s financing products to individual dealer needs. We will continue to focus on generating additional revenues by expanding our floorplan financing business to certain IAAI Salvage buyers and by cross-selling our whole car auction services to our AFC customers that do not currently use ADESA Auctions.

Continue to Invest in Information Technology

We will continue to invest in and improve our technology infrastructure to expand service offerings and improve operating efficiencies and customer service. We are utilizing the experience gained through the recent development of IAAI’s proprietary IT systems (completed in 2005) as we continue to upgrade the ADESA Auctions IT systems. John Nordin, our Chief Information Officer, who was instrumental in the implementation of IAAI’s IT upgrade, is leading the systems upgrade effort for ADESA Auctions. We are utilizing technology to provide additional service offerings across our whole car and salvage businesses to improve customers’ returns, shorten the claims processing cycle on the salvage side and lower overall transaction costs. In addition, we are enhancing our e-commerce products and services portfolio in order to better serve our whole car buyers and sellers. These information technology improvements should also allow us to reduce field staff through more efficient and reliable systems, while providing our institutional customers with quicker and better data analysis.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

The Transactions

On April 20, 2007, KAR Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation that was a wholly owned subsidiary of KAR Holdings, merged with and into ADESA, with ADESA continuing as the surviving corporation. After completion of the Merger and related transactions described below, ADESA and IAAI became wholly owned subsidiaries of KAR Holdings.

The following transactions occurred in connection with the Merger: (i) all of ADESA’s outstanding equity interests were cancelled in exchange for aggregate cash payments of approximately $2,541.5 million; (ii) affiliates of the Equity Sponsors and management contributed to KAR Holdings approximately $1.1 billion in equity, consisting of approximately $790.0 million in cash and approximately $272.4 million in equity interest in IAAI; (iii) we entered into senior secured credit facilities, comprised of a $1,565.0 million term loan facility and a $300.0 million revolving credit facility and, each of our existing and certain future domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, guaranteed such credit facilities; and (iv) we issued the Restricted Notes and, after the Merger, each of our restricted subsidiaries that guaranteed our senior secured credit facilities also guaranteed the Floating Rate Senior Notes and Fixed Rate Senior Notes on an unsecured senior basis and the Senior Subordinated Notes on a senior subordinated basis.

In addition, in connection with the Merger, ADESA completed a tender offer to purchase for cash any and all of its outstanding 7  5 / 8 % senior subordinated notes due June 15, 2012, or the 2012 Notes, and a consent solicitation to amend the indenture governing the 2012 Notes to eliminate substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain events of default and modify other provisions contained in such indenture. Also, IAAI completed a tender offer to purchase for cash any and all of its outstanding 11% senior notes due April 1, 2013, or the 2013 Notes, and a consent solicitation to amend the indenture governing the 2013 Notes to eliminate substantially all of the restrictive covenants and certain events of default and modify other provisions contained in such indenture.

The equity contributions, borrowings under our senior credit facilities, our cash on hand and the net proceeds from the offering of the Restricted Notes were used to pay the Merger consideration, consummate the tender offers and pay the related fees and expenses. In this prospectus, we refer to the Merger and the above related transactions as the “Transactions.”

Upon consummation of the Transactions, we also entered into agreements with the Equity Sponsors and their affiliates, pursuant to which such entities or their affiliates will provide financial and advisory services to us. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for more information regarding these agreements.

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Our Corporate Structure

The following chart presents our corporate structure:

LOGO

 

 

8


Table of Contents

The Equity Sponsors

Kelso & Company

Kelso & Company, one of the oldest and most established firms specializing in private equity investing, has been involved in leveraged acquisitions both as principal and as financial advisor since 1971. Kelso makes equity investments on behalf of investment partnerships, which it manages. Since 1980, Kelso has completed over 95 transactions with an aggregate initial capitalization at closing of approximately $50 billion.

GS Capital Partners

Founded in 1869, Goldman Sachs is one of the oldest and largest investment banking firms. Goldman Sachs is also a global leader in private equity and mezzanine investing. Established in 1992, the GS Capital Partners family of funds is part of the firm’s Principal Investment Area in the Merchant Banking Division. Goldman Sachs’ Principal Investment Area has formed 13 investment vehicles aggregating $56 billion of capital to date.

ValueAct Capital

ValueAct, with offices in San Francisco and Boston and more than $6 billion in investments, seeks to make strategic-block value investments in a limited number of companies. ValueAct concentrates primarily on acquiring significant ownership stakes in publicly traded companies, and a select number of control investments, through both open-market purchases and negotiated transactions.

Parthenon Capital

Parthenon Capital is a private equity firm with offices in Boston and San Francisco. The firm provides capital and strategic resources to growing middle market companies for acquisitions, internal growth strategies and shareholder liquidity. The firm invests in a wide variety of industries with particular expertise in Business Services, Financial Services and Healthcare.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Summary Description of the Exchange Offer

On April 20, 2007, in connection with the Merger, we completed the private offering of $150 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Floating Rate Senior Restricted Notes”), $450 million aggregate principal amount of 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Fixed Rate Senior Restricted Notes”) and $425 million aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Senior Subordinated Restricted Notes”), which we refer to collectively as the “Restricted Notes.” As part of that offering, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the Restricted Notes in which we agreed, among other things, to complete an exchange offer for the Restricted Notes. We refer to the Floating Rate Senior Exchange Notes and the Fixed Rate Senior Exchange Notes (each as defined below) as the “Senior Exchange Notes.” Below is a summary of each exchange offer. We refer herein to the exchange offers collectively as the “exchange offer.”

 

Restricted Notes

(i) $150 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014, (ii) $450 million aggregate principal amount of 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 and (iii) $425 million aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015.

 

Exchange Notes

(i) $150 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Floating Rate Senior Exchange Notes”), (ii) $450 million aggregate principal amount of 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Fixed Rate Senior Exchange Notes”) and (iii) $425 million aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes”), the issuance of each of which has been registered under the Securities Act. The form and terms of each series of Exchange Notes are substantially identical in all material respects to those of the applicable series of Restricted Notes, except that the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the Restricted Notes do not apply to the Exchange Notes.

 

Exchange Offer

We are offering to issue up to:

(i) $150 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Exchange Notes,

(ii) $450 million aggregate principal amount of Fixed Rate Senior Exchange Notes, and

(iii) $425 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes,

 

 

in exchange for a like principal amount of the respective Restricted Notes to satisfy our obligations under the registration rights agreement that we entered into when the Restricted Notes were issued in reliance upon the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A and Regulation S of the Securities Act.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Expiration Date; Tenders

The exchange offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                    , 2008, unless extended in our sole and absolute discretion. By tendering your Restricted Notes, you represent to us that:

 

   

you are not our “affiliate,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act;

 

   

you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes;

 

   

you are acquiring the Exchange Notes in your ordinary course of business; and

 

   

if you are a broker-dealer, you will receive the Exchange Notes for your own account in exchange for Restricted Notes that were acquired by you as a result of your market-making or other trading activities and that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes you receive. For further information regarding resales of the Exchange Notes by participating broker-dealers, see the discussion under the caption “Plan of Distribution.”

 

Withdrawal

You may withdraw any Restricted Notes tendered in the exchange offer at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                    , 2008.

 

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

The exchange offer is subject to customary conditions, which we may waive. See the discussion below under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer” for more information regarding the conditions to the exchange offer.

 

Procedures for Tendering the Restricted Notes

Except as described in the section titled “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Restricted Notes,” a tendering holder must, on or prior to the expiration date, transmit an agent’s message to the exchange agent at the address listed in this prospectus. In order for your tender to be considered valid, the exchange agent must receive a confirmation of book entry transfer of your Restricted Notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, prior to the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

 

Special Procedures for Beneficial Owners

If you are a beneficial owner whose Restricted Notes are registered in the name of the broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and you wish to tender your Restricted Notes in the exchange offer, you should promptly contact the person in whose name the Restricted Notes are registered and instruct that person to tender on your behalf. Any registered holder that is a participant in DTC’s book-entry transfer facility system may make book-entry delivery of the Restricted Notes by causing DTC to transfer the Restricted Notes into the exchange agent’s account.

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer.

 

Exchange Agent

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is the exchange agent for the exchange offer. You can find the address and telephone number of the exchange agent below under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Exchange Agent.”

 

Resales

Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, as detailed in a series of no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act as long as:

 

   

you are acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of your business;

 

   

you are not participating, do not intend to participate and have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in a distribution of the Exchange Notes;

 

   

you are not an affiliate of ours.

 

 

If you are an affiliate of ours, are engaged in or intend to engage in or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes:

 

   

you cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC;

 

   

you will not be entitled to participate in the exchange offer; and

 

   

you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

 

 

See the discussion below under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Consequences of Exchanging or Failing to Exchange Restricted Notes” for more information.

 

Broker-Dealer

Each broker or dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Restricted Notes that were acquired as a result of market-making or other trading activities must acknowledge that it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any offer to resell or other transfer of the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer, including the delivery of a prospectus that contains information with respect to any selling holder required by the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes.

 

 

12


Table of Contents
 

Furthermore, any broker-dealer that acquired any of its Restricted Notes directly from us:

 

   

may not rely on the applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC’s position contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter (April 13, 1988), Morgan, Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1993); and

 

   

must also be named as a selling bondholder in connection with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act relating to any resale transaction.

 

 

This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Restricted Notes which were received by such broker-dealer as a result of market making activities or other trading activities. We have agreed that for a period of not less than 90 days after the consummation of the exchange offer, we will make this prospectus available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale. See “Plan of Distribution” for more information.

 

Registration Rights Agreement

When we issued the Restricted Notes, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of the Restricted Notes. Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, we agreed to use our commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

   

prepare and file with the SEC and cause to become effective a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange the Restricted Notes for the Exchange Notes;

 

   

keep the exchange offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date of notice thereof is mailed to the holders of the Restricted Notes; and

 

   

complete the exchange offer within 360 days of the issue date of the Restricted Notes.

 

 

If we do not complete the exchange offer within 360 days of the date that we sold the Restricted Notes, or if after a shelf registration statement with respect to the Restricted Notes is declared (or becomes automatically) effective and such registration statement thereafter ceases to be effective, additional interest will be paid in an amount equal to $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of the applicable Restricted Notes. The amount of additional interest will increase by an additional $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of the applicable Restricted Notes for each subsequent 90-day period until the registration default has been cured, up to a maximum amount of $0.50 per week per $1,000 principal amount of the applicable Restricted Notes.

 

 

Under some circumstances set forth in the registration rights agreement, holders of Restricted Notes, including holders who are not permitted to participate in the exchange offer or who may not freely

 

 

13


Table of Contents
 

sell Exchange Notes received in the exchange offer, may require us to file and cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement covering resales of the Restricted Notes by these holders.

 

 

A copy of the registration rights agreement is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See “Book-Entry, Delivery and Form.”

 

Material United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

Your exchange of restricted notes for exchange notes pursuant to the exchange offer generally will not be a taxable event for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Summary of Consequences of Not Exchanging Restricted Notes

If you do not exchange your Restricted Notes in the exchange offer, your Restricted Notes will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer currently applicable to the Restricted Notes. In general, you may offer or sell your Restricted Notes only:

 

   

if the offer or sale is registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws;

 

   

if they are offered or sold under an exemption from registration under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws; or

 

   

if they are offered or sold in a transaction not subject to the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws.

If you do not exchange your Restricted Notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable to the Restricted Notes as set forth in the applicable indenture, but we will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the exchange and registration of the Restricted Notes under the applicable registration rights agreement. Accordingly, there will be no increase in the interest rate on the Restricted Notes under the applicable circumstances described in the registration rights agreements.

We do not currently intend to register sales of the Restricted Notes under the Securities Act. Under some circumstances, however, holders of the Restricted Notes, including holders who are not permitted to participate in the exchange offer or who may not freely resell Exchange Notes received in the exchange offer, may require us to file, and to cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement covering resales of Restricted Notes by these holders. For more information regarding the consequences of not tendering your Restricted Notes and our obligation to file a shelf registration statement, see “The Exchange Offer—Consequences of Exchanging or Failing to Exchange Restricted Notes.”

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Summary Description of the Exchange Notes

The summary below describes the principal terms of the Exchange Notes. Certain of the terms and conditions described below are subject to important limitations and exceptions. The “Description of the Senior Exchange Notes” section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the Senior Exchange Notes and the “Description of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes” section of this prospectus contains a more detailed description of the terms and conditions of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes.

 

Issuer

KAR Holdings, Inc.

 

Exchange Notes Offered

Up to $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014.

 

 

Up to $450.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014.

 

 

Up to $425.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015.

 

Maturity Dates

The Floating Rate and Fixed Rate Senior Exchange Notes will mature on May 1, 2014 respectively.

 

 

The Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes will mature on May 1, 2015.

 

Interest Payment Dates

With respect to the Floating Rate Senior Exchange Notes, May 1, August 1, November 1 and February 1 of each year, commencing August 1, 2007.

 

 

With respect to the Fixed Rate Senior Exchange Notes and the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes, May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2007.

 

Guarantees

The Floating Rate and Fixed Rate Senior Exchange Notes will be guaranteed, jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally, on an unsecured unsubordinated basis by each of our subsidiaries that guarantees debt under our senior credit facility.

 

 

The Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes will be guaranteed, jointly and severally and fully and unconditionally, on an unsecured subordinated basis by each of our subsidiaries that guarantees debt under our senior credit facility.

 

Ranking

The Floating Rate and Fixed Rate Senior Exchange Notes and the respective guarantees thereof are our and the guarantors’ unsecured, senior obligations and will rank in right of payment:

 

   

pari passu with all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness, including any borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities and the guarantees thereof;

 

 

15


Table of Contents
   

senior to all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness, including the senior subordinated notes and the guarantees thereof; and

 

   

structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities, including trade and other payables, of our non-guarantor subsidiaries.

 

 

As of September 30, 2007, the aggregate amount of liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade and other payables, was $336.1 million.

 

 

Because the Exchange Notes are unsecured, in the event of bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of our company or the guarantors or upon default in payment with respect to, or the acceleration of, any indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility or other secured indebtedness, the assets of our company and the guarantors that secure other secured indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the Exchange Notes and the guarantees only after all indebtedness under such other secured indebtedness has been repaid in full from such assets. See “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

 

 

As of September 30, 2007, the Senior Exchange Notes would have been effectively subordinated to approximately $1,595.6 million of our and the guarantors’ secured debt and there would have been $300.0 million of additional availability under our senior secured credit facilities.

 

 

The Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes and the guarantees thereof are our and the guarantors’ unsecured, senior subordinated obligations and rank in right of payment:

 

   

junior to all of our and the guarantors’ existing and future senior indebtedness, including the Senior Exchange Notes and the guarantees thereof and any borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities and the guarantees thereof;

 

   

pari passu with all of our and our guarantors’ existing and future unsecured senior subordinated indebtedness; and

 

   

structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities, including trade and other payables, of our non-guarantor subsidiaries.

 

 

As of September 30, 2007, the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes would have been (i) subordinated to $2,195.6 million of our and the guarantors’ senior debt, including the Senior Exchange Notes, and there would have been $300.0 million of additional availability under our senior secured credit facilities and (ii) structurally subordinated to $336.1 million of liabilities of our non-guarantor subsidiaries, including trade and other payables.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption

We may, at our option, redeem some or all of the Floating Rate Senior Exchange Notes at the redemption prices listed under “Description of the Senior Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption—Floating Rate Senior Notes.”

 

 

We may, at our option, redeem some or all of the Fixed Rate Senior Exchange Notes at the redemption prices listed under “Description of the Senior Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption—Fixed Rate Senior Notes.”

 

 

We may, at our option, redeem some or all of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes at the redemption prices listed under “Description of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

 

In addition, on or prior to May 1, 2010, we may, at our option, redeem up to 35% of each series of the Exchange Notes with the proceeds of certain assets of our equity at the redemption price listed under “Description of Senior Exchange Notes—Optional Redemption” and “Description of Senior Subordinated Notes—Optional Redemption.”

 

Mandatory Repurchase Offer

If we experience specific types of changes in control, we must offer to repurchase the Exchange Notes at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, subject to the rights of holders of Exchange Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant payment date. See “Description of Senior Exchange Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders” and “Description of Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes—Repurchase at the Option of Holders.”

 

Certain Covenants

We will issue the Exchange Notes under indentures with Wells Fargo, National Association, which will initially act as trustee on your behalf. The indentures will, among other things, restrict our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

 

   

incur additional debt;

 

   

pay dividends and make distributions;

 

   

make certain investments;

 

   

repurchase stock;

 

   

incur liens;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

merge or consolidate; and

 

   

transfer or sell assets.

 

 

These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. For more details, see “Description of Senior Exchange Notes—Certain Covenants” and “Description of Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes—Certain Covenants.”

 

 

17


Table of Contents

Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the information set forth under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 before deciding to invest in the Exchange Notes.

Information About KAR Holdings

We were incorporated in Delaware on November 9, 2006. Our principal executive offices are located at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, Indiana 46032, and our telephone number is (800) 923-3725. Our websites are located at www.adesainc.com and www.iaai.com. The information on, or accessible through, the websites is not a part of, or incorporated by reference in, this prospectus.

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data

The following table sets forth our summary historical consolidated financial data and summary unaudited pro forma consolidated income statement data, at the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical consolidated financial data as of September 30, 2007 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We were incorporated on November 9, 2006; however, we had no operations until the consummation of the Transactions on April 20, 2007.

The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data and other financial data for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the nine months ended September 30, 2007 have been prepared to give effect to (i) the Transactions as if they had occurred on the first day of the fiscal year 2006 (December 26, 2005 for IAAI and January 1, 2006 for ADESA) and (ii) IAAI’s acquisition of branches in Erie, Pennsylvania; Indianapolis and South Bend, Indiana; Cincinnati, Cleveland, Columbus, Dayton and Lima, Ohio; Ashland, Kentucky; Buckhannon, West Virginia; Missoula, Montana; Des Moines, Cedar Falls and Sioux City, Iowa; Cicero, New York; and Pulaski, Virginia (the “IAAI 2006 Acquisitions”), which all occurred during IAAI’s 2006 fiscal year, as if each of these acquisitions had been consummated on December 26, 2005. The summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data does not purport to represent what our results of operations, balance sheet data or financial information would have been if the Transactions had occurred as of the dates indicated, or what such results will be for any future period.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Use of Non-GAAP Measures,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the unaudited consolidated financial statements of KAR Holdings and related notes, the audited consolidated financial statements of ADESA and related notes, the audited consolidated financial statements of IAAI and related notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(Dollars in millions)    Pro forma
year ended
December 31,
2006
    Nine months
ended
September 30,
2007(1)
    Pro forma
nine months
ended
September 30,
2007(2)
 
     (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Statement of Operations Data:

      

Net revenues

   $ 1,452.9     $ 704.4     $ 1,192.5  

Cost of sales (excludes depreciation and amortization)

     800.1       391.1       654.9  
                        

Gross profit

     652.8       313.3       537.6  

Operating expense:

      

Selling, general and administrative

     327.9       146.3       252.1  

Depreciation and amortization

     158.4       66.8       118.8  
                        

Operating income

     166.5       100.2       166.7  
                        

Other (income) expense:

      

Interest expense

     229.8       104.4       168.8  

Other expense (income)

     (4.2 )     (6.7 )     (8.8 )

Early extinguishment of debt

     1.3       —         —    
                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (60.4 )     2.5       6.7  

Income taxes

     (22.2 )     6.5       11.7  
                        

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

   $ (38.2 )   $ (4.0 )   $ (5.0 )
                        

 

     Pro forma
year ended
December 31,
2006
    Nine months
ended
September 30,
2007(1)
 
     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Other Financial Data:

    

Pro forma EBITDA(9)

   $ 327.3       262.4  

Pro forma Adjusted EBITDA(9)

     381.3       317.6  

Pro forma Cash interest paid(3)(10)

     214.8       163.0  

Capital expenditures

     54.6 (4)     31.1  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)

     0.8x       1.0x  

Pro Forma Credit Ratios:

    

Total net debt to Adjusted EBITDA

     6.6x       6.2x (11)

Adjusted EBITDA to cash interest paid

     1.8x       1.8x (12)

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

    

Available cash and cash equivalents(6)

     $ 154.4  

Working capital(7)

       485.6  

Total assets

       5,030.1  

Total debt

       2,620.6  

Total net debt(8)

       2,466.2  

Total stockholders’ equity

       1,081.2  

 

 

19


Table of Contents

(1) We were incorporated on November 9, 2006, but had no operations until the consummation of the Transactions on April 20, 2007.

 

(2) The amount for pro forma nine months ended September 30, 2007 is based on the historical financial data of ADESA for the period from January 1, 2007 to April 19, 2007, the historical financial data of IAAI for the period from January 1, 2007 to April 19, 2007 and the historical financial data of KAR Holdings for the period from January 1, 2007 to September 30, 2007, as adjusted to combine the financial statements of ADESA and IAAI on a historical basis and to illustrate the pro forma effects of the Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006. KAR Holdings was incorporated on November 9, 2006, but had no operations until the consummation of the Transactions on April 20, 2007.

 

(3) Amounts exclude the amortization of debt issuance costs and non-cash interest related to our indebtedness, including our capital lease obligations.

 

(4) The 2006 pro forma amount excludes amounts related to the IAAI 2006 Acquisitions prior to the respective acquisition date.

 

(5) For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before income taxes and fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest on indebtedness, amortization of debt issuance costs which are charged to interest expense and a reasonable approximation of the interest factor related to operating leases.

 

(6) Available cash and cash equivalents excludes cash in transit, restricted cash balances and foreign cash not repatriated at ADESA.

 

(7) Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

 

(8) Represents total debt less available cash and cash equivalents, which excludes cash in transit, restricted cash balances and foreign cash not repatriated at ADESA.

 

(9) EBITDA is defined as net income (loss), plus interest expense net of interest income, income taxes and depreciation and amortization, as set out in detail below. Adjusted EBITDA consists of EBITDA as further adjusted to exclude (i) certain items and expenses that are permitted to be excluded from the calculation of “Consolidated EBITDA,” as that term is defined under our senior secured credit facilities and (ii) the expected incremental revenue and cost savings specified below.

We believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain covenants that we are required to satisfy under our senior secured credit facilities and notes and about our incremental revenue and cost savings. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to realize these incremental revenues or cost savings or the timing thereof. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—We may not successfully implement our business strategies or realize our expected cost savings and revenue enhancements.” EBITDA is also one of the measures management uses to assess our financial performance and is a metric used in certain of our management incentive programs.

Under our credit agreement and notes, we are required to maintain a “Maximum Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” which is based on Adjusted EBITDA. Failure to comply with the ratio covenant would result in a default under the credit agreement for our credit facility and, absent a waiver or an amendment from the lenders, permit the acceleration of all outstanding borrowings under the credit facility.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not recognized terms under GAAP and do not purport to be alternatives to net income as a measure of operating performance or to cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as they do not reflect certain cash requirements such as interest payments, tax payments and debt service requirements. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that charges and expenses categorized as “non-recurring” below will not recur in the future. Because not all companies use identical calculations, these presentations of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies.

 

 

20


Table of Contents

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are reconciled to net income as follows

(unaudited):

 

(In millions)   

Pro forma year ended

December 31,

2006

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (38.2 )

Add back: discontinued operations

     —    
        

Income from continuing operations

     (38.2 )

Add back:

  

Income taxes

     (22.2 )

Interest expense, net of interest income

     229.3  

Depreciation and amortization

     158.4  
        

EBITDA

     327.3  

Nonrecurring charges

     16.3  

Noncash and related non-recurring charges

     18.0  

Acquisition adjustments

     4.4  

Other considerations, net

     2.8  

Incremental cost savings

     12.5  
        

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 381.3  
        

 

(In millions)   

Nine months ended

September 30,

2007(a)

Net income (loss)

   $ 22.5

Add back: discontinued operations

     —  
      

Income from continuing operations

     22.5

Add back:

  

Income taxes

     32.9

Interest expense, net of interest income

     116.5

Depreciation and amortization

     90.5
      

EBITDA

     262.4

Nonrecurring charges

     11.7

Nonrecurring transaction charges

     24.8

Noncash charges

     7.1

Advisory services

     1.8
      
     307.8

Pro forma impact of recent acquisitions

     2.6

Pro forma cost savings per the credit agreement

     7.2
      

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 317.6
      

  (a) The results of ADESA and IAAI have been combined for the period of time prior to the Transactions.

 

(10) Pro forma cash interest paid assumes that interest had been paid on the new capital structure for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for a full nine months in 2007.

 

(11) Total net debt to Adjusted EBITDA is computed as total debt at September 30, 2007 less available cash and cash equivalents divided by Adjusted EBITDA for the twelve months ended September 30, 2007 of $398.0 million. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA” for a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA for the twelve months ended September 30, 2007.

 

 

21


Table of Contents
(12) Adjusted EBITDA to cash interest paid is computed as Adjusted EBITDA for the twelve months ended September 30, 2007 of $398.0 million divided by pro forma interest paid for the twelve months ended September 30, 2007 of $217.4 million. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA” for a reconciliation of net income to Adjusted EBITDA for the twelve months ended September 30, 2007.

 

 

22


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Participating in the exchange offer involves a number of risks. You should consider carefully the following information about these risks, together with the other information included in this prospectus before tendering your Restricted Notes in the exchange offer. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also impair our business operations. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur. If they do, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Business

Fluctuations in consumer demand for and in the supply of used, leased and salvage vehicles impact auction sales volume, conversion rates and the demand for floorplan financing by independent used vehicle dealers, which may adversely affect our revenues and profitability.

In the normal course of business, we are subject to changes in general U.S. economic conditions, including but not limited to, availability and affordability of consumer credit, interest rates, fuel prices, inflation, discretionary spending levels, unemployment rates and consumer confidence about the economy in general. Significant changes in economic conditions could adversely impact consumer demand for used vehicles.

As consumer demand fluctuates, the volume and prices of used vehicles may be affected and the demand for used vehicles at auction by dealers may likewise be affected. The demand for used vehicles at auction by dealers may therefore affect the wholesale price of used vehicles and the conversion percentage of vehicles sold at auction. In addition, changes in demand for used vehicles may affect the demand for floorplan financing as well as our ability to collect existing floorplan loans.

The number of new and used vehicles that are leased by consumers affects the supply of vehicles coming to auction. As manufacturers and other lenders have decreased the number of leases in the last few years and extended the lease terms of some of the leases that were written, the number of off-lease vehicles available at auction declined in 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006. We are not able to predict manufacturers’ and lenders’ approaches to leasing and thus future volumes of off-lease vehicles may be affected based upon leasing terms and trends. The supply of off-lease vehicles coming to auction is also affected by the market value of used vehicles compared to the residual value of those vehicles per the lease terms. In most cases, the lessee and the dealer have the ability to purchase the vehicle at the residual price at the end of the lease term. Generally, as market values of used vehicles rise, the number of vehicles purchased at residual value by the lessees and dealers increases, thus decreasing the number of off-lease vehicles available at auction.

We are also dependent upon receiving a sufficient number of total-loss vehicles as well as recovered theft vehicles to sustain our profit margins in our salvage auction business. Factors that can affect the number of vehicles received include, but are not limited to, driving patterns, mild weather conditions that cause fewer traffic accidents, reduction of policy writing by insurance providers that would affect the number of claims over a period of time, delays or changes in state title processing, and changes in direct repair procedures that would reduce the number of newer, less damaged total-loss vehicles, which tend to have higher salvage values. In addition, our salvage auction business depends on a limited number of key insurance companies to supply the salvage vehicles we sell at auction. Our agreements with our insurance company suppliers are generally subject to cancellation by either party upon 30 to 90 days notice. There can be no assurance that our existing agreements will not be cancelled or that we will be able to enter into future agreements with these suppliers. Future decreases in the quality and quantity of vehicle inventory, and in particular the availability of newer and less damaged vehicles, could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. In addition, in the last few years there has been a declining trend in theft occurrences which reduces the number of stolen vehicles covered by insurance companies for which a claim settlement has been made.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly.

Our operating results have in the past and may in the future fluctuate significantly depending on a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control. These factors include, but are not limited to:

 

   

general business conditions, including the availability and quality of used, leased and salvage vehicles and buyer attendance at our vehicle auctions;

 

   

trends in new and used vehicle sales and incentives, including wholesale used vehicle pricing;

 

   

economic conditions including fuel prices and Canadian exchange rate and interest rate fluctuations;

 

   

trends in the vehicle remarketing industry;

 

   

the introduction of new competitors;

 

   

laws, regulations and industry standards, including changes in regulations governing the sale of used vehicles, the processing of salvage vehicles and commercial lending activities;

 

   

changes in the market value of vehicles we auction, including changes in the actual cash value of salvage vehicles;

 

   

competitive pricing pressures; and

 

   

costs associated with the acquisition of businesses or technologies.

As a result of the above factors, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as any indication of future performance. Furthermore, revenues for any future quarter are not predictable with any significant degree of accuracy, and our operating results may vary significantly due to our relatively fixed expense levels. Due to these factors, it is possible that in some future quarters our operating results may fall below the expectations of public market analysts and investors.

Changes in interest rates or market conditions could adversely impact the profitability and business of AFC.

Rising interest rates may have the effect of depressing the sales of used vehicles because many consumers finance their vehicle purchases. In addition, AFC sells the majority of its finance receivable to a special purpose entity, which sells an undivided interest in its finance receivables to a bank conduit facility on a revolving basis. Volatility and/or market disruption in the asset-backed securities market in the U.S. can impact AFC’s cost of financing related to; or its ability to arrange financing on acceptable terms through, its securitization conduit, which could negatively affect AFC’s business and our financial condition and operations.

AFC generally charges interest on its floorplan loans based on the prime rate plus a spread. Declining interest rates decrease the interest income earned on AFC’s loan portfolio.

We may not be able to grow if we are unable to successfully acquire and integrate other auction businesses and facilities.

The used vehicle redistribution industry is considered a mature industry in which low single-digit growth is expected in industry unit sales. Acquisitions have been a significant part of our historical growth and have enabled us to further broaden and diversify our service offerings. Our strategy involves the acquisition and integration of additional physical auction sites, technologies and personnel. Acquisition of businesses requires substantial time and attention of management personnel and may also require additional equity or debt financings. Further, integration of newly established or acquired businesses is often disruptive. Since we have acquired or in the future may acquire one or more businesses, there can be no assurance that we will identify appropriate targets, will acquire such businesses on favorable terms, or will be able to successfully integrate such organizations into our business. Failure to do so could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we expect to compete against other auction groups or new industry consolidators for suitable acquisitions. If we are able to consummate acquisitions, such acquisitions could be dilutive to earnings, and we could overpay for such acquisitions.

 

24


Table of Contents

In pursuing a strategy of acquiring other auctions, we face other risks commonly encountered with growth through acquisitions. These risks include, but are not limited to:

 

   

incurring significantly higher capital expenditures and operating expenses;

 

   

entering new markets with which we are unfamiliar;

 

   

incurring potential undiscovered liabilities at acquired auctions;

 

   

failing to maintain uniform standards, controls and policies;

 

   

impairing relationships with employees and customers as a result of management changes; and

 

   

increasing expenses for accounting and computer systems, as well as integration difficulties.

High fuel prices may have an adverse effect on our revenues and operating results, as well as our earnings growth rates.

High fuel prices affect the demand for sport utility and full-sized vehicles which are generally not as fuel efficient as smaller vehicles. In addition, high fuel prices could lead to a reduction in the miles driven per vehicle which may reduce accident rates. Retail sales and accident rates are factors that affect the number of used and salvage vehicles sold at auction, wholesale prices of those vehicles and the conversion rates at used vehicle auctions. Additionally, high fuel costs increase the cost for the transportation and towing of vehicles. We may not be able to pass on such higher costs to the customers who supply vehicles to our auctions.

Weather-related and other events beyond our control may adversely impact operations.

Extreme weather or other events, such as hurricanes, tornadoes, earthquakes, forest fires, floods, terrorist attacks or war, may adversely affect the overall economic environment, the markets in which we compete, our operations and our profitability. These events may impact our physical auction facilities, causing a material increase in costs, or delays or cancellation of auction sales, which could have a material adverse impact on our revenues and profitability.

We are, and may in the future be, subject to patent or other intellectual property infringement claims, which could have an impact on our business or operating results due to a disruption in our business operations, the incurrence of significant costs and other factors.

From time to time, we may receive notices from others claiming that we infringe their patent or intellectual property rights, and the number of these claims could increase in the future. Claims of patent infringement could require us to enter into licensing agreements on unfavorable terms, incur substantial monetary liability or be enjoined preliminarily or permanently from further use of the intellectual property in question, which could require us to change our business practices and limit our ability to compete effectively. Even if we believe that the claims are without merit, the claims can be time-consuming and costly to defend and may divert management’s attention and resources away from our businesses. If we are required to take any of these actions, it could have an adverse impact on our business and operating results.

Litigation could have an adverse effect on us.

There is no guarantee that we will be successful in defending ourselves in legal and administrative actions or in asserting our rights under various laws, including intellectual property laws. In addition, we could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves or in asserting our rights in such actions. The costs and other effects of pending litigation and administrative actions against us cannot be determined with certainty. Although we currently believe that no such proceedings will have a material adverse effect on us, there can be no assurance that the outcome of such proceedings will be as expected.

 

25


Table of Contents

Capacity reductions at the major U.S. original equipment manufacturers could negatively impact the industry.

Capacity reductions at the major U.S. original equipment manufacturers are expected to impact the industry and may result in reduced program vehicles and rental fleet sales. In addition, weak growth in new vehicle sales impacts trade-ins and auction volumes.

We face significant competition.

We face significant competition for the supply of used and salvage vehicles and for the buyers of those vehicles. While competition in the used vehicle inventory floorplan financing sector is diverse and fragmented, competition is also strong in that sector. We face current or potential competition from four primary sources: (i) direct competitors, (ii) potential entrants, (iii) potential new vehicle remarketing venues and dealer financing services and (iv) existing alternative vehicle remarketing venues. In both the vehicle auction and dealer financing businesses, both we and our competitors are working to develop new services and technologies, or improvements and modifications to existing services and technologies. Some of these competitors may have greater financial and marketing resources than we do, and may be able to respond more quickly to new or emerging services and technologies, evolving industry trends and changes in customer requirements, and devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services. In our salvage auction business, potential competitors include used car auction companies, providers of claims software to insurance companies, certain salvage buyer groups and insurance companies, some of which currently supply auto salvage to us. While most insurance companies have abandoned or reduced efforts to sell salvage vehicles without the use of service providers such as us, they may in the future decide to dispose of their salvage directly to end users. Increased competition could result in price reductions, reduced margins or loss of market share, any of which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors or that competitive pressures faced by us would not have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, which could impair our ability to grow and achieve or sustain profitability.

Our business is dependent on information and technology systems. Failure to effectively maintain or update these systems could result in our losing customers and materially adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

Robust information systems are critical to our operating environment and competitive position. We may not be successful in structuring our information system infrastructure or developing, acquiring or implementing information systems which are competitive and responsive to the needs of our customers and we might lack sufficient resources to continue to make the significant necessary investments in information systems to compete with our competitors. Certain information systems initiatives that management considers important to our long-term success will require substantial capital investment, have significant risks associated with their execution, and could take several years to implement.

For example, our ability to provide cost-effective salvage vehicle processing solutions to our customers depends in part on our ability to effectively utilize technology to provide value-added services to our customers. We recently implemented a web-based operating system that allows us to offer hybrid live/Internet auctions and to provide vehicle tracking systems and real-time status reports for our insurance company customers’ benefit, and to support and streamline vehicle registration and tracking, financial reporting, transaction settlement, vehicle title transfer and branch/headquarters communications. Our ability to provide the foregoing services depends on our capacity to store, retrieve and process data, manage significant databases, and expand and periodically upgrade our information processing capabilities. As we continue to grow, we will need to continue to make investments in new and enhanced information and technology systems. Interruption or loss of our information processing capabilities or adverse consequences from implementing new or enhanced systems could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. As our information system providers revise and upgrade their hardware, software and equipment technology, we may encounter difficulties in integrating these new technologies into our business.

 

26


Table of Contents

Although we have experienced no significant breaches of our network security by unauthorized persons, our systems may be subject to infiltration by unauthorized persons. If our systems or facilities were infiltrated and damaged by unauthorized persons, there could be a significant interruption to our ability to provide many of our electronic and web-based services to our customers. If that were to occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Increased use of online wholesale auctions may diminish our supply of vehicles.

Online auctions or other methods of redistribution may diminish both the quality and quantity as well as reduce the value of vehicles sold through traditional auction facilities. Although we offer online auctions and services as part of our standard service offerings, we cannot predict what portion of overall sales will be conducted through online auctions or other redistribution methods in the future and what impact this may have on our auction facilities.

We are partially self-insured for certain losses.

We self-insure a portion of employee medical benefits under the terms of our employee health insurance program, as well as a portion of our automobile, general liability and workers’ compensation claims. We record an accrual for the claims expense related to our employee medical benefits, automobile, general liability and workers’ compensation claims based upon the expected amount of all such claims. While we believe these estimates are reasonable based on the information currently available, if actual claims are higher than anticipated, our accrual might be insufficient to cover the claims costs, which would have an adverse impact on the operating results in that period.

The operation of our auction facilities poses certain environmental risks which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our businesses are subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities concerning air quality, water quality, solid wastes and other environmental matters. In the used vehicle redistribution industry, large numbers of vehicles, including wrecked vehicles at salvage auctions, are stored at auction facilities and, during that time, releases of fuel, motor oil and other fluids may occur, resulting in soil, air, surface water or groundwater contamination. In addition, certain of our facilities generate and/or store petroleum products and other hazardous materials which are contained in aboveground or underground storage tanks located at our facilities. Some of our facilities generate waste materials, such as waste solvents or used oils, that are disposed of as non-hazardous or hazardous wastes, and body shops at our facilities may release harmful air emissions associated with painting. We are subject to safety and training regulations as required by local, state and federal law. While we have an environmental and safety compliance program that is administered by our environmental and safety department and includes monitoring, measuring and reporting compliance, establishing safety programs and training our personnel in environmental and safety matters, environmental laws and regulations could become more stringent over time and we may be subject to significant compliance costs in the future.

Any failure by us to obtain required permits or operate within regulations for, control the use of, or adequately restrict the discharge of hazardous or regulated substances or materials under present or future regulations could subject us to substantial liability, require costly cleanup or require changes in our remarketing services or auction facilities. While we have not to date incurred significant expenditures for preventive, investigative or remedial action with respect to contamination or the use of hazardous materials, we could in the future be exposed to such expenditures. Any liability arising from contamination at our facilities, including contamination by previous users of acquired facilities, the disposal of waste at off-site locations and other aspects of our operations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

 

27


Table of Contents

We assume the settlement risk for all vehicles sold through our auctions.

We do not have recourse against sellers for any buyer’s failure to satisfy its debt. Since our revenues for each vehicle do not include the gross sales proceeds, failure to collect the receivables in full may result in a net loss up to the gross sales proceeds on a per vehicle basis in addition to any expenses incurred to collect the receivables and to provide the services associated with the vehicle. Although we take steps to mitigate this risk, if we are unable to collect payments on a large number of vehicles, the resulting payment obligations and decreased fee revenues may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Our ability to operate our company successfully could be impaired if we fail to attract and retain key personnel.

Our success depends in large part on the performance of our executive management team and other key employees, including our key field personnel. If we lose the services of one or more of our executive officers or key employees, we may not be able to implement our business strategies and our business could suffer. We may have difficulty in retaining and attracting customers, developing new services, negotiating favorable agreements with customers and providing acceptable levels of customer service. Leadership changes will occur from time to time and we cannot predict whether significant resignations will occur. While we have employment agreements with certain of our executive officers, there can be no assurance that they will serve the term of their employment agreements or renew their employment agreements upon expiration. We do not currently expect to obtain key person insurance on any of our executive officers. In addition, if we fail to attract other qualified personnel, our business prospects could be materially adversely affected.

We may not successfully implement our business strategies or realize our expected cost savings and revenue enhancements.

We may not be able to fully implement our business strategies or realize our expected cost savings, in whole or in part, or within the time frames anticipated. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will achieve our expected revenue synergies, including incremental buyer payment revenue. Our cost savings, efficiency improvements and pricing strategies are subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. We are pursuing strategic initiatives that management considers critical to our long-term success, including substantial near-term capital investment in e-business, information technology, facility relocations and expansions, as well as operating initiatives designed to enhance overall efficiencies. These initiatives involve substantial capital investment, have significant risks associated with their execution, and could take several years to yield any direct monetary benefits. Committing a large amount of capital over a lengthy time horizon could result in significant business interruption and loss of key customers during the transitional period, as well as cost overruns and delays which may impact our results of operations. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether we will succeed in implementing these strategic initiatives.

Additionally, our business strategy may change from time to time. As a result, we may not be able to achieve our expected results of operations and our actual income, operating cash flow and EBITDA may be negatively affected and may be materially lower than the pro forma results which we discuss elsewhere in this prospectus.

We are dependent on good labor relations.

We have employees located both in the U.S. and in Canada. In addition to the workforce of employees, we also utilize temporary labor services to assist in handling the vehicles consigned during periods of peak volume. Many of our employees, both full- and part-time, are unskilled, and in periods of strong economic growth, we may find it difficult to compete for sufficient unskilled labor. If we are unable to maintain our full- or part-time workforce or the necessary relationships with third-party providers, our operations may be adversely affected.

 

28


Table of Contents

In addition, auctioneers at our auctions are highly skilled individuals who are essential to the successful operation of our auction business. Nearly all of our auctioneers are independent contractors who provide their services for a daily or weekly rate. If we are unable to retain a sufficient number of experienced auctioneers, our operations may be adversely affected.

A portion of our net income is derived from Canada, which exposes us to foreign exchange and other risks.

Fluctuations between U.S. and Canadian currency values may adversely affect our results of operations and financial position. In addition, there may be tax inefficiencies in repatriating cash from Canada. For the nine months ended September 30, 2007, approximately 16% of our revenues were attributable to our Canadian operations. A decrease in the value of the Canadian currency relative to the U.S. dollar could reduce our profits from our Canadian operations and the value of the net assets of our Canadian operations when reported in U.S. dollars in our financial statements. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations as reported in U.S. dollars.

In addition, fluctuations in currencies relative to currencies in which the earnings are generated may make it more difficult to perform period-to-period comparisons of our reported results of operations. For purposes of accounting, the assets and liabilities of our Canadian operations, where the local currency is the functional currency, are translated using period-end exchange rates, and the revenues and expenses of our Canadian operations are translated using average exchange rates during each period. Translation gains and losses are reported in “Accumulated other comprehensive income/loss” as a component of stockholders’ equity.

We are subject to extensive governmental regulations, including vehicle brokerage and auction laws and currency reporting obligations. Failure to comply with laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Our operations are subject to regulation, supervision and licensing under various U.S. and Canadian federal, state, provincial and local authorities, agencies, statutes and ordinances. The acquisition and sale of used, leased, totaled and recovered theft vehicles is regulated by state or other local motor vehicle departments in each of the locations in which we operate. Changes in law or governmental regulations or interpretations of existing law or regulations could result in increased costs, reduced vehicle prices and decreased profitability for us. In addition to the regulation of sales and acquisitions of vehicles, we are also subject to various local zoning requirements with regard to the location of our auction and storage facilities, which requirements vary from location to location, to lending laws and regulations and to currency reporting obligations. Failure to comply with present or future regulations or changes in existing regulations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. For a further discussion of the vehicle regulations applicable to our businesses, see “Business—Regulation.”

We have a material amount of goodwill which, if it becomes impaired, would result in a reduction in our net income.

Goodwill is the amount by which the cost of an acquisition accounted for using the purchase method exceeds the fair value of the net assets acquired. Current accounting standards require that goodwill no longer be amortized but instead be periodically evaluated for impairment based on the fair value of the reporting unit. A significant percentage of our total assets represents goodwill. Declines in our profitability may impact the fair value of our reporting units, which could result in a write-down of our goodwill and a reduction in net income.

 

29


Table of Contents

New accounting pronouncements or new interpretations of existing standards could require us to make adjustments to accounting policies that could adversely affect the financial statements.

The Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the SEC, and other accounting organizations or governmental entities from time to time issue new pronouncements or new interpretations of existing accounting standards that require changes to our accounting policies and procedures. To date, we do not believe any new pronouncements or interpretations have had a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, but future pronouncements or interpretations could require the change of policies or procedures.

ADESA may be subject to risks in connection with its former relationship with and separation from ALLETE.

ADESA and ALLETE, Inc., ADESA’s former parent company, entered into a tax sharing agreement, effective on the date of the spin-off, which governs ALLETE’s and ADESA’s respective rights, responsibilities and obligations after the spin-off with respect to taxes for the periods ending on or before the spin-off. Under the tax sharing agreement, if the spin-off becomes taxable to ALLETE, ADESA may be required to indemnify ALLETE for any taxes which arise as a result of ADESA’s actions or inaction. In addition, ADESA has agreed to indemnify ALLETE for 50 percent of any taxes that do not arise as a result of actions or inaction of either ADESA or ALLETE.

We may not be able to successfully integrate ADESA’s and IAAI’s operations.

On April 20, 2007, KAR Acquisition, Inc. merged with and into ADESA, with ADESA continuing as the surviving corporation. After consummation of the Merger and the related transactions, ADESA and IAAI became our wholly owned subsidiaries. Integration of the two previously independent companies may turn out to be more complex, time consuming and costly than we originally anticipated. Failure to successfully integrate these companies may have a material adverse effect on the combined company’s business, financial condition and result of operations. The difficulties of combining the companies present challenges to our management, including:

 

   

operating a larger combined company;

 

   

integrating personnel with diverse backgrounds and organizational cultures;

 

   

experiencing operational interruptions or the loss of key employees, customers or suppliers; and

 

   

consolidating other corporate and administrative functions.

The combined company is also exposed to risks that are commonly associated with merger transactions, such as unanticipated liabilities and costs, some of which may be material, and diversion of management’s attention. As a result, the anticipated benefits of the Merger may not be fully realized, if at all.

We are controlled by the Equity Sponsors, and their interests as equity holders may not be aligned with your interests.

GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., Kelso Investment Associates VII, L.P., Parthenon Investors II, L.P. and Value Act Capital Master Fund, L.P. own, through their respective affiliates, including certain affiliated private equity funds, substantially all of our equity. The Equity Sponsors can elect all of our directors, appoint new management and approve any action requiring the vote of our outstanding common stock, including amendments of our articles of incorporation, mergers or sales of substantially all of our assets. The directors elected by the Equity Sponsors may be able to make decisions affecting our capital structure, including decisions to issue additional capital stock and incur additional debt. The interests of our equity holders may not in all cases be aligned with the interests of our noteholders. For example, if we encounter financial difficulties or are unable to pay our debts as they mature, the interests of our equity holders might conflict with your interests as a noteholder. In addition, our equity holders may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions might involve risks to our noteholders.

 

30


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to the Exchange Notes

We have a substantial amount of debt, which could impair our financial condition and adversely affect our ability to react to changes in our business and fulfill our obligations under the Exchange Notes.

As of September 30, 2007, our total debt was approximately $2.6206 billion and we have approximately $300.0 million of available borrowing capacity under our senior secured credit facilities.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you, including:

 

   

making it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to the Exchange Notes;

 

   

limiting our ability to borrow additional amounts to fund working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements, execution of our business strategy, acquisitions and other purposes;

 

   

requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay principal and interest on our debt, which would reduce the funds available to us for other purposes, including funding future expansion;

 

   

making us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions, in government regulation and in our business by limiting our flexibility in planning for, and making it more difficult for us to react quickly to, changing conditions; and

 

   

exposing us to risks inherent in interest rate fluctuations because some of our borrowings, including borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities, will be at variable rates of interest, which could result in higher interest expenses in the event of increases in interest rates.

See “Description of Other Indebtedness,” “Description of Senior Exchange Notes” and “Description of Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes.”

Restrictive covenants in agreements and instruments governing our debt, including the indentures governing the Exchange Notes, may adversely affect our ability to operate our business.

The indentures governing the Exchange Notes and the agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities contain, and our future debt instruments may contain, various provisions that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries, including ADESA and IAAI, to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional debt;

 

   

provide guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons;

 

   

issue redeemable stock and preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends or distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

prepay, redeem or repurchase debt;

 

   

make loans, investments and capital expenditures;

 

   

incur liens;

 

   

pay dividends or make other payments by our restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

   

sell assets and capital stock of our subsidiaries; and

 

   

consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person.

 

31


Table of Contents

Our senior secured credit facilities are secured, and our bank lenders and future secured creditors have a prior claim on our assets to the extent of the value of the collateral securing their claims. Similarly, holders of the guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness have a prior claim on the guarantors’ assets that secure such indebtedness.

The Exchange Notes and the guarantees will not be secured by any of our assets. Holders of our secured indebtedness and the secured indebtedness of the guarantors will have claims that are prior to your claims as holders of the Exchange Notes to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness. We, and the guarantors, will be party to senior secured credit facilities, which will be secured by a significant portion of our assets, including a pledge of all of our capital stock and the capital stock of all of our direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of our first tier foreign subsidiaries. In the event of any distribution or payment of our assets in any foreclosure, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or other bankruptcy proceeding, holders of our secured indebtedness will have prior claim to our assets that constitute their collateral. Holders of the Exchange Notes will participate ratably with all holders of our unsecured indebtedness that is deemed to be of the same class as the Exchange Notes. In that event, because the Exchange Notes and the guarantees will not be secured by any of our assets, it is possible that our remaining assets might be insufficient to satisfy your claims in full.

As of September 30, 2007, the aggregate amount of our secured indebtedness, on a consolidated basis, was approximately $1,595.6 million, and approximately $300.0 million was available for additional borrowing under our senior secured credit facilities. We are permitted to borrow substantial additional secured indebtedness in the future under the terms of the indentures. See “Description of Senior Exchange Notes” and “Description of Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes.”

If our subsidiaries do not make sufficient distributions to us, we will not be able to make payment on any of our debt, including the Exchange Notes. In addition, the structural subordination of the Exchange Notes to certain of our subsidiaries’ liabilities may limit our ability to make payment on the Exchange Notes.

We are a holding company with no business operations, sources of income or assets of our own other than our ownership interests in our subsidiaries. Because all our operations are conducted by our subsidiaries, our cash flow and our ability to make payments on our debt, including the Exchange Notes, is dependent upon cash dividends and distributions or other transfers from our subsidiaries. In addition, any payment of dividends, distributions, loans or advances by our subsidiaries to us could be subject to restrictions on dividends or repatriation of earnings under applicable local law, monetary transfer restrictions and foreign currency exchange regulations in the jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries operate, and any restrictions imposed by the current and future debt instruments of our subsidiaries.

Some of our subsidiaries, including our existing and future foreign subsidiaries, will not guarantee the Exchange Notes. The Exchange Notes will be structurally subordinated to all existing or future liabilities and preferred equity of these subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Exchange Notes. In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or similar proceeding with respect to any such subsidiary, we, as a common equity owner of such subsidiary, and, therefore, holders of our debt, including holders of the Exchange Notes, will be subject to the prior claims of such subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors, and preferred equity holders. As of September 30, 2007, the aggregate amount of liabilities of our subsidiaries that will not guarantee the Exchange Notes, including trade and other payables, would have been $336.1 million. For the period ending September 30, 2007, our subsidiaries that will not guarantee the Exchange Notes would have represented approximately 15.3% of our total assets and approximately 26.7% of our total revenues, in each case before intercompany eliminations.

 

32


Table of Contents

If we default on our obligations to pay our other indebtedness or otherwise fail to comply with covenants in the instruments governing our other indebtedness, we may not be able to make payments on the Exchange Notes.

Any default under the agreements governing our indebtedness, including a default under our senior secured credit facilities that is not waived by the required lenders, could make us unable to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Exchange Notes and substantially decrease the market value of the Exchange Notes. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow and are otherwise unable to obtain funds necessary to meet required payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest on our other indebtedness, we could be in default under the terms of the agreements governing such indebtedness. In addition, the restrictive covenants in our senior secured credit facilities require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests. A breach of any these financial, operating or other covenants could result in a default. In the event of any such default, the holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare all the funds borrowed thereunder, together with accrued and unpaid interest, to be due and payable and the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities could elect to terminate all commitments to extend further credit. If we were unable to repay those amounts, such holders or lenders could institute foreclosure proceedings against our assets, which could force us into bankruptcy or liquidation.

We require a significant amount of cash to service all of our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes, and to fund planned capital expenditures, and our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

Our ability to make payments on and refinance our debt, including the Exchange Notes, and to fund planned capital expenditures depends on our ability to generate cash in the future. To some extent, this is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, legislative, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. Our business may not generate cash from operations at levels sufficient to permit us to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness, and our cash needs may increase. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash from operations to service our debt and meet our other cash needs, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the Exchange Notes. We may not be able to take any of these actions. We may not be able to refinance our debt or sell additional debt or equity securities or our assets on favorable terms, if at all, particularly because of our high levels of debt and the restrictions imposed by the agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing the Exchange Notes on our ability to incur additional debt and use the proceeds from asset sales. If we must sell our assets, it may negatively affect our ability to generate revenue. The inability to obtain additional financing could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and on our ability to meet our obligations to you under the Exchange Notes.

If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, we would be in default and, as a result:

 

   

our debt holders could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable;

 

   

the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities could terminate their commitments to lend us money and foreclose against the assets securing their borrowings; and

 

   

we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation, which could result in you losing your investment in the Exchange Notes.

 

33


Table of Contents

Your right to receive payments on the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes is junior to our existing indebtedness and possibly all of our future borrowings. Further, the guarantees of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes are junior to all of our guarantors’ existing indebtedness and possibly to all their future borrowings.

The Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes and the guarantees thereof rank behind all of our and the guarantors’ existing indebtedness (other than trade payables) and all of our and their future borrowings (other than trade payables), except any future indebtedness that expressly provides that it ranks equal with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes and the related subsidiary guarantees. As a result, upon any distribution to our creditors or the creditors of the guarantors in a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to us or the guarantors or our or their property, the holders of our senior debt and that of the guarantors will be entitled to be paid in full and in cash before any payment may be made with respect to the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes or the guarantees.

In addition, all payments on the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes and the guarantees thereof will be blocked in the event of a payment default on certain senior debt and may be blocked for up to 179 of 360 consecutive days in the event of certain non-payment defaults on certain senior debt.

In the event of a bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or similar proceeding relating to us or the guarantors, holders of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes will participate with trade creditors and all other holders of our and the guarantors’ subordinated indebtedness in the assets remaining after we and the guarantors have paid all of our senior debt. However, because the indenture governing the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes requires that amounts otherwise payable to holders of the senior subordinated notes in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding be paid to holders of senior debt instead, holders of the senior subordinated notes may receive less, ratably, than holders of trade payables in any such proceeding. In any of these cases, we and the guarantors may not have sufficient funds to pay all of our creditors and holders of senior subordinated notes may receive less, ratably, than the holders of our senior debt.

As of September 30, 2007, we had approximately $2,195.6 million of senior indebtedness, including the Senior Restricted Notes, and approximately $300.0 million was available for borrowing as additional senior debt under our senior secured credit facilities. We are permitted to borrow substantial additional indebtedness, including senior debt, in the future under the terms of the indentures.

We may not be able to repurchase the Exchange Notes upon a change of control.

Upon a change of control, as defined in the indentures, subject to certain conditions, we will be required to offer to repurchase all outstanding notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. The source of funds for that purchase of notes will be our available cash or cash generated from our subsidiaries’ operations or other potential sources, including borrowings, sales of assets or sales of equity. We cannot assure you that sufficient funds from such sources will be available at the time of any change of control to make required repurchases of notes tendered. Further, we may be contractually restricted under the terms of our senior secured credit facilities or other future senior indebtedness from repurchasing all of the Exchange Notes tendered by holders upon a change of control. Our future debt agreements may contain similar restrictions and provisions. Accordingly, we may not be able to satisfy our obligations to purchase your notes unless we are able to refinance or obtain waivers under our senior secured credit facilities and any such future debt agreements. Our failure to repurchase the Exchange Notes upon a change of control would cause a default under the indenture and a cross-default under our senior secured credit facilities. In addition, certain corporate events, such as leveraged recapitalizations that would increase the level of our indebtedness, would not constitute a change of control under the indentures.

 

34


Table of Contents

Fraudulent transfer statutes may limit your rights as a holder of the Exchange Notes.

Federal and state fraudulent transfer laws permit a court, if it makes certain findings, to:

 

   

void all or a portion of our obligations to holders of the Exchange Notes;

 

   

subordinate our obligations to holders of the Exchange Notes to our other existing and future indebtedness, entitling other creditors to be paid in full before any payment is made on the Exchange Notes; and

 

   

take other action detrimental to holders of the Exchange Notes, including invalidating the Exchange Notes.

In that event, we cannot assure you that you would ever be repaid.

Under federal and state fraudulent transfer laws, in order to take any of those actions, courts will typically need to find that, at the time the Exchange Notes were issued, we:

(1) issued the Exchange Notes with the intent of hindering, delaying or defrauding current or future creditors; or

(2) received less than fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for incurring the indebtedness represented by the Exchange Notes; and

(a) were insolvent or were rendered insolvent by reason of the issuance of the Exchange Notes;

(b) were engaged, or were about to engage, in a business or transaction for which our assets were unreasonably small; or

(c) intended to incur, or believed or should have believed we would incur, debts beyond our ability to pay as such debts mature.

Many of the foregoing terms are defined in or interpreted under those fraudulent transfer statutes. A court would likely find that we or a guarantor did not receive reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration for the Exchange Notes or such guarantee if we or such guarantor did not substantially benefit directly or indirectly from the issuance of the Exchange Notes or the applicable guarantee. As a general matter, value is given for a transfer or an obligation if, in exchange for the transfer or obligation, property is transferred or an antecedent debt is secured or satisfied. A debtor will generally not be considered to have received value in connection with a debt offering if the debtor uses the proceeds of that offering to make a dividend payment or otherwise retire or redeem equity securities issued by the debtor.

The measure of insolvency for purposes of the foregoing considerations will vary depending on the law of the jurisdiction that is being applied in any such proceeding. Generally, a company would be considered insolvent if, at the time it incurred the debt:

 

   

the sum of its debts (including contingent liabilities) is greater than its assets, at fair valuation;

 

   

the present fair saleable value of its assets is less than the amount required to pay the probable liability on its total existing debts and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured; or

 

   

it could not pay its debts as they become due.

We cannot assure you what standard a court would apply in determining our solvency and whether it would conclude that we were solvent when we incurred our obligations under the Exchange Notes.

 

35


Table of Contents

Our obligations under the Exchange Notes will be guaranteed by all of our direct and indirect restricted subsidiaries that guarantee our senior secured credit facilities, and the guarantees may also be subject to review under various laws for the protection of creditors. It is possible that creditors of the guarantors may challenge the guarantees as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. The analysis set forth above would generally apply, except that the guarantees could also be subject to the claim that, because the guarantees were incurred for the benefit of the issuer, and only indirectly for the benefit of the guarantors, the obligations of the guarantors thereunder were incurred for less than reasonably equivalent value or fair consideration. A court could void a guarantor’s obligation under its guarantee, subordinate the guarantee to the other indebtedness of a guarantor, direct that holders of the Exchange Notes return any amounts paid under a guarantee to the relevant guarantor or to a fund for the benefit of its creditors, or take other action detrimental to the holders of Exchange Notes. In addition, the liability of each guarantor under the indenture will be limited to the amount that will result in its guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or improper corporate distribution, and there can be no assurance as to what standard a court would apply in making a determination as to what would be the maximum liability of each guarantor.

Risks Relating to the Exchange Offer and Holding the Exchange Notes

There is no public market for the Exchange Notes, and we do not know if a market will ever develop or, if a market does develop, whether it will be sustained.

The Exchange Notes are a new issue of securities for which there is no existing trading market. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that a liquid market will develop for the Exchange Notes, that you will be able to sell your Exchange Notes at a particular time or that the prices that you receive when you sell the Exchange Notes will be favorable.

We do not intend to apply for listing or quotation of any series of bonds on any securities exchange or stock market, although our Restricted Notes trade on the PORTAL Market. The liquidity of any market for the Exchange Notes will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

   

the number of holders of Exchange Notes;

 

   

our operating performance and financial condition;

 

   

our ability to complete the offer to exchange the Restricted Notes for the Exchange Notes;

 

   

the market for similar securities;

 

   

the interest of securities dealers in making a market in the Exchange Notes; and

 

   

prevailing interest rates.

Holders of Restricted Notes who fail to exchange their Restricted Notes in the exchange offer will continue to be subject to restrictions on transfer. You may have difficulty selling the Restricted Notes that you do not exchange.

If you do not exchange your Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer applicable to the Restricted Notes. The restrictions on transfer of your Restricted Notes arise because we issued the Restricted Notes under exemptions from, or in transactions not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, you may only offer or sell the Restricted Notes if they are registered under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, or offered and sold under an exemption from these requirements. We do not plan to register the Restricted Notes under the Securities Act. For further information regarding the consequences of tendering your Restricted Notes in the exchange offer, see the discussion below under the caption “The Exchange Offer—Consequences of Exchanging or Failing to Exchange Restricted Notes.”

 

36


Table of Contents

The tender of Restricted Notes under the Exchange Offer will reduce the outstanding amount of each series of Restricted Notes, which may have an adverse effect upon, and increase the volatility of, the market prices of the Restricted Notes due to a reduction in liquidity. Consequently, you may find it difficult to sell any Restricted Notes you continue to hold because there will be fewer Restricted Notes of such series outstanding.

You must comply with the exchange offer procedures in order to receive new, freely tradable Exchange Notes.

Delivery of Exchange Notes in exchange for Restricted Notes tendered and accepted for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of book-entry transfer of Restricted Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC, as depositary, including an agent’s message (as defined herein). We are not required to notify you of defects or irregularities in tenders of Restricted Notes for exchange. Restricted Notes that are not tendered or that are tendered but we do not accept for exchange will, following consummation of the exchange offer, continue to be subject to the existing transfer restrictions under the Securities Act and, upon consummation of the exchange offer, certain registration and other rights under the registration rights agreement will terminate. See “The Exchange Offer—Procedures for Tendering Restricted Notes” and “The Exchange Offer—Consequences of Exchanging or Failing to Exchange Restricted Notes.”

Some holders who exchange their Restricted Notes may be deemed to be underwriters, and these holders will be required to Comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements in connection with any resale transaction.

If you exchange your Restricted Notes in the exchange offer for the purpose of participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes, you may be deemed to have received restricted securities and, if so, will be required to comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

 

37


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements which are subject to certain risks, trends and uncertainties. In particular, statements made in this prospectus that are not historical facts (including, but not limited to, expectations, estimates, assumptions and projections regarding the industry, business, future operating results, potential acquisitions and anticipated cash requirements) may be forward-looking statements. Words such as “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates,” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Such statements, including statements regarding our future growth; anticipated cost savings, revenue increases and capital expenditures; strategic initiatives such as selective relocations, greenfields and acquisitions; our competitive position; and our continued investment in information technology are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results projected, expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to:

 

   

fluctuations in consumer demand for and in the supply of used, leased and salvage vehicles and the resulting impact on auction sales volumes and conversion rates;

 

   

trends in new and used vehicle sales and incentives, including wholesale used vehicle pricing;

 

   

economic conditions including fuel prices and Canadian exchange rate and interest rate fluctuations;

 

   

trends in the vehicle remarketing industry;

 

   

changes in the volume of vehicle production, including capacity reductions at the major original equipment manufacturers;

 

   

the introduction of new competitors;

 

   

laws, regulations and industry standards, including changes in regulations governing the sale of used vehicles, the processing of salvage vehicles and commercial lending activities;

 

   

changes in the market value of vehicles auctioned, including changes in the actual cash value of salvage vehicles;

 

   

competitive pricing pressures;

 

   

costs associated with the acquisition of businesses or technologies;

 

   

litigation developments;

 

   

patent or other intellectual property infringement claims, which could have an impact on the business or operating results due to a disruption in business operations, the incurrence of significant costs and other factors;

 

   

our ability to successfully implement our business strategies or realize expected cost savings and revenue enhancements;

 

   

our ability to develop and implement information systems responsive to customer needs;

 

   

business development activities, including acquisitions and integration of acquired businesses;

 

   

weather;

 

   

general business conditions; and

 

   

other risks described from time to time.

Many of these risk factors are outside of our control, and as such, they involve risks which are not currently known that could cause actual results to differ materially from those discussed or implied herein. The forward-looking statements in this document are made as of the date hereof and we do not undertake to update our forward-looking statements.

 

38


Table of Contents

Our future growth depends on a variety of factors, including our ability to increase vehicle sold volumes and loan transaction volumes, acquire additional auctions, manage expansion, relocation and integration of acquisitions, control costs in our operations, introduce modest fee increases, expand our product and service offerings including information systems development and retain our executive officers and key employees. Certain initiatives that management considers important to our long-term success include substantial capital investment in e-business, information technology, facility relocations and expansions, as well as operating initiatives designed to enhance overall efficiencies, have significant risks associated with their execution, and could take several years to yield any direct monetary benefits. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether our growth strategy will be successful. In addition, we cannot predict what portion of overall sales will be conducted through online auctions or other redistribution methods in the future and what impact this may have on our auction business.

 

39


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We will not receive any proceeds from the exchange offer. Any Restricted Notes that are properly tendered and exchanged pursuant to the exchange offer will be retired and cancelled.

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

The table below sets forth our ratio of earnings to fixed charges on a historical and pro forma basis for the periods indicated. The ratios below show the extent to which our business generates enough earnings after the payment of all expenses after interest to make required interest payments on our debt. For purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income from continuing operations before taxes and fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest, whether expensed or capitalized, amortization of expenses related to indebtedness and an estimate of the interest within rental expense.

KAR Holdings

 

Pro forma

year ended

December 31, 2006

  

Nine months

ended

September 30, 2007

  

Pro forma

nine months

ended

September 30, 2007

0.8x

   1.0x    1.0x

ADESA(1)

 

Year ended December 31,

 

From
January 1, 2007

to

April 19, 2007

2002

 

2003

 

2004

 

2005

 

2006

 

6.0x

  8.9x   6.5x   6.2x   6.8x   6.1x

Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.(2)

 

Year ended December 31,

 

December 27,
2004 through
May 25,

2005

 

May 26, 2005
through
December 25,

2005

 

Year ended
December 31,

2006

 

From
January 1, 2007
to

April 19, 2007

2002

 

2003

 

2004

       

1.9x

  1.4x   3.0x   2.1x  

(3)

 

(4)

  1.1x

(1) Fixed charges for 2005 include incremental interest expense compared to 2004 of $7.9 million incurred in the first half of 2005 resulting from ADESA’s recapitalization and transition to an independent public company in 2005. Fixed charges for 2004 include incremental interest expense compared to 2003 of $8.7 million resulting from ADESA’s recapitalization in June 2004.

 

(2) On February 22, 2005, IAAI entered into a merger agreement with Axle Merger Sub, Inc. and Axle Holdings, Inc. On May 25, 2005, Axle Merger Sub, Inc. merged with and into IAAI, with IAAI continuing as the surviving corporation, and IAAI became a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Axle Holdings, Inc., which is owned by Axle Holdings II, LLC (which is controlled by affiliates of Kelso). This merger and the related transactions resulted in additional debt and a new basis of accounting under SFAS 141. The ratio of earnings to fixed charges for periods ending on or prior to May 25, 2005 generally will not be comparable with the ratio for periods after that date.

 

(3) The amount of deficiency was $6,766.

 

(4) The amount of deficiency was $8,855.

 

40


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of September 30, 2007. You should read the data set forth in the table below in conjunction with the “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of September 30,
2007
     (in millions)

Available cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 154.4
      

Debt:

  

Revolving credit facility(2)

     —  

Term loan B

     1,561.1

Floating Rate Senior Notes

     150.0

8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes

     450.0

10% Senior Subordinated Notes

     425.0
      

Total debt(3)

     2,586.1

Total shareholders’ equity

     1,081.2
      

Total capitalization

   $ 3,667.3
      

(1) Available cash and cash equivalents excludes cash in transit, restricted cash balances and foreign cash not repatriated.

 

(2) Provides for up to $300.0 million of borrowings. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—Senior Secured Credit Facilities.”

 

(3) Excludes the Atlanta capital lease obligation of $34.5 million due to corresponding development revenue bonds included in other assets of an equal amount.

 

41


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 is based on ADESA and IAAI’s unaudited financial statements for the periods from January 1, 2007 to April 19, 2007 and KAR Holdings’ unaudited financial statements for the period from January 1, 2007 to September 30, 2007, as adjusted to give effect to the Transactions. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 give effect to the Transactions as if they had been consummated on January 1, 2006. The following unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data for the year ended December 31, 2006 is based on consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, as adjusted to give effect to the Transactions.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” the consolidated financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements are presented for informational purposes only. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements do not purport to represent what results of operations would have been had the Transactions actually occurred on the dates indicated and they do not purport to project results of operations for any future period. All pro forma adjustments and their underlying assumptions are described more fully in the notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations.

 

42


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007

 

(Dollars in millions)    KAR
Holdings
January 1,
2007 to
September 30,
2007(g)
    ADESA
January 1,
2007 to
April 19,
2007
    IAAI
January 1,
2007 to
April 19,
2007
    Transactions
Pro Forma
Adjustments
   

Combined
Pro Forma

January 1,
2007 to
September 30,
2007

 

Statement of Operations Data:

          

Net revenues

   $ 704.4     $ 371.3     $ 114.8     $ 2.0 (a)   $ 1,192.5  

Cost of goods sold

     391.1       187.3       76.5       —         654.9  
                                        

Gross profit

     313.3       184.0       38.3       2.0       537.6  

Selling, general & administrative expenses

     146.3       85.5       19.5      
 
0.8
 
 
(b)
    252.1  

Depreciation & amortization

     66.8       15.9       7.9       28.2 (c)     118.8  

Transaction expenses

     —         24.8       —         (24.8 )(d)     —    
                                        

Operating income

     100.2       57.8       10.9       (2.2 )     166.7  

Interest expense

     104.4       7.8       10.0       46.6 (e)     168.8  

Other expense (income)

     (6.7 )     (1.9 )     (0.2 )     —         (8.8 )
                                        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     2.5       51.9       1.1       (48.8 )     6.7  

Income taxes

     6.5       24.9       1.5       (21.2 )(f)     11.7  
                                        

Net (loss) income from cont. operations

   $ (4.0 )   $ 27.0     $ (0.4 )   $ (27.6 )   $ (5.0 )
                                        

(a) Reflects adjustment of finance receivables to fair value.

 

(b) Reflects the net adjustment to selling, general and administrative expense for January 1 through April 19 for the annual sponsor financial advisory fees.

 

(c) Represents pro forma depreciation and amortization for January 1 through April 19 resulting from our revalued assets.

 

(d) Represents legal and professional fees as well as accelerated incentive compensation costs associated with the Transactions.

 

(e) Represents pro forma interest expense for January 1 through April 19 resulting from our new capital structure.

 

(f) Represents the estimated tax effect of the pro forma adjustments, calculated at a rate consistent with the post-merger rate.

 

(g) We were incorporated on November 9, 2006, but had no operations until the consummation of the Transactions on April 20, 2007.

 

43


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

for the Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

(Dollars in millions)  

ADESA

December 31,
2006

   

IAAI

December 31,
2006

    Pro Forma
IAAI 2006
Acquisitions
Adjustments(a)
  Pro Forma
IAAI
Adjusted
December 31,
2006
    Transactions
Pro Forma
Adjustments
   

Combined

Pro Forma
December 31,
2006

 

Statement of Operations Data:

           

Net revenues

  $ 1,103.9     $ 332.0     $ 17.0   $ 349.0     $       $ 1,452.9  

Cost of goods sold

    563.8       235.8       0.5     236.3         800.1  
                                             

Gross profit

    540.1       96.2       16.5     112.7         652.8  

Selling, general and administrative

    268.7       46.5       9.8     56.3       2.9 (b)     327.9  

Depreciation and amortization

    46.5       23.9       0.2     24.1       87.8 (c)     158.4  
                                             

Operating income

    224.9       25.8       6.5     32.3       (90.7 )     166.5  

Interest expense

    27.4       30.6       0.4     31.0       171.4 (d)     229.8  

Early extinguishment of debt

    —         1.3         1.3         1.3  

Other expense (income)

    (6.9 )     2.7         2.7         (4.2 )
                                             

Income (loss) before income taxes

    204.4       (8.8 )     6.1     (2.7 )     (262.1 )     (60.4 )

Income taxes

    77.6       (1.6 )     1.4     (0.2 )     (99.6 )(e)     (22.2 )
                                             

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

  $ 126.8     $ (7.2 )   $         4.7   $ (2.5 )   $ (162.5 )   $ (38.2 )
                                             

See accompanying notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations.

 

44


Table of Contents

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

 

(a) Reflects the full-year impact of IAAI 2006 Acquisitions as if they had occurred on December 26, 2005.

 

(b) Reflects the net increase to selling, general and administrative expenses for the annual sponsor financial advisory fees.

 

(c) Represents pro forma depreciation and amortization for the full year resulting from our revalued assets.

 

(d) Represents pro forma interest expense resulting from our new capital structure, using, in the case of revolving and term loan borrowings, an assumed LIBOR rate of 5.36% as follows:

 

     Pro forma
year ended
December 31,
2006
 
     (in millions)  

Revolving credit facility(i)

   $ —    

Term loan B(ii)

     118.6  

Notes(iii)

     95.9  

Capital lease interest expense(iv)

     1.7  

Agency and commitment fees(v)

     0.3  

Amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs(vi)

     13.3  
        

Pro forma interest expense

     229.8  

Less historical interest expense, net(vii)

     (58.4 )
        

Total pro forma interest expense adjustment

   $ 171.4  
        

  (i) Reflects no borrowings under and therefore no pro forma interest expense on the new revolving credit facility for up to $300.0 million of borrowings.

 

  (ii) Reflects pro forma interest expense on the average borrowings outstanding under the term loan B.

 

  (iii) Reflects pro forma interest expense on the principal balance of the notes.

 

  (iv) Reflects historical interest expense related to capital lease obligations on a principal balance of $34.9 million at an average interest rate of 5.0%. Does not reflect interest income on related $34.5 million of development revenue bonds, which have a 5.0% interest rate.

 

  (v) Reflects annual agency fees and commitment fees of 0.50% on an assumed $50.0 million average available and undrawn balance under our revolving credit facility.

 

  (vi) Reflects non-cash amortization of capitalized debt issuance costs. These costs are amortized over the term of the related debt (six years for the revolving credit facility, six and one-half years for the term loan B, seven years for the senior notes and eight years for the senior subordinated notes).

 

  (vii) Reflects historical interest expense on existing debt that is being refinanced.

 

(e) Represents the estimated tax effect of the pro forma adjustments to interest expense, depreciation and amortization and selling, general and administration expenses, calculated at an assumed combined federal and state effective rate applicable to KAR Holdings of 38.0%.

 

45


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Data,” the consolidated financial statements of KAR Holdings and related notes, the consolidated financial statements of ADESA and related notes, the consolidated financial statements of IAAI and related notes, and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Selected Historical Data of KAR Holdings

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007

The following consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 is based on our unaudited financial statements for the period of January 1, 2007 to September 30, 2007. We were incorporated on November 9, 2006, but had no operations in 2006 or for the period of January 1 through April 19, 2007. On April 20, 2007, we consummated a merger agreement with ADESA, Inc. and as part of the agreement, IAAI was combined with ADESA. Both ADESA and IAAI became our wholly owned subsidiaries.

(Dollars in millions except where otherwise noted.)

 

     Nine months
ended
September 30,
2007
 
     (unaudited)  

Operations:

  

Operating revenues

  

ADESA Auction Services

   $ 432.3  

IAAI Salvage Services

     208.4  

AFC

     63.7  
        

Total operating revenues

   $ 704.4  

Operating expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     537.4  

Operating profit

     100.2  

Interest expense

     104.4  

Loss from continuing operations

     (4.0 )

Net loss

     (4.0 )

 

    

At September 30,

2007

     (unaudited)

Financial Position:

  

Working capital

   $ 485.6

Total assets

     5,030.1

Total debt

     2,620.6

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,081.2

 

    

Nine months
ended
September 30,

2007

     (unaudited)

Other Financial Data:

  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 89.8

Capital expenditures

     31.1

Depreciation and amortization

     66.8

 

46


Table of Contents

Selected Historical Data of ADESA

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006

The selected historical financial data of ADESA for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 and as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 has been derived from the audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical financial data for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 presented below has been derived from our audited financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. Certain amounts reported in previous periods have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

In 2006, ADESA incurred a charge representing a reduction of ownership interests in aircraft and other costs associated with the termination of a Joint Aircraft and Ownership Management Agreement with ALLETE. In the fourth quarter 2006, ADESA incurred transaction expenses consisting primarily of legal and professional fees associated with the merger. In addition, ADESA incurred various charges and incremental expenses in 2004 and 2005 related to its initial public offering of its common stock and a registered public offering of its unsecured 7  5 / 8 % senior subordinated notes, subsequent separation from ALLETE and subsequent restructuring of its debt that affect the comparability of its reported results of operations. In 2003, ADESA recognized a gain on the sale of real estate. As a result of these transactions and the transition to an independent public company, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006 operating results may not be comparable to previous periods or ongoing operations. See the footnotes below for the amounts and descriptions of the various transactions and incremental expenses incurred by ADESA in 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006.

(Dollars in millions except where otherwise noted.)

 

For the year ended December 31,

   2002     2003(1)    2004(2)    2005(3)    2006(4)

Operations:

             

Operating revenues

             

Auction services group

   $ 722.9     $ 800.2    $ 808.9    $ 842.8    $ 959.9

Dealer services group

     99.9       104.3      116.6      126.0      144.0
                                   

Total operating revenues

   $ 822.8     $ 904.5    $ 925.5    $ 968.8    $ 1,103.9

Operating expenses (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     617.3       668.2      676.6      700.6      832.5

Operating profit

     173.2       201.3      213.0      227.4      224.9

Interest expense

     22.5       16.0      25.4      31.2      27.4

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —         —        14.0      2.9      —  

Income from continuing operations

     92.8       113.9      109.0      126.1      126.8

Net income

     88.3       115.1      105.3      125.5      126.3

December 31,

   2002     2003    2004    2005    2006

Financial Position :

             

Working capital (deficit)

   $ (86.1 )   $ 56.8    $ 358.2    $ 302.0    $ 325.2

Total assets

     1,491.6       1,656.8      1,915.0      1,945.5      1,975.3

Total debt

     409.7       370.9      516.1      432.5      352.5

Total stockholders’ equity

     788.7       950.2      1,011.4      1,089.9      1,203.5

For the year ended December 31,

   2002     2003(7)    2004(8)    2005(9)    2006(10)

Other Financial Data:

             

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 181.7     $ 131.9    $ 175.5    $ 136.5    $ 190.9

Capital expenditures

     66.5       26.8      31.2      55.3      37.1

Depreciation and amortization

     32.3       35.0      35.9      40.8      46.5

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(5)

     6.0x       8.9x      6.5x      6.2x      6.8x

(1) 2003 operating expenses include a gain on sale of real estate of $3.4 million ($2.1 million after-tax).

 

47


Table of Contents
(2) 2004 operations include:

 

   

Transaction costs totaling $3.0 million ($1.8 million after-tax). Transaction costs consist primarily of legal and professional fees associated with ADESA’s initial public offering and separation from ALLETE.

 

   

Loss on extinguishment of debt totaling $14.0 million ($8.5 million after-tax). The loss on extinguishment of debt consists of an early termination penalty related to the prepayment of ADESA’s senior notes and the write-off of related unamortized debt issuance costs.

 

   

Incremental corporate expenses compared to 2003, of $11.9 million ($7.3 million after-tax). Incremental corporate expenses consist of salaries, benefits and other expenses due to the addition of corporate level personnel, professional fees, incremental insurance and other costs necessary to support an independent public company.

 

   

Incremental interest expense compared to 2003, of $8.7 million ($5.3 million after-tax) resulting from ADESA’s recapitalization in June of 2004.

 

(3) 2005 operations include:

 

   

Loss on extinguishment of debt totaling $2.9 million ($1.8 million after-tax). The loss on extinguishment of debt consists of a charge for the write-off of certain unamortized debt issuance costs associated with ADESA’s June 2004 credit facility and certain expenses related to the amended and restated credit facility.

 

   

Gain on termination of swap of $0.5 million ($0.3 million after-tax). The interest rate swap agreement related to ADESA’s former Term Loan B facility was terminated in the third quarter of 2005.

 

   

Incremental corporate expenses compared to 2004, of $3.9 million ($2.4 million after-tax). Incremental corporate expenses were incurred in the first half of 2005 and consisted of salaries, benefits and other expenses due to the addition of corporate level personnel, professional fees, incremental insurance and other costs necessary to support an independent public company.

 

   

Incremental interest expense compared to 2004, of $7.9 million ($4.8 million after-tax) incurred in the first half of 2005 resulting from ADESA’s recapitalization and transition to an independent public company.

 

(4) 2006 operations include:

 

   

Loss on termination of aircraft agreement with ALLETE totaling $3.4 million ($2.1 million after-tax). ADESA received notice of ALLETE’s election to terminate the Joint Aircraft Ownership and Management Agreement on November 2, 2006. As a result, ADESA recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $3.4 million representing a reduction of ownership interests in the aircraft and other costs associated with the termination of the agreement.

 

   

Transaction expenses totaling $6.1 million ($5.1 million after-tax). In 2006, ADESA entered into a merger agreement to be acquired by a group of private equity funds. The transaction expenses consist primarily of legal and professional fees associated with the pending merger.

 

(5) For purposes of determining the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before income taxes and fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest on indebtedness, amortization of debt issuance costs which are charged to interest expense and a reasonable approximation of the interest factor related to operating leases. Fixed charges for 2005 include incremental interest expense compared to 2004 of $7.9 million incurred in the first half of 2005 resulting from ADESA’s recapitalization and transition to an independent public company. Fixed charges for 2004 include incremental interest expense compared to 2003 of $8.7 million resulting from ADESA’s recapitalization in June 2004.

 

48


Table of Contents

Selected Historical Data of IAAI

For the Years Ended December 31, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 and 2006

The statement of operations data of IAAI for 2004, 2005 and 2006 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 and December 25, 2006 have been derived from the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus that have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, whose report is also included herein. The statement of operations data for 2002 and 2003 and balance sheet data for 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus.

IAAI’s consolidated financial statements for the periods subsequent to the merger in 2005 of Axle Merger Sub, Inc. with and into IAAI, which resulted in affiliates of Kelso & Company controlling IAAI (the “2005 Acquisition”), reflect a new basis of accounting incorporating the fair value adjustments made in recording the 2005 Acquisition and the related transactions, while the periods prior to the 2005 Acquisition reflect IAAI’s historical cost basis. Accordingly, the accompanying selected financial data and other data as of dates and for periods ending on or prior to May 24, 2005 are labeled as “predecessor,” and the accompanying selected financial data and other data as of and for periods beginning after the date of the 2005 Acquisition are labeled as “successor.”

IAAI’s fiscal year 2006 consisted of 53 weeks and ended on December 31, 2006. IAAI’s fiscal years 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002 each consisted of 52 weeks and ended on December 25, 2005, December 26, 2004, December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002, respectively.

 

    Predecessor           Successor  
   

December 29,

2002

 

December 28,

2003

 

December 26,

2004

 

December 27,

2004 -
May 24,

2005

          May 25,
2005 -
December 25,
2005
    December 31,
2006
 
    (dollars in thousands)        

Selected Statement of Operations Data:

               

Revenues

  $ 234,197   $ 209,650   $ 240,179   $ 120,445         $ 160,410     $ 331,950  

Earnings (loss) from operations

    7,530     5,011     20,909     2,584           7,909       22,581  
                                             

Net earnings (loss).

  $ 4,008   $ 2,332   $ 12,265   $ (440 )       $ (5,434 )   $ (7,179 )
                                             

 

     Predecessor          Successor
     2002    2003    2004          2005    2006
     (dollars in thousands)

Selected Balance Sheet Data (at period end):

                  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,027    $ 15,486    $ 13,325        $ 25,882    $ 14,040

Working capital

     23,787      25,159      16,881          52,002      49,973

Total assets

     259,650      287,793      298,979          514,860      588,021

Total debt

     4,009      29,147      24,642          265,022      344,842

Current debt

     2,595      10,369      14,606          1,510      2,247

Long-term debt

     1,414      18,778      10,036          263,512      342,595

Total shareholders’ equity

     194,102      189,086      202,651          144,024      137,576

 

49


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and the consolidated financial statements of and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations contains forward-looking statements that are based on the beliefs of our management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. The actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements for various reasons including those discussed in “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” Refer to “Risk Factors” for a further discussion of some of the factors that affect or could affect the business, operating results and financial condition.

The Transactions, as described in “Summary—The Transactions,” resulted in a new basis of accounting under SFAS No. 141. This change creates many differences between reporting for KAR Holdings post merger, as successor, and ADESA and IAAI independently pre-merger. The ADESA and IAAI financial data for periods ending on or prior to April 19, 2007, generally will not be comparable to the successor financial data for periods after that date. The merger resulted in us having an entirely new capital structure, which results in significant differences between ADESA and IAAI pre-merger and KAR Holdings post merger in the equity sections of the statements. In addition, the successor incurred debt issuance costs and $2,590 million of debt in connection with the merger. The $662.6 million of debt related to ADESA’s and IAAI’s credit facilities and notes was paid off in connection with the merger and contribution ($318.0 million for ADESA and $344.6 million for IAAI). As a result, interest expense, debt and debt issuance costs are not comparable between the pre-merger and the post merger companies. Certain adjustments have been made to increase or decrease the carrying amount of assets and liabilities as a result of preliminary estimates and certain reasonable assumptions, which, in certain instances, has resulted in changes to amortization and depreciation expense amounts. The final valuations are not yet complete; as such, the allocation of purchase price has not been completed and further adjustments to the preliminary allocations may be made in subsequent periods.

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Executive Overview

Business

We are the only auction services provider in North America with leading market positions in both the whole car auction and salvage auction markets. The business is divided into three reportable business segments that are integral parts of the vehicle redistribution industry: ADESA Auctions, IAAI Salvage and AFC. The ADESA Auctions segment consists primarily of ADESA’s used vehicle auctions and is the second largest used vehicle auction network in North America with 58 ADESA sites as of January 21, 2008. ADESA Auctions also provide services such as inbound and outbound logistics, reconditioning, vehicle inspection and certification, titling and administrative services.

The IAAI segment consists of salvage vehicle auctions and related services in North America and is the second largest provider with 134 sites. The salvage auctions facilitate the redistribution of damaged vehicles that are designated as total losses by insurance companies, recovered stolen vehicles for which an insurance settlement with the vehicle owner has already been made and older model vehicles donated to charity or sold by dealers in salvage auctions. The salvage auction business specializes in providing services such as inbound and outbound logistics, inspections, evaluations, titling and settlement administrative services.

The AFC segment is primarily engaged in the business of providing short-term, inventory-secured financing, known as floorplan financing, to independent used vehicle dealers. AFC conducts business at 91 loan production offices in the U.S. and Canada.

 

50


Table of Contents

The holding company is maintained separately from the three reportable segments and includes expenses associated with the corporate office, such as salaries, benefits, and travel costs for the corporate management team, certain human resources, information technology and accounting costs, and incremental insurance, treasury, legal and risk management costs. Holding company interest includes the interest incurred on the corporate debt structure. Costs incurred at the holding company are not allocated to the three business segments.

We believe we are well positioned in both the used vehicle auction and salvage auction industries which have demonstrated long-term stability. We are one of the top three players in most markets in which we operate in an industry with high barriers (facilities, technology and expertise) to entry. ADESA and IAAI are able to serve the diverse and multi-faceted needs of customers through the wide range of services offered at their facilities. Our business model consistently generates substantial operating cash flow, which can be used to fund growth initiatives with minimal inventory risk.

Overview of Performance for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007

The volume of used vehicles coming to auction has increased in the first nine months of 2007 compared to the same period in 2006. In addition, ADESA’s used vehicle conversion percentage increased from 60.8% in 2006 to 61.7% in 2007. However, retail used vehicle sales remain weak and are down for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared to the same period in 2006. This decline has continued to impact demand and used vehicle auction volumes.

Salvage vehicle supplies have been fairly strong throughout the industry in 2007 despite increased fuel prices. We believe increased complexity in vehicles contributed to a larger number of insurance claims resulting in a total loss. In addition, flooding in several markets throughout 2007 has added incremental units.

Industry Outlook and Trends

The decline in retail used vehicle sales experienced in 2006 has persisted throughout the first nine months of 2007. Retail used vehicle sales are down approximately 4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 as compared to the same period in 2006. This decline has continued to impact demand and used vehicle auction volumes. We believe that the weak retail used vehicle market is the result of several factors including used cars being priced high relative to new discounted vehicles, slow economic growth, negative equity on longer term used vehicle loans and vehicle longevity. In addition, new vehicle sales have also experienced a decline of approximately 3% through the first nine months of 2007, which impacts trade-ins and auction volumes. Capacity reductions at the major U.S. original equipment manufacturers are expected to impact the industry and may result in reduced program vehicles and rental fleet sales. While off-lease vehicles declined in 2006, lease penetration rates have been modestly increasing since 2004 and we expect that industry off-lease auction volumes may begin increasing in early 2008.

Wholesale used vehicle prices were up in September 2007 and averaged $9,849 as compared to $9,585 in September 2006, according to ADESA Analytical Services’ monthly analysis of Wholesale Used Vehicle Prices by Vehicle Model Class.

Seasonality

The volume of vehicles sold at our auctions generally fluctuates from quarter to quarter. This seasonality is affected by several factors including weather, the timing of used vehicles available for sale from selling customers, the availability and quality of salvage vehicles, holidays, and the seasonality of the retail market for used vehicles, which affect the demand side of the auction industry. Used vehicle auction volumes tend to decline during prolonged periods of winter weather conditions. In addition, mild weather conditions and decreases in traffic volume can each lead to a decline in the available supply of salvage vehicles because fewer traffic accidents occur, resulting in fewer damaged vehicles overall. As a result, revenues and operating expenses

 

51


Table of Contents

related to volume will fluctuate accordingly on a quarterly basis. The fourth calendar quarter typically experiences lower used vehicle auction volume as well as additional costs associated with the holidays and winter weather.

Results of Operations

Our revenue is derived from auction fees and related services at our whole car and salvage auction facilities and dealer financing fees and net interest income at AFC. Although auction revenues primarily include the auction services and related fees, our related receivables and payables include the value of the vehicles sold. AFC’s net revenue consists primarily of securitization income and interest and fee income less provisions for credit losses. Securitization income is primarily comprised of the gain on sale of finance receivables sold, but also includes servicing income, discount accretion, and any change in the fair value of the retained interest in finance receivables sold. Our operating expenses consist of cost of services, selling, general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization. Cost of services is composed of payroll and related costs, subcontract services, supplies, insurance, property taxes, utilities, maintenance and lease expense related to the auction sites and loan offices. Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization. Selling, general and administrative expenses are composed of indirect payroll and related costs, sales and marketing, information technology services and professional fees.

Prior to April 19, 2007, ADESA, Inc.’s operations were grouped into three operating segments: used vehicle auctions, Impact salvage auctions and AFC. These three operating segments were aggregated into two reportable business segments: Auction Services Group (used vehicle auctions and Impact salvage auctions) and Dealer Services Group (AFC and related businesses). Prior to April 19, 2007, IAAI operated in a single business segment. Concurrent with the Transactions, we established three reportable business segments: ADESA Auctions, IAAI and AFC. ADESA’s Impact salvage auctions operating segment was combined with IAAI. These reportable segments offer different services, have distinct suppliers and buyers of vehicles and are managed separately based on the fundamental differences in their operations.

Operating Results Summary for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007

The following unaudited pro forma condensed segment results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 are based on ADESA and IAAI’s unaudited financial statements for the periods from January 1, 2007 to April 19, 2007 and KAR Holdings’ unaudited financial statements for the period from January 1, 2007 to September 30, 2007, as adjusted to combine the financial statements of ADESA Impact and IAAI on a historical basis and to illustrate the estimated pro forma effects of the Transactions as if they had occurred on January 1, 2006. KAR Holdings had no operations during the period of January 1, 2007 to April 19, 2007.

The Transactions were completed on April 20, 2007. Pro forma adjustments have been made to the historical combined statement of income for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and 2006 as if the Transactions had been completed on January 1, 2006.

The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited pro forma condensed segment results are presented for informational purposes only. The unaudited pro forma condensed segment results do not purport to represent what our results of operations would have been had the Transactions actually occurred on the dates indicated and they do not purport to project our results of operations for any future period.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined results of operations should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Summary—The Transactions” and the financial statements and related notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma adjustments inherent in the segments results presented below include: pro forma interest expense resulting from the new capital structure; pro forma depreciation and

 

52


Table of Contents

amortization expense resulting from the new basis of property and equipment and intangible assets; adjustments to selling and administrative expenses for the annual sponsor advisory fees; and adjustment to write up the finance receivables acquired to fair value. In addition, certain human resources and information technology costs that ADESA had historically allocated to its segments and certain professional fees historically recorded at the segments were reclassified to the holding company for all periods presented. Transaction expenses, representing legal and professional fees as well as accelerated incentive compensation costs, were also removed from 2007 operating results.

Overview of Pro Forma Results of KAR Holdings for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007 and 2006

 

    

Pro forma

nine months ended
September 30,

 
(In millions)    2006     2007  

Revenues

    

ADESA Auction Services

   $ 648.7     $ 720.1  

IAAI Salvage Services

     317.1       360.8  

AFC

     105.9       111.6  
                

Total revenues

     1,071.7       1,192.5  

Cost of services*

     589.8       654.9  
                

Gross profit*

     481.9       537.6  

Selling, general and administrative

     226.9       252.1  

Depreciation and amortization

     118.8       118.8  

Loss related to flood

     3.5       —    
                

Operating profit

     132.7       166.7  

Interest expense

     170.8       168.8  

Other (income) expense

     (2.5 )     (8.8 )
                

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     (35.6 )     6.7  

Income taxes

     (11.2 )     11.7  
                

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ (24.4 )   $ (5.0 )
                

* Exclusive of depreciation and amortization

For the nine months ended September 30, 2007, we had revenue of $1,192.5 million compared with $1,071.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, an increase of 11%. Included in the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2006, was a $2.7 million charge related to the correction of certain unreconciled balance sheet differences concealed by a former employee at ADESA’s Kitchener, Ontario, auction facility. In addition, the results for the nine months ended September 30, 2006 included a $3.5 million loss related to the flood at IAAI’s Grand Prairie, Texas facility. The flood loss consisted of a loss of vehicles and fixed assets as well as costs to clean up the facility.

 

53


Table of Contents

Pro Forma ADESA Auctions Results

 

    

Pro forma

nine months ended
September 30,

(In millions)    2006    2007

ADESA Auctions revenue

   $ 648.7    $ 720.1

Cost of services*

     348.8      394.8
             

Gross profit*

     299.9      325.3

Selling, general and administrative

     136.4      146.6

Depreciation and amortization

     55.7      55.7
             

Operating profit

   $ 107.8    $ 123.0
             

* Exclusive of depreciation and amortization

Revenue

Revenue from ADESA Auctions increased $71.4 million, or 11%, to $720.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007, compared with $648.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The 11% increase in revenue was a result of a 6% increase in revenue per vehicle sold during the first nine months of the year and a 4% increase in vehicles sold.

A 6% increase in revenue per vehicle sold resulted in increased auctions revenue of approximately $44.1 million. The increase in revenue per vehicle sold was primarily attributable to an increase in lower margin services such as transportation and other ancillary services. These factors resulted in increased ADESA Auctions revenue of approximately $23.3 million. The higher transportation and other ancillary services revenues also resulted in corresponding increases in cost of services. Incremental fee income related to selective fee increases and higher wholesale used vehicle values resulted in increased ADESA Auctions revenue of approximately $16.2 million. Fluctuations in the Canadian exchange rate increased revenue by approximately $4.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007, compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

While the number of retail used vehicles sold was down, the total number of wholesale vehicles sold at ADESA Auctions increased 4% in the first nine months of 2007 compared with the first nine months of 2006, resulting in an increase in ADESA Auctions revenue of approximately $27.3 million.

The used vehicle conversion percentage, calculated as the number of vehicles sold as a percentage of the number of vehicles entered for sale at our used vehicle auctions, increased to 61.7% for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 from 60.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase in the used vehicle conversion percentage positively impacted ADESA Auction revenues, gross profit and EBITDA for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

Gross Profit

For the nine months ended September 30, 2007, gross profit in the ADESA Auctions segment increased $25.4 million, or 8%, to $325.3 million. The 11% increase in revenues was the leading factor increasing gross profit for the ADESA Auctions segment, despite an increase in cost of services on both a dollar and percentage of revenues basis. Increases in transportation costs (which includes fuel costs) and other ancillary services costs was a leading driver increasing cost of services for the ADESA Auctions segment by $23.0 million. Cost of services also increased due to the costs associated with handling additional used vehicles entered for sale at our used vehicle auctions for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Fluctuations in the Canadian exchange rate increased cost of services at the ADESA Auctions segment by approximately $2.3 million.

 

54


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the ADESA Auctions segment increased $10.2 million, or 7%, to $146.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 primarily due to increases in compensation and related employee benefit costs as well as marketing costs. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in bad debt expense. In addition, the ADESA Auctions segment also incurred a $2.7 million pretax charge in the first nine months of 2006 related to unreconciled balance sheet differences concealed by a former employee at ADESA’s Kitchener, Ontario, auction facility.

Pro Forma IAAI Results

 

    

Pro forma

nine months ended
September 30,

(In millions)    2006    2007

IAAI revenue

   $ 317.1    $ 360.8

Cost of services*

     219.8      236.6
             

Gross profit*

     97.3      124.2

Selling, general and administrative

     37.6      49.2

Depreciation and amortization

     41.6      41.6

Loss related to flood

     3.5      —  
             

Operating profit

   $ 14.6    $ 33.4
             

* Exclusive of depreciation and amortization

Revenue

Revenue from IAAI increased $43.7 million, or 14%, to $360.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007, compared with $317.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase in revenue was a result of a 17% increase in salvage vehicles sold during the nine months ended September 30, 2007. The increase in salvage vehicles sold was primarily a result of volumes provided by acquisitions and greenfields in addition to growth in vehicles sold on a same-store basis.

Gross Profit

For the nine months ended September 30, 2007, gross profit at IAAI increased to $124.2 million, or 34% of revenue, compared with $97.3 million, or 31% of revenue, for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. Cost of services increased 8% due to increases related to acquisitions and greenfields, as well as costs associated with the increased volumes; however, cost of services increased at a lower rate than revenues. IAAI has negotiated a number of tow contracts in the current year resulting in lower tow costs per vehicle towed. In addition, we reduced our auction yard costs due to the elimination of costs associated with Hurricane Katrina related vehicles.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general and administrative expenses at IAAI increased $11.6 million, or 31%, to $49.2 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007, compared with $37.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses is primarily attributable to integration costs associated with the integration of ADESA Impact into IAAI and an increase in stock compensation expense. The integration costs represent travel, consulting costs, outside labor, and retention agreements.

 

55


Table of Contents

Pro Forma AFC Results

 

      

Pro forma

nine months ended
September 30,

 
(In millions except volumes and per loan amounts)    2006     2007  

AFC revenue

    

Securitization income

   $ 57.1     $ 59.9  

Interest and fee income

     48.9       49.8  

Other revenue

     0.5       2.3  

Provision for credit losses

     (0.6 )     (0.4 )
                

Total AFC revenue

     105.9       111.6  

Cost of services*

     21.2       23.5  
                

Gross profit*

     84.7       88.1  

Selling, general and administrative

     12.8       11.7  

Depreciation and amortization

     21.0       21.0  
                

Operating profit

   $ 50.9     $ 55.4  
                

Loan transactions

     866,525       910,441  

Revenue per loan transaction

   $ 122     $ 123  

* Exclusive of depreciation and amortization

Revenue

For the nine months ended September 30, 2007, AFC revenue increased to $111.6 million, or 5%, compared with $105.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The increase in revenue was attributable to a 5% increase in the number of loan transactions and a slight increase in revenue per loan transaction for the nine months ended September 30, 2007, compared with the same period in 2006. The increase in loan transactions to 910,441 for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 was primarily the result of an increase in floorplan utilization by AFC’s existing dealer base.

Revenue per loan transaction, which includes both loans paid off and loans curtailed, increased less than 1%, primarily as a result of increases in the average portfolio duration and the average values of vehicles floored partially offset by increases in the cost of funds and an increase in the provision for credit losses for both loans held and sold.

Gross Profit

For the nine months ended September 30, 2007, gross profit for the AFC segment increased $3.4 million, or 4%, to $88.1 million as a result of the $5.7 million increase in revenue partially offset by the 11% increase in cost of services. Cost of services increased as a result of increased professional fees, compensation and related employee benefit cost increases, increased expense associated with lot checks and processing additional loan transactions.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses at AFC decreased $1.1 million, or 9%, for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 as compared with the nine months ended September 30, 2006. The decrease is primarily the result of decreases in professional fees and compensation costs.

 

56


Table of Contents

Holding Company Results

 

     Nine months ended
September 30,
 
(In millions)    2006     2007  

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 40.1     $ 44.6  

Depreciation and amortization

     0.5       0.5  
                

Operating profit (loss)

     (40.6 )     (45.1 )

Interest expense

     167.3       167.3  

Other (income) expense

     (1.9 )     —    
                

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

   ($ 206.0 )   ($ 212.4 )
                

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

For the nine months ended September 30, 2007, selling, general and administrative expenses at the holding company increased $4.5 million, or 11%, to $44.6 million, primarily due to increases in professional and consulting fees partially offset by decreases in travel costs.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We believe that the strongest indicators of liquidity for our business are cash on hand, cash flow from operations, working capital and amounts available under our credit facility. Our principal sources of liquidity consist of cash generated by operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

The indentures governing the Exchange Notes and the agreement governing our senior secured credit facilities will contain various provisions that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries, including ADESA and IAAI, to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional debt;

 

   

provide guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons;

 

   

issue redeemable stock and preferred stock;

 

   

pay dividends or distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock;

 

   

prepay, redeem or repurchase debt;

 

   

make loans, investments and capital expenditures;

 

   

incur liens;

 

   

create restrictions on dividends or other payments by our restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

enter into certain transactions with affiliates;

 

   

sell assets and capital stock of our subsidiaries; and

 

   

consolidate or merge with or into, or sell substantially all of our assets to, another person.

 

57


Table of Contents

For a description of the covenants under the indenture see, “Description of Senior Exchange Notes” and “Description of Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes.” For a description of our senior secured credit facilities, see “Description of Other Indebtedness.”

(Dollars in millions)

 

    

Year

ended

December 31,

  

Nine months

ended

September 30,

     2006(1)    2007

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 209.7    $ 344.4

Restricted cash

     7.8      7.6

Working capital

     375.1      485.6

Amounts available under credit facility

     295.0      282.5

Cash flow from operations (year-to-date combined)

     207.8      120.8

(1) Working capital statistics for the year ended December 31, 2006 represent ADESA and IAAI combined to make comparative to statistics for the nine months ended September 30, 2007.

Working Capital

A substantial amount of our working capital is generated from the payments received for services provided. The majority of our working capital needs are short-term in nature, usually less than a week in duration. Due to the decentralized nature of the business, payments for services are received at each auction and loan production office. Most of the financial institutions place a temporary hold on the availability of the funds deposited that can range anywhere from one to three business days, resulting in cash in our accounts and on its balance sheet that is unavailable for use until it is made available by the various financial institutions. Over the years, we have increased the amount of funds that are available for immediate use and are actively working on initiatives that will continue to decrease the time between the deposit of and the availability of funds received from customers. There are outstanding checks (book overdrafts) to sellers and vendors included in current liabilities. Because the majority of these outstanding checks for operations in the U.S. are drawn upon bank accounts at financial institutions other than the financial institutions that hold the unavailable cash, we cannot offset the cash and the outstanding checks on our balance sheet.

AFC offers short-term inventory-secured financing, also known as floorplan financing, to used vehicle dealers. Financing is primarily provided for terms of 30 to 60 days. AFC principally generates its funding through the sale of its U.S. dollar denominated receivables. For further discussion of AFC’s securitization arrangements, see “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.”

Credit Facilities

We have a $300 million revolving line of credit as part of our $1,865 million senior credit facility, from which nothing was drawn as of September 30, 2007. There were related outstanding letters of credit totaling approximately $17.5 million at September 30, 2007, which reduce the amount available under the senior credit facility. Our Canadian operations had letters of credit outstanding totaling $2.5 million at September 30, 2007, which do not impact amounts available under our credit facility.

On April 20, 2007, we entered into a $1,865 million senior credit facility, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a credit agreement, or the Credit Agreement, with Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders. The Credit Agreement has a six and one-half year term that expires on October 19, 2013. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the lenders committed to provide advances and letters of credit in an aggregate amount of up to $1,865 million subject to certain conditions. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement may be used to finance working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions permitted under the Credit Agreement and for other corporate purposes.

 

58


Table of Contents

The Credit Agreement provides for a six and one-half year $1,565 million term loan and a six year $300 million revolving credit facility. The term loan will be repaid in quarterly installments at an amount of 0.25% of the initial term loan, with the remaining principal balance due on October 19, 2013. The revolving credit facility may be used for loans, and up to $75 million may be used for letters of credit. The revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until April 19, 2013, at which time all revolving amounts borrowed must be repaid.

The revolving credit facility bears interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 150 basis points to 225 basis points depending on our total leverage ratio. As of September 30, 2007, our revolving credit facility margin based on our leverage ratio was 225 basis points. The term loan facility bears interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of either 200 basis points or 225 basis points depending on our total leverage ratio and ratings received from Moody’s and Standard and Poor’s. As of September 30, 2007, our term loan facility margin was 225 basis points.

The Credit Agreement contains certain restrictive loan covenants, including, among others, financial covenants requiring a maximum consolidated senior secured leverage ratio, provided there are revolving commitments outstanding, and covenants limiting our ability to incur indebtedness, grant liens, make acquisitions, be acquired, dispose of assets, pay dividends, make capital expenditures and make investments. The leverage ratio covenants are based on consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization) adjusted to exclude (a) gains and losses from asset sales; (b) unrealized foreign currency translation gains and losses in respect of indebtedness; (c) certain non-recurring gains and losses; (d) stock option expense; (e) certain other noncash amounts included in the determination of net income; (f) management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees paid to the equity sponsors; (g) charges and revenue reductions resulting from purchase accounting; (h) unrealized gains and losses on hedge agreements; (i) minority expense; (j) expenses associated with the consolidation of salvage operations; (k) consulting expenses incurred for cost reduction, operating restructuring and business improvement efforts; (l) expenses realized upon the termination of employees and the termination or cancellation of leases, software licenses or other contracts in connection with the operational restructuring and business improvement efforts; and (m) expenses incurred in connection with permitted acquisitions.

The covenants contained within the senior credit facility are critical to an investor’s understanding of our financial liquidity, as the violation of these covenants could cause a default and lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed due and payable. In addition, our notes contain certain financial and operational restrictions on paying dividends and other distributions, making certain acquisitions or investments, incurring indebtedness, granting liens and selling assets. These financial covenants affect our operating flexibility by, among other things, restricting our ability to incur expenses and indebtedness that could be used to grow the business, as well as to fund general corporate purposes. We are not required to assess compliance with the covenants until December 31, 2007.

On September 30, 2007, $1,561.1 million was outstanding on the term loan and there were no borrowings on the revolving credit facility. We believe our sources of liquidity from cash and cash equivalents on hand, working capital, cash provided by operating activities, and availability under our credit facility are sufficient to meet our short and long-term operating needs for the foreseeable future. In addition, we believe the previously mentioned sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund our capital requirements and debt service payments for the next twelve months.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as presented herein, are supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, GAAP. They are not measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered as alternatives to revenues, net income (loss) or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP or as alternatives to cash flow from operating activities as measures of our liquidity.

 

59


Table of Contents

EBITDA is defined as net income (loss), plus interest expense net of interest income, income tax provision (benefit), depreciation and amortization. We calculate Adjusted EBITDA by adjusting EBITDA for the items of income and expense and expected incremental revenue and cost savings described above in the discussion of certain restrictive loan covenants under “Credit Facilities”. Management believes that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors about certain covenants required pursuant to our senior credit facilities and the notes. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA measures have limitations as analytical tools, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of the results as reported under GAAP. These measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

Certain of our loan covenant calculations require financial results for the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters, with combined results for ADESA and IAAI prior to the Transactions. The calculation of Adjusted EBITDA (per the credit agreement) for the last twelve months ended September 30, 2007, presented below, includes a pro forma adjustment for anticipated cost savings related to the merger totaling $10.5 million net of realized cost savings. The adjustment relates to anticipated costs savings for redundant selling, general and administrative costs for the salvage operations. The following table reconciles EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

     Three months ended    

Twelve

months ended

September 30,

2007

(In millions)   

December 31,

2006

   March 31,
2007
  

June 30,

2007

   

September 30,

2007

   

Net income (loss)

   $ 17.5    $ 38.4    $ (7.3 )   $ (8.6 )   $ 40.0

Add back: discontinued operations

     0.1      —        0.1       (0.1 )     0.1
                                    

Income from continuing operations

     17.6      38.4      (7.2 )     (8.7 )     40.1

Add back:

            

Income taxes

     14.9      24.6      4.6       3.7       47.8

Interest expense, net of interest income

     13.8      13.6      46.6       56.3       130.3

Depreciation and amortization

     19.4      18.7      32.2       39.6       109.9
                                    

EBITDA

     65.7      95.3      76.2       90.9       328.1

Nonrecurring charges

     5.2      1.1      5.6       5.0       16.9

Nonrecurring transaction charges

     6.1      2.4      22.4       —         30.9

Noncash charges

     2.5      5.2      1.0       0.9       9.6

Advisory services

     0.2      0.1      0.8       0.9       2.0
                                    

Adjusted EBITDA

     79.7      104.1      106.0       97.7       387.5

Pro forma impact of recent acquisitions

     0.7      0.9      0.8       0.9       3.3

Pro forma cost savings per the credit agreement

             7.2       7.2
                                    

Adjusted EBITDA per the credit agreement

   $ 80.4    $ 105.0    $ 106.8     $ 105.8     $ 398.0
                                    

 

60


Table of Contents

Summary of Cash Flows

For Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007

(Dollars in millions)

 

     January 1,
2007 to
September 30,
2007
 

Net cash provided by (used for):

  

Operating activities

   $ 89.8  

Investing activities

     (2,328.5 )

Financing activities

     2,583.5  

Effect of exchange rate on cash

     (0.4 )
        

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 344.4  
        

We were incorporated in the State of Delaware on November 9, 2006. However, we had no operations until the consummation of the Transactions on April 20, 2007. As such, the cash flows of ADESA and IAAI for January 1 through April 19, 2007 are not reflected in the above numbers.

Our cash flow initiatives include growing the used vehicle, salvage vehicle and dealer financing businesses internally by relocating/expanding facilities, broadening service offerings and improving operating efficiencies and externally through acquisitions.

Cash flow from operating activities was $89.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. Operating cash flow was favorably impacted by non-cash charges for depreciation and amortization, amortization of debt issue costs and other non-cash transactions, as well as a net decrease in working capital.

Net cash used for investing activities was $2,328.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and is almost entirely representative of our purchase of ADESA on April 20, 2007. In addition, $31.1 million has been expended for capital items since the merger as well as $23.3 million for the acquisition of other companies. For a discussion of our capital expenditures, see “Capital Expenditures” below. There were no significant investing cash flows related to discontinued operations in the periods presented.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $2,583.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2007. In connection with the Transactions, we entered into new senior secured credit facilities, including a $1,565.0 million term loan facility. In addition, we issued $600.0 million in Senior Notes and $425.0 million in Senior Subordinated Notes. We also received $710.5 million from the issuance of our common stock, net of costs. A portion of the proceeds from the debt and equity were used to repay existing ADESA and IAAI debt totaling $685.7 million, including premium/consent payments. Debt issue costs of approximately $90.7 million were also paid. There were no significant financing cash flows related to discontinued operations in the periods presented.

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures for ADESA and IAAI (excluding acquisitions and other investments) for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006 totaled $47.8 million and $54.6 million, respectively, and were funded primarily from internally generated funds. We continue to invest in our core information technology capabilities and capacity expansion. Capital expenditures are expected to be approximately $80 million for fiscal year 2007. Anticipated expenditures are primarily attributable to ongoing information system maintenance, upkeep and improvements at existing vehicle auction facilities, improvements

 

61


Table of Contents

in information technology systems and infrastructure, and expansion and relocation of existing auction sites that are at capacity. Future capital expenditures could vary substantially based on capital project timing and the initiation of new information systems projects to support our business strategies.

Acquisitions

In the first quarter of 2007, IAAI acquired Permian Basin Salvage Pool in Odessa, Texas. The acquisition complements existing coverage in this market. Financial results for this acquisition have been included in IAAI’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. The aggregate purchase price of this acquisition was approximately $0.6 million. As a result of the Transactions, no purchase price allocation was completed. Pro forma financial results reflecting the acquisition were not materially different from those reported.

In September 2007, ADESA completed the acquisition of certain assets of the used vehicle Tri-State Auto Auction serving the Tri-State New York area. We renamed the auction ADESA Syracuse. This acquisition complements our geographic presence in the northeast. The auction is positioned on approximately 125 acres and includes seven auction lanes and full-service reconditioning shops providing detail, mechanical and body shop services. The assets purchased included operating equipment, accounts receivable and customer relationships related to the auction. In addition, we entered into an operating lease obligation related to the facility through 2017. Initial annual lease payments for the facility are approximately $0.5 million per year. We did not assume any other material liabilities or indebtedness in connection with the acquisition. Financial results for this acquisition have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

In October 2007, ADESA acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of the parent company of Tri-State Auction, Co. Inc., and Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc., both North Dakota corporations. Tri-State Auto Auction serves the Fargo, North Dakota area. The auction is comprised of approximately 30 acres and includes six auction lanes and full-service reconditioning shops providing detail, mechanical and body shop services. The Sioux Falls Auto Auction serves the Sioux Falls, South Dakota area. The auction is comprised of approximately 40 acres and includes four auction lanes and full-service reconditioning shops providing detail, mechanical and body shop services. The assets of the auctions include operating equipment, accounts receivable and customer relationships related to the auctions. Liabilities assumed by us include operating leases for land and buildings as well as debt. Financial results for this acquisition will be included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

In November 2007, ADESA Canada acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of Enchere d’Auto Transit Inc. Enchere d’Auto Transit Inc. is a three lane auction located on the south shore of Quebec City and serves the Quebec City region, Eastern Quebec and Northern New Brunswick. The auction is comprised of approximately 30 acres of which about 10 acres are currently being used. The assets of the auction include accounts receivable, land and building, operating equipment and customer relationships related to the auctions. Financial results for this acquisition will be included in our consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

The aggregate purchase price for the four previously mentioned ADESA auctions was approximately $32.8 million. A preliminary purchase price allocation has been recorded for Tri-State Auto Auction and the purchase price of the acquisition was allocated to the acquired assets based upon fair market values. The goodwill was assigned to the ADESA Auctions reporting segment and is expected to be fully deductible for tax purposes. Pro forma financial results reflecting the acquisition were not materially different from those reported. The purchase price allocations for Tri-State Auction, Co. Inc., Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc. and Enchere d’Auto Transit Inc. will occur in our fourth quarter ending December 31, 2007.

On January 18, 2008, IAAI completed the purchase of assets of B&E Auto Auction in Henderson, Nevada which services the Southern Nevada region, including Las Vegas, for approximately $13 million. The site will expand IAAI’s national service coverage and provide additional geographic support to clients who already utilize existing IAAI facilities in the surrounding Western states.

 

62


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations

The table below sets forth a summary of our contractual debt and operating lease obligations as of September 30, 2007. Some of the figures included in this table are based on management’s estimates and assumptions about these obligations, including their duration, the possibility of renewal and other factors. Because these estimates and assumptions are necessarily subjective, the obligations we may actually pay in future periods could vary from those reflected in the table.

The following summarizes our contractual cash obligations as of September 30, 2007 (in millions) :

 

     Payments Due by Period

Contractual Obligations

   Total   

Less than

1 year

   1 – 3
Years
   4 – 5
Years
  

More than

5 Years

Long-term debt

              

Term loan B(a)

   $ 1,561.1    $ 15.6    $ 31.2    $ 31.2    $ 1,483.1

Floating rate senior notes(a)

     150.0      —        —        —        150.0

Senior Notes(a)

     450.0      —        —        —        450.0

Senior subordinated notes(a)

     425.0      —        —        —        425.0

Capital lease obligation(b)

     34.5      —        —        —        34.5

Interest payments relating to long-term debt(c)

     1,321.2      209.9      418.2      411.9      281.2

Interest rate swap(d)

     10.7      —        10.7      —        —  

Operating leases(e)

     444.5      44.9      115.2      30.0      254.4
                                  

Total contractual cash obligations

   $ 4,397.0    $ 270.4    $ 575.3    $ 473.1    $ 3,078.2
                                  

(a) The table assumes the long-term debt is held to maturity.

 

(b) In 2003, ADESA entered into a capital lease for the new Atlanta auction facility in conjunction with the purchase of development revenue bonds.

 

(c) Interest payments on long-term debt are projected based on the contractual rates of the debt securities. (Note: interest on the capital lease is not included as it is offset by interest received from the related bonds.) Interest rates for the variable rate debt instruments were projected based on information available from lenders and held constant at the 2007 rates due to their unpredictable nature.

 

(d) The fair value of the interest rate swap agreement is estimated using pricing models widely used in financial markets and represents the estimated amount we would receive/pay to terminate the agreement at the reporting date. The $800 million notional amount swap agreement does not mature until June 2009.

 

(e) Operating leases are entered into in the normal course of business. We lease some of our auction facilities, as well as other property and equipment under operating leases. Some lease agreements contain options to renew the lease or purchase the leased property. Future operating lease obligations would change if the renewal options were exercised and/or if we entered into additional operating lease agreements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

AFC sells the majority of its U.S. dollar denominated finance receivables on a revolving basis and without recourse to a wholly owned, bankruptcy remote, consolidated, special purpose subsidiary, or AFC Funding Corporation, established for the purpose of purchasing AFC’s finance receivables. In conjunction with the merger transaction, AFC and AFC Funding Corporation amended their securitization agreement on April 20, 2007. The agreement expires on April 20, 2012. The agreement allows for the revolving sale by AFC Funding Corporation to a bank conduit facility of up to a maximum of $750 million in undivided interests in certain eligible finance receivables subject to committed liquidity. AFC Funding Corporation had committed liquidity of $600 million at September 30, 2007. Receivables that AFC Funding sells to the bank conduit facility qualify for sales accounting for financial reporting purposes pursuant to SFAS 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities, and as a result are not reported on our consolidated balance sheet.

 

63


Table of Contents

At September 30, 2007, AFC managed total finance receivables of $869.6 million, of which $755.5 million had been sold without recourse to AFC Funding Corporation. Undivided interests in finance receivables were sold by AFC Funding Corporation to the bank conduit facility with recourse totaling $528.0 million at September 30, 2007. Finance receivables include $68.8 million classified as held for sale and $133.9 million classified as held for investment at September 30, 2007. AFC’s allowance for losses of $2.2 million at September 30, 2007, includes an estimate of losses for finance receivables held for investment. Additionally, accrued liabilities of $3.8 million for the estimated losses for loans sold by the special purpose subsidiary were recorded at September 30, 2007. These loans were sold to a bank conduit facility with recourse to the special purpose subsidiary and will come back on the balance sheet of the special purpose subsidiary at fair market value if they become ineligible under the terms of the collateral arrangement with the bank conduit facility.

Proceeds from the revolving sale of receivables to the bank conduit facility are used to fund new loans to customers. AFC and AFC Funding Corporation must maintain certain financial covenants including, among others, limits on the amount of debt AFC can incur, minimum levels of tangible net worth, and other covenants tied to the performance of the finance receivables portfolio. The securitization agreement also incorporates the financial covenants of our credit facility. At September 30, 2007, we were in compliance with the covenants contained in the securitization agreement.

Critical Accounting Estimates

In preparing the financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, management must often make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures at the date of the financial statements and during the reporting period. Some of those judgments can be subjective and complex. Consequently, actual results could differ from those estimates.

In addition to the critical accounting estimates, there are other items used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements that require estimation, but are not deemed critical. Changes in estimates used in these and other items could have a material impact on our financial statements.

We continually evaluate the accounting policies and estimates we use to prepare the consolidated financial statements. In cases where management estimates are used, they are based on historical experience, information from third-party professionals, and various other assumptions believed to be reasonable. The following summarizes those accounting policies that are most subject to important estimates and assumptions and are most critical to the reported results of operations and financial condition.

Uncollectible Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses and Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for credit losses and doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. The allowances for credit losses and doubtful accounts are based on management’s evaluation of the receivables portfolio under current economic conditions, the volume of the portfolio, overall portfolio credit quality, review of specific collection matters and such other factors which, in management’s judgment, deserve recognition in estimating losses. Specific collection matters can be impacted by the outcome of negotiations, litigation and bankruptcy proceedings.

Due to the nature of our business, substantially all of our trade receivables are due from vehicle dealers, salvage buyers, institutional customers and insurance companies. We generally have possession of vehicles or vehicle titles collateralizing a significant portion of these receivables. At the auction sites, risk is mitigated through a pre-auction registration process that includes verification of identification, bank accounts, dealer license status, acceptable credit history, buying history at other auctions and the written acceptance of all of the auction’s policies and procedures.

 

64


Table of Contents

Our allowance for credit losses includes an estimate of losses for finance receivables currently held on the balance sheet of AFC and its subsidiaries. Additionally, an accrued liability is recorded for the estimated losses for loans sold by AFC’s subsidiary, AFC Funding Corporation. These loans were sold to a bank conduit facility with recourse to AFC Funding Corporation and will come back on the balance sheet of AFC Funding Corporation at fair market value if they become ineligible under the terms of the collateral arrangement with the bank conduit facility. AFC controls credit risk through credit approvals, credit limits, underwriting and collateral management monitoring procedures, which includes holding vehicle titles where permitted.

Impairment of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, we assess goodwill for impairment at least annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the goodwill may be impaired. Important factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to historical or projected future operating results; significant negative industry or economic trends; and our market valuation relative to our book value. In assessing goodwill, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and earnings, changes in our business strategy and economic conditions affecting market valuations related to the fair values of our three reporting units (which consist of our three operating and reportable business segments: ADESA Auctions, IAAI and AFC). If the fair value of a reporting unit is determined to be less than the carrying amount, an impairment charge would be recorded in the period identified. In response to changes in industry and market conditions, we may be required to strategically realign our resources and consider restructuring, disposing of or otherwise exiting businesses, which could result in an impairment of goodwill. To date, no significant changes in events or circumstances have occurred that would indicate the carrying amount of our goodwill has been impaired.

We review long-lived assets for possible impairment whenever circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. If it is determined that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds the total amount of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows from that asset, we would recognize a loss to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. Management judgment is involved in both deciding if testing for recovery is necessary and in estimating undiscounted cash flows. Our impairment analysis is based on the current business strategy, expected growth rates and estimated future economic conditions.

Self-Insurance Programs

We self-insure a portion of employee medical benefits under the terms of our employee health insurance program, as well as a portion of our automobile, general liability and workers’ compensation claims. We purchase individual stop-loss insurance coverage that limits the exposure on individual claims. We also purchase aggregate stop-loss insurance coverage that limits the total exposure to overall automobile, general liability and workers’ compensation claims. The cost of the stop-loss insurance is expensed over the contract periods.

We record an accrual for the claims expense related to our employee medical benefits, automobile, general liability and workers’ compensation claims based upon the expected amount of all such claims. Trends in healthcare costs could have a significant impact on anticipated claims. If actual claims are higher than anticipated, our accrual might be insufficient to cover the claims costs, which would have an adverse impact on the operating results in that period.

Legal Proceedings and Other Loss Contingencies

We are subject to the possibility of various legal proceedings and other loss contingencies, many involving litigation incidental to the business and a variety of environmental laws and regulations. Litigation and other loss contingencies are subject to inherent uncertainties and the outcomes of such matters are often very difficult to predict and generally are resolved over long periods of time. We consider the likelihood of loss or the incurrence of a liability, as well as the ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss, in determining loss contingencies.

 

65


Table of Contents

Estimating probable losses requires the analysis of multiple possible outcomes that often are dependent on the judgment about potential actions by third parties. Contingencies are recorded in the consolidated financial statements, or otherwise disclosed, in accordance with SFAS 5, Accounting for Contingencies. We accrue for an estimated loss contingency when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management regularly evaluates current information available to determine whether accrual amounts should be adjusted. If the amount of an actual loss is greater than the amount accrued, this could have an adverse impact on our operating results in that period. Legal fees are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

All income tax amounts reflect the use of the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial and income tax reporting purposes.

We operate in multiple tax jurisdictions with different tax rates and must determine the appropriate allocation of income to each of these jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, we will undergo scheduled reviews by taxing authorities regarding the amount of taxes due. These reviews include questions regarding the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. Tax reviews often require an extended period of time to resolve and may result in income tax adjustments if changes to the allocation are required between jurisdictions with different tax rates.

We record our tax provision based on existing laws, experience with previous settlement agreements, the status of current IRS (or other taxing authority) examinations and management’s understanding of how the tax authorities view certain relevant industry and commercial matters. Although we have recorded all probable income tax liabilities in accordance with SFAS 5 and SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, these accruals represent accounting estimates that are subject to inherent uncertainties associated with the tax audit process, and therefore include certain contingencies. We establish reserves when we believe that certain positions may not prevail if challenged by a taxing authority. We adjust these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances.

Adoption of FIN 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109

On January 1, 2007, ADESA and IAAI adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No 109. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting and reporting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. This interpretation prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on income tax returns. As a result of adopting FIN 48, ADESA and IAAI recorded changes in liabilities of $1.7 million and ($0.2) million, respectively, and a corresponding change in retained earnings and goodwill, respectively.

New Accounting Standards

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS 157, Fair Value Measurements. The statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact the adoption of SFAS 157 will have on the consolidated financial statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, which provides companies with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value. The objective of SFAS 159 is to reduce both complexity in accounting for financial instruments and the volatility in earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently. SFAS 159 does not eliminate

 

66


Table of Contents

disclosure requirements of other accounting standards, including fair value measurement disclosures in SFAS 157. This standard is effective as of the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the impact the adoption of SFAS 159 will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 141(R), Business Combinations. The statement establishes principles and requirements for recognizing and measuring identifiable assets and goodwill acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in an acquisition, at their fair value as of the acquisition date. This standard is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2008. We are currently reviewing the pronouncement to determine its effects on business acquisitions we may make in the future.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an Amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51. The statement amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We are currently evaluating the impact the adoption of SFAS 160 will have on the consolidated financial statements.

 

67


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Executive Overview

Overview of 2006 Performance

The volume of used vehicles coming to auction increased in 2006. However, wholesale used vehicle prices were soft in 2006 as a result of ongoing weakness in retail used vehicle sales. The continued relative weakness in retail demand for used vehicles was reflected in ADESA’s used vehicle conversion percentage, which decreased from 63.1 percent in 2005 to 60.4 percent in 2006. Despite the challenging operating environment, ADESA achieved several noteworthy accomplishments during 2006:

 

   

Achieved record annual revenues of $1.1 billion, representing growth of 14 percent;

 

   

Achieved all-time record loan transaction volume of 1.2 million, representing growth of over 5 percent;

 

   

Acquired a used vehicle auction in Sarasota, Florida, three salvage auctions in Texas and a salvage auction in Pennsylvania;

 

   

Organically added two salvage auctions: Impact Syracuse and Impact South Pittsburgh;

 

   

Offered over 1.4 million vehicles for sale on LiveBlock™, ADESA’s real-time interactive Internet bidding system;

 

   

Completed the U.S. roll-out of Auction Access dealer registration program and Salesforce.com;

 

   

Teamed with First Look to provide used vehicle dealers with custom auction and inventory optimization tools;

 

   

Reduced debt by $80 million, including a discretionary payment of $50 million; and

 

   

Paid a total of $27 million in dividends.

For the year ended December 31, 2006, ADESA reported record annual revenue of $1.1 billion and income from continuing operations of $126.8 million, compared with revenue of $968.8 million and income from continuing operations of $126.1 million for 2005. Results for 2006 included a $2.1 million after-tax charge representing a reduction of ownership interests in aircraft and other costs associated with the termination of the Joint Aircraft Ownership and Management Agreement with ALLETE. In addition, results for 2006 included $5.1 million in after-tax expenses consisting of legal and professional fees associated with the Transactions. Results for 2005 included a net $1.5 million after-tax charge related to the refinancing of ADESA’s senior credit facility. Cash provided by operations was $190.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared with $136.5 million for 2005.

Industry Outlook and Trends

Vehicles in operation in North America continued to increase in 2006, although used vehicle sales experienced a decline in 2006. North America vehicles in operation increased approximately 2 percent in 2006 to 263 million vehicles. Used vehicle sales decreased approximately 3 percent to 45 million vehicles in 2006. The number of vehicles auctioned has been relatively flat over the last five years. Approximately 9.4 million vehicles were auctioned in 2001 compared with approximately 9.5 million in 2006. The decline in retail used vehicle sales in 2006 impacted demand and used vehicle auction volumes. While off-lease vehicles declined again in 2006, lease penetration rates have been modestly increasing since 2004 and ADESA expects that industry off-lease auction volumes may begin increasing in late 2007.

Seasonality

Generally, the volume of vehicles sold at ADESA’s auctions is highest in the first and second calendar quarters of each year and slightly lower in the third quarter. Fourth quarter volume of vehicles sold is generally

 

68


Table of Contents

lower than all other quarters. This seasonality is affected by several factors including weather, the timing of used vehicles available for sale from selling customers, holidays, and the seasonality of the retail market for used vehicles, which affect the demand side of the auction industry. Used vehicle auction volumes tend to decline during prolonged periods of winter weather conditions. In addition, mild weather conditions and decreases in traffic volume can each lead to a decline in the available supply of salvage vehicles because fewer traffic accidents occur, resulting in fewer damaged vehicles overall. As a result, revenues and operating expenses related to volume will fluctuate accordingly on a quarterly basis, and ADESA’s earnings are generally highest in the second calendar quarter. The fourth calendar quarter typically has the lowest earnings as a result of the lower auction volume and additional costs associated with the holidays and winter weather.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth operations data for the periods indicated (dollars in millions) :

 

    

Year ended

December 31,

   Change    

Year ended

December 31,

   Change  
     2004    2005    $    %     2005    2006    $     %  

Operations Data:

                     

Auction services group revenue

                     

U.S

   $ 647.4    $ 661.2    $ 13.8    2 %   $ 661.2    $ 738.9    $ 77.7     12 %

Canada.

     161.5      181.6      20.1    12 %     181.6      221.0      39.4     22 %

Dealer services group revenue

                     

U.S.

     109.7      117.2      7.5    7 %     117.2      131.5      14.3     12 %

Canada

     6.9      8.8      1.9    28 %     8.8      12.5      3.7     42 %
                                               

Total revenue

     925.5      968.8      43.3    5 %     968.8      1,103.9      135.1     14 %

Cost of services*

     454.4      473.5      19.1    4 %     473.5      563.8      90.3     19 %

Selling, general and administrative

     222.2      227.1      4.9    2 %     227.1      259.2      32.1     14 %

Depreciation and amortization

     35.9      40.8      4.9    14 %     40.8      46.5      5.7     14 %

Aircraft charge

     —        —        —      —         —        3.4      3.4     —    

Transaction expenses

     —        —        —      —         —        6.1      6.1     —    
                                               

Operating profit

     213.0      227.4      14.4    7 %     227.4      224.9      (2.5 )   (1 )%
                                               

Net income

   $ 105.3    $ 125.5    $ 20.2    19 %   $ 125.5    $ 126.3    $ 0.8     1 %
                                               

* Exclusive of depreciation and amortization

The following table sets forth operations data as a percentage of total revenue for the periods indicated:

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2004     2005     2006  

Operations Data:

      

Auction services group revenue

   87.4 %   87.0 %   87.0 %

Dealer services group revenue

   12.6 %   13.0 %   13.0 %
                  

Total revenue

   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                  

Cost of services*

   49.1 %   48.9 %   51.1 %

Selling, general and administrative

   24.0 %   23.4 %   23.5 %

Depreciation and amortization

   3.9 %   4.2 %   4.2 %

Aircraft charge

   —       —       0.2 %

Transaction expenses

   —       —       0.6 %
                  

Operating profit

   23.0 %   23.5 %   20.4 %
                  

* Exclusive of depreciation and amortization

 

69


Table of Contents

ADESA’s revenue is derived from auction fees and related services at its auction facilities and dealer financing services at AFC. Although auction revenues only include the auction and related fees, ADESA’s related receivables and payables include the value of the vehicles sold. AFC’s net revenue consists primarily of securitization income and interest and fee income less provisions for credit losses. Securitization income is primarily comprised of the gain on sale of finance receivables sold, but also includes servicing income, discount accretion, and any change in the fair value of the retained interest in finance receivables sold. Operating expenses for ADESA consist of cost of services, selling, general and administrative expenses and depreciation and amortization. Cost of services is composed of payroll and related costs, subcontract services, supplies, insurance, property taxes, utilities, maintenance and lease expense related to the auction sites and loan offices. Cost of services excludes depreciation and amortization. Selling, general and administrative expenses are composed of indirect payroll and related costs, sales and marketing, information technology services and professional fees.

In 2006, ADESA implemented several organizational realignment and management changes intended to better position ADESA to serve its diverse customer bases, accommodate anticipated growth and realize operational efficiencies across all business lines. The former auction and related services or “ARS” segment is now referred to as Auction Services Group, or ASG. The former dealer financing segment is now referred to as Dealer Services Group, or DSG. ADESA’s operations are grouped into three operating segments: used vehicle auctions, Impact salvage auctions and AFC. ADESA aggregates its three operating segments into two reportable business segments: ASG and DSG. The realignment had no impact on aggregation of financial information at the reportable segment level.

ASG encompasses all wholesale and salvage auctions throughout North America (U.S. and Canada). ADESA’s used vehicle auctions and Impact salvage auctions are included in the ASG segment. In addition to providing auctions for the exchange of ownership between the sellers and buyers of the vehicles, ASG also provides related services that include vehicle reconditioning, inbound and outbound logistics, vehicle inspections, titling, salvage recovery services, and outsourcing of various other administrative functions.

DSG includes the AFC finance business as well as other businesses and ventures ADESA may enter into, focusing on providing ADESA’s independent used vehicle dealer customers with value-added ancillary services and products. AFC is engaged in the business of providing short-term, inventory-secured financing to independent, used vehicle dealers. AFC conducts business primarily at wholesale vehicle auctions in the U.S. and Canada.

Year Ended December 31, 2006

Operating Revenue

Auction Services Group

(dollars in millions except volumes and per vehicle amounts)

 

     Year ended
December 31,
       
     2005     2006     Growth  

Auction services group revenue

   $ 842.8     $ 959.9     14 %

Vehicles sold

      

Used

     1,732,519       1,760,012     2 %

Salvage

     201,312       247,908     23 %
                      

Total vehicles sold

     1,933,831       2,007,920     4 %
                      

Used vehicles entered (excludes salvage)

     2,746,095       2,913,904     6 %

Used vehicle conversion percentage

     63.1 %     60.4 %  

Revenue per vehicle sold

   $ 436     $ 478     10 %

 

70


Table of Contents

Revenue from ASG increased $117.1 million, or 14 percent, to $959.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared with $842.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The 14 percent increase in revenue was a result of a 10 percent increase in revenue per vehicle sold during the year and a 4 percent increase in vehicles sold.

For the year ended December 31, 2006, revenue per vehicle sold increased $42, or 10 percent, compared with the year ended December 31, 2005. The 10 percent increase in revenue per vehicle sold resulted in increased ASG revenue of approximately $89.0 million. The increase in revenue per vehicle sold was primarily attributable to an increase in lower margin services such as transportation, reconditioning and other ancillary services resulting from a 7 percent increase in the number of institutional vehicles entered as well as a salvage vehicle mix shift. These factors resulted in increased ASG revenue of approximately $48.6 million. The higher transportation, reconditioning and other ancillary services revenues, as well as the change in mix of salvage vehicles sold, also resulted in corresponding increases in cost of services. Incremental fee income related to selective fee increases and higher wholesale used vehicle values resulted in increased ASG revenue of approximately $26.3 million. Fluctuations in the Canadian exchange rate increased revenue by approximately $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared with the year ended December 31, 2005.

While the number of retail used vehicles sold was the lowest in a decade, the total number of wholesale vehicles sold at ADESA auctions increased 4 percent in 2006 compared with 2005, resulting in an increase in ASG revenue of approximately $28.1 million. The increase in vehicles sold was primarily the result of added volumes from recent acquisitions.

The used vehicle conversion percentage, calculated as the number of vehicles sold as a percentage of the number of vehicles entered for sale at ADESA’s used vehicle auctions, declined to 60.4 percent for the year ended December 31, 2006 from 63.1 percent for the year ended December 31, 2005, reflecting a relatively weak retail used vehicle market for 2006 compared to 2005. The decline in the used vehicle conversion percentage negatively impacted ASG revenues, cost of sales and operating profit for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared with the year ended December 31, 2005.

Dealer Services Group

(dollars in millions except volumes and per loan amounts)

 

     Year ended
December 31,
       
     2005    2006     % Change  

Dealer services group revenue

       

Securitization income

   $ 69.3    $ 75.1     8 %

Interest and fee income

     56.2      68.4     22 %

Other revenue

     0.5      0.7     NM  

Provision for credit losses

     —        (0.2 )   NM  
                 

Total dealer services group revenue

   $ 126.0    $ 144.0     14 %
                 

Loan transactions

     1,096,432      1,151,702     5 %

Revenue per loan transaction

   $ 115    $ 125     9 %

For the year ended December 31, 2006, DSG revenue increased to $144.0 million compared with $126.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. The 14 percent increase in Dealer Services Group revenue was driven by a 9 percent increase in revenue per loan transaction and a 5 percent increase in the number of loan transactions for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared with the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase in loan transactions to 1,151,702 for the year ended December 31, 2006 was primarily the result of an increase in floorplan utilization by AFC’s existing dealer base.

Revenue per loan transaction, which includes both loans paid off and loans curtailed, increased $10, or 9 percent, primarily driven by increases in interest rates and increases in both the average values of vehicles

 

71


Table of Contents

floored as well as the average portfolio duration. These factors contributed to the increase in securitization income of $5.8 million and increased fee and interest income of $12.2 million. The Federal Funds rate has increased approximately 100 basis points since December 31, 2005.

Cost of Services

For the year ended December 31, 2006, cost of services increased $90.3 million, or 19 percent, compared with the year ended December 31, 2005. Weak used vehicle demand resulted in a decrease in the used vehicle conversion rate from 63.1 percent for the year ended December 31, 2005 to 60.4 percent for the year ended December 31, 2006. Cost of services was significantly impacted by an increase in lower margin services such as transportation, reconditioning and other ancillary services, as well as costs associated with handling an additional 168,000 used vehicles entered for sale at ADESA’s auctions in 2006 compared with 2005. Fluctuations in the Canadian exchange rate increased cost of services by approximately $7.4 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2006, cost of services at the ASG segment increased $87.1 million, or 19 percent, to $535.4 million. A $22.2 million increase in transportation costs, which includes fuel costs, was a leading driver increasing cost of services. Increases in reconditioning and other ancillary services costs totaling $21.2 million, primarily resulting from a 7.4 percent increase in the number of institutional vehicles entered, also impacted cost of services for the ASG segment. Cost of services increased significantly due to the costs associated with handling an additional 168,000 used vehicles entered for sale at ADESA’s used vehicle auctions in 2006 compared with 2005. The addition of the acquired used vehicle and salvage auctions over the last twelve months further contributed to the increase in cost of services, along with a change in mix of salvage vehicles sold. Fluctuations in the Canadian exchange rate increased cost of services at the ASG segment by approximately $7.2 million.

For the year ended December 31, 2006, cost of services at the DSG segment increased $3.2 million, or 13 percent, to $28.4 million, primarily due to increased compensation and related employee benefit costs.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

For the year ended December 31, 2006, selling, general and administrative expenses increased $32.1 million, or 14 percent, compared with the year ended December 31, 2005. This increase was primarily due to compensation and related employee benefit cost increases, the impact of 2005 and 2006 acquisitions and an increase of $2.8 million associated with fluctuations in the Canadian exchange rate. For the year ended December 31, 2006, ADESA incurred $5.8 million of pretax stock-based compensation expense, of which $3.4 million was incremental as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123(R), Share-Based Payment. In addition, selling, general and administrative expenses for 2006 included a $2.7 million pretax charge related to the correction of certain unreconciled balance sheet differences concealed by a former employee at ADESA’s Kitchener, Ontario auction facility acquired in June 2000. The unreconciled differences accumulated and were concealed over a period of five to six years between 2000 and 2006. Approximately one-half of the amounts concealed date back to fiscal years prior to 2003. Management has implemented changes to its internal control processes and systems and has concluded that the matters related to the $2.7 million charge, individually or in the aggregate, did not give rise to or arise from a material weakness due to the nature of the items and compensating controls. In addition, management has concluded that the corrections were not material to either the current or any prior period financial statements.

Selling, general and administrative expenses at the ASG segment increased $30.0 million, or 16 percent, to $215.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 primarily due to increases in compensation and related employee benefits costs totaling $10.3 million, which included severance and other separation costs related to the departure of a senior executive. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $4.5 million in 2006 due to acquisitions of new auctions. The ASG segment also incurred $2.3 million of incremental stock-based compensation and the $2.7 million pretax Kitchener charge. In addition, there was an increase of $2.7 million resulting from changes in the Canadian exchange rate.

 

72


Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrative expenses at the DSG segment decreased $0.2 million, or 1 percent, to $21.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, as a result of a decrease in compensation and related employee benefits offset by certain professional fees, as well as employee training and travel costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2006, selling, general and administrative expenses at the holding company increased $2.3 million, or 12 percent, to $22.1 million, primarily due to increases in compensation and related employee benefit costs, as well as executive and director searches and increased travel costs.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization totaled $46.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, representing an increase of $5.7 million, or 14 percent, from the $40.8 million reported for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase in depreciation and amortization was a result of ADESA’s capital spending in 2005, including over $20 million related to information technology, which generally has a shorter depreciable life. ADESA continues to invest in its core information technology capabilities, as well as new technology service offerings, relocations and acquisitions.

Aircraft Charge

On November 2, 2006, ADESA received written notice of ALLETE, Inc.’s election to withdraw from joint ownership of two corporate aircraft and terminate the Joint Aircraft Ownership and Management Agreement between ALLETE, Inc. and ADESA dated as of June 4, 2004, or the Aircraft Agreement. The Aircraft Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions relating to the duties and responsibilities of ALLETE and ADESA with respect to two aircraft previously owned by ALLETE. In addition, pursuant to the Aircraft Agreement, ALLETE contributed a 70 percent ownership interest in each of the two aircraft to ADESA. Upon termination of the Aircraft Agreement, each owner is entitled to 100 percent ownership interest in, and title to, one of the aircraft. As a result of the termination of the Aircraft Agreement, ADESA recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $3.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2006 representing a reduction of ownership interests in the aircraft and other costs associated with the termination of the Aircraft Agreement.

Transaction Expenses

On December 22, 2006, ADESA entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, pursuant to which ADESA would be acquired by a group of private equity funds led by an affiliate of Kelso. The following table sets forth the $6.1 million of expenses incurred in connection with the transaction through December 31, 2006:

 

Legal and accounting fees and expenses

   $ 3.2

Investment banking fees and expenses

     2.0

Other due diligence fees and expenses

     0.5

Other miscellaneous expenses

     0.4
      

Total

   $ 6.1
      

Operating Profit

Operating profit decreased $2.5 million or 1 percent to $224.9 million, for the year ended December 31, 2006 compared with 2005. As a percentage of revenue, operating profit decreased to 20.4 percent in the year ended December 31, 2006, compared with 23.5 percent in the year ended December 31, 2005. This decrease was primarily the result of the previously discussed $6.1 million of transaction expenses related to the merger agreement, the $3.4 million related to the aircraft charge and increased operating expenses at the ASG segment driven by an increase in lower margin ancillary services revenues, a softness in the retail used vehicle market and declining used vehicle conversion rates.

 

73


Table of Contents

Operating profit at the ASG segment decreased $6.2 million, or 4 percent, to $166.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 primarily as a result of the 2.6 percent increase in cost of services as a percent of revenues along with the 0.5 percent increase in selling, general and administrative expenses as a percent of revenues. Cost of services was significantly impacted by costs associated with an increase in lower margin services such as transportation, reconditioning and other ancillary services resulting from a significant increase in the number of institutional vehicles entered. Additionally, the decline in the used vehicle conversion percentage resulted in additional handling costs related to the incremental 168,000 used vehicles entered which increased cost of services. Furthermore, selling, general and administrative expenses at the ASG segment were impacted by the Kitchener charge and incremental stock-based compensation expense.

Operating profit at the DSG segment increased $15.6 million, or 21 percent, to $90.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 primarily as a result of the 14 percent increase in revenue and a 3.3 percent decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of revenues. Increased revenue at the DSG segment more than offset higher operating expenses associated with processing more loan transactions, which increased operating profit at the DSG segment.

Operating profit in the ASG and DSG segments was offset by an $11.9 million increase in holding company operating expenses, consisting primarily of the previously discussed $6.1 million of transaction expenses related to the merger agreement and $3.4 million related to the aircraft charge.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased $3.8 million, or 12 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared with the year ended December 31, 2005, as ADESA is carrying less debt relative to 2005, which was partially offset by higher interest rates.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

In the third quarter of 2005, ADESA recorded a non-recurring $2.9 million pretax charge for the write-off of certain unamortized debt issuance costs associated with ADESA’s June 2004 credit facility and certain expenses related to the July 2005 amended and restated credit facility. The Term Loan B facility was repaid in conjunction with the amended and restated credit facility and the related interest rate swap agreement was terminated in the third quarter of 2005 resulting in a pretax gain of $0.5 million. The $0.5 million gain was recorded in “Other income, net” and when combined with the $2.9 million charge, resulted in a net pretax charge of $2.4 million related to the amendment and restatement of the credit facility.

Income Taxes

The effective income tax rate on income from continuing operations was 38.0 percent for the year ended December 31, 2006, an increase from the effective rate of 37.5 percent for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase in the effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2006 versus the year ended December 31, 2005 was primarily due to the nondeductible nature of certain transaction expenses incurred in relation to the merger agreement.

Discontinued Operations

In February 2003, management approved a plan to discontinue the operations of ADESA’s vehicle importation business. In August 2005, ADESA sold ComSearch, Inc. which provides professional claims outsourcing services, automotive parts-locating and desk-auditing services to the property and casualty insurance industry. The financial results of the vehicle importation business and ComSearch have been classified as discontinued operations. Net loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 of $0.5 million includes interest on the vehicle importation business adverse judgment as well as accrued legal fees. Net

 

74


Table of Contents

loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes the operating loss of ComSearch, the loss on sale of the ComSearch business and interest on the vehicle importation business adverse judgment. See Note 21 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of ADESA for further description of the importation legal matter.

The following summarizes financial information for the discontinued operations (dollars in millions):

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2005     2006  

Operating revenues

   $ 2.9     $ —    

Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes

   $ (0.7 )   $ (0.6 )

Net loss from discontinued operations

   $ (0.6 )   $ (0.5 )

Significant Items Affecting Comparability

ADESA incurred various charges in 2005 and 2006 that affect the comparability of its reported results of operations. The impact of these transactions on income from continuing operations is as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2005     2006  

Charges:

    

Debt prepayment expenses

   $ 2.9     $ —    

Gain on termination of swap

     (0.5 )     —    

Kitchener charge

     —         2.7  

Aircraft charge

     —         3.4  

Transaction expenses

     —         6.1  
                
     2.4       12.2  

Tax benefit of above items

     (0.9 )     (3.2 )
                

Decrease to income from continuing operations

   $ 1.5     $ 9.0  
                

In the first quarter of 2006, ADESA recorded a $2.7 million pretax charge related to the correction of certain unreconciled balance sheet differences concealed by a former employee at ADESA’s Kitchener, Ontario auction facility acquired in June 2000.

As a result of the termination of the Joint Aircraft Ownership and Management Agreement between ALLETE, Inc. and ADESA, ADESA recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $3.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2006, representing a reduction of ownership interests in the aircraft and other costs associated with the termination of the Aircraft Agreement.

On December 22, 2006, ADESA entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, pursuant to which ADESA will be acquired by a group of private equity funds led by an affiliate of Kelso. ADESA incurred $6.1 million in pretax expenses through December 31, 2006 in connection with the transaction.

In the third quarter of 2005, ADESA recorded a charge for the write-off of certain unamortized debt issuance costs associated with ADESA’s June 2004 credit facility and certain expenses related to the amended and restated credit facility. In addition, an interest rate swap agreement related to the former Term Loan B facility was terminated in the third quarter of 2005.

 

75


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2005

Operating Revenue

Auction Services Group

(Dollars in millions except volumes and per vehicle amounts)

 

     Year ended
December 31,
       
     2004     2005     Growth  

Auction services group revenue

   $ 808.9     $ 842.8     4 %

Vehicles sold

      

Used

     1,759,371       1,732,519     (2 )%

Salvage

     200,092       201,312     1 %
                  

Total vehicles sold

     1,959,463       1,933,831     (1 )%
                  

Used vehicles entered (excludes salvage)

     2,814,130       2,746,095     (2 )%

Used vehicle conversion percentage

     62.5 %     63.1 %  

Revenue per vehicle sold

   $ 413     $ 436     6 %

Revenue from ASG increased $33.9 million, or 4 percent, to $842.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared with $808.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. This increase in revenue was a result of a 6 percent increase in revenue per vehicle sold during 2005, offset by a 1 percent decrease in vehicles sold.

Revenue per vehicle sold increased $23, or 6 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared with the year ended December 31, 2004. The 6 percent increase in revenue per vehicle sold resulted in increased ASG revenue of approximately $44.5 million including fluctuations in the Canadian exchange rate, which positively impacted revenue by approximately $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared with the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase in revenue per vehicle sold is primarily attributable to selected fee increases driven in part by higher wholesale used vehicle prices, the favorable effect of changes in the Canadian currency exchange rates and increased transportation revenue.

The total number of vehicles sold decreased 1 percent in 2005 compared with 2004, resulting in a decrease in ASG revenue of approximately $10.6 million. The industry-wide decline in off-lease vehicles and declines in repossessed vehicle volumes available for sale at auctions continued during 2005, but was partially offset by revenues from ADESA’s 2005 acquisitions totaling $11.3 million. The used vehicle conversion percentage, calculated as the number of vehicles sold as a percentage of the number of vehicles entered for sale at ADESA’s used vehicle auctions, increased to 63.1 percent for the year ended December 31, 2005 from 62.5 percent for the year ended December 31, 2004.

Dealer Services Group

(Dollars in millions except volumes and per loan amounts)

 

     Year ended
December 31,
      
     2004     2005    % Change  

Dealer services group revenue

       

Securitization income

   $ 67.5     $ 69.3    3 %

Interest and fee income

     48.6       56.2    16 %

Other revenue

     1.7       0.5    NM  

Provision for credit losses

     (1.2 )     —      NM  
                 

Total dealer services group revenue

   $ 116.6     $ 126.0    8 %
                 

Loan transactions

     1,072,838       1,096,432    2 %

Revenue per loan transaction

   $ 109     $ 115    6 %

 

76


Table of Contents

DSG revenue increased to $126.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared with $116.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The 8 percent increase in Dealer Services Group revenue was driven by a 6 percent increase in revenue per loan transaction and a 2 percent increase in the number of loan transactions for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared with the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase in loan transactions was primarily the result of an increase in floorplan utilization by AFC’s existing dealer base.

Revenue per loan transaction increased $6, or 6 percent, primarily driven by an increase in securitization income of $1.8 million, increased interest of $4.2 million (the Federal Funds rate increased approximately 200 basis points since December 31, 2004), increased fee income of $3.4 million and a decrease in the provision for credit losses of $1.2 million, partially offset by a reduction in other revenue of $1.2 million compared with the year ended December 31, 2004.

Cost of Services

Cost of services increased $19.1 million, or 4 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared with the year ended December 31, 2004. Fluctuations in the Canadian exchange rate increased cost of services by approximately $6.1 million. Cost of services was also impacted by increased transportation costs due to higher fuel prices and incremental cost of services from ADESA’s 2005 acquisitions.

Cost of services at the ASG segment increased $17.3 million, or 4 percent, to $448.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Fluctuations in the Canadian exchange rate increased cost of services at the ASG segment by approximately $6.0 million. A $5.8 million increase in transportation costs, which include fuel costs, was also a leading driver increasing cost of services. The addition of the Washington D.C., used vehicle auction, the Charlotte salvage auction and the Ohio salvage auctions also contributed to the increase in cost of services, along with slight mix change in the salvage business. This activity was partially offset by the impact of fewer vehicles sold, the used vehicle market mix shift toward more dealer vehicles and an increase in the used vehicle conversion percentage compared to 2004.

Cost of services in the DSG increased $1.8 million, or 8 percent, to $25.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 primarily due to increased compensation and related employee benefit cost and vehicle verification and collection expense associated with increased volume.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $4.9 million, or 2 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared with the year ended December 31, 2004. This increase was primarily due to compensation and related employee benefit cost increases, the impact of 2005 acquisitions, and an increase of $2.2 million associated with fluctuations in the Canadian exchange rate.

Selling, general and administrative expenses in the ASG segment increased $1.1 million, or less than 1 percent, to $185.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 primarily due to the impact of 2005 acquisitions and an increase of $2.0 million associated with fluctuations in the Canadian exchange rate, partially offset by decreases in incentive compensation.

Selling, general and administrative expenses in the DSG segment increased $0.8 million, or 4 percent, to $21.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 primarily due to certain legal and transaction costs, employee training, travel and relocation costs.

Selling, general and administrative expenses at the holding company increased $3.0 million, or 18 percent, to $19.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 primarily due to compensation and related employee benefit cost increases and increased travel expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses for the first six months

 

77


Table of Contents

of 2004 did not include approximately $3.9 million of incremental corporate expenses incurred in the first six months of 2005 to support ADESA as an independent public company. Incremental corporate expenses consisted of salaries, benefits and other expenses due to the addition of corporate level personnel, professional fees, incremental insurance and other costs necessary to support an independent public company. In addition, 2004 included $3.0 million of transaction costs (primarily legal and professional fees) associated with ADESA’s initial public offering.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization totaled $40.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, representing an increase of $4.9 million, or 14 percent, from the $35.9 million reported for the year ended December 31, 2005. The increase in depreciation and amortization is a result of ADESA’s increased capital spending in 2005 including over $20 million related to information technology which generally has a shorter depreciable life.

Operating Profit

Operating profit increased $14.4 million, or 7 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared with the year ended December 31, 2004. As a percentage of revenue, operating profit increased to 23.5 percent in 2005, compared with 23.0 percent in 2004. Operating profit in the ASG segment increased $10.6 million, or 7 percent, to $172.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 primarily as a result of the 4 percent increase in revenue. Operating profit in the DSG segment increased $7.4 million, or 11 percent, to $75.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 primarily as a result of the 8 percent increase in revenue and a 1.6 percent decrease in operating expenses as a percentage of revenues. The increases in operating profit at the reportable segments were offset by a $3.6 million increase in operating expenses, consisting primarily of compensation and related employee benefit costs and travel expenses, at the holding company.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $5.8 million, or 23 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared with the year ended December 31, 2004, as ADESA carried additional debt in the first half of 2005 relative to the first half of 2004.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

In the third quarter of 2005, ADESA recorded a $2.9 million pretax charge for the write-off of certain unamortized debt issuance costs associated with ADESA’s June 2004 credit facility and certain expenses related to the July 2005 amended and restated credit facility. The Term Loan B facility was repaid in conjunction with the amended and restated credit facility and the related interest rate swap agreement was terminated in the third quarter of 2005 resulting in a pretax gain of $0.5 million. The $0.5 million gain was recorded in “Other income, net” and when combined with the $2.9 million charge, resulted in a net pretax charge of $2.4 million related to the amendment and restatement of the credit facility.

In the third quarter of 2004, ADESA redeemed its $90 million 7.7 percent Series A Senior Notes due 2006 and its $35 million 8.1 percent Series B Senior Notes due 2010, which resulted in expenses of $14.0 million before taxes, including an early termination penalty and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs.

Income Taxes

The effective income tax rate on income from continuing operations declined to 37.5 percent for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared with an effective tax rate of 38.8 percent for the year ended December 31, 2004. The decrease in the effective tax rate was primarily the result of: the recognition of certain 2004 provision to tax return differences, the elimination of valuation allowances for state net operating losses and tax credits, and changes in estimates regarding tax contingencies.

 

78


Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

In August 2005, ADESA sold ComSearch, Inc. a non-core business providing professional claims outsourcing services, automotive parts-locating and desk-auditing services to the property and casualty insurance industry. In February 2003, ADESA approved a plan to discontinue the operations of its vehicle importation business. The financial results of ComSearch and the vehicle importation business have been classified as discontinued operations. Net loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes the operating loss of ComSearch, the loss on sale of the ComSearch business and interest on the vehicle importation business adverse judgment. Net loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2004 includes a $6.9 million pretax charge, $4.2 million net of tax, related to the vehicle importation business adverse judgment, including the related accrued interest and legal costs, partially offset by $0.8 million in pretax income generated by ComSearch. See Note 21 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of ADESA for further description of the importation legal matter.

The following summarizes financial information for the discontinued operations (dollars in millions):

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2004     2005  

Operating revenues

   $ 6.1     $ 2.9  

Loss from discontinued operations before income taxes

     (6.1 )   $ (0.7 )

Net loss from discontinued operations

     (3.7 )   $ (0.6 )

Significant Items Affecting Comparability

ADESA incurred various charges and incremental expenses in 2004 and 2005 related to its initial public offering, subsequent separation from ALLETE and subsequent restructuring of its debt that affect the comparability of its reported results of operations. The impact of these transactions on income from continuing operations is as follows (dollars in millions) :

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2004     2005  

Charges:

    

Transaction-related and debt prepayment expenses

   $ 17.0     $ 2.9  

Gain on termination of swap

     —         (0.5 )
                
     17.0       2.4  

Incremental expenses:

    

Corporate expenses

     —         3.9  

Interest expense

     —         7.9  
                
     —         11.8  

Tax benefit of above items

     (6.7 )     (5.5 )
                

Decrease to income from continuing operations

   $ 10.3     $ 8.7  
                

In the third quarter of 2005, ADESA recorded a charge for the write-off of certain unamortized debt issuance costs associated with ADESA’s June 2004 credit facility and certain expenses related to the amended and restated credit facility. In addition, an interest rate swap agreement related to the former Term Loan B facility was terminated in the third quarter of 2005. Debt prepayment expenses in 2004 consisted of an early termination penalty related to the prepayment of ADESA’s senior notes and write-off of related unamortized debt issuance costs. The transaction-related expenses in 2004 consisted primarily of legal and professional fees associated with ADESA’s initial public offering and separation from ALLETE.

 

79


Table of Contents

Incremental corporate expenses were incurred in the first half of 2005 and consisted of salaries, benefits and other expenses due to the addition of corporate level personnel, professional fees, incremental insurance and other costs necessary to support an independent public company, while incremental interest expense incurred in the first half of 2005 is the result of ADESA’s recapitalization and transition to an independent public company.

Liquidity And Capital Resources

ADESA believes that the strongest indicators of liquidity for its business are cash on hand, cash flow from operations, working capital and amounts available under its credit facility.

(Dollars in millions)

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     2005    2006

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 240.2    $ 195.7

Restricted cash

     5.7      7.8

Working capital

     302.0      325.2

Amounts available under credit facility

     199.3      247.4

Cash flow from operations

     136.5      190.9

Working Capital

A substantial amount of ADESA’s working capital is generated from the payments received for services provided. In addition, ADESA has a $350 million revolving line of credit pursuant to the amended and restated $500 million credit facility, from which $88.0 million was drawn as of December 31, 2006. There were outstanding letters of credit totaling approximately $14.6 million at December 31, 2006, which reduce the available borrowings under the credit facility. ADESA’s Canadian operations had letters of credit outstanding totaling $2.1 million at December 31, 2006, which do not impact available borrowings under the credit facility. In September 2006, ADESA’s senior credit facility was upgraded to a Ba1 rating by Moody’s.

On July 25, 2005, ADESA entered into an amended and restated $500 million credit facility, pursuant to the terms and conditions of an amended and restated credit agreement, or the 2005 ADESA Credit Agreement, with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders. The 2005 ADESA Credit Agreement has a five-year term that expires on June 30, 2010. Under the terms of the 2005 ADESA Credit Agreement, the lenders committed to provide advances and letters of credit in an aggregate amount of up to $500 million. Subject to the terms and conditions of the 2005 ADESA Credit Agreement, ADESA may request that the lenders’ commitments under the 2005 ADESA Credit Agreement be increased (or additional lenders be added to the Credit Agreement that provide additional commitments), provided that in no event may the aggregate amount of the lenders’ commitments under the Credit Agreement at any time exceed $825 million. Borrowings under the 2005 ADESA Credit Agreement may be used to refinance certain of ADESA’s outstanding debt, to finance working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions permitted under the 2005 ADESA Credit Agreement and for other corporate purposes.

The 2005 ADESA Credit Agreement provides for a five-year $150 million term loan and a $350 million revolving credit facility. The term loan will be repaid in 20 quarterly installments, with the final payment due on June 30, 2010. The revolving credit facility may be used for loans, and up to $25 million may be used for letters of credit. The revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until June 30, 2010, at which time all amounts borrowed must be repaid.

The revolving credit facility and the term loan facility bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 87.5 basis points to 150 basis points depending on ADESA’s total leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2006, ADESA’s margin based on its leverage ratio was 100 basis points.

 

80


Table of Contents

The Credit Agreement contains certain restrictive loan covenants, including, among others, financial covenants requiring a maximum total leverage ratio, a minimum interest coverage ratio, and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and covenants limiting ADESA’s ability to incur indebtedness, grant liens, make acquisitions, be acquired, dispose of assets, pay dividends, repurchase stock, make capital expenditures and make investments. EBITDA (earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization) adjusted to exclude after-tax (a) gains or losses from asset sales; (b) temporary gains or losses on currency; (c) certain non-recurring gains and losses; (d) stock option expense; and (e) certain other noncash amounts included in the determination of net income, is utilized in the calculation of the financial ratios contained in the covenants. In addition, the senior subordinated notes contain certain financial and operational restrictions on paying dividends and other distributions, making certain acquisitions or investments and incurring indebtedness, and selling assets. These financial covenants affect ADESA’s operating flexibility by, among other things, restricting its ability to incur expenses and indebtedness that could be used to grow the business, as well as to fund general corporate purposes. At December 31, 2006, ADESA was in compliance with the covenants contained in the credit facility.

The majority of ADESA’s working capital needs are short-term in nature, usually less than a week in duration. Due to the decentralized nature of the business, payments for services are received at each auction and loan production office and are deposited locally. Most of the financial institutions place a temporary hold on the availability of the funds deposited that can range anywhere from one to three business days, resulting in cash in ADESA’s accounts and on its balance sheet that is unavailable for use until it is made available by the various financial institutions. Over the years, ADESA has increased the amount of funds that are available for immediate use and is actively working on initiatives that will continue to decrease the time between the deposit of and the availability of funds received from customers. There are outstanding checks (book overdrafts) to sellers and vendors included in current liabilities. Because the majority of these outstanding checks for operations in the U.S. are drawn upon bank accounts at financial institutions other than the financial institutions that hold the unavailable cash, ADESA cannot offset the cash and the outstanding checks on its balance sheet.

AFC offers short-term inventory-secured financing, also known as floorplan financing, to used vehicle dealers. Financing is primarily provided for terms of 30 to 60 days. AFC principally generates its funding through the sale of its U.S. dollar denominated receivables. For further discussion of AFC’s securitization arrangements, see “Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements.”

On December 31, 2006, $105.0 million was outstanding on the term loan and $88 million was outstanding on the revolving credit facility. ADESA believes its sources of liquidity from its cash and cash equivalents on hand, working capital, cash provided by operating activities, and availability under its credit facility are sufficient to meet its short and long-term operating needs for the foreseeable future. In addition, ADESA believes the previously mentioned sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund ADESA’s capital requirements and debt service payments for the next five years.

Summary of Cash Flows

ADESA’s cash flow initiatives include growing its vehicle auction and dealer financing businesses both internally by expanding facilities, services and operations, and externally through acquisitions.

(Dollars in millions)

 

   

Year Ended

December 31,

       
    2005     2006     Change  

Net cash provided by (used for):

     

Operating activities

  $ 136.5     $ 190.9     $ 54.4  

Investing activities

    (79.9 )     (127.7 )     (47.8 )

Financing activities

    (121.5 )     (107.8 )     13.7  

Effect of exchange rate on cash

    0.6       0.1       (0.5 )
                       

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (64.3 )   $ (44.5 )   $ 19.8  
                       

 

81


Table of Contents

Cash flow from operating activities was $190.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared with $136.5 million for the same period in 2005. Operating cash flow was favorably impacted by higher earnings net of non-cash charges, primarily related to depreciation, stock-based compensation and the aircraft charge, as well as lower levels of cash used for working capital.

On an annual basis, ADESA’s auctions and loan production offices handle over $20 billion of sales proceeds and revenues. As part of the fees earned for the services ADESA provides relative to the sale of each vehicle at auction, ADESA assumes the risk associated with collecting the gross sales proceeds from buyers and likewise assumes responsibility for distributing to sellers the net sales proceeds of vehicles. The fees for each vehicle are collected by adding the buyer-related fees to the gross sales proceeds due from the buyer and deducting the seller-related fees from the gross sales proceeds prior to distributing the net sales proceeds to the seller. The amount ADESA reports as revenue for each vehicle only represents the fees associated with ADESA’s services and does not include the gross sales price of the consigned vehicle. As a result, the accounts receivable from buyers are much larger on a per vehicle basis than the combined seller and buyer-related fees associated with each transaction. While ADESA’s revenues primarily include the fees earned for the services provided, ADESA’s working capital cash flows include the full purchase price of the vehicles along with the fees earned by ADESA.

Net cash used for investing activities was $127.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared with net cash used by investing activities of $79.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. This change was primarily the result of cash investments totaling $12.6 million in Finance Express LLC, an increase in cash used for acquisitions of $26.7 million and a larger increase in finance receivables held for investment of $24.1 million. The increase in cash used by investing activities was partially offset by a decrease in capital expenditures of $18.2 million. For a discussion of ADESA’s capital expenditures, see “Capital Expenditures” below. There were no significant investing cash flows related to discontinued operations in the periods presented.

Net cash used by financing activities was $107.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, compared with cash used by financing activities of $121.5 million for the same period in 2005. In 2006 the primary drivers for the net cash used for financing activities can be attributed to debt payments of $80.0 million (including a $50.0 million discretionary payment) and dividend payments of $27.0 million. The primary driver for the change over 2005 is a decline in the cash used for the repurchase of common stock of $43.5 million (a share repurchase program was in effect during the first half of 2005) and the change in book overdrafts which fluctuated $33.5 million. There were no significant financing cash flows related to discontinued operations in the periods presented.

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures (excluding acquisitions and other investments) for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 totaled $37.1 million and $55.3 million, respectively, and were funded primarily from internally generated funds. ADESA continues to invest in its core information technology capabilities and capacity expansion. Expenditures are primarily attributable to ongoing information system maintenance, upkeep and improvements at existing vehicle auction facilities, improvements in information technology systems and infrastructure, and expansion and relocation of existing auction sites that are at capacity. Future capital expenditures could vary substantially based on capital project timing and the initiation of new information systems projects to support ADESA’s strategic initiatives.

Acquisitions

In February 2006, ADESA completed the purchase of certain assets of the N.E. Penn Salvage Company, an independently owned salvage auction in northeast Pennsylvania. The purchased assets included the accounts receivable, operating equipment and customer relationships related to the auction. In addition, ADESA entered into operating lease obligations related to the facility through 2016. Initial annual lease payments for the facilities

 

82


Table of Contents

total approximately $0.1 million per year. ADESA did not assume any other material liabilities or indebtedness in connection with the acquisition. Financial results for this acquisition have been included in ADESA’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

In March 2006, ADESA completed the acquisition of certain assets of Auction Broadcasting Company’s South Tampa used vehicle auction serving western and central Florida. ADESA has renamed the auction ADESA Sarasota. The assets purchased included land and buildings, the related operating equipment, accounts receivable and customer relationships related to the auction. The auction is comprised of approximately 63 acres and includes six auction lanes and full-service reconditioning shops providing detail, mechanical and body shop services. ADESA did not assume any material liabilities or indebtedness in connection with the acquisition. Financial results for this acquisition have been included in ADESA’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

In September 2006, ADESA acquired three independent salvage auctions in the state of Texas, providing ADESA a presence in the second largest salvage market in the U.S. The auctions have been renamed ADESA Impact San Antonio, ADESA Impact Houston and ADESA Impact Dallas/Ft. Worth. The assets purchased included operating equipment, accounts receivable and customer relationships related to the auctions. In addition, ADESA entered into operating lease obligations related to the facilities through 2011. Initial annual lease payments for the facilities total approximately $1.2 million per year. ADESA did not assume any other material liabilities or indebtedness in connection with the acquisition. Financial results for these acquisitions have been included in ADESA’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

ADESA acquired the five previously mentioned auctions for a total cost of $54.5 million, in cash. The purchase price of the acquisitions was allocated to the acquired assets based upon fair market values, including $12.9 million to other intangible assets, representing the fair value of acquired customer relationships and non-compete agreements, which will be amortized over their expected useful lives of 3 to 15 years. The purchase price allocations resulted in aggregate goodwill of $23.3 million. The goodwill was assigned to the Auction Services Group reporting segment and is expected to be fully deductible for tax purposes. Pro forma financial results reflecting the acquisitions were not materially different from those reported.

ADESA’s 2005 purchase of certain assets of the “Ohio Connection,” a group of four independently owned salvage auctions, included contingent payments related to the volume of certain vehicles sold subsequent to the purchase date. ADESA made contingent payments in 2006 totaling approximately $1.3 million pursuant to these agreements which resulted in additional goodwill.

Other Investment

During 2006, AFC acquired a 15 percent interest in Finance Express LLC for $12.6 million in cash. Finance Express is a web-based company specializing in software to facilitate the origination of motor vehicle retail installment loan contracts between independent used vehicle dealers and lending institutions. In addition, ADESA also receives certain fees from Finance Express for assistance in marketing its software product and services to independent used vehicle dealers. ADESA evaluated its investment in Finance Express pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 46R, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51. ADESA is currently not the primary beneficiary of the VIE and its risk of loss is limited, in all material respects, to its investment in Finance Express. Finance Express is a LLC that maintains specific capital accounts for each member.

Therefore, ADESA uses the equity method of accounting for this investment in accordance with the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force 03-16, Accounting for Investments in Limited Liability Companies, Statement of Position 78-9, Accounting for Investments in Real Estate Ventures, and SAB Topic D-46, Accounting for Limited Partnership Investments. ADESA’s share of Finance Express’ earnings or losses is recorded in “Other income, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Income, and was not material for the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

83


Table of Contents

Dividends

ADESA has historically paid a regular quarterly dividend to holders of its common stock. ADESA paid a quarterly dividend of $0.075 per common share in 2006 and 2005 ($0.30 per common share per year in total). As a condition to the definitive merger agreement between ADESA and a group of private equity funds entered into on December 22, 2006, ADESA agreed not to pay any dividends to holders of its common stock after the announcement of the Transactions.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

AFC sells the majority of its U.S. dollar denominated finance receivables on a revolving basis and without recourse to a wholly owned, bankruptcy remote, consolidated, special purpose subsidiary established for the purpose of purchasing AFC’s finance receivables. Effective March 31, 2006, AFC and AFC Funding Corporation amended their securitization agreement to extend the expiration date of the agreement from June 30, 2008 to April 30, 2009. This agreement is subject to annual renewal of short-term liquidity by the liquidity providers and allows for the revolving sale by AFC Funding Corporation to a bank conduit facility of up to a maximum of $600 million in undivided interests in certain eligible finance receivables subject to committed liquidity. AFC Funding Corporation had committed liquidity of $550 million and $425 million at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. On February 12, 2007, committed liquidity was increased to $600 million. Receivables that AFC Funding sells to the bank conduit facility qualify for sales accounting for financial reporting purposes pursuant to SFAS 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities, and as a result are not reported on ADESA’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

At December 31, 2006, AFC managed total finance receivables of $775.9 million, of which $693.0 million had been sold without recourse to AFC Funding Corporation. At December 31, 2005, AFC managed total finance receivables of $655.7 million, of which $581.9 million had been sold without recourse to AFC Funding Corporation. Undivided interests in finance receivables were sold by AFC Funding Corporation to the bank conduit facility with recourse totaling $501.0 million and $399.8 million at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. Finance receivables include $42.6 million and $51.1 million classified as held for sale and $162.7 million and $148.0 million classified as held for investment at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. AFC’s allowance for losses of $2.0 million and $2.4 million at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively, include an estimate of losses for finance receivables. Additionally, accrued liabilities of $3.9 million and $2.9 million for the estimated losses for loans sold by the special purpose subsidiary were recorded at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. These loans were sold to a bank conduit facility with recourse to the special purpose subsidiary and will come back on the balance sheet of the special purpose subsidiary at fair market value if they become ineligible under the terms of the collateral arrangement with the bank conduit facility.

Proceeds from the revolving sale of receivables to the bank conduit facility were used to fund new loans to customers. AFC and AFC Funding Corporation must maintain certain financial covenants including, among others, limits on the amount of debt AFC can incur, minimum levels of tangible net worth, and other covenants tied to the performance of the finance receivables portfolio. The securitization agreement also incorporates the financial covenants of ADESA’s credit facility. At December 31, 2006, ADESA was in compliance with the covenants contained in the securitization agreement.

Critical Accounting Estimates

It is important to understand ADESA’s accounting policies in order to understand its financial statements. In preparing the financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, management must often make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures at the date of the financial statements and during the reporting period. Some of those judgments can be subjective and complex. Consequently, actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

84


Table of Contents

The ADESA management has discussed the development and selection of its critical accounting estimates with the Audit Committee of ADESA’s board of directors. In addition to the critical accounting estimates, there are other items used in the preparation of ADESA’s consolidated financial statements that require estimation, but are not deemed critical. Changes in estimates used in these and other items could have a material impact on ADESA’s financial statements.

ADESA continually evaluates the accounting policies and estimates it uses to prepare the consolidated financial statements. In cases where management estimates are used, they are based on historical experience, information from third-party professionals, and various other assumptions believed to be reasonable. The following summarizes those accounting policies that are most subject to important estimates and assumptions and are most critical to the reported results of operations and financial condition. See Note 3 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of ADESA for further description of these items and ADESA’s other accounting policies.

Uncollectible Receivables and Allowance for Credit Losses and Doubtful Accounts

ADESA maintains an allowance for credit losses and doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of customers to make required payments. The allowances for credit losses and doubtful accounts are based on management’s evaluation of the receivables portfolio under current economic conditions, the volume of the portfolio, overall portfolio credit quality, review of specific collection matters and such other factors which, in management’s judgment, deserve recognition in estimating losses. Specific collection matters can be impacted by the outcome of negotiations, litigation and bankruptcy proceedings.

Due to the nature of the business at ADESA’s auctions, substantially all of ADESA’s trade receivables are due from vehicle dealers, salvage buyers, institutional customers and insurance companies. ADESA generally has possession of vehicles or vehicle titles collateralizing a significant portion of these receivables. At the auction sites, risk is mitigated through a pre-auction registration process that includes verification of identification, bank accounts, dealer license status, acceptable credit history, buying history at other auctions and the written acceptance of all of the auction’s policies and procedures.

AFC’s allowance for credit losses includes an estimate of losses for finance receivables currently held on the balance sheet of AFC and its subsidiaries. Additionally, an accrued liability is recorded for the estimated losses for loans sold by AFC’s subsidiary, AFC Funding Corporation. These loans were sold to a bank conduit facility with recourse to AFC Funding Corporation and will come back on the balance sheet of AFC Funding Corporation at fair market value if they become ineligible under the terms of the collateral arrangement with the bank conduit facility. AFC controls credit risk through credit approvals, credit limits, underwriting and collateral management monitoring procedures, which includes holding vehicle titles where permitted.

A 10 percent increase in the allowance for credit losses and doubtful accounts and the accrued liability for loans sold to the bank conduit facility would result in an increase in the provision for credit losses of $0.7 million and a $0.4 million reduction in securitization income and an aggregate decrease in earnings of $0.7 million. See “Liquidity and Capital Resources,” “Off-balance Sheet Arrangements” and Note 9 in Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of ADESA for further discussion.

Impairment of Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

In accordance with SFAS 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, ADESA assesses goodwill for impairment at least annually and whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the goodwill may not be recoverable. Important factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to historical or projected future operating results; significant negative industry or economic trends; significant decline in ADESA’s stock price for a sustained period; and ADESA’s market valuation relative to its book value. In assessing the recoverability of goodwill, ADESA must make assumptions

 

85


Table of Contents

regarding estimated future cash flows and earnings, changes in ADESA’s business strategy and economic conditions affecting market valuations related to the fair values of ADESA’s three reporting units (which consist of ADESA’s three operating segments: used vehicle auctions, Impact salvage auctions and AFC) which are aggregated into its two reportable business segments, Auction Services Group and Dealer Services Group. If the fair value of a reporting unit is determined to be less than the carrying amount, an impairment charge would be recorded in the period identified. In response to changes in industry and market conditions, ADESA may be required to strategically realign its resources and consider restructuring, disposing of or otherwise exiting businesses, which could result in an impairment of goodwill. As of December 31, 2006, ADESA had $557.8 million in goodwill that will be subject to future impairment tests. ADESA completed its annual goodwill impairment testing in the second quarter of 2006 and management concluded there was no resulting impairment. No significant changes in events or circumstances have occurred that would indicate the carrying amount of ADESA’s goodwill has been impaired since the test was completed.

ADESA reviews long-lived assets for possible impairment whenever circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. If it is determined that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds the total amount of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows from that asset, ADESA would recognize a loss to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. Management judgment is involved in both deciding if testing for recovery is necessary and in estimating undiscounted cash flows. ADESA’s impairment analysis is based on the current business strategy, expected growth rates and estimated future economic conditions. No material adjustments were made to the carrying value of long-lived assets in 2006, 2005 or 2004. See Note 3 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of ADESA for further discussion.

Self-Insurance Programs

ADESA self-insures a portion of employee medical benefits under the terms of its employee health insurance program, as well as a portion of its automobile, general liability and workers’ compensation claims. ADESA purchases individual stop-loss insurance coverage that limits the exposure on individual claims. ADESA also purchases aggregate stop-loss insurance coverage that limits the total exposure to overall automobile, general liability and workers’ compensation claims. The cost of the stop-loss insurance is expensed over the contract periods.

ADESA records an accrual for the claims expense related to its employee medical benefits, automobile, general liability and workers’ compensation claims based upon the expected amount of all such claims. Trends in healthcare costs could have a significant impact on anticipated claims. If actual claims are higher than anticipated, ADESA’s accrual might be insufficient to cover the claims costs, which would have an adverse impact on the operating results in that period.

Legal Proceedings and Other Loss Contingencies

ADESA is subject to the possibility of various legal proceedings and other loss contingencies, many involving litigation incidental to the business and a variety of environmental laws and regulations. Litigation and other loss contingencies are subject to inherent uncertainties and the outcomes of such matters are often very difficult to predict and generally are resolved over long periods of time. ADESA considers the likelihood of loss or the incurrence of a liability, as well as the ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss, in determining loss contingencies. Estimating probable losses requires the analysis of multiple possible outcomes that often are dependent on the judgment about potential actions by third parties. Contingencies are recorded in ADESA’s consolidated financial statements, or otherwise disclosed, in accordance with SFAS 5, Accounting for Contingencies. ADESA accrues for an estimated loss contingency when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management regularly evaluates current information available to determine whether accrual amounts should be adjusted. If the amount of an actual loss is

 

86


Table of Contents

greater than the amount accrued, this could have an adverse impact on ADESA’s operating results in that period. Legal fees are expensed as incurred. See Note 21 in the Notes to ADESA’s Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Income Taxes

All income tax amounts reflect the use of the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial and income tax reporting purposes.

ADESA operates in multiple tax jurisdictions with different tax rates and must determine the appropriate allocation of income to each of these jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, ADESA will undergo scheduled reviews by taxing authorities regarding the amount of taxes due. These reviews include questions regarding the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income among various tax jurisdictions. Tax reviews often require an extended period of time to resolve and may result in income tax adjustments if changes to the allocation are required between jurisdictions with different tax rates.

ADESA records its tax provision based on existing laws, experience with previous settlement agreements, the status of current IRS (or other taxing authority) examinations and management’s understanding of how the tax authorities view certain relevant industry and commercial matters. Although ADESA has recorded all probable income tax liabilities in accordance with SFAS 5 and SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, these accruals represent accounting estimates that are subject to inherent uncertainties associated with the tax audit process, and therefore include certain contingencies. ADESA establishes reserves when ADESA believes that certain positions may not prevail if challenged by a taxing authority. ADESA adjusts these reserves in light of changing facts and circumstances. See Note 3 in the Notes to ADESA’s Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.

Adoption of SFAS 123(R), Share-Based Payment

Prior to 2006, ADESA applied the intrinsic value method provisions of Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations, to account for stock-based awards. Under the intrinsic value method, no compensation cost is recognized if the exercise price of ADESA’s stock options was equal to or greater than the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. Accordingly, ADESA did not recognize compensation expense for employee stock options that were granted in prior years. However, compensation expense was recognized on other forms of stock-based awards, including restricted stock units and performance based stock awards. SFAS 123(R), Share-Based Payment, replaces SFAS 123 and supersedes APB 25. The statement requires that all stock-based compensation be recognized as expense in the financial statements and that such cost be measured at the fair value of the award at the grant date. On January 1, 2006, ADESA adopted the provisions of SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective application method, and therefore was not required to restate its financial results for prior periods. Under this transition method, as of January 1, 2006, ADESA began to apply the provisions of this statement to new and modified awards, as well as to the nonvested portion of awards granted and outstanding at the time of adoption using the fair value amounts determined for pro forma disclosure under SFAS 123.

ADESA’s stock-based compensation awards, including both stock options and restricted stock units, have a retirement eligible provision, whereby awards granted to employees who have reached the retirement eligible age and meet certain service requirements with either ADESA and/or its former parent, ALLETE, automatically vest when an eligible employee retires from ADESA. ADESA has previously accounted for this type of arrangement by recognizing compensation cost (for both pro forma and recognition purposes) over the nominal vesting period (i.e. over the full stated vesting period of the award) and, if the employee retired before the end of the vesting period, by recognizing any remaining unrecognized compensation cost at the date of retirement. Following adoption of SFAS 123(R), new awards are subject to the non-substantive vesting period approach, which

 

87


Table of Contents

specifies that an award is vested when the employee’s retention of the award is no longer contingent on providing subsequent service. Recognizing that many companies followed the nominal vesting period, the SEC issued guidance for transitioning to the non-substantive vesting period approach. ADESA has revised its approach to apply the non-substantive vesting period approach to all new grants after adoption, but continues to follow the nominal vesting period approach for the remaining portion of unvested outstanding awards. An additional requirement of SFAS 123(R) is that estimated forfeitures be considered in determining compensation expense. As previously permitted, ADESA recorded forfeitures when they occurred. Estimating forfeitures did not have a material impact on the determination of compensation expense.

On March 9, 2005, the board of directors of ADESA, or the board, accelerated the vesting of certain unvested and “out-of-the-money” stock options previously awarded to employees and officers that have an exercise price of $24 per share. The awards accelerated were made under the ADESA, Inc. 2004 Equity and Incentive Plan in conjunction with ADESA’s initial public offering in June 2004, or the 2004 IPO. As a result, options to purchase approximately 2.9 million shares of ADESA’s common stock became exercisable immediately and ADESA disclosed incremental pro forma stock-based employee compensation expense of approximately $7.7 million, net of tax, in the first quarter 2005. The options awarded in conjunction with the 2004 IPO to ADESA’s named executive officers and the majority of the other officers would have vested in equal increments at June 15, 2005, 2006 and 2007. The options awarded to certain other executive officers and employees had different vesting terms. One-third of the options awarded to the other executive officers and employees vested on December 31, 2004. The remaining two-thirds of the options awarded to these executive officers and other employees in conjunction with the 2004 IPO would have vested in equal increments at December 31, 2005 and 2006. All of these options expire in June 2010. All other terms and conditions applicable to the outstanding stock option grants remain in effect.

ADESA and its board considered several factors in determining to accelerate the vesting of these options. Primarily, the acceleration enhances the comparability of ADESA’s 2005 financial statements with those of 2006 and subsequent periods. The options awarded to the executive officers were special, one-time grants in conjunction with the 2004 IPO. As such, these grants are not indicative of past grants when ADESA was a subsidiary of ALLETE prior to June 2004 and are not representative of ADESA’s expected future grants. ADESA and board also believe that the acceleration was in the best interest of the stockholders as it reduces ADESA’s reported stock option expense in future periods and mitigates the impact of SFAS 123(R).

As a result of adopting SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006, income from continuing operations before income taxes and net income for the year ended December 31, 2006, were $2.3 million and $1.4 million lower, respectively, than if ADESA had continued to account for share-based awards under APB Opinion No. 25. Basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations were both $0.02 lower for the year ended December 31, 2006 as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123(R).

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), tax benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of stock options were presented as operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. SFAS 123(R) requires cash flows resulting from tax deductions from the exercise of stock options in excess of recognized compensation cost from the exercise of stock options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows. This change in classification did not have a significant impact on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows in the current period as the excess tax benefits recognized for the year ended December 31, 2006 were approximately $0.5 million.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), ADESA applied the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, as amended by SFAS 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure, which permitted companies to apply the existing accounting rules under APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations. Generally, if the exercise price of options granted under the plan was equal to the market price of the underlying common stock on the grant date, no share-based compensation cost was recognized in net income. As required by SFAS 148, prior to the adoption of SFAS

 

88


Table of Contents

123(R), pro forma net income and pro forma net income per common share were disclosed for stock-based awards, as if the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 had been applied.

See Note 6 “Stock Plans” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of ADESA for further details.

Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

Overview

IAAI provides insurance companies and other vehicle suppliers cost-effective salvage processing solutions, principally on a consignment basis. The consignment method includes both a percentage of sale and fixed fee basis. Under the percentage of sale and fixed fee consignment methods, the vehicle is not owned by IAAI and only the fees associated with processing the vehicle are recorded as revenue. The percentage of sale consignment method offers potentially increased profits over fixed fee consignment by providing incentives to both IAAI and the salvage provider to invest in vehicle enhancements, thereby maximizing vehicle selling prices. The proceeds from the sale of the vehicle itself are not included in revenue. IAAI also, on a very limited basis, sometimes acquires vehicles via purchase. Under the purchase method, the vehicle is owned by IAAI, and the proceeds from the sale of the vehicle are recorded as revenue. IAAI’s operating results are subject to fluctuations, including quarterly fluctuations, that can result from a number of factors, some of which are more significant for sales under the purchase method.

IAAI’s fiscal year 2006 consisted of 53 weeks and ended on December 31, 2006. IAAI’s fiscal years 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002 each consisted of 52 weeks and ended on December 25, 2005, December 26, 2004, December 28, 2003 and December 29, 2002, respectively.

Significant Items Affecting Comparability

The 2005 Acquisition resulted in a new basis of accounting under SFAS 141. This change creates many differences between reporting for IAAI post-merger, as successor, and IAAI pre-merger, as predecessor. The predecessor financial data for periods ending on or prior to May 25, 2005, generally will not be comparable to the successor financial data for periods after that date. The 2005 Acquisition resulted in IAAI having an entirely new capital structure, which results in significant differences between predecessor and successor in the equity sections of the financial statements. In addition, the successor incurred debt issuance costs and $265.0 million of debt in connection with the 2005 Acquisition. As a result, interest expense and debt will not be comparable between the predecessor and the successor. IAAI has made certain adjustments to increase or decrease the carrying amount of assets and liabilities to their fair values as of the 2005 Acquisition date which, in a number of instances, have resulted in changes to amortization and depreciation expense amounts. The successor and predecessor results during 2005 have been combined for purposes of comparison with prior periods in the “Results of Operations” section below.

Acquisitions and New Operations

Since 1991, IAAI has grown through a series of acquisitions and opening of new sites and as of March 1, 2007, IAAI had a total of 99 sites. In 2006, IAAI acquired branches in Erie, Pennsylvania; Indianapolis and South Bend, Indiana; Cincinnati, Cleveland, Columbus, Dayton and Lima, Ohio; Ashland, Kentucky; Buckhannon, West Virginia; Missoula, Montana; Des Moines, Cedar Falls and Sioux City, Iowa; and Cicero, New York. The impact of the 2006 acquisitions on revenues is an additional $11.9 million for the three months ended December 31, 2006 and $23.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

89


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth IAAI’s results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the year ended December 25, 2005. The results for the year ended December 25, 2005 set forth the combined successor and predecessor revenues, cost of sales, operating expense, other (income) expense and income taxes for that year.

 

    

Fiscal year ended
December 25,

2005

   

Fiscal year ended
December 31,

2006

 
     (dollars in thousands)  

Revenues:

    

Fee income

   $ 240,129     $ 281,833  

Vehicle sales

     40,726       50,117  
                
     280,855       331,950  
                

Cost of sales:

    

Branch cost

     175,229       211,098  

Vehicle cost

     34,618       43,820  
                
     209,847       254,918  
                

Gross margin

     71,008       77,032  
                

Operating expense:

    

Selling, general and administrative

     40,452       50,913  

Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment

     (699 )     9  

Loss related to flood

     —         3,529  

Merger costs

     20,762       —    
                
     60,515       54,451  
                

Earnings from operations

     10,493       22,581  

Other (income) expense:

    

Interest expense

     15,588       30,596  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     —         1,300  

Other income

     (2,788 )     (460 )
                

Loss before taxes

     (2,307 )     (8,855 )

Income taxes

     3,567       (1,676 )
                

Net loss

   $ (5,874 )   $ (7,179 )
                

Year Ended December 31, 2006 Compared to the Year Ended December 25, 2005

Revenues increased 18.2% to $332.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, from $280.9 million in 2005. The increase in revenues was primarily due to a higher volume of vehicles sold and a higher average selling price for vehicles sold at auction. Vehicle sales increased 23.0% to $50.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 from $40.7 million in 2005. Vehicles sold under the purchase method accounted for approximately 5% of vehicles sold in each of 2006 and 2005. Fee income for 2006 increased 17.4% to $281.8 million versus $240.1 million in 2005 due to more favorable pricing and an increase in vehicles sold.

Cost of sales increased 21.5% to $254.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, versus $209.8 million for last year. Vehicle cost of $43.8 million in 2006 increased from $34.6 million in 2005. This increase is primarily related to an increase in the number of vehicles sold under the purchase method. Branch cost of $211.1 million, which includes depreciation, in 2006 increased from $175.2 million in 2005. Branch cost includes tow, office and yard labor, occupancy, depreciation and other costs inherent in operating the branch. New branches opened in 2006 account for approximately $14.6 million of additional branch costs, including those located in Louisiana and Mississippi to support hurricane Katrina efforts. Excluding the impact of new branches, branch

 

90


Table of Contents

costs increased to $180.3 million in 2006 from $164.7 million in 2005 primarily due to increased volumes and increases in towing, occupancy costs, performance-based bonus and auction and yard related expenses.

Gross margin of $77.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased $6.0 million, or 8.6%, from $71.0 million for 2005. The increase is primarily related to more favorable pricing and an increase in the number of vehicles sold. Gross profit margins, as a percent of revenue, decreased to 23.2% from 25.3% in the prior year. The decrease in gross margin as a percent of revenue reflects increased tow costs per unit sold in 2006 as compared to 2005 and lower margins experienced in branches acquired in 2006.

Selling, general and administrative expense of $50.9 million in 2006 was $10.4 million more than the expense of $40.5 million in 2005. This increase is related to the amortization of intangible assets, such as supplier relationships, trade names and software, arising from the merger, non-recurring costs related to branches acquired in 2006 and increased professional fees for legal and accounting services. Amortization of intangible assets amounted to $9.8 million in 2006 and $5.3 million in 2005. The non-recurring acquisition costs of $2.6 million include retention payments made to employees of businesses acquired, consulting payments made to former owners of businesses acquired and travel and other incremental costs incurred in the integration of business acquired into the IAAI’s operations.

Gain on sale of property of $0.7 million in 2005 was primarily the result of one of IAAI’s properties in Houston, Texas. There were no significant gains or losses on sale of property in 2006.

Interest expense of $30.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 increased $15.0 million from $15.6 million for 2005. This increase was primarily attributable to interest incurred on the $150.0 million of 11% Senior Notes due 2013 and borrowings on the IAAI’s senior credit facility for a full year in 2006 compared to only 7 months in 2005. During 2006, IAAI increased the amount available on the senior credit facility from $115.0 million to $195.0 million. Of this amount, $50.0 million is a revolving credit facility which had no amounts outstanding in 2006 or 2005.

Merger costs in 2005 of $20.8 million are primarily related to $9.0 million in legal and advisory fees, $5.0 million in management fees, $4.1 million in change of control payments, $0.8 million in insurance costs and $1.9 million net interest on bond indebtedness incurred in connection with the merger transaction.

Other income of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 decreased $2.4 million from $2.8 million in 2005. The decrease is primarily attributable to the settlement recorded in 2005 related to the February 16, 2000 crash of an Emery DC-8 aircraft onto IAAI’s Rancho Cordova, California facility.

Income tax benefit for the year 2006 was $1.7 million, a decrease of $5.3 million from the income tax expense of $3.6 million for 2005. Income tax expense decreased due to lower 2006 earnings. IAAI’s effective tax rates for the years 2006 and 2005 were 18.9% and (155)%, respectively. IAAI expects that its effective tax rate in 2007 will be approximately 40%.

IAAI’s net loss for the year 2006 was $7.2 million, a decrease of $1.3 million from IAAI’s net loss of $5.9 million for the fiscal year 2005.

Year Ended December 25, 2005 Compared to the Year Ended December 26, 2004

Revenues increased 17% to $280.9 million for the year ended December 25, 2005, from $240.2 million in 2004. The increase in revenues was primarily due to a higher volume of vehicles sold and a higher average selling price for vehicles sold at auction. Vehicle sales increased 30% to $40.7 million for the year ended December 25, 2005 from $31.4 million in 2004. Vehicles sold under the purchase method accounted for approximately 4% of vehicles sold in each of 2005 and 2004. Fee income for 2005 increased 15% to $240.2 million versus $208.7 million in 2004 due to more favorable pricing and an increase in vehicles sold.

 

91


Table of Contents

Cost of sales increased 14% to $209.8 million for the year ended December 25, 2005, versus $184.0 million for 2004. Vehicle cost of $34.6 million increased $7.9 million in 2005 from $26.7 million in 2004. This increase is primarily related to an increase in the number of vehicles sold under the purchase method. Branch cost of $175.2 million, which includes depreciation, increased $17.9 million in 2005 from $157.3 million in 2004. Branch cost includes tow, office and yard labor, occupancy, depreciation and other costs inherent in operating the branch. New branches opened in 2005 account for approximately $2.6 million of additional branch costs, including those located in Louisiana and Mississippi to support hurricane Katrina efforts. Excluding the impact of new branches, branch costs increased $15.3 million primarily due to increased volumes and increases in towing, occupancy costs, performance-based bonus and auction and yard related expenses.

Gross profit of $71.0 million for the year ended December 25, 2005 increased $14.8 million, or 26%, from $56.2 million for 2004. The increase is primarily related to more favorable pricing and an increase in the number of vehicles sold. Gross profit margins, as a percent of revenue, increased to 25.3% from 23.4% in the prior year.

Selling, general and administrative expense of $40.5 million in 2005 was $5.5 million more than the expense of $35.0 million in 2004. This increase is primarily related to the amortization of intangible assets, such as supplier relationships, trade names and software, arising from the 2005 Acquisition. Amortization of intangible assets amounted to $5.2 million in 2005 and $0.6 million in 2004.

Gain on sale of property and equipment increased to $0.7 million in 2005 from a loss of $0.3 million in 2004. The increase is due primarily to the sale of one of IAAI’s properties in Houston for $0.5 million.

Interest expense of $15.6 million for the year ended December 25, 2005 increased $14.0 million from $1.6 million for 2004. This increase was primarily attributable to interest incurred on the $150.0 million of 11% Senior Notes due 2013 and a new $115.0 million term loan with a seven year maturity. The notes and IAAI’s new senior credit facilities, including the term loan, are described in “Financial Condition and Liquidity.”

Acquisition costs in 2005 of $20.8 million are primarily related to $9.0 million in legal and advisory fees, $5.0 million in management fees, $4.1 million in change of control payments, $0.8 million in insurance costs and $1.9 million net interest on bond indebtedness incurred in connection with the 2005 Acquisition transaction.

Other income of $2.8 million for the year ended December 25, 2005 increased $2.7 million from $0.1 million in 2004. The increase is primarily related to the $2.4 million settlement IAAI received from TN Tech related to the crash of an Emery DC-8 aircraft onto IAAI’s Rancho Cordova, California facility on February 16, 2000.

Income tax expense for the year 2005 was $3.6 million, a decrease of $3.5 million from the income tax expense of $7.1 million for 2004. Income tax expense decreased due to lower 2005 earnings. IAAI’s effective tax rates for the years 2005 and 2004 were (155)% and 37%, respectively.

IAAI’s net loss for the year 2005 was $5.9 million, a decrease of $18.2 million from its net earnings of $12.3 million for the fiscal year 2004.

Financial Condition and Liquidity

Historically, IAAI has relied on cash flows from operations and revolving credit borrowings to finance its working capital requirements and capital expenditures.

Net cash provided by operating activities during 2006 was $17.0 million, a $3.0 million increase from the same period last year, primarily as a result of merger costs which were partially offset by the settlement with TN Tech of the Emery Air Freight dispute, during 2005. IAAI received an aggregate $2.0 million refund of federal

 

92


Table of Contents

income taxes, relating to 2003 and 2004, during the first nine months of 2006. The refunds resulted from the carry-back of net operating losses relating to the pre-merger period.

Net cash used in investing activities during 2006 was $107.3 million, consisting primarily of funds used to fund acquisitions made throughout the year of $91.1 million and capital expenditures of $17.5 million. These capital expenditures consisted of various branch improvements, including upgrades to existing branches, the development of new facilities, and continued enhancements to IAAI’s new information technology system.

Net cash provided by financing activities during 2006 was $78.5 million, compared to $371.5 million used during 2005. This cash provided by financing activities during 2006 primarily resulted to the amendment of IAAI’s term loan, including the addition of $81.2 million of outstanding principal. The activity during 2005 was primarily attributable to the issuance of debt related to the merger transaction.

At December 31, 2006, IAAI had current assets of $109.3 million, including $14.0 million in cash and cash equivalents, current liabilities of $59.4 million and net working capital of $49.9 million, which represented a $2.0 million decrease from December 25, 2005.

IAAI’s accounts receivable increased $9.7 million to $56.6 million as of December 31, 2006, from $46.9 million as of December 25, 2005. Accounts receivable consists of balances due from IAAI’s salvage providers for auction space and related buyer fees, advance charges paid by us on their behalf and other service fees. The advance charges typically include storage and tow fees incurred at a temporary storage or repair shop prior to IAAI’s moving vehicles to one of IAAI’s facilities.

Inventory decreased $0.4 million to $19.2 million as of December 31, 2006, from $19.6 million as of December 25, 2005. Inventory consists of capitalized tow charges on vehicles on hand and the cost of purchased vehicles once title is received. Inventory increased due to increased inventory costs on a per unit basis and the number of vehicles in inventory under the purchase agreement method.

IAAI’s amended senior credit facilities are comprised of a $50 million revolving credit facility maturing in 2011 and a $195 million term loan facility maturing in 2012. The revolver is principally used for working capital purposes, and the term loan was used to finance the merger transactions. For purposes of calculating interest, loans under the senior credit facilities are designated as Eurodollar rate loans or, in certain circumstances, base rate loans, plus applicable borrowing margins. Eurodollar loans bear interest at the rate for deposits in dollars appearing on page 3750 of the Telerate screen as of 11:00 a.m., London time, two business days prior to the beginning of the applicable interest period, plus a borrowing margin as described below. Interest on Eurodollar rate loans is payable (i) as to any Eurodollar loan having an interest period of three months or less, on the last day of such interest period, and (ii) as to any Eurodollar loan having an interest period longer than three months, each day that is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such interest period and the last day of such interest period. Base rate loans bear interest at (a) the greater of (i) the rate most recently announced by the Bank of New York as its “prime rate” in effect at its principal office in New York City, and (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate (as defined in IAAI’s senior credit agreement) plus 0.50% per annum, plus (b) a borrowing margin as described below. The margin varies from 2.25% to 2.75% on Eurodollar revolving loans and from 2.25% to 2.50% on Eurodollar term loans. The margin varies from 1.25% to 1.75% on base rate revolving loans and from 1.25% to 1.50% on base rate term loans. The amount of the margin is based on IAAI’s leverage ratio. As of December 31, 2006, the weighted average annual interest rate applicable to Eurodollar rate loans was 7.9%. During the period December 26, 2005 to December 31, 2006, the weighted average annual interest rate for the new senior credit facilities was 7.6%. A commitment fee of 0.50% on the unused portion of the senior credit facilities is payable on a quarterly basis. As of December 31, 2006, $47.6 million was available for borrowing under the senior credit facilities.

IAAI’s obligations under the senior credit facilities are guaranteed by direct and indirect significant subsidiaries of IAAI. In addition, each future significant domestic subsidiary of IAAI is required to guarantee

 

93


Table of Contents

those obligations. The senior credit facilities are secured by (1) all existing and future property and assets, real and personal, of IAAI and each guarantor, subject to certain exceptions; (2) a pledge of 100% of the stock of each of IAAI’s existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries; (3) all present and future intercompany debt of IAAI and each guarantor; and (4) all proceeds of the assets described in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above. Under the senior credit facilities, IAAI is required to meet specified restrictive financial covenants, including a maximum consolidated leverage ratio and minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio. The credit facilities also contain various other covenants that limit IAAI’s ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness, including guarantees;

 

   

create, incur, assume or permit to exist liens on property or assets;

 

   

engage in sales, transfers and other dispositions of IAAI’s property or assets;

 

   

declare or pay dividends to, make distributions to, or make redemptions and repurchases from, equity holders;

 

   

make or commit to make capital expenditures over certain thresholds;

 

   

make loans and investments and enter into acquisitions and joint ventures;

 

   

prepay, redeem or repurchase IAAI’s debt, or amend or modify the terms of certain material debt or certain other agreements; and

 

   

restrict IAAI’s ability and the ability of IAAI’s subsidiaries to pay dividends and make distributions.

As of December 31, 2006, IAAI was in compliance with its covenants under the senior credit facilities.

The covenants contained within IAAI’s senior credit facilities are important to an investor’s understanding of IAAI’s financial liquidity, as a violation could cause a default and lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed due and payable. The coverage ratio covenants are based on Adjusted EBITDA. For purposes of the chart included below, Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net earnings (loss) plus income tax provision (benefit), interest expense (net) and depreciation and amortization with further adjustments including non-cash items, nonrecurring items, and sponsor advisory fees. While Adjusted EBITDA is neither a defined term under GAAP nor a substitute for GAAP, IAAI believes that the inclusion of Adjusted EBITDA is appropriate, as it provides additional information to demonstrate compliance with the financial covenants. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Below is a table detailing IAAI’s Adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated (in thousands):

 

     Three Months Ended    

Twelve Months
Ended

December 31,
2006

 
     March 26,
2006
    June 25,
2006
    September 24,
2006
    December 31,
2006
   
     (dollars in thousands)  

Net loss

   $ (504 )   $ (71 )   $ (4,261 )   $ (2,343 )   $ (7,179 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (314 )     (94 )     (1,300 )     (32 )     (1,676 )

Interest expense (net)

     6,329       6,619       8,128       9,060       30,136  

Depreciation and amortization

     4,933       5,641       6,572       6,792       23,938  
                                        

EBITDA

     10,444       12,095       9,139       13,541       45,219  

Non-cash charges

     1,051       343       576       498 (1)     2,468  

Non-recurring expense

     2,866       321       3,654       1,244 (2)     8,085  

Advisory service fees

     125       125       125       238       613  
                                        

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 14,486     $ 12,884     $ 13,494     $ 15,521     $ 56,385  
                                        

(1) For the quarter ended December 31, 2006, the non-cash charges included $0.3 million of stock-based compensation expense and $0.2 million of rent adjustment relating to amortization of lessor funded improvements and straight-line adjustment related to leases.

 

94


Table of Contents
(2) For the quarter ended December 31, 2006, non-recurring expense primarily consisted of $1 .0 million in costs related to the Merger.

The scheduled quarterly amortization payments under the senior credit facilities are $0.5 million per quarter, with a balloon payment of $184.3 million due on May 19, 2012.

With respect to fiscal years ending on or about December 31, 2007, IAAI is required to make a mandatory annual prepayment of the term loan and the revolving loan in an amount equal to 75% of excess cash flow, as defined in IAAI’s senior credit agreement, when the consolidated leverage ratio is 4.0x or greater, or 50% of excess cash flow when the consolidated leverage ratio is at least 3.0x but less than 4.0x. In addition, IAAI is required to make a mandatory prepayment of the term loans with, among other things:

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds of certain debt issuances, and sales and leasebacks of real property, subject to certain exceptions;

 

   

50% of the net cash proceeds from the issuance of additional equity interests; and

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds from any property or asset sale or recovery event in an amount exceeding $2.5 million in any fiscal year, subject to certain exceptions and reinvestment requirements.

Mandatory prepayments will be applied first to the base rate term loans and then to Eurodollar term loans.

As of December 31, 2006, there were no borrowings under the revolving credit facilities. IAAI has outstanding letters of credit in the aggregate amount of $2.4 million, and $194.6 million outstanding under its term loan facility. At December 31, 2006, the interest rate on borrowings under the term loan was 7.9%.

IAAI has issued $150.0 million of notes that mature on April 1, 2013, with interest paid semi-annually every April 1 and October 1. Under the indenture governing the Notes, subject to exceptions, IAAI must meet a minimum consolidated interest coverage ratio to incur additional indebtedness. Prior to April 1, 2008, on any one or more occasions, IAAI may use the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings to redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes at a redemption price of 111 .00% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Otherwise, the notes are not redeemable until April 1, 2009. Starting on April 1, 2009, IAAI has the option to redeem all or a portion of the notes at a redemption price equal to a percentage of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In the event of this kind of an optional redemption, the redemption price would be 105.50% for the 12-month period beginning April 1, 2009; 102.75% for the 12-month period beginning April 1, 2010; and 100.00% thereafter. If IAAI experiences specific kinds of changes of control, IAAI must offer to purchase the notes at a price of 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. The indenture governing the notes contains various covenants which, subject to exceptions, limit IAAI’s ability, and the ability of IAAI’s restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:

 

   

borrow money;

 

   

incur liens;

 

   

pay dividends or make certain other restricted payments or investments;

 

   

issue disqualified stock;

 

   

merge, consolidate or sell all or substantially all of IAAI’s or the acquirer’s assets;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

create restrictions on dividends or other payments by the restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

sell certain assets and use proceeds from asset sales; and

 

   

create guarantees of indebtedness by restricted subsidiaries.

IAAI’s credit agreement limits the 2007 capital expenditures to $22.0 million. IAAI expects that its capital expenditure level will be within the $22.0 million credit agreement limitation.

 

95


Table of Contents

IAAI has capital leases of approximately $0.4 million, of which approximately $0.3 million is classified as short term. Other long-term liabilities include IAAI’s post-retirement benefits liability that relates to a prior acquisition.

IAAI believes that existing cash, as well as cash generated from operations, together with available borrowings under IAAI’s new senior credit facilities, will be sufficient to fund capital expenditures and provide adequate working capital for operations for the next 12 months.

The obligations of IAAI under the Notes and the credit facilities are guaranteed by IAAI’s wholly owned subsidiaries. The guarantees are full, unconditional, and joint and several.

Critical Accounting Policies

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as well as the related disclosures. IAAI bases its estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates. As such, IAAI continuously evaluates its estimates. IAAI believes the following critical accounting policies affect its more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

Goodwill

As of December 31, 2006, IAAI had $241.3 million of net goodwill recorded in its consolidated financial statements. In accordance with SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” IAAI assess goodwill for possible impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of this asset may not be recoverable. Important factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant under-performance relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; significant negative industry or economic trends; significant decline in IAAI’s stock price for a sustained period; and its market capitalization relative to net book value. If IAAI determines that the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, IAAI would measure any impairment based on the excess of carrying amount over fair value measured using a projected discounted cash flow model or other valuation techniques.

Deferred Income Taxes

As of December 31, 2006, IAAI had $11.3 million of current net deferred tax assets recorded. The current deferred tax assets relate to temporary differences in inventory, accrued liabilities and a federal net operating loss carryforward.

As of December 31, 2006, IAAI had $36.1 million of net deferred tax liabilities recorded. The net deferred tax liabilities relate primarily to intangible assets related to the 2005 Acquisition transactions, depreciation and state net operating losses incurred in several of the states where IAAI operates. IAAI has determined that it may not realize the full tax benefit related to certain deferred tax assets. As such, a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying value of the deferred tax assets has been recorded.

Long-Lived Assets and Certain Identifiable Intangibles

As of December 31, 2006, IAAI had $80.2 million of net property and equipment along with net intangible assets of $147.5 million. IAAI evaluates long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles for impairment

 

96


Table of Contents

whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets is measured by a comparison of the asset’s carrying amount to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the estimated undiscounted future cash flows change in the future, IAAI may be required to reduce the carrying amount of an asset to its fair value.

 

97


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are the second largest provider of whole car auctions, the second largest provider of salvage vehicle auctions and have the largest network of automobile auction locations in North America. Our network of whole car and salvage vehicle auctions facilitates the sale of used and salvage vehicles through physical, online and hybrid auctions, which permit Internet buyers to participate in physical auctions. We earn auction fees from both vehicle buyers and sellers for completed transactions. We also generate revenues by providing our customers with value-added ancillary services, including reconditioning, inspection and certification, titling, transportation and administrative and salvage recovery services. We facilitate the transfer of ownership directly from seller to buyer and, in almost all cases, we do not take title or ownership to vehicles sold at our auctions.

We are also a leading provider of short-term inventory-secured financing, known as floorplan financing, primarily to independent used vehicle dealers. Floorplan financing typically involves the financing of dealer vehicle purchases at auction in exchange for a security interest in those vehicles. Loans are generally short-term in nature and typically repaid when the vehicle is sold by the dealer. We generate revenues from both fees and interest on these loans.

Our key competitive advantages include our leading North American market positions, broad distribution network, established relationships with a diversified customer base, comprehensive range of innovative value-added services and strong management team with significant industry experience. As of January 21, 2008, we have a network of 58 whole car auction locations, 134 salvage auction locations and 91 loan production offices in North America. Our auction locations are primarily stand-alone facilities dedicated to either whole car or salvage auctions. Eight of these locations are combination sites, which offer separate whole car and salvage auctions. We believe our extensive network and product offerings will enable us to drive revenues by leveraging relationships with North American institutional vehicle providers and over 85,000 registered buyers of used and salvage vehicles. In our whole car business, we enjoy long-term relationships with all of the major vehicle manufacturers, vehicle finance companies and rental car companies in North America, including Chrysler Motors, LLC, Ford Motor Company, General Motors Corporation, American Honda Finance Corporation, Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., Capital One Auto Finance, Chase Auto Finance Corp., Enterprise Rent-A-Car, The Hertz Corporation, Mercedes-Benz Credit Corporation, Nissan North America, Inc., VW Credit, Inc., WFS Financial and World Omni Financial Corp. In our salvage vehicle auction business, we enjoy long-term relationships with The Allstate Corporation, American Family Insurance, American International Group, The Farmers Insurance Group of Companies, GEICO, Nationwide Financial Services, Inc, The Progressive Corporation, State Farm and USAA.

Our Business Segments

We operate as three reportable business segments: ADESA Auctions, IAAI Salvage and AFC.

ADESA Auctions

We are the second largest provider of whole car auctions and related services in North America. We serve our customer base through 58 whole car auction locations throughout North America. Our whole car auctions segment includes Whole Car Auction and Related Services, AutoVIN and ADESA Analytical Services.

Whole Car Auction and Related Services

Our whole car auction facilities are strategically located to draw professional sellers and buyers together and allow our buyers to physically inspect and compare vehicles, which we believe many customers in the industry demand. Our complementary online auction capabilities provide the convenience of viewing, comparing and bidding on vehicles remotely and the advantage of a potentially larger group of buyers.

 

98


Table of Contents

Vehicles available at our auctions include vehicles from institutional customers such as off-lease vehicles, repossessed vehicles, rental vehicles and other program fleet vehicles that have reached a predetermined age or mileage and have been repurchased by the manufacturers, as well as vehicles from dealers turning their inventory. The number of vehicles offered for sale is the key driver of our costs incurred in the whole car auction process, and the number of vehicles sold is the key driver of the related fees generated by the redistribution process.

Suppliers of vehicles to our whole car auctions primarily include:

 

   

Large institutions, such as vehicle manufacturers and their captive finance arms, vehicle rental companies, financial institutions, and commercial fleets and fleet management companies

 

   

Independent and franchised used vehicle dealers

Buyers of vehicles at our whole car auctions primarily include:

 

   

Franchised used vehicle dealers

 

   

Independent used vehicle dealers

We currently maintain relationships with over 50,000 such registered buyers.

Our whole car auctions strive to maximize the auction sales price for the sellers of used vehicles by effectively and efficiently providing value enhancing reconditioning services, transferring the vehicles, paperwork (including certificates of title and other evidence of ownership), and funds as quickly as possible from the sellers to a large population of dealers seeking to fill their inventory for resale. Auctions are typically held at least weekly at most locations and provide real-time wholesale market prices for the used vehicle redistribution industry.

We generate revenue primarily from auction fees paid by vehicle buyers and sellers. In almost all cases, we do not take ownership or title to vehicles. Our buyer fees and dealer seller fees are typically based on a tiered structure with institutional fees increasing with the sale price of the vehicle, while institutional seller fees are typically fixed.

Our whole car auctions also provide a full range of innovative and value-added services to sellers and buyers that enable us to serve as a “one-stop shop.” Each of the services may be provided or purchased independently from the physical auction process, including:

 

   

Auction services, such as marketing and advertising the vehicles to be auctioned, dealer registration, storage of consigned and purchased inventory, clearing of funds, arbitration of disputes, auction vehicle registration, condition report processing, security for consigned inventory, sales results reports, pre-sale lineups and auctioning of vehicles by licensed auctioneers

 

   

Internet-based solutions, including online bulletin board and real-time auctions and online live auctions running simultaneously with physical auctions

 

   

Inbound and outbound transportation with services utilizing both internal resources and third party carriers

 

   

Reconditioning services, including detailing, body work, light mechanical work, glass repair, paintless dent repair (PDR), tire and key replacement and upholstery repair

 

   

Inspection and certification services, whereby the auction performs a physical inspection and produces a condition report as well as varying levels of diagnostic testing for purposes of certification

 

   

Title processing and other paperwork administration

 

   

Outsourcing of remarketing functions and end-of-lease term management

 

99


Table of Contents

We add buyer fees to the gross sales price paid by buyers for each vehicle, and generally collect payment on the sale day or shortly thereafter. We generally deduct seller fees for our services from the gross sales price of each vehicle before remitting the net amount to the seller.

AutoVIN

AutoVIN provides professional field information services to the automotive industry. AutoVIN uses highly-qualified, company-employed field managers and advanced computer technology to provide services, including vehicle condition reporting, inventory verification auditing, program compliance auditing and facility inspections. Field managers are equipped with handheld computers and digital cameras to record all inspection and audit data on-site. We believe that expanded utilization of comprehensive inspections for vehicle condition reporting will significantly increase the penetration of the Internet as a method of sourcing vehicles for buying dealers. Our whole car auctions utilize this same technology to perform condition reports at our auction sites.

ADESA Analytical Services

Our team of analysts, headed by our chief economist Tom Kontos, provides value-added ADESA Analytical Services to our customers, the media and the investment community. These services include timely market analysis via the Kontos Kommentary, Pulse ® and the award-winning Global Vehicle Remarketing (GVR) publication series on a monthly, semi-annual and annual basis, respectively. Through these publications, ADESA Analytical Services provides comprehensive and authoritative coverage of the used vehicle market and the vehicle remarketing industry in North America for our key clients and industry contacts.

Kontos Kommentary provides analytical observations, indexes and review of the current trends within the wholesale used vehicle market.

Pulse ® provides a periodic review and outlook of economic indicators relevant to the industry. In addition, several indices of wholesale used vehicle market activity and other information are posted regularly on the ADESA Analytical Services website.

Global Vehicle Remarketing: U.S. and Canadian Markets analyzes long-term trends and issues relative to the growing $82 billion vehicle remarketing industry in the United States and Canada.

In addition, ADESA Analytical Services provides custom analysis of wholesale price trends for ADESA’s remarketing clients, including:

 

   

Presentations at industry conferences

 

   

Design, tabulation, analysis and reporting of targeted surveys

 

   

Peer group and market benchmarking studies

 

   

Analysis of the benefits of reconditioning

 

   

Analysis of auction promotions

 

   

Site selection for optimized remarketing of off-lease units

 

   

Portfolio analysis of auction sales

 

   

Computer-generated mapping and buyer analysis

 

   

Other customized studies

 

100


Table of Contents

IAAI Salvage

We are the second largest provider of salvage vehicle auctions and related services in North America. We operate under the IAAI brand name and serve our customer base through 134 salvage auction locations throughout North America.

Salvage Auctions and Related Services

We facilitate the redistribution of damaged vehicles that are designated as total-losses by insurance companies, recovered stolen vehicles for which an insurance settlement with the vehicle owner has already been made and older model vehicles donated to charity or sold by dealers in salvage auctions.

Our auctions provide buyers with the salvage vehicles they need to fulfill their replacement part or vehicle rebuild requirements. We earn fees for our services from both suppliers and buyers of salvage vehicles.

We process salvage vehicles primarily under two consignment methods: fixed fee and percentage of sale. Under these methods, in return for agreed upon fees, we sell vehicles on behalf of insurance companies, which continue to own the vehicles until they are sold to buyers at auction. In addition to auction fees, we generally charge fees to vehicle suppliers for various services, including towing, title processing and other administrative services. Under all methods of sale, we also charge the buyer of each vehicle fees based on a tiered structure that increase with the sale price of the vehicle and fixed fees for other services.

Auctions are typically held weekly at most locations. Vehicles are marketed at each respective auction site as well as via an online auction list that allows prospective bidders to preview vehicles prior to the actual auction event. Our online Auction Center feature provides Internet buyers with an open, competitive bidding environment that reflects the dynamics of the live salvage auction. The Auction Center includes such services as comprehensive auction lists featuring links to digital images of vehicles available for sale, an “Auto Locator” function that promotes the search for specific vehicles within the auction system and special “Flood” or other catastrophe auction notifications. Higher returns are generally driven by broader market exposure and increased competitive bidding.

Our live auction Internet bidding solution, I-bid LIVE SM , operates in concert with our physical auctions and provides registered buyers with the opportunity to participate in live auctions. Through an Internet-enabled computer, the buyer bids in real time along with the live local bidders and other Internet bidders via a simple, web-based interface. I-bid LIVE provides real-time streaming audio from the live auction and images of salvage vehicles and other data. Buyers inspect and evaluate the salvage vehicle and listen to the live call of the auctioneer while the physical auction is underway.

We believe that our hybrid live/Internet auction capabilities maximize auction proceeds and returns to our customers. First, our physical auctions allow buyers to inspect and compare the vehicles, thus enabling them to make fully-informed bidding decisions. These physical auction abilities are an important part of the bidding process. Second, our Internet auction capabilities allow buyers to participate in a greater number of auctions than if physical attendance was required. Additionally, lower and more certain acquisition costs enable buyers to pay more while maintaining or improving net margins. Online inventory browsing and e-mail-based inventory alerts reduce the time required to acquire vehicles.

We obtain the majority of our supply of vehicles from insurance companies, non-profit organizations, automobile dealers and vehicle leasing and rental car companies. We enjoy long-term relationships with all of the major U.S. automobile insurance companies, many of whom have been customers for decades. In 2006, IAAI Salvage served over 300 suppliers, with no single supplier representing more than 15% of its unit sales.

 

101


Table of Contents

We currently maintain relationships with over 41,000 registered buyers of salvage vehicles. As of January 1, 2008, no single buyer accounted for more than 5% of our unit sales. We estimate that of our vehicles sold approximately 25%–30% are rebuilt and resold, approximately 65%–70% are dismantled and approximately 5% are recycled. Vehicle buyers include the following:

 

   

Automotive Body Shops. Automotive body shops and garages typically purchase lightly damaged vehicles to repair for private resale.

 

   

Rebuilders. Rebuilders purchase vehicles that have minimal damage and can be quickly fixed or improved for resale as a means to keep experienced mechanics employed during slow periods.

 

   

Used Car Dealers. Used car dealers seek vehicles with little or no damage for resale on their lots.

 

   

Automotive Wholesalers. Automotive wholesalers most often buy recovered stolen vehicles from us and then sell them to their used car dealer customers.

 

   

Exporters. Exporters generally purchase either recovered theft vehicles or vehicles that are only lightly damaged, which are subsequently transported out of the country for resale.

 

   

Dismantlers. Dismantlers primarily purchase vehicles to obtain inventories of parts for resale or for use in repair operations.

 

   

Recyclers. Recyclers typically purchase vehicles for scrap.

 

   

Brokers. Brokers typically represent total-loss vehicle buyers who are either not able to attend the auction because of licensing restrictions or because of availability.

We also offer a comprehensive suite of services, which aims to maximize salvage returns, lower administrative costs, shorten the claims process and increase the predictability of returns to vehicle suppliers, while simultaneously expanding our ability to handle an increasing proportion of the total salvage and claims-processing function as a “one-stop shop” for insurers. Each of the services may be provided or purchased independently from the auction process, including:

 

   

Auction services, such as titling and re-titling of vehicles, clearing of funds, reporting sales results and pre-sale lineups to customers, paying third party storage centers for the release of vehicles and the physical auctioning of the vehicles by licensed auctioneers

 

   

Inbound and outbound logistics administration with actual services sometimes provided by third party carriers

 

   

Other services including vehicle inspections, salvage returns analyses, towing services, titling, settlement administration, drive through damage assessment centers and claims auditing

CSA Today

The process of salvage disposition through our system begins at the first report of loss or when a stolen vehicle has been subsequently recovered. An insurance company representative consigns the vehicle to us, either by phone, facsimile or electronically through our online proprietary data management system, CSA Today .

CSA Today enables insurance company suppliers to enter vehicle data electronically and then track and manage the progress of salvage vehicles in terms of both time and salvage recovery dollars. With this tool, vehicle providers have 24-hour access to their total-loss data. The information provided through this system ranges from the details associated with a specific total-loss vehicle, to comprehensive management reports for an entire claims center or geographic region. Additional features of this system include inventory management tools and a powerful new “Average Salvage Calculator” that helps customers determine the approximate salvage value of a potential total-loss vehicle. This tool is helpful to adjusters when evaluating the “repair vs. total” decision. The management tools provided by CSA Today enable claims personnel to monitor and manage total-loss

 

102


Table of Contents

salvage more effectively. Insurance company suppliers can also use CSA Today to view original garage receipts, verify ignition key availability, view settlement documents and images of the vehicles and receive updates of other current meaningful data.

National Salvage Network

We offer our vehicle suppliers a National Salvage Network that allows an insurance company supplier to consign all of its salvage vehicles to a call center. This call center enables us to distribute vehicle consignments throughout most of the United States, even in markets where we do not currently have a facility. This network is designed to minimize the administrative workload for insurance companies. In certain areas where we do not have a facility, such vehicles are distributed to our selected service partners.

Vehicle Inspection Centers

We maintain vehicle inspection centers, or VICs, at many of our facilities. A VIC is a temporary storage and inspection facility located at one of our sites that is operated by the insurance company. Some of these VIC sites are formalized through temporary license agreements with the insurance companies that supply the vehicles. VICs minimize vehicle storage charges incurred by insurance company suppliers at the temporary storage facility or repair shop and also improve service time for the policyholder.

Potential total-loss vehicles are brought directly to the VIC from the temporary storage facility or repair shop. The insurance company typically has appraisers stationed on the VIC site in order to expedite the appraisal process and minimize storage charges at outside sites. If the insurance company determines that a vehicle is a total-loss, it can easily be moved to one of our vehicle storage areas. If the vehicle is not totaled, it is promptly delivered to the insurer’s selected repair facility. We also have the ability to provide digital images as a service to our customers, electronically displaying pictures of the damaged cars to insurance adjusters in their offices.

After a totaled vehicle is received at one of our facilities, it remains in storage but cannot be auctioned until transferable title has been submitted to and processed by us. For most vehicles stored at our facilities, no storage charges accrue for a contractually specified period of time. We provide management reports to the insurance company suppliers, including an aging report of vehicles for which title documents have not been provided. In addition, we customarily offer the insurance companies’ staff training for each state’s Department of Motor Vehicles, or DMV, document processing procedures. We utilize our title services to expedite the processing of titles, thereby reducing the time in which suppliers receive their salvage proceeds, in addition to decreasing their administrative expenses. We then process the title documents in order to comply with DMV requirements for these vehicles. In all possible titling situations, we interface electronically with DMVs.

Settlement Package Express

IAAI Salvage utilizes an in-house salvage title administration product, “Settlement Package Express”. By providing our customers with this product, we are able to streamline the title procurement process for their vehicles, thereby reducing processing cycle times while potentially eliminating salvage pool storage fees.

Automated Salvage Auction Processing

We have developed a proprietary web-based information system, Automated Salvage Auction Processing system, or ASAP, to streamline all aspects of our operations and centralize operational data collection. ASAP provides salvage vehicle suppliers with 24-hour online access to powerful tools to manage the salvage disposition process, including inventory management, salvage returns analysis and electronic data interchange of titling information. Additionally, ASAP supports buyer services such as Internet-based searchable parts inventories, transportation cost estimators, third-party appraisal requests and real-time bidding.

 

103


Table of Contents

Significantly, our other information systems, including our I-Bid LIVE and CSA Today systems, are integrated with our ASAP product, facilitating seamless auction processes and information flow with internal operational systems. Our technology platform is a significant competitive advantage that allows us to efficiently manage our business, improve customer returns, shorten customers’ claims processing cycle and lower our customers’ claims administration costs.

AFC

We are a leading provider of floorplan financing to independent used vehicle dealers. We provide, directly or indirectly through an intermediary, short-term inventory-secured financing, known as floorplan financing, to independent used vehicle dealers through 91 loan production offices throughout North America. In 2006, AFC arranged approximately 1.2 million loan transactions. We sell the majority of our U.S. denominated finance receivables without recourse to a wholly owned bankruptcy remote special purpose entity, which sells an undivided participation interest in such finance receivables to a bank conduit facility on a revolving basis.

Floorplan financing supports independent used vehicle dealers in North America which purchase vehicles from our auctions, independent auctions, auctions affiliated with other auction networks and non-auction purchases. In 2006, approximately 83% of the vehicles floorplanned by AFC were vehicles purchased by dealers at auction. Our ability to provide floorplan financing facilitates the growth of vehicle sales at auction.

We service over 600 auctions through our loan production offices which are conveniently located at or within close proximity of auctions held by ADESA Auctions and other auctions, which allows dealers to reduce transaction time by providing immediate payment for vehicles purchased at auction. We provide availability lists on behalf of our customers to auction representatives regarding the financing capacity of our customers, thereby increasing the purchasing potential at auctions. Of AFC’s 91 offices in North America, 57 are physically located at auction facilities, including 46 at the auction facilities of ADESA Auctions. Each of the remaining 34 AFC offices is strategically located in close proximity to at least one of the auctions that it serves. In addition, we have the ability to send finance representatives on-site to most approved independent auctions during auction sale-days. Geographic proximity to the customers gives our employees the ability to stay in close contact with outstanding accounts, thereby better enabling them to manage credit risk.

We generate a significant portion of our revenues from fees. These fees include origination, floorplan, curtailment and other related program fees. When the loan is extended or paid in full, AFC collects all accrued fees and interest.

Our procedures and proprietary computer-based system enable us to manage our credit risk by tracking each vehicle from origination to payoff, while expediting services through our branch network. Typically, we assess a floorplan fee at the inception of a loan and we collect all accrued fees and interest when the loan is extended or repaid in full. In addition, AFC generally holds the title or other evidence of ownership to all vehicles which are floorplanned except where not permitted by law. Typical loan terms are 30 to 60 days, each with a possible loan extension. For an additional fee, this loan extension allows the dealer to extend the duration of the loan beyond the original term for another 30 to 60 days if the dealer makes payment towards principal and pays accrued interest and fees.

The extension of a credit line to a dealer starts with the underwriting process. Credit lines up to $250,000 are extended using a proprietary scoring model developed internally by AFC with no requirement for financial statements. Credit lines in excess of $250,000 may be extended using underwriting guidelines which require dealership and personal financial statements and tax returns. The underwriting of each line of credit requires an analysis, write-up and recommendation by the credit department and, in case of credit lines in excess of $250,000, final review by a credit committee.

 

104


Table of Contents

Collateral management is an integral part of day-to-day operations at each AFC branch and our corporate headquarters. AFC’s proprietary computer-based system facilitates day to day collateral management by providing real-time access to dealer information and enables branch and corporate personnel to assess and manage potential collection issues. Restrictions are automatically placed on customer accounts in the event of a delinquency, insufficient funds received or poor audit results. Branch personnel are proactive in managing collateral by monitoring loans and notifying dealers that payments are coming due. In addition, routine audits, or lot checks, are performed on the dealers’ lots through our AutoVIN subsidiary. Poor results from lot checks typically require branch personnel to take actions to determine the status of missing collateral, including visiting the dealer personally, verifying units held off-site and collecting payments for units sold. Audits also identify troubled accounts, triggering the involvement of AFC’s collections department.

AFC operates three divisions which are organized into nine regions in North America. Each division and region is monitored by managers who oversee daily operations. At the corporate level, AFC employs full-time collection specialists and collection attorneys who are assigned to specific regions and monitor collection activity for these areas. Collection specialists work closely with the branches to track trends before an account becomes a troubled account and to determine, together with collection attorneys, the best strategy to secure the collateral once a troubled account is identified.

As of December 31, 2006, AFC had approximately 8,800 active dealers (those accounts with financing for at least one vehicle outstanding), with an average line of credit of $133,000 and no one dealer representing greater than 2.2% of our portfolio. An average of approximately twelve vehicles per active dealer was floorplanned with an approximate average value of $7,500 per vehicle at the end of 2006.

AFC sells the majority of its U.S. dollar denominated finance receivables without recourse to AFC Funding Corporation, a wholly owned bankruptcy remote special purpose entity established for the purpose of purchasing AFC’s finance receivables. AFC’s securitization conduit has been in place since 1996. AFC Funding Corporation has $600 million of committed liquidity. Proceeds from the revolving sale of receivables to the bank conduit facility are used to fund new loans to customers.

Competitive Strengths

Leading North American Market Positions

We are the second largest provider of whole car auctions and salvage vehicle auctions and related services in North America. In 2006, the most recent date available, we had estimated market shares of approximately 18% and 33% in the whole car auction and salvage auction markets, respectively. We leverage our significant market presence to attract a high volume of vehicles, thereby ensuring sufficient supply to create the successful marketplaces that buyers and sellers demand. We also have a leading market position in the floorplan financing industry. AFC’s broad coverage, strong brand name and longstanding customer relationships have established it as a leading provider of floorplan financing for independent used vehicle dealers.

Broad North American Distribution Network

Our 58 whole car and 134 salvage auction locations enable us to provide a single source solution for our customers’ needs throughout North America. In addition, AFC has 91 loan production offices supporting independent dealers across North America who purchase vehicles from auctions held by ADESA Auctions, independent auctions, auctions affiliated with other auction networks and non-auction purchases. Of these offices, 46 are located at ADESA Auctions sites, 34 are located strategically near auctions and 11 are located at third-party auctions. Our network enables us to maintain and develop our relationships with local sellers and buyers, while our North American presence allows institutional customers to access buyers and to redistribute vehicles to markets where demand best matches supply. Our presence in 70 of the top 75 metropolitan markets in the United States gives us an advantage over our smaller competitors, the large majority of which operate in a

 

105


Table of Contents

single market and lack scale. As our customers increasingly demand single source solutions, we believe that our scale and network will become an even more distinct advantage over our competitors. In addition, we believe our broad, established network positions us well because of the large tracts of land required to build new auction sites (our average whole car site is 75 acres and our average salvage site is 20 acres) and the need to comply with regulatory requirements, including zoning and use permits.

Established Relationships with a Diversified Customer Base

We have established strong business relationships with dealers and institutional customers, such as vehicle manufacturers, insurers, financial institutions, rental agencies and fleet companies. We have a diverse customer base and do not have a major concentration of business with any one customer. We believe this diversity allows us to better withstand changes in the economy and market conditions. Key used vehicle supplier relationships include all of the major vehicle manufacturers, vehicle finance companies and rental car companies, including Chrysler Motors, LLC, Ford Motor Company, General Motors Corporation, American Honda Finance Corporation, Toyota Motor Credit Corporation, AmeriCredit Financial Services, Inc., Capital One Auto Finance, Chase Auto Finance Corp., Enterprise Rent-A-Car, The Hertz Corporation, Mercedes-Benz Credit Corporation, Nissan North America, Inc., VW Credit, Inc., WFS Financial and World Omni Financial Corp. Salvage auction relationships include all the major insurance companies in North America, including The Allstate Corporation, American Family Insurance, American International Group, The Farmers Insurance Group of Companies, GEICO, Nationwide Financial Services, Inc., The Progressive Corporation, State Farm and USAA. As of January 1, 2008, no single supplier represented more than 7.5% of our unit sales and no single buyer represented more than 1% of our unit sales. ADESA Auctions has over 50,000 registered buyers, while IAAI Salvage has over 41,000 registered buyers.

Single-Source Service Provider of Value-Added Services

We are able to serve as a “one-stop shop” for our customers by offering a comprehensive range of innovative and value-added services. We offer physical auctions with Internet-bidding capabilities that enable buyers to pre-bid over the Internet, participate in person at a physical auction and bid over the Internet in real time. Through ADESA Auctions, we offer reconditioning and preparation services and customized reporting and analytical services. Through IAAI Salvage, we provide on-site facilities for insurance providers and online tools for salvage vehicle suppliers that include inventory management, salvage returns analysis and electronic data interchange of titling information. We also provide our insurance company suppliers with the capability to electronically assign and manage their salvage vehicle inventory.

Strong Management Team with Significant Industry Experience

Our senior management team has extensive experience in the automotive services industry.

Brian Clingen, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, has significant operational and investment experience in the automotive services industry. Mr. Clingen has served as a managing partner of BP Capital Management since 1998.

Jim Hallett, President and Chief Executive Officer of ADESA Auctions, has significant experience in the automotive auctions industry. Mr. Hallett previously served as an executive officer of ADESA from August 1996 until May 2005.

Tom O’Brien, President and Chief Executive Officer of IAAI Salvage, has over 30 years experience in general management of various businesses, with 15 years in businesses that provide services to the automotive insurance industry. Mr. O’Brien has led IAAI since 2000.

Curt Phillips, President and Chief Executive Officer of AFC, has significant experience in overseeing accounting, cash management, and the credit and contract functions. Mr. Phillips has previously served as Chief Financial Officer of AFC from April 1998 until January 2004.

 

106


Table of Contents

Eric Loughmiller, our Chief Financial Officer, has over 25 years experience in finance and accounting and over 10 years as Chief Financial Officer of public and private companies.

John Nordin, our Chief Information Officer, has over 26 years of experience in IT and over 13 years as Chief Information Officer of public and private companies.

Rebecca Polak, our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, has significant experience in corporate and securities law. Ms. Polak served as Associate General Counsel of ADESA from February 2005 to April 2007.

Business Strategy

We continue to focus on growing our revenues and profitability through the execution of the following key operating strategies:

Increase Whole Car Market Volumes

Institutional. We continue to focus on growing our whole car auction business by building stronger and more interactive relationships with our institutional customers. Jim Hallett is highly regarded in the industry and has extensive customer relationships that he has developed over 17 years in the North American used vehicle redistribution industry. In addition, we have staffed and will continue to staff, our sales organization with relationship managers focused on the various categories of institutional customers that we serve. To the extent possible, we have aligned our managers with the types of customers that they have the most relevant experience with: vehicle manufacturers, finance companies, rental car companies, leasing companies and fleet management companies. This allows our managers to focus on the current trends for their respective institutional customer group in order to better coordinate our sales efforts and service offerings tailored to our customers’ needs. In addition to our team of relationship managers, we utilize ADESA Analytical Services to provide our institutional customers with customized studies and data analysis tools to enhance their remarketing decisions, target potential buyers and determine the best market and forum for their vehicles.

Dealers. We have a decentralized the sales and marketing approach for our dealer business with primary coverage responsibilities managed by the individual auction locations. We believe this decentralized approach enhances relationships with the dealer community and increases dealer volumes at our auctions. Dealer business is a highly market specific business and we have to hire local relationship managers who have experience in the used vehicle business and possess an intimate knowledge of their local market.

Realize Cost Savings and Increase Revenues In Salvage Operations

We continue to focus on cost savings and revenue synergies from the combination of ADESA’s and IAAI’s salvage operations by reducing corporate overhead of the combined salvage operations, consolidating existing salvage sites onto existing whole car sites, opening new salvage sites on existing whole car sites, easing volume constraints through a larger branch network and implementing IAAI standard processes and information technology systems to streamline operations and improving operating efficiencies at existing ADESA salvage branches.

Over the past few years, IAAI has successfully implemented an operating model for its auction sites that streamlines numerous operating and administrative activities and standardizes processes, resulting in cost savings and improved customer service levels. We have implemented this scaleable operating model at 28 of ADESA’s

 

107


Table of Contents

salvage facilities located in the United States, which we believe will result in additional cost savings, primarily by reducing headcount and personnel costs. We have implemented the IAAI operating model at 13 of ADESA’s salvage locations in Canada in 2008.

Reduce Costs and Enhance Revenues at ADESA Auctions

We continue to focus on reducing costs and enhancing revenues at ADESA Auctions by implementing the following initiatives:

 

   

Optimize management and staffing levels for each auction

 

   

Establish standardized operating procedures and utilize technology to automate process controls for key operational areas and to improve labor efficiency

 

   

Centralize certain common functions currently performed at individual auction locations such as payables processing and general ledger entry to reduce costs and improve working capital turns

 

   

Centralize and consolidate certain procurement functions to leverage global volumes of commodities and services to gain more favorable pricing

 

   

Standardize fee structures for ancillary services

Expand through Selective Relocations, Greenfields and Acquisitions

We continue to focus on relocating several of our existing whole car auction facilities to new, larger facilities in markets where our existing facilities are capacity-constrained and where we believe we can immediately realize additional volume and process efficiency improvements. In addition, increased demand for single source solutions by our customers may enable us to acquire smaller, less geographically diversified competitors at attractive prices. Both ADESA and IAAI have been successful in acquiring independent auction operations over the past few years. We will continue to evaluate opportunities to open new greenfield sites in markets adjacent to those in which we already have a presence, in order to effectively leverage our sales and marketing capabilities. We expect to expand our salvage operations by selectively locating new salvage auction sites at ADESA Auctions’ existing auction facilities.

Expand AFC

We will continue to focus on expanding AFC geographic coverage and gaining market share by adding loan production offices in selected markets and improving coordination with ADESA Auctions to capitalize on cross-selling opportunities. By encouraging a collaborative marketing effort between AFC and ADESA Auctions, we believe we can market more effectively to dealers and tailor AFC’s financing products to individual dealer needs. We will continue to focus on generating additional revenues by expanding our floorplan financing business to certain IAAI Salvage buyers and by cross-selling our whole car auction services to our AFC customers that do not currently use ADESA Auctions’ auctions.

Continue to Invest in Information Technology

We will continue to invest in and improve our technology infrastructure to expand service offerings and improve operating efficiencies and customer service. We will utilize the experience gained through the recent development of IAAI’s proprietary IT systems (completed in 2005) as it upgrades ADESA Auctions’s IT system. John Nordin, the Chief Information Officer of IAAI, was instrumental in the implementation of IAAI’s recent IT upgrade and as Chief Information Officer of the combined business, is leading the systems upgrade effort for ADESA Auctions. We are utilizing technology to develop additional service offerings across our whole car and salvage businesses to improve customers’ returns, shorten the claims processing cycle on the salvage side and lower overall transaction costs. In addition, we are enhancing our e-commerce products and services portfolio in

 

108


Table of Contents

order to better serve our whole car buyers and sellers. These information technology improvements should also allow us to reduce field staff through more efficient and reliable systems, while providing our institutional customers with quicker and better data analysis.

Information Technology

Information technology developments are driving change in the whole car and salvage auction industry. Under the leadership of John Nordin, Chief Information Officer, we plan to continue investing in our technology infrastructure in order to expand service offerings and improve operating efficiencies and customer service across our business segments. Through ADESA’s IT investments, ADESA’s sales channel integration and consolidation of databases are expected to increase revenues through eBusiness initiatives, superior cross-selling of services, improved customer satisfaction, greater matching of buyers and sellers and increased electronic loan transactions.

We have developed online tools to assist customers in redistributing their vehicles and establishing wholesale vehicle values, in addition to offering an alternative to physically attending an auction.

Our current ADESA Auctions online offerings include:

 

   

ADESA LiveBlock™—allows online bidders to compete in real time with bidders present at physical auctions

 

   

ADESA DealerBlock™—provides for either real-time or round-the-clock “bulletin-board” type online auctions of consigned inventory not scheduled for active bidding. This platform is also utilized for “upstream selling” which facilitates the sale of vehicles prior to their arrival at a physical auction site

 

   

ADESA Run Lists—provides a summary of consigned vehicles offered for auction sale, allowing dealers to preview inventory prior to an auction event

 

   

ADESA Market Guide™—provides wholesale auction prices, auction sales results, market data and condition reports

 

   

ADESA Virtual Inventory—subscription-based service to allow dealers to embed ADESA Search technology into a dealer’s website to increase the number of vehicles advertised by the dealer. Currently offered in Canada

 

   

ADESA Notify Me™—email notification service for dealers looking for particular vehicles being run at physical or electronic auction

Our current online IAAI Salvage offerings include:

 

 

 

I-bid LIVE SM —provides real-time Internet bidding capabilities to salvage vehicle buyers

 

   

CSA Today™—provides comprehensive salvage analysis and data management capability to our salvage vehicle suppliers

 

   

ASAP—provides a web-based system designed to support salvage vehicle registration and tracking, financial reporting, transaction settlement, vehicle title transfer and branch/ headquarters communications. The system is designed to streamline all aspects of our salvage operations as well as support future growth and expansion plans. The web-based ASAP provides vehicle suppliers with capabilities such as online inventory management and electronic data interchange of titling information. Additionally, ASAP supports buyer services such as Internet-based searchable parts inventories, transportation cost estimators, third-party appraisal requests and real-time bidding

 

109


Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing

ADESA Auctions

Our sales and marketing approach at ADESA Auctions is to develop stronger relationships and more interactive dialogue with our customers. We have relationship managers for the various categories of institutional customers, including vehicle manufactures, rental car companies, finance companies and others. These relationship managers focus on current trends and customer needs for their respective seller group in order to better coordinate our sales effort and service offerings.

Managers of individual auction locations will ultimately be responsible for providing services to the institutional customers whose vehicles are directed to the auctions by the corporate sales team. Developing and servicing the largest possible population of buying dealers for the vehicles consigned for sale at each auction is integral to selling auction services and servicing institutional customers.

We also provide market analysis to our customers through our ADESA Analytical Services department. We market this service to institutional customers as they favorably use analytical techniques in making their remarketing decisions.

We have a decentralized sales and marketing approach for our dealer business with primary coverage responsibilities managed by the individual auction locations. We believe this decentralized approach enhances relationships with the dealer community and increase dealer volumes at our auctions. Dealer business is a highly market specific business. As such, we have local relationship managers who have experience in the used car business and possess an intimate understanding of their local market.

IAAI Salvage

We solicit prospective vehicle providers at the national, regional and local levels through our IAAI Salvage sales force. Branch managers execute customer service requests and address customer needs at the local level. We also participate in a number of local, regional and national trade show events that further promote the benefits of our products and services.

In addition to providing insurance companies and certain non-insurance company suppliers with a means of disposing of salvage vehicles, we offer a comprehensive suite of services which aim to maximize salvage returns and shorten the claims process. We seek to become integrated within our suppliers’ salvage processes, and we view such mutually beneficial relationships as an essential component of our effort to attract and retain suppliers.

By analyzing historical industry and customer data, we provide suppliers with a detailed analysis of their current salvage returns and a proposal detailing methods to improve salvage returns, reduce administrative costs and provide proprietary turn-key claims processing services.

We also seek to expand our supplier relationships through recommendations from individual insurance company branch offices to other offices of the same insurance company. We believe that our existing relationships and the recommendations of branch offices play a significant role in our marketing of services within national insurance companies. As we have expanded our geographic coverage, we have been able to market our services to insurance company suppliers on a national basis or within an expanded geographic area.

AFC

AFC approaches and seeks to expand its share of the independent dealer floorplan market through a number of methods and channels. We actively target and solicit new dealers through both direct sales efforts at the dealer’s place of business as well as auction-based sales and customer service representatives, who service our dealers at over 600 auctions where they replenish and rotate vehicle inventory. These largely local efforts are

 

110


Table of Contents

handled by AFC Branch Managers as well as Dealer Sales Representatives. A marketing team supports field personnel by helping to identify target dealers and coordinating both promotional activity with auctions and other vehicle supply sources.

Customers

We obtain our supply of used vehicles from large institutions such as vehicle manufacturers and their captive finance arms, vehicle rental companies, financial institutions, commercial fleets and fleet management companies, and independent and franchised used vehicle dealers. Buyers are primarily franchised or independent used vehicle dealers. ADESA Auctions currently maintains relationships with over 50,000 registered buyers.

We obtain the majority of our supply of salvage vehicles from insurance companies, non-profit organizations, automobile dealers and vehicle leasing and rental car companies. Buyers of salvage vehicles include licensed vehicle dismantlers, rebuilders, repair shop operators and used vehicle dealers. IAAI Salvage currently maintains relationships with over 41,000 such registered buyers.

At AFC, we serve a highly fragmented customer base of 45,000 independent dealers. We have served the industry continuously since 1987. As a result, we have some of the most established long-term relationships with these customers.

Our strong national relationships with institutional customers provide a significant and stable source of late model used vehicles and salvage vehicles into our auctions. The integration of our information technology systems with those of our major institutional customers creates strong relationships and improves customer retention. Additionally, the long-standing presence of auctions and loan production offices in regional markets has created strong relationships with local franchise and independent dealers.

Regulation

Vehicle and Lending Regulation

Our operations are subject to regulation, supervision and licensing under various federal, state and local statutes, ordinances and regulations. Each auction is subject to laws that regulate auctioneers and/or vehicle dealers in the state or province in which it operates. Some of the transport vehicles used at our auctions are regulated by the U.S. Department of Transportation or similar regulatory agencies in Canada and Mexico. The acquisition and sale of salvage and recovered stolen vehicles is regulated by governmental agencies in each of the locations in which we operate. In many states and provinces, regulations require that a salvage vehicle be forever “branded” with a salvage notice in order to notify prospective purchasers of the vehicle’s previous salvage status. Some state, provincial and local regulations also limit who can purchase salvage vehicles, as well as determine whether a salvage vehicle can be sold as rebuildable or must be sold for parts only. Such regulations can reduce the number of potential buyers of vehicles at salvage auctions.

We are also subject to various local zoning requirements with regard to the location of our auction and storage facilities. These zoning requirements vary from location to location. Additionally, AFC is subject to laws in certain states which regulate commercial lending activities and interest rates.

Changes in law or governmental regulations or interpretations of existing law or regulations can result in increased costs, reduced salvage vehicle prices and decreased profitability for us. Failure to comply with present or future regulations or changes in existing regulations could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

 

111


Table of Contents

Environmental Regulation

Our operations are subject to regulation by various federal, state and local authorities concerning air quality, water quality, solid wastes and other environmental matters. In the used vehicle redistribution industry, large numbers of vehicles, including damaged vehicles at salvage auctions, are stored at auction facilities for short periods of time. Minor spills of gasoline, motor oils and other fluids may occur from time to time at our facilities and may result in soil, surface water or groundwater contamination. Virtually all of our facilities maintain above-ground storage tanks for diesel fuel and, in some cases, propane gas for use in our vehicles and equipment. We also own and maintain underground storage tanks at a number of our facilities around the country, primarily to store vehicle fuel. Waste materials, such as waste solvents or used oils, are generated at some of our facilities and are disposed of as non-hazardous or hazardous wastes. We believe that we are in compliance in all material respects with applicable environmental regulations and do not anticipate any material capital expenditure for environmental compliance or remediation.

To date, we have not incurred significant expenditures for preventive or remedial action with respect to contamination or the use of hazardous materials. Environmental laws and regulations, however, could become more stringent over time and we may be subject to significant compliance costs in the future. Future contamination at any one or more of our facilities, or the potential contamination by previous users of certain acquired facilities, create the risk, however, that we could incur significant expenditures for preventive or remedial action, as well as potential liability arising as a consequence of hazardous material contamination, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

Management considers the likelihood of loss or the incurrence of a liability, as well as the ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss, in determining loss contingencies. We accrue an estimated loss contingency when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management regularly evaluates current information available to determine whether accrual amounts should be adjusted. Accruals for contingencies including environmental matters are included in “Other accrued expenses” and “Other liabilities” at undiscounted amounts and generally exclude claims for recoveries from insurance or other third parties. These accruals are adjusted periodically as assessment and remediation efforts progress, or as additional technical or legal information becomes available. If the amount of an actual loss is greater than the amount accrued, this could have an adverse impact on our operating results in that period.

Competition

We face significant competition for the supply of used and salvage vehicles and for the buyers of those vehicles. Our principal competitors include other whole car and/or salvage vehicle auction companies, wholesalers, dealers, manufacturers and dismantlers, a number of whom may have established relationships with sellers and buyers of vehicles and may have greater financial resources than us. Our basis for competition includes both our physical auction sites and our e-business service offerings. Due to the limited number of sellers of used and salvage vehicles, the absence of long-term contractual commitments between us and our customers and the increasingly competitive market environment, there can be no assurance that our competitors will not gain market share at our expense.

In the whole car auction industry, we compete with Manheim, a subsidiary of Cox Enterprises, Inc., as well as several smaller chains of auctions and independent auctions, some of which are affiliated through their membership in an industry organization named ServNet. Due to our national presence, competition is strongest with Manheim for the supply of used vehicles from national institutional customers. The supply of vehicles from dealers is dispersed among all of the auctions in the used vehicle market.

Due to the increased visibility of the Internet as a marketing and distribution channel, new competition has arisen recently from Internet-based companies and our own customers who have historically redistributed vehicles through various channels, including auctions. Direct sales of vehicles by institutional customers and

 

112


Table of Contents

large dealer groups through internally developed or third-party online auctions have largely replaced telephonic and other non-auction methods, becoming an increasing portion of overall used vehicle redistribution. The extent of use of direct, online systems varies by customer. Typically, these online auctions redistribute vehicles that have come off lease. In addition, we and some of our competitors offer online auctions in connection with physical auctions, and other online auction companies now include used vehicles among the products offered at their auctions.

In the salvage sector, we compete with Copart, Inc., Total Resource Auctions (Manheim), independent auctions, some of which are affiliated through their membership in industry organizations to provide broader coverage through network relationships and a limited number of used vehicle auctions that regularly redistribute salvage vehicles. Additionally, some dismantlers of salvage vehicles such as Greanleaf and LKQ Corporation and Internet-based companies have entered the market, thus providing alternate avenues for sellers to redistribute salvage vehicles. While most insurance companies have abandoned or reduced efforts to sell salvage vehicles without the use of service providers such as us, they may in the future decide to dispose of their salvage vehicles directly to end users. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, which could impair our ability to grow and/or sustain profitability.

We anticipate further consolidation of the whole car and salvage auction services industry will occur and are evaluating various means by which we can continue our growth plan through further deployment of our Internet auction tools, strategic acquisitions, shared facilities with our used vehicle auctions and greenfield expansion.

In Canada, we are the largest provider of whole car and salvage vehicle auction services. Our competitors include vehicle recyclers and dismantlers, independent vehicle auctions, brokers, Manheim and online auction companies. We believe we are strategically positioned in this market by providing a full array of value-added services to customers including auction and related services, online programs, data analyses and consultation.

The used vehicle inventory floorplan financing sector is characterized by diverse and fragmented competition. AFC primarily provides short-term dealer floorplan financing of wholesale vehicles to independent vehicle dealers in North America. At the national level, AFC’s competition includes Manheim Automotive Financial Services, Auto Use, Dealer Services Corporation, other specialty lenders, banks and financial institutions. At the local level, AFC faces competition from banks and credit unions who may offer floorplan financing to local auction customers. Such entities typically service only one or a small number of auctions. Some of our industry competitors who operate whole car auctions on a national scale may endeavor to capture a larger portion of the floorplan financing market. AFC competes primarily on the basis of quality of service, convenience of payment, scope of services offered and historical and consistent commitment to the sector. Our long-term relationships with customers have been established over time and act as a competitive strength for us versus our competitors.

Employees

At January 21, 2008, we had a total of 15,086 employees, 10,286 located in the U.S. and 4,800 located in Canada. Approximately 63% percent of our workforce consists of full-time employees. Currently, none of our employees participate in collective bargaining agreements.

In addition to the employee workforce, we also utilize temporary labor services to assist in handling the vehicles consigned to us during periods of peak volume. Nearly all of our auctioneers are independent contractors.

Some of the services we provide are outsourced to third party providers that perform the services either on-site or off-site. The use of third party providers depends upon the resources available at each auction facility as well as peaks in the volume of vehicles offered at auction.

 

113


Table of Contents

Properties

Our corporate headquarters are located in Carmel, Indiana. Our corporate headquarters and our Canadian office are leased properties. Our properties include 58 whole car auction facilities in North America, which are either owned or leased. Each auction is generally a multi-lane (up to 14 auction lanes), drive-through facility, and may have additional buildings for reconditioning, registration, maintenance, bodywork, and other ancillary and administrative services. Each auction also has secure parking areas to store vehicles. We also operate 134 salvage auction facilities in the U.S. and Canada which are utilized by IAAI Salvage. Salvage auctions are generally smaller than used vehicle auctions in terms of acreage and building size and some locations share facilities with our used vehicle auctions.

Of AFC’s 91 offices in North America, 57 are physically located at auction facilities (including 46 at ADESA auctions). Each of the remaining 34 AFC offices is strategically located in close proximity to at least one of the auctions that it serves. AFC generally leases its loan production offices.

Management believes that our properties are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional space will be available on reasonably acceptable terms as required.

Legal

We are involved in litigation and disputes arising in the ordinary course of business, such as actions related to injuries; property damage; handling, storage or disposal of vehicles; financing; environmental laws and regulations; and other litigation incidental to the business such as employment matters and dealer disputes. Such litigation is generally not, in the opinion of management, likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Legal and regulatory proceedings which could be material are discussed below.

Auction Management Solutions, Inc.

In March 2005, Auction Management Solutions, Inc., or AMS, filed a lawsuit against ADESA, Inc. in U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division (Civil Action No. 05 CV 0638), alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 6,813,612, or the 612 Patent, which was issued November 2, 2004 and pertains to an audio/video system for streaming instantaneous and buffer free data to and from a live auction site. The AMS complaint was served upon ADESA in July 2005. The complaint seeks unspecified damages and injunctive relief. We filed our answer, including our defenses, to the complaint in August 2005. We continue to vigorously defend ourselves against the infringement allegations. The litigation is currently in discovery.

In related litigation, AMS also filed a lawsuit against Manheim Auctions, Inc. (“Manheim”), Live Global Communications USA Inc. and Live Global Bid, Inc. (collectively “LGB”) in U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division (Civil Action 05 CV 0639), alleging infringement of the `612 Patent and other causes of action against Manheim. We license technology used in our LiveBlock Internet auction application from LGB. The complaint seeks unspecified damages and injunctive relief. In May 2005, AMS withdrew its request for a preliminary injunction against Manheim and LGB. In June 2005, Manheim filed a counterclaim against AMS alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 5,774,873 related to online motor vehicle auction systems. This litigation has been consolidated with the AMS lawsuit against us during the discovery phase. No trial date has been set.

Although we believe we have substantial defenses to the AMS claims, there is the potential for an adverse judgment given the risk and uncertainty inherent in litigation. In the event of an adverse decision, we do not believe that it would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or liquidity but could possibly be material to our consolidated results of operations.

 

114


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors & Executive Officers

The following table provides certain information regarding our directors and executive officers as of January 21, 2008. Each director and officer will hold office until a successor is elected or qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. The Equity Sponsors have the right to designate all of our directors pursuant to a shareholders agreement and to remove any or all of them from time to time. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Shareholders Agreement.”

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Brian T. Clingen

   48   

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

James P. Hallett

   54   

President and Chief Executive Officer of ADESA Auctions and Director

Thomas C. O’Brien

   54   

President and Chief Executive Officer of IAAI Salvage and Director

Curtis L. Phillips

   51   

President and Chief Executive Officer of AFC

Eric M. Loughmiller

   48   

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

John R. Nordin

   51   

Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Rebecca C. Polak

   37   

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

David J. Ament

   33   

Director

Thomas J. Carella

   33   

Director

Peter H. Kamin

   45   

Director

Sanjeev Mehra

   49   

Director

Church M. Moore

   35   

Director

Gregory P. Spivy

   39   

Director

David I. Wahrhaftig

   50   

Director

Brian T. Clingen, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Clingen has served as a managing partner of BP Capital Management since 1998. Established in 1998, BP Capital Management manages private equity investments principally in the service and finance sectors. Prior to founding BP Capital Management, Mr. Clingen was Chief Financial Officer of Universal Outdoor, a Kelso portfolio company, for eight years.

James P. Hallett, President and Chief Executive Officer of ADESA Auctions and Director. Mr. Hallett previously served in the following positions between August 1996 and May 2005: Executive Vice President of ADESA, Inc. from May 2004 to May 2005; President of ADESA Corporation, LLC from March 2004 to May 2005; President of ADESA Corporation between August 1996 and October 2001 and again between January 2003 and March 2004; Chief Executive Officer of ADESA Corporation from August 1996 to July 2003; ADESA Corporation’s Chairman from October 2001 to July 2003; Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of ALLETE Automotive Services, Inc. from January 2001 to January 2003 and Executive Vice President from August 1996 to May 2004. Mr. Hallett left ADESA in May 2005 and thereafter served as President of the Columbus Fair Auto Auction.

Thomas C. O’Brien, President and Chief Executive Officer of IAAI Salvage and Director. Mr. O’Brien became President and Chief Executive Officer of IAAI in November 2000. As President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. O’Brien oversaw the company’s overall corporate administration as well as strategic planning. Prior to joining IAAI, Mr. O’Brien served as President of Thomas O’Brien & Associates from 1999 to 2000, Executive Vice President of Safelite Glass Corporation from 1998 to 1999, Executive Vice President of Vistar, Inc. from 1996 to 1997 and President of U.S.A. Glass, Inc. from 1992 to 1996.

 

115


Table of Contents

Curtis L. Phillips, President and Chief Executive Officer of AFC. Mr. Phillips previously served in the following positions since April 1998: Vice President of Corporate Development of ADESA between July 2006 and April 2007; Treasurer of ADESA from January 2004 to July 2006; Chief Financial Officer of AFC, from April 1998 to January 2004, where he was responsible for overseeing accounting, cash management, and the credit and contract functions. From April 1997 to March 1998, Mr. Phillips was the Vice President of Finance for Chautauqua Airlines and from 1993 to March 1997, Mr. Phillips was the Chief Financial Officer of Anthem Financial, Inc., a diversified financial services company focused primarily on equipment leasing.

Eric M. Loughmiller, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Loughmiller has served as Chief Financial Officer of a number of companies prior to joining us. Previously, from 2001 to 2006, Mr. Loughmiller was the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ThoughtWorks, Inc., an information technology consulting firm. Prior to that, Mr. Loughmiller served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of May & Speh, Inc. from 1996 to 1998 until May & Speh was acquired by Acxiom Corporation. Mr. Loughmiller was the finance leader of the Outsourcing Division of Acxiom Corporation from 1998 to 2000. Prior to 1997, Mr. Loughmiller was an audit partner with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Mr. Loughmiller is a Certified Public Accountant.

John R. Nordin, Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer. Mr. Nordin joined IAAI in November 2003 as Vice President, Chief Information Officer. Mr. Nordin is responsible for information services functions, including software application acquisition and development, computer operations, e-business and telecommunications. Prior to joining IAAI, Mr. Nordin served as Vice President and Chief Information Officer at A. M. Castle & Co. from 1998 to November 2003. From 1995 to 1998, he served as Vice President and Chief Information Officer at Candle Corporation of America.

Rebecca C. Polak, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Ms. Polak previously served as the Assistant General Counsel and Assistant Secretary of ADESA from February 2005 to April 2007. Prior to joining ADESA, Ms. Polak practiced corporate and securities law with Krieg DeVault in Indianapolis and with Haynes and Boone in Dallas.

David J. Ament, Director. Mr. Ament joined Parthenon Capital, a private equity firm, in 2003 and is a Partner in its Boston office. Prior to joining Parthenon, he was a principal at Audax Group, a private equity firm, from 2001 to 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Ament was an investment professional at Apollo Advisors. Mr. Ament is also a director of MCI Acquisition Corp., AmWINS Group, Inc., Abeo, Inc. and ASG Security.

Thomas J. Carella, Director. Mr. Carella is a Vice President of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Carella joined Goldman Sachs in 1997 and rejoined in 2004 following his graduation from Harvard Business School. Prior to business school, from 2000 to 2002, Mr. Carella co-founded and served as chief executive officer and chairman of Netesi SPA, an Italian software business. Mr. Carella also serves on the board of directors of Cequel Communications, LLC.

Peter H. Kamin, Director. Mr. Kamin is a founding member and Managing Partner of ValueAct Capital Management, L.P. Prior to founding ValueAct in 2000, Mr. Kamin founded and managed Peak Investment, L.P. for eight years. Peak was a limited partnership organized to make investments in a select number of domestic public companies. Mr. Kamin is a director of Seitel Inc.

Sanjeev Mehra, Director. Mr. Mehra serves as Managing Director of Goldman, Sachs & Co. in its Principal Investment Area. Mr. Mehra joined Goldman Sachs in 1986. Mr. Mehra also serves on the board of directors of SunGard Data Systems, Inc., Burger King Holdings, Inc., ARAMARK Corporation and Sigma Electric, and is Chairman of Hawker Beechcraft, Inc. Mr. Mehra is a trustee of Trout Unlimited and Oakham School, England.

Church M. Moore, Director. Mr. Moore joined Kelso in 1998 and has been Managing Director since 2007. From 1997 to 1998, he was an associate at Investcorp International, Inc. Previously, Mr. Moore was an associate in the corporate finance group at BT Securities Corporation. Mr. Moore is also a director of Del Laboratories, Inc., DS Waters Holdings, Inc. and Ellis Communications Group, LLC.

 

116


Table of Contents

Gregory P. Spivy, Director. Mr. Spivy is a Partner of ValueAct Capital Management, L.P. Prior to joining ValueAct in September 2004, Mr. Spivy worked with Gryphon Investors, a private equity fund. Previously, Mr. Spivy was a Managing Director at Fremont Partners, overseeing a $605 million private equity fund. Prior to joining Fremont Partners, Mr. Spivy was a Director with The Bridgeford Group, and began his career in the mergers and acquisitions department of Lehman Brothers. Mr. Spivy currently serves as a director of Seitel, Inc. and MSD Performance.

David I. Wahrhaftig, Director. Mr. Wahrhaftig joined Kelso in 1987 and has been managing director since 1997. From 1982 to 1987, he served as associate director of mergers and acquisitions and a management consultant for Arthur Young & Company, an accounting firm. Mr. Wahrhaftig is also a director of BWAY Corporation, DS Waters Holdings, Inc. and Renfro Corporation.

Committees of the Board of Directors

The board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee. The audit committee recommends the annual appointment of independent auditors. The audit committee reviews with the auditors the scope of the audit and non-audit assignments and related fees, accounting principles we use in financial reporting, internal auditing procedures and the adequacy of our internal controls. The compensation committee reviews and approves the compensation and benefits of our employees, directors and consultants, administers our employee benefits plans, authorizes and ratifies stock option grants and other incentive arrangements, authorizes employment and related agreements and oversees our corporate governance matters. Messrs. Carella, Kamin and Wahrhaftig serve on the audit committee and Messrs. Clingen, Mehra, Moore, O’Brien and Spivy serve on the compensation committee. Mr. Kamin serves as chairman of the audit committee and Mr. Moore serves as chairman of the compensation committee.

Compensation of Directors

Directors who are employed by us, Kelso, Parthenon, ValueAct or Goldman are not entitled to receive any fees for serving as directors. The directors are reimbursed for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attendance in person at board or committee meetings.

 

117


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

Overview

On April 20, 2007, following the merger of KAR Acquisition, Inc. with and into ADESA, and the completion of a series of related transactions, ADESA and IAAI Salvage became wholly owned subsidiaries of KAR Holdings. See “Summary—The Transactions.” As a result, the compensation practices and policies described in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis relate to the period of April 20, 2007 through December 31, 2007 unless otherwise noted.

We have determined that the following persons were our named executive officers for the period covered by this Compensation Discussion and Analysis:

 

   

Brian Clingen, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of KAR Holdings;

 

   

Eric Loughmiller, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of KAR Holdings;

 

   

James Hallett, President and Chief Executive Officer of ADESA Auctions;

 

   

Thomas O’Brien, President and Chief Executive Officer of IAAI Salvage; and

 

   

John Nordin, Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer of KAR Holdings.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

We believe that the compensation of named executive officers should be (i) closely aligned with the performance of the company on both a short-term and long-term basis, (ii) linked to specific, measurable results intended to create value for stockholders, and (iii) competitive in attracting and retaining key executive talent in the vehicle remarketing and auto finance industry. Each of the compensation programs that we have developed and implemented is intended to satisfy one or more of the following specific objectives:

 

   

motivate and focus through incentive compensation programs directly tied to our financial results;

 

   

support a one-company culture and encourage synergies between all business units by aligning rewards with long-term overall company performance and stockholder value;

 

   

provide a significant percentage of total compensation through variable pay based on pre-established goals and objectives;

 

   

enhance our ability to attract and retain skilled and experienced executive officers;

 

   

align the interests of our executive officers with the interests of our stockholders so that they manage from the perspective of owners with an equity stake in the company; and

 

   

provide competitive rewards commensurate with performance and competitive market practices.

The Role of the Compensation Committee and the Named Executive Officers in Determining Executive Compensation

Role of the Compensation Committee . The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”) is comprised of Church M. Moore (Chairman), Sanjeev Mehra, Gregory P. Spivy, Brian Clingen and Thomas O’Brien. Mr. Clingen is the Chairman and CEO of KAR Holdings and Mr. O’Brien is the President and CEO of IAAI Salvage. See “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation.” Messrs. Mehra, Moore and Spivy are directors who were appointed by the Equity Sponsors pursuant to the terms of the LLC Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions-LLC Agreement.”

 

118


Table of Contents

The Committee has primary responsibility for all compensation decisions relating to our executive officers, including Mr. Clingen and Mr. O’Brien. The Committee conducts an annual review of the aggregate level of our executive compensation, as well as the mix of elements used to compensate our named executive officers. In connection with its annual review, the Committee may consider such factors as it deems appropriate, including information relating to the compensation practices and policies of other similarly sized companies within and outside our industry. In light of the unique mix of businesses that comprise KAR Holdings and the lack of directly comparable public companies, the Committee has not identified a specific peer group of companies for comparative purposes and does not formally engage in the benchmarking of compensation. Further, the Committee has not engaged a compensation consultant to assist in the annual review of our compensation practices or the development of compensation programs for our named executive officers, though the Committee has the authority to do so if it deems that such assistance is necessary or would otherwise be beneficial.

Role of the Executive Officers . Mr. Clingen and Mr. O’Brien participate in meetings of the Committee at which compensation actions involving our named executive officers are discussed. Mr. Clingen and Mr. O’Brien assist the Committee by making recommendations regarding compensation actions relating to the executive officers other than themselves. Mr. Clingen and Mr. O’Brien each recuses himself and does not participate in any meetings of the Committee at which his compensation is discussed. The other named executive officers do not participate in the meetings of the Committee or in establishing executive compensation.

Elements Used to Achieve Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Components of Executive Compensation for 2007. The Committee believes the total compensation and benefits program for our named executive officers should consist of the following:

 

   

base salary;

 

   

annual incentive opportunity;

 

   

long-term incentive opportunity;

 

   

retirement, health and welfare benefits; and

 

   

perquisites.

Base Salary

Base salary is the fixed component of total annual cash compensation and is intended to reward the named executive officers for their past performance, offer security to the executive officers and facilitate the attraction and retention of a skilled and experienced executive management team. The Committee reviews base salaries for our executive officers annually and at other times in connection with any promotion or other change in responsibility of an executive officer. The Committee reviews proposed base salary increases for each of the named executive officers other than Thomas O’Brien at its April meeting, with the increases generally taking effect on May 1 st . Mr. O’Brien’s salary is reviewed and approved on an annual basis in February of each year, with increases being retroactive to January 1 st .

Annual salary levels for our executive officers are set within general salary ranges established by the Committee based upon various factors, including the individual’s performance, budget guidelines, experience, business unit responsibilities and tenure in the particular position. As part of the annual budget process, the overall salary structure is reviewed to ensure that it remains competitive within the market. Because of the diverse mix of businesses that comprise KAR Holdings, the Committee has not identified a specific peer group of companies and may review the compensation practices of various companies within and outside of our industry. In addition, the Committee also considers the amount and relative percentage of total compensation that is derived from base salary when setting the compensation of our executive officers. The Committee has not, however, established a policy or a specific formula for such purpose.

 

119


Table of Contents

In view of the wide variety of factors considered by the Committee in connection with determining the base salary of each of our executive officers, the Committee has not attempted to rank or otherwise assign relative weights to the factors that it considers. The Committee considers all the factors as a whole in reaching its determination. The Committee collectively makes its determination with respect to base salaries based on the conclusions reached by its members, in light of the factors that each of them considered appropriate.

The base salaries paid to our named executive officers for 2007 are shown in the Summary Compensation Table on page 125.

Annual Cash Incentives

We provide annual cash incentive opportunities to our executive officers in order to:

 

   

align annual incentives with overall company financial results;

 

   

align annual incentives, where appropriate, with business unit or division financial results; and

 

   

align annual incentives with the interests of our stockholders.

Annual cash incentive opportunities are established for each executive officer by the Committee based upon a number of factors including the job responsibilities, internal equity among the named executive officers and market compensation data generally. Consistent with our compensation philosophy and objectives, the Committee sets annual incentive bonus targets in amounts which are intended to encourage the achievement of certain levels of performance and provide a significant portion of each executive officer’s compensation through variable pay based upon pre-established goals and objectives. Generally, individuals with greater job responsibilities have a greater proportion of their annual cash compensation tied to company performance through their annual incentive opportunity. The Committee has not, however, established a policy or a formula for the purpose of calculating the specific amount or relative percentage of total compensation that should be derived from annual cash incentive opportunities.

The KAR Holdings Annual Incentive Program . The KAR Holdings annual incentive program is administered by the Committee based substantially upon the provisions of the ADESA, Inc. 2004 Equity and Incentive Plan (which was terminated on April 20, 2007) relating to cash based incentive awards. Under such program, the grant of cash-based awards to eligible participants is contingent upon the achievement of certain corporate performance goals as determined by the Committee.

The Committee uses the earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) for KAR Holdings and ADESA Auctions, depending upon the executive, as the measure of performance when establishing annual performance objectives for the named executive officers. Using this measure, the Committee establishes, on an annual basis, specific targets that determine the size of payouts under the incentive program. Each executive officer’s annual incentive opportunity may be based upon a combination of the performance of the company overall and the performance of the executives’ business unit. James Hallett is the only named executive officer who has a portion of his annual incentive opportunity based upon the performance of ADESA Auctions. Messrs. Clingen, Loughmiller, Hallett and Nordin participate in the KAR Holdings annual incentive program.

The Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 2007 Incentive Plan . The Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 2007 Incentive Plan was adopted following completion of the Transactions for the purpose of motivating and rewarding the successful achievement of pre-determined financial objectives at IAAI Salvage. Mr. O’Brien is the only named executive officer that participates in the Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 2007 Incentive Plan. The Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 2007 Incentive Plan uses the EBITDA of IAAI Salvage as the measure of financial performance under the plan.

 

120


Table of Contents

Performance Targets for 2007 for the KAR Holdings Annual Incentive Program and the Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 2007 Incentive Plan . Under the incentive plans, threshold performance objectives must be met in order for any payout to occur. Payouts can range from 25% of target awards for performance at threshold up to a maximum of 145% of target awards for superior performance or no payout if performance is below threshold. The Committee spends significant time analyzing financial measures and determining the level of performance required to receive threshold, target and superior annual incentive payouts. The Committee established the performance objectives in amounts which it believed would be achievable given a sustained effort on the part of the executive officers and which would require increasingly greater effort to achieve the target and superior objectives. The Committee may increase or decrease the performance targets and the potential payouts at each performance target, if, in the discretion of the Committee, the circumstances warrant such an adjustment.

The following table shows the annual incentive opportunities for our named executive officers for 2007:

 

Name

   Salary   

Threshold

% of Base
Salary

   

Target

% of Base
Salary

   

Superior

% of Base
Salary

    Bonus Goal Weighting %  
            KAR
Holdings
    ADESA
Auctions
   

IAAI

Salvage

 

Brian Clingen

   $ 575,000    32.5 %   100 %   130 %   100 %   0 %   0 %

Eric Loughmiller

   $ 350,000    25 %   75 %   100 %   100 %   0 %   0 %

James Hallett

   $ 575,000    32.5 %   100 %   130 %   25 %   75 %   0 %

Thomas O’Brien

   $ 468,234    85 %   100 %   145 %   0 %   0 %   100 %

John Nordin

   $ 275,000    25 %   75 %   100 %   100 %   0 %   0 %

Long-Term Equity Incentive Programs

The KAR Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan. The KAR Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the “Stock Incentive Plan”) was adopted following completion of the Transactions to foster and promote the long-term financial success of KAR Holdings and its subsidiaries and materially increase stockholder value by:

 

   

motivating superior performance by means of service-based and performance-based incentives;

 

   

encouraging and providing for the acquisition of an ownership interest in KAR Holdings; and

 

   

enabling KAR Holdings and its subsidiaries to attract and retain the services of a skilled and experienced executive management team upon whose judgment, interest and special effort the successful conduct of its and their operations is largely dependent.

The Stock Incentive Plan provides for the grant of two types of options and restricted stock. No restricted stock has been granted under the plan. Participation in the Stock Incentive Plan is limited to such persons as the Committee, in its discretion, designates. The number of options granted to each participant, the date of such grant, and the exercise price of the options are also subject to the discretion of the Committee.

Under the Stock Incentive Plan, one-fourth of the total amount of each option grant are service options, and three-fourths of the amount of each grant are exit options. The ratio of service options to exit options was determined based upon the advice of our Equity Sponsors and is intended to encourage the achievement of certain pre-established goals and objectives. Service options are generally exercisable in four equal annual installments, commencing on the first anniversary of the grant date. Exit options are performance-based options, and generally become exercisable only after the occurrence of an Exit Event based on the satisfaction of certain performance goals. An “Exit Event” includes, generally, any transaction other than an initial public offering which results in the sale, transfer or other disposition by the Investor Members (as defined in the LLC Agreement) to a third party of (a) all or substantially all of the limited liability company interests of KAR LLC beneficially owned by the Investor Members as of the date of such transaction; or (b) all of the assets of KAR LLC and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

121


Table of Contents

Upon the occurrence of an Exit Event, exit options become exercisable in accordance with the following schedule:

 

   

None of the exit options will become exercisable unless the Investor Members receive an internal rate of return on their initial investment in the company of at least 12% compounded annually and the Investment Multiple, as defined in the Stock Incentive Plan, is greater than 1.5.

 

   

All of the exit options will become exercisable if the Investor Members receive an internal rate of return on their initial investment in the company of at least 12% compounded annually and the Investment Multiple is at least 3.5.

 

   

The exit options will become partially exercisable on a ratable basis if the Investor Members receive an internal rate of return on their initial investment in the company of at least 12% compounded annually and the Investment Multiple is greater than 1.5 but less than 3.5.

All exit options which do not become exercisable at the time of an Exit Event will be cancelled. All of the shares acquired upon exercise of any option will be subject to a shareholders agreement and a registration rights agreement. No option is exercisable on or after the tenth anniversary of the date on which it was granted.

Because our executive officers were awarded profit interests, or Override Units, in KAR LLC in connection with the completion of the Transactions, the Committee did not establish performance objectives for 2007 and did not grant any awards to our named executive officers under the Stock Incentive Plan for 2007.

Retirement, Health, and Welfare Benefits

We offer a variety of health and welfare and retirement programs to all eligible employees, including our executive officers. The health and welfare programs are intended to protect employees against catastrophic loss and encourage a healthy lifestyle. Our health and welfare programs include medical, dental, vision, pharmacy, life insurance, disability and accidental death and disability. We also provide travel insurance to all employees who travel for business purposes.

Perquisites

In general, the Committee believes that the provision of a certain level of perquisites and other personal benefits to the named executive officers is reasonable and consistent with the objective of facilitating and allowing KAR Holdings to attract and retain highly qualified executive officers.

Severance and Change in Control Agreements

The Committee recognizes that, from time to time, it is appropriate to enter into agreements with our executive officers to ensure that we continue to retain their services and to promote stability and continuity within the company. In connection with the completion of the Transactions, Thomas O’Brien and John Nordin entered into individually negotiated employment agreements. Messrs. O’Brien and Nordin are the only named executive officers who have an employment agreement with KAR Holdings or one of its subsidiaries. None of our named executive officers have a change in control agreement other than Messrs. O’Brien and Nordin.

A description of Mr. Nordin’s and Mr. O’Brien’s employment agreements can be found in the section entitled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” beginning on page 129.

 

122


Table of Contents

KAR LLC Override Units

LLC Agreement . Our named executive officers are also Management Members in KAR LLC. Through the issuance by KAR LLC of certain profit interests referred to as “Override Units,” our named executive officers are incented to manage from the perspective of owners with an equity stake in the company. Override Units may be issued as either Operating Units, which vest over a period of time, or Value Units, which vest upon the achievement of certain financial objectives for the benefit of the Investor Members. One-fourth of the Override Units are issued as Operating Units and the remaining three-fourths are issued as Value Units. The ratio of Operating Units to Value Units was determined by our Equity Sponsors and is intended to encourage the achievement of certain pre-established performance objectives.

Subject to certain conditions, including possible forfeiture, the holders of Override Units have certain rights with respect to profits and losses of KAR LLC and distributions from KAR LLC. Operating Units may be forfeited on a pro rata basis if the executive ceases to be employed by KAR LLC or one of its subsidiaries prior to the fourth anniversary of the date of grant. All Value Units will participate in distributions if the Investment Multiple (as defined in the LLC Agreement) is at least 3.5. The Applicable Performance Percentage (as defined in the LLC Agreement) of the Value Units will participate in distributions if the Investment Multiple is greater than 1.5 but less than 3.5. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary, in no event will any Value Units participate in distributions unless the Investor Members receive an internal rate of return, compounded annually, on their investment in the company of at least 12% and the Investment Multiple is greater than 1.5. Value Units not eligible to participate in distributions will be automatically forfeited. The Override Units are not convertible into common stock and are generally not transferable. The terms of the Override Units, including the vesting requirements and applicable performance standards may be modified by KAR LLC as permitted in the LLC Agreement.

The Committee has discretion to consider the number of Override Units held by each of the named executive officers when determining the compensation of the named executive officers. Our named executive officers Override Units in KAR LLC are as follows:

 

Name

   Value Units    Operating Units

Brian Clingen

   131,054.76    43,684.92

Eric Loughmiller

   38,436.00    12,812.00

James Hallett

   131,054.76    43,684.92

Thomas O’Brien

   41,196.22    13,732.07

John Nordin

   10,912.50    3,637.50

Legacy Compensation

Certain of our named executive officers were management employees or equity holders in ADESA, IAAI Salvage or one of our Equity Sponsors prior to the completion of the Transactions. These executive officers have received, and in certain instances will continue to receive, compensation under arrangements that were in place at the time of the Transactions. The Committee feels that these arrangements relate primarily to compensation for prior service and does not consider the value of these benefits as a significant factor in setting the ongoing compensation of the named executive officers.

Axle LLC Override Units

Axle LLC Agreement . Prior to the date of the Transactions, Thomas O’Brien and John Nordin have been Management Members of Axle Holdings II, LLC (“Axle LLC”). As such, they each hold profit interests in Axle LLC referred to as Override Units (the “Axle Override Units”) which were granted prior to the completion of the Transactions. The company recognizes a compensation expense with respect to the Axle Override Units.

Similar to the Override Units in KAR LLC, the Axle Override Units consist of Operating Units, which vest over a period of time, and Value Units, which vest upon the achievement of certain financial objectives for the benefit of certain of the investors in Axle LLC referred to in the Axle LLC Agreement as the “Kelso Members.”

 

123


Table of Contents

Subject to certain conditions, including possible forfeiture, the holders of Axle Override Units have certain rights with respect to profits and losses of Axle LLC and distributions from Axle LLC. The Axle Operating Units may be forfeited in accordance with the schedule established in the Axle LLC Agreement if the executive ceases to be employed by Axle LLC or one of its subsidiaries prior to the third anniversary of the date of grant. Value Units vest and become eligible to participate in distributions upon the occurrence of certain Exit Events only if, upon the occurrence of such an event, the Kelso Members receive an internal rate of return, compounded annually, on their investment in Axle LLC of at least 12%, and the Investment Multiple (as defined in the Axle LLC Agreement) is greater than two (2). All Value Units will participate in distributions if the Investment Multiple is at least four (4). If the Investment Multiple is greater than two (2), but less than four (4), the Value Units will participate in the distribution on a ratable basis. Value Units not eligible to participate in distributions will be automatically forfeited.

For purposes of the Axle Override Units, an “Exit Event” includes, generally, any transaction which results in the sale, transfer or other disposition by the Kelso Members to a third party of (a) all or substantially all of the limited liability company interests of Axle LLC beneficially owned by the Investor Members as of the date of such transaction; or (b) all of the assets of Axle LLC and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

The Axle Override Units were not granted by the Committee and the Committee does not have authority to amend the terms of the Axle Override Units. Messrs. O’Brien and Nordin hold profits interests in Axle LLC as follows:

 

Name

   Value Units    Operating Units

Thomas O’Brien

   128,971    64,485

John Nordin

   33,333    16,667

Rollover Stock Options

In connection with the completion of the Transactions, certain stock options held by Messrs. O’Brien and Nordin to acquire shares of stock of Axle Holdings were converted, pursuant to the terms of a Rollover Stock Option Agreement, into options to acquire shares of common stock of KAR Holdings. Following their conversion, the stock options became exercisable for specified number of shares of common stock of KAR Holdings on substantially the same terms and conditions as they had been exercisable under the Axle Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan. For additional information concerning the terms on which the rollover stock options are exercisable, see “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” beginning on page 129.

Tax and Accounting Considerations

Employment Agreements . Section 280G of the Code (“Section 280G”) and related provisions impose substantial excise taxes under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) on so-called “excess parachute payments” payable to certain executive officers upon a change in control and results in the loss of the compensation deduction for such payments by the company.

The employment agreements with Mr. Nordin and Mr. O’Brien provide that a lump sum “Gross-Up Payment” will be made to Mr. Nordin or Mr. O’Brien in such amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount retained by Mr. Nordin or Mr. O’Brien, after reduction for any excise taxes on the payments under their employment agreement will be equal to the amount that the executive officer would have received if no portion of the payments had been an excess parachute payment.

KAR Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan . In the event that any payment received under the plan upon the occurrence of an Exit Event would constitute an excess parachute payment, then, the payment will be reduced to the extent necessary to eliminate any such excess parachute payment. In such event, however, KAR Holdings

 

124


Table of Contents

will use good faith efforts to seek the approval of the shareholders in the manner provided for in Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code and the regulations thereunder with respect to such reduced payments, so that such payment would not be treated as a “parachute payment” for this purpose.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation . We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with the requirements of FASB Statement 123(R).

Financial Restatements . The Committee has not adopted a policy with respect to whether we will make retroactive adjustments to any cash- or equity-based incentive compensation paid to executive officers (or others) where the payment was predicated upon the achievement of financial results that were subsequently the subject of a restatement. The Committee believes that this issue is best addressed when the need actually arises, when all of the facts regarding the restatement are known.

Compensation Committee Report

The Committee has reviewed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and discussed that analysis with management. Based on its review and discussions with management, the Committee recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in this prospectus. This report is provided by the following persons, who comprise the Committee:

Church M. Moore (Chairman)

Sanjeev Mehra

Gregory P. Spivy

Brian T. Clingen

Thomas C. O’Brien

Summary Compensation Table For 2007

The table below contains information concerning the compensation of the Principal Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer of KAR Holdings and the three most highly compensated individuals who made in excess of $100,000 in total compensation and who served as executive officers during the last fiscal year.

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year  

Salary

($)(1)

 

Bonus

($)

   

Option
Awards

($)(2)

 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)(1)(3)

 

All Other
Compensation

($)(1)(4)

   Total
($)(5)

Brian Clingen,

Chairman and CEO and EVP (PEO)

  2007   $ 403,288     —       $ 372,723   —     $ 21,228    —  

Eric Loughmiller,

CFO (PFO)

  2007   $ 242,890     —       $ 109,313   —     $ 2,743    —  

James Hallett,

President and CEO of ADESA

Auctions

  2007   $ 403,288   $ 31,233 (6)   $ 372,723   —     $ 196,857    —  

Thomas O’Brien,

President and CEO of IAAI Salvage

  2007   $ 328,405     —       $ 1,723,947   —     $ 17,668    —  

John Nordin,

CIO and EVP

  2007   $ 190,907     —       $ 446,330   —     $ 16,312    —  

(1) The amounts included in the Summary Compensation Table and in the accompanying footnotes reflect the following:

 

   

Messrs. Clingen and Hallett began their employment with KAR Holdings on April 20, 2007.

 

   

Mr. O’Brien was employed by IAAI Salvage for all of 2007. The amounts reported in the Summary Compensation Table do not include any compensation for periods prior to April 20, 2007, which is the date on which IAAI Salvage became a subsidiary of the Registrant.

 

125


Table of Contents
   

Messrs. Loughmiller and Nordin began their employment with KAR Holdings on April 20, 2007. Prior to such time, Messrs. Loughmiller and Nordin were employed by IAAI Salvage. The amounts reported in the Summary Compensation Table do not include any compensation for periods prior to April 20, 2007, which is the date on which IAAI Salvage became a subsidiary of the Registrant.

 

(2) There were no stock options awarded to the names executive officers during 2007 under the Stock Incentive Plan. The amounts reported in this column include the compensation expense that was recognized for financial reporting purposes for fiscal year 2007 in accordance with SFAS 123(R) for (i) the rollover stock options held by Messrs. O’Brien and Nordin (see, “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Legacy Compensation—Rollover Stock Options), (ii) the KAR LLC Override Units held by our named executive officers (see, “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—KAR LLC Override Units), and (iii) the Axle Override Units held by Messrs. O’Brien and Nordin. (See, “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Legacy Compensation—Axle Holdings II, LLC Override Units”) See Note 7 to our financial statements regarding the assumptions made in determining the dollar amount recognized for financial statement reporting purposes.

 

(3) The amounts payable under the KAR Holdings annual incentive program have not yet been determined and approved by the Committee. Such amounts are anticipated to be determined and approved by the Committee at its February 2008 meeting. We intend to provide a prospectus supplement with such information at such time as it is available.

 

(4) The amounts reported include an automobile allowance, 401(k) matching contributions and group term life insurance. The amount shown for Mr. Hallett also includes (i) $91,251 of relocation expenses, and (ii) $77,713 related to payments under the Severance and General Release entered into by Mr. Hallett and ADESA on June 21, 2005. The company assumed the obligation to pay the amounts due under the Severance and General Release Agreement in connection with the Transactions and subsequent re-employment of Mr. Hallett.

 

   

The automobile allowance provided to each named executive officer was as follows: Mr. Clingen—$17,534; Mr. Loughmiller—$493; Mr. Hallett—$17,534; Mr. O’Brien—$12,625; and Mr. Nordin—$12,625.

 

   

The 401(k) matching contributions provided to each named executive officer was as follows: Mr. Clingen—$2,808; Mr. Loughmiller—$1,380; Mr. Hallett—$9,000; Mr. O’Brien—$4,170; and Mr. Nordin—$2,356.

 

(5) The total cannot be calculated until such time as the Committee has determined and approved the amount of the awards under the KAR Holdings annual incentive program and the Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 2007 Incentive Plan. Such amounts are anticipated to be determined and approved by the Committee at its February 2008 meeting. We intend to provide a prospectus supplement with such information at such time as it is available.

 

(6) In recognition of the time and effort that Mr. Hallett expended in assisting in structuring and facilitating the Transactions prior to his employment by the company, Mr. Hallett was paid a bonus.

 

126


Table of Contents

Grants Of Plan-Based Awards Table For 2007

The following table describes non-equity incentive awards made to the named executive officers under the KAR Holdings annual incentive program and the Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 2007 Incentive Plan. The table also describes certain profit interest awards made to the named executive officers in their capacity as Management Members of KAR LLC and certain stock options that were converted into options to acquire shares of the company in connection with the Transactions.

 

Name

(a)

 

Grant

Date

(b)

       

Estimated Future Payouts

Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(1)

 

Estimated Future

Payouts Under

Equity Incentive Plan Awards

 

All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options

(#)

(j)

 

Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards

($/Sh)

(k)

 

Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Stock
Option
Awards(5)

(l)

    Date of
Committee
Action
 

Threshold
($)

(c)

 

Target

($)

(d)

 

Maximum
($)

(e)

 

Threshold
(#)(2)

(f)

 

Target
(#)(3)

(g)

 

Maximm
(#)(4)

(h)

     

Brian Clingen

  N/A       $ 124,583   $ 383,333   $ 498,333            
  06/15/2007     05/24/2007               43,684.92   $ 100   $ 36.90
  06/15/2007     05/24/2007             131,054.76     $ 100   $ 45.21

Eric Loughmiller

  N/A       $ 58,333   $ 175,000   $ 233,333            
  06/15/2007     05/24/2007               12,812   $ 100   $ 36.90
  06/15/2007     05/24/2007             38,436     $ 100   $ 45.21

James Hallett

  N/A       $ 124,583   $ 383,333   $ 498,333            
  06/15/2007     05/24/2007               43,684.92   $ 100   $ 36.90
  06/15/2007     05/24/2007             131,054.76     $ 100   $ 45.21

Thomas O’Brien

  N/A       $ 265,333   $ 312,156   $ 452,626            
  06/15/2007     05/24/2007               13,732.07   $ 100   $ 36.90
  06/15/2007     05/24/2007             41,196.22     $ 100   $ 45.21
  11/14/2003 (6)                 24,905.60   $ 31.40   $ 48.98
  12/16/2002 (7)                 26,467.20   $ 35.15   $ 54.83

John Nordin

  N/A       $ 45,833   $ 137,500   $ 183,333            
  06/15/2007     05/24/2007               3,637.50   $ 100   $ 36.90
  06/15/2007     05/24/2007             10,912.50     $ 100   $ 45.21
  11/14/2003 (6)                 2,646.80   $ 31.40   $ 48.98

(1) Columns (c), (d) and (e) include the potential awards for performance at the target, threshold and superior levels under the KAR Holdings annual incentive program and the Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 2007 Incentive Plan. These amounts have been pro rated for the period of May 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements Used to Achieve Compensation Philosophy and Objectives—Annual Cash Incentives” above for further information on the terms of the KAR Holdings annual incentive program and the Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 2007 Incentive Plan.

 

(2) These amounts cannot be determined until such time as an Exit Event has occurred and all surrounding facts and circumstances are known. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—KAR LLC Override Units” for a description of the Override Units.

 

(3) These amounts cannot be determined until such time as an Exit Event has occurred and all surrounding facts and circumstances are known. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—KAR LLC Override Units” for a description of the Override Units.

 

(4) These amounts represent the maximum number of Value Units which will participate in a distribution if the Investor Members receive an internal rate of return, compounded annually, on their investment in the company of at least 12% and the Investment Multiple is at least 3.5. See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—KAR LLC Override Units” for a description of the Override Units.

 

(5) The amounts reported in this column include the grant date fair value of the Value Units, Operating Units and rollover stock options calculated in accordance with SFAS 123(R). See Note 7 to our financial statements regarding the assumptions made in valuing the grants.

 

(6) These options were granted on November 14, 2003 pursuant to the Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan prior to the date of the Transactions. These options were converted into options to acquire shares of common stock of KAR Holdings pursuant to the terms of a Rollover Stock Option Agreement.

 

(7) These options were granted on December 16, 2002 pursuant to the Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan prior to the date of the Transactions. These options were converted into options to acquire shares of common stock of KAR Holdings pursuant to the terms of a Rollover Stock Option Agreement.

 

127


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards At Fiscal Year-End Table For 2007

 

Option Awards

Name

(a)

  

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)

Exercisable

(b)

   

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options

(#)

Unexercisable

(c)

   

Option Exercise
Price

($)

(e)

  

Option Expiration Date

(f)

Brian Clingen

     43,684.92

131,054.76

(1)

(2)

  $

$

100

100

   06/15/2017

06/15/2017

Eric Loughmiller

     12,812

38,436

(1)

(2)

  $

$

100

100

   06/15/2017

06/15/2017

James Hallett

     43,684.92

131,054.76

(1)

(2)

  $

$

100

100

   06/15/2017

06/15/2017

Thomas O’Brien

     13,732.07 (1)   $ 100    06/15/2017
     41,196.22 (2)   $ 100    06/15/2017
   24,905.60 (3)     $ 31.40    11/14/2013
   26,467.20 (4)     $ 35.15    12/16/2012
   53,735.35 (5)   10,749.65 (5)   $ 25.62    05/25/2015
     128,971 (6)   $ 25.62    05/25/2015

John Nordin

     3,637.50 (1)   $ 100    06/15/2017
     10,912.50 (2)   $ 100    06/15/2017
   2,646.80 (3)     $ 31.40    11/14/2013
   13,888.61 (5)   2,778.39 (5)   $ 25.62    05/25/2015
     33,333 (6)   $ 25.62    05/25/2015

(1) These Operating Units in KAR LLC were granted on June 15, 2007 and vest ratably over a period of four years following the date of grant.

 

(2) These Value Units in KAR LLC were granted on June 15, 2007 and vest upon the occurrence of an Exit Event and the achievement of certain performance criteria as described in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—KAR LLC Override Units.”

 

(3) These options were granted on November 14, 2003 pursuant to the Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan prior to the date of the Transactions. These options were converted into options to acquire shares of common stock of KAR Holdings pursuant to the terms of a Rollover Stock Option Agreement. These options were fully vested at the time of the Transactions.

 

(4) These options were granted on December 16, 2002 pursuant to the Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 1991 Stock Option Plan prior to the date of the Transactions. These options were converted into options to acquire shares of common stock of KAR Holdings pursuant to the terms of a Rollover Stock Option Agreement. These options were fully vested at the time of the Transactions.

 

(5) These Operating Units in Axle LLC were granted on May 25, 2005 and vest ratably over a period of 12 quarters following the date of grant.

 

(6) These Value Units in Axle LLC were granted on May 25, 2005 and vest upon the occurrence of an Exit Event and the achievement of certain performance criteria as described in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Legacy Compensation—Axle Holdings II LLC Override Units.”

 

128


Table of Contents

Potential Payments Upon Termination Or Change-In-Control

The following is a discussion of payments and benefits that would be due to each of our named executive officers upon the termination of his employment. The amounts in the tables below assume that each termination was effective as of the last business day of the year, December 28, 2007 and are merely illustrative of the impact of a hypothetical termination of each executive officer’s employment. The amounts to be payable upon an actual termination of employment can only be determined at the time of such termination based on the facts and circumstances then prevailing.

The KAR Holdings Annual Incentive Program. The KAR Holdings annual incentive program provides for the following severance and change in control payments:

Death, Disability, Retirement . In the event that the employment of any executive officer who participates in the plan is terminated as a result of the officer’s death, disability or retirement, such officer will be entitled to receive a pro-rated amount of any incentive award which they otherwise would have been entitled to receive.

Voluntary Termination or For Cause Termination . If the employment of any executive officer who participates in the plan is terminated for cause or the executive officer voluntarily terminates his employment with KAR Holdings or ADESA Auctions, such executive officer will forfeit all rights to any incentive award payment under the plan.

The Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 2007 Incentive Plan. The Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 2007 Incentive Plan provides for the following severance and change in control payments:

Death, Disability, Retirement . In the event that the employment of any executive officer who participates in the plan is terminated as a result of the officer’s death, disability or retirement, such officer will be entitled to receive a pro-rated amount of any incentive award which they otherwise would have been entitled to receive.

Voluntary Termination or For Cause Termination . If the employment of any executive officer who participates in the plan is terminated for cause or the executive officer voluntarily terminates his employment with IAAI Salvage, such executive officer will forfeit all rights to any incentive award payment under the plan.

The KAR Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan. The KAR Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan provides for the following severance and change in control payments:

Death, Disability, Retirement . In the event that the executive officer’s employment with KAR Holdings or any subsidiary of KAR Holdings terminates by reason of the executive officer’s death, disability or retirement, then all options held by the executive officer that are exercisable as of the date of such termination may be exercised by the executive officer or the executive officer’s beneficiary at any time prior to one (1) year following the executive officer’s termination of employment or the normal expiration date of the options. Any options that are not then exercisable shall terminate and be canceled immediately upon the executive officer’s death, disability or retirement.

Voluntary Termination or For Cause Termination . In the event that the executive officer’s employment with KAR Holdings or any subsidiary of KAR Holdings is terminated for cause or due to voluntary resignation, all options held by the executive, whether or not then exercisable, shall terminate and be canceled immediately upon such termination of employment.

Unless specified otherwise in a named executive officer’s employment agreement, “cause” includes (i) the refusal or neglect of the named executive officer to perform substantially his employment-related duties, (ii) the named executive officer’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct or breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) the named executive officer’s indictment for, conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime constituting a felony or his willful violation of any applicable law, (iv) the named executive officer’s

 

129


Table of Contents

failure to reasonably cooperate, following a request to do so by KAR Holdings or any of its subsidiaries, in any internal or governmental investigation or (v) the named executive officer’s material breach of any written covenant or agreement not to disclose any information pertaining to KAR Holdings or any of its subsidiaries or not to compete or interfere with KAR Holdings or any of its subsidiaries.

Termination Without Cause or For Good Reason . In the event that the executive officer’s employment with KAR Holdings or any subsidiary of KAR Holdings is terminated by KAR Holdings or any of its subsidiaries without cause or by the named executive officer for good reason, any options held by the executive officer which are exercisable at the date of the executive officer’s termination of employment shall be exercisable at any time up until the 90th day following the executive officer’s termination of employment or the normal expiration date of the options. Any options held by the executive that are not then exercisable shall terminate and be canceled immediately upon such termination of employment.

Unless specified otherwise in a named executive officer’s employment agreement, the termination of a named executive officer’s employment with KAR Holdings or any of its subsidiaries shall be for “good reason” if such named executive officer voluntarily terminates his employment with KAR Holdings or any of its subsidiaries as a result of certain reductions being made to the named executive officer’s salary or benefits without the named executive officer’s prior consent.

Following the Occurrence of an Exit Event. Following the occurrence of an Exit Event each outstanding service option and each outstanding exit option (according to the schedule which follows) will be cancelled in exchange for a cash payment in an amount equal to the excess of the Exit Event Price (as defined in the plan) over the Option Price (as defined in the plan).

In the event that an Exit Event has occurred and the new employer has not agreed to honor and assume such options or substitute substantially equivalent options, exit options become exercisable in accordance with the following schedule:

 

   

None of the exit options will become exercisable unless the Investor Members receive an internal rate of return on their initial investment in the company of at least 12% compounded annually and the Investment Multiple, as defined in the Stock Incentive Plan, is greater than 1.5.

 

   

All of the exit options will become exercisable if the Investor Members receive an internal rate of return on their initial investment in the company of at least 12% compounded annually and the Investment Multiple is at least 3.5.

 

   

The exit options will become partially exercisable on a ratable basis if the Investor Members receive an internal rate of return on their initial investment in the company of at least 12% compounded annually and the Investment Multiple is greater than 1.5 but less than 3.5.

All exit options which do not become exercisable at the time of an Exit Event will be cancelled.

Reduction for Excess Parachute Payments . In the event that any payment received under the KAR Holdings Stock Incentive Plan upon the occurrence of an Exit Event would constitute an excess parachute payment, then, the payment will be reduced to the extent necessary to eliminate any such excess parachute payment. In such event, KAR Holdings will use good faith efforts to seek the approval of the shareholders in the manner provided for in Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code and the regulations thereunder with respect to such reduced payment so that such payment would not be treated as a “parachute payment” for this purpose.

Rollover Stock Options. Pursuant to the terms of a Rollover Stock Option Agreement entered into in connection with the completion of the Transactions, the options held by Messrs. O’Brien and Nordin to acquire shares of Axle Holdings, Inc. were converted into options to acquire shares of KAR Holdings. Pursuant to the Rollover Stock Option Agreement, the options are exercisable according to substantially the same terms and conditions, including vesting, as were applicable to the options under the Axle Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan.

 

130


Table of Contents

Death, Disability or Retirement . Subject to the right of the company to repurchase all or any portion of the options held by an executive officer, in the event that an executive officers’ employment with the company or any subsidiary of the company is terminated because of the executive officer’s death, disability or retirement, any options granted to the executive officer which are otherwise exercisable, may be exercised for a period of one year following the termination of the executive officer’s employment or the expiration of the term of the options, whichever period is shorter. After one year, all remaining options will terminate.

Voluntary Termination or For Cause Termination . Subject to the right of the company to repurchase all or any portion of the options held by an executive officer, in the event an executive officer’s employment with the company or any subsidiary of the company is terminated for cause or due to the voluntary resignation of the executive officer, all options granted to the executive officer shall be forfeited, regardless of whether such options are exercisable.

Unless specified otherwise in a named executive officer’s employment agreement, “cause” includes (i) the refusal or neglect of the named executive officer to perform substantially his employment-related duties, (ii) the named executive officer’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct or breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) the named executive officer’s indictment for, conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime constituting a felony or his willful violation of any applicable law, (iv) the named executive officer’s failure to reasonably cooperate, following a request to do so by the company, in any internal or governmental investigation or (v) the named executive officer’s material breach of any written covenant or agreement not to disclose any information pertaining to the company or not to compete or interfere with the company.

Termination Without Cause or For Good Reason . Subject to the right of the company to repurchase all or any portion of the options then held by an executive officer, in the event that an executive officer’s employment with the company or any subsidiary of the company is terminated by the company without cause or by the named executive officer for good reason, any options granted to such executive officer which are otherwise exercisable, may be exercised at any time during a 60 day period following the termination of the executive officer’s employment or the expiration of the term of the options, whichever period is shorter. Following the expiration of the 60 day period all remaining unexercised options shall terminate.

Unless specified otherwise in a named executive officer’s employment agreement, the termination of a named executive officer’s employment with the company or any subsidiary of the company shall be for “good reason” if such named executive officer voluntarily terminates his employment with the company or any of its subsidiaries as a result of certain reductions being made to the named executive officer’s salary or benefits without the named executive officer’s prior consent.

Following the Occurrence of an Exit Event . Following the occurrence of an Exit Event, each service based option (whether or not then exercisable), together with any outstanding performance based option that, prior to or in connection with such Exit Event, have become exercisable in connection with the attainment of performance objectives, shall be canceled in exchange for a cash payment by the company. All other options will be forfeited.

Reduction for Excess Parachute Payments . In the event that any payment received upon the occurrence of an Exit Event would constitute an excess parachute payment, then, the payment will be reduced to the extent necessary to eliminate any such excess parachute payment. In such event, KAR Holdings will use good faith efforts to seek the approval of the shareholders in the manner provided for in Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code and the regulations thereunder with respect to such reduced payment so that such payment would not be treated as a “parachute payment” for this purpose.

Employment Agreements. Messrs. O’Brien and Nordin are currently the only named executive officers who have employment agreements with KAR Holdings or one of its subsidiaries. The employment agreements provide for at will employment and may be terminated by the executive officer or company at any time for any reason, with or without cause. Unless otherwise indicated, the discussion which follows applies to Mr. Nordin

 

131


Table of Contents

with respect to his employment agreement with KAR Holdings and to Mr. O’Brien with respect to which employment agreement with IAAI Salvage. Messrs. Nordin’s and O’Brien’s employment agreements provide for the following severance and change in control payments:

Termination Due to the Executive Officer’s Death or Disability . If the employment agreement is terminated as a result of the death or disability of the executive officer, the company will be obligated to pay the executive officer or his legal representatives the sum of (i) the portion of the executive officer’s base salary earned for services performed through the date of termination and accrued vacation earned but unpaid through the date of termination, plus (ii) the greater of (I) the product of (x) any incentive compensation paid to or deferred by the executive officer for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which the date of termination occurs and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the date of termination, and the denominator of which is 365 and (II) the average of the past three (3) years’ annual bonuses, provided, however , that the executive officer shall receive his target bonus if he is terminated within his first eight (8) fiscal quarters with the company (such greater amount being the “Highest Annual Bonus”) and (C) any compensation previously deferred by the executive officer. The aggregate of the foregoing is referred to as the “Accrued Obligations.” Mr. Nordin’s target bonus is 75% of his annual base salary and Mr. O’Brien’s target bonus is 100% of his annual base salary.

V oluntary Termination by the Executive Officer or Termination for Cause by the Company . If the executive officer voluntarily terminates the employment agreement or the company terminates the employment agreement for cause, the company’s only obligation will be to pay the executive officer an amount equal to his base salary for the services performed through the date of termination and any accrued vacation earned but unpaid through date of termination. For purposes of the employment agreements, "cause" means (i) the willful and continued failure of the named executive officer to perform substantially his duties with the company or one of its affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to medically documented illness or injury), 30 days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the named executive officer by the board of directors which specifically identifies the manner in which the board of directors believes that the named executive officer has not substantially performed his duties; or (ii) the willful engaging by the named executive officer in illegal conduct or misconduct which is injurious to the company.

Termination for Other Reasons.

John Nordin . If the employment agreement is terminated apart from a change in control, KAR Holdings will be obligated to pay Mr. Nordin an amount equal to the sum of (i) the portion of Mr. Nordin’s base salary earned for services performed through the date of termination and any accrued vacation earned but not paid through the date of termination, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to Mr. Nordin’s annual base salary in effect at the time Mr. Nordin’s employment is terminated; plus (iii) Mr. Nordin’s average annual bonus received over the eight (8) fiscal quarters of KAR Holdings immediately preceding fiscal quarter during which Mr. Nordin’s employment is terminated, without exceeding Mr. Nordin’s target bonus for the fiscal year during which his employment is terminated, provided, however , that Mr. Nordin shall receive his target bonus if he is terminated within his first eight (8) fiscal quarters of employment with KAR Holdings; plus (iv) Mr. Nordin’s auto allowance for the fiscal year during which Mr. Nordin’s employment is terminated. In addition, KAR Holdings shall provide, at its expense, continued group health plan coverage for Mr. Nordin and his qualified beneficiaries for a period extending through the earlier of the date Mr. Nordin begins any subsequent full-time employment for another employer for pay and the date that is one (1) year after Mr. Nordin’s termination of employment.

Thomas O’Brien. If the employment agreement is terminated apart from a change in control, IAAI Salvage will be obligated to pay Mr. O’Brien an amount equal to the sum of (i) Mr. O’Brien’s base salary at the date of termination, (ii) Mr. O’Brien’s average annual bonus received over the eight (8) fiscal quarters immediately preceding fiscal quarter during which Mr. O’Brien’s employment is terminated, without exceeding Mr. O’Brien’s target bonus for the fiscal year during which Mr. O’Brien’s employment is terminated, provided, however , that Mr. O’Brien shall receive his target bonus if he is terminated within his first eight (8) fiscal quarters of

 

132


Table of Contents

employment with IAAI Salvage; plus (iii) Mr. O’Brien’s auto allowance for IAAI Salvage’s fiscal year during which Mr. O’Brien’s employment is terminated. In addition, IAAI Salvage shall be required to continue to provide, at IAAI Salvage’s expense, group health plan coverage for Mr. O’Brien and his qualified beneficiaries for a period extending through the earlier of the date Mr. O’Brien begins any subsequent full-time employment for another employer for pay and the date that is one (1) year after Mr. O’Brien’s termination of employment.

Termination Within Two (2) Years Following A Change in Control. If the executive officer’s employment with the company is terminated by reason of the executive officer’s involuntary termination or termination without cause by the company within two (2) years after the effective date of the change in control, the company shall be obligated to pay the executive officer (i) an amount equal to 150% of the sum of (A) the executive officer’s annual base salary then in effect and (B) his Highest Annual Bonus (as defined above); and (ii) the amount of any Accrued Obligations (as defined above). In addition, the company must provide, at its expense, continued coverage of the executive officer and his qualified beneficiaries for eighteen (18) months after the date of termination or until the executive officer commences any full-time employment with another employer, whichever comes first, under the company’s health plan covering the executive officer and his beneficiaries.

For purposes of the foregoing, an “involuntary termination” means, generally, the executive officer’s voluntary termination following (i) a material diminution in the executive officer’s position, (ii) a material diminution in the executive officer’s level of compensation (base salary for Mr. Nordin and base salary and targeted incentive compensation for Mr. O’Brien), or (iii) a material change in the executive officer’s place of employment, which is more than seventy-five (75) miles from the executive officer’s place of employment prior to the change, provided such change or reduction is effected without the executive officer’s written concurrence.

Termination after the Second Year Following a Change in Control. If the executive officer is terminated after the second year following a Change in Control, the obligations of the company will be as they otherwise would have been if a change in control had not occurred.

Stock Options after a Change in Control . All of the executive officer’s outstanding options to purchase KAR Holdings stock shall accelerate and become fully exercisable upon a change in control.

Excise Tax Gross-Up . A lump sum “Gross-Up Payment” will be made to Mr. Nordin or Mr. O’Brien in such amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount retained by Mr. Nordin or Mr. O’Brien, after reduction for any excise taxes on the payments under their respective employment agreements will be equal to the amount that the executive officer would have received if no portion of the payments under their respective employment agreements had been an excess parachute payment.

Requirements With Respect to Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation . The employment agreements provide that during an eighteen month period following termination, the executive officers may not become employed by or engage in any activity or other business substantially similar to or competitive with the business of the company within the continental United States, Canada and Mexico. Further, the executive officers may not solicit, aid or induce any employee of the company to leave the company or any customer, client, vendor, lender, supplier or sales representative of the company or similar persons engaged in business with the company to discontinue the relationship or reduce the amount of business done with the company.

LLC Agreement

The LLC Agreement provides for the following severance and change in control payments to the named executive officers who are also Management Members of KAR LLC:

Termination for Cause . In the event that a Management Member’s employment is terminated for cause, all Override Units issued to such Management Member will be forfeited. “Cause” includes (i) the refusal or neglect of the named executive officer to perform substantially his employment-related duties, (ii) the named executive

 

133


Table of Contents

officer’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct or breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) the named executive officer’s indictment for, conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime constituting a felony or his willful violation of any applicable law, (iv) the named executive officer’s failure to reasonably cooperate, following a request to do so by the company, in any internal or governmental investigation or (v) the named executive officer’s material breach of any written covenant or agreement not to disclose any information pertaining to the company or not to compete or interfere with the company.

Termination for Any Reason Other Than Cause . Provided that an Exit Event has not occurred and that a definitive agreement is not in effect regarding a transaction which, if consummated would result in an Exit Event, then all of the Value Units and a percentage of the Operating Units shall be forfeited according to the following schedule:

 

If the Termination Occurs

  

Percentage of

Operating Units

Forfeited

 

Before the first anniversary of the grant date

   100 %

On or after the first anniversary, but before the second anniversary, of the grant date

   75 %

On or after the second anniversary, but before the third anniversary, of the grant date

   50 %

On or after the third anniversary, but before the fourth anniversary, of the grant date

   25 %

On or after the fourth anniversary of the grant date

   0 %

Occurrence of an Exit Event . Upon the occurrence of an Exit Event, all Operating Units that are held by the Management Members shall vest and Value Units held by such Management Members shall vest and become eligible to participate in distributions in accordance with the following schedule:

 

   

No Value Units will vest unless, upon the occurrence of the Exit Event, the Investor Members receive an internal rate of return, compounded annually, on their investment in KAR LLC of at least 12%, and the Investment Multiple (as defined in the LLC Agreement) is greater than one and one-half (1.5).

 

   

All Value Units will vest and participate in distributions if the Investment Multiple is at least three and one-half (3.5) and the Investor Members receive an internal rate of return, compounded annually, on their investment in KAR LLC of at least 12%.

 

   

If the Investment Multiple is greater than one and one-half (1.5), but less than three and one-half (3.5), the Value Units will participate in the distribution on a ratable basis.

Value Units not eligible to participate in distributions will be automatically forfeited.

Requirements With Respect to Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation.

The LLC Agreement provides that, for a certain period of time the Management Member may not become associated with or employed by any entity that is actively engaged in any geographic area in which the company or any of its subsidiaries does business in any business which is either in competition with the business of the company or any of its subsidiaries conducted at any time during the 12 months preceding the date such Management Member ceases to hold any equity interest in the company or proposed to be conducted by the company or any of its subsidiaries in the company’s business plan as in effect as of the date such Management Member ceases to hold any equity interest in the company.

The LLC Agreement further provides that no Management Member shall directly or indirectly induce any employee of the company or any of its subsidiaries to terminate employment with such entity or otherwise interfere with the employment relationship of the company or any of its subsidiaries with any person who is or was employed by the company or such subsidiary. In addition, the LLC Agreement prohibits any Management Member from soliciting or otherwise attempting to establish for himself any business relationship with any person which is, or at any time during the 12-month period preceding the date such Management Member ceases

 

134


Table of Contents

to hold any equity interest in the company was, a customer, client or distributor of the company or any of its subsidiaries.

Axle LLC Agreement

The Axle LLC Agreement provides for the following severance and change in control payments to the named executive officers who are also Management Members of Axle LLC:

Termination for Cause . In the event that a Management Member’s employment is terminated for cause, all Override Units issued to such Management Member will be forfeited. “Cause” includes (i) the refusal or neglect of the named executive officer to perform substantially his employment-related duties, (ii) the named executive officer’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct or breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) the named executive officer’s indictment for, conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime constituting a felony or his willful violation of any applicable law, (iv) the named executive officer’s failure to reasonably cooperate, following a request to do so by the company, in any internal or governmental investigation or (v) the named executive officer’s material breach of any written covenant or agreement not to disclose any information pertaining to the company or not to compete or interfere with the company.

Termination for Any Reason Other Than Cause . Provided that an Exit Event has not occurred and that a definitive agreement is not in effect regarding a transaction which, if consummated would result in an Exit Event, then all of the Value Units and a percentage of the Operating Units shall be forfeited according to the following schedule:

 

If the Termination Occurs:

   Percentage of Axle Operating
Units Forfeited
 

Before the first quarterly anniversary of the grant date

   100 %

On or after the first quarterly anniversary, but before the second quarterly anniversary, of the grant date

   91.67 %

On or after the second quarterly anniversary, but before the third quarterly anniversary, of the grant date

   83.33 %

On or after the third quarterly anniversary, but before the fourth quarterly anniversary, of the grant date

   75 %

On or after the fourth quarterly anniversary, but before the fifth quarterly anniversary, of the grant date

   66.67 %

On or after the fifth quarterly anniversary, but before the sixth quarterly anniversary, of the grant date

   58.33 %

On or after the sixth quarterly anniversary, but before the seventh quarterly anniversary, of the grant date

   50 %

On or after the seventh quarterly anniversary, but before the eighth quarterly anniversary, of the grant date

   41.67 %

On or after the eighth quarterly anniversary, but before the ninth quarterly anniversary, of the grant date

   33.33 %

On or after the ninth quarterly anniversary, but before the tenth quarterly anniversary, of the grant date

   25 %

On or after the tenth quarterly anniversary, but before the eleventh quarterly anniversary, of the grant date

   16.67 %

On or after the eleventh quarterly anniversary, but before the twelfth quarterly anniversary, of the grant date

   8.33 %

On or after the twelfth quarterly anniversary of the grant date

   0 %

Occurrence of an Exit Event . Upon the occurrence of an Exit Event, all Operating Units that are held by the Management Members shall vest and Value Units held by such Management Members shall vest and become eligible to participate in distributions in accordance with the following schedule:

 

   

No Value Units will vest unless, upon the occurrence of the Exit Event, the Investor Members receive

 

135


Table of Contents
 

an internal rate of return, compounded annually, on their investment in Axle LLC of at least 12%, and the Investment Multiple (as defined in the Axle LLC Agreement) is greater than two (2).

 

   

All Value Units will vest and participate in distributions if the Investment Multiple is at least four (4) Investor Members receive an internal rate of return, compounded annually, on their investment in Axle LLC of at least 12%.

 

   

If the Investment Multiple is greater than one and two (2), but less than four (4), the Value Units will participate in the distribution on a ratable basis.

Value Units not eligible to participate in distributions will be automatically forfeited.

Assuming termination for the stated reasons on the last business day of fiscal year 2007, and giving effect to the agreements and plan provisions described above, the executive officers would receive the following estimated payments and benefits:

Brian Clingen

 

    Severance   Non-Equity
Incentive
Pay(1)
  Rollover
Stock
Options
 

Axle LLC

Override Units

 

KAR LLC

Override Units(2)

  Gross-up
of Excise
Taxes
  Other (Life
Insurance)(3)
  Total(4)
        Operating
Units
  Value
Units
  Operating
Units
  Value
Units
     

Death

  —     —     —     —     —       —       —     —     $ 750,000   —  

Disability(5)

  —     —     —     —     —       —       —     —       —     —  

Voluntary Termination or for Cause

  —     —     —     —     —       —       —     —       —     —  

Termination w/o Cause or for Good Reason

  —     —     —     —     —       —       —     —       —     —  

After Change in control

Termination w/o Cause or for Good Reason

  —     —     —     —     —     $ 2,736,423   $ 518,826   —       —     —  

(1) The amounts payable under the KAR Holdings annual incentive program have not yet been determined and approved by the Committee. Such amounts are anticipated to be determined and approved by the Committee at its February 2008 meeting. We intend to provide a prospectus supplement with such information at such time as it is available.

 

(2) The actual value of the Value Units cannot be determined until such time as an Exit Event occurs and all surrounding facts and circumstances are known. These amounts represent an estimate of the value of the Value Units had an Exit Event occurred on the last business day of the year. For purposes of this estimate, we have made certain assumptions based upon the performance of the company in 2007. Specifically, we have assumed:

 

   

an Investment Multiple of 1.6264;

 

   

an estimated share price of $162.64 per share, and

 

   

an internal rate on the Investor Members’ investment in KAR LLC of at least 12%.

See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—KAR LLC Override Units” for a description of the Override Units.

 

136


Table of Contents
(3) Under the Group Term Life Policy, the executive’s designated beneficiary is entitled to a payment in an amount equal to three times the executive’s annual salary, not exceeding $750,000.

 

(4) The total cannot be calculated until such time as the Committee has determined and approved the amount of the awards under the KAR Holdings annual incentive program. Such amounts are anticipated to be determined and approved by the Committee at its February 2008 meeting. We intend to provide a prospectus supplement with such information at such time as it is available.

 

(5) Long-term disability is a company paid benefit for all employees and only paid after 6 months on short term disability. The benefit is 66.66% of pay capped at $10,000 per month.

Eric Loughmiller

 

    Severance   Non-Equity
Incentive
Pay(1)
  Rollover
Stock
Options
 

Axle LLC

Override Units

 

KAR LLC

Override Units(2)

  Gross-up
of Excise
Taxes
  Other (Life
Insurance)(3)
  Total(4)
        Operating
Units
  Value
Units
  Operating
Units
  Value
Units
     

Death

  —     —     —     —     —       —       —     —     $ 750,000   —  

Disability(5)

  —     —     —     —     —       —       —     —       —     —  

Voluntary Termination or for Cause

  —     —     —     —     —       —       —     —       —     —  

Termination w/o Cause or for Good Reason

  —     —     —     —     —       —       —     —       —     —  

After Change in control

Termination w/o Cause or for Good Reason

  —     —     —     —     —     $ 802,544   $ 152,162   —       —     —  

(1) The amounts payable under the KAR Holdings annual incentive program have not yet been determined and approved by the Committee. Such amounts are anticipated to be determined and approved by the Committee at its February 2008 meeting. We intend to provide a prospectus supplement with such information at such time as it is available.

 

(2) The actual value of the Value Units cannot be determined until such time as an Exit Event occurs and all surrounding facts and circumstances are known. These amounts represent an estimate of the value of the Value Units had an Exit Event occurred on the last business day of the year. For purposes of this estimate, we have made certain assumptions based upon the performance of the company in 2007. Specifically, we have assumed:

 

   

an Investment Multiple of 1.6264;

 

   

an estimated share price of $162.64 per share, and

 

   

an internal rate on the Investor Members’ investment in KAR LLC of at least 12%.

See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—KAR LLC Override Units” for a description of the Override Units.

 

(3) Under the Group Term Life Policy, the executive’s designated beneficiary is entitled to a payment in an amount equal to three times the executive’s annual salary, not exceeding $750,000.

 

(4) The total cannot be calculated until such time as the Committee has determined and approved the amount of the awards under the KAR Holdings annual incentive program. Such amounts are anticipated to be determined and approved by the Committee at its February 2008 meeting. We intend to provide a prospectus supplement with such information at such time as it is available.

 

137


Table of Contents
(5) Long-term disability is a company paid benefit for all employees and only paid after 6 months on short term disability. The benefit is 66.66% of pay capped at $10,000 per month.

James Hallett

 

    Severance   Non-Equity
Incentive
Pay(1)
  Rollover
Stock
Options
 

Axle LLC

Override Units

 

KAR LLC

Override Units(2)

  Gross-up
of Excise
Taxes
  Other (Life
Insurance)(3)
  Total(4)
        Operating
Units
  Value
Units
  Operating
Units
  Value
Units
     

Death

  —     —     —     —     —       —       —     —     $ 750,000   —  

Disability(5)

  —     —     —     —     —       —       —     —       —     —  

Voluntary Termination or for Cause

  —     —     —     —     —       —       —     —       —     —  

Termination w/o Cause or for Good Reason

  —     —     —     —     —       —       —     —       —     —  

After Change in control

Termination w/o Cause or for Good Reason

  —     —     —     —     —     $ 2,736,423   $ 518,826   —       —     —  

(1) The amounts payable under the KAR Holdings annual incentive program have not yet been determined and approved by the Committee. Such amounts are anticipated to be determined and approved by the Committee at its February 2008 meeting. We intend to provide a prospectus supplement with such information at such time as it is available.

 

(2) The actual value of the Value Units cannot be determined until such time as an Exit Event occurs and all surrounding facts and circumstances are known. These amounts represent an estimate of the value of the Value Units had an Exit Event occurred on the last business day of the year. For purposes of this estimate, we have made certain assumptions based upon the performance of the company in 2007. Specifically, we have assumed:

 

   

an Investment Multiple of 1.6264;

 

   

an estimated share price of $162.64 per share, and

 

   

an internal rate on the Investor Members’ investment in KAR LLC of at least 12%.

See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—KAR LLC Override Units” for a description of the Override Units.

 

(3) Under the Group Term Life Policy, the executive’s designated beneficiary is entitled to a payment in an amount equal to three times the executive’s annual salary, not exceeding $750,000.

 

(4) The total cannot be calculated until such time as the Committee has determined and approved the amount of the awards under the KAR Holdings annual incentive program. Such amounts are anticipated to be determined and approved by the Committee at its February 2008 meeting. We intend to provide a prospectus supplement with such information at such time as it is available.

 

(5) Long-term disability is a company paid benefit for all employees and only paid after 6 months on short term disability. The benefit is 66.66% of pay capped at $10,000 per month.

 

138


Table of Contents

Thomas O’Brien

 

    Severance
(1)
 

Non-

Equity
Incentive
Pay

(2)

 

Rollover
Stock
Options

(3)

 

Axle LLC

Override Units(4)

 

KAR LLC

Override Units(5)

 

Gross-up
of Excise
Taxes

(6)

  Other
(Life
Insurance)
(7)
 

Total

(8)

        Operating
Units
  Value Units   Operating
Units
  Value
Units
     

Death

    —     —     $ 6,642,914   $ 2,479,510     —       —       —     —     $ 500,000   —  

Disability

    —     —     $ 6,642,914   $ 2,479,510     —       —       —     —       —     —  

Voluntary Termination or for Cause

    —     —       —       —       —       —       —     —       —     —  

Termination w/o Cause or for Good Reason

  $ 793,134   —     $ 6,642,914   $ 2,479,510     —       —       —     —       —     —  

After Change in control

Termination w/o Cause or for Good Reason

  $ 1,241,834   —     $ 6,642,914   $ 2,975,531   $ 2,383,241   $ 860,177   $ 163,090   —       —     —  

(1) Based upon the executive officer’s annual salary as of December 28, 2007.

 

(2) The amounts payable under the KAR Holdings annual incentive program have not yet been determined and approved by the Committee. Such amounts are anticipated to be determined and approved by the Committee at its February 2008 meeting. We intend to provide a prospectus supplement with such information at such time as it is available.
(3) For a description of the Rollover Stock Options see footnote 3 and footnote 4 to the Summary Compensation Table.

 

(4) These amounts represent profit interest in Axle LLC that were granted prior to the Transactions. The actual value of the Value Units cannot be determined until such time as an Exit Event occurs with respect to Axle LLC and all surrounding facts and circumstances are known. These amounts represent an estimate of the value of the Value Units had an Exit Event occurred on the last business day of the year. For purposes of this estimate, we have made certain assumptions based upon the performance of Axle LLC in 2007. Specifically, we have assumed:

 

   

an Investment Multiple of 2.8009;

 

   

an estimated share price of $71.76 per share, and

 

   

an internal rate on the Kelso Members’ investment in Axle LLC of at least 12%.

See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Legacy Compensation—Axle Holdings II LLC Override Units.”

 

(5) The actual value of the Value Units cannot be determined until such time as an Exit Event occurs and all surrounding facts and circumstances are known. These amounts represent an estimate of the value of the Value Units had an Exit Event occurred on the last business day of the year. For purposes of this estimate, we have made certain assumptions based upon the performance of the company in 2007. Specifically, we have assumed:

 

   

an Investment Multiple of 1.6264;

 

   

an estimated share price of $162.64 per share, and

 

   

an internal rate on the Investor Members’ investment in KAR LLC of at least 12%.

See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—KAR LLC Override Units” for a description of the Override Units.

 

139


Table of Contents
(6) The amount of the gross-up payment cannot be calculated until such time as the Committee has determined and approved the amount of the awards under the KAR Holdings annual incentive program. Such amounts are anticipated to be determined and approved by the Committee at its February 2008 meeting. We intend to provide a prospectus supplement with such information at such time as it is available.

 

(7) Under the Group Term Life Policy, the executive’s designated beneficiary is entitled to a payment in an amount equal to two times the executive’s annual salary, not exceeding $500,000.

 

(8) The total cannot be calculated until such time as the Committee has determined and approved the amount of the awards under the KAR Holdings annual incentive program. Such amounts are anticipated to be determined and approved by the Committee at its February 2008 meeting. We intend to provide a prospectus supplement with such information at such time as it is available.

John Nordin

 

   

Severance

(1)

 

Non-Equity
Incentive
Pay

(2)

 

Rollover
Stock
Options

(3)

 

Axle LLC

Override Units(4)

 

KAR LLC

Override Units(5)

  Gross-up
of Excise
Taxes(6)
 

Other
(Life
Insurance)

(7)

 

Total

(8)

        Operating
Units
  Value
Units
  Operating
Units
  Value
Units
     

Death

    —     —     $ 347,366   $ 640,862     —       —       —       750,000   —  

Disability(9)

    —     —     $ 347,366   $ 640,862     —       —       —     —     —     —  

Voluntary Termination or for Cause

    —     —       —       —       —       —       —     —     —     —  

Termination w/o Cause or for Good Reason

  $ 511,690   —     $ 347,366   $ 640,862     —       —       —     —     —     —  

After Change in control

Termination w/o Cause or for Good Reason

  $ 740,534   —     $ 347,366   $ 769,065   $ 615,957   $ 227,853   $ 43,201   —     —     —  

(1) Based upon the executive officer’s annual salary as of December 28, 2007.

 

(2) The amounts payable under the KAR Holdings annual incentive program have not yet been determined and approved by the Committee. Such amounts are anticipated to be determined and approved by the Committee at its February 2008 meeting. We intend to provide a prospectus supplement with such information at such time as it is available.

 

(3) For a description of the Rollover Stock Options see footnote 5 to the Summary Compensation Table.

 

(4) These amounts represent profit interest in Axle LLC that were granted prior to the Transactions. The actual value of the Value Units cannot be determined until such time as an Exit Event occurs with respect to Axle LLC and all surrounding facts and circumstances are known. These amounts represent an estimate of the value of the Value Units had an Exit Event occurred on the last business day of the year. For purposes of this estimate, we have made certain assumptions based upon the performance of Axle LLC in 2007. Specifically, we have assumed:

 

   

an Investment Multiple of 2.8009;

 

   

an estimated share price of $71.76 per share, and

 

   

an internal rate on the Kelso Members’ investment in Axle LLC of at least 12%.

See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis— Legacy Compensation—Axle Holdings II LLC Override Units.”

 

140


Table of Contents
(5) The actual value of the Value Units cannot be determined until such time as an Exit Event occurs and all surrounding facts and circumstances are known. These amounts represent an estimate of the value of the Value Units had an Exit Event occurred on the last business day of the year. For purposes of this estimate, we have made certain assumptions based upon the performance of the company in 2007. Specifically, we have assumed:

 

   

an Investment Multiple of 1.6264;

 

   

an estimated share price of $162.64 per share, and

 

   

an internal rate on the Investor Members’ investment in KAR LLC of at least 12%.

See “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—KAR LLC Override Units” for a description of the Override Units.

 

(6) The amount of the gross-up payment cannot be calculated until such time as the Committee has determined and approved the amount of the awards under the Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. 2007 Incentive Plan. Such amounts are anticipated to be determined and approved by the Committee at its February 2008 meeting. We intend to provide a prospectus supplement with such information at such time as it is available.

 

(7) Under the Group Term Life Policy, the executive’s designated beneficiary is entitled to a payment in an amount equal to three times the executive’s annual salary, not exceeding $750,000.

 

(8) The total cannot be calculated until such time as the Committee has determined and approved the amount of the awards under the KAR Holdings annual incentive program. Such amounts are anticipated to be determined and approved by the Committee at its February 2008 meeting. We intend to provide a prospectus supplement with such information at such time as it is available.

 

(9) Long-term disability is a company paid benefit for all employees and only paid after 6 months on short term disability. The benefit is 66.66% of pay capped at $10,000 per month.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors is comprised of Church M. Moore (Chairman), Sanjeev Mehra, Gregory P. Spivy, Brian Clingen and Thomas O’Brien. Mr. Clingen is the Chairman and CEO of KAR Holdings and Mr. O’Brien is the President and CEO of IAAI Salvage. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” for a description of certain relationships between the company and Messrs. Clingen and O’Brien.

 

141


Table of Contents

SECURITY OWNERSHIP AND CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of KAR Holdings’ equity securities as of January 21, 2008 of: (1) each person or entity who owns of record or beneficially 5% or more of any class of KAR Holdings’ voting securities; (2) each of our named executive officers and directors; and (3) all of our directors and named executive officers as a group. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of SEC. To our knowledge, each shareholder will have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares indicated as beneficially owned, unless otherwise indicated in a footnote to the following table. Unless otherwise indicated in a footnote, the business address of each person is our corporate address.

 

     Shares Beneficially Owned  

Name

  

Number of Shares

of Common

Stock(1)

  

Percentage of

Class(2)

 

Principal Shareholder:

     

KAR Holdings II, LLC(2)

   10,686,316    100 %

KELSO GROUP:

     

Kelso Investment Associates VII, L.P.(3)(4)

   4,532,324    42.4  

KEP VI, LLC(3)(4)

   4,532,324    42.4  

Frank T. Nickell(3)(4)(5)

   4,532,324    42.4  

Thomas R. Wall, IV(3)(4)(5)

   4,532,324    42.4  

George E. Matelich(3)(4)(5)

   4,532,324    42.4  

Michael B. Goldberg(3)(4)(5)

   4,532,324    42.4  

David I. Wahrhaftig(3)(4)(5)(6)

   4,532,324    42.4  

Frank K. Bynum, Jr.(3)(4)(5)

   4,532,324    42.4  

Philip E. Berney(3)(4)(5)

   4,532,324    42.4  

Frank J. Loverro(3)(4)(5)

   4,532,324    42.4  

James J. Connors, II(3)(4)(5)

   4,532,324    42.4  

Church M. Moore(3)(4)(5)(6)

   4,532,324    42.4  

Stanley de J. Osborne(3)(4)(5)

   4,532,324    42.4  

PARTHENON GROUP:

     

PCap KAR LLC(7)(8)

   601,818    5.6  

Parthenon Investors II, L.P.(7)(9)

   284,735    2.7  

PCIP Investors(7)(9)

   284,735    2.7  

J&R Founders Fund II, L.P.(7)(9)

   284,735    2.7  

GOLDMAN GROUP:

     

GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P. and related funds(10)(21)

   2,708,183    25.3  

VALUEACT CAPITAL:

     

ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P.(11)

   2,256,819    21.1  

AXLE HOLDINGS II, LLC(2)(3)

   2,732,609    25.6  

Executive Officers and Directors

     

Brian T. Clingen(6)(12)

   138,268    1.3  

Thomas C. O’Brien(6)(13)

   54,166    *  

James P. Hallett(6)(14)

   10,030    *  

Curt L. Phillips(15)

   201    *  

Eric M. Loughmiller(16)

   301    *  

John R. Nordin(17)

   3,528    *  

Rebecca C. Polak(18)

   752    *  

David J. Ament(6)

   —      *  

Thomas J. Carella(6)(21)

   —      *  

Peter H. Kamin(6)(11)

   2,256,819    21.1  

Sanjeev Mehra(6)(19)(21)

   2,708,183    25.3  

Church M. Moore(3)(4)(5)(6)

   —      *  

David I. Wahrhaftig(3)(4)(5)(6)

   4,532,324    42.4  

Gregory P. Spivy(6)

   —      *  

Executive officers and directors as a group (14 persons)(20)

   9,704,572    90.8  

 

142


Table of Contents

 * Less than one percent.

 

(1) The number of shares includes shares of common stock subject to options exercisable within 60 days of January 21, 2008.

 

(2) Shares subject to options exercisable within 60 days of January 21, 2008 are considered outstanding for the purpose of determining the percent of the class held by the holder of such option, but not for the purpose of computing the percentage held by others. Percentages for KAR Holdings II, LLC (“KAR LLC”), Axle LLC, the members of the Kelso Group, the members of the Goldman Group, ValueAct Capital and the members of the Parthenon Group are reflective of beneficial ownership of KAR LLC common interests (which, in certain cases, includes beneficial ownership of KAR LLC common interests held by Axle LLC). Except as indicated, percentages for executive officers and directors are reflective of beneficial ownership of outstanding shares of KAR Holdings (including shares that may be deemed to be owned by virtue of common ownership interests in KAR LLC or Axle LLC, as applicable).

 

(3) The business address for these persons is c/o Kelso & Company, 320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor, New York, NY 10022.

 

(4) Includes (i) 1,847,997 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC (which are attributable to Axle LLC), by virtue of Kelso Investment Associates VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or KIA VII, ownership interest in Axle LLC, (ii) 457,599 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC (which are attributable to Axle LLC), by virtue of KEP VI, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or KEP VI, ownership interest in Axle LLC, (iii) 1,784,782 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC, by virtue of KIA VII’s ownership interest in KAR LLC and (iv) 441,946 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC, by virtue of KEP VI’s ownership interest in KAR LLC. KIA VII and KEP VI may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of shares of common stock owned of record by KAR LLC (including beneficial ownership of shares held by KAR LLC that are attributable to Axle LLC), by virtue of their ownership interests in KAR LLC and Axle LLC. KIA VII and KEP VI, due to their common control, could be deemed to beneficially own each of the other’s shares. Each of KIA VII and KEP VI disclaim such beneficial ownership.

 

(5) Messrs. Nickell, Wall, Matelich, Goldberg, Wahrhaftig, Bynum, Berney, Loverro, Connors, Moore and Osborne may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of shares of common stock owned of record by KAR LLC (including shares owned by KAR LLC which are attributable to Axle LLC), by virtue of their status as managing members of KEP VI and of Kelso GP VII, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, the principal business of which is serving as the general partner of Kelso GP VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, the principal business of which is serving as the general partner of KIA VII. Each of Messrs. Nickell, Wall, Matelich, Goldberg, Wahrhaftig, Bynum, Berney, Loverro, Connors, Moore and Osborne share investment and voting power with respect to the ownership interests owned by KIA VII and KEP VI but disclaim beneficial ownership of such interests.

 

(6) Members of our board of directors.

 

(7) The business address for these persons is c/o Parthenon Capital, 265 Franklin Street, 18th Floor Boston, MA 02110.

 

(8) Includes 601,818 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC, by virtue of PCap KAR, LLC (“Parthenon HoldCo”) ownership interest in KAR LLC. Parthenon HoldCo is a Delaware company controlled by Parthenon Investors II, L.P. and Parthenon Investors III, L.P. The co-CEO’s of Parthenon Capital, Mr. Ernest K. Jacquet and Mr. John C. Rutherford, control Parthenon Investors II, L.P. and Messrs. Jacquet and Rutherford and Mr. William C. Kessinger control Parthenon Investors III, L.P. These individuals have shared voting and investment authority over shares held by Parthenon HoldCo and disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

 

(9) Includes (i) 276,657 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC (which are attributable to Axle LLC), by virtue of Parthenon Investors II, L.P. ownership interest in Axle LLC, (ii) 3,807 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC (which are attributable to Axle LLC), by virtue of PCIP Investors ownership interest in Axle LLC and (iii) 4,271 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC (which are attributable to Axle LLC), by virtue of J&R Founders Fund II, L.P. ownership interest in Axle LLC. Parthenon, PCIP Investors and J&R, due to their common control, could be deemed to beneficially own each of the other’s shares. The co-CEOs of Parthenon Capital, Mr. Ernest K. Jacquet and Mr. John C. Rutherford, each have beneficial ownership of (1) the shares held by Parthenon, through their indirect control of PCAP Partners II, LLC, the general partner of Parthenon, (2) the shares held by PCIP Investors, a general partnership of which they have control as general partners, and (3) the shares held by J&R, a limited partnership which they control through its general partner, J&R Advisors F.F., LLC. These individuals have shared voting and investment authority over these shares and disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

 

(10)

Shares reported are held of record by KAR LLC but are beneficially owned directly by GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Parallel, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI GmbH & Co. KG and GS Capital Partners VI Offshore Fund, L.P. (together, the “Goldman Funds”). Affiliates of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. are the general partner, managing limited partner or the managing partner of each of the Goldman Funds. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is the investment manager for certain of the Goldman Funds. Goldman, Sachs & Co. is a

 

143


Table of Contents
 

direct and indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Goldman Funds share voting and investment power with certain of their respective affiliates. Each of The Goldman Sachs Group Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. disclaims beneficial ownership of the common shares owned directly or indirectly by the Goldman Funds, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein, if any.

 

(11) Shares reported are held of record by KAR LLC but are beneficially owned directly by ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P by virtue of its ownership interests in KAR LLC and may be deemed to be beneficially owned by (i) VA Partners I, LLC as General Partner of ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P., (ii) ValueAct Capital Management, L.P. as the manager of ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. (iii) ValueAct Capital Management, LLC as General Partner of ValueAct Capital Management, L.P., (iv) ValueAct Holdings, L.P. as the sole owner of the limited partnership interests of ValueAct Capital Management, L.P. and the membership interests of ValueAct Capital Management, LLC and as the majority owner of the membership interests of VA Partners I, LLC and (v) ValueAct Holdings GP, LLC as General Partner of ValueAct Holdings, L.P. The reporting persons disclaim beneficial ownership of the reported stock except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

 

(12) Includes (i) 37,965 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC (which are attributable to Axle LLC), by virtue of Mr. Clingen’s common ownership interest in Axle LLC, and (ii) 100,303 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC, by virtue of Mr. Clingen’s common ownership interest in KAR LLC.

 

(13) Includes (i) 51,373 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options that are currently exercisable, (ii) 2,592 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC (which are attributable to Axle LLC), by virtue of Mr. O’Brien’s common ownership interest in Axle LLC and (iii) 201 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC, by virtue of Mr. O’Brien’s common ownership interest in KAR LLC.

 

(14) Includes 10,030 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC, by virtue of Mr. Hallett’s common ownership interest in KAR LLC.

 

(15) Includes 201 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC, by virtue of Mr. Phillips’ common ownership interest in KAR LLC.

 

(16) Includes 301 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC, by virtue of Mr. Loughmiller’s common ownership interest in KAR LLC.

 

(17) Includes (i) 2,647 shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options that are currently exercisable, (ii) 380 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC (which are attributable to Axle LLC), by virtue of Mr. Nordin’s common ownership interest in Axle LLC and (iii) 502 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC, by virtue of Mr. Nordin’s common ownership interest in KAR LLC.

 

(18) Includes 752 shares of common stock held of record by KAR LLC, by virtue of Ms. Polak’s common ownership interest in KAR LLC.

 

(19) Mr. Mehra is a managing director of Goldman, Sachs & Co. Mr. Mehra and The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. each disclaims beneficial ownership of the common stock owned directly or indirectly by the Goldman Funds and Goldman Sachs & Co., except to the extent of his or its pecuniary interest therein, if any. Each of The Goldman Sachs Group Inc. and Goldman Sachs & Co. disclaims beneficial ownership of the common shares owned directly or indirectly by the Goldman Funds, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein, if any.

 

(20) Includes shares of common stock the beneficial ownership of which (i) Mr. Wahrhaftig may be deemed to share, as described in footnote 5 above, (ii) Mr. Moore may be deemed to share, as described in footnote 5 above, (iii) Mr. Kamin may be deemed to share, as described in footnote 11 above and (iv) Mr. Mehra may be deemed to share, as described in footnote 19 above.

 

(21) The business address for these persons is c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co., 85 Broad Street, 10th Floor, New York, NY 10004.

 

144


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Agreements in connection with the Transactions

Simultaneously with the consummation of the Transactions on April 20, 2007, we entered into the following agreements.

Contribution Agreement

Axle LLC entered into a contribution agreement with us, KAR LLC and the Equity Sponsors and certain other parties. Pursuant to the contribution agreement, Axle LLC contributed (the “Contribution”) all of the shares of common stock of Axle Holdings, Inc. (its wholly-owned subsidiary which directly owns all of the shares of common stock of IAAI) to KAR LLC simultaneously with the closing of the Transactions in exchange for a number of Class B common units in KAR LLC equal to approximately $272.4 million divided by $100 (the per unit price paid by the Equity Sponsors for Class A common units in KAR LLC at the closing of the Transactions). After the Contribution, KAR LLC contributed the shares of Axle Holdings, Inc. to us in exchange for our shares. After the completion of the Transactions, we own, directly or indirectly, all of the issued and outstanding common stock of IAAI and ADESA.

Shareholders Agreement

We entered into a shareholders agreement with KAR LLC and each of Thomas C. O’Brien, Scott P. Pettit, David R. Montgomery, Donald J. Hermanek, John W. Kett, John R. Nordin and Sidney L. Kerley (collectively, the “IAAI continuing investors”). Under the terms of the shareholders agreement, KAR LLC has the right to designate all the directors on our board of directors, which is comprised of the same individuals that serve on the board of directors of KAR LLC, as discussed below.

The shareholders agreement generally restricts the transfer of shares of common stock and options acquired pursuant to the Conversion Agreements described below (including any shares into which any such options have been exercised) owned by the IAAI continuing investors, or any other shareholders, that are or become parties to the agreement. Exceptions to this restriction include certain transfers of shares or such options for estate planning purposes, certain pledges and certain involuntary transfers in connection with a default, foreclosure, forfeiture, divorce, court order or otherwise than by a voluntary decision of the IAAI continuing investor, or any other shareholder, that is or becomes a party to the agreement (so long as we have been given the opportunity to purchase the shares or options subject to such involuntary transfer).

In addition, the parties to the shareholders agreement have “tag-along” rights to sell their shares of common stock on a pro rata basis with KAR LLC in sales by KAR LLC to third parties, and KAR LLC has “drag-along” rights to cause the other parties to the shareholders agreement to sell their shares of common stock on a pro rata basis with KAR LLC in sales by KAR LLC to third parties. The IAAI continuing investors are subject to “put” and “call” rights, which entitle these persons to require us to purchase their shares or options acquired pursuant to the Conversion Agreements described below, and which entitle us to require these persons to sell such shares or options to us, upon certain terminations of the shareholder’s employment with us or any of our affiliates (including IAAI or ADESA), at differing prices, depending upon the circumstances of the termination.

Registration Rights Agreement

We entered into a registration rights agreement with KAR LLC and the IAAI continuing investors. Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, KAR LLC (at the request of the initiating holders (i.e., at any time, all of Kelso, ValueAct and Goldman, or, at any time following the third anniversary of a qualified initial public offering of our common stock (as specified in the LLC agreement), two of Kelso, ValueAct and Goldman) will have the right, subject to certain conditions, to make an unlimited number of requests that we use our best efforts to register under the Securities Act the shares of our common stock owned by KAR LLC. In any demand registration, or if KAR Holdings proposes to register any shares (subject to certain exceptions, such as benefit plan registrations), all of the parties to the registration rights agreement have “piggyback rights” to participate on a pro rata basis, subject to certain conditions, which in the case of KAR LLC will include the right of each

 

145


Table of Contents

member of KAR LLC to direct KAR LLC to include shares of common stock attributable to each such member of KAR LLC based on such member’s ownership interest in KAR LLC.

LLC Agreement

Affiliates or designees of the Equity Sponsors, Axle LLC, our executive officers and certain other employees and third parties entered into an amended and restated limited liability company agreement of KAR LLC, or the LLC Agreement. The Equity Sponsors and their affiliates or designees and our executive officers and other employees and third parties hold all of the Class A common units in KAR LLC. In addition, pursuant to the Contribution, Axle LLC owns all of the Class B common units in KAR LLC. The Class B common units are identical to the Class A common units in all respects, except with respect to distributions (distributions to holders of units in KAR LLC are made pro rata based on the number of units held by such holder based on the amount being distributed to such holders, plus the amount paid or payable to the IAAI continuing investors in respect of the options held (or any common stock obtained upon the exercise of such options) in Axle Holdings, Inc. that were converted into options to purchase our common stock pursuant to the Conversion Agreements described below; provided, however, in order to prevent dilution to the holders of KAR LLC common units (other than Axle LLC) that would be caused by the payment of amounts to the IAAI continuing investors in respect of options held by the IAAI continuing investors (or any equity obtained by the IAAI continuing investors upon the exercise of such options), the amount available for distribution to Axle LLC (in respect of the Class B common units held by Axle LLC) is reduced dollar-for-dollar by the net amount paid to the IAAI continuing investors in respect of such converted options (or any equity obtained upon the exercise of such options) in connection with such distribution.

The LLC Agreement provides that our executive officers and others having senior management and/or strategic planning-type responsibilities may be awarded profit interests in KAR LLC that may entitle such individuals to a portion of the future appreciation in the value of the assets of KAR LLC (including the stock in IAAI and ADESA held through us). The combined economic interest in the appreciation in the equity of KAR Holdings granted to those individuals receiving profit interests and to employees of IAAI and/or ADESA through the KAR Holdings stock incentive plan was approximately 12% of the initial equity of KAR LLC at closing of the Transactions before giving effect to dilution, in the aggregate. The incentive plan is segregated as follows: approximately 3% service related options/profits interests that vest annually over four years and approximately 9% performance related options/profits interests that vest ratably as the members of KAR LLC achieve investment multiples on their original investment in KAR LLC, subject to a minimum internal rate of return threshold.

The LLC Agreement generally restricts the transfer of interests in KAR LLC owned by the Equity Sponsors (and their affiliates, designees or permitted transferees), our executive officers and the other employees and third parties holding equity interests in KAR LLC (the “Holders”). Exceptions to this restriction include transfers of common interests by our executive officers party thereto for certain estate planning purposes and certain involuntary transfers by the Holders in connection with a default, foreclosure, forfeiture, divorce, court order or otherwise than by a voluntary decision of the continuing investor (so long as KAR LLC has been given the opportunity to purchase the interests subject to such involuntary transfer). In addition, each Holder has customary pro rata “tag-along” rights to sell their common interests in KAR LLC in the event of a proposed sale that is permitted by the LLC Agreement of common interests in KAR LLC by any of the Equity Sponsors or Axle LLC to a third party. Similarly, if any two of Kelso, Goldman or ValueAct elect to sell 80% or more of their common interests in KAR LLC to a third party, each of the remaining Holders is required to sell (upon exercise of such selling Holders “drag-along” rights) a pro rata portion of their respective common interests based on their respective ownership of common interests to such third party at the same price as such selling Holders’ elect to sell their common interests.

The LLC Agreement provides that the Board of Directors of KAR LLC is comprised of members having the right to cast 19 votes at a meeting of the Board of Directors. The members of the Board are appointed and removed as follows: Kelso, Goldman and ValueAct each has the right to appoint and remove two directors with each group of two directors having the power to collectively cast a total of five votes at a Board meeting; Parthenon has the right to appoint and remove one director with the power to cast a total of one vote at a Board

 

146


Table of Contents

meeting; any two of Kelso, Goldman and ValueAct have the right to appoint two officers of KAR LLC (initially at the closing of the Transactions, Thomas C. O’Brien and James P. Hallett) as members to the Board with the right to cast one vote each; and the chief executive officer of KAR LLC is entitled to serve on the Board and has the right to cast one vote at a Board meeting. Pursuant to the LLC Agreement, KAR LLC would dissolve and its affairs wound up upon the occurrence of: (i) the vote of the board of directors and members or (ii) any event which under applicable law would cause the dissolution of KAR LLC.

Conversion Agreements

Each of the IAAI continuing investors entered into a separate conversion agreement with us under which such IAAI continuing investor exchanged, at the closing of Merger and the Contribution, options to purchase common stock of Axle Holdings, Inc. for options to purchase our common stock. The IAAI continuing investors converted stock options of Axle Holdings, Inc. having an aggregate spread value of approximately $8.9 million for our stock options with an equivalent spread value. As a result of these conversion agreements, the IAAI continuing investors hold options to purchase our stock after the Merger and Contribution representing in the aggregate approximately 1.0% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis.

Financial Advisory Agreements

Under the terms of financial advisory agreements entered into between the Equity Sponsors (or their affiliates) and us, upon completion of the Merger and Contribution on April 20, 2007, we made a closing payment to the Equity Sponsors or their affiliates in an aggregate amount equal to 1.25% of the enterprise value of ADESA (excluding transaction costs). This closing payment was made to the Equity Sponsors or their affiliates pro rata based on their respective cash contributions to KAR LLC at the closing of the Transactions (which, in the case of ValueAct, included the value of any shares of ADESA common stock contributed to KAR LLC on or prior to the closing of the Transactions). In addition, under the financial advisory agreements, after completion of the Transactions, we have paid and will continue to pay an aggregate financial advisory fee of $3,500,000 per annum, payable quarterly in advance, to the Equity Sponsors or their affiliates (with the first such fee, prorated for the remainder of the then current quarter, paid at the closing of the Transactions on April 20, 2007), for services provided or to be provided by each of the Equity Sponsors or their affiliates to us. The ongoing financial advisory fee has been and will continue to be paid to the Equity Sponsors or their affiliates pro rata based on their respective cash contributions to KAR LLC at the closing of the Transactions (which, in the case of ValueAct, included the value of any shares of ADESA common stock contributed to KAR LLC on or prior to the closing of the Transactions and, in the case of Goldman, Sachs & Co., included contributions by GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P. and its affiliated funds). For purposes of such calculation, the aggregate cash contributions made by affiliates of Kelso ($121,460,000) and Parthenon ($15,000,000) to Axle LLC prior to the closing of the Transactions was deemed cash capital contributions made to KAR LLC at the closing of the Transactions.

Pursuant to the financial advisory agreements, we indemnified the Equity Sponsors and their respective officers, directors, affiliates’, partners, employees, agents and control persons (as such term is used in the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder) in connection with the Transactions, the Equity Sponsors investment in KAR LLC and its subsidiaries, the Equity Sponsors control of ADESA or any of its subsidiaries and the services rendered to us and our subsidiaries (including IAAI and ADESA) under the financial advisory agreement. The agreement also provides that we will reimburse the Equity Sponsor’s expenses incurred with respect to services to be provided to us and our subsidiaries on a going-forward basis.

On April 20, 2007, we paid to BP Capital Management, an investment management company, a fee of $446,473.95 for the provision of certain structuring, advisory and other services related to the Transactions, pursuant to the terms of letter agreement between BP Capital Management and us. Brian Clingen, who is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and beneficially owns approximately 1.3% of our common stock, is a founder and president of BP Capital Management.

 

147


Table of Contents

Axle LLC Agreement

Affiliates of Kelso, affiliates of Parthenon and Magnetite Asset Investors III, L.L.C., Brian T. Clingen, Dan Simon and the IAAI continuing investors entered into the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Axle LLC, dated May 25, 2005, or the Axle LLC Agreement. Affiliates of Kelso and Parthenon and Magnetite and Mr. Clingen and a trust established to monitor the estate of Mr. Simon own approximately 99.9% of the common interests in Axle LLC and the IAAI continuing investors own less than 0.4%. The Axle LLC Agreement, among other things, provides that the IAAI continuing investors were awarded profit interests in Axle LLC that may entitle such persons to a portion of the future appreciation in the value of the assets of Axle LLC. The combined economic interest in the appreciation in the value of the assets of Axle LLC granted to the IAAI continuing investors through profit interests and to employees of IAAI through the Axle Holdings, Inc. stock incentive plan was approximately 13% on a fully diluted basis, in the aggregate.

Axle Conversion Agreements and Exchange Agreements

On May 25, 2005, each of the IAAI continuing investors entered into a separate conversion agreement and a separate exchange agreement with Axle Holdings, Inc. under which the IAAI continuing investor agreed to (i) exchange, effective as of the closing of the 2005 Acquisition, certain options to purchase common stock of IAAI for options to purchase common stock of Axle Holdings, Inc. and (ii) accept a cash payment in exchange for cancellation of his remaining options to purchase common stock in IAAI. The IAAI continuing investors converted and exchanged stock options of IAAI having an aggregate spread value of approximately $3.3 million for Axle Holdings, Inc. stock options with an equivalent spread value and received an aggregate payment of $11.4 million for cancellation of their remaining options. As a result of these agreements, the IAAI continuing investors hold options to purchase Axle Holdings, Inc. stock representing in the aggregate approximately 4.8% of the common stock of Axle Holdings, Inc. on a fully diluted basis immediately after the 2005 Acquisition. These options were converted into options in us pursuant to the conversion agreements entered into between us and the IAAI continuing investors described above.

Towing and Transportation Services

In the ordinary course of business, we have received towing, transportation and recovery services from companies which are controlled by Brian Clingen, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Services received from these companies were approximately $0.8 million for fiscal year 2007. The transportation services were provided on terms consistent with those of other providers of similar services.

Transactions with the GS Entities and Their Affiliates

GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P. and other private equity funds affiliates with Goldman, Sachs & Co. beneficially own approximately 25.3% of our issued and outstanding common stock. Under the registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the notes, we agreed to file a “market-making” prospectus in order to enable Goldman, Sachs & Co. to engage in market-making activities for the notes. Goldman, Sachs & Co., acted as initial purchaser in the offering of the Restricted Notes. Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., an affiliate of GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., was part of the banking syndicate for our credit facility. In addition, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and its affiliates may in the future engage in commercial banking, investment banking or other financial advisory transactions with us and our affiliates.

Termination of 2005 Agreements

Upon the closing of the Transactions on April 20, 2007, Axle LLC terminated all existing agreements containing any preemptive, registration, voting, liquidation, conversion or other rights relating to the equity interests of Axle Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries. In addition, at such closing, all existing agreements (including the existing financial advisory agreement) relating to the payment of any fees or reimbursement of any expenses of any member of Axle LLC (including Kelso and Parthenon) by Axle Holdings, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries and certain other 2005 Acquisition agreements were terminated, including the following agreements.

 

148


Table of Contents

2005 Shareholders Agreement

On May 25, 2005, Axle Holdings, Inc. entered into a shareholders agreement with Axle LLC, which owns all of Axle Holdings, Inc.’s issued and outstanding common stock, and Thomas C. O’Brien, Scott P. Pettit, David R. Montgomery, Donald J. Hermanek, John W. Kett, John R. Nordin and Sidney L. Kerley (the “IAAI 2005 Investors”), who own options to purchase common stock of Axle Holdings, Inc. The shareholders agreement, among other things, provides Axle LLC rights to designate directors to the board of directors of Axle Holdings, restricts generally the transfer of shares of common stock and options owned by the IAAI 2005 Investors.

2005 Registration Rights Agreement

Axle Holdings, Inc. entered into a registration rights agreement with the other parties to the shareholders agreement on May 25, 2005. Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, Axle LLC has the right to make an unlimited number of requests that Axle Holdings, Inc. use its best efforts to register its shares under the Securities Act.

2005 Financial Advisory Agreements

Under the terms of a financial advisory and closing fee letter agreement between Kelso and Axle Merger Sub, Inc. entered into upon completion of the 2005 Acquisition, IAAI (1) paid a fee of $4.475 million to Kelso and (2) commenced paying to Kelso an annual financial advisory fee of $500,000 payable in quarterly installments in advance (with the first such installment, prorated for the remainder of the then current quarter, paid at the closing of the 2005 Acquisition) for services to be provided by Kelso to IAAI. The financial advisory agreement provides that IAAI will indemnify Kelso, Axle Holdings, Inc. and Kelso’s officers, directors, affiliates and their respective partners, employees, agents and control persons (as such term is used in the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder) in connection with the 2005 Acquisition and the transactions contemplated by the related merger agreement (including the financing of the merger), Kelso’s investment in IAAI, Kelso’s control of Axle Merger Sub, Inc., IAAI and their respective subsidiaries, and the services rendered to IAAI under the financial advisory agreement. It requires IAAI to reimburse Kelso’s expenses incurred in connection with the 2005 Acquisition and with respect to services to be provided to IAAI on a going-forward basis. The financial advisory agreement also provides for the payment of certain fees by IAAI to Kelso, as may be determined by the board of directors of IAAI and Kelso, in connection with future investment banking services and for the reimbursement by IAAI of expenses incurred by Kelso in connection with such services.

Under the terms of a letter agreement between PCAP, L.P., an affiliate of Parthenon, and Axle Merger Sub, Inc., upon completion of the 2005 Acquisition, IAAI paid to PCAP, L.P. a fee of $525,000.

 

149


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Overview

On April 20, 2007, we entered into a $1,865 million senior credit facility, pursuant to the terms and conditions of a credit agreement with Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders. The Credit Agreement has a six and one-half year term that expires on October 19, 2013. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the lenders committed to provide advances and letters of credit in an aggregate amount of up to $1,865 million subject to certain conditions. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement may be used to finance working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions permitted under the Credit Agreement and for other corporate purposes.

The Credit Agreement provides for a six and one-half year $1,565 million term loan and a six-year $300 million revolving credit facility. The term loan will be repaid in quarterly installments at an amount of 0.25% of the initial term loan, with the remaining principal balance due on October 19, 2013. The revolving credit facility may be used for loans, and up to $75 million may be used for letters of credit. The revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until April 19, 2013, at which time all revolving amounts borrowed must be repaid.

At September 30, 2007, $1,561.1 million was outstanding on the term loan and there were no borrowings under the revolving credit facility. There were related outstanding letters of credit totaling approximately $17.5 million at September 30, 2007, which reduce the amount available under our credit facilities. Our Canadian operations had letters of credit outstanding totaling $2.5 million at September 30, 2007, which do not impact amounts available under our credit facilities. We believe our sources of liquidity from our cash and cash equivalents on hand, working capital, cash provided by operating activities, and availability under our credit facilities are sufficient to meet our short and long-term operating needs for the foreseeable future. In addition, we believe the previously mentioned sources of liquidity will be sufficient to fund our capital requirements and debt service payments for the next twelve months.

Prepayments

The principal amount of the term loan amortizes in quarterly installments equal to 0.25% of the original principal amount of the term loans, with the balance payable at maturity.

Subject to certain exceptions, our senior credit facilities are subject to mandatory prepayments and reduction in an amount equal to:

 

   

the net proceeds of (1) certain debt offerings by us or any of our subsidiaries, (2) certain asset sales by us or any of our subsidiaries (subject to customary reinvestment provisions), and (3) certain insurance recovery and condemnation events (subject to customary reinvestment provisions); and

 

   

50% of excess cash flow subject to reduction based on our achievement of specified consolidated senior leverage ratio levels.

Voluntary prepayments and commitment reductions are permitted, in whole or in part, in minimum amounts without premium or penalty, other than customary breakage costs.

Security; Guarantees

Our obligations under our senior credit facilities are guaranteed by each of our existing and certain future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

 

150


Table of Contents

Our senior credit facilities and certain interest rate hedging agreements thereof, subject to certain exceptions, are secured on a first priority basis by (i) pledges of all the capital stock of all our direct or indirect material domestic subsidiaries and up to 65% of the capital stock of each of our direct foreign subsidiaries and (ii) liens on substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets of us and the guarantors.

Interest

Our revolving credit facility bears interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 150 basis points to 225 basis points depending on our total leverage ratio. As of September 30, 2007, our revolving credit facility margin based on its leverage ratio was 225 basis points. Our term loan facility bears interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin of either 200 basis points or 225 basis points depending on our total leverage ratio and ratings received from Moody’s and Standard and Poor’s. As of September 30, 2007, our term loan facility margin was 225 basis points.

Fees

Our fees with respect to our senior credit facilities include (i) fees on the unused commitments of the lenders under the revolving facility, (ii) letter of credit fees on the aggregate face amount of outstanding letters of credit plus a fronting fee to the issuing bank, and (iii) administration fees.

Covenants

The Credit Agreement contains certain restrictive loan covenants, including, among others, financial covenants requiring a maximum consolidated senior secured leverage ratio, provided there are revolving commitments outstanding, and covenants limiting our ability to incur indebtedness, grant liens, make acquisitions, be acquired, dispose of assets, pay dividends, make capital expenditures and make investments. The leverage ratio covenants are based on consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization) adjusted to exclude (a) gains and losses from asset sales; (b) unrealized foreign currency translation gains and losses in respect of indebtedness; (c) certain non-recurring gains and losses; (d) stock option expense; (e) certain other noncash amounts included in the determination of net income; (f) management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees paid to the equity sponsors; (g) charges and revenue reductions resulting from purchase accounting; (h) unrealized gains and losses on hedge agreements; (i) minority expense; (j) expenses associated with the consolidation of salvage operations; (k) consulting expenses incurred for cost reduction, operating restructuring and business improvement efforts; (l) expenses realized upon the termination of employees and the termination or cancellation of leases, software licenses or other contracts in connection with the operational restructuring and business improvement efforts; and (m) expenses incurred in connection with permitted acquisitions.

The covenants contained within our senior credit facilities are critical to an investor’s understanding of our financial liquidity, as the violation of these covenants could cause a default and lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed due and payable. In addition, our notes contain certain financial and operational restrictions on paying dividends and other distributions, making certain acquisitions or investments, incurring indebtedness, granting liens and selling assets. These financial covenants affect our operating flexibility by, among other things, restricting its ability to incur expenses and indebtedness that could be used to grow the business, as well as to fund general corporate purposes. We are not required to assess compliance with the covenants until December 31, 2007.

Events of Default

Our senior credit facilities contain customary events of default including non-payment of principal, interest or fees, failure to comply with covenants, inaccuracy of representation or warranties in any material respect, cross-default to certain other indebtedness, loss of lien perfection or priority, invalidity of guarantees, certain specified ERISA events, material judgments, change of control, and certain bankruptcy or insolvency events.

 

151


Table of Contents

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose of the Exchange Offer

When we sold the Restricted Notes on April 20, 2007, we and the guarantors of the Restricted Notes entered into a registration rights agreement with the initial purchasers of those Restricted Notes. Under the terms of the registration rights agreement, we and the guarantors of the Restricted Notes agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

   

file with the SEC and cause to become effective a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange the Restricted Notes for the Exchange Notes;

 

   

keep the exchange offer open for not less than 20 business days (or longer if required by applicable law) after the date of notice thereof is mailed to the holders of the Restricted Notes; and

 

   

complete the exchange offer within 360 days of the issue date of the Restricted Notes.

We and the guarantors also agreed to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective with the SEC and to initiate this exchange offer as promptly as practicable after the registration statement is declared effective. The registration rights agreement provides that we will be required to pay additional cash interest (“additional interest”) to the holders of the Restricted Notes if we do not complete the exchange offer within 360 days of the date that we sold the Restricted Notes (April 20, 2007) or if after a shelf registration statement with respect to the Restricted Notes is declared (or becomes automatically) effective such registration statement thereafter ceases to be effective. Under some circumstances set forth in the registration rights agreement, holders of Restricted Notes, including holders who are not permitted to participate in the exchange offer or who may not freely sell Exchange Notes received in the exchange offer, may require us to file and cause to become effective, a shelf registration statement covering resales of the Restricted Notes by these holders.

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Restricted Notes, where the Restricted Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes. By so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. See “Plan of Distribution.”

The exchange offer is not being made to holders of Restricted Notes in any jurisdiction in which the exchange would not comply with the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdiction. The summary herein of certain provisions of the registration rights agreement does not purport to be complete, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, all the provisions of the registration rights agreement, a copy of which is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Terms of the Exchange Offer; Extensions and Amendments

Subject to the terms and the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions detailed in this prospectus, we will accept for exchange Restricted Notes which are properly tendered on or prior to the expiration date and not withdrawn as permitted below. As used herein, the term “expiration date” means 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                     , 2008. We may, however, in our sole discretion, extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open. The term “expiration date” means the latest time and date to which the exchange offer is extended.

The form and terms of the Exchange Notes will be identical in all material respects to the form and terms of the Restricted Notes except the Exchange Notes will be registered under the Securities Act, will not bear legends restricting their transfer and will not provide for any additional interest upon our failure to fulfill our obligations

 

152


Table of Contents

under the applicable registration rights agreement to complete the exchange offer, or file, and cause to be effective, a shelf registration statement, if required thereby, within the specified time period. The Exchange Notes will evidence the same debt as the Restricted Notes. The Floating Rate Senior Exchange Notes, the Fixed Rate Senior Exchange Notes and the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes will be issued under and entitled to the benefits of the same indentures that authorized the issuance of the respective Restricted Notes. For a description of the indentures, see “Description of the Senior Exchange Notes” and “Description of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes.”

As of the date of this prospectus, (i) $150 million aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 are outstanding, (ii) $450 million aggregate principal amount of 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 are outstanding and (iii) $425 million aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 are outstanding. This prospectus is first being sent on or about the date hereof, to all holders of Restricted Notes known to us. There is no fixed record date for determining registered holders of outstanding Restricted Notes entitled to participate in the exchange offer.

We expressly reserve the right, at any time prior to the expiration of the exchange offer, to extend the period of time during which the exchange offer is open, and delay acceptance for exchange of any Restricted Notes, by giving oral or written notice of such extension to holders thereof as described below. During any such extension, all Restricted Notes previously tendered will remain subject to the exchange offer and may be accepted for exchange by us. Any Restricted Notes not accepted for exchange for any reason will be returned without expense to an account maintained with DTC as promptly as practicable after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

Restricted Notes tendered in the exchange offer must be in denominations of principal amount of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.

We expressly reserve the right to amend or terminate the exchange offer, and not to accept for exchange any Restricted Notes, upon the occurrence of any of the conditions of the exchange offer specified under “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” We will give oral or written notice of any extension, amendment, non acceptance or termination to the holders of the Restricted Notes as promptly as practicable. Such notice, in the case of any extension, will be issued by means of a press release or other public announcement no later than 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the next business day after the previously scheduled expiration date.

Procedures for Tendering Restricted Notes

You may only tender your Restricted Notes by book-entry transfer of the Restricted Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC. The tender to us of Restricted Notes by you, as set forth below, and our acceptance of the Restricted Notes will constitute a binding agreement between us and you, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus. Except as set forth below, to tender Restricted Notes for exchange pursuant to the exchange offer, you must transmit an agent’s message to The Bank of New York, as exchange agent, at the address listed below under the heading “—Exchange Agent.” In addition, the exchange agent must receive, on or prior to the expiration date, a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer (a “book-entry confirmation”) of the Restricted Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC.

The term “agent’s message” means a message, transmitted to DTC and received by the exchange agent and forming a part of a book-entry transfer.

If you are a beneficial owner whose Restricted Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee, and wish to tender, you should promptly instruct the registered holder to tender on your behalf. Any registered holder that is a participant in DTC’s book-entry transfer facility system may make book-entry delivery of the Restricted Notes by causing DTC to transfer the Restricted Notes into the exchange agent’s account.

 

153


Table of Contents

We or the exchange agent, in our sole discretion, will make a final and binding determination on all questions as to the validity, form, eligibility (including time of receipt) and acceptance of Restricted Notes tendered for exchange. We reserve the absolute right to reject any and all tenders not properly tendered or to not accept any tender which acceptance might, in our judgment or our counsel’s, be unlawful. We also reserve the absolute right to waive any defects or irregularities or conditions of the exchange offer as to any individual tender before the expiration date (including the right to waive the ineligibility of any holder who seeks to tender Restricted Notes in the exchange offer). Our or the exchange agent’s interpretation of the terms and conditions of the exchange offer as to any particular tender either before or after the expiration date will be final and binding on all parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders of Restricted Notes for exchange must be cured within a reasonable period of time, as we determine. We are not, nor are the exchange agent or any other person, under any duty to notify you of any defect or irregularity with respect to your tender of Restricted Notes for exchange, and no one will be liable for failing to provide such notification.

By tendering Restricted Notes, you represent to us that: (i) you are acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business, (ii) you have no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act, (iii) you are not an affiliate, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, of the Company, (iv) if you are not a broker-dealer, that you are not engaged in, and do not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Notes and (v) if you are a broker-dealer, that you will receive the Exchange Notes for your own account in exchange for Restricted Notes that were acquired by you as a result of your market-making or other trading activities and that you will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. For further information regarding resales of the Exchange Notes by participating broker-dealers, see the discussion under the caption “Plan of Distribution.”

If any holder or other person is an “affiliate” of ours, as defined under Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or is engaged in, or intends to engage in, or has an arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Notes, that holder or other person cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC, may not tender its Restricted Notes in the exchange offer and must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Restricted Notes, where the Restricted Notes were acquired by it as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus that meets the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale of the Exchange Notes. By so acknowledging and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act. See “Plan of Distribution.”

Furthermore, any broker-dealer that acquired any of its Restricted Notes directly from us:

 

   

may not rely on the applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC’s position contained in Exxon Capital Holdings Corp., SEC no-action letter (April 13, 1988), Morgan, Stanley & Co. Inc., SEC no-action letter (June 5, 1991) and Shearman & Sterling, SEC no-action letter (July 2, 1993); and

 

   

must also be named as a selling bondholder in connection with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act relating to any resale transaction.

By delivering an agent’s message, a beneficial owner (whose Restricted Notes are registered in the name of a broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee) or holder will be deemed to have irrevocably appointed the exchange agent as its agent and attorney-in-fact (with full knowledge that the exchange agent is also acting as an agent for us in connection with the exchange offer) with respect to the Restricted Notes, with full power of substitution (such power of attorney being deemed to be an irrevocable power coupled with an interest subject only to the right of withdrawal described in this prospectus), to receive for our account all benefits and otherwise exercise all rights of beneficial ownership of such Restricted Notes, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the exchange offer.

 

154


Table of Contents

Each beneficial owner or holder will also be deemed to have represented and warranted to us that it has authority to tender, exchange, sell, assign and transfer the Restricted Notes it tenders and that, when the same are accepted for exchange, we will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title to such Restricted Notes, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges and encumbrances, and that the Restricted Notes tendered are not subject to any adverse claims or proxies. Each beneficial owner and holder, by tendering its Restricted Notes, also agrees that it will comply with its obligations under the registration rights agreement.

Acceptance of Restricted Notes for Exchange; Delivery of Exchange Notes

Upon satisfaction or waiver of all of the conditions to the exchange offer, we will accept, promptly after the expiration date, all Restricted Notes properly tendered and will issue the Exchange Notes promptly after acceptance of the Restricted Notes. See “—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.” For purposes of the exchange offer, we will be deemed to have accepted properly tendered Restricted Notes for exchange if and when we give oral (confirmed in writing) or written notice to the exchange agent.

The holder of each Restricted Note accepted for exchange will receive the applicable Exchange Note in the amount equal to the surrendered Restricted Note. Holders of Exchange Notes on the relevant record date for the first interest payment date following the consummation of the exchange offer will receive interest accruing from the most recent date to which interest has been paid on the Restricted Notes or, if no interest has been paid, from the issue date of the Restricted Notes. Holders of Exchange Notes will not receive any payment in respect of accrued interest on Restricted Notes otherwise payable on any interest payment date, the record date for which occurs on or after the consummation of the exchange offer.

In all cases, issuance of Exchange Notes for Restricted Notes that are accepted for exchange will be made only after timely receipt by the exchange agent of an agent’s message and a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer of the Restricted Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC.

If any tendered Restricted Notes are not accepted for any reason set forth in the terms and conditions of the exchange offer or if Restricted Notes are submitted for a greater principal amount than the holder desires to exchange, such unaccepted or non-exchanged Restricted Notes will be returned without expense to an account maintained with DTC promptly after the expiration or termination of the exchange offer.

Book–Entry Transfers

The exchange agent will make a request to establish an account for the Restricted Notes at DTC for purposes of the exchange offer within two business days after the date of this prospectus. Any financial institution that is a participant in DTC’s systems must make book-entry delivery of Restricted Notes by causing DTC to transfer those Restricted Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC in accordance with DTC’s procedures for transfer. This participant should transmit its acceptance to DTC on or prior to the expiration date. DTC will verify this acceptance, execute a book-entry transfer of the tendered Restricted Notes into the exchange agent’s account at DTC and then send to the exchange agent confirmation of this book-entry transfer. The transmission of the Restricted Notes and agent’s message to DTC and delivery by DTC to and receipt by the exchange agent of the related agent’s message will be deemed to be a valid tender.

Withdrawal Rights

For a withdrawal of a tender of Restricted Notes to be effective, the exchange agent must receive a valid withdrawal request through the Automated Tender Offer Program system from the tendering DTC participant before the expiration date. Any such request for withdrawal must include the VOI number of the tender to be withdrawn and the name of the ultimate beneficial owner of the related Restricted Notes in order that such notes may be withdrawn. Properly withdrawn Restricted Notes may be re-tendered by following the procedures described under “—Procedures for Tendering Restricted Notes” above at any time on or before 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the expiration date.

 

155


Table of Contents

We will determine all questions as to the validity, form and eligibility, including time of receipt, of notices of withdrawal. Any Restricted Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly tendered for exchange. No Exchange Notes will be issued unless the Restricted Notes so withdrawn are validly re-tendered.

Conditions to the Exchange Offer

Notwithstanding any other provision of the exchange offer, we are not required to accept for exchange, or to issue Exchange Notes in exchange for, any Restricted Notes and may terminate or amend the exchange offer, if any of the following events occur prior to acceptance of such Restricted Notes:

(a) the exchange offer violates any applicable law or applicable interpretation of the staff of the SEC; or

(b) there is threatened, instituted or pending any action or proceeding before, or any injunction, order or decree has been issued by, any court or governmental agency or other governmental regulatory or administrative agency or commission,

(1) seeking to restrain or prohibit the making or consummation of the exchange offer or any other transaction contemplated by the exchange offer, or assessing or seeking any damages as a result thereof, or

(2) resulting in a material delay in our ability to accept for exchange or exchange some or all of the Exchange Notes pursuant to the exchange offer;

or any statute, rule, regulation, order or injunction has been sought, proposed, introduced, enacted, promulgated or deemed applicable to the exchange offer or any of the transactions contemplated by the exchange offer by any government or governmental authority, domestic or foreign, or any action has been taken, proposed or threatened, by any government, governmental authority, agency or court, domestic or foreign, that in our sole judgment might, directly or indirectly, result in any of the consequences referred to in clauses (1) or (2) above or, in our reasonable judgment, might result in the holders of Exchange Notes having obligations with respect to resales and transfers of Exchange Notes which are greater than those described in the interpretations of the SEC referred to in this prospectus, or would otherwise make it inadvisable to proceed with the exchange offer; or

(c) there has occurred:

(1) any general suspension of or general limitation on prices for, or trading in, securities on any national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market,

(2) any limitation by a governmental agency or authority which may adversely affect our ability to complete the transactions contemplated by the exchange offer,

(3) a declaration of a banking moratorium or any suspension of payments in respect of banks in the United States or any limitation by any governmental agency or authority which adversely affects the extension of credit, or

(4) a commencement of a war, armed hostilities or other similar international calamity directly or indirectly involving the United States, or, in the case of any of the foregoing existing at the time of the commencement of the exchange offer, a material acceleration or worsening thereof; or

(5) any change (or any development involving a prospective change) has occurred or is threatened in our business, properties, assets, liabilities, financial condition, operations, results of operations or prospects and our subsidiaries taken as a whole that, in our reasonable judgment, is or may be adverse to us, or we have become aware of facts that, in our reasonable judgment, have or may have adverse significance with respect to the value of the Restricted Notes or the Exchange Notes;

which in our reasonable judgment in any case, and regardless of the circumstances (including any action by us) giving rise to any such condition, makes it inadvisable to proceed with the exchange offer and/or with such acceptance for exchange or with such exchange.

 

156


Table of Contents

In addition, we will not be obligated to accept for exchange the Restricted Notes of any holder that has not made to us:

 

   

the representations described under “—Purpose of the Exchange Offer,” “—Procedures for Tendering Restricted Notes” and “Plan of Distribution;” or

 

   

any other representations as may be reasonably necessary under applicable SEC rules, regulations, or interpretations to make available to us an appropriate form for registration of the exchange notes under the Securities Act.

The foregoing conditions are for our sole benefit and may be asserted by us regardless of the circumstances giving rise to any condition or may be waived by us in whole or in part at any time in our reasonable discretion. Our failure at any time to exercise any of the foregoing rights will not be deemed a waiver of any such right and each such right will be deemed an ongoing right which may be asserted at any time.

In addition, we will not accept for exchange any Restricted Notes tendered, and no Exchange Notes will be issued in exchange for any such Restricted Notes, if at such time any stop order is threatened or in effect with respect to the registration statement, of which this prospectus constitutes a part, or the qualification of the indentures governing the Restricted Notes and the Exchange Notes under the Trust Indenture Act.

Exchange Agent

We have appointed Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as the exchange agent for the exchange offer. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for additional copies of this prospectus or of other documents should be directed to the exchange agent addressed as follows:

 

By Registered or

Certified Mail:

 

By Regular Mail or

Overnight Courier:

  By Hand Delivery:

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Corporate Trust Operations

MAC N9303-121

P.O. Box 1517

Minneapolis, MN 55480

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

Corporate Trust Operations

MAC N9303-121

Sixth & Marquette Avenue Minneapolis, MN 55479

 

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

12 th Floor – Northstar East Building Corporate Trust Operations

608 Second Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55480

For Information Call or Confirmation by Telephone:

(800) 344-5128

For Facsimile Transmission

(for Eligible Institutions only):

(612) 667-6282

Fees and Expenses

The principal solicitation is being made through DTC by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as exchange agent. We will pay the exchange agent customary fees for its services, reimburse the exchange agent for its reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of these services and pay other registration expenses, including registration and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state blue sky securities laws, printing expenses, messenger and delivery services and telephone, fees and disbursements to our counsel, application and filing fees and any fees and disbursement to our independent certified public accountants. We will not make any payment to brokers, dealers or others soliciting acceptances of the exchange offer.

 

157


Table of Contents

Additional solicitation may be made by telephone, facsimile or in person by our and our affiliates’ officers and regular employees and by persons so engaged by the exchange agent.

Accounting Treatment

We will record the Exchange Notes at the same carrying value as the Restricted Notes, as reflected in our accounting records on the date of the exchange. Accordingly, we will not recognize any gain or loss for accounting purposes as the terms of the Exchange Notes are substantially identical to those of the Restricted Notes.

Transfer Taxes

You will not be obligated to pay any transfer taxes in connection with the tender of Restricted Notes in the exchange offer unless you instruct us to register Exchange Notes in the name of, or request that Restricted Notes not tendered or not accepted in the exchange offer be returned to, a person other than the registered tendering holder. In those cases, you will be responsible for the payment of any applicable transfer tax.

Consequences of Exchanging or Failing to Exchange Restricted Notes

The information below concerning specific interpretations of and positions taken by the staff of the SEC is not intended to constitute legal advice, and prospective purchasers should consult their own legal advisors with respect to those matters.

If you do not exchange your Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer, your Restricted Notes will continue to be subject to the provisions of the applicable indenture regarding transfer and exchange of the Restricted Notes and the restrictions on transfer of the Restricted Notes imposed by the Securities Act and state securities law. These transfer restrictions are required because the Restricted Notes were issued under an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. In general, the Restricted Notes may not be offered or sold unless registered under the Securities Act, except under an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws. We do not plan to register the Restricted Notes under the Securities Act.

If you do not exchange your Restricted Notes in the exchange offer, you will continue to be entitled to all the rights and limitations applicable to the Restricted Notes as set forth in the applicable indenture, but we will not have any further obligation to you to provide for the exchange and registration of the Restricted Notes under the applicable registration rights agreement. Accordingly, there will be no increase in the interest rate on the Restricted Notes under the applicable circumstances described in the registration rights agreements.

Based on interpretations by the staff of the SEC, as detailed in a series of no-action letters issued to third parties, we believe that the Exchange Notes issued in the exchange offer may be offered for resale, resold or otherwise transferred by you without compliance with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act as long as:

 

   

you are acquiring the Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of your business;

 

   

you are not participating, do not intend to participate and have no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate, in a distribution of the Exchange Notes; and

 

   

you are not an affiliate of ours.

If you are an affiliate of ours, are engaged in or intend to engage in or have any arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes:

 

   

you cannot rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of the SEC;

 

158


Table of Contents
   

you will not be entitled to participate in the exchange offer; and

 

   

you must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resale transaction.

We do not intend to seek our own interpretation regarding the exchange offer, and we cannot assure you that the staff of the SEC would make a similar determination with respect to the Exchange Notes as it has in other interpretations to third parties.

Each holder of Restricted Notes who wishes to exchange such Restricted Notes for the related Exchange Notes in the exchange offer represents to us that:

 

   

it is acquiring the Exchange Notes in its ordinary course of business;

 

   

it has no arrangements or understanding with any person to participate in the distribution of the Exchange Notes within the meaning of the Securities Act;

 

   

it is not our affiliate, as defined in Rules 405 of the Securities Act;

 

   

if it is not a broker-dealer, it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the distribution of the Exchange Notes; and

 

   

if it is a broker-dealer, it will receive the Exchange Notes for its own account in exchange for Restricted Notes that were acquired by it as a result of its market-making or other trading activities and that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. For further information regarding resales of the Exchange Notes by participating broker-dealers, see the discussion under the caption “Plan of Distribution.”

As discussed above, in connection with resales of Exchange Notes, any participating broker-dealer must deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act. The staff of the SEC has taken the position that participating broker-dealers may fulfill their prospectus delivery requirements with respect to the Exchange Notes, other than a resale of an unsold allotment from the original sale of the Restricted Notes, with the prospectus contained in the exchange offer registration statement. Under the registration rights agreement, we have agreed, for a period of 90 days following the consummation of the exchange offer, to make available a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act to any participating broker-dealer for use in connection with any resale of any Exchange Notes acquired in the exchange offer.

 

159


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE SENIOR EXCHANGE NOTES

The Floating Rate Senior Exchange Notes due 2014 (the “Floating Rate Senior Exchange Notes”) are to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (the “Floating Rate Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Floating Rate Trustee”), as amended from time to time. The 8  3 / 4 % Senior Exchange Notes due 2014 (the “Fixed Rate Senior Exchange Notes” and, together with the Floating Rate Senior Exchange Notes, the “Senior Exchange Notes”) are to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (the “Fixed Rate Indenture” and, together with the Floating Rate Indenture, the “Indentures”), among the Company, the Guarantors, the trustee, as amended from time to time. These are the same Indentures under which the Senior Restricted Notes were issued.

Except as set forth herein, the terms of the Senior Exchange Notes include those stated in the Indentures and those made part of the Indentures by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. The Floating Rate Senior Exchange Notes and the Fixed Rate Senior Exchange Notes will each be issued as a separate series and class and will vote separately with respect to all matters. Any Senior Restricted Notes that remain outstanding after the completion of the exchange offer, together with the Senior Exchange Notes issued in connection with the exchange offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under the each of the Indentures.

Unless the context otherwise requires, in this description, (i) the “Floating Rate Senior Notes” refer to the Floating Rate Senior Exchange Notes and the Floating Rate Senior Restricted Notes, (ii) the “Fixed Rate Senior Notes” refers to the Fixed Rate Senior Exchange Notes and the Fixed Rate Senior Restricted Notes, and (iii) the “Senior Notes” refers to the Floating Rate Senior Notes and the Fixed Rate Senior Notes. The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indentures, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Indentures, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indentures because they, and not this description, define your rights as Holders of the Senior Notes.

Senior Exchange Notes versus Senior Restricted Notes

The terms of the Senior Exchange Notes are substantially identical to those of the outstanding Senior Restricted Notes, except that the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the Senior Restricted Notes do not apply to the Senior Exchange Notes.

Brief Description of the Senior Exchange Notes

The Senior Exchange Notes will:

 

   

be general, unsubordinated obligations of the Company;

 

   

be unsecured;

 

   

be structurally subordinated to all existing and future Indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company’s Subsidiaries (other than Subsidiaries that are or become Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to the provisions described below under “—Subsidiary Guarantees”);

 

   

be limited to an aggregate principal amount of $150.0 million for the Floating Rate Senior Notes and $450.0 million for the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, subject to our ability to issue Additional Notes;

 

   

mature on May 1, 2014;

 

   

bear interest at the applicable rate per annum shown from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for;

 

   

be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 or, if greater at the Issue Date, the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 (the “Minimum Denomination”) and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

160


Table of Contents
   

be represented by one or more registered Senior Notes in global form, but in certain circumstances may be represented by Senior Notes in definitive form. See “Book Entry, Delivery and Form”;

 

   

be pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company; and

 

   

be unconditionally guaranteed on an unsubordinated basis by each of the Company’s current and future Subsidiaries that guarantees payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility.

Because the Senior Notes are unsecured, in the event of bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors or upon default in payment with respect to, or the acceleration of, any Indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility or other secured indebtedness, the assets of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors that secure other secured indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the Senior Notes and the Guarantees only after all Indebtedness under such other secured indebtedness has been repaid in full from such assets.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

Floating Rate Notes

The Floating Rate Exchange Notes will be issued initially in an aggregate principal amount of up to $150.0 million. The Floating Rate Senior Notes will mature on May 1, 2014. Each Floating Rate Senior Notes will bear interest at a rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 4%, as determined by the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”), which shall initially be the Floating Rate Trustee.

Interest on the Floating Rate Senior Notes will be payable quarterly in cash to Holders of record at the close of business on April 15, July 15, September 15 and January 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on May 1, August 1, November 1 and February 1 of each year, commencing August 1, 2007.

The amount of interest for each day that the Floating Rate Senior Notes are outstanding (the “Daily Interest Amount”) will be calculated by dividing the interest rate in effect for such day by 360 and multiplying the result by the principal amount of the Floating Rate Senior Notes then outstanding. The amount of interest to be paid on the Floating Rate Senior Notes for each Interest Period will be calculated by adding the Daily Interest Amount for each day in the Interest Period. All percentages resulting from any of the above calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards).

The Calculation Agent will, upon the request of any Holder of Floating Rate Senior Notes, provide the interest rate then in effect with respect to the Floating Rate Senior Notes. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error will be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Company, the Guarantors and the Holders of the Floating Rate Senior Notes.

Fixed Rate Senior Notes

The Fixed Rate Senior Exchange Notes will be issued initially in an aggregate principal amount of up to $450.0 million. The Fixed Rate Senior Notes will mature on May 1, 2014. Each Fixed Rate Senior Notes will bear interest at the applicable rate per annum shown from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for.

Interest on the Fixed Rate Senior Notes will be payable semiannually in cash to Holders of record at the close of business on April 15 and October 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on May 1 and

 

161


Table of Contents

November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2007. Interest will be paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months and accrue from the date of original issuance.

Additional securities may be issued under either of the Indentures in one or more series from time to time (“Additional Notes”), subject to the limitations set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness,” which will vote as a class with the Senior Notes under that Indenture and will be treated as a single class with the Senior Notes issued thereunder for all purposes under that Indenture.

Other Terms

Principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the applicable Senior Notes will be payable, and such Senior Notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purposes (which shall initially be the corporate trust office of the Trustees), except that, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the registered holders of such Senior Notes as such address appears in the applicable Note Register.

Optional Redemption

The Senior Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, at any time prior to maturity at varying redemption prices in accordance with the applicable provisions set forth below.

The Floating Rate Senior Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or after May 1, 2009, and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption price set forth below. The Fixed Rate Senior Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or after May 1, 2010, and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption price set forth below. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Senior Notes will be so redeemable at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the relevant redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on May 1 of the years set forth below:

The Floating Rate Senior Notes

 

Redemption Period

   Price  

2009

   102.000 %

2010

   101.000 %

2011 and thereafter

   100.000 %

The Fixed Rate Senior Notes

 

Redemption Period

   Price  

2010

   104.375 %

2011

   102.917 %

2012

   101.458 %

2013 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

162


Table of Contents

In addition, the Indentures provide, as applicable, that at any time and from time to time on or prior to May 1, 2010, the Company, at its option, may redeem Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to (a) up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Floating Rate Senior Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes that are Floating Rate Senior Notes) and (b) up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Fixed Rate Senior Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes that are Fixed Rate Senior Notes), with funds in an aggregate amount (the “Redemption Amount”) not exceeding the aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined below), at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 100% plus the applicable rate of interest per annum on the date on which notice of redemption is given for the Floating Rate Senior Notes and 108.75% for the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, in each case plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that

(a) if Floating Rate Senior Notes are redeemed, an aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes equal to at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes that are Floating Rate Senior Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption of Floating Rate Senior Notes, and

(b) if Fixed Rate Senior Notes are redeemed, an aggregate principal amount of Fixed Rate Senior Notes equal to at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of Fixed Rate Senior Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes that are Fixed Rate Senior Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption of Fixed Rate Senior Notes.

Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date (but in no event more than 180 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the completion of the related Equity Offering.

At any time prior to May 1, 2009, in the case of the Floating Rate Senior Notes, and May 1, 2010, in the case of the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, such Senior Notes may also be redeemed or purchased (by the Company or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a price (the “Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, the date of redemption or purchase (the “Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Senior Note at any Redemption Date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Senior Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Senior Note on May 1, 2009, in the case of a Floating Rate Senior Note, and May 1, 2010, in the case of a Fixed Rate Senior Note, such redemption price being that described in the second paragraph of this “Optional Redemption” section plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Senior Note through such date (excluding accrued and unpaid interest through the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date; as calculated by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate; provided that such calculation shall not be a duty or obligation of the applicable Trustee.

 

163


Table of Contents

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to a Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to May 1, 2009, in the case of a Floating Rate Senior Note; and May 1, 2010, in the case of a Fixed Rate Senior Note; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Selection

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Senior Notes of the applicable series for redemption will be made by the applicable Trustee on a pro rata basis, or, to the extent a pro rata basis is not permitted, by such other method as such Trustee shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Senior Note of the Minimum Denomination in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. If any Senior Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Senior Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Senior Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Senior Note.

Subsidiary Guarantees

The Company will cause each Subsidiary that guarantees payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility to execute and deliver to the applicable Trustee a supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Senior Notes, whereupon such Subsidiary will become a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes under the Indentures. In addition, the Company may cause any Subsidiary or other Person that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to guarantee payment of the Senior Notes and become a Subsidiary Guarantor.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, will jointly and severally, irrevocably, fully and unconditionally Guarantee, on an unsecured unsubordinated basis the punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all monetary obligations of the Company under the applicable Indenture and the applicable Senior Notes, whether for principal of or interest on the Senior Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise (all such obligations guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors being herein called the “Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Subsidiary Guarantor will agree to pay, in addition to the amount stated above, any and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the applicable Trustee or the applicable Holders in enforcing any rights under a Guarantee.

The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount, as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including but not limited to any Guarantee by it of any Bank Indebtedness), result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law, or being void or unenforceable under any law relating to insolvency of debtors.

Each Guarantee shall be a continuing Guarantee and shall (i) remain in full force and effect until payment in full of the principal amount of all outstanding Senior Notes (whether by payment at maturity, purchase,

 

164


Table of Contents

redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition) and all other applicable obligations then due and owing unless earlier terminated as described below, (ii) be binding upon such Guarantor and (iii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the applicable Trustee, the Holders and their permitted successors, transferees and assigns.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, any Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released from all obligations under their Guarantees, and such Guarantees shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect, (i) in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, concurrently with any direct or indirect sale or disposition (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of any Subsidiary Guarantor or any interest therein not prohibited by the terms of the applicable Indenture (including the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” and “—Merger and Consolidation”) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, following which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) at any time that such Subsidiary Guarantor is released from all of its obligations under all of its Guarantees of payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility (it being understood that a release subject to contingent reinstatement is still a release, and that if any such Guarantee is so reinstated, such Guarantee shall also be reinstated), (iii) upon the merger or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Company or another Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor following or contemporaneously with the transfer of all of its assets to the Company or another Guarantor, (iv) concurrently with a Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (v) upon legal or covenant defeasance of the Company’s obligations, or satisfaction and discharge of the applicable Indenture, or (vi) subject to customary contingent reinstatement provisions, upon payment in full of the aggregate principal amount of all applicable Senior Notes then outstanding. In addition, the Company will have the right, upon 30 days’ notice to the applicable Trustee, to cause any Subsidiary Guarantor that has not guaranteed payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facilities or the Senior Subordinated Notes to be unconditionally released from all obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect. Upon any such occurrence specified in this paragraph, the applicable Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

Neither the Company nor any such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the applicable Senior Notes to reflect any such Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge.

Ranking

The indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Notes (a) will be unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company, (b) will rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company and (c) will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Subordinated Obligations of the Company to the extent set forth in the instrument containing the applicable subordination agreement. The Senior Notes are unsecured. In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency, the Company’s secured lenders will have a prior secured claim to any collateral securing the debt owed to them.

Each Subsidiary Guarantee will (a) be unsecured unsubordinated indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, (b) will rank pari passu in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness of such Person and (c) will be senior in right of payment to all existing and future Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of such Person to the extent set forth in the instrument containing the applicable subordination agreement. Each Subsidiary Guarantee is unsecured. In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency, the secured lenders of each Subsidiary Guarantor will have a prior secured claim to any collateral securing the debt owed to them.

A substantial part of the operations of the Company are conducted through its Subsidiaries. Claims of creditors of such Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred shareholders (if any) of such

 

165


Table of Contents

Subsidiaries will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such Subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of the Company, including holders of the Senior Notes, unless such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes, therefore, will be “structurally” subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred shareholders (if any) of other Subsidiaries of the Company (other than Subsidiaries that become Subsidiary Guarantors). Certain of the operations of a Subsidiary Guarantor may be conducted through Subsidiaries thereof that are not also Subsidiary Guarantors. Claims of creditors of such Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred shareholders (if any) of such Subsidiaries will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such Subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of such Subsidiary Guarantor, including claims under its Subsidiary Guarantee. Such Subsidiary Guarantee, if any, therefore, will be “structurally” subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred shareholders (if any) of such Subsidiaries. Although the Indentures limit the incurrence of Indebtedness (including preferred stock) by certain of the Company’s Subsidiaries, such limitation is subject to a number of significant qualifications.

Change of Control

Upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control (as defined below), each Holder of Senior Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase Senior Notes pursuant to this covenant in the event that it has exercised its right to redeem all of the Senior Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption.”

The term “Change of Control” means:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders or a Parent, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, provided that (x) so long as the Company is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the “beneficial owner”;

(ii) the Company or the Parent merges or consolidates with or into, or sells or transfers (in one or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to, another Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) and any “person” (as defined in clause (i) above), other than one or more Permitted Holders or any Parent, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as so defined), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or the transferee Person in such sale or transfer of assets, as the case may be, provided that (x) so long as such surviving or transferee Person is a Subsidiary of a parent Person, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent Person and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the beneficial owner; or

(iii) during any period of two consecutive years (during which period the Company has been a party to the applicable Indenture), individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new members thereof whose election by such Board of

 

166


Table of Contents

Directors or whose nomination for election by holders of Equity Interests of the Company was approved by one or more Permitted Holders or by a vote of a majority of the members of such board of directors then still in office who were either members thereof at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such board of directors then in office.

Unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all the Senior Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption,” the Company shall, not later than 30 days following the date the Company obtains actual knowledge of any Change of Control having occurred, mail a notice (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder with a copy to the Trustees stating: (1) that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and that such Holder has, or upon such occurrence will have, the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s Senior Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); (2) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); (3) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this covenant, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Senior Notes purchased; and (4) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that such offer is conditioned on the occurrence of such Change of Control. No Note will be repurchased in part if less than the Minimum Denomination in original principal amount of such Note would be left outstanding.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the applicable Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Senior Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer, or (ii) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Indenture as described under the caption “—Optional Redemption,” unless and until there is a Default in the payment of the applicable redemption price.

To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this “Change of Control” covenant, the Company may comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations hereunder by virtue thereof.

The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Company and the Initial Purchasers. The Company has no present plans to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that the Company could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, the Company could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indentures, but that could increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect the Company’s capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on the ability of the Company to Incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on indebtedness” and “—Certain covenants—Limitation on liens.” Such restrictions can only be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indentures will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

The occurrence of a Change of Control would constitute a default under the Senior Credit Agreement. Agreements governing future Indebtedness of the Company may contain prohibitions of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or require such Indebtedness to be repurchased or repaid upon a Change of Control. The Senior Credit Agreement is expected to, and the agreements governing future Indebtedness of the Company may, prohibit the Company from repurchasing the Senior Notes upon a Change of Control unless the Indebtedness governed by such Senior Credit Agreement or the agreements governing such future Indebtedness, as the case may be, has been repurchased or repaid (or an offer made to effect such repurchase or repayment has been made and the Indebtedness of those creditors accepting such offer has been repurchased or repaid) and/or

 

167


Table of Contents

other specified requirements have been met. Moreover, the exercise by the Holders of their right to require the Company to repurchase the Senior Notes could cause a default under such agreements, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on the Company and its Subsidiaries. Finally, the Company’s ability to pay cash to the Holders upon a repurchase may be limited by the Company’s then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. The provisions under the Indentures relating to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to purchase the Senior Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes. As described above under “—Optional Redemption,” the Company also has the right to redeem the Senior Notes at specified prices, in whole or in part, upon a Change of Control or otherwise.

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale or other transfer of “all or substantially all” of the Company’s assets. Although there is a developing body of case law interpreting the phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty in ascertaining whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Company, and therefore it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether the holders of the Senior Notes have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Senior Notes.

Certain Covenants

The Indentures contain covenants including, among others, the covenants as described below.

Limitation on Indebtedness

The Indentures provide as follows:

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness if on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the Incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.00 to 1.00.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur the following Indebtedness:

(i) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to any Credit Facility (including but not limited to in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created thereunder) and Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor other than under any Credit Facility, and (without limiting the foregoing), in each case, any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in a maximum principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding in the aggregate the amount equal to $2,090.0 million;

(ii) Indebtedness (A) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or (B) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary to which such Indebtedness is owed, or other event, that results in such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) will be deemed, in each case, an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof not permitted by this clause (ii) at the time of such issuance, transfer or other event;

(iii) Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors represented by the Senior Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the subsidiary guarantees thereof by the Subsidiary Guarantors, any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in

 

168


Table of Contents

clause (b)(ii) above) outstanding on the Issue Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (b)(iii) or paragraph (a) above;

(iv) Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations, and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million or (y) an amount equal to 2.0% of Total Assets;

(v) Indebtedness consisting of accommodation guarantees for the benefit of trade creditors of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(vi)(A) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or any other obligation or liability of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in violation of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness”), or (B) without limiting the covenant described under “—Limitation on Liens,” Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising by reason of any Lien granted by or applicable to such Person securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in violation of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness”);

(vii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) arising from the honoring of a check, draft or similar instrument of such Person drawn against insufficient funds, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within fifteen Business Days of its Incurrence, or (B) consisting of guarantees, indemnities, obligations in respect of earnouts or other purchase price adjustments, or similar obligations, Incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Person;

(viii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of (A) deductible obligations, self-insurance obligations, re-insurance obligations, completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, provided, or relating to liabilities or obligations incurred, in the ordinary course of business, or (B) Hedging Obligations entered into for bona fide hedging purposes (including, without limitation, to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from fluctuations in currency exchange rates) that are incurred in the ordinary course of business, or (C) the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business, or (D) netting, overdraft protection and other arrangements arising under standard business terms of any bank at which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary maintains an overdraft, cash pooling or other similar facility or arrangement;

(ix) Indebtedness (A) of a Special Purpose Subsidiary secured by a Lien on all or part of the assets disposed of in, or otherwise Incurred in connection with, a Financing Disposition or (B) otherwise Incurred in connection with a Special Purpose Financing; provided that (1) such Indebtedness is not recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary (other than with respect to Special Purpose Financing Undertakings), (2) in the event such Indebtedness shall become recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary (other than with respect to Special Purpose Financing Undertakings), such Indebtedness will be deemed to be, and must be classified by the Company as, Incurred at such time (or at the time initially Incurred) under one or more of the other provisions of this covenant for so long as such Indebtedness shall be so recourse, and (3) in the event that at any time thereafter such Indebtedness shall comply with the provisions of the preceding subclause (1), the Company may classify such Indebtedness in whole or in part as Incurred under this clause (b)(ix) of this covenant;

(x) Indebtedness (including any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (x)) (x) of any Person that is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with its acquisition of assets from such Person or any Affiliate thereof or is issued and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into any Restricted Subsidiary or (y) of the

 

169


Table of Contents

Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred to finance the acquisition of any Person or assets; provided that either:

(1) after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either:

(A) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of this covenant; or

(B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is greater than the Consolidated Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(2) such Indebtedness (i) is not Secured Indebtedness and constitutes Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, (ii) is not incurred while a Default exists and no Default shall result therefrom, (iii) does not mature (and is not mandatorily redeemable in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) and does not require any payment of principal prior to the final maturity of the Senior Notes, and (iv) in the case of sub-clause (x) above only, is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (b)(x) that was not incurred to finance the acquisition of any Person or assets) at any time outstanding Incurred under this clause (b)(x) (including any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto) by any Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors shall not exceed $100.0 million in the aggregate;

(xi) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (b)(i) through (b)(x) above, Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets;

(xii) Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and guarantees thereof by the Company in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) the sum of (1) $50.0 million for Foreign Subsidiaries and (2) $25.0 million for Canadian Subsidiaries or (y) 2.00% of Total Assets;

(xiii) Indebtedness in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto;

(xiv) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued to present or former officers, directors or employees of any the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment or service of such officer, director or employee or otherwise to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent, to the extent the applicable Restricted Payment is permitted by clause (b)(x) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(xv) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company as capital contributions to the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Issue Date as determined in accordance with clause (a)(3)(B) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds have not been applied to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition thereof); and

(xvi) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness

 

170


Table of Contents

with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this covenant, (i) any other obligation of the obligor on such Indebtedness (or of any other Person who could have Incurred such Indebtedness under this covenant) arising under any Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded to the extent that such Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation secures the principal amount of such Indebtedness; (ii) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify such item of Indebtedness and may include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of such clauses (including in part under one such clause and in part under another such clause), and may reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses; (iii) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (i) of paragraph (b) above and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included; and (iv) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness Incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, pro vided that (x) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date, (y) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency (or in a different currency from such Indebtedness so being Incurred), and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the outstanding or committed principal amount (whichever is higher) of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing, and (z) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency and Incurred pursuant to a Senior Credit Facility shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on, at the Company’s option, (i) the Issue Date, (ii) any date on which any of the respective commitments under such Senior Credit Facility shall be reallocated between or among facilities or subfacilities thereunder, or on which such rate is otherwise calculated for any purpose thereunder, or (iii) the date of such Incurrence. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Indentures provide as follows:

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of its Equity Interests (including any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party) except (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) and

 

171


Table of Contents

(y) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to other holders of its Equity Interests on no more than a pro rata basis), (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Equity Interests of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) voluntarily purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise voluntarily acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations (other than a purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such acquisition or retirement) or (iv) make any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, other acquisition or retirement or Investment being herein referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto:

(1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom);

(2) the Company could not Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness”; or

(3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if other than in cash, to be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors) declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date and then outstanding would exceed, without duplication, the sum of:

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (treated as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the Company’s fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurred to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are available (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income shall be a negative number, 100% of such negative number);

(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of property or assets received (x) by the Company as capital contributions to the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Issue Date or (y) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance and sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness that shall have been converted into or exchanged after the Issue Date for Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent (other than Disqualified Stock), plus the amount of any cash and the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of any property or assets, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; provided that this clause (B) shall not include such Net Cash Proceeds to the extent that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs Indebtedness pursuant to clause (b)(xv) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” based on such Net Cash Proceeds;

(C) the aggregate amount equal to the net reduction in Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries resulting from (i) dividends, distributions, cancellation of indebtedness for borrowed money owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, interest payments, return of capital, repayments of Investments or other transfers of assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, including dividends or other distributions related to dividends or other distributions made pursuant to clause (vii) of the following paragraph (b) (but only to the extent such amount is not included in Consolidated Net Income), or (ii) the redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”), not to exceed in the case of

 

172


Table of Contents

any such Unrestricted Subsidiary the aggregate amount of Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; and

(D) in the case of any disposition or repayment of any Investment constituting a Restricted Payment (without duplication of any amount deducted in calculating the amount of Investments at any time outstanding included in the amount of Restricted Payments), an amount in the aggregate equal to the lesser of the return of capital, repayment or other proceeds with respect to all such Investments received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and the initial amount of all such Investments constituting Restricted Payments.

(b) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (a) do not prohibit any of the following, so long as a Default shall not have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom) (each, a “Permitted Payment”):

(i) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests of the Company or Subordinated Obligations made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent, or within 45 days, issuance or sale of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Equity Interests issued or sold to a Restricted Subsidiary) or a substantially concurrent, or within 45 days, capital contribution to the Company; provided, that the Net Cash Proceeds from such issuance, sale or capital contribution shall be excluded in subsequent calculations under clause (3)(B) of the preceding paragraph (a);

(ii)(A) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations (w) made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Indebtedness of the Company or Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness,” (x) from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock”, and, if required, purchased all Senior Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Senior Notes required thereby prior to purchasing or repaying such Subordinated Obligations (y) following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “Change of Control”), but only if the Company shall have complied with the covenant described under “—Change of Control” and, if required thereby, purchased all Senior Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Senior Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing or repaying such Subordinated Obligations or (z) constituting Acquired Indebtedness or (B) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent, or within 45 days, issuance or sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Company or Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

(iii) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with the preceding paragraph (a);

(iv) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock following the first public Equity Offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the Net Cash Proceeds received or contributed by the Company in or from any such Equity Offering;

(v) notwithstanding the existence of any Default or Event of Default, loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent or other payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit such Parent to make payments pursuant to (A) any Tax Sharing Agreement, or (B) to pay or permit any Parent to pay (1) any Parent Expenses or (2) any Related Taxes;

 

173


Table of Contents

(vi) payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Company to any Parent to make payments, to holders of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent in lieu of issuance of fractional shares of such Equity Interests, not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time;

(vii) dividends or other distributions of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(viii) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock, or of any Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of the covenant described under “Certain covenants—Limitation on indebtedness” above;

(ix) Restricted Payments (including loans and advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not exceeding an amount (net of repayments of such loans or advances) equal to the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets;

(x) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent held by any existing or former employees or management or directors of the Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary of the Company or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with (x) the death or disability of such employee, manager or director or (y) the repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management employees or directors; provided that in the case of clause (y) such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to such clause will not exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate during any twelve-month period (which shall increase to $40.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering) plus the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issuance of such Equity Interests or equity appreciation rights to, or the exercise of options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire Equity Interests of the Company by, any current or former director, officer or employee of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or from “key man” life insurance policies which are used to make such redemptions or repurchases; provided that the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company and utilized pursuant to this clause (x) for any such repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement will be excluded from clause (a)(3)(B) of the preceding paragraph; and provided, further, that unused amounts available pursuant to this clause (x) to be utilized for Restricted Payments during any twelve-month period may be carried forward and utilized in the next succeeding twenty-four-month period; and

(xi) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Equity Interests represents (i) a portion of the exercise price thereof or (ii) withholding incurred in connection with such exercise;

(xii) Restricted Payments made pursuant to, or contemplated by, or made to any Parent to permit any Parent to perform its obligations under, the Transactions, including the provisions of any Transaction Document (excluding the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture) as in effect on the Issue Date, and as the same may be amended or replaced so long as such amendment or replacement that is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original Transaction Document as in effect on the Issue Date;

(xiii) repurchases by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of all (but not less than all), excluding directors’ qualifying shares, of the Equity Interests or other ownership interests in a Subsidiary of the Company which Equity Interests or other ownership interests were not theretofore owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(xiv) payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to its guarantee of AFC’s customary servicing obligations in connection with the Receivables Purchase Agreement; and

(xv) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

 

174


Table of Contents

provided, that (A) in the case of clauses (iii), (iv), (v)(B), and (vi), the net amount of any such Permitted Payment shall be included in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments (but only to the extent such amount was not included as an expense in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income), and (B) in all cases other than pursuant to clause (A) immediately above, the net amount of any such Permitted Payment shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments.

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries.

The Indentures provide that the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Equity Interests or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company, (ii) make any loans or advances to the Company or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company (provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Equity Interests, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction), except any encumbrance or restriction:

(1) pursuant to any agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, the Indentures, the Senior Notes, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Senior Credit Facility or any other Credit Facility;

(2) pursuant to any agreement or instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger or consolidation); provided that for purposes of this clause (2), if a Person other than the Company is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Company;

(3) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise extends, renews, refunds, refinances or replaces, an agreement or instrument referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this covenant or this clause (3) (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an Initial Agreement (an “Amendment”); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the applicable Senior Notes than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Company);

(4)(A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract, (B) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by the applicable Indenture, (C) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent restricting the transfer of the property or assets subject thereto, (D) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (E) pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property or assets so acquired, (F) on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (G) pursuant to customary provisions contained in agreements and instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business (including but not limited to leases, sale and leaseback

 

175


Table of Contents

agreements, asset sale agreements and joint venture and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business), (H) that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or (I) pursuant to Hedging Obligations;

(5) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Equity Interests or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(6) by reason of any applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their businesses; or

(7) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (A) relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on indebtedness” (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not less favorable to the Holders of the applicable Senior Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreements (as determined in good faith by the Company), or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the applicable Senior Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and either (x) the Company determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the applicable Senior Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness or (B) of, or relating to Indebtedness of or a Financing Disposition by or to or in favor of, any Special Purpose Entity.

Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

The Indentures provide as follows:

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless

(i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition, as such fair market value may be determined (and shall be determined, to the extent such Asset Disposition or any series of related Asset Dispositions involves aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million) in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive (including as to the value of all noncash consideration);

(ii) in the case of any Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions) having a fair market value of $25.0 million or more, at least 75% of the consideration therefor (excluding, in the case of an Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions), any consideration by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, that are not Indebtedness) received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash; and

(iii) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) as follows:

(A) first, either (x) to the extent the Company elects (or is required by the terms of (1) any Bank Indebtedness, (2) any secured Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (3) any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor), to prepay, repay or purchase any such Indebtedness or (in the case of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments) cash collateralize any such Indebtedness (in each case other than

 

176


Table of Contents

Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within 360 days after the later of the date of such Asset Disposition and the date of receipt of such Net Available Cash, or (y) to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with an amount equal to Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 360 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition and the date of receipt of such Net Available Cash, or, if such investment in Additional Assets is a project authorized by the Board of Directors that will take longer than such 360 days to complete, the period of time necessary to complete such project;

(B) second, if the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clause (A) above (and after the expiration of the maximum period for such application permitted by clause (A)) exceeds $20.0 million, (such balance, the “Excess Proceeds”), to the extent of such Excess Proceeds, to make an offer to purchase Senior Notes and (to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, or is required by the terms thereof) to purchase, redeem or repay any other unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant and subject to the conditions of the Indentures and the agreements governing such other Indebtedness; and

(C) third, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clauses (A) and (B) above, to fund (to the extent consistent with any other applicable provision of the Indentures) any general corporate purpose (including but not limited to the repurchase, repayment or other acquisition or retirement of any Subordinated Obligations);

provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A)(x) or (B) above, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this covenant, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net Available Cash or equivalent amount in accordance with this covenant except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions or equivalent amount that is not applied in accordance with this covenant exceeds $50.0 million. If the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes or other unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary validly tendered and not withdrawn (or otherwise subject to purchase, redemption or repayment) in connection with an offer pursuant to clause (B) above exceeds the Excess Proceeds, the Excess Proceeds will be apportioned between such Senior Notes and such other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, with the portion of the Excess Proceeds payable in respect of such Senior Notes to equal the lesser of (x) the Excess Proceeds amount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Senior Notes and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Notes and the outstanding principal amount of the relevant other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and (y) the aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn.

For the purposes of clause (ii) of paragraph (a) above, the following are deemed to be cash: (1) Temporary Cash Investments and Cash Equivalents, (2) the assumption of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock of the Company) or any Restricted Subsidiary and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition, (3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition, (4) securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days, (5) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (6) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition having

 

177


Table of Contents

an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this covenant that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million or (y) 1.25% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

(b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Senior Notes pursuant to clause (iii)(B) of paragraph (a) above, the Company will be required to purchase Senior Notes tendered pursuant to an offer by the Company for the applicable Senior Notes (the “Offer”) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Purchase Date in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in the Indentures. If the aggregate purchase price of the applicable Senior Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer is less than the Net Available Cash allotted to the purchase of applicable Senior Notes, the remaining Net Available Cash will be available to the Company for use in accordance with clause (iii)(B) of paragraph (a) above (to repay other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or clause (iii)(C) of paragraph (a) above. The Company shall not be required to make an Offer for Senior Notes pursuant to this covenant if the Net Available Cash available therefor (after application of the proceeds as provided in clause (iii)(A) of paragraph (a) above) is less than $50.0 million for any particular Asset Disposition (which lesser amounts shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether an Offer is required with respect to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition). No Note will be repurchased in part if less than the Minimum Denomination in original principal amount.

(c) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, such Net Available Cash may be applied to temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by the applicable Indenture.

(d) To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this “Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” covenant, the Company may comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations hereunder by virtue thereof.

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

The Indentures provide as follows:

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”) unless:

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is entered into in good faith and the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are, taken as a whole, fair and reasonable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; and

(ii) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction have been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors.

For purposes of this paragraph, any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in this paragraph if (x) such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors or (y) in the event there are no Disinterested Directors, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives an opinion in customary form from a nationally recognized appraisal or investment banking firm to the effect that such Affiliate Transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view.

 

178


Table of Contents

(b) The provisions of the preceding paragraph (a) will not apply to:

(i) any Restricted Payment Transaction;

(ii)(1) the entering into, maintaining or performance of any employment contract, collective bargaining agreement, benefit plan, program or arrangement, related trust agreement or any other similar arrangement for or with any employee, officer or director heretofore or hereafter entered into in the ordinary course of business, including vacation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or other similar plans, programs or arrangements, (2) the payment of compensation, performance of indemnification or contribution obligations, or any issuance, grant or award of stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, to employees, officers or directors in the ordinary course of business, (3) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Company or such Subsidiary) or (4) Management Advances and payments in respect thereof (or in reimbursement of any expenses referred to in the definition of such term);

(iii) any transaction with, including an Investment in, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) any transaction arising out of and any payments made pursuant to agreements or instruments in existence on the Issue Date (other than any Tax Sharing Agreement referred to in clause (b)(vi) of this covenant), including, without limitation, the Transaction Documents, and as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original agreement or instrument as in effect on the Issue Date;

(v) any transaction in the ordinary course of business, or approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Company controlled by the Company that is a joint venture or similar entity;

(vi) the execution, delivery and performance of any Tax Sharing Agreement;

(vii) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (and the granting of registration rights or other customary rights in connection therewith) or capital contribution to the Company;

(viii) transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, where such Affiliates hold less Indebtedness or Equity Interests than non-Affiliates and such Affiliates receive the same consideration as non-Affiliates in such transactions;

(ix) any transaction with any Person who is not an Affiliate immediately before the consummation of such transaction that becomes an Affiliate as a result of such transaction;

(x) transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Special Purpose Subsidiary in connection with a Financing Disposition or a Special Purpose Financing, provided that such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by the applicable Indenture;

(xi) transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by the Indentures;

(xii) transactions involving aggregate consideration not to exceed $1.0 million;

(xiii) payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder or any of its affiliates for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisition or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors; and

(xiv) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business or that are on terms at least as favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party, or that are considered fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the view of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company.

 

179


Table of Contents

Limitation on Liens

The Indentures provide that the Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any of its property or assets (including Equity Interests of any other Person), whether owned on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, securing any Indebtedness (the “Initial Lien”), unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under the Indentures and the Senior Notes or, in respect of Liens on any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets, any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, equally and ratably with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) such obligation for so long as such obligation is so secured by such Initial Lien. Any such Lien thereby created in favor of the Senior Notes or any such Subsidiary Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates, (ii) in the case of any such Lien in favor of any such Subsidiary Guarantee, upon the termination and discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indentures or (iii) any sale, exchange or transfer (other than a transfer constituting a transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company that is governed by the provisions of the covenant described under “—Merger and Consolidation” below) to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company of the property or assets secured by such Initial Lien, or of all of the Equity Interests held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or all or substantially all the assets of, any Restricted Subsidiary creating such Initial Lien.

Future Subsidiary Guarantors

As set forth more particularly under “—Subsidiary Guarantees,” the Indentures provide that the Company will cause each Subsidiary that guarantees payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facilities to execute and deliver to the Trustees a supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Senior Notes, whereupon such Subsidiary will become a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes under the Indentures. The Company will also have the right to cause any other Subsidiary so to guarantee payment of the Senior Notes. Subsidiary Guarantees will be subject to release and discharge under certain circumstances prior to payment in full of the Senior Notes. See “—Subsidiary Guarantees.”

SEC Reports

The Indentures provide that, following consummation of the Exchange Offer, notwithstanding that the Company may not be required to be or remain subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will file with the SEC (unless such filing is not permitted under the Exchange Act or by the SEC), so long as any Notes are outstanding, the annual reports, information, documents and other reports that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) or would be so required to file if the Company were so subject within the time periods specified above. The Company will also, within 15 days after the time periods specified above, transmit by mail to all applicable Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the applicable Note Register, and to the Trustees (or make available on a Company website) copies of any such information, documents and reports (without exhibits) so required to be filed.

The Company will be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this covenant if any Parent files with the SEC and provides reports, documents and information of the types otherwise so required, in each case within the applicable time periods specified by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and the Company is not required to file such reports, documents and information separately under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (after giving effect to any exemptive relief) because of the filings by such Parent. The Company will comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this covenant shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement described in the Registration Rights Agreement (1) by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or

 

180


Table of Contents

shelf registration statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in this prospectus, to the extent filed within the times specified above, or (2) by posting on the Company’s website (or that of any of its parent companies) or providing such reports to the Trustee within 15 days after the time periods specified above, the financial information (including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” section) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in this prospectus. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its agreements set forth under this covenant for purposes of clause (v) under “—Defaults” until 120 days after the date any report required to be provided by this covenant is due.

Merger and Consolidation

The Indentures provide that the Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

(i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the applicable Senior Notes and the Indentures by executing and delivering to the applicable Trustee a supplemental indenture or one or more other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to such Trustee;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default will have occurred and be continuing;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, either (A) the Successor Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness,” or (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company with respect thereto) would equal or exceed the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

(iv) each applicable Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary Guarantor that will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger) shall have delivered a supplemental indenture or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustees, confirming its Subsidiary Guarantee (other than any Subsidiary Guarantee that will be discharged or terminated in connection with such transaction); and

(v) the Company will have delivered to each such Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with the provisions described in this covenant, provided that (x) in giving such opinion such counsel may assume compliance with the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) to the extent such opinion would otherwise be required to address financial matters or tests and, as to any matters of fact, may rely on an Officer’s Certificate, and (y) no Opinion of Counsel will be required for a consolidation, merger or transfer described in the last paragraph of this covenant.

Any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or that is deemed to be Incurred by any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) as a result of any such transaction undertaken in compliance with this covenant, and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto, shall be deemed to have been Incurred in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness.”

 

181


Table of Contents

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indentures, and thereafter the predecessor Company shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under the Indentures, except that the predecessor Company in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Senior Notes.

Clauses (ii) and (iii) of the first paragraph of this “Merger and Consolidation” covenant will not apply to any transaction in which (1) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidates with, merges with or into or conveys or transfers all or part of its assets to the Company or (2) the Company consolidates with or merges with or into or conveys or transfers all or substantially all its properties and assets to (x) an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction or changing its legal structure to a corporation or other entity or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company so long as all assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction (other than Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary) are owned by such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after the consummation thereof.

Defaults

An Event of Default is defined in the Indentures as:

(i) a default in any payment of interest on any applicable Note when due, continued for 30 days;

(ii) a default in the payment of principal of any applicable Note when due, whether at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

(iii) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with its obligations under the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Merger and Consolidation” above;

(iv) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 30 days after notice with any of its obligations under the covenant described under “—Change of Control” above (other than a failure to purchase Senior Notes);

(v) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the applicable Senior Notes or the applicable Indenture;

(vi) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, if the total amount of such Indebtedness so unpaid or accelerated exceeds $50.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent;

(vii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary, or of other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person (the “bankruptcy provisions”);

(viii) the rendering of any judgment or decree for the payment of money in an amount (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect thereof in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) in excess of $50.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary, or jointly and severally against other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, that is not discharged, or bonded or insured by a third Person, if such judgment or decree remains outstanding for a period of 60 days following such judgment or decree and is not discharged, waived or stayed (the “judgment default provision”); or

 

182


Table of Contents

(ix) the failure of any applicable Subsidiary Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof or of the Indentures) or the denial or disaffirmation in writing by any applicable Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of its obligations under the applicable Indenture or any applicable Subsidiary Guarantee.

The foregoing constitutes Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

However, a Default under clause (iv) or (v) will not constitute an Event of Default until the applicable Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes of the applicable class notify the Company of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in such clause after receipt of such notice.

If an Event of Default (other than a Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company) occurs and is continuing the applicable Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes of the applicable class by notice to the Company and the applicable Trustee, may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all applicable Senior Notes to be due and payable. Upon the effectiveness of such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the applicable Senior Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the applicable Trustee or any applicable Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the applicable Senior Notes and its consequences. In the event of any Default or Event of Default specified in clause (vi) above, such Default or Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Senior Notes) shall not be deemed to have occurred and shall be annulled, waived and rescinded automatically, in each case, without any action by the applicable Trustee or the applicable Holders if, within 20 days after such Event of Default arose,

(x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged;

(y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Subject to the provisions of the Indentures relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, such Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indentures at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to such Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indentures or the applicable Senior Notes unless (i) such Holder has previously given the applicable Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes of the applicable class have requested such Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such Holders have offered such Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) such Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes of the applicable class have not given such Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Notes of the applicable class are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the applicable Trustee or of exercising any trust or power

 

183


Table of Contents

conferred on such Trustee. Either Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the applicable Indenture or that such Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve such Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under either Indenture, the applicable Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

The Indentures provide that if a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the applicable Trustee, such Trustee must mail to each Holder notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium (if any) or interest on, any Note, the applicable Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Noteholders. In addition, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustees, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default occurring during the previous year. The Company also is required to deliver to the Trustees, within 30 days after an Officer of the Company becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event that would constitute a Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

Amendments and Waivers

Subject to certain exceptions, each Indenture may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes issued thereunder then outstanding and any past Default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Notes of the applicable class then outstanding (including in each case, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Senior Notes). However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no amendment or waiver may (i) reduce the principal amount of Senior Notes of the applicable class whose Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver, (ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note of the applicable class, (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note of the applicable class, (iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note of the applicable class, or change the date at which any Senior Note may be redeemed as described under “—Optional Redemption” above, (v) make any Senior Note of the applicable class payable in money other than that stated in such Senior Note, (vi) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Senior Notes of the applicable class on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Senior Notes of the applicable class, (vii) release any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under the applicable Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of such Indenture or (viii) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions described in this sentence.

Without the consent of any applicable Holder, the Company, the applicable Trustee and (as applicable) any Subsidiary Guarantor may amend either Indenture to cure or reform any ambiguity, mistake, manifest error, omission, defect or inconsistency, to provide for the assumption by a successor of the obligations of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor under such Indenture, to provide for uncertificated Senior Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Senior Notes, to add Guarantees with respect to the Senior Notes, to secure the Senior Notes, to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Senior Notes when such release, termination or discharge is provided for under such Indenture, to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Noteholders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company, to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes, to conform the text of such Indenture, the Senior Notes issued thereunder or any Subsidiary Guarantee to any provision of this “Description of Senior Exchange Notes,” to increase the minimum denomination of Senior Notes to equal the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 (including for purposes of redemption or repurchase of any Note in part), to provide additional rights or benefits to the Holders or make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder, to release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under

 

184


Table of Contents

its Subsidiary Guarantee or an Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of such Indenture, to provide for the appointment of a successor trustee, provided that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of such Indenture, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of such Indenture under the TIA or otherwise.

The consent of the applicable Noteholders is not necessary under the Indentures to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment or waiver. Until an amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Noteholder is a continuing consent by such Noteholder and every subsequent Holder of all or part of the related Note. Any such Noteholder or subsequent holder may revoke such consent as to its Note by written notice to the applicable Trustee or the Company, received thereby before the date on which the Company certifies to such Trustee that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Senior Notes have consented to such amendment or waiver. After an amendment or waiver under an Indenture becomes effective, the Company is required to mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment or waiver. However, the failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment or waiver.

Defeasance

The Company at any time may terminate all its obligations under the applicable Senior Notes and the applicable Indenture (“legal defeasance”), except for certain obligations, including those relating to the defeasance trust and obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the Senior Notes, to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Senior Notes and to maintain a registrar and paying agent in respect of the Senior Notes. The Company at any time may terminate its obligations under certain covenants under an Indenture, including the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants” and “—Change of Control,” the operation of the default provisions relating to such covenants described under “—Defaults” above, the operation of the cross acceleration provision, the bankruptcy provisions with respect to Subsidiaries and the judgment default provision described under “—Defaults” above, and the limitations contained in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) under “—Merger and Consolidation” above (“covenant defeasance”). If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, each Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations with respect to its applicable Subsidiary Guarantee and any security then securing the Senior Notes will be automatically released.

The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the applicable Senior Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the applicable Senior Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (iv), (v) (as it relates to the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants” above), (vi), (vii), (but only with respect to events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of a Subsidiary), (viii) or (ix) under “—Defaults” above or because of the failure of the Company to comply with clause (iii), (iv) or (v) under “—Merger and Consolidation” above.

Either defeasance option may be exercised prior to any redemption date or to the maturity date for the applicable Senior Notes. In order to exercise either defeasance option, the Company must irrevocably deposit in trust (the “defeasance trust”) with the applicable Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, sufficient (without reinvestment) to pay principal of, and premium (if any) and interest on, the applicable Senior Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to such Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that holders of the applicable Senior Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and, in the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel (x) must be

 

185


Table of Contents

based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable Federal income tax law since the Issue Date and (y) need not be delivered if all Senior Notes not theretofore delivered to such Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable, will become due and payable at its Stated Maturity within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company).

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indentures will be discharged and cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the applicable Senior Notes, as expressly provided for in such Indenture) as to all outstanding Senior Notes of the applicable class when (i) either (a) all Senior Notes of the applicable class previously authenticated and delivered (other than certain lost, stolen or destroyed Senior Notes, and certain Senior Notes for which provision for payment was previously made and thereafter the funds have been released to the Company) have been delivered to the applicable Trustee for cancellation or (b) all Senior Notes of the applicable class not previously delivered to such Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable, (y) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (z) have been or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by such Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company; (ii) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with such Trustee money, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, sufficient (without reinvestment) to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Senior Notes of the applicable class not previously delivered to such Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to, but not including, the date of redemption or their Stated Maturity, as the case may be; (iii) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under such Indenture by the Company; and (iv) the Company has delivered to such Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each to the effect that all conditions precedent under the “Satisfaction and Discharge” section of such Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of such Indenture have been complied with, provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)).

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, equity holder, member or stockholder of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indentures, the Senior Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Noteholder, by accepting the Senior Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Senior Notes.

Concerning the Trustees

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is the Trustee under each of the Indentures and is appointed by the Company as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the Senior Notes.

The Indentures provide that, except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the applicable Trustee will perform only such duties as are set forth specifically in such Indentures. During the existence of an Event of Default, such Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it under the Indentures and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

186


Table of Contents

The Indentures and the TIA will impose certain limitations on the rights of the applicable Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received by it in respect of any such claims, as security or otherwise. Each Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions; provided, that if it acquires any conflicting interest as described in the TIA, it must eliminate such conflict, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee with such conflict, or resign.

Transfer and Exchange

A Noteholder may transfer or exchange Senior Notes in accordance with the applicable Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the registrar and the applicable Trustee may require such Noteholder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require such Noteholder to pay any taxes or other governmental charges required by law or permitted by the applicable Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or purchase or to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 Business Days prior to the day of the mailing of the notice of redemption or purchase. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of the Senior Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge payable in connection with the transfer or exchange. The Senior Notes will be issued in registered form and the registered holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes.

Governing Law

The Indentures each provides that it and the applicable Senior Notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Additional Information

Anyone who receives this prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indentures and registration rights agreement without charge by writing to KAR Holdings, Inc., 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, Indiana, USA, 46032, Attention: Secretary.

Certain Definitions

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person (i) existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to be Incurred on the date of the related acquisition of assets from any Person or the date the acquired Person becomes a Subsidiary.

“Acquisition” means the Merger and all related transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documentation.

“Acquisition Documentation” means, collectively, the Merger Agreement and all schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto and all side letters and agreements affecting the terms thereof or entered into to effectuate the Merger.

“AFC” means Automotive Finance Corporation, any of its Subsidiaries, and any successor entity thereto.

“Additional Assets” means (i) any property or assets that replace the property or assets that are the subject of an Asset Disposition; (ii) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Equity Interests) used or to be

 

187


Table of Contents

used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Related Business (including any capital expenditures on any property or assets already so used); (iii) the Equity Interests of a Person that is engaged in a Related Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Equity Interests by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or (iv) Equity Interests of any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary acquired from a third party.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer or other disposition of shares of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares, or (in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary) to the extent required by applicable law), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction), other than (i) a disposition to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) a sale or other disposition in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, sales or dispositions of used, worn-out or obsolete property and assets and property and assets that are not useful in the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable, (iv) any Restricted Payment Transaction, (v) a disposition that is governed by the provisions described under “—Merger and Consolidation” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control, (vi) any Financing Disposition, (vii) any “fee in lieu” or other disposition of assets to any governmental authority or agency that continue in use by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets upon reasonable notice by paying a nominal fee, (viii) any exchange of property pursuant to or intended to qualify under Section 1031 (or any successor section) of the Code, or any exchange of equipment to be leased, rented or otherwise used in a Related Business, (ix) any financing transaction with respect to any existing property or any property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including without limitation any sale/leaseback transaction or asset securitization, (x) any disposition arising from foreclosure, condemnation or similar action with respect to any property or other assets, or exercise of termination rights under any lease, license, concession or other agreement, (xi) any disposition of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (xii) a disposition of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), entered into in connection with such acquisition, (xiii) any disposition or series of related dispositions for aggregate consideration not to exceed $10.0 million, (xiv) the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens, (xv) dispositions of Investments or receivables, in each case in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, (xvi) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligation, (xvii) the licensing of any intellectual property or (xviii) the Excluded Assets.

“Atlanta IRB Transaction” means the transactions entered into by ADESA Atlanta, LLC with the Development Authority of Fulton County, Georgia in connection with a wholesale automobile auction facility located in Fulton, Georgia.

“Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, payable under or in respect of any Credit Facility, including without limitation principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization

 

188


Table of Contents

relating to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees, other monetary obligations of any nature and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

“Board of Directors” means, for any Person, the board of directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, the board of directors or other governing body of such entity, or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board or governing body. Unless otherwise provided, “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City (or any other city in which a Paying Agent maintains its office).

“Canadian Subsidiary” means any Foreign Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of Canada or any province or subdivision thereof.

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Stated Maturity of any Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under the related lease.

“Cash Equivalents” means any of the following: (a) securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof, (b) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof having a credit rating of “AA” or better at the time of acquisition from either S&P or Moody’s, (c) time deposits, certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of (i) any lender under a Senior Credit Facility or any affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and the commercial paper of the holding company of which is rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), provided, however, that time deposits (including eurodollar time deposits), certificates of deposit (including eurodollar certificates of deposit) and bankers’ acceptances in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 may be maintained at any commercial bank of recognized standing organized under the laws of the United States (or any State or territory thereof) that does not satisfy the capital and surplus requirements and rating requirements set forth in this clause (c), (d) money market instruments, commercial paper or other short-term obligations rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), (e) investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 or any successor rule of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and (f) investments similar to any of the foregoing denominated in foreign currencies approved by the Board of Directors.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Commodities Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any commodity futures contract, forward contract, option or similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.

 

189


Table of Contents

“Consolidated Coverage Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are available to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters (in each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), determined for each fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) of the four fiscal quarters ending prior to the Issue Date); provided, that

(1) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation shall be computed based on (A) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (B) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation);

(2) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged any Indebtedness that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination (each, a “Discharge”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a Discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such Discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have disposed of any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “Sale”), the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to (A) the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Sale for such period (including but not limited to through the assumption of such Indebtedness by another Person) plus (B) if the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such Sale;

(4) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise acquired any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business, including any such Investment or acquisition occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder (any such Investment or acquisition, a “Purchase”), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any related Indebtedness) as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; and

(5) if since the beginning of such period any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and since the beginning of such period such Person shall have Discharged any Indebtedness or made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2), (3) or (4) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Discharge, Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period.

 

190


Table of Contents

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred or repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings, synergies or annualized impact of buyer fee increases relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by the Chief Financial Officer or an authorized Officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness). If any Indebtedness bears, at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, a rate of interest based on a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate or other fixed or floating rate, and such Indebtedness is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated by applying such optional rate as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may designate. If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect was Incurred under a revolving credit facility, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, for any period:

(a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus,

(b) without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) the aggregate amount of all provisions for all taxes (whether or not paid, estimated or accrued) based upon the income and profits of the Company or alternative taxes imposed as reflected in the provision for income taxes in the Company’s consolidated financial statements;

(ii) interest expense, amortization or write-off of debt discount and debt issuance costs, and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including the Senior Notes);

(iii) depreciation and amortization expense;

(iv) amortization of intangibles (including goodwill) and organization costs;

(v) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges, expenses or losses (whether cash or non-cash);

(vi) any cash compensation expense relating to the cancellation or retirement of stock options in connection with the Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million;

(vii) non-cash compensation expenses from stock, options to purchase stock and stock appreciation rights issued to the management of the Company;

(viii) any other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including deferred rent but excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period), provided, however, that cash payments made in such period or in any future period in respect of such non-cash charges, expenses or losses (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period) shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDA in the period when such payments are made;

 

191


Table of Contents

(ix) no more than $5.0 million accrued in any fiscal year for payment to the Permitted Holders in respect of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees plus any related expenses and other amounts paid to the Permitted Holders to the extent permitted pursuant to clause (b)(ii) of the covenant described under “Certain covenants—Limitation on transactions with affiliates”;

(x) any impairment charges, write-off, depreciation or amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to SFAS 141 or to SFAS 142 and any other non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting;

(xi) any reduction in revenue resulting from the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Acquisition, any acquisition consummated prior to the Issue Date or any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Capital Stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a business unit of a Person;

(xii) any loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not Disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;

(xiii) any unrealized losses in respect of Hedging Obligations;

(xiv) any unrealized foreign currency translation losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person;

(xv) the amount of any minority expense net of dividends and distributions paid to the holders of such minority interest;

(xvi) any costs, fees and expenses associated with the consolidation of the salvage operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as described in this prospectus;

(xvii) any costs, fees and expenses associated with the cost reduction, operational restructuring and business improvement efforts of any consulting firm engaged by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to perform such service;

(xviii) any charges, costs, fees and expenses realized upon the termination of employees and the termination or cancellation of leases, software licenses or other contracts in connection with the operational restructuring and business improvement efforts of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(xix) any costs, fees and expenses related to the Acquisition and any other costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Capital Stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a business unit of a Person; minus

(c) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) interest income;

(ii) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring income or gains whether or not included as a separate item in the statement of Consolidated Net Income;

(iii) all non-cash gains on the sale or disposition of any property other than inventory sold in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) any other non-cash income (excluding any items that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period that are described in the parenthetical to clause (b)(viii) above);

 

192


Table of Contents

(v) any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not Disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;

(vi) any unrealized gains in respect of Hedging Obligations; and

(vii) any unrealized foreign currency translation gains in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person, all as determined on a consolidated basis; plus

(d) the annualized impact of buyer fee increases on any business acquired in any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Capital Stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a business unit of a Person.

For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “Reference Period”) pursuant to any determination of the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto, as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period, and, in the case of any Material Acquisition other than the Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA may be increased by adding back any cost savings related thereto expected to be realized within 365 days of such Material Acquisition and all costs incurred to achieve such cost savings. As used in this definition, “Material Acquisition” means any acquisition of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes assets comprising all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business or constitutes all or substantially all of the common stock of a Person and (b) involves the payment of consideration by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000; and “Material Disposition” means any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property that yields gross proceeds to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Consolidated EBITDA shall be deemed to be $102,900,000, $99,400,000, $88,100,000 and $80,700,000, respectively, for the fiscal quarters ending on or about March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006, September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006, subject to the adjustments provided for in clauses (b) and (c) of this paragraph, (b) in determining Consolidated EBITDA at any time on or before June 30, 2007, Consolidated EBITDA will be increased by $10,500,000 on account of anticipated cost savings related to the combination of the salvage auction businesses of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and ADESA, Inc. as reflected in this Prospectus, and (c) in determining Consolidated EBITDA at any time after June 30, 2007 and on or before June 30, 2008, Consolidated EBITDA will be increased by the difference between $10,500,000 and the cumulative amount of all such cost savings referred to in clause (b) that have been realized prior to such time.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, (i) the total interest expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any interest income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including without limitation any such interest expense consisting of (a) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations, (b) amortization of debt discount, (c) interest in respect of Indebtedness of any other Person that has been Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, but only to the extent that such interest is actually paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (d) non-cash interest expense, (e) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation and (f) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, plus (ii) Preferred Stock dividends paid in cash in respect of Disqualified Stock of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and minus (iii) to the extent otherwise included in such interest expense referred to in clause (i) above, amortization or write-off of financing costs, in each case under

 

193


Table of Contents

clauses (i) through (iii) as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, that gross interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends; provided, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(i) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that (A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (ii) below) and (B) the Company’s equity in the net loss of such Person shall be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person;

(ii) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (a)(3)(A) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than (w) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (x) restrictions pursuant to the Senior Notes or the Indentures, (y) restrictions pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and (z) restrictions in effect on the Issue Date with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and other restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary that taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Noteholders than such restrictions in effect on the Issue Date), except that (A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of any dividend or distribution that was or that could have been made by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (subject, in the case of a dividend that could have been made to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause) and (B) the net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries in such Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors);

(iv) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(v) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness;

(vi) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Currency Agreements;

(vii) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person;

(viii) any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards;

(ix) to the extent otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

194


Table of Contents

(x) any non-cash charge, expense or other impact attributable to application of the purchase method of accounting (including the total amount of depreciation and amortization, cost of sales or other non-cash expense resulting from the write-up of assets to the extent resulting from such purchase accounting adjustments); and

(xi) any item classified as an extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gain, loss or charge, including fees, expenses and charges associated with the Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Issue Date.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings or synergies relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company.

“Consolidated Secured Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of such date that in each case the payment of which is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than property or assets held in a defeasance or similar trust or arrangement for the benefit of the Indebtedness secured thereby).

“Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Secured Indebtedness as at such date to (y) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (determined for each fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) of the four fiscal quarters ending prior to the Issue Date), provided, that:

(1) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Consolidated Secured Indebtedness that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Secured Indebtedness (to the extent it does not already include such Incurrence of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness) for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Consolidated Secured Indebtedness as if such Consolidated Secured Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation shall be computed based on (A) the average daily balance of such Consolidated Secured Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (B) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation);

(2) if since the beginning of such period Consolidated Secured Indebtedness has been Discharged or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio involves a Discharge of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Secured Indebtedness (to the extent it does not already exclude such Discharge of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness) for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Discharge of such Consolidated Secured Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Consolidated Secured Indebtedness, as if such Discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made a Sale, the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;

 

195


Table of Contents

(4) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) shall have made a Purchase (including any Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder), Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; and

(5) if since the beginning of such period any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and since the beginning of such period such Person shall have made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2), (3) or (4) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Secured Indebtedness for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings synergies or annualized impact of buyer fee increases relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company.

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (1) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Senior Notes) as of such date consisting of (without duplication) Indebtedness for borrowed money (including Purchase Money Obligations and unreimbursed outstanding drawn amounts under funded letters of credit); Capitalized Lease Obligations; debt obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; Disqualified Stock; and (in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor) Preferred Stock, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding items eliminated in Consolidation, and for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Hedging Obligations), minus (2) the amount of such Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness of a type referred to in, or Incurred pursuant to, clause (b)(ix) of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on indebtedness.”

“Consolidation” means the consolidation of the accounts of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Company in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning.

“Credit Facilities” means one or more of (i) the Senior Credit Facility, and (ii) any other facilities, agreements, indentures or arrangements designated by the Company, in each case with one or more banks or other lenders or institutions providing for revolving credit loans, term loans or receivables (including without limitation through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables or the creation of any Liens in respect of such receivables in favor of such institutions), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, including but not limited to any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original banks, lenders or institutions or other banks, lenders or institutions or otherwise, and whether provided under any original Credit Facility or one or more other credit agreements, indentures, debentures, notes financing agreements or other Credit Facilities or through the sale of debt securities or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

 

196


Table of Contents

“Currency Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement or arrangements (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or of which it is a beneficiary.

“Default” means any event or condition that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of noncash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation. A particular item of Designated Noncash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.”

“Determination Date,” with respect to an Interest Period, means the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of such Interest Period.

“Disinterested Directors” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, one or more members of the Board of Directors of the Company, or one or more members of the Board of Directors of a Parent, having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of any such Board of Directors shall not be deemed to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Equity Interests.

“Disposition” means, with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof. The terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable or exercisable) or upon the happening of any event (other than following the occurrence of a Change of Control or other similar event described under such terms as a “change of control,” or an Asset Disposition) (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Equity Interests convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such conversion or exchange shall be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable) or (iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than following the occurrence of a Change of Control or other similar event described under such terms as a “change of control,” or an Asset Disposition), in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Senior Notes.

“Equity Interests” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants, options, profits, interests, equity appreciation rights or other rights to acquire or purchase, or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, any such equity).

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution. “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

197


Table of Contents

“Excluded Assets” means the properties of the Company located at (i) Atlanta (Old Site), 300 Raymond Hill Road, Newnan, GA; (ii) Dallas, 1224 East Big Town Blvd., Mesquite, TX 75149, (iii) Fremont, 6700 Stevenson Blvd., Fremont, CA 94538; (iv) Kansas City, 101 Southwest Oldham Pkwy, Lee’s Summit, MO 64081 and (v) Phoenix, 400 North Beck Avenue, Chandler, AZ 85226.

“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in paragraph (a) of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the fair market value of such asset or property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination will be conclusive.

“Financing Disposition” means any sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of, or creation or incurrence of any Lien on, Receivables by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof to or in favor of any Special Purpose Entity, or by any Special Purpose Subsidiary, in each case in connection with a financing by a Special Purpose Entity or in connection with the Incurrence by a Special Purpose Entity of Indebtedness or obligations to make payments to the obligor on Indebtedness, which may be secured by a Lien in respect of such property or assets, in each case, for the Fair Market Value thereof.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (b) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that has no material assets other than securities or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries thereof), and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any such securities, Indebtedness or Subsidiaries.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Issue Date (for purposes of the definitions of the terms “Consolidated Coverage Ratio,” “Consolidated EBITDA,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Secured Indebtedness,” “Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio,” “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” and “Total Assets,” all defined terms in the Indentures to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of the Indentures), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in the Indentures shall be computed in conformity to the extent possible with GAAP.

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person; provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

“Guarantor Subordinated Obligations” means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.

 

198


Table of Contents

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodities Agreement.

“Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Senior Note is registered in the Note Register.

“Incur” means issue, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur or otherwise become liable for; and the terms “Incurs,” “Incurred” and “Incurrence” shall have a correlative meaning; provided, that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary. The accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion of amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional

Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock. Any Indebtedness issued at a discount (including Indebtedness on which interest is payable through the issuance of additional Indebtedness) shall be deemed Incurred at the time of original issuance of the Indebtedness at the initial accreted amount thereof.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(i) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

(ii) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(iii) the principal component of all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a Trade Payable or similar liability and such obligation is satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

(iv) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except Trade Payables and other accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in final service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

(v) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

(vi) the redemption, repayment or other repurchase amount of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock of such Person or (if such Person is a Subsidiary of the Company other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) any Preferred Stock of such Subsidiary, but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends (the amount of such obligation to be equal at any time to the maximum fixed involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price for such Equity Interest, or if less (or if such Equity Interest has no such fixed price), to the involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price thereof calculated in accordance with the terms thereof as if then redeemed, repaid or repurchased, and if such price is based upon or measured by the fair market value of such Equity Interest, such fair market value shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or the board of directors or other governing body of the issuer of such Equity Interest);

(vii) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

(viii) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons, to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

 

199


Table of Contents

(ix) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligation to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time);

provided, however, that Indebtedness shall not include (A) any obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of the Transaction Documents (other than the Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and the Indentures), (B) any liability for Federal, state, provincial, foreign, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person, (C) advances paid by customers in the ordinary course of business for services or products to be provided or delivered in the future, (D) Trade Payables, accrued expenses and intercompany liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, (E) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business, (F) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset or (G) earn-out obligations until such obligations become a liability on the balance sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in the applicable Indenture, or otherwise shall equal the amount thereof that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

“Interest Period” means the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include October 31, 2007 with respect to the Fixed Rate Senior Notes or July 31, 2007 with respect to the Floating Rate Senior Notes.

“Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, future agreement, option agreement, swap agreement, cap agreement, collar agreement, hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

“Inventory” means goods held for sale, lease or use by a Person in the ordinary course of business, net of any reserve for goods that have been segregated by such Person to be returned to the applicable vendor for credit, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Investment” in any Person by any other Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (other than to customers, dealers, licensees, franchisees, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others) to, or any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only, (i) “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, and (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer. Guarantees shall not be deemed to be Investments. The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced (at the Company’s option) by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount or value received in respect of such Investment; provided, that to the extent that the amount of Restricted Payments outstanding at any time is so reduced by any portion of any such amount or value that would otherwise be included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, such portion of such amount or value shall not be so

 

200


Table of Contents

included for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

“Issue Date” means April 20, 2007.

“LIBOR,” with respect to an Interest Period, means the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period beginning on the day on which dealings in U.S. dollars are transacted, with respect to a future date, are expected to be transacted in the London interbank (a “London Banking Day”) after the Determination Date that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or such other page as may replace that page on that service) (or, if not available, then Bloomberg Page BBAM1 or such other page as may replace that page on that service) as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Determination Date. If Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or such other page as may replace that page on that service) (or, if not available, then Bloomberg Page BBAM1 or such other page as may replace that page on that service) does not include such a rate or is unavailable on a Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major banks in the London interbank market, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in a Representative Amount in U.S. dollars for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such offered quotations are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in New York City, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s rate (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Determination Date, for loans in a Representative Amount in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such rates are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such rates. If fewer than two such rates are so provided, then LIBOR for the Interest Period will be LIBOR in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Period.

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

“Management Advances” means loans or advances made to directors, officers or employees of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving-related expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business, (y) in respect of moving- related expenses incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility, or (z) in the ordinary course of business and (in the case of this clause (z)) not exceeding $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

“Merger Agreement” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 22, 2006 by and among KAR Holdings II, LLC, the Company, KAR Acquisition, Inc. and ADESA, Inc., as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Merger” means the merger of KAR Acquisition, Inc. with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means an amount equal to all cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of (i) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or to be

 

201


Table of Contents

accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition (including as a consequence of any transfer of funds in connection with the application thereof in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock”), (ii) all payments made, and all installment payments required to be made, on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or that must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition, (iii) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition, or to any other Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition, (iv) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities, (v) any liabilities or obligations associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition, including without limitation pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters, and liabilities relating to any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Disposition, and (vi) the amount of any purchase price or similar adjustment (x) claimed by any Person to be owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, until such time as such claim shall have been settled or otherwise finally resolved, or (y) paid or payable by the Company, in either case in respect of such Asset Disposition.

“Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of any securities of the Company or any Subsidiary by the Company or any Subsidiary, or any capital contribution, means an amount equal to all the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale or contribution net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually incurred in connection with such issuance, sale or contribution and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

(i) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

(ii) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(iii) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Obligations” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, any principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, Guarantees of such Indebtedness (or of Obligations in respect thereof), other monetary obligations of any nature and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

“Officer” means, with respect to the Company or any other obligor upon the Senior Notes, the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Controller, the Treasurer or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity (or any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of the applicable Indenture by the Board of Directors).

“Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to the Company or any other obligor upon the Senior Notes, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person.

 

202


Table of Contents

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the applicable Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Parent or such Trustee.

“Parent” means KAR Holdings, LLC and any Other Parent and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of any Other Parent and of which the Company is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Company becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date, provided that either (x) immediately after the Company first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Company immediately prior to the Company first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Company first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.

“Parent Expenses” means (i) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent in connection with its reporting obligations under, or in connection with compliance with, applicable laws or applicable rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the Indentures, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million in any fiscal year to permit any Parent to pay its corporate overhead expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business, and to pay salaries or other compensation of employees who perform services for any Parent or for both such Parent and the Company, (iii) indemnification obligations of any Parent owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person, (iv) other operational and tax expenses of any Parent incurred on behalf of the Company in the ordinary course of business, including obligations in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor); it being understood that, for purposes of this definition, all operational and tax expenses of the Parent are deemed to be incurred on behalf of the Company if the Company’s activities represent substantially all of the operating activities of the Parent and all of its Subsidiaries, (v) fees and expenses payable by any Parent in connection with the Transactions, and (vi) fees and expenses incurred by any Parent in connection with any offering of Equity Interests or Indebtedness, (x) where the net proceeds of such offering are intended to be received by or contributed or loaned to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (y) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received, contributed or loaned, or (z) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed.

“Permitted Holder” means each of (i) Kelso & Company, L.P. and its Affiliates, (ii) GS Capital Partners VI, L.P. and its related GS VI co-investment funds and their Affiliates, (iii) ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. and its Affiliates, (iv) Parthenon Investors LLC and its Affiliates and (v) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Voting Stock of any Parent or the Company. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 1 3d-3 and 1 3d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indentures, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.

“Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or consisting of, any of the following:

(i) a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company, or a Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such Person is primarily engaged in a Related Business;

(ii) another Person that is engaged primarily in a Related Business if, as a result of such Investment, such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

203


Table of Contents

(iii) Temporary Cash Investments or Cash Equivalents;

(iv) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(v) any securities or other Investments received as consideration in, or retained in connection with, sales or other dispositions of property or assets, including Asset Dispositions made in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock”;

(vi) securities or other Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to, or of other claims asserted by, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments, including in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding or other reorganization of another Person;

(vii) Investments in existence or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence on the Issue Date;

(viii) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements, Commodities Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which obligations are Incurred in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

(ix) pledges or deposits (x) with respect to leases or utilities in the ordinary course of business or (y) otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens”;

(x) Investments in a Special Purpose Subsidiary in the form of Equity Interests, interests in Receivables generated by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or a demand note or promissory note issued by a Special Purpose Subsidiary in favor of or for the benefit of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(xi) bonds secured by assets leased to and operated by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that were issued in connection with the financing of such assets so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets at any time by paying a nominal fee, canceling such bonds and terminating the transaction;

(xii) repurchases of the Senior Notes;

(xiii) any Investment to the extent made using Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or Equity Interests of any Parent as consideration;

(xiv) Management Advances;

(xv) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (i), (v) and (vi) of such paragraph);

(xvi) other Investments in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets;

(xvii) Equity Interests, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

(xviii) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business or pledges or deposits permitted under clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

(xix) any Investment that replaces, refinances or refunds an existing Investment; provided that the new Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced or refunded, and is made in the same Person as the Investment replaced, refinanced or refunded;

 

204


Table of Contents

(xx) Investments made by AFC in the ordinary course of business in the form of loans, advances and extensions of credit; and

(xxi) Investments in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction.

If any Investment pursuant to clause (xvi) above is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary and such Person thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (i) above and not clause (xvi) above for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet delinquent or the nonpayment of which in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, as the case may be, in accordance with GAAP;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

(c) pledges, deposits or Liens in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security and other similar legislation or other insurance-related obligations (including, without limitation, pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements);

(d) pledges, deposits or Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade, government or other contracts (other than for borrowed money), obligations for utilities, leases, licenses, statutory obligations, completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), rights-of-way, building, zoning and similar restrictions, utility agreements, covenants, reservations, restrictions, encroachments, charges, and other similar encumbrances or title defects incurred, or leases or subleases granted to others, in the ordinary course of business, which do not in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(f) Liens existing on, or provided for under written arrangements existing on, the Issue Date, or (in the case of any such Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries existing or arising under written arrangements existing on the Issue Date) securing any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness so long as the Lien securing such Refinancing Indebtedness is limited to all or part of the same property, assets or substitute assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or under such written arrangements could secure) the original Indebtedness; provided, that liens incurred under the Senior Credit Facility or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed to be permitted under this clause (f);

(g)(i) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar agreements relating thereto and (ii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

(h) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards in respect of which the Company shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review, which appeal or proceedings shall not have been finally terminated, or if the period within which such appeal or proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

 

205


Table of Contents

(i) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) to third parties;

(j) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of (1) Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with clause (b)(i) (including Hedging Obligations related thereto), (b)(iv), (b)(v), (b)(vii), (b)(viii), or (b)(ix) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness,” or clause (b)(iii) thereof (other than Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of Indebtedness described in paragraph (a) thereof), (2) Bank Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with paragraph (b) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and Hedging Obligations related thereto, (3) the Senior Notes, (4) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, and (5) Indebtedness or other obligations of any Special Purpose Entity in connection with a Special Purpose Financing;

(k) Liens existing on property or assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property or assets, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property or assets), and that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

(l) Liens on Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(m) any encumbrance or restriction (including, but not limited to, put and call agreements) with respect to Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(n) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness secured by, or securing any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (in whole or in part) of any other obligation secured by, any other Permitted Liens, provided that any such new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets or replacements thereof (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate, other than Liens incurred in compliance with clause (j) above;

(o) Liens (1) arising by operation of law (or by agreement to the same effect) in the ordinary course of business, (2) on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets, (3) on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case to the extent that such cash or government securities prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose, (4) securing or arising by reason of any netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities, (5) arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business, (6) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft, cash pooling or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (7) attaching to commodity trading or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, (8) on receivables (including related rights), (9) arising in connection with repurchase agreements permitted under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness,” on assets that are the subject of such repurchase agreements or (10) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Liens on property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor);

 

206


Table of Contents

(p) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) and other obligations, which Indebtedness and other obligations do not exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding;

(q) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease;

(r) Liens securing the Senior Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees;

(s) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness,” provided that on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness after giving effect to such Incurrence (or on the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness), the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.00 to 1.0;

(t) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries that secure the Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries; and

(u) Liens securing any Indebtedness (including any Refinancing Indebtedness) Incurred in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

“Preferred Stock” as applied to the Equity Interests of any Person means Equity Interests of any class or classes (however designated) that by its terms is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Equity Interests of any other class of such Person.

“Property” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including Equity Interests.

“Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets, and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Equity Interests of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Equity Interests of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Equity Interests shall be determined by the Company in good faith.

“Receivable” means an account, chattel paper, instrument, payment intangible or general intangible and any other right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, and all security interests or liens and rights in property subject thereto.

“refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism); and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in the Indentures shall have a correlative meaning.

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refinance any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with such Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent permitted in such Indenture) and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary), including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, that (1) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is

 

207


Table of Contents

Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, the Refinancing Indebtedness (a) constitutes Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, respectively, and (b) has a final Stated Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the final Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced (or if shorter, the Senior Notes), (2) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (y) fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Refinancing Indebtedness and (3) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor that could not have been initially Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Related Business” means those businesses in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is engaged on the Issue Date, or that are related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto or extensions, developments or expansions thereof.

“Related Taxes” means any and all Taxes required to be paid by any Parent other than Taxes directly attributable to (i) the income of any entity other than any Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than any Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (iii) withholding taxes on payments actually made by any Parent other than to another Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Representative Amount” means a principal amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000 for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.

“Restricted Payment Transaction” means any Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” any Permitted Payment, any Permitted Investment, or any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment” (including pursuant to the exception contained in clause (i) and the parenthetical exclusions contained in clause (iii) of such definition).

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

“Senior Credit Facility” or “Senior Credit Agreement” means the senior secured credit facilities entered into by KAR Holdings, Inc., as borrower, with Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent, UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time, any Loan Documents (as defined therein), any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages, letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, and other instruments and documents, executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part,

 

208


Table of Contents

whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under one or more credit agreements, indentures (including the Indentures) or financing agreements or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Senior Credit Facility” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

“Senior Subordinated Note Indenture” means that indenture, to be dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

“Senior Subordinated Notes” means $425.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 10% senior subordinated notes due 2015 issued by the Company pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

“Special Purpose Entity” means (x) any Special Purpose Subsidiary or (y) any other Person that is engaged in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or other receivables, and/or related assets.

“Special Purpose Financing” means any financing or refinancing of assets consisting of or including Receivables of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been transferred to a Special Purpose Entity in a Financing Disposition.

“Special Purpose Financing Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Special Purpose Financing, but only to the extent that such amounts constitute Consolidated Interest Expense as defined in the applicable Indenture.

“Special Purpose Financing Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities, guarantees of performance (but not of collection) and (subject to clause (y) of the proviso below) other agreements and undertakings entered into or provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that the Company determines in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive) are customary in connection with a Special Purpose Financing or a Financing Disposition; provided that (x) it is understood that Special Purpose Financing Undertakings may consist of or include (i) reimbursement and other obligations of a Special Purpose Subsidiary (but not by the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries) in respect of notes, letters of credit, surety bonds and similar instruments provided for credit enhancement purposes or (ii) Hedging Obligations, or other obligations relating to Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements or Commodities Agreements entered into by the any Special Purpose Subsidiary, in respect of any Special Purpose Financing or Financing Disposition, and (y) subject to the preceding clause (x), any such other agreements and undertakings shall not include any Guarantee of Indebtedness of a Special Purpose Subsidiary by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary.

“Special Purpose Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company that (a) is engaged solely in (x) the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time) and other accounts and receivables (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto and (y) any

 

209


Table of Contents

business or activities incidental or related to such business, and (b) is (i) designated as a “Special Purpose Subsidiary” by the Board of Directors or (ii) Automotive Finance Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or any successor entity thereto.

“Sponsor Agreements” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of KAR Holdings II, LLC, the Shareholders Agreement of KAR Holdings, Inc., the Registration Rights Agreement of KAR Holdings, Inc., the Financial Advisory Agreements, the Contribution Agreement, the Conversion Agreements, in each case, described in this Prospectus under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”, the KAR Holdings Stock Incentive Plan described in this Prospectus under the heading “Management—Executive Compensation”, the Subscription Agreements dated on or prior to the Issue Date among by and among KAR Holdings II, LLC and each of the equity investors party thereto and certain members of management and their respective permitted affiliates or designees, as applicable, in each case, that will be making equity contributions to KAR Holdings II, LLC on or prior to the Issue Date and the Termination and Release Agreement dated as of the Issue Date by and among Axle Holdings II, LLC, Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and the other Persons party thereto pertaining to the matters described in the Prospectus under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—IAAI Shareholders, Financial Advisory and Other Agreements to Be Terminated”, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date, and as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original Sponsor Agreements as in effect on the Issue Date.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency).

“Subordinated Obligations” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the applicable Senior Notes pursuant to a written agreement.

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (x) any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Equity Interests or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person and/or (ii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (y) any partnership, where more than 50% of the general partners of such partnership are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person and/or (ii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means any guarantee that may from time to time be entered into by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on or after the Issue Date pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Future Subsidiary Guarantors.” As used in the Indentures, “Subsidiary Guarantee” refers to a Subsidiary Guarantee of the applicable Senior Notes.

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that enters into a Subsidiary Guarantee. As used in the Indentures, “Subsidiary Guarantor” refers to a Subsidiary Guarantor of the applicable Senior Notes.

“Successor Company” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in clause (i) under “—Merger and Consolidation.”

“Taxes” means any taxes, charges or assessments, including but not limited to income, sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value-added, stamp, property consumption, franchise, license, capital, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar tax, charges or assessments.

 

210


Table of Contents

“Tax Sharing Agreement” means any tax sharing, indemnity or similar agreement of which any Parent or any of its subsidiaries is or will be a party as in effect on the Issue Date, and as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original Tax Sharing Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date.

“Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following: (i) any investment in (x) direct obligations of the United States of America, a member state of The European Union or any country in whose currency funds are being held pending their application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country or with such funds, or any agency or instrumentality of any thereof or obligations Guaranteed by the United States of America or a member state of The European Union or any country in whose currency funds are being held pending their application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country or with such funds, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, or obligations guaranteed by any of the foregoing or (y) direct obligations of any foreign country recognized by the United States of America rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (ii) overnight bank deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by (x) any bank or other institutional lender under a Credit Facility or any affiliate thereof or (y) a bank or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization) at the time such Investment is made, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) or (ii) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii) above, (iv) Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a Person (other than that of the Company or any of its Affiliates), with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-2” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (v) Investments in securities maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A” by S&P or “A” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (vi) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the type described in clauses (i)-(v) above (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution), (vii) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a domestic commercial bank or a commercial bank organized and located in a country recognized by the United States of America, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof), or investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any successor rule) of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and (viii) similar investments approved by the Board of Directors in the ordinary course of business.

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-7bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date.

“Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, as reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters of the Company for which a calculation thereof is available.

 

211


Table of Contents

“Trade Payables” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.

“Transaction Documents” means the Sponsor Agreements, the agreements relating to the Transactions (including, without limitation, the Acquisition Documentation), the financing thereof, or the services provided or to be provided in connection therewith (including pursuant to the Sponsor Agreements), and the various ancillary documents, commitment letters and agreements relating thereto.

“Transaction Costs” means the fees, costs and expenses (including all expenses related to management bonuses, severance payments or other employee related costs and expenses) payable by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Credit Agreement, the Indentures, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and any related agreements.

“Transactions” means the acquisition by the Company of ADESA, Inc. and Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and the related financings closing on or about the date thereof as described in this prospectus.

“Trustee” means the party named as such in the applicable Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

“Trust Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by such Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, as designated by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below, (ii) any Special Purpose Subsidiary that is designated by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, that (1) such newly designated Subsidiary (a) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt, (b) except as permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates,” is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company, (c) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results and (d) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) (A) such designation was made at or prior to the Issue Date, or (B) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 at the time of designation or less or (C) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.” The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that immediately after giving effect to such designation (x) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under paragraph (a) in the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” or (y) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such designation or (z) such Subsidiary shall be a Special Purpose Subsidiary with no Indebtedness outstanding other than Indebtedness that can be Incurred (and upon such designation shall be deemed to be Incurred and outstanding) pursuant to paragraph (b) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness.” Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the applicable Trustee by promptly filing with such

 

212


Table of Contents

Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

“U.S. Government Obligation” means (x) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case under the preceding clause (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (y) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any U.S. Government Obligation that is specified in clause (x) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any U.S. Government Obligation that is so specified and held, pro vided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt.

“Voting Stock” of an entity means all classes of Equity Interests of such entity then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors or all interests in such entity with the ability to control the management or actions of such entity.

 

213


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE SENIOR SUBORDINATED EXCHANGE NOTES

The 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes”) are to be issued under an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”), as amended from time to time. This is the same Indenture under which the Senior Subordinated Restricted Notes were issued.

Except as set forth herein, the terms of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act. Any Senior Subordinated Restricted Notes that remain outstanding after the completion of the exchange offer, together with the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes issued in connection with the exchange offer, will be treated as a single class of securities under the Indenture.

Unless the context otherwise requires, in this description, the “Senior Subordinated Notes” refer to the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes and the Senior Subordinated Restricted Notes. The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Indenture, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the Indenture, including the definitions therein of certain terms used below. We urge you to read the Indenture because it, and not this description, defines your rights as Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes versus Senior Subordinated Restricted Notes

The terms of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes are substantially identical in all material respects to those of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Restricted Notes, except that the transfer restrictions, registration rights and additional interest provisions relating to the Senior Subordinated Restricted Notes do not apply to the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes.

Brief Description of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes

The Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes will:

 

   

be general, senior subordinated obligations of the Company;

 

   

be subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Company, including Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Exchange Notes;

 

   

be unsecured;

 

   

be structurally subordinated to all existing and future Indebtedness and other liabilities (including trade payables) of the Company’s Subsidiaries (other than Subsidiaries that are or become Subsidiary Guarantors pursuant to the provisions described below under “—Subsidiary guarantees”);

 

   

be limited to an aggregate principal amount of $425.0 million, subject to our ability to issue Additional Notes;

 

   

mature on May 1, 2015;

 

   

bear interest at the rate per annum from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for;

 

   

be issued in minimum denominations of $2,000 or, if greater at the Issue Date, the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 (the “Minimum Denomination”) and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof;

 

   

be represented by one or more registered Senior Subordinated Notes in global form, but in certain circumstances may be represented by Senior Subordinated Notes in definitive form. See “Book entry, Delivery and Form”;

 

214


Table of Contents
   

be pari passu in right of payment with all future senior subordinated indebtedness of the Company; and

 

   

be unconditionally guaranteed on an senior subordinated basis by each of the Company’s current and future Subsidiaries that guarantees payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility or the Senior Exchange Notes.

Because the Senior Subordinated Notes are unsecured, in the event of bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding-up of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors or upon default in payment with respect to, or the acceleration of, any Indebtedness under our senior secured credit facility or other secured indebtedness, the assets of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors that secure other secured indebtedness will be available to pay obligations on the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Guarantees only after all Indebtedness under such other secured indebtedness has been repaid in full from such assets.

Principal, Maturity and Interest

Senior Subordinated Notes

The Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes will be issued initially in an aggregate principal amount of up to $425.0 million. The Senior Subordinated Notes will mature on May 1, 2015. Each Note will bear interest at the rate per annum from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or provided for.

Interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes will be payable semiannually in cash to Holders of record at the close of business on April 15 and October 15 immediately preceding the interest payment date, on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2007. Interest will be paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months and accrue from the date of original issuance.

Additional securities may be issued under the Indenture in one or more series from time to time (“Additional Notes”), subject to the limitations set forth under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness,” which will vote as a class with the Senior Subordinated Notes and will be treated as a single class with the Senior Subordinated Notes for all purposes under the Indenture.

Other terms

Principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, the Senior Subordinated Notes will be payable, and Senior Subordinated Notes may be exchanged or transferred, at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purposes (which shall initially be the corporate trust office of the Trustee), except that, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the registered holders of Senior Subordinated Notes as such address appears in the Note Register.

Optional Redemption

The Senior Subordinated Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, at any time prior to maturity at varying redemption prices in accordance with the provisions set forth below.

The Senior Subordinated Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or after May 1, 2011, and prior to maturity at the redemption prices set forth below. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the

 

215


Table of Contents

occurrence of a Change of Control. The Senior Subordinated Notes will be so redeemable at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the relevant redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on May 1 of the years set forth below:

 

Redemption Period

   Price  

2011

   105.000 %

2012

   102.500 %

2013

   100.000 %

2014 and thereafter

   100.000 %

In addition, the Indenture provide that at any time and from time to time on or prior to May 1, 2010, the Company, at its option, may redeem Senior Subordinated Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with funds in an aggregate amount (the “Redemption Amount”) not exceeding the aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings (as defined below), at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 110.000%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that an aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes equal to at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption of Senior Subordinated Notes.

Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date (but in no event more than 180 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the completion of the related Equity Offering.

At any time prior to May 1, 2011, the Senior Subordinated Notes may also be redeemed or purchased (by the Company or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a price (the “Redemption Price”) equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, the date of redemption or purchase (the “Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control.

“Applicable Premium” means, with respect to a Note at any Redemption Date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Note on May 1, 2011, such redemption price being that described in the second paragraph of this “Optional Redemption” section plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through such date (excluding accrued and unpaid interest through the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date; as calculated by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate; provided that such calculation shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.

 

216


Table of Contents

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to a Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to May 1, 2011; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Selection

In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Senior Subordinated Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee on a pro rata basis, or, to the extent a pro rata basis is not permitted, by such other method as the Trustee shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Senior Subordinated Note of the Minimum Denomination in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to such Senior Subordinated Note shall state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. A new Senior Subordinated Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Senior Subordinated Note.

Subsidiary Guarantees

The Company will cause each Subsidiary that guarantees payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility or the Senior Exchange Notes to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes, whereupon such Subsidiary will become a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes under the Indenture. In addition, the Company may cause any Subsidiary or other Person that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to guarantee payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes and become a Subsidiary Guarantor.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, will jointly and severally, irrevocably, fully and unconditionally Guarantee, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis the punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all monetary obligations of the Company under the Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes, whether for principal of or interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise (all such obligations guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors being herein called the “Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations”). Each Subsidiary Guarantor will agree to pay, in addition to the amount stated above, any and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under a Guarantee.

The obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount, as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor (including but not limited to any Guarantee by it of any Bank Indebtedness), result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under the Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law, or being void or unenforceable under any law relating to insolvency of debtors.

Each Guarantee shall be a continuing Guarantee and shall (i) remain in full force and effect until payment in full of the principal amount of all outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes (whether by payment at maturity,

 

217


Table of Contents

purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition) and all other applicable obligations then due and owing unless earlier terminated as described below, (ii) be binding upon such Guarantor and (iii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Trustee, the Holders and their permitted successors, transferees and assigns.

Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, any Subsidiary Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released from all obligations under their Guarantees, and such Guarantees shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect, (i) in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, concurrently with any direct or indirect sale or disposition (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of any Subsidiary Guarantor or any interest therein not prohibited by the terms of the Indenture (including the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” and “—Merger and Consolidation”) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, following which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) at any time that such Subsidiary Guarantor is released from all of its obligations under all of its Guarantees of payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Exchange Notes (it being understood that a release subject to contingent reinstatement is still a release, and that if any such Guarantee is so reinstated, such Guarantee shall also be reinstated), (iii) upon the merger or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Company or another Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor following or contemporaneously with the transfer of all of its assets to the Company or another Guarantor, (iv) concurrently with a Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (v) upon legal or covenant defeasance of the Company’s obligations, or satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture, or (vi) subject to customary contingent reinstatement provisions, upon payment in full of the aggregate principal amount of all Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding. In addition, the Company will have the right, upon 30 days’ notice to the Trustee, to cause any Subsidiary Guarantor that has not guaranteed payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility or the Senior Exchange Notes to be unconditionally released from all obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect. Upon any such occurrence specified in this paragraph, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of such Subsidiary Guarantee.

Neither the Company nor any such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Senior Subordinated Notes to reflect any such Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge.

Ranking

The indebtedness evidenced by the Senior Subordinated Notes (a) will be unsecured senior subordinated indebtedness of the Company, (b) will be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, including the obligations of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Exchange Notes, (c) will rank pari passu in right of payment with all future senior subordinated indebtedness of the Company and (d) will be senior in right of payment to all future Subordinated Obligations of the Company to the extent set forth in the instrument containing the applicable subordination agreement. The Senior Subordinated Notes are unsecured. In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency, the Company’s secured lenders will have a prior secured claim to any collateral securing the debt owed to them.

Each Subsidiary Guarantee will (a) be unsecured senior subordinated indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, (b) will be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor, including its obligations, if any, under the Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Exchange Notes, (c) will rank pari passu in right of payment with all future senior subordinated indebtedness of such Person and (d) will be senior in right of payment to all future Guarantor Subordinated Obligations of such Person to the extent set forth in the instrument containing the applicable subordination agreement. Each Subsidiary Guarantee is unsecured. In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency, the secured lenders of each Subsidiary Guarantor will have a prior secured claim to any collateral securing the debt owed to them.

 

218


Table of Contents

A substantial part of the operations of the Company are conducted through its Subsidiaries. Claims of creditors of such Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred shareholders (if any) of such Subsidiaries will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such Subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of the Company, including holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes, unless such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary Guarantor with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes. The Senior Subordinated Notes, therefore, will be “structurally” subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred shareholders (if any) of other Subsidiaries of the Company (other than Subsidiaries that become Subsidiary Guarantors). Certain of the operations of a Subsidiary Guarantor may be conducted through Subsidiaries thereof that are not also Subsidiary Guarantors. Claims of creditors of such Subsidiaries, including trade creditors, and claims of preferred shareholders (if any) of such Subsidiaries will have priority with respect to the assets and earnings of such Subsidiaries over the claims of creditors of such Subsidiary Guarantor, including claims under its Subsidiary Guarantee. Such Subsidiary Guarantee, if any, therefore, will be “structurally” subordinated to creditors (including trade creditors) and preferred shareholders (if any) of such Subsidiaries. Although the Indenture limits the incurrence of Indebtedness (including preferred stock) by certain of the Company’s Subsidiaries, such limitation is subject to a number of significant qualifications.

Subordination of the Senior Subordinated Notes

Only Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor that is Senior Indebtedness will rank senior to the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. The Senior Subordinated Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees will rank pari passu in all respects with all other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company and the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor, respectively.

We will agree in the Indenture that the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors will not incur any Indebtedness that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Senior Indebtedness of such Person, unless such Indebtedness is Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the applicable Person or is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee. The Indenture will not treat (i) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (ii) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Senior Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor or other arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor will be permitted to pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes (or pay any other Obligations relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes, including Special Interest, fees, costs, expenses, indemnities and rescission or damage claims) or make any deposit pursuant to the provisions described under “Defeasance” or “Satisfaction and Discharge” below and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Senior Subordinated Notes (collectively, “pay the Senior Subordinated Notes”) other than in the form of Permitted Junior Securities if either of the following occurs (a “Payment Default”):

(1) any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company is not paid in full in cash when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure period); or

(2) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms;

unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or paid in full in cash. Regardless of the foregoing, the Company is permitted to pay the Senior Subordinated Notes if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

 

219


Table of Contents

During the continuance of any default (other than a Payment Default) (a “Non-Payment Default”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Company will not be permitted to pay the Senior Subordinated Notes (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a “Payment Blockage Period”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Company) of written notice (a “Blockage Notice”) of such Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period will end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated:

(1) by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice;

(2) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or

(3) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.

Notwithstanding the provisions described above, unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the Company and related Subsidiary Guarantors are permitted to resume paying the Senior Subordinated Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The Senior Subordinated Notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness during such period; provided that if any Blockage Notice is delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company (other than the holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility), a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities may give another Blockage Notice within such period. However, in no event may the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods on the Senior Subordinated Notes is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360-day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Blockage Notice to the Trustee will be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Blockage Notice (including by a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility) unless such default has been waived for a period of not less than 90 days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of a Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose).

In the event of any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property:

(1) the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company will be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness before the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes are entitled to receive any payment;

(2) until the Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of the Indenture will be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes may receive Permitted Junior Securities; and

(3) if a distribution is made to Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes that, due to the subordination provisions, should not have been made to them, such Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes will be required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

 

220


Table of Contents

The subordination and payment blockage provisions described above will not prevent a Default from occurring under the Indenture upon the failure of the Company to pay interest or principal with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes when due by their terms. If payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company must promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration. So long as there shall remain outstanding any Senior Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility, a Blockage Notice may be given only by the administrative agent thereunder unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the requisite lenders named therein. If any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company is outstanding, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor may pay the Senior Subordinated Notes until five Business Days after the Representatives of all the Company of such Designated Senior Indebtedness receive notice of such acceleration and, thereafter, may pay the Senior Subordinated Notes only if the Indenture otherwise permits payment at that time.

Each Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee will be senior subordinated obligations of that Guarantor. As such, the rights of Holders to receive payment pursuant to such Subsidiary Guarantee will be subordinated in right of payment to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor. The terms of the subordination and payment blockage provisions described above with respect to the Company’ obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes apply equally to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

A Holder by its acceptance of Senior Subordinated Notes agrees to be bound by such provisions and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on its behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided for in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee its attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

By reason of the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture, in the event of a liquidation or insolvency proceeding, creditors of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor who are holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes, and creditors who are not holders of Senior Indebtedness may recover less, ratably, than holders of Senior Indebtedness and may recover more, ratably, than the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Exchange Notes—Your right to receive payments on the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes is junior to our existing indebtedness and possibly all of our future borrowings. Further, the guarantees of the Senior Subordinated Exchange Notes are junior to all of our guarantors’ existing indebtedness and possibly to all their future borrowings.”

The terms of the subordination provisions described above will not apply to payments from money or the proceeds of Government Securities held in trust by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to the provisions described under “Defeasance” or “Satisfaction and Discharge,” if the foregoing subordination provisions were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to such provisions.

Change of Control

Upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control (as defined below), each Holder of Senior Subordinated Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such Senior Subordinated Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to this covenant in the event that it has exercised its right to redeem all of the Senior Subordinated Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption.”

 

221


Table of Contents

The term “Change of Control” means:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders or a Parent, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 1 3d-3 and 1 3d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, provided that (x) so long as the Company is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the “beneficial owner”;

(ii) the Company or the Parent merges or consolidates with or into, or sells or transfers (in one or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to, another Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) and any “person” (as defined in clause (i) above), other than one or more Permitted Holders or any Parent, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as so defined), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or the transferee Person in such sale or transfer of assets, as the case may be, provided that (x) so long as such surviving or transferee Person is a Subsidiary of a parent Person, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent Person and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the beneficial owner; or

(iii) during any period of two consecutive years (during which period the Company has been a party to the Indenture), individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new members thereof whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by holders of Equity Interests of the Company was approved by one or more Permitted Holders or by a vote of a majority of the members of such board of directors then still in office who were either members thereof at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such board of directors then in office.

Unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all the Senior Subordinated Notes as described under “—Optional Redemption,” the Company shall, not later than 30 days following the date the Company obtains actual knowledge of any Change of Control having occurred, mail a notice (a “Change of Control Offer”) to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: (1) that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and that such Holder has, or upon such occurrence will have, the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s Senior Subordinated Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); (2) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); (3) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this covenant, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Senior Subordinated Notes purchased; and (4) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that such offer is conditioned on the occurrence of such Change of Control. No Note will be repurchased in part if less than the Minimum Denomination in original principal amount of such Note would be left outstanding.

The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in the Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Senior Subordinated Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control

 

222


Table of Contents

Offer, or (ii) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to the Indenture as described under the caption “—Optional Redemption,” unless and until there is a Default in the payment of the applicable redemption price.

To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this “Change of Control” covenant, the Company may comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations hereunder by virtue thereof.

The Change of Control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between the Company and the Initial Purchasers. The Company has no present plans to engage in a transaction involving a Change of Control, although it is possible that the Company could decide to do so in the future. Subject to the limitations discussed below, the Company could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the Indenture, but that could increase the amount of Indebtedness outstanding at such time or otherwise affect the Company’s capital structure or credit ratings. Restrictions on the ability of the Company to Incur additional Indebtedness are contained in the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” and “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens.” Such restrictions can only be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding. Except for the limitations contained in such covenants, however, the Indenture will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

The occurrence of a Change of Control would constitute a default under the Senior Credit Agreement. Agreements governing future Indebtedness of the Company may contain prohibitions of certain events that would constitute a Change of Control or require such Indebtedness to be repurchased or repaid upon a Change of Control. The Senior Credit Agreement and the Senior Exchange Notes will, and the agreements governing future Indebtedness of the Company may, prohibit or limit the Company from repurchasing the Senior Subordinated Notes upon a Change of Control unless the Indebtedness governed by such Senior Credit Agreement, the Senior Exchange Senior Subordinated Notes or the agreements governing such future Indebtedness, as the case may be, has been repurchased or repaid (or an offer made to effect such repurchase or repayment has been made and the Indebtedness of those creditors accepting such offer has been repurchased or repaid) and/or other specified requirements have been met. Moreover, the exercise by the Holders of their right to require the Company to repurchase the Senior Subordinated Notes could cause a default under such agreements, even if the Change of Control itself does not, due to the financial effect of such repurchase on the Company and its Subsidiaries. In the event a Change of Control occurs at a time when the Company is prohibited from purchasing the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness to permit the purchase of the Senior Subordinated Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, the Company will remain prohibited from purchasing the Senior Subordinated Notes. In such case, the Company’s failure to purchase tendered Senior Subordinated Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture. If, as a result thereof, a default occurs with respect to any Senior Indebtedness, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would restrict payments to the Holders of Senior Subordinated Notes under certain circumstances. Finally, the Company’s ability to pay cash to the Holders upon a repurchase may be limited by the Company’s then existing financial resources. There can be no assurance that sufficient funds will be available when necessary to make any required repurchases. The provisions under the Indenture relating to the Company’s obligation to make an offer to purchase the Senior Subordinated Notes as a result of a Change of Control may be waived or modified with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes. As described above under “—Optional Redemption,” the Company also has the right to redeem the Senior Subordinated Notes at specified prices, in whole or in part, upon a Change of Control or otherwise.

The definition of Change of Control includes a phrase relating to the sale or other transfer of “all or substantially all” of the Company’s assets. Although there is a developing body of case law interpreting the

 

223


Table of Contents

phrase “substantially all,” there is no precise definition of the phrase under applicable law. Accordingly, in certain circumstances there may be a degree of uncertainty in ascertaining whether a particular transaction would involve a disposition of “all or substantially all” of the assets of the Company, and therefore it may be unclear as to whether a Change of Control has occurred and whether the holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes have the right to require the Company to repurchase the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Certain Covenants

The Indenture contains covenants including, among others, the covenants as described below.

Limitation on Indebtedness

The Indenture provides as follows:

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness; provided, however, that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness if on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the Incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.00 to 1.00.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur the following Indebtedness:

(i) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to any Credit Facility (including but not limited to in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created thereunder) and Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor other than under any Credit Facility, and (without limiting the foregoing), in each case, any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in a maximum principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding in the aggregate the amount equal to $2,090.0 million;

(ii) Indebtedness (A) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or (B) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary to which such Indebtedness is owed, or other event, that results in such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) will be deemed, in each case, an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof not permitted by this clause (ii) at the time of such issuance, transfer or other event;

(iii) Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors represented by the Senior Subordinated Notes and the subsidiary guarantees thereof by the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Senior Notes, the subsidiary guarantees thereof by the Subsidiary Guarantors, any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in clause (b)(ii) above) outstanding on the Issue Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (b)(iii) or paragraph (a) above;

(iv) Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations, and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million or (y) an amount equal to 2.0% of Total Assets;

(v) Indebtedness consisting of accommodation guarantees for the benefit of trade creditors of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(vi)(A) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or any other obligation or liability of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in violation of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness”), or (B) without limiting the covenant

 

224


Table of Contents

described under “—Limitation on Liens,” Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising by reason of any Lien granted by or applicable to such Person securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in violation of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness”);

(vii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) arising from the honoring of a check, draft or similar instrument of such Person drawn against insufficient funds, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within fifteen Business Days of its Incurrence, or (B) consisting of guarantees, indemnities, obligations in respect of earnouts or other purchase price adjustments, or similar obligations, Incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Person;

(viii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of (A) deductible obligations, self-insurance obligations, re-insurance obligations, completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, provided, or relating to liabilities or obligations incurred, in the ordinary course of business, or (B) Hedging Obligations entered into for bona fide hedging purposes (including, without limitation, to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from fluctuations in currency exchange rates) that are incurred in the ordinary course of business, or (C) the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business, or (D) netting, overdraft protection and other arrangements arising under standard business terms of any bank at which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary maintains an overdraft, cash pooling or other similar facility or arrangement;

(ix) Indebtedness (A) of a Special Purpose Subsidiary secured by a Lien on all or part of the assets disposed of in, or otherwise Incurred in connection with, a Financing Disposition or (B) otherwise Incurred in connection with a Special Purpose Financing; provided that (1) such Indebtedness is not recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary (other than with respect to Special Purpose Financing Undertakings), (2) in the event such Indebtedness shall become recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary (other than with respect to Special Purpose Financing Undertakings), such Indebtedness will be deemed to be, and must be classified by the Company as, Incurred at such time (or at the time initially Incurred) under one or more of the other provisions of this covenant for so long as such Indebtedness shall be so recourse, and (3) in the event that at any time thereafter such Indebtedness shall comply with the provisions of the preceding subclause (1), the Company may classify such Indebtedness in whole or in part as Incurred under this clause (b)(ix) of this covenant;

(x) Indebtedness (including any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (x)) (x) of any Person that is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with its acquisition of assets from such Person or any Affiliate thereof or is issued and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into any Restricted Subsidiary or (y) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred to finance the acquisition of any Person or assets; provided that either:

(1) after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation, either:

(A) the Company would be permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of this covenant; or

(B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is greater than the Consolidated Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(2) such Indebtedness (i) is not Secured Indebtedness and constitutes Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, (ii) is not incurred while a Default exists and

 

225


Table of Contents

no Default shall result therefrom, (iii) does not mature (and is not mandatorily redeemable in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) and does not require any payment of principal prior to the final maturity of the Senior Subordinated Notes, and (iv) in the case of sub-clause (x) above only, is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (b)(x) that was not incurred to finance the acquisition of any Person or assets) at any time outstanding Incurred under this clause (b)(x) (including any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto) by any Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors shall not exceed $100.0 million in the aggregate;

(xi) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (b)(i) through (b)(x) above, Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets;

(xii) Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and guarantees thereof by the Company in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) the sum of (1) $50.0 million for Foreign Subsidiaries and (2) $25.0 million for Canadian Subsidiaries or (y) 2.00% of Total Assets;

(xiii) Indebtedness in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto;

(xiv) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued to present or former officers, directors or employees of any the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment or service of such officer, director or employee or otherwise to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent, to the extent the applicable Restricted Payment is permitted by clause (b)(x) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments”;

(xv) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company as capital contributions to the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Issue Date as determined in accordance with clause (a)(3)(B) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds have not been applied to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition thereof); and

(xvi) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however, that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this covenant, (i) any other obligation of the obligor on such Indebtedness (or of any other Person who could have Incurred such Indebtedness under this covenant) arising under any Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded to the extent that such Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation secures the principal amount of such Indebtedness; (ii) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than

 

226


Table of Contents

one of the types of Indebtedness described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify such item of Indebtedness and may include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of such clauses (including in part under one such clause and in part under another such clause), and may reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this covenant and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses; (iii) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to clause (i) of paragraph (b) above and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included; and (iv) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness Incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, provided that (x) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date, (y) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency (or in a different currency from such Indebtedness so being Incurred), and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the outstanding or committed principal amount (whichever is higher) of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing, and (z) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency and Incurred pursuant to a Senior Credit Facility shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on, at the Company’s option, (i) the Issue Date, (ii) any date on which any of the respective commitments under such Senior Credit Facility shall be reallocated between or among facilities or subfacilities thereunder, or on which such rate is otherwise calculated for any purpose thereunder, or (iii) the date of such Incurrence. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

The Indenture provides as follows:

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of its Equity Interests (including any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party) except (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) and (y) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to other holders of its Equity Interests on no more than a pro rata basis), (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Equity Interests of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) voluntarily purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise voluntarily acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations (other than a purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such acquisition or retirement) or (iv) make any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, repurchase,

 

227


Table of Contents

redemption, defeasance, other acquisition or retirement or Investment being herein referred to as a “Restricted Payment”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto:

(1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom);

(2) the Company could not Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness”; or

(3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if other than in cash, to be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors) declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date and then outstanding would exceed, without duplication, the sum of:

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (treated as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the Company’s fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurred to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are available (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income shall be a negative number, 100% of such negative number);

(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of property or assets received (x) by the Company as capital contributions to the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Issue Date or (y) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance and sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness that shall have been converted into or exchanged after the Issue Date for Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent (other than Disqualified Stock), plus the amount of any cash and the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of any property or assets, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; provided that this clause (B) shall not include such Net Cash Proceeds to the extent that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs Indebtedness pursuant to clause (b)(xv) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” based on such Net Cash Proceeds;

(C) the aggregate amount equal to the net reduction in Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries resulting from (i) dividends, distributions, cancellation of indebtedness for borrowed money owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, interest payments, return of capital, repayments of Investments or other transfers of assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, including dividends or other distributions related to dividends or other distributions made pursuant to clause (vii) of the following paragraph (b) (but only to the extent such amount is not included in Consolidated Net Income), or (ii) the redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “Investment”), not to exceed in the case of any such Unrestricted Subsidiary the aggregate amount of Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; and

(D) in the case of any disposition or repayment of any Investment constituting a Restricted Payment (without duplication of any amount deducted in calculating the amount of Investments at any time outstanding included in the amount of Restricted Payments), an amount in the aggregate equal to the lesser of the return of capital, repayment or other proceeds with respect to all such Investments received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and the initial amount of all such Investments constituting Restricted Payments.

 

228


Table of Contents

(b) The provisions of the foregoing paragraph (a) do not prohibit any of the following, so long as a Default shall not have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom) (each, a “Permitted Payment”):

(i) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests of the Company or Subordinated Obligations made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent, or within 45 days, issuance or sale of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Equity Interests issued or sold to a Restricted Subsidiary) or a substantially concurrent, or within 45 days, capital contribution to the Company; provided, that the Net Cash Proceeds from such issuance, sale or capital contribution shall be excluded in subsequent calculations under clause (3)(B) of the preceding paragraph (a);

(ii)(A) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations (w) made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Indebtedness of the Company or Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness,” (x) from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted by the covenant described under “—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock”, and, if required, purchased all Senior Subordinated Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Senior Subordinated Notes required thereby prior to purchasing or repaying such Subordinated Obligations (y) following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “Change of Control”), but only if the Company shall have complied with the covenant described under “—Change of Control” and, if required thereby, purchased all Senior Subordinated Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Senior Subordinated Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing or repaying such Subordinated Obligations or (z) constituting Acquired Indebtedness or (B) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent, or within 45 days, issuance or sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Company or Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with the covenant described under “—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

(iii) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with the preceding paragraph (a);

(iv) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock following the first public Equity Offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6% per annum of the Net Cash Proceeds received or contributed by the Company in or from any such Equity Offering;

(v) notwithstanding the existence of any Default or Event of Default, loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent or other payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit such Parent to make payments pursuant to (A) any Tax Sharing Agreement, or (B) to pay or permit any Parent to pay (1) any Parent Expenses or (2) any Related Taxes;

(vi) payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Company to any Parent to make payments, to holders of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent in lieu of issuance of fractional shares of such Equity Interests, not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time;

(vii) dividends or other distributions of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(viii) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock, or of any Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” above;

 

229


Table of Contents

(ix) Restricted Payments (including loans and advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not exceeding an amount (net of repayments of such loans or advances) equal to the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets;

(x) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent held by any existing or former employees or management or directors of the Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary of the Company or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with (x) the death or disability of such employee, manager or director or (y) the repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management employees or directors; provided that in the case of clause (y) such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to such clause will not exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate during any twelve-month period (which shall increase to $40.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering) plus the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issuance of such Equity Interests or equity appreciation rights to, or the exercise of options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire Equity Interests of the Company by, any current or former director, officer or employee of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or from “key man” life insurance policies which are used to make such redemptions or repurchases; provided that the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company and utilized pursuant to this clause (x) for any such repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement will be excluded from clause (a)(3)(B) of the preceding paragraph; and provided, further, that unused amounts available pursuant to this clause (x) to be utilized for Restricted Payments during any twelve-month period may be carried forward and utilized in the next succeeding twenty-four-month period; and

(xi) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Equity Interests represents (i) a portion of the exercise price thereof or (ii) withholding incurred in connection with such exercise;

(xii) Restricted Payments made pursuant to, or contemplated by, or made to any Parent to permit any Parent to perform its obligations under, the Transactions, including the provisions of any Transaction Document as in effect on the Issue Date, and as the same may be amended or replaced so long as such amendment or replacement that is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original Transaction Document as in effect on the Issue Date;

(xiii) repurchases by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of all (but not less than all), excluding directors’ qualifying shares, of the Equity Interests or other ownership interests in a Subsidiary of the Company which Equity Interests or other ownership interests were not theretofore owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(xiv) payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to its guarantee of AFC’s customary servicing obligations in connection with the Receivables Purchase Agreement; and

(xv) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions;

provided, that (A) in the case of clauses (iii), (iv), (v)(B), and (vi), the net amount of any such Permitted Payment shall be included in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments (but only to the extent such amount was not included as an expense in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income), and (B) in all cases other than pursuant to clause (A) immediately above, the net amount of any such Permitted Payment shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments.

 

230


Table of Contents

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Equity Interests or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company, (ii) make any loans or advances to the Company or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company (provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Equity Interests, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction), except any encumbrance or restriction:

(1) pursuant to any agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, the Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Senior Note Indentures, the Senior Exchange Notes, the Senior Credit Facility or any other Credit Facility;

(2) pursuant to any agreement or instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger or consolidation); provided that for purposes of this clause (2), if a Person other than the Company is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Company;

(3) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (a “Refinancing Agreement”) effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise extends, renews, refunds, refinances or replaces, an agreement or instrument referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this covenant or this clause (3) (an “Initial Agreement”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an Initial Agreement (an “Amendment”); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Company);

(4)(A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract, (B) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture, (C) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent restricting the transfer of the property or assets subject thereto, (D) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (E) pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property or assets so acquired, (F) on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (G) pursuant to customary provisions contained in agreements and instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business (including but not limited to leases, sale and leaseback agreements, asset sale agreements and joint venture and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business), (H) that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or (I) pursuant to Hedging Obligations;

 

231


Table of Contents

(5) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Equity Interests or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(6) by reason of any applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their businesses; or

(7) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (A) relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of the covenant described under “—Limitation on indebtedness” (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not less favorable to the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreements (as determined in good faith by the Company), or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and either (x) the Company determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Senior Subordinated Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness or (B) of, or relating to Indebtedness of or a Financing Disposition by or to or in favor of, any Special Purpose Entity.

Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

The Indenture provides as follows:

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless

(i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition, as such fair market value may be determined (and shall be determined, to the extent such Asset Disposition or any series of related Asset Dispositions involves aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million) in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive (including as to the value of all noncash consideration);

(ii) in the case of any Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions) having a fair market value of $25.0 million or more, at least 75% of the consideration therefor (excluding, in the case of an Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions), any consideration by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, that are not Indebtedness) received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash; and

(iii) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) as follows:

(A) first, either (x) to the extent the Company elects (or is required by the terms of (1) any Senior Indebtedness, (2) any secured Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (3) any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor), to prepay, repay or purchase any such Indebtedness or (in the case of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments) cash collateralize any such Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within 360 days after the later of the date of such Asset Disposition and the date of receipt of such Net Available Cash, or (y) to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with an amount equal

 

232


Table of Contents

to Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 360 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition and the date of receipt of such Net Available Cash, or, if such investment in Additional Assets is a project authorized by the Board of Directors that will take longer than such 360 days to complete, the period of time necessary to complete such project;

(B) second, if the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clause (A) (and after the expiration of the maximum period for such application permitted by clause (A)) above exceeds $20.0 million, (such balance, the “Excess Proceeds”), to the extent of such Excess Proceeds, to make an offer to purchase Senior Subordinated Notes and (to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, or is required by the terms thereof) to purchase, redeem or repay any other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant and subject to the conditions of the Indenture and the agreements governing such other Indebtedness; and

(C) third, to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clauses (A) and (B) above, to fund (to the extent consistent with any other applicable provision of the Indenture) any general corporate purpose (including but not limited to the repurchase, repayment or other acquisition or retirement of any Subordinated Obligations);

provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A)(x) or (B) above, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this covenant, the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net Available Cash or equivalent amount in accordance with this covenant except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions or equivalent amount that is not applied in accordance with this covenant exceeds $50.0 million. If the aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes or other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary validly tendered and not withdrawn (or otherwise subject to purchase, redemption or repayment) in connection with an offer pursuant to clause (B) above exceeds the Excess Proceeds, the Excess Proceeds will be apportioned between such Senior Subordinated Notes and such other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, with the portion of the Excess Proceeds payable in respect of such Senior Subordinated Notes to equal the lesser of (x) the Excess Proceeds amount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Senior Subordinated Notes and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes and the outstanding principal amount of the relevant other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and (y) the aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn.

For the purposes of clause (ii) of paragraph (a) above, the following are deemed to be cash: (1) Temporary Cash Investments and Cash Equivalents, (2) the assumption of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock of the Company) or any Restricted Subsidiary and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition, (3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition, (4) securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days, (5) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (6) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this covenant that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million or (y) 1.25% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

 

233


Table of Contents

(b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to clause (iii)(B) of paragraph (a) above, the Company will be required to purchase Senior Subordinated Notes tendered pursuant to an offer by the Company for the Senior Subordinated Notes (the “Offer”) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Purchase Date in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in the Indenture. If the aggregate purchase price of the Senior Subordinated Notes tendered pursuant to the Offer is less than the Net Available Cash allotted to the purchase of Senior Subordinated Notes, the remaining Net Available Cash will be available to the Company for use in accordance with clause (iii)(B) of paragraph (a) above (to repay other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or clause (iii)(C) of paragraph (a) above. The Company shall not be required to make an Offer for Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to this covenant if the Net Available Cash available therefor (after application of the proceeds as provided in clause (iii)(A) of paragraph (a) above) is less than $50.0 million for any particular Asset Disposition (which lesser amounts shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether an Offer is required with respect to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition). No Note will be repurchased in part if less than the Minimum Denomination in original principal amount.

(c) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this covenant, such Net Available Cash may be applied to temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture.

(d) To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this “Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock” covenant, the Company may comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations hereunder by virtue thereof.

The Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Exchange Notes will prohibit or limit, and future credit agreements or other agreements relating to Senior Indebtedness to which the Company becomes a party may prohibit or limit, the Company from purchasing any Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to this covenant. In the event the Company is prohibited from purchasing the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Company could seek the consent of its lenders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness to the purchase of the Senior Subordinated Notes or could attempt to refinance the borrowings that contain such prohibition. If the Company does not obtain such consent or repay such borrowings, it will remain prohibited from purchasing the Senior Subordinated Notes. In such case, the Company’s failure to purchase tendered Senior Subordinated Notes would constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture. If, as a result thereof, a default occurs with respect to any Senior Indebtedness, the subordination provisions in the Indenture would restrict payments to the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes under certain circumstances.

Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates

The Indenture provides as follows:

(a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “Affiliate Transaction”) unless:

(i) such Affiliate Transaction is entered into in good faith and the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are, taken as a whole, fair and reasonable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary; and

(ii) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction have been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors.

For purposes of this paragraph, any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in this paragraph if (x) such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the

 

234


Table of Contents

Disinterested Directors or (y) in the event there are no Disinterested Directors, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives an opinion in customary form from a nationally recognized appraisal or investment banking firm to the effect that such Affiliate Transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view.

(b) The provisions of the preceding paragraph (a) will not apply to:

(i) any Restricted Payment Transaction;

(ii)(1) the entering into, maintaining or performance of any employment contract, collective bargaining agreement, benefit plan, program or arrangement, related trust agreement or any other similar arrangement for or with any employee, officer or director heretofore or hereafter entered into in the ordinary course of business, including vacation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or other similar plans, programs or arrangements, (2) the payment of compensation, performance of indemnification or contribution obligations, or any issuance, grant or award of stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, to employees, officers or directors in the ordinary course of business, (3) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Company or such Subsidiary) or (4) Management Advances and payments in respect thereof (or in reimbursement of any expenses referred to in the definition of such term);

(iii) any transaction with, including an Investment in, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) any transaction arising out of and any payments made pursuant to agreements or instruments in existence on the Issue Date (other than any Tax Sharing Agreement referred to in clause (b)(vi) of this covenant), including, without limitation, the Transaction Documents, and as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original agreement or instrument as in effect on the Issue Date;

(v) any transaction in the ordinary course of business, or approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Company controlled by the Company that is a joint venture or similar entity;

(vi) the execution, delivery and performance of any Tax Sharing Agreement;

(vii) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (and the granting of registration rights or other customary rights in connection therewith) or capital contribution to the Company;

(viii) transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, where such Affiliates hold less Indebtedness or Equity Interests than non-Affiliates and such Affiliates receive the same consideration as non-Affiliates in such transactions;

(ix) any transaction with any Person who is not an Affiliate immediately before the consummation of such transaction that becomes an Affiliate as a result of such transaction;

(x) transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Special Purpose Subsidiary in connection with a Financing Disposition or a Special Purpose Financing, provided that such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;

(xi) transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by the Indenture;

(xii) transactions involving aggregate consideration not to exceed $1.0 million;

(xiii) payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder or any of its affiliates for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other

 

235


Table of Contents

investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisition or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors; and

(xiv) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business or that are on terms at least as favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party, or that are considered fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the view of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company.

Limitation on Liens

The Indenture provides that the Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any of its property or assets (including Equity Interests of any other Person), whether owned on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, securing any Indebtedness (the “Initial Lien”), unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under the Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes or, in respect of Liens on any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets, any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, equally and ratably with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) such obligation for so long as such obligation is so secured by such Initial Lien. Any such Lien thereby created in favor of the Senior Subordinated Notes or any such Subsidiary Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates, (ii) in the case of any such Lien in favor of any such Subsidiary Guarantee, upon the termination and discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or (iii) any sale, exchange or transfer (other than a transfer constituting a transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company that is governed by the provisions of the covenant described under “—Merger and consolidation” below) to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company of the property or assets secured by such Initial Lien, or of all of the Equity Interests held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or all or substantially all the assets of, any Restricted Subsidiary creating such Initial Lien.

Future Subsidiary Guarantors

As set forth more particularly under “—Subsidiary Guarantees,” the Indenture provides that the Company will cause each Subsidiary that guarantees payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility or the Senior Exchange Notes to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes, whereupon such Subsidiary will become a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes under the Indenture. The Company will also have the right to cause any other Subsidiary so to guarantee payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes. Subsidiary Guarantees will be subject to release and discharge under certain circumstances prior to payment in full of the Senior Subordinated Notes. See “—Subsidiary Guarantees.”

Limitation on Layering

The Indenture provides that the Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either:

(1) equal in right of payment with the Senior Subordinated Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes, as the case may be; or

(2) expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes, as the case may be.

 

236


Table of Contents

The Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Senior Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor or other arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

SEC Reports

The Indenture provides that, following consummation of the Exchange Offer, notwithstanding that the Company may not be required to be or remain subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will file with the SEC (unless such filing is not permitted under the Exchange Act or by the SEC), so long as any Senior Subordinated Notes are outstanding, the annual reports, information, documents and other reports that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) or would be so required to file if the Company were so subject within the time periods specified above. The Company will also, within 15 days after the time periods specified above, transmit by mail to all Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, and to the Trustee (or make available on a Company website) copies of any such information, documents and reports (without exhibits) so required to be filed.

The Company will be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this covenant if any Parent files with the SEC and provides reports, documents and information of the types otherwise so required, in each case within the applicable time periods specified by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and the Company is not required to file such reports, documents and information separately under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (after giving effect to any exemptive relief) because of the filings by such Parent. The Company will comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this covenant shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the exchange offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement described in the Registration Rights Agreement (1) by the filing with the SEC of the exchange offer registration statement or shelf registration statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in this prospectus, to the extent filed within the times specified above, or (2) by posting on the Company’s website (or that of any of its parent companies) or providing such reports to the Trustee within 15 days after the time periods specified above, the financial information (including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition” section) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in this prospectus. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its agreements set forth under this covenant for purposes of clause (v) under “—Defaults” until 120 days after the date any report required to be provided by this covenant is due.

Merger and Consolidation

The Indenture provides that the Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

(i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “Successor Company”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Indenture by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture or one or more other documents or instruments in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

237


Table of Contents

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default will have occurred and be continuing;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, either (A) the Successor Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness,” or (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company with respect thereto) would equal or exceed the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

(iv) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary Guarantor that will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger) shall have delivered a supplemental indenture or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, confirming its Subsidiary Guarantee (other than any Subsidiary Guarantee that will be discharged or terminated in connection with such transaction); and

(v) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with the provisions described in this covenant, provided that (x) in giving such opinion such counsel may assume compliance with the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) to the extent such opinion would otherwise be required to address financial matters or tests and, as to any matters of fact, may rely on an Officer’s Certificate, and (y) no Opinion of Counsel will be required for a consolidation, merger or transfer described in the last paragraph of this covenant.

Any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or that is deemed to be Incurred by any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) as a result of any such transaction undertaken in compliance with this covenant, and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto, shall be deemed to have been Incurred in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness.”

The Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under the Indenture, and thereafter the predecessor Company shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under the Indenture, except that the predecessor Company in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets will not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Clauses (ii) and (iii) of the first paragraph of this “Merger and Consolidation” covenant will not apply to any transaction in which (1) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidates with, merges with or into or conveys or transfers all or part of its assets to the Company or (2) the Company consolidates with or merges with or into or conveys or transfers all or substantially all its properties and assets to (x) an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction or changing its legal structure to a corporation or other entity or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company so long as all assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction (other than Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary) are owned by such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after the consummation thereof.

Defaults

An Event of Default is defined in the Indenture as:

(i) a default in any payment of interest on any Note when due, continued for 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture;

(ii) a default in the payment of principal of any Note when due, whether at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture;

 

238


Table of Contents

(iii) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with its obligations under the first paragraph of the covenant described under “—Merger and Consolidation” above;

(iv) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 30 days after notice with any of its obligations under the covenant described under “—Change of Control” above (other than a failure to purchase Senior Subordinated Notes);

(v) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 60 days after notice with its other agreements contained in the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Indenture;

(vi) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, if the total amount of such Indebtedness so unpaid or accelerated exceeds $50.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent;

(vii) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary, or of other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person (the “bankruptcy provisions”);

(viii) the rendering of any judgment or decree for the payment of money in an amount (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect thereof in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) in excess of $50.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary, or jointly and severally against other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, that is not discharged, or bonded or insured by a third Person, if such judgment or decree remains outstanding for a period of 60 days following such judgment or decree and is not discharged, waived or stayed (the “judgment default provision”); or

(ix) the failure of any Subsidiary Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof or of the Indenture) or the denial or disaffirmation in writing by any applicable Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of its obligations under the Indenture or any Subsidiary Guarantee.

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

However, a Default under clause (iv) or (v) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes notify the Company of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in such clause after receipt of such notice.

If an Event of Default (other than a Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company) occurs and is continuing the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all Senior Subordinated Notes to be due and payable; provided, however, that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under the Indenture as part of the Senior Credit Facility or any series of Senior Exchange Notes shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of:

(1) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility and the Senior Exchange Notes; or

(2) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Company and the administrative agent under the Senior Credit Facility and the trustee under any Senior Exchange Notes.

 

239


Table of Contents

Upon the effectiveness of such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default relating to certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Senior Subordinated Notes will become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders. Under certain circumstances, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes may rescind any such acceleration with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes and its consequences. In the event of any Default or Event of Default specified in clause (vi) above, such Default or Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Senior Subordinated Notes) shall not be deemed to have occurred and shall be annulled, waived and rescinded automatically, in each case, without any action by the Trustee or the Holders if, within 20 days after such Event of Default arose,

(x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged;

(y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the Trustee thereunder, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity or security against any loss, liability or expense. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Senior Subordinated Notes unless (i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy, (iii) such Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, (iv) the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to certain restrictions, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes are given the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. The Trustee, however, may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or the Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability. Prior to taking any action under either Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.

The Indenture provides that if a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each Holder notice of the Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, or premium (if any) or interest on, any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of the Noteholders. In addition, the Company is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, a certificate indicating whether the signers thereof know of any Default occurring during the previous year. The Company also is required to deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after an Officer of the Company becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event that would constitute a Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

 

240


Table of Contents

Amendments and Waivers

Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding and any past Default or compliance with any provisions may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding (including in each case, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Senior Subordinated Notes). However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected, no amendment or waiver may (i) reduce the principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver, (ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note, (iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note, (iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note, or change the date at which any Note may be redeemed as described under “—Optional Redemption” above, (v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note, (vi) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Senior Subordinated Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Senior Subordinated Notes, (vii) release any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under the Indenture, except in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or (viii) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions described in this sentence. In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of the Indenture relating to subordination that adversely affect the rights of the Holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes will require the consent of the Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Subordinated Notes then outstanding.

Without the consent of any Holder, the Company, the Trustee and (as applicable) any Subsidiary Guarantor may amend the Indenture to cure or reform any ambiguity, mistake, manifest error, omission, defect or inconsistency, to provide for the assumption by a successor of the obligations of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, to provide for uncertificated Senior Subordinated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Senior Subordinated Notes, to add Guarantees with respect to the Senior Subordinated Notes, to secure the Senior Subordinated Notes, to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Senior Subordinated Notes when such release, termination or discharge is provided for under the Indenture, to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Noteholders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company, to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Senior Subordinated Notes, to conform the text of the Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee to any provision of this “Description of Senior Subordinated Notes,” to increase the minimum denomination of Senior Subordinated Notes to equal the dollar equivalent of €1 ,000 rounded up to the nearest $1 ,000 (including for purposes of redemption or repurchase of any Note in part), to provide additional rights or benefits to the Holders or make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder, to release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or the Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Indenture, to provide for the appointment of a successor trustee, provided that the successor trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of the Indenture, or to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of the Indenture under the TIA or otherwise.

The consent of the Noteholders is not necessary under the Indenture to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver. It is sufficient if such consent approves the substance of the proposed amendment or waiver. Until an amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Noteholder is a continuing consent by such Noteholder and every subsequent Holder of all or part of the related Note. Any such Noteholder or subsequent holder may revoke such consent as to its Note by written notice to the Trustee or the Company, received thereby before the date on which the Company certifies to Trustee that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes have consented to such amendment or waiver. After an amendment or waiver under the Indenture becomes effective, the Company is required to mail to Noteholders a notice briefly describing such amendment or waiver. However, the failure to give such notice to all Noteholders, or any defect therein, will not impair or affect the validity of the amendment or waiver.

 

241


Table of Contents

Defeasance

The Company at any time may terminate all its obligations under the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Indenture (“legal defeasance”), except for certain obligations, including those relating to the defeasance trust and obligations to register the transfer or exchange of the Senior Subordinated Notes, to replace mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Senior Subordinated Notes and to maintain a registrar and paying agent in respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes. The Company at any time may terminate its obligations under certain covenants under an Indenture, including the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants” and “—Change of Control,” the operation of the default provisions relating to such covenants described under “—Defaults” above, the operation of the cross acceleration provision, the bankruptcy provisions with respect to Subsidiaries and the judgment default provision described under “—Defaults” above, and the limitations contained in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) under “—Merger and Consolidation” above (“covenant defeasance”). If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option or its covenant defeasance option, each Subsidiary Guarantor will be released from all of its obligations with respect to its Subsidiary Guarantee and any security then securing the Senior Subordinated Notes will be automatically released.

The Company may exercise its legal defeasance option notwithstanding its prior exercise of its covenant defeasance option. If the Company exercises its legal defeasance option, payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. If the Company exercises its covenant defeasance option, payment of the Senior Subordinated Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (iv), (v) (as it relates to the covenants described under “—Certain Covenants” above), (vi), (vii), (but only with respect to events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of a Subsidiary), (viii) or (ix) under “—Defaults” above or because of the failure of the Company to comply with clause (iii), (iv) or (v) under “—Merger and Consolidation” above.

Either defeasance option may be exercised prior to any redemption date or to the maturity date for the Senior Subordinated Notes. In order to exercise either defeasance option, the Company must irrevocably deposit in trust (the “defeasance trust”) with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, sufficient (without reinvestment) to pay principal of, and premium (if any) and interest on, the Senior Subordinated Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be, and must comply with certain other conditions, including delivery to the Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that holders of the Senior Subordinated Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and, in the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel (x) must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable Federal income tax law since the Issue Date and (y) need not be delivered if all Senior Subordinated Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable, will become due and payable at its Stated Maturity within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year, under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company).

Satisfaction and Discharge

The Indenture will be discharged and cease to be of further effect (except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Senior Subordinated Notes, as expressly provided for in the Indenture) as to all outstanding Senior Subordinated Notes when (i) either (a) all Senior Subordinated Notes previously authenticated and delivered (other than certain lost, stolen or destroyed Senior Subordinated Notes, and certain Senior Subordinated Notes for which provision for payment was previously made and thereafter the funds have been released to the Company) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (b) all Senior Subordinated Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (x) have become due and payable, (y) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year or (z) have been or are to be called for redemption

 

242


Table of Contents

within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company; (ii) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee money, U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, sufficient (without reinvestment) to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the Senior Subordinated Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal, premium, if any, and interest to, but not including, the date of redemption or their Stated Maturity, as the case may be; (iii) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable under the Indenture by the Company; and (iv) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each to the effect that all conditions precedent under the “Satisfaction and Discharge” section of the Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of such Indenture have been complied with, provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)).

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators and Stockholders

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, equity holder, member or stockholder of the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Noteholder, by accepting the Senior Subordinated Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Concerning the Trustee

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association is the Trustee under the Indenture and is appointed by the Company as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

The Indenture provides that, except during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee will perform only such duties as are set forth specifically in the Indenture. During the existence of an Event of Default, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it under the Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

The Indenture and the TIA will impose certain limitations on the rights of the Trustee, should it become a creditor of the Company, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases or to realize on certain property received by it in respect of any such claims, as security or otherwise. Each Trustee is permitted to engage in other transactions; provided, that if it acquires any conflicting interest as described in the TIA, it must eliminate such conflict, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee with such conflict, or resign.

Transfer and Exchange

A Noteholder may transfer or exchange Senior Subordinated Notes in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the registrar and the Trustee may require such Noteholder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require such Noteholder to pay any taxes or other governmental charges required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company is not required to transfer or exchange any Note selected for redemption or purchase or to transfer or exchange any Note for a period of 15 Business Days prior to the day of the mailing of the notice of redemption or purchase. No service charge will be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of the Senior Subordinated Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge payable in connection with the transfer or exchange. The Senior Subordinated Notes will be issued in registered form and the registered holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of such Note for all purposes.

 

243


Table of Contents

Governing Law

The Indenture provides that it and the Senior Subordinated Notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

Additional Information

Anyone who receives this prospectus may obtain a copy of the Indenture and registration rights agreement without charge by writing to KAR Holdings, Inc., 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, Indiana, USA, 46032, Attention: Secretary.

Certain Definitions

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person (i) existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to be Incurred on the date of the related acquisition of assets from any Person or the date the acquired Person becomes a Subsidiary.

“Acquisition” means the Merger and all related transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documentation.

“Acquisition Documentation” means, collectively, the Merger Agreement and all schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto and all side letters and agreements affecting the terms thereof or entered into to effectuate the Merger.

“AFC” means Automotive Finance Corporation, any of its Subsidiaries, and any successor entity thereto.

“Additional Assets” means (i) any property or assets that replace the property or assets that are the subject of an Asset Disposition; (ii) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Equity Interests) used or to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Related Business (including any capital expenditures on any property or assets already so used); (iii) the Equity Interests of a Person that is engaged in a Related Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Equity Interests by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or (iv) Equity Interests of any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary acquired from a third party.

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

“Asset Disposition” means any sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer or other disposition of shares of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares, or (in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary) to the extent required by applicable law), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction), other than (i) a disposition to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) a sale or other disposition in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, sales or dispositions of used, worn-out or obsolete property and assets and property and assets that are not useful in the business of the Company or any

 

244


Table of Contents

Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable, (iv) any Restricted Payment Transaction, (v) a disposition that is governed by the provisions described under “—Merger and Consolidation” or any disposition that constitutes a Change of Control, (vi) any Financing Disposition, (vii) any “fee in lieu” or other disposition of assets to any governmental authority or agency that continue in use by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets upon reasonable notice by paying a nominal fee, (viii) any exchange of property pursuant to or intended to qualify under Section 1031 (or any successor section) of the Code, or any exchange of equipment to be leased, rented or otherwise used in a Related Business, (ix) any financing transaction with respect to any existing property or any property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including without limitation any sale/ leaseback transaction or asset securitization, (x) any disposition arising from foreclosure, condemnation or similar action with respect to any property or other assets, or exercise of termination rights under any lease, license, concession or other agreement, (xi) any disposition of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (xii) a disposition of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), entered into in connection with such acquisition, (xiii) any disposition or series of related dispositions for aggregate consideration not to exceed $10.0 million, (xiv) the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens, (xv) dispositions of Investments or receivables, in each case in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, (xvi) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligation, (xvii) the licensing of any intellectual property or (xviii) the Excluded Assets.

“Atlanta IRB Transaction” means the transactions entered into by ADESA Atlanta, LLC with the Development Authority of Fulton County, Georgia in connection with a wholesale automobile auction facility located in Fulton, Georgia.

“Bank Indebtedness” means any and all amounts, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, payable under or in respect of any Credit Facility, including without limitation principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees, other monetary obligations of any nature and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

“Board of Directors” means, for any Person, the board of directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, the board of directors or other governing body of such entity, or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board or governing body. Unless otherwise provided, “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City (or any other city in which a Paying Agent maintains its office).

“Canadian Subsidiary” means any Foreign Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of Canada or any province or subdivision thereof.

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Stated Maturity of any Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under the related lease.

 

245


Table of Contents

“Cash Equivalents” means any of the following: (a) securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof, (b) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof having a credit rating of “AA” or better at the time of acquisition from either S&P or Moody’s, (c) time deposits, certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of (i) any lender under a Senior Credit Facility or any affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and the commercial paper of the holding company of which is rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), provided, however, that time deposits (including eurodollar time deposits), certificates of deposit (including eurodollar certificates of deposit) and bankers’ acceptances in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 may be maintained at any commercial bank of recognized standing organized under the laws of the United States (or any State or territory thereof) that does not satisfy the capital and surplus requirements and rating requirements set forth in this clause (c), (d) money market instruments, commercial paper or other short-term obligations rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), (e) investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 or any successor rule of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and (f) investments similar to any of the foregoing denominated in foreign currencies approved by the Board of Directors.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Commodities Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any commodity futures contract, forward contract, option or similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.

“Consolidated Coverage Ratio” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company are available to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters (in each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), determined for each fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) of the four fiscal quarters ending prior to the Issue Date); provided, that

(1) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation shall be computed based on (A) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (B) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation);

(2) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged any Indebtedness that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination (each, a “Discharge”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a Discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such Discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

 

246


Table of Contents

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have disposed of any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “Sale”), the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to (A) the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Sale for such period (including but not limited to through the assumption of such Indebtedness by another Person) plus (B) if the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such Sale;

(4) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise acquired any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business, including any such Investment or acquisition occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder (any such Investment or acquisition, a “Purchase”), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any related Indebtedness) as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; and

(5) if since the beginning of such period any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and since the beginning of such period such Person shall have Discharged any Indebtedness or made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2), (3) or (4) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Discharge, Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred or repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings, synergies or annualized impact of buyer fee increases relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by the Chief Financial Officer or an authorized Officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness). If any Indebtedness bears, at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, a rate of interest based on a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate or other fixed or floating rate, and such Indebtedness is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated by applying such optional rate as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may designate. If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect was Incurred under a revolving credit facility, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

 

247


Table of Contents

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for any period, for any period:

(a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus,

(b) without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) the aggregate amount of all provisions for all taxes (whether or not paid, estimated or accrued) based upon the income and profits of the Company or alternative taxes imposed as reflected in the provision for income taxes in the Company’s consolidated financial statements;

(ii) interest expense, amortization or write-off of debt discount and debt issuance costs, and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including the Senior Subordinated Notes);

(iii) depreciation and amortization expense;

(iv) amortization of intangibles (including goodwill) and organization costs;

(v) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges, expenses or losses (whether cash or non-cash);

(vi) any cash compensation expense relating to the cancellation or retirement of stock options in connection with the Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million;

(vii) non-cash compensation expenses from stock, options to purchase stock and stock appreciation rights issued to the management of the Company;

(viii) any other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including deferred rent but excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period); provided, however, that cash payments made in such period or in any future period in respect of such non-cash charges, expenses or losses (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period) shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDA in the period when such payments are made;

(ix) no more than $5.0 million accrued in any fiscal year for payment to the Permitted Holders in respect of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees plus any related expenses and other amounts paid to the Permitted Holders to the extent permitted pursuant to clause (b)(ii) of the covenant described under “Certain Covenants—Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates”;

(x) any impairment charges, write-off, depreciation or amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to SFAS 141 or to SFAS 142 and any other non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting;

(xi) any reduction in revenue resulting from the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Acquisition, any acquisition consummated prior to the Issue Date or any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Capital Stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a business unit of a Person;

(xii) any loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not Disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;

(xiii) any unrealized losses in respect of Hedging Obligations;

(xiv) any unrealized foreign currency translation losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person;

 

248


Table of Contents

(xv) the amount of any minority expense net of dividends and distributions paid to the holders of such minority interest;

(xvi) any costs, fees and expenses associated with the consolidation of the salvage operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as described in this Prospectus;

(xvii) any costs, fees and expenses associated with the cost reduction, operational restructuring and business improvement efforts of any consulting firm engaged by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to perform such service;

(xviii) any charges, costs, fees and expenses realized upon the termination of employees and the termination or cancellation of leases, software licenses or other contracts in connection with the operational restructuring and business improvement efforts of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(xix) any costs, fees and expenses related to the Acquisition and any other costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Capital Stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a business unit of a Person; minus

(c) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) interest income;

(ii) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring income or gains whether or not included as a separate item in the statement of Consolidated Net Income;

(iii) all non-cash gains on the sale or disposition of any property other than inventory sold in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) any other non-cash income (excluding any items that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period that are described in the parenthetical to clause (b)(viii) above);

(v) any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not Disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;

(vi) any unrealized gains in respect of Hedging Obligations; and

(vii) any unrealized foreign currency translation gains in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person, all as determined on a consolidated basis; plus

(d) the annualized impact of buyer fee increases on any business acquired in any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Capital Stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a business unit of a Person.

For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “Reference Period”) pursuant to any determination of the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto, as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such

 

249


Table of Contents

Reference Period, and, in the case of any Material Acquisition other than the Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA may be increased by adding back any cost savings related thereto expected to be realized within 365 days of such Material Acquisition and all costs incurred to achieve such cost savings. As used in this definition, “Material Acquisition” means any acquisition of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes assets comprising all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business or constitutes all or substantially all of the common stock of a Person and (b) involves the payment of consideration by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000; and “Material Disposition” means any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property that yields gross proceeds to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Consolidated EBITDA shall be deemed to be $102,900,000, $99,400,000, $88,100,000 and $80,700,000, respectively, for the fiscal quarters ending on or about March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006, September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006, subject to the adjustments provided for in clauses (b) and (c) of this paragraph, (b) in determining Consolidated EBITDA at any time on or before June 30, 2007, Consolidated EBITDA will be increased by $10,500,000 on account of anticipated cost savings related to the combination of the salvage auction businesses of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and ADESA, Inc. as reflected in this Prospectus, and (c) in determining Consolidated EBITDA at any time after June 30, 2007 and on or before June 30, 2008, Consolidated EBITDA will be increased by the difference between $10,500,000 and the cumulative amount of all such cost savings referred to in clause (b) that have been realized prior to such time.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, (i) the total interest expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any interest income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including without limitation any such interest expense consisting of (a) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations, (b) amortization of debt discount, (c) interest in respect of Indebtedness of any other Person that has been Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, but only to the extent that such interest is actually paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (d) non-cash interest expense, (e) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation and (f) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, plus (ii) Preferred Stock dividends paid in cash in respect of Disqualified Stock of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and minus (iii) to the extent otherwise included in such interest expense referred to in clause (i) above, amortization or write-off of financing costs, in each case under clauses (i) through (iii) as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided, that gross interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends; provided, that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(i) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that (A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (ii) below) and (B) the Company’s equity in the net loss of such Person shall be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person;

(ii) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under clause (a)(3)(A) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company by operation of

 

250


Table of Contents

the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than (w) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (x) restrictions pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Indenture, (y) restrictions pursuant to the Senior Exchange Notes or the Senior Note Indentures and (z) restrictions in effect on the Issue Date with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and other restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary that taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Noteholders than such restrictions in effect on the Issue Date), except that (A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of any dividend or distribution that was or that could have been made by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (subject, in the case of a dividend that could have been made to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause) and (B) the net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries in such Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors);

(iv) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(v) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness;

(vi) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Currency Agreements;

(vii) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person;

(viii) any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards;

(ix) to the extent otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(x) any non-cash charge, expense or other impact attributable to application of the purchase method of accounting (including the total amount of depreciation and amortization, cost of sales or other non-cash expense resulting from the write-up of assets to the extent resulting from such purchase accounting adjustments); and

(xi) any item classified as an extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring gain, loss or charge, including fees, expenses and charges associated with the Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Issue Date.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings or synergies relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company.

“Consolidated Total Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (1) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Senior Subordinated Notes) as of such date consisting of (without duplication) Indebtedness for borrowed money (including Purchase Money Obligations and unreimbursed outstanding drawn amounts under funded letters of credit); Capitalized Lease Obligations; debt obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes

 

251


Table of Contents

or similar instruments; Disqualified Stock; and (in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor) Preferred Stock, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding items eliminated in Consolidation, and for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Hedging Obligations), minus (2) the amount of such Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness of a type referred to in, or Incurred pursuant to, clause (b)(ix) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness.”

“Consolidation” means the consolidation of the accounts of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Company in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning.

“Credit Facilities” means one or more of (i) the Senior Credit Facility, and (ii) any other facilities, agreements, indentures or arrangements designated by the Company, in each case with one or more banks or other lenders or institutions providing for revolving credit loans, term loans or receivables (including without limitation through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables or the creation of any Liens in respect of such receivables in favor of such institutions), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, including but not limited to any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original banks, lenders or institutions or other banks, lenders or institutions or otherwise, and whether provided under any original Credit Facility or one or more other credit agreements, indentures, debentures, notes financing agreements or other Credit Facilities or through the sale of debt securities or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

“Currency Agreement” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement or arrangements (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or of which it is a beneficiary.

“Default” means any event or condition that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

“Designated Noncash Consideration” means the Fair Market Value of noncash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation. A particular item of Designated Noncash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock.”

“Designated Senior Indebtedness” means:

(1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility;

(2) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Note Indentures; and

(3) any other Senior Indebtedness permitted under the Indenture, the principal amount of which is $35.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company as “Designated Senior Indebtedness.”

 

252


Table of Contents

“Disinterested Directors” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, one or more members of the Board of Directors of the Company, or one or more members of the Board of Directors of a Parent, having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of any such Board of Directors shall not be deemed to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Equity Interests.

“Disposition” means, with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof. The terms “Dispose” and “Disposed of” shall have correlative meanings.

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable or exercisable) or upon the happening of any event (other than following the occurrence of a Change of Control or other similar event described under such terms as a “Change of Control,” or an Asset Disposition) (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Equity Interests convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that any such conversion or exchange shall be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable) or (iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than following the occurrence of a Change of Control or other similar event described under such terms as a “Change of Control,” or an Asset Disposition), in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

“Equity Interests” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants, options, profits, interests, equity appreciation rights or other rights to acquire or purchase, or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, any such equity).

“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution. “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Excluded Assets” means the properties of the Company located at (i) Atlanta (Old Site), 300 Raymond Hill Road, Newnan, GA; (ii) Dallas, 1224 East Big Town Blvd., Mesquite, TX 75149, (iii) Fremont, 6700 Stevenson Blvd., Fremont, CA 94538; (iv) Kansas City, 101 Southwest Oldham Pkwy, Lee’s Summit, MO 64081 and (v) Phoenix, 400 North Beck Avenue, Chandler, AZ 85226.

“Excluded Contribution” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests

 

253


Table of Contents

are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in paragraph (a) of “—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

“Fair Market Value” means, with respect to any asset or property, the fair market value of such asset or property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination will be conclusive.

“Financing Disposition” means any sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of, or creation or incurrence of any Lien on, Receivables by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof to or in favor of any Special Purpose Entity, or by any Special Purpose Subsidiary, in each case in connection with a financing by a Special Purpose Entity or in connection with the Incurrence by a Special Purpose Entity of Indebtedness or obligations to make payments to the obligor on Indebtedness, which may be secured by a Lien in respect of such property or assets, in each case, for the Fair Market Value thereof.

“Fixed Rate Senior Notes” means $450.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 8  3 / 4 % senior notes due 2014 issued by the Company pursuant to the Fixed Rate Senior Note Indenture.

“Fixed Rate Senior Note Indenture” means that indenture, to be dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Fixed Rate Senior Notes.

“Floating Rate Senior Notes” means $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of floating rate senior notes due 2014 issued by the Company pursuant to the Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture.

“Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture” means that indenture, to be dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Floating Rate Senior Notes.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (b) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that has no material assets other than securities or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries thereof), and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any such securities, Indebtedness or Subsidiaries.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Issue Date (for purposes of the definitions of the terms “Consolidated Coverage Ratio,” “Consolidated EBITDA,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” and “Total Assets,” all defined terms in the Indenture to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of the Indenture), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in the Indenture shall be computed in conformity to the extent possible with GAAP.

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person; provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

“Guarantor Subordinated Obligations” means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.

 

254


Table of Contents

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodities Agreement.

“Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Senior Subordinated Note is registered in the Note Register.

“Incur” means issue, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur or otherwise become liable for; and the terms “Incurs,” “Incurred” and “Incurrence” shall have a correlative meaning; provided, that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary. The accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion of amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock. Any Indebtedness issued at a discount (including Indebtedness on which interest is payable through the issuance of additional Indebtedness) shall be deemed Incurred at the time of original issuance of the Indebtedness at the initial accreted amount thereof.

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(i) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

(ii) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(iii) the principal component of all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a Trade Payable or similar liability and such obligation is satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

(iv) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except Trade Payables and other accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in final service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

(v) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

(vi) the redemption, repayment or other repurchase amount of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock of such Person or (if such Person is a Subsidiary of the Company other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) any Preferred Stock of such Subsidiary, but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends (the amount of such obligation to be equal at any time to the maximum fixed involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price for such Equity Interest, or if less (or if such Equity Interest has no such fixed price), to the involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price thereof calculated in accordance with the terms thereof as if then redeemed, repaid or repurchased, and if such price is based upon or measured by the fair market value of such Equity Interest, such fair market value shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or the board of directors or other governing body of the issuer of such Equity Interest);

(vii) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

(viii) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons, to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

(ix) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligation to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time);

 

255


Table of Contents

provided, however, that Indebtedness shall not include (A) any obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of the Transaction Documents (other than the Credit Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Senior Notes, the Senior Note Indentures and the Indenture), (B) any liability for Federal, state, provincial, foreign, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person, (C) advances paid by customers in the ordinary course of business for services or products to be provided or delivered in the future, (D) Trade Payables, accrued expenses and intercompany liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, (E) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business, (F) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset or (G) earn-out obligations until such obligations become a liability on the balance sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in the Indenture, or otherwise shall equal the amount thereof that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

“Interest Rate Agreement” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, future agreement, option agreement, swap agreement, cap agreement, collar agreement, hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

“Inventory” means goods held for sale, lease or use by a Person in the ordinary course of business, net of any reserve for goods that have been segregated by such Person to be returned to the applicable vendor for credit, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Investment” in any Person by any other Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (other than to customers, dealers, licensees, franchisees, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others) to, or any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments” only, (i) “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, and (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer. Guarantees shall not be deemed to be Investments. The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced (at the Company’s option) by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount or value received in respect of such Investment; provided, that to the extent that the amount of Restricted Payments outstanding at any time is so reduced by any portion of any such amount or value that would otherwise be included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, such portion of such amount or value shall not be so included for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to paragraph (a) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.”

“Issue Date” means April 20, 2007.

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

 

256


Table of Contents

“Management Advances” means loans or advances made to directors, officers or employees of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving-related expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business, (y) in respect of moving- related expenses incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility, or (z) in the ordinary course of business and (in the case of this clause (z)) not exceeding $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

“Merger Agreement” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 22, 2006 by and among KAR Holdings II, LLC, the Company, KAR Acquisition, Inc. and ADESA, Inc., as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Merger” means the merger of KAR Acquisition, Inc. with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

“Net Available Cash” from an Asset Disposition means an amount equal to all cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of (i) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all Federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition (including as a consequence of any transfer of funds in connection with the application thereof in accordance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock”), (ii) all payments made, and all installment payments required to be made, on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or that must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition, (iii) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition, or to any other Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition, (iv) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities, (v) any liabilities or obligations associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition, including without limitation pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters, and liabilities relating to any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Disposition, and (vi) the amount of any purchase price or similar adjustment (x) claimed by any Person to be owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, until such time as such claim shall have been settled or otherwise finally resolved, or (y) paid or payable by the Company, in either case in respect of such Asset Disposition.

“Net Cash Proceeds,” with respect to any issuance or sale of any securities of the Company or any Subsidiary by the Company or any Subsidiary, or any capital contribution, means an amount equal to all the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale or contribution net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually incurred in connection with such issuance, sale or contribution and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

“Non-Recourse Debt” means Indebtedness:

(i) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

 

257


Table of Contents

(ii) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(iii) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

“Obligations” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, any principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, Guarantees of such Indebtedness (or of Obligations in respect thereof), other monetary obligations of any nature and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

“Officer” means, with respect to the Company or any other obligor upon the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Controller, the Treasurer or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity (or any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of the Indenture by the Board of Directors).

“Officer’s Certificate” means, with respect to the Company or any other obligor upon the Senior Subordinated Notes, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person.

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Parent or the Trustee.

“Parent” means KAR Holdings, LLC and any Other Parent and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of any Other Parent and of which the Company is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Company becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date, provided that either (x) immediately after the Company first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Company immediately prior to the Company first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Company first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.

“Parent Expenses” means (i) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent in connection with its reporting obligations under, or in connection with compliance with, applicable laws or applicable rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the Indenture, the Senior Note Indentures or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million in any fiscal year to permit any Parent to pay its corporate overhead expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business, and to pay salaries or other compensation of employees who perform services for any Parent or for both such Parent and the Company, (iii) indemnification obligations of any Parent owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person, (iv) other operational and tax expenses of any Parent incurred on behalf of the Company in the ordinary course of business, including obligations in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor); it being understood that, for purposes of this definition, all operational and tax expenses of the Parent are deemed to be incurred on behalf of the Company if the Company’s activities represent substantially all of the operating activities of the Parent and all of its Subsidiaries, (v) fees and expenses payable by any Parent in connection with the Transactions, and (vi) fees and expenses incurred by any Parent in

 

258


Table of Contents

connection with any offering of Equity Interests or Indebtedness, (x) where the net proceeds of such offering are intended to be received by or contributed or loaned to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (y) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received, contributed or loaned, or (z) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed.

“Permitted Holder” means each of (i) Kelso & Company, L.P. and its Affiliates, (ii) GS Capital Partners VI, L.P. and its related GS VI co-investment funds and their Affiliates, (iii) ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. and its Affiliates, (iv) Parthenon Investors LLC and its Affiliates and (v) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Voting Stock of any Parent or the Company. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 1 3d-3 and 1 3d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of the Indenture, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.

“Permitted Investment” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or consisting of, any of the following:

(i) a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company, or a Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such Person is primarily engaged in a Related Business;

(ii) another Person that is engaged primarily in a Related Business if, as a result of such Investment, such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) Temporary Cash Investments or Cash Equivalents;

(iv) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(v) any securities or other Investments received as consideration in, or retained in connection with, sales or other dispositions of property or assets, including Asset Dispositions made in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock”;

(vi) securities or other Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to, or of other claims asserted by, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments, including in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding or other reorganization of another Person;

(vii) Investments in existence or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence on the Issue Date;

(viii) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements, Commodities Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which obligations are Incurred in compliance with the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness”;

(ix) pledges or deposits (x) with respect to leases or utilities in the ordinary course of business or (y) otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Liens”;

(x) Investments in a Special Purpose Subsidiary in the form of Equity Interests, interests in Receivables generated by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or a demand note or promissory note issued by a Special Purpose Subsidiary in favor of or for the benefit of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(xi) bonds secured by assets leased to and operated by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that were issued in connection with the financing of such assets so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets at any time by paying a nominal fee, canceling such bonds and terminating the transaction;

 

259


Table of Contents

(xii) repurchases of the Senior Notes or the Senior Subordinated Notes;

(xiii) any Investment to the extent made using Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or Equity Interests of any Parent as consideration;

(xiv) Management Advances;

(xv) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (b) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates” (except transactions described in clauses (i), (v) and (vi) of such paragraph);

(xvi) other Investments in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets;

(xvii) Equity Interests, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

(xviii) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business or pledges or deposits permitted under clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens”;

(xix) any Investment that replaces, refinances or refunds an existing Investment; provided that the new Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced or refunded, and is made in the same Person as the Investment replaced, refinanced or refunded;

(xx) Investments made by AFC in the ordinary course of business in the form of loans, advances and extensions of credit; and

(xxi) Investments in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction.

If any Investment pursuant to clause (xvi) above is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary and such Person thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (i) above and not clause (xvi) above for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Permitted Junior Securities” means:

(1) Equity Interests in the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor; or

(2) unsecured debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness) to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Senior Subordinated Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness;

provided that the term “Permitted Junior Securities” shall not include any securities distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization if the Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility or the Senior Exchange Notes is treated as part of the same class as the Senior Subordinated Notes for purposes of such plan of reorganization; provided further that to the extent that any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors outstanding on the date of consummation of any such plan of reorganization is not paid in full in cash on such date, the holders of any such Senior Indebtedness not so paid in full in cash have consented to the terms of such plan of reorganization.

“Permitted Liens” means:

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet delinquent or the nonpayment of which in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company

 

260


Table of Contents

and its Restricted Subsidiaries or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, as the case may be, in accordance with GAAP;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

(c) pledges, deposits or Liens in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security and other similar legislation or other insurance-related obligations (including, without limitation, pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements);

(d) pledges, deposits or Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade, government or other contracts (other than for borrowed money), obligations for utilities, leases, licenses, statutory obligations, completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), rights-of-way, building, zoning and similar restrictions, utility agreements, covenants, reservations, restrictions, encroachments, charges, and other similar encumbrances or title defects incurred, or leases or subleases granted to others, in the ordinary course of business, which do not in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(f) Liens existing on, or provided for under written arrangements existing on, the Issue Date, or (in the case of any such Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries existing or arising under written arrangements existing on the Issue Date) securing any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness so long as the Lien securing such Refinancing Indebtedness is limited to all or part of the same property, assets or substitute assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or under such written arrangements could secure) the original Indebtedness; provided, that liens incurred under the Senior Credit Facility or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed to be permitted under this clause (f);

(g)(i) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar agreements relating thereto and (ii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

(h) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards in respect of which the Company shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review, which appeal or proceedings shall not have been finally terminated, or if the period within which such appeal or proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

(i) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) to third parties;

(j) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of (1) Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with clause (b)(i) (including Hedging Obligations related thereto), (b)(iv), (b)(v), (b)(vii), (b)(viii), or (b)(ix) of the covenant described under “—Certain covenants—Limitation on indebtedness,” or clause (b)(iii) thereof (other than Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of Indebtedness described in paragraph (a) thereof), (2) Senior Indebtedness and Hedging Obligations related thereto, (3) the Senior Subordinated Notes, (4) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, and (5) Indebtedness or other obligations of any Special Purpose Entity in connection with a Special Purpose Financing;

(k) Liens existing on property or assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property or assets, including

 

261


Table of Contents

any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided, however, that such Liens are not created in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property or assets), and that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

(l) Liens on Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(m) any encumbrance or restriction (including, but not limited to, put and call agreements) with respect to Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(n) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness secured by, or securing any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (in whole or in part) of any other obligation secured by, any other Permitted Liens, provided that any such new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets or replacements thereof (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate, other than Liens incurred in compliance with clause (j) above;

(o) Liens (1) arising by operation of law (or by agreement to the same effect) in the ordinary course of business, (2) on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets, (3) on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case to the extent that such cash or government securities prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose, (4) securing or arising by reason of any netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities, (5) arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business, (6) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft, cash pooling or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (7) attaching to commodity trading or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, (8) on receivables (including related rights), (9) arising in connection with repurchase agreements permitted under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness,” on assets that are the subject of such repurchase agreements or (10) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Liens on property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor);

(p) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) and other obligations, which Indebtedness and other obligations do not exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding;

(q) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease;

(r) Liens securing the Senior Subordinated Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees;

(s) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries that secure the Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries; and

(t) Liens securing any Indebtedness (including any Refinancing Indebtedness) Incurred in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

262


Table of Contents

“Preferred Stock” as applied to the Equity Interests of any Person means Equity Interests of any class or classes (however designated) that by its terms is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Equity Interests of any other class of such Person.

“Property” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including Equity Interests.

“Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets, and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Equity Interests of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

“Qualified Proceeds” means assets that are used or useful in, or Equity Interests of any Person engaged in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Equity Interests shall be determined by the Company in good faith.

“Receivable” means an account, chattel paper, instrument, payment intangible or general intangible and any other right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, and all security interests or liens and rights in property subject thereto.

“refinance” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism); and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in the Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refinance any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with such Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent permitted in such Indenture) and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary), including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, that (1) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, the Refinancing Indebtedness (a) constitutes Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, respectively, and (b) has a final Stated Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the final Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced (or if shorter, the Senior Subordinated Notes), (2) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (y) fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Refinancing Indebtedness and (3) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor that could not have been initially Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Related Business” means those businesses in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is engaged on the Issue Date, or that are related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto or extensions, developments or expansions thereof.

“Related Taxes” means any and all Taxes required to be paid by any Parent other than Taxes directly attributable to (i) the income of any entity other than any Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries,

 

263


Table of Contents

(ii) owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than any Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (iii) withholding taxes on payments actually made by any Parent other than to another Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Representative” means any trustee, agent or other representative for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Company.

“Representative Amount” means a principal amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000 for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.

“Restricted Payment Transaction” means any Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments,” any Permitted Payment, any Permitted Investment, or any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment” (including pursuant to the exception contained in clause (i) and the parenthetical exclusions contained in clause (iii) of such definition).

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

“Senior Credit Facility” or “Senior Credit Agreement” means the senior secured credit facilities entered into by KAR Holdings, Inc., as borrower, with Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent, UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time, any Loan Documents (as defined therein), any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages, letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, and other instruments and documents, executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under one or more credit agreements, indentures (including the Indenture) or financing agreements or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Senior Credit Facility” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

“Senior Indebtedness” means:

(1) all Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility or Senior Exchange Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

 

264


Table of Contents

(2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facility) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into); provided, that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture;

(3) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of the Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is equal in right of payment with or subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes or any related Subsidiary Guarantee; and

(4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3); provided, however, that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

(a) any obligation of such Person to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to any joint venture in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has an interest;

(b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

(c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

(e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of the Indenture; provided, however that such Indebtedness shall be deemed not to have been incurred in violation of the Indenture for purposes of this clause if such Indebtedness consists of Designated Senior Indebtedness, and the holder(s) of such Indebtedness or their agent or representative (a) had no actual knowledge at the time of incurrence that the incurrence of such Indebtedness violated the Indenture and (b) shall have received a certificate from an officer of the Company to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not violate the provisions of the Indenture.

“Senior Note Indentures” means the Fixed Rate Senior Note Indenture and the Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture.

“Senior Notes” means the Floating Rate Senior Notes and the Fixed Rate Senior Notes. “Senior Subordinated Indebtedness” means:

(1) with respect to the Company, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes issued by the Company; and

(2) with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such entity of Senior Subordinated Notes.

“Significant Subsidiary” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

“Special Purpose Entity” means (x) any Special Purpose Subsidiary or (y) any other Person that is engaged in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or other receivables, and/or related assets.

“Special Purpose Financing” means any financing or refinancing of assets consisting of or including Receivables of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been transferred to a Special Purpose Entity in a Financing Disposition.

 

265


Table of Contents

“Special Purpose Financing Fees” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Special Purpose Financing, but only to the extent that such amounts constitute Consolidated Interest Expense as defined in the Indenture.

“Special Purpose Financing Undertakings” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities, guarantees of performance (but not of collection) and (subject to clause (y) of the proviso below) other agreements and undertakings entered into or provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that the Company determines in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive) are customary in connection with a Special Purpose Financing or a Financing Disposition; provided that (x) it is understood that Special Purpose Financing Undertakings may consist of or include (i) reimbursement and other obligations of a Special Purpose Subsidiary (but not by the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries) in respect of notes, letters of credit, surety bonds and similar instruments provided for credit enhancement purposes or (ii) Hedging Obligations, or other obligations relating to Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements or Commodities Agreements entered into by the any Special Purpose Subsidiary, in respect of any Special Purpose Financing or Financing Disposition, and (y) subject to the preceding clause (x), any such other agreements and undertakings shall not include any Guarantee of Indebtedness of a Special Purpose Subsidiary by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary.

“Special Purpose Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary of the Company that (a) is engaged solely in (x) the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time) and other accounts and receivables (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto and (y) any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and (b) is (i) designated as a “Special Purpose Subsidiary” by the Board of Directors or (ii) Automotive Finance Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or any successor entity thereto.

“Sponsor Agreements” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of KAR Holdings II, LLC, the Shareholders Agreement of KAR Holdings, Inc., the Registration Rights Agreement of KAR Holdings, Inc., the Financial Advisory Agreements, the Contribution Agreement, the Conversion Agreements, in each case, described in this Prospectus under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” the KAR Holdings Stock Incentive Plan described in this Prospectus under the heading “Management—Executive Compensation,” the Subscription Agreements dated on or prior to the Issue Date among by and among KAR Holdings II, LLC and each of the equity investors party thereto and certain members of management and their respective permitted affiliates or designees, as applicable, in each case, that will be making equity contributions to KAR Holdings II, LLC on or prior to the Issue Date and the Termination and Release Agreement dated as of the Issue Date by and among Axle Holdings II, LLC, Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and the other Persons party thereto pertaining to the matters described in the Prospectus under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—IAAI Shareholders, Financial Advisory and Other Agreements to Be Terminated,” in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date, and as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original Sponsor Agreements as in effect on the Issue Date.

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency).

“Subordinated Obligations” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Senior Subordinated Notes pursuant to a written agreement.

 

266


Table of Contents

“Subsidiary” of any Person means (x) any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Equity Interests or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person and/or (ii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (y) any partnership, where more than 50% of the general partners of such partnership are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person and/or (ii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

“Subsidiary Guarantee” means any guarantee that may from time to time be entered into by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on or after the Issue Date pursuant to the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Future Subsidiary Guarantors.” As used in the Indenture, “Subsidiary Guarantee” refers to a Subsidiary Guarantee of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that enters into a Subsidiary Guarantee. As used in the Indenture, “Subsidiary Guarantor” refers to a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Senior Subordinated Notes.

“Successor Company” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in clause (i) under “—Merger and consolidation.”

“Taxes” means any taxes, charges or assessments, including but not limited to income, sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value-added, stamp, property consumption, franchise, license, capital, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar tax, charges or assessments.

“Tax Sharing Agreement” means any tax sharing, indemnity or similar agreement of which any Parent or any of its subsidiaries is or will be a party as in effect on the Issue Date, and as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original Tax Sharing Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date.

“Temporary Cash Investments” means any of the following: (i) any investment in (x) direct obligations of the United States of America, a member state of The European Union or any country in whose currency funds are being held pending their application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country or with such funds, or any agency or instrumentality of any thereof or obligations Guaranteed by the United States of America or a member state of The European Union or any country in whose currency funds are being held pending their application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country or with such funds, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, or obligations guaranteed by any of the foregoing or (y) direct obligations of any foreign country recognized by the United States of America rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (ii) overnight bank deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by (x) any bank or other institutional lender under a Credit Facility or any affiliate thereof or (y) a bank or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization) at the time such Investment is made, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) or (ii) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii) above, (iv) Investments in commercial

 

267


Table of Contents

paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a Person (other than that of the Company or any of its Affiliates), with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-2” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (v) Investments in securities maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A” by S&P or “A” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (vi) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the type described in clauses (i)-(v) above (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution), (vii) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a domestic commercial bank or a commercial bank organized and located in a country recognized by the United States of America, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof), or investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any successor rule) of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and (viii) similar investments approved by the Board of Directors in the ordinary course of business.

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-7bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date.

“Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, as reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters of the Company for which a calculation thereof is available.

“Trade Payables” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.

“Transaction Documents” means the Sponsor Agreements, the agreements relating to the Transactions (including, without limitation, the Acquisition Documentation), the financing thereof, or the services provided or to be provided in connection therewith (including pursuant to the Sponsor Agreements), and the various ancillary documents, commitment letters and agreements relating thereto.

“Transaction Costs” means the fees, costs and expenses (including all expenses related to management bonuses, severance payments or other employee related costs and expenses) payable by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Credit Agreement, the Senior Notes Indentures, the Indenture and any related agreements.

“Transactions” means the acquisition by the Company of ADESA, Inc. and Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and the related financings closing on or about the date thereof as described in this prospectus.

“Trustee” means the party named as such in the Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

“Trust Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the President or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, as designated by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below, (ii) any Special Purpose Subsidiary that is designated by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company

 

268


Table of Contents

(including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided, that (1) such newly designated Subsidiary (a) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt, (b) except as permitted by the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitations on Transactions with Affiliates,” is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company, (c) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results and (d) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) (A) such designation was made at or prior to the Issue Date, or (B) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 at the time of designation or less or (C) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Restricted Payments.” The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, that immediately after giving effect to such designation (x) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under paragraph (a) in the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness” or (y) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such designation or (z) such Subsidiary shall be a Special Purpose Subsidiary with no Indebtedness outstanding other than Indebtedness that can be Incurred (and upon such designation shall be deemed to be Incurred and outstanding) pursuant to paragraph (b) of the covenant described under “—Certain Covenants—Limitation on Indebtedness.” Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

“U.S. Government Obligation” means (x) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case under the preceding clause (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (y) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any U.S. Government Obligation that is specified in clause (x) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any U.S. Government Obligation that is so specified and held, pro vided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt.

“Voting Stock” of an entity means all classes of Equity Interests of such entity then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors or all interests in such entity with the ability to control the management or actions of such entity.

 

269


Table of Contents

BOOK-ENTRY, DELIVERY AND FORM

Except as described below, the Exchange Notes will be initially represented by one or more global notes (“Global Notes”) in fully registered form without interest coupons. The Global Notes will be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for DTC, and DTC or its nominee will initially be the sole registered holder of the Exchange Notes for all purposes under the Indentures. We expect that, pursuant to procedures established by DTC, (i) upon the issuance of Global Notes, DTC or its custodian will credit, on its internal system, the principal amount at maturity of the individual beneficial interests represented by such Global Notes to the respective accounts of persons who have accounts with such depositary, and (ii) ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be shown on, and the transfer of such ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee (with respect to interests of participants) and the records of participants (with respect to interests of persons other than participants). Ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be limited to persons who have accounts with DTC (“participants”) or persons who hold interests through participants. Holders of Exchange Notes may hold their interests in the Global Notes directly through DTC if they are participants in such system, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in such system.

So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of the Global Notes, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the Exchange Notes represented by such Global Notes for all purposes under the Indentures. No beneficial owner of an interest in the Global Notes will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with DTC’s procedures, in addition to those provided for under the Indentures with respect to the Exchange Notes.

Payments of the principal of, premium (if any) and interest on the Global Notes will be made to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner thereof. None of the Company, the Trustee, nor any paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to such beneficial ownership interest.

We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal, premium (if any), or interest on the Global Notes, will credit participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the Global Notes as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the Global Notes held through such participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practice, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers registered in the names of nominees for such customers. Such payments will be the responsibility of such participants.

Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way through DTC’s same-day funds system in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same-day funds.

So long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner or holder of such Global Notes, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the Exchange Notes represented by such Global Notes for the purposes of receiving payment on the Exchange Notes, receiving notices and for all other purposes under the Indentures and the Exchange Notes. Beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be evidenced only by, and transfers thereof will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC and its participants. Except as provided below, owners of beneficial interests in a Global Note will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated Exchange Notes in definitive form and will not be considered the holders of such Global Note for any purposes under the Indentures. Accordingly, each person owning a beneficial interest in a Global Note must rely on the procedures of DTC and, if such person is not a participant, on the procedures of the participant through which such person owns its interests, to exercise any rights of a holder of Exchange Notes under the Indentures. We understand that under existing industry practices, in the event that we request any action of holders of Exchange Notes or that an owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note desires to give or take any action that a holder of Exchange Notes is entitled to give or take under the Indentures, DTC would authorize the participants holding the relevant beneficial interest to give or take such action, and such participants would authorize beneficial owners owning through such participants to give or take such action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of the beneficial owners owning through them.

 

270


Table of Contents

DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of Exchange Notes only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in the Global Notes are credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amounts of Exchange Notes as to which such participant or participants has or have been given such direction.

DTC has advised us as follows: DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code and a “Clearing Agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). DTC was created to hold securities for its participants and facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions between participants through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of its participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of certificates. Participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, and clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Indirect access to the DTC system is available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly (“indirect participants”).

Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the Global Notes among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither us nor the Trustee will have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their operations.

Certificated Securities

Exchange Notes will be issued in physical form and delivered to each person that DTC identifies as a beneficial owner of the related Exchange Notes only (i) if DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for the Global Notes or if at any time DTC ceases to be a “clearing agency” registered under the Exchange Act and we thereupon fail to appoint a successor depositary within 90 days of such notice or cessation or, (ii) upon the request of DTC at any time that there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Exchange Notes. Upon any such exchange, certificated Exchange Notes shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of DTC (in accordance with its customary procedures).

Registration Rights

We are making the exchange offer to satisfy your registration rights, as a holder of the Restricted Notes. The following description of certain material provisions of the registration rights agreement is a summary only. Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every aspect of the registration rights agreement. This summary is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to all the provisions of the registration rights agreement, a copy of which is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we agreed, for the benefit of the holders of the Restricted Notes, at our cost, to use commercially reasonable efforts to:

 

   

file a registration statement for Exchange Notes, with identical terms to the Restricted Notes except that the Exchange Notes will not contain terms with respect to transfer restrictions and registration rights and will not provide for the payment of additional interest under the circumstances described below; and

 

   

cause the exchange offer registration statement to become effective and to remain effective until the closing of the exchange offer.

 

271


Table of Contents

We have also agreed to commence the exchange offer, as promptly as practicable following the effectiveness of the exchange offer registration statement, and to keep the exchange offer open for not less than 20 business days after the date notice thereof is mailed to holders (or longer if required by applicable law).

Shelf Registration

Subject to certain exceptions, in the event:

 

   

we are not permitted to effect the exchange offer because the exchange offer is not permitted by applicable law or SEC interpretations thereof;

 

   

if the exchange offer is not consummated within 360 days after the date of the original issuance of the Restricted Notes;

 

   

any initial purchaser so requests with respect to Restricted Notes not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes in the exchange offer and held by it following the consummation of the exchange offer; or

 

   

any holder of Restricted Notes notifies us that (a) it is not permitted to participate in the exchange offer, or (b) it does not receive freely transferable Exchange Notes pursuant to the exchange offer,

we have agreed to as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 90 days after required or requested as described above) file with the SEC a shelf registration statement to cover resales of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in the registration rights agreement) of each series by the holders thereof. In such event, we will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the applicable registration statement to be declared effective (unless it becomes effective automatically upon filing) and to remain continuously effective for two years or such shorter period that will terminate when all the securities covered by the shelf registration statement have been sold pursuant thereto or cease to be outstanding or are no longer restricted securities (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) or cease to be Transfer Restricted Securities.

Additional Interest

If (i) we fail to consummate the exchange offer within 360 days after the original issue date of the Restricted Notes, or (ii) the shelf registration statement, if required to be filed, is declared (or becomes automatically) effective but thereafter, subject to certain limited exceptions, ceases to be effective during the periods specified in the registration rights agreement (each such event referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above, a “Registration Default”) then we will pay additional interest (“Additional Interest”) in cash to each holder of the applicable series of Restricted Notes, with respect to the first 90-day period (or portion thereof) while a Registration Default is continuing immediately following the occurrence of such Registration Default, in an amount equal to $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of the applicable Restricted Notes. The amount of additional interest will increase by an additional $0.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of the applicable Restricted Notes for each subsequent 90-day period until such Registration Default has been cured, up to a maximum amount of $0.50 per week per $1,000 principal amount of the applicable Restricted Notes.

 

272


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a summary of the anticipated material United States federal income tax consequences to a holder of Restricted Notes relating to the exchange of Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes. This summary is based upon existing United States federal income tax law, which is subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not discuss all aspects of United States federal income taxation which may be important to particular investors in light of their individual investment circumstances, such as Restricted Notes held by investors subject to special tax rules (e.g., financial institutions, insurance companies, broker-dealers, tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations), and partnerships and their partners), or to persons that hold the Restricted Notes as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale, or other integrated security transaction for United States federal income tax purposes or that have a functional currency other than the United States dollar, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. In addition, this summary does not address any state, local, or non-United States tax considerations. Each prospective investor is urged to consult his tax advisor regarding the United States federal, state, local, and non-United States income and other tax considerations of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of the Exchange Notes.

Exchange of Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes

An exchange of Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the exchange offer will be ignored for United States federal income tax purposes. Consequently, a holder of Restricted Notes will not recognize gain or loss, for United States federal income tax purposes, as a result of exchanging Restricted Notes for Exchange Notes pursuant to the exchange offer. The holding period of the Exchange Notes will be the same as the holding period of the Restricted Notes and the tax basis in the Exchange Notes will be the same as the adjusted tax basis in the Restricted Notes as determined immediately before the exchange.

 

273


Table of Contents

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

Each broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer must acknowledge that it will deliver a prospectus in connection with any resale of such Exchange Notes. This prospectus, as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer in connection with resales of Exchange Notes received in exchange for Restricted Notes where such Restricted Notes were acquired as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities. We and the subsidiary guarantors have agreed that, starting on the expiration date and ending 90 days after the expiration date, we will make this prospectus, as amended or supplemented, available to any broker-dealer for use in connection with any such resale.

We will not receive any proceeds from any sale of Exchange Notes by broker-dealers. Exchange Notes received by broker-dealers for their own account pursuant to the exchange offer may be sold from time to time in one or more transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through the writing of options on the Exchange Notes or a combination of such methods of resale, at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. Any such resale may be made directly to purchasers or to or through brokers or dealers who may receive compensation in the form of commissions or concessions from any such broker-dealer or the purchasers of any such Exchange Notes. Any broker-dealer that resells Exchange Notes that were received by it for its own account pursuant to the exchange offer and any broker or dealer that participates in a distribution of such Exchange Notes may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and any profit on any such resale of Exchange Notes and any commission or concessions received by any such persons may be deemed to be underwriting compensation under the Securities Act. By acknowledging that it will deliver and by delivering a prospectus, a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act.

For a period of 90 days after the expiration date, we will promptly send additional copies of this prospectus and any amendment or supplement to this prospectus to any broker-dealer that requests such documents.

We have agreed to pay all expenses incidental to the exchange offer other than commissions and concessions of any broker or dealer and will indemnify holders of the Exchange Notes, including any broker-dealers, against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act or contribute to payments that they may be required to make in request thereof.

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the Exchange Notes offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of KAR Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2006, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements and schedules of ADESA, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and for the year then ended, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the financial statements of ADESA, Inc. refers to the adoption in 2006 of SFAS 123(R), “ Share-Based Payment .”

 

274


Table of Contents

The consolidated financial statements of ADESA, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report appearing in this prospectus.

The consolidated financial statements of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 (Successor) and December 25, 2005 (Successor), and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2006 (Successor), for the period from May 25, 2005 to December 25, 2005 (Successor), for the period from December 27, 2004 to May 24, 2005 (Predecessor) and for the year ended December 26, 2004 (Predecessor), have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the financial statements of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and subsidiaries refers to the adoption in 2006 of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “ Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in the Current Year Financial Statements ,” and SFAS 123(R), “ Share-Based Payment.”

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We and the guarantors have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with respect to the Exchange Notes being offered hereby. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us, the guarantors or the Exchange Notes, reference is made to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete. We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of the offering of the Exchange Notes, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statements, such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s home page on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov).

So long as we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, we and our guarantor subsidiaries are required to furnish the information required to be filed with the SEC to the trustee and the holders of the outstanding notes. We and our guarantor subsidiaries have agreed that, even if they are not required under the Exchange Act to furnish such information to the SEC, they will nonetheless continue to furnish information that would be required to be furnished by them and their guarantor subsidiaries by Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and, with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by their certified independent accountants to the trustee and the holders of the Restricted Notes or Exchange Notes as if they were subject to such periodic reporting requirements. Regardless of whether we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, we and our guarantors have agreed to make available to the trustee and the holders of the notes such information that would otherwise be required to be filed with the SEC under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

275


Table of Contents

I NDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The financial statements referred to below include the historical financial statements of KAR Holdings, Inc. since its incorporation in November 2006 through its current interim period ended September 30, 2007. However, KAR Holdings had no operations until its acquisitions of ADESA and IAAI on April 20, 2007. In addition, the historical financial statements of the companies KAR Holdings acquired on April 20, 2007 (ADESA and IAAI) are presented for each of the last three years as well as the interim period in 2007, prior to the acquisition, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2006.

Index to Financial Statements

 

Consolidated Financial Statement of KAR Holdings, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2006

   F-3

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statement

   F-4

Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements of KAR Holdings, Inc.

  

Consolidated Statement of Income for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007

   F-7

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2007

   F-8

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007

   F-10

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007

   F-11

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-12

Consolidated Financial Statements of ADESA, Inc.

  

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

   F-32

Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Period January 1, 2007 to April 19, 2007 (unaudited) and the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited)

   F-34

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and April 19, 2007 (unaudited)

   F-35

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, and the Period January 1, 2007 to April 19, 2007 (unaudited)

   F-37

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Period January 1, 2007 to April 19, 2007 (unaudited) and the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2006 (unaudited)

   F-39

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-40

Schedule II—Valuation & Qualifying Accounts

   F-83

Consolidated Financial Statements of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-84

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and April 19, 2007 (unaudited)

   F-85

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2006, the Period May 25, 2005 to December 25, 2005 (successor), the Period December 27, 2004 to May 24, 2005 (predecessor), the Year Ended December 26, 2004 (predecessor), the Period January 1, 2007 to April 19, 2007 (unaudited) and the Nine Months Ended September 24, 2006 (unaudited)

   F-86

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Year Ended December 31, 2006, the Period May 25, 2005 to December 25, 2005 (successor), the Period December 27, 2004 to May 24, 2005 (predecessor), the Year Ended December 26, 2004 (predecessor), and the Period January 1, 2007 to April 19, 2007 (unaudited)

   F-87

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2006, the Period May 25, 2005 to December 25, 2005 (successor), the Period December 27, 2004 to May 24, 2005 (predecessor), the Year Ended December 26, 2004 (predecessor), the Period January 1, 2007 to April 19, 2007 (unaudited) and the Nine Months Ended September 24, 2006 (unaudited)

   F-89

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F-91

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

KAR Holdings, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of KAR Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2006. This financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of KAR Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

/s/     KPMG LLP

 

Indianapolis, Indiana

January 22, 2008

 

F-2


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Balance Sheet

 

     December 31,
2006
 

Assets

  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —    
        

Liabilities & Stockholders’ Equity

  

Accounts payable

   $ —    
        

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value:

  

Authorized shares: 5,000,000

Issued shares: none

  

 


—  


 

  

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

  

Authorized shares: 20,000,000

Issued shares: 100

  

 


1


 

  

Additional paid-in capital

     99  

Amount receivable from equity sponsors

     (100 )
        

Total stockholders’ equity

     —    
        

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ —    
        

See notes to financial statement

 

F-3


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statement

Note 1—Organization and Other Matters

KAR Holdings, Inc. was organized in the State of Delaware on November 9, 2006. The Company is a holding company organized for the purpose of consummating a merger with ADESA, Inc. and combining Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. with ADESA. The Company had no operations in 2006.

Defined Terms

Unless otherwise indicated, the following terms used herein shall have the following meanings:

 

   

the “Equity Sponsors” refers, collectively, to Kelso Investment Associates VII, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. and Parthenon Investors II, L.P., which own through their respective affiliates substantially all of KAR Holdings equity;

 

   

“KAR Holdings” or the “Company” refers to KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a wholly owned subsidiary of KAR LLC. KAR Holdings became the parent company of ADESA and IAAI on April 20, 2007;

 

   

“KAR LLC” refers to KAR Holdings II, LLC, which is owned by affiliates of the Equity Sponsors and management of the Company;

 

   

“ADESA” refers to ADESA, Inc. and its subsidiaries;

 

   

“AFC” refers to Automotive Finance Corporation, an Indiana corporation that is a wholly owned subsidiary of ADESA;

 

   

“IAAI” refers to Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Merger Transactions and Corporate Structure

On December 22, 2006, KAR LLC entered into a definitive merger agreement to acquire ADESA. The merger occurred on April 20, 2007 and as part of the agreement, Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc., a leading provider of automotive salvage auction and claims processing services in the United States, was contributed to KAR LLC. Both ADESA and IAAI became wholly owned subsidiaries of KAR Holdings which is owned by KAR LLC. KAR Holdings is the accounting acquirer, and the assets and liabilities of both ADESA and IAAI will be recorded at fair value.

The following transactions occurred in connection with the merger:

 

   

Affiliates of the Equity Sponsors and management contributed to KAR Holdings approximately $1.1 billion in equity, consisting of approximately $790.0 million in cash and ADESA, Inc. stock and approximately $272.4 million of equity interest in IAAI;

 

   

KAR Holdings entered into new senior secured credit facilities, comprised of a $1,565.0 million term loan facility and a $300.0 million revolving credit facility. Existing and certain future domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, guarantee such credit facilities;

 

   

KAR Holdings issued $150.0 million Floating Rate Senior Notes due May 1, 2014, $450.0 million 8.75% Senior Notes due May 1, 2014 and $425.0 million 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 1, 2015.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statement—(Continued)

 

The following chart presents the corporate structure after giving effect to the merger transactions:

LOGO

Use of Proceeds

The net proceeds from the equity sponsors and financings were used to: (a) fund the cash consideration payable to ADESA stockholders, ADESA option holders and ADESA restricted stock and restricted stock unit holders under the merger agreements; (b) repay any outstanding principal and accrued interest under ADESA’s existing credit facility and notes as of the closing of the merger; (c) repay any outstanding principal and accrued interest under IAAI’s existing credit facility and notes as of the closing of the merger; (d) pay related transaction fees and expenses; and (e) establish IAAI’s rollover equity.

Business and Nature of Operations

The network of ADESA whole car auctions and IAAI salvage vehicle auctions facilitates the sale of used and salvage vehicles through physical, online or hybrid auctions, which permit Internet buyers to participate in physical auctions. ADESA and IAAI are leading, national providers of wholesale and salvage vehicle auctions and related vehicle redistribution services for the automotive industry in North America. Redistribution services include a variety of activities designed to transfer used and salvage vehicles between sellers and buyers throughout the vehicle life cycle. ADESA and IAAI facilitate the exchange of these vehicles through an auction marketplace, which aligns sellers and buyers. As an agent for customers, the companies generally do not take title to or ownership of the vehicles sold at the auctions. Generally fees are earned from the seller and buyer on each successful auction transaction in addition to fees earned for ancillary services.

ADESA has the second largest used vehicle auction network in North America, based upon the number of used vehicles sold through auctions annually, and also provides services such as inbound and outbound logistics, reconditioning, vehicle inspection and certification, titling, administrative and salvage recovery services. ADESA

 

F-5


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Financial Statement—(Continued)

 

is able to serve the diverse and multi-faceted needs of its customers through the wide range of services offered at its facilities.

IAAI is the second largest provider of salvage vehicle auctions and related services in North America. The salvage auctions facilitate the redistribution of damaged vehicles that are designated as total losses by insurance companies, recovered stolen vehicles for which an insurance settlement with the vehicle owner has already been made and older model vehicles donated to charity or sold by dealers in salvage auctions. The salvage auction business specializes in providing services such as inbound and outbound logistics, inspections, evaluations, titling and settlement administrative services.

AFC is a leading provider of floorplan financing to independent used vehicle dealers and this financing is provided through loan production offices located throughout North America. Floorplan financing supports independent used vehicle dealers in North America who purchase vehicles from ADESA auctions, independent auctions, auctions affiliated with other auction networks and non-auction purchases.

Note 2—Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statement of Income

(In millions)

(Unaudited)

 

    

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

2007

 

Operating revenues

  

ADESA Auction Services

   $ 432.3  

IAAI Salvage Services

     208.4  

AFC

     63.7  
        

Total operating revenues

     704.4  

Operating expenses

  

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     391.1  

Selling, general and administrative

     146.3  

Depreciation and amortization

     66.8  
        

Total operating expenses

     604.2  
        

Operating profit

     100.2  

Interest expense

     104.4  

Other (income) expense, net

     (6.7 )
        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     2.5  

Income taxes

     6.5  
        

Net income (loss)

   $ (4.0 )
        

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-7


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions)

 

    

September 30,

2007

   December 31,
2006
     (Unaudited)     

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 344.4    $ —  

Restricted cash

     7.6      —  

Trade receivables, net of allowances

     360.1      —  

Finance receivables, net of allowances

     265.7      —  

Retained interests in finance receivables sold

     73.7      —  

Deferred income tax assets

     32.5      —  

Other current assets

     48.9      —  
             

Total current assets

     1,132.9      —  

Other assets

     

Goodwill

     1,496.9      —  

Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

     1,477.5      —  

Unamortized debt issuance costs

     84.9      —  

Other assets

     42.2      —  
             

Total other assets

     3,101.5      —  

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

     795.7      —  
             

Total assets

   $ 5,030.1    $ —  
             

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-8


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions, except share data)

 

    

September 30,

2007

    December 31,
2006
     (Unaudited)      

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 453.9     $ —  

Accrued employee benefits and compensation expenses

     54.8       —  

Accrued interest

     40.1       —  

Other accrued expenses

     80.8       —  

Income taxes payable

     2.1       —  

Current maturities of long-term debt

     15.6       —  
              

Total current liabilities

     647.3       —  

Non-current liabilities

    

Long-term debt

     2,605.0       —  

Deferred income tax liabilities

     650.2       —  

Other liabilities

     46.4       —  
              

Total non-current liabilities

     3,301.6       —  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

     —         —  

Stockholders’ equity

    

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value:

    

Authorized shares: 5,000,000

Issued shares: none

  

 


—  


 

 

 


—  

    

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

    

Authorized shares: 20,000,000

Issued shares: 10,686,316 (2007)

                                   100 (2006)

  

 


0.1


 

 

 


—  

    

Additional paid-in capital

     1,060.8       —  

Retained earnings (deficit)

     (7.2 )     —  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     27.5       —  
              

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,081.2       —  
              

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 5,030.1     $ —  
              

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-9


Table of Contents

KAR Hol dings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In millions)

(Unaudited)

 

   

Common
Stock

Shares

 

Common
Stock

Amount

  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
(Deficit)
   

Treasury

Stock

  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2006

  —     $ —     $ —     $ —       $ —     $ —       $ —    
                                             

Issuance of common stock, net of costs

  10.7     0.1     772.9     —         —       —         773.0  

Contribution of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

      —       272.4     —         —       —         272.4  

Contributed capital in the form of exchanged stock optionsassociated with the transaction

      —       8.9     —         —       —         8.9  

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income (loss)

      —       —       (4.0 )     —       —         (4.0 )

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

             

Unrealized loss on interest rate swap

      —       —       —         —       (6.7 )     (6.7 )

Foreign currency translation

      —       —       —         —       34.2       34.2  
                                           

Comprehensive income

      —       —       (4.0 )     —       27.5       23.5  

Stock dividend

      —       3.2     (3.2 )     —       —         —    

Capital contributions

      —       3.0     —         —       —         3.0  

Stock-based compensation expense

      —       0.4     —         —       —         0.4  
                                             

Balance at September 30, 2007

  10.7   $ 0.1   $ 1,060.8   $ (7.2 )   $ —     $ 27.5     $ 1,081.2  
                                             

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-10


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)

(Unaudited)

 

    

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

2007

 

Operating activities

  

Net income (loss)

   $ (4.0 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

  

Depreciation and amortization

     66.8  

Bad debt expense

     1.9  

Deferred income taxes

     —    

Amortization of debt issuance costs

     5.8  

Stock-based compensation expense

     0.7  

Unrealized loss on interest rate swap

     (6.7 )

Other non-cash, net

     0.7  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

  

Finance receivables held for sale

     (22.6 )

Retained interests in finance receivables sold

     (1.6 )

Trade receivables and other assets

     61.1  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

     (12.3 )
        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     89.8  

Investing activities

  

Net decrease in finance receivables held for investment

     6.1  

Acquisition of ADESA, net of cash acquired

     (2,272.6 )

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     (23.3 )

Purchases of property, equipment and computer software

     (31.1 )

Purchase of other intangibles

     (0.1 )

Proceeds from the sale of property, equipment and computer software

     0.1  

Transfer from (to) restricted cash

     (7.6 )
        

Net cash used by investing activities

     (2,328.5 )

Financing activities

  

Net increase in book overdrafts

     63.5  

Repayment of ADESA debt

     (318.0 )

Repayment of IAAI debt

     (367.7 )

Payments on long-term debt

     (3.9 )

Payments on capital leases

     (0.2 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of costs

     710.5  

Proceeds from long-term debt

     2,590.0  

Payments for debt issuance costs

     (90.7 )
        

Net cash provided by financing activities

     2,583.5  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     (0.4 )
        

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     344.4  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     —    
        

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 344.4  
        

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-11


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1—Organization and Other Matters

KAR Holdings, Inc. was organized in the State of Delaware on November 9, 2006. The Company is a holding company organized for the purpose of consummating a merger with ADESA, Inc. and combining Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. with ADESA. The Company had no operations prior to the merger transactions on April 20, 2007.

Defined Terms

Unless otherwise indicated, the following terms used herein shall have the following meanings:

 

   

the “Equity Sponsors” refers, collectively, to Kelso Investment Associates VII, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI Fund, L.P., ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. and Parthenon Investors II, L.P., which own through their respective affiliates substantially all of KAR Holdings equity;

 

   

“KAR Holdings” or the “Company” refers to KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation that is a wholly owned subsidiary of KAR LLC. KAR Holdings is the parent company of ADESA and IAAI;

 

   

“KAR LLC” refers to KAR Holdings II, LLC, which is owned by affiliates of the Equity Sponsors and management of the Company;

 

   

“ADESA” refers to ADESA, Inc. and its subsidiaries;

 

   

“AFC” refers to Automotive Finance Corporation, an Indiana corporation that is a wholly owned subsidiary of ADESA;

 

   

“IAAI” refers to Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Merger Transactions and Corporate Structure

On December 22, 2006, KAR LLC entered into a definitive merger agreement to acquire ADESA. The merger occurred on April 20, 2007 and as part of the agreement, Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc., a leading provider of automotive salvage auction and claims processing services in the United States, was contributed to KAR LLC. Both ADESA and IAAI became wholly owned subsidiaries of KAR Holdings which is owned by KAR LLC. KAR Holdings is the accounting acquirer, and the assets and liabilities of both ADESA and IAAI were recorded at fair value. See “Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed” below for a further discussion.

The following transactions occurred in connection with the merger:

 

   

Approximately 90.8 million shares of ADESA’s outstanding common stock converted into the right to receive $27.85 per share in cash;

 

   

Approximately 3.4 million outstanding options to purchase shares of ADESA’s common stock were cancelled in exchange for payments in cash of $27.85 per underlying share, less the applicable option exercise price;

 

   

Approximately 0.3 million outstanding restricted stock and restricted stock units of ADESA vested immediately and were paid out in cash of $27.85 per unit;

 

   

Affiliates of the Equity Sponsors and management contributed to KAR Holdings approximately $1.1 billion in equity, consisting of approximately $790.0 million in cash and ADESA, Inc. stock and approximately $272.4 million of equity interest in IAAI;

 

   

KAR Holdings entered into new senior secured credit facilities, comprised of a $1,565.0 million term loan facility and a $300.0 million revolving credit facility. Existing and certain future domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, guarantee such credit facilities;

 

F-12


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

   

KAR Holdings issued $150.0 million Floating Rate Senior Notes due May 1, 2014, $450.0 million 8.75% Senior Notes due May 1, 2014 and $425.0 million 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 1, 2015.

The following chart presents the corporate structure after giving effect to the merger transactions:

LOGO

Use of Proceeds

The net proceeds from the equity sponsors and financings were used to: (a) fund the cash consideration payable to ADESA stockholders, ADESA option holders and ADESA restricted stock and restricted stock unit holders under the merger agreements; (b) repay any outstanding principal and accrued interest under ADESA’s existing credit facility and notes as of the closing of the merger; (c) repay any outstanding principal and accrued interest under IAAI’s existing credit facility and notes as of the closing of the merger; (d) pay related transaction fees and expenses; and (e) contribute IAAI’s equity.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Fair Value of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed

The merger was recorded in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 141, Business Combinations . The allocation of the purchase price is preliminary as the receipt and analysis of the final appraisals and valuations from third party valuation experts are pending. The estimates are based on preliminary valuations and information currently available. Management believes the preliminary valuations and estimates are a reasonable basis for the allocation of the purchase price. However, the analysis of the fair value estimates is continuing to be refined in accordance with SFAS 141. As additional information becomes available and as actual results vary from these estimates, the underlying assets or liabilities may need to be adjusted, thereby impacting intangible asset and related amortization estimates, as well as goodwill. The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in millions):

 

Current assets

   $ 1,057.2

Property, plant and equipment

     777.1

Goodwill

     1,474.1

Other intangible assets

     1,514.5

Debt issue costs

     89.3

Other assets

     42.2
      

Total assets

   $ 4,954.4

Current liabilities

   $ 583.0

Term loan B

     1,565.0

Senior notes

     600.0

Senior subordinated notes

     425.0

Deferred income tax liabilities

     658.8

Other liabilities

     68.3
      

Total liabilities

   $ 3,900.1
      

Net assets acquired

   $ 1,054.3
      

Business and Nature of Operations

The network of 55 ADESA whole car auctions and 137 IAAI salvage vehicle auctions facilitates the sale of used and salvage vehicles through physical, online or hybrid auctions, which permit Internet buyers to participate in physical auctions. ADESA and IAAI are leading, national providers of wholesale and salvage vehicle auctions and related vehicle redistribution services for the automotive industry in North America. Redistribution services include a variety of activities designed to transfer used and salvage vehicles between sellers and buyers throughout the vehicle life cycle. ADESA and IAAI facilitate the exchange of these vehicles through an auction marketplace, which aligns sellers and buyers. As an agent for customers, ADESA and IAAI generally do not take title to or ownership of the vehicles sold at the auctions. Generally fees are earned from the seller and buyer on each successful auction transaction in addition to fees earned for ancillary services.

ADESA has the second largest used vehicle auction network in North America, based upon the number of used vehicles sold through auctions annually, and also provides services such as inbound and outbound logistics, reconditioning, vehicle inspection and certification, titling, administrative and salvage recovery services. ADESA is able to serve the diverse and multi-faceted needs of its customers through the wide range of services offered at its facilities.

IAAI is the second largest provider of salvage vehicle auctions and related services in North America. The salvage auctions facilitate the redistribution of damaged vehicles that are designated as total losses by insurance companies, recovered stolen vehicles for which an insurance settlement with the vehicle owner has already been

 

F-14


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

made and older model vehicles donated to charity or sold by dealers in salvage auctions. The salvage auction business specializes in providing services such as inbound and outbound logistics, inspections, evaluations, titling and settlement administrative services.

AFC is a leading provider of floorplan financing to independent used vehicle dealers and this financing is provided through 91 loan production offices located throughout North America. Floorplan financing supports independent used vehicle dealers in North America who purchase vehicles from ADESA auctions, independent auctions, auctions affiliated with other auction networks and non-auction purchases.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The condensed consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006 has been derived from an audited balance sheet, but it does not include all disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles.

The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and with Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and notes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. Operating results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the year as a whole. In the opinion of management, the interim consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments considered necessary (consisting of normal recurring accruals, except as otherwise noted) for a fair statement of the Company’s financial results for the periods presented. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures at the date of the financial statements and during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Note 3—Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following (in millions) :

 

     Interest Rate   Maturity    September 30,
2007

Term Loan B

   LIBOR + 2.25%   10/19/2013    $ 1,561.1

$300 million revolving credit facility

   LIBOR + 2.25%   04/19/2013      —  

Floating rate senior notes

   LIBOR + 4.00%   05/01/2014      150.0

Senior notes

   8  3 / 4 %   05/01/2014      450.0

Senior subordinated notes

   10%   05/01/2015      425.0

Capital lease obligation

   5.0%   12/01/2013      34.5

Canadian line of credit

   Prime or BA + 1%   08/31/2008      —  
           

Total debt

          2,620.6

Less current portion of long-term debt

          15.6
           

Long-term debt

        $ 2,605.0
           

The weighted average interest rate on the Company’s variable rate debt was 7.6 percent at September 30, 2007 and the weighted average interest rate on all borrowings was 8.15 percent at September 30, 2007.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Credit Facilities

As part of the merger transactions, the Company entered into new senior secured credit facilities, comprised of a $300.0 million revolving credit facility and a $1,565.0 million term loan. The senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by KAR Holdings, LLC and each of the Company’s direct and indirect present and future material domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions (excluding among others, AFC Funding Corporation). The senior secured credit facilities are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in, and mortgages on, all present and future tangible and intangible assets of the Company and the guarantors, and the capital stock of the Company and each of its direct and indirect material domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of certain foreign subsidiaries.

The term loan is payable in quarterly installments equal to 0.25% of the initial aggregate principal amount, and began September 30, 2007, with the balance payable at maturity. The senior secured credit facilities are subject to mandatory prepayments and reduction in an amount equal to (i) the net proceeds of certain debt offerings, asset sales and certain insurance recovery events; and, (ii) for any fiscal year ending on or after December 31, 2008, any excess cash flow as defined, subject to reduction based on the Company’s achievement of specified consolidated senior leverage ratios as defined in the credit agreement.

Under the terms of the credit agreement, interest rates and borrowings are based upon, at the Company’s option, LIBOR or prime rates plus the applicable margin. The terms of the agreement include a commitment fee based on unutilized amounts, letter of credit fees and agency fees. The agreement includes covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ abilities to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, including the senior notes, pay dividends, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, modify the terms of the indenture, engage in mergers, make capital expenditures and engage in certain transactions with affiliates. The agreement also requires the Company to have at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes and the term loan subject to either a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection for a period of not less than two years from the date of entering into the interest rate hedge agreement. In addition, the senior secured credit facilities are subject to a senior secured leverage ratio test, provided there are revolving commitments outstanding. The Company is not required to assess compliance with the covenants until December 31, 2007.

The revolver was made for working capital and general corporate purposes. There were no borrowings under the revolver at the time of the merger or during the period April 20, 2007 through September 30, 2007, although the Company did have related outstanding letters of credit in the aggregate amount of $17.5 million as of September 30, 2007.

Senior Notes

As part of the merger transactions, the Company issued $450.0 million of 8  3 / 4 % senior notes and $150.0 million of floating rate senior notes both of which are due May 1, 2014. In addition, the Company issued $425.0 of 10% senior subordinated notes due May 1, 2015. The floating rate notes are non-callable for two years, after which they are callable at a premium declining ratably to par at the end of year four. Interest on the floating rate notes is payable quarterly in arrears and commenced on August 1, 2007. The fixed rate notes are non-callable for three years, after which they are callable at a premium declining ratably to par at the end of year six. Interest on both the fixed rate notes and the senior subordinated notes is payable semi-annually in arrears, commencing November 1, 2007.

The notes contain covenants that among other things, limit the issuance of additional indebtedness, the incurrence of liens, the repurchase of stock, making certain investments, the payment of dividends or other distributions, distributions from certain subsidiaries, the sale of assets and subsidiary stock, transactions with

 

F-16


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

affiliates and consolidations, mergers and transfers of assets. All of these limitations and prohibitions, however, are subject to a number of important qualifications set forth in the indentures.

Canadian Line of Credit

A C$8 million line of credit is available to ADESA Canada. The line of credit bears interest at a rate equal to the prime rate or the BA (Canadian Bankers Acceptance Rate) rate plus one percent, at the borrower’s option. Letters of credit reducing the available line of credit were C$2.5 million at September 30, 2007. The line of credit is guaranteed by certain ADESA Canada companies and is secured by a first priority security interest in the obligor’s accounts receivable.

Future Principal Payments

At September 30, 2007 aggregate future principal payments on long-term debt are as follows ( in millions ):

 

2007

   $ 3.9

2008

     15.6

2009

     15.6

2010

     15.6

2011

     15.6

Thereafter

     2,554.3
      
   $ 2,620.6
      

Note 4—Derivatives

The Credit Agreement of KAR Holdings requires that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes and the term loans is subject to either a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection for a period of not less than 2 years. As such, the Company uses an interest rate swap agreement to manage its exposure to interest rate movements. In July 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $800 million to manage its exposure to interest rate movements on its variable rate Term Loan B credit facility. The interest rate swap agreement matures on June 30, 2009 and effectively results in a fixed LIBOR interest rate of 5.345% on $800 million of the Term Loan B credit facility.

The Company has designated its interest rate swap agreement as a cash flow hedge. The fair value of the interest rate swap agreement is estimated using pricing models widely used in financial markets and represents the estimated amount the Company would receive or pay to terminate the agreement at the reporting date. At September 30, 2007, the fair value of the interest rate swap agreement was a $10.7 million loss recorded in “Other liabilities” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Changes in the fair value of interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in “Other comprehensive income”. Unrealized gains or losses on the interest rate swap agreement are included as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income”. At September 30, 2007, there was a net unrealized loss totaling $6.7 million, net of taxes of $4.0 million.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Note 5—Comprehensive Income

The components of comprehensive income are as follows ( in millions ):

 

    

Nine Months Ended
September 30,

2007

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (4.0 )

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

  

Foreign currency translation gain (loss)

     34.2  

Unrealized gain (loss) on interest rate swaps

     (6.7 )
        

Comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 23.5  
        

The composition of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” at September 30, 2007 was representative of the net unrealized loss on the interest rate swap of $6.7 million and foreign currency translation adjustments of $34.2 million.

Note 6—Acquisitions

2007 Acquisitions

In the first quarter of 2007, IAAI acquired Permian Basin Salvage Pool in Odessa, Texas. The acquisition complemented IAAI’s existing coverage in this market. The aggregate purchase price of this acquisition was approximately $0.6 million.

In September 2007, ADESA completed the acquisition of certain assets of the used vehicle Tri-State Auto Auction serving the Tri-State New York area. This acquisition complements the Company’s geographic presence in the northeast. The auction is positioned on approximately 125 acres and includes seven auction lanes and full-service reconditioning shops providing detail, mechanical and body shop services. The assets purchased included operating equipment, accounts receivable and customer relationships related to the auction. In addition, the Company entered into an operating lease obligation related to the facility through 2017. Initial annual lease payments for the facility are approximately $0.5 million per year. The Company did not assume any other material liabilities or indebtedness in connection with the acquisition. Financial results for this acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

In October 2007, ADESA acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of the parent company of Tri-State Auction, Co. Inc., and Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc., both North Dakota corporations. Tri-State Auto Auction serves the Fargo, North Dakota area. The auction is comprised of approximately 30 acres and includes six auction lanes and full-service reconditioning shops providing detail, mechanical and body shop services. The Sioux Falls Auto Auction serves the Sioux Falls, South Dakota area. The auction is comprised of approximately 40 acres and includes four auction lanes and full-service reconditioning shops providing detail, mechanical and body shop services. The assets of the auctions include operating equipment, accounts receivable and customer relationships related to the auctions. Liabilities assumed by the Company include operating leases for land and buildings as well as debt. Financial results for this acquisition will be included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

In November 2007, ADESA Canada acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of Enchere d’Auto Transit Inc. (“Transit”). Transit is a three lane auction located on the south shore of Quebec City and serves the Quebec City region, Eastern Quebec and Northern New Brunswick. The auction is comprised of approximately 30 acres of which about 10 acres are currently being used. The assets of the auction include accounts receivable,

 

F-18


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

land and building, operating equipment and customer relationships related to the auction. Financial results for this acquisition will be included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.

The aggregate purchase price for the four previously mentioned ADESA auctions was approximately $32.8 million. A preliminary purchase price allocation has been recorded for Tri-State Auto Auction and the purchase price of the acquisition was allocated to the acquired assets based upon fair market values. The goodwill was assigned to the ADESA Auctions reporting segment and is expected to be fully deductible for tax purposes. Pro forma financial results reflecting the acquisition were not materially different from those reported. The purchase price allocations for Tri-State Auction, Co. Inc., Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc. and Transit will occur in the Company’s fourth quarter ending December 31, 2007.

In January 2008, IAAI completed the purchase of assets of B&E Auto Auction in Henderson, Nevada which services the Southern Nevada region, including Las Vegas, for approximately $13 million. The site will expand IAAI’s national service coverage and provide additional geographic support to clients who already utilize existing IAAI facilities in the surrounding Western states.

Note 7—Stock Plans

IAAI Carryover Stock Plans

Prior to the merger transactions, IAAI was a subsidiary of Axle Holdings, Inc. (“Axle Holdings”), which in turn was a subsidiary of Axle Holdings II, LLC (“LLC”). Axle Holdings maintained the Axle Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan to provide equity incentive benefits to the IAAI employees. Under the Axle Holdings plan, service options and exit options were awarded. The service options vest in three equal annual installments from the grant date based upon service with Axle Holdings and its subsidiaries. The exit options vest upon a change in equity control of the LLC. In connection with the completion of the merger transactions, approximately 0.6 million options to purchase shares of Axle Holdings, Inc. stock were converted into approximately 0.2 million options to purchase shares of KAR Holdings; these converted options have the same terms and conditions as were applicable to the options to purchase shares of Axle Holdings, Inc. The fair value of the exchanged options for which service had been provided approximated $8.9 million and was included as part of the merger price. Compensation cost will be recognized using the straight line attribution method over the requisite service period for the unvested service options exchanged at the date of the merger. This service option expense approximated $0.2 million for the period ended September 30, 2007. As the ultimate exercisability of the exit options exchanged is contingent upon an event (specifically, a change of control), the compensation expense related to the exchanged exit options will not be recognized until such an event is consummated.

The LLC also maintained two types of profit interests, operating units and value units, which are held by certain designated employees of IAAI. Upon an exit event as defined by the LLC operating agreement, holders of the profit interests receive a cash distribution from the LLC. The operating units vest in twelve equal quarterly installments from the date of grant based upon service and the value units vest upon a change in equity control of the LLC. A total of approximately 0.6 million operating and value units are maintained by the LLC and there were no changes to the terms and conditions of the units as a result of the merger transactions. The operating units are accounted for as liability awards and as such, compensation expense related to the operating units is recognized using the graded-vesting attribution method and resulted in approximately $0.3 million of expense for the period ended September 30, 2007. However, no compensation expense will be recognized on the value units until it becomes probable that an exit event (specifically, a change in control) will occur.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

KAR Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan

The Company adopted the KAR Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, “the Plan” in May 2007. The Plan is intended to provide equity incentive benefits to the Company employees. The maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to awards under the Plan is approximately 0.8 million. The Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options and restricted stock. Awards granted since the adoption of the Plan have been non-qualified stock options.

The Plan provides two types of stock options: service-related options, which will vest in four equal installments from the date of grant based upon the passage of time, and performance-related “exit” options, which will generally become exercisable upon a change in equity control of KAR LLC. Under the exit options, in addition to the change in equity control requirement, the number of options that vest will be determined based on the strike price and certain performance hurdles based on the Equity Sponsors and other investors achievement of certain multiples on their original indirect equity investment in KAR Holdings subject to an internal rate of return minimum at the time of change in equity control. All vesting criteria are subject to continued employment with KAR LLC or affiliates thereof. Options may be granted under the Plan at an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of KAR Holdings common stock on the date of grant and have a contractual life of ten years. In the event of a change in control, any unvested options shall become fully vested and cashed out. In August 2007, the Company granted approximately 0.2 million service options and 0.5 million exit options, with an exercise price of $100 per share, under the Plan.

Service options are accounted for as equity awards and, as such, compensation expense is measured based on the fair value of the award at the date of grant and recognized over the four year service period, using the straight line attribution method. The fair value of the service options granted in August 2007 was $35.70 per share, and was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Approximately $0.2 million of compensation expense related to the service options was charged against income for the period ended September 30, 2007. As the ultimate exercisability of the exit options is contingent upon an event (specifically, a change of control), the compensation expense related to the exit options will not be recognized until such an event is consummated.

KAR LLC Override Units

KAR LLC owns 100% of the outstanding shares of KAR Holdings. The KAR LLC operating agreement provides for override units in the LLC to be granted and held by certain designated employees of the Company. Upon an exit event as defined by the LLC operating agreement, and at any other time determined by the board, holders of the override units will receive a cash distribution from KAR LLC.

Two types of override units were created by the KAR LLC operating agreement: (1) operating units, which vest in four equal installments commencing on the first anniversary of the grant date based upon service, and (2) value units, which are eligible for distributions upon attaining certain performance hurdles. The number of value units eligible for distributions will be determined based on the strike price and certain performance hurdles based on the Equity Sponsors and other investors’ achievement of certain multiples on their original indirect equity investment in KAR Holdings subject to an internal rate of return minimum at the time of distribution.

There were approximately 0.1 million operating units awarded and 0.4 million value units awarded to employees of the Company in June 2007 with a strike price equal to $100 for the override units. The compensation expense of KAR LLC, which is for the benefit of Company employees, will result in a capital contribution from KAR LLC to the Company and compensation expense for the Company. Compensation expense related to the operating units is recognized using the straight line attribution method; however, no

 

F-20


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

expense had been recognized through September 30, 2007. In addition, no compensation expense will be recognized on the value units until it becomes probable that the performance conditions associated with the value units will be achieved.

Note 8—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess cost over fair value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired. At September 30, 2007, there was $1,474.1 million of goodwill recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet that was recorded as a result of the merger transactions. The analysis of the fair value estimates is continuing to be refined in accordance with SFAS 141. As additional information becomes available and as actual results vary from these preliminary estimates, the underlying assets or liabilities may need to be adjusted, thereby impacting intangible asset and amortization estimates, as well as goodwill. Goodwill has increased since the merger transactions primarily as a result of 2007 acquisitions, additional consideration for 2006 acquisitions, as required by certain purchase agreements, and changes in the Canadian exchange rate.

Goodwill will be tested for impairment annually in the second quarter, or more frequently as impairment indicators arise. The goodwill impairment test is a two-step test. Under the first step, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the Company must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in accordance with FASB Statement No. 141, Business Combinations . The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed.

Goodwill and other intangibles consisted of the following at September 30, 2007 ( in millions ):

 

    

Useful Lives

(in years)

   Gross Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Carrying Value

Goodwill

   Indefinite    $ 1,496.9    $ —       $ 1,496.9

Other intangible assets

   Various    $ 1,517.1    $ (39.6 )   $ 1,477.5

Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is $89.3 million.

Note 9—Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following for the period presented ( in millions ):

 

     September 30,
2007
 

Land

   $ 255.5  

Buildings

     237.3  

Land improvements

     114.4  

Building and leasehold improvements

     110.7  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     65.5  

Vehicles

     14.1  

Construction in progress

     26.1  
        
     823.6  

Accumulated depreciation

     (27.9 )
        

Property and equipment, net

   $ 795.7  
        

 

F-21


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

As discussed in Note 1, in connection with the merger transactions, the property and equipment of the Company was revalued at the fair value based on preliminary estimates and assumptions, resulting in adjusted basis, and the elimination of the related accumulated depreciation.

Note 10—Trade Receivables

The following table provides a summary of trade receivables for the period indicated:

 

    

September 30,

2007

Trade receivables, gross

   $ 366.9

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     6.8
      

Trade receivables, net of allowance

   $ 360.1
      

Note 11—Finance Receivables

AFC sells the majority of its U.S. dollar denominated finance receivables on a revolving basis and without recourse to a wholly owned, bankruptcy remote, consolidated, special purpose subsidiary (“AFC Funding Corporation”), established for the purpose of purchasing AFC’s finance receivables. In conjunction with the merger transaction, AFC and AFC Funding Corporation amended their securitization agreement on April 20, 2007. The agreement expires on April 20, 2012. The agreement allows for the revolving sale by AFC Funding Corporation to a bank conduit facility of up to a maximum of $750 million in undivided interests in certain eligible finance receivables subject to committed liquidity. AFC Funding Corporation had committed liquidity of $600 million at September 30, 2007. Receivables that AFC Funding sells to the bank conduit facility qualify for sales accounting for financial reporting purposes pursuant to SFAS 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities, and as a result are not reported on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

At September 30, 2007, AFC managed total finance receivables of $869.6 million, of which $755.5 million had been sold without recourse to AFC Funding Corporation. Undivided interests in finance receivables were sold by AFC Funding Corporation to the bank conduit facility with recourse totaling $528.0 million at September 30, 2007. Finance receivables include $68.8 million classified as held for sale and $133.9 million classified as held for investment at September 30, 2007. AFC’s allowance for losses of $2.2 million at September 30, 2007, includes an estimate of losses for finance receivables held for investment. Additionally, accrued liabilities of $3.8 million for the estimated losses for loans sold by the special purpose subsidiary were recorded at September 30, 2007. These loans were sold to a bank conduit facility with recourse to the special purpose subsidiary and will come back on the balance sheet of the special purpose subsidiary at fair market value if they become ineligible under the terms of the collateral arrangement with the bank conduit facility.

Proceeds from the revolving sale of receivables to the bank conduit facility are used to fund new loans to customers. AFC and AFC Funding Corporation must maintain certain financial covenants including, among others, limits on the amount of debt AFC can incur, minimum levels of tangible net worth, and other covenants tied to the performance of the finance receivables portfolio. The securitization agreement also incorporates the financial covenants of the Company’s credit facility. At September 30, 2007, the Company was in compliance with the covenants contained in the securitization agreement.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

AFC’s allowance for credit losses includes estimated losses for finance receivables currently held on the balance sheet of AFC and its subsidiaries. The following table provides a summary of finance receivables for the period indicated:

 

    

September 30,

2007

Finance receivables, gross

   $ 267.9

Allowance for credit losses

     2.2
      

Finance receivables, net of allowance

   $ 265.7
      

Note 12—Income Taxes

On January 1, 2007, ADESA and IAAI, adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting and reporting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. This interpretation prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on income tax returns. As a result of adopting FIN 48, ADESA and IAAI recorded changes in liabilities of $1.7 million and ($0.2) million, respectively, and a corresponding change in retained earnings and goodwill, respectively.

Subsequent to the adoption of FIN 48, ADESA and IAAI had total unrecognized tax benefits of $15.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively, at January 1, 2007. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2007, that if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate were $15.7 million and $0, respectively.

As a result of the merger, ADESA and IAAI had unrecognized tax benefits at April 19, 2007 of $19.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively that if recognized, would not affect the effective tax rate.

The Company records interest and penalties associated with the uncertain tax positions within its provision for income taxes on the income statement. As of January 1, 2007, ADESA and IAAI had reserves totaling $2.9 million and $0, respectively, associated with interest and penalties, net of tax.

The provision for income taxes involves a significant amount of management judgment regarding interpretation of relevant facts and laws in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Future changes in applicable laws, projected levels of taxable income and tax planning could change the effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by the Company. In addition, U.S. and non-U.S. tax authorities periodically review income tax returns filed by the Company and can raise issues regarding its filing positions, timing and amount of income or deductions and the allocation of income among the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. A significant period of time may elapse between the filing of an income tax return and the ultimate resolution of an issue raised by a revenue authority with respect to that return. In the normal course of business the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities in the U.S. and Canada. In general, the examination of the Company’s material tax returns is completed for the years prior to 2000.

The Company expects that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will continue to change in the next twelve months as a result of ongoing tax deductions, the outcomes of audits and the passing of the statute of limitations, but these changes are not expected to have a significant impact on the results of operations or the financial position of the Company.

The income taxes payable at September 30, 2007 are based on the expected tax rate for the pre-merger and post merger periods. Expenses were incurred in connection with the merger transaction that are not deductible for

 

F-23


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

income tax purposes. Deferred tax liabilities of $557.4 million were created for revalued and new assets established in connection with the merger. The deferred tax liabilities will decrease over the life of these new and revalued assets.

Note 13—Segment Information

SFAS 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, requires reporting of segment information that is consistent with the manner in which the chief operating decision maker operates and views the Company. Prior to April 19, 2007, ADESA, Inc.’s operations were grouped into three operating segments: used vehicle auctions, Impact salvage auctions and AFC. These three operating segments were aggregated into two reportable business segments: Auction Services Group (used vehicle auctions and Impact salvage auctions) and Dealer Services Group (AFC and related businesses). Prior to April 19, 2007, IAAI operated in a single business segment.

As part of the merger transaction, KAR Holdings established three reportable business segments: ADESA Auctions, IAAI and AFC. ADESA’s Impact salvage auctions operating segment was combined with IAAI. These reportable segments offer different services and are managed separately based on the fundamental differences in their operations.

ADESA Auctions encompasses all wholesale auctions throughout North America (U.S. and Canada). ADESA Auctions relates to used vehicle remarketing, whether it be auction services, remarketing, or make ready services and all are interrelated, synergistic elements along the auto remarketing chain.

IAAI encompasses all salvage auctions throughout North America (U.S. and Canada). IAAI provides insurance companies and other vehicle suppliers cost-effective salvage processing solutions, including selling total loss and recovered theft vehicles. As such, IAAI relates to total loss vehicle remarketing, whether its auction services, remarketing, or make ready services. All are interrelated, synergistic elements along the total loss vehicle remarketing chain.

AFC is primarily engaged in the business of providing short-term, inventory-secured financing to independent, used vehicle dealers. AFC also includes other businesses and ventures that AFC may enter into, focusing on providing independent used vehicle dealer customers with other related services and products. AFC conducts business primarily at or near wholesale used vehicle auctions in the U.S. and Canada.

The holding company is maintained separately from the three reportable segments and includes expenses associated with the corporate office, such as salaries, benefits, and travel costs for the corporate management team, certain human resources, information technology and accounting costs, and incremental insurance, treasury, legal and risk management costs. Holding company interest includes the interest incurred on the corporate debt structure. Costs incurred at the holding company are not allocated to the three business segments.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Financial information regarding the KAR Holdings’ reportable segments is set forth below for the nine months ended September 30, 2007 (in millions) :

 

     ADESA
Auctions
    IAAI     AFC    Holding
Company
    Consolidated  

Operating revenues

   $ 432.3     $ 208.4     $ 63.7    $ —       $ 704.4  

Operating expenses

           

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     239.4       137.7       14.0      —         391.1  

Selling, general and administrative

     88.8       26.7       6.3      24.5       146.3  

Depreciation and amortization

     31.0       23.1       11.7      1.0       66.8  
                                       

Total operating expenses

     359.2       187.5       32.0      25.5       604.2  
                                       

Operating profit (loss)

     73.1       20.9       31.7      (25.5 )     100.2  

Interest expense (income)

     0.8       (0.1 )     —        103.7       104.4  

Other (income) expense, net

     (7.8 )     (0.4 )     0.8      0.7       (6.7 )
                                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

     80.1       21.4       30.9      (129.9 )     2.5  

Income taxes

     31.0       7.9       11.9      (44.3 )     6.5  
                                       

Net income (loss)

   $ 49.1     $ 13.5     $ 19.0    $ (85.6 )   $ (4.0 )
                                       

Note 14—Related Party Transactions

The Equity Sponsors own the controlling interest in KAR LLC. Under the terms of the financial advisory agreements between the Equity Sponsors and KAR Holdings, upon completion of the merger and contribution, KAR Holdings (1) paid the Equity Sponsors a total fee of $34.7 million and (2) commenced paying an annual financial advisory fee of $3.5 million, payable quarterly in advance to the Equity Sponsors (with the first such fee, prorated for the remainder of the then current quarter, paid at the closing of the merger), for services to be provided by each of the Equity Sponsors to KAR Holdings. The ongoing financial advisory fee will be paid to the Equity Sponsors pursuant to the terms contained in the financial advisory agreements. In addition, the Company pays the Equity Sponsors travel expenses related to KAR Holdings, pursuant to the terms contained in the financial advisory agreements.

Additionally, the financial advisory agreements provide that KAR Holdings indemnify the Equity Sponsors and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and control persons (as such term is used in the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder) against any and all claims, losses and expenses as incurred arising in connection with the merger and the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement (including the financing of the merger).

On June 14, 2007 the Board of Directors of KAR Holdings, Inc. approved a stock split in the form of a stock dividend pursuant to which 0.00303915 shares of common stock were issued with respect to each share of common stock issued and outstanding on that date.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has received towing, and transportation and recovery services from companies which are controlled by the Company’s chairman and chief executive officer. Amounts paid to these companies were approximately $0.3 million for the period April 20, 2007 through September 30, 2007. The transportation services were provided at terms consistent with those of other providers of similar services.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

Note 15—Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is involved in litigation and disputes arising in the ordinary course of business, such as actions related to injuries; property damage; handling, storage or disposal of vehicles; environmental laws and regulations; and other litigation incidental to the business such as employment matters and dealer disputes. Management considers the likelihood of loss or the incurrence of a liability, as well as the ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss, in determining loss contingencies. The Company accrues an estimated loss contingency when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management regularly evaluates current information available to determine whether accrual amounts should be adjusted. Accruals for contingencies including litigation and environmental matters are included in “Other accrued expenses” and “Other liabilities” at undiscounted amounts and generally exclude claims for recoveries from insurance or other third parties. These accruals are adjusted periodically as assessment and remediation efforts progress, or as additional technical or legal information become available. If the amount of an actual loss is greater than the amount accrued, this could have an adverse impact on the Company’s operating results in that period. Legal fees are expensed as incurred.

The Company has accrued, as appropriate, for environmental remediation costs anticipated to be incurred at certain of its auction facilities. Liabilities for environmental matters included in “Other accrued expenses” and “Other liabilities” were $2.1 million at September 30, 2007. No amounts have been accrued as receivables for potential reimbursement or recoveries to offset this liability.

The Company stores a significant number of vehicles owned by various customers that are consigned to the Company to be auctioned. The Company is contingently liable for each consigned vehicle until the eventual sale or other disposition; however, the Company is generally not liable for damage related to severe weather conditions, natural disasters or other factors outside of the Company’s control. Individual stop loss and aggregate insurance coverage is maintained on the consigned vehicles. These consigned vehicles are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In the normal course of business, the Company also enters into various other guarantees and indemnities in its relationships with suppliers, service providers, customers and others. These guarantees and indemnifications do not materially impact the Company’s financial condition or results of operations, but indemnifications associated with the Company’s actions generally have no dollar limitations and currently cannot be quantified.

As noted above, the Company is involved in litigation and disputes arising in the ordinary course of business, such as actions related to injuries; property damage; handling, storage or disposal of vehicles; environmental laws and regulations; and other litigation incidental to the business such as employment matters and dealer disputes. Such litigation is generally not, in the opinion of management, likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Legal and regulatory proceedings which could be material are discussed below.

ADESA Importation Services, Inc. Litigation

In January, 2002, Johnny Cooper (“Cooper”), a former manager of ADESA Importation Services, Inc. (“AIS”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, filed suit against the Company and AIS (collectively “ADESA”) in the Circuit Court of the State of Michigan, County of Genesee, Case No. 02-72517-CK, alleging breach of contract and breach of other oral agreements related to AIS’s purchase of International Vehicle Importers, Inc. in December 2000. Cooper was the controlling shareholder who sold the business to AIS in 2000. AIS filed a counterclaim against Cooper including allegations of breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty and fraud. In July 2004, the Genesee County Circuit Court entered judgment for Cooper in the amount of $6,373,812, netting the amount of the damages and awarding the plaintiff pre and post-judgment interest.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

 

In December 2006, following unsuccessful appeal of the verdict through the Michigan Court of Appeals, ADESA filed its application for leave to appeal the decision to the Michigan Supreme Court (Case No. 132630). As a result, the parties filed their respective briefs with the Michigan Supreme Court as to the issue of whether ADESA should be permitted to appeal the lower court decision to the Michigan Supreme Court. In April 2007, the Michigan Supreme Court granted ADESA’s application for leave to appeal. The parties initiated settlement discussions as of July 2007.

ADESA discontinued the operations of AIS, its vehicle importation business, in February 2003. In October 2007, the Company reached a settlement with Cooper for $3.75 million, which is included in the line item “Other accrued expenses” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at September 30, 2007.

Auction Management Solutions, Inc.

In March 2005, Auction Management Solutions, Inc. (“AMS”) filed a lawsuit against ADESA, Inc. in U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division (Civil Action No. 05 CV 0638), alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 6,813,612 (the “ ’612 Patent”) which was issued November 2, 2004 and pertains to an audio/video system for streaming instantaneous and buffer free data to and from a live auction site. The AMS complaint was served upon ADESA in July 2005. The complaint seeks unspecified damages and injunctive relief. The Company continues to vigorously defend itself against the infringement allegations. The litigation is currently in discovery.

Note 16—Supplemental Guarantor Information

The Company’s obligations related to its term loan, revolver, 10% senior subordinated notes, 8  3 / 4 % senior notes and floating rate senior notes are guaranteed on a full, unconditional, joint and several basis by certain direct and indirect present and future domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). AFC Funding Corporation and all foreign subsidiaries of the Company are not guarantors (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”). The following financial information sets forth, on a condensed consolidating basis, the balance sheet, statement of income and statement of cash flows for the period ended September 30, 2007 for KAR Holdings, the Guarantor Subsidiaries, the Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries and the eliminations to arrive at KAR Holdings on a consolidated basis.

The condensed consolidating financial statements are provided as an alternative to filing separate financial statements of the Guarantor Subsidiaries. The condensed consolidating financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of KAR Holdings and notes thereto.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Income

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007

(In millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
   

Non-

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

    Eliminations
and
Adjustments
   Total  

Operating revenues

   $ —       $ 516.1     $ 188.3     $ —      $ 704.4  

Operating expenses

           

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     —         321.5       69.6       —        391.1  

Selling, general and administrative

     2.5       126.0       17.8       —        146.3  

Depreciation and amortization

     —         58.3       8.5          66.8  
                                       

Total operating expenses

     2.5       505.8       95.9       —        604.2  
                                       

Operating profit (loss)

     (2.5 )     10.3       92.4       —        100.2  

Interest expense

     103.7       0.7       —         —        104.4  

Intercompany charges

     —         (13.8 )     13.8       —        —    

Other (income) expense, net

     —         (5.9 )     (0.8 )     —        (6.7 )
                                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (106.2 )     29.3       79.4       —        2.5  

Income taxes (benefit)

     (37.0 )     11.7       31.8       —        6.5  
                                       

Net income (loss)

   $ (69.2 )   $ 17.6     $ 47.6     $ —      $ (4.0 )
                                       

 

F-28


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of September 30, 2007

(In millions)

 

     Parent    Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  

Non-

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

   Eliminations
and
Adjustments
    Total

Assets

             

Current assets

             

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ —      $ 301.5    $ 42.9    $ —       $ 344.4

Restricted cash

     —        0.2      7.4      —         7.6

Trade receivables, net of allowances

     —        325.5      59.3      (24.7 )     360.1

Finance receivables, net of allowances

     —        9.5      256.2      —         265.7

Retained interests in finance receivables sold

     —        —        73.7      —         73.7

Deferred income tax assets

     —        32.5      —        —         32.5

Other current assets

     0.4      45.4      3.1      —         48.9
                                   

Total current assets

     0.4      714.6      442.6      (24.7 )     1,132.9

Other assets

             

Investments in and advances to affiliates, net

     3,589.9      —        —        (3,589.9 )     —  

Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

     10.2      2,770.2      194.0      —         2,974.4

Unamortized debt issuance costs

     84.9      —        —        —         84.9

Other assets

     —        41.6      0.6      —         42.2
                                   

Total other assets

     3,685.0      2,811.8      194.6      (3,589.9 )     3,101.5

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

     —        665.4      130.3      —         795.7
                                   

Total assets

   $ 3,685.4    $ 4,191.8    $ 767.5    $ (3,614.6 )   $ 5,030.1
                                   

 

F-29


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheet

As of September 30, 2007

(In millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
  

Non-

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

   Eliminations
and
Adjustments
    Total

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

            

Current liabilities

            

Accounts payable

   $ —       $ 445.3    $ 33.3    $ (24.7 )   $ 453.9

Accrued employee benefits and
compensation expenses

     —         46.8      8.0      —         54.8

Accrued interest

     40.1       —        —        —         40.1

Other accrued expenses

     1.5       68.9      10.4      —         80.8

Income taxes payable

     —         —        2.1      —         2.1

Current maturities of long-term debt

     15.6       —        —        —         15.6
                                    

Total current liabilities

     57.2       561.0      53.8      (24.7 )     647.3

Non-current liabilities

            

Investments by and advances from affiliates, net

     —         2,258.6      110.3      (2,368.9 )     —  

Long-term debt

     2,570.5       34.5      —        —         2,605.0

Deferred income tax liabilities

     (4.0 )     483.6      170.6      —         650.2

Other liabilities

     11.1       33.9      1.4      —         46.4
                                    

Total non-current liabilities

     2,577.6       2,810.6      282.3      (2,368.9 )     3,301.6

Commitments and contingencies

     —         —        —        —         —  

Stockholders’ equity

            

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,050.6       820.2      431.4      (1,221.0 )     1,081.2
                                    

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 3,685.4     $ 4,191.8    $ 767.5    $ (3,614.6 )   $ 5,030.1
                                    

 

F-30


Table of Contents

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

Condensed Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2007—(Continued)

(In millions)

 

     Parent     Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries
    Eliminations
and
Adjustments
  

Total

 

Net cash (used by) provided by operating activities

   $ (247.6 )   $ 275.3     $ 62.1     $ —      $ 89.8  

Investing activities

           

Net decrease (increase) in finance receivables held for investment

     —         15.6       (9.5 )     —        6.1  

Acquisition of ADESA, net of cash acquired

     (2,272.6 )     —         —         —        (2,272.6 )

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

     —         (23.3 )     —         —        (23.3 )

Purchases of property, equipment and computer software

     —         (28.3 )     (2.8 )     —        (31.1 )

Purchase of other intangibles

     —         (0.1 )     —         —        (0.1 )

Proceeds from the sale of property, equipment and computer software

     —         0.1       —         —        0.1  

Transfer from (to) restricted cash

     —         —         (7.6 )     —        (7.6 )
                                       

Net cash used by investing activities

     (2,272.6 )     (36.0 )     (19.9 )     —        (2,328.5 )

Financing activities

           

Net increase in book overdrafts

     —         62.4       1.1       —        63.5  

Repayment of ADESA debt

     (318.0 )     —         —         —        (318.0 )

Repayment of IAAI debt

     (367.7 )     —         —         —        (367.7 )

Payments on long-term debt

     (3.9 )     —         —         —        (3.9 )

Payments on capital leases

     —         (0.2 )     —         —        (0.2 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of costs

     710.5       —         —         —        710.5  

Proceeds from long-term debt

     2,590.0       —         —         —        2,590.0  

Payments for debt issuance costs

     (90.7 )     —         —         —        (90.7 )
                                       

Net cash provided by financing activities

     2,520.2       62.2       1.1       —        2,583.5  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     —         —         (0.4 )     —        (0.4 )
                                       

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     —         301.5       42.9       —        344.4  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     —         —         —         —        —    
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ —       $ 301.5     $ 42.9     $ —      $ 344.4  
                                       

 

F-31


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

ADESA, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of ADESA, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended. In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited financial statement schedule II for 2006. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audit. The accompanying financial statements of ADESA, Inc. as of and for the two-year period ended December 31, 2005, were audited by other auditors whose report thereon dated March 15, 2006, expressed an unqualified opinion on those statements.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ADESA, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule for 2006, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation as required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), Share-Based Payments .

/s/    KPMG LLP

Indianapolis, Indiana

February 28, 2007

 

F-32


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of ADESA, Inc.:

In our opinion, the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2005 and the related consolidated statements of income, cash flows and stockholders' equity for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ADESA, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) at December 31, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule listed in the accompanying index for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005 presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/    PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP        
Indianapolis, Indiana
March 15, 2006

 

F-33


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Income

(In millions, except per share data)

 

    

January 1 –
April 19,

2007

   

January 1 –
September 30,

2006

    December 31,  
         2006     2005     2004  
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)                    

Operating revenues

          

Auction services group

   $ 325.4     $ 726.3     $ 959.9     $ 842.8     $ 808.9  

Dealer services group

     45.9       108.1       144.0       126.0       116.6  
                                        

Total operating revenues

     371.3       834.4       1,103.9       968.8       925.5  

Operating expenses

          

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     187.3       419.7       563.8       473.5       454.4  

Selling, general and administrative

     85.5       195.4       259.2       227.1       222.2  

Depreciation and amortization

     15.9       33.9       46.5       40.8       35.9  

Aircraft charge

     —         —         3.4       —         —    

Transaction expenses

     24.8       —         6.1       —         —    
                                        

Total operating expenses

     313.5       649.0       879.0       741.4       712.5  
                                        

Operating profit

     57.8       185.4       224.9       227.4       213.0  

Interest expense

     7.8       21.2       27.4       31.2       25.4  

Other income, net

     (1.9 )     (5.3 )     (6.9 )     (8.6 )     (4.5 )

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —         —         —         2.9       14.0  
                                        

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     51.9       169.5       204.4       201.9       178.1  

Income taxes

     24.9       62.6       77.6       75.8       69.1  
                                        

Income from continuing operations

     27.0       106.9       126.8       126.1       109.0  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (0.1 )     (0.4 )     (0.5 )     (0.6 )     (3.7 )
                                        

Net income

   $ 26.9     $ 106.5     $ 126.3     $ 125.5     $ 105.3  
                                        

Earnings per share—basic

          

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.30     $ 1.19     $ 1.41     $ 1.40     $ 1.19  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     —         —         —         —         (0.04 )
                                        

Net income

   $ 0.30     $ 1.19     $ 1.41     $ 1.40     $ 1.15  
                                        

Earnings per share—diluted

          

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.29     $ 1.19     $ 1.41     $ 1.40     $ 1.19  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     —         (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.04 )
                                        

Net income

   $ 0.29     $ 1.18     $ 1.40     $ 1.39     $ 1.15  
                                        

Dividends declared per common share (Note 18)

   $ —       $ 0.225     $ 0.30     $ 0.30     $ 0.075  
                                        

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-34


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions)

 

    

April 19,

2007

   December 31,
2006
   December 31,
2005
     (Unaudited)          

Assets

        

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 231.8    $ 195.7    $ 240.2

Restricted cash

     16.8      7.8      5.7

Trade receivables, net of allowances

     361.8      192.8      188.6

Finance receivables, net of allowances

     236.2      203.3      196.7

Retained interests in finance receivables sold

     72.2      69.6      56.8

Deferred income tax assets

     22.5      21.9      21.6

Other current assets

     18.4      17.4      14.5
                    

Total current assets

     959.7      708.5      724.1

Other assets

        

Goodwill

     559.4      557.8      532.6

Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

     47.0      49.0      42.0

Other assets

     55.8      62.9      50.9
                    

Total other assets

     662.2      669.7      625.5

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

     597.6      597.1      595.9
                    

Total assets

   $ 2,219.5    $ 1,975.3    $ 1,945.5
                    

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-35


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions, except share data)

 

    

April 19,

2007

    December 31,
2006
    December 31,
2005
 
     (Unaudited)              

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

      

Current liabilities

      

Accounts payable

   $ 413.2     $ 249.6     $ 270.3  

Accrued employee benefits and compensation expenses

     40.2       43.1       35.0  

Other accrued expenses

     87.8       42.1       36.7  

Income taxes payable

     —         11.3       3.3  

Current maturities of long-term debt

     30.0       30.0       70.0  

Current liabilities of discontinued operations

     7.2       7.2       6.8  
                        

Total current liabilities

     578.4       383.3       422.1  

Non-current liabilities

      

Long-term debt

     315.0       322.5       362.5  

Deferred income tax liabilities

     63.7       58.8       63.6  

Other liabilities

     23.7       7.2       7.4  
                        

Total non-current liabilities

     402.4       388.5       433.5  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 21)

     —         —         —    

Stockholders’ equity

      

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value:

      

Authorized shares: 50,000,000

Issued shares: none

     —         —         —    

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

      

Authorized shares: 500,000,000

Issued shares: 94,868,104 (2006, 2005 and April 19, 2007)

     1.0       1.0       1.0  

Additional paid-in capital

     660.5       673.3       668.3  

Retained earnings

     605.2       580.0       480.7  

Treasury stock, at cost:

      

Shares: 4,785,335 (2006)

            5,275,585 (2005)

            4,093,395 (April 19, 2007)

     (85.9 )     (100.4 )     (110.7 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     57.9       49.6       50.6  
                        

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,238.7       1,203.5       1,089.9  
                        

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,219.5     $ 1,975.3     $ 1,945.5  
                        

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-36


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In millions)

 

   

Common
Stock

Shares

 

Common
Stock

Amount

  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
   

Treasury

Stock

    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2003

  88.6   $ 0.9   $ 524.5     $ 401.3     $ —       $ 23.5     $ 950.2  

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

          105.3           105.3  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

             

Foreign currency translation

              18.7    

Unrealized loss on interest rate swaps

              (0.1 )  
                   

Other comprehensive income

                18.6  
                   

Comprehensive income

                123.9  

Issuance of common stock

  6.3     0.1     135.9             136.0  

Capital contributions

        6.2             6.2  

Cash dividends paid to ALLETE

          (117.5 )         (117.5 )

Cash dividends paid to stockholders

          (6.9 )         (6.9 )

Issuance of common stock under stock plans

        2.9         0.8         3.7  

Stock-based compensation expense

        1.2             1.2  

Tax benefits from employee stock plans

        1.3             1.3  

Repurchase of common stock

            (86.7 )       (86.7 )
                                                 

Balance at December 31, 2004

  94.9   $ 1.0   $ 672.0     $ 382.2     $ (85.9 )   $ 42.1     $ 1,011.4  

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

          125.5           125.5  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

             

Foreign currency translation

              7.9    

Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps

              0.6    
                   

Other comprehensive income

                8.5  
                   

Comprehensive income

                134.0  

Cash dividends paid to stockholders

          (27.0 )         (27.0 )

Issuance of common stock under stock plans

        (8.2 )       18.8         10.6  

Stock-based compensation expense

        2.4             2.4  

Tax benefits from employee stock plans

        2.1             2.1  

Repurchase of common stock

            (43.6 )       (43.6 )
                                                 

Balance at December 31, 2005

  94.9   $ 1.0   $ 668.3     $ 480.7     $ (110.7 )   $ 50.6     $ 1,089.9  

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

          126.3           126.3  

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

             

Foreign currency translation

              (0.6 )  

Unrealized loss on interest rate swaps

              (0.4 )  
                   

Other comprehensive loss

                (1.0 )
                   

Comprehensive income

                125.3  

Cash dividends paid to stockholders

          (27.0 )         (27.0 )

Issuance of common stock under stock plans

        (0.3 )       10.4         10.1  

Stock-based compensation expense

        4.6             4.6  

Tax benefits from employee stock plans

        0.7             0.7  

Repurchase of common stock

            (0.1 )       (0.1 )
                                                 

Balance at December 31, 2006

  94.9   $ 1.0   $ 673.3     $ 580.0     $ (100.4 )   $ 49.6     $ 1,203.5  
                                                 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-37


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In millions)

(Unaudited)

 

   

Common
Stock

Shares

 

Common
Stock

Amount

  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
   

Treasury

Stock

    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2006

  94.9   $ 1.0   $ 673.3     $ 580.0     $ (100.4 )   $ 49.6     $ 1,203.5  

FIN 48 adjustment

          (1.7 )         (1.7 )

Comprehensive income:

             

Net income

          26.9           26.9  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

             

Foreign currency translation

              8.4    

Unrealized loss on interest rate swap

              (0.1 )  
                   

Other comprehensive income

                8.3  
                   

Comprehensive income

                35.2  

Issuance of common stock under stock plans

        1.2         14.7         15.9  

Stock-based compensation expense

        6.4             6.4  

Settlement of awards under stock plans

        (28.4 )           (28.4 )

Tax benefits from employee stock plans

        8.0             8.0  

Repurchase of common stock

            (0.2 )       (0.2 )
                                                 

Balance at April 19, 2007

  94.9   $ 1.0   $ 660.5     $ 605.2     $ (85.9 )   $ 57.9     $ 1,238.7  
                                                 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-38


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)

 

   

January 1 –
April 19,

2007

   

January 1 –
September 30,

2006

    The Year Ended
December 31,
 
        2006     2005     2004  
    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)                    

Operating activities

         

Net income

  $ 26.9     $ 106.5     $ 126.3     $ 125.5     $ 105.3  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

    15.9       33.9       46.5       40.8       35.9  

Bad debt expense

    0.9       3.5       2.8       1.2       4.2  

Deferred income taxes

    4.3       3.8       (5.1 )     27.9       3.1  

Stock-based compensation expense

    6.4       4.5       5.8       2.8       1.6  

Aircraft charge

    —         —         3.4       —         —    

Loss on extinguishment of debt

    —         —         —         2.9       14.0  

Other non-cash, net

    1.6       2.4       3.0       3.2       2.9  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

         

Finance receivables held for sale

    (15.1 )     (8.5 )     12.6       (24.2 )     (15.3 )

Retained interests in finance receivables sold

    (2.5 )     (10.4 )     (12.8 )     (6.4 )     (3.9 )

Trade receivables and other assets

    (164.6 )     (82.3 )     (1.5 )     (28.3 )     (12.6 )

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    141.1       71.0       9.9       (8.9 )     40.3  
                                       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    14.9       124.4       190.9       136.5       175.5  

Investing activities

         

Net (decrease) increase in finance receivables held for investment

    (14.8 )     (27.3 )     (19.5 )     4.6       (8.1 )

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

    —         (54.7 )     (55.8 )     (29.1 )     —    

Purchases of property, equipment and computer software

    (11.3 )     (24.2 )     (37.1 )     (55.3 )     (31.2 )

Purchase of other intangibles

    (0.1 )     (0.6 )     (0.6 )     (1.2 )     —    

Proceeds from the sale of property, equipment and computer software

    —         —         —         0.6       10.4  

Proceeds from the sale of discontinued operations

    —         —         —         3.3       —    

Equity investments

    —         (12.6 )     (12.6 )     (2.0 )     —    

Transfer to restricted cash

    (9.0 )     (1.6 )     (2.1 )     (0.8 )     (1.5 )
                                       

Net cash used by investing activities

    (35.2 )     (121.0 )     (127.7 )     (79.9 )     (30.4 )

Financing activities

         

Net (decrease) increase in book overdrafts

    46.2       53.4       (9.3 )     24.2       0.2  

Net (decrease) increase in borrowings from lines of credit

    —         (50.0 )     (50.0 )     138.0       (45.8 )

Payments on long-term debt

    (7.5 )     (22.5 )     (30.0 )     (371.6 )     (323.1 )

Proceeds from long-term debt

    —         —         —         150.0       500.0  

Payments for debt issuance costs

    —         —         —         (1.7 )     (9.9 )

Net proceeds from issuance of common stock

    —         —         —         —         136.0  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock under stock plans

    15.0       6.3       8.1       10.2       0.5  

Dividends paid to ALLETE

    —         —         —         —         (117.5 )

Dividends paid to stockholders

    —         (20.2 )     (27.0 )     (27.0 )     (6.9 )

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation

    3.0       0.2       0.5       —         —    

Repurchase of common stock

    (0.2 )     (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (43.6 )     (86.7 )
                                       

Net cash (used by) provided by financing activities

    56.5       (32.9 )     (107.8 )     (121.5 )     46.8  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

    (0.1 )     0.5       0.1       0.6       (0.1 )
                                       

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

    36.1       (29.0 )     (44.5 )     (64.3 )     191.8  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    195.7       240.2       240.2       304.5       112.7  
                                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 231.8     $ 211.2     $ 195.7     $ 240.2     $ 304.5  
                                       

Cash paid for interest

  $ 3.3     $ 16.4     $ 23.8     $ 27.6     $ 25.5  

Cash paid for taxes, net of refunds

  $ 7.7     $ 56.8     $ 73.8     $ 67.7     $ 46.0  

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements

 

F-39


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

Note 1—Business, Nature of Operations and Pending Merger

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 have been audited by independent registered public accounting firms.

The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and with Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. Operating results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the year as a whole. In the opinion of management, the interim consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments necessary (consisting of normal recurring accruals, except as otherwise noted) for a fair statement of the Company’s financial results for the periods presented. The unaudited consolidated financial statements and condensed notes to the interim consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2006 included herein.

Business and Nature of Operations

ADESA, Inc. (“ADESA” or the “Company”) is a leading, national provider of wholesale vehicle auction and related vehicle redistribution services for the automotive industry in North America. Redistribution services include a variety of activities designed to transfer used and salvage vehicles between sellers and buyers throughout the vehicle life cycle. The Company facilitates the exchange of these vehicles through an auction marketplace, which aligns sellers and buyers. As an agent for customers, ADESA generally does not take title to or ownership of the vehicles sold at the Company’s auctions. The Company generally earns fees from the seller and buyer on each successful auction transaction in addition to fees earned for ancillary services.

ADESA is the second largest used vehicle auction network in North America, based upon the number of used vehicles sold through auctions annually, and also provides services such as inbound and outbound logistics, reconditioning, vehicle inspection and certification, titling, administrative and salvage recovery services. Through its wholly owned subsidiary Automotive Finance Corporation (“AFC”), the Company also provides short-term inventory-secured financing, known as floorplan financing, to used vehicle dealers. ADESA is able to serve the diverse and multi-faceted needs of its customers through the wide range of services offered at its facilities.

The Company operates a network of 54 wholesale used vehicle auctions, 42 salvage auctions and 89 AFC loan production offices. Used vehicle auctions provide services such as inbound and outbound logistics, reconditioning, vehicle inspection and certification and titling in addition to auctioning of the consigned vehicles. Salvage auctions facilitate the redistribution of damaged vehicles deemed a total loss for insurance or business purposes, as well as recovered stolen vehicles for which an insurance settlement with the vehicle owner has already been made. The Company's salvage auction business specializes in providing services such as inbound and outbound logistics, inspections, evaluations, titling and settlement administrative services.

Merger Transaction

On December 22, 2006, the Company entered into a definitive merger agreement to be acquired by a group of private equity funds consisting of affiliates of Kelso & Company, GS Capital Partners, ValueAct Capital and

 

F-40


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Parthenon Capital. The merger occurred on April 20, 2007 and as part of the agreement, Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc., (“IAAI”) a leading provider of automotive salvage auction and claims processing services in the United States, was contributed to KAR Holdings II, LLC. Both ADESA and IAAI became wholly owned subsidiaries of KAR Holdings, Inc. which is owned by KAR Holdings II, LLC, which is owned by affiliates of the equity funds and management of KAR Holdings, Inc.

The following transactions occurred in connection with the merger:

 

   

Approximately 90.8 million shares of ADESA’s outstanding common stock converted into the right to receive $27.85 per share in cash;

 

   

Approximately 3.4 million outstanding options to purchase shares of ADESA’s common stock were cancelled in exchange for payments in cash of $27.85 per underlying share, less the applicable option exercise price;

 

   

Approximately 0.3 million outstanding restricted stock and restricted stock units of ADESA vested immediately and were paid out in cash of $27.85 per unit;

 

   

The outstanding principal and accrued interest under ADESA’s existing credit facility and notes were repaid.

The Company incurred and expensed $24.8 million of costs related to the merger transaction from January 1 through April 19, 2007 and $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.

Note 2—Basis of Organization and Presentation

ADESA was a wholly owned subsidiary of ALLETE Automotive Services, Inc. ("ALLETE Auto"), a wholly owned subsidiary of ALLETE, Inc. ("ALLETE") until the second quarter of 2004. ADESA was incorporated in the state of Delaware on January 23, 2004. On May 24, 2004, ADESA Corporation, then a wholly owned subsidiary of ALLETE, was merged into ADESA. Because ADESA Corporation and the Company were entities under common control and the Company is the successor entity, the number of shares of common stock disclosed in these financial statements and the earnings per share information have been adjusted retroactively to reflect the merger and the Company's capital structure. The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. ADESA Corporation had 14,086,000 shares of common stock outstanding prior to its merger with ADESA. ADESA had 88,600,000 common shares outstanding as of the date of the merger.

Initial Public Offering and Subsequent Spin-off from ALLETE

ADESA’s initial public offering of 6,250,000 shares of common stock in June 2004, resulted in proceeds of $136.0 million, net of transaction costs of $14.0 million. The Company used the net proceeds from this offering, together with the net proceeds from the senior subordinated notes offering (proceeds of $121.7, net of transaction costs of $3.3 million) and $275.0 million borrowed under the Company’s credit facility, to repay $75.1 million of outstanding debt to unaffiliated third parties, to pay accrued interest and principal on the $100.0 million intercompany note representing a dividend paid to ALLETE, and to repay all of the Company’s other outstanding intercompany debt owed to ALLETE and its subsidiaries, totaling $105.0 million. In addition, the Company’s two existing senior notes were redeemed on August 18, 2004, for $139.0 million, including $14.0 million of

 

F-41


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

prepayment expenses. The remaining net proceeds from the initial public offering, notes offering and new credit facility were used for general corporate purposes, including the repurchase of 6.2 million shares of the Company’s common stock pursuant to a share repurchase program approved by the Company’s board of directors on August 30, 2004. The repurchase program was completed on May 12, 2005, and resulted in aggregate expenditures of $128.9 million from the fourth quarter 2004 through the second quarter 2005.

On September 20, 2004, ALLETE completed the distribution of a stock dividend to all ALLETE stockholders. One share of ADESA common stock was distributed to ALLETE stockholders of record as of September 13, 2004, for each share of ALLETE common stock outstanding, resulting in a total distribution of 88.6 million common shares of ADESA. The distribution was structured to qualify as a tax-free stock dividend to ALLETE shareholders.

Note 3—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ADESA and all of its wholly owned subsidiaries. Significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Business Segments

The Company’s operations are grouped into three operating segments: used vehicle auctions, Impact salvage auctions and AFC. As permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , the Company aggregates its three operating segments into two reportable business segments: Auction Services Group and Dealer Services Group. Auction Services Group includes used vehicle and salvage auctions. Dealer Services Group includes the results of operations of AFC and its related subsidiaries. Operations are measured through careful budgeting and monitoring of contributions to consolidated income from continuing operations by each business segment. Discontinued operations include the operating results of the Company’s vehicle importation business and ComSearch, Inc., which were discontinued in February of 2003 and August of 2005, respectively.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activity

The Company recognizes all derivative financial instruments in the consolidated financial statements at fair value in accordance with SFAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities . The Company currently uses interest rate swaps that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges to manage the variability of cash flows to be paid due to interest rate movements on its variable rate debt. The Company does not, however, enter into hedging contracts for trading or speculative purposes. The fair value of the interest rate swap agreements is estimated using pricing models widely used in financial markets and represents the estimated

 

F-42


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

amount the Company would receive or pay to terminate the agreement at the reporting date. The fair value of the swap agreements is recorded in “Other assets” or “Other liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheet based on the gain or loss position of the contracts. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges are recorded as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income”. Gains and losses on interest rate swap agreements are subsequently included in earnings as an adjustment to interest expense in the same periods in which the related interest payments being hedged are recognized in earnings. The Company uses the change in variable cash flows method to assess hedge effectiveness in accordance with SFAS 133.

Foreign Currency Translation

Revenues and expenses denominated in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at average exchange rates in effect during the period. Assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated using the exchange rates in effect at the end of the period. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of income within “Other income, net”. Adjustments arising from the translation of net assets located outside the U.S. (gains and losses) are shown as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income”. Accumulated other comprehensive income was comprised of gains from foreign currency translation totaling $57.9 million, $49.5 million and $50.1 million at April 19, 2007, and December 31, 2006 and 2005, and unrealized gains (losses) on interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges totaling $0 million, $0.1 million and $0.5 million at April 19, 2007, and December 31, 2006 and 2005.

Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less are considered to be cash equivalents. These investments are valued at cost, which approximates fair value.

Restricted Cash

AFC Funding Corporation, a wholly owned, bankruptcy remote, consolidated, special purpose subsidiary of AFC, is required to maintain a cash reserve approximating 1 percent of total sold receivables to the bank conduit facility as security for the receivables sold. AFC also maintains other cash reserves associated with its banking relationships.

Receivables

Trade receivables include the unremitted purchase price of vehicles purchased by third parties at the auctions, fees to be collected from those buyers and amounts for services provided by the Company related to certain consigned vehicles in the Company's possession. These amounts due with respect to the consigned vehicles are generally deducted from the sales proceeds upon the eventual auction or other disposition of the related vehicles.

Finance receivables include floorplan receivables created by financing dealer purchases of vehicles in exchange for a security interest in those vehicles and special purpose loans. Floorplan receivables become due at the earlier of the dealer subsequently selling the vehicle or a predetermined time period (generally 30 to 60 days). Floorplan receivables include (1) eligible receivables that are not yet sold to the bank conduit facility (see Note 9), (2) Canadian floorplan receivables, (3) U.S. floorplan receivables not eligible for the bank conduit facility,

 

F-43


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

and (4) receivables that were sold to the bank conduit facility that come back on the balance sheet of the Company at fair market value if they become ineligible under the terms of the collateral arrangement with the bank conduit facility. Special purpose loans relate to loans that are either line of credit loans or working capital loans that can be either secured or unsecured based on the facts and circumstances of the specific loans.

Due to the nature of the Company's business, substantially all trade and finance receivables are due from vehicle dealers, salvage buyers, institutional sellers and insurance companies. The Company has possession of vehicles or vehicle titles collateralizing a significant portion of the trade and finance receivables.

Trade receivables and finance receivables held for investment are reported net of an allowance for doubtful accounts and credit losses. The allowances for doubtful accounts and credit losses are based on management's evaluation of the receivables portfolio under current conditions, the volume of the portfolio, overall portfolio credit quality, review of specific collection issues and such other factors which in management's judgment deserve recognition in estimating losses. Finance receivables held for sale are carried at lower of cost or market. Fair value is based upon estimates of future cash flows including estimates of anticipated credit losses. Estimated losses for receivables sold by AFC Funding Corporation to the bank conduit facility with recourse to AFC Funding Corporation (see Note 8) are recorded as an accrued expense.

Classification of finance receivables in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows is dependent on the initial balance sheet classification of the finance receivable. Finance receivables initially classified as held for investment are included as investing activity in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows and finance receivables initially classified as held for sale are included as an operating cash flow.

Retained Interests in Finance Receivables Sold

Retained interests in finance receivables sold are classified as trading securities pursuant to SFAS 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities , and carried at estimated fair value with gains and losses recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Fair value is based upon estimates of future cash flows, using assumptions that market participants would use to value such investments, including estimates of anticipated credit losses over the life of the finance receivables sold. The cash flows were discounted using a market discount rate.

Other Current Assets

Other current assets consist of inventories, notes receivable and prepaid expenses. The inventories, which consist of vehicles, supplies, and parts are accounted for on the specific identification method, and are stated at the lower of cost or market.

Notes receivable consist of amounts due from dealers, purchasers of assets sold and work-out loans established with customers unable to meet the repayment schedule of the finance receivables. The recognition of interest ceases upon the establishment of the work-out loans. Gross notes receivable balances in “Other current assets” were $0.4 million, $0.5 million and $0.8 million at April 19, 2007, and December 31, 2006 and 2005. The allowance for losses on notes receivable is based on management's evaluation of the notes receivable given current conditions, payment history, the credit-worthiness of the borrower and review of specific collection issues and such other factors which in management's judgment deserve recognition in estimating losses. The allowance for losses on notes receivable was approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 and $0.4 million at April 19, 2007,

 

F-44


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

and December 31, 2006 and 2005. Additions to the allowance are charged to bad debt expense. This amount totaled $0 million, $0 million and $0.1 million for the period January 1 - April 19, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of cost over fair value of identifiable net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently as impairment indicators arise. The goodwill impairment test is a two-step test. Under the first step, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the Company must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in accordance with FASB Statement No. 141, Business Combinations . The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets generally consist primarily of customer relationships, computer software and non-compete agreements, and are amortized using the straight-line method. Customer relationships are amortized over the life determined in the valuation of the particular acquisition. Costs incurred related to software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized during the application development stage of software development and amortized over their estimated useful lives. The non-compete agreements are amortized over the life of the agreements and are written off upon being fully amortized. The lives of other intangibles assets are re-evaluated periodically when facts and circumstances indicate that revised estimates of useful lives may be warranted.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method at rates intended to depreciate the costs of assets over their estimated useful lives. Upon retirement or sale of property and equipment, the cost of the disposed assets and related accumulated depreciation is removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to selling, general and administrative expenses. Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Additions and expenditures for improving or rebuilding existing assets that extend the useful life are capitalized. Leasehold improvements made either at the inception of the lease or during the lease term are amortized over the shorter of their economic lives or the lease term including any renewals that are reasonably assured.

Other Assets

Other assets consist of investments held to maturity, debt issuance costs, notes receivable, deposits, cost and equity method investments and other long-term assets. Investments at April 19, 2007, and December 31, 2006 and 2005, included $34.5 million of Fulton County Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds purchased

 

F-45


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

in connection with the capital lease for the Atlanta facility that became operational in the fourth quarter of 2003. The bonds will be held to maturity (December 1, 2017) and bear a fixed interest rate of 5 percent.

During 2006, AFC acquired a 15 percent interest in Finance Express LLC for $12.6 million in cash. Finance Express is a web-based company specializing in software to facilitate the origination of motor vehicle retail installment loan contracts between independent used vehicle dealers and lending institutions. In addition, the Company also receives certain fees from Finance Express for assistance in marketing its software product and services to independent used vehicle dealers. The Company evaluated its investment in Finance Express pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 46R, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, an Interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 . The Company is currently not the primary beneficiary of the VIE and its risk of loss is limited, in all material respects, to its investment in Finance Express. Finance Express is a LLC that maintains specific capital accounts for each member. Therefore, the Company uses the equity method of accounting for this investment in accordance with the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) 03-16, Accounting for Investments in Limited Liability Companies , Statement of Position (“SOP”) 78-9, Accounting for Investments in Real Estate Ventures , and SAB Topic D-46, Accounting for Limited Partnership Investments . The Company’s share of Finance Express’ earnings or losses is recorded in “Other income, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Income and was not material for the period ended April 19, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006.

Debt issuance costs reflect the expenditures incurred in the first half of 2004 to issue the $125 million senior subordinated notes and to obtain the bank credit facility. In addition, debt issue costs reflect the expenditures incurred in the third quarter of 2005 to amend and restate the bank credit facility. The debt issuance costs are being amortized over their respective lives to interest expense and had a carrying amount of $4.8 million, $5.2 million and $6.5 million at April 19, 2007, December 31, 2006 and 2005.

Long-Lived Assets

ADESA applies SFAS 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . Management reviews its property and equipment and other intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. The determination includes evaluation of factors such as current market value, future asset utilization, business climate, and future cash flows expected to result from the use of the related assets. If the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds the total amount of the estimated undiscounted future cash flows from that asset, a loss is recognized in the period when it is determined that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable to the extent that the carrying amount exceeds the fair value of the asset. The impairment analysis is based on the Company’s current business strategy, expected growth rates and estimated future economic and regulatory conditions.

Accounts Payable

Accounts payable include amounts due sellers from the proceeds of the sale of their consigned vehicles less any fees, as well as outstanding checks to sellers and vendors. Book overdrafts, representing outstanding checks in excess of funds on deposit, are recorded in “Accounts payable” and amounted to $ 181.4 million, $135.2 million and $144.5 million at April 19, 2007, and December 31, 2006 and 2005.

Environmental Liabilities

Accruals for environmental matters are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated, based on current law and existing technologies. These accruals are adjusted periodically as assessment and remediation efforts progress, or as additional technical or

 

F-46


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

legal information becomes available. Accruals for environmental liabilities are included in “Other accrued expenses” (current portion) and “Other liabilities” (long-term portion) at undiscounted amounts and generally exclude claims for recoveries from insurance or other third parties.

Revenue Recognition

Auction Services Group

Revenues and the related costs are recognized when the services are performed. Auction fees from sellers and buyers are recognized upon the sale of the vehicle through the auction process. Many of the vehicles that are sold at auction are consigned to the Company by the seller and held at the Company’s facilities. The Company does not take title to these consigned vehicles and recognizes revenue when a service is performed as requested by the owner of the vehicle. The Company does not record the gross selling price of the consigned vehicles sold at auction as revenue. Instead, the Company records only its auction fees as revenue because it does not take title to the consigned vehicles, has no influence on the vehicle auction selling price agreed to by the seller and buyer at the auction and the fees that the Company receives for its services are generally a fixed amount. Revenues from reconditioning, logistics, vehicle inspection and certification, titling, evaluation and salvage recovery services are generally recognized when the services are performed.

Dealer Services Group

AFC’s revenue is comprised primarily of securitization income and interest and fee income. As is customary for finance companies, AFC’s revenues are reported net of a provision for credit losses. The following table summarizes the primary components of AFC's revenue:

 

Dealer Services Group Revenue (In millions)

  

January 1 –
April 19,

2007

    December 31,  
     2006     2005    2004  

Securitization income

   $ 24.9     $ 75.1     $ 69.3    $ 67.5  

Interest and fee income

     20.3       68.4       56.2      48.6  

Other revenue

     1.2       0.7       0.5      1.7  

Provision for credit losses

     (0.5 )     (0.2 )     —        (1.2 )
                               
   $ 45.9     $ 144.0     $ 126.0    $ 116.6  
                               

Securitization income

Securitization income is primarily comprised of the gain on sale of finance receivables sold, but also includes servicing income, discount accretion, and any change in the fair value of the retained interest in finance receivables sold. AFC generally sells its U.S. dollar denominated finance receivables through a revolving private securitization structure. Gains and losses on the sale of receivables are recognized upon transfer to the bank conduit facility.

Interest and fee income

Interest on finance receivables is recognized based on the number of days the vehicle remains financed. AFC ceases recognition of interest on finance receivables when the loans become delinquent, which is generally 31 days past due. Dealers are also charged fees to floorplan a vehicle (“floorplan fee”) and to extend the terms of the receivable (“curtailment fee”). AFC fee income including floorplan and curtailment fees is recognized over the life of the finance receivable.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Loan origination costs

Loan origination costs incurred by AFC in originating floorplan receivables are capitalized at the origination of the customer contract. Such costs for receivables retained are amortized over the estimated life of the customer contract. Costs associated with receivables sold are included as a reduction in securitization income.

Income Taxes

The Company will file a consolidated federal income tax return for the period ended April 19, 2007, and has filed a consolidated federal income tax return for the years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, and for the period that began on September 21, 2004 and ended December 31, 2004. The Company is included in the consolidated federal income tax return of ALLETE for the period that began January 1, 2004 and ended September 20, 2004. The Company files state income tax returns in accordance with the applicable rules of each state. The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method in accordance with SFAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . The provision for income taxes includes federal, foreign, state and local income taxes currently payable, as well as deferred taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. If it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recognized.

Earnings per Share

Earnings per share-basic is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average common shares outstanding during the year. Earnings per share-diluted represents net income divided by the sum of the weighted average common shares outstanding plus potential dilutive instruments such as stock options and unvested restricted stock. The effect of stock options on earnings per share-diluted is determined through the application of the treasury stock method, whereby proceeds received by the Company based on assumed exercises are hypothetically used to repurchase the Company’s common stock at the average market price during the period. Stock options that would have an anti-dilutive effect on earnings per share are excluded from the calculations.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Prior to 2006, ADESA applied the intrinsic value method provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , and related interpretations, to account for stock-based awards. Under the intrinsic value method, no compensation cost is recognized if the exercise price of the Company’s stock options was equal to or greater than the market price of the underlying stock on the date of grant. Accordingly, the Company did not recognize compensation expense for employee stock options that were granted in prior years. However, compensation expense was recognized on other forms of stock-based awards, including restricted stock units and performance based stock awards. SFAS 123(R), Share-Based Payment , replaces SFAS 123 and supersedes APB 25. The statement requires that all stock-based compensation be recognized as expense in the financial statements and that such cost be measured at the fair value of the award at the grant date. On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 123(R) using the modified prospective application method, and therefore was not required to restate its financial results for prior periods. Under this transition method, as of January 1, 2006, ADESA began to apply the provisions of this statement to new and modified awards, as well as to the nonvested portion of awards granted and outstanding at the time of adoption using the fair value amounts determined for pro forma disclosure under SFAS 123.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

The Company’s stock-based compensation awards, including both stock options and restricted stock units, have a retirement eligible provision, whereby awards granted to employees who have reached the retirement eligible age and meet certain service requirements with either ADESA and/or its former parent, ALLETE, automatically vest when an eligible employee retires from the Company. The Company has previously accounted for this type of arrangement by recognizing compensation cost (for both pro forma and recognition purposes) over the nominal vesting period (i.e., over the full stated vesting period of the award) and, if the employee retired before the end of the vesting period, by recognizing any remaining unrecognized compensation cost at the date of retirement. Following adoption of SFAS 123(R), new awards are subject to the non-substantive vesting period approach, which specifies that an award is vested when the employee’s retention of the award is no longer contingent on providing subsequent service. Recognizing that many companies followed the nominal vesting period, the SEC issued guidance for transitioning to the non-substantive vesting period approach. The Company has revised its approach to apply the non-substantive vesting period approach to all new grants after adoption, but continues to follow the nominal vesting period approach for the remaining portion of unvested outstanding awards. An additional requirement of SFAS 123(R) is that estimated forfeitures be considered in determining compensation expense. As previously permitted, the Company recorded forfeitures when they occurred. Estimating forfeitures did not have a material impact on the determination of compensation expense.

On March 9, 2005, the board of directors (the “board”) of the Company accelerated the vesting of certain unvested and “out-of-the-money” stock options previously awarded to employees and officers that have an exercise price of $24 per share. The awards accelerated were made under the ADESA, Inc. 2004 Equity and Incentive Plan in conjunction with ADESA’s initial public offering (“IPO”) in June 2004. As a result, options to purchase approximately 2.9 million shares of the Company’s common stock became exercisable immediately and the Company disclosed incremental pro forma stock-based employee compensation expense of approximately $7.7 million, net of tax, in the first quarter 2005. The options awarded in conjunction with the IPO to the Company’s named executive officers and the majority of the other officers would have vested in equal increments at June 15, 2005, 2006 and 2007. The options awarded to certain other executive officers and employees had different vesting terms. One-third of the options awarded to the other executive officers and employees vested on December 31, 2004. The remaining two-thirds of the options awarded to these executive officers and other employees in conjunction with the IPO would have vested in equal increments at December 31, 2005 and 2006. All of these options expire in June 2010. All other terms and conditions applicable to the outstanding stock option grants remain in effect. In connection with the merger transaction, as described in Note 1, these options were cancelled in exchange for payments in cash of $27.85 per underlying share.

The Company and its board considered several factors in determining to accelerate the vesting of these options. Primarily, the acceleration enhances the comparability of the Company’s 2005 financial statements with those of 2006 and subsequent periods. The options awarded to the executive officers were special, one-time grants in conjunction with the Company’s IPO. As such, these grants are not indicative of past grants when ADESA was a subsidiary of ALLETE prior to June 2004 and are not representative of the Company’s expected future grants. The Company and board also believe that the acceleration was in the best interest of the stockholders as it reduces the Company’s reported stock option expense in future periods and mitigates the impact of applying SFAS 123(R).

As a result of adopting SFAS 123(R) on January 1, 2006, income from continuing operations before income taxes and net income for the year ended December 31, 2006, were $2.3 million and $1.4 million lower, respectively, than if the Company had continued to account for share-based awards under APB Opinion No. 25. Basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations were both $0.02 lower for the year ended December 31, 2006 as a result of the adoption of SFAS 123(R).

 

F-49


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), tax benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of stock options were presented as operating cash flows in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. SFAS 123(R) requires cash flows resulting from tax deductions from the exercise of stock options in excess of recognized compensation cost (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows. This change in classification did not have a significant impact on the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as the excess tax benefits recognized for the year ended December 31, 2006 were approximately $0.5 million.

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company applied the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation , as amended by SFAS 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure , which permitted companies to apply the existing accounting rules under APB Opinion No. 25 and related interpretations. Generally, if the exercise price of options granted under the plan was equal to the market price of the underlying common stock on the grant date, no share-based compensation cost was recognized in net income. As required by SFAS 148, prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), pro forma net income and pro forma net income per common share were disclosed for stock-based awards, as if the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123 had been applied.

The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share as if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R) to all stock-based employee awards granted in fiscal years 2005 and 2004 prior to the adoption of 123(R). The fair value of stock options was estimated as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the attribution method. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model does not consider the non-traded nature of employee stock options, the lack of transferability or a vesting period. If the model took these items into consideration, the resulting estimate for fair value of the stock options could be different. In addition, because of the change to the non-substantive vesting period approach, the application of estimated forfeitures, the acceleration of vesting of underwater IPO stock options, the fact that the Company’s options vest over three years and additional option grants have been made subsequent to January 1, 2006, the results of expensing stock-based awards under SFAS 123(R) may have a materially different affect on net income in future periods than that presented below.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
(in millions, except per share amounts)        2005             2004      

Reported net income

   $ 125.5     $ 105.3  

Add: stock-based employee compensation

  included in reported net income, net of tax(1)

     1.4       1.2  

Deduct: total stock-based employee

  compensation expense, net of tax

     (12.9 )     (5.8 )
                

Pro forma net income

   $ 114.0     $ 100.7  
                

Earnings per share:

    

Basic—as reported

   $ 1.40     $ 1.15  
                

Basic—pro forma

   $ 1.27     $ 1.10  
                

Diluted—as reported

   $ 1.39     $ 1.15  
                

Diluted—pro forma

   $ 1.26     $ 1.10  
                

(1) Reported amounts include expense associated with restricted stock units and performance share awards.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Reclassifications and Revisions

Certain prior year amounts in the consolidated financial statements have been reclassified or revised to conform to the current year presentation.

Note 4—Acquisitions

2006 Acquisitions

In February 2006, the Company completed the purchase of certain assets of the N.E. Penn Salvage Company, an independently owned salvage auction in northeast Pennsylvania. The purchased assets included the accounts receivables, operating equipment and customer relationships related to the auction. In addition, the Company entered into operating lease obligations related to the facility through 2016. Initial annual lease payments for the facilities total approximately $0.1 million per year. The Company did not assume any other material liabilities or indebtedness in connection with the acquisition. Financial results for this acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

In March 2006, the Company completed the acquisition of certain assets of Auction Broadcasting Company’s South Tampa used vehicle auction serving western and central Florida. The Company has renamed the auction ADESA Sarasota. The assets purchased included land and buildings, the related operating equipment, accounts receivable and customer relationships related to the auction. The auction is comprised of approximately 63 acres and includes six auction lanes and full-service reconditioning shops providing detail, mechanical and body shop services. The Company did not assume any material liabilities or indebtedness in connection with the acquisition. Financial results for this acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

In September 2006, the Company acquired three independent salvage auctions in the state of Texas, providing the Company a presence in the second largest salvage market in the U.S. The auctions have been renamed ADESA Impact San Antonio, ADESA Impact Houston and ADESA Impact Dallas/Ft. Worth. The assets purchased included operating equipment, accounts receivable and customer relationships related to the auctions. In addition, the Company entered into operating lease obligations related to the facilities through 2011. Initial annual lease payments for the facilities total approximately $1.2 million per year. The Company did not assume any other material liabilities or indebtedness in connection with the acquisition. Financial results for these acquisitions have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

ADESA acquired the five previously mentioned auctions for a total cost of $54.5 million, in cash. Purchase price allocations have been recorded for each acquisition. The purchase price of the acquisitions was allocated to the acquired assets based upon fair market values, including $12.9 million to other intangible assets, representing the fair value of acquired customer relationships and non-compete agreements, which will be amortized over their expected useful lives of 3 to 15 years. The purchase price allocations resulted in aggregate goodwill of $23.3 million. The goodwill was assigned to the Auction Services Group reporting segment and is expected to be fully deductible for tax purposes. Pro forma financial results reflecting the acquisitions were not materially different from those reported.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

2005 Acquisitions

On May 3, 2005, the Company completed the purchase of certain assets of ABC Washington Dulles, LLC to gain access to the Washington, D.C. auction market. The Company assumed an operating lease through 2025 for the 83-acre auction facility located in Sterling, Virginia, which commenced operations in 2001, offering six auction lanes and reconditioning facilities. The assets purchased included the related operating equipment and all customer relationships related to the auction. Initial annual lease payments for the facility are approximately $1.9 million per year. The Company did not assume any other material liabilities or indebtedness in connection with the acquisition. Financial results for this acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

On June 30, 2005, the Company acquired an independently owned salvage auction facility serving Charlotte and western North Carolina to expand its reach in the southeastern U.S. The assets included an 128-acre facility, the related operating equipment, accounts receivable, and all customer relationships related to the auction. The Company did not assume any material liabilities or indebtedness in connection with the acquisition. Financial results for this acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

On November 2, 2005, the Company completed the purchase of certain assets of the “Ohio Connection,” a group of four independently owned salvage auctions that handle approximately 20,000 salvage units annually to expand ADESA Impact’s regional coverage. The assets include the operating equipment and all customer relationships related to the auctions. In addition, the Company has operating lease obligations related to the four facilities through 2015. Initial annual lease payments for the facilities total approximately $0.5 million per year. Two of the purchase agreements include contingent payments related to the volume of certain vehicles sold subsequent to the purchase date. The Company made contingent payments in 2006 totaling approximately $1.3 million pursuant to these agreements. The Company did not assume any other material liabilities or indebtedness in connection with the acquisition. Financial results for this acquisition have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

In summary, ADESA acquired the previously mentioned auctions during 2005 for a total cost of $30.4 million, in cash including the contingent payments made in 2006. The purchase price of the acquisitions was allocated to the acquired assets based upon fair market values, including $7.3 million to other intangible assets, representing the fair value of acquired customer relationships and non-compete agreements, which will be amortized over their expected useful lives ranging from 2 to 20 years. The purchase price allocations resulted in aggregate goodwill of $18.5 million. The goodwill was assigned to the Auction Services Group reporting segment and is expected to be fully deductible for tax purposes. Pro forma financial results for the acquisitions were not material.

Note 5—Discontinued Operations

In August 2005, ADESA sold ComSearch, Inc. which provides professional claims outsourcing services, automotive parts-locating and desk-auditing services to the property and casualty insurance industry. In February 2003, management approved a plan to discontinue the operations of the Company’s vehicle importation business. The financial results of ComSearch and the vehicle importation business have been accounted for as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Both businesses were formerly included in the Auction Services Group reporting segment.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Net loss from discontinued operations for the period January 1 through April 19, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006 primarily includes interest on the vehicle importation business adverse judgment. Net loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 includes the operating loss of ComSearch, the loss on sale of the ComSearch business totaling $0.1 million and interest on the vehicle importation business adverse judgment. Net loss from discontinued operations in 2004 includes a $6.9 million pretax charge related to the vehicle importation business adverse judgment, including the related accrued interest and legal costs, partially offset by $0.8 million in pretax income generated by ComSearch.

At April 19, 2007, and December 31, 2006 and 2005 there were $0 million in assets and $7.2 million, $7.2 million and $6.8 million in liabilities related to discontinued operations, respectively. Liabilities at April 19, 2007, and December 31, 2006 and 2005 primarily represent the accrual of the importation adverse judgment, under appeal, and accrued interest on the award pursuant to Michigan law. For a complete discussion of the Importation litigation, see Note 21.

The following summarizes financial information for the discontinued operations (in millions, except per share data) :

 

    

January 1 –
April 19,

2007

    December 31,  
       2006     2005     2004  

Statements of Income

        

Operating revenues

   $ —       $ —       $ 2.9     $ 6.1  

Operating expenses

     0.1       0.6       3.6       12.2  
                                

(Loss) before income taxes

     (0.1 )     (0.6 )     (0.7 )     (6.1 )

Income taxes

     —         0.1       0.1       2.4  
                                

(Loss) from discontinued operations

   $ (0.1 )   $ (0.5 )   $ (0.6 )   $ (3.7 )
                                

Net (loss) per share from discontinued operations—basic

   $ —       $ —       $ —       $ (0.04 )
                                

Net (loss) per share from discontinued operations—diluted

   $ —       $ (0.01 )   $ (0.01 )   $ (0.04 )
                                

Note 6—Stock Plans

Equity and Incentive Plan

Prior to the merger transactions, ADESA had an equity and incentive plan under which employees were awarded stock options, restricted stock and other stock-based awards. As a result of the merger transactions on April 20, 2007, as discussed in Note 1, all outstanding options, restricted stock and restricted stock units became fully vested on the date of the merger. As such, approximately 3.4 million outstanding options to purchase shares of ADESA’s common stock were cancelled in exchange for payments in cash of $27.85 per underlying share, less the applicable option exercise price, resulting in net proceeds to holders of $18.6 million. In addition, approximately 0.3 million outstanding restricted stock and restricted stock units were cancelled in exchange for payments in cash of $27.85 per underlying share. The accelerated vesting of the options resulted in additional stock-based compensation expense of approximately $2.0 million and the accelerated vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units resulted in additional stock-based compensation expense of approximately $2.8 million. This additional $4.8 million is included in the “Transaction expenses” line item of the Consolidated Income Statement for the period from January 1 through April 19, 2007.

Prior to the merger transactions, certain key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries participated in the ADESA, Inc. 2004 Equity and Incentive Plan (“the Plan”). The maximum number of shares reserved for the

 

F-53


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

grant of awards under the 2004 Equity and Incentive Plan was 8.5 million. There were approximately 2.9 million remaining shares available for grant under the Plan on December 31, 2006. The Plan provided for the grant of incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards. To date, the grants have been stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units.

The Company used its treasury stock to satisfy stock option exercises and stock distributions. At April 19, 2007 and December 31, 2006, the Company held 4,093,395 shares and 4,785,335 shares of treasury stock, respectively.

The compensation cost that was charged against income for all plans was $6.4 million, $4.5 million, $5.8 million, $2.8 million and $1.6 million for the period ended January 1 through April 19, 2007, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. The total income tax benefit recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income for stock compensation agreements was approximately $2.5 million, $1.7 million, $2.2 million, $1.0 million and $0.2 million for the period January 1 through April 19, 2007, the nine months ended September 30, 2006 and the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. Had the Company followed SFAS 123 rather than APB Opinion No. 25, an additional $11.5 million and $4.6 million of compensation expense, net of tax, would have been recorded for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 (as disclosed in the pro forma information in Note 3). The Company did not capitalize any stock-based compensation cost in the year ended December 31, 2006.

Stock Options

Stock options were granted under the Plan at an exercise price of not less than the fair market value of a share of ADESA common stock on the date of grant and generally vested in equal annual installments over three years with expiration not to exceed six years from the date of grant. The weighted average fair value of options granted was $8.54 per share, $7.36 per share and $7.64 per share for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. There were no option grants under the Plan in 2007. The fair value of stock options granted was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions:

 

Assumptions

   2006     2005      2004  

Risk-free interest rate

   4.6 - 5.0  %   3.6 %    3.6 %

Expected life—years

   4     4      4  

Expected volatility

   38.0 %   41.0 %    39.0 %

Dividend yield

   1.15 - 1.18 %   1.34 %    1.25 %

Risk-free interest rate —This is the yield on U.S. Treasury Securities posted at the date of grant having a term equal to the expected life of the option. An increase in the risk-free interest rate will increase compensation expense.

Expected life—years —This is the period of time over which the options granted are expected to remain outstanding. Options granted by ADESA had a maximum term of six years, while the options converted from ALLETE to ADESA had a maximum term of ten years. An increase in the expected life will increase compensation expense.

Expected volatility —Actual changes in the market value of the Company’s stock are used to calculate the volatility assumption. Based on the Company’s limited time as a publicly traded company, a

 

F-54


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

combination of historical volatility and the volatility of its comparable peer group was used to calculate expected volatility. An increase in the expected volatility will increase compensation expense.

Dividend yield —This is the annual rate of dividends per share over the exercise price of the option. An increase in the dividend yield will decrease compensation expense.

Concurrent with the pricing of the initial public offering, the Company granted options to purchase approximately 3.0 million shares of ADESA common stock, with an exercise price of $24 per share, to officers and employees under the ADESA, Inc. 2004 Equity and Incentive Plan. In March 2005, the Company’s board of directors accelerated the vesting of these unvested and then “out-of-the-money” stock options. The options awarded in conjunction with the IPO to the Company’s named executive officers and the majority of the other officers would have vested in equal increments at June 15, 2005, 2006 and 2007. The options awarded to certain other executive officers and employees had different vesting terms. One-third of the options awarded to the other executive officers and employees vested on December 31, 2004. The remaining two-thirds of the options awarded to these executive officers and other employees in conjunction with the IPO would have vested in equal increments at December 31, 2005 and 2006. All of these options expire in June 2010. Concurrent with the separation from ALLETE on September 20, 2004, certain options to purchase ALLETE stock that were held by ADESA employees were converted to Company stock options. The options were converted at quantities and exercise prices that maintained the intrinsic value of the option as it existed immediately prior to the separation. The vesting dates and exercise periods of the options were not affected by the conversion.

On February 15, 2005 and April 26, 2005, the Company granted options to purchase approximately 0.7 million shares and approximately 0.1 million shares of ADESA common stock, with exercise prices of $22.44 per share and $24.00 per share, respectively, under the ADESA, Inc. 2004 Equity and Incentive Plan. The $22.44 options vest in equal increments at February 14, 2006, 2007 and 2008. The $24.00 options vested immediately upon grant. The options have a six year life.

In 2006 the Company granted options to purchase approximately 0.3 million shares of ADESA common stock with exercise prices of $26.17, $25.60 and $25.32 per share, under the ADESA, Inc. 2004 Equity and Incentive Plan. The options vest in equal increments through the first part of 2009. Approximately 15% of the options are subject to the attainment of certain performance criteria. The options have a six year life.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

The following table summarizes stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period ended April 19, 2007:

 

Options

   Number     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
  

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

(in millions)

Outstanding at January 1, 2006

   4,482,953     $ 22.09      

Granted

   338,507     $ 25.99      

Exercised

   (453,216 )   $ 20.93      

Forfeited or cancelled

   (254,336 )   $ 23.90      
                  

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   4,113,908     $ 22.43    3.9    $ 21.9
                        

Exercisable at December 31, 2006

   3,416,548     $ 22.10    3.8    $ 19.3
                        

Outstanding at January 1, 2007

   4,113,908     $ 22.43      

Granted

   —         NA      

Exercised

   (674,855 )   $ 22.35      

Forfeited or cancelled

   (7,502 )   $ 24.76      
                  

Outstanding at April 19, 2007

   3,431,551     $ 22.44    3.6    $ 18.5
                        

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the total pretax intrinsic value, based on ADESA’s closing stock price of $27.75 and $27.82 on December 31, 2006 and April 19, 2007, respectively, that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date. This amount changes continuously based on the fair value of the Company’s stock. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $2.1 million, $6.6 million and $0.2 million. The total intrinsic value of options exercised from January 1 through April 19, 2007 was $4.1 million. The fair value of all vested and exercisable shares at April 19, 2007 and December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $83.9 million, $94.8 million, $94.5 million and $28.5 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2006, there was approximately $2.4 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options granted which was expected to be recognized over a weighted average term of 1.8 years. This unrecognized compensation expense only includes the cost for those options expected to vest, as the Company estimated expected forfeitures in accordance with SFAS 123(R). When estimating forfeitures, the Company considers voluntary and involuntary termination behavior as well as actual forfeitures. An increase in estimated forfeitures would decrease compensation expense.

As a result of the merger, the vesting of the options was accelerated and resulted in approximately $2.0 million of additional stock-based compensation expense. This additional $2.0 million is included in the “Transaction expenses” line item of the Consolidated Income Statement for the period January 1 through April 19, 2007.

Restricted Stock Units

The fair value of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) is the value of ADESA’s stock at the date of grant, which ranges between $20.51 and $26.24 per share. The grants are contingent upon continued employment and vest over periods ranging from one to three years. Dividends, payable in stock, accrue on a portion of the grants and are subject to the same specified terms as the original grants. As of December 31, 2006, a total of 3,808 stock units have accumulated on nonvested RSUs due to dividend reinvestment.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

The following table summarizes RSU activity, excluding dividend reinvestment units, for the year ended December 31, 2006 and the period ended April 19, 2007:

 

Restricted Stock Units

   Number     Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value

RSUs at January 1, 2006

   227,769     $ 23.34

Granted

   85,990     $ 26.02

Vested

   (12,541 )   $ 20.88

Forfeited

   (19,523 )   $ 23.89
            

RSUs at December 31, 2006

   281,695     $ 24.23
            

Granted

   93,407     $ 28.45

Vested

   (25,661 )   $ 24.44

Forfeited

   (880 )   $ 27.61
            

RSUs at April 19, 2007

   348,561     $ 25.34
            

As of December 31, 2006, there was $2.1 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested RSUs granted which was expected to be recognized over a weighted average term of 1.5 years. As a result of the merger, the vesting of the RSUs was accelerated and resulted in approximately $1.5 million of additional stock-based compensation expense. This additional $1.5 million is included in the “Transaction expenses” line item of the Consolidated Income Statement for the period January 1 through April 19, 2007.

The fair value of shares vested during the year ended December 31, 2006 was $0.3 million. The fair value of shares vested from January 1 through April 19, 2007 was $0.7 million.

Performance Based Restricted Stock Units

The Company’s 2006 long-term incentive plan included performance based restricted stock units whose future award was contingent upon annual 2006 income from continuing operations performance. In February 2007, the Company granted approximately 91,400 restricted stock units pursuant to the performance based component of the 2006 long-term incentive plan, with a grant date fair value of $28.59 per share. The RSU grants vest 33 percent in February 2008, 33 percent in February 2009 and 34 percent in February 2010. The Company accrued $0.9 million of expense through December 31, 2006 for the performance based RSUs. The amount is included in “Accrued employee benefits and compensation expenses” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. As a result of the merger, the vesting of these restricted stock units was accelerated and resulted in approximately $1.3 million of additional stock-based compensation expense. This additional $1.3 million is included in the “Transaction expenses” line item of the Consolidated Income Statement for the period from January 1 through April 19, 2007.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Employees of the Company who meet certain eligibility requirements may participate in the ADESA, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Eligible participants are allowed to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock for 95 percent of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on the first trading day of each month. A participant’s combined payroll deductions, cash payments and reinvested dividends in the plan may not exceed $25 thousand per year. At December 31, 2006, approximately 26,000 shares had been issued under the ESPP plan and there were approximately 474,000 shares of ADESA common stock available for grant under the Company’s ESPP plan. As a condition to the definitive

 

F-57


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

merger agreement between the Company and a group of private equity funds entered into on December 22, 2006, ADESA agreed not to grant any purchase rights or issue any common stock pursuant to the ESPP plan subsequent to the purchase period that ended December 31, 2006.

Share Repurchase Program

On August 30, 2004, the Company’s board of directors approved a share repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of up to $130 million of the Company’s common stock. The Company’s share repurchase program included open market transactions executed from time to time at prevailing market prices, as well as privately negotiated transactions, and was structured to comply with, and be conducted under, Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and other applicable regulations. On May 12, 2005, the Company completed its share repurchase program. The Company repurchased a cumulative total of 6.2 million shares at a weighted average price of $20.83 and an aggregate cost of $128.9 million pursuant to the program.

Note 7—Earnings Per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of earnings per share (in millions except share and per share amounts) :

 

    

January 1 –
April 19,

2007

   

January 1 –
September 30,

2006

    Year Ended December 31,  
         2006     2005     2004  

Income from continuing operations

   $ 27.0     $ 106.9     $ 126.8     $ 126.1     $ 109.0  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     (0.1 )     (0.4 )     (0.5 )     (0.6 )     (3.7 )
                                        

Net income

   $ 26.9     $ 106.5     $ 126.3     $ 125.5     $ 105.3  
                                        

Weighted average common shares outstanding

     90.62       89.84       89.87       89.87       91.22  

Effect of dilutive stock options and restricted

  stock awards

     0.76       0.37       0.37       0.45       0.23  
                                        

Weighted average common shares outstanding

  and assumed conversions

     91.38       90.21       90.24       90.32       91.45  
                                        

Earnings per share—basic

          

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.30     $ 1.19     $ 1.41     $ 1.40     $ 1.19  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

     —         —         —         —         (0.04 )
                                        

Net income

   $ 0.30     $ 1.19     $ 1.41     $ 1.40     $ 1.15  
                                        

Earnings per share—diluted

          

Income from continuing operations

   $ 0.29     $ 1.19     $ 1.41     $ 1.40     $ 1.19  

Loss from discontinued

  operations, net of income taxes

     —         (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.04 )
                                        

Net income

   $ 0.29     $ 1.18     $ 1.40     $ 1.39     $ 1.15  
                                        

 

F-58


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Basic earnings per share were calculated based upon the weighted-average number of outstanding common shares for the period. Diluted earnings per share were calculated consistent with basic earnings per share including the effect of dilutive unissued common shares related to the Company’s stock-based employee compensation programs. Total options outstanding at April 19, 2007 and December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were 3.4 million, 4.1 million, 4.5 million and 4.5 million, respectively. Stock options with an exercise price per share greater than the average market price per share were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share for all periods presented as including these options would have an anti-dilutive impact. Approximately 0.3 million, 3.1 million and 3.0 million options were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The Company’s policy for calculating the potential windfall tax benefit or shortfall for the purpose of calculating assumed proceeds under the treasury stock method excludes the impact of pro forma deferred tax assets related to partially or fully vested awards on the date of adoption.

Note 8—Allowance for Credit Losses and Doubtful Accounts

The following is a summary of the changes in the allowance for credit losses related to finance receivables held for investment ( in millions ):

 

    

April 19,

2007

    December 31,  
       2006     2005  

Allowance for Credit Losses

      

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 2.0     $ 2.4     $ 3.9  

Provision for credit losses

     0.5       0.3       —    

Recoveries

     0.1       0.4       0.4  

Less charge-offs

     (0.4 )     (1.1 )     (1.2 )

Other

     0.1       —         (0.7 )
                        

Balance at end of period

   $ 2.3     $ 2.0     $ 2.4  
                        

AFC’s allowance for credit losses includes estimated losses for finance receivables currently held on the balance sheet of AFC and its subsidiaries. Additionally, an accrued liability of $3.9 million, $3.9 million and $2.9 million for estimated losses for loans sold by AFC Funding is recorded at April 19, 2007, December 31, 2006 and 2005. These loans were sold to a bank conduit facility with recourse to AFC Funding and will come back on the balance sheet of AFC Funding at fair market value if they prove to become ineligible under the terms of the collateral arrangement with the bank conduit facility.

The following is a summary of changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts related to trade receivables ( in millions ):

 

    

April 19,

2007

    December 31,  
       2006     2005  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

      

Balance at beginning of period

   $ 4.9     $ 3.9     $ 7.5  

Provision for credit losses

     0.4       2.5       1.2  

Less net charge-offs

     (0.3 )     (1.5 )     (4.8 )
                        

Balance at end of period

   $ 5.0     $ 4.9     $ 3.9  
                        

 

F-59


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Recoveries of trade receivables were netted with charge-offs, as they were not material. Changes in the Canadian exchange rate did not have a material effect on the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Note 9—Finance Receivables

AFC sells the majority of its U.S. dollar denominated finance receivables on a revolving basis and without recourse to a wholly owned, bankruptcy remote, consolidated, special purpose subsidiary (“AFC Funding Corporation”), established for the purpose of purchasing AFC’s finance receivables. Effective March 31, 2006, AFC and AFC Funding Corporation amended their securitization agreement to extend the expiration date of the agreement from June 30, 2008 to April 30, 2009. This agreement is subject to annual renewal of short-term liquidity by the liquidity providers and allows for the revolving sale by AFC Funding Corporation to a bank conduit facility of up to a maximum of $600 million in undivided interests in certain eligible finance receivables subject to committed liquidity. AFC Funding Corporation had committed liquidity of $550 million and $425 million at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. On February 12, 2007, committed liquidity was increased to $600 million. Receivables that AFC Funding sells to the bank conduit facility qualify for sales accounting for financial reporting purposes pursuant to SFAS 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities, and as a result are not reported on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet.

At April 19, 2007, AFC managed total finance receivables of $835.7 million, of which $731.8 million had been sold without recourse to AFC Funding Corporation. At December 31, 2006, AFC managed total finance receivables of $775.9 million, of which $693.0 million had been sold without recourse to AFC Funding Corporation. At December 31, 2005, AFC managed total finance receivables of $655.7 million, of which $581.9 million had been sold without recourse to AFC Funding Corporation. Undivided interests in finance receivables were sold by AFC Funding Corporation to the bank conduit facility with recourse totaling $525.0 million, $501.0 million and $399.8 million at April 19, 2007, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. Finance receivables include $59.5 million, $42.6 million and $51.1 million classified as held for sale and $179.0 million, $162.7 million and $148.0 million classified as held for investment at April 19, 2007, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. AFC’s allowance for losses of $2.3 million, $2.0 million and $2.4 million at April 19, 2007, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively, include an estimate of losses for finance receivables held for investment. Additionally, accrued liabilities of $3.9 million, $3.9 million and $2.9 million for the estimated losses for loans sold by the special purpose subsidiary were recorded at April 19, 2007, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. These loans were sold to a bank conduit facility with recourse to the special purpose subsidiary and will come back on the balance sheet of the special purpose subsidiary at fair market value if they become ineligible under the terms of the collateral arrangement with the bank conduit facility.

The outstanding receivables sold, the retained interests in finance receivables sold and a cash reserve equal to 1 percent of total sold receivables serve as security for the receivables that have been sold to the bank conduit facility. After the occurrence of a termination event, as defined in the agreement, the bank conduit facility may, and could, cause the stock of AFC Funding Corporation to be transferred to the bank conduit facility, though as a practical matter the bank conduit facility would look to the liquidation of the receivables under the transaction documents as their primary remedy.

Proceeds from the revolving sale of receivables to the bank conduit facility were used to fund new loans to customers. AFC and AFC Funding Corporation must maintain certain financial covenants including, among others, limits on the amount of debt AFC can incur, minimum levels of tangible net worth, and other covenants tied to the performance of the finance receivables portfolio. The securitization agreement also incorporates the financial covenants of ADESA’s credit facility. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company was in compliance with the covenants contained in the securitization agreement.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

The following illustration presents quantitative information about delinquencies, credit losses less recoveries (“net credit losses”) and components of securitized financial assets and other related assets managed. For purposes of this illustration, delinquent receivables are defined as receivables 31 days or more past due.

 

     April 19, 2007
     Principal Amount of:
(in millions)    Receivables    Receivables
Delinquent
   Net Credit
Losses During
2007

Floorplan receivables

   $ 223.5    $ 4.1    $ 0.3

Special purpose loans

     15.0      0.9      —  
                    

Finance receivables held

   $ 238.5    $ 5.0    $ 0.3
                

Receivables sold

     525.0      

Retained interests in finance receivables sold

     72.2      
            

Total receivables managed

   $ 835.7      
            

 

     December 31, 2006    December 31, 2005
     Principal Amount of:    Principal Amount of:
(in millions)    Receivables    Receivables
Delinquent
   Net Credit
Losses
During
2007
   Receivables    Receivables
Delinquent
   Net Credit
Losses
During 2006

Floorplan receivables

   $ 192.3    $ 3.7    $ 0.7    $ 187.0    $ 4.5    $ 0.8

Special purpose loans

     13.0      1.0      —        12.1      2.1      —  
                                         

Finance receivables held

   $ 205.3    $ 4.7    $ 0.7    $ 199.1    $ 6.6    $ 0.8
                                 

Receivables sold

     501.0            399.8      

Retained interests in finance receivables sold

     69.6            56.8      
                         

Total receivables managed

   $ 775.9          $ 655.7      
                         

The following table summarizes certain cash flows received from and paid to the special purpose subsidiaries:

 

    

April 19,

2007

   December 31,
        2006    2005

Proceeds from sales of finance receivables

   $ 1,661.4    $ 4,646.8    $ 4,310.5

Servicing fees received

   $ 6.8    $ 16.1    $ 13.5

Proceeds received on retained interests in finance receivables sold

   $ 24.8    $ 113.0    $ 111.2

The Company’s retained interests in finance receivables sold amounted to $72.2 million, $69.6 million and $56.8 million at April 19, 2007, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005. Sensitivities associated with the Company’s retained interests were insignificant at all periods presented due to the short-term nature of the asset.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Note 10—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill consisted of the following ( in millions ):

 

    

April 19,

2007

   December 31,
        2006    2005

Auction Services Group

        

ALLETE’s acquisition of ADESA

   $ 113.4    $ 113.4    $ 113.4

Canadian Auction Group

     100.4      100.4      100.4

Manheim Auctions

     147.1      147.1      147.1

Auto Placement Center, Inc.

     25.5      25.5      26.2

Impact Auto Auctions and Suburban Auto

     35.4      35.4      35.5

Other

     126.0      124.4      98.4
                    
     547.8      546.2      521.0

Dealer Services Group

        

ALLETE’s acquisition of ADESA

     11.6      11.6      11.6
                    
   $ 559.4    $ 557.8    $ 532.6
                    

Goodwill increased $25.2 million and $18.0 million during 2006 and 2005 primarily as a result of acquisitions. In addition, the goodwill increases in 2006 and 2005 were impacted by changes in the Canadian exchange rate. The $1.6 million increase in goodwill through April 19, 2007 was primarily attributable to changes in the Canadian exchange rate.

A summary of other intangibles is as follows ( in millions ):

 

          April 19, 2007
    

Useful Lives
(in years)

   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Carrying
Value

Customer relationships

   7 – 25    $ 37.2    $ (9.0 )   $ 28.2

Computer software

   3 – 7      53.1      (34.6 )     18.5

Other

   1 – 10      2.1      (1.8 )     0.3
                        

Total

      $ 92.4    $ (45.4 )   $ 47.0
                        

 

    

Useful Lives
(in years)

   December 31, 2006    December 31, 2005
        Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Carrying
Value
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
    Carrying
Value

Customer relationships

   7 – 25    $ 37.2    $ (8.2 )   $ 29.0    $ 25.8    $ (6.4 )   $ 19.4

Computer software

   3 – 7      51.4      (31.8 )     19.6      44.1      (22.6 )     21.5

Other

   1 –10      2.2      (1.8 )     0.4      1.9      (0.8 )     1.1
                                              

Total

      $ 90.8    $ (41.8 )   $ 49.0    $ 71.8    $ (29.8 )   $ 42.0
                                              

The increase in other intangibles in 2006 and 2005 is primarily related to customer relationships purchased in connection with acquisitions as well as purchases of computer software. Amortization expense for other intangibles was $13.2 million, $9.6 million and $7.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. For the period January 1 through April 19, 2007, amortization expense for other intangibles was $3.9 million.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Estimated amortization expense for the next five years is $11.1 million for 2007, $6.3 million for 2008, $4.7 million for 2009, $4.2 million for 2010 and $3.5 million for 2011.

Note 11—Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consisted of the following ( in millions ):

 

    

Useful Lives

(in years)

  

April 19,

2007

    December 31,  
        2006     2005  

Land

      $ 213.5     $ 212.1     $ 199.7  

Buildings

   10 – 40      252.4       250.3       247.7  

Land improvements

   10 – 20      155.2       153.7       148.6  

Building and leasehold improvements

   5 – 40      48.4       47.8       44.9  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

   2 – 10      104.9       96.0       82.9  

Vehicles and aircraft

   3 – 12      10.4       10.3       15.7  

Construction in progress

        12.0       13.7       11.6  
                           
        796.8       783.9       751.1  

Accumulated depreciation

        (199.2 )     (186.8 )     (155.2 )
                           

Property and equipment, net

      $ 597.6     $ 597.1     $ 595.9  
                           

Depreciation expense for the period January 1 through April 19, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $12.0 million, $33.3 million, $31.2 million and $28.3 million.

In 2003, the Company entered into a capital lease for the new Atlanta auction facility in conjunction with the purchase of development revenue bonds. The assets included above under this capital lease are summarized below ( in millions ):

 

    

April 19,

2007

    December 31,  
         2006     2005  

Classes of Property

      

Land

   $ 12.9     $ 12.9     $ 12.9  

Buildings

     13.3       13.3       13.3  

Land improvements

     5.6       5.6       5.6  

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

     2.7       2.7       2.7  
                        
     34.5       34.5       34.5  

Accumulated depreciation

     (5.5 )     (5.0 )     (3.4 )
                        

Capital lease assets

   $ 29.0     $ 29.5     $ 31.1  
                        

Assets held under this capital lease are depreciated in a manner consistent with the Company's depreciation policy for owned assets.

 

F-63


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Note 12—Long-Term Debt

As discussed in Note 1, a portion of the proceeds from the merger transactions including the debt financing and the equity contribution from the sponsors were used to repay substantially all of the existing indebtedness (including accrued interest and prepayment penalties) of ADESA, excluding the Atlanta capital lease obligations, on April 20, 2007. Long-term debt consists of the following at (in millions) :

 

    

Interest Rate

 

Maturity

  

April 19,

2007

   December 31,
           2006    2005

Term Loan A

   LIBOR + 1.00%   06/30/2010    $ 97.5    $ 105.0    $ 135.0

$350 million revolving credit facility

   LIBOR + 1.00%   06/30/2010      88.0      88.0      138.0

Atlanta capital lease obligation

   5.0%   12/01/2013      34.5      34.5      34.5

Senior subordinated notes

   7  5 / 8 %   06/15/2012      125.0      125.0      125.0

Canadian line of credit

   Prime + 0.25%   12/31/2007      —        —        —  
                         

Total debt

          345.0      352.5      432.5

Less current portion of long-term debt

          30.0      30.0      70.0
                         

Long-term debt

        $ 315.0    $ 322.5    $ 362.5
                         

The weighted average interest rate on the Company’s variable rate debt was 6.4 percent, 6.4 percent and 5.8 percent at April 19, 2007, and December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The weighted average interest rate on all borrowings at April 19, 2007, and December 31, 2006 and 2005 was 6.69 percent, 6.68 percent and 6.25 percent.

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement

On July 25, 2005, the Company entered into a $500 million credit facility, pursuant to the terms and conditions of an amended and restated credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and a syndicate of lenders. The Credit Agreement has a five year term that expires on June 30, 2010. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the lenders committed to provide advances and letters of credit in an aggregate amount of up to $500 million. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement may be used to refinance certain of ADESA’s outstanding debt, to finance working capital, capital expenditures and acquisitions permitted under the Credit Agreement and for other corporate purposes. The Credit Agreement provides for a five year $150 million term loan and a $350 million revolving credit facility. The term loan will be repaid in 20 quarterly installments, with the final payment due on June 30, 2010. The revolving credit facility may be used for loans, and up to $25 million may be used for letters of credit. Letters of credit reducing the available line of credit were $15.1 million and $14.6 million at April 19, 2007 and December 31, 2006. The revolving loans may be borrowed, repaid and reborrowed until June 30, 2010, at which time all amounts borrowed must be repaid.

The revolving credit facility and the term loan facility bear interest at a rate equal to LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 87.5 basis points to 150 basis points depending on the Company’s total leverage ratio. As of April 19, 2007 and December 31, 2006, ADESA’s margin based on its leverage ratio was 100 basis points and the effective interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2006 was 6.28 percent. The annualized effective interest rate for the period January 1 through April 19, 2007 was 7.31 percent.

 

F-64


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

The Credit Agreement contains certain restrictive loan covenants, including, among others, financial covenants requiring a maximum total leverage ratio, a minimum interest coverage ratio, and a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and covenants limiting ADESA’s ability to incur indebtedness, grant liens, make acquisitions, be acquired, dispose of assets, pay dividends, repurchase stock, make capital expenditures and make investments. EBITDA (earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization) adjusted to exclude after-tax (a) gains or losses from asset sales; (b) temporary gains or losses on currency; (c) certain non-recurring gains and losses; (d) stock option expense; and (e) certain other noncash amounts included in the determination of net income, is utilized in the calculation of the financial ratios contained in the covenants. At December 31, 2006, the Company was in compliance with the covenants contained in the credit facility. The credit facility is guaranteed by substantially all of the Company’s material domestic subsidiaries (excluding, among others, AFC Funding Corporation), and is secured by a pledge of all of the equity interests in the guarantors and a pledge of 65 percent of certain capital interests of the Company’s Canadian subsidiaries.

As a result of amending the credit agreement, the Company incurred a third quarter 2005 charge of approximately $2.9 million related to the write-off of certain unamortized debt issue costs and related expenses associated with the amended and restated credit agreement.

Senior Subordinated Notes

Concurrent with the initial public offering, the Company offered 7  5 / 8 percent senior unsecured subordinated notes with a principal amount of $125.0 million due June 15, 2012. Interest on the notes is payable semi-annually in arrears and commenced on December 15, 2004.

At any time prior to June 15, 2008, the notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at an early redemption price. The Company may redeem the notes at any time on or after June 15, 2008 at specified redemption prices. Prior to June 15, 2007, the Company may redeem up to 35 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the notes issued under the indenture with the net cash proceeds of one or more qualified equity offerings at a redemption price equal to 107  5 / 8 percent of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, provided that: (a) at least 65 percent of the aggregate principal amount of the notes issued under the indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of the redemption and (b) redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of any such equity offering.

The notes are unsecured and subordinated in right of payment to all of the Company’s existing and future senior debt, including borrowings under the credit facility. The incurrence of future senior debt is governed by certain limitations, including an interest coverage ratio exception. The notes contain certain financial and operational restrictions on paying dividends and other distributions, making certain acquisitions or investments and incurring indebtedness, and selling assets. At December 31, 2006, the Company was in compliance with the covenants contained in the senior subordinated notes.

Canadian Line of Credit

A C$8 million line of credit is available to ADESA Canada. The line of credit bears interest at a rate equal to the prime rate plus a margin ranging from 0 to 25 basis points depending on the Company’s total leverage ratio. Letters of credit reducing the available line of credit were C$2.5 million, C$2.5 million and C$2.9 million at April 19, 2007, and December 31, 2006 and 2005. The line of credit is subject to renewal at the end of each calendar year and is guaranteed by ADESA, Inc.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Future Principal Payments

Aggregate future principal payments on long-term debt are as follows ( in millions ):

 

    

April 19,

2007

   December 31,
2006

2007

   $ 22.5    $ 30.0

2008

     30.0      30.0

2009

     30.0      30.0

2010

     103.0      103.0

2011

     —        —  

Thereafter

     159.5      159.5
             
   $ 345.0    $ 352.5
             

Note 13—Financial Instruments

The Company's derivative activities are initiated within the guidelines of documented corporate risk management policies. The Company does not enter into any derivative transactions for speculative or trading purposes.

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company uses interest rate swap agreements to manage the variability of cash flows to be paid due to interest rate movements on its variable rate debt. In June 2004, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $105 million to manage its exposure to interest rate movements on its variable rate debt. The interest rate swap agreement contained amortizing provisions and matured in December 2006.

In November 2005, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement with a notional amount of $40 million to manage its exposure to interest rate movements on its variable rate credit facility. The swap was scheduled to mature in May 2008; however, ADESA terminated its $40 million interest rate swap on March 30, 2007, in anticipation of the pending merger and early repayment of its outstanding debt. The termination of the swap resulted in a gain of approximately $0.1 million.

The Company designates its interest rate swap agreements as cash flow hedges. The fair value of the interest rate swap agreements is estimated using pricing models widely used in financial markets and represents the estimated amount the Company would receive or pay to terminate the agreements at the reporting date. At December 31, 2006 the fair value of the remaining interest rate swap agreement was a $0.2 million gain recorded in “Other assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. At December 31, 2005, the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements consisted of a $0.9 million gain recorded in “Other assets” and a $0.1 million loss recorded in “Other liabilities” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in “Other comprehensive income”. Unrealized gains or losses on interest rate swap agreements are included as a component of “Accumulated other comprehensive income”. At December 31, 2006, there was a net unrealized gain totaling $0.1 million, net of taxes of $0.1 million. At December 31, 2005, there was a net unrealized gain totaling $0.5 million, net of taxes of $0.3 million.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of interest-bearing investments, finance receivables, trade receivables and interest rate swap agreements. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments, and certain other financial instruments with various major financial institutions. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of these financial institutions and companies and limits the amount of credit exposure with any one institution. Cash and cash equivalents include interest-bearing investments with maturities of three months or less. These investments consist primarily of A-1 and P-1 or better rated financial instruments and counterparties. Due to the nature of the Company's business, substantially all trade and finance receivables are due from vehicle dealers, salvage buyers, institutional sellers and insurance companies. The Company has possession of vehicles or vehicle titles collateralizing a significant portion of the trade and finance receivables. The risk associated with this concentration is limited due to the large number of accounts and their geographic dispersion. The Company monitors the creditworthiness of customers to which it grants credit terms in the normal course of business. In the event of nonperformance by counterparties to financial instruments the Company is exposed to credit-related losses, but management believes this credit risk is limited by periodically reviewing the creditworthiness of the counterparties to the transactions .

Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of trade receivables, finance receivables, other current assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses and borrowings under the Company's short-term revolving line of credit facilities approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of those instruments.

The fair value of the Company’s notes receivable is determined by calculating the present value of expected future cash receipts associated with these instruments. The discount rate used is equivalent to the current rate offered to the Company for notes of similar maturities. As of April 19, 2007 and December 31, 2006 the fair value of the Company’s notes receivable approximated the carrying value.

The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt is determined by calculating the present value of expected future cash outlays associated with the debt instruments. The discount rate used is equivalent to the current rate offered to the Company for debt of the same maturities. As of April 19, 2007 the fair value of the Company’s long-term debt approximated $352.8 million. As of December 31, 2006 the fair value of the Company’s long-term debt approximated its carrying value of $353.1 million. The estimates presented on long-term financial instruments are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that would be realized in a current market exchange.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Note 14—Leasing Agreements

The Company leases property, computer equipment and software, automobiles, trucks and trailers, pursuant to operating lease agreements with terms expiring through 2031. Some of the leases contain renewal provisions upon the expiration of the initial lease term, as well as fair market value purchase provisions. In accordance with SFAS 13 Accounting for Leases , rental expense is being recognized ratably over the lease period, including those leases containing escalation clauses. The deferred portion of the rent, for the leases containing escalation clauses, is included in “Accrued expenses” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Total future minimum lease payments for non-cancellable operating leases with terms in excess of one year (excluding renewable periods) as of December 31, 2006 are as follows ( in millions ):

 

2007

   $ 17.2

2008

     14.7

2009

     11.9

2010

     10.4

2011

     8.4

Thereafter

     105.3
      
   $ 167.9
      

Total lease expense for the period January 1 through April 19, 2007, and the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $7.2 million, $23.6 million, $21.8 million and $21.5 million.

Note 15—Income Taxes

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows for the periods ended ( in millions ):

 

    

April 19,

2007

    December 31,  
       2006     2005    2004  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes:

         

Domestic

   $ 37.8     $ 163.2     $ 158.4    $ 139.6  

Foreign

     14.1       41.2       43.5      38.5  
                               

Total

   $ 51.9     $ 204.4     $ 201.9    $ 178.1  
                               

Income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations:

         

Current:

         

Federal

   $ 13.9     $ 61.1     $ 32.1    $ 34.2  

Foreign

     5.1       13.6       13.9      15.0  

State

     1.6       8.0       1.9      16.8  
                               

Total current provision

     20.6       82.7       47.9      66.0  
                               

Deferred:

         

Federal

     5.1       (2.5 )     20.5      10.9  

Foreign

     (0.1 )     0.6       0.5      (0.4 )

State

     (0.7 )     (3.2 )     6.9      (7.4 )
                               

Total deferred provision

     4.3       (5.1 )     27.9      3.1  
                               

Income tax expense from continuing operations

   $ 24.9     $ 77.6     $ 75.8    $ 69.1  
                               

 

F-68


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

The provision for income taxes was different from the U.S. federal statutory rate applied to income before taxes, and is reconciled as follows for the periods ended:

 

    

April 19,

2007

    December 31,  
       2006     2005     2004  

Statutory rate

   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

State and local income taxes, net

   1.8 %   1.5 %   3.3 %   3.4 %

Merger Related Costs

   5.3 %   0.6 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

International Operations

   3.7 %   (0.4 )%   (0.4 )%   (0.1 )%

Stock-based compensation

   2.7 %   0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %

Other, net

   (0.5 )%   1.3 %   (0.4 )%   0.5 %
                        

Effective rate

   48.0 %   38.0 %   37.5 %   38.8 %
                        

During the 2007 period, the effective tax rate was adversely impacted by merger related costs and foreign repatriations. During 2005, the Company’s effective tax rate was favorably impacted by the recognition of certain 2004 provision to tax return adjustments, changes in estimates regarding tax contingencies, and the final settlement of a state tax dispute. The 2005 effective tax rate was unfavorably impacted by an allocation of state taxes from ALLETE which was made pursuant to a tax sharing agreement between the two companies.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets.

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following at periods ended ( in millions ):

 

    

April 19,

2007

    December 31,  
       2006     2005  

Gross deferred tax assets:

      

Allowances

   $ 6.6     $ 7.1     $ 7.6  

Accruals and liabilities

     8.2       7.7       8.4  

Employee benefits and compensation

     13.2       13.2       7.0  

Foreign tax credit carryover

     5.9       1.3       1.4  

State net operating loss carryforwards

     6.2       4.0       3.3  

Foreign credits

     —         —         0.9  

Other

     0.9       0.7       2.9  
                        

Total deferred tax asset

     41.0       34.0       31.5  
                        

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

     (0.9 )     (0.2 )     (0.9 )
                        

Total

     40.1       33.8       30.6  
                        

Gross deferred tax liabilities:

      

Depreciation

     (28.6 )     (29.6 )     (32.1 )

Goodwill and intangibles

     (40.9 )     (41.0 )     (37.7 )

Transaction costs

     (11.6 )     —         —    

Other

     (0.2 )     (0.1 )     (2.8 )
                        

Total

     (81.3 )     (70.7 )     (72.6 )
                        

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (41.2 )   $ (36.9 )   $ (42.0 )
                        

 

F-69


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

The gross tax benefit from state net operating loss carryforwards expire as follows ( in millions ):

 

2007 (December 31, 2007)

   $ —  

2008

     0.3

2009

     —  

2010

     0.1

2011

     0.6

2012 to 2026

     5.2
      
   $ 6.2
      

Undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries were approximately $25.6 million, $48.4 million, $36.2 million and $28.8 million at April 19, 2007, and December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004. Because these amounts have been or will be reinvested in properties and working capital, the Company has not recorded the deferred taxes associated with these earnings.

The Company made federal income tax payments, net of refunds, of $1.0 million up to April 19, 2007, $49.7 million in 2006 and $45.7 million in 2005. During 2004, federal income tax payments, net of refunds, of $19.7 million were paid to ALLETE. State and foreign income taxes paid by the Company, net of refunds, up to April 19, 2007 and during 2006, 2005 and 2004 totaled $6.7 million, $24.1 million, $22.0 million and $26.3 million, respectively.

On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting and reporting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements. This interpretation prescribes a comprehensive model for the financial statement recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken on income tax returns. As a result of adopting FIN 48, the Company recorded an increase in liabilities of $1.7 million and a corresponding decrease in retained earnings.

Subsequent to the adoption of FIN 48, the Company had total unrecognized tax benefits of $15.7 million at January 1, 2007. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits at January 1, 2007, that if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate were $15.7 million.

The Company records interest and penalties associated with the uncertain tax positions within its provision for income taxes on the income statement. As of January 1, 2007, the Company had reserves totaling $2.9 million associated with interest and penalties, net of tax.

The provision for income taxes involves a significant amount of management judgment regarding interpretation of relevant facts and laws in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Future changes in applicable laws, projected levels of taxable income and tax planning could change the effective tax rate and tax balances recorded by the Company. In addition, U.S. and non-U.S. tax authorities periodically review income tax returns filed by the Company and can raise issues regarding its filing positions, timing and amount of income or deductions and the allocation of income among the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. A significant period of time may elapse between the filing of an income tax return and the ultimate resolution of an issue raised by a revenue authority with respect to that return. In the normal course of business the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities in the U.S. and Canada. In general, the examination of the Company’s material tax returns is completed for the years prior to 2000.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Note 16—Comprehensive Income

The components of comprehensive income are as follows for the periods ended ( in millions ):

 

    

April 19,

2007

   

September 30,

2006

    December 31,
         2006     2005

Net income

   $ 26.9     $ 106.5     $ 126.3     $ 125.5

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

        

  Foreign currency translation

     8.4       10.2       (0.6 )     7.9

Unrealized (loss) gain on interest rate swaps

     (0.1 )     (0.2 )     (0.4 )     0.6
                              

Comprehensive income

   $ 35.2     $ 116.5     $ 125.3     $ 134.0
                              

The composition of “Accumulated other comprehensive income” at April 19, 2007, and December 31, 2006 and 2005 is the net unrealized gains or (losses) on interest rate swaps of $0 million, $0.1 million and $0.5 million and foreign currency translation adjustments of $57.9 million, $49.5 million and $50.1 million, respectively.

Note 17—Segment Information

SFAS 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, requires reporting of segment information that is consistent with the manner in which management operates and views the Company. In 2006, the Company implemented several organizational realignment and management changes intended to better position the Company to serve its diverse customer bases, accommodate anticipated growth and realize operational efficiencies across all business lines. The former auction and related services or “ARS” segment is now referred to as Auction Services Group (“ASG”). The former dealer financing segment is now referred to as Dealer Services Group (“DSG”). The Company’s operations are grouped into three operating segments: used vehicle auctions, Impact salvage auctions and AFC. The Company aggregates its three operating segments into two reportable business segments: ASG and DSG. These reportable segments offer different services and are managed separately based on the fundamental differences in their operations. The realignment had no impact on aggregation of financial information at the reportable segment level.

ASG encompasses all wholesale and salvage auctions throughout North America (U.S. and Canada). The Company’s used vehicle auctions and Impact salvage auctions are included in the ASG segment. The two operating segments within the ASG reportable segment have similar economic characteristics. ASG relates to used vehicle and total loss vehicle remarketing, whether it be auction services, remarketing, or make ready services and all are interrelated, synergistic elements along the auto remarketing chain. The ASG operating segments transfer employees, share common customers, including used vehicle dealers, and in some cases operate out of the same auction site.

DSG includes the AFC finance business as well as other businesses and ventures the Company may enter into, focusing on providing the Company's independent used vehicle dealer customers with value-added ancillary services and products. AFC is primarily engaged in the business of providing short-term, inventory-secured financing to independent, used vehicle dealers. AFC conducts business primarily at wholesale vehicle auctions in the U.S. and Canada.

The holding company is maintained separately from the two reportable segments and includes expenses associated with being a public company, such as salaries, benefits, and travel costs for the corporate management team, board of directors’ fees, investor relations costs, and incremental insurance, treasury, legal, accounting, and

 

F-71


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

risk management costs. Holding company interest includes the interest incurred on the corporate debt structure. The majority of costs incurred at the holding company are not allocated to the two business segments.

Financial information regarding the Company’s reportable segments is set forth below for the period ended January 1 – April 19 (in millions) :

 

2007

   Auction
Services
Group
    Dealer
Services
Group
   Holding
Company
    Consolidated  

Operating revenues

   $ 325.4     $ 45.9    $ —       $ 371.3  

Operating expenses

         

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     177.7       9.6      —         187.3  

Selling, general and administrative

     69.0       6.9      9.6       85.5  

Depreciation and amortization

     14.7       0.9      0.3       15.9  

Transaction expenses

     4.2       0.7      19.9       24.8  
                               

Total operating expenses

     265.6       18.1      29.8       313.5  
                               

Operating profit (loss)

     59.8       27.8      (29.8 )     57.8  

Interest expense

     0.6       —        7.2       7.8  

Other (income) expense, net

     (2.5 )     1.1      (0.5 )     (1.9 )
                               

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     61.7       26.7      (36.5 )     51.9  

Income taxes

     22.2       10.5      (7.8 )     24.9  
                               

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 39.5     $ 16.2    $ (28.7 )   $ 27.0  
                               

Assets

   $ 1,697.1     $ 388.6    $ 133.8     $ 2,219.5  
                               

Capital expenditures

   $ 11.1     $ 0.2    $ —       $ 11.3  
                               

Financial information regarding the Company's reportable segments is set forth below for the years ended December 31, (in millions) :

 

2006

   Auction
Services
Group
    Dealer
Services
Group
   Holding
Company
    Consolidated  

Operating revenues

   $ 959.9     $ 144.0    $ —       $ 1,103.9  

Operating expenses

         

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     535.4       28.4      —         563.8  

Selling, general and administrative

     215.9       21.2      22.1       259.2  

Depreciation and amortization

     42.2       3.5      0.8       46.5  

Aircraft charge

     —         —        3.4       3.4  

Transaction expenses

     —         —        6.1       6.1  
                               

Total operating expenses

     793.5       53.1      32.4       879.0  
                               

Operating profit (loss)

     166.4       90.9      (32.4 )     224.9  

Interest expense

     4.3       —        23.1       27.4  

Other (income) expense, net

     (5.4 )     1.0      (2.5 )     (6.9 )
                               

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     167.5       89.9      (53.0 )     204.4  

Income taxes

     64.3       32.7      (19.4 )     77.6  
                               

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 103.2     $ 57.2    $ (33.6 )   $ 126.8  
                               

Assets

   $ 1,628.5     $ 345.2    $ 1.6     $ 1,975.3  
                               

Capital expenditures

   $ 36.6     $ 0.5    $ —       $ 37.1  
                               

 

F-72


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

2005

   Auction
Services
Group
    Dealer
Services
Group
    Holding
Company
    Consolidated  

Operating revenues

   $ 842.8     $ 126.0     $ —       $ 968.8  

Operating expenses

        

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     448.3       25.2       —         473.5  

Selling, general and administrative

     185.9       21.4       19.8       227.1  

Depreciation and amortization

     36.0       4.1       0.7       40.8  
                                

Total operating expenses

     670.2       50.7       20.5       741.4  
                                

Operating profit (loss)

     172.6       75.3       (20.5 )     227.4  

Interest expense

     4.7       —         26.5       31.2  

Other income, net

     (4.6 )     (0.7 )     (3.3 )     (8.6 )

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —         —         2.9       2.9  
                                

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     172.5       76.0       (46.6 )     201.9  

Income taxes

     64.0       29.6       (17.8 )     75.8  
                                

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 108.5     $ 46.4     $ (28.8 )   $ 126.1  
                                

Assets

   $ 1,579.0     $ 324.2     $ 42.3     $ 1,945.5  
                                

Capital expenditures

   $ 53.7     $ 1.6     $ —       $ 55.3  
                                

 

2004

   Auction
Services
Group
    Dealer
Services
Group
    Holding
Company
    Consolidated  

Operating revenues

   $ 808.9     $ 116.6     $ —       $ 925.5  

Operating expenses

        

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     431.0       23.4       —         454.4  

Selling, general and administrative

     184.8       20.6       16.8       222.2  

Depreciation and amortization

     31.1       4.7       0.1       35.9  
                                

Total operating expenses

     646.9       48.7       16.9       712.5  
                                

Operating profit (loss)

     162.0       67.9       (16.9 )     213.0  

Interest expense

     12.9       —         12.5       25.4  

Other income, net

     (3.2 )     (0.1 )     (1.2 )     (4.5 )

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —         —         14.0       14.0  
                                

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     152.3       68.0       (42.2 )     178.1  

Income taxes

     58.4       27.2       (16.5 )     69.1  
                                

Income (loss) from continuing operations

   $ 93.9     $ 40.8     $ (25.7 )   $ 109.0  
                                

Assets

   $ 1,452.7     $ 302.5     $ 159.8     $ 1,915.0  
                                

Capital expenditures

   $ 29.4     $ 1.8     $ —       $ 31.2  
                                

 

F-73


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Geographic Information

Most of the Company’s operations outside the U.S. are in Canada. Information regarding the geographic areas of the Company’s operations is set forth below (in millions) :

 

    

January 1 –
April 19,

2007

   December 31,
        2006    2005    2004

Operating revenues

           

U.S.

   $ 300.8    $ 870.3    $ 778.4    $ 757.1

Foreign

     70.5      233.6      190.4      168.4
                           
   $ 371.3    $ 1,103.9    $ 968.8    $ 925.5
                           

Long-lived assets

           

U.S.

   $ 1,043.0    $ 1,055.1    $ 1,017.1    $ 985.8

Foreign

     168.5      164.9      167.3      158.6
                           
   $ 1,211.5    $ 1,220.0    $ 1,184.4    $ 1,144.4
                           

The Company does not have any major customers as defined by SFAS 131.

Note 18—Dividends

In 2006 and 2005, the Company paid a quarterly dividend of $0.075 per common share for an annual amount of $0.30 per common share. As a condition to the definitive merger agreement between the Company and a group of private equity funds entered into on December 22, 2006, ADESA agreed not to pay any dividends to holders of its common stock while the merger was pending. Payment of future dividends and the continuation of the dividend reinvestment plan will be at the discretion of the board of directors in accordance with applicable law after taking into account various factors, including ADESA’s financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and other contractual restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends.

Cash dividends declared per share exclude dividends declared and paid to ALLETE prior to ADESA becoming an independent public company. ADESA paid a $17.5 million dividend to ALLETE, the sole holder of record of the Company’s common stock, through a wholly owned subsidiary, on March 31, 2004. ADESA also paid a $100 million dividend to ALLETE on May 25, 2004, in the form of an intercompany note. The intercompany note was repaid by ADESA in 2004 with proceeds from the initial public offering.

Note 19—Employee Benefit Plan

The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) plan that covers substantially all U.S. employees. Participants are generally allowed to make non-forfeitable contributions up to the annual IRS limits. The Company currently matches 100 percent of the amounts contributed by each individual participant up to 3 percent of the participant’s compensation and 50 percent of the amounts contributed between 3 percent and 5 percent of the participant’s compensation. Participants are 100 percent vested in the Company’s contributions. During 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company contributed $4.6 million, $4.6 million and $5.1 million. For the period January 1 through April 19, 2007 the Company contributed $1.7 million.

 

F-74


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

Note 20—Transactions with Former Parent

Prior to September 20, 2004, the former parent of the Company provided certain services, including accounting, treasury, tax, legal, public affairs, executive oversight, human resources, as well as other corporate services. The Company’s financial statements include allocations by ALLETE for its costs related to such services provided to ADESA. These cost allocations have been determined on a proportionate cost basis that both the Company and ALLETE considered to be reasonable reflections of the cost of services provided by ALLETE. These services accounted for approximately $2.2 million of expense for the period January 1 through September 20, 2004. In addition, the Company paid ALLETE approximately $0.5 million in the fourth quarter 2004 for services provided by the former parent.

In connection with the initial public offering, ALLETE and the Company delivered agreements governing various interim and ongoing relationships. These agreements included a master separation agreement, a tax sharing agreement, an employee and director matters agreement and a joint aircraft ownership and management agreement.

The Company and ALLETE entered into a tax sharing agreement, effective on the date of the spin-off, which governs ALLETE’s and the Company’s respective rights, responsibilities and obligations after the spin-off with respect to taxes. Under the tax sharing agreement, the Company will indemnify ALLETE for tax liabilities that are allocated to the Company for periods prior to the spin-off. The amount of taxes allocated to ADESA for such periods is the amount that the Company and its subsidiaries would have been required to pay under the previous agreements in place with ALLETE, determined in accordance with past practice.

The Company has agreed in this tax sharing agreement that the Company will indemnify ALLETE for any taxes arising out of the failure of the spin-off to qualify as tax-free distribution to ALLETE and the ALLETE shareholders as a result of the Company's actions or inaction, and 50 percent of any such taxes that do not result from the actions or inaction of either the Company or ALLETE. The Company will share with ALLETE the right to control the disposition of any audits, litigation or other controversies with any taxing authorities regarding such taxes.

The Company entered into an employee and director matters agreement with ALLETE that governs the allocation of responsibilities related to employee benefit plans provided by ALLETE to the Company’s employees and directors and the allocation of liability relating to employees and directors of ALLETE and the Company in connection with the initial public offering and the subsequent spin-off by ALLETE. In general, ALLETE is responsible for all liabilities relating to employees and directors of ALLETE, and the Company will be responsible for all liabilities relating to its employees and directors as of the date of the initial public offering. The agreement also addresses treatment of liabilities in respect of those ALLETE employees and directors that have become employees and directors of the Company. Under the agreement, the Company’s employees ceased to participate in any ALLETE pension plan as of the date of the initial public offering and ceased to participate in any ALLETE equity plan, including the employee stock purchase plan, as of the date of the spin-off. Any transferring employees and directors received credit under each of the Company’s applicable benefit plans for past service with ALLETE. The agreement also sets forth the treatment of ALLETE stock options and performance shares held by employees and directors of ALLETE and the Company as of the time of the spin-off.

The total non-cash capital contribution from ALLETE was $6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The amount contributed from ALLETE in 2004 included the 70 percent ownership interest in two aircraft previously owned by ALLETE.

 

F-75


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

On November 2, 2006, the Company received written notice of ALLETE, Inc.’s election to withdraw from joint ownership of two corporate aircraft and terminate the Joint Aircraft Ownership and Management Agreement between ALLETE, Inc. and the Company dated as of June 4, 2004 (the “Aircraft Agreement”). The Aircraft Agreement sets forth the terms and conditions relating to the duties and responsibilities of ALLETE and the Company with respect to two aircraft previously owned by ALLETE. In addition, pursuant to the Aircraft Agreement, ALLETE contributed a 70 percent ownership interest in each of the two aircraft to the Company. Upon termination of the Aircraft Agreement, each owner is entitled to 100 percent ownership interest in, and title to, one of the aircraft. As a result of the termination of the Aircraft Agreement, the Company recorded a non-cash pretax charge of $3.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2006 representing a reduction of ownership interests in the aircraft and other costs associated with the termination of the Aircraft Agreement.

Note 21—Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is involved in litigation and disputes arising in the ordinary course of business, such as actions related to injuries; property damage; handling, storage or disposal of vehicles; environmental laws and regulations; and other litigation incidental to the business such as employment matters and dealer disputes. Management considers the likelihood of loss or the incurrence of a liability, as well as the ability to reasonably estimate the amount of loss, in determining loss contingencies. The Company accrues an estimated loss contingency when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management regularly evaluates current information available to determine whether accrual amounts should be adjusted. Accruals for contingencies including litigation and environmental matters are included in “Other accrued expenses” and “Other liabilities” at undiscounted amounts and generally exclude claims for recoveries from insurance or other third parties. These accruals are adjusted periodically as assessment and remediation efforts progress, or as additional technical or legal information become available. If the amount of an actual loss is greater than the amount accrued, this could have an adverse impact on the Company’s operating results in that period. Legal fees are expensed as incurred.

The Company has accrued, as appropriate, for environmental remediation costs anticipated to be incurred at certain of its auction facilities. Liabilities for environmental matters included in “Other accrued expenses” and “Other liabilities” were $2.1 million, $3.0 million and $3.1 million at April 19, 2007, and December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. No amounts have been accrued as receivables for potential reimbursement or recoveries to offset this liability.

The Company stores a significant number of vehicles owned by various customers and consigned to the Company to be auctioned. The Company is contingently liable for each consigned vehicle until the eventual sale or other disposition; however, the Company is generally not liable for damage related to severe weather conditions, natural disasters or other factors outside of the Company’s control. Loss is possible; however, at this time management cannot estimate a range of loss that could occur. Individual stop loss and aggregate insurance coverage is maintained on the consigned vehicles. These vehicles are consigned to the Company and are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In the normal course of business, the Company also enters into various other guarantees and indemnities in its relationships with suppliers, service providers, customers and others. These guarantees and indemnifications do not materially impact the Company’s financial condition or results of operations, but indemnifications associated with the Company’s actions generally have no dollar limitations and currently cannot be quantified.

 

F-76


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

As noted above, the Company is involved in litigation and disputes arising in the ordinary course of business, such as actions related to injuries; property damage; handling, storage or disposal of vehicles; environmental laws and regulations; and other litigation incidental to the business such as employment matters and dealer disputes. Such litigation is generally not, in the opinion of management, likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Legal and regulatory proceedings which could be material are discussed below.

ADESA Impact Taunton facility

In December 2003, the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection (“MADEP”) identified the Company as a potentially responsible party regarding contamination of several private drinking water wells in a residential development that abuts the Taunton, Massachusetts salvage auction facility operated by the Company. The wells had elevated levels of methyl tertiary butyl ether (“MTBE”). MTBE is a chemical compound added to gasoline to reduce environmental emissions. In 2005, the EPA preliminarily identified MTBE as a “likely” carcinogen.

The Company engaged GeoInsight, Inc. an environmental services firm, to conduct tests of the soil, groundwater and ambient air on and adjacent to the Company’s salvage auction site. The results of the soil and water tests indicated levels of MTBE exceeding MADEP standards with respect to certain residential properties. In response to the empirical findings, the Company, with the approval of the MADEP, installed granular activated carbon filtration systems in thirty-three residences that may be impacted by MTBE.

In January 2004, the Company submitted an immediate response action plan (“IRA”) to the MADEP describing the initial activities the Company performed, and the additional measures that the Company used to further assess the existence of any imminent hazard to human health. In addition, as required by the MADEP, the Company has conducted an analysis to identify sensitive receptors that may have been affected, including area schools and municipal wells. Based on the analyses conducted, the Company has advised the MADEP that it believes that an imminent hazard condition does not exist. The Company is submitting periodic status updates to the MADEP.

The salvage auction facility was acquired from Auto Placement Center, Inc. in 2001. Although the primary releases of gasoline and MTBE may have preceded the Company’s acquisition of the Taunton salvage site, the Company voluntarily agreed to several remediation measures including the construction of a municipal waterline to serve the residents of the area. The construction of the waterline was completed in the first quarter of 2005. In the second quarter of 2005, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with its environmental insurance carrier with respect to certain coverage matters which were in dispute relating to the Taunton site. The payment that was made to the Company under the settlement agreement was not material to the Company’s results of operations or financial condition. The Company has released its insurance carrier from any further claims with respect to environmental conditions at the Taunton site.

In June 2005, 64 residents of Taunton, Massachusetts filed two separate lawsuits against ADESA Impact in Massachusetts Superior Court, Bristol Division (Civil Action No.2005-00640 and Civil Action No. 2005-00641). The complaints seek approximately $5.7 million in damages for ADESA’s alleged negligence, trespass, and creation of a public nuisance arising from elevated gasoline and contaminants of MTBE in the ground water and water wells of the plaintiffs which plaintiffs contend resulted from an above ground gasoline storage tank leak or spill at the Company’s Taunton salvage auction. In particular, plaintiffs are seeking damages for: (1) diminution in the appraised value of their respective residences, (2) well contamination, (3) damage to and loss of use of their property, (4) pain and suffering and (5) reimbursement of certain expenses incurred as a result of the MTBE release.

 

F-77


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

In September 2006, ADESA Impact reached a settlement agreement with plaintiffs’ counsel whereby ADESA Impact has agreed to pay each of the thirty-four households $38,000 for an aggregate payment totaling $1.3 million to resolve all pending litigation and asserted claims related to the alleged release of gasoline and MTBE into ground water at ADESA Impact’s Taunton salvage facility. In January 2007, the settlement agreement was finalized and the federal district court formally dismissed the litigation.

The Company recorded provisions totaling approximately $0.6 million in the third quarter of 2006 to increase its accrual related to the settlement and has a total accrual of $1.4 million at December 31, 2006 with respect to the Taunton matter which includes the settlement amount and ongoing monitoring costs. This amount is included in the $3.0 million liability accrued for environmental matters at December 31, 2006. At April 19, 2007 an accrual of $0.4 million remained with respect to the Taunton matter. This amount is included in the $2.1 million liability accrued for environmental matters at April 19, 2007.

ADESA Importation Services, Inc. Litigation

In January, 2002, Johnny Cooper (“Cooper”), a former manager of ADESA Importation Services, Inc. (“AIS”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, filed suit against the Company and AIS (collectively “ADESA”) in the Circuit Court of the State of Michigan, County of Genesee, Case No. 02-72517-CK, alleging breach of contract and breach of other oral agreements related to AIS's purchase of International Vehicle Importers, Inc. in December 2000. Cooper was the controlling shareholder who sold the business to AIS in 2000. AIS filed a counterclaim against Cooper including allegations of breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty and fraud. Pursuant to Michigan law, the case was originally evaluated by an independent three attorney panel which awarded Cooper damages of $153,000 for his claims and awarded ADESA damages of $225,000 for its counterclaims. Cooper rejected the panel's decision resulting in a jury trial. In June 2004, the jury awarded Cooper damages of $5.8 million related to the allegation that ADESA breached oral agreements to provide funding to AIS. The jury also found in favor of ADESA on three of its counterclaims including breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty and fraud and awarded ADESA $69,000. In July 2004, the Genesee County Circuit Court entered judgment for Cooper in the amount of $6,373,812, netting the amount of the damages and awarding the plaintiff prejudgment interest. In October 2004, the Genesee County Circuit Court denied post-judgment motions made by ADESA for a new trial and/or reduction in the damages. In November 2004, the Company filed a Claim of Appeal with the Michigan Court of Appeals. Both parties subsequently submitted their respective appellate briefs to the Michigan Court of Appeals.

In December 2005, the Company filed a motion for peremptory reversal requesting the Michigan Court of Appeals to reverse the judgment on the grounds that Cooper’s oral side agreement claim was barred, as a matter of law, by the merger provisions of the asset purchase agreement that was entered into in 2000 in connection with the sale of the business to AIS. In March 2006, the Company was notified that the Court of Appeals denied the motion on the grounds that it failed to persuade the Court of the existence of manifest error requiring reversal without argument for formal submission. In April 2006, the parties presented their respective oral arguments to a three judge panel of the Court of Appeals. In August 2006, the Michigan Court of Appeals issued an unpublished opinion affirming the judgment against ADESA. In September 2006, ADESA filed a Motion for Reconsideration with the Michigan Court of Appeals. In October 2006, the Michigan Court of Appeals denied ADESA’s Motion for Reconsideration. In December 2006, following unsuccessful appeal of the verdict through the Michigan Court of Appeals, ADESA filed its application for leave to appeal the decision to the Michigan Supreme Court (Case No. 132630). As a result, the parties filed their respective briefs with the Michigan Supreme Court as to the issue of whether ADESA should be permitted to appeal the lower court decision to the Michigan Supreme Court. In

 

F-78


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

April 2007, the Michigan Supreme Court granted ADESA’s application for leave to appeal. The parties initiated settlement discussions as of July 2007.

The Company discontinued the operations of AIS, its vehicle importation business, in February 2003. At April 19, 2007, the Company had an accrual totaling $7.2 million ($5.8 million award plus accrued interest of $1.4 million) as a result of the jury trial verdict. As noted above, the post-merger management team decided to initiate settlement discussions in July 2007, to eliminate the distraction, burden and expense of further litigation. In October 2007, the Company reached a settlement with Cooper for $3.75 million. The settlement was included with the accounting for the merger transactions as the settlement was based on decisions implemented by the post-merger management team. As such, the amounts recorded in the consolidated financial statements for periods prior to the settlement have not been adjusted.

Auction Management Solutions, Inc.

In March 2005, Auction Management Solutions, Inc. (“AMS”) filed a lawsuit against ADESA, Inc. in U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division (Civil Action No. 05 CV 0638), alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 6,813,612 (the “ ’612 Patent”) which was issued November 2, 2004 and pertains to an audio/video system for streaming instantaneous and buffer free data to and from a live auction site. The AMS complaint was served upon ADESA in July 2005. The complaint seeks unspecified damages and injunctive relief. The Company filed its answer, including its defenses, to the complaint in August 2005. The Company continues to vigorously defend itself against the infringement allegations. The litigation is currently in discovery.

In related litigation, AMS also filed a lawsuit against Manheim Auctions, Inc. (“Manheim”), Live Global Communications USA Inc. and Live Global Bid, Inc. (collectively “LGB”) in U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia, Atlanta Division (Civil Action 05 CV 0639), alleging infringement of the `612 Patent and other causes of action against Manheim. The Company licenses technology used in its LiveBlock Internet auction application from LGB. The complaint seeks unspecified damages and injunctive relief. In May 2005, AMS withdrew its request for a preliminary injunction against Manheim and LGB. In June 2005, Manheim filed a counterclaim against AMS alleging infringement of U.S. Patent No. 5,774,873 related to online motor vehicle auction systems. This litigation has been consolidated with the AMS lawsuit against the Company during the discovery phase. No trial date has been set.

Although ADESA believes it has substantial defenses to the AMS claims, there is the potential for an adverse judgment given the risk and uncertainty inherent in litigation. In the event of an adverse decision, we do not believe that it would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition or liquidity but could possibly be material to our consolidated results of operations.

Litigation Regarding the Merger

In January 2007, Gerald Ortsman filed a lawsuit against ADESA, its directors and the group of private equity funds, including affiliates of Kelso & Company, GS Capital Partners, ValueAct Capital and Parthenon Capital, that propose to acquire the Company in the Delaware Court of Chancery (Case No. 2670-N). In February 2007, Mr. Ortsman filed an amended complaint containing additional allegations. The amended complaint seeks class action status on behalf of the Company’s stockholders and alleges that ADESA’s directors breached their fiduciary duties to the stockholders by, among other things, failing to maximize stockholder value in connection

 

F-79


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

with the merger. The amended complaint further states that our financial advisers are conflicted, and that ADESA’s proxy statement in respect of the merger allegedly omitted material information purportedly necessary to enable ADESA’s shareholders to make a fully informed voting decision on the proposed merger. The complaint also alleges that the group of private equity funds aided and abetted the actions of the directors in breaching their fiduciary duties to the stockholders. The amended complaint seeks, among other things, an injunction against the consummation of the merger, an unspecified amount of damages and the payment of plaintiff’s fees and costs.

The Company believes that the amended complaint is without merit. Subsequent to filing his amended complaint, the plaintiff filed motions for a preliminary injunction and expedited proceedings. The defendants have filed motions to dismiss the litigation and discovery has commenced. The Company has submitted the matter for coverage to its applicable insurance carriers. The carriers have accepted coverage subject to certain reservations and the Company’s applicable self retention for securities claims.

In March 2007, ADESA and each of the equity funds entered into a settlement agreement with the plaintiff solely because the settlement would eliminate the distraction, burden and expense of further litigation. As part of the settlement, ADESA amended and supplemented its definitive proxy statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 16, 2007 to include certain additional disclosure. The proxy supplement was also mailed to stockholders of record. In addition, ADESA agreed to pay the plaintiff $340,000 for fees and expenses.

SEC Informal Inquiry

In December 2003, the staff of the SEC initiated an informal inquiry relating to ALLETE’s internal audit function and the internal financial reporting of ALLETE (ADESA’s former parent), ADESA, AFC, a wholly owned subsidiary of ADESA, and the loan loss methodology at AFC. ALLETE and the Company fully and voluntarily cooperated with the informal inquiry and sent a response to the SEC in February 2004. Management believes that the Company has acted appropriately and that this inquiry will not result in action that has a material adverse impact on the Company or its reported results of operations. The Company has had no further inquiries or correspondence with the SEC regarding this matter since the first quarter of 2004.

Other Matters

Cheryl Munce, former Executive Vice President of the Company and President of ADESA Impact, elected to depart from the Company on May 26, 2006. Brian Warner, former Vice President of the Company and President of ADESA Canada Corporation, departed the Company on May 19, 2006.

In August 2006, Cheryl Munce filed a Statement of Claim (06-CV-317340PD2) in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice against ADESA, Inc., Impact Auto Auction Ltd., Automotive Recovery Services, Inc. d/b/a ADESA Impact, and ADESA Auctions Canada Corporation d/b/a ADESA Canada (collective referred to as “ADESA”) alleging wrongful and/or constructive dismissal from employment and claiming monetary damages in excess of CDN $2.5 million including punitive damages and costs of the action. ADESA filed its Notice of Intent to Defend in August 2006 and its Statement of Defenses in September 2006. Discovery is currently ongoing and ADESA intends to vigorously defend the litigation.

In September 2006, Brian Warner filed a Statement of Claim in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice against ADESA, Inc. and ADESA Auctions Canada Corporation d/b/a ADESA Canada (collectively referred to

 

F-80


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

as “ADESA”) alleging wrongful dismissal from employment. In his claim, Warner seeks monetary damages in excess of CDN $5.75 million including punitive damages and costs of the action. ADESA has filed its Notice of Intent to Defend and filed its Statement of Defenses in October 2006. ADESA plans to aggressively defend the litigation. In connection with the previously announced organizational realignment of the Company, Mr. Warner was offered a senior leadership position with the Company. Mr. Warner declined to accept the offer and elected to depart the Company. After failing to agree on the terms of a severance package, the Company implemented a compensation and benefits package for Mr. Warner that the Company believes satisfies any obligations the Company may have to Mr. Warner. Discovery is currently ongoing and ADESA intends to vigorously defend the litigation.

Note 22—Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Information for any one quarterly period is not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year.

 

2006 Quarter Ended

   March 31     June 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31  

Operating revenues

   $ 285.6     $ 275.9     $ 272.9     $ 269.5  

Operating expenses

        

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     144.2       137.7       137.8       144.1  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     66.9       63.8       64.7       63.8  

Depreciation and amortization

     10.8       11.0       12.1       12.6  

Aircraft charge

     —         —         —         3.4  

Transaction expenses

     —         —         —         6.1  
                                

Total operating expenses

     221.9       212.5       214.6       230.0  
                                

Operating profit

     63.7       63.4       58.3       39.5  

Interest expense

     7.0       7.1       7.1       6.2  

Other income, net

     (1.7 )     (1.8 )     (1.8 )     (1.6 )
                                

Income from continuing operations, before income taxes

     58.4       58.1       53.0       34.9  

Income taxes

     22.1       21.9       18.6       15.0  
                                

Income from continuing operations

     36.3       36.2       34.4       19.9  

Discontinued operations

     —         (0.1 )     (0.3 )     (0.1 )
                                

Net income

   $ 36.3     $ 36.1     $ 34.1     $ 19.8  
                                

Basic earnings per share of common stock (Notes 3 and 7)

        

Continuing operations

   $ 0.40     $ 0.40     $ 0.38     $ 0.22  

Discontinued operations

     —         —         —         —    
                                
   $ 0.40     $ 0.40     $ 0.38     $ 0.22  
                                

Diluted earnings per share of common stock (Notes 3 and 7)

        

Continuing operations

   $ 0.40     $ 0.40     $ 0.38     $ 0.22  

Discontinued operations

     —         —         —         —    
                                
   $ 0.40     $ 0.40     $ 0.38     $ 0.22  
                                

 

F-81


Table of Contents

ADESA, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited) and September 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

and December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004

 

2005 Quarter Ended

   March 31     June 30     Sept. 30     Dec. 31  

Operating revenues

   $ 242.7     $ 246.5     $ 241.0     $ 238.6  

Operating expenses

        

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization)

     114.5       115.1       116.8       127.1  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     54.8       56.1       57.5       58.7  

Depreciation and amortization

     9.2       10.0       10.8       10.8  
                                

Total operating expenses

     178.5       181.2       185.1       196.6  
                                

Operating profit

     64.2       65.3       55.9       42.0  

Interest expense

     8.1       8.5       7.4       7.2  

Other income, net

     (1.5 )     (2.3 )     (2.5 )     (2.3 )

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     —         —         2.9       —    
                                

Income from continuing operations, before income taxes

     57.6       59.1       48.1       37.1  

Income taxes

     22.5       23.0       16.5       13.8  
                                

Income from continuing operations

     35.1       36.1       31.6       23.3  

Discontinued operations

     (0.1 )     (0.2 )     (0.1 )     (0.2 )
                                

Net income

   $ 35.0     $ 35.9     $ 31.5     $ 23.1  
                                

Basic earnings per share of common stock (Notes 3 and 7)

        

Continuing operations

   $ 0.39     $ 0.40     $ 0.35     $ 0.26  

Discontinued operations

     —         —         —         —    
                                
   $ 0.39     $ 0.40     $ 0.35     $ 0.26  
                                

Diluted earnings per share of common stock (Notes 3 and 7)

        

Continuing operations

   $ 0.38     $ 0.40     $ 0.35     $ 0.26  

Discontinued operations

     —         —         —         —    
                                
   $ 0.38     $ 0.40     $ 0.35     $ 0.26  
                                

The operations of ComSearch were discontinued in the third quarter of 2005; as such, the following restatements are reflected in the first and second quarters of 2005 to reflect ComSearch as discontinued operations:

 

   

Operating revenues were reduced by $1.3 million and $1.2 million in the first and second quarters of 2005.

 

   

Operating expenses were reduced by $1.4 million and $1.3 million in the first and second quarters of 2005.

 

   

Operating profits increased by $0.1 million in the first and second quarters of 2005.

Income from continuing operations, net of tax, increased $0.1 million in the first and second quarters of 2005.

The sum of the quarterly per share amounts may not equal the annual amounts reported since per share amounts are computed independently for each quarter and for the full year based on respective weighted-average common shares outstanding and other potential dilutive common shares.

 

F-82


Table of Contents

Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

(In millions)

 

Column A

   Column B    Column C     Column D     Column E

Description

   Balance at
Beginning of
Period
   Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
    (1)
Deductions
    Balance at
End of Period

Year Ended December 31, 2004

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 7.0    $ 3.0     $ (2.5 )   $ 7.5

Allowance for credit losses

     4.6      1.2       (1.9 )     3.9

Accrual for estimated losses on receivables sold

     6.9      (1.7 )     —         5.2
                             

Totals

   $ 18.5    $ 2.5     $ (4.4 )   $ 16.6
                             

Year Ended December 31, 2005

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 7.5    $ 1.2     $ (4.8 )   $ 3.9

Allowance for credit losses

     3.9      —         (1.5 )     2.4

Accrual for estimated losses on receivables sold

     5.2      (2.3 )     —         2.9
                             

Totals

   $ 16.6    $ (1.1 )   $ (6.3 )   $ 9.2
                             

Year Ended December 31, 2006

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 3.9    $ 2.5     $ (1.5 )   $ 4.9

Allowance for credit losses

     2.4      0.3       (0.7 )     2.0

Accrual for estimated losses on receivables sold

     2.9      1.0       —         3.9
                             

Totals

   $ 9.2    $ 3.8     $ (2.2 )   $ 10.8
                             

Period Ended April 19, 2007 ( Unaudited )

         

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   $ 4.9    $ 0.4     $ (0.3 )   $ 5.0

Allowance for credit losses

     2.0      0.5       (0.2 )     2.3

Accrual for estimated losses on receivables sold

     3.9      —         —         3.9
                             

Totals

   $ 10.8    $ 0.9     $ (0.5 )   $ 11.2
                             

(1) Write-off of uncollectible accounts, recoveries, the impact of changes in exchange rates and other adjustments

All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC are not required under the related instructions, are inapplicable, or are adequately explained in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto and, therefore, have been omitted.

 

F-83


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and subsidiaries (“the Company”) as of December 31, 2006 (Successor) and December 25, 2005 (Successor), and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2006 (Successor), for the period from May 25, 2005 to December 25, 2005 (Successor), for the period from December 27, 2004 to May 24, 2005 (Predecessor) and for the year ended December 26, 2004 (Predecessor). These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 (Successor) and December 25, 2005 (Successor), and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2006 (Successor), for the period from May 25, 2005 to December 25, 2005 (Successor), for the period from December 27, 2004 to May 24, 2005 (Predecessor) and for the year ended December 26, 2004 (Predecessor), in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in note 1 to the accompanying consolidated financial statements, effective December 31, 2006, the Company adopted Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in the Current Year Financial Statements,” and effective December 26, 2005, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), “ Share-Based Payment .”

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, effective May 25, 2005, Axle Holdings, Inc. acquired all of the outstanding stock of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. in a business combination accounted for as a purchase. As a result of the acquisition, the consolidated financial information for the periods after the acquisition is presented on a different cost basis than for the periods before the acquisition and, therefore, is not comparable.

 

/s/    KPMG LLP
Chicago, Illinois
March 30, 2007, except Note 17 which is as of January 22, 2008.

 

F-84


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands except per share amounts)

 

    SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR  
   

April 19,

2007

    December 31,
2006
    December 25,
2005
          December 26,
2004
 
    (Unaudited)                          

ASSETS

           

Current assets:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 13,039     $ 14,040     $ 25,882         $ 13,325  

Accounts receivable, net

    56,945       56,606       46,920           50,443  

Inventories

    18,540       19,154       19,611           14,498  

Income taxes receivable

    806       1,129       2,732           —    

Deferred income taxes

    10,102       11,311       8,511           4,693  

Other current assets

    6,638       7,087       5,323           1,613  
                                   

Total current assets

    106,070       109,327       108,979           84,572  

Property and equipment, net

    80,737       80,150       77,231           74,684  

Intangible assets, net

    144,402       147,535       126,378           1,747  

Goodwill

    241,895       241,336       191,266           137,494  

Other assets

    9,647       9,673       11,006           482  
                                   
  $ 582,751     $ 588,021     $ 514,860         $ 298,979  
                                   

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

           

Current liabilities:

           

Accounts payable

  $ 33,729     $ 37,517     $ 38,022         $ 38,505  

Accrued liabilities

    13,371       14,103       12,847           13,513  

Accrued interest

    3,005       5,487       4,598           —    

Obligations under capital leases

    217       297       367           1,094  

Income taxes payable

    —         —         —             1,067  

Obligations under line of credit

    —         —         —             6,000  

Current installments of long-term debt

    1,950       1,950       1,143           7,512  
                                   

Total current liabilities

    52,272       59,354       56,977           67,691  

Deferred income taxes

    36,127       36,127       37,582           14,248  

Other liabilities

    12,350       12,369       12,765           4,353  

Obligations under capital leases

    —         32       329           661  

Senior notes

    150,000       150,000       150,000           —    

Long-term debt, excluding current installments

    192,075       192,563       113,183           9,375  
                                   

Total liabilities

    442,824       450,445       370,836           96,328  
                                   

Shareholders’ equity:

           

Common stock, par value of $.001 per share (predecessor) Authorized 20,000,000 shares; 12,709,758 shares Issued and 11,569,156 outstanding as of December 26, 2004

    —         —         —             12  

Common stock, par value $.01 per share, 100 shares authorized, issued and outstanding

    —         —         —             —    

Additional paid-in capital

    154,096       151,357       149,458           151,793  

Treasury stock, 906,480 shares, an average of $10.63 per share at December 26, 2004 (predecessor)

    —         —         —             (9,637 )

Deferred compensation related to restricted stock

    —         —         —             (4,343 )

Accumulated other comprehensive gain/(loss)

    2       20       —             (186 )

Accumulated income/(deficit)

    (14,171 )     (13,801 )     (5,434 )         65,012  
                                   

Total shareholders’ equity

    139,927       137,576       144,024           202,651  
                                   

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity

  $ 582,751     $ 588,021     $ 514,860         $ 298,979  
                                   

See Note 17 Adjustments to December 31, 2006 Statements

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-85


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR  
     January 1 –
April 19,
2007
    December 31,
2006
   

December 26,

2005 –

September 24,

2006

   

May 25,

2005 –
December 25,
2005

         

December 27,

2004 –
May 24,

2005

    December 26,
2004
 
     (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)                          

Revenues:

                

Fee income

   $ 101,669     $ 281,833     $ 202,680     $ 136,926         $ 103,203     $ 208,743  

Vehicle sales

     13,119       50,117       36,775       23,484           17,242       31,436  
                                                    
     114,788       331,950       239,455       160,410           120,445       240,179  
                                                    

Cost of sales:

                

Branch cost

     71,269       211,098       151,066       102,675           72,554       157,297  

Vehicle cost

     11,222       43,820       31,972       19,978           14,640       26,694  
                                                    
     82,491       254,918       183,038       122,653           87,194       183,991  
                                                    

Gross margin

     32,297       77,032       56,417       37,757           33,251       56,188  
                                                    

Operating expense:

                

Selling, general and administrative

     21,416       50,913       36,681       24,630           15,822       34,978  

Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment

     (27 )     9       (18 )     197           (896 )     301  

Loss (gain) related to flood

     (77 )     3,529       3,451       —             —         —    

Merger costs

     —         —         —         5,021           15,741       —    
                                                    
     21,312       54,451       40,114       29,848           30,667       35,279  
                                                    

Income from operations

     10,985       22,581       16,303       7,909           2,584       20,909  

Other (income) expense:

                

Interest expense

     10,023       30,596       21,424       15,021           567       1,572  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     —         1,300       1,771       —             —         —    

Other income

     (122 )     (460 )     (348 )     (346 )         (2,442 )     (67 )
                                                    

Income (loss) before

                

income taxes

     1,084       (8,855 )     (6,544 )     (6,766 )         4,459       19,404  

Income taxes

     1,454       (1,676 )     (1,708 )     (1,332 )         4,899       7,139  
                                                    

Net income (loss)

   $ (370 )   $ (7,179 )   $ (4,836 )   $ (5,434 )       $ (440 )   $ 12,265  
                                                    

See Note 17 Adjustments to December 31, 2006 Statements

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-86


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(dollars in thousands except number of shares)

 

    Common Stock   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Treasury
Stock
    Deferred
Compensation
(Restricted
Stock)
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
    Retained
Earnings
    Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
    Number of
Shares
    Amount            

Balance at December 28, 2003—Predecessor

  11,518,273     $ 12   $ 145,856   $ (8,012 )   $ (892 )   $ (625 )   $ 52,747     $ 189,086  
                                                         

Net earnings

  —         —       —       —         —         —         12,265       12,265  

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

               

Change in fair value of interest rate swap contract (net of tax, $273)

  —         —       —       —         —         439       —         439  
                     

Comprehensive income

                  12,704  

Issuance of common stock in connection with exercise of common stock options

  104,231       —       1,297     —         —         —         —         1,297  

Tax benefit related to stock options exercised

  —         —       275     —         —         —         —         275  

Restricted shares released

  16,625       —       —       —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of common stock in connection with the employee stock purchase plan

  29,298       —       329     —         —         —         —         329  

Treasury stock purchased

  (99,271 )     —       —       (1,625 )     —         —         —         (1,625 )

Deferred compensation relating to restricted stock grants

  —         —       4,036     —         (4,036 )     —         —         —    

Amortization of deferred compensation

  —         —       —       —         585       —         —         585  
                                                         

Balance at December 26, 2004—Predecessor

  11,569,156     $ 12   $ 151,793   $ (9,637 )   $ (4,343 )   $ (186 )   $ 65,012     $ 202,651  
                                                         

Net loss

  —         —       —       —         —         —         (440 )     (440 )

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

               

Change in fair value of interest rate swap contract (net of tax, $87)

  —         —       —       —         —         140       —         140  
                     

Comprehensive loss

                  (300 )

Termination of interest rate swap agreement

  —         —       —       —         —         46       —         46  

Issuance of common stock in connection with exercise of common stock options

  46,148       —       586     —         —         —         —         586  

Tax benefit related to stock options exercised

  —         —       8,490     —         —         —         —         8,490  

Restricted shares released

  230,875       —       —       —         3,260       —         —         3,260  

Issuance of common stock in connection with the employee stock purchase plan

  15,847       —       223     —         —         —         —         223  

Treasury stock purchased

  (82 )     —       —       (1 )     —         —         —         (1 )

Amortization of deferred compensation

  —         —       —       —         1,083       —         —         1,083  
                                                         

Balance at May 24,
2005—Predecessor

  11,861,944     $ 12   $ 161,092   $ (9,638 )   $ —       $ —       $ 64,572     $ 216,038  
                                                         

See Note 17 Adjustments to December 31, 2006 Statements

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-87


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands except number of shares)

 

    Common Stock    

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

   

Treasury
Stock

  Deferred
Compensation
(Restricted
Stock)
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
   

Retained
Earnings

   

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

 
    Number of
Shares
    Amount              

Net loss

  —       $ —       $ —       $ —     $ —     $ —       $ (5,434 )   $ (5,434 )

Redemption of Predecessor’s outstanding common stock

  (11,861,944 )     (12 )     (161,092 )     —       —       —         —         (161,104 )

Cancellation of Predecessor’s stock held in treasury

  —         —         —         9,638     —       —         —         9,638  

Issuance of common stock

  100       —         —         —       —       —         —         —    

Write-off of Predecessor’s retained earnings associated with the transaction

  —         —         —         —       —       —         (64,572 )     (64,572 )

Contributed capital associated with the transaction

  —         —         143,600       —       —       —         —         143,600  

Contributed capital in the form of exchanged stock options associated with the transaction

  —         —         5,653       —       —       —         —         5,653  

Contributed capital

  —         —         205       —       —       —         —         205  
                                                         

Balance at December 25, 2005—Successor

  100     $ —       $ 149,458     $ —     $ —     $ —       $ (5,434 )   $ 144,024  
                                                         

Net loss

  —         —         —         —       —       —         (7,179 )     (7,179 )

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

               

Change in fair value of interest cap (net of tax $12)

  —         —         —         —       —       20       —         20  
                     

Comprehensive loss

  —         —         —         —       —       —         —         (7,159 )

Adjustment to initially apply SAB 108, net of tax

  —         —         —         —       —       —         (1,188 )     (1,188 )

Share-based compensation expense

  —         —         1,749       —       —       —         —         1,749  

Contributed capital

  —         —         150       —       —       —         —         150  
                                                         

Balance at December 31, 2006—Successor

  100     $ —       $ 151,357     $ —     $ —     $ 20     $ (13,801 )   $ 137,576  
                                                         

Net loss

  —         —         —         —       —       —         (370 )     (370 )

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:

               

Change in fair value of interest cap (net of tax $12)

  —         —         —         —       —       (18 )     —         (18 )
                     

Comprehensive loss

  —         —         —         —       —       —         —         (388 )

Share-based compensation expense

  —         —         2,739       —       —       —         —         2,739  
                                                         

Balance at April 19, 2007—Successor (Unaudited)

  100     $ —       $ 154,096     $ —     $ —     $ 2     $ (14,171 )   $ 139,927  
                                                         

See Note 17 Adjustments to December 31, 2006 Statements

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-88


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

 

    SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR  
   

January 1 –

April 19,

2007

    Year ended
December 31,
2006
   

December 26,

2005 –

September 24,

2006

   

May 25,

2005 –
December 25,
2005

         

December 27,

2004 –
May 24,

2005

    Year ended
December 26,
2004
 
    (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)                          

Cash flows from operating activities:

               

Net earnings (loss)

  $ (370 )   $ (7,179 )   $ (4,836 )   $ (5,434 )       $ (440 )   $ 12,265  

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash provided by (used) operating activities:

               

Loss on change in fair market value of interest rate cap

    (18 )     —         (29 )     —             —         —    

Depreciation and amortization

    8,372       25,524       17,147       11,855           5,464       12,985  

(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets, including disposal of assets as a result of the Texas flood in 2006

    (31 )     759       733       197           (896 )     301  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

    —         1,300       1,771       —             —         —    

Share-based compensation expense

    2,739       1,749       1,437       —             4,343       585  

Amortization of debt issuance costs

    —         —         1,017       —             —         —    

Deferred income taxes

    1,209       (2,379 )     (702 )     (1,874 )         (1,448 )     1,595  

Tax benefit related to employee stock compensation

    —         —         —         —             8,394       275  

(Increase) decrease in:

               

Accounts receivable, net

    (339 )     (6,081 )     (612 )     9,270           (5,312 )     (1,536 )

Income tax receivable

    322       1,984       —         (113 )         (2,618 )     —    

Inventories

    614       1,349       1,296       (4,641 )         (472 )     (896 )

Other current assets

    512       973       1,971       (3,190 )         (520 )     1,486  

Other assets

    (603 )     26       56       228           (827 )     (1,438 )

Increase (decrease) in:

               

Accounts payable

    (3,786 )     (635 )     8,759       (7,202 )         6,719       1,612  

Accrued liabilities

    (3,233 )     (440 )     1,259       (8,732 )         12,279       3,151  

Income taxes

    —         —         370       —             (1,067 )     1,067  
                                                   

Net cash provided (used) by operating activities

    5,388       16,950       29,637       (9,636 )         23,599       31,452  
                                                   

See Note 17 Adjustments to December 31, 2006 Statements

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-89


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

(dollars in thousands)

 

    SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR  
   

January 1 –

April 19,

2007

    Year ended
December 31,
2006
   

December 26,

2005 –

September 24,

2006

   

May 25,

2005 –
December 25,
2005

         

December 27,

2004 –
May 24, 2005

    Year ended
December 26,
2004
 
    (Unaudited)           (Unaudited)                          

Cash flows from investing activities:

               

Purchase of IAAI, Inc.

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ (356,753 )       $ —       $ —    

Capital expenditures

    (5,386 )     (17,520 )     (12,115 )     (9,943 )         (8,221 )     (28,717 )

Payments made in connection with acquisitions, net of cash acquired

    (450 )     (91,134 )     (88,955 )     (271 )         (600 )     (1.912 )

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

    47       1,383       1,368       1,488           1,391       1,520  
                                                   

Net cash used in investing activities

    (5,789 )     (107,271 )     (99,702 )     (365,479 )         (7,430 )     (29,109 )
 

Cash flows from financing activities:

               

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

    —         —         —         —             905       1,626  

Contributed capital

    —         150       150       143,805           —         —    

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

    —         —         —         —             3,000       6,000  

Payment of financing and other fees

    —         (1,491 )     (1,491 )     (13,586 )         —         —    

Principal payments of long-term debt

    (488 )     (33,711 )     (573 )     (22,799 )         (3,762 )     (7,547 )

Purchase of treasury stock

    —         —         —         —             (1 )     (1,625 )

Repayment of term loan

    —         —         (32,651 )     —             —         —    

Proceeds from amended term loan

    —         —         113,898       —             —         —    

Principal payments on capital leases

    (112 )     (367 )     (284 )     (445 )         (614 )     (2,958 )

Issuance of senior notes

    —         —         —         150,000           —         —    

Issuance of term loan

    —         113,898       —         115,000           —         —    
                                                   

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (600 )     78,479       79,049       371,975           (472 )     (4,504 )
                                                   

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (1,001 )     (11,842 )     8,984       (3,140 )         15,697       (2,161 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

    14,040       25,882       25,882       29,022           13,325       15,486  
                                                   

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $ 13,039     $ 14,040     $ 34,866     $ 25,882         $ 29,022     $ 13,325  
                                                   

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

               

Cash paid or refunded during the period for:

               

Interest

  $ 9,441     $ 28,634     $ 16,199     $ 12,220         $ 689     $ 1,723  
                                                   

Income taxes paid

  $ 368     $ 699     $ 574     $ 147         $ 1,654     $ 5,404  
                                                   

Income taxes refunded

  $ 550     $ 1,966     $ 1,966     $ 5,111         $ 26     $ 1,011  
                                                   

Non-cash transactions:

               

Options exchanged in merger transactions

  $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 5,653         $ —       $ —    
                                                   

See Note 17 Adjustments to December 31, 2006 Statements

 

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-90


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

(1)     Summary of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

As used in these notes, unless the context requires otherwise, the “Company,” “IAAI,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and other similar terms refer to Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and its subsidiaries. IAAI is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Axle Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Axle Holdings”), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Axle Holdings II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“LLC”) that is controlled by affiliates of Kelso & Company, L.P. (“Kelso”).

Background

IAAI operates in a single business segment—providing insurance companies and other vehicle suppliers cost-effective salvage processing solutions, including selling total loss and recovered theft vehicles.

On May 25, 2005, the Company completed merger transactions, which are described in detail in Note 2. The merger transactions resulted in a new basis of accounting under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141. This change creates many differences between reporting for IAAI post-merger, as successor, and IAAI pre-merger, as predecessor. The accompanying consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements reflect separate reporting periods for the predecessor and successor company where applicable.

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents represents an investment in a money market fund. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The balance in money market funds as of April 19, 2007 and December 31, 2006 is zero. The balance in money market funds as of December 25, 2005 is $6.1 million and as of December 26, 2004 is zero.

Fiscal Periods

Fiscal year 2004 consisted of 52 weeks and ended December 26, 2004. Fiscal year 2005 consisted of 52 weeks and ended on December 25, 2005. Fiscal year 2006 consists of 53 weeks and ended on December 31, 2006. The additional week occurred in the fourth quarter. As described in detail in Note 15, Axle Holdings merged with ADESA, Inc. on April 20, 2007. Due to the closing date of the ADESA merger, April’s fiscal month close is April 19, 2007, consisting of 16 weeks.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements for the periods from January 1, 2007 to April 19, 2007 and December 26, 2005 to September 24, 2007 have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim financial information and with Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly,

 

F-91


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for complete financial statements. Operating results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for the year as a whole. In the opinion of management, the interim consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments necessary (consisting of normal recurring accruals except as otherwise indicated) for a fair statement of the Company’s financial results for the period January 1, 2007 to April 19, 2007 and from December 26, 2005 to September 24, 2006. The unaudited consolidated financial statements and condensed notes to the interim consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2006 included herein.

Revenue Recognition

Revenues (including vehicle sales and fee income) are generally recognized at the date the vehicles are sold at auction. Revenue not recognized at the date the vehicles are sold at auction includes annual buyer registration fees, which are recognized on a straight line basis and certain buyer-related fees, which are recognized when payment is received.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or estimated realizable value. Cost includes the cost of acquiring ownership of total loss and recovered theft vehicles, charges for towing and, less frequently, reconditioning costs. The costs of inventories sold are charged to operations based upon the specific-identification method.

Leases

The Company leases real estate and certain equipment. Some of the leases contain clauses that either reduce or increase the amount of rent paid in future periods. The rent expense for these leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and long-term debt. The fair values of these instruments approximate their carrying values other than long-term debt. As of April 19, 2007, December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004, the fair value of the Company’s 11% Senior Notes due 2013 was $174.5 million, $169.5 million, $157.7 and $0.0 million respectively, and the fair value of the Company’s term loan under its senior credit facilities was $194.0 million, $194.5 million and $115.6 million, respectively. As of April 19, 2007, December 31, 2006 and December 25, 2005 the carrying value of the Company’s 11% Senior Notes due 2013 was $150.0 million, and the carrying value of the Company’s term loan under its senior credit facilities was $194.0 million, $192.6 million and $113.1 million, respectively.

Goodwill

The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually during the second quarter and continually reviews whether a triggering event has occurred to determine whether the carrying value exceeds the fair value. The fair value is based generally on discounted projected cash flows, but the Company also considers factors such as comparable industry price multiples. The Company employs cash flow projections that it believes to be

 

F-92


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

reasonable under current and forecasted circumstances. The annual impairment test of goodwill is performed in the second quarter of each year. As of April 19, 2007, there were no events or other indications which require an impairment test in advance of the second quarter annual impairment test. The fiscal 2006 annual test did not indicate any impairment.

Intangibles

Intangibles represent acquisition costs in excess of the fair value of net tangible assets of businesses purchased and consist primarily of supplier relationships, trade names, software and covenants not to compete. These costs are being amortized over periods ranging from one to twenty years on a straight-line basis. The annual impairment test of intangible assets is performed in the second quarter of each year. As of April 19, 2007, there were no events or other indications which require an impairment test in advance of the second quarter annual impairment test. The fiscal 2006 annual test did not indicate any impairment.

Long-Lived Assets

The Company evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets is measured by a comparison of the assets carrying amount to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the estimated undiscounted future cash flows change in the future, the Company may be required to reduce the carrying amount of an asset to its fair value. Fair value would be determined by discounting estimated cash flows.

Use of Estimates

The Company has made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent liabilities to prepare these consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation of property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets ranging from three to 40 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated economic useful life or the lease term, whichever is less.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, whereby deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases, as well as operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. The effect of a rate change on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in the period of enactment.

 

F-93


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

Credit Risk

Vehicles are sold generally for cash; therefore, very little credit risk is incurred from the selling of vehicles. Receivables arising from advance charges made on behalf of vehicle suppliers, most of which are insurance companies, are generally satisfied from the net proceeds payable to the vehicle suppliers. A small percentage of vehicles sold do not have sufficient net proceeds to satisfy the related receivables, and in these cases, the receivable is due from the vehicle suppliers. Management performs regular evaluations concerning the ability of its customers and suppliers to satisfy their obligations and records a provision for doubtful accounts based upon these evaluations. The Company’s credit losses for the periods presented are insignificant and have not exceeded management’s estimates.

Significant Providers of Salvage Vehicles

For the fiscal period ended April 19, 2007, two automobile insurance providers were individually responsible for providing 15.2% and 13.1%, respectively, of the salvage vehicles sold by the Company. Although these insurance companies represent a significant source of vehicles sold at auction, our relationship with the insurance companies are distributed throughout regional offices. None of the individual regions of the respective insurance company or person within the insurance company were responsible for vehicle assignments representing over 10% of the units sold as of April 19, 2007.

Stock Based Compensation

The matter discussed in this Note should be read in conjunction with the information contained in Note 9. In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123R”). SFAS 123R is a revision of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“SFAS 123”), and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”), and its related implementation guidance. On December 26, 2005, the Company adopted the provisions of SFAS 123R using the prospective method. Under the prospective method, the Company accounted for awards outstanding as of December 25, 2005 using the accounting principles originally applied, SFAS 123 and APB 25. For awards issued after December 25, 2005 and for awards modified after December 25, 2005, the Company accounts for awards at fair value using the accounting principles under SFAS 123R. The Company is permitted to apply the modified prospective method under SFAS 123R because the Company elected to use the minimum value method of measuring share options for pro forma disclosure purposes under SFAS 123 in prior periods. Had the Company elected to use the fair value method for pro forma disclosure purposes under SFAS 123, it would have been required to recognize more compensation expense in its Statement of Operations under SFAS 123R for periods beginning on or after December 25, 2005.

SFAS 123R requires entities to recognize compensation expense for awards of equity instruments to employees based on the grant-date fair value of those awards. SFAS 123R also requires the benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation expense to be reported as a financing cash flow, rather than as an operating cash flow as prescribed under the prior accounting rules. This requirement reduces net operating cash flows and increases net financing cash flows in periods after adoption. Total cash flow remains unchanged from what would have been reported under prior accounting rules.

 

F-94


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, the Company followed the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB 25 to account for its employee stock options. Accordingly, compensation expense was recognized when the stock price at the time of the grant exceeded the exercise price. The adoption of SFAS 123R primarily resulted in a change in the Company’s method of recognizing the fair value of share-based compensation and estimating forfeitures for all unvested awards. Specifically, the adoption of SFAS 123R resulted in the recording of compensation expense at the grant date for employee stock options. The effect of adopting SFAS 123R was to record compensation expense of $0.4 million ($0.3 million after tax) for the year ended December 31, 2006.

There was no material impact to the Company’s operating or financing cash flow or net loss in the period of adoption. When applying the prospective method, the Company is not permitted to provide pro forma disclosures as was previously required under SFAS 123. As a result of the merger transactions described in Note 2 below, the Company’s capital structure and its stock compensation plans changed significantly. Consequently, the stock-based compensation information for the year ended December 31, 2006 is not comparable to the year ended December 25, 2005. As such, comparative data is not presented in the Notes related to stock-based compensation.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net loss and the change in fair value of the Company’s interest rate hedge for the period ended April 19, 2007, nine months ended September 24, 2006, and the years ended December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004 follows (dollars in thousands):

 

    SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR  
   

January 1 –

April 19,

2007

    December 31,
2006
   

December 26,

2005 –
September 24,

2006

    May 25, 2005 –
December 25,
2005
         

December 27,

2004 –
May 24,

2005

    December 26,
2004
 
    (Unaudited)                                      

Net earnings (loss)

  $ (370 )   $ (7,179 )   $ (4,836 )   $ (5,434 )       $ (440 )   $ 12,265  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

               

Change in fair value of interest cap

    (24 )     31       (46 )     —             227       712  

Income tax expense (benefit)

    6       (11 )     17       —             (87 )     (273 )
                                                   

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (388 )   $ (7,159 )   $ (4,865 )   $ (5,434 )       $ (300 )   $ 12,704  
                                                   

Capitalized Software Costs

The Company capitalizes certain internal use computer software costs, after management has determined the project will be complete and the software will perform its intended function in accordance with SOP 98-1, “Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.” Capitalized software costs are amortized utilizing the straight-line method over the economic lives of the related assets not to exceed five years.

 

F-95


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 155 (“SFAS 155”), “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments,” which amends FASB Statements No. 133 (“SFAS 133”), “Accounting for Derivative Instrument and Hedging Activities” and No. 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities.” SFAS 155 eliminates the exemption of applying SFAS 133 to interests in securities and financial assets so that similar instruments are accounted for similarly regardless of the term of the instruments. The Company adopted this new accounting standard on January 1, 2007. The adoption of SFAS 155 did not have a material impact on its financial statements.

In March 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 156 (“SFAS 156”), “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets—an amendment of FASB Statement No. 140.” SFAS 156 requires an entity to recognize a servicing asset or servicing liability each time it undertakes an obligation to service a financial asset by entering into a servicing contract under certain conditions. The Company adopted this new accounting standard on January 1, 2007. The adoption of SFAS 156 did not have a material impact on its financial statements.

In March 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48 (“FIN 48”), “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes”, an interpretation of FASB Statement 109. The statement seeks to clarify the significant diversity in practice associated with financial statement recognition and measurement in accounting for income taxes. The Company adopted this new standard on January 1, 2007. The impact of the adoption of FIN 48 did not have a material impact on its financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158 (“SFAS 158”), “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans”, an amendment to FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R). The statement requires employers to recognize the over funded or under funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. SFAS 158 also requires an employer to measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position, with limited exceptions. The Company is required to apply SFAS 158 as of December 31, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of SFAS 158 on its financial statements.

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108 (SAB 108), “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in the Current Year Financial Statements.” SAB 108 was issued to provide interpretive guidance on how the effects of the carryover or reversal of prior year misstatements should be considered in quantifying a current year misstatement. The Company adopted SAB 108 on December 31, 2006, which resulted in a cumulative effect adjustment to its opening fiscal 2006 balance sheet. The adjustment included a $1.9 million increase in accrued liabilities, a $0.7 million increase in deferred income tax assets and a $1.2 million reduction in retained earnings. Those adjustments includes the cumulative difference between recording annual buyer registration revenue on a straight-line basis versus the previous Company policy of recording the revenue as received, which increased accrued liabilities and deferred tax asset by $2.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively, and the cumulative difference of the exclusion of certain paid claims to determine insurance claim accruals, which decreased accrued liabilities and deferred taxes by $0.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Prior to the adoption of SAB 108, the Company determined that the potential impact of these items using the “rollover” method was immaterial to the prior years’ statements of operations and cash flow.

 

F-96


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements”. This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP), and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements, the Board having previously concluded in those accounting pronouncements that fair value is the relevant measurement attribute. Accordingly, this Statement does not require any new fair value measurements. However, for some entities, the application of this Statement will change current practice. This Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption.

In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159 (“SFAS 159”), “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115.” The effective date is the entity’s first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2007. This Statement permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective is to improve financial reporting by providing entities with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. This Statement is expected to expand the use of fair value measurement, which is consistent with the Board’s long-term measurement objectives for accounting for financial instruments. This Statement applies to all entities, including not-for-profit organizations. Most of the provisions of this Statement apply only to entities that elect the fair value option. However, the amendment to FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, applies to all entities with available-for-sale and trading securities. Some requirements apply differently to entities that do not report net income. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption.

(2)    Merger Transactions

Effective May 25, 2005, IAAI became a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Axle Holdings, Inc. which is owned by Axle Holdings II LLC (which is controlled by Kelso & Company, L. P. (“Kelso”)). As part of the merger transactions, IAAI entered into senior credit facilities, comprised of a $50.0 million revolving credit facility and a $115.0 million term loan, which were guaranteed by all of IAAI’s then existing domestic subsidiaries. As part of the merger transactions, IAAI also issued $150.0 million of 11% Senior Notes due 2013. IAAI received approximately $143.8 million of cash equity contributions from Kelso, Parthenon Investors II, L.P., the other investors and certain members of management in connection with the merger transactions.

IAAI used the net proceeds of these financings and equity contributions to (i) fund the cash consideration payable to the Company’s shareholders and option holders under the merger agreement; (ii) repay outstanding principal and accrued interest under the Company’s prior credit facility; and (iii) pay related transaction fees and expenses. The merger was recorded in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (“SFAS 141”), “Business Combinations.” The Company recorded its assets and liabilities at their estimated fair values derived from management’s estimates and judgment based upon valuations and information currently available.

These valuations resulted in recognition of $131.5 million of intangible assets, which consists of $102.5 million in customer relationships, $0.6 million in non-compete agreements, $14.9 million in trade names, and $13.5 million in proprietary software as of the date of acquisition.

 

F-97


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

Significant Items Affecting Comparability

The merger transactions resulted in a new basis of accounting under SFAS 141. This change creates many differences between reporting for IAAI post-merger, as successor, and IAAI pre-merger, as predecessor. Accordingly, the predecessor financial data for periods ending on or prior to May 24, 2005, generally will not be comparable to the successor financial data for periods after that date.

The following table reflects the unaudited pro forma results as if the acquisition occurred on December 28, 2003 (in thousands):

 

     SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR  
    

April 19,

2007

    December 31,
2006
    December 25,
2005
          December 26,
2004
 
     (Unaudited)                          

Revenue

   $ 114,788     $ 331,950     $ 280,855         $ 240,179  

Earnings (loss) before taxes

     1,084       (8,855 )     (12,535 )         (12,425 )

Net loss

     (370 )     (7,179 )     (7,897 )         (7,828 )

The pro forma results reflect the incremental interest related to the new debt, changes in amortization and depreciation expense due to the change in basis and related remaining lives, and the addition of the annual financial advisory service fee for services provided by Kelso.

(3)    Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consists of the following:

 

     SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR  
    

April 19,

2007

    December 31,
2006
    December 25,
2005
          December 26,
2004
 
     (Unaudited)                          

Unbilled receivables

   $ 42,335     $ 41,848     $ 35,534         $ 35,555  

Trade accounts receivable

     14,603       15,007       11,458           14,596  

Other receivables

     460       229       412           1,086  
                                    
     57,398       57,084       47,404           51,237  
 

Less allowance for doubtful accounts

     (453 )     (478 )     (484 )         (794 )
                                    
   $ 56,945     $ 56,606     $ 46,920         $ 50,443  
                                    

Unbilled receivables represent amounts paid to third parties on behalf of insurance companies for which the Company will be reimbursed when the vehicle is sold. Trade accounts receivable include fees and proceeds to be collected from both insurance companies and buyers.

 

F-98


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

(4)    Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

     SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR  
    

April 19,

2007

    December 31,
2006
    December 25,
2005
          December 26,
2004
 
     (Unaudited)                          

Land

   $ 5,051     $ 5,051     $ 5,051         $ 7,662  

Buildings and improvements

     6,566       8,700       6,534           13,722  

Equipment and other

     36,496       30,429       27,295           49,645  

Leasehold improvements

     57,588       56,245       44,525           49,485  
                                    
     105,701       100,425       83,405           120,514  
 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (24,964 )     (20,275 )     (6,174 )         (45,830 )
                                    
   $ 80,737     $ 80,150     $ 77,231         $ 74,684  
                                    

Depreciation expense was $4.8 million for the successor period ended April 19, 2007. Depreciation expense was $14.1 million for the successor period ended December 31, 2006, $6.9 million for May 25, 2005 through December 25, 2005, $5.2 million for the predecessor period from December 27, 2004 through May 24, 2005 and $12.4 million for the predecessor year ended 2004.

(5)    Goodwill and Other Intangibles

The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually during the second quarter and continually reviews whether a triggering event has occurred to determine whether the carrying value exceeds the fair value. The fair value is based generally on discounted projected cash flows, but the Company also considers factors such as comparable industry price multiples. The Company employs cash flow projections that it believes to be reasonable under current and forecasted circumstances.

Goodwill activity for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes current year acquisitions described in Note 12, adjustments related to the purchase price allocation of certain prior period acquisitions due to the finalization of such allocations and earn-out payment made for prior period acquisitions. As of December 25, 2005, the Company had $191.3 million of goodwill recorded as a result of the merger transactions.

Goodwill and other intangibles are recorded at cost less accumulated amortization and consist of the following for the period ended April 19, 2007 (dollars in thousands):

 

     Amount  

Balance at December 31, 2006

   $ 241,336  

Acquisitions and earn out payments

     574  

Adjustments to valuation of prior period acquisitions

     (15 )
        

Balance at April 19, 2007

   $ 241,895  
        

 

F-99


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

Goodwill and other intangibles consisted of the following (dollars in millions):

 

    

COST

    

Assigned Life

  

April 19,

2007

   December 31,
2006
   December 25,
2005
   December 26,
2004
          (Unaudited)               

Predecessor

              

Goodwill

   Indefinite    $ —      $ —      $ —      $ 167.0

Covenants not to compete

   3 to 5 years      —        —        —        4.2

Successor

              

Goodwill

   Indefinite      241.9      241.3      191.3      —  

Supplier relationships

   15-20 years      133.4      133.4      102.5      —  

Trade names

   15 years      14.9      14.9      14.9      —  

Software

   6 years      13.5      13.5      13.5      —  

Covenants not to compete

  

12 to 18 months

and 5 years

     0.8      0.8      0.7      —  
                              
      $ 404.5    $ 403.9    $ 322.9    $ 171.2
                              

 

    

Accumulated Amortization

 
    

Assigned Life

  

April 19,

2007

    December 31,
2006
    December 25,
2005
    December 26,
2004
 
          (Unaudited)                    

Predecessor

           

Goodwill

   Indefinite    $ —       $ —       $ —       $ (29.5 )

Covenants not to compete

   3 to 5 years      —         —         —         (2.5 )

Successor

           

Supplier relationships

   15-20 years      (11.4 )     (9.2 )     (3.1 )     —    

Software

   6 years      (4.2 )     (3.6 )     (1.3 )     —    

Trade names

   15 years      (1.9 )     (1.6 )     (0.6 )     —    

Covenants not to compete

  

12 to 18 months

and 5 years

     (0.7 )     (0.7 )     (0.2 )     —    
                                   
      $ (18.2 )   $ (15.1 )   $ (5.2 )   $ (32.0 )
                                   

The Company also continually reviews whether events and circumstances subsequent to the acquisition of any long-lived assets, such as property and equipment or intangible assets subject to amortization, have occurred that indicate that the remaining useful lives of those assets may warrant revision or that the remaining balance of those assets may not be recoverable. If events and circumstances indicate that the long-lived assets should be reviewed for possible impairment, the Company uses projections to assess whether future cash flows on a non-discounted basis related to the tested assets are likely to exceed the carrying value of those assets to determine if a write-down is appropriate. If the Company identifies impairment, it will measure and report a loss to the extent that the carrying value of the impaired assets exceeds their fair values as determined by valuation techniques appropriate in the circumstances that could include the use of similar projections on a discounted basis.

 

F-100


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

In determining the estimated useful lives of definite lived intangibles, the Company considers the nature, competitive position, life cycle position, and historical and expected future cash flows of each asset and the Company’s commitment to support these assets through continued investment and legal infringement protection.

Based upon existing intangibles, the projected amortization expense is $7.3 million for April 20, 2007 through December 30, 2007, $10.4 million for the year ending 2008 through 2010, $8.7 million for 2011, and $8.2 million for the year ending 2012.

(6)     Long-term Debt

Long-term debt is summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     SUCCESSOR         PREDECESSOR
     April 19,
2007
   December 31,
2006
  December 25,
2005
        December 26,
2004
     (Unaudited)                   

11% senior notes

   $ 150,000    $ 150,000   $ 150,000       $ —  

Senior secured credit facilities

     194,025      194,513     114,326         —  
                             

Unsecured term loan, interest payable at variable rate based upon LIBOR. Principal repaid in 16 equal installments commencing March 31, 2003

     —        —       —           16,875
                             

Notes payable issued in connection with the acquisition

     —        —       —           12
                             
     344,025      344,513     264,326         16,887

Less current installments

     1,950      1,950     1,143         7,512
                             
   $ 342,075    $ 342,563   $ 263,183       $ 9,375
                             

Total principal repayments required for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter under all long-term debt agreements are summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     (Unaudited)

April 20, 2007 through December 30, 2007

   $ 975

2008

     1,950

2009

     1,950

2010

     1,950

2011

     1,950

Thereafter

     333,300
      
   $ 342,075
      

 

F-101


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

Senior Notes

As part of the merger transactions the Company issued $150.0 million of 11% senior notes due April 1, 2013. The notes are non-callable for four years, after which they are callable at a premium declining ratably to par at the end of year six. The notes contain covenants that among other things, limit the issuance of additional indebtedness, the incurrence of liens, the payment of dividends or other distributions, distributions from certain subsidiaries, the issuance of preferred stock, the sale of assets and subsidiary stock, transactions with affiliates and consolidations, mergers and transfers of assets. All of these limitations and prohibitions, however, are subject to a number of important qualifications set forth in the indenture.

Credit Facilities

As part of the merger transactions, the Company entered into new senior secured credit facilities. The credit facilities were amended in June 2006 and are comprised of a $50.0 million revolving credit facility and a $194.5 million term loan. As a result of the amendment, the Company recognized a $1.3 million loss on the early extinguishment of debt related to the write-off of previously deferred issuance costs, fees paid to repay a portion of the original debt, and other costs. The senior secured credit facilities are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in all present and future tangible and intangible assets of the Company and the guarantors, including the capital stock of the Company and each of its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of its direct and indirect foreign subsidiaries. The seven-year term loan is payable in quarterly installments equal to 0.25% of the initial aggregate principle amount, beginning December 31, 2006, with the balance payable on May 19, 2012. The senior secured credit facilities are subject to mandatory prepayments and reduction in an amount equal to (i) the net proceeds of certain debt issuances, asset sales, recovery events, and sales and leasebacks of real property, (ii) 50% of the net proceeds of certain equity offerings or contributions by Axle Holdings and (iii) for any fiscal year ending on or after December 31, 2007, 75% of excess cash flow, as defined in the credit agreement, when the consolidated leverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, is 4.0 or greater, or 50% of excess cash flow when the consolidated leverage ratio is at least 3.0 but less than 4.0x.

Under the terms of the credit agreement, interest rates and borrowings are based upon, at the Company’s option, Eurodollar or prime rates. The terms of the agreement include a commitment fee based on unutilized amounts and an annual agency fee. The agreement includes covenants that, among other things, limit or restrict the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ abilities to dispose of assets, incur additional indebtedness, incur guarantee obligations, prepay other indebtedness, including the senior notes, pay dividends, create liens, make equity or debt investments, make acquisitions, modify the terms of the indenture, engage in mergers, make capital expenditures and engage in certain affiliate transactions. The agreement also requires the Company to at all times have at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the notes and the term loan subject to either a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection for a period of not less than three years. The senior secured credit facilities are subject to the following financial covenants: (i) minimum consolidated interest coverage and (ii) maximum consolidated leverage. The Company is in compliance with these credit agreement covenants as of April 19, 2007

The revolver was made for working capital and general corporate purposes. There were no borrowings under the revolver as of April 19, 2007, although the Company did have outstanding letters of credit in the aggregate amount of $2.4 million as of April 19, 2007. The Company paid $0.1 million in commitment fees in 2007. During the period December 31, 2006 to April 19, 2007, the weighted average annual interest rate for the new senior credit facilities was 7.9%.

 

F-102


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

A portion of the proceeds of the credit facilities and the senior notes facilities were used to eliminate the outstanding debt under the prior credit facility and revolver.

Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company is required under its amended senior credit facilities agreement to enter into and maintain an interest rate protection arrangement to provide that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount under the senior note and senior credit facilities is subject to either a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection for a period of not less than two years. In accordance with this requirement, the Company entered into interest rate cap agreements. The agreements cap the interest rate of $100.0 million of the outstanding principal at 6.0%. At April 19, 2007, the interest rate cap qualifies for hedge accounting and all changes in the fair value of the cap were recorded, net of tax, through other comprehensive income/(loss). At April 19, 2007, the Company recorded less than $0.1 million (net of tax) as a comprehensive gain to the change in fair market value.

(7)     Stockholders’ Equity

Additional Paid-In Capital

The additional paid-in capital increased to $154.1 million as of April 19, 2007 from $151.4 million as of December 31, 2006. The increase is a result of $2.7 million of stock-based compensation.

(8)     Income Taxes

Income tax expense is summarized as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR
    

April 19,

2007

    December 31,
2006
   

May 25,

2005 –

December 25,

2005

          December 27,
2004 –
May 24, 2005
   

December 26,

2004

     (Unaudited)                              

Current:

              

Federal

   $ —       $ —       $ —           $ 6,674     $ 5,028

State

     522       311       270           (308 )     790
                                          
     522       311       270           6,366       5,818
                                          

Deferred:

              

Federal

     977       (2,750 )     (1,792 )         (2,404 )     1,092

State

     (45 )     763       190           937       229
                                          
     932       (1,987 )     (1,602 )         (1,467 )     1,321
                                          
   $ 1,454     $ (1,676 )   $ (1,332 )       $ 4,899     $ 7,139
                                          

 

F-103


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

The Company evaluates the realizability of the Company’s deferred tax assets on an ongoing basis. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the existing valuation allowances at April 19, 2007. The Company has established a valuation allowance when the utilization of the tax asset is uncertain. Additional temporary differences, future earning trends and/or tax strategies may occur which could warrant a need for establishing an additional valuation allowance or a reserve.

Deferred income taxes are composed of the effects of the components listed below. A valuation allowance has been recorded to reduce the carrying value of deferred tax assets for which the Company believes a tax benefit will not be realized.

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are presented below (dollars in thousands):

 

     SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR  
     April 19,
2007
   

December 31,

2006

    December 25,
2005
          December 26,
2004
 

Deferred tax assets attributable to:

            

Inventories

   $ 2,472     $ 2,899     $ 2,628         $ 2,261  

Other current assets

     3,750       3,200       2,967           2,432  

Non-current assets

     —         —         3,717           —    

Federal net operating loss

     3,895       5,212       2,916           —    

Depreciation

     7,613       7,231       8,797           5,946  

Other non-current assets

     5,074       5,411       —             —    

State net operating loss

     1,002       1,216       1,291           1,618  

Valuation allowance

     (367 )     (355 )     (408 )         (1,083 )
                                    

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 23,439     $ 24,814     $ 21,908         $ 11,174  
                                    

Deferred tax liabilities attributable to:

            

Intangible assets

     (6,891 )     (5,884 )     (1,913 )         (20,729 )

Intangible assets

            

purchase accounting

     (42,573 )     (43,746 )     (49,066 )         —    
                                    

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ (26,025 )   $ (24,816 )   $ (29,071 )       $ (9,555 )
                                    

 

F-104


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

The actual income tax expense differs from the “expected” tax expense computed by applying the Federal corporate tax rate to earnings (loss) before income taxes as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR  
    

April 19,

2007

    December 31,
2006
   

May 25,

2005 –
December 25,
2005

          December 27,
2004 –
May 24, 2005
    December 26,
2004
 
     (Unaudited)                                

Federal income tax expense

   $ 380     $ (3,099 )   $ (2,367 )       $ 1,560     $ 6,791  

State income taxes, net of Federal benefit

     415       416       298           409       662  

Change in valuation allowance

     —         —         —             (65 )     (636 )

Change to tax accruals

     (112 )     (45 )     (11 )         4       259  

Increase in Deferred State Income Tax
Rate

     (174 )     492       —             —         —    

Merger related costs

     —         —         714           2,970       —    

FAS 123R LLC Expense

     895       474       —             —         —    

Other

     50       86       34           21       63  
                                            
   $ 1,454     $ (1,676 )   $ (1,332 )       $ 4,899     $ 7,139  
                                            

The Company is obligated to file tax returns and pay federal and state income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. The changes in income tax accruals relate to amounts that were no longer required, due primarily to closed tax return audits and closed tax years for a number of jurisdictions.

At April 19, 2007, the Company had a federal net operating loss carryforward of $11.1 million. The net operating loss carryforward expires in 2025 ($5.1 million), 2026 ($6.0 million) and 2027 ($27.6 million). The Company expects to fully utilize the federal net operating loss. At April 19, 2007, the Company had state income tax net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $21.0 million. The net operating loss carryforwards expire in the years 2007 through 2027.

Due to the fact that state net operating losses can be audited well beyond a normal three-year statutory audit period and the inherent uncertainty of estimates of future taxable income, the amount of the state net operating losses which may ultimately be utilized to offset future taxable income may vary materially from the Company’s estimates. The Company has established a valuation allowance for state net operating losses based on the Company’s estimates of the amount of benefit from these state net operating losses that the Company may ultimately be unable to realize due to factors other than estimates of future taxable income. Subsequent revisions to the estimated realizable value of the deferred tax asset or the reserve for tax-related contingencies may cause the Company’s provision for income taxes to vary significantly from period to period, although cash tax payments will remain unaffected until the state net operating losses are utilized.

 

F-105


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

(9)     Employee Benefit Plans

Stock Based Compensation

Axle Holdings Plan

In May, 2005, Axle Holdings, which owns 100% of the outstanding stock of the Company, adopted the Axle Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (“Axle Holdings Plan”). The Axle Holdings Plan is intended to provide equity incentive benefits to the Company employees. As such, it is appropriate to account for the plan as a direct plan of the Company.

Under the Axle Holdings Plan, there are two types of options: (1) service options, which vest in three equal annual installments commencing on the first anniversary of the grant date based upon service with Axle Holdings and its subsidiaries, including IAAI, and (2) exit options, which vest upon a change in equity control of the LLC as defined under the Axle Holdings Plan. During the period January 1, 2007 through April 19, 2007, Axle Holdings granted 2,665 service options and 5,335 exit options to the Company’s employees. There were 667 service options forfeited and 1,333 exit options forfeited during the period January 1, 2007 through April 19, 2007 by the Company’s employees. As of April 19, 2007, there were 617,256 options authorized and 576,204 options granted to the Company’s employees. The contractual term of the options is ten years. On October 25, 2006, the Board of Directors of Axle Holdings amended the Axle Holdings Plan to provide for an additional 60,000 options to be available for grant.

Service options are accounted as equity awards and, as such, compensation expense is measured based on the fair value of the award at the date of grant. Compensation expense is recognized over the three year service period, using the straight line attribution method, for awards granted after December 25, 2005 and the graded vesting attribution method for awards granted prior to December 25, 2005.

Certain executives of IAAI exchanged a portion of their fully vested options in the predecessor company into options under the Axle Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan. In accordance with APB 25 and other applicable pronouncements, the Company is not required to recognize compensation expense on the option exchange as the market price of the underlying shares of the successor options are the same as the predecessor options.

 

F-106


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

Activity under the Plans during 2007, 2006 and 2005 is as follows:

 

     Options    

Weighted

Average
Exercise
Price

  

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life

(in months)

  

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

(in thousands)

Outstanding at May 24, 2005—Predecessor

   —       $ —      —      $ —  
                        

Options granted

   251,800       25.62      

Options canceled

   (1,000 )     25.62      

Options exercised

   —         —        

Options exchanged

   274,904       13.63      
                  

Outstanding at December 25, 2005—Successor

   525,704     $ 19.35    94.7    $ 4,973
                        

Options granted

   43,000       31.91      

Options canceled

   (13,500 )     25.47      

Options exercised

   —         —        
                  

Outstanding September 24, 2006

   555,204     $ 20.16    91.7    $ 6,602
                        

Options granted

   17,500       31.91      

Options cancelled

   (2,500 )     25.47      

Options exercised

   —         —        
                  

Outstanding at December 31, 2006—Successor

   570,204     $ 20.52    85.2    $ 7,214
                        

Options granted

   8,000       34.00      

Options canceled

   (2,000 )   $ 25.62      
                  

Outstanding at April 19, 2007—Successor

   576,204     $ 20.69    87.8    $ 10,230
                        

Exercisable at September 24, 2006

   275,904     $ 13.63    73.2    $ 5,051
                        

Exercisable at December 31, 2006—Successor

   301,900     $ 14.66    65.5    $ 5,578
                        

Exercisable at April 19, 2007—Successor

   303,234     $ 14.73    72.8   
                    

There were no options exercised and 390 options expired as of April 19, 2007. There were 1,557 options that vested during the period ended April 19, 2007. The weighted average grant date fair value per share of the options granted during the period was $34.00. In connection with the options under the Axle Holdings Plan, $0.1 million of expense (less than $0.1 million after tax) was recorded for the period ended April 19, 2007. There was no material impact to the Company’s operating or financing cash flows for the period ended April 19, 2007. As of April 19, 2007, the total compensation expense related to unvested options not recognized was $0.5 million and the weighted average period in which it will be recognized was approximately 1.7 years.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

The fair value of each option granted, subsequent to the adoption of SFAS 123R, is estimated on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions for the options granted during the period from January 1, 2007 though April 19, 2007 and the year ended December 31, 2006 and December 25, 2005:

 

     April 19,
2007
   

December 31,

2006

    September 24,
2006
   

December 25,

2005

 

Expected life (in years)

   5.0     6.0     6.0     6.0  

Risk-free interest rate

   4.7 %   4.2 - 5.0 %   4.2 %   4.1 - 4.3 %

Expected volatility

   43 %   43 %   43 %   43 %

Expected dividend yield

   0 %   0 %   0 %   0 %

For the period January 1, 2007 through April 19, 2007, the expected life of each award granted was calculated using the simplified method in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, “Share-Based Payments.” The volatility is based on the historic volatility of companies within related industries that have publicly traded equity securities, as IAAI’s equity is not publicly traded. The risk-free rate is based on implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues with remaining term equal to the expected life. Expected dividend yield is based on our expectations.

Under the exit options, in addition to the change in equity control requirement, the value of the options will be determined based on the strike price and certain performance hurdles at the time of change in equity control. As the ultimate excercisability is contingent upon an event (specifically, a change of control), the compensation expense will not be recognized until such an event is consummated. As of April 19, 2007, there was no obligation relating to the exit options.

Additional information about options outstanding as of April 19, 2007 is presented below:

 

     Options Outstanding
               Weighted Average

Descriptions

   Range of
Exercise Prices
   Number
of
Options
  

Remaining
Contractual
Life

(in months)

   Exercise
Price

Axle Holdings Plan—Exchange Units

   12.56 to 15.87    275,904    70.0    $ 13.63

Axle Holdings Plan—Other

   25.62 to 34.07    300,300    104.2      27.18
             

Total

   12.56 to 34.07    576,204    87.8      20.69
             

LLC Profit Interests

The LLC owns 100% of the outstanding shares of Axle Holdings. Axle Holdings owns 100% of the outstanding shares of the Company. The LLC’s operating agreement provides for profit interests in the LLC to be held by certain designated employees of the Company. Upon an exit event as defined by the LLC operating agreement, holders of the profit interest will receive a cash distribution from the LLC. The term is 10 years from grant.

 

F-108


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

Two types of profit interests were created by the LLC operating agreement: (1) operating units, which vest in twelve equal quarterly installments commencing on the first anniversary of the grant date based upon service, and (2) value units, which vest upon a change in equity control of the LLC as defined under the LLC’s operating agreement. The number of value units ultimately granted will be determined based on the strike price and certain performance hurdles at the time of change in equity control. There were 191,152 operating units awarded and 382,304 value units awarded to employees of the Company during 2005 with a strike price equal to $25.62 for the operating units.

Under the requirements of EITF 00-23 “Issues Related to the Accounting for Stock Compensation under APB Opinion No. 25 and FASB Interpretation No. 44”, both the operating units and the value units are considered liability awards that are remeasured at each reporting period based on the intrinsic value method. The related liability and compensation expense of the LLC, which is for the benefit of Company employees, results in a capital contribution from the LLC to the Company and compensation expense for the Company. Compensation expense related to the operating units is recognized using the graded vesting attribution method. However, no compensation expense will be recognized on the value units until a change in equity control is consummated as excercisability and the number of units to be received is contingent upon an event (specifically change in control).

In connection with the operating units, $2.6 million ($1.6 million net of taxes) during the successor period ended April 19, 2007, and $0.3 million ($0.2 net of taxes) of expense was incurred during the successor period, May 25, 2005 through December 25, 2005, $1.4 million of expense ($1.0 million net of taxes) was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $1.1 million of expense incurred for the nine months ended September 24, 2006. There was no material impact to the Company’s operating or financing cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2006, there were 95,576 profit interests vested and $0.3 million of remaining compensation expense to be recognized over approximately 1.4 years.

Postretirement Benefits

In connection with the acquisition of the capital stock of Underwriters Salvage Company (“USC”), the Company assumed the obligation for certain health care and death benefits for retired employees of USC. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 106, “Employers Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other than Pensions,” costs related to the benefits are accrued over an employee’s service life.

 

F-109


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

A reconciliation of the funded status of this program as of April 19, 2007, December 31, 2006,

December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2006 follows (in thousands of dollars):

 

     SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR  
    

April 19,

2007

    December 31,
2006
   

December 25,

2005

          December 26,
2004
 
     (Unaudited)                          

Benefit Obligations and Funded Status:

            

Change in accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:

            

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at the beginning of the year

   $ 1,111     $ 1,308     $ 744         $ 1,432  

Interest cost

     19       59       75           47  

Actuarial (gain) or loss

     —         (212 )     592           (678 )

Benefits paid

     (27 )     (93 )     (103 )         (57 )
                                    

Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation at end of year

     1,103       1,062       1,308           744  

Change in plan assets:

            

Benefits paid

     —         (93 )     (103 )         (57 )

Employer contributions

     —         93       103           57  
                                    

Fair value of assets at the end of the year

     —         —         —             —    

Net amount recognized:

            

Funded status

     (1,103 )     (1,062 )     (1,308 )         (744 )

Unrecognized net (gain) or loss

     —         (252 )     —             (1,620 )
                                    

Net amount recognized

   $ (1,103 )   $ (1,314 )   $ (1,308 )       $ (2,364 )
                                    

Funded status:

            

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet—

            

Accrued benefit liability

   $ (1,103 )   $ (1,314 )   $ (1,308 )       $ (2,364 )
                                    

Weighted average assumptions at the end of the year:

            

Discount rate

     5.50 %     5.50 %     5.50 %         5.75 %

Benefit Obligation Trends:

            

Assumed health care cost trend rates

            

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next
year

     7.00 %     7.00 %     8.00 %         10.00 %

Ultimate rate

     5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %         5.00 %

Year that the ultimate rate is reached

     2009       2009       2009           2009  

Net Periodic Pension Trends:

            

Assumed health care cost trend rates:

            

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next
year

     7.00 %     8.00 %     9.00 %         8.50 %

Ultimate rate

     5.00 %     5.00 %     5.00 %         5.00 %

Year that the ultimate rate is reached

     2009       2009       2009           2009  

 

F-110


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

Net periodic benefit cost (income) is summarized as follows for the fiscal years 2006, 2005, and 2004 (dollars in thousands):

 

     2007     2006     2005     2004  
     (Unaudited)                    

Net Periodic Benefit Cost (Income)

        

Interest cost

   $ 19     $ 59     $ 75     $ 47  

Amortization of net (gain) or loss

     (4 )     (13 )     (111 )     (224 )
                                

Total net periodic benefit cost (income)

   $ 15     $ 46     $ (36 )   $ (177 )
                                

Estimated future benefit payments for the next five years as of April 19, 2007 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     (Unaudited)

2007

   $ 152

2008

     148

2009

     141

2010

     132

2011

     123

Thereafter

     450
      
   $ 1,146
      

Effective January 20, 1994, the date of the related acquisition, the Company discontinued future participation for active employees. Contribution for 2007 is expected to be $0.2 million.

401(k) Plan

The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan covering all full-time employees. Plan participants can elect to contribute up to 60% of their gross payroll. Company contributions are determined at the discretion of the Board of Directors; during the years 2004 to 2006, the Company matched 100% of employee contributions up to 4% of eligible earnings. Company contributions to the plan for the April 19, 2007 period are $0.3 million. Company contributions to the plans for the successor period ending December 31, 2006 and December 25, 2005 were $0.9 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Company contributions to the plan for predecessor periods ended May 24, 2005 and December 26, 2004 were $0.5 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

(10)     Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

The Company leases the Company’s facilities and certain equipment under operating leases with related and unrelated parties, which expire through 2027. Rental expense for the successor periods ended April 19, 2007, December 31, 2006 and December 25, 2005 was $9.0 million, $26.5 million and $15.9 million, respectively. Rental expense for the predecessor periods ended May 24, 2005 and December 26, 2004 was $10.7 million and $24.1 million, respectively.

 

F-111


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

Minimum annual rental commitments for the next five years under noncancelable operating and capital leases at April 19, 2007 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Operating Leases    Capital Leases
     (Unaudited)

2007

   $ 29,218    $ 194

2008

     30,533      32

2009

     28,154      —  

2010

     25,882      —  

2011

     23,862   

Thereafter

     151,747      —  
             
   $ 289,396      226
         

Less amount representing interest expense

        9
         

Future capital lease obligation

      $ 217
         

Assets as of April 19, 2007 and December 31, 2006 recorded under capital leases are included in property and equipment, net are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     SUCCESSOR           PREDECESSOR  
     2007     2006     2005           2004  
     (Unaudited)                          

Computer equipment

   $ 289     $ 293     $ 400         $ 5,221  

Security fencing

     1,053       1,053       1,053           1,441  
                                    
     1,342       1,346       1,453           6,662  

Accumulated amortization

     (490 )     (461 )     (362 )         (4,819 )
                                    
   $ 852     $ 885     $ 1,091         $ 1,843  
                                    

Texas Flooding

On March 19, 2006, the Company’s Grand Prairie, Texas facility was flooded when the local utility opened reservoir flood gates causing the waters of Mountain Creek to spill over into the facility, resulting in water damage to the majority of vehicles on the property as well as interior office space. We have recorded an estimated loss of $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, which is comprised of an estimated $3.1 million in losses on vehicles impacted by the flood, $0.8 million for damaged interior office space, $0.6 million related to clean-up of the facility, and an offset of $1.0 million in proceeds from our insurance carrier, which were received in October 2006. The Company has resumed auctions at the facility. The $3.1 million loss related to the vehicles impacted by the flood is based on post-flood auction results, including the vehicle sale proceeds and revenue, less all related expenses. As of April 19, 2007, the company sold approximately 95% of the vehicles impacted by the flood, also resulting in actual losses of $3.0 million. Future sales of remaining flood vehicles may differ from the Company’s initial estimates.

 

F-112


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

Other

The Company is subject to certain miscellaneous legal claims, which have arisen during the ordinary course of the Company’s business. None of these claims are expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or operating results.

Compensation Agreements

The Company has compensation agreements with certain officers and other key employees. In addition to base salary and bonus information, certain agreements have change in control provisions that address compensation due to the executive in the event of termination following a change of control.

(11)    Related Party Transactions

Kelso owns the controlling interest in IAAI. Under the terms of a financial advisory agreement between Kelso and Axle Merger, upon completion of the merger, IAAI (1) paid to Kelso a fee of $4.5 million and (2) commenced paying an annual financial advisory fee of $0.5 million, payable quarterly in advance to Kelso (with the first such fee, prorated for the remainder of the then-current quarter, was paid at the closing of the merger), for services to be provided by Kelso to IAAI. The financial advisory agreement provides that IAAI indemnify Kelso, Axle Holdings and Kelso’s officers, directors, affiliates, and their respective partners, employees, agents and control persons (as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder) in connection with the merger and the transactions contemplated by the merger agreement (including the financing of the merger), Kelso’ s investment in IAAI, Kelso’ s control of Axle Merger (and, following the merger, IAAI as the surviving corporation) or any of its subsidiaries, and the services rendered to IAAI under the financial advisory agreement. It also requires that IAAI reimburse Kelso’s expenses incurred in connection with the merger and with respect to services to be provided to IAAI on a going-forward basis. The financial advisory agreement also provides for the payment of certain fees, as may be determined by the board of directors of IAAI and Kelso, by IAAI to Kelso in connection with future investment banking services and for the reimbursement by IAAI of expenses incurred by Kelso in connection with such services.

Parthenon and certain of its affiliates own approximately 10.4% of IAAI. Under the terms of a letter agreement between PCAP, L.P., an affiliate of Parthenon, and Axle Merger, upon completion of the merger IAAI paid to PCAP, L.P. a fee of $0.5 million.

(12)    Acquisitions and Divestitures

In 2006 and 2007, the Company acquired several salvage pools throughout the United States in exchange for cash. Each acquisition expands and complements IAAI’s existing market coverage. The acquisitions are accounted for as purchase business combinations and the results of operations of the acquired businesses are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements from the respective dates of acquisition. The Company has made preliminary estimates of the assets purchased and liabilities assumed.

From January 1, 2007 through April 19, 2007, the Company acquired Permian Basin Salvage Pool in Odessa, Texas for cash. The aggregate purchase price was $0.5 million.

 

F-113


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

On August 25, 2006, the Company acquired Salvage Management of Syracuse located in Cicero, New York. On July 13, 2006, the Company acquired Lenders & Insurers with three facilities located in Des Moines, Cedar Falls, and Sioux City, Iowa. On June 29, 2006, the Company acquired Gardner’s Insurance Auto Auction located in Missoula, Montana, and acquired all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Auto Disposal Systems, Inc., or ADS, an Ohio Corporation, headquartered in Dayton, Ohio. The ADS acquisition included seven locations in Cincinnati, Cleveland, Columbus, Dayton, and Lima, Ohio and Ashland, Kentucky and Buckhannon, West Virginia. The aggregate purchase price of all of these acquisitions is approximately $71.4 million. The Company has made preliminary estimates of its allocation of each purchase price. The purchase price of these acquisitions includes $2.6 million in accounts receivable, $0.6 million in inventory, $0.7 million in fixed assets, $2.8 million in prepaid expenses, $0.5 million in accounts payable and accrued expenses, $0.7 million in deferred tax liability, $22.0 million in supplier relationships with the remaining $43.9 million being composed of goodwill.

In the first and second quarter of 2006, the Company acquired Indiana Auto Storage Pool Co., Inc. located in Indianapolis, Indiana, Indiana Auto Storage Pool Co., Inc. located in South Bend, Indiana, and NW Penn Auction Sales/Warren County Salvage located in Erie, Pennsylvania. The aggregate purchase price of these acquisitions is $19.0 million, which is comprised of $1.1 million in accounts receivable, $0.3 million in inventory, $0.5 million in fixed assets, and $8.9 million in supplier relationships and $8.2 million in goodwill.

In accordance with certain purchase agreements, additional consideration of up to $7.5 million may be paid over a 3-5 year period following the closing of certain acquisitions based upon the volume of units sold. Such additional consideration will be accrued in the period the Company becomes obligated to pay the amounts and will increase the amount of goodwill resulting from the acquisitions.

The following table reflects the Company’s unaudited pro forma results as if the acquisitions occurred on December 26, 2005 (in thousands):

 

     January 1 –
April 19,
2007
    December 26,
2005 –
December 31,
2006
   

December 26,

2005 –
September 26,

2006

 

Revenue

   $ 114,788     $ 331,950     $ 250,748  

Income (loss) before taxes

     1,084       (4,404 )     (5,373 )

Net income (loss)

     (370 )     (3,862 )   $ (4,775 )

The pro forma results reflect the incremental interest related to the new debt, changes in amortization and depreciation expense due to the change in basis of the underlying assets and their related remaining lives, and elimination of either selling, general and administrative expenses incurred by predecessor companies such as compensation of previous owners.

 

F-114


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

(13)    Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

Summarized unaudited financial data for 2006 and 2005 are as follows (dollars in thousands):

 

     Fourth
Quarter
Successor
   

Third
Quarter

Successor

    Second
Quarter
Successor
    First
Quarter
Successor
     

2006

          

Revenues

   $ 92,601     $ 83,498     $ 78,304     $ 77,547    

Earnings from operations

     6,594       4,340       6,453       5,194    

Net loss

     (1,648 )     (4,260 )     (71 )     (1,200 )  
     Fourth
Quarter
Successor
   

Third
Quarter

Successor

    Second
Quarter
Successor
    Second
Quarter
Predecessor
   

First
Quarter

Predecessor

2005

          

Revenues

   $ 69,906     $ 68,143     $ 22,361     $ 49,502     $ 70,943

Earnings (loss) from operations

     4,609       6,511       (3,210 )     (5,968 )     8,551

Net earnings (loss)

     (1,441 )     507       (4,500 )     (5,461 )     5,021

(14)    Supplemental Guarantor Information

The Company’s obligations related to its revolver, term-loan and the 11% senior subordinated notes are guaranteed jointly and severally by the Company’s direct and indirect present and future domestic restricted subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”). The following financial information sets forth, on a condensed consolidating basis, balance sheets, statements of operations and statements of cash flows for domestic subsidiaries of the Company that are Guarantors (collectively, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”). Separate financial statements for the Subsidiary Guarantors of the Company are not presented because the Company has determined that such financial statements would not be material to investors. The accounting policies of the parent company and the Subsidiary Guarantors are the same as those described for the Company in “Significant Items Affecting Comparability” in Note 2 and include recently adopted accounting pronouncements described in Note 2.

(15)    Merger with ADESA, Inc.

On December 22, 2006, the Company entered into a definitive merger agreement. The merger, which occurred on April 20, 2007 combined ADESA, Inc. and its subsidiaries with Axle Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries. As part of the merger transaction, ADESA, Inc. and its subsidiaries and the Company became wholly owned subsidiaries of KAR Holdings, Inc.

The following transactions occurred in connection with the merger:

 

   

Axle Holdings contributed the shares of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. in exchange for shares in KAR Holdings, Inc.

 

   

The outstanding Senior Notes of $150.0 million and the outstanding balance under the senior credit facilities were repaid in their entirety.

 

   

A consent or premium payment of $23.6 million was paid to the holders of the Senior Notes.

 

F-115


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

April 19, 2007 (Unaudited), September 26, 2006 (Unaudited) and

December 31, 2006, December 25, 2005 and December 26, 2004

 

(16)    Subsequent Events

In the first quarter of 2008, the Company acquired B&E, Inc. located near Las Vegas, Nevada. The acquisition leverages the Company’s existing regional coverage in this market. The acquisition will be accounted for as a purchase business combination and, the results of operations of the acquired business will be included in our future consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The aggregate purchase price of this acquisition is $15.0 million.

(17)    Adjustments to December 31, 2006 Statements

The Company’s previously filed December 31, 2006 statements contained certain differences from the amounts reported which were not adjusted as these differences were determined to be immaterial to the December 31, 2006 statements. It was determined that the correction of these differences in the April 19, 2007 period would create a material misstatement to the April 19, 2007 statements. In accordance with the interpretive guidance provided under SAB108, the Company has adjusted the December 31, 2006 statements to reflect the correction of these differences. The net effect of the adjustments was a $0.3 million increase in loss before income taxes and a $0.7 million increase in net loss. The adjustments and their collective impact to the financial statements are as follows:

The Company understated its payroll and bonus accrual by $0.1 million and overstated its prepaid expenses by $0.1 million. The effect was a $0.2 million increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses from $50.7 million to $50.9 million. In addition, the Company overstated its revenue by $0.1 million resulting in a decrease in fee income revenue from $281.9 million to $281.8 million. The Company also overstated its income tax benefit by $0.4 million stemming from the tax treatment of the above adjustments ($0.1 million benefit) and the tax treatment of the compensation expenses relating to the LLC profit interests ($0.5 million expense). The net effect of the corrections on the balance sheet is a $0.4 million decrease in current deferred tax asset from $11.7 million to $11.3 million, a $0.1 million decrease in other current asset from $7.2 million to $7.1 million, a $0.3 million increase in accrued expenses from $13.8 million to $14.1 million, and a $0.7 million increase in accumulated deficit from $13.1 million to $13.8 million. The corrections changed the corresponding components of cash provided by operating activities but did not change the total cash provided by operating activities.

 

F-116


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     APRIL 19, 2007
     SUCCESSOR
     PARENT    GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
   

ELIMINATIONS

AND

ADJUSTMENTS

    CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
     (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)

ASSETS

         

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,795    $ 10,244     $ —       $ 13,039

Accounts receivable, net

     28,984      27,961       —         56,945

Inventories

     8,986      9,554       —         18,540

Income taxes receivable

     806      —         —         806

Deferred income taxes

     10,102      —         —         10,102

Other current assets

     5,189      1,449       —         6,638
                             

Total current assets

     56,862      49,208       —         106,070

Investment in and advances to subsidiaries, net

     82,940      —         (82,940 )     —  

Property and equipment, net

     41,902      38,835       —         80,737

Intangible assets, net

     144,402      —         —         144,402

Goodwill

     241,895      —         —         241,895

Other assets

     8,784      863       —         9,647
                             
   $ 576,785    $ 88,906     $ (82,940 )   $ 582,751
                             

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

         

Current liabilities:

         

Accounts payable

   $ 27,808    $ 5,921     $ —       $ 33,729

Accrued liabilities

     14,306      2,070       —         16,376

Obligations under capital leases

     217      —         —         217

Current installments of long-term debt

     1,950      —         —         1,950
                             

Total current liabilities

     44,281      7,991       —         52,272

Deferred income taxes

     36,127      —         —         36,127

Other liabilities

     9,710      2,640       —         12,350

Long-term debt, excluding current installments

     192,075      —         —         192,075

Senior notes

     150,000      —         —         150,000

Long-term advances from parent and subsidiaries, net

     —        82,940       (82,940 )     —  
                             

Shareholders’ equity (deficit)

     144,592      (4,665 )     —         139,927
                             

Total Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

   $ 576,785    $ 88,906     $ (82,940 )   $ 582,751
                             

 

F-117


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     DECEMBER 31, 2006
     SUCCESSOR
     PARENT    GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
  

ELIMINATIONS

AND

ADJUSTMENTS

    TOTAL

ASSETS

          

Current assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,425    $ 8,615    $ —       $ 14,040

Accounts receivable, net

     28,997      27,609      —         56,606

Inventories

     9,464      9,690      —         19,154

Income taxes receivable

     1,129      —        —         1,129

Deferred income taxes

     11,311      —        —         11,311

Other current assets

     5,663      1,424      —         7,087
                            

Total current assets

     61,989      47,338      —         109,327

Investment in and advances to subsidiaries, net

     69,703      —        (69,703 )     —  

Property and equipment, net

     42,735      37,415      —         80,150

Intangible assets, net

     147,535      —        —         147,535

Goodwill

     241,336      —        —         241,336

Other assets

     8,756      917      —         9,673
                            
   $ 572,054    $ 85,670    $ (69,703 )   $ 588,021
                            

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

          

Current liabilities:

          

Accounts payable

   $ 31,234    $ 6,283    $ —       $ 37,517

Accrued liabilities

     11,933      2,170      —         14,103

Accrued interest

     5,487      —        —         5,487

Obligations under capital leases

     297      —        —         297

Current installments of long-term debt

     1,950      —        —         1,950
                            

Total current liabilities

     50,901      8,453      —         59,354

Deferred income taxes

     36,127      —        —         36,127

Other liabilities

     9,947      2,422      —         12,369

Obligations under capital leases

     32      —        —         32

Long-term debt, excluding current installments

     192,563      —        —         192,563

Senior notes

     150,000      —        —         150,000

Investments by and advances from parent company, net

     —        69,703      (69,703 )     —  
                            

Total liabilities

     439,570      80,578      (69,703 )     450,445

Shareholders’ equity (deficit)

     132,484      5,092      —         137,576
                            
   $ 572,054    $ 85,670    $ (69,703 )   $ 588,021
                            

 

F-118


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING BALANCE SHEETS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     DECEMBER 25, 2005
     SUCCESSOR
     PARENT    GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
   

ELIMINATIONS

AND

ADJUSTMENTS

    TOTAL

ASSETS

         

Current assets:

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 18,293    $ 7,589     $ —       $ 25,882

Accounts receivable, net

     27,037      19,883       —         46,920

Inventories

     10,871      8,740       —         19,611

Income taxes receivable

     2,732      —         —         2,732

Deferred income taxes

     8,511      —         —         8,511

Other current assets

     4,069      1,254       —         5,323
                             

Total current assets

     71,513      37,466       —         108,979

Investments in and advances to subsidiaries, net

     80,280      —         (80,280 )  

Property and equipment, net

     42,906      34,325       —         77,231

Intangible assets, net

     126,378      —         —         126,378

Deferred taxes, non current

     —        —         —         —  

Goodwill

     191,266      —         —         191,266

Other assets

     10,246      760       —         11,006
                             
   $ 522,589    $ 72,551     $ (80,280 )   $ 514,860
                             

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

         

Current liabilities:

         

Accounts payable

   $ 32,273    $ 5,749     $ —       $ 38,022

Accrued liabilities

     10,258      2,589       —         12,847

Accrued interest

     4,598      —         —         4,598

Obligations under capital leases

     367      —         —         367

Current installments of long-term debt

     1,143      —         —         1,143
                             

Total current liabilities

     48,639      8,338       —         56,977

Deferred income taxes

     37,582      —         —         37,582

Other liabilities

     9,926      2,839       —         12,765

Obligations under capital leases

     329      —         —         329

Long-term debt, excluding current installments

     113,183      —         —         113,183

Senior notes

     150,000      —         —         150,000

Investments by and advances from parent company, net

     —        80,280       (80,280 )     —  
                             

Total liabilities

     359,659      91,457       (80,280 )     370,836

Shareholders’ equity (deficit)

     162,930      (18,906 )     —         144,024
                             
   $ 522,589    $ 72,551     $ (80,280 )   $ 514,860
                             

 

F-119


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     APRIL 19, 2007  
     SUCCESSOR  
     PARENT     GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
    ELIMINATIONS
AND
ADJUSTMENTS
    CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)  

Revenues

   $ 46,925     $ 67,863     $ —       $ 114,788  

Cost of Sales

     52,912       29,579       —         82,491  
                                

Gross margin

     (5,987 )     38,284       —         32,297  
                                

Operating expense:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     6,982       14,434       —         21,416  

(Loss) gain on sale of property and equipment

     (34 )     7       —         (27 )

Loss (gain) related to flood

     (5 )     (72 )     —         (77 )
                                
     6,943       14,369       —         21,312  
                                

Income from operations

     (12,930 )     23,915       —         10,985  

Other (income) expense:

        

Interest expense

     10,023       3,220       (3,220 )     10,023  

Other income

     (3,205 )     (137 )     3,220       (122 )
                                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (19,748 )     20,832       —         1,084  

Income taxes

     (24,043 )     25,497       —         1,454  
                                

Net income (loss)

   $ 4,295     $ (4,665 )   $ —       $ (370 )
                                

 

F-120


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     DECEMBER 31, 2006  
     SUCCESSOR  
     PARENT     GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
   

ELIMINATIONS

AND

ADJUSTMENTS

    CONSOLIDATED
TOTAL
 

Revenues

   $ 144,225     $ 187,725     $ —       $ 331,950  

Cost of Sales

     120,803       134,115       —         254,918  
                                

Gross margin

     23,422       53,610       —         77,032  
                                

Operating expense:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     17,525       33,388       —         50,913  

Loss (gain) on sale of property and equipment

     (17 )     26       —         9  

Loss related to flood

     —         3,529       —         3,529  
                                
     17,508       36,943       —         54,451  
                                

Income from operations

     5,914       16,667       —         22,581  

Other (income) expense:

        

Interest expense

     30,596       10,314       (10,314 )     30,596  

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

     1,300       —         —         1,300  

Other income

     (10,315 )     (459 )     10,314       (460 )
                                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (15,667 )     6,812       —         (8,855 )

Income taxes

     (3,396 )     1,720       —         (1,676 )
                                

Net income (loss)

   $ (12,271 )   $ 5,092     $ —       $ (7,179 )
                                

 

F-121


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     FOR THE PERIOD MAY 25, 2005 TO DECEMBER 25, 2005  
     SUCCESSOR  
     PARENT     GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
  

ELIMINATIONS

AND

ADJUSTMENTS

    TOTAL  

Revenues

   $ 78,408     $ 82,694    $ (692 )   $ 160,410  

Cost of Sales

     63,433       59,912      (692 )     122,653  
                               

Gross margin

     14,975       22,782      —         37,757  
                               

Operating expense:

         

Selling, general and administrative

     12,392       12,238      —         24,630  

Loss on sale of property and equipment

     70       127      —         197  

Merger costs

     5,021       —        —         5,021  
                               
     17,483       12,365      —         29,848  
                               

Income (loss) from operations

     (2,508 )     10,417      —         7,909  

Other (income) expense:

         

Interest expense

     15,021       3,343      (3,343 )     15,021  

Other income

     (4,647 )     958      3,343       (346 )
                               

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (12,882 )     6,116      —         (6,766 )

Income taxes

     (2,536 )     1,204      —         (1,332 )
                               

Net income (loss)

   $ (10,346 )   $ 4,912    $ —       $ (5,434 )
                               

 

F-122


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     FOR THE PERIOD DECEMBER 27, 2004 TO MAY 24, 2005  
     PREDECESSOR  
     PARENT     GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
   

ELIMINATIONS

AND

ADJUSTMENTS

    TOTAL  

Revenues

   $ 58,944     $ 62,601     $ (1,100 )   $ 120,445  

Cost of Sales

     46,358       41,936       (1,100 )     87,194  
                                

Gross margin

     12,586       20,665       —         33,251  
                                

Operating expense:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     2,964       12,858       —         15,822  

Gain on sale of property and equipment

     (60 )     (836 )     —         (896 )

Merger costs

     15,741       —         —         15,741  
                                
     18,645       12,022       —         30,667  
                                

Income (loss) from operations

     (6,059 )     8,643       —         2,584  

Other (income) expense:

        

Interest expense

     567       2,634       (2,634 )     567  

Other income

     (4,118 )     (958 )     2,634       (2,442 )
                                

Income (loss) before income taxes

     (2,508 )     6,967       —         4,459  

Income taxes

     2,008       2,891       —         4,899  
                                

Net income (loss)

   $ (4,516 )   $ 4,076     $ —       $ (440 )
                                

 

F-123


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     DECEMBER 26, 2004  
     PREDECESSOR  
     PARENT     GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
   

ELIMINATIONS

AND

ADJUSTMENTS

    TOTAL  

Revenues

   $ 117,906     $ 125,368     $ (3,095 )   $ 240,179  

Cost of Sales

     95,906       91,180       (3,095 )     183,991  
                                

Gross margin

     22,000       34,188       —         56,188  
                          

Operating expense:

        

Selling, general and administrative

     11,567       23,411         34,978  

Loss on sale of property and equipment

     166       135       —         301  
                                
     11,733       23,546       —         35,279  
                                

Income from operations

     10,267       10,642       —         20,909  

Other (income) expense:

        

Interest expense

     1,572       6,334       (6,334 )     1,572  

Other income

     (6,038 )     (363 )     6,334       (67 )
                                

Income(loss) before taxes

     14,733       4,671       —         19,404  

Income tax (benefit) provision

        

Net income (loss)

     5,420       1,719       —         7,139  
                                
   $ 9,313     $ 2,952     $ —       $ 12,265  
                                

 

F-124


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     APRIL 19, 2007  
     SUCCESSOR  
     PARENT     GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
   

ELIMINATIONS

AND

ADJUSTMENTS

   TOTAL  
     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)     (Unaudited)    (Unaudited)  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 428     $ 4,960     $ —      $ 5,388  

Cash flows from investing activities:

         

Capital expenditures

     (2,047 )     (3,339 )     —        (5,386 )

Payments made in connection with acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (450 )     —         —        (450 )

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

     39       8       —        47  
                               

Net cash used in investing activities

     (2,458 )     (3,331 )     —        (5,789 )
                               

Cash flows from financing activities:

         

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (488 )     —         —        (488 )

Principal payments on capital leases

     (112 )     —         —        (112 )
                               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (600 )     —         —        (600 )
                               

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     (2,630 )     1,629       —        (1,001 )

Cash at beginning of period

     5,425       8,615       —        14,040  
                               

Cash at end of period

   $ 2,795     $ 10,244     $ —      $ 13,039  
                               

 

F-125


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     DECEMBER 31, 2006  
     SUCCESSOR  
     PARENT     GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
   

ELIMINATIONS

AND

ADJUSTMENTS

   TOTAL  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 6,351     $ 10,599     $ —      $ 16,950  

Cash flows from investing activities:

         

Capital expenditures

     (7,906 )     (9,614 )     —        (17,520 )

Payments made in connection with acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (91,134 )     —         —        (91,134 )

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

     1,342       41       —        1,383  
                               

Net cash used in investing activities

     (97,698 )     (9,573 )     —        (107,271 )
                               

Cash flows from financing activities:

         

Contributed capital

     150       —         —        150  

Payment of financing and other fees

     (1,491 )     —         —        (1,491 )

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (33,711 )     —         —        (33,711 )

Principal payments on capital leases

     (367 )     —         —        (367 )

Issuance of term loan

     113,898       —         —        113,898  
                               

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     78,479       —         —        78,479  
                               

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     (12,868 )     1,026       —        (11,842 )

Cash at beginning of period

     18,293       7,589       —        25,882  
                               

Cash at end of period

   $ 5,425     $ 8,615     $ —      $ 14,040  
                               

 

F-126


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     FOR THE PERIOD MAY 25, 2005 TO DECEMBER 25, 2005  
     SUCCESSOR  
     PARENT     GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
   

ELIMINATIONS

AND

ADJUSTMENTS

   TOTAL  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (15,483 )   $ 5,847     $ —      $ (9,636 )

Cash flows from investing activities:

         

Purchase of IAAI, Inc.

     (356,753 )     —         —        (356,753 )

Capital expenditures

     (3,943 )     (6,000 )     —        (9,943 )

Payments made in connection with acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (271 )     —         —        (271 )

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

     1,022       466       —        1,488  
                               

Net cash used in investing activities

     (359,945 )     (5,534 )     —        (365,479 )
                               

Cash flows from financing activities:

         

Contributed capital

     143,805       —         —        143,805  

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (22,799 )     —         —        (22,799 )

Proceeds from financing and other fees

     (13,586 )     —         —        (13,586 )

Principal payments on capital leases

     (445 )     —         —        (445 )

Issuance of senior notes

     150,000       —         —        150,000  

Issuance of term loan

     115,000       —         —        115,000  
                               

Net cash provided by financing activities

     371,975       —         —        371,975  
                               

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     (3,453 )     313       —        (3,140 )

Cash at beginning of period

     21,746       7,276       —        29,022  
                               

Cash at end of period

   $ 18,293     $ 7,589     $ —      $ 25,882  
                               

 

F-127


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     FOR THE PERIOD DECEMBER 27, 2004 to MAY 24, 2005  
     PREDECESSOR  
     PARENT     GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
   

ELIMINATIONS

AND

ADJUSTMENTS

   TOTAL  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 18,585     $ 5,014     $ —      $ 23,599  

Cash flows from investing activities:

         

Capital expenditures

     (5,167 )     (3,054 )     —        (8,221 )

Payments made in connection with acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (600 )     —         —        (600 )

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

     191       1,200       —        1,391  
                               

Net cash used in investing activities

     (5,576 )     (1,854 )     —        (7,430 )
                               

Cash flows from financing activities:

         

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     905       —         —        905  

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

     3,000       —         —        3,000  

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (3,762 )     —         —        (3,762 )

Purchase of treasury stock

     (1 )     —         —        (1 )

Principal payments on capital leases

     (614 )     —         —        (614 )
                               

Net cash used in financing activities

     (472 )     —         —        (472 )
                               

Net increase in cash

     12,537       3,160       —        15,697  

Cash at beginning of period

     9,209       4,116       —        13,325  
                               

Cash at end of period

   $ 21,746     $ 7,276     $ —      $ 29,022  
                               

 

F-128


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(dollars in thousands)

 

     DECEMBER 26, 2004  
     PREDECESSOR  
     PARENT     GUARANTOR
SUBSIDIARIES
   

ELIMINATIONS

AND

ADJUSTMENTS

   TOTAL  

Net cash provided by operating activities

   $ 22,706     $ 8,746     $ —      $ 31,452  

Cash flows from investing activities:

         

Capital expenditures

     (21,822 )     (6,895 )     —        (28,717 )

Payments made in connection with acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (1,912 )     —         —        (1,912 )

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

     1,344       176       —        1,520  
                               

Net cash used in investing activities

     (22,390 )     (6,719 )     —        (29,109 )
                               

Cash flows from financing activities:

         

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     1,626       —         —        1,626  

Proceeds from short-term borrowings

     6,000       —         —        6,000  

Principal payments on long-term debt

     (7,547 )     —         —        (7,547 )

Purchase of treasury stock

     (1,625 )     —         —        (1,625 )

Principal payments on capital leases

     (2,958 )     —         —        (2,958 )
                               

Net cash used in financing activities

     (4,504 )     —         —        (4,504 )
                               

Net increase/(decrease) in cash

     (4,188 )     2,027       —        (2,161 )

Cash at beginning of period

     13,397       2,089       —        15,486  
                               

Cash at end of period

   $ 9,209     $ 4,116     $ —      $ 13,325  
                               

 

F-129


Table of Contents

Until                    , 2008, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

OFFERS TO EXCHANGE

$150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014;

$450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014; and

$425,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, each of which has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933,

for any and all of its outstanding Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014; 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014; and 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, respectively.


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 20. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Alabama Registrant

ADESA Birmingham, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of Alabama.

Section 10-12-4(n) of the Code of Alabama allows limited liability companies to indemnify a member, manager, or employee, or former member, manager, or employee of the limited liability company against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense of an action, suit, or proceeding, civil or criminal, in which the member, manager, or employee is made a party by reason of being or having been a member, manager, or employee of the limited liability company, except in relation to matters as to which the member, manager, or employee is determined in the action, suit, or proceeding to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of duty; to make any other indemnification that is authorized by the articles of organization, the operating agreement, or by a resolution adopted by the members after notice (unless notice is waived); to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a member, manager, or employee of the limited liability company against any liability asserted against and incurred by the member, manager, or employee in any capacity or arising out of the member’s, manager’s, or employee’s status as such, whether or not the limited liability company would have the power to indemnify the member, manager, or employee against that liability under the provisions of this section.

The Articles of Organization of ADESA Birmingham, LLC provide that the company must, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws and public policies of Alabama, indemnify its managers and organizer if such person acted in good faith and reasonably believed that his or her conduct was in or at least not opposed to the company’s best interest. The company must advance expenses to its managers and organizer, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding so long as such person undertakes to repay such advance if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification. The company may indemnify its employees and agents to the same extent it indemnifies its managers and organizer. The company may also advance expenses to such employees and agents in connection with a proceeding, subject to the same undertaking requirement for the managers and organizer.

California Registrants

ADESA California, LLC, ADESA San Diego, LLC, and AFC Cal, LLC are organized under the laws of California.

Under Section 17155 of the California Limited Liability Company Act, except for a breach of duty, the articles of organization or written operating agreement of a limited liability company may provide for indemnification of any person, including, without limitation, any manager, member, officer, employee or agent of the limited liability company, against judgments, settlements, penalties, fines or expenses of any kind incurred as a result of acting in that capacity. A limited liability company shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any manager, member, officer, employee or agent of the limited liability company against any liability asserted against or incurred by the person in that capacity or arising out of the person’s status as a manager, member, officer, employee or agent of the limited liability company.

The Operating Agreements of ADESA California, LLC and AFC Cal, LLC provide that the companies shall have the power to indemnify their members, managers, officers, employees and agents, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that such person reasonably believed to be in the best interest of the company, and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe that the person’s conduct was unlawful. The companies may advance expenses to their members, managers, officers, employees and agents, if such advancement is authorized by the member of the company or if such person undertakes to repay such amount in the event that he or she is determined not to be entitled to indemnification.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

The Operating Agreement ADESA San Diego, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision.

Colorado Registrant

ADESA Colorado, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of Colorado.

Section 7-80-104(1)(k) of the Colorado Limited Liability Company Act permits a company to indemnify a member or manager or former member or manager of the limited liability company as provided in section 7-80-407. Under Section 7-80-407, a limited liability company shall reimburse a member or manager for payments made, and indemnify a member or manager for liabilities incurred by the member or manager, in the ordinary course of the business of the limited liability company or for the preservation of its business or property if such payments were made or liabilities incurred without violation of the member’s or manager’s duties to the limited liability company. A limited liability company is not permitted under the Colorado Limited Liability Company Act to indemnify a director in connection with: (a) a proceeding by or in the right of the corporation in which the director was adjudged liable to the corporation; or (b) any other proceeding, in which the director was adjudged liable on the basis that the director derived an improper personal benefit, whether or not involving action in an official capacity,

The Operating Agreement of ADESA Colorado, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision.

Delaware Registrants

KAR Holdings, Inc., Insurance Auto Auctions Corp., IAA Acquisition Corp., ADESA, Inc. and Axle Holdings, Inc. are each incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. ADESA Arkansas, LLC is organized under the laws of State of Delaware.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) grants each corporation organized thereunder the power to indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation or enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of being or having been in any such capacity, if he acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders of monetary damages for violations of the directors’ fiduciary duty of care, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

Section 18-108 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act empowers a Delaware limited liability company to indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager of the limited liability company from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

The By-Laws of the KAR Holdings, Inc. provide for indemnification of the directors and officers, so long as such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action, had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The corporation may also indemnify its other employees and agents to the same extent that it indemnifies its officers and directors, unless otherwise determined by its board of directors. The

 

II-2


Table of Contents

corporation must advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees), as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding so as long as the directors or officers undertake to repay the funds if they are ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification. The Certificate of Incorporation of KAR Holdings, Inc. includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of the directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may be hereafter amended.

The Certificate of Incorporation of ADESA, Inc. states that the corporation shall indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by law, as now or hereafter in effect. The By-Laws of ADESA, Inc. further provide that the corporation must advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees), as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding so as long as the directors or officers undertake to repay the funds if they are ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification. The By-Laws of ADESA, Inc. also provide that the corporation may indemnify and advance expenses to its other employees and agents to the same extent for its officers and directors, unless otherwise determined by its board of directors. The Certificate of Incorporation of ADESA, Inc. includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of the directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may be hereafter amended.

The Articles of Incorporation of IAA Acquisition Corp. provide that the corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by DCGL, as now and or hereafter in effect, indemnify its directors, officers, employees and agents. The By-Laws of IAA Acquisition Corp. provide that the corporation may advance expenses to its directors, officers, employees and agents, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding so long as such person undertakes to repay such expenses if they are ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification. The Articles of Incorporation of IAA Acquisition Corp. further provides that the personal liability of the corporation is eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the DCGL.

The By-Laws of Insurance Auto Auctions Corp. provide that the corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under DCGL, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify its directors. The corporation must advance expenses to its directors, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding so long as such person undertakes to repay such advance if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to indemnification. The Certificate of Incorporation of Insurance Auto Auctions Corp. includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of the directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may be hereafter amended.

The By-Laws of the Axle Holdings, Inc. provide for indemnification of the directors and officers, so long as such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action, had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The corporation must advance expenses (including attorneys’ fees), as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding so as long as the directors or officers undertake to repay the funds if they are ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification. The Certificate of Incorporation of Axle Holdings, Inc. includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of the directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or may be hereafter amended.

The operating agreement for ADESA Arkansas, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Florida Registrant

ADESA Florida, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of Florida.

Section 608.4229 of the Florida Limited Liability Company Act provides that a limited liability company shall have the power to, but shall not be required to, indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever. Notwithstanding that provision, indemnification or advancement of expenses shall not be made to or on behalf of any member, manager, managing member, officer, employee, or agent if a judgment or other final adjudication establishes that the actions, or omissions to act, of such member, manager, managing member, officer, employee, or agent were material to the cause of action so adjudicated and constitute any of the following: (a) a violation of criminal law, unless the member, manager, managing member, officer, employee, or agent had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful; (b) a transaction from which the member, manager, managing member, officer, employee, or agent derived an improper personal benefit; (c) in the case of a manager or managing member, a circumstance under which the liability provisions of Section 608-426 are applicable; or (d) willful misconduct or a conscious disregard for the best interests of the limited liability company in a proceeding by or in the right of the limited liability company to procure a judgment in its favor or in a proceeding by or in the right of a member.

The Articles of Organization of ADESA Florida, LLC provide the company must, to the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and public policies of Florida, indemnify its managers or organizer if such person conducted himself or herself in good faith and reasonably believed that his or her conduct was in or at least not opposed to the company’s best interests. The company must advance expenses to its member and organizer, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding so long as such person undertakes to repay such advance if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification. The company may indemnify its employees and agents to the same extent it indemnifies its managers and organizer. The company may also advance expenses to such employees and agents, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding, subject to the same undertaking requirement for the managers and organizer. A determination as to whether indemnification or advancement is permissible shall by made by a majority in interest of the members or independent special legal counsel.

Indiana Registrants

Automotive Finance Corporation, Automotive Recovery Services, Inc, AutoVIN, Inc. and PAR, Inc. are incorporated under the laws of the State of Indiana. ADESA Corporation, LLC, ADESA Dealer Services, LLC, Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC, ADESA Indianapolis, LLC, ADESA-South Florida, LLC, ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC, ADESA Mexico, LLC and Dent Demon, LLC are organized under the laws of the State of Indiana.

Under Section 23-1-37-8 of the Indiana Business Corporation Law, a corporation may indemnify an individual made a party to a proceeding because the individual is or was a director against liability incurred in the proceeding if: (1) the individual’s conduct was in good faith; and (2) the individual reasonably believed: (A) in the case of conduct in the individual’s official capacity with the corporation, that the individual’s conduct was in its best interests; and (B) in all other cases, that the individual’s conduct was at least not opposed to its best interests; and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the individual either: (A) had reasonable cause to believe the individual’s conduct was lawful; or (B) had no reasonable cause to believe the individual’s conduct was unlawful. A director’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the director reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan is conduct that satisfies the requirement of subsection (a)(2)(B).

Under 23-18-2-2(14) of the Indiana Limited Liability Company Act, a company may indemnify and hold harmless any member, manager, agent, or employee from and against any and all claims and demands, except in the case of action or failure to act by the member, agent, or employee which constitutes willful misconduct or recklessness and subject to any standards and restrictions set forth in a written operating agreement.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

The Articles of Incorporation of Automotive Finance Corporation provide that the corporation shall indemnify its officers and directors if the individual’s conduct was in good faith and the individual reasonably believed that its conduct was in the best interest of the corporation.

The By-Laws of Automotive Recovery Services, Inc., AutoVIN, Inc. and PAR, Inc. provide that the corporations shall indemnify their officers, directors and employees if the individual’s conduct was in good faith and the individual reasonably believed that its conduct was in the best interest of the corporations. The By-Laws of Automotive Recovery Services, Inc., AutoVIN, Inc. and PAR, Inc. further provide that the corporations may advance expenses to their directors, officers, employees and agents, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding so long as such person undertakes to repay such expenses if they are ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification.

The Articles of Organization of each of ADESA Corporation, LLC, ADESA Indianapolis, LLC and ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC provide that the companies must, to the fullest extent permitted by Indiana law, indemnify their managers and organizer if such person acted in good faith and reasonably believed that his or her conduct was in or at least not opposed to the company’s best interest. The companies may also indemnify their employees and agents to the same extent they indemnify their managers and organizer. The companies may advance expenses to their managers, organizer, employees and agents, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding so long as such person undertakes to repay such advance if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

The Articles of Organization of ADESA Mexico, LLC provide that the company must, to the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and public policies of Indiana, indemnify its members or organizer if such person conducted himself or herself in good faith and reasonably believed that his or her conduct was in or at least not opposed to the company’s best interests. The company must advance expenses to its member and organizer, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding so long as such person undertakes to repay such advance if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification. The company may indemnify its employees and agents to the same extent it indemnified its members and organizer. The company may also advance expenses to such employees and agents, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding, subject to the same undertaking requirement for the managers and organizer. A determination as to whether indemnification or advancement is permissible shall by made by a majority in interest of the members or by an independent special legal counsel.

The Articles of Organization of ADESA Dealer Services, LLC, Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC and Dent Demon, LLC provide that the companies must, to the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and public policies of Indiana, indemnify their members, managers or organizers if such person conducted himself or herself in good faith and reasonably believed that his or her conduct was in or at least not opposed to the company’s best interests. The companies must advance expenses to its members, managers and organizers, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding so long as such person undertakes to repay such advance if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification. The companies may indemnify its employees and agents to the same extent they indemnify their members, managers and organizers. The companies may also advance expenses to such employees and agents, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding, subject to the same undertaking requirement for the members, managers and organizer. A determination as to whether indemnification or advancement is permissible shall by made by a majority in interest of the members or by an independent special legal counsel.

The Operating Agreement for ADESA-South Florida, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Iowa Registrant

ADESA Des Moines, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of Iowa.

Section 490A.202(17) of the Iowa Limited Liability Company Act provides that a company may indemnify and hold harmless a member, manager, or other person against a claim, liability, or other demand, as provided in an operating agreement.

The Articles of Organization of ADESA Des Moines, LLC provide that the company must, to the fullest extent permitted by Iowa law, indemnify its managers and organizer if such person acted in good faith and reasonably believed that his or her conduct was in or at least not opposed to the company’s best interest. The company must advance expenses to its managers and organizer, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding so long as such person undertakes to repay such advance if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification. The company may indemnify its employees and agents to the same extent it indemnified its managers and organizer. The company may also advance expenses to such employees and agents, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding, subject to the same undertaking requirement for the managers and organizer.

Illinois Registrants

Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and IAA Services, Inc. are incorporated under the laws of the State of Illinois.

Section 8.75 of the Illinois Business Corporation Act of 1983, as amended (the “IBCA”), provides for a limitation of director liability. Under Section 8.75 of the IBCA, directors and officers may be indemnified by the registrant against all expenses incurred in connection with actions (including, under certain circumstances, derivative actions) brought against such director or officer by reason of his or her status as our representative, or by reason of the fact that such director or officer serves or served as a representative of another entity at our request, so long as the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests.

The By-Laws of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and IAA Services, Inc. provide that the corporations must indemnify their directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Illinois law, if the individual’s conduct was in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be, or not opposed to, the corporation’s best interests. The corporations may also indemnify their other employees and agents to the same extent they indemnify their officers and officers, unless otherwise determined by the board of directors. The corporations must advance expenses, as incurred, to their directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding so as long as such person undertakes to repay the funds if he or she is ultimately determined not to be entitled to indemnification. The corporations may advance expenses, as incurred, to its employees and agents in connection with a legal proceeding, subject to the same undertaking requirement for directors and officers. The Articles of Incorporation of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and IAA Services, Inc. provide that the liability of their directors for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under Illinois law.

Kentucky Registrant

ADESA Lexington, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of Kentucky.

Section 275.180 of the Kentucky Revised Statutes provides that a written operating agreement of a Kentucky limited liability corporation may eliminate or limit the personal liability of a member or manager for monetary damages for breach of any duty provided for in the Kentucky Revised Statutes 275.170 and provide for indemnification of a member or manager for judgments, settlements, penalties, fines, or expenses incurred in a proceeding to which a person is a party because the person is or was a member or manager of the company.

The Articles of Organization and the Operating Agreement of ADESA Lexington, LLC do not provide for indemnification of its officers or managers.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Louisiana Registrants

A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc. is incorporated and ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of Louisiana.

Section 12:83 of the Louisiana Business Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another business, foreign or nonprofit corporation, partnership, joint venture, or other enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses, including attorney fees, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. Section 12:83 further provides that a Louisiana corporation may indemnify officers and directors in an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the director or officer shall have been adjudged to be liable for willful or intentional misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in any defense of any action referred to above or any claim therein, the corporation must indemnify him against such expenses that such officer or director actually incurred. Section 12:83 permits a corporation to pay expenses incurred by the officer or director in defending an action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition thereof if approved by the board of directors.

Section 12:1315(2) of the Louisiana Limited Liability Company Act provides for indemnification of a member or members, or a manager or managers, for judgments, settlements, penalties, fines, or expenses incurred because he is or was a member or manager.

The By-Laws of A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc. provide that the corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors and employees if such individual’s conduct was in good faith and the individual reasonably believed that its conduct was in the best interest of the corporation. The By-Laws of A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc. further provide that the corporation may advance expenses to its directors, officers, employees and agents, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding so long as such person undertakes to repay such expenses if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification.

The Operating Agreement of ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision. The Articles of Organization of ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC provide that the member shall have no personal liability to any third party, for monetary damages or otherwise, as a result of membership in or management of the company.

Massachusetts Registrant

Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of Massachusetts.

Section 8 of the Massachusetts Limited Liability Company Act provides that a limited liability company may, and shall have the power to, indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever. Such indemnification may include payment by the limited liability company of expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action or proceeding, upon receipt of an undertaking by the person indemnified to repay such payment if he shall be adjudicated to be not entitled to indemnification under this section which undertaking may be accepted without reference to the financial ability of such person to make repayment. Any such indemnification may be provided although the person to be indemnified is no longer a member or manager.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

No indemnification shall be provided for any person with respect to any matter as to which he shall have been adjudicated in any proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of the limited liability company.

The Operating Agreement of Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision.

Michigan Registrants

ADESA Lansing, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of Michigan.

Section 405.4408 of the Michigan Limited Liability Company Act permits a limited liability company to indemnify and hold harmless a manager from and against any and all losses, expenses, claims, and demands sustained by reason of any acts or omissions or alleged acts or omissions as a manager, including judgments, settlements, penalties, fines, or expenses incurred in a proceeding to which the person is a party or threatened to be made a party because he or she is or was a manager, to the extent provided for in an operating agreement or in a contract with the person, or to the fullest extent permitted by agency law subject to any restriction in an operating agreement or contract, except that the company may not indemnify any person for any of the following: (a) the receipt of a financial benefit to which the manager is not entitled; (b) liability under section 450.4308; and (c) a knowing violation of law.

The Operating Agreement of ADESA Lansing, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision.

Missouri Registrant

ADESA Missouri, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of Missouri.

The Missouri Limited Liability Company Act is silent as to indemnification. Section 351.355 of the General and Business Corporation Law of Missouri, provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of such corporation, and, with respect to any criminal actions and proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

The Operating Agreement of ADESA Missouri, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision.

New Jersey Registrants

ADESA Atlanta, LLC, ADESA New Jersey, LLC, ADESA Phoenix, LLC are organized under the laws of New Jersey.

Under Section 42:2B-10 of the New Jersey Limited Liability Company Act, a limited liability company may, and shall have the power to, indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

The Operating Agreement of each of ADESA Atlanta, LLC, ADESA New Jersey, LLC and ADESA Phoenix, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision.

 

II-8


Table of Contents

New York Registrant

ADESA New York, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of New York.

Section 420 of the New York Limited Liability Company Law provides that a limited liability company may, and shall have the power to, indemnify and hold harmless, and advance expenses to, any member, manager or other person, or any testator or intestate of such member, manager or other person, from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever; provided, however, that no indemnification may be made to or on behalf of any member, manager or other person if a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to such member, manager or other person establishes: (a) that his or her acts were committed in bad faith or were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated or (b) that he or she personally gained in fact a financial profit or other advantage to which he or she was not legally entitled.

The Articles of Organization of ADESA New York, LLC provide that the company must, to the fullest extent permitted by the laws and public policies of New York, indemnify its managers and organizer if such person acted in good faith and reasonably believed that his or her conduct was in or at least not opposed to the company’s best interest. The company must advance expenses to its managers and organizer, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding so long as such person undertakes to repay such advance if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification. The company may indemnify its employees and agents to the same extent it indemnified its managers and organizer. The company may also advance expenses to such employees and agents, as incurred, in connection with a proceeding, subject to the same undertaking requirement for the managers and organizer.

North Carolina Registrant

ADESA Charlotte, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of North Carolina.

Section 57C-3-32 of the North Carolina Limited Liability Company Act provides that the articles of organization or a written operating agreement may eliminate or limit the personal liability of a manager, director, or executive for monetary damages for breach of any duty as manager, director, or executive and provides for indemnification of a manager, member, director, or executive for judgments, settlements, penalties, fines, or expenses incurred in a proceeding to which the member, manager, director, or executive is a party because the person is or was a manager, member, director, or executive.

No provision permitted under this section shall limit, eliminate, or indemnify against the liability of a manager, director, or executive for: (i) acts or omissions that the manager, director, or executive knew at the time of the acts or omissions were clearly in conflict with the interests of the limited liability company, (ii) any transaction from which the manager, director, or executive derived an improper personal benefit, or (iii) acts or omissions occurring prior to the date the provision became effective, except that indemnification may be provided if approved by all the members.

The Articles of Organization and the Operating Agreement of ADESA Charlotte, LLC do not contain an indemnification provision.

North Dakota Registrants

Tri-State Auction Co., Inc. and Zabel & Associates, Inc. are incorporated under the laws of the State of North Dakota.

Section 10-19.1-91 of the North Dakota Business Corporation Act authorizes indemnification of directors and officers of a North Dakota corporation under certain circumstances against expenses, judgments and the like in connection with an action, suit or proceeding. Indemnification is not available to directors for breaches of duty of loyalty to the corporation or its members, acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law or any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

II-9


Table of Contents

The By-Laws of each of Tri-State Auction Co., Inc. and Zabel & Associates, Inc. provide that the corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors and employees if such individual’s conduct was in good faith and the individual reasonably believed that his or her conduct was in the best interest of the corporation. The By-Laws further provide that the corporation may advance expenses to its directors, officers and employees in connection with a proceeding so long as such person undertakes to repay such expenses if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification and upon a determination that the facts then known would not preclude indemnification.

Ohio Registrants

Auto Disposal Systems, Inc. is incorporated and ADS Ashland, LLC, ADS Priority Transport Ltd and ADESA Ohio, LLC are organized under the laws of the State of Ohio. Asset Holdings III, L.P. is registered under the laws of the State of Ohio.

Under Section 1701.13(E) of the Ohio General Corporation Law, generally, a corporation may indemnify any current or former director, officer, employee or agent for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of any threatened, pending or completed litigation related to the person’s position with the corporation or related to the person’s service (as a director, trustee, officer, employee, member, manager, or agent) to another corporation at the request of the indemnifying corporation, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation. If the litigation involved a criminal action or proceeding, the person must also have had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Ohio law requires indemnification for reasonable expenses incurred if the person was successful in the defense of the litigation.

Section 1705.32 of the Ohio Limited Liability Company Act provides that a limited liability company may indemnify or agree to indemnify any person who was or is a party, or who is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending, or completed civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative action, suit, or proceeding, because he is or was a manager, member, partner, officer, employee, or agent of the company or is or was serving at the request of the company as a manager, director, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of another limited liability company, corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. The company may indemnify or agree to indemnify a person in that position against expenses, including attorney’s fees, judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement that actually and reasonably were incurred by him in connection with the action, suit, or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the company and, in connection with any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

The Ohio Limited Partnership Act is silent as to indemnification. Section 1782.19(E) of the Ohio Limited Partnership Act, however, provides the rights and powers of limited partners may be created by a partnership agreement or any other agreement or in writing. Section 1782.24 provides that except as otherwise provided in the partnership agreement, general partner of a limited partnership shall have all the rights and powers and be subject to all the restrictions and liabilities of a partner in a partnership without limited partners. Under Section 1775.17 of the Uniform Partnership Act, which governs a partnership without limited partners, the partnership must indemnify every partner in respect of payments made and personal liabilities reasonably incurred by the partner in the ordinary and proper conduct of its business, or for the preservation of its business or property.

The By-Laws of Auto Disposal Systems, Inc. do not contain an indemnification provision.

The Operating Agreement of each of ADS Ashland, LLC, ADS Priority Transport, Ltd and ADESA Ohio, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision.

 

II-10


Table of Contents

The Limited Partnership Agreement of Asset Holdings III, L.P. provides that the partnership must indemnify any current or former general partner of the partner, or any director, officer, manager, employee or agent thereof, so long as such person acted in a good faith and in a manner that person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the bests of the partnership and that, with respect to any criminal action, the person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The partnership must advance expenses to a general partner in connection with a proceeding so long as such general partner (i) undertakes to repay the advance if it is proved by clear and convincing evidence in a court that his or her action undertaken was not in good faith and (ii) reasonably cooperates with the partnership concerning the proceeding. The partnership may advance expenses to an officer or trustee, so long as such person undertakes to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification.

Oklahoma Registrant

ADESA Oklahoma, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of Oklahoma.

Section 2003(11) of the Oklahoma Limited Liability Company Act provides that a limited liability company may indemnify and hold harmless any member, agent, or employee from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever, except in the case of action or failure to act by the member, agent, or employee which constitutes willful misconduct or recklessness, and subject to the standards and restrictions, if any, set forth in the articles of organization or operating agreement.

The Operating Agreement of ADESA Oklahoma, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision.

Pennsylvania Registrant

ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of Pennsylvania.

Section 8945 of the Pennsylvania Limited Liability Company Act provides that a limited liability company may and shall have the power to indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever.

The Operating Agreement of ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision.

South Dakota Registrant

Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the State of South Dakota.

The South Dakota Business Corporation Act (the “SDBCA”) permits a corporation to indemnify an officer or director who is a party to a proceeding by reason of being an officer or director against liability incurred in the proceeding if the officer or director (1) acted in good faith; and (2) reasonably believed: (i) in the case of conduct in an official capacity, that the conduct was in our best interests; and (ii) in all other cases, that the conduct was at least not opposed to our best interests; and (3) in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful.

The By-Laws of Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc. provide that the corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors and employees if such individual’s conduct was in good faith and the individual reasonably believed that his or her conduct was in the best interest of the corporation. The By-Laws further provide that the corporation may advance expenses to its directors, officers and employees in connection with a proceeding so long as such person undertakes to repay such expenses if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification and upon a determination that the facts then known would not preclude indemnification.

 

II-11


Table of Contents

Tennessee Registrants

A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC and Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC are organized under the laws of the State of Tennessee.

Section 48-243-101 of the Tennessee Limited Liability Company Act permits an LLC to indemnify an individual made a party to a proceeding because such individual is or was a responsible person against liability incurred in the proceeding if the individual acted in good faith and reasonably believed that such individual’s conduct was in the best interest of the LLC or at least not opposed to its best interests; and in the case of any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful.

The Operating Agreements of A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC and Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC do not contain an indemnification provision.

Texas Registrants

ADESA Texas, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Texas. ADESA Impact Texas, LLC is a limited liability company organized under the laws of the State of Texas.

Under Article 2.02-1 of the Texas Business Corporation Act, or TBCA, subject to the procedures and limitations stated therein, a company may indemnify any person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of ours against judgment, penalties (including excise and similar taxes), fines, settlements, and reasonable expenses (including court costs and attorneys’ fees) actually incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding if it is determined that the person seeking indemnification: (i) acted in good faith; (ii) reasonably believed that his or her conduct was in or at least not opposed to our best interests; and (iii) in the case of a criminal proceeding, has no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

A company is required by Article 2.02-1 of the TBCA to indemnify a director or officer against reasonable expenses (including court costs and attorneys’ fees) incurred by the director or officer in connection with a proceeding in which the director or officer is a named defendant or respondent because the director or officer is or was in that position if the director or officer has been wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of the proceeding. The TBCA prohibits a company from indemnifying a director or officer in respect of a proceeding in which the person is found liable to the company or on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received by him or her, other than for reasonable expenses (including court costs and attorneys’ fees) actually incurred by him or her in connection with the proceeding; provided, that the TBCA further prohibits a company from indemnifying a director or officer in respect of any such proceeding in which the person is found liable for willful or intentional misconduct in the performance of his or her duties.

Under Article 2.02-1(J) of the TBCA, a court of competent jurisdiction may order a company to indemnify a director or officer if the court determines that the director or officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances; however, if the director or officer is found liable to the company or is found liable on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received by him or her, the indemnification will be limited to reasonable expenses (including court costs and attorneys’ fees) actually incurred by him or her in connection with the proceeding.

Section 2.20 of the Texas Limited Liability Company Act provides that a limited liability company has the power, subject to such standards and restrictions, if any, as are set forth in its articles of organization or regulations, to indemnify members, managers, officers and other persons and purchase insurance for such persons. Section 2.20 further provides that a limited liability company may expand or restrict duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities of such persons.

 

II-12


Table of Contents

The By-Laws of ADESA Texas, Inc. provide that the corporation shall indemnify its officers, directors and employees if such individual’s conduct was in good faith and the individual reasonably believed that his or her conduct was in the best interest of the corporation. The By-Laws further provide that the corporation may advance expenses to its directors, officers and employees in connection with a proceeding so long as such person undertakes to repay such expenses if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification and upon a determination that the facts then known would not preclude indemnification.

The Operating Agreement of ADESA Impact Texas, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision.

Virginia Registrant

ADESA Virginia, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of Virginia.

Section 13.1-1009(16) of the Virginia Limited Liability Company Act permits a limited liability company to indemnify and hold harmless any member or manager or other person from and against any and all claims and demands whatsoever, and to pay for or reimburse any member or manager or other person for reasonable expenses incurred by such a person who is a party to a proceeding in advance of final disposition of the proceeding.

The Operating Agreement of ADESA Virginia, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision.

Washington Registrant

ADESA Washington, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of Washington.

Section 25.15.040 of the Washington Limited Liability Company Act provides that a limited liability company agreement may contain provisions not inconsistent with law that: (a) eliminate or limit the personal liability of a member or manager to the limited liability company or its members for monetary damages for conduct as a member or manager, provided that such provisions shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a member or manager for acts or omissions that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law by a member or manager, for conduct of the member or manager, violating the Washington Limited Liability Company Act or for any transaction from which the member or manager will personally receive a benefit in money, property, or services to which the member or manager is not legally entitled; or (b) indemnify any member or manager from and against any judgments, settlements, penalties, fines, or expenses incurred in a proceeding to which an individual is a party because he or she is, or was, a member or a manager, provided that no such indemnity shall indemnify a member or a manager from or on account of acts or omissions of the member or manager finally adjudged to be intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law by the member or manager, conduct of the member or manager adjudged to be in violation of the Washington Limited Liability Company Act or any transaction with respect to which it was finally adjudged that such member or manager received a benefit in money, property, or services to which such member or manager was not legally entitled.

The Operating Agreement of ADESA Washington, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision.

Wisconsin Registrant

ADESA Wisconsin, LLC is organized under the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

Section 183.0106(2)(m) of the Wisconsin Limited Liability Company Act permits a limited liability company to indemnify a member, manager, employee, officer or agent or any other person. Section 183.0403(2) provides that a company shall indemnify or allow reasonable expenses to and pay liabilities of each member and, if management of the limited liability company is vested in one or more managers, of each manager, incurred with respect to a proceeding if that member or manager was a party to the proceeding in the capacity of a member or manager.

The Operating Agreement of ADESA Wisconsin, LLC does not contain an indemnification provision.

 

II-13


Table of Contents
Item 21. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

2.1*    Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), dated as of December 22. 2006, by and among KAR Holdings, II, LLC, KAR Holdings, Inc., KAR Acquisition, Inc. and ADESA, Inc.
3.1*    Certificate of Incorporation of KAR Holdings, Inc., as amended
3.2*    By-Laws of KAR Holdings, Inc.
3.3*    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ADESA, Inc.
3.4*    Amended and Restated By-Laws of ADESA, Inc.
3.5*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Corporation, LLC
3.6*    Operating Agreement, for ADESA Corporation, LLC, as amended
3.7*    Articles of Incorporation of A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc.
3.8*    Amended and Restated Code of By-Laws of A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc.
3.9*    Articles of Organization for A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC
3.10*    Operating Agreement for A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC, as amended
3.11*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC
3.12*    Amended and Restated Operating Agreement for ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC, as amended
3.13*    Certificate of Formation of ADESA Arkansas, LLC
3.14*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Arkansas, LLC, as amended
3.15*    Certificate of Formation of ADESA Atlanta, LLC
3.16*    Amended and Restated Operating Agreement for ADESA Atlanta, LLC, as amended
3.17*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Birmingham, LLC
3.18*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Birmingham, LLC, as amended
3.19*    Articles of Organization-Conversion of ADESA California, LLC
3.20*    Operating Agreement for ADESA California, LLC, as amended
3.21*    Articles of Organization including Articles of Conversion of ADESA Charlotte, LLC
3.22*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Charlotte, LLC, as amended
3.23*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Colorado, LLC
3.24*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Colorado, LLC, as amended
3.25*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Dealer Services, LLC
3.26*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Dealer Services, LLC
3.27*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Des Moines, LLC
3.28*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Des Moines, LLC, as amended
3.29*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Florida, LLC
3.30*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Florida, LLC, as amended
3.31*    Certificate of Formation of ADESA Impact Texas, LLC

 

II-14


Table of Contents
3.32*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Impact Texas, LLC, as amended
3.33*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Indianapolis, LLC
3.34*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Indianapolis, LLC, as amended
3.35*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Lansing, LLC
3.36*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Lansing, LLC, as amended
3.37*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Lexington, LLC
3.38*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Lexington, LLC, as amended
3.39*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Mexico, LLC
3.40*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Mexico, LLC
3.41*    Certificate of Organization of ADESA Missouri, LLC
3.42*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Missouri, LLC, as amended
3.43*    Certificate of Formation of ADESA New Jersey, LLC
3.44*    Operating Agreement for ADESA New Jersey, LLC, as amended
3.45*    Articles of Organization of ADESA New York, LLC
3.46*    Operating Agreement for ADESA New York, LLC, as amended
3.47*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Ohio, LLC
3.48*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Ohio, LLC, as amended
3.49*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Oklahoma, LLC
3.50*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Oklahoma, LLC, as amended
3.51*    Certificate of Organization of ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC
3.52*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC
3.53*    Articles of Incorporation of Tri-State Auction Co., Inc.
3.54*    By-Laws of Tri-State Auction Co., Inc.
3.55*    Certificate of Formation of ADESA Phoenix, LLC
3.56*    Amended and Restated Operating Agreement for ADESA Phoenix, LLC, as amended
3.57*    Certificate of Incorporation of Axle Holdings, Inc., as amended
3.58*    By-Laws of Axle Holdings, Inc.
3.59*    Articles of Organization of ADESA San Diego, LLC
3.60*    Amended and Restated Operating Agreement for ADESA San Diego, LLC, as amended
3.61*    Articles of Organization of ADESA-South Florida, LLC
3.62*    Amended and Restated Operating Agreement for ADESA-South Florida, LLC
3.63*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC
3.64*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC, as amended
3.65*    Articles of Incorporation of ADESA Texas, Inc.

 

II-15


Table of Contents
3.66*    Amended and Restated Code of By-Laws of ADESA Texas, Inc.
3.67*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Virginia, LLC
3.68*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Virginia, LLC, as amended
3.69*    Certificate of Formation of ADESA Washington, LLC
3.70*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Washington, LLC, as amended
3.71*    Articles of Organization of ADESA Wisconsin, LLC
3.72*    Operating Agreement for ADESA Wisconsin, LLC, as amended
3.73*    Articles of Organization of AFC Cal, LLC
3.74*    Amended and Restated Operating Agreement for AFC Cal, LLC
3.75*    Restated Certificate of Limited Partnership of Asset Holdings III, L.P.
3.76*    Amended and Restated Partnership Agreement for Asset Holdings III, L.P., as amended
3.77*    Certificate of Organization of Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC
3.78*    Operating Agreement for Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC, as amended
3.79*    Articles of Organization of Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC
3.80*    Operating Agreement for Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC, as amended
3.81*    Articles of Organization of Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC
3.82*    Operating Agreement for Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC
3.83*    Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Articles of Incorporation of Automotive Finance Corporation
3.84*    Amended and Restated Code of By-Laws of Automotive Finance Corporation
3.85*    Articles of Incorporation of Automotive Recovery Services, Inc.
3.86*    Amended and Restated Code of By-Laws for Automotive Recovery Services, Inc.
3.87*    Articles of Incorporation of AutoVIN, Inc.
3.88*    Amended and Restated Code of By-Laws of AutoVIN, Inc.
3.89*    Articles of Incorporation of PAR, Inc.
3.90*    Amended and Restated Code of By-Laws of PAR, Inc.
3.91*    Articles of Incorporation of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.
3.92*    By-Laws for Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.
3.93*    Articles of Incorporation of Insurance Auto Auctions Corp.
3.94*    By-Laws for Insurance Auto Auctions Corp.
3.95*    Certificate of Incorporation of IAA Acquisition Corp.
3.96*    By-Laws for IAA Acquisition Corp.
3.97*    Articles of Incorporation of IAA Services, Inc.
3.98*    By-Laws of IAA Services, Inc.
3.99*    Articles of Incorporation of Auto Disposal Systems, Inc., as amended

 

II-16


Table of Contents
3.100*    Code of Regulations for Auto Disposal Systems, Inc.
3.101*    Articles of Organization of ADS Ashland, LLC
3.102*    Operating Agreement for ADS Ashland, LLC
3.103*    Articles of Organization of ADS Priority Transport Ltd.
3.104*    Operating Agreement for ADS Priority Transport Ltd.
3.105*    Articles of Organization of Dent Demon, LLC
3.106*    Operating Agreement for Dent Demon, LLC
3.107*    Certificate of Incorporation of Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc.
3.108*    By-Laws of Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc.
3.109*    Articles of Incorporation of Zabel & Associates, Inc.
3.110*    By-Laws of Zabel & Associates, Inc.
4.1*    Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (the “Floating Rate Senior Notes Indenture”), among KAR Holdings, Inc., the Guarantors from time to time parties hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, for $150,000,000 Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014
4.2*    Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (the “Fixed Rate Senior Notes Indenture”), among KAR Holdings, Inc., the Guarantors from time to time parties hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, for $450,000,000 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014
4.3*    Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (the “Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture”), among KAR Holdings, Inc., the Guarantors from time to time parties hereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, for $425,000,000 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015
4.4*    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 26, 2007, among KAR Holdings, Inc., the guarantors listed therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, to the Floating Rate Senior Notes Indenture
4.5*    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 26, 2007, among KAR Holdings, Inc., the guarantors listed therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, to the Fixed Rate Senior Notes Indenture
4.6*    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 26, 2007, among KAR Holdings, Inc., the guarantors listed therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, to the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture
4.7*    Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, between KAR Holdings, Inc., the Guarantors as named in the respective Floating Rate Senior Notes Indenture, the Fixed Rate Senior Notes Indenture and Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., UBS Securities LLC, and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as representatives of the several Initial Purchasers, for $150,000,000 Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014, $450,000,000 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 and $425,000,000 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015
4.8*    Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, among KAR Holdings, Inc., KAR Holdings II, LLC, certain employees of KAR Holdings, Inc. or its subsidiaries and each of their respective Permitted Transferees
4.9*    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 22, 2008, among KAR Holdings, Inc., Axle Holdings, Inc., the other guarantors listed therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, to the Floating Rate Senior Notes Indenture

 

II-17


Table of Contents
  4.10*    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 22, 2008, among KAR Holdings, Inc., Axle Holdings, Inc., the other guarantors listed therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, to the Fixed Rate Senior Notes Indenture
  4.11*    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 22, 2008, among KAR Holdings, Inc., Axle Holdings, Inc., the other guarantors listed therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, to the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture
  4.12    Form of Floating Rate Senior Note (included as Exhibit A-1 to Exhibit 4.1)
  4.13    Form of Fixed Rate Senior Note (included as Exhibit A-1 to Exhibit 4.2)
  4.14    Form of Senior Subordinated Note (included as Exhibit A-1 to Exhibit 4.3)
  5.1*    Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
10.1*    Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, made by KAR Holdings II, LLC. KAR Holdings, Inc. and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent under the Credit Agreement
10.2*    Credit Agreement, dated April 20, 2007 (the “Credit Agreement”), among KAR Holdings II, LLC, KAR Holdings, Inc., as borrower, the several lenders from time to time parties thereto, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers, UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as co-documentation agents, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as joint bookrunners, and Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent
10.3*    Assumption Agreement, dated December 26, 2007, among ADESA Dealer Services, LLC, Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC, ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC, Dent Demon, LLC, Zabel & Associates, Inc., Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc., and Tri-State Auction Co., Inc. in favor of Bear Stearns Corporate Lending, Inc., as administrative agent
10.4*    Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, made by KAR Holdings, Inc. and each of the grantors listed on Schedule I thereto in favor of Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. as administrative agent for the secured parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement)
10.5*    Shareholders Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, among KAR Holdings, Inc., KAR LLC and the IAAI continuing investors
10.8*    Financial Advisory Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, between KAR Holdings, Inc. and Kelso & Company, L.P.
10.9*    Conversion Option Plan of KAR Holdings, Inc.
10.10*    Form of Conversion Stock Option Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, between KAR Holdings, Inc. and each of Thomas C. O’Brien, David R. Montgomery, Donald J. Hermanek and Scott P. Pettit
10.11*    Form of Amendment to Conversion Stock Option Agreement, dated October 30, 2007, between KAR Holdings, Inc. and each of Thomas C. O’Brien, David R. Montgomery, Donald J. Hermanek and Scott P. Pettit
10.12*    Form of Rollover Stock Option Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, between KAR Holdings, Inc. and certain executive officers and employees of IAAI
10.13*    Form of Conversion Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, between KAR Holdings, Inc. and certain executive officers and employees of IAAI
10.14*    Stock Incentive Plan of KAR Holdings, Inc.
10.15*    Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement of KAR Holdings, Inc. pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan

 

II-18


Table of Contents
10.16*   Employment Agreement, dated July 13, 2007, between KAR Holdings, Inc. and John Nordin
10.17*   Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated August 14, 2007, between KAR Holdings, Inc. and John Nordin
10.18*   Financial Advisory Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, between KAR Holdings, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co.
10.19*   Financial Advisory Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, between KAR Holdings, Inc. and ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P.
10.20*   Financial Advisory Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, between KAR Holdings, Inc. and PCap, L.P.
10.21*   2007 Incentive Plan Executive Management of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.
10.22*   Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated April 2, 2001, between Thomas C. O’Brien and Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.
10.23*   Limited Liability Company Agreement of KAR Holdings II, LLC, dated December 15, 2006
10.24*   Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Axle Holdings II, LLC, dated May 25, 2005
10.25*   Amendment to the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Axle Holdings II, LLC, dated November 2, 2006
10.26*   First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Axle Holdings II, LLC, dated April 20, 2007.
10.27*   2007 Annual Incentive Program for KAR Holdings
10.28*   Tax Sharing Agreement between ALLETE, Inc. and ADESA, Inc., dated June 4, 2004
10.29*   Trust Indenture between Development Authority of Fulton County and Sun Trust Bank, as Trustee, dated as of December 1, 2002
10.30*   Bond Purchase Agreement, dated December 1, 2002, for the Development Authority of Fulton County Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds (ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project) Series 2002
10.31*   Lease Agreement between Development Authority of Fulton County and ADESA Atlanta, LLC, dated as of December 1, 2002
10.32**   Amended and Restated Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated May 31, 2002, between AFC Funding Corporation and Automotive Finance Corporation
10.33*   Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated June 15, 2004, between AFC Funding Corporation and Automotive Finance Corporation
10.34*   Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated January 18, 2007, between AFC Funding Corporation and Automotive Finance Corporation
10.35**   Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, between AFC Funding Corporation and Automotive Finance Corporation
10.36**   Third Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, among AFC Funding Corporation, Automotive Finance Corporation, Fairway Finance Company, LLC, Monterey Funding LLC, Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch and BMO Capital Markets Corp.
12.1*   Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
21.1*   Subsidiaries of KAR Holdings, Inc.
23.1*   Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.2*   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
24.1*   Power of Attorney (including on signature page hereof)

 

II-19


Table of Contents
25.1*    Statement of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, regarding the Floating Rate Senior Notes Indenture
25.2*    Statement of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, regarding the Fixed Rate Senior Notes Indenture
25.3*    Statement of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee, under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, regarding the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture
99.1*    Form of Letter to Clients
99.2*    Form of Letter to Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks, Trust Companies and Other Nominees

* Filed herewith
** Portions of this exhibit have been redacted and are subject to a request for confidential treatment filed separately with the Secretary of the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Item 22. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(a) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement’

(b) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(c) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(d) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

1. That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

2. To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

3. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-20


Table of Contents

4. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to respond to requests for information that is incorporated by reference into the prospectus pursuant to Items 4, 10(b), 11, or 13 of this Form, within one business day of receipt of such request, and to send the incorporated documents by first class mail or other equally prompt means. This includes information contained in documents filed subsequent to the effective date of the registration statement through the date of responding to the request.

5. The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to supply by means of post- effective amendment all information concerning a transaction, and the company being acquired involved therein, that was not the subject of and included in the registration statement when it became effective.

 

II-21


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    B RIAN T. C LINGEN        

Brian T. Clingen

  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Eric M. Loughmiller

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    D AVID J. A MENT        

David J. Ament

   Director   January 24, 2008

/ S /    T HOMAS J. C ARELLA        

Thomas J. Carella

   Director   January 24, 2008

/ S /    J AMES P. H ALLETT        

James P. Hallett

   Director   January 24, 2008

/ S /    P ETER H. K AMIN        

Peter H. Kamin

   Director   January 24, 2008

/ S /    S ANJEEV M EHRA        

Sanjeev Mehra

   Director   January 24, 2008

/ S /    C HURCH M. M OORE        

Church M. Moore

   Director   January 24, 2008


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    T HOMAS C. O’B RIEN        

Thomas C. O’Brien

   Director   January 24, 2008

/ S /    G REGORY P. S PIVY        

Gregory P. Spivy

   Director   January 24, 2008

/ S /    D AVID I. W AHRHAFTIG        

David I. Wahrhaftig

   Director   January 24, 2008

 


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

ADESA, INC.

A.D.E. OF ARK-LA-TEX, INC.

ADESA TEXAS, INC.

SIOUX FALLS AUTO AUCTION, INC.

TRI-STATE AUCTION CO., INC.

ZABEL & ASSOCIATES, INC.

By:  

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    J AMES P. H ALLETT        

James P. Hallett

  

President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Eric M. Loughmiller

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    S COTT A. A NDERSON        

Scott A. Anderson

   Vice President and Controller   January 24, 2008

/ S /    P AUL J. L IPS        

Paul J. Lips

   Director   January 24, 2008


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

ADESA CORPORATION, LLC

A.D.E. OF KNOXVILLE, LLC

ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, LLC

ADESA ARKANSAS, LLC

ADESA ATLANTA, LLC

ADESA BIRMINGHAM, LLC

ADESA CALIFORNIA, LLC

ADESA CHARLOTTE, LLC

ADESA COLORADO, LLC

ADESA DES MOINES, LLC

ADESA FLORIDA, LLC

ADESA INDIANAPOLIS, LLC

ADESA LANSING, LLC

ADESA LEXINGTON, LLC

ADESA MEXICO, LLC

ADESA MISSOURI, LLC

ADESA NEW JERSEY, LLC

ADESA NEW YORK, LLC

ADESA OHIO, LLC

ADESA OKLAHOMA, LLC

ADESA PENNSYLVANIA, LLC

ADESA PHOENIX, LLC

ADESA SAN DIEGO, LLC

ADESA SOUTH FLORIDA, LLC

ADESA SOUTHERN INDIANA, LLC

ADESA VIRGINIA, LLC

ADESA WASHINGTON, LLC

ADESA WISCONSIN, LLC

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF CONCORD, LLC

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF MEMPHIS, LLC

DENT DEMON, LLC

By:  

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    J AMES P. H ALLETT        

James P. Hallett

  

President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Manager

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Eric M. Loughmiller

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    S COTT A. A NDERSON        

Scott A. Anderson

   Vice President and Controller   January 24, 2008

/ S /    P AUL J. L IPS        

Paul J. Lips

   Manager   January 24, 2008


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

AUTOVIN, INC.

By:

 

/s/    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    D ENNIS J ONES        

Dennis Jones

  

President (Principal Executive Officer)

  January 24, 2008
    

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Eric M. Loughmiller

  

Executive Vice President and

    Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

  January 24, 2008
    

/ S /    S COTT A. A NDERSON        

Scott A. Anderson

   Vice President and Controller   January 24, 2008
    

/ S /    J AMES P. H ALLETT        

James P. Hallett

   Director   January 24, 2008
    

/ S /    P AUL J. L IPS        

Paul J. Lips

   Director   January 24, 2008
    


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

PAR, INC.

By:

 

/s/    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    D AVID G RYGLEWICZ        

  

President (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

  January 24, 2008
David Gryglewicz     

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Eric M. Loughmiller

  

Executive Vice President and

    Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

  January 24, 2008
    

/ S /    S COTT A. A NDERSON        

Scott A. Anderson

   Vice President and Controller   January 24, 2008
    

/ S /    J AMES P. H ALLETT        

James P. Hallett

   Director   January 24, 2008
    

/ S /    P AUL J. L IPS        

Paul J. Lips

   Director   January 24, 2008
    


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

ADESA DEALER SERVICES, LLC

By:

 

/s/    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

 

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    C URTIS L. P HILLIPS        

 

Curtis L. Phillips

  

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

  January 24, 2008
    

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

 

Eric M. Loughmiller

  

Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

  January 24, 2008
    

/ S /    J AMES E. M ONEY , II        

 

James E. Money, II

  

Vice President of Finance and Treasurer (Controller)

  January 24, 2008
    

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

 

ADESA Inc.

  

Member

  January 24, 2008
    

 

By:     Eric M. Loughmiller
 

  Executive Vice President

  and Chief Financial Officer


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

ADESA IMPACT TEXAS, LLC

By:  

/s/    J OHN W. K ETT        

 

Name:   John W. Kett
Title:  

Senior Vice President, Chief

Financial Officer and Manager

 

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    T HOMAS C. O’B RIEN        

 

Thomas C. O’Brien

  

President (Principal Executive Officer) and Manager

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    J OHN W. K ETT        

 

John W. Kett

  

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) and Manager

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    P ATRICK W ALSH        

 

Patrick Walsh

  

Manager

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    S IDNEY L. K ERLEY        

 

Sidney L. Kerley

  

Manager

  January 24, 2008


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

AFC CAL, LLC

By:  

/s/    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

 

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    C URTIS L. P HILLIPS        

 

Curtis L. Phillips

  

President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Member

  January 24, 2008

/s/    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

 

Eric M. Loughmiller

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

  January 24, 2008

/s/    J AMES E. M ONEY , II        

 

James E. Money, II

  

Vice President and Treasurer (Controller) and Member

  January 24, 2008

/s/    E RIC W. W RIGHT        

 

Eric W. Wright

  

Member

  January 24, 2008


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CONSUMER DIVISION, LLC
By:  

/s/    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

 

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

   Date

/s/    M ARGOT E.M. H ANULAK        

 

Margot E.M. Hanulak

  

President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)

   January 24, 2008

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

 

Eric M. Loughmiller

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   January 24, 2008

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

 

ADESA Dealer Services, LLC

  

Member

   January 24, 2008

 

By:  

Eric M. Loughmiller

Executive Vice President

and Chief Financial Officer


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION
By:  

/s/    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  

Executive Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

 

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

   Date

/s/    C URTIS L. P HILLIPS        

Curtis L. Phillips

  

President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

   January 24, 2008

/s/    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Eric M. Loughmiller

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

   January 24, 2008

/s/    J AMES E. M ONEY , II        

James E. Money, II

  

Vice President of Finance and Treasurer (Controller)

   January 24, 2008

/s/    B RIAN T. C LINGEN        

Brian T. Clingen

  

Director

   January 24, 2008

/s/    J AMES P. H ALLETT        

James P. Hallett

  

Director

   January 24, 2008


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

AUTOMOTIVE RECOVERY SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/    J OHN W. K ETT        

Name:   John W. Kett
Title:  

Senior Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer and Director

 

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    T HOMAS C. O’B RIEN        

Thomas C. O’Brien

  

President (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

  January 24, 2008

/s/    J OHN W. K ETT        

John W. Kett

  

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) and Director

  January 24, 2008


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/    J OHN W. K ETT        

Name:   John W. Kett
Title:  

Senior Vice President,

Chief Financial Officer and Director

 

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/    T HOMAS C. O’B RIEN        

Thomas C. O’Brien

  

President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

  January 24, 2008

/s/    J OHN W. K ETT        

John W. Kett

  

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) and Director

  January 24, 2008

/s/    S IDNEY L. K ERLEY        

Sidney L. Kerley

  

Director

  January 24, 2008


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.

IAA ACQUISITION CORP.

IAA SERVICES, INC

By:  

/ S /    J OHN W. K ETT        

Name:   John W. Kett
Title:  

Vice President, Chief Financial

Officer and Director

 

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    T HOMAS C. O’B RIEN        

Thomas C. O’Brien

  

President (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    J OHN W. K ETT        

John W. Kett

  

Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) and Director

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    S IDNEY L. K ERLEY        

Sidney L. Kerley

  

Director

  January 24, 2008


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

AUTO DISPOSAL SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/ S /    J OHN W. K ETT        

Name:   John W. Kett
Title:   Vice President and Director

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    T HOMAS C. O’B RIEN        

Thomas C. O’Brien

  

President (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    J OHN W. K ETT        

John W. Kett

  

Vice President (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) and Director

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    S IDNEY L. K ERLEY        

Sidney L. Kerley

  

Director

  January 24, 2008


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

ADS ASHLAND, LLC

ADS PRIORITY TRANSPORT LTD.

By:  

/ S /    J OHN W. K ETT        

Name:   John W. Kett
Title:   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    T HOMAS C. O’B RIEN        

Thomas C. O’Brien

  

President (Principal Executive Officer) and Member

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    J OHN W. K ETT        

John W. Kett

  

Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  January 24, 2008


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

ASSET HOLDINGS III, L.P.
By:   ADESA, Inc., its General Partner
By:  

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  

Executive Vice President and Chief

Financial Officer

 

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    J AMES P. H ALLETT        

James P. Hallett

  

President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director of General Partner

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Eric M. Loughmiller

  

Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) of General Partner

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    S COTT A. A NDERSON        

Scott A. Anderson

  

Vice President and Controller of General Partner

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    P AUL J. L IPS        

Paul J. Lips

  

Director of General Partner

  January 24, 2008


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Carmel, State of Indiana, on January 24, 2008.

 

AXLE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  

Senior Vice President and Chief

Financial Officer

 

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Eric M. Loughmiller and Brian T. Clingen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all (1) amendments (including post-effective amendments) and additions to this Registration Statement and (2) Registration Statements, and any and all amendments thereto (including post-effective amendments), relating to the offering contemplated pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and hereby grants to such attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/ S /    T HOMAS B. O’B RIEN        

Thomas B. O’Brien

  

President, Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Director

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    E RIC M. L OUGHMILLER        

Eric M. Loughmiller

  

Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    D AVID J. A MENT        

David J. Ament

  

Director

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    B RIAN T. C LINGEN        

Brian T. Clingen

  

Director

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    C HURCH M. M OORE        

Church M. Moore

  

Director

  January 24, 2008

/ S /    D AVID I. W AHRHAFTIG        

David I. Wahrhaftig

  

Director

  January 24, 2008

Exhibit 2.1

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

by and among

KAR HOLDINGS II, LLC

(“Buyer”)

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.,

a wholly owned subsidiary of Buyer

(“Holdings”)

KAR ACQUISITION, INC.,

a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings

(“Merger Sub”)

and

ADESA, INC.

Dated as of

December 22, 2006


Table of Contents

 

               Page

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

   2
   Section 1.1   

Definitions

   2
   Section 1.2   

Other Terms

   19
   Section 1.3   

Other Definitional Provisions

   19

ARTICLE II THE MERGER

   20
   Section 2.1   

The Merger

   20
   Section 2.2   

The Closing

   20
   Section 2.3   

Effective Time

   21
   Section 2.4   

Effect of Merger

   21
   Section 2.5   

Procedure for Payment

   25
   Section 2.6   

No Further Transfers of Company Common Stock

   27
   Section 2.7   

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

   27
   Section 2.8   

Further Action

   28

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

   28
   Section 3.1   

Due Organization of Company

   28
   Section 3.2   

Capitalization

   29
   Section 3.3   

Due Authorization of Transaction; Binding Obligation

   30
   Section 3.4   

Non-Contravention

   31
   Section 3.5   

Government Approvals, Consents and Filings

   31
   Section 3.6   

Litigation

   32
   Section 3.7   

Brokers’ Fees

   32
   Section 3.8   

Reports and Financial Information; No Unknown Liabilities

   32
   Section 3.9   

Absence of Certain Changes or Events

   33
   Section 3.10   

Taxes

   34
   Section 3.11   

Employee Matters

   35
   Section 3.12   

Material Contracts

   37
   Section 3.13   

Customer Contracts

   39
   Section 3.14   

Regulatory Compliance

   40
   Section 3.15   

Title to Properties; Etc.

   41
   Section 3.16   

Intellectual Property

   42
   Section 3.17   

Environmental Matters

   43
   Section 3.18   

Labor Matters

   44
   Section 3.19   

Opinion of Financial Advisor

   44
   Section 3.20   

State Takeover Statutes

   45
   Section 3.21   

Insurance

   45
   Section 3.22   

Interested Party Transactions

   45
   Section 3.23   

Allete Spin-off

   45
   Section 3.24   

Proxy Statement

   46

 

i


   Section 3.25   

No Other Representations or Warranties

   46

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER PARTIES

   47
   Section 4.1   

Due Incorporation

   47
   Section 4.2   

Due Authorization of Transaction; Binding Obligation

   47
   Section 4.3   

Non-Contravention

   48
   Section 4.4   

Government Approvals, Consents, and Filings

   48
   Section 4.5   

Litigation

   49
   Section 4.6   

Performance

   49
   Section 4.7   

Financing

   49
   Section 4.8   

Capitalization of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub

   50
   Section 4.9   

Finder’s Fees; Brokers

   50
   Section 4.10   

Information Supplied

   50
   Section 4.11   

Other Agreements

   51
   Section 4.12   

No Other Representations or Warranties

   51

ARTICLE V CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE MERGER

   51
   Section 5.1   

Conduct of Business of the Company Pending the Merger

   51
   Section 5.2   

Compensation Plans

   55
   Section 5.3   

No Solicitation

   56
   Section 5.4   

Conduct of Business by Buyer Parties Pending the Merger

   58

ARTICLE VI ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

   58
   Section 6.1   

Stockholder Approvals

   58
   Section 6.2   

Proxy Statement

   59
   Section 6.3   

Access to Information; Confidentiality

   60
   Section 6.4   

Consents; Approvals

   61
   Section 6.5   

Notification of Certain Matters

   62
   Section 6.6   

Further Assurances

   63
   Section 6.7   

Public Announcements

   63
   Section 6.8   

Taxes

   63
   Section 6.9   

Director and Officer Liability

   64
   Section 6.10   

Action by Buyer and Company’s Boards

   66
   Section 6.11   

Employee Benefits

   67
   Section 6.12   

No Solicitation of Employees Prior to Close

   69
   Section 6.13   

Financing

   69
   Section 6.14   

No Acquisition of Shares

   72
   Section 6.15   

Merger Sub and Holdings

   72
   Section 6.16   

Third Party Consents

   72
   Section 6.17   

Stockholder Litigation

   73
   Section 6.18   

Existing Indebtedness

   73
   Section 6.19   

Repayment and Termination of Existing Credit Facility

   73
   Section 6.20   

Spin-Off Related Notice

   74

ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER

   74
   Section 7.1   

Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger

   74

 

ii


   Section 7.2   

Additional Conditions to Obligations of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub

   75
   Section 7.3   

Additional Conditions to Obligation of the Company

   76

ARTICLE VIII TERMINATION

   76
   Section 8.1   

Termination

   76
   Section 8.2   

Effect of Termination

   79
   Section 8.3   

Fees and Expenses

   79

ARTICLE IX GENERAL PROVISIONS

   83
   Section 9.1   

Nonsurvival of Representations and Warranties; Disclosure Letter

   83
   Section 9.2   

Notices

   84
   Section 9.3   

Amendment

   85
   Section 9.4   

Waiver

   85
   Section 9.5   

Headings

   85
   Section 9.6   

Severability

   85
   Section 9.7   

Entire Agreement; Incorporation of Schedules and Exhibits

   85
   Section 9.8   

Assignment, Merger Sub

   86
   Section 9.9   

Parties in Interest

   86
   Section 9.10   

Governing Law; Jurisdiction

   86
   Section 9.11   

Counterparts; Facsimile Delivery

   86
   Section 9.12   

Enforcement of Agreement

   86
   Section 9.13   

Attorneys’ Fees

   87
   Section 9.14   

Waiver of Jury Trial

   87

 

iii


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER, dated as of December 22, 2006, (this “ Agreement ”), by and among ADESA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), KAR Holdings II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Buyer ”), KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Buyer (“ Holdings ”), and KAR Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“ Merger Sub ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the parties wish to effect a business combination through a merger of the Merger Sub with and into the Company upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, the Boards of Directors of the Company, Holdings and Merger Sub, and the Board of Managers of Buyer, have each approved this Agreement, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and declared that the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement are advisable and in the best interests of their stockholders on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as a condition to the Company’s willingness to enter into this Agreement, the Company is entering into a limited guarantee with the parties named in the exhibits attached hereto collectively as Exhibit A (collectively, the “ Limited Guarantee ”), with respect to certain matters on the terms specified therein.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub and the Company hereby agree as follows:

 

1


ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

Section 1.1 Definitions .

(a) The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

2004 Equity Plan ” means the ADESA, Inc. 2004 Equity and Incentive Plan.

AFC Business Unit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(c) .

Affiliate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 12b-2 of the regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Allete ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.23 .

Alternative Transaction ” means any of the following: (i) a transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any Third Party (or group of Third Parties) acquires or seeks to acquire, directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock or any other class or series of securities of the Company or any Material Subsidiary, whether from the Company (or such Material Subsidiary) or pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer or otherwise; (ii) a merger or other business combination (x) in which any Third Party acquires more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the outstanding equity securities or voting power of the Company or any Material Subsidiary, or (y) immediately after which the Persons who were the stockholders of the Company prior to such merger or business combination cease to own, directly or indirectly, more than seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding equity securities or voting power of the Person surviving such merger or other business combination (or if such Person is a wholly-owned Subsidiary of another Person, of such other Person); (iii) a consolidation, recapitalization, share exchange, or similar extraordinary transaction involving the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries (other than the recapitalization of any Material Subsidiary by the Company, or a merger, consolidation, share exchange or amalgamation involving any Material Subsidiary with the Company or any other Subsidiary); (iv) any other transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which any Third Party acquires or would acquire, directly or indirectly, assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries representing, in the aggregate, more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; or (v) a transaction or series of transactions which is similar in form, substance or purpose to any of the foregoing transactions, or any combination of the foregoing; provided , however , that the term Alternative Transaction shall not include any acquisition of securities by a broker dealer in connection with a bona fide public offering of such securities.

 

2


Anticipated Prepayment Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.19 .

Applicable Law ” means, with respect to any Person, any domestic, foreign, federal, state, provincial, municipal, or local statute, law, by-law, ordinance, rule, administrative interpretation, regulation, order, writ, injunction, directive, judgment, decree or other requirement of any Governmental Authority applicable to such Person or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective properties, assets, officers, directors, employees, consultants or agents (in connection with such officer’s, director’s, employee’s, consultant’s or agent’s activities on behalf of such Person or any of its Affiliates).

Balance Sheet Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(b)(i) .

Bank of America Hedge Agreement ” means the ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of June 21, 2004, between the Company and Bank of America, National Association, and all agreements and documents executed in favor of Bank of America, National Association in connection therewith.

Business Day ” means any day on which the principal offices of the SEC in Washington, D.C. are open to accept filings, or, in the case of determining a date when any payment is due, a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which commercial banks in New York City, New York are authorized or required by law to close.

Buyer ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Buyer Material Adverse Effect ” means any effect, change, condition, occurrence, development, event, or series of events or circumstances that, individually or in the aggregate with other effects, changes, conditions, occurrences, developments, events or circumstances, would prevent or materially impede, interfere, hinder or delay Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub from consummating the Merger or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, materially adversely delay the Financing or materially amend or expand the conditions to the drawdown of the Financing in any respect that would make such conditions less likely to be satisfied.

Buyer Parties ” means, collectively, Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub.

Buyer Termination Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(d)(i) .

 

3


Buyer Transaction Expenses ” means the reasonable and reasonably documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub, Equity Sponsors and their respective Affiliates (which shall include, without limitation, fees and expenses of financial advisors, financial sources, outside legal counsel and accountants and other Representatives) in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including fees and expenses incurred by IAAI, the Equity Sponsors and their respective Representatives in preparing for and conducting, as applicable, a due diligence investigation relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby (and a due diligence investigation relating to IAAI and its subsidiaries by any Equity Sponsor and its Representatives other than Kelso and its Representatives), but specifically excluding any fees and expenses to the extent attributable to the refinancing of IAAI prior to the Closing or otherwise exclusively related to matters related to the financial statements of IAAI or other fees and expenses related to IAAI that would be incurred even in the absence of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

Buyer Units ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.8 .

Buyer’s Disclosure Letter ” means the written disclosure schedule delivered by Buyer to the Company concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and, subject to the qualifications set forth in Section 6.5 , as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time after the date hereof as permitted herein.

Canadian Employee Plans ” means all bonus, stock option, stock purchase, incentive, deferred compensation, post-employment or retirement, supplemental retirement, unemployment, severance, vacation, insurance or hospitalization program and any other fringe or employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements maintained, administered or contributed to by the Company or its Canadian Subsidiaries for any current or former employee, director, and any current or former employment or executive compensation or severance agreements, for the benefit of, or relating to, any employee of the Company and its Canadian Subsidiaries employed or previously employed in locations in Canada, but excluding (i) any agreements with former employees under which neither the Company nor any of its Canadian Subsidiaries has any remaining monetary obligations; (ii) any Company Employee Plans; and (iii) any statutory or governmental plan, program or arrangement to which the Company or a Canadian Subsidiary is required by Canadian Law to contribute.

Canadian Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company incorporated under the laws of Canada or a province thereof.

Capitalization Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b) .

Cashed-Out ESPP Purchase Right ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(f)(iii) .

 

4


Cashed-Out Restricted Stock Unit Award ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(f)(ii) .

Cashed-Out Stock Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(f)(i) .

Certificate of Merger ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 .

Change in Recommendation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(f) .

Claim ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9(a)(ii)(x) .

Cleanup ” means all actions required to cleanup, remove, treat, remediate, monitor, mitigate or prevent the further migration of Hazardous Substances in the indoor or outdoor environment, including, without limitation, performance of environmental studies and investigations in preparation for any remediation activities required by any Person pursuant to Environmental Law.

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

Closing Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 .

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commitment Letters ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7 .

Company ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Company Board Recommendation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 .

Company Common Stock ” means the Common Stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company.

Company Employee Plans ” means all “employee benefit plans” as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA, bonus, stock option, stock purchase, incentive, deferred compensation, post-employment or retirement, supplemental retirement, unemployment, severance, vacation, insurance or hospitalization program and any other fringe or employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements maintained, administered or contributed to by the Company or its U.S. Subsidiaries

 

5


for any current or former employee, director, consultant or agent, and any current or former employment or executive compensation or severance agreements, written or otherwise, for the benefit of, or relating to, any employee of the Company and its U.S. Subsidiaries, but excluding (i) any agreements with former employees under which neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any remaining monetary obligations; and (ii) any statutory or governmental plan, program or arrangement to which the Company or a Subsidiary is required by Law to contribute.

Company ESPP ” means the ADESA, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Company Financing Fees and Expenses ” means (A) the reasonable and reasonably documented out of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates in connection with (i) the voiding, termination and/or destruction of all documents executed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with their cooperation in the Financing as contemplated by Section 6.13(b) hereof and (ii) providing to Buyer the cooperation in connection with the arrangement of the Financing as contemplated by Section 6.13(b) hereof; and (B) the losses, damages, costs, expenses and penalties incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the arrangement of the Financing and any information utilized in connection therewith (other than information provided by the Company or its Subsidiaries), except to the extent that such losses, damages, costs, expenses and penalties, directly or indirectly, resulted solely from or arose solely out of the willful misconduct of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and their respective Representatives.

Company Material Adverse Effect ” means any effect, change, condition, occurrence, development, event, or series of events or circumstances that, individually or in the aggregate with other effects, changes, conditions, occurrences, developments, events or circumstances, has or have a material adverse effect on, or a material adverse change in, (A) the condition (financial or otherwise), properties, business or results of operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company as presently conducted, taken as a whole; other than any effect, change, condition, occurrence, development, event or series of events or circumstances arising out of or resulting from: (i) any decrease in the market price or trading volume of the Company’s securities or any effect resulting from any such change ( provided that the underlying causes of such decrease shall be considered in determining whether there is a Company Material Adverse Effect); (ii) any change in Law, GAAP or interpretation or enforcement thereof that applies to the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company, including the proposal or adoption of any new Law or GAAP; (iii) any change, occurrence, development, event, or series of events or circumstances affecting the general economic or business conditions in the United States or any other country in which the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company operate, provide or sell their products and services or otherwise do business; (iv) any change, occurrence, development, event, or series of events or circumstances affecting companies operating in the industries or markets in which the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company operate, provide or sell their products or services or otherwise do business; (v) any change, occurrence, development, event, or series of events or circumstances affecting national or international political conditions, including engagement by the United States in hostilities, whether or not

 

6


pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack upon the United States; (vi) any action taken by the Company at the written request of Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub, the Lenders or the Equity Sponsors; or (vii) any change, occurrence, development, event, or series of events or circumstances principally resulting from the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or principally due to the public announcement of the execution of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including, without limitation, the loss of existing customers or employees, a reduction in business by, or revenue from, existing customers, disruption in suppliers, distributors, partners or similar relationships, and any litigation brought by stockholders of the Company in connection with the Merger; provided, that clause (vii) shall not apply with respect to the matters described in Section 3.4 and Section 3.5 hereof (including for purposes of Section 7.2(a) hereof insofar as Section 3.4 and Section 3.5 are concerned); provided , further , that, in the case of the foregoing clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above, such changes, conditions, occurrences, developments, events or circumstances do not disproportionately affect the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole relative to the other participants in the industry or geographic market in which the Company and its Subsidiaries conduct their respective businesses), or (B) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or to consummate the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby. For purposes of determining whether changes, conditions, occurrences, developments, events or circumstances relating to earthquakes, hurricanes or other natural disasters constitute a Company Material Adverse Effect, insurance proceeds received in respect of such earthquakes, hurricanes or other natural disasters and repairs made to the damages caused by such earthquakes, hurricanes or other natural disasters, in each case, on or prior to the applicable date of determination, shall be taken in to account in determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred. References in this Agreement to dollar amount thresholds shall not be deemed to be evidence of materiality or of a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Company Notes ” means the Company’s outstanding 7  5 / 8 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 issued under the Company Notes Indenture.

Company Notes Indenture ” means the Indenture, dated June 21, 2004, between the Company and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee.

Company Permits ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(b) .

Company Preferred Stock ” means the Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, of the Company.

Company Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(a) .

Company SEC Reports ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(a) .

 

7


Company Stock Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(e)(i) .

Company Stock Options ” means all options to purchase shares of Company Common Stock under the 2004 Equity Plan.

Company Stock Plans ” mean the 2004 Equity Plan and the Director Compensation Plan.

Company Termination Fee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(b) .

Company Transaction Expenses ” means collectively, without duplication, (i) the Company Financing Fees and Expenses; (ii) the Credit Facility Fees and Expenses; and (iii) the reasonable and reasonably documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, and their respective Affiliates (which shall include, without limitation, fees and expenses of financial advisors, financial sources, outside legal counsel and accountants and other Representatives) in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

Company’s Disclosure Letter ” means the written disclosure schedule delivered by the Company to Buyer concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and, subject to the qualifications set forth in Section 6.5 , as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time after the date hereof as permitted herein.

Competition Act ” means the Competition Act (Canada), as amended.

Confidentiality Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3 .

Continuing Employees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.11(b) .

Contract ” means any contract, agreement, undertaking, indenture, note, bond, guarantee, loan, instrument, lease, license, mortgage, commitment or other binding agreement, in each case whether written or oral.

Convertible Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(d) .

Credit Facility ” means the Indebtedness and credit commitments of the Credit Facility Agent, the Credit Facility Lenders and any letter of credit issuer under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Facility Agreement).

 

8


Credit Facility Agent ” means Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent under the Credit Facility Agreement.

Credit Facility Agreement ” means that certain $500,000,000 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2005, among the Company, Bank of America, N.A., as Credit Facility Agent, Swing Line Lender, L/C Issuer, and Collateral Agent, the Credit Facility Lenders, and certain other parties identified as Subsidiary Guarantors, Documentation Agent, Syndication Agent and Managing Agents thereunder.

Credit Facility Fees and Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.19 .

Credit Facility Lenders ” means the parties identified as Lenders from time to time under the Credit Facility Agreement.

Credit Suisse ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7 .

Debt Commitment Letters ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7 .

Debt Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7 .

DGCL ” means the Delaware General Corporation Law and all amendments and additions thereto.

Director Compensation Plan ” means the ADESA, Inc. Director Compensation Plan.

Dissenting Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(g)(i) .

Effective Time ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3 .

Environmental Claim ” means any claim, action, cause of action, investigation, notice, writs, injunctions, orders and decrees by any Person alleging potential liability (including potential liability for investigatory costs, Cleanup costs, governmental response costs, natural resources damages, property damages, personal injuries, or penalties) arising out of, based on or resulting from (i) the presence, or Release of any Hazardous Substances at any location, whether or not owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (ii) circumstances forming the basis of any violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Law.

 

9


Environmental Laws ” means any Law in existence on the date hereof pertaining to (i) treatment, storage, disposal, generation and transportation of Hazardous Substances; (ii) air, water and noise pollution; (iii) groundwater and soil contamination; (iv) the Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Substances, or solid or hazardous waste, including, without limitation, emissions, discharges, injections, spills, escapes or dumping of pollutants, contaminants, or chemicals; (v) the protection of wildlife, marine life and wetlands, including, without limitation, all endangered and threatened species; (vi) health and safety of employees and other persons to the extent that such health and safety matters pertain to the handling of, or exposure to Hazardous Substances; and (v) manufacturing, processing, using, distributing, treating, storing, disposing, transporting or handling of materials regulated under any Environmental Law as a Hazardous Substance.

Equity Commitment Letters ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7 .

Equity Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7 .

Equity Sponsors ” means, collectively, Kelso, Goldman, ValueAct and Parthenon (and together with other equity sponsors in substitution therefor or addition thereto in accordance with Section 6.13 ).

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any business or entity which is a member of the same “controlled group of corporations,” under “common control” or an “affiliated service group” with an entity within the meanings of Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) of the Code, or required to be aggregated with the entity under Section 414(o) of the Code, or is under “common control” with the entity, within the meaning of Section 400l(a)(14) of ERISA, or any regulations promulgated or proposed under any of the foregoing Sections of ERISA and the Code.

ESPP Cash-Out Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(f)(iii) .

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9(a)(ii)(y) .

Final Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(b) .

 

10


Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7 .

First Quarter 2007 Financials ” means the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries that would be included in the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending March 31, 2007.

Fiscal 2006 Financials ” means the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries that would be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2006.

GAAP ” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

Goldman ” means GS Capital Partners VI, L.P. and its related GSCP VI co-investment funds.

Governmental Authority ” means any territorial, federal, state, provincial, municipal or local, whether domestic, foreign or supranational governmental or quasi-governmental authority, instrumentality, court, commission, tribunal or organization; any regulatory, administrative or other agency; any self-regulatory organization; any national stock exchange; or any political or other subdivision, department or branch of any of the foregoing.

Hazardous Substance ” means any substance, material, or waste listed, defined, designated or classified as hazardous, dangerous, toxic or radioactive, or as a pollutant or contaminant under any applicable Environmental Law, including petroleum and any derivative or by-products thereof, and friable asbestos.

Hedge Agreement Counterparties ” means each of LaSalle Bank National Association, as counterparty under the LaSalle Hedge Agreement, and Bank of America, National Association, as counterparty under the Bank of America Hedge Agreement.

Hedge Agreements ” means each of the Bank of America Hedge Agreement and the LaSalle Hedge Agreement.

HSR Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

IAAI ” means Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

 

11


Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) indebtedness, notes payable, bonds, debentures, accrued interest payable or other obligations of such Person for borrowed money, whether current, short-term or long-term, secured or unsecured; (ii) lease obligations under leases which are classified as capital leases of such Person under GAAP (excluding any operating leases of such Person under GAAP); (iii) indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person; (iv) obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables and obligations of such Person to creditors for raw materials, inventory, services and supplies incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices); (v) obligations of such Person pursuant to or evidenced by hedging, swap, factoring, interest rate, currency or commodity derivatives arrangements, Contracts or other similar instruments; (vi) off-balance sheet financing of such Person including synthetic leases and project financing; (vii) Indebtedness of another Person referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above guaranteed, directly or indirectly, jointly or severally, in any manner by such Person; (viii) Indebtedness referred to in clauses (i) through (vii) above secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property or assets owned by such Person; and (ix) reimbursement obligations of such Person with respect to letters of credit (other than (A) letters of credit issued for the benefit of suppliers to support accounts payable to suppliers incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices, (B) standby letters of credit relating to workers’ compensation insurance and surety bonds, and (C) surety bonds and customs bonds), bankers’ acceptance or similar facilities issued for the account of such Person.

Indemnified Parties ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9(a) .

Insurance Policies ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.21 .

Intellectual Property Rights ” means all U.S. and foreign (i) patents and patent applications (“ Patents ”); (ii) trademarks, service marks, and trade names and registrations and applications for registration thereof (“ Trademarks ”); (iii) copyrights and registrations and applications for registration thereof (“ Copyrights ”); (iv) Internet domain name registrations; and (v) trade secret rights and other proprietary rights in confidential information, or know-how (“ Trade Secrets ”).

International Continuing Employees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.11(b) .

Investment Canada Act ” means the Investment Canada Act (Canada), as amended.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

12


Kelso ” means Kelso Investment Associates VII, L.P.

Knowledge of the Buyer Parties ” means the actual knowledge of the individuals set forth in Section 1.1(a) of the Buyer’s Disclosure Letter.

Knowledge of the Company ” means the actual knowledge of the executive officers of the Company set forth in Section 1.1(a) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter.

LaSalle Hedge Agreement ” means the ISDA Master Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2005, between the Company and LaSalle Bank National Association, and all agreements and documents executed in favor of LaSalle Bank National Association in connection therewith.

Law ” means any federal, state, provincial, municipal, foreign or local law (including common law), by-law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, order, injunction (preliminary or permanent), judgment or decree.

Lease Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(c) .

Lenders ” means, collectively, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., UBS Loan Finance LLC, UBS Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

Liens ” means with respect to any asset (including any security) or property, any mortgage, claim, license, lien, pledge, charge, easement, covenant, reservation, option, right of first offer or refusal, rights-of-way, transfer restriction, security interest or other encumbrance or title imperfection or defect of any kind or nature in respect to such asset, security or property.

Limited Guarantee ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

Major AFC Customers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(c) .

Major Auction Customers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(a) .

Major Customers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(c) .

Major Salvage Customers ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(b) .

 

13


Marketing Period ” means the first period of thirty (30) consecutive days after the date hereof throughout which, and at the end of which, (A) Buyer shall have the Required Financial Information, (B) the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 shall be satisfied and nothing has occurred and no condition exists that would cause any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 (other than the actual delivery of the certificates described in Section 7.2 and the obligations of the Company described in Section 6.18 and Section 6.19 that are only required to be satisfied at the Effective Time) to fail to be satisfied assuming the Closing were to be scheduled for any time during such thirty (30) consecutive day period, and (C) the financial statements contained in the Required Financial Information and the Company SEC Reports shall have included an unqualified audit opinion of the applicable auditor for such financial statements (and such opinion shall not have been withdrawn); provided , however , that the Marketing Period shall in no event commence on or prior to March 30, 2007; and provided , further , that if, prior to the completion of any such thirty (30) consecutive days, the financial statements included in the Required Financial Information that is available to Buyer on the first day of such thirty (30) consecutive days would be “stale,” within the meaning of Rule 3-12 of Regulation S-X on any day during such thirty (30) consecutive day period if a registration statement using such financial statements were to be filed with the SEC on any such date (it being understood that such financial statements shall not be deemed “stale” for these purposes if the underwriter(s) of the high yield financing indicate that marketing the high yield financing with such financial statements included in such Required Financial Information would not have a material adverse impact on the price or marketability of such high yield financing), then the Marketing Period shall be extended for an additional period of time (not to exceed thirty (30) consecutive days) as reasonably requested by the underwriter(s) of the high yield financing (it being understood that the intent of the foregoing extension is to provide Buyer with updated financial information of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries such that Buyer would have financial statements and data (of the type contemplated by the Required Financial Information, but updated with respect thereto) of the Company necessary, in the reasonable and customary judgment of the underwriter(s), to effectively market the high-yield financing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Marketing Period shall not be deemed to have ended for any purposes of this Agreement if the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 do not continue to be satisfied during any thirty (30) consecutive day period, or any condition exists that causes any of the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 (other than the actual delivery of the certificates described in Section 7.2 and the obligations of the Company described in Section 6.18 and Section 6.19 that are only required to be satisfied at the Effective Time) to fail to continue to be satisfied (assuming the Closing were to be scheduled on the last day of such thirty (30) consecutive day period), at the conclusion of such thirty (30) consecutive day period. For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall the start of any Marketing Period be delayed by, or any Marketing Period be extended as a result of, any matter associated with IAAI, including, without limitation, matters associated with the financial statements of IAAI.

Material Contracts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.12(a)(xii) .

Material Subsidiaries ” means the Subsidiaries of the Company set forth on Section 1.1(b) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter.

 

14


Merger ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

Merger Consideration ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(e)(i) .

Merger Sub ” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

New Commitment Letters ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.13(d) .

NYSE ” means the New York Stock Exchange.

Other Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(d) .

Parthenon ” means Parthenon Investors II, L.P.

Paying Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a) .

Payment Fund ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5(a) .

Permitted Liens ” means (i) Liens securing Indebtedness and liabilities disclosed on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of the Balance Sheet Date; (ii) Liens for Taxes and utilities not yet due or delinquent and Liens for Taxes being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which there are adequate reserves on the financial statements of the Company (if such reserves are required pursuant to GAAP); (iii) construction, mechanics’, materialmen’s or other similar Liens for construction in progress; (iv) workmen’s, repairmen’s, warehousemen’s, carriers’, storers’ or other similar Liens arising or incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; (v) with respect to Company Properties, any zoning and other land use restrictions, survey exceptions, utility easements, rights of way and similar agreements, easements, covenants, reservations, restrictions and Liens that are imposed by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction thereon or by Applicable Law or otherwise disclosed on any title insurance policy, title report, or survey made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof; (vi) with respect to any real property, including, without limitation, Company Property, any and all title exceptions (whether material or immaterial) disclosed on a survey made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof, Liens and obligations arising under the Material Contracts or the Lease Agreements, and any other Lien that does not materially adversely affect the current use, value or marketability of such property; (vii) easement agreements and all other matters disclosed on any title report or survey made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof or, in the case of real property located in Canada, otherwise disclosed by registered title to such property as of the date hereof; (viii) matters that are disclosed on current title reports or surveys made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof; (ix) other Liens being contested in good faith in the ordinary course of business and which would

 

15


not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect; and/or (x) as to any leased real property, any Lien affecting the interest of the landlord thereof.

Person ” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, an association, a trust, a joint venture or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

Property Restrictions ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(a) .

Proxy Statement ” means the proxy statement to be used by the Company to obtain the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the Merger by the stockholders of the Company.

Registered Intellectual Property Rights ” shall mean all U.S. and foreign registrations and applications for Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks and Internet domain names.

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, discharge, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, dispersal, leaching or migration into the indoor or outdoor environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater and surface or subsurface strata) or into or out of any property, including the movement of Hazardous Substances through or in the air, soil, surface water, groundwater or property.

Representative ” means with respect to a particular Person, any director, officer, employee, agent, consultant, advisor, legal counsel, accountant, bank, Affiliate or other representative of that Person.

Required Financial Information ” means (i) the Fiscal 2006 Financials; and (ii) (A) any “pro forma” financial statements of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries with respect to the Fiscal 2006 Financials and (B) such other financial data and other information, including such information that would be necessary in order to receive customary “comfort” (including “negative assurance” comfort) from independent accountants, regarding the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as are of the type and form customarily included in the offering(s) of debt securities contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters that the underwriter(s) of the high yield financing may reasonably request prior to the commencement of the Marketing Period, and that in the case of (A) and (B) is of the type required by Regulation S-X and Regulation S-K under the Securities Act and of the type and form customarily included in a registration statement on Form S-1 (or any applicable successor form) under the Securities Act for a public offering to consummate the offering(s) of debt securities contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters; provided , however , the underwriter(s) of the high yield financing must make such request with respect to financial information set forth in

 

16


subsection (ii) above within ten (10) Business Days after delivery of the Fiscal 2006 Financials by the Company to Buyer and/or such underwriter(s) and the commencement of the Marketing Period shall not be delayed due to the failure of the Company to provide the Required Financial Information if the failure of such underwriters to make the request within the ten (10) Business Day period was the principal cause of or reasonably resulted in the delay of the Company in providing the Required Financial Information to Buyer and/or such underwriter(s); provided , further , if the Fiscal 2006 Financials would be “stale,” within the meaning of Rule 3-12 of Regulation S-X on any day during the Marketing Period if a registration statement using the Fiscal 2006 Financials were to be filed with the SEC on any such day during such Marketing Period (it being understood that such Fiscal 2006 Financials shall not be deemed “stale” for these purposes if the underwriter(s) of the high yield financing indicate that marketing the high yield financing with such Fiscal 2006 Financials included in such Required Financial Information would not have a material adverse impact on the price or marketability of such high yield financing), then the term “Fiscal 2006 Financials” in clause (i) and (ii) above shall be replaced, in each case, with the term “First Quarter 2007 Financials”. For the avoidance of doubt, Required Financial Information shall in no event include information related to IAAI, the Equity Sponsors, Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub and the audit opinion (and any qualification or withdrawal thereof) of IAAI’s independent auditor shall have no impact on the Marketing Period or the Required Financial Information.

Requisite Stockholder Vote ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3 .

Restricted Stock Unit ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(f)(ii) .

Restricted Stock Unit Award ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(f)(ii) .

Restricted Stock Unit Cash-Out Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(f)(ii) .

Sarbanes-Oxley Act ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8(c) .

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Separation Tax Treatment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.23 .

Spin-Off Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.23 .

 

17


Stock Option Cash-Out Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(f)(i) .

Stockholder Meeting ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1 .

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the securities or other ownership interests having by their terms ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors, or of other Persons performing similar functions, of such other Person is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or by one or more of such Person’s Subsidiaries (as defined in the preceding clause).

Superior Offer ” means a bona fide written offer, which if accepted would constitute a legally binding agreement, made by Buyer relating to amending or otherwise modifying this Agreement on terms that the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith and after consultation with its outside legal counsel and financial advisor would be at least as favorable to the Company’s stockholders, from a financial point of view, as the transactions contemplated by the Superior Proposal identified to Buyer in the notice described in Section 5.3(g) hereof.

Superior Proposal ” means a bona fide written proposal made by a Third Party relating to an Alternative Transaction ( provided that, for purposes of the definition of “Superior Proposal,” the term “Alternative Transaction” shall have the meaning assigned above, except that (a) references to “more than twenty-five percent (25%)” shall be deemed to be references to “more than fifty percent (50%),” (b) references to “more than seventy-five percent (75%)” shall be deemed to be references to “more than fifty percent (50%)” and (c) clause (iii) of the definition of “Alternative Transaction” shall not be given effect except to the extent of “a merger or other business combination” described therein) on terms that the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith and after consultation with its outside legal counsel and financial adviser would be, or is reasonably likely to be, more favorable to the Company’s stockholders, from a financial point of view, than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (taking into account any proposals by Buyer to amend the terms of this Agreement in response thereto pursuant to Section 5.3(g) hereof).

Superior Proposal Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(g) .

Surviving Corporation ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means taxes, assessments, fees, levies, duties, tariffs, imposts and governmental impositions or charges of any kind in the nature of (or similar to) taxes, payable to any federal, state, provincial, municipal, local or foreign taxing authority, including (without limitation) (i) income, franchise, profits, gross receipts, ad valorem, net worth, goods

 

18


and services, fringe benefits, sales, use, service, real or personal property, special assessments, license, payroll, withholding, employer health, employment, social security, Canada Pension Plan, accident compensation, workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, utility, severance, production, excise, stamp, occupation, premiums, windfall profits, transfer and gains taxes and (ii) interest, penalties, additional taxes and additions to tax imposed with respect thereto.

Tax Returns ” means returns, reports and information statements with respect to Taxes required to be filed with the IRS, the Canada Revenue Agency or any other taxing authority, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, consolidated, combined and unitary tax returns.

Third Party ” means any Person (or group of Persons) other than a party to this Agreement or an Affiliate of such a party.

U.S. Continuing Employees ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.11(a) .

UBS ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7 .

ValueAct ” means ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P.

Voting Debt ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(d) .

Section 1.2 Other Terms . Other terms may be defined elsewhere in the text of this Agreement and, unless otherwise indicated, shall have such meanings throughout this Agreement.

Section 1.3 Other Definitional Provisions . In this Agreement, except to the extent otherwise provided or that the context otherwise requires:

(a) when a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section, Exhibit or Schedule, such reference is to an Article or Section of, or an Exhibit or Schedule to, this Agreement unless otherwise indicated;

(b) whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they are deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation”;

(c) the words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import, when used in this Agreement, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement;

 

19


(d) unless there is a specific reference to “Business Day” or “Business Days,” which is defined herein, the words “day” and “days” when used in this Agreement refer to a calendar day or calendar days.

(e) references to any statute, rule or regulation are to the statute, rule or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time (and, in the case of statutes, include any rules and regulations promulgated under the statute) and to any section of any statute, rule or regulation include any successor to the section;

(f) all terms defined in this Agreement have the defined meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, unless otherwise defined therein;

(g) the definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms;

(h) references to a Person are also to its successors and permitted assigns; and

(i) the use of “or” is not intended to be exclusive unless expressly indicated otherwise.

ARTICLE II

THE MERGER

Section 2.1 The Merger . Subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”) at the Effective Time. The Company shall be the corporation surviving the Merger (the “ Surviving Corporation ”) and, at the Effective Time, the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub shall cease.

Section 2.2 The Closing . Unless this Agreement shall have been terminated in accordance with Section 8.1 , and subject to the provisions of ARTICLE VII , the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Morrison & Foerster LLP, at 425 Market Street, San Francisco, California 94105, commencing at 10:00 a.m. local time as soon as practicable but in no event later than two (2) Business Days following the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the obligations of the parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (other than conditions with respect to actions the respective parties will take at the Closing itself, including the receipt of the Financing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions), or such other place or date as the parties may mutually determine; provided , however , that notwithstanding the satisfaction or waiver of

 

20


the conditions set forth in ARTICLE VII hereof, the Buyer Parties shall not be required to effect the Closing until the earlier of (a) a date during the Marketing Period specified by Buyer on no less than two (2) Business Days written notice to the Company and (b) the final day of the Marketing Period (the date and time of the Closing is referred to herein as, the “ Closing Date ”).

Section 2.3 Effective Time . On the Closing Date, the parties hereto shall cause the Merger to be consummated by filing all necessary documentation, including a Certificate of Merger in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Certificate of Merger ”), with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and Buyer will deliver, or cause to be delivered, the Payment Fund to the Paying Agent in the manner provided in Section 2.5 . The Merger shall be effective upon filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, or on such later date as may be specified therein (the time of such effectiveness being the “ Effective Time ”).

Section 2.4 Effect of Merger .

(a) General . The Merger will have the effects set forth in the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at the Effective Time, all of the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company and Merger Sub shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities and duties of the Company and Merger Sub shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation. The Surviving Corporation may, at any time after the Effective Time, take any action (including executing and delivering any document) in the name and on behalf of either the Company or Merger Sub in order to carry out and effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Surviving Corporation shall thereafter be responsible and liable for all the liabilities and obligations of the Company and Merger Sub.

(b) Certificate of Incorporation . The Certificate of Incorporation of Merger Sub in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation, except that the name of the Surviving Corporation shall be changed to “ADESA, Inc.”

(c) Bylaws . The Bylaws of Merger Sub, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided by Law and such Bylaws and the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation.

(d) Directors and Officers . The directors of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the directors of the Surviving Corporation, each to hold office in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation. The officers of Merger Sub at and after the Effective Time shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation, each to hold office in accordance with the Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation.

 

21


(e) Conversion of Company Shares .

(i) At and as of the Effective Time, each outstanding share of Company Common Stock (other than Dissenting Shares and shares of Company Common Stock held by Buyer, Holdings, the Company or Merger Sub, or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Buyer, Holdings, the Company or Merger Sub) shall be converted into the right to receive an amount (the “ Merger Consideration ”) equal to $27.85 in cash (without interest), upon surrender of the certificate representing such outstanding share of Company Common Stock (the “ Company Stock Certificate ”) in the manner set forth in Section 2.5 , and as of the Effective Time, each outstanding share of Company Common Stock shall no longer be issued and outstanding and shall automatically be cancelled and retired and shall cease to exist, and each holder of a Company Stock Certificate shall cease to have any rights with respect thereto, except the right to receive the Merger Consideration (or, if applicable, to be treated as a Dissenting Share as described in Section 2.4(g) ); provided , however , that the Merger Consideration shall be subject to equitable adjustment in the event of any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split or other change in the number of Company Common Stock prior to the Effective Time, it being understood that (i) the intent of such equitable adjustment is to provide the holders of Company Common Stock, Company Stock Options and Restricted Stock Units the same economic effect as contemplated by this Agreement prior to any such change and (ii) nothing herein shall be construed to permit the Company to take any action with respect to its securities that is prohibited by the terms of this Agreement.

(ii) At and as of the Effective Time, each Dissenting Share shall be treated as described in Section 2.4(g) .

(iii) At and as of the Effective Time, each share of Company Common Stock held by Buyer, Holdings, the Company or Merger Sub, or any direct or indirect wholly owned Subsidiary of Buyer, Holdings, the Company or Merger Sub shall be cancelled and extinguished without the payment of any consideration therefor.

(f) Company Stock Options; Restricted Stock Unit Awards; Stock Purchase Plan; Deferred Compensation Plans .

(i) By virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the Company, Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub or the holders of Company Stock Options, each Company Stock Option outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall accelerate and fully vest as of the Effective Time (each, a “ Cashed-Out Stock Option ”). Each holder of a Cashed-Out Stock Option shall be eligible to receive an amount in cash (without interest) equal to (A) the excess, if

 

22


any, of the Merger Consideration over the exercise price pursuant to such Cashed-Out Stock Option multiplied by (B) the number of shares of Company Common Stock subject to such Cashed-Out Stock Option, less all applicable deductions and withholdings required by Law to be withheld in respect of such payment. Buyer shall transfer, or cause to be transferred, the necessary funds (the “ Stock Option Cash-Out Payment ”) to the Surviving Corporation and Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to pay to each holder of a Cashed-Out Stock Option the amounts contemplated by this Section 2.4(f)(i) , as soon as practicable after the Effective Time and in any case within two (2) Business Days thereafter. Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to pay any amounts withheld for withholding Taxes promptly to the appropriate Governmental Authority on behalf of such holder of a Cashed-Out Stock Option.

(ii) By virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the Company, Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub or the holders of awards (a “ Restricted Stock Unit Award ”) of restricted stock units (each, a “ Restricted Stock Unit ”) issued pursuant to the 2004 Equity Plan, each Restricted Stock Unit Award outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall accelerate and shall be cancelled at the Effective Time (each, a “ Cashed-Out Restricted Stock Unit Award ”). Each holder of a Cashed-Out Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be eligible to receive at the Effective Time an amount in cash (without interest) equal to (A) the Merger Consideration multiplied by (B) the number of shares of Company Common Stock subject to each Cashed-Out Restricted Stock Unit, less all applicable deductions and withholdings required by Law to be withheld in respect of such payment. Buyer shall transfer, or cause to be transferred, the necessary funds (the “ Restricted Stock Unit Cash-Out Payment ”) to the Surviving Corporation and Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to pay to each holder of a Cashed-Out Restricted Stock Unit Award the amounts contemplated by this Section 2.4(f)(ii) , as soon as practicable after the Effective Time and in any case within two (2) Business Days thereafter. Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to pay any amounts withheld for withholding Taxes promptly to the appropriate Governmental Authority on behalf of such holder of a Cashed-Out Restricted Stock Unit Award.

(iii) Promptly after the date hereof, the Company shall suspend the Company ESPP so that no new purchase periods (as defined in the Company ESPP) shall commence and no new participants shall enroll in the Company ESPP after the date hereof. The current purchase period in progress under the Company ESPP shall terminate pursuant to its terms and any purchase rights existing immediately prior to the Effective Time under the Company ESPP to acquire a share of Company Common Stock shall be cancelled at the Effective Time (each, a “ Cashed-Out ESPP Purchase Right ”). Each holder of a Cashed-Out ESPP Purchase Right shall be eligible to receive at the Effective Time an amount in cash (without interest) equal to (A) the excess, if any, of the Merger Consideration over the purchase price payable by the holder to acquire such share

 

23


of Company Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Company ESPP, multiplied by (B) the number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the purchase rights, less all applicable deductions and withholdings required by Law to be withheld in respect of such payment. Buyer shall transfer the necessary funds (the “ ESPP Cash-Out Payment ”) to the Surviving Corporation and Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to pay to each holder of a Cashed-Out ESPP Purchase Right the amounts contemplated by this Section 2.4(f)(iii) , as soon as practicable after the Effective Time and in any case within two (2) Business Days thereafter. Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to pay any amounts withheld for withholding Taxes promptly to the appropriate Governmental Authority on behalf of such holder of a Cashed-Out ESPP Purchase Right. In addition, as soon as practicable after the Effective Time and in any case within two (2) Business Days thereafter, Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to return to participants their respective accumulated payroll contributions and optional cash payments not applied to the purchase of Company Common Stock under the Company ESPP, if any.

(iv) Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall provide notice to each holder of Company Stock Options and Restricted Stock Units and to participants in the Company ESPP describing the treatment of such Company Stock Options, Restricted Stock Units and the purchase periods then in effect under the Company ESPP under this Section 2.4(f) . At the Effective Time the Company shall terminate the Company Stock Plans and the Company ESPP.

(v) Following and subject to the payment of all accrued account balances under each of the ADESA, Inc. Director Compensation Deferral Plan and ADESA, Inc. 2005 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan in accordance with their terms, the Company shall take all actions necessary so that each such plan shall terminate at the Effective Time.

(vi) Prior to the Effective Time, the Company, in consultation with Buyer, shall use its reasonable best efforts to take such action as Buyer shall reasonably request in connection with obtaining any necessary consents to give effect to the treatment of Company Stock Options, Restricted Stock Units and participants in the Company ESPP as contemplated by this Section 2.4(f) , to the extent that such treatment is not expressly provided for by the terms of the applicable Company Stock Option Plans, Company ESPP or related award agreements; provided , that the failure to obtain any such consents shall not be considered a breach for purposes of Section 7.2(a) solely with respect to Section 3.3 and Section 3.4 , Section 7.2(b) or Section 8.1(g) hereof.

 

24


(g) Dissenting Shares .

(i) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, any shares of Company Common Stock held by a holder who has demanded and validly perfected appraisal rights for such shares in accordance with Section 262 of the DGCL and who, as of the Effective Time, has not effectively withdrawn or lost such appraisal rights (the “ Dissenting Shares ”) shall not be converted into or represent a right to receive the Merger Consideration pursuant to this Section 2.4 , but the holder thereof shall only be entitled to such rights as are granted by Section 262 of the DGCL.

(ii) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (i) above, if any holder of shares of Company Common Stock who demands purchase of such shares under Section 262 of the DGCL shall effectively withdraw or lose (through failure to perfect or otherwise) such holder’s appraisal rights, then, as of the later of (A) the Effective Time or (B) the occurrence of such event, such holder’s shares of Company Common Stock shall automatically be converted into and represent only the right to receive the Merger Consideration as provided in this Section 2.4 , without interest thereon, upon surrender to the Surviving Corporation or the Paying Agent, as applicable, of the Company Stock Certificate.

(iii) The Company shall give Buyer (A) prompt notice of its receipt of any written demands for appraisal rights and any withdrawals of such demands, and (B) the opportunity to participate in all negotiations and proceedings with respect to demands for appraisal rights under Section 262 of the DGCL. The Company shall not, except with the prior written consent of Buyer, make any payment with respect to any demands for purchase of Company Common Stock pursuant to appraisal rights or offer to settle or settle or approve any withdrawal or other treatment of any such demands.

(h) Conversion of Capital Stock of Merger Sub . At and as of the Effective Time, each share of common stock, $.01 par value per share, of Merger Sub shall be converted into one share of common stock, $.01 par value per share, of the Surviving Corporation.

Section 2.5 Procedure for Payment .

(a) Deposit of Funds . Immediately following the Effective Time, Buyer shall or shall cause the Surviving Corporation to deposit with Bank of New York or a bank or trust company mutually acceptable to Buyer and the Company (the “ Paying Agent ”) cash (the “ Payment Fund ”) sufficient in the aggregate for the Paying Agent to make full payment of the Merger Consideration to the holders of all of the outstanding Company Common Stock (other

 

25


than any Dissenting Shares and shares of Company Common Stock held by Buyer, Holdings, the Company or Merger Sub, or any Subsidiary of Buyer, Holdings, the Company or Merger Sub) which such holders are entitled to receive pursuant to this ARTICLE II . The Payment Fund shall not be used for any other purpose. On or simultaneously with the Closing Date, the Company (solely in its capacity as the Surviving Corporation), Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub and the Paying Agent shall enter into a paying agent agreement, on terms and conditions that are reasonably satisfactory to the parties hereto.

(b) Procedures . Promptly (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall cause the Paying Agent to mail a letter of transmittal in customary form and containing such customary provisions as Buyer and the Company may reasonably specify (including a provision confirming that delivery of Company Stock Certificates shall be effected, and risk of loss and title to Company Stock Certificates shall pass, only upon delivery of such Company Stock Certificates to the Paying Agent and provisions regarding those Company Stock Certificates held in book-entry form) to each record holder of Company Common Stock outstanding at the Effective Time for the holder to use in surrendering the Company Stock Certificate against payment of the Merger Consideration. No interest will accrue or be paid to the holder of any outstanding shares of Company Common Stock. Upon surrender of a Company Stock Certificate for cancellation to the Paying Agent, together with a letter of transmittal duly completed and validly executed in accordance with the instructions thereto, and such other documents as may be reasonably required pursuant to such instructions, the Paying Agent shall make full payment of the Merger Consideration (less applicable withholding Taxes) to each holder of Company Common Stock (other than any Dissenting Shares and shares of Company Common Stock held by Buyer, Holdings, the Company or Merger Sub or any Subsidiary of Buyer, Holdings, the Company or Merger Sub) within three (3) Business Days after such stockholder surrenders such stockholder’s Company Stock Certificates to the Paying Agent (or an affidavit to the effect that their Company Stock Certificates shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed in accordance with Section 2.7 to the Paying Agent) and the Company Stock Certificate so surrendered shall forthwith be cancelled. In the event of a transfer of ownership of the Company Common Stock that is not registered in the transfer records of the Company, the Merger Consideration may be paid to a Person other than the Person in whose name the Company Stock Certificate surrendered is registered, if such certificate shall be properly endorsed or otherwise be in proper form for transfer and the Person requesting such issuance establishes to the satisfaction of the Paying Agent that the prior transfer was valid; provided that it shall be a condition of payment that the Person who surrenders such Company Stock Certificate must provide funds for payment of any transfer or other Taxes required by reason of the payment to a Person other than the registered holder of the surrendered Company Stock Certificate or establish to the satisfaction of the Surviving Corporation that the Tax has been paid or is not applicable.

(c) Investment of Payment Fund . Buyer may cause the Paying Agent to invest the cash included in the Payment Fund as directed by Buyer; provided , however , that no such investment or loss thereon shall affect the amounts payable or the timing of payments of the aggregate Merger Consideration, and that the terms and conditions of the investments shall be such as to permit the Paying Agent to make prompt payment of the aggregate Merger

 

26


Consideration, as necessary. Buyer may cause the Paying Agent to pay over to the Surviving Corporation any net earnings with respect to the investments, and Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to replace promptly any portion of the Payment Fund which the Paying Agent loses through investments.

(d) Termination of Payment Fund . Buyer may cause the Paying Agent to pay over to the Surviving Corporation any portion of the Payment Fund (including any earnings thereon) remaining twelve (12) months after the Effective Time, and thereafter all former stockholders of the Company shall be entitled to look to the Surviving Corporation (subject to abandoned property, escheat and other similar Laws) as general creditors thereof with respect to the cash payable upon surrender of their Company Stock Certificates. Any portion of the Payment Fund remaining unclaimed by former stockholders of the Company as of a date which is immediately prior to such time as such amounts would otherwise escheat to or become property of any Governmental Authority shall, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, become the property of the Surviving Corporation free and clear of any claims or interest of any person previously entitled thereto.

(e) Paying Agent Expenses . Buyer shall cause the Surviving Corporation to pay all charges and expenses of the Paying Agent.

(f) Withholding Taxes . Buyer, the Paying Agent and the Surviving Corporation shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from payments otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement to any holder of Company Common Stock, Company Stock Options and Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, such amounts as they are respectively required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law. To the extent that amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the holder of Company Common Stock, Company Stock Options and Restricted Stock Units, as applicable, in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made.

Section 2.6 No Further Transfers of Company Common Stock . Following the Effective Time, there shall be no further registration of transfers on the records of the Company of shares of Company Common Stock which were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time. If, after the Effective Time, Company Stock Certificates are presented to the Surviving Corporation for any reason, they shall be canceled and exchanged as provided in this ARTICLE II .

Section 2.7 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . In the event any Company Stock Certificates shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, the Paying Agent shall pay the Merger Consideration in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed Company Stock Certificates, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the holder thereof; provided that the Surviving Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the payment thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed Company Stock Certificates to provide an indemnity or deliver a bond in such sum as it may reasonably direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Surviving Corporation with respect to the Company Stock Certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 

27


Section 2.8 Further Action . If, at any time after the Effective Time, any further action is reasonably necessary or desirable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement or to vest the Surviving Corporation with full right, title and possession to all assets, property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of either the Company or Merger Sub, the officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation are fully authorized to take, and will take, all such lawful and reasonably necessary action.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

The Company hereby represents and warrants to Buyer and Merger Sub, except as set forth in (A) the Company’s Disclosure Letter (after giving effect to the principles set forth in Section 9.1(b) ) or (B) the Company SEC Reports filed prior to the date hereof, including the notes to the financial statements accompanying the financial statements set forth in the Company SEC Reports filed prior to the date hereof, but excluding the risk factors, forward-looking statements and financial statements set forth in such Company SEC Reports filed prior to the date hereof (provided that (i) clause (B) above shall not apply to Sections 3.2 through 3.5 , 3.7 , 3.8(a) , the first sentence of 3.9 , 3.12 , 3.13 , 3.19 , 3.20 and 3.22 (other than as provided therein) through 3.25 of this Agreement and (ii) clause (B) above shall only apply to Sections 3.1 , 3.6 , 3.8(b) , 3.8(c) , the second sentence of 3.9 , 3.10 , 3.11 , 3.14 through 3.18 and 3.21 if, and only if, the nature and content of the applicable disclosure in any Company SEC Reports filed prior to the date hereof to Sections identified in this clause (ii), as applicable, is reasonably specific as to matters and items such that the subject matter of such disclosure is reasonably apparent on the face of the text of such disclosure to be applicable to the representation set forth in the applicable Section identified in this clause (ii)), as follows:

Section 3.1 Due Organization of Company .

(a) The Company and each of the Material Subsidiaries are duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of their organization. The Company and each of the Material Subsidiaries have the corporate power and authority to carry on their business as they are now being conducted and to own all of their properties and assets, except where the failure to have such corporate power has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. True and complete copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company and the charter, bylaws, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement and other organizational documents of the Material Subsidiaries in effect on the date hereof have been made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof. The Company and each of the Material Subsidiaries are duly qualified as foreign corporations to do business, and are in good standing (to the extent the concept of good standing exists), in each jurisdiction where the character of their properties owned or held under lease or the nature of their activities makes such

 

28


qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Company and each of the Material Subsidiaries have all business licenses, permits and approvals necessary to conduct their business as presently conducted, except where the failure to have such permit or approval has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of the Material Subsidiaries is in material violation of any of the provisions of its organizational documents.

(b) Section 3.1(b) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter sets forth a true and complete list of all of the Subsidiaries of the Company, including the jurisdiction of organization of each Subsidiary. Except for its interests in its Subsidiaries, the Company does not own, directly or indirectly, any capital stock of, or other equity interests in, any other Person. Other than the Material Subsidiaries, each of the other Subsidiaries of the Company is not a “significant subsidiary” as defined by Regulation S-X of the Securities Act.

Section 3.2 Capitalization .

(a) The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of five hundred million (500,000,000) shares of Company Common Stock and fifty million (50,000,000) shares of Company Preferred Stock. As of December 20, 2006, (i) eight million five hundred thousand (8,500,000) shares of Company Common Stock are reserved for issuance under the 2004 Equity Plan; (ii) two hundred thousand (200,000) shares of Company Common Stock are reserved for issuance under the Director Compensation Plan; and (iii) five hundred thousand (500,000) shares of Company Common Stock are reserved for issuance under the Company ESPP.

(b) As of the close of business on December 20, 2006 (the “ Capitalization Date ”), (i) Eighty Nine Million Nine Hundred Ninety Six Thousand Three Hundred Forty Nine and Two Hundred Forty Nine Thousandths (89,996,349.249) shares of Company Common Stock were issued and outstanding; (ii) no shares of Company Preferred Stock were issued or outstanding; (iii) Company Stock Options to acquire Four Million Two Hundred Thousand One Hundred Twenty One (4,200,121) shares of Company Common Stock were outstanding; and (iv) Two Hundred Eighty Six Thousand Ninety Seven and Three Hundred Sixty Two Thousandths (286,097.362) Restricted Stock Units were outstanding.

(c) Since the Capitalization Date to the date of this Agreement, except in connection with the issuance of Company Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of Company Stock Options outstanding as of the Capitalization Date, no shares of Company Common Stock, Company Preferred Stock, Restricted Stock Units or other equity securities of the Company have been issued and no Company Stock Options have been granted. All outstanding shares of Company Common Stock are, and all shares of Company Common Stock subject to issuance, upon issuance on the terms and conditions specified in the instruments pursuant to which they are issuable will be, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and

 

29


nonassessable and free of any preemptive or similar rights and issued in compliance with all applicable securities Laws. Section 3.2(c) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter sets forth a true, correct and complete list, as of the Capitalization Date, of each Company Stock Option, Restricted Stock Unit or other equity-based award outstanding, the number of shares of Company Common Stock issuable thereunder, expiration date and exercise price related thereto and the Company Stock Option Plan pursuant to which each such Company Stock Option, Restricted Stock Unit or other equity-based award was granted.

(d) Except for the Company Stock Options and the Restricted Stock Units, there are no (i) existing options, warrants, calls, subscription rights, Contracts, convertible securities or other rights, agreements or commitments (contingent or otherwise) that obligate the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to issue, transfer or sell any Company Common Stock or any other equity interest in, or debt security of, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any investment or security that is convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any such shares or interests (collectively, “ Convertible Securities ”), (ii) equity equivalents, stock appreciation rights, phantom stock or ownership interests in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or similar rights (collectively, “ Other Securities ”), or (iii) outstanding bonds, debentures, notes or other obligations the holders of which have the right to vote (or which are convertible, exchangeable or exercisable for or into securities having the right to vote) with the stockholders of the Company on any matter (collectively, “ Voting Debt ”, and together with Convertible Securities, Other Securities, Company Common Stock, Company Preferred Stock, Company Stock Options and Restricted Stock Units, the “ Company Interests ”).

(e) There are no Contracts to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or bound (i) with respect to the voting or disposing of any shares of the Company Common Stock or any capital stock of any Subsidiary of the Company, nor to the Knowledge of the Company, as of the date of this Agreement, are there any third party agreements or understandings with respect to the voting of any such shares, (ii) requiring the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any outstanding securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) requiring the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to make any investment (in the form of a loan, capital contribution or otherwise) in any other Person, except in the case of Subsidiaries of the Company that comprise the AFC Business Unit, for loans made in the ordinary course of business of the AFC Business Unit.

(f) Each outstanding share of capital stock of each Material Subsidiary is duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and was issued in compliance in all material respects with applicable securities Laws, and each such share is owned by the Company free and clear of all Liens.

Section 3.3 Due Authorization of Transaction; Binding Obligation . The Company has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and, subject to obtaining the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the Merger by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Company Common Stock entitled to vote thereon (the “ Requisite Stockholder Vote ”), to perform its

 

30


obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation by the Company of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company (other than obtaining the Requisite Stockholder Vote). Except for the adoption of this Agreement and the Merger by the Requisite Stockholder Vote, no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Company are required to approve this Agreement or to consummate the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub, this Agreement is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to the qualification, however, that enforcement of the rights and remedies created hereby is subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general principles of equity affecting the availability of specific performance and other equitable remedies. The Board of Directors of the Company, at a meeting duly called and held, has duly (i) approved and adopted this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the Merger, and (ii) determined that the terms of this Agreement are fair to and in the best interests of the Company’s stockholders.

Section 3.4 Non-Contravention . Assuming compliance with the HSR Act, the Competition Act, any other foreign antitrust or combination Laws, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations of the NYSE, any applicable state securities or “blue sky” Laws, the Requisite Stockholder Vote and the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Company do not and will not (i) contravene the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, or the charter, bylaws, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement or other organizational documents of any Material Subsidiary, (ii) violate any Applicable Law, or (iii) require any consent or approval under, conflict with or result in a breach or termination of or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give to others any right of termination, vesting, amendment, modification, acceleration or cancellation) under, or result in the triggering of any payments or result in the creation of a Lien on any property or asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, pursuant to, any Company Permit or Contract to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets may be bound, or (iv) conflict with or result in a breach of or default under any judgment, decree, order or ruling to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which any of their assets or properties may be bound, except, with respect to clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) for any such contraventions, violations, conflicts, consents, approvals, breaches or defaults which would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.5 Government Approvals, Consents and Filings . Except for such filings as required by the HSR Act, the Competition Act, any other foreign antitrust or combination Laws, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations of the NYSE, any applicable state securities or “blue sky” Laws, the Requisite Stockholder Vote and the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, no approval,

 

31


authorization, consent, order, filing, registration or notification is required to be obtained by the Company from, or made or given by the Company to, any Governmental Authority in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for such approvals, authorizations, consents, orders, filings, registrations or notifications of which the failure to obtain would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.6 Litigation . Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (and none of their respective officers or directors) is engaged in, or a party to, and none of their assets or properties are subject to, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened with, any legal action, formal investigation or other proceeding before any Governmental Authority, which, individually or in the aggregate (i) seeks to restrain, or modify or invalidate, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (ii) would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. There is no judgment, decree, injunction, rule, writ or order of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator outstanding against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets or properties which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.7 Brokers’ Fees . Except for fees payable to UBS Securities LLC (“ UBS ”), Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (“ Credit Suisse ”) and the Bank of Montreal, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder, investment banker, financial advisor or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which Buyer or the Surviving Corporation could become liable or obligated.

Section 3.8 Reports and Financial Information; No Unknown Liabilities .

(a) The Company has filed all reports, forms, statements and other documents required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act since the completion of its initial public offering on June 16, 2004 (all such reports and amendments and supplements thereto, collectively, the “ Company SEC Reports ”). The Company SEC Reports (i) complied in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, at such time of filing; and (ii) did not, as of their respective dates (or, if amended or superseded by a filing prior to the date of this Agreement, then on the date of such amendment or superseding filing), contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided , however , that no representation is made as to the accuracy of any financial projections or forward-looking statements, or the completeness of any information, furnished by the Company to the SEC solely for the purposes of complying with Regulation FD promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act. None of the Subsidiaries of the Company is, or has at any time been, subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13(a) or 15(d) under the Exchange Act. The financial statements of the Company included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 (including the related notes thereto) and the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the periods ended March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006 and

 

32


September 30, 2006 fairly present the consolidated financial position, the results of operations, the changes in cash flows and the changes in stockholders’ equity of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries for the respective periods set forth therein, in each case, in conformity with GAAP consistently applied during the periods involved, except as otherwise noted therein and subject, in the case of the unaudited interim financial statements, to (x) normal year-end adjustments; and (y) the permitted exclusion of all footnotes that would otherwise be required by GAAP.

(b) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material liability or obligation (whether accrued, absolute, known or unknown, contingent or otherwise and whether due or to become due and whether or not required to be reflected, reserved for or disclosed in a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto, prepared in accordance with GAAP) except (i) as reflected, reserved for or disclosed in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as at December 31, 2005 (the “ Balance Sheet Date ”), including the notes thereto, included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005; (ii) as incurred since the Balance Sheet Date in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect; or (iii) as incurred or to be incurred by the Company or any Material Subsidiary pursuant to, in connection with, or as a result of, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) Subject to any applicable grace periods, the Company has been and is in compliance in all material respects with (A) the applicable provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act ”) and (B) the applicable listing and corporate governance rules and regulations of the NYSE. The Company SEC Reports included all certificates required to be included therein pursuant to Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the internal control report and attestation of the Company’s outside auditors required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as required under Rule 13a–15 of the Exchange Act, to ensure that material information relating to the Company is made known to the management of the Company by others within the Company. The Company has disclosed, based on its most recent evaluation prior to the date hereof, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (i) any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information and (ii) any fraud or allegation of fraud, whether or not material, known to management that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting. As of the date hereof, the Company has not identified any material weaknesses in its internal controls over financial reporting.

Section 3.9 Absence of Certain Changes or Events . Since the Balance Sheet Date, the Company has not suffered any change in its business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise) or results of operation which has had, or would reasonably be expected to have,

 

33


individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. Except as disclosed in the Company’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the periods ended March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2006, and Current Reports on Form 8-K filed prior to the date hereof, since the Balance Sheet Date and prior to the date hereof, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has taken any action that would require the approval of Buyer if taken after the date hereof pursuant to clauses  (a) (other than any amendment of the Certification of Incorporation or Bylaws or similar organizational documents or agreements of any of the Company’s wholly owned Subsidiaries), (b)  (other than regular quarterly cash dividends in Company Common Stock which have been publicly disclosed), (g) , (i)  and (l)  of Section 5.1 .

Section 3.10 Taxes .

(a) Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries (i) has timely filed (or had filed on their behalf) all material Tax Returns required to be filed by any of them (after giving effect to any filing extension granted by a Governmental Authority); and (ii) has paid (or had paid on their behalf) all material Taxes (whether or not shown on such Tax Returns) that are required to be paid by it, other than such payments as are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings. The most recent financial statements contained in the Company SEC Reports reflect an adequate reserve (excluding any reserve for deferred Taxes established to reflect timing differences between book and Tax income) for all material Taxes payable by the Company and the Subsidiaries for all taxable periods and portions thereof through the date of such financial statements. Copies of all federal Tax Returns for the Company and the Subsidiaries with respect to the taxable years commencing on or after January 2003 have been made available to representatives of Buyer. Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has executed or filed with the IRS, the Canada Revenue Agency or any other taxing authority any agreement, waiver or other document or arrangement extending the period for assessment, reassessment or collection of material Taxes (including, without limitation, any applicable statute of limitation), and no power of attorney with respect to any material Tax matter is currently in force with respect to the Company or any of the Subsidiaries.

(b) For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2004, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has been a member of an “affiliated group” (within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code) filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return, or included or required to be included in any other group of entities filing, other than a group of which the Company is the common parent, which would cause the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be liable for Taxes under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6; or (ii) is liable for Taxes of another Person (other than another Subsidiary of the Company) either by Contract or by reason of being a transferee or successor of such Person.

(c) All material deficiencies asserted or assessments or reassessments made with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary as a result of any audits or examinations by the IRS, the Canada Revenue Agency or any other taxing authority of the Tax Returns covering or including the Company or any Subsidiary have been paid, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there are no other audits, examinations or other proceedings relating to any material

 

34


Taxes of the Company or any Subsidiary by any taxing authority in progress. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written notice from any taxing authority that it intends to conduct such an audit, examination or other proceeding in respect to any material Taxes or make any material assessment for Taxes where such matter is still pending. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to any material litigation or pending litigation or administrative proceeding relating to any material Taxes.

(d) No claim has been made in writing by a taxing authority in a jurisdiction where the Company or any Subsidiary does not file Tax Returns that the Company or any such Subsidiary is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

(e) Neither the Company nor any other Person on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary has requested any extension of time within which to file any material Tax Return, which material Tax Return has not yet been filed.

(f) There are no material Liens for Taxes (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary.

(g) Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has engaged in a “listed transaction” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4(b)(2).

(h) The Company has not been a United States real property holding corporation (as defined in Section 897(c)(2) of the Code) during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code.

Section 3.11 Employee Matters .

(a) Section 3.11(a) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter lists the name of each Company Employee Plan that is material to the Company and its U.S. Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. The Company has made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof copies of the following: (i) the most recent Company Employee Plan document and all amendments thereto; (ii) the most recent annual report on Form 5500 filed with respect to each Company Employee Plan (if any such report was required by Applicable Law); (iii) the most recent summary plan description for each Company Employee Plan for which such a summary plan description is required by Applicable Law and all related summaries of material modifications; (iv) the most recent Internal Revenue Service determination, notification, or opinion letter, if any, received with respect to each applicable Company Employee Plan; and (v) each trust agreement, insurance contract, annuity contract, or other funding arrangement in effect as of the date hereof and relating to any Company Employee Plan.

 

35


(b) Each of the Company Employee Plans has been administered in accordance with their terms and all Applicable Laws and regulations except for any instances of non-compliance that have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. No claim, action, suit or other proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened with respect to any Company Employee Plan (other than claims for benefits in the ordinary course) that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Each of the Company Employee Plans that is intended to be a “qualified plan” within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code is the subject of a favorable determination or opinion letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) issued after January 1, 1997, and to the Knowledge of the Company no fact or event has occurred since the date of such determination letter or letters from the IRS to adversely affect the qualified status of any such Company Employee Plan or the exempt status of any such trust that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(d) None of the Company Employee Plans is (i) a single employer plan or other pension plan subject to Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code; (ii) a “multi-employer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA); or (iii) a “multiple employer plan” (within the meaning of Section 413(c) of the Code). Since September 20, 2004, neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has sponsored, maintained, contributed to or otherwise incurred any liability with respect to any (i) single employer plan or other pension plan subject to Title IV or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code; (ii) “multi-employer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA); or (iii) “multiple employer plan” (within the meaning of Section 413(c) of the Code).

(e) No Company Employee Plan provides benefits, including death or medical benefits (whether or not insured), with respect to employees or former employees of the Company beyond retirement or other termination of service benefits, except for coverage required by Section 4980B of the Code and Sections 601 through 608 of ERISA (and, if applicable, comparable state law) and such promises and provisions of benefits which have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(f) Section 3.11(f) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter lists the name of each Canadian Employee Plan that is material to the Company or its Canadian Subsidiaries, taken as a whole. The Canadian Employee Plans have been administered and are in material compliance with their terms and Applicable Laws. No claim, action, suit or other proceeding is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened with respect to the Canadian Employee Plans (other than claims for benefits in the ordinary course) that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. No Canadian Employee Plan provides benefits, including death or medical benefits (whether or not insured), but for greater certainty, excluding pension or other retirement income benefits, with respect to employees or former employees of the Company or a Canadian Subsidiary beyond

 

36


retirement or other termination of service benefits, except for coverage extended during any notice period applicable to any such employee or former employee pursuant to Applicable Law and such promises and provisions of benefits which have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Company has made available to Buyer prior to the date hereof true, correct and complete copies, summaries or written descriptions of the Canadian Employee Plans.

(g) To the Knowledge of the Company, all contributions to, and payments from, the Company Employee Plans and the Canadian Employee Plans that were required to be made in accordance with their terms have been timely made.

(h) Except as expressly required or expressly permitted by this Agreement, none of the execution of this Agreement, stockholder approval of this Agreement or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will (i) entitle any employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any severance pay or any increase in severance pay upon any termination of employment after the date hereof; (ii) accelerate the time of payment or vesting or trigger any payment or funding (through a grantor trust or otherwise) of any compensation or benefits under, any Company Employee Plan or Canadian Employee Plan; (iii) result in any material breach or violation of, or a default under, any Company Employee Plan or Canadian Employee Plan; or (iv) result in any payment that would be a “parachute payment” to a “disqualified individual” as those terms are defined in Section 280G of the Code, without regard to whether such payment is reasonable compensation for personal services performed or to be performed in the future.

Section 3.12 Material Contracts .

(a) Section 3.12(a) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of the following Contracts (including every amendment, modification or supplement thereto), other than the Contracts with the Major Customers, to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets are bound or affected:

(i) any Contract which materially limits or restricts or purports to materially limit or restrict the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates from engaging in any line of business operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any jurisdiction or materially limit the freedom of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates to compete in any line of business operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any geographic area or requiring the Company, any of its Subsidiaries (other than with the Company) or any of their respective Affiliates to share any profits derived from the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

37


(ii) any bonds, debentures, notes, loans, credit or loan agreements or commitments, mortgages, indentures, credit facilities, or guarantees or other Contracts relating to Indebtedness involving remaining principal amounts in excess of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) in the aggregate, other than any Indebtedness in connection with the operation of the AFC Business Unit;

(iii) any independent contractor Contracts or leased or temporary employee Contracts involving in each case current or currently committed aggregate annual payments of more than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00);

(iv) leases of personal property involving current or currently committed aggregate annual rent of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) or more;

(v) Contracts with a supplier or other service partner, in each case involving current or currently committed aggregate annual payments made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of more than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00);

(vi) any Contract for capital expenditures or the acquisition of fixed assets involving current or currently committed monetary obligations in excess of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00);

(vii) any Contract relating to the acquisition or disposition, directly or indirectly, of any assets (other than those fixed assets set forth in subsection (vi) above), real property or capital stock or other equity interests of another Person involving continuing obligations or liabilities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00);

(viii) any Contracts filed or required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act not otherwise disclosed pursuant to this Section 3.12 ;

(ix) any acquisition Contract pursuant to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has continuing indemnification, “earn out” or other contingent payment obligations, in each case, that would reasonably be expected to result in payments in excess of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00);

(x) any Contract that (x) contains most favored customer pricing provisions (other than Contracts entered into in the ordinary course of

 

38


business consistent with past practice) or (y) grants any exclusive rights, rights of first refusal, rights of first negotiation or similar rights to any Third Party, in each case under this clause (y) in a manner which is material to the businesses of the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries;

(xi) any Contract that creates (or governs the operation of) a partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other similar agreement with respect to any material business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, other than any such limited liability company, partnership or joint venture that is a Subsidiary of the Company; and

(xii) all other Contracts (not of the type described in subsections (i) through (xi) above) individually involving in each case payments made by or to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) or more over the remaining term of such Contract, other than any Contracts entered into in connection with the operation of the AFC Business Unit.

Each Contract of the type described in subsections (i) through (xii) above , whether or not set forth in Section 3.12(a) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter, is referred to herein individually as a “ Material Contract ” and collectively as the “ Material Contracts. ” Notwithstanding anything above, the Company shall not be required to set forth in Section 3.12(a) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter and, a “Material Contract” shall not include, any Contract that (1) is terminable upon thirty (30) days’ notice without penalty or premium, or (2) will be fully performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing without any continuing obligations or liabilities thereunder. The Company has made available to Buyer a true, correct and complete copy of all written Material Contracts prior to the date hereof.

(b) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has breached or is in default under, or has received written notice of any breach of or default under, or has received written notice of, or to the Knowledge of the Company, knows of, the existence of any event or condition which constitutes, or, after notice or lapse of time or both, will constitute, a breach of or default under, any Material Contract; (ii) to the Knowledge of the Company, no other party to any of the Material Contracts has breached or is in default of any of its obligations thereunder; and (iii) each of the Material Contracts is in full force and effect and is valid and binding on the Company and its Subsidiaries as a party thereto and, to the Knowledge of the Company, the other parties thereto, except in any such case for breaches, defaults or failures to be in full force that have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.13 Customer Contracts .

(a) Section 3.13(a) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of the top ten (10) customers in the Company’s whole car auction services business based on the amount of annual whole car sales volume in fiscal 2005 and for the current fiscal year to September 30 (the “ Major Auction Customers ”).

 

39


(b) Section 3.13(b) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of the top ten (10) customers in the Company’s salvage auction services business based on the amount of annual salvage car sales volume in fiscal 2005 and for the current fiscal year to September 30 (the “ Major Salvage Customers ”).

(c) Section 3.13(c) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of the top ten (10) customers in the Company’s Automotive Finance Corporation business unit (the “ AFC Business Unit ”) based on the amount of total revenues in fiscal 2005 and for the current fiscal year to September 30 (the “ Major AFC Customers ” and together with the Major Auction Customers and the Major Salvage Customers, the “ Major Customers ”).

(d) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has breached, is in default under, and has received written notice of any breach of or default under, any Contract with the Major Customers, or has received written notice of, or to the Knowledge of the Company, knows of, the existence of any event or condition which constitutes, or, after notice or lapse of time or both, will constitute, a breach of or default under, any Contract with the Major Customers, (ii) to the Knowledge of the Company, no Major Customer has breached or is in default of any of its obligations under any such Contract involving the Major Customer, and (iii) each of the Contracts with a Major Customer is in full force and effect, and is valid and binding on the Company and its Subsidiaries as a party thereto and, to the Knowledge of the Company, the other parties thereto, except in any such case of (i) through (iii) for breaches, defaults or failures to be in full force that have not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Company has made available to Buyer a true, correct and complete copy of all written Contracts with the Major Customers (other than ordinary course purchase orders).

Section 3.14 Regulatory Compliance .

(a) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries are, and since January 1, 2005 have been, in compliance with each Law that is applicable to them or to the conduct of their business as a whole and as presently conducted or the ownership or use of any of their properties or assets, except for instances of non-compliance that have not had, or would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Company and its Subsidiaries hold all permits, licenses, variances, authorizations, waivers, exemptions, consents, certificates, orders and approvals of and from all, and has made all declarations and filings with, Governmental Authorities which are material to the operation of their business as a whole and as presently conducted (the “ Company Permits ”). The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with the terms of the Company

 

40


Permits, except where the failure to so comply has not had, or would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Company has made available to Buyer a copy of all Company Permits prior to the date hereof.

The specific subject matters set forth in Sections 3.5 , 3.8(c) , 3.10 , 3.11 , 3.16 , 3.17 , 3.18 and 3.20 are excluded from the provisions of this Section 3.14 and the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Section 3.14 shall not apply with respect to the specific subject matters set forth in such enumerated Sections.

Section 3.15 Title to Properties; Etc.

(a) Section 3.15(a) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter sets forth a correct and complete list and address of all real property interests owned by the Company and the Material Subsidiaries (all such real property interests, together with all buildings, structures and other improvements and fixtures located on or under such real property and all easements, rights and other appurtenances to such real property, are individually referred to herein as a “ Company Property ” and collectively referred to herein as the “ Company Properties ”). Each of the Company Properties is owned by the Company or the Material Subsidiaries, as indicated in Section 3.15(a) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter. The Company and the Material Subsidiaries own each of the Company Properties free and clear of any Liens, title defects, covenants or reservations of interests in title (collectively, “ Property Restrictions ”), except for (i) Permitted Liens and (ii) Property Restrictions that do not or that would reasonably be expected not to, individually or in the aggregate, interfere materially with the current use of such property.

(b) Except as set forth in Section 3.15(b) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter, the Company has not received: (i) any written notices that any certificate, permit or license from any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over any of the Company Properties or any agreement, easement or other right of an unlimited duration that is necessary to permit the lawful use and operation of the buildings and improvements on any of the Company Properties or that is necessary to permit the lawful use and operation of all utilities, parking areas, detention ponds, driveways, roads and other means of egress and ingress to and from any of the Company Properties is not in full force and effect, except for such failures to be in full force and effect that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, or of any pending written threat of modification or cancellation of any of same, that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect; or (ii) any written notices of any uncured violation of any Laws affecting any of the Company Properties or operations which would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Section 3.15(c) of Company’s Disclosure Letter lists all leases entered into by the Company and its Subsidiaries involving in each case individually annual base rent of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or more (the “ Lease Agreements ”), setting

 

41


forth in the case of any such lease, the location of such real property. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received written notice of default from a landlord under any Lease Agreement, except for such defaults which have been fully cured or which have not had, or would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. Each Lease Agreement is in full force and effect and constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company or the applicable Material Subsidiary, except for any such failures which have not had, or would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Company has made available to Buyer a true, correct and complete copy of all Lease Agreements prior to the date hereof.

Section 3.16 Intellectual Property .

(a) Section 3.16(a) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter sets forth a complete list of Registered Intellectual Property Rights that are owned by the Company and the Material Subsidiaries. For each such item of Registered Intellectual Property Rights, Section 3.16(a) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter specifies the following, as applicable:

(i) the jurisdictions in which such item has been issued or registered, or in which an application for such issuance or registration has been filed;

(ii) the registration or application number, as applicable; and

(iii) the date of issuance, registration or filing.

The Company or a Material Subsidiary is the sole and exclusive beneficial and record owner of each such item of Registered Intellectual Property Rights, and each such item is subsisting, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, valid.

(b) Section 3.16(b) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter sets forth a list of material Contracts, pursuant to which (i) the Company or any Material Subsidiaries are granted licenses, or otherwise obtain the right, to use any material Intellectual Property Rights used or held for use in, or necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and the Material Subsidiaries as a whole and, as it is currently conducted, and (ii) any Persons are granted licenses to use material Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company or a Material Subsidiary, but excluding any agreements for shrink-wrap, click-wrap and other generally available licenses, any agreements for software having an acquisition price of less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate for all such related Contracts, standard confidentiality agreements, standard employee invention assignment and other standard employee and contractor agreements, website agreements and terms of use, end-user agreements, and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of conducting the business of the Company and the Material Subsidiaries.

 

42


(c) To the Knowledge of the Company, neither the Company nor any Material Subsidiary is infringing, or has received any written notice alleging that the Company or any Material Subsidiary is infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating any Intellectual Property Right owned by any other Person, and there are no pending actions or proceedings brought by any Person against the Company or any Material Subsidiary alleging that the Company or any Material Subsidiary has infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated any Intellectual Property Rights, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there is no valid basis for such a claim.

(d) To the Knowledge of the Company, no Person is infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating any Intellectual Property Right owned by the Company or any Material Subsidiary.

(e) To the Knowledge of the Company, no judgments, decrees or orders have been issued against any Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company or a Material Subsidiary that are material to the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted and that restrict the use, transfer or licensing thereof by the Company or any Material Subsidiary.

(f) Neither the Company nor any Material Subsidiary has received any written notice of any violation of any Applicable Law, as well as their own policies, relating to privacy, data protection, or collection or use of personal information. The Company takes commercially reasonable measures to safeguard personal information against unauthorized access or other misuse.

Section 3.17 Environmental Matters .

(a) The Company and the Material Subsidiaries are and have been in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws (which compliance includes, without limitation, the possession by the Company and the Material Subsidiaries of all permits and other governmental authorizations required under applicable Environmental Laws, and compliance with the terms and conditions thereof), except where failure to be in compliance has not had, or would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(b) There is no present Environmental Claim pending or threatened against the Company or its Material Subsidiaries, nor, to the Knowledge of the Company, are there any past or present actions, activities, circumstances, conditions, events or incidents arising from the operations of the Company, its Material Subsidiaries or any corporate predecessors thereto, including, without limitation, the Release or presence of any Hazardous Substances

 

43


which could form the basis of any Environmental Claim, against the Company or its Material Subsidiaries or, or to the Knowledge of the Company, against any Person whose liability for any Environmental Claim the Company or the Material Subsidiaries, has or may have retained or assumed either contractually or by operation of law, except for such Environmental Claims that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Neither the Company nor any Material Subsidiary (i) has received any written notice from any Person alleging that the Company or any Material Subsidiary is potentially liable for any Hazardous Substance on any properties currently or, to the Knowledge of the Company, formerly owned, leased or operated by the Company or any Material Subsidiary, that would reasonably be expected to lead to a material Environmental Claim against the Company or any Material Subsidiary; or (ii) has, to the Knowledge of the Company, disposed of any Hazardous Substance on third-party sites in material violation of any Environmental Law or incurred any material liability for the generation, treatment, storage or disposal of Hazardous Substances.

(d) There is no Cleanup of Hazardous Substances being conducted or planned by the Company or any Material Subsidiary at any property currently, or to the Knowledge of the Company, formerly owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except for such Cleanups that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(e) The Company has delivered or otherwise made available for inspection to the Buyer true and complete copies of all material reports, studies and analyses conducted within the last five (5) years that are in the possession, custody or control of the Company or any Material Subsidiary pertaining to Hazardous Substances in, on, beneath or adjacent to any property currently or formerly owned, operated or leased by the Company and its Subsidiaries, or regarding the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ compliance with applicable Environmental Laws.

Section 3.18 Labor Matters . Neither the Company nor any Material Subsidiary is a party to or otherwise bound by any collective bargaining Contract with a labor union or labor organization. Neither the Company nor any Material Subsidiary is the subject of any material proceeding asserting that Company has committed an unfair labor practice or is seeking to compel it to bargain with any labor union or labor organization nor is there pending or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened, nor has there been for the past three (3) years, any labor strike, dispute, walkout, work stoppage, slow-down or lockout involving the Company or any Material Subsidiary.

Section 3.19 Opinion of Financial Advisor . The Company has received the opinion of Credit Suisse to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion, the Merger Consideration is fair to the holders of the Company Common Stock from a financial point of view.

 

44


Section 3.20 State Takeover Statutes . The Company’s Board of Directors has taken all action necessary to render inapplicable Section 203 of the DGCL as it relates to the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 3.21 Insurance . The Company has made available to Buyer correct and complete copies of all material insurance policies, including general liability policies, product liability, comprehensive general liability and umbrella insurance policies maintained as of the date hereof by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Insurance Policies ”), together with descriptions of “self-insurance” programs. The Insurance Policies are in full force and effect and provide insurance in such amounts and covering such risks as are in accordance with normal industry practice, and all premiums due and payable thereon have been paid or have been caused to be paid, except in each case, where the failure to be in full force and effect or failure to pay the premiums has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is in breach or default, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received written notice that it is in breach or default with respect to any obligations under the Insurance Policies other than as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice of cancellation or termination with respect to any existing insurance policy that is held by, or for the benefit of, any of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries have taken any action or failed to take any action which, with notice or lapse of time, would constitute a breach or default under, or permit termination or material modification of any of the Insurance Policies, other than as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.22 Interested Party Transactions . Except for Contracts filed or incorporated by reference as an exhibit to a Company SEC Report prior to the date hereof or the Company Employee Plans, there are no Contracts (other than expired Contracts or Contracts terminated in accordance with their terms in which no continuing obligations or liabilities survive such expiration or termination) or other transactions between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and (i) any officer or director of the Company or any such Subsidiary; (ii) any record or beneficial owner of five percent (5%) or more of the voting securities of the Company; or (iii) any Affiliate of any such officer, director or record or beneficial owner on the other hand.

Section 3.23 Allete Spin-off . None of the Merger nor any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will result in (i) any material Tax liability to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any material Tax liability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to another party (including the Company’s former parent, Allete, Inc. (“ Allete ”), and its current or former stockholders), including pursuant to any contractual indemnification or other agreement or arrangement (including any Tax sharing or similar agreement), in each case of (i) and (ii) above, by reason of the separation of the Company from Allete on or about September 20, 2004 (the “ Spin-Off Date ”) failing to be Tax-free, in whole or in part, pursuant to Section 355 (including subsections (d) and (e) thereof) of the Code (the “ Separation Tax Treatment ”). Since the Spin-Off Date and prior to the date hereof, to the Knowledge of the

 

45


Company, (A) neither the Company nor Allete has received any notice (written or oral) from any Taxing Authority regarding an inquiry or review of the appropriateness of the Separation Tax Treatment and (B) Allete has not provided any notice (whether written or oral) to the Company regarding the appropriateness of the Separation Tax Treatment.

Section 3.24 Proxy Statement . The Proxy Statement will not, at the time it is filed with the SEC, at the time it is first mailed to the stockholders of the Company, at the Effective Time or at the time of the Stockholder Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The Proxy Statement will comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company makes no representation or warranty with respect to any statements made or incorporated by reference in the Proxy Statement based on information supplied by Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub in writing specifically for inclusion therein.

Section 3.25 No Other Representations or Warranties .

(a) Except for the representations and warranties contained in this ARTICLE III , neither the Company nor any other Person makes any express or implied representation or warranty on behalf of the Company, and the Company hereby disclaims any such other representation or warranty. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in any representation or warranty in this Agreement made by the Company shall in any way limit or restrict the scope, applicability or meaning of any other representation or warranty made by the Company in this Agreement.

(b) In particular, without limiting the foregoing disclaimer, except for the representations and warranties contained in this ARTICLE III , no Person makes or has made any representation or warranty to, and there is and has been no reliance by, Buyer, Holdings Merger Sub, Equity Sponsors, Lenders or any of their Affiliates or Representatives with respect to (i) any financial projection or forecast relating to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or their businesses; or (ii) any oral or written information presented to Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub, Equity Sponsors, Lenders or any of their Affiliates or Representatives during any management presentation including any question-and-answer session thereto or any oral or written information provided to Buyer, Holdings Merger Sub, Equity Sponsors, Lenders or any of their Affiliates or Representatives in the course of its due diligence investigation of the Company, the negotiation of this Agreement or in the course of the transaction contemplated hereby.

 

46


ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER PARTIES

Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant to the Company, except as set forth in the Buyer’s Disclosure Letter:

Section 4.1 Due Incorporation . Each of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub is a corporation or limited liability company, as applicable, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. Each of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub has the corporate or limited liability company power and authority to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and to own or lease all of its properties and assets. Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub are duly qualified as foreign corporations (or a limited liability company, as applicable) to do business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction where the character of their properties owned or held under lease or the nature of their activities makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified has not had, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. True and complete copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of Holdings and Merger Sub, and of the Certificate of Formation of Buyer, in each case with all amendments and restatements thereto to the date hereof have been provided to the Company prior to the date hereof. Buyer owns all of the outstanding equity interests of Holdings. Holdings owns all of the outstanding equity interests of Merger Sub. None of Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub is in material violation of any of the provisions of its organizational documents.

Section 4.2 Due Authorization of Transaction; Binding Obligation .

(a) Each of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub has full corporate (or limited liability company) power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub and the consummation by Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub of the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action or limited liability company proceedings, as applicable, on the part of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, is the valid and binding obligation of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the qualification, however, that enforcement of the rights and remedies created hereby is subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general principles of equity affecting the availability of specific performance and other equitable remedies. No further approval by the board of directors, board of managers, stockholders, members or other security holders of Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub is required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub, including, without limitation, the consummation of the Merger.

 

47


(b) Each of the Equity Sponsors and, if applicable, certain affiliates and successor funds has full corporate, limited liability, limited partnership or other entity power and authority to execute and deliver the Limited Guarantee and to perform its obligations thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, and the execution, delivery and performance of the Limited Guarantee by each of the Equity Sponsors and the consummation by each of the Equity Sponsors of the transactions contemplated thereby has been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate, limited liability, limited partnership or other entity action on the part of each Equity Sponsor. The Limited Guarantee is the valid and binding obligation of each Equity Sponsor enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the qualification, however, that enforcement of the rights and remedies created thereby is subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general application relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general principles of equity affecting the availability of specific performance and other equitable remedies. No further approval of the board of directors, members, partners, stockholders, Affiliates or other security holders of each Equity Sponsor is required for the execution, delivery and performance of the Limited Guarantee by such Equity Sponsor.

Section 4.3 Non-Contravention . Assuming compliance with the HSR Act, the Competition Act, any other foreign antitrust or combination Laws, any applicable state securities or “blue sky” Laws, and the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub do not and will not (i) contravene the Certificate of Incorporation or bylaws or Certificate of Formation of Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub; (ii) result in any violation of, conflict with, or result in a breach or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, require consent under, or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or to the loss of any benefit under any loan, guarantee of indebtedness or credit agreement, note, bond or indenture binding upon Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub; (iii) violate any Applicable Law; and (iv) result in any violation of, conflict with or result in a breach of or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under any Contract (including, without limitation, any Contract with IAAI), judgment, decree, order or ruling to which Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub is a party or by which Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub or any of their assets or properties is bound or affected, except with respect to clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv) for any such contraventions, violations, conflicts, breaches or defaults which have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.4 Government Approvals, Consents, and Filings . Except for such filings as required by the HSR Act, the Competition Act, any other foreign antitrust or combination Laws, the Investment Canada Act, any applicable state securities or “blue sky” Laws, and the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, no approval, authorization, consent, order, filing, registration or notification is required to be obtained by Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub from, or made or given by Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub to, any Governmental Authority in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub or the consummation by Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for such approvals, authorizations, orders, filings, registrations or notifications of which the failure to obtain, would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

 

48


Section 4.5 Litigation . None of Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub, IAAI or any Equity Sponsor is directly engaged, or has caused another Person to engage, in or is a party, or has caused another Person to be a party, to, or to the Knowledge of the Buyer Parties, is threatened with, any legal action or other proceeding, which (i) seeks to restrain, materially modify or invalidate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; or (ii) would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.6 Performance . As of the date hereof, to the Knowledge of the Buyer Parties, there is no effect, change, condition, occurrence, development, event, or series of events or circumstances, including with respect to IAAI, that would constitute or cause a breach of any of the representations, warranties and covenants of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub contained in this Agreement or that would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect; provided , however , that the representation in this Section 4.6 shall only apply to matters relating to Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub, IAAI or any Equity Sponsor or any of their Representatives and shall in no way apply to matters relating to, involving or otherwise affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates.

Section 4.7 Financing . Section 4.7 of the Buyer’s Disclosure Letter sets forth true, accurate and complete copies of executed commitment letters from (i) the Lenders as the same may be amended and replaced in accordance with Section 6.13 , (collectively, the “ Debt Commitment Letters ”), pursuant to which, and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, the Lenders have committed to lend the amounts set forth therein, and assist in the placement of debt securities the proceeds of which will be provided, to Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub for the purpose of funding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Debt Financing ”); and (ii) the Equity Sponsors, (the “ Equity Commitment Letters ” and together with the Debt Commitment Letters, the “ Commitment Letters ”) pursuant to which the Equity Sponsors have committed to invest the amounts set forth therein subject to the terms therein (the “ Equity Financing ” and together with the Debt Financing, the “ Financing ”). Each of the Debt Commitment Letters, in the form so delivered, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub and, to the Knowledge of the Buyer Parties as of the date hereof, the other parties thereto. Each of the Equity Commitment Letters, in the form so delivered, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer and the Equity Sponsors. As of the date of this Agreement, none of the Commitment Letters has been amended or modified and the respective commitments set forth in the Commitment Letters have not been withdrawn or rescinded in any respect. As of the date of this Agreement, no event has occurred which, with or without notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute a default or breach on the part of Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub under any term or condition of any of the Commitment Letters; provided , however , that no representation is made with respect to any default or breach occurring by reason of matters relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. As of the date of this Agreement, none of the Buyer Parties has any reason to believe that it will be unable to satisfy on a timely basis any term or condition of the closing to be satisfied by it contained in any of the Commitment Letters. Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub has fully paid any and all commitment fees or other fees required by the Commitment Letters to be paid on or before the date of this

 

49


Agreement. The Financing, when taken together with the cash of the Company and its Subsidiaries in an amount of at least Twenty Million Dollars ($20,000,000), will be sufficient to pay the aggregate Merger Consideration, the Stock Option Cash-Out Payment, the Restricted Stock Unit Cash-Out Payment, the ESPP Cash-Out Payment, repayment of the Company Notes and repayment of the Indebtedness under the Credit Facility and the Hedge Agreements to allow Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub to perform all of their obligations under this Agreement and to consummate all the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and pay all fees and expenses to be paid by Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub related to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. As of the date hereof, there are no contractual contingencies, side letters or similar arrangements under any Contract relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to which Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub or any of their Affiliates is a party that would permit any of the Lenders or Equity Sponsors to reduce the total amount of the Financing, impose any additional condition precedent to the availability of the Financing or materially delay the availability of the Financing.

Section 4.8 Capitalization of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub . As of the date hereof, the authorized membership interests of Buyer consists solely of the membership units described in Section 4.8(i) of the Buyer’s Disclosure Letter (the “ Buyer Units ”). As of the date hereof, the Buyer Units are held of record and beneficially by the individuals and entities, and in the amounts, as set forth in Section 4.8(i) of the Buyer’s Disclosure Letter. Except as set forth in Section 4.8(ii) of the Buyer’s Disclosure Letter, there are no existing options, warrants, calls, subscription rights, convertible securities or other rights, agreements or commitments (contingent or otherwise) that obligate Buyer to issue, transfer or sell any Buyer Units or any investment that is convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any such shares. All outstanding share capital of Holdings is, and at the Effective Time will be, owned by Buyer. All outstanding share capital of Merger Sub is, and at the Effective Time will be, owned by Holdings. As of the date hereof, each of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub was formed solely for the purpose of engaging in the transactions contemplated hereby, and neither has conducted any business prior to the date hereof and has, and prior to the Effective Time, will not have, assets, liabilities or obligations of any nature, in each case other than those incident to its formation and pursuant to this Agreement and the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Financing.

Section 4.9 Finder’s Fees; Brokers . None of Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub has any liability or obligation to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which the Company could become liable or obligated.

Section 4.10 Information Supplied . The information that is supplied in writing by Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub specifically for inclusion in the Proxy Statement will not, on the date the Proxy Statement is first mailed to stockholders of the Company, at the Effective Time, or at the time of the Stockholder Meeting, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; provided, that no representation is made with respect to any such information to the extent that the Company modifies or otherwise alters the information supplied in writing by Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub or any of their Representatives prior to its inclusion in the Proxy Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) without their approval.

 

50


Section 4.11 Other Agreements . None of Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub, IAAI, or any Equity Sponsor (i) has directly entered, or caused another Person to enter, into any Contract with (x) any officer or director of the Company, (y) any Person that owns five percent (5%) or more of the shares of Company Common Stock in so far as it relates to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, the Company Common Stock, the Merger or the other transactions contemplated hereby, or (z) any other Person specifically regarding the Merger or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (other than the Commitment Letters and Contracts between the Equity Sponsors); or (ii) any direct or indirect beneficial ownership, or sole or shared voting power, with respect to any shares of Company Common Stock; provided , however, that for purposes of this Section 4.11 , Goldman shall not be deemed to directly or indirectly beneficially own, or have sole or shared voting power, with respect to any shares of Company Common Stock owned by any Affiliate of Goldman, except for controlled affiliates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of Goldman who have received material non-public information from Goldman about the Company, or to which any such Affiliate of Goldman has such voting power. The foregoing representation shall not apply to any brokerage, investment advisory, financial advisory, anti-raid advisory, merger advisory, financing, asset management, trading, market making, arbitrage, investment activity and other similar activities conducted by Goldman and its Affiliates in the ordinary course of their business; provided that no material non-public information about the Company and received from Goldman was used in connection therewith.

Section 4.12 No Other Representations or Warranties . Except for the representations and warranties contained in this ARTICLE IV , none of Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub or any other Person makes any express or implied representation or warranty on behalf of Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub, and Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub hereby disclaim any such other representation or warranty.

ARTICLE V

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS PENDING THE MERGER

Section 5.1 Conduct of Business of the Company Pending the Merger . The Company agrees that, between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time, except as expressly required or expressly permitted by this Agreement or Section 5.1 of the Company’s Disclosure Letter, and except with the prior written consent of Buyer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, the businesses of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall be conducted in, and the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not take any action except in, the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; and the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to preserve substantially intact the business organization of the Company and its Subsidiaries, to preserve in all material respects the assets and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries in good repair and condition, to keep available the services of the current officers and key employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to preserve the current relationships of the Company and its Subsidiaries with customers, suppliers and other

 

51


persons with which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has significant business relations. Except as expressly required or expressly permitted by this Agreement or as set forth in Section 5.1 of the Company’s Disclosure Letter, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, between the date of this Agreement and the Effective Time, do any of the following without the prior written consent of Buyer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed:

(a) amend Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company or similar organizational documents or agreements of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries;

(b) (i) split, combine or reclassify any shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) declare, set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution payable in cash, stock, property or otherwise in respect of the Company’s capital stock or shares of capital stock or other equity interests in any of the Company’s Subsidiaries that is not directly or indirectly wholly owned by the Company any other wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company; or (iii) directly or indirectly redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of the Company’s capital stock or other securities except for repurchase of Company Common Stock of an employee prior to the lapse of any vesting period upon termination of such employee’s employment;

(c) authorize for issuance, issue, sell, pledge, dispose of, encumber, deliver or agree or commit to issue, sell, pledge, or deliver any shares of any class of capital stock, voting securities or other ownership interest of, or rights of any kind to acquire any shares of such capital stock, voting securities or other ownership interests of, the Company of any of its Subsidiaries other than: (i) the issuance of Company Common Stock upon exercise of Company Stock Options or vesting of Restricted Stock Units outstanding on the date of this Agreement; (ii) grant of Company Stock Options, Restricted Stock Units, stock awards or other similar equity rights, not to exceed one hundred fifteen thousand (115,000) shares of Company Common Stock subject to such grants; (iii) the issuance of Company Common Stock pursuant to the Company ESPP in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(iii) ; and (iv) the grant of purchase rights during the current purchase period (as defined in the Company ESPP) pursuant to the Company ESPP in accordance with Section 2.4(f)(iii) ;

(d) dispose of, transfer, lease, license, mortgage, pledge or encumber any material fixed or other assets other than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or pursuant to existing Contracts;

(e) incur or assume Indebtedness (A) which is not prepayable without penalty or (B) in excess of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) in the aggregate or incur or assume any other liability or other obligation or issue any debt securities in excess of Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00) in the aggregate, except in each case (i) for Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Company that is incurred or assumed by the Company or another Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) for draws under the Company’s revolving credit facilities or other similar lines

 

52


of credit in the ordinary course of business not to exceed Thirty Million Dollars ($30,000,000) in the aggregate; or (iii) for increased third party financing necessary or desirable for the receivables portfolio and other transactions associated with loan receivables in connection with the operation of the AFC Business Unit not in excess of Six Hundred Million Dollars ($600,000,000.00) in the aggregate at any date of determination.

(f) (i) make any loans, advances or capital contributions to Persons, in excess of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate, other than with respect to obligations existing as of the date hereof to wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Company or in connection with the operation of the AFC Business Unit; or (ii) make any loans or advances to any executive officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(g) except as required by the SEC, changes in Applicable Law or GAAP or the interpretation or enforcement thereof or as recommended by the Company’s independent auditors, take any material action, other than in the ordinary course of business, with respect to accounting policies or procedures;

(h) waive, release, assign, settle or compromise any (X) governmental complaint or (Y) litigation other than, in respect of clause (Y), settlements of, or compromises for, any litigation where the amounts paid or to be paid are (i) covered, subject to payment of a deductible, by insurance coverage maintained by the Company and its Subsidiaries without any material increase in the premiums due under such policies; and (ii) otherwise less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate;

(i) except as required by Applicable Law or the interpretation or enforcement thereof, make or rescind any material Tax election, change any material Tax method, file any amended Tax Return that is material, or settle or compromise any material federal, state, provincial, local or foreign income Tax liability;

(j) fail to maintain insurance consistent with past practices for the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(k) except in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice, dispose of, grant, or permit to lapse, any rights to any Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company that are material to the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and as currently conducted, obtain any Intellectual Property for a purchase price or payments in excess of Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate, or dispose of or disclose without a nondisclosure agreement or outside the ordinary course of business to any Person, other than Representatives of the Buyer Parties, any Trade Secret owned or used by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company that is material to the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole and as currently conducted;

 

53


(l) adopt or enter into a plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, restructuring, recapitalization or other reorganization of the Company;

(m) write up, write down or write off the book value of any assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries, other than in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or as may be required by GAAP or the interpretation or enforcement thereof or as recommended by the Company’s independent auditors;

(n) materially amend, modify, cancel or terminate or waive, release or assign any material rights or claims with respect to, any Material Contract (or material Contract with a Major Customer) or enter into any Contract that would be a Material Contract (or material Contract with a Major Customer) if entered into prior to the date hereof, in each case, other than (i) in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice or (ii) with respect to the increased third party financing necessary and customary for the receivables portfolio and other transactions associated with loan receivables in connection with the operation of the AFC Business Unit not in excess of Six Hundred Million Dollars ($600,000,000.00) in the aggregate at any date of determination;

(o) directly or indirectly, acquire (by merger, consolidation, acquisition of equity interests or assets, or any other business combination) any Person (or division thereof) or any property or assets (i) exceeding One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in any single transaction or Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) in the aggregate for all transactions or (ii) that could reasonably be expected to materially delay the consummation of the Merger, including the expiration of any waiting period required with respect to the Merger under the HSR Act;

(p) except as set forth in Section 5.1(p) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter, authorize or make any capital expenditure exceeding One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) in any single transaction or Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) in the aggregate for all transactions; or

(q) enter into any Contract with respect to, or authorize or commit to do, any of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 5.1 , (1) nothing in this Section 5.1 shall prohibit the Company from dissolving any of its Subsidiaries and/or merging or amalgamating any of its Subsidiaries; and (2) the Company may engage in the transactions permitted under Section 5.2 below. Without in any way limiting any party’s rights or obligations under this Agreement, the parties understand and agree that (A) nothing contained in this Agreement gives any of the Buyer Parties, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries prior to the Effective Time; and (B) prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall exercise, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, complete control and supervision over its operations and the operations of its Subsidiaries.

 

54


Section 5.1.1 Consultation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.1 , between the date of this Agreement and the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article VIII , the Company shall comply with the obligations set forth in Section 5.1.1 of the Company’s Disclosure Letter.

Section 5.1.2 Company Conduct . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.1 or Section 5.1.1 , neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall, between the date of this Agreement and the earlier of the Effective Time or the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article VIII , do any of the actions set forth in Section 5.1.2 of the Company’s Disclosure Letter without the prior written consent of Buyer, except for such actions as are expressly contemplated by contracts or other items set forth expressly in sections of the Company’s Disclosure Letter other than Section 5.1.2 .

Section 5.2 Compensation Plans . Except (i) as expressly required by this Agreement; (ii) as set forth in Section 5.2 of the Company’s Disclosure Letter; (iii) as expressly required by Applicable Law; or (iv) as expressly required pursuant to existing contractual arrangements, contractual commitments or corporate policies with respect to bonuses, change of control, severance or termination pay in existence on the date of this Agreement and disclosed in a Company SEC Report filed prior to the date of this Agreement, during the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the Effective Time, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company shall do any of the following without the prior written consent of Buyer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed:

(a) enter into, adopt or amend any Company Employee Plans or any Canadian Employee Plans to materially increase the benefits thereunder;

(b) grant or become obligated to grant any increase in the compensation, severance or fringe benefits of existing directors or employees, except in the case of existing non-officer employees normal increases and non-stock benefit changes in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice;

(c) make any material change in, or enter into any employment or similar Contract with, any director, employee or officer except for employment Contracts with new non-officer employees in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice; provided that such Contracts do not grant any severance, change of control or termination pay to such individuals; or

(d) enter into or renew any Contract with any director, employee, officer, consultant or independent contractor that provides for the payment to any such Person of compensation or benefits contingent upon the occurrence of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

55


Section 5.3 No Solicitation .

(a) Except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Section 5.3 , the Company shall not (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries not to), and shall not authorize or permit any Representative of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, (i) initiate, solicit or knowingly encourage (including by way of furnishing non-public information) or take any other action to facilitate any inquiries or the making of any proposal relating to, or that could reasonably be expected to lead to, an Alternative Transaction, (ii) enter into discussions or negotiate with (or provide any non-public information to or otherwise afford access to the properties, books or records of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) any Person in connection with any proposal relating to an Alternative Transaction, (iii) agree to or enter into any letter of intent or similar agreement in principle or other Contract with respect to, or approve or recommend or otherwise endorse or support, any proposal relating to an Alternative Transaction or (iv) grant any waiver or release under any standstill or similar agreement to which the Company is a party (including any agreement entered into in connection with the solicitation of proposals by UBS Investment Bank) to any Person. Upon execution of this Agreement, the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and their respective Representatives to cease immediately and cause to be terminated any and all existing discussions, conversations, negotiations and other communications with any Person conducted heretofore with respect to, or that could reasonably be expected to lead to, a proposal relating to an Alternative Transaction.

(b) The Company shall promptly request that all confidential information previously furnished to any Third Party relating to an Alternative Transaction be returned or destroyed in accordance with the confidentiality agreement entered into with such Third Party and shall deny access to any data room (virtual or actual) containing any such information to any such Third Party.

(c) The Company shall promptly notify Buyer orally and in writing of all material terms of any proposals received by the Company or by any of its Subsidiaries or their respective Representatives relating to any Alternative Transaction, any material changes thereto, or any other requests for information, discussions or negotiations relating thereto, specifying, in each case, the material terms and conditions thereof and the identity of the party making such inquiry, proposal or request.

(d) The Company shall notify its Representatives of the restrictions described in this Section 5.3 . The Company agrees that it shall use reasonable best efforts to ensure that any Representative of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries do not violate any of the restrictions set forth in this Section 5.3 .

 

56


(e) At any time prior to the receipt of the Requisite Stockholder Vote, nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit the Board of Directors of the Company, the Company, and each of its Representatives from furnishing information to, entering into a confidentiality agreement with, or entering into discussions or negotiations with, any Person in connection with an unsolicited written bona fide proposal by such Person relating to an Alternative Transaction received after the date hereof if, and only if prior to taking such action, (A) the Board of Directors of the Company determines that such proposal constitutes or could reasonably be expected to lead to a Superior Proposal, (B) the Board of Directors of the Company, after consultation with the Company’s outside legal counsel determines in good faith that such action is necessary for the Company’s Board of Directors to comply with its fiduciary duties to the Company’s stockholders, (C) the receipt of such proposal did not result from a breach of this Section 5.3 ; provided that prior to furnishing such information to, or entering into discussions or negotiations with, such Person, the Company (1) provides written notice to Buyer to the effect that it is furnishing information to, or entering into discussions or negotiations with, such Person and promptly provides Buyer any non-public information concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is provided to such Person making such proposal or its Representatives which was not previously provided to any of the Buyer Parties, and (2) the Company receives from such Person an executed confidentiality agreement with terms that are comparable to and no less restrictive than those set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement.

(f) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall (i) prohibit the Company’s Board of Directors, the Company and its Representatives from complying with Rule 14e-2(a) or Rule 14d-9 promulgated under the Exchange Act, or making such disclosures to the Company’s stockholders as, in the good faith determination of the Company’s Board of Directors, after consultation with its outside legal counsel, is required by Applicable Law; or (ii) prohibit or restrict the Board of Directors of the Company from amending, modifying or withdrawing the Company Board Recommendation (any such action, a “ Change in Recommendation ”), to the extent that the Company’s Board of Directors determines in good faith, after consultation with its outside legal counsel, that it is required to do so to comply with its fiduciary duties to the Company’s stockholders.

(g) Neither the Board of Directors of the Company nor any committee thereof shall (i) approve, nor shall the Company enter into, any letter of intent, agreement in principle, acquisition agreement or similar Contract relating to any Alternative Transaction or (ii) approve or recommend or publicly propose to approve or recommend any Alternative Transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, prior to receipt of the Requisite Stockholder Vote, the Board of the Directors of the Company determines in good faith, after consultation with its outside legal counsel and financial advisor, that a Superior Proposal has been made, the Board of Directors of the Company may, subject to compliance with the provisions of this Section 5.3(g) , (x) approve or recommend such Superior Proposal, (y) cause the Company to enter into a binding definitive agreement with respect to, and containing the terms of, such Superior Proposal (a “ Superior Proposal Agreement ”) and (z) terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 8.1(f) ; provided , however , that prior to taking any such action (A) the Company shall have delivered to Buyer at least five (5) Business Days’ prior notice of its intention to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 8.1(f) (which notice shall

 

57


contain the material terms and conditions of such Superior Proposal, including the identity of the party making such proposal), it being understood that any amendment to the financial or other material terms of such Superior Proposal shall require a new five (5) Business Day period to afford Buyer the opportunity to negotiate as contemplated below; (B) during such five (5) Business Day period the Company shall have cooperated and negotiated with Buyer (to the extent Buyer wishes such cooperation) to enable Buyer to make such adjustments in the terms and conditions of this Agreement such that it is able to make a Superior Offer if it wishes to do so; and (C) after taking into account any revised proposal that may be made by Buyer since receipt of the notice described above, the Company’s Board of Directors shall have determined in good faith, after consultation with its outside legal counsel and financial advisor, that Buyer has not made a Superior Offer on or prior to the expiration of such five (5) Business Day period, then, and only then, the Company’s Board of Directors may enter into a Superior Proposal Agreement and concurrently terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(f) .

(h) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit the Company from filing with the SEC a current report on Form 8-K to report the execution of this Agreement and file a copy of this Agreement and any ancillary agreement as exhibits to such a report.

Section 5.4 Conduct of Business by Buyer Parties Pending the Merger . During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Effective Time, except as required by this Agreement, no Buyer Party shall, without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, engage in any action or enter into any transaction or permit any action to be taken or transaction to be entered into that would have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, none of Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub, the Subsidiaries of Buyer, the Equity Sponsors and IAAI shall, and shall not cause any Person to, acquire (whether via merger, consolidation, stock or asset purchase or otherwise), or agree to so acquire, any material amounts of assets of or any equity in any other Person or any business or division thereof, unless that acquisition or agreement would not reasonably be expected to (i) materially increase the risk of not obtaining any authorizations, consents, orders, declarations or approvals of any Governmental Authority necessary to consummate the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the expiration or termination of any waiting period under Applicable Law; or (ii) materially increase the risk of any Governmental Authority entering an order prohibiting the consummation of the Merger or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or materially increase the risk of not being able to remove any such order on appeal or otherwise.

ARTICLE VI

ADDITIONAL AGREEMENTS

Section 6.1 Stockholder Approvals . As promptly as practicable after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall duly call, give notice of, convene and hold a special meeting of its stockholders (the “ Stockholder Meeting ”) for the purpose of obtaining the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the Merger. The Company, acting through its

 

58


Board of Directors, and subject to the provisions of Section 5.3(f) and Section 5.3(g) will (i) recommend to its stockholders the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the Merger (the “ Company Board Recommendation ”), and shall include such recommendation in the Proxy Statement; and (ii) not rescind its authorization or approval of this Agreement and the Merger, subject in each case to the Company making a Change in Recommendation pursuant to the provisions of Section 5.3(f) and Section 5.3(g) hereof. Subject to Section 5.3(f) and Section 5.3(g) , the Company will use reasonable best efforts to solicit from its stockholders proxies in favor of the adoption and approval of this Agreement and the Merger and will use reasonable best efforts to take all other action necessary or advisable to secure the vote or consent of its stockholders required by Applicable Law to obtain such approvals. The Company shall keep Buyer updated with respect to proxy solicitation results as reasonably requested by Buyer.

Section 6.2 Proxy Statement .

(a) The Company shall prepare and file with the SEC as soon as practicable a preliminary Proxy Statement, which shall comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act, and shall use reasonable best efforts to respond to any comments of the SEC or its staff and to cause the Proxy Statement to be mailed to the Company’s stockholders as promptly as practicable after responding to all such comments to the satisfaction of the SEC staff. The Company shall notify Buyer promptly of the receipt of any comments from the SEC or its staff and of any request by the SEC or its staff for amendments or supplements to the Proxy Statement or for additional information and will supply Buyer with copies of all correspondence between the Company or any of its Representatives, on the one hand, and the SEC or its staff, on the other hand, with respect to the Proxy Statement or the Merger. If at any time prior to the Stockholder Meeting there shall occur any event that should be set forth in an amendment or supplement to the Proxy Statement so that such document would not include any misstatement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, the Company shall promptly prepare and mail to its stockholders such an amendment or supplement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, prior to filing and mailing the Proxy Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or responding to any comments of the SEC with respect thereto, the party responsible for filing or mailing such document shall provide the other party an opportunity to review and comment on such document or response and shall include in such document or response, comments reasonably proposed by the other party. In addition, the Company will provide Buyer with the opportunity to participate in any substantive conference calls or discussions between the Company and the SEC, or any Representative of the Company and the SEC, concerning the Proxy Statement.

(b) Buyer shall furnish the Company with all information concerning Buyer required for use in the Proxy Statement, and Buyer shall take such other action as the Company may reasonably request in connection with the preparation of the Proxy Statement, including any amendments or supplements thereto. Buyer shall vote or cause to be voted by proxy or otherwise all shares of Company Common Stock held or voting of which is controlled by, directly or indirectly, the Buyer Parties for the approval and adoption of this Agreement and the Merger.

 

59


Section 6.3 Access to Information; Confidentiality .

(a) Upon reasonable notice, the Company shall (and shall cause its Subsidiaries to) afford to the officers, employees, accountants, financing sources, counsel and other Representatives of the Buyer Parties, reasonable access at normal business hours, during the period prior to the Effective Time, to all of their properties, books, Contracts, commitments, work papers, financial information and records. The Company shall (and shall cause its Subsidiaries to) furnish promptly to Buyer all information concerning their business, properties and personnel and such other financial and operating data and other information as Buyer may reasonably request, and shall make available to Buyer the appropriate individuals (including attorneys, accountants and other professionals or Representatives) for discussion of the business, properties and personnel of the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company as Buyer may reasonably request. The Company shall, with respect to fiscal months ending after the date of this Agreement, furnish to Buyer promptly, such financial information as is customarily provided to the Company’s management for each fiscal month then ended. Buyer shall use reasonable best efforts to schedule and coordinate with the Company (i) all inspections, onsite procedures or investigations (including any onsite environmental investigations or studies); (ii) contacts or discussions with any employees, agents or Representatives of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company (other than senior officers of the Company); and (iii) contacts or discussions with any landlords/sublandlords, customers, suppliers or licensees or franchisees of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, and shall give the Company prior notice thereof, setting forth such inspection, contact or discussion that Buyer or its Representatives intend to conduct. Except for inspections of information or other due diligence documents, the Company shall be entitled to have Representatives present at all times during any such inspection, contact or discussion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary of the Company shall be required to provide access to any information, property or personnel if (w) the Company believes in good faith that such access is prohibited by the terms of any Contract entered into prior to the date hereof, (x) such access would, in the Company’s good faith opinion after consultation with legal counsel, result in a loss of the Company’s attorney-client, work product or similar legal privilege (it being understood that in the case of clause (w) and (x), the parties shall each use reasonable best efforts to cause the maximum amount of such information to be provided in a manner that does not result in such violation), (y) any Applicable Law requires the Company to restrict or prohibit access to any such information, properties or personnel, or (z) such access would unreasonably disrupt the businesses and operations of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company. The relevant parties will use reasonable best efforts to make appropriate substitute disclosure arrangements under circumstances in which the restrictions of the preceding sentence applies. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, no investigation pursuant to this Section 6.3 or otherwise shall affect the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth herein or any condition to the obligations of the parties hereto or any remedies available to the parties hereunder.

(b) The Buyer Parties shall keep all information obtained pursuant to this Section 6.3 confidential in accordance with the terms of the non-disclosure agreement, entered into on September 5, 2006 (the “ Confidentiality Agreement ”) between Kelso & Company and the Company.

 

60


Section 6.4 Consents; Approvals .

(a) The Company and Buyer shall coordinate and cooperate with one another and shall each use their reasonable best efforts to obtain (and shall each refrain from taking any willful action that would impede obtaining) all consents, waivers, approvals, authorizations or orders needed to consummate and make effective the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided that the Company shall not be required to make any payments to Third Parties other than Governmental Authorities. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each party shall use its reasonable best efforts to file promptly the premerger notification report, and all other documents to be filed in connection therewith, required by the HSR Act and the premerger notification rules promulgated thereunder with the United States Federal Trade Commission and the United States Department of Justice, but in any event by no later than January 12, 2007. Each party shall respond promptly to any request for additional information that may be issued by either the Federal Trade Commission or the Department of Justice and shall use its reasonable best efforts to assure that the waiting period required by the HSR Act has expired or been terminated on or prior to the date that is thirty (30) days after such filing. If the transactions contemplated by this Agreement exceed the relevant thresholds under the Competition Act, each of the Company and Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to file its respective premerger notification form, and all other documents to be filed in connection therewith, required by the Competition Act and the premerger notification regulations promulgated thereunder with the Canadian Competition Bureau as soon as practicable following the date hereof, but in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the date hereof. Each party shall respond promptly to any request for additional information that may be issued by the Canadian Competition Bureau and shall use its reasonable best efforts to assure that the waiting period required by the Competition Act has expired or been terminated on or prior to the date that is fourteen (14) days after such filings.

(b) Except where prohibited by applicable statutes and regulations, and subject to the Confidentiality Agreement, each party shall coordinate with one another in preparing and exchanging such information, and shall promptly provide the other (or its counsel) with copies of all filings, presentations or submissions made by such party with any Governmental Authority in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each of Buyer and the Company shall make all necessary filings with Governmental Authorities, including the SEC.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 6.4 , none of Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub, any Equity Sponsor or any of their respective Affiliates, including IAAI, shall be required, in order to resolve any objections asserted by any Governmental Authority under the HSR Act, the Competition Act or any other foreign antitrust or combination Laws with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to (i) divest any of their businesses, properties or assets (or any businesses, properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, whether to take effect at the Effective Time or otherwise) that (without giving effect to the Merger) are material or that would reasonably be expected to materially impair the expected benefits of, or cause a material reduction in the

 

61


expected synergies associated with, the Merger; (ii) take or agree to take any other material action (including agreeing to hold separate any material business or assets or take other similar actions); or (iii) agree to any other material limitation or restriction; provided , however , each of Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub, Equity Sponsor and their respective Affiliates, including IAAI, shall be required, in order to resolve any such objections, to divest any of their or the businesses, properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are not material, or take or agree to take any other action, limitation or restriction that is not material.

Section 6.5 Notification of Certain Matters . The Company shall give prompt notice to Buyer, and Buyer shall give prompt notice to the Company, of (i) the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event the occurrence or non-occurrence of which would be likely to cause any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement to be materially untrue or inaccurate such that the conditions to closing set forth in Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.3(a) , as the case may be, shall not be met; (ii) any failure of the Company, Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub, as the case may be, to materially comply with or satisfy any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder such that the conditions to closing set forth in Section 7.2(b) or Section 7.3(b) , as the case may be, shall not be met; (iii) the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event the occurrence or non-occurrence of which would likely cause a Company Material Adverse Effect or Buyer Material Adverse Effect, as the case may be; and (iv) the receipt of any notice or other communication in writing from any Person alleging that the consent or approval of such Person is or may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided , however , that the delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 6.5 shall not (X) be given any effect for the purpose of (A) determining the accuracy of any of the representations and warranties made by the party delivering such notice; or (B) determining whether any of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE VII has been satisfied; or (Y) limit or otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder to the party receiving such notice; and provided , further , that failure to give such notice shall not be treated as a breach of covenant for the purposes of Section 7.2(b) or Section 7.3(b) unless the failure to give such notice results in material prejudice to the other party. Buyer shall give prompt notice to the Company if the authorized number of Buyer Units, the record and beneficial holders of the Buyer Units or the number of shares held by them are different from the information set forth in Section 4.8(i) of the Buyer’s Disclosure Letter. Should any such fact, condition or occurrence referenced herein require any change in the Company’s Disclosure Letter or the Buyer’s Disclosure Letter, as the case may be, the Company or Buyer, as applicable, will promptly deliver to the other party a supplement to the respective disclosure letter specifying such change; provided , however , that any such supplement or notice delivered pursuant to this Section 6.5 will not (a) be deemed to become part of, or amend or otherwise effect, the disclosure letter of the party delivering such supplement or notice; (b) qualify or constitute an exception to the representations and warranties of such party made as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date; (c) have any effect on the conditions to closing set forth in ARTICLE VII ; or (d) limit or otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder to the party receiving such notice. The delivery of any such notice by itself shall not be deemed an admission or an acknowledgement (x) that the subject matter of such notice is material or would have a Company Material Adverse Effect or Buyer Material Adverse Effect, as the case may be, or is outside of the ordinary course of business or inconsistent with past practice; or (y) that there has occurred an actual or anticipatory breach of, or failure to comply with or satisfy, any representation, warranty, covenant, condition or agreement. In addition, the Company shall keep Buyer informed, on a current basis, of any

 

62


material events, discussions, notices or changes with respect to any criminal or regulatory investigation or action involving the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, so that Buyer, its members, stockholders and their respective Affiliates will have the opportunity to take appropriate steps to avoid or mitigate any regulatory consequences to them that might arise from such investigation or action.

Section 6.6 Further Assurances . Upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, and in the case of the Company further subject to exceptions related to the fiduciary duties of the Company’s Board of Directors set forth in Section 5.3(e) , Section 5.3(f) and Section 5.3(g) , each of the parties hereto shall use reasonable best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all other things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective as promptly as practicable the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, to obtain in a timely manner all necessary waivers, consents and approvals and to effect all necessary registrations and filings, and to otherwise satisfy or cause to be satisfied all conditions precedent to its obligations under this Agreement. Subject to applicable legal limitations and the instructions of any Governmental Authority, the Company and Buyer shall keep each other apprised of the status of matters relating to the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby, including promptly furnishing the other with copies of notices or other communications between the Company and Buyer, as the case may be, or any of their respective Subsidiaries, and any Third Party and/or any Governmental Authority with respect to such transactions. The Company and Buyer shall permit counsel for the other party reasonable opportunity to review in advance, and consider in good faith the views of the other party in connection with, any proposed written communication to any Governmental Authority. Each of the Company and Buyer agrees not to participate in any substantive meeting or discussion, either in person or by telephone, with any Governmental Authority in connection with the proposed transactions unless it consults with the other party in advance and, to the extent not prohibited by such Governmental Authority, gives the other party the opportunity to attend and participate.

Section 6.7 Public Announcements . Buyer and the Company shall consult with each other before issuing any press release, or making any public announcement or filing with a Governmental Authority, with respect to the Merger or this Agreement and shall not issue any such press release, or make any such public statement or filing without the prior consent of the other party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided , however , that a party may, without the prior consent of the other party, issue such press release, or make such public statement or filing as if may upon the advice of counsel be required by Applicable Law or a Governmental Authority if it has used reasonable efforts to consult with the other party.

Section 6.8 Taxes . The Company shall use reasonable best efforts to consult with Buyer in the preparation, execution and filing of all material Tax Returns, questionnaires, applications or other documents regarding any Taxes, or any transfer, recording, registration and other fees, which become payable in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby that are required or permitted to be filed on or before the Effective Time. For U.S. federal, state and local income Tax purposes, Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub and the Company agree to treat the Merger as the purchase by Buyer, for the Merger Consideration, of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock converted into the right to receive the Merger Consideration pursuant to Section 2.4(e) of this Agreement, in which holders of those shares will recognize gain or loss.

 

63


Section 6.9 Director and Officer Liability .

(a) Without limiting any additional rights that any director, officer, trustee, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries of the Company may have under any employment or indemnification agreement entered into prior to the date hereof (or following the date hereof in compliance with Section 5.1 hereof) or under the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company or this Agreement or, if applicable, charter, bylaws, partnership agreements, limited liability company agreement or similar organizational documents of any of the Subsidiaries of the Company, from and after the Effective Time, the Buyer Parties and the Surviving Corporation shall: (i) indemnify and hold harmless each person who is, at the date hereof or during the period from the date hereof through the Effective Time, serving as a director, officer, trustee, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or its Subsidiaries or as a fiduciary under or with respect to any employee benefit plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) (collectively, the “ Indemnified Parties ”) to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by Applicable Law, as now or hereafter in effect, in connection with any Claim and any judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement) resulting therefrom; provided , however , that the Surviving Corporation shall not be liable for any settlement effected without the Surviving Corporation’s consent; and (ii) promptly pay on behalf of or, within thirty (30) days after any request for advancement, advance to each of the Indemnified Parties, to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by Applicable Law, as now or hereafter in effect, any Expenses incurred in defending, serving as a witness with respect to or otherwise participating in any Claim in advance of the final disposition of such Claim, including payment on behalf of or advancement to the Indemnified Party of any Expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in connection with enforcing any rights with respect to such indemnification and/or advancement, in each case without the requirement of any bond or other security; provided that the applicable Indemnified Party agrees to repay all advanced expenses if it is finally judicially determined that such Indemnified Party is not entitled to indemnification. The indemnification and advancement obligations of the Buyer Parties and the Surviving Corporation pursuant to this Section 6.9(a) shall extend to acts or omissions occurring at or before the Effective Time and any Claim relating thereto (including with respect to any acts or omissions occurring in connection with the approval of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, including the consideration and approval thereof and the process undertaken in connection therewith and any Claim relating thereto), and all rights to indemnification and advancement conferred hereunder shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, trustee, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or its Subsidiaries after the date hereof and shall inure to the benefit of such person’s heirs, executors and personal and legal representatives. As used in this Section 6.9(a) : (x) the term “ Claim ” means any threatened, asserted, pending or completed action, claim, suit, arbitration, mediation or proceeding, or any inquiry or investigation, whether instituted by any party hereto, any Governmental Authority or any other party, that any Indemnified Party in good faith believes might lead to the institution of any such action, claim, suit, arbitration, mediation or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution mechanism, arising out of or pertaining to matters that relate to such Indemnified Party’s duties or service as a director, officer, trustee, employee, agent, or fiduciary of the Company, any of its

 

64


Subsidiaries, or any employee benefit plan (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA) maintained by any of the foregoing or any other person at or prior to the Effective Time at the request of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and (y) the term “ Expenses ” means reasonable attorneys’ fees and all other reasonable costs, expenses and obligations (including, without limitation, experts’ fees, travel expenses, court costs, retainers, transcript fees, duplicating, as well as telecommunications, postage and courier charges) paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in or participating in (including on appeal), or preparing to investigate, defend, be a witness in or participate in, any Claim for which indemnification is authorized pursuant to this Section 6.9(a) , including any action, claim, suit, arbitration, mediation or proceeding relating to a claim for indemnification or advancement brought by an Indemnified Party; provided , however , that the Surviving Corporation shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 6.9 to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (to be mutually agreed upon in good faith by the Surviving Corporation and a plurality of the Indemnified Parties; provided , however , solely with respect to Indemnified Parties comprising of a majority of the directors of the Company, such counsel shall be selected exclusively by a plurality of such Indemnified Parties if the Surviving Corporation and such Indemnified Parties cannot reasonably agree upon such counsel within thirty (30) days for all Indemnified Parties with respect to any single Claim or related Claims (in addition to local counsel if determined by the Indemnified Parties, in good faith, to be necessary) except to the extent that the Surviving Corporation and a plurality of the Indemnified Parties reasonably agree in good faith that two or more of such Indemnified Parties have, or may reasonably be expected to have, conflicting interests that makes the retention of separate counsel (to be selected by a plurality of the Indemnified Parties, with the consent of the Surviving Corporation, not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) appropriate or necessary; and provided , however , that should the Surviving Corporation and an Indemnified Party mutually determine in good faith that it and an Indemnified Party have, or may reasonably be expected to have, conflicting interests, such Indemnified Party may select separate counsel. None of the Buyer Parties or the Surviving Corporation shall settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any actual or threatened claim, demand, action, suit, arbitration, mediation, proceeding, inquiry or investigation in respect of which indemnification has been or could be sought by such Indemnified Party hereunder unless such settlement, compromise or judgment includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such claim, demand, action, suit, arbitration, mediation, proceeding, inquiry or investigation or such Indemnified Party otherwise consents thereto, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub agree that all rights to indemnification and exculpation from liabilities for acts or omissions occurring at or prior to the Effective Time now existing in favor of the current or former directors, officers, trustees, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company (or, as applicable, the charter, bylaws, partnership agreement, limited liability company agreement or other organizational documents of any of the Subsidiaries) and indemnification agreements of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in existence on the date hereof shall be assumed by the Surviving Corporation in the Merger, without further action, at the Effective Time and shall survive the Merger and shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

65


(c) For a period of six (6) years after the Effective Time, Buyer shall cause to be maintained in effect the policies of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance maintained by the Company for the benefit of those persons who are covered by such policies at the date hereof or the Effective Time (or Buyer and/or the Surviving Corporation may substitute therefor policies of at least the same coverage with respect to matters occurring prior to the Effective Time on terms and conditions that are at least as beneficial to the beneficiaries of the current policies and with reputable carriers having a rating comparable to the Company’s current carriers); provided that Buyer and/or the Surviving Corporation shall first use its reasonable best efforts to obtain a “tail” policy on substantially the same terms and conditions covering claims arising out of acts or conduct occurring on or prior to the Effective Time and effective for claims asserted for the full six (6)-year period referred to above, and only if it is unable after exerting reasonable best efforts, to obtain such a “tail” policy, Buyer and/or the Surviving Corporation shall be required to obtain such coverage from such carriers in annual policies; provided , however , that in no event shall Buyer and/or the Surviving Corporation be required to expend on an annual basis in excess of two hundred fifty percent (250%) of the annual premium currently paid by the Company for such coverage (or a one time cost of three hundred percent (300%) of such annual premium in the case of a “tail” policy); and provided , further , that if the annual premium for such coverage exceeds such annual amount, Buyer and/or the Surviving Corporation shall purchase a policy with the greatest coverage available for such two hundred fifty percent (250%) of the current annual premium (or a one time cost of three hundred percent (300%) of such annual premium in the case of a “tail” policy); and provided , further , that if certain elements of coverage of such directors’ and officers’ liability insurance are not being made available by national directors and officers insurance carriers after the Effective Time, then neither Buyer nor the Surviving Corporation will be required to provide such coverage.

(d) The provisions of this Section 6.9 are intended for the benefit of, and may be enforced by, each Person entitled to indemnification under this Section 6.9 and shall be binding on Buyer, Holdings and the Surviving Corporation and its successors and assigns.

(e) In the event Buyer, Holdings or the Surviving Corporation or any of its successors or assigns (i) consolidates with or merges into any other Person and shall not be the continuing or surviving corporation or entity in such consolidation or merger; or (ii) transfers all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person, then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assigns of the Buyer Parties or the Surviving Corporation, as the case may be, honor the obligations set forth in this Section 6.9 .

Section 6.10 Action by Buyer and Company’s Boards . Prior to the Effective Time, the Boards of Directors of Buyer and the Company shall take all such steps as may be required to cause any dispositions of Company Common Stock (including derivative securities with respect to the Company Common Stock) resulting from the Merger and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by each individual who is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Company to be exempt under Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act; such steps as set forth in the SEC’s no action letter dated January 12, 1999 addressed to Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher and Flom LLP shall be deemed sufficient for these purposes.

 

66


Section 6.11 Employee Benefits .

(a) U.S. Continuing Employees .

(i) From and after the Effective Time until December 31, 2007, Buyer shall, or shall cause the Surviving Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof to, establish and maintain compensation (including, without limitation, base salary, commission, and bonus opportunities) and benefit plans and arrangements (including, without limitation, vacation policies, retirement benefits, health, welfare and fringe benefits, and any severance or similar arrangements for any Person terminated during such period from and after the Effective Time until December 31, 2007 but excluding any equity-based benefits, individual employment agreements, individual change in control agreements and each of the ADESA, Inc. Director Compensation Deferral Plan, ADESA, Inc. 2005 Supplemental Retirement Plan and Supplementary Retirement Plan for Designated Employees of ADESA Canada Inc. and its Subsidiary and Associated Companies) for all employees of the Company and Subsidiaries of the Company who are located in the United States and will continue employment with Buyer, the Surviving Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof after the Effective Time (the “ U.S. Continuing Employees ”) that, in the aggregate, are no less favorable than those provided by the Company and Subsidiaries of the Company to the U.S. Continuing Employees as of the Effective Time; it being understood that the exclusion set forth above shall not be understood to effect the enforceability or terms of existing benefit plans or agreements other than as expressly set forth herein. Buyer shall, or shall cause the Surviving Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof that employs any U.S. Continuing Employees to, give each U.S. Continuing Employee credit for service with the Company and Subsidiaries of the Company prior to the Effective Time for purposes of eligibility and vesting under any benefit plan maintained by the Surviving Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof in which U.S. Continuing Employees are or become eligible to participate except where such crediting would: (x) result in a duplication of benefits or (y) otherwise cause Buyer, the Surviving Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof to accrue or pay for benefits that relate to any time period prior to the U.S. Continuing Employee’s participation in such plan. Buyer agrees and agrees to cause the Surviving Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof to, (A) provide coverage for the U.S. Continuing Employees as of the Effective Time either under its medical, dental, and health plans or under such other comparable plans or arrangements as are mutually agreed upon by the parties; (B) secure the waiver of any preexisting condition limitations, waiting periods, or actively-at-work requirements imposed by any such plans; (C) cause such plans to honor any expenses incurred by the U.S. Continuing Employees and their beneficiaries or eligible dependants under similar plans of the Company and Subsidiaries of the Company during the portion of the calendar year prior to the Effective Time for the purposes of satisfying applicable deductible, co-payment, and maximum out-of-pocket expenses under any such plans; and (D) honor all vacation, sickness, leave, holiday and personal days accrued by the U.S. Continuing Employees prior to the Closing.

 

67


(ii) Nothing in this Section 6.11(a) is intended to create any employment obligation with any U.S. Continuing Employees other than as employees at will who may be terminated with or without cause.

(b) International Continuing Employees . In compliance with Applicable Law, at and after the Effective Time, the employment of the employees of the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company located in Canada and Mexico (the “ International Continuing Employees ” and, together with the U.S. Continuing Employees, the “ Continuing Employees ”) shall, immediately following the Effective Time, continue with Buyer, the Surviving Corporation or a Subsidiary thereof. Until December 31, 2007, such employment shall be on the same terms and conditions of employment, including, without limitation, compensation and benefit plans and arrangements (including, without limitation, vacation policies, retirement benefits, health, welfare and fringe benefits, and any severance or similar arrangements) that, in the aggregate, are no less favorable than those provided by the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company to the International Continuing Employees immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Buyer, Holdings, the Surviving Corporation or a Subsidiary thereof from terminating any particular International Continuing Employee following the Effective Time.

(c) At the Effective Time, Buyer will, or will cause the Surviving Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof to, honor the severance payments and benefits accrued or payable under (i) the previously disclosed plans, programs, arrangements and agreements with respect to the employees of the Company and the Subsidiaries of the Company set forth in Section 6.11(c) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter (it being understood that only such plans, programs, arrangements and agreements containing severance payments and benefits individually in excess of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) are required to be so set forth in such schedule; provided , however, that not setting forth such plans, programs, arrangements or agreements individually not in excess of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000.00) in Section 6.11(c) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter shall in no way affect the obligation of Buyer, the Surviving Corporation or any Subsidiary thereof, as applicable, to honor the severance payments and benefits accrued or payable under such plans, programs, arrangements or agreements), and on the terms of such plans, programs, arrangements and agreements as in effect on the date hereof; provided , however , that subject to compliance with Section 6.11(a) and Section 6.11(b) , nothing herein shall preclude termination or amendment of such plans, programs, arrangements and agreements; or (ii) such previously disclosed severance plans, programs, arrangements and agreements that may be entered into before the Effective Time as required, permitted or otherwise contemplated in accordance with Section 5.2 ; provided , however , that subject to compliance with Section 6.11(a) and Section 6.11(b) , nothing herein shall preclude termination or amendment of such plans, programs, arrangements and agreements. The Buyer Parties acknowledge and agree that the consummation of the Merger and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will constitute a “change of control” of the Company and its Subsidiaries for

 

68


purposes of such plans, programs, arrangements and agreements, and agrees to honor the provisions under such plans, programs, arrangements and agreements relating to a change of control.

Section 6.12 No Solicitation of Employees Prior to Close . Without the prior written consent of the Company, prior to the Effective Time, none of Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub, IAAI, or any Equity Sponsor, directly or indirectly, shall solicit for employment, discuss potential employment opportunities with, or hire any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that the foregoing restriction shall not prevent (i) any Buyer Party from discussing with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (and those executive officers designated by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company) the employment of any employee by Buyer or the Surviving Corporation in connection with consummation of the Merger; (ii) any Buyer Party from employing any Company employee upon the consummation of this Merger; or (iii) Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub, IAAI, or any Equity Sponsor from making general solicitations for employment or employing any person who either responds to such general solicitations or otherwise contacts such party on his or her own initiative without solicitation, directly or indirectly, by Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub, IAAI or any Equity Sponsor in contravention of the restrictions set forth in this Section 6.12 . The provisions of this Section 6.12 supersede any and all prior agreements relating to solicitation of employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including such provisions set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement.

Section 6.13 Financing .

(a) Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub shall use their reasonable best efforts to (i) arrange for the Financing on the terms and conditions described in the Commitment Letters; (ii) enter into definitive agreements with respect to the Financing; (iii) satisfy all conditions applicable to Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub in such definitive agreements that are within their control; and (iv) consummate the Financing no later than the earlier of (A) the last day of the Marketing Period and (B) the Final Date. In the event any portion of the Financing becomes unavailable on the terms and conditions contemplated in the Commitment Letters for any reason, Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain alternative financing from alternative sources, as promptly as practicable following the occurrence of such event, but in no event later than the earlier of (A) the last day of the Marketing Period and (B) the Final Date; provided that such obligation shall be limited to obtaining alternative financing on comparable or more favorable terms, in the aggregate, to Buyer than as contemplated by the Commitment Letters (as determined in the reasonable good-faith judgment of Buyer). Buyer shall promptly (but in any event within five (5) Business Days) provide the Company with the documentation evidencing the alternative sources of financing and shall give the Company prompt notice (but in any event within five (5) Business Days) of it (or any of the Equity Sponsors or IAAI) becoming aware of any material breach by any party to the Commitment Letters or any termination of the Commitment Letters. Buyer shall keep the Company informed on a reasonably current basis in reasonable detail of the status of its efforts to arrange for the Financing (or replacements thereof), including providing the Company with information about the equity rollover and refinancing of IAAI as the Company may reasonably request, and shall not permit any material amendment or modification to be made to, or any waiver of any material provision or remedy under, the Commitment Letters (or replacements thereof) without first consulting with the Company.

 

69


Without first obtaining the Company’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Buyer shall not directly or indirectly take any action that (x) would or would be reasonably expected to result in the Financing not being available at or prior to the earlier of (A) the last day of the Marketing Period and (B) the Final Date, or (y) would have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event (X) all or any portion of the Debt Financing structured as high yield financing has not been consummated; (Y) all closing conditions contained in Section 7.1 , Section 7.2 and Section 7.3 (other than the actual delivery of the certificates described therein and the actual receipt of the proceeds from the Debt Financing) have been satisfied; and (Z) the bridge facilities contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters (or alternative bridge financing obtained in accordance with this Agreement) are available on the terms and conditions described in the Debt Commitment Letters (or replacements thereof), then Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub shall cause the proceeds of such bridge financing to be used to replace such high yield financing no later than the earlier of (A) the last day of the Marketing Period and (B) the Final Date.

(b) The Company shall and shall cause its Subsidiaries and their respective Representatives to provide to Buyer all reasonable cooperation in connection with the arrangement of the Financing as may be reasonably required by Buyer ( provided that such requested cooperation does not unreasonably interfere with the ongoing operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries; and provided , further , that none of the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to pay any commitment or other fee or incur any other liability in connection with the Financing prior to the Effective Time) including, without limitation, (i) using reasonable best efforts to cause its officers and employees to be available, during normal working hours and upon reasonable notice, to meet with the Lenders or Equity Sponsors in a reasonable number of meetings, presentations, road shows, drafting sessions, due diligence sessions and sessions with rating agencies; (ii) using reasonable best efforts to assist with the preparation of disclosure materials customarily included in documents associated with this type of Financing and reasonably required in connection with the Financing; (iii) using reasonable best efforts to cause its independent accountants, consistent with their customary practice, to provide reasonable assistance and cooperation to Buyer, including, without limitation, accounting due diligence sessions, and providing consent to Buyer to use their audit reports relating to the Company and any “comfort letters,” in each case on customary terms and consistent with their customary practice in connection with the Financing; (iv) executing and delivering definitive financing documents, including pledge and security documents, subsidiary guarantees or other certificates, legal opinions of the Company’s counsel regarding customary corporate matters or documents as may be reasonably requested by Buyer and reasonably required in connection with the Financing (including certificates of the chief financial officer of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to solvency matters) and otherwise reasonably facilitating the pledging of collateral (including, without limitation, assisting Buyer in the preparation and negotiation of mortgages, granting such mortgages, assisting in obtaining title policies, resolving exceptions on such title policies which are objected to by the lenders of the Debt Financing); provided that no obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any such agreement, document or pledge shall be effective until the Effective Time; (v) providing access to people and information as set forth in Section 6.3 ; (vi) using reasonable best efforts to obtain surveys and title insurance reasonably requested by Buyer and required in connection with the Financing; (vii) using reasonable best efforts to furnish to Buyer and its

 

70


financing sources with the Required Financial Information and all other financial information regarding the Company reasonably requested by Buyer and required in connection with the Financing, including all financial statements and data of the type required by Regulation S-X and Regulation S-K, including audits thereof to the extent so required, and the other accounting rules and regulations of the SEC, that is of the type and form customarily included in a registration statement on Form S-1 (or any applicable successor form) under the Securities Act for a public offering to consummate the offering(s) of debt securities contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters; (viii) taking all actions reasonably requested by Buyer and otherwise required in connection with the Financing to (A) permit the Lenders to evaluate the Company’s current assets, cash management and accounting systems, policies and procedures relating thereto for the purpose of establishing collateral arrangements and (B) establish bank and other accounts and blocked account agreements and lock box arrangements in connection with the foregoing, consistent with customary practice in connection with the Financing; provided that no right of any Lender, nor obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, thereunder shall be effective until the Effective Time; (ix) entering into one or more credit or other agreements on terms reasonably satisfactory to Buyer as required in connection with the Financing immediately prior to the Effective Time; provided that the Company shall not be required to enter into any purchase agreement for any high-yield debt financing; provided , further , that no obligation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under such credit or other agreement shall be effective until the Effective Time; and (x) taking all corporate actions, subject to the occurrence of the Effective Time, reasonably requested by Buyer and consistent with customary practice to permit the consummation of the Financing and the direct borrowing or incurrence of all of the proceeds of the Financing, including any high yield debt financing, by the Surviving Corporation immediately following the Effective Time. The Company and its counsel shall be given reasonable opportunity to review and comment upon any private placement memoranda or similar documents, or any materials for rating agencies, that include information about the Company or any of its Subsidiaries prepared in connection with the Financing, and Buyer/Holdings/Merger Sub shall include in such memoranda, documents or other materials, comments reasonably proposed by the Company. If this Agreement is terminated for any reason, Buyer shall use reasonable best efforts to cause the voiding, termination and/or destruction of all documents executed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with their cooperation in the Financing. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company’s obligation to reasonably cooperate with Buyer in connection with the arrangement of the Financing shall apply to the Financing solely with respect to the Merger and the other transactions contemplated thereby, and neither the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective officers or directors shall be required to execute any certificate, representation letter or other certification, or to deliver, or cause to be delivered, any legal opinion that is not customary or would be unreasonable for the offering(s) of debt securities contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters.

(c) All non-public information or otherwise Proprietary Information (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement) regarding the Company obtained by any of the Buyer Parities or its Representatives pursuant to Section 6.13(b) shall be kept confidential in accordance with the Confidentiality Agreement.

 

71


(d) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, each of the Debt Commitment Letters and the Equity Commitment Letters may be superseded at the option of Buyer after the date of this Agreement but prior to the Effective Time by instruments (the “ New Commitment Letters ”) which replace the existing Debt Commitment Letters or the existing Equity Commitment Letters and/or contemplate co-investment by or financing from one or more other or additional parties; provided that (i) the New Commitment Letters do not decrease the aggregate Equity Financing as set forth in the Equity Commitment Letters delivered on the date hereof, (ii) any new or substitute Equity Sponsors enter into guarantees with the Company on substantially the same terms as the Guarantee, (iii) the New Commitment Letters provide for bridge financing on comparable or more favorable terms, in the aggregate, to Buyer than the terms contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letters delivered on the date hereof, (iv) Buyer in good faith believes that the financing contemplated by the New Commitment Letters would not or would not reasonably be expected to result in the Financing not being available at or prior to the earlier of (A) the last day of the Marketing Period and (B) the Final Date, and (v) Buyer provides written notice to the Company of such an occurrence concurrently with notice of the same to the other Equity Sponsors or Lenders, as applicable. In such event, the terms “Commitment Letters,” “Equity Commitment Letters” and “Debt Commitment Letters” as used herein shall be deemed to include the New Commitment Letters to the extent then in effect, and the term “Equity Sponsors” as used herein shall be deemed to include any new or substitute equity sponsors; provided , further , that in the event any portion of the Financing becomes unavailable on the terms and conditions contemplated in the Commitment Letters delivered on the date hereof, the second sentence of Section 6.13(a) , and not this Section 6.13(d) shall govern with respect to the terms of any replacement financing to be obtained after any portion of the Financing becomes unavailable as described therein.

Section 6.14 No Acquisition of Shares . None of Buyer, Merger Sub, IAAI or any Equity Sponsor shall acquire direct or indirect beneficial ownership of any shares of Company Common Stock prior to the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the Effective Time; provided , however, that for purposes of this Section 6.14 , Goldman shall not be deemed to directly or indirectly beneficially own any shares of Company Common Stock owned by any Affiliate of Goldman, except for controlled affiliates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act) of Goldman who have received material non-public information about the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) this Section 6.14 shall in no way limit the activities of Goldman and its Affiliates, and (ii) Goldman and its Affiliates may engage in any brokerage, investment advisory, financial advisory, anti-raid advisory, merger advisory, financing, asset management, trading, market making, arbitrage, investment activity and other similar activities conducted in the ordinary course of their business; provided that no material non-public information about the Company and received from Goldman shall be used in connection therewith.

Section 6.15 Merger Sub and Holdings . Buyer shall cause Merger Sub and Holdings to perform their obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the Merger on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

Section 6.16 Third Party Consents . The Company shall use reasonable best efforts, to the extent requested by Buyer, to obtain and deliver to Buyer at or prior to the Closing, all consents, waivers, approvals and notices reasonably required under each material Contract, including those Contracts set forth on Section 6.16 of the Company’s Disclosure Letter.

 

72


Section 6.17 Stockholder Litigation . The Company shall promptly advise Buyer orally and in writing of any stockholder litigation against the Company or its directors relating to this Agreement, the Merger or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and shall keep Buyer fully informed regarding any such stockholder litigation. The Company shall give Buyer the opportunity to consult with the Company regarding the defense or settlement of any such stockholder litigation, shall give consideration to Buyer’s advice with respect to such stockholder litigation and, prior to the termination of this Agreement, shall not settle any such litigation without Buyer’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

Section 6.18 Existing Indebtedness . At the Effective Time, the Buyer shall deposit or cause to be deposited with the Trustee under the Company Notes Indenture sufficient immediately available funds to effect the satisfaction and discharge of the Company Notes. The Company shall, at the request of Buyer, take any actions reasonably requested by Buyer to facilitate the satisfaction and discharge of the Company Notes pursuant to Section 12.01 of the Company Notes Indenture, and, subject to Buyer’s compliance with the previous sentence, the Company shall satisfy and redeem such Company Notes in accordance with the terms of the Company Notes Indenture at the Effective Time, including the provision of instructions to the Trustee and the delivery of an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee set forth in Section 12.01 of the Company Notes Indenture. The Company and Buyer shall cooperate with each other to ensure that all of the conditions to an effective satisfaction and discharge described in Section 12.01 of the Company Notes Indenture are satisfied and complied with concurrently with the Effective Time in accordance with the terms of the Company Notes Indenture.

Section 6.19 Repayment and Termination of Existing Credit Facility . The Company shall, with immediately available funds provided by Buyer at the Effective Time, repay in full all Indebtedness under the Credit Facility and terminate the commitments and agreements evidencing the Credit Facility and the Hedge Agreements. In connection therewith, Buyer shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Company to facilitate such prepayment and termination which actions shall include, without limitation, the following: (a) the Buyer shall deposit or cause to be deposited, not later than at the Effective Time, with the Credit Facility Agent all amounts specified by the Credit Facility Agent as being necessary to cash collateralize any letters of credit outstanding under the Credit Facility and to prepay the Indebtedness under the Credit Facility (including any fees, expenses, costs, commitment fees, penalties, and other amounts payable to the Credit Facility Agent or the Credit Facility Lenders under the Credit Facility); and (ii) the Buyer shall deposit or cause to be deposited, not later than at the Effective Time, with each Hedge Agreement Counterparty all amounts specified by such Hedge Agreement Counterparty as being necessary to prepay the Indebtedness under the Hedge Agreement to which it is a party (including any termination costs, fees, expenses, costs, commitment fees, penalties, and other amounts payable to such Hedge Agreement Counterparty under its Hedge Agreement). Unless the Credit Facility Agent or any Hedge Agreement Counterparty has otherwise waived or modified any notice requirements under the Credit Facility Agreement or the Hedge Agreements (it being understood that the Company shall request such

 

73


waivers and modifications of such notice requirements), the Company in consultation with Buyer will provide the advance notice required under the Credit Facility Agreement and any Hedge Agreement of its intention to repay all Indebtedness under the Credit Facility and the Hedge Agreements and to terminate the commitments of the Credit Facility Lenders and the Hedge Agreement Counterparties thereunder as of the anticipated date the Effective Date will occur, as determined by mutual agreement of the Company and Buyer, as specified in such notice (the “ Anticipated Prepayment Date ”). In the event that the actual date of such repayment and termination does not occur on the Anticipated Prepayment Date, whether as a result of any delay or failure to occur of the Effective Date for any reason or for any other cause whatsoever (other than as a result of actions taken or omitted to be taken by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates in breach of this Agreement), Buyer agrees to reimburse the Company for any actual costs or expenses that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries sustains or incurs as a consequence of the failure of the Company to so repay such Indebtedness and terminate such commitments on the Anticipated Prepayment Date, including any costs and expenses charged by the Credit Facility Agent or the Credit Facility Lenders under the Credit Agreement and any Hedge Agreement Counterparty under a Hedge Agreement, it being understood that under no circumstances will such amounts include actual repayment of Indebtedness (whether through acceleration or otherwise as a result of or related to the failure of the Company to so repay such Indebtedness and terminate such commitments on the Anticipated Prepayment Date) (collectively, the “ Credit Facility Fees and Expenses ”).

Section 6.20 Spin-Off Related Notice . The Company shall promptly deliver to Buyer, but in any event within five (5) Business Days of receipt, any notice (written or oral) that, to the Knowledge of the Company, (i) it or Allete receives after the date hereof from any Taxing Authority regarding an inquiry or review of the appropriateness of the Separation Tax Treatment or (ii) it receives after the date hereof from Allete regarding the appropriateness of the Separation Tax Treatment.

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS TO THE MERGER

Section 7.1 Conditions to Obligations of Each Party to Effect the Merger . The respective obligations of each party to effect the Merger shall be subject to the satisfaction at or prior to the Effective Time of the following conditions:

(a) No Injunctions or Restraints; Illegality . No temporary restraining order, preliminary or permanent injunction or other order issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Merger shall be in effect; and there shall not be any action taken, or any statute, rule, regulation or order enacted, entered, enforced or deemed applicable to the Merger, which makes the consummation of the Merger illegal.

(b) HSR Act; Other Approvals . The waiting period (and any extension thereof) applicable to the consummation of the Merger under the HSR Act, the Competition Act

 

74


or any other foreign antitrust or combination Law identified on Section 7.1(b) of the Company’s Disclosure Letter and all material filings, consents, approvals and authorizations legally required to be made or obtained with or from a Governmental Authority to consummate the Merger shall have expired, been terminated, made or obtained, as applicable.

(c) Effectiveness of the Proxy Statement; Stockholder Approval . The Proxy Statement shall have been declared effective, and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Proxy Statement shall be been initiated or threatened by the SEC. This Agreement and the Merger shall have been approved and adopted by the Requisite Stockholder Vote.

Section 7.2 Additional Conditions to Obligations of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub . The obligations of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub to effect the Merger are also subject to the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties . Except as set forth in the following sentence, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality,” “material adverse effect” or “Company Material Adverse Effect” qualifiers set forth therein) as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Effective Time with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Effective Time (other than those representations and warranties which address matters only as of a particular date, which shall remain true and correct as of such date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct (without giving effect to any limitations as to “materiality,” “material adverse effect” or “Company Material Adverse Effect” qualifiers set forth therein) would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. In addition, (i) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in the first sentence of Section 3.9 (Absence of Changes) and the second sentence of Section 3.23 (Allete Spin-off) shall each be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Effective Time, as though such representations and warranties were made on and as of such time and (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 3.2 (Capitalization), Section 3.3 (Due Authorization of Transaction; Binding Obligation) and Section 3.7 (Brokers’ Fees) shall be true and correct in all material respects (it being understood that, with respect to Section 3.2 , if all inaccuracies or deviations relate to a positive difference of more than one hundred thousand (100,000) Company Interests in the aggregate from the number of Company Interests in the aggregate represented in Section 3.2 then such inaccuracies shall be deemed to cause a failure of Section 3.2 to be true and correct in all material respects; provided , inaccuracies caused solely as a result of actions permitted to be taken in accordance with Section 5.1 and Section 5.2 shall be disregarded for purposes of determining whether Section 3.2 is true and correct in all material respects) as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Effective Time, as though such representations and warranties were made on and as of such time (except for those representations and warranties which expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date). Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub shall have received a certificate to such effect signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

 

75


(b) Agreements and Covenants . The Company shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by it on or prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , the Company shall have performed or complied in all respects with all agreements and covenants set forth in Section 6.20 . Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub shall have received a certificate to such effect signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

(c) Dissenting Shares . The total number of Dissenting Shares shall not exceed twenty percent (20%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock as of the Effective Time, and Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub shall have received a certificate to such effect signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company.

Section 7.3 Additional Conditions to Obligation of the Company . The obligation of the Company to effect the Merger is also subject to the following conditions:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality,” “material adverse effect” or “Buyer Material Adverse Effect” qualifiers set forth therein) as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Effective Time with the same force and effect as if made on and as of the Effective Time (other than those representations and warranties which address matters only as of a particular date, which shall remain true and correct as of such date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality,” “material adverse effect” or “Buyer Material Adverse Effect” qualifiers set forth therein) would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect. The Company shall have received a certificate to such effect signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of Buyer.

(b) Agreements and Covenants . Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub shall have performed or complied in all material respects with all agreements and covenants required by this Agreement to be performed or complied with by them on or prior to the Effective Time, and the Company shall have received a certificate to such effect signed by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of Buyer.

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION

Section 8.1 Termination . This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Effective Time, notwithstanding approval thereof by the stockholders of the Company and Buyer:

(a) by mutual written consent of Buyer and the Company; or

 

76


(b) by either Buyer or the Company if the Merger shall not have been consummated on or prior to June 21, 2007 (as extended pursuant to the following provisions, the “ Final Date ”); provided , however , that if the Marketing Period has commenced but not ended on or prior to June 21, 2007, the Final Date shall be extended until the earlier of (i) the end of the Marketing Period and (ii) July 20, 2007; provided , further , that if the Marketing Period has commenced but not ended on or prior to July 20, 2007 but could end on or prior to July 30, 2007, then the Company shall have the right, exercisable in its discretion, to extend the Final Date until the end of the Marketing Period (it being understood that in no event shall the Final Date be extended beyond July 30, 2007 for any reason); or

(c) by either Buyer or the Company if a court of competent jurisdiction or governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or commission shall have issued a non-appealable final order, decree or ruling or taken any other action that has become final and non-appealable, in each case having the effect of permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the Merger, except if the party relying on such order, decree or ruling or other action has not complied with its obligations under Sections 6.4 and 6.6 ; and provided that the party seeking to terminate pursuant to this Section 8.1(c) shall have used its reasonable best efforts to challenge such order, decree, ruling or other action; or

(d) by Buyer or the Company if, at the Stockholder Meeting (including any adjournment or postponement thereof), the Requisite Stockholder Vote shall not have been obtained; provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(d) shall not be available to the Company where the failure to obtain the Requisite Stockholder Vote shall have been caused by or related to the Company’s material breach of this Agreement; or

(e) by Buyer, if (i) the Board of Directors of the Company (which, for purposes of this Section 8.1(e) , shall include any committee thereof) shall have effected a Change in Recommendation; (ii) the Board of Directors of the Company shall have adopted a formal resolution approving or recommended to the stockholders of the Company an Alternative Transaction or publicly announced that an Alternative Transaction constitutes a Superior Proposal, or the Company shall have delivered to Buyer the notice contemplated by Section 5.3(g)(A) of its intention to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 8.1(f) ; (iii) the Company shall fail to include in the Proxy Statement the recommendations in favor of this Agreement and the Merger by its Board of Directors; (iv) a tender offer or exchange offer that would, if consummated, constitute an Alternative Transaction is commenced and the Board of Directors of the Company shall have failed to recommend against acceptance of such tender offer or exchange offer by its stockholders (including, for these purposes, by taking any position contemplated by Rule 14e-2 of the Exchange Act other than recommending rejection of such tender offer or exchange offer) within ten Business Days of the commencement of such tender offer or exchange offer; (v) the Board of Directors of the Company makes a public statement or announcement stating or indicating that it has received a proposal (other than a tender offer or exchange offer described in clause (iv) above) relating to an Alternative Transaction and has formally determined that such proposal constitutes or could reasonably be expected to lead to a Superior Proposal and within ten (10) Business Days of such public statement or announcement

 

77


(or such longer period of time as the Board of Directors of the Company, in the exercise of its fiduciary duties, determines is necessary in order to make a determination with respect thereto, but in no event later than five (5) Business Days prior to the vote being held at the Company Stockholder Meeting), the Board of Directors of the Company shall have failed to make a further public statement or announcement stating that it both recommends against such proposal relating to an Alternative Transaction (or indicating that such proposal has been withdrawn and negotiations have been terminated with respect thereto) and reconfirms the Company Board Recommendation; (vi) the Company shall have materially and intentionally breached any of the provisions of Section 5.3(a) , Section 5.3(c) , Section 5.3(d) (provided that such breach has resulted in a material breach of Section 5.3(a) by the Company’s Representatives), the proviso in Section 5.3(e) or Section 5.3(g) ; or (vii) the Board of Directors of the Company formally resolves to take or publicly announces an intention to take any of the foregoing actions; or

(f) by the Company, prior to the Stockholder Meeting, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions of Section 5.3(g) ; or

(g) by Buyer, upon a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of the Company set forth in this Agreement such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b) would not be satisfied; provided that, unless such breach by its nature cannot be cured, Buyer may not terminate pursuant to this Section 8.1(g) in respect of such breach unless such breach shall not have been cured within thirty (30) days following notice by Buyer of such breach (it being understood that Buyer may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(g) if Buyer shall then be in material breach of this Agreement); or

(h) by the Company, upon a material breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement on the part of Buyer set forth in this Agreement such that the conditions set forth in Section 7.3(a) or Section 7.3(b) would not be satisfied, provided that, unless such breach by its nature cannot be cured, the Company may not terminate pursuant to this Section 8.1(h) in respect of such breach unless such breach shall not have been cured within thirty (30) days following notice by the Company of such breach; provided further that the Company may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(h) : (X) if the Company shall then be in material breach of this Agreement, or (Y) solely with respect to the Company’s right of termination pursuant to this Section 8.1(h) with respect to Buyer’s, Holdings’ and/or Merger Sub’s breach of Section 4.7 and/or Section 6.13 , if (1) the Marketing Period has either not commenced or not ended at the time the Company would otherwise have a right of termination pursuant to this Section 8.1(h) based on Buyer’s, Holdings’ and/or Merger Sub’s breach of Section 4.7 and/or Section 6.13 , and (2) Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub are using their reasonable best efforts to obtain the Financing (or replacements thereof) and the Financing (or replacements thereof) is reasonably likely to be obtained prior to the end of the Marketing Period; or

(i) by the Company, if the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 and Section 7.2 have been satisfied (other than the actual delivery of the certificates described in

 

78


Section 7.2 and the obligations of the Company described in Section 6.18 and Section 6.19 that are only required to be satisfied at the Effective Time) and on the last day of the Marketing Period, none of Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub shall have received the proceeds of the Financing (or replacements thereof) sufficient to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided that the Company may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(i) if the Company’s failure to fulfill any of its obligation under this Agreement has been a principal cause of or reasonably resulted in the failure of Buyer, Holdings and/or Merger Sub to have received the proceeds of the Financing (or replacements thereof) sufficient to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the last day of the Marketing Period.

Section 8.2 Effect of Termination . In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1 , this Agreement shall forthwith become void and there shall be no liability on the part of any party hereto or any of its Affiliates, directors, officers or stockholders; provided , however , that, except as provided in Section 8.3 , Section 9.12 and Section 9.13 , nothing in this Section 8.2 shall relieve any party from liability for fees and expenses as set forth in Section 8.3 , and that this Section 8.2 , Section 8.3 and ARTICLE IX shall survive indefinitely any termination of this Agreement, and the Limited Guarantee shall survive for the term and upon the conditions set forth therein.

Section 8.3 Fees and Expenses .

(a) Except as set forth in this Section 8.3 , (i) if the Merger is not consummated, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such expenses; or (ii) if the Merger is consummated, then the Surviving Corporation shall pay all such fees and expenses.

(b) The Company shall pay Buyer a fee of Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000.00) in cash (the “ Company Termination Fee ”) if this Agreement is terminated by (i) the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(f); or (ii)  by Buyer pursuant to Section 8.1(e) ; it being understood that in no event shall the Company Termination Fee be payable on more than one occasion and that if the Company shall have paid the Company Termination Fee to Buyer pursuant to this Section 8.3(b) , the Company shall have no further obligations to pay the Company Termination Fee (or a portion thereof) to Buyer pursuant to Section 8.3(c)(i) ; and provided , further , the Company Termination Fee shall not be payable if at the time of the applicable termination described above the Company is entitled to (and circumstances exist which could entitle the Company to) the Buyer Termination Fee pursuant to Section 8.3(d)(i) or reimbursement of the Company Transaction Expenses pursuant to Section 8.3(d)(ii) .

(c) The Company agrees that if this Agreement is terminated:

(i) by (A) either Buyer or the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(b) or Section 8.1(d) , or (B) Buyer pursuant to Section 8.1(g) , and, in either case, if at any such time after the date of this Agreement and prior to such

 

79


termination, a proposal relating to an Alternative Transaction shall have been publicly announced, disclosed or otherwise communicated to the Board of Directors of the Company and not irrevocably withdrawn, then the Company shall (1) pay Buyer an amount equal to twenty five percent (25%) of the Company Termination Fee, and (2) if, within twelve (12) months after such date of termination, the Company recommends or enters into, or submits to the stockholders of the Company for adoption, an agreement with a Third Party with respect to an Alternative Transaction, or an Alternative Transaction is consummated, then the Company shall pay to Buyer seventy-five percent (75%) of the Company Termination Fee; provided that, for purposes of Section 8.3(c)(i)(2) , the definition of “Alternative Transaction” shall be modified so that references to “more than twenty-five percent (25%)” shall be deemed to be references to “more than fifty percent (50%)” and references to “more than seventy-five percent (75%)” shall be deemed to be references to “more than fifty percent (50%);” provided , further , that the Company Termination Fee (or a portion thereof in excess of the set-off by the Company described below) shall not be payable to Buyer if at the time of the applicable termination described above the Company is entitled to (and circumstances exist which could entitle the Company to) the Buyer Termination Fee pursuant to Section 8.3(d)(i) or reimbursement of the Company Transaction Expenses pursuant to Section 8.3(d)(ii) ;

(ii) by (A) either Buyer or the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(b ) (x) if the Stockholder Meeting had not been held prior to such termination and the reason therefore was the risk of not obtaining the Requisite Stockholder Vote or (y) following a material breach of this Agreement by the Company, (B) either Buyer or the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(d) ; provided, that no Buyer Transaction Expenses shall be payable by the Company to Buyer if the Company shall have paid the Company Termination Fee (or a portion thereof) to Buyer pursuant to Section 8.3(b) or Section 8.3(c)(i) ; and provided, further, that in the case of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1(d) by Buyer, Buyer, Holdings and/or Merger Sub shall not otherwise be in material breach of this Agreement; or (C) Buyer pursuant to Section 8.1(g) , and, in the case of clause (C), at the time of any such termination the conditions set forth in Section 7.3 shall have been satisfied (other than (AA) the actual receipt of the certificates described in Section 7.3 ; and (BB) the obligations of Buyer described in Section 6.18 and Section 6.19 that are only required to be satisfied at the Effective Time), then the Company shall reimburse Buyer for the Buyer Transaction Expenses, up to a maximum of Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000).

 

80


(d) Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub agree that if this Agreement is terminated:

(i) by (A) either Buyer or the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(b) based on Buyer’s, Holdings’ and/or Merger Sub’s failure to obtain the Financing sufficient to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the end of the Marketing Period; (B) the Company pursuant to and in accordance with Section 8.1(h) based on (X) Buyer’s, Holdings’ and/or Merger Sub’s failure to obtain the Financing sufficient to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (Y) Buyer’s, Holdings’ and/or Merger Sub’s material and intentional breach of Section 4.7 or Section 6.13 ; or (C) the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(i) , and in the case of clauses (A) and (B) above, at the time of any such termination the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 and Section 7.2 (other than the actual receipt of the certificates described in Section 7.2 and the obligations of the Company described in Section 6.18 and Section 6.19 that are only required to be satisfied at the Effective Time) shall have been satisfied, then in either case Buyer shall pay the Company a fee of Forty Million Dollars ($40,000,000.00) in cash (the “ Buyer Termination Fee ”); it being understood that in no event shall the Buyer Termination Fee be payable on more than one occasion; provided , further , that the Buyer Termination Fee shall not be payable if at the time of the applicable termination described above Buyer is entitled to (and circumstances exist which could entitle Buyer to) the Company Termination Fee (or a portion thereof) pursuant to Section 8.3(b) or Section 8.3(c)(i) or reimbursement of the Buyer Transaction Expenses pursuant to Section 8.3(c)(ii) .

(ii) by (A) the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(h) (other than in circumstances set forth in Section 8.3(d)(i)(B) above) or (B) either Buyer or the Company pursuant to Section 8.1(b) (other than in circumstances in which Section 8.3(d)(i)(A) above applies) following a material breach of this Agreement by Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub, then Buyer shall reimburse the Company for the Company Transaction Expenses, up to a maximum of Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000).

(iii) under circumstances in which (A) the Company is not in material breach of this Agreement, (B) the Company is not entitled to the Buyer Termination Fee pursuant to Section 8.3(d)(i) or reimbursement of Company Transaction Expenses pursuant to Section 8.3(d)(ii) , (C) Buyer is not entitled to the Company Termination Fee (or portion thereof, as applicable) pursuant to Section 8.3(b) or Section 8.3(c)(i) or reimbursement of the Buyer Transaction Expenses pursuant to Section 8.3(c)(ii) , and (D) at the time of such termination, the conditions set forth in Section 7.2 shall have been satisfied (other than the actual delivery of the certificates described in Section 7.2 and the obligations of the Company described in Section 6.18 and Section 6.19 that are

 

81


only required to be satisfied at the Effective Time), then Buyer shall reimburse the Company for the Company Financing Fees and Expenses and the Credit Facility Fees and Expenses, in the aggregate, up to a maximum of Eight Million Dollars ($8,000,000).

(e) The Company Termination Fee payable pursuant to Section 8.3(b) (or twenty five percent (25%) or seventy five percent (75%), as applicable, of the Company Termination Fee payable pursuant to Section 8.3(c)(i)) shall be paid by the Company as directed by Buyer in writing in immediately available funds within two (2) Business Days after the date of the event giving rise to the obligation to make such payment. The Buyer Transaction Expenses payable pursuant to Section 8.3(c)(ii) shall be paid by the Company within two (2) Business Days after Buyer provides to the Company notice and reasonable documentation with respect to such Buyer Transaction Expenses.

(f) The Buyer Termination Fee payable pursuant to Section 8.3(d)(i) shall be paid by Buyer as directed by the Company in writing in immediately available funds within two (2) Business Days after the date of the event giving rise to the obligation to make such payment. The Company Transaction Expenses payable pursuant to Section 8.3(d)(ii) shall be paid by Buyer within two (2) Business Days after the Company provides to Buyer notice and reasonable documentation with respect to such Company Transaction Expenses. The Company Financing Fees and Expenses payable pursuant to Section 8.3(d)(iii) shall be paid by Buyer within two (2) Business Days after the Company provides to Buyer notice and reasonable documentation with respect to such Company Financing Fees and Expenses.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, but subject to Section 9.12 , Buyer’s, Holdings’ and/or Merger Sub’s right to receive payment of the Company Termination Fee (in the case of a termination under circumstances described in Section 8.3(b) and Section 8.3(c)(i)) or reimbursement of the Buyer Transaction Expenses (in the case of a termination under circumstances described in Section 8.3(c)(ii)) from the Company shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub, the Equity Sponsors and any of their respective former, current, or future general or limited partners, stockholders, managers, members, directors, officers, Affiliates or agents in connection with the termination of this Agreement or for any losses, damages, obligations or liabilities suffered as a result of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including the termination of this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement by the Company), and none of the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective stockholders, managers, members, directors, officers, Affiliates or agents shall have any other liability or obligation of any kind or nature whatsoever to Buyer, Merger Sub, the Equity Sponsors or any of their respective former, current, or future general or limited partners, stockholders, managers, members, directors, officers, Affiliates or agents arising out of the termination of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any breach of this Agreement by the Company or the failure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be consummated.

 

82


(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, but subject to Section 9.12 , the Company’s right to receive payment of the Buyer Termination Fee (in the case of a termination under circumstances described in Section 8.3(e)(i)) or reimbursement of the Company Transaction Expenses (in the case of a termination under circumstances described in Section 8.3(e)(ii)) , from Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub pursuant to Section 8.3(e) or the guarantee thereof pursuant to the Limited Guarantees shall be the sole and exclusive remedy of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and their respective stockholders in connection with the termination of this Agreement or for any losses, damages, obligations or liabilities suffered as a result of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including the termination of this Agreement or the breach of this Agreement by Buyer, Holdings and/or Merger Sub), and neither Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub, the Equity Sponsors nor any of their respective former, current, or future general or limited partners, stockholders, managers, members, directors, officers, Affiliates or agents shall have any other liability or obligation of any kind or nature whatsoever to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and their respective stockholders arising out of the termination of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any breach of this Agreement by Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub or the failure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to be consummated.

(i) The parties acknowledge that the agreements contained in this Section 8.3 (including with respect to the Limited Guarantees) are an integral part of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, that without these agreements the parties would not have entered into this Agreement, and that any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 8.3 (including with respect to the Limited Guarantees) do not constitute a penalty. Accordingly, if any party fails to pay as directed in writing by the other party any amounts due to accounts designated by the other party pursuant to this Section 8.3 (including with respect to the Limited Guarantees) within the time periods specified in this Section 8.3 , such party shall pay the costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred by the other party in connection with any action, including the filing of any lawsuit, taken to collect payment of such amounts, without any interest thereon.

ARTICLE IX

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 9.1 Nonsurvival of Representations and Warranties; Disclosure Letter .

(a) The representations, warranties and agreements in this Agreement shall terminate at the Effective Time, except that the agreements and liabilities set forth in ARTICLE II , Section 6.7 , Section 6.9 , Section 6.11 and ARTICLE IX shall survive the Effective Time indefinitely or in accordance with their terms, as applicable. The Confidentiality Agreement shall survive termination of this Agreement as provided therein.

 

83


(b) Any disclosure made with reference to one or more Sections of the Company’s Disclosure Letter or the Buyer’s Disclosure Letter shall be deemed disclosed with respect to each other section therein as to which such disclosure is relevant if, and only if, such relevance is reasonably apparent from the text of such disclosure.

Section 9.2 Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant hereto shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as of the date delivered or mailed if delivered personally or mailed by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like changes of address which shall be effective upon receipt) or sent by electronic transmission, with confirmation received, to the facsimile number specified below:

 

  (a) If to Buyer, Holdings or Merger Sub:

c/o Kelso & Company

320 Park Avenue, 24 th  Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: James J. Connors, II

Facsimile No.: (212) 223-2379

Telephone No.: (212) 751-3939

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Lou R. Kling, Esq.

Facsimile No.: (212) 735-2000

Telephone No.: (212) 735-3000

 

  (b) If to the Company:

ADESA, Inc.

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

Attention: George J. Lawrence

Facsimile No.: (317) 249-4505

Telephone No.: (317) 249-4255

 

84


With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Morrison & Foerster LLP

425 Market Street

San Francisco, California 94105

Attention: Robert S. Townsend

Facsimile No.: (415) 268-7522

Telephone No.: (415) 268-7080

Section 9.3 Amendment . This Agreement may be amended by the parties hereto by action taken by or on behalf of their respective Boards of Directors at any time prior to the Effective Time; provided , however , that, after approval of the Merger by the stockholders of the Company, no amendment may be made which by Law requires further approval by such stockholders without such further approval. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

Section 9.4 Waiver . At any time prior to the Effective Time, any party hereto may with respect to any other party hereto (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts, (b) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties contained herein or in any document delivered pursuant hereto and (c) waive compliance with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be valid if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the party or parties to be bound thereby.

Section 9.5 Headings . The headings and table of contents contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 9.6 Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.

Section 9.7 Entire Agreement; Incorporation of Schedules and Exhibits . This Agreement (including the documents and instruments delivered pursuant hereto) constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and undertakings (other than the Confidentiality Agreement), both written and oral, among the parties, or any of them, with respect to the subject matter hereof and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, are not intended to confer upon any other person any rights or remedies hereunder. The schedules and exhibits identified in this Agreement, including the Company’s Disclosure Letter and the Buyer’s Disclosure Letter, are incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Agreement.

 

85


Section 9.8 Assignment, Merger Sub . This Agreement shall not be assigned by operation of Law or otherwise, except that each of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub may assign all or any of its rights hereunder to any Subsidiary of Buyer or any Affiliate thereof; provided that no such assignment shall relieve the assigning party of its obligations hereunder; provided , further , that no such transfer shall be deemed to constitute a breach of Section 4.7 or the last sentence of Section 4.1 .

Section 9.9 Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each party hereto, and nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other person any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement, except as provided in Sections 6.9 and 6.10 (but only as it relates to actions taken, or failure to take action, of the Board of Directors of Buyer).

Section 9.10 Governing Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York applicable to Contracts to be performed entirely within such state, including all matters of construction, validity and performance, except for mandatorily applicable provisions of the DGCL. Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably agrees that any legal action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or the Supreme Court of the State of New York and each party hereto agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, suit or proceeding any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of such court, that the action, suit or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the action, suit or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement, or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court. Each party hereto further and irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of such court in any action, suit or proceeding. The parties agree that any or all of them may file a copy of this Section 9.10 with any court as written evidence of the knowing, voluntary and bargained agreement between the parties irrevocably to waive any objections to venue or to convenience of forum.

Section 9.11 Counterparts; Facsimile Delivery . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, and delivered by facsimile, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 9.12 Enforcement of Agreement . The parties acknowledge that neither party shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement by the Company, on the one hand, or Buyer, Holdings and/or Merger Sub, on the other hand, or to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement and that the Company’s sole and exclusive remedy with respect to any breach of this Agreement by Buyer, Holdings and/or Merger Sub shall be the remedies set forth in Section 8.3(d) (as limited by Section 8.3(h) ), to the extent applicable; and the sole and exclusive remedy of Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub with respect to any breach of this Agreement by the Company shall be the remedies set forth in Section 8.3(b) and Section 8.3(c) (as limited by Section 8.3(g) ), to the extent applicable; provided , however , the parties to this Agreement agree that (i) irreparable damage to Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub would occur in the event that the Company fails to consummate the

 

86


Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement if the conditions set forth in Section 7.1 and Section 7.3 shall have been satisfied (or waived by the Company), including, without limitation, Buyer, Holdings and/or Merger Sub shall have obtained the Financing (or replacements thereof) sufficient to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the end of the Marketing Period, so therefore, Buyer, Holdings and Merger Sub will be entitled to, at their option, an injunction to cause the Company to consummate, and an injunction to prevent the Company from not consummating, the Merger and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Agreement in any court of the United States or any state having jurisdiction; and (ii) irreparable damage to the Company and its Subsidiaries would occur in the event that Buyer, Holdings and/or Merger Sub breaches Section 6.3(b) , Section 6.7 , Section 6.12 , Section 6.13(c) or Section 6.14 and, therefore, the Company will be entitled to injunctions to prevent breaches of Section 6.3(b) , Section 6.7 , Section 6.12 , Section 6.13(c) or Section 6.14 in any court of the United States or any state having jurisdiction.

Section 9.13 Attorneys’ Fees . In any action at law or suit in equity to enforce this Agreement or the rights of any of the parties hereunder, the prevailing party in such action or suit shall be entitled to receive a reasonable sum for its attorneys’ fees and all other reasonable costs and expenses incurred in such action or suit.

Section 9.14 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH OF BUYER, HOLDINGS, MERGER SUB AND THE COMPANY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ALL RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

87


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Buyer, Holdings, Merger Sub and the Company have caused this Agreement and Plan of Merger to be executed as of the date first written above by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized.

 

KAR HOLDINGS II, LLC

By:

 

/s/ James J. Conners, II

Name:

  James J. Conners, II

Title:

  Manager

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ James J. Conners, II

Name:

  James J. Conners, II

Title:

  Vice President

KAR ACQUISITION, INC.

By:

 

/s/ James J. Conners, II

Name:

  James J. Conners, II

Title:

  Vice President

ADESA, INC.

By:

 

/s/ David G Gartzke

Name:

  David G Gartzke

Title:

  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]

Exhibit 3.1

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

FIRST : The name of the Corporation is KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND : The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of the registered agent at this address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

THIRD : The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”).

FOURTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one million (1,000,000) shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of one cent ($0.01) and one million (1,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, each having a par value of one cent ($0.01).

The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more classes or series, and to fix for each such class or series such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such distinctive designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issuance of such class or series and as may be permitted by the GCL, including, without limitation, the authority to provide that any such class or series may be (i) subject to redemption at such time or times and at such price or prices; (ii) entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions, and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or any other series; (iii) entitled to such rights upon the dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation; or (iv) convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock, or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock, of the Corporation at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments; all as may be stated in such resolution or resolutions.

FIFTH : The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

Lynn Buckley

   P.O. Box 636
   Wilmington, DE 19899

 

1


SIXTH : The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

(1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, as the By-Laws of the Corporation may provide.

(2) The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

(3) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-Laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.

(4) No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the GCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

(5) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

SEVENTH : Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

EIGHTH : The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

2


I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the GCL, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 9th day of November, 2006.

 

/s/Lynn Buckley

Lynn Buckley
Sole Incorporator

 

3


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

 


Pursuant to Section 242 of the General

Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

 


On this 19th day of December, KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “ Corporation ”), does hereby certify as follows:

FIRST: Article Fourth of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as set forth below:

The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is twenty-five million (25,000,000) of which the Corporation shall have authority to issue twenty million (20,000,000) shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of one penny ($0.01), and five million (5,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, each having a par value of one penny ($0.01).

The Board of Directors is expressly authorized to provide for the issuance of all or any shares of the Preferred Stock in one or more classes or series, and to fix for each such class or series such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such distinctive designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of such class or series and as may be permitted by the DGCL, including, without limitation, the authority to provide that any such class or series may be (i) subject to redemption at such time or times and at such price or prices; (ii) entitled to receive dividends (which may be cumulative or non-cumulative) at such rates, on such conditions, and at such times, and payable in preference to, or in such relation to, the dividends payable on any other class or classes or any other series; (iii) entitled to such rights upon the dissolution of, or upon any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation; or (iv) convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock, or of any other series of the same or any other class or classes of stock, of the Corporation at such price or prices or at such rates of exchange and with such adjustments; all as may be stated in such resolution or resolutions.

 

1


SECOND: The foregoing amendment was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, KAR Holdings, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be duly executed in its corporate name as of the date first above written.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/James J. Connors, II

Name:   James J. Connors, II
Title:   Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

3

Exhibit 3.2

BY-LAWS

OF

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

A Delaware Corporation

Effective November 9th, 2006


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page
  ARTICLE I   
  OFFICES   
Section 1.   Registered Office    1
Section 2.   Other Offices    1
  ARTICLE II   
  MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS   
Section 1.   Place of Meetings    1
Section 2.   Annual Meetings    1
Section 3.   Special Meetings    2
Section 4.   Notice    2
Section 5.   Adjournments    3
Section 6.   Quorum    3
Section 7.   Voting    4
Section 8.   Proxies    4
Section 9.   Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting    6
Section 10.   List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote    8
Section 11.   Record Date    8
Section 12.   Stock Ledger    10
Section 13.   Conduct of Meetings    10
Section 14.   Inspectors of Election    11
  ARTICLE III   
  DIRECTORS   
Section 1.   Number and Election of Directors    12
Section 2.   Vacancies    13
Section 3.   Duties and Powers    13
Section 4.   Meetings    13
Section 5.   Organization    14
Section 6.   Resignations and Removals of Directors    14
Section 7.   Quorum    15

 

i


Section 8.   Actions of the Board by Written Consent    15
Section 9.   Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone    15
Section 10.   Committees    16
Section 11.   Compensation    17
Section 12.   Interested Directors    17
  ARTICLE IV   
  OFFICERS   
Section 1.   General    18
Section 2.   Election    19
Section 3.   Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation    19
Section 4.   Chairman of the Board of Directors    20
Section 5.   President    20
Section 6.   Vice Presidents    21
Section 7.   Secretary    22
Section 8.   Treasurer    23
Section 9.   Assistant Secretaries    24
Section 10.   Assistant Treasurers    24
Section 11.   Other Officers    25
  ARTICLE V   
  STOCK   
Section 1.   Form of Certificates    25
Section 2.   Signatures    25
Section 3.   Lost Certificates    26
Section 4.   Transfers    26
Section 5.   Dividend Record Date    27
Section 6.   Record Owners    27
Section 7.   Transfer and Registry Agents    28
  ARTICLE VI   
  NOTICES   
Section 1.   Notices    28
Section 2.   Waivers of Notice    29

 

ii


  ARTICLE VII   
  GENERAL PROVISIONS   
Section 1.   Dividends    29
Section 2.   Disbursements    30
Section 3.   Fiscal Year    30
Section 4.   Corporate Seal    30
  ARTICLE VIII   
  INDEMNIFICATION   
Section 1.   Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation    31
Section 2.   Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation    32
Section 3.   Authorization of Indemnification    33
Section 4.   Good Faith Defined    34
Section 5.   Indemnification by a Court    35
Section 6.   Expenses Payable in Advance    36
Section 7.   Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses    36
Section 8.   Insurance    37
Section 9.   Certain Definitions    37
Section 10.   Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses    38
Section 11.   Limitation on Indemnification    39
Section 12.   Indemnification of Employees and Agents    39
  ARTICLE IX   
  AMENDMENTS   
Section 1.   Amendments    40
Section 2.   Entire Board of Directors    40

 

iii


BY-LAWS

OF

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

Section 2. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Annual Meetings . The Annual Meeting of Stockholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.


Section 3. Special Meetings . Unless otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of (i) the Board of Directors, (ii) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings or (iii) stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. At a Special Meeting of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).

Section 4. Notice . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a Special Meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless

 

2


otherwise required by law, written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than five (5) nor more than thirty (30) business days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. No notice of any meeting of stockholders need be given to any stockholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting.

Section 5. Adjournments . Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance with the requirements of Section 4 hereof shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.

Section 6. Quorum . Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the Corporation’s capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by

 

3


the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 5 hereof, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

Section 7. Voting . Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of the stockholders, other than the election of directors, shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of votes of the Corporation’s capital stock represented and entitled to vote thereat, voting as a single class. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to Section 11(a) of this Article II, each stockholder represented at a meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy as provided in Section 8 of this Article II. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of the stockholders, in such officer’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

Section 8. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in

 

4


writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted upon after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder executing it unless otherwise provided in such proxy. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:

(i) A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

(ii) A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram or cablegram to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such telegram or cablegram, provided that any such telegram or cablegram must either set forth or be submitted with information from which

 

5


it can be determined that the telegram or cablegram was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such telegrams or cablegrams are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information on which they relied.

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing, telegram or cablegram authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing, telegram or cablegram for any and all purposes for which the original writing, telegram or cablegram could be used; provided, however, that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing, telegram or cablegram.

Section 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal

 

6


place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided above in this Section 9.

 

7


Section 10. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 11. Record Date .

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date

 

8


shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable

 

9


law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 12. Stock Ledger . The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 10 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders.

Section 13. Conduct of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to

 

10


prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

Section 14. Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of the stockholders, the Board of Directors, by resolution, the Chairman or the President shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by applicable law,

 

11


inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by applicable law.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number and Election of Directors . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one nor more than fifteen members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article III, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at each Annual Meeting of Stockholders and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

12


Section 2. Vacancies . Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies arising through death, resignation, removal, an increase in the number of directors or otherwise may be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 3. Duties and Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 4. Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or by any director. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than five (5) business days notice.

 

13


Section 5. Organization . At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, in his or her absence, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all the Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 6. Resignations and Removals of Directors . Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time, by giving notice in writing to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or, if no time is specified, immediately; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of preferred stock then outstanding, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

14


Section 7. Quorum . Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Actions of the Board by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all of the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

Section 9. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a

 

15


conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 9 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 10. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

16


Section 11. Compensation . The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary for service as director, payable in cash or securities. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for service as committee members.

Section 12. Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if: (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the

 

17


material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. General . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director) and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

18


Section 2. Election . The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders (or action by written consent of stockholders in lieu of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders), shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation . Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to

 

19


the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 4. Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, unless the Board of Directors designates the President as the Chief Executive Officer, and, except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. President . The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The

 

20


President shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the President. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, provided the President is also a director, the Board of Directors. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Board of Directors shall otherwise designate, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Vice Presidents . At the request of the President or in the President’s absence or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents if there are more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of

 

21


Directors and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

Section 7. Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any

 

22


such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

Section 8. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

23


Section 9. Assistant Secretaries . Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

Section 10. Assistant Treasurers . Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all

 

24


books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 11. Other Officers . Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

Section 1. Form of Certificates . Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation.

Section 2. Signatures . Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have

 

25


ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 4. Transfers . Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and

 

26


payment of all necessary transfer taxes; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement. Every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked “Cancelled,” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

Section 5. Dividend Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 6. Record Owners . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of

 

27


shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

Section 7. Transfer and Registry Agents . The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

Section 1. Notices . Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail or by recognized overnight courier service, such as Federal Express, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

28


Section 2. Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders or any regular or special meeting of the directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the General Corporation Law of the State

 

29


of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 8 of Article III hereof), and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for purchasing any of the shares of capital stock, warrants, rights, options, bonds, debentures, notes, scrip or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

Section 2. Disbursements . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 3. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Corporate Seal . The Board may determine to issue a corporate seal, which seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

30


ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The

 

31


termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation

 

32


unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3. Authorization of Indemnification . Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of

 

33


the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

Section 4. Good Faith Defined . For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

 

34


Section 5. Indemnification by a Court . Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

35


Section 6. Expenses Payable in Advance . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

Section 7. Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 1 and Section 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to

 

36


preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise.

Section 8. Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

Section 9. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another

 

37


corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Article VIII shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

Section 10. Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

38


Section 11. Limitation on Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 of this Article VIII), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) or advance expenses in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Section 12. Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

39


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. Amendments . These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of the stockholders or Board of Directors, as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

Section 2. Entire Board of Directors . As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

* * *

Adopted as of: November 9th, 2006

 

40

Exhibit 3.3

 

  State of Delaware
  Secretary of State
 

Division of Corporations

Delivered 11:52 AM 04/20/2007

  FILED 11:52 AM 04/20/2007
  SRV 070458767 - 3756134 FMK

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

KAR ACQUISITION, INC.

WITH AND INTO

ADESA, INC.

Pursuant to Section 251(c) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), ADESA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:

FIRST : The name and state of incorporation of each of the constituent corporations (the “Constituent Corporations”) are:

 

NAME

   STATE OF INCORPORATION

ADESA, Inc.

   Delaware

KAR Acquisition, Inc.

   Delaware

SECOND : The Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of December 22, 2006 (the “Merger Agreement”) by and among the Corporation, KAR Holdings II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and KAR Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), has been approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by each of the Constituent Corporations in accordance with the requirements of Section 251 of the DGCL.

THIRD : In accordance with the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub will merge with and into the Corporation. Following the merger, the Corporation will continue as the surviving corporation (the “Surviving Corporation”) and the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub will cease. The name of the Surviving Corporation is ADESA, Inc.

FOURTH : At and from the effective time of the merger, the Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be as amended and restated in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

FIFTH : The executed Merger Agreement is on file at an office of the Surviving Corporation, the address of which is 13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Carmel, Indiana, 46032.


SIXTH : A copy of the Merger Agreement will be furnished by the Surviving Corporation, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of either Constituent Corporation.

SEVENTH : This Certificate of Merger, and the merger provided for herein, shall become effective upon its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Merger has been executed by the undersigned, a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on behalf of the Corporation as of this 20th day of April, 2007.

 

ADESA, INC.
By   /s/ George J. Lawrence
  George J. Lawrence
  Executive Vice President,
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary


Exhibit A

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ADESA, INC.

FIRST : The name of the Corporation is ADESA, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND : The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at that address is National Registered Agents, Inc.

THIRD : The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “DGCL”).

FOURTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred (100) shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of one cent ($0.01).

FIFTH : The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

(1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board, as the By-Laws of the Corporation may provide.

(2) The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

(3) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-Laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.

(4) No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article FIFTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.


(5) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the DGCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

SIXTH : Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the DGCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

SEVENTH : The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

Exhibit 3.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

ADESA, INC.

ARTICLE I

Name, Offices and Registered Agent

Section 1.1 Name . The name of the corporation is ADESA, Inc. (“Corporation”).

Section 1.2 Principal Office . The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at any place within or without the State of Delaware as designated in the Corporation’s latest annual report on file with the Delaware Secretary of State. The Corporation may have such other offices either within or without the State of Delaware as its business may require.

Section 1.3 Registered Office and Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered office of the Corporation is set forth on Exhibit A . The registered office and registered agent may be changed from time to time by written consent and by updating Exhibit A .

Section 1.4 Corporate Seal . The Corporation shall have no seal.

ARTICLE 2

Fiscal Year

Section 2.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin each year on the first day of January and end on the last day of December.

ARTICLE 3

Capital Stock

Section 3.1 Form and Issuance . Certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors in compliance with the Delaware General Corporation Law and shall be signed by, or in the

 

1


name of the Corporation by the president or a vice president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation; provided, however, that if such certificate is countersigned (i) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signatures of the officers of the Corporation may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the date of issue.

Section 3.2 Transfers of Shares . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a share certificate duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make such other rules and regulations or amendments thereto as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, registration and transfer of share certificates and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

Section 3.3 Lost , Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Corporation may cause a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit or that fact by the person claming their certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and in such form as it may direct to indemnify against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate. The Corporation, in its discretion, may authorize the issuance of such new certificates without any bond when the Board of Directors determines that it is proper to do so.

Section 3.4 Fixing of Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than seventy nor less than ten days from the date of such meeting. Only such shareholders as shall be shareholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to participate in such other action, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares of stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may elect to fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting and shall fix a new record date in the event the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

 

2


ARTICLE 4

Meeting of Shareholders

Section   4.1 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be on such a date as designated by the Board of Directors from time to time in respect of any such meeting, at such hour and at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. The Annual Meeting may be held by written resolutions in lieu of a meeting. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section   4.2 Special Meetings . Special meeting of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the articles of incorporation, may be called by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board or the president and shall be called by the president or the secretary at the request in writing or a majority of the Board of Directors.

Section   4.3 Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a shareholders meeting may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes.

Section   4.4 Notice of Meetings . The Corporation shall deliver or mail written notice stating the date, time, and place of any shareholders meeting and, in the case of a special shareholders meeting or when otherwise required by law, a description of the purposes for which the meeting is called, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting, at such address as appears in the records of the Corporation and at least ten (10), but no more than sixty (60), days before the date of the meeting.

Section   4.5 Waiver of Notice . A shareholder may waive notice of any meeting, before or after the date and time of the meeting as stated in the notice, by delivering a signed waiver to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes. A shareholder’s attendance at any meeting, in person or by proxy (a) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (b) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter a the meeting that is not within the purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

Section   4.6 Place of Meeting . Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Delaware, as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. If no place is designated, the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section   4.7 Quorum . The holders of record of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business, except where otherwise provided by law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws. In the absence of a quorum, any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting shall have the

 

3


power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be constituted. At any adjourned meeting held within 120 days of the date fixed for the original meeting and at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjourned meeting is held more than 120 days after the original meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date and shall cause a new notice of the meeting to be issued.

Section   4.8 Organization . Each meeting of shareholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, by the president or, in the absence of both of said officers, by a vice president thereunto designated by the Chairman of the Board, the president and a vice president so designated, by any other person selected to preside by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence assistant secretary, any person designated by the Chairman of the Board or other person presiding at the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section   4.9 Proxies and Voting Shares . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the articles of incorporation, every shareholder shall have the right at every shareholders meeting to one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his or her name on the books of the Corporation on the record date, on all matters coming before the meeting including the election of directors. At any meeting of the shareholders, each shareholder entitled to vote any shares on any matter to be voted upon at such meeting may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, which shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting before being voted. Such proxies shall entitle the holders thereof to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after eleven months from its date unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, the vote on any question need not be by written ballot. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or of the articles of incorporation or of these bylaws, a greater vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control his or her decision of such question.

4.10 Voting List of Shareholders . The Officer who shall have charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least five days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and by voting group (and within each voting group by class or series of shares) and showing the address and the number of shares registered in the name of each such shareholder. Subject to the limitation contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law, such list shall be open to the examination of any shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting, or such shareholder’s agent or attorney, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least five days prior to and continuing through the meeting, at the principal office of the Corporation. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the stock ledger or the list of shareholders referred to above or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting or shareholders.

 

4


ARTICLE 5

Board of Directors

Section   5.1 Power and Duties of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors shall have the general management of the affairs, property and business of the Corporation, and it may adopt such rules and regulations for that purpose and for the conduct of its meetings as it may deem proper. The Board may exercise and shall be vested with the powers of the Corporation in so far as not inconsistent with law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws.

Section   5.2 Election, Number and Term of Office . Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders, or at a special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose pursuant to Section 5.3 below, by a plurality vote of all votes cast at such meeting by the holders of the shares of stock entitled to elect directors. The number of directors of this Corporation shall be at least two (2) and no more than eleven (11), unless changed by amendment of this Section 5.2. All directors, except in the case of earlier resignation, removal or death, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their respective successors are chosen and qualified. Directors need not be a shareholder of the Corporation or residents of the State of Delaware.

Section   5.3 Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors caused by resignation, removal from office, death or other incapacity shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the shareholders. If the vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors shall result in a tie, such vacancy, at the direction of the Board of Directors, may be filled by plurality vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors caused by an increase in the number of the Board of Directors until the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders or, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, such vacancy may be filled by vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent directors.

Section   5.4 Annual Meeting of Directors . The Board of Directors shall meet each year, immediately after the annual meeting of the shareholders, at the place where such meeting of the shareholders has been held either within or without the State of Delaware, for the purpose of transacting such business as may properly come before the meeting. No notice of any kind to either old or new members of the Board of Directors for such annual meeting shall be necessary. At the annual meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect one of their members to serve as chairman. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section   5.5 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined by resolution of the board. Such regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice or upon such notice as may be fixed by the directors.

Section   5.6 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors maybe called by the Chairman of the Board, the president, or by a written call signed by any two or more of the members of the Board of Directors and filed with the secretary. Each special meeting of the Board shall be held at such place, either within or without of the State of Delaware. Notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors, stating the place, date and hour thereof, shall, except as otherwise expressly provide by law or as provided in these bylaws, be given by mailing or

 

5


telecopying the same to each director at his or her residence or business address at any time on or before the second day before the day of the meeting or by delivering the same to him or her personally or telephoning the same to him or her personally at his or her residence or business address not later than the second day before the meeting. Except as otherwise required by statute or these bylaws, no notice or waiver of notice of a special meeting of the Board need state the purpose or purposes of such meeting, and any business maybe transacted thereat, any practice or custom at any time to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section   5.7 Attendance at Meetings Via Communications Equipment . Any or all members of the Board of Directors or of a committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by any means of communications by which all directors participating in the meeting may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. Participation in this manner constituted presence in person at the meeting.

Section   5.8 Quorum . A majority of the actual number of directors prescribed from time to time shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the act of a greater number is required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, by the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws.

Section   5.9 Organization . Each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the president or, in his or her absence, by the vice-president, or in the absence of both the president and the vice president, by any director selected to preside by vote of the majority of the directors present. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of both the secretary and the assistant secretary, any person designated by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section   5.10 Consent Action by Directors . Any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual meeting, a regular meeting or a special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a written consent to such action is signed by all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minute of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Action taken by consent is effective when the last director signs unless a different prior or subsequent effective date is specified.

Section   5.11 Interest of Directors in Contracts . Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation or any corporation in which this Corporation owns a majority of the capital stock shall be valid and binding, notwithstanding that the directors of officers of this Corporation are identical or that some or all of the directors or officers, or both, are also directors or officers or such other corporation.

Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors of shareholders or employees, or between the Corporation and any firm of which one or more of its directors are directors, shareholders or employees or in which they are interested, or between the Corporation and any corporation or association of which one or more of its directors are shareholders, members, directors, officers, or employees or in which they are interested, shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such director or directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation which acts upon, or in reference to, such contract or transaction and notwithstanding his or her or their participation in which action, if any one of the following apply:

(i) The material facts of such transaction and the director’s interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or committee of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors or committee thereof shall authorize, approve and ratify such contract or transaction by a vote of a majority of the noninterested directors such majority constituting a quorum for the purposes of this section 5.11.

 

6


(ii) The material facts of the transaction and the director’s interest were disclosed or known to the shareholders entitled to vote and they authorized approved or ratified the transaction by a majority vote. Shares owned or voted by an interested director may be counted toward such majority.

(iii) The transaction was fair to the Corporation.

This section 5.11 shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common or statutory law applicable thereto.

Section   5.12 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the actual number of directors in office from time to time, designate from among its members one or more committees consisting of two or more of the directors of the Corporation, and may delegate to each such committee such authority and power of the Board of Directors as shall be specified in such resolution, but no such committee shall have the authority of the Board of Directors in authorizing distribution, approving or proposing to shareholders action required to be approved by shareholders, filling vacancies on the Board of Directors or any committees thereof, approving the sale of shares (other than as authorized by the Board of Directors within the limits prescribed by the Board of Directors), amending the articles of incorporation, adopting an agreement or plan of merger or consolidation or amendment these bylaws, except as otherwise provided by the Delaware General Corporation Law. No member of any such committee shall continue to be member thereof after he or she ceases to be a director of the Corporation. The committee shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section   5.13 Removal . Any director may be removed with or without cause by action of the shareholders taken at any meeting the notice of which states that one of the purposes of the meeting is removal of the director.

 

7


ARTICLE 6

Officers

Section   6.1 Officers . The officers of the Corporation, who shall be elected by the Board of Directors, may include a chairman, a president, a chief operating officer, one or more executive vice presidents, one or more vice presidents, a chief financial officer, a treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors, at its discretion, may elect one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers or agents as it may deem advisable and prescribe the duties thereof. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Board of Directors may delegate to the chairman and president the power to appoint and to remove such assistant officers as he or she deems desirable.

Section   6.2 Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting thereof, or appointed by the president as provided in section 6.1 above. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until his or her death, or until he or she shall resign, or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

Section   6.3 Removal . Any officer may be removed either with or without cause, at any time by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board, and an officer appointed by the president may also be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the president.

Section   6.4 Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, its chairman or to the secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section   6.5 Vacancies . Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the remainder of the term by the Board of Directors or as authorized by it.

Section   6.6 Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and as such shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meeting of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall act as general administrative head of the Corporation, exercising general control and supervision over the affairs of the Corporation and over the other officers, agents and personnel of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall, with the approval of the Board of Directors, appoint the members of any committee created by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board has authority to execute, with the Secretary where attestation or other dual signature is required, powers of attorney appointing other corporations, partnerships, or individuals a the agents of the Corporation, subject to law, the articles of incorporation, and these bylaws. The Chairman of the Board shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Chairman of the Board and such other duties and the Board of Directors may assign.

Section   6.7 President . The president shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors. Subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors, the president may enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. The president shall perform all duties and have all the powers incident to the office of president and all such other duties and powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors.

 

8


Section   6.8 Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation shall have general supervision and management over the day-to-day business operations of the Corporation. The Chief Operating Officer shall have the power and authority to sign, make, execute, and deliver any and all deeds or conveyances, leases, contracts, assignments, releases, share certificates, and all other documents and instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and shall perform all other duties as are incident to the officer of Chief operating Officer and as may be required of the Chief operating Officer by the Board of Directors from time to time

Section   6.9 Vice President . Each vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the president.

Section   6.10 Assistant Vice President . Each assistant vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the president or any vice president to whom the assistant vice president reports.

Section   6.11 Treasurer . The treasurer shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit all such funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks or other depositories as shall be selected by the Board of Directors. The treasurer shall upon request exhibit at all reasonable times his or her books of account and records to any of the directors of the Corporation, shall render upon request by the Board of Directors a statement of the condition of the finances of the Corporation at any meeting of the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of the shareholders, shall receive and give receipt for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office assigned by the president or the Board of Directors.

Section   6.12 Assistant Treasurers . In the absence of the treasurer, or in case of the treasurer’s inability to act, an assistant treasurer shall perform all the duties of the treasurer and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of the treasurer. The assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the president, the vice president designated as the chief accounting and financial officer of the Corporation or the treasurer.

Section   6.13 Secretary . The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in the books provided for that purpose the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors, shall duly give and serve all notices required to be given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and by the Delaware General Corporation Law, shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the president or the Board of Directors.

 

9


Section   6.14 Assistant Secretary . In the absence the secretary or in case of his or her inability to act, an assistant secretary shall perform all the duties of the secretary and, when do acting, shall have all powers of the secretary. The assistant secretaries shall perform such other duties from time to time shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the president or the secretary.

Section   6.15 Subordinate Officers . In addition to the principal officers enumerated in Section 6.1, the Corporation may have other officers, agents and employees as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such periods of time, may be removed with or without cause, have such authority, and perform such duties as the President, or the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

Section   6.16 Execution of Contracts and Other Documents . Unless otherwise authorized or directed by the Board of Directors, all written contracts, agreements, banking resolutions, conveyance, or any other instruments that may be deemed necessary and proper for the business of the Corporation, shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the President or the Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Controller, Assistant Treasurer or Secretary.

Section   6.17 Bonds . The Board of Directors shall have the power to require any officer of the Corporation to give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such form and with such surety or sureties as the Board may deem advisable.

Section   6.18 Salaries . The salaries of the president, vice presidents, treasurer, and secretary shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and the salaries of any assistant officers may be fixed by the president.

ARTICLE 7

Indemnification

Section   7.1 Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees . Every person who is or was a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or of any other corporation for which he or she is or was serving in any capacity at the request of this Corporation shall be indemnified by this Corporation against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from or arising out of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, in which such person may become involved, as a party or otherwise,

 

  (i) by reason of his or her being or having been a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or such other corporation or

 

  (ii) by reason of any past or future action taken or not taken by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not he or she continues to be such at the time such liability or expense is incurred,

provided that such person is wholly successful with respect thereto or acted in good faith and, when acting in his or her official capacity of the Corporation, in what he or she reasonably

 

10


believed was the Corporation’s best interest or, when acting in all other cases, in what he or she reasonably believed was not opposed to the Corporation’s best interest and, in addition, in any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A director’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the director reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan meets the requirement of this section 7.1. As used herein, “claim, action, suit or proceeding” shall include and claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether brought by or in the right of this Corporation or such other corporation or otherwise), civil, criminal administrative or investigative, whether actual or threatened or in connection with an appeal relating thereto.

The terms “liability” and “expense” shall include, but shall not be limited to, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, amounts of judgments, fines or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of a director, officer or employee, but shall not in any event include any liability or expense on account of profits realized by him or her in the purchase or sale of securities of the Corporation in violation of the law. The termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction or upon a plea of guilty or on nolo contedere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that a director, officer or employee did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in this section 7.1.

Any such director, officer or employee who has been wholly successful with respect to any such claim, action, and suit or preceding shall be entitled to indemnification as a matter of right. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, any indemnification hereunder shall be found that the director, officer or employee has net the standard of conduct set forth in this section 7.1 by:

 

  (i) the Board of Directors acting by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such claim, action, suit or proceeding; or

 

  (ii) if a quorum cannot be obtained under subsection (i), by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Board of Directors (in which designation directors who are parties may participate), consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties; or

 

  (iii) by written opinion of independent legal counsel selected by the Board of Directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in subsection (i) or (ii) or, if such is impossible, selected by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors; or

 

  (iv) by the shareholders, but shares owned by or voted under the control of directors who are at the time parties may not be voted in such determination.

Any such director, officer or employee may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the claim, action, suit or proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction, which court may order indemnification as provided by law.

 

11


Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of reasonableness of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if such determination is made by independent legal counsel. Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of expenses shall be made by those show elected of the independent counsel.

If several claims, issues or matters of action are involved, any such person may be entitled to indemnification as to some matters even though he or she is not entitled as to other matters.

The Corporation may advance expenses to or, where appropriate, any at its expense undertake the defense of any such director, officer or employee upon receipt or a written affirmation of such person of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct set forth in the section 7.1 and unlimited general written undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such expenses if it should ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification hereunder and upon a determination that the facts then known would not preclude indemnification.

The provisions of the section 7.1 shall be applicable to claims, actions, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions to act during, before or after the adoption hereof.

The rights of indemnification provided hereunder shall be in addition to any rights to which any person concerned may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of any such person.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this section 7.1 or otherwise.

ARTICLE 8

Amendments

Section   8.1 Amendment . The power to make, alter, amend, or repeal these bylaws is vested in the Board of Directors, but the affirmative vote of a majority of the actual number of directors from time to time shall be necessary to effect any alteration, amendment or repeal or these bylaws.

 

12


Exhibit A

To Amended and Restated Bylaws

Name and Address of the Registered Agent

 

Name

  

Address

The Corporation Trust Company    1209 Orange St., Wilmington, DE 19801

 

13

Exhibit 3.5

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

ADESA CORPORATION, LLC

The undersigned, acting as the organizer (“Organizer”) of a limited liability company under the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as amended (the “Act”), hereby adopts these Articles of Organization for ADESA Corporation, LLC (the “Company”):

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the Company is ADESA Corporation, LLC.

ARTICLE II

Registered Office and Registered Agent

The street address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Indiana is l3085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Carmel, IN, 46032. The name of the initial registered agent of the Company at the registered office is Karen C. Turner.

ARTICLE III

Purpose

The purpose of the Company shall be to conduct any and all lawful business and activities for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act.

ARTICLE IV

Duration

Unless sooner dissolved in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement or the Act, the duration of the Company shall be perpetual.


ARTICLE V

Manager Management

The management of the Company is vested in one or more managers in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.

ARTICLE VI

Transferability

A member of the Company may transfer his, her or its interest in the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.

ARTICLE VII

Indemnification

(a) To the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and public policies of Indiana the Company shall indemnify any manager or Organizer (any such manager or Organizer and any responsible officers, partners, shareholders, managers, directors, or managers of such manager or Organizer which is an entity, hereinafter being referred to as the indemnified “person”) made a party to any proceeding because such person is or was a manager or Organizer (or a responsible officer, partner, shareholder, manager, director, or manager thereof), as a matter of right, against all liability incurred by such person in connection with any proceeding; provided that it shall be determined in the specific case in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Article that indemnification of such person is permissible in the circumstances because the person has met the standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. The Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by such a person in connection with any such proceeding in advance of final disposition thereof if (i) the person furnishes the Company a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that he, she or it has met the standard of conduct for indemnification described in paragraph (c) of this Article, (ii) the person furnishes the Company a written undertaking, executed personally or on such person’s behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that such person did not meet such standard of conduct, and (iii) a determination is made in accordance with paragraph (d) that based upon facts then known to those making the determination, indemnification would not be precluded under this Article. The undertaking described in subparagraph (a)(ii) above must be a general obligation of the person subject to such reasonable limitations as the Company may permit, but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment. The Company shall indemnify a person who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any such proceeding, as a matter of right, against reasonable

 

2


expenses incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding without the requirement of a determination as set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. Upon demand by a person for indemnification or advancement of expenses, as the case may be, the Company shall expeditiously determine whether the person is entitled thereto in accordance with this Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for under this Article shall be applicable to any proceeding arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article.

(b) The Company shall have the power, but not the obligation, to indemnify any person who is or was an employee or agent of the Company to the same extent as if such person was an indemnified person as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article.

(c) Indemnification of a person is permissible under this Article only if’ (i) such person conducted himself, herself or itself in good faith, (ii) such person reasonably believed that his, her or its conduct was in or at least not opposed to the Company’s best interest, and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his, her or its conduct was unlawful. Indemnification is not permissible against liability to the extent such liability is the result of the person’s willful misconduct, recklessness, violation of the Company’s Operating Agreement or any improperly obtained financial or other benefit to which the person was not legally entitled. The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the person did not meet the standard of conduct described in this paragraph (c).

(d) A determination as to whether indemnification or advancement of expenses is permissible shall be made by (i) a majority in interest of the managers (including any interested manager); or (ii) independent special legal counsel selected in accordance with (d)(i) above.

(e) Any person (as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article) who is a party to a proceeding may apply for indemnification from the Company to the court, if any, conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after giving notice the court considers necessary, may order indemnification if it determines:

(i) In a proceeding in which the person is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, the person is entitled to indemnification under this Article, in which case the court shall order the Company to pay the person his, her or its reasonable expenses incurred to obtain such court ordered indemnification; or

 

3


(ii) The person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the person met the standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article.

(f) Indemnification shall also be provided for a person’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan if the person reasonably believed his, her or its conduct to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan.

(g) Nothing contained in this Article shall limit or preclude the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under the law, by contract or otherwise, relating to indemnification of or advancement of expenses to any such person or any person who is or was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, partner, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic company, partnership, association, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for-profit or not. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit the ability of the Company to otherwise indemnify or advance expenses to any person. It is the intent of this Article to provide indemnification to such a person to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the law consistent with the terms and conditions of this Article. If indemnification is permitted under this Article indemnification shall be provided in accordance with this Article irrespective of the nature of the legal or equitable theory upon which a claim is asserted, including without limitation, negligence, breach of duty, waste, breach of contract (except to the extent the claim relates to the Operating Agreement or a contract between the Company and that manager), breach of warranty, strict liability, violation of federal or state securities law, violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of any other state or federal law.

(h) For purposes of this Article:

(i) The term “expenses” includes all direct and indirect costs (including without limitation counsel fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses) actually incurred in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Article, applicable law or otherwise.

(ii) The term “liability” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax (including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding.

 

4


(iii) The term “party” includes a person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.

(iv) The term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.

(i) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for its benefit, the benefit of any person who is entitled to indemnification under this Article, or both, against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in any capacity or arising out of such person’s service with the Company, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Articles of Organization have been executed by the undersigned, as Organizer of the Company, this 4 th day of March, 2004.

 

ADESA Corporation, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Stephen J. Hackman

  Stephen J. Hackman, Organizer

 

5

Exhibit 3.6

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA CORPORATION, LLC

Effective as of

March 4, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE I.

  PURPOSES    1

ARTICLE II.

  ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS    1

Section 2.1

 

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

 

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

 

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

 

Duration

   1

ARTICLE III.

  MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE    2

Section 3.1

 

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

 

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

 

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

 

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

 

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

 

Admission of Additional Members

   2

ARTICLE IV.

  GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY    3

Section 4.1

 

Management by the Manager(s)

   3

Section 4.2

 

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

 

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3

ARTICLE V.

  ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS    3

Section 5.1

 

Records and Accounting

   3

Section 5.2

 

Access to Records

   3

Section 5.3

 

Annual Tax Information

   3

Section 5.4

 

Accounting Decisions

   3

Section 5.5

 

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4

ARTICLE VI.

  ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS    4

Section 6.1

 

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

 

Distributions

   4

ARTICLE VII.

  TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS    4

Section 7.1

 

Transferability

   4

ARTICLE VIII.

  DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER    4

Section 8.1

 

Dissociation

   4

ARTICLE IX.

  DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP    5

 

- i -


Section 9.1

 

Dissolution

   5

Section 9.2

 

Winding Up

   5

Section 9.3

 

Distribution of Assets

   5

ARTICLE X.

  AMENDMENTS    6

Section 10.1

 

Amendments

   6

ARTICLE XI.

  MISCELLANEOUS    6

Section 11.1

 

Complete Agreement

   6

Section 11.2

 

Governing Law

   6

Section 11.3

 

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   6

Section 11.4

 

Headings; Interpretation

   6

Section 11.5

 

Severability

   6

Section 11.6

 

Additional Documents and Acts

   7

Section 11.7

 

No Third Party Beneficiary

   7

Section 11.8

 

Notices

   7

Section 11.9

 

Title to Company Property

   7

Section 11.10

 

No Remedies Exclusive

   7

Section 11.11

 

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA CORPORATION, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 4th day of March, 2004 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between ADESA Corporation, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and ADESA Corporation (the “ Member ”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as amended, Ind. Code § 23-18-1-1 et seq. (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Articles of Organization with the Secretary of State of the State of Indiana effective March 4, 2004. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be Karen C. Turner. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company was converted to the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Manager . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Manager(s).

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the Member or the Manager(s).

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Manager(s) may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Manager(s) may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6, the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “ Event of Dissociation ”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6.

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a).

 

- 4 -


Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

 

- 5 -


Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY:
  ADESA Corporation, LLC
Date: March 4, 2004   By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

    Karen C. Turner, Secretary
  MEMBER:
  ADESA Corporation
Date: March 4, 2004   By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

    James P. Hallett, President

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

 

Schedule I - 1


Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2.

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3 and -4, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution

(As of March 4, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA CORPORATION, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Indiana law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”


3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Corporation, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”

    “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     ADESA Corporation, LLC
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

    By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

 

5

Exhibit 3.7

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, INC.

STATE OF LOUISIANA

PARISH OF CADDO

BE IT KNOWN that this 23rd day of April, 1998, there personally came and appeared before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the Parish of Caddo, State of Louisiana, duly appointed, commissioned and qualified:

J. Benjamin Warren, Jr., husband of Lisa Doucet Warren, whose permanent business address is 333 Texas Street, Suite 1700, Shreveport, Louisiana 71101,

who declared unto me, Notary, in the presence of the undersigned competent witnesses, that, availing himself of the laws of the State of Louisiana, he does hereby organize himself, his successors and assigns, into a corporation in pursuance of said statutes under and in accordance with the following Articles of Incorporation, to-wit:

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of this corporation is:

ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, INC.

ARTICLE II

Purposes

This corporation is formed for the purpose of engaging in and conducting any lawful activity for which corporations may be formed under the laws of the State of Louisiana.


ARTICLE III

Incorporator

The full name and post office address of the incorporator of this corporation is as follows:

 

Name

 

Post Office Address

J. Benjamin Warren, Jr.

  333 Texas Street, Suite 1700 Shreveport, Louisiana 71101.

ARTICLE IV

Authorized Capital

The total authorized number of shares of this corporation is 1,000 shares of common stock of no par value per share, each share of which shall have equal voting power.

ARTICLE V

Directors

The powers of this corporation shall be vested in and the affairs of this corporation shall be directed by a Board of Directors whose number, qualifications, terms of office, manner of election, compensation and powers and duties shall be prescribed by the By-Laws, as shall the time, place and manner of calling, giving notice of and conducting directors meetings and the number of directors who shall constitute a quorum. Any director absent from a meeting may be represented by any other director or shareholder, who may cast the vote of the absent director according to the written instructions, general or special, of the absent director filed with the Secretary of the corporation.

 

-2-


ARTICLE VI

Officers

The Board of Directors shall elect a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer, and such other officers, assistant officers or agents as may be authorized in the By-Laws. No officer need be a director, and any two of the above offices may be combined in one person, except the office of President and Secretary.

ARTICLE VII

Shareholder Consents

Whenever the affirmative vote of the shareholders, is required to authorize or constitute corporation action, the consent in writing to such action signed only by shareholders holding that portion of the total voting power on the question which is required by law or by these Articles of Incorporation, whichever requirement is higher, shall be sufficient for the purpose, without the necessity for a meeting of shareholders.

ARTICLE VIII

Amendments to Articles

These articles may be amended by vote of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the voting power present at any annual meeting or special meeting called for that purpose.

THUS DONE AND PASSED, in multiple originals, in the City of Shreveport, Parish of Caddo, State of Louisiana, in the presence of the two undersigned competent witnesses and me, Notary, on the day and in the month and year first above written.

 

-3-


WITNESSES:    
illegible     /s/ J. Benjamin Warren, Jr.
    J. Benjamin Warren, Jr.
illegible    

 

/s/ John R. Williams
JOHN R. WILLIAMS
NOTARY PUBLIC
IN AND FOR
CADDO PARISH, LOUISIANA

 

-4-


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

OF THE

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, INC.

The above corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”) existing pursuant to the laws of the State of Louisiana, desiring to give notice of corporate action effectuating amendment of certain provisions of its Articles of Incorporation, sets forth the following facts:

ARTICLE I

NAME OF CORPORATION

The name of the Corporation is ADESA Ark-La-Tex, Inc.

ARTICLE II

AMENDMENTS

The name of the Corporation following this amendment is A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc.

ARTICLE III

MANNER OF ADOPTION AND VOTE

The Board of Directors adopted the proposed Articles of Amendment by written consent, dated February 3, 2003, and signed by each of the directors. The amendment was then adopted by written consent dated February 3, 2003 and executed by ADESA Corporation, the sole shareholder of 100 shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, constituting all of the outstanding shares of the Corporation and thus all of the votes entitled to be cast on the amendment.

The manner of the adoption of the Articles of Amendment and the vote by which they were adopted constitute full legal compliance with the provisions of the laws of the State of Louisiana, the Articles of Incorporation, and the Bylaws of the Corporation.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned officer executes these Articles of Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation of the Corporation, and verifies subject to the penalties of perjury that the facts contained herein are true, this 3rd day of February, 2003.


ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, INC.
By:   /s/ James P. Hallet
Printed:   James P. Hallet
Title:   President


STATE OF INDIANA   )   
  )    SS:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON   )   

Before me the undersigned, a Notary Public for the above stated County and State, personally appeared James P. Hallett and acknowledged the execution of this instrument this 3 rd day of February, 2003.

 

My Commission Expires:     /s/ Cheryl A. Shrader

9/24/08

    Cheryl A. Shrader, Notary Public
    Resident of Tipton County, Indiana

Exhibit 3.8

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CODE OF BYLAWS

OF

A.D.E. OF ARK-LA-TEX, INC.

ARTICLE I

Name, Offices and Registered Agent

Section   1.1 Name . The name of the corporation is A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc. (“Corporation”).

Section   1.2 Principal Office . The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at any place within or without the State of Louisiana as designated in the Corporation’s latest annual report on file with the Louisiana Secretary of State. The Corporation may have such other offices either within or without the State of Louisiana as its business may require.

Section   1.3 Registered Office and Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered office of the Corporation is set forth on Exhibit A . The registered office and registered agent may be changed from time to time by written consent and by updating Exhibit A .

Section   1.4 Corporate Seal . The Corporation shall have no seal.

ARTICLE 2

Fiscal Year

Section   2.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin each year on the first day of January and end on the last day of December.

ARTICLE 3

Capital Stock

Section   3.1 Form and Issuance . Certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors in compliance with the Louisiana Business Corporation Law and shall be signed by, or in the


name of the Corporation by the president or a vice president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation; provided, however, that if such certificate is countersigned (i) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signatures of the officers of the Corporation may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the date of issue.

Section   3.2 Transfers of Shares . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a share certificate duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make such other rules and regulations or amendments thereto as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, registration and transfer of share certificates and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

Section   3.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Corporation may cause a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit or that fact by the person claming their certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and in such form as it may direct to indemnify against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate. The Corporation, in its discretion, may authorize the issuance of such new certificates without any bond when the Board of Directors determines that it is proper to do so.

Section   3.4 Fixing of Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than seventy nor less than ten days from the date of such meeting. Only such shareholders as shall be shareholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to participate in such other action, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares of stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may elect to fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting and shall fix a new record date in the event the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

 

2


ARTICLE 4

Meeting of Shareholders

Section   4.1 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be on such a date as designated by the Board of Directors from time to time in respect of any such meeting, at such hour and at such place, within or without the State of Louisiana, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. The Annual Meeting may be held by written resolutions in lieu of a meeting. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section   4.2 Special Meetings . Special meeting of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the articles of incorporation, may be called by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board or the president and shall be called by the president or the secretary at the request in writing or a majority of the Board of Directors.

Section   4.3 Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a shareholders meeting may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes.

Section   4.4 Notice of Meetings . The Corporation shall deliver or mail written notice stating the date, time, and place of any shareholders meeting and, in the case of a special shareholders meeting or when otherwise required by law, a description of the purposes for which the meeting is called, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting, at such address as appears in the records of the Corporation and at least ten (10), but no more than sixty (60), days before the date of the meeting.

Section   4.5 Waiver of Notice . A shareholder may waive notice of any meeting, before or after the date and time of the meeting as stated in the notice, by delivering a signed waiver to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes. A shareholder’s attendance at any meeting, in person or by proxy (a) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (b) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter a the meeting that is not within the purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

Section   4.6 Place of Meeting . Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Louisiana, as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. If no place is designated, the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section   4.7 Quorum . The holders of record of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business, except where otherwise provided by law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws. In the absence of

 

3


a quorum, any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be constituted. At any adjourned meeting held within 120 days of the date fixed for the original meeting and at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjourned meeting is held more than 120 days after the original meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date and shall cause a new notice of the meeting to be issued.

Section   4.8 Organization . Each meeting of shareholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, by the president or, in the absence of both of said officers, by a vice president thereunto designated by the Chairman of the Board, the president and a vice president so designated, by any other person selected to preside by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence assistant secretary, any person designated by the Chairman of the Board or other person presiding at the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section   4.9 Proxies and Voting Shares . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the articles of incorporation, every shareholder shall have the right at every shareholders meeting to one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his or her name on the books of the Corporation on the record date, on all matters coming before the meeting including the election of directors. At any meeting of the shareholders, each shareholder entitled to vote any shares on any matter to be voted upon at such meeting may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, which shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting before being voted. Such proxies shall entitle the holders thereof to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after eleven months from its date unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, the vote on any question need not be by written ballot. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the Louisiana Business Corporation Law or of the articles of incorporation or of these bylaws, a greater vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control his or her decision of such question.

4.10 Voting List of Shareholders . The Officer who shall have charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least five days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and by voting group (and within each voting group by class or series of shares) and showing the address and the number of shares registered in the name of each such shareholder. Subject to the limitation contained in the Louisiana Business Corporation Law, such list shall be open to the examination of any shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting, or such shareholder’s agent or attorney, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least five days prior to and continuing through the meeting, at the principal office of the Corporation. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the stock ledger or the list of shareholders referred to above or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting or shareholders.

 

4


ARTICLE 5

Board of Directors

Section   5.1 Power and Duties of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors shall have the general management of the affairs, property and business of the Corporation, and it may adopt such rules and regulations for that purpose and for the conduct of its meetings as it may deem proper. The Board may exercise and shall be vested with the powers of the Corporation in so far as not inconsistent with law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws.

Section   5.2 Election, Number and Term of Office . Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders, or at a special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose pursuant to Section 5.3 below, by a plurality vote of all votes cast at such meeting by the holders of the shares of stock entitled to elect directors. The number of directors of this Corporation shall be at least two (2) and no more than eleven (11), unless changed by amendment of this Section 5.2. All directors, except in the case of earlier resignation, removal or death, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their respective successors are chosen and qualified. Directors need not be a shareholder of the Corporation or residents of the State of Louisiana.

Section   5.3 Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors caused by resignation, removal from office, death or other incapacity shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the shareholders. If the vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors shall result in a tie, such vacancy, at the direction of the Board of Directors, may be filled by plurality vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors caused by an increase in the number of the Board of Directors until the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders or, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, such vacancy may be filled by vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent directors.

Section   5.4 Annual Meeting of Directors . The Board of Directors shall meet each year, immediately after the annual meeting of the shareholders, at the place where such meeting of the shareholders has been held either within or without the State of Louisiana, for the purpose of transacting such business as may properly come before the meeting. No notice of any kind to either old or new members of the Board of Directors for such annual meeting shall be necessary. At the annual meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect one of their members to serve as chairman. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section   5.5 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places, either within or without the State of Louisiana, as may be determined by resolution of the board. Such regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice or upon such notice as may be fixed by the directors.

Section   5.6 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors maybe called by the Chairman of the Board, the president, or by a written call signed by any two or more of the members of the Board of Directors and filed with the secretary. Each special meeting of the

 

5


Board shall be held at such place, either within or without of the State of Louisiana. Notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors, stating the place, date and hour thereof, shall, except as otherwise expressly provide by law or as provided in these bylaws, be given by mailing or telecopying the same to each director at his or her residence or business address at any time on or before the second day before the day of the meeting or by delivering the same to him or her personally or telephoning the same to him or her personally at his or her residence or business address not later than the second day before the meeting. Except as otherwise required by statute or these bylaws, no notice or waiver of notice of a special meeting of the Board need state the purpose or purposes of such meeting, and any business maybe transacted thereat, any practice or custom at any time to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section   5.7 Attendance at Meetings Via Communications Equipment . Any or all members of the Board of Directors or of a committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by any means of communications by which all directors participating in the meeting may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. Participation in this manner constituted presence in person at the meeting.

Section   5.8 Quorum . A majority of the actual number of directors prescribed from time to time shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the act of a greater number is required by the Louisiana Business Corporation Law, by the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws.

Section   5.9 Organization . Each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the president or, in his or her absence, by the vice-president, or in the absence of both the president and the vice president, by any director selected to preside by vote of the majority of the directors present. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of both the secretary and the assistant secretary, any person designated by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section   5.10 Consent Action by Directors . Any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual meeting, a regular meeting or a special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a written consent to such action is signed by all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minute of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Action taken by consent is effective when the last director signs unless a different prior or subsequent effective date is specified.

Section   5.11 Interest of Directors in Contracts . Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation or any corporation in which this Corporation owns a majority of the capital stock shall be valid and binding, notwithstanding that the directors of officers of this Corporation are identical or that some or all of the directors or officers, or both, are also directors or officers or such other corporation.

Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors of shareholders or employees, or between the Corporation and any firm of which one or more of its directors are directors, shareholders or employees or in which they are interested, or between the Corporation and any corporation or association of which one or more of its

 

6


directors are shareholders, members, directors, officers, or employees or in which they are interested, shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such director or directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation which acts upon, or in reference to, such contract or transaction and notwithstanding his or her or their participation in which action, if any one of the following apply:

(i) The material facts of such transaction and the director’s interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or committee of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors or committee thereof shall authorize, approve and ratify such contract or transaction by a vote of a majority of the noninterested directors such majority constituting a quorum for the purposes of this section 5.11.

(ii) The material facts of the transaction and the director’s interest were disclosed or known to the shareholders entitled to vote and they authorized approved or ratified the transaction by a majority vote. Shares owned or voted by an interested director may be counted toward such majority.

(iii) The transaction was fair to the Corporation.

This section 5.11 shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common or statutory law applicable thereto.

Section   5.12 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the actual number of directors in office from time to time, designate from among its members one or more committees consisting of two or more of the directors of the Corporation, and may delegate to each such committee such authority and power of the Board of Directors as shall be specified in such resolution, but no such committee shall have the authority of the Board of Directors in authorizing distribution, approving or proposing to shareholders action required to be approved by shareholders, filling vacancies on the Board of Directors or any committees thereof, approving the sale of shares (other than as authorized by the Board of Directors within the limits prescribed by the Board of Directors), amending the articles of incorporation, adopting an agreement or plan of merger or consolidation or amendment these bylaws, except as otherwise provided by the Louisiana Business Corporation Law. No member of any such committee shall continue to be member thereof after he or she ceases to be a director of the Corporation. The committee shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section   5.13 Removal . Any director may be removed with or without cause by action of the shareholders taken at any meeting the notice of which states that one of the purposes of the meeting is removal of the director.

 

7


ARTICLE 6

Officers

Section   6.1 Officers . The officers of the Corporation, who shall be elected by the Board of Directors, may include a chairman, a president, a chief operating officer, one or more executive vice presidents, one or more vice presidents, a chief financial officer, a treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors, at its discretion, may elect one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers or agents as it may deem advisable and prescribe the duties thereof. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Board of Directors may delegate to the chairman and president the power to appoint and to remove such assistant officers as he or she deems desirable.

Section   6.2 Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting thereof, or appointed by the president as provided in section 6.1 above. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until his or her death, or until he or she shall resign, or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

Section   6.3 Removal . Any officer may be removed either with or without cause, at any time by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board, and an officer appointed by the president may also be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the president.

Section   6.4 Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, its chairman or to the secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section   6.5 Vacancies . Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the remainder of the term by the Board of Directors or as authorized by it.

Section   6.6 Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and as such shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meeting of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall act as general administrative head of the Corporation, exercising general control and supervision over the affairs of the Corporation and over the other officers, agents and personnel of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall, with the approval of the Board of Directors, appoint the members of any committee created by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board has authority to execute, with the Secretary where attestation or other dual signature is required, powers of attorney appointing other corporations, partnerships, or individuals a the agents of the Corporation, subject to law, the articles of incorporation, and these bylaws. The Chairman of the Board shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Chairman of the Board and such other duties and the Board of Directors may assign.

Section   6.7 President . The president shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors. Subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors, the president may enter into any contract or execute and deliver any

 

8


instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. The president shall perform all duties and have all the powers incident to the office of president and all such other duties and powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors.

Section   6.8 Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation shall have general supervision and management over the day-to-day business operations of the Corporation. The Chief Operating Officer shall have the power and authority to sign, make, execute, and deliver any and all deeds or conveyances, leases, contracts, assignments, releases, share certificates, and all other documents and instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and shall perform all other duties as are incident to the officer of Chief operating Officer and as may be required of the Chief operating Officer by the Board of Directors from time to time

Section   6.9 Vice President . Each vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the president.

Section   6.10 Assistant Vice President . Each assistant vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the president or any vice president to whom the assistant vice president reports.

Section   6.11 Treasurer . The treasurer shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit all such funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks or other depositories as shall be selected by the Board of Directors. The treasurer shall upon request exhibit at all reasonable times his or her books of account and records to any of the directors of the Corporation, shall render upon request by the Board of Directors a statement of the condition of the finances of the Corporation at any meeting of the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of the shareholders, shall receive and give receipt for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office assigned by the president or the Board of Directors.

Section   6.12 Assistant Treasurers . In the absence of the treasurer, or in case of the treasurer’s inability to act, an assistant treasurer shall perform all the duties of the treasurer and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of the treasurer. The assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the president, the vice president designated as the chief accounting and financial officer of the Corporation or the treasurer.

Section   6.13 Secretary . The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in the books provided for that purpose the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors, shall duly give and serve all notices required to be given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and by the Louisiana Business Corporation Law, shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the president or the Board of Directors.

 

9


Section   6.14 Assistant Secretary . In the absence the secretary or in case of his or her inability to act, an assistant secretary shall perform all the duties of the secretary and, when do acting, shall have all powers of the secretary. The assistant secretaries shall perform such other duties from time to time shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the president or the secretary.

Section   6.15 Subordinate Officers . In addition to the principal officers enumerated in Section 6.1, the Corporation may have other officers, agents and employees as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such periods of time, may be removed with or without cause, have such authority, and perform such duties as the President, or the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

Section   6.16 Execution of Contracts and Other Documents . Unless otherwise authorized or directed by the Board of Directors, all written contracts, agreements, banking resolutions, conveyance, or any other instruments that may be deemed necessary and proper for the business of the Corporation, shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the President or the Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Controller, Assistant Treasurer or Secretary.

Section   6.17 Bonds . The Board of Directors shall have the power to require any officer of the Corporation to give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such form and with such surety or sureties as the Board may deem advisable.

Section   6.18 Salaries . The salaries of the president, vice presidents, treasurer, and secretary shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and the salaries of any assistant officers may be fixed by the president.

ARTICLE 7

Indemnification

Section   7.1 Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees . Every person who is or was a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or of any other corporation for which he or she is or was serving in any capacity at the request of this Corporation shall be indemnified by this Corporation against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from or arising out of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, in which such person may become involved, as a party or otherwise,

 

  (i) by reason of his or her being or having been a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or such other corporation or

 

  (ii) by reason of any past or future action taken or not taken by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not he or she continues to be such at the time such liability or expense is incurred,

 

10


provided that such person is wholly successful with respect thereto or acted in good faith and, when acting in his or her official capacity of the Corporation, in what he or she reasonably believed was the Corporation’s best interest or, when acting in all other cases, in what he or she reasonably believed was not opposed to the Corporation’s best interest and, in addition, in any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A director’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the director reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan meets the requirement of this section 7.1. As used herein, “claim, action, suit or proceeding” shall include and claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether brought by or in the right of this Corporation or such other corporation or otherwise), civil, criminal administrative or investigative, whether actual or threatened or in connection with an appeal relating thereto.

The terms “liability” and “expense” shall include, but shall not be limited to, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, amounts of judgments, fines or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of a director, officer or employee, but shall not in any event include any liability or expense on account of profits realized by him or her in the purchase or sale of securities of the Corporation in violation of the law. The termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction or upon a plea of guilty or on nolo contedere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that a director, officer or employee did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in this section 7.1.

Any such director, officer or employee who has been wholly successful with respect to any such claim, action, and suit or preceding shall be entitled to indemnification as a matter of right. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, any indemnification hereunder shall be found that the director, officer or employee has net the standard of conduct set forth in this section 7.1 by:

 

  (i) the Board of Directors acting by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such claim, action, suit or proceeding; or

 

  (ii) if a quorum cannot be obtained under subsection (i), by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Board of Directors (in which designation directors who are parties may participate), consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties; or

 

  (iii) by written opinion of independent legal counsel selected by the Board of Directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in subsection (i) or (ii) or, if such is impossible, selected by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors; or

 

  (iv) by the shareholders, but shares owned by or voted under the control of directors who are at the time parties may not be voted in such determination.

Any such director, officer or employee may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the claim, action, suit or proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction, which court may order indemnification as provided by law.

 

11


Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of reasonableness of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if such determination is made by independent legal counsel. Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of expenses shall be made by those show elected of the independent counsel.

If several claims, issues or matters of action are involved, any such person may be entitled to indemnification as to some matters even though he or she is not entitled as to other matters.

The Corporation may advance expenses to or, where appropriate, any at its expense undertake the defense of any such director, officer or employee upon receipt or a written affirmation of such person of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct set forth in the section 7.1 and unlimited general written undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such expenses if it should ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification hereunder and upon a determination that the facts then known would not preclude indemnification.

The provisions of the section 7.1 shall be applicable to claims, actions, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions to act during, before or after the adoption hereof.

The rights of indemnification provided hereunder shall be in addition to any rights to which any person concerned may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of any such person.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this section 7.1 or otherwise.

ARTICLE 8

Amendments

Section   8.1 Amendment . The power to make, alter, amend, or repeal these bylaws is vested in the Board of Directors, but the affirmative vote of a majority of the actual number of directors from time to time shall be necessary to effect any alteration, amendment or repeal or these bylaws.

 

Intl:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
By:   Michelle Mallon
Dated:   January 30, 2004

 

12


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of the Registered Agent (As of January 30, 2004)

 

Name

  

Address

CT Corporation System

   8550 United Plaza Blvd., Baton Rouge, LA 70809

 

13

Exhibit 3.9

CHARTER

OF

A.D.E. OF KNOXVILLE, INC.

The undersigned person under the Tennessee Business Corporation Act adopts the following charter for the above listed corporation:

1. The name of the corporation is:

A.D.E. OF KNOXVILLE, INC.

2. The number of shares of stock the Corporation is authorized to issue is: One Thousand (1,000) shares, No (-0-) par value.

3. (a) The complete address of the Corporation’s initial registered office in Tennessee is: 530 S. Gay Street, Suite 600, Knoxville, Tennessee 37902, County of Knox.

 

  (b) The name of the initial registered agent, to be located at the address listed in 3(a) is: C.T. Corporation.

4. The name and complete address of each incorporator is: Mary D. Miller, Suite 600, 800 Gay Street, Knoxville, Tennessee 37929.

5. The complete address of the Corporation s principal office is: 9617 Trucker’s Lane, Knoxville. Knox County, Tennessee, 37922.

6. The Corporation is for profit.

7. Directors shall not have personal liability to the Corporation or the Corporation’s shareholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director.


This limitation shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its shareholders or for any acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve international misconduct or a knowing violation of law or unlawful; distributions.

8. Except as specifically limited in Section 48-18-502 of the Tennessee Business Corporation Act, this Corporation shall indemnify against liability incurred in a proceeding by any individual made a party to the proceeding because he was or is a Director and/or Officer of this Corporation if the person conducted himself in good faith and reasonably believed that:

 

  (a) In the case of conduct in his official capacity with the Corporation, the conduct was in the Corporation’s best interest.

 

  (b) In all other cases, the conduct was at least not opposed to the best interest of the Corporation;

 

  (c) In the case of any criminal proceeding the individual had no reasonable cause to believe the conduct was unlawful; and

 

  (d) Conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan and the conduct was at least not opposed to their best interest.


   

/s/ Mary D. Miller

    Incorporator’s Signature

May 24, 1993

   
Signature Date    
   

Mary D. Miller

    Incorporator’s Name


State of Tennessee

Department of State

Corporate Filings

312 Eighth Avenue North

6 th Floor, William R. Snodgrass Tower

Nashville, TN 37243

ARTICLES OF CONVERSION

(For-Profit Corporation into LLC)

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 48-21-111 of the Tennessee Business Corporation Act, the undersigned domestic for-profit corporation hereby adopts the following articles of conversion:

 

1. The corporation was converted to a limited liability company from a corporation.

 

2. The name and principal business address of the former corporation was: A.D.E. of Knoxville 1011 ADESA Pkwy., Lenoir City, TN 37771.

 

3. The SOS Control Number of the former corporation (if known) is: 0266251.

 

4. The Plan of Conversion is attached to these Articles of Conversion and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

5. Articles of Organization of the limited liability company which satisfy Section 48-205-101 of the Tennessee Limited Liability Company Act are included in the Plan of Conversion.

 

6. The terms and conditions of the conversion have been approved by the unanimous vote of the shareholders.

 

7. The number of members of the limited liability company at the date of conversion is: 1.

 

January 1, 2004

   

/s/ Karen C. Turner

Signature Date     Signature

Secretary

   

Karen C. Turner

Signer’s Capacity     Name (typed or printed)


EXHIBIT

PLAN OF CONVERSION

THIS PLAN OF CONVERSION (“Plan of Conversion”) entered into this 1st day of January, 2004 by A.D.E. of Knoxville, Inc., a Tennessee corporation (the “Converting Corporation”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Converting Corporation is a corporation organized under the Tennessee Business Corporation Act (“Act”):

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the sole Shareholder of the Converting Corporation desire that the Converting Corporation convert into a Tennessee limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of Section 48-21-111 of the Act, in the manner set forth herein (the “Conversion”): and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the sole Shareholder of the Converting Corporation have approved and adopted this Plan of Conversion in accordance with the Act.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Converting Corporation shall convert into a Tennessee limited liability company in accordance with the following provisions:

ARTICLE I

Parties to the Conversion

Section 1.1 The Converting Corporation . The name of the Converting Corporation is “A.D.E. of Knoxville, Inc.”, a Tennessee corporation.

Section 1.2 The Converted Limited Liability Company . The name of the converted limited liability company is “A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC”, a Tennessee limited liability company (the “Converted Limited Liability Company”).

ARTICLE II

Terms and Conditions of the Conversion

and Mode of Carrying the Conversion Into Effect

Section 2.1 Effective Time of the Conversion . The “Effective Time of the Conversion” shall be January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m.

Section 2.2 Effect of the Conversion . The Converting Corporation shall merge with and into the Converted Limited Liability Company, and the separate existence of the Converting Corporation shall cease.


Section 2.3 Ownership and Shares . All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Converting Corporation are owned by the sole Shareholder. Upon the effectiveness the Conversion, all of issued and outstanding common shares of the Converting Corporation will be canceled and the certificates issued will be surrendered and the sole Shareholder will be the sole Member of the Converted Limited Liability Company.

Section 2.4 Director Approval . The Board of Directors of the Converting Corporation have duly authorized the Con v ersion and approved and adopted this Plan of Con v ersion in accordance with the Act.

Section 2.5 Shareholder Approval . The sole Shareholder of the Converting Corporation has approved this Plan of Conversion in accordance with the Act. This Plan of Conversion shall be executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded as required for accomplishing a Conversion under the applicable provisions of the Act.

ARTICLE III

Governing Documents of the Converted Limited Liability Company

The Articles of Organization attached hereto as Exhibit A and the Operating Agreement of the Converted Limited Liability Company shall be the governing documents upon the Effective Time of the Conversion and shall continue as such in full force and effect until altered, amended or repealed.

ARTICLE IV

Manager and Officers

Section 4.1 Manager . ADESA Corporation shall be the manager of the Converted Limited Liability Company.

Section 4.2 Officers . Each person named below shall hold the office(s) of the Converted Limited Liability Company listed next to his or her name, to hold such office(s) until the their successor is elected at a meeting of the Manager of the Converted Limited Liability Company thereafter.

 

Name

  

Office(s)

James P. Hallett    President
Donald L. Harris    Vice President
Karen C. Turner    Secretary
Paul J. Lips    Treasurer
Scott A. Anderson    Assistant Treasurer


ARTICLE V

Further Assurances

By operation of Act, all real estate, property rights and assets of the Converting Corporation will be vested in the Converted Limited Liability Company, and the Converted Limited Liability Company is liable for all outstanding debts, litigation and obligations of the Converting Corporation.

If at any time the Converted Limited Liability Company shall consider or be advised that any further assignment, assurance or any other action is necessary or desirable to vest in the Converted Limited Liability Company, the title to any property or right of the Converted Limited Liability Companies or otherwise to carry out the proposes of this Plan of Conversion, the proper officers and directors of the Converting Corporation shall execute and make all such proper assignments or assurances and take such other actions. The proper officers and manager of the Converted Limited Liability Company are hereby authorized in the name of the Converting Corporation, as taxpayer or otherwise, to take any and all such action.

Exhibit 3.10

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

A.D.E. OF KNOXVILLE, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

           Page
ARTICLE I.   PURPOSES    1
ARTICLE II.   ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS    1

Section 2.1

 

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

 

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

 

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

 

Duration

   1
ARTICLE III.   MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE    2

Section 3.1

 

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

 

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

 

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

 

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

 

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

 

Admission of Additional Members

   2
ARTICLE IV.   GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY    3

Section 4.1

 

Management by the Member

   3

Section 4.2

 

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

 

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3
ARTICLE V.   ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS    3

Section 5.1

 

Records and Accounting

   3

Section 5.2

 

Access to Records

   3

Section 5.3

 

Annual Tax Information

   3

Section 5.4

 

Accounting Decisions

   3

Section 5.5

 

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4
ARTICLE VI.   ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS    4

Section 6.1

 

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

 

Distributions

   4
ARTICLE VII.   TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS    4

Section 7.1

 

Transferability

   4
ARTICLE VIII.   DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER    4

Section 8.1

 

Dissociation

   4
ARTICLE IX.   DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP    4

 

- i -


Section 9.1

 

Dissolution

   4

Section 9.2

 

Winding Up

   5

Section 9.3

 

Distribution of Assets

   5
ARTICLE X.   AMENDMENTS    5

Section 10.1

 

Amendments

   5
ARTICLE XI.   MISCELLANEOUS    5

Section 11.1

 

Complete Agreement

   5

Section 11.2

 

Governing Law

   6

Section 11.3

 

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   6

Section 11.4

 

Headings; Interpretation

   6

Section 11.5

 

Severability

   6

Section 11.6

 

Additional Documents and Acts

   6

Section 11.7

 

No Third Party Beneficiary

   6

Section 11.8

 

Notices

   7

Section 11.9

 

Title to Company Property

   7

Section 11.10

 

No Remedies Exclusive

   7

Section 11.11

 

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

A.D.E. OF KNOXVILLE, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1 st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Tennessee Business Corporation Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of the Articles of Conversion and the Articles of Organization (“Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Tennessee effective January 1, 2004. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 530 Gay Street, Knoxville, Tennessee, 37902 and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.

 


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company was converted to the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and the duly authorized representatives of the Company shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

 

- 4 -


(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by

 

- 5-


and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
  A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC
  By: ADESA Corporation, its Member
Date: January 5th, 2004   By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

    Karen C. Turner, Secretary
  MEMBER
  ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
Date: January 5th, 2004   By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

    Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Tennessee Business Corporation Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3 and -4, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

A.D.E. OF KNOXVILLE, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section   4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section   4.2. Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section   4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”

 

  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY

    MEMBER

A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC

    ADESA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Scott A. Anderson

    By:  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer       Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

A.D.E. OF KNOXVILLE, LLC

The Member and the Company amend Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.8, which shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

  2. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other repects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 14 th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, INC.     A.D.E. OF KNOXVILLE, LLC
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

    By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President & CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.11

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, LLC

STATE OF LOUISIANA

PARISH OF CADDO

BE IT KNOWN, that on this 26th day of May, 1998, before me, the undersigned Notary Public in and for the Parish and State aforesaid, personally came and appeared:

Warren W. Byrd, whose permanent business address is 310 East 96th Street, Suite 400, Indianapolis, Indiana (hereinafter referred to as “Organizer”);

who declared in the presence of the undersigned competent: witnesses that, availing himself of the provisions of Louisiana Revised Statutes § 12:1301 et seq., he does hereby organize a limited liability company to be governed under the said provisions of law setout under a separate operating agreement of even date herewith (hereinafter referred to as the “Operating Agreement”), and pursuant to the following terms and conditions:

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of this limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) shall be “ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC.”

ARTICLE II

Purpose

The purpose of this Company is for the transaction of any lawful business for which a limited liability company may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE III

Ability of Member to Bind the Company

The ability of the Member to bind the Company shall be restricted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Operating Agreement.


ARTICLE IV

Management

The business of the Company shall be managed under the direction and control of a management committee (the “Management Committee”) whose authority shall be restricted pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Operating Agreement. Members of the Management Committee need not be a member of the Company. Any person dealing with the Company may rely on a certificate signed by one of the Managers of the Company to establish the membership of any member, the authenticity of any record of the Company, or the authority of any person to act on behalf of the Company, including but not limited to the authority to take actions referred to in La. R.S. 12:1318(B).

ARTICLE V

Termination

The Company shall have a stated term of fifty years, which shall be the latest date on which it is to dissolve; provided, however, that the Member may extend the stated term by written consent and amendment of these Articles of Organization.

ARTICLE VI

Limitation of Liability

No Member, Manager, employee or agent of the Company is or shall be liable under any judgment, decree or order of any court, agency or other tribunal in the state of Louisiana or in any other jurisdiction, or on any other basis, for a debt, obligation or liability of the Company. The Member shall have no personal liability whatsoever to any third party, for monetary damages or otherwise, as a result of membership in or management of the Company.

 

-2-


THUS DONE AND PASSED before me, Notary, on this 26 th day of May, 1998, in the presence of the undersigned competent witnesses, after due reading of the whole.

WITNESSES:

 

 

     

/s/ Warren W. Byrd

 

      Warren W. Byrd

 

 

illegible

 
  NOTARY PUBLIC  
  IN AND FOR CADDO PARISH, LOUISIANA  
  MY COMMISSION IS FOR LIFE  

 

-3-

Exhibit 3.12

AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE I.

 

PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II.

 

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

 

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

 

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

 

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

 

Duration

   1

ARTICLE III.

 

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

 

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

 

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

 

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

 

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

 

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

 

Admission of Additional Members

   2

ARTICLE IV.

 

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

 

Management by the Member

   3

Section 4.2

 

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

 

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3

ARTICLE V.

 

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section 5.1

 

Records and Accounting

   3

Section 5.2

 

Access to Records

   3

Section 5.3

 

Annual Tax Information

   3

Section 5.4

 

Accounting Decisions

   3

Section 5.5

 

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4

ARTICLE VI.

 

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

 

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

 

Distributions

   4

ARTICLE VII.

 

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   4

Section 7.1

 

Transferability

   4

ARTICLE VIII.

 

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   4

Section 8.1

 

Dissociation

   4

ARTICLE IX.

 

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   4

 

- i -


Section 9.1

 

Dissolution

   4

Section 9.2

 

Winding Up

   5

Section 9.3

 

Distribution of Assets

   5

ARTICLE X.

 

AMENDMENTS

   5

Section 10.1

 

Amendments

   5

ARTICLE XI.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

   5

Section 11.1

 

Complete Agreement

   5

Section 11.2

 

Governing Law

   6

Section 11.3

 

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   6

Section 11.4

 

Headings; Interpretation

   6

Section 11.5

 

Severability

   6

Section 11.6

 

Additional Documents and Acts

   6

Section 11.7

 

No Third Party Beneficiary

   6

Section 11.8

 

Notices

   7

Section 11.9

 

Title to Company Property

   7

Section 11.10

 

No Remedies Exclusive

   7

Section 11.11

 

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC, a Louisiana limited liability company (the “Company”), and A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc., a Louisiana corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Louisiana Business Corporation Law (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Articles of Organization (“Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Louisiana on May 27, 1998. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 15, 2004, the principal office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be 8550 United Plaza Blvd., Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70809 and the name of its initial registered agent shall be CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2.

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the manager(s). The manager(s) shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its member or the manager(s).

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The manager(s) may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The manager(s) may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6, the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6.

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

 

- 4 -


(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth by the Act.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior

 

- 5 -


written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Louisiana.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
    ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC

Date: January 5, 2004

    By:  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

      Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary
    MEMBER
    A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc.

Date: January 5, 2004

    By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

      Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Louisiana Business Corporation Law, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc. as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any assignment and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

  

Current Number

of Contributed Units

   Percentage
Interest
 

A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc. 310 E. 96 th Street,

Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 15, 2004)

 

Member

  

Current Number

of Contributed Units

   Percentage
Interest
 

A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc.13085 Hamilton

Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Louisiana law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”


3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”

    “COMPANY”

A.D.E. OF ARK-LA-TEX, Inc.

    ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, LLC

By:

 

/s/ James P. Hallett

    By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.13

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

ADESA Arkansas, Inc.

1. The name of the corporation is ADESA Arkansas, Inc.

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

4. The total number of shares of stock which the corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 which shares shall be of one class, shall be designated Common Stock, and shall have a pare value of $1.00 per share.

5. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is:

Michelle Mallon, Esquire

ADESA Corporation 310

E. 96 th Street, Suite 400

Indianapolis, IN 46240

6. The corporation is to have perpetual existence.

7. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the by-laws of the corporation.

8. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the by-laws of the corporation shall provide. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the by-laws may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors or in the by-laws of the corporation.

9. The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

10. A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Incorporation the 1st day of December, 2003.

 

/s/ Michelle Mallon
Michelle Mallon


ARTICLES AND CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

OF

ADESA ARKANSAS, INC. (AK)

INTO

ADESA ARKANSAS, INC. (DE)

Pursuant to terms of the Arkansas Business Corporation Act and the Delaware Business Corporation Act (collectively, the “Acts”), the undersigned corporations certify that the following Articles and Certificate of Merger adopted for the purpose of effecting a merger in accordance with the Acts:

1. Surviving Corporation. The name, type of entity and state of incorporation of the corporation that shall survive the merge is as follows:

 

Name of Corporation

    

Type of Entity

    

State

ADESA Arkansas, Inc.      Corporation      DE

2. Nonsurviving Corporation. The name, type of entity and state of incorporation of the corporation that shall not survive the merge are as follows:

 

Name of Corporation

    

Type of Entity

    

State

ADESA Arkansas, Inc.      Corporation      AK

3. The Agreement and Plan of Merger.

a. The Agreement and Plan of Merger, containing such information as required by the Acts, as set forth in Exhibit A (the “Plan of Merger”), which provides that ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (AK) shall merge into ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (DE), has been approved, adopted certified, executed and acknowledged by each of the constituent corporations in accordance with the requirements of the Acts.

b. An executed copy of the Agreement and Plan of Merger is on file at the principal place of businesses of ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (AK) and ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (DE) and a copy shall be furnished by such entities, on written request and without cost, to any shareholder of each corporation and to any creditor or obligee of each entity at the time of the merger if such obligation is then outstanding.


4. Manner of Adoption. The Agreement and Plan of Merger was approved by the shareholders of each undersigned corporation in the following manner:

a. The designation, number of outstanding shares, and number of votes entitled to be cast by each voting group entitled to vote separately on the plan as to each corporation was:

 

Name of Corporation

   Number of Shares
Outstanding
   Designation    Number of Shares
Entitled to Vote

ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (AK)

   100    Common    100

ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (DE)

   100    Common    100

b. The total number of undisputed votes cast for the plan separately by each voting group was:

 

Name of Corporation

   Voting Group    Total Number of Undisputed
Votes Cast for The Agreement
and Plan of Merger

ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (AK)

   Common    100

ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (DE)

   Common    100

5. Certificate of Incorporation. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as in existence at the Effective Time of the Merger shall continue in full force and effect until altered, amended or repealed.

6. Agreement and Plan of Merger.

a. The executed Agreement and Plan of Merger is on file at an office of the Surviving Corporation, the address of which is 310 East 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240.

b. A copy of the Agreement and Plan of Merger will be furnished by the Surviving Corporation, on request and without cost, to any stockholder of any constituent corporation.

7. Effective Date. The merger will become effective on January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m. in accordance with the Acts.

Dated this 22nd day of December, 2003.

 

ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (AK)
By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
  Karen C. Turner, Secretary
ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (DE)
By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
  Karen C. Turner, Secretary


EXHIBIT A

AGREEMENT

AND

PLAN OF MERGER

THIS AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (“Agreement and Plan of Merger”) entered into this 22nd day of December, 2003 by and between ADESA Arkansas, Inc. an Arkansas corporation (“Non-Surviving Corporation”) and ADESA Arkansas, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Surviving Corporation”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Non-Surviving Corporation is a corporation organized under the Arkansas Business Corporate Act (“Arkansas Act”);

WHEREAS, the Surviving Corporation is a corporation organized under the Delaware Business Corporate Act (“Delaware Act”);

WHEREAS, the Boards of Directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Surviving Corporation desire that the Non-Surviving Corporation merge into and reorganize with the Surviving Corporation pursuant to the provisions of the Arkansas Act, the Delaware Act and 368(a)(2)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in the manner set forth herein (the “Merger”); and

WHEREAS, the Boards of Directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Surviving Corporation have approved and adopted this Agreement and Plan of Merger in accordance with the Arkansas Act and the Delaware Act.


NOW, THEREFORE, the corporations, parties to this Agreement and Plan of Merger, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements and provisions hereinafter contained, do hereby prescribe the terms and conditions of said merger and mode of carrying the same into effect as follows:

ARTICLE I

PARTIES TO THE MERGER

Section 1.1 The Surviving Corporation . The name of the corporation that shall survive the Merger is “ADESA Arkansas, Inc.,” the Delaware Corporation. The principal business address of the Surviving Company is 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240.

Section 1.2 The Non-Surviving Corporation . The name of the Corporation that shall merge with and into the Surviving Corporation is “ADESA Arkansas, Inc.,” the Arkansas corporation. The principal business address of the Non-Surviving Company is 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240.

ARTICLE II

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE MERGER

AND MODE OF CARRYING THE MERGER INTO EFFECT

Section 2.1 Effective Time of the Merger . The “Effective Time of the Merger” shall January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m.

Section 2.2 Effect of the Merger . The Surviving Corporation hereby merges into itself the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Non-Surviving Corporation shall be and hereby is merged into the Surviving Corporation, which shall be the surviving corporation and the separate existence of the Non-Surviving Corporation shall cease.

Section 2.3 Ownership and Shares . The Non-Surviving Corporation and the Surviving Corporation are wholly-owned by ADESA Corporation. All of the issued and outstanding common shares of the Non-Surviving Corporation will be canceled and the certificates issued will be surrendered and all of the common shares of the Surviving Corporation shall survive the merger.

Section 2.4 Director Approval . The Boards of Directors of the Surviving Corporation and the Non-Surviving Corporation have duly authorized the Merger and approved and adopted this Agreement and Plan of Merger in accordance with the Act.

Section 2.5 Shareholder Approval . The sole-shareholder of the Surviving Corporation and the Non-Surviving Corporation has approved this Agreement and Plan of Merger in accordance with the Arkansas Act and the Delaware Act. This Agreement and Plan of Merger shall be executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded as required for accomplishing a merger under the applicable provisions of the Arkansas Act and the Delaware Act.


ARTICLE III

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

AND BY-LAWS OF THE SURVIVING CORPORATION

The Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws of the Surviving Corporation as in existence a the Effective Time of the Merger shall continue in full force and effect until altered, amended or repealed.

ARTICLE IV

STOCK

The authorized capital stock of each entity entitled which is a party to the Merger is as follows:

 

Name of Corporation

  

Number of Shares

Outstanding

   Designation   

Number of Shares

Entitled to Vote

ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (AK)

   100    Common    100

ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (DE)

   100    Common    100

ARTICLE V

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 5.1 Directors . James P. Hallett, Donald L. Harris and Paul J. Lips shall continue to be the directors of the Surviving Corporation. Each such person shall hold such position until the next annual meeting of the shareholder of the Surviving Corporation thereafter and until his successor is elected and qualified.

Section 5.2 Officers . Each person named below shall hold the office(s) of the Surviving Corporation listed next to his name, to hold such office(s) until the next annual meeting of the Board of Directors of the Surviving Corporation thereafter.

 

Name

  

Office(s)

James P. Harris    President
Donald L. Harris    Vice President
Karen C. Turner    Secretary
Paul J. Lips    Treasurer
Scott Anderson    Assistant Treasurer


ARTICLE VI

EFFECTIVE DATE

The Merger shall become effective on January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m.

ARTICLE VII

FURTHER ASSURANCES

Upon the Merger becoming effective, all the property, rights, privileges, franchises, patents, trademarks, licenses, registrations and other assets of every kind and description of the Non-Surviving Corporation shall be transferred to, vested in and devolve upon the Surviving Corporation without further act or deed and all property, rights, and every other interest of the Surviving Corporation and the Non-Surviving Corporation shall be as effectively the property of the Surviving Corporation as they were the Surviving Corporation and Non-Surviving Corporation respectively. The Non-Surviving Corporation hereby agrees from time to time, as and when requested by the Surviving Corporation or by its successors and assigns, to execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered all such deeds and instruments and to take or cause to be taken such further or other action as the Surviving Corporation may deem to be necessary or desirable in order to vest in and confirm to the surviving corporation title to and possession of any property of the Non-Surviving corporation acquired or to be acquired by reason of or as a result of the Merger herein provided for and otherwise to carry out the intent and purposes hereof and the proper officers and directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the proper officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation are fully authorized in the name of the Non-Surviving Corporation or otherwise to take any and all such action.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to this Agreement and Plan of Merger, pursuant to the approval and authority duly given by resolutions adopted by their respective Boards of Directors have caused these presents to be executed by the Secretary of each party hereto as the respective act, deed and agreement of said corporations on this 22 nd day of December, 2003.

 

NON-SURVIVING CORPORATION     SURVIVING CORPORATION
ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (AK)     ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (DE)
By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
  Karen C. Turner, Secretary       Karen C. Turner, Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ADESA ARKANSAS, LLC

1. The name of the limited liability company is ADESA Arkansas, LLC

2. The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

3. This Certificate shall be effective following the filling of the Certificate of Conversion of ADESA Arkansas, Inc. dated January 1, 2004.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate of Formation of ADESA Arkansas, LLC this 22 day of December, 2003.

 

/s/ Karen C. Turner
Karen C. Turner, Organizer


CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION

FROM A CORPORATION TO A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

PURSUANT TO SECTION 266 OF THE DELAWARE GENERAL CORPORATION LAW

1. The name of the corporation is ADESA Arkansas, Inc.

2. The date on which the original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State is December 1, 2003.

3. The name of the limited liability company into which the corporation is herein being converted is ADESA Arkansas, LLC.

4. The conversion has been approved in accordance with the provisions of Section 266.

5. The effective date of this conversion is January 1, 2004.

 

/s/ Karen C. Turner
Karen C. Turner, Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION FILED TO CORRECT

A CERTAIN ERROR IN THE CERTIFICATE OF

OF

MERGER

FILED IN THE OFFICE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE

OF DELAWARE ON DECEMBER 24 th , 2003

ADESA Arkansas, Inc, now known as ADESA Arkansas, LLC a limited liability company organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware,

DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

  1. The name of the corporation is ADESA Arkansas, Inc. now known as ADESA Arkansas, LLC due to conversion filed on December 24, 2003 effective January 1, 2004.

 

  2. That a Certificate of Merger was filed by the Secretary of State of Delaware on December 24, 2003 effective on January 1, 2004 and that said Certificate requires correction as permitted by Section 103 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

  3. The inaccuracy or defect of said Certificate to be corrected is as follows:

ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (AK) is hereby corrected to ADESA Arkansas, Inc. (AR)

 

  4. The execution, sealing or acknowledgment of the Certificate is corrected as follows: ADESA Arkansas, Inc. an Arkansas corporation.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said ADESA Arkansas, LLC has caused this Certificate to be signed by Karen C. Turner, its Secretary, on 15 th day of January, 2004.

 

ADESA Arkansas, LLC
/s/ Karen C. Turner
Karen C. Turner, Secretary

Exhibit 3.14

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA ARKANSAS, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I.        PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II.       ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

  

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

  

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

  

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

  

Duration

   1

ARTICLE III.     MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

  

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

  

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

  

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

  

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

  

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

  

Admission of Additional Members

   2

ARTICLE IV.     GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

  

Management by the Member

   3

Section 4.2

  

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

  

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3

ARTICLE V.      ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section 5.1

  

Records and Accounting

   3

Section 5.2

  

Access to Records

   3

Section 5.3

  

Annual Tax Information

   3

Section 5.4

  

Accounting Decisions

   3

Section 5.5

  

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4

ARTICLE VI.     ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

  

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

  

Distributions

   4

ARTICLE VII.   TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   4

Section 7.1

  

Transferability

   4

ARTICLE VIII.   DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   4

Section 8.1

  

Dissociation

   4

 

- i -


ARTICLE IX.     DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   4

Section 9.1

   Dissolution    4

Section 9.2

   Winding Up    5

Section 9.3

   Distribution of Assets    5

ARTICLE X.          AMENDMENTS

   5

Section 10.1

   Amendments    5

ARTICLE XI.         MISCELLANEOUS

   5

Section 11.1

   Complete Agreement    5

Section 11.2

   Governing Law    6

Section 11.3

   Binding Effect; Conflicts    6

Section 11.4

   Headings; Interpretation    6

Section 11.5

   Severability    6

Section 11.6

   Additional Documents and Acts    6

Section 11.7

   No Third Party Beneficiary    6

Section 11.8

   Notices    7

Section 11.9

   Title to Company Property    7

Section 11.10

   No Remedies Exclusive    7

Section 11.11

   Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA ARKANSAS, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Arkansas, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Certificate of Formation, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Certificate of Formation (“Certificate”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on effective January 1, 2004. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Certificate and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Certificate.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801 and the name of its initial registered agent shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Member . As provided in the Certificate, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

 

- 4 -


(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth by the Act.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Certificate constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Certificate replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Certificate supersede all prior

 

- 5 -


written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Certificate will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Certificate. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Certificate, the provisions of the Act or the Certificate, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Certificate or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

COMPANY

ADESA Arkansas, LLC

By: ADESA Corporation, its Member

 

Date: January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
      Karen C. Turner, Secretary

MEMBER

ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation

 

Date: January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
      Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any assignment and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA ARKANSAS, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA Arkansas, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

ARTICLE XII. “ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

ARTICLE XIII. Section   4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

ARTICLE XIV. Section   4.2. Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

 

Exhibit A


Section   4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”

 

  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY     MEMBER
ADESA Arkansas, LLC     ADESA CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Scott A. Anderson     By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer     Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary

 

Exhibit A


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA ARKANSAS, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Delaware law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”

3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of

 

Exhibit A


its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Arkansas, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     ADESA Arkansas, LLC
By:   /s/ James P. Hallett     By:   /s/ Paul J. Lips
  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Director

 

Exhibit A

Exhibit 3.15

 

     FILED   
     Aug 10 2000   
    

State Treasurer

Roland Machold

  

New Jersey Department of the Treasury

Division of Revenue

Certificate of Formation, Limited Liability Company

This form may be used to record the formation of a Limited Liability Company under and by virtue of New Jersey State law. Applicants must insure strict compliance with NJSA 42, the New Jersey Limited Liability Company Act, and insure that all applicable filing requirements are met. Applicants are advised to seek out private legal assistance before submitting filings to the Secretary’s office.

 

1.      Name of Limited Liability Company

   ADESA Atlanta, LLC

2.      The purpose for which this Limited Liability Company is organized is:

   Operating auto auction

3.      Date of formation

   Upon filing

4.      Registered Agent Name & Address (must be in NJ):

  

Corporation Service Company

830 Bear Tavern Road, Suite 305

West Trenton, NJ 08268

5.      Dissolution date:

   Perpetual

6.      Other provisions (list below or attach to certificate):

   None

The undersigned represent (s) that this filing complies with requirements detailed in NJSA 42.

The undersigned hereby request (s) that they are authorized to sign this certificate on behalf of the Limited Liability Company.

 

Signature:   /s/ Erin N. O’Daniel       Date: August 9, 2000
  Erin N. O’Daniel      

 

1

Exhibit 3.16

AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA ATLANTA, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I.      PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II.      ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

  

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

  

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

  

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

  

Duration

   1

ARTICLE III.        MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

  

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

  

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

  

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

  

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

  

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

  

Admission of Additional Members

   2

ARTICLE IV.        GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

  

Management by the Member

   3

Section 4.2

  

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

  

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3

ARTICLE V.          ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section 5.1

  

Records and Accounting

   3

Section 5.2

  

Access to Records

   3

Section 5.3

  

Annual Tax Information

   3

Section 5.4

  

Accounting Decisions

   3

Section 5.5

  

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4

ARTICLE VI.         ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

  

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

  

Distributions

   4

ARTICLE VII.        TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   4

Section 7.1

  

Transferability

   4

ARTICLE VIII.      DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   4

Section 8.1

  

Dissociation

   4

ARTICLE IX.         DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   4

Section 9.1

  

Dissolution

   4

 

- i -


Section 9.2

  

Winding Up

   5

Section 9.3

  

Distribution of Assets

   5

ARTICLE X.         AMENDMENTS

   5

Section 10.1

  

Amendments

   5

ARTICLE XI.        MISCELLANEOUS

   5

Section 11.1

  

Complete Agreement

   5

Section 11.2

  

Governing Law

   6

Section 11.3

  

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   6

Section 11.4

  

Headings; Interpretation

   6

Section 11.5

  

Severability

   6

Section 11.6

  

Additional Documents and Acts

   6

Section 11.7

  

No Third Party Beneficiary

   6

Section 11.8

  

Notices

   6

Section 11.9

  

Title to Company Property

   7

Section 11.10

  

No Remedies Exclusive

   7

Section 11.11

  

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA ATLANTA, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Atlanta, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA New Jersey, Inc., a New Jersey corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the New Jersey Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of a Certificate of Formation with the New Jersey Department of the Treasury on August 10, 2000. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Certificate and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Certificate.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 15, 2004, the principal office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be 820 Bear Tavern Road, West Trenton, NJ 08628 and the name of its initial registered agent shall be the Corporation Trust Company. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2.

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the manager(s). The manager(s) shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its member or the manager(s).

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The manager(s) may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The manager(s) may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6, the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6.

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

 

- 4 -


Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth by the Act.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

 

- 5 -


Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Louisiana.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
    ADESA Atlanta, LLC
Date: January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
        Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary
    MEMBER
    ADESA New Jersey, Inc.
Date: January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
        Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Louisiana Business Corporation Law, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Member or Members refers to A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc. as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

 

Schedule I -1


Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any assignment and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Capital Contribution    Percentage
Interest

ADESA New Jersey, Inc., 310 E. 96 th Street,
Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   Real and Personal
Property valued at
$36,175,350
   100%

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution

(As of March 15, 2004)

 

Member

  Capital Contribution    Percentage
Interest

ADESA New Jersey, Inc.13085 Hamilton
Crossing Boulevard, Ste. 500, Carmel, IN 46032

  Real and Personal
Property valued at
$36,175,350
   100%

 

Exhibit A


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA ATLANTA, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

  2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under New Jersey law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”


  3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in [insert name of entity] and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

  4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12 day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA NEW JERSEY, LLC     ADESA ATLANTA, LLC
By:   /s/ James P. Hallett     By:   /s/ Paul J. Lips
  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President & CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.17

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

ADESA BIRMINGHAM, LLC

The undersigned, acting as the Organizer of a limited liability company under the Alabama Business Corporation Act (the “Act”), hereby adopts these Articles of Organization for ADESA Birmingham, LLC (the “Company”) due to the conversion of ADESA Birmingham, Inc.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10-15-3 of the Act, the Company is required to file an Articles of Organization due to conversion from a corporation.

WHEREAS, the name of the converting corporation is ADESA Birmingham, Inc. (the “Corporation”), and is organized under the Act.

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Corporation have approved and adopted a Plan of Conversion, attached hereto as Exhibit A in accordance with the Act.

WHEREAS, the public office where the Articles of Organization and the Articles of Dissolution are filed is: ADESA Corporation, 310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Corporation shall convert into an Alabama limited liability company and be governed by the following Articles of Organization.

ARTICLE I.

Name

The name of the Company due to conversion is ADESA Birmingham, LLC.

ARTICLE II.

Registered Office and Registered Agent

The street address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Alabama is 2000 Interstate Park Drive, Ste. 204, Montgomery, Alabama 36109. The name of the initial registered agent of the Company at the registered office is The Corporation Company.

ARTICLE III.

Purpose

The purpose of the Company shall be but is not limited to the auction of automobiles, and, to engage in any lawful business activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act.


ARTICLE IV.

Duration

Unless sooner dissolved in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement or the Act, the duration of the Company shall be perpetual.

ARTICLE V.

Manager Management

The Managers of the Company are:

James P. Hallett

Donald L. Harris

Paul J. Lips

Karen C. Turner

Scott A. Anderson

ARTICLE VI.

Transferability

A member of the Company may transfer his, her or its interest in the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.

ARTICLE VII.

Indemnification

(a) To the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and public policies of Alabama the Company shall indemnify any Manager or Organizer (any such Manager or Organizer and any responsible officers, partners, shareholders, managers, directors, or managers of such Manager or Organizer which is an entity, hereinafter being referred to as the indemnified “person”) made a party to any proceeding because such person is or was a Manager or Organizer (or a responsible officer, partner, shareholder, manager, director, or manager thereof), as a matter of right, against all liability incurred by such person in connection with any proceeding; provided that it shall be determined in the specific case in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Article that indemnification of such person is permissible in the circumstances because the person has met the standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. The Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by such a person in connection with any such proceeding in advance of final disposition thereof if (i) the person furnishes the Company a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that he, she or it has met the standard of conduct for indemnification described in paragraph (c) of this Article, (ii) the person furnishes the Company a written undertaking, executed personally or on such person’s behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that such person did not meet such standard of conduct, and (iii) a determination is made in accordance with paragraph (d) that based upon facts then known to those making the determination, indemnification would not be precluded under this Article. The undertaking described in subparagraph (a)(ii) above must be a general obligation of the person subject to such reasonable limitations as the Company may


permit, but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment. The Company shall indemnify a person who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any such proceeding, as a matter of right, against reasonable expenses incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding without the requirement of a determination as set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. Upon demand by a person for indemnification or advancement of expenses, as the case may be, the Company shall expeditiously determine whether the person is entitled thereto in accordance with this Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for under this Article shall be applicable to any proceeding arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article.

(b) The Company shall have the power, but not the obligation, to indemnify any person who is or was an employee or agent of the Company to the same extent as if such person was an indemnified person as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article.

(c) Indemnification of a person is permissible under this Article only if (i) such person conducted himself, herself or itself in good faith, (ii) such person reasonably believed that his, her or its conduct was in or at least not opposed to the Company’s best interest, and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his, her or its conduct was unlawful. Indemnification is not permissible against liability to the extent such liability is the result of the person’s willful misconduct, recklessness, violation of the Company’s Operating Agreement or any improperly obtained financial or other benefit to which the person was not legally entitled. The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the person did not meet the standard of conduct described in this paragraph (c).

(d) A determination as to whether indemnification or advancement of expenses is permissible shall be made by (i) a majority in interest of the Managers (including any interested Manager); or (ii) independent special legal counsel selected in accordance with (d)(i) above.

(e) Any person (as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article) who is a party to a proceeding may apply for indemnification from the Company to the court, if any, conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after giving notice the court considers necessary, may order indemnification if it determines:

(i) In a proceeding in which the person is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, the person is entitled to indemnification under this Article, in which case the court shall order the Company to pay the person his, her or its reasonable expenses incurred to obtain such court ordered indemnification; or

(ii) The person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the person met the standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article.

(f) Indemnification shall also be provided for a person’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan if the person reasonably believed his, her or its conduct to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan.

(g) Nothing contained in this Article shall limit or preclude the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under the law, by contract or otherwise, relating to indemnification of or advancement of expenses to any such person or any person who is or was serving at the


Company’s request as a director, officer, partner, manager, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic company, partnership, association, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for-profit or not. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit the ability of the Company to otherwise indemnify or advance expenses to any person. It is the intent of this Article to provide indemnification to such a person to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the law consistent with the terms and conditions of this Article. If indemnification is permitted under this Article indemnification shall be provided in accordance with this Article irrespective of the nature of the legal or equitable theory upon which a claim is asserted, including without limitation, negligence, breach of duty, waste, breach of contract (except to the extent the claim relates to the Operating Agreement or a contract between the Company and that Manager), breach of warranty, strict liability, violation of federal or state securities law, violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of any other state or federal law.

(h) For purposes of this Article:

(i) The term “expenses” includes all direct and indirect costs (including without limitation counsel fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses) actually incurred in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Article, applicable law or otherwise.

(ii) The term “liability” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax (including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding.

(iii) The term “party” includes a person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.

(iv) The term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.

(i) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for its benefit, the benefit of any person who is entitled to indemnification under this Article, or both, against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in any capacity or arising out of such person’s service with the Company, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Articles of Organization have been executed by the undersigned, as Organizer of the Company, this 1st day of January, 2004.

 

ADESA Birmingham, LLC
/s/ Karen C. Turner
Karen C. Turner, Organizer


Exhibit A

PLAN OF CONVERSION

THIS PLAN OF CONVERSION (“Plan of Conversion”) entered into this 1st day of January, 2004 by ADESA Birmingham, Inc., an Alabama corporation (the “Converting Corporation”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Converting Corporation is a corporation organized under the Alabama Business Corporation Act (“Act”);

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the sole Shareholder of the Converting Corporation desire that the Converting Corporation convert into an Alabama limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of Section 10-15-3 of the Act, in the manner set forth herein (the “Conversion”); and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the sole Shareholder of the Converting Corporation have approved and adopted this Plan of Conversion in accordance with the Act.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Converting Corporation shall convert into an Alabama limited liability company in accordance with the following provisions:

ARTICLE I

Parties to the Conversion

Section 1.1 . The Converting Corporation . The name of the Converting Corporation is “ADESA Birmingham, Inc.”, an Alabama corporation.

Section 1.2 . The Converted Limited Liability Company . The name of the converted limited liability company is “ADESA Birmingham, LLC”; an Alabama limited liability company (the “Converted Limited Liability Company”).

ARTICLE II

Terms and Conditions of the Conversion

and Mode of Carrying the Conversion Into Effect

Section 2.1 . Effective Time of the Conversion . The “Effective Time of the Conversion” shall be January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m.

Section 2.2 . Effect of the Conversion . The Converting Corporation shall merge with and into the Converted Limited Liability Company, and the separate existence of the Converting Corporation shall cease.

Section 2.3 . Ownership and Shares . All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Converting Corporation are owned by the sole Shareholder. Upon the effectiveness the Conversion, all of issued and outstanding common shares of the Converting Corporation will be canceled and the certificates issued will be surrendered and the sole Shareholder will be the sole Member of the Converted Limited Liability Company.


Section 2.4 . Director Approval . The Board of Directors of the Converting Corporation have duly authorized the Conversion and approved and adopted this Plan of Conversion in accordance with the Act.

Section 2.5 . Shareholder Approval . The sole Shareholder of the Converting Corporation has approved this Plan of Conversion in accordance with the Act. This Plan of Conversion shall be executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded as required for accomplishing a Conversion under the applicable provisions of the Act.

ARTICLE III

Governing Documents of the Converted Limited Liability Company

The Articles of Organization and the Operating Agreement of the Converted Limited Liability Company shall be the governing documents upon the Effective Time of the Conversion and shall continue as such in full force and effect until altered, amended or repealed.

ARTICLE IV

Manager and Officers

Section 5.1 . Manager . ADESA Corporation shall be the manger of the Converted Limited Liability Company.

Section 5.2 . Officers . Each person named below shall hold the office(s) of the Converted Limited Liability Company listed next to his or her name, to hold such office(s) until the their successor is elected at a meeting of the Manager of the Converted Limited Liability Company thereafter.

 

Name

  

Office(s)

James P. Hallett

   President

Donald L. Harris

   Vice President

Karen C. Turner

   Secretary

Paul J. Lips

   Treasurer

Scott A. Anderson

   Assistant Treasurer

ARTICLE V

Further Assurances

By operation of Act, all real estate, property rights and assets of the Converting Corporation will be vested in the Converted Limited Liability Company, and the Converted Limited Liability Company is liable for all outstanding debts, litigation and obligations of the Converting Corporation.

If at any time the Converted Limited Liability Company shall consider or be advised that any further assignment, assurance or any other action is necessary or desirable to vest in the Converted Limited Liability Company, the title to any property or right of the Converted Limited Liability Companies or otherwise to carry out the proposes of this Plan of Conversion, the proper officers and


directors of the Converting Corporation shall execute and make all such proper assignments or assurances and take such other actions. The proper officers and manager of the Converted Limited Liability Company are hereby authorized in the name of the Converting Corporation, as taxpayer or otherwise, to take any and all such action.

Exhibit 3.18

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA BIRMINGHAM, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE I. PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II.          ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

  Formation    1

Section 2.2

  Principal Office    1

Section 2.3

  Registered Office and Registered Agent    1

Section 2.4

  Duration    1

ARTICLE III.         MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

  Name and Address of Member    2

Section 3.2

  Capital Contributions    2

Section 3.3

  Additional Capital    2

Section 3.4

  Capital Accounts    2

Section 3.5

  Member Loans or Services    2

Section 3.6

  Admission of Additional Members    2

ARTICLE IV.        GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

  Management by the Member    3

Section 4.2

  Action by the Company    3

Section 4.3

  Delegation of Certain Management Authority    3

ARTICLE V.          ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section 5.1

  Records and Accounting    3

Section 5.2

  Access to Records    3

Section 5.3

  Annual Tax Information    3

Section 5.4

  Accounting Decisions    3

Section 5.5

  Federal Income Tax Elections    4

ARTICLE VI.         ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

  Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains    4

Section 6.2

  Distributions    4

ARTICLE VII.        TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   4

Section 7.1

  Transferability    4

ARTICLE VIII.       DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   4

Section 8.1

  Dissociation    4

 

- i -


ARTICLE IX.         DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   4

Section 9.1

   Dissolution    4

Section 9.2

   Winding Up    5

Section 9.3

   Distribution of Assets    5

ARTICLE X.           AMENDMENTS

   5

Section 10.1

   Amendments    5

ARTICLE XI.         MISCELLANEOUS

   5

Section 11.1

   Complete Agreement    5

Section 11.2

   Governing Law    6

Section 11.3

   Binding Effect; Conflicts    6

Section 11.4

   Headings; Interpretation    6

Section 11.5

   Severability    6

Section 11.6

   Additional Documents and Acts    6

Section 11.7

   No Third Party Beneficiary    6

Section 11.8

   Notices    7

Section 11.9

   Title to Company Property    7

Section 11.10

   No Remedies Exclusive    7

Section 11.11

   Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA BIRMINGHAM, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1 st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Birmingham, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Alabama Business Corporation Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of the Articles of Organization and the Articles of Dissolution (collectively the “Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Alabama effective January 1, 2004. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 2000 Interstate Park Drive, Ste. 204, Montgomery, Alabama 36109, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be The Corporation Company. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company was converted to the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and the duly authorized representatives of the Company shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

 

- 4 -


(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by

 

- 5 -


and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Alabama.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
    ADESA Birmingham, LLC
    By: ADESA Corporation, its Member
Date: January 5th, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
      Karen C. Turner, Secretary
    MEMBER
    ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
Date: January 5th, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
      Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Alabama Business Corporation Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3 and -4, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number of
Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400,
Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number of
Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing
Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA BIRMINGHAM, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA Birmingham, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section   4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2. Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section 4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”


  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY     MEMBER
ADESA Birmingham, LLC     ADESA CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Scott A. Anderson     By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer       Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA BIRMINGHAM, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Alabama law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”


3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Birmingham, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     ADESA Birmingham, LLC
By:   /s/ James P. Hallett     By:   /s/ Paul J. Lips
  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.19

 

[CA STATE SEAL]

State of California
Kevin Shelley
Secretary of State

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION – CONVERSION

IMPORTANT—READ ALL INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE COMPLETING THIS FORM

  

File # 200401210075

FILED

in the office of the Secretary of state:

of the State of California

JAN 0 1 2004

 

/s/Kevin Shelley

KEVIN SHELLEY, Secretary of State

 

This Space For Filing Use Only

CONVERTED ENTITY INFORMATION

1.      NAME OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

 

ADESA California, LLC

2.      THE PURPOSE OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY IS TO ENGAGE IN ANY LAWFUL ACT OR ACTIVITY FOR WHICH A LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY MAY BE ORGANIZED UNDER THE BEVERLY-KILLEA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY ACT.

3.      THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY WILL BE MANAGED BY (CHECK ONLY ONE)

 

x   ONE MANAGER             ¨   MORE THAN ONE MANAGER             ¨   ALL LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY MEMBER(S)

4.      TYPE OF BUSINESS OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY (FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY)

 

Automobile Auction

5.      MAILING ADDRESS OF THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICE

 

310 E. 96th Street, Indianapolis, IN 46240

   CITY AND STATE       ZIP CODE

6.      CHECK THE APPROPRIATE PROVISION BELOW AND NAME THE AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

 

¨         AN INDIVIDUAL RESIDING IN CALIFORNIA.

 

x        A CORPORATION WHICH HAS FILED A CERTIFICATE PURSUANT TO CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE SECTION 1505.

 

AGENT’S NAME CT Corporation System

7.      ADDRESS OF AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS IN CA, IF AN INDIVIDUAL

   CITY   

STATE

CA

   ZIP CODE
CONVERTING ENTITY INFORMATION         

8.      NAME OF CONVERTING ENTITY

 

ADESA California, Inc

        

9.      FORM OF ENTITY

 

 

Corporation

  

10.    JURISDICTION

 

 

CA

     

11.    CA SECRETARY OF STATE FILE NUMBER, IF ANY

 

C2010140

12.    THE PRINCIPAL TERMS OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION WERE APPROVED BY A VOTE OF THE NUMBER OF INTERESTS OR SHARES OF EACH CLASS THAT EQUALED OR EXCEEDED THE VOTE REQUIRED. IF A VOTE WAS REQUIRED, PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING:

NUMBER OF OUTSTANDING INTERESTS OF EACH CLASS ENTITLED TO VOTE

 

100             Common Shares

     

PERCENTAGE VOTE REQUIRED

 

100%

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION         

13.    NUMBER OF PAGES ATTACHED, IF ANY:              THE ATTACHED PAGES ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE.

14.    I DECLARE THAT I AM THE PERSON WHO EXECUTED THIS INSTRUMENT, WHICH EXECUTION IS MY ACT AND DEED.

/s/ James P. Hallett     James P. Hallett, President
SIGNATURE OF- AUTHORIZED PERSON     TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND TITLE OF AUTHORIZED PERSON
/s/ Karen C. Turner     Karen C. Turner, Secretary
SIGNATURE OF- AUTHORIZED PERSON     TYPE OR PRINT NAME AND TITLE OF AUTHORIZED PERSON

LLC-IA (REV 04/2003)

Exhibit 3.20

OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR ADESA CALIFORNIA, LLC

A. THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT is entered into as of January 1, 2004 by ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation (the “Initial Member”).

B. The Initial Member has formed a limited liability company under the Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act. The Limited Liability Company Articles of Organization–Conversion (the “Articles of Organization-Conversion”) of the Company filed with the California Secretary of State on January 1, 2004 are hereby adopted and approved by the Member.

C. The Member enters into this Agreement to form provide for the governance of the Company and the conduct of its business, and to specify its rights and obligations.

NOW THEREFORE, the Member agrees as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings specified in this Article or elsewhere in this Agreement and when not so defined shall have the meanings set forth in California Corporations Code §17001.

1.1 “Act” means the Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act (California Corporations Code §§17000-17655), including amendments from time to time.

1.2 “Agreement” means this operating agreement, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

1.3 “Articles of Organization-Conversion” is defined in Recital B above.

1.4 “Assignee” means a Person who has acquired the Member’s Economic Interest in the Company, by way of a Transfer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, but who has not become a Member.

1.5 “Assigning Member” means the Member who by means of a Transfer has transferred an Economic Interest in the Company to an Assignee.

1.6 “Available Cash” means all net revenues from the Company’s operations, including net proceeds from all sales, refinancings, and other dispositions of Company property that the Member, in its sole discretion, deems in excess of the amount reasonably necessary for the operating requirements of the Company, including debt reduction and Reserves.

1.7 “Capital Contribution” means the amount of the money and the Fair market value of any property (other than money) contributed to the Company (net of liabilities secured by such contributed property that the Company is considered to assume or take “subject to” under Code §752) in consideration of the Membership Interest held by the Member.


1.8 “Capital Event” means a sale or disposition of any of the Company’s capital assets, the receipt of insurance and other proceeds derived from the involuntary conversion of Company property, the receipt of proceeds from a refinancing of Company property, or a similar event with respect to Company property or assets.

1.9 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute, and all regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.10 “Company” means the company formed pursuant to this Agreement.

1.11 “Economic Interest” means the Member’s right to share in the income, gains, losses, deductions, credit or similar items of, and to receive distributions from, the Company, but does not include any other rights of the Member, including the right to vote or to participate in management.

1.12 “Encumbrance” means, with respect to the Membership Interest, or any element thereof, a mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, proxy coupled with an interest, option, or preferential right to purchase.

1.13 “Initial Member” is defined in Recital A above.

1.14 “Member” means the Initial Member, or a Person who acquires a Membership Interest.

1.15 “Membership Interest” means the Member’s rights in the Company, collectively, including the Member’s Economic Interest, any right to Vote or participate in management, and any right to information concerning the business and affairs of the Company.

1.16 “Notice” means a written notice required or permitted under this Agreement. A notice shall be deemed given: On the date shown on the return-receipt when deposited, as certified mail with return-receipt requested, postage and fees prepaid, in the United States mail; on the first business day after delivery to Federal Express, United Parcel Service, DHL WorldWide Express, or Airborne Express, for overnight delivery, charges prepaid; when personally delivered to the recipient; or when transmitted by facsimile (if during regular business hours of the recipient, otherwise on the next business day), and such transmission is electronically confirmed as having been successfully transmitted.

1.17 “Person” means an individual, partnership, limited partnership, trust, estate, association, corporation, limited liability company, or other entity, whether domestic or foreign.

1.18 “Reserves” means the aggregate of reserve accounts that the Member, in its sole discretion, deems reasonably necessary to meet accrued or contingent liabilities of the Company, reasonably anticipated operating expenses, and working capital requirements.


1.19 “Transfer” means, with respect to a Membership Interest, any sale, assignment, gift, transfer, Encumbrance, or other disposition, directly or indirectly.

1.20 “Vote” means a written consent or approval, a ballot cast at a meeting, or a voice vote.

ARTICLE II

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION-CONVERSION

2.1 The Articles of Organization-Conversion were filed with the California Secretary of State on January 1, 2004, File Number              .

2.2 The name of the Company is “ADESA California, LLC”.

The principal executive office of the Company shall be at 310 East 96 th Street, Suite 400, Indianapolis, Indiana 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

2.3 The initial agent for service of process on the Company shall be CT Corporation. The Member may from time to time change the Company’s agent for service of process.

2.4 The Company has been formed for the purposes set forth in the Articles of Organization-Conversion.

2.5 The Member intends the Company to be a limited liability company under the Act. The Member shall not take any action inconsistent with this express intent.

2.6 The term of existence of the Company shall commence on the effective date of filing of Articles of Organization-Conversion with the California Secretary of State, and shall continue until terminated by the provisions of this Agreement or as provided by law.

2.7 The names and address of the Initial Member is ADESA Corporation, 310 East 96 th Street, Suite 400, Indianapolis, Indiana 46240. After March 31, 2004, the address of the Initial Member shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032.

2.8 The Member shall be the manager of the Company.

ARTICLE III

CAPITAL AND CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1 The Initial Member shall make the Capital Contribution as set forth in Exhibit “A . If the Member fails to make the initial Capital Contribution within thirty (30) days after the effective date of this Agreement, then this Agreement shall be of no force or effect.

3.2 The Member shall not be required to make any additional Capital Contributions to the Company.


3.3 The Member shall not be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contribution or to receive any distributions, whether of money or property, from the Company, except as provided in this Agreement.

3.4 No interest shall be paid on the Capital Contribution.

3.5 The Member shall not be bound by, or be personally liable for, the expenses, liabilities, or obligations of the Company, except as otherwise provided in the Act.

ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

4.1 All Available Cash, including revenues or proceeds from a Capital Event or the dissolution of the Company, shall be distributed one hundred percent (100%) to the Member. Available Cash shall be distributed at the times determined by the Member.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT

5.1 The business of the Company shall be managed by the Member. Subject to the right and authority of the Member to designate certain management responsibilities to the President, or other officers, all decisions concerning the management of the Company’s business shall be made by the Member.

5.2 Notwithstanding the delegation of certain management responsibilities to the President of the Company, as set forth herein, the President shall not take any of the following actions on behalf of the Company unless the Member has consented in writing to the taking of such action:

(a) Any act that would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the Company;

(b) Any confession of a judgment against the Company;

(c) The dissolution of the Company;

(d) The disposition of all or a substantial part of the Company’s assets not in the ordinary course of business;

(e) The incurring of any debt not in the ordinary course of business;

(f) A change in the nature of the principal business of the Company;

(g) The incurring of any contractual obligation or the making of any capital expenditure of more than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000);

(h) The filing of a petition in bankruptcy or the entering into of an arrangement among creditors; and


(i) The entering into, on behalf of the Company, of any transaction constituting a “reorganization” within the meaning of California Corporations Code §17600.

Actions of the Member shall be taken at meetings or as otherwise provided herein. No regular meetings of the Member need be held.

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Member under this Agreement may be taken without a meeting if the Member consents in writing to such action.

The President shall keep or cause to be kept with the books and records of the Company full and accurate minutes of all meetings, notices and waivers of notices of meetings, and all written consents to actions of the Member.

5.3 The Member shall not be entitled to compensation for rendered management services to the Company, but shall be entitled to reimbursement for all expenses reasonably incurred in the performance of management duties.

5.4 The Company shall have a President, who shall serve at the pleasure of the Member. The President shall be the chief executive officer of the Company and shall have general supervision of the business and affairs of the Company, and shall have such other powers and duties usually vested in a chief executive officer. The Member may elect additional officers of the Company, may alter the powers and duties of the President, and may establish the powers and duties of all other officers.

5.5 All assets of the Company, whether real or personal, shall be held in the name of the Company.

5.6 All funds of the Company shall be deposited in one or more accounts with one or more recognized financial institutions in the name of the Company, at such locations as shall be determined by the Member. Withdrawal from such accounts shall require only the signature of the Member or such other person or persons as the Member may designate (which may include the President or any other officers of the Company).

ARTICLE VI

ACCOUNTS AND ACCOUNTING

6.1 Complete books of account of the Company’s business, in which each Company transaction shall be fully and accurately entered, shall be kept at the Company’s principal executive office and at such other location as the Member shall determine from time to time.

6.2 Financial books and records of the Company shall be kept on such method of accounting as the Member shall determine. The fiscal year of the Company shall be January 1, through December 31, unless the Member determines otherwise.

6.3 At all times during the term of existence of the Company, and beyond that term if the Member deems it necessary, the Member shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Company, together with:

(a) A current list of the full name and last known business or residence address of the Member, together with a schedule of Capital Contributions;


(b) A current list of the full name and business or residence address of any manager;

(c) A copy of the Articles of Organization-Conversion;

(d) Copies of the Company’s federal, state, and local income tax or information returns and reports, if any;

(e) An original executed copy or counterparts of this Agreement;

(f) Any financial statements of the Company; and

(g) All books and records of the Company as they relate to the Company’s internal affairs.

6.4 At the end of each fiscal year the books of the Company shall be closed and examined and statements reflecting the financial condition of the Company shall be prepared, and a report thereon shall be issued by the Company’s accountants, which accountants shall be selected by the Member. The Company’s books and records shall be audited if the Member deems advisable. Copies of the financial statements shall be given to the Member.

ARTICLE VII

MEMBERSHIP-MEETINGS,

VOTING, INDEMNITY

7.1 There shall be only one class of membership. The Member shall have the right and power to Vote on all matters with respect to which this Agreement or the Act which requires or permits Member action.

7.2 The Company may, but shall not be required, to issue certificates evidencing Membership Interests.

ARTICLE VIII

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

8.1 The Company shall be dissolved upon the first to occur of the following events:

(a) The written agreement of the Member to dissolve the Company;

(b) The withdrawal from the Company of the Member;

(c) The sale or other disposition of substantially all of the Company’s assets; or


(d) Entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under California Corporations Code §17351.

8.2 On the dissolution of the Company, the Company shall engage in no further business other than that necessary to wind up the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall wind up the affairs of the Company. The Member, in winding up the affairs of the Company, shall give Notice of the commencement of winding up by mail to all known creditors and claimants against the Company whose addresses appear in the records of the Company. After paying or adequately providing for the payment of all known debts of the Company (except debts owing to the Member), the remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed or applied in the following order:

(a) First, to pay the expenses of liquidation.

(b) Next, to the establishment of reasonable Reserves for contingent liabilities or obligations of the Company. Upon the Member’s determination that such Reserves are no longer necessary, said Reserves shall be distributed as provided in this Section.

(c) Next, to repay any outstanding loans to the Member. Such repayment shall first be credited to unpaid principal and the remainder shall be credited to accrued and unpaid interest.

(d) Next, to the Member.

8.3 The Member shall look solely to the assets of the Company for the return of the Member’s Capital Contribution, and if the Company property remaining after the payment or discharge of the debts and liabilities of the Company is insufficient to return the Capital Contribution of the Member, the Member shall have no recourse against any other Person for indemnification, contribution, or reimbursement.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION AND ARBITRATION

9.1 The Company shall have the power to indemnify any Person who was or is a party, or who is threatened to be made a party, to any Proceeding (as defined herein) by reason of the fact that such Person was or is a Member, manager, officer, employee, or Agent of the Company, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with such Proceeding, if such Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company, and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, such Person had no reasonable cause to believe that the Person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Person did not act in good faith and in a manner that such Person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company, or that the Person had reasonable cause to believe that the Person’s conduct was unlawful.

To the extent that an Agent of the Company has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding, or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter in any such Proceeding, the agent


shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the Proceeding. In all other cases, indemnification shall be provided by the Company only if authorized in the specific case by the Member.

“Agent,” as used in this Section, shall include a trustee or other fiduciary of a plan, trust, or other entity or arrangement described in California Corporations Code §207(f).

“Proceeding,” as used in this Section, means any threatened, pending, or completed action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative.

Expenses of each Person indemnified under this Section actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of a Proceeding may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, as authorized by the Member or, if there is no Member, upon receipt of an undertaking by such Person to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that such Person is entitled to be indemnified by the Company. “Expenses,” as used in this Section, includes, without limitation, attorney fees and expenses of establishing a right to indemnification, if any, under this Section.

9.2 Any action to enforce or interpret this Agreement, or to resolve disputes with respect to this Agreement as between the Company and the Member, shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association. Arbitration shall be the exclusive dispute resolution process in the State of California. Any party may commence arbitration by sending a written demand for arbitration to the other parties. Such demand shall set forth the nature of the matter to be resolved by arbitration. The Member shall select the place of arbitration. The substantive law of the State of California shall be applied by the arbitrator to the resolution of the dispute. The parties shall share equally all costs of arbitration. The prevailing party shall be entitled to reimbursement of attorney fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with the arbitration. All decisions of the arbitrator shall be final, binding, and conclusive on all parties. Judgment may be entered upon any such decision in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

ARTICLE X

GENERAL PROVISIONS

10.1 This Agreement constitutes the whole and entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and it shall not be modified or amended in any respect except by a written instrument executed by all the parties.

10.2 This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

10.3 This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California. If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable to any extent, that provision shall, if possible, be construed as though more narrowly drawn, if a narrower construction would avoid such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability or, if that is not possible, such provision shall, to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability, be severed, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect.


10.4 This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties and their heirs, personal representatives, and permitted successors and assigns. The Initial Member may Transfer all or any part of its Membership Interest to any other Person, provided that such Person signs a copy of this Agreement and agrees to be bound by all terms and conditions thereof.

10.5 Whenever used in this Agreement, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular, and the neuter gender shall include the male and female as well as a trust, firm, company, or corporation, all as the context and meaning of this Agreement may require.

10.6 The parties to this Agreement shall promptly execute and deliver any and all additional documents, instruments, notices, and other assurances, and shall do any and all other acts and things, reasonably necessary in connection with the performance of their respective obligations under this Agreement and to carry out the intent of the parties.

10.7 Except as provided in this Agreement, no provision of this Agreement shall be construed to limit in any manner the Member in the carrying on of its own businesses or activities.

10.8 The Article, Section, and Paragraph titles and headings contained in this Agreement are inserted as matter of convenience and for ease of reference only and shall be disregarded for all other purposes, including the construction or enforcement of this Agreement or any of its provisions.

10.9 This Agreement may not be amended or modified, except, by a writing signed by the parties.

10.10 This Agreement is made solely for the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and no other Person shall have or acquire any right by virtue of this Agreement.

(signature page follows)


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
    ADESA California, LLC
    By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member

Date: January 5th, 2004

    By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
      Karen C. Turner, Secretary
    MEMBER
    ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation

Date: January 5th, 2004

    By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
      Karen C. Turner, Secretary


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400,

Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing

Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA CALIFORNIA, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA California, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section   4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section   4.2. Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section   4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”


  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY

    MEMBER

ADESA California, LLC

    ADESA CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Scott A. Anderson

    By:  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer       Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary



2nd AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA CALIFORNIA, LLC

 


THIS 2ND AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 13th day of June, 2007 by and between ADESA California, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA, Inc. (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 and a 1 st Amendment to the Operating Agreement dated as of March 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Section 2.8 of Article II of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

  2. Section 5.1 of Article V of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“5.1 The business of the Company shall be managed by the Managers. The Managers shall be at least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment. Subject to the right and authority of the Member to designate certain management responsibilities to the President, or other officers, all decisions concerning the management of the Company’s business shall be made by the Managers.”


  3. Section 7.2 of Article VII of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety, and replaced with the following:

“7.2. Certificate of Membership Interest .

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.


(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under California law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”

 

  4. Section 7.3 shall be added to Article VII and shall read as follows:

“7.3. Membership Interests Shall Be Securities . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA California, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

  5. Article IV is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

4.1 All Available Cash, including revenues or proceeds from a Capital Event or the dissolution of the Company, shall be distributed one hundred percent (100%) to the Member. Available Cash shall be distributed at the times determined by the Member.”


  6. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this 2 nd Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY

    MEMBER

ADESA CALIFORNIA, LLC

    ADESA, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Paul J. Lips

    By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

  Paul J. Lips, Manager       James P. Hallett, President & CEO

Exhibit 3.21

 

Date Filed: 12/19/2003 958:00 AM

Effective: 1/1/2004

Elaine F. Marshall

North Carolina Secretary of State

C200335300006

State of North Carolina

Department of the Secretary of State

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

INCLUDING ARTICLES OF CONVERSION

Pursuant to § 57C-2-2 1, 57C-9A-01 and 57C-9A,,03 of the General Statutes of North Carolina, the undersigned converting business entity does hereby submit these Articles of Organization Including Articles of Conversion for the purpose of forming a limited liability company.

 

1. The .name of the limited liability company is: ADESA Charlotte, LLC. The limited liability company is being formed pursuant to .a conversion another business entity.

 

2. The name of the converting business entity is: ADESA- Charlotte. Inc and the organization and internal affairs of the converting business entity the state or country of North Carolina. A plan conversion has been approved by the- convening business entity as required by law.

 

3. The converting business entity is a ( check one ):   x   domestic corporation;   ¨   foreign corporation;   ¨   foreign limited liability company;   ¨   domestic limited partnership;   ¨   foreign limited partnership;   ¨   domestic registered limited liability partnership;   ¨   foreign limited liability partnership; or   ¨   other partnership as defined in G.S. 59-36, whether or not formed under the laws of North Carolina.

 

4. If the limited liability company is to dissolve by a specific date, the latest date on which the limited. liability company is to dissolve: ( If no date for dissolution is specified there shall be no limit on the duration of the limited liability company .) no limit on duration

 

5. The name and address of each person executing these articles of organization is as follows: ( State whether each person is executing these articles of organization in the capacity of a member, organizer or both ).

 

Karen C. Turner, Organizer

310 E. 96th Street, Ste. 400

Indianapolis, IN 48240

 

6. The street address and county of the initial registered office of the limited liability company is: Number and Street 225 Hillsborough Street City, State, Zip Code Raleigh, North Carolina, 27603 County Wake

 

7. The mailing address, if different from the street address , of the initial registered office is:

 

8. The name of the initial registered agent is: CT Corporation System

 

CORPORATIONS DIVISION

  P.O. BOX 29622   RALEIGH, NC 27626-0622
(Revised January 2002)     (Form L-01A)


9. Principal office information: (Select either a or b.)

 

  a. x   The limited liability company ha a principal office.

 

   

The street address and county of the principal office of the limited liability company is:

Number and Street 910 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400

City, State, Zip Code Indianapolis. IN 46240 County Hamilton

 

   

The mailing address, if different from the street address , of the principal office of the limited liability company is:

 

  b. ¨    The limited liability company does not have a principal office.

 

10. Check one of the following:

¨ (i) Member-managed LLC : all members by virtue of their status as members shall be managers of this limited liability company.

¨ (ii) Manager-managed LLC : except as provided by N.C.G.S. Section 57C-3-20(a), the members of this limited liability company shall not be managers by virtue of their status as members.

 

11. Any other provisions which the limited liability company elects to include are attached.

 

12. These articles will be effective upon filing, unless a date and/or time is specified:

January 1, 2004, 12:01 a.m.

This is the 18 th day of December, 2003.

 

/s/ Karen C. Turner
Signature
Karen C. Turner. Organizer
Type or Print Name and Title

NOTES:

1. Filing fee is $125. This document must be filed with the Secretary of State.

 

CORPORATIONS DIVISION

  P.O. BOX 29622   RALEIGH, NC 27626-0622
(Revised January 2002)     (Form L-01A)

Exhibit 3.22

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA CHARLOTTE, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I.

  

PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II.

  

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

  

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

  

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

  

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

  

Duration

   1

ARTICLE III.

  

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

  

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

  

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

  

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

  

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

  

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

  

Admission of Additional Members

   2

ARTICLE IV.

  

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

  

Management by the Member

   3

Section 4.2

  

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

  

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3

ARTICLE V.

  

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section 5.1

  

Records and Accounting

   3

Section 5.2

  

Access to Records

   3

Section 5.3

  

Annual Tax Information

   3

Section 5.4

  

Accounting Decisions

   4

Section 5.5

  

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4

ARTICLE VI.

  

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

  

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

  

Distributions

   4

ARTICLE VII.

  

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   4

Section 7.1

  

Transferability

   4

ARTICLE VIII.

  

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   4

Section 8.1

  

Dissociation

   4

 

- i -


ARTICLE IX.

  

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   4

Section   9.1

  

Dissolution

   4

Section   9.2

  

Winding Up

   5

Section   9.3

  

Distribution of Assets

   5

ARTICLE X.

  

AMENDMENTS

   5

Section 10.1

  

Amendments

   5

ARTICLE XI.

  

MISCELLANEOUS

   5

Section 11.1

  

Complete Agreement

   6

Section 11.2

  

Governing Law

   6

Section 11.3

  

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   6

Section 11.4

  

Headings; Interpretation

   6

Section 11.5

  

Severability

   6

Section 11.6

  

Additional Documents and Acts

   6

Section 11.7

  

No Third Party Beneficiary

   6

Section 11.8

  

Notices

   7

Section 11.9

  

Title to Company Property

   7

Section 11.10

  

No Remedies Exclusive

   7

Section 11.11

  

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA CHARLOTTE, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1 st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Charlotte, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the North Carolina Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of the Articles of Organization including the Articles of Conversion (collectively “Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of North Carolina effective January 1, 2004. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 225 Hillsborough Street, Raleigh, North Carolina, 27603 and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company was converted to the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and the duly authorized representatives of the Company shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

 

- 4 -


(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by

 

- 5 -


and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of North Carolina.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
    ADESA Charlotte, LLC
      By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member
       
   
Date:   December 18 th , 2003     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
        Karen C. Turner, Secretary
   
    MEMBER
:       ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
       
   
Date:   December 18 th , 2003     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
        Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the North Carolina Limited Liability Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3 and -4, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA CHARLOTTE, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA Charlotte, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section   4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section   4.2. Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section   4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”


  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY   MEMBER
ADESA Charlotte, LLC   ADESA CORPORATION

 

   
By:   /s/ Scott A. Anderson     By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer       Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA CHARLOTTE, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under North Carolina law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”


  3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Charlotte, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

  4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”

ADESA, Inc.

   

“COMPANY”

ADESA Charlotte, LLC

By:   /s/ James P. Hallett     By:   /s/ Paul J. Lips
  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.23

 

Please include a typed

self-addressed envelope

 

MUST BE TYPED

FILING FEE: $50.00

MOST SUBMIT TWO COPIES

  

Mail to: SECRETARY OF
STATE

Corporations Section

1560 Broadway, Suite 200

Denver, CO 80202

(303) 894-2251

Fax (303) 894-2242

   For office use only    0001

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

Corporation Name   ADESA Colorado. Inc.

 

Principal Business Address    500 Willow Springs Road. Fountain, CO 80817
  

(Include City, State, Zip;

 

Cumulative voting snares of stock is authorized    Yes   ¨     No   x

 

If duration is less than perpetual enter number of years   (Perpetual)

 

Preemptive rights are granted to shareholders.        Yes   x     No   ¨

Stock information : (if additional space is needed, continue on a separate sheet of paper.)

 

Stock Class   Common    Authorized Shares    1,000    Par Value   No par value
Stock Class        Authorized Shares         Par Value    

The name of the initial registered agent and the address of the registered office is: (if another corporation, use last name space)

 

Last Name    Corporation Service Company      First & Middle Name     

 

Street Address    1660 Broadway, Denver, CO 10202
  

(Include City, State, Zip)

The undersigned consents to the appointment as the initial registered agent.

 

Signature of Registered Agent    /s/Pamela Trujillo

 

These articles are to have a delayed effective date of:    (Effective upon filing)

Incorporators : Names and addresses: (if more than two, continue en a separate sheet of paper.

 

NAME

     

ADDRESS

Erin N. O’Daniel     One American Square, Box 82001, Indianapolis, IN 46282
       

incorporators who are natural persons must be 18 years or more. The undersigned, acting as incorporator(s) of a corporation under the Colorado Business Corporation Act, adopt the above Articles of Incorporation.

 

Signature    /s/ Erin N. O’Daniel    Signature     
   Erin N. O’Daniel, Attorney-in-Fact      


CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION

OF

ADESA COLORADO, INC.

Pursuant to Section 7-90-201 of the Colorado Business Corporation Act (the “Act”), ADESA Colorado, Inc. (the “Converting Entity”) has been converted into ADESA Colorado, LLC (the “Resulting Entity”) and hereby submits for filing with the Colorado Secretary of State the following Certificate of Conversion:

ARTICLE 1

Converting Entity

The name of the Converting Entity is ADESA Colorado, Inc., a Colorado corporation. The address is 310 E. 96 th Street, Std. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240.

ARTICLE 2

Resulting Entity

The name of the Resulting Entity is ADESA Colorado, LLC, a Colorado limited liability company. The address is 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240.

ARTICLE 3

Shareholder Consent

The sole-shareholder (100% shareholder) of the Converting Entity has approved a Plan of Conversion, attached hereto as Exhibit A in accordance with the Act. The Plan of Conversion shall be executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded as required for accomplishing a Conversion under the applicable provisions of the Act.

ARTICLE 4

Effective Time of the Conversion.

The “Effective Time of the Conversion” shall be January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m.

ARTICLE 5

The name and address who cause this document to be delivered for filing, and to whom the Secretary of State may deliver notice if filing of this document is refused, is:

Karen C. Turner

310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400

Indianapolis, IN 46240


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Conversion as of the 1 st day of January, 2004.

 

/s/ Karen C. Turner
Karen C. Turner, Secretary


Exhibit A

PLAN OF CONVERSION

THIS PLAN OF CONVERSION (“Plan of Conversion”) entered into this 1st day of January, 2004 by ADESA Colorado, Inc., a Colorado corporation (the “Converting Corporation”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Converting Corporation is a corporation organized under the Colorado Business Corporation Act (the “Act”);

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the sole Shareholder of the Converting Corporation desire that the Converting Corporation convert into a Colorado limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of Section 7-90-201 of the Act, in the manner set forth herein (the “Conversion”); and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the sole Shareholder of the Converting Corporation have approved and adopted this Plan of Conversion in accordance with the Act.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Converting Corporation shall convert into a Colorado limited liability company in accordance with the following provisions:

ARTICLE I

Parties to the Conversion

Section 1.1. The Converting Corporation . The name of the Converting Corporation is “ADESA Colorado, Inc.”, a Colorado corporation.

Section 1.2. The Resulting Limited Liability Company . The name of the resulting limited liability company is “ADESA Colorado, LLC”, a Colorado limited liability company (the “Resulting Limited Liability Company”).

ARTICLE II

Terms and Conditions of the Conversion

and Mode of Carrying the Conversion Into Effect

Section 2.1 . Effective Time of the Conversion . The “Effective Time of the Conversion” shall be January 1, 2004 at 12:01 am.

Section 2.2 . Effect of the Conversion . The Converting Corporation shall merge with and into the Resulting Limited Liability Company, and the separate existence of the Converting Corporation shall cease.

Section 2.3 . Ownership and Shares . All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Converting Corporation are owned by the sole Shareholder. Upon the effectiveness the Conversion, all of issued and outstanding common shares of the Converting Corporation will be


canceled and the certificates issued will be surrendered and the sole Shareholder will be the sole Member of the Resulting Limited Liability Company.

Section 2.4 . Director Approval . The Board of Directors of the Converting Corporation have duly authorized the Conversion and approved and adopted this Plan of Conversion in accordance with the Act.

Section 2.5 . Shareholder Approval . The sole Shareholder of the Converting Corporation has approved this Plan of Conversion in accordance with the Act. This Plan of Conversion shall be executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded as required for accomplishing a Conversion under the applicable provisions of the Act.

ARTICLE III

Governing Documents of the Resulting Limited Liability Company

The Certificate of Conversion, the Articles of Organization and the Operating Agreement of the Converted Limited Liability Company shall be the governing documents upon the Effective Time of the Conversion and shall continue as such in full force and effect until altered, amended or repealed.

ARTICLE IV

Manager and Officers

Section 4.1 . Manager . ADESA Corporation shall be the manager of the Resulting Limited Liability Company.

Section 4.2 . Officers . Each person named below shall hold the office(s) of the Resulting Limited Liability Company listed next to his or her name, to hold such office(s) until the their successor is elected at a meeting of the Manager of the Resulting Limited Liability Company thereafter.

 

Name

  

Office(s)

James P. Hallett    President
Donald L. Harris    Vice President
Karen C. Turner    Secretary
Paul J. Lips    Treasurer
Scott A. Anderson    Assistant Treasurer

ARTICLE V

Further Assurances

By operation of Act, all real estate, property rights and assets of the Converting Corporation will be vested in the Resulting Limited Liability Company, and the Resulting Limited Liability Company is liable for all outstanding debts, litigation and obligations of the Converting Corporation.


If at any time the Resulting Limited Liability Company shall consider or be advised that any further assignment, assurance or any other action is necessary or desirable to vest in the Resulting Limited Liability Company, the title to any property or right of the Resulting Limited Liability Companies or otherwise to carry out the proposes of this Plan of Conversion, the proper officers and directors of the Converting Corporation shall execute and make all such proper assignments or assurances and take such other actions. The proper officers and manager of the Resulting Limited Liability Company are hereby authorized in the name of the Converting Corporation, as taxpayer or otherwise, to take any and all such action.


ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

Form 400 Revised July 1, 2002

Filing fee: $50.00

Deliver to: Colorado Secretary of State

Business Division,

1560 Broadway, Suite 200

Denver, CO 80202-5169

This document must be typed or machine printed

Copies of filed documents may be obtained at www.sos_state_co_us

Pursuant to § 7-80-203, Colorado Revised Statutes (C.R.S.), the individual named below causes these Articles of Organization to be delivered to the Colorado Secretary of State for filing, and states as follows:

 

1.      The name of the limited liability company is:   ADESA Colorado, LLC
    

The name of a limited liability company must contain the term “limited liability company”, “ltd. liability company”, “limited liability co” or “ltd. liability co.” or the abbreviation “LLC” or “L.L.C.” § 7-90-601(3)[(c), C.R.S.

 

2.       If known. The principal place of business of the limited liability company is:

  
310 E. 96th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240

3. The name, and the business address, of the registered agent for service of process on the limited liability company are: Name The Corporation Company                 ; Business Address (must be a street or other physical address in Colorado) 1675 Broadway                     Denver, Colorado 80202                     If mail is undeliverable to this address, ALSO include a post office box address:                                          

4. a. If the management of the limited liability company is vested in managers, mark the box   x “The management of the limited liability company is vested in managers rather than members.” The name(s) and business address(es) of the initial manager(s) is(are):

 

Name(s)   ADESA Corporation     Business Address(es)   
      310 E. 96th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240

or

b. If management of the limited liability company is not vested in managers rather than members ,

The name(s) and business address(es) of the initial member(s) is(are):

Name(s)          Business Address(es)     
        
        

5. The (a) name or names, and (b) mailing address or addresses, of any one or more of the individuals who cause this document to be delivered for filing, and to whom the Secretary of State may deliver notice if filing of this document is refused, are: Karen C. Turner, 310 E. 96th Street, Ste. 400. Indianapolis, IN 46240

OPTIONAL . The electronic mail and/or Internet address for this entity is/are: e-mail                                                                              

                                                                                                       Web site                                                                                                            

The Colorado Secretary of State may contact the following authorized person regarding this document:

name                                                                                        address                                                                                                           

voice                                                           fax                                               e-mail                                                                                       

Exhibit 3.24

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA COLORADO, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I. PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II. ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

   Formation    1

Section 2.2

   Principal Office    1

Section 2.3

   Registered Office and Registered Agent    1

Section 2.4

   Duration    1

ARTICLE III. MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

   Name and Address of Member    2

Section 3.2

   Capital Contributions    2

Section 3.3

   Additional Capital    2

Section 3.4

   Capital Accounts    2

Section 3.5

   Member Loans or Services    2

Section 3.6

   Admission of Additional Members    2

ARTICLE IV. GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

   Management by the Member    3

Section 4.2

   Action by the Company    3

Section 4.3

   Delegation of Certain Management Authority    3

ARTICLE V. ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section 5.1

   Records and Accounting    3

Section 5.2

   Access to Records    3

Section 5.3

   Annual Tax Information    3

Section 5.4

   Accounting Decisions    4

Section 5.5

   Federal Income Tax Elections    4

ARTICLE VI. ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

   Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains    4

Section 6.2

   Distributions    4

ARTICLE VII. TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   4

Section 7.1

   Transferability    4

ARTICLE VIII. DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   4

Section 8.1

   Dissociation    4

 

- i -


ARTICLE IX. DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   4

Section 9.1

   Dissolution    4

Section 9.2

   Winding Up    5

Section 9.3

   Distribution of Assets    5

ARTICLE X. AMENDMENTS

   5

Section 10.1

   Amendments    5

ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS

   5

Section 11.1

   Complete Agreement    5

Section 11.2

   Governing Law    6

Section 11.3

   Binding Effect; Conflicts    6

Section 11.4

   Headings; Interpretation    6

Section 11.5

   Severability    6

Section 11.6

   Additional Documents and Acts    6

Section 11.7

   No Third Party Beneficiary    6

Section 11.8

   Notices    7

Section 11.9

   Title to Company Property    7

Section 11.10

   No Remedies Exclusive    7

Section 11.11

   Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA COLORADO, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1 st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Colorado, LLC, an Colorado limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Colorado Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of the Certificate of Conversion and the Articles of Organization (collectively the “Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Colorado effective January 1, 2004. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 1675 Broadway, Denver, Colorado, 80202, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be The Corporation Company. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company was converted to the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and the duly authorized representatives of the Company shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

 

- 4 -


(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by

 

- 5 -


and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Colorado.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

 

    COMPANY
    ADESA Colorado, LLC
      By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member
Date:   January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
      Karen C. Turner, Secretary
    MEMBER
    ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
Date:   January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
      Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Colorado Limited Liability Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3 and -4, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current
Number of
Contributed
Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400,

Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current
Number of
Contributed
Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing

Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA COLORADO, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA Colorado, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2. Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section   4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”

 

  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY     MEMBER
ADESA Colorado, LLC     ADESA CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Scott A. Anderson     By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer       Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA COLORADO, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Colorado law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”

 

3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Colorado, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision


shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     ADESA Colorado, LLC
By:   /s/ James P. Hallett     By:   /s/ Paul J. Lips
  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.25

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

ADESA DEALER SERVICES, LLC

The undersigned , acting as the. Organizer of a limited liability company under the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as amended (the “ Act ”), hereby adopts these Articles of Organization for ADESA Dealer Services, LLC (the “ Company ”):

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the Company is ADESA Dealer Services, LLC.

ARTICLE II

Registered Office and Registered Agent

The street address of the initial registered office of the Company in the State of Indiana is 13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Suite 510, Carmel, Indiana, 46032. The name of the initial registered agent of the Company at the registered office is Eric E. Wright.

ARTICLE III

Purpose

The purposes of the Company shall be to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act.

ARTICLE IV

Duration

Unless sooner dissolved in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement or the Act, the duration of the Company shall be perpetual.

ARTICLE V

Member Management

The Company is to be managed by its Member(s) in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.


ARTICLE VI

Transferability

A Member of the Company may transfer his, her or its interest in the Company only in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.

ARTICLE VII

Indemnification

(a) To the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and public policies of Indiana the Company shall indemnify any Member, manager or Organizer (any such Member, manager or Organizer and any responsible officers, partners, shareholders, members, directors, or managers of such Member, manager or Organizer which is an entity, hereinafter being referred to as the “ Indemnified Person ”) made a Party (as hereinafter defined) to any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) because such Person (as hereinafter defined) is or was a Member, manager or Organizer (or a responsible officer, partner, shareholder, member, director, or manager thereof), as a matter of right, against all Liability (as hereinafter defined) incurred by such Person in connection with any Proceeding; provided that it shall be determined in the specific case in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Article that indemnification of such Person is permissible in the circumstances because the Person has met the standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. The Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable Expenses (as hereinafter defined) incurred by such a Person in connection with any such Proceeding in advance of final disposition thereof if (i) the Person furnishes the Company a written affirmation of the Person’s good faith belief that he, she or it has met the standard of conduct for indemnification described in paragraph (c) of this Article, (ii) the Person furnishes the Company a written undertaking, executed personally or on such Person’s behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that such Person did not meet such standard of conduct, and (iii) a determination is made in accordance with paragraph (d) that based upon facts then known to those making the determination, indemnification would not be precluded under this Article. The undertaking described in subparagraph (a)(ii) above must be a general obligation of the Person subject to such reasonable limitations as the Company may permit, but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment. The Company shall indemnify a Person who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any such Proceeding, as a matter of right, against reasonable Expenses incurred by the Person in connection with the Proceeding without the requirement of a determination as set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. Upon demand by a Person for indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, the Company shall expeditiously determine whether the Person is entitled thereto in accordance with this Article. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided for under this Article shall be applicable to any Proceeding arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article. However, indemnification or reimbursement for Expenses related to establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Article, applicable law or otherwise is available only if such Person prevails on the claim for indemnification.

 

2


(b) The Company shall have the power, but not the obligation, to indemnify any Person who is or was an employee or agent of the Company to the same extent as if such Person was an Indemnified Person as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article.

(c) Indemnification of a Person is permissible under this Article only if (i) such Person conducted himself, herself or itself in good faith, (ii) such Person reasonably believed that his, her or its conduct was in or at least not opposed to the Company’s best interest, and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, such Person had no reasonable cause to believe his, her or its conduct was unlawful. Indemnification is not permissible against liability to the extent such Liability is the result of the Person’s willful misconduct, recklessness, violation of the Company’s Operating Agreement or any improperly obtained financial or other benefit to which the Person was not legally entitled. The termination of a Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the Person did not meet the standard of conduct described in this paragraph (c).

(d) A determination as to whether indemnification or advancement of Expenses is permissible shall be made by (i) a majority in interest of the Members (including any interested Member); or (ii) independent special legal counsel selected in accordance with (d)(i) above.

(e) Any Indemnified Person who is a Party to a Proceeding may apply for indemnification from the Company to the court, if any, conducting the Proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after giving notice the court considers necessary, may order indemnification if it determines:

(i) In a Proceeding in which the Person is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, the Person is entitled to indemnification under this Article, in which case the court shall order the Company to pay the Person his, her or its reasonable Expenses incurred to obtain such court ordered indemnification; or

(ii) The Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the Person met the standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article.

(f) A Person is considered to be serving an employee benefit plan at the Company’s request if the Person’s duties to the Company also impose duties on, or otherwise involve services by, the Person to the plan or to participants in or beneficiaries of the plan. Indemnification shall also be provided for a Person’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan if the Person reasonably believed his, her or its conduct to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan.

(g) Nothing contained in this Article shall limit or preclude the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under the law, by contract or otherwise, relating to indemnification of or advancement of Expenses to any such Person or any Person who is or was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic company, partnership, association, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for-profit or not, Nothing contained in this Article shall limit the ability of the Company to otherwise

 

3


indemnify or advance Expenses to any Person. It is the intent of this Article to provide indemnification to such a Person to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the law consistent with the terms and conditions of this Article. If indemnification is permitted under this Article, indemnification shall be provided in accordance with this Article irrespective of the nature of the legal or equitable theory upon which a claim is asserted, including without limitation, negligence, breach of duty, waste, breach of contract (except to the extent the claim relates to the Operating Agreement or a contract between the Company and that Member or manager), breach of warranty, strict liability, violation of federal or state securities law, violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of any other state or federal law.

(h) For purposes of this Article:

(i) The term “ Expenses ” includes all direct and indirect costs (including without limitation counsel fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses) actually incurred in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a Proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Article, applicable law or otherwise.

(ii) The term “ Liability ” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax (including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable Expenses incurred with respect to a Proceeding.

(iii) The term “ Party ” includes a Person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a Proceeding.

(iv) The term “ Person ” includes any natural person and any type of legal entity.

(v) The estate or personal representative of a natural person entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses shall be entitled hereunder to indemnification and advancement of expenses to the same extent as such natural person.

(vi) The term “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.

(i) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for its benefit, the benefit of any Person who is entitled to indemnification under this Article, or both, against any Liability asserted against or incurred by such Person in any capacity or arising out of such Person’s service with the Company, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such Liability.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Articles of Organization have been executed by the undersigned, as Organizer of the Company, this 4th day of October, 2007.

 

ADESA Dealer Services, LLC
By:   /s/ Eric E. Wright
  Eric E. Wright, Organizer

 

5

Exhibit 3.26

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA DEALER SERVICES, LLC

Effective as of

October 4, 2007


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I. PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II.

  

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

  

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

  

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

  

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

  

Duration

   1

ARTICLE III. MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

  

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

  

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

  

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

  

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

  

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

  

Admission of Additional Members

   2

Section 3.7

  

Certificate of Membership Interest

   3

Section 3.8

  

Membership Interests Shall be Securities

   3

ARTICLE IV. GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

  

Management by the Member

   3

Section 4.2

  

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

  

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   4

ARTICLE V. ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   4

Section 5.1

  

Records and Accounting

   4

Section 5.2

  

Access to Records

   4

Section 5.3

  

Annual Tax Information

   4

Section 5.4

  

Accounting Decisions

   4

Section 5.5

  

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4

ARTICLE VI. ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

  

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

  

Distributions

   5

ARTICLE VII. TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   5

Section 7.1

  

Transferability

   5

ARTICLE VIII. DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   5

Section 8.1

  

Dissociation

   5

 

- i -


ARTICLE IX. DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   5

Section 9.1

  

Dissolution

   5

Section 9.2

  

Winding Up

   5

Section 9.3

  

Distribution of Assets

   6

ARTICLE X.

  

AMENDMENTS

   6

Section 10.1

  

Amendments

   6

ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS

   6

Section 11.1

  

Complete Agreement

   6

Section 11.2

  

Governing Law

   6

Section 11.3

  

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   6

Section 11.4

  

Headings; Interpretation

   7

Section 11.5

  

Severability

   7

Section 11.6

  

Additional Documents and Acts

   7

Section 11.7

  

No Third Party Beneficiary

   7

Section 11.8

  

Notices

   7

Section 11.9

  

Title to Company Property

   7

Section 11.10

  

No Remedies Exclusive

   8

Section 11.11

  

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   8

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA DEALER SERVICES, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 4 th day of October, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between ADESA Dealer Services, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and ADESA, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as the sole initial Member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as amended, Ind. Code § 23-18-1-1 et seq. (the “ Act ”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1. Formation. The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of the Articles of Organization with the Secretary of State of the State of Indiana effective October 4, 2007. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2. Principal Office. The principal office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Suite 510, Carmel, Indiana 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3. Registered Office and Registered Agent. The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Suite 510, Carmel, Indiana 46032, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be Eric E. Wright. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4. Duration. The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1. Name and Address of Member. The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2. Capital Contributions. The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3. Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4. Capital Accounts.

(a) An individual capital account (the “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5. Member Loans or Services. Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6. Admission of Additional Members. The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member, provided, however, that each Additional Member shall sign a copy of this Agreement and shall agree to be bound by all terms and conditions thereof. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


Section 3.7 Certificate of Membership Interest.

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a Person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage Membership Interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other Person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Membership Interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership Interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among the Member and the Company. Membership Interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the Membership Interests, endorsed by the appropriate Person or Persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Member or officers designated by the Member setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Indiana law, (ii) the name of the Person to whom issued, (iii) the percentage of Membership Interest represented, and (iv) the legend set forth in Section 3.8 below. A specimen certificate evidencing the form of certificate of Membership Interest of the Company is attached hereto as Exhibit B .

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Member, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Member may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Member may prescribe.

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall be Securities . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all Membership Interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8.1 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of Indiana. Each certificate evidencing the Membership Interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This Certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Dealer Services, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8.1 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of Indiana.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.

ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

 

Section 4.1 . Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the Member.

 

- 3 -


Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and the duly authorized representatives of the Company shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

 

- 4 -


Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Membership Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers all of its Membership Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “ Event of Dissociation ”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Membership Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of this Section 9.1 .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the

 

- 5 -


following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is

 

- 6 -


subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

 

- 7 -


Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 8 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

COMPANY:
ADESA Dealer Services, LLC
By:   /s/ Curtis L. Phillips
Print Name:   Curtis L. Phillips
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

MEMBER:
ADESA, Inc.
By:   /s/ Rebecca Polak
Print Name:   Rebecca C. Polak
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

- 9 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any Person admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Membership Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Member refers to ADESA, Inc. as the sole initial Member of the Company and any Additional Members that may be admitted to the Company.

 

Schedule I - 1


Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2.

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3.1 and -4.1, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member, Capital Contribution and Percentage Interest

(As of October 4, 2007)

 

Member

   Capital
Contribution
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA, Inc.

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Suite 500

Carmel, IN 46032

   $ 100.00    100 %

 

Exhibit A

Exhibit 3.27

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

ADESA DES MOINES, LLC

The undersigned, acting as the Organizer of a limited liability company under the Iowa Business Corporation Act (the “Act”), hereby adopts these Articles of Organization for ADESA Des Monies, LLC (the “Company”) to be effective as of the 1 st day of January, 2004:

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the Company is ADESA Des Monies, LLC. The principal business address is 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240.

ARTICLE II

Registered Office and Registered Agent

The street address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Iowa is 2222 Grand Ave., Des Monies, IA, 50312. The name of the initial registered agent of the Company at the registered office is CT Corporation System.

ARTICLE III

Purpose

The purpose of the Company shall be to conduct any and all lawful business and activities for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act.

ARTICLE IV

Duration

Unless sooner dissolved in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement or the Act, the duration of the Company shall be perpetual.

ARTICLE V

Manager Management

The Company is to be managed by managers in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.


ARTICLE VI

Transferability

A member of the Company may transfer his, her or its interest in the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.

ARTICLE VII

Initial Managers

The Managers of the Company are:

James P. Hallett

Donald L. Harris

Paul J. Lips

Karen C. Turner

Scott A. Anderson

ARTICLE VIII

Indemnification

(a) To the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and public policies of Iowa the Company shall indemnify any Manager or Organizer (any such Manager or Organizer and any responsible officers, partners, shareholders, managers, directors, or managers of such Manager or Organizer which is an entity, hereinafter being referred to as the indemnified “person”) made a party to any proceeding because such person is or was a Manager or Organizer (or a responsible officer, partner, shareholder, manager, director, or manager thereof), as a matter of right, against all liability incurred by such person in connection with any proceeding; provided that it shall be determined in the specific case in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Article that indemnification of such person is permissible in the circumstances because the person has met the standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. The Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by such a person in connection with any such proceeding in advance of final disposition thereof if (i) the person furnishes the Company a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that he, she or it has met the standard of conduct for indemnification described in paragraph (c) of this Article, (ii) the person furnishes the Company a written undertaking, executed personally or on such person’s behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that such person did not meet such standard of conduct, and (iii) a determination is made in accordance with paragraph (d) that based upon facts then known to those making the determination, indemnification would not be precluded under this Article. The undertaking described in subparagraph (a)(ii) above must be a general obligation of the person subject to such reasonable limitations as the Company may permit, but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment. The Company shall indemnify a person who is wholly successful, on the

 

- 2 -


merits or otherwise, in the defense of any such proceeding, as a matter of right, against reasonable expenses incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding without the requirement of a determination as set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. Upon demand by a person for indemnification or advancement of expenses, as the case may be, the Company shall expeditiously determine whether the person is entitled thereto in accordance with this Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for under this Article shall be applicable to any proceeding arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article.

(b) The Company shall have the power, but not the obligation, to indemnify any person who is or was an employee or agent of the Company to the same extent as if such person was an indemnified person as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article.

(c) Indemnification of a person is permissible under this Article only if (i) such person conducted himself, herself or itself in good faith, (ii) such person reasonably believed that his, her or its conduct was in or at least not opposed to the Company’s best interest, and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his, her or its conduct was unlawful. Indemnification is not permissible against liability to the extent such liability is the result of the person’s willful misconduct, recklessness, violation of the Company’s Operating Agreement or any improperly obtained financial or other benefit to which the person was not legally entitled. The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the person did not meet the standard of conduct described in this paragraph (c).

(d) A determination as to whether indemnification or advancement of expenses is permissible shall be made by (i) a majority in interest of the Managers (including any interested Manager); or (ii) independent special legal counsel selected in accordance with (d)(i) above.

(e) Any person (as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article) who is a party to a proceeding may apply for indemnification from the Company to the court, if any, conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after giving notice the court considers necessary, may order indemnification if it determines:

(i) In a proceeding in which the person is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, the person is entitled to indemnification under this Article, in which case the court shall order the Company to pay the person his, her or its reasonable expenses incurred to obtain such court ordered indemnification; or

(ii) The person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the person met the standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article.

 

- 3 -


(f) Indemnification shall also be provided for a person’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan if the person reasonably believed his, her or its conduct to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan.

(g) Nothing contained in this Article shall limit or preclude the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under the law, by contract or otherwise, relating to indemnification of or advancement of expenses to any such person or any person who is or was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, partner, manager, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic company, partnership, association, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for-profit or not. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit the ability of the Company to otherwise indemnify or advance expenses to any person. It is the intent of this Article to provide indemnification to such a person to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the law consistent with the terms and conditions of this Article. If indemnification is permitted under this Article indemnification shall be provided in accordance with this Article irrespective of the nature of the legal or equitable theory upon which a claim is asserted, including without limitation, negligence, breach of duty, waste, breach of contract (except to the extent the claim relates to the Operating Agreement or a contract between the Company and that Member), breach of warranty, strict liability, violation of federal or state securities law, violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of any other state or federal law.

(h) For purposes of this Article:

(i) The term “expenses” includes all direct and indirect costs (including without limitation counsel fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses) actually incurred in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Article, applicable law or otherwise.

(ii) The term “liability” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax (including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding.

(iii) The term “party” includes a person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.

(iv) The term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.

 

- 4 -


(i) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for its benefit, the benefit of any person who is entitled to indemnification under this Article, or both, against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in any capacity or arising out of such person’s service with the Company, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Articles of Organization have been executed by the undersigned, as Organizer of the Company, this 18th day of December, 2003.

 

ADESA Des Moines, LLC  
/s/ Karen C. Turner   ,Organizer
Karen C. Turner  

 

- 5 -


ARTICLES OF CONVERSION

OF

ADESA DES MOINES, INC.

Pursuant to Section 490A.304 of the Iowa Business Corporation Act (the “Act”), ADESA Des Monies, Inc. (the “Converting Corporation”) has been converted into ADESA Des Monies, LLC (the “Resulting Limited Liability Company”) and hereby submits for filing with the Iowa Secretary of State the following Certificate of Conversion:

ARTICLE 1

Converting Corporation

The name of the Converting Corporation is ADESA Des Monies, Inc., an Iowa corporation formed with the Iowa Secretary of State on March 22, 1999.

ARTICLE 2

Resulting Limited Liability Company

The name of the Resulting Limited Liability Company is ADESA Des Monies, LLC, an Iowa limited liability company

ARTICLE 3

Shareholder Consent

The sole-shareholder (100% shareholder) of the Converting Entity has approved a Plan of Conversion, attached hereto as Exhibit A in accordance with the Act. The Plan of Conversion shall be executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded as required for accomplishing a Conversion under the applicable provisions of the Act.

ARTICLE 4

Effective Time of the Conversion.

The “Effective Time of the Conversion” shall be January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m.

ARTICLE 5

The name and address who cause this document to be delivered for filing, and to whom the Secretary of State may deliver notice if filing of this document is refused, is:

 

    

Karen C. Turner

310 E. 96 th  Street, Ste. 400

Indianapolis, IN 46240

     

 

- 6 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Certificate of Conversion as of the 18th day of December, 2003.

 

/s/ Karen C. Turner
Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 7 -


ARTICLES OF CORRECTION

TO

ARTICLES OF CONVERSION

OF

ADESA DES MOINES, INC.

These Articles of Correction (“Articles of Correction”) correct errors made in the Articles of Conversion of ADESA Des Moines, Inc., an Iowa corporation, filed December 18, 2003 (the “Articles of Conversion”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Articles of Conversion.

WHEREAS, the name of the Converting Corporation (also referred to as the “Corporation”) is listed as ADESA Des Monies, Inc. throughout the Articles of Conversion and Exhibit A thereto;

WHEREAS, the name of the Resulting Limited Liability Company (also referred to as the “Converted Limited Liability Company”) is listed as ADESA Des Monies, LLC throughout the Articles of Conversion and Exhibit A thereto;

WHEREAS, the Articles of Conversion and Exhibit A thereto are hereby corrected as follows:

 

  1. The name of the Converting Corporation is ADESA Des Moines, Inc.

 

  2. The name of the Resulting Limited Liability Company is ADESA Des Moines, LLC.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles of Correction as of the 11 th day of June, 2004.

 

/s/ Michelle Mallon
Name: Michelle Mallon
Title: Assistant Secretary

FILED

IOWA

SECRETARY OF STATE

6-11-04

2:34 PM

W384937

 

- 8 -


ARTICLES OF CORRECTION

TO

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

ADESA DES MOINES, LLC

These Articles of Correction (“Articles of Correction”) correct errors made in the Articles of Organization of ADESA Des Moines, LLC, an Iowa limited liability company, filed December 22, 2003 (the “Articles of Organization”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Articles of Organization.

WHEREAS, name of the Company is listed as ADESA Des Monies, LLC throughout the Articles of Organization;

WHEREAS, the Articles of Organization are hereby corrected such that the name of the Company shall be ADESA Des Moines, LLC

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles of Correction as of the 11 th day of June, 2004.

 

/s/ Michelle Mallon
Name: Michelle Mallon
Title: Assistant Secretary

FILED

IOWA

SECRETARY OF STATE

6-11-04

2:34 PM

W384937

 

- 9 -

Exhibit 3.28

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA DES MOINES, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I.

  

PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II.

  

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

  

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

  

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

  

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

  

Duration

   1

ARTICLE III.

  

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

  

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

  

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

  

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

  

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

  

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

  

Admission of Additional Members

   2

ARTICLE IV.

  

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

  

Management by the Member

   3

Section 4.2

  

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

  

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3

ARTICLE V.

  

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section 5.1

  

Records and Accounting

   3

Section 5.2

  

Access to Records

   3

Section 5.3

  

Annual Tax Information

   3

Section 5.4

  

Accounting Decisions

   3

Section 5.5

  

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4

ARTICLE VI.

  

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

  

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

  

Distributions

   4

ARTICLE VII.

  

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   4

Section 7.1

  

Transferability

   4

ARTICLE VIII.

  

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   4

Section 8.1

  

Dissociation

   4

 

- i -


ARTICLE IX.

  

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   4

Section 9.1

  

Dissolution

   4

Section 9.2

  

Winding Up

   5

Section 9.3

  

Distribution of Assets

   5

ARTICLE X.

  

AMENDMENTS

   5

Section 10.1

  

Amendments

   5

ARTICLE XI.

  

MISCELLANEOUS

   5

Section 11.1

  

Complete Agreement

   5

Section 11.2

  

Governing Law

   6

Section 11.3

  

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   6

Section 11.4

  

Headings; Interpretation

   6

Section 11.5

  

Severability

   6

Section 11.6

  

Additional Documents and Acts

   6

Section 11.7

  

No Third Party Beneficiary

   6

Section 11.8

  

Notices

   7

Section 11.9

  

Title to Company Property

   7

Section 11.10

  

No Remedies Exclusive

   7

Section 11.11

  

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA DES MOINES, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1 st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Des Moines, LLC, a Iowa limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Iowa Business Corporation Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of the Articles of Organization and the Articles of Conversion (collectively “Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Iowa effective January 1, 2004. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 225 Hillsborough Street, Raleigh, Iowa, 27603 and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company was converted to the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and the duly authorized representatives of the Company shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8. 1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

 

- 4 -


Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by

 

- 5 -


and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Iowa.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
    ADESA Des Moines, LLC
      By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member
Date: January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
        Karen C. Turner, Secretary
    MEMBER
    ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
Date: January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
        Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Iowa Business Corporation Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3 and -4, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA DES MOINES, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA Des Moines, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2. Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section 4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”


  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY     MEMBER
ADESA Des Moines, LLC     ADESA CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Scott A. Anderson     By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer       Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA DES MOINES, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

  2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Iowa law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”


  3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Des Moines, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

  4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     ADESA Des Moines, LLC
By:   /s/ James P. Hallett     By:   /s/ Paul J. Lips
  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.29

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

ADESA Florida, LLC

Pursuant to Chapter 608 of Florida Statutes

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is: ADESA Florida, LLC (the “Company”).

SECOND: The mailing address of the principal office of the company is: 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240.

THIRD: The name and Florida street address of the Company’s registered agent is CT Corporation System., 1200 South Pine Island Road, Plantation, FL 33324.

Having been named as registered agent and to accept service of process for the above stated limited liability company at the place designated in this article, I hereby accept the appointment as registered agent and agree to act in this capacity. I further agree to comply with the provisions of all statutes relating to the proper and complete performance of my duties, and I am familiar with and accept the obligations of my position as registered agent as provided for in Chapter 608, F.S.

 

  CT Corporation System
  By:  

/s/ Jeffrey R. Graves

    Jeffrey R. Graves, Assistant Secretary

FOURTH: The name and address of the sole Managing Member is:

ADESA Corporation (MGRM)

310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400

Indianapolis, IN 46240

FIFTH: The name and address of the Managers are:

 

James P. Hallett (MGR)    Donald L. Harris (MGR)   
310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400    310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400   
Indianapolis, IN 46240    Indianapolis, IN 46240   
Paul J. Lips (MGR)      
310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400      
Indianapolis, IN 46240      


SIXTH: Unless sooner dissolved in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement or the Act, the duration of the Company shall be perpetual.

SEVENTH: The Managing Member of the Company may transfer his, her or its interest in the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.

EIGHTH: To the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and public policies of Florida the Company shall indemnify any Manager or Organizer (any such Manager or Organizer and any responsible officers, partners, shareholders, managers, directors, or managers of such Manager or Organizer which is an entity, hereinafter being referred to as the indemnified “person”) made a party to any proceeding because such person is or was a Manager or Organizer (or a responsible officer, partner, shareholder, manager, director, or manager thereof), as a matter of right, against all liability incurred by such person in connection with any proceeding; provided that it shall be determined in the specific case in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Article that indemnification of such person is permissible in the circumstances because the person has met the standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. The Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by such a person in connection with any such proceeding in advance of final disposition thereof if (i) the person furnishes the Company a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that he, she or it has met the standard of conduct for indemnification described in paragraph (c) of this Article, (ii) the person furnishes the Company a written undertaking, executed personally or on such person’s behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that such person did not meet such standard of conduct, and (iii) a determination is made in accordance with paragraph (d) that based upon facts then known to those making the determination, indemnification would not be precluded under this Article. The undertaking described in subparagraph (a)(ii) above must be a general obligation of the person subject to such reasonable limitations as the Company may permit, but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment. The Company shall indemnify a person who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any such proceeding, as a matter of right, against reasonable expenses incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding without the requirement of a determination as set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. Upon demand by a person for indemnification or advancement of expenses, as the case may be, the Company shall expeditiously determine whether the person is entitled thereto in accordance with this Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for under this Article shall be applicable to any proceeding arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article.

(a) The Company shall have the power, but not the obligation, to indemnify any person who is or was an employee or agent of the Company to the same extent as if such person was an indemnified person as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article.

(b) Indemnification of a person is permissible under this Article only if (i) such person conducted himself, herself or itself in good faith, (ii) such person reasonably believed that his, her or its conduct was in or at least not opposed to the Company’s best interest, and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his, her or its conduct was unlawful. Indemnification is not permissible against liability to the extent such liability is the result of the person’s willful misconduct, recklessness, violation of the Company’s Operating Agreement or any improperly obtained financial or other benefit to which the person was not legally entitled. The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the person did not meet the standard of conduct described in this paragraph (c).


(c) A determination as to whether indemnification or advancement of expenses is permissible shall be made by (i) a majority in interest of the Managers (including any interested Manager); or (ii) independent special legal counsel selected in accordance with (d)(i) above.

(d) Any person (as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article) who is a party to a proceeding may apply for indemnification from the Company to the court, if any, conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after giving notice the court considers necessary, may order indemnification if it determines:

(i) In a proceeding in which the person is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, the person is entitled to indemnification under this Article, in which case the court shall order the Company to pay the person his, her or its reasonable expenses incurred to obtain such court ordered indemnification; or

(ii) The person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the person met the standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article.

(e) Indemnification shall also be provided for a person’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan if the person reasonably believed his, her or its conduct to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan.

(f) Nothing contained in this Article shall limit or preclude the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under the law, by contract or otherwise, relating to indemnification of or advancement of expenses to any such person or any person who is or was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, partner, manager, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic company, partnership, association, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for-profit or not. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit the ability of the Company to otherwise indemnify or advance expenses to any person. It is the intent of this Article to provide indemnification to such a person to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the law consistent with the terms and conditions of this Article. If indemnification is permitted under this Article indemnification shall be provided in accordance with this Article irrespective of the nature of the legal or equitable theory upon which a claim is asserted, including without limitation, negligence, breach of duty, waste, breach of contract (except to the extent the claim relates to the Operating Agreement or a contract between the Company and that Manager), breach of warranty, strict liability, violation of federal or state securities law, violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of any other state or federal law.

(g) For purposes of this Article:

(i) The term “expenses” includes all direct and indirect costs (including without limitation counsel fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses) actually incurred in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Article, applicable law or otherwise.


(ii) The term “liability” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax (including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding.

(iii) The term “party” includes a person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.

(iv) The term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.

The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for its benefit, the benefit of any person who is entitled to indemnification under this Article, or both, against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in any capacity or arising out of such person’s service with the Company, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Articles of Organization have been executed by the undersigned, as Organizer of the Company, this 2 nd day of December, 2003.

 

ADESA Florida, LLC

/s/ Donald L. Harris

ADESA Corporation, Organizer
Donald L. Harris, Chief Operating Officer

Exhibit 3.30

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA FLORIDA, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I.   

PURPOSES

   1
ARTICLE II.   

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section   2.1

  

Formation

   1

Section   2.2

  

Principal Office

   1

Section   2.3

  

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section   2.4

  

Duration

   2
ARTICLE III.   

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section   3.1

  

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section   3.2

  

Capital Contributions

   2

Section   3.3

  

Additional Capital

   2

Section   3.4

  

Capital Accounts

   2

Section   3.5

  

Member Loans or Services

   3

Section   3.6

  

Admission of Additional Members

   3
ARTICLE IV.   

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section   4.1

  

Management by the Member

   3

Section   4.2

  

Action by the Company

   3

Section   4.3

  

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3
ARTICLE V.   

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section   5.1

  

Records and Accounting

   3

Section   5.2

  

Access to Records

   4

Section   5.3

  

Annual Tax Information

   4

Section   5.4

  

Accounting Decisions

   4

Section   5.5

  

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4
ARTICLE VI.   

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section   6.1

  

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section   6.2

  

Distributions

   4
ARTICLE VII.   

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   5

Section   7.1

  

Transferability

   5
ARTICLE VIII.   

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   5

Section   8.1

  

Dissociation

   5
ARTICLE IX.   

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   5

Section   9.1

  

Dissolution

   5

Section   9.2

  

Winding Up

   5

 

- i -


Section   9.3

  

Distribution of Assets

   6
ARTICLE X.   

AMENDMENTS

   6

Section 10.1

  

Amendments

   6
ARTICLE XI.   

MISCELLANEOUS

   6

Section 11.1

  

Complete Agreement

   6

Section 11.2

  

Governing Law

   7

Section 11.3

  

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   7

Section 11.4

  

Headings; Interpretation

   7

Section 11.5

  

Severability

   7

Section 11.6

  

Additional Documents and Acts

   7

Section 11.7

  

No Third Party Beneficiary

   8

Section 11.8

  

Notices

   8

Section 11.9

  

Title to Company Property

   8

Section 11.10

  

No Remedies Exclusive

   8

Section 11.11

  

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   8

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA FLORIDA, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Florida, LLC, a Florida limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Florida Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

•         Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Articles of Organization (“Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Florida on December 8, 2003. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

•         Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

•         Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be 1200 South Pine Island Road, Plantation, FL 33324 and the name of its initial registered agent shall be CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.


•         Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

•         Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

•         Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

•         Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

•         Capital Accounts .

An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

 

- 2 -


•         Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

•         Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

•         Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

•         Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

•         Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

•         Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

 

- 3 -


•         Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

•         Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

•         Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

•         Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

•         Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

•         Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

 

- 4 -


TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

•         Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

•         Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

•         Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

•         Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind

 

- 5 -


up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth by the Act.

•         Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

AMENDMENTS

•         Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

MISCELLANEOUS

•         Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

 

- 6 -


•         Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.

•         Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

•         Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

•         Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

•         Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other

 

- 7 -


instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

•         No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

•         Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

•         Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

•         No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

•         Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 8 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

  COMPANY
  ADESA Florida, LLC
  By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member
Date: January 5, 2004   By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

    Karen C. Turner, Secretary
  MEMBER
  ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
Date: January 5, 2004   By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

    Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 9 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Florida Limited Liability Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

 

Schedule I - 1


Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any assignment and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100%

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100%

 

Schedule I - 2



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA FLORIDA, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA Florida, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2 Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section 4.3 Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”

 

  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY     MEMBER
ADESA Florida, LLC     ADESA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Scott A. Anderson

    By:  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer       Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA FLORIDA, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Florida law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”

 

3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Florida, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of Florida, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     ADESA Florida, LLC
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

    By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.31

 

Form 205

(Revised 01-06)

 

Return in duplicate to:

Secretary of State

P.O. Box 13697

Austin, TX 78711-3697

512 463-5555

FAX: 512 463-5709

Filing Fee: $300

  

Certificate of Formation
Limited Liability Company

  

This space reserved for office use.

 

FILED

In the Office of the

Secretary of State of Texas

 

JUL 13 2006

 

Corporations Section

     

The filing entity being formed is a limited liability company. The name of the entity is:

ADESA Impact Texas, LLC

The name must contain the words, “limited liability company,” “limited company,” or an abbreviation of one of these phrases.

x   A. The initial registered agent is an organization (cannot be entity named above) by the name of:

CT Corporation System

OR

q   B. The initial registered agent is an individual resident of the state whose name is set forth below:

 


First Name    M.I.    Last Name    Suffix

q   C. The business address of the registered agent and the registered office address is:

 

350 N. St. Paul St.,

   Dallas    TX    75201
Street Address    City    State    Zip Code

x   A. The limited liability company will have managers. The name and address of each initial manager are set forth below.

q   B. The limited liability company will not have managers. The company will be governed by its members, and the name and address or each initial member are set forth below.

 

    

IF INDIVIDUAL

   A.R.                                                                                                               Sales                                                                                                   
   First Name                         M.I.                                                             Last Name            Suffix

OR

              
   IF ORGANIZATION            
  

_______________________________________________________________________________________________________

  

Organization Name

           
ADDRESS            
13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.    Carmel    IN    US    46032
Street or Mailing Address    City    State    Country    Zip Code

 

1


    

IF INDIVIDUAL

   Bradley         A.    Todd     
   First Name       M.I.    Last Name    Suffix

OR

              
   IF ORGANIZATION            
    
  

Organization Name

           
ADDRESS            
13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.    Carmel    IN    US    46032
Street or Mailing Address    City    State    Country    Zip Code

 

    

IF INDIVIDUAL

   Patrick    Walsh     
   First Name       M.I.    Last Name    Suffix

OR

              
   IF ORGANIZATION            
    
  

Organization Name

           
ADDRESS            
13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.    Carmel    IN    US    46032
Street or Mailing Address    City    State    Country    Zip Code

The purpose for which the company is formed is for the transaction of any and all lawful purposes for which a limited liability company may be organized under the Texas Business Organizations Code.

Text Area: [The attached addendum, if any, is incorporated herein by reference.]

 

2


The name and address of the organizer:

Michelle Mallon

Name

 

13805 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

   Carmel    IN    46032
Street or Mailing Address    City    State    Zip Code

A. x   This document becomes effective when the document is filed by the secretary of state.

B. q   This document becomes effective at a later date, which is not more than ninety (90) days from the date of signing. The delayed effective date is:                     

C. q   This document takes effect upon the occurrence of the future event or fact, other than the passage of time. The 90th day after the date of signing is:                      The following event or fact will cause the document to take effect in the manner described below:

The undersigned signs this document subject to the penalties imposed by law for the submission of a materially false or fraudulent instrument.

Date: 7/13/06

 

/s/ Michelle Mallon
Signature of Organizer

 

3

Exhibit 3.32

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA IMPACT TEXAS, LLC

Effective as of

July 13, 2006


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I.

  

PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II.

  

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

  

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

  

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

  

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

  

Duration

   1

ARTICLE III.

  

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

  

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

  

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

  

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

  

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

  

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

  

Admission of Additional Members

   2

ARTICLE IV.

  

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

  

Management by the Manager(s)

   3

Section 4.2

  

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

  

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3

ARTICLE V.

  

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section 5.1

  

Records and Accounting

   3

Section 5.2

  

Access to Records

   3

Section 5.3

  

Annual Tax Information

   3

Section 5.4

  

Accounting Decisions

   3

Section 5.5

  

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4

ARTICLE VI.

  

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

  

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

  

Distributions

   4

ARTICLE VII.

  

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   4

Section 7.1

  

Transferability

   4

ARTICLE VIII.

  

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   5

Section 8.1

  

Dissociation

   5

ARTICLE IX.

  

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   5

Section 9.1

  

Dissolution

   5

 

- i -


Section 9.2

  

Winding Up

   5

Section 9.3

  

Distribution of Assets

   5

ARTICLE X.

  

AMENDMENTS

   6

Section 10.1

  

Amendments

   6

ARTICLE XI.

  

MISCELLANEOUS

   6

Section 11.1

  

Complete Agreement

   6

Section 11.2

  

Governing Law

   6

Section 11.3

  

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   6

Section 11.4

  

Headings; Interpretation

   6

Section 11.5

  

Severability

   6

Section 11.6

  

Additional Documents and Acts

   7

Section 11.7

  

No Third Party Beneficiary

   7

Section 11.8

  

Notices

   7

Section 11.9

  

Title to Company Property

   7

Section 11.10

  

No Remedies Exclusive

   7

Section 11.11

  

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA IMPACT TEXAS, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 13 th day of July, 2006 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between ADESA Impact Texas, LLC, a Texas limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Automotive Recovery Services, Inc., (the “ Member ”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Texas Business Organizations Code (the “Texas Code”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

The purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Texas Code.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Texas Code upon the filing of the Certificate of Formation (the “Certificate”) with the Secretary of State of Texas effective July 13, 2006. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Texas Code, the Certificate and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Certificate.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 350 N. St. Paul Street, Dallas, TX, 75201, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Texas Code.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with the Texas Code.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company converted to the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Internal Revenue Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Manager(s) . Management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Manager(s).

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the Member or the Manager(s).

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Manager(s) may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Manager(s) may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The Company shall keep books and records of accounts in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes; minutes of the proceedings of the owners, members or governing authority and committees, if required by its governing documents; the name and mailing address of each owner or member; and any other records required by the Texas Code. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Texas Code, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and the duly authorized representatives of the Company shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine, except as follows:

(a) The Company may not make a distribution to a member of the Company if, immediately after making the distribution, the company’s total liabilities, other than liabilities described by Subsection (b), exceed the fair value of the company’s total assets.

(b) For purposes of Subsection (a), the liabilities of the Company do not include:

(1) a liability related to the member’s membership interest; or

(2) except as provided in Subsection (c), a liability for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of the Company.

(c) For purposes of Subsection (a), the assets of the Company include the fair value of property subject to a liability for which recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of the Company only if the fair value of that property exceeds the liability.

(d) A member of the Company who receives a distribution from the Company in violation of this section is required to return the distribution to the Company if the member had knowledge of the violation.

(e) This section may not be construed to affect the obligation of a member of the Company to return a distribution to the Company under agreement or other state or federal law.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6, the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “ Event of Dissociation ”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6.

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Texas Code, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a).

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims as set forth in the Texas Code.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

 

- 5 -


(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Certificate constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Certificate replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Certificate supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Texas Code and the Certificate. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Texas Code or the provisions of the Certificate, the provisions of the Texas Code or the Certificate, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a

 

- 6 -


part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Texas Code, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY:
    ADESA IMPACT TEXAS, LLC
Date: July 13, 2006     By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
        Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary
    MEMBER:
    AUTOMOTIVE RECOVERY SERVICES, INC.
Date: July 13, 2006     By:   /s/ Patrick Walsh
        Patrick Walsh, Chief Operating Officer

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Code. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Code, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Manager or Managers means a person or persons designated by the members of the Company to manage the limited liability company as provided in the articles of organization or this Operating Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to Automotive Recovery Services, Inc. as the sole member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2.

Texas Code means the Business Organizations Code of Texas, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Transfer means any “assignment” and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution

(As of July 13, 2006)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

Automotive Recovery Services, Inc.

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Suite 500

Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA IMPACT TEXAS, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7.

 

  2. Section 3.7 shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

 

  (a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

 

  (b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.


  (c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Texas law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

 

  (d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”

 

  3. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12 th day of October, 2006.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
Automotive Recovery Services, Inc.     ADESA Impact Texas, LLC
By:   /s/ Patrick Walsh     By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
  Patrick Walsh       Michelle Mallon
  Chief Operating Officer       Secretary

Exhibit 3.33

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

ADESA Indianapolis, LLC

The undersigned, acting as the Organizer of a limited liability company under the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as amended (the “Act”), hereby adopts these Articles of Organization for ADESA Indianapolis, LLC (the “Company”):

ARTICLE I.

Name

The name of the Company is ADESA Indianapolis, LLC.

ARTICLE II.

Registered Office and Registered Agent

The street address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Indiana is 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste.400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. The name of the initial registered agent of the Company at the registered office is Karen C. Turner

ARTICLE III.

Purpose

The purpose of the Company shall be to conduct any and all lawful business and activities for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act.

ARTICLE IV.

Duration

Unless sooner dissolved in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement or the Act, the duration of the Company shall be perpetual.

ARTICLE V.

Manager Management

The Company is to be managed by its sole Manager in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.


ARTICLE VI.

Transferability

A Manager of the Company may transfer his, her or its interest in the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.

ARTICLE VII.

Initial Manager

The sole initial Manager of the Company is ADESA Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII.

Indemnification

(a) To the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and public policies of Indiana the Company shall indemnify any Manager or Organizer (any such Manager or Organizer and any responsible officers, partners, shareholders, managers, directors, or managers of such Manager or Organizer which is an entity, hereinafter being referred to as the indemnified “person”) made a party to any proceeding because such person is or was a Manager or Organizer (or a responsible officer, partner, shareholder, manager, director, or manager thereof), as a matter of right, against all liability incurred by such person in connection with any proceeding; provided that it shall be determined in the specific case in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Article that indemnification of such person is permissible in the circumstances because the person has met the standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. The Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by such a person in connection with any such proceeding in advance of final disposition thereof if (i) the person furnishes the Company a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that he, she or it has met the standard of conduct for indemnification described in paragraph (c) of this Article, (ii) the person furnishes the Company a written undertaking, executed personally or on such person’s behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that such person did not meet such standard of conduct, and (iii) a determination is made in accordance with paragraph (d) that based upon facts then known to those making the determination, indemnification would not be precluded under this Article. The undertaking described in subparagraph (a)(ii) above must be a general obligation of the person subject to such reasonable limitations as the Company may permit, but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment. The Company shall indemnify a person who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any such proceeding, as a matter of right, against reasonable expenses incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding without the requirement of a determination as set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. Upon demand by a person for indemnification or advancement of expenses, as the case may be, the Company shall expeditiously determine whether the person is entitled thereto in accordance with this Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for under this Article shall be applicable to any proceeding arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article.

 

- 2 -


(b) The Company shall have the power, but not the obligation, to indemnify any person who is or was an employee or agent of the Company to the same extent as if such person was an indemnified person as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article.

(c) Indemnification of a person is permissible under this Article only if (i) such person conducted himself, herself or itself in good faith, (ii) such person reasonably believed that his, her or its conduct was in or at least not opposed to the Company’s best interest, and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his, her or its conduct was unlawful. Indemnification is not permissible against liability to the extent such liability is the result of the person’s willful misconduct, recklessness, violation of the Company’s Operating Agreement or any improperly obtained financial or other benefit to which the person was not legally entitled. The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the person did not meet the standard of conduct described in this paragraph (c).

(d) A determination as to whether indemnification or advancement of expenses is permissible shall be made by (i) a majority in interest of the Managers (including any interested Manager); or (ii) independent special legal counsel selected in accordance with (d)(i) above.

(e) Any person (as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article) who is a party to a proceeding may apply for indemnification from the Company to the court, if any, conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after giving notice the court considers necessary, may order indemnification if it determines:

(i) In a proceeding in which the person is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, the person is entitled to indemnification under this Article, in which case the court shall order the Company to pay the person his, her or its reasonable expenses incurred to obtain such court ordered indemnification; or

(ii) The person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the person met the standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article.

(f) Indemnification shall also be provided for a person’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan if the person reasonably believed his, her or its conduct to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan.

(g) Nothing contained in this Article shall limit or preclude the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under the law, by contract or otherwise, relating to indemnification of or advancement of expenses to any such person or any person who is or was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, partner, manager, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic company, partnership, association, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for-profit or not. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit the ability of the Company to otherwise indemnify or advance expenses to any person. It is the intent of this Article to provide indemnification to such a person to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the law consistent with the terms and conditions of this Article. If indemnification is permitted under

 

- 3 -


this Article indemnification shall be provided in accordance with this Article irrespective of the nature of the legal or equitable theory upon which a claim is asserted, including without limitation, negligence, breach of duty, waste, breach of contract (except to the extent the claim relates to the Operating Agreement or a contract between the Company and that Manager), breach of warranty, strict liability, violation of federal or state securities law, violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of any other state or federal law.

(h) For purposes of this Article:

(i) The term “expenses” includes all direct and indirect costs (including without limitation counsel fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses) actually incurred in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Article, applicable law or otherwise.

(ii) The term “liability” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax (including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding.

(iii) The term “party” includes a person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.

(iv) The term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.

(i) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for its benefit, the benefit of any person who is entitled to indemnification under this Article, or both, against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in any capacity or arising out of such person’s service with the Company, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Articles of Organization have been executed by the undersigned, as Organizer of the Company, this 2 nd day of December, 2003.

 

ADESA Indianapolis, LLC  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

  , Organizer
Karen C. Turner  

 

- 4 -

Exhibit 3.34

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA INDIANAPOLIS, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page
ARTICLE I.   PURPOSES    1
ARTICLE II.   ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS    1

Section 2.1

 

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

 

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

 

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

 

Duration

   2
ARTICLE III.   MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE    2

Section 3.1

 

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

 

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

 

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

 

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

 

Member Loans or Services

   3

Section 3.6

 

Admission of Additional Members

   3
ARTICLE IV.   GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY    3

Section 4.1

 

Management by the Member

   3

Section 4.2

 

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

 

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3
ARTICLE V.   ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS    3

Section 5.1

 

Records and Accounting

   3

Section 5.2

 

Access to Records

   4

Section 5.3

 

Annual Tax Information

   4

Section 5.4

 

Accounting Decisions

   4

Section 5.5

 

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4
ARTICLE VI.   ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS    4

Section 6.1

 

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

 

Distributions

   4
ARTICLE VII.   TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS    5

Section 7.1

 

Transferability

   5
ARTICLE VIII.   DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER    5

Section 8.1

 

Dissociation

   5
ARTICLE IX.   DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP    5

Section 9.1

 

Dissolution

   5

Section 9.2

 

Winding Up

   5

 

- i -


Section 9.3

  

Distribution of Assets

   6

ARTICLE X.

   AMENDMENTS    6

Section 10.1

  

Amendments

   6

ARTICLE XI.

   MISCELLANEOUS    6

Section 11.1

  

Complete Agreement

   6

Section 11.2

  

Governing Law

   7

Section 11.3

  

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   7

Section 11.4

  

Headings; Interpretation

   7

Section 11.5

  

Severability

   7

Section 11.6

  

Additional Documents and Acts

   8

Section 11.7

  

No Third Party Beneficiary

   8

Section 11.8

  

Notices

   8

Section 11.9

  

Title to Company Property

   8

Section 11.10

  

No Remedies Exclusive

   8

Section 11.11

  

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   8

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA INDIANAPOLIS, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Indianapolis, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as amended, Ind. Code § 23-18-1-1 et seq . (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

•         Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Articles of Organization (“Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Indiana on December 17, 2003. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

•         Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

•         Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the registered office of the Company shall be13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 and the


name of its initial registered agent shall be Karen C. Turner. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

•         Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

•         Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

•         Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

•         Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

•         Capital Accounts .

An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

 

- 2 -


The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

•         Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

•         Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

•         Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

•         Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

•         Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

•         Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all

 

- 3 -


Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

•         Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

•         Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

•         Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

•         Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

•         Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

•         Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

 

- 4 -


TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

•         Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

•         Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

•         Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

•         Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind

 

- 5 -


up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

•         Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

AMENDMENTS

•         Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

MISCELLANEOUS

•         Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This

 

- 6 -


Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

•         Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana.

•         Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

•         Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

•         Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

 

- 7 -


•         Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

•         No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

•         Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

•         Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

•         No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

•         Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 8 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
  ADESA Indianapolis, LLC
  By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member

Date: January 5, 2004

  By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

    Karen C. Turner, Secretary
  MEMBER
  ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation

Date: January 5, 2004

  By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

    Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 9 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

 

Schedule I - 1


Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3 and -4, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400,

Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100%

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard,

Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100%

 

Schedule I - 2



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA INDIANAPOLIS, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA Indianapolis, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2 Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section 4.3 Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”

 

  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

   COMPANY       MEMBER
   ADESA Indianapolis, LLC       ADESA CORPORATION
   By:   

/s/ Scott A. Anderson

      By:   

/s/ Michelle Mallon

      Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer          Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA INDIANAPOLIS, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

  2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Indiana law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”

 

  3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Indianapolis, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

  4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     ADESA Indianapolis, LLC
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

    By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.35

 

   

MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER & INDUSTRY SERVICES

BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL SERVICES

Date Received

 

(FOR BUREAU USE ONLY)

     
    [adjusted pursuant to telephone authorization]       
     
    This document is effective on the date filed, unless a subsequent effective date within 90 days after received date is stated in the document.     

FILED                

DEC 22 2003                

        

Tran Info: 1 8786346-1 12/01/03

         Chk#: 210117     Amt: $50.00
             ID: ADESA CORPORATE OFFICE USA
        

Name

                         Administrator

Michelle Mallon

     BUREAU OF                      SERVICES

Address

      

310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400

      

City                                                                         State                                     Zip Code

Indianapolis                                                             IN                                          46240

     EFFECTIVE DATE:

LOGO     Document will be returned to the name and address you enter above.     LOGO

If left blank document will be mailed to the registered office.

    

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

For use by Domestic Limited Liability Companies    B71-12N

(Please read information and instructions on last page)

  
Pursuant to the provisions of Act 23, Public Acts of 1993, the undersigned execute the following Articles:   

ARTICLE 1

 

The name of the limited liability company is: Auto Dealers Exchange of Lansing, LLC

ARTICLE II

 

The purpose or purposes for which the limited liability company is formed to engage in any activity within the purposes for which a limited liability company may be formed under the Limited Liability Company Act of Michigan.

ARTICLE III

 

The duration of the limited liability company if other than perpetual is:                                                                                       

ARTICLE IV

 

1.      The street address of the location of the registered office is:

        30600 Telegraph Road, Birmingham Farms,                                                      Michigan          48025                                    

(Street Address)                (City)                                                                                                                               (Zip Code)

2.      The mailing address of the registered office if different than above:

                                                                                                                                            Michigan                                                          

(Street Address)                 (City)                                                                                                                               (Zip Code)

3.      The name of the resident agent at the registered office is: The Corporation Company

 

ARTICLE V (Insert any desired additional provision authorized by the Act; attach additional pages if needed.)

 

 
 

 

Signed this 24 th day of November , 2003

By:

 

/s/ Michelle Mallon

 

(Signature)

Michelle Mallon

  (Type or Print Name)

 

1


MICHIGAN DEPARTMENT OF CONSUMER & INDUSTRY SERVICES

BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL SERVICES

Date Received

                       (FOR BUREAU USE ONLY)       

DEC 23 2003

  

 

[adjusted pursuant to telephone authorization]

      
     
     This document is effective on the date filed, unless a subsequent effective date within 90 days after received date is stated in the document.       

FILED

JAN 05 2004

         
      

Administrator

517-663-2525 Ref: #37131

     BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL SERVICES

Attn: Cheryl J. Bixby                                                                                            

      

MICHIGAN RUNNER SERVICE

     EFFECTIVE DATE:

P.O. Box 266                                                                                                       

     Expiration date for new assumed names: December 31,

Eaton Rapids, MI 48827

     Expiration date for transferred assumed names appear in Item 6

LOGO     Document will be returned to the name and address you enter above.     LOGO

If left blank document will be mailed to the registered office.

    

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

Cross Entity Merger for use by Profit Corporations, Limited Liability Companies

and Limited Partnerships

Pursuant to the provisions of Act 284, Public Acts of 1972 (profit corporations), Act 23, Public Acts of 1993 (limited liability companies) and Act 213, Public Acts of 1982 (limited partnerships); the undersigned entities execute the following Certificate of Merger:

 

1.    The Plan of Merger (consolidation) is as follows:     
   
     a. The name of each constituent entity and its identification number is:     
   
    

ADESA Lansing, Inc.

   530697              
         
   
    

Auto Dealers Exchange of Lansing, LLC

   B7112N            
         
   
    

 

    
   
     b. The name of the surviving (new) entity and its identification number is:     
   
    

Auto Dealers Exchange of Lansing, LLC

   B7112N            
    

Corporation and Limited Liability Companies provide the street address of the survivor’s principal place of business:

    

310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240

    

 

2.    (Complete only if an effective date is desired other than the date of filing. The date must be no more than 90 days after the receipt of this document in this office.)
   
     The merger (consolidation) shall be effective on the          day of                      ,          .

 

2


3. Complete for profit Corporation only

 

 

For each constituent stock corporation, state:

 

Name of corporation

  

Designation and

number of outstanding

shares in each class or series

  

Indicate class or

series of shares

entitled to vote

  

Indicate class of

series entitled

to vote as a class

ADESA Lansing, Inc.

  

100

  

Common

  

Common

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

If the number of shares is subject to change prior to the effective date of the merger or consolidation, the manner in which the change may occur is as follows:

 

 

 

The manner and basis of converting shares are as follows:

 

ADESA Lansing, Inc. and Auto Dealers Exchange of Lansing, LLC are whole-owned by ADESA Corporation. Upon the effectiveness of the Merger, all of issued and outstanding common shares of ADESA Lansing, Inc. will be canceled and the certificates issued will be surrendered and the sole Shareholder will be the sole Member of Auto Dealers Exchange of Lansing, LLC.

 

The amendments to the Articles, or a restatement of the Articles, of the surviving corporation to be effected by the merger are as follows:

 

 

 

The Plan of Merger will be furnished by the surviving profit corporation, on request and without cost, to any shareholder of any constituent profit corporation.

 

 

 

The merger is permitted by the state or country under whose law it is incorporated and each foreign corporation has complied with that law in effecting the merger.

 

 

 

(Complete either Section (a) or (b) for each corporation)

   

    a)

  The Plan of Merger was approved by the majority consent of the incorporation of                                                                       
                                                                                                                                    , a Michigan corporation which has not
    commenced business has not issued any shares, and has not elected a Board of Directors.
   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    (Signature of Incorporation)   (Type or Print Name)   (Signature of Incorporation)   (Type or Print Name)
   
   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    (Signature of Incorporation)   (Type or Print Name)   (Signature of Incorporation)   (Type or Print Name)
   

    b)

  The plan of merger was approved by:      
   
   

¨

  the Board of Directors of  

 

  , the surviving Michigan corporation,
      without approval of the shareholders in accordance with Section 703a of the Act.
   
   

x

  the Board of Directors and the shareholders of the following Michigan corporation(s) in accordance with Section 703a of the Act.
   
   

ADESA Lansing, Inc.

   

 

   

 

   
   

By

 

/s/ Karen C. Turner

   

By

 

 

      (Signature of Authorized Officer or Agent)       (Signature of Authorized Officer or Agent)
   
     

Karen C. Turner, Secretary

     

 

      (Type or print name)       (Type or print name)
   
     

ADESA Lansing, Inc.

     

 

        (Name of Corporation)          

(Name of Corporation)

 

 

3


4. Complete for any Limited Liability Companies only

 

 

Check one of the following if Limited Liability Company is the survivor;

 

¨         There are no changes to be made to the Articles of Organization of the surviving limited liability company.

 

x        The amendments to the Articles, or a restatement of the Articles, of the surviving limited liability company to be effected by the merger are as follows:

 

ARTICLE I: The name of the limited liability company is ADESA Lansing, LLC.

 

 

 

The manner and basis of converting the membership interests are as follows:

 

ADESA Lansing, Inc. and Auto Dealers Exchange of Lansing, LLC are whole-owned by ADESA Corporation. Upon the effectiveness of the Merger, all of issued and outstanding common shares of ADESA Lansing, Inc. will be canceled and the certificates issued will be surrendered and the sole Shareholder will be the sole Member of Auto Dealers Exchange of Lansing LLC.

 

 

 

The Plan of Merger was approved by the members of each constituent limited liability company in accordance with section 702(1).

 

 

 

The Plan of Merger was approved by the members of each domestic limited liability company in accordance with section 705a(5) and by each constituent business organization in the manner provided by the laws of the jurisdiction in which it is organized.

 

 

 

For each limited liability company involved in the merger, this document is signed in accordance with Section 103 of the Act.

 

 

Signed this 22 nd  day of December, 2003
By  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

(Signature of Member, Manager or Authorized Agent)

ADESA Corporation, Karen C. Turner, Secretary, Authorized Agent

(Type or Print Name and Capacity)

 

(Name of Limited Liability Company)
Signed this        day of  

 

By  

 

  (Signature of Member, Manager or Authorized Agent)

 

(Type or Print Name)

 

(Name of Limited Liability Company and Capacity)

 

4

Exhibit 3.36

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA LANSING, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        Page
ARTICLE I.   PURPOSES   1
ARTICLE II.   ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS   1

Section 2.1

 

Formation

  1

Section 2.2

 

Principal Office

  1

Section 2.3

 

Registered Office and Registered Agent

  1

Section 2.4

 

Duration

  1
ARTICLE III.   MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE   2

Section 3.1

 

Name and Address of Member

  2

Section 3.2

 

Capital Contributions

  2

Section 3.3

 

Additional Capital

  2

Section 3.4

 

Capital Accounts

  2

Section 3.5

 

Member Loans or Services

  2

Section 3.6

 

Admission of Additional Members

  2
ARTICLE IV.   GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY   3

Section 4.1

 

Management by the Member

  3

Section 4.2

 

Action by the Company

  3

Section 4.3

 

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

  3
ARTICLE V.   ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS   3

Section 5.1

 

Records and Accounting

  3

Section 5.2

 

Access to Records

  3

Section 5.3

 

Annual Tax Information

  3

Section 5.4

 

Accounting Decisions

  3

Section 5.5

 

Federal Income Tax Elections

  4
ARTICLE VI.   ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS   4

Section 6.1

 

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

  4

Section 6.2

 

Distributions

  4
ARTICLE VII.   TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS   4

Section 7.1

 

Transferability

  4
ARTICLE VIII.   DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER   4

Section 8.1

 

Dissociation

  4
ARTICLE IX.   DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP   4

 

- i -


Section 9.1

 

Dissolution

  4

Section 9.2

 

Winding Up

  5

Section 9.3

 

Distribution of Assets

  5
ARTICLE X.   AMENDMENTS   5

Section 10.1

 

Amendments

  5
ARTICLE XI.   MISCELLANEOUS   5

Section 11.1

 

Complete Agreement

  5

Section 11.2

 

Governing Law

  6

Section 11.3

 

Binding Effect; Conflicts

  6

Section 11.4

 

Headings; Interpretation

  6

Section 11.5

 

Severability

  6

Section 11.6

 

Additional Documents and Acts

  6

Section 11.7

 

No Third Party Beneficiary

  6

Section 11.8

 

Notices

  7

Section 11.9

 

Title to Company Property

  7

Section 11.10

 

No Remedies Exclusive

  7

Section 11.11

 

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

  7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA LANSING, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Lansing, LLC, a Michigan limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Michigan Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1. Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Articles of Organization (“Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Michigan on December 22, 2003. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2. Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3. Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be 30600 Telegraph Road, Bingham Farms, 48025 and the name of its initial registered agent shall be The Corporation Company. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4. Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1. Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2. Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3. Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4. Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5. Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6. Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1. Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2. Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1. Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2. Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3. Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4. Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5. Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1. Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2. Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1. Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1. Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1. Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

 

- 4 -


(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2. Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth by the Act.

Section 9.3. Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1. Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1. Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior

 

- 5 -


written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan.

Section 11.3. Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4. Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6. Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.8. Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9. Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10. No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11. Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

  COMPANY
  ADESA Lansing, LLC
  By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member
Date: January 5, 2004   By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

    Karen C. Turner, Secretary
  MEMBER
  ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
Date: January 5, 2004   By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

    Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Michigan Limited Liability Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any assignment and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA LANSING, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA Lansing, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2. Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section 4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”

 

  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY     MEMBER
ADESA Lansing, LLC     ADESA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Scott A. Anderson

    By:  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer       Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA LANSING, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7. Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Michigan law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”

 

3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8. Membership Interests Shall Be Securities . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Lansing, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”


4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     ADESA Lansing, LLC
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

    By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

 

James P. Hallett

President and CEO

     

Paul J. Lips

Manager

Exhibit 3.37

 

     

Commonwealth of Kentucky

John Y. Brown III

      
     

Secretary of State

    

0574773.06

John Y. Brown III

Secretary of State

Received and Filed

12/22/03 12:54:06PM

Fee Receipt: $40.00

 

Dcornish

LAOO

     

Articles of Organization

Limited Liability Company

      

For the purposes of forming a limited liability company in Kentucky pursuant to KRS Chapter 275, the undersigned organizer(s) hereby submit(s) the following Articles of Organization to the Secretary of State for filing:

 

Article I: The name of the limited liability company is

Auto Dealers Exchange of Lexington, LLC

Article II: The street address of the limited liability company’s initial registered office in Kentucky is

Kentucky Home Life Building

   Louisville    KY    40202

Street

   City    State    Zip

and the name of the initial registered agent at that office is

  CT Corporation System

Article III: The mailing address of the limited liability company’s initial principal office is

310 96 th Street, Ste. 400

   Indianapolis    IN    46240

Street or PO Box Number

   City    State    Zip

Article IV: The limited liability company is to be managed by:

 

¨ a manager or managers.         (must check one)

 

¨ its members(s)

 

Executed by the Organizer(s) on

 

12/12/03

  Date
 

/s/ Karen C. Turner

  Signature of Organizer
 

Karen C. Turner

  Type or Print Name of Organizer
 

 

  Signature of Organizer
 

 

  Type or Print Name of Organizer

 

I, CT Corporation System , consent to serve as the registered agent on behalf of the company.
Type or Print Name of Organizer  
 

 

  Signature of Organizer
 

 

(See attached sheet for instructions)


ARTICLES OF MERGER

OF

ADESA LEXINGTON, INC.

INTO

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF LEXINGTON, LLC

Pursuant to the Kentucky Revised Statues, the undersigned business entities certify the following Articles of Merger adopted for the purpose of effecting a merger in accordance with the provisions of the Kentucky Business Corporation Act and the Kentucky Limited Liability Company Act (collectively, the “Acts”).

1. Surviving Company. The name, business address, type of entity and state of jurisdiction of the company that shall survive the merge is as follows:

 

Name and Address

  Type of Entity   State

Auto Dealers Exchange of Lexington, LLC

  Limited Liability Company   KY

310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400

   

Indianapolis, IN 46240

   

2. Non-Surviving Corporation. The name, business address, type of entity and state of jurisdiction of the corporation that shall not survive the merge is as follows:

 

Name and Address

  Type of Entity   State

ADESA Lexington, Inc.

  Corporation   KY

310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400

   

Indianapolis, IN 46240

   

3. The Plan of Merger.

a. The Plan of Merger, containing such information as required by the Acts, as set forth in Exhibit A (the “Plan of Merger”), which provides that ADESA Lexington, Inc. shall merge into Auto Dealers Exchange of Lexington, LLC, was authorized and approved by the sole-member of the Surviving Company and the sole-shareholder of the Non-Surviving Corporation.

b. An executed copy of the Plan of Merger is on file at the principal place of businesses of ADESA Lexington, Inc. and Auto Dealers Exchange of Lexington, LLC and a copy shall be furnished by such entities, on written request and without cost, to any shareholder of each corporation that is a party to the Plan of Merger and to any creditor or obligee of the parties to the merger at the time of the merger if such obligation is then outstanding.

4. The Surviving Company Name. The name of the Surviving Company shall be amended as outlined by the Plan of Merger to the following:

“ADESA Lexington, LLC”.

5. Compliance.

a. The merger is permitted under the Acts and is not prohibited by the articles of organization of Surviving Company that is a party to the merger.

b. These Articles of Merger comply and were executed in accordance with the Acts.

 

2


6. Effective Date. The merger will become effective on January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m. in accordance with the Acts.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed these Articles of Merger as of the 22nd day of December, 2003.

 

Non-Surviving Corporation

  Surviving Company

ADESA Lexington, Inc.

  Auto Dealers Exchange of Lexington, LLC
/s/ Karen C. Turner               /s/ Karen C. Turner            
Karen C. Turner, Secretary   Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

3

Exhibit 3.38

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA LEXINGTON, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                 Page
ARTICLE I.   PURPOSES    1
ARTICLE II.   ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS    1
  Section 2.1     Formation    1
  Section 2.2     Principal Office    1
  Section 2.3     Registered Office and Registered Agent    1
  Section 2.4     Duration    1
ARTICLE III.   MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE    2
  Section 3.1     Name and Address of Member    2
  Section 3.2     Capital Contributions    2
  Section 3.3     Additional Capital    2
  Section 3.4     Capital Accounts    2
  Section 3.5     Member Loans or Services    2
  Section 3.6     Admission of Additional Members    2
ARTICLE IV.   GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY    3
  Section 4.1     Management by the Member    3
  Section 4.2     Action by the Company    3
  Section 4.3     Delegation of Certain Management Authority    3
ARTICLE V.   ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS    3
  Section 5.1     Records and Accounting    3
  Section 5.2     Access to Records    3
  Section 5.3     Annual Tax Information    3
  Section 5.4     Accounting Decisions    3
  Section 5.5     Federal Income Tax Elections    4
ARTICLE VI.   ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS    4
  Section 6.1     Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains    4
  Section 6.2     Distributions    4
ARTICLE VII.   TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS    4
  Section 7.1     Transferability    4
ARTICLE VIII.   DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER    4
  Section 8.1     Dissociation    4
ARTICLE IX.   DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP    4

 

- i -


  Section 9.1     Dissolution    4
  Section 9.2     Winding Up    5
  Section 9.3     Distribution of Assets    5
ARTICLE X.   AMENDMENTS    5
  Section 10.1     Amendments    5
ARTICLE XI.   MISCELLANEOUS    5
  Section 11.1     Complete Agreement    5
  Section 11.2     Governing Law    6
  Section 11.3     Binding Effect; Conflicts    6
  Section 11.4     Headings; Interpretation    6
  Section 11.5     Severability    6
  Section 11.6     Additional Documents and Acts    6
  Section 11.7     No Third Party Beneficiary    6
  Section 11.8     Notices    7
  Section 11.9     Title to Company Property    7
  Section 11.10     No Remedies Exclusive    7
  Section 11.11     Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA LEXINGTON, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Lexington, LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Kentucky Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Articles of Organization (“Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Kentucky on December 22, 2003. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be Kentucky Hone Life Building, Louisville, Kentucky 40202 and the name of its initial registered agent shall be CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

 

- 4 -


(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth by the Act.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior

 

- 5 -


written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Kentucky.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
  ADESA Lexington, LLC
  By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member
Date: January 5, 2004   By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

  Karen C. Turner, Secretary
  MEMBER
  ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
Date: January 5, 2004   By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

  Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Kentucky Limited Liability Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I -1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any assignment and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400,

Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing

Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA LEXINGTON, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA Lexington, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section   4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section   4.2. Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.


Section   4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”

 

  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY      MEMBER
ADESA Lexington, LLC      ADESA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Scott A. Anderson

     By:  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer        Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary
        


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA LEXINGTON, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

  2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Kentucky law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”


  3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Lexington, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

  4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”      “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.      ADESA Lexington, LLC
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

     By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

 

James P. Hallett

President and CEO

      

Paul J. Lips

Manager

Exhibit 3.39

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF ADESA MEXICO, LLC

The undersigned, acting as the Organizer of a limited liability company under the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as amended (the “Act”), hereby adopts these Articles of Organization for ADESA Mexico, LLC (the “Company”):

ARTICLE I.

Name

The name of the Company is ADESA Mexico, LLC.

ARTICLE II.

Registered Office and Registered Agent

The street address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Indiana is 310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400, Indianapolis, Indiana 46240. The name of the initial registered agent of the Company at the registered office is Karen C. Turner.

ARTICLE III.

Purpose

The purpose of the Company shall be to conduct any and all lawful business and activities for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act.

ARTICLE IV.

Duration

Unless sooner dissolved in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement or the Act, the duration of the Company shall be perpetual.


ARTICLE V.

Member Management

The Company is to be managed by its sole Member in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.

ARTICLE VI.

Transferability

A Member of the Company may transfer his, her or its interest in the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.

ARTICLE VII.

Initial Member

The sole initial Member of the Company is ADESA Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII.

Indemnification

(a) To the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and public policies of Indiana the Company shall indemnify any Member or Organizer (any such Member or Organizer and any responsible officers, partners, shareholders, members, directors, or managers of such Member or Organizer which is an entity, hereinafter being referred to as the indemnified “person”) made a party to any proceeding because such person is or was a Member or Organizer (or a responsible officer, partner, shareholder, member, director, or manager thereof), as a matter of right, against all liability incurred by such person in connection with any proceeding; provided that it shall be determined in the specific case in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Article that indemnification of such person is permissible in the circumstances because the person has met the standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. The Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by such a person in connection with any such proceeding in advance of anal disposition thereof if (i) the person furnishes the Company a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that he, she or it has met the standard of conduct for indemnification described in paragraph (c) of this Article, (ii) the person furnishes the Company a written undertaking, executed personally or on such person’s behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that such person

 

2


did not meet such standard of conduct, and (iii) a determination is made in accordance with paragraph (d) that based upon facts then known to those making the determination, indemnification would not be precluded under this Article. The undertaking described in subparagraph (a)(ii) above must be a general obligation of the person subject to such reasonable limitations as the Company may permit, but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment. The Company shall indemnify a person who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any such proceeding, as a matter of right, against reasonable expenses incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding without the requirement of a determination as set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. Upon demand by a person for indemnification or advancement of expenses, as the case may be, the Company shall expeditiously determine whether the person is entitled thereto in accordance with this Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for under this Article shall be applicable to any proceeding arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article.

(b) The Company shall have the power, but not the obligation, to indemnify any person who is or was an employee or agent of the Company to the same extent as if such person was an indemnified person as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article.

(c) Indemnification of a person is permissible under this Article only if (i) such person conducted himself; herself or itself in good faith, (ii) such person reasonably believed that his, her or its conduct was in or at least not opposed to the Company’s best interest, and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his, her or its conduct was unlawful. Indemnification is not permissible against liability to the extent such liability is the result of the person’s willful misconduct, recklessness, violation of the Company’s Operating Agreement or any improperly obtained financial or other benefit to which the person was not legally entitled. The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the person did not meet the standard of conduct described in this paragraph (c).

(d) A determination as to whether indemnification or advancement of expenses is permissible shall be made by (i) a majority in interest of the Members (including any interested Member); or (ii) independent special legal counsel selected in accordance with (d)(i) above.

(e) Any person (as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article) who is a party to a proceeding may apply for indemnification from the Company to the court, if any, conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after giving notice the court considers necessary, may order indemnification if it determines:

(i) In a proceeding in which the person is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, the person is entitled to indemnification under this Article, in which case the court shall order the Company to pay the person his, her or its reasonable expenses incurred to obtain such court ordered indemnification; or

 

3


(ii) The person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or net the person met the standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article.

(f) Indemnification shall also be provided for a person’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan if the person reasonably believed his, her or its conduct to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan.

(g) Nothing contained in this Article shall limit or preclude the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under the law, by contract or otherwise, relating to indemnification of or advancement of expenses to any such person or any person who is or was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic company, partnership, association, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for-profit or not. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit the ability of the Company to otherwise indemnify or advance expenses to any person. It is the intent of this Article to provide indemnification to such a person to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the law consistent with the terms and conditions of this Article. If indemnification is permitted under this Article indemnification shall be provided in accordance with this Article irrespective of the nature of the legal or equitable theory upon which a claim is asserted, including without limitation, negligence, breach of duty, waste, breach of contract (except to the extent the claim relates to the Operating Agreement or a contract between the Company and that Member), breach of warranty, strict liability, violation of federal or state securities law, violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of any other state or federal law.

(h) For purposes of this Article:

(i) The term “expenses” includes all direct and indirect costs (including without limitation counsel fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses) actually incurred in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Article, applicable law or otherwise.

 

4


(ii) The term “liability” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax (including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding.

(iii) The term “party” includes a person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.

(iv) The term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.

(i) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for its benefit, the benefit of any person who is entitled to indemnification under this Article, or both, against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in any capacity or arising out of such person’s service with the Company, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Articles of Organization have been executed by the undersigned, as Organizer of the Company, this 23 rd day of April, 2002.

 

ADESA MEXICO, LLC
/s/ Karen C. Turner
Karen C. Turner, Organizer

 

5

Exhibit 3.40

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA MEXICO, LLC

Effective as of

May 3, 2002


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

  

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

  

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

  

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

  

Duration

   1

ARTICLE III MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

  

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

  

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

  

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

  

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

  

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

  

Admission of Additional Members

   2

ARTICLE IV GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

  

Management by the Member

   3

Section 4.2

  

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

  

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3

ARTICLE V ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section 5.1

  

Records and Accounting

   3

Section 5.2

  

Access to Records

   3

Section 5.3

  

Annual Tax Information

   3

Section 5.4

  

Accounting Decisions

   3

Section 5.5

  

Federal Income Tax Elections

   3

ARTICLE VI ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

  

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

  

Distributions

   4

 

i


ARTICLE VII TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   4

Section 7.1

  

Transferability

   4

ARTICLE VIII DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   4

Section 8.1

  

Dissociation

   4

ARTICLE IX DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   4

Section 9.1

  

Dissolution

   4

Section 9.2

  

Winding Up

   5

Section 9.3

  

Distribution of Assets

   5

ARTICLE X AMENDMENTS

   5

Section 10.1

  

Amendments

   5

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS

   5

Section 11.1

  

Complete Agreement

   5

Section 11.2

  

Governing Law

   6

Section 11.3

  

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   6

Section 11.4

  

Headings; Interpretation

   6

Section 11.5

  

Severability

   6

Section 11.6

  

Additional Documents and Acts

   6

Section 11.7

  

No Third Party Beneficiary

   6

Section 11.8

  

Notices

   6

Section 11.9

  

Title to Company Properly

   7

Section 11.10

  

No Remedies Exclusive

   7

Section 11.11

  

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   7

 

ii


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA MEXICO, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 3rd day of May, 2002 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Mexico, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as amended, Ind. Code § 23-18-1-1 et seq . (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may he formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Articles of Organization (“Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Indiana on April 23, 2002. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400, Indianapolis, Indiana 46240, or such other address as may be established by the Member.

Section 2.3 Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be 310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400, Indianapolis, Indiana 46240, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be Karen C. Turner. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A.

Section 3.3 Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

2


ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2 Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3 Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may appoint such officers and representatives and delegate to them such responsibility or authority as it determines to he appropriate.

ARTICLE V

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

Section 5.5 Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

 

3


ARTICLE VI

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

 

4


Section 9.2 Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

Section 9.3 Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

 

5


Section 11.2 Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana.

Section 11.3 Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement wi11 be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

 

6


Section 11.9 Title to Company Properly . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule 1 to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    “COMPANY”
    ADESA MEXICO, LLC
Date: May 3, 2002     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
        Karen C. Turner, Organizer
    “MEMBER”
    ADESA CORPORATION
Date: May 3, 2002     By:   /s/ Brian J. Warner
        Brian J. Warner, President

 

8


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I-1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2.

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3 and -4, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I-2


Exhibit A

to Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution

(As of May 3, 2002)

 

Member

   Capital
Contribution
   Current Number
of Units
   Percentage
Interest

ADESA Corporation

   $100    100    100%

 

Exhibit A

Exhibit 3.41

Articles of Organization

(Submit in duplicate with filing fee of $105)

 

1.      

  The name of the limited liability company is:      
  Auto Dealers Exchange of Missouri, LLC
 

(Must include “Limited Liability Company,” “Limited Company,” “LC,” “L.C.,” “L.L.C.,” or “LLC”)

2.

  The purpose(s) for which the limited liability company is organized:
  Automobile Auctions  

3.

  The name and address of the limited liability company’s registered agent in Missouri
  CT Corporation System                                      120 South Central Avenue                                           Clayton, MO 63105
          Name                     Street Address: May not use P.O. Box unless street address also provided.     City/State/Zip

4.

 

The management of the limited liability company is vested in one or more managers.                            

  þ     Yes   ¨   No

5.

 

The events, if any, on which the limited liability company is to dissolve or the number of years the limited liability company is to continue, which may be any number or perpetual:

 

The company is perpetual

     
 

(The answer to this question could cause possible tax consequences, you may wish to consult with your attorney or accountant)

6.

 

The name(s) and street address(es) of each organizer (Post Office box alone not acceptable):

 

Michelle Mallon

 
 

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

 

Carmel, IN 40032

 

7.

 

For tax purposes, is the limited liability company considered a corporation?                                         

  þ     Yes   ¨   No

8.

  The effective date of this document is the date it is filed by the Secretary of State of Missouri, unless you indicate a      
  future date, as follows: 3/30/04        
 

(Date may not be more than 90 days after the filing date in this office)

 

In Affirmation .thereof, the facts stated above are true:

 

/s/ Michelle Mallon   Michelle Mallon   2/28/03
(Organizer Signature)   (Printed Name)   (Date)
         
(Organizer Signature)   (Printed Name)   (Date)
         
(Organizer Signature)   (Printed Name)   (Date)


ARTICLES OF MERGER

OF

ADESA MISSOURI, INC.

INTO

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF MISSOURI, LLC

Pursuant to the Missouri Revised Statues, the undersigned business entities certify the following Articles of Merger adopted for the purpose of effecting a merger in accordance with the provisions of the Business Corporation Law Of Missouri and the Missouri Limited Liability Company Act (collectively, the “Acts”).

1. Surviving Company . The name, business address, type of entity and state of jurisdiction of the company that shall survive the merge is as follows:

 

Name and Address

   Type of Entity    State
Auto Dealers Exchange of Missouri, LLC
13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.
Carmel, IN 46032
   Limited Liability Company    Missouri

2. Non-Surviving Corporation . The name, business address, type of entity and state of jurisdiction of the corporation that shall not survive the merge is as follows:

 

Name and Address

   Type of Entity    State
ADESA Missouri, Inc.
310 E. 96th Street, Ste. 400
Indianapolis, IN 46240
   Corporation    Missouri

3. The Agreement of Merger.

a. The Agreement of Merger, containing such information as required by the Acts, as set forth in Exhibit A (the “Agreement of Merger”), which provides that ADESA Missouri, Inc. shall merge into Auto Dealers Exchange of Missouri, LLC, was authorized and approved by the sole-member of the Surviving Company and the sole-shareholder of the Non-Surviving Corporation.

b. An executed copy of the Agreement of Merger is on file at the principal place of businesses of ADESA Missouri, Inc. and Auto Dealers Exchange of Missouri, LLC and a copy shall be furnished by such entities, on written request and without cost, to any member or any shareholder of each entity that is a party to the Agreement of Merger and to any creditor or obligee of the parties to the merger at the time of the merger if such obligation is then outstanding.

 

2


4. The Amendment to the Articles of Organization/Surviving Company Name . The Articles of Organization shall be amended to reflect the following name change:

“ADESA Missouri, LLC”.

5. Registered Agent . The name of the Registered Agent of the Surviving Company shall be:

 

  

CT Corporation System

120 South Central Avenue

Clayton, Missouri 63105

6. Compliance .

a. The merger is permitted under the Acts and is not prohibited by the articles of organization of Surviving Comp that is a party to the merger.

b. These Articles of Merger comply and were executed in accordance with the Acts.

7. Effective Date . The merger will become effective on April 30, 2004 at 11:59 a.m. in accordance with the Acts.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed these Articles of Merger as of the 1 st day April of 2004.

 

Non-Surviving Corporation    
ADESA Missouri, Inc.    
/s/ James P. Hallett     /s/ Karen C. Turner
James P. Hallett, President     Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

Surviving Company
Auto Dealers Exchange of Missouri, LLC
/s/ James P. Hallett
James P. Hallett, Manager

 

3


Exhibit A

AGREEMENT OF MERGER

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (“Agreement of Merger”) entered into this 1st day of April, 2004 by and between ADESA Missouri, Inc., a Missouri corporation, (the “Non-Surviving Corporation”) and Auto Dealers Exchange of Missouri, LLC, a Missouri limited liability company, (the “Surviving Company”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Non-Surviving Corporation is a corporation organized under the Business Corporation Law of Missouri;

WHEREAS, the Surviving Company is a limited liability company organized under the Missouri Limited Liability Company Act;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Managers of the Surviving Company desire that the Non-Surviving Corporation merge into and reorganize with the Surviving Company pursuant to the provisions of the Business Corporation Law of Missouri and the Missouri Limited Liability Company Act (collectively the “Acts”) and 368(a)(2)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amend in the manner set forth herein (the “Merger”); and

WHEREAS, the sole Shareholder of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the sole Member of the Surviving Company have approved and adopted this Agreement of Merger in accordance with the Acts.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree that the Non-Surviving Corporation shall merge with and into the Surviving Company in accordance with the following provisions:

ARTICLE I

Parties to the Merger

Section 1.1. The Surviving Company . The name of the Missouri limited liability company that will survive the Merger is “Auto Dealers Exchange of Missouri, LLC”. The principal business address of the company is 13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Carmel, Indiana, 46032. The Surviving Company is retained by the surviving business entity.

Section 1.2. The Non-Surviving Corporation . The name of the Missouri corporation merging with and into the Surviving Company is “ADESA Missouri, Inc”. The principal business address of the corporation is 310 E. 96th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240.

 

4


ARTICLE II

Terms and Conditions of the Merger

and Mode of Carrying the Merger Into Effect

Section 2.1. Effective Time of the Merger . The “Effective Time of the Merger” shall be April 30, 2004 at 11:59 a.m.

Section 2.2. Effect of the Merger . At the Effective Time of the Merger, the Non-Surviving Corporation shall merge with and into the Surviving Company, and the separate existence of the Non-Surviving Corporation shall cease.

Section 2.3. Ownership and Shares . The Non-Surviving Corporation and the Surviving Company are wholly-owned by ADESA Corporation. All of issued and outstanding common shares of the Non-Surviving Corporation will be canceled and the certificates issued will be surrendered and the sole Shareholder will be the sole Member of the Surviving Company.

Section 2.4. Director and Manager Approval . The Board of Directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Manager of the Surviving Company have duly authorized the Merger and approved and adopted this Agreement of Merger in accordance with the Acts.

Section 2.5. Shareholder and Member Approval . The sole Shareholder of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the sole Member of the Surviving Company have approved this Agreement of Merger in accordance with the Acts. This Agreement of Merger shall be executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded as required for accomplishing a merger under the applicable provisions of the Acts.

ARTICLE III

Amended Articles of Organization of the Surviving Company

The Articles of Organization shall be amended to change the name of the Surviving Company to the following:

“ADESA Missouri, LLC”.

ARTICLE IV

Articles of Organization and Operating Agreement of the Surviving Company

The Articles of Organization, including the amendment herein, and the Operating Agreement of the Surviving Company as existing at the Effective Time of the Merger shall continue as such in full force and effect until altered, amended or repealed.

 

5


ARTICLE V

Further Assurances

At the Effective Time of the Merger, the Non-Surviving Corporation will allocate all real estate, property rights and assets to the Surviving Company, and the Surviving Company is liable for all outstanding debts, litigation and obligations of the Non-Surviving Corporation.

If at any time the Surviving Company shall consider or be advised that any further assignment, assurance or any other action is necessary or desirable to vest in the Surviving Company, the title to any property or right of the Non-Surviving Corporation or otherwise to carry out the proposes of this Agreement of Merger, the proper officers and directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation shall execute and make all such proper assignments or assurances and take such other actions. The proper managers of the Surviving Company are hereby authorized in the name of the Non-Surviving Corporation, as taxpayer or otherwise, to take any and all such action.

 

6


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have approved, adopted and executed the Agreement of Merger as of the 1st day of April, 2004.

 

SURVIVING COMPANY
Auto Dealers Exchange of Missouri, LLC
/s/ James P. Hallett
James P. Hallett, Manager

 

NON-SURVIVING CORPORATION    
ADESA Missouri, Inc.    
/s/ James P. Hallett     /s/ Karen C. Turner
James P. Hallett, President     Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

7

Exhibit 3.42

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA MISSOURI, LLC

Effective as of

April 30, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

           Page

ARTICLE I. PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II. ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

  Formation    1

Section 2.2

  Principal Office    1

Section 2.3

  Registered Office and Registered Agent    1

Section 2.4

  Duration    1

ARTICLE III. MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

  Name and Address of Member    2

Section 3.2

  Capital Contributions    2

Section 3.3

  Additional Capital    2

Section 3.4

  Capital Accounts    2

Section 3.5

  Member Loans or Services    2

Section 3.6

  Admission of Additional Members    2

ARTICLE IV. GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

  Management by the Member    3

Section 4.2

  Action by the Company    3

Section 4.3

  Delegation of Certain Management Authority    3

ARTICLE V. ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section 5.1

  Records and Accounting    3

Section 5.2

  Access to Records    3

Section 5.3

  Annual Tax Information    3

Section 5.4

  Accounting Decisions    3

Section 5.5

  Federal Income Tax Elections    4

ARTICLE VI. ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

  Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains    4

Section 6.2

  Distributions    4

ARTICLE VII.

  TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS    4

Section 7.1

  Transferability    4

ARTICLE VIII. DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   4

Section 8.1

  Dissociation    4

 

- i -


ARTICLE IX. DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   4

Section 9.1

  Dissolution    4

Section 9.2

  Winding Up    5

Section 9.3

  Distribution of Assets    5

ARTICLE X. AMENDMENTS

   5

Section 10.1

  Amendments    5

ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS

   5

Section 11.1

  Complete Agreement    5

Section 11.2

  Governing Law    6

Section 11.3

  Binding Effect; Conflicts    6

Section 11.4

  Headings; Interpretation    6

Section 11.5

  Severability    6

Section 11.6

  Additional Documents and Acts    6

Section 11.7

  No Third Party Beneficiary    6

Section 11.8

  Notices    7

Section 11.9

  Title to Company Property    7

Section 11.10

  No Remedies Exclusive    7

Section 11.11

  Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA MISSOURI, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 30 th day of April, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Missouri, LLC, a Missouri limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Missouri Limited Liability Company Act. Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Articles of Organization (“Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Missouri on March 30, 2004. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 120 South Central Avenue, Clayton, Missouri, 63105 and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Member . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

 

- 4 -


(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in the Act.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior

 

- 5 -


written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Missouri.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any   rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

  COMPANY
  ADESA Missouri, LLC
    By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member
     

 

Date: April 5, 2004   By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
    Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

  MEMBER
  ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation

 

Date: April 5, 2004   By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
    Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Missouri Limited Liability Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3 and -4, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA MISSOURI, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Missouri law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”

 

3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of


its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Missouri, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”

   “COMPANY”

ADESA, Inc.

   ADESA Missouri, LLC
By:   /s/ James P. Hallett     By:   /s/ Paul J. Lips
  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.43

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

OF

ADESA NEW JERSEY, LLC

 

  1. The name of the limited liability company is ADESA New Jersey, LLC.

 

  2. The address of its registered office in the State of New Jersey is 820 Bear Tavern Road, West Trenton, NJ, 08628. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

  3. The limited liability company has one or more members and is to have perpetual existence.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Formation of ADESA New Jersey, LLC this 15th day of December, 2005.

 

/s/ Michelle Mallon
Michelle Mallon


NEW JERSEY DIVISION OF REVENUE

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER

(Limited Liability Co.’s, Limited Partnerships & Partnerships)

Pursuant to the provisions of NJSA 42:2B-20, the undersigned business entity certifies the following Certificate of Merger for the purpose of effecting a merger in accordance with the provisions of the New Jersey Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”).

 

1. Type of Filing : Merger

 

2. Name of Surviving Business Entity : ADESA New Jersey, LLC

 

3. Address of the Surviving Business Entity : 13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Suite 500, Carmel, IN 46032

 

4. Name(s)/Jurisdiction(s) of All Participating Business Entities :

 

Name and Address

  

Jurisdiction

  

Identification # Assigned by
Treasurer (if applicable)

ADESA New Jersey, LLC

   New Jersey    Filing No. 600255539

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

     

Suite 500

     

Carmel, IN 46032

     

ADESA New Jersey, Inc.

   New Jersey    Filing No. 0100594565

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

     

Suite 500

     

Carmel, IN 46032

     

 

5. Effective Date. The merger will become effective on January 1, 2006 at 12:01 a.m. in accordance with the Act.

The undersigned represent(s) that the agreement of merger is on file at the place of business of the surviving business entity and that an agreement of merger has been approved and executed by each business entity involved. Additionally, a copy of the merger agreement has been or shall be furnished by the surviving entity to any member or any person having an interest.

The undersigned also represent(s) that they are authorized to sign on behalf of the surviving business entity.

 

Signature

  

Name

  

Title

  

Date

/s/Curtis L. Phillips

   Curtis L. Phillips    Assistant Treasurer    12/29/05

Exhibit 3.44

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA NEW JERSEY, LLC

Effective as of

December 15, 2005


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE I. PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II.          ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

  Formation    1

Section 2.2

  Principal Office    1

Section 2.3

  Registered Office and Registered Agent    1

Section 2.4

  Duration    1

ARTICLE III.         MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

  Name and Address of Member    2

Section 3.2

  Capital Contributions    2

Section 3.3

  Additional Capital    2

Section 3.4

  Capital Accounts    2

Section 3.5

  Member Loans or Services    2

Section 3.6

  Admission of Additional Members    2

ARTICLE IV.         GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

  Management by the Member    3

Section 4.2

  Action by the Company    3

Section 4.3

  Delegation of Certain Management Authority    3

ARTICLE V.          ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section 5.1

  Records and Accounting    3

Section 5.2

  Access to Records    3

Section 5.3

  Annual Tax Information    3

Section 5.4

  Accounting Decisions    3

Section 5.5

  Federal Income Tax Elections    4

ARTICLE VI.         ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

  Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains    4

Section 6.2

  Distributions    4

ARTICLE VII.       TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   4

Section 7.1

  Transferability    4

ARTICLE VIII.       DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   4

Section 8.1

  Dissociation    4

ARTICLE IX.         DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   4

Section 9.1

  Dissolution    4

 

- i -


Section 9.2

  Winding Up    5

Section 9.3

  Distribution of Assets    5

ARTICLE X.          AMENDMENTS

   5

Section 10.1

  Amendments    5

ARTICLE XI.         MISCELLANEOUS

   5

Section 11.1

  Complete Agreement    5

Section 11.2

  Governing Law    6

Section 11.3

  Binding Effect; Conflicts    6

Section 11.4

  Headings; Interpretation    6

Section 11.5

  Severability    6

Section 11.6

  Additional Documents and Acts    6

Section 11.7

  No Third Party Beneficiary    6

Section 11.8

  Notices    6

Section 11.9

  Title to Company Property    7

Section 11.10

  No Remedies Exclusive    7

Section 11.11

  Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA NEW JERSEY, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 15th day of December, 2005 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA New Jersey, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the New Jersey Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of a Certificate of Formation with the New Jersey Department of the Treasury on December 15, 2005. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Certificate and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Certificate.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be 820 Bear Tavern Road, West Trenton, NJ 08628 and the name of its initial registered agent shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2.

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the manager(s). The manager(s) shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its member or the manager(s).

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The manager(s) may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The manager(s) may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6, the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6.

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

 

- 4 -


Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth by the Act.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

 

- 5 -


Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Louisiana.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may,

 

- 6 -


at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement, Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement - Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
    ADESA New Jersey, LLC
Date: December 15, 2005     By:   /s/ Curtis L. Phillips
        Curtis L. Phillips, Assistant Treasurer
    MEMBER
    ADESA, Inc.
Date: December 15, 2005     By:   /s/ Curtis L. Phillips
        Curtis L. Phillips, Treasurer

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the New Jersey Limited Liability Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Member or Members refers to ADESA, Inc. as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

 

Schedule I -1


Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any assignment and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I -2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA, Inc., 13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.,

Suite 500, Carmel, Indiana, 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA NEW JERSEY, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7.

 

  2. Section 3.7 shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

 

  (a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

 

  (b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate perosn or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

 

Exhibit A


  (c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under New Jersey law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

 

  (d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”

 

  3. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other repects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 26th day of January, 2006.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     ADESA New Jersey, LLC
By:   /s/ Bradley A. Todd     By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
  Bradley A. Todd       Michelle Mallon
  Executive Vice President       Assistant Secretary

 

Exhibit A

Exhibit 3.45

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

ADESA New York, LLC

Under Section 203 of the State of New York’s Limited Liability Company Law

FIRST: The name of the limited liability company is: ADESA New York, LLC (the “Company”).

SECOND: The county within this state in which the office of the limited liability company is to be located is: Erie.

THIRD: The secretary of state is designated as agent of the limited liability company upon whom process against it may be served. The post office address within or without this state to which the secretary of state shall mail a copy of any process against the limited liability company served upon him or her is: c/o Karen C. Turner, 310 E. 96 th Street, Indianapolis, Indiana 46240.

FOURTH: Unless sooner dissolved in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement or the Act, the duration of the Company shall be perpetual.

FIFTH: The Company is to be managed by its managers in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.

SIXTH: A Manager of the Company may transfer his, her or its interest in the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.

SEVENTH: The sole initial Manager of the Company is ADESA Corporation.

EIGHTH: To the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and public policies of New York the Company shall indemnify any Manager or Organizer (any such Manager or Organizer and any responsible officers, partners, shareholders, managers, directors, or managers of such Manager or Organizer which is an entity, hereinafter being referred to as the indemnified “person”) made a party to any proceeding because such person is or was a Manager or Organizer (or a responsible officer, partner, shareholder, manager, director, or manager thereof), as a matter of right, against all liability incurred by such person in connection with any proceeding; provided that it shall be determined in the specific case in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Article that indemnification of such person is permissible in the circumstances because the person has met the standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. The Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by such a person in connection with any such proceeding in advance of final disposition thereof if (i) the person furnishes the Company a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that he, she or it has met the standard of conduct for indemnification described in paragraph (c) of this Article, (ii) the person furnishes the Company a written undertaking, executed personally or on such person’s


behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that such person did not meet such standard of conduct, and (iii) a determination is made in accordance with paragraph (d) that based upon facts then known to those making the determination, indemnification would not be precluded under this Article. The undertaking described in subparagraph (a)(ii) above must be a general obligation of the person subject to such reasonable limitations as the Company may permit, but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment. The Company shall indemnify a person who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any such proceeding, as a matter of right, against reasonable expenses incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding without the requirement of a determination as set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. Upon demand by a person for indemnification or advancement of expenses, as the case may be, the Company shall expeditiously determine whether the person is entitled thereto in accordance with this Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for under this Article shall be applicable to any proceeding arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article.

(a) The Company shall have the power, but not the obligation, to indemnify any person who is or was an employee or agent of the Company to the same extent as if such person was an indemnified person as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article.

(b) Indemnification of a person is permissible under this Article only if (i) such person conducted himself, herself or itself in good faith, (ii) such person reasonably believed that his, her or its conduct was in or at least not opposed to the Company’s best interest, and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his, her or its conduct was unlawful. Indemnification is not permissible against liability to the extent such liability is the result of the person’s willful misconduct, recklessness, violation of the Company’s Operating Agreement or any improperly obtained financial or other benefit to which the person was not legally entitled. The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the person did not meet the standard of conduct described in this paragraph (c).

(c) A determination as to whether indemnification or advancement of expenses is permissible shall be made by (i) a majority in interest of the Managers (including any interested Manager); or (ii) independent special legal counsel selected in accordance with (d)(i) above.

(d) Any person (as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article) who is a party to a proceeding may apply for indemnification from the Company to the court, if any, conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after giving notice the court considers necessary, may order indemnification if it determines:

(i) In a proceeding in which the person is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, the person is entitled to indemnification under this Article, in which case the court shall order the Company to pay the person his, her or its reasonable expenses incurred to obtain such court ordered indemnification; or


(ii) The person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the person met the standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article.

(e) Indemnification shall also be provided for a person’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan if the person reasonably believed his, her or its conduct to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan.

(f) Nothing contained in this Article shall limit or preclude the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under the law, by contract or otherwise, relating to indemnification of or advancement of expenses to any such person or any person who is or was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, partner, manager, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic company, partnership, association, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for-profit or not. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit the ability of the Company to otherwise indemnify or advance expenses to any person. It is the intent of this Article to provide indemnification to such a person to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the law consistent with the terms and conditions of this Article. If indemnification is permitted under this Article indemnification shall be provided in accordance with this Article irrespective of the nature of the legal or equitable theory upon which a claim is asserted, including without limitation, negligence, breach of duty, waste, breach of contract (except to the extent the claim relates to the Operating Agreement or a contract between the Company and that Manager), breach of warranty, strict liability, violation of federal or state securities law, violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of any other state or federal law.

(g) For purposes of this Article:

(i) The term “expenses” includes all direct and indirect costs (including without limitation counsel fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses) actually incurred in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Article, applicable law or otherwise.

(ii) The term “liability” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax (including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding.

(iii) The term “party” includes a person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.

(iv) The term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.


The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for its benefit, the benefit of any person who is entitled to indemnification under this Article, or both, against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in any capacity or arising out of such person’s service with the Company, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Articles of Organization have been executed by the undersigned, as Organizer of the Company, this 24th day of November, 2003.

 

ADESA New York, LLC    

/s/ Michelle Mallon

  , Organizer
Michelle Mallon  

Exhibit 3.46

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA NEW YORK, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE I.

  PURPOSES    1

ARTICLE II.

  ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS    1

Section 2.1

 

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

 

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

 

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

 

Duration

   1

ARTICLE III.

  MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE    2

Section 3.1

 

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

 

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

 

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

 

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

 

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

 

Admission of Additional Members

   2

ARTICLE IV.

  GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY    3

Section 4.1

 

Management by the Member

   3

Section 4.2

 

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

 

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3

ARTICLE V.

  ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS    3

Section 5.1

 

Records and Accounting

   3

Section 5.2

 

Access to Records

   3

Section 5.3

 

Annual Tax Information

   3

Section 5.4

 

Accounting Decisions

   3

Section 5.5

 

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4

ARTICLE VI.

  ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS    4

Section 6.1

 

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

 

Distributions

   4

ARTICLE VII.

  TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS    4

Section 7.1

 

Transferability

   4

ARTICLE VIII.

  DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER    4

Section 8.1

 

Dissociation

   4

ARTICLE IX.

  DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP    4

Section 9.1

 

Dissolution

   4

Section 9.2

 

Winding Up

   5

Section 9.3

 

Distribution of Assets

   5

 

- i -


ARTICLE X.

  AMENDMENTS    5

Section 10.1

 

Amendments

   5

ARTICLE XI.

  MISCELLANEOUS    5

Section 11.1

 

Complete Agreement

   5

Section 11.2

 

Governing Law

   6

Section 11.3

 

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   6

Section 11.4

 

Headings; Interpretation

   6

Section 11.5

 

Severability

   6

Section 11.6

 

Additional Documents and Acts

   6

Section 11.7

 

No Third Party Beneficiary

   6

Section 11.8

 

Notices

   6

Section 11.9

 

Title to Company Property

   7

Section 11.10

 

No Remedies Exclusive

   7

Section 11.11

 

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA NEW YORK, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA New York, LLC, a New York limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the New York Limited Liability Company Law (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Articles of Organization (“Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of New York on December 24, 2003. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The secretary of state is designated as agent of the company upon whom process against it may be served. The post office address to which the secretary of state shall mail a copy of any process against the company served upon him or her is: c/o Karen C. Turner, 310 E. 96 th Street, Indianapolis, Indiana 46240. After March 31, 2004, the post office address shall be 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

 

- 4 -


Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth by the Act.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This

 

- 5 -


Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
    ADESA New York, LLC
  By: ADESA Corporation, its Member
Date: January 5, 2004   By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

    Karen C. Turner, Secretary
  MEMBER
  ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
Date: January 5, 2004   By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

    Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the New York Limited Liability Company Law, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

 

Schedule I - 1


Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any assignment and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

  

Current Number

of Contributed Units

  

Percentage

Interest

 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

  

Current Number

of Contributed Units

  

Percentage

Interest

 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA NEW YORK, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA New York, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

ARTICLE XII. “ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY”

Section 12.1 Section 4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 12.2 Section 4.2 Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section 4.3 Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The


managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”

 

  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY     MEMBER
ADESA New York, LLC     ADESA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Scott A. Anderson

    By:  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer       Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA NEW YORK, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

  2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under New York law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”


  3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA New York, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

  4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     ADESA New York, LLC
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

    By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.47

  

Prescribed by J. Kenneth Blackwell

Ohio Secretary of State

Central Ohio: (614) 466-3918

Toll Free: 1-877-SOS-FILE (1-877-767-3453)

    

Expedite this Form (Select One)

 

        Mail Form to one of the Following
       

 

x   Yes

  

 

PO Box 1390

Columbus,  OH 43216

       

***Requires an additional fee of $100***

 

www.state.oh.us/sos

e-mail: busserv@sos.state.oh.us

    

¨   No

  

PO Box 670

Columbus, OH 43216

ORGANIZATION / REGISTRATION

OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

(Domestic or Foreign)

Filing Fee $125.00

THE UNDERSIGNED DESIRING TO FILE A:

 

  (CHECK ONLY ONE (1) BOX      

(1)   x

 

Articles of Organization for

Domestic Limited Liability Company

(115-LCA)

ORC 1705

  

(2)   ¨

  

Application for Registration of

Foreign Limited Liability Company

(106-LFA)

ORC 1705

    

_______________________            ___________

(Date of Formation)                         (State)

Complete the general information in this section for the box checked above.

Name

 

ADESA OHIO, LLC

     

¨ Check here if additional provisions are attached

     

 

*  If box (1) is checked, name must include one of the following endings: limited liability company, limited, Ltd, L.t.d., LLC, L.L.C.

 

Complete the information in this section if box (1) is checked.

  
Effective Date (Optional) __________________________    Date specified can be no more than 90 days after date of filing. If a date is specified, the date must be a date on or after the date of filing.
   (mm/dd/yyyy)   
This limited liability company shall exist for  

perpetual

  
(Optional)     

(Period of existence)

  

Purpose

(Optional)

  

The nature of business to be conducted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be organaized under the laws of Ohio

The address to which interested persons may direct requests for copies of any operating agreement and any bylaws of this limited liability company is

(Optional)

  

Karen C. Turner

  
  

(Name)

  
  

310 E. 96th Street, Ste. 400

  
  

Street

   NOTE: P.O. Box Addresses are NOT Acceptable.
  

    Indianapolis

   IN    46240
  

    City

  

State

  

(Zip Code)

Last Revised: May 2002

 

1


Complete the information in this section if box (1) is checked Cont.

 

ORIGINAL APPOINTMENT OF AGENT

 

The undersigned authorized member, manager or representative of

 

ADESA Ohio, LLC
(name of limited liability company)

 

hereby appoint the following to be statutory agent upon whom any process, notice or demand required or permitted by statute to be
served upon the limited liability company may be served. The name and address of the agent is:

 

    CT Corporation System
 

(Name of Agent)

     
 

1300 East 9 th Street

     
 

(Street)

   NOTE: P.O. Box Addresses are NOT acceptable.
 

Cleveland

   Ohio    44114
 

(City)

   (State)    (Zip Code)

 

Must be authenticated by an

authorized representative

  /s/ Karen C. Turner    12/20/03
  Authorized Representative    Date
        
 

Authorized Representative

   Date

ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT

The undersigned, named herein as the statutory agent for

(name of limited liability company)

ADESA Ohio, LLC

(name of limited liability company)

hereby acknowledges and accepts the appointment of agent for said limited liability Company.

By: /s/ Stephen Grove                                 STEPHEN GROVE/ASSISTANT SECRETARY

        (Agent’s signature)

PLEASE SIGN PAGE (3) AND SUBMIT COMPLETED DOCUMENT

 

2


Complete the information in this section if box (2) is checked

 

The address to which interested persons may direct requests for copies of any operating agreement and any bylaws of this limited liability company is

 

(Name)

 

    

(Street)

   NOTE: P.O. Box Addresses are NOT acceptable.     
           

(City)

   (State)    (Zip Code)

 

The name under which the foreign limited liability company desires to transact business in Ohio is

 

(Name)

 

       

(Street)

   NOTE: P.O. Box Addresses are NOT acceptable.     
   Ohio   

(City)

   (State)    (Zip Code)

The limited liability company irrevocably consents to service of process on the agent listed above as long as the authority of the agent continues, and to service of process upon the OHIO SECRETARY OF STATE if:

  a. the agent cannot be found, or

 

  b. the limited liability company fails to designate another agent when required to do so, or

 

  c. the limited liability company’s registration to do business in Ohio expires or is cancelled.

 

REQUIRED

    

Must be authenticated (signed) by
an authorized representative
(See instructions)

 

/s/ Karen C. Turner                                             

Authorized Representative

  

12/20/03

Date

 

Print Name

  
        
  Authorized Representative    Date
        
 

Print Name

  

 

3

Exhibit 3.48

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA OHIO, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I.         PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II.         ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

  

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

  

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

  

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

  

Duration

   1

ARTICLE III.         MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

  

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

  

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

  

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

  

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

  

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

  

Admission of Additional Members

   2

ARTICLE IV.         GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

  

Management by the Member

   3

Section 4.2

  

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

  

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3

ARTICLE V.         ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section 5.1

  

Records and Accounting

   3

Section 5.2

  

Access to Records

   3

Section 5.3

  

Annual Tax Information

   3

Section 5.4

  

Accounting Decisions

   3

Section 5.5

  

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4

ARTICLE VI.         ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

  

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

  

Distributions

   4

ARTICLE VII.         TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   4

Section 7.1

  

Transferability

   4

ARTICLE VIII.         DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   4

Section 8.1

  

Dissociation

   4

 

- i -


ARTICLE IX.         DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   4

Section 9.1

  

Dissolution

   4

Section 9.2

  

Winding Up

   5

Section 9.3

  

Distribution of Assets

   5

ARTICLE X.         AMENDMENTS

   5

Section 10.1

  

Amendments

   5

ARTICLE XI.         MISCELLANEOUS

   5

Section 11.1

  

Complete Agreement

   5

Section 11.2

  

Governing Law

   6

Section 11.3

  

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   6

Section 11.4

  

Headings; Interpretation

   6

Section 11.5

  

Severability

   6

Section 11.6

  

Additional Documents and Acts

   6

Section 11.7

  

No Third Party Beneficiary

   6

Section 11.8

  

Notices

   7

Section 11.9

  

Title to Company Property

   7

Section 11.10

  

No Remedies Exclusive

   7

Section 11.11

  

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA OHIO, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Ohio, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Ohio General Corporation Law (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Articles of Organization (“Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Ohio on December 29, 2003. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be 1300 East 9 th Street, Cleveland, Ohio, 44114 and the name of its initial registered agent shall be CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

 

- 4 -


(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth by the Act.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

 

- 5 -


Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
    ADESA Ohio, LLC
      By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member
       
Date:   January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
      Karen C. Turner, Secretary
    MEMBER
    ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
Date:   January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
      Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Ohio General Corporation Law, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any assignment and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA OHIO, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA Ohio, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section   4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section   4.2. Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section 4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or


authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”

 

  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY     MEMBER
ADESA Ohio, LLC     ADESA CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Scott A. Anderson     By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer       Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA OHIO, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Ohio law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”

 

3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of


its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Ohio, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     ADESA Ohio, LLC
By:   /s/ James P. Hallett     By:   /s/ Paul J. Lips
  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.49

 

12/17/2003 12:59 PM

OKLAHOMA SECRETARY OF STATE

   FILED - Oklahoma Secretary of State #3512025120    12/17/2003

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF AN

OKLAHOMA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

 

TO: OKLAHOMA SECRETARY OF STATE

2300 N Lincoln Blvd., Room 101, State Capitol Building

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73105 - 4897

(405) 522-4560

The undersigned, for the purpose of forming an Oklahoma limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of 18 O.S., Section 2004, does hereby execute the following articles:

1. The name of the limited liability company ( Note: The name must contain either the words limited liability company or limited company or the abbreviations LLC, LC, L.L.C. or L.C. The word limited may be abbreviated as Ltd. and the word Company may be abbreviated as Co.):

ADESA Oklahoma, LLC

2. The street address of its principal place of business, wherever located:

 

310 E. 96th Street    Indianapolis    IN    46240
Street address    City    State    Zip Code

3. The name and street address of the resident agent in the state of Oklahoma:

 

The Corporation Company,    735 First National Building, 120 North Robinson,    Oklahoma City,    OK    73102
Name    Street Address    City    State    Zip Code
   (P.O. Boxes are not acceptable.)   

4. The term of existence: perpetual

Articles of organization must be signed by at least one person who need not be a member of the limited liability company.

 

      Dated:    12/2/03   

Signature:

   /s/ Karen C. Turner             

Type or Print Name:

   Karen C. Turner

Address:

   310 E. 96th Street    Indianapolis    IN    46240


ARTICLES OF MERGER/CONSOLIDATION

OF

ADESA OKLAHOMA, INC.

INTO

ADESA OKLAHOMA, LLC

The undersigned, for the purpose of filing Articles of Merger or Consolidation pursuant to Title 18, Section 2054, does hereby execute the following Articles of Merger/Consolidation:

1. Surviving Company. The name, business address, type of entity and state of jurisdiction of the company that shall survive the merge is as follows:

 

Name and Address

  

Type of Entity

   State

ADESA Oklahoma, LLC

310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400

Indianapolis, IN 46240

   Limited Liability Company    OK

2. Non-Surviving Corporation. The name, business address, type of entity and state of jurisdiction of the corporation that shall not survive the merge is as follows:

 

Name and Address

  

Type of Entity

   State

ADESA Oklahoma, Inc.

310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400

Indianapolis, IN 46240

   Corporation    OK

3. The Agreement of Merger.

a. The Agreement of Merger, containing such information as required by Title 18, Section 2054, as set forth in Exhibit A (the “Agreement of Merger”), which provides that ADESA Oklahoma, Inc. shall merge into ADESA Oklahoma, LLC, was approved, adopted, certified, executed and acknowledged by the sole-member of the Surviving Company and the sole-shareholder of the Non-Surviving Corporation.

b. An executed copy of the Agreement of Merger is on file at the principal place of businesses of ADESA Oklahoma, Inc. and ADESA Oklahoma, LLC and a copy shall be furnished by such entities, on written request and without cost, to any shareholder of each corporation that is a party to the Agreement of Merger and to any creditor or obligee of the parties to the merger at the time of the merger if such obligation is then outstanding.

4. Compliance.

a. The merger is permitted under Title 18, Section 2054 and is not prohibited by the articles of organization of Surviving Company that is a party to the merger.

b. These Articles of Merger comply and were executed in accordance with the said statute.

5. Amendment to Articles of Organization. No amendments or changes are desired so that the articles of organization of the Surviving Company shall be its articles of organization.

6. Effective Date. The merger will become effective on January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed these Articles of Merger as of the 22 day of December, 2003.

 

NON-SURVIVING CORPORATION     SURVIVING COMPANY
ADESA Oklahoma, Inc.     ADESA Oklahoma, LLC
By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
  Karen C. Turner, Secretary       Karen C. Turner, Secretary


Exhibit A

AGREEMENT OF MERGER

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (“Agreement of Merger”) entered into this 22nd day of December, 2003 by and between ADESA Oklahoma, Inc. an Oklahoma corporation, (the “Non-Surviving Corporation”) and ADESA Oklahoma, LLC an Oklahoma limited liability company, (the “Surviving Company”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Non-Surviving Corporation is a corporation organized under the Oklahoma General Corporation Act;

WHEREAS, the Surviving Company is a limited liability company organized under the Oklahoma Limited Liability Company Act;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Manager of the Surviving Company desire that the Non-Surviving Corporation merge into and reorganize with the Surviving Company pursuant to the provisions of the Oklahoma General Corporation Act and the Oklahoma Limited Liability Company Act (collectively the “Acts”) and 368(a)(2)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in the manner set forth herein (the “Merger”); and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Member of the Surviving Company have approved and adopted this Agreement of Merger in accordance with the Acts.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree that the Non-Surviving Corporation shall merge with and into the Surviving Company in accordance with the following provisions:

ARTICLE I

Parties to the Merger

Section 1.1. The Surviving Company. The name of the limited liability company that shall survive the Merger is “ADESA Oklahoma, LLC”, and the address is 310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240.

Section 1.2. The Non-Surviving Corporation. The name of the corporation proposing to merge with and into the Surviving Company is “ADESA Oklahoma, Inc”, and the address is 310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240.


ARTICLE II

Terms and Conditions of the Merger

and Mode of Carrying the Merger Into Effect

Section 2.1. Effective Time of the Merger. The “Effective Time of the Merger” shall be January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m.

Section 2.2. Effect of the Merger. At the Effective Time of the Merger, the Non-Surviving Corporation shall merge with and into the Surviving Company, and the separate existence of the Non-Surviving Corporation shall cease.

Section 2.3. Ownership and Shares. The Non-Surviving Corporation and the Surviving Company are wholly-owned by ADESA Corporation. All of the issued and outstanding common shares of the Non-Surviving Corporation will be canceled and the certificates issued will be surrendered and the sole Shareholder will be the sole Member of the Surviving Company.

Section 2.4. Director and Manager Approval. The Board of Directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Manager of the Surviving Company have duly authorized the Merger and approved and adopted this Agreement of Merger in accordance with the Acts.

Section 2.5. Shareholder and Member Approval. The sole-shareholder of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Member of the Surviving Company have approved this Agreement of Merger in accordance with the Acts. This Agreement of Merger shall be executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded as required for accomplishing a merger under the applicable provisions of the Acts.

ARTICLE III

Articles of Organization and Operating Agreement of the Surviving Company

The Articles of Organization and the Operating Agreement of the Surviving Company as existing at the Effective Time of the Merger shall continue as such in full force and effect until altered, amended or repealed.

ARTICLE IV

Manager and Officers

Section 5.1. Manager . ADESA Corporation shall be the manager of the Surviving Company. The business address of the Manager is 310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240.


Section 5.2. Officers. Each person named below shall hold the office of the Surviving Company listed next to his or her name, to hold such office until their successor is elected at a meeting of the Manager of the Surviving Company thereafter.

 

Name

  

Office(s)

James P. Hallett

Donald L. Harris

Karen C. Turner

Paul J. Lips

Scott A. Anderson

  

President

Vice President

Secretary

Treasurer

Assistant Treasurer

ARTICLE V

Further Assurances

At the Effective Time of the Merger, the Non-Surviving Corporation will allocate all real estate, property rights and assets to the Surviving Company, and the Surviving Company is liable for all outstanding debts, litigation and obligations of the Non-Surviving Corporation.

If at any time the Surviving Company shall consider or be advised that any further assignment, assurance or any other action is necessary or desirable to vest in the Surviving Company, the title to any property or right of the Non-Surviving Corporation or otherwise to carry out the proposes of this Agreement of Merger, the proper officers and directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation shall execute and make all such proper assignments or assurances and take such other actions. The proper managers of the Surviving Company are hereby authorized in the name of the Non-Surviving Corporation, as taxpayer or otherwise, to take any and all such action.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have approved, adopted, certified, executed, and acknowledged these Articles of Merger as of the 22 day of December, 2003.

 

NON-SURVIVING CORPORATION     SURVIVING COMPANY
ADESA Oklahoma, Inc.     ADESA Oklahoma, LLC
By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
      Karen C. Turner, Secretary           Karen C. Turner, Secretary

Exhibit 3.50

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA OKLAHOMA, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I.             PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II.           ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

  

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

  

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

  

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

  

Duration

   1

ARTICLE III.          MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

  

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

  

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

  

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

  

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

  

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

  

Admission of Additional Members

   2

ARTICLE IV.          GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

  

Management by the Member

   3

Section 4.2

  

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

  

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3

ARTICLE V.           ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section 5.1

  

Records and Accounting

   3

Section 5.2

  

Access to Records

   3

Section 5.3

  

Annual Tax Information

   3

Section 5.4

  

Accounting Decisions

   3

Section 5.5

  

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4

ARTICLE VI.         ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

  

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

  

Distributions

   4

ARTICLE VII.         TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   4

Section 7.1

  

Transferability

   4

ARTICLE VIII.       DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   4

Section 8.1

  

Dissociation

   4

ARTICLE IX.         DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   5

 

- i -


Section 9.1

   Dissolution    5

Section 9.2

   Winding Up    5

Section 9.3

   Distribution of Assets    5

ARTICLE X.           AMENDMENTS

   6

Section 10.1

   Amendments    6

ARTICLE XI.         MISCELLANEOUS

   6

Section 11.1

   Complete Agreement    6

Section 11.2

   Governing Law    6

Section 11.3

   Binding Effect; Conflicts    6

Section 11.4

   Headings; Interpretation    6

Section 11.5

   Severability    6

Section 11.6

   Additional Documents and Acts    7

Section 11.7

   No Third Party Beneficiary    7

Section 11.8

   Notices    7

Section 11.9

   Title to Company Property    7

Section 11.10

   No Remedies Exclusive    7

Section 11.11

   Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA OKLAHOMA, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Oklahoma, LLC, an Oklahoma limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Oklahoma Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Articles of Organization (“Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Oklahoma on December 29, 2003. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be 735 First National Building, Oklahoma City, OK 73102 and the name of its initial registered agent shall be The Corporation Company. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth by the Act.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Oklahoma.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
    ADESA Oklahoma, LLC
    By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member
Date: January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
        Karen C. Turner, Secretary
    MEMBER
    ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
Date: January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
        Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Oklahoma Limited Liability Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any assignment and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA OKLAHOMA, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA Oklahoma, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2. Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section   4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”


  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY     MEMBER
ADESA Oklahoma, LLC     ADESA CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Scott A. Anderson     By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer       Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA OKLAHOMA, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Oklahoma law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”

 

3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Oklahoma, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision


shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     ADESA Oklahoma, LLC
By:   /s/ James P. Hallett     By:   /s/ Paul J. Lips
  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.51

 

Entity #: 3759485
Date Filed: 12/31/2007
Pedro A. Cortés
Secretary of the Commonwealth
Entity #: 3759485
Date Filed: 10/01/2007
Pedro A. Cortés
Secretary of the Commonwealth

PENNSYLVANIA DEPARTMENT OF STATE

CORPORATION BUREAU


Certificate of Organization

Domestic Limited Liability Company

(15 Pa.C.S. § 8913)

 

Name     

 

ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC

Attn: Legal Dept.

  

Document will be returned to the name and address you enter to the left.

ï

Address     

 

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

  
City     

Carmel

 

    

 

State

IN

 

    

Zip Code

46032

 

       

Fee: $125

In compliance with the requirements of 15 Pa.C.S. § 8913 (relating to certificate of organization), the undersigned desiring to organize a limited liability company, hereby certifies that:

 

    1.    The name of the limited liability company (designator is required, i.e., “company”, “limited” or “limited liability company” or abbreviation) :     
    ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC     
          

 

    2.   The (a) address of the limited liability company’s initial registered office in this Commonwealth or (b) name of its commercial registered office provider and the county of venue is:     
   
      (a) Number and Street    City    State    Zip    County     
       

1515 Market Street

   Philadelphia    PA    19102    Allegheny     
     

(b) Name of Commercial Registered Office Provider

      County     
   

c/o:

    
   
                                  

 

    3.   The name and address, including street and number, if any, of each organizer is (all organizers must sign on page 2) :     
      Name    Address        
        Michelle Mallon    13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Carmel, IN 46032          
   
                    
   
                    
                                  

 

2007 OCT – 1 PM 2:41    Commonwealth of Pennsylvania
PA. DEPT. OF STATE    CERTIFICATE OF ORGANIZATION 4 Page(s)
   [ BAR CODE]
   T0727424044


    4.  

Strike out if inapplicable term

A member’s interest in the company is to be evidenced by a certificate of membership interest.

 

    5.  

Strike out if inapplicable term

Management of the company is vested in a manager or managers.

 

    6.   The specified effective date, if any is:                                             .
            month date year hour, if any

 

    7.   Strike out if inapplicable term    
           
           
             

 

    8.   For additional provisions of the certificate, if any, attach an 8  1 / 2 x 11 sheet.

 

     
    IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the organizer(s) has (have) signed this Certificate of Organization this    
   
    28 day of September 2007    
   
   

/s/Michelle Mallon

   
    Signature    
   
   

 

   
    Signature    
   

 

   
    Signature    
         


PENNSYLVANIA DEPARTMENT OF STATE

CORPORATION BUREAU


Certificate of Merger or Consolidation

Limited Liability Company

(15 Pa. C.S. § 8958)

 

 

Name

    

 

ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC Attn: Legal Department

       

Document will be returned to the name and address you enter to the left.

¬

 

Address

    

 

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

       

 

City

         

 

State

       

 

Zip Code

  
       Carmel      IN           46032   
                              

 

Fee: $150 plus $40 additional for each party

in addition to two

  

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania

CERTIFICATE OF MERGER 7 Page(s)

T0736547204

In compliance with the requirements of the 15 Pa.C.S. § 8958 (relating to articles of merger or consolidation), the undersigned limited liability company(s), desiring to effect a merger or consolidation, hereby state that:

 

   

 

1.

 

 

The name of the limited liability company surviving the merger or consolidation is:

   

 

ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC

 

   
         

 

   

 

2.

 

 

Check and complete one of the following:

   
   

 

x

 

 

The surviving limited liability company is a domestic limited liability company and the (a) address of its current registered office in this Commonwealth or (b) name of its commercial registered office provider and the county of venue is (the Department is hereby authorized to correct the following information to conform to the records of the Department):

     

 

(a) Number and Street

  

 

City

 

 

State

 

 

Zip

 

 

County

   
      1515 Market Street    Philadelphia   PA   19102   Allegheny    
   

 

   
   

 

(b) Name of Commercial Registered Office Provider

 

  County      
   

c/o:

 

   
   

 

¨

 

 

The surviving limited liability company is a qualified foreign limited liability company formed under the laws of ____ and the (a) address of its current registered office in this Commonwealth or (b) name of its commercial registered office provider and the county of venue is (the Department is hereby authorized to correct the following information to conform to the records of the Department):

   
     

 

(a) Number and Street

  

 

City

 

 

State

 

 

Zip

 

 

County

   
   

 

   
     

 

(b) Name of Commercial Registered Office Provider

 

 

County

     
   

c/o:

 

   
   

 

¨

 

 

The surviving limited liability company is a nonqualified foreign limited liability company formed under the laws of                      and the address of its principal office under the laws of such domiciliary jurisdiction is:

   
       

 

(a) Number and Street

 

  

 

City

 

 

 

State

 

     

 

Zip

 

   


DSCB:15-8958-2

 

   

 

3.

 

 

The name and the address of the current registered office in this Commonwealth or name of its commercial registered office provider and the county of venue of each other domestic limited liability company and qualified foreign limited liability company which is a party to the plan of merger or consolidation are as follows:

   
     

 

Name

  

 

Registered Office Address

 

 

Commercial Registered Office Provider

 

 

County

   
   

 

ADESA Pennsylvania, Inc. 1515 Market St., Philadelphia, PA 19102

 

 

Allegheny

   
             
             
             
             

 

   

 

4.

 

 

Check, and if appropriate complete, one of the following:

   
   

 

x

 

 

 

The plan of merger or consolidation shall be effective upon filing these Articles of Merger in the Department of State.

 

   
    ¨   The plan of merger or consolidation shall be effective on:              at              .    
       

                                                                                                  Date         Hour

 

 

    5.  

 

The manner in which the plan of merger or consolidation was adopted by each domestic limited liability company is as follows:

   
     

 

Name of Limited Liability Company

   

 

Manner of Adoption

     
   

 

ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC

 

 

Adopted by Managers pursuant to 15 Pa.C.S. §8957(h)

   
   

 

ADESA Pennsylvania, Inc.

 

 

Adopted by Board of Directors & Sole Shareholder

   
             

 

   

 

6.

 

 

Strike out this paragraph if no foreign limited liability company is a party to the merger or consolidation:

   
   

 

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

    XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
    XXXXXXXXXXXX

 

   

 

7.

 

 

Check and if appropriate complete, one of the following:

   
   

 

x

 

 

The plan of merger or consolidation is set forth in full in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.

   
   

 

¨

 

 

Pursuant to 15 Pa.C.S. § 8958 (b) (relating to omission of certain provisions of plan of merger or consolidation) the provisions, if any, of the plan of merger or consolidation that amend or constitute the operative Certificate of Organization of the surviving limited liability company as in effect subsequent to the effective date of the plan are set forth in full in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof. The full text of the plan of merger or consolidation is on file at the principal place of business of the surviving limited liability company, the address of which is:

   
         
   

 

Number and street

  

 

City

 

 

State

 

 

Zip

 

 

County

 

   


   

 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the undersigned limited liability company has caused this Certificate of Merger or Consolidation to be signed by a duly authorized member or manager thereof this

   
   
    28 day of December 2007    
   
   

ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC

   
    Name of Limited Liability Company    
   
   

/s/ Michelle Mallon

   
    Signature    
   
   

VP & Secretary

   
    Title    
   
   

ADESA Pennsylvania, Inc.

   
    Name of Limited Liability Company    
   
   

illegible

   
    Signature    
   
   

VP & Controller

   
    Title    
         


EXHIBIT A

PLAN OF MERGER

THIS PLAN OF MERGER (“Plan of Merger”) entered into this 5 day of October, 2007 by and between ADESA Pennsylvania, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, (the “Non-Surviving Corporation”) and ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company, (the “Surviving Company”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Non-Surviving Corporation is a corporation organized under the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Act of 1988;

WHEREAS, the Surviving Company is a limited liability company organized under the Pennsylvania Limited Liability Law of 1994;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Managers of the Surviving Company desire that the Non-Surviving Corporation merge into and reorganize with the Surviving Company pursuant to the provisions of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Act of 1988 and the Pennsylvania Limited Liability Law of 1994 (collectively the “Acts”) and 368(a)(2)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in the manner set forth herein (the “Merger”); and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Managers of the Surviving Company have approved and adopted this Plan of Merger in accordance with the Acts.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree that the Non-Surviving Corporation shall merge with and into the Surviving Company in accordance with the following provisions:

ARTICLE I

Parties to the Merger

Section 1.1 The Surviving Company . The name of the limited liability company that shall survive the Merger is “ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC”. The principal business address is 13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Carmel, IN 46032.

Section 1.2 The Non-Surviving Corporation . The name of the corporation proposing to merge with and into the Surviving Company is “ADESA Pennsylvania, Inc”. The principal business address is 13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Carmel, IN 46032. The number of authorized shares, designation, number of issued shares, the number of votes entitled to be cast by each voting group entitled to vote separately on the plan and the number of votes cast in favor of the plan as to the Non-Survivor is as follows:

 

No. of Shares

Authorized

 

Designation

 

No. of Shares Issued

 

No. of Shares

Entitled to Vote

 

No. of Shares

Cast for the Plan

1,000

  Common   100   100   100


ARTICLE II

Terms and Conditions of the Merger

and Mode of Carrying the Merger Into Effect

Section 2.1 Effective Time of the Merger . The “Effective Time of the Merger” shall be upon the filing of the Articles of Merger with the Pennsylvania Department of State.

Section 2.2 Effect of the Merger . At the Effective Time of the Merger, the Non-Surviving Corporation shall merge with and into the Surviving Company, and the separate existence of the Non-Surviving Corporation shall cease.

Section 2.3 Ownership and Shares . The Non-Surviving Corporation and the Surviving Company are wholly-owned by ADESA, Inc. All of the issued and outstanding common shares of the Non-Surviving Corporation will be canceled and the certificates issued will be surrendered and the sole Shareholder will be the sole Member of the Surviving Company. A Membership Interest Certificate shall be issued to the Member.

Section 2.4 Director, Shareholder and Manager Approval . The Board of Directors and the sole Shareholder of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Managers of the Surviving Company have duly authorized the Merger and approved and adopted this Plan of Merger in accordance with the Acts. This Plan of Merger shall be executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded as required for accomplishing a merger under the applicable provisions of the Acts.

ARTICLE III

Articles of Organization and Operating Agreement of the Surviving Company

The Articles of Organization and the Operating Agreement of the Surviving Company as existing at the Effective Time of the Merger shall continue as such in full force and effect until altered, amended or repealed.

ARTICLE IV

Management by the Managers

Section 4.1 Management by the Managers . Management of the business and affairs of the Surviving Company shall be vested in the managers of the Surviving Company.


ARTICLE V

Further Assurances

At the Effective Time of the Merger, the Non-Surviving Corporation will allocate all real estate, property rights and assets to the Surviving Company, and the Surviving Company is liable for all outstanding debts, litigation and obligations of the Non-Surviving Corporation.

If at any time the Surviving Company shall consider or be advised that any further assignment, assurance or any other action is necessary or desirable to vest in the Surviving Company, the title to any property or right of the Non-Surviving Corporation or otherwise to carry out the proposes of this Plan of Merger, the proper officers and directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation shall execute and make all such proper assignments or assurances and take such other actions. The proper managers of the Surviving Company are hereby authorized in the name of the Non-Surviving Corporation, as taxpayer or otherwise, to take any and all such action.

Exhibit 3.52

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA PENNSYLVANIA, LLC

Effective as of

October 1, 2007


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         

Page

ARTICLE I.      PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II.    ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

  

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

  

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

  

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

  

Duration

   1

ARTICLE III.   MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

  

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

  

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

  

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

  

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

  

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

  

Admission of Additional Members

   2

Section 3.7

  

Certificate of Membership Interest

   2

Section 3.8

  

Membership Interests Shall Be Securities

   3

ARTICLE IV.   GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

  

Management by the Member

   3

Section 4.2

  

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

  

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   4

ARTICLE V.    ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   4

Section 5.1

  

Records and Accounting

   4

Section 5.2

  

Access to Records

   4

Section 5.3

  

Annual Tax Information

   4

Section 5.4

  

Accounting Decisions

   4

Section 5.5

  

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4

ARTICLE VI.   ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

  

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

  

Distributions

   5

ARTICLE VII.   TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   5

Section 7.1

  

Transferability

   5

ARTICLE VIII. DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   5

Section 8.1

  

Dissociation

   5

ARTICLE IX.   DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   5

 

- i -


Section 9.1

  

Dissolution

   5

Section 9.2

  

Winding Up

   5

Section 9.3

  

Distribution of Assets

   6

ARTICLE X.    AMENDMENTS

   6

Section 10.1

  

Amendments

   6

ARTICLE XI.   MISCELLANEOUS

   6

Section 11.1

  

Complete Agreement

   6

Section 11.2

  

Governing Law

   6

Section 11.3

  

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   6

Section 11.4

  

Headings; Interpretation

   7

Section 11.5

  

Severability

   7

Section 11.6

  

Additional Documents and Acts

   7

Section 11.7

  

No Third Party Beneficiary

   7

Section 11.8

  

Notices

   7

Section 11.9

  

Title to Company Property

   7

Section 11.10

  

No Remedies Exclusive

   7

Section 11.11

  

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   8

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA PENNSYLVANIA, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of October, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and ADESA, Inc. (the “ Member ”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Pennsylvania Limited Liability Company Law of 1994, as amended, 15 PaC.S. § 8901 (2007) et seq. (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of a Certificate of Organization with the Pennsylvania Department of State effective October 1, 2007. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Certificate of Organization and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Certificate of Organization.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 1515 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19102, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company was converted to the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

Section 3.7 Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of

 

- 2 -


the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Pennsylvania law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.

Section 3.8 Membership Interests Shall Be Securities . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.

ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Manager(s) . Management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Manager(s).

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the Member or the Manager(s).

 

- 3 -


Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Manager(s) may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Manager(s) may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

 

- 4 -


Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6, the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “ Event of Dissociation ”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6.

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a).

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to

 

- 5 -


wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

 

- 7 -


Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 8 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

        COMPANY:
    ADESA PENNSYLVANIA, LLC
Date: October 1, 2007     By:  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

      Michelle Mallon, Vice President and Secretary
    MEMBER:
    ADESA, INC.
Date: October 1, 2007     By:  

/s/ Scott A. Anderson

      Scott A. Anderson, Vice President and Controller

 

- 9 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Pennsylvania Limited Liability Company Law of 1994, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Member or Members refers to ADESA, Inc. as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

 

Schedule I - 1


Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2.

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3 and -4, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution

(As of October 1, 2007)

 

Member

   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA, Inc.

   100 %

 

Exhibit A

Exhibit 3.53

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

 

TRI–STATE AUCTION CO., INC.

We the undersigned natural persons of the age of twenty-one years or more: acting as incorporators of a corporation under the North Dakota Business Corporation Ac:, adopt the following Articles of incorporation for such corporation:

Article I. The name of said corporation shall be:

  

Tri-State Auction Co., Inc.

   shall contain the word “corporation”, “company”, “Incorporated”

 

or “limited”, or shall contain an abbreviation of one of such words)

Article 2. The period of its duration is:

  

perpetual

   (“Perpetual unless limited”)

Article 3. The purposes for which the corporations is organized are:

To buy, sell and trade all kinds of personal property, including but not limited to all kinds of motor vehicles and accessories thereof, and to make contracts with others to so buy, sell and trade;

To purchase, take, receive, lease, or otherwise acquire, own, hold, improve, use and otherwise deal in and with, real or personal property, or any interest therein,. wherever situated;

To sell, convey, mortgage, pledge, lease, exchange, transfer and otherwise dispose of all or any part of its property and assets;

To have and exercise all power necessary or convenient to effect any or all of the purposes for which the corporation is organized.

Article 4. The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue is:

500 Shares of Common Stock at $ 100.00 per share.

(If shares consist of one              only, insert statement of par value of shares, or that all are without par value. If shares are divided into

 

classes, insert number of shares of each class)

Article 5. The corporation will not commence business until at least one thousand dollars has been received by it as

consideration for the issuance of shares.  

Yes

   
  (Yes or No)    

Article 6. Provisions limiting or denying to ‘shareholders the preemptive right to acquire additional or treasury shares of

the corporation are:  

None

  (If preemptive rights are not to be limited or desired, insert the word “none”)

Article 7. Provisions for the regulation of the internal affairs of the corporation are:

 

 

None

(If no provisions for the regulation of the internal affairs of the corporation are set forth, insert the word “none”)

 

 

 

1


Article 8. The address of the initial registered office of the corporation is:

 

 

3041 Main, Fargo, North Dakota

and the name of its initial registered agent at such address is:

 

 

H. A. Johnson

Article 9. The number of directors constituting the initial board of directors of the corporation is:

 

 

Three

 

(State definite number - not less than 3 nor more than 15)

and the names and addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors with the first annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors are elected and shall qualify are:

 

Name    Address

H. A. Johnson

  

Fargo, North Dakota

Hans Halverson

  

Fargo, North Dakota

Alan Foss

  

Fargo, North Dakota

 

  

 

Article 10. The name and address of each incorporator is: (Not less than three)

 

Name    Address

H. A. Johnson

  

Fargo, North Dakota

Hans Halverson

  

Fargo, North Dakota

Alan Foss

  

Fargo, North Dakota

 

  

 

We, the above named incorporation, being first duly sworn, say that we each have read the foregoing application and know the contents thereof, and verily believe the statements made therein to be true.

 

 

  

/s/ H. A. Johnson

 

  

/s/ Hans Halverson

 

  

/s/ Alan Foss

 

  

 

Dated             September 27             19 57
Subscribed and sworn to before me this             27th             day of             September             19 57
NOTARIAL SEAL
  

/s/ Franklin J. Van Osdel

   Notary Public
   State of North Dakota
   My commission expires Sept. 8, 1958

 

2


  FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

BUSINESS/FARM/PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION

     ID Number    

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

     2.016.900 BC    

SECRETARY OF STATE

  WO Number:    

SFN 13008 (06-2007)

  442155    
 

Filed:

12-13-07

 

By:

LF

FILING FEE $20.00

  File #5629

If the registered agent charged, an additional

$10 is due for filing the Registered Agent

Consent to Serve.

 
TYPE OF PRINT LEGIBLY   SEE REVERSE SIDE FOR FEES, FILING AND MAILING INSTRUCTIONS
1. The name of the corporation as reflected in the Articles of Incorporation on file with the Secretary of State:   2. Federal ID Number:    3. Telephone Number:

Tri-State Auction Co., Inc.

  45-0255813    (701) 282-8203

4. Complete mailing address of the principal place of business: (Street/RR, PO Box, City, State, Zip+4)

1650 E. Main Avenue, West Fargo, ND 58078

   5. Toll-Free Number:

6. The following amendment has been adopted pursuant to the provisions of the North Dakota Business Corporation Act, N.D.C.C., Chapter 10-19.1:

 

IX.

 

“The number of members of the board of directors of the Corporation shall be established in the Bylaws.”

 

7. The amendment shall be effective: (check one)

   
     x     When filed with the Secretary of State   ¨     Later on  

 

    
                       (month, day, year)     

8. The amendment was adopted on             December, 13, 2007              by one of the following methods: (check the appropriate method)

                 (month, day, year)                 

x      By the shareholders

¨       By the Incorporators where no shares have been Issued

¨       By the board where no shares have been Issued

¨       By the board changing only the corporate name.

9. “The undersigned, a person authorized by the corporation to sign this amendment, has read the foregoing Articles of Amendment, knows the contents thereof, and believes the statements made thereon to be true.”

Signature: /s/ Michelle Mallon

  

Date:

12/13/07

10. Name of person to contact about this amendment:

 

Cheryl Shrader

 

E-mail Address:

 

cshrader@adesa.com

  

Daytime Telephone number and

extension if any.

(317) 249-4217

 

3

Exhibit 3.54

BYLAWS

OF

TRI-STATE AUCTION CO., INC.

ARTICLE I

Name, Offices and Registered Agent

Section 1.1 Name . The name of the corporation is Tri-State Auction Co., Inc. (the “Corporation”).

Section 1.2 Principal Office . The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at any place within or without the State of North Dakota. The Corporation may have such other offices either within or without the State of North Dakota as its business may require.

Section 1.3 Registered Office and Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered office of the Corporation is set forth on Exhibit A . The registered office and registered agent may be changed from time to time by written consent and by updating Exhibit A .

Section 1.4 Corporate Seal . The Corporation shall have no seal.

ARTICLE 2

Fiscal Year

Section 2.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin each year on the first day of January and end on the last day of December.

ARTICLE 3

Capital Stock

Section 3.1 Form and Issuance . Certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors in compliance with the North Dakota Business Corporation Act and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the president or a vice president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation; provided, however, that if such certificate is countersigned (i) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signatures of the officers of the Corporation may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the date of issue.

Section 3.2 Transfers of Shares . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a share certificate duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a

 

1


new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make such other rules and regulations or amendments thereto as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, registration and transfer of share certificates and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

Section 3.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Corporation may cause a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit or that fact by the person claming their certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and in such form as it may direct to indemnify against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate. The Corporation, in its discretion, may authorize the issuance of such new certificates without any bond when the Board of Directors determines that it is proper to do so.

Section 3.4 Fixing of Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than seventy nor less than ten days from the date of such meeting. Only such shareholders as shall be shareholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to participate in such other action, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares of stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may elect to fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting and shall fix a new record date in the event the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

ARTICLE 4

Meeting of Shareholders

Section 4.1 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be on such a date as designated by the Board of Directors from time to time in respect of any such meeting, at such hour and at such place, within or without the State of North Dakota, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. The Annual Meeting may be held by written resolutions in lieu of a meeting. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section 4.2 Special Meetings . Special meeting of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the articles of incorporation, may be called by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board or the president and shall be called by the president or the secretary at the request in writing or a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

2


Section 4.3 Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a shareholders meeting may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes.

Section 4.4 Notice of Meetings . The Corporation shall deliver or mail written notice stating the date, time, and place of any shareholders meeting and, in the case of a special shareholders meeting or when otherwise required by law, a description of the purposes for which the meeting is called, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting, at such address as appears in the records of the Corporation and at least ten (10), but no more than sixty (60), days before the date of the meeting.

Section 4.5 Waiver of Notice . A shareholder may waive notice of any meeting, before or after the date and time of the meeting as stated in the notice, by delivering a signed waiver to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes. A shareholder’s attendance at any meeting, in person or by proxy (a) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (b) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter a the meeting that is not within the purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

Section 4.6 Place of Meeting . Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place, within or without the State of North Dakota, as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. If no place is designated, the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 4.7 Quorum . The holders of record of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business, except where otherwise provided by law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws. In the absence of a quorum, any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be constituted. At any adjourned meeting held within 120 days of the date fixed for the original meeting and at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjourned meeting is held more than 120 days after the original meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date and shall cause a new notice of the meeting to be issued.

Section 4.8 Organization. Each meeting of shareholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, by the president or, in the absence of both of said officers, by a vice president thereunto designated by the Chairman of the Board, the president and a vice president so designated, by any other person selected to preside by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence assistant secretary, any person designated by the Chairman of the Board or other person presiding at the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

3


Section 4.9 Proxies and Voting Shares . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the articles of incorporation, every shareholder shall have the right at every shareholders meeting to one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his or her name on the books of the Corporation on the record date, on all matters coming before the meeting including the election of directors. At any meeting of the shareholders, each shareholder entitled to vote any shares on any matter to be voted upon at such meeting may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, which shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting before being voted. Such proxies shall entitle the holders thereof to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after eleven months from its date unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, the vote on any question need not be by written ballot. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the North Dakota Business Corporation Act or of the articles of incorporation or of these bylaws, a greater vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control his or her decision of such question.

4.10 Voting List of Shareholders . The Officer who shall have charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least five days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and by voting group (and within each voting group by class or series of shares) and showing the address and the number of shares registered in the name of each such shareholder. Subject to the limitation contained in the North Dakota Business Corporation Act, such list shall be open to the examination of any shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting, or such shareholder’s agent or attorney, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least five days prior to and continuing through the meeting, at the principal office of the Corporation. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the stock ledger or the list of shareholders referred to above or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting or shareholders.

ARTICLE 5

Board of Directors

Section 5.1 Power and Duties of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors shall have the general management of the affairs, property and business of the Corporation, and it may adopt such rules and regulations for that purpose and for the conduct of its meetings as it may deem proper. The Board may exercise and shall be vested with the powers of the Corporation in so far as not inconsistent with law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws.

Section 5.2 Election, Number and Term of Office . Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders, or at a special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose pursuant to Section 5.3 below, by a plurality vote of all votes cast at such meeting by the holders of the shares of stock entitled to elect directors. The number of directors of this Corporation shall be at least two (2) and no more than eleven (11), unless changed by

 

4


amendment of this Section 5.2. All directors, except in the case of earlier resignation, removal or death, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their respective successors are chosen and qualified. Directors need not be a shareholder of the Corporation or residents of the State of Delaware.

Section 5.3 Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors caused by resignation, removal from office, death or other incapacity shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the shareholders. If the vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors shall result in a tie, such vacancy, at the direction of the Board of Directors, may be filled by plurality vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors caused by an increase in the number of the Board of Directors until the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders or, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, such vacancy may be filled by vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent directors.

Section 5.4 Annual Meeting of Directors . The Board of Directors shall meet each year, immediately after the annual meeting of the shareholders, at the place where such meeting of the shareholders has been held either within or without the State of Delaware, for the purpose of transacting such business as may properly come before the meeting. No notice of any kind to either old or new members of the Board of Directors for such annual meeting shall be necessary. At the annual meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect one of their members to serve as chairman. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section 5.5 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined by resolution of the board. Such regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice or upon such notice as may be fixed by the directors.

Section 5.6 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the president, or by a written call signed by any two or more of the members of the Board of Directors and filed with the secretary. Each special meeting of the Board shall be held at such place, either within or without of the State of North Dakota. Notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors, stating the place, date and hour thereof, shall, except as otherwise expressly provide by law or as provided in these bylaws, be given by mailing or telecopying the same to each director at his or her residence or business address at any time on or before the second day before the day of the meeting or by delivering the same to him or her personally or telephoning the same to him or her personally at his or her residence or business address not later than the second day before the meeting. Except as otherwise required by statute or these bylaws, no notice or waiver of notice of a special meeting of the Board need state the purpose or purposes of such meeting, and any business maybe transacted thereat, any practice or custom at any time to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section 5.7 Attendance at Meetings Via Communications Equipment . Any or all members of the Board of Directors or of a committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by any means of communications by which all directors participating in the meeting may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. Participation in this manner constituted presence in person at the meeting.

 

5


Section 5.8 Quorum . A majority of the actual number of directors prescribed from time to time shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the act of a greater number is required by the North Dakota Business Corporation Act, by the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws.

Section 5.9 Organization . Each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the president or, in his or her absence, by the vice-president, or in the absence of both the president and the vice president, by any director selected to preside by vote of the majority of the directors present. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of both the secretary and the assistant secretary, any person designated by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 5.10 Consent Action by Directors . Any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual meeting, a regular meeting or a special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a written consent to such action is signed by all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minute of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Action taken by consent is effective when the last director signs unless a different prior or subsequent effective date is specified.

Section 5.11 Interest of Directors in Contracts . Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation or any corporation in which this Corporation owns a majority of the capital stock shall be valid and binding, notwithstanding that the directors of officers of this Corporation are identical or that some or all of the directors or officers, or both, are also directors or officers or such other corporation.

Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors of shareholders or employees, or between the Corporation and any firm of which one or more of its directors are directors, shareholders or employees or in which they are interested, or between the Corporation and any corporation or association of which one or more of its directors are shareholders, members, directors, officers, or employees or in which they are interested, shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such director or directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation which acts upon, or in reference to, such contract or transaction and notwithstanding his or her or their participation in which action, if any one of the following apply:

(i) The material facts of such transaction and the director’s interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or committee of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors or committee thereof shall authorize, approve and ratify such contract or transaction by a vote of a majority of the noninterested directors such majority constituting a quorum for the purposes of this section 5.11.

(ii) The material facts of the transaction and the director’s interest were disclosed or known to the shareholders entitled to vote and they authorized approved or ratified the transaction by a majority vote. Shares owned or voted by an interested director may be counted toward such majority.

 

6


(iii) The transaction was fair to the Corporation.

This section 5.11 shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common or statutory law applicable thereto.

Section 5.12 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the actual number of directors in office from time to time, designate from among its members one or more committees consisting of two or more of the directors of the Corporation, and may delegate to each such committee such authority and power of the Board of Directors as shall be specified in such resolution, but no such committee shall have the authority of the Board of Directors in authorizing distribution, approving or proposing to shareholders action required to be approved by shareholders, filling vacancies on the Board of Directors or any committees thereof, approving the sale of shares (other than as authorized by the Board of Directors within the limits prescribed by the Board of Directors), amending the articles of incorporation, adopting an agreement or plan of merger or consolidation or amendment these bylaws, except as otherwise provided by the North Dakota Business Corporation Act. No member of any such committee shall continue to be member thereof after he or she ceases to be a director of the Corporation. The committee shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.13 Removal . Any director may be removed with or without cause by action of the shareholders taken at any meeting the notice of which states that one of the purposes of the meeting is removal of the director.

ARTICLE 6

Officers

Section 6.1 Officers . The officers of the Corporation, who shall be elected by the Board of Directors, may include a chairman, a president, a chief operating officer, one or more executive vice presidents, one or more vice presidents, a chief financial officer, a treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors, at its discretion, may elect one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers or agents as it may deem advisable and prescribe the duties thereof. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Board of Directors may delegate to the chairman and president the power to appoint and to remove such assistant officers as he or she deems desirable.

Section 6.2 Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting thereof, or appointed by the president as provided in section 6.1 above. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until his or her death, or until he or she shall resign, or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

Section 6.3 Removal . Any officer may be removed either with or without cause, at any time by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board, and an officer appointed by the president may also be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the president.

Section 6.4 Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to

 

7


the Board of Directors, its chairman or to the secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 6.5 Vacancies . Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the remainder of the term by the Board of Directors or as authorized by it.

Section 6.6 Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and as such shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meeting of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall act as general administrative head of the Corporation, exercising general control and supervision over the affairs of the Corporation and over the other officers, agents and personnel of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall, with the approval of the Board of Directors, appoint the members of any committee created by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board has authority to execute, with the Secretary where attestation or other dual signature is required, powers of attorney appointing other corporations, partnerships, or individuals a the agents of the Corporation, subject to law, the articles of incorporation, and these bylaws. The Chairman of the Board shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Chairman of the Board and such other duties and the Board of Directors may assign.

Section 6.7 President . The president shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors. Subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors, the president may enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. The president shall perform all duties and have all the powers incident to the office of president and all such other duties and powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors.

Section 6.8 Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation shall have general supervision and management over the day-to-day business operations of the Corporation. The Chief Operating Officer shall have the power and authority to sign, make, execute, and deliver any and all deeds or conveyances, leases, contracts, assignments, releases, share certificates, and all other documents and instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and shall perform all other duties as are incident to the officer of Chief operating Officer and as may be required of the Chief operating Officer by the Board of Directors from time to time

Section 6.9 Vice President . Each vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the president.

Section 6.10 Assistant Vice President . Each assistant vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the president or any vice president to whom the assistant vice president reports.

Section 6.11 Treasurer . The treasurer shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit all such funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks or other depositories as shall be selected by the Board of Directors. The treasurer shall upon request exhibit at all reasonable times his or her books of account and records to any of the directors of the Corporation, shall render upon request by the Board of Directors a statement of the condition of the finances of the Corporation at any meeting of the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of the shareholders, shall receive and give

 

8


receipt for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office assigned by the president or the Board of Directors.

Section 6.12 Assistant Treasurers . In the absence of the treasurer, or in case of the treasurer’s inability to act, an assistant treasurer shall perform all the duties of the treasurer and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of the treasurer. The assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the president, the vice president designated as the chief accounting and financial officer of the Corporation or the treasurer.

Section 6.13 Secretary . The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in the books provided for that purpose the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors, shall duly give and serve all notices required to be given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and by the North Dakota Business Corporation Act, shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the president or the Board of Directors.

Section 6.14 Assistant Secretary . In the absence the secretary or in case of his or her inability to act, an assistant secretary shall perform all the duties of the secretary and, when do acting, shall have all powers of the secretary. The assistant secretaries shall perform such other duties from time to time shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the president or the secretary.

Section 6.15 Subordinate Officers . In addition to the principal officers enumerated in Section 6.1, the Corporation may have other officers, agents and employees as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such periods of time, may be removed with or without cause, have such authority, and perform such duties as the President, or the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

Section 6.16 Execution of Contracts and Other Documents . Unless otherwise authorized or directed by the Board of Directors, all written contracts, agreements, banking resolutions, conveyance, or any other instruments that may be deemed necessary and proper for the business of the Corporation, shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the President or the Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Controller, Assistant Treasurer or Secretary.

Section 6.17 Bonds . The Board of Directors shall have the power to require any officer of the Corporation to give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such form and with such surety or sureties as the Board may deem advisable.

Section 6.18 Salaries . The salaries of the president, vice presidents, treasurer, and secretary shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and the salaries of any assistant officers may be fixed by the president.

 

9


ARTICLE 7

Indemnification

Section 7.1 Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees . Every person who is or was a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or of any other corporation for which he or she is or was serving in any capacity at the request of this Corporation shall be indemnified by this Corporation against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from or arising out of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, in which such person may become involved, as a party or otherwise,

 

  (i) by reason of his or her being or having been a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or such other corporation or

 

  (ii) by reason of any past or future action taken or not taken by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not he or she continues to be such at the time such liability or expense is incurred,

provided that such person is wholly successful with respect thereto or acted in good faith and, when acting in his or her official capacity of the Corporation, in what he or she reasonably believed was the Corporation’s best interest or, when acting in all other cases, in what he or she reasonably believed was not opposed to the Corporation’s best interest and, in addition, in any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A director’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the director reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan meets the requirement of this section 7.1. As used herein, “claim, action, suit or proceeding” shall include and claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether brought by or in the right of this Corporation or such other corporation or otherwise), civil, criminal administrative or investigative, whether actual or threatened or in connection with an appeal relating thereto.

The terms “liability” and “expense” shall include, but shall not be limited to, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, amounts of judgments, fines or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of a director, officer or employee, but shall not in any event include any liability or expense on account of profits realized by him or her in the purchase or sale of securities of the Corporation in violation of the law. The termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction or upon a plea of guilty or on nolo contedere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that a director, officer or employee did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in this section 7.1.

Any such director, officer or employee who has been wholly successful with respect to any such claim, action, and suit or preceding shall be entitled to indemnification as a matter of right. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, any indemnification hereunder shall be found that the director, officer or employee has net the standard of conduct set forth in this section 7.1 by:

 

  (i) the Board of Directors acting by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such claim, action, suit or proceeding; or

 

10


  (ii) if a quorum cannot be obtained under subsection (i), by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Board of Directors (in which designation directors who are parties may participate), consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties; or

 

  (iii) by written opinion of independent legal counsel selected by the Board of Directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in subsection (i) or (ii) or, if such is impossible, selected by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors; or

 

  (iv) by the shareholders, but shares owned by or voted under the control of directors who are at the time parties may not be voted in such determination.

Any such director, officer or employee may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the claim, action, suit or proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction, which court may order indemnification as provided by law.

Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of reasonableness of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if such determination is made by independent legal counsel. Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of expenses shall be made by those show elected of the independent counsel.

If several claims, issues or matters of action are involved, any such person may be entitled to indemnification as to some matters even though he or she is not entitled as to other matters.

The Corporation may advance expenses to or, where appropriate, any at its expense undertake the defense of any such director, officer or employee upon receipt or a written affirmation of such person of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct set forth in the section 7.1 and unlimited general written undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such expenses if it should ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification hereunder and upon a determination that the facts then known would not preclude indemnification.

The provisions of the section 7.1 shall be applicable to claims, actions, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions to act during, before or after the adoption hereof.

The rights of indemnification provided hereunder shall be in addition to any rights to which any person concerned may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of any such person.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this section 7.1 or otherwise.

 

11


ARTICLE 8

Amendments

Section 8.1 Amendment . The power to make, alter, amend, or repeal these bylaws is vested in the Board of Directors, but the affirmative vote of a majority of the actual number of directors from time to time shall be necessary to effect any alteration, amendment or repeal or these bylaws.

 

12


Exhibit A

To Bylaws

Name and Address of the Registered Agent

 

Name

  

Address

CT Corporation System    314 East Thayer Avenue, Bismarck, ND 58501

 

13

Exhibit 3.55

 

     FILED   
     Aug 10 2000   
    

State Treasurer

Roland Machold

  

New Jersey Department of the Treasury

Division of Revenue

Certificate of Formation, Limited Liability Company

This form may be used to record the formation of a Limited Liability Company under and by virtue of New Jersey State law. Applicants must insure strict compliance with NJSA 42, the New Jersey Limited Liability Company Act, and insure that all applicable filing requirements are met. Applicants are advised to seek out private legal assistance before submitting filings to the Secretary’s office.

 

1. Name of Limited Liability Company:    ADESA Phoenix, LLC
2. The purpose for which this Limited Liability Company is organized is:    Operating auto auction
3. Date of formation:    Upon filing
4. Registered Agent Name & Address (must be in NJ):   

Corporation Service Company

830 Bear Tavern Road, Suite 305

West Trenton, NJ 08268

5. Dissolution date:    Perpetual
6. Other provisions (list below or attach to certificate):    None

The undersigned represent(s) that this filing complies with requirements detailed in NJSA 42. The undersigned hereby request(s) that they are authorized to sign this certificate on behalf of the Limited Liability Company.

 

Signature:   /s/ Erin N. O’Daniel       Date: August 9, 2000
  Erin N. O’Daniel      

 

1

Exhibit 3.56

AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA PHOENIX, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE I.         PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II.       ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

  Formation    1

Section 2.2

  Principal Office    1

Section 2.3

  Registered Office and Registered Agent    1

Section 2.4

  Duration    1

ARTICLE III.     MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

  Name and Address of Member    2

Section 3.2

  Capital Contributions    2

Section 3.3

  Additional Capital    2

Section 3.4

  Capital Accounts    2

Section 3.5

  Member Loans or Services    2

Section 3.6

  Admission of Additional Members    2

ARTICLE IV.     GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

  Management by the Member    3

Section 4.2

  Action by the Company    3

Section 4.3

  Delegation of Certain Management Authority    3

ARTICLE V.     ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section 5.1

  Records and Accounting    3

Section 5.2

  Access to Records    3

Section 5.3

  Annual Tax Information    3

Section 5.4

  Accounting Decisions    3

Section 5.5

  Federal Income Tax Elections    4

ARTICLE VI.     ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

  Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains    4

Section 6.2

  Distributions    4

ARTICLE VII.     TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   4

Section 7.1

  Transferability    4

ARTICLE VIII.     DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   4

Section 8.1

  Dissociation    4

ARTICLE IX.     DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   4

Section 9.1

  Dissolution    4

 

- i -


Section 9.2

   Winding Up    5

Section 9.3

   Distribution of Assets    5

ARTICLE X.     AMENDMENTS

   5

Section 10.1

   Amendments    5

ARTICLE XI.     MISCELLANEOUS

   5

Section 11.1

   Complete Agreement    5

Section 11.2

   Governing Law    6

Section 11.3

   Binding Effect; Conflicts    6

Section 11.4

   Headings; Interpretation    6

Section 11.5

   Severability    6

Section 11.6

   Additional Documents and Acts    6

Section 11.7

   No Third Party Beneficiary    6

Section 11.8

   Notices    6

Section 11.9

   Title to Company Property    7

Section 11.10

   No Remedies Exclusive    7

Section 11.11

   Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA PHOENIX, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Phoenix, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA New Jersey, Inc., a New Jersey corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the New Jersey Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of a Certificate of Formation with the New Jersey Department of the Treasury on August 10, 2000. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Certificate and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Certificate.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 15, 2004, the principal office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be 820 Bear Tavern Road, West Trenton, NJ 08628 and the name of its initial registered agent shall be the Corporation Trust Company. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2.

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the manager(s). The manager(s) shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its member or the manager(s).

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The manager(s) may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The manager(s) may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

-3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6, the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6.

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

 

- 4 -


Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth by the Act.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

 

- 5 -


Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Louisiana.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
    ADESA Phoenix, LLC
Date: January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Michelle Malon
        Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary
    MEMBER
    ADESA New Jersey, Inc.
Date: January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Michelle Malon
        Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Louisiana Business Corporation Law, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Member or Members refers to A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc. as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

 

Schedule I - 1


Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any assignment and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Capital Contribution    Percentage
Interest
ADESA New Jersey, Inc., 310 E. 96 th Street,
Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240
   Real and Personal
Property valued at
$53,435,950
   100%

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution

(As of March 15, 2004)

 

Member

   Capital Contribution    Percentage
Interest
 
ADESA New Jersey, Inc.13085
Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Ste. 500, Carmel, IN 46032
   Real and Personal
Property valued at
$53,435,950
   100 %

 

Exhibit A


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA PHOENIX, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

  2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under New Jersey law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”


  3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Phoenix, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

  4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA New Jersey, LLC     ADESA Phoenix, LLC
By:   /s/ James P. Hallett     By:   /s/ Paul J. Lips
  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager
5        

Exhibit 3.57

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AXLE HOLDINGS, INC.

FIRST : The name of the Corporation is Axle Holdings, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND : The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at that address is The Corporation Trust Company.

THIRD : The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as set forth in Title 8 of the Delaware Code (the “GCL”).

FOURTH : The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred (100) shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of one cent ($0.01).

FIFTH : The name and mailing address of the Sole Incorporator is as follows:

 

Name

  

Address

Deborah M. Reusch

   P.O. Box 636
   Wilmington, DE 19899

SIXTH : The following provisions are inserted for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:

(1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors, as the By-Laws of the Corporation may provide.

(2) The directors shall have concurrent power with the stockholders to make, alter, amend, change, add to or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation.

(3) The number of directors of the Corporation shall be as from time to time fixed by, or in the manner provided in, the By-Laws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the By-Laws so provide.

 


(4) No director shall be personally liable to the Corporation or any of its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the GCL or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any repeal or modification of this Article SIXTH by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

(5) In addition to the powers and authority hereinbefore or by statute expressly conferred upon them, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, subject, nevertheless, to the provisions of the GCL, this Certificate of Incorporation, and any By-Laws adopted by the stockholders; provided, however, that no By-Laws hereafter adopted by the stockholders shall invalidate any prior act of the directors which would have been valid if such By-Laws had not been adopted.

SEVENTH : Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the By-Laws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the GCL) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the By-Laws of the Corporation.

EIGHTH : The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

2


I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the Sole Incorporator hereinbefore named, for the purpose of forming a corporation pursuant to the GCL, do make this Certificate, hereby declaring and certifying that this is my act and deed and the facts herein stated are true, and accordingly have hereunto set my hand this 18th day of February, 2005.

 

/s/ Deborah M. Reusch

Deborah M. Reusch
Sole Incorporator

 

3


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

AXLE HOLDINGS, INC.

 


Pursuant to Sections 228 and 242 of the General

Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

 


Axle Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called the “Corporation”), does hereby certify as follows:

FIRST: Article FOURTH of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as set forth below:

“The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is ten million (10,000,000) shares of Common Stock, each having a par value of one cent ($0.01).”

SECOND: The foregoing amendment was duly adopted in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

[Remainder of page is intentionally blank.]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Axle Holdings, Inc. has caused this Certificate to be duly executed in its corporate name this 23rd day of May, 2005.

 

Axle Holdings, Inc.
By:  

/s/ James J. Connors II

Name:   James J. Connors II, Esq.
Title:   Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

5

Exhibit 3.58

BY-LAWS

OF

AXLE HOLDINGS, INC.

A Delaware Corporation

Effective February 22, 2005

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I
OFFICES
Section 1.    Registered Office    1
Section 2.    Other Offices    1
ARTICLE II
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1.    Place of Meetings    1
Section 2.    Annual Meetings    2
Section 3.    Special Meetings    2
Section 4.    Notice    2
Section 5.    Adjournments    3
Section 6.    Quorum    3
Section 7.    Voting    4
Section 8.    Proxies    5
Section 9.    Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting    6
Section 10.    List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote    8
Section 11.    Record Date    8
Section 12.    Stock Ledger    10
Section 13.    Conduct of Meetings    10
Section 14.    Inspectors of Election    11
ARTICLE III
DIRECTORS
Section 1.    Number and Election of Directors    12
Section 2.    Vacancies    13
Section 3.    Duties and Powers    13
Section 4.    Meetings    13
Section 5.    Organization    14
Section 6.    Resignations and Removals of Directors    14
Section 7.    Quorum    15

 

i


Section 8.    Actions of the Board by Written Consent    15
Section 9.    Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone    15
Section 10.    Committees    16
Section 11.    Compensation    17
Section 12.    Interested Directors    17
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 1.    General    18
Section 2.    Election    19
Section 3.    Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation    19
Section 4.    Chairman of the Board of Directors    20
Section 5.    President    20
Section 6.    Vice Presidents    21
Section 7.    Secretary    22
Section 8.    Treasurer    23
Section 9.    Assistant Secretaries    24
Section 10.    Assistant Treasurers    24
Section 11.    Other Officers    25
ARTICLE V
STOCK
Section 1.    Form of Certificates    25
Section 2.    Signatures    25
Section 3.    Lost Certificates    26
Section 4.    Transfers    26
Section 5.    Dividend Record Date    27
Section 6.    Record Owners    27
Section 7.    Transfer and Registry Agents    28
ARTICLE VI
NOTICES
Section 1.    Notices    28
Section 2.    Waivers of Notice    29

 

ii


ARTICLE VII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
Section 1.    Dividends    29
Section 2.    Disbursements    30
Section 3.    Fiscal Year    30
Section 4.    Corporate Seal    30
ARTICLE VIII
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 1.    Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation    31
Section 2.    Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation    32
Section 3.    Authorization of Indemnification    33
Section 4.    Good Faith Defined    34
Section 5.    Indemnification by a Court    35
Section 6.    Expenses Payable in Advance    36
Section 7.    Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses    36
Section 8.    Insurance    37
Section 9.    Certain Definitions    37
Section 10.    Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses    38
Section 11.    Limitation on Indemnification    39
Section 12.    Indemnification of Employees and Agents    39
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENTS
Section 1.    Amendments    40
Section 2.    Entire Board of Directors    40

 

iii


BY-LAWS

OF

AXLE HOLDINGS, INC.

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.

Section 2. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 


Section 2. Annual Meetings . The Annual Meeting of Stockholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Unless otherwise required by law or by the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), Special Meetings of Stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of (i) the Board of Directors, (ii) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings or (iii) stockholders owning a majority of the capital stock of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. At a Special Meeting of Stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).

Section 4. Notice . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be

 

2


given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a Special Meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by law, written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than five (5) nor more than thirty (30) business days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. No notice of any meeting of stockholders need be given to any stockholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting.

Section 5. Adjournments . Any meeting of the stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting in accordance with the requirements of Section 4 hereof shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to notice of and to vote at the meeting.

Section 6. Quorum . Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the Corporation’s capital stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or

 

3


represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 5 hereof, until a quorum shall be present or represented.

Section 7. Voting . Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of the stockholders, other than the election of directors, shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of votes of the Corporation’s capital stock represented and entitled to vote thereat, voting as a single class. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to Section 11(a) of this Article II, each stockholder represented at a meeting of the stockholders shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of the capital stock entitled to vote thereat held by such stockholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy as provided in Section 8 of this Article II. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of the stockholders, in such officer’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

 

4


Section 8. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted upon after three years from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder executing it unless otherwise provided in such proxy. Without limiting the manner in which a stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a stockholder may grant such authority:

(i) A stockholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the stockholder or such stockholder’s authorized officer, director, employee or agent signing such writing or causing such person’s signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

(ii) A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram or cablegram to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to

 

5


receive such telegram or cablegram, provided that any such telegram or cablegram must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram or cablegram was authorized by the stockholder. If it is determined that such telegrams or cablegrams are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information on which they relied.

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing, telegram or cablegram authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a stockholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing, telegram or cablegram for any and all purposes for which the original writing, telegram or cablegram could be used; provided, however, that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing, telegram or cablegram.

Section 9. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which

 

6


all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as provided above in this Section 9.

 

7


Section 10. List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 11. Record Date .

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the stockholders or any

 

8


adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a

 

9


meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 12. Stock Ledger . The stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list required by Section 10 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the stockholders.

Section 13. Conduct of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the

 

10


chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

Section 14. Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of the stockholders, the Board of Directors, by resolution, the Chairman or the President shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one

 

11


or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by applicable law.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number and Election of Directors . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than one nor more than fifteen members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article III, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at each Annual Meeting of Stockholders and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be stockholders.

 

12


Section 2. Vacancies . Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, vacancies arising through death, resignation, removal, an increase in the number of directors or otherwise may be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 3. Duties and Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

Section 4. Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or by any director. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director either by mail not less than five (5) business days notice.

 

13


Section 5. Organization . At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, in his or her absence, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all the Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 6. Resignations and Removals of Directors . Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time, by giving notice in writing to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or, if no time is specified, immediately; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of shares of preferred stock then outstanding, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

14


Section 7. Quorum . Except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Actions of the Board by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all of the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

Section 9. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a

 

15


conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 9 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 10. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

 

16


Section 11. Compensation . The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary for service as director, payable in cash or securities. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for service as committee members.

Section 12. Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if: (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the

 

17


material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (iii) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the stockholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. General . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director) and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be stockholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

 

18


Section 2. Election . The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Stockholders (or action by written consent of stockholders in lieu of the Annual Meeting of Stockholders), shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation . Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to

 

19


the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

Section 4. Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, unless the Board of Directors designates the President as the Chief Executive Officer, and, except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. President . The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The

 

20


President shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the President. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and, provided the President is also a director, the Board of Directors. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Board of Directors shall otherwise designate, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Vice Presidents . At the request of the President or in the President’s absence or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents if there are more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of

 

21


Directors and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

Section 7. Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary or by the signature of any

 

22


such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

Section 8. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

23


Section 9. Assistant Secretaries . Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

Section 10. Assistant Treasurers . Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all

 

24


books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 11. Other Officers . Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

Section 1. Form of Certificates . Every holder of stock in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation.

Section 2. Signatures . Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have

 

26


ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 4. Transfers . Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and

 

26


payment of all necessary transfer taxes; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement. Every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked “Cancelled,” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

Section 5. Dividend Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 6. Record Owners . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of

 

27


shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

Section 7. Transfer and Registry Agents . The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

Section 1. Notices . Whenever written notice is required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, such notice may be given by mail or by recognized overnight courier service, such as Federal Express, addressed to such director, member of a committee or stockholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may also be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

 

28


Section 2. Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or stockholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any Annual or Special Meeting of Stockholders or any regular or special meeting of the directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the General Corporation Law of the State

 

29


of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 8 of Article III hereof), and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for purchasing any of the shares of capital stock, warrants, rights, options, bonds, debentures, notes, scrip or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

Section 2. Disbursements . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 3. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Corporate Seal . The Board may determine to issue a corporate seal, which seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

30


ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The

 

31


termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation

 

32


unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

Section 3. Authorization of Indemnification . Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the stockholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of

 

33


the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case.

Section 4. Good Faith Defined . For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

 

34


Section 5. Indemnification by a Court . Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or any other court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Delaware for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

 

35


Section 6. Expenses Payable in Advance . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

Section 7. Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, these By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 1 and Section 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to

 

36


preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the DGCL, or otherwise.

Section 8. Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

Section 9. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such constituent corporation serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another

 

37


corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Article VIII shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

Section 10. Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when autho-

 

38


rized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 11. Limitation on Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 of this Article VIII), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) or advance expenses in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Section 12. Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

39


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. Amendments . These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of the stockholders or Board of Directors, as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

Section 2. Entire Board of Directors . As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

* * *

 

Adopted as of:    February 22, 2005
Last Amended as of:    February 22, 2005

 

40

Exhibit 3.59

 

         State of California   File#  

200127610109

     SEAL  

Bill Jones

Secretary of State

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

 

A $70.00 filing fee must accompany this form.

IMPORTANT - read instructions before completing this form.

 

 

 

FILED

In the Office of the Secretary of State

of the State of California

 

OCT 03 2001

 

Bill Jones

BILL JONES, Secretary of State

 

This Space For Filing Use Only

1.   

Name of the limited liability company (and the name with the words “Limited Liability Company,” “Ltd. Liability Co.,” or the abbreviations “LLC” or “L.L.C.”)

ADESA San Diego, LLC

2.

   The purpose of the limited liability company is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a limited liability company may be organized under the Beverly-Killea limited liability company act.

3.

  

Name the agent for service of process and check the appropriate provision below:

 

C T Corporation System                                                                                                   which is

 

¨   an individual residing in California. Proceed to Item 4.

 

x   a corporation which has filed a certificate pursuant to section 1505. Proceed to item 5.

4.

  

If an individual, California address of the agent for service of process:

 

Address:

    

 

City:

           State:    CA   Zip Code:

5.

   The limited liability company will be managed by: (check one)
¨    one manager   ¨    more than one manager   x    single member limited liability company   ¨   all limited liability company members

6.

  

Other matters to be included in this certificate may be set forth on separate attached pages and are made a part of this certificate.

Other matters may include the latest date on which the limited liability company is to dissolve.

7.

   Number of pages attached, if any:

8.

  

Type of business of the limited liability company. (For informational purposes only)

Ownership of real property interests.

9.

   DECLARATION: It is hereby declared that I am the person who executed this instrument, which execution is my act and deed.
   
    

/s/ Laura A. Holquist

      

Laura A. Holquist, Organizer

     Signature of Organizer        Type or Print Name of Organizer
   
    

10/2/01

          
     Date         

10.

   RETURN TO:                    SEAL
    

 

NAME

                      
    

 

FIRM

                  
    

 

ADDRESS

                  
    

 

CITY/STATE

                      
    

 

ZIP CODE

                              
    

SEC/STATE (REV. 12/99)

                FORM LLC-1 - FILING FEE $70.00
                                 Approved by Secretary of State

Exhibit 3.60

AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA SAN DIEGO, LLC

Effective as of

September 21, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page
ARTICLE I.      PURPOSES    1
ARTICLE II.      ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS    1

Section 2.1

  Formation    1

Section 2.2

  Principal Office    1

Section 2.3

  Registered Office and Registered Agent    1

Section 2.4

  Duration    1
ARTICLE III.      MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE    2

Section 3.1

  Name and Address of Member    2

Section 3.2

  Capital Contributions    2

Section 3.3

  Additional Capital    2

Section 3.4

  Capital Accounts    2

Section 3.5

  Member Loans or Services    2

Section 3.6

  Admission of Additional Members    2
ARTICLE IV.      GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY    3

Section 4.1

  Management by the Member    3

Section 4.2

  Action by the Company    3

Section 4.3

  Delegation of Certain Management Authority    3
ARTICLE V.      ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS    3

Section 5.1

  Records and Accounting    3

Section 5.2

  Access to Records    3

Section 5.3

  Annual Tax Information    3

Section 5.4

  Accounting Decisions    3

Section 5.5

  Federal Income Tax Elections    3
ARTICLE VI.      ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS    4

Section 6.1

  Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains    4

Section 6.2

  Distributions    4
ARTICLE VII.      TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS    4

Section 7.1

  Transferability    4
ARTICLE VIII.      DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER    4

Section 8.1

  Dissociation    4
ARTICLE IX.      DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP    4

Section 9.1

  Dissolution    4

 

- i -


Section 9.2

  Winding Up    5

Section 9.3

  Distribution of Assets    5
ARTICLE X.      AMENDMENTS    5

Section 10.1

  Amendments    5
ARTICLE XI.      MISCELLANEOUS    5

Section 11.1

  Complete Agreement    5

Section 11.2

  Governing Law    5

Section 11.3

  Binding Effect; Conflicts    5

Section 11.4

  Headings; Interpretation    6

Section 11.5

  Severability    6

Section 11.6

  Additional Documents and Acts    6

Section 11.7

  No Third Party Beneficiary    6

Section 11.8

  Notices    6

Section 11.9

  Title to Company Property    6

Section 11.10

  No Remedies Exclusive    6

Section 11.11

  Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    7

 

- ii -


AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA SAN DIEGO, LLC

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 21st day of September, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA San Diego, LLC, a California limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Member”), as the sole member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the California Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Articles of Organization with the California Secretary of State on October 3, 2001. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Carmel, IN 46032, or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be 818 West 7 th Street, Los Angeles, CA 90017 and the name of its registered agent shall be CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2.

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Manager(s) . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the manager(s). The manager(s) shall be at least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its member or the manager(s).

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The manager(s) may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The manager(s) may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.


ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6, the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6.

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .


Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth by the Act.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This


Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.


Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Amended and Restated Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Amended and Restated Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

  COMPANY:
  ADESA SAN DIEGO, LLC
September 21, 2004   By:  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

    Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary
  MEMBER:
September 21, 2004   ADESA, INC.
  By:  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

    Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


Schedule I

To

Amended and Restated

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the California Limited Liability Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Member or Members refers to ADESA, Inc. as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.


Amended and Restated Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any assignment and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.


Exhibit A

To Amended and Restated

Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution

(As of September 21, 2004)

 

Member

   Capital Contribution   

Percentage

Interest

 

ADESA, Inc.

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Suite 500

Carmel, IN 46032

      100 %

Exhibit A


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA SAN DIEGO, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under California law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”


3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in [insert name of entity] and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     ADESA San Diego, LLC
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

    By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.61

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

ADESA-South Florida, LLC

The undersigned, acting pursuant to the provisions of the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, Indiana Code §23-18-1 et. seg. (the “Act”), for the purpose of forming a limited liability company (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”) under the laws of the State of Indiana, hereby sets forth the following:

1. NAME . The name of the Company formed pursuant to these Articles of Organization shall be ADESA-South Florida, LLC.

2. REGISTERED OFFICE . The initial registered office of the Company in Indiana shall be 1919 S. Post Road, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204. The initial registered agent for the Company at such office shall be Jerry Williams, Esq.

3. DURATION . The Company shall continue in existence until December 31, 2051, unless earlier dissolved pursuant to the Act or the terms and conditions of that certain operating Agreement dated of even date herewith, as amended from time to time, among the members of the Company (the “Operating Agreement”).

4. PURPOSE . The purposes of the Company shall be to (a) own and operate a vehicle auction in Dade County, Florida (or such other location(s) as determined by the Members) and all businesses and activities reasonably related or ancillary thereto and (b) to own, operate, or conduct such other businesses and activities as may from time to time be determined by the members to the fullest extent permitted under the Act.

5. TRANSFER OF MEMBERS’ INTERESTS . Except as otherwise ;provided in the Operating Agreement, no member may sell, assign, pledge &’ otherwise transfer or encumber all or any part of his or its interest in the Company without the unanimous consent of all of the other members of the Company.

6. MANAGER . The Company shall be managed by ADESA Corporation (the “Manager”) in accordance with the provisions of the Operating Agreement. The Manager shall have full, complete and exclusive discretion to take any and all action of whatever type in furtherance of the management and operation of the Company’s operations and shall be fully authorized to take and to make all decisions as it deems necessary or appropriate with respect thereto.

7. FORMATION . The name and post office address of the person forming the Company is Robert J. Hicks, 4000 Bank One Tower, 111 Monument Circle, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed these Articles of Organization this 14 th day of July, 1994.

 

/s/ Robert J. Hicks

Robert J. Hicks
4000 Bank One Tower
111 Monument-Circle
Indianapolis, Indiana 46204

 

2

Exhibit 3.62

AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA-SOUTH FLORIDA, LLC

Effective as of

June 12, 2007


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page

ARTICLE I.

  PURPOSES   1

ARTICLE II.

  ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS   1

Section 2.1

  Formation   1

Section 2.2

  Principal Office   1

Section 2.3

  Registered Office and Registered Agent   1

Section 2.4

  Duration   1

ARTICLE III.

  MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE   2

Section 3.1

  Name and Address of Member   2

Section 3.2

  Capital Contributions   2

Section 3.3

  Additional Capital   2

Section 3.4

  Capital Accounts   2

Section 3.5

  Member Loans or Services   2

Section 3.6

  Admission of Additional Members   2

Section 3.7

  Certificate of Membership Interest   2

Section 3.8

  Membership Interests Shall be Securities   3

ARTICLE IV.

  GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY   3

Section 4.1

  Management by the Member   3

Section 4.2

  Action by the Company   3

Section 4.3

  Delegation of Certain Management Authority   3

ARTICLE V.

  ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS   4

Section 5.1

  Records and Accounting   4

Section 5.2

  Access to Records   4

Section 5.3

  Annual Tax Information   4

Section 5.4

  Accounting Decisions   4

Section 5.5

  Federal Income Tax Elections   4

ARTICLE VI.

  ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS   4

Section 6.1

  Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains   4

Section 6.2

  Distributions   4

ARTICLE VII.

  TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS   5

Section 7.1

  Transferability   5

ARTICLE VIII.

  DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER   5

Section 8.1

  Dissociation   5

 

- i -


ARTICLE IX.

  DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP    5

Section 9.1

  Dissolution    5

Section 9.2

  Winding Up    5

Section 9.3

  Distribution of Assets    6

ARTICLE X.

  AMENDMENTS    6

Section 10.1

  Amendments    6

ARTICLE XI.

  MISCELLANEOUS    6

Section 11.1

  Complete Agreement    6

Section 11.2

  Governing Law    6

Section 11.3

  Binding Effect; Conflicts    6

Section 11.4

  Headings; Interpretation    6

Section 11.5

  Severability    7

Section 11.6

  Additional Documents and Acts    7

Section 11.7

  No Third Party Beneficiary    7

Section 11.8

  Notices    7

Section 11.9

  Title to Company Property    7

Section 11.10

  No Remedies Exclusive    7

Section 11.11

  Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    7

 

- ii -


AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR ADESA-SOUTH FLORIDA, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 12th day of June, 2007 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA-South Florida, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Florida, LLC (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as amended, Ind. Code § 23-18-1-1 et seq . (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Articles of Organization (“Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Indiana on July 14, 1994. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032, or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 and the name of its initial registered agent shall be Rebecca C. Polak. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

Section 3.7 Certificate of Membership Interest .

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

 

- 2 -


(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Indiana law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”

Section 3.8 Membership Interests Shall Be Securities . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA-South Florida, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.

ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the manager(s). The manager(s) shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its member or the manager(s).

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The manager(s) may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The manager(s) may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

 

- 3 -


ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

 

- 5 -


Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

  COMPANY
  ADESA-South Florida, LLC
  By:   ADESA Florida, LLC, its Member
Date: June 12, 2007   By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

    James P. Hallett, President & CEO
  MEMBER
  ADESA Florida, LLC , a Florida Limited Liability Company
Date: June 12, 2007   By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

    James P. Hallett, President & CEO

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Member or Members refers to ADESA Florida, LLC as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

 

Schedule I - 1


Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3 and -4, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member

 

Member

  

Percentage

Interest

ADESA Florida, LLC

13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard

Carmel, IN 46032

   100%

 

Exhibit A

Exhibit 3.63

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC

The undersigned, acting as the Organizer of a limited liability company under the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as amended (the “Act”), hereby adopts these Articles of Organization for ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC (the “Company”):

ARTICLE I.

Name

The name of the Company is ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC.

ARTICLE II.

Registered Office and Registered Agent

The street address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Indiana is 310 E. 96th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. The name of the initial registered agent of the Company at the registered office is Karen C. Turner.

ARTICLE III.

Purpose

The purpose of the Company shall be to conduct any activities for which limited liability companies maybe organized’

ARTICLE IV.

Duration

Unless sooner dissolved in accordance with the Company’s Act, the duration of the Company shall be perpetual.

ARTICLE V.

Manager Management

The Company is to be managed by its sole Manger in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.


ARTICLE VI.

Transferability

A Manager of the Company may transfer his, her or its interest in the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.

ARTICLE VII.

Initial Manager

The sole initial Manager of the Company is ADESA Corporation.

ARTICLE VIII.

Indemnification

(a) To the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and public policies of Indiana the Company shall indemnify any Manager or Organizer (any such Manager or Organizer and any responsible officers, partners, shareholders, managers, directors, or managers of such Manager or Organizer which is an entity, hereinafter being referred to as the indemnified “person”) made a party to any proceeding because such person is or was a Manager or Organizer (or a responsible officer, partner, shareholder, manager, director, or manager thereof), as a matter of right, against all liability incurred by such person in connection with any proceeding; provided that it shall be determined in the specific case in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Article that indemnification of such person is permissible in the circumstances because the person has met the standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. The Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by such a person in connection with any such proceeding in advance of final disposition thereof if (i) the person furnishes the Company a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that he, she or it has met the standard of conduct for indemnification described in paragraph (c) of this Article, (ii) the person furnishes the Company a written undertaking, executed personally or on such person’s behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that such person did not meet such standard of conduct, and (iii) a determination is made in accordance with paragraph (d) that based upon facts then known to those making the determination, indemnification would not be precluded under this Article. The undertaking described in subparagraph (a)(ii) above must be a general obligation of the person subject to such reasonable limitations as the Company may permit, but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment. The Company shall indemnify a person who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any such proceeding, as a matter of right, against reasonable expenses incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding without the requirement of a determination as set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. Upon demand by a person for indemnification or advancement of expenses, as the case may be, the Company shall expeditiously determine whether the person is entitled thereto in accordance with this Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for under this Article shall be applicable to any proceeding arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article.

 

2


(b) The Company shall have the power, but not the obligation, to indemnify any person who is or was an employee or agent of the Company to the same extent as if such person was an indemnified person as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article.

(c) Indemnification of a person is permissible under this Article only if (i) such person conducted himself, herself or itself in good faith, (ii) such person reasonably believed that his, her or its conduct was in or at least not opposed to the Company’s best interest, and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his, her or its conduct was unlawful. Indemnification is not permissible against liability to the extent such liability is the result of the person’s willful misconduct, recklessness, violation of the Company’s Operating Agreement or any improperly obtained financial or other benefit to which the person was not legally entitled. The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the person did not meet the standard of conduct described in this paragraph (c).

(d) A determination as to whether indemnification or advancement of expenses is permissible shall be made by (i) a majority in interest of the Managers (including any interested Manager); or (ii) independent special legal counsel selected in accordance with (d)(i) above.

(e) Any person (as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article) who is a party to a proceeding may apply for indemnification from the Company to the court, if any, conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after giving notice the court considers necessary, may order indemnification if it determines:

(i) In a proceeding in which the person is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, the person is entitled to indemnification under this Article, in which case the court shall order the Company to pay the person his, her or its reasonable expenses incurred to obtain such court ordered indemnification; or

(ii) The person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the person met the standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article.

(f) Indemnification shall also be provided for a person’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan if the person reasonably believed his, her or its conduct to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan.

(g) Nothing contained in this Article shall limit or preclude the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under the law, by contract or otherwise, relating to indemnification of or advancement of expenses to any such person or any person who is or was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, partner, manager, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic company, partnership, association, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for-profit or not. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit the ability of the Company to otherwise indemnify or advance expenses to any person. It is the intent of this Article to provide indemnification to such a person to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the law consistent with the terms and conditions of this Article. If indemnification is permitted under this

 

3


Article indemnification shall be provided in accordance with this Article irrespective of the nature of the legal or equitable theory upon which a claim is asserted, including without limitation, negligence, breach of duty, waste, breach of contract (except to the extent the claim relates to the Operating Agreement or a contract between the Company and that Manager), breach of warranty, strict liability, violation of federal or state securities law, violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of any other state or federal law.

(h) For purposes of this Article;

(i) The term “expenses” includes all direct and indirect costs (including without limitation counsel fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses) actually incurred in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Article, applicable law or otherwise.

(ii) The term “liability” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax (including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding.

(iii) The term “party” includes a person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding,

(iv) The term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.

(i) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for its benefit, the benefit of any person who is entitled to indemnification under this Article, or both, against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in any capacity or arising out of such person’s service with the Company, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Articles of Organization have been executed by the undersigned, as Organizer of the Company, this 2 nd day of December, 2003.

 

ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC

/s/ Karen C. Turner

  , Organizer

Karen C. Turner

 

 

4

Exhibit 3.64

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA SOUTHERN INDIANA, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page
ARTICLE I.   PURPOSES    1
ARTICLE II.   ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS    1

Section 2.1

 

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

 

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

 

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

 

Duration

   2
ARTICLE III.   MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE    2

Section 3.1

 

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

 

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

 

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

 

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

 

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

 

Admission of Additional Members

   2
ARTICLE IV.   GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY    3

Section 4.1

 

Management by the Member

   3

Section 4.2

 

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

 

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3
ARTICLE V.   ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS    3

Section 5.1

 

Records and Accounting

   3

Section 5.2

 

Access to Records

   3

Section 5.3

 

Annual Tax Information

   3

Section 5.4

 

Accounting Decisions

   4

Section 5.5

 

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4
ARTICLE VI.   ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS    4

Section 6.1

 

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

 

Distributions

   4
ARTICLE VII.   TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS    4

Section 7.1

 

Transferability

   4
ARTICLE VIII.   DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER    4

Section 8.1

 

Dissociation

   4

 

- i -


ARTICLE IX.   DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP    5

Section 9.2

 

Winding Up

   5

Section 9.3

 

Distribution of Assets

   5
ARTICLE X.   AMENDMENTS    6

Section 10.1

 

Amendments

   6
ARTICLE XI.   MISCELLANEOUS    6

Section 11.1

 

Complete Agreement

   6

Section 11.2

 

Governing Law

   6

Section 11.3

 

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   6

Section 11.4

 

Headings; Interpretation

   6

Section 11.5

 

Severability

   6

Section 11.6

 

Additional Documents and Acts

   7

Section 11.7

 

No Third Party Beneficiary

   7

Section 11.8

 

Notices

   7

Section 11.9

 

Title to Company Property

   7

Section 11.10

 

No Remedies Exclusive

   7

Section 11.11

 

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA SOUTHERN INDIANA, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as amended, Ind. Code § 23-18-1-1 et seq . (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Articles of Organization (“Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Indiana on December 17, 2003. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the registered office of the Company shall be13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 and the name of its initial registered agent shall be Karen C. Turner. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.


Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.

ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions. Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
    ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC
    By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member
Date: January 5, 2004     By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

      Karen C. Turner, Secretary
    MEMBER
    ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
Date: January 5, 2004     By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

      Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3 and -4, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400,

Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing

Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA SOUTHERN INDIANA, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

 

Exhibit A


Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”

 

  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY

   

MEMBER

ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC     ADESA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Scott A. Anderson

    By:  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer       Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary

 

Exhibit A


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA SOUTHERN INDIANA, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

  2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Indiana law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”

 

  3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of

 

Exhibit A


its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

  4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

    By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

 

Exhibit A

Exhibit 3.65

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ALAMO AUTO AUCTION HOUSTON, INC.

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is ALAMO AUTO AUCTION HOUSTON, INC.

ARTICLE TWO

The period of duration is perpetual.

ARTICLE THREE

The purpose for which the corporation is organized is the transaction of any and all lawful business for which a corporation may be incorporated under the Texas Business Corporation Act.

ARTICLE FOUR

The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue is one million (1,000,000) shares having no par value. The shares shall be designated as common stock and shall have identical rights and privileges in every respect.

ARTICLE FIVE

The corporation will not commence business until it has received for the issuance of shares consideration of the value of One Thousand and no/100 ($1,000.00) Dollars consisting of money, labor done or property actually received.

ARTICLE SIX

The street address of its initial registered office is Suite 450, GPM South Tower, 800 N.W. Loop 410, San Antonio, Texas 78216, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address is F.L. Massey.

ARTICLE SEVEN

The number of directors constituting the initial board of directors is three, and the names and addresses of the person or persons who are to serve as directors until the first annual meeting of the shareholders or until their successors are elected and qualified are:

 

     C.O. Massey      
     12138 Magnolia Blossom   
     San Antonio, Texas 78247   


     F.L. Massey      
     6562 Stonykirk   
     San Antonio, Texas 78240   
       
     Don W. Saunders   
     450 GPM South Tower   
     800 N.W. Loop 410   
     San Antonio, Texas 78216   

ARTICLE EIGHT

The name and address of the incorporator is:

 

     Don W. Saunders      
     Attorney at Law   
     450 GPM South Tower   
     800 N.W. Loop 410   
     San Antonio, Texas 78216   

 

/s/ Don W. Saunders

DON W. SAUNDERS, Incorporator

Attorney at Law

450 GPM South Tower

800 N.W. Loop 410

San Antonio, Texas 78216

STATE OF TEXAS §

Before me, a Notary Public, on this day personally appeared DON W. SAUNDERS, known to me to be the person whose name is subscribed to the foregoing document and being by me first duly sworn, declared that the statements therein contained are true and correct, and he signed his name in the capacity therein stated.

Given under my hand and seal of office this 13th day of September 1995.

 

/s/ Alverne Halloran

NOTARY PUBLIC - STATE OF TEXAS

Alverne Halloran

My Commission Expires: 10-31-96

 

2


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO THE

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF

ALAMO AUTO AUCTION HOUSTON, INC.

Pursuant to the provisions of Article 4.04 of the Texas Business Corporation Act, the undersigned corporation adopts the following Articles of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is Alamo Auto Auction Houston, Inc.

ARTICLE TWO

Article One of the original or amended Articles of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE ONE

The name of the corporation is ADESA Houston, Inc.

Article Six of the original or amended Articles of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows :

ARTICLE SIX

The street address of the corporation’s registered office is 811 Dallas Avenue, Houston, Texas 77002, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address is C T Corporation System.

This amendment is an addition to the original or amended Articles of Incorporation, and a new Article Nine is hereby added to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE NINE

No director shall be liable to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for an act or omission in the director’s capacity as a director, except that this Article does not eliminate or limit the liability of a director to the extent the director is found liable for:

(A) A. a breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders;

 

3


(B) an act or omission not in good faith that constitutes a breach of duty of the director to the corporation or an act or omission that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;

(C) a transaction from which the director received an improper benefit, whether or not the benefit resulted from an action taken within the scope of the director’s office; or

(D) an act or omission for which the liability of the director is expressly provided by an applicable statute.

Any repeal or modification of this Article by the shareholders of the corporation shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the liability of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE THREE

The foregoing amendment was adopted by the sole shareholder of the corporation on September 30, 1996.

ARTICLE FOUR

The number of shares of the corporation outstanding at the time of such adoption was 10,000; and the number of shares entitled to vote thereon was 10,000.

ARTICLE FIVE

The holder of all of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote on said amendment has signed a consent in writing adopting said amendment.

Dated September 30, 1996.

 

ALAMO AUTO AUCTION HOUSTON, INC.

By:  

/s/ Jeffrey K. Harty

  Print Name:   Jeffrey K. Harty
  Print Title:   Treasurer

 

4


EXHIBIT B

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT

TO

THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ADESA HOUSTON, INC.

Pursuant to Article 4.04 of the Texas Business Corporation Act (the “Act”), ADESA Houston, Inc. (the “Corporation”) adopts the following Articles of Amendments to its Articles of Incorporation in accordance with the provisions of Part Four of the Texas Business Corporation Act.

Article One

The name of the Corporation is ADESA Houston, Inc.

Article Two

Article One of the Articles of Incorporation is hereby deleted and replaced to read in its entirety as follows:

“Article One

The name of the Corporation is ADESA Texas, Inc.”

Article Three

Article Six of the Articles of Incorporation is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“Article Six

The street address of the Corporation’s registered office is 1021 Main Street, Ste. 1150, Houston, Texas 77002, and the name of its registered agent at such address is C T Corporation System.”

Article Four

The foregoing amendments were adopted by the sole shareholder of the Corporation on the 18 th day of December, 2003.

Article 5

The amendments to the Articles of Incorporation have been approved in the manner required by the Texas Business Corporation Act and by the constituent documents of the Corporation.

The amendments will become effective on December 31, 2003 at 11:59 p.m. in accordance with Article 10.03 of the Texas Business Corporation Act.

Dated this 18 th date of December, 2003

 

ADESA Houston, Inc.

/s/ James P. Hallett

James P. Hallett, President

 

5

Exhibit 3.66

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CODE OF BYLAWS

OF

ADESA TEXAS, INC.

ARTICLE I

Name, Offices and Registered Agent

Section   1.1 Name . The name of the corporation is ADESA Texas, Inc. (“Corporation”).

Section   1.2 Principal Office . The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at any place within or without the State of Texas as designated in the Corporation’s latest annual report on file with the Texas Secretary of State. The Corporation may have such other offices either within or without the State of Texas as its business may require.

Section   1.3 Registered Office and Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered office of the Corporation is set forth on Exhibit A . The registered office and registered agent may be changed from time to time by written consent and by updating Exhibit A .

Section   1.4 Corporate Seal . The Corporation shall have no seal.

ARTICLE 2

Fiscal Year

Section   2.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin each year on the first day of January and end on the last day of December.

ARTICLE 3

Capital Stock

Section   3.1 Form and Issuance . Certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors in compliance with the Texas Business Corporation Act and shall be signed by, or in the


name of the Corporation by the president or a vice president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation; provided, however, that if such certificate is countersigned (i) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signatures of the officers of the Corporation may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the date of issue.

Section   3.2 Transfers of Shares . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a share certificate duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make such other rules and regulations or amendments thereto as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, registration and transfer of share certificates and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

Section   3.3 Lost , Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Corporation may cause a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit or that fact by the person claiming their certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and in such form as it may direct to indemnify against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate. The Corporation, in its discretion, may authorize the issuance of such new certificates without any bond when the Board of Directors determines that it is proper to do so.

Section   3.4 Fixing of Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than seventy nor less than ten days from the date of such meeting. Only such shareholders as shall be shareholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to participate in such other action, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares of stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may elect to fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting and shall fix a new record date in the event the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

 

2


ARTICLE 4

Meeting of Shareholders

Section   4.1 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be on such a date as designated by the Board of Directors from time to time in respect of any such meeting, at such hour and at such place, within or without the State of Texas, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. The Annual Meeting may be held by written resolutions in lieu of a meeting. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section   4.2 Special Meetings . Special meeting of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the articles of incorporation, may be called by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board or the president and shall be called by the president or the secretary at the request in writing or a majority of the Board of Directors.

Section   4.3 Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a shareholders meeting may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes.

Section   4.4 Notice of Meetings . The Corporation shall deliver or mail written notice stating the date, time, and place of any shareholders meeting and, in the case of a special shareholders meeting or when otherwise required by law, a description of the purposes for which the meeting is called, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting, at such address as appears in the records of the Corporation and at least ten (10), but no more than sixty (60), days before the date of the meeting.

Section   4.5 Waiver of Notice . A shareholder may waive notice of any meeting, before or after the date and time of the meeting as stated in the notice, by delivering a signed waiver to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes. A shareholder’s attendance at any meeting, in person or by proxy (a) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (b) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter a the meeting that is not within the purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

Section   4.6 Place of Meeting . Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Texas, as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. If no place is designated, the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section   4.7 Quorum . The holders of record of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business, except where otherwise provided by law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws. In the absence of a quorum, any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting shall have the

 

3


power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be constituted. At any adjourned meeting held within 120 days of the date fixed for the original meeting and at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjourned meeting is held more than 120 days after the original meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date and shall cause a new notice of the meeting to be issued.

Section   4.8 Organization . Each meeting of shareholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, by the president or, in the absence of both of said officers, by a vice president thereunto designated by the Chairman of the Board, the president and a vice president so designated, by any other person selected to preside by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence assistant secretary, any person designated by the Chairman of the Board or other person presiding at the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section   4.9 Proxies and Voting Shares . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the articles of incorporation, every shareholder shall have the right at every shareholders meeting to one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his or her name on the books of the Corporation on the record date, on all matters coming before the meeting including the election of directors. At any meeting of the shareholders, each shareholder entitled to vote any shares on any matter to be voted upon at such meeting may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, which shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting before being voted. Such proxies shall entitle the holders thereof to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after eleven months from its date unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, the vote on any question need not be by written ballot. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the Texas Business Corporation Act or of the articles of incorporation or of these bylaws, a greater vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control his or her decision of such question.

4.10 Voting List of Shareholders . The Officer who shall have charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least five days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and by voting group (and within each voting group by class or series of shares) and showing the address and the number of shares registered in the name of each such shareholder. Subject to the limitation contained in the Texas Business Corporation Act, such list shall be open to the examination of any shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting, or such shareholder’s agent or attorney, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least five days prior to and continuing through the meeting, at the principal office of the Corporation. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the stock ledger or the list of shareholders referred to above or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting or shareholders.

 

4


ARTICLE 5

Board of Directors

Section   5.1 Power and Duties of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors shall have the general management of the affairs, property and business of the Corporation, and it may adopt such rules and regulations for that purpose and for the conduct of its meetings as it may deem proper. The Board may exercise and shall be vested with the powers of the Corporation in so far as not inconsistent with law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws.

Section   5.2 Election , Number and Term of Office . Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders, or at a special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose pursuant to Section 5.3 below, by a plurality vote of all votes cast at such meeting by the holders of the shares of stock entitled to elect directors. The number of directors of this Corporation shall be at least two (2) and no more than eleven (11), unless changed by amendment of this Section 5.2. All directors, except in the case of earlier resignation, removal or death, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their respective successors are chosen and qualified. Directors need not be a shareholder of the Corporation or residents of the State of Texas.

Section   5.3 Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors caused by resignation, removal from office, death or other incapacity shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the shareholders. If the vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors shall result in a tie, such vacancy, at the direction of the Board of Directors, may be filled by plurality vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors caused by an increase in the number of the Board of Directors until the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders or, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, such vacancy may be filled by vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent directors.

Section   5.4 Annual Meeting of Directors . The Board of Directors shall meet each year, immediately after the annual meeting of the shareholders, at the place where such meeting of the shareholders has been held either within or without the State of Texas, for the purpose of transacting such business as may properly come before the meeting. No notice of any kind to either old or new members of the Board of Directors for such annual meeting shall be necessary. At the annual meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect one of their members to serve as chairman. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section   5.5 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places, either within or without the State of Texas, as may be determined by resolution of the board. Such regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice or upon such notice as may be fixed by the directors.

Section   5.6 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors maybe called by the Chairman of the Board, the president, or by a written call signed by any two or more of the members of the Board of Directors and filed with the secretary. Each special meeting of the Board shall be held at such place, either within or without of the State of Texas. Notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors, stating the place, date and hour thereof, shall, except as otherwise expressly provide by law or as provided in these bylaws, be given by mailing or

 

5


telecopying the same to each director at his or her residence or business address at any time on or before the second day before the day of the meeting or by delivering the same to him or her personally or telephoning the same to him or her personally at his or her residence or business address not later than the second day before the meeting. Except as otherwise required by statute or these bylaws, no notice or waiver of notice of a special meeting of the Board need state the purpose or purposes of such meeting, and any business maybe transacted thereat, any practice or custom at any time to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section   5.7 Attendance at Meetings Via Communications Equipment . Any or all members of the Board of Directors or of a committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by any means of communications by which all directors participating in the meeting may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. Participation in this manner constituted presence in person at the meeting.

Section   5.8 Quorum . A majority of the actual number of directors prescribed from time to time shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the act of a greater number is required by the Texas Business Corporation Act, by the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws.

Section   5.9 Organization . Each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the president or, in his or her absence, by the vice-president, or in the absence of both the president and the vice president, by any director selected to preside by vote of the majority of the directors present. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of both the secretary and the assistant secretary, any person designated by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section   5.10 Consent Action by Directors . Any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual meeting, a regular meeting or a special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a written consent to such action is signed by all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minute of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Action taken by consent is effective when the last director signs unless a different prior or subsequent effective date is specified.

Section   5.11 Interest of Directors in Contracts . Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation or any corporation in which this Corporation owns a majority of the capital stock shall be valid and binding, notwithstanding that the directors of officers of this Corporation are identical or that some or all of the directors or officers, or both, are also directors or officers or such other corporation.

Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors of shareholders or employees, or between the Corporation and any firm of which one or more of its directors are directors, shareholders or employees or in which they are interested, or between the Corporation and any corporation or association of which one or more of its directors are shareholders, members, directors, officers, or employees or in which they are interested, shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such director or directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation which acts upon, or in reference to, such contract or transaction and notwithstanding his or her or their participation in which action, if any one of the following apply:

(i) The material facts of such transaction and the director’s interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or committee of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors or committee thereof shall authorize, approve and ratify such contract or transaction by a vote of a majority of the noninterested directors such majority constituting a quorum for the purposes of this section 5.11.

 

6


(ii) The material facts of the transaction and the director’s interest were disclosed or known to the shareholders entitled to vote and they authorized approved or ratified the transaction by a majority vote. Shares owned or voted by an interested director may be counted toward such majority.

(iii) The transaction was fair to the Corporation.

This section 5.11 shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common or statutory law applicable thereto.

Section   5.12 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the actual number of directors in office from time to time, designate from among its members one or more committees consisting of two or more of the directors of the Corporation, and may delegate to each such committee such authority and power of the Board of Directors as shall be specified in such resolution, but no such committee shall have the authority of the Board of Directors in authorizing distribution, approving or proposing to shareholders action required to be approved by shareholders, filling vacancies on the Board of Directors or any committees thereof, approving the sale of shares (other than as authorized by the Board of Directors within the limits prescribed by the Board of Directors), amending the articles of incorporation, adopting an agreement or plan of merger or consolidation or amendment these bylaws, except as otherwise provided by the Texas Business Corporation Act. No member of any such committee shall continue to be member thereof after he or she ceases to be a director of the Corporation. The committee shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section   5.13 Removal . Any director may be removed with or without cause by action of the shareholders taken at any meeting the notice of which states that one of the purposes of the meeting is removal of the director.

 

7


ARTICLE 6

Officers

Section   6.1 Officers . The officers of the Corporation, who shall be elected by the Board of Directors, may include a chairman, a president, a chief operating officer, one or more executive vice presidents, one or more vice presidents, a chief financial officer, a treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors, at its discretion, may elect one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers or agents as it may deem advisable and prescribe the duties thereof. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Board of Directors may delegate to the chairman and president the power to appoint and to remove such assistant officers as he or she deems desirable.

Section   6.2 Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting thereof, or appointed by the president as provided in section 6.1 above. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until his or her death, or until he or she shall resign, or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

Section   6.3 Removal . Any officer may be removed either with or without cause, at any time by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board, and an officer appointed by the president may also be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the president.

Section   6.4 Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, its chairman or to the secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section   6.5 Vacancies . Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the remainder of the term by the Board of Directors or as authorized by it.

Section   6.6 Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and as such shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meeting of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall act as general administrative head of the Corporation, exercising general control and supervision over the affairs of the Corporation and over the other officers, agents and personnel of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall, with the approval of the Board of Directors, appoint the members of any committee created by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board has authority to execute, with the Secretary where attestation or other dual signature is required, powers of attorney appointing other corporations, partnerships, or individuals a the agents of the Corporation, subject to law, the articles of incorporation, and these bylaws. The Chairman of the Board shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Chairman of the Board and such other duties and the Board of Directors may assign.

Section   6.7 President . The president shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors. Subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors, the president may enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. The president shall perform all duties and have all the powers incident to the office of president and all such other duties and powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors.

 

8


Section   6.8 Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation shall have general supervision and management over the day-to-day business operations of the Corporation. The Chief Operating Officer shall have the power and authority to sign, make, execute, and deliver any and all deeds or conveyances, leases, contracts, assignments, releases, share certificates, and all other documents and instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and shall perform all other duties as are incident to the officer of Chief operating Officer and as may be required of the Chief operating Officer by the Board of Directors from time to time

Section   6.9 Vice President . Each vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the president.

Section   6.10 Assistant Vice President . Each assistant vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the president or any vice president to whom the assistant vice president reports.

Section   6.11 Treasurer . The treasurer shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit all such funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks or other depositories as shall be selected by the Board of Directors. The treasurer shall upon request exhibit at all reasonable times his or her books of account and records to any of the directors of the Corporation, shall render upon request by the Board of Directors a statement of the condition of the finances of the Corporation at any meeting of the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of the shareholders, shall receive and give receipt for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office assigned by the president or the Board of Directors.

Section   6.12 Assistant Treasurers . In the absence of the treasurer, or in case of the treasurer’s inability to act, an assistant treasurer shall perform all the duties of the treasurer and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of the treasurer. The assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the president, the vice president designated as the chief accounting and financial officer of the Corporation or the treasurer.

Section   6.13 Secretary . The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in the books provided for that purpose the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors, shall duly give and serve all notices required to be given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and by the Texas Business Corporation Act, shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the president or the Board of Directors.

 

9


Section 6.14 Assistant Secretary . In the absence the secretary or in case of his or her inability to act, an assistant secretary shall perform all the duties of the secretary and, when do acting, shall have all powers of the secretary. The assistant secretaries shall perform such other duties from time to time shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the president or the secretary.

Section 6.15 Subordinate Officers . In addition to the principal officers enumerated in Section 6.1, the Corporation may have other officers, agents and employees as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such periods of time, may be removed with or without cause, have such authority, and perform such duties as the President, or the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

Section 6.16 Execution of Contracts and Other Documents . Unless otherwise authorized or directed by the Board of Directors, all written contracts, agreements, banking resolutions, conveyance, or any other instruments that may be deemed necessary and proper for the business of the Corporation, shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the President or the Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Controller, Assistant Treasurer or Secretary.

Section 6.17 Bonds . The Board of Directors shall have the power to require any officer of the Corporation to give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such form and with such surety or sureties as the Board may deem advisable.

Section 6.18 Salaries . The salaries of the president, vice presidents, treasurer, and secretary shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and the salaries of any assistant officers may be fixed by the president.

ARTICLE 7

Indemnification

Section 7.1 Indemnification of Directors , Officers and Employees . Every person who is or was a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or of any other corporation for which he or she is or was serving in any capacity at the request of this Corporation shall be indemnified by this Corporation against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from or arising out of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, in which such person may become involved, as a party or otherwise,

 

  (i) by reason of his or her being or having been a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or such other corporation or

 

  (ii) by reason of any past or future action taken or not taken by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not he or she continues to be such at the time such liability or expense is incurred,

provided that such person is wholly successful with respect thereto or acted in good faith and,

 

10


when acting in his or her official capacity of the Corporation, in what he or she reasonably believed was the Corporation’s best interest or, when acting in all other cases, in what he or she reasonably believed was not opposed to the Corporation’s best interest and, in addition, in any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A director’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the director reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan meets the requirement of this section 7.1. As used herein, “claim, action, suit or proceeding” shall include and claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether brought by or in the right of this Corporation or such other corporation or otherwise), civil, criminal administrative or investigative, whether actual or threatened or in connection with an appeal relating thereto.

The terms “liability” and “expense” shall include, but shall not be limited to, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, amounts of judgments, fines or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of a director, officer or employee, but shall not in any event include any liability or expense on account of profits realized by him or her in the purchase or sale of securities of the Corporation in violation of the law. The termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction or upon a plea of guilty or on nolo contedere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that a director, officer or employee did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in this section 7.1.

Any such director, officer or employee who has been wholly successful with respect to any such claim, action, and suit or preceding shall be entitled to indemnification as a matter of right. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, any indemnification hereunder shall be found that the director, officer or employee has net the standard of conduct set forth in this section 7.1 by:

 

  (i) the Board of Directors acting by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such claim, action, suit or proceeding; or

 

  (ii) if a quorum cannot be obtained under subsection (i), by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Board of Directors (in which designation directors who are parties may participate), consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties; or

 

  (iii) by written opinion of independent legal counsel selected by the Board of Directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in subsection (i) or (ii) or, if such is impossible, selected by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors; or

 

  (iv) by the shareholders, but shares owned by or voted under the control of directors who are at the time parties may not be voted in such determination.

Any such director, officer or employee may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the claim, action, suit or proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction, which court may order indemnification as provided by law.

 

11


Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of reasonableness of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if such determination is made by independent legal counsel. Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of expenses shall be made by those show elected of the independent counsel.

If several claims, issues or matters of action are involved, any such person may be entitled to indemnification as to some matters even though he or she is not entitled as to other matters.

The Corporation may advance expenses to or, where appropriate, any at its expense undertake the defense of any such director, officer or employee upon receipt or a written affirmation of such person of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct set forth in the section 7.1 and unlimited general written undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such expenses if it should ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification hereunder and upon a determination that the facts then known would not preclude indemnification.

The provisions of the section 7.1 shall be applicable to claims, actions, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions to act during, before or after the adoption hereof.

The rights of indemnification provided hereunder shall be in addition to any rights to which any person concerned may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of any such person.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this section 7.1 or otherwise.

ARTICLE 8

Amendments

Section 8.1 Amendment . The power to make, alter, amend, or repeal these bylaws is vested in the Board of Directors, but the affirmative vote of a majority of the actual number of directors from time to time shall be necessary to effect any alteration, amendment or repeal or these bylaws.

 

Intl:   

/s/ Michelle Mallon

By:    Michelle Mallon
Dated:    January 30, 2004

 

12


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of the Registered Agent (As of January 30, 2004)

 

Name

  

Address

CT Corporation System    Ste. 1150, 1021 Main Street, Houston, TX 77002

 

13

Exhibit 3.67

 

LLC-1011   COMMONWEALTH OF VIRGINIA  
(02/05)   STATE CORPORATION COMMISSION  
  ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION OF A  
  DOMESTIC LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY  

Pursuant to Chapter 12 of Title 13.1 of the Code of Virginia the undersigned states as follows:

 

1.    The name of the limited liability company is
  

ADESA Virginia, LLC

   (The name must contain the words “limited company or “limited liability company” or the abbreviation “L.C.”, “LC”, “L.L.C.” or “LLC”)
2.   

A.     The name of the limited liability company’s initial registered agent is

  

CT Corporation System

  

B.     The registered agent is ( mark appropriate box ) :

  

(1)    an INDIVIDUAL who is a resident of Virginia and

 

¨         a member or manager of the limited liability company.

 

¨         a member or manager of a limited liability company that is a member or manager of the limited liability company.

 

¨         an officer or director of a corporation that is a member or manager of the limited liability company.

 

¨         a general partner of a general or limited partnership that is a member or manager of the limited liability company.

 

¨         a trustee of a trust that is a member or manager of the limited liability company.

 

¨         a member of the Virginia State Bar.

 

OR

 

(2)    a domestic or foreign stock or nonstock corporation, limited liability company or registered limited liability partnership authorized to transact business in Virginia.

3.    The limited liability company’s initial registered office address, including the street and number, if any, which is identical to the business office of the initial registered agent, is
   4701 Cox Road, Suite 301   Glen Allen,   VA   23060,
           
  

(number/street)

  (city or town)         (zip)
   which is physically located in the þ county or ¨ city of   

Henrico.

4.    The limited liability company’s principal office address, including the street and number, if any, is
   13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Suite 500   Carmel   IN   46032
    
  

(number/street)

  (city or town)   (state)   (zip)
5.    Organizer:
  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

       

4/26/05

   (signature)         (date)
  

Michelle Mallon

       

(317) 249-4260

   (printed name)         (telephone number (optional))

Exhibit 3.68

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA VIRGINIA, LLC

Effective as of

April 27, 2005

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

ARTICLE I. PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II. ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1
  Section   2.1   Formation    1
  Section   2.2   Principal Office    1
  Section   2.3   Registered Office and Registered Agent    1
  Section   2.4   Duration    1

ARTICLE III. MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2
  Section   3.1   Name and Address of Member    2
  Section   3.2   Capital Contributions    2
  Section   3.3   Additional Capital    2
  Section   3.4   Capital Accounts    2
  Section   3.5   Member Loans or Services    2
  Section   3.6   Admission of Additional Members    2

ARTICLE IV. GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3
  Section   4.1   Management by the Manager(s)    3
  Section   4.2   Action by the Company    3
  Section   4.3   Delegation of Certain Management Authority    3

ARTICLE V. ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3
  Section   5.1   Records and Accounting    3
  Section   5.2   Access to Records    3
  Section   5.3   Annual Tax Information    3
  Section   5.4   Accounting Decisions    3
  Section   5.5   Federal Income Tax Elections    4

ARTICLE VI. ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4
  Section   6.1   Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains    4
  Section   6.2   Distributions    4

ARTICLE VII. TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   4
  Section   7.1   Transferability    4

ARTICLE VIII. DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   4
  Section   8.1   Dissociation    4

 

- i -


ARTICLE IX. DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   4
 

Section   9.1

  Dissolution    4
 

Section   9.2

  Winding Up    5
 

Section   9.3

  Distribution of Assets    5

ARTICLE X. AMENDMENTS

   5
 

Section 10.1

  Amendments    5

ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS

   5
 

Section 11.1

  Complete Agreement    5
 

Section 11.2

  Governing Law    6
 

Section 11.3

  Binding Effect; Conflicts    6
 

Section 11.4

  Headings; Interpretation    6
 

Section 11.5

  Severability    6
 

Section 11.6

  Additional Documents and Acts    6
 

Section 11.7

  No Third Party Beneficiary    6
 

Section 11.8

  Notices    7
 

Section 11.9

  Title to Company Property    7
 

Section 11.10

  No Remedies Exclusive    7
 

Section 11.11

  Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA VIRGINIA, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 27 th day of April, 2005 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between ADESA Virginia, LLC, a Virginia limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and ADESA Corporation, LLC (the “ Member ”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Virginia Limited Liability Company Act, as amended, Code of Virginia §13.1-1000 et seq. (the “ Act ”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

The purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of the Articles of Organization with the State Corporation Commission of Virginia effective April 27, 2005. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 4701 Cox Road, Suite 301, Glen Allen, VA, 23060, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with §13.1-1046 of the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company converted to the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Manager(s) . Management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Manager(s).

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the Member or the Manager(s).

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Manager(s) may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Manager(s) may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and the duly authorized representatives of the Company shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6, the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “ Event of Dissociation ”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6.

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

 

- 4 -


(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a).

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims as set forth in the Code of Virginia § 13.1-1049.1.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior

 

- 5 -


written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Virginia.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

  COMPANY:
  ADESA Virginia, LLC
  By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
    Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary
Date: April 27, 2005    

 

  MEMBER:
  ADESA Corporation, LLC
Date: April 27, 2005   By:   /s/ Cameron C. Hitchcock
    Cameron C. Hitchcock, Treasurer

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Virginia Limited Liability Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Manager or Managers means a person or persons designated by the members of the Company to manage the limited liability company as provided in the articles of organization or this Operating Agreement.

Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation, LLC as the sole member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2.

Transfer means any “assignment” and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution

(As of April 27, 2005)

 

Member

  

Current Number

of Contributed Units

  

Percentage

Interest

ADESA Corporation, LLC

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Suite 500

Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100%

 

Exhibit A


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA VIRGINIA, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

  2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Virginia law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”

 

Exhibit A


  3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Virginia, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

  4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA Corporation, LLC     ADESA Virginia, LLC
By:   /s/ James P. Hallett     By:   /s/ Paul J. Lips
  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

 

Exhibit A

Exhibit 3.69

 

LOGO   STATE OF WASHINGTON    APPLICATION TO FORM A
  SECRETARY OF STATE    LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY
     (Per Chapter 25.15 RCW)
     FEE: $175

•        Please PRINT or TYPE in black ink

   EXPEDITED (24-HOUR) SERVICE AVAILABLE – $20 PER ENTITY

•        Sign, date and return original and ONE COPY to:

  

INCLUDE FEE AND WRITE “EXPEDITE” IN BOLD LETTERS
ON OUTSIDE OF ENVELOPE

 

CORPORATIONS DIVISION

   FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

801 CAPITOL WAY SOUTH • PO BOX 40214

 

   FILED                             /                 UBI: 602 353 202

OLYMPIA, WA 98504-0234

   CORPORATION NUMBER:

•        BE SURE TO INCLUDE FILING FEE. Checks should be made payable to “Secretary of State”

  

 

Important Person to contact about this filing

Cheryl Shrader

  

Daytime Phone Number (with area code)

(317) 249-4217

CERTIFICATE OF FORMATION

NAME OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY (LLC) (Must contain the word “Limited Liability Company,” “Limited Liability Co.,” “L.L.C.” or “LLC”)

 

Auto Dealers Exchange of Washington, LLC

ADDRESS OF LLC’S PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS

Street Address (Required)             310 E. 96th Street             City    Indianapolis             State    IN             ZIP    46240

PO Box ( Optional – Must be in same city as street address )                                               ZIP ( If different than street ZIP )                     

EFFECTIVE DATE OF LLC ( Specified effective date may be up to 90 days AFTER receipt of the document by the Secretary of State )

 

q   Specific Date:                                                      x     Upon filing by the Secretary of State

DATE OF DISSOLUTION ( If applicable )   

MANAGEMENT OF LCC IS VESTED IN ONE OR MORE MANAGERS

 

q   Yes                     x   No

>>>PLEASE ATTACH ANY OTHER PROVISIONS THE LLC ELECTS TO INCLUDE <<<

 

NAME AND ADDRESS OF WASHINGTON STATE REGISTERED AGENT

 

Name CT Corporation System

 

Street Address ( Required )        520 Pike Street            City    Seattle            State    WA             ZIP    98101

 

PO Box ( Optional – Must be in same city as street address )                                  ZIP ( If different than street ZIP )                         

 

I consent to serve as Registered Agent in the State of Washington for the above named LLC. I understand it will be my responsibility to accept Service of Process on behalf of the LLC; to forward mail to the LLC; and to immediately notify the Office of the Secretary of State if I resign or change the Registered Office Address.

 

/s/ Jeffrey R. Graves                                                   Jeffrey R. Graves, Asst. Secretary                                                         12/23/03

Signature of Agent                                                                      Printed Name                                                                             Date

NAMES ADDRESS OF EACH PERSON EXECUTING THIS CERTIFICATE ( If necessary, attach additional names and addresses )

 

Printed Name Karen C. Turner    Signature /s/ Karen C. Turner                                                   
Address 310 E. 96th Street, Suite 400    City Indianapolis State IN ZIP 46240
Printed Name                                                                                       Signature                                                                                     
Address                                                                                                 City                              State                           ZIP                         
Printed Name                                                                                       Signature                                                                                     
Address                                                                                                 City                              State                           ZIP                         

INFORMATION AND ASSISTANCE – 360/753-7115 (TDD – 360/753-1485)

 

1


ARTICLES OF MERGER

OF

ADESA WASHINGTON, INC.

INTO

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF WASHINGTON, LLC

Pursuant to the provisions of the Washington Business Corporation Act (the “Act”), the undersigned business entities adopt the following articles of merger:

1. Surviving Company. The name, business address, type of entity and state of jurisdiction of the company that shall survive the merge is as follows:

 

Name and Address

  

Type of Entity

   State     

Auto Dealers Exchange of Washington, LLC

310 E. 96th Street, Ste. 400

Indianapolis, IN 46240

   Limited Liability Company    WA   

2. Non-Surviving Corporation. The name, business address, type of entity and state of jurisdiction of the corporation that shall not survive the merge is as follows:

 

Name and Address

  

Type of Entity

   State     

ADESA Washington, Inc.

310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400

Indianapolis, IN 46240

   Corporation    WA   

3. The Plan of Merger.

a. The Plan of Merger, containing such information as required by the Act, as set forth in Exhibit A (the “Plan of Merger”), which provides that ADESA Washington, Inc. shall merge into Auto Dealers Exchange of Washington, LLC, was approved and adopted by the sole-member of the Surviving Company and the sole-shareholder of the Non-Surviving Corporation, pursuant to RCW 23B.11.030.

b. An executed copy of the Plan of Merger is on file at the principal place of businesses of ADESA Washington, Inc. and Auto Dealers Exchange of Washington, LLC and a copy shall be furnished by such entities, on written request and without cost, to any shareholder of each corporation that is a party to the Plan of Merger and to any creditor or obligee of the parties to the merger at the time of the merger if such obligation is then outstanding.

4. Amendment to Surviving Corporation’s Articles of Organization. Pursuant to the Act and upon the effectiveness of these articles of merger, the surviving corporation, Auto Dealers Exchange of Washington, LLC’s Articles of Organization, as set forth in Exhibit B shall be amended as follows:

a. The name of the entity shall change from Auto Dealers Exchange of Washington, LLC to ADESA Washington, LLC.

b. The address of the registered office shall be 520 Pike Street, Seattle, WA 98101 and the registered agent shall be CT Corporation System.

 

2


5. Compliance.

a. The merger is permitted under the Act and is not prohibited by the articles of organization of Surviving Company that is a party to the merger.

b. These Articles of Merger comply and were executed in accordance with the Act.

 

3


6. Effective Date. The merger will become effective on January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m. in accordance with the Act.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed these Articles of Merger as of the 22 nd day of December, 2003.

 

Non-Surviving Corporation

ADESA Washington, Inc.

   

Surviving Company

Auto Dealers Exchange of Washington, LLC

/s/ Karen C. Turner     /s/ Karen C. Turner
Karen C. Turner, Secretary     Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

4


EXHIBIT A

PLAN OF MERGER

THIS PLAN OF MERGER (“Plan of Merger”) entered into this 22nd day of December, 2003 by and between ADESA Washington, Inc. a Washington corporation, (the “Non-Surviving Corporation”) and Auto Dealers Exchange of Washington, LLC, a Washington limited liability company, (the “Surviving Company”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Non-Surviving Corporation is a corporation organized under the Washington Business Corporation Act, and the principal place of business is 310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240;

WHEREAS, the Surviving Company is a limited liability company organized under the Washington Business Corporation Act, and the principal place of business is 310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Manager of the Surviving Company desire that the Non-Surviving Corporation merge into and reorganize with the Surviving Company pursuant to the provisions of the Washington Business Corporation Act and 368(a)(2)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in the manner set forth herein (the “Merger”); and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Member of the Surviving Company have approved and adopted this Plan of Merger in accordance with the Act.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree that the Non-Surviving Corporation shall merge with and into the Surviving Company in accordance with the following provisions:

ARTICLE I

Parties to the Merger

Section 1.1 . The Surviving Company . The name of the limited liability company that shall survive the Merger is “Auto Dealers Exchange of Washington, LLC” and the principal place of business is 310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240.

Section 1.2 . The Non-Surviving Corporation . The name of the corporation proposing to merge with and into the Surviving Company is “ADESA Washington, Inc”.

 

5


ARTICLE II

Terms and Conditions of the Merger

and Mode of Carrying the Merger Into Effect

Section 2.1 . Effective Time of the Merger . The “Effective Time of the Merger” shall be January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m.

Section 2.2 . Effect of the Merger . At the Effective Time of the Merger, the Non-Surviving Corporation shall merge with and into the Surviving Company, and the separate existence of the Non-Surviving Corporation shall cease.

Section 2.3 . Ownership and Shares . The Non-Surviving Corporation and the Surviving Company are wholly-owned by ADESA Corporation. All of the issued and outstanding common shares of the Non-Surviving Corporation will be canceled and the certificates issued will be surrendered and the sole Shareholder will be the sole Member of the Surviving Company.

Section 2.4 . Director and Manager Approval . The Board of Directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Manager of the Surviving Company have duly authorized the Merger and approved and adopted this Plan of Merger in accordance with the Act.

Section 2.5 . Shareholder and Member Approval . The sole-shareholder of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Member of the Surviving Company have approved this Plan of Merger in accordance with the Act. This Plan of Merger shall be executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded as required for accomplishing a merger under the applicable provisions of the Acts.

ARTICLE III

Amended Articles of Organization of the Surviving Company

The Articles of Organization of the Surviving Company shall be amended to change the name of the surviving company to the following:

“ADESA Washington, LLC”.

ARTICLE IV

Articles of Organization and Operating Agreement of the Surviving Company

The Articles of Organization, including the amendment herein, and the Operating Agreement of the Surviving Company as existing at the Effective Time of the Merger shall continue as such in full force and effect until altered, amended or repealed.

 

6


ARTICLE V

Manager and Officers

Section 5.1 . Manager . ADESA Corporation shall be the manager of the Surviving Company. The business address of the Manager is 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240.

Section 5.2 . Officers . Each person named below shall hold the office(s) of the Surviving Company listed next to his or her name, to hold such office(s) until the their successor is elected at a meeting of the Manager of the Surviving Company thereafter.

 

Name

  

Office(s)

    
James P. Hallett    President   
Donald L. Harris    Vice President   
Karen C. Turner    Secretary   
Paul J. Lips    Treasurer   
Scott A. Anderson    Assistant Treasurer   

ARTICLE VI

Further Assurances

At the Effective Time of the Merger, the Non-Surviving Corporation will allocate all real estate, property rights and assets to the Surviving Company, and the Surviving Company is liable for all outstanding debts, litigation and obligations of the Non-Surviving Corporation.

If at any time the Surviving Company shall consider or be advised that any further assignment, assurance or any other action is necessary or desirable to vest in the Surviving Company, the title to any property or right of the Non-Surviving Corporation or otherwise to carry out the proposes of this Plan of Merger, the proper officers and directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation shall execute and make all such proper assignments or assurances and take such other actions. The proper managers of the Surviving Company are hereby authorized in the name of the Non-Surviving Corporation, as taxpayer or otherwise, to take any and all such action.

 

7

Exhibit 3.70

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA WASHINGTON, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004

 

1


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page
ARTICLE I.           PURPOSES    1

ARTICLE II.         ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

   Formation    1

Section 2.2

   Principal Office    1

Section 2.3

   Registered Office and Registered Agent    1

Section 2.4

   Duration    1

ARTICLE III.       MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

   Name and Address of Member    2

Section 3.2

   Capital Contributions    2

Section 3.3

   Additional Capital    2

Section 3.4

   Capital Accounts    2

Section 3.5

   Member Loans or Services    2

Section 3.6

   Admission of Additional Members    2

ARTICLE IV.       GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

   Management by the Member    3

Section 4.2

   Action by the Company    3

Section 4.3

   Delegation of Certain Management Authority    3

ARTICLE V.       ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   3

Section 5.1

   Records and Accounting    3

Section 5.2

   Access to Records    3

Section 5.3

   Annual Tax Information    3

Section 5.4

   Accounting Decisions    4

Section 5.5

   Federal Income Tax Elections    4

ARTICLE VI.       ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

   Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains    4

Section 6.2

   Distributions    4
ARTICLE VII.       TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS    4

Section 7.1

   Transferability    4

ARTICLE VIII.      DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   4

Section 8.1

   Dissociation    4

ARTICLE IX.        DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   5

 

- i -


Section 9.1

   Dissolution    5

Section 9.2

   Winding Up    5

Section 9.3

   Distribution of Assets    5
ARTICLE X.           AMENDMENTS    6

Section 10.1

   Amendments    6
ARTICLE XI.          MISCELLANEOUS    6

Section 11.1

   Complete Agreement    6

Section 11.2

   Governing Law    6

Section 11.3

   Binding Effect; Conflicts    6

Section 11.4

   Headings; Interpretation    6

Section 11.5

   Severability    6

Section 11.6

   Additional Documents and Acts    7

Section 11.7

   No Third Party Beneficiary    7

Section 11.8

   Notices    7

Section 11.9

   Title to Company Property    7

Section 11.10

   No Remedies Exclusive    7

Section 11.11

   Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA WASHINGTON, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Washington, LLC, a Washington limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Washington Business Corporation Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Certificate of Formation, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Certificate of Formation (“Certificate”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Washington on December 24, 2003. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Certificate and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Certificate.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be 520 Pike Street, Seattle WA 98101 and the name of its initial registered agent shall be CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Member . As provided in the Certificate, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

 

- 4 -


ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth by the Act.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Certificate constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Certificate replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Certificate supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Certificate will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Certificate. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Certificate, the provisions of the Act or the Certificate, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Certificate or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
    ADESA Washington, LLC
    By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member
Date:   January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
        Karen C. Turner, Secretary
    MEMBER
    ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
Date:   January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
        Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Washington Business Corporation Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any assignment and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A



1st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA WASHINGTON, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA Washington, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Manager. The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2. Action by the Company. The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section 4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees


of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”

 

  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY     MEMBER
ADESA Washington, LLC     ADESA CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Scott A. Anderson     By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer       Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA WASHINGTON, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

  2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

 

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

 

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

 

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Washington law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

 

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”

 

  3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of


its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Washington, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

  4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     ADESA Washington, LLC
By:   /s/ James P. Hallett     By:   /s/ Paul J. Lips
  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.71

 

Sec 183.0202

Wis. Stats.

  

State of Wisconsin

Department of Financial Institutions

Division of Corporate & Consumer Services

  

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION – LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

Executed by the undersigned for the purpose of forming a Wisconsin limited liability company under Ch. 183 of the Wisconsin Statutes:

 

Article 1.   Name of the limited liability company:
 

ADESA Wisconsin, LLC

Article 2.   The limited liability company is organized under Ch. 183 of the Wisconsin Statutes.
Article 3.   Name of the initial registered agent:  

CT Corporation System

Article 4.  

Street address of the initial registered office:

 

(The complete address, including street and number, if assigned, and ZIP code. P O Box address may be included as part of the address, but is insufficient alone.)

 

Suite 200

 

8025 Excelsior Dr.

 

Madison, WI 53717

 

Article 5.   Management of the limited liability company shall be vested in:
  (Select and check ( X ) the one appropriate choice below)

 

     x   a manager or managers

OR

      
     ¨   its members

 

Article 6.   Name and complete address of each organizer:

Karen C. Turner

310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400

Indianapolis, IN 46240

 

/s/ Karen C. Turner

  

 

Organizer’s signature    Organizer’s signature

 

This document was drafted by  

Karen C. Turner

  (Name the individual who drafted the document)

 

Ø OPTIONAL – Second choice company name if first choice is not available:

 

FILING FEE — $170.00 See instructions, suggestions, and procedures on following pages.

( Note : Electronic edition of this form is “ Quickstart LLC ,” available at www.wdfi.org at a lower fee.)

 

1


State of Wisconsin

Department of Financial Institutions

Division of Corporate & Consumer Services

CERTIFICATE OF CONVERSION

1. Before conversion:

 

Company Name:

 

ADESA Wisconsin, Inc.

 

 

Indicate (X)

Entity Type

 

 

¨

     Limited Partnership (Ch. 179, Wis. Stats.)   

Organized under

the laws of

WI                        

(state or country *)

 

  x      Business Corporation (Ch. 180, Wis. Stats.)   
  ¨      Nonstock Corporation (Ch. 181, Wis. Stats.)   
 

¨

 

    

Limited Liability Company (Ch. 183, Wis. Stats.)

 

  

 

* If a foreign (out-of-state) business entity is converting to a Wisconsin business entity, attach a certificate of status or document of similar import authenticated by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official in the jurisdiction where the foreign business entity is organized, to include the name of the business entity and its date of incorporation or formation.

2. After conversion:

 

Company Name:

 

ADESA Wisconsin, LLC

 

 

Indicate (X)

Entity Type

 

 

¨

     Limited Partnership (Ch. 179, Wis. Stats.)   

Organized under

the laws of

WI                        

(state or country)

 

  ¨      Business Corporation (Ch. 180, Wis. Stats.)   
  ¨      Nonstock Corporation (Ch. 181, Wis. Stats.)   
 

x

 

    

Limited Liability Company (Ch. 183, Wis. Stats.)

 

  

 

     EFFECTIVE DATE   

             

    

1/1/04

  

FILING FEE - $150.00

DFI/CORP/ 1000 (R02/10/03) Use of this form is mandatory.

     

 

2


3. A Plan of Conversion containing all the following parts is attached as Exhibit A. ( NOTE : A template for Plan of Conversion is included in this form. Use of the template is optional .)

 

  A. The name, form of business entity, and identity of the jurisdiction governing the business entity that is to be converted.

 

  B. The name, form of business entity, and identity of the jurisdiction that will govern the business entity after conversion.

 

  C. The terms and conditions of the conversion.

 

  D. The manner and basis of converting the shares or other ownership interests of the business entity that is being converted into shares or other ownership interests of the new form of business entity.

 

  E. The effective date and time of conversion, if the conversion is to be effective other than at the time of filing the certificate of conversion as provided under sec. 179.11(2), 180.0123, 181.0123 or 183.0111, whichever governs the business entity prior to conversion.

 

  F. A copy of the articles of incorporation, articles of organization, certificate of limited partnership, or other similar governing document of the business entity after conversion as Exhibit B. ( NOTE : Templates for certificate of limited partnership, articles of incorporation, and articles of organization are included in this form. Use of the templates is optional .)

 

  G. Other provisions relating to the conversion, as determined by the business entity.

4. The Plan of Conversion was approved in accordance with the applicable law of the jurisdiction that governs the organization of the business entity.

5. Registered Agent (Agent for Service of Process) and Registered Office (Agent’s business office) of the business entity PRIOR TO CONVERSION :

 

Registered Agent (Agent for Service of Process):

 

CT Corporation System

 

Registered Office:

 

Suite 200, 8025 Excelsior Dr.

Madison, WI 53717

Additional Entry for a Limited Partnership   Record Office:

only ®

   
     

6. Registered Agent (Agent for Service of Process) and Registered Office (Agent’s business office) of the business entity AFTER CONVERSION:

 

Registered Agent (Agent for Service of Process):

 

CT Corporation System

 

Registered Office in WI (Street & Number,

City, State (WI) and ZIP code):

Suite 200, 8025 Excelsior Dr.

Madison, WI 53717

 

3


Additional Entry for a Limited Partnership

  Record Office:

only ®

   
     

DFI/CORP/ 1000 (R02/10/03)

 

7. Executed on 1/1/04 (date) by the business entity PRIOR TO ITS CONVERSION.  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

  (Signature)
Mark (X)  below the title of the person executing the document.  

Karen C. Turner

  (Printed Name)

For a limited partnership

 

Title:   ¨   General Partner

 

For a limited liability company

  For a corporation

Title:   ¨   Member OR ¨   Manager

 

Title:   ¨   President OR x   Secretary

or other officer title

 

 

 

INSTRUCTIONS (Ref. Ss. 179.76(3) & (5), 180.1161(3) & (5), 181.1161(3) & (5) and 183.1207(3) & (5), Wis. Stats. for document content)

Submit one original and one exact copy to Department of Financial Institutions, P O Box 7846, Madison WI, 53707-7846, together with a filing fee of $150.00, payable to the department. Filing fee is non-refundable . (If sent by Express or Priority U.S. mail, address to 345 W. Washington Ave, 3 rd Floor, Madison WI, 53703.) Sign the document manually or otherwise as allowed under sec. 179.14 (1g) (c), 180.0103 (16), 181.0103 (23) or 183.0107 (1g) (c). NOTICE: This form may be used to accomplish a filing required or permitted by statute to be made with the department. Information requested may be used for secondary purposes. If you have any questions, please contact the Division of Corporate & Consumer Services at 608-261-7577. Hearing impaired may call 608-266-8818 for TDY. This document can be made available in alternate formats upon request to qualifying individuals with disabilities.

1. Enter the company name, type of business entity, and state of organization of business entity prior to conversion . Definitions of foreign entity types are set forth in ss. 179.01(4), 180.0103(9), 181.0103(13) and 183.0102(8), Wis. Stats.

If a foreign (out-of-state) business entity is converting to a Wisconsin business entity, attach a certificate of status or document of similar import authenticated by the Secretary of State or other appropriate official in the jurisdiction where the foreign business entity is organized, to include the name of the business entity and its date of incorporation or formation.

 

4


2. Enter the company name, type of business entity, and state of organization of business entity after conversion .

3. Attach the Plan of Conversion as Exhibit A. If the Plan of Conversion declares a specific effective time or delayed effective time and date, such date may not be prior to the date the document is delivered to the department for filing, nor more than 90 days after delivery. The drafter may use the template Plan of Conversion provided in this form or may prepare the Plan by other means. Use of the template is optional .

DFI/CORP/ 1000I (R02/10/03)

 

5


Exhibit A

PLAN OF CONVERSION

THIS PLAN OF CONVERSION (“Plan of Conversion”) entered into this 1st day of January, 2004 by ADESA Wisconsin, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation (the “Converting Corporation”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Converting Corporation is a corporation organized under the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law Act (“Act”);

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the sole Shareholder of the Converting Corporation desire that the Converting Corporation convert into a Wisconsin limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of Section 180.1161 of the Act, in the manner set forth herein (the “Conversion”); and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the sole Shareholder of the Converting Corporation have approved and adopted this Plan of Conversion in accordance with the Act.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Converting Corporation shall convert into a Wisconsin limited liability company in accordance with the following provisions:

ARTICLE I

Parties to the Conversion

Section 1.1 . The Converting Corporation . The name of the Converting Corporation is “ADESA Wisconsin, Inc.”, a Wisconsin corporation.

Section 1.2 . The Converted Limited Liability Company . The name of the converted limited liability company is “ADESA Wisconsin, LLC”, a Wisconsin limited liability company (the “Converted Limited Liability Company”).

ARTICLE II

Terms and Conditions of the Conversion

and Mode of Carrying the Conversion Into Effect

Section 2.1 . Effective Time of the Conversion . The “Effective Time of the Conversion” shall be January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m.

Section 2.2 . Effect of the Conversion . The Converting Corporation shall merge with and into the Converted Limited Liability Company, and the separate existence of the Converting Corporation shall cease.

 

A - 1


Exhibit A

 

Section 2.3 . Ownership and Shares . All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Converting Corporation are owned by the sole Shareholder. Upon the effectiveness the Conversion, all of issued and outstanding common shares of the Converting Corporation will be canceled and the certificates issued will be surrendered and the sole Shareholder will be the sole Member of the Converted Limited Liability Company.

Section 2.4 . Director Approval . The Board of Directors of the Converting Corporation have duly authorized the Conversion and approved and adopted this Plan of Conversion in accordance with the Act.

Section 2.5 . Shareholder Approval . The sole Shareholder of the Converting Corporation has approved this Plan of Conversion in accordance with the Act. This Plan of Conversion shall be executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded as required for accomplishing a Conversion under the applicable provisions of the Act.

ARTICLE III

Governing Documents of the Converted Limited Liability Company

The Articles of Organization and the Operating Agreement of the Converted Limited Liability Company shall be the governing documents upon the Effective Time of the Conversion and shall continue as such in full force and effect until altered, amended or repealed.

ARTICLE IV

Manager and Officers

Section 4.1 . Manager . ADESA Corporation shall be the manager of the Converted Limited Liability Company.

Section 4.2 . Officers . Each person named below shall hold the office(s) of the Converted Limited Liability Company listed next to his or her name, to hold such office(s) until the their successor is elected at a meeting of the Manager of the Converted Limited Liability Company thereafter.

 

Name

  

Office(s)

James P. Hallett

   President

Donald L. Harris

   Vice President

Karen C. Turner

   Secretary

Paul J. Lips

   Treasurer

Scott A. Anderson

   Assistant Treasurer

 

A - 2


Exhibit A

 

ARTICLE V

Further Assurances

By operation of Act, all real estate, property rights and assets of the Converting Corporation will be vested in the Converted Limited Liability Company, and the Converted Limited Liability Company is liable for all outstanding debts, litigation and obligations of the Converting Corporation.

If at any time the Converted Limited Liability Company shall consider or be advised that any further assignment, assurance or any other action is necessary or desirable to vest in the Converted Limited Liability Company, the title to any property or right of the Converted Limited Liability Companies or otherwise to carry out the proposes of this Plan of Conversion, the proper officers and directors of the Converting Corporation shall execute and make all such proper assignments or assurances and take such other actions. The proper officers and manager of the Converted Limited Liability Company are hereby authorized in the name of the Converting Corporation, as taxpayer or otherwise, to take any and all such action.

 

A - 3

Exhibit 3.72

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA WISCONSIN, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page

ARTICLE I.

  PURPOSES    1

ARTICLE II.

  ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS    1

Section 2.1

 

Formation

   1

Section 2.2

 

Principal Office

   1

Section 2.3

 

Registered Office and Registered Agent

   1

Section 2.4

 

Duration

   2

ARTICLE III.

  MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE    2

Section 3.1

 

Name and Address of Member

   2

Section 3.2

 

Capital Contributions

   2

Section 3.3

 

Additional Capital

   2

Section 3.4

 

Capital Accounts

   2

Section 3.5

 

Member Loans or Services

   2

Section 3.6

 

Admission of Additional Members

   2

ARTICLE IV.

  GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY    3

Section 4.1

 

Management by the Member

   3

Section 4.2

 

Action by the Company

   3

Section 4.3

 

Delegation of Certain Management Authority

   3

ARTICLE V.

  ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS    3

Section 5.1

 

Records and Accounting

   3

Section 5.2

 

Access to Records

   3

Section 5.3

 

Annual Tax Information

   3

Section 5.4

 

Accounting Decisions

   4

Section 5.5

 

Federal Income Tax Elections

   4

ARTICLE VI.

  ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS    4

Section 6.1

 

Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains

   4

Section 6.2

 

Distributions

   4

ARTICLE VII.

  TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS    4

Section 7.1

 

Transferability

   4

ARTICLE VIII.

  DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER    4

Section 8.1

 

Dissociation

   4

ARTICLE IX.

  DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP    5

 

- i -


Section 9.1

 

Dissolution

   5

Section 9.2

 

Winding Up

   5

Section 9.3

 

Distribution of Assets

   5

ARTICLE X.

  AMENDMENTS    6

Section 10.1

 

Amendments

   6

ARTICLE XI.

  MISCELLANEOUS    6

Section 11.1

 

Complete Agreement

   6

Section 11.2

 

Governing Law

   6

Section 11.3

 

Binding Effect; Conflicts

   6

Section 11.4

 

Headings; Interpretation

   6

Section 11.5

 

Severability

   6

Section 11.6

 

Additional Documents and Acts

   7

Section 11.7

 

No Third Party Beneficiary

   7

Section 11.8

 

Notices

   7

Section 11.9

 

Title to Company Property

   7

Section 11.10

 

No Remedies Exclusive

   7

Section 11.11

 

Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits

   7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADESA WISCONSIN, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1 st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between ADESA Wisconsin, LLC, an Wisconsin limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1. Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of the Certificate of Conversion and the Articles of Organization (collectively the “Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Wisconsin effective January 1, 2004. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2. Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3. Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 8025 Excelsior Drive, Ste. 200, Madison, Wisconsin, 53717, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be The CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.


Section 2.4. Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.

ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1. Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2. Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company was converted to the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3. Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4. Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5. Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6. Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1. Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2. Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1. Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2. Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and the duly authorized representatives of the Company shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3. Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing

 

- 3 -


a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4. Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

Section 5.5. Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1. Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2. Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1. Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1. Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

 

- 4 -


(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1. Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2. Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

Section 9.3. Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1. Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1. Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin.

Section 11.3. Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4. Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.6. Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8. Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9. Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10. No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11. Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

   COMPANY
   ADESA Wisconsin, LLC
   By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member
Date: January 5, 2004    By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

     Karen C. Turner, Secretary
   MEMBER
   ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
Date: January 5, 2004    By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

     Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3 and -4, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion. (As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion. (As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADESA WISCONSIN, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between ADESA Wisconsin, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2 Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section 4.3 Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”

 

  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY   MEMBER
ADESA CORPORATION   ADESA Wisconsin, LLC
By:  

/s/ Scott A. Anderson

  By:  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer     Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

ADESA WISCONSIN, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

  2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7. Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Wisconsin law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”


  3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8. Membership Interests Shall Be Securities . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADESA Wisconsin, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

  4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”   “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.   ADESA Wisconsin, LLC
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

  By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

 

James P. Hallett

President and CEO

   

Paul J. Lips

Manager

Exhibit 3.73

 

LOGO State of California    File # 200703310096

                                                 Secretary of State

 

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

  
A $70.00 filing fee must accompany this form.   
IMORTANT - Read instructions before completing this form.    This Space For Filing Use Only

ENTITY NAME (End the name with the words “Limited Liability Company,” “Ltd. Liability Co.,” or the abbreviations “LLC” or “L.L.C.”)

 

1. NAME OF LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

AFC Cal, LLC

PURPOSE (The following statement is required by statute and may not be altered.)

 

2. THE PURPOSE OF THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY IS TO ENGAGE IN ANY LAWFUL ACT OR ACTIVITY FOR WHICH A LIMITED LIABLITY COMPANY MAY BE ORGANIZED UNDER THE BEVERLY-KILLEA LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY ACT.

INITIAL AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS (if the agent is an individual, the agent must reside in California and both items 3 and 4 must be completed. If the agent is a corporation, the agent must have on file with the California State a certification pursuant to Corporations Code section 1505 and Item 3 must be completed (leave item 4 blank)).

 

3. NAME OF INITIAL AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS

National Registered Agents, Inc.

 

 

4.      IF AN INDIVIDUAL, ADDRESS OF INITIAL AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS IN

CALIFORNIA

   CITY    STATE    ZIP CODE
      CA   

MANAGEMENT (Check only one)

 

5. THE LIMITED LIABILTY COMPANY WILL BE MANAGED BY:

¨   ONE MANAGER

¨   MORE THAN ONE MANAGER

x   ALL LIMITED LIABLITY COMPANY MEMBER(S)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

6. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SET FORTH ON THE ATTACHED PAGES, IF ANY, IS INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE AND MADE A PART OF THIS CERTIFICATE.

EXECUTION

 

7. I DECLARE I AM THE PERSON WHO EXECUTED THIS INSTRUMENT WHICH EXECUTION IS MY ACT AND DEED.

 

   /s/ Mark T. Gillett                                                                                 January 23, 2007
   SIGNATURE OF ORGANIZER    DATE
   Mark T. Gillett, Attorney-in-Fact   
   TYPE OR PRINT NAME OF ORGANIZER   

RETURN TO (Enter the name and the address of the person or firm to whom a copy of the filed document should be returned.)

 

8.      NAME

   Mark T. Gillett, Esq.         
         FIRM    Morrison & Foerster, LLP         
         ADDRESS    555 West Fifth Street, 35th Floor         
         CITY/STATE/ZIP    Los Angeles, CA 90013         
LLC-1 (REV 03/2005)       APPROVED BY SECRETARY OF STATE

 

1

Exhibit 3.74

AMENDED AND RESTATED

OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR AFC CAL, LLC

A. THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT is entered into as of December 20, 2007 by and between AFC Cal, LLC, a California limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Initial Member”).

B. The Initial Member formed the Company under the Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”). The Limited Liability Company Articles of Organization (the “Articles of Organization”) of the Company filed with the California Secretary of State on January 23, 2007 were adopted and approved by the Member.

C. Pursuant to the Act, the Member entered into the Operating Agreement for the Company dated as of January 23, 2007 (the “Original Agreement”).

D. The Member and the Company desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement as specified herein.

NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the meanings specified in this Article or elsewhere in this Agreement and when not so defined shall have the meanings set forth in California Corporations Code §17001.

1.1 “Act” means the Beverly-Killea Limited Liability Company Act (California Corporations Code §§17000-17655), including amendments from time to time.

1.2 “Agreement” means this amended and restated operating agreement, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

1.3 “Articles of Organization” is defined in Recital B above.

1.4 “Assignee” means a Person who has acquired the Member’s Economic Interest in the Company, by way of a Transfer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, but who has not become a Member.

1.5 “Assigning Member” means the Member who by means of a Transfer has transferred an Economic Interest in the Company to an Assignee.

1.6 “Available Cash” means all net revenues from the Company’s operations, including net proceeds from all sales, refinancings, and other dispositions of Company property


that the Member, in its sole discretion, deems in excess of the amount reasonably necessary for the operating requirements of the Company, including debt reduction and Reserves.

1.7 “Capital Contribution” means the amount of the money and the Fair market value of any property (other than money) contributed to the Company (net of liabilities secured by such contributed property that the Company is considered to assume or take “subject to” under Code §752) in consideration of the Membership Interest held by the Member.

1.8 “Capital Event” means a sale or disposition of any of the Company’s capital assets, the receipt of insurance and other proceeds derived from the involuntary conversion of Company property, the receipt of proceeds from a refinancing of Company property, or a similar event with respect to Company property or assets.

1.9 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor statute, and all regulations promulgated thereunder.

1.10 “Company” means the company formed pursuant to this Agreement.

1.11 “Economic Interest” means the Member’s right to share in the income, gains, losses, deductions, credit or similar items of, and to receive distributions from, the Company, but does not include any other rights of the Member, including the right to vote or to participate in management.

1.12 “Encumbrance” means, with respect to the Membership Interest, or any element thereof, a mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, proxy coupled with an interest, option, or preferential right to purchase.

1.13 “Initial Member” is defined in Recital A above.

1.14 [Intentionally omitted]

1.15 “Member” means the Initial Member, or a Person who acquires a Membership Interest.

1.16 “Membership Interest” means the Member’s rights in the Company, collectively, including the Member’s Economic Interest, any right to Vote or participate in management, and any right to information concerning the business and affairs of the Company.

1.17 “Notice” means a written notice required or permitted under this Agreement. A notice shall be deemed given: On the date shown on the return-receipt when deposited, as certified mail with return-receipt requested, postage and fees prepaid, in the United States mail; on the first business day after delivery to Federal Express, United Parcel Service, DHL WorldWide Express, or Airborne Express, for overnight delivery, charges prepaid; when personally delivered to the recipient; or when transmitted by facsimile (if during regular business hours of the recipient, otherwise on the next business day), and such transmission is electronically confirmed as having been successfully transmitted.

 

2


1.18 “Person” means an individual, partnership, limited partnership, trust, estate, association, corporation, limited liability company, or other entity, whether domestic or foreign.

1.19 “Reserves” means the aggregate of reserve accounts that the Member, in its sole discretion, deems reasonably necessary to meet accrued or contingent liabilities of the Company, reasonably anticipated operating expenses, and working capital requirements.

1.20 “Transfer” means, with respect to a Membership Interest, any sale, assignment, gift, transfer, Encumbrance, or other disposition, directly or indirectly.

1.21 “Vote” means a written consent or approval, a ballot cast at a meeting, or a voice vote.

ARTICLE II

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION-CONVERSION

2.1 The Articles of Organization were filed with the California Secretary of State on January 23, 2007, File Number 200703310096.

2.2 The name of the Company is “AFC Cal, LLC”.

The principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Suite 320, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

2.3 The initial agent for service of process on the Company shall be National Registered Agents, Inc. The Member may from time to time change the Company’s agent for service of process.

2.4 The Company has been formed for the purposes set forth in the Articles of Organization.

2.5 The Member intends the Company to be a limited liability company under the Act. The Member shall not take any action inconsistent with this express intent.

2.6 The term of existence of the Company shall commence on the effective date of filing of Articles of Organization with the California Secretary of State, and shall continue until terminated by the provisions of this Agreement or as provided by law.

2.7 The name and address of the Initial Member is ADESA, Inc., 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Suite 500, Carmel, IN 46032.

ARTICLE III

CAPITAL AND CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1 The Initial Member has made the Capital Contribution as set forth in Exhibit “A .

 

3


3.2 The Member shall not be required to make any additional Capital Contributions to the Company.

3.3 The Member shall not be entitled to withdraw any part of its Capital Contribution or to receive any distributions, whether of money or property, from the Company, except as provided in this Agreement.

3.4 No interest shall be paid on the Capital Contribution.

3.5 The Member shall not be bound by, or be personally liable for, the expenses, liabilities, or obligations of the Company, except as otherwise provided in the Act.

3.6 Certificate of Membership Interest

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a Person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of Membership Interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other Person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Membership Interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests. Membership Interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership Interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the Membership Interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates. Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Member or officers designated by the Member setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under California law, (ii) the name of the Person to whom issued, (iii) the percentage of Membership Interest represented, and (iv) the legend set forth in Section 3.7 below. A specimen certificate evidencing the form of certificate of Membership Interest of the Company is attached hereto as Exhibit B.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Member, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Member may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Member may prescribe.”

3.7 Membership Interests Shall be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all Membership Interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of California. Each certificate evidencing the Membership Interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in AFC Cal, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of California.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

4


ARTICLE IV

DISTRIBUTIONS

4.1 All Available Cash, including revenues or proceeds from a Capital Event or the dissolution of the Company, shall be distributed one hundred percent (100%) to the Member. Available Cash shall be distributed at the times determined by the Member.

ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT

5.1 The business of the Company shall be managed by the Member.

5.2 .Actions of the Member shall be taken at meetings or as otherwise provided herein. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Member under this Agreement may be taken without a meeting if the Member consents in writing to such action.

5.3 [Intentionally omitted].

5.4 The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

5.5 All assets of the Company, whether real or personal, shall be held in the name of the Company.

5.6 All funds of the Company shall be deposited in one or more accounts with one or more recognized financial institutions in the name of the Company, at such locations as shall be determined by the Member or any officer designated by the Member. Withdrawal from such accounts shall require only the signature of the Member or such other person or persons as the Member may designate (which may include the President or any other officers of the Company).

ARTICLE VI

ACCOUNTS AND ACCOUNTING

6.1 Complete books of account of the Company’s business, in which each Company transaction shall be fully and accurately entered, shall be kept at the Company’s principal executive office and at such other location as the Member shall determine from time to time.

6.2 Financial books and records of the Company shall be kept on such method of accounting as the Member shall determine. The fiscal year of the Company shall be January 1, through December 31, unless the Member determines otherwise.

 

5


6.3 At all times during the term of existence of the Company, and beyond that term if the Member deems it necessary, the Member shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the Company, together with:

(a) A current list of the full name and last known business or residence address of the Member, together with a schedule of Capital Contributions;

(b) [Intentionally omitted];

(c) A copy of the Articles of Organization;

(d) Copies of the Company’s federal, state, and local income tax or information returns and reports, if any;

(e) An original executed copy or counterparts of this Agreement;

(f) Any financial statements of the Company; and

(g) All books and records of the Company as they relate to the Company’s internal affairs.

6.4 At the end of each fiscal year the books of the Company shall be closed and examined and statements reflecting the financial condition of the Company shall be prepared, and a report thereon shall be issued by the Company’s accountants, which accountants shall be selected by the Member. The Company’s books and records shall be audited if the Member deems advisable. Copies of the financial statements shall be given to the Member.

ARTICLE VII

MEMBERSHIP-MEETINGS,

VOTING

7.1 There shall be only one class of membership. The Member shall have the right and power to Vote on all matters with respect to which this Agreement or the Act which requires or permits Member action.

7.2 No regular meetings of the Member need be held.

ARTICLE VIII

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

8.1 The Company shall be dissolved upon the first to occur of the following events:

(a) The written agreement of the Member to dissolve the Company;

(b) The withdrawal from the Company of the Member;

(c) The sale or other disposition of substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

 

6


(d) Entry of a decree of judicial dissolution under California Corporations Code §17351.

8.2 On the dissolution of the Company, the Company shall engage in no further business other than that necessary to wind up the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall wind up the affairs of the Company. The Member, in winding up the affairs of the Company, shall give Notice of the commencement of winding up by mail to all known creditors and claimants against the Company whose addresses appear in the records of the Company. After paying or adequately providing for the payment of all known debts of the Company (except debts owing to the Member), the remaining assets of the Company shall be distributed or applied in the following order:

(a) First, to pay the expenses of liquidation.

(b) Next, to the establishment of reasonable Reserves for contingent liabilities or obligations of the Company. Upon the Member’s determination that such Reserves are no longer necessary, said Reserves shall be distributed as provided in this Section.

(c) Next, to repay any outstanding loans to the Member. Such repayment shall first be credited to unpaid principal and the remainder shall be credited to accrued and unpaid interest.

(d) Next, to the Member.

8.3 The Member shall look solely to the assets of the Company for the return of the Member’s Capital Contribution, and if the Company property remaining after the payment or discharge of the debts and liabilities of the Company is insufficient to return the Capital Contribution of the Member, the Member shall have no recourse against any other Person for indemnification, contribution, or reimbursement.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

9.1 The Company shall have the power to indemnify any Person who was or is a party, or who is threatened to be made a party, to any Proceeding (as defined herein) by reason of the fact that such Person was or is a Member, manager, officer, employee, or Agent of the Company, against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements, and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with such Proceeding, if such Person acted in good faith and in a manner that such Person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company, and, in the case of a criminal proceeding, such Person had no reasonable cause to believe that the Person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Person did not act in good faith and in a manner that such Person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company, or that the Person had reasonable cause to believe that the Person’s conduct was unlawful.

 

7


To the extent that an Agent of the Company has been successful on the merits in defense of any Proceeding, or in defense of any claim, issue, or matter in any such Proceeding, the agent shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the Proceeding. In all other cases, indemnification shall be provided by the Company only if authorized in the specific case by the Member.

“Agent,” as used in this Section, shall include a trustee or other fiduciary of a plan, trust, or other entity or arrangement described in California Corporations Code §207(f).

“Proceeding,” as used in this Section, means any threatened, pending, or completed action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative.

Expenses of each Person indemnified under this Section actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of a Proceeding may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, as authorized by the Member or, if there is no Member, upon receipt of an undertaking by such Person to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that such Person is entitled to be indemnified by the Company. “Expenses,” as used in this Section, includes, without limitation, attorney fees and expenses of establishing a right to indemnification, if any, under this Section.

ARTICLE X

GENERAL PROVISIONS

10.1 This Agreement constitutes the whole and entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and it shall not be modified or amended in any respect except by a written instrument executed by all the parties.

10.2 This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

10.3 This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California. If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court of competent jurisdiction or arbitrator to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable to any extent, that provision shall, if possible, be construed as though more narrowly drawn, if a narrower construction would avoid such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability or, if that is not possible, such provision shall, to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability, be severed, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in effect.

10.4 This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the parties and their heirs, personal representatives, and permitted successors and assigns. The Member may Transfer all or any part of its Membership Interest to any other Person, provided that such Person signs a copy of this Agreement and agrees to be bound by all terms and conditions thereof.

10.5 Whenever used in this Agreement, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular, and the neuter gender shall include the male and female as well as a trust, firm, company, or corporation, all as the context and meaning of this Agreement may require.

 

8


10.6 The parties to this Agreement shall promptly execute and deliver any and all additional documents, instruments, notices, and other assurances, and shall do any and all other acts and things, reasonably necessary in connection with the performance of their respective obligations under this Agreement and to carry out the intent of the parties.

10.7 Except as provided in this Agreement, no provision of this Agreement shall be construed to limit in any manner the Member in the carrying on of its own businesses or activities.

10.8 The Article, Section, and Paragraph titles and headings contained in this Agreement are inserted as matter of convenience and for ease of reference only and shall be disregarded for all other purposes, including the construction or enforcement of this Agreement or any of its provisions.

10.9 This Agreement may not be amended or modified, except, by a writing signed by the parties.

10.10 This Agreement is made solely for the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and no other Person shall have or acquire any right by virtue of this Agreement.

(signature page follows)

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMPANY
AFC Cal, LLC, a California limited liability company
By:   /s/ Curtis L. Phillips
Name:   Curtis L. Phillips
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
MEMBER
ADESA, Inc., a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Rebecca Polak
Name:   Rebecca Polak
Title:   Executive Vice President

 

10


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member, Capital Contribution and Percentage Interest

(As of December 20, 2007)

 

Member

   Capital Contribution    Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA, Inc. 13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.,
Suite 500, Carmel, IN 46032

   $ 25,000    100 %

 

11

Exhibit 3.75

 

Prescribed by      
Bob Taft, Secretary of State       04292-0031
      Approved /S/    
30 East Broad Street, 14th Floor       Date  11/18/94
Columbus, Ohio 43266-0418       Fee    $85*      
Form CLP (July 1994)       94112101101

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

The undersigned, desiring to form a limited partnership in accordance with Ohio Revised Code Chapter 1782, do hereby certify as follows:

 

1.      The name of the limited partnership shall be  

  

Asset Holdings III, L.P.

    

(See instruction #1 regarding name)

   

 

2.      The address of the principal place of business of the partnership shall be:

 

90 North High Street

    (street and number)  
 

Columbus

  Ohio   43215
  (city, village or township)   (state)   (zip code)

3.      The name and address of the limited partnership’s agent for service of process in Ohio is:

  CT Corporation   3810 Carew Tower    
  (name of agent)   (street and number)  
 

Cincinnati

      45202
  (city, village or township)     (zip code)
     

4.      The name and business or residence address of each GENERAL PARTNER is:

Name   Address
Asset Holdings Corporation III   c/o J H Management Corporation
    One International Place, Rm. 608
    Boston, Massachusetts 02110
     
     
     


(If insufficient space to cover this item, please attach additional sheet)

5. The undersigned hereby certify that this limited partnership has been in existence since

                N/A                  ,    and that this certificate is being filed solely to comply with Ohio Revised Code Section 1782.63(A)(1).
(date of filing with county recorder’s office)

The foregoing item 5 is to be completed, and is applicable ONLY IF the subject limited partnership was in existence prior to July 1, 1994. If not applicable, please insert “N/A” in the blank designated for the pre-existing date.

 

6. Other provisions (optional):

(If insufficient space for additional provisions, please attach a separate sheet)

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have caused this Certificate to be executed this 15th day of November , 1994.

 

/s/ Lannhi Tran

    

/s/ Laurie A. Sullivan

Lannhi Tran, Vice President      Laurie A. Sullivan, Assistant Secretary
Asset Holdings Corporation, III,      Asset Holdings Corporation III, General Partner
General Partner     

(If insufficient space for all signatures, please attach a separate sheet containing additional signatures)

INSTRUCTIONS

1. Pursuant to ORC 1782.02, the name of the limited partnership must include the words “Limited Partnership”, “L.P.”, “Limited”, or “Ltd.”, and shall NOT contain the name of a limited partner unless either of the following are true:

 

  a. It is also the name of a general partner;

 

  b. the business of the limited partnership had been carried on under that name before the admission of that limited partner.

2. Pursuant to ORC 1782.01(H), a limited partnership must be created by a minimum of two persons. The certificate must be signed by all General Partners.

3. *If this certificate of limited partnership is being filed solely to comply with the provisions of Ohio Revised Code Section 1782.63(A)(1), then no filing fee is required.


Doc ID ® 199905300572

 

LOGO       Registration #             
      Approved                    
   Prescribed by    Date                              
   Bob Taft, Secretary of State    Fee $10
   30 East Broad Street, 14th Floor      
   Columbus, Ohio 43266-0418      
   Form LPA (July 1994)      

CERTIFICATE AMENDMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

The Certificate of Limited Partnership of

            
        (name of limited partnership)
ASSET HOLDINGS III, L.P.   ,
initially filed on    11/18/94   , and filed on        with the Ohio Secretary of
   month    day    year      month    day    year  
State, and assigned registration number  

 

  , is hereby amended as follows:
     (registration number)  

The name and address of the limited partnership’s agent for service of process in Ohio is: C T Corporation System,

1300 East 9th Street, Cleveland, Ohio 44114

(If insufficient space for the amendment, please attach separate sheet(s))

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Certificate the     21st     day of    

/s/ illegible

  ,   19 99 .
Asset Holdings Corporation, Its General Partner    

 

Signed:  

/s/ R. Douglas Donaldson

    Signed:  

 

  R. DOUGLAS DONALDSON      
 

Treasurer

     
Signed:   R. Douglas Donaldson     Signed:  

 

INSTRUCTIONS

 

1. The certificate of amendment must be signed at least one GENERAL PARTNER and must be signed by each new general partner designed in the certificate of amendment.
2. A certificate of limited partnership MUST be amended within 30 days of the occurrence of any of the following events:
a. a new general partner is admitted;    f. the address of the statutory agent changes
b. a general partner withdraws;    g. the name of the limited partnership changes.
c. the name or identity of the statutory agent changes;   
d. the address of the principal place of business of the limited partnership changes;
e. the business is continued pursuant to section 1782.44 of the Revised Code after an event of withdrawal of a general partner;
  

[Ohio Revised Code Section 1782.09]

  

RECEIVED

FEB 10 1999

SECRETARY OF STATE

 

3


        SEAL            Prescribed by J. Kenneth Blackwell  

Expedite this form

þ Yes

  

 

Please obtain fee amount and mailing instructions from the Forms Inventory List

 
   (using the 3 digit form # located at the bottom of this form). To obtain the Forms  
   Inventory List or for assistance, please call Customer Service:  
   Central Ohio: (614)-466-3910        Toll Free: 1-877-SOS-FILE (1-877-767-3453)  

RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

The undersigned do hereby certify that the Certificate of Limited Partnership of

Asset Holdings III, L.P.

(name of limited partnership)

bearing registration number         886487         , is restated as follows:

 

1. The name of the limited partnership shall be

Asset Holdings III, L.P.

 

2. The address of the principal place of business of the partnership shall be:

 

1300 Huntington Center, 41 South High Street

(street address)

Columbus

    

Ohio

 

43215

(city, township, or village)      (state)   (zip code)

 

3. The name and address of the limited partnership’s agent for service of process in Ohio is:

 

Andrew Service Corporation

    

1300 Huntington Center, 41 South High Street

(name of agent)      (street and number)

Columbus, Ohio

    

43215

(city, village or township)      (zip code)

 

4. The name and business or residence address of each GENERAL PARTNER is:

 

Name     Address  
Realty Facility Holdings I, L.L.C.   1300 Huntington Center, 41 South High Street, 43215
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

(If insufficient space to cover this item, please attach additional sheet)

 

4


J. Kenneth Blackwell

Secretary of State

 

5. Other provisions (optional):

 

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have caused this Restated Certificate to be executed on         March 31, 2000        

 

REALTY FACILITY HOLDINGS I, L.L.C.

Signed  

/s/ Robert F. Gage

Name:   Robert F. Gage, President

 

5


  

Prescribed by J. Kenneth Blackwell

Ohio Secretary of State

Central Ohio: (614) 466-3910

Toll Free: 1-877-SOS-FILE (1-877-767-3453)

 

Expedite this Form (Select One)

 

     Mail Form to one of the Following
    

 

x   Yes

 

 

PO Box 1390

       Columbus, OH 43216
     ***Requires an additional fee of $100***

www.state.oh.us/sos

     ¨   No   PO Box 1390

e-mail: busserv@sos.state.oh.us

    Columbus, OH 43216

Certificate of Amendment / Correction / Restated of

Limited Partnership or Partnership Having Limited

Liability or Disclaimer of General Partner Status

(Domestic or Foreign)

Filing Fee $50.00

THE UNDERSIGNED DESIRING TO FILE A:

(CHECK ONLY THE APPROPRIATE BOX(ES)

 

(1)    Limited Partnership Domestic   (2)    Limited Partnership Domestic
   ¨       Amendment (127-LPA)      ¨       Correction (136-FCR)
   x       Restated (162-LPR)       

 

           

(Home State/Country)

(4)    Partnership Having Limited Liability   (4)    ¨       Cancellation of Disclaimer of General Partnership
   ¨       Domestic            ¨       Foreign            Status (130-LPS)
   ¨       Correction (177-PLL)       
   ¨       Restated (178-PLL)       

 

Complete the general information in this section for the box checked above.

Name of Partnership   

ASSET HOLDINGS III, LP

Registration No.   

886487

      
Date Registered with   

March 31, 2000

     Original  

November 18, 1994

Ohio Secretary of State                Date      Registration Date               Date

 

Complete the Information in this section if Restated is checked in box (1). If Amendment is checked, complete the information that applies
The name of the limited partnership shall be

ASSET HOLDINGS III, LP

The address of the principal place of business of the partnership shall be:

13085 HAMILTON CROSSING BLVD. SUITE 500

(street address)                                                                                                               NOTE: P.O. Box Addresses are not Acceptable.

CARMEL

  

IN

  

46032

 
city, township, or village             state             (zip code)  

Last revised: May 2002

 

6


Complete the Information in this section if Restated is checked in box (1). If Amendment is checked, complete the information that applies cont.

The name and business or residence address of each GENERAL PARTNER is:

(if insufficient space to cover this item, please attach additional sheet)

  

 

Name       Address             NOTE: P.O. Box Addresses are not Acceptable.

ADESA Inc.

  

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd. Suite 500, Carmel, IN 46032

 

  

 

 

  

 

Other provisions (optional):       
      
      
      
      
      

 

Complete the Information in this section if box (2) is checked.
A Foreign Limited Partnership does hereby certify that the following statement contained in said limited partnership application for registration was false or inaccurate, and that such statement is to be corrected as follows:
The false or inaccurate statement is:  

 

     
     
     
     
     
     
The correct or accurate statement is:  

 

     
     
     
     
     
     

 

7


Complete the Information in this section if Restated is checked in box (3). If Correction is checked, complete the information that applies

 

The name of the partnership shall be

 

 

 

Please complete the following appropriate section (either item A or B):

A: The address of the partnership’s principal office in Ohio is:

 

(street address)   NOTE: P.O. Box Addresses are not acceptable.

 

  , Ohio    

 

 

(city, township, or village

     

         (Zip Code)

 

(If the partnership doest not have a principal office in Ohio, then item B and item C must completed)

B: The address of the partnership’s principal office (Non-Ohio):

 

(street address)

  NOTE: P.O. Box Addresses are not Acceptable.

 

      

 

    

 

 

(city, township, or village

       (state)     

         (Zip Code)

 

C: The name and address of a statutory agent for service of process in Ohio is as follows:

 

( name of agent).

 

(street address)

  NOTE: P.O. Box Addresses are NOT Acceptable.

 

 

  , Ohio    

 

 

(city, township, or village

     

         (Zip Code)

 
If this is a Foreign Limited Liability Partnership, please indicate the state or jurisdiction in which it has been created:
(Please note, the above item must only be completed if the Partnership Having Limited Liability is a Foreign Partnership Having Limited Liability.)

The business which the partnership engages in is:

     
     
     
     
     
     
     

 

8


Complete the information in this section if box (4) is checked   

The date the Certificate of General Partner Status in question was filed on:

  

 

                       (date)                     
The name of the person/entity in the Certificate of Disclaimer of General Partner Status filed on the date referenced in the line above is:
     
     
     

 

   

 

REQUIRED     

Must be authenticated (signed) by an

authorized representative

(See instructions)

 

/s/ Michelle L. Mallon,

  

June 21, 2005

  Authorized Representative    Date
 

Michelle L. Mallon, Assistant Secretary

  Print Name   
 

ADESA, Inc.

  13085 HAMILTON XING BLVD. Carmel, IN 46032

 

9

Exhibit 3.76

 


ASSET HOLDINGS III, L.P.

First Amended and Restated

Agreement of Limited Partnership

Dated as of March 31, 2000

Organized Under the Ohio Revised

Uniform Limited Partnership Act

 


 

  General Partner:   Realty Facility Holdings I, L.L.C.,
    an Ohio limited liability company
  Limited Partner:   Realty Facility Investments, L.L.C.,
    an Ohio limited liability company


Table of Contents

 

 

          Page
ARTICLE I   
   ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS; DEFINITIONS   
§1.1    Name: Continuation of Partnership    1
§1.2    Effective Date; Term    1
§1.3    Office; Place of Business: Agent    1
§1.4    Purpose    2
§1.5    General Powers    3
§1.6    Definitions    3
ARTICLE II   
   CAPITAL; LOANS BY PARTNERS   
§2.1    Initial Capital Contribution    7
§2.2    Limited Partner Capital Contribution    7
§2.3    Additional Capital Contributions    7
§2.4    No Return of Capital    7
§2.5    Loans from Partners    7
ARTICLE III   
   FISCAL YEAR; ACCOUNTING; ALLOCATION OF PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS   
§3.1    Fiscal Year    8
§3.2    Method of Accounting    8
§3.3    Maintenance of Capital Accounts    8
§3.4    Allocation of Profits and Losses    8
§3.5    Distributions    9
§3.6    Tax Provisions    10
ARTICLE IV   
   GENERAL PARTNER; RIGHTS AND POWERS OF GENERAL PARTNER   
§4.1    Management    14
§4.2    Election of General Partner    14
§4.3    Limitations on Power of General Partner    15
§4.4    Tax Elections    15
§4.5    Outside Ventures    15
§4.6    Reimbursement of Expenses    16
§4.7    Pealing With Affiliates    16
§4.8    Indemnification    16

 

i


ARTICLE V   
   LIMITED PARTNERS; RIGHTS OF AND LIMITATIONS ON LIMITED PARTNERS   
§5.1    Limited Partners    18
§5.2    Additional Limited Partners    18
§5.3    Voting    18
§5.4    Limitations on Limited Partners    18
ARTICLE VI   
   TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS   
§6.1    Withdrawal    18
§6.2    Transfers    19
§6.3    Assignments and Pledges    19
§6.4    Admission of Transferee as Substituted Limited Partners    19
§6.5    Allocations and Distributions with Respect to Transferred Partnership Interests    19
§6.6    Death or Bankruptcy of Partner    19
ARTICLE VII   
   TERMINATION DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP   
§7.1    Events of Dissolution    20
§7.2    Effect of Events of Dissolution    20
§7.3    Liquidation    20
§7.4    Election of Liquidating Trustee    21
§7.5    Return of Contribution Nonrecourse to Other Partners    21
§7.6    Restriction on Dissolution    21
ARTICLE VIII   
   MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS   
§8.1    Notices    22
§8.2    Waiver of Notice    22
§8.3    Lists of Partners    22
§8.4    Application of Ohio Law    22
§8.5    Waiver of Action for Partition    22
§8.6    Amendments    22
§8.7    Execution of Additional Instruments    22
§8.8    Construction    22
§8.9    Headings    23
§8.10    Waivers    23
§8.11    Rights and Remedies Cumulative    23

 

ii


§8.12    Severability    23
§8.13    Heirs, Successors and Assigns    23
Signature Page   
Schedule A   

 

iii


Asset Holdings III, L.P.

(an Ohio Limited Partnership)

First Amended and Restated

Agreement of Limited Partnership

This First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership (the “Agreement”) dated as of March 31, 2000, evidences the mutual agreement of the parties hereinafter named (collectively, the “Partners”) in consideration of their contributions and promises each to the others, for the purpose of amending and restating in its entirety the Limited Partnership Agreement of Asset Holdings III, L.P. (the “Partnership”) dated as of November 18, 1994, and all amendments and supplements thereto, entered into in connection with the formation of this limited partnership pursuant to the Ohio Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, Chapter 1782 of the Ohio Revised Code, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Act”).

ARTICLE I

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS; DEFINITIONS

§1.1 Name: Continuation of Partnership . The name of the Partnership is “Asset Holdings III, L.P.” The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and may also operate the business at the same time under one or more fictitious names. The Partnership was formed as of November 18, 1994 by the filing of the Partnership’s certificate of limited partnership with the office of the Secretary of State Of Ohio on November 18, 1994. The Partnership’s original limited partnership agreement was entered into by the original general partner and the original limited partner as of November 18, 1994. The Partners desire to and do hereby amend and restate the original limited partnership agreement in its entirety upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Partnership Agreement.

§1.2 Effective Date; Term . This Agreement shall become effective on the date that an Amended and Restated Certificate of Limited Partnership required by § 1782.08 of the Act (“Certificate”) shall have been filed in the office of the secretary of state of Ohio, or on any later date specified in the Certificate, and shall continue until terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

§1.3 Office; Place of Business: Agent . The location of the principal office of the Partnership referred to in § 1782.05(A) of the Act (“Office”) shall be as indicated on Schedule A attached hereto, which Office may but need not be located in Ohio. The General Partner may change the location of the Office, establish additional offices or places of business of the Partnership or enter into such contracts or hire such agents in such other locations, inside and outside of the State of Ohio, as it deems necessary or desirable in the conduct of the business of the Partnership. The agent of the Partnership for service of process, required by § 1782.04 of the Act, shall be as indicated on Schedule A.


§1.4 Purpose . The general purpose of the Partnership shall be:

(a) to qualify to do business under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the States North Carolina and Tennessee, and any additional state in which any part of the Leased Property may at any time be located.

(b) to hold fee simple title in the Leased Property by the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of the Participation Agreement and lease the Leased Property to ADESA Corporation, an Indiana corporation (“ADESA”) pursuant to the Lease (as defined in the Participation Agreement);

(c) to (i) borrow up to $28,373,000 in the form of the loan evidenced by the Borrower Promissory Note, from Cornerstone Funding Corporation I, a Delaware corporation as Issuer, representing the proceeds of the 528,373,000 aggregate principal amount of the Issuer’s Floating Rate Notes, Series 2000A (the “Notes”), secured by the Letter of Credit; (ii) use the proceeds of such loan to retire and refinance its existing indebtedness and pay Property Costs; (iii) terminate existing leases of the Leased Property with subsidiaries of ADESA; (iv) execute and deliver the Lease; (v) in order to induce SunTrust Bank, a Georgia banking corporation with offices in Atlanta, Georgia and Indianapolis, Indiana, as Credit Bank, to issue the Letter of Credit, enter into and perform its obligations with and to the Credit Bank under the Reimbursement Agreement; (vi) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Participation Agreement and the other Operative Documents (as defined in the Participation Agreement) to which it is a party and enter into and perform the transactions contemplated thereby; (vii) admit the General Partner and the Limited Partner as partners to the Partnership and redeem the partnership interests of the former general partner and the former limited partner, and (viii) disburse the proceeds of the Limited Partners Capital Contribution in the sum of 5877,515.46 to pay the total redemption price of $795,000 as necessary to redeem the partnership interests of the former general partner and the former limited partner, and to apply the balance of such funds to pay a portion of the Property Costs (as defined in the Participation Agreement) pursuant to the terms of Section 2.2(d) of the Participation, Agreement;

(d) to invest or reinvest any funds of the Partnership, including but not limited to those resulting from a sale or other disposal of the Partnership’s properties or assets, in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Agreement;

(e) to engage in any other activities incidental or related thereto; and

(f) to engage in any other activities approved in writing by ADESA and, so long as the Letter of Credit is outstanding and the Letter of Credit Liabilities under the Reimbursement Agreement remain unsatisfied, the Credit Bank, in which a limited partnership may lawfully engage under the Act.

 

2


§1.5 General Powers . Except as restricted by the Certificate and this Agreement, the company shall have and may exercise all powers and rights that a limited liability company may exercise legally pursuant to the Act,

§1.6 Definitions . The capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meaning as defined or referenced below. Defined terms used only in one section of this Agreement may not be listed below.

“Act” is defined in the preamble.

“ADESA” is defined in § 1.4(b).

“Adjusted Capital Account Balance” is defined in §3.6(a)(ii).

“Adjusted LIBOR Rate” means the rate per annum equal to the quotient obtained by dividing the LIBOR Rate by the percentage obtained by subtracting from 100% the applicable LIBOR Reserve Percentage on the date of calculation.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person: (i) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person; (ii) any Person owing or controlling 10% or more of the outstanding voting securities of such Person; (iii) any officer, director, member, manager or general partner of such Person; or (iv) any Person who is an officer, director, member, manager, general partner, trustee or holder of 10% or more of the voting securities of any Person described in clauses (i) through (iii).

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble.

“Base Rate” means (i) the per annum rate of interest published or announced from time to time by the Credit Bank as its base or prime rate, which rate may not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer, plus (ii) % per annum. Any rate of interest hereunder which is calculated using the Base Rate shall change automatically and immediately as and when the Base Rate shall change without notice to the Partnership or the Partners, and any notice of such change in the Base Rate to which the Partnership or the Partners may otherwise be entitled is hereby waived, and any such change shall not alter any of the terms and conditions of the Equity Note.

“Borrower Promissory Note” means the Borrower Promissory Note in the principal sum of $28,373,000 executed and delivered by the Partnership to the Issuer to evidence the loan of the proceeds of the sale of the Notes.

“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks are required or authorized to be closed for business in the States of Ohio or Georgia; provided , however , that the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which commercial banks are not open for international business (including dealings in U.S. dollar deposits) in the London interbank market.

 

3


“Capital Account” means the account established and maintained for each Partner pursuant to §3.3 of this Agreement.

“Capital Contribution” means any contribution to the capital of the Partnership by a Farmer pursuant to §§2.1, 2.2 and 2.3 of this Agreement.

“Carrying Value” is defined in §3.6.

“Closing Date” means April 3, 2000.

“Code” is defined in §4.4.

“Contribution” means, at any time, the aggregate sum of $1,240,000 advanced by the Lessor from its own funds for the payment of Property Costs pursuant to Section 2.2 (d)  of the Participation Agreement, less any portion of the principal amount thereof indefeasibly repaid to the Partnership pursuant to the Operative Documents as of the time of determination.

“Contribution LIBOR Rate” means, for each Interest Period, the per annum rate equal to the sum of the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period plus 1.50% per annum.

“Contribution Return” means, as of any date of calculation, a pre-tax cumulative return on the balance of the Limited Partner’s Contribution Account outstanding from time to time, computed at a per annum rate equal to (a) during any period when any principal portion of the Equity Note is outstanding as a LIBOR Rate Loan, the Contribution LIBOR Rate; (b) during any period when either (i) 100% of the principal balance of the Equity Note is a Base Rate Loan, or (ii) the Base Rate applies to the Equity Note as a result of any circumstance described in Section 6 of the Equity Note, the Base Rate; or (c) during any period when an Event of Default shall have occurred and remain uncured, the Overdue Rate; provided , however , that in none of the foregoing cases shall the applicable foregoing rate exceed the highest interest rate applicable to the Equity Note permitted by law; and provided further that any amounts of Contribution Return not distributed in accordance with §3.5 hereof shall bear interest at the Overdue Rate.

“Credit Bank” means SunTrust Bank, Atlanta, a banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Georgia.

“Equity Note” means the Promissory Note dated of even date herewith in the original principal amount of $877,515.46 made by the Limited Partner to the order of the Credit Bank.

“Funding Requisition” is defined in the Participation Agreement.

“General Partner” means the Person specified as the General Partner in Schedule A.

 

4


“Interest Payment Date” means the first Business Day of each month; with the first Interest Payment Date being the day that is the first Business Day of the month next following the month of the Closing Date.

“Interest Period” means the one month period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first Interest Payment Date; and thereafter with respect to the continuation thereof, each succeeding one-month period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and ending on the corresponding day of the next succeeding month; provided , however , that there shall not be more than one Interest Period applicable hereunder at any one time.

“Issuer” means Cornerstone Funding Corporation I, a Delaware corporation.

“Loan” means the proceeds of the sale of the Issuer’s. $40,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Notes, Series 2000A, to be evidenced by the Borrower Promissory Note.

“Leased Property” is defined in the Participation Agreement.

“Lessee” is defined in § 1.4(b).

“LIBOR Rate” means, for any Interest Period to which the Applicable LIBOR Rate applies, an interest rate per annum equal to the offered rate for U.S. Dollar deposits of not less than $1,000,000.00 for a period of time equal to each Interest Period as of 11:00 A.M. City of London, England time two London Business Days prior to the first date of each Interest Period of the Equity Note as shown on the display designated as “British Bankers Assoc. Interest Settlement Rates” on the Telerate System (“Telerate”), Page 3750 or Page 3740, or such other page or pages as may replace such pages on Telerate for the purpose of displaying such rate. Provided, however, that if such rate is not available on Telerate then such offered rate shall be otherwise independently determined by Lender from an alternate, substantially similar independent source available to Lender or shall be calculated by Lender by a substantially similar methodology as that theretofore used to determine such offered rate in Telerate.

“LIBOR Rate Loan” means any portion of the principal amount of the Equity Note with respect to which the applicable rate of interest is determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.

“LIBOR Reserve Percentage” means the reserve requirement, including any supplemental and emergency reserves (expressed as a percentage), applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System in respect of eurocurrency liabilities under Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any substituted or amended reserve requirements applicable to member banks of the Federal Reserve System which are in effect as of the date hereof and taking into account any transitional requirements thereto becoming effective during the term of the Equity Note.

 

5


“Limited Partner” means the Person specified as the Limited Partner in Schedule A.

“Limited Partner Contribution Account” means a memorandum account established with respect to the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partner, and shalt be credited in the amount of $1,240,000 as the amount of the Contribution advanced pursuant to §2.2, and shall be debited with the amount of distributions to the Limited Partner pursuant to §3.5(b)(i).

“Minimum Gain” is defined in §3.6.

“Net Cash Flow” has the meaning set forth in §3.5.

“Overdue Rate” is defined in Section 7 of the Equity Note.

“Participation Agreement” means that certain Participation Agreement dated of even date herewith among the Partnership, ADESA, the Lessees, the Credit Bank and the Issuer.

“Partners” means the General Partner and the Limited Partner.

“Partnership” is defined in §1.1.

“Partnership Interest” means a Partner’s entire interest in the Partnership, including the Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Profits and Losses and the right to receive distributions from the Partnership.

“Person” means any natural person, partnership, limited partnership, trust, estate, association, limited liability company or corporation.

“Profits and Losses” has the meaning set forth in §3.4(d).

“Reimbursement Agreement” means the Reimbursement Agreement dated as of the date hereof, between the Credit Bank and the Partnership, together with all amendments and supplements thereto.

“Reserves” shall mean, with respect to any fiscal year, funds set aside or amounts allocated during such period to reserves which shall be maintained in amounts deemed sufficient by the General Partner for working capital and to pay taxes, insurance, debt service or other costs or expenses incident to the ownership or operation of the Partnership’s business.

“Treasury Regulations and Treas. Reg.” are defined in §4.4.

 

6


ARTICLE II

CAPITAL; LOANS BY PARTNERS

§2.1 Initial Capital Contribution . Except as provided in §2.2, within 30 days after the execution of this Agreement, the Partners shall .contribute to the capital of the Partnership, the money or property listed on Schedule A. If property has been contributed: (i) the amount of the contribution listed on Schedule A shall be the fair market value of such property as agreed by the Partners and, (ii) the property shall be described in a footnote or supplement to Schedule A. All Capital Contributions of the Partners shall be credited to the Partners’ Capital Accounts maintained by the Partnership, in accordance with §3.3. Except as provided herein with respect to Contribution Return, no interest shall be paid on Capital Contributions.

§2.2 Limited Partner Capital Contribution . In order to fulfill the Partnership’s obligation to fund the Contribution in accordance with Section 2.2(d) of the Participation Agreement, the Limited Partner shall, concurrently with the funding of the Loan, advance as its Capital Contribution, an amount equal to 100% of the Contribution on the Closing Date in accordance with the disbursement instructions set forth in the Funding Requisition. The Contribution so advanced by the Limited Partner shall be credited to the Limited Partner Contribution Account maintained in accordance with the definition of “Limited Partner Contribution Account” set forth in §1.8 above. The Partnership’s obligation to the Limited Partner with respect to all Contribution Return credited to the General Partner Contribution Account shall be satisfied by distributions made pursuant to §3.5 (a) below.

§2.3 Additional Capital Contributions . No Partner shall be required to make any additional Capital Contributions except as expressly provided herein. The Partnership may, with the prior written consent of all of the Partners, obtain additional capital from existing Partners on such terms as approved by all of the Partners.

§2.4 No Return of Capital . No Partner shall be personally liable for the return of the Capital Contributions of a Partner or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from the Partnership’s assets.

§2.5 Loans from Partners . The General Partner may, from time to time, cause the Partnership to borrow money from the Partners on such commercially reasonable terms as shall be approved by such Partners. In making loans to the Partnership, a Partner shall be treated as a general creditor of the Partnership and not as a Partner.

 

7


ARTICLE III

FISCAL YEAR; ACCOUNTING; ALLOCATION

OF PROFITS AND LOSSES; DISTRIBUTIONS

§3.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be the calendar year.

§3.2 Method of Accounting . The Partnership’s books shall be kept in such manner and by using such method of accounting as the General Partner may determine, and the General Partner may change accounting methods whenever the General Partner believes a change to be in the best interest of the Partnership.

§3.3 Maintenance of Capital Accounts . (a) A capital account (“Capital Account”) shall be maintained by the Partnership for each Partner in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.7041(b)(2)(iv). The initial amount credited to the Capital Account of each Partner shall be the amount of such Partner’s initial contribution to the capital of the Partnership. The General Partner’s Capital Account shall be credited with the amount of all Contribution Advances made by the General Partner pursuant to §2.2 hereof. The Capital Account of each Partner shall also be (i) credited with the amount of any additional contributions made by such Partner, (ii) credited with the amount of any Profits and any other items of income or gain allocated to such Partner, (iii) debited by the amount of any Losses and any other items of loss or deduction allocated to such Partner, and (iv) debited with the amount of all actual and deemed distributions made to such Partner. Any contribution or distribution of property in kind shall be credited or debited, respectively, in an amount equal to the Carrying Value of such property, net of liabilities secured by such property that the Partnership or a Partner, respectively, is considered to assume under or take subject to Code Section 752. Upon adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of the Partnership property pursuant to Code Sections 732, 734 or 743, the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be adjusted as provided in Treas. Reg. §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m).

§3.4 Allocation of Profits and Losses .

(a) Profits shall be allocated to the Partners as follows:

(i) first , to those Partners who have deficit balances in their Adjusted Capital Accounts, pro rata in proportion to such deficit balances, until such deficit balances have been eliminated and the balances in their Adjusted Capital Accounts have been restored to zero;

(ii) second , to the General Partner until the General Partner has received an allocation of Profits pursuant to this clause equal to all distributions made in accordance with §3.5(a) for which no previous allocation has been made under this §3.4 (a)(ii);

(iii) thereafter , fifty percent (50%) to the General Partner and fifty percent (50%) to the Limited Partner.

 

8


(b) All Losses shall be allocated fifty percent (50%) to the General Partner and fifty percent (50%) to the Limited Partner.

(c) The special allocations set forth in §3.5 shall be made prior to the allocations under this §3.4.

(d) “Profits” and “Losses” shall mean an amount equal to the Partnership’s taxable income or loss, respectively, for any period from all sources, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a), adjusted in the following manner: (i) the income of the Partnership that is exempt from federal income tax or not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits and Losses pursuant to this definition shall be added to such taxable income or loss; (ii) any expenditures of the Partnership described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as described in such Section pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(t) and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss; (iii) in the event the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted pursuant to subsection (c)(ii) or (iii) of §3.6, the amount of such adjustment shall be taken into account as gain or loss from the disposition of such asset for purposes of computing Profits and Losses; (iv) gain or loss resulting from the disposition of an asset shall be computed by reference to the Carrying Value of such asset; (v) a deduction for Depreciation shall be taken in lieu of the deduction for depreciation, amortization or cost recovery allowable for such fiscal year for federal income tax purposes; (vi) to the extent an adjustment under Code Section 734(b) is required by Treas. Reg. §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4) to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Partner’s interest, the amount of such item shall be treated as an item. of gain or loss from the disposition of the asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses; and (vii) any items that are specially allocated pursuant to §3.4(c) and §3.6 shall not be taken into account in computing Profits and Losses. “Depreciation” shall mean, for each fiscal year, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization or cost recovery deduction allowable for such fiscal year for federal income tax purposes, unless the Carrying Value for an asset differs from the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes, in which case Depreciation shall mean an amount that bears the same ratio to the beginning Carrying Value as the depreciation, amortization or cost recovery deduction for federal income tax purposes bears to the beginning adjusted tax basis, provided, however that if the adjusted basis of an asset is zero at the beginning of a fiscal year. Depreciation shall be determined by the General Partner by using any reasonable method.

§3.5 Distributions .

(a) The Limited Partner shall be entitled to receive a distribution on each Interest Payment Date equal to the Contribution Return then accrued and for which no previous distribution has been made. In the event that any distribution of Contribution Return shall not be paid when due under this §3.5(a), or within three Business Days thereafter, such unpaid distribution shall bear interest at the Overdue Rate from the date when due until paid.

 

9


(b) Except in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, in which case all distributions shall be made in accordance with Article 7, distributions of Net Cash Flow shall be made to the Partners no less frequently than annually at times selected by the General Partner for each year in which the Partnership has positive Net Cash Flow. Any distributions made pursuant to this §3.5 (b) shall be made to the Partners as follows;

(i) first , to the Limited Partner until the balance of the Limited Partner Contribution Account is zero.

(ii) second , fifty percent (50%) to the General Partner and fifty percent (50%) to the Limited Partner.

(c) [Reserved]

(d) “Net Cash Flow” of the Partnership means, for any period, the gross amounts received by the Partnership from all sources during such period, less the following items during such period: (i) all operating expenses of the business, including management fees (if any), taxes, and insurance premiums, but excluding depreciation and amortization allowances, (ii) interest and principal payments on indebtedness of the Partnership (including loans by Partners in accordance with §2.4), (iii) proceeds from borrowing, (iv) additions to Reserves, (v) all cash expenditures for fixed asset additions, improvements and replacements, (vi) cash Capital Contributions, and (vii) amounts distributed pursuant to §3.5(a).

§3.6 Tax Provisions .

(a) Allocations Required by Treasury Regulations .

(i) (A) Subject to the exceptions set forth in Treas. Reg. §§1.7042(f)(2)-(5), if there is a net decrease in Minimum Gain during any fiscal year, each Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(g)(2). “Minimum Gain” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. §§1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d). This paragraph is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Treas. Reg. §§1.704-2(b)(2) and (f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(B) Subject to the exceptions set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership fiscal year, each Partner who has a share of the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i)(3), shall be specially allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such year (and, if necessary, subsequent years) in an amount equal to such Partner’s share of the net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain,

 

10


determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i)(5). This paragraph is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Treas. Reg. §I.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. “Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” means an amount with respect to each Partner Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. § 1.704-2(i). “Partner Nonrecourse Debt” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. §l.704-2(b)(4) for “partner nonrecourse debt.”

(ii) In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treas. Reg. §1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations, the deficit in that Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account Balance as quickly as possible. This paragraph is intended to constitute a “qualified income offset” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.7041(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. “Adjusted Capital Account Balance” means the balance in the Capital Account of a Partner as of the end of the relevant fiscal year of the Partnership, after giving effect to the following: (a) credit to such Capital Account any amounts the Partner is obligated to restore, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, or is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to the penultimate sentences of Treas. Reg. §§1.704-2(g)(1) and 1.704-2(i)(5), and (b) debit to such capital account the items described in Treas. Reg. §§1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6).

(iii) “Nonrecourse Deductions” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(b)(1). The amount of Nonrecourse Deductions for a Partnership fiscal year equals the excess, if any, of the net increase, if any, in the amount of Minimum Gain during that fiscal year over the aggregate amount of any distributions during that fiscal year of proceeds of a Nonrecourse Liability that are allocable to an increase in Minimum Gain, determined according to the provisions of Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(c). “Nonrecourse Liability” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(b)(3).

(iv) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any fiscal year or other period shall be specially allocated to the Partner who bears the economic risk of loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i). “Partners Nonrecourse Deductions” shall have the meaning set forth in Treas. Reg. §1.704-2(i)(2) for “partner nonrecourse deductions. “ For any Partnership taxable year, the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Deductions with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt equals the net increase during the year, if any, in the amount of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain reduced (but not below zero) by proceeds of the liability that are both attributable to the liability and allocable to an increase in the Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain.

 

11


(v) The allocation set forth in this subsection (a) are intended to comply with certain requirements of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Code section 704. Such allocations shall be taken into account in allocating other Profits, Losses, and items of income, gain, loss, and deduction to each Partner so that, to the extent possible, and to the extent permitted by Treasury Regulations, the net amount of such allocations of other Profits, Losses, and other, items and such allocations to each Partner shall be equal to the net amount that would have been allocated to each Partner if such allocations had not been made.

(b) Rules of Application .

(i) Profits and Losses and other items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with the portion of the year during which the Partners have held their respective interests. All items of income, loss and deduction shall be considered to have been earned ratably over the period of the fiscal year of the Partnership, except that (A) gains and losses arising from the disposition of a sets shall be taken into account as of the date thereof, and (B) with the consent of the General Partner and all affected parties, the preceding items may be allocated by using an “interim closing of the books” method.

(ii) In the event the Partnership is entitled to a deduction for interest imputed under any provision of the Code on any loan or advance from a Partner (whether such interest is currently deducted, capitalized or amortized), such deduction shall be allocated solely to such Partner.

(iii) To the extent any payments in the nature of fees paid to a Partner are finally determined to be distributions to a Partner for federal income tax purposes, there will be a gross income allocation to such Partner in the amount of such distribution.

(iv) Losses shall not be allocated to any Partner to the extent that such allocation would result in a deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account Balance while any other Partner continues to have a positive Adjusted Capital Account Balance; in such event Losses shall first be allocated to Partners with positive Adjusted Capital Account Balances in proportion to such balances, until their positive Adjusted Capital Account Balances have been reduced to zero. To the extent that any Losses are allocated pursuant to this paragraph, Profits shall thereafter be allocated in reverse order of such allocations of Losses to the extent of such Losses.

 

12


(v) The allocation of Profits and Losses to any Partner shall be deemed to be an allocation to that Partner of the same proportionate part of each separate item of taxable income, gain, loss, deduction or credit that comprises such Profits and Losses.

(c) Rules Concerning Calculations of Profits and Losses and Code Section 704(c) Tax Allocation

(i) For purposes of computing Profits and Losses, “Carrying Value” shall mean (A) with respect to contributed property, the agreed value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by Depreciation, (B) with respect to property the book value of which is adjusted pursuant to Treas. Reg. §§1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(d), (e) or (f), the amount determined pursuant to subsection (c)(ii) or (iii), and (C) with respect to any other property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes as of the time of determination.

(ii) Upon the “liquidation” of the Partnership within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g), the Carrying Value of Partnership property shall be adjusted to its fair market value, as determined by the General Partner. The Carrying Value of the Partnership property may be adjusted to its fair market value, as determined by the General Partner, upon the occurrence of either of the following events:

(A) The acquisition of an additional interest in the Partnership by any new or existing Partner in exchange for more than a de minimis capital contribution; or

(B) The distribution by the Partnership to a Partner of more than a de minimis amount of property or money in consideration for an interest in the Partnership.

A revaluation of the Partnership property referred to in the two immediately preceding sentences shall be made in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f) based on the fair market value of the Partnership properties, as determined by the General Partner using such reasonable methods of valuation as it adopts.

(iii) Immediately prior to the distribution of any Partnership property, the Carrying Value of such distributed property shall be adjusted to its fair market value, as determined by the General Partner.

(iv) In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any contributed property shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Partners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and its agreed value, pursuant to any method permitted by the regulations and chosen by the General Partner.

 

13


(v) In the event the Carrying Value of any Partnership asset is adjusted as described in paragraph (ii) or (iii) above, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Carrying Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the regulations thereunder.

(vi) A transferee of a Partnership Interest will succeed to the Capital Account relating to the Partnership Interest transferred; provided, however, that if the transfer causes a termination of the Partnership under Code Section 708(b)(1)(B), the Partnership properties shall be deemed to have been distributed in liquidation of the Partnership to the Partners (including the transferee of the Partnership Interest) and recontributed by such Partners and transferees in reconstitution of the Partnership. The capital accounts of such constituted the Partnership shall be maintained in accordance with the principles set forth herein.

ARTICLE IV

GENERAL PARTNER; RIGHTS AND POWERS OF GENERAL PARTNER

§4.1 Management . The General Partner shall direct, manage and control the business of the Partnership. Except as required by this Agreement or by non-waivable provisions of applicable law, the General Partner shall have full and complete authority, power and discretion to manage and control the business, affairs, and properties of the Partnership, to make all decisions regarding those matters and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Partnership’s business. The General Partner shall be under a fiduciary duty to contact and manage the affairs of the Partnership in a prudent, businesslike and lawful manner and shall devote such part of its time to the affairs of the Partnership as shall be deemed necessary and appropriate to pursue the business and carry out the purposes of the Partnership as contemplated in this Agreement; provided, however, that it is expressly understood and agreed that the General Partner shall not be required to devote its entire time or attention to the business of the Partnership. The General Partner shall use its best efforts and exercise good faith in all activities related to the business of the Partnership.

Unless authorized to do so by this Agreement or the General Partner of the Partnership, no attorney-in-fact, employee, or other agent of the Partnership shall have any power or authority to bind the Partnership in any way, to pledge its credit or to render it liable pecuniarily for any purpose. No other Partner shall have any power or authority to bind the Partnership unless the Partner has been authorized by the General Partner to act as an agent of the Partnership, in accordance with the previous sentence.

§4.2 Election of General Partner . Realty Facility Holdings Corporation shall serve as the General Partner of the Partnership until its bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution or other cessation of existence. In the event that Realty Facility Holdings Corporation shall become unable to serve as the General Partner, then the Partnership shall be dissolved and liquidated pursuant to Article 7.

 

14


§4.3 Limitations on Power of General Partner . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner shall not have the authority to take the following actions on behalf of the Partnership, unless the prior written consent of all of the Partners is obtained;

(a) Change the nature of the business or purpose of the Partnership;

(b) Admit Persons as additional Partners;

(c) Do any act that would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the Partnership;

(d) Deposit any Partnership funds in any bank, savings and loan or other financial institution whose accounts are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

(e) Confess a judgment against the Partnership;

(f) Act as an endorser, guarantor or surety on any obligation; or

(g) Execute or deliver any assignment for the benefit of creditors.

§4.4 Tax Elections . The General Partner shall have the exclusive right to make and determine, in its sole discretion, all options and elections with respect to the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time (the “Code”) and Treasury Regulations (“Treasury Regulations” or “Treas. Reg. “) issued thereunder. As an example of, but not in limitation of, the general authority conferred by the preceding sentence, the General Partner shall determine whether and when to make or revoke the election under Code Section 754. The General Partner shall be the “tax matters partner” (as defined in Code Section 6231) who will be authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, and to expend the Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. The tax matters partner shall provide all notices and perform all acts required of a tax matters partner under Subchapter C of Chapter 63 of the Code. Notwithstanding the above, the tax matters partner shall not have the authority to agree on behalf of any Partner to an extension of time for assessment under Code Section 6501(c)(4) or 6229(b)(1)(B).

§4.5 Outside Ventures . The General Partner and other Partners may engage in or possess an interest in any other business venture of any type or description, independently or with others (including, without limitation, any venture which may be competitive with the business being conducted by the Partnership), and neither the Partnership nor any Partner will, by virtue of this Agreement, have any right, title or interest in or to such outside venture or the income or other benefits derived therefrom.

 

15


§4.6 Reimbursement of Expenses . The Partnership shall reimburse the General Partner for all out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the General Partner or the General Partner’s Affiliates in connection with the formation, organization and management of the Partnership.

§4.7 Dealing With Affiliates . The General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership, may employ or remain in any capacity itself, any of its Affiliates, any Partner or any Affiliate of a Partner so long as the terms upon which such Person is employed or retained are commercially reasonable under the circumstances and comparable to those terms which could be obtained from an independent person for comparable services in the area where the Land is located or the Partnership has its principal office.

§4.8 Indemnification . The Partnership shall provide indemnification and make advances for expenses in accordance with the following:

(a) The Partnership shall indemnify any current or former General Partner of the Partnership, or any director, officer, manager, employee or agent thereof, or any Person who is or has served at the request of the Partnership as a director, officer, manager or trustee of another corporation, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the Partnership, to which such Person was, is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of the fact that the Person is or was such General Partner, director, officer, manager or trustee, provided it is determined in the manner set forth in paragraph (c) of this §4.8 that such Person acted in good faith and in a manner that person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership and that, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the Person had no reasonable cause to believe his, her or its conduct was unlawful.

(b) In the case of any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Partnership, the Partnership shall indemnify each Person indicated in paragraph (a) of this §4.8 against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement thereof, provided it is determined in the manner set forth in paragraph (c) of this §4.8 that such Person acted in good faith and in a manner that Person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Partnership except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of such Person’s duty to the Partnership unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court of common pleas or such other court shall deem proper.

 

16


(c) The determinations referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this §4.8 shall be made (1) by the General Partner if the General Partner was not and is not party to or threatened with any such action, suit or proceeding, (2) in a written opinion by independent legal counsel other than an attorney or a firm having associated with an attorney who has been retained by or who has performed services for the Partnership or any person to be indemnified within the past five years, (3) by the Partners who were not and are not parties to or threatened with any such action, suit or proceeding or (4) by the court in which such action. suit or proceeding was brought.

(d) Expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by a General Partner in defending any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this §4.8, shall be paid by the Partnership as they are inclined, in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the General Partner in which the General Partner agrees to do both of the following; (i) repay such amount if it is proved by clear and convincing evidence in a court of competent jurisdiction that the General Partner’s action or failure to act involved an act or omission undertake with deliberate intent to cause injury to the Partnership or undertaken with reckless disregard for the best interests of the Partnership; and (ii) reasonably cooperate with the Partnership concerning the action, suit or proceeding.

(e) Expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by an officer or trustee in defending any action, suit or proceeding referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of his §4.8 may be paid by the Partnership as they are incurred, in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the General Partner in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the officer or trustee to repay such amount if it ultimately is determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Partnership and such person agrees to reasonably cooperate with the Partnership concerning the action, suit or proceeding.

(f) The indemnification provided by this §4.8 shall not be deemed exclusive (i) of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under the Certificate, any bylaws of the Partnership, any agreement, any insurance purchased by the Partnership, or the vote of the disinterested General Partner or disinterested Partners or otherwise, or (ii) of the power of the Partnership to indemnify any person who is or was an employee or agent of the Partnership or of another corporation, joint venture, trust or other enterprise which such person is serving or has served at the request of the Partnership, to the same extent and in the same situations and subject to the same determinations as are hereinabove set forth with respect to a General Partner, officer or trustee. As used in this paragraph (f), references to the “Partnership” include all constituent partnerships, corporations or other entities in a consolidation or merger in which the Partnership or a predecessor to the Partnership by consolidation or merger was involved. The indemnification provided by this §4.8 shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a General Partner, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

 

17


ARTICLE V

LIMITED PARTNERS; RIGHTS OF AND

LIMITATIONS ON LIMITED PARTNERS

§5.1 Limited Partners . The Limited Partners of the Partnership shall be those Partners identified as such on Schedule A, as such Schedule shall be amended from time to time. A General Partner may also be a Limited Partner. The names and addresses of the Limited Farmers and the amount of their contribution to the capital of the Partnership is set forth in Schedule A.

§5.2 Additional Limited Partners . The General Partner may admit additional Limited Partners to the Partnership as provided in this Agreement. The transferee of the interest in the Partnership of an existing Limited Partner shall not become a Limited Partner until admitted as a substituted Limited Partner pursuant to §6.4.

§5.3 Voting . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Act, all matters submitted to the Partners for their approval shall require the unanimous consent of the Partners.

§5.4 Limitations on Limited Partners . No Limited Partner shall have the right:

(a) To take part in the control of the Partnership business or to sign for or to bind the Partnership, such power being vested in the General Partner;

(b) To have its capital contribution repaid except to the extent provided in this Agreement;

(c) To require partition of Partnership property or to compel any sale or appraisement of Partnership assets or sale of a deceased Partner’s interest therein; or

(d) To sell or assign his interest in the Partnership or to constitute the vendee or assignee thereunder a substituted Limited Partner, except as provided in Article VII hereof.

ARTICLE VI

TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

§6.1 Withdrawal . No Partner shall be permitted to resign or withdraw from the Partnership. No Partner shall have any right to have the fair value of its interest in the Partnership appraised and paid out upon the resignation or withdrawal of such Partner.

 

18


§6.2 Transfers . The Partnership shall not recognize any transfer of all or a portion of a Partner’s interest in the Partnership and any such attempted transfer shall be invalid and ineffective as to the Partnership and all Partners unless such transfer has been consented to in writing by all Partners.

§6.3 Assignments and Pledges . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article 6, a Partner may assign, pledge or grant a security interest, lien or other encumbrance in or against all or a portion of its Partnership Interest to any person (“Assignee”) with the approval of the General Partner. Such approval of art assignment, pledge or granting of a security interest, lien or other encumbrance of all or any portion of a Partnership Interest by a Partner shall not constitute approval of any subsequent assignment, pledge or granting of a security interest, lien or other encumbrance or the approval of admission of the Assignee as a Partner in the Partnership.

§6.4 Admission of Transferee as Substituted Limited Partners . An Assignee of a Limited Partner’s Partnership interest shall not become a substituted Limited Partner unless and until the General Partner consents in writing to such substitution, which consent may be arbitrarily withheld. If the General Partner does not consent to the substitution of an assignee of a Limited Partner’s Partnership interest, the transferor Limited Partner shall not retain any rights of a limited partner under the Act. An assignee of a Limited Partner’s Partnership interest who is not admitted as a substituted Limited Partner under this section shall not be entitled to: (i) require any accounting of the Partnership’s transactions; (ii) inspect the Partnership’s books and records; (iii) require any information from the Partnership; or (iv) exercise any privilege or right of a Limited Partner which is not specifically granted to a non-substituted transferee of a limited partnership interest under the Act.

§6.5 Allocations and Distributions with Respect to Transferred Partnership Interests . If any transfer of an interest in the Partnership permitted by this Agreement occurs during a fiscal year (whether or not the assignee is admitted as a substituted Limited Partner), then all allocations of Profits and Losses attributable to the transferred Partnership interest for such year shall be divided and allocated between the transferor and the transferee by taking into account their varying interests during such fiscal period, using any convention or method of allocation selected by the General Partner which is then permitted under Code Section 706 and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All distributions of Net Cash Flow made prior to the effective date of any such transfer shall be made to the transferor and any such distributions made after the effective date of such transfer shall be made to the transferee.

§6.6 Death or Bankruptcy of Partner . Upon the death or bankruptcy of an individual Partner or the bankruptcy, dissolution or other cessation to exist as a legal entity of a Partner not an individual, and after such time as the Partnership shall have received written notice thereof, the authorized representative of such individual or entity shall have all of the rights of a Partner for the purposes of effecting the orderly winding up and disposition of the affairs of such individual or entity.

 

19


ARTICLE VII

TERMINATION, DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION OF THE PARTNERSHIP

§7.1 Events of Dissolution . Upon unanimous written agreement of the Partners or any event described herein which causes dissolution and the failure of the Partners to elect to continue the Partnership, the Partnership shall be dissolved and liquidated in accordance with the provisions of this Article 7.

§7.2 Effect of Events of Dissolution . Upon an event of dissolution, the Partnership shall cease to carry on its business, except insofar as it may be necessary for the winding up of its business, but its separate existence shall continue until the activities set forth in §7.3 have been completed.

§7.3 Liquidation .

(a) Upon the dissolution of the Partnership, the then General Partner, or, if there be none, the Liquidating Trustee appointed pursuant to §7.4, shall proceed wind up the affairs of the Partnership.

(b) In the winding up of the affairs of the Partnership the General Partner or the Liquidating Trustee shall:

(i) Sell or otherwise liquidate all of the Partnership’s assets as promptly as possible (except to the extent the General Partner or Liquidating Trustee may determine to distribute any assets to the Partners in kind);

(ii) Discharge all liabilities of the Partnership, including liabilities to Partners who are creditors to the extent otherwise permitted by law, other than liabilities to Partners for distributions;

(iii) Establish such Reserves as may be reasonably necessary to provide for contingencies or liabilities of the Partnership; and

(iv) Distribute the remaining cash and assets of the Partnership to Partners in accordance with their positive Capital Accounts.

(c) For purposes of the liquidation of the Partnership’s assets, the discharge of its liabilities and the distributions of the remaining funds among the Partners as above described, the General Partner or Liquidating Trustee shall have the authority on behalf of the Partnership to sell, convey, exchange or otherwise transfer the assets of the Partnership for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the General Partner or Liquidating Trustee deems appropriate. The General Partner or Liquidating Trustee, in its sole discretion, may make distributions in kind to Partners. The General Partner or Liquidating Trustee shall have the authority to purchase any Partnership assets at the appraised fair market value. A reasonable time shall be allowed for the orderly liquidation of the assets of the Partnership and the discharge of liabilities of the Partnership to creditors to enable the Partnership to minimize normal losses during a liquidation period

 

20


§7.4 Election of Liquidating Trustee . In the event there is no General Partner at the time of dissolution, the Limited Partners shall elect, by unanimous vote, one of their members or any other Person of their choice to act as liquidating trustee (“Liquidating Trustee”) in the liquidation of the partnership business in accordance with the provisions of this Article.

§7.5 Return of Contribution Nonrecourse to Other Partners . Except as provided by law, upon dissolution each Partner shall look solely to the assets of the Partnership for the return of Capital Contributions. If the Partnership property remaining after the payment or discharge of the debts and liabilities of the Partnership is insufficient to return the Capital Contributions of one or more Partners, such Partner or Partners shall have no recourse against any other Partner,

§7.6 Restriction on Dissolution . Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement (including, without Limitation, the provisions of §7.1 through 7.5 hereof), prior to the time that the Letter of Credit is terminated and all Letter of Credit Liabilities have been satisfied, the Equity Note has been paid in full and no other monetary obligations of the Partnership to the Credit Bank under the Operative Documents remains outstanding, (a) no Partner shall apply to any court for, or otherwise seek the entry of, a decree of dissolution of the Partnership, (c) the occurrence of a Bankruptcy with respect to a Partner shall not cause such Partner to cease being a Partner of the Partnership, (d) the occurrence of a Bankruptcy with respect to a Partner, or the dissolution of a Partner, shall not cause a dissolution or termination of the Partnership, (e) the death, retirement, resignation or expulsion of a Partner shall not cause a dissolution or termination of the Partnership, (f) the Partnership shall continue its existence, and shall not dissolve, for so long as at least one of the General Partners remains solvent, and (g) to the maximum extent permitted by law, dissolution of the Partnership shall not occur. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, during the time the Loan or any other monetary obligations of Partnership under the Operative Documents remains outstanding, if there is a dissolution of (or other termination event with respect to) the Partnership, the vote of Partners holding at least 50% of the outstanding partnership interests in the Partnership shall be sufficient to continue the existence of the Partnership; provided , however , if the required vote of the Partners is not obtained, the Partnership shall not liquidate or otherwise sell or dispose of the Properties without the prior written consent of the Credit Bank, and the Credit Bank may continue to exercise all of its rights under the Equity Note and the Operative Documents and shall retain its rights in and to the collateral securing the Letter of Credit Liabilities and the Equity Note until the Letter of Credit has been terminated, all Letter of Credit Liabilities have been satisfied and all other monetary obligations of the Partnership to the Credit Bank under the Operative Documents, the Equity Note and the Equity Pledge Agreement have been repaid in full.

 

21


ARTICLE VIII

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

§8.1 Notices . Any notice, demand, or communication required or permitted to be given by any provision of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given or served for all purposes if delivered personally to the party or to an executive officer of the party to whom the same is directed, if sent by facsimile, with receipt confirmed by telephone, or if sent by registered or certified mail, postage and charges prepaid, addressed to the Partner’s or the Partnership’s address, as appropriate, as set forth in this Agreement or as notified by such Partner or the General Partner. Except as otherwise provided herein, any such notice shall be deemed to be given five (5) business days after the date on which the same was duly mailed, if sent by registered or certified mail, or on the date of receipt, if personally delivered or transmitted to the telephone number supplied to the Partnership as the Partner’s facsimile number by the Partner to whom the notice is sent, with receipt confirmed by telephone.

§8.2 Waiver of Notice . When any notice is required to be given to any Partner, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the Partner entitled to such notice, whether before, at, or after the Partner is entitled to such notice, and whether before, at, or after the time stated therein, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice.

§8.3 Lists of Partners . A written list showing the names, in alphabetical order, and last known addresses of, and information regarding the Adjusted Capital Account Balance of all Partners and the name and last known address of the Partners shall be maintained by the Partnership at its principal office.

§8.4 Application of Ohio Law . This Agreement and its application and interpretation shall be governed exclusively by its terms and by the laws of the State of Ohio.

§8.5 Waiver of Action for Partition . Each Partner irrevocably waives during the term of existence of the Partnership any right that such Partner may have to maintain any action for partition with respect to the property of the Partnership.

§8.6 Amendments . This Agreement may not be amended in whole or in part except by a written instrument signed by all of the Partners.

§8.7 Execution of Additional Instruments . Each Partner shall execute such other and further statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney and other instruments necessary to comply with any laws, rules or regulations or to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

§8.8 Construction . Whenever the singular number is used in this Agreement and when required by the context, the same shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders and vice versa.

 

22


§8.9 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and are in no way intended to describe, interpret, define, or limit the scope, extent or intent of this Agreement or any provisions hereof.

§8.10 Waivers . The failure of any party to seek redress for violation of or to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant or condition of this Agreement shall not prevent a subsequent act, which would have originally constituted a violation, from having the effect of an original violation.

§8.11 Rights and Remedies Cumulative . The rights and remedies provided by this Agreement are cumulative and the use of any one right or remedy by any party shall not preclude or waive the right to use any or all other remedies. Said rights and remedies are given in addition to any other rights the parties may have by law, statute, ordinance or Otherwise.

§8.12 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder or this Agreement and the application thereof shall not be affected and shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

§8.13 Heirs, Successors and Assigns . Each and all of the covenants, terms, provisions and agreements in this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and, to the extent permitted by this Agreement, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

23


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this Agreement and have hereunto set their hands to multiple copies hereof to be effective as provided in §1.2.

 

General Partner:
REALTY FACILITY HOLDINGS I, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Robert F. Gage

  Robert F. Gage, President
Limited Partner:
REALTY FACILITY INVESTMENTS, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Robert F. Gage

  Robert F. Gage, President


SCHEDULE A

Address of Principal

Office of the

Partnership

c/o Andrew Service Corporation

Suite 1300

41 South High Street

Columbus, Ohio 43215

Attn: Robert F. Gage

Facsimile No.: (614) 365-2499

Telephone No.: (614) 365-2766

Name and Address of Registered Agent of

the Partnership for Service

of Process

Andrew Service Corporation

Suite 1300

41 South High Street

Columbus, Ohio 43215

Attn: Robert F. Gage

Facsimile No.: (614) 365-2499

Telephone No.: (614) 365-2766

Address of Office of the Partnership

in the State of Ohio

same as principal office

 

Name and Business Address

of General Partner

  

Capital

Contribution

Realty Facility Holdings I, L.L.C. (same address as principal office of the Partnership)

   $ 100

Name and Business Address

of Limited Partner

  

Capital

Contribution

Realty Facility Investments, L.L.C. (same address as principal office of the Partnership)

   $ 877,515.46


EXHIBIT B

Form of Amendment to Partnership Agreement

[to follow]

 

26


AMENDMENT No. 1 to

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

(Asset Holdings III, L.P., an Ohio limited partnership)

This Amendment No. I to First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of June 30, 2003 by and among ADESA CORPORATION, an Ohio corporation (“ ADESA ”) as the general partner, and REALTY FACILITY INVESTMENTS, L.L.C., an Ohio limited liability company (“RFI”), as the limited partner.

BACKGROUND INFORMATION

A. Asset Holdings III, L.P. (the “ Partnership ”) is an Ohio limited partnership that prior to the date hereof has operated pursuant to a First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership dated as of March 31, 2000 (the “ Partnership Agreement ”) between the two partners of the Partnership, Realty Facility Holdings I, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company (“RFI”), the general partner and RFI, the limited partner. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Partnership Agreement.

B. The Partnership holds title to certain real properties located in Framingham, Massachusetts, Knoxville, Tennessee and Charlotte, North Carolina (collectively, the “ Property ”). The Partnership has leased the Property to ADESA.

C. Pursuant to Agreement for Assignment of Partnership Interest of even date herewith among ADESA, RFI and RFI (the “ Assignment Agreement ”) inter alia RFI, has assigned 100% of its partnership interest as general partner of the Partnership (the “ Assigned Partnership Interest ”) to RFI, ADESA was admitted as a general Partner in the Partnership, and RFI withdrew as a Partner; and

D. RFI has entered into the Assignment Agreement on the condition that ADESA. simultaneously enter into this Agreement, which ADESA is willing to do in order to induce RFI to execute the Assignment Agreement.

STATEMENT OF AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree to the foregoing Background Information and as follows:

§ 1. Payment of Taxes . The Partnership Agreement is amended to incorporate the following provisions:

 

1


§ 1.1 Tax Indemnification .

(a) The following initially capitalized terms used in this Amendment and in the Partnership Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

 

  (i) After-Tax Basis ” means, with respect to any payment to be received by an Indemnitee, the amount of such payment supplemented by a further payment or payments so that, after deducting from such payments the amount of all Taxes (net of any Tax credits, refunds, deductions or reductions or other Tax benefits arising from the payment by the Indemnitee of any amount, including Taxes, for which the Indemnitee is being indemnified) actually imposed currently on the Indemnitee by any governmental authority or taxing authority with respect to such payments, the balance of such payments shall be equal to the original payment to be received. For the purposes of this definition, it shall be assumed that federal, state and local Taxes are payable at the actual income tax rate or rates (taking into account where applicable the deductibility of state and local taxes for federal income tax purposes) applicable to the Indemnitee.

 

  (ii) Indemnitee ” means RFI, and its members, officers and managers.

 

  (iii) Taxes ” means any and all taxes (including, without limitation, income, gross receipts, sales, rental, use, turnover, value-added, property, excise and stamp taxes and all recapture and other payments in connection with any agreement relating to tax abatements granted in connection with the Property), levies, imposts, duties, charges, assessments or withholdings of any nature whatsoever imposed by United States of America, the government of any other nation, any political subdivision of the United States of America or any other nation (including, without limitation, any state, territory, federal district, municipality or possession) and any federal, state, county, municipal or other governmental or regulatory authority, agency, board, body, commission, instrumentality or court, or any political subdivision thereof, together with any penalties, fines or interest thereon or additions thereto.

(b) ADESA hereby agrees to pay on an After-Tax Basis, and to indemnify, protect, defend, save and keep harmless each Indemnitee, on an After-Tax Basis, from and against any and all Taxes that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Indemnitee by the United States or by any state or local government or other taxing authority in the United States in connection with or in any way relating to the Partnership, the business and other activity of the Partnership, the Property of the Partnership, RFI’s acquisition, disposition or ownership of the Assignment Interest, and without regard to whether such Taxes relate to fiscal years or periods of the Partnership preceding, or commencing on and following the date hereof, including any such Taxes imposed on such Indemnitee as a result of the sale, transfer and assignment of the Assignment Interest to RFI under the Assignment Agreement; provided that each Indemnitee that has received cash distributions from the Partnership with respect to such Taxes (excluding, however, any amounts that such Indemnitee shall at any time be required to repay to the Partnership, any creditor of the Partnership, any court or representative of the Partnership as debtor in any insolvency proceedings, or any other third party that at any time claims the same) shall credit the amount of such cash distributions so made against the amounts payable by ADESA under this paragraph.

 

2


(c) Should any Indemnitee learn of, or receive a written claim from any taxing authority which asserts liability for, any Taxes against the Indemnitee that are subject to the indemnity provided by this §1.2, the Indemnitee shall promptly notify ADESA and, provided ADESA shall confirm its indemnity obligations in writing, the Indemnitee shall provide ADESA such opportunity to contest any such claim or liability as may be available to the Indemnitee with counsel selected by ADESA and reasonably acceptable to the Indemnitee, all at ADESA s expense. If for any reason ADESA either fails to confirm its indemnity obligations and/or fails to contest any such claim, the Indemnitee may undertake such contest, in which event the fees and expenses of counsel to the Indemnitee shall be included in the amounts due from ADESA; provided however, that in the event ADESA fails to so confirm or contest, the Indemnitee shall be under no obligation to contest any such claim and no action or inaction of the Indemnitee (other than its failure to provide notice of a claim to ADESA prior to expiration of the time within which such claim may be contested) shall relieve ADESA of its indemnity obligations hereunder.

§ 1.2 Distributions for payment of Taxes . The Partnership shall make (and ADESA agrees to contribute or lend to the Partnership sufficient monies to finance such distributions) a distribution to each Partner (provided that any Partner may, as to itself, waive receipt of such distribution), in the amount of the actual marginal corporate income tax rates applicable to the Partner for each period in question multiplied by the amount of income allocated to such Partner for the Partnership’s tax years ending after the date hereof. The Partnership shall provide Partnership returns and related K-1’s to each Partner for each such tax year or fiscal period not later than 75 days following the completion thereof, and shall simultaneously make the distribution in amount computed as aforesaid. The Partnership shall also make (and ADESA shall contribute or lend to the Partnership sufficient monies to finance such distributions) a cash distribution to each Partner in an amount equal to all other Taxes payable by the Partner on account of its interest in the Partnership, including, without limitation, all Taxes imposed on the Property of the Partnership or on any Partner as the result of the Partnership’s business, income, gross receipts or otherwise. The amount of such distributions shall not include interest or penalties unless incurred by the failure of the Partnership or ADESA to timely perform their obligations hereunder. Provided such distributions are so made, each Partner agrees to file its income tax returns for such periods consistently with the K-1’s issued by the Partnership for such periods.

§ 1.3 Payment of State and Local Taxes . ADESA, as tax matters Partner (“ TMP ”), shall notify RFI of all Taxes (other than Federal income taxes) payable at any time by RFI with respect to the Partnership, the business of the Partnership or the partnership interest held by RFI in the Partnership not later than 30 days before any such , Tax first becomes due. ADESA, as TMP, not later than 30 days before any such Tax shall first become due, shall cause all tax returns related to any such Tax and required to be filed by RFI by any governmental authority, to be properly and completely prepared by a certified public accountant satisfactory to RFI, and. delivered to RFI for its review and approval, accompanied by payment of a cash distribution to RFI in an amount not less than the amount to become due on account of such Tax. If RFI shall disagree with any aspect of any tax return as so prepared and delivered by ADESA, RFT and

 

3


ADESA shall cooperate in good faith to resolve any such disagreement, provided that if the parties are not able to resolve such disagreement prior to three business days before the due date of the related tax return, such tax return shall be prepared as required by RFI and the Partnership shall supplement the cash distribution previously made by any additional amount shown to be due on the tax return as revised by RFI.

§ 2. Capital Contributions . RFI shall have no obligation to make any contribution of’ cash or property of any kind to the Partnership or its capital. RFI shall have no obligation at any time (including, without limitation, upon the dissolution or winding up of the Partnership) to pay or refund any negative balance of RFI’s Capital Account as the same shall exist from time to time.

§ 3. General Indemnification . ADESA hereby unconditionally guarantees to RFI and each other Indemnitee the timely payment and performance of the obligations of the Partnership set forth in Section 4.8 (Indemnification) of the Partnership Agreement. ADESA may satisfy its obligations under this paragraph by making a contribution or loan to the Partnership of the amount necessary to finance the payment and performance of such obligations by the Partnership, and causing the Partnership to pay and perform such obligations directly.

§ 4. Expenses . The partnership Agreement is amended to provide that all fees, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable counsel fees) of RFI incurred from and after the date hereof in connection with the performance of its duties as a Partner or pursuant to the Partnership Agreement, including, without limitation, any consideration of any business or transaction considered or undertaken by the Partnership, shall he reimbursed by ADESA and the Partnership (and ADESA may contribute or lend to the Partnership the amount necessary to finance the Partnership’s payment of the same). In addition, the ADESA shall pay to RFI all costs and expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) incurred by RFI in connection with the enforcement by RFI of the obligations of ADESA, or the Partnership under this Agreement, the Partnership Agreement and the Facilitation Agreement.

§ 5. Dissolution by RFI . If ADESA or the Partnership shall at any time default (a) in the timely payment of any sums due and payable to RFI or any Indemnitee, or (b) in the timely performance of any obligations of ADESA or the Partnership to RFI or any Indemnitee under this Agreement or the Partnership Agreement, and any such default shall not be cured fully within 15 days after written notice in the case of any default in the payment of any sums so due and payable, or within 30 days after written notice in the case of any default in any obligation other than an obligation for the payment of money, RFI shall have the right, in addition and without prejudice to any other right or remedy which RFI may have in the circumstances, to declare a dissolution of the Partnership upon 15 days further written notice of such default, whereupon the Partnership shall be immediately dissolved under Section 7.1 of the Partnership Agreement notwithstanding any other provision of the Partnership Agreement, and in such case . RFI shall be entitled to be paid all amounts then due and payable to RFI and any Indemnitee prior to any distributions of any other amounts under Article VII of the Partnership Agreement.

§ 6. Ratification . The terms and provisions of the Partnership Agreement, as amended hereby, are hereby fully ratified and confirmed.

 

4


§ 7. Representations and Warranties

(a) ADESA hereby represents and warrants to RFI that (a) ADESA is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Tennessee, (b) the execution, delivery and performance of the Partnership Agreement as modified by this Agreement, and each other agreement, instrument and document executed and delivered by it in connection with or as contemplated by this Agreement (collectively, the “ ADESA Agreements ”), to which it is or will be a party (i) are within ADESA’s power, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part, (iii) do not require or will not require any approval of (which approval has not been obtained) the shareholders or members of, or approval or consent of any trustee or holders of any indebtedness or obligations of ADESA, (iv) will not violate (A) any provision of any applicable laws, rules, regulations (including Environmental Laws), statutes, treaties, codes, ordinances, permits, certificates, orders and licenses of and interpretations by any governmental authorities, and applicable judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, orders or like action of any court, arbitrator or other administrative, judicial or quasi-judicial tribunal or agency of competent jurisdiction or (B) any order of any governmental authority and (v) does not or will not contravene or result in any breach of or constitute any default under its organizational documents, or result in the creation of any lien or encumbrance upon the Property, (c) each ADESA Agreement to which it is or hereafter becomes a party has been or when executed and delivered by ADESA will be duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes and will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof, and (d) there are no actions, proceedings, claims, suits, investigations, inquiries or similar actions pending, or to the knowledge of ADESA, threatened, against ADESA before any governmental authority or arbitral tribunal that questions the validity or enforceability of any ADESA Agreement or that would adversely affect ADESA’s ability to perform its obligations under any ADESA Agreement.

(b) RFI hereby represents and warrants to ADESA that (a) RFI is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio, (b) the execution, delivery and performance of This Agreement, the Partnership Agreement and the Assignment Agreement, and each other agreement, instrument and document executed and delivered by it in connection with or as contemplated by this Agreement (collectively, the “ RFI Agreements ”), to which it is or will be a party (i) are within REI’s power, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part, (iii) do not require or will not require any approval of (which approval has not been obtained) the shareholders or members of, or approval or consent of any trustee or holders of any indebtedness or obligations of RFI, (iv) will not violate (A) any provision of any applicable laws, rules, regulations (including Environmental Laws), statutes, treaties, codes, ordinances, permits, certificates, orders and licenses of and interpretations by any governmental authorities, and applicable judgments, decrees, injunctions, writs, orders or like action of any court, arbitrator or other administrative, judicial or quasi-judicial tribunal or agency of competent jurisdiction or (B) any order of any governmental authority and (v) does not or will not contravene or result in any breach of or constitute any default under its organizational documents, or result in the creation of any lien or encumbrance upon the Property, (c) each RFI Agreement to which it is or hereafter becomes a party has been or when executed and delivered by RFI will be duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes and will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof, and (d) there are no actions, proceedings, claims, suits,

 

5


investigations, inquiries or similar actions pending, or to the knowledge of RFI, threatened, against RFI before any governmental authority or arbitral tribunal that questions the validity or enforceability of any RFI Agreement or that would adversely affect RFI’s ability to perform its obligations under any RFI Agreement.

§ 8. General Provisions .

§ 8.1 This Agreement may not be modified except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto, and supersedes all previous agreements, written or oral, if any, of the parries with regard to the subject matter hereof.

§ 8.2 This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, administrators, executors, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

§ 8.3 In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, the same shall not affect in any respect whatsoever the validity of the remainder of this Agreement.

§ 8.4 No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, nor shall the same constitute a waiver of any other provisions, whether or not similar nor shall any such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No waiver shall be binding, unless executed, in writing, by the party making the waiver.

§ 8.5 All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (a) upon confirmation of facsimile, (b) one business day following the date sent when sent by overnight delivery or (c) five business days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid at the following address:

 

If to ADESA:
     On or Prior to March 31, 2004:
  

ADESA Corporation

310 East 96 th Street, Ste. 400

Indianapolis, Indiana 46240

  

Attention.: Controller

Telecopy: 317-815-0500

Telephone: 317-815-1100

   After March 31, 2004:
  

ADESA Corporation

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Cannel, IN 46032
Attention: Controller

Telecopy: 317-815-0500

Telephone: 317-815-1100

 

6


If to RFI:
   C/o Andrew Service Corporation
   Suite 1300
  

41 South High Street

Columbus, Ohio 43215

Attention: Richard W. Rubenstein

  

Telecopy: 614-365-2499

Telephone: 614-365-2752

Any party may send any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication hereunder to the intended recipient at the address set forth above using any other means (including personal delivery, expedited courier, messenger, telecopy, telex, ordinary mail or electronic mail), but no such notice, request, demand, claim or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it actually is received by the intended recipient. Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner herein set forth.

§ 8.6 The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be considered for any purpose in construing this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the masculine, feminine and neuter genders, and the singular and plural numbers shall be each deemed to include the other whenever the context so requires.

§ 8.7 This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which so executed and delivered shall be an original; but all such counterparts shall together constitute only one and the same instrument.

[the balance of this page has been intentionally left blank]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

ADESA CORPORATION.       REALTY FACILITY INVESTMENTS, L.L.C.
By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

    By:  

/s/ Robert F. Gage

Name:   Paul J. Lips     Name:   Robert F. Gage
Title:   Chief Financial Officer     Title:   President

 

8


AMENDMENT No. 2 to

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED

PARTNERSHIP

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO FIRST AMENDMENT AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (“Amendment No. 2”) is entered into as of June 28, 2004, by and between REALTY FACILITY INVESTMENTS, L.L.C. , an Ohio limited liability company (“RFI”) and ADESA Inc. f/k/a/ ADESA CORPORATION (“ADESA) a Delaware Corporation, with offices at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Suite 500, Carmel, Indiana 46032.

W I T N E S S E T H:

A. Asset Holdings III, L.P. (the “Partnership”) is an Ohio limited partnership.

B. RFI and ADESA have entered into that certain First Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership dated as of March 31, 2000, as amended on June 30, 2003 (the “Partnership Agreement”).

C. RFI and ADESA desire to amend Schedule A which is set forth in the Partnership Agreement.

STATEMENT OF AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree to the following:

1. The following paragraph shall be added to the Partnership Agreement:

§1.7 Ownership Percentages . The ownership percentages shall be set forth on Schedule A.”

2. Schedule A of the Partnership Agreement shall be replaced in its entirety to be and read as set forth on Schedule A attached hereto and made a part hereof.

3. General Provisions .

a. This Agreement may not be modified except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto, and supersedes all previous agreements, written or oral, if any, of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof.

b. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, administrators, executors, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

1


c. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, the same shall not affect in any respect whatsoever the validity of the remainder of this Agreement.

d. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, not shall the same constitute a waiver of any other provisions, whether or not similar nor shall any such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No waiver shall be binding, unless executed, in writing by the party making the waiver.

e. All notices, requests, demands, claims, and other communications hereunder will be in writing. Any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication hereunder shall be deemed duly given (a) upon confirmation of facsimile, (b) one business day following the date send when sent by overnight delivery or (c) five business days following the date mailed when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested and postage prepaid at the following address:

If to ADESA:

ADESA Inc.

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Ste. 500

Carmel, Indiana 46032

Attention: Controller

Telecopy: 317-249-4645

Telephone; 317-815-1100

If to RFI:

c/o Andrew Service Corporation

Suite 1300

41 South High Street

Columbus, Ohio 43215

Attention: Richard W. Rubenstein

Telecopy: 614-365-2499

Telephone: 614-365-2752

Any party may send any notice, request, demand, claim or other communication hereunder to the intended recipient at the address set forth above using any other means (including personal delivery, expedited courier, messenger, telecopy, telex, ordinary mail or electronic mail), but no such notice, request, demand, claim or other communication shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until it actually is received by the intended recipient. Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner herein set forth.

f. The section headings in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be considered for any purpose in construing this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the masculine, feminine and neuter genders, and the singular and plural numbers shall be each deemed to include the other whenever the context requires.

 

2


g. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which so executed and delivered shall be an original; but all such counterparts shall together constitute only one and the same instrument.

[the balance of this page has been intentionally left blank]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

ADESA Inc.

  

REALTY FACILITY INVESTMENTS, L.L.C.

By:  

/s/ Cameron C. Hitchcock

   By:  

/s/ Barbara A. Kemptin

Name:   Cameron C. Hitchcock    Name:   Barbara A. Kemptin
Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer    Title:   Secretary


SCHEDULE A

Address of Principal

Office of the Partnership

c/o Andrew Service Corporation

Suite 1300

41 South High Street

Columbus, Ohio 43215

Attn: Richard W. Rubenstein

Facsimile No.: (614) 365-2499

Telephone No.: (614) 365-2752

Name and Address of Registered Agent of

the Partnership for Service of Process

Andrew Service Corporation

Suite 1300

41 South High Street

Columbus, Ohio 43215

Attn: Richard W. Rubenstein

Facsimile No.: (614) 365-2499

Telephone No.: (614) 365-2752

Address of Office of the Partnership

in the State of Ohio

same as principal office

 

Name and Business Address

of General Partner

  

Capital

Contribution

  

Ownership

Percentage

 

ADESA, Inc. f/k/a ADESA Corporation

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Ste. 500

Cannel, Indiana 46032

   $ 100    50 %

Name and Business Address

of Limited Partner

  

Capital

Contribution

  

Ownership

Percentage

 

Realty Facility Investments, L.L.C.

c/o Andrew Service Corporation,

Suite 1300

41 South High Street

Columbus, Ohio 43215

   $ 877,515.46    50 %


AMENDMENT TO

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF ASSET HOLDINGS III, L.P.

The Partners amend Article I of the Agreement as follows:

 

1. Article I of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 1.8 and Section 1.9.

 

2. Section 1.8. shall read as follows:

Section 1.8 . Certificate of Partnership Interest

(a) Recognition of Partner . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of partnership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and .to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such partnership interest.

(b) Transfer of Partnership Interests . Partnership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Agreement. Partnership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the partnership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Partner is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Partners setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Ohio law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of partnership interest represented. The Partners shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Partners, the Partner in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Partners may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Partners may prescribe.”

 

3. Section 1.9. shall read as follows:

Section 1.9 . Partnership Interests Shall Be Securities . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all partnership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the partnership interests


of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in Asset Holdings III, L.P. and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 13th day of June, 2007.

 

 

“GENERAL PARTNER”

ADESA, INC.

 

“LIMITED PARTNER”

ADESA CORPORATION, LLC

By:   

/s/ James P. Hallett

  By:   

/s/ Paul J. Lips

   James P. Hallett      Paul J. Lips
   President & CEO      Manager

Exhibit 3.77

CERTIFICATE OF ORGANIZATION

OF

Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC

1. The name of the corporation is Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC.

2. The street address of the office in the Commonwealth at which its records will be maintained is 63 Western Avenue, Framington, MA 01701.

3. The nature of the business is the auction of automobiles, and, to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the laws of Massachusetts.

4. The company is to have perpetual existence.

5. The name and business address of the agent for service of process required to be maintained by M.G.L. Chapter 156C, Section 5 is:

CT Corporation System

101 Federal Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

6. The name and address of the managers are:

 

James P. Hallett

   Donald L. Harris

310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400

   310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400

Indianapolis, IN 46240

   Indianapolis, IN 46240

Paul J. Lips

   Karen C. Turner

310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400

   310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400

Indianapolis, IN 46240

   Indianapolis, IN 46240

Scott A. Anderson

  

310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400

  

Indianapolis, IN 46240

  

7. The name and business address of any person in addition to the manager, who is authorized to execute documents to be filed with the Division is as follows:

Karen C. Turner, Esq.

310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400

Indianapolis, IN 46240

IN WIITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate of Organization the 12th day of December, 2003.

 

/s/ Karen C. Turner
Karen C. Turner


ARTICLES OF MERGER

OF

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF CONCORD, INC.

INTO

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF CONCORD, LLC

Pursuant to the Massachusetts Statues, the undersigned business entities certify the following Articles of Merger adopted for the purpose of effecting a merger in accordance with the provisions of Massachusetts Business Corporation Act and the Massachusetts Limited Liability Company Act (collectively, the “Acts”).

1. Surviving Company. The name, business address, type of entity and state of jurisdiction of the company that shall survive the merge is as follows:

 

Name and Address

  

Type of Entity

   State    Organization Date

Auto Dealers Exchange

   Limited Liability Company    MA    12/12/03

of Concord, LLC

        

63 Western Ave.

        

Framingtom, MA 01701

        

FEIN: 000855896

        

2. Non-Surviving Corporation. The name, business address, type of entity and state of jurisdiction of the corporation that shall not survive the merge is as follows:

 

Name and Address

  

Type of Entity

   State    Organization Date

Auto Dealers Exchange

   Corporation    MA    9/22/92

of Concord, Inc.

        

77 Hosmer Street

        

Acton, MA 01720

        

FEIN: 04-3165540

        

3. The Agreement of Merger.

a. The Agreement of Merger, containing such information as required by the Acts, as set forth in Exhibit A (the “Agreement of Merger”), which provides that Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, Inc. shall merge into Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC was approved and adopted in accordance with the Acts and, if applicable, in accordance with the operating agreement by the sole-member of the Surviving Company and the sole-shareholder of the Non-Surviving Corporation.

b. An executed copy of the Agreement of Merger is on file at the principal place of businesses of Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, Inc. and Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC and a copy shall be furnished by such entities, on written request and without cost, to any shareholder of each corporation that is a party to the Agreement of Merger and to any creditor or obligee of the parties to the merger at the time of the merger if such obligation is then outstanding.

4. Compliance.

a. The merger is permitted under the Acts and is not prohibited by the articles of organization of Surviving Company that is a party to the merger.

b. These Articles of Merger comply and were executed in accordance with the Acts.


5. Manager of the Surviving Company.

a. The names and addresses of the managers are as follows:

 

James P. Hallett

   Donald L. Harris

310 E. 96 th Street, Suite 400

   63 Western Ave.

Indianapolis, IN 46240

   Framingtom, MA 01701

Paul J. Lips

   Karen C. Turner

63 Western Ave.

   63 Western Ave.

Framingtom, MA 01701

   Framingtom, MA 01701

Scott A. Anderson

  

63 Western Ave.

  

Framingtom, MA 01701

  

b. Any and all of the managers are authorized, individually, to execute documents that need to be filed with the Massachusetts Corporations Division.

c. Any and all of the managers are authorized, individually, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and record any recordable instrument purporting to affect an interest in real property.

d. There are no amendments or changes to the certificate of organization of the Surviving Company to be effected pursuant to the agreement of merger and all other information required information is already included in the certificate of organization.

6. Purpose of Surviving Company. The purpose of the business is the auction of automobiles, and, to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

7. Fiscal Year. The Surviving Company’s adopted the fiscal year of December 31.


8. Effective Date. The merger will become effective on January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m. in accordance with the Acts.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed these Articles of Merger as of the 22nd day of December, 2003.

 

NON-SURVIVING CORPORATION     SURVIVING COMPANY
Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, Inc.     Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC
/s/ James P. Hallett     /s/ James P. Hallett
James P. Hallett, President     James P. Hallett, President
/s/ Karen C. Turner     /s/ Karen C. Turner
Karen C. Turner, Clerk     Karen C. Turner, Clerk

The undersigned, under the penalties of perjury, hereby certifies that the these Articles of Merger and the Agreement of Merger have been duly executed on behalf of such corporation and has been approved in the manner required by the Acts by the stockholders of such corporation.

 

NON-SURVIVING CORPORATION     SURVIVING COMPANY
Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, Inc.     Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC
/s/ James P. Hallett     /s/ James P. Hallett
James P. Hallett, President     James P. Hallett, President
/s/ Karen C. Turner     /s/ Karen C. Turner
Karen C. Turner, Clerk     Karen C. Turner, Clerk


EXHIBIT A

AGREEMENT OF MERGER

THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (“Agreement of Merger”) entered into this 22 day of December, 2004 by and between Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, Inc. a Massachusetts corporation, (the “Non-Surviving Corporation”) and Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC a Massachusetts limited liability company, (the “Surviving Company”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Non-Surviving Corporation is a corporation organized under the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act;

WHEREAS, the Surviving Company is a limited liability company organized under the Massachusetts Limited Liability Company Act;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Manager of the Surviving Company desire that the Non-Surviving Corporation merge into and reorganize with the Surviving Company pursuant to the provisions of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act and the Massachusetts Limited Liability Company Act (collectively the “Acts”) and 368(a)(2)(E) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, in the manner set forth herein (the “Merger”); and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Member of the Surviving Company have approved and adopted this Agreement of Merger in accordance with the Acts.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree that the Non-Surviving Corporation shall merge with and into the Surviving Company in accordance with the following provisions:

ARTICLE I

Parties to the Merger

Section 1.1. The Surviving Company. The name of the limited liability company in which shall survive the Merger is “Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC”.

Section 1.2. The Non-Surviving Corporation. The name of the corporation proposing to merge with and into the Surviving Company is “Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, Inc”.


ARTICLE II

Terms and Conditions of the Merger

and Mode of Carrying the Merger Into Effect

Section 2.1. Effective Time of the Merger. The “Effective Time of the Merger” shall be January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m.

Section 2.2. Effect of the Merger. At the Effective Time of the Merger, the Non-Surviving Corporation shall merge with and into the Surviving Company, and the separate existence of the Non-Surviving Corporation shall cease.

Section 2.3. Ownership and Shares. The Non-Surviving Corporation and the Surviving Company are whole-owned by ADESA Corporation. Upon the effectiveness the Merger, all of issued and outstanding common shares of the Non-Surviving Corporation will be canceled and the certificates issued will be surrendered and the sole Shareholder will be the sole Member of the Surviving Company.

Section 2.4. Director and Manager Approval. The Board of Directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Manager of the Surviving Company have duly authorized the Merger and approved and adopted this Agreement of Merger in accordance with the Acts.

Section 2.5. Shareholder and Member Approval. The sole-shareholder of the Non-Surviving Corporation and the Member of the Surviving Company have approved this Agreement of Merger in accordance with the Acts. This Agreement of Merger shall be executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded as required for accomplishing a merger under the applicable provisions of the Acts.

ARTICLE III

The Surviving Company

Section 3.1. Operating Agreement. The Operating Agreement of the Surviving Company as existing at the Effective Time of the Merger shall continue as such in full force and effect until altered, amended or repealed.

Section 3.2. Purpose of the Surviving Company. The purpose of the business is the auction of automobiles, and, to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be organized under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

ARTICLE IV

Manager and Officers

Section 4.1. Manager. ADESA Corporation shall be the manager of the Surviving Company. The business address of the Manager is 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240.

Section 4.2. Officers . Each person named below shall hold the office(s) of the Surviving Company listed next to his or her name, to hold such office(s) until the their successor is elected at a meeting of the Manager of the Surviving Company thereafter.

 

Name

  

Office(s)

James P. Hallett

   President

Donald L. Harris

   Vice President

Karen C. Turner

   Secretary

Paul J. Lips

   Treasurer

Scott A. Anderson

   Assistant Treasurer


Section 4.3. Authority of Manager.

a. Any and all of the managers are singularly authorized to execute documents that need to be filed with the Massachusetts Corporations Division.

b. Any and all of the managers are singularly authorized to execute, acknowledge, deliver and record any recordable instrument purporting to affect an interest in real property.

c. There are no amendments or changes to the certificate of organization of the Surviving Company to be effected pursuant to the agreement of merger and all other information required information is already included in the certificate of organization.

ARTICLE V

Further Assurances

At the Effective Time of the Merger, the Non-Surviving Corporation will allocate all real estate, property rights and assets to the Surviving Company, and the Surviving Company is liable for all outstanding debts, litigation and obligations of the Non-Surviving Corporation.

If at any time the Surviving Company shall consider or be advised that any further assignment, assurance or any other action is necessary or desirable to vest in the Surviving Company, the title to any property or right of the Non-Surviving Corporation or otherwise to carry out the proposes of this Agreement of Merger, the proper officers and directors of the Non-Surviving Corporation shall execute and make all such proper assignments or assurances and take such other actions. The proper managers of the Surviving Company are hereby authorized in the name of the Non-Surviving Corporation, as taxpayer or otherwise, to take any and all such action.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have approved, adopted and executed the Agreement of Merger as of the 22nd day of December, 2003.

 

NON-SURVIVING CORPORATION     SURVIVING COMPANY
Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, Inc.     Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC
/s/ James P. Hallett     /s/ James P. Hallett
James P. Hallett, President     James P. Hallett, President
/s/ Karen C. Turner     /s/ Karen C. Turner
Karen C. Turner, Clerk     Karen C. Turner, Clerk

Exhibit 3.78

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF CONCORD, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I.

   PURPOSES    1

ARTICLE II.

   ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS    1

Section 2.1

   Formation    1

Section 2.2

   Principal Offices    1

Section 2.3

   Registered Office and Registered Agent    1

Section 2.4

   Duration    1

ARTICLE III.

   MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE    2

Section 3.1

   Name and Address of Member    2

Section 3.2

   Capital Contributions    2

Section 3.3

   Additional Capital    2

Section 3.4

   Capital Accounts    2

Section 3.5

   Member Loans or Services    2

Section 3.6

   Admission of Additional Members    2

ARTICLE IV.

   GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY    3

Section 4.1

   Management by the Member    3

Section 4.2

   Action by the Company    3

Section 4.3

   Delegation of Certain Management Authority    3

ARTICLE V.

   ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS    3

Section 5.1

   Records and Accounting    3

Section 5.2

   Access to Records    3

Section 5.3

   Annual Tax Information    3

Section 5.4

   Accounting Decisions    3

Section 5.5

   Federal Income Tax Elections    4

ARTICLE VI.

   ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS    4

Section 6.1

   Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains    4

Section 6.2

   Distributions    4

ARTICLE VII.

   TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS    4

Section 7.1

   Transferability    4

ARTICLE VIII.

   DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER    4

Section 8.1

   Dissociation    4

 

- i -


ARTICLE IX.

   DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP    4

Section 9.1

   Dissolution    4

Section 9.2

   Winding Up    5

Section 9.3

   Distribution of Assets    5

ARTICLE X.

   AMENDMENTS    5

Section 10.1

   Amendments    5

ARTICLE XI.

   MISCELLANEOUS    5

Section 11.1

   Complete Agreement    5

Section 11.2

   Governing Law    6

Section 11.3

   Binding Effect; Conflicts    6

Section 11.4

   Headings; Interpretation    6

Section 11.5

   Severability    6

Section 11.6

   Additional Documents and Acts    6

Section 11.7

   No Third Party Beneficiary    6

Section 11.8

   Notices    7

Section 11.9

   Title to Company Property    7

Section 11.10

   No Remedies Exclusive    7

Section 11.11

   Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF CONCORD, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Massachusetts Limited Liability Company Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Certificate of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Certificate of Organization (“Certificate”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Massachusetts on December 12, 2003. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Certificate and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Certificate.

Section 2.2 . Principal Offices . The principal office in the State of Massachusetts shall be at 63 Western Ave., Framington, MA 01701. The principal office in the State of Indiana of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The Company’s registered office shall be at 101 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110 and the name of its initial registered agent shall be CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1. Management by the Member . As provided in the Certificate, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

 

- 3 -


Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

 

- 4 -


Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth by the Act.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Certificate constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Certificate replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Certificate supersede all prior

 

- 5 -


written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Certificate will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Massachusetts.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Certificate. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Certificate, the provisions of the Act or the Certificate, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Certificate or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
    Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC
    By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member
Date: January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
        Karen C. Turner, Secretary
    MEMBER
    ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
Date: January 5, 2004     By:   /s/ Karen C. Turner
        Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Massachusetts Limited Liability Company Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any assignment and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

  

Current Number

of Contributed Units

   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

  

Current Number

of Contributed Units

   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF CONCORD, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”


  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY     MEMBER
Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC     ADESA CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Scott A. Anderson     By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer       Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF CONCORD, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest

 

  (a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

 

  (b) Transfer of Membership Interests. Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

 

  (c) Certificates. Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Massachusetts law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

 

  (d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates. A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”


3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall Be Securities. The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 12th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, Inc.     Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC
By:   /s/ James P. Hallett     By:   /s/ Paul J. Lips
  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President and CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.79

 

 

ARTICLES OF

ORGANIZATION

(LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY)

   For Office Use Only
The undersigned acting as organizer(s) of a Limited Liability Company under the provisions of the Tennessee Limited Liability Company Act. § 4S-205-101, adopts the following Articles of Organization.
1.   

The name of Limited Liability Company is:

Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC

     (Note: Pursuant to the provisions of § 48-207-101, each limited Liability Company name must contain the words “Limited Liability Company” or the abbreviation “LLC” or “L.L.C”)
2.    The name of and complete address of the Limited Liability Company’s initial registered agent and office located in the state of Tennessee is:
   
    

C T Corporation System

  

 

     ( Name )        
   
    

530 Gay Street

  

Knoxville,

  

TN                                         37902

     ( Street Address )    ( City )    ( State/Zip Code)
   
    

Knox

       
     ( Count)        
3.    List the name and company address of each organizer of this Limited Liability Company.
   
    

Karen C. Turner

  

310 E. 96th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240

     (Name)    ( include: Street Address, City, State and Zip Code )
   
    

 

  

 

     (Name)    (Street Address, City, State and Zip Code )
   
    

 

  

 

     (Name)    (Street Address, City, State and Zip Code )

4.

  

The Limited Liability Company will be: ( NOTE: PLEASE MARK APPLICABLE BOX )

 

x   Board Managed             ¨   Member Managed

5.    Number of members at the date of filing   1         .
6.   

If the document is not to be effective upon filing by the Secretary of State, the delayed effective date and time is:

 

Date January 1 ,                         2004 ,                         Time 12:01                         (Not to exceed 90 days.)

7.    The Complete address of the limited Liability Company’s principal executive office is:
   
    

310 E. 96th Street, Ste. 400

  

Indianapolis

  

IN                    46240

     ( Street Address )    ( City )    ( State/Country/Zip Code)
8.    Period of Duration: perpetual
9.    Other Provisions: Articles of Organization filed due to conversion of Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, Inc.
10.    THIS COMPANY IS A NON-PROFIT LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY (Check if applicable)     ¨
   

 

  

illegible

Signature Date    Signature  (manager or member authorized to sign by the Limited Liability Company)
   

Manager

  

Karen C. Turner, Manager

Signer’s Capacity    Name (typed or printed)
   
SS-4249 (Rev. 7/01)   Filing Fee: $50 per member (minimum fee = $300, maximum fee = $3,000)    RDA 2458


CHARTER

OF

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF MEMPHIS, INC.

The undersigned natural person, having the capacity to contract and acting as the incorporator of a corporation under the Tennessee Business Corporation Act, adopts the following charter for that corporation.

 

1. The name of the corporation is Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, Inc.

 

2. The maximum number of shares of stock the corporation is authorized to issue is one thousand (1,000).

 

3. (a) The complete address of the corporation’s initial registered office in Tennessee is 165 Madison Avenue, Suite 2000, Memphis, Tennessee 38103, Country of Shelby.

(b) The name of the initial registered agent, to be located at the address listed in 3(a), is Henry P. Doggrell.

 

4. The name and complete address of each incorporator is as follows:

Henry P. Doggrell

165 Madison Avenue, Suite 2000

Memphis Tennessee 38103

 

5. The complete address of the corporation’s principal office is c/o Wiese Automotive Group, Inc., 3915 Moller Road, Indianapolis, Indiana 46254.

 

6. The corporation is for profit.

 

7. The purpose for which the corporation is organized is to engage in any business that is lawful under the laws of the State of Tennessee.

 

8. The corporation shall have the power to do all things necessary or convenient to carry out its business affairs in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee.

 

9. Directors shall not have personal liability to the corporation or the corporation’s shareholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director. This limitation shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director for any breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its shareholders or for any acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law or unlawful distributions.

Dated: June 13, 1989

 

/s/ Henry P. Doggrell

Henry P. Doggrell
Incorporator


             

 

ARTICLES OF CONVERSION

(For-Profit Corporation into LLC)

   For Office Use Only
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 48-21-111 of the Tennessee Business Corporation Act, the undersigned domestic for-profit corporation hereby adopts the following articles of conversion:
1.       

 

The corporation was converted to a limited liability company from a corporation.

2.      The name and principal business address of the former corporation was:
      

Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, Inc., 5400 Getwell Holmes Road, Memphis, TN, 38118

      

 

      

 

          
3.      The SOS Control Number of the former corporation (if known) is:
       0216873                         .        
                    
4.        The Plan of Conversion is attached to these Articles of Conversion and is incorporated herein by reference.
5.        Articles of Organization of the limited liability company which satisfy Section 48405-101 of the Tennessee Limited Liability Company Act are Included in the Plan of Conversion.
6.        The terms and conditions of the conversion have been approved by the unanimous vote of the shareholders.
7.      The number of members of the limited liability company at the date of conversion is
      

1                                      .

       
                    
   
      

12/22/02

     

/s/ Karen C. Turner

       Signature Date       Signature
   
      

Secretary

     

Karen C. Turner

       Signer’s Capacity       Name (typed or printed)
   

SS-4498

        RDA 2458


PLAN OF CONVERSION

THIS PLAN OF CONVERSION (“Plan of Conversion”) entered into this 1st day of January, 2004 by Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, Inc., a Tennessee corporation (the “Converting Corporation”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Converting Corporation is a corporation organized under the Tennessee Business Corporation Act (“Act”);

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the sole Shareholder of the Converting Corporation desire that the Converting Corporation convert into a Tennessee limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of Section 48-21-111 of the Act, in the manner set forth herein (the “Conversion”); and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and the sole Shareholder of the Converting Corporation have approved and adopted this Plan of Conversion in accordance with the Act.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Converting Corporation shall convert into a Tennessee limited liability company in accordance with the following provisions:

ARTICLE I

Parties to the Conversion

Section 1.1. The Converting Corporation. The name of the Converting Corporation is “Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, Inc.”, a Tennessee corporation. The principal business address is 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240.

Section 1.2. The Converted Limited Liability Company. The name of the converted limited liability company is “Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC”, a Tennessee limited liability company (the “Converted Limited Liability Company”). The principal business address is 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240.

ARTICLE II

Terms and Conditions of the Conversion

and Mode of Carrying the Conversion Into Effect

Section 2.1. Effective Time of the Conversion. The “Effective Time of the Conversion” shall be January 1, 2004 at 12:01 a.m.

Section 2.2. Effect of the Conversion. The Converting Corporation shall merge with and into the Converted Limited Liability Company, and the separate existence of the Converting Corporation shall cease.


Section 2.3. Ownership and Shares. All of the issued and outstanding shares of the Converting Corporation are owned by the sole Shareholder. Upon the effectiveness the Conversion, all of issued and outstanding common shares of the Converting Corporation will be canceled and the certificates issued will be surrendered and the sole Shareholder will be the sole Member of the Converted Limited Liability Company.

Section 2.4. Director Approval. The Board of Directors of the Converting Corporation have duly authorized the Conversion and approved and adopted this Plan of Conversion in accordance with the Act.

Section 2.5. Shareholder Approval. The sole Shareholder of the Converting Corporation has approved this Plan of Conversion in accordance with the Act. This Plan of Conversion shall be executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded as required for accomplishing a Conversion under the applicable provisions of the Act.

ARTICLE III

Governing Documents of the Converted Limited Liability Company

The Articles of Organization attached hereto as Exhibit A and the Operating Agreement of the Converted Limited Liability Company shall be the governing documents upon the Effective Time of the Conversion and shall continue as such in full force and effect until altered, amended or repealed.

ARTICLE IV

Manager and Officers

Section 5.1. Manager. ADESA Corporation shall be the manger of the Converted Limited Liability Company.

Section 5.2. Officers. Each person named below shall hold the office(s) of the Converted Limited Liability Company listed next to his or her name, to hold such office(s) until the their successor is elected at a meeting of the Manager of the Converted Limited Liability Company thereafter.

 

Name

  

Office(s)

James P. Hallett    President
Donald L. Harris    Vice President
Karen C. Turner    Secretary
Paul J. Lips    Treasurer
Scott A. Anderson    Assistant Treasurer


ARTICLE V

Further Assurances

By operation of Act, all real estate, property rights and assets of the Converting Corporation will be vested in the Converted Limited Liability Company, and the Converted Limited Liability Company is liable for all outstanding debts, litigation and obligations of the Converting Corporation.

If at any time the Converted Limited Liability Company shall consider or be advised that any further assignment, assurance or any other action is necessary or desirable to vest in the Converted Limited Liability Company, the title to any property or right of the Converted Limited Liability Companies or otherwise to carry out the proposes of this Plan of Conversion, the proper officers and directors of the Converting Corporation shall execute and make all such proper assignments or assurances and take such other actions. The proper officers and manager of the Converted Limited Liability Company are hereby authorized in the name of the Converting Corporation, as taxpayer or otherwise, to take any and all such action.

Exhibit 3.80

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF MEMPHIS, LLC

Effective as of

January 1, 2004


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page
ARTICLE I.   PURPOSES    1
ARTICLE II.   ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS    1
            Section 2.1     Formation    1
            Section 2.2     Principal Office    1
            Section 2.3     Registered Office and Registered Agent    1
            Section 2.4     Duration    2
ARTICLE III.   MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE    2
            Section 3.1     Name and Address of Member    2
            Section 3.2     Capital Contributions    2
            Section 3.3     Additional Capital    2
            Section 3.4     Capital Accounts    2
            Section 3.5     Member Loans or Services    2
            Section 3.6     Admission of Additional Members    2
ARTICLE IV.   GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY    3
            Section 4.1     Management by the Member    3
            Section 4.2     Action by the Company    3
            Section 4.3     Delegation of Certain Management Authority    3
ARTICLE V.   ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS    3
            Section 5.1     Records and Accounting    3
            Section 5.2     Access to Records    3
            Section 5.3     Annual Tax Information    3
            Section 5.4     Accounting Decisions    4
            Section 5.5     Federal Income Tax Elections    4
ARTICLE VI.   ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS    4
            Section 6.1     Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains    4
            Section 6.2     Distributions    4
ARTICLE VII.   TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS    4
            Section 7.1     Transferability    4
ARTICLE VIII.   DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER    4
            Section 8.1     Dissociation    4
ARTICLE IX.   DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP    5

 

- i -


            Section 9.1     Dissolution    5
            Section 9.2     Winding Up    5
            Section 9.3     Distribution of Assets    5
ARTICLE X.   AMENDMENTS    6
            Section 10.1     Amendments    6
ARTICLE XI.   MISCELLANEOUS    6
            Section 11.1     Complete Agreement    6
            Section 11.2     Governing Law    6
            Section 11.3     Binding Effect; Conflicts    6
            Section 11.4     Headings; Interpretation    6
            Section 11.5     Severability    6
            Section 11.6     Additional Documents and Acts    7
            Section 11.7     No Third Party Beneficiary    7
            Section 11.8     Notices    7
            Section 11.9     Title to Company Property    7
            Section 11.10     No Remedies Exclusive    7
            Section 11.11     Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    7

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF MEMPHIS, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of this 1 st day of January, 2004 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Tennessee Business Corporation Act (the “Act”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1. Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of the Articles of Conversion and the Articles of Organization (“Articles”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Tennessee effective January 1, 2004. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2. Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, IN 46240. After March 31, 2004, the principal executive office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time

Section 2.3. Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 530 Gay Street, Knoxville, Tennessee, 37902 and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be CT Corporation System. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.


Section 2.4. Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.

ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1. Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2. Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company was converted to the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3. Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4. Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “Capital Account”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5. Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6. Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1. Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2. Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of its Member.

Section 4.3. Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1. Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2. Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and the duly authorized representatives of the Company shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3. Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing

 

- 3 -


a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4. Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

Section 5.5. Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1. Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2. Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1. Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1. Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “Event of Dissociation”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

 

- 4 -


(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1. Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a) .

Section 9.2. Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

Section 9.3. Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1. Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1. Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Tennessee.

Section 11.3. Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4. Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

 

- 6 -


Section 11.6. Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8. Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9. Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10. No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11. Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 7 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY
    Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC
    By:   ADESA Corporation, its Member
Date: January 5, 2004     By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

      Karen C. Turner, Secretary
    MEMBER
    ADESA CORPORATION, an Indiana Corporation
Date: January 5, 2004     By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

      Karen C. Turner, Secretary

 

- 8 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Tennessee Business Corporation Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to ADESA Corporation as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3 and -4, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of January 1, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 310 E. 96 th Street, Ste. 400, Indianapolis, Indiana, 46240

   100    100 %

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution Due to Conversion.

(As of March 31, 2004)

 

Member

   Current Number
of Contributed Units
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Corporation 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032

   100    100 %

 

Exhibit A



1 st AMENDMENT TO THE

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF MEMPHIS, LLC

 


THIS 1ST AMENDMENT TO THE OPERATING AGREEMENT (the “Amendment”) made as of the 1st day of March 2004 by and between Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC (the “Company”), and ADESA Corporation (the “Member”);

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , the Company and the Member entered into a certain Operating Agreement dated as of January 1, 2004 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , pursuant to Article X Section 1 of the Agreement, the Member and the Company may amend the Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment; and

WHEREAS, the Member and the Company hereby desire to amend Article IV of the Agreement in its entirety.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

1. Article IV of the Agreement shall be amended in its entirety to be and read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1. Management by the Manager . The management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the managers. The managers shall be least one but not more than eleven in number unless changed by amendment.

Section 4.2 Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the member or the manager.

Section 4.3 Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The managers may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The managers may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.”


  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment to the Operating Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY     MEMBER
Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC     ADESA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Scott A. Anderson

    By:  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

  Scott A. Anderson, Assistant Treasurer       Michelle Mallon, Assistant Secretary


AMENDMENT TO

OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF MEMPHIS, LLC

The Member and the Company amends Article III of the Agreement as follows:

 

  1. Article III of the Agreement shall be amended by adding Section 3.7. and Section 3.8.

 

  2. Section 3.7. shall read as follows:

Section 3.7. Certificate of Membership Interest

 

  (a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

 

  (b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

 

  (c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Tennessee law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

 

  (d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.”


  3. Section 3.8. shall read as follows:

Section 3.8. Membership Interests Shall Be Securities . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in [insert name of entity] and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.”

 

  4. Except as hereby amended, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed in all other respects and shall remain in full force and effect.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the 13 th day of June, 2007.

 

“MEMBER”     “COMPANY”
ADESA, INC.     AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF MEMPHIS, LLC
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

    By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

  James P. Hallett       Paul J. Lips
  President & CEO       Manager

Exhibit 3.81

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CONSUMER DIVISION, LLC

The undersigned, acting as the Organizer of a limited liability company under the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as amended (the “ Act ”), hereby adopts these Articles of Organization for Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC (the “ Company ”):

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the Company is Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC.

ARTICLE II

Registered Office and Registered Agent

The street address of the initial registered office of the Company in the State of Indiana is 13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Suite 330, Carmel, Indiana, 46032. The name of the initial registered agent of the Company at the registered office is Eric E. Wright.

ARTICLE III

Purpose

The purposes of the Company shall be to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act.

ARTICLE IV

Duration

Unless sooner dissolved in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement or the Act, the duration of the Company shall be perpetual.

ARTICLE V

Member Management

The Company is to be managed by its Member(s) in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.

 

1


ARTICLE VI

Transferability

A Member of the Company may transfer his, her or its interest in the Company only in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.

ARTICLE VII

Indemnification

(a) To the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and public policies of Indiana the Company shall indemnify any Member, manager or Organizer (any such Member, manager or Organizer and any responsible officers, partners, shareholders, members, directors, or managers of such Member, manager or Organizer which is an entity, hereinafter being referred to as the “ Indemnified Person ”) made a Party (as hereinafter defined) to any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) because such Person (as hereinafter defined) is or was a Member, manager or Organizer (or a responsible officer, partner, shareholder, member, director, or manager thereof), as a matter of right, against all Liability (as hereinafter defined) incurred by such Person in connection with any Proceeding; provided that it shall be determined in the specific case in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Article that indemnification of such Person is permissible in the circumstances because the Person has met the standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. The Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable Expenses (as hereinafter defined) incurred by such a Person in connection with any such Proceeding in advance of final disposition thereof if (i) the Person furnishes the Company a written affirmation of the Person’s good faith belief that he, she or it has met the standard of conduct for indemnification described in paragraph (c) of this Article, (ii) the Person furnishes the Company a written undertaking, executed personally or on such Person’s behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that such Person did not meet such standard of conduct, and (iii) a determination is made in accordance with paragraph (d) that based upon facts then known to those making the determination, indemnification would not be precluded under this Article. The undertaking described in subparagraph (a)(ii) above must be a general obligation of the Person subject to such reasonable limitations as the Company may permit, but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment. The Company shall indemnify a Person who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any such Proceeding, as a matter of right, against reasonable Expenses incurred by the Person in connection with the Proceeding without the requirement of a determination as set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. Upon demand by a Person for indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, the Company shall expeditiously determine whether the Person is entitled thereto in accordance with this Article. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided for under this Article shall be applicable to any Proceeding arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article. However, indemnification or reimbursement for Expenses related to establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Article, applicable law or otherwise is available only if such Person prevails on the claim for indemnification.

 

2


(b) The Company shall have the power, but not the obligation, to indemnify any Person who is or was an employee or agent of the Company to the same extent as if such Person was an Indemnified Person as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article.

(c) Indemnification of a Person is permissible under this Article only if (i) such Person conducted himself, herself or itself in good faith, (ii) such Person reasonably believed that his, her or its conduct was in or at least not opposed to the Company’s best interest, and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, such Person had no reasonable cause to believe his, her or its conduct was unlawful. Indemnification is not permissible against liability to the extent such Liability is the result of the Person’s willful misconduct, recklessness, violation of the Company’s Operating Agreement or any improperly obtained financial or other benefit to which the Person was not legally entitled. The termination of a Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the Person did not meet the standard of conduct described in this paragraph (c).

(d) A determination as to whether indemnification or advancement of Expenses is permissible shall be made by (i) a majority in interest of the Members (including any interested Member); or (ii) independent special legal counsel selected in accordance with (d)(i) above.

(e) Any Indemnified Person who is a Party to a Proceeding may apply for indemnification from the Company to the court, if any, conducting the Proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after giving notice the court considers necessary, may order indemnification if it determines:

(i) In a Proceeding in which the Person is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, the Person is entitled to indemnification under this Article, in which case the court shall order the Company to pay the Person his, her or its reasonable Expenses incurred to obtain such court ordered indemnification; or

(ii) The Person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the Person met the standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article.

(f) A Person is considered to be serving an employee benefit plan at the Company’s request if the Person’s duties to the Company also impose duties on, or otherwise involve services by, the Person to the plan or to participants in or beneficiaries of the plan. Indemnification shall also be provided for a Person’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan if the Person reasonably believed his, her or its conduct to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan.

(g) Nothing contained in this Article shall limit or preclude the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under the law, by contract or otherwise, relating to indemnification of or advancement of Expenses to any such Person or any Person who is or was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic company, partnership, association, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for-profit or not. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit the ability of the Company to otherwise

 

3


indemnify or advance Expenses to any Person. It is the intent of this Article to provide indemnification to such a Person to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the law consistent with the terms and conditions of this Article. If indemnification is permitted under this Article, indemnification shall be provided in accordance with this Article irrespective of the nature of the legal or equitable theory upon which a claim is asserted, including without limitation, negligence, breach of duty, waste, breach of contract (except to the extent the claim relates to the Operating Agreement or a contract between the Company and that Member or manager), breach of warranty, strict liability, violation of federal or state securities law, violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of any other state or federal law.

(h) For purposes of this Article:

(i) The term “ Expenses ” includes all direct and indirect costs (including without limitation counsel fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses) actually incurred in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a Proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Article, applicable law or otherwise.

(ii) The term “ Liability ” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax (including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable Expenses incurred with respect to a Proceeding.

(iii) The term “ Party ” includes a Person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a Proceeding.

(iv) The term “ Person ” includes any natural person and any type of legal entity.

(v) The estate or personal representative of a natural person entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses shall be entitled hereunder to indemnification and advancement of expenses to the same extent as such natural person.

(vi) The term “ Proceeding ” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.

(i) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for its benefit, the benefit of any Person who is entitled to indemnification under this Article, or both, against any Liability asserted against or incurred by such Person in any capacity or arising out of such Person’s service with the Company, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such Person against such Liability.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Articles of Organization have been executed by the undersigned, as Organizer of the Company, this 4th day of October, 2007.

 

Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC
By:   /s/ Eric E. Wright
Eric E. Wright, Organizer

 

5

Exhibit 3.82

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CONSUMER DIVISION, LLC

Effective as of

October 4, 2007


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I.            PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II.          ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1

   Formation    1

Section 2.2

   Principal Office    1

Section 2.3

   Registered Office and Registered Agent    1

Section 2.4

   Duration    1

ARTICLE III.          MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   2

Section 3.1

   Name and Address of Member    2

Section 3.2

   Capital Contributions    2

Section 3.3

   Additional Capital    2

Section 3.4

   Capital Accounts    2

Section 3.5

   Member Loans or Services    2

Section 3.6

   Admission of Additional Members    2

Section 3.7

   Certificate of Membership Interest    3

Section 3.8

   Membership Interests Shall be Securities    3

ARTICLE IV.          GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1

   Management by the Member    3

Section 4.2

   Action by the Company    3

Section 4.3

   Delegation of Certain Management Authority    4

ARTICLE V.           ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   4

Section 5.1

   Records and Accounting    4

Section 5.2

   Access to Records    4

Section 5.3

   Annual Tax Information    4

Section 5.4

   Accounting Decisions    4

Section 5.5

   Federal Income Tax Elections    4

ARTICLE VI.         ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1

   Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains    4

Section 6.2

   Distributions    5

ARTICLE VII.       TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   5

Section 7.1

   Transferability    5

ARTICLE VIII.        DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   5

Section 8.1

   Dissociation    5

 

- i -


ARTICLE IX.         DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   5

Section 9.1

   Dissolution    5

Section 9.2

   Winding Up    5

Section 9.3

   Distribution of Assets    6

ARTICLE X.          AMENDMENTS

   6

Section 10.1

   Amendments    6

ARTICLE XI.         MISCELLANEOUS

   6

Section 11.1

   Complete Agreement    6

Section 11.2

   Governing Law    6

Section 11.3

   Binding Effect; Conflicts    6

Section 11.4

   Headings; Interpretation    7

Section 11.5

   Severability    7

Section 11.6

   Additional Documents and Acts    7

Section 11.7

   No Third Party Beneficiary    7

Section 11.8

   Notices    7

Section 11.9

   Title to Company Property    7

Section 11.10

   No Remedies Exclusive    8

Section 11.11

   Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    8

 

- ii -


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CONSUMER DIVISION, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 4 th day of October, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and ADESA Dealer Services, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company, as the sole initial Member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as amended, Ind. Code § 23-18-1-1 et seq. (the “ Act ”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of the Articles of Organization with the Secretary of State of the State of Indiana effective October 4, 2007. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Suite 330, Carmel, Indiana 46032 or such other place or places as may be determined by the Member from time to time.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Suite 330, Carmel, Indiana 46032, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be Eric E. Wright. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member, provided, however, that each Additional Member shall sign a copy of this Agreement and shall agree to be bound by all terms and conditions thereof. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

 

- 2 -


Section 3.7 Certificate of Membership Interest .

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a Person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage Membership Interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other Person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such Membership Interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership Interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among the Member and the Company. Membership Interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the Membership Interests, endorsed by the appropriate Person or Persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Member or officers designated by the Member setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Indiana law, (ii) the name of the Person to whom issued, (iii) the percentage of Membership Interest represented, and (iv) the legend set forth in Section 3.8 below. A specimen certificate evidencing the form of certificate of Membership Interest of the Company is attached hereto as Exhibit B .

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Member, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Member may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Member may prescribe.

Section 3.8 . Membership Interests Shall be Securities . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all Membership Interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8.1 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of Indiana. Each certificate evidencing the Membership Interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This Certificate evidences an interest in Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8.1 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of Indiana.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.

ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Member . As provided in the Articles, management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Member.

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the Member.

 

- 3 -


Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Member may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Member may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and the duly authorized representatives of the Company shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

 

- 4 -


Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Membership Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers all of its Membership Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6 , the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “ Event of Dissociation ”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Membership Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6 .

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of this Section 9.1 .

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the

 

- 5 -


following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI ;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana.

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is

 

- 6 -


subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

 

- 7 -


Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 8 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

COMPANY:
Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC
By:   /s/ Margo E.M. Hanulak
Print Name:   Margot E.M. Hanulak
Title:   Executive Vice President
MEMBER:
ADESA Dealer Services, LLC
By:   /s/ Curtis L. Phillips
Print Name:   Curtis L. Phillips
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

 

- 9 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act means the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member means any Person admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Membership Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Member refers to ADESA, Inc. as the sole initial Member of the Company and any Additional Members that may be admitted to the Company.

 

Schedule I - 1


Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2.

Transfer means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3.1 and -4.1, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member, Capital Contribution and Percentage Interest

(As of October 4, 2007)

 

Member

   Capital
Contribution
   Percentage
Interest
 

ADESA Dealer Services, LLC

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Suite 510

Carmel, IN 46032

   $ 100.00    100 %

 

Exhibit A

Exhibit 3.83

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

CITA, INC.

The undersigned incorporator or incorporators, desiring to form a corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”) pursuant to the provisions of

(Indicate appropriate act)

 

x     Indiana General Corporation Act   ¨     Indiana Professional Corporation Act of 1983

as amended (hereinafter referred to as the “Act”), execute the following Articles of Incorporation.

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the Corporation is                         CITA, INC.

(The name must contain the word “Corporation” or “Incorporated”, or an abbreviation of one of they words )

ARTICLE II

Purposes

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are:

The transaction of any or all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under the Indiana General Corporation Act, as amended.

ARTICLE III

Period of Existence

 

The period during which the Corporation shall continue is

   perpetual   
   (perpetual or a gated period of time)   

ARTICLE IV

Resident Agent and Principal Office

Section 1 Resident Agent . The name and address of the Corporation’s Resident Agent for service of process is

 

JOHN E. FULLER

  9140 E. Raymond Street

(Name)

  (Number and Street or Building)

 

Indianapolis   Indiana   46239
(City)   (State)   (Zip Code)

Section 2 Principal Office . The post office address of the principal office of the Corporation is

 

P.O. Box 39026   Indianapolis   Indiana   46239
(Number and Street or Building)   (City)   (State)   (Zip Code)


(The resident agent and principal office address must be located in Indiana.)

ARTICLE V

Authorized Shares

Section 1 Number of Shares

The total number of shares which the Corporation is to have authority to issue is 1000.

A. The number of authorized shares which the corporation designates as having par value is -0- with a par value of $ N/A .

B. The number of authorized shares which the corporation designates as without par value is 1000.

Section 2 Terms of Shares (if any) .

The authorized shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be of one class and kind, having the same rights and privileges.

ARTICLE VI

Requirements Prior To Doing

The Corporation will not commence business until consideration of the value of at least $1,000 lone thousand dollars) has been received for the issuance of shares.

ARTICLE VII

Director(s)

Section 1 Number of Directors . The initial Board of Directors is composed of three member(s) The number of directors may be from time to time fixed by the By-Laws of the Corporation at an) number In the absence of a By-Law fixing the number of directors, the number shall be three

Section 2 Names and Post Office Addresses of the Director(s) . The name(s) and post dice address(es) of the initial Board of Director(s) of the Corporation is (are):

 

Name

  

Number and Street or Building

   City    State    Zip Code

JOHN E. FULLER

   9140 E. Raymond Street    Indianapolis    IN    46239

D. MICHAEL HOCKETT

   Shancrest Hill    Indianapolis    IN    46239

SUSAN E. FULLER

   9140 E. Raymond Street    Indianapolis    IN    46239

Section 3 Qualification, of Directors (if any) :

NONE.

 

2


ARTICLE VIII

Incorporator(s)

The name(s) and post office address(es) of the incorporator(s) of the Corporation is (are):

 

Name

  

Number and Street or Building

   City    State    Zip
Code

THOMAS P. WELIEVER

   5101 Madison Avenue    Indianapolis    IN    46227

ARTICLE IX

Provisions for Regulation of Business

and Conduct of Affairs of Corporation

(“Powers” of the Corporation, its directors or shareholders)

(Attach additional pages, if necessary)

 

Meetings of Shareholders :

   Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Indiana, as may be authorized by the Bylaws and specified in the notices of such meetings.

Meetings of Directors :

   Meetings of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Indiana as may be authorized by the Bylaws and specified in the notices of such meetings.

Power to Acquire Its Own Shares :

   The Corporation shall have the power to purchase its own shares to the extent of unreserved and unrestricted capital and earned surplus available thereto.

THIS DOCUMENT MUST BE SIGNED BY ALL INCORPORATORS.

I (We) hereby verify subject to penalties of perjury that the facts contained herein are true. (Notarization not necessary)

 

/s/ Thomas P. Weliever     THOMAS P. WELIEVER
(Written Signature)     (Printed Signature)
           
(Written Signature)     (Printed Signature)
           
(Written Signature)     (Printed Signature)

This instrument was prepared by THOMAS P. WELIEVER, Attorney at Law

                    (Name)

 

5101 Madison Avenue

   Indianapolis   Indiana   46227

(Number and Street or Building)

   (City)   (State)   (Zip Code)

 

3


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT OF THE

   Provided by:                     JOSEPH H. HOGSETT

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

   SECRETARY OF STATE OF INDIANA

State Form 38333 (RS / 9-91)

   CORPORATIONS DIVISION

State Board of Accounts Approved 1988

   302 W. WASHINGTON ST RM 5018
   INDIANAPOLIS, IN 48204
   TELEPHONE: (317) 232-5578

 

INSTRUCTIONS: Use 8 1/2 x 11 inch white paper for inserts. Filling requirements - Present original and one copy to addres in upper right corner of this form.   

Indiana Code 23-1-38-1 et seg

FILING FEE $30.00

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF:

CITA, INC.

The undersigned officers of

CITA, Inc.

(hereinafter referred to art the “Corporation”) existing pursuant to the provisions of:

(Indicate appropriate act)

 

x Indiana Business Corporation Law   ¨ Indiana Professional Corporation Act of 1903

as amended (hereinafter referred to as the “Act”), desiring to give notice of corporate action effectuating amendment of certain provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, certify the following facts:

ARTICLE I Amendment(s)

 

SECTION 1

  

The date of incorporation of this corporation is:

January 26, 1987

SECTION   2

  

The name of the corporation following this amendment to the Articles of Incorporation is:

Automotive Finance Corporation

SECTION 3

The exact text of Article(s) I                                                                                  of the Articles of Incorporation is now as follows:

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the Corporation is Automotive Finance Corporation

SECTION 4 Date of each Amendment’s Adoption:

December 1, 1993

 

4


ARTICLE II Manner of Adoption end Vote

SECTION 1 Action by Directors .

The Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted a resolution proposing to amend the terms and provisions of Article(s) I of the Articles of incorporation and directing a meeting of the Shareholders, to be held on                                  , allowing such Shareholders to vote on the proposed amendment.

The resolution was adopted by: ( Select appropriate paragraph )

(a) Vote of the Board Of Director at a Meeting held on                      , 19          , at which a quorum of ouch Board was present.

(b) Written consent executed on December 1, 1993, and signed by all members of the Board of Directors.

SECTION 2 Action by Shareholders :

The Shareholders of the Corporation entitled to vote In respect of the Articles of Amendment adopted the proposed amendment. The amendment was adopted by: (Select appropriate paragraph)

(a) Vote of such Shoreham during the meeting called by the Board of Directors. The result of such vote is as follows.

 

    TOTAL
 
 

SHAREHOLDERS ENTITLED TO VOTE:

   
 
 

SHAREHOLDERS VOTED IN FAVOR.

   
 
 

SHAREHOLDERS VOTED AGAINST,

   

(b) Written consent executed on December 1, 1993, and signed by all such Shareholders

SECTION 3 Compliance with Legal Requirements.

The manner of the adoption of the Articles of Amendment and the vote by which they were adopted constitute full legal compliance with the provisions of the Act, the Articles of Incorporation, and the By Law of the Corporation.

I hereby verify subject to the penalties of perjury that the statements contained are true this 1st day of December 1993

 

Current Officer’s Signature     Officers Name Printed
/s/ John E. Fuller    

John E. Fuller

Officer’s Title

   

President

   

 

5


ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION

The undersigned officer of:

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION

(the “Corporation”) existing pursuant to the provisions of:

Indiana Business Corporation Law

(IND. CODE § 23.1 et seq.), as amended

(the “Act”) desiring to give notice of corporate action effectuating amendment and restatement of certain provisions of its Articles of Incorporation certifies the following facts:

ARTICLE 1 — Amendment

SECTION 1: The date of incorporation of the Corporation is:

January 26, 1987

SECTION 2; The name of the Corporation following this amendment and restatement of its Articles of Incorporation is:

Automotive Finance Corporation

SECTION 3: The exact text to the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation is now as follows:

See Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated by reference herein.

ARTICLE II — Manner of Adoption and Vote

SECTION 1: Action by Directors

The Board of Directors of the Corporation duly adopted written resolutions proposing to amend and restate the terms and provisions of the Articles of Incorporation and directing a meeting of the Shareholders to be held on October 1, 1998, allowing such Shareholders to vote on the proposed amendment.

The resolutions were adopted by a unanimously executed written consent dated ¨ October 1, 1998.

 

6


SECTION 2: Action by Shareholders

The Shareholders of the Corporation entitled to vote with respect to the Articles of Amendment and Restatement adopted the proposed amendment. The amendment was adopted by a unanimously executed written consent dated October 1, 1998.

ARTICLE III — Compliance

SECTION 1: Compliance with legal requirements:

The manner of the adoption of the Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and I the vote by which they were adopted constitute full legal compliance with the provisions 1 of the Act, the Articles of Incorporation, and the Code of By-Laws of the Corporation.

I hereby verify that the facts contained herein are true:

 

/s/ Bradley A. Todd
Bradley A. Todd, Executive Vice President

 

7


AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

Corporate Name

The name of the Corporation is Automotive Finance Corporation

ARTICLE II

Purposes

This Corporation is formed for the purpose of transacting any or all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under the Act. The Corporation shall have the same capacity to act as possessed by natural persons and shall have and exercise all powers granted to business corporations formed under the Act and permitted by the laws of the State of Indiana in force from time to time hereafter, including, but not limited to, the general rights, privileges and powers set out in the Act, the power to enter into and engage in partnerships and joint ventures, and to act as agent. The Corporation shall have the power and capacity to engage in all business activities, either directly or through any person, firm, entity, trust, partnership or association

ARTICLE III

Term of Existence

The period during which the Corporation shall continue is perpetual

ARTICLE IV

Registered Office and Registered Agent

The street address of the registered office of the Corporation is 310 East 96th Street, Suite 300, Indianapolis, IN 46240, and the name of the registered agent at that address is Joel G Garcia.

ARTICLE V

Authorized Shares

The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares consisting of one thousand (1,000) nonassessable shares without par value

ARTICLE VI

Terms of Authorized Shares

Section 6.01 . Terms . All shares are of one and the same class with equal rights, privileges, powers, obligations, liabilities, duties and restrictions. These shares may be issued for any consideration consistent with the Act, including tangible or intangible property or benefit to the Corporation, at such price and amount per share as may be determined by the Board of Directors,

 

8


Section 6.02 . Dividends , The shareholders shall be entitled to receive dividends as declared by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Act; dividends may be paid in cash, property or in authorized but unissued shares of the Corporation.

Section 6.03 . Payment on Dissolution . In the event of voluntary or involuntary dissolution of the Corporation, the shareholders shall be entitled, after payment of all debts and liabilities of the Corporation, to share ratably in the remaining assets of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Voting Rights

Section 7.01 . Voting Rights . Every shareholder of the Corporation shall have the right. at every shareholder’s meeting, to one vote for each share standing in the shareholder’s name on the books of the Corporation as of the record date for such meeting.

Section 7.02 . Shareholder Action . Except as otherwise provided in the Act or these Articles of Incorporation, all actions taken by the shareholders shall be by a majority vote of the number of shares entitled to vote, including but not limited to an election of directors.

ARTICLE VIII

Board of Directors

The number of directors shall be fixed by the By-Laws of the Corporation

ARTICLE IX

Certificates for Shares

Each shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate certifying the number of shares owned by such shareholder in the Corporation.

ARTICLE X

Indemnification

The Corporation shall indemnify any person made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation against all liability and reasonable expense incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith, if:

 

(a) the individual’s conduct was in good faith; and

 

(b) the individual reasonably believed:

 

  (i) in the case of conduct in the individual’s official capacity with the Corporation, that the individual’s conduct was in its best interests; and

 

  (ii) in all other cases, that the individual’s conduct was at least not opposed to the Corporation’s best interests; and

 

9


(c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the individual either:

 

  (i) had reasonable cause to believe the individual’s conduct was lawful; or

 

  (ii) had no reasonable cause to believe the individual’s conduct was unlawful.

The terms used in this Article X shall have the same meaning as set forth in IC 23-1-37. Nothing contained in this Article X shall limit or preclude the ability of the Corporation to otherwise indemnify or to advance expenses to any director or officer.

 

10

Exhibit 3.84

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CODE OF BY-LAWS OF

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION

ARTICLE I

Identification

Section 1.01 Name . The name of the Corporation is Automotive Finance Corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”).

Section 1.02 Registered Office and Registered Agent . The street address of the registered office of the Corporation is 310 East 98 th Street, Suite 300, Indianapolis, Indiana 46240, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation at that address is Joel G. Garcia. The Corporation may change its registered office or registered agent by delivering to the Secretary of the State of the State of Indiana for filing a notice change.

Section 1.03 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be January 1 through December 31 of each year until such time as changed by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

ARTICLE II

Capital Stock

Section 2.01 Amount and Class of Authorized Shares . The authorized shares of the Corporation shall be one thousand (1,000) shares without par value and all shares shall be of one class.

Section 2.02 Issuance of Shares . The Board of Directors may approve the issuance of shares for consideration consisting of any tangible or intangible property or benefit to the Corporation, including cash, promissory notes, services performed, contracts for services to be performed, or other securities of the Corporation. If shares are to be issued for promissory notes or for promises to render services in the future, the Corporation must comply with the notice requirements of the Indiana Business Corporation Law.

Section 2.03 Certificate for Shares . Certificates for shares of the Corporation shall be issued to a subscriber by the Secretary of the Corporation when proper consideration has been paid therefor. Each certificate shall be signed by the President and the Secretary and shall set forth the number of shares represented by such certificate.

Section 2.04 Transfer of Certificates . The shares of the Corporation shall be transferable only on the books of the Corporation upon surrender of the certificate or certificates


representing the same, properly endorsed by the registered holder or by his duly authorized attorney, such endorsement or endorsements to be witnessed by one witness. The requirement for such witnessing may be waived in writing upon the form of endorsement by the President of the Corporation.

ARTICLE III

Meetings of Shareholders

Section 3.01 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the Shareholders for the election of Directors, and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held on the second Wednesday of the third month following the end of the fiscal year of the Corporation, if such day is not a legal holiday. Failure to hold the annual meeting at the designated time shall not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section 3.02 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Shareholders may be called by the President, by the Board of Directors or by the holders of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of all votes entitled to be cast on any issue proposed to be considered at the proposed special meting upon delivery to the Corporation’s Secretary of one or more written demands, signed and dated, describing the purpose or purposes for which it is to be held.

Section 3.03 Notice of Meetings . A written or printed notice, stating the date, time and place of the meeting, and in the case of a special meeting the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered or mailed by the Corporation to each holder of the shares of the Corporation at the time entitled to vote, at such address as appears upon the records of the Corporation, no fewer than ten (10) days and no more than sixty (60) days before the meeting date. However, notice of a meeting at which (i) an agreement of merger or exchange, or (ii) the sale, lease, exchange, or other disposition of all, or substantially all, of the Corporation’s property in other than the usual and ordinary course of business is to be considered, shall be delivered or mailed to all shareholders of record, whether or not entitled to vote, no fewer than ten (10) days and no more than sixty (60) days before the meeting. Notice of any such meeting may be waived in writing by a Shareholder, before or after the date and time stated in the notice, if the waiver sets forth in reasonable detail the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, and the time and place thereof. Attendance at any meeting in person or by proxy: (a) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting unless the Shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting; and (b) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter at the meeting that is not within the purpose or purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the Shareholder objects to consideration of the matter when it is presented.

Section 3.04 Participation in Meetings . A shareholder entitled to vote may participate in an annual or special meeting of the Shareholders by, or through the use of, any means of communication by which all Shareholders participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. Participation by such shareholder by this means shall be deemed to constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

2


Section 3.05 Voting at Meetings .

(a) Voting Rights. Except as may be otherwise provided the Articles of Incorporation, every shareholder shall have the right at all meetings of the Shareholders to one vote for each share standing in his name on the books of the Corporation on the record date for such meetings.

(b) The respective record holders of the voting stock shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of stock held of record by such record holder.

(c) Proxies. A Shareholder may vote either in person or by a proxy appointed in writing by the Shareholder or his duly authorized attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after eleven (11) months from the date of its execution, unless a longer time is expressly provided therein.

(d) Quorum and Action. At any meeting of Shareholders, a majority of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. The act of a majority of the shares represented at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Shareholders.

(e) Voting of Shares Owned by Other Corporations. Shares of the Corporation standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the Board of Directors of such other corporation may appoint, or as By-Laws of such other corporation may prescribe.

Section 3.06 Action Without a Meeting . Any action which may be taken at a Shareholders’ meeting may be taken without a meeting if evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by all Shareholders entitled to vote on the action, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes or filing with the corporate records.

ARTICLE IV

The Board of Directors

Section 4.01 Number . The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be three (3).

Section 4.02 Management and Committees . All corporate powers shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Corporation managed under the direction of, its Board of Directors, subject to any limitations set forth in the Articles of Incorporation. The Board of Directors, by a majority vote of all Directors, may also appoint an executive committee or one or more other special committees from among its members as it determines to be necessary. The purpose of the committees is to act in the place of the Board of Directors from time to time during the interval between meetings of the Board of Directors. The committees shall possess the same authority and powers as the full Board of Directors.

Section 4.03 Other Meetings . Other meetings of the Board of Directors may be held upon a call of the President or any two members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Such meetings of the Board of Directors may be held in and out of Indiana. The person or

 

3


persons calling such meeting shall give, or shall cause the Secretary of the Corporation to give, written or oral notice of the meeting, specifying the time and place of this meeting to each Director, either in person, by telephone, by mailing, by messenger, by facsimile transmission, or by telegram, at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting. A Director’s attendance at or participation in a meeting waives any required notice to the Director of the meeting or transacting business at the meeting and does not thereafter vote for or assent to action taken at the meeting. A Director may waive notice of the meeting either before or after the date and time stated in the notice, which waiver must be in writing and signed by the Director entitled to the notice.

Section 4.04 Participation in Meetings . Any or all Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board or committee of the Board by any means of communication by which all Directors participating may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. A Director participating in a meeting by this means is deemed to be present at the meeting.

Section 4.05 Action Without a Meeting . Any action which may be taken at a Board of Directors’ meeting may be taken without a meeting if evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by each Director and included in the minutes or filed with the corporate records reflecting the action taken.

Section 4.06 Quorum and Action . At any meeting of the Board of Directors, the presence of a majority of the number of Directors, provided for such Board at such time by these By-Laws, constitutes a quorum. A majority of the Directors in office constitutes a quorum for purposes of filling a vacancy on the Board of Directors. Except as otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the act of a majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.07 Election of the Board of Directors . The term of office of each Director shall be for one year and until a successor is duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed as provided for by applicable law. The Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the Shareholders and shall assume their offices immediately upon adjournment of such meeting. Any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors, including any vacancy resulting from an increase in the number of Directors shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors until the next annual meeting of the Shareholders.

Section 4.08 Removal . Any Director may be removed, either for or without cause, as provided by law, at any special meeting of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.09 Compensation of Directors . The Board of Directors is empowered and authorized to fix and determine the compensation of the Directors. Except as determined by the Board of Directors, members of the Board of Directors shall receive no compensation for acting in such capacity.

 

4


ARTICLE V

Officers of the Corporation

Section 5.01 Election . At its annual meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect a Chairman of the Board, a President, one or more Vice Presidents (if the Board of Directors deems such office necessary), a Secretary, and a Treasurer and such assistants and other officers as it may decide upon, for a term of one year. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. If the annual meeting of the Board of Directors is not held at the time designated in these By-Laws, such failure shall not cause any defect in the corporate existence of the Corporation, but the officers for the time being shall hold over until their successors are chosen and qualified unless sooner removed as provided for by applicable law.

Section 5.02 Vacancies . Whenever any vacancies occur in any office by death, resignation, increase in the number of offices of the Corporation, or otherwise, such vacancy shall be filled by the Board of Directors, and the officer so elected shall hold office until a successor is chosen and qualified, unless sooner removed, as provided for by applicable law.

Section 5.03 Removal . Any elective officer of the Corporation may be removed, either for or without cause, at any time by majority vote of the entire Board of Directors.

Section 5.04 The Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and of the Board of Directors, and, subject to the approval of the Board of Directors, shall direct the policies and management of the Corporation. In the event of the absence or disability of the Chairman, the duties of the Chairman shall be performed by the President.

Section 5.05 The President . Pursuant to the general policy established by the Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board, the President shall have general management and direction of the business and affairs of the Corporation. The President may sign in the name of the Corporation, either manually or by facsimile signature all certificates of stock. The President in general shall perform all duties usually incident of the office of President, and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board or as prescribed by law or this Code of By-Laws.

Section 5.06 The Vice President . The Vice President shall perform all duties incumbent upon the President during the absence or disability of the President, and perform such other duties as these By-Laws may require or the Board of Directors may prescribe; provided, that if the Board of Directors elects more than one Vice President, their right to act during the absence or disability of the President shall be in the order in which their names appear in the resolution, or resolutions, electing such Vice Presidents.

Section 5.07 The Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Shareholders and of the Board of Directors, and shall keep, or cause to be kept in a book provided for the purpose, a true and complete record of the proceedings of such meetings, and shall perform a like duty for all standing committees appointed by the Board of Directors, when required. The

 

5


Secretary shall attend to the giving and serving of all notices of the Corporation. The Secretary shall keep the stock books and stock records of the Corporation, the Corporation’s certificates for shares, contracts and agreements, and shall perform such other duties as these By-Laws may require, or the Board of Directors may prescribe.

Section 5.08 The Treasurer . The Treasurer shall maintain a correct and complete record of account showing accurately at all times the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall be the legal custodian of all monies, notes, securities and other valuables which may from time to time come into the possession of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall immediately deposit all funds of the Corporation coming into the Treasurer’s hands in some reliable bank or other deposition to be designated by the Board of Directors and shall keep such bank account in the name of the Corporation. In the event no Vice Presidents have been elected by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall perform all duties incumbent upon the President during the absence or disability of the President.

Section 5.09 Assistant Officers . Such assistant officers as the Board of Directors shall from time to time designate and elect shall have such powers and duties as the officers whom they are elected to assist shall specify and delegate to them and such other powers and duties as these By-Laws or the Board of Directors may prescribe. An assistant Secretary may, in the event of the absence or disability of the Secretary, attest to the execution by the Corporation of all documents.

Section 5.10 Delegation of Authority . In case of the absence of any officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason that the Board may deem sufficient, the Board may delegate the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer or to any Director, for the time being, provided a majority of the entire Board concurs therein.

ARTICLE VI

Contracts, Checks, Notes, Etc.

Special Corporate Acts

Section 6.01 Contracts and Checks . All contracts and agreements entered into by the Corporation and all checks, drafts and bills of exchange, and orders for the payment of money shall, in the conduct of the ordinary course of business of the Corporation, unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors or unless otherwise required by law, be signed by the Treasurer or by any other officer of the Corporation, singly. Any one of the documents heretofore mentioned in this section for use outside of the ordinary course of business of the Corporation, or any deeds, mortgages, notes or bonds of the Corporation, shall be executed by and require the signature of any two officers of the Corporation, jointly, unless otherwise directed, by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or unless otherwise required by law.

 

6


ARTICLE VII

Amendment of By-Laws

Section 7.01 Amendment . The power to make, alter, amend or repeal these By-Laws is vested in the Board of Directors, but the affirmative vote of a majority of the actual number of Directors from time to time shall be necessary to effect any alteration, amendment or repeal of these By-Laws.

 

7

Exhibit 3.85

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ADESA SALVAGE, INC.

The undersigned incorporator, desiring to form a corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”) pursuant to the provisions of the Indiana Business Corporation Law, as amended (hereinafter referred to as the “Act”), executes the following Articles of Incorporation.

ARTICLE I.

Name

The name of the Corporation is ADESA Salvage, Inc.

ARTICLE II.

Purposes

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in the business of automobile salvage, and to transact any and all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under the Act.

ARTICLE III.

Shares

Section 3.1 Number . The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares.

Section 3.2 Classes . There shall be one (1) class of shares of the Corporation, which shall be designated as “Common Shares”.

ARTICLE IV.

Registered Office and Registered Agent

Section 4.1 Registered Office . The street address of the Corporation’s initial registered office is 310 East 96th Street, Suite 400, Indianapolis, Indiana 46240.

Section 4.2 Registered Agent . The name of the Corporation’s initial registered agent at such registered office is Karen C. Turner.

 

1


ARTICLE V.

Incorporator

The name and address of the incorporator of the Corporation are:

 

Name

 

Address

Karen C. Turner

  310 East 96 th Street, Ste, 400
  Indianapolis, Indiana 46240

ARTICLE VI.

Board of Directors

Section 6.1 Number . The total number directors shall be that specified in or fixed in accordance with the bylaws. In the absence of a provision in the bylaws specifying the number of directors or setting forth the manner in which such number shall be fixed, the number of directors shall be three (3). The bylaws may provide for staggering the terms of directors by dividing the directors into 2 or (3) groups, as provided in the Act.

Section 6.2 Initial Board of Directors . The name and address of the initial director of the Corporation are:

 

Name

 

Address

James P. Hallett

 

310 East 96 th Street, Ste, 400

Indianapolis, Indiana 46240

William Stackhouse

 

310 East 96 th Street, Ste, 400

Indianapolis, Indiana 46240

Donald Harris

 

310 East 96 th Street, Ste, 400

Indianapolis, Indiana 46240

ARTICLE VII.

Indemnification

Section 7.1 Rights to Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses

(a) The Corporation shall indemnify as a matter of right every person made a party to a proceeding because such person is or was.

 

  (i) a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation,

 

  (ii) an officer of the Corporation, or

 

  (iii) while a director or officer of the Corporation, serving at the Corporation’s request as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for profit or not,

 

2


(each an “Indemnitee”) against all liability incurred by such person in connection with the proceeding; provided that it is determined ire he specific case that indemnification of such person is permissible in the circumstances because such person has met the standard of conduct for indemnification specified in the Act. The Corporation shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in connection with any such proceeding in advance of final disposition thereof in accordance with the procedures and subject to the conditions specified in the Act. The Corporation shall indemnify as a matter of right an Indemnitee who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any such proceeding, against reasonable expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the proceeding without the requirement of a determination as set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph.

(b) Upon demand by a person for indemnification or advancement of expenses, as the case may be, the Corporation shall expeditiously determine whether the person is entitled thereto in accordance with this Article and the procedures specified in the Act.

(c) The indemnification provided under this Article shall apply to any proceeding arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article.

Section 7.2 Other Rights Not Affected . Nothing contained in this Article shall limit or preclude the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under the law, by contract or otherwise, relating to indemnification of or advancement of expenses to any individual who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or the ability of the Corporation to otherwise indemnify or advance expenses to any such individual. It is the intent of this Article to provide indemnification to directors and officers to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law consistent with the terms and conditions of this Article. Therefore, indemnification shall be provided in accordance with this Article irrespective of the nature of the legal or equitable theory upon which a claim is made, including without limitation negligence, breach of duty, mismanagement, corporate waste, breach of contract, breach of warranty, strict liability, violation of federal or state securities laws, violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of any other state or federal laws.

Section 7.3 Definitions . For purposes of this Article:

(a) The term “director” means an individual who is or was a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or an individual who, while a director of the Corporation, is or was serving at the Corporation’s request as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for profit or not. A director is considered to be serving an employee benefit plan at the Corporation’s request if the director’s duties to the Corporation also impose duties on, or otherwise involve services by, the director to the plan or to participants in or beneficiaries of the plan. The term “director” includes, unless the context requires otherwise, the estate or personal representative of a director.

 

3


(b) The term “expenses” includes all direct and indirect costs (including without limitation counsel fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses) actually incurred in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Article, applicable law or otherwise.

(c) The term “liability” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax (including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding.

(d) The term “party” includes an individual who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.

(e) The term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned incorporator designated in Article V executes these Articles of Incorporation and hereby verifies subject to penalties of perjury that the facts contained herein are true.

Dated this 13th day of December, 2000.

 

Printed:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

  Karen C. Turner, Incorporator

 

5


  ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT OF THE    SUE ANNE GILROY
  ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION    SECRETARY OF STATE
  State Form 38333 (R8 / 12-96)    CORPORATIONS DIVISION
  Approved by State Board of Accounts 1995    302 W. WASHINGTON ST RM 5018
       INDIANAPOLIS, IN 48204
       TELEPHONE: (317) 232-6576
INSTRUCTIONS:  

Use 8  1 / 2 x 11 inch white paper for inserts.

Present original and two copies to addresses in upper right corner of this

  Indiana Code 23-1-38-1  et seq.
    Please TYPE or PRINT.   FILING FEE    $30.00

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT OF THE
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF:

Name of Corporation

   Date of Incorporation

                ADESA Salvage, Inc.

                   12/18/00

The undersigned officers of the above referenced Corporation ( hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation” ) existing pursuant to the provisions of ( indicate appropriate act )

 

x   Indiana Business Corporation Law                     ¨   Indiana Professional Corporation Act of 1983

as amended (hereinafter referred to as the “Act”), desiring to give notice of corporate action effectuating amendment of certain provisions of its Articles of Incorporation, certify the following facts:

ARTICLE I Amendment(s)

The exact text of Article(s)         I                                          of the Articles

 

(NOTE: If amending the name of corporation, write Article “I” in space above and write “The name of the Corporation is                                           “ below)

 

The name of the Corporation is Automotive Recovery Services, Inc.

 

 

ARTICLE II

Date of each amendment’s adoptions

 

January 16, 2001

 

ARTICLE III Manner of Adoption and Vote
Mark applicable section: NOTE – Only in limited situations does Indiana law permit an Amendment without shareholder approval. Because a name change requires shareholder approval, Section 2 must be marked and either A or B completed.
¨   SECTION 1    This amendment was adopted by the Board of Directors or incorporators and shareholder action was not required

 

6


x   SECTION 2    The shareholders of the Corporation entitled to vote in respect to the amendment adopted the proposed amendment. The amendment was adopted by: (Shareholder approval may be by either A or B.)
   

A. Vote of such shareholders during a meeting called by the Board of Directors. The result of such vote is as follows:

 

       

Shares entitled to vote:

   
       

Number of shares represented at the meeting.

   
       

Shares voted in favor.

   
       

Shares voted against.

   
 

B Unanimous written consent executed on January 15, 2001 , and signed by all shareholders entitled to vote.

 

ARTICLE III Compliance with Legal Requirements

The manner of the adoption of the Articles of Amendment and the vote by which they were adopted constitute full legal compliance with the provisions of the Act, the Articles of Incorporation, and the By-Law of the Corporation.

I hereby verify subject to the penalties of perjury that the statements contained are true this 15th day of January, 2001 .

Signature of current    Printed name of officer or chairman of the board
/s/ James P. Hallett    James P. Hallett
Signature’s title     

President

    

 

7

Exhibit 3.86

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CODE OF BYLAWS

OF

AUTOMOTIVE RECOVERY SERVICES, INC.

ARTICLE I

NAME, OFFICES AND REGISTERED AGENT

Section 1.1 Name . The name of the corporation is Automotive Recovery Services, Inc. (“Corporation”).

Section 1.2 Principal Office . The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at any place within or without the State of Indiana as designated in the Corporation’s latest annual report on file with the Indiana Secretary of State. The Corporation may have such other offices either within or without the State of Indiana as its business may require.

Section 1.3 Registered Office and Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered office of the Corporation is set forth on Exhibit A . The registered office and registered agent may be changed from time to time by written consent and by updating Exhibit A

Section 1.4 Corporate Seal . The Corporation shall have no seal.

ARTICLE II

FISCAL YEAR

Section 2.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin each year on the first day of January and end on the last day of December.

ARTICLE III

CAPITAL STOCK

Section 3.1 Form and Issuance . Certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors in compliance with the Indiana Business Corporation Act and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the president or a vice president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation; provided, however, that if such certificate is countersigned (i) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signatures of the officers of the Corporation may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the date of issue.

 

1


Section 3.2 Transfers of Shares . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a share certificate duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make such other rules and regulations or amendments thereto as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, registration and transfer of share certificates and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

Section 3.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Corporation may cause a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit or that fact by the person claiming their certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and in such form as it may direct to indemnify against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the Issuance of such new certificate. The Corporation, in its discretion, may authorize the issuance of such new certificates without any bond when the Board of Directors determines that it is proper to do so.

Section 3.4 Fixing of Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than seventy nor less than ten days from the date of such meeting. Only such shareholders as shall be shareholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to participate in such other action, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares of stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may elect to fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting and shall fix a new record date in the event the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

ARTICLE IV

MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 4.1 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be on such a date as designated by the Board of Directors from time to time in respect of any such meeting, at such hour and at such place, within or without the State of Indiana as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. The Annual Meeting may be held by written resolutions in lieu of a meeting. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

 

2


Section 4.2 Special Meetings . Special meeting of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the articles of incorporation, may be called by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board or the president and shall be called by the president or the secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors.

Section 4.3 Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a shareholders meeting may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes.

Section 4.4 Notice of Meetings . The Corporation shall deliver or mail written notice stating the date, time, and place of any shareholders meeting and, in the case of a special shareholders meeting or when otherwise required by law, a description of the purposes for which the meeting is called, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting, at such address as appears in the records of the Corporation and at least ten (10), but no more than sixty (60), days before the date of the meeting.

Section 4.5 Waiver of Notice . A shareholder may waive notice of any meeting, before or after the date and time of the meeting as stated in the notice, by delivering a signed waiver to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes. A shareholder’s attendance at any meeting, in person or by proxy (a) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (b) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter a the meeting that is not within the purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

Section 4.6 Place of Meeting . Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Indiana, as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. If no place is designated, the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 4.7 Quorum . The holders of record of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business, except where otherwise provided by law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws. In the absence of a quorum, any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be constituted. At any adjourned meeting held within 120 days of the date fixed for the original meeting and at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjourned meeting is held more than 120 days after the original meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date and shall cause a new notice of the meeting to be issued.

 

3


Section 4.8 Organization . Each meeting of shareholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, by the president or, in the absence of both of said officers, by a vice president thereunto designated by the Chairman of the Board, the president and a vice president so designated, by any other person selected to preside by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence assistant secretary, any person designated by the Chairman of the Board or other person presiding at the meting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 4.9 Proxies and Voting Shares . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the articles of incorporation, every shareholder shall have the right at every shareholders meeting to one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his or her name on the books of the Corporation on the record date, on all matters coming before the meeting including the election of directors. At any meeting of the shareholders, each shareholder entitled to vote any shares on any matter to be voted upon at such meeting may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, which shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting before being voted. Such proxies shall entitle the holders thereof to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after eleven months from its date unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, the vote on any question need not be by written ballot. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the Indiana Business Corporation Act or of the articles of incorporation or of these bylaws, a greater vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control his or her decision of such question.

Section 4.10 Voting List of Shareholders . The Officer who shall have charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least five days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and by voting group (and within each voting group by class or series of shares) and showing the address and the number of shares registered in the name of each such shareholder. Subject to the limitation contained in the Indiana Business Corporation Act, such list shall be open to the examination of any shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting, or such shareholder’s agent or attorney, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least five days prior to and continuing through the meeting, at the principal office of the Corporation. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the stock ledger or the list of shareholders referred to above or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting or shareholders.

 

4


ARTICLE V

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 5.1 Power and Duties of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors shall have the general management of the affairs, property and business of the Corporation, and it may adopt such rules and regulations for that purpose and for the conduct of its meetings as it may deem proper. The Board may exercise and shall be vested with the powers of the Corporation in so far as not inconsistent with law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws.

Section 5.2 Election, Number and Term of Office . Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders, or at a special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose pursuant to Section 5.3 below by a plurality vote of all votes east at such meeting by the holders of the shares of stock entitled to elect directors. The number of directors of this Corporation shall be at least two (2) and no more than eleven (11), unless changed by amendment of this Section 5.2. All directors, except in the case of earlier resignation, removal or death, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their respective successors are chosen and qualified. Directors need not be a shareholder of the Corporation or residents of the State of Indiana.

Section 5.3 Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors caused by resignation, removal from office, death or other incapacity shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the shareholders. If the vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors shall result in a tie, such vacancy, at the direction of the Board of Directors, may be filled by plurality vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors caused by an increase in the number of the Board of Directors until the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders or, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, such vacancy may be filled by vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent directors.

Section 5.4 Annual Meeting of Directors . The Board of Directors shall meet each year, immediately after the annual meeting of the shareholders, at the place where such meeting of the shareholders has been held either within or without the State of Indiana, for the purpose of transacting such business as may properly come before the meeting. No notice of any kind to either old or new members of the Board of Directors for such annual meeting shall be necessary. At the annual meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect one of their members to serve as chairman. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section 5.5 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places, either within or without the State of Indiana, as may be determined by resolution of the board. Such regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice or upon such notice as may be fixed by the directors.

 

5


Section 5.6 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the president, or by a written call signed by any two or more of the members of the Board of Directors and filed with the secretary. Each special meeting of the Board shall be held at such place, either within or without of the State of Indiana. Notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors, stating the place, state and hour thereof shall, except as otherwise expressly provided by law or as provided in these bylaws, be given by mailing or telecopying the same to each director at his or her residence or business address at any time on or before the second day before the day of the meeting or by delivering the same to him or her personally or telephoning the same to him or her personally at his or her residence or business address not later than the second day before the meeting. Except as otherwise required by statute or these bylaws, no notice or waiver of notice of a special meeting of the Board need state the purpose or purposes of such meeting, and any business maybe transacted thereat, any practice or custom at any time to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section 5.7 Attendance at Meetings Via Communications Equipment . Any or all members of the Board of Directors or of a committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by any means of communications by which all directors participating in the meeting may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. Participation in this manner constituted presence in person at the meeting.

Section 5.8 Quorum . A majority of the actual number of directors prescribed from time to time shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the act of a greater number is required by the Indiana Business Corporation Act, by the articles of incorporation, or by these bylaws.

Section 5.9 Organization . Each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the president, or in his or her absence, by the vice president, or in the absence of both the president and the vice president, by any director selected to preside by vote of the majority of the directors present. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of both the secretary and the assistant secretary, any person designated by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 5.10 Consent Action by Directors . Any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual meeting, a regular meeting or a special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a written consent to such action is signed by all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minute of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Action taken by consent is effective when the last director signs unless a different prior or subsequent effective date is specified.

Section 5.11 Interest of Directors in Contracts . Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation or any corporation in which this Corporation owns a majority of the capital stock shall be valid and binding, notwithstanding that the directors of officers of this Corporation are identical or that some or all of the directors or officers, or both, are also directors or officers or such other corporation.

 

6


Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors of shareholders or employees, or between the Corporation and any firm of which one or more of its directors are directors, shareholders or employees or in which they are interested, or between the Corporation and any corporation or association of which one or more of its directors are shareholders, members, directors, officers, or employees or in which they are interested, shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such director or directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation which acts upon, or in reference to, such contract or transaction and notwithstanding his or her or their participation in which action, if any one of the following apply:

 

  (i) The material facts of such transaction and the director’s interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or committee of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors or committee thereof shall authorize, approve and ratify such contract or transaction by a vote of a majority of the noninterested directors such majority constituting a quorum for the purposes of this section 5.11.

 

  (ii) The material facts of the transaction and the director’s interest were disclosed or known to the shareholders entitled to vote and they authorized, approved or ratified the transaction by a majority vote. Shares owned or voted by an interested director may be counted toward such majority.

 

  (iii) The transaction was fair to the Corporation.

This section 5.11 shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common or statutory law applicable thereto.

Section 5.12 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the actual number of directors in office from time to time, designate from among its members one or more committees consisting of two or more directors of the Corporation, and may delegate to each such committee such authority and power of the Board of Directors as shall be specified in such resolution, but no such committee shall have the authority of the Board of Directors in authorizing distribution, approving or proposing to shareholders action required to be approved by shareholders, filling vacancies on the Board of Directors or any committees thereof, approving the sale of shares (other than as authorized by the Board of Directors within the limits prescribed by the Board of Directors), amending the articles of incorporation, adopting an agreement or plan of merger or consolidation or amendment these bylaws, except as otherwise provided by the Indiana Business Corporation Act. No member of any such committee shall continue to be member thereof after he or she ceases to be a director of the Corporation. The committee shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section 5.13 Removal . Any director may be removed with or without cause by action of the shareholders taken at any meeting the notice of which states that one of the purposes of the meeting is removal of the director.

 

7


ARTICLE VI

OFFICERS

Section 6.1 Officers . The officers of the Corporation, who shall be elected by the Board of Directors, may include a chairman, a president, a chief operating officer, one or more executive vice presidents, one or more vice presidents, a chief financial officer, a treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors, at its discretion, may elect one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers or agents as it may deem advisable and prescribe the duties thereof. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, The Board of Directors may delegate to the chairman and president the power to appoint and to remove such assistant officers as he or she deems desirable.

Section 6.2 Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting thereof, or appointed by the president as provided in Section 6.1 above. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until his or her death, or until he or she shall resign, or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

Section 6.3 Removal . Any officer may be removed either with or without cause, at any time by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board, and an officer appointed by the president may also be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the president.

Section 6.4 Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, its chairman or to the secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 6.5 Vacancies . Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the remainder of the term by the Board of Directors or as authorized by it.

Section 6.6 Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and as such shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall act as general administrative head of the Corporation, exercising general control and supervision over the affairs of the Corporation and over the other officers, agents and personnel of the corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall, with the approval of the Board of Directors, appoint the members of any committee created by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board has authority to execute, with the Secretary where attestation or other dual signature is required, powers of attorney appointing other corporations, partnerships, or individuals a the agents of the Corporation, subject to law, the articles of incorporation, and these bylaws. The Chairman of the Board shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Chairman of the Board and such other duties and the Board of Directors may assign.

 

8


Section 6.7 President . The president shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors. Subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors, the president may enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. The president shall perform all duties and have all the powers incident to the office of president and all such other duties and powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors.

Section 6.8 Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation shall have general supervision and management over the day-to-day business operations of the Corporation. The Chief Operating Officer shall have the power and authority to sign, make, execute, and deliver any and all deeds or conveyances, leases, contracts, assignments, releases, share certificates, and all other documents and instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and shall perform all other duties as are incident to the office of Chief Operating Officer and as may be required of the Chief Operating Officer by the Board of Directors from time to time.

Section 6.9 Vice President . Each vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the president.

Section 6.10 Assistant Vice President . Each assistant vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the president or any vice president to whom the assistant vice president reports.

Section 6.11 Treasurer . The treasurer shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit all such funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks or other depositories as shall be selected by the Board of Directors. The treasurer shall upon request exhibit at all reasonable times his or her books of account and records to any of the directors of the Corporation, shall render upon request by the Board of Directors a statement of the condition of the finances of the Corporation at any meeting of the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of the shareholders, shall receive and give receipt for, moneys dues and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office assigned by the president or the Board of Directors.

Section 6.12 Assistant Treasurers . In the absence of the treasurer, or in case of the treasurer’s inability to act, an assistant treasurer shall perform all the duties of the treasurer and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of the treasurer. The assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the president, the vice president designated as the chief accounting and financial officer of the Corporation or the treasurer.

Section 6.13 Secretary . The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in the books provided for that purpose the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors, shall duly give and serve all notices required to be given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and by the Indiana Business Corporation Act, shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance

 

9


with the provisions of these bylaws; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the president or the Board of Directors.

Section 6.14 Assistant Secretary . In the absence of the secretary or in case of his or her inability to act, an assistant secretary shall perform all the duties of the secretary and, when do acting, shall have all powers of the secretary. The assistant secretaries shall perform such other duties from time to time shall be assigned by the Board of Directors, the president or the secretary.

Section 6.15 Subordinate Officers . In addition to the principal officers enumerated in Section 6.1, the Corporation may have other officers, agents and employees as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such periods of time, may be removed with or without cause, have such authority, and perform such duties as the President, or the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

Section 6.16 Execution of Contracts and Other Documents . Unless otherwise authorized or directed by the Board of Directors, all written contracts, agreements, banking resolutions, conveyance, or any other instruments that may be deemed necessary and proper for the business of the Corporation, shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the President or the Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Controller, Assistant Treasurer or Secretary.

Section 6.17 Bonds . The Board of Directors shall have the power to require any officer of the Corporation to give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such form and with such surety or sureties as the Board may deem advisable.

Section 6.18 Salaries . The salaries of the president, vice presidents, treasurer, and secretary shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and the salaries of any assistant officers may be fixed by the president.

ARTICLE VII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 7.1 Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees . Every person who is or was a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or of any other corporation for which he or she is or was serving in any capacity at the request of this Corporation shall be indemnified by this Corporation against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from or arising out of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, in which such person may become involved, as a party or otherwise,

 

  (i) by reason of his or her being or having been a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or such other corporation or

 

10


  (ii) by reason of any past or future action taken or not taken by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not he or she continues to be such at the time such liability or expense is incurred,

provided that such person is wholly successful with respect thereto or acted in good faith and, when acting in his or her official capacity of the Corporation, in what he or she reasonably believed was the Corporation’s best interest or, when acting in all other cases, in what he or she reasonably believed was not opposed to the Corporation’s best interest and, in addition, in any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful or had not reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A director’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the director reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan meets the requirement of this Section 7.1. As used herein, “claim, action, suit or proceeding” shall include any claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether brought by or in the right of this Corporation or such other corporation or otherwise), civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, whether actual or threatened or in connection with an appeal relating thereto.

The terms “liability” and “expense” shall include, but shall not be limited to, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, amounts of judgments, fines or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of a director, officer or employee but shall not in any event include any liability or expense on account of profits realized by him or her in the purchase or sale of securities of the Corporation in violation of the law. The termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction or upon a plea of guilty or on nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not create a presumption that a director, officer or employee did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in this Section 7.1.

Any such director, officer or employee who has been wholly successful with respect to any such claim, action, and suit or proceeding shall be entitled to indemnification as a matter of right. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, any indemnification hereunder shall be found that the director, officer or employee has met the standard of conduct set forth in this Section 7.1 by:

 

  (i) the Board of Directors acting by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such claim, action, suit or proceeding; or

 

  (ii) if a quorum cannot be obtained under subsection (i), by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Board of Directors (in which designation directors who are parties may participate), consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties; or

 

  (iii) by written opinion of independent legal counsel selected by the Board of Directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in subsection (i) or (ii) or, if such is impossible, selected by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors; or

 

11


  (iv) by the shareholders, but shares owned by or voted under the control of directors who are at the time parties may not be voted in such determination.

Any such director, officer or employee may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the claim, action, suit or proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction, which court may order indemnification as provided by law.

Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of reasonableness of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if such determination is made by independent legal counsel. Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of expenses shall be made by those show elected of the independent counsel.

If several claims, issues or matters of action are involved, any such person may be entitled to indemnification as to some matters even though he or she is not entitled as to other matters.

The Corporation may advance expenses to or, where appropriate, any at its expense undertake the defense of any such director, officer or employee upon receipt or a written affirmation of such person of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct set forth in the section 7.1 and unlimited general written undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such expenses if it should ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification thereunder and upon a determination that the facts then known would not preclude indemnification.

The provisions of the section 7.1 shall be applicable to claims, actions, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions to act during, before or after the adoption hereof.

The rights of indemnification provided hereunder shall be in addition to any rights to which any person concerned may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of any such person.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the section 7.1 or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 8.1 Amendment . The power to make, alter, amend, or repeal these bylaws is vested in the Board of Directors, but the affirmative vote of a majority of the actual number of directors from time to time shall be necessary to effect any alteration, amendment or repeal of these bylaws.

 

12


Intl:  

/intl/ Michelle Mallon

By:     Michelle Mallon
Dated:     January 30, 2004

 

13


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of the Registered Agent (As of January 30, 2004)

 

Name

  

Address

Karen C. Turner

   13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Carmel, IN 46032

 

14

Exhibit 3.87

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

AUTOVIN, INC.

The undersigned incorporator, desiring to form a corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”) pursuant to the provisions of the Indiana Business Corporation Law, as amended (hereinafter referred to as the “Act”), executes the following Articles of Incorporation.

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the Corporation is AutoVIN, Inc.

ARTICLE II

Purposes

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in and to transact any and all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under the Act.

ARTICLE III

Shares

Section 3.1 Number . The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is one thousand (1,000) shares, with no par value per share.

Section 3.2 Classes . There shall be one (1) class of shares of the Corporation, which shall be designated as “Common Shares”.

Section 3.3 Relative Rights. Preferences. Limitations and Restrictions of Common Shares . All Common Shares shall have the same rights, preferences, limitations and restrictions.

Section 3.4 Voting Rights of Common Shares . Each holder of Common Shares shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share owned of record on the books of the Corporation on each matter submitted to a vote of the holders of Common Shares.

ARTICLE IV

Registered Office and Registered Agent

Section 4.1 Registered Office . The street address of the Corporation’s initial registered office is Two Parkwood Crossing, 310 E. 96th Street, Suite 300, Indianapolis, IN., 46240.


Section 4.2 Registered Agent . The name of the Corporation’s initial registered agent at such registered office is John Fuller.

ARTICLE V

Incorporator

The name and address of the incorporator of the Corporation is:

 

Name

  

Address

Kyle J. Hupfer   

ICE MILLER DONADIO & RYAN

One American Square, Box 82001

Indianapolis, IN 46282-0002

ARTICLE VI

Indemnification

Section 6.1 Rights to Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses .

(a) The Corporation shall indemnify as a matter of right every person made a party to a proceeding because such person is or was

 

  (i) a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation,

 

  (ii) an officer of the Corporation, or

 

  (iii) while a director or officer of the Corporation, serving at the Corporation’s request as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for profit or not,

(each an “Indemnitee”) against all liability incurred by such person in connection with the proceeding; provided that it is determined in the specific case that indemnification of such person is permissible in the circumstances because such person has met the standard of conduct for indemnification specified in the Act. The Corporation shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in connection with any such proceeding in advance of final disposition thereof in accordance with the procedures and subject to the conditions specified in the Act. The Corporation shall indemnify as a matter of right an Indemnitee who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any such proceeding, against reasonable expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the proceeding without the requirement of a determination as set forth in the first sentence of this paragraph.

 

2


(b) Upon demand by a person for indemnification or advancement of expenses, as the case may be, the Corporation shall expeditiously determine whether the person is entitled thereto in accordance with this Article and the procedures specified in the Act.

(c) The indemnification provided under this Article shall apply to any proceeding arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article.

Section 6.2 Other Rights Not Affected . Nothing contained in this Article shall limit or preclude the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under the law, by contract or otherwise, relating to indemnification of or advancement of expenses to any individual who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or the ability of the Corporation to otherwise indemnify or advance expenses to any such individual. It is the intent of this Article to provide indemnification to directors and officers to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by law consistent with the terms and conditions of this Article. Therefore, indemnification shall be provided in accordance with this Article irrespective of the nature of the legal or equitable theory upon which a claim is made, including without limitation negligence, breach of duty, mismanagement, corporate waste, breach of contract, breach of warranty, strict liability, violation of federal or state securities laws, violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of any other state or federal laws.

Section 6.3 Definitions . For purposes of this Article:

(a) The term “director” means an individual who is or was a member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation or an individual who, while a director of the Corporation, is or was serving at the Corporation’s request as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for profit or not. A director is considered to be serving an employee benefit plan at the Corporation’s request if the director’s duties to the Corporation also impose duties on, or otherwise involve services by, the director to the plan or to participants in or beneficiaries of the plan. The term “director” includes, unless the context requires otherwise, the estate or personal representative of a director.

(b) The term “expenses” includes all direct and indirect costs (including without limitation counsel fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses) actually incurred in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Article, applicable law or otherwise.

(c) The term “liability” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax (including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding.

(d) The term “party” includes an individual who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.

 

3


(e) The term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned incorporator designated in Article V executes these Articles of Incorporation and hereby verifies subject to penalties of perjury that the facts contained herein are true.

Dated this 21 Day of September, 1999.

 

/s/ Kyle J. Hupfer

Kyle J. Hupfer

 

4

Exhibit 3.88

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CODE OF BYLAWS

OF

AUTOVIN, INC.

ARTICLE I

Name, Offices and Registered Agent

Section 1.1 Name . The name of the corporation is AutoVIN, Inc. (“Corporation”).

Section 1.2 Principal Office . The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at any place within or without the State of Indiana as designated in the Corporation’s latest annual report on file with the Indiana Secretary of State. The Corporation may have such other offices either within or without the State of Indiana as its business may require.

Section 1.3 Registered Office and Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered office of the Corporation is set forth on Exhibit A . The registered office and registered agent may be changed from time to time by written consent and by updating Exhibit A .

Section 1.4 Corporate Seal . The Corporation shall have no seal.

ARTICLE 2

Fiscal Year

Section 2.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin each year on the first day of January and end on the last day of December.

ARTICLE 3

Capital Stock

Section 3.1 Form and Issuance . Certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in such form as may be approved by the Board of directors in compliance with the Indiana Business Corporation Act and shall be signed by, or in the


name of the Corporation by the president or a vice president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation; provided, however, that if such certificate is countersigned (i) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signatures of the officers of the Corporation may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the date of issue.

Section 3.2 Transfers of Shares . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a share certificate duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. The Board of directors shall have the power and authority to make such other rules and regulations or amendments thereto as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, registration and transfer of share certificates and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

Section 3.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Corporation may cause a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit or that fact by the person claming their certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and in such form as it may direct to indemnify against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate. The Corporation, in its discretion, may authorize the issuance of such new certificates without any bond when the board of directors determines that it is proper to do so.

Section 3.4 Fixing of Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than seventy nor less than ten days from the date of such meeting. Only such shareholders as shall be shareholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to participate in such other action, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares of stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the board of directors may elect to fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting and shall fix a new record date in the event the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

 

2


ARTICLE 4

Meeting of Shareholders

Section 4.1 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be on such a date as designated by the board of directors from time to time in respect of any such meeting, at such hour and at such place, within or without the State of Indiana, as shall be designated by the board of directors. The annual meeting may be held by written resolutions in lieu of a meeting. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section 4.2 Special Meetings . Special meeting of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the articles of incorporation, may be called by the Board of directors or by the chairman of the board or the president and shall be called by the president or the secretary at the request in writing or a majority of the board of directors.

Section 4.3 Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a shareholders meeting may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes.

Section 4.4 Notice of Meetings . The Corporation shall deliver or mail written notice stating the date, time, and place of any shareholders meeting and, in the case of a special shareholders meeting or when otherwise required by law, a description of the purposes for which the meeting is called, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting, at such address as appears in the records of the Corporation and at least ten (10), but no more than sixty (60), days before the date of the meeting.

Section 4.5 Waiver of Notice . A shareholder may waive notice of any meeting, before or after the date and time of the meeting as stated in the notice, by delivering a signed waiver to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes. A shareholder’s attendance at any meeting, in person or by proxy (a) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (b) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter a the meeting that is not within the purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

Section 4.6 Place of Meeting . Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Indiana, as may from time to time be designated by the board of directors, or as shall be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. If no place is designated, the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section 4.7 Quorum . The holders of record of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business, except where otherwise provided by law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws. In the absence of a quorum, any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting shall have the

 

3


power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be constituted. At any adjourned meeting held within 120 days of the date fixed for the original meeting and at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjourned meeting is held more than 120 days after the original meeting, the board of directors shall fix a new record date and shall cause a new notice of the meeting to be issued.

Section 4.8 Organization . Each meeting of shareholders shall be presided over by the chairman of the board or, in his or her absence, by the president or, in the absence of both of said officers, by a vice president thereunto designated by the chairman of the board, the president and a vice president so designated, by any other person selected to preside by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence assistant secretary, any person designated by the chairman of the board or other person presiding at the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 4.9 Proxies and Voting Shares . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the articles of incorporation, every shareholder shall have the right at every shareholders meeting to one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his or her name on the books of the Corporation on the record date, on all matters coming before the meeting including the election of directors. At any meeting of the shareholders, each shareholder entitled to vote any shares on any matter to be voted upon at such meeting may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, which shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting before being voted. Such proxies shall entitle the holders thereof to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after eleven months from its date unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, the vote on any question need not be by written ballot. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the Indiana Business Corporation Act or of the articles of incorporation or of these bylaws, a greater vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control his or her decision of such question.

4.10 Voting List of Shareholders . The Officer who shall have charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least five days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and by voting group (and within each voting group by class or series of shares) and showing the address and the number of shares registered in the name of each such shareholder. Subject to the limitation contained in the Indiana Business Corporation Act, such list shall be open to the examination of any shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting, or such shareholder’s agent or attorney, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least five days prior to and continuing through the meeting, at the principal office of the Corporation. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the stock ledger or the list of shareholders referred to above or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting or shareholders.

 

4


ARTICLE 5

Board of directors

Section 5.1 Power and Duties of the Board of directors . The board of directors shall have the general management of the affairs, property and business of the Corporation, and it may adopt such rules and regulations for that purpose and for the conduct of its meetings as it may deem proper. The board may exercise and shall be vested with the powers of the Corporation in so far as not inconsistent with law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws.

Section 5.2 Election, Number and Term of Office . Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders, or at a special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose pursuant to Section 5.3 below, by a plurality vote of all votes cast at such meeting by the holders of the shares of stock entitled to elect directors. The number of directors of this Corporation shall be at least two (2) and no more than eleven (11), unless changed by amendment of this Section 5.2. All directors, except in the case of earlier resignation, removal or death, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their respective successors are chosen and qualified. Directors need not be a shareholder of the Corporation or residents of the State of Indiana.

Section 5.3 Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring on the board of directors caused by resignation, removal from office, death or other incapacity shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining members of the board of directors, until the next annual meeting of the shareholders. If the vote of the remaining members of the board of directors shall result in a tie, such vacancy, at the direction of the board of directors, may be filled by plurality vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. Any vacancy on the board of directors caused by an increase in the number of the board of directors until the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders or, at the discretion of the board of directors, such vacancy may be filled by vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent directors.

Section 5.4 Annual Meeting of Directors . The board of directors shall meet each year, immediately after the annual meeting of the shareholders, at the place where such meeting of the shareholders has been held either within or without the State of Indiana, for the purpose of transacting such business as may properly come before the meeting. No notice of any kind to either old or new members of the board of directors for such annual meeting shall be necessary. At the annual meeting, the board of directors shall elect one of their members to serve as chairman. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section 5.5 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the board of directors shall be held at such times and places, either within or without the State of Indiana, as may be determined by resolution of the board. Such regular meetings of the board of directors may be held without notice or upon such notice as may be fixed by the directors.

Section 5.6 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the board of directors maybe called by the chairman of the board, the president, or by a written call signed by any two or more of the members of the board of directors and filed with the secretary. Each special meeting of the board shall be held at such place, either within or without of the State of Indiana. Notice of a

 

5


special meeting of the board of directors, stating the place, date and hour thereof, shall, except as otherwise expressly provide by law or as provided in these bylaws, be given by mailing or telecopying the same to each director at his or her residence or business address at any time on or before the second day before the day of the meeting or by delivering the same to him or her personally or telephoning the same to him or her personally at his or her residence or business address not later than the second day before the meeting. Except as otherwise required by statute or these bylaws, no notice or waiver of notice of a special meeting of the board need state the purpose or purposes of such meeting, and any business maybe transacted thereat, any practice or custom at any time to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section 5.7 Attendance at Meetings Via Communications Equipment . Any or all members of the board of directors or of a committee designated by the Board of directors may participate in a meeting of the board of directors or committee by any means of communications by which all directors participating in the meeting may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. Participation in this manner constituted presence in person at the meeting.

Section 5.8 Quorum . A majority of the actual number of directors prescribed from time to time shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors unless the act of a greater number is required by the Indiana Business Corporation Act, by the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws.

Section 5.9 Organization . Each meeting of the board of directors shall be presided over by the president or, in his or her absence, by the vice-president, or in the absence of both the president and the vice president, by any director selected to preside by vote of the majority of the directors present. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of both the secretary and the assistant secretary, any person designated by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 5.10 Consent Action by Directors . Any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual meeting, a regular meeting or a special meeting of the board of directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a written consent to such action is signed by all members of the board of directors or such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minute of proceedings of the Board of directors or committee. Action taken by consent is effective when the last director signs unless a different prior or subsequent effective date is specified.

Section 5.11 Interest of Directors in Contracts . Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation or any corporation in which this Corporation owns a majority of the capital stock shall be valid and binding, notwithstanding that the directors of officers of this Corporation are identical or that some or all of the directors or officers, or both, are also directors or officers or such other corporation.

Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors of shareholders or employees, or between the Corporation and any firm of which one or more of its directors are directors, shareholders or employees or in which they are interested, or between the Corporation and any corporation or association of which one or more of its directors are shareholders, members, directors, officers, or employees or in which they are interested, shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such director or

 

6


directors at the meeting of the board of directors of the Corporation which acts upon, or in reference to, such contract or transaction and notwithstanding his or her or their participation in which action, if any one of the following apply:

(i) The material facts of such transaction and the director’s interest shall be disclosed or known to the board of directors or committee of the board of directors and the board of directors or committee thereof shall authorize, approve and ratify such contract or transaction by a vote of a majority of the noninterested directors such majority constituting a quorum for the purposes of this Section 5.11.

(ii) The material facts of the transaction and the director’s interest were disclosed or known to the shareholders entitled to vote and they authorized approved or ratified the transaction by a majority vote. Shares owned or voted by an interested director may be counted toward such majority.

(iii) The transaction was fair to the Corporation.

This Section 5.11 shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common or statutory law applicable thereto.

Section 5.12 Committees . The board of directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the actual number of directors in office from time to time, designate from among its members one or more committees consisting of two or more of the directors of the Corporation, and may delegate to each such committee such authority and power of the board of directors as shall be specified in such resolution, but no such committee shall have the authority of the board of directors in authorizing distribution, approving or proposing to shareholders action required to be approved by shareholders, filling vacancies on the board of directors or any committees thereof, approving the sale of shares (other than as authorized by the board of directors within the limits prescribed by the board of directors), amending the articles of incorporation, adopting an agreement or plan of merger or consolidation or amendment these bylaws, except as otherwise provided by the Indiana Business Corporation Act. No member of any such committee shall continue to be member thereof after he or she ceases to be a director of the Corporation. The committee shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the board of directors.

Section 5.13 Removal . Any director may be removed with or without cause by action of the shareholders taken at any meeting the notice of which states that one of the purposes of the meeting is removal of the director.

 

7


ARTICLE 6

Officers

Section 6.1 Officers . The officers of the Corporation, who shall be elected by the board of directors, may include a chairman, a president, a chief operating officer, one or more executive vice presidents, one or more vice presidents, a chief financial officer, a treasurer and a secretary. The board of directors, at its discretion, may elect one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers or agents as it may deem advisable and prescribe the duties thereof. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The board of directors may delegate to the chairman and president the power to appoint and to remove such assistant officers as he or she deems desirable.

Section 6.2 Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors at the annual meeting thereof, or appointed by the president as provided in Section 6.1 above. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until his or her death, or until he or she shall resign, or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

Section 6.3 Removal . Any officer may be removed either with or without cause, at any time by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board, and an officer appointed by the president may also be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the president.

Section 6.4 Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the board of directors, its chairman or to the secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section 6.5 Vacancies . Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the remainder of the term by the Board of directors or as authorized by it.

Section 6.6 Chairman of the Board . The chairman of the board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and as such shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meeting of the board of directors. The chairman of the board shall act as general administrative head of the Corporation, exercising general control and supervision over the affairs of the Corporation and over the other officers, agents and personnel of the Corporation. The chairman of the board shall, with the approval of the board of directors, appoint the members of any committee created by the board of directors. The chairman of the board has authority to execute, with the Secretary where attestation or other dual signature is required, powers of attorney appointing other corporations, partnerships, or individuals a the agents of the Corporation, subject to law, the articles of incorporation, and these bylaws. The chairman of the board shall perform all duties incident to the office of the chairman of the board and such other duties and the board of directors may assign.

Section 6.7 President . The president shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the board of directors. Subject to the control and direction of the board of directors, the president may enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. The president shall perform all duties and have all the powers incident to the office of president and all such other duties and powers as may from time to time be assigned by the board of directors.

 

8


Section 6.8 Chief operating officer . The chief operating officer of the Corporation shall have general supervision and management over the day-to-day business operations of the Corporation. The chief operating officer shall have the power and authority to sign, make, execute, and deliver any and all deeds or conveyances, leases, contracts, assignments, releases, share certificates, and all other documents and instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and shall perform all other duties as are incident to the officer of chief operating officer and as may be required of the chief operating officer by the board of directors from time to time

Section 6.9 Vice President . Each vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the board of directors or the president.

Section 6.10 Assistant Vice President . Each assistant vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the board of directors, the president or any vice president to whom the assistant vice president reports.

Section 6.11 Treasurer . The treasurer shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit all such funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks or other depositories as shall be selected by the board of directors. The treasurer shall upon request exhibit at all reasonable times his or her books of account and records to any of the directors of the Corporation, shall render upon request by the board of directors a statement of the condition of the finances of the Corporation at any meeting of the board of directors or at the annual meeting of the shareholders, shall receive and give receipt for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office assigned by the president or the board of directors.

Section 6.12 Assistant Treasurers . In the absence of the treasurer, or in case of the treasurer’s inability to act, an assistant treasurer shall perform all the duties of the treasurer and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of the treasurer. The assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the board of directors, the president, the vice president designated as the chief accounting and financial officer of the Corporation or the treasurer.

Section 6.13 Secretary . The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in the books provided for that purpose the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and of the board of directors, shall duly give and serve all notices required to be given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and by the Indiana Business Corporation Act, shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the president or the board of directors.

 

9


Section 6.14 Assistant Secretary . In the absence the secretary or in case of his or her inability to act, an assistant secretary shall perform all the duties of the secretary and, when do acting, shall have all powers of the secretary. The assistant secretaries shall perform such other duties from time to time shall be assigned to them by the board of directors, the president or the secretary.

Section 6.15 Subordinate Officers . In addition to the principal officers enumerated in Section 6.1, the Corporation may have other officers, agents and employees as the Board of directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such periods of time, may be removed with or without cause, have such authority, and perform such duties as the President, or the board of directors may from time to time determine. The board of directors may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

Section 6.16 Execution of Contracts and Other Documents . Unless otherwise authorized or directed by the Board of directors, all written contracts, agreements, banking resolutions, conveyance, or any other instruments that may be deemed necessary and proper for the business of the Corporation, shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the president or the vice president, chief operating officer, chief financial officer, treasurer, controller, assistant treasurer, secretary or assistant secretary.

Section 6.17 Bonds . The board of directors shall have the power to require any officer of the Corporation to give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such form and with such surety or sureties as the board may deem advisable.

Section 6.18 Salaries . The salaries of the president, vice presidents, treasurer, and secretary shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors, and the salaries of any assistant officers may be fixed by the president.

ARTICLE 7

Indemnification

Section 7.1 Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees . Every person who is or was a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or of any other corporation for which he or she is or was serving in any capacity at the request of this Corporation shall be indemnified by this Corporation against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from or arising out of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, in which such person may become involved, as a party or otherwise,

 

  (i) by reason of his or her being or having been a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or such other corporation or

 

  (ii) by reason of any past or future action taken or not taken by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not he or she continues to be such at the time such liability or expense is incurred,

provided that such person is wholly successful with respect thereto or acted in good faith and, when acting in his or her official capacity of the Corporation, in what he or she reasonably

 

10


believed was the Corporation’s best interest or, when acting in all other cases, in what he or she reasonably believed was not opposed to the Corporation’s best interest and, in addition, in any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A director’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the director reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan meets the requirement of this Section 7.1. As used herein, “claim, action, suit or proceeding” shall include and claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether brought by or in the right of this Corporation or such other corporation or otherwise), civil, criminal administrative or investigative, whether actual or threatened or in connection with an appeal relating thereto.

The terms “liability” and “expense” shall include, but shall not be limited to, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, amounts of judgments, fines or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of a director, officer or employee, but shall not in any event include any liability or expense on account of profits realized by him or her in the purchase or sale of securities of the Corporation in violation of the law. The termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction or upon a plea of guilty or on nolo contedere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that a director, officer or employee did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in this Section 7.1.

Any such director, officer or employee who has been wholly successful with respect to any such claim, action, and suit or preceding shall be entitled to indemnification as a matter of right. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, any indemnification hereunder shall be found that the director, officer or employee has net the standard of conduct set forth in this Section 7.1 by:

 

  (i) the board of directors acting by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such claim, action, suit or proceeding; or

 

  (ii) if a quorum cannot be obtained under subsection (i), by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the board of directors (in which designation directors who are parties may participate), consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties; or

 

  (iii) by written opinion of independent legal counsel selected by the board of directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in subsection (i) or (ii) or, if such is impossible, selected by a majority vote of the full board of directors; or

 

  (iv) by the shareholders, but shares owned by or voted under the control of directors who are at the time parties may not be voted in such determination.

Any such director, officer or employee may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the claim, action, suit or proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction, which court may order indemnification as provided by law.

Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of reasonableness of expenses shall be

 

11


made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if such determination is made by independent legal counsel. Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of expenses shall be made by those show elected of the independent counsel.

If several claims, issues or matters of action are involved, any such person may be entitled to indemnification as to some matters even though he or she is not entitled as to other matters.

The Corporation may advance expenses to or, where appropriate, may at its expense undertake the defense of any such director, officer or employee upon receipt or a written affirmation of such person of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct set forth in the Section 7.1 and unlimited general written undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such expenses if it should ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification hereunder and upon a determination that the facts then known would not preclude indemnification.

The provisions of the Section 7.1 shall be applicable to claims, actions, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions to act during, before or after the adoption hereof.

The rights of indemnification provided hereunder shall be in addition to any rights to which any person concerned may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of any such person.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this Section 7.1 or otherwise.

ARTICLE 8

Amendments

Section 8.1 Amendment . The power to make, alter, amend, or repeal these bylaws is vested in the Board of directors, but the affirmative vote of a majority of the actual number of directors from time to time shall be necessary to effect any alteration, amendment or repeal or these bylaws.

 

Intl:  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

By:   Michelle Mallon
Dated:   May 25, 2004

 

12


Exhibit A

Name and Address of the Registered Agent (As of May 25, 2004)

 

Name

  

Address

Karen C. Turner

  

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Suite 500,

Carmel, IN 46032

 

13

Exhibit 3.89

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

   SUE ANNE GILROY

State Form 4159 (R10 / 8-95)

   SECRETARY OF STATE

Approved by State Board of Accounts 1995

   CORPORATIONS DIVISION
      302 W. WASHINGTON ST RM E018
      INDIANAPOLIS, IN 48204
      TELEPHONE: (317) 232-6576
INSTRUCTIONS:   

Use 8 1/2 x 11 inch white paper for inserts.

Present original and (2) copies to address in upper right corner of this form

Please TYPE or PRINT.

Upon completion of filing, the Secretary of State will issue a receipt.

  

Indiana Code 23-1-21-2 .

 

FILING FEE $90.00

 

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

 

The undersigned desiring to form a Corporation ( hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation” ) pursuant to the provisions of

   

x Indiana Business Corporation Law

As amended, executes the following Articles of Incorporation:

 

   ¨ Indiana Professional Corporation Act of 1983 23-1.5-1-1. et. seq. ( Professional corporation must include Certificate of Registration.)

 

ARTICLE I NAME AND PRINCIPAL OFFICE

 

Name of Corporation (the name must include the word “Corporation”, “Incorporated”, “Limited”, ‘Company” or an abbreviation thereof.)

PAR, Inc.

Principal Office: The address of the principal office of the Corporation is:

Post office address    City    State    ZIP code
        310 E. 96th Street, Suite 400                    Indianapolis                    IN            46240
        

 

ARTICLE II REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

 

 

Registered Agent: The name and street address of the Corporation’s Registered Agent and Registered Office for service of process are:

Name of Registered Agent

Warren W. Byrd, Esquire

Post office address    City         ZIP code
        310 E. 96th Street, Suite 400                    Indianapolis                    Indiana            46240

 

ARTICLE III AUTHORIZED SHARES

 

 

Number of shares the Corporation is authorized to issue:                     1,000                                         

If there is more than one class of shares, shares with rights and preferences, list such information as “Exhibit A.”

 

        

 

ARTICLE IV INCORPORATORS

(the name(s) and address(es) of the incorporators of the corporation)

 

NAME

  

NUMBER AND STREET

OR BUILDING

   CITY    STATE    ZIP CODE
James P. Hallett    310 E. 96th Street, Suite 400    Indianapolis    IN    46240
David G. Frazier    310 E. 96th Street, Suite 400    Indianapolis    IN    46240
William T. Stackhouse    310 E. 96th Street, Suite 400    Indianapolis    IN    46240

 

In Witness Whereof, the undersigned being all the incorporators of said Corporation execute these Articles of Incorporation and verify, subject to penalties of perjury, that the statements contained herein are true.

 


 

this 19th day of December, 1997.

 

 

Signature

/s/ James P. Hallett

  

 

Printed name

                James P. Hallett

 

 

Signature

/s/ David G. Frazier

  

 

Printed name

                David G. Frazier

 

 

Signature

/s/ William T. Stackhouse

  

 

Printed name

                William T. Stackhouse

 

 

This instrument was prepared by: (name)

Warren W. Byrd                                                              /s/ Warren W. Byrd

 

 

Address (number, street, city and state)

310 E. 96th Street, Suite 400             Indianapolis             IN

  

 

Zip Code

            46240

 

 

2


ARTICLE V

Director(s)

Section 1. Number of Directors : The initial Board of Directors is composed of three members. The number of directors may be from time to time fixed by the By-Laws of the Corporation at any number. In the absence of a By-Law fixing the number of directors, the number shall be three.

Section 2. Name and Post Office Address of the Directors : The name and post office address of the initial directors of the Corporation are:

 

Name

  

Address

  

City

  

State

  

Zip Code

James P. Hallett    310 East 96 th Street, Suite 400    Indianapolis    IN    46240
David G. Frazier    310 East 96 th Street, Suite 400    Indianapolis    IN    46240
William Stackhouse    310 East 96 th Street, Suite 400    Indianapolis    IN    46240

ARTICLE VI

Provisions for Regulation Of Business

and Conduct of Affairs of Corporation

Section 1. Meetings of Shareholders . Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Indiana, as may be specified in the notices or waivers of notice of such meetings.

Section 2. Meetings of Directors . Meetings of directors of the Corporation shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Indiana, as may be specified in the notices or waivers of notice of such meetings.

Section 3. Consideration for Shares . The no par value common stock of the Corporation shall be issued or sold in such manner and for such amount of consideration as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 4. By-Laws of the Corporation . The Board of Directors by a majority vote of the actual number of directors elected and qualified from time to time shall have the power, without the assent or vote of the shareholders, to make, alter, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation. If the By-Laws so provide, the Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the actual number of directors elected and qualified, from time to time, designate from among its members an executive committee and one or more other committees and may delegate to each such committee such authority and power of the Board of Directors as shall be specified in such resolution and as is permitted by the Indiana Business Corporation Law (“Law”). No member of any such committee shall continue to be a member thereof after he ceases to be a director of the Corporation.

 

3


Section 5. Consent Action by Shareholders . Any action required by statute to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the shareholders.

Section 6. Consent Action by Directors . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if, prior to such action, a written consent to such action is signed by all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

Section 7. Meetings by Telephone Conference . Any or all members of the Board of Directors or of a committee designated by the Board may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can simultaneously hear each other, and participation in this manner constitutes presence in person at the meeting.

Section 8. Interest of Directors in Contracts . Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation or any corporation in which this Corporation owns a majority of the capital stock shall be valid and binding, notwithstanding that the directors or officers of this Corporation are identical or that some or all of the directors or officers, or both, are also directors or officers of such other corporation.

Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or members or employees, or between the Corporation and any firm of which one or more of its directors are members or employees or in which they are interested, or between the Corporation and any corporation or association of which one or more of its directors are stockholders, members, directors, officers, or employees or in which they are interested, shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such director or directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation which acts upon, or in reference to, such contract or transaction and notwithstanding his or their participation in such action, if any one of the following apply:

 

  A. The material facts of such transaction and the director’s interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or committee of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors or committee thereof shall authorize. approve and ratify such contract or transaction by a vote of a majority of the noninterested directors, such majority constituting a quorum for the purposes of this Section.

 

  B. The material facts of the transaction and the director’s interest were disclosed or known to the shareholders entitled to vote and they authorized, approved or ratified the transaction by a majority vote. Shares owned or voted by an interested director may be counted towards such majority and a majority of shares entitled to vote, whether or not present, shall constitute a quorum for the purposes of this Section.

 

4


  C. The transaction was fair to the Corporation.

This Section shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common and statutory law applicable thereto.

Section 9. Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees . Every person who is or was a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or of any other corporation for which he is or was serving in any capacity at the request of this Corporation shall be indemnified by this Corporation against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by him in connection with or resulting from or arising out of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, in which such person may become involved, as a party or otherwise,

 

  (i) by reason of his being or having been a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or such other corporation or

 

  (ii) by reason of any past or future action taken or not taken by him in any such capacity, whether or not he continues to be such at the time such liability or expense is incurred,

provided that such person is wholly successful with respect thereto or acted in good faith and, when acting in his official capacity of the Corporation, in what he reasonably believed was the Corporation’s best interests or, when acting in all other cases, in what he reasonably believed was not opposed to the Corporation’s best interests and, in addition, in any criminal action or proceeding, he had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A director’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the director reasonable believed to be in the interests of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan meets the requirement of this Section. As used herein, “claim, action, suit or proceeding” shall include any claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether brought by or in the right of this Corporation or such other corporation or otherwise), civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, whether actual or threatened or in connection with an appeal relating thereto.

The terms “liability” and “expense” shall include, but shall not be limited to, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, amounts of judgments, fines or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of a director, officer or employee, but shall not in any event include any liability or expense on account of profits realized by him in the purchase or sale of securities of the Corporation in violation of the law. The termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction or upon a plea of guilty or of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that a director, officer or employee did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in this Section.

Any such director, officer or employee who has been wholly successful with respect to any such claim, action, suit or proceeding shall be entitled to indemnification as a matter of right, Except as provided in the preceding sentence, any indemnification hereunder shall be made at the discretion of the Corporation but only if it shall be found that the director, officer or employee has met the standard of conduct set forth in this section by:

 

  (i) the Board of Directors acting by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such claim, action, suit or proceeding; or

 

5


  (ii) If a quorum cannot be obtained under subsection (i), by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Board of Directors (in which designation directors who are parties may participate), consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties; or

 

  (iii) by written opinion of independent legal counsel selected by the Board of Directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in subsection (i) or (ii) or, if such is impossible, selected by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors; or

 

  (iv) by the shareholders, but shares owned by or voted under the control of directors who are at the time parties may not be voted in such determination.

Furthermore, any such director, officer or employee may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the claim action, suit or proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction, which court may order indemnification as provided by law.

Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of reasonableness of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if such determination is made by independent legal counsel, authorization of indemnification and evaluation of expenses shall be made by those who selected the independent counsel.

If several claims, issues or matters of action are involved, any such person may be entitled to indemnification as to some matters even though he is not entitled as to other matters.

The Corporation may advance expenses to or, where appropriate, may at its expense undertake the defense of any such director, officer or employee upon receipt of a written affirmation of such person of his good faith belief that he has met the standard of conduct set forth in this Section and an unlimited general written undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such expenses if it should ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to indemnification hereunder and upon a determination that the facts then known would not preclude indemnification.

The provisions of this Section shall be applicable to claims, actions, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions to act during, before or after the adoption hereof.

The rights of indemnification provided hereunder shall be in addition to any rights to which any person concerned may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of any such person.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Section or otherwise.

 

6


Section 10. Distributions Out of Capital Surplus . The Board of Directors of the Corporation may from time to time distribute to its shareholders out of the capital surplus of the Corporation a portion of its assets, in cash or property, without the assent or vote of the shareholders, provided that with respect to such a distribution the requirements of the Law are satisfied.

Section 11. Powers of Directors . In addition to the powers and authority granted by these Articles or by statute expressly conferred, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is hereby authorized to exercise all powers and to do all acts and things as may be exercised or done under the laws of the State of Indiana by a corporation organized and existing under the provisions of the Law and not specifically prohibited or limited by these Articles.

 

7

Exhibit 3.90

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CODE OF BYLAWS

OF

PAR, INC.

ARTICLE I

Name, Offices and Registered Agent

Section   1.1 Name . The name of the corporation is PAR, Inc. (“Corporation”).

Section   1.2 Principal Office . The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at any place within or without the State of Indiana as designated in the Corporation’s latest annual report on file with the Indiana Secretary of State. The Corporation may have such other offices either within or without the State of Indiana as its business may require.

Section   1.3 Registered Office and Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered office of the Corporation is set forth on Exhibit A . The registered office and registered agent may be changed from time to time by written consent and by updating Exhibit A .

Section   1.4 Corporate Seal . The Corporation shall have no seal.

ARTICLE 2

Fiscal Year

Section   2.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin each year on the first day of January and end on the last day of December.

ARTICLE 3

Capital Stock

Section   3.1 Form and Issuance . Certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors in compliance with the Indiana Business Corporation Act and shall be signed by, or in the


name of the Corporation by the president or a vice president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation; provided, however, that if such certificate is countersigned (i) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signatures of the officers of the Corporation may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the date of issue.

Section   3.2 Transfers of Shares . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a share certificate duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make such other rules and regulations or amendments thereto as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, registration and transfer of share certificates and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

Section   3.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Corporation may cause a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit or that fact by the person claiming their certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and in such form as it may direct to indemnify against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate. The Corporation, in its discretion, may authorize the issuance of such new certificates without any bond when the Board of Directors determines that it is proper to do so.

Section   3.4 Fixing of Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than seventy nor less than ten days from the date of such meeting. Only such shareholders as shall be shareholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to participate in such other action, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares of stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may elect to fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting and shall fix a new record date in the event the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

 

2


ARTICLE 4

Meeting of Shareholders

Section   4.1 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be on such a date as designated by the Board of Directors from time to time in respect of any such meeting, at such hour and at such place, within or without the State of Indiana, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. The Annual Meeting may be held by written resolutions in lieu of a meeting. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section   4.2 Special Meetings . Special meeting of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the articles of incorporation, may be called by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board or the president and shall be called by the president or the secretary at the request in writing or a majority of the Board of Directors.

Section   4.3 Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a shareholders meeting may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes.

Section   4.4 Notice of Meetings . The Corporation shall deliver or mail written notice stating the date, time, and place of any shareholders meeting and, in the case of a special shareholders meeting or when otherwise required by law, a description of the purposes for which the meeting is called, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting, at such address as appears in the records of the Corporation and at least ten (10), but no more than sixty (60), days before the date of the meeting.

Section   4.5 Waiver of Notice . A shareholder may waive notice of any meeting, before or after the date and time of the meeting as stated in the notice, by delivering a signed waiver to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes. A shareholder’s attendance at any meeting, in person or by proxy (a) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (b) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter a the meeting that is not within the purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

Section   4.6 Place of Meeting . Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place, within or without the State of Indiana, as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. If no place is designated, the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section   4.7 Quorum . The holders of record of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business, except where otherwise provided by law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws. In the absence of a quorum, any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting shall have the

 

3


power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be constituted. At any adjourned meeting held within 120 days of the date fixed for the original meeting and at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjourned meeting is held more than 120 days after the original meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date and shall cause a new notice of the meeting to be issued.

Section   4.8 Organization . Each meeting of shareholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, by the president or, in the absence of both of said officers, by a vice president thereunto designated by the Chairman of the Board, the president and a vice president so designated, by any other person selected to preside by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence assistant secretary, any person designated by the Chairman of the Board or other person presiding at the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section   4.9 Proxies and Voting Shares . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the articles of incorporation, every shareholder shall have the right at every shareholders meeting to one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his or her name on the books of the Corporation on the record date, on all matters coming before the meeting including the election of directors. At any meeting of the shareholders, each shareholder entitled to vote any shares on any matter to be voted upon at such meeting may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, which shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting before being voted. Such proxies shall entitle the holders thereof to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after eleven months from its date unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, the vote on any question need not be by written ballot. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the Indiana Business Corporation Act or of the articles of incorporation or of these bylaws, a greater vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control his or her decision of such question.

4.10 Voting List of Shareholders . The Officer who shall have charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least five days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and by voting group (and within each voting group by class or series of shares) and showing the address and the number of shares registered in the name of each such shareholder. Subject to the limitation contained in the Indiana Business Corporation Act, such list shall be open to the examination of any shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting, or such shareholder’s agent or attorney, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least five days prior to and continuing through the meeting, at the principal office of the Corporation. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the stock ledger or the list of shareholders referred to above or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting or shareholders.

 

4


ARTICLE 5

Board of Directors

Section   5.1 Power and Duties of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors shall have the general management of the affairs, property and business of the Corporation, and it may adopt such rules and regulations for that purpose and for the conduct of its meetings as it may deem proper. The Board may exercise and shall be vested with the powers of the Corporation in so far as not inconsistent with law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws.

Section   5.2 Election , Number and Term of Office . Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders, or at a special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose pursuant to Section 5.3 below, by a plurality vote of all votes cast at such meeting by the holders of the shares of stock entitled to elect directors. The number of directors of this Corporation shall be at least two (2) and no more than eleven (11), unless changed by amendment of this Section 5.2. All directors, except in the case of earlier resignation, removal or death, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their respective successors are chosen and qualified. Directors need not be a shareholder of the Corporation or residents of the State of Indiana.

Section   5.3 Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors caused by resignation, removal from office, death or other incapacity shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the shareholders. If the vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors shall result in a tie, such vacancy, at the direction of the Board of Directors, may be filled by plurality vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors caused by an increase in the number of the Board of Directors until the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders or, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, such vacancy may be filled by vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent directors.

Section   5.4 Annual Meeting of Directors . The Board of Directors shall meet each year, immediately after the annual meeting of the shareholders, at the place where such meeting of the shareholders has been held either within or without the State of Indiana, for the purpose of transacting such business as may properly come before the meeting. No notice of any kind to either old or new members of the Board of Directors for such annual meeting shall be necessary. At the annual meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect one of their members to serve as chairman. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section   5.5 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places, either within or without the State of Indiana, as may be determined by resolution of the board. Such regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice or upon such notice as may be fixed by the directors.

Section   5.6 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors maybe called by the Chairman of the Board, the president, or by a written call signed by any two or more of the members of the Board of Directors and filed with the secretary. Each special meeting of the Board shall be held at such place, either within or without of the State of Indiana. Notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors, stating the place, date and hour thereof, shall, except as otherwise expressly provide by law or as provided in these bylaws, be given by mailing or

 

5


telecopying the same to each director at his or her residence or business address at any time on or before the second day before the day of the meeting or by delivering the same to him or her personally or telephoning the same to him or her personally at his or her residence or business address not later than the second day before the meeting. Except as otherwise required by statute or these bylaws, no notice or waiver of notice of a special meeting of the Board need state the purpose or purposes of such meeting, and any business maybe transacted thereat, any practice or custom at any time to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section   5.7 Attendance at Meetings Via Communications Equipment . Any or all members of the Board of Directors or of a committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by any means of communications by which all directors participating in the meeting may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. Participation in this manner constituted presence in person at the meeting.

Section   5.8 Quorum . A majority of the actual number of directors prescribed from time to time shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the act of a greater number is required by the Indiana Business Corporation Act, by the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws.

Section   5.9 Organization . Each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the president or, in his or her absence, by the vice-president, or in the absence of both the president and the vice president, by any director selected to preside by vote of the majority of the directors present. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of both the secretary and the assistant secretary, any person designated by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section   5.10 Consent Action by Directors . Any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual meeting, a regular meeting or a special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a written consent to such action is signed by all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minute of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Action taken by consent is effective when the last director signs unless a different prior or subsequent effective date is specified.

Section   5.11 Interest of Directors in Contracts . Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation or any corporation in which this Corporation owns a majority of the capital stock shall be valid and binding, notwithstanding that the directors of officers of this Corporation are identical or that some or all of the directors or officers, or both, are also directors or officers or such other corporation.

Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors of shareholders or employees, or between the Corporation and any firm of which one or more of its directors are directors, shareholders or employees or in which they are interested, or between the Corporation and any corporation or association of which one or more of its directors are shareholders, members, directors, officers, or employees or in which they are interested, shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such director or directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation which acts upon, or in reference to, such contract or transaction and notwithstanding his or her or their participation in which action, if any one of the following apply:

(i) The material facts of such transaction and the director’s interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or committee of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors or committee thereof shall authorize, approve and ratify such contract or transaction by a vote of a majority of the noninterested directors such majority constituting a quorum for the purposes of this section 5.11.

 

6


(ii) The material facts of the transaction and the director’s interest were disclosed or known to the shareholders entitled to vote and they authorized approved or ratified the transaction by a majority vote. Shares owned or voted by an interested director may be counted toward such majority.

(iii) The transaction was fair to the Corporation.

This section 5.11 shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common or statutory law applicable thereto.

Section   5.12 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the actual number of directors in office from time to time, designate from among its members one or more committees consisting of two or more of the directors of the Corporation, and may delegate to each such committee such authority and power of the Board of Directors as shall be specified in such resolution, but no such committee shall have the authority of the Board of Directors in authorizing distribution, approving or proposing to shareholders action required to be approved by shareholders, filling vacancies on the Board of Directors or any committees thereof, approving the sale of shares (other than as authorized by the Board of Directors within the limits prescribed by the Board of Directors), amending the articles of incorporation, adopting an agreement or plan of merger or consolidation or amendment these bylaws, except as otherwise provided by the Indiana Business Corporation Act. No member of any such committee shall continue to be member thereof after he or she ceases to be a director of the Corporation. The committee shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section   5.13 Removal . Any director may be removed with or without cause by action of the shareholders taken at any meeting the notice of which states that one of the purposes of the meeting is removal of the director.

 

7


ARTICLE 6

Officers

Section   6.1 Officers . The officers of the Corporation, who shall be elected by the Board of Directors, may include a chairman, a president, a chief operating officer, one or more executive vice presidents, one or more vice presidents, a chief financial officer, a treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors, at its discretion, may elect one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers or agents as it may deem advisable and prescribe the duties thereof. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Board of Directors may delegate to the chairman and president the power to appoint and to remove such assistant officers as he or she deems desirable.

Section   6.2 Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting thereof, or appointed by the president as provided in section 6.1 above. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until his or her death, or until he or she shall resign, or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

Section   6.3 Removal . Any officer may be removed either with or without cause, at any time by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board, and an officer appointed by the president may also be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the president.

Section   6.4 Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, its chairman or to the secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section   6.5 Vacancies . Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the remainder of the term by the Board of Directors or as authorized by it.

Section   6.6 Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and as such shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meeting of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall act as general administrative head of the Corporation, exercising general control and supervision over the affairs of the Corporation and over the other officers, agents and personnel of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall, with the approval of the Board of Directors, appoint the members of any committee created by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board has authority to execute, with the Secretary where attestation or other dual signature is required, powers of attorney appointing other corporations, partnerships, or individuals a the agents of the Corporation, subject to law, the articles of incorporation, and these bylaws. The Chairman of the Board shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Chairman of the Board and such other duties and the Board of Directors may assign.

Section   6.7 President . The president shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors. Subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors, the president may enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. The president shall perform all duties and have all the powers incident to the office of president and all such other duties and powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors.

 

8


Section   6.8 Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation shall have general supervision and management over the day-to-day business operations of the Corporation. The Chief Operating Officer shall have the power and authority to sign, make, execute, and deliver any and all deeds or conveyances, leases, contracts, assignments, releases, share certificates, and all other documents and instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and shall perform all other duties as are incident to the officer of Chief operating Officer and as may be required of the Chief operating Officer by the Board of Directors from time to time

Section   6.9 Vice President . Each vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the president.

Section   6.10 Assistant Vice President . Each assistant vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the president or any vice president to whom the assistant vice president reports.

Section   6.11 Treasurer . The treasurer shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit all such funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks or other depositories as shall be selected by the Board of Directors. The treasurer shall upon request exhibit at all reasonable times his or her books of account and records to any of the directors of the Corporation, shall render upon request by the Board of Directors a statement of the condition of the finances of the Corporation at any meeting of the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of the shareholders, shall receive and give receipt for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office assigned by the president or the Board of Directors.

Section   6.12 Assistant Treasurers . In the absence of the treasurer, or in case of the treasurer’s inability to act, an assistant treasurer shall perform all the duties of the treasurer and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of the treasurer. The assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the president, the vice president designated as the chief accounting and financial officer of the Corporation or the treasurer.

Section   6.13 Secretary . The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in the books provided for that purpose the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors, shall duly give and serve all notices required to be given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and by the Indiana Business Corporation Act, shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the president or the Board of Directors.

 

9


Section   6.14 Assistant Secretary . In the absence the secretary or in case of his or her inability to act, an assistant secretary shall perform all the duties of the secretary and, when do acting, shall have all powers of the secretary. The assistant secretaries shall perform such other duties from time to time shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the president or the secretary.

Section   6.15 Subordinate Officers . In addition to the principal officers enumerated in Section 6.1, the Corporation may have other officers, agents and employees as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such periods of time, may be removed with or without cause, have such authority, and perform such duties as the President, or the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

Section   6.16 Execution of Contracts and Other Documents . Unless otherwise authorized or directed by the Board of Directors, all written contracts, agreements, banking resolutions, conveyance, or any other instruments that may be deemed necessary and proper for the business of the Corporation, shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the President or the Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Controller, Assistant Treasurer or Secretary.

Section   6.17 Bonds . The Board of Directors shall have the power to require any officer of the Corporation to give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such form and with such surety or sureties as the Board may deem advisable.

Section   6.18 Salaries . The salaries of the president, vice presidents, treasurer, and secretary shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and the salaries of any assistant officers may be fixed by the president.

ARTICLE 7

Indemnification

Section   7.1 Indemnification of Directors , Officers and Employees . Every person who is or was a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or of any other corporation for which he or she is or was serving in any capacity at the request of this Corporation shall be indemnified by this Corporation against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from or arising out of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, in which such person may become involved, as a party or otherwise,

 

  (i) by reason of his or her being or having been a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or such other corporation or

 

  (ii) by reason of any past or future action taken or not taken by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not he or she continues to be such at the time such liability or expense is incurred,

provided that such person is wholly successful with respect thereto or acted in good faith and,

 

10


when acting in his or her official capacity of the Corporation, in what he or she reasonably believed was the Corporation’s best interest or, when acting in all other cases, in what he or she reasonably believed was not opposed to the Corporation’s best interest and, in addition, in any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A director’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the director reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan meets the requirement of this section 7.1. As used herein, “claim, action, suit or proceeding” shall include and claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether brought by or in the right of this Corporation or such other corporation or otherwise), civil, criminal administrative or investigative, whether actual or threatened or in connection with an appeal relating thereto.

The terms “liability” and “expense” shall include, but shall not be limited to, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, amounts of judgments, fines or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of a director, officer or employee, but shall not in any event include any liability or expense on account of profits realized by him or her in the purchase or sale of securities of the Corporation in violation of the law. The termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction or upon a plea of guilty or on nolo contedere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that a director, officer or employee did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in this section 7.1.

Any such director, officer or employee who has been wholly successful with respect to any such claim, action, and suit or preceding shall be entitled to indemnification as a matter of right. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, any indemnification hereunder shall be found that the director, officer or employee has net the standard of conduct set forth in this section 7.1 by:

 

  (i) the Board of Directors acting by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such claim, action, suit or proceeding; or

 

  (ii) if a quorum cannot be obtained under subsection (i), by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Board of Directors (in which designation directors who are parties may participate), consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties; or

 

  (iii) by written opinion of independent legal counsel selected by the Board of Directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in subsection (i) or (ii) or, if such is impossible, selected by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors; or

 

  (iv) by the shareholders, but shares owned by or voted under the control of directors who are at the time parties may not be voted in such determination.

Any such director, officer or employee may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the claim, action, suit or proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction, which court may order indemnification as provided by law.

 

11


Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of reasonableness of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if such determination is made by independent legal counsel. Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of expenses shall be made by those show elected of the independent counsel.

If several claims, issues or matters of action are involved, any such person may be entitled to indemnification as to some matters even though he or she is not entitled as to other matters.

The Corporation may advance expenses to or, where appropriate, any at its expense undertake the defense of any such director, officer or employee upon receipt or a written affirmation of such person of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct set forth in the section 7.1 and unlimited general written undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such expenses if it should ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification hereunder and upon a determination that the facts then known would not preclude indemnification.

The provisions of the section 7.1 shall be applicable to claims, actions, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions to act during, before or after the adoption hereof.

The rights of indemnification provided hereunder shall be in addition to any rights to which any person concerned may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of any such person.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this section 7.1 or otherwise.

ARTICLE 8

Amendments

Section   8.1 Amendment . The power to make, alter, amend, or repeal these bylaws is vested in the Board of Directors, but the affirmative vote of a majority of the actual number of directors from time to time shall be necessary to effect any alteration, amendment or repeal or these bylaws.

 

Intl:

  

/s/ Michelle Mallon

By:

   Michelle Mallon

Dated:

   January 30, 2004

 

12


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of the Registered Agent (As of January 30, 2004)

 

Name

  

Address

Karen C. Turner

   13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Carmel, IN 46032

 

13

Exhibit 3.91

 

Form BCA-2.10    ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION   

(Rev. Jan. 1995)

 

George H. Ryan

Secretary of State

Department of Business Services

Springfield, IL 62758

  

This space for use by Secretary of State

 

FILED

 

AUG 7 1997
GEORGE H. RYAN

SECRETARY OF STATE

   SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE!

 

Payment must be made by certified check, cashier’s check, Illinois attorney’s check,

Illinois C.P.A’s check or money order, payable to “Secretary of State.”

     

This space for use by Secretary of

State

Date

Franchise Tax    $

Filing Fee          $

 

Approved:

 

1.      CORPORATE NAME: Insurance Auto Auctions (Illinois), Inc.

(The corporate name must contain the word “corporation”, “company,” “incorporated,” or an abbreviation thereof.)

 

2.      Initial Registered Agent:

Initial Registered Office:

  

Gaspare Ruggirello

First Name     Middle Initial     Last Name

 

850 East     Algonquin Road           Ste. 100

Number             Street                     Suite #

 

Schaumburg IL 60173                 Cook

City                 Zip Code             County

3.      Purpose or purposes for which the corporation is organized:

(If not sufficient space to cover this point, add one or more sheets of this size.)

 

The transaction of any or all lawful businesses for which corporations may be incorporated under the Illinois Business Corporation Act.

 

4.      Paragraph 1: Authorized Shares, Issued Shares and Consideration Received:

  

 

Class

   Par Value per
Share
   Number of Shares
Authorized
   Number of Shares
Proposed to be
Issued
   Consideration to
be Received
Therefor

Common

   $ NPV    20,000,000    1,000    $ 1

Preferred

     NPV    5,000,000    0      0

(6.10)

           
         TOTAL =    $ 1

Paragraph 2: The preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and special or relative rights in respect of the shares of each class are:

(If not sufficient space to cover this point, add one or more sheets of this size.)

See attachment.

 

(Over)


5. OPTIONAL:   

(a)    Number of directors constituting the initial board of directors of the corporation: __________.

 

(b)    Names and addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors until the first annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors are elected and qualify:

 

    

Name

  

Residential Address

  

City, State, ZIP

   _____________________________    ___________________________    ___________________________
   _____________________________    ___________________________    ___________________________
   _____________________________    ___________________________    ___________________________
   _____________________________    ___________________________    ___________________________
6. OPTIONAL:   

(a)    It is estimated that the value of all property to be owned by the corporation for the following year wherever located will be:

   $___________
  

(b)    It is estimated that the value of the property to be located within the State of Illinois during the following year will be:

   $ ___________
  

(c)    It is estimated that the gross amount of business that will be transacted by the corporation during the following year will be:

   $ ___________
  

(d)    It is estimated that the gross amount of business that will be transacted from places of business in the State of Illinois during the following year will be:

   $ ___________
7. OPTIONAL:   

OTHER PROVISIONS

 

Attach a separate sheet of this size for any other provision to be included in the Articles of Incorporation, e.g., authorizing preemptive rights, denying cumulative voting, regulating internal affairs, voting majority requirements, fixing a duration other than perpetual, etc.

8.    NAME(S) & ADDRESS(ES) OF INCORPORATOR(S)

The undersigned Incorporator(s) hereby declare(s), under penalties of perjury, that the statements made in the foregoing Articles of Incorporation are true.

Dated April 30, 1997

 

   

Signature and Name

       

Address

1.  

    /s/ Robert J. Minkus

   1.   

7200 Sears Tower

 

Signature

     

Street

 

    Robert J. Minkus

      Chicago,               IL             60606
 

(Type or Print Name)

      City/Town         State         Zip Code
2.        2.     
 

Signature

     

Street


.           
 

(Type or Print Name)

     City/Town         State         Zip Code
3.       3.     
 

Signature

    

Street

      2.     
 

(Type or Print Name)

     City/Town         State         Zip Code

(Signatures must be in BLACK INK on original document. Carbon copy, photocopy or rubber stamp signatures may only be used on conformed copies.) NOTE: If a corporation acts as Incorporator, the name of the corporation and the state of incorporation shall be shown and the execution shall be by its president or vice president and verified by him, and attested by its secretary or assistant secretary.

FEE SCHEDULE

 

   

The initial franchise tax is assessed at the rate of 15/100 of 1 percent ($1.50 per $1,000) on the paid-in capital represented in this state, with a minimum of $25.

 

   

The filing fee is $75.

 

   

The minimum total due (franchise tax + filing fee) is $100.

(Applies when the Consideration to be Received as set forth in Item 4 does not exceed $16,667)

 

   

The Department of Business Services in Springfield will provide assistance in calculating the total fees if necessary

Illinois Secretary of State         Springfield, IL 62756

Department of Business Services Telephone (217) 782-9522 or 782-9523


Article 4, Paragraph 2:

 

  a. Number of Authorized Shares.

The Corporation shall have authority to issue a total of twenty-five million (25,000,000) shares of capital stock, divided into classes as follows:

(1) Twenty million (20,000,000) shares of capital stock shall constitute a separate and single class designated “Common Shares,” which shall have no par value and $.001 stated value.

(2) Five million (5,000,000) shares of capital stock shall constitute a separate and single class designated “Preferred Shares,” which shall have no par value and $.001 stated value and may be issued in series, with all Preferred Shares of the same series having identical rights, preferences and limitations.

 

  b. Common Shares.

(1) Dividend Rights. Subject to the rights of any class of shares (or series thereof) of the Corporation ranking, as to dividends, senior to Common Shares, the holders of Common Shares shall be entitled to receive such dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation from time to time and paid on Common Shares out of any assets of the Corporation at the time legally available for the payment of dividends.

(2) Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Shares shall be entitled to share ratably in the assets of the Corporation remaining after all distributions or payments shall have been made to the holders of any class of shares (or series thereof) of the Corporation ranking senior, as to liquidation rights, to Common Shares.

The merger or share exchange of the Corporation with any other corporation, or a sale, lease or conveyance of all or substantially all of its assets, shall not be regarded as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this section.

(3) Voting. Subject to the rights of any outstanding Preferred Shares or as may be required by law, all voting power shall rest exclusively in the holders of Common Shares. Each Common Share shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders of the Corporation.

 

  c. Preferred Shares.

Preferred Shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series, in such amounts and for such consideration as the Board of Directors may determine and with such preferences, limitations and relative rights as shall be determined and stated by

 

1


the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors is hereby granted further authority to determine such preferences, limitations and relative rights for each such series of Preferred Shares by resolution prior to the issuance of each such series. Without limiting the generality of the authority granted to the Board of Directors herein, the Board of Directors shall have the power, right and authority to determine the following preferences, limitations and relative rights:

(1) Designation. The designation of each series, which designation shall be by distinguishing letter, number, title or combination thereof.

(2) Number. The number of shares of any series to be issued.

(3) Dividend Source, Rate and Dates. The source, rate and dates of any dividends payable with respect to shares of any series; provided, however, that no dividends shall be payable upon the Preferred Shares to the extent that (A) the Corporation would not be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business; or (B) the Corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus (unless otherwise provided herein) the amount that would be needed, if the Corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of the shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution.

(4) Dividend Accumulations. Whether any dividends which may be payable with respect to shares of any series shall be cumulative; and, if they shall be cumulative, then the dates from which such dividends shall start to cumulate.

(5) Dividend Preferences. The preference or preferences, if any, to be accorded dividends payable with respect to shares of any series,

(6) Redemption. The redemption rights and prices, if any, with respect to shares of any series.

(7) Sinking Fund. The terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the redemption of shares of any series.

(8) Rights of Purchase. The rights, if any, of the Corporation to purchase for retirement, other than by way of redemption, shares of any series, and the terms and conditions of any such purchase rights.

(9) Conversion. Whether or not the shares of any series shall be convertible into Common Shares or into shares of any other series or number of series or into any other security; and, if so, the conversion price or prices, any adjustments thereof and/or any other terms and conditions upon which such conversion may be effected.

(10) Liquidation. The preference or preferences, if any, with respect to shares of any series entitled to receive the net assets of the Corporation upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

 

2


(11) Voting. The voting rights, if any, to which the holders of any series of Preferred Shares may be entitled.

 

  d. Distributions to Shareholders.

The Board of Directors may authorize, and the Corporation may make, distributions to its shareholders if, after giving the distribution effect, (1) the Corporation would be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business and (2) the Corporation’s total assets would be greater than its total liabilities, without regard to any amount that would be needed, if the Corporation were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of shareholders whose preferential rights are superior to those receiving the distribution.

Article 7:

 

  a. Indemnification of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents.

The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The Corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

 

3


  b. Limitation of Liability of Directors.

The liability of the directors of the Corporation for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under Illinois law.

 

  c. No Cumulative Voting.

In all elections for directors, cumulative voting by the shareholders is hereby denied under all circumstances.

 

  d. No Informal Action by Shareholders.

Any action which may or must be taken by the shareholders must be taken at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders and may not be taken by any consent in writing of the shareholders.

 

4


FORM BCA-11.25

 

(Rev. Jan. 1995)

   ARTICLES OF MERGER CONSOLIDATION OR EXCHANGE    File # 5953-635-

George H. Ryan

Secretary of State

Department of Business Services

  

 

FILED

AUG 20 1997

GEORGE H. RYAN

SECRETARY OF STATE

 

[stamped “PAID”]

August 21, 1997

  

SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE

 

This space for use by
Secretary of State

     

 

Date                 8/20/97

 

Filing Fee        $100.00

Approved:        /s/                                 

DO NOT SEND CASH!

 

Remit payment in check or money order, payable to “Secretary of State.” Filing fee is $100, but if a merger or consolidation of more than 2 corporations, $50 for each additional corporation.

     

 

1. Names of corporations proposing to merge, and the state or country of their incorporation:

 

Name of Corporation

  

State or Country
of Incorporation

  

Corporation File No.

Insurance Auto Auction, Inc.    California    5839-396-7
Insurance Auto Auctions (Illinois), Inc.    Illinois    5953-635-4

 

2.      The laws of the state or country under which each corporation is incorporated permit such merger, consolidation or exchange.

3.

   (a )   Name of the surviving corporation:    Insurance Auto Auctions (Illinois), Inc.
   (b )   it shall be governed by the laws of:    Illinois

4.

   Plan of merger is as follows: Please see attached agreement and plan of merger.
   If not sufficient space to cover this point, add one or more sheets of this size.

 

  

EXPEDITED

AUG 20 1997

SECRETARY OF STATE

  

EXPEDITED

AUG 18 1997

SECRETARY OF STATE

 

1


5. Plan of merger was approved, as to each corporation not organized in Illinois, in compliance with the laws of the state under which it is organized, and (b) as to each Illinois corporation, as follows:

(The following items are not applicable to mergers under § 11.30—90% owned subsidiary provisions. See Article 7.)

(Only “X” one box for each Illinois corporation)

 

Name of Corporation

  

By the shareholders, a resolution of
the board of directors having been
duly adopted and submitted to a
vote at a meeting of shareholders.
Not less than the minimum number
of votes required by statute and by
the articles of incorporation voted
in favor of the action taken.

(§ 11.20)

  

By written consent of the
shareholders having not less than
the minimum number or votes
required by statute and by the
articles of incorporation.
Shareholders who have not
consented in writing have been
given notice in accordance with

§ 7.10 (§ 11.20)

  

By written consent of ALL the
shareholders entitled to vote on
the action, in accordance with
§7.10 & §11.20

Insurance Auto Auctions (Illinois), Inc.   

¨

   ¨    þ
Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    þ    ¨    ¨
     ¨    ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨    ¨
     ¨    ¨    ¨

 

6. (Not applicable if surviving, new or acquiring corporation is an Illinois corporation)

It is agreed that, upon and after the issuance of a certificate of merger, consolidation or exchange by the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois:

 

  a. The surviving, new or acquiring corporation may be served with process in the State of Illinois in any proceeding for the enforcement of any obligation of any corporation organized under the laws of the State of Illinois which is a party to the merger, consolidation or exchange and in any proceeding for the enforcement of the rights of a dissenting shareholder of any such corporation organized under the laws of the State of Illinois against the surviving, new or acquiring corporation.

 

  b. The Secretary of State of the State of Illinois shall be and hereby is irrevocably appointed as the agent of the surviving, new or acquiring corporation to accept service of process in any such proceedings, and

 

  c. The surviving, new or acquiring corporation will promptly pay to the dissenting shareholders of any corporation organized under the laws of the State of Illinois which is a party to the merger, consolidation or exchange the amount, if any, to which they shall be entitled under the provisions of “The Business Corporation Act of 1983” of the State of Illinois with respect to the rights of dissenting shareholders.

 

2


7. (Complete this item if reporting a merger under § 11.30—90% owned subsidiary provisions.)

 

  a. The number of outstanding shares of each class of each merging subsidiary corporation and the number of such shares of each class owned immediately prior to the adoption of the plan of merger by the parent corporation, are:

 

Name of Corporation

  

Total Number of Shares
Outstanding
of Each Class

  

Number of Shares of Each Class
Owned Immediately Prior to
Merger by the Parent Corporation

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

 

   b.    (Not applicable to 100% owned subsidiaries)
      The date of mailing a copy of the plan of merger and notice to the right to dissent to the shareholders of each merging subsidiary corporation was __________, ____.
      Was written consent for the merger or written waiver of the 30-day period by the holders of all the outstanding shares of all subsidiary corporations received?     ¨   Yes     ¨   No
      (If the answer is “No,” the duplicate copies of the Articles of Merger may not be delivered to the Secretary of State until after 30 days following the mailing of a copy of the plan of merger and of the notice of the right to dissent to the shareholders of each merging subsidiary corporation.)
8.    The undersigned corporations have caused these articles to be signed by their duly authorized officers, each of whom affirms,
under penalties of perjury, that the facts stated herein are true. (All signatures must be in BLACK INK .)

 

Dated   August 14, 1997     Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.
    (Exact Name of Corporation)
attested by   /s/ Linda Larrabee     by   /s/ James Alampi
  (Signature of Secretary or Assistant Secretary)       (Signature of President or Vice President)
  Linda Larrabee, Secretary       James Alampi, President
  (Type or Print name and Title)       (Type or Print Name and Title)
Dated   August 14, 1997     Insurance Auto Auctions (Illinois), Inc.
      (Exact Name of Corporation)
attested by         by    
  (Signature of Secretary or Assistant Secretary)       (Signature of President or Vice President)
           
  (Type or Print name and Title)       (Type or Print Name and Title)

 

3


AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

This Agreement and Plan of Merger (hereinafter called the “ Merger Agreement ”) is made as of August 7, 1997, by and between Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc., a California corporation (“ California Company ”), and Insurance Auto Auctions (Illinois), Inc., an Illinois corporation (“ Illinois Company ”). California Company and Illinois Company are sometimes referred to as the “ Constituent Corporations .”

The authorized capital stock of California Company consists of 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.001 per share, and 20,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.001 per share, and the authorized capital stock of Illinois Company consists of 5,000,0000 Preferred Shares, without par value, and 20,000,000 Common Shares, without par value. The Boards of Directors of the Constituent Corporations deem it advisable and to the advantage of said corporations that California Company merge with and into Illinois Company upon the terms and conditions herein provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby adopt the plan of reorganization encompassed by this Merger Agreement and do hereby agree that California Company shall merge with and into Illinois Company on the following terms, conditions and other provisions.

I. TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.1 Merger . California Company shall be merged with and into Illinois Company, and Illinois Company shall be the surviving corporation, effective upon the date when this Merger Agreement has been filed with the Secretary of State.

(the “ Effective Date ”).

1.2 Succession . On the Effective Date, Illinois Company shall succeed to all of the rights, privileges communities and property of California Company.

1.3 Common Stock of California Company . Upon the Effective Date, by virtue of the merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, each share of Common Stock of California Company outstanding immediately prior thereto shall be changed and converted into one fully paid and non-assessable Common Share of Illinois Company, without par value.

1.4 Common Shares of Illinois Company . Upon the Effective Date, by virtue of the merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, each Common Share of Illinois Company outstanding immediately prior thereto shall be canceled and returned to the status of authorized but unissued.

1.5 Stock Certificates . On and after the Effective Date, all of the outstanding certificates which prior to the that time represented the shares of Common Stock of California Company shall be deemed for all purposes to evidence ownership of and to represent the Common Shares of Illinois Company into which the shares of Common Stock of California Company represented by such certificates have been converted as herein provided. The registered owner on the books and records of Illinois Company or its transfer agents of any such outstanding stock certificate shall, until such certificate shall have been surrendered for transfer

 

4


or conversion or otherwise accounted for to Illinois Company or its transfer agent, have and be entitled to exercise any voting and other rights with respect to and to receive any dividend and other distributions upon the Common Shares of Illinois Company evidenced by such outstanding certificate as above provided.

1.6 Options; Purchase Rights . Upon the Effective Date, Illinois Company will assume and continue California Company’s 1991 Stock Option Plan (the “ 1991 Plan ”) and Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Each option to buy shares of Common Stock of California Company outstanding under the 1991 Plan and each right to purchase shares of Common Stock of California Company outstanding under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan shall become an option or purchase right, as the case may be, for the same number of Common Shares of Illinois Company with no other changes in the terms and conditions of such option or purchase right, including exercise or purchase price, effective upon the Effective Date. Upon the Effective Date, Illinois Company will assume the outstanding and unexercised portion of each such option and the obligations of California Company with respect thereto, and each outstanding purchase right under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

II. CHARTER DOCUMENTS, DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

2.1 Articles of Incorporation and By-laws . The Articles of Incorporation of Illinois Company in effect on the Effective Date shall continue to be the Articles of Incorporation of Illinois Company without change or amendment, until further amended in accordance with the provisions thereof and applicable law; provided that upon the Effective Date, Article I of such Articles of Incorporation shall be amended to read as follows:

The name of the corporation is “Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.”

The By-laws of Illinois Company in effect on the Effective Date, shall continue to be the By-laws of Illinois Company without change or amendment until further amended in accordance with the provisions thereof and applicable law.

2.2 Directors . The directors of California Company shall become the directors of Illinois Company on and after the Effective Date to serve until the expiration of their current terms and until their successors are elected and qualified.

2.3 Officers . The officers of California Company shall become the officers of Illinois Company on the Effective Date to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

 

5


III. MISCELLANEOUS

3.1 Further Assurances . From time to time, as and when required by Illinois Company or by its successors and assigns, there shall be executed and delivered on behalf of California Company such deeds and other instruments, and there shall be taken or caused to be taken by it such further and other action, as shall be appropriate or necessary in order to vest or perfect in or to confirm of record or otherwise, in Illinois Company the title to and possession of all the property, interests, assets, rights, privileges, immunities, franchises, and authority of California Company and otherwise to carry out the purposes of this Merger Agreement, and the officers and directors of Illinois Company are fully authorized in the name and on behalf of California Company or otherwise to take any and all such action and to execute and deliver any and all such deeds and other instruments.

3.2 Abandonment . At any time before the Effective Date, this Merger Agreement may be terminated and the merger may be abandoned by the Board of Directors of either California Company or Illinois Company or both, notwithstanding the approval of this Merger Agreement by the shareholders of California Company.

3.3 Counterparts . In order to facilitate the filing and recording of this Merger Agreement, the same may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same Merger Agreement.

 

6


FORM BCA 11.25 (rev. Dec. 2003)

ARTICLES OF MERGER,

CONSOLIDATION OR EXCHANGE

Business Corporation Act

  

Jesse White, Secretary of State

Department of Business Services

Springfield, IL 62756

Telephone (217) 782-6961

www.cyberdriveillinois.com

  

FILED

MAY 25 2005

JESSE WHITE

SECRETARY OF STATE

Remit payment in the form of a

check or money order payable

to Secretary of State.

  

The filing fee is $100, but if merger or

consolidation involves more than 2

corporations, $50 for each additional

corporation.

  

                                                          File # 5953-6354 Filing Fee: $ 100.00 Approved: /S/                                    

                            Submit in duplicate         Type or Print clearly in black ink                     Do not write above this line

NOTE: Strike inapplicable words in Items 1, 3 and 4.

 

1. Names of corporations proposing to merge, and state or country of incorporation.

 

Name of Corporation

  

State or Country
of Incorporation

  

Corporation
File Number

Insurance Auto Auction, Inc.    Illinois    59536354
Axle Merger Sub, Inc.    Illinois    64050869

 

2. The laws of the state or country under which each corporation is incorporated permits such merger, consolidation or exchange.

 

3. (a)           Name of the surviving new acquiring corporation: Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.
   (b )  

it shall be governed by the laws of:

   Illinois

If not sufficient space to cover this point, add additional sheets of this size.

 

4.

   Plan of merger is as follows:
   Please see attached Exhibit A.

 

  

PAID

MAY 27 2005
EXPEDITED
SECRETARY OF STATE

 

1


5.

   Plan of merger consolidation exchange was approved, as to each corporation not organized in Illinois, in compliance with the laws of the state under which it is organized, and (b) as to each Illinois corporation, as follows:

 

   ( the following items are not applicable to mergers under § 11.30—90% owned subsidiary provisions. See Article 7 .)
   (Only “X” one box for each Illinois corporation)

 

Name of Corporation

  

By the shareholders, a resolution of
the board of directors having been
duly adopted and submitted to a
vote at a meeting of shareholders.
Not less than the minimum number
of votes required by statute and by
the articles of incorporation voted in
favor of the action taken.

(§ 11.20)

  

By written consent of the
shareholders having not less than
the minimum number or votes
required by statute and by the
articles of incorporation.
Shareholders who have not
consented in writing have been
given notice in accordance with

§ 7.10 (§ 11.20)

  

By written consent of ALL the
share-holders entitled to vote on the
action, in accordance with §7.10 &
§11.20

Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

   þ    ¨    ¨

Axle Merger Sub, Inc.

   ¨    ¨    þ
     ¨    ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨    ¨
     ¨    ¨    ¨

 

6. (Not applicable if surviving, new or acquiring corporation is an Illinois corporation)

It is agreed that, upon and after the issuance of a certificate of merger, consolidation or exchange by the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois:

 

  a. The surviving, new or acquiring corporation may be served with process in the State of Illinois in any proceeding for the enforcement of any obligation of any corporation organized under the laws of the State of Illinois which is a party to the merger, consolidation or exchange and in any proceeding for the enforcement of the rights of a dissenting shareholder of any such corporation organized under the laws of the State of Illinois against the surviving, new or acquiring corporation.

 

  b. The Secretary of State of the State of Illinois shall be and hereby is irrevocably appointed as the agent of the surviving, new or acquiring corporation to accept service of process in any such proceedings, and

 

  c. The surviving, new, or acquiring corporation will promptly pay to the dissenting shareholders of any corporation organized under the laws of the State of Illinois which is a party to the merger, consolidation or exchange the amount, If any, to which they shall be entitled under the provisions of “The Business Corporation Act of 1983” of the State of Illinois with respect to the rights of dissenting shareholders.

 

2


7. (Complete this item if reporting a merger under § 11.30—90% owned subsidiary provisions.)

 

  a. The number of outstanding shares of each class of each merging subsidiary corporation and the number of such shares of each class owned immediately prior to the adoption of the plan of merger by the parent corporation, are:

 

Name of Corporation

  

Total Number of Shares
Outstanding
of Each Class

  

Number of Shares of Each Class
Owned Immediately Prior to
Merger by the Parent Corporation

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

 

  b. (Not applicable to 100% owned subsidiaries)

The date of mailing a copy of the plan of merger and notice to the right to dissent to the shareholders of each merging subsidiary corporation was                                                                                                                     ,                             

                                                                                                                                   (Month & Day)                    (Year)

Was written consent for the merger or written waiver of the 30-day period by the holders of all the outstanding shares of all subsidiary corporations received?

¨     Yes                     ¨     No

(If the answer is “No,” the duplicate copies of the Articles of Merger may not be delivered to the Secretary of State until after 30 days following the mailing of a copy of the plan of merger and of the notice of the right to dissent to the shareholders of each merging subsidiary corporation.)

 

8. The undersigned corporations have caused these articles to be signed by their duly authorized officers, each of whom affirms, under penalties of perjury, that the facts stated herein are true. (All signatures must be in BLACK INK .)

 

Dated   5-25, 2005     Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.
            (Month & Day) (Year)     (Exact Name of Corporation)
/s/ Thomas C. O’Brien      
(Any authorized officer’s signature)      
  Thomas C. O’Brien, President & CEO      
  (Type or Print name and Title)      
Dated                                               ,         2005     Axle Merger Sub, Inc.
                        (Month & Day)            (Year)     (Exact Name of Corporation)
       
  (Any authorized officer’s signature)      
         
  (Type or Print name and Title)      
Dated                                              ,                               
                        (Month & Day)            (Year)     (Exact Name of Corporation)
       
  (Any authorized officer’s signature)      
         
  (Type or Print name and Title)      

 

3


7. (Complete this item if reporting a merger under § 11.30—90% owned subsidiary provisions.)

 

  a. The number of outstanding shares of each class of oath merging subsidiary corporation and the number of such shares a f each class owned immediately prior to the adoption of the plan of merger by the parent corporation, are:

 

Name of Corporation

  

Total Number of Shares
Outstanding
of Each Class

  

Number of Shares of Each Class
Owned Immediately Prior to
Merger by the Parent Corporation

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

 

  b. (Not applicable to 100% owned subsidiaries)

The date of mailing a copy of the plan of merger and notice to the right to dissent to the shareholders of each merging subsidiary corporation was                                                                                                                     ,                             

                                                                                                                                    (Month & Day)                    (Year)

Was written consent for the merger or written waiver of the 30-day period by the holders of all the outstanding shares of all subsidiary corporations received?

¨     Yes                     ¨     No

( If the answer is “No,” the duplicate copies of the Articles of Merger may not be delivered to the Secretary of State until after 30 days following the mailing of a copy of the plan of merger and of the notice of the right to dissent to the shareholders of each merging subsidiary corporation. )

 

8. The undersigned corporations have caused these articles to be signed by their duly authorized officers, each of whom affirms, under penalties of perjury, that the facts stated herein are true. (All signatures must be in BLACK INK .)

 

Dated   5 - 25, 2005     Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.
            (Month & Day) (Year)     (Exact Name of Corporation)
       
(Any authorized officer’s signature)      
         
  (Type or Print name and Title)      
Dated       May 25, 2005     Axle Merger Sub, Inc.
            (Month & Day) (Year)     (Exact Name of Corporation)
/s/ James J. Connors II, Esq.      
  (Any authorized officer’s signature)      
  James J. Connors II, Esq., VP and Asst. Secy      
  (Type or Print name and Title)      
Dated                                               ,                               
                        (Month & Day)            (Year)     (Exact Name of Corporation)
       
  (Any authorized officer’s signature)      
         
  (Type or Print name and Title)      

 

4


EXHIBIT A

PLAN OF MERGER

This Plan of Merger sets forth terms of the merger (the “ Merger ”) by and between INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC., an Illinois corporation (“ IAAI ”) and AXLE MERGER SUB, INC., an Illinois corporation (the “ Buyer ”), relating to the effect of the Merger, the governing documents of the Surviving Corporation (and the Conversion of Shares), agreed to pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”), dated as of February 22, 2005, by and between IAAI, AXLE HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Buyer Parent ”) and the Buyer.

Any capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement.

RECITALS

A. The Board of Directors and shareholders of each of IAAI and the Buyer have approved the Merger Agreement.

ARTICLE

I

THE MERGER

1.1 Effect of Merger . The Buyer shall be merged with and into IAAI and the separate corporate existence of the Buyer shall thereupon cease and IAAI, as the corporation surviving the Merger (the “ Surviving Corporation ”), shall continue to exist under and be governed by the Business Corporation Act of 1983 of the State of Illinois, as amended (the “ Act ”). The Merger shall have the effects set forth in the Act and other applicable Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, at the Effective Time (as defined below), all the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of IAAI and the Buyer shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all of the debts, liabilities, obligations, restrictions and duties of IAAI and the Buyer shall become the debts, liabilities, obligations, restrictions and duties of the Surviving Company.

1.2 Effective Time . The Merger shall become effective (the “ Effective Time ”) at the date and time when the properly executed Articles of Merger are filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois, as provided in the Act.

1.3 Supplementary Action . If, at any time after the Effective Time, the Surviving Corporation shall consider or be advised that consistent with the terms of the Merger Agreement any further assignments or assurances in Law or any other acts are necessary or desirable (a) to vest, perfect or confirm, of record or otherwise, in the Surviving Corporation, title to and possession of any property or right of either of IAAI or the Buyer acquired or to be acquired by reason of, or as a result of, the Merger, or (b) otherwise to carry out the purposes of the Merger Agreement, then, subject to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, each of IAAI or the Buyer and its officers and directors shall be deemed to have granted to the Surviving Corporation an irrevocable power of attorney to execute and deliver all such deeds, assignments and assurances in Law and to do all acts necessary or proper to vest, perfect or confirm title to

 

5


and possession of such property or rights in the Surviving Corporation and otherwise to carry out the purposes of the Merger Agreement; and the officers and directors of the Surviving Corporation are fully authorized in the name of either of IAAI or the Buyer to take any and all such action.

II

THE SURVIVING CORPORATION

2.1 The Surviving Corporation . The name of the Surviving Corporation shall be Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

2.2 The Articles of Incorporation . As of the Effective Time, the Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall be amended to conform with the Articles of Incorporation of the Buyer pursuant to the amendments attached hereto as Attachment A . Such amended Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation shall remain the Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until such Articles of Incorporation are changed or amended as provided therein or by applicable Law.

2.3 The By-Laws . The By-Laws of the Buyer, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the By-Laws of the Surviving Corporation from and after the Effective Time until such By-Laws are changed or amended as provided therein or by applicable law.

2.4 The Directors and Officers . The board of directors of the Buyer immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the initial board of directors of the Surviving Corporation, and the officers of IAAI immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the initial officers of the Surviving Corporation, in each case until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified. If, at the Effective Time, a vacancy shall exist on the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation or in any office of the Surviving Corporation, such vacancy may thereafter be filled in the manner provided by Law.

 

6


III

CONVERSION OF SHARES

3.1 Conversion of Company Common Stock . As of the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holders of the common stock, no par value per share of IAAI (the “ IAAI Common Stock ”):

(a) Each share of IAAI Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be cancelled and extinguished and converted into the right to receive an amount of each equal to $28.25 per Share (the “ Merger Consideration ”).

(b) Each issued and outstanding share of IAAI Common Stock that is held in IAAI’s treasury or in the treasury of any subsidiary of IAAI immediately prior to the Effective Time, if any, shall be cancelled and extinguished without the payment of any consideration therefore.

3.2 Conversion of the Buyer Capital Stock . Each share of capital stock of the Buyer issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be converted into and become one validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable share of common stock, par value $.01, of the Surviving Corporation.

3.3 Payment for Company Common Stock . The Buyer Parent shall be responsible for payment of the Merger Consideration.

 

7


ATTACHMENT A

Amendments to the Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation

1. Article 4 of the Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“4. Paragraph 1. Authorized Shares: The corporation shall have authority to issue One Hundred (100) shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share.”

Paragraph 2. The preferences, qualifications, imitations, restrictions and special or relative rights in respect of the shares of each class are:

The holders of common stock shall have such rights as are provided by law and shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by them.

The Board of Directors may authorize, and the Corporation may make, distributions to its shareholders if, after giving the distribution effect, (1) the Corporation would be able to pay its debts as they come due in the usual course of business and (2) the Corporation’s total assets would be greater than its total liabilities.”

2. Article 7d of the Articles of Incorporation of the Surviving Corporation is hereby deleted.

 

8


FORM BCA 11.25 (rev. Dec. 2003)

ARTICLES OF MERGER,

CONSOLIDATION OR EXCHANGE

Business Corporation Act

  

Jesse White, Secretary of State

Department of Business Services

Springfield, IL 62756

Telephone (217) 782-6961

www.cyberdriveillinois.com

  

FILED

MAY 25 2005

JESSE WHITE

SECRETARY OF STATE

Remit payment in the form of a

check or money order payable

to Secretary of State.

  

The filing fee is $100, but if merger or

consolidation involves more than 2

corporations, $50 for each additional

corporation.

  

                                     File # 5953-6354 Filing Fee: $ 100.00 Approved: /s/                                    

                     Submit in duplicate          Type or Print clearly in black ink                  Do not write above this line

NOTE: Strike inapplicable words in Items 1, 3 and 4.

 

1. Names of corporations proposing to merge, and state or country of incorporation.

 

Name of Corporation

  

State or Country
of Incorporation

  

Corporation
File Number

Insurance Auto Auction, Inc.    Illinois    59536354
IAAI Finance Corp.    Delaware    NR

 

2. The laws of the state or country under which each corporation is incorporated permits such merger, consolidation or exchange.

 

3. (a)            Name of the surviving new acquiring corporation: Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

3.

   (b )  

it shall be governed by the laws of:

   Illinois

If not sufficient space to cover this point, add additional sheets of this size.

 

4. Plan of merger is as follows:

Please see attached Exhibit A.

   PAID
MAY 27 2005
EXPEDITED
SECRETARY OF STATE

 

1


5.

   Plan of merger consolidation exchange was approved, as to each corporation not organized in Illinois, in compliance with the laws of the state under which it is organized, and (b) as to each Illinois corporation, as follows:

 

   ( the following items are not applicable to mergers under § 11.30—90% owned subsidiary provisions. See Article 7. )
   (Only “X” one box for each Illinois corporation)

 

Name of Corporation

  

By the shareholders, a resolution of
the board of directors having been
duly adopted and submitted to a
vote at a meeting of shareholders.
Not less than the minimum number
of votes required by statute and by
the articles of incorporation voted in
favor of the action taken.

(§ 11.20)

  

By written consent of the
shareholders having not less than
the minimum number or votes
required by statute and by the
articles of incorporation.
Shareholders who have not
consented in writing have been
given notice in accordance with

§ 7.10 (§ 11.20)

  

By written consent of ALL the
shareholders entitled to vote on the
action, in accordance with §7.10 &
§11.20

Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

   ¨    ¨    þ
     ¨    ¨    ¨
     ¨    ¨    ¨
   ¨    ¨    ¨
     ¨    ¨    ¨

 

8. (Not applicable if surviving, new or acquiring corporation is an Illinois corporation)

It is agreed that, upon and after the issuance of a certificate of merger, consolidation or exchange by the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois:

 

  a. The surviving, new or acquiring corporation may be served with process in the State of Illinois in any proceeding for the enforcement of any obligation of any corporation organized under the laws of the State of Illinois which is a party to the merger, consolidation or exchange and in any proceeding for the enforcement of the rights of a dissenting shareholder of any such corporation organized under the laws of the State of Illinois against the surviving, new or acquiring corporation.

 

  b. The Secretary of State of the State of Illinois shall be and hereby is irrevocably appointed as the agent of the surviving, new or acquiring corporation to accept service of process in any such proceedings, and

 

  c. The surviving, new, or acquiring corporation will promptly pay to the dissenting shareholders of any corporation organized under the laws of the State of Illinois which is a party to the merger, consolidation or exchange the amount, if any, to which they shall be entitled under the provisions of “The Business Corporation Act of 1983” of the State of Illinois with respect to the rights of dissenting shareholders.

 

2


7. (Complete this item if reporting a merger under § 11.30—90% owned subsidiary provisions.)

 

  a. The number of outstanding shares of each class of oath merging subsidiary corporation and the number of such shares of each class owned immediately prior to the adoption of the plan of merger by the parent corporation, are:

 

Name of Corporation

  

Total Number of Shares
Outstanding
of Each Class

  

Number of Shares of Each Class
Owned Immediately Prior to
Merger by the Parent Corporation

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

 

  b. (Not applicable to 100% owned subsidiaries)

The date of mailing a copy of the plan of merger and notice to the right to dissent to the shareholders of each merging subsidiary corporation was                                                                                                                     ,                             

                                                                                                                                   (Month & Day)                    (Year)

Was written consent for the merger or written waiver of the 30-day period by the holders of all the outstanding shares of all subsidiary corporations received?

¨     Yes                     ¨     No

(If the answer is “No,” the duplicate copies of the Articles of Merger may not be delivered to the Secretary of State until after 30 days following the mailing of a copy of the plan of merger and of the notice of the right to dissent to the shareholders of each merging subsidiary corporation.)

 

8. The undersigned corporations have caused these articles to be signed by their duly authorized officers, each of whom affirms, under penalties of perjury, that the facts stated herein are true. (All signatures must be in BLACK INK .)

 

Dated   May 25, 2005     Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.
            (Month & Day) (Year)     (Exact Name of Corporation)
/s/ Sidney L. Kerley      
(Any authorized officer’s signature)      
  SIDNEY L. KERLEY, SECRETARY      
  (Type or Print name and Title)      
Dated                                               ,         2005     IAAI Finance Corp
                        (Month & Day)            (Year)     (Exact Name of Corporation)
       
  (Any authorized officer’s signature)      
         
  (Type or Print name and Title)      
Dated                                              ,                       
                        (Month & Day)            (Year)     (Exact Name of Corporation)
       
  (Any authorized officer’s signature)      
         
  (Type or Print name and Title)      

 

3


7. (Complete this item if reporting a merger under § 11.30—90% owned subsidiary provisions.)

 

  a. The number of outstanding shares of each class of oath merging subsidiary corporation and the number of such shares of each class owned immediately prior to the adoption of the plan of merger by the parent corporation, are:

 

Name of Corporation

  

Total Number of Shares
Outstanding
of Each Class

  

Number of Shares of Each Class
Owned Immediately Prior to
Merger by the Parent Corporation

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

  

___________________________________

 

  b. (Not applicable to 100% owned subsidiaries)

The date of mailing a copy of the plan of merger and notice to the right to dissent to the shareholders of each merging subsidiary corporation was                                                                                                                     ,                             

                                                                                                                                   (Month & Day)                    (Year)

Was written consent for the merger or written waiver of the 30-day period by the holders of all the outstanding shares of all subsidiary corporations received?

¨     Yes                     ¨     No

( If the answer is “No,” the duplicate copies of the Articles of Merger may not be delivered to the Secretary of State until after 30 days following the mailing of a copy of the plan of merger and of the notice of the right to dissent to the shareholders of each merging subsidiary corporation. )

 

8. The undersigned corporations have caused these articles to be signed by their duly authorized officers, each of whom affirms, under penalties of perjury, that the facts stated herein are true. (All signatures must be in BLACK INK .)

 

Dated   May 25, 2005     Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.
            (Month & Day) (Year)     (Exact Name of Corporation)
       
(Any authorized officer’s signature)      
         
  (Type or Print name and Title)      
Dated       May 25, 2005     IAAI Finance Corp
            (Month & Day) (Year)     (Exact Name of Corporation)
/s/ James J. Connors II, Esq.      
  (Any authorized officer’s signature)      
  James J. Connors II, Esq., VP and Asst. Secy      
  (Type or Print name and Title)      
Dated                                               ,                             
                        (Month & Day)            (Year)     (Exact Name of Corporation)
       
  (Any authorized officer’s signature)      
         
  (Type or Print name and Title)      

 

4


EXHIBIT A

PLAN OF MERGER

This Plan of Merger sets forth terms of the merger (the “ Merger ”) by and between INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC., an Illinois corporation (“ IAAI ”) and IAAI FINANCE CORP., a Delaware corporation (the “ IAAI Finance ”), relating to the effect of the Merger and the governing documents of the Surviving Corporation (as defined below), agreed to pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “ Merger Agreement ”), dated as of May 25, 2005, by and between IAAI and IAAI Finance. IAAI and IAAI Finance are both wholly owned subsidiaries of Axle Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

RECITALS

A. The Board of Directors and shareholders of each of IAAI and IAAI Finance have approved the Merger Agreement.

ARTICLE

I

THE MERGER

1.1 Effect of Merger . IAAI Finance shall be merged with and into IAAI and the separate corporate existence of IAAI Finance shall thereupon cease and IAAI, as the corporation surviving the Merger (the “ Surviving Corporation ”), shall continue to exist under and be governed by the Business Corporation Act of 1983 of the State of Illinois, as amended (the “ Act ”). The Merger shall have the effects set forth in the Act and other applicable law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and subject thereto, at and following the Merger, all of the property, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of IAAI Finance shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all of the debts, liabilities, obligations, restrictions and duties of IAAI Finance and IAAI shall become the debts, liabilities, obligations, restrictions and duties of the Surviving Corporation.

1.2 Effective Time . The Merger shall become effective (the “ Effective Time ”) at the date and time when the properly executed Articles of Merger are filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Illinois, as provided in the Act.

1.3 Effect on Capital Stock . At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the parties thereto: (i) each share of common stock of IAAI Finance issued and outstanding shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist and no cash, stock or other consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor; (ii) each share of capital stock of IAAI Finance held as treasury stock, if any, shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist and no cash, stock or other consideration shall be delivered in exchange therefor; (iii) each share of common stock of IAAI outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall remain outstanding and be unaffected by the Merger; and (iv) each share of common stock of IAAI held by IAAI as treasury stock, if any, immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be unaffected by the Merger. At the Effective Time, IAAI will continue to be a wholly owned subsidiary of Axle Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

5


ARTICLE

II

THE SURVIVING CORPORATION

2.1 The Surviving Corporation . The name of the Surviving Corporation shall be Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

2.2 The Articles of Incorporation . The articles of incorporation of IAAI, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall from and after the Effective Time be the articles of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided therein or in accordance with applicable law.

2.3 The By-Laws . The by-laws of IAAI, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall from and after the Effective Time be the by-laws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided therein or in accordance with applicable law.

2.4 The Directors and Officers . The board of directors of IAAI immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the board of directors of the Surviving Corporation, and the officers of IAAI immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation, in each case until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified.

 

6

Exhibit 3.92

BY-LAWS

OF

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

An Illinois Corporation

Effective May 25, 2005


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I   
OFFICES   

Section 1. Registered Office

   1

Section 2. Other Offices

   1
ARTICLE II   
MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS   

Section 1. Place of Meetings

   1

Section 2. Annual Meetings

   1

Section 3. Special Meetings

   1

Section 4. Notice

   1

Section 5. Adjournments

   2

Section 6. Quorum

   2

Section 7. Voting

   2

Section 8. Proxies

   2

Section 9. Consent of Shareholders in Lieu of Meeting

   3

Section 10. List of Shareholders Entitled to Vote

   4

Section 11. Record Date

   4

Section 12. Transfer Books

   5

Section 13. Conduct of Meetings

   5

Section 14. Inspectors of Election

   5
ARTICLE III   
DIRECTORS   

Section 1. Number and Election of Directors

   5

Section 2. Vacancies

   6

Section 3. Duties and Powers

   6

Section 4. Meetings

   6

Section 5. Organization

   6

Section 6. Resignations and Removals of Directors

   6

Section 7. Quorum

   6

Section 8. Actions of the Board by Written Consent

   7

Section 9. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone

   7

Section 10. Committees

   7

Section 11. Compensation

   7

Section 12. Interested Directors

   7

 

i


ARTICLE IV     
OFFICERS   

Section 1. General

   8

Section 2. Election

   8

Section 3. Voting Securities Owned by the Corporation

   8

Section 4. Chairman of the Board of Directors

   9

Section 5. President

   9

Section 6. Vice Presidents

   9

Section 7. Secretary

   9

Section 8. Treasurer

   10

Section 9. Assistant Secretaries

   10

Section 10. Assistant Treasurers

   10

Section 11. Other Officers

   11
ARTICLE V   
SHARES   

Section 1. Form of Certificates

   11

Section 2. Signatures

   11

Section 3. Lost Certificates

   11

Section 4. Transfers

   11

Section 5. Dividend Record Date

   12

Section 6. Record Owners

   12

Section 7. Transfer and Registry Agents

   12
ARTICLE VI   
NOTICES   

Section 1. Notices

   12

Section 2. Waivers of Notice

   12
ARTICLE VII   
GENERAL PROVISIONS   

Section 1. Dividends

   13

Section 2. Disbursements

   13

Section 3. Fiscal Year

   13

Section 4. Corporate Seal

   13
ARTICLE VIII   
INDEMNIFICATION   

Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation

   13

Section 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation

   14

Section 3. Authorization of Indemnification

   14

 

ii


Section 4. Good Faith Defined

      14

Section 5. Indemnification by a Court

      15

Section 6. Expenses Payable in Advance

      15

Section 7. Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses

      15

Section 8. Insurance

      16

Section 9. Certain Definitions

      16

Section 10. Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses

      16

Section 11. Limitation on Indemnification

      16

Section 12. Indemnification of Employees and Agents

      16
ARTICLE IX      
AMENDMENTS      

Section 1. Amendments

      17

Section 2. Entire Board of Directors

      17
ARTICLE X      
SEVERABILITY      

Section 1. Severability

      17

 

iii


BY-LAWS

OF

Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

(hereinafter called the “Corporation”)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Chicago, County of Cook, State of Illinois.

Section 2. Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Illinois, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

Section 1. Place of Meetings . Meetings of the shareholders for the election of directors or for any other purpose shall be held at such time and place, either within or without the State of Illinois, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Annual Meetings . The Annual Meeting of Shareholders for the election of directors shall be held on such date and at such time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Any other proper business may be transacted at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders.

Section 3. Special Meetings . Unless otherwise required by law or by the articles of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended and restated from time to time (the “Articles of Incorporation”), Special Meetings of Shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, may be called by either (i) the Chairman, if there be one, or (ii) the President, (iii) any Vice President, if there be one, (iv) the Secretary or (v) any Assistant Secretary, if there be one, and shall be called by any such officer at the request in writing of (i) the Board of Directors, (ii) a committee of the Board of Directors that has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority include the power to call such meetings or (iii) shareholders owning a majority of the shares of the Corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. At a Special Meeting of Shareholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall be specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).

Section 4. Notice . Whenever shareholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, a written notice of the meeting shall be given which shall state the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a Special Meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by law, written notice of any meeting shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting. Notice shall be either personally or


by mail, by or at the direction of the president, the secretary, the officer or persons calling the meeting. Notice will be sent to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at that meeting. If mailed, the notice will be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, addressed to the shareholder at his or her address as it appears in the records of the corporation, with postage prepaid. No notice of any meeting of shareholders need be given to any shareholder who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting.

Section 5. Adjournments . Any meeting of the shareholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 6. Quorum . Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Articles of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the Corporation’s shares issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, less than a majority of the outstanding shares are represented at said meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting at any time without further notice.

Section 7. Voting . Unless otherwise required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any question brought before any meeting of the shareholders, other than the election of directors, shall be decided by the vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of votes of the Corporation’s shares represented and entitled to vote thereat, voting as a single class. Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation, and subject to Section 11(a) of this Article II, each shareholder represented at a meeting of the shareholders shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each share of the shares entitled to vote thereat held by such shareholder. Such votes may be cast in person or by proxy as provided in Section 8 of this Article II. No shareholder shall have cumulative voting rights with respect to any matter upon which shareholders are entitled to vote (including, without limitation, voting with respect to the election of directors). The Board of Directors, in its discretion, or the officer of the Corporation presiding at a meeting of the shareholders, in such officer’s discretion, may require that any votes cast at such meeting shall be cast by written ballot.

Section 8. Proxies . Each shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the shareholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for such shareholder as proxy, or by his duly authorized attorney in fact, but no such proxy shall be voted upon after eleven (11) months from its date, unless such proxy provides for a longer period. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the shareholder executing it unless otherwise provided in such proxy. Without limiting the manner in which a shareholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such shareholder as proxy, the following shall constitute a valid means by which a shareholder may grant such authority:

(i) A shareholder may execute a writing authorizing another person or persons to act for such shareholder as proxy. Execution may be accomplished by the shareholder signing such writing or affixing his or her signature to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, by facsimile signature.

 

2


(ii) A shareholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such shareholder as proxy by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram or cablegram to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such telegram or cablegram, provided that any such telegram or cablegram must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that the telegram or cablegram was authorized by the shareholder. If it is determined that such telegrams or cablegrams are valid, the inspectors or, if there are no inspectors, such other persons making that determination shall specify the information on which they relied.

Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing, telegram or cablegram authorizing another person or persons to act as proxy for a shareholder may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing, telegram or cablegram for any and all purposes for which the original writing, telegram or cablegram could be used; provided, however, that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing, telegram or cablegram.

Section 9. Consent of Shareholders in Lieu of Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or Section 12.10 of the Business Corporation Act of 1983 of the State of Illinois (the “Business Corporation Act”), any action required or permitted to be taken at any Annual or Special Meeting of Shareholders of the Corporation may be taken without a meeting and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed (i) by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, or (ii) by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof. If such consent is signed by less than all of the shareholders entitled to vote, then such consent shall become effective only if at least five (5) days prior to the execution of the consent a notice in writing is delivered to all the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof and, after the effective date of the consent, prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those shareholders who have not consented in writing. Such written consent or consents shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Illinois, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the shareholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each shareholder who signs the consent and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section 9 to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Illinois, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the shareholders are recorded. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

3


Section 10. List of Shareholders Entitled to Vote . The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the transfer books for shares of the Corporation shall prepare and make, within twenty (20) days after the record date for a meeting of shareholders or ten (10) days before every meeting of the shareholders, whichever earlier, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each shareholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each shareholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any shareholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting (i) either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any shareholder who is present.

Section 11. Record Date .

(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) days and, for a meeting of shareholders, not less than ten (10) days, or in the case of a merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution or sale, lease or exchange of assets, not less than twenty (20) days, immediately preceding such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the shareholders shall be the date on which notice of the meeting is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Illinois, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of the shareholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the

 

4


Board of Directors is required by applicable law, the record date for determining shareholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 12. Transfer Books . The transfer books of shares of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such transfer books, the list required by Section 10 of this Article II or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of the shareholders.

Section 13. Conduct of Meetings . The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of any meeting of the shareholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the shareholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (iii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (iv) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to shareholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (v) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (vi) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

Section 14. Inspectors of Election . In advance of any meeting of the shareholders, the Board of Directors, by resolution, the Chairman or the President shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. One or more other persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of the shareholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Unless otherwise required by applicable law, inspectors may be officers, employees or agents of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. The inspector shall have the duties prescribed by law and shall take charge of the polls and, when the vote is completed, shall make a certificate of the result of the vote taken and of such other facts as may be required by applicable law.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number and Election of Directors . The Board of Directors shall consist of not less than three nor more than eight members, the exact number of which shall initially be fixed by the Incorporator and thereafter from time to time by the Board of Directors. Except as provided in Section 2 of this Article III, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast

 

5


at each Annual Meeting of Shareholders and each director so elected shall hold office until the next Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Directors need not be shareholders.

Section 2. Vacancies . Unless otherwise required by law or the Articles of Incorporation, vacancies arising through death, resignation, removal, an increase in the number of directors or otherwise may be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.

Section 3. Duties and Powers . The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation or by these By-Laws required to be exercised or done by the shareholders.

Section 4. Meetings . The Board of Directors may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Illinois.

[Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as may from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman, if there be one, the President, or by any director. Notice thereof stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each director by mail not less than five (5) business days prior thereto.

Section 5. Organization . At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, in his or her absence, a director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors. In case the Secretary shall be absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors, an Assistant Secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the Secretary and all the Assistant Secretaries, the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

Section 6. Resignations and Removals of Directors . Any director of the Corporation may resign at any time, by giving notice in writing to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time therein specified or, if no time is specified, immediately; and, unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance or such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority in voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors.

Section 7. Quorum . Except as otherwise required by law or the Articles of Incorporation, at all meetings of the Board of Directors, a majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the

 

6


directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Actions of the Board by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all the members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

Section 9. Meetings by Means of Conference Telephone . Unless otherwise provided in the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 9 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 10. Committees . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of any such committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, and in the absence of a designation by the Board of Directors of an alternate member to replace the absent or disqualified member, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified member. Any committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution establishing such committee, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it. Each committee shall keep regular minutes and report to the Board of Directors when required.

Section 11. Compensation . The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary for service as director, payable in cash or securities. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for service as committee members.

Section 12. Interested Directors . So long as it is fair to the Corporation at the time it was authorized, approved, or ratified by the Board of Directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders, no contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are directors or officers or

 

7


have a fmancial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board of Directors or committee thereof which authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because any such director’s or officer’s vote is counted for such purpose if: (i) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board of Directors or the committee, and the Board of Directors or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or (ii) the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the shareholders. Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board of Directors or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. General . The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a President, a Secretary and a Treasurer. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, also may choose a Chairman of the Board of Directors (who must be a director) and one or more Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and other officers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless otherwise prohibited by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws. The officers of the Corporation need not be shareholders of the Corporation nor, except in the case of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, need such officers be directors of the Corporation.

Section 2. Election . The Board of Directors, at its first meeting held after each Annual Meeting of Shareholders (or action by written consent of shareholders in lieu of the Annual Meeting of Shareholders), shall elect the officers of the Corporation who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors; and each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors. The salaries of all officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 3. Voting Securities Owned by the Cprporatio n . Powers of attorney, proxies, waivers of notice of meeting, consents and other instruments relating to securities owned by the Corporation may be executed in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation by the President or any Vice President or any other officer authorized to do so by the Board of Directors and any such officer may, in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, take all such action as any such officer may deem advisable to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of security holders of any corporation in which the Corporation may own securities and at any such meeting shall possess and may exercise any and all rights and power incident to the ownership of such securities and which, as the owner thereof, the Corporation might have exercised and possessed if present. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, from time to time confer like powers upon any other person or persons.

 

8


Section 4. Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, if there be one, shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, unless the Board of Directors designates the President as the Chief Executive Officer, and, except where by law the signature of the President is required, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall possess the same power as the President to sign all contracts, certificates and other instruments of the Corporation which may be authorized by the Board of Directors. During the absence or disability of the President, the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall exercise all the powers and discharge all the duties of the President. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. President . The President shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and, if there be one, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, have general supervision of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The President shall execute all bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation requiring a seal, under the seal of the Corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except that the other officers of the Corporation may sign and execute documents when so authorized by these By-Laws, the Board of Directors or the President. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if there be none, the President shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, provided the President is also a director, the Board of Directors. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors, or if the Board of Directors shall otherwise designate, the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The President shall also perform such other duties and may exercise such other powers as may from time to time be assigned to such officer by these By-Laws or by the Board of Directors.

Section 6. Vice Presidents . At the request of the President or in the President’s absence or in the event of the President’s inability or refusal to act (and if there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors), the Vice President, or the Vice Presidents if there are more than one (in the order designated by the Board of Directors), shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President. Each Vice President shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors from time to time may prescribe. If there be no Chairman of the Board of Directors and no Vice President, the Board of Directors shall designate the officer of the Corporation who, in the absence of the President or in the event of the inability or refusal of the President to act, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.

Section 7. Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the shareholders and record all the proceedings thereat in a book or books to be kept for that purpose; the Secretary shall also perform like duties for committees of the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other

 

9


duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors or the President, under whose supervision the Secretary shall be. If the Secretary shall be unable or shall refuse to cause to be given notice of all meetings of the shareholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and if there be no Assistant Secretary, then either the Board of Directors or the President may choose another officer to cause such notice to be given. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation and the Secretary shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and, when so affixed, it may be attested by the signature of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest to the affixing by such officer’s signature. The Secretary shall see that all books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept or filed are properly kept or filed, as the case may be.

Section 8. Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of the Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Treasurer’s possession or under the Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 9. Assistant Secretaries . Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of the Secretary’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.

Section 10. Assistant Treasurers . Assistant Treasurers, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, if there be one, or the Treasurer, and in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of the Treasurer’s inability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Treasurer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Treasurer. If required by the Board of Directors, an Assistant Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of Assistant Treasurer and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of the Assistant Treasurer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in the Assistant Treasurer’s possession or under the Assistant Treasurer’s control belonging to the Corporation.

 

10


Section 11. Other Officers . Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.

ARTICLE V

SHARES

Section 1. Form of Certificates . Every holder of shares in the Corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation (i) by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or a Vice President and (ii) by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such shareholder in the Corporation.

Section 2. Signatures . The issued shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates signed by the appropriate corporate officers. If a certificate is countersigned by a transfer agent or registrar, other than the Corporation itself or its employee, any other signatures or countersignature on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such an officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, the certificate may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 3. Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of shares to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 4. Transfers . Shares of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by applicable law and in these By-Laws. Transfers of shares shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the person named in the certificate or by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and upon the surrender of the certificate therefor, properly endorsed for transfer and payment of all necessary transfer taxes; provided, however, that such surrender and endorsement or payment of taxes shall not be required in any case in which the officers of the Corporation shall determine to waive such requirement. Every certificate exchanged, returned or surrendered to the Corporation shall be marked Cancelled,” with the date of cancellation, by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or the transfer agent thereof. No transfer of shares shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the share records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred.

 

11


Section 5. Dividend Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the shareholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining shareholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 6. Record Owners . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise required by law.

Section 7. Transfer and Registry Agents . The Corporation may from time to time maintain one or more transfer offices or agencies and registry offices or agencies at such place or places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

Section 1. Notices . Whenever written notice is required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or shareholder, such notice may be given by mail, addressed to such director, member of a committee or shareholder, at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Written notice may be given personally or by telegram, telex or cable.

Section 2. Waivers of Notice . Whenever any notice is required by applicable law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws, to be given to any director, member of a committee or shareholder, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. Attendance of a person at a meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any Annual or Special Meeting of Shareholders or any regular or special meeting of the directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice unless so required by law, the Articles of Incorporation or these By-Laws.

 

12


ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the shares of the Corporation, subject to the requirements of the Business Corporation Act and the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors (or any action by written consent in lieu thereof in accordance with Section 8 of Article III hereof), and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the Corporation’s shares. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in its absolute discretion, deems proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for purchasing any of the shares of the Corporation or shares of warrants, rights, options, bonds, debentures, notes, scrip or other securities or evidences of indebtedness of the Corporation, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for any proper purpose, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve.

Section 2. Disbursements . All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

Section 3. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 4. Corporate Seal . The Board may determine to issue a corporate seal, which seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Illinois”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 1. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings other than Those by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or as a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in

 

13


or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.

Section 2. Power to Indemnify in Actions, Suits or Proceedings by or in the Right of the Corporation . Subject to Section 3 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.

Section 3. Authorization of Indemnification . Any indemnification under this Article VIII (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Such determination shall be made, with respect to a person who is a director or officer at the time of such determination, (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or (iv) by the shareholders. Such determination shall be made, with respect to former directors and officers, by any person or persons having the authority to act on the matter on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent, however, that a present or former director or officer of the Corporation has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action, suit or proceeding described above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith, without the necessity of authorization in the specific case. If the Corporation indemnifies or advances expenses to a director or officer under Section 2 of this Article VIII, the Corporation shall report the indemnification or advance in writing to the shareholders with or before the notice of the next shareholders meeting.

Section 4. Good Faith Defined . For purposes of any determination under Section 3 of this Article VIII, a person shall be deemed to have acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, to have had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful, if such person’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Corporation or another enterprise, or on information supplied to such person by

 

14


the officers of the Corporation or another enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Corporation or another enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Corporation or another enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Corporation or another enterprise. The provisions of this Section 4 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the circumstances in which a person may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be.

Section 5. Indemnification by a Court . Notwithstanding any contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII, and notwithstanding the absence of any determination thereunder, any director or officer may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction in the State of Illinois for indemnification to the extent otherwise permissible under Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII. The basis of such indemnification by a court shall be a determination by such court that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII, as the case may be. Neither a contrary determination in the specific case under Section 3 of this Article VIII nor the absence of any determination thereunder shall be a defense to such application or create a presumption that the director or officer seeking indemnification has not met any applicable standard of conduct. Notice of any application for indemnification pursuant to this Section 5 shall be given to the Corporation promptly upon the filing of such application. If successful, in whole or in part, the director or officer seeking indemnification shall also be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such application.

Section 6. Expenses Payable in Advance . Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a director or officer in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article VIII. Such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Corporation deems appropriate.

Section 7. Nonexclusivity of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Articles of Incorporation, these By-Laws, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, it being the policy of the Corporation that indemnification of the persons specified in Section 1 and Section 2 of this Article VIII shall be made to the fullest extent permitted by law. The provisions of this Article VIII shall not be deemed to preclude the indemnification of any person who is not specified in Section 1 or Section 2 of this Article VIII but whom the Corporation has the power or obligation to indemnify under the provisions of the Business Corporation Act, or otherwise.

 

15


Section 8. Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was a director or officer of the Corporation serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Article VIII.

Section 9. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “the Corporation” shall include, in addition to the surviving corporation, any merging corporation (including any merging corporation having merger with a merging corporation) absorbed in a merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors or officers, so that any person who is or was a director or officer of such merging corporation, or is or was a director or officer of such merging corporation serving at the request of such merging corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Article VIII with respect to the surviving corporation as such person would have with respect to such merging corporation if its separate existence had continued. The term “another enterprise” as used in this Article VIII shall mean any other corporation or any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise of which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent. For purposes of this Article VIII, references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director or officer with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Article VIII.

Section 10. Survival of Indemnification and Advancement of Expenses . The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article VIII shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

Section 11. Limitation on Indemnification . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article VIII to the contrary, except for proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification (which shall be governed by Section 5 of this Article VIII), the Corporation shall not be obligated to indemnify any director or officer (or his or her heirs, executors or personal or legal representatives) or advance expenses in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized or consented to by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

Section 12. Indemnification of Employees and Agents . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, provide rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to employees and agents of the Corporation similar to those conferred in this Article VIII to directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

16


ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. Amendments . These By-Laws may be altered, amended or repealed, in whole or in part, or new By-Laws may be adopted by the shareholders or by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new By-Laws be contained in the notice of such meeting of the shareholders or Board of Directors, as the case may be. All such amendments must be approved by either the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon or by a majority of the entire Board of Directors then in office.

Section 2. Entire Board of Directors . As used in this Article IX and in these By-Laws generally, the term “entire Board of Directors” means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies.

ARTICLE X

SEVERABILITY

Section 1. Severability . If any provision of these By-Laws is held to be unenforceable or invalid (including, without limitation, if any such provision shall be in conflict with any provision of the Business Corporation Act), that provision shall be severed from these By-Laws and the remainder of these By-Laws shall remain in full force and effect.

*  *  *

 

17

Exhibit 3.93

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

TAP ACQUISITION CORP.

ARTICLE I

The name of this corporation is TAP Acquisition Corp.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware is 32 Loockerman Square, Suite 1-100 in the City of Dover, County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Prentice-Hall Corporation System.

ARTICLE III

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

This corporation is authorized to issue one class of stock to be designated common stock (“Common Stock”). The number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is One Hundred (100), par value 80.001 per share.

ARTICLE V

The name and mailing address of the incorporator is Scott C. Dettmer, Brobeck, Phieger & Harrison, Thu Embarcadero Place, 2200 Geng Road, Palo Alto, California 94303.

ARTICLE VI

Except as otherwise provided in this Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, repeal. alter, amend, and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the corporation.


ARTICLE VII

The number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed from time to time by a bylaw or amendment thereof duly adopted by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders.

ARTICLE VIII

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE IX

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE X

A director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article to authorize corporation action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors then the liability of a director of the corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as so amended.

Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article X by the stockholders of the corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE XI

The corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change, or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has signed this Certificate this 7th day of December, 1993.

 

/s/ Scott C. Dettmer

Scott C. Dettmer, Incorporator

 

3


CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER

Pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, TAP Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), for the purpose of effecting the merger of Texas Auto Pool, Inc., a Texas corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of TAP Acquisition Corp. (the “Subsidiary”), with and into the Corporation (the “Merger”), does hereby certify:

FIRST: That the Corporation was incorporated and duly organized pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

SECOND: That the Corporation owns all of the outstanding shares of each class of the capital stock of the Subsidiary.

THIRD: Attached as Exhibit A hereto are resolutions from the Action By Unanimous Written Consent of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, dated as of December 31, 1994, approving the Merger and this Certificate of Ownership and Merger.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , TAP Acquisition Corp. has caused this certificate to be signed by William W. Liebeck, its Executive Vice President, this 31st day of December, 1994.

 

TAP ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ William W. Liebeck

 

William W. Liebeck,

Executive Vice President


Exhibit A

Resolutions from Action By Unanimous Written Consent of the

Board of Directors of TAP Acquisition Corp.,

dated December 31, 1994


1. Merger of Texas Auto Pool Inc. and the Company

RESOLVED , that the merger of Texas Auto Pool, Inc., a Texas corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company (“TAP”), with and into the Company (the “TAP Merger”) and the assumption of all liabilities of TAP by the Company be, and it hereby is, adopted and approved; and

RESOLVED FURTHER , that the Articles of Merger in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto be, and they hereby are, authorized and approved, with such additional changes that the officers of the Company deem in their sole discretion to be necessary and appropriate; and

RESOLVED FURTHER , that the Certificate of Ownership and Merger in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto be, and it hereby is, authorized and approved, with such additional changes that the officers of the Company deem in their sole discretion to be necessary and appropriate; and

RESOLVED FURTHER , that the officers of the Company be, and each of them hereby is, authorized and directed, for and on behalf of the Company, to take such further actions, including, but not limited to, providing notification of the TAP Merger to any appropriate governmental or regulatory agencies, and filing the Articles of Merger, Certificate of Ownership and Merger, and any other forms and documents with such agencies as may be required or advisable by them or by law, and to obtain such consents from third parties and governmental or regulatory agencies as may be necessary or advisable to carry out the TAP Merger.


AGREEMENT OF MERGER

BY AND BETWEEN

TAP ACQUISITION CORP.

AND

TASP ACQUISITION CORP.

This Agreement of Merger (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of December 31, 1994 by and between TAP Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Newco”), and TASP Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“TASP”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Boards of Directors of Newco and TASP deem it advisable and in their mutual best interests and in the best interests of the stockholders of Newco and TASP that TASP be merged with and into Newco in accordance with this Agreement (the “Merger”);

WHEREAS , to effectuate the Merger, Newco and TASP have entered into this Agreement, whereby all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of TASP (“TASP Common Stock”) will be exchanged for the common stock of Newco (“Newco Common Stock”);

WHEREAS , the Board of Directors and stockholders of Newco and TASP have duly approved and adopted this Agreement and the Merger;

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual benefits to be derived from this Agreement, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

GENERAL

1.1 Board of Directors’ and Stockholders’ Approval . The respective Board of Directors of Newco and TASP have duly adopted and approved the Merger and this Agreement. The respective stockholders of Newco and TASP have, by resolutions duly adopted and approved, approved the Merger and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement in accordance with the applicable provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Law”).


1.2 The Merger . In accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the applicable provisions of Delaware Law, TASP shall be merged with and into Newco, with Newco as the surviving corporation, and the separate existence of TASP shall thereupon cease, and, at the Effective Time (as hereinafter defined), Newco, as the surviving corporation in the Merger, shall continue its corporate existence under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Bylaws and officers and directors of Newco in effect immediately preceding the Merger shall be the Bylaws and officers and directors, respectively, of the surviving corporation. The Certificate of Incorporation of Newco in effect immediately preceding the Merger shall be the Certificate of Incorporation of the surviving corporation, except that:

(a) Article I of the Certificate of Incorporation of the surviving corporation shall read as follows:

“The name of this corporation is Insurance Auto Auctions Corp.”; and

(b) Article IV of the Certificate of Incorporation of the surviving corporation shall read as follows:

“This corporation is authorized to issue one class of stock to be designated common stock (“Common Stock”). The number of shares of Common Stock authorized to be issued is Two Hundred (200), par value $0.001 per share.”

Upon consummation of the Merger, Newco shall assume all of the obligations and liabilities of TASP, it being agreed that the surviving corporation shall have all such obligations and liabilities.

1.3 Effective Time . The Merger shall become effective as of 11:59 p.m. California Time on December 31, 1994 (the “Effective Time” of the Merger).

ARTICLE 2

EFFECT OF THE MERGER ON THE CAPITAL STOCK OF

TASP ACQUISITION CORP

2.1 Status and Conversion of TASP Common Stock .

(a) At the Effective Time, each of the issued and outstanding shares of TASP Common Stock and all rights existing with respect thereto shall, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of any holder thereof, cease to be outstanding and shall be converted into and exchanged for one share of Newco Common Stock.

 

2


(b) Until surrendered, each certificate that prior to the Effective Tune represented shares of TASP Common Stock shall be deemed to represent the right to receive that number of shares of Newco Common Stock as provided in Section 2.1(a) hereof. Each of the stockholders of TASP, as a holder of a certificate or certificates theretofore representing all of the outstanding shares of TASP Common Stock, is hereby notified to surrender all of such holder’s certificates to Newco and simultaneously with such surrender such holder shall be entitled to receive in exchange the Newco Common Stock provided in Section 2.1(a) hereof.

ARTICLE 3

TERMINATION

3.1 Termination by Mutual Consent . At any time prior to the filing date, this Agreement may be terminated by the mutual express written consent of Newco and TASP, notwithstanding approval of the Merger by the stockholders of TASP.

ARTICLE 4

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

4.1 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as of the day and year first above written.

 

TAP ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ William W. Liebeck

 

William W. Liebeck,

Executive Vice President

TASP ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ William W. Liebeck

 

William W. Liebeck,

Executive Vice President and Assistant Secretary

 

4


CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER

Pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, Insurance Auto Auctions Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), for the purpose of effecting the merger (the “Merger”) of East Atlanta Group, Inc., a Georgia corporation and the wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent Corporation (the “Subsidiary Corporation”), with and into the Parent Corporation, does hereby certify:

FIRST : That the Parent Corporation is incorporated and duly organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

SECOND : That the Parent Corporation owns all of the outstanding shares of each class of the capital stock of the Subsidiary Corporation.

THIRD : That the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Subsidiary Corporation permit the merger of a business corporation of that jurisdiction with a business corporation of another jurisdiction.

FOURTH : That the Parent Corporation hereby merges the Subsidiary Corporation into the Parent Corporation.

FIFTH : That attached as Exhibit A hereto are resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Parent Corporation, duly adopted by the unanimous written consent of the members thereof and dated as of December 31, 1995, approving the Merger and this Certificate of Ownership and Merger.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Parent Corporation has caused this certificate to be executed by William W. Liebeck, Executive Vice President, this 31 day of December 1995.

 

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.,

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ William W. Liebeck

 

William W. Liebeck,

Executive Vice President


EXHIBIT A

ACTION BY UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT

OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, CORP.,

a Delaware corporation

(the “Company”)


ACTION BY UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT OF

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.,

a Delaware corporation

The undersigned directors of Insurance Auto Auctions Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 141(f) of the Delaware General Corporation Law and the Company’s Bylaws, take the following action by written consent in lieu of a meeting as of the 31st day of December, 1995:

 

1. Merger of East Atlanta Group, Inc. and the Company

RESOLVED , that the merger of East Atlanta Group, Inc., a Georgia corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (“EAG”), with and into the Company (the “EAG Merger”) and the assumption of all liabilities of EAG by the Company be, and it hereby is, adopted and approved;

RESOLVED FURTHER , that the Agreement and Plan of Merger in the form attached as Exhibit A hereto be, and it hereby is, authorized and approved, with such additional changes as the officers of the Company deem in their sole discretion to be necessary and appropriate;

RESOLVED FURTHER , that the Certificate of Ownership and Merger in the form attached as Exhibit B hereto be, and it hereby is, authorized and approved, with such additional changes as the officers of the Company deem in their sole discretion to be necessary and appropriate;

RESOLVED FURTHER , that the Articles of Merger in the form attached as Exhibit C hereto be, and they hereby are, authorized and approved, with such additional changes as the officers of the Company deem in their sole discretion to be necessary and appropriate; and

RESOLVED FURTHER , that the officers of the Company be, and each of them hereby is, authorized and directed, for and on behalf of the Company, to take such further actions, including, but not limited to, providing notification of the EAG Merger to any appropriate governmental or regulatory agencies, and filing the Certificate of Ownership and Merger, the Articles of Merger, the Agreement and Plan of Merger, and any other forms and documents with such agencies as may be required or advisable by them or by law, and to obtain such consents from third parties and governmental or regulatory agencies as may be necessary or advisable to carry out the EAG Merger.


2. General Authority Conferred on Officers

RESOLVED , that the officers of the Company be, and they hereby are, authorized for and on behalf of the Company to take such actions and to execute and deliver such documents and papers as they deem necessary or advisable to effectuate the purposes of the foregoing resolutions and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

2


This consent may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

/s/ Bradley S. Scott

Bradley S. Scott

/s/ William W. Liebeck

William W. Liebeck

 

3


CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER

MERGING ADBCO ACQUISITION CORP., A DELAWARE CORPORATION,

WITH AND INTO INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.,

A DELAWARE CORPORATION

Pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, Insurance Auto Auctions Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), for the purpose of effecting the merger (the “Merger”) of ADBCO Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ADBCO Acquisition Corp.”), with and into the Company, does hereby certify:

FIRST: That the Company is incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

SECOND: That the Company owns all of the outstanding shares of ADBCO Acquisition Corp.

THIRD: That attached as Exhibit A hereto are resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Parent Corporation, duly adopted by the unanimous written consent of the members thereof and dated as of December 31, 1996, approving the Merger and this Certificate of Ownership and Merger.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Insurance Auto Auctions Corp. has caused this certificate to be executed by Linda C. Larrabee, Senior Vice President and Secretary, this 31st day of December, 1996.

 

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.

a Delaware corporation

By:  

/s/ Linda C. Larrabee

 

Linda C. Larrabee,

Vice President and Secretary


EXHIBIT A

ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.

a Delaware Corporation

The undersigned, constituting all of the members of the Board of Directors of Insurance Auto Auctions Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to Section 141(t) of the Delaware General Corporation Law and the Company bylaws, hereby adopt the following resolutions by written consent effective December 31, 1996:

 

1. Merger of ADBCO Acquisition Corp. with and into the Company

WHEREAS , the Company owns one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding shares of ADBCO Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ADBCO Acquisition Corp.”);

RESOLVED , that ADBCO Acquisition Corp. be merged with and into the Company pursuant to General Corporation Law Section 253;

RESOLVED FURTHER , that the officers of the Company and ADBCO Acquisition Corp. are authorized and directed to do all acts and to execute, verify and file all documents necessary to effectuate the Merger pursuant to General Corporation Law Section 253; and

RESOLVED FURTHER , that the Company assumes all liabilities of ADBCO Acquisition Corp.Notices

 

2. Notices and Consents with Respect to the Merger

RESOLVED , that the officers of the Company be, and each of them hereby is, authorized and directed, for and on behalf of the Company, to take such further actions, including, but not limited to providing notification of the Merger to any appropriate governmental or regulatory agencies, and filing any forms and documents with such agencies as may be required or advisable by them or by law, and to obtain such consents from third parties and governmental or regulatory agencies as may be necessary or advisable to carry out the Merger.

 

3. General Authority Conferred on Officers to Effectuate Resolutions

RESOLVED , that the officers of the Company be, and they hereby area, authorized for and on behalf of the Company to take such actions and to execute and deliver such documents and papers as they deem necessary or advisable to effectuate the purposes of the foregoing resolutions and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Action by Written Consent as of the 31st day of December, 1996.

 

DIRECTORS:

/s/ James P. Alampi

James P. Alampi

/s/ Linda C. Larrabee

Linda C. Larrabee


CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER

MERGING INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CO.,

A NORTH CAROLINA CORPORATION,

WITH AND INTO INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.,

A DELAWARE CORPORATION

Pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, Insurance Auto Auctions Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Parent Corporation”), for the purpose of effecting the merger (the “Merger”) of Insurance Auto Auctions Co., a North Carolina corporation and the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Parent Corporation (the “Subsidiary Corporation”), with and into the Parent Corporation, does hereby certify:

FIRST: That the Parent Corporation is incorporated and duly organized under the laws of the State of Delaware.

SECOND: That the Parent Corporation owns all of the outstanding shares of each class of the capital stock of the Subsidiary Corporation.

THIRD: That the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the Parent Corporation permit the merger of a business corporation of that jurisdiction with a business corporation of another jurisdiction.

FOURTH: That the Parent Corporation hereby merges the Subsidiary Corporation into the Parent Corporation.

FIFTH: That attached as Exhibit A hereto are resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Parent Corporation, duly adopted by the unanimous written consent of the members thereof and dated as of December 31, 1996, approving the Merger and this Certificate of Ownership and Merger.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Parent Corporation has caused this certificate to be executed by Linda C. Larrabee, Senior Vice President and Secretary, this 31st day of December, 1996.

 

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.

a Delaware corporation

/s/ Linda C. Larrabee

Linda C. Larrabee,

Senior Vice President and Secretary


EXHIBIT A

ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT

OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.

A DELAWARE CORPORATION

The undersigned, constituting all of the members of the Board of Directors of Insurance Auto Auctions Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), pursuant to Section 141(f) of the Delaware General Corporation Law and the Company bylaws, hereby adopt the following resolutions by written consent effective December 31, 1996:

 

1. Merger of Insurance Auto Auctions Co. with and into the Company

WHEREAS , the Company owns one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding shares of Insurance Auto Auctions Co., a North Carolina corporation (“Insurance Auto Auctions Co.”);

RESOLVED , that the Plan of Merger (the “Merger”) is hereby approved and adopted;

RESOLVED FURTHER , that Insurance Auto Auctions Co. be merged with and into the Company pursuant to General Corporation Law Section 253;

RESOLVED FURTHER , that the officers of the Company and Insurance Auto Auctions Co. are authorized and directed to do all acts and to execute, verify and file all documents necessary to effectuate the Merger pursuant to General Corporation Law Section 253; and

RESOLVED FURTHER , that the Company assumes all liabilities of Insurance Auto Auctions Co.

 

2. Notices and Consents with Respect to the Merger

RESOLVED , that the officers of the Company be, and each of them hereby is, authorized and directed, for and on behalf of the Company, to take such further actions, including, but not limited to providing notification of the Merger to any appropriate governmental or regulatory agencies, and filing any forms and documents with such agencies as may be required or advisable by them or by law, and to obtain such consents from third parties and governmental or regulatory agencies as may be necessary or advisable to carry out the Merger.

 

3. General Authority Conferred on Officers to Effectuate Resolutions

RESOLVED , that the officers of the Company be, and they hereby are, authorized for and on behalf of the Company to take such actions and to execute and deliver such documents and papers as they deem necessary or advisable to effectuate the purposes of the foregoing resolutions and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Action by Written Consent as of the 31 st day of December, 1996.

 

DIRECTORS:

/s/ James P. Alampi

James P. Alampi

/s/ Linda C. Larrabee

Linda C. Larrabee

Exhibit 3.94

Bylaws

of

Insurance Auto Auctions Corp.

f/k/a TAP Acquisition Corp.


BYLAWS

OF

TAP ACQUISITION CORP.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of Kent, State of Delaware.

Section 2. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. All meetings of the stockholders for the election of directors shall be held in the City of Wilmington, State of Delaware or the City of North Hollywood, State of California, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place either within or without the State of Delaware as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.

Section 2. Annual meetings of stockholders, commencing with the year 1994, shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect by a plurality vote a board of directors, and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.

Section 3. Written notice of the annual meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting.

Section 4. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.


Section 5. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the certificate of incorporation, may be called by the president and shall be called by the president or secretary at the request in writing of a majority of the Board of Directors, or at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled to vote. Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.

Section 6. Written notice of a special meeting stating the place, date and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not fewer than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.

Section 7. Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice.

Section 8. The holders of fifty percent (50%) of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 9. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 10. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation each stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

At all elections of directors of the corporation each stockholder having voting power shall be entitled to exercise the right of cumulative voting as provided in the certificate of incorporation.

Section 11. Unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken


without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. The number of directors which shall constitute the whole board shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors or by the stockholders at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 2 of this Article, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified. Directors need not be stockholders.

Section 2. Vacancies and new created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and the directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until their successors are duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. If there are no directors in office, then an election of directors may be held in the manner provided by statute. If, at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in office.

Section 3. The business of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of its board of directors which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the certificate of incorporation or by these bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 4. The Board of Directors of the corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.

Section 5. The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order legally to constitute the meeting, provided a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver signed by all of the directors.


Section 6. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

Section 7. Special meetings of the board may be called by the president on two (2) days’ notice to each director by mail or forty-eight (48) hours notice to each director either personally or by telegram; special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of two directors unless the board consists of only one director, in which case special meetings shall be called by the president or secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of the sole director.

Section 8. At all meetings of the board a majority of the directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 9. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation of these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board or committee.

Section 10. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS

Section 11. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. The board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.

In the absence of disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.


Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to amending the certificate of incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the bylaws of the corporation; and, unless the resolution or the certificate of incorporation expressly so provide, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend or to authorize the issuance of stock. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.

Section 12. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

Section 13. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as director. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

Section 14. Unless otherwise restricted by the certificate of incorporation or bylaw, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of shares entitled to vote at an election of directors.

ARTICLE IV

NOTICES

Section 1. Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail. Notice to directors may also be given by telegram.

Section 2. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of the statutes or of the certificate of incorporation or of these bylaws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto.


ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

Section 1. The officers of the corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors and shall be a president, treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors may elect from among its members a Chairman of the Board and a Vice Chairman of the Board. The Board of Directors may also choose one or more vice-presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the certificate of incorporation or these bylaws otherwise provide.

Section 2. The Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a president, a treasurer, and a secretary and may choose vice presidents.

Section 3. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the board.

Section 4. The salaries of all officers and agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 5. The officers of the corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.

THE CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD

Section 6. The Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he shall be present. He shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board and as may be provided by law.

Section 7. In the absence of the Chairman of the Board, the Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he shall be present. He shall have and may exercise such powers as are, from time to time, assigned to him by the Board and as may be provided by law.

THE PRESIDENT AND VICE-PRESIDENTS

Section 8. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation; and in the absence of the Chairman and Vice Chairman of the Board he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors; he shall have general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.

Section 9. He shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation.


Section 10. In the absence of the president or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the vice-president, if any, (or in the event there be more than one vice-president, the vice-presidents in the order designated by the directors, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. The vice-presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY

Section 11. The secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings of the corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or president, under whose supervision he shall be. He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

Section 12. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors may from time to time prescribe.

THE TREASURER AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS

Section 13. The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 14. He shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.

Section 15. If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.


Section 16. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATE OF STOCK

Section 1. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by, the chairman or vice-chairman of the Board of Directors, or the president or a vice-president and the treasurer or an assistant treasurer, or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation.

Certificates may be issued for partly paid shares and in such case upon the face or back of the certificates issued to represent any such partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor, and the amount paid thereon shall be specified.

If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualification, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

Section 2. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

LOST CERTIFICATES

Section 3. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming


the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

TRANSFER OF STOCK

Section 4. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books.

FIXING RECORD DATE

Section 5. In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholder or any adjournment thereof, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS

Section 6. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

DIVIDENDS

Section 1. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the certificate of incorporation.


Section 2. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purposes as the directors shall think conducive to the interest of the corporation, and the directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

CHECKS

Section 3. All checks or demands for money and notes of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

FISCAL YEAR

Section 4. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

SEAL

Section 5. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal having inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 6. The corporation shall, to the fullest extent authorized under the laws of the State of Delaware, as those laws may be amended and supplemented from time to time, indemnify any director made, or threatened to be made, a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of being a director of the corporation or a predecessor corporation or, at the corporation’s request, a director or officer of another corporation, provided, however, that the corporation shall indemnify any such agent in connection with a proceeding initiated by such agent only if such proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation. The indemnification provided for in this Section 6 shall: (i) not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement or vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in their official capacities and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, (ii) continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, and (iii) inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. The corporation’s obligation to provide indemnification under this Section 6 shall be offset to the extent of any other source of indemnification or any otherwise applicable insurance coverage under a policy maintained by the corporation or any other person.

Expenses incurred by a director of the corporation in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a director of the corporation (or was serving at the corporation’s request as a director or officer of another corporation) shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of


an undertaking by or on behalf of such director to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by relevant sections of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the corporation shall not be required to advance such expenses to an agent who is a party to an action, suit or proceeding brought by the corporation and approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation which alleges willful misappropriation of corporate assets by such agent, disclosure of confidential information in violation of such agent’s fiduciary or contractual obligations to the corporation or any other willful and deliberate breach in bad faith of such agent’s duty to the corporation or its stockholders.

The foregoing provisions of this Section 6 shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director who serves in such capacity at any time while this bylaw is in effect, and any repeal or modification thereof shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

The Board of Directors in its discretion shall have power on behalf of the corporation to indemnify any person, other than a director, made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate, is or was an officer or employee of the corporation.

To assure indemnification under this Section 6 of all directors, officers and employees who are determined by the corporation or otherwise to be or to have been “fiduciaries” of any employee benefit plan of the corporation which may exist from time to time, Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware shall, for the purposes of this Section 6, be interpreted as follows: an “other enterprise” shall be deemed to include such an employee benefit plan, including without limitation, any plan of the corporation which is governed by the Act of Congress entitled “Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,” as amended from time to time; the corporation shall be deemed to have requested a person to serve an employee benefit plan where the performance by such person of his duties to the corporation also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, such person to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to such Act of Congress shall be deemed “fines.”

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

Section 1. These bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate of incorporation at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting. If the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the certificate or incorporation it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.

Exhibit 3.95

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

IAA ACQUISITION CORP.

FIRST: The name of the corporation is IAA Acquisition Corp. (the “Corporation”).

SECOND: The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 9 E. Loockerman Street, Dover, Delaware 19901 in the county of Kent. The name of the Corporation’s registered agent is National Registered Agents, Inc.

THIRD: The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware (the “GU”).

FOURTH: The total number of shares of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share.

FIFTH: The name and mailing address of the Corporation’s incorporator is:

 

Name

  

Mailing Address

Suzanne M. Hoffman

  

c/o Katten Muchin Zavis

525 West Monroe Street

Suite 1600

Chicago, Illinois 60661-3693

SIXTH: The Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the by-laws of the Corporation (the “By-Laws”).

SEVENTH: Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the By-Laws.

EIGHTH: Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the Corporation or on the application of

 

1


any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the GCL or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the GCL order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

NINTH: The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation is hereby eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by the GCL.

TENTH: The Corporation shall indemnify each director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of the Corporation and each person who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in the manner and to the fullest extent provided in Section 145 of the GCL as the same now exists or may hereafter be amended.

The undersigned incorporator hereby acknowledges that the foregoing certificate of incorporation is such incorporator’s act and deed and that the facts stated therein are true.

Dated: March 6, 2000

 

/s/ Suzanne M. Hoffman
Suzanne M. Hoffman, Incorporator
c/o Katten Muchin Zavis
525 West Monroe Street
Suite 1600
Chicago, Illinois 60661-3693

 

2

Exhibit 3.96

BY-LAWS

OF

IAA ACQUISITION CORP.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1.1 The registered office of the Corporation shall be in the City of Dover, County of Kent, State of Delaware. The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 2.1 Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held on the third Thursday in February of each year, or on such other date, as may be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that if in any year such date is a legal holiday, such meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day. At each annual meeting, the stockholders shall elect directors to hold office for the term provided in Section 3.1 of these By-laws.

Section 2.2 Special Meeting . A special meeting of the stockholders may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, the Board of Directors, or by such other officers or persons as the Board of Directors may designate. Special meetings may also be called by the holders of not less than one-fifth of all of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the matter for which the meeting is called.

Section 2.3 Place of Stockholder Meetings . The Board of Directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting. If no such place is designated by the Board of Directors, the place of meeting will be the principal business office of the Corporation.

Section 2.4 Notice of Meetings . Unless waived as herein provided, whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take any action at a meeting, written notice of the meeting shall be given stating the place, date and hour of the meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Such written notice shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting or in the event of a merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution or sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property, business or assets not less than twenty (20) days before the date of the meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.


When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place in accordance with Section 2.5 of these By-laws, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting in which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may conduct any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting; a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 2.5 Quorum and Adjourned Meetings . Unless otherwise provided by law or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders. If less than a majority of the shares entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders is present in person or represented by proxy at such meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. The stockholders present at a meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of such number of stockholders as may leave less than a quorum.

Section 2.6 Fixing of Record Date . (a) For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

(b) For the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is established by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date on which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal office or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which the proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by

 

2


hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders’ consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

(c) For the purpose of determining the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect to any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix the record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining the stockholders for any such purpose shall be the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 2.7 Voting List . The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to beheld, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 2.8 Voting . Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of capital stock held by each stockholder. In all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Directors shall be elected by plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by a proxy at the meeting entitled to vote on the election of directors.

Section 2.9 Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may remain irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the Corporation generally.

Section 2.10 Ratification of Acts of Directors and Officers . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, any transaction or contract or act of the Corporation or of the directors or the officers of the Corporation may be

 

3


ratified by the affirmative vote of the holders of the number of shares which would have been necessary to approve such transaction, contract or act at a meeting of stockholders, or by the written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting.

Section 2.11 Informal Action of Stockholders . Any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. In the event that the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate with any governmental body, if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, the certificate filed shall state, in lieu of any statement required by law concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent had been given in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, and that written notice has been given as provided in such section.

Section 2.12 Organization . Such person as the Board of Directors may designate or, in the absence of such a designation, the Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation or, in his or her absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of such meeting. In the absence of the secretary of the Corporation, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint a person to serve as secretary at the meeting.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 3.1 Number and Tenure of Directors . The initial Board of Directors shall consist of three (3) members. On a going forward basis, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall consist of not less than one (1) nor more than five (5) members as fixed from time to time, by the directors or the stockholders without further amendment to this Section, but no decrease shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.9 of these By-laws. Each director shall hold office until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.

Section 3.2 Election of Directors . Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. In all elections for directors, every stockholder shall have the right to vote the number of shares owned by such stockholder for each director to be elected, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, as the same may be from time to time amended.

 

4


Section 3.3 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such time and in such place as shall from time to time be determined by the board.

Section 3.4 Annual Meetings . The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and in such place as shall be fixed by the vote of the stockholders at the annual meeting, and no notice of such meeting shall be necessary to the newly elected directors in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided that a quorum shall be present. In the event of the failure of the stockholders to fix the time or place of such first meeting of the newly elected Board of Directors, or in the event that such meeting is not held at the time and place so fixed by the stockholders, the meeting may be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a written waiver of notice signed by all of the directors.

Section 3.5 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the president or at least one-third of the number of directors constituting the whole board. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them.

Section 3.6 Notice of Special Meetings of the Board of Directors . Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given at least two (2) days previous thereto by written notice to each director at his or her address. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States Mail so addressed, with first class postage thereon prepaid. If sent by any other means (including facsimile, courier, or express mail, etc.), such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when actually delivered to the home or business address of the director.

Section 3.7 Quorum . Unless otherwise provided by law or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, a majority of the total number of directors fixed by these By-laws, or in the absence of a By-law which fixes the number of directors, the number stated in the Certificate of Incorporation or named by the incorporators or stockholders, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If less than a majority of the directors are present at a meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice.

Section 3.8 Voting . The vote of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors, unless the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation requires a vote of a greater number.

Section 3.9 Vacancies . Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be filled by an election either at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose. Any directors elected by the stockholders to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the balance of the term for which he or she was elected.

 

5


Section 3.10 Removal of Directors . A director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors; provided, however, that if cumulative voting obtains and less than the entire Board of Directors is to be removed, no director may be removed without cause if the votes cast against such director’s removal would be sufficient to elect him if then cumulatively voted at an election of the entire Board of Directors.

Section 3.11 Informal Action of Directors . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee.

Section 3.12 Participation by Conference Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee designated by such board, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors, or committee thereof, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment as long as all persons participating in the meeting can speak with and hear each other, and participation by a director pursuant to this Section 3.12 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

ARTICLE IV

WAIVER OF NOTICE

Section 4.1 Written Waiver of Notice . A written waiver of any required notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the date stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.

Section 4.2 Attendance as Waiver of Notice . Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, and objects at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE V

COMMITTEES

The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a number at any meeting of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another

 

6


member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority reference to amending the Certificate of Incorporation, adopting an agreement of merger or consideration, recommending to the stockholders the sale, lease, or exchange of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommending to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amending the By-laws of the Corporation; and, unless the resolution so provides, no such committee shall have the power or authority to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to at a certificate of ownership and merger, pursuant to Section 253 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

ARTICLE VI

OFFICERS

Section 6.1 General Provisions . The Board of Directors shall elect a President and a Secretary of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may also elect a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, one or more Vice Presidents, a Treasurer, one or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant and such additional officers as the Board of Directors may deem necessary or appropriate from time to time. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. The officers elected by the Board of Directors shall have such duties as are described and such additional duties as the Board of Directors may from trine to time prescribe.

Section 6.2 Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the regular meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of the stockholders. If the election of officers’ is not held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient. New offices of the Corporation may be created and filled and vacancies in offices may be filled at any time, at a meeting or by the written consent of the Board of Directors. Unless removed pursuant to Section 6.3 of that By-laws, each officer shall hold office until his successor has been duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier death or resignation. Election or appointment of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights.

Section 6.3 Removal of Officers . Any officer or agent elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the persons so removed.

Section 6.4 The Chief Executive Officer . The Board of Directors shall designate whether the Chairman of the Board, if one shall have been chosen, or the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. If a Chairman of the Board has not been chosen, or if one has been chosen but not designated Chief Executive Officer, then the President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall be the

 

7


principal executive officer of the Corporation and shall in general supervise and control all of the baseness and affairs of the Corporation, unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall see that orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer and sign bonds, mortgages, certificates for spates and all other contracts and documents whether or not under the seal of the Corporation except in cases where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by law, by the Board of Directors or by these By-laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. The Chief Executive Officer shall have general powers of supervision and shall be the final arbiter of all differences between officers of the Corporation and his decision as to any matter affecting the Corporation shall be full and binding as between the officers of the Corporation subject only to the Board of Directors.

Section 6.5 The President . In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, if the Chairman of the Board has been designated Chief Executive Officer, the President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. At all other tones the President shall have the active management of the business of the Corporation under the general supervision of the Chief Executive Officer. The President shall have concurrent power with the Chief Executive Officer to sign bonds, mortgages, certificates for shares and other contracts and documents, whether or not under the seal of the Corporation except is cases where the signing and execute thereof shall be expressly delegated by law, by the Board of Directors, or by these By-laws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation. In general, the President shall perform ail duty incident to the office of president aced sack other duties as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 6.6 The Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if one is chosen, shall be chosen from among the members of the board. If the Chairman of the Board has not been designated Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board shall perform such duties as may be assigned to the Chairman of the Board Executive Officer or by the Board of Directors.

Section 6.7 Vice Chairman of the Board . In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer or is the event of this inability or refusal to act, if the Chairman of the Board has been designated Chief Executive Officer, the Vice Chairman, or if there be more than one, the Vice Chairmen, is the order determined by the Board of Directors, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Chief Executive Officer. At all other times, the Vice Chairman or Vice Chairman shall perform such duties and have such powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 6.8 The Vice President . In the absence of the President or in the event of this inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Executive Vice President and then the other Vice President or Vice Presidents in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall in all the powers of and be

 

8


subject to all the restrictions upon the President. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 6.9 The Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record at the proceedings of the meetings of the Corporation and of the Board of Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose and shall perform like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall Perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision he shall be. The Secretary shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such Assistant Secretary. The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature.

Section 6.10 The Assistant Secretary . The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

Section 6.11 The Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall give the Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six (6) years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

Section 6.12 The Assistant Treasurer . The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform each other duties and have such other powers as the Chief Executive Officer or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

9


Section 6.13 Duties of Officers May be Delegated . In the absence of any officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors may delegate the powers or duties, or any of such powers or duties, of any officers or officer to any other officer or to any director.

Section 6.14 Compensation . The Board of Directors shall have the authority to establish reasonable compensation of all officers for services to the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

Section 7.1 Certificates of Shares . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer, or the President or Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Any or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.

Section 7.2 Signatures of Former Officer, Transfer Agent or Registrar . In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person or entity were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

Section 7.3 Transfer of Shares . Transfers of shares of the Corporation shall be made only on the books of the Corporation by the holder of record thereof or by his legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of authority to transfer, or by his or her attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation, and on surrender for cancellation of certificate for such shares. Prior to due presentment of a certificate for shares for registration of transfer, the Corporation may treat a registered owner of such shares as the person exclusively entitled to vote, to receive notifications and otherwise have and exercise all of the right and powers of an owner of shares.

Section 7.4 Lost, Destroyed or Stolen Certificates . Whenever a certificate representing shares of the Corporation has been lost, destroyed or stolen, the holder thereof may file in the office of the Corporation an affidavit setting forth, to the best of his knowledge and belief, the time, place, and circumstance of such loss, destruction or theft together with a statement of indemnity sufficient in the opinion of the Board of Directors to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss of any such certificate. Thereupon the Board may cause to be issued to such person or such person’s

 

10


legal representative a new certificate or a duplicate of the certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen. In the exercise of its discretion, the Board of Directors may waive the indemnification requirements provided herein.

ARTICLE VIII

DIVIDENDS

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of the Corporation’s capital stock in any form determined by the Board of Directors, in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law.

ARTICLE IX

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

Section 9.1 Contracts . The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 9.2 Loans . No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by a resolution of the Board of Directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 9.3 Checks, Drafts, Etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by one or more officers or agents of the Corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 9.4 Deposits . The funds of the Corporation may be deposited or invested in such bank account, in such investments or with such other depositories as determined by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

These By-laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the Corporation’s stockholders or the Board of Directors, but no By-law adopted by the stockholders may be altered, amended or repealed by the Board of Directors.

 

11


ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 11.1 Right to Indemnity .

(a) The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent to which it is empowered to do so by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as amended (the “Code”), or any other applicable laws as may from time to time be in effect, indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expenses (including attorney’s fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

(b) The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent to which it is empowered to do so by the Code or any other applicable laws as may from time to time be in effect, indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in a right of the Corporation to procure judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, provided that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his or her duty to the Corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court shall deem proper.

(c) To the extent that a director or officer of the Corporation has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

(d) Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case, upon a determination that indemnification of the director or officer is proper in the circumstances

 

12


because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in subsections (a) or (b). Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable, or even if obtainable, if a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders.

(e) Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding, as authorized by the Board of Directors in the specific case, upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount, unless it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Article XI.

(f) The indemnification provided by this Article XI shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

(g) If the Corporation has paid indemnity or has advanced expenses to a director, officer, employee or agent, the Corporation shall report the indemnification or advance in writing to the stockholders with or before the notice of the next stockholders’ meeting.

Section 11.2 Insurance . The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another Corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or incurred by him in any such capacity or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power or the obligation to indemnify him against such liability under this Article XI.

Section 11.3 Contract with the Corporation . The provisions of this Article XI shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director, officer, employee or agent who serves in any such capacity at any time while this Article XI and the relevant provisions of the Code or other applicable law, if any, are in effect, and any repeal or modification of any such law or of this Article XI shall not affect any rights or obligations then existing with respect to any state of facts then or heretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon each state of facts.

 

13

Exhibit 3.97

 

Form B CA-2.10

  ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION    

(Rev. Jan. 1999)

  This space for use by Secretary of State  

 

SUBMIT IN DUPLICATE!

Jesse White        
Secretary of State   FILED   This space for use by
Department of Business Services       Secretary of State
Springfield, IL 62756   May 5 1999   Date
http://www.sos.state.il.us       Franchise Tax    $
Payment must be made by   JESSE WHITE   Filing Fee           $
certified check, cashier’s check,   SECRETARY OF STATE   Approved:

Illinois attorney’s check, Illinois

C.P.A.’s check or money order,

payable to “Secretary of State”

     

 

1.   CORPORATE NAME:   

IAA SERVICES, INC.

 

 

 

(The corporate name must contain the word “corporation”, “company,” “incorporated,” “limited” or an abbreviation thereof.)

 

2.      

  Initial. Registered Agent:   

Illinois Corporation Services Company

  

 

     First Name    Middle Initial    Last name
  Initial Registered Office:   

700 South Second Street

  

 

  

Ste. 100

     Number    Street    Suite #
    

Springfield                                IL

  

Sangamon

  

62704

         City    County    Zip Code
3.  

Purpose or purposes for which the corporation is organized:

(If not sufficient space to cover this point, add one or more sheets of this size.)

To transact any or all lawful businesses for which corporations may be

incorporated under the Business Corporation Act of 1983, as amended.

4.

  Paragraph 1: Authorized Shares, Issued Shares and Consideration Received:
  Class   

Par Value

per Share

  

Number of Shares

Authorized

  

Number of Shares

Proposed to be Issued

  

Consideration to be

Received Therefor

  Common    $    .01    1,000    100    $    100
   
   
   
          

TOTAL = $100

  Paragraph 2: The preferences, qualifications, limitations, restrictions and special or relative rights in respect of the shares of each class are:
  (If not sufficient space to cover this point, add one or more sheets of this size.)
  See attachment.

 

1


5. OPTIONAL

 

(a)    Number of directors constituting the initial board of directors of the corporation:

  N/A
 

(b)    Names and addresses of the persons who are to serve as directors until the first annual meeting of shareholders or until their successors are elected and qualify:

  Name    Residential Address   City, State, ZIP
            
            

 

6. OPTIONAL:  

(a)    It is estimated that the value of all property to be owned by the corporation for the following year wherever located will be:

   $     N/A
 

(b)    It is estimated that the value of the property to be located within the State of Illinois during the following year will be:

   $     N/A
 

(c)    It is estimated that the gross amount of business that will be transacted by the corporation during the following year will be:

   $     N/A
 

(d)    It is estimated that the gross amount of business that will be transacted from places of business in the State of Illinois during the following year will be:

   $     N/A

 

7. OPTIONAL:   OTHER PROVISIONS         
  Attach a separate sheet of this size for any other provision to be included in the Articles of Incorporation, e.g., authorizing preemptive rights, denying cumulative voting, regulating internal affairs, voting majority requirements, fixing a duration other than perpetual, etc.

 

8.   NAME(S) & ADDRESS(ES) OF INCORPORATOR(S)

The undersigned incorporator(s) hereby declare(s), under penalties of perjury, that the statements made in the foregoing Articles of Incorporation are true.

Dated     April 30 , 19 97 .

 

Signature and Name    Address
1.   

/s/ Carolyn M. Perry

   1.   

c/o Schiff Hardin & Waite, 6600 Sears Tower

   Signature       Street      
  

Carolyn M. Perry

     

Chicago,

  

IL

  

60606

   (Type or Print Name)       City/Town    State    Zip Code
2.   

 

   2   

 

   Signature       Street      
  

 

     

 

  

 

  

 

   (Type or Print Name)       City/Town    State    Zip Code
3.   

 

   3.   

 

   Signature       Street      
  

 

   4.   

 

  

 

  

 

   (Type or Print Name)       City/Town    State    Zip Code

(Signatures must be in BLACK INK on original document. Carbon copy, photocopy or rubber stamp signatures may only be used on conformed copies.)

NOTE: If a corporation acts as Incorporator, the name of the corporation and the state of incorporation shall be shown and the execution shall be by its president or vice president and verified by him, and attested by its secretary or assistant secretary.

 


FEE SCHEDULE

 

   

The initial franchise tax is assessed at the rate of 15/100 of 1 percent ($1.50 per 51,000) on the paid-in capital represented in this state, with a minimum of $25.

 

   

The filing tee is 575.

 

   

The minimum total due (franchise tax + filing fee) is $100 .

(Applies when the Consideration to be Received as se forth in Item 4 does not exceed $16,667)

 

   

The Department of Business Services in Springfield will provided assistance in calculating the total fees if necessary Illinois Secretary of State            Springfield. IL 62756

Department of Business Services Telephone (217) 782.9522 or 782.9523

 

2


ARTICLE 7

A. INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS . The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a part, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The Corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party, or is threatened to be made a party, to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), by reason of the fat that he or she is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or who is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expense (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by its equivalent, shall not, of itself create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he or she reasonably believed to be in or opposed to the best interests of the Corporation or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that the person had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful.

B. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS . The liability of the directors of the Corporation for monetary damages shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permissible under Illinois law.

C. NO CUMULATIVE VOTING . In all election for directors, cumulative voting by the shareholders is hereby denied under all circumstances.

 

3

Exhibit 3.98

BY-LAWS

OF

IAA SERVICES, INC.

ARTICLE 1

OFFICES; REGISTERED AGENT

§ 1.1 REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT. The corporation shall maintain in the State of Illinois a registered office and a registered agent whose business office is the registered office.

§ 1.2 PRINCIPAL BUSINESS OFFICE. The corporation shall have its principal business office at such location within or without the State of Illinois as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

ARTICLE 2

SHAREHOLDERS

§ 2.1 ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the shareholders shall be held for the purpose of electing directors and for the transaction of such other business as may come before the meeting on the last Wednesday in April each year, at the hour of 10:00 a.m. or, if this date in any year shall be a legal holiday, then the meeting shall be held on the next succeeding business day, provided, however, that the board of directors may, by resolution adopted before notice of the meeting is given to the shareholders, fix a different date and/or time for holding any annual meeting.

§ 2.2 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the shareholders may be called by the president, by the board of directors or by the holders of not less than one-fifth of all the outstanding shares of the corporation entitled to vote on the matter for which the meeting is called.

§ 2.3 PLACE OF MEETING. The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Illinois, as the place for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the board of directors, but if no designation is made, or If a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal business office of the corporation; provided, however, that for any meeting of the shareholders for which a waiver of notice designating a place is signed by all of the shareholders, then that shall be the place for the holding of such meeting.

§ 2.4 NOTICE OF MEETINGS. Written notice stating the place, date and hour of the meeting of the shareholders and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, either shall be delivered personally or mailed to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the date


of the meeting, or, in the case of a meeting called for the purpose of acting upon a merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution or sale, lease or exchange of assets, not less than 20 nor more than 60 days before the meeting, by or at the direction of the president, the secretary, or other persons calling the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the shareholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.

§ 2.5 WAIVER OF NOTICE. A waiver of notice in writing signed by a shareholder entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to giving notice to such shareholder. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice thereof unless the person so attending objects to the holding of the meeting because proper notice was not given.

§ 2.6 FIXING OF RECORD DATE. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders, or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors may fix in advance a record date for any such determination of shareholders, which shall be not more than 60 days and, for a meeting of shareholders, not less than 10 days, or in the case of a meeting called for the purpose of acting upon a merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution or sale, lease or exchange of assets, not less than 20 days, before the date of the event for which the determination is required. If no record date is fixed as aforesaid, the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of shareholders shall be the date on which notice of the meeting is mailed and the record date for the determination of shareholders for any other purpose shall be the date on which the board of directors adopts resolution(s) relating thereto. A determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting.

§ 2.7 VOTING LISTS. The officer or agent having charge of the share transfer books of the corporation shall make, within 20 days after the record date for a meeting of shareholders or 10 days before such meeting, whichever is earlier, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at such meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of and the number of shares held by each, which list shall be kept on file at the registered office of the corporation and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder, and to copying at the shareholder’s expense, at any time during usual business hours for a period of 10 days prior to each meeting of the shareholders. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder during the whole time of the meeting. The original share ledger or transfer books, or a duplicate thereof kept in the State of Illinois, shall be prima facie evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine such list or share ledger or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of the shareholders.

§ 2.8 QUORUM AND VOTE REQUIRED FOR ACTION. The holders of outstanding shares having a majority of the total votes which all of the outstanding shares of the corporation would be entitled to cast on a matter at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for consideration of such matter at any meeting of the shareholders; provided that if a quorum is not present at said meeting, then the holders who are present in

 

2


person or by proxy may by majority vote adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. If a quorum is present at any meeting of the shareholders, the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes entitled to be cast on a matter by holders of shares who are present in person or by proxy shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the Illinois Business Corporation Act of 1983 as amended or the articles of incorporation of the corporation require a different number of votes. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. Withdrawal of shareholders from any meeting shall not cause failure of a duly constituted quorum at that meeting.

§ 2.9 PROXIES. Each shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of the shareholders or to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no proxy shall be valid after the expiration of 11 months from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Such proxy shall be in writing delivered to the person so appointed and shall be filed with the secretary of the corporation before or at the time of the meeting or the giving of such written consent, as the case may be.

§ 2.10 VOTING OF SHARES. Subject to the provisions of Section 2.13, each outstanding share, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote upon each matter submitted to a vote of the shareholders.

§ 2.11 VOTING OF SHARES BY CERTAIN HOLDERS.

(a) Shares registered in the name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by any officer, agent, proxy or other legal representative authorized to vote such shares under the law of incorporation of such corporation. The corporation may treat the president or other person holding the position of chief executive officer of such other corporation as authorized to vote such shares, together with any other person indicated and any other holder of an office indicated by the corporate shareholder to the corporation as a person or an office authorized to vote such shares. Such persons and offices indicated shall be registered by the corporation on the transfer books for shares and included in any voting list prepared in accordance with these by-laws.

(b) Shares registered in the name of a deceased person, a minor ward or a person under legal disability may be voted by his or her administrator, executor or court appointed guardian, either in person or by proxy without a transfer of such shares into the name of such administrator, executor or court appointed guardian. Shares registered in the name of a trustee may be voted by him or her, either in person or by proxy.

(c) Shares registered in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer thereof into his or her name if authority so to do be contained in an appropriate order of the court by which such receiver was appointed.

(d) A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

 

3


(e) Shares of a corporation belonging to the corporation shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote at any given time, but shares of the corporation held by the corporation in a fiduciary capacity may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to vote at any given time.

§ 2.12 INSPECTORS. At any meeting of the shareholders, the presiding officer may, or upon the request of any shareholder shall, appoint one or more persons as inspectors for such meeting. Such inspectors shall ascertain and report the number of shares represented at the meeting, based upon their determination of the validity and effect of proxies; count all votes and report the results; and do such other acts as are proper to conduct the election and voting with impartiality and fairness to all the shareholders. Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by him or her or a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting. If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

§ 2.13 VOTING BY BALLOT. Voting on any question shall be by ballot when so requested by any shareholder or directed by the presiding officer.

§ 2.14 INFORMAL ACTION BY SHAREHOLDERS. Unless otherwise provided in the articles of incorporation of the corporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the shareholders, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, may be taken without a meeting and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed (i) by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof, or (ii) by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voting. Any consent may be signed in counterparts with the same force and effect as if all the shareholders so signing had signed the same copy. If the consent is signed by less than all of the shareholders entitled to vote, then it shall become effective only if at least five (5) days prior to the execution of the consent a notice in writing is delivered to all the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter thereof and, after the effective date of the consent, prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be delivered in writing to those shareholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE 3

DIRECTORS

§ 3.1 GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors.

§ 3.2 NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS. The number of directors of the corporation shall be not less than three nor more than eight. The term of office of each director shall be until the next annual election of the shareholders or until his or her successor shall have been elected and qualified. Directors need not be residents of the State of Illinois or shareholders of the corporation.

 

4


§ 3.3 REGULAR MEETINGS. A regular meeting of the board of directors shall be held, without other notice than this by-law, immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of the shareholders. The board of directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within or without the State of Illinois, for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

§ 3.4 SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the president or any two directors. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix any place, either within or without the State of Illinois, as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors called by them.

§ 3.5 NOTICE AND WAIVER. Notice of any special meeting shall be given at least                      days prior thereto by written notice to each director at his or her business address or such other address as he or she may have advised the secretary of the corporation to use for such purpose. If delivered, such notice shall be deemed to be given when delivered. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given two business days after deposit in the United States mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, and if given by telegraph such notice shall be deemed to be given the next business day following the day the telegram is given to the telegraph company. A waiver of notice in writing signed by the director entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Attendance at any meeting shall constitute waiver of notice thereof unless the person attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transacting of business at the meeting because proper notice was not given. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

§ 3.6 QUORUM. A majority of the number of directors fixed by these by-laws shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors, unless a greater number is specified by the articles of incorporation of the corporation or these by-laws; provided, that if a quorum is not present, then a majority of the directors present at said meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice than announcement at the meeting.

§ 3.7 MANNER OF ACTING. The act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors unless the act of a greater number is required by the articles of incorporation of the corporation or these by-laws.

§ 3.8 ATTENDANCE BY CONFERENCE TELEPHONE. Members of the board of directors may participate in and act at any meeting of such board through use of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in such meeting by such means shall constitute attendance and presence in person at the meeting of the person or persons so participating for all purposes including fulfilling the requirements of sections 3.6 and 3.7.

 

5


§ 3.9 VACANCIES. Any vacancy occurring in the board of directors, and any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled by election at an annual meeting or at a special meeting of shareholders called for that purpose; provided, however, that the board of directors may. fill vacancies arising between meetings of shareholders for any reason, including vacancies due to an increase in the number of directors.

§ 3.10 INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS. Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the board of directors, or any other action which may be taken at a meeting of the board of directors may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors. Any consent may be signed in counterparts with the same force and effect as if all directors had signed the same copy. All signed copies of any such written consent shall be delivered to the secretary to be filed in the corporate records. The action taken shall be effective when all the directors have signed the consent unless the consent specifies a different effective date. Any such consent signed by all of the directors shall have the same effect as a unanimous vote.

§ 3.11 COMPENSATION. The board of directors, by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, and irrespective of any personal interest of any of its members, shall have authority to establish reasonable compensation of all directors for services to the corporation as directors, officers or otherwise, and to authorize the payment of the directors’ expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the board in addition to such compensation.

§ 3.12 PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT. A director who is present at a meeting of the board of directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he or she shall file his or her written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered or certified mail to the secretary of the corporation Immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

§ 3.13 COMMITTEES. A majority of the directors may create one or more committees and appoint members of the board to serve on the committee or committees. Each committee shall have two or more members, who serve at the pleasure of the board of directors. Members of any committee of the board of directors may participate in and act at any meeting of such committee through the use of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in such meeting by such means shall constitute attendance and presence in person at the meeting of the person or persons so participating for all purposes. Unless in its appointment the board of directors decides otherwise, a majority of any committee shall constitute a quorum and a majority of a quorum shall be necessary for committee action. A committee may act by unanimous consent in writing without a meeting, and shall decide the time and place of its meetings and the notice therefor, unless the board of directors decides otherwise. To the extent specified by the board of directors, a committee may exercise the power of the board, subject to such limitations as may be provided by law.

 

6


ARTICLE 4

OFFICERS

§ 4.1 NUMBER. The officers of the corporation shall be a president, a treasurer, and a secretary, and such number of vice presidents, assistant treasurers, assistant secretaries and other officers as may be elected by the board of directors. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

§ 4.2 ELECTION AND TERM OF OFFICE. The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors at the first meeting of the board of directors held after each annual meeting of the shareholders. If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the board of directors. Each officer shall hold office until one of the following first occurs: his or her successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified, until his or her death or resignation or until he or she shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

§ 4.3 REMOVAL. Any officer may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed. Election of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights.

§ 4.4 PRESIDENT. The president shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and, subject to the direction and control of the board of directors, he or she shall be in charge of the business of the corporation. In general, he or she shall discharge all duties incident to the chief executive office of the corporation and such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors from time to time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the president shall see that the resolutions and directions of the board of directors are carried into effect except in those instances in which that responsibility is specifically assigned to some other person by the board of directors; he or she shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and, if he or she is a director of the corporation, of the board of directors; and, except in those instances in which the authority to execute is expressly delegated to another officer or agent of the corporation or a different mode of execution is expressly prescribed by the board of directors, he or she may execute for the corporation certificates for its shares (the issue of which shall have been authorized by the board of directors), and any contracts, deeds, mortgages, bonds, or other instruments which the board of directors has authorized, and he or she may (without previous authorization by the board of directors) execute such contracts and other instruments as the conduct of the corporation’s business in its ordinary course requires, and he or she may accomplish such execution in each case either individually or with the secretary, any assistant secretary, or any other officer thereunto authorized by the board of directors, according to the requirements of the form of the instrument. Also, the president may vote all securities which the corporation is entitled to vote except as and to the extent such authority shall be vested in a different officer or agent of the corporation by the board of directors.

§ 4.5 THE VICE PRESIDENTS. The vice president (and, in the event that there is more than one vice president, each of the vice presidents) shall assist the president in the

 

7


discharge of his or her duties as the president may direct and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the president or by the board of directors. In the absence of the president or in the event of his or her inability or refusal to act, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated by the board of directors, or by the president if the board of directors has not made such a designation, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of seniority of tenure as vice president) shall perform the duties of the president, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president. Except in those instances in which the authority to execute is expressly delegated to another officer or agent of the corporation or a different mode of execution is expressly prescribed by the board of directors or these by-laws, the vice president (or each of them if there are more than one) may execute for the corporation certificates for its shares (the issue of which shall have been authorized by the board of directors), and any contracts, deeds, mortgages, bonds or other instruments which the board of directors has authorized, and he or she may (without previous authorization by the board of directors) execute such contracts and other instruments as the conduct of the corporation’s business in its ordinary course requires, and he or she may accomplish such execution in each case either individually or with the secretary, any assistant secretary, or any other officer thereunto authorized by the board of directors, according to the requirements of the form of the instrument.

§ 4.6 THE TREASURER. The treasurer shall be the principal accounting and financial officer of the corporation and as such shall perform all the duties incident to the office of treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the board of directors or the president. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, he or she shall (a) have charge of and be responsible for the maintenance of adequate books of account for the corporation; and (b) have charge and custody of all funds and securities of the corporation, and be responsible therefor and for the receipt and disbursement thereof. If required by the board of directors, the treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety or sureties as the board of directors may determine.

§ 4.7 THE SECRETARY. The secretary shall perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the board of directors or president. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, he or she shall (a) record the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and the board of directors and will record or keep the minutes of all committees in one or more books provided for that purpose and shall include in such books the actions by written consent of the shareholders and the board of directors; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws or as required by law; (c) be the custodian of the corporate records and the seal of the corporation (if a seal has been authorized by the board of directors) and certify the by-laws, resolutions of the shareholders and board of directors and any committees of the board of directors and other documents of the corporation as being true and correct copies thereof; (d) keep a register of the post-office address of each shareholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such shareholder; (e) sign with the president, or a vice president, or any other officer thereunto authorized by the board of directors, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issue of which shall have been authorized by the board of directors, and any contracts, deeds, mortgages, bonds, or other instruments which the board of directors has authorized, and he or she may (without previous authorization by the board of directors) sign with such other officers as

 

8


aforesaid such contracts and other instruments as the conduct of the corporation’s business in its ordinary course requires, in each case according to the requirements of the form of the instrument, except when a different mode of execution is expressly prescribed by the board of directors or these by-laws; and (f) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation.

§ 4.8 ASSISTANT TREASURERS AND ASSISTANT SECRETARIES. The assistant treasurers and assistant secretaries shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the treasurer, in the case of assistant treasurers, or the secretary, in the case of assistant secretaries, or by the president or the board of directors in either case. Each assistant secretary may sign with the president, or a vice president, or any other officer thereunto authorized by the board of directors, certificates for shares of the corporation, the issue of which shall have been authorized by the board of directors, and any contracts, deeds, mortgages, bonds, or other instruments which the board of directors has authorized, and may (without previous authorization by the board of directors) sign with such other officers as aforesaid such contracts and other instruments as the conduct of the corporation’s business in its ordinary course requires, in each case according to the requirements of the form of the instrument, except when a different mode of execution is expressly prescribed by the board of directors. The assistant treasurers shall, if required by the board of directors, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with such sureties as the board of directors shall determine.

§ 4.9 COMPENSATION. The officers’ compensation shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director of the corporation.

ARTICLE 5

INDEMNIFICATION

§ 5.1 INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS. The corporation shall, to the fullest extent to which it is empowered to do so by the Illinois Business Corporation Act of 1983 as amended or any other applicable laws as may from time to time be in effect, indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

§ 5.2 CONTRACT WITH THE CORPORATION. The provisions of this Article 5 shall be deemed to be a contract between the corporation and each director or officer who serves in any such capacity at any time while this Article is in effect, and any repeal or modification of this Article 5 shall not affect any rights or obligations hereunder with respect to any state of facts then or theretofore existing or any action, suit or proceeding theretofore or thereafter brought or threatened based in whole or in part upon any such state of facts.

 

9


§ 5.3 INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS. Persons who are not covered by the foregoing provisions of this Article 5 and who are or were employees or agents of the corporation, or who are or were serving at the request of the corporation as employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, may be indemnified to the extent authorized at any time or from time to time by the board of directors; provided, however, that to the extent that such employee or agent has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding to which he or she was made a party by reason of the fact that he or she is or was an employee or agent acting in the above-described capacity, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation shall indemnify such employee or agent against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith.

§ 5.4 ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. The corporation shall pay expenses incurred by any officer or director, and may pay expenses incurred by any employee or agent, in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized by these by-laws or by the Illinois Business Corporation Act of 1983 as amended.

§ 5.5 OTHER RIGHTS OF INDEMNIFICATION. The indemnification or advancement of expenses provided or permitted by this Article 5 shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled by law or otherwise, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person.

ARTICLE 6

CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

§ 6.1 CONTRACTS. The board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances; provided, however, that this Section 6.1 shall not be a limitation on the powers of office granted under Article 4 of these by-laws.

§ 6.2 LOANS. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the corporation and no evidences of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by the board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

§ 6.3 CHECKS, DRAFTS, ETC. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation and in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors or by an officer or officers of the corporation designated by the board of directors to make such determination.

 

10


§ 6.4 DEPOSITS. All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositaries as the board of directors or such officer or officers designated by the board of directors may select.

ARTICLE 7

CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

§ 7.1 CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES. Certificates representing shares of the corporation shall be signed by the president or a vice president and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant secretary and, if the corporation has a corporate seal, may be sealed with such seal or a facsimile thereof. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall state the name of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, the number and class of shares, with designation of series, if any, the date of issue, the fact that the corporation is organized under Illinois law, and such other information or statement as may be required by law. The name and address of each shareholder, the number of shares held and the date on which the certificates for the shares were issued shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the corporation. The person in whose name shares are registered on the books of the corporation shall be deemed the owner thereof for all purposes as regards the corporation.

§ 7.2 TRANSFERS OF SHARES; LOST CERTIFICATES. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment, or other authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books, provided that the corporation or a transfer agent of the corporation shall not have received a notification of adverse interest and that the new reference system of the Illinois Revised Statutes have been met. No new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except that in case of a lost or destroyed certificate, or one so mutilated that it cannot be identified, a new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and indemnity to the corporation as the board of directors may prescribe.

ARTICLE 8

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall be as fixed from time to time by resolution of the board of directors.

 

11


ARTICLE 9

DIVIDENDS

The board of directors may from time to time declare, and the corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the articles of incorporation of the corporation.

ARTICLE 10

SEAL

The board of directors may provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Illinois.” The corporate seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed, affixed or in any manner reproduced.

ARTICLE 11

AMENDMENTS

These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed and new by-laws may be adopted by the board of directors of the corporation or by the shareholders of the corporation entitled to vote thereon.

 

12

Exhibit 3.99

C-101 Prescribed by Secretary of State - Ted W. Brown.

 

Articles of Incorporation

—OF—

  

Approved
For Filing

By                          

Date                       

Amount                  

DAYTON AUTO SALVAGE POOL, INC.   
(Name of Corporation)   

The undersigned, a majority of whom are citizens of the United States, desiring to form a corporation, for profit, under Section 1701.01 et seq. of the Revised Code of Ohio, do hereby certify:

FIRST. the name of said corporation shall be Dayton Auto Salvage Pool, Inc.

 

SECOND. The Place in Ohio where its principal office is to be located is Jefferson Township , Montgomery County.

                                                                         (City, Village or Township)

THIRD. The purposes for which it is formed are:

To won, operate and manage a motor vehicle salvage business and to do all other things necessary, useful or convenient in carrying on the business aforesaid and to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be formed under Section 1701.01 to 1701.98 inclusive, of the Ohio Revised Code.


FOURTH. The number of shares which the corporation is authorized to have outstanding is:

Seven hundred fifty (750) shares, all of which shall be common shares without par value.

FIFTH. The amount of stated capital with which the corporation shall begin business is Five Hundred Dollars ($ 500.00 ).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, We have hereunto subscribed our names this 9th day of March , 1979.

 

DAYTON AUTO SALVAGE POOL, INC.
                (Name of Corporation)
    /s/Bradley J. Hausfeld
    Bradley J. Hausfeld
   
   
   
(INCORPORATORS’ NAMES SHOULD BE TYPED OR PRINTED BENETH SIGNATURES)

 

N.B. Articles will be returned unless accompanied by form designating statutory agent. See Section 1701.07, Revised Code of Ohio.

 

2


Form SH AMD, August 1083    Charter #    531796
Prescribed by Sherrod Brown    Approved by    JKG
Secretary of State    Date    3/22/88
   Fee $    35.00

Certificate of Amendment

By Shareholders

in the Articles of Incorporation of

 

Dayton Auto Salvage Pool, Inc. (Charter No. 531796)
(Name of Corporation)

Bradley J. Hausfeld, who is     ¨   Chairman of the Board     x   President     ¨   Vice President (Check one) and Christine P. Hausfeld, who is     x   Secretary     ¨   Assistant Secretary (Check one)

of the above named Ohio corporation for profit with its principal location at Jefferson Township Montgomery, Ohio do hereby certify that: (check the appropriate box and complete the appropriate statements)

 

¨ a meeting of the shareholders was duly called for the purpose of adopting this amendment and held on              , 19      , at which meeting a quorum of the shareholders was present in person or by proxy, and by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitling them to exercise              % of the voting power of the corporation.

 

x In a writing signed by all of the shareholders who would be entitled to notice of a meeting held for that purpose,

the following resolution to amend the articles was adopted:

RESOLVED, that the Articles of Incorporation of this Corporation be amended as follows:

FIRST, the name of said Corporation shall be Auto Disposal Systems, Inc.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the above named officers, acting for and on the behalf of the corporation, have hereto subscribed their names this 22 day of March, 1988.

 

BY   Illegible
  (Chairman, President [undecipherable])

 

3


BY   Illegible
  (Secretary of Assistant [undecipherable])

 

NOTE:     Ohio law does not permit one officer to sign in two capacities. Two separate signatures are required, even if this necessitates the election of a second officer before the filing can be made.

 

4


Doc ID        200321100820

 

  

Prescribed by J. Kenneth Blackwell

Ohio Secretary of State

Central Ohio: (614) 466-3918

Toll Free: 1-877-SOS-FILE (1-877-767-3453)

   Expedite this Form (Select One)
      Mail Form to one of the Following
     

¨   Yes            PO Box 1390
                        Columbus, OH 43216

***Requires an additional fee of $100***

www.state.oh.us/sos

e-mail: busserv@sos.state.oh.us

      x   No            PO Box 1390
                        Columbus, OH 43216

 

Certificate of Amendment by
                        Shareholders of Members    Amendment/Restatement/Correction                        

(Domestic)

Filing Fee $50.00

(CHECK ONLY ONE (1) BOX)

 

(1)   x   Domestic for Profit

      (2)   ¨   Domestic Non-Profit   

        ¨   Amended
        (122-AMAP)

           x   Amendment
              (125-AMDS)
           ¨   Amended
              (126-AMAN)
   ¨   Amendment
      (128-AMD)

Complete the general information in this section for the box checked above.

Name of Corporation                 AUTO DISPOSAL SYSTEMS, INC.

Charter Number                         531796

 

¨ Please check if additional provisions attached.

The above named Ohio corporation, does hereby certify that:

¨   A meeting of the             ¨   shareholders             ¨   members was duly called and held on                         

                                                                                                                                                                        (Date)

at which meeting a quorum was present in person or by proxy, based upon the quorum present, an affirmative vote was cast which entitled them to exercise              % as the voting power of the corporation.

 

x In a writing signed by all of the   x   shareholders     ¨   members who would be entitled to the notice of a meeting or such other proportion not less than a majority as the articles of regulations or bylaws permit.

Clause applies if amended box is checked.

Resolved, that the following amended articles of incorporations be and the same are hereby adopted to supercede and take the place of the existing articles of incorporation and all amendments thereto.

 

5


All of the following information must be completed if an amended box is checked.

If an amendment box is checked, complete the areas that apply.

FIRST:          The name of the corporations is: AUTO DISPOSAL SYSTEMS, INC.
SECOND:     The place in the State of Ohio where its principal office is located is in the City of:

__________________________            ____________

(city, village or township)                    (county)

THIRD:         The purposes of the corporation are as follows:

FOURTH:     The number of shares which the corporation is authorized to have outstanding is: 100,000

             (Does not apply to box (2))

 

Must be authenticated by an

authorized representative

   THOMAS J. HAUSFELD, Secretary       July 28, 2003
   Authorized Representative       Date
            
   Authorized Representative       Date
            
   Authorized Representative       Date

 

6

Exhibit 3.100

Bylaws of Auto Disposal Systems, Inc.

f/k/a Dayton Auto Salvage Pool, Inc.


CODE OF REGULATIONS OF

DAYTON AUTO SALVAGE POOL, INC.

A CORPORATION OF OHIO

adopted by its shareholders entitled to vote for the government of the corporation:

ARTICLE I

MEETINGS OF SHAREHOLDERS

(a) Annual Meetings . The regular annual meeting of the shareholders shall be help at the principal office of the corporation, in Dayton, Ohio, on the 9 th in March of each year, at 4:00 P.M. If that day falls on a legal holiday, the meeting shall be held on. the day following at the same hour. The first annual meeting shall be held in 1980.

(b) Special Meetings . The Secretary shall call special meetings pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, or upon the written request of two directors, or by shareholders representing 25% of the shares issued and entitled to vote. Calls for special meetings shall specify the time, place and purpose therefor. No business other than that specified in the. call shall be considered.

(c) Notice of Meetings . A written notice stating the date, time, place and. purposes of the meeting of shareholders shall be given either by personal delivery or by mail at least ten days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder of record entitled to notice of the meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be addressed to the shareholder at his address as it appears on the records of the corporation.

All notices with respect to any shares held in more than one name may be given to the one who is named first on the certificate of stock. Notice so given shall be considered as notice to all the holders of such shares.

(d) Quorum . A majority of the shares issued and outstanding, represented by the holders of record thereof, in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of shareholders, but less than such number may adjourn the meeting from time to time. At such adjourned meeting any business may be transacted which might have been transacted if the meeting had been held as originally called.

(e) Proxies . Any shareholder entitled to vote at a meeting of shareholders may be represented and vote thereat by proxy in writing, subscribed by such shareholder or by his duly authorized attorney and submitted to the Secretary at or before such meeting.

 

CR 1


ARTICLE II

SEAL

The seal of the corporation shall be circular, about two inches in diameter, with the name of the corporation appearing around the margin and the word “SEAL” placed in the center. It shall remain in the custody of the Secretary. The seal or a facsimile thereof shall be affixed to all certificates of stock. If deemed advisable and authorized by the Board of Directors, a duplicate seal may be kept and used by any other officer of the corporation or by the Transfer Agent or Registrar.

ARTICLE III

SHARES

SECTION 1. Certificates . Certificates evidencing the ownership of shares of the corporation shall be issued to those entitled to them by transfer or otherwise. Each certificate shall be numbered consecutively, shall be signed by the President or a Vice-President and by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or Assistant Treasurer. The certificate shall bear the seal of the corporation and shall contain such recitals as may be required by law. The certificates shall be of such tenor and design as the Board of Directors may determine.

SECTION 2. Transfers . (a) Shares may be transferred by the registered holders thereof or by their legally empowered attorneys or by their legal representatives, by surrender of the certificate and a written assignment of the shares. The Board of Directors may appoint such Transfer Agents or Registrars of shares as it may deem advisable and may define their powers and duties.

(b) All endorsements, assignments, transfers, share powers or other instruments of transfer of securities standing in the name of the corporation shall be executed for and in the name of the corporation by any two of the following officers: the President or a Vice-President, and the Treasurer or Secretary, or an Assistant Treasurer or an Assistant Secretary, or by any person or persons authorized by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 3. Lost Certificates . The Board of Directors may order new certificates to be issued in place of any certificates claimed to have been lost or destroyed. In every case the owner or owners of the lost certificates shall first furnish a bond to the corporation with surety or sureties satisfactory to the corporation, in such sum as the Board of Directors may in its discretion deem sufficient, as indemnity against any loss or liability that the corporation may incur by reason of the issuance of the new certificates. The Board of Directors may in its discretion, refuse to issue such new certificates, save upon the order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

CR 2


SECTION 4. Closing of Transfer Books . The share transfer books of the corporation may be closed by order of the Board of Directors for a period not exceeding ten (10) days prior to any meeting of shareholders and for a period not exceeding ten (10) days prior to the payment of any dividend. The times during which the books may be closed shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

The number of members of the Board of Directors shall be determined pursuant to law, and then only by a resolution of the shareholders entitled to vote. The election of directors shall be held at the regular annual meeting of the shareholders or at a special meeting called for that purpose.

Unless removed, as permitted by law or by these regulations, Directors shall hold office until the expiration of the term for which they were elected and shall continue in office until their respective successors shall have been duly elected and qualified.

ARTICLE V

VACANCIES IN THE BOARD

A resignation by a Director shall take effect upon its receipt by the Secretary unless some other time is specified therein. In case of any vacancy in the Board of Directors through death, resignation, removal, disqualification or other cause deemed sufficient by the Board, the remaining directors, though less than a majority of the Board, by affirmative vote of a majority of those present at any duly convened meeting may, except as hereinafter provided, elect a successor to hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of that Director, and until the election and qualification of a successor.

ARTICLE VI

REGULAR MEETINGS

Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held periodically on such dates as the Board may designate.

ARTICLE VII

SPECIAL MEETINGS

Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be called by the Secretary and held at the request of the President or any two of the Directors.

 

CR 3


ARTICLE VIII

NOTICE OF MEETINGS

Written notice of the time and place of each meeting of the Directors shall be given by the Secretary to each Director either by personal delivery or by mail, telegram, or cablegram at least two days before the meeting, which notice need not specify the purposes of the meeting.

Notice of adjournment of a meeting need not be given if the time and place to which it is adjourned are fixed and announced at such meeting.

ARTICLE IX

QUORUM

A majority of the Directors in office at the time shall constitute a quorum at all meetings.

ARTICLE X

PLACE OF MEETINGS

The Board of Directors may hold its meetings at such place or places within or without the State of Ohio as the Board may, from time to time, determine.

ARTICLE XI

COMPENSATION

Directors, as such, shall not receive any stated salary for their services. By resolution of the Board a fixed sum for expenses, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each meeting, regular or special. Nothing herein contained shall preclude any Director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of executive or special committees may be allowed such compensation for attending committee meetings as the Board of Directors may determine.

ARTICLE XII

ELECTION OF OFFICERS

At the first meeting of the Board of Directors in each year held after the annual meeting of the shareholders, and at any special meeting provided in Article VII, the Board of Directors shall elect or choose the officers of the corporation and designate such subordinate

 

CR 4


officers and employees as it shall determine. They may also appoint an executive committee or committees from their number and define their powers and duties.

ARTICLE XIII

OFFICERS

The officers of this corporation shall be a President, a Vice-President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and a who may or may not be directors. The officers shall be elected or chosen by the Board of Directors and shall hold office for one year and until their successors are elected or chosen and qualified. Additional Vice-Presidents may be elected or chosen as may be determined by the Directors who may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, one or more Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents of the corporation as it may determine.

Any officer or employee elected or appointed by the Board of Directors, other than that of Director, may be removed at any time upon vote of the majority of the Board of Directors.

Other than the offices of President, Vice-President, Secretary and Assistant Secretary or Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer, any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

The Board of Directors may, in case of. the absence of any officer for any other reason it may deem sufficient, delegate the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer or to any Director, provided a majority of the Board of Directors concurs.

ARTICLE XIV

DUTIES OF OFFICERS

(a) President . The President shall preside at all meetings of shareholders and directors. The President shall exercise, subject to the control of the Board of Directors and the shareholders of the corporation, a general supervision over the affairs of the corporation.

(b) Vice-President . In, the absence of the President or in the event of his death, inability or refusal to act, the Vice-President shall perform the duties and be vested with the authority of the President.

(c) Secretary . The Secretary shall record the minutes of all proceedings of the Board of Directors and of the shareholders and shall maintain proper records thereof

 

CR 5


which shall be attested by him. He shall keep such books as may be required by the Board of Directors and shall take charge of the seal of the corporation.

(d) Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the corporation which may come into his hands and shall do with the same as may be ordered by the Board of Directors. When necessary or proper he may endorse for collection on behalf of the corporation, checks, notes and other obligations. He shall deposit the funds of the corporation to its credit in such banks and depositaries as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate. He shall submit to the annual meeting of the shareholders a statement of the financial condition of the corporation. He shall keep and maintain in the books of the corporation full and accurate accounts of all moneys received and disbursed for and on account of the corporation, and shall, whenever required, by the Board of Directors make and render a statement of his accounts and such other statements as may be required.

(e) General Duties of All Officers . All officers shall perform generally all duties incident to the particular office and also such other duties as may be assigned to such officer by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XV

ORDER OF BUSINESS

The order of business at meetings of shareholders shall be the order or sequence usual and generally prevalent for the orderly conduct of the business of such meetings.

In case of a dispute or question as to procedure, the standard and recognized rules of parliamentary procedure shall govern unless otherwise specifically provided in these regulations or by law.

All persons claiming to hold proxies shall present them to the Secretary for verification before the opening of the meeting.

ARTICLE XVI

FISCAL YEAR

The fiscal year of the corporation shall begin on the 1st day of January in each year.

 

CR 6


ARTICLE XVII

FORCE AND EFFECT OF CODE OF REGULATIONS

This Code of Regulations is subject to the provisions of the General Corporation Law Chapter 1701 of the Ohio Revised Code and the corporation’s Articles of Incorporation as they may be amended. If any provision in this Code of Regulations is inconsistent with any provision of the law or of the Articles of Incorporation, the provision of the law or of the Articles of Incorporation shall govern.

ARTICLE XVIII

ADAPTATION TO ONE PERSON CORPORATION

Wherever in this Code of Regulations references are made to more than one incorporator, director or shareholder, they shall, if this is a sole incorporator, director, shareholder corporation, be construed to mean the solitary person; and all provisions dealing with the quantum of majorities or quorums shall be deemed to mean the action by the one person constituting the corporation.

ARTICLE XIX

AMENDMENTS

These regulations may be amended or new regulations may be adopted at a meeting held for such purpose, by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitling them to exercise a majority of the voting power of the corporation on such proposal; notice of which meeting having been given pursuant to these regulations. The foregoing may be accomplished without a meeting by the written consent of the holders of shares entitling them to exercise two-thirds of the voting power on such proposal.

The shareholders may adopt and may authorize the Directors to adopt, either before or during an emergency, as that term is defined in the Revised Code, such emergency regulations as may be permitted by law, which shall be operative only during an emergency.

 

CR 7

Exhibit 3.101

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

(Under Section 1705.04 of the Ohio Revised Code)

Limited Liability Company

The undersigned, desiring to form a limited liability Company, under Chapter 1705 of the Ohio Revised Code, do hereby state the following:

 

FIRST:

   The name of said limited liability company shall be:
   ADS ASHLAND, LLC
   (the name must include the words “limited liability company”, “limited”, “Ltd.”. “Ltd.”, “LLC”, or “L.L.C.”

SECOND:

   This limited liability company shall exist for a period of a perpetual term unless the Company is earlier dissolved in accordance with the Operating Agreement.

THIRD:

   The address to which interested persons may direct requests for copies of any operating agreement and any bylaws of this limited liability company is:
   318 W. FOURTH STREET
   ( street name or post office box )

 

DAYTON

  OH   45402

( city, village, or township )

  ( state )   ( zip code )

 

FOURTH:

   Purpose (optional)
   The purpose for which this limited liability company is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under Chapter 1705 of the Revised Code of Ohio.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, we have hereunto subscribed our names on  

September 1, 1999

     

(date)

  

Signed

 

/s/ Bradley C Smith

    Signed     

Name:

 

BRADLEY C. SMITH, Authorized Representative

    Name:     

Signed

        Signed     

Name:

        Name:     

Signed

        Signed     

Name:

        Name:     

Signed

        Signed     

Name:

        Name:     

Signed

        Signed     

Name:

        Name:     

( If insufficient space for all signatures, please attach a separate sheet containing additional signatures )

 

¨ Please check this box if additional provisions are attached hereto.

Provisions attached hereto are incorporated herein and made a part of these articles of organization.

Exhibit 3.102

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADS ASHLAND, LLC

Effective as of

May 11, 2007


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I. PURPOSES

   1

ARTICLE II. ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

   1

Section 2.1.

   Formation    1

Section 2.2.

   Principal Office    1

Section 2.3.

   Registered Office and Registered Agent    1

Section 2.4.

   Duration    1

ARTICLE III. MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

   1

Section 3.1.

   Name and Address of Member    1

Section 3.2.

   Capital Contributions    2

Section 3.3.

   Additional Capital    2

Section 3.4.

   Capital Accounts    2

Section 3.5.

   Member Loans or Services    2

Section 3.6.

   Admission of Additional Members    2

Section 3.7.

   Certificate of Membership Interest    2

ARTICLE IV. GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

   3

Section 4.1.

   Management by the Manager(s)    3

Section 4.2.

   Action by the Company    3

Section 4.3.

   Delegation of Certain Management Authority    3

ARTICLE V. ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

   4

Section 5.1.

   Records and Accounting    4

Section 5.2.

   Access to Records    4

Section 5.3.

   Annual Tax Information    4

Section 5.4.

   Accounting Decisions    4

Section 5.5.

   Federal Income Tax Elections    4

ARTICLE VI. ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

   4

Section 6.1.

   Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains    4

Section 6.2.

   Distributions    5

ARTICLE VII. TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

   5

Section 7.1.

   Transferability    5

 

i


ARTICLE VIII. DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

   5

Section 8.1.

   Dissociation    5

ARTICLE IX. DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

   6

Section 9.1.

   Dissolution    6

Section 9.2.

   Winding Up    6

Section 9.3.

   Distribution of Assets    6

ARTICLE X. AMENDMENTS

   6

Section 10.1.

   Amendments    6

ARTICLE XI. MISCELLANEOUS

   7

Section 11.1.

   Complete Agreement    7

Section 11.2.

   Governing Law    7

Section 11.3.

   Binding Effect; Conflicts    7

Section 11.4.

   Headings; Interpretation    7

Section 11.5.

   Severability    7

Section 11.6.

   Additional Documents and Acts    7

Section 11.7.

   No Third Party Beneficiary    8

Section 11.8.

   Notices    8

Section 11.9.

   Title to Company Property    8

Section 11.10.

   No Remedies Exclusive    8

Section 11.11.

   Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    8

 

ii


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADS ASHLAND, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 11 th day of May, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between ADS Ashland, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Auto Disposal Systems, Inc., (the “ Member ”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under Chapter 1705 of the Ohio Revised Code (the “ Ohio Revised Code ”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

The purposes of the Company are to engage in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Ohio Revised Code.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 . Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Ohio Revised Code upon the filing of the Articles of Organization (the “ Articles ”) with the Secretary of State of Ohio effective September 9, 1999. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Ohio Revised Code, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 . Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at Two Westbrook Corporate Center, Suite 500, Westchester, IL 60154.

Section 2.3 . Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 318 W. Fourth Street, Dayton, Ohio 45402, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be Bradley C. Smith. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Ohio Revised Code.

Section 2.4 . Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with the Ohio Revised Code.

ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 . Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.


Section 3.2 . Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company converted to the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 . Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 . Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Internal Revenue Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 . Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 . Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

Section 3.7 . Certificate of Membership Interest .

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interest . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be

 

- 2 -


so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Ohio law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest requested. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.

(e) Certificates of Interest . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests in the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADS Ashland, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.

ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 . Management by the Manager(s) . Management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Manager(s).

Section 4.2 . Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the Member or the Manager(s).

Section 4.3 . Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Manager(s) may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Manager(s) may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

 

- 3 -


ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 . Records and Accounting . The Company shall keep books and records of accounts in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes; minutes of the proceedings of the owners, members or governing authority and committees, if required by its governing documents; the name and mailing address of each owner or member; and any other records required by the Ohio Revised Code. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 . Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Ohio Revised Code, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and the duly authorized representatives of the Company shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 . Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 . Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

Section 5.5 . Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 . Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

 

- 4 -


Section 6.2 . Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine, except as follows:

(a) The Company may not make a distribution to a member of the Company if, immediately after making the distribution, the Company’s total liabilities, other than liabilities described by Subsection (b), exceed the fair value of the Company’s total assets.

(b) For purposes of Subsection (a), the liabilities of the Company do not include:

(1) a liability related to the member’s membership interest; or

(2) except as provided in Subsection (c), a liability for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of the Company.

(c) For purposes of Subsection (a), the assets of the Company include the fair value of property subject to a liability for which recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of the Company only if the fair value of that property exceeds the liability.

(d) A member of the Company who receives a distribution from the Company in violation of this section is required to return the distribution to the Company if the member had knowledge of the violation.

(e) This section may not be construed to affect the obligation of a member of the Company to return a distribution to the Company under agreement or other state or federal law.

ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 . Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6, the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 . Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “ Event of Dissociation ”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6.

 

- 5 -


ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 . Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Ohio Revised Code, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a).

Section 9.2 . Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims as set forth in the Ohio Revised Code.

Section 9.3 . Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 . Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

 

- 6 -


ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 . Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 . Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio

Section 11.3 . Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Ohio Revised Code and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Ohio Revised Code or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Ohio Revised Code or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 . Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 . Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 . Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

- 7 -


Section 11.7 . No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 . Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 . Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 . No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Ohio Revised Code, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 . Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

- 8 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY:
      ADS ASHLAND, LLC
Date: May 11, 2007     By:  

Thomas O’Brian

      MEMBER:
      AUTO DISPOSAL SYSTEMS, INC.
Date: May 11, 2007     By:  

Thomas O’Brian

       

 

- 9 -


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Code. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Additional Member means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Code, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Manager or Managers means a person or persons designated by the members of the Company to manage the limited liability company as provided in the articles of organization or this Operating Agreement.

 

Schedule I - 1


Member or Members refers to Auto Disposal Systems, Inc. as the sole member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Ohio Revised Code means Chapter 1705 of the Ohio Revised Code, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Operating Agreement means this Agreement.

Person means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2.

Transfer means any “assignment” and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I - 2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution

(As of May 11, 2007)

 

Member

   Capital
Contribution
   Percentage
Interest
 

Auto Disposal Systems, Inc.

Two Westbrook Corporate Center

Suite 500

Westchester, IL 60154

   $ 100    100 %

 

Exhibit A

Exhibit 3.103

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

ADS PRIORITY TRANSPORT, LTD.

The undersigned, desiring to form a limited liability company under the Limited Liability Laws of Ohio, certifies:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the Company shall be ADS Priority Transport, Ltd.

ARTICLE II

DURATION

The period of duration of the Company shall be perpetual.

ARTICLE III

MAILING ADDRESS

The address to which interested persons may direct requests for copies of any Operating Agreement or any Bylaws of the Company is 400 Cherokee Drive, Suite 110, Dayton, Ohio 45427.

ARTICLE IV

PURPOSE

To engage in any lawful act, activity or business not contrary to and for which a limited liability company may be formed under the laws of the State of Ohio, and to have and exercise all powers, rights and privileges conferred by the laws of Ohio on limited liability companies, including, but not limited to, buying, leasing or otherwise acquiring and holding, using or otherwise enjoying and selling, leasing or otherwise disposing of any interest in property, real or personal, of whatever nature and wheresoever situated, and buying and selling stocks, bonds or other securities of any issuer.

 

1


THE UNDERSIGNED, being the sole Member of the Company hereby formed, have hereunto set his signature this 13th day of March, 2000.

 

/s/ Thomas L. Hausfeld
Auto Disposal Systems, Inc.
By Thomas L. Hausfeld, Vice President

 

2

Exhibit 3.104

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

ADS PRIORITY TRANSPORT, LTD.

Effective as of

May 11th, 2007


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page
ARTICLE I   
PURPOSES   
ARTICLE II   
ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS   

Section 2.1

  Formation    1

Section 2.2

  Principal Office    1

Section 2.3

  Registered Office and Registered Agent    1

Section 2.4

  Duration    1
ARTICLE III   
MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE   

Section 3.1

  Name and Address of Member    2

Section 3.2

  Capital Contributions    2

Section 3.3

  Additional Capital    2

Section 3.4

  Capital Accounts    2

Section 3.5

  Member Loans or Services    2

Section 3.6

  Admission of Additional Members    2

Section 3.7

  Certificate of Membership Interest    2
ARTICLE IV   
GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY   

Section 4.1

  Management by the Manager(s)    3

Section 4.2

  Action by the Company    3

Section 4.3

  Delegation of Certain Management Authority    3
ARTICLE V   
ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS   

Section 5.1

  Records and Accounting    4

Section 5.2

  Access to Records    4

Section 5.3

  Annual Tax Information    4

Section 5.4

  Accounting Decisions    4

Section 5.5

  Federal Income Tax Elections    4

 

i


ARTICLE VI   
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS   

Section 6.1

   Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains    4

Section 6.2

   Distributions    4
ARTICLE VII   
TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS   

Section 7.1

   Transferability    5
ARTICLE VIII   
DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER   

Section 8.1

   Dissociation    5
ARTICLE IX   
DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP   

Section 9.1

   Dissolution    6

Section 9.2

   Winding Up    6

Section 9.3

   Distribution of Assets    6
ARTICLE X   
AMENDMENTS   

Section 10.1

   Amendments    6
ARTICLE XI   
MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 11.1

   Complete Agreement    7

Section 11.2

   Governing Law    7

Section 11.3

   Binding Effect; Conflicts    7

Section 11.4

   Headings; Interpretation    7

Section 11.5

   Severability    7

Section 11.6

   Additional Documents and Acts    7

Section 11.7

   No Third Party Beneficiary    8

Section 11.8

   Notices    8

Section 11.9

   Title to Company Property    8

Section 11.10

   No Remedies Exclusive    8

Section 11.11

   Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    8

 

ii


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR

ADS PRIORITY TRANSPORT, LTD.

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 11th day of May, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between ADS Priority Transport, Ltd., an Ohio limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and Auto Disposal Systems, Inc., (the “ Member ”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under Chapter 1705 of the Ohio Revised Code (the “ Ohio Revised Code ”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

PURPOSES

The purposes of the Company are to engage in any lawful act, activity or business not contrary to and for which a limited liability company may be formed under the laws of the State of Ohio, and to have and exercise all powers, rights and privileges conferred by the laws of Ohio on limited liability companies, including, but not limited to, buying, leasing or otherwise acquiring and holding, using or otherwise enjoying and selling, leasing or otherwise disposing of any interest in property, real or personal, of whatever nature and wheresoever situated, and buying and selling stocks, bonds or other securities of any issuer.

ARTICLE II

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Ohio Revised Code upon the filing of the Articles of Organization (the “ Articles ”) with the Secretary of State of Ohio effective March 30, 2000. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Ohio Revised Code, the Articles and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Articles.

Section 2.2 Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at Two Westbrook Corporate Center, Suite 500, Westchester, IL 60154.

Section 2.3 Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 400 Cherokee Drive, Suite 110, Dayton, Ohio 45427, and the name of its initial registered agent shall be Thomas L. Hausfeld and the address of the initial registered agent shall be 35 Meadow Brook, Springboro, Ohio 45066. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Ohio Revised Code.

Section 2.4 Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with the Ohio Revised Code.


ARTICLE III

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company converted to the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Internal Revenue Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

Section 3.7 Certificate of Membership Interest .

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of

 

2


the Company as having the exclusive tight to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interest . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Ohio law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest requested. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.

(e) Certificates of Interest . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests in the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in ADS Priority Transport, Ltd. and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.

ARTICLE IV

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 Management by the Manager(s) . Management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Manager(s).

Section 4.2 Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the Member or the Manager(s).

Section 4.3 Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Manager(s) may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Manager(s) may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

 

3


ARTICLE V

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 Records and Accounting . The Company shall keep books and records of accounts in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes; minutes of the proceedings of the owners, members or governing authority and committees, if required by its governing documents; the name and mailing address of each owner or member; and any other records required by the Ohio Revised Code. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Ohio Revised Code, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and the duly authorized representatives of the Company shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

Section 5.5 Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

 

4


Section 6.2 Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine, except as follows:

(a) the Company may not make a distribution to a member of the Company if immediately after making the distribution, the Company’s total liabilities, other than liabilities described by Subsection (b), exceed the fair value of the Company’s total assets.

(b) For purposes of Subsection (a), the liabilities of the Company do not include:

(1) a liability related to the member’s membership interest; or

(2) except as provided in Subsection (c), a liability for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of the Company.

(c) For purposes of Subsection (a), the assets of the Company include the fair value of property subject to a liability for which recourse of creditors is limited to specified property of the Company only if the fair value of that property exceeds the liability.

(d) A member of the Company who receives a distribution from the Company in violation of this section is required to return the distribution to the Company if the member had knowledge of the violation.

(e) This section may not be construed to affect the obligation of a member of the Company to return a distribution to the Company under agreement or other state or federal law.

ARTICLE VII

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If’ the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6, the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “ Event of Dissociation ”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6.

 

5


ARTICLE IX

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Ohio Revised Code, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a).

Section 9.2 Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall follow the procedure for disposing of known claims as set forth in the Ohio Revised Code.

Section 9.3 Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

 

6


ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Ohio.

Section 11.3 Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Ohio Revised Code and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Ohio Revised Code or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Ohio Revised Code or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

Section 11.4 Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

 

7


Section 11.7 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A. Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Ohio Revised Code, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

Section 11.11 Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

    COMPANY:
    ADS PRIORITY TRANSPORT, LTD.
Date: May 11, 2007     By:   /s/ Thomas O’Brien
    MEMBER:
    AUTO DISPOSAL SYSTEMS, INC.
Date: May 11, 2007     By:   /s/ Thomas O’Brien


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I. Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Code. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Additional Member ” means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6.

Agreement ” means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution ” means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company ” means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity ” means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation ” means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest ” means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Code, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Manager ” or “ Managers ” means a person or persons designated by the members of the Company to manage the limited liability company as provided in the articles of organization or this Operating Agreement.

 

Schedule I -1


Member ” or “ Members ” refers to Auto Disposal Systems, Inc. as the sole member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.

Ohio Revised Code ” means Chapter 1705 of the Ohio Revised Code, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Operating Agreement ” means this Agreement.

Person ” means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office ” means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Transfer ” means any “assignment” and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I -2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution

(As of May 11, 2001)

 

Member

  

Capital

Contribution

  

Percentage

Interest

 

Auto Disposal Systems, Inc.

Two Westbrook Corporate Center

Suite 500

Westchester, IL 60154

   $ 100    100 %

 

Exhibit A

Exhibit 3.105

ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION

OF

DENT DEMON, LLC

The undersigned, acting as the Organizer of a limited liability company under the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as amended (the “Act”), hereby adopts these Articles of Organization for Dent Demon, LLC (the “Company”):

ARTICLE I

Name

The name of the Company is Dent Demon, LLC.

ARTICLE II

Registered Office and Registered Agent

The street address of the registered office of the Company in the State of Indiana is 13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Carmel, IN 46032. The name of the initial registered agent of the Company at the registered office is Rebecca C. Polak.

ARTICLE III

Purpose

The purpose of the Company shall be to conduct any and all lawful business and activities for which limited liability companies may be organized under the Act.

ARTICLE IV

Duration

Unless sooner dissolved in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement or the Act, the duration of the Company shall be perpetual.

ARTICLE V

Management

The Company is to be managed by its Managers in accordance with the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.


ARTICLE VI

Transferability

A Member of the Company may transfer his, her or its interest in the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Company’s Operating Agreement and the Act.

ARTICLE VII

Initial Member

The sole initial Member of the Company is ADESA, Inc.

ARTICLE VIII

Indemnification

(a) To the greatest extent not inconsistent with the laws and public policies of Indiana the Company shall indemnify any Member or Organizer (any such Member or Organizer and any responsible officers, partners, shareholders, members, directors, or managers of such Member or Organizer which is an entity, hereinafter being referred to as the indemnified “person”) made a party to any proceeding because such person is or was a Member or Organizer (or a responsible officer, partner, shareholder, member, director, or manager thereof), as a matter of right, against all liability incurred by such person in connection with any proceeding; provided that it shall be determined in the specific case in accordance with paragraph (d) of this Article that indemnification of such person is permissible in the circumstances because the person has met the standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. The Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred by such a person in connection with any such proceeding in advance of final disposition thereof if (i) the person furnishes the Company a written affirmation of the person’s good faith belief that he, she or it has met the standard of conduct for indemnification described in paragraph (c) of this Article, (ii) the person furnishes the Company a written undertaking, executed personally or on such person’s behalf, to repay the advance if it is ultimately determined that such person did not meet such standard of conduct, and (iii) a determination is made in accordance with paragraph (d) that based upon facts then known to those making the determination, indemnification would not be precluded under this Article. The undertaking described in subparagraph (a)(ii) above must be a general obligation of the person subject to such reasonable limitations as the Company may permit, but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make repayment. The Company shall indemnify a person who is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any such proceeding, as a matter of right, against reasonable expenses incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding without the requirement of a determination as set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article. Upon demand by a person for indemnification or advancement of expenses, as the case may be, the Company shall expeditiously determine whether the person is entitled thereto in accordance with this Article. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for under this Article shall be applicable to any proceeding arising from acts or omissions occurring before or after the adoption of this Article.

 

2


(b) The Company shall have the power, but not the obligation, to indemnify any person who is or was an employee or agent of the Company to the same extent as if such person was an indemnified person as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article.

(c) Indemnification of a person is permissible under this Article only if (i) such person conducted himself, herself or itself in good faith, (ii) such person reasonably believed that his, her or its conduct was in or at least not opposed to the Company’s best interest, and (iii) in the case of any criminal proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his, her or its conduct was unlawful. Indemnification is not permissible against liability to the extent such liability is the result of the person’s willful misconduct, recklessness, violation of the Company’s Operating Agreement or any improperly obtained financial or other benefit to which the person was not legally entitled. The termination of a proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent is not, of itself, determinative that the person did not meet the standard of conduct described in this paragraph (c).

(d) A determination as to whether indemnification or advancement of expenses is permissible shall be made by (i) a majority in interest of the Members (including any interested Member); or (ii) independent special legal counsel selected in accordance with (d)(i) above.

(e) Any person (as defined in paragraph (a) of this Article) who is a party to a proceeding may apply for indemnification from the Company to the court, if any, conducting the proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction. On receipt of an application, the court, after giving notice the court considers necessary, may order indemnification if it determines:

(i) In a proceeding in which the person is wholly successful, on the merits or otherwise, the person is entitled to indemnification under this Article, in which case the court shall order the Company to pay the person his, her or its reasonable expenses incurred to obtain such court ordered indemnification; or

(ii) The person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification in view of all the relevant circumstances, whether or not the person met the standard of conduct set forth in paragraph (c) of this Article.

(f) Indemnification shall also be provided for a person’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan if the person reasonably believed his, her or its conduct to be in the interests of the participants in and beneficiaries of the plan.

(g) Nothing contained in this Article shall limit or preclude the exercise or be deemed exclusive of any right under the law, by contract or otherwise, relating to indemnification of or advancement of expenses to any such person or any person who is or was serving at the Company’s request as a director, officer, partner, member, manager, trustee, employee, or agent of another foreign or domestic company, partnership, association, limited liability company, corporation, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, or other enterprise, whether for-profit or not. Nothing contained in this Article shall limit the ability of the Company to otherwise indemnify or advance expenses to any person. It is the intent of this Article to provide indemnification to such a person to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the

 

3


law consistent with the terms and conditions of this Article. If indemnification is permitted under this Article indemnification shall be provided in accordance with this Article irrespective of the nature of the legal or equitable theory upon which a claim is asserted, including without limitation, negligence, breach of duty, waste, breach of contract (except to the extent the claim relates to the Operating Agreement or a contract between the Company and that Member), breach of warranty, strict liability, violation of federal or state securities law, violation of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or violation of any other state or federal law.

(h) For purposes of this Article:

(i) The term “expenses” includes all direct and indirect costs (including without limitation counsel fees, retainers, court costs, transcripts, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or out-of-pocket expenses) actually incurred in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of a proceeding or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Article, applicable law or otherwise.

(ii) The term “liability” means the obligation to pay a judgment, settlement, penalty, fine, excise tax (including an excise tax assessed with respect to an employee benefit plan), or reasonable expenses incurred with respect to a proceeding.

(iii) The term “party” includes a person who was, is or is threatened to be made a named defendant or respondent in a proceeding.

(iv) The term “proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative and whether formal or informal.

(i) The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for its benefit, the benefit of any person who is entitled to indemnification under this Article, or both, against any liability asserted against or incurred by such person in any capacity or arising out of such person’s service with the Company, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, these Articles of Organization have been executed by the undersigned, as Organizer of the Company, this 3rd day of December, 2007.

 

DENT DEMON, LLC
/s/ Michelle Mallon
Michelle Mallon, Organizer

 

4

Exhibit 3.106

OPERATING AGREEMENT

FOR

DENT DEMON, LLC

Effective as of

December 5, 2007


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I.    PURPOSES    1
ARTICLE II.    ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS    1

Section 2.1

   Formation    1

Section 2.2

   Principal Office    1

Section 2.3

   Registered Office and Registered Agent    1

Section 2.4

   Duration    1
ARTICLE III.    MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE    2

Section 3.1

   Name and Address of Member    2

Section 3.2

   Capital Contributions    2

Section 3.3

   Additional Capital    2

Section 3.4

   Capital Accounts    2

Section 3.5

   Member Loans or Services    2

Section 3.6

   Admission of Additional Members    2

Section 3.7

   Certificate of Membership Interest    2

Section 3.8

   Membership Interests Shall Be Securities    3
ARTICLE IV.    GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY    3

Section 4.1

   Management by the Manager(s)    3

Section 4.2

   Action by the Company    3

Section 4.3

   Delegation of Certain Management Authority    3
ARTICLE V.    ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS    4

Section 5.1

   Records and Accounting    4

Section 5.2

   Access to Records    4

Section 5.3

   Annual Tax Information    4

Section 5.4

   Accounting Decisions    4

Section 5.5

   Federal Income Tax Elections    4
ARTICLE VI.    ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS    4

Section 6.1

   Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains    4

Section 6.2

   Distributions    4
ARTICLE VII.    TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS    5

Section 7.1

   Transferability    5

 

-i-


ARTICLE VIII.    DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER    5

Section 8.1

   Dissociation    5
ARTICLE IX.    DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP    5

Section 9.1

   Dissolution    5

Section 9.2

   Winding Up    5

Section 9.3

   Distribution of Assets    6
ARTICLE X.    AMENDMENTS    6

Section 10.1

   Amendments    6
ARTICLE XI.    MISCELLANEOUS    6

Section 11.1

   Complete Agreement    6

Section 11.2

   Governing Law    6

Section 11.3

   Binding Effect; Conflicts    6

Section 11.4

   Headings; Interpretation    7

Section 11.5

   Severability    7

Section 11.6

   Additional Documents and Acts    7

Section 11.7

   No Third Party Beneficiary    7

Section 11.8

   Notices    7

Section 11.9

   Title to Company Property    7

Section 11.10

   No Remedies Exclusive    7

Section 11.11

   Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits    8

 

-ii-


OPERATING AGREEMENT FOR DENT DEMON, LLC

THIS OPERATING AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this 5 th day of December, 2007 (the “ Effective Date ”), by and between Dent Demon, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (the “ Company ”), and ADESA, Inc. (the “ Member ”), as the sole initial member of the Company. The Company was organized as a limited liability company under the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as amended, Ind. Code § 23-18-1-1 et seq. (the “ Act ”). Certain defined terms used in this Agreement are set forth in Schedule I ( Schedule of Definitions ) attached hereto and made a part hereof. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the undersigned parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSES

As set forth in the Articles of Organization, the purposes of the Company are to engage in and do any act in furtherance of any and all lawful businesses and activities for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act.

ARTICLE II.

ORGANIZATIONAL MATTERS

Section 2.1 Formation . The Company was formed pursuant to the Act upon the filing of Articles of Organization with the Indiana Secretary of State effective December 4, 2007. The rights and obligations of the Member and the Company shall be as provided under the Act, the Certificate of Organization and this Agreement. The Member agrees to each of the provisions of the Certificate of Organization.

Section 2.2 Principal Office . The principal office of the Company shall be at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, IN 46032.

Section 2.3 Registered Office and Registered Agent . The address of the Company’s registered office shall be 13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Carmel, IN 46032, and the name of its initial registered agent at such address shall be Rebecca C. Polak. The Company may designate another registered office or agent at any time by following the procedures set forth in the Act.

Section 2.4 Duration . The existence of the Company shall continue in perpetuity, unless the Company is dissolved in accordance with Article IX or the Act.


ARTICLE III.

MEMBERS AND CAPITAL STRUCTURE

Section 3.1 Name and Address of Member . The name of the Member and its last known business, residence or mailing address is listed on the attached Exhibit A . The Member shall update Exhibit A from time to time as necessary to accurately reflect the information therein.

Section 3.2 Capital Contributions . The initial Capital Contribution to the Company of the Member is set forth on Exhibit A .

Section 3.3 Additional Capital . The Member shall not be obligated to make any Capital Contributions other than the initial Capital Contributions specified in Section 3.2 .

Section 3.4 Capital Accounts .

(a) An individual capital account (the “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained on behalf of the Member. The Capital Account of the Member shall consist of (i) the amount of cash the Member has contributed to the Company, plus (ii) the fair market value of any property the Member has contributed to the Company, net of any liabilities assumed by the Company or to which such property is subject, plus (iii) the amount of profits or income (including tax-exempt income) allocated to the Member, less (iv) the amount of losses and deductions allocated to the Member, less (v) the amount of all cash distributed to the Member, less (vi) the fair market value of any property distributed to the Member, net of any liability assumed by such Member or to which such property is subject, less (vii) the Member’s share of any other expenditures which are not deductible by the Company for federal income tax purposes or which are not allowable as additions to the basis of Company property, and (viii) subject to such other adjustments as may be required under the Code.

(b) The Member shall not have any liability or obligation to restore a negative or deficit balance in its Capital Account.

Section 3.5 Member Loans or Services . Loans or services by the Member to the Company shall not be considered Capital Contributions unless otherwise designated by the Member.

Section 3.6 Admission of Additional Members . The Member may admit Additional Members to the Company, who will be entitled to participate in the rights of Members as described herein, with admission thereof on such terms as are determined by the Member. Any such Additional Members shall be allocated net income, gains, losses, deductions and credits by such method as may be provided in this Agreement or any successor agreement hereto.

Section 3.7 Certificate of Membership Interest .

(a) Recognition of Member . The Company is entitled to recognize a person registered on its books as the owner of the specified percentage of membership interest of

 

-2-


the Company as having the exclusive right to receive distributions and to vote notwithstanding any other person’s equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such membership interest.

(b) Transfer of Membership Interests . Membership interests are transferable only on the books of the Company, subject to any transfer restrictions imposed by the Articles of Organization, this Agreement, or an agreement among Members and the Company. Membership interests may be so transferred upon presentation of the certificate representing the membership interests, endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, and accompanied by (i) reasonable assurance that those endorsements are genuine and effective, and (ii) a request to register the transfer.

(c) Certificates . Each Member is entitled to a certificate signed (manually or in facsimile) by the Managers setting forth (i) the name of the Company and that it was organized under Indiana law, (ii) the name of the person to whom issued, and (iii) the percentage of membership interest represented. The Managers shall prescribe the form of the certificate.

(d) Lost or Destroyed Certificates . A new certificate may be issued to replace a lost or destroyed certificate. Unless waived by the Managers, the Member in whose name the certificate was issued shall make an affidavit or affirmation of the fact that his or its certificate is lost or destroyed, shall advertise the loss or destruction in such manner as the Managers may require, and shall give the Company a bond of indemnity in the amount and form which the Managers may prescribe.

Section 3.8 Membership Interests Shall Be Securities . The Company hereby irrevocably elects that all membership interests in the Company shall be securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation. Each certificate evidencing the membership interests of the Company shall bear the following legend: “This certificate evidences an interest in Dent Demon, LLC and shall be a security for purposes of Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the state of its jurisdiction of formation.” This provision shall not be amended, and any purported amendment to this provision, shall not take effect until all outstanding certificates have been surrendered for cancellation.

ARTICLE IV.

GOVERNANCE OF THE COMPANY

Section 4.1 Management by the Manager(s) . Management of the business and affairs of the Company is vested in the Manager(s).

Section 4.2 Action by the Company . The Company shall act only by or under the authority of the Member or the Manager(s).

Section 4.3 Delegation of Certain Management Authority . The Manager(s) may delegate to one or more officers of the Company or one or more employees of the Company any management responsibility or authority. The Manager(s) may create such offices, appoint such officers and delegate thereto such responsibility or authority as it determines to be appropriate.

 

-3-


ARTICLE V.

ACCOUNTING AND RECORDS

Section 5.1 Records and Accounting . The books and records of the Company shall be kept, and the financial position and the results of its operations recorded, in accordance with the accounting methods elected to be followed by the Company for federal income tax purposes. The books and records of the Company shall reflect all Company transactions and shall be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business. The fiscal year of the Company for financial reporting and for federal income tax purposes shall be the calendar year.

Section 5.2 Access to Records . The books and records of the Company, to the extent required by the Act, shall be maintained at the Company’s Principal Office, and the Member and its duly authorized representatives shall have access to where they are located and have the right to inspect and copy them during ordinary business hours.

Section 5.3 Annual Tax Information . The Company shall use its best efforts to deliver to the Member within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year all information necessary for the preparation of the Member’s federal and state income tax returns. The Company shall also use its best efforts to prepare, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, a financial report of the Company for such fiscal year containing a balance sheet as of the last day of the year then ended, an income statement for the year then ended, a statement of sources and applications of funds, and a statement of reconciliation of the Capital Account of the Member.

Section 5.4 Accounting Decisions . All decisions as to accounting matters, except as otherwise specifically set forth in this Agreement, shall be made by the Member. The Member may rely upon the advice of its accountants as to whether such decisions are in accordance with accounting methods followed for federal income tax purposes.

Section 5.5 Federal Income Tax Elections . The Member shall make all elections for federal income tax purposes.

ARTICLE VI.

ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 6.1 Allocation of Net Income, Net Loss or Capital Gains . The net income, net loss, or capital gains of the Company for each fiscal year of the Company shall be allocated 100% to the Member.

Section 6.2 Distributions . Cash or other property shall be distributed to the Member at such time as the Member shall determine.

 

-4-


ARTICLE VII.

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 7.1 Transferability . The Member may Transfer all or any portion of its Interest to another Person at any time. If the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with Section 3.6, the Member shall cease to be a Member and shall not have any power to exercise any rights of a Member.

ARTICLE VIII.

DISSOCIATION OF A MEMBER

Section 8.1 Dissociation . The Member ceases to be a Member upon the occurrence of either of the following events (each an “ Event of Dissociation ”):

(a) the Member voluntarily withdraws from the Company; or

(b) the Member Transfers its entire Interest to another Person and such Person is admitted as an Additional Member of the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 3.6.

ARTICLE IX.

DISSOLUTION AND WINDING UP

Section 9.1 Dissolution . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up on the first of the following to occur:

(a) A determination by the Member that the Company shall be dissolved; or

(b) At such earlier time as may be provided by applicable law.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Act, the Member hereby agrees that the business of the Company shall be continued upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation and that the Company shall not be dissolved upon the occurrence of an Event of Dissociation other than pursuant to the terms of Section 9.1(a).

Section 9.2 Winding Up . Upon dissolution, the Member shall proceed to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, and the Company may only carry on business that is appropriate to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company, including the following: (a) collecting the Company’s assets; (b) disposing of properties that will not be distributed in kind to the Member; (c) discharging or making provision for discharging liabilities; (d) distributing the remaining property to the Member; and (e) doing every other act necessary to wind up and liquidate the business and affairs of the Company. The Member shall

 

-5-


follow the procedure for disposing of known claims set forth in Ind. Code § 23-18-9-8 and shall publish notice of the dissolution of the Company pursuant to Ind. Code § 23-18-9-9.

Section 9.3 Distribution of Assets . Upon the winding up of the Company, the assets shall be distributed as follows:

(a) To creditors, including the Member if it is a creditor of the Company to the extent permitted by law, in the order of priority as provided by law to satisfy the liabilities of the Company whether by payment or by the establishment of adequate reserves, excluding liabilities for distributions to the Member pursuant to Article VI;

(b) To the Member to repay any loans to the Company or to satisfy any liabilities for distributions pursuant to Article VI which remain unpaid; and

(c) To the Member in respect of its Capital Account after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods.

ARTICLE X.

AMENDMENTS

Section 10.1 Amendments . The Member and the Company may amend this Agreement from time to time by written instrument reflecting such amendment.

ARTICLE XI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.1 Complete Agreement . This Agreement and the Articles constitute the complete and exclusive statement of agreement between the Member and the Company with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement and the Articles replace and supersede all prior agreements by and among the Member and the Company. This Agreement and the Articles supersede all prior written and oral statements and no representation, statement, or condition or warranty not contained in this Agreement or the Articles will be binding on the parties or have any force or effect whatsoever.

Section 11.2 Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights of the parties under this Agreement will be governed by, interpreted, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Indiana.

Section 11.3 Binding Effect; Conflicts . This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties, and their respective distributees, successors and assigns. This Agreement is subject to, and governed by, the Act and the Articles. In the event of a direct conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the mandatory provisions of the Act or the provisions of the Articles, the provisions of the Act or the Articles, as the case may be, will be controlling.

 

-6-


Section 11.4 Headings; Interpretation . All headings herein are inserted only for convenience and ease of reference and are not to be considered in the construction or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires.

Section 11.5 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable under the present or future laws effective during the term of this Agreement, such provision will be fully severable; this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part of this Agreement; and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision or by its severance from this Agreement. Furthermore, in lieu of such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid, unreasonable, or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid, reasonable, and enforceable.

Section 11.6 Additional Documents and Acts . Each party agrees to promptly execute and deliver such additional documents, statements of interest and holdings, designations, powers of attorney, and other instruments, and to perform such additional acts, as the other party may determine to be necessary, useful or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions, and conditions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.

Section 11.7 No Third Party Beneficiary . This Agreement is made solely and specifically among and for the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement is expressly not intended for the benefit of any creditor of the Company or any other third party. No creditor or other third party will have any rights, interest, or claims under the Agreement or be entitled to any benefits under or on account of this Agreement as a third party beneficiary or otherwise.

Section 11.8 Notices . Any notice to be given or to be served upon the Company or the Member in connection with this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been given and received when delivered to the address specified by the party to receive the notice. Such notices will be given to the Member at the address specified on Exhibit A . Any party may, at any time by giving five days’ prior written notice to the other party, designate any other address in substitution of the foregoing address to which such notice will be given.

Section 11.9 Title to Company Property . Legal title to all property of the Company will be held and conveyed in the name of the Company.

Section 11.10 No Remedies Exclusive . To the extent any remedies are provided herein for a breach of this Agreement, the Articles or the Act, such remedies shall not be exclusive of any other remedies the aggrieved party may have, at law or in equity.

 

-7-


Section 11.11 Incorporated Schedule and Exhibits . The following Schedule and Exhibit are attached to and/or have been identified as Schedules and Exhibits to this Agreement and are incorporated in this Agreement by reference as if fully set forth herein:

Schedule I to Operating Agreement. Schedule of Definitions.

Exhibit A to Operating Agreement. Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution.

 

-8-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on the date set forth opposite their signatures, to be effective on the Effective Date.

 

   

COMPANY:

 

DENT DEMON, LLC

Date: December 5, 2007     By:   /s/ Michelle Mallon
        Michelle Mallon, Vice President & Secretary
   

MEMBER:

 

ADESA, INC.

Date: December 5, 2007     By:   /s/ Scott Anderson
        Scott Anderson, Vice President & Controller

 

-9-


Schedule I

to

Operating Agreement

Schedule of Definitions

The terms used in this Agreement with their initial letters capitalized shall have, unless the context otherwise requires or unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the meanings specified in this Schedule I . Any term used but not defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Act. The singular shall include the plural, and the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter, and vice versa, as the context requires. When used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Act ” means the Indiana Business Flexibility Act, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Additional Member ” means any individual or Entity admitted as a Member pursuant to Section 3.6 .

Agreement ” means this Operating Agreement of the Company, as originally executed and as amended from time to time.

Capital Contribution ” means the total value of cash and agreed fair market value of property contributed and agreed to be contributed to the Company by the Member, as shown on Exhibit A , as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. All references in this Agreement to sections of the Code shall include any corresponding provision or provisions of any succeeding law.

Company ” means shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Entity ” means any association, corporation, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, joint stock association, joint venture, firm, trust, business trust, cooperative, or foreign associations of like structure.

Event of Dissociation ” means any of the events listed in Section 8.1 upon which the Member ceases to be a Member.

Interest ” means the entire ownership interest of the Member in the Company at any particular time, including the right of the Member to any and all benefits to which the Member may be entitled as provided in this Agreement and under the Act, together with the obligations of the Member to comply with all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

Member ” or “ Members ” refers to ADESA, Inc. as the sole Member of the Company and any Additional Members admitted to the Company.


Operating Agreement ” means this Agreement.

Person ” means an individual or an Entity.

Principal Office ” means the address established pursuant to Section 2.2.

Transfer ” means any “assignment” as that term is used in Ind. Code § 23-18-6-3 and—4, and includes any gift, sale, exchange, assignment, conveyance, alienation or other transfer, whether voluntary or involuntary, and includes any Transfer to a receiver, bankruptcy trustee, judgment creditor, lienholder, holder of a security interest, pledge or other encumbrance, and Transfer upon judicial order or other legal process.

 

Schedule I-2


Exhibit A

To Operating Agreement

Name and Address of Member and Capital Contribution

 

Member

  

Percentage

Interest

 

ADESA, Inc.

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

   100 %

 

Exhibit A

Exhibit 3.107

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT TO THE ARTICLES OF

INCORPORATION OF SIOUX FALLS AUTO AUCTION, INC.

Pursuant to the provisions of SDCL 47-2-9, the undersigned corporation adopts the following Articles of Amendment to its Articles of Incorporation:

 

1. The name of the corporation is SIOUX FALLS AUTO AUCTION, INC.

 

2. The following amendments to the Articles of Incorporation were adopted by the shareholders of the corporation on September 13, 1994, in the manner prescribed by the South Dakota Corporation Acts:

 

  a. That Article IV of the Articles of Incorporation is amended to read as follows:

“ARTICLE IV

Authorized Shares

The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue is ten thousand (10,000) shares of common capital stock with a par value of Ten Dollars ($10.00) per share.”

 

  b. That Article V of the Articles of Incorporation is deleted in its entirety.

 

  c. That Article VIII of the Articles of Incorporation is amended to read as follows:

“ARTICLE VIII

Directors

The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its board of directors. The number of directors constituting the board of directors is five (5), and the names and addresses of those persons who serve as directors of the corporation until the next annual meeting of the shareholders or until their successors are duly elected and qualified are as follows:

 

1


Name

     

Address

Gene Jones     #2 Le Chateau Place
    Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Otto Hagedorn     Rural Route 3
    Sioux Falls, SD 57105
Kent Zabel     115 Brooktree Park
    Route 1, Box 92
    Harwood, ND 58042
David Zabel     115 Brooktree Park
    Route 1, Box 92
    Harwood, ND 58042
Ross Jorgenson     5805 W. 49th Street
    Sioux Falls, SD 57106

Directors need not be shareholders of corporation. The number of directors to serve the corporation shall be fixed in the By-Laws of the corporation. The number of directors may be increased or decreased from time to time by amendment of the By-Laws, but no decrease shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent director.”

 

3. The number of shares of the corporation outstanding at the time of such amendment was 4,050 and the number of shares entitled to vote thereon was 4,050.

 

4. The designation and number of outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class were as follows:

 

Class:    Preferred    Number of Shares:    0
Class:    Common    Number of Shares:    4,050

 

5. The number of shares voted for such amendment was 4,050. The number of shares voted against such amendment was 0.

 

6. The manner, if not set forth in such amendment, in which any exchange, reclassification or cancellation of issued shares provided for in the amendment shall be effected is as follows:

Amendment increases par value of stock from .01¢ par value to $10.00 par value and increases the number of shares outstanding from 4,050 to 6,000 shares.

 

2


7. The manner in which such amendment effects a change in the amount of stated capital, and a statement expressed in dollars of the amount of stated capital as changed by such amendment:

 

# Shares Issued & Outstanding

  

Stated Capital

6,000

   $60,000

 

  8. Dated this 13th day of September, 1994.

 

SIOUX FALLS AUTO AUCTION, INC.
By:  

/s/ Gene Jones

  Its President, and
By:  

/s/ David Zabel

  Its Secretary

 

STATE OF SOUTH DAKOTA   )   
  :    ss
COUNTY OF MINNEHAHA   )   

On this 13th day of September, 1994, before me, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Gene Jones, who acknowledged himself to the President of Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc., a corporation, and that he as such President being authorized so to do executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained by signing the name of the corporation by himself as President.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

/s/ Russell R. Greenfield

Notary Public – South Dakota

My commission expires: June 30, 2001

 

3

Exhibit 3.108

BYLAWS

OF

SIOUX FALLS AUTO AUCTION, INC.

ARTICLE I

Name, Offices and Registered Agent

Section   1.1 Name . The name of the corporation is Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

Section   1.2 Principal Office . The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at any place within or without the State of South Dakota. The Corporation may have such other offices either within or without the State of South Dakota as its business may require.

Section   1.3 Registered Office and Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered office of the Corporation is set forth on Exhibit A . The registered office and registered agent may be changed from time to time by written consent and by updating Exhibit A .

Section   1.4 Corporate Seal . The Corporation shall have no seal.

ARTICLE 2

Fiscal Year

Section   2.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin each year on the first day of January and end on the last day of December.

ARTICLE 3

Capital Stock

Section   3.1 Form and Issuance . Certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors in compliance with the South Dakota Business Corporation Act and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the president or a vice president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation; provided, however, that if such certificate is countersigned (i) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signatures of the officers of the Corporation may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the date of issue.

Section   3.2 Transfers of Shares . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a share certificate duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of

 

1


succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make such other rules and regulations or amendments thereto as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, registration and transfer of share certificates and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

Section   3.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Corporation may cause a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit or that fact by the person claming their certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and in such form as it may direct to indemnify against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate. The Corporation, in its discretion, may authorize the issuance of such new certificates without any bond when the Board of Directors determines that it is proper to do so.

Section   3.4 Fixing of Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than seventy nor less than ten days from the date of such meeting. Only such shareholders as shall be shareholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to participate in such other action, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares of stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may elect to fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting and shall fix a new record date in the event the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

ARTICLE 4

Meeting of Shareholders

Section   4.1 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be on such a date as designated by the Board of Directors from time to time in respect of any such meeting, at such hour and at such place, within or without the State of South Dakota, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. The Annual Meeting may be held by written resolutions in lieu of a meeting. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

 

2


Section   4.2 Special Meetings . Special meeting of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the articles of incorporation, may be called by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board or the president and shall be called by the president or the secretary at the request in writing or a majority of the Board of Directors.

Section   4.3 Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a shareholders meeting may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes.

Section   4.4 Notice of Meetings . The Corporation shall deliver or mail written notice stating the date, time, and place of any shareholders meeting and, in the case of a special shareholders meeting or when otherwise required by law, a description of the purposes for which the meeting is called, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting, at such address as appears in the records of the Corporation and at least ten (10), but no more than sixty (60), days before the date of the meeting.

Section   4.5 Waiver of Notice . A shareholder may waive notice of any meeting, before or after the date and time of the meeting as stated in the notice, by delivering a signed waiver to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes. A shareholder’s attendance at any meeting, in person or by proxy (a) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (b) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter a the meeting that is not within the purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

Section   4.6 Place of Meeting . Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place, within or without the State of South Dakota, as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. If no place is designated, the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section   4.7 Quorum . The holders of record of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business, except where otherwise provided by law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws. In the absence of a quorum, any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be constituted. At any adjourned meeting held within 120 days of the date fixed for the original meeting and at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjourned meeting is held more than 120 days after the original meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date and shall cause a new notice of the meeting to be issued.

Section   4.8 Organization . Each meeting of shareholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, by the president or, in the absence of both of said officers, by a vice president thereunto designated by the Chairman of the Board, the

 

3


president and a vice president so designated, by any other person selected to preside by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence assistant secretary, any person designated by the Chairman of the Board or other person presiding at the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section   4.9 Proxies and Voting Shares . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the articles of incorporation, every shareholder shall have the right at every shareholders meeting to one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his or her name on the books of the Corporation on the record date, on all matters coming before the meeting including the election of directors. At any meeting of the shareholders, each shareholder entitled to vote any shares on any matter to be voted upon at such meeting may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, which shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting before being voted. Such proxies shall entitle the holders thereof to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after eleven months from its date unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, the vote on any question need not be by written ballot. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the South Dakota Business Corporation Act or of the articles of incorporation or of these bylaws, a greater vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control his or her decision of such question.

4.10 Voting List of Shareholders . The Officer who shall have charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least five days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and by voting group (and within each voting group by class or series of shares) and showing the address and the number of shares registered in the name of each such shareholder. Subject to the limitation contained in the South Dakota Business Corporation Act, such list shall be open to the examination of any shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting, or such shareholder’s agent or attorney, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least five days prior to and continuing through the meeting, at the principal office of the Corporation. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the stock ledger or the list of shareholders referred to above or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting or shareholders.

ARTICLE 5

Board of Directors

Section   5.1 Power and Duties of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors shall have the general management of the affairs, property and business of the Corporation, and it may adopt such rules and regulations for that purpose and for the conduct of its meetings as it may deem proper. The Board may exercise and shall be vested with the powers of the Corporation in so far as not inconsistent with law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws.

 

4


Section   5.2 Election, Number and Term of Office . Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders, or at a special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose pursuant to Section 5.3 below, by a plurality vote of all votes cast at such meeting by the holders of the shares of stock entitled to elect directors. The number of directors of this Corporation shall be at least two (2) and no more than eleven (11), unless changed by amendment of this Section 5.2. All directors, except in the case of earlier resignation, removal or death, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their respective successors are chosen and qualified. Directors need not be a shareholder of the Corporation or residents of the State of Delaware.

Section 5.3 Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors caused by resignation, removal from office, death or other incapacity shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the shareholders. If the vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors shall result in a tie, such vacancy, at the direction of the Board of Directors, may be filled by plurality vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors caused by an increase in the number of the Board of Directors until the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders or, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, such vacancy may be filled by vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent directors.

Section   5.4 Annual Meeting of Directors . The Board of Directors shall meet each year, immediately after the annual meeting of the shareholders, at the place where such meeting of the shareholders has been held either within or without the State of Delaware, for the purpose of transacting such business as may properly come before the meeting. No notice of any kind to either old or new members of the Board of Directors for such annual meeting shall be necessary. At the annual meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect one of their members to serve as chairman. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section   5.5 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined by resolution of the board. Such regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice or upon such notice as may be fixed by the directors.

Section   5.6 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the president, or by a written call signed by any two or more of the members of the Board of Directors and filed with the secretary. Each special meeting of the Board shall be held at such place, either within or without of the State of South Dakota. Notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors, stating the place, date and hour thereof, shall, except as otherwise expressly provide by law or as provided in these bylaws, be given by mailing or telecopying the same to each director at his or her residence or business address at any time on or before the second day before the day of the meeting or by delivering the same to him or her personally or telephoning the same to him or her personally at his or her residence or business address not later than the second day before the meeting. Except as otherwise required by statute or these bylaws, no notice or waiver of notice of a special meeting of the Board need state the purpose or purposes of such meeting, and any business maybe transacted thereat, any practice or custom at any time to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

5


Section   5.7 Attendance at Meetings Via Communications Equipment . Any or all members of the Board of Directors or of a committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by any means of communications by which all directors participating in the meeting may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. Participation in this manner constituted presence in person at the meeting.

Section   5.8 Quorum . A majority of the actual number of directors prescribed from time to time shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the act of a greater number is required by the South Dakota Business Corporation Act, by the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws.

Section   5.9 Organization . Each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the president or, in his or her absence, by the vice-president, or in the absence of both the president and the vice president, by any director selected to preside by vote of the majority of the directors present. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of both the secretary and the assistant secretary, any person designated by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section   5.10 Consent Action by Directors . Any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual meeting, a regular meeting or a special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a written consent to such action is signed by all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minute of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Action taken by consent is effective when the last director signs unless a different prior or subsequent effective date is specified.

Section   5.11 Interest of Directors in Contracts . Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation or any corporation in which this Corporation owns a majority of the capital stock shall be valid and binding, notwithstanding that the directors of officers of this Corporation are identical or that some or all of the directors or officers, or both, are also directors or officers or such other corporation.

Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors of shareholders or employees, or between the Corporation and any firm of which one or more of its directors are directors, shareholders or employees or in which they are interested, or between the Corporation and any corporation or association of which one or more of its directors are shareholders, members, directors, officers, or employees or in which they are interested, shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such director or directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation which acts upon, or in reference to, such contract or transaction and notwithstanding his or her or their participation in which action, if any one of the following apply:

(i) The material facts of such transaction and the director’s interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or committee of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors or committee thereof shall authorize, approve and ratify such contract or transaction by a vote of a majority of the noninterested directors such majority constituting a quorum for the purposes of this section 5.11.

 

6


(ii) The material facts of the transaction and the director’s interest were disclosed or known to the shareholders entitled to vote and they authorized approved or ratified the transaction by a majority vote. Shares owned or voted by an interested director may be counted toward such majority.

(iii) The transaction was fair to the Corporation.

This section 5.11 shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common or statutory law applicable thereto.

Section 5.12 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the actual number of directors in office from time to time, designate from among its members one or more committees consisting of two or more of the directors of the Corporation, and may delegate to each such committee such authority and power of the Board of Directors as shall be specified in such resolution, but no such committee shall have the authority of the Board of Directors in authorizing distribution, approving or proposing to shareholders action required to be approved by shareholders, filling vacancies on the Board of Directors or any committees thereof, approving the sale of shares (other than as authorized by the Board of Directors within the limits prescribed by the Board of Directors), amending the articles of incorporation, adopting an agreement or plan of merger or consolidation or amendment these bylaws, except as otherwise provided by the South Dakota Business Corporation Act. No member of any such committee shall continue to be member thereof after he or she ceases to be a director of the Corporation. The committee shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section   5.13 Removal . Any director may be removed with or without cause by action of the shareholders taken at any meeting the notice of which states that one of the purposes of the meeting is removal of the director.

ARTICLE 6

Officers

Section   6.1 Officers . The officers of the Corporation, who shall be elected by the Board of Directors, may include a chairman, a president, a chief operating officer, one or more executive vice presidents, one or more vice presidents, a chief financial officer, a treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors, at its discretion, may elect one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers or agents as it may deem advisable and prescribe the duties thereof. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Board of Directors may delegate to the chairman and president the power to appoint and to remove such assistant officers as he or she deems desirable.

Section   6.2 Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting thereof, or appointed by the president as provided in section 6.1 above. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until his or her death, or until he or she shall resign, or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

 

7


Section   6.3 Removal . Any officer may be removed either with or without cause, at any time by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board, and an officer appointed by the president may also be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the president.

Section   6.4 Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Board of Directors, its chairman or to the secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section   6.5 Vacancies . Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the remainder of the term by the Board of Directors or as authorized by it.

Section   6.6 Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and as such shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meeting of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall act as general administrative head of the Corporation, exercising general control and supervision over the affairs of the Corporation and over the other officers, agents and personnel of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall, with the approval of the Board of Directors, appoint the members of any committee created by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board has authority to execute, with the Secretary where attestation or other dual signature is required, powers of attorney appointing other corporations, partnerships, or individuals a the agents of the Corporation, subject to law, the articles of incorporation, and these bylaws. The Chairman of the Board shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Chairman of the Board and such other duties and the Board of Directors may assign.

Section   6.7 President . The president shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors. Subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors, the president may enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. The president shall perform all duties and have all the powers incident to the office of president and all such other duties and powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors.

Section   6.8 Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation shall have general supervision and management over the day-to-day business operations of the Corporation. The Chief Operating Officer shall have the power and authority to sign, make, execute, and deliver any and all deeds or conveyances, leases, contracts, assignments, releases, share certificates, and all other documents and instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and shall perform all other duties as are incident to the officer of Chief operating Officer and as may be required of the Chief operating Officer by the Board of Directors from time to time

Section   6.9 Vice President . Each vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the president.

Section   6.10 Assistant Vice President . Each assistant vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the president or any vice president to whom the assistant vice president reports.

 

8


Section   6.11 Treasurer . The treasurer shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit all such funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks or other depositories as shall be selected by the Board of Directors. The treasurer shall upon request exhibit at all reasonable times his or her books of account and records to any of the directors of the Corporation, shall render upon request by the Board of Directors a statement of the condition of the finances of the Corporation at any meeting of the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of the shareholders, shall receive and give receipt for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office assigned by the president or the Board of Directors.

Section   6.12 Assistant Treasurers . In the absence of the treasurer, or in case of the treasurer’s inability to act, an assistant treasurer shall perform all the duties of the treasurer and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of the treasurer. The assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the president, the vice president designated as the chief accounting and financial officer of the Corporation or the treasurer.

Section   6.13 Secretary . The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in the books provided for that purpose the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors, shall duly give and serve all notices required to be given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and by the South Dakota Business Corporation Act, shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the president or the Board of Directors.

Section   6.14 Assistant Secretary . In the absence the secretary or in case of his or her inability to act, an assistant secretary shall perform all the duties of the secretary and, when do acting, shall have all powers of the secretary. The assistant secretaries shall perform such other duties from time to time shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the president or the secretary.

Section   6.15 Subordinate Officers . In addition to the principal officers enumerated in Section 6.1, the Corporation may have other officers, agents and employees as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such periods of time, may be removed with or without cause, have such authority, and perform such duties as the President, or the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

Section   6.16 Execution of Contracts and Other Documents . Unless otherwise authorized or directed by the Board of Directors, all written contracts, agreements, banking resolutions, conveyance, or any other instruments that may be deemed necessary and proper for the business of the Corporation, shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the President or the Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Controller, Assistant Treasurer or Secretary.

 

9


Section   6.17 Bonds . The Board of Directors shall have the power to require any officer of the Corporation to give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such form and with such surety or sureties as the Board may deem advisable.

Section   6.18 Salaries . The salaries of the president, vice presidents, treasurer, and secretary shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and the salaries of any assistant officers may be fixed by the president.

ARTICLE 7

Indemnification

Section   7.1 Indemnification of Directors , Officers and Employees . Every person who is or was a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or of any other corporation for which he or she is or was serving in any capacity at the request of this Corporation shall be indemnified by this Corporation against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from or arising out of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, in which such person may become involved, as a party or otherwise,

 

  (i) by reason of his or her being or having been a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or such other corporation or

 

  (ii) by reason of any past or future action taken or not taken by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not he or she continues to be such at the time such liability or expense is incurred,

provided that such person is wholly successful with respect thereto or acted in good faith and, when acting in his or her official capacity of the Corporation, in what he or she reasonably believed was the Corporation’s best interest or, when acting in all other cases, in what he or she reasonably believed was not opposed to the Corporation’s best interest and, in addition, in any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A director’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the director reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan meets the requirement of this section 7.1. As used herein, “claim, action, suit or proceeding” shall include and claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether brought by or in the right of this Corporation or such other corporation or otherwise), civil, criminal administrative or investigative, whether actual or threatened or in connection with an appeal relating thereto.

The terms “liability” and “expense” shall include, but shall not be limited to, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, amounts of judgments, fines or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of a director, officer or employee, but shall not in any event include any liability or expense on account of profits realized by him or her in the purchase or sale of securities of the Corporation in violation of the law. The termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction or upon a plea of guilty or on nolo contedere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that a director, officer or employee did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in this section 7.1.

 

10


Any such director, officer or employee who has been wholly successful with respect to any such claim, action, and suit or preceding shall be entitled to indemnification as a matter of right. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, any indemnification hereunder shall be found that the director, officer or employee has net the standard of conduct set forth in this section 7.1 by:

 

  (i) the Board of Directors acting by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such claim, action, suit or proceeding; or

 

  (ii) if a quorum cannot be obtained under subsection (i), by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Board of Directors (in which designation directors who are parties may participate), consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties; or

 

  (iii) by written opinion of independent legal counsel selected by the Board of Directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in subsection (i) or (ii) or, if such is impossible, selected by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors; or

 

  (iv) by the shareholders, but shares owned by or voted under the control of directors who are at the time parties may not be voted in such determination.

Any such director, officer or employee may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the claim, action, suit or proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction, which court may order indemnification as provided by law.

Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of reasonableness of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if such determination is made by independent legal counsel. Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of expenses shall be made by those show elected of the independent counsel.

If several claims, issues or matters of action are involved, any such person may be entitled to indemnification as to some matters even though he or she is not entitled as to other matters.

The Corporation may advance expenses to or, where appropriate, any at its expense undertake the defense of any such director, officer or employee upon receipt or a written affirmation of such person of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct set forth in the section 7.1 and unlimited general written undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such expenses if it should ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification hereunder and upon a determination that the facts then known would not preclude indemnification.

The provisions of the section 7.1 shall be applicable to claims, actions, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions to act during, before or after the adoption hereof.

 

11


The rights of indemnification provided hereunder shall be in addition to any rights to which any person concerned may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of any such person.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this section 7.1 or otherwise.

ARTICLE 8

Amendments

Section   8.1 Amendment . The power to make, alter, amend, or repeal these bylaws is vested in the Board of Directors, but the affirmative vote of a majority of the actual number of directors from time to time shall be necessary to effect any alteration, amendment or repeal or these bylaws.

 

12


Exhibit A

To Bylaws

Name and Address of the Registered Agent

 

Name

  

Address

CT Corporation System    319 S. Coteau Street, Pierre, SD 57501

 

13

Exhibit 3.109

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

OF

ZABEL & ASSOCIATES, INC.

I, the undersigned, a natural person of the age of eighteen years or more, acting as the incorporator of a corporation under the North Dakota Business Corporation Act, adopt the following articles of incorporation for such corporation.

I.

The name of said corporation shall be: Zabel & Associates, Inc.

II.

The period of its duration is perpetual.

III.

The nature of the corporation’s business is to engage in any type of business enterprise which is legal and authorized by the laws of the State of North Dakota, including, but not limited to, the ownership of various closely held business enterprises.

IV.

The aggregate number of shares which the corporation shall have authority to issue is 50,000 of the par value of $.01 each, and all of these shares shall be common voting shares.

V.

The Board of Directors may take action in writing signed by the number of directors that would be required to take the same action at a meeting of the Board at which all directors were present, in accordance with the provision of N.D.C.C. §10-19.1-47.

VI.

No shareholder shall have the preemptive right to acquire additional shares of stock of the corporation.

VII.

The address of the initial registered office of the corporation is: 1650 Main Avenue East, P.O. Box 772, West Fargo, ND 58078. The name of its initial registered agent at such address is: Kent Zabel.

VIII.

The number of directors constituting the initial Board of Directors of the corporation is seven (7) and the name and address of the person who is to serve as director until the first annual


meeting of the shareholders or until his successor is elected and shall qualify is Kent Zabel, 115 Brooktree Park, Harwood, ND 58042; David Zabel, 407 Romona Avenue, West Fargo, ND 58078; David Carlson, 2114 S. 26  1 / 2 Court Street, Fargo, ND 58103; Michael Thorstad, 901 Dolores Drive, West Fargo, ND 58078; Curtis Hakanson, 1514 22nd Avenue South, Fargo, ND 58103; Ross Jorgensen, 5805 West 49th Street, Sioux Falls, SD 57106; Kurt Zabel, 530 N Cole, Tea, SD 57064.

IX.

The name and address of the incorporator is Kent Zabel, 1650 Main Avenue East, P.O. Box 772, West Fargo, ND 58078.

Dated this 24th day of July , 1996.

I, the above-named incorporator, being first duly sworn, say that I have read the foregoing application and know the contents hereof and verily believe the statements made therein to be true.

 

/s/ Ken Zabel

Ken Zabel
North Dakota
Filed 7-29, 1996

illegible

Secretary of State

 

2

Exhibit 3.110

BYLAWS

OF

ZABEL & ASSOCIATES, INC.

ARTICLE I

Name, Offices and Registered Agent

Section   1.1 Name . The name of the corporation is Zabel & Associates, Inc. (the “Corporation”).

Section   1.2 Principal Office . The principal office of the Corporation shall be located at any place within or without the State of North Dakota. The Corporation may have such other offices either within or without the State of North Dakota as its business may require.

Section   1.3 Registered Office and Registered Agent . The name and address of the registered office of the Corporation is set forth on Exhibit A . The registered office and registered agent may be changed from time to time by written consent and by updating Exhibit A .

Section   1.4 Corporate Seal . The Corporation shall have no seal.

ARTICLE 2

Fiscal Year

Section   2.1 Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin each year on the first day of January and end on the last day of December.

ARTICLE 3

Capital Stock

Section   3.1 Form and Issuance . Certificates representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall be issued in such form as may be approved by the Board of Directors in compliance with the North Dakota Business Corporation Act and shall be signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the president or a vice president, and by the treasurer or an assistant treasurer or the secretary or an assistant secretary of the Corporation; provided, however, that if such certificate is countersigned (i) by a transfer agent other than the Corporation or its employee, or (ii) by a registrar other than the Corporation or its employee, the signatures of the officers of the Corporation may be facsimiles. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the date of issue.

Section   3.2 Transfers of Shares . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a share certificate duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the Corporation to issue a


new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. The Board of Directors shall have the power and authority to make such other rules and regulations or amendments thereto as they may deem expedient concerning the issue, registration and transfer of share certificates and may appoint transfer agents and registrars thereof.

Section   3.3 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . The Corporation may cause a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit or that fact by the person claming their certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Corporation may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond in such sum and in such form as it may direct to indemnify against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate. The Corporation, in its discretion, may authorize the issuance of such new certificates without any bond when the Board of Directors determines that it is proper to do so.

Section   3.4 Fixing of Record Date . In order that the Corporation may determine the shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than seventy nor less than ten days from the date of such meeting. Only such shareholders as shall be shareholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of stock, or to participate in such other action, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any shares of stock on the books of the Corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid. A determination of shareholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote a meeting of shareholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may elect to fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting and shall fix a new record date in the event the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the date fixed for the original meeting.

ARTICLE 4

Meeting of Shareholders

Section   4.1 Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of shareholders shall be on such a date as designated by the Board of Directors from time to time in respect of any such meeting, at such hour and at such place, within or without the State of North Dakota, as shall be designated by the Board of Directors. The Annual Meeting may be held by written resolutions in lieu of a meeting. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section   4.2 Special Meetings . Special meeting of the shareholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the articles of incorporation, may be called by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman of the Board or the president and shall be called by the president or the secretary at the request in writing or a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

2


Section   4.3 Action by Consent . Any action required or permitted to be taken at a shareholders meeting may be taken without a meeting if the action is taken by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action. The action must be evidenced by one or more written consents describing the action taken, signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote on the action, and delivered to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes.

Section   4.4 Notice of Meetings . The Corporation shall deliver or mail written notice stating the date, time, and place of any shareholders meeting and, in the case of a special shareholders meeting or when otherwise required by law, a description of the purposes for which the meeting is called, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting, at such address as appears in the records of the Corporation and at least ten (10), but no more than sixty (60), days before the date of the meeting.

Section   4.5 Waiver of Notice . A shareholder may waive notice of any meeting, before or after the date and time of the meeting as stated in the notice, by delivering a signed waiver to the Corporation for inclusion in the minutes. A shareholder’s attendance at any meeting, in person or by proxy (a) waives objection to lack of notice or defective notice of the meeting, unless the shareholder at the beginning of the meeting objects to holding the meeting or transacting business at the meeting, and (b) waives objection to consideration of a particular matter a the meeting that is not within the purposes described in the meeting notice, unless the shareholder objects to considering the matter when it is presented.

Section   4.6 Place of Meeting . Meetings of shareholders of the Corporation shall be held at such place, within or without the State of North Dakota, as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in the respective notices or waivers of notice of such meetings. If no place is designated, the meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

Section   4.7 Quorum . The holders of record of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the shareholders for the transaction of business, except where otherwise provided by law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws. In the absence of a quorum, any officer entitled to preside at or to act as secretary of such meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time until a quorum shall be constituted. At any adjourned meeting held within 120 days of the date fixed for the original meeting and at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjourned meeting is held more than 120 days after the original meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date and shall cause a new notice of the meeting to be issued.

Section   4.8 Organization . Each meeting of shareholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, by the president or, in the absence of both of said officers, by a vice president thereunto designated by the Chairman of the Board, the president and a vice president so designated, by any other person selected to preside by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence assistant secretary, any person designated by the Chairman of the Board or other person presiding at the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

3


Section   4.9 Proxies and Voting Shares . Except as otherwise provided by law or by the articles of incorporation, every shareholder shall have the right at every shareholders meeting to one vote for each share of stock having voting power, registered in his or her name on the books of the Corporation on the record date, on all matters coming before the meeting including the election of directors. At any meeting of the shareholders, each shareholder entitled to vote any shares on any matter to be voted upon at such meeting may exercise such voting right either in person or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing, which shall be filed with the secretary of the meeting before being voted. Such proxies shall entitle the holders thereof to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but shall not be valid after the final adjournment thereof. No proxy shall be voted or acted upon after eleven months from its date unless said proxy provides for a longer period. Except as otherwise expressly required by statute, the vote on any question need not be by written ballot. When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which by express provision of the North Dakota Business Corporation Act or of the articles of incorporation or of these bylaws, a greater vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control his or her decision of such question.

4.10 Voting List of Shareholders . The Officer who shall have charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least five days before every meeting of shareholders, a complete list of the shareholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and by voting group (and within each voting group by class or series of shares) and showing the address and the number of shares registered in the name of each such shareholder. Subject to the limitation contained in the North Dakota Business Corporation Act, such list shall be open to the examination of any shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting, or such shareholder’s agent or attorney, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least five days prior to and continuing through the meeting, at the principal office of the Corporation. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the shareholders entitled to examine the stock ledger or the list of shareholders referred to above or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting or shareholders.

ARTICLE 5

Board of Directors

Section   5.1 Power and Duties of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors shall have the general management of the affairs, property and business of the Corporation, and it may adopt such rules and regulations for that purpose and for the conduct of its meetings as it may deem proper. The Board may exercise and shall be vested with the powers of the Corporation in so far as not inconsistent with law, the articles of incorporation or these bylaws.

Section   5.2 Election, Number and Term of Office . Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders, or at a special meeting of the shareholders called for that purpose pursuant to Section 5.3 below, by a plurality vote of all votes cast at such meeting by the holders of the shares of stock entitled to elect directors. The number of directors of this Corporation shall be at least two (2) and no more than eleven (11), unless changed by

 

4


amendment of this Section 5.2. All directors, except in the case of earlier resignation, removal or death, shall hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their respective successors are chosen and qualified. Directors need not be a shareholder of the Corporation or residents of the State of Delaware.

Section   5.3 Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring on the Board of Directors caused by resignation, removal from office, death or other incapacity shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors, until the next annual meeting of the shareholders. If the vote of the remaining members of the Board of Directors shall result in a tie, such vacancy, at the direction of the Board of Directors, may be filled by plurality vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. Any vacancy on the Board of Directors caused by an increase in the number of the Board of Directors until the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders or, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, such vacancy may be filled by vote of the shareholders at a special meeting called for that purpose. No decrease in the number of directors shall have the effect of shortening the term of any incumbent directors.

Section   5.4 Annual Meeting of Directors . The Board of Directors shall meet each year, immediately after the annual meeting of the shareholders, at the place where such meeting of the shareholders has been held either within or without the State of Delaware, for the purpose of transacting such business as may properly come before the meeting. No notice of any kind to either old or new members of the Board of Directors for such annual meeting shall be necessary. At the annual meeting, the Board of Directors shall elect one of their members to serve as chairman. The failure to hold an annual meeting at the designated time does not affect the validity of any corporate action.

Section   5.5 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such times and places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined by resolution of the board. Such regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice or upon such notice as may be fixed by the directors.

Section   5.6 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the president, or by a written call signed by any two or more of the members of the Board of Directors and filed with the secretary. Each special meeting of the Board shall be held at such place, either within or without of the State of North Dakota. Notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors, stating the place, date and hour thereof, shall, except as otherwise expressly provide by law or as provided in these bylaws, be given by mailing or telecopying the same to each director at his or her residence or business address at any time on or before the second day before the day of the meeting or by delivering the same to him or her personally or telephoning the same to him or her personally at his or her residence or business address not later than the second day before the meeting. Except as otherwise required by statute or these bylaws, no notice or waiver of notice of a special meeting of the Board need state the purpose or purposes of such meeting, and any business maybe transacted thereat, any practice or custom at any time to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section   5.7 Attendance at Meetings Via Communications Equipment . Any or all members of the Board of Directors or of a committee designated by the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or committee by any means of communications by which all directors participating in the meeting may simultaneously hear each other during the meeting. Participation in this manner constituted presence in person at the meeting.

 

5


Section   5.8 Quorum . A majority of the actual number of directors prescribed from time to time shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of any business, and the act of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors unless the act of a greater number is required by the North Dakota Business Corporation Act, by the articles of incorporation or by these bylaws.

Section   5.9 Organization . Each meeting of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the president or, in his or her absence, by the vice-president, or in the absence of both the president and the vice president, by any director selected to preside by vote of the majority of the directors present. The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary or, in the absence of both the secretary and the assistant secretary, any person designated by the chairman of the meeting shall act as secretary of the meeting.

Section   5.10 Consent Action by Directors . Any action required or permitted to be taken at an annual meeting, a regular meeting or a special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if a written consent to such action is signed by all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minute of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Action taken by consent is effective when the last director signs unless a different prior or subsequent effective date is specified.

Section   5.11 Interest of Directors in Contracts . Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation or any corporation in which this Corporation owns a majority of the capital stock shall be valid and binding, notwithstanding that the directors of officers of this Corporation are identical or that some or all of the directors or officers, or both, are also directors or officers or such other corporation.

Any contract or other transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors of shareholders or employees, or between the Corporation and any firm of which one or more of its directors are directors, shareholders or employees or in which they are interested, or between the Corporation and any corporation or association of which one or more of its directors are shareholders, members, directors, officers, or employees or in which they are interested, shall be valid for all purposes, notwithstanding the presence of such director or directors at the meeting of the Board of Directors of the Corporation which acts upon, or in reference to, such contract or transaction and notwithstanding his or her or their participation in which action, if any one of the following apply:

(i) The material facts of such transaction and the director’s interest shall be disclosed or known to the Board of Directors or committee of the Board of Directors and the Board of Directors or committee thereof shall authorize, approve and ratify such contract or transaction by a vote of a majority of the noninterested directors such majority constituting a quorum for the purposes of this section 5.11.

(ii) The material facts of the transaction and the director’s interest were disclosed or known to the shareholders entitled to vote and they authorized approved or ratified the transaction by a majority vote. Shares owned or voted by an interested director may be counted toward such majority.

 

6


(iii) The transaction was fair to the Corporation.

This section 5.11 shall not be construed to invalidate any contract or other transaction which would otherwise be valid under the common or statutory law applicable thereto.

Section   5.12 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the actual number of directors in office from time to time, designate from among its members one or more committees consisting of two or more of the directors of the Corporation, and may delegate to each such committee such authority and power of the Board of Directors as shall be specified in such resolution, but no such committee shall have the authority of the Board of Directors in authorizing distribution, approving or proposing to shareholders action required to be approved by shareholders, filling vacancies on the Board of Directors or any committees thereof, approving the sale of shares (other than as authorized by the Board of Directors within the limits prescribed by the Board of Directors), amending the articles of incorporation, adopting an agreement or plan of merger or consolidation or amendment these bylaws, except as otherwise provided by the North Dakota Business Corporation Act. No member of any such committee shall continue to be member thereof after he or she ceases to be a director of the Corporation. The committee shall keep regular minutes of their proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

Section   5.13 Removal . Any director may be removed with or without cause by action of the shareholders taken at any meeting the notice of which states that one of the purposes of the meeting is removal of the director.

ARTICLE 6

Officers

Section   6.1 Officers . The officers of the Corporation, who shall be elected by the Board of Directors, may include a chairman, a president, a chief operating officer, one or more executive vice presidents, one or more vice presidents, a chief financial officer, a treasurer and a secretary. The Board of Directors, at its discretion, may elect one or more assistant secretaries, one or more assistant treasurers, and such other officers or agents as it may deem advisable and prescribe the duties thereof. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. The Board of Directors may delegate to the chairman and president the power to appoint and to remove such assistant officers as he or she deems desirable.

Section   6.2 Election and Term of Office . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the annual meeting thereof, or appointed by the president as provided in section 6.1 above. Each such officer shall hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly chosen and qualified, or until his or her death, or until he or she shall resign, or shall have been removed in the manner hereinafter provided.

Section   6.3 Removal . Any officer may be removed either with or without cause, at any time by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole board, and an officer appointed by the president may also be removed, either with or without cause, at any time, by the president.

Section   6.4 Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to

 

7


the Board of Directors, its chairman or to the secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

Section   6.5 Vacancies . Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the remainder of the term by the Board of Directors or as authorized by it.

Section   6.6 Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and as such shall preside at all meetings of the shareholders and at all meeting of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board shall act as general administrative head of the Corporation, exercising general control and supervision over the affairs of the Corporation and over the other officers, agents and personnel of the Corporation. The Chairman of the Board shall, with the approval of the Board of Directors, appoint the members of any committee created by the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board has authority to execute, with the Secretary where attestation or other dual signature is required, powers of attorney appointing other corporations, partnerships, or individuals a the agents of the Corporation, subject to law, the articles of incorporation, and these bylaws. The Chairman of the Board shall perform all duties incident to the office of the Chairman of the Board and such other duties and the Board of Directors may assign.

Section   6.7 President . The president shall have general supervision of the affairs of the Corporation, subject to the control of the Board of Directors. Subject to the control and direction of the Board of Directors, the president may enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name and on behalf of the Corporation. The president shall perform all duties and have all the powers incident to the office of president and all such other duties and powers as may from time to time be assigned by the Board of Directors.

Section   6.8 Chief Operating Officer . The Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation shall have general supervision and management over the day-to-day business operations of the Corporation. The Chief Operating Officer shall have the power and authority to sign, make, execute, and deliver any and all deeds or conveyances, leases, contracts, assignments, releases, share certificates, and all other documents and instruments on behalf of the Corporation, and shall perform all other duties as are incident to the officer of Chief operating Officer and as may be required of the Chief operating Officer by the Board of Directors from time to time

Section   6.9 Vice President . Each vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors or the president.

Section   6.10 Assistant Vice President . Each assistant vice president shall perform such duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the president or any vice president to whom the assistant vice president reports.

Section   6.11 Treasurer . The treasurer shall have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the Corporation and shall deposit all such funds in the name of the Corporation in such banks or other depositories as shall be selected by the Board of Directors. The treasurer shall upon request exhibit at all reasonable times his or her books of account and records to any of the directors of the Corporation, shall render upon request by the Board of Directors a statement of the condition of the finances of the Corporation at any meeting of the Board of Directors or at the annual meeting of the shareholders, shall receive and give

 

8


receipt for, moneys due and payable to the Corporation from any source whatsoever, and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office assigned by the president or the Board of Directors.

Section   6.12 Assistant Treasurers . In the absence of the treasurer, or in case of the treasurer’s inability to act, an assistant treasurer shall perform all the duties of the treasurer and, when so acting, shall have all the powers of the treasurer. The assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the president, the vice president designated as the chief accounting and financial officer of the Corporation or the treasurer.

Section   6.13 Secretary . The secretary shall keep or cause to be kept in the books provided for that purpose the minutes of the meetings of the shareholders and of the Board of Directors, shall duly give and serve all notices required to be given in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws and by the North Dakota Business Corporation Act, shall be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and see that the seal is affixed to all documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of secretary and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the president or the Board of Directors.

Section   6.14 Assistant Secretary . In the absence the secretary or in case of his or her inability to act, an assistant secretary shall perform all the duties of the secretary and, when do acting, shall have all powers of the secretary. The assistant secretaries shall perform such other duties from time to time shall be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the president or the secretary.

Section   6.15 Subordinate Officers . In addition to the principal officers enumerated in Section 6.1, the Corporation may have other officers, agents and employees as the Board of Directors may deem necessary, each of whom shall hold office for such periods of time, may be removed with or without cause, have such authority, and perform such duties as the President, or the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. The Board of Directors may delegate to any principal officer the power to appoint and remove any such subordinate officers, agents or employees.

Section   6.16 Execution of Contracts and Other Documents . Unless otherwise authorized or directed by the Board of Directors, all written contracts, agreements, banking resolutions, conveyance, or any other instruments that may be deemed necessary and proper for the business of the Corporation, shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the President or the Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Controller, Assistant Treasurer or Secretary.

Section   6.17 Bonds . The Board of Directors shall have the power to require any officer of the Corporation to give a bond for the faithful discharge of his or her duties in such form and with such surety or sureties as the Board may deem advisable.

Section   6.18 Salaries . The salaries of the president, vice presidents, treasurer, and secretary shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, and the salaries of any assistant officers may be fixed by the president.

 

9


ARTICLE 7

Indemnification

Section   7.1 Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Employees . Every person who is or was a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or of any other corporation for which he or she is or was serving in any capacity at the request of this Corporation shall be indemnified by this Corporation against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from or arising out of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, in which such person may become involved, as a party or otherwise,

 

  (i) by reason of his or her being or having been a director, officer or employee of this Corporation or such other corporation or

 

  (ii) by reason of any past or future action taken or not taken by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not he or she continues to be such at the time such liability or expense is incurred,

provided that such person is wholly successful with respect thereto or acted in good faith and, when acting in his or her official capacity of the Corporation, in what he or she reasonably believed was the Corporation’s best interest or, when acting in all other cases, in what he or she reasonably believed was not opposed to the Corporation’s best interest and, in addition, in any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was lawful or had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. A director’s conduct with respect to an employee benefit plan for a purpose the director reasonably believed to be in the interests of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan meets the requirement of this section 7.1. As used herein, “claim, action, suit or proceeding” shall include and claim, action, suit or proceeding (whether brought by or in the right of this Corporation or such other corporation or otherwise), civil, criminal administrative or investigative, whether actual or threatened or in connection with an appeal relating thereto.

The terms “liability” and “expense” shall include, but shall not be limited to, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, amounts of judgments, fines or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of a director, officer or employee, but shall not in any event include any liability or expense on account of profits realized by him or her in the purchase or sale of securities of the Corporation in violation of the law. The termination of any claim, action, suit or proceeding, by judgment, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction or upon a plea of guilty or on nolo contedere or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that a director, officer or employee did not meet the standard of conduct set forth in this section 7.1.

Any such director, officer or employee who has been wholly successful with respect to any such claim, action, and suit or preceding shall be entitled to indemnification as a matter of right. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, any indemnification hereunder shall be found that the director, officer or employee has net the standard of conduct set forth in this section 7.1 by:

 

  (i) the Board of Directors acting by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who are not parties to such claim, action, suit or proceeding; or

 

10


  (ii) if a quorum cannot be obtained under subsection (i), by majority vote of a committee duly designated by the Board of Directors (in which designation directors who are parties may participate), consisting solely of two or more directors not at the time parties; or

 

  (iii) by written opinion of independent legal counsel selected by the Board of Directors or its committee in the manner prescribed in subsection (i) or (ii) or, if such is impossible, selected by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors; or

 

  (iv) by the shareholders, but shares owned by or voted under the control of directors who are at the time parties may not be voted in such determination.

Any such director, officer or employee may apply for indemnification to the court conducting the claim, action, suit or proceeding or to another court of competent jurisdiction, which court may order indemnification as provided by law.

Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of reasonableness of expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible, except that if such determination is made by independent legal counsel. Authorization of indemnification and evaluation of expenses shall be made by those show elected of the independent counsel.

If several claims, issues or matters of action are involved, any such person may be entitled to indemnification as to some matters even though he or she is not entitled as to other matters.

The Corporation may advance expenses to or, where appropriate, any at its expense undertake the defense of any such director, officer or employee upon receipt or a written affirmation of such person of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct set forth in the section 7.1 and unlimited general written undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay such expenses if it should ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to indemnification hereunder and upon a determination that the facts then known would not preclude indemnification.

The provisions of the section 7.1 shall be applicable to claims, actions, suits or proceedings made or commenced after the adoption hereof, whether arising from acts or omissions to act during, before or after the adoption hereof.

The rights of indemnification provided hereunder shall be in addition to any rights to which any person concerned may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of law and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of any such person.

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any capacity or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of this section 7.1 or otherwise.

 

11


ARTICLE 8

Amendments

Section   8.1 Amendment . The power to make, alter, amend, or repeal these bylaws is vested in the Board of Directors, but the affirmative vote of a majority of the actual number of directors from time to time shall be necessary to effect any alteration, amendment or repeal or these bylaws.

 

12


Exhibit A

To Bylaws

Name and Address of the Registered Agent

 

Name

  

Address

Dave Zabel    1650 Main Ave. E., West Fargo, ND 58078

 

13

Exhibit 4.1

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.,

as Issuer,

The GUARANTORS from time to time parties hereto

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 


INDENTURE

DATED as of APRIL 20, 2007

 


FLOATING RATE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
   ARTICLE I   
   DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION   

Section 101.

   Definitions    1

Section 102.

   Other Definitions    39

Section 103.

   Rules of Construction    40

Section 104.

   Incorporation by Reference of TIA    41

Section 105.

   Conflict with TIA    41

Section 106.

   Compliance Certificates and Opinions    41

Section 107.

   Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee    42

Section 108.

   Acts of Noteholders; Record Dates    42

Section 109.

   Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company    45

Section 110.

   Notices to Holders; Waiver    45

Section 111.

   Effect of Headings and Table of Contents    46

Section 112.

   Successors and Assigns    46

Section 113.

   Separability Clause    46

Section 114.

   Benefits of Indenture    46

Section 115.

   GOVERNING LAW    46

Section 116.

   Legal Holidays    46

Section 117.

   No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Equity Holders, Members and Stockholders    46

Section 118.

   Exhibits and Schedules    47

Section 119.

   Counterparts    47
   ARTICLE II   
   NOTE FORMS   

Section 201.

   Forms Generally    47

Section 202.

   Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication    49

Section 203.

   Restrictive and Global Note Legends    49
   ARTICLE III   
   THE NOTES   

Section 301.

   Title and Terms    51

Section 302.

   Denominations    52

Section 303.

   Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating    52

Section 304.

   Temporary Notes    52

Section 305.

   Registrar and Paying Agent    53

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

Section 306.

   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes    54

Section 307.

   Payment of Interest Rights Preserved    55

Section 308.

   Persons Deemed Owners    56

Section 309.

   Cancellation    56

Section 310.

   Computation of Interest    56

Section 311.

   CUSIP Numbers, Etc.    56

Section 312.

   Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes    56

Section 313.

   Special Transfer Provisions    58

Section 314.

   Payment of Additional Interest    61
   ARTICLE IV   
   COVENANTS   

Section 401.

   Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest    61

Section 402.

   Maintenance of Office or Agency    62

Section 403.

   Money for Payments to Be Held in Trust    62

Section 404.

   [Reserved]    63

Section 405.

   Reports    63

Section 406.

   Statement as to Default    64

Section 407.

   Limitation on Indebtedness    64

Section 408.

   [Reserved]    69

Section 409.

   Limitation on Restricted Payments    69

Section 410.

   Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries    73

Section 411.

   Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock    75

Section 412.

   Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates    78

Section 413.

   Limitation on Liens    80

Section 414.

   Future Subsidiary Guarantors    80

Section 415.

   Purchase of Notes upon a Change in Control    80
   ARTICLE V   
   SUCCESSORS   

Section 501.

   When the Company May Merge, Etc.    82

Section 502.

   Successor Company Substituted    83
   ARTICLE VI   
   REMEDIES   

Section 601.

   Events of Default    83

Section 602.

   Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment    86

Section 603.

   Other Remedies; Collection Suit by Trustee    86

Section 604.

   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim    87

Section 605.

   Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes    87

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

Section 606.

   Application of Money Collected    87

Section 607.

   Limitation on Suits    87

Section 608.

   Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest    88

Section 609.

   Restoration of Rights and Remedies    88

Section 610.

   Rights and Remedies Cumulative    88

Section 611.

   Delay or Omission Not Waiver    88

Section 612.

   Control by Holders    89

Section 613.

   Waiver of Past Defaults    89

Section 614.

   Undertaking for Costs    89

Section 615.

   Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws    90
   ARTICLE VII   
   THE TRUSTEE   

Section 701.

   Certain Duties and Responsibilities    90

Section 702.

   Notice of Defaults    91

Section 703.

   Certain Rights of Trustee    91

Section 704.

   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes    92

Section 705.

   May Hold Notes    92

Section 706.

   Money Held in Trust    93

Section 707.

   Compensation and Reimbursement    93

Section 708.

   Conflicting Interests    93

Section 709.

   Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility    94

Section 710.

   Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor    94

Section 711.

   Acceptance of Appointment by Successor    95

Section 712.

   Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business    95

Section 713.

   Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company    95

Section 714.

   Appointment of Authenticating Agent    96
   ARTICLE VIII   
   HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY   

Section 801.

   The Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders    96

Section 802.

   Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders    96

Section 803.

   Reports by Trustee    97
   ARTICLE IX   
   AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT OR WAIVER   

Section 901.

   Without Consent of Holders    97

Section 902.

   With Consent of Holders    98

Section 903.

   Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers    99

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

Section 904.

   Revocation and Effect of Consents    99

Section 905.

   Conformity with TIA    100

Section 906.

   Notation on or Exchange of Notes    100
   ARTICLE X   
   REDEMPTION OF NOTES   

Section 1001.

   Right of Redemption    100

Section 1002.

   Applicability of Article    102

Section 1003.

   Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee    102

Section 1004.

   Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed    102

Section 1005.

   Notice of Redemption    102

Section 1006.

   Deposit of Redemption Price    103

Section 1007.

   Notes Payable on Redemption Date    103

Section 1008.

   Notes Redeemed in Part    104
   ARTICLE XI   
   SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE   

Section 1101.

   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture    104

Section 1102.

   Application of Trust Money    105
   ARTICLE XII   
   DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE   

Section 1201.

   The Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance    106

Section 1202.

   Defeasance and Discharge    106

Section 1203.

   Covenant Defeasance    106

Section 1204.

   Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance    107

Section 1205.

   Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions    108

Section 1206.

   Reinstatement    109

Section 1207.

   Repayment to the Company    109
   ARTICLE XIII   
   GUARANTEES   

Section 1301.

   Guarantees Generally    109

Section 1302.

   Continuing Guarantees    111

Section 1303.

   Release of Guarantees    111

Section 1304.

   [Reserved]    112

Section 1305.

   Waiver of Subrogation    112

 

iv


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

Section 1306.

   Notation Not Required    112

Section 1307.

   Successors and Assigns of Guarantors    112

Section 1308.

   Execution and Delivery of Guarantees    112

Section 1309.

   Notices    113

 

Exhibit A    Form of Initial Note
Exhibit B    Form of Exchange Note
Exhibit C    Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership
Exhibit D    Form of Regulation S Certificate
Exhibit E    Form of Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Subsidiary Guarantees
Exhibit F    Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investors

 

v


Certain Sections of this Indenture relating to Sections 310 through 318

inclusive of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939:

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

  

Indenture Section

§ 310 (a)(1)

   709

          (a)(2)

   709

          (a)(3)

   Not Applicable

          (a)(4)

   Not Applicable

          (b)

   708

§ 311 (a)

   713

          (b)

   713

§ 312 (a)

   801, 802

          (b)

   802

          (c)

   802

§ 313 (a)

   803

          (b)

   803

          (c)

   803

          (d)

   803

§ 314 (a)

   405

          (a)(4)

   106, 406

          (b)

   Not Applicable

          (c)(1)

   106

          (c)(2)

   106

          (c)(3)

   Not Applicable

          (d)

   Not Applicable

          (e)

   106

§ 315 (a)

   701

          (b)

   702, 803

          (c)

   701

          (d)

   701

          (d)(1)

   701

          (d)(2)

   701

          (d)(3)

   612, 701

          (e)

   614

§ 316 (a)

   612, 613

          (a)(1)(A)

   602, 612

          (a)(1)(B)

   613

          (a)(2)

   Not Applicable

          (b)

   608

          (c)

   108

 

vi


Trust Indenture Act Section

  

Indenture Section

§ 317 (a)(1)

   603

          (a)(2)

   604

          (b)

   403

§ 318 (a)

   105

This cross-reference table shall not for any purpose be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

vii


INDENTURE, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Indenture ”), among KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ” or the “ Issuer ”), the guarantors from time to time parties hereto (the “ Guarantors ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

RECITALS OF THE ISSUER

The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of the Notes.

All things necessary to make the Original Notes, when executed and delivered by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the valid obligations of the Issuer, and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer in accordance with the terms of the Original Notes and this Indenture, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 101. Definitions .

Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Person (i) existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to be Incurred on the date of the related acquisition of assets from any Person or the date the acquired Person becomes a Subsidiary.

Acquisition ” means the Merger and all related transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documentation.

Acquisition Documentation ” means, collectively, the Merger Agreement and all schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto and all side letters and agreements affecting the terms thereof or entered into to effectuate the Merger.

AFC ” means Automotive Finance Corporation, any of its Subsidiaries, and any successor entity thereto.

Additional Assets ” means (i) any property or assets that replace the property or assets that are the subject of an Asset Disposition; (ii) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Equity Interests) used or to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Related Business (including any capital expenditures on any property or


assets already so used); (iii) the Equity Interests of a Person that is engaged in a Related Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Equity Interests by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or (iv) Equity Interests of any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary acquired from a third party.

Additional Notes ” means any notes issued under this Indenture in addition to the Original Notes (other than any Notes issued pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 , 312(c) , 312(d) or 1008 ).

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Asset Disposition ” means any sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer or other disposition of shares of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares, or (in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary) to the extent required by applicable law), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “ disposition ”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction), other than (i) a disposition to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) a sale or other disposition in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, sales or dispositions of used, worn-out or obsolete property and assets and property and assets that are not useful in the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable, (iv) any Restricted Payment Transaction, (v) a disposition that is governed by Article V , (vi) any Financing Disposition, (vii) any “fee in lieu” or other disposition of assets to any governmental authority or agency that continue in use by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets upon reasonable notice by paying a nominal fee, (viii) any exchange of property pursuant to or intended to qualify under Section 1031 (or any successor section) of the Code, or any exchange of equipment to be leased, rented or otherwise used in a Related Business, (ix) any financing transaction with respect to any existing property or any property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including without limitation any sale/leaseback transaction or asset securitization, (x) any disposition arising from foreclosure, condemnation or similar action with respect to any property or other assets, or exercise of termination rights under any lease, license, concession or other agreement, (xi) any disposition of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (xii) a disposition of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), entered into in connection with such acquisition, (xiii) any disposition or series of related dispositions for aggregate consideration not to exceed $10.0 million, (xiv) the creation of

 

2


a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens, (xv) dispositions of Investments or receivables, in each case in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, (xvi) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligation, (xvii) the licensing of any intellectual property or (xviii) the Excluded Assets.

Atlanta IRB Transaction ” means the transactions entered into by ADESA Atlanta, LLC with the Development Authority of Fulton County, Georgia in connection with a wholesale automobile auction facility located in Fulton, Georgia.

Authenticating Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 714 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes of one or more series.

Bank Indebtedness ” means any and all amounts, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, payable under or in respect of any Credit Facility, including without limitation principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees, other monetary obligations of any nature and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

Board of Directors ” means, for any Person, the board of directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, the board of directors or other governing body of such entity, or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board or governing body. Unless otherwise provided, “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City (or any other city in which a Paying Agent maintains its office).

Canadian Subsidiary ” means any Foreign Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of Canada or any province or subdivision thereof.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Stated Maturity of any Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under the related lease.

Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following: (a) securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof, (b) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof having a credit rating of “AA” or better at the time of acquisition from either S&P or Moody’s, (c) time deposits, certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of (i) any lender under a Senior Credit Facility or any affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and the commercial paper of the holding company of which is rated at least A-2 or

 

3


the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), provided, however , that time deposits (including Eurodollar time deposits), certificates of deposit (including Eurodollar certificates of deposit) and bankers’ acceptances in the aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 may be maintained at any commercial bank of recognized standing organized under the laws of the United States (or any State or territory thereof) that does not satisfy the capital and surplus requirements and rating requirements set forth in this clause (c), (d) money market instruments, commercial paper or other short-term obligations rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), (e) investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 or any successor rule of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and (f) investments similar to any of the foregoing denominated in foreign currencies approved by the Board of Directors.

Change of Control ” means:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders or a Parent, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, provided that (x) so long as the Company is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the “beneficial owner”;

(ii) the Company or the Parent merges or consolidates with or into, or sells or transfers (in one or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to, another Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) and any “person” (as defined in clause (i) above), other than one or more Permitted Holders or any Parent, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as so defined), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or the transferee Person in such sale or transfer of assets, as the case may be, provided that (x) so long as such surviving or transferee Person is a Subsidiary of a parent Person, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent Person and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the beneficial owner; or

(iii) during any period of two consecutive years (during which period the Company has been a party to this Indenture), individuals who at the beginning of such

 

4


period were members of the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new members thereof whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by holders of Equity Interests of the Company was approved by one or more Permitted Holders or by a vote of a majority of the members of such Board of Directors then still in office who were either members thereof at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such Board of Directors then in office.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commodities Agreement ” means, in respect of a Person, any commodity futures contract, forward contract, option or similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.

Company ” means KAR Holdings, Inc., and any and all successors thereto.

Company Request ,” “ Company Order ” and “ Company Consent ” mean, respectively, a written request, order or consent signed in the name of the Company by an Officer of the Company.

Consolidated Coverage Ratio ” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters (in each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), determined for each fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) of the four fiscal quarters ending prior to the Issue Date); provided , that

(1) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation shall be computed based on (A) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (B) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation);

(2) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or

 

5


discharged any Indebtedness that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination (each, a “ Discharge ”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a Discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such Discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have disposed of any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “ Sale ”), the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to (A) the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Sale for such period (including but not limited to through the assumption of such Indebtedness by another Person) plus (B) if the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such Sale;

(4) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise acquired any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business, including any such Investment or acquisition occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder (any such Investment or acquisition, a “ Purchase ”), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any related Indebtedness) as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; and

(5) if since the beginning of such period any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and since the beginning of such period such Person shall have Discharged any Indebtedness or made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2), (3) or (4) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Discharge, Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of

 

6


Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred or repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings synergies or annualized impact of buyer fee increases relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by the Chief Financial Officer or an authorized Officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness). If any Indebtedness bears, at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, a rate of interest based on a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate or other fixed or floating rate, and such Indebtedness is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated by applying such optional rate as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may designate. If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect was Incurred under a revolving credit facility, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, for any period:

(a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus ,

(b) without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) the aggregate amount of all provisions for all taxes (whether or not paid, estimated or accrued) based upon the income and profits of the Company or alternative taxes imposed as reflected in the provision for income taxes in the Company’s consolidated financial statements;

(ii) interest expense, amortization or write-off of debt discount and debt issuance costs, and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including the Notes);

(iii) depreciation and amortization expense;

(iv) amortization of intangibles (including goodwill) and organization costs;

(v) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges, expenses or losses (whether cash or non-cash);

(vi) any cash compensation expense relating to the cancellation or retirement of stock options in connection with the Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million;

(vii) non-cash compensation expenses from stock, options to purchase stock and stock appreciation rights issued to the management of the Company;

(viii) any other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including deferred rent but excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that

 

7


constitutes an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period); provided, however , that cash payments made in such period or in any future period in respect of such non-cash charges, expenses or losses (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period) shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDA in the period when such payments are made;

(ix) no more than $5.0 million accrued in any fiscal year for payment to the Permitted Holders in respect of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees plus any related expenses and other amounts paid to the Permitted Holders to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 412(b)(ii) hereof;

(x) any impairment charges, write-off, depreciation or amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 or to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 and any other non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting;

(xi) any reduction in revenue resulting from the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Acquisition, any acquisition consummated prior to the Issue Date or any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a business unit of a Person;

(xii) any loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not Disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person;

(xiii) any unrealized losses in respect of Hedging Obligations;

(xiv) any unrealized foreign currency translation losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person;

(xv) the amount of any minority expense net of dividends and distributions paid to the holders of such minority interest;

(xvi) any costs, fees and expenses associated with the consolidation of the salvage operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as described in this Offering Circular;

(xvii) any costs, fees and expenses associated with the cost reduction, operational restructuring and business improvement efforts of any consulting firm engaged by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to perform such service;

(xviii) any charges, costs, fees and expenses realized upon the termination of employees and the termination or cancellation of leases, software licenses or other contracts in connection with the operational restructuring and business improvement efforts of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(xix) any costs, fees and expenses related to the Acquisition and any other costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a business unit of a Person; minus

 

8


(c) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) interest income;

(ii) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring income or gains whether or not included as a separate item in the statement of Consolidated Net Income;

(iii) all non-cash gains on the sale or disposition of any property other than inventory sold in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) any other non-cash income (excluding any items that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period that are described in the parenthetical to clause (b)(viii) above);

(v) any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not Disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person;

(vi) any unrealized gains in respect of Hedging Obligations; and

(vii) any unrealized foreign currency translation gains in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person, all as determined on a consolidated basis; plus

(d) the annualized impact of buyer fee increases on any business acquired in any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a business unit of a Person.

For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “Reference Period”) pursuant to any determination of the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto, as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period, and, in the case of any Material Acquisition other than the Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA may be increased by adding back any cost savings related thereto expected to be realized within 365 days of such Material Acquisition and all costs incurred to achieve such cost savings. As used in this definition, “Material Acquisition” means any acquisition of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes assets comprising all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business or constitutes all or substantially all of the common stock of a Person and (b) involves the payment of consideration by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000; and “Material

 

9


Disposition” means any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property that yields gross proceeds to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Consolidated EBITDA shall be deemed to be $102,900,000, $99,400,000, $88,100,000 and $80,700,000, respectively, for the fiscal quarters ending on or about March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006, September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006, subject to the adjustments provided for in clauses (b) and (c) of this paragraph, (b) in determining Consolidated EBITDA at any time on or before June 30, 2007, Consolidated EBITDA will be increased by $10,500,000 on account of anticipated cost savings related to the combination of the salvage auction businesses of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and ADESA, Inc. as reflected in the Offering Circular, and (c) in determining Consolidated EBITDA at any time after June 30, 2007 and on or before June 30, 2008, Consolidated EBITDA will be increased by the difference between $10,500,000 and the cumulative amount of all such cost savings referred to in clause (b) that have been realized prior to such time

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any period, (i) the total interest expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any interest income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including without limitation any such interest expense consisting of (a) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations, (b) amortization of debt discount, (c) interest in respect of Indebtedness of any other Person that has been Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, but only to the extent that such interest is actually paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (d) non-cash interest expense, (e) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation and (f) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, plus (ii) Preferred Stock dividends paid in cash in respect of Disqualified Stock of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and minus (iii) to the extent otherwise included in such interest expense referred to in clause (i) above, amortization or write-off of financing costs, in each case under clauses (i) through (iii) as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , that gross interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends; provided , that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(i) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that (A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (ii) below) and (B) the Company’s equity in the net loss of such Person shall be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person;

 

10


(ii) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 409(a)(3)(A) , any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than (v) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (w) restrictions pursuant to the Notes or this Indenture, (x) restrictions pursuant to the Fixed Rate Senior Notes or the Fixed Rate Senior Note Indenture, (y) restrictions pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and (z) restrictions in effect on the Issue Date with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and other restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary that taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Noteholders than such restrictions in effect on the Issue Date), except that (A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of any dividend or distribution that was or that could have been made by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (subject, in the case of a dividend that could have been made to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause) and (B) the net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries in such Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors);

(iv) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(v) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness;

(vi) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Currency Agreements;

(vii) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person;

(viii) any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards;

 

11


(ix) to the extent otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(x) any non-cash charge, expense or other impact attributable to application of the purchase method of accounting (including the total amount of depreciation and amortization, cost of sales or other non-cash expense resulting from the write-up of assets to the extent resulting from such purchase accounting adjustments); and

(xi) any item classified as an extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge, including fees, expenses and charges associated with the Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Issue Date.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings or synergies relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company.

Consolidated Secured Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of such date that in each case the payment of which is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than property or assets held in a defeasance or similar trust or arrangement for the benefit of the Indebtedness secured thereby).

Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Secured Indebtedness as at such date to (y) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (determined for each fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) of the four fiscal quarters ending prior to the Issue Date), provided , that:

(1) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Consolidated Secured Indebtedness that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Secured Indebtedness (to the extent it does not already include such Incurrence of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness) for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Consolidated Secured Indebtedness as if such Consolidated Secured Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation shall be computed based on (A) the average daily balance of such Consolidated Secured Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (B) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation);

 

12


(2) if since the beginning of such period Consolidated Secured Indebtedness has been Discharged or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio involves a Discharge of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Secured Indebtedness (to the extent it does not already exclude such Discharge of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness) for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Discharge of such Consolidated Secured Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Consolidated Secured Indebtedness, as if such Discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made a Sale, the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;

(4) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) shall have made a Purchase (including any Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder), Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; and

(5) if since the beginning of such period any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and since the beginning of such period such Person shall have made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2), (3) or (4) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Secured Indebtedness for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings synergies or annualized impact of buyer fee increases relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company.

Consolidated Total Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (1) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Notes) as of such date consisting of (without duplication) Indebtedness for borrowed money (including Purchase Money Obligations and unreimbursed outstanding drawn amounts under funded letters of credit); Capitalized Lease

 

13


Obligations; debt obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; Disqualified Stock; and (in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor) Preferred Stock, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding items eliminated in Consolidation, and for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Hedging Obligations), minus (2) the amount of such Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness of a type referred to in, or Incurred pursuant to, Section 407(b)(ix) .

Consolidation ” means the consolidation of the accounts of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Company in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office on the Issue Date is located at Sixth & Marquette, N9303-120, Minneapolis, MN, 55479; Attn: Corporate Trust Services.

Credit Facilities ” means one or more of (i) the Senior Credit Facility, and (ii) any other facilities, agreements, indentures or arrangements designated by the Company, in each case with one or more banks or other lenders or institutions providing for revolving credit loans, term loans or receivables (including without limitation through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables or the creation of any Liens in respect of such receivables in favor of such institutions), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, including but not limited to any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original banks, lenders or institutions or other banks, lenders or institutions or otherwise, and whether provided under any original Credit Facility or one or more other credit agreements, indentures, debentures, notes financing agreements or other Credit Facilities or through the sale of debt securities or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Currency Agreement ” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement or arrangements (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or of which it is a beneficiary.

 

14


Default ” means any event or condition that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

Depositary ” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and successors.

Designated Noncash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of noncash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation. A particular item of Designated Noncash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when it has been pair, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with the Section 411 .

Determination Date ,” with respect to an Interest Period, means the second London Banking Day preceding the first day of such Interest Period.

Disinterested Directors ” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, one or more members of the Board of Directors of the Company, or one or more members of the Board of Directors of a Parent, having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of any such Board of Directors shall not be deemed to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Equity Interests.

Disposition ” means, with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof. The terms “ Dispose ” and “ Disposed of ” shall have correlative meanings.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable or exercisable) or upon the happening of any event (other than following the occurrence of a Change of Control or other similar event described under such terms as a “change of control,” or an Asset Disposition) (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Equity Interests convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that any such conversion or exchange shall be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable) or (iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than following the occurrence of a Change of Control or other similar event described under such terms as a “change of control,” or an Asset Disposition), in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes.

Dollars ” or “ $ ” means dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

 

15


Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

Equity Interests ” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants, options, profits, interests, equity appreciation rights or other rights to acquire or purchase, or other equivalents of or interest in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, any such equity).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, or any successor securities clearing agency.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Notes ” means the Issuer’s Notes, containing terms substantially identical to the Initial Notes or any Initial Additional Notes (except that (i) such Exchange Notes may omit terms with respect to transfer restrictions and may be registered under the Securities Act, and (ii) certain provisions relating to an increase in the stated rate of interest thereon may be eliminated), that are issued and exchanged for (a) the Initial Notes, as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement, or (b) such Initial Additional Notes as may be provided in any registration rights agreement relating to such Initial Additional Notes and this Indenture (including any amendment or supplement hereto.)

Excluded Assets ” means the properties of the Company located at (i) Atlanta (Old Site), 300 Raymond Hill Road, Newnan, GA; (ii) Dallas, 1224 East Big Town Blvd., Mesquite, TX 75149, (iii) Fremont, 6700 Stevenson Blvd., Fremont, CA 94538; (iv) Kansas City, 101 Southwest Oldham Pkwy, Lee’s Summit, MO 64081 and (v) Phoenix, 400 North Beck Avenue, Chandler, AZ 85226.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company,

 

16


in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 409(a) .

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the fair market value of such asset or property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination will be conclusive.

Financing Disposition ” means any sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of, or creation or incurrence of any Lien on, Receivables by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof to or in favor of any Special Purpose Entity, or by any Special Purpose Subsidiary, in each case in connection with a financing by a Special Purpose Entity or in connection with the Incurrence by a Special Purpose Entity of Indebtedness or obligations to make payments to the obligor on Indebtedness, which may be secured by a Lien in respect of such property or assets, in each case, for the Fair Market Value thereof.

Fixed Rate Senior Notes ” means $450.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 8  3 / 4 % senior notes due 2014 issued by the Company pursuant to the Fixed Rate Senior Note Indenture.

Fixed Rate Senior Note Indenture ” means that indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, the guarantors from time to time a party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Fixed Rate Senior Notes.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (b) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that has no material assets other than securities or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries thereof), and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any such securities, Indebtedness or Subsidiaries.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Issue Date (for purposes of the definitions of the terms “Consolidated Coverage Ratio,” “Consolidated EBITDA,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Secured Indebtedness,” “Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio,” “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” and “Total Assets,” all defined terms in this Indenture to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity to the extent possible with GAAP.

 

17


Guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person; provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor ” means each Subsidiary Guarantor.

Guarantor Subordinated Obligations ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.

Hedging Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodities Agreement.

Holder ” or “ Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

Incur ” means issue, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur or otherwise become liable for; and the terms “ Incurs ,” “ Incurred ” and “ Incurrence ” shall have a correlative meaning; provided , that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary. The accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion of amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock. Any Indebtedness issued at a discount (including Indebtedness on which interest is payable through the issuance of additional Indebtedness) shall be deemed Incurred at the time of original issuance of the Indebtedness at the initial accreted amount thereof.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(i) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

(ii) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(iii) the principal component of all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a Trade Payable or similar liability and such obligation is satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

(iv) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except Trade Payables and other accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in final service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

 

18


(v) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

(vi) the redemption, repayment or other repurchase amount of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock of such Person or (if such Person is a Subsidiary of the Company other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) any Preferred Stock of such Subsidiary, but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends (the amount of such obligation to be equal at any time to the maximum fixed involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price for such Equity Interest, or if less (or if such Equity Interest has no such fixed price), to the involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price thereof calculated in accordance with the terms thereof as if then redeemed, repaid or repurchased, and if such price is based upon or measured by the fair market value of such Equity Interest, such fair market value shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or the board of directors or other governing body of the issuer of such Equity Interest);

(vii) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

(viii) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons, to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

(ix) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligation to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time);

provided, however , that Indebtedness shall not include (A) any obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of the Transaction Documents (other than the Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, the Fixed Rate Senior Note Indenture and the Indenture), (B) any liability for Federal, state, provincial, foreign, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person, (C) advances paid by customers in the ordinary course of business for services or products to be provided or delivered in the future, (D) Trade Payables, accrued expenses and intercompany liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, (E) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business, (F) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset or (G) earn-out obligations until such obligations become a liability on the balance sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP.

 

19


The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in this Indenture, or otherwise shall equal the amount thereof that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Initial Additional Notes ” means Additional Notes issued in an offering not registered under the Securities Act (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 , 312(c) , 312(d) or 1008 ).

Initial Notes ” means the Notes issued on the Issue Date (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 , 312(c) , 312(d) or 1008 ).

interest ,” with respect to the Notes, means interest on the Notes and, except for purposes of Article IX , additional or special interest pursuant to the terms of any Note.

Interest Payment Date ” means, when used with respect to any Note and any installment of interest thereon, the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which such installment of interest is due and payable, as set forth in such Note.

Interest Period ” means the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include July 31, 2007.

Interest Rate Agreement ” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, future agreement, option agreement, swap agreement, cap agreement, collar agreement, hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

Inventory ” means goods held for sale, lease or use by a Person in the ordinary course of business, net of any reserve for goods that have been segregated by such Person to be returned to the applicable vendor for credit, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Investment ” in any Person by any other Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (other than to customers, dealers, licensees, franchisees, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others) to, or any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 409 only, “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of

 

20


the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, and (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer. Guarantees shall not be deemed to be Investments. The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced (at the Company’s option) by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount or value received in respect of such Investment; provided , that to the extent that the amount of Restricted Payments outstanding at any time is so reduced by any portion of any such amount or value that would otherwise be included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, such portion of such amount or value shall not be so included for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to Section 409(a) .

Issue Date ” means the first date on which Notes are issued.

Issuer ” means KAR Holdings, Inc., and any and all successors thereto.

LIBOR ,” with respect to an Interest Period, means the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period beginning on the day on which dealings in U.S. dollars are transacted, with respect to a future date, are expected to be transacted in the London interbank (a “London Banking Day”) after the Determination Date that appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or such other page as may replace that page on that service or, if no such replacement page exists or that service no longer exists, Bloomberg page BBAM1 (or such other page as may replace that page on that service)) as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on the Determination Date. If Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or such other page as may replace that page on that service or, if no such replacement page exists or that service no longer exists, Bloomberg page BBAM1 (or such other page as may replace that page on that service)) does not include such a rate or is unavailable on a Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major banks in the London interbank market, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on such Determination Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in a Representative Amount in U.S. dollars for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such offered quotations are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in New York City, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s rate (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Determination Date, for loans in a Representative Amount in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period beginning on the second London Banking Day after the Determination Date. If at least two such rates are so provided, LIBOR for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such rates. If fewer than two such rates are so provided, then LIBOR for the Interest Period will be LIBOR in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Period.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

 

21


Management Advances ” means loans or advances made to directors, officers or employees of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving-related expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business, (y) in respect of moving-related expenses incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility, or (z) in the ordinary course of business and (in the case of this clause (z)) not exceeding $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

Merger Agreement ” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 22, 2006 by an among KAR Holdings II, LLC, the Company, KAR Acquisitions, Inc. and ADESA, Inc., as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Merger ” means the merger of KAR Acquisitions, Inc. with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

Net Available Cash ” from an Asset Disposition means an amount equal to all cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of (i) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition (including as a consequence of any transfer of funds in connection with the application thereof in accordance with Section 411 ), (ii) all payments made, and all installment payments required to be made, on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or that must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition, (iii) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition, or to any other Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition, (iv) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities, (v) any liabilities or obligations associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition, including without limitation pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters, and liabilities relating to any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Disposition, and (vi) the amount of any purchase price or similar adjustment (x) claimed by any Person to be owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, until such time as such claim shall have been settled or otherwise finally resolved, or (y) paid or payable by the Company, in either case in respect of such Asset Disposition.

 

22


Net Cash Proceeds ,” with respect to any issuance or sale of any securities of the Company or any Subsidiary by the Company or any Subsidiary, or any capital contribution, means an amount equal to all the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale or contribution net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually incurred in connection with such issuance, sale or contribution and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.

Notes ” means the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes, the Exchange Notes and any notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 , 312(c) , 312(d) or 1008 .

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:

(i) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

(ii) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(iii) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries

Obligations ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, any principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, Guarantees of such Indebtedness (or of Obligations in respect thereof), other monetary obligations of any nature and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

Offering Circular ” means the Company’s Offering Circular dated April 13, 2007 relating to the initial offering of the Original Notes.

Officer ” means, with respect to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Controller, the Treasurer or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity (or any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors).

 

23


Officer’s Certificate ” means, with respect to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion reasonably acceptable to the Trustee from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Parent or the Trustee.

Original Notes ” means the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Outstanding ,” when used with respect to Notes means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(i) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(ii) Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes, provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

(iii) Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture.

A Note does not cease to be Outstanding because the Company or any Affiliate of the Company holds the Note, provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

Parent ” means KAR Holdings, LLC and any Other Parent and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of any Other Parent and of which the Company is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Company becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date, provided that either (x) immediately after the Company first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Company immediately prior to the Company first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Company first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.

 

24


Parent Expenses ” means (i) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent in connection with its reporting obligations under, or in connection with compliance with, applicable laws or applicable rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture, the Fixed Rate Senior Note Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million in any fiscal year to permit any Parent to pay its corporate overhead expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business, and to pay salaries or other compensation of employees who perform services for any Parent or for both such Parent and the Company, (iii) indemnification obligations of any Parent owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person, (iv) other operational and tax expenses of any Parent incurred on behalf of the Company in the ordinary course of business, including obligations in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor); it being understood that, for purposes of this definition, all operational and tax expenses of the Parent are deemed to be incurred on behalf of the Company if the Company’s activities represent substantially all of the operating activities of the Parent and all of its Subsidiaries, (v) fees and expenses payable by any Parent in connection with the Transactions, and (vi) fees and expenses incurred by any Parent in connection with any offering of Equity Interests or Indebtedness, (x) where the net proceeds of such offering are intended to be received by or contributed or loaned to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (y) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received, contributed or loaned, or (z) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed.

Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Company; provided that neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates shall act as Paying Agent for purposes of Section 1102 or Section 1205 .

Permitted Holder ” means each of (i) Kelso & Company, L.P. and its Affiliates, (ii) GS Capital Partners VI, L.P. and its related GS VI co-investment funds and their Affiliates, (iii) ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. and its Affiliates, (iv) Parthenon Investors LLC and its Affiliates and (v) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Voting Stock of any Parent or the Company. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.

Permitted Investment ” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or consisting of, any of the following:

(i) a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company, or a Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary so long as such Person is primarily engaged in a Related Business;

 

25


(ii) another Person that is engaged primarily in a Related Business if as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) Temporary Cash Investments or Cash Equivalents;

(iv) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(v) any securities or other Investments received as consideration in, or retained in connection with, sales or other dispositions of property or assets, including Asset Dispositions made in compliance with Section 411 ;

(vi) securities or other Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to, or of other claims asserted by, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments, including in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding or other reorganization of another Person;

(vii) Investments in existence or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence on the Issue Date;

(viii) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements, Commodities Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 407 ;

(ix) pledges or deposits (x) with respect to leases or utilities in the ordinary course of business or (y) otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 413 ;

(x) Investments in a Special Purpose Subsidiary in the form of Equity Interests, interests in Receivables generated by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or a demand note or promissory note issued by a Special Purpose Subsidiary in favor of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(xi) bonds secured by assets leased to and operated by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that were issued in connection with the financing of such assets so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets at any time by paying a nominal fee, canceling such bonds and terminating the transaction;

(xii) repurchase of the Fixed Rate Senior Notes or the Notes;

 

26


(xiii) any Investment to the extent made using Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or Equity Interests of any Parent as consideration;

(xiv) Management Advances;

(xv) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 412(b) (except transactions described in clauses (i) , (v)  and (vi)  of such paragraph);

(xvi) other Investments in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets;

(xvii) Equity Interests, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

(xviii) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business or pledges or deposits permitted under clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

(xix) any Investment that replaces, refinances or refunds an existing Investment; provided that the new Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced or refunded, and is made in the same Person as the Investment is replaced, refinanced or refunded;

(xx) Investments made by AFC in the ordinary course of business in the form of loans, advances and extensions of credit; and

(xxi) Investments in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction.

If any Investment pursuant to clause (xvi) above is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary and such Person thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (i) above and not clause (xvi) above for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

Permitted Liens ” means:

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet delinquent or the nonpayment of which in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, as the case may be, in accordance with GAAP;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

 

27


(c) pledges, deposits or Liens in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security and other similar legislation or other insurance-related obligations (including, without limitation, pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements);

(d) pledges, deposits or Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade, government or other contracts (other than for borrowed money), obligations for utilities, leases, licenses, statutory obligations, completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), rights-of-way, building, zoning and similar restrictions, utility agreements, covenants, reservations, restrictions, encroachments, charges, and other similar encumbrances or title defects incurred, or leases or subleases granted to others, in the ordinary course of business, which do not in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(f) Liens existing on, or provided for under written arrangements existing on, the Issue Date, or (in the case of any such Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries existing or arising under written arrangements existing on the Issue Date) securing any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness so long as the Lien securing such Refinancing Indebtedness is limited to all or part of the same property, assets or substitute assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or under such written arrangements could secure) the original Indebtedness; provided that liens incurred under the Senior Credit Facility or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed to be permitted under this clause (f);

(g) (i) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar agreements relating thereto and (ii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

(h) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards in respect of which the Company shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review, which appeal or proceedings shall not have been finally terminated, or if the period within which such appeal or proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

(i) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) to third parties;

 

28


(j) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of (1) Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407(b)(i) (including Hedging Obligations related thereto), Section 407(b)(iv) , Section 407(b)(v) , Section 407(b)(vii) , Section 407(b)(viii) or Section 407(b)(ix) , or Section 407(b)(iii) (other than Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of Indebtedness described in Section 407(a) ), (2) Bank Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407(b) and Hedging Obligations thereto, (3) the Notes, (4) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, and (5) Indebtedness or other obligations of any Special Purpose Entity in connection with a Special Purpose Financing;

(k) Liens existing on property or assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property or assets, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided , however , that such Liens are not created in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property or assets), and that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

(l) Liens on Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(m) any encumbrance or restriction (including, but not limited to, put and call agreements) with respect to Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(n) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness secured by, or securing any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (in whole or in part) of any other obligation secured by, any other Permitted Liens, provided that any such new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets or replacements thereof (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate, other than Liens incurred in compliance with clause (j) above;

(o) Liens (1) arising by operation of law (or by agreement to the same effect) in the ordinary course of business, (2) on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets, (3) on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case to the extent that such cash or government securities prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose, (4) securing or arising by reason of any

 

29


netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities, (5) arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business, (6) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft, cash pooling or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (7) attaching to commodity trading or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, (8) on receivables (including related rights) or (9) arising in connection with repurchase agreements permitted under Section 407 on assets that are the subject of such repurchase agreements or (10) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Liens on property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor;

(p) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) and other obligations, which Indebtedness and other obligations do not exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding;

(q) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease;

(r) Liens securing the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees;

(s) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407 , provided that on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness after giving effect to such Incurrence (or on the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness), the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.0 to 1.0;

(t) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries that secure the Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries; and

(u) Liens securing any Indebtedness (including any Refinancing Indebtedness) Incurred in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Place of Payment ” means a city or any political subdivision thereof in which any Paying Agent appointed pursuant to Article III is located.

Predecessor Notes ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

 

30


Preferred Stock ” as applied to the Equity Interests of any Person means Equity Interests of any class or classes (however designated) that by its terms is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Equity Interests of any other class of such Person.

Property ” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including Equity Interests.

Purchase Money Obligations ” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets, and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Equity Interests of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

QIB ” or “ Qualified Institutional Buyer ” means a “qualified institutional buyer,” as that term is defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Equity Interest of any Person engage in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Equity Interest shall be determined by the Company in good faith.

Receivable ” means an account, chattel paper, instrument, payment intangible or general intangible and any other right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, and all security interests or liens and rights in property subject thereto.

Redemption Date ,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed or purchased, means the date fixed for such redemption or purchase by or pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

refinance ” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism); and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refinance any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent permitted in this Indenture) and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary), including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , that (1) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, the Refinancing Indebtedness (a) constitutes Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordination Obligations, respectively, and (b) has a final Stated Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the final Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced (or if shorter, the Notes), (2) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal

 

31


amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (y) fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Refinancing Indebtedness and (3) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor that could not have been initially Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 407 or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the date specified for that purpose in Section 301 .

Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Regulation S-X ” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

Related Business ” means those businesses in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is engaged on the Issue Date, or that are related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto or extensions, developments or expansions thereof.

Related Taxes ” means any and all Taxes required to be paid by any Parent other than Taxes directly attributable to (i) the income of any entity other than any Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than any Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (iii) withholding taxes on payments actually made by any Parent other than to another Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Representative Amount ” means a principal amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000 for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.

Resale Restriction Termination Date ” means, with respect to any Note, the date that is two years (or such other period as may hereafter be provided under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or any successor provision thereto as permitting the resale by non-affiliates of Restricted Securities without restriction) after the later of the original issue date in respect of such Note and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Note (or any Predecessor Note thereto).

Responsible Officer ” when used with respect to the Trustee means any trust officer or assistant trust officer, or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing

 

32


functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Payment Transaction ” means any Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to Section 409 , any Permitted Payment, any Permitted Investment, or any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment” (including pursuant to the exception contained in clause (i) and the parenthetical exclusions contained in clause (iii) of such definition).

Restricted Security ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided , however , that the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, at its request, and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Security.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Senior Credit Facility ” or “ Senior Credit Agreement ” means the senior secured credit facilities expected entered into by KAR Holdings, Inc., as borrower, with Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent, UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time, any Loan Documents (as defined therein), any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages, letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, and other instruments and documents, executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under one or more credit agreements, indentures (including this Indenture) or financing agreements or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “ Senior Credit Facility ” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

 

33


Senior Subordinated Note Indenture ” means that indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, the guarantors from time to time a party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Senior Subordinated Notes ” means $425.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 10% senior subordinated notes due 2015 issued by the Company pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Special Purpose Entity ” means (x) any Special Purpose Subsidiary or (y) any other Person that is engaged in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or other receivables, and/or related assets.

Special Purpose Financing ” means any financing or refinancing of assets consisting of or including Receivables of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been transferred to a Special Purpose Entity in a Financing Disposition.

Special Purpose Financing Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Special Purpose Financing, but only to the extent that such amounts constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

Special Purpose Financing Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities, guarantees of performance (but not of collection) and (subject to clause (y) of the proviso below) other agreements and undertakings entered into or provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that the Company determines in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive) are customary in connection with a Special Purpose Financing or a Financing Disposition; provided that (x) it is understood that Special Purpose Financing Undertakings may consist of or include (i) reimbursement and other obligations of a Special Purpose Subsidiary (but not the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries) in respect of notes, letters of credit, surety bonds and similar instruments provided for credit enhancement purposes or (ii) Hedging Obligations, or other obligations relating to Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements or Commodities Agreements entered into by any Special Purpose Subsidiary, in respect of any Special Purpose Financing or Financing Disposition, and (y) subject to the preceding clause (x), any such other agreements and undertakings shall not include any Guarantee of Indebtedness of a Special Purpose Subsidiary by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary.

Special Purpose Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company that (a) is engaged solely in (x) the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time) and other accounts and receivables (including any thereof

 

34


constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto and (y) any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and (b) is (i) designated as a “Special Purpose Subsidiary” by the Board of Directors or (ii) Automotive Finance Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or any successor entity thereto.

Sponsor Agreements ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of KAR Holdings II, LLC, the Shareholders Agreement of KAR Holdings, Inc., the Registration Rights Agreement of KAR Holdings, Inc., the Financial Advisory Agreements, the Contribution Agreement, the Conversion Agreements, in each case, described in the Offering Circular under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”, the KAR Holdings Stock Incentive Plan described in the Offering Circular under the heading “Management—Executive Compensation”, the Subscription Agreements dated on or prior to the Issue Date among by and among KAR Holdings II, LLC and each of the equity investors party thereto and certain members of management and their respective permitted affiliates or designees, as applicable, in each case, that will be making equity contributions to KAR Holdings II, LLC on or prior to the Issue Date and the Termination and Release Agreement dated as of the Issue Date by and among Axle Holdings II, LLC, Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and the other Persons party thereto pertaining to the matters described in the Offering Circular under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—IAAI Shareholders, Financial Advisory and Other Agreements to Be Terminated”, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date, and as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original Sponsor Agreements as in effect on the Issue Date.

Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307 .

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency).

Subordinated Obligations ” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement.

Subsidiary ” of any Person means (x) any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Equity Interests or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person and/or (ii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (y) any partnership, where more than 50% of the general partners of such partnership are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person and/or (ii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

35


Subsidiary Guarantee ” means any guarantee that may from time to time be entered into by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on or after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 414 .

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that enters into a Subsidiary Guarantee.

Successor Company ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in clause (i) under Section 501 .

Taxes ” means any taxes, charges or assessments, including but not limited to income, sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value-added, stamp, property consumption, franchise, license, capital, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar tax, charges or assessments.

Tax Sharing Agreement ” means any tax sharing, indemnity or similar agreement of which any Parent or any of its subsidiaries is or will be a party as in effect on the Issue Date, and as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original Tax Sharing Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date.

Temporary Cash Investments ” means any of the following: (i) any investment in (x) direct obligations of the United States of America, a member state of The European Union or any country in whose currency funds are being held pending their application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country or with such funds, or any agency or instrumentality of any thereof or obligations Guaranteed by the United States of America or a member state of The European Union or any country in whose currency funds are being held pending their application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country or with such funds, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, or obligations guaranteed by any of the foregoing or (y) direct obligations of any foreign country recognized by the United States of America rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (ii) overnight bank deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by (x) any bank or other institutional lender under a Credit Facility or any affiliate thereof or (y) a bank or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization) at the time such Investment is made, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) or (ii) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause

 

36


(ii) above, (iv) Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a Person (other than that of the Company or any of its Affiliates), with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-2” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (v) Investments in securities maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A” by S&P or “A” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (vi) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the type described in clauses (i)-(v) above (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution), (vii) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a domestic commercial bank or a commercial bank organized and located in a country recognized by the United States of America, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof), or investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any successor rule) of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and (viii) similar investments approved by the Board of Directors in the ordinary course of business.

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-7bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date.

Total Assets ” means, as of any date of determination, the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, as reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters of the Company for which a calculation thereof is available.

Trade Payables ” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.

Transaction Documents ” means the Sponsor Agreements, the agreements relating to the Transactions (including, without limitation, the Acquisition Documentation), the financing thereof, or the services provided or to be provided in connection therewith (including pursuant to the Sponsor Agreements), and the various ancillary documents, commitment letters and agreements relating thereto.

Transaction Costs ” means the fees, costs and expenses (including all expenses related to management bonuses, severance payments or other employee related costs and expenses) payable by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Credit Agreement, this Indenture, the Fixed Rate Senior Note Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and any related agreements.

 

37


Transactions ” means the acquisition by the Company of ADESA, Inc. and Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and the related financings closing on or about the date thereof as described in this offering circular.

Trustee ” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, as designated by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below, (ii) any Special Purpose Subsidiary that is designated by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided , that (1) such newly designated Subsidiary (a) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt, (b) except as permitted by the covenant described under Section 412 , is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company, (c) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results and (d) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) (A) such designation was made at or prior to the Issue Date, or (B) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 at the time of designation or less or (C) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 409 . The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that immediately after giving effect to such designation (x) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 407(a) or (y) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such designation or (z) such Subsidiary shall be a Special Purpose Subsidiary with no Indebtedness outstanding other than Indebtedness that can be Incurred (and upon such designation shall be deemed to be Incurred and outstanding) pursuant to Section 407(b) . Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Government Obligation ” means (x) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised

 

38


by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case under the preceding clause (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (y) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any U.S. Government Obligation that is specified in clause (x) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any U.S. Government Obligation that is so specified and held, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt.

Voting Stock ” of an entity means all classes of Equity Interests of such entity then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors or all interests in such entity with the ability to control the management or actions of such entity.

Section 102. Other Definitions

 

Term

   Defined
in Section

“Act”

   108

“Affiliate Transaction”

   412

“Agent Members”

   312

“Amendment”

   410

“Applicable Premium”

   1001

“Authentication Order”

   303

“Bankruptcy Law”

   601

“Certificate of Beneficial Ownership”

   313

“Change of Control Offer”

   415

“Covenant Defeasance”

   1203

“Custodian”

   601

“Daily Interest Amount”

   301

“Defaulted Interest”

   307

“Defeasance”

   1202

“Defeased Notes”

   1201

“Distribution Compliance Period”

   201

“Event of Default”

   601

“Excess Proceeds”

   411

“Expiration Date”

   108

“Floating Rate Global Notes”

   201

“Global Notes”

   201

“Initial Agreement”

   410

“Initial Lien”

   413

“Note Register” and “Note Registrar”

   305

“Notice of Default”

   601

“Offer”

   411

 

39


Term

   Defined
in Section

“Permanent Regulation S Floating Rate Global Note”

   201

“Permanent Regulation S Global Note”

   201

“Permitted Payment”

   409

“Physical Notes”

   201

“Private Placement Legend”

   203

“Redemption Amount”

   1001

“Redemption Price”

   1001

“Refinancing Agreement”

   410

“Regular Record Date”

   301

“Regulation S Global Note”

   201

“Regulation S Note Exchange Date”

   313

“Regulation S Physical Notes”

   201

“Restricted Payment”

   409

“Rule 144A Floating Rate Global Note”

   201

“Rule 144A Global Note”

   201

“Rule 144A Physical Notes”

   201

“Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations”

   1301

“Successor Company”

   501

“Temporary Regulation S Floating Rate Global Note”

   201

“Temporary Regulation S Global Note”

   201

“Treasury Rate”

   1001

Section 103. Rules of Construction . For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) the terms defined in this Indenture have the meanings assigned to them in this Indenture;

(2) “ or ” is not exclusive;

(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;

(4) the words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(5) all references to “ $ ” or “ dollars ” shall refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America;

(6) all references to “ ” shall refer to the lawful currency of the member states of the European Union that adopt the single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Communities;

 

40


(7) the words “ include ,” “ included ” and “ including ,” as used herein, shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the phrase “ without limitation ,” if not expressly followed by such phrase or the phrase “ but not limited to ”;

(8) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

(9) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and

(10) any reference to a Section, Article or clause refers to such Section, Article or clause of this Indenture.

Section 104. Incorporation by Reference of TIA . Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. Any terms incorporated by reference in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by any TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA, have the meanings so assigned to them therein. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

indenture securities ” means the Notes.

indenture security holder ” means a Noteholder.

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture.

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee.

obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Issuer, any Guarantor, and any successor or other Person that is liable thereon.

Section 105. Conflict with TIA . If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the TIA that is required under the TIA to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed (i) to apply to this Indenture as so modified or (ii) to be excluded, as the case may be.

Section 106. Compliance Certificates and Opinions . Upon any application or request by the Issuer or by any other obligor upon the Notes (including any Guarantor) to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer or such other obligor (including any Guarantor), as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee such certificates and opinions as may be required under the TIA or as otherwise reasonably requested by the Trustee. Each such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of one or more Officer’s Certificates, if to be given by an Officer, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of the TIA and any other requirements set forth in this Indenture or as otherwise reasonably requested by the Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case

 

41


of any such request or application as to which the furnishing of any Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular request or application, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (except for certificates provided for in Section 406 ) shall include:

(1) a statement that the individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 107. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee . In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an Officer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such Officer knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer or Officers to the effect that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Section 108. Acts of Noteholders; Record Dates . (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby

 

42


expressly required, to the Issuer, as the case may be. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 701 ) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Issuer and any other obligor upon the Notes, if made in the manner provided in this Section 108 .

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership or other legal entity other than an individual, on behalf of such corporation or partnership or entity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such Person’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind the Holder of every Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, suffered or omitted to be done by the Trustee, the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) (i) The Issuer may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Notes entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of Notes, provided that the Issuer may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in the next paragraph. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Persons remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Issuer from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuer, at their expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110 .

 

43


(ii) The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Notes entitled to join in the giving or making of (A) any Notice of Default, (B) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 602 , (C) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 607(ii) or (D) any direction referred to in Section 612 , in each case with respect to Notes. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Issuer’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Issuer in writing and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110 .

(iii) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 108 , the party hereto that sets such record dates may designate any day as the “ Expiration Date ” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the Issuer or the Trustee, whichever such party is not setting a record date pursuant to this Section 108(e) in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110 , on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the party hereto that set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 180th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the 180th day after the applicable record date.

(iv) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

(v) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including the Depositary, that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders or the Depositary, as the Holder of a Global Note, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interest in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

 

44


(vi) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by the Depositary entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization direction, notice consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

Section 109. Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company . Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

(1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company or by any other obligor upon the Notes shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or at any other address furnished in writing to the Company by the Trustee, or

(2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company at KAR Holdings, Inc., 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, Indiana, 46032 , or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

(3) The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Section 110. Notices to Holders; Waiver . Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to each Holder affected by such event, at such Holder’s address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders.

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

45


In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail notice of any event as required by any provision of this Indenture, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

Section 111. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents . The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 112. Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Issuer shall bind its respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 113. Separability Clause . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 114. Benefits of Indenture . Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Paying Agent and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 115. GOVERNING LAW . THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES.

Section 116. Legal Holidays . In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of interest or principal and premium (if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

Section 117. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Equity Holders, Members and Stockholders . No director, officer, employee, incorporator, equity holder, member or stockholder of the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company or any Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Noteholder, by accepting the Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

46


Section 118. Exhibits and Schedules . All exhibits and schedules attached hereto are by this reference made a part hereof with the same effect as if herein set forth in full.

Section 119. Counterparts . This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

ARTICLE II

NOTE FORMS

Section 201. Forms Generally . The Initial Notes and Initial Additional Notes that are not Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be in substantially the forms set forth, or referenced, in this Article II and Exhibit A, annexed hereto. The Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes that are not Initial Additional Notes, or that are issued in a registered offering pursuant to the Securities Act, and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be in substantially the forms set forth, or referenced, in this Article II and Exhibit B , annexed hereto. Each of Exhibits A , and B is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions, notations, legends, endorsements, identifications and other variations as are required or permitted by law, stock exchange rule or depositary rule or usage, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or other customary usage, or as may consistently herewith be determined by the Officers of the Company executing such Notes, as evidenced by such execution (provided always that any such notation, legend, endorsement, identification or variation is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibits A , and B are part of the terms of this Indenture. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof or attached thereto, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.

Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall, unless the Issuers otherwise notify the Trustee in writing, be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein. Such Global Notes shall be referred to collectively herein as the “ Rule 144A Global Note .” The Rule 144A Global Note shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, and shall be duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of a Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act shall, unless the Issuers otherwise notify the Trustee in writing, be issued in the form of one or more temporary global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, except as otherwise permitted

 

47


herein. Such Global Notes shall be referred to collectively herein as the “ Temporary Regulation S Global Note .” The Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee for the accounts of designated Agent Members holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, and shall be duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or increased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

Following the expiration of the distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S (the “ Distribution Compliance Period ”) with respect to any Temporary Regulation S Global Note, beneficial interests in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall be exchanged as provided in Sections 312 and 313 for beneficial interests in one or more permanent global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein. Such Global Notes shall be referred to collectively herein as the “ Permanent Regulation S Global Note .” The Permanent Regulation S Global Note shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee for credit to the account of an Agent Member, and shall be duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Simultaneously with the authentication of a Permanent Regulation S Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the related Temporary Regulation S Global Note.

Subject to the limitations on the issuance of certificated Notes set forth in Sections 312 and 313 , Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes issued pursuant to Section 305 in exchange for or upon transfer of beneficial interests (x) in a Rule 144A Global Note shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “ Rule 144A Physical Notes ”) or (y) in a Regulation S Global Note (if any), on or after the Regulation S Note Exchange Date with respect to such Regulation S Global Note, shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “ Regulation S Physical Notes ”), respectively, as hereinafter provided.

The Rule 144A Physical Notes and Regulation S Physical Notes shall be construed to include any certificated Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 or 1008 , and the Rule 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes shall be construed to include any global Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 or 1008 . The Rule 144A Physical Notes and the Regulation S Physical Notes, together with any other certificated Notes issued and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture, are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “ Physical Notes .” The Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes, together with any other global Notes that are issued and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture, are sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Global Notes .”

Exchange Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto and, subject to Section 312(b) , shall be in the form of one or more Global Notes. Notes issued in the form of a Global Note are sometimes collectively referred to as “ Floating Rate Global Notes .”

 

48


Section 202. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication . The Notes will have endorsed thereon a Trustee’s certificate of authentication in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

as Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized officer

Dated:

If an appointment of an Authenticating Agent is made pursuant to Section 714 , the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL

ASSOCIATION

As Trustee

By:  

 

  As Authenticating Agent
By:  

 

  Authorized officer

Dated:

Section 203. Restrictive and Global Note Legends . Each Global Note and Physical Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the following legend set forth below (the “ Private Placement Legend ”) on the face thereof until the Private Placement Legend is removed or not required in accordance with Section 313(4) :

THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) TO AN

 

49


INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER OR SALE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WILL ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.

In the case of Notes sold pursuant to Regulation S: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof:

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 312 AND 313 OF THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

Each Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof:

EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES

 

50


REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(3) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT). DURING SUCH 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED THROUGH EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.A., AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM, OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING, SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME.

ARTICLE III

THE NOTES

Section 301. Title and Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture will be unlimited. The Initial Notes will be issued in an aggregate principal amount of $150.0 million. Additional Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will vote (or consent) as a class with the other Notes (except as otherwise provided in Section 902 ) and otherwise be treated as Notes for all purposes of this Indenture.

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014” of the Issuer. The Notes will mature on May 1, 2014. Each Note will bear interest at a rate per annum, reset quarterly, equal to LIBOR plus 4%, as determined by the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”), which shall initially be the Trustee.

Interest on the Notes will be payable quarterly in cash to Holders of record at the close of business on April 15, July 15, October 15 and January 15 (each, a “Regular Record Date”) immediately preceding the interest payment date on May 1, August 1, November 1 and February 1 of each year, commencing August 1, 2007.

The amount of interest for each day that the Notes are outstanding (the “Daily Interest Amount”) will be calculated by dividing the interest rate in effect for such day by 360 and multiplying the result by the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. The amount of interest to be paid on the Notes for each Interest Period will be calculated by adding the Daily Interest Amount for each day in the Interest Period. All percentages resulting from any of the above calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards).

The Calculation Agent will, upon the request of any Holder of the Notes, provide the interest rate then in effect with respect to the Notes. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error will be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Holders of the Notes.

Interest on the Original Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from April 20, 2007;

 

51


and interest on any Additional Notes (and Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional Notes, from the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional Notes, or if the date of issuance of such Additional Notes is an Interest Payment Date, from such date of issuance; provided that if any Note is surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange, interest on the Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from the date of such Interest Payment Date.

Section 302. Denominations . The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 or, if greater at the Issue Date, the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Section 303. Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating . The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by one Officer the Issuer. The signature of any such Officer on the Notes may be manual or by facsimile. Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of an individual who was at any time an Officer of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to hold such office prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such office at the date of such Notes.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed $150.0 million, (ii) Additional Notes in one or more series from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amounts specified by the Issuer and (iii) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes, in each case specified in clauses (i) through (iii) above, upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer (an “ Authentication Order ”). Such Officer’s Certificate shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, the “CUSIP”, “Common Code” or other similar identification numbers of such Notes, if any, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes or Physical Notes and such other information as the Issuer may include or the Trustee may reasonably request.

All Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication.

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 304. Temporary Notes . Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but

 

52


may have variations that the Issuer consider appropriate for temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of anyone or more temporary Notes the Issuer shall execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes of the same series and tenor.

Section 305. Registrar and Paying Agent . The Issuer shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Note Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars. The term “ Note Registrar ” includes any co-registrars.

The Issuer shall also maintain an office or agent within the United States where Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”); provided , however , that at the option of the Issuer payment of interest on a Note may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note Register. The Issuer may have one or more additional paying agents, and the term “ Paying Agent ” includes any such additional Paying Agent.

The Issuer initially appoint the Trustee as “Note Registrar” and “Paying Agent” in connection with the Notes, until such time as such entity has resigned or a successor has been appointed. The Issuer may change the Paying Agent or Note Registrar for any series of Notes without prior notice to the Holders of Notes. The Issuer may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Note Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. Any such agency agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fail to appoint or maintain a Note Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 707 . The Company or any wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Company may act as Paying Agent, Note Registrar or transfer agent.

Upon surrender for transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment, in compliance with all applicable requirements of this Indenture and applicable law, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount.

At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

 

53


All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

Every Note presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Issuer or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any registration, transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

The Issuer shall not be required (i) to issue, transfer or exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 Business Days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption (or purchase) of Notes selected for redemption (or purchase) under Section 1004 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to transfer or exchange any Note so selected for redemption (or purchase) in whole or in part.

Section 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes . If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Note Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuer or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Note Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer or the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Note Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in their discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 306 , the Issuer may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 306 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether

 

54


or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section 306 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

Section 307. Payment of Interest Rights Preserved . Interest on any Note that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest specified in Section 301.

Any interest on any Note that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder; and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Issuer, at their election, as provided in clause (1) or clause (2) below:

(1) The Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and Paying Agent in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as provided in this clause (1). Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder at such Holder’s address as it appears in the Note Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

(2) The Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such

 

55


exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (2), such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 307 , each Note delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note of the same series shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Note of such series.

Section 308. Persons Deemed Owners . The Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and any agent of any of them may treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any), and (subject to Section 307 ) interest on, such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent nor any agent of any of them shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 309. Cancellation . All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer, exchange or conversion shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, if not already cancelled, shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that any of them may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act).

Section 310. Computation of Interest . Interest on the Notes shall be computed as set forth in the Notes.

Section 311. CUSIP Numbers, Etc . The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use), and if so, the Trustee may use the CUSIP numbers and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes; that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes; and that any redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

Section 312. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes . (a) Each Global Note initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or the nominee of such Depositary, in each case for credit to the account of an Agent Members, and (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary. Neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any of their agents shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

 

56


Members of, or participants in, the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or its custodian, or under such Global Notes. The Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and any agent of any of them as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee or any agent of any of them from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary, or impair, as between the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and their respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a beneficial owner of any Note. The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may not be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes unless (i) the Issuer has consented thereto in writing, or such transfer or exchange is made pursuant to the next sentence, and (ii) such transfer or exchange is in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and the provisions of Sections 305 and 313 . Subject to the limitation on issuance of Physical Notes set forth in Section 313(3) , Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in the relevant Global Note, if (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuer at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 120 days; (ii) the Depositary ceases to be registered as a “Clearing Agency” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a successor depositary is not appointed within 120 days; (iii) the Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee that it elects to cause the issuance of Physical Notes; or (iv) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Notes and the Trustee has received a written request from the Depositary to issue Physical Notes.

(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial owners for Physical Notes pursuant to Section 312(b) , the Note Registrar shall record on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and principal amount of authorized denominations.

(d) In connection with a transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 312(b) , the applicable Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, in exchange for its beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount at maturity of Rule 144A Physical Notes (in the case of any Rule 144A Global Note), Regulation S Physical Notes (in the case of any Regulation S Global Note) or Registered Physical Notes (in the case of any Registered Global Note), as the case may be, of authorized denominations.

 

57


(e) The transfer and exchange of a Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 313 ) and the procedures therefor of the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be. Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a different Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Note Registrar a written order given in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary or of Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in the relevant Global Note. Subject to Section 313 , the Note Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions, instruct the Depositary or Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in such Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.

(f) Any Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 312(b) shall, unless such exchange is made on or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date applicable to such Note and except as otherwise provided in Section 203 and Section 313 , bear the Private Placement Legend.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream, or designated Agent Members holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 313 .

(h) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

Section 313. Special Transfer Provisions Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons . The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note that is a Restricted Security to any Non-U.S. Person: The Note Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable requirements of this Indenture (including Section 305) and,

(a) if (x) such transfer is after the relevant Resale Restriction Termination Date with respect to such Note or (y) the proposed transferor has delivered to the Note Registrar and the Issuer and the Trustee a Regulation S Certificate and, unless otherwise agreed by the Issuer and the Trustee, an opinion of counsel, certifications and other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee, and

 

58


(b) if the proposed transferor is or is acting through an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Note Registrar and the Issuer and the Trustee of (x) the certificate, opinion, certifications and other information, if any, required by clause (a) above and (y) written instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Note Registrar and of the Depositary;

whereupon (i) the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and (if the transfer does not involve a transfer of any Outstanding Physical Note) a decrease in the principal amount of the relevant Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the relevant Global Note to be transferred, and (ii) either (A) if the proposed transferee is or is acting through an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a relevant Regulation S Global Note, the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest being so transferred or (B) otherwise the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.

(2) Transfers to QIBs . The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note that is a Restricted Security to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons): The Note Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable requirements of this Indenture (including Section 305 ) and,

(a) if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the form of such Note stating, or has otherwise certified to the Note Registrar and the Issuer and the Trustee in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the form of such Note stating, or has otherwise certified to Note Registrar and the Issuer and the Trustee in writing, that it is purchasing such Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and

(b) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Note to be transferred consists of a Physical Note that after transfer is to be evidenced by an interest in a Global Note or consists of a beneficial interest in a Global Note that after the transfer is to be evidenced by an interest in a different Global Note, upon receipt by the Note Registrar of written instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Note Registrar and of the Depositary, whereupon the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the transferee Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Note or such beneficial interest in such transferor Global Note to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Note so transferred or reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such transferor Global Note, as the case may be.

 

59


(3) Limitation on Issuance of Physical Notes . No Physical Note shall be exchanged for a beneficial interest in any Global Note, except in accordance with Section 312 and this Section 313 .

A beneficial owner of an interest a Temporary Regulation S Global Note (and, in the case of any Additional Notes for which no Temporary Regulation S Global Note is issued, any Regulation S Global Note) shall not be permitted to exchange such interest for a Physical Note or (in the case of such interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note) an interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note until a date, which must be after Distribution Compliance Date, on which the Issuer receive a certificate of beneficial ownership substantially in the form of Exhibit C from such beneficial owner (a “ Certificate of Beneficial Ownership ”). Such date, as it relates to a Regulation S Global Note, is herein referred to as the “ Regulation S Note Exchange Date .”

(4) Private Placement Legend . Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Note Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Note Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) the requested transfer is after the relevant Resale Restriction Termination Date with respect to such Notes, (ii) upon written request of the Issuer after there is delivered to the Note Registrar an opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee) to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) with respect to a Regulation S Global Note (on or after the Regulation S Note Exchange Date with respect to such Regulation S Global Note) or Regulation S Physical Note, in each case with the agreement of the Issuer, or (iv) such Notes are sold or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

(5) Other Transfers . The Note Registrar shall effect and register, upon receipt of a written request from the Issuer to do so, a transfer not otherwise permitted by this Section 313 , such registration to be done in accordance with the otherwise applicable provisions of this Section 313 , upon the furnishing by the proposed transferor or transferee of a written opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee) to the effect that, and such other certifications or information as the Issuer or the Trustee may require (including, in the case of a transfer to an Accredited Investor (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act), a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F to confirm that, the proposed transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

A Note that is a Restricted Security may not be transferred other than as provided in this Section 313 . A beneficial interest in a Global Note that is a Restricted Security may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note other than through a transfer in compliance with this Section 313 .

 

60


(6) General . By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

The Note Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 312 or this Section 313 (including all Notes received for transfer pursuant to Section 313 ). The Issuer shall have the right to require the Note Registrar to deliver to the Issuer, at the Issuer’ expense, copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Note Registrar.

In connection with any transfer of any Note, the Trustee, the Note Registrar and the Issuer shall be entitled to receive, shall be under no duty to inquire into, may conclusively presume the correctness of, and shall be fully protected in relying upon the certificates, opinions and other information referred to herein (or in the forms provided herein, attached hereto or to the Notes, or otherwise) received from any Holder and any transferee of any Note regarding the validity, legality and due authorization of any such transfer, the eligibility of the transferee to receive such Note and any other facts and circumstances related to such transfer.

Section 314. Payment of Additional Interest . (a) Under certain circumstances the Issuer will be obligated to pay certain additional amounts of interest to the Holders of certain Initial Notes, as more particularly set forth in such Initial Notes.

(b) Under certain circumstances the Issuer may be obligated to pay certain additional amounts of interest to the Holders of certain Initial Additional Notes, as may be more particularly set forth in such Initial Additional Notes.

(c) Prior to any Interest Payment Date on which any such additional interest is payable, the Issuer shall give notice to the Trustee of the amount of any additional interest due on such Interest Payment Date.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

Section 401. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest . The Issuer shall duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. Principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date due if the Issuer shall have deposited with the applicable Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Company) as of 12:00 p.m. New York City time on the due date money in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest then due.

 

61


Section 402. Maintenance of Office or Agency . (a) The Company shall maintain in the United States one or more offices or agencies where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations.

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as such office or agency of the Company where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment or for transfer or exchange for so long as such Corporate Trust Office remains a Place of Payment, in accordance with Section 305 hereof.

Section 403. Money for Payments to Be Held in Trust . If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it shall, on or before 12:00 p.m., New York City time each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

If the Company is not acting as its own Paying Agent, it shall, on or prior to 12:00 p.m., New York City time each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest, so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

If the Company is not acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company shall cause any Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 403 , that such Paying Agent shall

(1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

(2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any such payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest;

 

62


(3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; and

(4) acknowledge, accept and agree to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Indenture and TIA relating to the duties, rights and liabilities of such Paying Agent.

The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

Section 404. [ Reserved ].

Section 405. Reports . Prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer and when any Notes under this Indenture are outstanding, the Company will provide to the Trustee and the holders of Notes: (a) within 90 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year, financial statements and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations substantially equivalent to that which would be required to be included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company were the Company subject to an obligation to file such a report under the Exchange Act, and (b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of the Company, financial statements and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations substantially equivalent to that which would be required to be included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company were the Company subject to an obligation to file such a report under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that the reports set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above shall not be required to: (x) contain any certification required by any such form or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, (y) include separate financial statements of any Guarantor or (z) include any exhibit.

Following consummation of the Exchange Offer, notwithstanding that the Company may not be required to be or remain subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will file with the SEC (unless such filing is not permitted under the Exchange Act or by the SEC), so long as the Notes are Outstanding, the annual reports, information, documents and other reports that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) or would be so required to file if the

 

63


Company were so subject within the time periods specified above. The Company will also, within 15 days after the time periods specified above, transmit by mail to all Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, and to the Trustee (or make available on a Company website) copies of any such information, documents and reports (without exhibits) so required to be filed. The Company will be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this Section 405 if any Parent files with the SEC and provides reports, documents and information of the types otherwise so required, in each case within the applicable time periods specified by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and the Company is not required to file such reports, documents and information separately under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (after giving effect to any exemptive relief) because of the filings by such Parent. The Company will comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this Section 405 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement described in the Registration Rights Agreement (1) by the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer registration statement or shelf registration statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Circular, to the extent filed within the times specified above, or (2) by posting on the Company’s website (or that of any of its parent companies) or providing such reports to the Trustee within 15 days after the time periods specified above, the financial information (including a “Management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition” section) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Circular. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its agreements set forth under this Section 405 for purposes of Section 601(v) until 120 days after the date any report required to be provided by this Section 405 is due.

Section 406. Statement as to Default . The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after January 1, 2007, an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that to the best knowledge of the signer thereof the Issuer is not in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Issuer shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which such signer may have knowledge. To the extent required by the TIA, each Guarantor shall comply with TIA § 314(a)(4). The individual signing any certificate given by any Person pursuant to this Section 406 shall be the principal executive, financial or accounting Officer of such Person, in compliance with TIA § 314(a)(4).

Section 407. Limitation on Indebtedness . (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness; provided , however , that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness if on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the Incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.00 to 1.00.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur the following Indebtedness:

(i) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to any Credit Facility (including but not limited to in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created thereunder) and Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor other than under any Credit Facility, and (without limiting the foregoing), in each case, any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in a maximum principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding in the aggregate the amount equal to $2,090.0 million;

 

64


(ii) Indebtedness (A) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or (B) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary to which such Indebtedness is owed, or other event, that results in such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) will be deemed, in each case, an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof not permitted by this clause (ii) at the time of such issuance, transfer or other event;

(iii) Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors represented by the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively, and the related exchange notes and exchange guarantees, respectively, issued in an exchange transaction pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the subsidiary guarantees thereof by the Subsidiary Guarantors and the related exchange notes and exchange guarantees issued in an exchange transaction pursuant to the registration rights agreement relating thereto, the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, the subsidiary guarantees thereof by the Subsidiary Guarantors and the related exchange notes and exchange guarantees issued in an exchange transaction pursuant to the registration rights agreement relating thereto, any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in clause (b)(ii) above) outstanding on the Issue Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (b)(iii) or paragraph (a) above;

(iv) Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations, and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million or (y) an amount equal to 2.0% of Total Assets;

(v) Indebtedness consisting of accommodation guarantees for the benefit of trade creditors of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(vi) (A) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or any other obligation or liability of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in violation of this Section 407 ), or (B) without limiting Section 413 , Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising by reason of any Lien granted by or applicable to such Person securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in violation of this Section 407 );

 

65


(vii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) arising from the honoring of a check, draft or similar instrument of such Person drawn against insufficient funds, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within fifteen Business Days of its Incurrence, or (B) consisting of guarantees, indemnities, obligations in respect of earnouts or other purchase price adjustments, or similar obligations, Incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Person;

(viii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of (A) deductible obligations, self-insurance obligations, reinsurance obligations, completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, provided, or relating to liabilities or obligations incurred, in the ordinary course of business, or (B) Hedging Obligations, entered into for bona fide hedging purposes (including, without limitation, to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from fluctuations in currency exchange rates) that are incurred in the ordinary course of business, or (C) the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business, or (D) netting, overdraft protection and other arrangements arising under standard business terms of any bank at which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary maintains an overdraft, cash pooling or other similar facility or arrangement;

(ix) Indebtedness (A) of a Special Purpose Subsidiary secured by a Lien on all or part of the assets disposed of in, or otherwise Incurred in connection with, a Financing Disposition or (B) otherwise Incurred in connection with a Special Purpose Financing; provided that (1) such Indebtedness is not recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary (other than with respect to Special Purpose Financing Undertakings), (2) in the event such Indebtedness shall become recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary (other than with respect to Special Purpose Financing Undertakings), such Indebtedness will be deemed to be, and must be classified by the Company as, Incurred at such time (or at the time initially Incurred) under one or more of the other provisions of this Section 407 for so long as such Indebtedness shall be so recourse; and (3) in the event that at any time thereafter such Indebtedness shall comply with the provisions of the preceding subclause (1), the Company may classify such Indebtedness in whole or in part as Incurred under this Section 407(b)(ix) ;

(x) Indebtedness (including any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (x)) (x) of any Person that is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with its acquisition of assets from such Person or any Affiliate thereof or is issued and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into any Restricted Subsidiary or (y) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred to finance the acquisition of any Person or assets; provided that either:

 

66


(1) after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation either:

(A) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 407 ; or

(B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is greater than the Consolidated Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(2) such Indebtedness (i) is not Secured Indebtedness and constitutes Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, (ii) is not incurred while a Default exists and no Default shall result therefrom, (iii) does not mature (and is not mandatorily redeemable in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) and does not require any payment of principal prior to the final maturity of the Notes, and (iv) in the case of sub-clause (x) above only, is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (b)(x) that was not incurred to finance the acquisition of any Person or assets) at any time outstanding Incurred under this clause (b)(x) (including any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto) by any Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors shall not exceed $100.0 million in the aggregate;

(xi) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (b)(i) through (b)(x) above, Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets;

(xii) Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and guarantees thereof by the Company in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) the sum of (1) $50.0 million for Foreign Subsidiaries and (2) $25.0 million for Canadian Subsidiaries or (y) 2.00% of Total Assets;

(xiii) Indebtedness in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto;

(xiv) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued to present or former officers, directors or employees of any the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment or service of such officer, director or employee or otherwise to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent, to the extent the applicable Restricted Payment is permitted by Section 409(b)(x) ;

(xv) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company as capital contributions to the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Issue Date as

 

67


determined in accordance with Section 409(a)(3)(B) , to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds have not been applied to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 409 or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition thereof); and

(xvi) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 407 , (i) any other obligation of the obligor on such Indebtedness (or of any other Person who could have Incurred such Indebtedness under this Section 407 ) arising under any Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded to the extent that such Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation secures the principal amount of such Indebtedness; (ii) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify such item of Indebtedness and may include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of such clauses (including in part under one such clause and in part under another such clause), and may reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 407 and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses; (iii) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 407(b)(i) and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included; and (iv) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness Incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, provided that (x) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date, (y) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency (or in a different currency from such Indebtedness so being Incurred), and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such

 

68


refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the outstanding or committed principal amount (whichever is higher) of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing and (z) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency and Incurred pursuant to a Senior Credit Facility shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on, at the Company’s option, (i) the Issue Date, (ii) any date on which any of the respective commitments under such Senior Credit Facility shall be reallocated between or among facilities or subfacilities thereunder, or on which such rate is otherwise calculated for any purpose thereunder, or (iii) the date of such Incurrence. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

Section 408. [Reserved] .

Section 409. Limitation on Restricted Payments . (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of its Equity Interests (including any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party) except (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) and (y) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to other holders of its Equity Interests on no more than a pro rata basis), (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Equity Interests of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) voluntarily purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise voluntarily acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations (other than a purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such acquisition or retirement) or (iv) make any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, other acquisition or retirement or Investment being herein referred to as a “ Restricted Payment ”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto:

(1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom);

(2) the Company could not Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(a) ; or

(3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if other than in cash, to be as determined in good

 

69


faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors) declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date and then outstanding would exceed, without duplication, the sum of:

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (treated as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the Company’s fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurred to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income shall be a negative number, 100% of such negative number);

(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of property or assets received (x) by the Company as capital contributions to the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Issue Date or (y) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance and sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness that shall have been converted into or exchanged after the Issue Date for Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent (other than Disqualified Stock), plus the amount of any cash and the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of any property or assets, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; provided that this clause (B) shall not include such Net Cash Proceeds to the extent that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(b)(xv) based on such Net Cash Proceeds;

(C) the aggregate amount equal to the net reduction in Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries resulting from (i) dividends, distributions, cancellation of indebtedness for borrowed money owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, interest payments, return of capital, repayments of Investments or other transfers of assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, including dividends or other distributions related to dividends or other distributions made pursuant to Section 409(b)(vii) (but only to the extent such amount is not included in Consolidated Net Income), or (ii) the redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “ Investment ”), not to exceed in the case of any such Unrestricted Subsidiary the aggregate amount of Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; and

(D) in the case of any disposition or repayment of any Investment constituting a Restricted Payment (without duplication of any amount deducted in calculating the amount of Investments at any time outstanding included in the amount of Restricted Payments), an amount in the aggregate equal to the lesser of

 

78


the return of capital, repayment or other proceeds with respect to all such Investments received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and the initial amount of all such Investments constituting Restricted Payments.

(b) The provisions of Section 409(a) will not prohibit any of the following, so long as a Default shall not have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom) (each, a “ Permitted Payment ”):

(i) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests of the Company or Subordinated Obligations made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent, or within 45 days, issuance or sale of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Equity Interests issued or sold to a Restricted Subsidiary) or a substantially concurrent, or within 45 days, capital contribution to the Company; provided , that the Net Cash Proceeds from such issuance, sale or capital contribution shall be excluded in subsequent calculations under Section 409(a)(3)(B) ;

(ii) (A) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations (w) made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Indebtedness of the Company or Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407 , (x) from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted by Section 411 , and, if required, purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby prior to purchasing or repaying such Subordinated Obligations (y) following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “ change of control ”), but only if the Company shall have complied with Section 415 and, if required thereby, purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing or repaying such Subordinated Obligations or (z) constituting Acquired Indebtedness or (B) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent, or within 45 days, issuance or sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Company or Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407 ;

(iii) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with Section 409(a) ;

(iv) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock following the first public Equity Offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6%  per annum of the Net Cash Proceeds received or contributed by the Company in or from any such Equity Offering;

(v) notwithstanding the existence of any Default or Event of Default, loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent or other payments by the

 

71


Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit such Parent to make payments pursuant to (A) any Tax Sharing Agreement, or (B) to pay or permit any Parent to pay (1) any Parent Expenses or (2) any Related Taxes;

(vi) payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Company to any Parent to make payments, to holders of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent in lieu of issuance of fractional shares of such Equity Interests, not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time;

(vii) dividends or other distributions of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(viii) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock, or of any Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of the covenant described under Section 407 above;

(ix) Restricted Payments (including loans and advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not exceeding an amount (net of repayments of such loans or advances) equal to the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets;

(x) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent held by any existing or former employees or management or directors of the Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary of the Company or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with (x) the death or disability of such employee, manager or director or (y) the repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management employees or directors; provided that in the case of clause (y) such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to such clause will not exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate during any twelve-month period (which shall increase to $40.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering) plus the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issuance of such Equity Interests or equity appreciation rights to, or the exercise of options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire Equity Interests of the Company by, any current or former director, officer or employee of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or from “key man” life insurance policies which are used to make such redemptions or repurchases; provided that the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company and utilized pursuant to this Section 409(b)(x)  for any such repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement will be excluded from Section 409(a)(3)(B) ; and provided, further , that unused amounts available pursuant to this Section 409(b)(x)  to be utilized for Restricted Payments during any twelve-month period may be carried forward and utilized in the next succeeding twenty-four-month period;

(xi) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Equity Interests represents (i) a portion of the exercise price thereof or (ii) withholding incurred in connection with such exercise;

 

72


(xii) Restricted Payments made pursuant to, or contemplated by, or made to any Parent to permit any Parent to perform its obligations under, the Transactions, including the provisions of any Transaction Document (excluding the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture) as in effect on the Issue Date, and as the same may be amended or replaced so long as such amendment or replacement that is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original Transaction Document as in effect on the Issue Date;

(xiii) repurchases by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of all (but not less than all), excluding directors’ qualifying shares, of the Equity Interests or other ownership interests in a Subsidiary of the Company which Equity Interests or other ownership interests were not theretofore owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(xiv) payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to its guarantee of AFC’s customary servicing obligations in connection with the Receivables Purchase Agreement; and

(xv) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions

provided , that (A) in the case of clauses (iii), (iv), (v)(B)(1), and (vi), the net amount of any such Permitted Payment shall be included in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments (but only to the extent such amount was not included as an expense in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income), and (B) in all cases other than pursuant to clause (A) immediately above, the net amount of any such Permitted Payment shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments.

Section 410. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries . The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Equity Interests or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company, (ii) make any loans or advances to the Company or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company ( provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Equity Interests, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction), except any encumbrance or restriction:

(1) pursuant to any agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, this Indenture, the Notes, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Fixed Rate Senior Note Indenture, the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, the Senior Credit Facility or any other Credit Facility;

 

73


(2) pursuant to any agreement or instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger or consolidation); provided that for purposes of this clause (2), if a Person other than the Company is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Company;

(3) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (a “ Refinancing Agreement ”) effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise extends, renews, refunds, refinances or replaces, an agreement or instrument referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 410 or this clause (3) (an “ Initial Agreement ”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an Initial Agreement (an “ Amendment ”); provided , however , that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Company);

(4) (A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract, (B) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, (C) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent restricting the transfer of the property or assets subject thereto, (D) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (E) pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property or assets so acquired, (F) on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (G) pursuant to customary provisions contained in agreements and instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business (including but not limited to leases, sale and leaseback agreements, asset sale agreements and joint venture and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business), (H) that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or (I) pursuant to Hedging Obligations;

(5) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or

 

74


disposition of all or substantially all the Equity Interests or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(6) by reason of any applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their businesses; or

(7) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (A) relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 407 (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreements (as determined in good faith by the Company), or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and either (x) the Company determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness or (B) of, or relating to Indebtedness of or a Financing Disposition by or to or in favor of any Special Purpose Entity.

Section 411. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock . (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless

(i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition, as such fair market value may be determined (and shall be determined, to the extent such Asset Disposition or any series of related Asset Dispositions involves aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million) in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration);

(ii) in the case of any Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions) having a fair market value of $25.0 million or more, at least 75% of the consideration therefor (excluding, in the case of an Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions), any consideration by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, that are not Indebtedness) received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash; and

(iii) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) as follows:

 

75


(A) first , either (x) to the extent the Company elects (or is required by the terms of (1) any Bank Indebtedness, (2) any secured Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (3) any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor), to prepay, repay or purchase any such Indebtedness or (in the case of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments) cash collateralize any such Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within 360 days after the later of the date of such Asset Disposition and the date of receipt of such Net Available Cash, or (y) to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with an amount equal to Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 360 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition and the date of receipt of such Net Available Cash, or, if such investment in Additional Assets is a project authorized by the Board of Directors that will take longer than such 360 days to complete, the period of time necessary to complete such project;

(B) second , if the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clause (A) above (and after the expiration of the maximum period for such application permitted by clause (A)) exceeds $20.0 million, (such balance, the “ Excess Proceeds ”), to the extent of such Excess Proceeds, to make an offer to purchase Notes and (to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, or is required by the terms thereof) to purchase, redeem or repay any other unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant and subject to Section 41l(b) and Section 41l(c) and the agreements governing such other Indebtedness; and

(C) third , to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clauses (A) and (B) above, to fund (to the extent consistent with any other applicable provision of this Indenture) any general corporate purpose (including but not limited to the repurchase, repayment or other acquisition or retirement of any Subordinated Obligations);

provided , however , that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A)(x) or (B) above, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 411 , the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net Available Cash or equivalent amount in accordance with this Section 411 except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions or equivalent amount that is not applied in accordance with this Section 411 exceeds $50.0 million. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary validly tendered and not withdrawn (or otherwise subject to purchase, redemption or repayment) in connection with an offer pursuant to clause (B) above exceeds the Excess Proceeds, the Excess Proceeds will be apportioned between such Notes and such other unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted

 

76


Subsidiary, with the portion of the Excess Proceeds payable in respect of such Notes to equal the lesser of (x) the Excess Proceeds amount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Notes and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and the outstanding principal amount of the relevant other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and (y) the aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn.

For the purposes of clause (ii) of paragraph (a) above, the following are deemed to be cash: (1) Temporary Cash Investments and Cash Equivalents, (2) the assumption of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock of the Company) or any Restricted Subsidiary and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition, (3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition, (4) securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days, (5) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (6) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this covenant that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million or (y) 1.25% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

(b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Notes pursuant to Section 41l(a)(iii)(B) , the Company will be required to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an offer by the Company for the Notes (the “ Offer ”) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Purchase Date in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in Section 41l(c) . If the aggregate purchase price of the Notes tendered pursuant to the offer is less than the Net Available Cash allotted to the purchase of Notes, the remaining Net Available Cash will be available to the Company for use in accordance with Section 41l(a)(iii)(B) (to repay other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or Section 41l(a)(iii)(C) . The Company shall not be required to make an offer for Notes pursuant to this Section 411 if the Net Available Cash available therefor (after application of the proceeds as provided in Section 41l(a)(iii)(A) ) is less than $50.0 million for any particular Asset Disposition (which lesser amounts shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether an offer is required with respect to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition). No Note will be repurchased in part if less than the Minimum Denomination in original principal amount.

(c) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 411 , such Net Available Cash may be applied to temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

 

77


(d) To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 411 , the Company may comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 411 by virtue thereof.

Section 412. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates . (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) unless (i) such Affiliate Transaction is entered into in good faith and the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are, taken as a whole, fair and reasonable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and (ii) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction have been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors. For purposes of this Section 412(a) , any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in this Section 412(a) if (x) such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors or (y) in the event there are no Disinterested Directors, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives an opinion in customary form from a nationally recognized appraisal or investment banking firm to the effect that such Affiliate Transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view.

(b) The provisions of Section 412(a) will not apply to:

(i) any Restricted Payment Transaction;

(ii) (1) the entering into, maintaining or performance of any employment contract, collective bargaining agreement, benefit plan, program or arrangement, related trust agreement or any other similar arrangement for or with any employee, officer or director heretofore or hereafter entered into in the ordinary course of business, including vacation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or other similar plans, programs or arrangements, (2) the payment of compensation, performance of indemnification or contribution obligations, or any issuance, grant or award of stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, to employees, officers or directors in the ordinary course of business, (3) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Company or such Subsidiary), or (4) Management Advances and payments in respect thereof (or in reimbursement of any expenses referred to in the definition of such term);

(iii) any transaction with, including an Investment in, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) any transaction arising out of and any payments made pursuant to agreements or instruments in existence on the Issue Date (other than any Tax Sharing Agreement referred to in Section 412(b)(vi)) , including, without limitation, the Transaction Documents, and as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original agreement or instrument as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

78


(v) any transaction in the ordinary course of business, or approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Company controlled by the Company that is a joint venture or similar entity;

(vi) the execution, delivery and performance of any Tax Sharing Agreement;

(vii) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (and the granting of registration rights or other customary rights in connection therewith) or capital contribution to the Company;

(viii) transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, where such Affiliates hold less Indebtedness or Equity Interests than non-Affiliates and such Affiliates receive the same consideration as non-Affiliates in such transactions;

(ix) any transaction with any Person who is not an Affiliate immediately before the consummation of such transaction that becomes an Affiliate as a result of such transaction;

(x) transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Special Purpose Subsidiary in connection with a Financing Disposition or a Special Purpose Financing, provided that such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(xi) transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(xii) transactions involving aggregate consideration not to exceed $1.0 million;

(xiii) payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder or any of its affiliates for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisition or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors; and

(xiv) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business or that are on terms at least as favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party, or that are considered fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the view of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company.

 

79


Section 413. Limitation on Liens . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any of its property or assets (including Equity Interests of any other Person), whether owned on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, securing any Indebtedness (the “ Initial Lien ”), unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under this Indenture and the Notes or, in respect of Liens on any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets, any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, equally and ratably with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) such obligation for so long as such obligation is so secured by such Initial Lien. Any such Lien thereby created in favor of the Notes or any such Subsidiary Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates, (ii) in the case of any such Lien in favor of any such Subsidiary Guarantee, upon the termination and discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the terms of Section 1303 or (iii) any sale, exchange or transfer (other than a transfer constituting a transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company that is governed by Section 501 ) to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company of the property or assets secured by such Initial Lien, or of all of the Equity Interests held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or all or substantially all the assets of, any Restricted Subsidiary creating such Initial Lien.

Section 414. Future Subsidiary Guarantors . From and after the Issue Date, the Company will cause each Subsidiary that guarantees payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Notes, whereupon such Subsidiary will become a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes under this Indenture. In addition, the Company may cause any Subsidiary or other Person that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to guarantee payment of the Notes and become a Subsidiary Guarantor. Subsidiary Guarantees will be subject to release and discharge under certain circumstances prior to payment in full of the Notes.

Section 415. Purchase of Notes upon a Change in Control . (a) Upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase (subject to Section 307 ); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes pursuant to this Section 415 in the event that it has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as provided in Article X .

(b) The term “Change of Control” means:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders or a Parent, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, provided that (x) so long as the Company is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company unless such “person” shall be or

 

80


become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the “beneficial owner”;

(ii) the Company or the Parent merges or consolidates with or into, or sells or transfers (in one or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to, another Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) and any “person” (as defined in clause (i) above), other than one or more Permitted Holders or any Parent, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as so defined), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or the transferee Person in such sale or transfer of assets, as the case may be, provided that (x) so long as such surviving or transferee Person is a Subsidiary of a parent Person, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent Person and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the beneficial owner; or

(iii) during any period of two consecutive years (during which period the Company has been a party to the applicable Indenture), individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new members thereof whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by holders of Equity Interests of the Company was approved by one or more Permitted Holders or by a vote of a majority of the members of such board of directors then still in office who were either members thereof at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such board of directors then in office.

(c) Unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as described under Article X , the Company shall, not later than 30 days following the date the Company obtains actual knowledge of any Change of Control having occurred, mail a notice (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: (1) that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and that such Holder has, or upon such occurrence will have, the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); (2) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); (3) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 415 , that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased; and (4) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that such offer is conditioned on the occurrence of such Change of Control. No Note will be repurchased in part if less than the Minimum Denomination in original principal amount of such Note would be left outstanding.

 

81


(d) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer, or (ii) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to this Indenture as provided in Article X, unless and until there is a Default in the payment of the applicable redemption price.

(e) To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 415 , the Company may comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 415 by virtue thereof.

ARTICLE V

SUCCESSORS

Section 501. When the Company May Merge, Etc . (a) The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

(i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Company ”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture or one or more other documents or instruments sufficient, in the opinion of legal counsel to the Successor Company, to evidence the assumption;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default will have occurred and be continuing;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, either (A) the Successor Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(a) , or (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company with respect thereto) would equal or exceed the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

(iv) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary Guarantor that will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in

 

82


connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger) shall have delivered a supplemental indenture or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, confirming its Subsidiary Guarantee (other than any Subsidiary Guarantee that will be discharged or terminated in connection with such transaction); and

(v) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with the provisions described in this paragraph, provided that (x) in giving such opinion such counsel may assume compliance with the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) to the extent such opinion would otherwise be required to address financial matters or tests, and as to any matters of fact, may rely on an Officer’s Certificate, and (y) no Opinion of Counsel will be required for a consolidation, merger or transfer described in Section 50l(b) .

Any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or that is deemed to be Incurred by any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) as a result of any such transaction undertaken in compliance with this Section 501 , and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto, shall be deemed to have been Incurred in compliance with Section 407 .

(b) Clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 50l(a) will not apply to any transaction in which (1) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidates with, merges with or into or conveys or transfers all or part of its assets to the Company or (2) the Company consolidates with or merges with or into or conveys or transfers all or substantially all its properties and assets to (x) an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction or changing its legal structure to a corporation or other entity or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company so long as all assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction (other than Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary) are owned by such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after the consummation thereof.

Section 502. Successor Company Substituted . Upon any transaction involving the Company in accordance with Section 501 in which the Company is not the Successor Company, the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, and thereafter the predecessor Company shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture, except that the predecessor Company in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

ARTICLE VI

REMEDIES

Section 601. Events of Default . An “ Event of Default ” means the occurrence of the following:

(i) a default in any payment of interest on any Note when due, continued for 30 days;

 

83


(ii) a default in the payment of principal of any Note when due, whether at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

(iii) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section 50l(a) ;

(iv) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 30 days after the notice specified in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 601 with any of its obligations under Section 415 (other than a failure to purchase the Notes);

(v) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 60 days after the notice specified in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 601 with its other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture;

(vi) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, if the total amount of such Indebtedness so unpaid or accelerated exceeds $50.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent;

(vii) the taking of any of the following actions by the Company or a Significant Subsidiary, or by each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(A) the commencement of a voluntary case;

(B) the consent to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(C) the consent to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

(D) the making of a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(viii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or against each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, in an involuntary case;

 

84


(B) appoints (x) a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property, or (y) a Custodian of each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, or for any substantial part of their property in the aggregate; or

(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or of each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

(ix) the rendering of any judgment or decree for the payment of money in an amount (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect thereof in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) in excess of $50.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary, or jointly and severally against other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, that is not discharged, or bonded or insured by a third Person, if such judgment or decree remains outstanding for a period of 60 days following such judgment or decree and is not discharged, waived or stayed; or

(x) the failure of any Subsidiary Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof or of this Indenture) or the denial or disaffirmation in writing by any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of its obligations under this Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee (other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or such Subsidiary Guarantee or the release of such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with such Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture).

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

The term “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors. The term “ Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

However, a Default under clause (iv) or (v) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes notify the Company of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in such clause after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “ Notice of Default .” When a Default or an Event of Default is cured, it ceases.

 

85


The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after an Officer of the Company becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any Event of Default and any event that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 602. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 601(vii) or Section 60l(viii) ) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee, in either case specifying in such notice the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a “notice of acceleration,” may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon the effectiveness of such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 60l(vii) or Section 60l(viii) occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Outstanding Notes will ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except non-payment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of such acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. In the event of any Default or Event of Default specified in Section 601(vi) , such Default or Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall not be deemed to have occurred and shall be annulled, waived and rescinded automatically, in each case, without any action by the applicable Trustee or the applicable Holders if, within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

(x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged;

(y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Section 603. Other Remedies; Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, but is not obligated under Section 603 to, pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. If an Event of Default specified in Section 60l(i) or 60l(ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 707.

 

86


Section 604. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, its creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 707 .

No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 605. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes . All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

Section 606. Application of Money Collected . Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

First : To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 707 ;

Second : To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and

Third : To the Company.

Section 607. Limitation on Suits . Subject to Section 608 hereof, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

87


(ii) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy;

(iii) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

(iv) the Trustee has not complied with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request within such 60-day period.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder, to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders.

Section 608. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of and all (subject to Section 307 ) interest on such Note on the respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

Section 609. Restoration of Rights and Remedies . If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture or any Note and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 610. Rights and Remedies Cumulative . No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 611. Delay or Omission Not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article VI or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

 

88


Section 612. Control by Holders . The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that

(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and

(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 701 , that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. This Section 612 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA, and such § 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

Section 613. Waiver of Past Defaults . The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any existing Default hereunder and its consequences, except a Default:

(1) in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each Holder of Notes affected), or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 902 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected.

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. In case of any such waiver, the Company, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This paragraph of this Section 613 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA, and such § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

Section 614. Undertaking for Costs . All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder’s acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Notes, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered

 

89


or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant. This Section 614 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note on or after the respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note.

Section 615. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws . The Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury or other similar law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Notes contemplated herein or in the Notes or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

ARTICLE VII

THE TRUSTEE

Section 701. Certain Duties and Responsibilities . (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but need not verify the contents thereof.

(b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful

 

90


misconduct, except that (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 70l(a) ; (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 612 .

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 701 and Section 703 .

Section 702. Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail within 90 days after it occurs, to all Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, notice of such Default hereunder known to the Trustee unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided , however , that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 703. Certain Rights of Trustee . Subject to the provisions of Section 701 :

(1) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(2) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order thereof, and any resolution of any Person’s Board of Directors shall be sufficiently evidenced if certified by an Officer of such Person as having been duly adopted and being in full force and effect on the date of such certificate;

(3) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Company;

(4) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counselor and any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

 

91


(5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document;

(7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(8) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or shall have received from the Company, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, or from Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, written notice thereof at its Corporate Trust Office and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture;

(9) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed hereunder; and

(10) the permissive right of the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty to so act.

Section 704. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes . The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Notes or the proceeds thereof.

Section 705. May Hold Notes . The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to Section 708 and Section 713, may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent.

 

92


Section 706. Money Held in Trust . Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.

Section 707. Compensation and Reimbursement . The Company agrees,

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by the Trustee hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and

(3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on the Trustee’s part, arising out of or in connection with the administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors and defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The provisions of this Section 707 shall survive the termination of this Indenture, or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 707, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except assets or money held in trust to pay principal of or interest on particular Notes.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clauses (vii) or (viii) of Section 601 occurs, such expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its outside counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Code.

Section 708. Conflicting Interests . If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA, the Trustee shall eliminate such interest, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee with such conflict or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the TIA and this Indenture. To the extent permitted by the TIA, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have a conflicting interest by virtue of being a trustee under this Indenture with respect to Original Notes and Additional Notes, or a trustee under any other indenture between the Company and the Trustee.

 

93


Section 709. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility . There shall at all times be one (and only one) Trustee hereunder. The Trustee shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the TIA to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus (together with its corporate parent) of at least $50,000,000. If any such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section and to the extent permitted by the TIA, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 709 , it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

Section 710. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor . No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 711 .

The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 711 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

If at any time:

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 708 after written request therefore by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 709 and shall fail to resign after written request therefore by the Company or by any such Holder, or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (A) the Company may remove the Trustee, or (B) subject to Section 614 , any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 711 . If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a

 

94


successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 711 , become the successor Trustee and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 711 , then, subject to Section 614 , any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 110 . Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

Section 711. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor . In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to above.

No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VII .

Section 712. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business . Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII , without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

Section 713. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company . If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the

 

95


Notes), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA regarding the collection of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor) or realizing on certain property received by it in respect of such claims.

Section 714. Appointment of Authenticating Agent . The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication (or execution of a certificate of authentication) by the Trustee includes authentication (or execution of a certificate of authentication) by such Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

ARTICLE VIII

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY

TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY

Section 801. The Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders . The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

(1) semi-annually, not more than 10 days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date, and

(2) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

provided , however , that if and to the extent and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, no such list need be furnished pursuant to this Section 801 .

Section 802. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders . The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list, if any, furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 801 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar; provided , however , that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, the Note Register shall satisfy the requirements relating to such list. None of the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee or any other Person shall be under any responsibility with regard to the accuracy of such list. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 801 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the TIA.

 

96


Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee, nor any agent of either of them, shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the TIA.

Section 803. Reports by Trustee . Within 60 days after each December 15, beginning with December 15, 2007, the Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the TIA at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto for so long as any Notes remain outstanding. A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee or any applicable listing agent with each stock exchange upon which any Notes are listed, with the SEC and with the Company. The Company will notify the Trustee when any Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT OR WAIVER

Section 901. Without Consent of Holders . Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes, the Company, the Trustee and (as applicable) each Subsidiary Guarantor may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes, for any of the following purposes:

(1) to cure or reform any ambiguity, mistake, manifest error, omission, defect or inconsistency;

(2) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture;

(3) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(4) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to secure the Notes, to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination or discharge is provided for under this Indenture;

(5) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company;

(6) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes;

(7) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee to any provision of the “Description of Senior Notes” section of the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Senior Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, such Subsidiary Guarantee or the Notes;

 

97


(8) to increase the minimum denomination of the Notes to equal the dollar equivalent of €l,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 (including for purposes of redemption or repurchase of any Note in part);

(9) to provide additional rights or benefits to the Holders or make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder under the Notes or this Indenture;

(10) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(11) to provide for the appointment of a successor Trustee, provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture; or

(12) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or otherwise.

Section 902. With Consent of Holders . Subject to Section 608 , the Company, the Trustee and (if applicable) each Subsidiary Guarantor may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 902 , without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 613 , may not:

(i) reduce the principal amount of the Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver;

(ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

(iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the date on which any Note may be redeemed as described in Section 1001 ;

(v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note;

(vi) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(vii) release any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms hereof; or

 

98


(viii) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions described in this paragraph.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 902 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 902 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any supplemental indenture or the effectiveness of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 903. Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers . The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and that, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other laws now or hereinafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights or remedies generally and to general principles of equity (including standards of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness), whether considered in a proceeding at law or at equity, such amendment, supplement or waiver is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

Section 904. Revocation and Effect of Consents . Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or any Note that evidences all or any part of the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Subject to the following paragraph of this Section 904 , any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to such Holder’s Note by written notice to the Trustee or the Company, received by the Trustee or the Company, as the case may be, before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver as set forth in Section 108.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder of Notes, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (i) through (vii) of the second paragraph of Section 902 . In that case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of such Note or any Note that evidences all or any part of the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note.

 

99


Section 905. Conformity with TIA . Every amendment or supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect.

Section 906. Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee shall (if required by the Company and in accordance with the specific direction of the Company) request the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee shall (if required by the Company and in accordance with the specific direction of the Company) place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

ARTICLE X

REDEMPTION OF NOTES

Section 1001. Right of Redemption . (a) The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or after May 1, 2009 and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption prices set forth below. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with Section 1005 . The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Notes will be so redeemable at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the relevant Redemption Date (subject to Section 307 ), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on May 1 of the years set forth below:

 

Redemption Period

   Price  

2009

   102.000 %

2010

   101.000 %

2011 and thereafter

   100.000 %

(b) In addition, at any time and from time to time on or prior to May 1, 2010, the Company, at its option, may redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with funds in an aggregate amount (the “ Redemption Amount ”) not exceeding the aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 100% plus the applicable rate of interest per annum on the date on which notice of redemption is given for the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to Section 307 );

 

100


provided , however , that an aggregate principal amount of the Notes equal to at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption of the Notes.

The Company may make such redemption upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with Section 1005 (but in no event more than 180 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the completion of the related Equity Offering.

(c) At any time prior to May 1, 2009, such Notes may also be redeemed or purchased (by the Company or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a price (the “ Redemption Price ”) equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to Section 307 ). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with Section 1005 . The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to a Note at any Redemption Date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Note on May 1, 2009 (such redemption price being that described in Section 100l(a) ) plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through such date (excluding accrued and unpaid interest through the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date; as calculated by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate; provided that such calculation shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.

Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to a Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to May 1, 2009; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

101


Section 1002. Applicability of Article . Redemption or purchase of Notes as permitted by Section 1001 shall be made in accordance with this Article X .

Section 1003. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee . In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all of the Notes, the Company shall, at least two Business Days (but not more than 60 days) prior to the date on which notice is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 1005 , notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.

Section 1004. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed . In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date on a pro rata basis or, to the extent a pro rata basis is not permitted, by such other method as the Trustee shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note of less than the Minimum Denomination in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal of such Note that has been or is to be redeemed.

Section 1005. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption or purchase as provided in Section 1001 shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register.

Any such notice shall state:

(1) the expected Redemption Date;

(2) the redemption price (or the formula by which the redemption price will be determined);

(3) if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the portion of the respective principal amounts) of the Notes to be redeemed;

(4) that, on the Redemption Date, the redemption price will become due and payable upon each such Note, and that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest thereon shall cease to accrue from and after said date; and

 

102


(5) the place where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

In addition, if such redemption, purchase or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, as permitted by Section 1001 , such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed.

The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

Notice of such redemption or purchase of Notes to be so redeemed or purchased at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request (made to the Trustee at least 40 days (or such shorter period as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) prior to the Redemption Date), by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. Any such request will set forth the information to be stated in such notice, as provided by this Section 1005 .

The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.

Section 1006. Deposit of Redemption Price . On or prior to 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 403 ) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and any accrued and unpaid interest on, all the Notes or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date.

Section 1007. Notes Payable on Redemption Date . Notice of redemption having been given as provided in this Article X , the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price herein specified and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price or the Paying Agent is prohibited from paying the redemption price pursuant to the terms of this Indenture) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of such Notes for redemption in accordance with such notice, such Notes shall be paid by the Company at the redemption price. Installments of interest whose Interest Payment Date is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes registered as such on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307.

 

103


On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and any accrued and unpaid interest on Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with Section 1006 , the Notes (or the portions thereof) called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes (or portions thereof) will be to receive payment of the redemption price of and, subject to the last sentence of the preceding paragraph, any accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes (or portions thereof) to the Redemption Date. If any Note (or portion thereof) called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Note (or portion thereof).

Section 1008. Notes Redeemed in Part . Any Note that is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the Place of Payment (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.

ARTICLE XI

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 1101. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

(i) either

(a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 , and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 403 ) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(1) have become due and payable, or

(2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

 

104


(3) have been or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

(ii) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, sufficient (without reinvestment) to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to, but not including, the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be ( provided that if such redemption shall be pursuant to Section 1001(c) , (x) the amount of money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof that the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited shall be determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit, and (y) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the Redemption Date, as required by Section 1006 , as necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date);

(iii) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then payable hereunder by the Company; and

(iv) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Company and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 1101 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)).

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 707 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 110l(ii) , the obligations of the Trustee under Section 1102 shall survive.

Section 1102. Application of Trust Money . Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 403 , all money and/or U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 1101 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

105


ARTICLE XII

DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 1201. The Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The Company may, concurrently (and not separately) at its option, at any time, elect to have terminated the obligations of the Company with respect to Outstanding Notes, to have terminated all of the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantees and to have any security then securing the Notes automatically released, in each case, as set forth in this Article XII , and elect to have either Section 1202 or Section 1203 be applied to all of the Outstanding Notes (the “ Defeased Notes ”), upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in Section 1204 . Either Section 1202 or Section 1203 may be applied to the Defeased Notes to any Redemption Date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes.

Section 1202. Defeasance and Discharge . Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 1201 of the option applicable to this Section 1202 , the Company shall be deemed to have been released and discharged from its obligations with respect to the Defeased Notes on the date the relevant conditions set forth in Section 1204 below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Defeasance ”). For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the Defeased Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 1205 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, and the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have satisfied all other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of Defeased Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 1204 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Defeased Notes under Sections 304 , 305 , 306 , 402 and 403 , (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, including the Trustee’s rights under Section 707 , and (d) this Article XII . If the Company exercises its option under this Section 1202 , payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. Subject to compliance with this Article XII , the Company may, at its option and at any time, exercise its option under this Section 1202 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1203 with respect to the Notes.

Section 1203. Covenant Defeasance . Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 1201 of the option applicable to this Section 1203 , (a) the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be released from their respective obligations under any covenant or provision contained in Section 405 and Sections 407 through 415 and the provisions of clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) of Section 50l(a) shall not apply, and (b) the occurrence of any event specified in clause (iv), (v) (with respect to Section 405 and Sections 407 through 415 , inclusive), (vi), (vii), (viii) (with respect to Subsidiaries), (ix) (with respect to Subsidiaries), (ix) or (x) of Section 601 shall be deemed not to be or result in an Event of Default, in each case with respect to the Defeased Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not to be “Outstanding” for the purposes

 

106


of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants or provisions, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant or provision, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or provision or by reason of any reference in any such covenant or provision to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 601 , but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Outstanding Notes shall be unaffected thereby.

Section 1204. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 1202 or Section 1203 to the Outstanding Notes:

(1) The Company shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, in trust, money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient (without reinvestment), to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Defeased Notes to the Stated Maturity or relevant Redemption Date in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes ( provided that if such redemption shall be pursuant to Section 1001(c) , (x) the amount of money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof that the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited shall be determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit, and (y) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the Redemption Date, as required by Section 1006 , as necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date);

(2) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(3) Such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default or Event of Default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

(4) In the case of an election under Section 1202 , the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that (x) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (y) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm to the effect that, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Defeasance had not occurred; provided that such Opinion of Counsel need not be delivered if all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes that

 

107


have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 , and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 403 ) not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable, will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company;

(5) In the case of an election under Section 1203 , the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; and

(6) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 1204 relating to either the Defeasance under Section 1202 or the Covenant Defeasance under Section 1203 , as the case may be, have been complied with. In rendering such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 1204 or as to any matters of fact.

Section 1205. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions . Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 403 , all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or such other Person that would qualify to act as successor Trustee under Article VII , collectively and solely for purposes of this Section 1205 , the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 1204 in respect of the Defeased Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee and its agents and hold them harmless against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1204 , or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof, other than any such tax, fee or other charge that by law is for the account of the Holders of the Defeased Notes.

Anything in this Article XII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company from time to time, upon Company Request, any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1204 that, in the opinion of a nationally recognized accounting or investment banking firm expressed in a written certification

 

108


thereof to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. Subject to Article VII , the Trustee shall not incur any liability to any Person by relying on such opinion.

Section 1206. Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 1202 or 1203 , as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 1202 or 1203 , as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 1202 or 1203 , as the case may be; provided , however , that if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor makes any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company or Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

Section 1207. Repayment to the Company . The Trustee shall pay to the Company upon Company Request any money held by it for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person and all liability of the Trustee or Paying Agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease.

ARTICLE XIII

GUARANTEES

Section 1301. Guarantees Generally . ((a) Guarantee of Each Guarantor . Each Guarantor, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, will jointly and severally, irrevocably, fully and unconditionally Guarantee, on an unsecured unsubordinated basis, the punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, whether for principal of or interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise (all such obligations guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors being herein called the “ Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations ”).

The obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including but not limited to any Guarantee by it of any Bank Indebtedness) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law, or being void or unenforceable under any law relating to insolvency of debtors.

 

109


(b) Further Agreements of Each Guarantor . (i) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that (to the fullest extent permitted by law) its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company or any other Guarantor to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same, whether or not a notation concerning its Guarantee is made on any particular Note, or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

(ii) Each Guarantor hereby waives (to the fullest extent permitted by law) the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that (except as otherwise provided in Section 1303 ) its Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and this Guarantee. Such Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. Each Guarantor further agrees (to the fullest extent permitted by law) that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, subject to this Article XIII , (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed by its Guarantee may be accelerated as and to the extent provided in Article VI for the purposes of such Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed by such Guarantee, and (2) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI , such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Section 1301 for the purpose of such Guarantee. Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies or to take any other steps under any security for the Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations or against the Company or any other Person or any property of the Company or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Subsidiary Guarantors of their obligations under their respective Subsidiary Guarantees or under this Indenture.

(iii) Until terminated in accordance with Section 1303 , each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on such Notes, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

110


(c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall have the right to seek contribution from the Company or any nonpaying Subsidiary Guarantor that has also Guaranteed the relevant Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations in respect of which such payment or distribution is made, so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantees.

(d) Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that its Guarantee, and the waiver set forth in Section 1305 , are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(e) Each Guarantor, pursuant to its Guarantee, also hereby agrees to pay any and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under a Guarantee.

Section 1302. Continuing Guarantees . (a) Each Guarantee shall be a continuing Guarantee and shall (i) subject to Section 1303 , remain in full force and effect until payment in full of the principal amount of all Outstanding Notes (whether by payment at maturity, purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition) and all other obligations then due and owing, (ii) be binding upon such Guarantor and (iii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Trustee, the Holders and their permitted successors, transferees and assigns.

(b) The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment which would otherwise have reduced or terminated the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder and under its Guarantee (whether such payment shall have been made by or on behalf of the Company or by or on behalf of a Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from any of the Holders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company or any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Section 1303. Release of Guarantees . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1302 , a Guarantee will be subject to termination and discharge under the circumstances described in this Section 1303 . A Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released from all obligations under its Guarantee, and such Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect, (i) in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, concurrently with any direct or indirect sale or disposition (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of any Subsidiary Guarantor or any interest therein not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture (including Section 411 and Section 501 ) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, following which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) at any time that such Guarantor is released from all of its obligations under all of its Guarantees of payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility (it being understood that a release subject to contingent reinstatement is still a release, and that if any such Guarantee is so reinstated, such Guarantee shall also be reinstated, (iii) upon the merger or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Company or another Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor following or contemporaneously with the transfer of all of its assets to the Company or another Guarantor (iv) concurrently with a Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (v) upon legal or covenant defeasance of the Company’s obligations, or

 

111


satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or (vi) subject to Section 1302(b) , upon payment in full of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then Outstanding. In addition, the Company will have the right, upon 30 days’ notice to the Trustee, to cause any Subsidiary Guarantor that has not guaranteed payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility or the Senior Subordinated Notes to be unconditionally released from all obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect.

Upon any such occurrence specified in this Section 1303 , the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested in order to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of the applicable Guarantee.

Section 1304. [Reserved] .

Section 1305. Waiver of Subrogation . Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against the Company that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture or such Guarantor’s obligations under its Subsidiary and this Indenture, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of Notes against the Company, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders of the Notes, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

Section 1306. Notation Not Required . Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof.

Section 1307. Successors and Assigns of Guarantors . All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by each Guarantor shall bind its respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 1308. Execution and Delivery of Guarantees . The Company shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 414 , and each Subsidiary of the Company that the Company causes to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 414 , to promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit E to the Indenture, evidencing its Subsidiary Guarantee on substantially the terms set forth in this Article XIII . Concurrently therewith, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and that, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other laws now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights or

 

112


remedies generally and to general principles of equity (including standards of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness), whether considered in a proceeding at law or at equity, such supplemental indenture is a valid and binding agreement of such Restricted Subsidiary, enforceable against such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with its terms.

Section 1309. Notices . Notice to any Guarantor shall be sufficient if addressed to such Guarantor in care of the Company at the address, place and manner provided in Section 109 .

 

113


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

 

KAR Holdings, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer and Secretary
GUARANTORS:
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:   Authorized Signatory


ADESA, Inc.
ADESA Corporation, LLC
A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc.
A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC
ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC
ADESA Arkansas, LLC
ADESA Atlanta, LLC
ADESA Birmingham, LLC
ADESA California, LLC
ADESA Charlotte, LLC
ADESA Colorado, LLC
ADESA Des Moines, LLC
ADESA Florida, LLC
ADESA Impact Texas, LLC
ADESA Indianapolis, LLC
ADESA Lansing, LLC
ADESA Lexington, LLC
ADESA Mexico, LLC
ADESA Missouri, LLC
ADESA New Jersey, LLC
ADESA New York, LLC
ADESA Ohio, LLC
ADESA Oklahoma, LLC
ADESA Pennsylvania, Inc.
ADESA Phoenix, LLC
ADESA Properties Canada, Inc.
ADESA San Diego, LLC
ADESA-South Florida, LLC
ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC
ADESA Texas, Inc.
ADESA Virginia, LLC
ADESA Washington, LLC
ADESA Wisconsin, LLC
ADS Ashland, LLC
ADS Priority Transport Ltd.
Asset Holdings III, L.P.
Auto Banc Corporation
Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC
Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC
Auto Disposal Systems, Inc.
Automotive Finance Corporation
Automotive Recovery Services, Inc.
AutoVIN, Inc.
PAR, Inc.

 

2


Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.
Insurance Auto Auctions Corp.
IAA Acquisition Corp.
IAA Services, Inc.
AFC CAL, LLC
AFC of Minnesota Corporation
AFC of TN, LLC

 

3


TRUSTEE:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Timothy P. Mowdy

Name:   Timothy P. Mowdy
Title:   Vice President

 

4


EXHIBIT A

Form of Initial Note 1

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014

 

CUSIP No.                         No.             
$                        

KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“the Company ,” which term includes their successors and assigns), promises to pay to                      , or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                              ([                      ] United States Dollars) [(or such lesser or greater amount as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 312 and 313 of the Indenture referred to herein)] 2 (the “ Principal Amount ”) on May 1, 2014. The Company promises to pay interest quarterly in cash on May 1, August 1, November 1 and February 1 of each year, commencing August 1, 2007, at the rate, reset quarterly, of LIBOR plus 4% per annum, as determined by the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”), which shall initially be the Trustee (subject to adjustment as provided below) 3 , until the Principal Amount is paid or made available for payment. [Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date.] 4 [Interest on this Note will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no such interest has been paid, from                      ,                      5 .] 6 The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the April 15, July 15, October 15 and January 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not more than 15 days nor less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

 


1 Insert any applicable legends from Article II.
2 Include only if the Note is issued in global form.
3 Include only for Initial Note.
4 Include only for Original Notes.

5

Insert the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of the applicable Additional Notes, or if the date of issuance of such Additional Notes is an Interest Payment Date, such date of issuance.

6 Include only for Additional Notes.

 

A-1


The amount of interest for each day that the Notes are outstanding (the “Daily Interest Amount”) will be calculated by dividing the interest rate in effect for such day by 360 and multiplying the result by the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. The amount of interest to be paid on the Notes for each Interest Period will be calculated by adding the Daily Interest Amount for each day in the Interest Period. All percentages resulting from any of the above calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards).

The Calculation Agent will, upon the request of any Holder of the Notes, provide the interest rate then in effect with respect to the Notes. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error will be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Holders of the Notes.

[The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the initial purchasers named therein (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”). Until (i) this Note has been exchanged for an Exchange Security (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) in an Exchange Offer (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement); (ii) a Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) registering this Note under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and this Note has been sold or otherwise transferred by the Holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) this Note is sold pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by this Note relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture referred to herein; or (iv) this Note is eligible to be sold pursuant to paragraph (k) of Rule 144: From and including the date on which a Registration Default (as defined below) shall occur to but excluding the date on which such Registration Default has been cured, additional interest will accrue on this Note until such time as all Registration Defaults have been cured with respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the first Registration Default, Special Interest will be paid in an amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. The amount of the Special Interest will increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of Special Interest for all Registration Defaults of $.50 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. Any such additional interest shall be paid in the same manner and on the same dates as interest payments in respect of this Note. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of such additional interest will cease.

A Registration Default under clause (i) or (ii) below will be deemed cured upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed due to a failure to consummate the Exchange Offer within the required time period. For purposes of the foregoing, each of the following events, as more particularly defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, is a “ Registration Default ”: (i) the Company and the Guarantors fail to consummate the Exchange Offer within 360 days after the Issue Date; or (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified in the registration rights agreement.] 7 8


7 Include only for Initial Note when required by the Registration Rights Agreement.
8 For an Initial Additional Note, add any similar provision, if any, as may be agreed by the Company with respect to additional interest on such Initial Additional Note.

 

A-2


Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office of the applicable Paying Agent, or such other office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose; provided , however , that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note Register.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the attached Additional Terms of the Notes, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to herein by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

A-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-4


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
As Trustee
By  

 

  Authorized officer

Dated:

 

A-5


Additional Terms of the Notes

This Note is one of the duly authorized issue of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 of the Company (herein called the “ Notes ”), issued under an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (herein called the “ Indenture ,” which term shall have the meanings assigned to it in such instrument), among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto (“the Guarantors ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (herein called the “ Trustee ,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect from time to time (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. Additional Notes may be issued under the Indenture which will vote as a class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture.

All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

This Note may hereafter be entitled to certain other Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is made to Article XIII of the Indenture for terms relating to such Guarantees, including the release, termination and discharge thereof. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to make any notation on this Note to reflect any Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge.

The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on and after May 1, 2009, and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption price set forth below. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Notes will be so redeemable at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the relevant Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on May 1 of the years set forth below:

 

Period

   Redemption Price  

2009

   102.000 %

2010

   101.000 %

2011 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

A-6


In addition, at any time and from time to time on or prior to May 1, 2010, the Company, at its option, may redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 100% plus the applicable rate of interest per annum on the date on which notice of redemption is given, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided , however , that an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption. The Company may make such redemption upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture (but in no event more than 180 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including the completion of the related Equity Offering.

At any time prior to May 1, 2009, Notes may also be redeemed or purchased (by the Company or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control.

The Indenture provides that, upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require that the Company repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of such repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes in the event it has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as described above.

The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund.

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire Indebtedness of this Note or certain restrictive covenants and certain Events of Default with respect to this Note, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-7


If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Notes to be effected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes, the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any premium or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Note Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

A-8


The Notes are issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 or, if greater at the Issue Date, the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration, transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration or transfer, the Company, any other obligor in respect of this Note, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, such other obligor or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and none of the Company, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, equity holder, member or stockholder, as such, of the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company or any Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, hereby waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS, AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES.

 

A-9


GUARANTEE

For value received, the undersigned hereby unconditionally guarantees, as principal obligor and not only as a surety, to the Holder of this Note the cash payments in United States dollars of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note (and including Additional Interest payable thereon) in the amounts and at the times when due and interest on the overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, of this Note, if lawful, and the payment or performance of all other Obligations of the Company under the Indenture (as defined below) or the Note, to the Holder of this Note and the Trustee, all in accordance with and subject to the terms and limitations of this Note, Article XIII of the Indenture and this Guarantee. This Guarantee will become effective in accordance with Article XIII of the Indenture and its terms shall be evidenced therein. The validity and enforceability of this Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007, among KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “the Company”), the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE.

This Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-10


[Guarantors]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-11


[FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned Holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

Insert Taxpayer Identification No.

(Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee)

 

 

     

 

     

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing

 

 

     

attorney to transfer such Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Check One

 

¨  (a)

  this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Rule 144A thereunder.
or
¨  (b)   this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If neither of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Note Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 313 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

Date:                     

 

A-12


   

NOTICE: The signature to this

assignment must correspond with the

name as written upon the face of the

within-mentioned instrument in

every particular, without alteration or

any change whatsoever.

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-13


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:                       

 

  NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-14


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, check the box:   ¨ .

If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, state the amount (in principal amount) below:

$                     

Date:                     

Your Signature:                                         

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:                                         

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-15


SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of decreases

in Principal Amount

of this Global Note

  

Amount of increases

in Principal Amount

of this Global Note

  

Principal amount of

this Global Note

following such

decreases or

increases

  

Signature of

authorized officer of
Trustee or Notes

Custodian

 

A-16


EXHIBIT B

Form of Exchange Note 9

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014

 

CUSIP No.                         No.             
$                        

KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“the Company ,” which term includes their successors and assigns), promises to pay to                      , or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                              ([                      ] United States Dollars) [(or such lesser or greater amount as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 312 and 313 of the Indenture referred to herein)] 10 (the “ Principal Amount ”) on May 1, 2014. The Company promises to pay interest quarterly in cash on May 1, August 1, November 1 and February 1 of each year, commencing August 1, 2007, at the rate, reset quarterly, of LIBOR plus 4% per annum, as determined by the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”), which shall initially be the Trustee (subject to adjustment as provided below) 11 , until the Principal Amount is paid or made available for payment. [Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date.] 12 [Interest on this Note will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no such interest has been paid, from                      ,                      13 .] 14 The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the April 15, July 15, October 15 and January 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not more than 15 days nor less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.

 

 


9 Insert any applicable legends from Article II.
10 Include only if the Note is issued in global form.
11 Include only for Initial Note.
12 Include only for Original Notes.
13 Insert the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of the applicable Additional Notes, or if the date of issuance of such Additional Notes is an Interest Payment Date, such date of issuance.
14 Include only for Additional Notes.

 

B-1


The amount of interest for each day that the Notes are outstanding (the “Daily Interest Amount”) will be calculated by dividing the interest rate in effect for such day by 360 and multiplying the result by the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. The amount of interest to be paid on the Notes for each Interest Period will be calculated by adding the Daily Interest Amount for each day in the Interest Period. All percentages resulting from any of the above calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards and all dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one-half cent being rounded upwards).

The Calculation Agent will, upon the request of any Holder of the Notes, provide the interest rate then in effect with respect to the Notes. All calculations made by the Calculation Agent in the absence of manifest error will be conclusive for all purposes and binding on the Company, the Guarantors and the Holders of the Notes.

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office of the applicable Paying Agent, or such other office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose; provided , however , that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note Register.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the attached Additional Terms of the Notes, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to herein by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

B-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

B-3


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
As Trustee
By  

 

Authorized officer

Dated:

 

B-4


Additional Terms of the Notes

This Note is one of the duly authorized issue of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 of the Company (herein called the “ Notes ”), issued under an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (herein called the “ Indenture ,” which term shall have the meanings assigned to it in such instrument), among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto (“the Guarantors ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (herein called the “ Trustee ,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect from time to time (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. Additional Notes may be issued under the Indenture which will vote as a class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture.

All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

This Note may hereafter be entitled to certain other Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is made to Article XIII of the Indenture for terms relating to such Guarantees, including the release, termination and discharge thereof. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to make any notation on this Note to reflect any Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge.

The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on and after May 1, 2009, and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption price set forth below. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Notes will be so redeemable at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the relevant Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on May 1 of the years set forth below:

 

Period

   Redemption Price  

2009

   102.000 %

2010

   101.000 %

2011 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

B-5


In addition, at any time and from time to time on or prior to May 1, 2010, the Company, at its option, may redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 100% plus the applicable rate of interest per annum on the date on which notice of redemption is given, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided , however , that an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption. The Company may make such redemption upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture (but in no event more than 180 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including the completion of the related Equity Offering.

At any time prior to May 1, 2009, Notes may also be redeemed or purchased (by the Company or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control.

The Indenture provides that, upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require that the Company repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of such repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes in the event it has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as described above.

The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund.

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire Indebtedness of this Note or certain restrictive covenants and certain Events of Default with respect to this Note, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

 

B-6


If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Notes to be effected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes, the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any premium or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Note Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

 

B-7


The Notes are issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 or, if greater at the Issue Date, the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration, transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration or transfer, the Company, any other obligor in respect of this Note, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, such other obligor or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and none of the Company, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, equity holder, member or stockholder, as such, of the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company or any Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, hereby waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS, AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES.

 

B-8


GUARANTEE

For value received, the undersigned hereby unconditionally guarantees, as principal obligor and not only as a surety, to the Holder of this Note the cash payments in United States dollars of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note (and including Additional Interest payable thereon) in the amounts and at the times when due and interest on the overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, of this Note, if lawful, and the payment or performance of all other Obligations of the Company under the Indenture (as defined below) or the Note, to the Holder of this Note and the Trustee, all in accordance with and subject to the terms and limitations of this Note, Article XIII of the Indenture and this Guarantee. This Guarantee will become effective in accordance with Article XIII of the Indenture and its terms shall be evidenced therein. The validity and enforceability of this Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007, among KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “the Company”), the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE.

This Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

B-9


KAR HOLDING, INC.
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[Guarantors]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

B-10


[FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned Holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

Insert Taxpayer Identification No.

(Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee)

 

 

    

 

    

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing

 

 

    

attorney to transfer such Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

   

NOTICE: The signature to this

assignment must correspond with the

name as written upon the face of the

within-mentioned instrument in

every particular, without alteration or

any change whatsoever.

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

B-11


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, check the box: [ ].

If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, state the amount (in principal amount) below:

$                     

Date:                     

Your Signature:                                         

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:                                         

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

B-12


SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of decreases

in Principal Amount

of this Global Note

  

Amount of increases

in Principal Amount

of this Global Note

  

Principal amount of

this Global Note

following such

decreases or

increases

  

Signature of

authorized officer of
Trustee or Notes

Custodian

 

B-13


EXHIBIT C

Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership

On or after [                      ], 20[    ]

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Sixth & Marquette; N9303-120

Minneapolis, MN 55479

 

  Re: KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter relates to $[              ] million aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the offshore [temporary] global note certificate (the “ [Temporary] Regulation S Global Note ”). Pursuant to Section 313(3) of the Indenture dated as of April 20, 2007 relating to the Notes (the “ Indenture ”), we hereby certify that (1) we are the beneficial owner of such principal amount of Notes represented by the [Temporary] Regulation S Global Note and (2) we are either (i) a Non-U.S. Person to whom the Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S (“ Regulation S ”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) or (ii) a U.S. Person who purchased securities in a transaction that did not require registration under the Act.

You, the Company and counsel for the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Holder]
By:  

 

 

Authorized Signature

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

Form of Regulation S Certificate

Regulation S Certificate

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Sixth & Marquette; N9303-120

Minneapolis, MN 55479

 

  Re: KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $[              ] million aggregate principal amount of Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S (“ Regulation S ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and accordingly, we hereby certify as follows:

1. The offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States (unless such person or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3) of Regulation S) or specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.

2. Either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States.

3. No directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable.

4. The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5. If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession or other fee or remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place before the end of the distribution compliance period under Regulation S, or we are an officer or director of the Company or a distributor, we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rules 903 and 904 of Regulation S.

 

D-1


6. If the proposed transfer takes place before the end of the distribution compliance period under Regulation S, the beneficial interest in the Notes so transferred will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear (as defined in the Indenture) or Clearstream (as defined in the Indenture).

7. We have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.

You, the Company and counsel for the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME of SELLER]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Address:  

Date of this Certificate:                   , 20     

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

Form of Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Subsidiary Guarantee

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of [              ] (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), among [name of Subsidiary Guarantor(s)] (the “ Subsidiary Guarantor(s) ”), KAR Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation ( the “ Company ,” which term includes its successors and assigns), each other then existing Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Existing Guarantors ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (“the Trustee ”) under the Indenture referred to below.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company, any Existing Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 of the Company (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 1308 of the Indenture provides that the Company is required to cause the Subsidiary Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsidiary Guarantors shall guarantee the Company’s Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Article XIII of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, each Subsidiary Guarantor desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration, including substantial economic benefit in that the financial performance and condition of such Subsidiary Guarantor is dependent on the financial performance and condition of the Company, the obligations hereunder of which such Subsidiary Guarantor has guaranteed, and on such Subsidiary Guarantor’s access to working capital through the Company’s access to revolving credit borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof’ and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section hereof.

 

E-1


2. Agreement to Guarantee . [The] [Each] Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with [all] [any] other Subsidiary Guarantors and irrevocably, fully and unconditionally, to guarantee the Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XIII of the Indenture and to be bound by (and shall be entitled to the benefits of) all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor.

3. Termination, Release and Discharge . [The] [Each] Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, and [the] [each] Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations in respect of such Subsidiary Guarantee, as and when provided in Section 1303 of the Indenture.

4. Parties . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of [the] [each] Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee or any provision contained herein or in Article XIII of the Indenture.

5. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

6. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

7. Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

8. Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

E-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR(S)],
as Subsidiary Guarantor
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee
By  

 

  Authorized Officer

 

E-3


EXHIBIT F

[Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investors]

Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Sixth & Marquette; N9303-120

Minneapolis, MN 55479

 

  Re: KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $[              ] million aggregate principal amount of Notes, we confirm that:

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture dated as of April 20, 2007 relating to the Notes (the “ Indenture ”) and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law, and that the Notes may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should offer, sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any Notes within two years after the original issuance of the Notes, we will do so only (A) to the Company, (B) inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (C) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes to you a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter, (D) outside the United States to a foreign person in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein and in the Indenture.

3. We understand that, on any proposed transfer of any Notes prior to the later of the original issue date of the Notes and the last date the Notes were held by an affiliate of the Company pursuant to paragraphs 2(C), 2(D) and 2(E) above, we will be required to

 

F-1


furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed transfer complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are acquiring the Notes for investment purposes and not with a view to, or offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, and we are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

5. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “ accredited investor ”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

Very truly yours,
(Name of Transferee)
By  

 

  Authorized Signature

 

F-2

Exhibit 4.2

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.,

as Issuer,

The GUARANTORS from time to time parties hereto

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 


INDENTURE

DATED as of APRIL 20, 2007

 


8  3 / 4 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION
Section 101.   Definitions    1
Section 102.   Other Definitions    38
Section 103.   Rules of Construction    39
Section 104.   Incorporation by Reference of TIA    40
Section 105.   Conflict with TIA    40
Section 106.   Compliance Certificates and Opinions    40
Section 107.   Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee    41
Section 108.   Acts of Noteholders; Record Dates    41
Section 109.   Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company    44
Section 110.   Notices to Holders; Waiver    44
Section 111.   Effect of Headings and Table of Contents    45
Section 112.   Successors and Assigns    45
Section 113.   Separability Clause    45
Section 114.   Benefits of Indenture    45
Section 115.   GOVERNING LAW    45
Section 116.   Legal Holidays    45
Section 117.   No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Equity Holders, Members and Stockholders    45
Section 118.   Exhibits and Schedules    46
Section 119.   Counterparts    46
ARTICLE II
NOTE FORMS
Section 201.   Forms Generally    46
Section 202.   Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication    48
Section 203.   Restrictive and Global Note Legends    49
ARTICLE III
THE NOTES
Section 301.   Title and Terms    51
Section 302.   Denominations    51
Section 303.   Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating    51
Section 304.   Temporary Notes    52
Section 305.   Registrar and Paying Agent    52

 

i


Table of Contents

(Continued)

 

         Page
Section 306.   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes    53
Section 307.   Payment of Interest Rights Preserved    54
Section 308.   Persons Deemed Owners    55
Section 309.   Cancellation    55
Section 310.   Computation of Interest    56
Section 311.   CUSIP Numbers, Etc.    56
Section 312.   Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes    56
Section 313.   Special Transfer Provisions    58
Section 314.   Payment of Additional Interest    60
ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS
Section 401.   Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest    61
Section 402.   Maintenance of Office or Agency    61
Section 403.   Money for Payments to Be Held in Trust    61
Section 404.   [Reserved]    62
Section 405.   Reports    62
Section 406.   Statement as to Default    64
Section 407.   Limitation on Indebtedness    64
Section 408.   [Reserved]    68
Section 409.   Limitation on Restricted Payments    68
Section 410.   Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries    73
Section 411.   Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock    74
Section 412.   Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates    77
Section 413.   Limitation on Liens    79
Section 414.   Future Subsidiary Guarantors    79
Section 415.   Purchase of Notes upon a Change in Control    80
ARTICLE V
SUCCESSORS
Section 501.   When the Company May Merge, Etc.    81
Section 502.   Successor Company Substituted    83
ARTICLE VI
REMEDIES
Section 601.   Events of Default    83
Section 602.   Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment    85
Section 603.   Other Remedies; Collection Suit by Trustee    86
Section 604.   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim    86
Section 605.   Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes    86

 

ii


Table of Contents

(Continued)

 

         Page
Section 606.   Application of Money Collected    87
Section 607.   Limitation on Suits    87
Section 608.   Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest    87
Section 609.   Restoration of Rights and Remedies    88
Section 610.   Rights and Remedies Cumulative    88
Section 611.   Delay or Omission Not Waiver    88
Section 612.   Control by Holders    88
Section 613.   Waiver of Past Defaults    89
Section 614.   Undertaking for Costs    89
Section 615.   Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws    89
ARTICLE VII
THE TRUSTEE
Section 701.   Certain Duties and Responsibilities    90
Section 702.   Notice of Defaults    90
Section 703.   Certain Rights of Trustee    91
Section 704.   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes    92
Section 705.   May Hold Notes    92
Section 706.   Money Held in Trust    92
Section 707.   Compensation and Reimbursement    92
Section 708.   Conflicting Interests    93
Section 709.   Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility    93
Section 710.   Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor    93
Section 711.   Acceptance of Appointment by Successor    94
Section 712.   Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business    95
Section 713.   Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company    95
Section 714.   Appointment of Authenticating Agent    95
ARTICLE VIII
HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY
Section 801.   The Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders    95
Section 802.   Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders    96
Section 803.   Reports by Trustee    96
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT OR WAIVER
Section 901.   Without Consent of Holders    96
Section 902.   With Consent of Holders    97
Section 903.   Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers    98

 

iii


Table of Contents

(Continued)

 

         Page
Section 904.   Revocation and Effect of Consents    99
Section 905.   Conformity with TIA    99
Section 906.   Notation on or Exchange of Notes    99
ARTICLE X
REDEMPTION OF NOTES
Section 1001.   Right of Redemption    99
Section 1002.   Applicability of Article    101
Section 1003.   Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee    101
Section 1004.   Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed    101
Section 1005.   Notice of Redemption    102
Section 1006.   Deposit of Redemption Price    103
Section 1007.   Notes Payable on Redemption Date    103
Section 1008.   Notes Redeemed in Part    103
ARTICLE XI
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 1101.   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture    104
Section 1102.   Application of Trust Money    105
ARTICLE XII
DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 1201.   The Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance    105
Section 1202.   Defeasance and Discharge    105
Section 1203.   Covenant Defeasance    106
Section 1204.   Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance    106
Section 1205.   Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions    108
Section 1206.   Reinstatement    108
Section 1207.   Repayment to the Company    108
ARTICLE XIII
GUARANTEES
Section 1301.   Guarantees Generally    109
Section 1302.   Continuing Guarantees    110
Section 1303.   Release of Guarantees    111
Section 1304.   [Reserved]    111
Section 1305.   Waiver of Subrogation    111

 

iv


Table of Contents

(Continued)

 

         Page
Section 1306.   Notation Not Required    112
Section 1307.   Successors and Assigns of Guarantors    112
Section 1308.   Execution and Delivery of Guarantees    112
Section 1309.   Notices    112

 

Exhibit A    Form of Initial Note
Exhibit B    Form of Exchange Note
Exhibit C    Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership
Exhibit D    Form of Regulation S Certificate
Exhibit E    Form of Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Subsidiary Guarantees
Exhibit F    Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investors

 

v


Certain Sections of this Indenture relating to Sections 310 through 318

inclusive of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939:

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

  

Indenture Section

§ 310

 

(a)(1)

   709
 

(a)(2)

   709
 

(a)(3)

   Not Applicable
 

(a)(4)

   Not Applicable
 

(b)

   708

§ 311

 

(a)

   713
 

(b)

   713

§ 312

 

(a)

   801, 802
 

(b)

   802
 

(c)

   802

§ 313

 

(a)

   803
 

(b)

   803
 

(c)

   803
 

(d)

   803

§ 314

 

(a)

   405
 

(a)(4)

   106, 406
 

(b)

   Not Applicable
 

(c)(1)

   106
 

(c)(2)

   106
 

(c)(3)

   Not Applicable
 

(d)

   Not Applicable
 

(e)

   106

§ 315

 

(a)

   701
 

(b)

   702, 803
 

(c)

   701
 

(d)

   701
 

(d)(1)

   701
 

(d)(2)

   701
 

(d)(3)

   612, 701
 

(e)

   614

§ 316

 

(a)

   612, 613
 

(a)(1)(A)

   602, 612
 

(a)(1)(B)

   613
 

(a)(2)

   Not Applicable
 

(b)

   608
 

(c)

   108

 

vi


Trust Indenture Act Section

  

Indenture Section

§ 317

 

(a)(1)

   603
 

(a)(2)

   604
 

(b)

   403

§ 318

 

(a)

   105

This cross-reference table shall not for any purpose be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

vii


INDENTURE, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Indenture ”), among KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ” or the “ Issuer ”), the guarantors from time to time parties hereto (the “ Guarantors ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

RECITALS OF THE ISSUER

The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of the Notes.

All things necessary to make the Original Notes, when executed and delivered by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the valid obligations of the Issuer, and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer in accordance with the terms of the Original Notes and this Indenture, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 101. Definitions .

8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes ” means the Issuer’s 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Person (i) existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to be Incurred on the date of the related acquisition of assets from any Person or the date the acquired Person becomes a Subsidiary.

Acquisition ” means the Merger and all related transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documentation.

Acquisition Documentation ” means, collectively, the Merger Agreement and all schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto and all side letters and agreements affecting the terms thereof or entered into to effectuate the Merger.

AFC ” means Automotive Finance Corporation, any of its Subsidiaries, and any successor entity thereto.

Additional Assets ” means (i) any property or assets that replace the property or assets that are the subject of an Asset Disposition; (ii) any property or assets (other than


Indebtedness and Equity Interests) used or to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Related Business (including any capital expenditures on any property or assets already so used); (iii) the Equity Interests of a Person that is engaged in a Related Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Equity Interests by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or (iv) Equity Interests of any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary acquired from a third party.

Additional Notes ” means any notes issued under this Indenture in addition to the Original Notes (other than any Notes issued pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 , 312(c) , 312(d) or 1008 ).

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Asset Disposition ” means any sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer or other disposition of shares of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares, or (in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary) to the extent required by applicable law), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “ disposition ”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction), other than (i) a disposition to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) a sale or other disposition in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, sales or dispositions of used, worn-out or obsolete property and assets and property and assets that are not useful in the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable, (iv) any Restricted Payment Transaction, (v) a disposition that is governed by Article V , (vi) any Financing Disposition, (vii) any “fee in lieu” or other disposition of assets to any governmental authority or agency that continue in use by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets upon reasonable notice by paying a nominal fee, (viii) any exchange of property pursuant to or intended to qualify under Section 1031 (or any successor section) of the Code, or any exchange of equipment to be leased, rented or otherwise used in a Related Business, (ix) any financing transaction with respect to any existing property or any property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including without limitation any sale/leaseback transaction or asset securitization, (x) any disposition arising from foreclosure, condemnation or similar action with respect to any property or other assets, or exercise of termination rights under any lease, license, concession or other agreement, (xi) any disposition of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (xii) a disposition of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such

 

2


acquisition), entered into in connection with such acquisition, (xiii) any disposition or series of related dispositions for aggregate consideration not to exceed $10.0 million, (xiv) the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens, (xv) dispositions of Investments or receivables, in each case in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, (xvi) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligation, (xvii) the licensing of any intellectual property or (xviii) the Excluded Assets.

Atlanta IRB Transaction ” means the transactions entered into by ADESA Atlanta, LLC with the Development Authority of Fulton County, Georgia in connection with a wholesale automobile auction facility located in Fulton, Georgia.

Authenticating Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 714 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes of one or more series.

Bank Indebtedness ” means any and all amounts, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, payable under or in respect of any Credit Facility, including without limitation principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees, other monetary obligations of any nature and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

Board of Directors ” means, for any Person, the board of directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, the board of directors or other governing body of such entity, or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board or governing body. Unless otherwise provided, “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City (or any other city in which a Paying Agent maintains its office).

Canadian Subsidiary ” means any Foreign Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of Canada or any province or subdivision thereof.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Stated Maturity of any Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under the related lease.

Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following: (a) securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof, (b) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof having a credit rating of “AA” or better at the time of acquisition from either S&P or Moody’s, (c) time deposits, certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of (i) any lender under a Senior Credit Facility or any affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of

 

3


$500,000,000 and the commercial paper of the holding company of which is rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), provided, however , that time deposits (including Eurodollar time deposits), certificates of deposit (including Eurodollar certificates of deposit) and bankers’ acceptances in the aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 may be maintained at any commercial bank of recognized standing organized under the laws of the United States (or any State or territory thereof) that does not satisfy the capital and surplus requirements and rating requirements set forth in this clause (c), (d) money market instruments, commercial paper or other short-term obligations rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), (e) investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 or any successor rule of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and (f) investments similar to any of the foregoing denominated in foreign currencies approved by the Board of Directors.

Change of Control ” means:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders or a Parent, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, provided that (x) so long as the Company is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the “beneficial owner”;

(ii) the Company or the Parent merges or consolidates with or into, or sells or transfers (in one or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to, another Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) and any “person” (as defined in clause (i) above), other than one or more Permitted Holders or any Parent, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as so defined), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or the transferee Person in such sale or transfer of assets, as the case may be, provided that (x) so long as such surviving or transferee Person is a Subsidiary of a parent Person, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent Person and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the beneficial owner; or

 

4


(iii) during any period of two consecutive years (during which period the Company has been a party to this Indenture), individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new members thereof whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by holders of Equity Interests of the Company was approved by one or more Permitted Holders or by a vote of a majority of the members of such Board of Directors then still in office who were either members thereof at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such Board of Directors then in office.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commodities Agreement ” means, in respect of a Person, any commodity futures contract, forward contract, option or similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.

Company ” means KAR Holdings, Inc., and any and all successors thereto.

Company Request ,” “ Company Order ” and “ Company Consent ” mean, respectively, a written request, order or consent signed in the name of the Company by an Officer of the Company.

Consolidated Coverage Ratio ” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters (in each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), determined for each fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) of the four fiscal quarters ending prior to the Issue Date); provided , that

(1) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation shall be computed based on (A) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (B) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation);

 

5


(2) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged any Indebtedness that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination (each, a “ Discharge ”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a Discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such Discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have disposed of any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “ Sale ”), the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to (A) the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Sale for such period (including but not limited to through the assumption of such Indebtedness by another Person) plus (B) if the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such Sale;

(4) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise acquired any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business, including any such Investment or acquisition occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder (any such Investment or acquisition, a “ Purchase ”), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any related Indebtedness) as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; and

(5) if since the beginning of such period any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and since the beginning of such period such Person shall have Discharged any Indebtedness or made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2), (3) or (4) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Discharge, Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period.

 

6


For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred or repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings synergies or annualized impact of buyer fee increases relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by the Chief Financial Officer or an authorized Officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness). If any Indebtedness bears, at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, a rate of interest based on a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate or other fixed or floating rate, and such Indebtedness is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated by applying such optional rate as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may designate. If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect was Incurred under a revolving credit facility, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, for any period:

(a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus ,

(b) without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) the aggregate amount of all provisions for all taxes (whether or not paid, estimated or accrued) based upon the income and profits of the Company or alternative taxes imposed as reflected in the provision for income taxes in the Company’s consolidated financial statements;

(ii) interest expense, amortization or write-off of debt discount and debt issuance costs, and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including the Notes);

(iii) depreciation and amortization expense;

(iv) amortization of intangibles (including goodwill) and organization costs;

(v) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges, expenses or losses (whether cash or non-cash);

(vi) any cash compensation expense relating to the cancellation or retirement of stock options in connection with the Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million;

(vii) non-cash compensation expenses from stock, options to purchase stock and stock appreciation rights issued to the management of the Company;

 

7


(viii) any other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including deferred rent but excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period); provided, however , that cash payments made in such period or in any future period in respect of such non-cash charges, expenses or losses (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period) shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDA in the period when such payments are made;

(ix) no more than $5.0 million accrued in any fiscal year for payment to the Permitted Holders in respect of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees plus any related expenses and other amounts paid to the Permitted Holders to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 412(b)(ii) hereof;

(x) any impairment charges, write-off, depreciation or amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 or to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 and any other non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting;

(xi) any reduction in revenue resulting from the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Acquisition, any acquisition consummated prior to the Issue Date or any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a business unit of a Person;

(xii) any loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not Disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person;

(xiii) any unrealized losses in respect of Hedging Obligations;

(xiv) any unrealized foreign currency translation losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person;

(xv) the amount of any minority expense net of dividends and distributions paid to the holders of such minority interest;

(xvi) any costs, fees and expenses associated with the consolidation of the salvage operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as described in this Offering Circular;

(xvii) any costs, fees and expenses associated with the cost reduction, operational restructuring and business improvement efforts of any consulting firm engaged by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to perform such service;

(xviii) any charges, costs, fees and expenses realized upon the termination of employees and the termination or cancellation of leases, software licenses or other contracts in connection with the operational restructuring and business improvement efforts of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

8


(xix) any costs, fees and expenses related to the Acquisition and any other costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a business unit of a Person; minus

(c) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) interest income;

(ii) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring income or gains whether or not included as a separate item in the statement of Consolidated Net Income;

(iii) all non-cash gains on the sale or disposition of any property other than inventory sold in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) any other non-cash income (excluding any items that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period that are described in the parenthetical to clause (b)(viii) above);

(v) any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not Disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person;

(vi) any unrealized gains in respect of Hedging Obligations; and

(vii) any unrealized foreign currency translation gains in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person, all as determined on a consolidated basis; plus

(d) the annualized impact of buyer fee increases on any business acquired in any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a business unit of a Person.

For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “Reference Period”) pursuant to any determination of the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto, as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period, and, in the case of any Material Acquisition other than the Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA may be increased by adding back any cost savings related thereto expected to be realized within 365 days of such Material Acquisition and all costs incurred to achieve such cost savings. As used in this definition, “Material Acquisition” means any acquisition of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes assets comprising all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business or constitutes all or substantially all of the common stock of a Person and (b) involves the payment of consideration

 

9


by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000; and “Material Disposition” means any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property that yields gross proceeds to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Consolidated EBITDA shall be deemed to be $102,900,000, $99,400,000, $88,100,000 and $80,700,000, respectively, for the fiscal quarters ending on or about March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006, September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006, subject to the adjustments provided for in clauses (b) and (c) of this paragraph, (b) in determining Consolidated EBITDA at any time on or before June 30, 2007, Consolidated EBITDA will be increased by $10,500,000 on account of anticipated cost savings related to the combination of the salvage auction businesses of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and ADESA, Inc. as reflected in the Offering Circular, and (c) in determining Consolidated EBITDA at any time after June 30, 2007 and on or before June 30, 2008, Consolidated EBITDA will be increased by the difference between $10,500,000 and the cumulative amount of all such cost savings referred to in clause (b) that have been realized prior to such time

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any period, (i) the total interest expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any interest income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including without limitation any such interest expense consisting of (a) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations, (b) amortization of debt discount, (c) interest in respect of Indebtedness of any other Person that has been Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, but only to the extent that such interest is actually paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (d) non-cash interest expense, (e) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation and (f) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, plus (ii) Preferred Stock dividends paid in cash in respect of Disqualified Stock of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and minus (iii) to the extent otherwise included in such interest expense referred to in clause (i) above, amortization or write-off of financing costs, in each case under clauses (i) through (iii) as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , that gross interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends; provided , that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(i) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that (A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (ii) below) and (B) the Company’s equity in the net loss of such Person shall be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person;

 

10


(ii) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 409(a)(3)(A) , any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than (v) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (w) restrictions pursuant to the Notes or this Indenture, (x) restrictions pursuant to the Floating Rate Senior Notes or the Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture, (y) restrictions pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and (z) restrictions in effect on the Issue Date with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and other restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary that taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Noteholders than such restrictions in effect on the Issue Date), except that (A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of any dividend or distribution that was or that could have been made by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (subject, in the case of a dividend that could have been made to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause) and (B) the net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries in such Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors);

(iv) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(v) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness;

(vi) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Currency Agreements;

(vii) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person;

(viii) any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards;

(ix) to the extent otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

11


(x) any non-cash charge, expense or other impact attributable to application of the purchase method of accounting (including the total amount of depreciation and amortization, cost of sales or other non-cash expense resulting from the write-up of assets to the extent resulting from such purchase accounting adjustments); and

(xi) any item classified as an extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge, including fees, expenses and charges associated with the Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Issue Date.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings or synergies relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company.

Consolidated Secured Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to the Consolidated Total Indebtedness as of such date that in each case the payment of which is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than property or assets held in a defeasance or similar trust or arrangement for the benefit of the Indebtedness secured thereby).

Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (x) Consolidated Secured Indebtedness as at such date to (y) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (determined for each fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) of the four fiscal quarters ending prior to the Issue Date), provided , that:

(1) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Consolidated Secured Indebtedness that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Secured Indebtedness (to the extent it does not already include such Incurrence of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness) for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Consolidated Secured Indebtedness as if such Consolidated Secured Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation shall be computed based on (A) the average daily balance of such Consolidated Secured Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (B) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation);

 

12


(2) if since the beginning of such period Consolidated Secured Indebtedness has been Discharged or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio involves a Discharge of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Secured Indebtedness (to the extent it does not already exclude such Discharge of Consolidated Secured Indebtedness) for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Discharge of such Consolidated Secured Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Consolidated Secured Indebtedness, as if such Discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made a Sale, the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;

(4) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) shall have made a Purchase (including any Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder), Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; and

(5) if since the beginning of such period any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and since the beginning of such period such Person shall have made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2), (3) or (4) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Secured Indebtedness for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings synergies or annualized impact of buyer fee increases relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company.

Consolidated Total Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (1) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Notes) as of such date consisting of (without duplication) Indebtedness for borrowed money (including Purchase Money Obligations and unreimbursed outstanding drawn amounts under funded letters of credit); Capitalized Lease Obligations; debt obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; Disqualified Stock; and (in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor) Preferred Stock, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP

 

13


(excluding items eliminated in Consolidation, and for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Hedging Obligations), minus (2) the amount of such Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness of a type referred to in, or Incurred pursuant to, Section 407(b)(ix) .

Consolidation ” means the consolidation of the accounts of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Company in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office on the Issue Date is located at Sixth & Marquette, N9303-120, Minneapolis, MN, 55479; Attn: Corporate Trust Services.

Credit Facilities ” means one or more of (i) the Senior Credit Facility, and (ii) any other facilities, agreements, indentures or arrangements designated by the Company, in each case with one or more banks or other lenders or institutions providing for revolving credit loans, term loans or receivables (including without limitation through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables or the creation of any Liens in respect of such receivables in favor of such institutions), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, including but not limited to any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original banks, lenders or institutions or other banks, lenders or institutions or otherwise, and whether provided under any original Credit Facility or one or more other credit agreements, indentures, debentures, notes financing agreements or other Credit Facilities or through the sale of debt securities or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Currency Agreement ” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement or arrangements (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or of which it is a beneficiary.

Default ” means any event or condition that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

14


Depositary ” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and successors.

Designated Noncash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of noncash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation. A particular item of Designated Noncash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when it has been pair, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with the Section 411 .

Disinterested Directors ” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, one or more members of the Board of Directors of the Company, or one or more members of the Board of Directors of a Parent, having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of any such Board of Directors shall not be deemed to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Equity Interests.

Disposition ” means, with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof. The terms “ Dispose ” and “ Disposed of ” shall have correlative meanings.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable or exercisable) or upon the happening of any event (other than following the occurrence of a Change of Control or other similar event described under such terms as a “change of control,” or an Asset Disposition) (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Equity Interests convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that any such conversion or exchange shall be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable) or (iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than following the occurrence of a Change of Control or other similar event described under such terms as a “change of control,” or an Asset Disposition), in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes.

Dollars ” or “ $ ” means dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

Equity Interests ” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants, options, profits, interests, equity appreciation rights or other rights to acquire or purchase, or other equivalents of or interest in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, any such equity).

 

15


Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, or any successor securities clearing agency.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Notes ” means the Issuer’s 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014, containing terms substantially identical to the Initial Notes or any Initial Additional Notes (except that (i) such Exchange Notes may omit terms with respect to transfer restrictions and may be registered under the Securities Act, and (ii) certain provisions relating to an increase in the stated rate of interest thereon may be eliminated), that are issued and exchanged for (a) the Initial Notes, as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement, or (b) such Initial Additional Notes as may be provided in any registration rights agreement relating to such Initial Additional Notes and this Indenture (including any amendment or supplement hereto).

Excluded Assets ” means the properties of the Company located at (i) Atlanta (Old Site), 300 Raymond Hill Road, Newnan, GA; (ii) Dallas, 1224 East Big Town Blvd., Mesquite, TX 75149, (iii) Fremont, 6700 Stevenson Blvd., Fremont, CA 94538; (iv) Kansas City, 101 Southwest Oldham Pkwy, Lee’s Summit, MO 64081 and (v) Phoenix, 400 North Beck Avenue, Chandler, AZ 85226.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company,

in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 409(a) .

 

16


Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the fair market value of such asset or property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination will be conclusive.

Financing Disposition ” means any sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of, or creation or incurrence of any Lien on, Receivables by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof to or in favor of any Special Purpose Entity, or by any Special Purpose Subsidiary, in each case in connection with a financing by a Special Purpose Entity or in connection with the Incurrence by a Special Purpose Entity of Indebtedness or obligations to make payments to the obligor on Indebtedness, which may be secured by a Lien in respect of such property or assets, in each case, for the Fair Market Value thereof.

Floating Rate Senior Notes ” means $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of floating rate senior notes due 2014 issued by the Company pursuant to the Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture.

Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture ” means that indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, the guarantors from time to time a party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Floating Rate Senior Notes.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (b) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that has no material assets other than securities or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries thereof), and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any such securities, Indebtedness or Subsidiaries.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Issue Date (for purposes of the definitions of the terms “Consolidated Coverage Ratio,” “Consolidated EBITDA,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Secured Indebtedness,” “Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio,” “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” and “Total Assets,” all defined terms in this Indenture to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity to the extent possible with GAAP.

Guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person; provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor ” means each Subsidiary Guarantor.

 

17


Guarantor Subordinated Obligations ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.

Hedging Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodities Agreement.

Holder ” or “ Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

Incur ” means issue, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur or otherwise become liable for; and the terms “ Incurs ,” “ Incurred ” and “ Incurrence ” shall have a correlative meaning; provided , that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary. The accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion of amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock. Any Indebtedness issued at a discount (including Indebtedness on which interest is payable through the issuance of additional Indebtedness) shall be deemed Incurred at the time of original issuance of the Indebtedness at the initial accreted amount thereof.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(i) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

(ii) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(iii) the principal component of all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a Trade Payable or similar liability and such obligation is satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

(iv) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except Trade Payables and other accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in final service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

(v) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

(vi) the redemption, repayment or other repurchase amount of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock of such Person or (if such Person is a Subsidiary of the Company other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) any Preferred Stock of such Subsidiary,

 

18


but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends (the amount of such obligation to be equal at any time to the maximum fixed involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price for such Equity Interest, or if less (or if such Equity Interest has no such fixed price), to the involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price thereof calculated in accordance with the terms thereof as if then redeemed, repaid or repurchased, and if such price is based upon or measured by the fair market value of such Equity Interest, such fair market value shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or the board of directors or other governing body of the issuer of such Equity Interest);

(vii) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

(viii) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons, to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

(ix) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligation to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time);

provided, however , that Indebtedness shall not include (A) any obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of the Transaction Documents (other than the Credit Agreement, the Notes, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the Floating Rate Senior Notes, the Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture and this Indenture), (B) any liability for Federal, state, provincial, foreign, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person, (C) advances paid by customers in the ordinary course of business for services or products to be provided or delivered in the future, (D) Trade Payables, accrued expenses and intercompany liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, (E) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business, (F) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset or (G) earn-out obligations until such obligations become a liability on the balance sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP.

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in this Indenture, or otherwise shall equal the amount thereof that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Initial Additional Notes ” means additional Notes issued in an offering not registered under the Securities Act (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 , 312(c) , 312(d) or 1008 ).

 

19


Initial Notes ” means the Notes issued on the Issue Date (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 , 312(c) , 312(d) or 1008 ).

interest ,” with respect to the Notes, means interest on the Notes and, except for purposes of Article IX , additional or special interest pursuant to the terms of any Note.

Interest Payment Date ” means, when used with respect to any Note and any installment of interest thereon, the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which such installment of interest is due and payable, as set forth in such Note.

Interest Rate Agreement ” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, future agreement, option agreement, swap agreement, cap agreement, collar agreement, hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

Inventory ” means goods held for sale, lease or use by a Person in the ordinary course of business, net of any reserve for goods that have been segregated by such Person to be returned to the applicable vendor for credit, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Investment ” in any Person by any other Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (other than to customers, dealers, licensees, franchisees, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others) to, or any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 409 only, “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, and (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer. Guarantees shall not be deemed to be Investments. The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced (at the Company’s option) by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment or other amount or value received in respect of such Investment; provided , that to the extent that the amount of Restricted Payments outstanding at any time is so reduced by any portion of any such amount or value that would otherwise be included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, such portion of such amount or value shall not be so included for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to Section 409(a) .

Issue Date ” means the first date on which Notes are issued.

Issuer ” means KAR Holdings, Inc., and any and all successors thereto.

 

20


Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

Management Advances ” means loans or advances made to directors, officers or employees of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving-related expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business, (y) in respect of moving-related expenses incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility, or (z) in the ordinary course of business and (in the case of this clause (z)) not exceeding $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

Merger Agreement ” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 22, 2006 by an among KAR Holdings II, LLC, the Company, KAR Acquisitions, Inc. and ADESA, Inc., as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Merger ” means the merger of KAR Acquisitions, Inc. with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

Net Available Cash ” from an Asset Disposition means an amount equal to all cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of (i) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition (including as a consequence of any transfer of funds in connection with the application thereof in accordance with Section 411 ), (ii) all payments made, and all installment payments required to be made, on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or that must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition, (iii) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition, or to any other Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition, (iv) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities, (v) any liabilities or obligations associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition, including without limitation pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters, and liabilities relating to any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Disposition, and (vi) the amount of any purchase price or similar adjustment (x) claimed by any Person to be owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, until such time as such claim shall have been settled or otherwise finally resolved, or (y) paid or payable by the Company, in either case in respect of such Asset Disposition.

 

21


Net Cash Proceeds ,” with respect to any issuance or sale of any securities of the Company or any Subsidiary by the Company or any Subsidiary, or any capital contribution, means an amount equal to all the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale or contribution net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually incurred in connection with such issuance, sale or contribution and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.

Notes ” means the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes, the Exchange Notes and any notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 , 312(c) , 312(d) or 1008 .

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:

(i) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

(ii) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(iii) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries

Obligations ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, any principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, Guarantees of such Indebtedness (or of Obligations in respect thereof), other monetary obligations of any nature and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

Offering Circular ” means the Company’s Offering Circular dated April 13, 2007 relating to the initial offering of the Original Notes.

Officer ” means, with respect to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Controller, the Treasurer or the Secretary (a) of such Person or

 

22


(b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity (or any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors).

Officer’s Certificate ” means, with respect to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion reasonably acceptable to the Trustee from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Parent or the Trustee.

Original Notes ” means the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Outstanding ,” when used with respect to Notes means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(i) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(ii) Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes, provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

(iii) Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture.

A Note does not cease to be Outstanding because the Company or any Affiliate of the Company holds the Note, provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

Parent ” means KAR Holdings, LLC and any Other Parent and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of any Other Parent and of which the Company is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Company becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date, provided that either (x) immediately after the Company first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Company immediately prior to the Company first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Company first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.

 

23


Parent Expenses ” means (i) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent in connection with its reporting obligations under, or in connection with compliance with, applicable laws or applicable rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture, the Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million in any fiscal year to permit any Parent to pay its corporate overhead expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business, and to pay salaries or other compensation of employees who perform services for any Parent or for both such Parent and the Company, (iii) indemnification obligations of any Parent owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person, (iv) other operational and tax expenses of any Parent incurred on behalf of the Company in the ordinary course of business, including obligations in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor); it being understood that, for purposes of this definition, all operational and tax expenses of the Parent are deemed to be incurred on behalf of the Company if the Company’s activities represent substantially all of the operating activities of the Parent and all of its Subsidiaries, (v) fees and expenses payable by any Parent in connection with the Transactions, and (vi) fees and expenses incurred by any Parent in connection with any offering of Equity Interests or Indebtedness, (x) where the net proceeds of such offering are intended to be received by or contributed or loaned to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (y) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received, contributed or loaned, or (z) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed.

Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Company; provided that neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates shall act as Paying Agent for purposes of Section 1102 or Section 1205 .

Permitted Holder ” means each of (i) Kelso & Company, L.P. and its Affiliates, (ii) GS Capital Partners VI, L.P. and its related GS VI co-investment funds and their Affiliates, (iii) ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. and its Affiliates, (iv) Parthenon Investors LLC and its Affiliates and (v) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Voting Stock of any Parent or the Company. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.

 

24


Permitted Investment ” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or consisting of, any of the following:

(i) a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company, or a Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary so long as such Person is primarily engaged in a Related Business;

(ii) another Person that is engaged primarily in a Related Business if as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) Temporary Cash Investments or Cash Equivalents;

(iv) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(v) any securities or other Investments received as consideration in, or retained in connection with, sales or other dispositions of property or assets, including Asset Dispositions made in compliance with Section 411 ;

(vi) securities or other Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to, or of other claims asserted by, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments, including in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding or other reorganization of another Person;

(vii) Investments in existence or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence on the Issue Date;

(viii) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements, Commodities Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 407 ;

(ix) pledges or deposits (x) with respect to leases or utilities in the ordinary course of business or (y) otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 413 ;

(x) Investments in a Special Purpose Subsidiary in the form of Equity Interests, interests in Receivables generated by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or a demand note or promissory note issued by a Special Purpose Subsidiary in favor of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(xi) bonds secured by assets leased to and operated by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that were issued in connection with the financing of such assets so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets at any time by paying a nominal fee, canceling such bonds and terminating the transaction;

 

25


(xii) repurchase of the Floating Rate Senior Notes or Notes;

(xiii) any Investment to the extent made using Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or Equity Interests of any Parent as consideration;

(xiv) Management Advances;

(xv) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 412(b) (except transactions described in clauses (i) , (v)  and (vi)  of such paragraph);

(xvi) other Investments in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets;

(xvii) Equity Interests, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

(xviii) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business or pledges or deposits permitted under clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

(xix) any Investment that replaces, refinances or refunds an existing Investment; provided that the new Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced or refunded, and is made in the same Person as the Investment is replaced, refinanced or refunded;

(xx) Investments made by AFC in the ordinary course of business in the form of loans, advances and extensions of credit; and

(xxi) Investments in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction.

If any Investment pursuant to clause (xvi) above is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary and such Person thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (i) above and not clause (xvi) above for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

Permitted Liens ” means:

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet delinquent or the nonpayment of which in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, as the case may be, in accordance with GAAP;

 

26


(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

(c) pledges, deposits or Liens in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security and other similar legislation or other insurance-related obligations (including, without limitation, pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements);

(d) pledges, deposits or Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade, government or other contracts (other than for borrowed money), obligations for utilities, leases, licenses, statutory obligations, completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), rights-of-way, building, zoning and similar restrictions, utility agreements, covenants, reservations, restrictions, encroachments, charges, and other similar encumbrances or title defects incurred, or leases or subleases granted to others, in the ordinary course of business, which do not in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

(f) Liens existing on, or provided for under written arrangements existing on, the Issue Date, or (in the case of any such Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries existing or arising under written arrangements existing on the Issue Date) securing any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness so long as the Lien securing such Refinancing Indebtedness is limited to all or part of the same property, assets or substitute assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or under such written arrangements could secure) the original Indebtedness; provided that liens incurred under the Senior Credit Facility or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed to be permitted under this clause (f);

(g) (i) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar agreements relating thereto and (ii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

(h) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards in respect of which the Company shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review, which appeal or proceedings shall not have been finally terminated, or if the period within which such appeal or proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

 

27


(i) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) to third parties;

(j) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of (1) Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407(b)(i) (including Hedging Obligations related thereto), Section 407(b)(iv) , Section 407(b)(v) , Section 407(b)(vii) , Section 407(b)(viii) or Section 407(b)(ix) , or Section 407(b)(iii) (other than Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of Indebtedness described in Section 407(a) ), (2) Bank Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407(b) and Hedging Obligations thereto, (3) the Notes, (4) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, and (5) Indebtedness or other obligations of any Special Purpose Entity in connection with a Special Purpose Financing;

(k) Liens existing on property or assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property or assets, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided , however , that such Liens are not created in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property or assets), and that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

(l) Liens on Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(m) any encumbrance or restriction (including, but not limited to, put and call agreements) with respect to Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(n) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness secured by, or securing any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (in whole or in part) of any other obligation secured by, any other Permitted Liens, provided that any such new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets or replacements thereof (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate, other than Liens incurred in compliance with clause (j) above;

(o) Liens (1) arising by operation of law (or by agreement to the same effect) in the ordinary course of business, (2) on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets, (3) on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such

 

28


cash, in either case to the extent that such cash or government securities prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose, (4) securing or arising by reason of any netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities, (5) arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business, (6) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft, cash pooling or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (7) attaching to commodity trading or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, (8) on receivables (including related rights) or (9) arising in connection with repurchase agreements permitted under Section 407 on assets that are the subject of such repurchase agreements or (10) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Liens on property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor;

(p) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) and other obligations, which Indebtedness and other obligations do not exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding;

(q) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease;

(r) Liens securing the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees;

(s) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407 , provided that on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness after giving effect to such Incurrence (or on the date of the initial borrowing of such Indebtedness after giving pro forma effect to the Incurrence of the entire committed amount of such Indebtedness), the Consolidated Secured Leverage Ratio shall not exceed 4.0 to 1.0;

(t) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries that secure the Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries; and

(u) Liens securing any Indebtedness (including any Refinancing Indebtedness) Incurred in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Place of Payment ” means a city or any political subdivision thereof in which any Paying Agent appointed pursuant to Article III is located.

Predecessor Notes ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

 

29


Preferred Stock ” as applied to the Equity Interests of any Person means Equity Interests of any class or classes (however designated) that by its terms is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Equity Interests of any other class of such Person.

Property ” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including Equity Interests.

Purchase Money Obligations ” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets, and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Equity Interests of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

QIB ” or “ Qualified Institutional Buyer ” means a “qualified institutional buyer,” as that term is defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Equity Interest of any Person engage in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Equity Interest shall be determined by the Company in good faith.

Receivable ” means an account, chattel paper, instrument, payment intangible or general intangible and any other right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, and all security interests or liens and rights in property subject thereto.

Redemption Date ,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed or purchased, means the date fixed for such redemption or purchase by or pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

refinance ” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism); and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refinance any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent permitted in this Indenture) and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary), including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , that (1) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, the Refinancing Indebtedness (a) constitutes Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordination Obligations, respectively, and (b) has a final Stated Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is

 

30


equal to or greater than the final Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced (or if shorter, the Notes), (2) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (y) fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Refinancing Indebtedness and (3) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor that could not have been initially Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 407 or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the date specified for that purpose in Section 301 .

Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Regulation S-X ” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

Related Business ” means those businesses in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is engaged on the Issue Date, or that are related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto or extensions, developments or expansions thereof.

Related Taxes ” means any and all Taxes required to be paid by any Parent other than Taxes directly attributable to (i) the income of any entity other than any Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than any Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (iii) withholding taxes on payments actually made by any Parent other than to another Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Representative Amount ” means a principal amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000 for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.

Resale Restriction Termination Date ” means, with respect to any Note, the date that is two years (or such other period as may hereafter be provided under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or any successor provision thereto as permitting the resale by non-affiliates of Restricted Securities without restriction) after the later of the original issue date in respect of such Note and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Note (or any Predecessor Note thereto).

 

31


Responsible Officer ” when used with respect to the Trustee means any trust officer or assistant trust officer, or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Payment Transaction ” means any Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to Section 409 , any Permitted Payment, any Permitted Investment, or any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment” (including pursuant to the exception contained in clause (i) and the parenthetical exclusions contained in clause (iii) of such definition).

Restricted Security ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided , however , that the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, at its request, and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Security.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Senior Credit Facility ” or “ Senior Credit Agreement ” means the senior secured credit facilities entered into by KAR Holdings, Inc., as borrower, with Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent, UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time, any Loan Documents (as defined therein), any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages, letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, and other instruments and documents, executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under one or more credit agreements, indentures (including this Indenture) or financing agreements or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “ Senior Credit Facility ” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

 

32


Senior Subordinated Note Indenture ” means that indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, the guarantors from time to time a party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Senior Subordinated Notes.

Senior Subordinated Notes ” means $425.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 10% senior subordinated notes due 2015 issued by the Company pursuant to the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Special Purpose Entity ” means (x) any Special Purpose Subsidiary or (y) any other Person that is engaged in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or other receivables, and/or related assets.

Special Purpose Financing ” means any financing or refinancing of assets consisting of or including Receivables of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been transferred to a Special Purpose Entity in a Financing Disposition.

Special Purpose Financing Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Special Purpose Financing, but only to the extent that such amounts constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

Special Purpose Financing Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities, guarantees of performance (but not of collection) and (subject to clause (y) of the proviso below) other agreements and undertakings entered into or provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that the Company determines in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive) are customary in connection with a Special Purpose Financing or a Financing Disposition; provided that (x) it is understood that Special Purpose Financing Undertakings may consist of or include (i) reimbursement and other obligations of a Special Purpose Subsidiary (but not the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries) in respect of notes, letters of credit, surety bonds and similar instruments provided for credit enhancement purposes or (ii) Hedging Obligations, or other obligations relating to Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements or Commodities Agreements entered into by any Special Purpose Subsidiary, in respect of any Special Purpose Financing or Financing Disposition, and (y) subject to the preceding clause (x), any such other agreements and undertakings shall not include any Guarantee of Indebtedness of a Special Purpose Subsidiary by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary.

 

33


Special Purpose Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company that (a) is engaged solely in (x) the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time) and other accounts and receivables (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto and (y) any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and (b) is (i) designated as a “Special Purpose Subsidiary” by the Board of Directors or (ii) Automotive Finance Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or any successor entity thereto.

Sponsor Agreements ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of KAR Holdings II, LLC, the Shareholders Agreement of KAR Holdings, Inc., the Registration Rights Agreement of KAR Holdings, Inc., the Financial Advisory Agreements, the Contribution Agreement, the Conversion Agreements, in each case, described in the Offering Circular under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”, the KAR Holdings Stock Incentive Plan described in the Offering Circular under the heading “Management—Executive Compensation”, the Subscription Agreements dated on or prior to the Issue Date among by and among KAR Holdings II, LLC and each of the equity investors party thereto and certain members of management and their respective permitted affiliates or designees, as applicable, in each case, that will be making equity contributions to KAR Holdings II, LLC on or prior to the Issue Date and the Termination and Release Agreement dated as of the Issue Date by and among Axle Holdings II, LLC, Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and the other Persons party thereto pertaining to the matters described in the Offering Circular under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—IAAI Shareholders, Financial Advisory and Other Agreements to Be Terminated”, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date, and as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original Sponsor Agreements as in effect on the Issue Date.

Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307 .

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency).

Subordinated Obligations ” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement.

Subsidiary ” of any Person means (x) any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Equity Interests or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof

 

34


is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person and/or (ii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (y) any partnership, where more than 50% of the general partners of such partnership are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person and/or (ii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Subsidiary Guarantee ” means any guarantee that may from time to time be entered into by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on or after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 414 .

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that enters into a Subsidiary Guarantee.

Successor Company ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in clause (i) under Section 501 .

Taxes ” means any taxes, charges or assessments, including but not limited to income, sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value-added, stamp, property consumption, franchise, license, capital, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar tax, charges or assessments.

Tax Sharing Agreement ” means any tax sharing, indemnity or similar agreement of which any Parent or any of its subsidiaries is or will be a party as in effect on the Issue Date, and as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original Tax Sharing Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date.

Temporary Cash Investments ” means any of the following: (i) any investment in (x) direct obligations of the United States of America, a member state of The European Union or any country in whose currency funds are being held pending their application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country or with such funds, or any agency or instrumentality of any thereof or obligations Guaranteed by the United States of America or a member state of The European Union or any country in whose currency funds are being held pending their application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country or with such funds, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, or obligations guaranteed by any of the foregoing or (y) direct obligations of any foreign country recognized by the United States of America rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (ii) overnight bank deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by (x) any bank or other institutional lender under a Credit Facility or any affiliate thereof or (y) a bank or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long term debt is rated at

 

35


least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization) at the time such Investment is made, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) or (ii) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii) above, (iv) Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a Person (other than that of the Company or any of its Affiliates), with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-2” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (v) Investments in securities maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A” by S&P or “A” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (vi) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the type described in clauses (i)-(v) above (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution), (vii) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a domestic commercial bank or a commercial bank organized and located in a country recognized by the United States of America, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof), or investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any successor rule) of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and (viii) similar investments approved by the Board of Directors in the ordinary course of business.

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-7bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date.

Total Assets ” means, as of any date of determination, the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, as reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters of the Company for which a calculation thereof is available.

Trade Payables ” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.

Transaction Documents ” means the Sponsor Agreements, the agreements relating to the Transactions (including, without limitation, the Acquisition Documentation), the financing thereof, or the services provided or to be provided in connection therewith (including pursuant to the Sponsor Agreements), and the various ancillary documents, commitment letters and agreements relating thereto.

 

36


Transaction Costs ” means the fees, costs and expenses (including all expenses related to management bonuses, severance payments or other employee related costs and expenses) payable by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Credit Agreement, this Indenture, the Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture and any related agreements.

Transactions ” means the acquisition by the Company of ADESA, Inc. and Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and the related financings closing on or about the date thereof as described in this offering circular.

Trustee ” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, as designated by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below, (ii) any Special Purpose Subsidiary that is designated by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided , that (1) such newly designated Subsidiary (a) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt, (b) except as permitted by the covenant described under Section 412 , is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company, (c) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results and (d) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) (A) such designation was made at or prior to the Issue Date, or (B) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 at the time of designation or less or (C) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 409 . The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that immediately after giving effect to such designation (x) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 407(a) or (y) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such designation or (z) such Subsidiary shall be a Special Purpose Subsidiary with no Indebtedness outstanding other than Indebtedness that can be Incurred (and upon such designation shall be deemed to be Incurred and outstanding) pursuant to Section 407(b) . Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

 

37


U.S. Government Obligation ” means (x) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case under the preceding clause (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (y) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any U.S. Government Obligation that is specified in clause (x) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any U.S. Government Obligation that is so specified and held, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt.

Voting Stock ” of an entity means all classes of Equity Interests of such entity then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors or all interests in such entity with the ability to control the management or actions of such entity.

Section 102. Other Definitions .

 

Term

   Defined
in Section

“Global Notes”

   201

“Act”

   108

“Affiliate Transaction”

   412

“Agent Members”

   312

“Amendment”

   410

“Applicable Premium”

   1001

“Authentication Order”

   303

“Bankruptcy Law”

   601

“Certificate of Beneficial Ownership”

   313

“Change of Control Offer”

   415

“Covenant Defeasance”

   1203

“Custodian”

   601

“Defaulted Interest”

   307

“Defeasance”

   1202

“Defeased Notes”

   1201

“Distribution Compliance Period”

   201

“Event of Default”

   601

“Excess Proceeds”

   411

“Expiration Date”

   108

 

38


Term

   Defined
in Section

“Global Notes”

   201

“Initial Agreement”

   410

“Initial Lien”

   413

“Note Register” and “Note Registrar”

   305

“Notice of Default”

   601

“Offer”

   411

“Permanent Regulation S Global Note”

   201

“Permitted Payment”

   409

“Physical Notes”

   201

“Private Placement Legend”

   203

“Redemption Amount”

   1001

“Redemption Price”

   1001

“Refinancing Agreement”

   410

“Regular Record Date”

   301

“Regulation S Global Note”

   201

“Regulation S Note Exchange Date”

   313

“Regulation S Physical Notes”

   201

“Restricted Payment”

   409

“Rule 144A Global Note”

   201

“Rule 144A Physical Notes”

   201

“Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations”

   1301

“Successor Company”

   501

“Temporary Regulation S Global Note”

   201

“Treasury Rate”

   1001

Section 103. Rules of Construction . For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) the terms defined in this Indenture have the meanings assigned to them in this Indenture;

(2) “ or ” is not exclusive;

(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;

(4) the words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(5) all references to “ $ ” or “ dollars ” shall refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America;

 

39


(6) all references to “ ” shall refer to the lawful currency of the member states of the European Union that adopt the single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Communities;

(7) the words “ include ,” “ included ” and “ including ,” as used herein, shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the phrase “ without limitation ,” if not expressly followed by such phrase or the phrase “ but not limited to ”;

(8) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

(9) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and

(10) any reference to a Section, Article or clause refers to such Section, Article or clause of this Indenture.

Section 104. Incorporation by Reference of TIA . Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. Any terms incorporated by reference in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by any TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA, have the meanings so assigned to them therein. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

indenture securities ” means the Notes.

indenture security holder ” means a Noteholder.

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture.

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee.

obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Issuer, any Guarantor, and any successor or other Person that is liable thereon.

Section 105. Conflict with TIA . If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the TIA that is required under the TIA to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed (i) to apply to this Indenture as so modified or (ii) to be excluded, as the case may be.

Section 106. Compliance Certificates and Opinions . Upon any application or request by the Issuer or by any other obligor upon the Notes (including any Guarantor) to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer or such other obligor (including any Guarantor), as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee such certificates and opinions as may be required under the TIA or as otherwise reasonably requested by the Trustee.

 

40


Each such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of one or more Officer’s Certificates, if to be given by an Officer, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of the TIA and any other requirements set forth in this Indenture or as otherwise reasonably requested by the Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any such request or application as to which the furnishing of any Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular request or application, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (except for certificates provided for in Section 406 ) shall include:

(1) a statement that the individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 107. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee . In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an Officer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such Officer knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer or Officers to the effect that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Section 108. Acts of Noteholders; Record Dates . (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be

 

41


given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer, as the case may be. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “ Act ” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 701 ) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Issuer and any other obligor upon the Notes, if made in the manner provided in this Section 108 .

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership or other legal entity other than an individual, on behalf of such corporation or partnership or entity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such Person’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind the Holder of every Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, suffered or omitted to be done by the Trustee, the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) (i) The Issuer may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Notes entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of Notes, provided that the Issuer may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in the next paragraph. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Persons remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Issuer from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuer, at their expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110 .

 

42


(ii) The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Notes entitled to join in the giving or making of (A) any Notice of Default, (B) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 602 , (C) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 607(ii) or (D) any direction referred to in Section 612 , in each case with respect to Notes. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Issuer’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Issuer in writing and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110 .

(iii) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 108 , the party hereto that sets such record dates may designate any day as the “ Expiration Date ” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the Issuer or the Trustee, whichever such party is not setting a record date pursuant to this Section 108(e) in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110 , on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the party hereto that set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 180th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the 180th day after the applicable record date.

(iv) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

(v) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including the Depositary, that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization,

 

43


direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders or the Depositary, as the Holder of a Global Note, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interest in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

(vi) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by the Depositary entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization direction, notice consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

Section 109. Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company . Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

(1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company or by any other obligor upon the Notes shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or at any other address furnished in writing to the Company by the Trustee, or

(2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company at KAR Holdings, Inc., 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, Indiana, 46032 , or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

(3) The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Section 110. Notices to Holders; Waiver . Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to each Holder affected by such event, at such Holder’s address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders.

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

 

44


In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail notice of any event as required by any provision of this Indenture, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

Section 111. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents . The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 112. Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Issuer shall bind its respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 113. Separability Clause . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 114. Benefits of Indenture . Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Paying Agent and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 115. GOVERNING LAW . THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES.

Section 116. Legal Holidays . In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of interest or principal and premium (if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

Section 117. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Equity Holders, Members and Stockholders . No director, officer, employee, incorporator, equity holder, member or stockholder of the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company or any

 

45


Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Noteholder, by accepting the Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 118. Exhibits and Schedules . All exhibits and schedules attached hereto are by this reference made a part hereof with the same effect as if herein set forth in full.

Section 119. Counterparts . This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

ARTICLE II

NOTE FORMS

Section 201. Forms Generally . The Initial Notes and Initial Additional Notes that are not Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be in substantially the forms set forth, or referenced, in this Article II and Exhibit A, annexed hereto. The Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes that are not Initial Additional Notes, or that are issued in a registered offering pursuant to the Securities Act, and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be in substantially the forms set forth, or referenced, in this Article II and Exhibit B , annexed hereto. Each of Exhibits A , and B is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions, notations, legends, endorsements, identifications and other variations as are required or permitted by law, stock exchange rule or depositary rule or usage, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or other customary usage, or as may consistently herewith be determined by the Officers of the Company executing such Notes, as evidenced by such execution (provided always that any such notation, legend, endorsement, identification or variation is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibits A , and B are part of the terms of this Indenture. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof or attached thereto, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.

Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall, unless the Issuers otherwise notify the Trustee in writing, be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein. Such Global Notes shall be referred to collectively herein as the “ Rule 144A Global Note .” The Rule 144A Global Note shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, and shall be duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of a Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act shall, unless the Issuers

 

46


otherwise notify the Trustee in writing, be issued in the form of one or more temporary global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein. Such Global Notes shall be referred to collectively herein as the “ Temporary Regulation S Global Note .” The Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee for the accounts of designated Agent Members holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, and shall be duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or increased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

Following the expiration of the distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S (the “ Distribution Compliance Period ”) with respect to any Temporary Regulation S Global Note, beneficial interests in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall be exchanged as provided in Sections 312 and 313 for beneficial interests in one or more permanent global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein. Such Global Notes shall be referred to collectively herein as the “ Permanent Regulation S Global Note .” The Permanent Regulation S Global Note shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee for credit to the account of an Agent Member, and shall be duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Simultaneously with the authentication of a Permanent Regulation S Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the related Temporary Regulation S Global Note.

Subject to the limitations on the issuance of certificated Notes set forth in Sections 312 and 313 , Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes issued pursuant to Section 305 in exchange for or upon transfer of beneficial interests (x) in a Rule 144A Global Note shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “ Rule 144A Physical Notes ”) or (y) in a Regulation S Global Note (if any), on or after the Regulation S Note Exchange Date with respect to such Regulation S Global Note, shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “ Regulation S Physical Notes ”), respectively, as hereinafter provided.

The Rule 144A Physical Notes and Regulation S Physical Notes shall be construed to include any certificated Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 or 1008 , and the Rule 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes shall be construed to include any global Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 or 1008 . The Rule 144A Physical Notes and the Regulation S Physical Notes, together with any other certificated Notes issued and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture, are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “ Physical Notes .” The Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes, together with any other global Notes that are issued and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture, are sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Global Notes .”

Exchange Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto and, subject to Section 312(b) , shall be in the form of one or more Global Notes. Notes issued in the form of a Global Note are sometimes collectively referred to as “ 8  3 / 4 % Global Notes .”

 

47


Section 202. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication . The Notes will have endorsed thereon a Trustee’s certificate of authentication in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

as Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized officer

Dated:

 

48


If an appointment of an Authenticating Agent is made pursuant to Section 714 , the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

As Trustee

By:  

 

  As Authenticating Agent
By:  

 

  Authorized officer

Dated:

Section 203. Restrictive and Global Note Legends . Each Global Note and Physical Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the following legend set forth below (the “ Private Placement Legend ”) on the face thereof until the Private Placement Legend is removed or not required in accordance with Section 313(4) :

THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER OR SALE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WILL ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.

In the case of Notes sold pursuant to Regulation S: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR

 

49


IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof:

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 312 AND 313 OF THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

Each Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof:

EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(3) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT). DURING SUCH 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED THROUGH EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.A., AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM, OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING, SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME.

 

50


ARTICLE III

THE NOTES

Section 301. Title and Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture will be unlimited. The Initial Notes will be issued in an aggregate principal amount of $450.0 million. Additional Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will vote (or consent) as a class with the other Notes (except as otherwise provided in Section 902 ) and otherwise be treated as Notes for all purposes of this Indenture.

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014” of the Issuer. The Notes will mature on May 1, 2014. Each Note will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to 8  3 / 4 %.

Interest on the Notes will be payable semiannually in cash to Holders of record at the close of business on April 15 and October 15 (each, a “Regular Record Date”) immediately preceding the interest payment date, on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2007. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Interest on the Original Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from April 20, 2007; and interest on any Additional Notes (and Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional Notes, from the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional Notes, or if the date of issuance of such Additional Notes is an Interest Payment Date, from such date of issuance; provided that if any Note is surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange, interest on the Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from the date of such Interest Payment Date.

Section 302. Denominations . The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 or, if greater at the Issue Date, the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Section 303. Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating . The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by one Officer the Issuer. The signature of any such Officer on the Notes may be manual or by facsimile. Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of an individual who was at any time an Officer of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to hold such office prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such office at the date of such Notes.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate

 

51


principal amount not to exceed $450.0 million, (ii) Additional Notes in one or more series from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amounts specified by the Issuer and (iii) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes, in each case specified in clauses (i) through (iii) above, upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer (an “ Authentication Order ”). Such Officer’s Certificate shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, the “CUSIP”, “Common Code” or other similar identification numbers of such Notes, if any, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes or Physical Notes and such other information as the Issuer may include or the Trustee may reasonably request.

All Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication.

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 304. Temporary Notes . Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer consider appropriate for temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of anyone or more temporary Notes the Issuer shall execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes of the same series and tenor.

Section 305. Registrar and Paying Agent . The Issuer shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Note Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars. The term “ Note Registrar ” includes any co-registrars.

The Issuer shall also maintain an office or agent within the United States where Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”); provided , however , that at the option of the Issuer payment of interest on a Note may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note Register. The Issuer may have one or more additional paying agents, and the term “ Paying Agent ” includes any such additional Paying Agent.

 

52


The Issuer initially appoint the Trustee as “Note Registrar” and “Paying Agent” in connection with the Notes, until such time as such entity has resigned or a successor has been appointed. The Issuer may change the Paying Agent or Note Registrar for any series of Notes without prior notice to the Holders of Notes. The Issuer may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Note Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. Any such agency agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fail to appoint or maintain a Note Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 707 . The Company or any wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Company may act as Paying Agent, Note Registrar or transfer agent.

Upon surrender for transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment, in compliance with all applicable requirements of this Indenture and applicable law, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount.

At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

Every Note presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Issuer or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any registration, transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

The Issuer shall not be required (i) to issue, transfer or exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 Business Days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption (or purchase) of Notes selected for redemption (or purchase) under Section 1004 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to transfer or exchange any Note so selected for redemption (or purchase) in whole or in part.

Section 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes . If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Note Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost,

 

53


destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuer or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Note Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer or the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Note Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in their discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 306 , the Issuer may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 306 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section 306 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

Section 307. Payment of Interest Rights Preserved . Interest on any Note that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest specified in Section 301 .

Any interest on any Note that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder; and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Issuer, at their election, as provided in clause (1) or clause (2) below:

(1) The Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and Paying Agent in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on

 

54


each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as provided in this clause (1). Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder at such Holder’s address as it appears in the Note Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

(2) The Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (2), such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 307 , each Note delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note of the same series shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Note of such series.

Section 308. Persons Deemed Owners . The Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and any agent of any of them may treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any), and (subject to Section 307 ) interest on, such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent nor any agent of any of them shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 309. Cancellation . All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer, exchange or conversion shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, if not already cancelled, shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that any of them may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act).

 

55


Section 310. Computation of Interest . Interest on the Notes shall be computed as set forth in the Notes.

Section 311. CUSIP Numbers, Etc . The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use), and if so, the Trustee may use the CUSIP numbers and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes; that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes; and that any redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

Section 312. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes . (a) Each Global Note initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or the nominee of such Depositary, in each case for credit to the account of an Agent Members, and (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary. Neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any of their agents shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or its custodian, or under such Global Notes. The Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and any agent of any of them as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee or any agent of any of them from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary, or impair, as between the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and their respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a beneficial owner of any Note. The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may not be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes unless (i) the Issuer has consented thereto in writing, or such transfer or exchange is made pursuant to the next sentence, and (ii) such transfer or exchange is in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and the provisions of Sections 305 and 313 . Subject to the limitation on issuance of Physical Notes set forth in Section 313(3) , Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in the relevant Global Note, if (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuer at any time that it is unwilling or

 

56


unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 120 days; (ii) the Depositary ceases to be registered as a “Clearing Agency” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a successor depositary is not appointed within 120 days; (iii) the Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee that it elects to cause the issuance of Physical Notes; or (iv) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Notes and the Trustee has received a written request from the Depositary to issue Physical Notes.

(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial owners for Physical Notes pursuant to Section 312(b) , the Note Registrar shall record on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and principal amount of authorized denominations.

(d) In connection with a transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 312(b) , the applicable Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, in exchange for its beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount at maturity of Rule 144A Physical Notes (in the case of any Rule 144A Global Note), Regulation S Physical Notes (in the case of any Regulation S Global Note) or Registered Physical Notes (in the case of any Registered Global Note), as the case may be, of authorized denominations.

(e) The transfer and exchange of a Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 313 ) and the procedures therefor of the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be. Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a different Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Note Registrar a written order given in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary or of Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in the relevant Global Note. Subject to Section 313 , the Note Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions, instruct the Depositary or Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in such Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.

(f) Any Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 312(b) shall, unless such exchange is made on or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date applicable to such Note and except as otherwise provided in Section 203 and Section 313 , bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

57


(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream, or designated Agent Members holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 313 .

(h) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

Section 313. Special Transfer Provisions Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons . The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note that is a Restricted Security to any Non-U.S. Person: The Note Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable requirements of this Indenture (including Section 305 ) and,

(a) if (x) such transfer is after the relevant Resale Restriction Termination Date with respect to such Note or (y) the proposed transferor has delivered to the Note Registrar and the Issuer and the Trustee a Regulation S Certificate and, unless otherwise agreed by the Issuer and the Trustee, an opinion of counsel, certifications and other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee, and

(b) if the proposed transferor is or is acting through an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Note Registrar and the Issuer and the Trustee of (x) the certificate, opinion, certifications and other information, if any, required by clause (a) above and (y) written instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Note Registrar and of the Depositary;

whereupon (i) the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and (if the transfer does not involve a transfer of any Outstanding Physical Note) a decrease in the principal amount of the relevant Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the relevant Global Note to be transferred, and (ii) either (A) if the proposed transferee is or is acting through an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a relevant Regulation S Global Note, the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest being so transferred or (B) otherwise the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.

(2) Transfers to QIBs . The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note that is a Restricted Security to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons): The Note Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable requirements of this Indenture (including Section 305 ) and,

(a) if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the form of such Note stating, or has otherwise certified to the Note Registrar and the Issuer and the Trustee in writing, that the sale has been made in

 

58


compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the form of such Note stating, or has otherwise certified to Note Registrar and the Issuer and the Trustee in writing, that it is purchasing such Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and

(b) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Note to be transferred consists of a Physical Note that after transfer is to be evidenced by an interest in a Global Note or consists of a beneficial interest in a Global Note that after the transfer is to be evidenced by an interest in a different Global Note, upon receipt by the Note Registrar of written instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Note Registrar and of the Depositary, whereupon the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the transferee Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Note or such beneficial interest in such transferor Global Note to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Note so transferred or reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such transferor Global Note, as the case may be.

(3) Limitation on Issuance of Physical Notes . No Physical Note shall be exchanged for a beneficial interest in any Global Note, except in accordance with Section 312 and this Section 313 .

A beneficial owner of an interest a Temporary Regulation S Global Note (and, in the case of any Additional Notes for which no Temporary Regulation S Global Note is issued, any Regulation S Global Note) shall not be permitted to exchange such interest for a Physical Note or (in the case of such interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note) an interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note until a date, which must be after Distribution Compliance Date, on which the Issuer receive a certificate of beneficial ownership substantially in the form of Exhibit C from such beneficial owner (a “ Certificate of Beneficial Ownership ”). Such date, as it relates to a Regulation S Global Note, is herein referred to as the “ Regulation S Note Exchange Date .”

(4) Private Placement Legend . Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Note Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Note Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) the requested transfer is after the relevant Resale Restriction Termination Date with respect to such Notes, (ii) upon written request of the Issuer after there is delivered to the Note Registrar an opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee) to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii)

 

59


with respect to a Regulation S Global Note (on or after the Regulation S Note Exchange Date with respect to such Regulation S Global Note) or Regulation S Physical Note, in each case with the agreement of the Issuer, or (iv) such Notes are sold or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

(5) Other Transfers . The Note Registrar shall effect and register, upon receipt of a written request from the Issuer to do so, a transfer not otherwise permitted by this Section 313 , such registration to be done in accordance with the otherwise applicable provisions of this Section 313 , upon the furnishing by the proposed transferor or transferee of a written opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee) to the effect that, and such other certifications or information as the Issuer or the Trustee may require (including, in the case of a transfer to an Accredited Investor (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act), a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F ) to confirm that, the proposed transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

A Note that is a Restricted Security may not be transferred other than as provided in this Section 313 . A beneficial interest in a Global Note that is a Restricted Security may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note other than through a transfer in compliance with this Section 313 .

(6) General . By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

The Note Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 312 or this Section 313 (including all Notes received for transfer pursuant to Section 313 ). The Issuer shall have the right to require the Note Registrar to deliver to the Issuer, at the Issuer’ expense, copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Note Registrar.

In connection with any transfer of any Note, the Trustee, the Note Registrar and the Issuer shall be entitled to receive, shall be under no duty to inquire into, may conclusively presume the correctness of, and shall be fully protected in relying upon the certificates, opinions and other information referred to herein (or in the forms provided herein, attached hereto or to the Notes, or otherwise) received from any Holder and any transferee of any Note regarding the validity, legality and due authorization of any such transfer, the eligibility of the transferee to receive such Note and any other facts and circumstances related to such transfer.

Section 314. Payment of Additional Interest . (a) Under certain circumstances the Issuer will be obligated to pay certain additional amounts of interest to the Holders of certain Initial Notes, as more particularly set forth in such Initial Notes.

 

60


(b) Under certain circumstances the Issuer may be obligated to pay certain additional amounts of interest to the Holders of certain Initial Additional Notes, as may be more particularly set forth in such Initial Additional Notes.

(c) Prior to any Interest Payment Date on which any such additional interest is payable, the Issuer shall give notice to the Trustee of the amount of any additional interest due on such Interest Payment Date.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

Section 401. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest . The Issuer shall duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. Principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date due if the Issuer shall have deposited with the applicable Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Company) as of 12:00 p.m. New York City time on the due date money in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest then due.

Section 402. Maintenance of Office or Agency . (a) The Company shall maintain in the United States one or more offices or agencies where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations.

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as such office or agency of the Company where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment or for transfer or exchange for so long as such Corporate Trust Office remains a Place of Payment, in accordance with Section 305 hereof.

Section 403. Money for Payments to Be Held in Trust . If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it shall, on or before 12:00 p.m., New York City time each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

 

61


If the Company is not acting as its own Paying Agent, it shall, on or prior to 12:00 p.m., New York City time each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest, so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

If the Company is not acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company shall cause any Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 403 , that such Paying Agent shall

(1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

(2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any such payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest;

(3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; and

(4) acknowledge, accept and agree to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Indenture and TIA relating to the duties, rights and liabilities of such Paying Agent.

The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

Section 404. [ Reserved ].

Section 405. Reports . Prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer and when any Notes under this Indenture are outstanding, the Company will provide to the Trustee and the

 

62


holders of Notes: (a) within 90 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year, financial statements and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations substantially equivalent to that which would be required to be included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company were the Company subject to an obligation to file such a report under the Exchange Act, and (b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of the Company, financial statements and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations substantially equivalent to that which would be required to be included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company were the Company subject to an obligation to file such a report under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that the reports set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above shall not be required to: (x) contain any certification required by any such form or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, (y) include separate financial statements of any Guarantor or (z) include any exhibit.

Following consummation of the Exchange Offer, notwithstanding that the Company may not be required to be or remain subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will file with the SEC (unless such filing is not permitted under the Exchange Act or by the SEC), so long as the Notes are Outstanding, the annual reports, information, documents and other reports that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) or would be so required to file if the Company were so subject within the time periods specified above. The Company will also, within 15 days after the time periods specified above, transmit by mail to all Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, and to the Trustee (or make available on a Company website) copies of any such information, documents and reports (without exhibits) so required to be filed. The Company will be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this Section 405 if any Parent files with the SEC and provides reports, documents and information of the types otherwise so required, in each case within the applicable time periods specified by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and the Company is not required to file such reports, documents and information separately under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (after giving effect to any exemptive relief) because of the filings by such Parent. The Company will comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this Section 405 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement described in the Registration Rights Agreement (1) by the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer registration statement or shelf registration statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Circular, to the extent filed within the times specified above, or (2) by posting on the Company’s website (or that of any of its parent companies) or providing such reports to the Trustee within 15 days after the time periods specified above, the financial information (including a “Management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition” section) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Circular. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its agreements set forth under this Section 405 for purposes of Section 601(v) until 120 days after the date any report required to be provided by this Section 405 is due.

 

63


Section 406. Statement as to Default . The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after January 1, 2007, an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that to the best knowledge of the signer thereof the Issuer is not in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Issuer shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which such signer may have knowledge. To the extent required by the TIA, each Guarantor shall comply with TIA § 314(a)(4). The individual signing any certificate given by any Person pursuant to this Section 406 shall be the principal executive, financial or accounting Officer of such Person, in compliance with TIA § 314(a)(4).

Section 407. Limitation on Indebtedness (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness; provided , however , that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness if on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the Incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.00 to 1.00.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur the following Indebtedness:

(i) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to any Credit Facility (including but not limited to in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created thereunder) and Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor other than under any Credit Facility, and (without limiting the foregoing), in each case, any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in a maximum principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding in the aggregate the amount equal to $2,090.0 million;

(ii) Indebtedness (A) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or (B) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary to which such Indebtedness is owed, or other event, that results in such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) will be deemed, in each case, an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof not permitted by this clause (ii) at the time of such issuance, transfer or other event;

(iii) Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors represented by the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively, and the related exchange notes and exchange guarantees, respectively, issued in an exchange transaction pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the subsidiary guarantees thereof by the Subsidiary Guarantors and the related exchange notes and exchange guarantees issued in an exchange transaction pursuant to the registration rights agreement relating thereto, the Floating Rate Senior Notes, the subsidiary guarantees thereof by the Subsidiary Guarantors and the related exchange notes and exchange guarantees issued in an exchange transaction pursuant to the registration rights agreement relating thereto, any Indebtedness (other than the

 

64


Indebtedness described in clause (b)(ii) above) outstanding on the Issue Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (b)(iii) or paragraph (a) above;

(iv) Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations, and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million or (y) an amount equal to 2.0% of Total Assets;

(v) Indebtedness consisting of accommodation guarantees for the benefit of trade creditors of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(vi) (A) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or any other obligation or liability of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in violation of this Section 407 ), or (B) without limiting Section 413 , Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising by reason of any Lien granted by or applicable to such Person securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in violation of this Section 407 );

(vii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) arising from the honoring of a check, draft or similar instrument of such Person drawn against insufficient funds, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within fifteen Business Days of its Incurrence, or (B) consisting of guarantees, indemnities, obligations in respect of earnouts or other purchase price adjustments, or similar obligations, Incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Person;

(viii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of (A) deductible obligations, self-insurance obligations, reinsurance obligations, completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, provided, or relating to liabilities or obligations incurred, in the ordinary course of business, or (B) Hedging Obligations, entered into for bona fide hedging purposes (including, without limitation, to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from fluctuations in currency exchange rates) that are incurred in the ordinary course of business, or (C) the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business, or (D) netting, overdraft protection and other arrangements arising under standard business terms of any bank at which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary maintains an overdraft, cash pooling or other similar facility or arrangement;

(ix) Indebtedness (A) of a Special Purpose Subsidiary secured by a Lien on all or part of the assets disposed of in, or otherwise Incurred in connection with, a Financing Disposition or (B) otherwise Incurred in connection with a Special Purpose Financing; provided that (1) such Indebtedness is not recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary (other than with respect to

 

65


Special Purpose Financing Undertakings), (2) in the event such Indebtedness shall become recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary (other than with respect to Special Purpose Financing Undertakings), such Indebtedness will be deemed to be, and must be classified by the Company as, Incurred at such time (or at the time initially Incurred) under one or more of the other provisions of this Section 407 for so long as such Indebtedness shall be so recourse; and (3) in the event that at any time thereafter such Indebtedness shall comply with the provisions of the preceding subclause (1), the Company may classify such Indebtedness in whole or in part as Incurred under this Section 407(b)(ix) ;

(x) Indebtedness (including any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (x)) (x) of any Person that is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with its acquisition of assets from such Person or any Affiliate thereof or is issued and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into any Restricted Subsidiary or (y) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred to finance the acquisition of any Person or assets; provided that either:

(1) after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation either:

(A) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 407 ; or

(B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is greater than the Consolidated Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(2) such Indebtedness (i) is not Secured Indebtedness and constitutes Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, (ii) is not incurred while a Default exists and no Default shall result therefrom, (iii) does not mature (and is not mandatorily redeemable in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) and does not require any payment of principal prior to the final maturity of the Notes, and (iv) in the case of sub-clause (x) above only, is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (b)(x) that was not incurred to finance the acquisition of any Person or assets) at any time outstanding Incurred under this clause (b)(x) (including any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto) by any Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors shall not exceed $100.0 million in the aggregate;

(xi) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (b)(i) through (b)(x) above, Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets;

 

66


(xii) Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and guarantees thereof by the Company in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) the sum of (1) $50.0 million for Foreign Subsidiaries and (2) $25.0 million for Canadian Subsidiaries or (y) 2.00% of Total Assets;

(xiii) Indebtedness in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto;

(xiv) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued to present or former officers, directors or employees of any the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment or service of such officer, director or employee or otherwise to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent, to the extent the applicable Restricted Payment is permitted by Section 409(b)(x) ;

(xv) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company as capital contributions to the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Issue Date as determined in accordance with Section 409(a)(3)(B) , to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds have not been applied to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 409 or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition thereof); and

(xvi) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 407 , (i) any other obligation of the obligor on such Indebtedness (or of any other Person who could have Incurred such Indebtedness under this Section 407 ) arising under any Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded to the extent that such Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation secures the principal amount of such Indebtedness; (ii) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify such item of Indebtedness and may include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of such clauses (including in part under one such clause and in part

 

67


under another such clause), and may reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 407 and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses; (iii) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 407(b)(i) and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included; and (iv) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness Incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, provided that (x) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date, (y) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency (or in a different currency from such Indebtedness so being Incurred), and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the outstanding or committed principal amount (whichever is higher) of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing and (z) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency and Incurred pursuant to a Senior Credit Facility shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on, at the Company’s option, (i) the Issue Date, (ii) any date on which any of the respective commitments under such Senior Credit Facility shall be reallocated between or among facilities or subfacilities thereunder, or on which such rate is otherwise calculated for any purpose thereunder, or (iii) the date of such Incurrence. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

Section 408. [ Reserved ].

Section 409. Limitation on Restricted Payments . (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of its Equity Interests (including any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party) except (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) and (y) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to other holders of its Equity Interests on no more than a pro rata basis), (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Equity Interests of the Company held

 

68


by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) voluntarily purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise voluntarily acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations (other than a purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such acquisition or retirement) or (iv) make any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, other acquisition or retirement or Investment being herein referred to as a “ Restricted Payment ”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto:

(1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom);

(2) the Company could not Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(a) ; or

(3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if other than in cash, to be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors) declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date and then outstanding would exceed, without duplication, the sum of:

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (treated as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the Company’s fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurred to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income shall be a negative number, 100% of such negative number);

(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of property or assets received (x) by the Company as capital contributions to the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Issue Date or (y) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance and sale by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness that shall have been converted into or exchanged after the Issue Date for Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent (other than Disqualified Stock), plus the amount of any cash and the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of any property or assets, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; provided that this clause (B) shall not include such Net Cash Proceeds to the extent that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(b)(xv) based on such Net Cash Proceeds;

 

69


(C) the aggregate amount equal to the net reduction in Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries resulting from (i) dividends, distributions, cancellation of indebtedness for borrowed money owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, interest payments, return of capital, repayments of Investments or other transfers of assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, including dividends or other distributions related to dividends or other distributions made pursuant to Section 409(b)(vii) (but only to the extent such amount is not included in Consolidated Net Income), or (ii) the redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “ Investment ”), not to exceed in the case of any such Unrestricted Subsidiary the aggregate amount of Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; and

(D) in the case of any disposition or repayment of any Investment constituting a Restricted Payment (without duplication of any amount deducted in calculating the amount of Investments at any time outstanding included in the amount of Restricted Payments), an amount in the aggregate equal to the lesser of the return of capital, repayment or other proceeds with respect to all such Investments received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and the initial amount of all such Investments constituting Restricted Payments.

(b) The provisions of Section 409(a) will not prohibit any of the following, so long as a Default shall not have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom) (each, a “ Permitted Payment ”):

(i) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests of the Company or Subordinated Obligations made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent, or within 45 days, issuance or sale of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Equity Interests issued or sold to a Restricted Subsidiary) or a substantially concurrent, or within 45 days, capital contribution to the Company; provided , that the Net Cash Proceeds from such issuance, sale or capital contribution shall be excluded in subsequent calculations under Section 409(a)(3)(B) ;

(ii) (A) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations (w) made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Indebtedness of the Company or Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407 , (x) from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted by Section 411 , and, if required, purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby prior to purchasing or repaying such Subordinated Obligations (y) following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “ change of control ”), but only if the Company shall have complied with Section 415 and, if required thereby,

 

70


purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing or repaying such Subordinated Obligations or (z) constituting Acquired Indebtedness or (B) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent, or within 45 days, issuance or sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Company or Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407 ;

(iii) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with Section 409(a) ;

(iv) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock following the first public Equity Offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6%  per annum of the Net Cash Proceeds received or contributed by the Company in or from any such Equity Offering;

(v) notwithstanding the existence of any Default or Event of Default, loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent or other payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit such Parent to make payments pursuant to (A) any Tax Sharing Agreement, or (B) to pay or permit any Parent to pay (1) any Parent Expenses or (2) any Related Taxes;

(vi) payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Company to any Parent to make payments, to holders of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent in lieu of issuance of fractional shares of such Equity Interests, not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time;

(vii) dividends or other distributions of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(viii) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock, or of any Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of the covenant described under Section 407 above;

(ix) Restricted Payments (including loans and advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not exceeding an amount (net of repayments of such loans or advances) equal to the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets;

(x) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent held by any existing or former employees or management or directors of the Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary of the Company or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with (x) the death or disability of such employee, manager or director or (y) the repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management employees or

 

71


directors; provided that in the case of clause (y) such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to such clause will not exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate during any twelve-month period (which shall increase to $40.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering) plus the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issuance of such Equity Interests or equity appreciation rights to, or the exercise of options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire Equity Interests of the Company by, any current or former director, officer or employee of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or from “key man” life insurance policies which are used to make such redemptions or repurchases; provided that the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company and utilized pursuant to this Section 409(b)(x)  for any such repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement will be excluded from Section 409(a)(3)(B) ; and provided, further , that unused amounts available pursuant to this Section 409(b)(x)  to be utilized for Restricted Payments during any twelve-month period may be carried forward and utilized in the next succeeding twenty-four-month period;

(xi) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Equity Interests represents (i) a portion of the exercise price thereof or (ii) withholding incurred in connection with such exercise;

(xii) Restricted Payments made pursuant to, or contemplated by, or made to any Parent to permit any Parent to perform its obligations under, the Transactions, including the provisions of any Transaction Document (excluding the Senior Subordinated Notes and the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture) as in effect on the Issue Date, and as the same may be amended or replaced so long as such amendment or replacement that is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original Transaction Document as in effect on the Issue Date;

(xiii) repurchases by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of all (but not less than all), excluding directors’ qualifying shares, of the Equity Interests or other ownership interests in a Subsidiary of the Company which Equity Interests or other ownership interests were not theretofore owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(xiv) payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to its guarantee of AFC’s customary servicing obligations in connection with the Receivables Purchase Agreement; and

(xv) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions

provided , that (A) in the case of clauses (iii), (iv), (v)(B)(1), and (vi), the net amount of any such Permitted Payment shall be included in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments (but only to the extent such amount was not included as an expense in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income), and (B) in all cases other than pursuant to clause (A) immediately above, the net amount of any such Permitted Payment shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments.

 

72


Section 410. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries . The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Equity Interests or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company, (ii) make any loans or advances to the Company or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company ( provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Equity Interests, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction), except any encumbrance or restriction:

(1) pursuant to any agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, this Indenture, the Notes, the Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, the Senior Subordinated Notes, the Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture, the Floating Rate Senior Notes, the Senior Credit Facility or any other Credit Facility;

(2) pursuant to any agreement or instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger or consolidation); provided that for purposes of this clause (2), if a Person other than the Company is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Company;

(3) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (a “ Refinancing Agreement ”) effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise extends, renews, refunds, refinances or replaces, an agreement or instrument referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 410 or this clause (3) (an “ Initial Agreement ”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an Initial Agreement (an “ Amendment ”); provided , however , that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Company);

(4) (A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract, (B) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, (C) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent restricting the transfer of the

 

73


property or assets subject thereto, (D) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (E) pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property or assets so acquired, (F) on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (G) pursuant to customary provisions contained in agreements and instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business (including but not limited to leases, sale and leaseback agreements, asset sale agreements and joint venture and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business), (H) that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or (I) pursuant to Hedging Obligations;

(5) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Equity Interests or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(6) by reason of any applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their businesses; or

(7) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (A) relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 407 (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreements (as determined in good faith by the Company), or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and either (x) the Company determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness or (B) of, or relating to Indebtedness of or a Financing Disposition by or to or in favor of any Special Purpose Entity.

Section 411. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock . (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless

(i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition, as such

 

74


fair market value may be determined (and shall be determined, to the extent such Asset Disposition or any series of related Asset Dispositions involves aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million) in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration);

(ii) in the case of any Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions) having a fair market value of $25.0 million or more, at least 75% of the consideration therefor (excluding, in the case of an Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions), any consideration by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, that are not Indebtedness) received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash; and

(iii) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) as follows:

(A) first , either (x) to the extent the Company elects (or is required by the terms of (1) any Bank Indebtedness, (2) any secured Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (3) any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor), to prepay, repay or purchase any such Indebtedness or (in the case of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments) cash collateralize any such Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within 360 days after the later of the date of such Asset Disposition and the date of receipt of such Net Available Cash, or (y) to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with an amount equal to Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 360 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition and the date of receipt of such Net Available Cash, or, if such investment in Additional Assets is a project authorized by the Board of Directors that will take longer than such 360 days to complete, the period of time necessary to complete such project;

(B) second , if the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clause (A) above (and after the expiration of the maximum period for such application permitted by clause (A)) exceeds $20.0 million, (such balance, the “ Excess Proceeds ”), to the extent of such Excess Proceeds, to make an offer to purchase Notes and (to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, or is required by the terms thereof) to purchase, redeem or repay any other unsubordinated indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant and subject to Section 41l(b) and Section 41l(c) and the agreements governing such other Indebtedness; and

(C) third , to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clauses (A) and (B) above, to fund (to the extent consistent with any other applicable provision of this Indenture) any general corporate purpose (including but not limited to the repurchase, repayment or other acquisition or retirement of any Subordinated Obligations);

 

75


provided , however , that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A)(x) or (B) above, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 411 , the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net Available Cash or equivalent amount in accordance with this Section 411 except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions or equivalent amount that is not applied in accordance with this Section 411 exceeds $50.0 million. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary validly tendered and not withdrawn (or otherwise subject to purchase, redemption or repayment) in connection with an offer pursuant to clause (B) above exceeds the Excess Proceeds, the Excess Proceeds will be apportioned between such Notes and such other unsubordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, with the portion of the Excess Proceeds payable in respect of such Notes to equal the lesser of (x) the Excess Proceeds amount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Notes and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and the outstanding principal amount of the relevant other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and (y) the aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn.

For the purposes of clause (ii) of paragraph (a) above, the following are deemed to be cash: (1) Temporary Cash Investments and Cash Equivalents, (2) the assumption of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock of the Company) or any Restricted Subsidiary and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition, (3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition, (4) securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days, (5) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (6) any Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this covenant that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million or (y) 1.25% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

(b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Notes pursuant to Section 41l(a)(iii)(B) , the Company will be required to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an offer by the Company for the Notes (the “ Offer ”) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Purchase Date in accordance with

 

76


the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in Section 41l(c) . If the aggregate purchase price of the Notes tendered pursuant to the offer is less than the Net Available Cash allotted to the purchase of Notes, the remaining Net Available Cash will be available to the Company for use in accordance with Section 41l(a)(iii)(B) (to repay other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or Section 41l(a)(iii)(C) . The Company shall not be required to make an offer for Notes pursuant to this Section 411 if the Net Available Cash available therefor (after application of the proceeds as provided in Section 41l(a)(iii)(A) ) is less than $50.0 million for any particular Asset Disposition (which lesser amounts shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether an offer is required with respect to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition). No Note will be repurchased in part if less than the Minimum Denomination in original principal amount.

(c) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 411 , such Net Available Cash may be applied to temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

(d) To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 411 , the Company may comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 411 by virtue thereof.

Section 412. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates . (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) unless (i) such Affiliate Transaction is entered into in good faith and the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are, taken as a whole, fair and reasonable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and (ii) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction have been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors. For purposes of this Section 412(a) , any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in this Section 412(a) if (x) such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors or (y) in the event there are no Disinterested Directors, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives an opinion in customary form from a nationally recognized appraisal or investment banking firm to the effect that such Affiliate Transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view.

(b) The provisions of Section 412(a) will not apply to:

(i) any Restricted Payment Transaction;

(ii) (1) the entering into, maintaining or performance of any employment contract, collective bargaining agreement, benefit plan, program or arrangement, related trust agreement or any other similar arrangement for or with any employee, officer or director heretofore or hereafter entered into in the ordinary course of business, including vacation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance,

 

77


retirement, savings or other similar plans, programs or arrangements, (2) the payment of compensation, performance of indemnification or contribution obligations, or any issuance, grant or award of stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, to employees, officers or directors in the ordinary course of business, (3) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Company or such Subsidiary), or (4) Management Advances and payments in respect thereof (or in reimbursement of any expenses referred to in the definition of such term);

(iii) any transaction with, including an Investment in, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) any transaction arising out of and any payments made pursuant to agreements or instruments in existence on the Issue Date (other than any Tax Sharing Agreement referred to in Section 412(b)(vi)) , including, without limitation, the Transaction Documents, and as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original agreement or instrument as in effect on the Issue Date;

(v) any transaction in the ordinary course of business, or approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Company controlled by the Company that is a joint venture or similar entity;

(vi) the execution, delivery and performance of any Tax Sharing Agreement;

(vii) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (and the granting of registration rights or other customary rights in connection therewith) or capital contribution to the Company;

(viii) transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, where such Affiliates hold less Indebtedness or Equity Interests than non-Affiliates and such Affiliates receive the same consideration as non-Affiliates in such transactions;

(ix) any transaction with any Person who is not an Affiliate immediately before the consummation of such transaction that becomes an Affiliate as a result of such transaction;

(x) transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Special Purpose Subsidiary in connection with a Financing Disposition or a Special Purpose Financing, provided that such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

 

78


(xi) transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(xii) transactions involving aggregate consideration not to exceed $1.0 million;

(xiii) payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder or any of its affiliates for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisition or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors; and

(xiv) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business or that are on terms at least as favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party, or that are considered fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the view of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company.

Section 413. Limitation on Liens . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any of its property or assets (including Equity Interests of any other Person), whether owned on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, securing any Indebtedness (the “ Initial Lien ”), unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under this Indenture and the Notes or, in respect of Liens on any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets, any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, equally and ratably with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) such obligation for so long as such obligation is so secured by such Initial Lien. Any such Lien thereby created in favor of the Notes or any such Subsidiary Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates, (ii) in the case of any such Lien in favor of any such Subsidiary Guarantee, upon the termination and discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the terms of Section 1303 or (iii) any sale, exchange or transfer (other than a transfer constituting a transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company that is governed by Section 501 ) to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company of the property or assets secured by such Initial Lien, or of all of the Equity Interests held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or all or substantially all the assets of, any Restricted Subsidiary creating such Initial Lien.

Section 414. Future Subsidiary Guarantors . From and after the Issue Date, the Company will cause each Subsidiary that guarantees payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Notes, whereupon such Subsidiary will become a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes under this Indenture. In addition, the Company may cause any Subsidiary or other Person that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to guarantee payment of the Notes and become a Subsidiary Guarantor. Subsidiary Guarantees will be subject to release and discharge under certain circumstances prior to payment in full of the Notes.

 

79


Section 415. Purchase of Notes Upon a Change in Control . (a) Upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase (subject to Section 307 ); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes pursuant to this Section 415 in the event that it has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as provided in Article X .

(b) The term “Change of Control” means:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders or a Parent, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, provided that (x) so long as the Company is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the “beneficial owner”;

(ii) the Company or the Parent merges or consolidates with or into, or sells or transfers (in one or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to, another Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) and any “person” (as defined in clause (i) above), other than one or more Permitted Holders or any Parent, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as so defined), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or the transferee Person in such sale or transfer of assets, as the case may be, provided that (x) so long as such surviving or transferee Person is a Subsidiary of a parent Person, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent Person and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the beneficial owner; or

(iii) during any period of two consecutive years (during which period the Company has been a party to the applicable Indenture), individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new members thereof whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by holders of Equity Interests of the Company was

 

80


approved by one or more Permitted Holders or by a vote of a majority of the members of such board of directors then still in office who were either members thereof at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such board of directors then in office.

(c) Unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as described under Article X , the Company shall, not later than 30 days following the date the Company obtains actual knowledge of any Change of Control having occurred, mail a notice (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: (1) that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and that such Holder has, or upon such occurrence will have, the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); (2) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); (3) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 415 , that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased; and (4) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that such offer is conditioned on the occurrence of such Change of Control. No Note will be repurchased in part if less than the Minimum Denomination in original principal amount of such Note would be left outstanding.

(d) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer, or (ii) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to this Indenture as provided in Article X, unless and until there is a Default in the payment of the applicable redemption price.

(e) To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 415 , the Company may comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 415 by virtue thereof.

ARTICLE V

SUCCESSORS

Section 501. When the Company May Merge, Etc . (a) The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

(i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Company ”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the

 

81


Notes and this Indenture by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture or one or more other documents or instruments sufficient, in the opinion of legal counsel to the Successor Company, to evidence the assumption;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default will have occurred and be continuing;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, either (A) the Successor Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(a) , or (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company with respect thereto) would equal or exceed the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

(iv) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary Guarantor that will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger) shall have delivered a supplemental indenture or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, confirming its Subsidiary Guarantee (other than any Subsidiary Guarantee that will be discharged or terminated in connection with such transaction); and

(v) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with the provisions described in this paragraph, provided that (x) in giving such opinion such counsel may assume compliance with the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) to the extent such opinion would otherwise be required to address financial matters or tests, and as to any matters of fact, may rely on an Officer’s Certificate, and (y) no Opinion of Counsel will be required for a consolidation, merger or transfer described in Section 50l(b) .

Any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or that is deemed to be Incurred by any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) as a result of any such transaction undertaken in compliance with this Section 501 , and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto, shall be deemed to have been Incurred in compliance with Section 407 .

(b) Clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 50l(a) will not apply to any transaction in which (1) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidates with, merges with or into or conveys or transfers all or part of its assets to the Company or (2) the Company consolidates with or merges with or into or conveys or transfers all or substantially all its properties and assets to (x) an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction or changing its legal structure to a corporation or other entity or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company so long as all assets of the Company and the

 

82


Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction (other than Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary) are owned by such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after the consummation thereof.

Section 502. Successor Company Substituted . Upon any transaction involving the Company in accordance with Section 501 in which the Company is not the Successor Company, the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, and thereafter the predecessor Company shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture, except that the predecessor Company in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

ARTICLE VI

REMEDIES

Section 601. Events of Default . An “ Event of Default ” means the occurrence of the following:

(i) a default in any payment of interest on any Note when due, continued for 30 days;

(ii) a default in the payment of principal of any Note when due, whether at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise;

(iii) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section 50l(a) ;

(iv) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 30 days after the notice specified in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 601 with any of its obligations under Section 415 (other than a failure to purchase the Notes);

(v) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 60 days after the notice specified in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 601 with its other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture;

(vi) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, if the total amount of such Indebtedness so unpaid or accelerated exceeds $50.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent;

(vii) the taking of any of the following actions by the Company or a Significant Subsidiary, or by each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(A) the commencement of a voluntary case;

 

83


(B) the consent to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(C) the consent to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

(D) the making of a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(viii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or against each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, in an involuntary case;

(B) appoints (x) a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property, or (y) a Custodian of each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, or for any substantial part of their property in the aggregate; or

(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or of each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

(ix) the rendering of any judgment or decree for the payment of money in an amount (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect thereof in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) in excess of $50.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary, or jointly and severally against other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, that is not discharged, or bonded or insured by a third Person, if such judgment or decree remains outstanding for a period of 60 days following such judgment or decree and is not discharged, waived or stayed; or

(x) the failure of any Subsidiary Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof or of this Indenture) or the denial or disaffirmation in writing by any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of its obligations under this Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee (other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or such Subsidiary Guarantee or the release of such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with such Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture).

 

84


The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

The term “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors. The term “ Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

However, a Default under clause (iv) or (v) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes notify the Company of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in such clause after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “ Notice of Default .” When a Default or an Event of Default is cured, it ceases.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after an Officer of the Company becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any Event of Default and any event that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 602. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 601(vii) or Section 60l(viii) ) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee, in either case specifying in such notice the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a “notice of acceleration,” may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable. Upon the effectiveness of such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 60l(vii) or Section 60l(viii) occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Outstanding Notes will ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except non-payment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of such acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. In the event of any Default or Event of Default specified in Section 601(vi) , such Default or Event of Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall not be deemed to have occurred and shall be annulled, waived and rescinded automatically, in each case, without any action by the applicable Trustee or the applicable Holders if, within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

(x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged;

 

85


(y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Section 603. Other Remedies; Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, but is not obligated under Section 603 to, pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. If an Event of Default specified in Section 60l(i) or 60l(ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 707 .

Section 604. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, its creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 707 .

No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 605. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes . All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

86


Section 606. Application of Money Collected . Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

First : To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 707 ;

Second : To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and

Third : To the Company.

Section 607. Limitation on Suits . Subject to Section 608 hereof, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(ii) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy;

(iii) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

(iv) the Trustee has not complied with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request within such 60-day period.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder, to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders.

Section 608. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of and all (subject to Section 307 ) interest on such Note on the respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

87


Section 609. Restoration of Rights and Remedies . If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture or any Note and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 610. Rights and Remedies Cumulative . No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 611. Delay or Omission Not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article VI or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 612. Control by Holders . The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that

(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and

(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 701 , that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. This Section 612 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA, and such § 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

 

88


Section 613. Waiver of Past Defaults . The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any existing Default hereunder and its consequences, except a Default:

(1) in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each Holder of Notes affected), or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 902 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected.

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. In case of any such waiver, the Company, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This paragraph of this Section 613 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA, and such § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

Section 614. Undertaking for Costs . All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder’s acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Notes, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant. This Section 614 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note on or after the respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note.

Section 615. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws . The Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury or other similar law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Notes contemplated herein or in the Notes or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

89


ARTICLE VII

THE TRUSTEE

Section 701. Certain Duties and Responsibilities . (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but need not verify the contents thereof.

(b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 70l(a) ; (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 612 .

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 701 and Section 703 .

Section 702. Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail within 90 days after it occurs, to all Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, notice of such Default hereunder known to the Trustee unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided , however , that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders.

 

90


Section 703. Certain Rights of Trustee . Subject to the provisions of Section 701 :

(1) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(2) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order thereof, and any resolution of any Person’s Board of Directors shall be sufficiently evidenced if certified by an Officer of such Person as having been duly adopted and being in full force and effect on the date of such certificate;

(3) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Company;

(4) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counselor and any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document;

(7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(8) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or shall have received from the Company, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, or from Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, written notice thereof at its Corporate Trust Office and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture;

 

91


(9) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed hereunder; and

(10) the permissive right of the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty to so act.

Section 704. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes . The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Notes or the proceeds thereof.

Section 705. May Hold Notes . The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to Section 708 and Section 713 , may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent.

Section 706. Money Held in Trust . Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.

Section 707. Compensation and Reimbursement . The Company agrees,

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by the Trustee hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and

(3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on the Trustee’s part, arising out of or in connection with the administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors and defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

 

92


The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The provisions of this Section 707 shall survive the termination of this Indenture, or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 707, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except assets or money held in trust to pay principal of or interest on particular Notes.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clauses (vii) or (viii) of Section 601 occurs, such expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its outside counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Code.

Section 708. Conflicting Interests . If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA, the Trustee shall eliminate such interest, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee with such conflict or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the TIA and this Indenture. To the extent permitted by the TIA, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have a conflicting interest by virtue of being a trustee under this Indenture with respect to Original Notes and Additional Notes, or a trustee under any other indenture between the Company and the Trustee.

Section 709. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility . There shall at all times be one (and only one) Trustee hereunder. The Trustee shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the TIA to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus (together with its corporate parent) of at least $50,000,000. If any such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section and to the extent permitted by the TIA, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 709 , it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

Section 710. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor . No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 711 .

The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 711 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

 

93


If at any time:

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 708 after written request therefore by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 709 and shall fail to resign after written request therefore by the Company or by any such Holder, or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (A) the Company may remove the Trustee, or (B) subject to Section 614 , any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 711 . If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 711 , become the successor Trustee and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 711 , then, subject to Section 614 , any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 110 . Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

Section 711. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor . In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

 

94


Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to above.

No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VII .

Section 712. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business . Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII , without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

Section 713. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company . If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA regarding the collection of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor) or realizing on certain property received by it in respect of such claims.

Section 714. Appointment of Authenticating Agent . The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication (or execution of a certificate of authentication) by the Trustee includes authentication (or execution of a certificate of authentication) by such Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

ARTICLE VIII

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY

TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY

Section 801. The Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders . The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

(1) semi-annually, not more than 10 days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date, and

 

95


(2) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

provided , however , that if and to the extent and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, no such list need be furnished pursuant to this Section 801 .

Section 802. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders . The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list, if any, furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 801 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar; provided , however , that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, the Note Register shall satisfy the requirements relating to such list. None of the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee or any other Person shall be under any responsibility with regard to the accuracy of such list. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 801 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the TIA.

Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee, nor any agent of either of them, shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the TIA.

Section 803. Reports by Trustee . Within 60 days after each December 15, beginning with December 15, 2007, the Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the TIA at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto for so long as any Notes remain outstanding. A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee or any applicable listing agent with each stock exchange upon which any Notes are listed, with the SEC and with the Company. The Company will notify the Trustee when any Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT OR WAIVER

Section 901. Without Consent of Holders . Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes, the Company, the Trustee and (as applicable) each Subsidiary Guarantor may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes, for any of the following purposes:

(1) to cure or reform any ambiguity, mistake, manifest error, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

96


(2) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture;

(3) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(4) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to secure the Notes, to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination or discharge is provided for under this Indenture;

(5) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company;

(6) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes;

(7) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee to any provision of the “Description of Senior Notes” section of the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Senior Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, such Subsidiary Guarantee or the Notes;

(8) to increase the minimum denomination of the Notes to equal the dollar equivalent of €l,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 (including for purposes of redemption or repurchase of any Note in part);

(9) to provide additional rights or benefits to the Holders or make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder under the Notes or this Indenture;

(10) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(11) to provide for the appointment of a successor Trustee, provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture; or

(12) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or otherwise.

Section 902. With Consent of Holders . Subject to Section 608 , the Company, the Trustee and (if applicable) each Subsidiary Guarantor may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).

 

97


Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 902 , without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 613 , may not:

(i) reduce the principal amount of the Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver;

(ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

(iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the date on which any Note may be redeemed as described in Section 1001 ;

(v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note;

(vi) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(vii) release any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(viii) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions described in this paragraph.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 902 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 902 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any supplemental indenture or the effectiveness of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 903. Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers . The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and that, subject to applicable bankruptcy,

 

98


insolvency, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other laws now or hereinafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights or remedies generally and to general principles of equity (including standards of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness), whether considered in a proceeding at law or at equity, such amendment, supplement or waiver is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

Section 904. Revocation and Effect of Consents . Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or any Note that evidences all or any part of the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Subject to the following paragraph of this Section 904 , any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to such Holder’s Note by written notice to the Trustee or the Company, received by the Trustee or the Company, as the case may be, before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver as set forth in Section 108 .

After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder of Notes, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (i) through (vii) of the second paragraph of Section 902 . In that case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of such Note or any Note that evidences all or any part of the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note.

Section 905. Conformity with TIA . Every amendment or supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect.

Section 906. Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee shall (if required by the Company and in accordance with the specific direction of the Company) request the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee shall (if required by the Company and in accordance with the specific direction of the Company) place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

ARTICLE X

REDEMPTION OF NOTES

Section 1001. Right of Redemption . (a) The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or after May 1, 2010 and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption prices set forth below. Such redemption may

 

99


be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with Section 1005 . The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Notes will be so redeemable at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the relevant Redemption Date (subject to Section 307 ), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on May 1 of the years set forth below:

 

Redemption Period

   Price  

2010

   104.375 %

2011

   102.917 %

2012

   101.458 %

2013 and thereafter

   100.000 %

(b) In addition, at any time and from time to time on or prior to May 1, 2010, the Company, at its option, may redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with funds in an aggregate amount (the “ Redemption Amount ”) not exceeding the aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 108.750%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to Section 307 ); provided , however , that an aggregate principal amount of the Notes equal to at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption of the Notes.

The Company may make such redemption upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with Section 1005 (but in no event more than 180 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the completion of the related Equity Offering.

(c) At any time prior to May 1, 2010, such Notes may also be redeemed or purchased (by the Company or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a price (the “ Redemption Price ”) equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to Section 307 ). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with Section 1005 . The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may

 

100


be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to a Note at any Redemption Date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Note on May 1, 2010 (such redemption price being that described in Section 100l(a) ) plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through such date (excluding accrued and unpaid interest through the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date; as calculated by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate; provided that such calculation shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.

Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to a Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to May 1, 2010; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Section 1002. Applicability of Article . Redemption or purchase of Notes as permitted by Section 1001 shall be made in accordance with this Article X .

Section 1003. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee . In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all of the Notes, the Company shall, at least two Business Days (but not more than 60 days) prior to the date on which notice is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 1005 , notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.

Section 1004. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed . In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date on a pro rata basis or, to the extent a pro rata basis is not permitted, by such other method as the Trustee shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note of less than the Minimum Denomination in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

 

101


For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal of such Note that has been or is to be redeemed.

Section 1005. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption or purchase as provided in Section 1001 shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register.

Any such notice shall state:

(1) the expected Redemption Date;

(2) the redemption price (or the formula by which the redemption price will be determined);

(3) if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the portion of the respective principal amounts) of the Notes to be redeemed;

(4) that, on the Redemption Date, the redemption price will become due and payable upon each such Note, and that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest thereon shall cease to accrue from and after said date; and

(5) the place where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

In addition, if such redemption, purchase or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, as permitted by Section 1001 , such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed.

The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

Notice of such redemption or purchase of Notes to be so redeemed or purchased at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request (made to the Trustee at least 40 days (or such shorter period as shall be satisfactory to the

 

102


Trustee) prior to the Redemption Date), by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. Any such request will set forth the information to be stated in such notice, as provided by this Section 1005 .

The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.

Section 1006. Deposit of Redemption Price . On or prior to 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 403 ) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and any accrued and unpaid interest on, all the Notes or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date.

Section 1007. Notes Payable on Redemption Date . Notice of redemption having been given as provided in this Article X , the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price herein specified and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price or the Paying Agent is prohibited from paying the redemption price pursuant to the terms of this Indenture) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of such Notes for redemption in accordance with such notice, such Notes shall be paid by the Company at the redemption price. Installments of interest whose Interest Payment Date is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes registered as such on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307 .

On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and any accrued and unpaid interest on Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with Section 1006 , the Notes (or the portions thereof) called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes (or portions thereof) will be to receive payment of the redemption price of and, subject to the last sentence of the preceding paragraph, any accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes (or portions thereof) to the Redemption Date. If any Note (or portion thereof) called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Note (or portion thereof).

Section 1008. Notes Redeemed in Part . Any Note that is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the Place of Payment (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.

 

103


ARTICLE XI

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 1101. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

(i) either

(a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 , and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 403 ) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(1) have become due and payable, or

(2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(3) have been or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

(ii) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, sufficient (without reinvestment) to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to, but not including, the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be ( provided that if such redemption shall be pursuant to Section 1001(c) , (x) the amount of money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof that the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited shall be determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit, and (y) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the Redemption Date, as required by Section 1006 , as necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date);

(iii) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then payable hereunder by the Company; and

 

104


(iv) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Company and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 1101 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)).

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 707 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 110l(ii) , the obligations of the Trustee under Section 1102 shall survive.

Section 1102. Application of Trust Money . Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 403 , all money and/or U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 1101 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

ARTICLE XII

DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 1201. The Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The Company may, concurrently (and not separately) at its option, at any time, elect to have terminated the obligations of the Company with respect to Outstanding Notes, to have terminated all of the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantees and to have any security then securing the Notes automatically released, in each case, as set forth in this Article XII , and elect to have either Section 1202 or Section 1203 be applied to all of the Outstanding Notes (the “ Defeased Notes ”), upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in Section 1204 . Either Section 1202 or Section 1203 may be applied to the Defeased Notes to any Redemption Date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes.

Section 1202. Defeasance and Discharge . Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 1201 of the option applicable to this Section 1202 , the Company shall be deemed to have been released and discharged from its obligations with respect to the Defeased Notes on the date the relevant conditions set forth in Section 1204 below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Defeasance ”). For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the Defeased Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 1205 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, and the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have satisfied all other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of Defeased Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 1204 and as more fully set forth

 

105


in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Defeased Notes under Sections 304 , 305 , 306 , 402 and 403 , (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, including the Trustee’s rights under Section 707 , and (d) this Article XII . If the Company exercises its option under this Section 1202 , payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. Subject to compliance with this Article XII , the Company may, at its option and at any time, exercise its option under this Section 1202 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1203 with respect to the Notes.

Section 1203. Covenant Defeasance . Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 1201 of the option applicable to this Section 1203 , (a) the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be released from their respective obligations under any covenant or provision contained in Section 405 and Sections 407 through 415 and the provisions of clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) of Section 50l(a) shall not apply, and (b) the occurrence of any event specified in clause (iv), (v) (with respect to Section 405 and Sections 407 through 415 , inclusive), (vi), (vii), (viii) (with respect to Subsidiaries), (ix) (with respect to Subsidiaries), (ix) or (x) of Section 601 shall be deemed not to be or result in an Event of Default, in each case with respect to the Defeased Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not to be “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants or provisions, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant or provision, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or provision or by reason of any reference in any such covenant or provision to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 601 , but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Outstanding Notes shall be unaffected thereby.

Section 1204. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 1202 or Section 1203 to the Outstanding Notes:

(1) The Company shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, in trust, money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient (without reinvestment), to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Defeased Notes to the Stated Maturity or relevant Redemption Date in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes ( provided that if such redemption shall be pursuant to Section 1001(c) , (x) the amount of money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof that the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited shall be determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit, and (y) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the Redemption Date, as required by Section 1006 , as necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date);

 

106


(2) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(3) Such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default or Event of Default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

(4) In the case of an election under Section 1202 , the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that (x) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (y) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm to the effect that, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Defeasance had not occurred; provided that such Opinion of Counsel need not be delivered if all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 , and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 403 ) not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable, will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company;

(5) In the case of an election under Section 1203 , the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; and

(6) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 1204 relating to either the Defeasance under Section 1202 or the Covenant Defeasance under Section 1203 , as the case may be, have been complied with. In rendering such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 1204 or as to any matters of fact.

 

107


Section 1205. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions . Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 403 , all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or such other Person that would qualify to act as successor Trustee under Article VII , collectively and solely for purposes of this Section 1205 , the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 1204 in respect of the Defeased Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee and its agents and hold them harmless against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1204 , or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof, other than any such tax, fee or other charge that by law is for the account of the Holders of the Defeased Notes.

Anything in this Article XII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company from time to time, upon Company Request, any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1204 that, in the opinion of a nationally recognized accounting or investment banking firm expressed in a written certification thereof to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. Subject to Article VII , the Trustee shall not incur any liability to any Person by relying on such opinion.

Section 1206. Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 1202 or 1203 , as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 1202 or 1203 , as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 1202 or 1203 , as the case may be; provided , however , that if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor makes any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company or Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

Section 1207. Repayment to the Company . The Trustee shall pay to the Company upon Company Request any money held by it for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person and all liability of the Trustee or Paying Agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease.

 

108


ARTICLE XIII

GUARANTEES

Section 1301. Guarantees Generally . (a) Guarantee of Each Guarantor . Each Guarantor, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, will jointly and severally, irrevocably, fully and unconditionally Guarantee, on an unsecured unsubordinated basis, the punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, whether for principal of or interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise (all such obligations guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors being herein called the “ Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations ”).

The obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including but not limited to any Guarantee by it of any Bank Indebtedness) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law, or being void or unenforceable under any law relating to insolvency of debtors.

(b) Further Agreements of Each Guarantor . (i) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that (to the fullest extent permitted by law) its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company or any other Guarantor to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same, whether or not a notation concerning its Guarantee is made on any particular Note, or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

(ii) Each Guarantor hereby waives (to the fullest extent permitted by law) the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that (except as otherwise provided in Section 1303 ) its Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and this Guarantee. Such Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. Each Guarantor further agrees (to the fullest extent permitted by law) that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, subject to this Article XIII , (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed by its Guarantee may be accelerated as and to the extent provided in Article VI for the purposes of such Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed by such Guarantee, and (2) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI , such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by

 

109


such Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Section 1301 for the purpose of such Guarantee. Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies or to take any other steps under any security for the Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations or against the Company or any other Person or any property of the Company or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Subsidiary Guarantors of their obligations under their respective Subsidiary Guarantees or under this Indenture.

(iii) Until terminated in accordance with Section 1303 , each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on such Notes, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall have the right to seek contribution from the Company or any nonpaying Subsidiary Guarantor that has also Guaranteed the relevant Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations in respect of which such payment or distribution is made, so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantees.

(d) Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that its Guarantee, and the waiver set forth in Section 1305 , are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(e) Each Guarantor, pursuant to its Guarantee, also hereby agrees to pay any and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under a Guarantee.

Section 1302. Continuing Guarantees . (a) Each Guarantee shall be a continuing Guarantee and shall (i) subject to Section 1303 , remain in full force and effect until payment in full of the principal amount of all Outstanding Notes (whether by payment at maturity, purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition) and all other obligations then due and owing, (ii) be binding upon such Guarantor and (iii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Trustee, the Holders and their permitted successors, transferees and assigns.

(b) The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment which would otherwise have reduced or terminated the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder and under its Guarantee (whether such payment shall have been made by or on behalf of the Company or by or on behalf

 

110


of a Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from any of the Holders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company or any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Section 1303. Release of Guarantees . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1302 , a Guarantee will be subject to termination and discharge under the circumstances described in this Section 1303 . A Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released from all obligations under its Guarantee, and such Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect, (i) in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, concurrently with any direct or indirect sale or disposition (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of any Subsidiary Guarantor or any interest therein not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture (including Section 411 and Section 501 ) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, following which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) at any time that such Guarantor is released from all of its obligations under all of its Guarantees of payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility (it being understood that a release subject to contingent reinstatement is still a release, and that if any such Guarantee is so reinstated, such Guarantee shall also be reinstated, (iii) upon the merger or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Company or another Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor following or contemporaneously with the transfer of all of its assets to the Company or another Guarantor (iv) concurrently with a Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (v) upon legal or covenant defeasance of the Company’s obligations, or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or (vi) subject to Section 1302(b) , upon payment in full of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then Outstanding. In addition, the Company will have the right, upon 30 days’ notice to the Trustee, to cause any Subsidiary Guarantor that has not guaranteed payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility or the Senior Subordinated Notes to be unconditionally released from all obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect.

Upon any such occurrence specified in this Section 1303 , the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested in order to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of the applicable Guarantee.

Section 1304. [Reserved] .

Section 1305. Waiver of Subrogation . Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against the Company that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture or such Guarantor’s obligations under its Subsidiary and this Indenture, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of Notes against the Company, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders of the Notes, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

111


Section 1306. Notation Not Required . Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof.

Section 1307. Successors and Assigns of Guarantors . All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by each Guarantor shall bind its respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 1308. Execution and Delivery of Guarantees . The Company shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 414 , and each Subsidiary of the Company that the Company causes to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 414 , to promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit E to this Indenture, evidencing its Subsidiary Guarantee on substantially the terms set forth in this Article XIII . Concurrently therewith, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and that, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other laws now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights or remedies generally and to general principles of equity (including standards of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness), whether considered in a proceeding at law or at equity, such supplemental indenture is a valid and binding agreement of such Restricted Subsidiary, enforceable against such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with its terms.

Section 1309. Notices . Notice to any Guarantor shall be sufficient if addressed to such Guarantor in care of the Company at the address, place and manner provided in Section 109 .

 

112


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

 

KAR Holdings, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
GUARANTORS:
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Indenture in respect of Senior FR Notes


ADESA, Inc.
ADESA Corporation, LLC
A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc.
A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC
ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC
ADESA Arkansas, LLC
ADESA Atlanta, LLC
ADESA Birmingham, LLC
ADESA California, LLC
ADESA Charlotte, LLC
ADESA Colorado, LLC
ADESA Des Moines, LLC
ADESA Florida, LLC
ADESA Impact Texas, LLC
ADESA Indianapolis, LLC
ADESA Lansing, LLC
ADESA Lexington, LLC
ADESA Mexico, LLC
ADESA Missouri, LLC
ADESA New Jersey, LLC
ADESA New York, LLC
ADESA Ohio, LLC
ADESA Oklahoma, LLC
ADESA Pennsylvania, Inc.
ADESA Phoenix, LLC
ADESA Properties Canada, Inc.
ADESA San Diego, LLC
ADESA-South Florida, LLC
ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC
ADESA Texas, Inc.
ADESA Virginia, LLC
ADESA Washington, LLC
ADESA Wisconsin, LLC
ADS Ashland, LLC
ADS Priority Transport Ltd.
Asset Holdings III, L.P.
Auto Banc Corporation
Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC
Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC
Auto Disposal Systems, Inc.
Automotive Finance Corporation
Automotive Recovery Services, Inc.
AutoVIN, Inc.
PAR, Inc.


Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.
Insurance Auto Auctions Corp.
IAA Acquisition Corp.
IAA Services, Inc.
AFC CAL, LLC
AFC of Minnesota Corporation
AFC of TN, LLC


TRUSTEE:
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Timothy P. Mowdy

Name:   Timothy P. Mowdy
Title:   Vice President

Signature Page to Indenture in respect of Senior FR Notes


EXHIBIT A

Form of Initial Note 1

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014

 

CUSIP No.                         No.     
$                

KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“the Company ,” which term includes their successors and assigns), promises to pay to              , or registered assigns, the principal sum of $              ([            ] United States Dollars) [(or such lesser or greater amount as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 312 and 313 of the Indenture referred to herein)] 2 (the “ Principal Amount ”) on May 1, 2014. The Company promises to pay interest semiannually in cash on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2007, at the rate of 8  3 / 4 % per annum (subject to adjustment as provided below) 3 , until the Principal Amount is paid or made available for payment. [Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date.] 4 [Interest on this Note will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no such interest has been paid, from              ,              5 .] 6 Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be April 15 or October 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not more than 15 days nor less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.


1

Insert any applicable legends from Article II.

2

Include only if the Note is issued in global form.

3

Include only for Initial Note.

4

Include only for Original Notes.

5

Insert the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of the applicable Additional Notes, or if the date of issuance of such Additional Notes is an Interest Payment Date, such date of issuance.

6

Include only for Additional Notes.

 

A-1


[The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the initial purchasers named therein (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”). Until (i) this Note has been exchanged for an Exchange Security (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) in an Exchange Offer (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement); (ii) a Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) registering this Note under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and this Note has been sold or otherwise transferred by the Holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) this Note is sold pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by this Note relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture referred to herein; or (iv) this Note is eligible to be sold pursuant to paragraph (k) of Rule 144: From and including the date on which a Registration Default (as defined below) shall occur to but excluding the date on which such Registration Default has been cured, additional interest will accrue on this Note until such time as all Registration Defaults have been cured with respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the first Registration Default, Special Interest will be paid in an amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. The amount of the Special Interest will increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of Special Interest for all Registration Defaults of $.50 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. Any such additional interest shall be paid in the same manner and on the same dates as interest payments in respect of this Note. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of such additional interest will cease.

A Registration Default under clause (i) or (ii) below will be deemed cured upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed due to a failure to consummate the Exchange Offer within the required time period. For purposes of the foregoing, each of the following events, as more particularly defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, is a “ Registration Default ”: (i) the Company and the Guarantors fail to consummate the Exchange Offer within 360 days after the Issue Date; or (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified in the registration rights agreement.] 7 8

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office of the applicable Paying Agent, or such other office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose; provided , however , that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note Register.


7

Include only for Initial Note when required by the Registration Rights Agreement.

8

For an Initial Additional Note, add any similar provision, if any, as may be agreed by the Company with respect to additional interest on such Initial Additional Note.

 

A-2


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the attached Additional Terms of the Notes, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to herein by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

A-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-4


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

As Trustee

By  

 

  Authorized officer

Dated:                     

 

A-5


Additional Terms of the Notes

This Note is one of the duly authorized issue of 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 of the Company (herein called the “ Notes ”), issued under an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (herein called the “ Indenture ,” which term shall have the meanings assigned to it in such instrument), among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto (“the Guarantors ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (herein called the “ Trustee ,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect from time to time (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. Additional Notes may be issued under the Indenture which will vote as a class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture.

All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

This Note may hereafter be entitled to certain other Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is made to Article XIII of the Indenture for terms relating to such Guarantees, including the release, termination and discharge thereof. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to make any notation on this Note to reflect any Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge.

The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on and after May 1, 2010, and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption price set forth below. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Notes will be so redeemable at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the relevant Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on May 1 of the years set forth below:

 

Period

   Redemption Price  

2010

   104.375 %

2011

   102.917 %

2012

   101.458 %

2013 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

A-6


In addition, at any time and from time to time on or prior to May 1, 2010, the Company, at its option, may redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 108.750%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided , however , that an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption. The Company may make such redemption upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture (but in no event more than 180 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including the completion of the related Equity Offering. At any time prior to May 1, 2010, such Notes may also be redeemed or purchased (by the Company or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control.

The Indenture provides that, upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require that the Company repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of such repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes in the event it has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as described above.

The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund.

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire Indebtedness of this Note or certain restrictive covenants and certain Events of Default with respect to this Note, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-7


If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Notes to be effected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes, the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any premium or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Note Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Notes are issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 or, if greater at the Issue Date, the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded

 

A-8


up to the nearest $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration, transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration or transfer, the Company, any other obligor in respect of this Note, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, such other obligor or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and none of the Company, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, equity holder, member or stockholder, as such, of the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company or any Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, hereby waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS, AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES.

 

A-9


GUARANTEE

For value received, the undersigned hereby unconditionally guarantees, as principal obligor and not only as a surety, to the Holder of this Note the cash payments in United States dollars of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note (and including Additional Interest payable thereon) in the amounts and at the times when due and interest on the overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, of this Note, if lawful, and the payment or performance of all other Obligations of the Company under the Indenture (as defined below) or the Note, to the Holder of this Note and the Trustee, all in accordance with and subject to the terms and limitations of this Note, Article XIII of the Indenture and this Guarantee. This Guarantee will become effective in accordance with Article XIII of the Indenture and its terms shall be evidenced therein. The validity and enforceability of this Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007, among KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “the Company”), the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE.

This Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-10


[Guarantors]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-11


[FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned Holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

Insert Taxpayer Identification No.

(Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee)

 

 

  

 

  

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing

 

 

  

attorney to transfer such Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Check One

 

¨  (a)    this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Rule 144A thereunder.

or

 

¨  (b)    this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If neither of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Note Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 313 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

Date:                     

 

A-12


     NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.

Signature Guarantee:                                         

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-13


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:                         

 

    NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-14


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, check the box:   ¨ .

If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, state the amount (in principal amount) below:

$             

Date:                     

Your Signature:                                         

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:                                         

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-15


SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of decreases

in Principal Amount

of this Global Note

 

Amount of increases

in Principal Amount

of this Global Note

 

Principal amount of

this Global Note

following such

decreases or

increases

 

Signature of

authorized officer of

Trustee or Notes

Custodian

 

A-16


EXHIBIT B

Form of Exchange Note 9

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014

 

CUSIP No.                         No.     
$                

KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“the Company ,” which term includes their successors and assigns), promises to pay to              , or registered assigns, the principal sum of $              ([            ] United States Dollars) [(or such lesser or greater amount as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 312 and 313 of the Indenture referred to herein)] 10 (the “ Principal Amount ”) on May 1, 2014. The Company promises to pay interest semiannually in cash on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing August 1, 2007, at the rate of 8  3 / 4 % per annum (subject to adjustment as provided below) 11 , until the Principal Amount is paid or made available for payment. [Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date.] 12 [Interest on this Note will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no such interest has been paid, from              ,              13 .] 14 Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the April 15 or October 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not more than 15 days nor less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.


9

Insert any applicable legends from Article II.

10

Include only if the Note is issued in global form.

11

Include only for Initial Note.

12

Include only for Original Notes.

13

Insert the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of the applicable Additional Notes, or if the date of issuance of such Additional Notes is an Interest Payment Date, such date of issuance.

14

Include only for Additional Notes.

 

B-1


Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office of the applicable Paying Agent, or such other office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose; provided , however , that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note Register.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the attached Additional Terms of the Notes, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to herein by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

B-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

B-3


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

As Trustee

By  

 

Authorized officer

Dated:                     

 

B-4


Additional Terms of the Notes

This Note is one of the duly authorized issue of 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 of the Company (herein called the “ Notes ”), issued under an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (herein called the “ Indenture ,” which term shall have the meanings assigned to it in such instrument), among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto (“the Guarantors ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (herein called the “ Trustee ,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect from time to time (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. Additional Notes may be issued under the Indenture which will vote as a class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture.

All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

This Note may hereafter be entitled to certain other Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is made to Article XIII of the Indenture for terms relating to such Guarantees, including the release, termination and discharge thereof. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to make any notation on this Note to reflect any Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge.

The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on and after May 1, 2010, and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption price set forth below. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Notes will be so redeemable at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the relevant Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on May 1 of the years set forth below:

 

Period

   Redemption Price  

2010

   104.375 %

2011

   102.917 %

2012

   101.458 %

2013 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

B-5


In addition, at any time and from time to time on or prior to May 1, 2010, the Company, at its option, may redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 108.750%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided , however , that an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption. The Company may make such redemption upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture (but in no event more than 180 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including the completion of the related Equity Offering.

The Indenture provides that, upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require that the Company repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of such repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes in the event it has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as described above.

The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund.

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire Indebtedness of this Note or certain restrictive covenants and certain Events of Default with respect to this Note, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Notes to be effected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such

 

B-6


consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes, the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any premium or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Note Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Notes are issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 or, if greater at the Issue Date, the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration, transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration or transfer, the Company, any other obligor in respect of this Note, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, such other obligor or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and none of the Company, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

B-7


No director, officer, employee, incorporator, equity holder, member or stockholder, as such, of the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company or any Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, hereby waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS, AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES.

 

B-8


GUARANTEE

For value received, the undersigned hereby unconditionally guarantees, as principal obligor and not only as a surety, to the Holder of this Note the cash payments in United States dollars of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note (and including Additional Interest payable thereon) in the amounts and at the times when due and interest on the overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, of this Note, if lawful, and the payment or performance of all other Obligations of the Company under the Indenture (as defined below) or the Note, to the Holder of this Note and the Trustee, all in accordance with and subject to the terms and limitations of this Note, Article XIII of the Indenture and this Guarantee. This Guarantee will become effective in accordance with Article XIII of the Indenture and its terms shall be evidenced therein. The validity and enforceability of this Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007, among KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “the Company”), the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE.

This Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

B-9


KAR HOLDING, INC.
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[Guarantors]
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

B-10


[FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned Holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

Insert Taxpayer Identification No.

(Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee)

 

 

  

 

  

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing

 

 

  

attorney to transfer such Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

      NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.

Signature Guarantee:                                         

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

B-11


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, check the box:   ¨ .

If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, state the amount (in principal amount) below:

$             

Date:                     

Your Signature:                                          

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:                                          

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

B-12


SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of decreases

in Principal Amount

of this Global Note

 

Amount of increases

in Principal Amount

of this Global Note

 

Principal amount of

this Global Note

following such

decreases or

increases

 

Signature of

authorized officer of

Trustee or Notes

Custodian

 

B-13


EXHIBIT C

Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership

On or after [              ], 20[    ]

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Sixth & Marquette; N9303-120

Minneapolis, MN 55479

 

  Re: KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter relates to $[              ] million aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the offshore [temporary] global note certificate (the “ [Temporary] Regulation S Global Note ”). Pursuant to Section 313(3) of the Indenture dated as of April 20, 2007 relating to the Notes (the “ Indenture ”), we hereby certify that (1) we are the beneficial owner of such principal amount of Notes represented by the [Temporary] Regulation S Global Note and (2) we are either (i) a Non-U.S. Person to whom the Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S (“ Regulation S ”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) or (ii) a U.S. Person who purchased securities in a transaction that did not require registration under the Act.

You, the Company and counsel for the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Holder]
By:  

 

  Authorized Signature

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

Form of Regulation S Certificate

Regulation S Certificate

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Sixth & Marquette; N9303-120

Minneapolis, MN 55479

 

  Re: KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $[              ] million aggregate principal amount of Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S (“ Regulation S ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and accordingly, we hereby certify as follows:

1. The offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States (unless such person or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3) of Regulation S) or specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.

2. Either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States.

3. No directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable.

4. The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5. If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession or other fee or remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place before the end of the distribution compliance period under Regulation S, or we are an officer or director of the Company or a distributor, we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rules 903 and 904 of Regulation S.

 

D-1


6. If the proposed transfer takes place before the end of the distribution compliance period under Regulation S, the beneficial interest in the Notes so transferred will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear (as defined in the Indenture) or Clearstream (as defined in the Indenture).

7. We have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.

You, the Company and counsel for the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME of SELLER]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
Address:  

Date of this Certificate:                   , 20     

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

Form of Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Subsidiary Guarantee

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of [                      ] (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), among [name of Subsidiary Guarantor(s)] (the “ Subsidiary Guarantor(s) ”), KAR Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation ( the “ Company ,” which term includes its successors and assigns), each other then existing Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Existing Guarantors ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (“the Trustee ”) under the Indenture referred to below.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company, any Existing Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 of the Company (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 1308 of the Indenture provides that the Company is required to cause the Subsidiary Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsidiary Guarantors shall guarantee the Company’s Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Article XIII of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, each Subsidiary Guarantor desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration, including substantial economic benefit in that the financial performance and condition of such Subsidiary Guarantor is dependent on the financial performance and condition of the Company, the obligations hereunder of which such Subsidiary Guarantor has guaranteed, and on such Subsidiary Guarantor’s access to working capital through the Company’s access to revolving credit borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section hereof.

 

E-1


2. Agreement to Guarantee . [The] [Each] Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with [all] [any] other Subsidiary Guarantors and irrevocably, fully and unconditionally, to guarantee the Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XIII of the Indenture and to be bound by (and shall be entitled to the benefits of) all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor.

3. Termination, Release and Discharge . [The] [Each] Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, and [the] [each] Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations in respect of such Subsidiary Guarantee, as and when provided in Section 1303 of the Indenture.

4. Parties . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of [the] [each] Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee or any provision contained herein or in Article XIII of the Indenture.

5. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

6. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

7. Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

8. Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

E-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR(S)],

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

 

Name:  
Title:  
KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By  

 

Name:  
Title:  

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By  

 

  Authorized Officer

 

E-3


EXHIBIT F

[Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investors]

Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Sixth & Marquette; N9303-120

Minneapolis, MN 55479

 

  Re: KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $[              ] million aggregate principal amount of Notes, we confirm that:

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture dated as of April 20, 2007 relating to the Notes (the “ Indenture ”) and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law, and that the Notes may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should offer, sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any Notes within two years after the original issuance of the Notes, we will do so only (A) to the Company, (B) inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (C) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes to you a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter, (D) outside the United States to a foreign person in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein and in the Indenture.

3. We understand that, on any proposed transfer of any Notes prior to the later of the original issue date of the Notes and the last date the Notes were held by an affiliate of the Company pursuant to paragraphs 2(C), 2(D) and 2(E) above, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information

 

F-1


as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed transfer complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are acquiring the Notes for investment purposes and not with a view to, or offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, and we are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

5. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “ accredited investor ”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

Very truly yours,
(Name of Transferee)
By  

 

  Authorized Signature

 

F-2

Exhibit 4.3

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.,

as Issuer,

The GUARANTORS from time to time parties hereto

and

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 


INDENTURE

DATED as of APRIL 20, 2007

 


10% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 101.

   Definitions.    1

Section 102.

   Other Definitions.    39

Section 103.

   Rules of Construction.    40

Section 104.

   Incorporation by Reference of TIA.    41

Section 105.

   Conflict with TIA.    41

Section 106.

   Compliance Certificates and Opinions.    41

Section 107.

   Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee.    42

Section 108.

   Acts of Noteholders; Record Dates.    42

Section 109.

   Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company.    45

Section 110.

   Notices to Holders; Waiver.    45

Section 111.

   Effect of Headings and Table of Contents.    45

Section 112.

   Successors and Assigns.    45

Section 113.

   Separability Clause.    46

Section 114.

   Benefits of Indenture.    46

Section 115.

   GOVERNING LAW.    46

Section 116.

   Legal Holidays.    46

Section 117.

   No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Equity Holders, Members and Stockholders.    46

Section 118.

   Exhibits and Schedules.    46

Section 119.

   Counterparts.    46
ARTICLE II
NOTE FORMS

Section 201.

   Forms Generally.    47

Section 202.

   Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication.    48

Section 203.

   Restrictive and Global Note Legends.    49
ARTICLE III
THE NOTES

Section 301.

   Title and Terms.    51

Section 302.

   Denominations    51

Section 303.

   Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating    51

Section 304.

   Temporary Notes    52

Section 305.

   Registrar and Paying Agent    52

 

i


Table of Contents

(Continued)

 

          Page

Section 306.

   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes    54

Section 307.

   Payment of Interest Rights Preserved    54

Section 308.

   Persons Deemed Owners    55

Section 309.

   Cancellation    55

Section 310.

   Computation of Interest    56

Section 311.

   CUSIP Numbers, Etc.    56

Section 312.

   Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes    56

Section 313.

   Special Transfer Provisions    58

Section 314.

   Payment of Additional Interest    61
ARTICLE IV
COVENANTS

Section 401.

   Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest    61

Section 402.

   Maintenance of Office or Agency    61

Section 403.

   Money for Payments to Be Held in Trust    61

Section 404.

   [Reserved]    63

Section 405.

   Reports    63

Section 406.

   Statement as to Default    64

Section 407.

   Limitation on Indebtedness    64

Section 408.

   [Reserved]    68

Section 409.

   Limitation on Restricted Payments    69

Section 410.

   Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries    73

Section 411.

   Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock    75

Section 412.

   Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates    77

Section 413.

   Limitation on Liens    79

Section 414.

   Future Subsidiary Guarantors    80

Section 415.

   Purchase of Notes upon a Change in Control    80

Section 416.

   Limitation on Layering    82
ARTICLE V
SUCCESSORS

Section 501.

   When the Company May Merge, Etc.    82

Section 502.

   Successor Company Substituted.    83
ARTICLE VI
REMEDIES

Section 601.

   Events of Default.    84

Section 602.

   Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment.    86

Section 603.

   Other Remedies; Collection Suit by Trustee    87

Section 604.

   Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.    87

 

ii


Table of Contents

(Continued)

 

          Page

Section 605.

   Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes    87

Section 606.

   Application of Money Collected    88

Section 607.

   Limitation on Suits    88

Section 608.

   Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest    88

Section 609.

   Restoration of Rights and Remedies    89

Section 610.

   Rights and Remedies Cumulative    89

Section 611.

   Delay or Omission Not Waiver    89

Section 612.

   Control by Holders    89

Section 613.

   Waiver of Past Defaults    90

Section 614.

   Undertaking for Costs    90

Section 615.

   Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws    90
ARTICLE VII
THE TRUSTEE

Section 701.

   Certain Duties and Responsibilities    91

Section 702.

   Notice of Defaults    91

Section 703.

   Certain Rights of Trustee    92

Section 704.

   Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes    93

Section 705.

   May Hold Notes    93

Section 706.

   Money Held in Trust    93

Section 707.

   Compensation and Reimbursement    93

Section 708.

   Conflicting Interests    94

Section 709.

   Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility.    94

Section 710.

   Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.    94

Section 711.

   Acceptance of Appointment by Successor.    95

Section 712.

   Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business.    96

Section 713.

   Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company    96

Section 714.

   Appointment of Authenticating Agent    96
ARTICLE VIII
HOLDER’S LISTS AND REPORTS BY
TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY

Section 801.

   The Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders.    96

Section 802.

   Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders.    97

Section 803.

   Reports by Trustee.    97
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT OR WAIVER

Section 901.

   Without Consent of Holders.    97

Section 902.

   With Consent of Holders    98

 

iii


Table of Contents

(Continued)

 

          Page

Section 903.

   Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers    99

Section 904.

   Revocation and Effect of Consents    100

Section 905.

   Conformity with TIA    100

Section 906.

   Notation on or Exchange of Notes    100
ARTICLE X
REDEMPTION OF NOTES

Section 1001.

   Right of Redemption    101

Section 1002.

   Applicability of Article    102

Section 1003.

   Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee    102

Section 1004.

   Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed    102

Section 1005.

   Notice of Redemption    103

Section 1006.

   Deposit of Redemption Price    104

Section 1007.

   Notes Payable on Redemption Date    104

Section 1008.

   Notes Redeemed in Part    104
ARTICLE XI
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 1101.

   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture    105

Section 1102.

   Application of Trust Money    106
ARTICLE XII
DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 1201.

   The Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance    106

Section 1202.

   Defeasance and Discharge    106

Section 1203.

   Covenant Defeasance    107

Section 1204.

   Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance    107

Section 1205.

   Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions    109

Section 1206.

   Reinstatement    109

Section 1207.

   Repayment to the Company.    109
ARTICLE XIII
GUARANTEES

Section 1301.

   Guarantees Generally.    110

Section 1302.

   Continuing Guarantees.    111

Section 1303.

   Release of Guarantees.    112

Section 1304.

   [Reserved].    112

 

iv


Table of Contents

(Continued)

 

          Page
Section 1305.    Waiver of Subrogation.    112
Section 1306.    Notation Not Required.    113
Section 1307.    Successors and Assigns of Guarantors.    113
Section 1308.    Execution and Delivery of Guarantees.    113
Section 1309.    Notices.    113
ARTICLE XIV
SUBORDINATION OF THE NOTES
Section 1401.    Agreement to Subordinate.    113
Section 1402.    Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy.    114
Section 1403.    Default on Senior Indebtedness of the Company.    114
Section 1404.    Acceleration of Payment of Senior Subordinated Notes.    115
Section 1405.    When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.    115
Section 1406.    Subrogation.    116
Section 1407.    Relative Rights.    116
Section 1408.    Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company.    116
Section 1409.    Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.    116
Section 1410.    Distribution or Notice to Representative.    117
Section 1411.    Article XIV Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate.    117
Section 1412.    Trust Moneys Not Subordinated.    117
Section 1413.    Trustee Entitled to Rely.    117
Section 1414.    Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.    118
Section 1415.    Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company.    118
Section 1416.    Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company on Subordination Provisions.    118
ARTICLE XV
SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES
Section 1501.    Agreement to Subordinate.    119
Section 1502.    Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy.    119
Section 1503.    Default on Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor.    119
Section 1504.    Acceleration of Payment of Senior Subordinated Notes.    121
Section 1505.    When Distribution Must Be Paid Over.    121
Section 1506.    Subrogation.    121
Section 1507.    Relative Rights.    121
Section 1508.    Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor.    121
Section 1509.    Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent.    121
Section 1510.    Distribution or Notice to Representative.    122
Section 1511.    Article XV Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Demand Payment.    122

 

v


Table of Contents

(Continued)

 

          Page
Section 1512.    Trust Moneys Not Subordinated.    122
Section 1513.    Trustee Entitled to Rely.    122
Section 1514.    Trustee to Effectuate Subordination.    123
Section 1515.    Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of Guarantors.    123
Section 1516.    Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions.    123

 

Exhibit A    Form of Initial Note
Exhibit B    Form of Exchange Note
Exhibit C    Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership
Exhibit D    Form of Regulation S Certificate
Exhibit E    Form of Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Subsidiary Guarantees
Exhibit F    Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investors

 

vi


Certain Sections of this Indenture relating to Sections 310 through 318

inclusive of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939:

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

  

Indenture Section

§ 310(a)(1)

   709

(a)(2)

   709

(a)(3)

   Not Applicable

(a)(4)

   Not Applicable

(b)

   708

§ 311(a)

   713

(b)

   713

§ 312(a)

   801, 802

(b)

   802

(c)

   802

§ 313(a)

   803

(b)

   803

(c)

   803

(d)

   803

§ 314(a)

   405

(a)(4)

   106, 406

(b)

   Not Applicable

(c)(1)

   106

(c)(2)

   106

(c)(3)

   Not Applicable

(d)

   Not Applicable

(e)

   106

§ 315(a)

   701

(b)

   702, 803

(c)

   701

(d)

   701

(d)(1)

   701

(d)(2)

   701

(d)(3)

   612, 701

(e)

   614

§ 316(a)

   612, 613

(a)(1)(A)

   602, 612

(a)(1)(B)

   613

(a)(2)

   Not Applicable

(b)

   608

(c)

   108

 

vii


Trust Indenture Act Section

  

Indenture Section

§ 317(a)(1)

   603

(a)(2)

   604

(b)

   403

§ 318(a)

   105

This cross-reference table shall not for any purpose be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

viii


INDENTURE, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Indenture ”), among KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ” or the “ Issuer ”), the guarantors from time to time parties hereto (the “ Guarantors ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

RECITALS OF THE ISSUER

The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture to provide for the issuance of the Notes.

All things necessary to make the Original Notes, when executed and delivered by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder and duly issued by the Issuer, the valid obligations of the Issuer, and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer in accordance with the terms of the Original Notes and this Indenture, have been done.

NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the benefit of all Holders of the Notes, as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS

OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 101. Definitions .“ 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes ” means $450.0 million in aggregate principal amount of 8  3 / 4 % senior notes due 2014 issued by the Company pursuant to the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Note Indenture.

8  3 / 4 % Senior Note Indenture ” means that indenture, to be dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, the guarantors from time to time a party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the 8  3 / 4 % Notes.

Acquired Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Person (i) existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or (ii) assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person, in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such acquisition. Acquired Indebtedness shall be deemed to be Incurred on the date of the related acquisition of assets from any Person or the date the acquired Person becomes a Subsidiary.

Acquisition ” means the Merger and all related transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documentation.

Acquisition Documentation ” means, collectively, the Merger Agreement and all schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto and all side letters and agreements affecting the terms thereof or entered into to effectuate the Merger.


AFC ” means Automotive Finance Corporation, any of its Subsidiaries, and any successor entity thereto.

Additional Assets ” means (i) any property or assets that replace the property or assets that are the subject of an Asset Disposition; (ii) any property or assets (other than Indebtedness and Equity Interests) used or to be used by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary or otherwise useful in a Related Business (including any capital expenditures on any property or assets already so used); (iii) the Equity Interests of a Person that is engaged in a Related Business and becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of the acquisition of such Equity Interests by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; or (iv) Equity Interests of any Person that at such time is a Restricted Subsidiary acquired from a third party.

Additional Notes ” means any notes issued under this Indenture in addition to the Original Notes (other than any Notes issued pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 , 312(c) , 312(d) or 1008 ).

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Asset Disposition ” means any sale, lease (other than an operating lease entered into in the ordinary course of business), transfer or other disposition of shares of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares, or (in the case of a Foreign Subsidiary) to the extent required by applicable law), property or other assets (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “ disposition ”) by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction), other than (i) a disposition to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) a sale or other disposition in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, sales or dispositions of used, worn-out or obsolete property and assets and property and assets that are not useful in the business of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) the sale or discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable, (iv) any Restricted Payment Transaction, (v) a disposition that is governed by Article V , (vi) any Financing Disposition, (vii) any “fee in lieu” or other disposition of assets to any governmental authority or agency that continue in use by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets upon reasonable notice by paying a nominal fee, (viii) any exchange of property pursuant to or intended to qualify under Section 1031 (or any successor section) of the Code, or any exchange of equipment to be leased, rented or otherwise used in a Related Business, (ix) any financing transaction with respect to any existing property or any property built or acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date, including without limitation any sale/leaseback transaction or asset securitization, (x) any disposition arising from foreclosure, condemnation or similar action with respect to any property or other assets, or exercise of termination rights under any lease, license, concession or other

 

2


agreement, (xi) any disposition of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (xii) a disposition of Equity Interests of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), entered into in connection with such acquisition, (xiii) any disposition or series of related dispositions for aggregate consideration not to exceed $10.0 million, (xiv) the creation of a Permitted Lien and dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens, (xv) dispositions of Investments or receivables, in each case in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, (xvi) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligation, (xvii) the licensing of any intellectual property or (xviii) the Excluded Assets.

Atlanta IRB Transaction ” means the transactions entered into by ADESA Atlanta, LLC with the Development Authority of Fulton County, Georgia in connection with a wholesale automobile auction facility located in Fulton, Georgia.

Authenticating Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant to Section 714 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes of one or more series.

Bank Indebtedness ” means any and all amounts, whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred, payable under or in respect of any Credit Facility, including without limitation principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, guarantees, other monetary obligations of any nature and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

Board of Directors ” means, for any Person, the board of directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, the board of directors or other governing body of such entity, or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board or governing body. Unless otherwise provided, “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City (or any other city in which a Paying Agent maintains its office).

Canadian Subsidiary ” means any Foreign Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of Canada or any province or subdivision thereof.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capitalized lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. The Stated Maturity of any Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under the related lease.

 

3


Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following: (a) securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof, (b) marketable general obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof having a credit rating of “AA” or better at the time of acquisition from either S&P or Moody’s, (c) time deposits, certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of (i) any lender under a Senior Credit Facility or any affiliate thereof or (ii) any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000 and the commercial paper of the holding company of which is rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), provided, however , that time deposits (including Eurodollar time deposits), certificates of deposit (including Eurodollar certificates of deposit) and bankers’ acceptances in the aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 may be maintained at any commercial bank of recognized standing organized under the laws of the United States (or any State or territory thereof) that does not satisfy the capital and surplus requirements and rating requirements set forth in this clause (c), (d) money market instruments, commercial paper or other short-term obligations rated at least A-2 or the equivalent thereof by S&P or at least P-2 or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s (or if at such time neither is issuing ratings, then a comparable rating of another nationally recognized rating agency), (e) investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 or any successor rule of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and (f) investments similar to any of the foregoing denominated in foreign currencies approved by the Board of Directors.

Change of Control ” means:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders or a Parent, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, provided that (x) so long as the Company is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the “beneficial owner”;

(ii) the Company or the Parent merges or consolidates with or into, or sells or transfers (in one or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to, another Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) and any “person” (as defined in clause (i) above), other than one or more Permitted Holders or any Parent, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as so defined), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or the transferee Person in such sale or transfer of assets, as the case may be, provided that (x) so long as such surviving or transferee Person is a Subsidiary of a parent Person, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the

 

4


total voting power of the Voting Stock of such surviving or transferee Person unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent Person and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the beneficial owner; or

(iii) during any period of two consecutive years (during which period the Company has been a party to this Indenture), individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new members thereof whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by holders of Equity Interests of the Company was approved by one or more Permitted Holders or by a vote of a majority of the members of such Board of Directors then still in office who were either members thereof at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such Board of Directors then in office.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, société anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commodities Agreement ” means, in respect of a Person, any commodity futures contract, forward contract, option or similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or beneficiary.

Company ” means KAR Holdings, Inc., and any and all successors thereto.

Company Request ,” “ Company Order ” and “ Company Consent ” mean, respectively, a written request, order or consent signed in the name of the Company by an Officer of the Company.

Consolidated Coverage Ratio ” as of any date of determination means the ratio of (i) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters ending prior to the date of such determination for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters (in each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), determined for each fiscal quarter (or portion thereof) of the four fiscal quarters ending prior to the Issue Date); provided , that

(1) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such

 

5


calculation shall be computed based on (A) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (B) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation);

(2) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged any Indebtedness that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination (each, a “ Discharge ”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a Discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such Discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have disposed of any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “ Sale ”), the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to (A) the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with such Sale for such period (including but not limited to through the assumption of such Indebtedness by another Person) plus (B) if the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period attributable to the Indebtedness of such Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the Company and its continuing Restricted Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such Sale;

(4) if since the beginning of such period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise acquired any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business, including any such Investment or acquisition occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder (any such Investment or acquisition, a “ Purchase ”), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any related Indebtedness) as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; and

(5) if since the beginning of such period any Person became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, and since the beginning of such period such Person shall have Discharged

 

6


any Indebtedness or made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2), (3) or (4) above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Discharge, Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred or repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings synergies or annualized impact of buyer fee increases relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by the Chief Financial Officer or an authorized Officer of the Company. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness). If any Indebtedness bears, at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, a rate of interest based on a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate or other fixed or floating rate, and such Indebtedness is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated by applying such optional rate as the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary may designate. If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect was Incurred under a revolving credit facility, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, for any period:

(a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus ,

(b) without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) the aggregate amount of all provisions for all taxes (whether or not paid, estimated or accrued) based upon the income and profits of the Company or alternative taxes imposed as reflected in the provision for income taxes in the Company’s consolidated financial statements;

(ii) interest expense, amortization or write-off of debt discount and debt issuance costs, and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including the Notes);

(iii) depreciation and amortization expense;

(iv) amortization of intangibles (including goodwill) and organization costs;

 

7


(v) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges, expenses or losses (whether cash or non-cash);

(vi) any cash compensation expense relating to the cancellation or retirement of stock options in connection with the Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25.0 million;

(vii) non-cash compensation expenses from stock, options to purchase stock and stock appreciation rights issued to the management of the Company;

(viii) any other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period (including deferred rent but excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period); provided, however , that cash payments made in such period or in any future period in respect of such non-cash charges, expenses or losses (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period) shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDA in the period when such payments are made;

(ix) no more than $5.0 million accrued in any fiscal year for payment to the Permitted Holders in respect of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees plus any related expenses and other amounts paid to the Permitted Holders to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 412(b)(ii) hereof;

(x) any impairment charges, write-off, depreciation or amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 or to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 and any other non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting;

(xi) any reduction in revenue resulting from the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries), as a result of the Acquisition, any acquisition consummated prior to the Issue Date or any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a business unit of a Person;

(xii) any loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not Disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person;

(xiii) any unrealized losses in respect of Hedging Obligations;

(xiv) any unrealized foreign currency translation losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person;

 

8


(xv) the amount of any minority expense net of dividends and distributions paid to the holders of such minority interest;

(xvi) any costs, fees and expenses associated with the consolidation of the salvage operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as described in this Offering Circular;

(xvii) any costs, fees and expenses associated with the cost reduction, operational restructuring and business improvement efforts of any consulting firm engaged by the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries to perform such service;

(xviii) any charges, costs, fees and expenses realized upon the termination of employees and the termination or cancellation of leases, software licenses or other contracts in connection with the operational restructuring and business improvement efforts of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(xix) any costs, fees and expenses related to the Acquisition and any other costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a business unit of a Person; minus

(c) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) interest income;

(ii) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring income or gains whether or not included as a separate item in the statement of Consolidated Net Income;

(iii) all non-cash gains on the sale or disposition of any property other than inventory sold in the ordinary course of business;

(iv) any other non-cash income (excluding any items that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period that are described in the parenthetical to clause (b)(viii) above);

(v) any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not Disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person;

(vi) any unrealized gains in respect of Hedging Obligations; and

(vii) any unrealized foreign currency translation gains in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person, all as determined on a consolidated basis; plus

 

9


(d) the annualized impact of buyer fee increases on any business acquired in any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Equity Interests (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a business unit of a Person.

For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “Reference Period”) pursuant to any determination of the Consolidated Coverage Ratio, (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto, as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period, and, in the case of any Material Acquisition other than the Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA may be increased by adding back any cost savings related thereto expected to be realized within 365 days of such Material Acquisition and all costs incurred to achieve such cost savings. As used in this definition, “Material Acquisition” means any acquisition of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes assets comprising all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business or constitutes all or substantially all of the common stock of a Person and (b) involves the payment of consideration by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000; and “Material Disposition” means any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property that yields gross proceeds to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Consolidated EBITDA shall be deemed to be $102,900,000, $99,400,000, $88,100,000 and $80,700,000, respectively, for the fiscal quarters ending on or about March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006, September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006, subject to the adjustments provided for in clauses (b) and (c) of this paragraph, (b) in determining Consolidated EBITDA at any time on or before June 30, 2007, Consolidated EBITDA will be increased by $10,500,000 on account of anticipated cost savings related to the combination of the salvage auction businesses of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and ADESA, Inc. as reflected in the Offering Circular, and (c) in determining Consolidated EBITDA at any time after June 30, 2007 and on or before June 30, 2008, Consolidated EBITDA will be increased by the difference between $10,500,000 and the cumulative amount of all such cost savings referred to in clause (b) that have been realized prior to such time

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any period, (i) the total interest expense of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any interest income of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including without limitation any such interest expense consisting of (a) interest expense attributable to Capitalized Lease Obligations, (b) amortization of debt discount, (c) interest in respect of Indebtedness of any other Person that has been Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, but only to the extent that such interest is actually paid by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (d) non-cash interest expense, (e) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation and (f) commissions, discounts and other fees and

 

10


charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, plus (ii) Preferred Stock dividends paid in cash in respect of Disqualified Stock of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and minus (iii) to the extent otherwise included in such interest expense referred to in clause (i) above, amortization or write-off of financing costs, in each case under clauses (i) through (iii) as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , that gross interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to Interest Rate Agreements.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, the net income (loss) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends; provided , that there shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

(i) any net income (loss) of any Person if such Person is not a Restricted Subsidiary, except that (A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Person for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount actually distributed by such Person during such period to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution (subject, in the case of a dividend or other distribution to a Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitations contained in clause (ii) below) and (B) the Company’s equity in the net loss of such Person shall be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Person;

(ii) solely for purposes of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 409(a)(3)(A) , any net income (loss) of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor if such Restricted Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of dividends or the making of similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to the Company by operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute or governmental rule or regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary or its stockholders (other than (v) restrictions that have been waived or otherwise released, (w) restrictions pursuant to the Notes or this Indenture, (x) restrictions pursuant to the Floating Rate Senior Notes or the Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture, (y) restrictions pursuant to the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes or the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Note Indenture and (z) restrictions in effect on the Issue Date with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary and other restrictions with respect to such Restricted Subsidiary that taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Noteholders than such restrictions in effect on the Issue Date), except that (A) subject to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below, the Company’s equity in the net income of any such Restricted Subsidiary for such period shall be included in such Consolidated Net Income up to the aggregate amount of any dividend or distribution that was or that could have been made by such Restricted Subsidiary during such period to the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary (subject, in the case of a dividend that could have been made to another Restricted Subsidiary, to the limitation contained in this clause) and (B) the net loss of such Restricted Subsidiary shall be included to the extent of the aggregate Investment of the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries in such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

11


(iii) any gain or loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors);

(iv) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles;

(v) all deferred financing costs written off and premiums paid in connection with any early extinguishment of Indebtedness;

(vi) any unrealized gains or losses in respect of Currency Agreements;

(vii) any unrealized foreign currency transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person;

(viii) any non-cash compensation charge arising from any grant of stock, stock options or other equity based awards;

(ix) to the extent otherwise included in Consolidated Net Income, any unrealized foreign currency translation or transaction gains or losses in respect of Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(x) any non-cash charge, expense or other impact attributable to application of the purchase method of accounting (including the total amount of depreciation and amortization, cost of sales or other non-cash expense resulting from the write-up of assets to the extent resulting from such purchase accounting adjustments); and

(xi) any item classified as an extraordinary, unusual or nonrecurring gain, loss or charge, including fees, expenses and charges associated with the Transactions and any acquisition, merger or consolidation after the Issue Date.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings or synergies relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting Officer of the Company.

Consolidated Total Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (1) the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Notes) as of such date consisting of (without duplication) Indebtedness for borrowed money (including Purchase Money Obligations and unreimbursed outstanding drawn amounts under funded letters of credit); Capitalized Lease Obligations; debt obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; Disqualified Stock; and (in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor) Preferred Stock, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (excluding items eliminated in Consolidation, and for the avoidance of doubt, excluding Hedging Obligations), minus (2) the amount of such Indebtedness consisting of Indebtedness of a type referred to in, or Incurred pursuant to, Section 407(b)(ix) .

 

12


Consolidation ” means the consolidation of the accounts of each of the Restricted Subsidiaries with those of the Company in accordance with GAAP; provided that “Consolidation” will not include consolidation of the accounts of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, but the interest of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary will be accounted for as an investment. The term “Consolidated” has a correlative meaning.

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office on the Issue Date is located at Sixth & Marquette, N9303-120, Minneapolis, MN, 55479; Attn: Corporate Trust Services.

Credit Facilities ” means one or more of (i) the Senior Credit Facility, and (ii) any other facilities, agreements, indentures or arrangements designated by the Company, in each case with one or more banks or other lenders or institutions providing for revolving credit loans, term loans or receivables (including without limitation through the sale of receivables to such institutions or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such institutions against such receivables or the creation of any Liens in respect of such receivables in favor of such institutions), letters of credit or other Indebtedness, in each case, including all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, including but not limited to any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages or letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original banks, lenders or institutions or other banks, lenders or institutions or otherwise, and whether provided under any original Credit Facility or one or more other credit agreements, indentures, debentures, notes financing agreements or other Credit Facilities or through the sale of debt securities or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Credit Facility” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Currency Agreement ” means, in respect of a Person, any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract or other similar agreement or arrangements (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is a party or of which it is a beneficiary.

Default ” means any event or condition that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

Depositary ” means The Depository Trust Company, its nominees and successors.

 

13


Designated Noncash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of noncash consideration received by the Company or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with an Asset Disposition that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation. A particular item of Designated Noncash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when it has been pair, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with the Section 411 .

Designated Senior Indebtedness ” means:

(1) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility;

(2) any Indebtedness outstanding under the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Note Indenture;

(3) any Indebtedness outstanding under the Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture; and

(4) any other Senior Indebtedness permitted under this Indenture, the principal amount of which is $35.0 million or more and that has been designated by the Company as Designated Senior Indebtedness.

Disinterested Directors ” means, with respect to any Affiliate Transaction, one or more members of the Board of Directors of the Company, or one or more members of the Board of Directors of a Parent, having no material direct or indirect financial interest in or with respect to such Affiliate Transaction. A member of any such Board of Directors shall not be deemed to have such a financial interest by reason of such member’s holding Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent or any options, warrants or other rights in respect of such Equity Interests.

Disposition ” means, with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof. The terms “ Dispose ” and “ Disposed of ” shall have correlative meanings.

Disqualified Stock ” means, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interest that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable or exercisable) or upon the happening of any event (other than following the occurrence of a Change of Control or other similar event described under such terms as a “change of control,” or an Asset Disposition) (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock (excluding Equity Interests convertible or exchangeable solely at the option of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however , that any such conversion or exchange shall be deemed an Incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable) or (iii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than following the occurrence of a Change of Control or other similar event described under such terms as a “change of control,” or an Asset Disposition), in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the final Stated Maturity of the Notes.

 

14


Dollars ” or “ $ ” means dollars in lawful currency of the United States of America.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company other than a Foreign Subsidiary.

Equity Interests ” of any Person means any and all shares of, rights to purchase, warrants, options, profits, interests, equity appreciation rights or other rights to acquire or purchase, or other equivalents of or interest in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, any such equity).

Equity Offering ” means any public or private sale of common stock or Preferred Stock of the Company or any of its direct or indirect parent companies (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:

(1) public offerings with respect to the Company’s or any direct or indirect parent company’s common stock registered on Form S-8;

(2) issuances to any Subsidiary of the Company; and

(3) any such public or private sale that constitutes an Excluded Contribution

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System, or any successor securities clearing agency.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Notes ” means the Issuer’s 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015, containing terms substantially identical to the Initial Notes or any Initial Additional Notes (except that (i) such Exchange Notes may omit terms with respect to transfer restrictions and may be registered under the Securities Act, and (ii) certain provisions relating to an increase in the stated rate of interest thereon may be eliminated), that are issued and exchanged for (a) the Initial Notes, as provided for in the Registration Rights Agreement, or (b) such Initial Additional Notes as may be provided in any registration rights agreement relating to such Initial Additional Notes and this Indenture (including any amendment or supplement hereto.)

Excluded Assets ” means the properties of the Company located at (i) Atlanta (Old Site), 300 Raymond Hill Road, Newnan, GA; (ii) Dallas, 1224 East Big Town Blvd., Mesquite, TX 75149, (iii) Fremont, 6700 Stevenson Blvd., Fremont, CA 94538; (iv) Kansas City, 101 Southwest Oldham Pkwy, Lee’s Summit, MO 64081 and (v) Phoenix, 400 North Beck Avenue, Chandler, AZ 85226.

Excluded Contribution ” means net cash proceeds, marketable securities or Qualified Proceeds received by the Company from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital; and

 

15


(2) the sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement of the Company) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company, in each case designated as Excluded Contributions pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate executed by the principal financial officer of the Company on the date such capital contributions are made or the date such Equity Interests are sold, as the case may be, which are excluded from the calculation set forth in Section 409(a) .

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any asset or property, the fair market value of such asset or property as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination will be conclusive.

Financing Disposition ” means any sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of, or creation or incurrence of any Lien on, Receivables by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof to or in favor of any Special Purpose Entity, or by any Special Purpose Subsidiary, in each case in connection with a financing by a Special Purpose Entity or in connection with the Incurrence by a Special Purpose Entity of Indebtedness or obligations to make payments to the obligor on Indebtedness, which may be secured by a Lien in respect of such property or assets, in each case, for the Fair Market Value thereof.

Floating Rate Senior Notes ” means $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount of floating rate senior notes due 2014 issued by the Company pursuant to the Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture.

Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture ” means that indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, the guarantors from time to time a party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, relating to the Floating Rate Senior Notes.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not organized under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia and (b) any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that has no material assets other than securities or Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries (or Subsidiaries thereof), and other assets relating to an ownership interest in any such securities, Indebtedness or Subsidiaries.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect on the Issue Date (for purposes of the definitions of the terms “Consolidated Coverage Ratio,” “Consolidated EBITDA,” “Consolidated Interest Expense,” “Consolidated Net Income,” “Consolidated Total Indebtedness” and “Total Assets,” all defined terms in this Indenture to the extent used in or relating to any of the foregoing definitions, and all ratios and computations based on any of the foregoing definitions) and as in effect from time to time (for all other purposes of this Indenture), including those set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession. All ratios and computations based on GAAP contained in this Indenture shall be computed in conformity to the extent possible with GAAP.

 

16


Guarantee ” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person; provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor ” means each Subsidiary Guarantor.

Guarantor Subordinated Obligations ” means, with respect to a Subsidiary Guarantor, any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement.

Hedging Obligations ” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Agreement or Commodities Agreement.

Holder ” or “ Noteholder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

Incur ” means issue, assume, enter into any Guarantee of, incur or otherwise become liable for; and the terms “ Incurs ,” “ Incurred ” and “ Incurrence ” shall have a correlative meaning; provided , that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary. The accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion of amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock. Any Indebtedness issued at a discount (including Indebtedness on which interest is payable through the issuance of additional Indebtedness) shall be deemed Incurred at the time of original issuance of the Indebtedness at the initial accreted amount thereof.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

(i) the principal of indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money;

(ii) the principal of obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;

(iii) the principal component of all reimbursement obligations of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments (except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to a Trade Payable or similar liability and such obligation is satisfied within 30 days of Incurrence);

(iv) the principal component of all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred and unpaid purchase price of property (except Trade Payables and other accrued current liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business), which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such property in final service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

 

17


(v) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;

(vi) the redemption, repayment or other repurchase amount of such Person with respect to any Disqualified Stock of such Person or (if such Person is a Subsidiary of the Company other than a Subsidiary Guarantor) any Preferred Stock of such Subsidiary, but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends (the amount of such obligation to be equal at any time to the maximum fixed involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price for such Equity Interest, or if less (or if such Equity Interest has no such fixed price), to the involuntary redemption, repayment or repurchase price thereof calculated in accordance with the terms thereof as if then redeemed, repaid or repurchased, and if such price is based upon or measured by the fair market value of such Equity Interest, such fair market value shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors or the board of directors or other governing body of the issuer of such Equity Interest);

(vii) the principal component of all Indebtedness of other Persons secured by a Lien on any asset of such Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by such Person; provided that the amount of Indebtedness of such Person shall be the lesser of (A) the fair market value of such asset at such date of determination (as determined in good faith by the Company) and (B) the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Persons;

(viii) the principal component of Indebtedness of other Persons, to the extent Guaranteed by such Person; and

(ix) to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, net Hedging Obligations of such Person (the amount of any such obligation to be equal at any time to the termination value of such agreement or arrangement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation that would be payable by such Person at such time);

provided, however , that Indebtedness shall not include (A) any obligation of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of the Transaction Documents (other than the Credit Agreement, the Notes, the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes, the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Note Indenture, the Floating Rate Senior Notes, the Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture and this Indenture), (B) any liability for Federal, state, provincial, foreign, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person, (C) advances paid by customers in the ordinary course of business for services or products to be provided or delivered in the future, (D) Trade Payables, accrued expenses and intercompany liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business, (E) prepaid or deferred revenue arising in the ordinary course of business, (F) purchase price holdbacks arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy unperformed obligations of the seller of such asset or (G) earn-out obligations until such obligations become a liability on the balance sheet of such person in accordance with GAAP.

 

18


The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be determined as set forth above or otherwise provided in this Indenture, or otherwise shall equal the amount thereof that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person (excluding any notes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Initial Additional Notes ” means the additional Notes issued in an offering not registered under the Securities Act (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 , 312(c) , 312(d) or 1008 ).

Initial Notes ” means the Notes issued on the Issue Date (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 , 312(c) , 312(d) or 1008 ).

interest ,” with respect to the Notes, means interest on the Notes and, except for purposes of Article IX , additional or special interest pursuant to the terms of any Note.

Interest Payment Date ” means, when used with respect to any Note and any installment of interest thereon, the date specified in such Note as the fixed date on which such installment of interest is due and payable, as set forth in such Note.

Interest Rate Agreement ” means, with respect to any Person, any interest rate protection agreement, future agreement, option agreement, swap agreement, cap agreement, collar agreement, hedge agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement (including derivative agreements or arrangements), as to which such Person is party or a beneficiary.

Inventory ” means goods held for sale, lease or use by a Person in the ordinary course of business, net of any reserve for goods that have been segregated by such Person to be returned to the applicable vendor for credit, as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Investment ” in any Person by any other Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan or other extension of credit (other than to customers, dealers, licensees, franchisees, suppliers, directors, officers or employees of any Person in the ordinary course of business) or capital contribution (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others) to, or any purchase or acquisition of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by, such Person. For purposes of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary” and Section 409 only, “Investment” shall include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary, provided that upon a redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to continue to have a permanent “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company’s “Investment” in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (y) the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the Fair Market Value of the net assets of such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation, and (ii) any property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be valued at its Fair Market Value at the time of such transfer. Guarantees shall not be deemed to be Investments. The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time shall be the original cost of such Investment, reduced (at the Company’s option) by any dividend, distribution, interest payment, return of capital, repayment

 

19


or other amount or value received in respect of such Investment; provided , that to the extent that the amount of Restricted Payments outstanding at any time is so reduced by any portion of any such amount or value that would otherwise be included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income, such portion of such amount or value shall not be so included for purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to Section 409(a) .

Issue Date ” means the first date on which Notes are issued.

Issuer ” means KAR Holdings, Inc., and any and all successors thereto.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

Management Advances ” means loans or advances made to directors, officers or employees of any Parent, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (x) in respect of travel, entertainment or moving-related expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business, (y) in respect of moving-related expenses incurred in connection with any closing or consolidation of any facility, or (z) in the ordinary course of business and (in the case of this clause (z)) not exceeding $10.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time.

Merger Agreement ” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 22, 2006 by an among KAR Holdings II, LLC, the Company, KAR Acquisitions, Inc. and ADESA, Inc., as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Merger ” means the merger of KAR Acquisitions, Inc. with and into the Company, with the Company continuing as the surviving corporation.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and its successors.

Net Available Cash ” from an Asset Disposition means an amount equal to all cash payments received (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise, but only as and when received, but excluding any other consideration received in the form of assumption by the acquiring person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating to the properties or assets that are the subject of such Asset Disposition or received in any other non-cash form) therefrom, in each case net of (i) all legal, accounting, investment banking, title and recording tax expenses, commissions and other fees and expenses incurred, and all federal, state, provincial, foreign and local taxes required to be paid or to be accrued as a liability under GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition (including as a consequence of any transfer of funds in connection with the application thereof in accordance with Section 411 ), (ii) all payments made, and all installment payments required to be made, on any Indebtedness that is secured by any assets subject to such Asset Disposition, in accordance with the terms of any Lien upon such assets, or that must by its terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset Disposition, or by applicable law, be repaid out of the proceeds from such Asset Disposition, (iii) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint

 

20


ventures as a result of such Asset Disposition, or to any other Person (other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) owning a beneficial interest in the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition, (iv) the deduction of appropriate amounts to be provided by the seller as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liabilities, (v) any liabilities or obligations associated with the assets disposed of in such Asset Disposition and retained by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition, including without limitation pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities, liabilities related to environmental matters, and liabilities relating to any indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Disposition, and (vi) the amount of any purchase price or similar adjustment (x) claimed by any Person to be owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, until such time as such claim shall have been settled or otherwise finally resolved, or (y) paid or payable by the Company, in either case in respect of such Asset Disposition.

Net Cash Proceeds ,” with respect to any issuance or sale of any securities of the Company or any Subsidiary by the Company or any Subsidiary, or any capital contribution, means an amount equal to all the cash proceeds of such issuance, sale or contribution net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and other fees and charges actually incurred in connection with such issuance, sale or contribution and net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. person, as defined in Regulation S.

Notes ” means the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes, the Exchange Notes and any notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 , 312(c) , 312(d) or 1008 .

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:

(i) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness), (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise, or (c) constitutes the lender;

(ii) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders of the Indebtedness may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit upon notice, lapse of time or both any holder of any other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment of the Indebtedness to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(iii) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries

Obligations ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, any principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary whether or not a claim

 

21


for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, Guarantees of such Indebtedness (or of Obligations in respect thereof), other monetary obligations of any nature and all other amounts payable thereunder or in respect thereof.

Offering Circular ” means the Company’s Offering Circular dated April 13, 2007 relating to the initial offering of the Original Notes.

Officer ” means, with respect to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Controller, the Treasurer or the Secretary (a) of such Person or (b) if such Person is owned or managed by a single entity, of such entity (or any other individual designated as an “Officer” for the purposes of this Indenture by the Board of Directors).

Officer’s Certificate ” means, with respect to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, a certificate signed by one Officer of such Person.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion reasonably acceptable to the Trustee from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, any Parent or the Trustee.

Original Notes ” means the Initial Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Outstanding ,” when used with respect to Notes means, as of the date of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

(i) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;

(ii) Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes, provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and

(iii) Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture.

A Note does not cease to be Outstanding because the Company or any Affiliate of the Company holds the Note, provided that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, for the purpose of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to act with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company or an Affiliate of the Company.

 

22


Parent ” means KAR Holdings, LLC and any Other Parent and any other Person that is a Subsidiary of any Other Parent and of which the Company is a Subsidiary. As used herein, “Other Parent” means a Person of which the Company becomes a Subsidiary after the Issue Date, provided that either (x) immediately after the Company first becomes a Subsidiary of such Person, more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Person shall be held by one or more Persons that held more than 50% of the Voting Stock of a Parent of the Company immediately prior to the Company first becoming such Subsidiary or (y) such Person shall be deemed not to be an Other Parent for the purpose of determining whether a Change of Control shall have occurred by reason of the Company first becoming a Subsidiary of such Person.

Parent Expenses ” means (i) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any Parent in connection with its reporting obligations under, or in connection with compliance with, applicable laws or applicable rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, this Indenture, the Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture, the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Note Indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, (ii) an aggregate amount not to exceed $10.0 million in any fiscal year to permit any Parent to pay its corporate overhead expenses Incurred in the ordinary course of business, and to pay salaries or other compensation of employees who perform services for any Parent or for both such Parent and the Company, (iii) indemnification obligations of any Parent owing to directors, officers, employees or other Persons under its charter or by-laws or pursuant to written agreements with any such Person, (iv) other operational and tax expenses of any Parent incurred on behalf of the Company in the ordinary course of business, including obligations in respect of director and officer insurance (including premiums therefor); it being understood that, for purposes of this definition, all operational and tax expenses of the Parent are deemed to be incurred on behalf of the Company if the Company’s activities represent substantially all of the operating activities of the Parent and all of its Subsidiaries, (v) fees and expenses payable by any Parent in connection with the Transactions, and (vi) fees and expenses incurred by any Parent in connection with any offering of Equity Interests or Indebtedness, (x) where the net proceeds of such offering are intended to be received by or contributed or loaned to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, or (y) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received, contributed or loaned, or (z) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as any Parent shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed.

Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on behalf of the Company; provided that neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates shall act as Paying Agent for purposes of Section 1102 or Section 1205 .

Permitted Holder ” means each of (i) Kelso & Company, L.P. and its Affiliates, (ii) GS Capital Partners VI, L.P. and its related GS VI co-investment funds and their Affiliates,

 

23


(iii) ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. and its Affiliates, (iv) Parthenon Investors LLC and its Affiliates and (v) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter in connection with a public or private offering of Voting Stock of any Parent or the Company. In addition, any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) whose status as a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) constitutes or results in a Change of Control in respect of which a Change of Control Offer is made in accordance with the requirements of this Indenture, together with its Affiliates, shall thereafter constitute Permitted Holders.

Permitted Investment ” means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or consisting of, any of the following:

(i) a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company, or a Person that will, upon the making of such Investment, become a Restricted Subsidiary so long as such Person is primarily engaged in a Related Business;

(ii) another Person that is engaged primarily in a Related Business if as a result of such Investment such other Person is merged or consolidated with or into, or transfers or conveys all or substantially all its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(iii) Temporary Cash Investments or Cash Equivalents;

(iv) receivables owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, if created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(v) any securities or other Investments received as consideration in, or retained in connection with, sales or other dispositions of property or assets, including Asset Dispositions made in compliance with Section 411 ;

(vi) securities or other Investments received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to, or of other claims asserted by, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or as a result of foreclosure, perfection or enforcement of any Lien, or in satisfaction of judgments, including in connection with any bankruptcy proceeding or other reorganization of another Person;

(vii) Investments in existence or made pursuant to legally binding written commitments in existence on the Issue Date;

(viii) Currency Agreements, Interest Rate Agreements, Commodities Agreements and related Hedging Obligations, which obligations are Incurred in compliance with Section 407 ;

(ix) pledges or deposits (x) with respect to leases or utilities in the ordinary course of business or (y) otherwise described in the definition of “Permitted Liens” or made in connection with Liens permitted under Section 413 ;

 

24


(x) Investments in a Special Purpose Subsidiary in the form of Equity Interests, interests in Receivables generated by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or a demand note or promissory note issued by a Special Purpose Subsidiary in favor of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

(xi) bonds secured by assets leased to and operated by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that were issued in connection with the financing of such assets so long as the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may obtain title to such assets at any time by paying a nominal fee, canceling such bonds and terminating the transaction;

(xii) repurchase of the Floating Rate Senior Notes, the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes or the Notes;

(xiii) any Investment to the extent made using Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock) or Equity Interests of any Parent as consideration;

(xiv) Management Advances;

(xv) any transaction to the extent it constitutes an Investment that is permitted by and made in accordance with Section 412(b) (except transactions described in clauses (i) , (v)  and (vi)  of such paragraph);

(xvi) other Investments in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets;

(xvii) Equity Interests, obligations or securities received in settlement of debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments or pursuant to any plan of reorganization or similar arrangement upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of a debtor;

(xviii) endorsements of negotiable instruments and documents in the ordinary course of business or pledges or deposits permitted under clause (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens.”

(xix) any Investment that replaces, refinances or refunds an existing Investment; provided that the new Investment is in an amount that does not exceed the amount replaced, refinanced or refunded, and is made in the same Person as the Investment is replaced, refinanced or refunded;

(xx) Investments made by AFC in the ordinary course of business in the form of loans, advances and extensions of credit; and

(xxi) Investments in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction.

If any Investment pursuant to clause (xvi) above is made in any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary and such Person thereafter becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (i) above and not clause (xvi) above for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

25


Permitted Junior Securities ” means:

(1) Equity Interests in the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or any direct or indirect parent of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor; or

(2) unsecured debt securities that are subordinated to all Senior Indebtedness (and any debt securities issued in exchange for Senior Indebtedness) to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Notes and the related Subsidiary Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness;

provided that the term “Permitted Junior Securities” shall not include any securities distributed pursuant to a plan of reorganization if the Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility or the Senior Notes is treated as part of the same class as the Notes for purposes of such plan of reorganization; provided further that to the extent that any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors outstanding on the date of consummation of any such plan of reorganization is not paid in full in cash on such date, the holders of any such Senior Indebtedness not so paid in full in cash have consented to the terms of such plan of reorganization.

Permitted Liens ” means:

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet delinquent or the nonpayment of which in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, as the case may be, in accordance with GAAP;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, landlords’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are bonded or that are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings;

(c) pledges, deposits or Liens in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security and other similar legislation or other insurance-related obligations (including, without limitation, pledges or deposits securing liability to insurance carriers under insurance or self-insurance arrangements);

(d) pledges, deposits or Liens to secure the performance of bids, tenders, trade, government or other contracts (other than for borrowed money), obligations for utilities, leases, licenses, statutory obligations, completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) easements (including reciprocal easement agreements), rights-of-way, building, zoning and similar restrictions, utility agreements, covenants, reservations, restrictions, encroachments, charges, and other similar encumbrances or title defects incurred, or leases or subleases granted to others, in the ordinary course of business, which do not in the aggregate materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;

 

26


(f) Liens existing on, or provided for under written arrangements existing on, the Issue Date, or (in the case of any such Liens securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries existing or arising under written arrangements existing on the Issue Date) securing any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of such Indebtedness so long as the Lien securing such Refinancing Indebtedness is limited to all or part of the same property, assets or substitute assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or under such written arrangements could secure) the original Indebtedness; provided that liens incurred under the Senior Credit Facility or any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto shall not be deemed to be permitted under this clause (f);

(g) (i) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord or other third party on property over which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company has easement rights or on any leased property and subordination or similar agreements relating thereto and (ii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

(h) Liens arising out of judgments, decrees, orders or awards in respect of which the Company shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or proceedings for review, which appeal or proceedings shall not have been finally terminated, or if the period within which such appeal or proceedings may be initiated shall not have expired;

(i) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including, without limitation, real property and intellectual property rights) to third parties;

(j) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of (1) Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407(b)(i) (including Hedging Obligations related thereto), Section 407(b)(iv) , Section 407(b)(v) , Section 407(b)(vii) , Section 407(b)(viii) or Section 407(b)(ix) , or Section 407(b)(iii) (other than Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of Indebtedness described in Section 407(a) ), (2) Senior Indebtedness and Hedging Obligations thereto, (3) the Notes, (4) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor, and (5) Indebtedness or other obligations of any Special Purpose Entity in connection with a Special Purpose Financing;

(k) Liens existing on property or assets of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company (or at the time the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary acquires such property or assets, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary); provided , however , that such Liens are not created in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming such a Subsidiary (or such acquisition of such property or assets), and that such Liens are limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which such Liens arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate;

 

27


(l) Liens on Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Indebtedness or other obligations of such Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(m) any encumbrance or restriction (including, but not limited to, put and call agreements) with respect to Equity Interests of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(n) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) consisting of Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness secured by, or securing any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (in whole or in part) of any other obligation secured by, any other Permitted Liens, provided that any such new Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets or replacements thereof (plus improvements, accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which the original Lien arose, could secure) the obligations to which such Liens relate, other than Liens incurred in compliance with clause (j) above;

(o) Liens (1) arising by operation of law (or by agreement to the same effect) in the ordinary course of business, (2) on property or assets under construction (and related rights) in favor of a contractor or developer or arising from progress or partial payments by a third party relating to such property or assets, (3) on cash set aside at the time of the Incurrence of any Indebtedness or government securities purchased with such cash, in either case to the extent that such cash or government securities prefund the payment of interest on such Indebtedness and are held in an escrow account or similar arrangement to be applied for such purpose, (4) securing or arising by reason of any netting or set-off arrangement entered into in the ordinary course of banking or other trading activities, (5) arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business, (6) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts to permit satisfaction of overdraft, cash pooling or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business, (7) attaching to commodity trading or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business, (8) on receivables (including related rights) or (9) arising in connection with repurchase agreements permitted under Section 407 on assets that are the subject of such repurchase agreements or (10) Liens in favor of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than Liens on property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in favor of any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor;

(p) Liens securing Indebtedness (including Liens securing any Obligations in respect thereof) and other obligations, which Indebtedness and other obligations do not exceed $50.0 million at any time outstanding;

(q) any interest or title of a lessor under any Capitalized Lease Obligation or operating lease;

 

28


(r) Liens securing the Notes and Subsidiary Guarantees;

(s) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries that secure the Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries; and

(t) Liens securing any Indebtedness (including any Refinancing Indebtedness) Incurred in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

Place of Payment ” means a city or any political subdivision thereof in which any Paying Agent appointed pursuant to Article III is located.

Predecessor Notes ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in lieu of a mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

Preferred Stock ” as applied to the Equity Interests of any Person means Equity Interests of any class or classes (however designated) that by its terms is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Equity Interests of any other class of such Person.

Property ” means any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including Equity Interests.

Purchase Money Obligations ” means any Indebtedness Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets, and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition of the Equity Interests of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

QIB ” or “ Qualified Institutional Buyer ” means a “qualified institutional buyer,” as that term is defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified Proceeds ” means assets that are used or useful in, or Equity Interest of any Person engage in, a Similar Business; provided that the fair market value of any such assets or Equity Interest shall be determined by the Company in good faith.

Receivable ” means an account, chattel paper, instrument, payment intangible or general intangible and any other right to receive payment pursuant to an arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, and all security interests or liens and rights in property subject thereto.

 

29


Redemption Date ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed or purchased, means the date fixed for such redemption or purchase by or pursuant to this Indenture and the Notes.

refinance ” means refinance, refund, replace, renew, repay, modify, restate, defer, substitute, supplement, reissue, resell or extend (including pursuant to any defeasance or discharge mechanism); and the terms “refinances,” “refinanced” and “refinancing” as used for any purpose in this Indenture shall have a correlative meaning.

Refinancing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness that is Incurred to refinance any Indebtedness existing on the Issue Date or Incurred in compliance with this Indenture (including Indebtedness of the Company that refinances Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary (to the extent permitted in this Indenture) and Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, that refinances Indebtedness of another Restricted Subsidiary), including Indebtedness that refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , that (1) if the Indebtedness being refinanced is Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, the Refinancing Indebtedness (a) constitutes Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordination Obligations, respectively, and (b) has a final Stated Maturity at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the final Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being refinanced (or if shorter, the Notes), (2) such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred in an aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount (or if issued with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding of the Indebtedness being refinanced, plus (y) fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such Refinancing Indebtedness and (3) Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor that refinances Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor that could not have been initially Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 407 or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that refinances Indebtedness of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, by and among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the other parties named on the signature pages thereof, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the date specified for that purpose in Section 301 .

Regulation S ” means Regulation S under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

Regulation S-X ” means Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.

 

30


Related Business ” means those businesses in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is engaged on the Issue Date, or that are related, complementary, incidental or ancillary thereto or extensions, developments or expansions thereof.

Related Taxes ” means any and all Taxes required to be paid by any Parent other than Taxes directly attributable to (i) the income of any entity other than any Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than any Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (iii) withholding taxes on payments actually made by any Parent other than to another Parent, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Representative ” means any trustee, agent or other representative for an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Company.

Representative Amount ” means a principal amount of not less than U.S. $1,000,000 for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.

Resale Restriction Termination Date ” means, with respect to any Note, the date that is two years (or such other period as may hereafter be provided under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act or any successor provision thereto as permitting the resale by non-affiliates of Restricted Securities without restriction) after the later of the original issue date in respect of such Note and the last date on which the Company or any Affiliate of the Company was the owner of such Note (or any Predecessor Note thereto).

Responsible Officer ” when used with respect to the Trustee means any trust officer or assistant trust officer, or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Payment Transaction ” means any Restricted Payment permitted pursuant to Section 409 , any Permitted Payment, any Permitted Investment, or any transaction specifically excluded from the definition of the term “Restricted Payment” (including pursuant to the exception contained in clause (i) and the parenthetical exclusions contained in clause (iii) of such definition).

Restricted Security ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Act; provided , however , that the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, at its request, and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note constitutes a Restricted Security.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and its successors.

 

31


SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Secured Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries secured by a Lien.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Senior Credit Facility ” or “ Senior Credit Agreement ” means the senior secured credit facilities expected entered into by KAR Holdings, Inc., as borrower, with Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent, UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agent, and the lenders party thereto from time to time, any Loan Documents (as defined therein), any notes and letters of credit issued pursuant thereto and any guarantee and collateral agreement, patent and trademark security agreement, mortgages, letter of credit applications and other guarantees, pledge agreements, security agreements and collateral documents, and other instruments and documents, executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time (whether in whole or in part, whether with the original agent and lenders or other agents and lenders or otherwise, and whether provided under one or more credit agreements, indentures (including this Indenture) or financing agreements or otherwise). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “ Senior Credit Facility ” shall include any agreement (i) changing the maturity of any Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or contemplated thereby, (ii) adding Subsidiaries of the Company as additional borrowers or guarantors thereunder, (iii) increasing the amount of Indebtedness Incurred thereunder or available to be borrowed thereunder or (iv) otherwise altering the terms and conditions thereof.

Senior Indebtedness ” means:

(1) all Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor outstanding under the Senior Credit Facility, Floating Rate Senior Notes, 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes and related Guarantees (including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or similar proceeding or for reorganization of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (at the rate provided for in the documentation with respect thereto, regardless of whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed in such proceedings)), and any and all other fees, expense reimbursement obligations, indemnification amounts, penalties, and other amounts (whether existing on the Issue Date or thereafter created or incurred) and all obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to reimburse any bank or other Person in respect of amounts paid under letters of credit, acceptances or other similar instruments;

(2) all Hedging Obligations (and guarantees thereof) owing to a Lender (as defined in the Senior Credit Facility) or any Affiliate of such Lender (or any Person that was a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender at the time the applicable agreement giving rise to such Hedging Obligation was entered into); provided , that such Hedging Obligations are permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture;

(3) any other Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor permitted to be incurred under the terms of this Indenture, unless the instrument under which such Indebtedness is incurred expressly provides that it is equal in right of payment with or subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or any related Subsidiary Guarantee; and

 

32


(4) all Obligations with respect to the items listed in the preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3); provided, however , that Senior Indebtedness shall not include:

(a) any obligation of such Person to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or to any joint venture in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has an interest;

(b) any liability for federal, state, local or other taxes owed or owing by such Person;

(c) any accounts payable or other liability to trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business;

(d) any Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person which is subordinate or junior in any respect to any other Indebtedness or other Obligation of such Person; or

(e) that portion of any Indebtedness which at the time of incurrence is incurred in violation of this Indenture; provided, however that such Indebtedness shall be deemed not to have been incurred in violation of this Indenture for purposes of this clause if such Indebtedness consists of Designated Senior Indebtedness, and the holder(s) of such Indebtedness or their agent or representative (a) had no actual knowledge at the time of incurrence that the incurrence of such Indebtedness violated this Indenture and (b) shall have received a certificate from an officer of the Company to the effect that the incurrence of such Indebtedness does not violate the provisions of this Indenture.

Senior Subordinated Indebtedness ” means:

(1) with respect to the Company, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the Notes issued by the Company; and

(2) with respect to any Subsidiary Guarantor, Indebtedness which ranks equal in right of payment to the Subsidiary Guarantee of such entity of Notes.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Special Purpose Entity ” means (x) any Special Purpose Subsidiary or (y) any other Person that is engaged in the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time), other accounts and/or other receivables, and/or related assets.

Special Purpose Financing ” means any financing or refinancing of assets consisting of or including Receivables of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that have been transferred to a Special Purpose Entity in a Financing Disposition.

 

33


Special Purpose Financing Fees ” means distributions or payments made directly or by means of discounts with respect to any participation interest issued or sold in connection with, and other fees paid to a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with, any Special Purpose Financing, but only to the extent that such amounts constitute Consolidated Interest Expense.

Special Purpose Financing Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities, guarantees of performance (but not of collection) and (subject to clause (y) of the proviso below) other agreements and undertakings entered into or provided by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that the Company determines in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive) are customary in connection with a Special Purpose Financing or a Financing Disposition; provided that (x) it is understood that Special Purpose Financing Undertakings may consist of or include (i) reimbursement and other obligations of a Special Purpose Subsidiary (but not the Company or any of its other Restricted Subsidiaries) in respect of notes, letters of credit, surety bonds and similar instruments provided for credit enhancement purposes or (ii) Hedging Obligations, or other obligations relating to Interest Rate Agreements, Currency Agreements or Commodities Agreements entered into by any Special Purpose Subsidiary, in respect of any Special Purpose Financing or Financing Disposition, and (y) subject to the preceding clause (x), any such other agreements and undertakings shall not include any Guarantee of Indebtedness of a Special Purpose Subsidiary by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary.

Special Purpose Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of the Company that (a) is engaged solely in (x) the business of acquiring, selling, collecting, financing or refinancing Receivables, accounts (as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction from time to time) and other accounts and receivables (including any thereof constituting or evidenced by chattel paper, instruments or general intangibles), all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual and other), collateral and other assets relating thereto and (y) any business or activities incidental or related to such business, and (b) is (i) designated as a “Special Purpose Subsidiary” by the Board of Directors or (ii) Automotive Finance Corporation, any of its subsidiaries or any successor entity thereto.

Sponsor Agreements ” means the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of KAR Holdings II, LLC, the Shareholders Agreement of KAR Holdings, Inc., the Registration Rights Agreement of KAR Holdings, Inc., the Financial Advisory Agreements, the Contribution Agreement, the Conversion Agreements, in each case, described in the Offering Circular under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”, the KAR Holdings Stock Incentive Plan described in the Offering Circular under the heading “Management—Executive Compensation”, the Subscription Agreements dated on or prior to the Issue Date among by and among KAR Holdings II, LLC and each of the equity investors party thereto and certain members of management and their respective permitted affiliates or designees, as applicable, in each case, that will be making equity contributions to KAR Holdings II, LLC on or prior to the Issue Date and the Termination and Release Agreement dated as of the Issue Date by and among Axle Holdings II, LLC, Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and the other Persons party thereto pertaining to the matters described in the Offering Circular under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—IAAI Shareholders, Financial Advisory and Other Agreements to Be Terminated”, in each case, as in effect on the Issue Date,

 

34


and as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original Sponsor Agreements as in effect on the Issue Date.

Special Record Date ” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307 .

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency).

Subordinated Obligations ” means any Indebtedness of the Company (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes pursuant to a written agreement.

Subsidiary ” of any Person means (x) any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Equity Interests or other equity interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person and/or (ii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or (y) any partnership, where more than 50% of the general partners of such partnership are owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person and/or (ii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

Subsidiary Guarantee ” means any guarantee that may from time to time be entered into by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company on or after the Issue Date pursuant to Section 414 .

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that enters into a Subsidiary Guarantee.

Successor Company ” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in clause (i) under Section 501 .

Taxes ” means any taxes, charges or assessments, including but not limited to income, sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value-added, stamp, property consumption, franchise, license, capital, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar tax, charges or assessments.

Tax Sharing Agreement ” means any tax sharing, indemnity or similar agreement of which any Parent or any of its subsidiaries is or will be a party as in effect on the Issue Date, and as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original Tax Sharing Agreement as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

35


Temporary Cash Investments ” means any of the following: (i) any investment in (x) direct obligations of the United States of America, a member state of The European Union or any country in whose currency funds are being held pending their application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country or with such funds, or any agency or instrumentality of any thereof or obligations Guaranteed by the United States of America or a member state of The European Union or any country in whose currency funds are being held pending their application in the making of an investment or capital expenditure by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in that country or with such funds, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, or obligations guaranteed by any of the foregoing or (y) direct obligations of any foreign country recognized by the United States of America rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (ii) overnight bank deposits, and investments in time deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and money market deposits (or, with respect to foreign banks, similar instruments) maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition thereof issued by (x) any bank or other institutional lender under a Credit Facility or any affiliate thereof or (y) a bank or trust company that is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or any foreign country recognized by the United States of America having capital and surplus aggregating in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof) and whose long term debt is rated at least “A” by S&P or “A-1” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization) at the time such Investment is made, (iii) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 30 days for underlying securities of the types described in clause (i) or (ii) above entered into with a bank meeting the qualifications described in clause (ii) above, (iv) Investments in commercial paper, maturing not more than 270 days after the date of acquisition, issued by a Person (other than that of the Company or any of its Affiliates), with a rating at the time as of which any Investment therein is made of “P-2” (or higher) according to Moody’s or “A-2” (or higher) according to S&P (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (v) Investments in securities maturing not more than one year after the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States of America, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated at least “A” by S&P or “A” by Moody’s (or, in either case, the equivalent of such rating by such organization or, if no rating of S&P or Moody’s then exists, the equivalent of such rating by any nationally recognized rating organization), (vi) investment funds investing 95% of their assets in securities of the type described in clauses (i)-(v) above (which funds may also hold reasonable amounts of cash pending investment and/or distribution), (vii) any money market deposit accounts issued or offered by a domestic commercial bank or a commercial bank organized and located in a country recognized by the United States of America, in each case, having capital and surplus in excess of $250.0 million (or the foreign currency equivalent thereof), or investments in money market funds subject to the risk limiting conditions of Rule 2a-7 (or any successor rule) of the SEC under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and (viii) similar investments approved by the Board of Directors in the ordinary course of business.

 

36


TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-7bbbb) as in effect on the Issue Date.

Total Assets ” means, as of any date of determination, the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, as reflected on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as at the end of the most recently ended four fiscal quarters of the Company for which a calculation thereof is available.

Trade Payables ” means, with respect to any Person, any accounts payable or any indebtedness or monetary obligation to trade creditors created, assumed or guaranteed by such Person arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the acquisition of goods or services.

Transaction Documents ” means the Sponsor Agreements, the agreements relating to the Transactions (including, without limitation, the Acquisition Documentation), the financing thereof, or the services provided or to be provided in connection therewith (including pursuant to the Sponsor Agreements), and the various ancillary documents, commitment letters and agreements relating thereto.

Transaction Costs ” means the fees, costs and expenses (including all expenses related to management bonuses, severance payments or other employee related costs and expenses) payable by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, the Credit Agreement, this Indenture, the Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture, the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Note Indenture and any related agreements.

Transactions ” means the acquisition by the Company of ADESA, Inc. and Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and the related financings closing on or about the date thereof as described in this offering circular.

Trustee ” means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (i) any Subsidiary of the Company that at the time of determination is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, as designated by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below, (ii) any Special Purpose Subsidiary that is designated by the Board of Directors in the manner provided below and (iii) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary. The Board of Directors may designate any Subsidiary of the Company (including any newly acquired or newly formed Subsidiary of the Company) to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless such Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries owns any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of, or owns or holds any Lien on any property of, the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that is not a Subsidiary of the Subsidiary to be so designated; provided , that (1) such newly designated Subsidiary (a) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt, (b) except as permitted by the covenant described under Section 412 , is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no

 

37


less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company, (c) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any direct or indirect obligation (i) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (ii) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results and (d) has not guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (2) (A) such designation was made at or prior to the Issue Date, or (B) the Subsidiary to be so designated has total consolidated assets of $1,000 at the time of designation or less or (C) if such Subsidiary has consolidated assets greater than $1,000, then such designation would be permitted under Section 409 . The Board of Directors may designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that immediately after giving effect to such designation (x) the Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness under Section 407(a) or (y) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than it was immediately prior to giving effect to such designation or (z) such Subsidiary shall be a Special Purpose Subsidiary with no Indebtedness outstanding other than Indebtedness that can be Incurred (and upon such designation shall be deemed to be Incurred and outstanding) pursuant to Section 407(b) . Any such designation by the Board of Directors shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a copy of the resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors giving effect to such designation and an Officer’s Certificate of the Company certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing provisions.

U.S. Government Obligation ” means (x) any security that is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States of America the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America, which, in either case under the preceding clause (i) or (ii), is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (y) any depositary receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act) as custodian with respect to any U.S. Government Obligation that is specified in clause (x) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or interest on any U.S. Government Obligation that is so specified and held, provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary receipt.

Voting Stock ” of an entity means all classes of Equity Interests of such entity then outstanding and normally entitled to vote in the election of directors or all interests in such entity with the ability to control the management or actions of such entity.

 

38


Section 102. Other Definitions .

 

Term

   Defined
in Section
    

“Global Notes”

   201   

“Act”

   108   

“Affiliate Transaction”

   412   

“Agent Members”

   312   

“Amendment”

   410   

“Applicable Premium”

   1001   

“Authentication Order”

   303   

“Bankruptcy Law”

   601   

“Blockage Notice”

   1403   

“Certificate of Beneficial Ownership”

   313   

“Change of Control Offer”

   415   

“Covenant Defeasance”

   1203   

“Custodian”

   601   

“Defaulted Interest”

   307   

“Defeasance”

   1202   

“Defeased Notes”

   1201   

“Distribution Compliance Period”

   201   

“Event of Default”

   601   

“Excess Proceeds”

   411   

“Expiration Date”

   108   

“Guarantee Blockage Notice”

   1503   

“Guarantee Payment Blockage Period”

   1503   

“Guarantor Payment Default”

   1503   

“Guarantor Non-Payment Default”

   1503   

“Global Notes”

   201   

“Initial Agreement”

   410   

“Initial Lien”

   413   

“Note Register” and “Note Registrar”

   305   

“Notice of Default”

   601   

“Offer”

   411   

“pay its Guarantee”

   1503   

“pay the Notes”

   1403   

“Payment Blockage Period”

   1403   

“Payment Default”

   1403   

“Permanent Regulation S Global Note”

   201   

“Permitted Payment”

   409   

“Physical Notes”

   201   

“Private Placement Legend”

   203   

“Redemption Amount”

   1001   

“Redemption Price”

   1001   

“Refinancing Agreement”

   410   

“Regular Record Date”

   301   

 

39


Term

   Defined
in Section
    

“Regulation S Global Note”

   201   

“Regulation S Note Exchange Date”

   313   

“Regulation S Physical Notes”

   201   

“Restricted Payment”

   409   

“Rule 144A Global Note”

   201   

“Rule 144A Physical Notes”

   201   

“Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations”

   1301   

“Successor Company”

   501   

“Temporary Regulation S Global Note”

   201   

“Treasury Rate”

   1001   

Section 103. Rules of Construction . For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) the terms defined in this Indenture have the meanings assigned to them in this Indenture;

(2) “ or ” is not exclusive;

(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with GAAP;

(4) the words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision;

(5) all references to “ $ ” or “ dollars ” shall refer to the lawful currency of the United States of America;

(6) all references to “ ” shall refer to the lawful currency of the member states of the European Union that adopt the single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Communities;

(7) the words “ include ,” “ included ” and “ including ,” as used herein, shall be deemed in each case to be followed by the phrase “ without limitation ,” if not expressly followed by such phrase or the phrase “ but not limited to ”;

(8) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

(9) references to sections of, or rules under, the Securities Act shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time; and

 

40


(10) any reference to a Section, Article or clause refers to such Section, Article or clause of this Indenture.

Section 104. Incorporation by Reference of TIA . Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. Any terms incorporated by reference in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by any TIA reference to another statute or defined by SEC rule under the TIA, have the meanings so assigned to them therein. The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

indenture securities ” means the Notes.

indenture security holder ” means a Noteholder.

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture.

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee.

obligor ” on the indenture securities means the Issuer, any Guarantor, and any successor or other Person that is liable thereon.

Section 105. Conflict with TIA . If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision of the TIA that is required under the TIA to be a part of and govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the TIA that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed (i) to apply to this Indenture as so modified or (ii) to be excluded, as the case may be.

Section 106. Compliance Certificates and Opinions . Upon any application or request by the Issuer or by any other obligor upon the Notes (including any Guarantor) to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer or such other obligor (including any Guarantor), as the case may be, shall furnish to the Trustee such certificates and opinions as may be required under the TIA or as otherwise reasonably requested by the Trustee. Each such certificate or opinion shall be given in the form of one or more Officer’s Certificates, if to be given by an Officer, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and shall comply with the requirements of the TIA and any other requirements set forth in this Indenture or as otherwise reasonably requested by the Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any such request or application as to which the furnishing of any Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel is specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular request or application, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (except for certificates provided for in Section 406 ) shall include:

(1) a statement that the individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating thereto;

 

41


(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he or she made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 107. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee . In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an Officer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such Officer knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an Officer or Officers to the effect that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Section 108. Acts of Noteholders; Record Dates . (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer, as the case may be. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “ Act ” of the Holders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 701 ) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the Issuer and any other obligor upon the Notes, if made in the manner provided in this Section 108 .

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying

 

42


that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership or other legal entity other than an individual, on behalf of such corporation or partnership or entity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such Person’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner that the Trustee deems sufficient.

(c) The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note Register.

(d) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind the Holder of every Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done, suffered or omitted to be done by the Trustee, the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

(e) (i) The Issuer may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Notes entitled to give, make or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of Notes, provided that the Issuer may not set a record date for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in the next paragraph. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take the relevant action, whether or not such Persons remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Issuer from setting a new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuer, at their expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110 .

(ii) The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders of Outstanding Notes entitled to join in the giving or making of (A) any Notice of Default, (B) any declaration of acceleration referred to in Section 602 , (C) any request to institute proceedings referred to in Section 607(ii) or (D) any direction referred to in Section 612 , in each case with respect to Notes. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding Notes on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on such record date. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a

 

43


new record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and with no action by any Person be cancelled and of no effect), and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Notes on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the Issuer’s expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the Issuer in writing and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110 .

(iii) With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section 108 , the party hereto that sets such record dates may designate any day as the “ Expiration Date ” and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the proposed new Expiration Date is given to the Issuer or the Trustee, whichever such party is not setting a record date pursuant to this Section 108(e) in writing, and to each Holder of Notes in the manner set forth in Section 110 , on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the party hereto that set such record date shall be deemed to have initially designated the 180th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be later than the 180th day after the applicable record date.

(iv) Without limiting the foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard to any particular Note may do so with regard to all or any part of the principal amount of such Note or by one or more duly appointed agents each of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part of such principal amount.

(v) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, a Holder, including the Depositary, that is the Holder of a Global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders or the Depositary, as the Holder of a Global Note, may provide its proxy or proxies to the beneficial owners of interest in any such Global Note through such depositary’s standing instructions and customary practices.

(vi) The Issuer may fix a record date for the purpose of determining the persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note held by the Depositary entitled under the procedures of such depositary to make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders. If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such persons, shall be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization direction, notice consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date. No such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such record date.

 

44


Section 109. Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company . Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with,

(1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company or by any other obligor upon the Notes shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or at any other address furnished in writing to the Company by the Trustee, or

(2) the Company by the Trustee or by any Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company at KAR Holdings, Inc., 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, Indiana, 46032 , or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.

(3) The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

Section 110. Notices to Holders; Waiver . Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to each Holder affected by such event, at such Holder’s address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders.

Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.

In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail notice of any event as required by any provision of this Indenture, then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) shall constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

Section 111. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents . The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 112. Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Issuer shall bind its respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

45


Section 113. Separability Clause . In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 114. Benefits of Indenture . Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Paying Agent and the Holders, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 115. GOVERNING LAW . THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES.

Section 116. Legal Holidays . In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Note shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes) payment of interest or principal and premium (if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or at the Stated Maturity, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

Section 117. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators, Equity Holders, Members and Stockholders . No director, officer, employee, incorporator, equity holder, member or stockholder of the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company or any Guarantor under this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Noteholder, by accepting the Notes, waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 118. Exhibits and Schedules . All exhibits and schedules attached hereto are by this reference made a part hereof with the same effect as if herein set forth in full.

Section 119. Counterparts . This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

46


ARTICLE II

NOTE FORMS

Section 201. Forms Generally . The Initial Notes and Initial Additional Notes that are not Exchange Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be in substantially the forms set forth, or referenced, in this Article II and Exhibit A, annexed hereto. The Exchange Notes and any Additional Notes that are not Initial Additional Notes, or that are issued in a registered offering pursuant to the Securities Act, and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication relating thereto shall be in substantially the forms set forth, or referenced, in this Article II and Exhibit B , annexed hereto. Each of Exhibits A , and B is hereby incorporated in and expressly made a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions, notations, legends, endorsements, identifications and other variations as are required or permitted by law, stock exchange rule or depositary rule or usage, agreements to which the Company is subject, if any, or other customary usage, or as may consistently herewith be determined by the Officers of the Company executing such Notes, as evidenced by such execution (provided always that any such notation, legend, endorsement, identification or variation is in a form acceptable to the Company). Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of the Notes set forth in Exhibits A , and B are part of the terms of this Indenture. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof or attached thereto, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.

Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in reliance on Rule 144A shall, unless the Issuers otherwise notify the Trustee in writing, be issued in the form of one or more permanent global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein. Such Global Notes shall be referred to collectively herein as the “ Rule 144A Global Note .” The Rule 144A Global Note shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, and shall be duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of a Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act shall, unless the Issuers otherwise notify the Trustee in writing, be issued in the form of one or more temporary global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein. Such Global Notes shall be referred to collectively herein as the “ Temporary Regulation S Global Note .” The Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee for the accounts of designated Agent Members holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, and shall be duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of a Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or increased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee as hereinafter provided.

Following the expiration of the distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S (the “ Distribution Compliance Period ”) with respect to any Temporary Regulation

 

47


S Global Note, beneficial interests in such Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall be exchanged as provided in Sections 312 and 313 for beneficial interests in one or more permanent global Notes in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, except as otherwise permitted herein. Such Global Notes shall be referred to collectively herein as the “ Permanent Regulation S Global Note .” The Permanent Regulation S Global Note shall be deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee for credit to the account of an Agent Member, and shall be duly executed by the Issuers and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. Simultaneously with the authentication of a Permanent Regulation S Global Note, the Trustee shall cancel the related Temporary Regulation S Global Note.

Subject to the limitations on the issuance of certificated Notes set forth in Sections 312 and 313 , Initial Notes and any Initial Additional Notes issued pursuant to Section 305 in exchange for or upon transfer of beneficial interests (x) in a Rule 144A Global Note shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “ Rule 144A Physical Notes ”) or (y) in a Regulation S Global Note (if any), on or after the Regulation S Note Exchange Date with respect to such Regulation S Global Note, shall be in the form of permanent certificated Notes substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto (the “ Regulation S Physical Notes ”), respectively, as hereinafter provided.

The Rule 144A Physical Notes and Regulation S Physical Notes shall be construed to include any certificated Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 or 1008 , and the Rule 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes shall be construed to include any global Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 304 , 305 , 306 or 1008 . The Rule 144A Physical Notes and the Regulation S Physical Notes, together with any other certificated Notes issued and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture, are sometimes collectively herein referred to as the “ Physical Notes .” The Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes, together with any other global Notes that are issued and authenticated pursuant to this Indenture, are sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Global Notes .”

Exchange Notes shall be issued substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit B hereto and, subject to Section 312(b) , shall be in the form of one or more Global Notes. Notes issued in the form of a Global Note are sometimes collectively referred to as “ Global Notes .”

Section 202. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication . The Notes will have endorsed thereon a Trustee’s certificate of authentication in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

as Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized officer

Dated:

 

48


If an appointment of an Authenticating Agent is made pursuant to Section 714 , the Notes may have endorsed thereon, in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternative certificate of authentication in substantially the following form:

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

As Trustee

By:  

 

  As Authenticating Agent
By:  

 

  Authorized officer

Dated:

Section 203. Restrictive and Global Note Legends . Each Global Note and Physical Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the following legend set forth below (the “ Private Placement Legend ”) on the face thereof until the Private Placement Legend is removed or not required in accordance with Section 313(4) :

THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ SECURITIES ACT ”) AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT (A) (1) TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (2) IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION COMPLYING WITH RULE 903 OR 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (3) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE), (4) TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE NOTES OF $250,000, FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT SUBJECT TO THE ISSUERS’ AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER OR SALE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM OR (5) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (B) IN ACCORDANCE WILL ALL APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF THE STATES OF THE UNITED STATES AND OTHER JURISDICTIONS.

In the case of Notes sold pursuant to Regulation S: BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER HEREOF REPRESENTS THAT IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON NOR

 

49


IS IT PURCHASING FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

Each Global Note, whether or not an Initial Note, shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof:

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“ DTC ”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF CEDE & CO. OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN SECTIONS 312 AND 313 OF THE INDENTURE (AS DEFINED HEREIN).

Each Temporary Regulation S Global Note shall also bear the following legend on the face thereof:

EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED IN THE INDENTURE, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE WILL NOT BE EXCHANGEABLE FOR INTERESTS IN THE PERMANENT REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE OR ANY OTHER NOTE REPRESENTING AN INTEREST IN THE NOTES REPRESENTED HEREBY WHICH DO NOT CONTAIN A LEGEND CONTAINING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, UNTIL THE EXPIRATION OF THE 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD (WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 903(b)(3) OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT). DURING SUCH 40 DAY DISTRIBUTION COMPLIANCE PERIOD, BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP INTERESTS IN THIS TEMPORARY REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE MAY ONLY BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR TRANSFERRED THROUGH EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.A., AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM, OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING, SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME.

 

50


ARTICLE III

THE NOTES

Section 301. Title and Terms . The aggregate principal amount of Notes that may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture will be unlimited. The Initial Notes will be issued in an aggregate principal amount of $425.0 million. Additional Notes (including any Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will vote (or consent) as a class with the other Notes (except as otherwise provided in Section 902 ) and otherwise be treated as Notes for all purposes of this Indenture.

The Notes shall be known and designated as the “Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015” of the Issuer. The Notes will mature on May 1, 2015. Each Note will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to 10%.

Interest on the Notes will be payable semiannually in cash to Holders of record at the close of business on April 15 and October 15 (each, a “Regular Record Date”) immediately preceding the interest payment date, on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2007. Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

Interest on the Original Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from April 20, 2007; and interest on any Additional Notes (and Exchange Notes issued in exchange therefor) will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid on such Additional Notes, from the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of such Additional Notes, or if the date of issuance of such Additional Notes is an Interest Payment Date, from such date of issuance; provided that if any Note is surrendered for exchange on or after a record date for an Interest Payment Date that will occur on or after the date of such exchange, interest on the Note received in exchange thereof will accrue from the date of such Interest Payment Date.

Section 302. Denominations . The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form, without coupons, and only in minimum denominations of $2,000 or, if greater at the Issue Date, the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

Section 303. Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating . The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer by one Officer the Issuer. The signature of any such Officer on the Notes may be manual or by facsimile. Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of an individual who was at any time an Officer of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer, notwithstanding that such individual has ceased to hold such office prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such office at the date of such Notes.

At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate

 

51


principal amount not to exceed $425.0 million, (ii) Additional Notes in one or more series from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amounts specified by the Issuer and (iii) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of Initial Notes or Initial Additional Notes, in each case specified in clauses (i) through (iii) above, upon a written order of the Issuer in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of the Issuer (an “ Authentication Order ”). Such Officer’s Certificate shall specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, the “CUSIP”, “Common Code” or other similar identification numbers of such Notes, if any, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes or Physical Notes and such other information as the Issuer may include or the Trustee may reasonably request.

All Notes shall be dated the date of their authentication.

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

Section 304. Temporary Notes . Until definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer consider appropriate for temporary Notes. If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes upon surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment, without charge to the Holder. Upon surrender for cancellation of anyone or more temporary Notes the Issuer shall execute and upon receipt of an Authentication Order the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes of the same series and tenor.

Section 305. Registrar and Paying Agent . The Issuer shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office and in any other office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “ Note Register ”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers of Notes. The Issuer may have one or more co-registrars. The term “ Note Registrar ” includes any co-registrars.

The Issuer shall also maintain an office or agent within the United States where Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”); provided , however , that at the option of the Issuer payment of interest on a Note may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note Register. The Issuer may have one or more additional paying agents, and the term “ Paying Agent ” includes any such additional Paying Agent.

 

52


The Issuer initially appoint the Trustee as “Note Registrar” and “Paying Agent” in connection with the Notes, until such time as such entity has resigned or a successor has been appointed. The Issuer may change the Paying Agent or Note Registrar for any series of Notes without prior notice to the Holders of Notes. The Issuer may enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Note Registrar or Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. Any such agency agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fail to appoint or maintain a Note Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 707 . The Company or any wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Company may act as Paying Agent, Note Registrar or transfer agent.

Upon surrender for transfer of any Note at the office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of Payment, in compliance with all applicable requirements of this Indenture and applicable law, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like aggregate principal amount.

At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of a like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes that the Holder making the exchange is entitled to receive.

All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange of Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

Every Note presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange shall (if so required by the Issuer or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar duly executed, by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.

No service charge shall be made for any registration, transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection therewith.

The Issuer shall not be required (i) to issue, transfer or exchange any Note during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 Business Days before the day of the mailing of a notice of redemption (or purchase) of Notes selected for redemption (or purchase) under Section 1004 and ending at the close of business on the day of such mailing, or (ii) to transfer or exchange any Note so selected for redemption (or purchase) in whole or in part.

 

53


Section 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes . If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Note Registrar or if the Holder of a Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such that the Holder (a) satisfies the Issuer or the Trustee within a reasonable time after such Holder has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the Note Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification, (b) makes such request to the Issuer or the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser as defined in Section 8303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected purchaser”) and (c) satisfies any other requirements of the Trustee. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, a Paying Agent and the Note Registrar from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.

In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due and payable, the Issuer in their discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section 306 , the Issuer may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section 306 in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

The provisions of this Section 306 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

Section 307. Payment of Interest Rights Preserved . Interest on any Note that is payable, and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name that Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest specified in Section 301 .

Any interest on any Note that is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “ Defaulted Interest ”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been such Holder; and such Defaulted Interest shall be paid by the Issuer, at their election, as provided in clause (1) or clause (2) below:

(1) The Issuer may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted

 

54


Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and Paying Agent in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment, and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee or Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as provided in this clause (1). Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 nor less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuer of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Issuer, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder at such Holder’s address as it appears in the Note Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Notes (or their respective Predecessor Notes) are registered on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

(2) The Issuer may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause (2), such payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 307 , each Note delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note of the same series shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, that were carried by such other Note of such series.

Section 308. Persons Deemed Owners . The Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and any agent of any of them may treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of (and premium, if any), and (subject to Section 307 ) interest on, such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Paying Agent nor any agent of any of them shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

Section 309. Cancellation . All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer, exchange or conversion shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, if not already cancelled, shall be promptly cancelled by it. The Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder that any of them may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all

 

55


Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its customary procedures (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act).

Section 310. Computation of Interest . Interest on the Notes shall be computed as set forth in the Notes.

Section 311. CUSIP Numbers, Etc . The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers and “Common Code” numbers (if then generally in use), and if so, the Trustee may use the CUSIP numbers and “Common Code” numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided , however , that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes; that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes; and that any redemption shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

Section 312. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes . (a) Each Global Note initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary for such Global Note or the nominee of such Depositary, in each case for credit to the account of an Agent Members, and (ii) be delivered to the Trustee as custodian for such Depositary. Neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any of their agents shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

Members of, or participants in, the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or its custodian, or under such Global Notes. The Depositary may be treated by the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and any agent of any of them as the absolute owner of the Global Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee or any agent of any of them from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary, or impair, as between the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and their respective Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a beneficial owner of any Note. The registered Holder of a Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action that a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

(b) Transfers of a Global Note shall be limited to transfers of such Global Note in whole, but, subject to the immediately succeeding sentence, not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in a Global Note may not be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes unless (i) the Issuer has consented thereto in writing, or such transfer or exchange is made pursuant to the next sentence, and (ii) such transfer or exchange is in accordance with the applicable rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, and the provisions of Sections 305

 

56


and 313 . Subject to the limitation on issuance of Physical Notes set forth in Section 313(3) , Physical Notes shall be transferred to all beneficial owners in exchange for their beneficial interests in the relevant Global Note, if (i) the Depositary notifies the Issuer at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for the Global Notes and a successor depositary is not appointed within 120 days; (ii) the Depositary ceases to be registered as a “Clearing Agency” under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a successor depositary is not appointed within 120 days; (iii) the Issuer, at its option, notifies the Trustee that it elects to cause the issuance of Physical Notes; or (iv) an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Notes and the Trustee has received a written request from the Depositary to issue Physical Notes.

(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial owners for Physical Notes pursuant to Section 312(b) , the Note Registrar shall record on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and principal amount of authorized denominations.

(d) In connection with a transfer of an entire Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 312(b) , the applicable Global Note shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be, in exchange for its beneficial interest in the applicable Global Note, an equal aggregate principal amount at maturity of Rule 144A Physical Notes (in the case of any Rule 144A Global Note), Regulation S Physical Notes (in the case of any Regulation S Global Note) or Registered Physical Notes (in the case of any Registered Global Note), as the case may be, of authorized denominations.

(e) The transfer and exchange of a Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with this Indenture (including applicable restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 313 ) and the procedures therefor of the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, as the case may be. Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in a different Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions, if any, and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest. A transferor of a beneficial interest in a Global Note shall deliver to the Note Registrar a written order given in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary or of Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, containing information regarding the participant account of the Depositary to be credited with a beneficial interest in the relevant Global Note. Subject to Section 313 , the Note Registrar shall, in accordance with such instructions, instruct the Depositary or Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, to credit to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in such Global Note and to debit the account of the Person making the transfer the beneficial interest in the Global Note being transferred.

(f) Any Physical Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 312(b) shall, unless such exchange is made on or after the Resale Restriction Termination Date applicable to such Note and except as otherwise provided in Section 203 and Section 313 , bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

57


(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, through the Restricted Period, a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream, or designated Agent Members holding on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, unless delivery is made in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 313 .

(h) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

Section 313. Special Transfer Provisions

(1) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons . The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note that is a Restricted Security to any Non-U.S. Person: The Note Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable requirements of this Indenture (including Section 305 ) and,

(a) if (x) such transfer is after the relevant Resale Restriction Termination Date with respect to such Note or (y) the proposed transferor has delivered to the Note Registrar and the Issuer and the Trustee a Regulation S Certificate and, unless otherwise agreed by the Issuer and the Trustee, an opinion of counsel, certifications and other information satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee, and

(b) if the proposed transferor is or is acting through an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a Global Note, upon receipt by the Note Registrar and the Issuer and the Trustee of (x) the certificate, opinion, certifications and other information, if any, required by clause (a) above and (y) written instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Note Registrar and of the Depositary;

whereupon (i) the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and (if the transfer does not involve a transfer of any Outstanding Physical Note) a decrease in the principal amount of the relevant Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the relevant Global Note to be transferred, and (ii) either (A) if the proposed transferee is or is acting through an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in a relevant Regulation S Global Note, the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest being so transferred or (B) otherwise the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.

(2) Transfers to QIBs . The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note that is a Restricted Security to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons): The Note Registrar shall register such transfer if it complies with all other applicable requirements of this Indenture (including Section 305 ) and,

 

58


(a) if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on the form of such Note stating, or has otherwise certified to the Note Registrar and the Issuer and the Trustee in writing, that the sale has been made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 144A to a transferee who has signed the certification provided for on the form of such Note stating, or has otherwise certified to Note Registrar and the Issuer and the Trustee in writing, that it is purchasing such Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Issuer as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and

(b) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Note to be transferred consists of a Physical Note that after transfer is to be evidenced by an interest in a Global Note or consists of a beneficial interest in a Global Note that after the transfer is to be evidenced by an interest in a different Global Note, upon receipt by the Note Registrar of written instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Note Registrar and of the Depositary, whereupon the Note Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the transferee Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Note or such beneficial interest in such transferor Global Note to be transferred, and the Trustee shall cancel the Physical Note so transferred or reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of such transferor Global Note, as the case may be.

(3) Limitation on Issuance of Physical Notes . No Physical Note shall be exchanged for a beneficial interest in any Global Note, except in accordance with Section 312 and this Section 313 .

A beneficial owner of an interest a Temporary Regulation S Global Note (and, in the case of any Additional Notes for which no Temporary Regulation S Global Note is issued, any Regulation S Global Note) shall not be permitted to exchange such interest for a Physical Note or (in the case of such interest in a Temporary Regulation S Global Note) an interest in a Permanent Regulation S Global Note until a date, which must be after Distribution Compliance Date, on which the Issuer receive a certificate of beneficial ownership substantially in the form of Exhibit C from such beneficial owner (a “ Certificate of Beneficial Ownership ”). Such date, as it relates to a Regulation S Global Note, is herein referred to as the “ Regulation S Note Exchange Date .”

(4) Private Placement Legend . Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Note Registrar shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Note Registrar shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) the requested transfer is after the relevant Resale Restriction Termination Date with respect to such Notes, (ii) upon written request of the Issuer after there is delivered to the Note Registrar

 

59


an opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee) to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) with respect to a Regulation S Global Note (on or after the Regulation S Note Exchange Date with respect to such Regulation S Global Note) or Regulation S Physical Note, in each case with the agreement of the Issuer, or (iv) such Notes are sold or exchanged pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

(5) Other Transfers . The Note Registrar shall effect and register, upon receipt of a written request from the Issuer to do so, a transfer not otherwise permitted by this Section 313 , such registration to be done in accordance with the otherwise applicable provisions of this Section 313 , upon the furnishing by the proposed transferor or transferee of a written opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel are satisfactory to the Issuer and the Trustee) to the effect that, and such other certifications or information as the Issuer or the Trustee may require (including, in the case of a transfer to an Accredited Investor (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act), a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F ) to confirm that, the proposed transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

A Note that is a Restricted Security may not be transferred other than as provided in this Section 313 . A beneficial interest in a Global Note that is a Restricted Security may not be exchanged for a beneficial interest in another Global Note other than through a transfer in compliance with this Section 313 .

(6) General . By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

The Note Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 312 or this Section 313 (including all Notes received for transfer pursuant to Section 313 ). The Issuer shall have the right to require the Note Registrar to deliver to the Issuer, at the Issuer’ expense, copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Note Registrar.

In connection with any transfer of any Note, the Trustee, the Note Registrar and the Issuer shall be entitled to receive, shall be under no duty to inquire into, may conclusively presume the correctness of, and shall be fully protected in relying upon the certificates, opinions and other information referred to herein (or in the forms provided herein, attached hereto or to the Notes, or otherwise) received from any Holder and any transferee of any Note regarding the validity, legality and due authorization of any such transfer, the eligibility of the transferee to receive such Note and any other facts and circumstances related to such transfer.

 

60


Section 314. Payment of Additional Interest . (a) Under certain circumstances the Issuer will be obligated to pay certain additional amounts of interest to the Holders of certain Initial Notes, as more particularly set forth in such Initial Notes.

(b) Under certain circumstances the Issuer may be obligated to pay certain additional amounts of interest to the Holders of certain Initial Additional Notes, as may be more particularly set forth in such Initial Additional Notes.

(c) Prior to any Interest Payment Date on which any such additional interest is payable, the Issuer shall give notice to the Trustee of the amount of any additional interest due on such Interest Payment Date.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

Section 401. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest . The Issuer shall duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture. Principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date due if the Issuer shall have deposited with the applicable Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a wholly-owned Domestic Subsidiary of the Company) as of 12:00 p.m. New York City time on the due date money in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal amount (and premium, if any) and interest then due.

Section 402. Maintenance of Office or Agency . (a) The Company shall maintain in the United States one or more offices or agencies where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations.

The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as such office or agency of the Company where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment or for transfer or exchange for so long as such Corporate Trust Office remains a Place of Payment, in accordance with Section 305 hereof.

Section 403. Money for Payments to Be Held in Trust . If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it shall, on or before 12:00 p.m., New York City time each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any of the Notes, segregate and

 

61


hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

If the Company is not acting as its own Paying Agent, it shall, on or prior to 12:00 p.m., New York City time each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on, any Notes, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest, so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

If the Company is not acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company shall cause any Paying Agent other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 403 , that such Paying Agent shall

(1) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

(2) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any such payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest;

(3) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; and

(4) acknowledge, accept and agree to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Indenture and TIA relating to the duties, rights and liabilities of such Paying Agent.

The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

 

62


Section 404. [ Reserved ].

Section 405. Reports . Prior to consummation of the Exchange Offer and when any Notes under this Indenture are outstanding, the Company will provide to the Trustee and the holders of Notes: (a) within 90 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year, financial statements and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations substantially equivalent to that which would be required to be included in an Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company were the Company subject to an obligation to file such a report under the Exchange Act, and (b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters in each fiscal year of the Company, financial statements and management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations substantially equivalent to that which would be required to be included in a Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company were the Company subject to an obligation to file such a report under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that the reports set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above shall not be required to: (x) contain any certification required by any such form or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, (y) include separate financial statements of any Guarantor or (z) include any exhibit.

Following consummation of the Exchange Offer, notwithstanding that the Company may not be required to be or remain subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company will file with the SEC (unless such filing is not permitted under the Exchange Act or by the SEC), so long as the Notes are Outstanding, the annual reports, information, documents and other reports that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to such Section 13(a) or 15(d) or would be so required to file if the Company were so subject within the time periods specified above. The Company will also, within 15 days after the time periods specified above, transmit by mail to all Holders, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, and to the Trustee (or make available on a Company website) copies of any such information, documents and reports (without exhibits) so required to be filed. The Company will be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of this Section 405 if any Parent files with the SEC and provides reports, documents and information of the types otherwise so required, in each case within the applicable time periods specified by the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC, and the Company is not required to file such reports, documents and information separately under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC (after giving effect to any exemptive relief) because of the filings by such Parent. The Company will comply with the other provisions of TIA § 314(a).

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the requirements of this Section 405 shall be deemed satisfied prior to the commencement of the Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement described in the Registration Rights Agreement (1) by the filing with the SEC of the Exchange Offer registration statement or shelf registration statement (or any other similar registration statement), and any amendments thereto, with such financial information that satisfies Regulation S-X, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Circular, to the extent filed within the times specified above, or (2) by posting on the Company’s website (or that of any of its parent companies) or providing such reports to the Trustee within 15 days after the time periods specified above, the financial

 

63


information (including a “Management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition” section) that would be required to be included in such reports, subject to exceptions consistent with the presentation of financial information in the Offering Circular. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company will not be deemed to have failed to comply with any of its agreements set forth under this Section 405 for purposes of Section 601(v) until 120 days after the date any report required to be provided by this Section 405 is due.

Section 406. Statement as to Default . The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after January 1, 2007, an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that to the best knowledge of the signer thereof the Issuer is not in default in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder) and, if the Issuer shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature and status thereof of which such signer may have knowledge. To the extent required by the TIA, each Guarantor shall comply with TIA § 314(a)(4). The individual signing any certificate given by any Person pursuant to this Section 406 shall be the principal executive, financial or accounting Officer of such Person, in compliance with TIA § 314(a)(4).

Section 407. Limitation on Indebtedness . (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, Incur any Indebtedness; provided , however , that the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness if on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the Incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.00 to 1.00.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph (a), the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur the following Indebtedness:

(i) Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to any Credit Facility (including but not limited to in respect of letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued or created thereunder) and Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor other than under any Credit Facility, and (without limiting the foregoing), in each case, any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof, in a maximum principal amount at any time outstanding not exceeding in the aggregate the amount equal to $2,090.0 million;

(ii) Indebtedness (A) of any Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or (B) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary to which such Indebtedness is owed, or other event, that results in such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary or any other subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) will be deemed, in each case, an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the issuer thereof not permitted by this clause (ii) at the time of such issuance, transfer or other event;

(iii) Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors represented by the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, respectively, and the related exchange notes and exchange guarantees, respectively, issued in an exchange transaction

 

64


pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes, the subsidiary guarantees thereof by the Subsidiary Guarantors and the related exchange notes and exchange guarantees issued in an exchange transaction pursuant to the registration rights agreement relating thereto, the Floating Rate Senior Notes, the subsidiary guarantees thereof by the Subsidiary Guarantors and the related exchange notes and exchange guarantees issued in an exchange transaction pursuant to the registration rights agreement relating thereto, any Indebtedness (other than the Indebtedness described in clause (b)(ii) above) outstanding on the Issue Date and any Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in respect of any Indebtedness described in this clause (b)(iii) or paragraph (a) above;

(iv) Purchase Money Obligations and Capitalized Lease Obligations, and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed the greater of (x) $75.0 million or (y) an amount equal to 2.0% of Total Assets;

(v) Indebtedness consisting of accommodation guarantees for the benefit of trade creditors of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(vi) (A) Guarantees by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness or any other obligation or liability of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in violation of this Section 407 ), or (B) without limiting Section 413 , Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary arising by reason of any Lien granted by or applicable to such Person securing Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, in violation of this Section 407 );

(vii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) arising from the honoring of a check, draft or similar instrument of such Person drawn against insufficient funds, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within fifteen Business Days of its Incurrence, or (B) consisting of guarantees, indemnities, obligations in respect of earnouts or other purchase price adjustments, or similar obligations, Incurred in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or Person;

(viii) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of (A) deductible obligations, self-insurance obligations, reinsurance obligations, completion guarantees, surety, judgment, appeal or performance bonds, or other similar bonds, instruments or obligations, provided, or relating to liabilities or obligations incurred, in the ordinary course of business, or (B) Hedging Obligations, entered into for bona fide hedging purposes (including, without limitation, to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from fluctuations in currency exchange rates) that are incurred in the ordinary course of business, or (C) the financing of insurance premiums in the ordinary course of business, or (D) netting, overdraft protection and other arrangements arising under standard business terms of any bank at which the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary maintains an overdraft, cash pooling or other similar facility or arrangement;

 

65


(ix) Indebtedness (A) of a Special Purpose Subsidiary secured by a Lien on all or part of the assets disposed of in, or otherwise Incurred in connection with, a Financing Disposition or (B) otherwise Incurred in connection with a Special Purpose Financing; provided that (1) such Indebtedness is not recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary (other than with respect to Special Purpose Financing Undertakings), (2) in the event such Indebtedness shall become recourse to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Special Purpose Subsidiary (other than with respect to Special Purpose Financing Undertakings), such Indebtedness will be deemed to be, and must be classified by the Company as, Incurred at such time (or at the time initially Incurred) under one or more of the other provisions of this Section 407 for so long as such Indebtedness shall be so recourse; and (3) in the event that at any time thereafter such Indebtedness shall comply with the provisions of the preceding subclause (1), the Company may classify such Indebtedness in whole or in part as Incurred under this Section 407(b)(ix) ;

(x) Indebtedness (including any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect to any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (x)) (x) of any Person that is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with its acquisition of assets from such Person or any Affiliate thereof or is issued and outstanding on or prior to the date on which such Person was acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or merged or consolidated with or into any Restricted Subsidiary or (y) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries incurred to finance the acquisition of any Person or assets; provided that either:

(1) after giving effect to such acquisition, merger or consolidation either:

(A) the Company would be permitted to Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Consolidated Coverage Ratio test set forth in paragraph (a) of this Section 407 ; or

(B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is greater than the Consolidated Coverage Ratio immediately prior to such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(2) such Indebtedness (i) is not Secured Indebtedness and constitutes Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations, (ii) is not incurred while a Default exists and no Default shall result therefrom, (iii) does not mature (and is not mandatorily redeemable in the case of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock) and does not require any payment of principal prior to the final maturity of the Notes, and (iv) in the case of sub-clause (x) above only, is not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

provided that the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness (excluding any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (b)(x) that was not incurred to finance the acquisition of any Person or assets) at any time outstanding Incurred under this clause (b)(x) (including any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto) by any Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Subsidiary Guarantors shall not exceed $100.0 million in the aggregate;

 

66


(xi) in addition to the items referred to in clauses (b)(i) through (b)(x) above, Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets;

(xii) Indebtedness of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and guarantees thereof by the Company in an aggregate outstanding principal amount at any time not to exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) the sum of (1) $50.0 million for Foreign Subsidiaries and (2) $25.0 million for Canadian Subsidiaries or (y) 2.00% of Total Assets;

(xiii) Indebtedness in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto;

(xiv) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued to present or former officers, directors or employees of any the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment or service of such officer, director or employee or otherwise to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent, to the extent the applicable Restricted Payment is permitted by Section 409(b)(x) ;

(xv) Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary equal to 200.0% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company as capital contributions to the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Issue Date as determined in accordance with Section 409(a)(3)(B) , to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds have not been applied to make Restricted Payments or to make other Investments, payments or exchanges pursuant to Section 409 or to make Permitted Investments (other than Permitted Investments specified in clauses (i) and (ii) of the definition thereof); and

(xvi) Indebtedness incurred by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims; provided, however , that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within 30 days following such drawing or incurrence.

(c) For purposes of determining compliance with, and the outstanding principal amount of any particular Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to and in compliance with, this Section 407 , (i) any other obligation of the obligor on such Indebtedness (or of any other

 

67


Person who could have Incurred such Indebtedness under this Section 407 ) arising under any Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation supporting such Indebtedness shall be disregarded to the extent that such Guarantee, Lien or letter of credit, bankers’ acceptance or other similar instrument or obligation secures the principal amount of such Indebtedness; (ii) in the event that Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described in paragraphs (a) or (b) above, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify such item of Indebtedness and may include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of such clauses (including in part under one such clause and in part under another such clause), and may reclassify such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies with this Section 407 and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses; (iii) if obligations in respect of letters of credit are Incurred pursuant to a Credit Facility and are being treated as Incurred pursuant to Section 407(b)(i) and the letters of credit relate to other Indebtedness, then such other Indebtedness shall not be included; and (iv) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

(d) For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar-denominated restriction on the Incurrence of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency, the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness Incurred pursuant thereto shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date that such Indebtedness was Incurred, in the case of term Indebtedness, or first committed, in the case of revolving credit Indebtedness, provided that (x) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of any such Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date, (y) if such Indebtedness is Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency (or in a different currency from such Indebtedness so being Incurred), and such refinancing would cause the applicable Dollar-denominated restriction to be exceeded if calculated at the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date of such refinancing, such Dollar-denominated restriction shall be deemed not to have been exceeded so long as the principal amount of such refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed (i) the outstanding or committed principal amount (whichever is higher) of such Indebtedness being refinanced plus (ii) the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with such refinancing and (z) the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency and Incurred pursuant to a Senior Credit Facility shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on, at the Company’s option, (i) the Issue Date, (ii) any date on which any of the respective commitments under such Senior Credit Facility shall be reallocated between or among facilities or subfacilities thereunder, or on which such rate is otherwise calculated for any purpose thereunder, or (iii) the date of such Incurrence. The principal amount of any Indebtedness Incurred to refinance other Indebtedness, if Incurred in a different currency from the Indebtedness being refinanced, shall be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.

Section 408. [ Reserved ]

 

68


Section 409. Limitation on Restricted Payments . (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to (i) declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on or in respect of its Equity Interests (including any such payment in connection with any merger or consolidation to which the Company is a party) except (x) dividends or distributions payable solely in its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) and (y) dividends or distributions payable to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (and, in the case of any such Restricted Subsidiary making such dividend or distribution, to other holders of its Equity Interests on no more than a pro rata basis), (ii) purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Equity Interests of the Company held by Persons other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) voluntarily purchase, repurchase, redeem, defease or otherwise voluntarily acquire or retire for value, prior to scheduled maturity, scheduled repayment or scheduled sinking fund payment, any Subordinated Obligations (other than a purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value in anticipation of satisfying a sinking fund obligation, principal installment or final maturity, in each case due within one year of the date of such acquisition or retirement) or (iv) make any Investment (other than a Permitted Investment) in any Person (any such dividend, distribution, purchase, repurchase, redemption, defeasance, other acquisition or retirement or Investment being herein referred to as a “ Restricted Payment ”), if at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto:

(1) a Default shall have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom);

(2) the Company could not Incur at least an additional $1.00 of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(a) ; or

(3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and all other Restricted Payments (the amount so expended, if other than in cash, to be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive and evidenced by a resolution of the Board of Directors) declared or made subsequent to the Issue Date and then outstanding would exceed, without duplication, the sum of:

(A) 50% of the Consolidated Net Income accrued during the period (treated as one accounting period) beginning on the first day of the Company’s fiscal quarter in which the Issue Date occurred to the end of the most recent fiscal quarter ending prior to the date of such Restricted Payment for which consolidated financial statements of the Company are available (or, in case such Consolidated Net Income shall be a negative number, 100% of such negative number);

(B) 100% of the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds and the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of property or assets received (x) by the Company as capital contributions to the Company after the Issue Date or from the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary) of its Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) after the Issue Date or (y) by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the issuance and sale by the

 

69


Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness that shall have been converted into or exchanged after the Issue Date for Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent (other than Disqualified Stock), plus the amount of any cash and the fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of any property or assets, received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary upon such conversion or exchange; provided that this clause (B) shall not include such Net Cash Proceeds to the extent that the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurs Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(b)(xv) based on such Net Cash Proceeds;

(C) the aggregate amount equal to the net reduction in Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries resulting from (i) dividends, distributions, cancellation of indebtedness for borrowed money owed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary, interest payments, return of capital, repayments of Investments or other transfers of assets to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from any Unrestricted Subsidiary, including dividends or other distributions related to dividends or other distributions made pursuant to Section 409(b)(vii) (but only to the extent such amount is not included in Consolidated Net Income), or (ii) the redesignation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (valued in each case as provided in the definition of “ Investment ”), not to exceed in the case of any such Unrestricted Subsidiary the aggregate amount of Investments (other than Permitted Investments) made by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date; and

(D) in the case of any disposition or repayment of any Investment constituting a Restricted Payment (without duplication of any amount deducted in calculating the amount of Investments at any time outstanding included in the amount of Restricted Payments), an amount in the aggregate equal to the lesser of the return of capital, repayment or other proceeds with respect to all such Investments received by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and the initial amount of all such Investments constituting Restricted Payments.

(b) The provisions of Section 409(a) will not prohibit any of the following, so long as a Default shall not have occurred and be continuing (or would result therefrom) (each, a “ Permitted Payment ”):

(i) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Equity Interests of the Company or Subordinated Obligations made by exchange (including any such exchange pursuant to the exercise of a conversion right or privilege in connection with which cash is paid in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares) for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent, or within 45 days, issuance or sale of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock and other than Equity Interests issued or sold to a Restricted Subsidiary) or a substantially concurrent, or within 45 days, capital contribution to the Company; provided , that the Net Cash Proceeds from such issuance, sale or capital contribution shall be excluded in subsequent calculations under Section 409(a)(3)(B) ;

 

70


(ii) (A) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Subordinated Obligations (w) made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent issuance or sale of, Indebtedness of the Company or Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407 , (x) from Net Available Cash to the extent permitted by Section 411 , and, if required, purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby prior to purchasing or repaying such Subordinated Obligations (y) following the occurrence of a Change of Control (or other similar event described therein as a “ change of control ”), but only if the Company shall have complied with Section 415 and, if required thereby, purchased all Notes tendered pursuant to the offer to repurchase all the Notes required thereby, prior to purchasing or repaying such Subordinated Obligations or (z) constituting Acquired Indebtedness or (B) any purchase, redemption, repurchase, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement of Disqualified Stock made by exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially concurrent, or within 45 days, issuance or sale of, Disqualified Stock of the Company or Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred in compliance with Section 407 ;

(iii) dividends paid within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof if at such date of declaration such dividend would have complied with Section 409(a) ;

(iv) the declaration and payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock following the first public Equity Offering of the Company’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Issue Date, of up to 6%  per annum of the Net Cash Proceeds received or contributed by the Company in or from any such Equity Offering;

(v) notwithstanding the existence of any Default or Event of Default, loans, advances, dividends or distributions to any Parent or other payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit such Parent to make payments pursuant to (A) any Tax Sharing Agreement, or (B) to pay or permit any Parent to pay (1) any Parent Expenses or (2) any Related Taxes;

(vi) payments by the Company, or loans, advances, dividends or distributions by the Company to any Parent to make payments, to holders of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent in lieu of issuance of fractional shares of such Equity Interests, not to exceed $5.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any time;

(vii) dividends or other distributions of Equity Interests, Indebtedness or other securities of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(viii) the declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock, or of any Preferred Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary, Incurred in accordance with the terms of the covenant described under Section 407 above;

(ix) Restricted Payments (including loans and advances) in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not exceeding an amount (net of repayments of such loans or advances) equal to the greater of (x) $100.0 million and (y) 2.75% of Total Assets;

 

71


(x) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition, cancellation or retirement for value of Equity Interests of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any Parent held by any existing or former employees or management or directors of the Company or any Parent or any Subsidiary of the Company or their assigns, estates or heirs, in each case in connection with (x) the death or disability of such employee, manager or director or (y) the repurchase provisions under employee stock option or stock purchase agreements or other agreements to compensate management employees or directors; provided that in the case of clause (y) such redemptions or repurchases pursuant to such clause will not exceed $20.0 million in the aggregate during any twelve-month period (which shall increase to $40.0 million subsequent to the consummation of an underwritten public Equity Offering) plus the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company after the Issue Date from the issuance of such Equity Interests or equity appreciation rights to, or the exercise of options, warrants or other rights to purchase or acquire Equity Interests of the Company by, any current or former director, officer or employee of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or from “key man” life insurance policies which are used to make such redemptions or repurchases; provided that the amount of such Net Cash Proceeds received by the Company and utilized pursuant to this Section 409(b)(x)  for any such repurchase, redemption, acquisition or retirement will be excluded from Section 409(a)(3)(B) ; and provided, further , that unused amounts available pursuant to this Section 409(b)(x)  to be utilized for Restricted Payments during any twelve-month period may be carried forward and utilized in the next succeeding twenty-four-month period;

(xi) repurchases of Equity Interests deemed to occur upon the exercise of stock options, warrants or other convertible securities if such Equity Interests represents (i) a portion of the exercise price thereof or (ii) withholding incurred in connection with such exercise;

(xii) Restricted Payments made pursuant to, or contemplated by, or made to any Parent to permit any Parent to perform its obligations under, the Transactions, including the provisions of any Transaction Document as in effect on the Issue Date, and as the same may be amended or replaced so long as such amendment or replacement that is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original Transaction Document as in effect on the Issue Date;

(xiii) repurchases by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of all (but not less than all), excluding directors’ qualifying shares, of the Equity Interests or other ownership interests in a Subsidiary of the Company which Equity Interests or other ownership interests were not theretofore owned by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(xiv) payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to its guarantee of AFC’s customary servicing obligations in connection with the Receivables Purchase Agreement; and

 

72


(xv) Restricted Payments that are made with Excluded Contributions

provided , that (A) in the case of clauses (iii), (iv), (v)(B)(1), and (vi), the net amount of any such Permitted Payment shall be included in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments (but only to the extent such amount was not included as an expense in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income), and (B) in all cases other than pursuant to clause (A) immediately above, the net amount of any such Permitted Payment shall be excluded in subsequent calculations of the amount of Restricted Payments.

Section 410. Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries . The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to (i) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Equity Interests or pay any Indebtedness or other obligations owed to the Company, (ii) make any loans or advances to the Company or (iii) transfer any of its property or assets to the Company ( provided that dividend or liquidation priority between classes of Equity Interests, or subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation, will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction), except any encumbrance or restriction:

(1) pursuant to any agreement in effect at or entered into on the Issue Date, including, without limitation, this Indenture, the Notes, the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Note Indenture, the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes, the Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture, the Floating Rate Senior Notes, the Senior Credit Facility or any other Credit Facility;

(2) pursuant to any agreement or instrument of a Person, or relating to Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person, which Person is acquired by or merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or which agreement or instrument is assumed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an acquisition of assets from such Person, as in effect at the time of such acquisition, merger or consolidation (except to the extent that such Indebtedness was incurred to finance, or otherwise in connection with, such acquisition, merger or consolidation); provided that for purposes of this clause (2), if a Person other than the Company is the Successor Company with respect thereto, any Subsidiary thereof or agreement or instrument of such Person or any such Subsidiary shall be deemed acquired or assumed, as the case may be, by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, when such Person becomes such Successor Company;

(3) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (a “ Refinancing Agreement ”) effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to, or that otherwise extends, renews, refunds, refinances or replaces, an agreement or instrument referred to in clause (1) or (2) of this Section 410 or this clause (3) (an “ Initial Agreement ”) or contained in any amendment, supplement or other modification to an Initial Agreement (an “ Amendment ”); provided , however , that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreement or Initial Agreements to which such Refinancing Agreement or Amendment relates (as determined in good faith by the Company);

 

73


(4) (A) that restricts in a customary manner the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset that is subject to a lease, license or similar contract, or the assignment or transfer of any lease, license or other contract, (B) by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer, option or right with respect to, or Lien on, any property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture, (C) contained in mortgages, pledges or other security agreements securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the extent restricting the transfer of the property or assets subject thereto, (D) pursuant to customary provisions restricting dispositions of real property interests set forth in any reciprocal easement agreements of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, (E) pursuant to Purchase Money Obligations that impose encumbrances or restrictions on the property or assets so acquired, (F) on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or suppliers under agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (G) pursuant to customary provisions contained in agreements and instruments entered into in the ordinary course of business (including but not limited to leases, sale and leaseback agreements, asset sale agreements and joint venture and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business), (H) that arises or is agreed to in the ordinary course of business and does not detract from the value of property or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any manner material to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, or (I) pursuant to Hedging Obligations;

(5) with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary (or any of its property or assets) imposed pursuant to an agreement entered into for the direct or indirect sale or disposition of all or substantially all the Equity Interests or assets of such Restricted Subsidiary (or the property or assets that are subject to such restriction) pending the closing of such sale or disposition;

(6) by reason of any applicable law, rule, regulation or order, or required by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or any of their businesses; or

(7) pursuant to an agreement or instrument (A) relating to any Indebtedness permitted to be Incurred subsequent to the Issue Date pursuant to the provisions of Section 407 (i) if the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such agreement or instrument taken as a whole are not materially less favorable to the Holders of the Notes than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in the Initial Agreements (as determined in good faith by the Company), or (ii) if such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders of the Notes than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Company) and either (x) the Company determines in good faith that such encumbrance or restriction will not materially affect the Company’s ability to make principal or interest payments on the Notes or (y) such encumbrance or restriction applies only if a default occurs in respect of a payment or financial covenant relating to such Indebtedness or (B) of, or relating to Indebtedness of or a Financing Disposition by or to or in favor of any Special Purpose Entity.

 

74


Section 411. Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock . (a) The Company will not, and will not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, make any Asset Disposition unless

(i) the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration (including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise) at the time of such Asset Disposition at least equal to the fair market value of the shares and assets subject to such Asset Disposition, as such fair market value may be determined (and shall be determined, to the extent such Asset Disposition or any series of related Asset Dispositions involves aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million) in good faith by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive (including as to the value of all non-cash consideration);

(ii) in the case of any Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions) having a fair market value of $25.0 million or more, at least 75% of the consideration therefor (excluding, in the case of an Asset Disposition (or series of related Asset Dispositions), any consideration by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, that are not Indebtedness) received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash; and

(iii) an amount equal to 100% of the Net Available Cash from such Asset Disposition is applied by the Company (or any Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be) as follows:

(A) first , either (x) to the extent the Company elects (or is required by the terms of (1) any Senior Indebtedness, (2) any secured Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor or (3) any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor), to prepay, repay or purchase any such Indebtedness or (in the case of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or other similar instruments) cash collateralize any such Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness owed to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) within 360 days after the later of the date of such Asset Disposition and the date of receipt of such Net Available Cash, or (y) to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, to invest in Additional Assets (including by means of an investment in Additional Assets by a Restricted Subsidiary with an amount equal to Net Available Cash received by the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary) within 360 days from the later of the date of such Asset Disposition and the date of receipt of such Net Available Cash, or, if such investment in Additional Assets is a project authorized by the Board of Directors that will take longer than such 360 days to complete, the period of time necessary to complete such project;

(B) second , if the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clause (A) above (and after the expiration of the maximum

 

75


period for such application permitted by clause (A)) exceeds $20.0 million, (such balance, the “ Excess Proceeds ”), to the extent of such Excess Proceeds, to make an offer to purchase Notes and (to the extent the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary elects, or is required by the terms thereof) to purchase, redeem or repay any Senior Indebtedness or any other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, pursuant and subject to Section 41l(b) and Section 41l(c) and the agreements governing such other Indebtedness; and

(C) third , to the extent of the balance of such Net Available Cash after application in accordance with clauses (A) and (B) above, to fund (to the extent consistent with any other applicable provision of this Indenture) any general corporate purpose (including but not limited to the repurchase, repayment or other acquisition or retirement of any Subordinated Obligations);

provided , however , that in connection with any prepayment, repayment or purchase of Indebtedness pursuant to clause (A)(x) or (B) above, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary will retire such Indebtedness and will cause the related loan commitment (if any) to be permanently reduced in an amount equal to the principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 411 , the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be required to apply any Net Available Cash or equivalent amount in accordance with this Section 411 except to the extent that the aggregate Net Available Cash from all Asset Dispositions or equivalent amount that is not applied in accordance with this Section 411 exceeds $50.0 million. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes or other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary validly tendered and not withdrawn (or otherwise subject to purchase, redemption or repayment) in connection with an offer pursuant to clause (B) above exceeds the Excess Proceeds, the Excess Proceeds will be apportioned between such Notes and such Senior Indebtedness and/or other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, with the portion of the Excess Proceeds payable in respect of such Notes to equal the lesser of (x) the Excess Proceeds amount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the outstanding principal amount of such Notes and the denominator of which is the sum of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes and the outstanding principal amount of the relevant other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, and (y) the aggregate principal amount of Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn.

For the purposes of clause (ii) of paragraph (a) above, the following are deemed to be cash: (1) Temporary Cash Investments and Cash Equivalents, (2) the assumption of Indebtedness of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock of the Company) or any Restricted Subsidiary and the release of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from all liability on payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition, (3) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Disposition, to the extent that the Company and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of the principal amount of such Indebtedness in connection with such Asset Disposition, (4) securities received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from the transferee that are converted by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash within 180 days, (5) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and (6) any Designated Noncash

 

76


Consideration received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Disposition having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this covenant that is at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (x) $50.0 million or (y) 1.25% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Noncash Consideration (with the Fair Market Value being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

(b) In the event of an Asset Disposition that requires the purchase of Notes pursuant to Section 41l(a)(iii)(B) , the Company will be required to purchase Notes tendered pursuant to an offer by the Company for the Notes (the “ Offer ”) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Purchase Date in accordance with the procedures (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth in Section 41l(c) . If the aggregate purchase price of the Notes tendered pursuant to the offer is less than the Net Available Cash allotted to the purchase of Notes, the remaining Net Available Cash will be available to the Company for use in accordance with Section 41l(a)(iii)(B) (to repay other Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary) or Section 41l(a)(iii)(C) . The Company shall not be required to make an offer for Notes pursuant to this Section 411 if the Net Available Cash available therefor (after application of the proceeds as provided in Section 41l(a)(iii)(A) ) is less than $50.0 million for any particular Asset Disposition (which lesser amounts shall be carried forward for purposes of determining whether an offer is required with respect to the Net Available Cash from any subsequent Asset Disposition). No Note will be repurchased in part if less than the Minimum Denomination in original principal amount.

(c) Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds pursuant to this Section 411 , such Net Available Cash may be applied to temporarily to reduce Indebtedness outstanding under a revolving credit facility or otherwise invest such Net Available Cash in any manner not prohibited by this Indenture.

(d) To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 411 , the Company may comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 411 by virtue thereof.

Section 412. Limitation on Transactions with Affiliates . (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, enter into or conduct any transaction or series of related transactions (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of the Company (an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) unless (i) such Affiliate Transaction is entered into in good faith and the terms of such Affiliate Transaction are, taken as a whole, fair and reasonable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, and (ii) if such Affiliate Transaction involves aggregate consideration in excess of $25.0 million, the terms of such Affiliate Transaction have been approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors. For purposes of this Section 412(a) , any Affiliate Transaction shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements set forth in this Section 412(a) if (x) such Affiliate Transaction is approved by a majority of the Disinterested Directors or (y) in the event there are no Disinterested Directors, the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives an opinion in customary form from a nationally recognized appraisal or investment banking firm to the effect that such Affiliate Transaction is fair to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from a financial point of view.

 

77


(b) The provisions of Section 412(a) will not apply to:

(i) any Restricted Payment Transaction;

(ii) (1) the entering into, maintaining or performance of any employment contract, collective bargaining agreement, benefit plan, program or arrangement, related trust agreement or any other similar arrangement for or with any employee, officer or director heretofore or hereafter entered into in the ordinary course of business, including vacation, health, insurance, deferred compensation, severance, retirement, savings or other similar plans, programs or arrangements, (2) the payment of compensation, performance of indemnification or contribution obligations, or any issuance, grant or award of stock, options, other equity-related interests or other securities, to employees, officers or directors in the ordinary course of business, (3) the payment of reasonable fees to directors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (as determined in good faith by the Company or such Subsidiary), or (4) Management Advances and payments in respect thereof (or in reimbursement of any expenses referred to in the definition of such term);

(iii) any transaction with, including an Investment in, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) any transaction arising out of and any payments made pursuant to agreements or instruments in existence on the Issue Date (other than any Tax Sharing Agreement referred to in Section 412(b)(vi)) , including, without limitation, the Transaction Documents, and as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time so long as such amendment, modification, supplement or replacement is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than the original agreement or instrument as in effect on the Issue Date;

(v) any transaction in the ordinary course of business, or approved by a majority of the Board of Directors, between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Affiliate of the Company controlled by the Company that is a joint venture or similar entity;

(vi) the execution, delivery and performance of any Tax Sharing Agreement;

(vii) any issuance or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (and the granting of registration rights or other customary rights in connection therewith) or capital contribution to the Company;

(viii) transactions with Affiliates solely in their capacity as holders of Indebtedness or Equity Interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, where such Affiliates hold less Indebtedness or Equity Interests than non-Affiliates and such Affiliates receive the same consideration as non-Affiliates in such transactions;

 

78


(ix) any transaction with any Person who is not an Affiliate immediately before the consummation of such transaction that becomes an Affiliate as a result of such transaction;

(x) transactions between the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Special Purpose Subsidiary in connection with a Financing Disposition or a Special Purpose Financing, provided that such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(xi) transactions exclusively between or among the Company and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided such transactions are not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture;

(xii) transactions involving aggregate consideration not to exceed $1.0 million;

(xiii) payments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to any Permitted Holder or any of its affiliates for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including in connection with acquisition or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors; and

(xiv) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business or that are on terms at least as favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party, or that are considered fair to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in the view of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors or the senior management of the Company.

Section 413. Limitation on Liens . The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any of its property or assets (including Equity Interests of any other Person), whether owned on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, securing any Indebtedness (the “ Initial Lien ”), unless contemporaneously therewith effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under this Indenture and the Notes or, in respect of Liens on any Restricted Subsidiary’s property or assets, any Subsidiary Guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary, equally and ratably with (or on a senior basis to, in the case of Subordinated Obligations or Guarantor Subordinated Obligations) such obligation for so long as such obligation is so secured by such Initial Lien. Any such Lien thereby created in favor of the Notes or any such Subsidiary Guarantee will be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon (i) the release and discharge of the Initial Lien to which it relates, (ii) in the case of any such Lien in favor of any such Subsidiary Guarantee, upon the termination and discharge of such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the terms of Section 1303 or (iii) any sale, exchange or transfer (other than a transfer constituting a transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company that is governed by Section 501 ) to any Person not an Affiliate of the Company of the property or assets secured by such Initial Lien, or of all of the Equity Interests held by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in, or all or substantially all the assets of, any Restricted Subsidiary creating such Initial Lien.

 

79


Section 414. Future Subsidiary Guarantors . From and after the Issue Date, the Company will cause each Subsidiary that guarantees payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility, the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes or the Floating Rate Senior Notes to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture or other instrument pursuant to which such Subsidiary will guarantee payment of the Notes, whereupon such Subsidiary will become a Subsidiary Guarantor for all purposes under this Indenture. In addition, the Company may cause any Subsidiary or other Person that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to guarantee payment of the Notes and become a Subsidiary Guarantor. Subsidiary Guarantees will be subject to release and discharge under certain circumstances prior to payment in full of the Notes.

Section 415. Purchase of Notes upon a Change in Control . (a) Upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control, each Holder of Notes will have the right to require the Company to repurchase all or any part of such Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase (subject to Section 307 ); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes pursuant to this Section 415 in the event that it has exercised its right to redeem all of the Notes as provided in Article X .

(b) The term “Change of Control” means:

(i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders or a Parent, becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, provided that (x) so long as the Company is a Subsidiary of any Parent, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such Parent and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the “beneficial owner”;

(ii) the Company or the Parent merges or consolidates with or into, or sells or transfers (in one or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to, another Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) and any “person” (as defined in clause (i) above), other than one or more Permitted Holders or any Parent, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as so defined), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or the transferee Person in such sale or transfer of assets, as the case may be, provided that (x) so long as such surviving or transferee Person is a Subsidiary of a parent Person, no “person” shall be deemed to be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such surviving or

 

80


transferee Person unless such “person” shall be or become a “beneficial owner” of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent Person and (y) any Voting Stock of which any Permitted Holder is the “beneficial owner” shall not in any case be included in any Voting Stock of which any such “person” is the beneficial owner; or

(iii) during any period of two consecutive years (during which period the Company has been a party to the applicable Indenture), individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the Board of Directors of the Company (together with any new members thereof whose election by such Board of Directors or whose nomination for election by holders of Equity Interests of the Company was approved by one or more Permitted Holders or by a vote of a majority of the members of such board of directors then still in office who were either members thereof at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of such board of directors then in office.

(c) Unless the Company has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as described under Article X , the Company shall, not later than 30 days following the date the Company obtains actual knowledge of any Change of Control having occurred, mail a notice (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating: (1) that a Change of Control has occurred or may occur and that such Holder has, or upon such occurrence will have, the right to require the Company to purchase such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on a record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date); (2) the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed); (3) the instructions determined by the Company, consistent with this Section 415 , that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased; and (4) if such notice is mailed prior to the occurrence of a Change of Control, that such offer is conditioned on the occurrence of such Change of Control. No Note will be repurchased in part if less than the Minimum Denomination in original principal amount of such Note would be left outstanding.

(d) The Company will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if (i) a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer, or (ii) notice of redemption has been given pursuant to this Indenture as provided in Article X , unless and until there is a Default in the payment of the applicable redemption price.

(e) To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with provisions of this Section 415 , the Company may comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 415 by virtue thereof.

 

81


Section 416. Limitation on Layering . The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) that is subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, unless such Indebtedness is either:

(1) equal in right of payment with the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee of the Notes, as the case may be; or

(2) expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Notes or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee of the Notes, as the case may be.

This Indenture will not treat (1) unsecured Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured or (2) Senior Indebtedness as subordinated or junior to any other Senior Indebtedness merely because it has a junior priority with respect to the same collateral or by virtue of the fact that the holders of such Senior Indebtedness have entered into intercreditor or other arrangements giving one or more of such holders priority over the other holders in the collateral held by them.

ARTICLE V

SUCCESSORS

Section 501. When the Company May Merge, Etc . (a) The Company will not consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all its assets to, any Person, unless:

(i) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Company ”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and the Successor Company (if not the Company) will expressly assume all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture by executing and delivering to the Trustee a supplemental indenture or one or more other documents or instruments sufficient, in the opinion of legal counsel to the Successor Company, to evidence the assumption;

(ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction (and treating any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Successor Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction as having been Incurred by the Successor Company or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time of such transaction), no Default will have occurred and be continuing;

(iii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, either (A) the Successor Company could Incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to Section 407(a) , or (B) the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company (or, if applicable, the Successor Company with respect thereto) would equal or exceed the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company immediately prior to giving effect to such transaction;

 

82


(iv) each Subsidiary Guarantor (other than (x) any Subsidiary Guarantor that will be released from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee in connection with such transaction and (y) any party to any such consolidation or merger) shall have delivered a supplemental indenture or other document or instrument in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, confirming its Subsidiary Guarantee (other than any Subsidiary Guarantee that will be discharged or terminated in connection with such transaction); and

(v) the Company will have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer complies with the provisions described in this paragraph, provided that (x) in giving such opinion such counsel may assume compliance with the foregoing clauses (ii) and (iii) to the extent such opinion would otherwise be required to address financial matters or tests, and as to any matters of fact, may rely on an Officer’s Certificate, and (y) no Opinion of Counsel will be required for a consolidation, merger or transfer described in Section 50l(b) .

Any Indebtedness that becomes an obligation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (or that is deemed to be Incurred by any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) as a result of any such transaction undertaken in compliance with this Section 501 , and any Refinancing Indebtedness with respect thereto, shall be deemed to have been Incurred in compliance with Section 407 .

(b) Clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 50l(a) will not apply to any transaction in which (1) any Restricted Subsidiary consolidates with, merges with or into or conveys or transfers all or part of its assets to the Company or (2) the Company consolidates with or merges with or into or conveys or transfers all or substantially all its properties and assets to (x) an Affiliate incorporated or organized for the purpose of reincorporating or reorganizing the Company in another jurisdiction or changing its legal structure to a corporation or other entity or (y) a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company so long as all assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries immediately prior to such transaction (other than Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary) are owned by such Restricted Subsidiary and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after the consummation thereof.

Section 502. Successor Company Substituted . Upon any transaction involving the Company in accordance with Section 501 in which the Company is not the Successor Company, the Successor Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture, and thereafter the predecessor Company shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture, except that the predecessor Company in the case of a lease of all or substantially all its assets shall not be released from the obligation to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes.

 

83


ARTICLE VI

REMEDIES

Section 601. Events of Default . An “ Event of Default ” means the occurrence of the following:

(i) a default in any payment of interest on any Note when due, continued for 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture;

(ii) a default in the payment of principal of any Note when due, whether at its Stated Maturity, upon optional redemption, upon required repurchase, upon declaration of acceleration or otherwise, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the subordination provisions of this Indenture;

(iii) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply with its obligations under Section 50l(a) ;

(iv) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 30 days after the notice specified in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 601 with any of its obligations under Section 415 (other than a failure to purchase the Notes);

(v) the failure by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor to comply for 60 days after the notice specified in the penultimate paragraph of this Section 601 with its other agreements contained in the Notes or this Indenture;

(vi) the failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay any Indebtedness within any applicable grace period after final maturity or the acceleration of any such Indebtedness by the holders thereof because of a default, if the total amount of such Indebtedness so unpaid or accelerated exceeds $50.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent;

(vii) the taking of any of the following actions by the Company or a Significant Subsidiary, or by each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(A) the commencement of a voluntary case;

(B) the consent to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case;

(C) the consent to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for any substantial part of its property; or

(D) the making of a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

 

84


(viii) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or against each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, in an involuntary case;

(B) appoints (x) a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for any substantial part of its property, or (y) a Custodian of each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, or for any substantial part of their property in the aggregate; or

(C) orders the winding up or liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, or of each of such other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person;

and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 days;

(ix) the rendering of any judgment or decree for the payment of money in an amount (net of any insurance or indemnity payments actually received in respect thereof prior to or within 60 days from the entry thereof, or to be received in respect thereof in the event any appeal thereof shall be unsuccessful) in excess of $50.0 million or its foreign currency equivalent against the Company or a Significant Subsidiary, or jointly and severally against other Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Significant Subsidiaries but would in the aggregate constitute a Significant Subsidiary if considered as a single Person, that is not discharged, or bonded or insured by a third Person, if such judgment or decree remains outstanding for a period of 60 days following such judgment or decree and is not discharged, waived or stayed; or

(x) the failure of any Subsidiary Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms thereof or of this Indenture) or the denial or disaffirmation in writing by any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Significant Subsidiary of its obligations under this Indenture or its Subsidiary Guarantee (other than by reason of the termination of this Indenture or such Subsidiary Guarantee or the release of such Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with such Subsidiary Guarantee and this Indenture).

The foregoing will constitute Events of Default whatever the reason for any such Event of Default and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body.

 

85


The term “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors. The term “ Custodian ” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, custodian or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

However, a Default under clause (iv) or (v) will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes notify the Company of the Default and the Company does not cure such Default within the time specified in such clause after receipt of such notice. Such notice must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that such notice is a “ Notice of Default .” When a Default or an Event of Default is cured, it ceases.

The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after an Officer of the Company becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officer’s Certificate of any Event of Default and any event that with the giving of notice or the lapse of time would become an Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 602. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment . If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 601(vii) or Section 60l(viii) ) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee, in either case specifying in such notice the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a “notice of acceleration,” may declare the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Notes to be due and payable; provided, however , that so long as any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under this Indenture as part of the Senior Credit Facility, the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes or the Floating Rate Senior Notes shall be outstanding, no such acceleration shall be effective until the earlier of:

(1) acceleration of any such Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility, the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes and the Floating Rate Senior Notes; or

(2) five Business Days after the giving of written notice of such acceleration to the Company and the administrative agent under the Senior Credit Facility and the trustee under the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes and the Floating Rate Senior Notes.

Upon the effectiveness of such a declaration, such principal and interest will be due and payable immediately.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Event of Default specified in Section 60l(vii) or Section 60l(viii) occurs and is continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on all the Outstanding Notes will ipso facto become immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes by notice to the Company and the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except non-payment of principal or interest that has become due solely because of such acceleration. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent Default or impair any right consequent thereto. In the event of any Default or Event of Default specified in Section 601(vi) , such Default or Event of

 

86


Default and all consequences thereof (excluding any resulting payment default, other than as a result of acceleration of the Notes) shall not be deemed to have occurred and shall be annulled, waived and rescinded automatically, in each case, without any action by the applicable Trustee or the applicable Holders if, within 20 days after such Event of Default arose:

(x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged;

(y) the holders thereof have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action (as the case may be) giving rise to such Event of Default; or

(z) the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

Section 603. Other Remedies; Collection Suit by Trustee . If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, but is not obligated under Section 603 to, pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal of or interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. If an Event of Default specified in Section 60l(i) or 60l(ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount then due and owing (together with interest on any unpaid interest to the extent lawful) and the amounts provided for in Section 707 .

Section 604. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim . The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes, its creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law or applicable regulations, may vote on behalf of the Holders in any election of a trustee in bankruptcy or other Person performing similar functions, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and its counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 707 .

No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 605. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes . All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

 

87


Section 606. Application of Money Collected . Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article VI shall be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (or premium, if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

First : To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 707 ;

Second : To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively; and

Third : To the Company.

Section 607. Limitation on Suits . Subject to Section 608 hereof, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

(i) such Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

(ii) Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee in writing to pursue the remedy;

(iii) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense;

(iv) the Trustee has not complied with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of security or indemnity; and

(v) the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request within such 60-day period.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder, to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder or to enforce any right under this Indenture except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all Holders.

Section 608. Unconditional Right of Holders to Receive Principal and Interest . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note shall have the absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of and all (subject to Section 307 ) interest on such Note on the respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

 

88


Section 609. Restoration of Rights and Remedies . If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture or any Note and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 610. Rights and Remedies Cumulative . No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 611. Delay or Omission Not Waiver . No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article VI or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

Section 612. Control by Holders . The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or of exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee, provided that

(1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this Indenture, and

(2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.

However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture or, subject to Section 701 , that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action. This Section 612 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA, and such § 316(a)(1)(A) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

 

89


Section 613. Waiver of Past Defaults . The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes waive any existing Default hereunder and its consequences, except a Default:

(1) in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note (which may only be waived with the consent of each Holder of Notes affected), or

(2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof that pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 902 cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected.

Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. In case of any such waiver, the Company, any other obligor upon the Notes, the Trustee and the Holders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder and under the Notes, respectively. This paragraph of this Section 613 shall be in lieu of § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA, and such § 316(a)(1)(B) of the TIA is hereby expressly excluded from this Indenture and the Notes, as permitted by the TIA.

Section 614. Undertaking for Costs . All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by such Holder’s acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or the Notes, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant. This Section 614 shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, or to any suit instituted by any Holder for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note on or after the respective Stated Maturity or Interest Payment Dates expressed in such Note.

Section 615. Waiver of Stay, Extension or Usury Laws . The Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) shall not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law or any usury or other similar law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on the Notes contemplated herein or in the Notes or that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and shall not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

 

90


ARTICLE VII

THE TRUSTEE

Section 701. Certain Duties and Responsibilities . (a) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions that by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture, but need not verify the contents thereof.

(b) In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that (i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of Section 70l(a) ; (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and (iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 612 .

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 701 and Section 703 .

Section 702. Notice of Defaults . If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail within 90 days after it occurs, to all Holders as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, notice of such Default hereunder known to the Trustee unless such Default shall have been cured or waived; provided , however , that, except in the case of a Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note,

 

91


the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of Responsible Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 703. Certain Rights of Trustee . Subject to the provisions of Section 701:

(1) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

(2) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order thereof, and any resolution of any Person’s Board of Directors shall be sufficiently evidenced if certified by an Officer of such Person as having been duly adopted and being in full force and effect on the date of such certificate;

(3) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officer’s Certificate of the Company;

(4) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the advice of such counselor and any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

(5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;

(6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document;

(7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;

(8) the Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee

 

92


has actual knowledge thereof or shall have received from the Company, any Guarantor or any other obligor upon the Notes, or from Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, written notice thereof at its Corporate Trust Office and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture;

(9) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed hereunder; and

(10) the permissive right of the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture shall not be construed as a duty to so act.

Section 704. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes . The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes, except that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of the Notes or the proceeds thereof.

Section 705. May Hold Notes . The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to Section 708 and Section 713 , may otherwise deal with the Company or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other agent.

Section 706. Money Held in Trust . Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.

Section 707. Compensation and Reimbursement . The Company agrees,

(1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all services rendered by the Trustee hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

(2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and

(3) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on the Trustee’s part, arising

 

93


out of or in connection with the administration of the trust or trusts hereunder, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company and the Guarantors and defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.

The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The provisions of this Section 707 shall survive the termination of this Indenture, or the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section 707, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, in its capacity as Trustee, except assets or money held in trust to pay principal of or interest on particular Notes.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clauses (vii) or (viii) of Section 601 occurs, such expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its outside counsel) and the compensation for such services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Code.

Section 708. Conflicting Interests . If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the meaning of the TIA, the Trustee shall eliminate such interest, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as Trustee with such conflict or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the TIA and this Indenture. To the extent permitted by the TIA, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have a conflicting interest by virtue of being a trustee under this Indenture with respect to Original Notes and Additional Notes, or a trustee under any other indenture between the Company and the Trustee.

Section 709. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility . There shall at all times be one (and only one) Trustee hereunder. The Trustee shall be a Person that is eligible pursuant to the TIA to act as such and has a combined capital and surplus (together with its corporate parent) of at least $50,000,000. If any such Person publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section and to the extent permitted by the TIA, the combined capital and surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section 709 , it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

Section 710. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor . No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 711 .

The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 711 shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

94


The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.

If at any time:

(1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 708 after written request therefore by the Company or by any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months, or

(2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 709 and shall fail to resign after written request therefore by the Company or by any such Holder, or

(3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation,

then, in any such case, (A) the Company may remove the Trustee, or (B) subject to Section 614 , any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee or Trustees.

If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Section 711 . If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 711 , become the successor Trustee and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 711 , then, subject to Section 614 , any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of itself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee to all Holders in the manner provided in Section 110 . Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

Section 711. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor . In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on

 

95


the request of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to above.

No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article VII .

Section 712. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business . Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VII , without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

Section 713. Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company . If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the TIA regarding the collection of claims against the Company (or any such other obligor) or realizing on certain property received by it in respect of such claims.

Section 714. Appointment of Authenticating Agent . The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate the Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument in writing signed by a Responsible Officer, a copy of which instrument shall be promptly furnished to the Company. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication (or execution of a certificate of authentication) by the Trustee includes authentication (or execution of a certificate of authentication) by such Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as any Registrar, Paying Agent or agent for service of notices and demands.

ARTICLE VIII

HOLDERS’ LISTS AND REPORTS BY

TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY

Section 801. The Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Holders . The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

(1) semi-annually, not more than 10 days after each Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Regular Record Date, and

 

96


(2) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;

provided , however , that if and to the extent and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, no such list need be furnished pursuant to this Section 801 .

Section 802. Preservation of Information; Communications to Holders . The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent list, if any, furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 801 and the names and addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar; provided , however , that if and so long as the Trustee shall be the Note Registrar, the Note Register shall satisfy the requirements relating to such list. None of the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee or any other Person shall be under any responsibility with regard to the accuracy of such list. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 801 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under the Notes, and the corresponding rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the TIA.

Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee, nor any agent of either of them, shall be held accountable by reason of any disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to the TIA.

Section 803. Reports by Trustee . Within 60 days after each December 15, beginning with December 15, 2007, the Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the TIA at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto for so long as any Notes remain outstanding. A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to Holders, be filed by the Trustee or any applicable listing agent with each stock exchange upon which any Notes are listed, with the SEC and with the Company. The Company will notify the Trustee when any Notes are listed on any stock exchange.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT OR WAIVER

Section 901. Without Consent of Holders . Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes, the Company, the Trustee and (as applicable) each Subsidiary Guarantor may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes, for any of the following purposes:

(1) to cure or reform any ambiguity, mistake, manifest error, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

97


(2) to provide for the assumption by a Successor Company of the obligations of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture;

(3) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes;

(4) to add Guarantees with respect to the Notes, to secure the Notes, to confirm and evidence the release, termination or discharge of any Guarantee or Lien with respect to or securing the Notes when such release, termination or discharge is provided for under this Indenture;

(5) to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company;

(6) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes;

(7) to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or any Subsidiary Guarantee to any provision of the “Description of Senior Notes” section of the Offering Circular to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Senior Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, such Subsidiary Guarantee or the Notes;

(8) to increase the minimum denomination of the Notes to equal the dollar equivalent of €l,000 rounded up to the nearest $1,000 (including for purposes of redemption or repurchase of any Note in part);

(9) to provide additional rights or benefits to the Holders or make any change that does not materially adversely affect the rights of any Holder under the Notes or this Indenture;

(10) to release a Subsidiary Guarantor from its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture;

(11) to provide for the appointment of a successor Trustee, provided that the successor Trustee is otherwise qualified and eligible to act as such under the terms of this Indenture; or

(12) to comply with any requirement of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA or otherwise.

Section 902. With Consent of Holders . Subject to Section 608 , the Company, the Trustee and (if applicable) each Subsidiary Guarantor may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes with the written consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).

 

98


Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 902 , without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 613 , may not:

(i) reduce the principal amount of the Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment or waiver;

(ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(iii) reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any Note;

(iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the date on which any Note may be redeemed as described in Section 1001 ;

(v) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note;

(vi) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

(vii) release any Subsidiary Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee or this Indenture, except in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(viii) make any change in the amendment or waiver provisions described in this paragraph.

In addition, any amendment to, or waiver of, the provisions of this Indenture relating to Article XIV or Article XV that adversely affect the rights of the Holders of the Notes will require the consent of Holders of at least 75% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for Notes).

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 902 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 902 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any supplemental indenture or the effectiveness of any such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 903. Execution of Amendments, Supplements or Waivers . The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX if the

 

99


amendment, supplement or waiver does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the execution of such amendment, supplement or waiver has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and that, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other laws now or hereinafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights or remedies generally and to general principles of equity (including standards of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness), whether considered in a proceeding at law or at equity, such amendment, supplement or waiver is a valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms.

Section 904. Revocation and Effect of Consents . Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of that Note or any Note that evidences all or any part of the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. Subject to the following paragraph of this Section 904 , any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to such Holder’s Note by written notice to the Trustee or the Company, received by the Trustee or the Company, as the case may be, before the date on which the Trustee receives an Officer’s Certificate certifying that the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have consented (and not theretofore revoked such consent) to the amendment, supplement or waiver. The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement or waiver as set forth in Section 108 .

After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Holder of Notes, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (i) through (vii) of the second paragraph of Section 902 . In that case, the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Note who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of such Note or any Note that evidences all or any part of the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note.

Section 905. Conformity with TIA . Every amendment or supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect.

Section 906. Notation on or Exchange of Notes . If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Trustee shall (if required by the Company and in accordance with the specific direction of the Company) request the Holder of the Note to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee shall (if required by the Company and in accordance with the specific direction of the Company) place an appropriate notation on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

100


ARTICLE X

REDEMPTION OF NOTES

Section 1001. Right of Redemption . (a) The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or after May 1, 2011 and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption prices set forth below. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with Section 1005 . The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Notes will be so redeemable at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the relevant Redemption Date (subject to Section 307 ), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on May 1 of the years set forth below:

 

Redemption Period

   Price  

2011

   105.000 %

2012

   102.500 %

2013 and thereafter

   100.000 %

(b) In addition, at any time and from time to time on or prior to May 1, 2010, the Company, at its option, may redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with funds in an aggregate amount (the “ Redemption Amount ”) not exceeding the aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 110.000%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to Section 307 ); provided , however , that an aggregate principal amount of the Notes equal to at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of the Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption of the Notes.

The Company may make such redemption upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with Section 1005 (but in no event more than 180 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the completion of the related Equity Offering.

(c) At any time prior to May 1, 2011, such Notes may also be redeemed or purchased (by the Company or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a price (the “ Redemption Price ”) equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the

 

101


Redemption Date (subject to Section 307 ). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with Section 1005 . The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control.

Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to a Note at any Redemption Date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of (A) the present value at such Redemption Date of (1) the redemption price of such Note on May 1, 2011 (such redemption price being that described in Section 100l(a) ) plus (2) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such Note through such date (excluding accrued and unpaid interest through the Redemption Date), computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points, over (B) the principal amount of such Note on such Redemption Date; as calculated by the Company or on behalf of the Company by such Person as the Company shall designate; provided that such calculation shall not be a duty or obligation of the Trustee.

Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to a Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to May 1, 2011; provided , however , that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

Section 1002. Applicability of Article . Redemption or purchase of Notes as permitted by Section 1001 shall be made in accordance with this Article X .

Section 1003. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee . In case of any redemption at the election of the Company of less than all of the Notes, the Company shall, at least two Business Days (but not more than 60 days) prior to the date on which notice is required to be mailed or caused to be mailed to Holders pursuant to Section 1005 , notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.

Section 1004. Selection by Trustee of Notes to Be Redeemed . In the case of any partial redemption, selection of the Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date on a pro rata basis or, to the extent a pro rata basis is not permitted, by such other method as the Trustee shall deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note of less than the Minimum Denomination in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part.

 

102


The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. On and after the Redemption Date, interest will cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal of such Note that has been or is to be redeemed.

Section 1005. Notice of Redemption . Notice of redemption or purchase as provided in Section 1001 shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Note Register.

Any such notice shall state:

(1) the expected Redemption Date;

(2) the redemption price (or the formula by which the redemption price will be determined);

(3) if less than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the portion of the respective principal amounts) of the Notes to be redeemed;

(4) that, on the Redemption Date, the redemption price will become due and payable upon each such Note, and that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment or the Paying Agent is prohibited from making such payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest thereon shall cease to accrue from and after said date; and

(5) the place where such Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

In addition, if such redemption, purchase or notice is subject to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, as permitted by Section 1001 , such notice shall describe each such condition, and if applicable, shall state that, in the Company’s discretion, the Redemption Date may be delayed until such time as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied, or such redemption or purchase may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall not have been satisfied by the Redemption Date, or by the Redemption Date as so delayed.

The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

103


Notice of such redemption or purchase of Notes to be so redeemed or purchased at the election of the Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Company’s request (made to the Trustee at least 40 days (or such shorter period as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) prior to the Redemption Date), by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company. Any such request will set forth the information to be stated in such notice, as provided by this Section 1005 .

The notice if mailed in the manner herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been given, whether or not the Holder receives such notice. In any case, failure to give such notice by mail or any defect in the notice to the Holder of any Note designated for redemption as a whole or in part shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Note.

Section 1006. Deposit of Redemption Price . On or prior to 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, the Company shall segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 403 ) an amount of money sufficient to pay the redemption price of, and any accrued and unpaid interest on, all the Notes or portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date.

Section 1007. Notes Payable on Redemption Date . Notice of redemption having been given as provided in this Article X , the Notes so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the redemption price herein specified and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the redemption price or the Paying Agent is prohibited from paying the redemption price pursuant to the terms of this Indenture) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of such Notes for redemption in accordance with such notice, such Notes shall be paid by the Company at the redemption price. Installments of interest whose Interest Payment Date is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes registered as such on the relevant Regular Record Dates according to their terms and the provisions of Section 307 .

On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and any accrued and unpaid interest on Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with Section 1006 , the Notes (or the portions thereof) called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes (or portions thereof) will be to receive payment of the redemption price of and, subject to the last sentence of the preceding paragraph, any accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes (or portions thereof) to the Redemption Date. If any Note (or portion thereof) called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate borne by the Note (or portion thereof).

Section 1008. Notes Redeemed in Part . Any Note that is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the Place of Payment (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.

 

104


ARTICLE XI

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 1101. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture . This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

(i) either

(a) all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 , and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 403 ) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(b) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

(1) have become due and payable, or

(2) will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

(3) have been or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company,

(ii) the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, sufficient (without reinvestment) to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee cancelled or for cancellation, for principal (and premium, if any) and interest to, but not including, the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes that have become due and payable), or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be ( provided that if such redemption shall be pursuant to Section 1001(c) , (x) the amount of money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof that the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited shall be determined using an assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit, and (y) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the Redemption Date, as required by Section 1006 , as necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date);

 

105


(iii) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums then payable hereunder by the Company; and

(iv) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate of the Company and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 1101 relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, provided that any such counsel may rely on any Officer’s Certificate as to matters of fact (including as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)).

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 707 and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 110l(ii) , the obligations of the Trustee under Section 1102 shall survive.

Section 1102. Application of Trust Money . Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 403 , all money and/or U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 1101 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

ARTICLE XII

DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 1201. The Company’s Option to Effect Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The Company may, concurrently (and not separately) at its option, at any time, elect to have terminated the obligations of the Company with respect to Outstanding Notes, to have terminated all of the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors with respect to the Subsidiary Guarantees and to have any security then securing the Notes automatically released, in each case, as set forth in this Article XII , and elect to have either Section 1202 or Section 1203 be applied to all of the Outstanding Notes (the “ Defeased Notes ”), upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in Section 1204 . Either Section 1202 or Section 1203 may be applied to the Defeased Notes to any Redemption Date or the Stated Maturity of the Notes.

Section 1202. Defeasance and Discharge . Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 1201 of the option applicable to this Section 1202 , the Company shall be deemed to have been released and discharged from its obligations with respect to the Defeased Notes on the date the relevant conditions set forth in Section 1204 below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Defeasance ”). For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the Defeased Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “Outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 1205 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (a) and (b) below, and the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have satisfied all other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture insofar as such Notes are concerned (and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company,

 

106


shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following, which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of Defeased Notes to receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 1204 and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Defeased Notes under Sections 304 , 305 , 306 , 402 and 403 , (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, including the Trustee’s rights under Section 707 , and (d) this Article XII . If the Company exercises its option under this Section 1202 , payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto. Subject to compliance with this Article XII , the Company may, at its option and at any time, exercise its option under this Section 1202 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 1203 with respect to the Notes.

Section 1203. Covenant Defeasance . Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 1201 of the option applicable to this Section 1203 , (a) the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be released from their respective obligations under any covenant or provision contained in Section 405 and Sections 407 through 415 and the provisions of clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) of Section 50l(a) shall not apply, and (b) the occurrence of any event specified in clause (iv), (v) (with respect to Section 405 and Sections 407 through 415 , inclusive), (vi), (vii), (viii) (with respect to Subsidiaries), (ix) (with respect to Subsidiaries), (ix) or (x) of Section 601 shall be deemed not to be or result in an Event of Default, in each case with respect to the Defeased Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not to be “Outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or Act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants or provisions, but shall continue to be deemed “Outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant or provision, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or provision or by reason of any reference in any such covenant or provision to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 601 , but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Outstanding Notes shall be unaffected thereby.

Section 1204. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance . The following shall be the conditions to application of either Section 1202 or Section 1203 to the Outstanding Notes:

(1) The Company shall have irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, in trust, money or U.S. Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient (without reinvestment), to pay and discharge the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on the Defeased Notes to the Stated Maturity or relevant Redemption Date in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes ( provided that if such redemption shall be pursuant to Section 1001(c) , (x) the amount of money or U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof that the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited shall be determined using an

 

107


assumed Applicable Premium calculated as of the date of such deposit, and (y) the Company must irrevocably deposit or cause to be deposited additional money in trust on the Redemption Date, as required by Section 1006 , as necessary to pay the Applicable Premium as determined on such date);

(2) No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(3) Such deposit shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a Default or Event of Default under, this Indenture or any other material agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound;

(4) In the case of an election under Section 1202 , the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that (x) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (y) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the applicable federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such opinion shall confirm to the effect that, the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Defeasance had not occurred; provided that such Opinion of Counsel need not be delivered if all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes that have been destroyed, lost or stolen and that have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 , and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 403 ) not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable, will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company;

(5) In the case of an election under Section 1203 , the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that the Holders of the Outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred; and

(6) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that all conditions precedent provided for in this Section 1204 relating to either the Defeasance under Section 1202 or the Covenant Defeasance under Section 1203 , as the case may be, have been complied with. In rendering such Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to compliance with the foregoing clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this Section 1204 or as to any matters of fact.

 

108


Section 1205. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions . Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 403 , all money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or such other Person that would qualify to act as successor Trustee under Article VII , collectively and solely for purposes of this Section 1205 , the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 1204 in respect of the Defeased Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee and its agents and hold them harmless against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 1204 , or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof, other than any such tax, fee or other charge that by law is for the account of the Holders of the Defeased Notes.

Anything in this Article XII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver to the Company from time to time, upon Company Request, any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1204 that, in the opinion of a nationally recognized accounting or investment banking firm expressed in a written certification thereof to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. Subject to Article VII , the Trustee shall not incur any liability to any Person by relying on such opinion.

Section 1206. Reinstatement . If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 1202 or 1203 , as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the obligations of the Company and each of the Subsidiary Guarantors under this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 1202 or 1203 , as the case may be, until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money and U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 1202 or 1203 , as the case may be; provided , however , that if the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor makes any payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company or Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money and U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

Section 1207. Repayment to the Company . The Trustee shall pay to the Company upon Company Request any money held by it for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person and all liability of the Trustee or Paying Agent with respect to such money shall thereupon cease.

 

109


ARTICLE XIII

GUARANTEES

Section 1301. Guarantees Generally . (a) Each Guarantor, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, will jointly and severally, irrevocably, fully and unconditionally Guarantee, on an unsecured senior subordinated basis, the punctual payment when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all monetary obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes, whether for principal of or interest on the Notes, expenses, indemnification or otherwise (all such obligations guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors being herein called the “ Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations ”).

The obligations of each Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor (including but not limited to any Guarantee by it of any Bank Indebtedness) and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to its contribution obligations under this Indenture, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under the Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under applicable law, or being void or unenforceable under any law relating to insolvency of debtors.

(b) Further Agreements of Each Guarantor . (i) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that (to the fullest extent permitted by law) its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company or any other Guarantor to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same, whether or not a notation concerning its Guarantee is made on any particular Note, or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

(ii) Each Guarantor hereby waives (to the fullest extent permitted by law) the benefit of diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that (except as otherwise provided in Section 1303 ) its Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes, this Indenture and this Guarantee. Such Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. Each Guarantor further agrees (to the fullest extent permitted by law) that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders of Notes and the Trustee, on the other hand, subject to this Article XIII , (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed by its Guarantee may be accelerated as and to the extent provided in Article VI for the purposes of such Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed by such Guarantee, and (2) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article VI , such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by

 

110


such Guarantor in accordance with the terms of this Section 1301 for the purpose of such Guarantee. Neither the Trustee nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or exhaust any rights or remedies or to take any other steps under any security for the Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations or against the Company or any other Person or any property of the Company or any other Person before the Trustee is entitled to demand payment and performance by any or all Subsidiary Guarantors of their obligations under their respective Subsidiary Guarantees or under this Indenture.

(iii) Until terminated in accordance with Section 1303 , each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on such Notes, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

(c) Each Subsidiary Guarantor that makes a payment or distribution under its Subsidiary Guarantee shall have the right to seek contribution from the Company or any nonpaying Subsidiary Guarantor that has also Guaranteed the relevant Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations in respect of which such payment or distribution is made, so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Subsidiary Guarantees.

(d) Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that its Guarantee, and the waiver set forth in Section 1305 , are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(e) Each Guarantor, pursuant to its Guarantee, also hereby agrees to pay any and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and expenses) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under a Guarantee.

Section 1302. Continuing Guarantees . (a) Each Guarantee shall be a continuing Guarantee and shall (i) subject to Section 1303 , remain in full force and effect until payment in full of the principal amount of all Outstanding Notes (whether by payment at maturity, purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition) and all other obligations then due and owing, (ii) be binding upon such Guarantor and (iii) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Trustee, the Holders and their permitted successors, transferees and assigns.

(b) The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment which would otherwise have reduced or terminated the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder and under its Guarantee (whether such payment shall have been made by or on behalf of the Company or by or on behalf

 

111


of a Guarantor) is rescinded or reclaimed from any of the Holders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization of the Company or any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Section 1303. Release of Guarantees . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 1302 , a Guarantee will be subject to termination and discharge under the circumstances described in this Section 1303 . A Guarantor will automatically and unconditionally be released from all obligations under its Guarantee, and such Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect, (i) in the case of a Subsidiary Guarantor, concurrently with any direct or indirect sale or disposition (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) of any Subsidiary Guarantor or any interest therein not prohibited by the terms of this Indenture (including Section 411 and Section 501 ) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary, following which such Subsidiary Guarantor is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) at any time that such Guarantor is released from all of its obligations under all of its Guarantees of payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility, the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes and the Floating Rate Senior Notes (it being understood that a release subject to contingent reinstatement is still a release, and that if any such Guarantee is so reinstated, such Guarantee shall also be reinstated, (iii) upon the merger or consolidation of any Guarantor with and into the Company or another Guarantor that is the surviving Person in such merger or consolidation, or upon the liquidation of such Guarantor following or contemporaneously with the transfer of all of its assets to the Company or another Guarantor (iv) concurrently with a Subsidiary Guarantor becoming an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (v) upon legal or covenant defeasance of the Company’s obligations, or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, or (vi) subject to Section 1302(b) , upon payment in full of the aggregate principal amount of all Notes then Outstanding. In addition, the Company will have the right, upon 30 days’ notice to the Trustee, to cause any Subsidiary Guarantor that has not guaranteed payment by the Company of any Indebtedness of the Company under the Senior Credit Facility, the 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes or the Floating Rate Senior Notes to be unconditionally released from all obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee, and such Subsidiary Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect.

Upon any such occurrence specified in this Section 1303 , the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably requested in order to evidence such release, discharge and termination in respect of the applicable Guarantee.

Section 1304. [Reserved] .

Section 1305. Waiver of Subrogation . Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any claim or other rights that it may now or hereafter acquire against the Company that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and this Indenture or such Guarantor’s obligations under its Subsidiary and this Indenture, including any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification, and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Holder of Notes against the Company, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity, or under contract, statute or common law, until this Indenture is discharged and all of the Notes are discharged and paid in full. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the preceding sentence and the Notes shall not have been paid in full, such amount shall be deemed to have been paid to such Guarantor for

 

112


the benefit of, and held in trust for the benefit of, the Holders of the Notes, and shall forthwith be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of such Holders to be credited and applied upon the Notes, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

Section 1306. Notation Not Required . Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof.

Section 1307. Successors and Assigns of Guarantors . All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by each Guarantor shall bind its respective successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.

Section 1308. Execution and Delivery of Guarantees . The Company shall cause each Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 414 , and each Subsidiary of the Company that the Company causes to become a Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to Section 414 , to promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit E to this Indenture, evidencing its Subsidiary Guarantee on substantially the terms set forth in this Article XIII . Concurrently therewith, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Restricted Subsidiary and that, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other laws now or hereafter in effect affecting creditors’ rights or remedies generally and to general principles of equity (including standards of materiality, good faith, fair dealing and reasonableness), whether considered in a proceeding at law or at equity, such supplemental indenture is a valid and binding agreement of such Restricted Subsidiary, enforceable against such Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with its terms.

Section 1309. Notices . Notice to any Guarantor shall be sufficient if addressed to such Guarantor in care of the Company at the address, place and manner provided in Section 109 .

ARTICLE XIV

SUBORDINATION OF THE NOTES

Section 1401. Agreement to Subordinate . The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the payment of all Obligations owing in respect of the Notes is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article XIV , to the prior payment in cash in full of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of the Company and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. The Notes shall in all respects rank pari passu in right of payment with all future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, and will be senior in right of payment to all future Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company; and will be subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company, and only Indebtedness of the Company that is Senior Indebtedness shall rank senior to the Notes in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article XIV shall be subject to Section 1412 .

 

113


Section 1402. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy . Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of the Company to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution or reorganization of, or similar proceeding relating to the Company or its property:

(i) the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness before Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to receive any payment;

(ii) until the Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders of the Notes would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of this Indenture shall be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Holders of Notes may receive Permitted Junior Securities; and

(iii) if a distribution is made to Holders that, due to the subordination provisions of this Indenture, should not have been made to them, such Holders of the Notes will be required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

Section 1403. Default on Senior Indebtedness of the Company . Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall pay principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (or pay any other Obligations relating to the Notes, including Special Interest, fees, costs, expenses, indemnities and rescission or damage claims) or make any deposit pursuant to Article XI or Article XII hereof and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, “ pay the Notes ”) (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) if either of the following occurs (a “ Payment Default ”):

(i) any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company is not paid in full in cash when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace or cure period); or

(ii) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms;

unless, in either case, the Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or paid in full in cash; provided, however , that the Company shall be entitled to pay the Notes without regard to the foregoing if the Company and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

During the continuance of any default other than a Payment Default (a “ Non-Payment Default ”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, the Company shall not pay the Notes (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period

 

114


(a “ Payment Blockage Period ”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to the Company) of written notice (a “ Blockage Notice ”) of such Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such Blockage Notice; (ii) because the default giving rise to such Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or (iii) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.

Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding paragraph (but subject to the provisions contained in the first paragraph of this Section 1403 and Section 1402 hereof), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the Company and the Guarantors shall be entitled to resume paying the Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period. The Notes shall not be subject to more than one Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company during such period; provided that if any Blockage Notice is delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company (other than the holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities), a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities may give another Blockage Notice within such period. However, in no event shall the total number of days during which any Payment Blockage Period or Periods on the Notes is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360-day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period during which no Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no Default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Blockage Notice (including by a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facility) unless such default shall have been waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of such initial Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Non-Payment Default for this purpose).

Section 1404. Acceleration of Payment of Senior Subordinated Notes . If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company shall, or shall cause the Trustee to, promptly notify the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of the Company or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration; provided that any failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the provisions of this Article XIV .

Section 1405. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over . If a distribution is made to Holders that, due to the subordination provisions of this Article XIV , should not have been made to them, such Holders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

 

115


Section 1406. Subrogation . After all Senior Indebtedness of the Company is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article XIV to holders of such Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the Company and Holders, a payment by the Company on such Senior Indebtedness.

Section 1407. Relative Rights . This Article XIV defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

(i) impair, as between the Company and Holders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with their terms;

(ii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to receive payments or distributions otherwise payable to Holders and such other rights of such holders of Senior Indebtedness as set forth herein; or

(iii) affect the relative rights of Holders and creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Indebtedness.

Section 1408. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by Company . No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Notes shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by the Company or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.

Section 1409. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent . Notwithstanding Section 1403 hereof, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes and shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any payments unless, not less than five Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to it that payments may not be made under this Article XIV . The Company, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be entitled to give the notice; provided, however , that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of the Company has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to give the notice.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold Senior Indebtedness of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XIV with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of the Company which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article VII shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article XIV shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 707 hereof or any other Section of this Indenture.

 

116


Section 1410. Distribution or Notice to Representative . Whenever any Person is to make a distribution or give a notice to holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company, such Person shall be entitled to make such distribution or give such notice to their Representative (if any). Any such Representative shall provide its contact information to the Trustee.

Section 1411. Article XIV Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Accelerate . The failure to make a payment pursuant to the Notes by reason of any provision in this Article XIV shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a Default. Nothing in this Article XIV shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to accelerate the maturity of the Notes.

Section 1412. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government Securities deposited in trust or with the Trustee, as applicable, for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes pursuant to Article XI or Article XII hereof shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article XIV , and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to the Company or any holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or any other creditor of the Company, provided that the subordination provisions of this Article XIV or Article XV hereof were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to Article XI or Article XII hereof, as the case may be.

Section 1413. Trustee Entitled to Rely . Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XIV , the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 1402 hereof are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon the Representatives of Senior Indebtedness of the Company for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XIV . In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness of the Company to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XIV , the Trustee shall be entitled to request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XIV , and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee shall be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Sections 701 and 702 hereof shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article XIV .

 

117


Section 1414. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination . Each Holder by its acceptance of a Note agrees to be bound by this Article XIV and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on its behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company as provided in this Article XIV and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

Section 1415. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company . The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or the Company or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XIV or otherwise.

Section 1416. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company on Subordination Provisions . Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of the Company, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders, without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XIV or the obligations hereunder of the Holders to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of the Company, do any one or more of the following:

(i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Indebtedness of the Company, or otherwise amend or supplement in any manner Senior Indebtedness of the Company, or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Indebtedness of the Company is outstanding;

(ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Indebtedness of the Company;

(iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment or collection of Senior Indebtedness of the Company; and

(iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against the Company and any other Person.

 

118


ARTICLE XV

SUBORDINATION OF GUARANTEES

Section 1501. Agreement to Subordinate . Each Guarantor agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article XV , to the prior payment in cash in full of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor and that the subordination is for the benefit of and enforceable by the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. A Guarantor’s obligations under its Guarantee shall in all respects rank pari passu in right of payment with all future Senior Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor, and will be senior in right of payment to future Subordinated Indebtedness of such Guarantor; and only Indebtedness of such Guarantor that is Senior Indebtedness shall rank senior to the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee in accordance with the provisions set forth herein. All provisions of this Article XV shall be subject to Section 1512 .

Section 1502. Liquidation, Dissolution, Bankruptcy . Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of a Guarantor to creditors upon a total or partial liquidation or dissolution of such Guarantor or in a reorganization of, or similar proceeding relating to, such Guarantor or its property:

(i) the holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of such Senior Indebtedness before Holders shall be entitled to receive any payment;

(ii) until the Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is paid in full in cash, any payment or distribution to which Holders would be entitled but for the subordination provisions of this Indenture shall be made to holders of such Senior Indebtedness as their interests may appear, except that Holders may receive Permitted Junior Securities; and

(iii) if a distribution is made to Holders that, due to the subordination provisions of this Indenture, should not have been made to them, such Holders will be required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

Section 1503. Default on Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor . A Guarantor shall not make any payment pursuant to its Guarantee (or pay any other Obligations relating to its Guarantee, including Special Interest, fees, costs, expenses, indemnities and rescission or damage claims) and may not purchase, redeem or otherwise retire any Notes (collectively, “ pay its Guarantee ”) (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) if either of the following occurs (a “ Guarantor Payment Default ”):

(i) any Obligation on any Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is not paid in full in cash when due (after giving effect to any applicable grace period); or

 

119


(ii) any other default on Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness is accelerated in accordance with its terms;

unless, in either case, the Guarantor Payment Default has been cured or waived and any such acceleration has been rescinded or such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or paid in full in cash; provided, however , that such Guarantor shall be entitled to pay its Guarantee without regard to the foregoing if such Guarantor and the Trustee receive written notice approving such payment from the Representatives of all Designated Senior Indebtedness with respect to which the Guarantor Payment Default has occurred and is continuing.

During the continuance of any default (other than a Guarantor Payment Default) (a “ Guarantor Non-Payment Default ”) with respect to any Designated Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor pursuant to which the maturity thereof may be accelerated without further notice (except such notice as may be required to effect such acceleration) or the expiration of any applicable grace periods, such Guarantor shall not pay its Guarantee (except in the form of Permitted Junior Securities) for a period (a “ Guarantee Payment Blockage Period ”) commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a copy to such Guarantor and the Company) of written notice (a “ Guarantee Blockage Notice ”) of such Guarantor Non-Payment Default from the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness specifying an election to effect a Guarantee Payment Blockage Period and ending 179 days thereafter. The Guarantee Payment Blockage Period shall end earlier if such Guarantee Payment Blockage Period is terminated (i) by written notice to the Trustee, the relevant Guarantor and the Company from the Person or Persons who gave such Guarantee Blockage Notice; (ii) because the default giving rise to such Guarantee Blockage Notice is cured, waived or otherwise no longer continuing; or (iii) because such Designated Senior Indebtedness has been discharged or repaid in full in cash.

Notwithstanding the provisions described in the immediately preceding paragraph (but subject to the provisions contained in the first sentence of this Section 1503 and Section 1502 hereof), unless the holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness shall have accelerated the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the relevant Guarantor shall be entitled to resume paying its Guarantee after the end of such Guarantee Payment Blockage Period. Each Guarantee shall not be subject to more than one Guarantee Payment Blockage Period in any consecutive 360-day period irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor during such period; provided that if any Guarantee Blockage Notice is delivered to the Trustee by or on behalf of the holders of Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor (other than the holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities), a Representative of holders of Indebtedness under the Senior Credit Facilities may give another Guarantee Blockage Notice within such period. However, in no event shall the total number of days during which any Guarantee Payment Blockage Period or Periods on a Guarantee is in effect exceed 179 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 360-day period, and there must be at least 181 days during any consecutive 360-day period during which no Guarantee Payment Blockage Period is in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, no default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Guarantee Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Guarantee Blockage Notice unless such default shall have been waived for a period of not less than 90 consecutive days (it being acknowledged that any subsequent action, or

 

120


any breach of any financial covenants during the period after the date of delivery of such initial Guarantee Blockage Notice, that, in either case, would give rise to a Guarantor Non-Payment Default pursuant to any provisions under which a Guarantor Non-Payment Default previously existed or was continuing shall constitute a new Guarantor Non-Payment Default for this purpose).

Section 1504. Acceleration of Payment of Senior Subordinated Notes . If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company or such Guarantor shall, or shall cause the Trustee to, promptly notify the holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor or the Representative of such Designated Senior Indebtedness of the acceleration; provided that any failure to give such notice shall have no effect whatsoever on the provisions of this Article XV .

Section 1505. When Distribution Must Be Paid Over . If a distribution is made to Holders that, due to the subordination provisions of this Article XV , should not have been made to them, such Holders are required to hold it in trust for the holders of Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Guarantor and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

Section 1506. Subrogation . After all Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor is paid in full and until the Notes are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated to the rights of holders of such Senior Indebtedness to receive distributions applicable to such Senior Indebtedness. A distribution made under this Article XV to holders of such Senior Indebtedness which otherwise would have been made to Holders is not, as between the relevant Guarantor and Holders, a payment by such Guarantor on such Senior Indebtedness.

Section 1507. Relative Rights . This Article XV defines the relative rights of Holders and holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

(i) impair, as between such Guarantor and Holders, the obligation of such Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, to make payments under its Guarantee in accordance with its terms;

(ii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a default by such Guarantor under its obligations with respect to its Guarantee, subject to the rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor to receive payments or distributions otherwise payable to Holders and such other rights of such holders of Senior Indebtedness as set forth herein; or

(iii) affect the relative rights of Holders and creditors of such Guarantor other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Indebtedness.

Section 1508. Subordination May Not Be Impaired by a Guarantor . No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor to enforce the subordination of the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be impaired by any act or failure to act by such Guarantor or by its failure to comply with this Indenture.

Section 1509. Rights of Trustee and Paying Agent . Notwithstanding Section 1503 hereof, the Trustee or any Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Notes and

 

121


shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of facts that would prohibit the making of any payments unless, not less than five Business Days prior to the date of such payment, a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives notice satisfactory to him that payments may not be made under this Article XV . Each Guarantor, the Registrar, the Paying Agent, a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled to give the notice; provided, however , that, if an issue of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor has a Representative, only the Representative shall be entitled to give the notice.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity shall be entitled to hold Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall be entitled to do the same with like rights. The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article XV with respect to any Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor which may at any time be held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of such Senior Indebtedness; and nothing in Article VII shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. Nothing in this Article XV shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 707 hereof or any other Section of this Indenture.

Section 1510. Distribution or Notice to Representative . Whenever any Person is to make a distribution or give a notice to holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor, such Person shall be entitled to make such distribution or give such notice given to their Representative (if any). Any such Representative shall provide its contact information to the Trustee.

Section 1511. Article XV Not to Prevent Events of Default or Limit Right To Demand Payment . The failure of a Guarantor to make a payment pursuant its Guarantee by reason of any provision in this Article XV shall not be construed as preventing the occurrence of a default by such Guarantor under its Guarantee. Nothing in this Article XV shall have any effect on the right of the Holders or the Trustee to make a demand for payment on a Guarantor pursuant to Article XIII hereof.

Section 1512. Trust Moneys Not Subordinated . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments from money or the proceeds of Government Securities deposited in trust or with the Trustee, as applicable, for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes pursuant to Article XI or Article XII hereof shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of any Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor or subject to the restrictions set forth in this Article XV , and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such amount to such Guarantor or any holder of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor or any other creditor of such Guarantor, provided that the subordination provisions of Article XIV hereof or this Article XV were not violated at the time the applicable amounts were deposited in trust pursuant to Article XI or Article XII hereof, as the case may be.

Section 1513. Trustee Entitled to Rely . Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XV , the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely (a) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 1502 hereof are pending, (b) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making such payment or distribution to the Trustee or to the Holders or (c) upon the Representatives of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor for the purpose of

 

122


ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of such Senior Indebtedness and other Indebtedness of such Guarantor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article XV . In the event that the Trustee determines, in good faith, that evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article XV , the Trustee shall be entitled to request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of such Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article XV , and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee shall be entitled to defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. The provisions of Section 701 and Section 702 hereof shall be applicable to all actions or omissions of actions by the Trustee pursuant to this Article XV .

Section 1514. Trustee to Effectuate Subordination . Each Holder by its acceptance of a Note agrees to be bound by this Article XV and authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee, on its behalf, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination between the Holders and the holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor as provided in this Article XV and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

Section 1515. Trustee Not Fiduciary for Holders of Senior Indebtedness of Guarantors . The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor and shall not be liable to any such holders if it shall mistakenly pay over or distribute to Holders or such Guarantor or any other Person, money or assets to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor shall be entitled by virtue of this Article XV or otherwise.

Section 1516. Reliance by Holders of Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor on Subordination Provisions . Each Holder by accepting a Note acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing subordination provisions are, and are intended to be, an inducement and a consideration to each holder of any Senior Indebtedness of a Guarantor, whether such Senior Indebtedness was created or acquired before or after the issuance of the Notes, to acquire and continue to hold, or to continue to hold, such Senior Indebtedness and such holder of such Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed conclusively to have relied on such subordination provisions in acquiring and continuing to hold, or in continuing to hold, such Senior Indebtedness.

Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, the holders of Senior Indebtedness of any Guarantor may, at any time and from time to time, without the consent of or notice to the Trustee or the Holders, without incurring responsibility to the Trustee or the Holders and without impairing or releasing the subordination provided in this Article XV or the obligations hereunder of the Holders to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, do any one or more of the following:

(i) change the manner, place or terms of payment or extend the time of payment of, or renew or alter, Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, or otherwise

 

123


amend or supplement in any manner Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor, or any instrument evidencing the same or any agreement under which Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor is outstanding;

(ii) sell, exchange, release or otherwise deal with any property pledged, mortgaged or otherwise securing Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor;

(iii) release any Person liable in any manner for the payment or collection of Senior Indebtedness of such Guarantor; and

(iv) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against such Guarantor and any other Person.

 

124


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, all as of the date first written above.

 

KAR Holdings, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary

GUARANTORS:

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

  Authorized Signatory

Signature Page to Indenture in respect of Senior FR Notes


ADESA, Inc.
ADESA Corporation, LLC
A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc.
A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC
ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC
ADESA Arkansas, LLC
ADESA Atlanta, LLC
ADESA Birmingham, LLC
ADESA California, LLC
ADESA Charlotte, LLC
ADESA Colorado, LLC
ADESA Des Moines, LLC
ADESA Florida, LLC
ADESA Impact Texas, LLC
ADESA Indianapolis, LLC
ADESA Lansing, LLC
ADESA Lexington, LLC
ADESA Mexico, LLC
ADESA Missouri, LLC
ADESA New Jersey, LLC
ADESA New York, LLC
ADESA Ohio, LLC
ADESA Oklahoma, LLC
ADESA Pennsylvania, Inc.
ADESA Phoenix, LLC
ADESA Properties Canada, Inc.
ADESA San Diego, LLC
ADESA-South Florida, LLC
ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC
ADESA Texas, Inc.
ADESA Virginia, LLC
ADESA Washington, LLC
ADESA Wisconsin, LLC
ADS Ashland, LLC
ADS Priority Transport Ltd.
Asset Holdings III, L.P.
Auto Banc Corporation
Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC
Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC
Auto Disposal Systems, Inc.
Automotive Finance Corporation
Automotive Recovery Services, Inc.
AutoVIN, Inc.
PAR, Inc.


Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.
Insurance Auto Auctions Corp.
IAA Acquisition Corp.
IAA Services, Inc.
AFC CAL, LLC
AFC of Minnesota Corporation
AFC of TN, LLC


TRUSTEE:

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:

 

/s/ Timothy P. Mowdy

Name:

  Timothy P. Mowdy

Title:

  Vice President


EXHIBIT A

Form of Initial Note 1

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

 

CUSIP No.                     

    No.     
$                         

KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“the Company ,” which term includes their successors and assigns), promises to pay to                      , or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                      ([                            ] United States Dollars) [(or such lesser or greater amount as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 312 and 313 of the Indenture referred to herein)] 2 (the “ Principal Amount ”) on May 1, 2015. The Company promises to pay interest semiannually in cash on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing November 1, 2007, at the rate of 10% per annum (subject to adjustment as provided below) 3 , until the Principal Amount is paid or made available for payment. [Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date.] 4 [Interest on this Note will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no such interest has been paid, from                      ,                      5 ] 6 Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be April 15 or October 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not more than 15 days nor less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.


1 Insert any applicable legends from Article II.
2 Include only if the Note is issued in global form.
3 Include only for Initial Note.
4 Include only for Original Notes.
5 Insert the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of the applicable Additional Notes, or if the date of issuance of such Additional Notes is an Interest Payment Date, such date of issuance.
6 Include only for Additional Notes.

 

A-1


[The Holder of this Note is entitled to the benefits of the Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the initial purchasers named therein (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”). Until (i) this Note has been exchanged for an Exchange Security (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) in an Exchange Offer (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement); (ii) a Shelf Registration Statement (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) registering this Note under the Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and this Note has been sold or otherwise transferred by the Holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) this Note is sold pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by this Note relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Company or pursuant to the Indenture referred to herein; or (iv) this Note is eligible to be sold pursuant to paragraph (k) of Rule 144: From and including the date on which a Registration Default (as defined below) shall occur to but excluding the date on which such Registration Default has been cured, additional interest will accrue on this Note until such time as all Registration Defaults have been cured with respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the first Registration Default, Special Interest will be paid in an amount equal to $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. The amount of the Special Interest will increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of Special Interest for all Registration Defaults of $.50 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. Any such additional interest shall be paid in the same manner and on the same dates as interest payments in respect of this Note. Following the cure of all Registration Defaults, the accrual of such additional interest will cease.

A Registration Default under clause (i) or (ii) below will be deemed cured upon consummation of the Exchange Offer in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed due to a failure to consummate the Exchange Offer within the required time period. For purposes of the foregoing, each of the following events, as more particularly defined in the Registration Rights Agreement, is a “ Registration Default ”: (i) the Company and the Guarantors fail to consummate the Exchange Offer within 360 days after the Issue Date; or (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the periods specified in the registration rights agreement.] 7 8

Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office of the applicable Paying Agent, or such other office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose; provided , however , that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note Register.


7 Include only for Initial Note when required by the Registration Rights Agreement.
8 For an Initial Additional Note, add any similar provision, if any, as may be agreed by the Company with respect to additional interest on such Initial Additional Note.

 

A-2


Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the attached Additional Terms of the Notes, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to herein by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

A-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

A-4


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
As Trustee

By

 

 

 

Authorized officer

Dated:

 

A-5


Additional Terms of the Notes

This Note is one of the duly authorized issue of 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 of the Company (herein called the “ Notes ”), issued under an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (herein called the “ Indenture ,” which term shall have the meanings assigned to it in such instrument), among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto (“the Guarantors ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (herein called the “ Trustee ,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect from time to time (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. Additional Notes may be issued under the Indenture which will vote as a class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture.

All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

This Note may hereafter be entitled to certain other Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is made to Article XIII of the Indenture for terms relating to such Guarantees, including the release, termination and discharge thereof. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to make any notation on this Note to reflect any Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge.

The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on and after May 1, 2011, and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption price set forth below. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Notes will be so redeemable at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the relevant Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on May 1 of the years set forth below:

 

Period

   Redemption Price  

2011

   105.000 %

2012

   102.500 %

2013 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

A-6


In addition, at any time and from time to time on or prior to May 1, 2010, the Company, at its option, may redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 110.000%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided , however , that an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption. The Company may make such redemption upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture (but in no event more than 180 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including the completion of the related Equity Offering. At any time prior to May 1, 2011, such Notes may also be redeemed or purchased (by the Company or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control.

The Indenture provides that, upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require that the Company repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of such repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes in the event it has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as described above.

The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund.

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire Indebtedness of this Note or certain restrictive covenants and certain Events of Default with respect to this Note, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-7


If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Notes to be effected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes, the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any premium or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Note Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Notes are issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 or, if greater at the Issue Date, the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded

 

A-8


up to the nearest $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration, transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration or transfer, the Company, any other obligor in respect of this Note, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, such other obligor or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and none of the Company, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, equity holder, member or stockholder, as such, of the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company or any Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, hereby waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

The Notes and the Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness must be paid before the Notes and Guarantees may be paid. The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give them effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS, AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES.

 

A-9


GUARANTEE

For value received, the undersigned hereby unconditionally guarantees, as principal obligor and not only as a surety, to the Holder of this Note the cash payments in United States dollars of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note (and including Additional Interest payable thereon) in the amounts and at the times when due and interest on the overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, of this Note, if lawful, and the payment or performance of all other Obligations of the Company under the Indenture (as defined below) or the Note, to the Holder of this Note and the Trustee, all in accordance with and subject to the terms and limitations of this Note, Article XIII and Article XV of the Indenture and this Guarantee. This Guarantee will become effective in accordance with Articles XIII and XV of the Indenture and its terms shall be evidenced therein. The validity and enforceability of this Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007, among KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “the Company”), the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE.

This Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

A-10


[Guarantors]

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

A-11


[FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned Holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

Insert Taxpayer Identification No.

(Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee)

 

 

   

 

   

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing

 

   

attorney to transfer such Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Check One

 

[ ]   (a)    this Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Rule 144A thereunder.
     or
[ ]   (b)    this Note is being transferred other than in accordance with (a) above and documents are being furnished which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If neither of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Trustee or other Note Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any Person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Section 313 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

Date:                     

 

A-12


    NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.

Signature Guarantee:                                         

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-13


TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Dated:

 

 

   

 

      NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-14


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, check the box: [    ].

If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, state the amount (in principal amount) below:

$             

Date:                     

Your Signature:                     

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:                     

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-15


SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of decreases

in Principal Amount

of this Global Note

 

Amount of increases

in Principal Amount

of this Global Note

 

Principal amount of

this Global Note

following such

decreases or

increases

 

Signature of

authorized officer of

Trustee or Notes

Custodian

 

A-16


EXHIBIT B

Form of Exchange Note 9

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

 

CUSIP No.                     

    No.     
$                         

KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“the Company ,” which term includes their successors and assigns), promises to pay to                      , or registered assigns, the principal sum of $                      ([                            ] United States Dollars) [(or such lesser or greater amount as shall be outstanding hereunder from time to time in accordance with Sections 312 and 313 of the Indenture referred to herein)] 10 (the “ Principal Amount ”) on May 1, 2015. The Company promises to pay interest semiannually in cash on May 1 and November 1 of each year, commencing August 1, 2007, at the rate of 10% per annum (subject to adjustment as provided below) 11 , until the Principal Amount is paid or made available for payment. [Interest on this Note will accrue from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no interest has been paid, from the Issue Date.] 12 [Interest on this Note will accrue (or will be deemed to have accrued) from the most recent date to which interest on this Note or any of its Predecessor Notes has been paid or duly provided for or, if no such interest has been paid, from                      ,                      13 .] 14 Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest, which shall be the April 15 or October 15 (whether or not a Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date. Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to Holders of Notes not more than 15 days nor less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture.


9 Insert any applicable legends from Article II.
10 Include only if the Note is issued in global form.
11 Include only for Initial Note.
12 Include only for Original Notes.
13 Insert the Interest Payment Date immediately preceding the date of issuance of the applicable Additional Notes, or if the date of issuance of such Additional Notes is an Interest Payment Date, such date of issuance.
14 Include only for Additional Notes.

 

B-1


Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on this Note will be made at the office of the applicable Paying Agent, or such other office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose; provided , however , that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Note Register.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the attached Additional Terms of the Notes, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the Trustee referred to herein by manual signature, this Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

B-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

B-3


This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
As Trustee

By

 

 

 

Authorized officer

Dated:

 

B-4


Additional Terms of the Notes

This Note is one of the duly authorized issue of 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 of the Company (herein called the “ Notes ”), issued under an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (herein called the “ Indenture ,” which term shall have the meanings assigned to it in such instrument), among the Company, the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto (“the Guarantors ”) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee (herein called the “ Trustee ,” which term includes any successor trustee under the Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitations of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes and of the terms upon which the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made a part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect from time to time (the “ TIA ”). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of such terms. Additional Notes may be issued under the Indenture which will vote as a class with the Notes and otherwise be treated as Notes for purposes of the Indenture.

All terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

This Note may hereafter be entitled to certain other Guarantees made for the benefit of the Holders. Reference is made to Article XIII of the Indenture for terms relating to such Guarantees, including the release, termination and discharge thereof. Neither the Company nor any Guarantor shall be required to make any notation on this Note to reflect any Guarantee or any such release, termination or discharge.

The Notes will be redeemable, at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on and after May 1, 2011, and prior to maturity at the applicable redemption price set forth below. Such redemption may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and the performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control. The Notes will be so redeemable at the following redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount), plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the relevant Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Regular Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date), if redeemed during the 12-month period commencing on May 1 of the years set forth below:

 

Period

   Redemption Price  

2011

   105.000 %

2012

   102.500 %

2013 and thereafter

   100.000 %

 

B-5


In addition, at any time and from time to time on or prior to May 1, 2010, the Company, at its option, may redeem Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to up to 35% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), with funds in an aggregate amount not exceeding the aggregate proceeds of one or more Equity Offerings, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount thereof) of 110.000%, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided , however , that an aggregate principal amount of Notes equal to at least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) must remain outstanding after each such redemption. The Company may make such redemption upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture (but in no event more than 180 days after the completion of the related Equity Offering). The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person. Any such notice may be given prior to the completion of the related Equity Offering, and any such redemption or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including the completion of the related Equity Offering. At any time prior to May 1, 2011, such Notes may also be redeemed or purchased (by the Company or any other Person) in whole or in part, at the Company’s option, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus the Applicable Premium as of, and accrued but unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date). Such redemption or purchase may be made upon notice mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address in accordance with the Indenture. The Company may provide in such notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to such redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person. Any such redemption, purchase or notice may, at the Company’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, including but not limited to the occurrence of a Change of Control.

The Indenture provides that, upon the occurrence after the Issue Date of a Change of Control, each Holder will have the right to require that the Company repurchase all or any part of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but not including, the date of such repurchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant Interest Payment Date); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to repurchase Notes in the event it has exercised its right to redeem all the Notes as described above.

The Notes will not be entitled to the benefit of a sinking fund.

The Indenture contains provisions for defeasance at any time of the entire Indebtedness of this Note or certain restrictive covenants and certain Events of Default with respect to this Note, in each case upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in the Indenture.

 

B-6


If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on the Notes may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders of the Notes to be effected under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding to be affected. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the Holder of this Note shall not have the right to institute any proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or for any other remedy thereunder, unless such Holder shall have previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the Notes, the Holders of not less than 30% in principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee to pursue such remedy in respect of such Event of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense, and the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal amount of Notes at the time Outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such proceeding, for 60 days after receipt of such notice, request and offer of security or indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder of this Note for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any premium or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed herein.

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and interest on this Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the transfer of this Note is registrable in the Note Register, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note Registrar duly executed by, the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Notes of like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

The Notes are issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of $2,000 or, if greater at the Issue Date, the dollar equivalent of €1,000 rounded

 

B-7


up to the nearest $1,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount of Notes of like tenor of a different authorized denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

No service charge shall be made for any such registration, transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

Prior to due presentment of this Note for registration or transfer, the Company, any other obligor in respect of this Note, the Trustee and any agent of the Company, such other obligor or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and none of the Company, any other obligor upon this Note, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

No director, officer, employee, incorporator, equity holder, member or stockholder, as such, of the Company, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary of any thereof shall have any liability for any obligation of the Company or any Guarantor under the Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, any such obligation or its creation. Each Holder, by accepting this Note, hereby waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

The Notes and the Guarantees are subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the Company and the Guarantors on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Indenture. To the extent provided in the Indenture, Senior Indebtedness must be paid before the Notes and Guarantees may be paid. The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Note agrees, to the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture and authorizes the Trustee to give them effect and appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact for such purpose.

THE INDENTURE AND THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS, AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE GUARANTEES.

 

B-8


GUARANTEE

For value received, the undersigned hereby unconditionally guarantees, as principal obligor and not only as a surety, to the Holder of this Note the cash payments in United States dollars of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on this Note (and including Additional Interest payable thereon) in the amounts and at the times when due and interest on the overdue principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, of this Note, if lawful, and the payment or performance of all other Obligations of the Company under the Indenture (as defined below) or the Note, to the Holder of this Note and the Trustee, all in accordance with and subject to the terms and limitations of this Note, Article XIII and Article XV of the Indenture and this Guarantee. This Guarantee will become effective in accordance with Articles XIII and XV of the Indenture and its terms shall be evidenced therein. The validity and enforceability of this Guarantee shall not be affected by the fact that it is not affixed to any particular Note.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007, among KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “the Company”), the Guarantors from time to time parties thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Trustee.

THIS GUARANTEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTEE.

This Guarantee is subject to release upon the terms set forth in the Indenture.

 

B-9


KAR HOLDING, INC.

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 
[Guarantors]

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

B-10


[FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned Holder hereby sell(s), assign(s) and transfer(s) unto

Insert Taxpayer Identification No.

(Please print or typewrite name and address including zip code of assignee)

 

 

   

 

   

the within Note and all rights thereunder, hereby irrevocably constituting and appointing

 

 

   

attorney to transfer such Note on the books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

     NOTICE: The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of the within-mentioned instrument in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever.
Signature Guarantee:  

 

  

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

B-11


OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

If you wish to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, check the box: [    ].

If you wish to have a portion of this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 411 or 415 of the Indenture, state the amount (in principal amount) below:

$             

Date:                     

Your Signature:                     

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:                     

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“ STAMP ”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

B-12


SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

 

Date of Exchange

 

Amount of decreases

in Principal Amount

of this Global Note

 

Amount of increases

in Principal Amount

of this Global Note

 

Principal amount of

this Global Note

following such

decreases or

increases

 

Signature of

authorized officer of

Trustee or Notes

Custodian

 

B-13


EXHIBIT C

Form of Certificate of Beneficial Ownership

On or after [                      ], 20[    ]

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Sixth & Marquette; N9303-120

Minneapolis, MN 55479

 

  Re: KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This letter relates to $[              ] million aggregate principal amount of Notes represented by the offshore [temporary] global note certificate (the “ [Temporary] Regulation S Global Note ”). Pursuant to Section 313(3) of the Indenture dated as of April 20, 2007 relating to the Notes (the “ Indenture ”), we hereby certify that (1) we are the beneficial owner of such principal amount of Notes represented by the [Temporary] Regulation S Global Note and (2) we are either (i) a Non-U.S. Person to whom the Notes could be transferred in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S (“ Regulation S ”) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) or (ii) a U.S. Person who purchased securities in a transaction that did not require registration under the Act.

You, the Company and counsel for the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Holder]

By:

 

 

  Authorized Signature

 

C-1


EXHIBIT D

Form of Regulation S Certificate

Regulation S Certificate

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Sixth & Marquette; N9303-120

Minneapolis, MN 55479

 

  Re: KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $[              ] million aggregate principal amount of Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S (“ Regulation S ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and accordingly, we hereby certify as follows:

1. The offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States (unless such person or the account held by it for which it is acting is excluded from the definition of “U.S. person” pursuant to Rule 902(k) of Regulation S under the circumstances described in Rule 902(h)(3) of Regulation S) or specifically targeted at an identifiable group of U.S. citizens abroad.

2. Either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the buyer was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the buyer was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market, and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was pre-arranged with a buyer in the United States.

3. No directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(a)(2) or Rule 904(a)(2) of Regulation S, as applicable.

4. The proposed transfer of Notes is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

5. If we are a dealer or a person receiving a selling concession or other fee or remuneration in respect of the Notes, and the proposed transfer takes place before the end of the distribution compliance period under Regulation S, or we are an officer or director of the Company or a distributor, we certify that the proposed transfer is being made in accordance with the provisions of Rules 903 and 904 of Regulation S.

 

D-1


6. If the proposed transfer takes place before the end of the distribution compliance period under Regulation S, the beneficial interest in the Notes so transferred will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear (as defined in the Indenture) or Clearstream (as defined in the Indenture).

7. We have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.

You, the Company and counsel for the Company are entitled to rely upon this Certificate and are irrevocably authorized to produce this Certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceeding or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME of SELLER]

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

Address:

 

Date of this Certificate:                      , 20     

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

Form of Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Subsidiary Guarantee

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of [                      ] (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), among [name of Subsidiary Guarantor(s)] (the “ Subsidiary Guarantor(s) ”), KAR Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation ( the “ Company ,” which term includes its successors and assigns), each other then existing Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Existing Guarantors ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (“the Trustee ”) under the Indenture referred to below.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company, any Existing Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 of the Company (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 1308 of the Indenture provides that the Company is required to cause the Subsidiary Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsidiary Guarantors shall guarantee the Company’s Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Articles XIII and XV of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, each Subsidiary Guarantor desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration, including substantial economic benefit in that the financial performance and condition of such Subsidiary Guarantor is dependent on the financial performance and condition of the Company, the obligations hereunder of which such Subsidiary Guarantor has guaranteed, and on such Subsidiary Guarantor’s access to working capital through the Company’s access to revolving credit borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof’ and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section hereof.

 

E-1


2. Agreement to Guarantee . [The] [Each] Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with [all] [any] other Subsidiary Guarantors and irrevocably, fully and unconditionally, to guarantee the Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XIII of the Indenture and to be bound by (and shall be entitled to the benefits of) all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor.

3. Subordination . The obligation of [the] [each] Subsidiary Guarantor under this Supplemental Indenture are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in Article XV of the Indenture, to the prior payment in full of all future Senior Indebtedness of [the] [each] Subsidiary Guarantor.

4. Termination, Release and Discharge . [The] [Each] Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, and [the] [each] Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations in respect of such Subsidiary Guarantee, as and when provided in Section 1303 of the Indenture.

5. Parties . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of [the] [each] Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee or any provision contained herein or in Article XIII of the Indenture.

6. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

7. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

8. Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

E-2


9. Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

 

E-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

[NAME OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR(S)],
as Subsidiary Guarantor

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 
KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

By

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

By

 

 

  Authorized Officer

 

E-4


EXHIBIT F

[Form of Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investors]

Certificate from Acquiring Institutional Accredited Investor

WELLS FARGO BANK,

NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Sixth & Marquette; N9303-120

Minneapolis, MN 55479

 

  Re: KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “Notes”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with our proposed sale of $[              ] million aggregate principal amount of Notes, we confirm that:

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture dated as of April 20, 2007 relating to the Notes (the “ Indenture ”) and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

2. We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any other applicable securities law, and that the Notes may not be offered, sold or otherwise transferred except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should offer, sell, transfer, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any Notes within two years after the original issuance of the Notes, we will do so only (A) to the Company, (B) inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (C) inside the United States to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes to you a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter, (D) outside the United States to a foreign person in compliance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act (if available), or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing any of the Notes from us a notice advising such purchaser that resales of the Notes are restricted as stated herein and in the Indenture.

3. We understand that, on any proposed transfer of any Notes prior to the later of the original issue date of the Notes and the last date the Notes were held by an affiliate of the Company pursuant to paragraphs 2(C), 2(D) and 2(E) above, we will be required to

 

F-1


furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed transfer complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are acquiring the Notes for investment purposes and not with a view to, or offer or sale in connection with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act, and we are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment.

5. We are acquiring the Notes purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “ accredited investor ”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

Very truly yours,
(Name of Transferee)

By

 

 

 

Authorized Signature

 

F-2

Exhibit 4.4

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of December 26, 2007 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), among ADESA Dealer Services, LLC, ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC, Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC, Dent Demon, LLC, Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc., Tri-State Auction Co., Inc. and Zabel & Associates, Inc. (the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”), KAR Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ,” which term includes its successors and assigns), each other then existing Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Existing Guarantors ” and, together with the Subsidiary Guarantors, the “ Guarantors ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) under the Indenture referred to below.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 of the Company (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 1308 of the Indenture provides that the Company is required to cause the Subsidiary Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsidiary Guarantors shall guarantee the Company’s Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Article XIII of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, each Subsidiary Guarantor desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration, including substantial economic benefit in that the financial performance and condition of such Subsidiary Guarantor is dependent on the financial performance and condition of the Company, the obligations hereunder of which such Subsidiary Guarantor has guaranteed, and on such Subsidiary Guarantor’s access to working capital through the Company’s access to revolving credit borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof’ and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section hereof.


2. Agreement to Guarantee . Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, irrevocably, fully and unconditionally, to guarantee the Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XIII of the Indenture and to be bound by (and shall be entitled to the benefits of) all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor.

3. Termination, Release and Discharge . Each Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations in respect of such Subsidiary Guarantee, as and when provided in Section 1303 of the Indenture.

4. Parties . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of each Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee or any provision contained herein or in Article XIII of the Indenture.

5. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

6. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

7. Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

8. Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ADESA DEALER SERVICES, LLC

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ Curtis L. Phillips

Name:   Curtis L. Phillips
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

ADESA PENNSYLVANIA, LLC

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CONSUMER DIVISION, LLC

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ Margot EM Hanulak

Name:   Margot EM Hanulak
Title:   Executive Vice President

DENT DEMON, LLC

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

SIOUX FALLS AUTO AUCTION, INC.

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Floating Rate Supplemental Indenture


TRI-STATE AUCTION CO., INC.

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

ZABEL & ASSOCIATES, INC.

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By  

/s/ Rebecca Polak

Name:   Rebecca Polak
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
ADESA, INC.
ADESA CORPORATION, LLC
A.D.E. OF ARK-LA-TEX, INC.
A.D.E. OF KNOXVILLE, LLC
ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, LLC
ADESA ARKANSAS, LLC
ADESA ATLANTA, LLC
ADESA BIRMINGHAM, LLC
ADESA CALIFORNIA, LLC
ADESA CHARLOTTE, LLC
ADESA COLORADO, LLC
ADESA DES MOINES, LLC
ADESA FLORIDA, LLC
ADESA IMPACT TEXAS, LLC
ADESA INDIANAPOLIS, LLC
ADESA LANSING, LLC
ADESA LEXINGTON, LLC
ADESA MEXICO, LLC
ADESA MISSOURI, LLC
ADESA NEW JERSEY, LLC
ADESA NEW YORK, LLC
ADESA OHIO, LLC

Floating Rate Supplemental Indenture


ADESA OKLAHOMA, LLC
ADESA PENNSYLVANIA, INC.
ADESA PHOENIX, LLC
ADESA PROPERTIES CANADA, INC.
ADESA SAN DIEGO, LLC
ADESA-SOUTH FLORIDA, LLC
ADESA SOUTHERN INDIANA, LLC
ADESA TEXAS, INC.
ADESA VIRGINIA, LLC
ADESA WASHINGTON, LLC
ADESA WISCONSIN, LLC
AFC CAL, LLC
ASSET HOLDINGS III, L.P.
AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF CONCORD, LLC
AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF MEMPHIS, LLC
AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION
AUTOMOTIVE RECOVERY SERVICES, INC.
AUTOVIN, INC.
PAR, INC.
INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.
INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.
IAA ACQUISITION CORP.
IAA SERVICES, INC.
AUTO DISPOSAL SYSTEMS, INC.
ADS ASHLAND, LLC
ADS PRIORITY TRANSPORT LTD.
By  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:   Authorized Signatory

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By  

/s/ Tim P. Mowdy

Floating Rate Supplemental Indenture

Exhibit 4.5

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of December 26, 2007 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), among ADESA Dealer Services, LLC, ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC, Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC, Dent Demon, LLC, Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc., Tri-State Auction Co., Inc. and Zabel & Associates, Inc. (the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”), KAR Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ,” which term includes its successors and assigns), each other then existing Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Existing Guarantors ” and, together with the Subsidiary Guarantors, the “ Guarantors ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) under the Indenture referred to below.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 of the Company (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 1308 of the Indenture provides that the Company is required to cause the Subsidiary Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsidiary Guarantors shall guarantee the Company’s Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Article XIII of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, each Subsidiary Guarantor desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration, including substantial economic benefit in that the financial performance and condition of such Subsidiary Guarantor is dependent on the financial performance and condition of the Company, the obligations hereunder of which such Subsidiary Guarantor has guaranteed, and on such Subsidiary Guarantor’s access to working capital through the Company’s access to revolving credit borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof’ and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section hereof.


2. Agreement to Guarantee . Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, irrevocably, fully and unconditionally, to guarantee the Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XIII of the Indenture and to be bound by (and shall be entitled to the benefits of) all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor.

3. Termination, Release and Discharge . Each Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations in respect of such Subsidiary Guarantee, as and when provided in Section 1303 of the Indenture.

4. Parties . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of each Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee or any provision contained herein or in Article XIII of the Indenture.

5. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

6. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

7. Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

8. Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ADESA DEALER SERVICES, LLC

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ Curtis L. Phillips

Name:   Curtis L. Phillips
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

ADESA PENNSYLVANIA, LLC

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CONSUMER DIVISION, LLC

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ Margot EM Hanulak

Name:   Margot EM Hanulak
Title:   Executive Vice President

DENT DEMON, LLC

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

SIOUX FALLS AUTO AUCTION, INC.

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

8  3 / 4 % Supplemental Indenture


TRI-STATE AUCTION CO., INC.

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

ZABEL & ASSOCIATES, INC.

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By  

/s/ Rebecca Polak

Name:   Rebecca Polak
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
ADESA, INC.
ADESA CORPORATION, LLC
A.D.E. OF ARK-LA-TEX, INC.
A.D.E. OF KNOXVILLE, LLC
ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, LLC
ADESA ARKANSAS, LLC
ADESA ATLANTA, LLC
ADESA BIRMINGHAM, LLC
ADESA CALIFORNIA, LLC
ADESA CHARLOTTE, LLC
ADESA COLORADO, LLC
ADESA DES MOINES, LLC
ADESA FLORIDA, LLC
ADESA IMPACT TEXAS, LLC
ADESA INDIANAPOLIS, LLC
ADESA LANSING, LLC
ADESA LEXINGTON, LLC
ADESA MEXICO, LLC
ADESA MISSOURI, LLC
ADESA NEW JERSEY, LLC
ADESA NEW YORK, LLC
ADESA OHIO, LLC
ADESA OKLAHOMA, LLC

8  3 / 4 % Supplemental Indenture


ADESA PENNSYLVANIA, INC.
ADESA PHOENIX, LLC
ADESA PROPERTIES CANADA, INC.
ADESA SAN DIEGO, LLC
ADESA-SOUTH FLORIDA, LLC
ADESA SOUTHERN INDIANA, LLC
ADESA TEXAS, INC.
ADESA VIRGINIA, LLC
ADESA WASHINGTON, LLC
ADESA WISCONSIN, LLC
AFC CAL, LLC
ASSET HOLDINGS III, L.P.
AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF CONCORD, LLC
AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF MEMPHIS, LLC
AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION
AUTOMOTIVE RECOVERY SERVICES, INC.
AUTOVIN, INC.
PAR, INC.
INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.
INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.
IAA ACQUISITION CORP.
IAA SERVICES, INC.
AUTO DISPOSAL SYSTEMS, INC.
ADS ASHLAND, LLC
ADS PRIORITY TRANSPORT LTD.
By  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:   Authorized Signatory

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By  

/s/ Tim P. Mowdy

8  3 / 4 % Supplemental Indenture

Exhibit 4.6

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of December 26, 2007 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), among ADESA Dealer Services, LLC, ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC, Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC, Dent Demon, LLC, Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc., Tri-State Auction Co., Inc. and Zabel & Associates, Inc. (the “ Subsidiary Guarantors ”), KAR Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ,” which term includes its successors and assigns), each other then existing Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Existing Guarantors ” and, together with the Subsidiary Guarantors, the “ Guarantors ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) under the Indenture referred to below.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 of the Company (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 1308 of the Indenture provides that the Company is required to cause the Subsidiary Guarantors to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsidiary Guarantors shall guarantee the Company’s Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Articles XIII and XV of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, each Subsidiary Guarantor desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration, including substantial economic benefit in that the financial performance and condition of such Subsidiary Guarantor is dependent on the financial performance and condition of the Company, the obligations hereunder of which such Subsidiary Guarantor has guaranteed, and on such Subsidiary Guarantor’s access to working capital through the Company’s access to revolving credit borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof’ and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section hereof.


2. Agreement to Guarantee . Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, irrevocably, fully and unconditionally, to guarantee the Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XIII of the Indenture and to be bound by (and shall be entitled to the benefits of) all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor.

3. Subordination . The obligation of each Subsidiary Guarantor under this Supplemental Indenture are subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in Article XV of the Indenture, to the prior payment in full of all future Senior Indebtedness of each Subsidiary Guarantor.

4. Termination, Release and Discharge . Each Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations in respect of such Subsidiary Guarantee, as and when provided in Section 1303 of the Indenture.

5. Parties . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of each Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee or any provision contained herein or in Article XIII of the Indenture.

6. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

7. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

8. Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

9. Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

ADESA DEALER SERVICES, LLC

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By   

/s/ Curtis L. Phillips

Name:    Curtis L. Phillips
Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer

ADESA PENNSYLVANIA, LLC

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By   

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:    James P. Hallett
Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CONSUMER DIVISION, LLC

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By   

/s/ Margot EM Hanulak

Name:    Margot EM Hanulak
Title:    Executive Vice President

DENT DEMON, LLC

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By   

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:    James P. Hallett
Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer

SIOUX FALLS AUTO AUCTION, INC.

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By   

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:    James P. Hallett
Title:    President and Chief Executive Officer

Senior Subordinated Supplemental Indenture


TRI-STATE AUCTION CO., INC.

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

ZABEL & ASSOCIATES, INC.

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By  

/s/ Rebecca Polak

Name:   Rebecca Polak
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
ADESA, INC.
ADESA CORPORATION, LLC
A.D.E. OF ARK-LA-TEX, INC.
A.D.E. OF KNOXVILLE, LLC
ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, LLC
ADESA ARKANSAS, LLC
ADESA ATLANTA, LLC
ADESA BIRMINGHAM, LLC
ADESA CALIFORNIA, LLC
ADESA CHARLOTTE, LLC
ADESA COLORADO, LLC
ADESA DES MOINES, LLC
ADESA FLORIDA, LLC
ADESA IMPACT TEXAS, LLC
ADESA INDIANAPOLIS, LLC
ADESA LANSING, LLC
ADESA LEXINGTON, LLC
ADESA MEXICO, LLC
ADESA MISSOURI, LLC
ADESA NEW JERSEY, LLC
ADESA NEW YORK, LLC
ADESA OHIO, LLC

Senior Subordinated Supplemental Indenture


ADESA OKLAHOMA, LLC
ADESA PENNSYLVANIA, INC.
ADESA PHOENIX, LLC
ADESA PROPERTIES CANADA, INC.
ADESA SAN DIEGO, LLC
ADESA-SOUTH FLORIDA, LLC
ADESA SOUTHERN INDIANA, LLC
ADESA TEXAS, INC.
ADESA VIRGINIA, LLC
ADESA WASHINGTON, LLC
ADESA WISCONSIN, LLC
AFC CAL, LLC
ASSET HOLDINGS III, L.P.
AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF CONCORD, LLC
AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF MEMPHIS, LLC
AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION
AUTOMOTIVE RECOVERY SERVICES, INC.
AUTOVIN, INC.
PAR, INC.
INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.
INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.
IAA ACQUISITION CORP.
IAA SERVICES, INC.
AUTO DISPOSAL SYSTEMS, INC.
ADS ASHLAND, LLC
ADS PRIORITY TRANSPORT LTD.
By  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:   Authorized Signatory

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By  

/s/ Tim P. Mowdy

Senior Subordinated Supplemental Indenture

Exhibit 4.7

KAR H OLDINGS , I NC .

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014

8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014

10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

unconditionally guaranteed as to the

payment of principal, premium,

if any, and interest by the Guarantors

 


Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement

April 20, 2007

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.

UBS Securities LLC

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

As representatives of the several Purchasers

named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement

c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company” ), proposes to issue and sell to the Purchasers (as defined herein) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) $150,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Floating Rate Senior Rate Notes ”), $450,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Fixed Rate Senior Notes ”) and $425,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “ Senior Subordinated Notes ” and, together with the Floating Rate Senior Rate Notes and the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, the “Notes” ) issued on the date hereof, which are unconditionally guaranteed by Guarantors (as defined below). As an inducement to the Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement and in satisfaction of a condition to the obligations of the Purchasers thereunder, the Company and the Guarantors agree with the Purchasers for the benefit of holders (as defined herein) from time to time of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined herein) as follows:

1. Certain Definitions . For purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement” ), the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Affiliate Investor ” means any Permitted Holder (as defined in the Indentures) that owns any Securities or Exchange Securities to the extent that such person is included in a Market Making Shelf Registration in accordance with Section 2(c) hereof.

 

A-1


“Base Interest” shall mean the interest that would otherwise accrue on the Securities under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement.

The term “broker-dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.

“Business Day” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 13e-4(a)(3) promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

“Closing Date” shall mean the date on which the Securities are initially issued.

“Commission” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

“EDGAR System” means the EDGAR filing system of the Commission and the rules and regulations pertaining thereto promulgated by the Commission in Regulation S-T under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, in each case as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time (and without regard to format).

“Effective Time”, in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective, (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (iii) a Market Making Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.

“Electing Holder” shall mean any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that has returned a properly completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(ii) or Section 3(d)(iii) and the instructions set forth in the Notice and Questionnaire.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

“Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).

“Exchange Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(c).

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).

 

A-2


“Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).

“Guarantors” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in the Indentures.

The term “holder” shall mean each of the Purchasers and other persons who acquire Transfer Restricted Securities from time to time (including any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Transfer Restricted Securities.

“Indentures” shall mean the Indentures, Floating Rate Senior Note Indenture, Fixed Rate Senior Note Indenture and Senior Subordinated Note Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007, between the Company , the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, as the same may be amended from time to time.

Market Making Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).

“Market Making Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c).

“Material Adverse Effect” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c).

“Notice and Questionnaire” means a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

The term “person” shall mean a corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, organization, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency.

“Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2007, among the Purchasers, the Guarantors, and the Company relating to the Securities.

“Purchasers” shall mean the Purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement.

“Registration Default” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(d).

“Registration Default Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(d).

“Registration Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4.

“Resale Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a).

“Restricted Holder” shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Company within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Securities outside the ordinary course of such holder’s business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Securities and (iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company.

 

A-3


“Rule 144”, “Rule 405”, “Rule 415”, “Rule 424”, “Rule 430B” and “Rule 433” shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

Secondary Offer Registration Statement ” shall mean (i) the Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Section 2(b) and/or (ii) the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Section 2(c), in each case, as applicable. As used herein, references to a Secondary Offer Registration Statement in the singular shall, if applicable, be deemed to be in the plural.

“Securities” shall mean, collectively, the Floating Rate Senior Notes, the Fixed Rate Senior Notes and the Senior Subordinated Notes to be issued and sold to the Purchasers, and securities issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to the Indentures. Each Note is entitled to the benefit of the guarantee provided by the Guarantors in each of the Indentures (the “ Guarantees ”) and, unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Security”, an “Exchange Security” or a “Registrable Security” shall include a reference to the related Guarantees.

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

“Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).

“Special Interest” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(d).

“Suspension Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b).

“Transfer Restricted Securities” shall mean each Security until the earliest to occur of (1) the date on which such Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for an Exchange Security in the Exchange Offer, (2) following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer of a Security for an Exchange Security, the date on which such Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (3) the date on which such Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement or (4) the date on which such Note may be distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

“Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, as the same may be amended or succeeded from time to time.

“Trustee” shall mean Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee under the Indentures, together with any successors thereto in such capacity.

Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Section” or “clause” refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Agreement, and the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.

 

A-4


2. Registration Under the Securities Act .

(a) Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to file under the Securities Act, one or more registration statements relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statements, together, the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” , and such offer, the “Exchange Offer” ) any and all of the Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors, which debt securities and guarantees are substantially identical to the Securities and the related Guarantees, respectively (and are entitled to the benefits of a trust indenture which is substantially identical to the applicable Indenture or is the applicable Indenture and which has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act), except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for certain transfer restrictions, registration rights and the additional interest contemplated in Section 2(a) below (such new debt securities hereinafter called “Exchange Securities” ). The Company agrees to use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to declared effective by the Commission. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. Unless the Exchange Offer would not be permitted by applicable law or Commission policy, the Company further agrees to use all commercially reasonable efforts to (i) commence the Exchange Offer, (ii) hold the Exchange Offer open for at least 20 Business Days in accordance with Regulation 14E promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act and (iii) exchange Exchange Securities for all Transfer Restricted Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn promptly following the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed to have been “completed” if the debt securities and related guarantees received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Transfer Restricted Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act and without material restrictions under the blue sky or securities laws of a substantial majority of the States of the United States of America. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed to have been completed upon the Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Securities for all Transfer Restricted Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer, which shall be on a date that is at least 20 Business Days following the commencement of the Exchange Offer. The Company agrees (x) to include in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a prospectus for use in any resales by any holder of Exchange Securities that is a broker-dealer and (y) to keep such Exchange Offer Registration Statement effective for a period (the “Resale Period” ) beginning when Exchange Securities are first issued in the Exchange Offer and ending upon the earlier of the expiration of the 90 th day after the Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as such broker-dealers no longer own any Transfer Restricted Securities. With respect to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Sections 6(a) and 6(f).

(b) If (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed, existing law or Commission interpretations are changed such that the debt securities or the related guarantees received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Transfer Restricted Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act, (ii) the Company and the Guarantors are not required to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, (iii) any holder of Transfer

 

A-5


Restricted Securities notifies the Company prior to the 20 th Business Day following the completion of the Exchange Offer that: (A) it is prohibited by law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) it may not resell the Exchange Securities to the public without delivering a prospectus and the prospectus supplement contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is not appropriate or available for such resales or (C) it is a broker-dealer and owns Securities acquired directly from the Company or an affiliate of the Company, then the Company and the Guarantors shall, in lieu of (or, in the case of clause (iv), in addition to) conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), file under the Securities Act one or more “shelf” registration statements providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Transfer Restricted Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the “Shelf Registration” and such registration statement, the “Shelf Registration Statement” ). The Company agrees to use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective; provided , that if at any time the Company is or becomes a “well-known seasoned issuer” (as defined in Rule 405) and is eligible to file an “automatic shelf registration statement” (as defined in Rule 405), then the Company and the Guarantors shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to file the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in the form of an automatic shelf registration statement as provided in Rule 405. The Company agrees to use all commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier of the second anniversary of the Effective Time or such time as there are no longer any Transfer Restricted Securities outstanding. No holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder. The Company agrees, after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement and promptly upon the request of any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to use all commercially reasonable efforts to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement (whether by post-effective amendment thereto or by filing a prospectus pursuant to Rules 430B and 424(b) under the Securities Act identifying such holder); provided, however, that nothing in this Clause (y) shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company in accordance with Section 3(d)(iii). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2(b), upon notice to the Electing Holders, the Company may suspend the use or the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement, or extend the time period in which it is required to file the Shelf Registration Statement, for up to 60 days in the aggregate in any 12-month period (a “Suspension Period” ) if the Board of Directors of the Company determines that there is a valid business purpose for suspension of the Shelf Registration Statement; provided that the Company shall promptly notify the Electing Holders when the Shelf Registration Statement may once again be used or is effective.

(c) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to file under the Securities Act, prior to or on the date that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (or in lieu thereof, the Shelf Registration Statement) becomes or is declared effective, a “shelf” registration statement (which may be the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement if permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission) pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis

 

A-6


in secondary transactions by Goldman, Sachs & Co. of, Securities (in the event of a Shelf Registration) or Exchange Securities (in the event of an Exchange Offer) (such filing, the “ Market Making Shelf Registration ”, and such registration statement, the “ Market Making Shelf Registration Statement ”). The Company agrees to use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective on or prior to (i) the date the Exchange Offer is completed pursuant to Section 2(a) above or (ii) the date the Shelf Registration becomes or is declared effective pursuant to Section 2(b) above, and to keep such Market Making Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for so long as Goldman, Sachs & Co. may be required to deliver a prospectus in connection with transactions in the Securities or the Exchange Securities, as the case may be. In the event that Goldman, Sachs & Co. holds Securities at the time an Exchange Offer is to be conducted under Section 2(a) above, the Company agrees that the Market Making Shelf Registration shall provide for the resale by Goldman, Sachs & Co. of such Securities and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective until such time as Goldman, Sachs & Co. determines in its reasonable judgment that it is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with the sale of such Securities.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2(c), upon at least 10 Business Days prior written notice to Goldman, Sachs & Co., the Company may elect to cause the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement to provide for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis in secondary transactions by any Affiliate Investor of Securities (in the event of a shelf registration) or Exchange Securities (in the event of an Exchange Offer) regardless of whether such Affiliate Investor otherwise would qualify as an Electing Holder eligible to participate in a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with Section 2(b) hereof; provided however , if Goldman, Sachs & Co. requests in writing at any time that the Company exclude any or all Affiliate Investors from the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement, then the Company shall either omit such Affiliate Investors from inclusion in the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement or promptly amend the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement to exclude them from the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement. The inclusion of any Affiliate Investor in the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement shall not affect the rights of Goldman, Sachs & Co. to make any determinations otherwise provided exclusively to Goldman, Sachs & Co. in this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may suspend the offering and sale under the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement for a Suspension Period if the Board of Directors of the Company determines that such registration would require (i) disclosure of an event at such time as could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business operations or prospects of the Company or (ii) disclosure of material information relating to a corporate development; provided that the Company shall promptly notify Goldman, Sachs & Co. when the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement may once again be used or is effective.

(d) In the event that (i) the Company and the Guarantors have not consummated the Exchange Offer within 360 days after the date hereof, or (ii) the Company is required to file a Shelf Registration Statement and such Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective on or prior to the later of 360 days after the date hereof or 150 days after such obligation arises or (iii) any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) or Section 2(b) is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter either be withdrawn by the Company or shall become subject to an effective stop order issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Securities Act suspending the effectiveness of

 

A-7


such registration statement (except as specifically permitted herein, including, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement, during any applicable Suspension Period) without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iii), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, a “Registration Default Period” ), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, subject to the provisions of Section 9(b), special interest ( “Special Interest” ), in addition to the Base Interest, shall accrue at a per annum rate of $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities, for the first 90 days of the Registration Default Period. The amount of Special Interest will increase by an additional $.05 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities with respect to each subsequent 90-day period until all Registration Defaults have been cured, up to a maximum amount of Special Interest for all Registration Defaults of $.50 per week per $1,000 principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities. Special Interest shall accrue and be payable only with respect to a single Registration Default at any given time, notwithstanding the fact that multiple Registration Defaults may exist at such time. The accrual of Special Interest shall be the exclusive monetary remedy available to the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities for any Registration Default .

(e) The Company and each of the Guarantors shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions necessary or advisable to be taken by them to ensure that the transactions contemplated herein are effected as so contemplated, including all actions necessary or desirable to register the Guarantees under the registration statement contemplated in Section 2(a), Section 2(b) or 2(c), as applicable.

(f) Any reference herein to a registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time.

3. Registration Procedures .

If the Company and the Guarantors file a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a), Section 2(b) or Section 2(c), the following provisions shall apply:

(a) At or before the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration, the Shelf Registration or Market Making Shelf Registration as the case may be, the Company shall qualify the Indentures under the Trust Indenture Act.

(b) In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of new trustees under the Indentures, the Company shall appoint new trustees thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indentures.

(c) In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to the registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 2(a) (the “Exchange Registration” ), if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(i) use all commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the Commission an Exchange Offer Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and the Guarantors and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a);

 

A-8


(ii) use all commercially reasonable efforts to promptly prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and promptly provide each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as then amended or supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, as such broker-dealer reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection with resales of Exchange Securities;

(iii) promptly notify each broker-dealer that has requested or received copies of the prospectus included in such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company contemplated by Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(iv) in the event that the Company and the Guarantors would be required, pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G), to notify any broker-dealers holding Exchange Securities (except as otherwise permitted during any Suspension Period), use all commercially reasonable efforts to promptly prepare and furnish to each such holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Exchange Securities during the Resale Period, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

 

A-9


(v) use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;

(vi) use all commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Exchange Securities under the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, to the extent required by such laws, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale Period, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities to consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions and (D) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(c)(vi), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;

(vii) provide a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time; and

(viii) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement, an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).

(d) In connection with the Company’s and the Guarantors’ obligations with respect to any Secondary Offer Registration Statement, if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause the applicable Secondary Offer Registration Statement to permit the disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities by the holders thereof, in the case of the Shelf Registration, and of Securities or Exchange Securities by Goldman, Sachs & Co. and any Affiliate Investor, in the case of a Market Making Shelf Registration (in each case, subject to any applicable Suspension Period), in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof provided for in the applicable Secondary Offer Registration Statement. In connection therewith, the Company shall:

(i) (A) use all commercially reasonable efforts to prepare and file with the Commission, within the time periods specified in Section 2(b) and Section 2(c) hereof, as applicable, a Secondary Offer Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Company and the Guarantors, which shall (x) register all of

 

A-10


the Transfer Restricted Securities, in the case of a Shelf Registration, and the Securities and Exchange Securities, in the case of a Market Making Shelf Registration, for resale by the holders thereof in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by the holders of the Transfer Restricted Securities as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders, in the case of a Shelf Registration, or Goldman, Sachs & Co. and any Affiliate Investor, in the case of a Market Making Shelf Registration and (y) be, in the case of a Market Making Shelf Registration, in the form approved by Goldman, Sachs & Co., and (B) use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such Secondary Offer Registration Statement to become effective within the time periods specified in Section 2(b) and Section 2(c) hereof, as applicable;

(ii) mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities (A) not less than 30 days prior to the anticipated Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement or (B) in the case of an “automatic shelf registration statement” (as defined in Rule 405), mail the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities not later than the Effective Time of such Shelf Registration Statement, and in any such case no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities at any time, unless and until such holder has returned a properly completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company; in the case of any Affiliate Investor that desires to participate in any Market Making Shelf Registration, such Affiliate Investor shall have returned a properly completed and signed Questionnaire to the Company prior to the time that the Company notifies Goldman, Sachs & Co. of its intention to include such Affiliate Investor in the Market Making Shelf Registration, and the responses by the Affiliate Investor in such Questionnaire shall be reasonably satisfactory to each of the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co.;

(iii) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Company shall not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities until such holder has returned a properly completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company;

(iv) as soon as practicable (A) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to the Secondary Offer Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Secondary Offer Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) and Section 2(c) hereof, as applicable, and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Secondary Offer Registration Statement and, in the case of an amendment to or supplement of the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement, each in a form approved by Goldman, Sachs & Co. and (B) furnish to the Electing Holders, in the case of a Shelf Registration, and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and any Affiliate Investor, in the case of a Market Making Shelf Registration, copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission to the extent such documents are not publicly available on the Commission’s EDGAR System;

 

A-11


(v) comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, covered by such Secondary Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition provided for therein by the Electing Holders, in the case of a Shelf Registration, or Goldman, Sachs & Co. and any Affiliate Investor, in the case of a Market Making Shelf Registration;

(vi) provide (A) with respect to a Shelf Registration, the Electing Holders and not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders; and (B) with respect to a Market Making Shelf Registration, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and its counsel and any Affiliate Investor, the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such Secondary Offer Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto;

(vii) for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Secondary Offer Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(b) or Section 2(c) hereof, as applicable, make available at reasonable times at the Company’s principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) who shall certify to the Company that they have a current intention to sell the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration, or the Securities or Exchange Securities pursuant to the Market Making Shelf Registration, as applicable, such financial and other information and books and records of the Company, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary (and in the case of counsel, not violate an attorney-client privilege, in such counsel’s reasonable belief), in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi), to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering on behalf of the Electing Holders shall be conducted by one counsel designated by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Electing Holders at the time outstanding and provided further that each such party shall be required to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company as being confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such Secondary Offer Registration Statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be required so to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the Company prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) such information is required to be set forth in such Secondary Offer Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such Secondary Offer Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Secondary Offer Registration Statement, prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

 

A-12


(viii) promptly notify each of the Electing Holders, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or each of the Affiliate Investors, as applicable, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Secondary Offer Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment has become effective, (B) of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto which are relevant to the Electing Holders, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or an Affiliate Investor, as applicable, or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Secondary Offer Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Secondary Offer Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 5 cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities or the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, or (G) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Secondary Offer Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(ix) use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Secondary Offer Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;

(x) if requested by any Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any Affiliate Investor, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as such Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or such Affiliate Investor specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Transfer Restricted Securities or the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, including information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities or the Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, being sold by such Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any Affiliate Investor, the name and description of such Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any Affiliate Investor, the offering price of such Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and any discount, commission or other compensation payable in respect thereof and with respect to any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, to be sold by such Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any Affiliate Investor; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

 

A-13


(xi) furnish to Goldman, Sachs & Co., or each Electing Holder and the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(d)(vi) an executed copy (or, in the case of an Electing Holder or Affiliate Investor, a conformed copy) of such Secondary Offer Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto (in the case of an Electing Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, upon request) and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such number of copies of such Secondary Offer Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by Goldman, Sachs & Co., such Electing Holder or Affiliate Investor) and of the prospectus included in such Secondary Offer Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act to the extent such documents are not available through the Commission’s EDGAR System, and such other documents, as Goldman, Sachs & Co., such Electing Holder or Affiliate Investor may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities owned by such Electing Holder, the Securities or Exchange Securities owned by Goldman, Sachs & Co. or such Affiliate Investor, and the Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and to permit such Electing Holder and Affiliate Investor to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and subject to Section 3(e), the Company hereby consents to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by Goldman, Sachs & Co., each such Electing Holder and Affiliate Investor (in each case subject to any applicable Suspension Period), in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Company, in connection with the offering and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto;

(xii) use all commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify the Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, to be included in such Secondary Offer Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or Affiliate Investor shall reasonably request, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Shelf Registration is required to remain effective under Section 2(b) or the period the Market Making Shelf Registration is required to remain effective under Section 2(c), as applicable, and for so long as may be necessary to enable Goldman, Sachs & Co., any such Electing Holder or Affiliate Investor to complete its distribution of Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, pursuant to such Secondary Offer Registration Statement, (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Electing Holder, Affiliate Investor and Goldman, Sachs & Co., as applicable, to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and (D) obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state or local, which may be required to effect such Secondary Offer Registration Statement or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the selling holder or holders to offer, or to

 

A-14


consummate the disposition of, their Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(d)(xii), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or become subject to taxation in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or other governing documents or any agreement between it and its stockholders;

(xiii) unless any Transfer Restricted Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Electing Holders or Goldman, Sachs & Co. to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, to be sold, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, are listed, shall be printed, penned, lithographed, engraved or otherwise produced by any combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates shall not bear any restrictive legends;

(xiv) provide a CUSIP number for all Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, not later than the applicable Effective Time;

(xv) notify in writing each holder of Transfer Restricted Securities and Goldman, Sachs & Co. of any proposal by the Company to amend or waive any provision of this Agreement pursuant to Section 9(h) and of any amendment or waiver effected pursuant thereto, each of which notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be;

(xvi) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders no later than eighteen months after the Effective Time of such Secondary Offer Registration Statement an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder); and

(xvii) for so long as Goldman, Sachs & Co. may be required to deliver a prospectus in connection with the offer and sale of Securities or Exchange Securities in secondary transactions and if not otherwise available on EDGAR, to furnish to Goldman, Sachs & Co. copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders of the Company, and deliver to Goldman, Sachs & Co. (i) as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or interdealer automated quotation system on which the Securities or Exchange Securities or any other securities of the Company are listed or quoted and (ii) such additional information concerning the business and financial condition of the Company and its subsidiaries as Goldman, Sachs & Co. may from time to time reasonably request.

(e) In the event that the Company would be required, pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), to notify the Electing Holders, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or Affiliate Investors, the Company shall promptly prepare and furnish to each of the Electing Holders, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Affiliate Investors a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or

 

A-15


amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. Each Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Affiliate Investor agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company pursuant to Section 3(d)(viii)(G), such Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Affiliate Investor shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, pursuant to the Secondary Offer Registration Statement applicable to such Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, until such Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or Affiliate Investor shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus, and if so directed by the Company, such Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or Affiliate Investor shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in such Electing Holder’s, Goldman, Sachs & Co.’s or Affiliate Investor’s possession of the prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, at the time of receipt of such notice.

(f) In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice and Questionnaire as to which any Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 2(b) is being effected or to be provided by Goldman, Sachs & Co. and each Affiliate Investor in connection with the Market Making Shelf Registration pursuant to Section 2(c), the Company may require such Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or an Affiliate Investor, as applicable, to furnish to the Company such additional information regarding such Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or Affiliate Investor, and such Electing Holder’s, Goldman, Sachs & Co.’s or Affiliate Investor’s, intended method of distribution of Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, as may be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Affiliate Investor agrees to notify the Company as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or Affiliate Investor, to the Company or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration or Market Making Shelf Registration, as applicable, contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or Affiliate Investor, or such Electing Holder’s, Goldman, Sachs & Co.’s or Affiliate Investor’s intended method of disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder Goldman, Sachs & Co. or an Affiliate Investor, or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Company any additional information required to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or Affiliate Investor, or the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.

 

A-16


(g) Until the expiration of two years after the Closing Date, the Company will not, and will not permit any of its “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144) to, resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by any of them except pursuant to an effective registration statement, or a valid exemption from the registration requirements, under the Securities Act.

(h) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer, each holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal or “agent’s message” transmitted via The Depository Trust Company’s Automated Tender Offer Procedures, in either case contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an “affiliate” of the Company, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, or if it is such an “affiliate”, it will comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act to the extent applicable, (B) it is not engaged in and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business, (D) if it is a broker-dealer that holds Securities that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Securities acquired directly from the Company or any of its affiliates), it will deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by it in the Exchange Offer, (E) if it is a broker-dealer, that it did not purchase the Securities to be exchanged in the Exchange Offer from the Company or any of its affiliates, and (F) it is not acting on behalf of any person who could not truthfully and completely make the representations contained in the foregoing subclauses (A) through (E).

4. Registration Expenses .

The Company agrees to bear and to pay or cause to be paid promptly all expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including (a) all Commission and any NASD registration, filing and review fees and expenses including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Eligible Holders, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Affiliate Investors in connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, for offering and sale under the State securities and blue sky laws referred to in Section 3(d)(xii) and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Electing Holders, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or Affiliate Investors may designate, including any reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Electing Holders, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or Affiliate Investors in connection with such qualification and determination, (c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, for delivery and the expenses of printing or producing any selling agreements and blue sky or legal investment memoranda and all other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, to be disposed of (including certificates representing the Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable), (d) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses relating to the offering, sale or delivery of Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the preparation of documents referred in clause (c) above, (e) fees and expenses of the Trustee

 

A-17


under the Indentures, any agent of the Trustee and any counsel for the Trustee and of any custodian, (f) internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of the Company’s officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (g) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the Company, (h) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Electing Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company), one counsel for Goldman, Sachs & Co. retained in connection with a Market Making Shelf Registration (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company), as selected by Goldman, Sachs & Co., and one counsel for the Affiliate Investors retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Affiliate Investors of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities held by such Affiliate Investors, (i) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and (j) fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company in connection with such registration (collectively, the Registration Expenses ). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or Affiliate Investors, the Company shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a request therefore. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Transfer Restricted Securities being registered, or Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any Affiliate Investor, as applicable, shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions, if any, and transfer taxes, if any, attributable to the sale of such Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above.

5. Representations and Warranties .

Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each Purchaser and each of the holders from time to time of Transfer Restricted Securities that:

(a) Each registration statement covering Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and each prospectus (including any preliminary or summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d) and any further amendments or supplements to any such registration statement or prospectus, when it becomes effective or is filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and at all times subsequent to the Effective Time when a prospectus would be required to be delivered under the Securities Act, other than (A) from (i) such time as a notice has been given to holders of Transfer Restricted Securities or Goldman, Sachs & Co. or Affiliate Investors, as applicable, pursuant to Section 3(c)(iii)(G) or Section 3(d)(viii)(G) until (ii) such time as the Company furnishes an amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to Section 3(c)(iv) or Section 3(e) or (B) during any applicable Suspension Period, each such registration statement, and each prospectus (including any summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 3(d), as then amended or supplemented, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act

 

A-18


and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or an Affiliate Investor, as applicable, expressly for use therein.

(b) Any documents incorporated by reference in any prospectus referred to in Section 5(a), when they are or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform or conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of such documents will contain or contained an untrue statement of a material fact or will omit or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or an Affiliate Investor, as applicable, expressly for use therein.

(c) The compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the certificate of incorporation, as amended, or the by-laws or other governing documents, as applicable, of (A) the Company or (B) the Guarantors or (iii) result in any violation of any statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, except in the case of (i), (ii)(B) and (iii) above, for such conflicts, breaches or defaults as would not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on the business, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations, business affairs or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as whole (a Material Adverse Effect ); and no consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by the Company and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except (w) the registration under the Securities Act of the Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, and qualification of the Indentures under the Trust Indenture Act and (x) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications as may be required under state securities or blue sky laws in connection with the offering and distribution of the Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, (y) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications that have been obtained and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof and (z) such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications that the failure to have would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company and each Guarantor.

 

A-19


6. Indemnification and Contribution .

(a) Indemnification by the Company and the Guarantors. The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each of the holders of any such series of Transfer Restricted Securities included in an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, each of the Electing Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement, Goldman, Sachs & Co. as holder of Securities or Exchange Securities included in a Market Making Shelf Registration Statement and each of the Affiliate Investors as holders of Securities or Exchange Securities included in a Market Making Shelf Registration Statement against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co., such Electing Holder or Affiliate Investor may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Secondary Offer Registration Statement, as the case may be, under which such series of Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co., such Electing Holder or Affiliate Investor or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse any such holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co., such Electing Holder and such Affiliate Investor for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that neither the Company nor the Guarantors shall be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433), or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such person expressly for use therein.

(b) Indemnification by the Holders. Each holder of Securities or Exchange Securities, severally and not jointly, will (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the Guarantors, and all other holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company, the Guarantors or such other holders of Transfer Restricted Securities may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Secondary Offer Registration Statement, as the case may be, under which such series of Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, were registered under the Securities Act, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus (including, without limitation, any “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in Rule 433) contained therein or furnished by the Company to any such holder, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or

 

A-20


omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such holder expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company and the Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the Guarantors in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that no such holder shall be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 6(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such holder from the sale of such holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to such registration.

(c) Indemnification by Goldman, Sachs & Co. The Company may require, as a condition to including any Securities or Exchange Securities in the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof and to entering into any underwriting agreement with respect thereto, that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from each underwriter named in any such underwriting agreement, severally and not jointly, to, and Goldman, Sachs & Co. shall, and hereby agrees to, (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and the Guarantors against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or the Guarantors may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company to Goldman, Sachs & Co. or to any such underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that, in the case of Securities held by Goldman, Sachs & Co. at the time of the Exchange Offer, Goldman, Sachs & Co. shall not be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 6(c) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by Goldman, Sachs & Co. from the sale of such Securities by Goldman, Sachs & Co. pursuant to the Market Making Shelf Registration.

(d) Indemnification by Affiliate Investors in Connection with the Market Making Shelf Registration . The Company may require, as a condition to including any Securities or Exchange Securities in the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement filed pursuant to Section 2(c) hereof and to entering into any underwriting agreement with respect thereto, that the Company shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to it from each underwriter named in any such underwriting agreement, severally and not jointly, to, and each Affiliate Investor shall, and hereby agrees to, (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantors against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company or the Guarantors may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of

 

A-21


or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Market Making Shelf Registration Statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company to such Affiliate Investor or to any such underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Affiliate Investor or such underwriter expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that, in the case of Securities held by Goldman, Sachs & Co. at the time of the Exchange Offer, Goldman, Sachs & Co. shall not be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 6(d) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by Goldman, Sachs & Co. from the sale of such Securities by Goldman, Sachs & Co. pursuant to the Market Making Shelf Registration.

(e) Notices of Claims, Etc. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d) above of written notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party pursuant to the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by this Section 6, notify such indemnifying party in writing of the commencement of such action, but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under the indemnification provisions of or contemplated by Section 6(a), 6(b), 6(c) or 6(d). In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, such indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, such indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim) unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to, or an admission of, fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

(f) Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 6(a), 6(b), 6(c) or 6(d) are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable

 

A-22


considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 6(f) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 6(f). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6(f), none of any holder, Affiliate Investor or, in the case of a Market Making Shelf Registration relating to the sale by Goldman, Sachs & Co. of Securities held by it at the time of the Exchange Offer, Goldman, Sachs & Co. shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such holder from the sale of any Transfer Restricted Securities or Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any Affiliate Investor from the sale of any such Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder or Goldman, Sachs & Co. or such Affiliate Investor, as applicable, have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The holders’, Goldman, Sachs & Co.’s and any Affiliate Investor’s obligations in this Section 6(f) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities registered by them and not joint.

(g) The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or the Guarantors may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and partner of Goldman, Sachs & Co., each holder, Affiliate Investor, and each person, if any, who controls Goldman, Sachs & Co., any holder, Affiliate Investor within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the obligations of Goldman, Sachs & Co., the holders, the Affiliate Investors contemplated by this Section 6 shall be in addition to any liability which Goldman, Sachs & Co., the respective holder or Affiliate Investor may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company or any of the Guarantors (including any person who, with his consent, is named in any registration statement as about to become a director of the Company or any of the Guarantors) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act.

7. Underwritten Offerings .

Each holder of Transfer Restricted Securities hereby agrees with the Company and each other such holder that no holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless (a) the Company gives its prior written consent to such underwritten offering, (b) the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be designated by Electing Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be included in such offering, provided that such designated managing underwriter or underwriters is or are reasonably acceptable to the Company, (c) each holder of

 

A-23


Transfer Restricted Securities participating in such underwritten offering agrees to sell such holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled selecting the managing underwriter or underwriters hereunder and (d) each holder of Transfer Restricted Securities participating in such underwritten offering completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

8. Rule 144 .

The Company covenants to the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Affiliate Investors that to the extent it shall be required to do so under the Exchange Act, the Company shall timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act (including the reports under Sections 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of Rule 144), and shall take such further action as any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any Affiliate Investor may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Transfer Restricted Securities or Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Affiliate Investors to sell Securities or Exchange Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144. Upon the reasonable request of any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any Affiliate Investor in connection with that holder’s, Goldman, Sachs & Co.’s or that Affiliate Investor’s sale pursuant to Rule 144, the Company shall deliver to such holder, Goldman, Sachs & Co. or Affiliate Investor a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

9. Miscellaneous .

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company represents, warrants, covenants and agrees that it has not granted, and shall not grant, registration rights with respect to Transfer Restricted Securities, Securities or Exchange Securities, as applicable, or any other securities which would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Agreement.

(b) Specific Performance. Subject to the provisions set forth in Section 3(d) hereof, the parties hereto acknowledge that there would be no adequate remedy at law if the Company fails to perform any of its obligations hereunder and that the Purchasers and the holders from time to time of the Transfer Restricted Securities may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that the Purchasers and such holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction. Time shall be of the essence in this Agreement.

(c) Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered by hand, if delivered personally, by facsimile or by courier, or three days after being deposited in the mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) as follows: If to the Company, to it at 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, Indiana, 46032, Attention: Chief Financial Officer and if to a holder, to the address of such holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company, or to such other address as the Company or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

A-24


(d) Parties in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and the holders from time to time of the Transfer Restricted Securities and the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto and such holders. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall acquire Transfer Restricted Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Transfer Restricted Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Securities such transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all of the applicable terms and provisions of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be deemed to permit any assignment, transfer or other disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities in violation of the terms hereof or of the Purchase Agreement or the Indentures. If the Company shall so request, any such successor, assign or transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Transfer Restricted Securities subject to all of the applicable terms hereof.

(e) Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and each other provision set forth in this Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of Goldman, Sachs & Co., any Affiliate Investor or any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, any director, officer or partner of Goldman, Sachs & Co., such Affiliate Investor or such holder, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the transfer and registration of Transfer Restricted Securities by such holder or of Securities or Exchange Securities by Goldman, Sachs & Co. or any Affiliate Investor and the consummation of an Exchange Offer.

(f) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(g) Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(h) Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the Indentures and the form of Securities) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities at the time outstanding and Goldman, Sachs & Co.; provided , however , that any such amendment or waiver affecting solely provisions of this Agreement relating to the Market Making Shelf Registration may be effected by a written instrument duly executed solely by the Company and Goldman, Sachs & Co. Each holder of any Transfer Restricted Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 9(h), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such Transfer Restricted Securities or is delivered to such holder.

 

A-25


(i) Inspection. For so long as this Agreement shall be in effect, this Agreement and a complete list of the names and addresses of all the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities and the address of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and each Affiliate Investor shall be made available for inspection and copying as soon as practicable upon request on any Business Day by Goldman, Sachs & Co., any Affiliate Investor or any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities for proper purposes only (which shall include any purpose related to the rights of the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities under the Securities, the Indentures and this Agreement) at the offices of the Company at the address thereof set forth in Section 9(c) and at the office of the Trustee under the Indentures.

(j) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

(k) Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained in this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

 

A-26


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and return to us one for the Company, the Guarantors and each of the Representatives plus one for each counsel counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the Purchasers, this letter and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement between each of the Purchasers , the Guarantors and the Company. It is understood that your acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Company for examination upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

 

Very truly yours,
KAR Holdings, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:   Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary
GUARANTORS:
Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.
Insurance Auto Auctions Corp.
IAA Services, Inc.
IAA Acquisition Corp.
Auto Disposal Systems, Inc.
ADS Ashland, LLC
ADS Priority Transport Ltd.
ADESA, Inc.
ADESA Corporation, LLC
A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc.
A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC
ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC
ADESA Arkansas, LLC
ADESA Atlanta, LLC
ADESA Birmingham, LLC
ADESA California, LLC
ADESA Charlotte, LLC

 

A-27


ADESA Colorado, LLC
ADESA Des Moines, LLC
ADESA Florida, LLC
ADESA Impact Texas, LLC
ADESA Indianapolis, LLC
ADESA Lansing, LLC
ADESA Lexington, LLC
ADESA Mexico, LLC
ADESA Missouri, LLC
ADESA New Jersey, LLC
ADESA New York, LLC
ADESA Ohio, LLC
ADESA Oklahoma, LLC
ADESA Pennsylvania, Inc.
ADESA Phoenix, LLC
ADESA Properties Canada, Inc.
ADESA San Diego, LLC
ADESA-South Florida, LLC
ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC
ADESA Texas, Inc.
ADESA Virginia, LLC
ADESA Washington, LLC
ADESA Wisconsin, LLC
Assets Holdings III, L.P.
Auto Banc Corporation
Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC
Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC
Automotive Finance Corporation
Automotive Recovery Services, Inc.
Auto VIN, Inc.
PAR, Inc.
AFC CAL, LLC
AFC of Minnesota Corporation
AFC of TN, LLC

 

A-28


By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Accepted as of the date hereof:
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
By:  

Goldman Sachs & Co.

Name:   Bruce H. Mendelsohn
Title:   Authorized Signatory
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
By:  

/s/ James S. Wolfe

Name:   James S. Wolfe
Title:  
UBS Securities LLC
By:  

/s/ Jared Grigg

Name:   Jared Grigg
Title:   Director
By:  

/s/ Caleb Hsieh

Name:   Caleb Hsieh
Title:   Director
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
By:  

/s/ James Paris

Name:   James Paris
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Kris Mack

Name:   Kris Mack
Title:   Managing Director

On behalf of each of the Purchasers

 

A-29


Exhibit A

KAR Holdings, Inc,

INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS

(Date of Mailing)

URGENT - IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED

DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE]

The Depository Trust Company ( “DTC” ) has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “Company” ) Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Floating Rate Senior Notes ”), 8  3 / 4 % Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Fixed Rate Senior Notes ”) and 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “ Senior Subordinated Notes ” and, together with the Floating Rate Senior Rate Notes and the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, the “Securities” ) are held.

The Company is in the process of registering the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire.

It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [Deadline For Response] . Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact KAR Holdings, Inc. 13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard, Carmel, Indiana, 46032.

 

A-30


KAR Holdings, Inc

Notice of Registration Statement

and

Selling Securityholder Questionnaire

(Date)

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement (the “Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement” ) among KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “Company” ), the Guarantors named therein and the Purchasers named therein. Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Company has filed or will file with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission” ) a registration statement on Form  [      ] (the “Shelf Registration Statement” ) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act” ), of the Company’s Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Floating Rate Senior Rate Notes ”), 8  3 / 4 % Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Fixed Rate Senior Notes ”) and 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “ Senior Subordinated Notes ” and together with the Floating Rate Senior Rate Notes and the Fixed Rate Senior Notes, the “Securities” ). A copy of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Shelf Registration Statement and can be obtained from the Commission’s website at www.sec.gov . All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

Each beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined below) is entitled to have the Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In order to have Transfer Restricted Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire ( “Notice and Questionnaire” ) must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company’s counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [Deadline for Response] . Beneficial owners of Transfer Restricted Securities who do not properly complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Transfer Restricted Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

The term “Transfer Restricted Securities” is defined in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

A-31


ELECTION

The undersigned holder (the “Selling Securityholder” ) of Transfer Restricted Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Transfer Restricted Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 6 of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto. (11)

Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the undersigned has agreed to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers who sign any Shelf Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of either Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act” ), against certain losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of an untrue statement, or the alleged untrue statement, of a material fact in the Shelf Registration Statement or any related preliminary, final or summary prospectus or the omission, or alleged omission, to state a material fact required to be stated in such Shelf Registration Statement or such related prospectus, but only to the extent such untrue statement or omission, or alleged untrue statement or omission, was made in reliance on and in conformity with the information provided by the holder expressly for use therein, including information in this Notice and Questionnaire.

Upon any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus and as Exhibit B to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

 

A-32


QUESTIONNAIRE

 

(1)    (a)    Full legal name of Selling Securityholder:
     

 

   (b)    Full legal name of registered Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Transfer Restricted Securities listed in Item (3) below:
     

 

   (c)    Full legal name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) through which Transfer Restricted Securities listed in Item (3) below are held:
     

 

(2)    Address for notices to Selling Securityholder:
     

 

 
     

 

 
     

 

 
      Telephone:  

 

 
      Fax:  

 

 
      Contact Person:  

 

 
      E-mail for Contact Person:  

 

 
(3)    Beneficial Ownership of Securities:  
      Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Securities.
   (a)    Principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned:  

 

      CUSIP No(s). of such Transfer Restricted Securities:  

 

   (b)    Principal amount of Securities other than Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned:
     

 

      CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities:  

 

   (c)    Principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities that the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:                                                                                   
      CUSIP No(s). of such Transfer Restricted Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement:                                                                                   
(4)    Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company:
     

Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of any other securities of the Company, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3).

 

State any exceptions here:

     

 

 

A-33


     

 

     

 

(5)    Individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:
      If the Selling Securityholder is not an entity that is required to file reports with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Reporting Company” ), then the Selling Securityholder must disclose the name of the natural person(s) who exercise sole or shared dispositive powers with respect to the Securities. Selling Securityholders should disclose the beneficial holders, not nominee holders or other such others of record. In addition, the Commission has provided guidance that Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 should be used by analogy when determining the person or persons sharing voting and/or dispositive powers with respect to the Securities.
   (a)    Is the holder a Reporting Company?
      Yes                                               No                     
      If “No”, please answer Item (5)(b).
   (b)    List below the individual or individuals who exercise dispositive powers with respect to the Securities:
     

 

     

 

     

 

      Please note that the names of the persons listed in (b) above will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
(6)    Relationships with the Company:
     

Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

 

State any exceptions here:

     

 

     

 

     

 

(7)    Plan of Distribution:
      Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Transfer Restricted Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Transfer Restricted Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder. Such Transfer Restricted Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registered Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the Transfer Restricted Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Transfer Restricted Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Transfer Restricted Securities short and deliver Transfer Restricted Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Transfer Restricted Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.

 

A-34


      State any exceptions here:
     

 

     

 

     

 

      Note: In no event may such method(s) of distribution take the form of an underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Securities without the prior written agreement of the Company.
(8)    Broker-Dealers:
      The Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers or affiliates of registered broker-dealers be so identified in the Shelf Registration Statement. In addition, the Commission requires that all Selling Securityholders that are registered broker-dealers be named as underwriters in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus, even if they did not receive the Transfer Restricted Securities as compensation for underwriting activities.
   (a)    State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is a registered broker-dealer:
      Yes                                               No                     
   (b)    If the answer to (a) is “Yes”, you must answer (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable. Your answers to (i) and (ii) below, and (iii) below if applicable, will be included in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.
      (i)   Were the Securities acquired as compensation for underwriting activities?
      Yes                                               No                     
      If you answered “Yes”, please provide a brief description of the transaction(s) in which the Securities were acquired as compensation:
     

 

     

 

     

 

      (ii)   Were the Securities acquired for investment purposes?
      Yes                                               No                     

 

A-35


      (iii)   If you answered “No” to both (i) and (ii), please explain the Selling Securityholder’s reason for acquiring the Securities:
     

 

     

 

     

 

   (c)    State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder is an affiliate of a registered broker-dealer and, if so, list the name(s) of the broker-dealer affiliate(s):
      Yes                                               No                     
     

 

     

 

     

 

   (d)    If you answered “Yes” to question (c) above:
      (i)  

If you answered “Yes” to question (c) above:

Did the undersigned Selling Securityholder purchase Transfer Restricted Securities in the ordinary course of business?

      Yes                                               No                     
      If the answer is “No” to question (d)(i), provide a brief explanation of the circumstances in which the Selling Securityholder acquired the Transfer Restricted Securities:
     

 

     

 

     

 

      (ii)   At the time of the purchase of the Transfer Restricted Securities, did the undersigned Selling Securityholder have any agreements, understandings or arrangements, directly or indirectly, with any person to dispose of or distribute the Transfer Restricted Securities?
      Yes                                               No                     
      If the answer is “Yes” to question (d)(ii), provide a brief explanation of such agreements, understandings or arrangements:
     

 

     

 

     

 

      If the answer is “No” to Item (8)(d)(i) or “Yes” to Item (8)(d)(ii), you will be named as an underwriter in the Shelf Registration Statement and the related Prospectus.
(9)    Hedging and short sales:
   (a)    State whether the undersigned Selling Securityholder has or will enter into “hedging transactions” with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities:
      Yes                                               No                     

 

A-36


      If “Yes”, provide below a complete description of the hedging transactions into which the undersigned Selling Securityholder has entered or will enter and the purpose of such hedging transactions, including the extent to which such hedging transactions remain in place:
     

 

     

 

     

 

   (b)    Set forth below is Interpretation A.65 of the Commission’s July 1997 Manual of Publicly Available Interpretations regarding short selling:
      “An issuer filed a Form S-3 registration statement for a secondary offering of common stock which is not yet effective. One of the selling shareholders wanted to do a short sale of common stock “against the box” and cover the short sale with registered shares after the effective date. The issuer was advised that the short sale could not be made before the registration statement becomes effective, because the shares underlying the short sale are deemed to be sold at the time such sale is made. There would, therefore, be a violation of Section 5 if the shares were effectively sold prior to the effective date.”
      By returning this Notice and Questionnaire, the undersigned Selling Securityholder will be deemed to be aware of the foregoing interpretation.

*        *        *        *        *

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act, particularly Regulation M (or any successor rule or regulation).

The Selling Securityholder hereby acknowledges its obligations under the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and certain other persons as set forth in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Transfer Restricted Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (9) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under Section 3(d) of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which

 

A-37


may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect and to provide such additional information that the Company may reasonably request regarding such Selling Securityholder and the intended method of distribution of Transfer Restricted Securities in order to comply with the Securities Act. Except as otherwise provided in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, all notices hereunder and pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:

 

(i)     To the Company:

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(ii) With a copy to:

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company’s counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above. This Notice and Questionnaire shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.

 

A-38


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

Dated:                         

 

 

Selling Securityholder

(Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities)

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE COMPANY’S COUNSEL:

 

  

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  
  

 

  

 

A-39


Exhibit B

NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

c/o Wells Fargo Bank, National Association

Sixth & Marquette; N9303-120

Minneapolis, MN 55479

Attention: Trust Officer

 

  Re: KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “Company” )

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014

8  3 / 4 % Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2014

10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015

Dear Sirs:

Please be advised that                                          has transferred $              aggregate principal amount of the above-referenced Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form [          ] (File No. 333-              ) filed by the Company.

We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Notes is named as a “Selling Holder” in the Prospectus dated [date] or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner’s name.

Dated:

 

Very truly yours,
 

 

  (Name)
By:  

 

  (Authorized Signature)

 

A-40

Exhibit 4.8

EXECUTION VERSION

 


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

Dated as of April 20, 2007

 



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

               Page
1.   

Registrations Upon Request

   1
  

1.1

  

Requests by the LLC

   1
  

1.2

  

Restrictions on Demand Registrations

   2
  

1.3

  

Registration Statement Form

   3
  

1.4

  

Expenses

   3
  

1.5

  

Priority in Demand Registrations

   3
  

1.6

  

Effective Period of Demand Registration

   4
2.   

Incidental Registrations

   4
3.   

Registration Procedures

   6
4.   

Underwritten Offerings

   11
  

4.1

  

Underwriting Agreement

   11
  

4.2

  

Selection of Underwriters

   12
5.   

Holdback Agreements

   12
6.   

Preparation; Reasonable Investigation

   13
7.   

No Grant of Future Registration Rights

   14
8.   

Indemnification

   14
  

8.1

  

Indemnification by the Company

   14
  

8.2

  

Indemnification by the Sellers

   15
  

8.3

  

Notices of Claims, etc .

   15
  

8.4

  

Other Indemnification

   16
  

8.5

  

Indemnification Payments

   16
  

8.6

  

Other Remedies

   17
9.   

Representations and Warranties

   17
10.   

Definitions

   18
11.   

Miscellaneous

   21
  

11.1

  

Rule 144, etc .

   21
  

11.2

  

Successors, Assigns and Transferees

   21
  

11.3

  

Stock Splits, etc.

   21
  

11.4

  

Amendment and Modification

   22
  

11.5

  

Additional Management Shareholders

   22
  

11.6

  

Outside Investors

   22
  

11.7

  

Governing Law

   23
  

11.8

  

Invalidity of Provision

   23
  

11.9

  

Notices

   23
  

11.10

  

Headings; Execution in Counterparts

   25


  

11.11

  

Injunctive Relief

   25
  

11.12

  

Term

   25
  

11.13

  

Further Assurances

   25
  

11.14

  

Entire Agreement

   25
  

11.15

  

Prior Registration Rights Agreement

   26
  

11.16

  

No Effect on Employment

   26

 

ii


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of April 20, 2007, by and among KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), KAR Holdings II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ LLC ”), those employees of the Company or its subsidiaries listed on Schedule 1 hereto (together with any person that becomes a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 11.5 and each of their respective Permitted Transferees, collectively, the “ Management Shareholders ”). The Management Shareholders, together with any Person that becomes a party to this Agreement after the date hereof pursuant to Section 11.6 (any such Person, an “ Outside Investor ”) and the LLC, are hereinafter referred to collectively as the “ Shareholders .” Capitalized terms used herein without definition are defined in Section 10 of this Agreement.

WHEREAS, Axle Holdings II, LLC (“ Axle LLC ”), Axle Holdings, Inc. (the “ Predecessor Company ”) and certain of the Management Shareholders were parties to that certain Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2005 (the “ Prior Registration Rights Agreement ”) of the Predecessor Company and in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the Contribution Agreement, the Conversion Agreements and the Conversion Stock Option Agreements, the Predecessor Company, Axle LLC and the Management Shareholders have determined to terminate the Prior Registration Rights Agreement by entering into this Agreement and thereby replacing and superseding the Prior Registration Rights Agreement in its entirety with this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and obligations set forth in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Registrations Upon Request .

1.1 Requests by the LLC . At any time, or from time to time, subject to Section 5 , the LLC shall have the right by delivering a written notice to the Company (the “ Demand Notice ”) to require the Company to effect the registration (which may, other than in connection with an IPO, at the option of the LLC, be effected as a Shelf Registration Statement) pursuant to this Agreement and in accordance with the Securities Act, of the offer and sale of any or all of the Registrable Securities owned by the LLC, each such request to specify the intended method or methods of disposition thereof; provided , that a Demand Notice shall only be made if the sale of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered by the LLC is reasonably expected by the LLC to result in aggregate gross cash proceeds in excess of $50,000,000. Upon any such request, the Company will promptly, but in any event within 10 days (or, in the case of a Take-down

 

1


Transaction, within 5 days), give written notice of such request to all other holders of Registrable Securities and thereupon the Company will, subject to Section 1.5 , use its best efforts to effect the prompt registration under the Securities Act of:

(i) the Registrable Securities which the Company has been so requested to register by the LLC, and

(ii) all other Registrable Securities which the Company has been requested to register by holders thereof by written request given to the Company by such holders within 10 days (or in the case of a Take-down Transaction, within 5 days) after the giving of such written notice by the Company to such holders,

all to the extent required to permit the disposition of the Registrable Securities so to be registered in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition of the LLC.

1.2 Restrictions on Demand Registrations . The Company may (by delivering written notice to the LLC as contemplated by this Section 1.2 ) postpone the filing (but not the preparation) or effectiveness of a registration statement to be filed or declared effective pursuant to Section 1.1 (or, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the continued use of such Shelf Registration Statement) if the filing or effectiveness of such registration statement, or the continued use of such Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, would require the Company to make any public disclosure of material, non-public information, the disclosure of which, in the Board’s good faith judgment, after consultation with independent outside counsel to the Company, ( i ) would be required to be made in such registration statement filed with the Commission by the Company (or in an amendment or supplement to a then filed Shelf Registration Statement) so that such registration statement would not be materially misleading and ( ii ) would not be required to be made at such time but for the filing or use of such registration statement and the Company has a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing such information publicly. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the LLC of (x) any postponement of the filing or effectiveness or suspension of use, as applicable, of any such registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2 (a “ Delay Notice ”), (y) the Company’s decision to file or seek effectiveness or no longer suspend the use, as applicable, of such registration statement following such postponement or suspension and (z) the effectiveness of such registration statement. In the case the Company provides written notice regarding the suspension of use of a Shelf Registration Statement, the holders of Registrable Securities shall suspend use of the applicable prospectus in connection with any sale or purchase of, or offer to sell or purchase, Registrable Securities thereunder. The Company may defer the filing (but not the preparation) or effectiveness or suspend the use or filing of a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment, as applicable, of a particular registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2 only once during any 12-month period. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 1.2 , the Company may not postpone the filing or effectiveness or suspend

 

2


the use, as applicable, of a registration statement past the date that is the earliest of (a) the date upon which any disclosure of a matter the Board has determined would not be in the best interest of the Company to be disclosed is disclosed to the public or ceases to be material, and (b) forty-five (45) days after the date upon which the Board has determined to distribute to the LLC a Delay Notice. The period during which filing or effectiveness or suspension of use, as applicable, is so postponed or suspended hereunder is referred to as a “ Delay Period .”

1.3 Registration Statement Form . A registration requested pursuant to Section 1.1 shall be effected by the filing of a registration statement on a form selected by the LLC.

1.4 Expenses . The Company shall pay, and be responsible for, all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration requested under Section 1.1 ; provided that each seller of Registrable Securities shall pay all Registration Expenses to the extent required to be paid by such seller under applicable law as well as all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, in respect of the Registrable Securities being registered for such seller.

1.5 Priority in Demand Registrations . If a registration pursuant to Section 1.1 (including any Take-down Transaction) involves an underwritten offering, and the managing underwriter selected by the LLC (or, in the case of an offering which is not underwritten, a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the LLC) shall advise the Company in writing (with a copy to each Person requesting registration of Registrable Securities) that, in its opinion, the number of securities requested, and otherwise proposed to be included in such registration, exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without materially and adversely affecting the offering price or marketability of the securities being sold in such registration, the Company shall include in such registration, to the extent of the number which the Company is so advised can be sold in such offering without such material adverse effect, first , the Registrable Securities of the LLC, the Outside Investors, if any, and the Management Shareholders, on a pro rata basis (based on the number of shares of Registrable Securities owned by each such Shareholder), and second , the securities, if any, being sold by the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Management Shareholders shall not be entitled to participate in any such registration requested by the LLC (including any Take-down Transaction) to the extent that the managing underwriter (or, in the case of an offering that is not underwritten, a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the LLC) shall determine in good faith and in writing (with a copy to each affected Person requesting registration of Registrable Securities), that the participation of the Management Shareholders would materially and adversely affect the marketability or offering price of the securities being sold in such registration, it being understood that the Company shall include in such registration that number of shares of the Management Shareholders (up to the pro rata amount specified in the previous sentence) which can be sold in such offering without materially and adversely affecting the marketability or

 

3


offering price of the other securities to be sold in such registration. In the event of any such determination under this Section 1.5 , the Company shall give the affected holders of Registrable Securities notice of such determination in lieu of the notice otherwise required under Section 1.1 .

1.6 Effective Period of Demand Registration . After any registration statement filed pursuant to Section 1.1 of this Agreement has become effective, the Company shall use its best efforts to keep such registration statement effective for a period of at least 180 days from the date on which the Commission declares such registration statement effective (or, in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, two years from the date such Shelf Registration Statement became effective) plus the duration of any Delay Period and any Suspension Period, or such shorter period that shall terminate when all of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold pursuant to such registration statement in accordance with the plan of distribution set forth therein.

2. Incidental Registrations . If the Company at any time proposes to register for sale any of its equity securities under the Securities Act for its own account (including, but not limited to, a Shelf Registration Statement, but other than pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form), then the Company shall give prompt written notice to all holders of Registrable Securities regarding such proposed registration. Upon the written request of any such holders made within 10 days after the receipt of any such notice (which request shall specify the number of Registrable Securities intended to be disposed of by such holder and the intended method or methods of disposition thereof), the Company shall use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act of such Registrable Securities on a pro rata basis in accordance with such intended method or methods of disposition, provided that:

(a) ( i ) the Company shall not include Registrable Securities in such proposed registration to the extent that the Board shall have determined, after consultation with the managing underwriter (or, in the case of an offering that is not underwritten, a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the LLC) for such offering, that it would materially and adversely affect the offering price to include any Registrable Securities in such registration and ( ii ) the Company shall not include Registrable Securities of any Management Shareholder in any proposed registration pursuant to this Section 2 to the extent that the managing underwriter (or, in the case of an offering that is not underwritten, a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the LLC) shall determine in good faith that the participation of such Management Shareholder would materially and adversely affect the marketability or the offering price of the securities being sold in such registration and provided , further , that in the event of any such determination under clause (i) or (ii), the Company shall give the affected holders of Registrable Securities notice of such determination in lieu of the notice otherwise required by the first sentence of this Section 2 ;

 

4


(b) if, at any time after giving written notice (pursuant to this Section 2 ) of its intention to register equity securities and prior to the effective date of the registration statement filed in connection with such registration, the Company shall determine for any reason not to register such equity securities, the Company may, at its election, give written notice of such determination to each holder of Registrable Securities and, thereupon, shall not be obligated to register any Registrable Securities in connection with such registration (but shall nevertheless pay the Registration Expenses in connection therewith), without prejudice, however, to the rights of the LLC that a registration be effected under Section 1.1 ;

(c) if in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 2 , the managing underwriter of such registration (or, in the case of an offering that is not underwritten, a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the LLC) shall advise the Company in writing (with a copy to each holder of Registrable Securities requesting registration thereof) that the number of securities requested and otherwise proposed to be included in such registration exceeds the number which can be sold in such offering without materially and adversely affecting the offering price or marketability of the securities being sold in such registration, then in the case of any registration pursuant to this Section 2 , the Company shall include in such registration to the extent of the number which the Company is so advised can be sold in such offering without such material adverse effect, first , the securities, if any, being sold by the Company, and second , the Registrable Securities of the LLC, the Outside Investors, if any, and the Management Shareholders, on a pro rata basis (based on the number of shares of Registrable Securities owned by each such Shareholder); and

(d) the Company shall have no obligation under this Section 2 to use its best efforts to effect any registration of Registrable Securities which any Outside Investor or Management Shareholder has requested to be registered, unless Registrable Securities owned by the LLC or its Permitted Transferees shall be included in such registration or unless the LLC in its sole discretion determines otherwise.

The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with each registration of Registrable Securities requested pursuant to this Section 2 ; provided that each seller of Registrable Securities shall pay all Registration Expenses to the extent required to be paid by such seller under applicable law as well as all underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any, in respect of the Registrable Securities being registered for such seller. No registration effected under this Section 2 shall relieve the Company from its obligation to effect registrations under Section 1.1 .

 

5


3. Registration Procedures . Subject to Section 1.2 , if and whenever the Company is required to use its best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 1.1 or Section 2 , the Company shall promptly:

(a) prepare, and as soon as practicable, but in any event within 30 days thereafter, file with the Commission, a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities, make all required filings with the NASD and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective as soon as practicable;

(b) prepare, and cause its officers and employees to facilitate and cooperate in the preparation of, and promptly file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for so long as is required to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act and to complete the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, but (other than in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement) in no event for a period of more than six months after such registration statement becomes effective, and in the case of any Shelf Registration Statement, prepare such prospectus supplements containing such disclosures as may be reasonably requested by the LLC or any underwriter(s) in connection with each Take-down Transaction;

(c) furnish copies of all documents proposed to be filed with the Commission in connection with such registration to ( i ) counsel selected by the LLC, and which counsel may also be counsel to the Company, and ( ii ) each seller of Registrable Securities (or in the case of the initial filing of a registration statement, within five business days of such initial filing) and such documents shall be subject to the review of such counsel; provided that the Company shall not file any registration statement or any amendment or post-effective amendment or supplement to such registration statement or the prospectus used in connection therewith to which such counsel shall have reasonably objected on the grounds that such registration statement amendment, supplement or prospectus does not comply (explaining why) in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act or of the rules or regulations thereunder;

(d) furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities, without charge, such number of conformed copies of such registration statement and of each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits and documents filed therewith) and such number of copies of the prospectus

 

6


included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus) and any other prospectus filed under Rule 424 under the Securities Act, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents, as such seller may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by such seller in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof;

(e) use its best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities and other securities covered by such registration statement under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as each seller shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things which may be necessary or advisable to enable such seller to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in such jurisdictions in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof, provided that the Company shall not for any such purpose be required to qualify generally to do business as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so qualified, subject itself to taxation in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so subject, or take any action which would subject it to general service of process in any jurisdiction wherein it is not so subject;

(f) use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies, authorities or self-regulatory bodies as may be necessary by virtue of the business and operations of the Company to enable the seller or sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of disposition thereof;

(g) in any underwritten offering, furnish to the LLC:

(i) an opinion of counsel for the Company experienced in securities law matters, dated the effective date of the registration statement and the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, and

(ii) a “cold comfort” letter (unless the registration is pursuant to Section 2 and such a letter is not otherwise being furnished to the Company), dated the effective date of such registration statement and the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement, signed by the independent public accountants who have issued an audit report on the Company’s financial statements included in the registration statement,

covering such matters as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer’s counsel and in accountants’ letters delivered to the underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities and such other matters as the LLC may reasonably request;

 

7


(h) promptly notify each seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event or existence of any fact as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and, (i) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, if a Shareholder has provided notice of an intent to sell, within five Business Days of such notice and ( ii ) in the case of any other registration statement hereunder, as promptly as is practicable but in any event, no later than 30 days after such notice (except in the case of clause (i) or (ii) to the extent the Company delivers a Suspension Notice, in which case such period may be up to 45 days but shall end upon public disclosure of the material transaction which necessitated such Suspension Notice), prepare and furnish to such seller a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

(i) otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement of the Company (in form complying with the provisions of Rule 158 under the Securities Act) covering the period of at least 12 months, but not more than 18 months, beginning with the first month after the effective date of such registration statement;

(j) notify each seller of any Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement ( i ) when the prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such registration statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, ( ii ) of the receipt by the Company of any comments from the Commission or of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such registration statement or to amend or to supplement such prospectus or for additional information, ( iii ) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose and ( iv ) of the suspension of the qualification of such securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the institution of any proceedings for any of such purposes;

 

8


(k) use every reasonable effort to obtain the lifting of any stop order that might be issued suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement at the earliest possible moment;

(l) use its best efforts ( i ) ( A ) to list such Registrable Securities on any securities exchange on which the equity securities of the Company are then listed or, if no such equity securities are then listed, on an exchange selected by the Company, if such listing is then permitted under the rules of such exchange, or ( B ) if such listing is not practicable, to secure designation of such securities as a NASDAQ “national market system security” within the meaning of Rule 11Aa2-1 under the Exchange Act or, failing that, to secure NASDAQ authorization for such Registrable Securities, and, without limiting the foregoing, to arrange for at least two market makers to register as such with respect to such Registrable Securities with the NASD, and ( ii ) to provide a transfer agent and registrar for such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement and to instruct such transfer agent ( A ) to release any stop transfer order with respect to the certificates with respect to the Registrable Securities being sold and ( B ) to furnish certificates without restrictive legends representing ownership of the shares being sold, in such denominations requested by the sellers of the Registrable Securities or the managing underwriter;

(m) enter into such agreements and take such other actions as the sellers of Registrable Securities or the underwriters reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, preparing for, and participating in, such number of “road shows” and all such other customary selling efforts as the underwriters reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate such disposition;

(n) furnish to any holder of such Registrable Securities on a confidential basis such information and assistance as such holder may reasonably request in connection with any “due diligence” effort which such seller reasonably deems appropriate;

(o) take no direct or indirect action prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act; and

(p) use its best efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of such Registrable Securities contemplated hereby.

 

9


To the extent the Company is a well known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) (a “ WKSI ”) at the time the LLC submits any Demand Notice to the Company, and such Demand Notice requests that the Company file a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall file a Shelf Registration Statement which covers those Registrable Securities which are requested to be registered. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to remain a WKSI (and not become an ineligible issuer (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act)) during the period during which such Shelf Registration Statement is required to remain effective pursuant to Section 1.6 hereof. If the Company does not pay the filing fee covering the Registrable Securities at the time the Shelf Registration Statement is filed, the Company agrees to pay such fee at such time or times as the Registrable Securities are to be sold. If at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its WKSI status the Company determines that it is not a WKSI, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to file a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 and, if such form is not available, Form S-1 and keep such registration statement effective during the period during which such registration statement is required to be kept effective pursuant to Section 1.6 hereof.

As a condition to its registration of Registrable Securities of any prospective seller, the Company may require such seller of any Registrable Securities as to which any registration is being effected to execute powers-of-attorney, custody arrangements and other customary agreements appropriate to facilitate the offering and to furnish to the Company such information regarding such seller, its ownership of Registrable Securities and the disposition of such Registrable Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing and as shall be required by law in connection therewith. Each such holder agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in such registration statement in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such holder and disclosed in such registration statement not materially misleading.

The Company agrees not to file or make any amendment to any registration statement with respect to any Registrable Securities, or any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus used in connection therewith, which refers to any holder of Registrable Securities, or otherwise identifies any holder of Registrable Securities as the holder of any Registrable Securities, without the consent of such holder (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), unless such disclosure is required by law.

By acquisition of Registrable Securities, each holder of such Registrable Securities shall be deemed to have agreed that upon receipt of any notice (a “ Suspension Notice ”) from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 3(h) , such holder shall promptly discontinue such holder’s disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such holder is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the prospectus may be resumed or such holder is furnished with copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3(h) . Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

10


nothing herein shall limit or otherwise alter the Company’s obligations under Section 3(h) or restrict the rights or remedies that the holders of Registrable Securities have against the Company in the event of a breach of Section 3(h) by the Company. If so directed by the Company, each holder of Registrable Securities shall deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, in such holder’s possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event that the Company shall give any Suspension Notice, the Company shall extend the period of time during which the Company is required to maintain the applicable registration statement effective pursuant to this Agreement by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such Suspension Notice to and including the date the holders of Registrable Securities are advised by the Company that the use of the prospectus may be resumed or have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a) (a “ Suspension Period ”). In any event, the Company shall not be entitled to deliver more than a total of three (3) Suspension Notices in any 12-month period.

The Company shall not permit any officer, director, underwriter, broker or any other person acting on behalf of the Company to use any free writing prospectus (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) in connection with any registration statement covering Registrable Securities, without the prior written consent of the LLC and any underwriter.

4. Underwritten Offerings .

4.1 Underwriting Agreement . If requested by the underwriters for any underwritten offering pursuant to a registration requested under Section 1.1 or Section 2 (including any Take-down Transaction), the Company shall enter into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters for such offering, such agreement to be reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the underwriters and to the LLC (unless the LLC is not participating in such registration, in which case, such agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be distributed by such underwriter). Any such underwriting agreement shall contain such representations and warranties by the Company and such other terms and provisions as are customarily contained in agreements of this type, including, without limitation, indemnities to the effect and to the extent provided in Section 8 . Each holder of Registrable Securities to be distributed by such underwriter shall be a party to such underwriting agreement and may, at such holder’s option, require that any or all of the representations and warranties by, and the agreements on the part of, the Company to and for the benefit of such underwriters be made to and for the benefit of such holder of Registrable Securities and that any or all of the conditions precedent to the obligations of such underwriters under such underwriting agreement shall also be conditions precedent to the obligations of such holder of Registrable Securities. No Shareholder in its capacity as shareholder and/or controlling person (but not in its capacity as director or officer of the Company) shall be required by any underwriting agreement to make any representations or warranties to or

 

11


agreements with the Company or the underwriters other than representations, warranties or agreements regarding such holder, the ownership of such holder’s Registrable Securities and such holder’s intended method or methods of disposition and any other representation required by law or to furnish any indemnity to any Person which is broader than the indemnity furnished by such holder pursuant to Section 8.2 .

4.2 Selection of Underwriters . If the Company at any time proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act for sale for its own account pursuant to an underwritten offering, the Company will have the right to select the managing underwriter (which shall be of nationally recognized standing) to administer the offering, but if at such time the LLC and its Affiliates own at least 10% of the number of shares of Common Stock they own on the date hereof, only with the approval of the LLC, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, whenever a registration requested pursuant to Section 1.1 is for an underwritten offering, the LLC will have the right to select the managing underwriter (which shall be of nationally recognized standing) to administer the offering, but only with the approval of the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

5. Holdback Agreements .

(a) If and whenever the Company proposes to register any of its equity securities under the Securities Act for its own account (other than on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form) or is required to use its best efforts to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 1.1 or Section 2 , each holder of Registrable Securities agrees by acquisition of such Registrable Securities not to effect any sale or distribution, including any sale pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, or to request registration under Section 1.1 of any Registrable Securities within seven days prior to and 90 days (unless advised by the managing underwriter that a longer period, not to exceed 180 days, is required, or such shorter period as the managing underwriter for any underwritten offering may agree) after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration (the “ Trigger Date ”), except as part of such registration or unless, in the case of a sale or distribution not involving a public offering, the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to this Section 5 , even if such Registrable Securities cease to be Registrable Securities upon such transfer; provided that, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement, a Trigger Date shall be deemed to exist only in the case of an underwritten offering and in such case the Trigger Date shall be the pricing of any underwritten offering made under such registration statement. If requested by such managing underwriter, each holder of Registrable Securities agrees to execute an agreement to such effect with the Company and consistent with such managing underwriter’s customary form of holdback agreement.

 

12


(b) The Company agrees not to effect any public sale or distribution of its equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities within seven days prior to and 90 days (or such longer period, not to exceed 180 days, which may be required by the managing underwriter, or such shorter period as the managing underwriter may agree) after the Trigger Date with respect to any registration statement filed pursuant to Section 1.1 (except ( i ) as part of such registration, ( ii ) as permitted by any related underwriting agreement, ( iii ) pursuant to an employee equity compensation plan, ( iv ) pursuant to an acquisition or strategic relationship, bank or equipment financing or similar transaction or ( v ) pursuant to a registration on Form S-4 or S-8 or any successor form); provided that, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement, a Trigger Date shall be deemed to exist only in the case of an underwritten offering and in such case the Trigger Date shall be the pricing of any underwritten offering made under such registration statement. In addition, if, and to the extent requested by the managing underwriter, the Company shall use its best efforts to cause each holder (other than any holder already subject to Section 5(a) ) of its equity securities or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of such securities, whether outstanding on the date of this Agreement or issued at any time after the date of this Agreement (other than any such securities acquired in a public offering), to agree not to effect any such public sale or distribution of such securities during such period, except as part of any such registration if permitted, and to cause each such holder to enter into an agreement to such effect with the Company and consistent with such managing underwriter’s customary form of holdback agreement.

6. Preparation; Reasonable Investigation . In connection with the preparation and filing of each registration statement registering Registrable Securities under the Securities Act, the Company shall give counsel referred to in clause (c) of Section 3 the opportunity to participate in the preparation of such registration statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission, and each amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and shall give such counsel access to the financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and its subsidiaries and opportunities to discuss the business of the Company with its officers and the independent public accountants who have issued audit reports on its financial statements in each case as shall be reasonably requested by such counsel in connection with such registration statement.

 

13


7. No Grant of Future Registration Rights . The Company shall not grant any other demand or incidental registration rights to any other Person without the prior written consent of the LLC, which consent, from and after the time the LLC no longer holds at least 20% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

8. Indemnification .

8.1 Indemnification by the Company . The Company agrees that in the event of any registration of any Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless ( a ) each holder of Registrable Securities, ( b ) the Affiliates of such holder and the respective directors, members, stockholders, officers, partners, employees, advisors, representatives and agents of such holder and its Affiliates, ( c ) each Person who participates as an underwriter in the offering or sale of such securities and ( d ) each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any of the foregoing against any and all losses, penalties, fines, liens, judgments, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions or proceedings in respect thereof) and expenses (including reasonable fees of counsel and any amounts paid in settlement effected with the Company’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed if such settlement is solely with respect to monetary damages), jointly or severally, directly or indirectly, based upon or arising out of ( i ) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement under which such Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus or any “issuer free writing prospectus” (as defined in Securities Act Rule 433) contained therein or used in connection with the offering of securities covered thereby, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or ( ii ) any omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and the Company will reimburse each such indemnified party for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with enforcing its rights hereunder or under the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with such offering or investigating, preparing, pursuing or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding as such expenses are incurred, except insofar as any such loss, penalty, fine, lien, judgment, claim, damage, liability, action, proceeding or expense arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement of a material fact or omission of a material fact made in such registration statement, any such preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such holder expressly for use in the preparation thereof in accordance with the second sentence of Section 8.2 . Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of such Registrable Securities by such seller.

 

14


8.2 Indemnification by the Sellers . The Company may require, as a condition to including any Registrable Securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to Section 1.1 or 2 , that the Company shall have received an undertaking satisfactory to it from each of the prospective sellers of such Registrable Securities to indemnify and hold harmless, severally, not jointly, in the same manner and to the same extent as set forth in Section 8.1 , the Company, its directors, officers, employees, agents and each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company, with respect to any statement of a material fact or alleged statement of a material fact in or omission of a material fact or alleged omission of a material fact from such registration statement, any preliminary prospectus, final prospectus or summary prospectus contained therein, or any amendment or supplement thereto, but only to the extent such statement or alleged statement or such omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such seller expressly for use in the preparation of such registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, summary prospectus, amendment or supplement. The Company and the holders of the Registrable Securities in their capacities as stockholders and/or controlling persons (but not in their capacities as officers or directors of the Company) hereby acknowledge and agree that, unless otherwise expressly agreed to in writing by such holders, the only information furnished or to be furnished to the Company for use in any registration statement or prospectus relating to the Registrable Securities or in any amendment, supplement or preliminary materials associated therewith are statements specifically relating to ( a ) transactions between such holder and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, ( b ) the beneficial ownership of shares of Common Stock by such holder and its Affiliates and ( c ) the name and address of such holder. If any additional information about such holder or the plan of distribution (other than for an underwritten offering) is required by law to be disclosed in any such document, then such holder shall not unreasonably withhold its agreement referred to in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 8.2 . Such indemnity shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the Company or any such director, officer or controlling person and shall survive the transfer of such Registrable Securities by such seller. The indemnity agreement contained in this S ection 8.2 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of such seller (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed if such settlement is solely with respect to monetary damages). The indemnity provided by each seller of Registrable Securities under this Section 8.2 shall be limited in amount to the net amount of proceeds ( i . e ., net of expenses, underwriting discounts and commissions) actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

8.3 Notices of Claims, etc . Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding involving a claim referred to in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 8 , such indemnified party shall, if a claim in

 

15


respect thereof is to be made against an indemnifying party, give written notice to the indemnifying party of the commencement of such action or proceeding; provided that the failure of any indemnified party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 8 , except to the extent that the indemnifying party is materially prejudiced by such failure to give notice. In case any such action is brought against an indemnified party, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate therein and to assume the defense thereof, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to the extent that it may wish, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by the latter in connection with the defense thereof except for the reasonable fees and expenses of any counsel retained by such indemnified party to monitor such action or proceeding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if such indemnified party reasonably determines, based upon advice of independent counsel, that a conflict of interest may exist between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party with respect to such action and that it is advisable for such indemnified party to be represented by separate counsel, such indemnified party may retain other counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the indemnifying party, to represent such indemnified party, and the indemnifying party shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. No indemnifying party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of such indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement unless such judgment, compromise or settlement ( A ) includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect of such claim or litigation, ( B ) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party, and ( C ) does not require any action other than the payment of money by the indemnifying party.

8.4 Other Indemnification . Indemnification similar to that specified in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 8 (with appropriate modifications) shall be given by the Company and each seller of Registrable Securities with respect to any required registration (other than under the Securities Act) or other qualification of such Registrable Securities under any federal or state law or regulation of any governmental authority.

8.5 Indemnification Payments . Any indemnification required to be made by an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 8 shall be made by periodic payments to the indemnified party during the course of the action or proceeding, as and when bills are received by such indemnifying party with respect to an indemnifiable loss, penalty, fine, lien, judgment, claim, damage, liability or expense incurred by such indemnified party.

 

16


8.6 Other Remedies . If for any reason any indemnification specified in the preceding paragraphs of this Section 8 is unavailable, or is insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party, other than by reason of the exceptions provided therein, then the indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by the indemnified party as a result of such losses, penalties, fines, liens, judgments, claims, damages, liabilities, actions, proceedings or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to and faults of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other and the statements or omissions or alleged statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, penalty, fine, lien, judgment, claim, damage, liability, action, proceeding or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statements or omissions. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 8 , in respect of any claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 8 , no indemnifying party (other than the Company) shall be required to contribute pursuant to this Section 8.6 any amount in excess of ( a ) the net proceeds ( i . e ., net of expenses, underwriting discounts and commissions) received and retained by such indemnifying party from the sale of its Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus, or supplement or amendment thereto, filed pursuant hereto minus ( b ) any amounts previously paid by such indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 8 in respect of such claim, it being understood that insofar as such net proceeds have been distributed by any indemnifying party to its partners, shareholders or members, the amount of such indemnifying party’s contribution hereunder shall be limited to the net proceeds which it actually recovers from its partners, shareholders or members based upon their relative fault and that to the extent that such indemnifying party has not distributed such net proceeds, the amount such indemnifying party’s contribution hereunder shall be limited by the percentage of such net proceeds which corresponds to the percentage equity interests in such indemnifying party held by those of its partners, shareholders or members who have been determined to be at fault. No party shall be liable for contribution under this Section 8.6 except to the extent and under such circumstances as such party would have been liable for indemnification under this Section 8 if such indemnification were enforceable under applicable law.

9. Representations and Warranties . Each Shareholder represents and warrants to the Company and each other Shareholder that:

(a) such Shareholder has the power, authority and capacity (or, in the case of any Shareholder that is a corporation, limited liability company or

 

17


limited partnership, all corporate, limited liability company or limited partnership power and authority, as the case may be) to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement;

(b) in the case of a Shareholder that is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Shareholder has been duly and validly authorized and approved by all necessary corporate, limited liability company or limited partnership action, as the case may be;

(c) this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Shareholder and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of such Shareholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting or relating to creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity; and

(d) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Shareholder does not and will not violate the terms of or result in the acceleration of any obligation under ( i ) any material contract, commitment or other material instrument to which such Shareholder is a party or by which such Shareholder is bound or ( ii ) in the case of a Shareholder that is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, the certificate of incorporation, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership, by-laws, limited liability company agreement or limited partnership agreement, as the case may be.

10. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

Affiliate : a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.

Board : the board of directors of the Company.

Commission : the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock : the Common Stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share.

Contribution Agreement : the Contribution Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, by and among the Company, the LLC, Axle LLC, the Predecessor Company, and each of the other parties identified therein.

 

18


Conversion Agreements : the Conversion Agreements, each dated as of April 20, 2007, between the Company and each of the Management Shareholders, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Conversion Stock Option Agreements: the Conversion Stock Option Agreements, each dated as of April 20, 2007, between the Company and each of the Management Shareholders, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Exchange Act : the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder which shall be in effect at the time.

IPO : the initial public offering of Common Stock.

LLC Agreement : the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of the LLC, dated as of the date hereof, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Merger Agreement : the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 22, 2005, by and among, ADESA, Inc., the Company, the LLC and KAR Acquisition, Inc.

NASD : National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

NASDAQ : the Nasdaq National Market.

Person : an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

Registrable Securities : the shares of Common Stock beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) by the LLC, the Outside Investors, if any, the Management Shareholders or the Permitted Transferees (as such term is defined in Section 11.2 ), except for any shares of Common Stock beneficially owned or held by a Management Shareholder that ( i ) were issued to such Management Shareholder pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act on Form S-8 or ( ii ) may be sold by such Management Shareholder pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act. As to any particular shares of Common Stock, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when ( i ) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, ( ii ) a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act, ( iii ) they shall have been sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, ( iv ) they shall have been otherwise

 

19


transferred other than to a Permitted Transferee and subsequent disposition of them shall not require registration or qualification of them under the Securities Act or any similar state securities law then in force or ( v ) they shall have ceased to be outstanding. Any and all shares of Common Stock which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution for any Registrable Securities, whether by reason of any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination or otherwise, shall also be “Registrable Securities” hereunder.

Registration Expenses : all fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Company’s performance of or compliance with any registration pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, ( i ) registration, filing and applicable Commission and NASD fees, ( ii ) fees and expenses of complying with securities or blue sky laws, ( iii ) fees and expenses associated with listing securities on an exchange or NASDAQ, ( iv ) word processing, duplicating and printing expenses, ( v ) messenger and delivery expenses, ( vi ) transfer agents’, trustees’, depositories’, registrars’ and fiscal agents’ fees, ( vii ) fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and of its independent public accountants, including the expenses of any special audits or “cold comfort” letters required by, or incident to, such registration, ( viii ) reasonable fees and disbursements of any one counsel retained by the sellers of Registrable Securities, which counsel shall be designated in the manner specified in Section 3(c) , and ( ix ) any fees and disbursements of underwriters customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, if any.

Securities Act : the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder which shall be in effect at the time.

Shareholders Agreement : the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, as the same may be amended from time to time, by and among the LLC, the Company, the Management Shareholders (as defined therein) parties thereto and the Outside Investors (as defined therein), if any, parties thereto.

Shelf Registration Statement : a registration statement on Form S-3 or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Company providing for the resale on a delayed or continued basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act (or similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission) of shares of Common Stock of the Company.

Take-down Transaction : following the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement, any transaction (including, without limitation, block trades, underwritten offerings, derivative transactions with third parties or other types of hedging transactions) pursuant to which a holder sells Registrable Securities under such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

20


11. Miscellaneous .

11.1 Rule 144, etc . If the Company shall have filed a registration statement pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Exchange Act or a registration statement pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act relating to any class of equity securities, the Company shall file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder, and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by ( a ) Rule 144 under the Securities Act, as such rule may be amended from time to time, or ( b ) any successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities, the Company shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements, a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents as such holder may reasonably request in order to avail itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing it to sell any Registrable Securities without registration.

11.2 Successors, Assigns and Transferees . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns under this Section 11.2 . The provisions of this Agreement which are for the benefit of a holder of Registrable Securities shall be for the benefit of and enforceable by any transferee of such Registrable Securities; provided that such transferee acquires such Registrable Securities in accordance with all of the terms of the Shareholders Agreement and pursuant to an express assignment from the transferor, and further provided that such transferee executes a joinder agreement agreeing to be bound by all of the transferor’s obligations hereunder, including, without limitation, Section 5 hereof, copies of which shall have been delivered to the Company (each such transferee, a “ Permitted Transferee ”). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Management Shareholders must exercise all rights hereunder on behalf of any of their Permitted Transferees and all other parties hereto shall be entitled to deal exclusively with the Management Shareholders and rely on the consent, waiver or any other action by the Management Shareholders as the consent, waiver or other action, as the case may be, of any such Permitted Transferees of such Management Shareholders. The LLC shall have the right to assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any of its Affiliate or successors without the prior written consent of any other party hereto.

11.3 Stock Splits, etc . Each holder of Registrable Securities agrees that it will vote to effect a stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization or combination with respect to any Registrable Securities in connection with any registration of any Registrable Securities hereunder, or otherwise, if ( i ) the managing underwriter shall advise the Company in writing (or, in connection with an offering that is not underwritten, if a nationally recognized investment banking firm selected by the LLC

 

21


shall advise the Company in writing) that in its opinion such a stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization or combination would facilitate or increase the likelihood of success of the offering, and ( ii ) such stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization or combination does not materially impact the respective ownership percentages of each such holder of Registrable Securities in the Company. The Company shall cooperate in all respects in effecting any such stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization or combination.

11.4 Amendment and Modification . This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented by the Company with the written consent of the LLC and a majority (by number of shares) of any other holders of Registrable Securities whose interests would be adversely affected by such amendment, modification or supplement; provided that the interests of any existing holders of Registrable Securities shall not be adversely affected by an amendment, modification or supplement of this Agreement that provides for or has the effect of providing for an additional grant of demand registration rights or of incidental registration rights with a lower or the same priority as the rights held by such existing holders of Registrable Securities, as long as any such grant of incidental registration rights with the same priority are pari passu with those held by such existing holders of Registrable Securities. Each holder of Registrable Securities shall be bound by any such amendment, waiver, modification or supplement authorized in accordance with this Section 11.4 , whether or not such Registrable Securities shall have been marked to indicate such amendment, waiver, modification or supplement. The waiver by any party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a further or continuing waiver of such breach or as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, except as otherwise explicitly provided for in such waiver. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no failure on the part of any party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder, or otherwise available in respect hereof at law or in equity, shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of such right, power or remedy by such party preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The execution of a counterpart signature page to this Agreement by a Permitted Transferee pursuant to Section 11.2 shall not require consent of any party hereto and shall not be deemed an amendment to this Agreement.

11.5 Additional Management Shareholders . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company may, only with the consent of the LLC, admit additional Management Shareholders to this Agreement and amend Schedule 1 accordingly, provided that any such Management Shareholder has become a party to the Shareholders Agreement and executes and delivers a joinder agreement to this Agreement and such other agreements or documents as may reasonably be requested by the Company.

11.6 Outside Investors . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company may, with the consent of the LLC (and only the consent of the

 

22


LLC), admit one or more Outside Investor’s to this Agreement, provided that any such Outside Investor has become a party to the Shareholders Agreement and executes and delivers a joinder agreement to this Agreement and such other agreements or documents as may reasonably be requested by the Company.

11.7 Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder and the Persons subject hereto shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without giving effect to the choice of law principles thereof.

11.8 Invalidity of Provision . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in that jurisdiction or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, including that provision, in any other jurisdiction.

11.9 Notices . All notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if ( a ) delivered personally, ( b ) mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, ( c ) sent by next-day or overnight mail or delivery or ( d ) sent by fax, as follows:

(i) If to the Company, to:

KAR Holdings, Inc.

c/o Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: James J. Connors II, Esq.

Tel: (212) 751-3939

Fax: (212) 223-2379

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to :

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Lou R. Kling

Tel: (212) 735-3000

Fax: (917) 777-2770

 

23


(ii) If to a Management Shareholder, unless otherwise specified by such Management Shareholder, to his or her attention at:

c/o Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

2 Westbrook Corporate Center, Suite 500

Westchester, Illinois 60154

Tel: (708) 492-7000

Fax: (708) 492-7078

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to :

Schiff Hardin LLP

6600 Sears Tower

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Attention: Stephen J. Dragich

Tel: (312) 258-5962

Fax: (312) 258-5600

(iii) If to the LLC, to:

KAR Holdings II, LLC

c/o Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: James J. Connors II, Esq.

Tel: (212) 751-3939

Fax: (212) 223-2379

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to :

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Lou R. Kling

Tel: (212) 735-3000

Fax: (917) 777-2770

or to such other Person or address as any party shall specify by notice in writing to the Company. All such notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers and other communications shall be deemed to have been received ( w ) if by personal delivery on the day after such delivery, ( x ) if by certified or registered mail, on the fifth business day after the mailing thereof, ( y ) if by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, on the day delivered, or ( z ) if by fax, on the day delivered, provided that such delivery is confirmed.

 

24


11.10 Headings; Execution in Counterparts . The headings and captions contained herein are for convenience and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision hereof. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

11.11 Injunctive Relief . Each of the parties recognizes and agrees that money damages may be insufficient and, therefore, in the event of a breach of any provision of this Agreement, the aggrieved party may elect to institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction to enforce specific performance or to enjoin the continuing breach of this Agreement. Such remedies shall, however, be cumulative and not exclusive, and shall be in addition to any other remedy which such party may have.

11.12 Term . This Agreement shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall continue in effect thereafter until the earlier of ( a ) its termination by the consent of the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest and ( b ) the date on which no Registrable Securities remain outstanding.

11.13 Further Assurances . Subject to the specific terms of this Agreement, each of the Company and the Shareholders shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver such other instruments and documents, and take all such other actions, as may be reasonably required in order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

11.14 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the LLC Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement and any agreements entered into in connection with any of the foregoing constitute the entire agreement and the understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the matters referred to herein. This Agreement and the agreements referred to in the preceding sentence supersede all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to such matters.

 

25


11.15 Prior Registration Rights Agreement . The parties hereto that were parties to the Prior Registration Rights Agreement, hereby agree that upon execution of this Agreement, the Prior Registration Rights Agreement shall be terminated and of no further force and effect and the provisions of this Agreement shall replace in their entirety the provisions of the Prior Registration Rights Agreement.

11.16 No Effect on Employment . Nothing herein contained shall confer on any Management Shareholder the right to remain in the employ or services of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

26


IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Registration Rights Agreement has been signed by each of the parties hereto, and shall be effective as of the date first above written.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Church M. Moore

Name:   Church M. Moore
Title:   Vice President
KAR HOLDINGS II, LLC
By:  

/s/ Thomas J. Carella

Name:   Thomas J. Carella
Title:  
 

/s/ Thomas C. O’Brien

  Thomas C. O’Brien
 

/s/ Scott P. Pettit

  Scott P. Pettit
 

/s/ David R. Montgomery

  David R. Montgomery
 

/s/ Donald J. Hermanek

  Donald J. Hermanek
 

/s/ John W. Kett

  John W. Kett


 

/s/ John R. Nordin

  John R. Nordin
 

/s/ Sidney L. Kerley

  Sidney L. Kerley
SOLELY FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 11.15:
AXLE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Sidney L. Kerley

Name:   Sidney L. Kerley
Title:  
AXLE HOLDINGS II, LLC
By:  

/s/ Sidney L. Kerley

Name:   Sidney L. Kerley
Title:  


Schedule 1

Management Shareholders

Thomas C. O’Brien

Scott P. Pettit

David R. Montgomery

Donald J. Hermanek

John W. Kett

John R. Nordin

Sidney L. Kerley

Exhibit 4.9

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of January 22, 2008 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), among Axle Holdings, Inc. (the “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”), KAR Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ,” which term includes its successors and assigns), each other then existing Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Existing Guarantors ” and, together with the Subsidiary Guarantor, the “ Guarantors ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) under the Indenture referred to below.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 of the Company (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 1308 of the Indenture provides that the Company is required to cause the Subsidiary Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsidiary Guarantor shall guarantee the Company’s Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Article XIII of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Subsidiary Guarantor desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration, including substantial economic benefit in that the financial performance and condition of the Subsidiary Guarantor is dependent on the financial performance and condition of the Company, the obligations hereunder of which the Subsidiary Guarantor has guaranteed, and on the Subsidiary Guarantor’s access to working capital through the Company’s access to revolving credit borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Subsidiary Guarantor, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section hereof.


2. Agreement to Guarantee . The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, irrevocably, fully and unconditionally, to guarantee the Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XIII of the Indenture and to be bound by (and shall be entitled to the benefits of) all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor.

3. Termination, Release and Discharge . The Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, and the Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations in respect of the Subsidiary Guarantee, as and when provided in Section 1303 of the Indenture.

4. Parties . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of the Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee or any provision contained herein or in Article XIII of the Indenture.

5. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

6. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

7. Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

8. Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

AXLE HOLDINGS, INC.

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By

 

/s/ Sidney L. Kerley

Name:

  Sidney L. Kerley

Title:

  Vice President and General Counsel
KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

By

 

/s/ Rebecca Polak

Name:

  Rebecca Polak

Title:

  Executive Vice President and Secretary

ADESA, INC.

ADESA CORPORATION, LLC
A.D.E. OF ARK-LA-TEX, INC.
A.D.E. OF KNOXVILLE, LLC
ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, LLC
ADESA ARKANSAS, LLC
ADESA ATLANTA, LLC
ADESA BIRMINGHAM, LLC
ADESA CALIFORNIA, LLC
ADESA CHARLOTTE, LLC
ADESA COLORADO, LLC
ADESA DEALER SERVICES, LLC
ADESA DES MOINES, LLC
ADESA FLORIDA, LLC
ADESA IMPACT TEXAS, LLC
ADESA INDIANAPOLIS, LLC
ADESA LANSING, LLC
ADESA LEXINGTON, LLC
ADESA MEXICO, LLC
ADESA MISSOURI, LLC
ADESA NEW JERSEY, LLC
ADESA NEW YORK, LLC
ADESA OHIO, LLC
ADESA OKLAHOMA, LLC
ADESA PENNSYLVANIA, LLC
ADESA PHOENIX, LLC
ADESA SAN DIEGO, LLC

Floating Rate Second Supplemental Indenture


ADESA-SOUTH FLORIDA, LLC
ADESA SOUTHERN INDIANA, LLC
ADESA TEXAS, INC.
ADESA VIRGINIA, LLC
ADESA WASHINGTON, LLC
ADESA WISCONSIN, LLC
AFC CAL, LLC
ADS ASHLAND, LLC
ADS PRIORITY TRANSPORT LTD.
ASSET HOLDINGS III, L.P.
AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF CONCORD, LLC
AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF MEMPHIS, LLC
AUTO DISPOSAL SYSTEMS, INC.
AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CONSUMER DIVISION, LLC
AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION
AUTOMOTIVE RECOVERY SERVICES, INC.
AUTOVIN, INC.
DENT DEMON, LLC
INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.
INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.
IAA ACQUISITION CORP.
IAA SERVICES, INC.
PAR, INC.
SIOUX FALLS AUTO AUCTION, INC.
TRI-STATE AUCTION CO., INC.
ZABEL & ASSOCIATES, INC.

By

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

  Authorized Signatory

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By

 

/s/ Jane Y. Schweiger

Name:

  Jane Y. Schweiger

Title:

  Vice President

Floating Rate Second Supplemental Indenture

Exhibit 4.10

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of January 22, 2008 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), among Axle Holdings, Inc. (the “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”), KAR Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ,” which term includes its successors and assigns), each other then existing Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Existing Guarantors ” and, together with the Subsidiary Guarantor, the “ Guarantors ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) under the Indenture referred to below.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 of the Company (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 1308 of the Indenture provides that the Company is required to cause the Subsidiary Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsidiary Guarantor shall guarantee the Company’s Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Article XIII of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Subsidiary Guarantor desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration, including substantial economic benefit in that the financial performance and condition of the Subsidiary Guarantor is dependent on the financial performance and condition of the Company, the obligations hereunder of which the Subsidiary Guarantor has guaranteed, and on the Subsidiary Guarantor’s access to working capital through the Company’s access to revolving credit borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Subsidiary Guarantor, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section hereof.


2. Agreement to Guarantee . The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, irrevocably, fully and unconditionally, to guarantee the Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XIII of the Indenture and to be bound by (and shall be entitled to the benefits of) all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor.

3. Termination, Release and Discharge . The Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, and the Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations in respect of the Subsidiary Guarantee, as and when provided in Section 1303 of the Indenture.

4. Parties . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of the Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee or any provision contained herein or in Article XIII of the Indenture.

5. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

6. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

7. Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

8. Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

AXLE HOLDINGS, INC.
as Subsidiary Guarantor
By  

/s/ Sidney L. Kerley

Name:   Sidney L. Kerley
Title:   Vice President and General Counsel
KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By  

/s/ Rebecca Polak

Name:   Rebecca Polak
Title:   Executive Vice President and Secretary
ADESA, INC.
ADESA CORPORATION, LLC
A.D.E. OF ARK-LA-TEX, INC.
A.D.E. OF KNOXVILLE, LLC
ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, LLC
ADESA ARKANSAS, LLC
ADESA ATLANTA, LLC
ADESA BIRMINGHAM, LLC
ADESA CALIFORNIA, LLC
ADESA CHARLOTTE, LLC
ADESA COLORADO, LLC
ADESA DEALER SERVICES, LLC
ADESA DES MOINES, LLC
ADESA FLORIDA, LLC
ADESA IMPACT TEXAS, LLC
ADESA INDIANAPOLIS, LLC
ADESA LANSING, LLC
ADESA LEXINGTON, LLC
ADESA MEXICO, LLC
ADESA MISSOURI, LLC
ADESA NEW JERSEY, LLC
ADESA NEW YORK, LLC
ADESA OHIO, LLC
ADESA OKLAHOMA, LLC
ADESA PENNSYLVANIA, LLC
ADESA PHOENIX, LLC
ADESA SAN DIEGO, LLC

8  3 / 4 % Second Supplemental Indenture


ADESA-SOUTH FLORIDA, LLC
ADESA SOUTHERN INDIANA, LLC
ADESA TEXAS, INC.
ADESA VIRGINIA, LLC
ADESA WASHINGTON, LLC
ADESA WISCONSIN, LLC
AFC CAL, LLC
ADS ASHLAND, LLC
ADS PRIORITY TRANSPORT LTD.
ASSET HOLDINGS III, L.P.
AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF CONCORD, LLC
AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF MEMPHIS, LLC
AUTO DISPOSAL SYSTEMS, INC.
AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CONSUMER DIVISION, LLC
AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION
AUTOMOTIVE RECOVERY SERVICES, INC.
AUTOVIN, INC.
DENT DEMON, LLC
INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.
INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.
IAA ACQUISITION CORP.
IAA SERVICES, INC.
PAR, INC.
SIOUX FALLS AUTO AUCTION, INC.
TRI-STATE AUCTION CO., INC.
ZABEL & ASSOCIATES, INC.
By  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:   Authorized Signatory
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
By  

/s/ Jane Y. Schweiger

Name:  

Jane Y. Schweiger

Title:   Vice President

8  3 / 4 % Second Supplemental Indenture

Exhibit 4.11

SECOND SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of January 22, 2008 (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), among Axle Holdings, Inc. (the “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”), KAR Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ,” which term includes its successors and assigns), each other then existing Guarantor under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Existing Guarantors ” and, together with the Subsidiary Guarantor, the “ Guarantors ”), and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) under the Indenture referred to below.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee have heretofore become parties to an Indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Indenture ”), providing for the issuance of 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 of the Company (the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, Section 1308 of the Indenture provides that the Company is required to cause the Subsidiary Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Subsidiary Guarantor shall guarantee the Company’s Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Notes pursuant to a Subsidiary Guarantee on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in Articles XIII and XV of the Indenture;

WHEREAS, the Subsidiary Guarantor desires to enter into such supplemental indenture for good and valuable consideration, including substantial economic benefit in that the financial performance and condition of the Subsidiary Guarantor is dependent on the financial performance and condition of the Company, the obligations hereunder of which the Subsidiary Guarantor has guaranteed, and on the Subsidiary Guarantor’s access to working capital through the Company’s access to revolving credit borrowings under the Senior Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 901 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Indenture, without the consent of any Holder;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Subsidiary Guarantor, the Company, the Existing Guarantors and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. Defined Terms . As used in this Supplemental Indenture, terms defined in the Indenture or in the preamble or recital hereto are used herein as therein defined. The words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereby” and other words of similar import used in this Supplemental Indenture refer to this Supplemental Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Section hereof.


2. Agreement to Guarantee . The Subsidiary Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, irrevocably, fully and unconditionally, to guarantee the Subsidiary Guaranteed Obligations under the Indenture and the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article XIII of the Indenture and to be bound by (and shall be entitled to the benefits of) all other applicable provisions of the Indenture as a Subsidiary Guarantor.

3. Subordination . The obligation of the Subsidiary Guarantor under this Supplemental Indenture is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in Article XV of the Indenture, to the prior payment in full of all future Senior Indebtedness of the Subsidiary Guarantor.

4. Termination, Release and Discharge . The Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, and the Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released and discharged from all obligations in respect of the Subsidiary Guarantee, as and when provided in Section 1303 of the Indenture.

5. Parties . Nothing in this Supplemental Indenture is intended or shall be construed to give any Person, other than the Holders and the Trustee, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of the Subsidiary Guarantor’s Subsidiary Guarantee or any provision contained herein or in Article XIII of the Indenture.

6. Governing Law . THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE TRUSTEE, THE COMPANY, ANY OTHER OBLIGOR IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES AND (BY THEIR ACCEPTANCE OF THE NOTES) THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE COURT LOCATED IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, IN THE CITY OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE.

7. Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture . Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby. The Trustee makes no representation or warranty as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or as to the accuracy of the recitals to this Supplemental Indenture.

8. Counterparts . The parties hereto may sign one or more copies of this Supplemental Indenture in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

9. Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to alter or affect the meaning or interpretation of any provisions hereof.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

AXLE HOLDINGS, INC.

as Subsidiary Guarantor

By

 

/s/ Sidney L. Kerley

Name:

  Sidney L. Kerley

Title:

  Vice President and General Counsel

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

By

 

/s/ Rebecca Polak

Name:

  Rebecca Polak

Title:

  Executive Vice President and Secretary
ADESA, INC.
ADESA CORPORATION, LLC
A.D.E. OF ARK-LA-TEX, INC.
A.D.E. OF KNOXVILLE, LLC
ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, LLC
ADESA ARKANSAS, LLC
ADESA ATLANTA, LLC
ADESA BIRMINGHAM, LLC
ADESA CALIFORNIA, LLC
ADESA CHARLOTTE, LLC
ADESA COLORADO, LLC
ADESA DEALER SERVICES, LLC
ADESA DES MOINES, LLC
ADESA FLORIDA, LLC
ADESA IMPACT TEXAS, LLC
ADESA INDIANAPOLIS, LLC
ADESA LANSING, LLC
ADESA LEXINGTON, LLC
ADESA MEXICO, LLC
ADESA MISSOURI, LLC
ADESA NEW JERSEY, LLC
ADESA NEW YORK, LLC
ADESA OHIO, LLC
ADESA OKLAHOMA, LLC
ADESA PENNSYLVANIA, LLC
ADESA PHOENIX, LLC
ADESA SAN DIEGO, LLC

Senior Subordinated Second Supplemental Indenture


ADESA-SOUTH FLORIDA, LLC

ADESA SOUTHERN INDIANA, LLC

ADESA TEXAS, INC.
ADESA VIRGINIA, LLC
ADESA WASHINGTON, LLC
ADESA WISCONSIN, LLC
AFC CAL, LLC
ADS ASHLAND, LLC
ADS PRIORITY TRANSPORT LTD.
ASSET HOLDINGS III, L.P.
AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF CONCORD, LLC
AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF MEMPHIS, LLC
AUTO DISPOSAL SYSTEMS, INC.
AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CONSUMER DIVISION, LLC
AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION
AUTOMOTIVE RECOVERY SERVICES, INC.
AUTOVIN, INC.
DENT DEMON, LLC
INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.
INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.
IAA ACQUISITION CORP.
IAA SERVICES, INC.
PAR, INC.
SIOUX FALLS AUTO AUCTION, INC.
TRI-STATE AUCTION CO., INC.
ZABEL & ASSOCIATES, INC.

By

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

  Authorized Signatory

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By

 

/s/ Jane Y. Schweiger

Name:

 

Jane Y. Schweiger

Title:

  Vice President

Senior Subordinated Second Supplemental Indenture

Exhibit 5.1

[Letterhead of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP]

January 24, 2008

KAR Holdings, Inc.

13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard

Carmel, Indiana 46032

 

  Re: KAR Holdings, Inc. and the Guarantors Listed on Schedules I and II hereto

Registration Statement on Form S-4

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as special counsel to KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “ Registration Statement ”) filed by the Company and the Guarantors (defined below) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”), relating to (i) the public offering by the Company of up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Floating Exchange Notes ”) and up to $450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 (the “ Fixed Exchange Notes ” and, together with the Floating Exchange Notes, the “ Senior Exchange Notes ”) and, in each case, the applicable Senior Guarantees (defined below), and (ii) the public offering by the Company of up to $425,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (the “ Subordinated Exchange Notes ” and, together with the Senior Exchange Notes, the “ Exchange Notes ”) and the Subordinated Guarantees (defined below).

The Floating Exchange Notes are to be issued under an indenture dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, the guarantors named therein and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”), as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated December 26, 2007, among the Company, ADESA Dealer Services, LLC, ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC, Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC, Dent Demon, LLC, Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc., Tri-State Auction Co., Inc. and Zabel & Associates, Inc. (collectively, the “ Additional Guarantors ”), the other guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated January 22, 2008, among the Company, Axle Holdings, Inc. (“ Axle Holdings ”), the other guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (as so supplemented, the “ Floating Indenture ”). The Floating Indenture provides for the guarantee of the Floating Exchange Notes (the “ Floating Guarantees ”) by certain subsidiaries of the Company incorporated or formed pursuant to the laws of the State of Delaware or New York, and listed on Schedule I hereto (the “ DE/NY Guarantors ”) and other subsidiaries listed on Schedule II hereto (the “ Non-DE/NY Guarantors ” and, together with the DE/NY Guarantors, the “ Guarantors ”).

 


KAR Holdings, Inc.

January 24, 2008

Page 2

 

The Fixed Exchange Notes are to be issued under an indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, the guarantors named therein and the Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated December 26, 2007, among the Company, the Additional Guarantors, the other guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated January 22, 2008, among the Company, Axle Holdings, the other guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (as so supplemented, the “ Fixed Indenture ”). The Fixed Indenture provides for the guarantee of the Fixed Exchange Notes (the “ Fixed Guarantees ” and, together with the Floating Guarantees, the “ Senior Guarantees ”) by the Guarantors.

The Subordinated Exchange Notes are to be issued under an indenture, dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, the guarantors named therein and the Trustee, as supplemented by the First Supplemental Indenture, dated December 26, 2007, among the Company, the Additional Guarantors, the other guarantors party thereto and the Trustee, and the Second Supplemental Indenture, dated January 22, 2008, among the Company, Axle Holdings, the other guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (as so supplemented, the “ Subordinated Indenture ” and, together with the Floating Indenture and the Fixed Indenture, the “ Indentures ”). The Subordinated Indenture provides for the guarantee of the Subordinated Exchange Notes (the “ Subordinated Guarantees ” and, together with the Senior Guarantees, the “ Exchange Guarantees ”) by the Guarantors.

The Floating Exchange Notes are to be offered by the Company in exchange for up to $150,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its outstanding Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014; the Fixed Exchange Notes are to be offered by the Company in exchange for up to $450,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 8  3 / 4 % Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2014; and the Subordinated Exchange Notes are to be offered by the Company in exchange for up to $425,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 (collectively, the “ Original Notes ”). The foregoing exchange offers are referred to herein collectively as the “Exchange Offer.”

This opinion is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K under the Act.

In connection with this opinion, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of:

 

  (i) the Registration Statement;


KAR Holdings, Inc.

January 24, 2008

Page 3

 

  (ii) an executed copy of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, by and among the Company, the guarantors named in the respective Indentures, and Goldman, Sachs & Co., Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as representatives of the several Initial Purchasers as defined therein (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”);

 

  (iii) executed copies of the Indentures;

 

  (iv) the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as certified by the Secretary of the State of Delaware;

 

  (v) the By-Laws of the Company, as certified by Rebecca C. Polak, the Secretary of the Company;

 

  (vi) the Certificate or Articles of Incorporation and the By-Laws of each of the DE/NY Guarantors that are corporations, as certified by Rebecca C. Polak, the Secretary of the Company;

 

  (vii) the Certificate of Formation or Articles of Organization, as applicable, and the Operating Agreements of each of the DE/NY Guarantors that are limited liability companies, as certified by Rebecca C. Polak, the Secretary of the Company;

 

  (viii) certain actions by written consent of the Board of Directors of the Company, dated as of April 12, 2007, and of the Pricing Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, dated April 13, 2007, relating to the Exchange Offer, the issuance of the Original Notes and the Exchange Notes, the Indentures and related matters, as certified by Rebecca C. Polak, the Secretary of the Company;

 

  (ix) certain actions by written consent by the Board of Directors of Axle Holdings, Inc., dated January 22, 2008, and of the Board of Directors or Managers, as applicable, dated April 20, 2007, of each of the DE/NY Guarantors relating to the Exchange Offer, the Indentures, the Exchange Guarantees and related matters, as certified by Rebecca C. Polak, the Secretary of the Company;

 

  (x) the Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the “ Trust Indenture Act ”), on Form T-1, of the Trustee with respect to the Floating Indenture, filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement;


KAR Holdings, Inc.

January 24, 2008

Page 4

 

  (xi) the Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act, on Form T-1, of the Trustee with respect to the Fixed Indenture, filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement;

 

  (xii) the Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act, on Form T-1, of the Trustee with respect to the Subordinated Indenture, filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement; and

 

  (xiii) the form of the Exchange Notes, included as an exhibit to the applicable Indentures.

We have also examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such records of the Company and the Guarantors and such agreements, certificates and receipts of public officials, certificates of officers or other representatives of the Company, the Guarantors and others, and such other documents as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth below.

In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as facsimile, electronic, certified or photostatic copies, and the authenticity of the originals of such copies. In making our examination of executed documents, we have assumed that the parties thereto, other than the Company and the DE/NY Guarantors, had the power, corporate or other, to enter into and perform all obligations thereunder and have also assumed the due authorization by all requisite action, corporate or other, and the execution and delivery by such parties of such documents and the validity and binding effect thereof on such parties. We have also assumed that each of the Guarantors has been duly organized and is validly existing in good standing, and has requisite legal status and legal capacity, under the laws of the respective jurisdictions of organization or incorporation, as applicable, and that each of the Guarantors, other than the DE/NY Guarantors, has complied and will comply with all aspects of the laws of all relevant jurisdictions in connection with the transactions contemplated by, and the performance of its obligations under, the Indentures, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Exchange Notes and the Exchange Guarantees (collectively, the “ Transaction Documents ”), other than the laws of the State of New York in so far as we express our opinions herein. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company, the Guarantors and others and of public officials.

The opinions set forth below are subject to the following further qualifications, assumptions and limitations:

(a) we have assumed that the execution and delivery by the Company and the Guarantors of the Transaction Documents and the performance by the Company and the Guarantors of their respective obligations thereunder do not and will not violate, conflict with or constitute a default under any agreement or instrument to which the Company, the Guarantors or any of their properties are subject;


KAR Holdings, Inc.

January 24, 2008

Page 5

 

(b) the validity or enforcement of any agreements or instruments may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and

(c) we do not express any opinion as to the applicability or effect of any fraudulent transfer, preference or similar law on the Transaction Documents or any transactions contemplated thereby.

Our opinion set forth herein is limited to the laws, rules and regulations of the State of New York and the federal laws, rules and regulations of the United States of America, in each case that, in our experience, are normally applicable to transactions of the type contemplated by the Exchange Offer and, to the extent that judicial or regulatory orders or decrees or consents, approvals, licenses, authorizations, validations, filings, recordings or registrations with governmental authorities are relevant, to those required under such laws (all of the foregoing being referred to as “ Opined on Law ”). We do not express any opinion with respect to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the Opined on Law or as to the effect of any such non-opined on law on the opinion herein stated.

Based upon the foregoing and subject to the limitations, qualifications, exceptions and assumptions set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

1. When the Registration Statement becomes effective and the Exchange Notes have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the applicable Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Exchange Offer, the Exchange Notes will constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms.

2. When the Exchange Notes have been duly executed, authenticated, issued and delivered in exchange for the Original Notes in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Exchange Offer and the Exchange Guarantees have been duly executed and delivered in accordance with the provisions of the applicable Indenture, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Exchange Offer, the Exchange Guarantees of each Guarantor will constitute valid and binding obligations of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with their terms.


KAR Holdings, Inc.

January 24, 2008

Page 6

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not thereby admit that we are included in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission.

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP


Schedule I

DE/NY Guarantors

 

1. ADESA, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

2. ADESA Arkansas, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

 

3. ADESA New York, LLC, a New York limited liability company

 

4. Axle Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation

 

5. IAA Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation

 

6. Insurance Auto Auctions Corp., a Delaware corporation

 


Schedule II

Non-DE/NY Guarantors

 

1. A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc., a Louisiana corporation

 

2. A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company

 

3. ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC, a Louisiana limited liability company

 

4. ADESA Atlanta, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company

 

5. ADESA Birmingham, LLC, an Alabama limited liability company

 

6. ADESA California, LLC, a California limited liability company

 

7. ADESA Charlotte, LLC, a North Carolina limited liability company

 

8. ADESA Colorado, LLC, a Colorado limited liability company

 

9. ADESA Corporation, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company

 

10. ADESA Dealer Services, LLC, a Indiana limited liability company

 

11. ADESA Des Moines, LLC, an Iowa limited liability company

 

12. ADESA Florida, LLC, a Florida limited liability company

 

13. ADESA Impact Texas, LLC, a Texas limited liability company

 

14. ADESA Indianapolis, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company

 

15. ADESA Lansing, LLC, a Michigan limited liability company

 

16. ADESA Lexington, LLC, a Kentucky limited liability company

 

17. ADESA Mexico, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company

 

18. ADESA Missouri, LLC, a Missouri limited liability company

 

19. ADESA New Jersey, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company

 

20. ADESA Ohio, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company

 

21. ADESA Oklahoma, LLC, an Oklahoma limited liability company

 

22. ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company

 

23. ADESA Phoenix, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company

 

24. ADESA San Diego, LLC, a California limited liability company

 

25. ADESA-South Florida, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company

 

26. ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company

 

27. ADESA Texas, Inc., a Texas corporation

 

28. ADESA Virginia, LLC, a Virginia limited liability company

 

29. ADESA Washington, LLC, a Washington limited liability company

 


30. ADESA Wisconsin, LLC, a Wisconsin limited liability company

 

31. ADS Ashland, LLC, an Ohio limited liability company

 

32. ADS Priority Transport Ltd., an Ohio limited liability company

 

33. AFC Cal, LLC, a California limited liability company

 

34. Asset Holdings III, L.P., an Ohio limited partnership

 

35. Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC, a Massachusetts limited liability company

 

36. Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company

 

37. Auto Disposal Systems, Inc., an Ohio corporation

 

38. Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company

 

39. Automotive Finance Corporation, an Indiana corporation

 

40. Automotive Recovery Services, Inc., an Indiana corporation

 

41. AutoVIN, Inc., an Indiana corporation

 

42. Dent Demon, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company

 

43. IAA Services, Inc., an Illinois corporation

 

44. Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc., an Illinois corporation

 

45. PAR, Inc., an Indiana corporation

 

46. Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc., a South Dakota corporation

 

47. Tri-State Auction Co., Inc., a North Dakota corporation

 

48. Zabel & Associates, Inc., a North Dakota corporation

Exhibit 10.1

GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

made by

KAR HOLDINGS II, LLC,

and

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

and certain of its Subsidiaries

in favor of

BEAR STEARNS CORPORATE LENDING INC.

Administrative Agent

Dated as of April 20, 2007


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page
SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS    1
  1.1.    Definitions    1
  1.2.    Other Definitional Provisions    6
SECTION 2. GUARANTEE    7
  2.1.    Guarantee    7
  2.2.    Reimbursement, Contribution and Subrogation    8
  2.3.    Amendments, etc. with respect to the Borrower Obligations    9
  2.4.    Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional    9
  2.5.    Reinstatement    10
  2.6.    Payments    10
SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST    10
SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    12
  4.1.    Representations in Credit Agreement    12
  4.2.    Title; No Other Liens    12
  4.3.    Perfected First Priority Liens    12
  4.4.    Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office    13
  4.5.    Inventory and Equipment    13
  4.6.    Farm Products    14
  4.7.    Pledged Stock and Pledged Notes    14
  4.8.    Receivables    14
  4.9.    Intellectual Property    14
SECTION 5. COVENANTS    16
  5.1.    Covenants in Credit Agreement    16
  5.2.    Delivery and Control of Instruments, Certificated Securities, Chattel Paper, Negotiable Documents, Investment Property and Letter-of-Credit Rights    16
  5.3.    Maintenance of Insurance    17
  5.4.    Payment of Obligations    18
  5.5.    Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation    18
  5.6.    Changes in Locations, Name, etc.    18
  5.7.    Notices    19
  5.8.    Investment Property    19
  5.9.    Receivables    20
  5.10.    Intellectual Property    20
SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS    22
  6.1.    Certain Matters Relating to Receivables    22
  6.2.    Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable    23
  6.3.    Investment Property    23
  6.4.    Proceeds to be Turned Over to Administrative Agent    24
  6.5.    Application of Proceeds    25
  6.6.    Code and Other Remedies    25
  6.7.    Registration Rights    25
  6.8.    Deficiency    26

 

i


  6.9.    NSULC Shares    26
SECTION 7. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT    27
  7.1.    Administrative Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc.    27
  7.2.    Duty of Administrative Agent    28
  7.3.    Financing Statements    29
  7.4.    Authority, Immunities and Indemnities of Administrative Agent    29
SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS    29
  8.1.    Amendments in Writing    29
  8.2.    Notices    29
  8.3.    No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies    29
  8.4.    Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification    30
  8.5.    Successors and Assigns    30
  8.6.    Set-Off    30
  8.7.    Counterparts    31
  8.8.    Severability    31
  8.9.    Section Headings    31
  8.10.    Integration    31
  8.11.    GOVERNING LAW    31
  8.12.    Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers    31
  8.13.    Acknowledgements    32
  8.14.    Additional Grantors    32
  8.15.    Releases    32
  8.16.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL    33
  8.17.    Effectiveness of Obligations    33

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule 1   Notice Addresses
Schedule 2   Investment Property
Schedule 3   Jurisdictions of Organization and Chief Executive Offices
Schedule 4   Filings and Other Actions required for Perfection
Schedule 5   Inventory and Equipment Locations
Schedule 6   Intellectual Property
Schedule 7   Commercial Tort Claims
ANNEXES
Annex I   Form of Assumption Agreement
Annex II   Form of Acknowledgement and Consent
Annex III   Form of Intellectual Property Security Agreement

 

ii


This GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT, dated as of April 20, 2007, made by each of the signatories hereto (together with any other entity that may become a party hereto as provided herein, the “ Grantors ”, and each individually, a “ Grantor ”), in favor of Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the banks, financial institutions and other entities (the “ Lenders ”) from time to time party as Lenders to the Credit Agreement and the other Secured Parties, dated as of even date herewith (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), KAR Holdings II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), the several banks, financial institutions and other entities from time to time parties to the Credit Agreement, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers, UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as co-documentation agents, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as joint bookrunners and the Administrative Agent.

RECITALS

A. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have severally agreed to make extensions of credit to the Borrower upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein and certain Qualified Counterparties have agreed to enter into certain Specified Hedge Agreements;

B. The Borrower is a member of an affiliated group of companies that includes each other Grantor;

C. The proceeds of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement and the entering into of the Specified Hedge Agreements will be used in part to enable the Borrower to make valuable transfers to one or more of the other Grantors in connection with the operation of their respective businesses;

D. The Borrower and the other Grantors are engaged in related businesses, and each Grantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefit from the making of the extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement; and

E. It is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and of the Qualified Counterparties to enter into the Specified Hedge Agreements that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered this Agreement to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor hereby agrees with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINED TERMS

1.1. Definitions .

(a) Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement, and the following terms are used herein as defined in the New York UCC (and if defined in more than one Article of the New York UCC, shall have the meaning given in Article 8 or 9 thereof): Accounts, Certificated Security, Chattel Paper,


Commercial Tort Claims, Commodity Accounts, Documents, Electronic Chattel Paper, Equipment, Farm Products, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Money, Negotiable Documents, Securities Accounts, Securities Entitlements, Supporting Obligations, Tangible Chattel Paper and Uncertificated Securities.

(b) The following terms shall have the following meanings:

Agreement ”: this Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Borrower ”: as defined in the preamble of this Agreement.

Borrower Cash Management Arrangement Obligations ”: all obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to any Qualified Counterparty, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, any Specified Cash Management Arrangement or any material document made, delivered or given in connection therewith or pursuant thereto, in each case whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in the agreements governing such Specified Cash Management Arrangement after the maturity of the obligations thereof and interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in the agreements governing any Specified Cash Management Arrangement after the commencement of any bankruptcy case or insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding and all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Qualified Counterparty that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of any Specified Cash Management Arrangement).

Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations ”: the unpaid principal of and interest on the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to any Agent, Lender or Indemnitee, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, the Credit Agreement, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Letter of Credit, in each case whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in the Credit Agreement after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in the Credit Agreement after the commencement of any bankruptcy case or insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or like proceeding relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding and all expense reimbursement and indemnity obligations arising or incurred as provided in the Loan Documents after the commencement of any such case or proceeding, whether or not a claim for such obligations is allowed in such case or proceeding).

Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations ”: all obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to any Qualified Counterparty, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due or now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, any Specified Hedge Agreement or any other material document made, delivered or given in connection therewith or pursuant thereto, in each case whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in such Specified Hedge Agreement after the maturity of the obligations thereof and interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in any Specified Hedge Agreement after the commencement of any bankruptcy case or insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding and all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Qualified Counterparty that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant to the terms of any Specified Hedge Agreement).


Borrower Obligations ”: the Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations, Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations, and Borrower Cash Management Arrangement Obligations.

Collateral ”: as defined in Section 3.

Collateral Account ”: any collateral account established by the Administrative Agent as provided in Section 6.1 or 6.4.

Company ”: ADESA, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Consigned Vehicle ”: a vehicle with the certificate of title in the name of any other Person other than a Grantor (including a salvage provider or an insurance company).

Consigned Vehicle Proceeds ”: identifiable cash and non-cash proceeds of Consigned Vehicles.

Copyrights ”: (i) all United States and foreign copyrights, whether or not the underlying works of authorship have been published, and all copyright registrations and copyright applications, and any renewals or extensions thereof, including each registration identified on Schedule 6, (ii) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future infringements thereof, (iii) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including, without limitation, payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof), and (iv) all other rights of any kind whatsoever accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto.

Copyright Licenses ”: with respect to any Grantor, all agreements (whether or not in writing) naming such Grantor as licensor or licensee (including those agreements listed in Schedule 6), granting any right under any Copyright, including the grant of rights to print, publish, copy, distribute, exploit and sell materials derived from any Copyright, subject in each case, to the terms of such agreements, and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale, all Inventory now or hereafter covered by such agreements.

Deposit Account ”: as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code of any applicable jurisdiction and, in any event, including any demand, time, savings, passbook or like account maintained with a depositary institution.

Excluded Perfection Assets ”: (i) any Vehicle (only to the extent the filing of a financing statement is not necessary or effective to perfect the security interest therein); (ii) any foreign Intellectual Property; (iii) Goods included in Collateral received by any Person for “sale or return within the meaning of Section 2-326 of the Uniform Commercial Code of the applicable jurisdiction, to the extent of claims of creditors of such Person; (iv) Money which has been deposited into any Deposit Account of any Grantor and is not subject to a control agreement as required by Section 5.2(d); and (v) other than any foreign Intellectual Property and any Pledged Stock, any Collateral the aggregate value of which shall not exceed at any time $2,000,000 and for which the perfection of Liens thereon requires filings in or other actions under the laws of jurisdictions outside the United States.

Foreign Entity ”: means, with respect to any Grantor, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity (i) which is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than a state of the United States or the District of Columbia and (ii) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity, more than 50% of the ordinary voting power, more than 50% of the general partnership interests or more than 50% of the limited liability company membership interests are, at the time any determination is being made, owned directly by such Grantor or one or more Grantors.


Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock ”: the voting Capital Stock of any Foreign Subsidiary.

Grantor ”: as defined in the preamble hereto.

Guarantor Obligations ”: with respect to any Guarantor, all obligations and liabilities of such Guarantor which may arise under or in connection with this Agreement (including Section 2) or any other Loan Document to which such Guarantor is a party, in each case whether on account of guarantee obligations, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses or otherwise (including all expense reimbursement and indemnity obligations arising or incurred as provided in the Loan Documents after the commencement of any bankruptcy case or insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or like proceeding, whether or not a claim for such obligations is allowed in such case or proceeding).

Guarantors ”: the collective reference to each Grantor other than the Borrower.

Intellectual Property ”: the collective reference to all intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including all Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Patents, Patent Licenses, Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, Trade Secrets, and Trade Secret Licenses and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any past, present and future infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

Intercompany Note ”: any promissory note in a principal amount in excess of $2,000,000, evidencing loans or other monetary obligations owing to any Grantor by any Group Member.

Investment Property ”: the collective reference to (i) all “investment property” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(49) of the New York UCC (other than any Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock excluded from the definition of “Pledged Stock”) and (ii) whether or not constituting “investment property” as so defined, all Pledged Notes and all Pledged Stock.

Issuers ”: the collective reference to each issuer of any Investment Property purported to be pledged hereunder.

New York UCC ”: the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

NSULC ”: an unlimited company formed under the laws of the Province of Nova Scotia.

Pledged NSULC Shares ”: as defined in Section 6.9.

Obligations ”: (i) in the case of the Borrower, the Borrower Obligations, and (ii) in the case of each Guarantor, its Guarantor Obligations.

Ordinary Course Transferees ”: (i) with respect to Goods only, buyers in the ordinary course of business and lessees in the ordinary course of business to the extent provided in Section 9-320(a) and 9-321 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the relevant jurisdiction and (ii) with respect to General Intangibles only, licensees in the ordinary course of business to the extent provided in Section 9-321 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the relevant jurisdiction.


Patents ”: (i) all United States and foreign patents, patent applications, including, without limitation, each issued patent and patent application identified on Schedule 6, (ii) all inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (iii) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future infringements thereof, (iv) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof), and (v) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutes, renewals, and extensions thereof, all improvements thereon and all other rights of any kind whatsoever accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto.

Patent License ”: with respect to any Grantor, all agreements (whether or not in writing) providing for the grant by or to such Grantor of any right to manufacture, use, import, export, distribute, offer for sale or sell any invention covered in whole or in part by a Patent (including those agreements listed on Schedule 6), subject in each case, to the terms of such agreements, and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale, all Inventory now or hereafter covered by such agreements.

Pledged Notes ”: all Intercompany Notes at any time issued to any Grantor (including those listed on Schedule 2) and all other promissory notes in excess of $1,000,000 in principal amount at any time issued to or owned, held or acquired by any Grantor (including those listed on Schedule 2), except promissory notes issued in connection with extensions of trade credit by any Grantor in the ordinary course of business.

Pledged Stock ”: all shares, stock certificates, options, interests or rights of any nature whatsoever in respect of the Capital Stock of any Person (including those listed on Schedule 2) at any time issued or granted to or owned, held or acquired by any Grantor; provided that in no event shall (i) more than 65% of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock of any Foreign Entity or of any Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock or (ii) any Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary that is not a first tier Foreign Subsidiary, in each case be subject to the security interests granted hereby.

Proceeds ”: all “proceeds” as such term is defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the New York UCC, including, in any event, all dividends, returns of capital and other distributions from Investment Property and all collections thereon and payments with respect thereto.

Receivable ”: any right to payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered, whether or not such right is evidenced by an Instrument or Chattel Paper and whether or not it has been earned by performance (including all Accounts).

Secured Parties ”: the Agents, the Lenders and Indemnitees and, with respect to any Specified Hedge Agreement or Specified Cash Management Agreement, the Qualified Counterparty, party thereto and each of their respective successors and transferees.

Securities Act ”: the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Trademarks ”: (i) all United States, state and foreign trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, corporate names, company names, business names, trade dress, trade styles, or logos, and all registrations of and applications to register the foregoing and any new renewals thereof, including each registration and application identified in Schedule 6, (ii) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, (iii) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past, present or future infringements and dilutions thereof), and (iv) all other rights of any kind whatsoever accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto, together in each case with the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each of the above.


Trademark License ”: with respect to any Grantor, any agreement (whether or not in writing) providing for the grant by or to such Grantor of any right to use any Trademark (including those agreements listed on Schedule 6), subject in each case, to the terms of such agreements, and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale, all Inventory now or hereafter covered by such agreements.

Trade Secrets ”: (i) all trade secrets and confidential and proprietary information, (ii) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future misappropriations thereof, (iii) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past, present or future misappropriations thereof), and (iv) all other rights of any kind whatsoever accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto.

Trade Secret License ”: with respect to any Grantor, any agreement, whether written or oral, providing for the grant by or to such Grantor of any right to use any Trade Secret, including any of the foregoing agreements referred to in Schedule 6, subject in each case, to the terms of such agreements, and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale, all Inventory now or hereafter covered by such agreements.

UETA ”: the Uniform Electronic Transaction Act, as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction.

Vehicles ”: all cars, trucks, trailers, vehicles which are used for construction, vehicles which can be considered earth moving equipment and other vehicles, vessels and aircrafts, each of which is covered by a certificate of title law of any jurisdiction and all appurtenances thereto.

1.2. Other Definitional Provisions .

(a) As used herein and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Group Member not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP, (ii) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (iii) the word “incur” shall be construed to mean incur, create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or suffer to exist (and the words “incurred” and “incurrence” shall have correlative meanings), and (iv) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties of every type and nature, and (v) references to agreements or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (subject to any applicable restrictions hereunder).

(b) The words “hereof,” “herein”, “hereto” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section and Schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(c) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.


(d) Where the context requires, terms relating to the Collateral or any part thereof, when used in relation to a Grantor, shall refer to such Grantor’s Collateral or the relevant part thereof.

(e) The expressions “payment in full,” “paid in full” and any other similar terms or phrases when used herein with respect to any Obligation shall mean the payment in full of such Obligation in cash in immediately available funds, which for the purpose of such expressions and similar terms or phrases includes the discharge of all Letters of Credit or cash collateralization of all L/C Obligations that remain outstanding.

SECTION 2. GUARANTEE

2.1. Guarantee .

(a) Each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally and irrevocably, guarantees to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the prompt and complete payment and performance by the Borrower when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of each and all of the Borrower Obligations.

(b) Each Guarantor shall be liable under its guarantee set forth in Section 2.1(a), without any limitation as to amount, for all present and future Borrower Obligations, including specifically all future increases in the outstanding amount of the Loans or Reimbursement Obligations and other future increases in the Borrower Obligations, whether or not any such increase is committed, contemplated or provided for by the Loan Documents on the date hereof; provided , that (i) enforcement of such guarantee against such Guarantor will be limited as necessary to limit the recovery under such guarantee to the maximum amount which may be recovered without causing such enforcement or recovery to constitute a fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance under any applicable law, including any applicable federal or state fraudulent transfer or fraudulent conveyance law (giving effect, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to the reimbursement and contribution rights set forth in Section 2.2) and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the foregoing clause (i) shall be for the benefit solely of creditors and representatives of creditors of each Guarantor and not for the benefit of such Guarantor or the holders of any equity interest in such Guarantor.

(c) The guarantee contained in this Section 2.1 (i) shall remain in full force and effect until all the Borrower Obligations and the obligations of each Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 2.1 have been paid in full, and all commitments to extend credit under the Loan Documents have terminated, notwithstanding that from time to time during the term of the Credit Agreement the Borrower may be free from any Borrower Obligations, (ii) unless released as provided in clause (iii) below, shall survive the repayment of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations, the termination of commitments to extend credit under the Loan Documents, and the release of the Collateral and remain enforceable as to all Borrower Obligations that survive such repayment, termination and release and (iii) shall be released when and as set forth in Section 8.15.

(d) No payment made by the Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or received or collected by any Secured Party from the Borrower, any of the Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person by virtue of any action or proceeding or any set-off or appropriation or application at any time or from time to time in reduction of or in payment of the Borrower Obligations shall be deemed to modify, reduce, release or otherwise affect the liability of any Guarantor hereunder in respect of any other Borrower Obligations then outstanding or thereafter incurred, other than as set forth in Section 8.15.


2.2. Reimbursement, Contribution and Subrogation . In case any payment is made on account of the Borrower Obligations by any Grantor or is received or collected on account of the Borrower Obligations from any Grantor or its property:

(a) If such payment is made by the Borrower or from its property, the Borrower shall not be entitled (i) to demand or enforce reimbursement or contribution in respect of such payment from any other Grantor or (ii) to be subrogated to any claim, interest, right or remedy of any Secured Party against any other Person, including any other Grantor or its property.

(b) If such payment is made by Holdings or from its property or if any payment is made by Holdings or from its property in satisfaction of the reimbursement right of any Subsidiary Guarantor set forth in Section 2.2(c), such payment shall constitute a contribution by Holdings to the common equity capital of the Borrower and Holdings shall not be entitled (i) to demand or enforce reimbursement or contribution in respect of such payment from any other Grantor or (ii) to be subrogated to any claim, interest, right or remedy of any Secured Party against any other Person, including any other Grantor or its property.

(c) If such payment is made by a Subsidiary Guarantor or from its property, such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled, subject to and upon payment in full of all outstanding Obligations, and termination of all commitments to extend credit under the Loan Documents, (i) to demand and enforce reimbursement for the full amount of such payment from the Borrower and from Holdings and (ii) to demand and enforce contribution in respect of such payment from each other Subsidiary Guarantor which has not paid its fair share of such payment, as necessary to ensure that (after giving effect to any enforcement of reimbursement rights provided hereby) each Subsidiary Guarantor pays its fair share of the unreimbursed portion of such payment. For this purpose, the fair share of each Subsidiary Guarantor as to any unreimbursed payment shall be determined based on an equitable apportionment of such unreimbursed payment among all Subsidiary Guarantors based on the relative value of their assets (net of their liabilities, other than Obligations) and any other equitable considerations deemed appropriate by the court.

(d) If and whenever any right of reimbursement or contribution becomes enforceable by any Subsidiary Guarantor against any other Grantor under Section 2.2(c), such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be entitled, subject to and upon payment in full of all outstanding Obligations, and termination of all commitments to extend credit under the Loan Documents to be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other Subsidiary Guarantors entitled to reimbursement or contribution from any other Grantor under Section 2.2(c)) to any security interest that may then be held by the Administrative Agent upon any Collateral granted to it in this Agreement. To the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, such right of subrogation shall be enforceable solely against the Grantors, and not against the Secured Parties, and neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall have any duty whatsoever to warrant, ensure or protect any such right of subrogation or to obtain, perfect, maintain, hold, enforce or retain any Collateral for any purpose related to any such right of subrogation. If subrogation is demanded in writing by any Grantor, then (subject to and upon payment in full of all outstanding Obligations, and termination of all commitments to extend credit under the Loan Documents) the Administrative Agent shall deliver to the Grantor making such demand, or to a representative of such Grantor or of the Grantors generally, an instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent transferring, on a quitclaim basis without (to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law) any recourse, representation, warranty or obligation whatsoever, whatever security interest the Administrative Agent then may hold in whatever Collateral may then exist that was not previously released or disposed of by the Administrative Agent.

(e) All rights and claims arising under this Section 2.2 or based upon or relating to any other right of reimbursement, indemnification, contribution or subrogation that may at any time arise


or exist in favor of any Grantor as to any payment on account of the Obligations made by it or received or collected from its property shall be fully subordinated in all respects to the prior payment in full of all of the Obligations. Until payment in full of the Obligations and termination of all commitments to extend credit under the Loan Documents, no Grantor shall demand or receive any collateral security, payment or distribution whatsoever (whether in cash, property or securities or otherwise) on account of any such right or claim. If any such payment or distribution is made or becomes available to any Grantor in any bankruptcy case or receivership, insolvency or liquidation proceeding, such payment or distribution shall be delivered by the person making such payment or distribution directly to the Administrative Agent, for application to the payment of the Obligations. If any such payment or distribution is received by any Grantor, it shall be held by such Grantor in trust, as trustee of an express trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and shall forthwith be transferred and delivered by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, in the exact form received and, if necessary, duly endorsed.

(f) The obligations of the Grantors under the Loan Documents, including their liability for the Obligations and the enforceability of the security interests granted thereby, are not contingent upon the validity, legality, enforceability, collectibility or sufficiency of any right of reimbursement, contribution or subrogation arising under this Section 2.2. To the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, the invalidity, insufficiency, unenforceability or uncollectibility of any such right shall not in any respect diminish, affect or impair any such obligation or any other claim, interest, right or remedy at any time held by any Secured Party against any Guarantor or its property. The Secured Parties make no representations or warranties in respect of any such right and shall, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law, have no duty to assure, protect, enforce or ensure any such right or otherwise relating to any such right.

(g) Each Grantor reserves any and all other rights of reimbursement, contribution or subrogation at any time available to it as against any other Grantor, but (i) the exercise and enforcement of such rights shall be subject to this Section 2.2 and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, neither the Administrative Agent nor any other Secured Party shall ever have any duty or liability whatsoever in respect of any such right.

2.3. Amendments, etc. with respect to the Borrower Obligations . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor shall remain obligated hereunder notwithstanding that, without any reservation of rights against any Guarantor and without notice to or further assent by any Guarantor, any demand for payment of any of the Borrower Obligations made by any Secured Party may be rescinded by such Secured Party and any of the Borrower Obligations continued, and the Borrower Obligations, or the liability of any other Person upon or for any part thereof, or any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto, may, from time to time, in whole or in part, be renewed, extended, amended, modified, accelerated, compromised, waived, surrendered or released by any Secured Party, and the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents executed and delivered in connection therewith may be amended, modified, supplemented or terminated, in whole or in part, as the Administrative Agent (or the requisite Lenders) may deem advisable from time to time, and any collateral security, guarantee or right of offset at any time held by any Secured Party for the payment of the Borrower Obligations may be sold, exchanged, waived, surrendered or released. No Secured Party shall have any obligation to protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien at any time held by it as security for the Borrower Obligations or for the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or any property subject thereto, except to the extent required by applicable law.

2.4. Guarantee Absolute and Unconditional . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension or accrual of any of the Borrower Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Agent or any Lender upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2 or acceptance of the guarantee contained in this Section 2. The


Borrower Obligations, and each of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred, or renewed, extended, amended or waived, in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2. All dealings between the Borrower and any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Secured Parties, on the other hand, likewise shall be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon the guarantee contained in this Section 2. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor waives diligence, presentment, protest, demand for payment and notice of default or nonpayment to or upon the Borrower or any of the Guarantors with respect to the Borrower Obligations. Each Guarantor understands and agrees that the guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall be construed, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as a continuing, absolute and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to (a) the validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, any of the Borrower Obligations or any other collateral security therefor or guarantee or right of offset with respect thereto at any time or from time to time held by any Secured Party, (b) any defense, set-off or counterclaim (other than a defense of payment or performance) which may at any time be available to or be asserted by the Borrower or any other Person against any Secured Party, or (c) any other circumstance whatsoever (with or without notice to or knowledge of the Borrower or such Guarantor) which constitutes, or might be construed to constitute, an equitable or legal discharge of the Borrower for the Borrower Obligations or of such Guarantor under the guarantee contained in this Section 2, in bankruptcy or in any other instance. When making any demand hereunder or otherwise pursuing its rights and remedies hereunder against any Guarantor, any Secured Party may, but shall be under no obligation to, make a similar demand on or otherwise pursue such rights and remedies as it may have against the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or against any collateral security or guarantee for the Borrower Obligations or any right of offset with respect thereto, and any failure by any Secured Party to make any such demand, to pursue such other rights or remedies or to collect any payments from the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or to realize upon any such collateral security or guarantee or to exercise any such right of offset, or any release of the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any other Person or any such collateral security, guarantee or right of offset, shall not relieve any Guarantor of any obligation or liability hereunder, and shall not impair or affect the rights and remedies, whether express, implied or available as a matter of law, of any Secured Party against any Guarantor. For the purposes hereof “demand” shall include the commencement and continuance of any legal proceedings.

2.5. Reinstatement . The guarantee contained in this Section 2 shall be reinstated and shall remain in all respects enforceable to the extent that, at any time, any payment of any of the Borrower Obligations is set aside, avoided or rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by any Secured Party upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, in whole or in part, and such reinstatement and enforceability shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be effective as fully as if such payment had not been made.

2.6. Payments . Each Guarantor hereby agrees to pay all amounts payable by it under this Section 2 to the Administrative Agent without set-off or counterclaim in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Funding Office specified in the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST

Each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Collateral ”), as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of such Grantor’s Obligations:

(a) all Accounts;


(b) all Chattel Paper;

(c) all Deposit Accounts;

(d) all Documents;

(e) all Equipment (whether or not constituting Fixtures);

(f) all General Intangibles;

(g) all Instruments, including Pledged Notes;

(h) all Intellectual Property, to the extent of each Grantor’s right, title or interest therein (except for “intent-to-use” applications for trademark or service mark registrations filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1051, unless and until an Amendment to Allege Use or a Statement of Use under Sections 1(c) and 1(d) of said Act has been filed and accepted);

(i) all Inventory;

(j) all Investment Property;

(k) all Letter-of-Credit Rights;

(l) all Money;

(m) all Commercial Tort Claims identified on Schedule 7;

(n) all Capital Stock, Goods, insurance and other personal property not otherwise described above;

(o) all Supporting Obligations and products of any and all of the foregoing and all Guarantee Obligations, Liens and claims supporting, securing or in any respect relating to any of the foregoing;

(p) all books and records (regardless of medium) pertaining to any of the foregoing; and

(q) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing;

provided , that (i) this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any property to the extent that and for as long as such grant of a security interest (A) is prohibited by any applicable law, (B) requires a filing with or consent from any entity or person pursuant to any applicable law that has not been made or obtained, or (C) constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of, or requires any consent not obtained under, any lease, license or agreement, except to the extent that such applicable law or provisions of any such lease, license or agreement is ineffective under applicable law or would be ineffective under Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the New York UCC to prevent the attachment of the security interest granted hereunder or (D) is in Capital Stock which is specifically


excluded from the definition of Pledged Stock by virtue of the proviso to such definition; (ii) the security interest granted hereby (A) shall attach at all times to all proceeds of such property, (B) shall attach to such property immediately and automatically (without need for any further grant or act) at such time as the condition described in clause (i) ceases to exist and (C) to the extent severable shall in any event attach to all rights in respect of such property that are not subject to the applicable condition described in clause (i); and (iii) the security interest granted hereby shall not attach to any Consigned Vehicles or Consigned Vehicle Proceeds.

SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower thereunder, each Grantor hereby represents and warrants to each Agent and Lender that:

4.1. Representations in Credit Agreement . In the case of each Guarantor, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 of the Credit Agreement as they relate to such Guarantor or to the Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, each of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference, are true and correct in all material respects, and each Agent and each Lender shall be entitled to rely on each of them as if they were fully set forth herein; provided that each reference in each such representation and warranty to the Borrower’s knowledge or Holdings’ knowledge shall, for the purposes of this Section 4.1, be deemed to be a reference to such Guarantor’s knowledge.

4.2. Title; No Other Liens . Except for the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to this Agreement and the other Permitted Liens, such Grantor owns each item of Collateral granted by it free and clear of any and all Liens. No effective financing statement, mortgage or other public notice with respect to all or any part of the Collateral is on file or of record in any public office, except such as have been filed in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement or in respect of Permitted Liens or for which termination statements will be delivered on the Closing Date.

4.3. Perfected First Priority Liens .

(a) Upon the completion of the filings and other actions specified on Schedule 4 (which, in the case of all filings and other documents referred to on said Schedule (to the extent applicable), have been delivered to or prepared by the Administrative Agent in completed and, where required, duly executed form), the payment of all applicable fees, the delivery to and continuing possession by the Administrative Agent of all Certificated Securities, all Instruments, all Tangible Chattel Paper and all Documents a security interest in which is perfected by possession, and the obtaining and maintenance of “control” (as described in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the applicable jurisdiction) by the Administrative Agent of all Deposit Accounts, the Collateral Accounts, all Electronic Chattel Paper, Letter-of-Credit Rights, all Uncertificated Securities and all Securities Accounts, in each case a security interest in which is perfected by such “control”, the security interests granted in Section 3 will constitute valid perfected security interests in all of the Collateral (except for Excluded Perfection Assets) in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for such Grantor’s Obligations, enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof against all creditors of such Grantor and any Persons purporting to purchase any such Collateral from such Grantor other than Ordinary Course Transferees, except as (x) enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law) or by an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, and (y) to the extent that the recording or an assignment or other transfer of title to the Administrative Agent or the recording of other applicable


documents in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office (and the taking of appropriate actions with respect to Intellectual Property which is the subject of a registration or application outside the United States under applicable local law to perfect such Lien) may be necessary for enforceability, and is and will be prior to all other Liens on such Collateral except for Permitted Liens. Without limiting the foregoing and except as otherwise permitted or provided in Section 5 or with respect to any Excluded Perfection Assets, each Grantor has taken all actions required hereunder to: (i) establish the Administrative Agent’s “control” (within the meanings of Sections 8-106 and 9-106 of the UCC) over any portion of the Investment Property constituting Certificated Securities, Uncertificated Securities, Securities Accounts, Securities Entitlements or Commodity Accounts (each as defined in the UCC), (ii) establish the Administrative Agent’s “control” (within the meaning of Section 9-104 of the UCC) over all Deposit Accounts of such Grantor, (iii) establish the Administrative Agent’s “control” (within the meaning of Section 9-107 of the UCC) over all Letter-of-Credit Rights of such Grantor and (iv) establish the Administrative Agent’s control (within the meaning of Section 9-105 of the UCC) over all Electronic Chattel Paper of such Grantor.

(b) Each Grantor consents to the grant by each other Grantor of the security interests granted hereby and, subject to Section 6.9 hereunder, the transfer of any Capital Stock or Investment Property to the Administrative Agent or its designee upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and to the substitution of the Administrative Agent or its designee or the purchaser upon any foreclosure sale as the holder and beneficial owner of the interest represented thereby.

4.4. Jurisdiction of Organization; Chief Executive Office . On the date hereof, such Grantor’s exact legal name, jurisdiction of organization, identification number from the jurisdiction of organization (if any), and the location of such Grantor’s chief executive office or sole place of business or principal residence, as the case may be, are specified on Schedule 3. Except as otherwise indicated on Schedule 3, the jurisdiction of such Grantor’s organization or formation is required to maintain a public record showing the Grantor to have been organized or formed. On the date hereof, such Grantor is organized solely under the law of the jurisdiction so specified and has not filed any certificates of domestication, transfer or continuance in any other jurisdiction. On the date hereof, except as specified on Schedule 3, such Grantor has not changed its name, jurisdiction of organization, chief executive office or sole place of business or its corporate or organizational form in any way (e.g. by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form or otherwise) within the past five years and has not within the last five years become bound (whether as a result of merger or otherwise) as grantor under a security agreement entered into by another person, which (x) has not heretofore been terminated or (y) is in respect of a Lien that is not a Permitted Lien. Such Grantor has furnished to the Administrative Agent its Organizational Documents as in effect as of the Closing Date.

4.5. Inventory and Equipment .

(a) On the date hereof Schedule 5 sets forth all locations where any Inventory and Equipment (other than mobile goods) in excess of $1,000,000 in value are kept.

(b) All Inventory now or hereafter produced by any Grantor included in the Collateral has been and will be produced in compliance with the requirements of the Fair Labor Standards Act, as amended.

(c) Except as specifically indicated on Schedule 5, to the knowledge of such Grantor none of the Inventory or Equipment of such Grantor with a value in excess of $1,000,000 is in possession of a bailee.


4.6. Farm Products . None of the Collateral constitutes, or is the Proceeds of, Farm Products.

4.7. Pledged Stock and Pledged Notes .

(a) The shares of Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor hereunder constitute all the issued and outstanding shares of all classes of the Capital Stock of each Issuer owned by such Grantor or, in the case of Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock, 65% of the outstanding first tier Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock of each relevant Issuer.

(b) All the shares of the Pledged Stock pledged by such Grantor hereunder have been duly and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable subject to the general principles of Nova Scotia law relating to the assessability of shares of a NSULC.

(c) To such Grantor’s knowledge, each of the Pledged Notes constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the obligor with respect thereto, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the effects of bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(d) Such Grantor is the record and beneficial owner of, and has good and valid title to, the Pledged Stock and Pledged Notes pledged by it hereunder, free of any and all Liens or options in favor of, or claims of, any other Person, except the security interest created by this Agreement and Permitted Liens.

(e) The Organizational Documents applicable to each interest in any domestic partnership or limited liability company included in the Collateral shall not expressly provide that they are securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code and any such interests shall not be certificated; provided , that, if any such interests become certificated, such Grantor will ensure that the Organizational Documents applicable to such interest shall expressly provide that they are securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code and immediately deliver all such certificates to the Administrative Agent for continued possession.

4.8. Receivables . The amounts represented by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent or the other Secured Parties from time to time as owing to such Grantor in respect of such Grantor’s Receivables will at such time be the correct amount, in all material respects, actually owing thereunder, except to the extent that appropriate reserves therefor have been established on the books of such Grantor in accordance with GAAP.

4.9. Intellectual Property .

(a) Schedule 6 lists all issued Patents and pending published patent applications, and all registrations and applications to register Trademarks and registered Copyrights owned by such Grantor in its own name on the date hereof. Except as set forth in Schedule 6 or as permitted to exist on such Grantor’s Collateral by the Credit Agreement, such Grantor is the exclusive owner of the entire right, title and interest in and to such applications, registrations and issuances free and clear of any and all Liens (except Permitted Liens).

(b) On the date hereof, all Intellectual Property of such Grantor described on Schedule 6 is subsisting and unexpired and, to the knowledge of such Grantor, has not been abandoned and is valid and enforceable. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse


Effect, to the knowledge of such Grantor, neither the operation of such Grantor’s business as currently conducted nor the use of the Intellectual Property in connection therewith conflicts with, infringes, misappropriates, dilutes, misuses or otherwise violates the Intellectual Property rights of any other Person.

(c) Except as set forth in Schedule 6, on the date hereof, (i) none of the material patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets owned by any Grantor is the subject of any licensing or franchise agreement pursuant to which such Grantor is the licensor or franchisor and (ii) there are no other material agreements, obligations, orders or judgments to which such Grantor is subject which adversely affect the use of any Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor in any material respect.

(d) The rights of such Grantor in or to the Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and Trade Secrets owned by such Grantor do not conflict with or infringe upon the rights of any third party, and no claim has been asserted that the use of such Intellectual Property does or may infringe upon the rights of any third party, in either case, which conflict or infringement would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is currently no infringement or unauthorized use of any item of such Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor that, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) No holding, decision or judgment has been rendered by any Governmental Authority which would limit or cancel or render invalid or unenforceable such Grantor’s rights in, any Patent, Trademark, Copyright or Trade Secret owned by such Grantor in any respect that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Such Grantor is not aware of any uses of any material item of Intellectual Property owned by such Grantor that could reasonably be expected to lead to such item becoming invalid or unenforceable including uses which were not supported by the goodwill of the business connected with Trademarks and Trademark Licenses, which uses, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) No action or proceeding is pending, or, to the knowledge of such Grantor, threatened, on the date hereof seeking to limit or cancel or render invalid any material Patent, Trademark, Copyright or Trade Secret owned by such Grantor or such Grantor’s ownership interest therein, which, if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in the termination or impairment of any of the Intellectual Property owned or licensed by such Grantor.

(g) With respect to each Copyright License, Trademark License and Patent License, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) such license is valid and binding and in full force and effect and represents the entire agreement between the respective licensor and licensee with respect to the subject matter of such license; (ii) such Grantor has not received any notice of termination or cancellation under such license; (iii) such Grantor has not received any notice of a breach or default under such license, which breach or default has not been cured; and (iv) such Grantor is not in breach or default in any material respect, and no event has occurred that, with notice and/or lapse of time, would constitute such a breach or default or permit termination, modification or acceleration under such license.

(h) To the extent such Grantor has reasonably determined that it is commercially practicable to do so, such Grantor has used proper statutory notice in connection with its use of each material Patent, Trademark and Copyright owned by such Grantor.


(i) Such Grantor has taken commercially reasonable steps to protect the confidentiality of its Trade Secrets.

(j) Such Grantor has made all material filings and recordations and paid all fees necessary in its reasonable business judgment to adequately protect its interest in its United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights and material non-United States Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by such Grantor.

SECTION 5. COVENANTS

Each Grantor covenants and agrees with the Agents and Lenders that, from and after the date of this Agreement until the Collateral is released pursuant to Section 8.15(a):

5.1. Covenants in Credit Agreement . Such Grantor shall take, or refrain from taking, as the case may be, each action that is necessary to be taken or not taken, so that no breach of the covenants in the Credit Agreement pertaining to actions to be taken, or not taken, by such Grantor will result.

5.2. Delivery and Control of Instruments, Certificated Securities, Chattel Paper, Negotiable Documents, Investment Property and Letter-of-Credit Rights .

(a) If any of the Collateral of such Grantor is or shall become evidenced or represented by any Instrument, Negotiable Document or Tangible Chattel Paper, upon the request of the Administrative Agent such Instrument, Negotiable Documents or Tangible Chattel Paper shall be immediately delivered to the Administrative Agent, duly indorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement.

(b) If any of the Collateral of such Grantor is or shall become “Electronic Chattel Paper” such Grantor shall ensure that (i) a single authoritative copy exists which is unique, identifiable, unalterable (except as provided in clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) of this paragraph), (ii) such authoritative copy identifies the Administrative Agent as the assignee and is communicated to and maintained by the Administrative Agent or its designee, (iii) copies or revisions that add or change the assignee of the authoritative copy can only be made with the participation of the Administrative Agent, (iv) each copy of the authoritative copy and any copy of a copy is readily identifiable as a copy and not the authoritative copy and (v) any revision of the authoritative copy is readily identifiable as an authorized or unauthorized revision.

(c) If any of the Collateral of such Grantor is or shall become evidenced or represented by an Uncertificated Security in excess of $2,000,000, upon the request of the Administrative Agent, such Grantor shall cause the issuer thereof either (i) to register the Administrative Agent as the registered owner of such Uncertificated Security, upon original issue or registration of transfer or (ii) to promptly (but in any event with in 60 days of such request) agree in writing with such Grantor and the Administrative Agent that such Issuer will comply with instructions with respect to such Uncertificated Security originated by the Administrative Agent without further consent of such Grantor, such agreement to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d) If so requested by the Administrative Agent or Required Lenders at any time when any Event of Default under 9(a), 9(f)(i) or 9(f)(ii) of the Credit Agreement has occurred and is continuing, such Grantor shall, within 30 days (or such other time period as the Administrative Agent may consent to in its sole discretion), after such request and at all times thereafter, maintain its Securities Entitlements, Securities Accounts and Deposit Accounts (other than (i) collection accounts that are swept


(either directly or indirectly) on a daily basis, as and when good and collected funds are available, to an account that is subject to a control agreement, (ii) disbursement accounts that are funded only as and when payment demands are received, and (iii) other deposit accounts in which the aggregate amount on deposit at any time does not exceed $2,000,000) such that all cash and cash equivalents of the Loan Parties, net of and after deducting an allowance reasonably determined by the Borrower to be sufficient to pay all Consigned Vehicle Proceeds due to the owners of Consigned Vehicles who have not received final payment in full of the amount due to them, are maintained with financial institutions that have agreed to comply with entitlement orders and instructions issued or originated by the Administrative Agent without further consent of such Grantor, such agreement to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent hereby agrees to issue such entitlement orders and instructions only if an Event of Default under Section 9(a), 9(f)(i) or 9(f)(ii) of the Credit Agreement has occurred and is continuing.

(e) If any of the Collateral of such Grantor is or shall become evidenced or represented by any Certificated Security (other than any Capital Stock which is specifically excluded from the definition of Pledged Stock by virtue of the proviso to such definition and any promissory note that does not qualify as a Pledged Note pursuant to the definition thereof), such Certificated Security shall be promptly delivered to the Administrative Agent, duly indorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, to be held as Collateral pursuant to this Agreement.

(f) In addition to and not in lieu of the foregoing, if any issuer of any Investment Property is organized under the law of, or has its chief executive office in, a jurisdiction outside of the United States, each Grantor shall, subject to Section 6.9 hereunder, take such additional actions, including causing the issuer to register the pledge on its books and records, as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, under the laws of such jurisdiction to insure the validity, perfection and priority of the security interest of the Administrative Agent.

(g) In the case of any Letter-of-Credit Rights in any letter of credit exceeding $1,000,000 in value, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, each Grantor shall promptly (but in any event with in 60 days of such request or such later date to which the Administrative Agent may consent in writing) make commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent of the issuer thereof and any nominated person thereon to the assignment of the proceeds of the related letter of credit in accordance with Section 5-114(c) of the New York UCC, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(h) If any of the Collateral of such Grantor is or shall become “transferable records” as defined in UETA, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof and, at the request of the Administrative Agent, shall take such action as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Administrative Agent “control” under Section 16 of UETA over such transferable records. The Administrative Agent agrees with such Grantor that the Administrative Agent will arrange, pursuant to procedures reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and so long as such procedures will not result in the Administrative Agent’s loss of control, for the Grantor to make alterations to the transferable records permitted under Section 16 of UETA for a party in control to allow without loss of control, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur after taking into account any action by such Grantor with respect to such transferable records

5.3. Maintenance of Insurance .

(a) Such Grantor will maintain, with reputable companies, insurance policies (i) insuring the Collateral against loss by fire, explosion, theft or other risks as may be required by the Credit Agreement and (ii) naming the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties as additional insureds under liability insurance policies to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.


(b) All such insurance shall (i) provide that no cancellation, material reduction in amount or material change in coverage (other than materially proportionate reductions in amounts or coverage to reflect any disposition of property by such Grantor) thereof shall be effective until at least 30 days, or such earlier time with the consent of the Administrative Agent, after receipt by the Administrative Agent of written notice thereof and (ii) name the Administrative Agent as additional insured party and/or loss payee in respect of property insurance. All proceeds of business and interruption insurance received by the Administrative Agent shall be released by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower for account of the Grantor entitled thereto.

5.4. Payment of Obligations . Such Grantor will pay and discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all material taxes and other material assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon such Grantor’s Collateral or in respect of income or profits therefrom, as well as all claims of any kind (including claims for labor, materials and supplies) against or with respect to such Grantor’s Collateral, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of such Grantor or where failure to pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy such material obligations, in the aggregate, has not and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.5. Maintenance of Perfected Security Interest; Further Documentation .

(a) Such Grantor shall maintain the security interest created by this Agreement in such Grantor’s Collateral as a security interest having at least the perfection and priority described in Section 4.3 and shall defend such security interest against the claims and demands of all Persons whomsoever, subject to the rights of such Grantor under the Loan Documents to dispose of the Collateral.

(b) Such Grantor will furnish to the Administrative Agent from time to time statements and schedules further identifying and describing the assets and property of such Grantor in reasonable detail and such other reports in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(c) At any time and from time to time, upon the written request of the Administrative Agent, and at the sole expense of such Grantor, such Grantor will promptly and duly execute and deliver, and have recorded, such further instruments and documents and take such further actions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request for the purpose of creating, perfecting, ensuring the priority of, protecting or enforcing the Administrative Agent’s security interest in the Collateral or otherwise conferring or preserving the full benefits of this Agreement and of the interests, rights and powers herein granted.

5.6. Changes in Locations, Name, etc. Such Grantor will not (a) in the case of (i) and (ii) below, except upon not less than 10 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and delivery to the Administrative Agent of all additional financing statements and other documents (executed where appropriate) reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the security interests provided for herein, (b) in the case of (iii) below, except upon delivery to the Administrative Agent not more than 30 days after any change in locations, a written supplement to Schedule 5 showing any additional location at which Inventory or Equipment shall be kept:

(i) change its jurisdiction of organization or the location of its chief executive office or sole place of business or principal residence from that referred to in Section 4.4;


(ii) change its name; or

(iii) permit any Inventory or Equipment (other than mobile goods) in excess of $1,000,000 in value to be kept at a location other than those listed on Schedule 5.

5.7. Notices . Such Grantor will advise the Administrative Agent and the Lenders promptly, in reasonable detail, of:

(a) any Lien (other than security interests created hereby or Permitted Liens) on any of the Collateral which would adversely affect the ability of the Administrative Agent to exercise any of its remedies hereunder; and

(b) the occurrence of any other event which would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the aggregate value of the Collateral or on the security interests created hereby.

5.8. Investment Property .

(a) If such Grantor shall become entitled to receive or shall receive any stock certificate (including any certificate representing a stock dividend or a distribution in connection with any reclassification, increase or reduction of capital or any certificate issued in connection with any reorganization), option or rights in respect of the Capital Stock of any Issuer, whether in addition to, in substitution of, as a conversion of, or in exchange for, any shares of the Pledged Stock, or otherwise in respect thereof, such Grantor shall accept the same as the agent of the Secured Parties, hold the same in trust for the Secured Parties and deliver the same forthwith to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, if required, together with an undated stock power or equivalents covering such certificate duly executed in blank by such Grantor, to be held by the Administrative Agent, subject to the terms hereof, as additional collateral security for the Obligations; provided , that in no event shall there be pledged more than 65% of any of the outstanding Foreign Subsidiary Voting Stock. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement, any sums paid upon or in respect of the Investment Property upon the liquidation or dissolution of any Issuer shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent (unless otherwise agreed in the Credit Agreement) to be held by it hereunder as additional collateral security for the Obligations, and in case any distribution of capital shall be made on or in respect of the Investment Property or any property shall be distributed upon or with respect to the Investment Property pursuant to the recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of any Issuer or pursuant to the reorganization thereof, the property so distributed shall, unless otherwise subject to a perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent, be delivered to the Administrative Agent to be held by it hereunder as additional collateral security for the Obligations. If any sums of money or property so paid or distributed in respect of the Investment Property shall be received by such Grantor, such Grantor shall, until such money or property is paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent, hold such money or property in trust for the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, as additional collateral security for the Obligations.

(b) Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, such Grantor will not, except as permitted by the Credit Agreement, (i) sell, assign, transfer, exchange, or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, the Investment Property or Proceeds thereof, (ii) create, incur or permit to exist any Lien or option in favor of, or any claim of any Person with respect to, any of the


Investment Property or Proceeds thereof, or any interest therein, except for the security interests created by this Agreement or Permitted Liens or (iii) enter into any agreement or undertaking restricting the right or ability of such Grantor or the Administrative Agent to sell, assign or transfer any of the Investment Property or Proceeds thereof (unless such restriction is permitted by the Credit Agreement).

(c) In the case of each Grantor which is an Issuer, such Grantor agrees that (i) it will be bound by the terms of this Agreement relating to the Investment Property issued by it and will comply with such terms insofar as such terms are applicable to it, (ii) it will notify the Administrative Agent promptly in writing of the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 5.8(a) with respect to the Investment Property issued by it and (iii) it will take all actions required or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to enable or permit each Grantor to comply with Sections 6.3(c) and 6.7 as to all Investment Property issued by it.

5.9. Receivables . Other than in the ordinary course of business or as permitted by the Loan Documents, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement, such Grantor will not (i) grant any extension of the time of payment of any Receivable, (ii) compromise or settle any Receivable for less than the full amount thereof, (iii) release, wholly or partially, any Person liable for the payment of any Receivable, (iv) allow any credit or discount whatsoever on any Receivable or (v) amend, supplement or modify any Receivable in any manner that would materially adversely affect the value of the Receivables constituting Collateral taken as a whole.

5.10. Intellectual Property . (a) Except as permitted in the Credit Agreement:

(i) With respect to each material Trademark owned by such Grantor, such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will take all reasonably necessary steps to (i) continue to use such Trademark consistent with its current use of such Trademark or as otherwise determined by such Grantor, in its reasonable business judgment, in connection with such Grantor’s businesses or goods and services offered by such Grantor, in order to maintain such Trademark in full force free from any valid claim of abandonment for non-use, (ii) maintain the quality of products and services offered under such Trademark and take all reasonably necessary steps to ensure that all licensed users of such Trademark maintain such quality in all material respects, and (iii) not (and not permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) do any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby such Trademark may become invalidated or impaired in any way, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with such Grantor’s past conduct and pursuant to the exercise of its reasonable business judgment.

(ii) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will not forfeit, abandon or dedicate to the public any material Patent, except in the ordinary course of business consistent with such Grantor’s past conduct and pursuant to the exercise of its reasonable business judgment.

(iii) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will not (and will not permit any licensee or sublicensee thereof to) by any act or omission, forfeit, abandon, or dedicate to the public any material Copyright owned by such Grantor, except in the ordinary course of business, consistent with such Grantor’s past conduct and pursuant to the exercise of its reasonable business judgment.

(iv) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will not do any act that knowingly uses any material Intellectual Property to knowingly infringe the intellectual property rights of any other Person.


(v) To the extent such Grantor has reasonably determined that it is commercially practicable to do so, such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will use any proper statutory notice necessary or appropriate in connection with the use of each material Patent, Trademark and Copyright owned by such Grantor.

(vi) Such Grantor will notify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders promptly if it knows or has reason to believe that any application or registration relating to any material Patent, Trademark or Copyright of such Grantor has been or may imminently become forfeited, abandoned or dedicated to the public, or of any material adverse determination or development (including the institution of, or any such determination or development in, any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any court or tribunal in any country) regarding such Grantor’s ownership of, or the validity of, any material Patent, Trademark or Copyright owned by such Grantor or such Grantor’s right to register the same or to own and maintain the same.

(vii) Such Grantor will take all reasonable and necessary steps, including in any proceeding before the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or group of countries or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, to maintain and pursue each application (and to obtain the relevant registration) and to maintain each registration of the material Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights owned by such Grantor, including the payment of required fees and taxes, the filing of responses to office actions issued by the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, the filing of applications for renewal or extension, the filing of affidavits of use and affidavits of incontestability, the filing of divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part, reissue, and renewal applications or extensions, the payment of maintenance fees, and the participation in interference, reexamination, opposition, cancellation, infringement and misappropriation proceedings.

(viii) Such Grantor (either itself or through licensees) will not, without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, discontinue use of or otherwise abandon any Intellectual Property, or abandon any application or any right to file an application for letters patent, trademark, or copyright, unless such Grantor shall have previously determined that such use or the pursuit or maintenance of such Intellectual Property is no longer desirable in the conduct of such Grantor’s business and that the loss thereof could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and, such Grantor shall give prompt notice of any such abandonment of (i) material Intellectual Property or (ii) registered or issued Intellectual Property or pending applications therefore to the Administrative Agent in accordance herewith.

(ix) In the event that any material Intellectual Property is infringed, misappropriated or diluted by a third party, such Grantor shall (i) take such actions as such Grantor shall reasonably deem appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property and (ii) if such Intellectual Property is of material economic value, promptly notify the Administrative Agent after it learns thereof and, following consultation with the Administrative Agent, shall take such actions as it deems reasonable, which may include suing for infringement, misappropriation or dilution, seeking injunctive relief where appropriate and seeking to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation or dilution.


(x) Such Grantor shall take all steps reasonably necessary to protect the secrecy of all material Trade Secrets of such Grantor.

(b) After the date hereof, whenever such Grantor (i) shall acquire any registered, issued or applied for Patent, Trademark or Copyright or (ii) either by itself or through any agent, employee, licensee or designee, shall file an application for the registration of any Patent, Trademark or Copyright owned by such Grantor with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any similar office or agency in any other country or any political subdivision thereof, such Grantor shall report such acquisition or filing to the Administrative Agent within 90 days after the last day of the fiscal year in which such acquisition or filing occurs. Such Grantor agrees that the provisions of Section 3 shall automatically apply to such Intellectual Property.

(c) Such Grantor agrees (i) to execute an Intellectual Property Security Agreement with respect to certain of its Intellectual Property in substantially the form of Annex III in order to record the security interest granted herein to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office and (ii) to provide to the Administrative Agent, within 90 days after the last day of the fiscal year in which any Intellectual Property registered in such offices is acquired or registered by such Grantor, all documents necessary to record the security interest of the Administrative Agent in such Intellectual Property with such offices.

(d) Upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, such Grantor shall execute and deliver, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed, registered or recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents, and papers which the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence, register, record or perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest in any registered, issued or applied for Copyright, Patent or Trademark and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby, in any office anywhere in the world in which filing, registration or recording may be necessary or appropriate, except that (so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing) the Administrative Agent shall not request such filing, registration or recording in any office in any jurisdiction outside of the United States in which the Group Members had, during the preceding 12-month period, net sales constituting less than 15% of the consolidated worldwide net sales of the Group Members.

SECTION 6. REMEDIAL PROVISIONS

6.1. Certain Matters Relating to Receivables .

(a) The Administrative Agent shall have the right, at its own cost and expense except during the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, to make test verifications of the Receivables in any manner and through any medium that it reasonably considers advisable, and each Grantor shall furnish all such assistance and information as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require in connection with such test verifications. At any time and from time to time, upon the Administrative Agent’s reasonable request and at the expense of the relevant Grantor, such Grantor shall cause independent public accountants or others reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent to furnish to the Administrative Agent reports showing reconciliations, aging and test verifications of, and trial balances for, the Receivables; provided , that unless a Default or Event of Default shall be continuing, the Administrative Agent shall request no more than two such reports during any calendar year.

(b) The Administrative Agent hereby authorizes each Grantor to collect such Grantor’s Receivables (not including amounts payable by the purchaser of a Consigned Vehicle), and the Administrative Agent may curtail or terminate said authority at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. If required by the Administrative Agent at any time after the


occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any payments of Receivables, when collected by any Grantor, (i) shall be forthwith (and, in any event, within two Business Days of receipt by such Grantor) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent if required, in a Collateral Account maintained under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, subject to withdrawal by the Administrative Agent for the account of the Secured Parties only as provided in Section 6.5, and (ii) until so turned over, shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor. If so requested by the Administrative Agent, each such deposit of Proceeds of Receivables shall be accompanied by a report identifying in reasonable detail the nature and source of the payments included in the deposit.

(c) At any time and from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, if so requested by the Administrative Agent, each Grantor shall deliver to the Administrative Agent all original and other documents evidencing, and relating to, the agreements and transactions which gave rise to the Receivables, including all original orders, invoices and shipping receipts.

6.2. Communications with Obligors; Grantors Remain Liable .

(a) The Administrative Agent in its own name or in the name of others may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default communicate with obligors under the Receivables to verify with them to the Administrative Agent’s satisfaction the existence, amount and terms of any Receivables.

(b) At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent may (and each Grantor at the request of the Administrative Agent shall) notify obligors on the Receivables that the Receivables have been assigned to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and that payments in respect thereof shall be made directly to the Administrative Agent.

(c) Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, each Grantor shall remain liable under each of such Grantor’s Receivables to observe and perform all the conditions and obligations to be observed and performed by it thereunder, all in accordance with the terms of any agreement giving rise thereto. No Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto) by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or the receipt by any Secured Party of any payment relating thereto, nor shall any Secured Party be obligated in any manner to perform any of the obligations of any Grantor under or pursuant to any Receivable (or any agreement giving rise thereto), to make any payment, to make any inquiry as to the nature or the sufficiency of any payment received by it or as to the sufficiency of any performance by any party thereunder, to present or file any claim, to take any action to enforce any performance or to collect the payment of any amounts which may have been assigned to it or to which it may be entitled at any time or times.

6.3. Investment Property .

(a) Unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has given notice to the relevant Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise its rights pursuant to Section 6.3(b), each Grantor may receive all cash dividends paid in respect of the Pledged Stock and all payments made in respect of the Pledged Notes, in each case paid in the normal course of business of the relevant Issuer, to the extent permitted in the Credit Agreement, and may exercise all voting and corporate or other organizational rights with respect to Investment Property; provided , that no vote shall be cast or corporate or other organizational right exercised or other action taken (other than in connection with a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement) which would impair the Collateral or be inconsistent with or result in any violation of any provision of any Loan Document.


(b) If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall give written notice of its intent to exercise such rights to the relevant Grantor or Grantors, (i) the Administrative Agent shall have, subject to Section 6.9 hereunder, the right to receive any and all cash dividends, payments or other Proceeds paid in respect of the Investment Property and make application thereof to the Obligations in the order set forth in Section 6.5, and (ii) any or all of the Investment Property shall, subject to Section 6.9 hereunder, be registered in the name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee, and the Administrative Agent or its nominee may, subject to Section 6.9 hereunder, thereafter exercise (A) all voting, corporate and other rights pertaining to such Investment Property at any meeting of shareholders of the relevant Issuer or Issuers or otherwise and (B) any and all rights of conversion, exchange and subscription and any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to such Investment Property as if it were the absolute owner thereof (including the right to exchange at its discretion any and all of the Investment Property upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other fundamental change in the corporate or other organizational structure of any Issuer, or upon the exercise by any Grantor or the Administrative Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining to such Investment Property, and in connection therewith, the right to deposit and deliver any and all of the Investment Property with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the Administrative Agent may reasonably determine), all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to any Grantor to exercise any such right, privilege or option and shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing; provided , that the Administrative Agent shall not exercise any voting or other consensual rights pertaining to any such Investment in a manner that constitutes an exercise of the remedies described in Section 6.6 other than in accordance with Section 6.6.

(c) Each Grantor hereby authorizes and instructs each Issuer of any Investment Property pledged by such Grantor hereunder to (i) comply with any instruction received by it from the Administrative Agent in writing that (A) states that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (B) is otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without any other or further instructions from such Grantor, and each Grantor agrees that each Issuer shall be fully protected in so complying, and (ii) after receipt by an Issuer or obligor of any instructions pursuant to Section 6.3(c)(i) hereof, pay any dividends or other payments with respect to the Investment Property directly to the Administrative Agent.

6.4. Proceeds to be Turned Over to Administrative Agent . In addition to the rights of the Agents and the Secured Parties specified in Section 6.1 with respect to payments of Receivables, if an Event of Default under Sections 9(a), 9(f)(i) or 9(f)(ii) of the Credit Agreement shall occur and be continuing or an exercise of remedies by the Administrative Agent or the Lenders with respect to any Event of Default shall occur and the Administrative Agent has instructed any Grantor to do so, all Proceeds (not including Consigned Vehicle Proceeds) received by such Grantor consisting of cash, checks and other near-cash items shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Agents and the Secured Parties, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Administrative Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent, if required). All Proceeds received by the Administrative Agent hereunder shall be held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account maintained under its sole dominion and control. All Proceeds while held by the Administrative Agent in a Collateral Account (or by such Grantor in trust for the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties) shall continue to be held as collateral security for all the Obligations and shall not constitute payment thereof until applied as provided in Section 6.5.


6.5. Application of Proceeds . All cash proceeds received by the Administrative Agent during the continuance of an Event of Default from the enforcement of the Guarantees in Section 2 or as proceeds of Collateral from the exercise of any of the remedies set forth or referred to in Section 6.6 or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be applied, unless otherwise required by the Credit Agreement, pro rata in proportion to the aggregate amount of the Secured Obligations owing to each Secured Party. For this purpose, the Administrative Agent may rely conclusively, and without further inquiry, on its own records as to the amount of the Secured Obligations outstanding to each Secured Party and may suspend payments or seek relief in the form of interpleader or other similar relief as it may determine to be appropriate. Any balance of such Proceeds remaining after the Obligations have been paid in full and all commitments to extend credit under the Loan Documents have terminated shall be paid over to the Borrower or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same.

6.6. Code and Other Remedies . If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Administrative Agent may exercise, in addition to all other rights and remedies granted to it in this Agreement and in any other Loan Document, all rights and remedies of a secured party under the New York UCC or any other applicable law or in equity. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Administrative Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, presentment, protest, advertisement or notice of any kind (except any notice required by law referred to below) to or upon any Grantor or any other Person (all and each of which demands, defenses, advertisements and notices are hereby waived), may in such circumstances forthwith collect, receive, appropriate and realize upon the Collateral, or any part thereof, and/or may forthwith sell, lease, assign, license, give option or options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of and deliver the Collateral or any part thereof (or contract to do any of the foregoing), in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at any exchange, broker’s board or office of any Agent or any Lender or elsewhere upon such terms and conditions as it may deem advisable and at such prices as it may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk. Any Agent or any Lender shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase the whole or any part of the Collateral so sold, free of any right or equity of redemption in any Grantor, which right or equity is hereby waived and released. Each Grantor further agrees, at the Administrative Agent’s request, to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Administrative Agent at places which the Administrative Agent shall reasonably select, whether at such Grantor’s premises or elsewhere. The Administrative Agent shall apply the net proceeds of any action taken by it pursuant to this Section 6.6, after deducting all reasonable costs and expenses of every kind incurred in connection therewith or incidental to the care or safekeeping of any of the Collateral or in any way relating to the Collateral or the rights of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements, to the payment in whole or in part of the Obligations, in such order as may be required by the Credit Agreement and otherwise as required by Section 6.5 above, and only after such application and after the payment by the Administrative Agent of any other amount required by any provision of law, including Section 9-615(a)(3) of the New York UCC, need the Administrative Agent account for the surplus, if any, to any Grantor. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages and demands it may acquire against any Secured Party arising out of the exercise of any rights hereunder other than any such claims, damages and demands that may arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Secured Party. If any notice of a proposed sale or other disposition of Collateral is required by law, such notice shall be deemed reasonable and proper if given at least 10 days before such sale or other disposition.

6.7. Registration Rights .

(a) If the Administrative Agent shall determine to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Pledged Stock pursuant to Section 6.6, and if in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent it is necessary or reasonably advisable to have the Pledged Stock, or that portion thereof to be sold,


registered under the provisions of the Securities Act, the relevant Grantor will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Issuer thereof to (i) execute and deliver, and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the directors and officers of such Issuer to execute and deliver, all such instruments and documents, and do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, necessary or reasonably advisable to register the Pledged Stock, or that portion thereof to be sold, under the provisions of the Securities Act, (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the registration statement relating thereto to become effective and to remain effective for a period of one year from the date of the first public offering of the Pledged Stock, or that portion thereof to be sold, and (iii) make all amendments thereto and/or to the related prospectus which, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, are necessary or reasonably advisable, all in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission applicable thereto. Each Grantor agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Issuer to comply with the provisions of the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of any and all jurisdictions which the Administrative Agent shall reasonably designate and to make available to its security holders, as soon as practicable, an earnings statement (which need not be audited) which will satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act.

(b) Each Grantor recognizes that the Administrative Agent may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Stock, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws or otherwise, and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof to a restricted group of purchasers which will be obliged to agree, among other things, to acquire such securities for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that any such private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner. The Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Stock for the period of time necessary to permit the Issuer thereof to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act, or under applicable state securities laws, even if such Issuer would agree to do so.

(c) Each Grantor agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to do or cause to be done all such other acts as may be necessary to make such sale or sales of all or any portion of the Pledged Stock pursuant to this Section 6.7 valid and binding and in compliance with any and all other applicable Requirements of Law. Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section 6.7 will cause irreparable injury to the Secured Parties, that the Secured Parties have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that the Secured Parties may seek to have each and every covenant contained in this Section 6.7 be specifically enforced against such Grantor, and to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing under the Credit Agreement.

6.8. Deficiency . Each Grantor shall remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay its Obligations and the reasonable fees and disbursements of any attorneys employed by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to collect such deficiency.

6.9. NSULC Shares . Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or any other related security document, the Issuers set forth in Schedule 2 are the sole registered and beneficial owners of all shares of any NSULC pledged hereunder (the “ Pledged NSULC Shares ”) and none of the rights and remedies granted to the Administrative Agent herein in respect of the Pledged NSULC Shares (other than the grant of the security interest) shall be


exercisable or otherwise vest in the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party and the applicable Grantor shall remain the legal and beneficial owner of the Pledged NSULC Shares and shall retain all of the incidents of such ownership until (i) an Event of Default has occurred, and (ii) the Administrative Agent has given written notice to the applicable Grantor of such Event of Default and its intention to exercise such rights and remedies in respect of the Pledged NSULC Shares. Nothing herein shall be construed to subject the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to liability as a member or owner of shares of a NSULC.

SECTION 7. THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

7.1. Administrative Agent’s Appointment as Attorney-in-Fact, etc.

(a) Each Grantor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or in its own name, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this Agreement, to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments which may be reasonably necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor hereby gives the Administrative Agent the power and right, on behalf of such Grantor, without notice to or assent by such Grantor, to do any or all of the following:

(i) in the name of such Grantor or its own name, or otherwise, take possession of and indorse and collect any checks, drafts, notes, acceptances or other instruments for the payment of moneys due under any Receivable of such Grantor or with respect to any other Collateral of such Grantor and file any claim or take any other action or proceeding in any court of law or equity or otherwise deemed appropriate by the Administrative Agent for the purpose of collecting any and all such moneys due under any Receivable of such Grantor or with respect to any other Collateral of such Grantor whenever payable;

(ii) in the case of any Intellectual Property, execute and deliver, and have recorded, any and all agreements, instruments, documents and papers as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request to evidence the Secured Parties’ security interest in such Intellectual Property and the goodwill and general intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby;

(iii) pay or discharge taxes and Liens levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral, effect any repairs or any insurance called for by the terms of this Agreement and pay all or any part of the premiums therefor and the costs thereof;

(iv) execute, in connection with any sale provided for in Section 6.6 or 6.7, any endorsements, assignments or other instruments of conveyance or transfer with respect to the Collateral; and

(v) (A) direct any party liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all moneys due or to become due thereunder directly to the Administrative Agent or as the Administrative Agent shall direct; (B) ask or demand for, collect, and receive payment of and receipt for, any and all moneys, claims and other amounts due or to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral of such Grantor; (C) sign and indorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, verifications, notices


and other documents in connection with any of the Collateral of such Grantor; (D) commence and prosecute any suits, actions or proceedings at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any portion thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral of such Grantor; (E) defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Grantor with respect to any Collateral; (F) settle, compromise or adjust any such suit, action or proceeding and, in connection therewith, give such discharges or releases as the Administrative Agent may deem appropriate; (G) subject to any permitted licenses and reserved rights permitted under the Loan Documents, assign any Copyright, Patent or Trademark (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Copyright, Patent or Trademark pertains), throughout the world for such term or terms, on such conditions, and in such manner, as the Administrative Agent shall in its sole discretion determine; and (H) generally, sell, transfer, pledge and make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral of such Grantor as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and do, at the Administrative Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Administrative Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral of such Grantor and the Secured Parties’ security interests therein and to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

The Administrative Agent agrees that it will not exercise any rights under the power of attorney provided for in this Section 7.1(a) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

(b) If any Grantor fails to perform or comply with any of its agreements contained herein, the Administrative Agent, at its option, but without any obligation so to do, may perform or comply with, or cause performance or compliance with, such agreement.

(c) The expenses of the Administrative Agent incurred in connection with actions undertaken as provided in this Section 7.1, together with interest thereon at a rate per annum equal to the rate per annum at which interest would then be payable on past due Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans under the Credit Agreement, from the date of payment by the Administrative Agent to the date reimbursed by the relevant Grantor, shall be payable by such Grantor to the Administrative Agent on demand.

(d) Each Grantor hereby ratifies all that said attorneys shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. All powers, authorizations and agencies contained in this Agreement are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable as to each Grantor until all security interests created hereby with respect to the Collateral of such Grantor are released.

7.2. Duty of Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent’s sole duty with respect to the custody, safekeeping and physical preservation of the Collateral in its possession, under Section 9-207 of the New York UCC or otherwise, shall be to deal with it in the same manner as the Administrative Agent deals with similar property for its own account. Neither the Administrative Agent, any Secured Party nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon any of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or any other Person or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part thereof. The powers conferred on the Secured Parties hereunder are solely to protect the Secured Parties’ interests in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon any Secured Parties to exercise any such powers. The Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be


responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except, in the case of the Administrative Agent only in respect of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct, to the extent required by applicable law (subject to Section 11.12(e) of the Credit Agreement and other applicable provisions of the Loan Documents).

7.3. Financing Statements . Each Grantor hereby authorizes the filing of any financing statements or continuation statements, and amendments to financing statements, or any similar document in any jurisdictions and with any filing offices as the Administrative Agent may determine, in its reasonable discretion, are necessary or advisable to perfect or otherwise protect the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent herein. Such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Administrative Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Administrative Agent herein, including describing such property as “all assets” or “all personal property” and may (but need not) add thereto “whether now owned or hereafter acquired.” Each Grantor hereby ratifies and authorizes the filing by the Administrative Agent of any financing statement with respect to the Collateral made prior to the date hereof.

7.4. Authority, Immunities and Indemnities of Administrative Agent . Each Grantor acknowledges, and, by acceptance of the benefits hereof, each Secured Party agrees, that the rights and responsibilities of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement with respect to any action taken by the Administrative Agent or the exercise or non-exercise by the Administrative Agent of any option, voting right, request, judgment or other right or remedy provided for herein or resulting or arising out of this Agreement shall, as among the Secured Parties, be governed by the Credit Agreement and that the Administrative Agent shall have, in respect thereof, all rights, remedies, immunities and indemnities granted to it in the Credit Agreement. By acceptance of the benefits hereof, each Secured Party that is not a Lender agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to the Administrative Agent, including Article X thereof, as fully as if such Secured Party were a Lender. The Administrative Agent shall be conclusively presumed to be acting as agent for the Secured Parties with full and valid authority so to act or refrain from acting, and no Grantor shall be under any obligation, or entitlement, to make any inquiry respecting such authority.

SECTION 8. MISCELLANEOUS

8.1. Amendments in Writing . None of the terms or provisions of this Agreement may be waived, amended, supplemented or otherwise modified except in accordance with Section 11.1 of the Credit Agreement.

8.2. Notices . All notices, requests and demands to or upon the Administrative Agent or any Grantor hereunder shall be effected in the manner provided for in Section 11.2 of the Credit Agreement; provided that any such notice, request or demand to or upon any Guarantor shall be addressed to such Guarantor at its notice address set forth on Schedule 1 or to such other address as such Guarantor may notify the Administrative Agent in writing.

8.3. No Waiver by Course of Conduct; Cumulative Remedies . No Secured Party shall by any act (except by a written instrument pursuant to Section 8.1), delay, indulgence, omission or otherwise be deemed to have waived any right or remedy hereunder or to have acquiesced in any Default or Event of Default. No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Secured Party, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. A waiver by any Secured Party of any right or remedy hereunder


on any one occasion shall not be construed as a bar to any right or remedy which such Secured Party would otherwise have on any future occasion. The rights and remedies herein provided are cumulative, may be exercised singly or concurrently and are not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided by law.

8.4. Enforcement Expenses; Indemnification .

(a) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, or reimburse each Secured Party for, all its reasonable costs and expenses incurred in collecting against such Guarantor under the guarantee contained in Section 2 or otherwise enforcing or preserving any rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and counsel to the Lenders.

(b) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to save the Secured Parties harmless from, any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying, any and all stamp, excise, sales or other taxes which may be payable or determined to be payable with respect to any of the Collateral or in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

(c) Each Guarantor agrees to pay, and to save the Secured Parties harmless from, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses (other than lost profits), damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement on the terms set forth in Section 11.5 of the Credit Agreement; provided , that each such Guarantor shall have no obligations hereunder to any Secured Party with respect to such liabilities, obligations, losses (other than lost profits), damages, penalties, actions, judgments or suits to the extent they are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Secured Party or any of its Related Persons.

(d) The agreements in this Section shall survive repayment of the Obligations and all other amounts payable under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

8.5. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of each Grantor and shall inure to the benefit of the Secured Parties and their successors and assigns; provided that no Grantor may assign, transfer or delegate any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent and, unless so consented to, each such assignment, transfer or delegation by any Grantor shall be void.

8.6. Set-Off . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes each Agent and each Lender at any time and from time to time while an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, without notice to such Grantor or any other Grantor, any such notice being expressly waived by each Grantor, to set-off and appropriate and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Agent or such Lender to or for the credit or the account of such Grantor, or any part thereof in such amounts as such Agent or such Lender may elect, against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of such Grantor to such Agent or such Lender hereunder and claims of every nature and description of such Agent or such Lender against such Grantor, in any currency, whether arising hereunder, under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, as such Agent or such Lender may elect, whether or not any Agent or any Lender has made any demand for payment and although such obligations, liabilities and claims may be contingent or unmatured. Each Agent or each Lender shall notify such Grantor promptly of any such set-off and the application made by such Agent or


such Lender of the proceeds thereof, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Agent and each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) which such Agent or such Lender may have.

8.7. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy or electronic pdf), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

8.8. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

8.9. Section Headings . The Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

8.10. Integration . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the agreement of the Grantors and the Secured Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any Secured Party relative to subject matter hereof and thereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

8.11. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

8.12. Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Grantor at its address referred to in Section 8.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and


(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

8.13. Acknowledgements . Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(b) no Secured Party has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to any Grantor arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Grantors, on the one hand, and the Secured Parties, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Secured Parties or among the Grantors and the Secured Parties.

8.14. Additional Grantors . Each Subsidiary of the Borrower that is required to become a party to this Agreement pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Credit Agreement shall become a Grantor for all purposes of this Agreement upon execution and delivery by such Subsidiary of an Assumption Agreement in the form of Annex 1.

8.15. Releases .

(a) At such time as (i) the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and all other Obligations (other than contingent surviving indemnity obligations in respect of which no claim or demand has been made, Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations and Borrower Cash Management Arrangement Obligations) have been paid in full and all commitments to extend credit under the Loan Documents have terminated, and (ii) except as otherwise agreed by the affected Qualified Counterparties, the net termination liability under or in respect of, and other amounts due and payable under, Specified Hedge Agreements at such time shall have been (A) paid in full, (B) secured by the most senior liens upon the most extensive collateral securing any secured Indebtedness of each Grantor which provided a source of funding for repayment of any portion of the Loans outstanding at the time the Loans were paid in full, equally and ratably with such Indebtedness (whether or not other obligations are also secured equally and ratably with such liens or by junior liens upon such collateral), if (1) the agreement governing such Indebtedness provides the affected Qualified Counterparties with equivalent rights to those set forth in this Agreement as to the release or subordination of such senior liens and (2) the affected Qualified Counterparties are reasonably satisfied that the Moody’s and S&P debt ratings applicable to such Indebtedness are not lower than the debt ratings then most recently applicable to the Facilities, or (C) secured by any other collateral arrangement satisfactory to the Qualified Counterparty in its reasonable discretion, the Collateral shall immediately and automatically be released from the Liens created hereby, and this Agreement and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Grantor hereunder shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party, and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to the Grantors. At the request and sole expense of any Grantor following any such termination, the Administrative Agent shall deliver to such Grantor any Collateral held by the Administrative Agent hereunder and execute and deliver to such Grantor such documents (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Grantor and the Administrative Agent) as such Grantor may reasonably request to evidence such termination.


(b) If any of the Collateral is sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of by any Grantor in a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement, then the Lien created pursuant to this Agreement in such Collateral shall be immediately and automatically released, and the Administrative Agent, at the request and sole expense of such Grantor, shall execute and deliver to such Grantor all releases or other documents reasonably necessary or desirable to evidence the release of such Collateral (not including Proceeds thereof) from the security interests created hereby. At the request and sole expense of the Borrower, a Subsidiary Guarantor shall be released from its obligations hereunder in the event that all the Capital Stock of such Subsidiary Guarantor shall be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in a transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement; provided that the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, at least five Business Days prior to the date of the proposed release, a written request for release identifying the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor and the terms of the sale or other disposition in reasonable detail, including the price thereof and any expenses in connection therewith, together with a certification by the Borrower stating that such transaction is in compliance with the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

8.16. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH GRANTOR AND, BY ACCEPTANCE OF THE BENEFITS HEREOF, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND EACH OTHER SECURED PARTY, HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

8.17. Effectiveness of Obligations . The covenants, agreements and other obligations hereunder of the Company will become effective concurrently with (but not prior to) the effectiveness of the Merger pursuant to the filing and acceptance of a certificate of merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (which the parties hereto intend to occur substantially concurrently with the funding of the Initial Term Loans under the Credit Agreement), and thereupon such covenants, agreements and other obligations shall become fully effective and operative without any further grant, act, confirmation or consent by the Company.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
  Officer and Secretary

KAR HOLDINGS II, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

ADESA, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 


GRANTORS:

ADESA CORPORATION, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

A.D.E. OF ARK-LA-TEX, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

A.D.E. OF KNOXVILLE, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

ADESA ARK-LA-TEX, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

ADESA ARKANSAS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 


ADESA ATLANTA, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

ADESA BIRMINGHAM, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

ADESA CALIFORNIA, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

ADESA CHARLOTTE, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

ADESA COLORADO, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 


ADESA DES MOINES, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

ADESA FLORIDA, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

ADESA IMPACT TEXAS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

ADESA INDIANAPOLIS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

ADESA LANSING, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 


ADESA LEXINGTON, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
ADESA MISSOURI, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
ADESA NEW JERSEY, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
ADESA NEW YORK, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
ADESA OHIO, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  


ADESA OKLAHOMA, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
ADESA PENNSYLVANIA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
ADESA PHOENIX, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
ADESA PROPERTIES CANADA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
ADESA SAN DIEGO, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  


ADESA-SOUTH FLORIDA, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
ADESA SOUTHERN INDIANA, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
ADESA TEXAS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
ADESA VIRGINIA, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
ADESA WASHINGTON, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  


ADESA WISCONSIN, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
ASSET HOLDINGS III, L.P.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
AUTO BANC CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF CONCORD, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
AUTO DEALERS EXCHANGE OF MEMPHIS, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  


AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
AUTOMOTIVE RECOVERY SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
AUTOVIN, INC.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
PAR, INC.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
AFC CAL, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  


AFC OF MINNESOTA CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
AFC OF TN, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
AXLE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS CORP.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
IAA SERVICES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  


IAA ACQUISITION CORP.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
AUTO DISPOSAL SYSTEMS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
ADS PRIORITY TRANSPORT, LTD.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
ADS ASHLAND, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  
BEAR STEARNS CORPORATE LENDING INC.,
    as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Victor Bulzacchelli

Name:   Victor Bulzacchelli
Title:   Vice President

Exhibit 10.2

$1,865,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

KAR HOLDINGS II, LLC

Holdings

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

Borrower

the Lenders party hereto

BEAR STEARNS CORPORATE LENDING INC.

Administrative Agent

UBS SECURITIES LLC

Syndication Agent

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

Co-Documentation Agents

BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.

UBS SECURITIES LLC

GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.

Joint Bookrunners

Dated as of April 20, 2007

BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. and UBS SECURITIES LLC

Joint Lead Arrangers


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

              Page
SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS    1
  1.1.    Defined Terms    1
  1.2.    Other Definitional Provisions    32
SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF TERM COMMITMENTS    33
  2.1.    Term Commitments    33
  2.2.    Procedure for the Initial Term Loan Borrowing    33
  2.3.    Repayment of Initial Term Loans    33
  2.4.    Increase in Term Commitments    34
SECTION 3. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING COMMITMENTS    35
  3.1.    Revolving Commitments    35
  3.2.    Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing    35
  3.3.    Swingline Commitment    35
  3.4.    Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans    36
  3.5.    Commitment Fees, etc.    37
  3.6.    Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments    37
  3.7.    Letter of Credit Subcommitment    37
  3.8.    Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit    38
  3.9.    Fees and Other Charges    39
  3.10.    L/C Participations    39
  3.11.    Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower    40
  3.12.    Obligations Absolute    40
  3.13.    Letter of Credit Payments    40
  3.14.    Applications    40
SECTION 4. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT    41
  4.1.    Optional Prepayments    41
  4.2.    Mandatory Prepayments    41
  4.3.    Conversion and Continuation Options    42
  4.4.    Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches    43
  4.5.    Interest Rates and Payment Dates    43
  4.6.    Computation of Interest and Fees    43
  4.7.    Inability to Determine Interest Rate    44
  4.8.    Pro Rata Treatment and Payments    44
  4.9.    Requirements of Law    45
  4.10.    Taxes    46
  4.11.    Indemnity    49
  4.12.    Change of Lending Office    49
  4.13.    Replacement of Lenders    49
  4.14.    Evidence of Debt    50
  4.15.    Illegality    50

 

i


SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    51
  5.1.    Financial Condition    51
  5.2.    No Change    51
  5.3.    Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law    52
  5.4.    Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations    52
  5.5.    No Legal Bar    52
  5.6.    Litigation    53
  5.7.    No Default    53
  5.8.    Ownership of Property; Liens    53
  5.9.    Intellectual Property    53
  5.10.    Taxes    53
  5.11.    Federal Regulations    53
  5.12.    Labor Matters    53
  5.13.    ERISA    54
  5.14.    Investment Company Act; Other Regulations    54
  5.15.    Subsidiaries    54
  5.16.    Use of Proceeds    54
  5.17.    Environmental Matters    54
  5.18.    Accuracy of Information, etc.    55
  5.19.    Security Documents    56
  5.20.    Solvency    57
  5.21.    Regulation H    57
  5.22.    Certain Documents    57
  5.23.    Anti Terrorism Laws    57
SECTION 6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT    58
  6.1.    Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit    58
  6.2.    Conditions to Each Extension of Credit    60
SECTION 7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS    61
  7.1.    Financial Statements    61
  7.2.    Certificates; Other Information    62
  7.3.    Payment of Obligations    63
  7.4.    Maintenance of Existence; Compliance    63
  7.5.    Maintenance of Property; Insurance    63
  7.6.    Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions    64
  7.7.    Notices    64
  7.8.    Environmental Laws    64
  7.9.    Interest Rate Protection    65
  7.10.    Additional Collateral, etc.    65
  7.11.    Use of Proceeds    66
  7.12.    Further Assurances    66
  7.13.    Post-Closing Items    67
SECTION 8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS    67
  8.1.    Financial Condition Covenants.    67
  8.2.    Indebtedness    68

 

ii


  8.3.    Liens    71
  8.4.    Fundamental Changes    72
  8.5.    Disposition of Property    73
  8.6.    Restricted Payments    74
  8.7.    Capital Expenditures    75
  8.8.    Investments    76
  8.9.    Optional Payments and Modifications of Certain Debt Instruments    77
  8.10.    Transactions with Affiliates    78
  8.11.    Sales and Leasebacks    79
  8.12.    Hedge Agreements    79
  8.13.    Changes in Fiscal Periods    79
  8.14.    Negative Pledge Clauses    79
  8.15.    Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions    79
  8.16.    Lines of Business    80
  8.17.    Amendments to Acquisition Documents    80
SECTION 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT    81
SECTION 10. THE AGENTS    84
  10.1.    Appointment    84
  10.2.    Delegation of Duties    85
  10.3.    Exculpatory Provisions    85
  10.4.    Reliance by Agents    85
  10.5.    Notice of Default    85
  10.6.    Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders    86
  10.7.    Indemnification    86
  10.8.    Agent in Its Individual Capacity    86
  10.9.    Successor Administrative Agent    86
  10.10.    Agents Generally    87
  10.11.    Agents Other than the Administrative Agent    87
  10.12.    Withholding Tax    87
SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS    87
  11.1.    Amendments and Waivers    87
  11.2.    Notices    89
  11.3.    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies    91
  11.4.    Survival of Representations and Warranties    91
  11.5.    Payment of Expenses and Taxes; Indemnity    91
  11.6.    Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments    92
  11.7.    Adjustments; Set-off    95
  11.8.    Counterparts    95
  11.9.    Severability    95
  11.10.    Integration    96
  11.11.    GOVERNING LAW    96
  11.12.    Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers    96
  11.13.    Acknowledgments    96
  11.14.    Releases of Guarantees and Liens    97
  11.15.    Confidentiality    97

 

iii


  11.16.    WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL    98
  11.17.    Delivery of Addenda    98
  11.18.    USA PATRIOT Act    98
  11.19.    Certain Undertakings with Respect to Securitization Subsidiaries    98

 

iv


ANNEX :

 

A

  Pricing Grids

SCHEDULES :

 

1.1

  Mortgaged Property

1.2

  Excluded Real Property

5.4

  Consents, Authorizations, Filings and Notices

5.6

  Litigation

5.15

  Subsidiaries

5.17

  Environmental Matters

7.13

  Post-Closing Items

8.2(d)

  Existing Indebtedness

8.3(i)

  Existing Liens

8.8(e)

  Existing Investments
EXHIBITS :  

A

  Form of Guarantee and Collateral Agreement

B

  Form of Compliance Certificate

C

  Form of Closing Certificate of the Guarantors

D

  Form of Mortgage

E

  Form of Assignment and Assumption

F-1

  Form of Legal Opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

F-2

  Form of Legal Opinion of Becca Polak, Associate General Counsel of ADESA

F-3

  Form of Legal Opinion of Sidney Kerley, Corporate Counsel of IAAI

F-4

  Form of Legal Opinion of Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP

F-5

  Form of Legal Opinion of Blackwell Sanders Peper Martin LLP

F-6

  Form of Legal Opinion of Herold and Haines, P.A.

F-7

  Form of Legal Opinion of Ice Miller LLP

G

  Form of Exemption Certificate

H-1

  Form of Term Note

H-2

  Form of Revolving Note

H-3

  Form of Swingline Note

I

  Form of Addendum

J

  Form of Solvency Certificate

K

  Form of Closing Certificate of the Borrower

 

v


THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of April 20, 2007, among KAR HOLDINGS II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), KAR HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time parties to this Agreement (the “ Lenders ”), BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC. and UBS SECURITIES LLC, as joint lead arrangers (in such capacity, each a “ Lead Arranger ,” and collectively, the “ Lead Arrangers ”), UBS SECURITIES LLC, as syndication agent (in such capacity, the “ Syndication Agent ”), GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. and DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., as co-documentation agents (in such capacity, each a “ Co-Documentation Agent ,” and collectively, the “ Co-Documentation Agents ”), BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC., UBS SECURITIES LLC and GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Joint Bookrunners (in such capacity, each a “Joint Bookrunner,” and collectively, the “ Joint Bookrunners ”) and BEAR STEARNS CORPORATE LENDING INC., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

Recitals

WHEREAS, Holdings and Borrower have entered into a certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 22, 2006 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Merger Agreement ”), by and among Holdings, Borrower, KAR Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ AcquisitionCo ”) and ADESA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ ADESA ”), pursuant to which ADESA will be acquired by Borrower and Holdings by a merger of AcquisitionCo with and into ADESA, with ADESA continuing as the surviving corporation succeeding to all rights and obligations of AcquisitionCo by operation of law (the “ Merger ”);

WHEREAS, prior to the Merger, in exchange for the issuance and sale of common stock of Holdings, all of the outstanding Capital Stock of Axle Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation which is the sole shareholder of IAAI will be transferred to Holdings by the holders thereof and Holdings will receive additional equity of $790,000,000 in cash or as “rollover equity” in shares of stock of ADESA that otherwise would be entitled to receive merger consideration in the Merger and all such Capital Stock, cash and roll-over equity will be transferred by Holdings to the Borrower as a contribution to the Borrower’s common equity capital (collectively, the “ Equity Contribution ”); and

WHEREAS, Lenders have agreed to extend certain credit facilities to Borrower, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,865,000,000, consisting of $1,565,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Initial Term Loans and up to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Revolving Loans, the proceeds of which will be used to finance a portion of the merger consideration for the Merger, pay Transaction Costs, refinance the Existing Indebtedness and for ongoing working capital needs and general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to induce the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower hereunder, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

1.1. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the terms listed in this Section 1.1 shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 1.1.

Acquisition ”: the Merger and all related transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documentation.

AcquisitionCo ”: as defined in the Recitals hereto.

 

1


Acquisition Documentation ”: collectively, the Merger Agreement and all schedules, exhibits and annexes thereto and all side letters and agreements affecting the terms thereof or entered into to effectuate the Merger.

Addendum ”: an instrument, substantially in the form of Exhibit I or otherwise satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, by which a Person becomes a party to this Agreement as a Lender.

ADESA ”: as defined in the Recitals.

Adjustment Date ”: as defined in the Pricing Grids.

Administrative Agent ”: as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

AFC—Canada ”: Automotive Finance Canada, an Ontario corporation.

AFC—US ”: Automotive Finance Corporation, an Indiana corporation.

Affiliate ”: as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, either to (a) vote 10% or more of the securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors (or persons performing similar functions) of such Person or (b) direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether by contract or otherwise.

Agents ”: the collective reference to the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents, the Joint Bookrunners, the Lead Arrangers and the Administrative Agent, which term shall include, for purposes of Section 10 only, the Issuing Lender.

Aggregate Exposure ”: with respect to any Lender at any time, an amount equal to (a) until the Closing Date, the aggregate amount of such Lender’s Commitments at such time, (b) thereafter, the sum of (i) the aggregate then unpaid principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans and (ii) the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.

Aggregate Exposure Percentage ”: with respect to any Lender at any time, the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of such Lender’s Aggregate Exposure at such time to the Aggregate Exposure of all Lenders at such time.

Agreement ”: this Credit Agreement.

 

2


Applicable Margin ”: prior to the first Adjustment Date, for each Type and class of Loan the rate per annum set forth below opposite the description of such Loan:

 

Eurodollar Initial Term Loans

   2.25 %

Eurodollar Revolving Loans

   2.25 %

Base Rate Initial Term Loans

   1.25 %

Base Rate Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans

   1.25 %

provided that on and after the first Adjustment Date, the Applicable Margin will be determined pursuant to the Pricing Grids.

Application ”: an application, in a form as the Issuing Lender may reasonably specify from time to time to request the Issuing Lender open a Letter of Credit.

Approved Fund ”: (a) a CLO and (b) with respect to any Lender that is a fund which invests in commercial loans, any other fund that invests in commercial loans and is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

Asset Sale ”: any Disposition of Property or series of related Dispositions of Property (including any issuance or sale of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary of the Borrower, but excluding any Disposition permitted by Section 8.5, other than any Dispositions permitted pursuant to clause (m) or (n) thereof) that yields gross proceeds to any Group Member (valued at the initial principal amount thereof in the case of non-cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-cash proceeds) in excess of $10,000,000.

Assignee ”: as defined in Section 11.6(b).

Assignment and Assumption ”: an Assignment and Assumption, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

Atlanta IRB Transaction ”: the transactions entered into by ADESA Atlanta, LLC with the Development Authority of Fulton County, Georgia in connection with a wholesale automobile auction facility located in Fulton, Georgia on or about December 1, 2002.

Available Retained ECF ”: at any time, for the purpose of determining the amount (if any) available for Restricted Payments under Section 8.6(e), for Capital Expenditures under clause (iii) of Section 8.7, or for Investments under Section 8.8(q), the difference (if a positive number) between (a) the cumulative amount, for all then-completed fiscal years in which Excess Cash Flow was a positive number commencing with the fiscal year ending on or about December 31, 2008, of the portion of such Excess Cash Flow permitted to be retained by the Borrower for such fiscal years after giving effect to the payment required pursuant to Section 4.2(c) in respect of such fiscal years, minus (b) the sum of (i) the amount of Excess Cash Flow (expressed as a positive amount) for any fiscal year in which Excess Cash Flow was a negative number and (ii) all amounts previously expended for Restricted Payments under Section 8.6(e), for Capital Expenditures under clause (iii) of Section 8.7 or for Investments under Section 8.8(q).

 

3


Available Revolving Commitment ”: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then in effect over (b) such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding; provided that, in calculating any Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit for the purpose of determining such Lender’s Available Revolving Commitment pursuant to Section 3.5, the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding shall be deemed to be zero.

Backstop L/C ”: as defined in Section 3.7(b).

Base Rate ”: for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50%. For purposes hereof: “ Prime Rate ” shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by the Bank of New York as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New York City (the Prime Rate not being intended to be the lowest rate of interest charged by the Bank of New York in connection with extensions of credit to debtors). Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

Base Rate Loans ”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Base Rate.

Benefited Lender ”: as defined in Section 11.7(a).

Blocked Person ”: as defined in Section 5.23.

Board ”: the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrower ”: as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

Borrowing Date ”: any Business Day specified by the Borrower as a date on which the Borrower requests the relevant Lenders to make Loans hereunder.

Business ”: as defined in Section 5.17(b).

Business Day ”: a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to close, provided , that with respect to notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, Eurodollar Loans, such day is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.

Canadian Securitization ” means a Securitization the related documentation of which is governed by the laws of a jurisdiction in Canada.

CapEx Pull-Forward Amount ”: as defined in Section 8.7(b).

Capital Expenditures ”: for any period, with respect to any Person, the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries for the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a capital lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment (including replacements, capitalized repairs and improvements during such period) which would, in accordance with GAAP, be set forth as capital

 

4


expenditures in the consolidated statement of cash flow of the Borrower, but excluding in any event any (i) Permitted Acquisitions, (ii) additions to fixed assets required by GAAP in respect of Leasehold Cost Overruns and (iii) any such expenditures made with the Net Cash Proceeds of the issuance of Capital Stock of Holdings or of any Asset Sale or Recovery Event not required to prepay the Loans in accordance with Section 4.2(b).

Capital Lease Obligations ”: as to any Person, the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP. For the purposes of this Agreement, the amount of such obligations at any time shall be the capitalized amount thereof at such time determined in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ”: any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation) and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase any of the foregoing.

Cash Collateral ”: as defined in Section 3.7(a).

Cash Collateralize ”: as defined in Section 3.7(a).

Cash Equivalents ”: (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States government or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within one year from the date of acquisition; (b) certificates of deposit, time deposits, eurodollar time deposits or overnight bank deposits having maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition issued by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having combined capital and surplus of not less than $500,000,000 provided , however , that time deposits (including eurodollar time deposits), certificates of deposit (including eurodollar certificates of deposit) and bankers’ acceptances in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000 may be maintained at any commercial bank of recognized standing organized under the laws of the United States (or any State or territory thereof) that does not satisfy the capital and surplus requirements and rating requirements set forth in this clause (b); (c) commercial paper of an issuer rated at least A-2 by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“ S&P ”) or P-2 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“ Moody’s ”), or carrying an equivalent rating by a nationally recognized rating agency, if both of the two named rating agencies cease publishing ratings of commercial paper issuers generally, and maturing within six months from the date of acquisition; (d) repurchase obligations of any Lender or of any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition, having a term of not more than 30 days, with respect to securities issued or fully guaranteed or insured by the United States government; (e) securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully guaranteed by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, by any political subdivision or taxing authority of any such state, commonwealth or territory or by any foreign government, the securities of which state, commonwealth, territory, political subdivision, taxing authority or foreign government (as the case may be) are rated at least AA by S&P or AA by Moody’s; (f) securities with maturities of six months or less from the date of acquisition backed by standby letters of credit issued by any Lender or any commercial bank satisfying the requirements of clause (b) of this definition; or (g) shares of money market mutual or similar funds which invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (f) of this definition or money market funds that (i) comply with the criteria set forth in Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, (ii) are rated AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moody’s and (iii) have portfolio assets of at least $5,000,000,000.

 

5


CLO ”: any entity (whether a corporation, partnership, trust or otherwise) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and is administered or managed by a Lender or an affiliate of such Lender.

Closing Certificate of the Borrower ” a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer on behalf of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit K.

Closing Date ”: April 20, 2007.

Co-Documentation Agent ”: as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

Code ”: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ”: all property of the Loan Parties, now owned or hereafter acquired, upon which a Lien is purported to be created by any Security Document.

Commitment ”: as to any Lender, the sum of the Term Commitment and the Revolving Commitment of such Lender.

Commitment Fee Rate ”: 0.50% per annum; provided that on and after the first Adjustment Date occurring after the completion of the first full fiscal quarter of the Borrower after the Closing Date, the Commitment Fee Rate will be determined pursuant to the Pricing Grids.

Commonly Controlled Entity ”: any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, that is under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 4001 of ERISA or (solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code) is part of a group that includes the Borrower and that is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

Company ”: as defined in the Recitals hereto.

Company Material Adverse Effect ”: any effect, change, condition, occurrence, development, event, or series of events or circumstances that, individually or in the aggregate with other effects, changes, conditions, occurrences, developments, events or circumstances, has or have a material adverse effect on, or a material adverse change in, (A) the condition (financial or otherwise), properties, business or results of operations of ADESA and its Subsidiaries as conducted (as of the date of the Merger Agreement), taken as a whole; other than any effect, change, condition, occurrence, development, event or series of events or circumstances arising out of or resulting from: (i) any decrease in the market price or trading volume of ADESA’s securities or any effect resulting from any such change (provided that the underlying causes of such decrease shall be considered in determining whether there is a Company Material Adverse Effect); (ii) any change in Law, GAAP or interpretation or enforcement thereof that applies to ADESA and the Subsidiaries of ADESA, including the proposal or adoption of any new Law or GAAP; (iii) any change, occurrence, development, event, or series of events or circumstances affecting the general economic or business conditions in the United States or any other country in which ADESA and the Subsidiaries of ADESA operate, provide or sell their products and services or otherwise do business; (iv) any change, occurrence, development, event, or series of events or circumstances affecting companies operating in the industries or markets in which ADESA and its Subsidiaries operate,

 

6


provide or sell their products or services or otherwise do business; (v) any change, occurrence, development, event, or series of events or circumstances affecting national or international political conditions, including the engagement by the United States in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack upon the United States; (vi) any action taken by ADESA at the written request of Borrower, Holdings, AcquisitionCo, the Agents or the Sponsors; or (vii) any change, occurrence, development, event, or series of events or circumstances principally resulting from the execution of the Merger Agreement or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement or principally due to the public announcement of the execution of the Merger Agreement or the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, including, without limitation, the loss of existing customers or employees, a reduction in business by, or revenue from, existing customers, disruption in suppliers, distributors, partners or similar relationships, and any litigation brought by stockholders of ADESA in connection with the Acquisition; provided , that clause (vii) shall not apply with respect to the matters described in Section 3.4 and Section 3.5 of the Merger Agreement (including for purposes of Section 7.2(a) of the Merger Agreement insofar as Section 3.4 and Section 3.5 of the Merger Agreement are concerned); provided , further , that, in the case of the foregoing clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above, such changes, conditions, occurrences, developments, events or circumstances do not disproportionately affect ADESA and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole relative to the other participants in the industry or geographic market in which ADESA and its Subsidiaries conduct their respective businesses), or (B) the ability of ADESA to perform its obligations under the Merger Agreement or to consummate the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated in the Merger Agreement. For purposes of determining whether changes, conditions, occurrences, developments, events or circumstances relating to earthquakes, hurricanes or other natural disasters constitute a Company Material Adverse Effect, insurance proceeds received in respect of such earthquakes, hurricanes or other natural disasters and repairs made to the damages caused by such earthquakes, hurricanes or other natural disasters, in each case, on or prior to the applicable date of determination, shall be taken in to account in determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred.

Compliance Certificate ”: a certificate duly executed by a Responsible Officer on behalf of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

Conduit Lender ”: any special purpose entity organized and administered by any Lender for the purpose of making Loans otherwise required to be made by such Lender and designated by such Lender in a written instrument (a copy of which shall be provided by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower upon request), subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided , that the designation by any Lender of a Conduit Lender shall not relieve the designating Lender of any of its obligations under this Agreement (including its obligation to fund a Loan) if, for any reason, its Conduit Lender fails to fund any such Loan, and the designating Lender (and not the Conduit Lender) shall have the sole right and responsibility to deliver all consents and waivers required or requested under this Agreement with respect to its Conduit Lender, and provided , further , that no Conduit Lender shall (a) be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to Section 4.9, 4.10, 4.11 or 11.5 than the designating Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the extensions of credit made by such Conduit Lender, (b) be deemed to have any Commitment or (c) be designated if such designation would otherwise increase the costs of any Facility to the Borrower.

Confidential Information Memorandum ”: the Confidential Information Memorandum dated March 2007 and furnished to the Lenders in connection with this Agreement.

 

7


Consolidated Coverage Ratio ”: as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) the aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ended on the most recent Test Date to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided , that

(1) if since the beginning of such period the Borrower or any Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness that remains outstanding on such date of determination or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence of Indebtedness, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred on the first day of such period (except that in making such computation, the amount of Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility outstanding on the date of such calculation shall be computed based on (A) the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during such four fiscal quarters or such shorter period for which such facility was outstanding or (B) if such facility was created after the end of such four fiscal quarters, the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the period from the date of creation of such facility to the date of such calculation);

(2) if since the beginning of such period the Borrower or any Subsidiary has repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged any Indebtedness that is no longer outstanding on such date of determination (each, a “ Discharge ”) or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio involves a Discharge of Indebtedness (in each case other than Indebtedness Incurred under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Discharge of such Indebtedness, including with the proceeds of such new Indebtedness, as if such Discharge had occurred on the first day of such period;

(3) if since the beginning of such period the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have disposed of any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “ Sale ”), the Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets that are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to (A) the Consolidated Interest Expense attributable to any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged with respect to the Borrower and its continuing Subsidiaries in connection with such Sale for such period (including but not limited to through the assumption of such Indebtedness by another Person) plus (B) if the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period attributable to the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary to the extent the Borrower and its continuing Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such Sale;

(4) if since the beginning of such period the Borrower or any Subsidiary (by merger, consolidation or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Person that thereby becomes a Subsidiary, or otherwise acquired any company, any business or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business in a Permitted Acquisition, including any such Investment or acquisition occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder (any such Investment or acquisition, a “ Purchase ”), Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any related Indebtedness) as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; and

(5) if since the beginning of such period any Person became a Subsidiary or was merged or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and since the beginning of such

 

8


period such Person shall have Discharged any Indebtedness or made any Sale or Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2), (3) or (4) above if made by the Borrower or a Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Discharge, Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period.

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to any Sale, Purchase or other transaction, or the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred or repaid, repurchased, redeemed, defeased or otherwise acquired, retired or discharged in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations in respect thereof (including without limitation in respect of anticipated cost savings, synergies or annualized impact of buyer fee increases relating to any such Sale, Purchase or other transaction) shall be as determined in good faith by the Chief Financial Officer or a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness). If any Indebtedness bears, at the option of the Borrower or a Subsidiary, a rate of interest based on a prime or similar rate, a eurocurrency interbank offered rate or other fixed or floating rate, and such Indebtedness is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated by applying such optional rate as the Borrower or such Subsidiary may designate. If any Indebtedness that is being given pro forma effect was Incurred under a revolving credit facility, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be computed based upon the average daily balance of such Indebtedness during the applicable period. Interest on a Capital Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Current Assets ”: at any date, all amounts from continuing operations (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current assets” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date, excluding all Securitization Assets on the balance sheet on the last day of the fiscal year that are sold thereafter in the ordinary course of a Permitted Securitization.

Consolidated Current Liabilities ”: at any date, all amounts from continuing operations (other than any accrued interest related to Indebtedness) that would, in conformity with GAAP, be set forth opposite the caption “total current liabilities” (or any like caption) on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries at such date, but excluding (a) the current portion of any Funded Debt of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (b) without duplication of clause (a) above, all Indebtedness consisting of Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans to the extent otherwise included therein, excluding all accounts payable with respect to Securitization Assets on the balance sheet on the last day of the fiscal year that are sold thereafter in the ordinary course of a Permitted Securitization.

Consolidated EBITDA ”: for any period:

(a) Consolidated Net Income for such period plus ,

(b) without duplication and to the extent reflected as a charge in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) the aggregate amount of all provisions for all taxes (whether or not paid, estimated or accrued) based upon the income and profits of the Borrower or alternative taxes imposed as reflected in the provision for income taxes in the Borrower’s consolidated financial statements,

 

9


(ii) interest expense, amortization or write-off of debt discount and debt issuance costs, and commissions, discounts and other fees and charges associated with Indebtedness (including the Loans),

(iii) depreciation and amortization expense,

(iv) amortization of intangibles (including goodwill) and organization costs,

(v) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges, expenses or losses (whether cash or non-cash),

(vi) any cash compensation expense relating to the cancellation or retirement of stock options in connection with the Acquisition in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000,000,

(vii) non-cash compensation expenses from stock, options to purchase stock and stock appreciation rights issued to the management of the Borrower,

(viii) any other non-cash charges, non-cash expenses or non-cash losses of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for such period (including deferred rent but excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period); provided , however , that cash payments made in such period or in any future period in respect of such non-cash charges, expenses or losses (excluding any such charge, expense or loss incurred in the ordinary course of business that constitutes an accrual of or a reserve for cash charges for any future period) shall be subtracted from Consolidated Net Income in calculating Consolidated EBITDA in the period when such payments are made,

(ix) no more than $5,000,000 accrued in any fiscal year for payment to the Sponsors in respect of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees plus any related expenses and other amounts paid to the Sponsors to the extent permitted pursuant to Section 8.10(e),

(x) any impairment charges, write-off, depreciation or amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 or to Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 and any other non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting,

(xi) any reduction in revenue resulting from the purchase accounting effects of adjustments to deferred revenue in component amounts required or permitted by GAAP and related authoritative pronouncements (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries), as a result of the Acquisition, any acquisition consummated prior to the Closing Date or any Permitted Acquisition,

 

10


(xii) any loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not Disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any loss realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person,

(xiii) any unrealized losses in respect of Hedge Agreements,

(xiv) any unrealized foreign currency translation losses in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person,

(xv) the amount of any minority expense net of dividends and distributions paid to the holders of such minority interest,

(xvi) any costs, fees and expenses associated with the consolidation of the salvage operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as described in the Confidential Information Memorandum,

(xvii) any costs, fees and expenses associated with the cost reduction, operational restructuring and business improvement efforts of any consulting firm engaged by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries to perform such service;

(xviii) any charges, costs, fees and expenses realized upon the termination of employees and the termination or cancellation of leases, software licenses or other contracts in connection with the operational restructuring and business improvement efforts of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and

(xix) any costs, fees and expenses related to the Acquisition and any other costs, fees and expenses incurred in connection with any Permitted Acquisition; minus

(c) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income for such period, the sum of the following amounts for such period:

(i) interest income,

(ii) any extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring income or gains whether or not included as a separate item in the statement of Consolidated Net Income,

(iii) all non-cash gains on the sale or disposition of any property other than inventory sold in the ordinary course of business,

(iv) any other non-cash income (excluding any items that represent the reversal of any accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges in any prior period that are described in the parenthetical to clause (b)(viii) above),

 

11


(v) any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of any asset (including pursuant to any sale/leaseback transaction) that is not Disposed of in the ordinary course of business and any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person,

(vi) any unrealized gains in respect of Hedge Agreements, and

(vii) any unrealized foreign currency translation gains in respect of Indebtedness of any Person denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of such Person, all as determined on a consolidated basis; and plus

(d) the annualized impact of buyer fee increases on any business acquired in a Permitted Acquisition.

For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters (each, a “ Reference Period ”) pursuant to any determination of the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or the Consolidated Leverage Ratio, (i) if at any time during such Reference Period the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made any Material Disposition, the Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the property that is the subject of such Material Disposition for such Reference Period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such Reference Period and (ii) if during such Reference Period the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have made a Material Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA for such Reference Period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto, as if such Material Acquisition occurred on the first day of such Reference Period, and, in the case of any Material Acquisition other than the Acquisition, Consolidated EBITDA may be increased by adding back any cost savings related thereto to the extent described as such in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent and expected to be realized within 365 days of such Material Acquisition and all costs incurred to achieve such cost savings. As used in this definition, “ Material Acquisition ” means any acquisition of property or series of related acquisitions of property that (a) constitutes assets comprising all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business or constitutes all or substantially all of the common stock of a Person and (b) involves the payment of consideration by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000; and “ Material Disposition ” means any Disposition of property or series of related Dispositions of property that yields gross proceeds to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in excess of $5,000,000.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) Consolidated EBITDA shall be deemed to be $102,900,000, $99,400,000, $88,100,000 and $80,700,000, respectively, for the fiscal quarters ending on or about March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006, September 30, 2006 and December 31, 2006, subject to the adjustments provided for in clauses (b) and (c) of this paragraph, (b) in determining Consolidated EBITDA at any time on or before June 30, 2007, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be increased by $10,500,000 on account of anticipated cost savings related to the combination of the salvage auction businesses of IAAI and ADESA as reflected in the Confidential Information Memorandum, and (c) in determining Consolidated EBITDA at any time after June 30, 2007 and on or before June 30, 2008, Consolidated EBITDA may be increased by the difference between $10,500,000 and the cumulative amount of all such cost savings referred to in clause (b) of this paragraph that have been realized prior to such time.

Consolidated Interest Expense ”: for any period, (a) the total interest expense of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any interest income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including any such interest expense consisting of

 

12


(i) interest expense attributable to Capital Lease Obligations, (ii) amortization of debt discount, (iii) interest in respect of Indebtedness of any other Person that has been Guaranteed by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, but only to the extent that such interest is actually paid by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (iv) non-cash interest expense, (v) the interest portion of any deferred payment obligation and (vi) commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing, plus (b) preferred stock dividends paid in cash in respect of Disqualified Capital Stock of the Borrower held by Persons other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary and minus (c) to the extent otherwise included in such interest expense referred to in clause (a) above, amortization or write-off of financing costs, in each case under clauses (a) through (c) as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , that gross interest expense shall be determined after giving effect to any net payments made or received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries with respect to interest rate Hedge Agreements.

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ”: the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt on the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters then ended.

Consolidated Net Income ”: for any period, the consolidated net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded the income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of the Borrower) in which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has an ownership interest recorded using the equity method, except to the extent that any such income is actually received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of dividends or similar distributions.

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ”: the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt on the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower, except that portion thereof consisting of the Unsecured Notes and any other Indebtedness that is not secured by a Lien on any Property of any Group Member, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters then ended.

Consolidated Total Debt ”: at any date, the aggregate amount shown or required by GAAP to be shown as a liability on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date in respect of all Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries then outstanding, excluding any such Indebtedness in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction.

Consolidated Working Capital ”: at any date, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets on such date over Consolidated Current Liabilities on such date.

Continuing Directors ”: the directors of Holdings or a Parent on the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby, and each other director of Holdings or such Parent whose nomination for election to the board of directors of Holdings or such Parent is recommended by at least a majority of the then Continuing Directors or such other director receives the vote of the Permitted Investors in his or her election by the shareholders of Holdings or such Parent.

Contractual Obligation ”: as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control Investment Affiliate ”: as to any Person, any other Person that (a) directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person and (b) is

 

13


organized by such Person or a common controlling Person primarily for the purpose of making equity or debt investments in one or more companies. For purposes of this definition, “control” of a Person means the power, directly or indirectly, to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.

Credit Facilities ”: to the extent specified by the Borrower by notice to the Administrative Agent, one or more other debt facilities or commercial paper facilities, in each case, with banks or other institutional lenders providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced (whether upon or after termination or otherwise) or refinanced (including by means of sales of debt securities to institutional investors) in whole or in part from time to time.

Cure Amount ”: as defined in Section 8.1(b).

Cure Right ”: as defined in Section 8.1(b).

Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 9, whether or not any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

Disposition ”: with respect to any Property, any sale, lease, sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, transfer or other disposition thereof. The terms “ Dispose ” and “ Disposed of ” shall have correlative meanings.

Disqualified Capital Stock ” means any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Capital Stock into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Capital Stock, in each case of clauses (a) through (d) above, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the later of the Revolving Termination Date and the date final payment is due on the Term Loans.

Dollars ” and “ $ ”: dollars in lawful currency of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower organized under the laws of any jurisdiction within the United States.

Earnout Obligation ”: an obligation to pay the seller in an acquisition a future payment that is contingent upon the financial performance of the business acquired in such acquisition exceeding a specified benchmark level and that becomes payable when such excess financial performance is achieved.

ECF Percentage ”: with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or about December 31, 2008, 50.0%; provided , that the ECF Percentage shall be (i) reduced to 25.0% if the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than 2.5 to 1.0 but equal to or greater than 2.0 to 1.0 and (ii) equal to 0% if the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such fiscal year is less than 2.0 to 1.0.

 

14


Environmental Laws ”: any and all foreign, Federal, state, local or municipal laws, rules, orders, regulations, statutes, ordinances, codes, decrees, requirements of any Governmental Authority or other Requirements of Law (including common law) regulating, relating to or imposing liability concerning protection or preservation of the environment and natural resources, including those relating to the generation, use storage, transportation, disposal, release, or threatened release of, or exposure to, Materials of Environmental Concern.

Environmental Permits ”: any and all permits, licenses, approvals, registrations, notifications, exemptions and other authorizations required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Contribution ”: as defined in the Recitals hereto.

ERISA ”: the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements ”: for any day as applied to a Eurodollar Loan, the aggregate (without duplication) of the maximum rates (expressed as a decimal fraction) of reserve requirements in effect on such day (including basic, supplemental, marginal and emergency reserves under any regulations of the Board or other Governmental Authority having jurisdiction with respect thereto) dealing with reserve requirements prescribed for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board) maintained by a member bank of the Federal Reserve System.

Eurodollar Base Rate ”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, the rate per annum determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in Dollars for a period equal to such Interest Period commencing on the first day of such Interest Period appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period. In the event that such rate does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or otherwise on such screen), the “ Eurodollar Base Rate ” shall be determined by reference to such other comparable publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent or, in the absence of such availability, by reference to the rate at which the Administrative Agent is offered Dollar deposits at or about 11:00 a.m., New York City time, two Business Days prior to the beginning of such Interest Period in the interbank eurodollar market where its eurodollar and foreign currency and exchange operations are then being conducted for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period for the number of days comprised therein.

Eurodollar Loans ”: Loans the rate of interest applicable to which is based upon the Eurodollar Rate.

Eurodollar Rate ”: with respect to each day during each Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Loan, a rate per annum determined for such day in accordance with the following formula (rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%):

 

 

Eurodollar Base Rate

 
  1.00 - Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements  

Eurodollar Tranche ”: the collective reference to Eurodollar Loans under a particular Facility for which the then current Interest Periods with respect to all of which begin on the same date and end on the same later date (whether or not such Loans shall originally have been made on the same day).

 

15


Event of Default ”: any of the events specified in Section 9, provided that any requirement for the giving of notice, the lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

Excess Cash Flow ”: for any fiscal year of the Borrower, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum, without duplication, of (i) Consolidated Net Income for such fiscal year, (ii) the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, (iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital for such fiscal year, (iv) the aggregate net amount of non-cash losses by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year, to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, and (v) all Reserved Funds that were not expended in such fiscal year for the purposes for which they were reserved in the immediately preceding fiscal year over (b) the sum, without duplication, of (i) the aggregate amount actually paid by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in cash during such fiscal year on account of Capital Expenditures, Investments and Permitted Acquisitions (except from amounts designated as Reserved Funds in the preceding fiscal year, from Indebtedness Incurred and equity contributions received or from any Reinvestment Deferred Amount), (ii) the aggregate amount of all prepayments of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans during such fiscal year to the extent accompanying permanent optional reductions of the Revolving Commitments and all optional prepayments of the Term Loans during such fiscal year, (iii) the aggregate amount of all regularly scheduled and voluntary principal payments of Funded Debt (including the Term Loans) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries made during such fiscal year (other than in respect of any revolving credit facility to the extent there is not an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), (iv) increases in Consolidated Working Capital for such fiscal year, (v) the aggregate net amount of non-cash gains, non-cash income and non-cash credits accrued by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such fiscal year, to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, and (vi) all amounts designated as Reserved Funds in such fiscal year.

Exchange Act ”: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Excluded Indebtedness ”: all Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.2 (except any “Additional Notes” (as defined in any Indenture) issued after the Closing Date, the proceeds of which are not applied within 270 days after issuance to finance Capital Expenditures or a Permitted Acquisition).

Excluded Real Property ”: the owned real property listed on Schedule 1.2.

Excluded Subsidiaries ”: ADESA Importation Services, LLC, a Michigan limited liability company, ADESA Mexico, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company, and IRT Receivables Corp., an Indiana Corporation, in each case only for as long as it has assets having an aggregate value of less than $1,000,000 and no Indebtedness.

Excluded Redemption Obligation ”: an obligation (i) to purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock that is not, and cannot in any contingency become required to be purchased, redeemed, retired or otherwise acquired prior to the first anniversary of the later of the Revolving Termination Date and the date final payment is due on the Term Loans or (ii) an obligation of Holdings to purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of Holdings or any Parent from present or former officers, directors or employees of any Group Member upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment or service of such officer, director or employee, or otherwise under any stock option or employee stock ownership plan approved by the board of directors of Holdings or any Parent.

 

16


Existing Indebtedness ”: Indebtedness and other obligations outstanding under (i) the Credit Agreement, dated as of May 19, 2005 (as amended and restated as of June 29, 2006), among Axle Holdings, Inc., IAAI, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. and other parties signatory thereto, (ii) the Senior Unsecured Note Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2005, entered into by IAAI Finance Corp. (as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time), (iii) the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, dated June 21, 2004, between ADESA and LaSalle Bank National Association, as trustee and (iv) the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 25, 2005, as amended, among ADESA, Bank of America, N.A. and other parties signatory thereto.

Existing Securitization ”: the securitization pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated April 20, 2007, among AFC Funding Corporation, as seller, AFC—US, as servicer, Fairway Finance Company, LLC and such other entities as may become purchasers, BMO Capital Markets Corp., as initial agent, and the other parties thereto.

Facility ”: each of (a) the Term Commitments and the Term Loans made thereunder (the “ Term Facility ”), and (b) the Revolving Commitments and the extensions of credit made thereunder (the “ Revolving Facility ”).

Federal Funds Effective Rate ”: for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

Foreign Subsidiary ”: any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary or that is a Foreign Subsidiary Holdco.

Foreign Subsidiary Holdco ”: any Domestic Subsidiary that (a) has no material assets other than securities of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries and other assets relating to the ownership interest in any such securities and (b) has no Guarantee Obligations in respect of any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary.

Funded Debt ”: as to any Person, all Indebtedness of such Person that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date but is renewable or extendible, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including all current maturities and current sinking fund payments in respect of such Indebtedness whether or not required to be paid within one year from the date of its creation and, in the case of the Borrower, Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.

Funding Office ”: the office of the Administrative Agent specified in Section 11.2 or such other office as may be specified from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its funding office by written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders.

GAAP ”: generally accepted accounting principles in the United States as in effect from time to time except that for purposes of Section 8.1, GAAP shall be determined on the basis of such principles in effect on the date hereof and consistent with those used in the preparation of the most recent audited financial statements referred to in Section 5.1(b). In the event that any Accounting Change (as defined below) shall occur and such change would otherwise result in a change in the method of

 

17


calculation of financial covenants, standards or terms in this Agreement, then the Borrower and the Administrative Agent agree to enter into negotiations in order to amend such provisions of this Agreement so as to equitably reflect such Accounting Changes with the desired result that the criteria for evaluating the Borrower’s financial condition shall be the same after such Accounting Changes as if such Accounting Changes had not been made. Until such time as such an amendment shall have been executed and delivered by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, all financial covenants, standards and terms in this Agreement shall continue to be calculated or construed as if such Accounting Changes had not occurred. “ Accounting Changes ” refers to changes in accounting principles required by the promulgation of any rule, regulation, pronouncement or opinion by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants or, if applicable, the SEC.

Governmental Authority ”: any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners).

Group Members ”: the collective reference to Holdings, the Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries (including, on and after the Closing Date, IAAI and ADESA and their respective Subsidiaries).

Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”: the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement to be executed and delivered by Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor, substantially in the form of Exhibit A.

Guarantee Obligation ”: as to any Person (the “ guaranteeing person ”), any obligation of (a) the guaranteeing person or (b) another Person (including any bank under any letter of credit) to induce the creation of which the guaranteeing person has issued a reimbursement, counterindemnity or similar obligation which (in the case of either clause (a) or clause (b)), guarantees or has the effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “ primary obligations ”) of any other third Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any such obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided , however , that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the Borrower in good faith.

Guarantors ”: the collective reference to Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors.

 

18


Hedge Agreements ”: any interest rate protection agreement, commodity price protection agreement or other interest or currency exchange rate or commodity price hedging arrangement.

Holdings ”: as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

Incremental Commitment Agreement ”: an agreement delivered by an Incremental Term Lender, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and accepted by the Loan Parties, by which an Incremental Term Lender confirms its Incremental Term Commitment.

Incremental Term Amount ”: at any time, the excess, if any, of (a) $300,000,000 over (b) the aggregate amount of all Incremental Term Commitments established after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.4.

Incremental Term Commitment ”: the commitment of any Incremental Term Lender to increase its Initial Term Loan or fund additional term loans as permitted by Section 2.4.

Incremental Term Lender ”: a Term Lender, Approved Fund or other Person that provides an Incremental Term Commitment.

Incremental Term Loan ”: any Term Loan resulting from an Incremental Term Commitment of any Incremental Term Lender.

Incur ”: issue, assume, enter into any Guarantee Obligation in respect of, incur or otherwise become liable for; and the terms “Incurs,” “Incurred” and “Incurrence” shall have a correlative meaning; provided , that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. The accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion of amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness will not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness. Any Indebtedness issued at a discount (including Indebtedness on which interest is payable through the issuance of additional Indebtedness) shall be deemed Incurred at the time of original issuance of the Indebtedness at the initial accreted amount thereof.

Indebtedness ”: of any Person at any date, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person for the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than current trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of such Person’s business and Earnout Obligations), (c) all obligations of such Person evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments, (d) all indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired by such Person (even though the rights and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), (e) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (f) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, as an account party or applicant under or in respect of acceptances, letters of credit or similar arrangements, (g) all obligations of such Person, contingent or otherwise, to purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire for value any Capital Stock of such Person, except an Excluded Redemption Obligation, (h) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person in respect of obligations of others of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (g) above, (i) all obligations of the kind referred to in clauses (a) through (h) above secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property (including accounts and contract rights) owned by such Person, whether or not such Person has assumed or become liable for the

 

19


payment of such obligation; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness shall be limited to the lesser of such obligation and the value of the property subject to such Lien if such Person has not assumed or become liable for the payment of such obligation, (j) all Disqualified Capital Stock of such Person, and (k) for the purposes of Sections 8.2 and 9(e) only, all obligations of such Person in respect of Hedge Agreements, but in each case in the above clauses excluding obligations under operating leases and obligations under employment contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any other entity (including any partnership in which such Person is a general partner) to the extent such Person is liable therefor as a result of such Person’s ownership interest in or other relationship with such entity, except to the extent the terms of such Indebtedness expressly provide that such Person is not liable therefor.

Indemnified Liabilities ”: as defined in Section 11.5.

Indemnitee ”: as defined in Section 11.5.

Indentures ”: the Senior Floating Rate Notes Indenture, the Senior Fixed Rate Notes Indenture and the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture.

Initial Term Loans ”: as defined in Section 2.1.

Insolvency ”: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

Insolvent ”: pertaining to a condition of Insolvency.

IAAI ”: Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc., an Illinois corporation.

Intellectual Property ”: the collective reference to all rights, and privileges relating to intellectual property, whether arising under United States, multinational or foreign laws or otherwise, including copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses and technology, know-how, trade secrets and proprietary information of any type, and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other impairment thereof, including the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom.

Intellectual Property Security Agreement ”: the Intellectual Property Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by each applicable Loan Party in accordance with Section 5.10 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Interest Payment Date ”: (a) as to any Base Rate Loan (other than any Swingline Loan), the last day of each March, June, September and December to occur while such Loan is outstanding and the final maturity date of such Loan, (b) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period of three months or less, the last day of such Interest Period, (c) as to any Eurodollar Loan having an Interest Period longer than three months, each day that is three months, or a whole multiple thereof, after the first day of such Interest Period and the last day of such Interest Period, (d) as to any Loan (other than any Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan and any Swingline Loan), the date of any repayment or prepayment made in respect thereof and (e) as to any Swingline Loan, the day that such Loan is required to be repaid.

Interest Period ”: as to any Eurodollar Loan, (a) initially, the period commencing on the borrowing or conversion date, as the case may be, with respect to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one,

 

20


two, three or six or (with the consent of all Lenders under the relevant Facility) nine or twelve months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its notice of borrowing or notice of conversion, as the case may be, given with respect thereto; and (b) thereafter, each period commencing on the last day of the next preceding Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Loan and ending one, two, three or six or (with the consent of all Lenders under the relevant Facility) nine or twelve months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower by irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent no later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date that is three Business Days prior to the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto; provided that, all of the foregoing provisions relating to Interest Periods are subject to the following:

(i) if any Interest Period would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to carry such Interest Period into another calendar month in which event such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(ii) the Borrower may not select an Interest Period under a particular Facility that would extend beyond the Revolving Termination Date or beyond the date final payment is due on the Term Loans, as applicable;

(iii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; and

(iv) the Borrower shall select Interest Periods so as not to require a payment or prepayment of any Eurodollar Loan during an Interest Period for such Loan.

Investments ”: as defined in Section 8.8.

Issuing Lender ”: LaSalle Bank National Association, in its capacity as issuer of any Letter of Credit.

Joint Bookrunners ”: as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

L/C Fee Payment Date ”: the last day of each March, June, September and December and the last day of the Revolving Commitment Period.

L/C Obligations ”: at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of the then outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate amount of drawings under Letters of Credit that have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 3.11.

L/C Participants ”: the collective reference to all the Revolving Lenders other than the Issuing Lender.

L/C Subcommitment Amount ”: $75,000,000.

Lead Arrangers ”: as defined in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

21


Leasehold Cost Overruns ”: cost funded by the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries in connection with leasehold improvements financed by a lessor of any premises leased by the Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries.

Lenders ”: as defined in the preamble hereto; provided , that unless the context otherwise requires, each reference herein to the Lenders shall be deemed to include any Conduit Lender.

Letters of Credit ”: as defined in Section 3.7(a).

Lien ”: any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge or other security interest or any preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement and any capital lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Loan ”: any loan made by any Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

Loan Documents ”: this Agreement, the Security Documents, the Notes, each other agreement and each other material certificate or document executed by any Group Member and delivered to any Agent or any Lender pursuant to this Agreement or any Security Document.

Loan Parties ”: each Group Member that is a party to a Loan Document.

Majority Facility Lenders ”: with respect to any Facility, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans or the Revolving Extensions of Credit, as the case may be, outstanding under such Facility (or, in the case of the Revolving Facility, prior to any termination of the Revolving Commitments, the holders of more than 50% of the Total Revolving Commitments and, in the case of the Term Loans prior to the Closing Date, the holders of more than 50% of the aggregate Term Commitments).

Management Advances ”: promissory notes issued on an unsecured basis by Holdings to a Management Investor in accordance with the Management Stock Agreements to fund all or a portion of the purchase price paid in connection with the repurchase by Holdings or such Parent of its Capital Stock from such Management Investor, if such repurchase is occasioned by the death, disability, or retirement of such Management Investor.

Management Agreement ”: the financial advisory agreements, dated as of the Closing Date, among (i) Kelso & Company, L.P. and the Borrower, (ii) Goldman, Sachs & Co. and the Borrower, (iii) PCap, L.P. and the Borrower and (iv) ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. and the Borrower.

Management Investors ”: present or former officers, employees or directors of a Group Member who beneficially own outstanding capital stock of Holdings or any Parent.

Management Stock Agreements ”: any subscription agreement or stockholders agreement between Holdings or any Parent and any Management Investor.

Material Adverse Effect ”: a material adverse effect on (a) as of the Closing Date, the Acquisition or the financings thereof under this Agreement or the Unsecured Notes or any other transaction relating to the Acquisition, (b) the business, assets, property, financial condition or results of operations of the Group Members, taken as a whole or (c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement

 

22


or any of the other Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Agents or the Lenders hereunder or thereunder or the perfection or priority of the Administrative Agent’s Liens on a material portion of the Collateral.

Materials of Environmental Concern ”: any gasoline or petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or petroleum products or any hazardous or toxic substances, materials or wastes, defined, listed or regulated as hazardous or toxic under any Environmental Law, including polychlorinated biphenyls, urea-formaldehyde insulation, asbestos, pollutants, contaminants, radioactivity, and any other substances that are regulated pursuant to or could give rise to liability under any Environmental Law.

Merger ”: as defined in the Recitals hereto.

Merger Agreement ”: as defined in the Recitals hereto.

Modification ”: as defined in Section 2.4(f).

Mortgaged Properties ”: the owned real properties listed on Schedule 1.1, as to which the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties shall be granted a Lien pursuant to the Mortgages.

Mortgages ”: each of the mortgages, deeds to secure debts and deeds of trust made by any Loan Party in favor of, or for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit D (with such changes thereto as (a) shall be advisable under the law of the jurisdiction in which such mortgage or deed of trust is to be recorded and (b) do not have a significant adverse economic effect on any Loan Party), as amended, modified, supplemented or extended from time to time.

Multiemployer Plan ”: a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Net Cash Proceeds ”: (a) in connection with any Asset Sale or any Recovery Event, the proceeds thereof in the form of cash (including any such proceeds received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or by the Disposition of any non-cash consideration received in connection therewith or otherwise, but only as and when received, and Cash Equivalents at their maturity) of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event, net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Lien expressly permitted hereunder on any asset that is the subject of such Asset Sale or Recovery Event (other than any Lien pursuant to a Security Document) and other reasonable fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith and net of taxes paid, payable or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof and (b) in connection with any issuance or sale of Capital Stock or any Incurrence of Indebtedness, the cash proceeds received from such issuance or Incurrence, net of attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other reasonable fees and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith; provided , that amounts provided as a reserve, in accordance with GAAP, against any liability under any indemnification obligations or purchase price adjustment associated with any of the foregoing shall not constitute Net Cash Proceeds except to the extent and at the time any such amounts are released from such reserve.

Non-Excluded Taxes ”: as defined in Section 4.10(a).

 

23


Non-public Information ”: information which has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally, within the meaning of Regulation FD of the Securities Act 1933, as amended.

Non-U.S. Lender ”: as defined in Section 4.10(d).

Notes ”: the collective reference to any promissory note evidencing Loans.

Obligations ”: the unpaid principal of and interest on (including interest accruing after the maturity of the Loans and Reimbursement Obligations and interest accruing after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding) the Loans and all other obligations and liabilities of the Borrower to any Agent or to any Lender (or, in the case of Specified Hedge Agreements or Specified Cash Management Arrangements, any Qualified Counterparty), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, or now existing or hereafter Incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Letters of Credit, any Specified Hedge Agreement, any Specified Cash Management Arrangements or any other document made, delivered or given in connection herewith or therewith, whether on account of principal, interest, reimbursement obligations, fees, indemnities, costs, expenses, overdraft charges (including all reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to any Agent or to any Lender that are required to be paid by the Borrower pursuant hereto) or otherwise; provided , that (i) obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Specified Hedge Agreement or Specified Cash Management Arrangement shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Security Documents only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other Obligations are so secured and guaranteed and (ii) any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement shall not require the consent of holders of obligations under Specified Hedge Agreements or Specified Cash Management Arrangements.

Organizational Documents ”: as to any Person, its certificate or articles of incorporation and by-laws if a corporation, its partnership agreement if a partnership, its limited liability company agreement if a limited liability company, or other organizational or governing documents of such Person.

Other Taxes ”: any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Other Term Loans ”: as defined in Section 2.4.

Parent ”: Holdings and any other Person of which Holdings at any time is or becomes a Subsidiary after the Closing Date.

Participant ”: as defined in Section 11.6(c).

Patriot Act ”: as defined in Section 11.18.

PBGC ”: the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation established pursuant to Subtitle A of Title IV of ERISA (or any successor).

Permitted Acquisition ”: any acquisition by purchase or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business, assets or Capital Stock (other than directors’ qualifying shares) of any Person or a

 

24


business unit of a Person so long as (a) no Default has occurred and is continuing at the time such acquisition is contracted for or made and no Default would result from the completion of such acquisition, (b) on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition, all related transactions (including the Incurrence and use of proceeds of all Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith) and all other acquisitions and dispositions and related transactions at any time completed as if completed on the first day of the twelve month period ending on the most recent Test Date, (i) the Borrower would have been in compliance with Section 8.1(a) on the Test Date (assuming compliance with Section 8.1(a), as originally in effect or amended with the consent of the Required Lenders, was required on the Test Date) if the Test Date is December 31, 2007 or a later date or the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio on the Test Date would not have exceeded 5.85 to 1.0 if the Test Date is earlier than December 31, 2007 and (ii) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio on the Test Date would not have exceeded (x) 7.0 to 1.0 if the Test Date is December 31, 2007 or an earlier date, (y) 6.5 to 1.0 if the Test Date is any date in 2008 and (z) 6.0 to 1.0 if the Test Date is after December 31, 2008 and (c) if the aggregate consideration for such acquisition is more than $20,000,000, the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent, at least five Business Days prior to the completion of such acquisition, a certificate of a Responsible Officer demonstrating in reasonable detail that the pro forma tests in clause (b) above are satisfied.

Permitted Encumbrances ”: has the meaning specified in the Mortgages.

Permitted Investors ”: collectively, the Sponsors, their Control Investment Affiliates, any Management Investors and all of their respective Permitted Transferees.

Permitted Liens ”: any Liens permitted by Section 8.3.

Permitted Refinancing ”: with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended and (c) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, taken as a whole.

Permitted Securitization ”: the Existing Securitization or any other Securitization that complies with the following criteria: (a) the cash portion of the initial purchase price paid by the Securitization Subsidiary at closing for the Securitization Assets is at least 70% of the book value of the Securitization Assets at such time and (b) the Seller’s Retained Interest and all proceeds thereof shall constitute Collateral hereunder if the seller is a Loan Party and in such event all necessary steps to perfect a security interest in such Seller’s Retained Interest by the Administrative Agent are taken by the Group Members.

Permitted Transferees ”: (a) in the case of any Sponsor, (i) any Control Investment Affiliate of such Sponsor (collectively, “ Sponsor Affiliates ”), (ii) any managing director, general partner,

 

25


limited partner, director, officer or employee of such Sponsor or any of its Sponsor Affiliates (collectively, the “ Sponsor Associates ”), (iii) the heirs, executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees or beneficiaries of any Sponsor Associate and (iv) any trust, the beneficiaries of which, or a corporation or partnership, the stockholders or partners of which, include only a Sponsor Associate, his or her spouse, parents, siblings, members of his or her immediate family (including adopted children) and/or direct lineal descendants; and (b) in the case of any Management Investors, (i) his or her heirs, executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees or beneficiaries, (ii) his or her spouse, parents, siblings, members of his or her immediate family (including adopted children) or direct lineal descendants or (iii) a trust, the beneficiaries of which, or a corporation or partnership, the stockholders or partners of which, include only the Management Investor, as the case may be, and his or her spouse, parents, siblings, members of his or her immediate family (including adopted children) and/or direct lineal descendants.

Person ”: an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, Governmental Authority or other entity of whatever nature.

Plan ”: at a particular time, any employee pension benefit plan that is covered by ERISA and in respect of which the Borrower or a Commonly Controlled Entity is (or, if such plan were terminated at such time, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

Platform ”: as defined in Section 7.2(g).

Pledged Notes ”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Pledged Stock ”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Pricing Grids ”: the pricing grids and related provisions attached hereto as Annex A.

Pro Forma Financial Statements ”: as defined in Section 5.1(a).

Projections ”: as defined in Section 7.2(c).

Properties ”: as defined in Section 5.17(a).

Property ”: any right or interest in or to property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, including Capital Stock.

Qualified Counterparty ”: with respect to any Specified Hedge Agreement or Specified Cash Management Arrangement, any counterparty thereto that, at or before the time such Specified Hedge Agreement or Specified Cash Management Arrangement was entered into, was a Lender or Agent or an affiliate of a Lender.

Recovery Event ”: any settlement of or payment in respect of any property or casualty insurance claim or any condemnation proceeding relating to any asset of any Group Member, other than (x) any such settlement or payment arising by reason of any loss of revenues or interruption of business or operations caused thereby and (y) any such settlement or payment constituting reimbursement or compensation for amounts previously paid by any Group Member in respect of the theft, loss, destruction, damage or other similar event relating to any such claim or proceeding.

 

26


Register ”: as defined in Section 11.6(b).

Regulation U ”: Regulation U of the Board as in effect from time to time.

Reimbursement Obligation ”: the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.11 for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit.

Reinvestment Deferred Amount ”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, an amount equal to the aggregate Net Cash Proceeds received by any Group Member in connection therewith that are not applied to prepay the Term Loans or reduce the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 4.2(c) as a result of the delivery of a Reinvestment Notice.

Reinvestment Event ”: any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in respect of which the Borrower has delivered a Reinvestment Notice.

Reinvestment Notice ”: a written notice executed by a Responsible Officer stating that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and that the Borrower (directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary) intends to use an amount equal to all or a specified portion of the Net Cash Proceeds of an Asset Sale or Recovery Event to acquire, improve or repair fixed or capital assets useful in its business, or to complete a Permitted Acquisition.

Reinvestment Prepayment Amount ”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the Reinvestment Deferred Amount relating thereto less any amount expended prior to the relevant Reinvestment Prepayment Date to acquire, improve or repair fixed or capital assets useful in the Borrower’s business, to acquire a brand or trademark and related assets or to complete a Permitted Acquisition.

Reinvestment Prepayment Date ”: with respect to any Reinvestment Event, the earlier of (a) the date occurring eighteen months after the receipt by the Borrower of proceeds relating to such Reinvestment Event (or the 180 th day thereafter if the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has entered into a legally binding commitment to apply such proceeds in accordance with the applicable Reinvestment Notice) and (b) the date on which the Borrower shall have determined not to, or shall have otherwise ceased to, acquire, improve or repair fixed or capital assets useful in the Borrower’s business, acquire a brand or trademark and related assets or complete a Permitted Acquisition with all or any portion of the relevant Reinvestment Deferred Amount.

Related Agreements ”: the Acquisition Documentation, the Indentures and each other document executed in connection therewith.

Related Persons ”: with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

Reorganization ”: with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

Reportable Event ”: any of the events set forth in Section 4043(b) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived under subsections .27, .28, .29, .30, .31, .32, .34 or .35 of PBGC Reg. § 4043.

 

27


Required Lenders ”: at any time, the holders of more than 50% of the sum of (i) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding and (ii) the Revolving Commitments then in effect or, if the Revolving Commitments have been terminated, the Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding.

Requirement of Law ”: as to any Person, any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

Reserved Funds ”: for any fiscal year of the Borrower, amounts committed to be paid but not expended in such fiscal year on account of Capital Expenditures, Investments and Permitted Acquisitions if the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries has entered into a legally binding commitment to complete such project within 180 days following such fiscal year.

Responsible Officer ”: the chief executive officer, president or chief financial officer of the Borrower, but in any event, with respect to financial matters, the chief financial officer of the Borrower.

Restricted Payments ”: as defined in Section 8.6.

Revolving Commitment ”: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make Revolving Loans and participate in Swingline Loans and Letters of Credit in an aggregate principal and/or face amount not to exceed the amount set forth in the Addendum or Assignment and Assumption by which such Lender became a party hereto, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The original amount of the Total Revolving Commitments is $300,000,000.

Revolving Commitment Period ”: the period from and including the Closing Date to the Revolving Termination Date.

Revolving Extensions of Credit ”: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans held by such Lender then outstanding, (b) such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the L/C Obligations then outstanding and (c) such Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding.

Revolving Lender ”: each Lender that has a Revolving Commitment or that holds Revolving Loans.

Revolving Loans ”: as defined in Section 3.1(a).

Revolving Percentage ”: as to any Revolving Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Revolving Commitment then constitutes of the Total Revolving Commitments (or, at any time after the Revolving Commitments shall have expired or terminated, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Loans then outstanding).

Revolving Termination Date ”: the earlier of (a) the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date and (b) the date on which the Revolving Commitments are terminated pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.

 

28


SEC ”: the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto and otherwise any analogous Governmental Authority.

Secured Obligations ”: in the case of the Borrower, the Obligations and in the case of any other Loan Party, the obligations of such Loan Party under the Guaranty and Collateral Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party.

Secured Parties ”: as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Securitization ”: any transaction or series of transactions entered into by any Group Member pursuant to which such Group Member sells, conveys, assigns, grants an interest in or otherwise transfers to a Securitization Subsidiary, Securitization Assets (and/or grants a security interest in such Securitization Assets transferred or purported to be transferred to such Securitization Subsidiary), and which Securitization Subsidiary finances the acquisition of such Securitization Assets (i) with cash, (ii) the issuance to such Group Member of Seller’s Retained Interests or an increase in such Seller’s Retained Interests, (iii) with proceeds from the sale or collection of Securitization Assets, or (iv) in the case of a Canadian Securitization, with proceeds from the sale or issuance of Securitization Asset backed securities or other interests therein.

Securitization Assets ”: the collective reference to (i) US Dollar-denominated finance receivables of AFC – US of the type sold by AFC – US in the Existing Securitization and related assets of AFC – US sold in the Existing Securitization and other US Dollar-denominated receivables of AFC – US arising in the ordinary course of business and receivables and related assets related to the rental portfolio of AFC—US, and (ii) Canadian Dollar-denominated finance receivables of AFC – Canada and related assets of AFC – Canada.

Securitization Subsidiary ”: a Person to which a Group Member sells, conveys, transfers or grants a security interest in Securitization Assets, which Person is formed for the limited purpose of effecting one or more securitizations involving the Securitization Assets or, in the case of a Canadian Securitization, other income producing financial assets, and related activities.

Security Documents ”: the collective reference to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, the Mortgages and all other security documents hereafter delivered to the Administrative Agent granting a Lien on any property of any Person to secure the obligations and liabilities of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.

Seller’s Retained Interest ”: (i) in respect of a Securitization, the debt or equity interests held by Group Members in a Securitization Subsidiary to which Securitization Assets have been transferred, including any such debt or equity received as consideration for or as a portion of the purchase price for the Securitization Assets transferred, or any other instrument through which any Group Member has rights to or receives distributions in respect of any residual or excess interest in the Securitization Assets, and (ii) in respect of a Canadian Securitization, all amounts which are payable or which may become payable as consideration for or as a portion of the purchase price for the Securitization Assets transferred, including any such amounts which any Group Member receives or has rights to receive as distributions in respect of any residual or excess interest in the Securitization Assets.

Senior Floating Rate Notes Indenture ”: the Indenture dated as of the date hereof entered into by the Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, governing the Borrower’s Floating Rate Senior Notes due May 1, 2014 issued in an original aggregate principal amount of $150,000,000.

 

29


Senior Fixed Rate Notes Indenture ”: the Indenture dated as of the date hereof entered into by Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, governing the Borrower’s 8 3/4 % Senior Notes due May 1, 2014 issued in an original aggregate principal amount of $450,000,000.

Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture ”: the Indenture dated as of the date hereof entered into by the Borrower and certain of its Subsidiaries and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, governing the Borrower’s 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due May 1, 2015 issued in an original aggregate principal amount of $425,000,000.

Single Employer Plan ”: any Plan that is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but that is not a Multiemployer Plan.

Solvent ”: with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, (a) the amount of the “present fair saleable value” of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, exceed the amount of all “liabilities of such Person, contingent or otherwise”, as of such date, as such quoted terms are determined in accordance with applicable federal and state laws governing determinations of the insolvency of debtors, (b) the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured, (c) such Person will not have, as of such date, an unreasonably small amount of capital with which to conduct its business, and (d) such Person will be able to pay its debts as they mature. For purposes of this definition, (i) “debt” means liability on a “claim”, and (ii) “claim” means any (x) right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured or (y) right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right to payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, fixed, contingent, matured or unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.

Specified Cash Management Arrangement ”: any arrangement for treasury, depositary or cash management services provided to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by a Qualified Counterparty in connection with any transfer or disbursement of funds through an automated clearinghouse or on a same day or immediate or accelerated availability basis that has been designated as a Specified Cash Management Arrangement. The designation by the Borrower of any such arrangement as a Specified Cash Management Arrangement shall not create in favor of the Qualified Counterparty that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management, enforcement or release of any Collateral or any claim against any Guarantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. All treasury, depository and cash management services now or at any time hereafter provided to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. in connection with any transfer or disbursement of funds through any automated clearinghouse or on a same day or immediate or accelerated availability basis are hereby designated by the Borrower as a Specified Cash Management Arrangement.

Specified Change of Control ”: a “Change of Control” (or any other defined term having a similar purpose) as defined in any of the Unsecured Notes.

Specified Hedge Agreement ”: any Hedge Agreement between the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and any Qualified Counterparty that has been designated as a Specified Hedge Agreement. The designation by the Borrower of any Hedge Agreement as a Specified Hedge Agreement (a) shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower that such Hedge Agreement is permitted by Section 8.12 (upon which such Qualified Counterparty shall be entitled to rely conclusively) and (b) shall not create in favor of the Qualified Counterparty that is a party thereto any rights in

 

30


connection with the management, enforcement or release of any Collateral or any claim against any Guarantor under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement except to the extent expressly set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

Specified Securitization Proceeds ”: the proceeds of any initial securitization sale of (a) any US Dollar-denominated receivables and related assets related to the rental portfolio of AFC—US and (b) any Canadian Dollar-denominated finance receivables of AFC – Canada and related assets of AFC – Canada.

Sponsors ”: collectively, Kelso & Company, L.P., GS Capital Partners VI, L.P. and its related GS VI co-investment funds, ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. and Parthenon Investors II, L.P.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ”: representations, warranties, covenants, repurchase obligations and indemnities entered into by a Group Member which are customary for a seller or servicer of assets transferred in connection with a Securitization.

Subsidiary ”: as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power (other than stock or such other ownership interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower; provided , however , all such references to “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall not include any Securitization Subsidiary.

Subsidiary Guarantor ”: each Subsidiary of the Borrower other than any Excluded Subsidiary and any Foreign Subsidiary.

Swingline Commitment Amount ”: $75,000,000.

Swingline Lender ”: LaSalle Bank National Association, in its capacity as the lender of Swingline Loans.

Swingline Loans ”: as defined in Section 3.3(a).

Swingline Participation Amount ”: as defined in Section 3.4(c).

Syndication Agent ”: as defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

Term Commitment ”: as to any Lender, the obligation of such Lender, if any, to make the Initial Term Loan to the Borrower hereunder in a principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth in the Addendum or Assignment and Acceptance by which such Lender became a party to this Agreement, as the same may be changed from time to time pursuant to the terms hereof. The original aggregate amount of the Term Commitments as of the Closing Date is $1,565,000,000.

Term Lender ”: each Lender that has a Term Commitment or that holds a Term Loan.

Term Loans ”: the Initial Term Loans and all Incremental Term Loans (if any), taken together as a single class.

 

31


Term Percentage ”: as to any Term Lender at any time, the percentage which such Lender’s Term Commitment then constitutes of the aggregate Term Commitments (or, at any time after the funding of the Term Loans, the percentage which the aggregate principal amount of such Lender’s Term Loans then outstanding constitutes of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans then outstanding).

Test Date ”: at any time, the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which the Borrower’s consolidated annual or quarterly financial statements are then available.

Third Party Assignee ” as defined in Section 11.6.

Total Revolving Commitments ”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

Total Revolving Extensions of Credit ”: at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Extensions of Credit outstanding at such time.

Transaction Costs ”: shall mean the fees, costs and expenses (including all expenses related to management bonuses, severance payments or other employee related costs and expenses) payable by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documentation, the Loan Documents, the Indentures and any related agreements.

Transferee ”: any Assignee or Participant.

Type ”: as to any Loan, its nature as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Loan.

United States ”: the United States of America.

Unsecured Notes ”: notes outstanding under the Indentures.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ”: when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary ”: as to any Person, any other Person all of the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares required by law or de minimis shares held by nominees or others as required by law) is owned by such Person directly and/or through other Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor ”: any Subsidiary Guarantor that is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

1.2. Other Definitional Provisions . (a) Unless otherwise specified therein, all terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in the other Loan Documents or any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto.

 

32


(b) As used herein and in the other Loan Documents, and any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, (i) accounting terms relating to any Group Member not defined in Section 1.1 and accounting terms partly defined in Section 1.1, to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under GAAP, (ii) the words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”, (iii) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties of every type and nature and (iv) references to agreements or other Contractual Obligations shall, unless otherwise specified, be deemed to refer to such agreements or Contractual Obligations as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time (subject to any applicable restrictions hereunder).

(c) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, and Section, Schedule and Exhibit references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

(d) The meanings given to terms defined herein shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms.

(e) The expressions “payment in full,” “paid in full” and any other similar terms or phrases when used herein with respect to any Obligation shall mean the payment in full of such Obligation in cash in immediately available funds.

SECTION 2. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF TERM COMMITMENTS

2.1. Term Commitments . Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Term Lender severally agrees to make an initial term loan (the “ Initial Term Loan ”) to the Borrower on the Closing Date in an amount not to exceed the amount of the Term Commitment of such Lender. The Initial Term Loans shall be either Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 4.3.

2.2. Procedure for the Initial Term Loan Borrowing . The Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice (which notice must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, (a) one Business Day prior to the anticipated Closing Date in the case of Base Rate Loans and (b) three Business Days prior to the anticipated Closing Date in the case of Eurodollar Loans requesting that the Term Lenders make the Initial Term Loans on the Closing Date and specifying the amount to be borrowed. Upon receipt of such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Term Lender thereof. Not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Closing Date, each Term Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the Initial Term Loan or Initial Term Loans to be made by such Lender. The Administrative Agent shall credit the account of the Borrower on the books of such office of the Administrative Agent with the aggregate of the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Term Lenders in immediately available funds.

2.3. Repayment of Initial Term Loans . The Initial Term Loan of each Term Lender shall mature and be payable in full on the date that is six and one-half years after the Closing Date and shall be repayable prior to that date in consecutive quarterly installments, each of which shall be in an amount equal to such Lender’s Term Percentage of 0.25% of the aggregate Initial Term Loans, due commencing on September 30, 2007 and continuing on the last day of each consecutive March, June, September and December thereafter.

 

33


2.4. Increase in Term Commitments . (a) The Borrower from time to time may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, request Incremental Term Commitments in an amount not to exceed the Incremental Term Amount from Lenders or other Persons reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent willing to provide such Incremental Term Commitments. The notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Term Commitments being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum amount of $20,000,000 or equal to the remaining Incremental Term Amount), (ii) the date on which such Incremental Term Commitments are requested to be made, (iii) any requested differences between the Incremental Term Loans and the existing Term Loans (which shall not be effective until set forth in an executed Incremental Commitment Agreement), provided, that in any event (A) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of all Incremental Term Loans shall be no shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Initial Term Loans at the time of the borrowing of such Incremental Term Loan, and (B) the maturity date of any Incremental Term Loans shall be no shorter than the final maturity of the Initial Term Loans, and (iv) whether such Incremental Term Loans are to have the same interest rate margin as the Initial Term Loans or whether such Incremental Term Loans are to have a different interest rate margin than the Initial Term Loans (“ Other Term Loans ”). All Incremental Term Loans (including Other Term Loans) shall be made on substantially identical terms as the Initial Term Loans, except as set forth in any applicable Incremental Commitment Agreement, and, in the case of Other Term Loans, with respect to the interest rate margin applicable thereto. No Agent or Lender shall be obligated to deliver or fund any Incremental Term Commitment.

(b) No Incremental Term Commitment shall be effective unless the Borrower delivers to the Administrative Agent an Incremental Commitment Agreement executed and delivered by the Loan Parties and the proposed Incremental Term Lenders and such other documentation relating thereto as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. Each Incremental Commitment Agreement shall, upon due execution, constitute a Loan Document and, to the extent set forth therein, an amendment of this Agreement, and such amendment shall be effective when and as set forth therein and need not be executed, delivered or consented to by any other Agent or Lender. In addition, each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Commitment Agreement, this Agreement shall be amended automatically without the consent of any Lender to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Term Loans. Any such amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Administrative Agent with the Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender whenever any Incremental Term Commitment becomes effective.

(d) No Incremental Commitment Agreement shall become effective unless the Administrative Agent has received (i) a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the effect that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and (ii) such additional Security Documents, legal opinions, board resolutions, certificates and other documentation as may be required by such Incremental Commitment Agreement or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

(e) Each Incremental Commitment Agreement shall contain representations and warranties by the Borrower substantially in the form of those made by the Borrower in this Agreement, except for any exceptions, disclosures or modifications reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Incremental Term Lender(s) making an Incremental Term Loan pursuant to such Incremental Commitment Agreement.

(f) In connection with any Incremental Term Commitments pursuant to Section 2.4, at the direction and as reasonably requested by Administrative Agent to ensure the continuing

 

34


priority of the Lien of the Mortgages as security for the Loans, (A) the Borrower or Loan Party party to the Mortgages shall enter into, and deliver to the Administrative Agent a mortgage modification or new Mortgage in proper form for recording in the relevant jurisdiction and in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (such Mortgage or mortgage modification, the “ Modification ”), and (B) Borrower shall deliver, or cause the title company or local counsel, as applicable, to deliver, to the Administrative Agent and/or all other relevant third parties local counsel opinions, an endorsement to the relevant title policies, date down(s) or other documents, instruments or evidence of the continuing priority of the Lien of the Mortgages as security for the Loans, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.

SECTION 3. AMOUNT AND TERMS OF REVOLVING COMMITMENTS

3.1. Revolving Commitments . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Revolving Lender severally agrees to make revolving credit loans (“ Revolving Loans ”) to the Borrower from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding which, when added to such Lender’s Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding, does not exceed the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Commitment. Revolving Loans that are repaid may be reborrowed during the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof. The Revolving Loans may from time to time be Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans, as determined by the Borrower and notified to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Sections 3.2 and 4.3.

(b) The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Revolving Loans on the Revolving Termination Date.

3.2. Procedure for Revolving Loan Borrowing . The Borrower may borrow under the Revolving Commitments during the Revolving Commitment Period on any Business Day; provided that the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent irrevocable notice, which must be received by the Administrative Agent prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, (a) three Business Days prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, or (b) one Business Day prior to the requested Borrowing Date, in the case of Base Rate Loans and which shall specify (i) the amount and Type of Revolving Loans to be borrowed, (ii) the requested Borrowing Date and (iii) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, the respective amounts of each such Type of Loan and the respective lengths of the initial Interest Period therefor. Each borrowing under the Revolving Commitments shall be in an amount equal to (x) in the case of Base Rate Loans, $1,000,000 or a whole multiple thereof and (y) in the case of Eurodollar Loans, $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof. Upon receipt of any such notice from the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Lender thereof. Each Revolving Lender will make the amount of its pro rata share of each borrowing available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Borrower at the Funding Office prior to 12:00 Noon, New York City time, on the Borrowing Date requested by the Borrower in funds immediately available to the Administrative Agent. Such amounts will then be made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent crediting an account of the Borrower maintained by the Administrative Agent, in like amounts and funds as received by the Administrative Agent.

3.3. Swingline Commitment . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender agrees to make a portion of the credit otherwise available to the Borrower under the Revolving Commitments from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period by making swing line loans (“ Swingline Loans ”) to the Borrower notwithstanding that after making a requested Swingline Loan, the sum of (i) the Swingline Lender’s aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans, (ii) Revolving Percentage of the L/C Obligations and (iii) all outstanding Swingline Loans may exceed the Swingline Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided , that (i) the aggregate principal amount of

 

35


Swingline Loans outstanding at any time shall not exceed the Swingline Commitment Amount, (ii) the Borrower shall not request any Swingline Loan if, after giving effect to the making of such Swingline Loan, the aggregate amount of the Available Revolving Commitments would be less than zero, and (iii) the Swingline Lender shall not be required to make any Swingline Loans under this Section 3.3 at any time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Subject to the foregoing, Swingline Loans may be repaid and reborrowed from time to time.

(b) Swingline Loans shall be Base Rate Loans only.

(c) The Borrower shall repay all outstanding Swingline Loans (i) on each Borrowing Date for Revolving Loans, (ii) on the Revolving Termination Date, (iii) on a weekly basis as determined by the Swingline Lender and (iv) on demand by the Swingline Lender at any time when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

3.4. Procedure for Swingline Borrowing; Refunding of Swingline Loans . (a) Whenever the Borrower desires that the Swingline Lender make Swingline Loans it shall give the Swingline Lender irrevocable telephonic notice confirmed promptly in writing (which telephonic notice must be received by the Swingline Lender not later than 1:00 P.M., New York City time, on the proposed Borrowing Date), specifying (i) the amount to be borrowed and (ii) the requested Borrowing Date (which shall be a Business Day during the Revolving Commitment Period) and such notice shall constitute certification by the Borrower to the Swingline Lender that the unused portion of the Revolving Facility is greater than or equal to the Swingline Loans and the Swingline Lender shall be entitled to rely conclusively on such certification. Each borrowing of Swingline Loans shall be in an amount equal to $100,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Not later than 3:00 P.M., New York City time, on the Borrowing Date specified in a notice in respect of Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender shall make available to the Administrative Agent at the Funding Office an amount in immediately available funds equal to the amount of the Swingline Loan to be made by the Swingline Lender. The Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Swingline Loan available to the Borrower on such Borrowing Date by depositing such proceeds in the account of the Borrower with the Administrative Agent on such Borrowing Date in immediately available funds.

(b) The Swingline Lender may at any time, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swingline Lender to do so), request a borrowing of Revolving Loans in an amount equal to the aggregate outstanding Swingline Loans and apply the proceeds of such borrowing to the repayment of the Swingline Loans. Each Revolving Lender agrees to fund its Revolving Percentage of any such borrowing so requested in immediately available funds, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first Business Day after the date of such borrowing is requested. The proceeds of such Revolving Loans shall immediately be made available by the Administrative Agent to the Swingline Lender for application to the repayment of Swingline Loans. The Borrower agrees to pay, and irrevocably authorizes the Swingline Lender and Administrative Agent to charge the Borrower’s accounts with the Swingline Lender or Administrative Agent as necessary to pay, all outstanding Swingline Loans to the extent amounts received from the Revolving Lenders upon any such request are not sufficient to repay the outstanding Swingline Loans.

(c) If the Swingline Lender at any time determines that it is precluded from making a request for a borrowing of Revolving Loans pursuant to Section 3.4(b), whether by reason of the occurrence of a Default described in Section 9(f) or otherwise for any reason, each Revolving Lender hereby purchases from the Swingline Lender an undivided participating interest in the then outstanding Swingline Loans (a “ Swingline Participation Amount ”) and shall promptly upon demand of the Swingline Lender complete such purchase at par by paying to the Swingline Lender an amount equal to such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Percentage of the aggregate outstanding Swingline Loans.

 

36


(d) Whenever, at any time after the Swingline Lender has received from any Revolving Lender such Lender’s Swingline Participation Amount, the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of the Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Lender its Swingline Participation Amount (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s participating interest was outstanding and funded and, in the case of principal and interest payments, to reflect such Lender’s pro rata portion of such payment if such payment is not sufficient to pay the principal of and interest on all Swingline Loans then due); provided , that if any such payment is required to be returned, such Revolving Lender will return to the Swingline Lender any portion thereof previously distributed to it by the Swingline Lender.

(e) Each Revolving Lender’s obligation to make the Loans referred to in Section 3.4(b) and to purchase participating interests pursuant to Section 3.4(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (i) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right that such Revolving Lender or the Borrower may have against the Swingline Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (ii) the occurrence or continuance of any Default or the failure to satisfy any of the conditions specified in Section 6; (iii) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower; (iv) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any other Revolving Lender; or (v) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

3.5. Commitment Fees, etc . (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Lender a commitment fee for the period from and including the Closing Date to the last day of the Revolving Commitment Period, computed at the Commitment Fee Rate on the average daily amount of the Available Revolving Commitment of such Lender during the period for which payment is made, payable quarterly in arrears on the last day of each March, June, September and December and on the Revolving Termination Date, commencing on the first of such dates to occur after the Closing Date.

(b) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Agents the fees in the amounts and on the dates agreed to in writing by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

3.6. Termination or Reduction of Revolving Commitments . The Borrower shall have the right, upon not less than three Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to terminate the Revolving Commitments or, from time to time, to reduce the amount of the Revolving Commitments; provided that no such termination or reduction of Revolving Commitments shall be permitted if, after giving effect thereto and to any prepayments of the Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans made on the effective date thereof, the Total Revolving Extensions of Credit would exceed the Total Revolving Commitments. Any such reduction shall be in an amount equal to $500,000, or a whole multiple thereof or the Total Revolving Commitment, and shall reduce permanently the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

3.7. Letter of Credit Subcommitment . (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Issuing Lender, in reliance on the agreements of the other Revolving Lenders set forth in Section 3.10(a), agrees to issue, on a sight basis, letters of credit (“ Letters of Credit ”) for the account of the Borrower on any Business Day at any time and from time to time during the Revolving Commitment Period, in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Issuing Lender; provided , that the

 

37


Issuing Lender shall have no obligation to cause any Letter of Credit to be issued if, after giving effect to such issuance, (i) the L/C Obligations would exceed the L/C Subcommitment Amount or (ii) the aggregate amount of the Available Revolving Commitments would be less than zero. Each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars and expire no later than the earlier of (i) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (ii) the date that is ten days prior to the Revolving Termination Date; provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide, with the consent of the Issuing Lender, for the automatic renewal thereof for additional periods of up to one year (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (ii) above). If, as of the Revolving Termination Date, any Letter of Credit for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then outstanding amount of all Letters of Credit; provided , that all such Cash Collateral or Backstop L/Cs (each as defined below) shall be denominated in Dollars. “ Cash Collateralize ” shall mean to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Lender and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances of deposit accounts under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent on terms satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to 103% of the total amount then available under the applicable Letters of Credit (“ Cash Collateral ”) or one or more backstop letters of credit in form and substance acceptable to, and issued by financial institutions reasonably acceptable to the Issuing Lender and the Administrative Agent (each such letter of credit, a “ Backstop L/C ”) pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Lender (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such above defined terms shall have corresponding meanings.

(b) Issuing Lender shall not at any time be obligated to cause any Letter of Credit to be issued hereunder if such issuance would conflict with, or cause the Issuing Lender or any L/C Participant to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Requirement of Law.

3.8. Procedure for Issuance of Letter of Credit . (a) The Borrower may from time to time request that the Issuing Lender issue a Letter of Credit by delivering to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices specified herein an Application therefor, completed to the reasonable satisfaction of the Issuing Lender, and such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as the Issuing Lender may reasonably request. Upon receipt of any Application, the Issuing Lender will notify the Administrative Agent of the amount, the beneficiary and the requested expiration of the requested Letter of Credit, and upon receipt of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that after giving effect to the requested issuance, the Available Revolving Commitments would not be less than zero, the Issuing Lender will process such Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith to be processed in accordance with its customary procedures and shall promptly issue the Letter of Credit requested thereby (but in no event shall the Issuing Lender be required to issue any Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the Application therefor and all such other certificates, documents and other papers and information relating thereto) by issuing the original of such Letter of Credit to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by the Issuing Lender and the Borrower. The Issuing Lender shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) promptly following the issuance thereof. The Issuing Lender shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Lenders, notice of the issuance of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof).

(b) The making of each request for a Letter of Credit by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the Borrower that such Letter of Credit may be issued in accordance with, and will not violate the requirements of, Section 3.7(a) or any Requirement of Law applicable to the Loan Parties. Unless the Issuing Lender has received notice from the Administrative Agent before it issues a Letter of Credit that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 6.2 are not satisfied, or that the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate Section 3.7, then the Issuing Lender may issue the requested Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower in accordance with its usual and customary practices.

 

38


3.9. Fees and Other Charges . (a) The Borrower will pay a fee on the face amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Margin then in effect with respect to Eurodollar Loans under the Revolving Facility less the fronting fee set forth in the succeeding sentence, shared ratably among the Revolving Lenders and payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date after the issuance date. In addition, the Borrower shall pay to the Issuing Lender for its own account a fronting fee on the undrawn and unexpired amount of each Letter of Credit computed at the rate of 0.25% per annum and payable quarterly in arrears on each L/C Fee Payment Date.

(b) In addition to the foregoing fees, the Borrower shall pay or reimburse the Issuing Lender for such normal and customary costs and expenses as are incurred or charged by the Issuing Lender in issuing, negotiating, effecting payment under, amending or otherwise administering any Letter of Credit.

3.10. L/C Participations . (a) The Issuing Lender irrevocably agrees to grant and hereby grants to each L/C Participant, and, to induce the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, each L/C Participant irrevocably agrees to accept and purchase and hereby accepts and purchases from the Issuing Lender, on the terms and conditions set forth below, for such L/C Participant’s own account and risk an undivided interest equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Percentage in the Issuing Lender’s obligations and rights under and in respect of each Letter of Credit issued hereunder and the amount of each draft paid by the Issuing Lender thereunder. Each L/C Participant unconditionally and irrevocably agrees with the Issuing Lender that, if a draft is paid under any Letter of Credit for which the Issuing Lender is not reimbursed in full by the Borrower in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand of the Issuing Lender an amount equal to such L/C Participant’s Revolving Percentage of the amount of such draft, or any part thereof, that is not so reimbursed. The Administrative Agent shall promptly forward such amounts to the Issuing Lender.

(b) If any amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 3.10(a) in respect of any unreimbursed portion of any payment made by Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit is paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, such L/C Participant shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender on demand an amount equal to the product of (i) such amount, times (ii) the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate during the period from and including the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Issuing Lender, times (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days that elapse during such period and the denominator of which is 360. If any such amount required to be paid by any L/C Participant pursuant to Section 3.10(a) is not made available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender by such L/C Participant within three Business Days after the date such payment is due, the Issuing Lender shall be entitled to recover from such L/C Participant, on demand, such amount with interest thereon calculated from such due date at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Facility. A certificate of the Issuing Lender submitted to any L/C Participant with respect to any amounts owing under this Section shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

(c) Whenever, at any time after the Issuing Lender has made payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any L/C Participant its pro rata share of such payment in accordance with Section 3.10(a), the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender receives any payment

 

39


related to such Letter of Credit (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of collateral applied thereto by the Issuing Lender), or any payment of interest on account thereof, the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, will distribute to such L/C Participant its pro rata share thereof; provided , that if any such payment received by Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, shall be required to be returned by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Lender, such L/C Participant shall return to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender the portion thereof previously distributed to such L/C Participant.

3.11. Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower . The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Issuing Lender on the same Business Day on which the Issuing Lender notifies the Borrower of the date and amount of a draft presented under any Letter of Credit paid by the Issuing Lender or on the next Business Day, if such notice is received any time after 11:00 a.m., New York time on such Business Day for the amount of such draft so paid. Each such payment shall be made to the Issuing Lender at its address for notices referred to herein in Dollars and in immediately available funds. Interest shall be payable on any such amounts from the date on which the relevant draft is paid until payment in full at the rate set forth in (i) until the Business Day next succeeding the date of the relevant notice, Section 4.5(b) and (ii) thereafter, Section 4.5(c).

3.12. Obligations Absolute . The Borrower’s obligations under Section 3.11 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Borrower may have or have had against the Issuing Lender, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person. The Borrower also agrees with the Issuing Lender that the Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for, and the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligations under Section 3.11 shall not be affected by, among other things, the validity or genuineness of documents or of any endorsements thereon, even though such documents shall in fact prove to be invalid, fraudulent or forged, or any dispute between or among the Borrower and any beneficiary of any Letter of Credit or any other party to which such Letter of Credit may be transferred or any claims whatsoever of the Borrower against any beneficiary of such Letter of Credit or any such transferee. The Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit, except for errors or omissions found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender or any Related Person. The Borrower agrees that any action taken or by the Issuing Lender under or in connection with any Letter of Credit or the related drafts or documents, if done in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct and in accordance with the standards of care specified in the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of New York, shall be binding on the Borrower and shall not result in any liability of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower.

3.13. Letter of Credit Payments . If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower of the date and amount thereof. The responsibility of the Issuing Lender to the Borrower in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to causing the Issuing Lender to determine that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit.

3.14. Applications . To the extent that any provision of any Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 3, the provisions of this Section 3 shall apply.

 

40


SECTION 4. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE

TO LOANS AND LETTERS OF CREDIT

4.1. Optional Prepayments . (a) The Borrower may at any time and from time to time prepay the Loans, in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, upon irrevocable notice delivered to the Administrative Agent no later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days prior thereto in the case of Eurodollar Loans and no later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, one Business Day prior thereto in the case of Base Rate Loans, which notice shall specify the date and amount of prepayment and whether the prepayment is of Eurodollar Loans or Base Rate Loans; provided , that if a Eurodollar Loan is prepaid on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall also pay any amounts owing pursuant to Section 4.11. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any such notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein ( provided , that a notice of prepayment of all outstanding Loans may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities or other financing, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified date) if such condition is not satisfied), together with (except in the case of Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans and Swingline Loans) accrued interest to such date on the amount prepaid. Partial prepayments of Term Loans and Revolving Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple thereof. Partial prepayments of Swingline Loans shall be in an aggregate principal amount of $100,000 or a whole multiple thereof.

(b) Any optional prepayments of the Term Loans shall be credited to the remaining scheduled installments thereof as specified by the Borrower or, if not specified, pro rata to the remaining installments.

4.2. Mandatory Prepayments . (a) If at any time after the Closing Date any Group Member (other than Holdings) receives any Net Cash Proceeds from the Incurrence of any Indebtedness (other than Excluded Indebtedness) or the issuance of any Disqualified Capital Stock, the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans on the date of such receipt in an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds.

(b) If at any time after the Closing Date any Group Member receives any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sale or Recovery Event in an amount exceeding $20,000,000 in any fiscal year, then, unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect thereof, the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans on the third Business Day following the date of such receipt in an amount equal to 100% of such Net Cash Proceeds. If a Reinvestment Notice has been delivered in respect of any Asset Sale or Recovery Event, then on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date relating thereto, the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event.

(c) If, for any fiscal year of the Borrower commencing with the fiscal year ending on or about December 31, 2008, there is any Excess Cash Flow, the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to the ECF Percentage of such Excess Cash Flow on or before the 105 th day following the end of such fiscal year.

(d) If at any time after the Closing Date, any Group Member receives any Specified Securitization Proceeds, (i) the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans on the third Business Day following the date of such transaction in an amount equal to 50% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof and (ii) unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect of the remaining 50% of such Net Cash

 

41


Proceeds, the Borrower shall further prepay the Term Loans on the third Business Day following the date of such transaction in an amount equal to the remaining 50% of such Net Cash Proceeds, and if such a Reinvestment Notice has been delivered, then on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date relating thereto, the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event.

(e) If at any time after the Closing Date any Group Member enters into any sale-leaseback transaction permitted by Section 8.11, (i) the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans on the third Business Day following the date of such transaction in an amount equal to 50% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof and (ii) unless a Reinvestment Notice shall be delivered in respect of the remaining 50% of such Net Cash Proceeds, the Borrower shall further prepay the Term Loans on the third Business Day following the date of such transaction in an amount equal to the remaining 50% of such Net Cash Proceeds, and if such a Reinvestment Notice has been delivered, then on each Reinvestment Prepayment Date relating thereto, the Borrower shall prepay the Term Loans in an amount equal to the Reinvestment Prepayment Amount with respect to the relevant Reinvestment Event.

(f) If at any time after the Closing Date, the aggregate Revolving Extensions of Credit then outstanding exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect, the Borrower (without notice or demand) shall immediately prepay outstanding Swingline Loans or Revolving Loans (or, if no Swingline Loans or Revolving Loans are outstanding, Cash Collateralize outstanding Letters of Credit) in an amount sufficient to eliminate any such excess.

(g) Mandatory prepayments of Term Loans shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof and then to Eurodollar Loans and shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the date of such prepayment on the amount prepaid. Each such prepayment shall be credited to prepay in direct order of maturity the unpaid amounts due on the next eight scheduled quarterly installments of the Term Loans and thereafter to the remaining scheduled quarterly installments of the Term Loans on a pro rata basis.

4.3. Conversion and Continuation Options . (a) The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Eurodollar Loans to Base Rate Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date, provided , that any such conversion of Eurodollar Loans may only be made on the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. The Borrower may elect from time to time to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans by giving the Administrative Agent prior irrevocable notice of such election no later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding the proposed conversion date (which notice shall specify the length of the initial Interest Period therefore), provided that no Base Rate Loan under a particular Facility may be converted into a Eurodollar Loan when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of such Facility have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such conversions. If the Borrower requests a conversion to Eurodollar Loans in any such notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

(b) Any Eurodollar Loan may be continued as such upon the expiration of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto by the Borrower giving irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, in accordance with the applicable provisions of the term “Interest Period” set forth in Section 1.1, of the length of the next Interest Period to be applicable to such Loans, provided , that no Eurodollar Loan under a particular Facility may be continued as such when any Event of Default has

 

42


occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent has or the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of such Facility have determined in its or their sole discretion not to permit such continuations, and provided , further , that if the Borrower shall fail to give any required notice as described above in this paragraph or if such continuation is not permitted pursuant to the preceding proviso such Loans shall be automatically converted to Base Rate Loans on the last day of such then expiring Interest Period. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, if the Borrower requests a continuation of Eurodollar Loans in any such notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month. Upon receipt of any such notice the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof.

4.4. Limitations on Eurodollar Tranches . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, all borrowings, conversions and continuations of Eurodollar Loans hereunder and all selections of Interest Periods hereunder shall be in such amounts and be made pursuant to such elections so that, (a) after giving effect thereto, the aggregate principal amount of the Eurodollar Loans comprising each Eurodollar Tranche shall be equal to $5,000,000 or a whole multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof and (b) no more than fifteen Eurodollar Tranches shall be outstanding at any one time.

4.5. Interest Rates and Payment Dates . (a) Each Eurodollar Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each day during each Interest Period with respect thereto at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate determined for such day plus the Applicable Margin.

(b) Each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

(c) (i) If any portion of the principal of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation is not paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such portion of such principal shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (x) in the case of the Loans, the rate that would otherwise be applicable thereto pursuant to Section 4.5(a) or 4.5(b) plus 2% per annum or (y) in the case of Reimbursement Obligations, the rate applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Facility plus 2% per annum and (ii) if all or a portion of any interest payable on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation or any commitment fee or other amount payable hereunder is not paid when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), such overdue amount shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans under the relevant Facility plus 2% per annum (or, in the case of any such other amounts that do not relate to a particular Facility, the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans under the Revolving Facility plus 2% per annum), in each case, with respect to both clause (i) and clause (ii) above, from the date of such non-payment until such amount is paid in full (as well after as before judgment).

(d) Interest shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date, provided that interest accruing pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable from time to time on demand.

4.6. Computation of Interest and Fees . (a) Interest and fees payable pursuant hereto shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual days elapsed, except that, with respect to Base Rate Loans the rate of interest on which is calculated on the basis of the Prime Rate, the interest thereon shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- (or 366-, as the case may be) day year for the actual days elapsed. The Administrative Agent shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of each determination of a Eurodollar Rate. Any change in the interest rate on a Loan resulting from a change in the Base Rate or the Eurocurrency Reserve Requirements shall become effective as of the opening of business on the day on which such change becomes effective. The Administrative Agent

 

43


shall as soon as practicable notify the Borrower and the relevant Lenders of the effective date and the amount of each such change in interest rate. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for each day on which it is made or outstanding, except the day on which it is repaid unless it is repaid on the same day that it was made.

(b) Each determination of an interest rate by the Administrative Agent pursuant to any provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Borrower and the Lenders in the absence of manifest error. The Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Borrower, deliver to the Borrower a statement showing the quotations used by the Administrative Agent in determining any interest rate pursuant to Section 4.5(a).

4.7. Inability to Determine Interest Rate . If prior to the first day of any Interest Period:

(a) the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Borrower absent manifest error) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or

(b) the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Majority Facility Lenders in respect of the relevant Facility that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (as conclusively certified by such Lenders) of making or maintaining their affected Loans during such Interest Period,

the Administrative Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Borrower and the relevant Lenders as soon as practicable thereafter. If such notice is given (x) any Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as Base Rate Loans ( provided , that the Borrower may rescind such request promptly after receipt of such notice), (y) any Loans under the relevant Facility that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to Eurodollar Loans shall be continued as Base Rate Loans and (z) any outstanding Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period, to Base Rate Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by the Administrative Agent, no further Eurodollar Loans under the relevant Facility shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Borrower have the right to convert Loans under the relevant Facility to Eurodollar Loans.

4.8. Pro Rata Treatment and Payments . (a) Each borrowing by the Borrower from the Lenders hereunder, each payment by the Borrower on account of any commitment fee and any reduction of the Commitments of the Lenders shall be made pro rata according to the respective Term Percentages or Revolving Percentages, as the case may be of the relevant Lenders.

(b) Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Term Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Term Loans then held by the Term Lenders. Amounts prepaid on account of the Term Loans may not be reborrowed.

(c) Each payment (including each prepayment) by the Borrower on account of principal of and interest on the Revolving Loans shall be made pro rata according to the respective outstanding principal amounts of the Revolving Loans then held by the Revolving Lenders.

 

44


(d) All payments (including prepayments) to be made by the Borrower hereunder, whether on account of principal, interest, fees or otherwise, shall be made without setoff or counterclaim and shall be made prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the due date thereof to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders, at the Funding Office, in Dollars and in immediately available funds. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such payments to the Lenders promptly upon receipt in like funds as received. If any payment hereunder (other than payments on the Eurodollar Loans) becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment on a Eurodollar Loan becomes due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, the maturity thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless the result of such extension would be to extend such payment into another calendar month, in which event such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the case of any extension of any payment of principal pursuant to the preceding two sentences, interest thereon shall be payable at the then applicable rate during such extension.

(e) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by any Lender prior to a borrowing that such Lender will not make the amount that would constitute its share of such borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender is making such amount available to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. If such amount is not made available to the Administrative Agent by the required time on the Borrowing Date therefor, such Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent, on demand, such amount with interest thereon at a rate equal to the greater of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (ii) a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation for the period until such Lender makes such amount immediately available to the Administrative Agent. A certificate of the Administrative Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this paragraph shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If such Lender’s share of such borrowing is not made available to the Administrative Agent by such Lender within three Business Days of such Borrowing Date, the Administrative Agent shall also be entitled to recover such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum applicable to Base Rate Loans under the relevant Facility, on demand, from the Borrower.

(f) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower prior to the date of any payment due to be made by the Borrower hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment to the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower is making such payment, and the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be required to, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Lenders their respective pro rata shares of a corresponding amount. If such payment is not made to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower within three Business Days after such due date, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover, on demand, from each Lender to which any amount which was made available pursuant to the preceding sentence, such amount with interest thereon at the rate per annum equal to the daily average Federal Funds Effective Rate. Nothing herein shall be deemed to limit the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against the Borrower.

4.9. Requirements of Law . (a) If the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof, or compliance by any Lender with any request or directive whether or not having the force of law from any central bank or other Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date such Lender becomes a party hereto:

(i) shall subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit, any Application or any Eurodollar Loan made by it, or change

 

45


the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for (A) changes in the rate of net income taxes, capital taxes, branch taxes, franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of income taxes) and net worth taxes (imposed in lieu of income taxes) and (B) Non-Excluded Taxes, provided that this provision shall not affect any obligation of the Borrower under Section 4.10);

(ii) shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, advances, loans or other extensions of credit by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender that is not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate hereunder; or

(iii) shall impose on such Lender any other condition;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender, by an amount that such Lender reasonably deems to be material, of making, converting into, continuing or maintaining Eurodollar Loans or issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or to reduce any amount receivable hereunder in respect thereof, then, in any such case, the Borrower shall promptly pay such Lender, upon its written demand (accompanied by a certificate of the type described in clause (c) below), any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduced amount receivable. If any Lender becomes entitled to claim any additional amounts pursuant to this paragraph, it shall promptly notify the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of the event by reason of which it has become so entitled.

(b) If any Lender shall have reasonably determined that the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law regarding capital adequacy or in the interpretation or application thereof or compliance by such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy whether or not having the force of law from any Governmental Authority made subsequent to the date such Lender becomes a party hereto shall have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or such corporation’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder or under or in respect of any Letter of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or such corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such corporation’s policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Lender’s desired return on capital) by an amount reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to time, after submission by such Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of a written request (accompanied by a certificate of the type described in clause (c) below) therefor, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such corporation for such reduction.

(c) A certificate as to any additional amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.9 submitted by any Lender to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.9, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 4.9 for any amounts incurred more than six months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided that, if the circumstances giving rise to such claim have a retroactive effect, then such six-month period shall be extended to include the period of such retroactive effect. The obligations of the Borrower pursuant to this Section 4.9 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

4.10. Taxes . (a) Except to the extent required under applicable law, all payments made under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of, and without

 

46


deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future income, stamp or other taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings, now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any Governmental Authority, excluding net income taxes, branch taxes, franchise taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) and net worth taxes (imposed in lieu of net income taxes) imposed on any Agent or any Lender or its applicable lending office or any branch , as a result of a present or former connection between such Agent or such Lender and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than any such connection arising solely from such Agent or such Lender having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, this Agreement or any other Loan Document). If any such non-excluded taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings (“ Non-Excluded Taxes ”) or Other Taxes are required to be withheld from any amounts payable to any Agent or any Lender hereunder or any other Loan Document (or are required to be withheld or paid by such Agent or Lender) subject to Subsection 4.10(h), the amounts so payable to such Agent or such Lender shall be increased to the extent necessary to yield to such Agent or such Lender (after payment of all Non-Excluded Taxes and Other Taxes) interest or any such other amounts payable hereunder at the rates or in the amounts specified in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, provided , however , that the Borrower shall not be required to increase any such amounts payable to any Lender or Agent with respect to any Non-Excluded Taxes (i) that are attributable to such Lender’s or Agent’s failure to comply (other than as a result of any change in any Requirement of Law) with the requirements of paragraph (d) or (e) of this Section 4.10 or (ii) that are United States withholding taxes imposed on amounts payable to such Lender or Agent at the time such Lender or Agent becomes a party to this Agreement, except to the extent that such Lender’s or Agent’s assignor (if any) was entitled, at the time of assignment to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to the Non-Excluded Taxes pursuant to this paragraph (a) or (g).

(b) In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes are payable by or an account of the Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of the relevant Agent or Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the Borrower showing payment thereof. If the Borrower fails to pay or cause to be paid any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fails to remit or cause to be remitted to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other required documentary evidence, the Borrower shall indemnify the Agents and the Lenders for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by any Agent or any Lender as a result of any such failure.

(d) Each Lender or Agent (or Transferee) that is not a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (a “ Non-U.S. Lender ”) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of a Participant, to the Lender from which the related participation shall have been purchased) two copies of either U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY and/or Form W-8BEN (claiming benefits of an applicable tax treaty) or Form W-8ECI, as applicable (or successor form) or, in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit G and a Form W-8BEN, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto, properly completed and duly executed by such Non-U.S. Lender claiming complete exemption from, or a reduced rate of, U.S. federal withholding tax on all payments by the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Such forms shall be delivered by each Non-U.S. Lender on or before the date it becomes a party to this Agreement (or, in the case of any

 

47


Participant, on or before the date such Participant purchases the related participation). In addition, each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver such forms promptly upon the obsolescence or invalidity of any form previously delivered by such Non-U.S. Lender. Each Non-U.S. Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower at any time it determines that it is no longer in a position to provide any previously delivered certificate to the Borrower (or any other form of certification adopted by the U.S. taxing authorities for such purpose). Notwithstanding any other provision of this paragraph, a Non-U.S. Lender shall not be required to deliver any form pursuant to this paragraph that such Non-U.S. Lender is not legally able to deliver. Each Lender or Agent that is not a Non-U.S. Lender shall furnish an accurate and complete U.S. Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or successor form) establishing that such Lender or Agent is not subject to U.S. backup withholding, and to the extent it may lawfully do so at such times, provide a new Form W-9 (or successor form) upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form.

(e) A Lender or Agent that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of non-U.S. withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law and upon reasonable request in writing by the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate, to the extent that such Lender or Agent is legally entitled to complete, execute and deliver such documentation and in such Lender’s or Agent’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would not materially prejudice the legal position of such Lender.

(f) If any Lender or Agent determines, in its reasonable discretion, that it has received a refund of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 4.10, it shall promptly pay over such refund to the Borrower (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 4.10 with respect to the Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of such Agent or such Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided , that the Borrower, upon the request of such Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Agent or such Lender in the event such Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This paragraph shall not be construed to require any Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes which it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

(g) Each Borrower and each Loan Party shall indemnify each Lender and the Administrative Agent within twenty (20) days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes paid by Lender or Administrative Agent, as applicable, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of such Borrower or such Loan Party hereunder (including Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided , however , that no Borrower or Loan Party shall be obligated to make payment to any Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, pursuant to this Section 4.10(g) in respect of penalties, interest or other similar liabilities attributable to such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes if such penalties, interest or other similar liabilities are attributable to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, seeking indemnification. An original official receipt, or certified copy thereof, as to the amount of such payment, delivered to the applicable Borrower by a Lender or by the Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of any such Person, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

48


(h) The agreements in this Section 4.10 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

(i) If a Lender or Agent changes its applicable lending office (other than with respect to the designation of a new lending office pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 4.12) or assigns its rights or sells participations therein and the effect of the change, assignment or participation, as of the date of the change, would be to cause the Borrower to become obligated to pay any additional amount under Section 4.9(a)(i) or 4.10, the Borrower shall not be obligated to pay such additional amount in excess of amounts the Borrower was obligated to pay prior to such change, assignment or participation.

4.11. Indemnity . The Borrower agrees to indemnify each Lender, upon its written request (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such compensation and the calculation of the amount of such compensation), for all losses, expenses and liabilities (including any loss, expense or liability incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds required by such Lender to fund its Eurodollar Loans but excluding loss of anticipated profits) that such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) default by the Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or continuation of Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (b) default by the Borrower in making any prepayment of or conversion from Eurodollar Loans after the Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or (c) the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Loans on a day that is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. Such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market. A certificate as to any amounts payable pursuant to this Section 4.11 submitted to the Borrower by any Lender shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. This covenant shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

4.12. Change of Lending Office . Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 4.9, 4.10(a) or 4.15 with respect to such Lender, it will, if requested by the Borrower, use reasonable efforts (subject to overall policy considerations of such Lender) to designate another lending office for any Loans or Letters of Credit affected by such event with the object of avoiding the consequences of such event; provided , that such designation is made on terms that, in the sole judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its lending office(s) to suffer no economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided , further , that nothing in this Section shall affect or postpone any of the obligations of the Borrower or the rights of any Lender pursuant to Section 4.9, 4.10(a) or 4.15.

4.13. Replacement of Lenders . The Borrower may replace, with a replacement financial lender reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, any Lender that (a) requests payment of any amounts payable under Section 4.9, 4.10(a) or 4.15, (b) defaults in its obligation to make Loans

 

49


hereunder, or (c) declines to deliver any requested consent to a waiver, amendment or other modification of any provision of the Loan Documents that has been consented to by the Borrower, Administrative Agent, Required Lenders and, if otherwise required, Majority Facility Lenders, but only if (i) such replacement does not conflict with any Requirement of Law, (ii) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such replacement, (iii) prior to any such replacement, such Lender has taken no action under Section 4.12 so as to eliminate the demand or condition giving rise to the Borrower’s replacement right, (iv) the replacement lender purchases, at par, all Loans and other amounts owing to the replaced Lender on or prior to the date of replacement and assumes all obligations of the replaced Lender under the Loan Documents in accordance with Section 11.6 (except that the Borrower shall pay the registration and processing fee referred to therein), (v) the Borrower compensates the replaced Lender under Section 4.11 if any Eurodollar Loan outstanding to the replaced Lender is purchased other than on the last day of the Interest Period relating thereto and (vi) the Borrower shall pay the replaced Lender all amounts payable under Section 4.9 or 4.10(a). Notwithstanding the foregoing, all rights and claims of the Borrower, Administrative Agent and Lenders against any replaced Lender that has defaulted in its obligation to make Loans hereunder shall be in all respects reserved and unaffected by the replacement of such Lender.

4.14. Evidence of Debt . (a) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan of such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

(b) The Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Borrower, shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 11.6(b), and a subaccount therein for each Lender, in which shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder and any Note evidencing such Loan, the Type of such Loan and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from the Borrower and each Lender’s share thereof.

(c) The entries made in the Register and the accounts of each Lender maintained pursuant to Section 4.14(a) shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded, but the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain the Register or any such account, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay (with applicable interest) the Loans made to the Borrower by such Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(d) The Borrower agrees that, upon the request to the Administrative Agent by any Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note of the Borrower evidencing any Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans or Swingline Loans, as the case may be, of such Lender, substantially in the forms of Exhibit H-1, H-2 or H-3, respectively, with appropriate insertions as to date and principal amount.

4.15. Illegality . Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any Requirement of Law or in the interpretation or application thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Loans as contemplated by this Agreement, (a) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurodollar Loans, continue Eurodollar Loans as such and convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Loans shall forthwith be canceled and (b) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion of a Eurodollar Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 4.11.

 

50


SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Agents and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make the Loans and issue or participate in the Letters of Credit, Holdings and the Borrower hereby jointly and severally represent and warrant to each Agent and each Lender that, unless otherwise specified, on and as of the Closing Date (except as provided in Section 6.2(b)(ii)) and on and as of each date as required by Section 6.2(b):

5.1. Financial Condition . (a) The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries together with the related consolidated statements of income as at on or about December 31, 2006 (the “ Pro Forma Financial Statements ”), copies of which have heretofore been furnished to each Lender party hereto as of the Closing Date, has been prepared giving effect (as if such events had occurred on such date) to (i) the consummation of the Acquisition and the Equity Contribution, (ii) the Loans to be made and the Unsecured Notes to be issued on or before the Closing Date and the use of proceeds thereof and (iii) the Transactions Costs. The Pro Forma Financial Statements have been prepared based on the best information available to the Borrower as of the date of delivery thereof and presents fairly in all material respects on a pro forma basis the estimated financial position of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at on or about December 31, 2006 assuming that the events specified in the preceding sentence had actually occurred at such date (except in each case for the effects of fair value adjustments to the acquired tangible and intangible assets and liabilities required by purchase accounting principles).

(b) The audited consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income and of cash flows of (i) IAAI and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at on or about December 31, 2006, on or about December 31, 2005 and on or about December 31, 2004, reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report from KPMG LLP, and (ii) ADESA and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at on or about December 31, 2006 reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report from KPMG LLP, and as at on or about December 31, 2005 and on or about December 31, 2004, reported on by and accompanied by an unqualified report from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, in each case present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial condition of IAAI and its consolidated Subsidiaries and ADESA and its consolidated Subsidiaries, as the case may be, as at such dates and their consolidated results of operations and consolidated cash flows for the fiscal years then ended. All such financial statements, including the related schedules and notes (if any) thereto, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods involved (except as approved by the aforementioned firms of accountants and disclosed therein). As of the Closing Date, no Group Member has any material Guarantee Obligations, contingent liabilities or any long-term leases or unusual forward or long-term commitments, including any interest rate or foreign currency swap or exchange transaction or other obligation in respect of derivatives, that are not reflected in the most recent financial statements referred to in this paragraph other than as contemplated by the Loan Documents and Related Agreements. During the period from on or about December 31, 2006 to and including the Closing Date there has been no Disposition by IAAI or ADESA or any of their respective Subsidiaries of any material part of their respective business or property other than the Acquisition or pursuant to any Permitted Securitization.

5.2. No Change . As of the Closing Date, there has been no Company Material Adverse Effect since September 30, 2006. As of any date subsequent to the Closing Date, there has not been since December 31, 2006, any development or event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

51


5.3. Corporate Existence; Compliance with Law . Each Group Member (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has the organizational power and authority, to own and operate its property, to lease the property it operates as lessee and to conduct the business in which it is currently engaged, (c) is duly qualified as a foreign corporation or other organization and in good standing under the laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification except to the extent the failure to be so qualified would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (d) is in compliance with all Requirements of Law and Organizational Documents, except to the extent that the failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.4. Power; Authorization; Enforceable Obligations . Each Loan Party has the organizational power and authority, and the legal right, to make, deliver and perform the Loan Documents and the Related Agreements to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to obtain extensions of credit under this Agreement. Each Loan Party has taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and Related Agreements to which it is a party and, in the case of the Borrower, to authorize the extensions of credit under this Agreement. No consent or authorization of, filing with, notice to or other act by or in respect of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required in connection with the Acquisition, the extensions of credit hereunder or the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents or Related Agreements except (i) consents, authorizations, filings and notices described in Schedule 5.4, which consents, authorizations, filings and notices have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect except as specifically described in Schedule 5.4 and (ii) the filings referred to in Section 5.19. Each Loan Document and Related Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of each Loan Party party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, each other Loan Document upon execution will constitute, and each Related Agreement constitutes, the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law).

5.5. No Legal Bar . No execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents and, the issuance of Letters of Credit and the borrowings hereunder do not and will not violate in any material respect any Requirement of Law, Organizational Documents or any material Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property or revenues of any Loan Party in any material respect pursuant to any Requirement of Law, Organizational Documents or material Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents). The execution, delivery and performance of the Related Agreements and the use of the proceeds thereof do not and will not violate any Requirement of Law, Organizational Documents or any Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien on any property or revenues of any Loan Party pursuant to any Requirement of Law, Organizational Documents or Contractual Obligation (other than the Liens created by the Security Documents) except, as in each case, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Group Member is subject to any Requirement of Law, Organizational Documents or Contractual Obligation that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

52


5.6. Litigation . Except as set forth on Schedule 5.6, no litigation, investigation or proceeding of or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority is pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, threatened by or against any Group Member or against any of their respective properties or revenues (a) with respect to any of the Loan Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or (b) that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7. No Default . No Group Member is in default under or with respect to any of its Contractual Obligations in any respect that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

5.8. Ownership of Property; Liens . Each Loan Party has good and indefeasible title to the Mortgaged Properties, and to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, has good and valid title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all its other material property and none of such property is subject to any Lien except Permitted Liens.

5.9. Intellectual Property . Each Group Member owns, or is licensed to use, all material Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of its business as currently conducted, except to the extent such failure to own or possess the right to use, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as, in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) no material claim has been asserted and is pending by any Person challenging or questioning the use of any Intellectual Property or the validity or effectiveness of any Intellectual Property, nor does Holdings or the Borrower know of any valid basis for any such claim and (b) the use of Intellectual Property by each Group Member does not infringe on the rights of any Person in any material respect.

5.10. Taxes . Each Group Member has filed or caused to be filed all Federal and state income and other material tax returns that are required to be filed and has paid all material taxes due and payable by such Group Member or any assessments made against it or any of its property and all other material taxes, fees or other charges imposed on it or any of its property by any Governmental Authority (other than any taxes the amount or validity of which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings (if any) and with respect to which reserves in conformity with GAAP have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member); as of the Closing Date, no tax Lien has been filed, and, to the knowledge of Holdings and the Borrower, no claim is being asserted, with respect to any material tax, fee or other charge. No Group Member intends to treat the Loan, the Acquisition, or any other transaction contemplated hereby as being a “reportable transaction” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation section 1.6011-4).

5.11. Federal Regulations . No part of the proceeds of any Loans, and no other extensions of credit hereunder, will be used for “buying” or “carrying” any “margin stock” within the respective meanings of each of the quoted terms under Regulation U as now and from time to time hereafter in effect or for any purpose that violates the provisions of the Regulations of the Board. If requested by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender a statement to the foregoing effect in conformity with the requirements of FR Form G-3 or FR Form U-1, as applicable, referred to in Regulation U.

5.12. Labor Matters . Except as, in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect: (a) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against any Group Member pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, threatened; (b) hours worked by and payment made to employees of each Group Member have not been in violation

 

53


of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Requirement of Law dealing with such matters; and (c) all payments due from any Group Member on account of employee health and welfare insurance have been paid or accrued as a liability on the books of the relevant Group Member.

5.13. ERISA . Neither a Reportable Event nor an “accumulated funding deficiency” (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) has occurred during the five-year period prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made with respect to any Plan for which any Group Member or Commonly Controlled Entity has a material unpaid liability, and each Plan has complied in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code. No termination of a Single Employer Plan has occurred, and no Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan has arisen, during such five-year period. The present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits by a material amount. No Group Member or Commonly Controlled Entity has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a material liability under ERISA, and no Group Member or Commonly Controlled Entity would become subject to any material liability under ERISA if any Group Member or Commonly Controlled Entity were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made . No such Multiemployer Plan is in Reorganization or Insolvent. No Group Member has any liability with respect to any employee benefit plan that is not subject to the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

5.14. Investment Company Act; Other Regulations . No Group Member is an “investment company”, or a company “controlled” by an “investment company”, within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Loan Party is subject to regulation under any Requirement of Law or restriction under its Organizational Documents (other than Regulation X of the Board) that limits its ability to Incur Indebtedness under this Agreement or the Unsecured Notes.

5.15. Subsidiaries . Except as disclosed to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower in writing from time to time after the Closing Date, (a) Schedule 5.15 sets forth the name and jurisdiction of organization of each Subsidiary and, as to each such Subsidiary, the percentage of each class of Capital Stock owned by any Group Member and (b) there are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock options granted to employees, former employees or directors and directors’ qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any Capital Stock of the Group Member other than Holdings, except as created by the Loan Documents.

5.16. Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Initial Term Loans and any Revolving Loans funded on the Closing Date shall be used first, to refinance in full the Existing Indebtedness and pay Transaction Costs and, thereafter, to finance a portion of the merger consideration for the Merger. Letters of Credit, Swingline Loans, proceeds of Revolving Loans made after the Closing Date and proceeds of any Incremental Term Loans may be used for working capital, Permitted Acquisitions or other general corporate purposes.

5.17. Environmental Matters . Except as, in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

(a) Except as listed on Schedule 5.17, the facilities and properties currently owned, leased or operated by any Group Member (the “ Properties ”) do not contain any Materials of Environmental Concern or contamination in amounts or concentrations or under circumstances that constitute, or could reasonably be expected to give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law;

 

54


(b) Except as listed on Schedule 5.17, no Group Member has received any written notice of violation, alleged violation, non-compliance or liability or potential liability, under Environmental Laws with regard to any of the Properties or any Group Member’s operation of any of the Properties or the business operated by any Group Member (the “ Business ”), nor does Holdings or the Borrower have knowledge that any such notice is likely to be received or is being threatened;

(c) the Group Members (i) hold all Environmental Permits (each of which is in full force and effect) required for the conduct of the business; and (ii) are in compliance with all of their Environmental Permits;

(d) Except as listed on Schedule 5.17, Materials of Environmental Concern have not been transported or disposed of by or on behalf of any Group Member from the Properties in violation of, or in a manner or to a location that would give rise to liability under, any Environmental Law, nor during any Group Member’s ownership or operation of the Properties or, to the knowledge of Holdings or the Borrower, at any formerly owned, leased or operated facilities or properties (“ Former Properties ”) have any Materials of Environmental Concern been generated, treated, stored or disposed of, released or threatened to be released at, on or under any of the Properties or Former Properties or otherwise in connection with the Business in violation of Environmental Law, or in a manner that could give rise to liability under, any applicable Environmental Law; and

(e) no judicial proceeding or governmental or administrative action is pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings and the Borrower, threatened, under any Environmental Law to which any Group Member is or is reasonably likely to be named as a party with respect to the Properties or the Business, nor are there any consent decrees, consent orders, administrative orders or other orders, or other binding administrative or judicial requirements outstanding under any Environmental Law with respect to the Properties or the Business.

5.18. Accuracy of Information, etc . No statement or information contained in this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Confidential Information Memorandum or any other material document, certificate or statement furnished by or on behalf of any Group Member to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, for use in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, taken as a whole, contained as of the date such statement, information, document or certificate was so furnished (or, in the case of the Confidential Information Memorandum, as of the Closing Date), any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading. The projections and pro forma financial information contained in the materials referenced above are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount. As of the Closing Date, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, the representations and warranties contained in the Acquisition Documentation that are material to the Lenders are true and correct in all material respects (except those representations and warranties that refer solely to an earlier date, which representations and warranties shall be true and correct as of such earlier date), except to the extent that the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct does not give rise to a right of Holdings or the Borrower to terminate their respective obligations under the Merger Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof. There is no fact known to any Loan Party that would reasonably be expected to have a

 

55


Material Adverse Effect that has not been expressly disclosed herein, in the other Loan Documents, in the Confidential Information Memorandum or in any other documents, certificates and statements furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents, taken as a whole.

5.19. Security Documents . (a) The Guarantee and Collateral Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral described therein and proceeds and products thereof, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally. In the case of the Pledged Stock described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, when stock certificates representing such Pledged Stock are delivered to the Administrative Agent, and in the case of the other Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, to the extent provided therein, when financing statements, other filings specified on Schedule 4 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule 4 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the other actions described in Section 4.3 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement are completed, the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall be effective to create a perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Collateral and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), in each case (to the extent provided therein) prior and superior in right to any other Person (except for Permitted Liens);

(b) Each of the Mortgages is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable Lien on the Mortgaged Properties described therein and proceeds and products thereof, and when the Mortgages are filed in the offices specified therein, each such Mortgage shall constitute, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (to the extent provided therein) a perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in the Mortgaged Properties and the proceeds thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the relevant Mortgage), in each case (except as expressly set forth therein) prior and superior in right to any other Person (except for Permitted Liens). Schedule 1.1 lists, as of the Closing Date, each parcel of owned real property (other than the Excluded Real Property) located in the United States and held by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that has a value, in the reasonable opinion of the Borrower, in excess of $4,000,000.

(c) When delivered and at all times thereafter, each Intellectual Property Security Agreement is effective to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral described therein and the proceeds and products thereof, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally. Upon the filing of (i) each Intellectual Property Security Agreement in the appropriate indexes of the United States Patent and Trademark Office (the “ PTO ”) relative to United States patents and United States trademarks, and the United States Copyright Office relative to United States copyrights, if any, and the taking of appropriate actions with respect to Intellectual Property which is the subject of a registration or application outside the United States under applicable local laws, together with provision for payment of all requisite fees, and (ii) financing statements in appropriate form for filing in the offices specified on Schedule 4 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, each Intellectual Property Security Agreement shall constitute (to the extent provided in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) a perfected Lien on, and security interests in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties in such Intellectual Property Collateral and the proceeds and products thereof, as security for the Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), in each case (except as expressly set

 

56


forth therein) prior and superior in right to any other Person (except for Permitted Liens); provided that subsequent filings in the PTO and United States Copyright Office and actions under foreign law may be necessary with respect to registrations for Intellectual Property acquired by any Loan Party after the date hereof.

5.20. Solvency . The Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are, and after giving effect to the Acquisition and the Incurrence of all Indebtedness and obligations being Incurred in connection herewith and therewith will be, Solvent.

5.21. Regulation H . No Mortgage encumbers improved real property that is located in an area that has been identified by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development as an area having special flood hazards and in respect of which the procurement of flood insurance is required by any Requirement of Law, unless such flood insurance has been obtained and is in full force and effect.

5.22. Certain Documents . The Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a complete and correct copy of the Related Agreements, including any amendments, supplements or modifications with respect to any such Related Agreements.

5.23. Anti Terrorism Laws . No Group Member or any Affiliate of any Group Member is in violation of any Anti Terrorism Law or has engaged in or conspired to engage in any transaction that evades or avoids, or has the purpose of evading or avoiding, or has attempted to violate, any of the prohibitions set forth in any Anti Terrorism Law. No Group Member or Affiliate of any Group Member is any of the following (each a “ Blocked Person ”):

(a) a Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224;

(b) a Person owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any Person that is listed in the annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, Executive Order No. 13224;

(c) a Person or entity with which any bank or other financial institution is prohibited from dealing or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti Terrorism Law;

(d) a Person or entity that commits, threatens or conspires to commit or supports “terrorism” as defined in Executive Order No. 13224;

(e) a Person or entity that is named as a “specially designated national” on the most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Asset Control at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; or

(f) a Person or entity who is affiliated with a Person or entity listed above.

No Group Member knowingly (i) conducts any business or engages in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Blocked Person or (ii) deals in, or otherwise engages in any transaction relating to, any property or interests in property blocked pursuant to Executive Order No. 13224.

 

57


SECTION 6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

6.1. Conditions to Initial Extension of Credit . The agreement of each Lender to make the initial extension of credit requested to be made by it is subject to the satisfaction (or waiver), prior to the making of such extension of credit, of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Credit Agreement; Security Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) this Agreement or, in the case of the Lenders, this Agreement or an Addendum, executed and delivered by each Agent, Holdings, the Borrower and each Person identified herein as a Lender signatory hereto, (ii) the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, executed and delivered by Holdings, the Borrower and each Person that is a Subsidiary of the Borrower or will be a Subsidiary of the Borrower after completion of the Equity Contribution and the Merger other than (A) any Foreign Subsidiary, (B) any Excluded Subsidiary and (C) any Securitization Subsidiary, (iii) an Acknowledgment and Consent in the form attached to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, executed and delivered by each Issuer (as defined therein), if any, that is not a Loan Party, (iv) the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, executed and delivered by each applicable Loan Party; (v) Deposit Account Control Agreements satisfying the requirements of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; and (vi) copies of the Related Agreements, executed by all parties thereto.

(b) Closing Certificate of the Borrower . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate executed on behalf of the Borrower by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit K with appropriate insertions and attachments including the certificate of incorporation of the Borrower certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower, and (ii) a long form good standing certificate for the Borrower from its jurisdiction of organization.

(c) Pro Forma Financial Statements; Financial Statements . The Lenders shall have received (i) the Pro Forma Financial Statements, (ii) audited consolidated financial statements of IAAI and its Subsidiaries and ADESA and its Subsidiaries, in each case ending on or about December 31, 2006, on or about December 31, 2005 and on or about December 31, 2004, and (iii) unaudited interim consolidated financial statements of IAAI and its Subsidiaries and ADESA and its Subsidiaries, in each case as at the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter of IAAI and ADESA, as the case may be, elapsed more than 45 days prior to the Closing Date.

(d) Fees . The Administrative Agent shall have received confirmation reasonably satisfactory to it that all fees required to be paid and all invoiced expense reimbursements payable by any Loan Party for account of any of the Agents or Lenders on or before the Closing Date will be paid concurrently with the funding of the Initial Term Loans on the Closing Date.

(e) Closing Certificate of the Guarantors, Certificate of Incorporation; Good Standing . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a certificate of each Guarantor, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, with appropriate insertions and attachments including the certificate of incorporation of such Guarantor that is a corporation certified by the relevant authority of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party, and (ii) a long form good standing certificate for such Guarantor from its jurisdiction of organization.

(f) Legal Opinions . The Administrative Agent shall have received the following executed legal opinions:

(i) the legal opinion of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-1;

 

58


(ii) the legal opinion of Becca Polak, Associate General Counsel of ADESA, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2;

(iii) the legal opinion of Sidney Kerley, Corporate Counsel of IAAI, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-3;

(iv) the legal opinion Osler, Hoskin & Harcourt LLP, Canadian counsel to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-4;

(v) the legal opinion of Blackwell Sanders Peper Martin LLP, local counsel in Missouri, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-5;

(vi) the legal opinion of Herold and Haines, P.A., local counsel in New Jersey, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-6; and

(vii) the legal opinion of Ice Miller LLP, local counsel in Indiana, substantially in the form of Exhibit F-7.

(g) Pledged Stock; Stock Powers; Pledged Notes . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) certificates representing the shares of Capital Stock listed on Schedule 2 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, together with an undated stock power or equivalent for each such certificate executed in blank by the pledgor thereof and (ii) each promissory note (if any) listed on Schedule 2 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement endorsed (without recourse) in blank (or accompanied by an executed transfer form in blank) by the pledgor thereof.

(h) Solvency Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received and shall be reasonably satisfied with a solvency certificate of the chief financial officer of Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit J, which shall document the solvency of the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, as of the Closing Date after giving effect to the Acquisition and other transactions contemplated hereby.

(i) Insurance . The Administrative Agent shall have received insurance certificates satisfying the requirements of Section 5.3 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(j) Capitalization of Borrower . The Equity Contribution shall have been made on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(k) Mortgages, etc .

(i) The Administrative Agent shall have received a Mortgage with respect to each Mortgaged Property, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each party thereto.

(ii) If reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the Borrower has obtained (A) a policy of flood insurance that (1) covers any parcel of improved real property that is encumbered by any Mortgage, (2) is written in an amount

 

59


not less than the outstanding principal amount of the indebtedness secured by such Mortgage that is reasonably allocable to such real property or the maximum limit of coverage made available with respect to the particular type of property under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, whichever is less, and (3) has a term ending not later than the maturity of the Indebtedness secured by such Mortgage and (B) confirmation that the Borrower has received the notice required pursuant to Section 208(e)(3) of Regulation H of the Board.

(l) Existing Indebtedness . Arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent shall have been made for the (i) repayment in full or defeasance of all Existing Indebtedness, (ii) termination of any commitments to lend or make other extensions of credit in respect of Existing Indebtedness, (iii) delivery of all documents or instruments necessary to release all Liens securing Existing Indebtedness or other obligations of IAAI and its Subsidiaries or ADESA and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, under the Existing Indebtedness being repaid on the Closing Date, and (iv) cancellation of any letters of credit outstanding under the Existing Indebtedness or the issuance of Letters of Credit to support the obligations of IAAI and its Subsidiaries or ADESA and its Subsidiaries, as the case may be, with respect thereto.

(m) Filings, Registrations and Recordings . Each document (including any Uniform Commercial Code financing statement) required by the Security Documents or under law or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to be filed, registered or recorded in order to create in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected Lien on the Collateral described therein, prior and superior in right to any other Person (other than with respect to Liens expressly permitted by Section 8.3), shall be in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

(n) Lien Searches . The Administrative Agent shall have received the results of a recent lien search with respect to each Loan Party in the jurisdiction where each such Loan Party is located, and such search shall reveal no liens on any of the assets of the Loan Parties except for liens permitted by Section 8.3 or discharged on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to documentation satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(o) Perfection Certificate . The Administrative Agent shall have received a perfection certificate executed by Holdings and each other Loan Party, dated the Closing Date, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

(p) Patriot Act . The Lenders shall have received from the Loan Parties all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act.

(q) Miscellaneous . The Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents, agreements, certificates and information as it or the Lead Arrangers or the Required Lenders may reasonably request.

6.2. Conditions to Each Extension of Credit . The agreement of each Lender to make any extension of credit requested to be made by it on any date (including its initial extension of credit on the Closing Date) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) No Default . No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on such date or after giving effect to the extensions of credit requested to be made on such date.

 

60


(b) Representations and Warranties . Each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, except (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date and (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, the only representations and warranties relating to ADESA and its Subsidiaries which shall be made on the Closing Date shall be (A) such of the representations and warranties made by ADESA in the Merger Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that Holdings and the Borrower have the right to terminate their respective obligations under the Merger Agreement as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties in the Merger Agreement and (B) the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.11, 5.14, 5.19 and 5.23.

(c) Borrowing Notices . The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a notice of borrowing pursuant to Section 3.2 or 3.4, as the case may be, in connection with any borrowing under the Revolving Commitments or Swingline Loans or (ii) an Application pursuant to Section 3.8 for issuance of a Letter of Credit on behalf of the Borrower.

Each borrowing by and issuance of a Letter of Credit on behalf of the Borrower hereunder shall constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower as of the date of such extension of credit that the conditions contained in this Section 6.2 have been satisfied.

SECTION 7. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Holdings and the Borrower hereby jointly and severally agree that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder, the Borrower shall and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

7.1. Financial Statements . Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year and the current year budget, reported on without any material qualification or exception including a “going concern” or like qualification or exception, or qualification arising out of the scope of the audit, by KPMG LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing; and

(b) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of the Borrower (or, in the case of the first fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date, 60 days after the end of such fiscal quarter), the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year and the current year budget, certified by a Responsible Officer as being fairly stated in all material respects (subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes).

 

61


All such financial statements shall be complete and correct in all material respects and shall be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP applied consistently throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (except as approved by such accountants or officer, as the case may be, and disclosed therein).

Notwithstanding the foregoing such financial statements may be delivered in the form and with the accompanying certifications required by applicable Requirements of Law for filing Forms 10-K and Forms 10-Q with the SEC.

7.2. Certificates; Other Information . Furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender (or, in the case of clause (g), to the relevant Lender):

(a) concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 7.1, (i) a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that, to the best of each such Responsible Officer’s knowledge, each Group Member during such period has observed in all material respects or performed in all material respects all of the applicable covenants and other agreements, and satisfied every condition, contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to be observed, performed or satisfied by it in all material respects, and that such Responsible Officer has obtained no knowledge of any Default or Event of Default, in each case except as specified in such certificate and (ii)(x) a Compliance Certificate containing all information and calculations reasonably necessary for determining compliance by each Group Member with the provisions of this Agreement referred to therein as of the last day of the fiscal quarter or fiscal year of the Borrower, as the case may be, and, if applicable, for determining the Applicable Margins and Commitment Fee Rate, and (y) to the extent not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent, a description of any change in the jurisdiction of organization of any Loan Party and, concurrently with the delivery of any financial statements pursuant to Section 7.1(a) only, a listing of any registered or applied-for material Intellectual Property acquired by any Loan Party since the date of the most recent list delivered pursuant to this clause (y) (or, in the case of the first such list so delivered, since the Closing Date);

(b) as soon as available, and in any event no later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a detailed consolidated budget for the following fiscal year (including a projected consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of the following fiscal year, the related consolidated statements of projected cash flow, projected changes in financial position and projected income and a description of the underlying assumptions applicable thereto) (collectively, the “ Projections ”), which Projections shall in each case be accompanied by a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that such Projections are based on reasonable estimates, information and assumptions and that such Responsible Officer has no reason to believe that such Projections are incorrect or misleading in any material respect, it being recognized by the Lenders that the projection and pro forma financial information contained in the material referenced above is based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be reasonable at the time made and that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein by a material amount;

(c) if the Borrower is not then a reporting company under the Exchange Act within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower (90 days, in the case of the fourth fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year, and 60 days, in the case of the first fiscal quarter ending after the Closing Date), a narrative discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such fiscal quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current fiscal year to the end of such fiscal quarter, as compared to the portion of the Projections covering such periods and to the comparable periods of the previous year;

 

62


(d) no later than five Business Days prior to the effectiveness thereof, copies of substantially final drafts of any proposed amendment, supplement, waiver or other modification with respect to any of the Unsecured Notes, any Securitization or the Acquisition Documentation;

(e) within five Business Days after the same are sent, copies of all financial statements and reports that Holdings, any Parent or the Borrower sends to the holders of any class of its debt securities or public equity securities and, within five Business Days after the same are filed, copies of all financial statements and reports that Holdings or the Borrower may make to, or file with, the SEC;

(f) concurrently with the delivery of any document or notice required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 or 7.2, Borrower shall indicate in writing whether such document or notice contains Non-public Information. Borrower and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to any Group Member or their securities) and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 or 7.2 or otherwise are being distributed through IntraLinks/IntraAgency, SyndTrak or another relevant website or other information platform (the “ Platform ”), any document or notice that Borrower has indicated contains Non-public Information shall not be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for such public-side Lenders. If Borrower has not indicated whether a document or notice delivered pursuant to Section 7.1 or 7.2 contains Non-public Information, Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material nonpublic information with respect to the Group Members and their securities; and

(g) promptly, such additional financial and other information as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

7.3. Payment of Obligations . Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all its material obligations of whatever nature, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the relevant Group Member or where failure to pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy such material obligations, in the aggregate, has not had and would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

7.4. Maintenance of Existence; Compliance . (a) (i) Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its organizational existence and (ii) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges and franchises necessary to conduct its business, except, in each case, as otherwise permitted by Section 8.4 and except to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law except to the extent that failure to comply therewith would not, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

7.5. Maintenance of Property; Insurance . (a) Keep all material property useful and necessary in its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and (b) maintain with reputable insurance companies insurance on all its property in at least such amounts and against such risks (but including in any event public liability) as are usually insured against in the same general area by companies engaged in the same or a similar business.

 

63


7.6. Inspection of Property; Books and Records; Discussions . (a) Keep proper books of records and account in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP and all Requirements of Law shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities and (b) permit, upon reasonable prior notice, any persons designated by the Administrative Agent, or upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Lender, to visit and inspect any of its properties and examine and make abstracts from any of its books and records at such reasonable times and upon reasonable intervals and to discuss the business, operations, properties and financial and other condition of the Group Members with officers of the Group Members and with their independent certified public accountants at such reasonable times and upon reasonable intervals, in each case as any Administrative Agent or, upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any Lender may reasonably request; provided that, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such visitation and inspection rights may only be exercised by the Administrative Agent once per calendar year.

7.7. Notices . Promptly upon any Responsible Officer of any Group Member acquiring knowledge thereof, give notice to the Administrative Agent and each Lender of the following:

(a) the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default;

(b) any (i) default or event of default under any Contractual Obligation of any Group Member or (ii) litigation, investigation or proceeding that may exist at any time between any Group Member and any Governmental Authority, that in either case, if not cured or if adversely determined, as the case may be, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) any litigation or proceeding affecting any Group Member (i) which, if determined adversely to such Group Member (after taking into account any available insurance coverage), would have or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) in which injunctive or other temporary or specific relief is sought which, if granted, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) which relates to any Loan Document;

(d) the following events, as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the Borrower knows or has reason to know thereof: (i) the occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan, the incurrence of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA) (whether or not waived) with respect to a Plan, the creation of any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the PBGC or the Borrower or any Commonly Controlled Entity or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Plan; and

(e) any development or event that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action, if any, the relevant Group Member proposes to take with respect thereto.

7.8. Environmental Laws . (a) Comply in all material respects with, and make all commercially reasonable efforts to ensure compliance in all material respects by all tenants and subtenants, if any, with, all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits, and obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, and make all commercially reasonable efforts to ensure

 

64


that all tenants and subtenants obtain and comply in all material respects with and maintain, any and all licenses, approvals, notifications, registrations or permits required by applicable Environmental Laws, in each case except for any such non-compliance or failure to obtain, individually or in the aggregate, would not be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Unless being contested in good faith, conduct and complete in all material respects all investigations, studies, sampling and testing, and all remedial, removal and other actions required under Environmental Laws and promptly comply in all material respects with all lawful orders and directives of all Governmental Authorities regarding Environmental Laws; provided that compliance within deadlines set by such orders or authorities shall be deemed to be prompt.

7.9. Interest Rate Protection . In the case of the Borrower, within 90 days after the Closing Date, enter into, and thereafter maintain, Hedge Agreements to the extent necessary to provide that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the Unsecured Notes and the Term Loans is subject to either a fixed interest rate or interest rate protection for a period of not less than two years, which Hedge Agreements shall have terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

7.10. Additional Collateral, etc . (a) With respect to any owned property acquired after the Closing Date by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor as to which the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, does not have a perfected Lien (except as expressly set forth in the applicable Security Document), promptly (or within such period of time as reasonably consented to by the Administrative Agent) (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or such other documents as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in such property and (ii) take all actions reasonably necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a (except as expressly set forth in the applicable Security Document) perfected security interest in such property, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

(b) With respect to any (i) Excluded Real Property that is not sold or disposed of on or prior to the fifteenth month anniversary of the Closing Date, and (ii) fee simple interest in any real property having a value of at least $4,000,000 acquired after the Closing Date by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor promptly (or within such period of time as reasonably consented to by the Administrative Agent) (A) execute, acknowledge and deliver a Mortgage in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, in an amount no greater than 125% of the purchase price if the property is located in a state with mortgage recording tax covering such real property, (B) if requested by the Administrative Agent, provide the Secured Parties with (1) title and extended coverage insurance covering such real property in an amount at least equal to the purchase price of such real property as well as a current ALTA survey thereof, together with a surveyor’s certificate and (2) any consents or estoppels reasonably deemed necessary or advisable by the Administrative Agent in connection with such Mortgage, each of the foregoing in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and (C) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) With respect to any new Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary) created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Group Member (which, for the purposes of this paragraph (c), shall include any existing Subsidiary that ceases to be a Foreign Subsidiary or an Excluded

 

65


Subsidiary), promptly (or within such period of time as reasonably consented to by the Administrative Agent) (i) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent reasonably deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected security interest in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by any Group Member, (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers or equivalents, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Group Member, (iii) cause such new Subsidiary (other than any Securitization Subsidiary) (A) to become a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, (B) to take such actions reasonably necessary or reasonably advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a (to the extent provided in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) perfected security interest in the Collateral described in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement with respect to such new Subsidiary, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be required by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or by law or as may be reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and (C) to deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate of such Subsidiary, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, with appropriate insertions and attachments, and (iv) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(d) The Borrower will not issue or sell any of its Capital Stock (i) to any Person other than Holdings, (ii) unless such Capital Stock is issued subject to the security interest granted by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or (iii) in any form except as a certificated security delivered at or substantially concurrent with issuance to the Administrative Agent and pledged pursuant to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

(e) With respect to any new Foreign Subsidiary created or acquired after the Closing Date by any Group Member (other than by any Group Member that is a Foreign Subsidiary), promptly (i) (or within such period of time as reasonably consented to by the Administrative Agent) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent such amendments or supplements to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as the Administrative Agent deems necessary or advisable to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a (except as expressly set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) perfected security interest in the Capital Stock of such new Subsidiary that is owned by any such Group Member (provided that in no event shall more than 65% of the total outstanding voting Capital Stock of any such new Subsidiary be required to be so pledged), (ii) deliver to the Administrative Agent the certificates, if any, representing such Capital Stock, together with undated stock powers or equivalents, in blank, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of the relevant Group Member, as the case may be, and take such other action as may be reasonably necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent, desirable to perfect the Administrative Agent’s security interest therein, and (iii) if requested by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent legal opinions relating to the matters described above, which opinions shall be in form and substance, and from counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

7.11. Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Loans only for the purposes specified in Section 5.16.

7.12. Further Assurances . From time to time execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, such additional instruments, certificates or documents, and take all such actions, as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of implementing or effectuating the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or of perfecting or renewing the rights of the

 

66


Administrative Agent and the Lenders with respect to the Collateral (or with respect to any additions thereto or replacements or proceeds thereof or with respect to any other property or assets hereafter acquired by the borrower or any Subsidiary which may be deemed to be part of the Collateral) pursuant hereto or thereto. Upon the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of any power, right, privilege or remedy pursuant to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents which requires any consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization of any Governmental Authority, the Borrower will, if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, use commercially reasonable efforts to execute and deliver, or to cause the execution and delivery of, all applications, certifications, instruments and other documents and papers that the Administrative Agent or such Lenders may be required to obtain from the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries for such governmental consent, approval, recording, qualification or authorization.

7.13. Post-Closing Items . Deliver the items described on Schedule 7.13 within the period or by the date specified therein or, with the consent of the Administrative Agent, not more than 60 days thereafter.

SECTION 8. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Holdings and the Borrower hereby jointly and severally agree that, so long as the Commitments remain in effect, any Letter of Credit remains outstanding or any Loan or other amount is owing to any Lender or Agent hereunder, the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

8.1. Financial Condition Covenants . (a) Maximum Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio. Permit the Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, as of any date set forth below on which the Revolving Commitments are outstanding, to exceed the amount set forth opposite such date below:

 

Last Day of Fiscal Quarter

Ending On or About

  

Maximum Consolidated

Senior Secured Leverage Ratio

December 31, 2007

   5.85 to 1.00

March 31, 2008

   5.85 to 1.00

June 30, 2008

   5.85 to 1.00

September 30, 2008

   5.85 to 1.00

December 31, 2008

   4.75 to 1.00

March 31, 2009

   4.75 to 1.00

June 30, 2009

   4.75 to 1.00

September 30, 2009

   4.75 to 1.00

December 31, 2009

   3.75 to 1.00

March 31, 2010

   3.75 to 1.00

June 30, 2010

   3.75 to 1.00

September 30, 2010

   3.75 to 1.00

December 31, 2010

   3.00 to 1.00

March 31, 2011

   3.00 to 1.00

June 30, 2011

   3.00 to 1.00

September 30, 2011

   3.00 to 1.00

December 31, 2011

and thereafter

   2.50 to 1.00

 

67


(b) Right to Cure Financial Condition Covenant . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 9, in the event that the Borrower fails to comply with the requirements of Section 8.1(a) (to the extent compliance with Section 8.1(a) was required as of the relevant date of determination), until the tenth calendar day subsequent to the day on which the Borrower is required by Section 7.1 to deliver financial reports for any period ended on the last day of any fiscal quarter, the Borrower may request that any cash common equity contribution made (directly or indirectly) to Holdings by the Permitted Investors and contributed by Holdings to the Borrower as common equity substantially concurrently with such request and on or prior to such day be included in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal quarter (the ability of the Borrower to make such request, the “ Cure Right ”, and such cash common equity contribution or loan proceeds amount received by the Borrower, the “ Cure Amount ”); provided that (i) the Cure Right may be exercised so long as there are at least two consecutive fiscal quarters in each four fiscal quarter period in respect of which the Cure Right has not been exercised and (ii) the Cure Amount shall not exceed in the aggregate the amount required for purposes of complying with Section 8.1(a) (assuming compliance with Section 8.1(a) was required as of the relevant date of determination). Pursuant to the exercise by the Borrower of such Cure Right, such financial condition covenant set forth in Section 8.1(a) (but not Consolidated EBITDA or the relevant ratio as they relate to any other covenant or agreement herein) shall be recalculated giving effect to the following pro forma adjustments:

(i) Consolidated EBITDA shall be increased for such fiscal quarter, in accordance with the definition thereof, solely for the purpose of measuring compliance with Section 8.1(a) (to the extent such compliance was required on the relevant date of determination) for each period that includes such fiscal quarter (and not for any other purpose under this Agreement), by an amount equal to the Cure Amount; and

(ii) if, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Borrower shall be in compliance with the requirements of Section 8.1(a) (to the extent required to be in such compliance), the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of Section 8.1(a) as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the financial condition covenant set forth in Section 8.1(a) which had occurred shall be deemed cured for all purposes of the Agreement.

8.2. Indebtedness . Create, issue, assume, become liable in respect of or otherwise Incur, or suffer to exist, any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness of any Loan Party pursuant to any Loan Document;

(b) Indebtedness (i) of the Borrower to any Subsidiary, (ii) of any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor to the Borrower or any other Subsidiary, (iii) of any Foreign Subsidiary to any Foreign Subsidiary and (iv) subject to Section 8.8(k), of any Foreign Subsidiary to the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor;

(c) Guarantee Obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of obligations of the Borrower, any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor and, subject to Section 8.8(k), of any Foreign Subsidiary; and Guarantee Obligations Incurred by any Foreign Subsidiary of obligations of any other Foreign Subsidiary;

(d) Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the Closing Date and listed on Schedule 8.2(d) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

 

68


(e) Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) secured by Liens permitted by Section 8.3(g) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(f) Indebtedness of the Borrower in respect of the Unsecured Notes in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $1,025,000,000 and up to $150,000,000 of “Additional Notes” issued after the Closing Date under any of the Indentures and any Permitted Refinancing of any such Indebtedness; and Guarantee Obligations of Subsidiary Guarantors in respect of such Indebtedness (subordinated, in the case only of Guarantee Obligations as to the Unsecured Notes outstanding under the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, to the same extent as the obligations of the Borrower in respect of such Unsecured Notes);

(g) Hedge Agreements required under Section 7.9 or permitted under Section 8.12;

(h) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries, and guarantees thereof by Foreign Subsidiaries, Incurred for working capital purposes in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000,000 at any time;

(i) Unsecured Indebtedness of Holdings in respect of Management Advances in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $10,000,000 Incurred in any fiscal year;

(j) guarantees of Indebtedness of directors, officers and employees of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of expenses of such Persons in connection with relocations and other ordinary course of business purposes, if the aggregate amount of Indebtedness so guaranteed, when added to the aggregate amount of unreimbursed payments theretofore made in respect of such guarantees and the amount of Investments then outstanding under Section 8.8(f), shall not at any time exceed $10,000,000;

(k) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Borrower acquired in a Permitted Acquisition and outstanding at the time of such Permitted Acquisition, Indebtedness assumed at the time of a Permitted Acquisition of an asset securing such Indebtedness, and refinancings, renewals or extensions of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal amount or change the obligor in respect thereof, if (i) such Indebtedness was not Incurred in connection with, or anticipation or contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness, refinancings, renewals and extensions does not at any time exceed $25,000,000;

(l) guarantees of Indebtedness of a Person which is not a Subsidiary of the Borrower and in which the Borrower or a Subsidiary made an investment permitted by Section 8.8(n) or preferred Capital Stock of a Foreign Subsidiary which such Foreign Subsidiary is obligated to purchase, redeem, retire or otherwise acquire, if the aggregate outstanding principal amount so guaranteed and the aggregate outstanding redemption value of such Capital Stock, when added to (i) unreimbursed payments theretofore made in respect of such guarantees and (ii) Investments then outstanding under Section 8.8(n), does not at any time exceed $10,000,000;

(m) additional unsecured Indebtedness of the Group Members in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $60,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(n) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations of any Group Member which is the seller or servicer in a Permitted Securitization in respect of any Standard Securitization Undertakings as to such Permitted Securitization and Guarantee Obligations of the Borrower or any other Loan Party as to such Indebtedness;

 

69


(o) Indebtedness which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any guaranties, performance, surety, statutory, appeal or similar obligations (including in connection with workers’ compensation) Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(p) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts;

(q) Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, or from guaranties, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to such agreements, in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or permitted Dispositions;

(r) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued to present or former officers, directors or employees of any Group Member upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment or service of such officer, director or employee or otherwise to finance the purchase or redemption of Capital Stock of Holdings or any Parent, to the extent the applicable Restricted Payment is permitted by Section 8.6;

(s) unsecured Indebtedness representing insurance premiums owing in the ordinary course of business;

(t) Indebtedness in connection with the Atlanta IRB Transaction and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(u) Indebtedness of one or more Canadian Subsidiaries of the Borrower to the Borrower or any other Loan Party in an aggregate outstanding principal amount not at any time exceeding the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date plus $25,000,000; and

(v) unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower (which may, but need not, consist of additional subordinated notes issued under the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture) and unsecured Guarantee Obligations of Subsidiary Guarantors in respect thereof if (i) such Indebtedness and Guarantee Obligations (A) mature no earlier than the Unsecured Notes issued under the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, (B) do not require any mandatory prepayments, redemptions, sinking fund payments or purchase offers prior to maturity, except in case of certain asset sales or changes of control on the terms set forth in the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture or other terms that, prior to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Borrower certifies to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent reasonably agrees, are not (taken as a whole) materially less favorable to the Lenders than those set forth in the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture, and (C) are subordinated to the Obligations and other present and future senior debt of the Borrower and Subsidiary Guarantors on the subordination terms set forth in the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture or other terms that, prior to the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, the Borrower certifies to the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent reasonably agrees, are not (taken as a whole) materially less favorable to the Lenders than those set forth in the Senior Subordinated Notes Indenture and (ii) on the date of the Incurrence of such Indebtedness, after giving effect to the Incurrence thereof, the Consolidated Coverage Ratio would be greater than 2.0 to 1.0.

 

70


8.3. Liens . Create, become subject to, assume or otherwise Incur, or suffer to exist, any Lien upon any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:

(a) Liens for taxes, assessments or government charges not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the relevant Group Member in conformity with GAAP;

(b) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business that are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(c) pledges or deposits in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions, or other social security or retirement benefits or similar legislation;

(d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts (other than for borrowed money), leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(e) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions (including zoning restrictions) and other similar encumbrances and minor title defects or matters that would be disclosed in an accurate survey affecting real property Incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, do not in any case materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of any Group Member or materially detract from the value of the real property subject thereto;

(f) Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents;

(g) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.2(e) if (i) such Liens are created substantially simultaneously with the Incurrence of such Indebtedness (for the acquisition of certain property ) or within 270 days thereafter and (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness;

(h) any interest or title of a lessor under any lease entered into by a Group Member in the ordinary course of its business and covering only the assets so leased and other statutory and common law landlords’ liens under leases;

(i) Liens in existence on the Closing Date listed on Schedule 8.3(i) (including the Atlanta IRB Transaction) and modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof, provided , that no such Lien is spread to cover any additional property after the Closing Date and the amount of the aggregate obligations, if any, secured by any such Lien are not increased;

(j) attachment and judgment Liens, to the extent and for so long as the underlying judgments and decrees do not constitute an Event of Default pursuant to Section 9;

(k) Liens on property or assets acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, or on property or assets of a Subsidiary in existence at the time such Subsidiary is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition, if (i) any Indebtedness secured by such Liens is permitted by Section 8.2(k), and (ii) such Liens are not Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation or anticipation of, such Permitted Acquisition and do not attach to any other asset of any Group Member; and Liens on such property or assets securing refinancings, renewals and extensions of such Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.2(k);

 

71


(l) Liens on assets of Foreign Subsidiaries securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 8.2(h).

(m) Liens on property subject to sale-leaseback transactions to the extent such sale-leaseback transactions are permitted by Section 8.11;

(n) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted to other Persons not materially interfering with the conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(o) any encumbrances or restrictions (including put and call agreements) with respect to the Capital Stock of any joint venture agreed to by the holders of such Capital Stock;

(p) Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section so long as neither (i) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the obligations secured thereby nor (ii) the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the date such Lien is Incurred) of the assets subject thereto exceeds $10,000,000 at any one time;

(q) any interest of the Borrower’s clients in vehicles that are on consignment to the Borrower and any proceeds thereof;

(r) Liens on Securitization Assets sold or transferred or purported to be sold or transferred to a Securitization Subsidiary in connection with a Securitization;

(s) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection or (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(t) Liens on earnest money deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents in connection with any Permitted Acquisition;

(u) Liens in the nature of the right of setoff in favor of counterparties to contractual agreements with the Loan Parties in the ordinary course of business; and

(v) Permitted Encumbrances.

8.4. Fundamental Changes . Enter into any merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or liquidate, wind up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or Dispose of, all or substantially all of its property or business, except:

(a) that any Subsidiary of the Borrower may be merged, consolidated or liquidated (i) with or into the Borrower if the Borrower is the continuing or surviving corporation, (ii) with or into any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor if the Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor is the continuing or surviving corporation or (iii) subject to Section 8.8(k), with or into any Foreign Subsidiary; and any Foreign Subsidiary may be merged or consolidated with or into any other Foreign Subsidiary;

 

72


(b) that any Subsidiary of the Borrower may Dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation, winding up, dissolution or otherwise) as permitted by Section 8.5 (other than Section 8.5(c)), or to the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor or, subject to Section 8.8(k), any Foreign Subsidiary; and any Foreign Subsidiary may Dispose of any or all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to any other Foreign Subsidiary;

(c) pursuant to the Merger; and

(d) pursuant to any merger between the Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary Guarantor and any other Person; provided that the Borrower or such Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, is the surviving entity of any such merger.

8.5. Disposition of Property . Dispose of any of its property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or, in the case of any Subsidiary, issue or sell any shares of such Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to any Person, except:

(a) the Disposition of obsolete, used, surplus or worn out property in the ordinary course of business (including the abandonment or other Disposition of Intellectual Property that is, in the reasonable judgment of the Borrower, no longer economically practicable to maintain or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole) and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrowers and its Subsidiaries;

(b) the sale of inventory or the licensing, sublicensing or other disposition of Intellectual Property in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions permitted by Section 8.4(b);

(d) the sale or issuance of any Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor; and the sale or issuance of any Foreign Subsidiary’s Capital Stock to any other Foreign Subsidiary, the Borrower or any other Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor;

(e) sale-leaseback transactions permitted by Section 8.11;

(f) sales, transfers or dispositions by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of non-strategic assets purchased as part of a Permitted Acquisition, so long as (i) no Default then exists or would result therefrom, (ii) the Borrower or such Subsidiary receives at least fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), (iii) the aggregate proceeds received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary from all such sales, transfers or dispositions relating to a given Permitted Acquisition do not exceed 40% of the aggregate consideration paid for such Permitted Acquisition, and (iv) such non-strategic assets are sold, transferred or disposed of on or prior to the first anniversary of such Permitted Acquisition;

(g) the sale of Securitization Assets to one or more Securitization Subsidiaries in connection with a Permitted Securitization;

(h) Dispositions of property from (a) the Borrower to any Subsidiary Guarantor, (b) from any Subsidiary Guarantor to any other Subsidiary Guarantor and (c) any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor to any other Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Subsidiary Guarantor or to any Loan Party;

 

73


(i) Dispositions permitted by Section 8.3;

(j) leases or subleases of property in the ordinary course of business which do not materially interfere with the conduct of the business of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

(k) Dispositions of property in connection with Recovery Events;

(l) Dispositions of past due accounts receivable in connection with the collection, write down or compromise thereof in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Dispositions of any Excluded Real Property; and

(n) the Disposition of other property having a fair market value not to exceed $50,000,000 in the aggregate for any fiscal year if the consideration received from such Disposition is no less than fair market value of such assets (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) of which at least 75% is received in cash or Cash Equivalents at the closing of such Disposition.

8.6. Restricted Payments . Declare or pay any dividend (other than dividends payable solely in Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of the Person making such dividend) on, or make any payment on account of, or set apart assets for a sinking or other analogous fund for, the purchase, redemption, defeasance, retirement or other acquisition of, any Capital Stock of any Group Member, whether now or hereafter outstanding, or make any other distribution in respect thereof, either directly or indirectly, whether in cash or property or in obligations of any Group Member (collectively, “ Restricted Payments ”), except that:

(a) any Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-Wholly Owned Subsidiary, to (i) Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor and (ii) to each other owner of Capital Stock of such Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests); and any Foreign Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to another Foreign Subsidiary;

(b) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower may pay dividends or make loans or advances to Holdings or any Parent to permit Holdings or such Parent to (i) purchase Holdings’ or such Parent’s Capital Stock from present or former officers, directors or employees of any Group Member upon the death, disability, retirement or termination of employment or service of such officer, director or employee or otherwise under any stock option or employee stock ownership plan approved by the board of directors of Holdings or any Parent, in an aggregate amount (net of any proceeds received by Holdings or any Parent and contributed to the Borrower in connection with resales of any Capital Stock so purchased) not exceeding $10,000,000 in any fiscal year and (ii) pay management fees and expense reimbursements expressly permitted by Section 8.10;

(c) the Borrower may pay dividends or make loans and advances to Holdings or any Parent to permit Holdings or any Parent to (i) pay corporate overhead expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount not exceeding $5,000,000 in any fiscal year; (ii) pay (A) any taxes, charges or assessments, including but not limited to sales, use, transfer, rental, ad valorem, value-added, stamp, property, consumption, franchise, license, capital, net worth, gross receipts, excise, occupancy, intangibles or similar taxes, charges or assessments (other than federal, state or local taxes measured by income and federal, state or local withholding imposed on payments made by Holdings

 

74


or any Parent), required to be paid by Holdings or any Parent by virtue of its being incorporated or otherwise organized or having Capital Stock outstanding (but not by virtue of owning stock or other equity interests of any corporation or other entity other than the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or any Parent or Holdings), or being a holding company parent of the Borrower, or having guaranteed any obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, or having made any payment in respect of any of the items for which the Borrower is permitted to make payments to Holdings or any Parent pursuant to the other clauses of this Section 8.6, or (B) for so long as the Borrower is a member of a group filing a consolidated, combined or unitary tax return with Holdings or any Parent, amounts necessary for the payment of federal, state or local income taxes payable by Holdings or such Parent and measured by the income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries which are payable by Holding or such Parent; (iii) to pay expenses incurred by Holdings or any Parent in connection with offerings, registrations, or exchange listings of equity securities and maintenance of same (A) where the net proceeds of such offering are to be received by or contributed to the Borrower, or (B) in a prorated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed or loaned, or (C) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as Holdings or any Parent shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to the Borrower or the relevant Subsidiary of the Borrower out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if such offering is completed; (iv) to pay audit costs and any costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by Holdings or any Parent in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, applicable rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, including in respect of any reports filed with respect to the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the respective rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (v) to pay obligations of Holdings or any Parent under or in respect of director and officer insurance policies or indemnification obligations to directors or officers; (vi) to pay fees and perform its other obligations pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement so long as no Default under Section 9(a) or 9(f) has occurred and is continuing and (vii) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings or any Parent to make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Capital Stock of Holdings or any Parent;

(d) Restricted Payments necessary to consummate the Merger, and to Holdings to permit Holdings to make payments in connection with the Merger and the financing therefor (including payments of fees and expenses in connection therewith); and

(e) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments from and counted against Available Retained ECF if and so long as (i) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) both on a historical and on a pro forma basis (giving effect to such payment and all related transactions, including the Incurrence and use of proceeds of all Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio on the most recent Test Date did not exceed 4.5 to 1.0 and (iii) Available Retained ECF would be a positive number if Available Retained ECF is reduced by the amount of such Restricted Payments.

8.7. Capital Expenditures . (a) Other than any Capital Expenditures financed from proceeds of any purchase money Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.2, make or commit to make any Capital Expenditure, except Capital Expenditures of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business not exceeding $75,000,000 in fiscal year 2007 after the Closing Date, $100,000,000 in fiscal year 2008, and $80,000,000 in any fiscal year thereafter; provided , that (i) up to 100% of any amount permitted but not expended in any fiscal year may be carried over for expenditure in the next succeeding fiscal year (it being understood that no portion of such carried over amount for any fiscal year may be used until the entire initial amount of permitted Capital Expenditures for the current fiscal year

 

75


has been used for Capital Expenditures), (ii) Capital Expenditures made with the proceeds of any Reinvestment Deferred Amount will not be subject to the foregoing restriction and (iii) Capital Expenditures made from and counted against Available Retained ECF will not be subject to the foregoing restriction if Available Retained ECF would be a positive number if Available Retained ECF is reduced by the amount of such Capital Expenditures; and

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in clause (a) above, for any fiscal year, the amount of Capital Expenditures that would otherwise be permitted in such fiscal year pursuant to this Section 8.7 (including as a result of any amount carried over in accordance with clause (a) above) may be increased by an amount not to exceed $10,000,000 (the “ CapEx Pull-Forward Amount ”). The actual CapEx Pull-Forward Amount expended in respect of any such fiscal year shall reduce, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, the amount of Capital Expenditures that would have been permitted to be made in the immediately succeeding fiscal year.

8.8. Investments . Make any advance, loan, extension of credit (by way of guaranty or otherwise) or capital contribution to, or purchase any Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other debt securities of, or any assets constituting a business unit of, or make any other investment in, any Person (all of the foregoing, “ Investments ”), except:

(a) extensions of trade credit in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Investments in Cash Equivalents;

(c) Guarantee Obligations permitted by Section 8.2;

(d) Guarantee Obligations to insurers required in connection with worker’s compensation and other insurance coverage arranged in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Investments held by the Borrower or any Subsidiary on the Closing Date and described on Schedule 8.8(e) (including the Atlanta IRB Transaction);

(f) loans and advances to employees of any Group Member of the Borrower in the ordinary course of business (including for travel, entertainment and relocation expenses) in an aggregate amount for all Group Members (with the aggregate amount outstanding under Section 8.2(j)) not to exceed $10,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(g) non-cash consideration received in any Disposition permitted by Section 8.5;

(h) the transactions contemplated by the Merger and the Equity Contribution;

(i) any Permitted Acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person or a business unit of a Person or the Capital Stock of a Person (other than directors’ qualifying shares) that becomes (in the case of an acquisition of capital stock) a Domestic Subsidiary and a Subsidiary Guarantor;

(j) intercompany Investments by any Group Member in the Borrower or any Person that, prior to such Investment, is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary Guarantor;

 

76


(k) Investments in Foreign Subsidiaries (including Permitted Acquisitions of Persons which become Foreign Subsidiaries, Incurrence of Guarantee Obligations with respect to obligations of Foreign Subsidiaries, loans made to Foreign Subsidiaries and Investments resulting from mergers with or sales of assets to any such Foreign Subsidiaries) so long as the aggregate amount of all such Investments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (except Investments by a Foreign Subsidiary in a Person that prior to such Investment is a Foreign Subsidiary) net of cash repayments and sale proceeds in the case of Investments in the form of Indebtedness and cash equity returns received as a distribution or dividend or by redemption or sale does not exceed $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

(l) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of suppliers and customers and in good faith settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers and suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

(m) Hedge Agreements required under Section 7.9 or permitted under Section 8.12;

(n) intercompany Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary in any other Foreign Subsidiary;

(o) transactions permitted by Sections 8.4 and 8.6(c);

(p) in addition to Investments otherwise expressly permitted by this Section, Investments by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount, net of cash repayments and sale proceeds in the case of Investments in the form of Indebtedness and cash equity returns received as a distribution or dividend or by redemption or sale, not exceeding $60,000,000 at any time outstanding; and

(q) the Borrower may make Investments from and counted against any Available Retained ECF if and so long as (i) no Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) both on a historical and on a pro forma basis (giving effect to such payment and all related transactions, including the Incurrence and use of proceeds of all Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio on the most recent Test Date did not exceed 5.0 to 1.0 and (iii) Available Retained ECF would be a positive number if Available Retained ECF is reduced by the amount of such Investments;

(r) Investments that are captured by, added to the value of or consisting of the Seller’s Retained Interests in connection with a Permitted Securitization;

(s) intercompany loans permitted by Section 8.2(u);

(t) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business; and

(u) guarantees of leases (other than Capitalized Lease Obligations), contracts, or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business.

8.9. Optional Payments and Modifications of Certain Debt Instruments . (a) Make or offer to make any optional or voluntary payment, prepayment, repurchase or redemption of or otherwise optionally or voluntarily defease or segregate funds with respect to any of the Unsecured Notes (other

 

77


than the conversion of any of the Unsecured Notes to Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Capital Stock)) or (b) amend, modify, waive or otherwise change, or consent or agree to any amendment, modification, waiver or other change to, any of the terms of any of the Unsecured Notes (other than technical corrections or modifications) (i) except as permitted by Section 8.2(f) (in the case of an increase in principal amount), which shortens the fixed maturity or increases the principal amount of, or increases the rate or shortens the time of payment of interest on, or increases the amount or shortens the time of payment of any principal or premium payable whether at maturity, at a date fixed for prepayment or by acceleration or otherwise of the Indebtedness evidenced by any Unsecured Notes, or increases the amount of, or accelerates the time of payment of, any fees or other amounts payable in connection therewith; (ii) which adds or relates to any material affirmative or negative covenants or any events of default or remedies thereunder and the effect of which is to subject the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to any more onerous or more restrictive provisions; or (iii) which otherwise adversely affects the interests of the Lenders with respect to any of the Unsecured Notes or the interests of the Lenders under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any material respect.

8.10. Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction, including any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate (other than Holdings, the Borrower or any Wholly Owned Subsidiary) unless such transaction is (i) otherwise permitted under this Agreement, (ii) in the ordinary course of business of the relevant Group Member and (iii) upon fair and reasonable terms not materially less favorable to the relevant Group Member, than it would obtain in an arm’s length transaction with a Person that is not an Affiliate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may do the following:

(a) Restricted Payments may be made to the extent permitted by Section 8.6;

(b) loans may be made and other transactions may be entered into by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by Sections 8.2, 8.4, 8.5 and 8.8;

(c) customary fees and indemnifications may be paid to directors of any Parent, Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(d) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may enter into, and may make payments under, employment agreements, employee benefits plans, stock option plans, indemnification provisions and other similar compensatory arrangements with officers, employees and directors of any Parent, Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(e) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries may pay fees, expenses and any other amounts payable to the Sponsors and perform their other obligations pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement so long as no Default under Section 9(a) or (f) has occurred and is continuing; provided that, to the extent any fees, expenses, and other amounts payable to the Sponsors under this Section 8.10(e) are not permitted to be paid in cash pursuant to the foregoing shall accrue and shall be paid after any Defaults under Section 9(a) or (f) have been cured or waived;

(f) the execution, delivery and performance of a tax sharing agreement with respect to any of the charges, taxes or assessments described in clause (B) of Section 8.6(c)(ii), to the extent that payments in connection with such tax sharing agreement are permitted by Section 8.6(c)(ii);

 

78


(g) the Merger, the Equity Contribution and any other contemporaneous transactions contemplated hereby (including the payment of fees and expenses in connection therewith) shall be permitted;

(h) transactions related to Permitted Securitizations;

(i) sales of Capital Stock (other than Disqualified Capital Stock) of Holdings to its Affiliates and options and warrants exercisable therefore and the granting of registration and other customary rights in connection therewith; and

(j) any transaction with an Affiliate where the only consideration paid is Capital Stock of Holdings (other than Disqualified Capital Stock).

8.11. Sales and Leasebacks . Enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by any Group Member of real or personal property that has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Group Member to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations of such Group Member, except for (a) a sale of real or personal property made for cash consideration in an amount not less than the cost of such real or personal property and consummated within 270 days after the Borrower or any Subsidiary acquires, makes improvements or completes the construction of such property, and (b) any other sale and contemporaneous leaseback of any real property and any associated fixtures and equipment for cash consideration in an aggregate amount not less than the fair market value of such property (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower) and on leaseback terms determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower to be fair to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

8.12. Hedge Agreements . Enter into any Hedge Agreement, except (a) Hedge Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which the Borrower or any Subsidiary has actual exposure (other than those in respect of Capital Stock) and (b) Hedge Agreements entered into in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

8.13. Changes in Fiscal Periods . Permit the fiscal year of the Borrower to end on or about a day other than December 31 or change the Borrower’s method of determining fiscal quarters without the prior consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld).

8.14. Negative Pledge Clauses . Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any agreement that prohibits or limits the ability of any Group Member to create, become subject to, assume or otherwise incur, or suffer to exist, any Lien upon any of its property or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is or may become a party other than (a) this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) any of the Indentures and any agreements evidencing any refinancing of the Unsecured Notes permitted by Section 8.2(f), (c) any agreements governing any purchase money Liens or Capital Lease Obligations otherwise permitted hereby, if the prohibition or limitation therein is only effective against the assets financed thereby, (d) agreements for the benefit of the holders of Liens described in Sections 8.3(k) or 8.3(l) and applicable solely to the property subject to such Lien and (e) agreements related to any Permitted Securitization.

8.15. Clauses Restricting Subsidiary Distributions . Enter into or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary of any Group Member to (a) make Restricted Payments in respect of any Capital Stock of such Subsidiary held

 

79


by, or pay any Indebtedness owed to, any Group Member, (b) make loans or advances to, or other Investments in, any Group Member or (c) transfer any of its assets to any Group Member, except for such encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of (i) any restrictions existing under the Loan Documents, (ii) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to applicable law or an agreement in effect at or entered into on the Closing Date (including the Indentures), (iii) any encumbrance or restriction with respect to a Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to an agreement relating to any Indebtedness Incurred by such Subsidiary prior to the date on which it became a Subsidiary (other than Indebtedness Incurred as consideration in, in contemplation of, or to provide all or any portion of the funds or credit support utilized to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant to which such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary) and outstanding on such date, which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to the any other Group Member or the properties or assets of any other Group Member, (iv) any encumbrance or restriction pursuant to an agreement effecting a refinancing of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to an agreement referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this covenant or this clause (iv) or contained in any amendment to an agreement referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this covenant or this clause (iv); provided, however, that the encumbrances and restrictions contained in any such refinancing agreement or amendment are not materially less favorable taken as a whole, as determined by the Borrower in good faith, to the Lenders than the encumbrances and restrictions contained in such predecessor agreement, (v) with respect to clause (c), any encumbrance or restriction (A) that restricts the subletting, assignment or transfer of any property or asset or right and is contained in any lease, license or other contract entered into in the ordinary course of business or (B) contained in security agreements securing Indebtedness of a Subsidiary to the extent such encumbrance or restriction restricts the transfer of the property subject to such security agreements, (vi) any restrictions with respect to a Subsidiary imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered into in connection with the Disposition of all or substantially all of the Capital Stock or assets of such Subsidiary, (vii) any encumbrances or restrictions applicable solely to a Foreign Subsidiary and contained in any Credit Facility extended to any Foreign Subsidiary; (viii) restrictions in the transfers of assets encumbered by a Lien permitted by Section 8.3, (ix) any encumbrance or restriction arising under or in connection with any agreement or instrument relating to any Indebtedness permitted by Section 8.2(k) if (A) either (x) the encumbrance or restriction applies only in the event of a payment default or a default with respect to a financial covenant contained in the terms of such agreement or instrument or (y) the Borrower in good faith determines that such encumbrance or restriction will not cause the Borrower not to have the funds necessary to pay the Obligations when due and (B) the encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Lenders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Borrower), (x) any encumbrance or restriction arising under or in connection with any agreement or instrument governing Capital Stock of any Person other than a Wholly Owned Subsidiary that is acquired after the Closing Date, (xi) customary restrictions and conditions contained in any agreement relating to the Disposition of any property permitted by Section 8.5 pending the consummation of such Disposition, (xii) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures and (xiii) any encumbrance or restriction in agreements related to any Permitted Securitization.

8.16. Lines of Business . Enter into any business, either directly or through any Subsidiary, except for those businesses in which the Borrower and its Subsidiaries are engaged on the Closing Date or that are reasonably related thereto or are reasonable extensions thereof.

Amendments to Acquisition Documents. Amend, supplement or otherwise modify the terms and conditions of the Acquisition Documentation in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Lenders without the prior consent of the Lead Arrangers (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

 

80


SECTION 9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

If any of the following events shall occur and be continuing:

(a) the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation when due in accordance with the terms hereof; or the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or Reimbursement Obligation, or any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, within three Business Days after any such interest or other amount becomes due in accordance with the terms hereof; or

(b) any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Loan Party herein or in any other Loan Document shall prove to have been inaccurate in any material respect on or as of the date made or deemed made; or

(c) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform of any agreement contained in clause (i) or (ii) of Section 7.4(a) (with respect to Holdings and the Borrower only), Section 7.7(a) or Section 8 of this Agreement or Sections 5.5 and 5.7(b) of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, or an “Event of Default” under and as defined in any Mortgage shall have occurred and be continuing; provided that any Event of Default under Section 8.1(a) shall not constitute an Event of Default with respect to the Term Loans until the earlier of (i) the date that is 30 days after the date such Event of Default arises and is continuing with respect to the Revolving Loans and (ii) the date on which the Administrative Agent or the Revolving Lenders exercise any remedies with respect to the Revolving Loans in accordance with Section 9; and provided , further , that any Event of Default under Section 8.1(a) may be waived, amended or otherwise modified from time to time pursuant to clause (xii) of Section 11.1; or

(d) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any other agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as provided in paragraphs (a) through (c) of this Section 9), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof is given to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent or any Lender; or

(e) any Group Member shall (i) default in making any payment of any principal of any Indebtedness (including any Hedge Agreement or Guarantee Obligation, but excluding the Loans) on the scheduled or original due date with respect thereto; or (ii) default in making any payment of any interest on any such Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in the instrument or agreement under which such Indebtedness was created; or (iii) default in the observance or performance of any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event shall occur or condition exist beyond the period of grace provided in such instrument or agreement, if any, the effect of which default or other event or condition is to cause, or to permit the holder or beneficiary of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or beneficiary) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due prior to its stated maturity or to become subject to a mandatory offer to purchase by the obligor thereunder or (in the case of any such Indebtedness constituting a Guarantee Obligation) to become payable; provided , that a default, event or condition described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall not at any time constitute an Event of Default unless, at such time, one or more defaults, events or conditions of the type described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph (e) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to Indebtedness the outstanding principal amount of which exceeds in the aggregate $35,000,000; or

 

81


(f) (i) any Group Member shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to it, or seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, winding-up, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to it or its debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its assets, or any Group Member shall make a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (ii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i) above that (A) results in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days; or (iii) there shall be commenced against any Group Member any case, proceeding or other action seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process against all or any substantial part of its assets that results in the entry of an order for any such relief that shall not have been vacated, discharged, or stayed or bonded pending appeal within 60 days from the entry thereof; or (iv) any Group Member shall take any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the acts set forth in clause (i), (ii), or (iii) above; or (v) any Group Member shall generally not, or shall be unable to, or shall admit in writing its inability to, pay its debts as they become due; or

(g) (i) any Person shall engage in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) involving any Plan, (ii) any “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan or any Lien in favor of the PBGC or a Plan shall arise on the assets of any Group Member or any Commonly Controlled Entity, (iii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iv) any Single Employer Plan shall terminate in a distress termination under Section 4041(c) of ERISA or in an involuntary termination by the PBGC under Section 4042 of ERISA, (v) any Group Member or any Commonly Controlled Entity shall, or in the reasonable opinion of the Required Lenders is likely to, Incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan or (vi) any other event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, would, in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

(h) one or more judgments or decrees shall be entered against any Group Member involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance) of $35,000,000 or more, and all such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, discharged, stayed or bonded pending appeal within 30 days from the entry thereof; or

(i) any of the Security Documents shall cease, for any reason other than as set forth in Section 11.14, to be in full force and effect, or any Loan Party shall so assert, or any Lien created by any of the Security Documents shall cease to be enforceable or (except as expressly set forth therein or as a result of the actions, or lack thereof, by the Administrative Agent) perfected as to any property of the Loan Parties having an aggregate value exceeding $35,000,000; or

(j) the guarantee contained in Section 2 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement shall cease, for any reason, to be in full force and effect or any Loan Party shall so assert; or

 

82


(k) (i) at any time prior to the initial registered public offering of voting Capital Stock of Holdings or any Parent, the Permitted Investors shall in the aggregate be the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of (x) so long as Holdings is a Subsidiary of any Parent (other than a Parent that is a Subsidiary of another Parent), shares of voting Capital Stock having less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding shares of such Parent or (y) if Holdings is not a Subsidiary of any Parent, shares of voting Capital Stock having less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding shares of voting Capital Stock of Holdings, (ii) at any time on and after the date of the initial registered public offering of voting Capital Stock of Holdings or any Parent, (x) the Permitted Investors shall in the aggregate be the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act) of (A) so long as Holdings is a Subsidiary of any Parent (other than a Parent that is a Subsidiary of another Parent), shares of voting Capital Stock having less than 35% of the total voting power of all outstanding shares of such Parent or (B) if Holdings is not a Subsidiary of any Parent, shares of voting Capital Stock having less than 35% of the total voting power of all outstanding shares of voting Capital Stock of Holdings, and (y) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Investors, shall be the “beneficial owner” of (A) so long as Holdings is a Subsidiary of any Parent (other than a Parent that is a Subsidiary of another Parent), shares of voting Capital Stock having a greater amount of the voting power of all outstanding shares of voting Capital Stock of such Parent than such shares of which the Permitted Investors in the aggregate are the “beneficial owner” or (B) if Holdings is not a Subsidiary of any Parent, shares of voting Capital Stock having a greater amount of the voting power of all outstanding shares of the voting Capital Stock of Holdings than such shares of which the Permitted Investors in the aggregate are the “beneficial owner”; (iii) the board of directors of Holdings or any Parent shall cease to consist of a majority of Continuing Directors; (iv) Holdings shall cease to hold and own beneficially, of record and directly, and control 100% of each class of outstanding Capital Stock of the Borrower free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement); or (v) a Specified Change of Control shall occur and the Borrower delivers or is required to deliver a change of control notice to any of the holders or lenders pursuant to any of the Unsecured Notes; or

(l) Holdings shall (i) conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, or commit to conduct, transact or otherwise engage in, any business or operations other than those incidental to its direct or indirect ownership of the Capital Stock of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, provided that Holdings may engage in those activities that are incidental to (A) the maintenance of its corporate existence in compliance with applicable law, (B) legal, tax and accounting matters in connection with any of the foregoing or following activities, (C) the entering into, and performing its obligations under, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Management Agreement and Management Stock Agreements, in each case to which it is a party, (D) the issuance, sale or repurchase of its Capital Stock to the extent permitted under this Agreement, (E) dividends or distributions on its Capital Stock, (F) the filing of registration statements, and compliance with applicable reporting and other obligations, under federal, state or other securities laws, (G) the listing of its equity securities and compliance with applicable reporting and other obligations in connection therewith, (H) the retention of (and the entry into, and exercise of rights and performance of obligations in respect of, contracts and agreements with) transfer agents, private placement agents, underwriters, counsel, accountants and other advisors and consultants, (I) the performance of obligations under and compliance with its certificate of incorporation and by-laws, or any applicable law, ordinance, regulation, rule, order, judgment, decree or permit, including as a result of or in connection with the activities of its Subsidiaries, (J) the incurrence and payment of its operating and business expenses and any taxes for which it may be liable, (K) making loans to or other Investments in the Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary Guarantor as and to the extent not prohibited by this Agreement, or (ii) create, assume, become obligated for or otherwise Incur, or suffer to exist, any Indebtedness or other liabilities or financial obligations, except (A) nonconsensual

 

83


obligations imposed by operation of law, (B) pursuant to the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (C) obligations with respect to its Capital Stock, (D) Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary Guarantor as and to the extent not prohibited by this Agreement and (E) other liabilities and obligations not constituting Indebtedness permitted in clause (i) above; or

then, and in any such event, (A) if such event is an Event of Default specified in clause (i) or (ii) of paragraph (f) above with respect to the Borrower, automatically the Commitments shall immediately terminate and the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) shall immediately become due and payable, and (B) if such event is any other Event of Default, either or both of the following actions may be taken (it being understood that during any period during which an Event of Default under Section 8.1(a) exists solely with respect to the Revolving Loans and/or the Revolving Commitments, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Majority Facility Lenders under the Revolving Facility shall, take any of the following actions solely as they relate to Revolving Loans and/or the Revolving Commitments): (i) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower declare the Revolving Commitments to be terminated forthwith, whereupon the Revolving Commitments shall immediately terminate; and (ii) with the consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent may, or upon the request of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall, by notice to the Borrower, declare the Loans hereunder (with accrued interest thereon) and all other amounts owing under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including all amounts of L/C Obligations, whether or not the beneficiaries of the then outstanding Letters of Credit shall have presented the documents required thereunder) to be due and payable forthwith, whereupon the same shall immediately become due and payable. With respect to all Letters of Credit with respect to which presentment for honor shall not have occurred at the time of an acceleration pursuant to this paragraph, the Borrower shall at such time Cash Collateralize the aggregate then undrawn and unexpired amount of such Letters of Credit. Amounts held in such cash collateral account shall be applied by the Administrative Agent to the payment of drafts drawn under such Letters of Credit, and the unused portion thereof after all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, if any, shall be applied to repay any of the other Secured Obligations pursuant to the requirements of the Collateral Agreement. After all such Letters of Credit shall have expired or been fully drawn upon, all Reimbursement Obligations shall have been satisfied and all other Secured Obligations shall have been paid in full, the balance, if any, in such cash collateral account shall be returned to the Borrower (or such other Person as may be lawfully entitled thereto). Except as expressly provided above in this Section 9, presentment, demand, protest and all other notices of any kind are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower.

SECTION 10. THE AGENTS

10.1. Appointment . Each Lender hereby irrevocably designates and appoints each Agent as the agent of such Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and each such Lender irrevocably authorizes such Agent, in such capacity, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Agent by the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against any Agent.

 

84


10.2. Delegation of Duties . Each Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. No Agent shall be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

10.3. Exculpatory Provisions . Neither any Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates shall be (i) liable for any action lawfully taken or omitted to be taken by it or such Person under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except to the extent that any of the foregoing are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from its or such Person’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) or (ii) responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recitals, statements, representations or warranties made by any Loan Party or any officer thereof contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by the Agents under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or for any failure of any Loan Party a party thereto to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. The Agents shall not be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the properties, books or records of any Loan Party.

10.4. Reliance by Agents . Each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any instrument, writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telecopy, telex or teletype message, statement, order or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person or Persons and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to Holdings or the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by such Agent. The Administrative Agent may deem and treat the payee of any Note as the owner thereof for all purposes unless a written notice of assignment, negotiation or transfer thereof shall have been filed with the Administrative Agent. Each Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders) as it deems appropriate or it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. The Agents shall in all cases be fully protected against any action or claim by any Lender or affiliate thereof, in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents in accordance with a request of the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders), and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all the Lenders and all future holders of the Loans.

10.5. Notice of Default . No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default hereunder unless such Agent has received notice from a Lender, Holdings or the Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. In the event that the Administrative Agent receives such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required Lenders (or, if so specified by this Agreement, all Lenders or any other instructing group of Lenders specified by this Agreement); provided, that unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received such directions, the Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

 

85


10.6. Non-Reliance on Agents and Other Lenders . Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates have made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by any Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of a Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent to any Lender. Each Lender represents to the Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates and made its own decision to make its Loans hereunder and enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of the Loan Parties and their affiliates. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Loan Party or any affiliate of a Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or affiliates.

10.7. Indemnification . The Lenders agree to indemnify each Agent in its capacity as such (to the extent not reimbursed by Holdings or the Borrower and without limiting the obligation of Holdings or the Borrower to do so), ratably according to their respective Aggregate Exposure Percentages in effect on the date on which indemnification is sought under this Section (or, if indemnification is sought after the date upon which the Commitments shall have terminated and the Loans shall have been paid in full, ratably in accordance with such Aggregate Exposure Percentages immediately prior to such date), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind whatsoever that may at any time (whether before or after the payment of the Loans) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of, the Commitments, this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any documents contemplated by or referred to herein or therein or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any action taken or omitted by such Agent under or in connection with any of the foregoing; provided that no Lender shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements that are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements in this Section 10.7 shall survive the payment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

10.8. Agent in Its Individual Capacity . Each Agent and its affiliates may make loans to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of business with any Loan Party as though such Agent were not an Agent. With respect to its Loans made or renewed by it and with respect to any Letter of Credit issued or participated in by it, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent, and the terms “Lender” and “Lenders” shall include each Agent in its individual capacity.

10.9. Successor Administrative Agent . Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided below, the Administrative Agent may resign as Administrative Agent. If the Administrative Agent shall have given notice of its resignation as

 

86


Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, then the Required Lenders shall appoint from among the Lenders a successor agent for the Lenders, which successor agent shall (unless an Event of Default under Section 9(a) or Section 9(f) with respect to the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing) be subject to approval by the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), whereupon such successor agent shall succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the Administrative Agent, and the term “Administrative Agent” shall mean such successor agent effective upon such appointment and approval, and the former Administrative Agent’s rights, powers and duties as Administrative Agent shall be terminated, without any other or further act or deed on the part of such former Administrative Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement or any holders of the Loans. If no successor agent has accepted appointment as Administrative Agent by the date that is 30 days following a retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, then the resigning Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank. The Syndication Agent may, at any time, by notice to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, resign as Syndication Agent hereunder, whereupon the duties, rights, obligations and responsibilities of the Syndication Agent hereunder shall automatically be assumed by, and inure to the benefit of, the Administrative Agent, without any further act by the Syndication Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 10 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

10.10. Agents Generally . Except as expressly set forth herein, no Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities hereunder in its capacity as such.

10.11. Agents Other than the Administrative Agent . The Lead Arrangers, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents and the Joint Bookrunners, in their capacity as such, shall have no duties or responsibilities, and shall incur no liability, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

10.12. Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any applicable law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any interest payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If any Governmental Authority asserts a claim that the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, such Lender shall indemnify the Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by the Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred.

SECTION 11. MISCELLANEOUS

11.1. Amendments and Waivers . Except as provided in Section 2.4, none of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, supplemented or modified except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.1. The Required Lenders and each Loan Party to the relevant Loan Document may, or, with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party to the relevant Loan Document may, from time to time, (a) enter into written amendments, supplements or modifications hereto and to the other Loan Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or changing in any manner the rights of the Lenders or of the Loan Parties hereunder or thereunder or (b) waive, on such

 

87


terms and conditions as the Required Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, may specify in such instrument, any of the requirements of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any Default or Event of Default and its consequences; provided , however , that no such waiver and no such amendment, supplement or modification shall (i) forgive the principal amount or extend the final scheduled date of maturity of any Loan, reduce the stated rate of any interest or fee payable hereunder (except (x) in connection with the waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates, which waiver shall be effective with the consent of the Majority Facility Lenders of each adversely affected Facility and (y) that any amendment or modification of defined terms used in the financial covenants in this Agreement shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or fees for purposes of this clause (i)) or extend the scheduled date of any payment thereof, or increase the amount or extend the expiration date of any Lender’s Commitment, in each case without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; (ii) eliminate or reduce the voting rights of any Lender under this Section 11.1 without the written consent of such Lender; (iii) reduce any percentage specified in the definition of Required Lenders, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Borrower of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or, except as set forth in Section 11.14, release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, in each case without the written consent of all Lenders; (iv) extend the scheduled date or reduce the amount of any amortization payment in respect of any Term Loan, in each case, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; (v) amend, modify or waive any condition precedent to any extension of credit under the Revolving Facility set forth in Section 6.2 (including in connection with any waiver of any Default) without the written consent of the Majority Facility Lenders under the Revolving Facility; (vi) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 4.8 without the written consent of the Majority Facility Lenders under each Facility affected thereby, except that the additional written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby shall be required in the case of Section 4.8(a), 4.8(c) and the first sentence of Section 4.8(b); (vii) reduce the percentage specified in the definition of Majority Facility Lenders with respect to any Facility without the written consent of all Lenders under such Facility; (viii) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 10 without the written consent of each Agent adversely affected thereby; (ix) amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 3.3 or 3.4 without the written consent of the Swingline Lender; (x) amend, modify or waive any provision of Sections 3.7 to 3.14 without the written consent of the Issuing Lender; (xi) amend, modify or waive (A) any Loan Document so as to alter the ratable treatment of the Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations and the Borrower Credit Agreement Obligations or (B) the definition of “Qualified Counterparty,” “Specified Hedge Agreement,” “Obligations,” “Borrower Obligations” (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), or “Borrower Hedge Agreement Obligations” (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement), in each case in a manner adverse to any Qualified Counterparty with Obligations then outstanding without the written consent of any such Qualified Counterparty; or (xii) amend, modify or waive any of the terms and provisions (and related definitions) of Section 8.1(a) (even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or L/C Obligations or to reduce any fee payable hereunder) or any of the terms and provisions of the proviso set forth in clause (c) of Section 9, without the written consent of the Majority Facility Lenders under the Revolving Facility, and, notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, any such amendment, waiver or other modification shall be effective for all purposes of this Agreement with the written consent of only the Majority Facility Lenders under the Revolving Facility (or the Administrative Agent with the prior written consent thereof), on the one hand, and the Borrower, on the other hand. Any such waiver and any such amendment, supplement or modification shall apply equally to each of the Lenders and shall be binding upon the Loan Parties, the Lenders, the Agents and all future holders of the Loans. In the case of any waiver, the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Agents shall be restored to their former position and rights hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, and any Default or Event of Default waived shall be deemed to be cured and not continuing; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

88


Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof (collectively, the “ Additional Extensions of Credit ”) to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and Revolving Extensions of Credit and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders and Majority Facility Lenders.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with a replacement term loan tranche hereunder (“ Replacement Term Loans ”), but only if (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Replacement Term Loans does not exceed the aggregate principal amount of the Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Margin for the Replacement Term Loans is not higher than the Applicable Margin for the Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the weighted average life to maturity of the Replacement Term Loans is not shorter than the weighted average life to maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of the refinancing and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans are substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

11.2. Notices . (a) All notices, requests and demands to or upon the respective parties hereto to be effective shall be in writing (including by telecopy or electronic .pdf), and, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, shall be deemed to have been duly given or made when delivered, or three Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, or, in the case of telecopy notice, when received, addressed as follows in the case of Holdings, the Borrower and the Agents, and as set forth in an administrative questionnaire delivered to the Administrative Agent in the case of the Lenders, or to such other address as may be hereafter notified by the respective parties hereto:

 

Holdings:

   KAR Holdings II, LLC
   c/o Kelso & Company
   320 Park Avenue, 24 th Floor
   New York, NY 10022
   Attention: James Conners
   Telecopy: (212) 223-2379
   Telephone: (212) 751-3939
   with a copy to:
   James M. Douglas, Esq.
   Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
   4 Times Square
   New York, NY 10036-6522
   Telecopy: (917) 777-2868
   Telephone: (212) 735-2868

 

89


The Borrower:

   KAR Holdings, Inc.
   13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard
   Carmel, Indiana 46032
   Attention: Brian T. Clingen
   Telecopy: (630) 371-3500
   Telephone: (800) 923-3725
   with a copy to:
   James M. Douglas, Esq.
   Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
   4 Times Square
   New York, NY 10036-6522
   Telecopy: (917) 777-2868
   Telephone: (212) 735-2868

The Administrative Agent:

   Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc.
   383 Madison Avenue
   New York, NY 10179
   Attention: Bryan Carter
   Telecopy: (212) 272-9184
   Telephone: (212) 272-0219
   Email: bjcarter@bear.com

(b) No notice, request or demand to or upon any Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Lenders, Holdings or the Borrower shall be effective until received. Holdings and the Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have received any notice, request or demand if such notice, request or demand is sent by courier service and delivery thereof is confirmed by the courier, if it is sent by fax or electronic .pdf and receipt thereof is confirmed orally, if it is sent by certified mail or if it is served by any manner of service of process permitted by law. Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent. Approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications;

(c) (i) Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Lender hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including email and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Lender pursuant to Sections 2 and 3 if such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in their discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to each of them hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

(ii) Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (a) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of

 

90


business on the next business day for the recipient, and (b) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (a) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefore.

11.3. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Agent or any Lender, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

11.4. Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder, in the other Loan Documents and in any document, certificate or statement delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of the Loans and other extensions of credit hereunder.

11.5. Payment of Expenses and Taxes; Indemnity . The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse each Agent for all its reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the development, preparation and execution of, and any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any other documents prepared in connection herewith or therewith, and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to such Agent and filing and recording fees and expenses, with statements with respect to the foregoing to be submitted to the Borrower prior to the Closing Date (in the case of amounts to be paid on the Closing Date) and from time to time thereafter on a quarterly basis or such other periodic basis as such Agent shall deem appropriate, (b) to pay or reimburse each Lender and Agent for all its costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or preservation of any rights under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including the fees and disbursements of counsel (including the allocated fees and expenses of in-house counsel) to each Lender and of counsel to such Agent, (c) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and Agent harmless from, any and all recording and filing fees and any and all liabilities with respect to, or resulting from any delay in paying Other Taxes, if any, that may be payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation or administration of any of the transactions contemplated by, or any amendment, supplement or modification of, or any waiver or consent under or in respect of, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, and (d) to pay, indemnify, and hold each Lender and Agent and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, attorneys, affiliates, agents and advisors (each, including each Lender and Agent, an “Indemnitee”) harmless from and against any and all other liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any such other documents, including any of the foregoing relating to the use of proceeds of the Loans or the violation of, noncompliance with or liability under, any Environmental Law applicable to the operations of any Group Member or any of the Properties or the unauthorized use by Persons of information or other materials sent through electronic, telecommunications or other information transmission systems that are intercepted by such Persons and the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel in connection with claims, actions or proceedings by any Indemnitee against any Loan Party under any Loan Document (all the foregoing in this clause (d), collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), provided , that the Borrower shall have no obligation hereunder to any Indemnitee with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified

 

91


Liabilities are found by a final and nonappealable decision of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or any of its Related Persons. Without limiting the foregoing, and to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower agrees not to assert and to cause its Subsidiaries not to assert, and hereby waives and agrees to cause its Subsidiaries to waive, all rights for contribution or any other rights of recovery with respect to all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs and expenses of whatever kind or nature, under or related to Environmental Laws, that any of them might have by statute or otherwise against any Indemnitee. All amounts due under this Section 11.5 shall be payable not later than 10 days after written demand therefor. Statements payable by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 11.5 shall be submitted pursuant to the notice information for the Borrower set forth in Section 11.2, or to such other Person or address as may be hereafter designated by the Borrower in a written notice to the Administrative Agent. The agreements in this Section 11.5 shall survive repayment of the Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

11.6. Successors and Assigns; Participations and Assignments . (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby (including any affiliate of the Issuing Lender that issues any Letter of Credit), except that (i) Holdings and the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of their respective rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by Holdings or the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void), (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section 11.6 and (iii) the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall not be entitled to rely on or enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement until the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 are satisfied and the Merger and first funding of Loans have been completed.

(b) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (c) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees (each, an “ Assignee ”) all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

(A) the Borrower, provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an affiliate of a Lender, an Approved Fund or, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other Person; provided , further , that no consent of the Borrower shall be required for an assignment by a Conduit Lender to its designated Lender, a conduit administered or managed by such Conduit Lender’s designated Lender or to such Conduit Lender’s liquidity providers;

(B) the Administrative Agent, provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to an Assignee that is a Lender, an affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund immediately prior to giving effect to such assignment, except in the case of an assignment of a Revolving Commitment to an Assignee that does not already have a Revolving Commitment provided , further , that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment by a Conduit Lender to its designated Lender, a conduit administered or managed by such Conduit Lender’s designated Lender or to such Conduit Lender’s liquidity providers; and

(C) the Issuing Lender and the Swingline Lender, in case of an assignment of a Revolving Commitment.

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitments or Loans under any Facility, the amount of the Commitments or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 (or, in the case of Term Loans, $1,000,000) unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, provided that (1) no such consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (2) such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

 

92


(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that no more than one such fee shall be payable in connection with simultaneous assignments to or by two or more Approved Funds;

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire; and

(D) in the case of an assignment by a Conduit Lender to an Assignee that is not its designated Lender, another Conduit Lender administered or managed by such Conduit Lender’s designated Lender or such Conduit Lender’s liquidity providers (each such Assignee, a “ Third Party Assignee ”), such Conduit Lender’s designated Lender shall concurrently assign to the such Third Party Assignee or, if such Third Party Assignee is a conduit not administered by such designated Lender, to an Assignee designated by such Third Party Assignee an amount of its Commitment at least equal to the amount of the Loans assigned to such Third Party Assignee by such Conduit Lender; provided that if in connection with such assignment such Conduit Lender notifies the Borrower or the Administrative Agent that such Conduit Lender shall not make any additional Loans under this Agreement, such Conduit Lender’s designated Lender shall assign its entire Commitment to such Third Party Assignee or, if such Third Party Assignee is a conduit not administered by such designated Lender, to an Assignee designated by such Third Party Assignee.

(iii) Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) below, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.9, 4.10, 4.11 and 11.5). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this Section 11.6 shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of Section 11.6 (c).

(iv) The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the

 

93


terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, the Issuing Lender and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(v) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an Assignee, the Assignee’s completed administrative questionnaire (unless the Assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

(c) (i) Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (C) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver that (1) requires the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby pursuant to the proviso to the second sentence of Section 11.1 and (2) directly affects such Participant. Subject to paragraph (c)(ii) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 4.9, 4.10 or 4.11 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 11.6. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 11.7(b) as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant shall be subject to Section 11.7(a) as though it were a Lender.

(ii) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 4.9 or 4.10 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant. Any Participant that is a Non-U.S. Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.10 unless such Participant complies with Section 4.10(d).

(d) Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or Assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(e) The Borrower, upon receipt of written notice from the relevant Lender, agrees to issue Notes to any Lender requiring Notes to facilitate transactions of the type described in paragraph (d) above.

 

94


(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Conduit Lender may assign any or all of the Loans it may have funded hereunder to its designating Lender without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent and without regard to the limitations set forth in Section 11.6(b). Each of Holdings, the Borrower, each Lender and the Administrative Agent hereby confirms that it will not institute against a Conduit Lender or join any other Person in instituting against a Conduit Lender any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under any state bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the payment in full of the latest maturing commercial paper note issued by such Conduit Lender; provided , however , that each Lender designating any Conduit Lender hereby agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless each other party hereto for any loss, cost, damage or expense arising out of its inability to institute such a proceeding against such Conduit Lender during such period of forbearance.

11.7. Adjustments; Set-off . (a) Except to the extent that this Agreement expressly provides for payments to be allocated to a particular Lender or to the Lenders under a particular Facility, if any Lender (a “ Benefited Lender ”) shall, at any time after the Loans and other amounts payable hereunder shall immediately become due and payable pursuant to Section 9, receive any payment of all or part of the Obligations owing to it, or receive any collateral in respect thereof (whether voluntarily or involuntarily, by set-off, pursuant to events or proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 9(f), or otherwise), in a greater proportion than any such payment to or collateral received by any other Lender, if any, in respect of the Obligations owing to such other Lender, such Benefited Lender shall purchase for cash from the other Lenders a participating interest in such portion of the Obligations owing to each such other Lender, or shall provide such other Lenders with the benefits of any such collateral, as shall be necessary to cause such Benefited Lender to share the excess payment or benefits of such collateral ratably with each of the Lenders; provided , however , that if all or any portion of such excess payment or benefits is thereafter recovered from such Benefited Lender, such purchase shall be rescinded, and the purchase price and benefits returned, to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

(b) In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by law, each Lender shall have the right upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without prior notice to Holdings or the Borrower, any such notice being expressly waived by Holdings and the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable law, upon any amount becoming due and payable by Holdings or the Borrower hereunder (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), to set off and appropriate and apply against such amount any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final), in any currency, and any other credits, indebtedness or claims, in any currency, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, at any time held or owing by such Lender or any branch or agency thereof to or for the credit or the account of Holdings or the Borrower, as the case may be. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such setoff and application made by such Lender, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

11.8. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. A set of the copies of this Agreement signed by all the parties shall be lodged with the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

11.9. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

95


11.10. Integration . This Agreement and the other Loan Documents represent the entire agreement of Holdings, the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof. This Agreement supersedes all prior commitments and undertakings of any or all of the Agents and Lenders relating to the financing contemplated hereby. There are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any Agent or any Lender relative to subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Loan Documents.

11.11. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

11.12. Submission To Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each of Holdings, the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders hereby irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the non-exclusive general jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to Holdings or the Borrower, as the case may be at its address set forth in Section 11.2 or at such other address of which the Administrative Agent shall have been notified pursuant thereto;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

11.13. Acknowledgments . Each of Holdings and the Borrower hereby acknowledges that:

(a) it has been advised by counsel in the negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b) no Agent or Lender has any fiduciary relationship with or duty to Holdings or the Borrower arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and the relationship between the Agents and Lenders, on one hand, and Holdings and the Borrower, on the other hand, in connection herewith or therewith is solely that of debtor and creditor; and

 

96


(c) no joint venture is created hereby or by the other Loan Documents or otherwise exists by virtue of the transactions contemplated hereby among the Lenders or among Holdings, the Borrower and the Lenders.

11.14. Releases of Guarantees and Liens . (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized by each Lender (without requirement of notice to or consent of any Lender except as expressly required by Section 11.1) to take any action requested by the Borrower having the effect of releasing any Collateral or guarantee obligations (i) to the extent necessary to permit consummation of any transaction not prohibited by any Loan Document or that has been consented to in accordance with Section 11.1 or (ii) under the circumstances described in paragraph (b) below.

(b) At such time as (i) the Loans, the Reimbursement Obligations and the other obligations under the Loan Documents (other than contingent surviving indemnity obligations in respect of which no claim or demand has been made and obligations under or in respect of Hedge Agreements or Specified Cash Management Arrangements) shall have been paid in full, the Commitments have been terminated and no Letters of Credit shall be outstanding and (ii) except as otherwise agreed by the affected Qualified Counterparties, the net termination liability under or in respect of, and other amounts due and payable under, Specified Hedge Agreements at such time shall have been (A) paid in full, (B) secured by the most senior liens upon the most extensive collateral securing any secured Indebtedness of Loan Parties which provided a source of funding for repayment of any portion of the Loans outstanding at the time the Loans were paid in full, equally and ratably with such Indebtedness (whether or not other obligations are also secured equally and ratably with such liens or by junior liens upon such collateral), if (1) the agreement governing such Indebtedness provides the affected Qualified Counterparties with equivalent rights to those set forth in this Agreement as to the release or subordination of such senior liens and (2) the affected Qualified Counterparties are reasonably satisfied that the Moody’s and S&P debt ratings applicable to such Indebtedness are not lower than the debt ratings then most recently applicable to the Facilities, or (C) secured by any other collateral arrangement satisfactory to the Qualified Counterparty in its reasonable discretion, the Collateral shall be released from the Liens created by the Security Documents, and the Security Documents and all obligations (other than those expressly stated to survive such termination) of the Administrative Agent and each Loan Party under the Security Documents shall terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any Person. Additionally, the Administrative Agent shall deliver such other documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower to evidence the termination of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and/or the termination of the Liens on the Collateral, in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, all in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower. Any such documentation shall be made without recourse, representation or warranty. The Borrower shall pay all costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees), that the Administrative Agent incurs in preparing and delivering the foregoing documents (or reviewing forms of such documents prepared by the Borrower or its counsel).

11.15. Confidentiality . Each Agent and each Lender agrees to keep confidential all non-public information provided to it by any Loan Party pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement that is designated by such Loan Party as confidential; provided that nothing herein shall prevent any Agent or any Lender from disclosing any such information (a) to any Agent, any other Lender or any Lender Affiliate, (b) to any actual or prospective Transferee or any direct or indirect counterparty to any Hedge Agreement (or any professional advisor to such counterparty), if such person is required to

 

97


maintain confidentiality, (c) to its employees, directors, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors or those of any of its affiliates if such person is required to maintain confidentiality, (d) upon the request or demand of any Governmental Authority, (e) in response to any order of any court or other Governmental Authority, or as may otherwise be required pursuant to any Requirement of Law, or if requested or required to do so in connection with any litigation or similar proceeding; provided , that such Agent or Lender, unless prohibited by any Requirement of Law, shall use reasonable efforts to notify the Borrower in advance of any disclosure pursuant to this clause (e) above but only to the extent reasonably practicable under the circumstances and on the understanding that no Agent or Lender shall incur any liability for failure to give such notice, (f) that has been publicly disclosed, (g) to the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any similar organization or any nationally recognized rating agency that requires access to information about a Lender’s investment portfolio in connection with ratings issued with respect to such Lender, (h) in connection with the exercise of any remedy hereunder or under any other Loan Document or (i) to any rating agency when required by it, provided that, prior to any disclosure, such rating agency is required to maintain confidentiality. In addition, each Agent and each Lender may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar services providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

11.16. WAIVERS OF JURY TRIAL . HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER, THE AGENTS AND THE LENDERS HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

11.17. Delivery of Addenda . Each initial Lender not a signatory party hereto may become a party to this Agreement by delivering to the Administrative Agent an Addendum duly executed by such Lender.

11.18. USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Publ. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), (the “ Patriot Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Patriot Act.

11.19. Certain Undertakings with Respect to Securitization Subsidiaries .

(a) Each Agent and Lender agrees that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all the obligations of the Securitization Subsidiary in connection with and under a Securitization, (i) such Agent and such Lender shall not be entitled, whether before or after the occurrence of any Event of Default, to (A) institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, any Securitization Subsidiary any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, (B) transfer and register the Capital Stock of any Securitization Subsidiary or any other instrument evidencing any Seller’s Retained Interest in the name of the Administrative Agent or a Secured Party or any designee or nominee thereof, (C) foreclose such security interest regardless of the bankruptcy or insolvency of any Group Member, (D) exercise any voting rights granted or appurtenant to such Capital Stock of any Securitization Subsidiary or any other instrument evidencing any Seller’s Retained Interest or (E) enforce any right that the holder of any such capital stock of any Securitization Subsidiary or any other instrument evidencing any Seller’s Retained Interest might otherwise have to liquidate, consolidate, combine, collapse or

 

98


disregard the entity status of such Securitization Subsidiary, (ii) such Agent and such Lender hereby waives and releases any right to require (A) that any Securitization Subsidiary be in any manner merged, combined, collapsed or consolidated with or into any Group Member, including by way of substantive consolidation in a bankruptcy case or (B) that the status of any Securitization Subsidiary as a separate entity be in any respect disregarded and (iii) such Agent and such Lender agrees and acknowledges that the agent acting on behalf of the holders of securitization indebtedness of the Securitization Subsidiary is an express third party beneficiary with respect to Sections 11.19(a) and 11.19(b) and such agent shall have the right to enforce compliance by the Agents and Lenders with Sections 11.19(a) and 11.19(b).

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Security Documents or other Loan Documents, upon the transfer or purported transfer by any Group Member of Securitization Assets to a Securitization Subsidiary in a Securitization, any Liens with respect to such Securitization Assets arising under this Agreement, any Security Documents or any other Loan Documents shall automatically be released (and the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to execute and enter into any such releases and other documents as the Borrower may reasonably request in order to give effect thereto).

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

99


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.,
as Borrower

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
  Officer and Secretary

KAR HOLDINGS II, LLC,
as Holdings

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:

ADESA, INC.,
as Loan Party

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.,
as Loan Party

By:

 

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:

  Eric M. Loughmiller

Title:

 

 

S-1


BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.,
as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner

By:

 

/s/ Victor Bulzacchelli

Name:

  Victor Bulzacchelli

Title:

  Vice President

BEAR STEARNS CORPORATE LENDING INC.,
as Administrative Agent and Lender

By:

 

/s/ Victor Bulzacchelli

Name:

  Victor Bulzacchelli

Title:

  Vice President

 

S-2


UBS SECURITIES LLC,
as Joint Lead Arranger, Joint Bookrunner and Syndication Agent

By:

 

/s/ Richard L. Tavrow

Name:

  Richard L. Tavrow

Title:

  Director
 

Banking Products Services, US

By:

 

/s/ David B. Julie

Name:

  David B. Julie

Title:

  Associate Director
  Banking Products Services, US

UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC,
as Lender

By:

 

/s/ Richard L. Tavrow

Name:

  Richard L. Tavrow

Title:

  Director
 

Banking Products Services, US

By:

 

/s/ David B. Julie

Name:

  David B. Julie

Title:

  Associate Director
  Banking Products Services, US

 

S-3


GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P.,
as Co-Documentation Agent, Joint Bookrunner and Lender

By:

 

/s/ Bruce H. Mendelsohn

Name:

  Bruce H. Mendelsohn

Title:

  Authorized Signatory

 

S-4


DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.,
as Co-Documentation Agent

By:

 

/s/ James Paris

Name:

  James Paris

Title:

  Managing Director

By:

 

/s/ Keith C. Braun

Name:

  Keith C. Braun

Title:

  Director

 

S-5


DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS,
as Lender

By:

 

/s/ Scottye Lindsey

Name:

  Scottye Lindsey

Title:

  Director

By:

 

/s/ Evelyn Thierry

Name:

  Evelyn Thierry

Title:

  Vice President

 

S-6


LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Swingline Lender, Issuing Lender and Lender

By:

 

/s/ Travis J. Burns

Name:

  Travis J. Burns

Title:

  First Vice President

 

S-7


Annex A

PRICING GRIDS

The Applicable Margins and Commitment Fee Rate shall be adjusted on a quarterly basis after the completion of the first full fiscal quarter of the Borrower following the Closing Date, based on the Consolidated Leverage Ratio determined as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered, with each such adjustment to become effective on the date (the “ Adjustment Date ”) that is three Business Days after the date on which the relevant financial statements are delivered to the Lenders pursuant to Section 7.1 (it being understood that the first Adjustment Date after the Closing Date shall be based on the financial statements delivered for the fiscal quarter ended on September 30, 2007) and to remain in effect until the next adjustment is effected. In the event that any financial statement or Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 7.2(a) is shown to be inaccurate (regardless of whether this Agreement or the Commitments are in effect when such inaccuracy is discovered), and (a) such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an “ Applicable Period ”) than the Applicable Margin applied for such Applicable Period, then (i) the Borrower shall immediately deliver to the Administrative Agent a correct Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period, (ii) the Applicable Margin shall be determined in accordance with the correct Compliance Certificate for such Applicable Period, and (iii) the Borrower shall immediately pay to the Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period, which payment shall be promptly applied by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 4.8 and (b) no refund, rebate, credit or reduction will be due or required if such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a lower Applicable Margin for any period. The foregoing provisions shall not limit the rights of the Administrative Agent and Lenders with respect to Section 4.5(c) and Section 9.

The Applicable Margins and Commitment Fee Rate effective on each Adjustment Date shall be determined in accordance with the pricing grids set forth below:

Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans (Base Rate Only) and Commitment Fee Rate

 

Pricing
Level

  

Consolidated Leverage Ratio

  

Applicable
Margin

for
Eurodollar
Loans

   

Applicable
Margin

for Base Rate
Loans

   

Commitment

Fee Rate

 

I

   > 4.75 to 1.00    2.25 %   1.25 %   0.50 %

II

   <4.75 to 1.00 but > 4.00 to 1.00    2.00 %   1.00 %   0.50 %

III

   <4.00 to 1.00 but > 3.50 to 1.00    1.75 %   0.75 %   0.50 %

IV

   <3.5 to 1.00    1.50 %   0.50 %   0.375 %


Term Loans

The Applicable Margins for the Term Loans will be set at Pricing Level I for each day in each Applicable Period except any day on which the following condition (the “ Level II Condition ”) is satisfied:

Level II Condition:

No Event of Default shall have occurred and shall have been continuing on the Adjustment Date for such Applicable Period and either:

(a) the Consolidated Leverage Ratio on the Adjustment Date (based on Consolidated EBITDA for the four-quarter period ended on the most recent Test Date preceding the Adjustment Date) was less than 4.75 to 1.0;

or

(b) both (i) the Borrower’s corporate family rating last issued by Moody’s was B1 (with a stable outlook) or better and (y) the Borrower’s corporate credit rating last issued by S&P was B+ (with a stable outlook) or better.

The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent promptly of each change in its debt ratings.

 

Pricing
Level

       

Applicable Margin

For Eurodollar Loans

   

Applicable Margin

for Base Rate Loans

 

I

   Level II Condition not satisfied    2.25 %   1.25 %

II

   Level II Condition satisfied    2.00 %   1.00 %

* * * * *

All rates in each pricing grid are per annum rates.

If any financial statements referred to above are not delivered within the time periods specified in Section 7.1, then until the date that is three Business Days after the date on which such financial statements are delivered the highest rate set forth in each column of each pricing grid shall apply. At all times after maturity or acceleration of the maturity of the Loans or the delivery of notice to the Borrower by any Agent or the Required Lenders that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Section 9(f) (until such time, if any, as such Event of Default may be cured or waived), the highest rate set forth in each column of each pricing grid shall apply.

The interest rate margins applicable to any Incremental Term Loan shall be determined by the Borrower and the Incremental Term Lenders funding such Incremental Term Loan.

Exhibit 10.3

ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of December 26, 2007, made by ADESA Dealer Services, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company, Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company, ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC, a Pennsylvania limited liability company, Dent Demon, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company, Zabel & Associates, Inc., a North Dakota corporation, Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc., a South Dakota corporation, and Tri-State Auction Co., Inc., a North Dakota corporation (collectively, the “ Additional Grantors ”), in favor of Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the banks and other financial institutions (the “ Lenders ”) parties to the Credit Agreement referred to below. All capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in such Credit Agreement.

RECITALS

A. KAR HOLDINGS, INC., KAR HOLDINGS II, LLC, the Lenders, other agents party thereto and the Administrative Agent have entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);

B. In connection with the Credit Agreement, KAR HOLDINGS, INC., KAR HOLDINGS II, LLC, and certain of their Affiliates (other than the Additional Grantors) have entered into that certain Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”) in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

C. The Credit Agreement requires the Additional Grantors to become parties to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement; and

D. The Additional Grantors have agreed to execute and deliver this Assumption Agreement in order to become parties to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

1. Guarantee and Collateral Agreement . By executing and delivering this Assumption Agreement, each of the Additional Grantors, as provided in Section 8.14 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, hereby becomes a party to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement as a Grantor thereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, hereby expressly guarantees the Borrower Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement) as set forth in Section 2 thereof, grants the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in its property as set forth in Section 3 thereof, and assumes all other obligations and liabilities of a Grantor set forth therein. The information set forth in Annex 1-A hereto is hereby added to the information set forth in Schedules 1, 2, 3, and 6 to the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement. Each of the Additional Grantors hereby represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties contained in Section 4 of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as they relate to such Additional Grantor, is true and correct in all material respects on and as the date hereof (after giving effect to this Assumption Agreement) as if made on and as of such date.

2. GOVERNING LAW . THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE PROVISIONS OF SECTIONS 8.1, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, 8.12, 8.13 AND 8.16 OF THE GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT SHALL APPLY WITH LIKE EFFECT TO THIS ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT, AS FULLY AS IF SET FORTH AT LENGTH HEREIN.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Assumption Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

ADESA DEALER SERVICES, LLC
By:  

/s/ Curtis L Phillips

Name:   Curtis L. Phillips
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CONSUMER DIVISION, LLC
By:  

/s/ Margot EM Hanulak

Name:   Margot EM Hanulak
Title:   Executive vice President
ADESA PENNSYLVANIA, LLC
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
DENT DEMON, LLC
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer


ZABEL & ASSOCIATES, INC.
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
SIOUX FALLS AUTO AUCTION, INC.
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer
TRI-STATE AUCTION CO., INC.
By:  

/s/ James P. Hallett

Name:   James P. Hallett
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer


Annex I-A

to

Assumption Agreement

Schedule 1 :

 

Name of Grantor

 

Notice Address

ADESA Dealer Services, LLC

 

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC

 

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC

 

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

Dent Demon, LLC

 

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

Zabel & Associates, Inc.

 

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc.

 

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

Tri-State Auction Co., Inc.

 

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

Schedule 2 :

 

Pledgor

  

Issuer

  

Class of
Stock

   Certificated
(Y/N)
   Certificate
No.
   Number of
Shares/Interest
   Percent of
Equity
Pledged
 

ADESA, Inc.

   ADESA Dealer Services, LLC    N/A    Y    1    Sole Member    100 %

ADESA Dealer Services, LLC

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    N/A    Y    1    Sole Member    100 %

ADESA, Inc.

   ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC    N/A    Y    1    Sole Member    100 %

ADESA, Inc.

   Dent Demon LLC    N/A    Y    1    Sole Member    100 %

ADESA, Inc.

   Zabel & Associates, Inc.    Common    Y    24    7,350    100 %

Zabel &. Associates, Inc.

   Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc.    Common    Y    9    4,500    100 %

Zabel &. Associates, Inc.

   Tri-State Auction Co., Inc.    Common    Y    10    321    100 %


Schedule 3 :

 

Exact Legal Name of Grantor

  

Jurisdiction of
Organization

  

Organizational

ID Number

  

Location of Chief Executive Office

ADESA Dealer Services, LLC

   Indiana    2007100400331   

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC

   Indiana    2007100400334   

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC

   Pennsylvania    3759485   

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

Dent Demon, LLC

   Indiana    2007120400444   

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

Zabel & Associates, Inc.

   North Dakota    11541400   

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc.

   South Dakota    DB029642   

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

Tri-State Auction Co., Inc.

   North Dakota    2016900   

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd.

Carmel, IN 46032

Schedule 6 :

III. Trademarks and Trademark Licenses:

 

Jurisdiction

  

Trademark

   Registration No.
(App. No.)
    Reg. Date (App. Date)    

Record Owner

  

Status/

Comments

United States

   AFCD    (77/355,964 )   (December 19, 2007 )   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    Pending

United States

   AFCD and Design    (77/355,950 )   (December 19, 2007 )   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    Pending


DISCLOSED DOMAIN NAMES

 

Domain

  

Record Owner

   Expiration Date

MYAFCD.COM

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/20/2012

YOURDEALERDMS.COM

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/20/2012

BESTDEALERSOLUTIONS.COM

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/20/2012

DEALERDMSONLINE.COM

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/20/2012

MYNEWHORIZONONLINE.COM

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/20/2012

MYDEALERDMS.COM

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/20/2012

MYAFCDONLINE.COM

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/20/2012

MYDMSPRO.COM

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/20/2012

AFCDONLINE.COM

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/20/2012

YOURDEALERSOLUTIONS.COM

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/20/2012

AFCDMS.com

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/20/2012

AFCDDMS.com

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    12/20/2012

myafcd.net

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/26/2012

yourdealerdms.net

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/26/2012

bestdealersolutions.net

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/26/2012

dealerdmsonline.net

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/26/2012

mynewhorizononline.net

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/26/2012

mydealerdms.net

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/26/2012

myafcdonline.net

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/26/2012

mydmspro.net

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/26/2012

afcdonline.net

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/26/2012

yourdealersolutions.net

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/26/2012

afcdms.net

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    11/26/2012

afcddms.net

   Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC    12/20/2012

Exhibit 10.4

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT

This INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Intellectual Property Security Agreement ”), is made by each of the signatories hereto (collectively, the “ Grantors ”) in favor of Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

A. KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), and KAR Holdings II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Holdings ”), have entered into the Credit Agreement, dated as of even date herewith (as amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), the financial institutions from time to time party thereto as lenders (the “ Lenders ”), Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, as joint lead arrangers, UBS Securities LLC, as syndication agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., as co-documentation agents, Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc., UBS Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as joint bookrunners, the Administrative Agent and other parties from time to time signatory thereto.

B. It is a condition precedent to the obligation of the Lenders to make their respective extensions of credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered that certain Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of even date herewith in favor of the Administrative Agent (as amended, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guarantee and Collateral Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the meanings given such terms in the Credit Agreement or the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, as applicable.

C. Under the terms of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, the Grantors have granted a security interest in certain Property, including without limitation certain Intellectual Property of the Grantors to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and have agreed as a condition thereof to execute this Intellectual Property Security Agreement for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office, and other applicable Governmental Authorities.

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Grantors agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a security interest in and to all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all of the following property now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest , as collateral security for the prompt and complete payment and performance when due (whether at the stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of such Grantor’s Obligations (as defined in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement):

(a) (i) all United States trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names, corporate names, company names, business names, trade dress, trade styles or logos and all registrations of and applications to register the foregoing (except for “intent-to-use” applications for trademark or service mark registrations filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1051, unless and until an Amendment to Allege Use or a Statement of Use under Sections 1(c) and 1(d) of said Act has been filed and accepted) and any new renewals thereof, including each registration and application identified in Schedule 1, (ii) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, (iii) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and


hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past, present or future infringements and dilutions thereof) and (iv) all other rights of any kind whatsoever accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto, together in each case with the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each of the above;

(b) (i) all United States patents, patent applications, including without limitation each issued patent and patent application identified on Schedule 1, (ii) all inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (iii) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future infringements thereof, (iv) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof) and (v) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutes, renewals, and extensions thereof, all improvements thereon and all other rights of any kind whatsoever accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto;

(c) (i) all United States copyrights, whether or not the underlying works of authorship have been published, and all copyright registrations and copyright applications, and any renewals or extensions thereof, including each registration identified on Schedule 1, (ii) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future infringements thereof, (iii) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including, without limitation, payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof) and (iv) all other rights of any kind whatsoever accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto; and

(d) any and all Proceeds of the foregoing.

SECTION 2. Recordation . Each Grantor authorizes and requests that the United States Register of Copyrights or the United States Commissioner of Patents and Trademarks, as applicable, record this Intellectual Property Security Agreement.

SECTION 3. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Agreement on any number of separate counterparts (including by telecopy or electronic pdf), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 4. Governing Law . This Intellectual Property Security Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

SECTION 5. Conflict Provision . This Intellectual Property Security Agreement has been entered into in conjunction with the provisions of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Credit Agreement. The rights and remedies of each party hereto with respect to the security interest granted herein are without prejudice to, and are in addition to those set forth in the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement and the Credit Agreement, all terms and provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. In the event that any provisions of this Intellectual Property Security Agreement are in conflict with the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement, the provisions of the Guarantee and Collateral Agreement or the Credit Agreement shall govern.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Intellectual Property Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

ADESA, INC.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  

 

STATE OF INDIANA    )   
   :    ss.:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON    )   

On this 23rd day of April, 2007, before me personally appeared Eric M. Loughmiller, proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her authorized capacity, and that by his/her signature on the instrument the entity upon behalf of which the person acted executed the instrument.

 

/s/ Kathleen E. Bramel

Notary Public
My commission expires: May 31, 2007


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Intellectual Property Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

ADESA WISCONSIN, LLC
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  

 

STATE OF INDIANA    )   
   :    ss.:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON    )   

On this 23rd day of April, 2007, before me personally appeared Eric M. Loughmiller, proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her authorized capacity, and that by his/her signature on the instrument the entity upon behalf of which the person acted executed the instrument.

 

/s/ Kathleen E. Bramel

Notary Public
My commission expires: May 31, 2007


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Intellectual Property Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  

 

STATE OF INDIANA    )   
   :    ss.:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON    )   

On this 23rd day of April, 2007, before me personally appeared Eric M. Loughmiller, proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her authorized capacity, and that by his/her signature on the instrument the entity upon behalf of which the person acted executed the instrument.

 

/s/ Kathleen E. Bramel

Notary Public
My commission expires: May 31, 2007


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Intellectual Property Security Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION

By:  

/s/ Eric M. Loughmiller

Name:   Eric M. Loughmiller
Title:  

 

STATE OF INDIANA    )   
   :    ss.:
COUNTY OF HAMILTON    )   

On this 23rd day of April, 2007, before me personally appeared Eric M. Loughmiller, proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her authorized capacity, and that by his/her signature on the instrument the entity upon behalf of which the person acted executed the instrument.

 

/s/ Kathleen E. Bramel

Notary Public
My commission expires: May 31, 2007


BEAR STEARNS CORPORATE LENDING INC.,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Victor Bulzacchelli

Name:   Victor Bulzacchelli
Title:   Vice President


Schedule 1

COPYRIGHTS

None.

PATENTS

None.

TRADEMARKS

 

Jurisdiction

  

Trademark

  

Registration No.

(App. No.)

  

Reg. Date

(App. Date)

  

Record Owner

  

Status/

Comments

Canada    ADESA    TMA434,316    October 7, 1994    ADESA Properties Canada, Inc.    Registered
Canada    DESIGN ONLY    TMA601,386    February 4, 2004    ADESA Properties Canada, Inc.    Registered
Canada    ISAIAH 40:31 and Design    TMA492,524    April 7, 1998    ADESA Properties Canada, Inc.    Registered
Mexico    ADESA    779545    February 24, 2003    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
Mexico    ADESA and Design    764584    October 21, 2002    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
Mexico    DESIGN ONLY    764583    October 21, 2002    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
Mexico    PAR and Design    810808    October 24, 2003    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
United States    A and Design    3,070,822    March 21, 2006    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
United States    ADESA    1,783,137    July 20, 1993    ADESA, Inc.    Registered


Jurisdiction

  

Trademark

  

Registration No.

(App. No.)

  

Reg. Date

(App. Date)

  

Record Owner

  

Status/

Comments

United States   

ADESA “FLORIDA CARS” AUCTION GROUP ADESA CLEARWATER ADESA

JACKSONVILLE ADESA OCALA ADESA ORLANDO ADESA TAMPA WWW.ADESA.COM and Design

   2,766,567    September 23, 2003    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
United States    ADESA and Design    2,504,409    November 6, 2001    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
United States    ADESA INC. A and Design    3,138,256    September 5, 2006    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
United States    ADESA INC. and Design    3,144,560    September 19, 2006    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
United States    ADESA MARKET GUIDE    2,804,621    January 13, 2004    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
United States    ADESA RUN LIST    2,930,226    March 8, 2005    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
United States    AUTOLOT    2,462,333    June 19, 2001    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
United States    AUTOVIN    (77-126,546)    (March 9, 2007)    ADESA, Inc.    Pending
United States    DE@LERBLOCK    2,509,994    November 20, 2001    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
United States    DESIGN ONLY    2,504,410    November 6, 2001    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
United States    DOPPLER DISPATCH    2,554,587    April 2, 2002    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
United States    DRIVEN BY VALUES    3,057,695    February 7, 2006    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
United States    LEASECHECK    (77-126,624)    (March 9, 2007)    ADESA, Inc.    Pending
United States    LOTCHECK    (77-126,696)    (March 9, 2007)    ADESA, Inc.    Pending
United States    PAR    2,151,277    April 14, 1998    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
United States    PAR NORTH AMERICA VEHICLE TRANSITION SERVICES and Design    2,630,448    October 8, 2002    ADESA, Inc.    Registered
United States    PARTNERS IN SUCCESS    (77-026,738)    (October 23, 2006)    ADESA, Inc.    Pending
United States    PULSE    2,663,020    December 17, 2002    ADESA, Inc.    Registered


Jurisdiction

  

Trademark

  

Registration No.

(App. No.)

  

Reg. Date

(App. Date)

  

Record Owner

  

Status/

Comments

United States    SITECHECK    (77-127,917)    (March 11, 2007)    ADESA, Inc.    Pending
Wisconsin    CASCADE MOTORS    Registration Nos. not issued by Wisconsin Secretary of State    July 7, 2004    ADESA Wisconsin, LLC    Registered
Intl Register    IAA    889469    March 29, 2006    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    Registered
Intl Register    IAA and design    910468    June 13, 2006    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    Registered
Intl Register    INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS    885284    March 29, 2006    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    Registered
Intl Register    RUN & DRIVE    885285    March 29, 2006    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    Registered
United States    INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS    3,026,577    December 13, 2005    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc    Registered; unreleased security interest from Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. to Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. recorded at reel 3092 and frame 0553.
United States    AUCTION PASSPORT    (77-140,108)    (March 26, 2007)    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    Pending
United States    BIDFAST    1,782,221    July 13, 1993    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    Registered; unreleased security interest from Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. to Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. recorded at reel 3092 and frame 0553.
United States    DATALINK    2,382,030    September 5, 2000    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    Registered; unreleased security interest from Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. to Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. recorded at reel 3092 and frame 0553.
United States    FASTTOW    1,783,610    July 20, 1993    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    Registered; unreleased security interest from Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. to Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. recorded at reel 3092 and frame 0553.


Jurisdiction

  

Trademark

  

Registration No.

(App. No.)

  

Reg. Date

(App. Date)

  

Record Owner

  

Status/

Comments

United States    FASTTRACK    1,788,966    August 17, 1993    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    Registered; unreleased security interest from Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. to Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. recorded at reel 3092 and frame 0553.
United States    IAA    1,899,150    June 13, 1995    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    Registered; unreleased security interest from Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. to Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. recorded at reel 3092 and frame 0553.
United States    IAA    1,900,846    June 20, 1995    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    Registered; unreleased security interest from Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. to Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. recorded at reel 3092 and frame 0553.
United States    INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS    1,839,138    June 7, 1994    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    Registered; unreleased security interest from Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. to Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. recorded at reel 3092 and frame 0553.
United States    RUN & DRIVE    2,387,323    September 19, 2000    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    Registered; unreleased security interest from Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. to Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. recorded at reel 3092 and frame 0553.
United States    SUREPAY    1,794,418    September 21, 1993    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    Registered; unreleased security interest from Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. to Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. recorded at reel 3092 and frame 0553.
United States    VIC/SMARTLOSS    1,980,959    June 18, 1996    Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.    Registered; unreleased security interest from Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. to Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc. recorded at reel 3092 and frame 0553.

Exhibit 10.5

EXECUTION COPY

 


SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

Dated as of April 20, 2007

 



Table of Contents

 

          Page

1.

   Restrictions on Transfer of Shares    1
   1.1    Restriction on Transfers by the Management Shareholders    1
   1.2    Restrictions on Transfers by Outside Investors    1
   1.3    Permitted Pledges    2
   1.4    Estate Planning Transfers; Transfers upon Death of a Management Shareholder    2

2.

   Sale by Management Shareholders to the Company (“Put Rights”)    2
   2.1    Right to Sell    2
   2.2    Notice    3
   2.3    Payment    4

3.

   Right of the Company to Purchase from Management Shareholders (“Call Rights”)    4
   3.1    Right to Purchase    4
   3.2    Notice    5
   3.3    Payment    5
   3.4    Termination of Employment    5

4.

   Purchase Price    5
   4.1    Appraisal    5
   4.2    Fair Market Value    6
   4.3    Carrying Value    6

5.

   Prohibited Purchases    6

6.

   Tag-Along and Drag-Along Rights    8
   6.1    Tag-Along Rights    8
   6.2    Drag-Along Rights    10

7.

   Involuntary Transfers    13

8.

   Election of Directors    13

9.

   Stock Certificate Legend    14

10.

   Covenants; Representations and Warranties    15
   10.1    Management Shareholders    15
   10.2    No Other Arrangements or Agreements    16
   10.3    Additional Representations and Warranties    16

11.

   Amendment and Modification    16

12.

   Parties    17
   12.1    Assignment by the Company    17
   12.2    Assignment Generally    17
   12.3    Termination    17
   12.4    Agreements to Be Bound    18

13.

   Recapitalizations, Exchanges, etc.    18

14.

   No Third Party Beneficiaries    18

15.

   Further Assurances    18

 

i


16.

   Governing Law    18

17.

   Invalidity of Provision    18

18.

   Waiver    19

19.

   Notices    19

20.

   Headings    20

21.

   Counterparts    20

22.

   Fax Signatures    20

23.

   Entire Agreement    20

24.

   Outside Investors    21

25.

   Injunctive Relief    21

26.

   Confidentiality    21

27.

   Preparation for an IPO    22

28.

   No Effect on Employment    22

29.

   Defined Terms    22

 

ii


SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

THIS SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made and entered into as of April 20, 2007, by and among KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), KAR Holdings II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ LLC ”), and those employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries who are listed on Schedule 1 hereto (together with any persons who become parties to this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1 and each of their respective permitted transferees, collectively, the “ Management Shareholders ”). The Management Shareholders, together with the any Person that becomes a party to this Agreement after the date hereof pursuant to Section 24 (any such person, an “ Outside Investor ” and collectively, the “ Outside Investors ”) and any of their respective permitted transferees, are hereinafter referred to as the “ Other Shareholders ” and the Other Shareholders, together with the LLC, are hereinafter referred to as the “ Shareholders .” Capitalized terms used herein without definition are defined in Section 29 of this Agreement.

WHEREAS, Axle Holdings II, LLC (“ Axle LLC ”), Axle Holdings, Inc. (the “ Predecessor Company ”) and certain of the Management Shareholders were parties to that certain Shareholders Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2005 (the “ Prior Shareholders Agreement ”) of the Predecessor Company and in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the Conversion Agreements and the Conversion Stock Option Agreements, the Predecessor Company, Axle LLC and the Management Shareholders have determined to terminate the Prior Shareholders Agreement by entering into this Agreement and thereby replacing and superseding the Prior Shareholders Agreement in its entirety with this Agreement.

The parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Restrictions on Transfer of Shares .

1.1 Restriction on Transfers by the Management Shareholders . No Shares now or hereafter owned by any Management Shareholder, nor any interest therein nor any rights relating thereto, may be Transferred; provided that Shares held by any Management Shareholder may be Transferred (i) pursuant to Section 1.3 (“Permitted Pledges”), (ii) pursuant to Section 1.4 (“Estate Planning Transfers”) or, in case of the death of such Management Shareholder, by will or by the laws of intestate succession, to his or her executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees or beneficiaries, (iii) pursuant to Section 2.1 (“Put Rights”), (iv) pursuant to Section 3.1 (“Call Rights”), (v) pursuant to Section 6.1 (“Tag-Along Rights”), (vi) pursuant to Section 6.2 (“Drag-Along Rights”), (vii) in accordance with Section 7 (“Involuntary Transfers”) or (viii) in connection with a registered offering pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

1.2 Restrictions on Transfers by Outside Investors . No Shares now or hereafter owned by any Outside Investor, nor any interest therein nor any rights relating thereto, may be Transferred; provided that Shares held by any Outside Investor may be Transferred (i) pursuant to Section 6.1 (“Tag-Along Rights”), (ii) pursuant to Section 6.2 (“Drag-Along Rights”), (iii) in accordance with Section 7 (“Involuntary Transfers”), (iv) in connection with a registered offering pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or (v) at any time to any third party with the prior written approval of the Board in its sole discretion.


1.3 Permitted Pledges . A Management Shareholder may pledge any or all Shares now or hereafter owned by him or her, or grant a security interest therein to secure indebtedness of such Management Shareholder owing to a bank or other financial institution, in either case on terms and conditions approved (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) by the Board (excluding such Management Shareholder, if he or she is a member of the Board) with respect to such pledge; provided , however , that any pledgee pursuant to this Section 1.3 shall acquire only a security interest in such Shares entitling such pledgee to (i) the proceeds from any sale of such Shares made in compliance with the terms of this Agreement and (ii) any proceeds of any distribution to Shareholders on account of the Shares in any liquidation as a result of any bankruptcy proceeding or the winding up of affairs of the Company, and in no event shall such pledgee be entitled to receive title to such Shares or any other rights incident thereto other than those specified above. The pledge agreements or other related financing agreements of any Management Shareholder shall be subject to and acknowledge the rights of the Company and the other Shareholders set forth herein and shall acknowledge the restrictions imposed on the pledgee’s security interest pursuant to this Section 1.3 .

1.4 Estate Planning Transfers; Transfers upon Death of a Management Shareholder . Shares held by any Management Shareholder may be Transferred for estate-planning purposes of such Management Shareholder, authorized by the prior written approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Board (excluding such Management Shareholder, if he or she is a member of the Board) to (i) a trust under which the distribution of the Shares may be made only to beneficiaries who are such Management Shareholder, his or her spouse, his or her parents, members of his or her immediate family or his or her lineal descendants, (ii) a charitable remainder trust, the income from which will be paid to such Management Shareholder during his or her life, (iii) a corporation, the stockholders of which are only such Management Shareholder, his or her spouse, his or her parents, members of his or her immediate family or his or her lineal descendants or (iv) a partnership or limited liability company, the partners or members of which are only such Management Shareholder, his or her spouse, his or her parents, members of his or her immediate family or his or her lineal descendants (any of the foregoing transferees, an “ Estate Planning Entity ”); provided that any heirs, executors or other beneficiaries shall remain subject to the terms of this Agreement as if the applicable transferor Management Shareholder continued to hold the applicable Shares directly; provided , further that following any such transfer to an Estate Planning Entity, no equity or other ownership interests in such Estate Planning Entity may be transferred without such Estate Planning Entity first Transferring the Shares back to the applicable Management Shareholder so that the Estate Planning Entity whose equity interests or ownership interests are disposed of no longer holds any Shares. Shares may be transferred as a result of the laws of descent; provided that in each such case, such Management Shareholder or his or her executor, as the case may be, provides prior written notice to the Board of such proposed Transfer and makes available to the Board documentation, as the Board may reasonably request, in order to verify such Transfer.

2. Sale by Management Shareholders to the Company (“Put Rights”) .

2.1 Right to Sell . Subject to all subsections of this Section 2 and to Section 5 (“Prohibited Purchases”), each of the Management Shareholders shall have the right to sell to the Company, and the Company shall have the obligation to purchase from each such Management

 

2


Shareholder, all, but not less than all, of such Management Shareholder’s Shares following the termination of employment of such Management Shareholder with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual as follows:

(a) in the case of Exchange Options or Rollover Shares, at the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 4.2(a) ) of such Exchange Options or Rollover Shares, as applicable, to be sold, if such Management Shareholder’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual (or by the Company on behalf of any such Subsidiary) is terminated for any reason, including as a result of (A) the termination by the Company and any such Subsidiary of such employment with or without Cause, (B) the death or Disability of such Management Shareholder, (C) the resignation of such Management Shareholder (with or without Good Reason), or (D) the termination of such Management Shareholder’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary upon or after reaching the age of 65; or

(b) in the case of any Shares (other than Exchange Options or Rollover Shares), at their Fair Market Value, if the employment of such Management Shareholder with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual (or by the Company on behalf of any such Subsidiary) (A) is terminated without Cause or (B) terminates as a result of (i) the death or Disability of such Management Shareholder, (ii) the resignation of such Management Shareholder for Good Reason, or (iii) the Retirement of such Management Shareholder.

2.2 Notice . If any Management Shareholder desires to sell Shares pursuant to Section 2.1 , he or she (or his or her estate, trust, corporation or partnership, as the case may be) shall notify the Company (a) not more than 180 days after a termination of employment as a result of the death or Disability of such Management Shareholder or (b) not more than 90 days after a termination of employment as a result of any event (other than the death or Disability of such Management Shareholder) giving rise to the Management Shareholder’s right to sell such Management Shareholder’s Shares to the Company under Section 2.1 ; provided that if the Shares desired to be sold after a termination of employment as described in clause (b) of this Section 2.2 are shares of Common Stock acquired at any time by such Management Shareholder pursuant to an exercise of any stock options granted to such Management Shareholder within six months prior to the date of termination of employment of such Management Shareholder (including, without limitation, after the termination of employment), then the notice required by this Section 2.2 shall be given to the Company not earlier than six months and one day nor later than nine months after the acquisition of such shares. Each such notice shall specify the number of shares of Common Stock such Management Shareholder owns at the time notice is given.

 

3


2.3 Payment . Subject to Section 5 (“Prohibited Purchases”), payment for any Shares sold by a Management Shareholder pursuant to Section 2.1 shall be made on the date that is no later than 30 days (or the first business day thereafter if the 30th day is not a business day) following the date of receipt by the Company of such Management Shareholder’s notice with respect to such Shares pursuant to Section 2.2 ; provided , however , that in the event the Company was in the process of conducting an Appraisal pursuant to Section 4.1 prior to receiving the notice described in Section 2.2 and such Appraisal is not completed by such 30th day, then payment shall be made within five business days of the completion of the Appraisal.

3. Right of the Company to Purchase from Management Shareholders (“Call Rights”) .

3.1 Right to Purchase . Subject to all subsections of this Section 3 and to Section 5 (“Prohibited Purchases”), the Company shall have the right to purchase from each Management Shareholder, and each such Management Shareholder shall have the obligation to sell to the Company, all, but not less than all, of such Management Shareholder’s Shares following the termination of employment of such Management Shareholder with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual as follows:

(a) in the case of Exchange Options or Rollover Shares, at the Fair Market Value of such Exchange Options or Rollover Shares, as applicable, to be purchased if such Management Shareholder’s employment with the Company and any Subsidiary that employs such individual (or by the Company on behalf of any such Subsidiary) is terminated for any reason, including as a result of (A) the termination by the Company and any such Subsidiary of such employment with or without Cause, (B) the death or Disability of such Management Shareholder, (C) the resignation of such Management Shareholder with or without Good Reason, or (D) the termination of such Management Shareholder’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary upon or after reaching the age of 65.

(b) in the case of any Shares (other than Exchange Options or Rollover Shares):

(i) at the Fair Market Value of such Shares to be purchased if such Management Shareholder’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual is terminated (A) without Cause, (B) upon the death or Disability of such Management Shareholder, (C) upon the resignation of such Management Shareholder for Good Reason, or (D) upon the Retirement of such Management Shareholder;

(ii) at the lesser of the Fair Market Value and the Carrying Value of such Shares to be purchased if such Management Shareholder’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual is terminated as a result of (A) the termination by the Company or any such Subsidiary (or by the Company on behalf of any such Subsidiary) of such employment for Cause or (B) the resignation of such Management Shareholder without Good Reason; or

 

4


(iii) at the Fair Market Value or the Carrying Value of such Shares to be purchased, in the sole discretion of the Board (excluding such Management Shareholder and other members of the Board who are designees of any Management Shareholder) if such Management Shareholder’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual is terminated by the Company or such Management Shareholder for any reason other than as a result of an event described in either subparagraph (i) or (ii) of this Section 3.1(b) .

3.2 Notice . If the Company desires to purchase Shares from a Management Shareholder pursuant to Section 3.1 , it shall notify such Management Shareholder (or his or her estate, trust, corporation or partnership, as the case may be) (a) not more than 180 days after a termination of employment as a result of the death or Disability of such Management Shareholder or (b) not more than 90 days after the termination of employment as a result of any event (other than the death or Disability of such Management Shareholder) giving rise to the Company’s right to acquire such Management Shareholder’s Shares; provided that with respect to the Company’s purchase of shares of Common Stock acquired at any time by such Management Shareholder pursuant to an exercise of any stock options granted to such Management Shareholder within six months prior to the date of termination of employment of such Management Shareholder (including, without limitation, after the termination of employment) in connection with any termination other than as a result of death, Disability or for Cause, the notice required by this Section 3.2 shall be given by the Company not earlier than six months and one day nor later than nine months after the acquisition of any such shares.

3.3 Payment . Subject to Section 5 (“Prohibited Purchases”), payment for any Shares purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 3.1 shall be made on the date that is no later than 30 days (or the first business day thereafter if the 30th day is not a business day) following the date of the receipt by a Management Shareholder of the Company’s notice with respect to such shares pursuant to Section 3.2 ; provided , however , that in the event the Company was in the process of conducting an Appraisal pursuant to Section 4.1 prior to delivering the notice described in Section 3.2 and such Appraisal is not completed by such 30th day, then payment shall be made within five business days of the completion of the Appraisal.

3.4 Termination of Employment . For the avoidance of doubt, the Management Shareholders and the Company acknowledge and agree that the transfer or assignment of a Management Shareholder’s employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that employs such individual to another Subsidiary of the Company shall not, in and of itself but subject to the definition of what constitutes a resignation for “Good Reason”, constitute a termination by the Company or any such Subsidiary of the employment of such individual for any purposes of this Agreement, including Section 2 and Section 3 hereof.

4. Purchase Price .

4.1 Appraisal . The Company shall engage, from time to time at the discretion of the Board, but not less often than within 90 days after every fiscal year, commencing with the fiscal year ending on December 31, 2007, an independent valuation consultant or appraiser of recognized national standing, satisfactory to the LLC (the “ Appraiser ”), to appraise the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the last day of the calendar year then most recently ended or, at

 

5


the request of the Company, as of any more recent date (the “ Appraisal Date ”), and to prepare and deliver a report to the Company and the LLC describing the results of such appraisal (the “ Appraisal ”). The Company shall bear the fees and expenses of each Appraisal.

4.2 Fair Market Value .

(a) The “ Fair Market Value ” of any Share shall be: (i) with respect to any share of Common Stock, (A) the fair market value of the entire Common Stock equity interest of the Company taken as a whole, without additional premiums for control or discounts for minority interests or restrictions on transfer, divided by (B) the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, calculated on a fully-diluted basis; provided that the Appraiser shall be entitled to determine in its reasonable judgment the extent to which any stock options, the exercise price of which exceeds the Fair Market Value of the underlying shares of Common Stock, should be included in the calculation of the number of fully diluted shares of Common Stock (and the extent to which override units in the LLC are taken into account, including for purposes of determining the number of such options included in such calculation), and (ii) with respect to any Exchange Option, (A) the Fair Market Value of the underlying share of Common Stock determined pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 4.2(a) , less (B) the exercise price of such Exchange Option.

(b) The Fair Market Value of any Share shall be determined by reference to the most recent Appraisal and as of the most recent Appraisal Date prior to the termination of the relevant Management Shareholder’s employment or the Involuntary Transfer, as the case may be; provided that if the relevant Management Shareholder or the Company gives notice in accordance with Section 2.2 or Section 3.2 , respectively, concerning shares of Common Stock acquired at any time by such Management Shareholder pursuant to an exercise of any stock options occurring within six months prior to the date of termination of employment of such Management Shareholder (including, without limitation, after the termination of employment), the Fair Market Value of any share of Common Stock acquired at any time pursuant to an exercise of stock options with respect to which such notice was given shall be calculated with reference to the most recent Appraisal and as of the most recent Appraisal Date prior to the date of such notice (or as of the first Appraisal and the first Appraisal Date in the event that such termination or Involuntary Transfer occurs prior to December 31, 2008).

4.3 Carrying Value . For the purposes of this Agreement, the “ Carrying Value ” of (a) any share of Common Stock being purchased by the Company shall be equal to the price paid by the selling Management Shareholder for any such share, less the amount of dividends and other distributions paid in respect of such share; provided that the price of any Rollover Share shall be equal to the Closing Date Value, less the amount of dividends and distributions paid in respect of such share and (b) any Exchange Option being purchased by the Company shall be equal to the excess, if any, of the Closing Date Value over the exercise price for such Exchange Option.

5. Prohibited Purchases . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall not be obligated to purchase any Shares from a Management Shareholder under Section 2 and shall not exercise any right to purchase Shares from a Management Shareholder under Section 3 , in each case, to the extent (a) the Company is prohibited from purchasing such

 

6


Shares (or incurring debt to finance the purchase of such Shares), or the Company is unable to obtain funds to pay for such Shares from a Subsidiary of the Company, in any case by reason of any debt instruments or agreements, including any amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, replacement or other modification thereof, which have been entered into or which may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including those to finance the acquisition of ADESA, Inc. on the date hereof or refinance the indebtedness of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. on the date hereof, and any future acquisitions by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or recapitalizations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Financing Documents ”) or by applicable law, (b) an event of default has occurred (or, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would occur) under any Financing Document and is (or would be) continuing, or (c) the purchase of such Shares (including the incurrence of any debt which in the judgment of the Board is necessary to finance such purchase) or the distribution of funds to the Company by a Subsidiary thereof to pay for such purchase (1) would, or in the view of the Board (excluding such Management Shareholder and other members of the Board who are designees of any Management Shareholder), would reasonably be likely to result in the occurrence of an event of default under any Financing Document or create a condition which would reasonably be likely to, with notice or lapse of time or both, result in such an event of default, (2) would, in the judgment of the Board (excluding such Management Shareholder and other members of the Board who are designees of any Management Shareholder), be imprudent in view of the financial condition (present or projected) of the Company and its Subsidiaries or the anticipated impact of the purchase (or of the obtaining of funds to permit the purchase) of such Shares on the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ ability to meet their respective obligations, including under any Financing Document, or to satisfy and make their planned capital and other expenditures or satisfy any related obligations, or (3) could, in the judgment of the Board, constitute a fraudulent conveyance or transfer by the Company or a Subsidiary thereof or render the Company or a Subsidiary thereof insolvent under applicable law or violate limitations in applicable corporate law on repurchases of stock or payment of dividends or distributions. If Shares which the Company has the right or obligation to purchase on any date exceed the total amount permitted to be purchased on such date pursuant to the preceding sentence (the “ Maximum Amount ”), the Company shall purchase on such date only that number of Shares up to the Maximum Amount (if any) (and shall not be required or permitted to purchase more than the Maximum Amount) in such amounts and in such priorities as the Board shall in good faith determine.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if the Company is unable to make any payment when due to any Management Shareholder under this Agreement by reason of this Section 5 , the Company shall have the option to either (i) make such payment at the earliest practicable date permitted under this Section 5 and any such payment shall accrue simple interest (or if such payment is accruing interest at such time, shall continue to accrue interest) at a rate per annum of 5% from the date such payment is due and owing to the date such payment is made; provided that all payments of interest accrued hereunder shall be paid only at the date of payment, if any, by the Company for the Shares being purchased or (ii) pay the purchase price for such Shares with a subordinated note which shall accrue simple interest at a rate per annum of 5% and which is fully subordinated in right of payment and exercise of remedies to the lenders’ rights under the Financing Documents and the maturity date of which is 30 days after the latest maturity date on any debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries which is outstanding (or reasonably expected to become outstanding) as of the date such subordinated note is issued.

 

7


6. Tag-Along and Drag-Along Rights .

6.1 Tag-Along Rights .

(a) In the event that at any time (i) the LLC proposes to sell shares of Common Stock owned by it to any Person (a “ Proposed Purchaser ”), other than any Transfer (1) pursuant to a Registration or Rule 144, (2) to an Affiliate, or (3) to a Shareholder who is a member of the LLC in connection with a distribution to such member in accordance with the LLC Agreement or (ii) a Selling Investor Member (as defined in the LLC Agreement) proposes to transfer Units (as defined in the LLC Agreement) in the LLC such that a Management Shareholder (in its capacity as a Management Member under the LLC Agreement) would have tag-along rights under Section 12.9(b) of the LLC Agreement, then in the case of clause (i) or (ii) above, the LLC will promptly provide each Other Shareholder written notice (a “ Sale Notice ”) of such proposed sale (a “ Proposed Sale ”) and the material terms of the Proposed Sale as of the date of the Sale Notice (the “ Material Terms ”), including the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock or Units, as applicable, the Proposed Purchaser is willing to purchase. If within 20 days of the delivery of the Sale Notice, the LLC receives a written request (a “ Sale Request ”) to include shares of Common Stock or Units, as applicable, in the Proposed Sale (i) held by one or more of the Other Shareholders or (ii) to be acquired pursuant to the exercise of either Exchange Options or options (to the extent then vested and exercisable) granted to a Management Shareholder under any Option Plan in the Proposed Sale, the Common Stock or Units, as applicable, held or to be acquired by such Other Shareholders shall be so included as provided therein; provided , however , that any Sale Request shall be irrevocable unless (x) there shall be a material adverse change in the Material Terms or (y) otherwise mutually agreed to in writing by such Other Shareholders and the LLC. If within 20 days after the delivery of the Sale Notice, any Other Shareholder has not delivered a Sale Request to the LLC, such Other Shareholder will be deemed to have waived any and all rights with respect to, or to participate in, such Proposed Sale.

(b) Subject to Section 6.1(g) hereof, the number of shares of Common Stock that any Other Shareholder will be permitted to include in a Proposed Sale on a pro rata basis pursuant to a Sale Request will be equal to (I) in the case of a sale of shares of Common Stock by the LLC pursuant to clause (i) of the first sentence of Section 6.1(a) above, the product of (i) (A) the number of shares of Common Stock held by such Other Shareholder divided by (B) the number of shares of Common Stock held by all Shareholders participating in such Proposed Sale and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock proposed to be sold in such Proposed Sale or (II) in the case of a sale of Units by a Selling Investor Member pursuant to clause (ii) of the first sentence of Section 6.1(a) above, such number of shares of Common Stock that, when combined with the shares of Common Stock underlying the number of Units (if any) to be sold in the Proposed Sale by such Other Shareholder, equals the product of (i) (A) the number of shares of Common Stock directly or indirectly held by such Other Shareholder divided by (B) the number of shares of Common Stock directly or indirectly held by all participants in such Proposed Sale and (ii) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock underlying the Units proposed to be sold in the Proposed Sale.

 

8


(c) Subject to Section 6.1(g) hereof, shares of Common Stock subject to a Sale Request (including any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of Exchange Options that are subject to such Sale Request) will be included in a Proposed Sale pursuant hereto and to any agreement with the Proposed Purchaser relating thereto, on the same terms and subject to the same conditions applicable to the shares of Common Stock which the LLC proposes to sell (or, in the case of a sale of Units, Units which the Selling Investor Member proposes to sell) in the Proposed Sale. Such terms and conditions shall include, without limitation, (i) the sale consideration (which shall be reduced by the fees and expenses incurred by the LLC and the Company, to the extent applicable (or, in the case of a sale of Units, the LLC, the Selling Investor Members or other members of the LLC, as applicable) in connection with the Proposed Sale); provided , that in the case of a sale of Units by the Selling Investor Member, the sale consideration shall be the implied per share consideration with respect to shares underlying the Units proposed to be sold, and (ii) the provision of information, representations, warranties, covenants and requisite indemnifications; provided , however , that (x) any representations and warranties relating specifically to any Shareholder shall only be made by that Shareholder, (y) any indemnification provided by the Shareholders (other than with respect to the representations referenced in the foregoing subsection (x)) shall be based on the number of shares of Common Stock being sold by each Shareholder in the Proposed Sale (including any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of options), either on a several, not joint, basis or solely with recourse to an escrow established for the benefit of the Proposed Purchaser (it being understood and agreed that the Shareholders’ contributions to such escrow shall be on a pro-rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock (including shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of options) plus the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the Units, if any, being sold in such Proposed Sale), it being understood and agreed that any such indemnification obligation of a Shareholder shall in no event exceed the net proceeds of such Shareholder from such Proposed Sale, and (z) if the participating Other Shareholders holding a majority of the Shares held by all of the participating Other Shareholders consent, the form of consideration to be received by the LLC (or, in the case of a sale of Units, the Selling Investor Member or any of its Affiliates or any other members of the LLC, as applicable) in connection with the Proposed Sale may be different from that received by the Other Shareholders (including, but not limited to, non-cash consideration) so long as the per share value of the consideration to be received by the LLC (which shall be reduced by the fees and expenses incurred by the LLC and the Company, to the extent applicable) (or implied per share value of the consideration to be received by the Selling Investor Member or any of its Affiliates, or any other members of the LLC, as applicable) is the same or less than that to be received by the Other Shareholders (as determined by the Board in good faith). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in determining the consideration received by the LLC (or the Selling Investor Member or any of its Affiliates, or any other members of the LLC, as applicable) pursuant to Section 6.1 , any management, advisory or transaction fees payable to the LLC or any of its members or any of their Affiliates in connection with such Transfer shall not be included in determining the sale proceeds and will not be deemed consideration received by the LLC, the Selling Investor Member or any of its Affiliates, or any other members of the LLC, as applicable.

(d) Upon delivering a Sale Request, each Other Shareholder will, if requested by the LLC, execute and deliver a custody agreement and power of attorney in form and substance satisfactory to the LLC (a “ Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney ”) with respect to the shares of Common Stock which are to be included in the Proposed Sale pursuant to

 

9


this Section 6.1 . The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will provide, among other things, that each such Other Shareholder will deliver to and deposit in custody with the LLC, named as the custodian and attorney-in-fact therein, a certificate or certificates representing such shares of Common Stock (duly endorsed in blank by the registered owner or owners thereof or accompanied by duly executed stock powers in blank) and irrevocably appoint the LLC as such Other Shareholder’s agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under a custody agreement and power of attorney on behalf of such Other Shareholder with respect to the matters specified therein.

(e) Upon delivering a Sale Request, each Other Shareholder agrees that he or she will execute such other agreements as the LLC (or the Selling Investor Member, as applicable) may reasonably request in connection with the consummation of a Proposed Sale and Sale Request and the transactions contemplated thereby, including, without limitation, any purchase, recapitalization or merger agreement, escrow agreement or other ancillary agreements, proxies, written consents in lieu of meetings or waivers of appraisal rights.

(f) Each Other Shareholder wishing to include shares of Common Stock that are acquirable pursuant to the exercise of Exchange Options in a Proposed Sale must include with such Other Shareholder’s Sale Request an irrevocable commitment to exercise such Exchange Options, subject only to closing of such Proposed Sale.

(g) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if in any Proposed Sale of Units, the Selling Investor Member is informed that the Proposed Purchaser in good faith is not willing to proceed with such sale if shares of Common Stock held by any Other Shareholder are included in such sale (by virtue of the tag along rights specified herein), then the Selling Investor Member shall be permitted to proceed with such sale (to the full extent of such Proposed Sale with respect to its Units) without including any such shares of Common Stock, and the Other Shareholders shall not have tag along rights with respect to shares of Common Stock in such Proposed Sale; provided , that in any such Proposed Sale by the Selling Investor Member of Units in which shares of Common Stock have been excluded at the request of the Proposed Purchaser, the Other Shareholders shall have the right (if and to the extent the Selling Investor Member so agrees) to include in such Proposed Sale (in lieu of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be includable by virtue of the tag along rights hereunder) an applicable portion of their Units (as determined in good faith by the Selling Investor Member) up to such amount as would be necessary to put such Other Shareholder in the same direct and indirect ownership position with respect to the Company as if such Other Shareholder were permitted to include shares of Common Stock in such Proposed Sale.

6.2 Drag-Along Rights .

(a) In the event that at any time (i) the LLC proposes to sell shares of Common Stock owned by it to any Proposed Purchaser, other than any Transfer (1) pursuant to a Registration or Rule 144, (2) to an Affiliate, or (3) to a Shareholder who is a member of the LLC in connection with a distribution to such member in accordance with the LLC Agreement or (ii) the Dragging Majority Members (as defined in the LLC Agreement) (1) propose to transfer Units such that the Dragging Majority Members would have drag along rights under Section 12.9(c) of the LLC Agreement with respect to any Units held by any Management Shareholder (in its

 

10


capacity as a Management Member under the LLC Agreement) or (2) desires to effect an Exit Event (as defined in the LLC Agreement), then the LLC may provide each Other Shareholder written notice (a “ Drag-Along Notice ”) of such Proposed Sale and the Material Terms thereof not less than 25 business days prior to the proposed closing date of the Proposed Sale and each such Other Shareholder hereby agrees to sell to such Proposed Purchaser that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of Common Stock then held, or acquirable by such Other Shareholder pursuant to the exercise of Exchange Options or of options (to the extent exercisable, including as a result of the Proposed Sale) granted to such Other Shareholder under any Option Plan multiplied by (ii) the aggregate percentage of the Common Stock held by the LLC that is represented by the Common Stock that the LLC proposes to sell in the Proposed Sale (or, in the case of a sale of Units by the Dragging Majority Members, or an Exit Event, the aggregate percentage of Units owned by Dragging Majority Members that is represented by the Units that the Dragging Majority Members propose to sell in the Proposed Sale).

(b) Subject to Section 6.2(f) , shares of Common Stock subject to a Drag-Along Notice (including any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of options that are subject to such Drag-Along Notice) will be included in the Proposed Sale pursuant hereto and to any agreement with the Proposed Purchaser relating thereto, on the same terms and subject to the same conditions applicable to the shares of Common Stock which the LLC proposes to sell (or Units which the Dragging Majority Members propose to sell) in the Proposed Sale. Such terms and conditions shall include, without limitation, (i) the sale consideration (which shall be reduced by the fees and expenses incurred by the LLC and the Company, to the extent applicable (or, in the case of a sale of Units, the LLC, the Dragging Majority Members or other members of the LLC, as applicable) in connection with the Proposed Sale); provided , that in the case of a sale of Units by the Dragging Majority Members, the sale consideration shall be the implied per share consideration with respect to shares underlying the Units proposed to be sold, and (ii) the provision of information, representations, warranties, covenants and requisite indemnifications; provided , however , that (x) any representations and warranties relating specifically to any Shareholder shall only be made by that Shareholder, (y) any indemnification provided by the Shareholders (other than with respect to the representations referenced in the foregoing subsection (x)) shall be based on the number of shares of Common Stock being sold by each Shareholder in the Proposed Sale (including any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of options), either on a several, not joint, basis or solely with recourse to an escrow established for the benefit of the Proposed Purchaser (it being understood and agreed that the Shareholders’ contributions to such escrow shall be on a pro-rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock (including shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of options) plus the number of shares of Common Stock underlying the Units, if any, being sold in such Proposed Sale), it being understood and agreed that any such indemnification obligation of a Shareholder shall in no event exceed the net proceeds to such Shareholder from such Proposed Sale, and (z) if the Other Shareholders holding a majority of the Shares held by all of the Other Shareholders consent, the form of consideration to be received by the LLC (which shall be reduced by the fees and expenses incurred by the LLC and the Company in connection with the Proposed Sale (or, in the case of a sale of Units, the LLC, the Dragging Majority Members or other members of the LLC, as applicable) in connection with the Proposed Sale may be different from that received by the Other Shareholders (including, but not limited to, non-cash consideration) so long as the per share value of the consideration to be

 

11


received by the LLC (which shall be reduced by the fees and expenses incurred by the LLC and the Company, to the extent applicable) (or implied per share value of the consideration to be received by the Dragging Majority Members or any of their Affiliates, or any other members of the LLC, as applicable) is the same or less than that to be received by the Other Shareholders (as determined by the Board in good faith). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in determining the consideration received by the LLC (or the Dragging Majority Members or any of their Affiliates, or any other members of the LLC, as applicable) pursuant to Section 6.2 , any management, advisory or transaction fees payable to the LLC or any of its members or any of their Affiliates in connection with such Transfer shall not be included in determining the sale proceeds and will not be deemed consideration received by the LLC, the Dragging Majority Members or any of their Affiliates, or any other members of the LLC, as applicable. No Other Shareholders shall exercise any dissenter’s rights with respect to the consummation of any such Proposed Sale pursuant to this Section 6.2 .

(c) Each Other Shareholder will, if requested by the LLC, execute and deliver a Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney in form and substance satisfactory to the LLC with respect to the shares of Common Stock which are to be included in the Proposed Sale pursuant to this Section 6.2 . The Custody Agreement and Power of Attorney will provide, among other things, that each such Other Shareholder will deliver to and deposit in custody with the LLC, named as the custodian and attorney-in-fact therein, a certificate or certificates representing such shares of Common Stock (duly endorsed in blank by the registered owner or owners thereof or accompanied by duly endorsed stock powers in blank) and irrevocably appoint the LLC as such Other Shareholder’s agent and attorney-in-fact with full power and authority to act under a custody agreement and power of attorney on behalf of such Other Shareholder with respect to the matters specified therein.

(d) Each Other Shareholder agrees that he or she will execute such other agreements as the LLC (or the Dragging Majority Members, as applicable) may reasonably request in connection with the consummation of a Proposed Sale and Drag-Along Notice and the transactions contemplated thereby, including, without limitation, any purchase, merger or recapitalization agreement, escrow agreement or other ancillary agreements, proxies, written consents in lieu of meetings or waivers of appraisal rights. The drag-along provisions set forth in this Section 6.2 shall apply regardless of the form of the transaction in respect of which the Drag-Along Notice is delivered, including without limitation, a sale of Shares, a merger, consolidation, sale of assets and distribution of proceeds or otherwise.

(e) Each Other Shareholder holding shares of Common Stock that are acquirable pursuant to the exercise of Exchange Options or any other options granted under any Option Plan and that are to be included in a Proposed Sale pursuant to a Drag-Along Notice agrees to provide to the LLC, upon delivery of the Drag-Along Notice, an irrevocable commitment to exercise such Exchange Options or, if exercisable (including as a result of the Proposed Sale), such other options, subject only to closing of such Proposed Sale.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, if in any Proposed Sale of Units, the Dragging Majority Members are informed that the Proposed Purchaser in good faith desires to proceed with such sale with the inclusion of additional shares of Common Stock held by any Other Shareholder (including any shares exercisable upon the exercise of options), in lieu

 

12


of all or a portion of Units held by such Other Shareholder which would be includable therein by virtue of the Dragging Majority Members’ drag along rights pursuant to the LLC Agreement, then in the discretion of the Dragging Majority Members, each Other Shareholder agrees to sell in the Proposed Sale, in lieu of selling all or a portion of Units (and in addition to shares of Common Stock agreed to be sold pursuant to Section 6.2(a) ), such number of additional shares of Common Stock (including shares exercisable upon the exercise of options) equaling the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially deemed to be owned by virtue of such Other Shareholder’s ownership of Units that would otherwise be includable in the Proposed Sale.

7. Involuntary Transfers . Any transfer of title or beneficial ownership of Shares upon default, foreclosure, forfeit, divorce, court order or otherwise than by a voluntary decision on the part of a Shareholder (each, an “ Involuntary Transfer ”) shall be void unless the Shareholder complies with this Section 7 and enables the Company to exercise in full its rights hereunder. Upon any Involuntary Transfer, the Company shall have the right to purchase such Shares pursuant to this Section 7 and the Person to whom such Shares have been Transferred (the “ Involuntary Transferee ”) shall have the obligation to sell such Shares in accordance with this Section 7 . Upon the Involuntary Transfer of any Shares, such Shareholder shall promptly (but in no event later than two days after such Involuntary Transfer) furnish written notice to the Company indicating that the Involuntary Transfer has occurred, specifying the name of the Involuntary Transferee, giving a detailed description of the circumstances giving rise to, and stating the legal basis for, the Involuntary Transfer. Upon the receipt of such notice, and for 60 days thereafter, the Company shall have the right to purchase, and the Involuntary Transferee shall have the obligation to sell, all (but not less than all) of the Shares acquired by the Involuntary Transferee for a purchase price equal to the lesser of (i) the Fair Market Value of such Shares on the date of transfer to the Involuntary Transferee and (ii) the amount of indebtedness or other liability that gave rise to the Involuntary Transfer plus the excess, if any, of the Carrying Value of such Shares over the amount of such indebtedness or other liability that gave rise to the Involuntary Transfer.

8. Election of Directors .

(a) Each Other Shareholder shall vote all of its shares of Common Stock and any other voting securities of the Company over which such Other Shareholder has voting control and shall take all other necessary or desirable actions within such Other Shareholder’s control (whether in such Other Shareholder’s capacity as a stockholder, director, member of a Board committee or officer of the Company or otherwise, and including, without limitation, attendance at meetings in person or by proxy for purposes of obtaining a quorum, execution of written consents in lieu of meetings and approval of amendments and/or restatements of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws), and the Company shall take all necessary and desirable actions within its control (including, without limitation, calling special Board or stockholder meetings and approval of amendments and/or restatements of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws), so that:

(i) the authorized number of directors on the Board shall be fixed pursuant to and in accordance with the LLC Agreement, which directors shall have the voting rights as specified in the LLC Agreement;

 

13


(ii) all of the directors, which will be designated by the LLC in accordance with the LLC Agreement, shall be elected to the Board;

(iii) the composition of the board of directors of each of the Company’s Subsidiaries (a “ Subsidiary Board ”) shall be determined in accordance with the LLC Agreement;

(iv) any committees of the Board or a Subsidiary Board shall be created only upon the approval of the Board; and

(v) the removal from the Board or a Subsidiary Board or a committee of the Board or a Subsidiary Board (with or without cause) of any representative designated pursuant hereto by the LLC shall be at the LLC’s written request exercised in accordance with the LLC Agreement, as the case may be, but only upon such written request and under no other circumstances.

(b) In order to secure each Other Shareholder’s obligation to vote its shares of Common Stock and other voting securities of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8 , each Other Shareholder hereby appoints the LLC as its true and lawful proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to vote all of such Person’s shares of Common Stock and other voting securities of the Company for the election and removal of directors and all such other matters as expressly provided for in this Section 8 . The LLC may exercise the irrevocable proxy granted to it hereunder at any time any Other Shareholder fails to comply with the provisions of this Section 8 . The proxies and powers granted by each Other Shareholder pursuant to this paragraph (b) are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of the obligations under this Agreement. Such proxies and powers will be irrevocable until the termination of this Agreement, and will survive the death, incompetency and disability or insolvency or dissolution, as applicable, of each Other Shareholder and the holders of each of his, her or its respective shares of Common Stock.

9. Stock Certificate Legend . A copy of this Agreement shall be filed with the Secretary of the Company and kept with the records of the Company. Each certificate representing shares of Common Stock owned by the Shareholders shall bear upon its face the following legends, as appropriate:

 

  (a)

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS AND UNTIL REGISTERED UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS, IN THE OPINION OF COUNSEL TO THE SHAREHOLDER, WHICH COUNSEL MUST BE, AND THE FORM AND SUBSTANCE OF WHICH OPINION ARE, SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, SUCH OFFER, SALE, ASSIGNMENT, PLEDGE, HYPOTHECATION, TRANSFER OR OTHER DISPOSITION IS

 

14


 

EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION OR IS OTHERWISE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT, SUCH LAWS AND THE SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT OF THE ISSUER, DATED AS OF APRIL 20, 2007 (THE “SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT”).”

 

  (b) THE SHARES OF STOCK REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OTHER CONDITIONS, AS SPECIFIED IN THE SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT, COPIES OF WHICH ARE ON FILE AT THE OFFICE OF THE ISSUER AND WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE TO THE HOLDER OF SUCH SHARES UPON WRITTEN REQUEST.”

In addition, certificates representing shares of Common Stock owned by residents of certain states shall bear any legends required by the laws of such states.

All Shareholders shall be bound by the requirements of such legends. Upon a Registration of any shares of Common Stock, the certificate representing the registered shares shall be replaced, at the expense of the Company, with certificates not bearing the legends required by clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 9 .

10. Covenants; Representations and Warranties .

10.1 Management Shareholders .

(a) Each of the Shareholders hereby agrees that the Company may request that any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries who, after the date of this Agreement, is offered shares of any class of Common Stock or holds stock options (whether pursuant to the Stock Incentive Plan or any other stock option plan, collectively the “ Option Plans ”) that are exercisable into shares of Common Stock, as a condition precedent to the acquisition of such shares of Common Stock or the exercise of such stock options, as the case may be, (i) become a party to this Agreement by executing a signature page to the same and (ii) if such employee is a resident of a state with a community or marital property system, cause his or her spouse to execute a Spousal Waiver in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, and deliver such executed signature page to this Agreement and Spousal Waiver, if applicable, to the Company at its address specified in Section 19 hereof. Upon such execution and delivery, such employee shall be a Management Shareholder for all purposes of this Agreement and the Company may amend this Agreement (including Schedule 1) accordingly.

(b) Notwithstanding any requirement set forth in Section 11 , the Company, with the prior written consent of the LLC, can determine that any stock options granted pursuant to any Option Plan and outstanding and vested as of the option holder’s termination of employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be Shares for purposes of Section 2 and Section 3 ; provided , however , that appropriate adjustments shall be made to reflect the existence of an exercise price for such options, including for purposes of calculating “Fair Market Value” or “Carrying Value,” as applicable; provided , further , that the foregoing shall not limit any provisions set forth in any Option Plan, including with respect to cancellations, forfeitures, puts, calls or repurchases of options.

 

15


10.2 No Other Arrangements or Agreements . Each Shareholder hereby represents and warrants to the Company and to each other Shareholder that, except for this Agreement, the Conversion Stock Option Agreements, the Merger Agreement, the LLC Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, applicable Conversion Agreements, applicable stock subscription agreements, if any, with the Company, and in the case of any affected Management Shareholder, any employment agreement with the Company and any stock option agreement of the Company applicable to such Management Shareholder, he or she has not entered into or agreed to be bound by any other arrangements or agreements of any kind with any other party with respect to any shares of capital stock of the Company (including any Shares) or other securities of the Company, including, but not limited to, arrangements or agreements with respect to the acquisition or disposition of shares of capital stock or other securities or any interest therein or the voting of shares of capital stock or other securities (whether or not such agreements and arrangements are with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or other Shareholder) and each Other Shareholder agrees that, except as expressly permitted under this Agreement or the LLC Agreement, he or she will not enter into any such other arrangements or agreements.

10.3 Additional Representations and Warranties . Each Shareholder represents and warrants to the Company and each other Shareholder that:

(a) such Shareholder has the power, authority and capacity (or, in the case of any Shareholder that is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, all corporate, limited liability company or limited partnership power and authority, as the case may be) to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement;

(b) in the case of a Shareholder that is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Shareholder have been duly and validly authorized and approved by all necessary corporate, limited liability company or limited partnership action, as the case may be;

(c) this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by such Shareholder and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of such Shareholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting or relating to creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity; and

(d) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such Shareholder does not and will not violate the terms of or result in the acceleration of any obligation under (i) any material contract, commitment or other material instrument to which such Shareholder is a party or by which such Shareholder is bound or (ii) in the case of a Shareholder that is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership, the certificate of incorporation and the by-laws, the certificate of formation and the limited liability company agreement, or the certificate of limited partnership and the limited partnership agreement, as the case may be.

11. Amendment and Modification . Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.1 , this Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented by the Company only with the

 

16


written consent of the LLC, and (i) to the extent (and only to the extent) any particular Shareholder would be uniquely and adversely affected by such amendment, modification or supplement, the written consent of such Shareholder or (ii) the written consent of a majority (by number of shares of Common Stock at the time of such amendment, modification or supplement) of any other Shareholders whose interests as a group would be adversely affected by such amendment, modification or supplement. The Company shall notify all Shareholders promptly after any such amendment, modification or supplement shall have taken effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company, with the consent of the LLC, may determine in its discretion to add any additional third party to this Agreement (and amend Schedule 1 accordingly, if applicable) or, subject to the consent of the affected party, eliminate any party from this Agreement as the Company sees fit.

12. Parties .

12.1 Assignment by the Company . The Company shall have the right to assign to the LLC all or any portion of its rights and obligations under Section 2.1 (“Put Rights”), Section 3.1 (“Call Rights”) and Section 7 (“Involuntary Transfer”); provided that any such assignment or assumption is accepted by the LLC. If the Company has not exercised its right to purchase Shares pursuant to any such section within 15 days of receipt by the Company of the letter, notice or other occurrence giving rise to such right, then the LLC shall have the right to require the Company to assign such right to the LLC.

12.2 Assignment Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns; provided that neither the Company nor any Other Shareholder may assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the consent of the LLC unless, in the case of an Other Shareholder, such assignment is in connection with a Transfer explicitly permitted by this Agreement and, prior to such assignment, such assignee complies with the requirements of Section 12.4 .

12.3 Termination .

(a) Any party to, or Person who is subject to, this Agreement who ceases to own Shares or any interest therein, shall cease to be a party to, or Person who is subject to, this Agreement and thereafter shall have no rights or obligations hereunder; provided , however , that a Transfer of Shares not explicitly permitted under this Agreement shall not relieve any Other Shareholder of any of its, his or her obligations hereunder.

(b) At the election of the LLC, this entire Agreement shall terminate upon (i) an IPO or (ii) a sale of Common Stock by the LLC to a Third Party Investor, whether pursuant to a stock sale, business combination, merger or any similar transaction involving the Company, if following such sale, a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock are owned by Third Party Investors. It is understood that any rights of any Shareholder existing in this Agreement with respect to any particular transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) (including rights pursuant to Section 6 ) shall apply notwithstanding any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 12.3(b) in connection with such transaction, and termination of this Agreement shall be effective only after giving effect to such transaction (and the application of the applicable rights hereunder).

 

17


12.4 Agreements to Be Bound . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Transfer of Shares by an Other Shareholder (other than pursuant to (i) a Registration or Rule 144 or (ii)  Section 2 , Section 3 or Section 6 hereof) shall be permitted under the terms of this Agreement only if the transferee shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement pursuant to an instrument of assumption reasonably satisfactory in substance and form to the Company, and in the case of a transferee of a Management Shareholder who resides in a state with a community property system, such transferee causes his or her spouse, if any, to execute a Spousal Waiver in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. Upon the execution of the instrument of assumption by such transferee and, if applicable, the Spousal Waiver by the spouse of such transferee, such transferee shall enjoy all of the rights and shall be subject to all of the restrictions and obligations of the transferor of such transferee, including, without limitation, if such transferor was a Management Shareholder, the provisions of Section 2 and Section 3 (which shall continue to apply as though such transferor were still the holder of such shares).

13. Recapitalizations, Exchanges, etc . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall apply to the full extent set forth herein with respect to (a) the shares of Common Stock, (b) the Exchange Options and (c) any and all shares of capital stock of the Company or any successor or assign of the Company (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise) which may be issued in respect of, in exchange for, or in substitution for the shares of Common Stock, by reason of any stock dividend, split, reverse split, combination, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise. All share numbers and percentages shall be proportionately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or other subdivision or combination effected after the date hereof.

14. No Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement is not intended to confer upon any Person, except for the parties hereto, any rights or remedies hereunder.

15. Further Assurances . Each party hereto shall do and perform or cause to be done and performed all such further acts and things and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as any other party hereto or Person subject hereto may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

16. Governing Law . This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder and the Persons subject hereto shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the choice of law principles thereof.

17. Invalidity of Provision . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement in that jurisdiction or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, including that provision, in any other jurisdiction.

 

18


18. Waiver . Waiver by any party hereto of any breach or default by the other party of any of the terms of this Agreement shall not operate as a waiver of any other breach or default, whether similar to or different from the breach or default waived. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be implied from any course of dealing between the parties hereto or from any failure by either party to assert its, his or her rights hereunder on any occasion or series of occasions.

19. Notices . All notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered personally, (b) mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, (c) sent by next-day or overnight mail or delivery or (d) sent by fax, as follows (or to such other address as the party entitled to notice shall hereafter designate in accordance with the terms hereof):

 

  (i) If to the Company, to:

KAR Holdings, Inc.

c/o Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: James J. Connors II, Esq.

Tel: (212) 751-3939

Fax: (212) 223-2379

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to : Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP at its address set forth below.

 

  (ii) If to a Management Shareholder, unless otherwise specified by such Management Shareholder, to his or her attention at:

c/o Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

2 Westbrook Corporate Center, Suite 500

Westchester, Illinois 60154

Tel: (708) 492-7000

Fax: (708) 492-7078

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to :

Schiff Hardin LLP

6600 Sears Tower

Chicago, Illinois 60606

Attention: Stephen J. Dragich

Tel: (312) 258-5962

Fax: (312) 258-5600

 

19


  (iii) If to the LLC, to:

KAR Holdings II, LLC

c/o Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue

24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

Attention: James J. Connors II, Esq.

Tel: (212) 751-3939

Fax: (212) 223-2379

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to :

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Lou R. Kling

Tel: (212) 735-3000

Fax: (917) 777-2770

All such notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications shall be deemed to have been received by (w) if by personal delivery, on the day delivered, (x) if by certified or registered mail, on the fifth business day after the mailing thereof, (y) if by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, on the day delivered, or (z) if by fax, on the day delivered; provided that such delivery is confirmed.

20. Headings . The headings to sections in this Agreement are for the convenience of the parties only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any provision hereof.

21. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

22. Fax Signatures . Each of the parties hereto (i) has agreed to permit the use, from time to time and where appropriate, of faxed signatures in order to expedite the Closing, (ii) intends to be bound by its respective faxed signature, (iii) is aware that the other parties hereto will rely on the faxed signature, and (iv) acknowledges such reliance and waives any defenses to the enforcement of the documents effecting the transaction contemplated by this Agreement based on the fact that a signature was sent by fax.

23. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement, the Conversion Stock Option Agreements, the applicable Conversion Agreements, if any, with the Company and, in the case of any affected Management Shareholder, any employment agreement with the Company and any stock option agreement of the Company applicable to such Management Shareholder, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto

 

20


with respect to the matters referred to herein. This Agreement and the agreements referred to in the preceding sentence supersede all prior agreements and understandings among the parties with respect to such matters. There are no representations, warranties, promises, inducements, covenants or undertakings relating to the Shares, other than those expressly set forth or referred to herein, in the Registration Rights Agreement, in the Conversion Stock Option Agreements, in the applicable Conversion Agreements, if any, with the Company and, in the case of any affected Management Shareholder, any employment agreement with the Company and any stock option agreement of the Company applicable to such Management Shareholder. The parties hereto that were parties to the Prior Shareholders Agreement, hereby agree that upon execution of this Agreement, the Prior Shareholders Agreement shall be terminated and of no further force and effect and the provisions of this Agreement shall replace in their entirety the provisions of the Prior Shareholders Agreement.

24. Outside Investors . Each of the Shareholders hereby agrees that the Company may require that any party, other than an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (who is dealt with in Section 10.1 ), who purchases shares of Common Stock shall become a party to this Agreement by executing the same and delivering it to the Company at its address specified in Section 19 . Upon such execution and delivery, such party shall be deemed to be an “Outside Investor” for all purposes of this Agreement.

25. Injunctive Relief . The Shares cannot readily be purchased or sold in the open market, and for that reason, among others, the Company and the Shareholders will be irreparably damaged in the event this Agreement is not specifically enforced. Each of the parties therefore agrees that in the event of a breach of any provision of this Agreement, the aggrieved party may elect to institute and prosecute proceedings in any court of competent jurisdiction to enforce specific performance or to enjoin the continuing breach of this Agreement. Such remedies shall, however, be cumulative and not exclusive, and shall be in addition to any other remedy which the Company or any Shareholder may have. Each Shareholder hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in New York for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the subject matter hereof. Each Shareholder hereby consents to service of process made in accordance with Section 19 .

26. Confidentiality Without the prior written consent of the Board except to the extent required by law, rule, regulation or court order, no Other Shareholder shall disclose any trade secrets, customer lists, drawings, designs, information regarding product development, marketing plans, sales plans, management organization information (including data and other information relating to members of the Board or management), operating policies or manuals, business plans, financial records, packaging design or other financial, commercial, business or technical information relating to the Company or any of its Affiliates or information designated as confidential or proprietary that the Company or any of its Affiliates may receive belonging to suppliers, customers or others who do business with the Company or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”) to any third person unless such Confidential Information has been previously disclosed to the public by the Company or is in the public domain (other than by reason of a breach of this Section 26 ).

 

21


27. Preparation for an IPO . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, in connection with an IPO, the Other Shareholders agree to vote their Shares and take all actions necessary or desirable (including attendance at meetings in person or by proxy for purposes of obtaining a quorum and execution of written consents in lieu of meetings), and the Company shall take all necessary and desirable actions within its control (including calling special board and stockholder meetings), to amend the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws to include such provisions as determined by the LLC, including, if so determined by the LLC, (a) customary anti-takeover protections and (b) provisions preserving the rights of the LLC as the controlling shareholder of the Company.

28. No Effect on Employment . Nothing herein contained shall confer on any Management Shareholder the right to remain in the employ or services of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

29. Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

Affiliate : with respect to a specified Person, any Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the specified Person. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Board : the board of directors of the Company.

Bylaws : the bylaws of the Company as in effect on the date hereof and as may be amended from time to time following the date hereof.

Cause or termination for Cause : a termination of a Management Shareholder’s employment by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such individual (or by the Company on behalf of any such Subsidiary) due to such Management Shareholder’s ( i ) refusal or neglect to perform substantially his or her employment-related duties, ( ii ) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct or breach of fiduciary duty, ( iii ) indictment for, conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime constituting a felony or his or her willful violation of any applicable law (other than a traffic violation or other offense or violation outside of the course of employment which in no way adversely affects the Company and its Subsidiaries or their reputation or the ability of the Management Shareholder to perform his or her employment-related duties or to represent the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such Management Shareholder), ( iv ) failure to reasonably cooperate, following a request to do so by the Company, in any internal or governmental investigation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or ( v ) material breach of any written covenant or agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries not to disclose any information pertaining to the Company or such Subsidiary or not to compete or interfere with the Company or such Subsidiary; provided that in the case of any Management Shareholder who, as of the date of determination, is party to an effective services, severance or employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, “Cause” or “termination for Cause” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such agreement.

 

22


Certificate of Incorporation : the certificate of incorporation of the Company as in effect on the date hereof and as may be amended from time to time following the date hereof.

Closing : the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement.

Closing Date Value : $100 per share of Common Stock, as such number may be equitably adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, consolidation or any similar event affecting the Common Stock.

Common Stock : the Common Stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share (which shall include, for the avoidance of doubt, Rollover Shares) or any other securities of the Company or any other Person issued with respect to such Common Stock by way of a conversion, exchange, replacement, stock dividend or stock split or other distribution in connection with a combination of shares, conversion exchange, replacement, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise.

Contribution Agreement : the Contribution Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, by and among the Company, the LLC, Axle LLC, Axle Holdings, Inc., and each of the other parties identified therein.

Conversion Agreements : the Conversion Agreements, each dated as of April 20, 2007, between the Company and each of the Management Shareholders, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Conversion Stock Option Agreements : the Conversion Stock Option Agreements, each dated as of April 20, 2007, between the Company and each of the Management Shareholders, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Disability : with respect to a Management Shareholder, the termination of the employment of any Management Shareholder by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such individual (or by the Company on behalf of any such Subsidiary) as a result of such Management Shareholder’s incapacity due to reasonably documented physical or mental illness that shall have prevented such Management Shareholder from performing his or her duties for the Company on a full-time basis for more than six months and within 30 days after written notice has been given to such Management Shareholder, such Management Shareholder shall not have returned to the full time performance of his or her duties, in which case the date of termination shall be deemed to be the last day of the aforementioned 30-day period; provided that, in the case of any Management Shareholder who, as of the date of determination, is party to an effective services, severance or employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, “Disability” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such agreement.

Exchange Options : any options to purchase shares of Common Stock that were acquired by a Management Shareholder pursuant to a Conversion Agreement.

 

23


Good Reason or resignation for Good Reason : means a voluntary termination of a Management Shareholder’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such individual as a result of either of the following:

(i) without the Management Shareholder’s prior written consent, a reduction by the Company or any such Subsidiary of his or her current salary, other than any such reduction which is part of a general salary reduction or other concessionary arrangement affecting all employees or affecting the group of employees of which the Management Shareholder is a member (after receipt by the Company of written notice from such Management Shareholder and a 20-day cure period); or

(ii) the taking of any action by the Company or any such Subsidiary that would substantially diminish the aggregate value of the benefits provided him or her under the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s accident, disability, life insurance and any other employee benefit plans in which he or she was participating on the date of his or her execution of this Agreement, other than any such reduction which is (i) required by law, (ii) implemented in connection with a general reduction affecting all employees or affecting the group of employees of which the Management Shareholder is a member (after receipt by the Company of written notice from such Management Shareholder and a 20-day cure period), (iii) generally applicable to all beneficiaries of such plans (after receipt by the Company of written notice from such Management Shareholder and a 20-day cure period) or (iv) in accordance with the terms of any such plan;

or, if such Management Shareholder is party to a services, severance or employment agreement with the Company, the meaning as set forth in such agreement.

IPO : an underwritten initial bona fide public offering of Common Stock after which such Common Stock will be listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange, or quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, in each case, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

LLC Agreement : the Limited Liability Company Agreement of KAR Holdings II LLC, dated as of the date hereof, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Merger Agreement : the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 22, 2006, by and among ADESA, Inc., the Company, the LLC, and KAR Acquisition, Inc., as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Person : an individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust or other entity or organization, including a government or political subdivision or an agency or instrumentality thereof.

Registration : the closing of a public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

24


Registration Rights Agreement : the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, among the parties hereto, as the same may be amended modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Retirement : the termination of a Management Shareholder’s employment (other than for Cause) on or after the date the Management Shareholder attains age 65. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) with respect to any Management Shareholder who is a party to a services or employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, “Retirement” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such Management Shareholder’s services, severance or employment agreement and (ii) in the event a Management Shareholder whose employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates due to Retirement continues to serve as a member of the Board, or a consultant to the Company, such Management Shareholder’s employment with the Company or such Subsidiary shall not be deemed to have terminated for purposes of Section 2.1(b) and Section 3.1(b) until the date as of which such Management Shareholder’s services as a member of the Board, or as a consultant to the Company, shall have also terminated, at which time the Management Shareholder shall be deemed to have terminated employment due to Retirement.

Rollover Shares : any shares of Common Stock that were acquired by a Management Shareholder pursuant to a Conversion Agreement and/or the exercise of Exchange Options.

Securities Act : the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor federal statute, and the rules and regulations thereunder which shall be in effect at the time.

Shares : any shares of Common Stock or Exchange Options.

Stock Incentive Plan : the KAR Holdings Conversion Option Plan, adopted by the Company’s Board on April 20, 2007, as amended from time to time, and any other stock incentive plan that may be adopted by the Company’s Board from time to time.

Subsidiary : any entity a majority of whose outstanding voting securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

Third Party Investor : any Person other than the LLC or an Affiliate of the LLC.

Transfer : any direct or indirect sale, assignment, mortgage, transfer, gift, pledge or other form of disposal, including by operation of law.

—Signature page follows—

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Shareholders Agreement has been signed by each of the parties hereto, and shall be effective as of the date first above written.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Church M. Moore

Name:   Church M. Moore
Title:   Vice President
KAR HOLDINGS II, LLC
By:  

/s/ Thomas J. Carella

Name:   Thomas J. Carella
Title:  

/s/ Thomas C. O’Brien

Thomas C. O’Brien

/s/ Scott P. Pettit

Scott P. Pettit

/s/ David R. Montgomery

David R. Montgomery

/s/ Donald J. Hermanek

Donald J. Hermanek

/s/ John W. Kett

John W. Kett

/s/ John R. Nordin

John R. Nordin

 

26


/s/ Sidney L. Kerley

Sidney L. Kerley
SOLELY FOR PURPOSES OF THE LAST SENTENCE OF SECTION 23:
AXLE HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Sidney L Kerley

Name:  
Title:  
AXLE HOLDINGS II, LLC
By:  

/s/ Sidney L Kerley

Name:  
Title:  

 

27


Schedule 1

Management Shareholders

Thomas C. O’Brien

Scott P. Pettit

David R. Montgomery

Donald J. Hermanek

John W. Kett

John R. Nordin

Sidney L. Kerley

 

28


Exhibit A

SPOUSAL WAIVER

[INSERT NAME] hereby waives and releases any and all equitable or legal claims and rights, actual, inchoate or contingent, which she may acquire with respect to the disposition, voting or control of the Shares subject to the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, by and among KAR Holdings, Inc., KAR Holdings II, LLC and certain shareholders, as the same may be amended from time to time, except for rights in respect of the proceeds of any disposition of such Shares.

 

 

Name:

 

29

Exhibit 10.8

KAR Holdings, Inc.

c/o Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

April 20, 2007

Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Ladies and Gentlemen:

KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby agrees to retain you, Kelso & Company, L.P. (“ Kelso ”), and any of your affiliates or designees (collectively, with Kelso, the “ Kelso Group ”), to provide consulting and advisory services to the Company commencing on the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among ADESA, Inc. (“ ADESA ”), the Company, KAR Holdings II, LLC and KAR Acquisition, Inc., dated as of December 22, 2006 (the “ Merger Agreement ”)) for a term ending on the date on which Kelso and its affiliates (including Axle Holdings II, LLC) cease to own, directly or indirectly, any equity interests of the Company. Such services may include ( i ) assisting in the raising of additional debt and equity capital from time to time for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if deemed advisable by the Board of Directors of the Company, ( ii ) assisting the Company and its Subsidiaries in their long-term strategic planning generally, ( iii ) providing the Company with financial, investment banking, management advisory and other services with respect to proposed transactions directly or indirectly involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Transaction Services ”) and ( iv ) providing such other consulting and advisory services as the Company may reasonably request.

In consideration of the Kelso Group’s providing the foregoing services (other than the Transaction Services), the Company will, or will cause one of its Subsidiaries, to pay Kelso ( i ) a fee of $9,911,721.73 in cash, which amount shall be paid substantially concurrently with the consummation of the merger of KAR Acquisition, Inc. with and into ADESA pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement (the “ Merger ”), and ( ii ) an annual advisory fee of $1,315,996.32, payable quarterly in advance on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 (or the first business day following each such date), provided that the first payment shall be due on the Closing Date and shall be in an amount pro-rated for the period from the Closing Date to the end of the then current fiscal quarter. If the Kelso Group invests, directly or indirectly, additional equity in the Company or any of its affiliates on one or more occasions after the Closing Date, then, in each such case, the Company and Kelso will negotiate in good faith to effect a mutually acceptable increase to such advisory fee. In consideration of the Kelso Group’s


providing Transaction Services, the Company will pay Kelso a fee to be agreed between the Company and Kelso. The Company shall reimburse Kelso promptly for the Kelso Group’s out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with any investment by the Kelso Group, directly or indirectly, in the Company or any of its affiliates, whether made on or after the Closing Date, including any investment in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “ Acquisition ”) and including in connection with any sale or transfer, directly or indirectly, of its equity interests in the Company or any affiliates. Such costs and expenses shall include, but not be limited to, those incurred by the Kelso Group in the course of monitoring its investment in the Company and performing Kelso’s duties (including, without limitation, Transaction Services) hereunder.

The Company will indemnify each member of the Kelso Group, and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and control persons (as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder) to the full extent lawful against any and all claims, losses and expenses as incurred (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of any such indemnitee’s counsel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of and preparation for any such pending or threatened claims and any litigation or other proceedings arising therefrom) arising in connection with the Merger, the Acquisition, any of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (including the financing of the Merger), which includes any investment made by the Kelso Group in Axle Holdings II, LLC (and, indirectly, Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.) prior to the Closing Date (the “ IAAI Acquisition ”), or such indemnitee’s investment in the Acquisition or the IAAI Acquisition or out of any services rendered by the Kelso Group hereunder (or under that certain financial advisory agreement entered into by and between Kelso and Axle Merger Sub, Inc., dated as of February 22, 2005) and or any such indemnitee being a controlling person of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; provided , however , there shall be excluded from such indemnification any such claim, loss or expense to the extent that it is based upon any action or failure to act by such indemnitee that is found in a final judicial determination to constitute gross negligence or intentional misconduct on such indemnitee’s part; provided , further , however , there shall also be excluded from such indemnification any such claim, loss or expense to the extent that it is based solely upon a breach of the Contribution Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Axle Holdings II, LLC, the Company and the other parties named therein. The Company will advance costs and expenses, including attorney’s fees, incurred by any such indemnitee in defending any such claim in advance of the final disposition of such claim upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such indemnitee to repay amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

The Company’s obligations set forth in this Agreement shall survive the termination of Kelso’s services pursuant to the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

2


This Agreement may not be amended or revised except by a writing signed by the parties.

This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

[remainder of the page intentionally left blank]

 

3


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, kindly so indicate by signing a counterpart of this letter, whereupon it will become a binding agreement between us.

 

Very truly yours,
KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Church M. Moore

Name:   Church M. Moore
Title:   Vice President

 

Agreed and accepted:
KELSO & COMPANY, L.P.
By:  

Kelso & Companies, Inc.,

its general partner

  By:  

/s/ Howard A. Matlin

  Name:   Howard A. Matlin
  Title:   Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 10.9

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Conversion Option Plan

SECTION 1.

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Plan (as such term and any other capitalized terms used herein without definition are defined in Section 2) is to allow certain Employees and Consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries who hold existing stock options to purchase shares of Axle Holdings, Inc. common stock to convert such stock options into options to purchase Common Stock. Such conversion will occur in connection with the transactions by which Axle Holdings, Inc. will become a Subsidiary. Following the conversion of such stock options into Options, no other Options shall be granted under this Plan.

SECTION 2.

DEFINITIONS

Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Act : the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Adjustment Event : shall mean any stock dividend, stock split or share combination of, or extraordinary cash dividend on, the Common Stock, or any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares affecting the Common Stock, or any issuance of any warrants or rights offering (other than any such issuance or offering under the Plan) to purchase Common Stock at a price materially below Fair Market Value, or any other similar event affecting the Common Stock.

Award : shall mean individually or collectively, a grant of Options under the Plan.

Award Agreement : any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.


Axle LLC Agreement : the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Axle Holdings II, LLC, as amended from time to time.

Board : the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause : ( i ) the refusal or neglect of the Participant to perform substantially his or her employment-related duties, ( ii ) the Participant’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct or breach of fiduciary duty, ( iii ) the Participant’s conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere (or any applicable equivalent thereof) to a crime constituting a felony (or a crime or offense of equivalent magnitude in any jurisdiction) or his or her willful violation of any other law, rule, or regulation (other than a traffic violation or other offense or violation outside of the course of employment which in no way adversely affects the Company or any Subsidiary or its reputation or the ability of the Participant to perform his or her employment related duties or to represent the Company or any Subsidiary) ( iv ) the Participant’s failure to reasonably cooperate, following a request to do so by the Company, in any internal or governmental investigation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or ( v ) the material breach by the Participant of any covenant or agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, or any written policy of the Company or any Subsidiary, not to disclose any information pertaining to the Company or any Subsidiary or not to compete or interfere with the Company or any Subsidiary; provided that, with respect to any Participant who is party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, “Cause” shall have the meaning specified in such Participant’s employment agreement or, in the case of any such Participant who is not party to an employment agreement but is a party to the Shareholders Agreement, “Cause” shall have the meaning specified in the Shareholders Agreement.

Code : the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee : the Compensation Committee of the Board or, if there shall not be any such committee then serving, the Board.

Common Stock : the common stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share.

Company : KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

Consultant : any independent contractor providing services to the Company or any Subsidiary.

Disability : the termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary as a result of such Participant’s incapacity due to reasonably documented physical or mental illness that shall have prevented such Participant from

 

2


performing his duties for the Company on a full-time basis for more than six months and within 30 days after written notice of termination has been given to such Participant, such Participant shall not have returned to the full time performance of his duties. The date of termination in the case of a termination due to “Disability” shall be deemed to be the last day of the aforementioned 30-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, ( i ) with respect to any Participant who is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, “Disability” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such Participant’s employment agreement or, with respect to any such Participant who is not party to an employment agreement but is a party to the Shareholders Agreement, “Disability” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in the Shareholders Agreement, and ( ii ) in the event a Participant whose employment with the Company terminates due to Disability continues to serve as a director of or a consultant to the Company, such Participant’s employment with the Company shall not be deemed to have terminated for purposes of the Plan or any Award Agreement evidencing Awards granted to such Participant until the date as of which such Participant’s services as a director of and consultant to the Company shall have also terminated.

Employee : any officer or other key employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

Exit Event : shall mean an “Exit Event” as defined in the Axle LLC Agreement.

Exit Event Price : the price per share of Common Stock paid in conjunction with any transaction resulting in an Exit Event (as determined in good faith by the Committee if any part of the price is paid other than in cash).

Fair Market Value : if no Initial Public Offering has occurred, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement. Following an Initial Public Offering, the Fair Market Value, on any date of determination, shall mean the average of the closing sales prices for a share of Common Stock as reported on a national exchange for each of the ten business days preceding the date of determination or the average of the last transaction prices for a share of Common Stock as reported on a nationally recognized system of price quotation for each of the ten business days preceding the date of determination. In the event that there are no Common Stock transactions reported on such exchange or system on such business day, Fair Market Value shall mean the closing price on the immediately preceding date on which Common Stock transactions were so reported.

Good Reason : the termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary shall be for “Good Reason” if such Participant voluntarily terminates his or her employment with the Company or any Subsidiary as a result of either of the following: ( i ) without such Participant’s prior written consent, a significant

 

3


reduction by the Company or any Subsidiary of his or her current salary, other than any such reduction which is (A) required by law or (B) part of a general salary reduction or other concessionary arrangement affecting all employees or affecting the group of employees of which the Participant is a member (after receipt by the Company or such Subsidiary of written notice and the expiration of a 20-day cure period) or ( ii ) the taking of any action by the Company or any Subsidiary that would substantially diminish the aggregate value of the benefits provided him or her under the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s accident, disability, life insurance and any other employee benefit plans in which he or she was participating on the date of his or her execution of the applicable Award agreement, other than any such reduction which is ( A ) required by law, (B) implemented in connection with a general reduction affecting all employees or affecting the group of employees of which the Participant is a member (after receipt by the Company of written notice from such Participant and a 20-day cure period), (C) generally applicable to all beneficiaries of such plans (after receipt by the Company of written notice from such Participant and a 20-day cure period) or (D) in accordance with the terms of any such plan; provided that , with respect to any Participant who is party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, “Good Reason” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such Participant's employment agreement or, in the case of any such Participant who is not party to an employment agreement but is a party to the Shareholders Agreement, “Good Reason” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in the Shareholders Agreement.

Kelso : Kelso Investment Associates VII, L.P.

Kelso Entities : collectively, Kelso and KEP VI, LLC.

Initial Public Offering : shall mean an “Initial Public Offering” as defined in the Shareholders Agreement.

Option : the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Plan at a stated price for a specified period of time. For purposes of the Plan, an Option may be either ( i ) an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code (an “ Incentive Stock Option ”) or ( ii ) an Option which is not an Incentive Stock Option (a “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ”).

Participant : any Employee designated by the Committee to receive an Award under the Plan.

Permitted Transferee : a transferee permitted under Section 1.3 or 1.4 of the Shareholders Agreement.

Plan : this KAR Holdings, Inc. Conversion Option Plan, as set forth herein and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

4


Registration Rights Agreement : the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, KAR Holdings II, LLC and certain other stockholders of the Company, as it may be amended from time to time.

Retirement : the voluntary termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary (other than for Cause) on or after the date the Participant attains age 65. Notwithstanding the foregoing, ( i ) with respect to any Participant who is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, “Retirement” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such Participant’s employment agreement or, with respect to any such Participant who is not party to an employment agreement but is a party to the Shareholders Agreement, “Retirement” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in the Shareholders Agreement, and ( ii ) in the event a Participant whose employment with the Company terminates due to Retirement continues to serve as a director of or a consultant to the Company, such Participant’s employment with the Company shall not be deemed to have terminated for purposes of the Plan or any Option agreement evidencing Options granted to such Participant until the date as of which such Participant’s services as a director of and consultant to the Company shall have also terminated, at which time the Participant shall be deemed to have terminated employment due to retirement.

Shareholders Agreement : the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, KAR Holdings II, LLC and certain other stockholders of the Company, as it may be amended from time to time.

Subsidiary : any corporation a majority of whose outstanding voting securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

Voluntary Resignation : the termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary by the Participant other than for Good Reason (provided that the time of such termination the Company does not have the right to terminate the Participant for Cause); provided that, with respect to any Participant who is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, “Voluntary Resignation” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such Participant’s employment agreement.

SECTION 3.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

Participants in the Plan shall be those Employees and Consultants selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan. The selection of an Employee or Consultant

 

5


as a Participant shall neither entitle such Employee or Consultant to, nor disqualify such Employee or Consultant from, participation in any other award or incentive plan of the Company or any Subsidiary.

SECTION 4.

ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Power to Grant and Establish Terms of Awards . The Committee shall have the discretionary authority, subject to the terms of the Plan, to determine the Employees and Consultants to whom Awards shall be granted (which may include Employees who are members of the Committee) and the terms and conditions of any and all Awards, including, but not limited to, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each Option, the time or times at which Awards shall be granted and the terms and provisions of the instruments by which Awards shall be evidenced and to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. The Committee may condition the grant of an Award upon a Participant's execution of the Shareholders Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement. The proper officers of the Company may suggest to the Committee the Participants who should receive Awards. The terms and conditions of each Award grant shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant. The Committee may establish different terms and conditions for different Participants receiving Awards and for the same Participant for each Award such Participant may receive, whether or not granted at the same or different times. The grant of any Award to any Employee or Consultant shall neither entitle such Employee or Consultant to, nor disqualify him from, the grant of any other Award.

4.2. Substitute Awards . The Committee shall have the right to grant, in substitution for outstanding Awards, replacement Awards which may contain terms more favorable to the Participant than the Awards they replace and to cancel replaced Awards.

4.3. Administration . The Committee shall be responsible for the administration of the Plan. Any Awards granted by the Committee may be subject to such conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion. The Committee shall have discretionary authority to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to provide for conditions deemed necessary or advisable to protect the interests of the Company, to interpret the Plan and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration and interpretation of the Plan and to carry out its provisions and purposes. Determinations, interpretations or other actions made or taken by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons and shall be given deference in any proceeding with respect thereto. The Committee may consult with legal counsel, who may be counsel to the Company, and shall not incur any liability for any action taken in good faith in reliance upon the advice of counsel.

 

6


SECTION 5.

STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

5.1. Number . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to Options under the Plan may not exceed 296,745 shares. The shares of Common Stock to be delivered under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of shares held in treasury or authorized but unissued shares not reserved for any other purpose. All shares available for issuance under the Plan may be made subject to the grant of Incentive Stock Options.

5.2. Canceled, Terminated or Forfeited Awards . Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award which for any reason expires or is canceled, terminated, forfeited, exchanged, surrendered, substituted for or otherwise settled without the issuance of such shares of Common Stock shall again be available for grant under the Plan.

5.3. Adjustment in Capitalization . The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for grants of Awards under Section 5.1 or subject to outstanding Award grants and the respective prices and/or vesting criteria applicable to outstanding Awards shall be proportionately adjusted to reflect, as deemed equitable and appropriate by the Committee, each Adjustment Event. To the extent deemed equitable and appropriate by the Committee, in its good faith judgment, and subject to any required action by stockholders, in any Adjustment Event (other than an Exit Event), any Award granted under the Plan shall pertain to the securities or other property to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award would have been entitled to receive in connection with such event.

SECTION 6.

STOCK OPTIONS

6.1. Grant of Options . Options may be granted to Participants at such time or times as shall be determined by the Committee, provided that any such grants are conditioned upon the Participant's execution of the Registration Rights Agreement and Shareholders Agreement. Options granted pursuant to this Plan may be of two types: ( i ) Incentive Stock Options and ( ii ) Non-Qualified Stock Options. The date of grant of an Option under the Plan will be the date on which the Option is awarded by the Committee or, if so determined by the Committee on the date of award of an Option, the date on

 

7


which occurs any event the occurrence of which is an express condition precedent to the grant of the Option. The Committee shall determine the number of Options, if any, to be granted to a Participant. Each Option shall be evidenced by an Option agreement that shall specify the type of Option granted, the exercise price, the duration of the Option, the number of shares of Common Stock to which the Option pertains, the conditions upon which the Options or any portion thereof shall become vested or exercisable and otherwise shall be in substantially the form of the Option agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A, subject to such changes not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee shall determine, in its good faith judgment, to be equitable and appropriate.

6.2. Option Price . Non-Qualified Stock Options and Incentive Stock Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall have an exercise price per share of Common Stock determined by the Committee; provided that such per share exercise price may not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted. No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries if such employee owns, immediately prior to the grant of the Incentive Stock Option, stock representing more than 10 percent of the voting power or more than 10 percent of the value of all classes of stock of the Company or a Subsidiary, unless the purchase price for the stock under the Incentive Stock Option shall be at least 110 percent of its Fair Market Value at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted and the Incentive Stock Option, by its terms, shall not be exercisable more than five years from the date it is granted. In determining the stock ownership under the paragraph, the provisions of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be controlling.

6.3. Exercise of Options . Options awarded to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable at such times and shall be subject to such restrictions and conditions, including the performance of a minimum period of service or the satisfaction of performance goals, as the Committee may impose at the time of grant of such Options, subject to the Committee’s right to accelerate the exercisability of such Options in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable on or after the tenth anniversary of the date on which it is granted. Except as may be provided in any provision approved by the Committee pursuant to this Section 6.3, after becoming exercisable, each installment of an Option shall remain exercisable until expiration, termination or cancellation of the Option. Subject to Section 9.7, an Option may be exercised from time to time, in whole or in part, up to the total number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which it is then exercisable.

6.4. Payment . The Committee shall establish procedures governing the exercise of Options, which shall require that ( x ) as a condition to the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Options prior to an Initial Public Offering, the Participant (or any other person or entity entitled to exercise the Options) become a party to the Shareholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to such shares, ( y ) written notice of exercise be given to the Company and

 

8


( z ) the Option exercise price be paid in full at the time of exercise in one of the following ways: ( i ) in cash or cash equivalents, ( ii ) with the consent of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock, valued at the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, or (if permitted by the Committee and subject to such terms and conditions as it may determine) by surrender of outstanding Awards under the Plan, or (iii) the Committee may permit such payment of exercise price by any other method it deems satisfactory in its discretion (including by permitting broker's cashless exercise procedure). Subject to Section 9.4, as soon as practicable after receipt of a written exercise notice, payment of the Option exercise price and receipt of evidence of the Participant's execution of the Shareholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement in accordance with this Section 6.4, the Company shall deliver to the Participant a certificate or certificates representing the acquired shares of Common Stock.

6.5. Repurchase of Options . Upon any termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company may repurchase all or any portion of the Options then held by such Participant in accordance with the terms of the Shareholders Agreement.

6.6. Termination of Unvested Options . Subject to Section 6.10, upon the termination of a Participant’s employment, any Options that are not then exercisable shall terminate and be cancelled effective upon the date of such termination.

6.7. Termination of Employment Without Cause or for Good Reason . Subject to Sections 6.5 and 6.10, in the event a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason, any Options granted to such Participant which, on or prior to the date of such termination, have become exercisable in accordance with Section 6.3, may be exercised at any time during the 60 day period following the Participant’s termination of employment or the expiration of the term of the Options, whichever period is shorter, and shall terminate immediately thereafter.

6.8. Termination of Employment Due to Death, Disability or Retirement . Subject to Sections 6.5 and 6.10, in the event a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates by reason of Retirement, death or Disability, any Options granted to such Participant which on or prior to the date of such termination, have become exercisable in accordance with Section 6.3, may be exercised by the Participant or the Participant’s designated beneficiary (or, if no such beneficiary is named, in accordance with Section 9.2) at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Participant’s termination of employment or the expiration of the term of the Options, whichever period is shorter, and shall terminate immediately thereafter.

6.9. Termination of Employment For Cause or Due to Voluntary Resignation . Subject to Section 6.5, in the event a Participant’s employment with the

 

9


Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for Cause or due to Voluntary Resignation, all Options granted to such Participant which are then outstanding (whether or not exercisable on or prior to the date of such termination) shall be immediately forfeited and cancelled.

6.10. Committee Discretion. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Section 6 to the contrary, the Committee may permit all or any portion of any Options to be exercised following a Participant’s termination of employment for any reason on such terms and subject to such conditions not less favorable to such Participant than those terms and conditions provided for herein or in the Option agreement evidencing the grant to such Participant of the applicable Options, as the Committee shall determine for a period up to and including, but not beyond, the expiration of the term of such Options.

SECTION 7.

EXIT EVENT

7.1. Accelerated Vesting and Payment . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, but subject to Section 7.2, in the event of an Exit Event, each Option that, by its terms, becomes exercisable solely upon the completion of a stated period of service (whether or not then exercisable), together with any outstanding Options that, prior to or in connection with such Exit Event, have become exercisable in connection with the attainment of performance objectives, shall be canceled in exchange for a payment in cash by the Company to each Option holder of an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the Exit Event Price over the exercise price for such Option. Any other Options shall be cancelled, forfeited and of no further effect.

7.2. Alternative Awards . If provided in the Option agreement evidencing the Options, no cancellation or cash settlement or other payment shall occur with respect to any Option that would otherwise have been cancelled pursuant to Section 7.1 if the Committee reasonably determines in good faith prior to the occurrence of an Exit Event that such Option shall be honored or assumed, or new rights substituted therefor (such honored, assumed or substituted award hereinafter called an “ Alternative Award ”) by a Participant’s employer (or the parent or a subsidiary of such employer) immediately following the Exit Event, provided that any such Alternative Award must:

(i) provide such Participant (or each Participant in a class of Participants) with rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights applicable under such Option, including, but not limited to, a substantially similar or better exercise or vesting schedule and substantially similar or better timing and methods of payment; and

 

10


(ii) have substantially equivalent economic value to such Option (determined at the time of the Exit Event).

7.3. Conflict with Option Agreement . With respect to any Options granted hereunder that may become exercisable upon the attainment of performance objectives (including, without limitation, specified returns with respect to the Investor Members’ (as defined in the KAR LLC Agreement) investment, directly or indirectly, in the Company and its affiliates), in the event of a conflict between this Section 7 and the terms and conditions set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Options, the terms and conditions set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Options shall control.

7.4. Limitation on Benefits . Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or an Option agreement to the contrary if, whether as a result of accelerated vesting, the grant of an Alternative Award or otherwise, a Participant would receive any payment, deemed payment or other benefit as a result of the operation of Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 that, together with any other payment, deemed payment or other benefit a Participant may receive under any other plan, program, policy or arrangement, would constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, then, notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the payments, deemed payments or other benefits such Participant would otherwise receive under Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 shall be reduced to the extent necessary to eliminate any such excess parachute payment and such Participant shall have no further rights or claims with respect thereto. If the preceding sentence would result in a reduction of the payments, deemed payments or other benefits a Participant would otherwise receive, the Company will use its good faith efforts to seek the approval of the Company’s shareholders in the manner provided for in Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code and the regulations thereunder with respect to such reduced payments or other benefits (if the Company is eligible to do so), so that such payments would not be treated as “parachute payments” for these purposes (and therefore would cease to be subject to reduction pursuant to this Section 7.4).

SECTION 8.

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

8.1. In General . The Committee may at any time and from time to time alter, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; provided , however , that unless otherwise determined by the Committee, an amendment that requires shareholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with Section 162(m) or any other law, regulation or stock exchange requirement shall not be effective unless approved by the requisite vote of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment to or termination of the Plan shall affect adversely any of the rights of any Participant, without such Participant's consent, under any Award theretofore granted under the Plan.

 

11


8.2. Public Offering . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of an Initial Public Offering, the Committee shall have the authority to amend any outstanding Options to provide for ( i ) subject to Section 8.1 above, the substitution of the exercisability criteria that may relate to the Kelso Entities return on their investment with criteria based on stock price and ( ii ) the imposition of certain blackout periods, in each case, as the Committee shall determine to be appropriate; provided that such amendments shall preserve the economic value of the Options, as determined by the Committee in its sole good faith discretion.

SECTION 9.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

9.1. Nontransferability of Awards . Unless the Committee shall permit (on such terms and conditions as it shall establish) an Award to be transferred to a Permitted Transferee, no Award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by such Participant or, if permitted by the Committee, any such Permitted Transferee.

9.2. Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant under the Plan may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid or by whom any right under the Plan is to be exercised in case of his death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Committee and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Committee during his lifetime. In the absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid or Options outstanding at the Participant’s death shall be paid to or exercisable by the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise to or by his estate.

9.3. No Guarantee of Employment or Participation; No Additional Compensation for Loss of Rights Under Plan . Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate any Participant’s employment or service relationship at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary. No Employee or Consultant shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to receive any future Option grants. If any Participant’s employment or service relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary shall be terminated for any

 

12


reason, such Participant shall not be entitled to any compensation or other form of remuneration with respect to such termination (except as otherwise provided herein) to compensate such Participant for the loss of any rights under the Plan notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in his or her contract of employment or consultancy.

9.4. Tax Withholding . The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the power to withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company or such Subsidiary promptly upon notification of the amount due, an amount sufficient to satisfy the statutory minimum federal, state, local and foreign withholding tax requirements with respect to any Option and the Company or such Subsidiary may defer payment of cash or issuance or delivery of Common Stock until such requirements are satisfied.

9.5. Indemnification . Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Board or the Committee (an “ Indemnified Person ”) shall, to the maximum extent provided under the Company’s By-Laws as in effect on the effective date of the Plan, be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which such Indemnified Person may be made a party or in which such Indemnified Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan (or any option agreement) and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnified Person in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by such Indemnified Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Indemnified Person; provided that such Indemnified Person shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before such Indemnified Person undertakes to handle and defend the same on such Indemnified Person’s own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive and shall be independent of any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnified Person may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law or otherwise.

9.6. No Limitation on Compensation . Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company to establish other plans or to pay compensation to its employees in cash or property.

9.7. Requirements of Law . The granting of Awards, the exercisability of any Options and the issuance of shares of Common Stock shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

9.8. Governing Law . The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

13


9.9. No Impact On Benefits . Awards granted under the Plan are not compensation for purposes of calculating the rights of an Employee or Consultant under any employee benefit plan.

9.10. Securities Law Compliance . Instruments evidencing the grant of Awards may contain such other provisions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as the Committee deems advisable, including a requirement that a Participant represent to the Company in writing, when such Participant receives shares upon exercise of an Option (or at such other time as the Committee deems appropriate) that such Participant is acquiring such shares (unless they are then covered by an effective registration statement filed under the Act) for such Participant’s own account for investment only and with no present intention to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of such shares except such disposition by a legal representative as shall be required by will or the laws of any jurisdiction in winding up the estate of such Participant. Such shares shall be transferable only if the proposed transfer shall be permissible pursuant to the Plan and if, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, such transfer at such time will be in compliance with all applicable securities laws.

9.11. Freedom of Action . Subject to Section 7, nothing in the Plan or any agreement entered into pursuant to this Plan shall be construed as limiting or preventing the Company or any Subsidiary from taking any action with respect to the operation or conduct of its business that it deems appropriate or in its best interest.

9.12. No Fiduciary Relationship . Nothing contained in the Plan and no action taken pursuant to the Plan shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or any fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Subsidiary and any Participant or executor, administrator or other personal representative or designated beneficiary of such Participant, or any other persons.

9.13. No Right to Particular Assets . Any reserves that may be established by the Company in connection with this Plan shall continue to be held as part of the general funds of the Company, and no individual or entity other than the Company shall have any interest in such funds until paid to a Participant.

9.14. Unsecured Creditor . To the extent that any Participant or his executor, administrator or other personal representative, as the case may be, acquires a right to receive any payment from the Company pursuant to this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.

9.15. Code Section 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, to the extent that any Award would be subject to Section 409A of the Code, no such Award may be granted if it would fail to comply with the requirements set forth in Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that the Committee determines that the Plan

 

14


or any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code and fails to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, the Committee reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan and/or amend, restructure, terminate or replace the Award in order to cause the Award to either not be subject to Section 409A of the Code or to comply with the applicable provisions of such section.

9.16. Severability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

9.17. Term of Plan . This Plan shall be effective as of the date of its adoption by the Board and shall expire on the tenth anniversary of such date (except as to Options outstanding on that date), unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 8.

 

15

Exhibit 10.10

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

FORM OF CONVERSION STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

CONVERSION STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of              ,          , between KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and                      (the “ Employee ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meaning set forth in Section 15 hereof.

WHEREAS, ADESA, Inc., a Delaware corporation ( ADESA ), Holdings, KAR Holdings II, LLC ( KAR LLC ) and KAR Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings ( Buyer ), have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 22, 2006, which provides, among other things, for the merger of Buyer with and into ADESA, with ADESA continuing as the surviving corporation (the ADESA Merger );

WHEREAS, in anticipation of the ADESA Merger, Axle Holdings II, LLC ( Axle LLC ) entered into a Contribution Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007 with KAR LLC and the other parties named therein pursuant to which Axle LLC agreed to contribute (the Initial Contribution ) all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Axle Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation ( Axle Holdings ), to KAR LLC in exchange for common units in KAR LLC, and immediately following the Contribution KAR LLC agreed to contribute (the Subsequent Contribution and together with the Initial Contribution, the Contributions ) all of such shares in Axle Holdings to Holdings, and following the Contributions, Axle Holdings will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Contributions, Holdings and the Employee entered into a Conversion Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007 (the “ Conversion Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Employee agreed to convert certain options to purchase shares of common stock of Axle Holdings held by the Employee prior to the Contributions (the “ Axle Holdings Options ) for options to purchase shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Holdings (“ Holdings Common Stock ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Confirmation of Grant, Option Price .

(a) Confirmation of Grant . Holdings hereby evidences and confirms the grant to the Employee, effective as of the date hereof (the “ Grant Date ”), of options to purchase from Holdings the number of shares of Holdings Common Stock (the “ Options ”) specified on Schedule A hereto; provided , however , that such grant is expressly conditioned upon the Employee executing the Shareholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.


(b) Option Price . Each Option shall have the exercise price per share (the “ Option Price ”) specified on Schedule A hereto.

(c) Character of Options . The Options granted hereunder are not intended to be “incentive stock options” within the meaning of section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).

2. Vesting, Exercisability and Forfeiture .

All Options granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be fully vested as of the date hereof and shall terminate on the date specified on Schedule A hereto, which is the date the applicable Axle Holdings Options would have otherwise terminated if the Employee had not entered into the Conversion Agreement and if the Axle Holdings Options had remained outstanding following the Contributions (the “ Expiration Date ”). All Options may be exercised, subject to the provisions hereof, upon the same terms and conditions as were applicable to the Axle Holdings Options under, as the case may be, an exchange option award agreement between the Employee and Axle Holdings, an option award agreement between the Employee and Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. (“ IAA ”), the IAA 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and the IAA 1991 Stock Option Plan.

3. Method of Exercise and Payment .

All or part of the Options may be exercised by the Employee upon ( a ) the Employee’s written notice to Holdings of exercise, ( b ) the Employee’s payment of the Option Price in full at the time of exercise ( i ) in cash or cash equivalents, ( ii ) with the consent of the Committee, in unencumbered shares of Holdings Common Stock owned by the Employee for at least six (6) months (or such longer period as is required by applicable accounting standards to avoid a charge to earnings) having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to such Option Price, or (if permitted by the Committee and subject to such terms and conditions as it may determine) by surrender of outstanding awards under the KAR Holdings, Inc. Conversion Option Plan, or ( iii ) in accordance with such procedures or in such other form as the Committee shall from time to time determine (including by permitting broker's cashless exercise procedure). As soon as practicable after receipt of a written exercise notice and payment in full of the exercise price of any Options, but subject to Section 6 below, Holdings shall deliver to the Employee a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Holdings Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of such Options, registered in the name of the Employee; provided that, if Holdings, in its sole discretion, shall determine that, under applicable securities laws, any certificates issued under this Section 3 must bear a legend restricting the transfer of such Holdings Common Stock, such certificates shall bear the appropriate legend. It is agreed that Employee may satisfy clause (a) above by delivering written notice to Holdings of his desire to pay the Option Price as described in the preceding sentence on or before the exercise date.

 

2


4. Termination of Employment .

(a) Upon any termination of the Employee's employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, the Options (or any shares of Holdings Common Stock purchased by the Employee upon exercise of the Options) then held by the Employee shall be subject to Sections 2 (“Put Rights”) and 3 (“Call Rights”) of the Shareholders Agreement.

(b) Upon a termination of the Employee's employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, any Options then held by the Employee shall be governed by the terms and conditions relating to termination of employment as were applicable to the Axle Holdings Options under, as the case may be, an exchange option award agreement between the Employee and Axle Holdings, an option award agreement between the Employee and IAA, the IAA 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and the IAA 1991 Stock Option Plan.

5. Exit Event .

(a) Payment . Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine in the manner set forth in Section 5(b), in the event of an Exit Event, each outstanding Option shall be cancelled in exchange for a payment in cash of an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Exit Event Price over the Option Price.

(b) Alternative Options . Notwithstanding Section 5(a), no cancellation or cash settlement or other payment shall occur with respect to any Option in connection with an Exit Event if the Committee reasonably determines in good faith, prior to the occurrence of such Exit Event, that such Option shall be honored or assumed, or new rights substituted therefor (such honored, assumed or substituted Option being hereinafter referred to as an “ Alternative Option ”) by the new employer; provided that any such Alternative Option must:

(i) provide the Employee that held such Option with rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights, terms and conditions applicable under such Option, including, but not limited to, an identical or better exercise and vesting schedule and identical or better timing and methods of payment; and

(ii) have substantially equivalent economic value to such Option (determined at the time of the Exit Event).

6. Tax Withholdings .

Whenever Holdings Common Stock is to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or any cash payment is to be made hereunder, Holdings or any

 

3


Subsidiary shall have the power to withhold, or require the Employee to remit to Holdings or such Subsidiary, an amount sufficient to satisfy the statutory minimum federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements relating to such transaction (which amount may be paid in whole or in part by withholding a number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Option), and Holdings or such Subsidiary may defer payment of cash or issuance of Holdings Common Stock until such requirements are satisfied.

7. Nontransferability of Awards .

No Options granted hereby may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, encumbered or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than as permitted under the terms of the Shareholders Agreement.

8. Beneficiary Designation .

The Employee may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) by whom any right under this Agreement is to be exercised in case of his death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Employee, shall be in a form reasonably prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed by the Employee in writing with the Committee during his lifetime. If no beneficiary is named, or if a named beneficiary does not survive the Employee, benefits remaining unpaid or Options outstanding at the Employee’s death shall be paid to or exercisable by the Employee’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise to his estate, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Shareholders Agreement.

9. Adjustment in Capitalization .

The aggregate number of shares of Holdings Common Stock subject to outstanding Option grants and the respective exercise prices applicable to outstanding Options, shall be proportionately adjusted to reflect, as deemed equitable and appropriate by the Committee, any stock dividend, stock split or share combination of, or extraordinary cash dividend on, the Holdings Common Stock, or any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, or exchange of shares affecting the Holdings Common Stock, or any issuance of any warrants or rights offering or any other similar event affecting the Holdings Common Stock. All determinations and calculations required under this Section 9 shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee.

10. Requirements of Law .

The issuance of shares of Holdings Common Stock pursuant to the Options shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be

 

4


required. No shares of Holdings Common Stock shall be issued upon exercise of any Options granted hereunder, if such exercise would result in a violation of applicable law, including the U.S. federal securities laws and any applicable state or foreign securities laws.

11. No Guarantee of Employment .

Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of Holdings or any Subsidiary to terminate the Employee’s employment at any time, or confer upon the Employee any right to continue in the employ of Holdings or any Subsidiary.

12. No Rights as Stockholder .

Except as otherwise required by law, the Employee shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Holdings Common Stock covered by the Options granted hereby until such time as the shares of Holdings Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Options have been so issued.

13. Restrictions on Sale Upon Public Offering .

Except as otherwise provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Employee agrees that, in the event that Holdings files a registration statement under the Act with respect to a public offering of any shares of its capital stock, the Employee will not effect any sale or distribution of any shares of the Holdings Common Stock including, but not limited to, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act, within seven days prior to and 90 days (unless Holdings, in consultation with the managing underwriter, determines that a longer period, not to exceed 180 days, is required, or such shorter period as the managing underwriter for any underwritten offering may agree) after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration (the “ Trigger Date ”), except as part of such registration or unless, in the case of a sale or distribution not involving a public offering, the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to this Section 13; provided that, with respect to any shelf registration statement on Form S-3, the Trigger Date shall be the pricing of any offering made under such registration statement and the Employee agrees to execute a customary holdback agreement with the underwriters for any such public offering.

14. Interpretation; Construction .

Any determination or interpretation by the Committee under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be final and conclusive on all persons affected hereby.

 

5


15. Additional Definitions .

Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Act : the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Board : the Board of Directors of Holdings.

Committee : the Compensation Committee of the Board or, if there shall not be any such committee then serving, the Board.

Exit Event : shall mean an “Exit Event” as defined in the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Axle LLC.

Exit Event Price : the price per share of Holdings Common Stock paid in conjunction with any transaction resulting in an Exit Event (as determined in good faith by the Committee if any part of the price is paid other than in cash).

Fair Market Value : if no Public Offering has occurred, the fair market value of a share of Holdings Common Stock shall be determined in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement. Following a Public Offering, the Fair Market Value, on any date of determination, shall mean the average of the closing sales prices for a share of Holdings Common Stock as reported on a national exchange for each of the ten business days preceding the date of determination or the average of the last transaction prices for a share of Holdings Common Stock as reported on a nationally recognized system of price quotation for each of the ten business days preceding the date of determination. In the event that there are no Holdings Common Stock transactions reported on such exchange or system on such business day, Fair Market Value shall mean the closing price on the immediately preceding date on which Holdings Common Stock transactions were so reported.

Public Offering : an underwritten initial bona fide public offering of Holdings Common Stock after which such Holdings Common Stock will be listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange, or quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, in each case, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act.

Registration Rights Agreement : the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, among Holdings, KAR LLC and certain other stockholders of Holdings, as it may be amended from time to time to add certain other shareholders (including Employee) of Holdings as a party thereto.

 

6


Section 409A : Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and guidance issued thereunder (and any successor section).

Shareholders Agreement : the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, among Holdings, KAR LLC and certain other shareholders (including Employee) of Holdings, as it may be amended from time to time.

Subsidiary : any corporation a majority of whose outstanding voting securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by Holdings.

16. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . All notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if ( i ) delivered personally, ( ii ) mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, ( iii ) sent by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, or ( iv ) sent by fax, as follows:

 

  (i) If to Holdings, to it at:

KAR Holdings, Inc.

c/o Kelso & Company

320 Park Avenue, 24 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Tel: 212-751-3939

Fax: 212-223-2379

Attention: James J. Connors II, Esq.

 

  (ii) If to the Employee, to the Employee’s last known home address,

or to such other person or address as any party shall specify by notice in writing to Holdings. All such notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers and other communications shall be deemed to have been received ( w ) if by personal delivery on the day after such delivery, ( x ) if by certified or registered mail, on the fifth business day after the mailing thereof, ( y ) if by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, on the day delivered, or ( z ) if by fax, on the day delivered; provided that such delivery is confirmed.

(b) Binding Effect; Benefits . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

 

7


(c) Waiver . Either party hereto may by written notice to the other ( i ) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other under this Agreement, ( ii ) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other contained in this Agreement and ( iii ) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the other under this Agreement. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of either party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein. The waiver by either party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by either party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.

(d) No Impact On Benefits . The Options granted under this Agreement shall not be deemed compensation for purposes of calculating an Employee’s rights under any employee benefit plan.

(e) Securities Law Compliance . The Employee shall represent to Holdings in writing, when the Employee receives shares upon exercise of an Option (or at such other time as the Committee deems appropriate) that the Employee is acquiring such shares (unless they are then covered by an effective registration statement filed under the Act) for the Employee’s own account for investment only and with no present intention to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of such shares except such disposition by a legal representative as shall be required by will or the laws of any jurisdiction in winding up the estate of the Employee. Such shares shall be transferable only if the proposed transfer shall be permissible pursuant to this Agreement and if, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to Holdings, such transfer at such time will be in compliance with all applicable securities laws.

(f) Unsecured Creditor . To the extent that the Employee or his executor, administrator or other personal representative, as the case may be, acquires a right to receive any payment from Holdings pursuant to this Agreement, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of Holdings.

(g) Code Section 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that the Committee determines that any Option granted under this Agreement is subject to Section 409A of the Code and fails to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the Committee reserves the right to amend, restructure, terminate or replace the Option in order to cause the Option to either not be subject to Section 409A of the Code or to comply with the applicable provisions of such section.

 

8


(h) Severability of Provisions . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

(i) Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws.

(j) Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(k) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

— Signature page follows —

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdings and the Employee have duly executed this Conversion Stock Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
EMPLOYEE

 

[EXECUTIVE NAME]


Schedule A

[EXECUTIVE] Conversion Options

 

Name of Plan

Granting Options

  

Options

  

Exercise Price

  

Expiration Date

                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                

 

11

Exhibit 10.11

F ORM A MENDMENT TO

KAR H OLDINGS , I NC .

C ONVERSION S TOCK O PTION A GREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO KAR HOLDINGS, INC. CONVERSION STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Amendment ”), dated as of              ,          , between KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and                      (the “ Employee ”).

WHEREAS, Holdings and Employee are parties to that certain KAR Holdings, Inc. Conversion Stock Option Agreement dated as of April 20, 2007 (the “ Original Agreement ”), and

WHEREAS, Holdings and Employee have determined that Schedule A to the Original Agreement contained certain errors resulting from mathematical miscalculations, and desire to amend and restate Schedule A to correct said errors;

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meaning set forth in the Original Agreement.

2. Corrected Schedule A . Schedule A to the Original Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the Amended and Restated Schedule A attached to this Amendment.

3. Original Agreement . The Original Agreement, as hereby amended with the attached Amended and Restated Schedule A , shall remain in full force and effect.

4. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdings and the Employee have duly executed this Amendment to KAR Holdings, Inc. Conversion Stock Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
EMPLOYEE

 


AMENDED AND RESTATED

SCHEDULE A

Conversion Options

 

Name of Plan

Granting Axle

Holdings Options

  

Options

  

Exercise Price

  

Expiration Date

                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                
                

Exhibit 10.12

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

FORM OF ROLLOVER STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

ROLLOVER STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of April 20, 2007, between KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and                      (the “ Employee ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meaning set forth in Section 15 hereof.

WHEREAS, ADESA, Inc., a Delaware corporation ( ADESA ), Holdings, KAR Holdings II, LLC ( KAR LLC ) and KAR Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings ( Buyer ), have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 22, 2006, which provides, among other things, for the merger of Buyer with and into ADESA, with ADESA continuing as the surviving corporation (the ADESA Merger );

WHEREAS, in anticipation of the ADESA Merger, Axle Holdings II, LLC ( Axle LLC ) entered into a contribution agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007 with KAR LLC and the other parties named therein pursuant to which Axle LLC agreed to contribute (the Initial Contribution ) all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Axle Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation ( Axle Holdings ), to KAR LLC in exchange for common units in KAR LLC, and immediately following the Contribution, KAR LLC agreed to contribute (the Subsequent Contribution and together with the Initial Contribution, the Contributions ) all of such shares in Axle Holdings to Holdings, and following the Contributions, Axle Holdings will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Contributions, Holdings desires to convert certain options to purchase shares of common stock of Axle Holdings held by the Employee prior to the Contributions (the “ Axle Holdings Options ) for options to purchase shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Holdings (“ Holdings Common Stock ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Confirmation of Grant, Option Price .

(a) Confirmation of Grant . Holdings hereby evidences and confirms the grant to the Employee, effective as of the date hereof (the “ Grant Date ”), of options (the “ Options ”) to purchase from Holdings the number of shares of Holdings Common Stock specified on Schedule A hereto pursuant to the KAR Holdings, Inc. Conversion Option Plan (the Optioned Shares ); provided , however , that such grant is expressly conditioned upon the Employee executing the Shareholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement. The Options are granted to the Employee in substitution


for option(s) held by the Employee to acquire shares of Axle Holdings (the “ Old Options ), such substitution being made in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1 and Proposed Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(5)(v). The material terms of the Old Options are deemed incorporated into the Options except with respect to the exercise price and the number and kind of shares, which have been adjusted, or as otherwise expressly provided herein.

(b) Option Price . Each Option shall have the exercise price per share (the “ Option Price ”) specified on Schedule A hereto.

(c) Character of Options . The Options granted hereunder are not intended to be “incentive stock options” within the meaning of section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).

2. Vesting, Exercisability and Forfeiture .

Subject to expiration or earlier termination and subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Options will be exercisable for the percentage of Optioned Shares (on a cumulative basis) according to the same terms and conditions (including vesting) as were applicable to the Old Options under, as the case may be, an option award agreement between the Employee and Axle Holdings and the Axle Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Prior Option Plan ”). To the extent the Options are exercisable, it may be exercised in whole or in part (to the extent exercisable, the Options are herein referred to as “ Vested Options ”).

All Options granted pursuant to this Agreement shall terminate on the date specified on Schedule A hereto, which is the date the applicable Old Options would have otherwise terminated if the Employee had not entered into this Agreement and if the Old Options had remained outstanding following the Contributions (the “ Expiration Date ”).

3. Method of Exercise and Payment .

All or part of Vested Options may be exercised by the Employee upon ( a ) the Employee’s written notice to Holdings of exercise, ( b ) the Employee’s payment of the Option Price in full at the time of exercise ( i ) in cash or cash equivalents, ( ii ) with the consent of the Committee, in unencumbered shares of Holdings Common Stock owned by the Employee for at least six (6) months (or such longer period as is required by applicable accounting standards to avoid a charge to earnings) having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to such Option Price, or (if permitted by the Committee and subject to such terms and conditions as it may determine) by surrender of outstanding awards under the KAR Holdings, Inc. Conversion Option Plan, or ( iii ) in accordance with such procedures or in such other form as the Committee shall from time to time determine (including by permitting broker's cashless exercise procedure). As

 

2


soon as practicable after receipt of a written exercise notice and payment in full of the exercise price of any Options, but subject to Section 6 below, Holdings shall deliver to the Employee a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Holdings Common Stock acquired upon the exercise of such Options, registered in the name of the Employee; provided that, if Holdings, in its sole discretion, shall determine that, under applicable securities laws, any certificates issued under this Section 3 must bear a legend restricting the transfer of such Holdings Common Stock, such certificates shall bear the appropriate legend. It is agreed that Employee may satisfy clause (a) above by delivering written notice to Holdings of his desire to pay the Option Price as described in the preceding sentence on or before the exercise date.

4. Termination of Employment .

(a) Upon any termination of the Employee's employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, the Options (or any shares of Holdings Common Stock purchased by the Employee upon exercise of the Options) then held by the Employee shall be subject to Sections 2 (“Put Rights”) and 3 (“Call Rights”) of the Shareholders Agreement.

(b) Upon a termination of the Employee's employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, any Options then held by the Employee shall be governed by the terms and conditions relating to termination of employment as were applicable to the Old Options under, as the case may be, an option award agreement between the Employee and Axle Holdings and the Prior Option Plan.

5. Exit Event .

(a) Payment . Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine in the manner set forth in Section 5(b), in the event of an Exit Event, each outstanding Option shall be cancelled in exchange for a payment in cash of an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Exit Event Price over the Option Price.

(b) Alternative Options . Notwithstanding Section 5(a), no cancellation or cash settlement or other payment shall occur with respect to any Option in connection with an Exit Event if the Committee reasonably determines in good faith, prior to the occurrence of such Exit Event, that such Option shall be honored or assumed, or new rights substituted therefor (such honored, assumed or substituted Option being hereinafter referred to as an “ Alternative Option ”) by the new employer; provided that any such Alternative Option must:

(i) provide the Employee that held such Option with rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights, terms and conditions applicable under such Option, including, but not limited to, an identical or better exercise and vesting schedule and identical or better timing and methods of payment; and

 

3


(ii) have substantially equivalent economic value to such Option (determined at the time of the Exit Event).

6. Tax Withholdings .

Whenever Holdings Common Stock is to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or any cash payment is to be made hereunder, Holdings or any Subsidiary shall have the power to withhold, or require the Employee to remit to Holdings or such Subsidiary, an amount sufficient to satisfy the statutory minimum federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements relating to such transaction (which amount may be paid in whole or in part by withholding a number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Option), and Holdings or such Subsidiary may defer payment of cash or issuance of Holdings Common Stock until such requirements are satisfied.

7. Nontransferability of Awards .

No Options granted hereby may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, encumbered or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than as permitted under the terms of the Shareholders Agreement.

8. Beneficiary Designation .

The Employee may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) by whom any right under this Agreement is to be exercised in case of his death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Employee, shall be in a form reasonably prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed by the Employee in writing with the Committee during his lifetime. If no beneficiary is named, or if a named beneficiary does not survive the Employee, benefits remaining unpaid or Options outstanding at the Employee’s death shall be paid to or exercisable by the Employee’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise to his estate, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Shareholders Agreement.

9. Adjustment in Capitalization .

The aggregate number of shares of Holdings Common Stock subject to outstanding Option grants and the respective exercise prices applicable to outstanding Options, shall be proportionately adjusted to reflect, as deemed equitable and appropriate by the Committee, any stock dividend, stock split or share combination of, or extraordinary cash dividend on, the Holdings Common Stock, or any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, or exchange of

 

4


shares affecting the Holdings Common Stock, or any issuance of any warrants or rights offering or any other similar event affecting the Holdings Common Stock. All determinations and calculations required under this Section 9 shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee.

10. Requirements of Law .

The issuance of shares of Holdings Common Stock pursuant to the Options shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. No shares of Holdings Common Stock shall be issued upon exercise of any Options granted hereunder, if such exercise would result in a violation of applicable law, including the U.S. federal securities laws and any applicable state or foreign securities laws.

11. No Guarantee of Employment .

Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of Holdings or any Subsidiary to terminate the Employee’s employment at any time, or confer upon the Employee any right to continue in the employ of Holdings or any Subsidiary.

12. No Rights as Stockholder .

Except as otherwise required by law, the Employee shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Holdings Common Stock covered by the Options granted hereby until such time as the shares of Holdings Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Options have been so issued.

13. Restrictions on Sale Upon Public Offering .

Except as otherwise provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Employee agrees that, in the event that Holdings files a registration statement under the Act with respect to a public offering of any shares of its capital stock, the Employee will not effect any sale or distribution of any shares of the Holdings Common Stock including, but not limited to, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act, within seven days prior to and 90 days (unless Holdings, in consultation with the managing underwriter, determines that a longer period, not to exceed 180 days, is required, or such shorter period as the managing underwriter for any underwritten offering may agree) after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration (the “ Trigger Date ”), except as part of such registration or unless, in the case of a sale or distribution not involving a public offering, the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to this Section 13; provided that, with respect to any shelf registration statement on Form S-3, the Trigger Date shall be the pricing of any offering made under such registration statement and the Employee agrees to execute a customary holdback agreement with the underwriters for any such public offering.

 

5


14. Interpretation; Construction .

Any determination or interpretation by the Committee under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be final and conclusive on all persons affected hereby.

15. Additional Definitions .

Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Act : the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Board : the Board of Directors of Holdings.

Committee : the Compensation Committee of the Board or, if there shall not be any such committee then serving, the Board.

Exit Event : shall mean an "Exit Event" as defined in the Limited Liability Company Agreement of KAR LLC.

Exit Event Price : the price per share of Holdings Common Stock paid in conjunction with any transaction resulting in an Exit Event (as determined in good faith by the Committee if any part of the price is paid other than in cash).

Fair Market Value : if no Public Offering has occurred, the fair market value of a share of Holdings Common Stock shall be determined in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement. Following a Public Offering, the Fair Market Value, on any date of determination, shall mean the average of the closing sales prices for a share of Holdings Common Stock as reported on a national exchange for each of the ten business days preceding the date of determination or the average of the last transaction prices for a share of Holdings Common Stock as reported on a nationally recognized system of price quotation for each of the ten business days preceding the date of determination. In the event that there are no Holdings Common Stock transactions reported on such exchange or system on such business day, Fair Market Value shall mean the closing price on the immediately preceding date on which Holdings Common Stock transactions were so reported.

Public Offering : an underwritten initial bona fide public offering of Holdings Common Stock after which such Holdings Common Stock will be listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange, or quoted on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System, in each case, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act.

 

6


Registration Rights Agreement : the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, among Holdings and KAR LLC and certain other stockholders of Holdings, as it may be amended from time to time to add certain other shareholders (including Employee) of Holdings as a party thereto.

Section 409A : Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and guidance issued thereunder (and any successor section).

Shareholders Agreement : the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, among Holdings, KAR LLC and certain other shareholders (including Employee) of Holdings, as it may be amended from time to time.

Subsidiary : any corporation a majority of whose outstanding voting securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by Holdings.

16. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . All notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if ( i ) delivered personally, ( ii ) mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, ( iii ) sent by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, or ( iv ) sent by fax, as follows:

 

  (i) If to Holdings, to it at:

KAR Holdings, Inc.

c/o Kelso & Company

320 Park Avenue, 24 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Tel: 212-751-3939

Fax: 212-223-2379

Attention: James J. Connors II, Esq.

 

  (ii) If to the Employee, to the Employee’s last known home address,

or to such other person or address as any party shall specify by notice in writing to Holdings. All such notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers and other communications shall be deemed to have been received ( w ) if by personal delivery on the day after such delivery, ( x ) if by certified or registered mail, on the fifth business day after the mailing thereof, ( y ) if by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, on the day delivered, or ( z ) if by fax, on the day delivered; provided that such delivery is confirmed.

 

7


(b) Binding Effect; Benefits . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

(c) Waiver . Either party hereto may by written notice to the other ( i ) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other under this Agreement, ( ii ) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other contained in this Agreement and ( iii ) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the other under this Agreement. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of either party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein. The waiver by either party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by either party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.

(d) No Impact On Benefits . The Options granted under this Agreement shall not be deemed compensation for purposes of calculating an Employee’s rights under any employee benefit plan.

(e) Securities Law Compliance . The Employee shall represent to Holdings in writing, when the Employee receives shares upon exercise of an Option (or at such other time as the Committee deems appropriate) that the Employee is acquiring such shares (unless they are then covered by an effective registration statement filed under the Act) for the Employee’s own account for investment only and with no present intention to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of such shares except such disposition by a legal representative as shall be required by will or the laws of any jurisdiction in winding up the estate of the Employee. Such shares shall be transferable only if the proposed transfer shall be permissible pursuant to this Agreement and if, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to Holdings, such transfer at such time will be in compliance with all applicable securities laws.

(f) Unsecured Creditor . To the extent that the Employee or his executor, administrator or other personal representative, as the case may be, acquires a right to receive any payment from Holdings pursuant to this Agreement, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of Holdings.

 

8


(g) Code Section 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that the Committee determines that any Option granted under this Agreement is subject to Section 409A of the Code and fails to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, the Committee reserves the right to amend, restructure, terminate or replace the Option in order to cause the Option to either not be subject to Section 409A of the Code or to comply with the applicable provisions of such section.

(h) Severability of Provisions . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

(i) Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws.

(j) Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

(k) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

— Signature page follows —

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdings has duly executed this Rollover Stock Option Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

By:

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 


Schedule A

Conversion Options

 

Date of Grant

of

Conversion

Options

 

Name of

Plan

Granting
Conversion
Options

 

# of Time

Vesting

Conversion

Options

 

# of

Performance

Vesting

Conversion

Options

 

Current

Exercise

Price of

Conversion

Options

 

# of New

Time

Vesting

Options

 

# of New

Performance

Vesting

Options

 

New

Option

Exercise

Price

 

Expiration

Date of

Conversion
Options

                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 
                                 

 

11

Exhibit 10.13

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

FORM OF CONVERSION AGREEMENT

This Conversion Agreement (this ” Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this      day of              ,          , between KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Buyer Parent ”), and                      (the “ Shareholder ”).

WHEREAS, Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc., an Illinois corporation (“ IAA ”), Axle Holdings, Inc. (“ Axle Holdings ”) and Axle Merger Sub, Inc., an Illinois corporation, which was a wholly owned subsidiary of Axle Holdings (“ Axle Merger Sub ”), entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 22, 2005 (the “ IAA Merger Agreement ”), which provided, among other things, for the merger of Axle Merger Sub, with and into IAA, with IAA continuing as the surviving corporation (the “ IAA Transaction ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the IAA Transaction, the Shareholder entered into a conversion agreement with Axle Holdings dated May 25, 2005 pursuant to which the Shareholder agreed that an aggregate number of options (the “ IAA Options ”) to acquire [ · ] shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of IAA would be converted into substitute options (the “ IAA Conversion Options ”) to acquire shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Axle Holdings (“ Axle Holdings Common Stock ”) upon completion of the IAA Transaction;

WHEREAS, pursuant to an exchange stock option agreement between the Shareholder and Axle Holdings dated May 25, 2005 (the “ Exchange Option Agreement ”), Axle Holdings granted the Shareholder IAA Conversion Options to purchase [ · ] shares of Axle Holdings Common Stock in substitution for the IAA Options;

WHEREAS, ADESA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ ADESA ”), Buyer Parent, KAR Holdings II, LLC (“ KAR LLC ”) and KAR Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Buyer Parent (“ Buyer ”), have entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 22, 2006 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “ ADESA Merger Agreement ”), which provides, among other things, for the merger of Buyer with and into ADESA, with ADESA continuing as the surviving corporation (the “ ADESA Merger ”);

WHEREAS, in anticipation of the ADESA Merger, Axle Holdings II, LLC (“ Axle LLC ”) entered into a contribution agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007 (the “ Contribution Agreement ”) with KAR LLC and the other parties named therein pursuant to which Axle LLC agreed to contribute (the “ Initial Contribution ”) all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Axle Holdings to KAR LLC in exchange for common units in KAR LLC, and immediately following the Contribution, KAR LLC agreed to contribute (the “ Subsequent Contribution ” and together with the Initial Contribution, the “ Contributions ”) all of such shares in Axle Holdings to Buyer Parent, and following the Contributions, Axle Holdings will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Buyer Parent;


WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, the Shareholder is the beneficial owner of an aggregate number of IAA Conversion Options to acquire [ · ] shares of Axle Holdings Common Stock;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, immediately following the Contributions, the Shareholder desires to have the IAA Conversion Options held by Shareholder as identified on Schedule A hereto under the heading “Number of Conversion Options” (the “ Conversion Options ”) cancelled in substitution (the “ Option Substitution ”) for, and converted into, substitute options (each, a “ New Option ”) to acquire shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Buyer Parent (the “ Buyer Parent Common Stock ”), such Option Substitution to be governed by this Agreement and the terms of the Conversion Stock Option Agreement between the Shareholder and Buyer Parent dated as of the date hereof and set forth on Exhibit C hereto (the “ Conversion Stock Option Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, as a condition to Buyer Parent’s obligations to effect the Option Substitution, the Shareholder shall enter into a shareholders agreement with Buyer Parent, KAR LLC and certain other parties with respect to the ownership of securities of Buyer Parent in the form set forth on Exhibit A hereto (the “ Shareholders Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, as a condition to Buyer Parent’s obligations to effect the Option Substitution, the Shareholder shall enter into a registration rights agreement with Buyer Parent, KAR LLC and certain other parties in the form set forth on Exhibit B hereto (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”).

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings attributed to them in the ADESA Merger Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants, representations and warranties contained herein, Buyer Parent and the Shareholder hereby agree as follows:

1. Option Conversion . Effective as of the closing of the Contributions, Shareholder agrees that each Conversion Option shall be cancelled and, in substitution therefor, converted into a New Option that shall cover the number of shares and have such per share exercise price set forth on Schedule A, such substitution being made in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.424-1 and Proposed Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(5)(v). Each New Option shall be subject to, and evidenced by, the Conversion Stock Option Agreement.

2. Intentionally Omitted .

3. Closing . The closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall take place at the offices of Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, 4 Times

 

2


Square, New York, New York (or such other place as the Closing under the Contribution Agreement shall occur) simultaneously with the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement.

4. Covenants . The parties hereto agree to use reasonable best efforts to take such actions, including executing such documents and agreements, as are necessary to make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5. Representations and Warranties of the Shareholder . The Shareholder represents and warrants as follows:

(a) Binding Agreement . The Shareholder has the capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The Shareholder has duly and validly executed and delivered this Agreement and this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Shareholder, enforceable against the Shareholder in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(b) Ownership of Options . The Shareholder is the beneficial owner of the number of Conversion Options set forth on Schedule A attached hereto, free and clear of any security interests, liens, charges, encumbrances, equities, claims, options or limitations of whatever nature and free of any other limitation or restriction (including any restriction on the right to vote, sell or otherwise dispose of the Conversion Options), except as may exist by reason of this Agreement or pursuant to applicable law, or pursuant to the restrictions on transferability and on exercise provided for in the applicable IAA option plan under which any Conversion Option was granted and any related option agreement. Except as provided for in this Agreement, the Contribution Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby, there are no outstanding options or other rights to acquire from the Shareholder, or obligations of the Shareholder to sell or to dispose of, any Conversion Options.

(c) No Agreements . Except for this Agreement, the Conversion Stock Option Agreement, any relevant option agreements covering the Conversion Options and any other agreements contemplated hereby or thereby, the Shareholder has not entered into or agreed to be bound by any other arrangements or agreements of any kind with any other party with respect to the Conversion Options, including, but not limited to, arrangements or agreements with respect to the acquisition or disposition thereof or any interest therein or the voting of any such shares.

(d) No Conflict . Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor the performance of the Shareholder’s obligations hereunder will (a) result in a

 

3


violation or breach of, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation, or acceleration) under any contract, agreement, instrument, commitment, arrangement or understanding to which the Shareholder is a party, or result in the creation of a security interest, lien, charge, encumbrance, equity or claim with respect to the Shareholder’s Conversion Options, (b) require any consent, authorization or approval of any other person or any entity or government entity, or (c) violate or conflict with any writ, injunction or decree applicable to the Shareholder, the Shareholder’s Conversion Options or the New Options to be received by the Shareholder.

(e) Securities Laws Matters . The Shareholder acknowledges receipt of advice from Buyer Parent that (i) the New Options and any shares of Buyer Parent Common Stock acquired on exercise of the New Options (“ Exercise Shares ”) have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “ Act ”) or qualified under any state securities or “blue sky” or non U.S. securities laws, (ii) it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for any Exercise Shares, (iii) any Exercise Shares must be held indefinitely and the Shareholder must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in such shares of Buyer Parent Common Stock unless such shares are subsequently registered under the Act and such state or non U.S. securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available, (iv) Rule 144 promulgated under the Act (“ Rule 144 ”) is not presently available with respect to sales of any Exercise Shares and Buyer Parent has made no covenant to make Rule 144 available and Rule 144 is not anticipated to be available in the foreseeable future, (v) when and if any Exercise Shares may be disposed of without registration in reliance upon Rule 144, such disposition can be made only in limited amounts and in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Rule, (vi) if the exemption afforded by Rule 144 is not available, public sale of any Exercise Shares without registration will require the availability of an exemption under the Act, (vii) restrictive legends in the form set forth in the Shareholders Agreement shall be placed on the certificate representing the Exercise Shares and (viii) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Buyer Parent indicating that the Exercise Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer and, if Buyer Parent should in the future engage the services of a stock transfer agent, appropriate stop-transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to any Exercise Shares.

(f) Accredited Investor . The Shareholder is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Act.

(g) Shareholder’s Experience . (A) The Shareholder’s financial situation is such that the Shareholder can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the New Options and any Exercise Shares for an indefinite period of time, (B) the Shareholder can afford to suffer complete loss of his investment in the New Options and any Exercise Shares and (C) the Shareholder’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters are such that the Shareholder is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Shareholder’s investment in the New Options and any Exercise Shares.

 

4


(h) Access to Information . The Shareholder represents and warrants that the Shareholder has been granted the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, representatives of Buyer Parent concerning the terms and conditions of the Option Substitution and to obtain any additional information that the Shareholder deems necessary to verify the accuracy of the information so provided.

(i) Investment Intent . The Shareholder is acquiring the New Options, and such Shareholder will acquire any Exercise Shares, solely for the Shareholder’s own account for investment and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. The Shareholder agrees that the Shareholder will not, directly or indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of any of the New Options or any Exercise Shares (or solicit any offers to buy, purchase or otherwise acquire or take a pledge of any shares of Buyer Parent Common Stock), except in compliance with (i) the Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, (ii) applicable state and non-U.S. securities or “blue sky” laws and (iii) the provisions of this Agreement, the Conversion Stock Option Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement, as applicable.

6. Representations and Warranties of Buyer Parent . Buyer Parent represents and warrants as follows:

(a) Corporate Form . Buyer Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has (and, immediately following the closing of the Contributions, will have) all requisite corporate power and authority to own or lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now conducted.

(b) Corporate Authority, etc . Buyer Parent has (and, immediately prior to the closing of the Contributions, will have) all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform all of its obligations hereunder and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and Buyer Parent has (and, immediately prior to the closing of the Contributions, will have) all requisite corporate power and authority to issue the New Options. The Exercise Shares, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms hereof, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(c) Actions Authorized . Buyer Parent has taken all corporate actions necessary to authorize it to enter into this Agreement and, prior to the closing of the Contributions, will have taken all corporate actions necessary to authorize it to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by

 

5


Buyer Parent and, assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Shareholder, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Buyer Parent enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general equitable principles (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(d) No Conflicts . Other than as provided for in the ADESA Merger Agreement and the disclosure schedules thereto, none of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by Buyer Parent will conflict with the certificate of incorporation or the by-laws of Buyer Parent or result in any breach of, or constitute a default under any contract, agreement or instrument to which Buyer Parent is a party or by which it or any of its respective assets is bound.

7. Conditions Precedent . The obligations of Buyer Parent to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are subject to (i) the conditions set forth in the Contribution Agreement being satisfied or waived by KAR LLC, (ii) the Shareholder having entered into the Shareholders Agreement, (iii) the Shareholder having entered into the Registration Rights Agreement and (iv) the Shareholder having entered into the Conversion Stock Option Agreement. Shareholder agrees to execute the Shareholders Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Conversion Stock Option Agreement at the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement.

8. Miscellaneous .

(a) Acknowledgement . Shareholder acknowledges that upon the completion of the transactions contemplated by the Contribution Agreement, the IAA Conversion Options shall be of no further force or effect, and neither Axle Holdings nor Buyer Parent, nor any of their respective affiliates, shall have any further obligations in respect thereof (other than any obligations specifically set forth in this Agreement).

(b) Binding Effect; Benefits . This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors or permitted assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein. No party shall have liability for any breach of any representation or warranty contained herein, except for any knowing or intentional breach thereof.

(c) Amendments . This Agreement may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented except upon the execution and delivery of a written agreement executed by the Shareholder and Buyer Parent.

 

6


(d) Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by the Shareholder without the prior written consent of Buyer Parent; it being understood that Buyer Parent may assign its rights hereunder to any affiliate of Buyer Parent.

(e) Specific Performance . The parties acknowledge and agree that any breach of the terms of this Agreement would give rise to irreparable harm for which money damages would not be an adequate remedy and accordingly the parties hereto agree that, in addition to any other remedies, each party shall be entitled to enforce the terms of this Agreement by a decree of specific performance without the necessity of proving the inadequacy of money damages as a remedy.

(f) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof).

(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed by facsimile and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

(h) Severability . If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated herein are not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party hereto. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner.

(i) Waiver . Any party to this Agreement may waive any condition to their obligations contained herein.

(j) Termination . This Agreement shall terminate on the earliest to occur of (i) the termination of the Contribution Agreement in accordance with its terms and (ii) an agreement in writing of Buyer Parent and the Shareholder to terminate this Agreement. Termination shall not relieve any party from liability for any intentional breach of its obligations hereunder committed prior to such termination. Upon termination of this Agreement, all rights and obligations of the parties, and all representations and warranties of the parties, shall terminate.

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Buyer Parent and the Shareholder have executed this Conversion Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

[EXECUTIVE]

 

8


Schedule A

Conversion Options

 

Date of Grant of

Conversion

Options

  

Name of

Plan Granting

Conversion

Options

  

Number of

Conversion

Options

  

Current

Exercise

Price of

Conversion

Options

  

Expiration Date

of Conversion

Options

                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

Exhibit 10.14

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Stock Incentive Plan

SECTION 1.

PURPOSE

The purpose of this Plan (as such term and any other capitalized terms used herein without definition are defined in Section 2) is to foster and promote the long-term financial success of the Company and the Subsidiaries and materially increase stockholder value by ( a ) motivating superior performance by means of service- and performance-related incentives, ( b ) encouraging and providing for the acquisition of an ownership interest in the Company by Employees and ( c ) enabling the Company and the Subsidiaries to attract and retain the services of an outstanding management team upon whose judgment, interest and special effort the successful conduct of its and their operations is largely dependent.

SECTION 2.

DEFINITIONS

Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth below:

Act : the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Adjustment Event : shall mean any stock dividend, stock split or share combination of, or extraordinary cash dividend on, the Common Stock, or any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares affecting the Common Stock, or any issuance of any warrants or rights offering (other than any such issuance or offering under the Plan) to purchase Common Stock at a price materially below Fair Market Value, or any other similar event affecting the Common Stock.

Award : shall mean individually or collectively, a grant of Options or Restricted Stock under the Plan.


Award Agreement : any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award.

Board : the Board of Directors of the Company.

Cause : ( i ) the refusal or neglect of the Participant to perform substantially his or her employment-related duties, ( ii ) the Participant’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct or breach of fiduciary duty, ( iii ) the Participant’s indictment for, conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a crime constituting a felony or his or her willful violation of any applicable law (other than a traffic violation or other offense or violation outside of the course of employment which in no way adversely affects the Company and its Subsidiaries or their reputation or the ability of the Participant to perform his or her employment-related duties or to represent the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such Participant), ( iv ) the Participant’s failure to reasonably cooperate, following a request to do so by the Company, in any internal or governmental investigation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or ( v ) the Participant’s material breach of any written covenant or agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries not to disclose any information pertaining to the Company or such Subsidiary or not to compete or interfere with the Company or such Subsidiary; provided that, with respect to any Participant who is party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, “Cause” shall have the meaning specified in such Participant’s employment agreement or, in the case of any such Participant who is not party to an employment agreement but is a party to the Shareholders Agreement, “Cause” shall have the meaning specified in the Shareholders Agreement.

Code : the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Committee : the Compensation Committee of the Board or, if there shall not be any such committee then serving or, if so determined by the Board, the Board.

Common Stock : the common stock of the Company, par value $.01 per share.

Company : KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

Disability : the termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary as a result of such Participant’s incapacity due to reasonably documented physical or mental illness that shall have prevented such Participant from performing his duties for the Company on a full-time basis for more than six months and within 30 days after written notice of termination has been given to such Participant, such Participant shall not have returned to the full time performance of his duties. The date of

 

2


termination in the case of a termination due to “Disability” shall be deemed to be the last day of the aforementioned 30-day period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, ( i ) with respect to any Participant who is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, “Disability” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such Participant’s employment agreement or, with respect to any such Participant who is not party to an employment agreement but is a party to the Shareholders Agreement, “Disability” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in the Shareholders Agreement, and ( ii ) in the event a Participant whose employment with the Company terminates due to Disability continues to serve as a director of or a consultant to the Company, such Participant’s employment with the Company shall not be deemed to have terminated for purposes of the Plan or any Award Agreement evidencing Awards granted to such Participant until the date as of which such Participant’s services as a director of and consultant to the Company shall have also terminated.

Employee : any officer or other key employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

Exit Event : shall mean an “Exit Event” as defined in the KAR LLC Agreement.

Exit Event Price : the price per share of Common Stock paid in conjunction with any transaction resulting in an Exit Event (as determined in good faith by the Committee if any part of the price is paid other than in cash).

Fair Market Value : if no Initial Public Offering has occurred, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as determined in accordance with the Shareholders Agreement. Following an Initial Public Offering, the Fair Market Value, on any date of determination, shall mean the average of the closing sales prices for a share of Common Stock as reported on a national exchange for each of the ten business days preceding the date of determination or the average of the last transaction prices for a share of Common Stock as reported on a nationally recognized system of price quotation for each of the ten business days preceding the date of determination. In the event that there are no Common Stock transactions reported on such exchange or system on such business day, Fair Market Value shall mean the closing price on the immediately preceding date on which Common Stock transactions were so reported.

Good Reason : the termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary shall be for “Good Reason” if such Participant voluntarily terminates his or her employment with the Company or any Subsidiary as a result of either of the following: ( i ) without such Participant’s prior written consent, a significant reduction by the Company or any Subsidiary of his or her current salary, other than any such reduction which is (A) required by law or (B) part of a general salary reduction or other concessionary arrangement affecting all employees or affecting the group of

 

3


employees of which the Participant is a member (after receipt by the Company or such Subsidiary of written notice and the expiration of a 20-day cure period) or ( ii ) the taking of any action by the Company or any Subsidiary that would substantially diminish the aggregate value of the benefits provided him or her under the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s accident, disability, life insurance and any other employee benefit plans in which he or she was participating on the date of his or her execution of the applicable Award agreement, other than any such reduction which is ( A ) required by law, (B) implemented in connection with a general reduction affecting all employees or affecting the group of employees of which the Participant is a member (after receipt by the Company of written notice from such Participant and a 20-day cure period), (C) generally applicable to all beneficiaries of such plans (after receipt by the Company of written notice from such Participant and a 20-day cure period) or (D) in accordance with the terms of any such plan; provided that , with respect to any Participant who is party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, “Good Reason” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such Participant's employment agreement or, in the case of any such Participant who is not party to an employment agreement but is a party to the Shareholders Agreement, “Good Reason” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in the Shareholders Agreement.

Initial Public Offering : shall mean an “Initial Public Offering” as defined in the Shareholders Agreement.

Investor Members : shall mean “Investor Members” as defined in the KAR LLC Agreement.

KAR LLC Agreement : the second amended and restated limited liability company agreement of KAR Holdings II, LLC, as amended from time to time.

Option : the right to purchase Common Stock pursuant to the terms of the Plan at a stated price for a specified period of time. For purposes of the Plan, an Option may be either ( i ) an “Incentive Stock Option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code (an “ Incentive Stock Option ”) or ( ii ) an Option which is not an Incentive Stock Option (a “ Non-Qualified Stock Option ”).

Participant : any Employee designated by the Committee to receive an Award under the Plan.

Permitted Transferee : a transferee permitted under Section 1.3 or 1.4 of the Shareholders Agreement.

Plan : this KAR Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

4


Registration Rights Agreement : the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, KAR Holdings II, LLC and certain other stockholders of the Company, as it may be amended from time to time.

Restricted Stock : a share of Common Stock that is subject to restrictions set forth in the Plan or any Award Agreement.

Retirement : the voluntary termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary (other than for Cause) on or after the date the Participant attains age 65. Notwithstanding the foregoing, ( i ) with respect to any Participant who is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, “Retirement” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such Participant’s employment agreement or, with respect to any such Participant who is not party to an employment agreement but is a party to the Shareholders Agreement, “Retirement” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in the Shareholders Agreement, and ( ii ) in the event a Participant whose employment with the Company terminates due to Retirement continues to serve as a director of or a consultant to the Company, such Participant’s employment with the Company shall not be deemed to have terminated for purposes of the Plan or any Option agreement evidencing Options granted to such Participant until the date as of which such Participant’s services as a director of and consultant to the Company shall have also terminated, at which time the Participant shall be deemed to have terminated employment due to retirement.

Shareholders Agreement : the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, among the Company, KAR Holdings II, LLC and certain other stockholders of the Company, as it may be amended from time to time.

Subsidiary : any corporation a majority of whose outstanding voting securities is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company.

Voluntary Resignation : the termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary by the Participant other than for Good Reason (provided that the time of such termination the Company does not have the right to terminate the Participant for Cause); provided that, with respect to any Participant who is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary, “Voluntary Resignation” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such Participant’s employment agreement.

 

5


SECTION 3.

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

Participants in the Plan shall be those Employees selected by the Committee to participate in the Plan. The selection of an Employee as a Participant shall neither entitle such Employee to, nor disqualify such Employee from, participation in any other award or incentive plan of the Company or any Subsidiary.

SECTION 4.

ADMINISTRATION

4.1. Power to Grant and Establish Terms of Awards . The Committee shall have the discretionary authority, subject to the terms of the Plan, to determine the Employees to whom Awards shall be granted (which may include Employees who are members of the Committee) and the terms and conditions of any and all Awards, including, but not limited to, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each Option, the time or times at which Awards shall be granted and the terms and provisions of the instruments by which Awards shall be evidenced and to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. The Committee may condition the grant of an Award upon a Participant's execution of the Shareholders Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement. The proper officers of the Company may suggest to the Committee the Participants who should receive Awards. The terms and conditions of each Award grant shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant. The Committee may establish different terms and conditions for different Participants receiving Awards and for the same Participant for each Award such Participant may receive, whether or not granted at the same or different times. The grant of any Award to any Employee shall neither entitle such Employee to, nor disqualify him from, the grant of any other Award.

4.2. Substitute Awards . The Committee shall have the right to grant, in substitution for outstanding Awards, replacement Awards which may contain terms more favorable to the Participant than the Awards they replace and to cancel replaced Awards.

4.3. Administration . The Committee shall be responsible for the administration of the Plan. Any Awards granted by the Committee may be subject to such conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion. The Committee shall have discretionary authority to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, to provide for conditions deemed necessary or advisable to protect the interests of the Company, to interpret the Plan and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the

 

6


administration and interpretation of the Plan and to carry out its provisions and purposes. Determinations, interpretations or other actions made or taken by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes and upon all persons and shall be given deference in any proceeding with respect thereto. The Committee may consult with legal counsel, who may be counsel to the Company, and shall not incur any liability for any action taken in good faith in reliance upon the advice of counsel.

SECTION 5.

STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN

5.1. Number . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.3, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to Awards under the Plan may not exceed 790,737 shares. The shares of Common Stock to be delivered under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of shares held in treasury or authorized but unissued shares not reserved for any other purpose. All shares available for issuance under the Plan may be made subject to the grant of Incentive Stock Options.

5.2. Cancelled, Terminated or Forfeited Awards . Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award which for any reason expires or is cancelled, terminated, forfeited, exchanged, surrendered, substituted for or otherwise settled without the issuance of such shares of Common Stock shall again be available for grant under the Plan.

5.3. Adjustment in Capitalization . The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for grants of Awards under Section 5.1 or subject to outstanding Award grants and the respective prices and/or vesting criteria applicable to outstanding Awards shall be proportionately adjusted to reflect, as deemed equitable and appropriate by the Committee, each Adjustment Event. To the extent deemed equitable and appropriate by the Committee, in its good faith judgment, and subject to any required action by stockholders, in any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction (other than an Exit Event), any Award granted under the Plan shall pertain to the securities or other property to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award would have been entitled to receive in connection with such event.

 

7


SECTION 6.

STOCK OPTIONS

6.1. Grant of Options . Options may be granted to Participants at such time or times as shall be determined by the Committee, provided that any such grants are conditioned upon the Participant's execution of the Registration Rights Agreement and Shareholders Agreement. Options granted pursuant to this Plan may be of two types: ( i ) Incentive Stock Options and ( ii ) Non-Qualified Stock Options. The date of grant of an Option under the Plan will be the date on which the Option is awarded by the Committee or, if so determined by the Committee on the date of award of an Option, the date on which occurs any event the occurrence of which is an express condition precedent to the grant of the Option. The Committee shall determine the number of Options, if any, to be granted to a Participant. Each Option shall be evidenced by an Option agreement that shall specify the type of Option granted, the exercise price, the duration of the Option, the number of shares of Common Stock to which the Option pertains, the conditions upon which the Options or any portion thereof shall become vested or exercisable and otherwise shall be in substantially the form of the Option agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A, subject to such changes not inconsistent with the Plan as the Committee shall determine, in its good faith judgment, to be equitable and appropriate.

6.2. Option Price . Non-Qualified Stock Options and Incentive Stock Options granted pursuant to the Plan shall have an exercise price per share of Common Stock determined by the Committee; provided that such per share exercise price may not be less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Option is granted. No Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries if such employee owns, immediately prior to the grant of the Incentive Stock Option, stock representing more than 10 percent of the voting power or more than 10 percent of the value of all classes of stock of the Company or a Subsidiary, unless the purchase price for the stock under the Incentive Stock Option shall be at least 110 percent of its Fair Market Value at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted and the Incentive Stock Option, by its terms, shall not be exercisable more than five years from the date it is granted. In determining the stock ownership under the paragraph, the provisions of Section 424(d) of the Code shall be controlling.

6.3. Exercise of Options . Options awarded to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable at such times and shall be subject to such restrictions and conditions, including the performance of a minimum period of service or the satisfaction of performance goals, as the Committee may impose at the time of grant of such Options, subject to the Committee’s right to accelerate the exercisability of such Options in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable on or after the tenth anniversary of the date on which it is granted. Except as may be provided in any provision approved by the Committee pursuant to this Section 6.3, after becoming

 

8


exercisable, each installment of an Option shall remain exercisable until expiration, termination or cancellation of the Option. Subject to Section 10.7, an Option may be exercised from time to time, in whole or in part, up to the total number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which it is then exercisable.

6.4. Payment . The Committee shall establish procedures governing the exercise of Options, which shall require that ( x ) as a condition to the issuance of any shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of the Options prior to an Initial Public Offering, the Participant (or any other person or entity entitled to exercise the Options) become a party to the Shareholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to such shares, ( y ) written notice of exercise be given to the Company and ( z ) the Option exercise price be paid in full at the time of exercise in one of the following ways: ( i ) in cash or cash equivalents, ( ii ) with the consent of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock, valued at the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, or (if permitted by the Committee and subject to such terms and conditions as it may determine) by surrender of outstanding Awards under the Plan, or (iii) the Committee may permit such payment of exercise price by any other method it deems satisfactory in its discretion (including by permitting broker's cashless exercise procedure). Subject to Section 10.4, as soon as practicable after receipt of a written exercise notice, payment of the Option exercise price and receipt of evidence of the Participant's execution of the Shareholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement in accordance with this Section 6.4, the Company shall deliver to the Participant a certificate or certificates representing the acquired shares of Common Stock.

6.5. Repurchase of Options . Upon any termination of a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, the Company may repurchase all or any portion of the Options then held by such Participant in accordance with the terms of the Shareholders Agreement.

6.6. Termination of Unvested Options . Subject to Section 6.10, upon the termination of a Participant’s employment, any Options that are not then exercisable shall terminate and be cancelled effective upon the date of such termination.

6.7. Termination of Employment Without Cause or for Good Reason . Unless otherwise provided in an Award and subject to Sections 6.5 and 6.10, in the event a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated by the Company without Cause or by the Participant for Good Reason, any Options granted to such Participant which, on or prior to the date of such termination, have become exercisable in accordance with Section 6.3, may be exercised at any time during the 90 day period following the Participant’s termination of employment or the expiration of the term of the Options, whichever period is shorter, and shall terminate immediately thereafter.

 

9


6.8. Termination of Employment Due to Death, Disability or Retirement . Subject to Sections 6.5 and 6.10, in the event a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates by reason of Retirement, death or Disability, any Options granted to such Participant which on or prior to the date of such termination, have become exercisable in accordance with Section 6.3, may be exercised by the Participant or the Participant’s designated beneficiary (or, if no such beneficiary is named, in accordance with Section 10.2) at any time prior to the first anniversary of the Participant’s termination of employment or the expiration of the term of the Options, whichever period is shorter, and shall terminate immediately thereafter.

6.9. Termination of Employment For Cause or Due to Voluntary Resignation . Subject to Section 6.5, in the event a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for Cause or due to Voluntary Resignation, all Options granted to such Participant which are then outstanding (whether or not exercisable on or prior to the date of such termination) shall be immediately forfeited and cancelled.

6.10. Committee Discretion. Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Section 6 to the contrary, the Committee may permit all or any portion of any Options to be exercised following a Participant’s termination of employment for any reason on such terms and subject to such conditions not less favorable to such Participant than those terms and conditions provided for herein or in the Option agreement evidencing the grant to such Participant of the applicable Options, as the Committee shall determine for a period up to and including, but not beyond, the expiration of the term of such Options.

SECTION 7.

RESTRICTED STOCK

7.1. Grant of Restricted Stock . The Committee may grant Awards of Restricted Stock, subject to such restrictions, terms and conditions, as the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion and as shall be evidenced by the applicable Award Agreement (provided that any such Award is subject to the vesting requirements described herein). The Committee shall determine the price, which, to the extent required by law, shall not be less than par value of the Stock, to be paid by the Participant for each share of Restricted Stock subject to the Award. Each Award Agreement with respect to such Award shall set forth the amount (if any) to be paid by the Participant with respect to such Award and when and under what in circumstances such payment is required to be made.

 

10


7.2. Vesting . The vesting of a Restricted Stock Award granted under the Plan may be conditioned upon the completion of a specified period of employment or service with the Company or any Subsidiary or affiliate, upon the attainment of specified performance goals, and/or upon such other criteria as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion.

7.3. Stock Certificates . The Committee may, upon such terms and conditions as the Committee determines, provide that a certificate or certificates representing the shares underlying a Restricted Stock Award shall be registered in the Participant's name and bear an appropriate legend specifying that such shares are not transferable and are subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Shareholders Agreement and Registration Rights Agreement and the restrictions, terms and conditions set forth in the applicable Award Agreement, and that such certificate or certificates shall be held in escrow by the Company on behalf of the Participant until such shares become vested or are forfeited.

7.4. Voting / Dividends . If and to the extent that the applicable Award Agreement may so provide, a Participant shall have the right to vote and receive dividends on Restricted Stock granted under the Plan. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, any Common Stock received as a dividend on or in connection with a stock split of the shares of Common Stock underlying a Restricted Stock Award shall be subject to the same restrictions as the shares of Common Stock underlying such Restricted Stock Award.

7.5. Termination of Employment for Cause or Voluntary Resignation . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, in the event a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated by the Company for Cause or by the Participant by Voluntary Resignation, any Restricted Stock granted to such Participant shall be forfeited.

7.6. Termination of Employment Without Cause, for Good Reason or Due to Death, Disability or Retirement . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, in the event a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated by the Company without Cause, by the Participant for Good Reason or terminates by reason of Retirement, death or Disability, all outstanding shares of Restricted Stock shall immediately vest.

 

11


SECTION 8.

EXIT EVENT

8.1. Accelerated Vesting and Payment . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant, but subject to Section 8.2, in the event of an Exit Event, all Awards of Restricted Stock shall vest and each Option that, by its terms, becomes exercisable solely upon the completion of a stated period of service (whether or not then exercisable), together with any outstanding Options that, prior to or in connection with such Exit Event, have become exercisable in connection with the attainment of performance objectives, shall be cancelled in exchange for a payment in cash by the Company to each Option holder of an amount equal to the excess (if any) of the Exit Event Price over the exercise price for such Option. Any other Options shall be cancelled, forfeited and of no further effect.

8.2. Alternative Awards . If provided in the Option agreement evidencing the Options, no cancellation or cash settlement or other payment shall occur with respect to any Option that would otherwise have been cancelled pursuant to Section 8.1 if the Committee reasonably determines in good faith prior to the occurrence of an Exit Event that such Option shall be honored or assumed, or new rights substituted therefor (such honored, assumed or substituted award hereinafter called an “ Alternative Award ”) by a Participant’s employer (or the parent or a subsidiary of such employer) immediately following the Exit Event, provided that any such Alternative Award must:

(i) provide such Participant (or each Participant in a class of Participants) with rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights applicable under such Option, including, but not limited to, a substantially similar or better exercise or vesting schedule and substantially similar or better timing and methods of payment; and

(ii) have substantially equivalent economic value to such Option (determined at the time of the Exit Event).

8.3. Conflict with Option Agreement . With respect to any Options granted hereunder that may become exercisable upon the attainment of performance objectives (including, without limitation, specified returns with respect to the Investor Members’ (as defined in the KAR LLC Agreement) investment, directly or indirectly, in the Company and its affiliates), in the event of a conflict between this Section 8 and the terms and conditions set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Options, the terms and conditions set forth in the Award Agreement evidencing such Options shall control.

 

12


8.4. Limitation on Benefits . Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or an Option agreement to the contrary if, whether as a result of accelerated vesting, the grant of an Alternative Award or otherwise, a Participant would receive any payment, deemed payment or other benefit as a result of the operation of Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 that, together with any other payment, deemed payment or other benefit a Participant may receive under any other plan, program, policy or arrangement, would constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, then, notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the payments, deemed payments or other benefits such Participant would otherwise receive under Section 8.1 or Section 8.2 shall be reduced to the extent necessary to eliminate any such excess parachute payment and such Participant shall have no further rights or claims with respect thereto. If the preceding sentence would result in a reduction of the payments, deemed payments or other benefits a Participant would otherwise receive, the Company will use its good faith efforts to seek the approval of the Company’s shareholders in the manner provided for in Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code and the regulations thereunder with respect to such reduced payments or other benefits (if the Company is eligible to do so), so that such payments would not be treated as “parachute payments” for these purposes (and therefore would cease to be subject to reduction pursuant to this Section 8.4).

SECTION 9.

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

9.1. In General . The Committee may at any time and from time to time alter, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; provided , however , that unless otherwise determined by the Committee, an amendment that requires shareholder approval in order for the Plan to continue to comply with Section 162(m) or any other law, regulation or stock exchange requirement shall not be effective unless approved by the requisite vote of stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment to or termination of the Plan shall affect adversely any of the rights of any Participant, without such Participant's consent, under any Award theretofore granted under the Plan.

9.2. Public Offering . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of an Initial Public Offering, the Committee shall have the authority to amend any outstanding Options to provide for ( i ) subject to Section 9.1 above, the substitution of the exercisability criteria that may relate to the Investor Members (as defined in the KAR LLC Agreement) return on their investment with criteria based on stock price and ( ii ) the imposition of certain blackout periods, in each case, as the Committee shall determine to be appropriate; provided that such amendments shall preserve the economic value of the Options, as determined by the Committee in its sole good faith discretion.

 

13


SECTION 10.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

10.1. Nontransferability of Awards . Unless the Committee shall permit (on such terms and conditions as it shall establish) an Award to be transferred to a Permitted Transferee, no Award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. All rights with respect to any Option granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by such Participant or, if permitted by the Committee, any such Permitted Transferee.

10.2. Beneficiary Designation . Each Participant under the Plan may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid or by whom any right under the Plan is to be exercised in case of his death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Committee and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Committee during his lifetime. In the absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid or Options outstanding at the Participant’s death shall be paid to or exercisable by the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, or otherwise to or by his estate.

10.3. No Guarantee of Employment or Participation; No Additional Compensation for Loss of Rights Under Plan . Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary. No Employee shall have a right to be selected as a Participant, or, having been so selected, to receive any future Option grants. If any Participant’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary shall be terminated for any reason, such Participant shall not be entitled to any compensation or other form of remuneration with respect to such termination (except as otherwise provided herein) to compensate such Participant for the loss of any rights under the Plan notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in his or her contract of employment.

10.4. Tax Withholding . The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the power to withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company or such Subsidiary promptly upon notification of the amount due, an amount sufficient to satisfy the statutory minimum federal, state, local and foreign withholding tax requirements with respect to any Option and the Company or such Subsidiary may defer payment of cash or issuance or delivery of Common Stock until such requirements are satisfied.

 

14


10.5. Indemnification . Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Board or the Committee (an “ Indemnified Person ”) shall, to the maximum extent provided under the Company’s By-Laws as in effect on the effective date of the Plan, be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which such Indemnified Person may be made a party or in which such Indemnified Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan (or any option agreement) and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Indemnified Person in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by such Indemnified Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Indemnified Person; provided that such Indemnified Person shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before such Indemnified Person undertakes to handle and defend the same on such Indemnified Person’s own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive and shall be independent of any other rights of indemnification to which such Indemnified Person may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, by contract, as a matter of law or otherwise.

10.6. No Limitation on Compensation . Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Company to establish other plans or to pay compensation to its employees in cash or property.

10.7. Requirements of Law . The granting of Awards, the exercisability of any Options and the issuance of shares of Common Stock shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

10.8. Governing Law . The Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

10.9. No Impact On Benefits . Awards granted under the Plan are not compensation for purposes of calculating an Employee’s rights under any employee benefit plan.

10.10. Securities Law Compliance . Instruments evidencing the grant of Awards may contain such other provisions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as the Committee deems advisable, including a requirement that a Participant represent to the Company in writing, when such Participant receives Restricted Stock or shares upon exercise of an Option (or at such other time as the Committee deems appropriate) that such Participant is acquiring such shares (unless they are then covered by an effective registration statement filed under the Act) for such Participant’s own account for investment only and with no present intention to transfer, sell or otherwise dispose of

 

15


such shares except such disposition by a legal representative as shall be required by will or the laws of any jurisdiction in winding up the estate of such Participant. Such shares shall be transferable only if the proposed transfer shall be permissible pursuant to the Plan and if, in the opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Company, such transfer at such time will be in compliance with all applicable securities laws.

10.11. Freedom of Action . Subject to Section 8, nothing in the Plan or any agreement entered into pursuant to this Plan shall be construed as limiting or preventing the Company or any Subsidiary from taking any action with respect to the operation or conduct of its business that it deems appropriate or in its best interest.

10.12. No Fiduciary Relationship . Nothing contained in the Plan and no action taken pursuant to the Plan shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or any fiduciary relationship between the Company or any Subsidiary and any Participant or executor, administrator or other personal representative or designated beneficiary of such Participant, or any other persons.

10.13. No Right to Particular Assets . Any reserves that may be established by the Company in connection with this Plan shall continue to be held as part of the general funds of the Company, and no individual or entity other than the Company shall have any interest in such funds until paid to a Participant.

10.14. Unsecured Creditor . To the extent that any Participant or his executor, administrator or other personal representative, as the case may be, acquires a right to receive any payment from the Company pursuant to this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of an unsecured general creditor of the Company.

10.15. Code Section 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, to the extent that any Award would be subject to Section 409A of the Code, no such Award may be granted if it would fail to comply with the requirements set forth in Section 409A of the Code. To the extent that the Committee determines that the Plan or any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code and fails to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, the Committee reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan and/or amend, restructure, terminate or replace the Award in order to cause the Award to either not be subject to Section 409A of the Code or to comply with the applicable provisions of such section.

10.16. Severability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan shall be held invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been included.

 

16


10.17. Term of Plan . This Plan shall be effective as of the date of its adoption by the Board and shall expire on the tenth anniversary of such date (except as to Options outstanding on that date), unless sooner terminated pursuant to Section 9.

 

17

Exhibit 10.15

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

FORM NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT, dated as of                          ,              between KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                          (the “ Employee ”), pursuant to the KAR Holdings, Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, as in effect and as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”). Capitalized terms that are not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan.

WHEREAS, the Company desires to grant options to purchase shares of its common stock, par value $.01 per share (the “ Common Stock ”) to certain key employees of the Company;

WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Plan in order to effect such grants; and

WHEREAS, the Employee is a key employee as contemplated by the Plan, and the Committee has determined that it is in the interest of the Company to grant these options to the Employee.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Confirmation of Grant, Option Price .

(a) Confirmation of Grant . The Company hereby evidences and confirms the grant to the Employee, effective as of the date hereof (the “ Grant Date ”), of:

(i) options to purchase from the Company          shares of Common Stock, which shall become exercisable, if at all, as provided in Section 2(a) (the “ Service Options ”); and

(ii) options to purchase from the Company          shares of Common Stock which shall become exercisable, if at all, as provided in Section 2(b) (the “ Exit Options ” and, together with the Service Options, the “ Options ”).

(b) Option Price . The Options shall have an exercise price of $              per share (the “ Option Price ”), which is not less than the Fair Market Value per share of the Common Stock on the Grant Date.


(c) Options Subject to Plan . By signing this Agreement, the Employee acknowledges that he has been provided a copy of the Plan and has had the opportunity to review such Plan.

(d) Character of Options . The Options granted hereunder are not intended to be “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

2. Exercisability .

(a) Service Options . The Service Options shall become exercisable in four equal installments on each of the first four anniversaries of the Grant Date, subject to the Employee’s continuous employment with the Company or a Subsidiary from the Grant Date to such anniversary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, all or a portion of such Options shall also become exercisable at the time and under the circumstances described in Sections 4(a) and 5.

(b) Exit Options . Subject to the second sentence of this Section 2(b), the Exit Options shall become exercisable, if at all, on the date of an Exit Event (the “ Vesting Event ”) as follows (and only as follows): (i) if the Aggregate Investor Members Exit Value (as defined below) at the date of the Vesting Event is less than or equal to the Aggregate Floor Value (as defined below), no Exit Options shall become exercisable as of the Vesting Event, (ii) if the Aggregate Investor Members Exit Value at the date of the Vesting Event is at least equal to the Aggregate Maximum Value, all of the Exit Options shall become exercisable as of the Vesting Event and (iii) if the Aggregate Investor Members Exit Value at the date of the Vesting Event exceeds the Aggregate Floor Value but is less than the Aggregate Maximum Value, the Applicable Percentage (as defined below) of the Exit Options shall become exercisable as of the Vesting Event. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary, in no event shall any Exit Options become exercisable hereunder unless the Investor Members receive an internal rate of return, compounded annually (the “ IRR ”), on their investment in the Company and its affiliates (including KAR Holdings II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ LLC ”)) of at least 12% and the Aggregate Investor Members Exit Value at the date of the Vesting Event is at least equal to the Aggregate Floor Value. The Investor Members’ IRR will be calculated after giving full effect to the dilution of Investor Members’ equity interest in the Company by the Options and any override or incentive units issued by the LLC (i.e., after calculating assumed payments to holders of Options based on Section 2(a) above and the first sentence of this Section 2(b) and assumed distributions to holders of override units under the LLC Agreement based on the analogous methodology set forth in the LLC Agreement). In the event that any portion of the Exit Options do not become exercisable pursuant to this Section 2(b) upon the first occurrence of a Vesting Event, such portion of such Exit Options shall not become exercisable as a result of any subsequent Vesting Event, and shall automatically be canceled without payment therefor.

 

2


(c) Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

The “ Aggregate Floor Value ” means the product of ( x ) 1.5 and ( y ) the Original Cost.

The “ Aggregate Investor Member Exit Value ” means the total fair market value of all distributions or proceeds (excluding fees and related payments) received and, pursuant to the applicable Exit Event, to be received by the Investor Members in respect of their investment in the Company and its affiliates (including the LLC). Distributions or proceeds to be received by the Investor Members upon an Exit Event shall be calculated (A) giving simultaneous effect to (i) the applicable level of vesting of Exit Options (determined in accordance with the first sentence of Section 2(b) above) and (ii) the applicable level and amount of participation in distributions of Value Units (as defined in the LLC Agreement) issued by the LLC under the LLC Agreement and (B) assuming (i) the vesting and exercise of all other outstanding “in the money” securities convertible or exchangeable into, and all other warrants, options and other rights (“ Common Stock Equivalents ”) exercisable for, shares of Common Stock (other than Exit Options), including all outstanding Service Options and shares of Restricted Stock and (ii) the participation in distributions of all other outstanding override or incentive based securities (other than Value Units) in the LLC, including all outstanding Operating Units (as defined in the LLC Agreement).

The “ Aggregate Maximum Value ” means the product of ( x ) 3.5 and ( y ) the Original Cost.

The “ Applicable Percentage ” means the percentage determined by dividing ( i ) the excess, if positive, of the Aggregate Investor Members Exit Value over the Aggregate Floor Value by ( ii ) the difference between the Aggregate Maximum Value and the Aggregate Floor Value, provided that, such percentage shall not exceed 100%.

The “ LLC Agreement ” means the Second Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of KAR Holdings II, LLC, dated as of April 20, 2007, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

3


The “ Original Cost ” means the aggregate cost of the Investor Members’ investment in the Company and its affiliates (including the amount of all capital contributions, whether in cash or property, to the LLC).

(d) Normal Expiration Date . Unless the Options earlier terminate in accordance with Sections 2, 4 or 5, the Options shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date (the “ Normal Expiration Date ”). Once Options have become exercisable pursuant to this Section 2, such Options may be exercised, subject to the provisions hereof, at any time and from time to time until the Normal Expiration Date.

(e) Calculations . All calculations required or contemplated by this Section 2 shall be made in the sole determination of the Committee and shall be final and binding on the Company and the Employee.

3. Method of Exercise and Payment .

All or part of the exercisable Options may be exercised by the Employee upon ( a ) the Employee’s written notice to the Company of exercise and ( b ) the Employee’s payment of the Option Price in full at the time of exercise ( i ) in cash or cash equivalents, ( ii ) with the consent of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock, valued at the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, or (if permitted by the Committee and subject to such terms and conditions as it may determine) by surrender of outstanding Awards under the Plan, or (iii) in accordance with such procedures or in such other form as the Committee shall from time to time determine (including by permitting broker’s cashless exercise procedure). As soon as practicable after receipt of a written exercise notice and payment in full of the exercise price of any exercisable Options in accordance with this Section 3, but subject to Section 6 below, the Company shall deliver to the Employee (or such other person or entity) a certificate or certificates representing the shares of Common Stock acquired upon the exercise thereof, registered in the name of the Employee (or such other person or entity), provided that, if the Company, in its sole discretion, shall determine that, under applicable securities laws, any certificates issued under this Section 3 must bear a legend restricting the transfer of such Common Stock, such certificates shall bear the appropriate legend.

4. Termination of Employment .

(a) Special Termination . Subject to Section 4(d), in the event that the Employee’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates by reason of the Employee’s death, Disability or Retirement (each a “ Special Termination ”), then all Options held by the Employee that are exercisable as of the date of such Special Termination may be exercised by the Employee or the Employee’s beneficiary as designated in accordance with Section 9, or if no such beneficiary is named, by the Employee’s estate, at any time prior to one (1) year following the Employee’s

 

4


termination of employment or the Normal Expiration Date of the Options, whichever period is shorter and shall terminate immediately thereafter. Upon a Special Termination, any Options that are not then exercisable shall terminate and be canceled immediately upon such termination of employment.

(b) Termination for Cause or Voluntary Resignation . Subject to Section 4(d), in the event that the Employee’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary is terminated for Cause or due to Voluntary Resignation, all Options held by the Employee, whether or not then exercisable, shall terminate and be canceled immediately upon such termination of employment.

(c) Other Termination of Employment . Subject to Section 4(d), in the event that the Employee’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates for any reason other than ( i ) a Special Termination, ( ii ) for Cause or ( iii ) due to Voluntary Resignation, then any Options held by the Employee which are exercisable at the date of the Employee’s termination of employment shall be exercisable at any time up until the 90th day following the Employee’s termination of employment (or, in the event that the Employee dies after terminating his employment, but within the period during which the Options would otherwise be exercisable hereunder, the 180th day after the date of the Employee’s death) or the Normal Expiration Date of the Options, whichever period is shorter and shall terminate immediately thereafter, but any Options held by the Employee that are not then exercisable shall terminate and be canceled immediately upon such termination of employment.

(d) Committee Discretion . The Committee may at any time extend the post-termination exercise period of all or any portion of the Options up to and including, but not beyond, the Normal Expiration Date of such Options.

5. Exit Event .

(a) Accelerated Vesting and Payment . Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine in the manner set forth in Section 5(b), in the event of an Exit Event, each outstanding Service Option (regardless of whether such Service Options are at such time otherwise exercisable) and each outstanding Exit Option exercisable pursuant to Section 2(b) shall be canceled in exchange for a payment in cash of an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Exit Event Price over the Option Price.

(b) Alternative Options . Notwithstanding Section 5(a), no cancellation or cash settlement or other payment shall occur with respect to any Option in connection with an Exit Event if the Committee reasonably determines in good faith, prior to the occurrence of such Exit Event, that such Option shall be honored or assumed, or new rights substituted therefor (such honored, assumed or substituted Option being hereinafter referred to as an “ Alternative Option ”) by the new employer, provided that any such Alternative Option must:

(i) provide the Employee that held such Option with rights and entitlements substantially equivalent to or better than the rights, terms and conditions applicable under such Option, including, but not limited to, an identical or better exercise and vesting schedule and identical or better timing and methods of payment; and

 

5


(ii) have substantially equivalent economic value to such Option (determined at the time of the Exit Event).

(c) Limitation on Benefits . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Option agreement or the Plan to the contrary if, whether as a result of accelerated vesting, the grant of an Alternative Award or otherwise, the Employee would receive any payment, deemed payment or other benefit as a result of the operation of Section 5(a) or Section 5(b) that, together with any other payment, deemed payment or other benefit the Employee may receive under any other plan, program, policy or arrangement, would constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code, then, notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, the payments, deemed payments or other benefits such Employee would otherwise receive under Section 5(a) or Section 5(b) shall be reduced to the extent necessary to eliminate any such excess parachute payment and such Employee shall have no further rights or claims with respect thereto. If the preceding sentence would result in a reduction of the payments, deemed payments or other benefits the Employee would otherwise receive, the Company will use good faith efforts to seek the approval of the Company’s shareholders in the manner provided for in Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code and the regulations thereunder with respect to such reduced payments or other benefits (if the Company is eligible to do so), so that such payments would not be treated as “parachute payments” for these purposes (and therefore would cease to be subject to reduction pursuant to this Section 5(c)).

6. Tax Withholding .

Whenever Common Stock is to be issued pursuant to the exercise of an Option or any cash payment is to be made hereunder, the Company or any Subsidiary shall have the power to withhold, or require the Employee to remit to the Company or such Subsidiary, an amount sufficient to satisfy the statutory minimum federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements relating to such transaction, and the Company or such Subsidiary may defer payment of cash or issuance of Common Stock until such requirements are satisfied.

 

6


7. Nontransferability of Awards .

No Options granted hereby may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, encumbered or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall establish, to a Permitted Transferee. All rights with respect to Options granted to the Employee hereunder shall be exercisable during his lifetime only by such Employee or, if permitted by the Committee, a Permitted Transferee. Following the Employee’s death, all rights with respect to Options that were exercisable at the time of the Employee’s death and have not terminated shall be exercised by his designated beneficiary, his estate or, if permitted by the Committee, a Permitted Transferee.

8. Buyout and Settlement for Shares .

Upon the purported exercise of any Option, in lieu of accepting payment of the exercise price therefor and delivering the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Option is being exercised, the Committee may cause the Company either ( a ) to pay the Employee an amount in cash equal to the amount, if any, by which the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock as to which the Option is being exercised exceeds the aggregate Option Price, or ( b ) to deliver to the Employee a lesser number of shares of Common Stock, having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, equal to the amount, if any, by which the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock as to which the Option is being exercised exceeds the aggregate Option Price for such shares. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein to the contrary, if the Committee exercises this authority at any time prior to a Public Offering and the date of the purported Option exercise (the “ Exercise Date ”) is on or after the first day of the seventh month of any fiscal year, the Fair Market Value of any share of Common Stock shall be calculated with reference to the most recent report to the Company describing the conclusions of an independent valuation consultant or appraiser of recognized national standing reasonably satisfactory to the Investor Members as to the value of the Common Stock as of the last day of the last ended fiscal year of the Company or such other more recent date requested by the Company (an “ Appraisal Date ”) rendered prior to such Exercise Date, plus (or minus) the product of ( i ) the increase (decrease) in such Fair Market Value from the Appraisal Date used in such last report to the Appraisal Date used in the next report issued following such Exercise Date and ( ii ) a fraction, the denominator of which is the number of days in the period between the Appraisal Dates preceding and following the Exercise Date and the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed from the earlier Appraisal Date to such Exercise Date. Upon payment of cash or distribution of shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Section 8, the Employee’s rights as to the portion of the Options which is the subject of such payment or distribution shall be deemed satisfied in full.

 

7


9. Beneficiary Designation .

The Employee may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) by whom any right under the Plan and this Agreement is to be exercised in case of his death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Employee, shall be in a form reasonably prescribed by the Committee, and will be effective only when filed by the Employee in writing with the Committee during his lifetime. If no beneficiary is named, or if a named beneficiary does not survive the Employee, Section 9.2 of the Plan shall determine who may exercise the Employee’s rights under the Plan.

10. Adjustment in Capitalization .

The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding Option grants and the respective prices and/or vesting criteria applicable to outstanding Options, shall be proportionately adjusted to reflect, as deemed equitable and appropriate by the Committee, any stock dividend, stock split or share combination of, or extraordinary cash dividend on, the Common Stock, or any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, or exchange of shares affecting the Common Stock, or any issuance of any warrants or rights offering (other than any such offering under the Plan) to purchase Common Stock at a price materially below Fair Market Value, or any other similar event affecting the Common Stock. All determinations and calculations required under this Section 10 shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee.

11. Requirements of Law .

The issuance of shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Options shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon exercise of any Options granted hereunder, if such exercise would result in a violation of applicable law, including the U.S. federal securities laws and any applicable state or foreign securities laws.

12. No Guarantee of Employment .

Nothing in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the Employee’s employment at any time, or confer upon the Employee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

8


13. No Rights as Stockholder .

Except as otherwise required by law, the Employee shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock covered by the Options granted hereby until such time as the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of such Options have been so issued. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein to the contrary, the exercise of any portion of the Options conveyed hereby is expressly conditioned upon the Employee becoming a party to the Shareholders Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement with respect to any shares of Common Stock to be acquired upon such exercise.

14. Restrictions on Sale Upon Public Offering .

Except as otherwise provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, the Employee agrees that, in the event that the Company files a registration statement under the Act with respect to a public offering of any shares of its capital stock, the Employee will not effect any sale or distribution of any shares of the Common Stock including, but not limited to, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, within seven days prior to and 90 days (unless the Company, in consultation with the managing underwriter, determines that a longer period, not to exceed 180 days, is required, or such shorter period as the managing underwriter for any underwritten offering may agree) after the effective date of the registration statement relating to such registration (the “ Trigger Date ”), except as part of such registration or unless, in the case of a sale or distribution not involving a public offering, the transferee agrees in writing to be subject to this Section 14; provided that, with respect to any shelf registration statement on Form S-3, the Trigger Date shall be the pricing of any offering made under such registration statement and the Employee agrees to execute a customary holdback agreement with the underwriters for any such public offering.

15. Interpretation; Construction .

Any determination or interpretation by the Committee under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be final and conclusive on all persons affected hereby. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, in the event of a conflict between any term of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.

16. Amendments .

(a) In General . The Committee may, at its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time alter or amend this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any unvested Options (but not any previously granted vested Options) in whole or in part, including without limitation, amending the criteria for vesting and exercisability set forth in Section 2 hereof, substituting alternative vesting and exercisability criteria and

 

9


imposing certain blackout periods on Options; provided, that such alteration, amendment, suspension or termination shall preserve the economic value, as determined by the Committee in its sole good faith discretion, of any previously granted Option. The Company shall give written notice to the Employee of any such alteration or amendment of this Agreement as promptly as practicable after the adoption thereof. This Agreement may also be amended by a writing signed by both the Company and the Employee.

(b) Public Offering . Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a Public Offering, the Committee shall amend this Agreement and all Exit Options to provide for ( i ) subject to Section 16(a) above, the substitution of the exercisability criteria set forth in Section 2(b) with criteria based on stock price and ( ii ) the imposition of certain blackout periods, in each case, as the Committee shall determine to be appropriate; provided, however that such amendments shall preserve the economic value of the Options, as determined by the Committee in its sole good faith discretion.

17. Miscellaneous .

(a) Notices . All notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if ( i ) delivered personally, ( ii ) mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, ( iii ) sent by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, or ( iv ) sent by fax, as follows:

 

  (i) If to the Company, to it at:

KAR Holdings II, LLC

c/o Kelso & Company

320 Park Avenue, 24 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Fax: 212-223-2379

Attention: James J. Connors II, Esq.

with a copy to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, NY 10036

Attention: Regina Olshan

Fax: (917) 777-3963

 

  (ii) If to the Employee, to the Employee’s last known home address,

or to such other person or address as any party shall specify by notice in writing to the Company. All such notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers and other

 

10


communications shall be deemed to have been received ( w ) if by personal delivery on the day after such delivery, ( x ) if by certified or registered mail, on the fifth business day after the mailing thereof, ( y ) if by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, on the day delivered, or ( z ) if by fax, on the day delivered, provided that such delivery is confirmed.

(b) Binding Effect; Benefits . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.

(c) Waiver . Either party hereto may by written notice to the other ( i ) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other under this Agreement, ( ii ) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other contained in this Agreement and ( iii ) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the other under this Agreement. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of either party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein. The waiver by either party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by either party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.

(d) Code Section 409A Compliance . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the Committee determines that any Option granted under this Agreement is subject to Section 409A of the Code and fails to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan or in this Agreement, the Committee reserves the right to amend, restructure, terminate or replace the Option in order to cause the Option to either not be subject to Section 409A of the Code or to comply with the applicable provisions of such section.

(e) Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Delaware, regardless of the law that might be applied under principles of conflict of laws.

(f) Section and Other Headings . The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

11


(g) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.

— Signature page follows —

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
EMPLOYEE

 

Name

 

13

Exhibit 10.16

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of the 13 day of July, 2007 by and between JOHN NORDIN (“Nordin”) and KAR HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Company”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ Nordin and Nordin desires to be employed by the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed that:

1. Employment . The Company hereby employs Nordin, and Nordin hereby accepts employment with the Company, as Chief Information Officer, whose duties include overseeing the information technology aspects of the Company and its affiliated companies. Nordin shall be an executive of the Company and shall be subject to the direction and control of the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). Nordin shall devote all of his business time and services to the business and affairs of the Company. Nordin shall also perform such other executive-level duties consistent with his position as Chief Information Officer as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer, including serving as an officer and/or director of the Company’s operating subsidiaries. The duties and services to be performed by Nordin hereunder shall be substantially rendered at the Company’s principal offices as determined by the Board, except for reasonable travel on the Company’s business incident to the performance of Nordin’s duties.

2. Compensation . As compensation for Nordin’s services provided hereunder, the Company agrees to provide the following compensation:

2.1 Base Salary . While this Agreement is in effect, the Company agrees to pay to Nordin a base salary at the rate of $275,000 per annum commencing on the date of hire (“Base Salary”). The Base Salary shall be subject to annual review by the Board and any committee thereof (“Committee”) or the Compensation Committee and may be increased by the Board in their sole and absolute discretion but may not be decreased. Such salary shall be payable to Nordin in such equal periodic payments as the Company generally pays its employees, but in no event less frequently than monthly.

2.2 Incentives . As additional compensation for performance of the services rendered by Nordin during the term of this Agreement, the Company will pay to Nordin, in cash, a performance bonus equal to fifty percent (50%) of Nordin’s annual salary based upon the achievement of objectively quantifiable and measurable goals and objectives which shall be determined, in advance, by the Compensation Committee of the Board with respect to each fiscal year of the Company. This amount is hereinafter referred to as “Incentive Compensation.” Incentive Compensation that becomes payable to Nordin under this Section 2.2 shall be paid to Nordin between January 1 and March 15 of the calendar year following the year in which the Incentive Compensation was earned and no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, if any.


2.3 Options . The Company shall provide Nordin with profit interests in KAR Holdings, LLC as additional compensation for performance of services.

2.4 Benefits . During the term of his employment or for such time as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Nordin shall be entitled to participate, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable plan documents and policies, in such vacation, auto allowance, benefit plans, fringe benefits, life insurance, medical and dental plans, retirement plans and other programs as are offered from time to time by the Company to similarly situated executives of the Company and are described in the Company’s employee benefit handbooks. Nordin shall be entitled to four weeks of paid vacation each calendar year, subject to the accrual provisions and any limitations on carryover of unused vacation generally applicable to employees. Nordin shall be authorized to incur necessary and reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses in connection with his duties hereunder. In connection with expenses pursuant to this Section 2.4 , the Company shall reimburse Nordin for such expenses upon presentation of an itemized account and appropriate supporting documentation, all in accordance with the Company’s generally applicable policies.

2.5 Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify Nordin in accordance with the terms of the Company’s standard form of Indemnification Agreement.

3. Termination.

3.1 At Will Nature of Employment . Employment with the Company and all affiliated companies is not for a specific term and can be terminated by Nordin or the Company at any time for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made or that may be made to Nordin are superseded by this Agreement. In addition, this Agreement shall terminate by reason of Nordin’s death or the inability of Nordin, by reason of physical or mental illness or accident, to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months (a “Disability”). Nordin will be deemed to have suffered a Disability effective as of the earliest of the date on which a determination is made that he is (a) totally and permanently disabled by the Social Security Administration, or (b) totally and permanently disabled by the insurance carrier under any group long-term disability policy maintained by the Company. Notwithstanding any provision contained herein to the contrary, to the extent that any compensation or benefits (that constitute “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance issued thereunder) become payable or available due to Nordin’s termination of employment under this Section 3 , no such compensation or benefits will become payable or available unless such termination of employment otherwise constitutes a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance issued thereunder.

 

2


3.2 Company’s Obligations on Termination Apart from a Change of Control.

(a) No Obligations Other Than as Required by Law for Voluntary Termination or Cause . Aside from any legal obligation to pay Nordin the portion of his Base Salary earned for services performed through the Date of Termination and/or accrued vacation earned through Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, the Company shall have no obligation to pay Nordin any severance payments or continue to cover Nordin and/or his beneficiaries under the Company’s benefit plan (other than as required by law) if this Agreement is terminated for any of the following reasons: Voluntary Termination. Nordin voluntarily terminates this Agreement and his employment with the Company and all affiliated companies for any reason that does not constitute an Involuntary Termination; or Cause. The Company terminates Nordin’s employment with the Company and all affiliated companies at any time during the term of this Agreement for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:

(A) the willful and continued failure of Nordin to perform substantially his duties with the Company or one of its affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to medically documented illness or injury), 30 days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Nordin by the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that Nordin has not substantially performed his duties; or

(B) the willful engaging by Nordin in illegal conduct or misconduct which is injurious to the Company,

in each case as determined in the good faith opinion of the Board.

(b) Death and Disability Obligations . If this Agreement is terminated due to death or Disability, the Company shall pay to Nordin (or his legal representatives as the case may be) the specific obligations as set forth below:

(i) Death. Nordin’s employment shall terminate automatically upon Nordin’s death. If Nordin’s employment under this Agreement is terminated by reason of his death, the Company’s sole obligation to Nordin’s legal representatives shall be to pay or cause to be paid, within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination (as hereinafter defined), to such person or persons as Nordin shall have designated for that purpose in a notice filed with the Company, or, if no such person shall have been so designated, to his estate, the amount of Nordin’s Accrued Obligations (as hereinafter defined). Any amounts payable under this Section 3.2(b)(i) shall be exclusive of and in addition to any payments or benefits which Nordin’s widow, beneficiaries or estate may be entitled to receive pursuant to any pension plan, profit sharing plan, any employee benefit plan, equity incentive plan or life insurance policy maintained by the Company.Disability. If the Disability of Nordin occurs, the Company may give to Nordin written notice in accordance with Section 6.1 of this Agreement of its intention to terminate Nordin’s employment. In such

 

3


event, Nordin’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such notice by Nordin (the “Disability Effective Date”), unless within the 30-day period after such receipt, Nordin returns to full-time performance of his duties. The Company’s sole obligation to Nordin shall be payment of Accrued Obligations (as hereinafter defined) and the timely payment or provision of other benefits, including disability and other benefits provided by the Company to disabled executives and/or their families in accordance with such Company plans, programs, practices and policies relating to disability, if any.

(c) Obligations of Company Following Termination Without Cause or Involuntary Termination . Upon the termination of this Agreement and Nordin’s employment hereunder apart from a Change of Control, the Company shall, within 30 days following the Date of Termination, and provided that Nordin signs and does not revoke a general release provided by the Company and in the favor of the Company and each affiliated company within such 30-day period, pay to Nordin an amount equal to the sum of (i) the portion of Nordin’s Base Salary earned for services performed through the Date of Termination and/or accrued vacation earned through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, (ii) a lump sum payment equal to Nordin’s annual Base Salary in effect at the time Nordin’s employment is terminated; plus (iii) Nordin’s average annual bonus received over the eight (8) fiscal quarters of the Company immediately preceding Company’s fiscal quarter during which Nordin’s employment is terminated, without exceeding Nordin’s target bonus for Company’s fiscal year during which Nordin’s employment is terminated, provided, however, that Nordin shall receive his target bonus if he is terminated within his first eight (8) fiscal quarters of employment with the Company; plus (iv) Nordin’s auto allowance for the Company’s fiscal year during which Nordin’s employment is terminated. In addition, the Company shall provide, at Company’s expense, continued group health plan coverage for Nordin and his “qualified beneficiaries” (within the meaning of Title I, Part 6 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“COBRA”)), to the extent required under COBRA, for a period extending through the earlier of the date Nordin begins any subsequent full-time employment for another employer for pay and the date that is one (1) year after Nordin’s termination of employment, under the Company’s group health plan covering Nordin and Nordin’s qualified beneficiaries, provided that Nordin properly and timely elects to continue such coverage pursuant to COBRA. In no event will the Company’s payment of the COBRA premiums for up to the first 12 months of COBRA coverage be considered an extension of the maximum continuation of coverage period required under COBRA.

3.3 Company’s Obligations on Termination Due to a Change of Control.

(a) Severance Benefits for Termination Within Two (2) Years After a Change of Control . If Nordin’s employment with the Company and all affiliated companies terminates by reason of Nordin’s Involuntary Termination (as defined in Section 3.6(c) below) or termination by the Company without Cause (as defined in Section 3.2(a)(ii)) above) within two (2) years after the effective date of the Change of Control, Nordin shall be entitled to receive the following, provided that Nordin signs and

 

4


does not revoke a general release provided by the Company and in the favor of the Company and each affiliated company within the 30-day period following the Termination Date:

(i) Within 30 days of the Date of Termination, Company shall pay Nordin a Lump Sum Payment in an amount equal to 150% of the sum of (A) Nordin’s annual Base Salary then in effect and (B) his Highest Annual Bonus; Within 30 days of the Date of Termination, Company shall pay Nordin a Lump Sum Payment in the amount of any Accrued Obligation; and

(iii) Company shall provide, at its expense, continued coverage of Nordin and Nordin’s qualified beneficiaries (within the meaning of COBRA) for eighteen (18) months after the Date of Termination or until Nordin commences any full-time employment with another employer, whichever comes first, under the Company’s health plan covering Nordin and Nordin’s beneficiaries, provided, however, that Nordin properly and timely elects coverage pursuant to COBRA. In no event will the Company’s payment of the COBRA premiums for up to the first 18 months of COBRA coverage be considered an extension of the maximum continuation of coverage period required under COBRA.

(b) Severance Benefits for Termination After the Second Year Following a Change of Control . If Nordin is terminated after the second year following a Change of Control, the Company’s obligations are as set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

(c) Stock Options After a Change of Control . Subject to Section 2.3 of this Agreement and the underlying terms and conditions of such option agreements, all of Nordin’s outstanding stock options to purchase Company common stock shall accelerate and become fully exercisable upon a Change in Control.

3.4 Certain Additional Payments by the Company; Excise Tax Gross-up . A lump sum “Gross-Up Payment” (as defined below) shall be made within 30 days of the Date of Termination to Nordin, provided that Nordin signs and does not revoke a general release provided by the Company in the favor of the Company and each affiliated company within such 30-day period in connection with a Change of Control, including, without limitation, the vesting of an option or other non-cash benefit or property, whether pursuant to the terms of any applicable plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies (the “Total Payments”) would trigger a tax imposed on Nordin under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Excise Tax”).

For purposes hereof, the Gross-Up Payment shall mean a payment to Nordin in such amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount retained by Nordin, after reduction for any Excise Tax (including any penalties or interest thereon) on the Total Payments and any federal, state and local income or employment tax and Excise Tax on the Gross-Up Payment provided for by this Section 3.4 , but before reduction for any federal, state or local income or employment tax on the Total Payments, shall be equal to the Total Payments.

 

5


3.5 Exclusive Benefits . If more than one benefit due to termination becomes payable under Sections 3.2 or 3.3 , the greatest of such benefits shall become payable to the exclusion of all other such benefits and shall be in lieu of any other severance or similar benefits that would otherwise be payable under any other agreement, plan, program or policy of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in the prior sentence to the contrary, Nordin shall be entitled to benefits and incentives under all benefit plans and equity incentive plans, policies and programs (except as expressly excluded herein, including, without limitation, Section 2.3 of this Agreement) according to the terms of such benefit plans and equity incentive plans, policies and programs as in effect from time to time, including any acceleration of vesting provisions in the Company’s option plans, including any benefits under the Executive Severance Plan for Officers.

3.6 Definitions .

(a) For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” shall mean:

(i) the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (for the purposes of this Section 3.3 , a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company shall not constitute a Change of Control; or

(ii) individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual (other than an individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board) who becomes a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; or

(iii) consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”) unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such

 

6


Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities and (ii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(iv) approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, “affiliated companies” shall include any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

(c) For purposes of this Agreement, “Involuntary Termination” shall mean Nordin’s voluntary termination following (i) a material diminution in Nordin’s position with the Company which materially reduces Nordin’s level of responsibility, (ii) a material diminution in Nordin’s Base Salary, or (iii) a material change in Nordin’s place of employment, which is more than seventy-five (75) miles from Nordin’s place of employment prior to the change, provided and only if such change or reduction is effected without Nordin’s written concurrence.

(d) For purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” shall mean (i) if Nordin’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or by Nordin, the date of receipt of the notice of termination (as contemplated in Section 6.1 ) or any later date specified therein, as the case may be, (ii) if Nordin’s employment is terminated by the Company for other than for Cause or Disability, the date on which the Company notifies Nordin of such termination and (iii) if Nordin’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the date of death of Nordin or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

(e) For purposes of this Agreement, “Accrued Obligations” shall mean the sum of (i) the portion of Nordin’s Base Salary earned for services performed through the Date of Termination and/or accrued vacation earned through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, plus (ii) the greater of (I) the product of (x) any Incentive Compensation paid to or deferred by Nordin for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which Nordin’s Date of Termination occurs (annualized in the event that Nordin was not employed by the Company for the whole of such fiscal year) and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365 and (II) the average of the past three (3) years’ annual bonuses, provided, however, that Nordin shall receive his target bonus if he is terminated within his first eight (8) fiscal quarters with the Company (such greater amount being the “Highest Annual Bonus”) and (C) any compensation previously deferred by Nordin (together with any accrued interest or earnings thereon) and any

 

7


accrued vacation pay, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will Nordin be entitled to a duplication of any Incentive Compensation payments.

4. Inventions and Creations . Nordin agrees that all inventions, discoveries, improvements, ideas and other contributions (collectively “Inventions”) whether or not copyrighted or copyrightable, patented or patentable, or otherwise protectable in law, which are conceived, made, developed or acquired by Nordin, either individually or jointly, during his employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and which relate in any manner to the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, shall belong to the Company and Nordin does hereby assign and transfer to the Company his entire right, title and interest in the Inventions. Nordin agrees to promptly and fully disclose the Inventions to the Company, in writing if requested by the Company, and to execute and deliver any and all lawful application, assignment and other documents which the Company requests for protecting the Inventions in the United States or any other country. The Company shall have the full and sole power to prosecute such applications and to take all other action concerning the Inventions, and Nordin will cooperate fully within a lawful manner, at the expense of the Company, in the preparation and prosecution of all such applications and in any legal actions and proceedings concerning the Inventions. The provisions of this Section 4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

5. Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; Confidential Information .

5.1 Non-Competition Agreement . Nordin hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Company actively engages in its Business (as defined below) throughout all of North America and that as a high-level executive of the Company with duties and responsibilities that are co-extensive with the geographic scope of the Company’s Business, Nordin will also be actively performing services for the Company throughout all of North America, and will be exposed to all of the Company’s trade secrets. Accordingly, Nordin agrees that during the Non-Competition Period (as defined below), Nordin will not, directly or indirectly, whether as a partner, officer, shareholder, advisor, employee or otherwise, promote, participate, become employed by, or engage in any activity, or other business directly or indirectly, involving (i) the used and/or salvage vehicle redistribution business, (ii) the used and/or salvage vehicle auction business or (iii) the used vehicle dealer floor plan financing business (collectively, the “Business”) within the territory consisting of Indiana, Illinois, the continental United State, Canada and Mexico. If Nordin fails to comply with the provisions of this Section 5.1 , the Company may, in addition to pursuing all other remedies available to the Company under law or in equity as a result of such breach, cease payment of all severance benefits under Section 3 . For purposes hereof, “Non-Competition Period” shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending eighteen (18) months after the later of the termination of Nordin’s employment hereunder or Nordin’s submission of his resignation, or removal of Nordin as Chief Financial Officer of the Company and the Company’s payment and provision of Change of Control severance benefits pursuant to Section 3.3 .

5.2 Non-Solicitation Agreement . During the term of this Agreement and for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter, Nordin shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any Person (as defined below) solicit, aid or induce (a) any then current employee of the Company to leave the Company in order to accept employment with or render services for

 

8


Nordin or such Person or (b) any customer, client, vendor, lender, supplier or sales representative of the Company or similar persons engaged in business with the Company to discontinue the relationship or reduce the amount of business done with the Company. “Person” means any individual, a partnership, a corporation, an association, a limited liability company, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a governmental entity, or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof, or an accrediting body.

5.3 Confidential Information . Nordin acknowledges and agrees that he is in possession of and will be exposed to during the course of, and incident to, his employment by and affiliations with the Company, Confidential Information (as defined herein) relating to the Company and its affiliated companies. For purposes hereof, “Confidential Information” shall mean all proprietary or confidential information concerning the business, finances, financial statements, properties and operations of the Company and its affiliated companies, including, without limitation, all customer and prospective customer and supplier lists, know-how, trade secrets, business and marketing plans, techniques, forecasts, projections, budgets, unpublished financial statements, price lists, costs, computer programs, source and object codes, algorithms, data, and other original works of authorship, along with all information received from third parties and held in confidence by the Company and its affiliated companies (including, without limitation, personnel files and employee records). During the Non-Competition Period and at all times thereafter, Nordin will hold the Confidential Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose or make use of (directly or indirectly) the Confidential Information or any portion thereof to or on behalf of himself or any third party except (a) as required in the performance of his duties as an employee, director or shareholder of the Company, (b) as required by the order of any court or similar tribunal or any other governmental body or agency of appropriate jurisdiction; provided, that Nordin shall, to the extent practicable, give the Company prior written notice of any such disclosure and shall cooperate with the Company in obtaining a protective order or such similar protection as the Company may deem appropriate to preserve the confidential nature of such information. The foregoing obligations to maintain the Confidential Information shall not apply to any Confidential Information which is or, without any action by Nordin, becomes generally available to the public. Upon termination of any employment or consulting relationship between the Company and Nordin, Nordin shall promptly return to the Company all physical embodiments of the Confidential Information (regardless of form or medium) in the possession of or under the control of Nordin.

5.4 Scope of Restriction . The parties have limited the scope of the covenants set forth in Section 5 to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Company’s business interests. In the event that any court of competent authority determines that the scope and duration of such covenants is unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable, such court may modify such covenants to the extent that such court determines to be necessary in order to grant enforcement thereof as so modified.

5.5 Remedies . The parties hereto recognize that the Company will suffer irreparable injury in the event of a breach of the terms of Section 5 by Nordin. In the event of a breach of the terms of Section 5 , the Company shall be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available and without proof of monetary or immediate damage, to a temporary and/or permanent injunction, without the necessity of posting a bond, to restrain the violation of Section 5 by Nordin or any Persons acting for or in concert with him. Such remedy, however, shall be cumulative and nonexclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedy which the parties may have.

 

9


5.6 Common Law of Torts or Trade Secrets . The parties agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or negate the common law of torts or trade secrets where it provides the Company with broader protection than that provided herein.

5.7 Survival of Section 5 . The provisions of Section 5 shall survive the termination of Nordin’s employment and the termination of this Agreement.

6. General Provisions.

6.1 Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally to the recipient, sent to the recipient by reputable express courier service (charges prepaid), sent by facsimile (with a copy sent via another method approved herein), or mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Company and to Nordin at the addresses indicated below:

If to the Company:

KAR Holdings, Inc.

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Ste. 500 Carmel, Indiana 46032

Phone: 317-815-1100

Fax: 317-249-4601

Attention: General Counsel

If to Nordin:

John Nordin

937 Bartlett Terrace

Libertyville, Illinois 60048

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

6.2 Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

6.3 Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of either party hereto shall bind such party and its heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns and inure to the benefit of the other party hereto and their heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

10


6.4 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Indiana without giving effect to the provisions thereof regarding conflict of laws.

6.5 Resolution of Disputes; Arbitration . Should a dispute arise concerning this Agreement, its interpretation or termination, or Nordin’s employment with the Company, either party may request a conference with the other party to this Agreement and the parties shall meet to attempt to resolve the dispute. Failing such resolution within thirty (30) days of party request for a conference, the Company and Nordin shall endeavor to select an arbitrator who shall hear the dispute. In the event the parties are unable to agree on an arbitrator, Nordin and Company shall request the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) to submit a list of nine (9) names of persons who could serve as an arbitrator. The Company and Nordin shall alternately remove names from this list (beginning with the party which wins a flip of a coin) until one person remains and this person shall serve as the impartial arbitrator. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes as promulgated by the AAA. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on both parties. Each party shall bear equally all costs of the arbitrator.

The arbitrator shall only have authority to interpret, apply or determine compliance with the provisions set forth in this Agreement, but shall not have the authority to add to, detract from or otherwise alter the language of this Agreement.

6.6 Representations of Nordin . Nordin hereby represents and warrants to the Company that his execution, delivery and performance of this agreement will not violate or result in any breach of any agreement, contract, understanding or written policy to which Nordin is subject as a result of any prior employment, any investment or otherwise. Nordin is not subject to any agreement, contract or understanding which in any way restricts or limits his ability to accept employment with the Company or perform the services contemplated herein.

6.7 Code Section 409A . The Agreement is not intended to constitute a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Agreement or any compensation or benefit paid to Nordin hereunder is deemed to be subject to Section 409A of the Code, then, to the maximum extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance issued thereunder, such compensation or benefit shall first comply with any available exemption or exception under Section 409A of the Code (e.g., short-term deferral, severance pay plan exceptions, etc.) before subjecting such compensation or benefit to the provisions and restrictions under Section 409A of the Code. In addition, to the extent (i) any compensation or benefits to which Nordin becomes entitled under the Agreement, or any agreement or plan referenced therein, in connection with Nordin’s termination of employment with the Company constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code and (ii) Nordin is considered at the time of such termination of employment to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A of the Code, then such compensation or benefits (to the extent not otherwise exempt or excepted from the provisions of Section 409A ) shall not be paid or commence until the earliest of (i) the expiration of the six (6)-month period measured from the date of Nordin’s “separation from service” (as such term is at the time defined in Treasury Regulations under Section 409A of the Code with the Company; (ii)

 

11


the date Nordin becomes “disabled” (as defined in Treasury Regulations under Section 409A of the Code); or (iii) the date of Nordin’s death following such separation from service. Upon the expiration of the applicable six (6)-month deferral period, any compensation or benefits which would have otherwise been paid during that period (whether in a single sum or in installments) in the absence of this paragraph shall be paid to Nordin or Nordin’s beneficiary in one lump sum. Any compensation or benefits under this Agreement which are considered “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, shall, to the extent not otherwise exempt or excepted from such provisions, be administered and interpreted in a manner that is consistent with such provisions and, to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code and the guidance issued thereunder, in a manner that does not materially change the economic value of this Agreement to either party; provided, however, that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the Company from withholding income and other taxes (including any additional tax or interest under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code) from any compensation or benefits provided under this Agreement that the Company determines are required to be withheld from such compensation or benefits.

6.8 Descriptive Headings; Interpretation . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

6.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

6.10 Amendments and Waivers . No modification, amendment or waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless approved in writing by each of the parties hereto. The Company’s failure at any time to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and will not affect the right of the Company to enforce each and every provision hereof in accordance with its terms.

6.11 Non-Assignment . This Agreement shall not be assigned by Nordin.

6.12 Tax Withholdings/Deductions . Any and all amounts payable under this Agreement shall be subject to required withholdings for income and employment taxes and for other required deductions.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Brian T. Clingen

Name:   Brian T. Clingen
Title:   Chairman & CEO
 

/s/ John Nordin

  JOHN NORDIN

Exhibit 10.17

AMENDMENT TO

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Amendment”) is made as of the 14th day of August 2007 by and between JOHN NORDIN (“Nordin”) and KAR HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“KAR”).

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS , NORDIN and KAR entered into that certain Employment Agreement dated as of July 13, 2007 (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS , NORDIN and ADESA desire to amend Section 2.2 of the Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

  1. Section 2.2 Incentives shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

“2.2. Incentives. As additional compensation for performance of the services rendered by Nordin during the term of this Agreement, the Company will pay to Nordin, in cash, a performance bonus equal to seventy-five percent (75%) of Nordin’s annual salary based upon the achievement of objectively quantifiable and measurable goals and objectives which shall be determined, in advance, by the Compensation Committee of the Board with respect to each fiscal year of the Company. This amount is hereinafter referred to as “Incentive Compensation.” Incentive Compensation that becomes payable to Nordin under this Section 2.2 shall be paid to Nordin between January 1 and March 15 of the calendar year following the year in which the Incentive Compensation was earned and no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, if any.”

 

  2. Except as specifically amended by Paragraph 1 hereof, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Addendum to Auction Service Agreement, each by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

By:  

/s/ John Nordin

Name:   John Nordin
KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Brian T. Clingen

Name:

  Brian T. Clingen

Title:

  Chairman & CEO

Exhibit 10.18

KAR Holdings, Inc.

c/o Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

April 20, 2007

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

85 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby agrees to retain you, Goldman, Sachs & Co. (“ Goldman ”), and any of your affiliates or designees (collectively, with Goldman, the “ Goldman Group ”), to provide consulting and advisory services to the Company commencing on the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among ADESA, Inc. (“ ADESA ”), the Company, KAR Holdings II, LLC and KAR Acquisition, Inc., dated as of December 22, 2006 (the “ Merger Agreement ”)) for a term ending on the date on which Goldman and its affiliates or any private equity funds managed by Goldman cease to own, directly or indirectly, any equity interests of the Company. Such services may include ( i ) assisting in the raising of additional debt and equity capital from time to time for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if deemed advisable by the Board of Directors of the Company, ( ii ) assisting the Company and its Subsidiaries in their long-term strategic planning generally, ( iii ) providing the Company with financial, investment banking, management advisory and other services with respect to proposed transactions directly or indirectly involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Transaction Services ”) and ( iv ) providing such other consulting and advisory services as the Company may reasonably request.

In consideration of the Goldman Group’s providing the foregoing services (other than the Transaction Services), the Company will, or will cause one of its Subsidiaries, to pay Goldman ( i ) a fee of $12,054,796.70 in cash, which amount shall be paid substantially concurrently with the consummation of the merger of KAR Acquisition, Inc. with and into ADESA pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement (the “ Merger ”), and ( ii ) an annual advisory fee of $1,034,528.06, payable quarterly in advance on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 (or the first business day following each such date), provided that the first payment shall be due on the Closing Date and shall be in an amount pro-rated for the period from the Closing Date to the end of the then current fiscal quarter. If the Goldman Group or any private equity funds managed by Goldman invests, directly or indirectly, additional equity in the Company or any of its affiliates on one or more occasions after the Closing Date, then, in each such case, the Company and Goldman will negotiate in good faith to effect a mutually acceptable increase to such advisory fee. In consideration of the Goldman Group’s providing Transaction Services, the Company will pay Goldman a fee to be agreed between the Company and Goldman. The Company shall reimburse Goldman promptly for the Goldman Group’s out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with any investment by the Goldman Group or any private equity fund managed by Goldman, directly or indirectly, in the Company or any of its affiliates, whether made on or after the Closing Date, including any investment in connection with the


transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “ Acquisition ”) and including in connection with any sale or transfer, directly or indirectly, of its equity interests in the Company or any affiliates. Such costs and expenses shall include, but not be limited to, those incurred by the Goldman Group in the course of monitoring its investment in the Company and performing Goldman’s duties (including, without limitation, Transaction Services) hereunder.

The Company will indemnify each member of the Goldman Group and any private equity fund managed by Goldman that invest in the equity of the Company, and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and control persons (as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder) to the full extent lawful against any and all claims, losses and expenses as incurred (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of any such indemnitee’s counsel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of and preparation for any such pending or threatened claims and any litigation or other proceedings arising therefrom) arising in connection with the Merger, the Acquisition, any of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (including the financing of the Merger), or such indemnitee’s investment in the Acquisition, or out of any services rendered by the Goldman Group hereunder and/or any such indemnitee being a controlling person of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; provided , however , there shall be excluded from such indemnification any such claim, loss or expense to the extent that it is based upon any action or failure to act by such indemnitee that is found in a final judicial determination to constitute gross negligence or intentional misconduct on such indemnitee’s part. The Company will advance costs and expenses, including attorney’s fees, incurred by any such indemnitee in defending any such claim in advance of the final disposition of such claim upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such indemnitee to repay amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

The Company’s obligations set forth in this Agreement shall survive the termination of Goldman’s services pursuant to the first paragraph of this Agreement.

This Agreement may not be amended or revised except by a writing signed by the parties.

This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

[remainder of the page intentionally left blank]

 

2


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, kindly so indicate by signing a counterpart of this letter, whereupon it will become a binding agreement between us.

 

Very truly yours,
KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Church M. Moore

Name:   Church M. Moore
Title:   Vice President

 

Agreed and accepted:
GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
By:  

/s/ Philip Grovit

Name:   Philip Grovit
Title:   Managing Director

Exhibit 10.19

KAR Holdings, Inc.

c/o Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

April 20, 2007

ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P.

c/o ValueAct Capital

435 Pacific Avenue, 4th Floor

San Francisco, CA 94133

Ladies and Gentlemen:

KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby agrees to retain you, ValueAct Capital Master Fund, L.P. (“ ValueAct ”), and any of your affiliates or designees (collectively, with ValueAct, the “ ValueAct Group ”), to provide consulting and advisory services to the Company commencing on the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among ADESA, Inc. (“ ADESA ”), the Company, KAR Holdings II, LLC and KAR Acquisition, Inc., dated as of December 22, 2006 (the “ Merger Agreement ”)) for a term ending on the date on which ValueAct and its affiliates cease to own, directly or indirectly, any equity interests of the Company. Such services may include ( i ) assisting in the raising of additional debt and equity capital from time to time for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if deemed advisable by the Board of Directors of the Company, ( ii ) assisting the Company and its Subsidiaries in their long-term strategic planning generally, ( iii ) providing the Company with financial, investment banking, management advisory and other services with respect to proposed transactions directly or indirectly involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Transaction Services ”) and ( iv ) providing such other consulting and advisory services as the Company may reasonably request.

In consideration of the ValueAct Group’s providing the foregoing services (other than the Transaction Services), the Company will, or will cause one of its Subsidiaries, to pay ValueAct ( i ) a fee of $10,045,663.91 in cash, which amount shall be paid substantially concurrently with the consummation of the merger of KAR Acquisition, Inc. with and into ADESA pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement (the “ Merger ”), and ( ii ) an annual advisory fee of $862,106.72, payable quarterly in advance on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 (or the first business day following each such date), provided that the first payment shall be due on the Closing Date and shall be in an amount pro-rated for the period from the Closing Date to the end of the then current fiscal quarter. If the ValueAct Group invests, directly or indirectly, additional equity in the Company or any of its affiliates on one or more occasions after the Closing Date, then, in each such case, the Company and ValueAct will negotiate in


good faith to effect a mutually acceptable increase to such advisory fee. In consideration of the ValueAct Group’s providing Transaction Services, the Company will pay ValueAct a fee to be agreed between the Company and ValueAct. The Company shall reimburse ValueAct promptly for the ValueAct Group’s out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with any investment by the ValueAct Group, directly or indirectly, in the Company or any of its affiliates, whether made on or after the Closing Date, including any investment in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “ Acquisition ”) and including in connection with any sale or transfer, directly or indirectly, of its equity interests in the Company or any affiliates. Such costs and expenses shall include, but not be limited to, those incurred by the ValueAct Group in the course of monitoring its investment in the Company and performing ValueAct’s duties (including, without limitation, Transaction Services) hereunder.

The Company will indemnify each member of the ValueAct Group, and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and control persons (as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder) to the full extent lawful against any and all claims, losses and expenses as incurred (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of any such indemnitee’s counsel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of and preparation for any such pending or threatened claims and any litigation or other proceedings arising therefrom) arising in connection with the Merger, the Acquisition, any of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (including the financing of the Merger), or such indemnitee’s investment in the Acquisition or out of any services rendered by the ValueAct Group hereunder and/or any such indemnitee being a controlling person of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; provided , however , there shall be excluded from such indemnification any such claim, loss or expense to the extent that it is based upon any action or failure to act by such indemnitee that is found in a final judicial determination to constitute gross negligence or intentional misconduct on such indemnitee’s part. The Company will advance costs and expenses, including attorney’s fees, incurred by any such indemnitee in defending any such claim in advance of the final disposition of such claim upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such indemnitee to repay amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

The Company’s obligations set forth in this Agreement shall survive the termination of ValueAct’s services pursuant to the first paragraph of this Agreement.

This Agreement may not be amended or revised except by a writing signed by the parties.

This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

[remainder of the page intentionally left blank]

 

2


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, kindly so indicate by signing a counterpart of this letter, whereupon it will become a binding agreement between us.

 

Very truly yours,
KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Church M. Moore

Name:   Church M. Moore
Title:   Vice President

 

Agreed and accepted:
VALUEACT CAPITAL MASTER FUND, L.P.
By:   VA Partners, LLC, its General Partner
By:  

/s/ George F. Hamel, Jr.

Name:   George F. Hamel, Jr.
Title:   Managing Member

Exhibit 10.20

KAR Holdings, Inc.

c/o Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24 th Floor

New York, NY 10022

April 20, 2007

PCap, L.P.

75 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

Ladies and Gentlemen:

KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) hereby agrees to retain you, PCap, LP (“ PCap ”), and any of your affiliates or designees (collectively, with PCap, the “ Parthenon Capital Group ”), to provide consulting and advisory services to the Company commencing on the Closing Date (as defined in the Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among ADESA, Inc. (“ ADESA ”), the Company, KAR Holdings II, LLC and KAR Acquisition, Inc., dated as of December 22, 2006 (the “ Merger Agreement ”)) for a term ending on the date on which PCap and its affiliates (including Axle Holdings II, LLC and PCap KAR LLC) cease to own, directly or indirectly, any equity interests of the Company. Such services may include ( i ) assisting in the raising of additional debt and equity capital from time to time for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, if deemed advisable by the Board of Directors of the Company, ( ii ) assisting the Company and its Subsidiaries in their long-term strategic planning generally, ( iii ) providing the Company with financial, investment banking, management advisory and other services with respect to proposed transactions directly or indirectly involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Transaction Services ”) and ( iv ) providing such other consulting and advisory services as the Company may reasonably request.

In consideration of the Parthenon Capital Group’s providing the foregoing services (other than the Transaction Services), the Company will, or will cause one of its Subsidiaries, to pay PCap ( i ) a fee of $2,678,843.71 in cash, which amount shall be paid substantially concurrently with the consummation of the merger of KAR Acquisition, Inc. with and into ADESA pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement (the “ Merger ”), and ( ii ) an annual advisory fee of $287,368.91, payable quarterly in advance on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 (or the first business day following each such date), provided that the first payment shall be due on the Closing Date and shall be in an amount pro-rated for the period from the Closing Date to the end of the then current fiscal quarter. If the Parthenon Capital Group invests, directly or indirectly, additional equity in the Company or any of its affiliates on one or more occasions after the Closing Date, then, in each such case, the Company and PCap will negotiate in good faith to effect a mutually acceptable increase to such advisory fee. In consideration of the Parthenon


Capital Group’s providing Transaction Services, the Company will pay PCap a fee to be agreed between the Company and PCap. The Company shall reimburse PCap promptly for the Parthenon Capital Group’s out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with any investment by the Parthenon Capital Group, directly or indirectly, in the Company or any of its affiliates, whether made on or after the Closing Date, including any investment in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (the “ Acquisition ”) and including in connection with any sale or transfer, directly or indirectly, of its equity interests in the Company or any affiliates. Such costs and expenses shall include, but not be limited to, those incurred by the Parthenon Capital Group in the course of monitoring its investment in the Company and performing PCap’s duties (including, without limitation, Transaction Services) hereunder.

The Company will indemnify each member of the Parthenon Capital Group, and their respective officers, directors, partners, employees, agents and control persons (as such term is used in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder) to the full extent lawful against any and all claims, losses and expenses as incurred (including all reasonable fees and disbursements of any such indemnitee’s counsel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the investigation of and preparation for any such pending or threatened claims and any litigation or other proceedings arising therefrom) arising in connection with the Merger, the Acquisition, any of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement (including the financing of the Merger), which includes any investment made by the Parthenon Capital Group in Axle Holdings II, LLC (and, indirectly, Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.) prior to the Closing Date (the “ IAAI Acquisition ”), or such indemnitee’s investment in the Acquisition or the IAAI Acquisition or out of any services rendered by the Parthenon Capital Group hereunder and / or any such indemnitee being a controlling person of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; provided , however , there shall be excluded from such indemnification any such claim, loss or expense to the extent that it is based upon any action or failure to act by such indemnitee that is found in a final judicial determination to constitute gross negligence or intentional misconduct on such indemnitee’s part; provided , further , however , there shall also be excluded from such indemnification any such claim, loss or expense to the extent that it is based solely upon a breach of the Contribution Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Axle Holdings II, LLC, the Company and the other parties named therein. The Company will advance costs and expenses, including attorney’s fees, incurred by any such indemnitee in defending any such claim in advance of the final disposition of such claim upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such indemnitee to repay amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

The Company’s obligations set forth in this Agreement shall survive the termination of PCap’s services pursuant to the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

2


This Agreement may not be amended or revised except by a writing signed by the parties.

This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

[remainder of the page intentionally left blank]

 

3


If you are in agreement with the foregoing, kindly so indicate by signing a counterpart of this letter, whereupon it will become a binding agreement between us.

 

Very truly yours,
KAR HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Church M. Moore

Name:   Church M. Moore
Title:   Vice President

 

Agreed and accepted:
PCAP, LP
By:   PCap Managers, LLC
Its:   General Partner
By:  

/s/ David Ament

Name:   David Ament
Title:  

Exhibit 10.21

Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

2007 Incentive Plan

Executive Management


Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

2007 Incentive Plan – Executive Management

SECTION 1 OBJECTIVE

The purpose of this 2007 Incentive Plan – Executive Management (the “Plan”) is to motivate and reward key executives and management personnel responsible for the successful achievement of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. (the “Company”) financial goals along with specific personal goals during the Plan year. Performance will be evaluated against pre-determined financial objectives so that each Participant will know what specific performance will be required to achieve an incentive award.

SECTION 2 EFFECTIVE DATE

This Plan is effective January 1, 2007. The Plan year shall coincide with the Company’s fiscal year. The Company reserves the right to revise or terminate the Plan at any time, with or without advance notice.

SECTION 3 PARTICIPATION

Only personnel whose responsibilities and accomplishments can be directly identified with the achievement of major business goals are eligible to participate. The participants in the Plan (the “Participants”) and their incentive opportunity at target shall be determined by the Company’s compensation committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”).

No employee shall have a right to be selected as a Participant in any year, or having been selected as a Participant for one year, to be a Participant in any other year. Participation does not constitute a guarantee of employment for the entire Plan year, or any specific time period.

SECTION 4 ELIGIBILITY

Key executives are eligible to participate in the Program provided the Chief Executive Officer approves them. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer shall approve individual Participants and their target incentive opportunity for the Plan year as well as any changes in Target Incentive Opportunities during the Plan year, as changes in assignments warrant.

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer must approve additions to the Executive Incentive Plan after the start of the Plan year and prior to October 1, 2007. After October 1, 2007 additional Participants will not be added to the Plan until the beginning of the next Plan year. The amount of incentive award paid will be prorated based on the employee’s date of Plan entrance or employment. These same guidelines apply to employees who are promoted into an incentive plan position during the year.


Any actions taken by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to this Section 4 shall be subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee.

SECTION 5 INCENTIVE OPPORTUNITY

Incentive opportunities are expressed as a percentage of total base salary for the plan year and vary by organization level.

SECTION 6 INCENTIVE AWARDS

Incentive awards are earned based on achievement of specific objectives. For the 2007 fiscal year, each Participant’s incentive award will be based upon obtaining the EBITDA target, as determined by the Compensation Committee.

Each year budgets are prepared and submitted to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Board of Directors for review and approval. In order for the incentive plan to be truly motivational and assist in achieving corporate growth objectives, two principles will be adhered to closely:

 

   

Budgets must be realistic, yet rigorous. Budgets should set attainable goals; yet, to attain these goals above average performance will be required. Presumably, base salary is being paid for average performance and is thus sufficient.

 

   

Equity requires that each budget have relatively equal “ stretch ”. The Chief Executive Officer will review each budget to evaluate the “stretch”.

Incentive Awards will be based on achievement of specific objectives as determined by the Compensation Committee. The Company must achieve at least 90% of the EBITDA target before any incentive awards are earned. Overall percentage achievement above plan will be factored up 100% to arrive at the payout percentage. Overall percentage achievement below plan will be factored down by 50% to arrive at the payout percentage. For example, the incentive factor would require payout at 120% of target for 10% above plan performance.

Maximum achievement will be 130%. Using the incentive factors, this results in an initial payout of 85% of target once the threshold is achieved to a maximum payout of 160% of target.

The Chief Executive Officer has the right to designate individual goals and objectives for specific Participants as a part of their incentive calculation, subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee.


SECTION 7 DEFINITION OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

The financial performance measurement for awards under this Plan shall be calculated based on attaining the EBITDA target determined by the Compensation Committee.

EBITDA is defined as earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortization and other non-cash items. The Compensation Committee shall adjust EBITDA and the EBITDA target for acquisitions and dispositions, including transaction expenses related thereto. The Committee’s determination on the EBITDA calculation shall be final and conclusive.

SECTION 8 PLAN ADMINISTRATION

The Chief Executive Officer of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. will approve final bonus recommendations and authorize the distribution of incentive bonus checks to Participants after approval. The Chief Executive Officer, acting under the direction of the Compensation Committee, is the final authority to resolve any issues or disputes that arise in the administration of the plan.

Adjustments to the Incentive Plan Awards may be made to reflect changes in responsibility, account reassignment, etc., at the discretion of the Company. Any amendments to the Plan or adjustments to an award must be approved by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

The cost of the incentive pool will be recognized through the monthly accrual of funds equivalent to the total target award payment for all Participants divided by 12 months. Accruals will be adjusted based on actual financial performance against financial plan goals.

SECTION 9 INCENTIVE AWARD PAYMENT

Incentive payments to eligible Participants will be made within 90 days after year-end (but not before completion of the annual audit of the Company’s financial statements). Participants must be on the payroll and in good standing on the date awards are paid to be eligible for an award payment.

SECTION 10 TERMINATIONS

The following provisions will cover Participants whose employment with the Company terminates during the Plan year:

 

   

Participants voluntarily terminating their employment or Participants discharged for cause forfeit all rights to any incentive award payment under this Plan. The Company shall have the sole right to determine what constitutes “cause” for purposes of this paragraph.

 

   

Prorated incentive awards will be paid to Participants whose employment with the company terminates during the Plan year due to retirement, permanent and total disability, or death. Pro-rated incentive awards will be also be paid to Participants who are granted a leave of absence during the Plan year.


SECTION 11 ASSIGNMENTS AND TRANSFERS

The rights and interests of a Participant under the Plan may not be assigned, encumbered or transferred except, in the event of the death of a Participant, to his/her designated beneficiary, or in the absence of such designation by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

SECTION 12 PLAN ADJUSTMENTS

The Compensation Committee may make adjustments as it deems advisable in order to give consideration to distinguished performance, changes in accounting rules, principles, or methods, disputes that may arise, or other extraordinary and to adjust Financial Performance measures in recognition of such occurrence.

Exhibit 10.22

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) was originally entered into as of this 17th day of November, 2000 and was amended and restated on April 2, 2001 by and between THOMAS C. O’BRIEN (“O’Brien”) and INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC., an Illinois corporation (“Company”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS , the Company desires to employ O’Brien and O’Brien desires to be employed by the Company upon the terms and conditions set forth below.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, it is hereby agreed that:

1. Employment . The Company hereby employs O’Brien, and O’Brien hereby accepts employment with the Company, as President and Chief Executive Officer, with authority over the day to day operations of the Company and its operating subsidiaries. The Company agrees to take all action necessary to nominate and elect O’Brien as a director of the Company as soon as possible following his commencement of employment. O’Brien shall be the highest ranking executive of the Company and shall be subject to the direction and control of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). O’Brien shall devote all of his business time and services to the business and affairs of the Company. O’Brien shall also perform such other executive-level duties consistent with his position as President and Chief Executive Officer as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board, including, without limitation, serving as a member of any Board Committee if the Board shall elect O’Brien to such positions, and serving as an officer and/or director of the Company’s operating subsidiaries. The duties and services to be performed by O’Brien hereunder shall be substantially rendered at the Company’s principal offices as determined by the Board, except for reasonable travel on the Company’s business incident to the performance of O’Brien’s duties.

2. Compensation . As compensation for O’Brien’s services provided hereunder, the Company agrees to provide the following compensation:

2.1 Base Salary . While this Agreement is in effect, the Company agrees to pay to O’Brien a base salary at the rate of $350,000 per annum commencing on the date hereof (“Base Salary”). The Base Salary shall be subject to annual review by the Board and may be increased by the Board in their sole and absolute discretion but may not be decreased. Such salary shall be payable to O’Brien in such equal periodic payments as the Company generally pays its employees, but in no event less frequently than monthly.

2.2 Performance Incentive . As additional compensation for performance of the services rendered by O’Brien during the term of this Agreement, the Company will pay to O’Brien, in cash, a performance incentive amount equal to at least 40% of O’Brien’s annual salary based upon the achievement of objectively quantifiable and measurable goals and objectives


which shall be determined, in advance, by the Board with respect to each fiscal year of the Company. O’Brien may receive in excess of 40% of his annual salary as a performance incentive if his performance exceeds the goals and objectives determined by the Board. Amounts paid to O’Brien pursuant to this Section 2.2 are hereinafter referred to as “Incentive Compensation.”

2.3 Options . The Company shall cause the Committee delegated by the Board to administer the Option Plan (as defined below) to grant to O’Brien an option to purchase 300,000 shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Option”). The Option shall be granted under the Company’s 1991 Stock Option Plan, as amended (the “Option Plan”). The exercise price of the Option granted pursuant to this Section 2.3 shall be equal to 100% of the fair market value of the common stock on the close of business on the day before the day that O’Brien becomes employed by the Company subject to the vesting and termination provisions described below. The Option shall become exercisable in four equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date, and shall be subject to the usual terms and conditions of options issued pursuant to and in accordance with the Option Plan.

2.4 Benefits . During the term of his employment or for such time as otherwise provided in this Agreement, O’Brien shall be entitled to participate in such vacation, auto allowance, benefit plans, fringe benefits, life insurance, medical and dental plans (beginning on the first day of employment), retirement plans and other programs as are offered from time to time by the Company and are described in the Company’s employee benefit handbooks. O’Brien shall be entitled to four weeks of paid vacation each calendar year, subject to any limitations on carryover of unused vacation generally applicable to employees. The Company will pay for the non-equity portion of a membership in and reimburse reasonable dues for a golf club membership in a golf club to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and O’Brien. O’Brien shall be authorized to incur necessary and reasonable travel, entertainment and other business expenses in connection with his duties hereunder. In connection with expenses pursuant to this Section 2.4 , the Company shall reimburse O’Brien for such expenses upon presentation of an itemized account and appropriate supporting documentation, all in accordance with the Company’s generally applicable policies.

2.5 Indemnification . The Company shall indemnify O’Brien in accordance with the terms of the Company’s standard form of Indemnification Agreement.

3. Termination .

3.1 At Will Nature of Employment . Employment with the Company is not for a specific term and can be terminated by O’Brien or the Company at any time for any reason, with or without cause. Any contrary representations that may have been made or that may be made to O’Brien are superseded by this Agreement. In addition, this Agreement shall terminate by reason of O’Brien’s death or the substantial inability of O’Brien, by reason of physical or mental illness or accident, to perform his regular responsibilities hereunder indefinitely or for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days (a “Disability”).

 

2


3.2 Company’s Obligations on Termination Apart from a Change of Control .

(a) No Obligations Other Than as Required by Law for Voluntary Termination or Cause . The Company shall have no obligations to pay O’Brien any severance payments or continue to cover O’Brien and/or his beneficiaries under the Company’s health plan (other than as required by law) if this Agreement is terminated for any of the following reasons:

(i) Voluntary Termination . O’Brien voluntarily terminates this Agreement for any reason; or

(ii) Cause . The Company terminates O’Brien’s employment at any time during the term of this Agreement for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean:

(A) the willful and continued failure of O’Brien to perform substantially his duties with the Company or one of its affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to medically-documented illness or injury), 30 days after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to O’Brien by the Board which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes that O’Brien has not substantially performed his duties; or

(B) the engaging by O’Brien in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is demonstrably injurious to the Company,

in each case as determined in the good faith opinion of the Board.

(b) Death and Disability Obligations . If this Agreement is terminated due to death or Disability, the Company shall pay to O’Brien (or his legal representatives as the case may be) the specific obligations as set forth below:

(i) Death . O’Brien’s employment shall terminate automatically upon O’Brien’s death. If O’Brien’s employment under this Agreement is terminated by reason of his death, the Company’s sole obligation to O’Brien’s legal representatives shall be to pay or cause to be paid, within thirty (30) days of the Date of Termination (as hereinafter defined), to such person or persons as O’Brien shall have designated for that purpose in a notice filed with the Company, or, if no such person shall have been so designated, to his estate, the amount of O’Brien’s Accrued Obligations (as hereinafter defined). Any amounts payable under this Section 3.2(b)(i) shall be exclusive of and in addition to any payments or benefits which O’Brien’s widow, beneficiaries or estate may be entitled to receive pursuant to any pension plan, profit sharing plan, any employee benefit plan, equity incentive plan or life insurance policy maintained by the Company.

(ii) Disability . If the Disability of O’Brien occurs, the Company may give to O’Brien written notice in accordance with Section 6.1 of this Agreement of its intention to terminate O’Brien’s employment. In such event, O’Brien’s employment with the Company

 

3


shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such notice by O’Brien (the “Disability Effective Date”), unless within the 30-day period after such receipt, O’Brien returns to full-time performance of his duties. The Company’s sole obligation to O’Brien shall be payment of -Accrued Obligations (as hereinafter defined) and the timely payment or provision of other benefits, including disability and other benefits provided by the Company to disabled executives and/or their families in accordance with such Company plans, programs, practices and policies relating to disability, if any.

(c) Obligations for All Other Termination Reasons . For any other reason, upon the termination of this Agreement and O’Brien’s employment hereunder apart from a Change of Control, the Company shall pay to O’Brien an amount equal to the sum of (i) O’Brien’s annual base salary at the time O’Brien’s employment is terminated; plus (ii) O’Brien’s average annual bonus received over the eight (8) fiscal quarters of the Company immediately preceding Company’s fiscal quarter during which O’Brien’s employment is terminated, without exceeding O’Brien’s target bonus for Company’s fiscal year during which O’Brien’s employment is terminated, provided , however , that O’Brien shall receive his target bonus if he is terminated within his first eight (8) fiscal quarters with the Company; plus (iii) O’Brien’s auto allowance for the Company’s fiscal year during which O’Brien’s employment is terminated. In addition, the Company shall provide, at Company’s expense, continued coverage for O’Brien and his beneficiaries for a period extending through the earlier of the date O’Brien begins any subsequent full-time employment for pay and the date that is one (1) year after O’Brien’s termination of employment, under the Company’s health plan covering O’Brien and O’Brien’s beneficiaries, provided that O’Brien properly elects coverage pursuant to Title I, Part 6 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“COBRA”).

3.3 Company’s Obligations on Termination Due to a Change of Control .

(a) Definitions .

(i) For purposes of this Agreement, a “Change of Control” shall mean:

(A) the acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (for the purposes of this Section 3.3 , a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of the voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that for purposes of this subsection (a), any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company shall not constitute a Change of Control; or

 

4


(B) individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , that any individual (other than an individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a -Person other than the Board) who becomes a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; or

(C) consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”) unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities and (ii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(D) approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(ii) For purposes of this Agreement, “affiliated companies” shall include any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

(iii) For purposes of this Agreement, “Involuntary Termination” shall mean O’Brien’s voluntary termination following (A) a change in O’Brien’s position with the Company which materially reduces O’Brien’s level of responsibility, (B) a reduction in O’Brien’s level of compensation (including Base Salary and targeted Incentive Compensation), (C) a

 

5


change in O’Brien’s place of employment, which is more than seventy-five (75) miles from O’Brien’s place of employment prior to the change, provided and only if such change or reduction is effected without O’Brien’s written concurrence or (D) following a Change of Control (or following the last of a series of related Changes of Control including, but not limited to, an acquisition described in Section 3.3(i)(a)(A) followed by a Business Combination) or following a Corporate Transaction (as defined in the Option Plan), O’Brien’s failure to receive within 60 days of such date a stock option grant or similar incentives (the “New Option”) which provides him with at least an aggregate of 2.5% (at the time of such grant) of the common stock of the successor to the Company (after giving effect to all management options and -similar incentives granted in conjunction with the New Option). This 2.5% aggregate amount shall be determined after adding back in any other outstanding options or similar incentives of the Company or the successor to the Company granted to O’Brien. The New Option shall have a per share exercise price equal to the per share price paid by the acquirer in such Change of Control (or series of related Changes of Control), or Corporate Transaction.

(iv) For purposes of this Agreement, “Date of Termination” shall mean (A) if O’Brien’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or by O’Brien, the date of receipt of the Notice of. Termination or any later date specified therein, as the case may be, (B) if O’Brien’s employment is terminated by the Company for other than for Cause or Disability, the date on which the Company notifies O’Brien of such termination and (C) if O’Brien’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the date of death of O’Brien or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be.

(v) For proposes of this Agreement, “Accrued Obligations” shall mean the sum of (A) O’Brien’s Base Salary through the date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, (B) the greater of (I) the product of (x) any Incentive Compensation paid to or deferred by O’Brien for the fiscal year preceding the fiscal year in which O’Brien’s Date of Termination occurs (annualized in the event that O’Brien was not employed by the Company for the whole of such fiscal year) and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365 and (II) average of the past three (3) years’ annual bonuses, provided , however , that O’Brien shall receive his target bonus if he is terminated within his first eight (8) fiscal quarters with the Company (such greater amount being the “Highest Annual Bonus”) and (C) any compensation previously deferred by O’Brien (together with any accrued interest or earnings thereon) and any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will O’Brien be entitled to a duplication of any Incentive Compensation payments.

 

6


(b) Severance Benefits for Termination Within Two (2) Years of a Change of Control . If O’Brien’s employment with the Company terminates by reason of O’Brien’s Involuntary Termination (as defined in Section 3.3(a)(iii) above) or termination by the Company without Cause (as defined in Section 3.2(a)(iii) above) within two (2) years of the effective date of the Change of Control, O’Brien shall be entitled to receive the following:

(i) Company must pay O’Brien an amount equal to 150% of the sum of (A) O’Brien’s Base Salary and (B) his Highest Annual Bonus;

(ii) Company shall also pay O’Brien any Accrued Obligations; and

(iii) Company shall provide, at its expense, continued coverage of—O’Brien and O’Brien’s beneficiaries for eighteen (18) months after the Date of Termination or until O’Brien commences any full-time employment, whichever comes first, under the Company’s health plan covering O’Brien and O’Brien’s beneficiaries, provided , however , that O’Brien properly elects coverage pursuant to COBRA.

(c) Severance Benefits for Termination After the Second Year Following a Change of Control. If O’Brien is terminated after the second year following a Change of Control, the Company’s obligations shall be as set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

(d) Stock Options After a Change of Control. All of O’Brien’s outstanding stock options to purchase Company common stock shall accelerate and become fully exercisable upon a Change of Control or Corporate Transaction (as defined in the Option Plan).

3.4 Certain Additional Payments by the Company; Excise Tax Gross-up . A “Gross-Up Payment” (as defined below) shall be made to O’Brien when payments of compensation payable to O’Brien on termination of employment in connection with a Change of Control, including, without limitation, the vesting of an option or other non-cash benefit or property, whether pursuant to the terms of any applicable plan, arrangement or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies (the “Total Payments—) would trigger a tax imposed on O’Brien under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Excise Tax”). For purposes hereof, the Gross-Up Payment shall mean a payment to O’Brien in such amount as is necessary to ensure that the net amount retained by O’Brien, after reduction for any Excise Tax (including any penalties or interest thereon) on the Total Payments and any federal, state and local income or employment tax and Excise Tax on the Gross-Up Payment provided for by this Section 3.4 , but before reduction for any federal, state or local income or employment tax on the Total Payments, shall be equal to the Total Payments.

3.5 Exclusive Benefits . If more than one benefit due to termination becomes payable under Sections 3.2 or 3.3 , the greatest of such benefits shall become payable to the exclusion of all other such benefits and shall be in lieu of any other severance or similar benefits that would otherwise be payable under any other agreement, plan, program or policy of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in the prior sentence to the contrary, O’Brien shall be entitled to benefits and incentives under all benefit plans and equity incentive plans, policies and programs

 

7


(except as expressly excluded herein, including, without limitation, Section 2.3 of this Agreement) according to the terms of such benefit plans and equity incentive plans, policies and programs as in effect from time to time, including any acceleration of vesting provisions in the Company’s option plans, provided , however , that O’Brien is not and shall not become a “Participant” as that term is defined in the Company’s Executive Severance Plan for Officers, effective as of August 9, 2000 and therefore shall not be eligible for any benefits under the Executive Severance Plan for Officers.

4. Inventions and Creations . O’Brien agrees that all inventions, discoveries, improvements, ideas and other contributions (herein called collectively “Inventions”) whether or not copyrighted or copyrightable, patented or patentable, or otherwise protectable in law, which are conceived, made, developed or acquired by O’Brien, either individually or jointly, during his employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries, and which relate in any manner to the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, shall belong to the Company and O’Brien does hereby assign and transfer to the Company his entire right, title and interest in the Inventions. O’Brien agrees to promptly and fully disclose the Inventions to the Company, in writing if requested by the Company, and to execute and deliver any and all lawful application, assignment and other documents which the Company requests for protecting the Inventions in the United States or any other country. The Company shall have the full and sole power to prosecute such applications and to take all other action concerning the Inventions, and O’Brien will cooperate fully within a lawful manner, at the expense of the Company, in the preparation and prosecution of all such applications and in any legal actions and proceedings concerning the Inventions. The provisions of this Section 4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

5. Non-Competition; Non-Solicitation; Confidential Information .

5.1 Non-Competition Agreement . O’Brien hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Company actively engages in its business throughout all of North America. Accordingly, O’Brien agrees that during the Non-Competition Period (as defined below), O’Brien will not, directly or indirectly, whether as a partner, officer, stockholder, advisor, employee or otherwise, promote, participate, become employed by, or engage in any activity or other business similar to the Company’s business or any entity engaged in a business competitive with the Company’s business in any state within the United States as well as in Canada or Mexico. If O’Brien fails to comply with the provisions of this Section 5.1 , the Company may, in addition to pursuing all other remedies available to the Company under law or in equity as a result of such breach, cease payment of all severance benefits under Section 3 . For purposes hereof, “Non-Competition period” shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending eighteen (18) months after the later of the termination of O’Brien’s employment hereunder (including the expiration of this Agreement) or O’Brien’s submission of his resignation, or removal of O’Brien as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Company’s payment and provision of Change of Control severance benefits pursuant to Section 3.3 .

5.2 Non-Solicitation Agreement . During the term of this Agreement and for a period of eighteen (18) months thereafter, O’Brien shall not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any Person (as defined below) solicit, aid or induce (a) any then current employee of the Company to leave the Company in order to accept employment with or render services for O’Brien or such Person or (b) any customer, client, vendor, lender, supplier or sales

 

8


representative of the Company or similar persons engaged in business with the Company to discontinue the relationship or reduce the amount of business done with the Company. “Person” means any individual, a partnership, a corporation, an association, a limited liability company, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization, a governmental entity, or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof, or an accrediting body.

5.3 Confidential Information . O’Brien acknowledges and agrees that he is in possession of and will be exposed to during the course of, and incident to, his employment by and affiliations with the Company, Confidential Information (as defined herein) relating to the Company and its affiliated companies. For purposes hereof, “Confidential Information” shall mean all proprietary or confidential information concerning the business, finances, financial statements, curricula, properties and operations of the Company and its affiliated companies, -including, without limitation, all customer and prospective customer and supplier lists, know-how, trade secrets, business and marketing plans, techniques, forecasts, projections, budgets, unpublished financial statements, price lists, costs, computer programs, source and object codes, algorithms, data, and other original works of authorship, along with all information received from third parties and held in confidence by the Company and its affiliated companies (including, without limitation, personnel files and employee records). During the Non-Competition Period and at all times thereafter, O’Brien will hold the Confidential Information in the strictest confidence and will not disclose or make use of (directly or indirectly) the Confidential Information or any portion thereof to or on behalf of himself or any third party except (a) as required in the performance of his duties as an employee, director or stockholder of the Company, (b) as required by the order of any court or similar tribunal or any other governmental body or agency of appropriate jurisdiction; provided , that O’Brien shall, to the extent practicable, give the Company prior written notice of any such disclosure and shall cooperate with the Company in obtaining a protective order or such similar protection as the Company may deem appropriate to preserve the confidential nature of such information. The foregoing obligations to maintain the Confidential Information shall not apply to any Confidential Information which is or, without any action by O’Brien, becomes generally available to the public. Upon termination of any employment or consulting relationship between the Company and O’Brien, O’Brien shall promptly return to the Company all physical embodiments of the Confidential Information (regardless of form or medium) in the possession of or under the control of O’Brien.

5.4 Scope of Restriction . The parties have attempted to limit the scope of the covenants set forth in Section 5 to the extent necessary. The parties recognize, however, that reasonable people may differ in making such determination. Consequently, the parties hereby agree that if the scope and duration of such covenants would, but for this provision, be deemed by a court of competent authority to be unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable, such court may modify such covenants to the extent that such court determines to be necessary in order to grant enforcement thereof as so modified.

5.5 Remedies . The parties hereto recognize that the Company will suffer irreparable injury in the event of a breach of the terms of Section 5 by O’Brien. In the event of a breach of the terms of Section 5 the Company shall be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available and without proof of monetary or immediate damage, to a temporary and/or permanent injunction, without bond, to restrain the violation of Section 5 by O’Brien or any Persons acting for or in concert with him. Such remedy, however, shall be cumulative and nonexclusive and shall be in addition to any other remedy which the parties may have.

 

9


5.6 Common Law of Torts or Trade Secrets . The parties agree that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or negate the common law of torts or trade secrets where it provides the Company with broader protection than that provided herein.

5.7 Survival of Section 5 . The provisions of Section 5 shall survive the termination of O’Brien’s employment and the termination of this Agreement.

6. General Provisions .

6.1 Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered personally to the recipient, sent to the recipient by reputable express courier service (charges prepaid), sent by facsimile or mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Company and to O’Brien at the addresses indicated below:

If to the Company:

Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

850 East Algonquin Road, Suite 100

Schaumburg, Illinois 60173

Phone: 847-839-3939

Fax: 847-839-3999

Attention: Gaspare G. Ruggirello, Esq.

With copies to:

Katten Muchin Zavis

525 West Monroe Street, Suite 1600 Chicago, Illinois 60661

Phone: 312-902-5564

Fax: 312-577-8648

Attention: David J. Kaufman, Esq.

If to O’Brien:

Thomas C. O’Brien

536 S. Blackstone Ave.

Lagrange, IL 60525

Phone: 708-579-1237

Fax: 708-579-9437

 

10


With copies to:

Paul Julian Esq.

1038 N. LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60601

Phone: 312-266-1500

Fax: 312-337-1972

or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

6.2 Entire Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, this Agreement embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the parties and supersede and preempt any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

6.3 Successors and Assigns . All covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement by or on behalf of either party hereto shall bind such party and its heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns and inure to the benefit of the other party hereto and their heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

6.4 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to the provisions thereof regarding conflict of laws.

6.5 Resolution of Disputes; Arbitration . Should a dispute arise concerning this Agreement, its interpretation or termination, or O’Brien’s employment with the Company, either party may request a conference with the other party to this Agreement and the parties shall meet to attempt to resolve the dispute. Failing such resolution within thirty (30) days of either party’s request for a conference, the Company and O’Brien shall endeavor to select an arbitrator who shall hear the dispute. In the event the parties are unable to agree on an arbitrator, O’Brien and Company shall request the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) to submit a list of nine (9) names of persons who could serve as an arbitrator. The Company and O’Brien shall alternately remove names from this list (beginning with the party which wins a flip of a coin) until one person remains and this person shall serve as the impartial arbitrator. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes as promulgated by the AAA. The decision of the arbitrator shall be final and binding on both parties. Each party shall bear equally all costs of the arbitrator.

The arbitrator shall only have authority to interpret, apply or determine compliance with the provisions set forth in this Agreement, but shall not have the authority to add to, detract from or otherwise alter the language of this Agreement,

6.6 Representations of O’Brien . O’Brien hereby represents and warrants to the Company that his execution, delivery and performance of this agreement will not violate or result in any breach of any agreement, contract, understanding or written policy to which O’Brien is subject as a result of any prior employment, any investment or otherwise. O’Brien is not subject to any agreement, contract or understanding which in any way restricts or limits his ability to accept employment with the Company or perform the services contemplated herein.

 

11


6.7 Descriptive Headings; Interpretation . The descriptive headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Agreement.

6.8 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts, any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

6.9 Amendments and Waivers . No modification, amendment or waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be effective unless approved in writing by each of the parties hereto. The Company’s failure at any time to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and will not affect the right of the Company to enforce each and every provision hereof in accordance with its terms.

6.10 Non-Assignment . This Agreement shall not be assigned by O’Brien.

Signature page folk WS .

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INSURANCE AUTO AUCTIONS, INC.
By:  

/s/ Joseph F. Mazella

Name:   Joseph F. Mazella
Title:   Chairman of the Board
 

/s/ Thomas C. O’ Brien

  THOMAS C. O’BRIEN

Exhibit 10.23

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

KAR HOLDINGS II, LLC

THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) of KAR Holdings II, LLC (the “Company”) dated as of this 15 th day of December, 2006, by Kelso Investment Associates VII, L.P., as the sole member of the Company (the “Member”).

RECITAL

The Member has formed the Company as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware and desires to enter into a written agreement, in accordance with the provisions of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act and any successor statute, as amended from time to time (the “Act”), governing the affairs of the Company and the conduct of its business.

ARTICLE 1

THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY

1.1 Formation . The Member has previously formed the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the provisions of the Act. A certificate of formation for the Company as described in Section 18-201 of the Act (the “Certificate of Formation”) has been filed in the Office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the Act.

1.2 Authorized Person . The designation of Lynn Buckley as an authorized person within the meaning of the Act and the actions taken by Lynn Buckley in causing the Certificate of Formation to be executed, delivered and filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on December 15, 2006, are hereby ratified, adopted and appointed.

1.3 Name . The name of the Company shall be “KAR Holdings II, LLC” and its business shall be carried on in such name with such variations and changes as the Member shall determine or deem necessary to comply with requirements of the jurisdictions in which the Company’s operations are conducted.

1.4 Business Purpose; Powers . The Company is formed for the purpose of engaging in any lawful business, purpose or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Act. The Company shall possess and may exercise all the powers and privileges granted by the Act or by any other law or by this Agreement, together with any powers incidental thereto, so far as such powers and privileges are necessary or convenient to the conduct, promotion or attainment of the business purposes or activities of the Company.


1.5 Registered Office and Agent . The location of the registered office of the Company shall be 160 Greentree Drive, Suite 101, Dover, Delaware. The Company’s Registered Agent at such address shall be The National Registered Agents, Inc.

1.6 Term . Subject to the provisions of Article 6 below, the Company shall have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE 2

THE MEMBER

2.1 The Member . The name and address of the Member is as follows:

 

Name

 

Address

Kelso Investment Associates VII, L.P.

  c/o Kelso & Company
  320 Park Avenue, 24 th Floor
  New York, NY 10022

2.2 Actions by the Member; Meetings . The Member may approve a matter or take any action at a meeting or without a meeting by the written consent of the Member. Meetings of the Member may be called at any time by the Member.

2.3 Liability of the Member . All debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and the Member shall not be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a member.

2.4 Power to Bind the Company . The Member (acting in its capacity as such) shall have the authority to bind the Company to any third party with respect to any matter.

2.5 Admission of Members . New members shall be admitted only upon the approval of the Member.

ARTICLE 3

MANAGEMENT BY THE MEMBER

The management of the Company is fully reserved to the Member, and the Company shall not have “managers,” as that term is used in the Act. The powers of the Company shall be exercised by or under the authority of, and the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed under the direction of, the Member, who shall make all decisions and take all actions for the Company. In managing the business and affairs of the Company and exercising its powers, the Member shall act through resolutions adopted in written consents. Decisions or actions taken by the Member in accordance with this Agreement shall constitute decisions or action by the Company and shall be binding on the Company.

3.2 Officers and Related Persons . The Member shall have the authority to appoint and terminate officers of the Company and retain and terminate employees, agents and

 

2


consultants of the Company and to delegate such duties to any such officers, employees, agents and consultants as the Member deems appropriate, including the power, acting individually or jointly, to represent and bind the Company in all matters, in accordance with the scope of their respective duties. The following persons are hereby appointed officers of the Company:

 

Michael B. Goldberg – President
David I. Wahrhaftig - Vice President
Frank J. Loverro – Vice President and Treasurer
James J. Connors, II – Vice President and Secretary

ARTICLE 4

CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1 Capital Structure . The capital structure of the Company shall consist of one class of common interests (the “Common Interests”). All Common Interests shall be identical with each other in every respect. The Member shall own all of the Common Interests issued and outstanding.

4.2 Capital Contributions . From time to time, the Member may determine that the Company requires capital and may make capital contribution(s) in an amount determined by the Member. A capital account shall be maintained for the Member, to which contributions and profits shall be credited and against which distributions and losses shall be charged.

ARTICLE 5

PROFITS, LOSSES AND DISTRIBUTIONS

5.1 Profits and Losses . For financial accounting and tax purposes, the Company’s net profits or net losses shall be determined on an annual basis in accordance with the manner determined by the Member. In each year, profits and losses shall be allocated entirely to the Member.

5.2 Distributions . The Member shall determine profits available for distribution and the amount, if any, to be distributed to the Member, and shall authorize and distribute on the Common Interests, the determined amount when, as and if declared by the Member. The distributions of the Company shall be allocated entirely to the Member.

ARTICLE 6

EVENTS OF DISSOLUTION

The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up upon the occurrence of any of the following events (each, an “Event of Dissolution”):

(a) The Member votes for dissolution; or

 

3


(b) A judicial dissolution of the Company under Section 18-802 of the Act.

ARTICLE 7

TRANSFER OF INTERESTS IN THE COMPANY

The Member may sell, assign, transfer, convey, gift, exchange or otherwise dispose of any or all of its Common Interests and, upon receipt by the Company of a written agreement executed by the person or entity to whom such Common Interests are to be transferred agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement, such person shall be admitted as a member.

ARTICLE 8

EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

8.1 Exculpation . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, whether express or implied, or any obligation or duty at law or in equity, none of the Member, or any officers, directors, stockholders, partners, employees, affiliates, representatives or agents of any of the Member, nor any officer, employee, representative or agent of the Company (individually, a “Covered Person” and, collectively, the “Covered Persons”) shall be liable to the Company or any other person for any act or omission (in relation to the Company, its property or the conduct of its business or affairs, this Agreement, any related document or any transaction or investment contemplated hereby or thereby) taken or omitted by a Covered Person in the reasonable belief that such act or omission is in or is not contrary to the best interests of the Company and is within the scope of authority granted to such Covered Person by the Agreement, provided such act or omission does not constitute fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith, or gross negligence.

8.2 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Covered Person from and against any and all losses, claims, demands, liabilities, expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“Claims”), in which the Covered Person may be involved, or threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its management of the affairs of the Company or which relates to or arises out of the Company or its property, business or affairs. A Covered Person shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Section 8.2 with respect to (i) any Claim with respect to which such Covered Person has engaged in fraud, willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence or (ii) any Claim initiated by such Covered Person unless such Claim (or part thereof) (A) was brought to enforce such Covered Person’s rights to indemnification hereunder or (B) was authorized or consented to by the Member. Expenses incurred by a Covered Person in defending any Claim shall be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such Claim upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that such Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized by this Section 8.2.

 

4


8.3 Amendments . Any repeal or modification of this Article VIII by the Member shall not adversely affect any rights of such Covered Person pursuant to this Article VIII, including the right to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses of a Covered Person existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring prior to such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE 9

MISCELLANEOUS

9.1 Tax Treatment . Unless otherwise determined by the Member, the Company shall be a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as well as for any analogous state or local tax purposes), and the Member and the Company shall timely make any and all necessary elections and filings for the Company treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (as well as for any analogous state or local tax purposes).

9.2 Amendments . Amendments to this Agreement and to the Certificate of Formation shall be approved in writing by the Member. An amendment shall become effective as of the date specified in the approval of the Member or if none is specified as of the date of such approval or as otherwise provided in the Act.

9.3 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability; provided, however, that the remaining provisions will continue in full force without being impaired or invalidated in any way unless such invalid or unenforceable provision or clause shall be so significant as to materially affect the expectations of the Member regarding this Agreement. Otherwise, any invalid or unenforceable provision shall be replaced by the Member with a valid provision which most closely approximates the intent and economic effect of the invalid or unenforceable provision.

9.4 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof.

9.5 Limited Liability Company . The Member intends to form a limited liability company and does not intend to form a partnership under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other laws.

 

5


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the day first above written.

 

KELSO INVESTMENT ASSOCIATES VII, L.P.
By:   Kelso GP VII, L.P., the general partner
By:   Kelso GP VII, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ James J. Connors, II

Name:   James J. Connors, II
Title:   Managing Member

Exhibit 10.24

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AXLE HOLDINGS II, LLC

 


Table of Contents

 

          Page
ARTICLE I DEFINED TERMS
Section 1.1    Definitions   
ARTICLE II FORMATION OF THE COMPANY
Section 2.1    Formation    9
Section 2.2    Company Name    9
Section 2.3    The Certificate, etc    9
Section 2.4    Term of Company    9
Section 2.5    Registered Agent and Office    10
Section 2.6    Principal Place of Business    10
Section 2.7    Qualification in Other Jurisdictions    10
Section 2.8    Fiscal Year; Taxable Year    10
ARTICLE III PURPOSE AND POWERS OF THE COMPANY
Section 3.1    Purpose    10
Section 3.2    Powers of the Company    10
Section 3.3    Certain Tax Matters    10
ARTICLE IV MEMBERS
Section 4.1    Powers of Members    11
Section 4.2    Units Generally    11
Section 4.3    Meetings of Members    12
Section 4.4    Business Transactions of a Member with the Company    13
Section 4.5    No Cessation of Membership upon Bankruptcy    14
Section 4.6    Noncompetition; Confidentiality and Nonsolicitation    14
Section 4.7    Other Business for Kelso Members    18
Section 4.8    Additional Members    18
ARTICLE V MANAGEMENT
Section 5.1    Board    20
Section 5.2    Meetings of the Board    21
Section 5.3    Quorum and Acts of the Board    21
Section 5.4    Electronic Communications    21
Section 5.5    Committees of Directors    21
Section 5.6    Compensation of Directors    22
Section 5.7    Resignation    22


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page
Section 5.8    Removal of Directors    22
Section 5.9    Vacancies    22
Section 5.10    Directors as Agents    23
Section 5.11    Officers    23
Section 5.12    Holdings Funding    23
ARTICLE VI INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS
Section 6.1    Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Members    23
Section 6.2    Additional Representations and Warranties of Management Members and Investor Members    25
Section 6.3    Additional Representations and Warranties of Kelso Members    25
Section 6.4    Certain Members    26
ARTICLE VII CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS
Section 7.1    Capital Accounts    26
Section 7.2    Adjustments    26
Section 7.3    Capital Contributions    27
Section 7.4    Additional Capital Contributions by Kelso    27
Section 7.5    Additional Capital Contributions    28
Section 7.6    Negative Capital Accounts    28
ARTICLE VIII ADDITIONAL TERMS APPLICABLE TO OVERRIDE UNITS
Section 8.1    Certain Terms.    28
Section 8.2    Effects of Termination of Employment on Override Units.    29
Section 8.3    Nontransferability of Awards    32
ARTICLE IX ALLOCATIONS
Section 9.1    Book Allocations of Net Profit and Net Loss    32
Section 9.2    Special Book Allocations    32
Section 9.3    Tax Allocations    33
ARTICLE X DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 10.1    Distributions Generally    34
Section 10.2    Distributions In Kind    35
Section 10.3    No Withdrawal of Capital    35
Section 10.4    Withholding    35
Section 10.5    Restricted Distributions    36

 

ii


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page
Section 10.6    Tax Distributions    36
Section 10.7    Benchmark Adjustment    36
ARTICLE XI BOOKS AND RECORDS
Section 11.1    Books, Records and Financial Statements    36
Section 11.2    Filings of Returns and Other Writings; Tax Matters Partner    37
Section 11.3    Accounting Method    38
ARTICLE XII LIABILITY, EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION
Section 12.1    Liability    38
Section 12.2    Exculpation    38
Section 12.3    Fiduciary Duty    38
Section 12.4    Indemnification    38
Section 12.5    Expenses    39
Section 12.6    Severability    39
ARTICLE XIII TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS
Section 13.1    Restrictions on Transfers of Interests by Investor Members and Management Members    39
Section 13.2    Estate Planning Transfers; Transfers upon Death of an Investor Member or Management Member; Affiliate Transfers.    39
Section 13.3    Effect of Assignment    40
Section 13.4    Overriding Provisions    40
Section 13.5    Put and Call Rights.    41
Section 13.6    Involuntary Transfers    43
Section 13.7    Assignment by the Company    44
Section 13.8    Substitute Members    44
Section 13.9    Release of Liability    45
Section 13.10    Tag-Along and Drag-Along Rights    45
Section 13.11    Initial Public Offering    48
ARTICLE XIV DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION
Section 14.1    Dissolving Events    48
Section 14.2    Dissolution and Winding-Up    49
Section 14.3    Distributions in Cash or in Kind    49
Section 14.4    Termination    50
Section 14.5    Claims of the Members    50

 

iii


Table of Contents

(continued)

 

          Page
ARTICLE XV MISCELLANEOUS
Section 15.1    Notices    50
Section 15.2    Securities Act Matters    51
Section 15.3    Headings    51
Section 15.4    Entire Agreement    51
Section 15.5    Counterparts    51
Section 15.6    Governing Law; Attorneys’ Fees    51
Section 15.7    Waiver of Jury Trial    51
Section 15.8    Waiver of Partition    52
Section 15.9    Severability    52
Section 15.10    Further Actions    52
Section 15.11    Amendments    52
Section 15.12    Power of Attorney    52
Section 15.13    Fees and Expenses    53

 

iv


AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF

AXLE HOLDINGS II, LLC

This Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Axle Holdings II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”) is made as of May 25, 2005 by and among the individuals or entities listed under the heading “Kelso Members” on Schedule A hereto (each a “ Kelso Member ” and collectively, the “ Kelso Members ”), Thomas C. O’Brien, Scott Pettit, David Montgomery, Don Hermanek, John Kett, John Nordin and Sidney Kerley (each a “ Management Member ” and collectively, the “ Management Members ,” which term shall also include such other management employees of the Company and its Affiliates as shall become members of the Company after the date hereof in accordance with Section 4.8 of this Agreement), the entities listed under the heading “Parthenon Members” on Schedule A hereto (each a “ Parthenon Member ” and the collectively, the “ Parthenon Members ”), Magnetite Asset Investors III L.L.C. (“ Magnetite ,”), Brian T. Clingen and Dan Simon (each an “ Investor Member ” and, together with the Parthenon Members and Magnetite, collectively the “ Investor Members ,” which term shall also include those other individuals or entities who become members of the Company and are designated “Investor Members” after the date hereof in accordance with Section 4.8 of this Agreement). The Kelso Members, the Investor Members and the Management Members are collectively referred to herein as the “ Members .” Any capitalized term used herein without definition shall have the meaning set forth in Article I.

ARTICLE I

DEFINED TERMS

Section 1.1 Definitions .

Accounting Period ” means, for the first Accounting Period, the period commencing on the day after the Initial Capital Contribution Date and ending on the next Adjustment Date. All succeeding Accounting Periods shall commence on the day after an Adjustment Date and end on the next Adjustment Date.

Additional Capital Contribution Event ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.4(a).

Additional Member ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.8(a).

Adjustment Date ” means the last day of each fiscal year of the Company or any other date determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, as appropriate for an interim closing of the Company’s books.

 


Affiliate ” means, with respect to a specified Person, any Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the specified Person. As used in this definition, the term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Agreement ” means this Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Company, as this agreement may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time after the date hereof.

Applicable Performance Percentage ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(b)

Auction Services Business ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(a)(i).

Benchmark Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(e).

Board ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).

Business Day ” means any day of the week other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which the commercial banks in New York City are not open for business.

Call Rights ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.5(b).

Capital Account ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.

Capital Contribution ” means, for any Member, the total amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of any property contributed to the Company by such Member (including any capital deemed contributed pursuant to the provisions of the penultimate sentence of Section 7.5), as such amount is set forth opposite the name of such Member on Schedule A hereto under the heading “Capital Contribution.”

Carrying Value ” means with respect to any Interest purchased by the Company, the value equal to the Capital Contribution made by the selling Management Member in respect of any such Interest less the amount of distributions made in respect of such Interest.

Certificate ” means the Certificate of Formation of the Company and any and all amendments thereto and restatements thereof filed on behalf of the Company with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware pursuant to the Delaware Act.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

2


Common Units ” mean a class of Interests in the Company, as described in Section 4.2(a). For the avoidance of doubt, Common Units shall not include Override Units.

Compensation Committee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.8(a).

Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.6(b).

Covered Person ” means a current or former Member or Director, an Affiliate of a current or former Member or Director, any officer, director, shareholder, partner, member, employee, representative or agent of a current or former Member or Director or any of their respective Affiliates, or any current or former officer, employee or agent of the Company or any of its Affiliates.

Deficit ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a).

Delaware Act ” means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. §18-101, et seq., as amended from time to time.

Directors ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(a).

Disability ” means with respect to a Management Member, the termination of the employment of any Management Member by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such individual (or by the Company on behalf of any such Subsidiary) as a result of such Management Member’s incapacity due to reasonably documented physical or mental illness that shall have prevented such Management Member from performing his or her duties for the Company on a full-time basis for more than six months and within 30 days after written notice has been given to such Management Member, such Management Member shall not have returned to the full time performance of his or her duties, in which case the date of termination shall be deemed to be the last day of the aforementioned 30-day period, provided that in the case of any Management Member who, as of the date of determination, is party to an effective services, severance or employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such individual, “Disability” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such agreement.

Distributable Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.

Drag-Along Right ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.10(b).

Exit Event ” shall mean a transaction or series of transactions (other than an Initial Public Offering):

 

  (a) involving the sale, transfer or other disposition by the Kelso Members to one or more Persons that are not, immediately prior to such sale, Affiliates of the Company or any Kelso Member, of all of the Interests of the Company beneficially owned by the Kelso Members as of the date of such transaction; or

 

3


  (b) involving the sale, Transfer or other disposition of all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to one or more Persons that are not, immediately prior to such sale, transfer or other disposition, Affiliates of the Company or any Kelso Member. For the avoidance of doubt, assets of the Company shall include, without limitation, shares of common stock of Axle Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, that are held by the Company.

Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date,

 

  (a) for purposes of determining the value of any property owned by, contributed to or distributed by the Company, ( i ) in the case of publicly-traded securities, the average of their last sales prices on the applicable trading exchange or quotation system on each trading day during the five trading-day period ending on such date and ( ii ) in the case of any other property, the fair market value of such property, as determined in good faith by the Board, or

 

  (b) for purposes of determining the value of any Member’s Interest in connection with Section 13.5 (“Puts and Calls”) and Section 13.6 (“Involuntary Transfers”), ( i ) the fair market value of such Interest as reflected in the most recent appraisal report prepared, at the request of the Board, by an independent valuation consultant or appraiser of recognized national standing, reasonably satisfactory to Kelso, or ( ii ) in the event no such appraisal exists or the date of such report is more than one year prior to the date of determination, the fair market value of such Interest as determined in good faith by the Board.

Financing Documents ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.5(c).

Final Value ” shall mean the total Fair Market Value of all distributions received by Kelso from the Company in respect of Kelso's investment in the Company, calculated giving simultaneous effect to the applicable level of participation of Value Units in distributions pursuant to Section 8.1(b).

IAAI ” means Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc., an Illinois corporation.

Inactive Management Member ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

Initial Capital Contribution ” shall mean, with respect to a Member, the Capital Contribution to be made by such Member on the Initial Capital Contribution Date, as set forth on Schedule A .

Initial Capital Contribution Date ” shall mean the date of this Agreement.

 

4


Initial Public Offering ” or “ IPO ” means the first underwritten public offering of the common stock of Newco or a Subsidiary of the Company to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission that covers (together with prior effective registrations) ( i ) not less than 25% of the then outstanding shares of common stock of Newco or such Subsidiary of the Company on a fully diluted basis or ( ii ) shares of Newco or such Subsidiary of the Company that will be traded on any of the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System after the close of any such general public offering.

Initial Value ” means Kelso's aggregate Capital Contributions to the Company.

Interest ” means the limited liability interest in the Company which represents the interest of each Member in and to the profits and losses of the Company, such Member’s right to receive distributions of the Company’s assets, as set forth in this Agreement.

Investor Member ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Involuntary Transfer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.6.

Involuntary Transferee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.6.

IRR ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(b).

Kelso ” means Kelso Investment Associates VII, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, together with KEP VI, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Kelso Advisory Agreement ” shall mean the financial advisory agreement, dated as of February 22, 2005, between Axle Merger Sub, Inc. and Kelso & Company, L.P.

Kelso Investment Multiple ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(b).

Kelso Member ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Lender Financial Information ” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(b).

Magnetite ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Management Members ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement. A Management Member shall be deemed not to be a “manager” within the meaning of the Delaware Act (except to the extent Section 5.1(b)(i) applies).

Majority in Interest ” means the holders of a majority of the Units (as defined in Section 4.2) held by Members having the right to vote at a meeting of the Members.

Maximum Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.5(c).

 

5


Member ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement and includes any Person admitted as an additional or substitute Member of the Company pursuant to this Agreement.

Net Profits ” and “ Net Losses ” means, with respect to any Accounting Period, net income or net loss of the Company for such Accounting Period, determined in accordance with § 703(a) of the Code, including any items that are separately stated for purposes of § 702(a) of the Code, as determined in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles with the following adjustments:

 

  (a) any income of the Company that is exempt from United States federal income tax shall be included as income;

 

  (b) any expenditures of the Company described in § 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code or treated as expenditures pursuant to § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i) of the Treasury Regulations shall be treated as current expenses;

 

  (c) any items of income, gain, loss or deduction specially allocated pursuant to this Agreement, including pursuant to Section 9.2, shall be excluded from the determination of Net Profit and Net Loss; and

 

  (d) treating as an item of gain (loss) the excess (deficit), if any, of the gross fair market value of property distributed in such Accounting Period over (under) the amount at which such property was carried on the books of the Company.

Newco ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.11(b).

Officer ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.11.

Operating Units ” mean a sub-class of Override Units, as described in Section 4.2(b).

Override Units ” means either Operating Units or Value Units, or both, as described in Section 4.2(b).

Parthenon Members ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

Partnership Minimum Gain ” shall have the meaning set forth in sections 1.704-2(b)(2) and 1.704-2(d) of the Treasury Regulations.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, association, partnership (general or limited), joint venture, trust, estate, limited liability company, or other legal entity or organization.

Put Rights ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.5(a).

 

6


Registration Rights Agreement ” means the registration rights agreement dated as of April 1, 2005, by and between Axle Holdings, Inc. and Axle Holdings II, LLC, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

resignation for Good Reason ” means a voluntary termination of a Management Member’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such individual by such Management Member of his employment with the Company or any such Subsidiary as a result of either of the following:

 

  (a) without the Management Member’s prior written consent, a significant reduction by the Company or any such Subsidiary of his or her current salary, other than any such reduction which is part of a general salary reduction or other concessionary arrangement affecting all employees or affecting the group of employees of which the Management Member is a member (after receipt by the Company or such Subsidiary of written notice from such Management Member and the expiration of a 20-day cure period); or

 

  (b) the taking of any action by the Company or any such Subsidiary that would substantially diminish the aggregate value of the benefits provided him or her under the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s accident, disability, life insurance and any other employee benefit plans in which he or she was participating on the date of his or her execution of this Agreement, other than any such reduction which is ( i ) required by law, ( ii ) implemented in connection with a general concessionary arrangement affecting all employees or affecting the group of employees of which the Management Member is a member, ( iii ) generally applicable to all beneficiaries of such plans (after receipt by the Company or such Subsidiary of written notice and the expiration of a 20-day cure period) or ( iv ) in accordance with the terms of any such plan.

or, if such Management Member is a party to a services, severance or employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such individual, the meaning as set forth in such services or employment agreement.

Retirement ” means the voluntary termination of a Management Member’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such individual on or after the date the Management Member attains age 65. Notwithstanding the foregoing, ( i ) with respect to any Management Member who is a party to a services or employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such individual, “Retirement” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such Management Member’s services, severance or employment agreement and ( ii ) in the event a Management Member whose employment with the Company terminates due to Retirement continues to serve as a Director of or a consultant to the Company, his or her employment with the Company shall not be deemed to have terminated for purposes of Sections 8.3 and 13.5 until the date as of which such Management Member’s services as a Director of or consultant to the Company shall have also terminated, at which time the Management Member shall be deemed to have terminated employment due to retirement.

 

7


Rule 144 ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(b).

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933 as amended from time to time.

Special Termination ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3(a).

Shareholders Agreement ” means the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of May 25, 2005, among Axle Holdings, Inc., the Company and the individuals named therein, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated, from time to time.

Subject Members ” means the Investor Members (including the Parthenon Members) and the Management Members.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other legal entity of which such Person (either alone or through or together with any other Subsidiary) (a) owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the stock, partnership interests or other equity interests which are generally entitled to vote for the election of the board of directors or other governing body of such corporation, partnership, joint venture of other legal entity; or (b) possesses, directly or indirectly, control over the direction of management or policies of such corporation, partnership, joint venture or other legal entity (whether through ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise).

Subsidiary Board ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(b)(ii).

Tag-Along Rights ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.10(a).

Tax Matters Partner ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).

termination for Cause ” means a termination of a Management Member’s employment by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such individual (or by the Company on behalf of any such Subsidiary) due to such Management Member’s ( i ) refusal or neglect to perform substantially his or her employment-related duties, ( ii ) personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct or breach of fiduciary duty, ( iii ) conviction of or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere (or any applicable equivalent thereof) to a crime constituting a felony (or a crime or offense of equivalent magnitude in any jurisdiction) or his or her willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than a traffic violation or other offense or violation outside of the course of employment which in no way adversely affects the Company and its Subsidiaries or its reputation or the ability of the Management Member to perform his or her employment-related duties or to represent the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that employs such Management Member) or ( iv ) material breach of any covenant or agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any written policy of the Company or any of its

 

8


Subsidiaries, not to disclose any information pertaining to the Company or its Subsidiaries or not to compete or interfere with the Company or of its Subsidiaries, provided that, in the case of any Management Member who, as of the date of determination, is party to an effective services, severance or employment agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such individual, “termination for Cause” shall have the meaning, if any, specified in such agreement.

Third Party ” shall mean, in respect of any Transfer, one or more Persons other than the Company, any Member or any of their respective Affiliates.

Transfer ” means to directly or indirectly transfer, sell, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of.

Treasury Regulations ” means the Regulations of the Treasury Department of the United States issued pursuant to the Code.

Units ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

ARTICLE II

FORMATION OF THE COMPANY

Section 2.1 Formation . The Company was formed upon the filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 18, 2005.

Section 2.2 Company Name . The name of the Company is Axle Holdings II, LLC. The business of the Company may be conducted under such other names as the Board may from time to time designate, provided that the Company complies with all relevant state laws relating to the use of fictitious and assumed names.

Section 2.3. The Certificate, etc . The designation of Deborah M. Reusch as an authorized person within the meaning of the Delaware Act and the actions taken by Deborah M. Reusch in causing the Certificate of Formation to be executed, delivered and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 18, 2005, are hereby ratified, adopted and approved. Each Director is hereby authorized to execute, deliver file and record all such other certificates and documents, including amendments to or restatements of the Certificate, and to do such other acts as may be appropriate to comply with all requirements for the formation, continuation and operation of a limited liability company, the ownership of property, and the conduct of business under the laws of the State of Delaware and any other jurisdiction in which the Company may own property or conduct business.

Section 2.4 Term of Company . The term of the Company commenced on the date of the initial filing of the Certificate with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware. The Company may be terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, and shall

 

9


continue unless and until dissolved as provided in Article XIV. The existence of the Company as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate as provided in the Delaware Act.

Section 2.5 Registered Agent and Office . The Company’s registered agent and office in the State of Delaware shall be The Corporation Trust Company, Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The Board may designate another registered agent and/or registered office from time to time in accordance with the then applicable provisions of the Delaware Act and any other applicable laws.

Section 2.6 Principal Place of Business . The principal place of business of the Company shall be located at 320 Park Avenue, 24 th Floor, New York, New York 10022. The location of the Company’s principal place of business may be changed by the Board from time to time in accordance with the then applicable provisions of the Delaware Act and any other applicable laws.

Section 2.7 Qualification in Other Jurisdictions . Any authorized person of the Company shall execute, deliver and file any certificates (and any amendments and/or restatements thereof) necessary for the Company to qualify to do business in a jurisdiction in which the Company may wish to conduct business.

Section 2.8 Fiscal Year; Taxable Year . The fiscal year of the Company for financial accounting purposes shall end on or about December 31. The taxable year of the Company for federal, state and local income tax purposes shall end on or about December 31.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE AND POWERS OF THE COMPANY

Section 3.1 Purpose . The purposes of the Company are, and the nature of the business to be conducted and promoted by the Company is, engaging in any lawful act or activity for which limited liability companies may be formed under the Delaware Act and engaging in all acts or activities as the Company deems necessary, advisable or incidental to the furtherance of the foregoing.

Section 3.2 Powers of the Company . The Company shall have the power and authority to take any and all actions that are necessary, appropriate, advisable, convenient or incidental to or for the furtherance of the purposes set forth in Section 3.1.

Section 3.3 Certain Tax Matters . The Company shall not elect, and the Board shall not permit the Company to elect, to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes under Treasury Regulations section 301.7701-3 or under any corresponding provision of state or local law. The Company and the Board shall not permit the registration or listing of interests in the Company on an “established securities market,” as such term is used in Treasury Regulations section 1.7704-1.

 

10


ARTICLE IV

MEMBERS

Section 4.1 Powers of Members . The Members shall have the power to exercise any and all rights or powers granted to the Members pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement. The approval or consent of the Members shall not be required in order to authorize the taking of any action by the Company and the Members shall have no right to reject, overturn, override, veto or otherwise approve or pass judgment upon any action taken by the Board or an authorized officer of the Company, unless and then only to the extent that ( i ) this Agreement shall expressly provide therefor, ( ii ) such approval or consent shall be required by non-waivable provisions of the Delaware Act or ( iii ) the Board shall determine that obtaining such approval or consent would be appropriate or desirable. The Members, as such, shall have no power to bind the Company.

Section 4.2 Units Generally . As of the date hereof, the Company has two authorized classes of Interests: Common Units and Override Units (which, as described below, will consist of either Operating Units or Value Units) (Common Units and Override Units collectively, the “ Units ”). Additional classes of Interests denominated in the form of Units may be authorized from time to time by the Board without obtaining the consent of any Member or class of Members. Except as otherwise provided in this Article IV, Units in a particular class may be issued from time to time, at such prices and on such terms as the Board or, in the case of Override Units, the Board (or the Compensation Committee) less any Management Member or Members to whom such Override Units are to be issued may determine, without obtaining the consent of any Member or class of Members.

(a) Common Units .

(i) General . The holders of Common Units will have voting rights with respect to their Common Units as provided in Section 4.3(d) and shall have the rights with respect to profits and losses of the Company and distributions from the Company as are set forth herein. The number of Common Units of each Member as of any given time shall be set forth on Schedule A , as it may be updated from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

(ii) Price . Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Common Units will initially be issued for a Capital Contribution of $25.616798 per Common Unit. The payment terms and schedule for the Capital Contributions applicable to the issuance of any Common Unit will be determined by the Board upon issuance of such Common Units.

 

11


(b) Override Units .

(i) General . The Company will have two sub-classes of Override Units: Operating Units and Value Units. Subject to the provisions of Article VIII hereof (including the applicable Benchmark Amount), the holders of Override Units shall have the rights with respect to profits and losses of the Company and distributions from the Company as set forth herein (including Article VIII and Article X), provided that additional terms and conditions applicable to an Override Unit may be established by the Compensation Committee in connection with the issuance of any such Override Unit to a person who becomes a Management Member at any time after the date of this Agreement in accordance with Section 4.8 hereof. The number of Override Units issued to a Management Member as of any given time shall be set forth on Schedule A , as it may be updated from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Override Units shall not have voting rights.

(ii) Price . The holders of Override Units are not required to make any Capital Contribution to the Company in exchange for their Override Units, it being recognized that such Units shall be issued only to Management Members who own Common Units.

Section 4.3 Meetings of Members .

(a) Meetings; Notice of Meetings . Meetings of the Members, including any special meeting, may be called by the Board from time to time. Notice of any such meeting shall be given to all Members not less than five nor more than 30 Business Days prior to the date of such meeting and shall state the location, date and hour of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the nature of the business to be transacted. Meetings shall be held at the location (within or without the State of Delaware) at the date and hour set forth in the notice of the meeting.

(b) Waiver of Notice . No notice of any meeting of Members need be given to any Member who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Members need be specified in a written waiver of notice. The attendance of any Member at a meeting of Members shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the Member attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

(c) Quorum . Except as otherwise required by law or by the Certificate, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of record of a Majority in Interest shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at such meeting.

(d) Voting . If the Board has fixed a record date, every holder of record of Units entitled to vote at a meeting of Members or to consent in writing in lieu of a meeting of Members

 

12


shall be entitled to one vote for each such Unit outstanding in such Member’s name at the close of business on such record date. If no record date has been so fixed, then every holder of record of such Units entitled to vote at a meeting of Members or to consent in writing in lieu of a meeting of Members shall be entitled to one vote for each Unit outstanding in his name on the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice of the meeting is given or the first consent in respect of the applicable action is executed and delivered to the Company, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. Except as otherwise required by applicable law, the Certificate or this Agreement, the vote of a Majority in Interest at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient for the transaction of any business at such meeting.

(e) Proxies . Each Member may authorize any Person to act for such Member by proxy on all matters in which a Member is entitled to participate, including waiving notice of any meeting, or voting or participating at a meeting. Every proxy must be signed by the Member or such Member’s attorney-in-fact. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of three years from the date thereof unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the Member executing it unless otherwise provided in such proxy, provided , that such right to revocation shall not invalidate or otherwise affect actions taken under such proxy prior to such revocation.

(f) Organization . Each meeting of Members shall be conducted by such Person as the Board may designate.

(g) Action Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, any action which may be taken at any meeting of the Members may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by a Majority in Interest. Prompt notice of the taking of the action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those Members who have not consented in writing.

(h) Certain Fee Agreements . The entering into of any agreement with respect to regularly payable advisory or monitoring fees payable by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any amendment to any such agreement (including any increase in the current annual advisory fee under the Kelso Advisory Agreement), between the Kelso Members or any of their Affiliates (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), on the one hand, and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, shall require the approval of the Disinterested Members of the Board (as defined below); provided , that , the Kelso Advisory Agreement has been ratified and approved in all respects, and any advisory or monitoring fees or other amounts payable to the Kelso Members or any of their Affiliates thereunder shall not be subject to any further approval hereunder or otherwise.

Section 4.4 Business Transactions of a Member with the Company . Subject to prior approval of the Board, a Member (or an Affiliate thereof) may lend money to, borrow money

 

13


from, act as surety or endorser for, guarantee or assume one or more specific obligations of, provide collateral for, or transact any other business with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that any such transaction pursuant to any agreement entered into after the date hereof shall be approved by a majority of the Disinterested Members of the Board. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disinterested Members of the Board” shall mean, with respect to any transaction in question, the disinterested members of the Board with respect to any such transaction; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, any designee of Kelso that is not an employee of Kelso or an Affiliate thereof (other than any portfolio company of Kelso or any such Affiliate) shall be considered disinterested unless such director has a direct pecuniary interest in the applicable transaction; provided further , that if no members of the Board are disinterested (after giving effect to the preceding proviso), the "Disinterested Members of the Board" shall be deemed to be all of the members of the Board. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the proviso contained in the first sentence of this Section 4.4 shall not apply (by virtue of this Section 4.4) to agreements or amendments with respect to transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, but not limited to, transactions pursuant to the terms of (x) Sections 7.4 and 7.5 (e.g., Additional Capital Contributions) or (y) Sections 13.5, 13.7, 13.8, 13.10 and 13.11 (e.g., rights exercised by Members in respect of Transfers)).

Section 4.5 No Cessation of Membership upon Bankruptcy . A Person shall not cease to be a Member of the Company upon the happening, with respect to such Person, of any of the events specified in Section 18-304 of the Delaware Act.

Section 4.6 Noncompetition; Confidentiality and Nonsolicitation . The covenants and restrictions contained in this Section 4.6 shall be in addition to and not in lieu of any covenants or restrictions applying to any Member pursuant to any employment, severance or services agreement between such Member and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any Management Member or Inactive Management Member that is subject to any employment, severance or services agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that contains covenants or restrictions with respect to noncompetition, confidentiality and nonsolicitation of employees and clients, such corresponding covenants and restrictions in such Member's agreement with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall apply to such Member in lieu of the restrictions set forth herein; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the applicable restrictions contained in the employment, severance or services agreement in effect at the time of (or concurrently with) such Management Member's termination of employment with the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such individual shall apply to such Member following such termination of employment.

(a) Noncompetition .

(i) Parthenon Members Noncompetition . During the Parthenon Restriction Period (as defined below), the Parthenon Members shall not become associated with any entity, whether as a principal, partner, employee, member, consultant or shareholder (other than as a holder of not in excess of 1% of the outstanding voting shares of any

 

14


publicly traded company), that is actively engaged in any geographic area in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does business in any business which is in competition with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in providing salvage (including related claims processing), impound, repossessed or whole vehicle auction services (other than (i) providing vehicle financing and (ii) buying and selling vehicles from retail customers through a dealership) (the “ Auction Services Business ”). For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Parthenon Restriction Period ” shall mean a period of time beginning on the date hereof and ending on the date on which the Parthenon Members or any transferee thereof permitted under Section 13.2 hereof, directly or indirectly, no longer retains any equity interest in the Company (or the Company no longer owns a direct or indirect equity interest in any Person conducting the Auction Services Business nor conducts the Auction Services Business) or, if earlier, the earlier of: (A) two years following the date that (1) Kelso's direct and indirect equity ownership interest in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including IAAI) represents less than fifteen percent (15%) of the outstanding Common Units or corresponding equity interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries (including IAAI), (2) the Board no longer includes a representative of the Parthenon Members or any of their Affiliates as a Director (it being understood that the substitution or replacement of, or the creation of vacancy in, a directorship that was formerly occupied by a representative of the Parthenon Members shall not trigger this clause (2) if such directorship is filled with a representative of the Parthenon Members) and (3) the Parthenon Members elect, pursuant to Section 11.1(b) hereof to no longer receive the Lender Financial Information; (B) five (5) years following the date that (x) the Board no longer includes a representative of the Parthenon Members or any of their Affiliates as a Director (it being understood that the substitution or replacement of, or the creation of vacancy in, a directorship that was formerly occupied by a representative of the Parthenon Members shall not shall not trigger this clause (x) if such directorship is filled with a representative of the Parthenon Members) and (y) the Parthenon Members elect, pursuant to Section 11.1(b) hereof, to no longer receive the Lender Financial Information; or (C) such time as the Kelso Members no longer hold any direct or indirect equity ownership interest in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including IAAI).

(ii) Other Subject Members Noncompetition . Until the later of ( i ) the date on which a Subject Member or any transferee thereof permitted under Section 13.2 hereof, directly or indirectly, no longer retains any equity interest in the Company and ( ii ) if applicable, the termination of any severance payable pursuant to any termination or severance agreement, if any, entered into between such Subject Member and the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company that employs such Subject Member, if applicable, such Subject Member shall not become associated with any entity, whether as a principal, partner, employee, member, consultant or shareholder (other than as a holder of not in excess of 1% of the outstanding voting shares of any publicly traded company), that is actively engaged in any geographic area in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries does business in any business which is (a) in competition with the business

 

15


of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries conducted during the 12 months preceding the date such Subject Member ceases to hold any equity interest in the Company or (b) proposed to be conducted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in the Company’s business plan as in effect as of the date such Subject Member ceases to hold any equity interest in the Company. This Section 4.6(a)(ii) does not apply to the Parthenon Members.

(b) Confidentiality . Without the prior written consent of a majority of the Board, except to the extent required by law, rule, regulation or court order, each Subject Member shall not disclose any trade secrets, customer lists, drawings, designs, information regarding product development, marketing plans, sales plans, management organization information (including data and other information relating to members of the Board or management), operating policies or manuals, business plans, financial records, proprietary management information systems and/or software or other financial, commercial, business or technical information relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or information designated as confidential or proprietary that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may receive belonging to suppliers, customers or others who do business with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”) to any third person (in the case of any Parthenon Member, other than such Parthenon Member’s officers, directors, employees and legal advisors who have a need to know such information and who have agreed to maintain the confidentiality of such information) unless such Confidential Information has been previously disclosed to the public by the Company, any such Subsidiary of the Company or is or becomes in the public domain (other than by reason of such Subject Member’s breach of this Section 4.6(b)) or, in the case of the Parthenon Members, is independently developed by the Parthenon Members without the use of or including, and without being derived from or based on, any Confidential Information in its possession.

(c) Non-Solicitation of Employees . During the applicable restriction period under Section 4.6(a)(ii) (or, with respect to the Parthenon Members, the Parthenon Restriction Period), no Subject Member shall directly or indirectly induce any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate employment with such entity, and no Subject Member shall directly or indirectly, either individually or as owner, agent, employee, consultant or otherwise, employ, offer employment to or otherwise interfere with the employment relationship of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with any person who is or was employed by the Company or such Subsidiary unless, at the time of such employment, offer or other interference, such person shall have ceased to be employed by such entity for a period of at least six months, provided that, nothing in this Section 4.6(c) shall preclude such Subject Member from placing advertisements during the restriction period in periodicals of general circulation soliciting persons for employment or from employing any person who comes to such Subject Member solely in response to such advertisements.

(d) Non-Solicitation of Clients . During the applicable restriction period under Section 4.6(a)(ii) (or, with respect to the Parthenon Members, the Parthenon Restriction Period), no

 

16


Subject Member shall solicit or otherwise attempt to establish for himself or any other person, firm or entity any business relationship (provided that, in the case of the Parthenon Members, this provision shall be limited to any business relationship intended to compete with the Auction Services Business) with any person, firm or entity which is, or during the 12-month period preceding the date such Subject Member ceases to hold any equity interest in the Company was, a customer, client or distributor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

(e) Injunctive Relief with Respect to Covenants . Each Subject Member acknowledges and agrees that the covenants and obligations of such Subject Member with respect to noncompetition, nonsolicitation and confidentiality herein relate to special, unique and extraordinary matters and that a violation or threatened violation of any of the terms of such covenants or obligations will cause the Company irreparable injury for which adequate remedies are not available at law. Therefore, each Subject Member agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, that the Company shall be entitled to an injunction, restraining order or such other equitable relief (without the requirement to post bond) restraining such Subject Member from committing any violation of the covenants or obligations contained in this Section 4.6. These injunctive remedies are cumulative and are in addition to any other rights and remedies the Company may have at law or in equity. In connection with the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.6, each Subject Member represents that his economic means and circumstances are such that such provisions will not prevent him from providing for himself and his family on a basis satisfactory to him.

(f) Unenforceable Restriction . It is expressly understood and agreed that although each Subject Member and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this Section 4.6 to be reasonable, if a final determination is made by an arbitrator to whom the parties have assigned the matter or a court of competent jurisdiction that any restriction contained in this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against any Subject Member, the provisions of this Agreement shall not be rendered void but shall be reformed to apply as to such maximum time and to such maximum extent as such arbitrator or court may determine or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if such arbitrator or court finds that any restriction contained in this Agreement is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be reformed so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the other restrictions contained herein.

(g) Inactive Management Members . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the provisions of this Section 4.6 shall apply to both Management Members and Inactive Management Members (as defined in Section 8.2).

(h) Parthenon Members Portfolio Companies . Section 4.6 shall not apply to portfolio companies of the Parthenon Members; provided that (i) any such portfolio company has not been provided confidential information concerning the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by or on behalf of the Parthenon Members (it being understood that a representative of the Parthenon Members acting as a director of a portfolio company shall not be considered to have provided such information to such portfolio company solely by virtue of such representative acting as a

 

17


director of such portfolio company) and (ii) with respect to the action in question (in connection with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or their employees or clients) that is otherwise prohibited by this Section 4.6 if taken by any Parthenon Member, such portfolio company is not being directed, directly or indirectly, by the Parthenon Members or any Affiliate thereof to take such action.

Section 4.7 Other Business for Kelso Members . Any Kelso Member or Affiliate thereof may engage in or possess an interest in other business ventures of any nature or description, independently or with others, similar or dissimilar to the business of the Company, and the Company, the Directors (as defined in Section 5.1) and the Members shall have no rights by virtue of this Agreement in and to such independent ventures or the income or profits derived therefrom, and the pursuit of any such venture, even if competitive with the business of the Company, shall not be deemed wrongful or improper. No Kelso Member, Director (other than any Subject Member who serves as a Director) or Affiliate thereof shall be obligated to present any particular investment opportunity to the Company even if such opportunity is of a character that, if presented to the Company, could be taken by the Company, and any Kelso Member, Director (other than any Subject Member who serves as a Director) or Affiliate thereof shall have the right to take for such Person’s own account (individually or as a partner or fiduciary) or to recommend to others any such particular investment opportunity; provided that this Section 4.7 shall not apply to Management Members or any other Members who are employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 4.8 Additional Members .

(a) Admission . Upon the approval of a majority of the Board or the compensation committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”), provided that such majority includes a majority of the Directors or members of the Compensation Committee appointed by Kelso, the Company may admit one or more additional Members (each an “ Additional Member ”), including additional Management Members to the Company, to be treated as a “Member” or one of the “Members” for all purposes hereunder. Each Person shall be admitted as an Additional Member at the time such Person ( i ) executes a joinder agreement to this Agreement, ( ii ) complies with the applicable Board resolution, if any, with respect to such admission and ( iii ) is named as a Member in Schedule A (as described in Section 8.1) hereto. The Board may designate any such Additional Member as a “Management Member” or as an “Investor Member” (or another category or class of Members created by the Board (subject to the provisions of Section 15.11), with such rights and obligations as the Board may specify). Any Management Member or Investor Member admitted as an Additional Member after the date hereof who is unable to make the representation contained in Section 6.1(e) may execute a joinder agreement which excludes such representation; provided such Additional Member also concurrently delivers to the Company a certificate, accompanied by an opinion of counsel, to the effect that the issuance of Units to such Member shall be exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act. Kelso is authorized to amend Schedule A to reflect any such admission and any actions pursuant to Section 4.8(b) below.

 

18


(b) Rights of Additional Members . Upon the admission of an Additional Member:

(i) the Board shall determine the capital commitment (if any) of such Additional Member;

(ii) the Board shall determine the rights, if any, of such Additional Members to appoint Directors to the Board;

(iii) such Additional Member shall make Capital Contributions to the Company in an amount to be determined by the Board;

(iv) if such Additional Member is an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, such employee will be a “Management Member” and one of the “Management Members” for all purposes hereunder, and the Board or the Compensation Committee will (i) have the right to grant such employee Override Units pursuant to Article VIII and amend Schedule A accordingly (including Operating Units and Value Units as applicable) and (ii) if Override Units are granted pursuant to clause (i), assign to such Management Member the applicable Benchmark Amount and other terms applicable to such Override Units;

(v) if such Additional Member will not be a Management Member hereunder then the Board may either designate such Member as a “Kelso Member” or as an “Investor Member” or another category or class of Members created by the Board (subject to the provisions of Section 15.11), with such rights and obligations as the Board may specify;

(vi) without duplication of any of foregoing, the Board shall assign Units, if any, to such Additional Member; and

(vii) the Board will amend Schedule A to reflect the actions taken pursuant to this Section 4.8.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, unless the Board elects otherwise, any former stockholder of any entity receiving Units in a merger transaction involving the Company or any Subsidiary shall be admitted as a Member (and be bound by the terms of this Agreement as a “Member” for all purposes of this Agreement except where expressly indicated) irrespective of whether this Agreement or any Joinder Agreement is executed by such Person, and, unless the Board elects otherwise, there shall be no conditions (other than the consummation of the relevant merger) to such admission as contemplated under §18-101(7)(a)(2) of the Delaware Act. Section 4.8(b) above shall apply to such admission of any such Member by merger.

 

19


ARTICLE V

MANAGEMENT

Section 5.1 Board .

(a) Generally . The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by or under the direction of a committee of the Company (the “ Board ”) consisting of at least five natural persons (each a “ Director ”), which initially shall be those persons designated as Directors in the first sentence of Section 5.1(b)(i) and subsequently shall be those persons appointed as provided in Section 5.1(b)(ii). The authorized number of Directors on the Board shall be established by Kelso. Directors need not be Members. The Board shall have full, exclusive and complete discretion to manage and control the business and affairs of the Company, to make all decisions affecting the business and affairs of the Company and to take all such actions as it deems necessary or appropriate to accomplish the purposes of the Company as set forth herein, including, without limitation, to exercise all of the powers of the Company set forth in Section 3.2 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Kelso will have the right to designate all of the Directors of the Board; provided, that, one of such Kelso designees shall be the Chief Executive Officer of IAAI (or its successor) so long as such individual is the Chief Executive Officer of IAAI.

(b) Election of Directors .

(i) Initial Directors; Term . The Board shall initially consist of five (5) Directors. The initial Directors of the Company will be David Wahrhaftig, Church Moore, Thomas O’Brien, Brian T. Clingen and David Ament. Each Director shall hold office until a successor is appointed in accordance with this Section 5.1(b) or until such Director’s earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the provisions hereof. Each person named as a Director herein or subsequently appointed as a Director (including any Management Member named or appointed as such) is hereby designated as a “manager” (within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the Company. Except as otherwise provided herein, and notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Delaware Act, no single Director may bind the Company, and the Board shall have the power to act only collectively in the manner specified herein.

(ii) Composition . Subject to the last sentence of Section 5.1(a), Kelso shall have the right to appoint in its sole discretion all of the Directors of the Company, and shall have the right to appoint in its sole discretion additional Directors to fill all additional seats on the Board created in the event the Board determines to expand the size of the Board following the date hereof in accordance with Section 5.1(a). Other than the board of directors of any direct subsidiary of IAAI, the composition of the board of directors of each of the Company’s subsidiaries (a “ Subsidiary Board ”) shall be in the same proportion of Kelso appointed directors to non-Kelso appointed directors as that of

 

20


the Board. Any committees of the Board or a Subsidiary Board shall be created only upon the approval of the Board as provided in Section 5.5 hereof. In the event that any Director designated hereunder by Kelso for any reason ceases to serve as a member of the Board or a Subsidiary Board during his or her term of office, the resulting vacancy on the Board or the Subsidiary Board shall be filled by a representative designated by Kelso.

Section 5.2 Meetings of the Board . The Board shall meet from time to time to discuss the business of the Company. The Board may hold meetings either within or without the State of Delaware. Meetings of the Board may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by the Board. The Chief Executive Officer of the Company or a majority of the Board may call a meeting of the Board by providing five Business Days’ notice to each Director, either personally, by telephone, by facsimile or by any other similarly timely means of communication which notice requirement may be waived by the Directors.

Section 5.3 Quorum and Acts of the Board . At all meetings of the Board three Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business unless the number of Directors is increased or decreased pursuant to Section 5.1(a), in which case the presence of a majority of the then authorized number of Directors shall constitute a quorum. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the act of a majority of the Directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board, the Directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if a majority of the members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

Section 5.4 Electronic Communications . Members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 5.5 Committees of Directors . The Board ( a ) shall designate a Compensation Committee, which shall be comprised of two Kelso Directors and the Chief Executive Officer of IAAI and ( b ) may, by resolution passed by unanimous consent of the Directors, designate one or more additional committees. Such resolution shall specify the duties and quorum requirements of such additional committees, each such committee to consist of such number of Directors as the Board may fix from time to time. The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or

 

21


not such members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Company. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

Section 5.6 Compensation of Directors . The Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation (if any) of Directors. The Directors may be paid their expenses (if any) of attendance at such meetings of the Board and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary as a Director. No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Company in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. Members of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending committee meetings.

Section 5.7 Resignation . Any Director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Company. The resignation of any Director shall take effect upon receipt of such notice or at such later time as shall be specified in the notice; and, unless otherwise specified in the notice, the acceptance of the resignation by the Company, the Members or the remaining Directors shall not be necessary to make it effective. Upon the effectiveness of any such resignation, such Director shall cease to be a “manager” (within the meaning of the Delaware Act).

Section 5.8 Removal of Directors . Members shall have the right to remove any Director at any time for cause upon the affirmative vote of a Majority in Interest. In addition, a majority of the Directors then in office shall have the right to remove a Director for cause. Upon the taking of such action, the Director shall cease to be a “manager” (within the meaning of the Delaware Act). Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (i) Kelso may remove any Director designated by Kelso or an initial Director designated in the first sentence of Section 5.1(b)(i) and (ii) the removal from the Board or a Subsidiary Board (with or without cause) of any Director designated hereunder by Kelso or any initial Director designated in the first sentence of Section 5.1(b)(i) shall be only at the written request of Kelso and under no other circumstances. Upon receipt of any such written request, the Board will promptly take all such actions as shall be necessary or desirable to cause the removal of such Director. Any vacancy caused by any such removal shall be filled in accordance with Section 5.9.

Section 5.9 Vacancies . If any vacancies shall occur in the Board, by reason of death, resignation, removal or otherwise, the Directors then in office shall continue to act, and actions that would otherwise be taken by a majority of the Directors may be taken by a majority of the Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum. Any vacancy shall be filled at any time in accordance with Section 5.1(b)(ii). A Director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office until his or her successor has been elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

22


Section 5.10 Directors as Agents . The Directors, to the extent of their powers set forth in this Agreement, are agents of the Company for the purpose of the Company’s business, and the actions of the Directors taken in accordance with such powers shall bind the Company. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement and notwithstanding the last sentence of Section 18-402 of the Delaware Act, no single Director shall have the power to bind the Company and the Board shall have the power to act only collectively in the manner specified herein.

Section 5.11 Officers . The Board may appoint from time to time as it deems advisable, appoint additional officers of the Company (collectively, the “ Officers ”) and assign such officers titles (including, without limitation, President, Vice President, Secretary and Treasurer). Unless the Board decides otherwise, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed under the Delaware General Corporation Law, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such person of the authorities and duties that are normally associated with that office. Any delegation pursuant to this Section 5.11 may be revoked at any time by the Board. Any Officer may be removed with or without cause by the Board, except as otherwise provided in any services or employment agreement between such Officer and the Company.

Section 5.12 Holdings Funding . With respect to cash amounts received by the Company on the Initial Capital Contribution Date, any of the Officers of the Company shall be authorized to authorize the contribution on the Initial Capital Contribution Date of all or a portion of such funds promptly to Axle Holdings, Inc. and/or any other Subsidiary following the Initial Capital Contributions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no further approval of the Board or the Members shall be required with respect to the foregoing.

ARTICLE VI

INVESTMENT REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

Section 6.1 Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Members .

(a) Investment Intention and Restrictions on Disposition . Each Member represents and warrants that such Member is acquiring the Interests solely for such Member’s own account for investment and not with a view to resale in connection with, any distribution thereof. Each Member agrees that such Member will not, directly or indirectly, Transfer any of the Interests (or solicit any offers to buy, purchase or otherwise acquire or take a pledge of any of the Interests) or any interest therein or any rights relating thereto or offer to Transfer, except in compliance with the Securities Act, all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws and this Agreement, as the same shall be amended from time to time. Any attempt by a Member, directly or indirectly, to Transfer, or offer to Transfer, any Interests or any interest therein or any rights relating thereto without complying with the provisions of this Agreement, shall be void and of no effect.

 

23


(b) Securities Laws Matters . Each Member acknowledges receipt of advice from the Company that ( i ) the Interests have not been registered under the Securities Act or qualified under any state securities or “blue sky” laws, ( ii ) it is not anticipated that there will be any public market for the Interests, ( iii ) the Interests must be held indefinitely and such Member must continue to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Interests unless the Interests are subsequently registered under the Securities Act and such state laws or an exemption from registration is available, ( iv ) Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144 ”) is not presently available with respect to sales of any securities of the Company and the Company has made no covenant to make Rule 144 available and Rule 144 is not anticipated to be available in the foreseeable future, ( v ) when and if the Interests may be disposed of without registration in reliance upon Rule 144, such disposition can be made only in limited amounts and in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Rule and the provisions of this Agreement, ( vi ) if the exemption afforded by Rule 144 is not available, public sale of the Interests without registration will require the availability of an exemption under the Securities Act, ( vii ) restrictive legends shall be placed on any certificate representing the Interests and ( viii ) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Interests are subject to restrictions on transfer and, if the Company should in the future engage the services of a transfer agent, appropriate stop-transfer instructions will be issued to such transfer agent with respect to the Interests.

(c) Ability to Bear Risk . Each Member represents and warrants that ( i ) such Member’s financial situation is such that such Member can afford to bear the economic risk of holding the Interests for an indefinite period and ( ii ) such Member can afford to suffer the complete loss of such Member’s investment in the Interests.

(d) Access to Information; Sophistication; Lack of Reliance . Each Member represents and warrants that ( i ) such Member is familiar with the business and financial condition, properties, operations and prospects of the Company and that such Member has been granted the opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, representatives of the Company concerning the Company and the terms and conditions of the purchase of the Interests and to obtain any additional information that such Member deems necessary, ( ii ) such Member’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters is such that such Member is capable of evaluating the merits and risk of the investment in the Interests and ( iii ) such Member has carefully reviewed the terms and provisions of this Agreement and has evaluated the restrictions and obligations contained therein. In furtherance of the foregoing, each Member represents and warrants that ( i ) no representation or warranty, express or implied, whether written or oral, as to the financial condition, results of operations, prospects, properties or business of the Company or as to the desirability or value of an investment in the Company has been made to such Member by or on behalf of the Company, ( ii ) such Member has relied upon such Member’s own independent appraisal and investigation, and the advice of such Member’s own counsel, tax

 

24


advisors and other advisors, regarding the risks of an investment in the Company and ( iii ) such Member will continue to bear sole responsibility for making its own independent evaluation and monitoring of the risks of its investment in the Company. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), the Company includes each of the businesses to be acquired by the Company.

(e) Accredited Investor . Each Member represents and warrants that such Member is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act and, in connection with the execution of this Agreement, agrees to deliver such certificates to that effect as the Board may request.

Section 6.2 Additional Representations and Warranties of Management Members and Investor Members . Each Investor Member and Management Member represents and warrants that (a) such Investor Member or Management Member has duly executed and delivered this Agreement; (b) all actions required to be taken by or on behalf of the Investor Member or Management Member to authorize it to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement have been taken and this Agreement constitutes such Investor Member's or Management Member's legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against such Investor Member or Management Member in accordance with the terms hereof; (c) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation by the Investor Member or Management Member of the transactions contemplated hereby in the manner contemplated hereby do not and will not conflict with, or result in a breach of any terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument or any statute, law, rule or regulation, or any judgment, decree, writ, injunction, order or award of any arbitrator, court or governmental authority which is applicable to the Investor Member or Management Member or by which the Investor Member or Management Member or any material portion of its properties is bound; (d) no consent, approval, authorization, order, filing, registration or qualification of or with any court, governmental authority or third person is required to be obtained by such Investor Member or Management Member in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the performance of such Investor Member's or Management Member's obligations hereunder; (e) if such Investor Member or Management Member is an individual, such Investor Member or Management Member is a resident of the state set forth below such Investor Member's or Management Member's name on the signature page hereof; and (f) if such Investor Member or Management Member is not an individual, such Investor Member's or Management Member's principal place of business and mailing address is in the state or foreign jurisdiction set forth below the Investor Member or Management Member's signature on the signature page.

Section 6.3 Additional Representations and Warranties of Kelso Members .

(a) Due Organization; Power and Authority, etc. Kelso Investment Associates VII, L.P. represents and warrants that it is a limited partnership duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. KEP VI, LLC represents and warrants that it is a limited liability company duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Each Kelso Member further represents and warrants that it has all necessary power and authority to enter into this Agreement to carry out the transactions contemplated herein and therein.

 

25


(b) Authorization; Enforceability . All actions required to be taken by or on behalf of such Kelso Member to authorize it to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement have been taken, and this Agreement constitutes the valid and binding obligation of such Kelso Member, enforceable against such Kelso Member in accordance with its terms, except as the same may be affected by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws, or by legal or equitable principles relating to or limiting the rights of contracting parties generally.

(c) Compliance with Laws and Other Instruments . The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation by such Kelso Member of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby in the manner contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not conflict with, or result in a breach of any terms of, or constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument or any statute, law, rule or regulation, or any judgment, decree, writ, injunction, order or award of any arbitrator, court or governmental authority which is applicable to such Kelso Member or by which such Kelso Member or any material portion of its properties is bound, except for conflicts, breaches and defaults that, individually or in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition, business or operations of such Kelso Member or upon such Kelso Member’s ability to enter into and carry out its obligations under this Agreement.

(d) Executing Parties . The person executing this Agreement on behalf of each Kelso Member has full power and authority to bind such Kelso Member to the terms hereof.

Section 6.4 Certain Members . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the representations and warranties under this Article VI shall be deemed not to be made to Members not executing this Agreement or a joinder agreement to this Agreement.

ARTICLE VII

CAPITAL ACCOUNTS; CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Section 7.1 Capital Accounts . A separate capital account (a “ Capital Account ”) shall be established and maintained for each Member. The initial balance in each Member’s Capital Account shall be zero.

Section 7.2 Adjustments .

(a) Each Member’s Capital Accounts shall be credited with the amount of cash contributed by such Member on the Initial Capital Contribution Date, as set forth on Schedule A , and shall also be credited with the Fair Market Value of property contributed by such Member on the Initial Capital Contribution Date, as set forth on Schedule A .

 

26


(b) As of the end of each Accounting Period, the balance in each Member’s Capital Account shall be adjusted by ( i ) increasing such balance by such Member’s ( A ) allocable share of Net Profit (allocated in accordance with Section 9.1) and ( B ) the amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of any property (as of the date of the contribution thereof and net of any liabilities encumbering such property) contributed to the Company during such Accounting Period, if any, and ( ii ) decreasing such balance by ( A ) the amount of cash and the Fair Market Value of any property (as of the date of the distribution thereof and net of any liabilities encumbering such property) distributed to such Member during such Accounting Period and ( B ) such Member’s allocable share of Net Loss (allocated in accordance with Section 9.1). Each Member’s Capital Account shall be further adjusted with respect to any special allocations pursuant to Section 9.2. The provisions of this Agreement relating to the maintenance of Capital Accounts are intended to comply with Treasury Regulations section 1.704-1(b) and section 1.704-2 and shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with such Treasury Regulations.

Section 7.3 Capital Contributions . Each of the Members hereby commits to make an initial cash contribution to the capital of the Company in the amount equal to its Initial Capital Contribution set forth opposite each Members name on Schedule A upon the Initial Capital Contribution Date. Any contributions of property after the Initial Capital Contribution Date shall be valued at their Fair Market Value.

Section 7.4 Additional Capital Contributions by Kelso . (a) Kelso (or any Affiliate thereof) may make additional cash Capital Contributions to the Company or any Subsidiary at such times as the Board shall determine such additional Capital Contributions are advisable (x) to make, or in connection with, acquisitions of assets, businesses or other entities which the Board determines are desirable for the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries and (y) for other bona fide corporate or organizational purposes (each such time, an “ Additional Capital Contribution Event ”).

(b) Without limiting the generality of Section 7.5 (and without duplication), in connection with each additional Capital Contribution made by Kelso pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 7.4 (or any loan made by Kelso or an Affiliate thereof whether or not in connection with equity interests), the Parthenon Members shall have the right to make a concurrent Capital Contribution of such amount (or a corresponding loan, if applicable) on the same terms as Kelso or its Affiliate, applicable, and concurrently therewith (or, if additional notice is required in good faith pursuant to the requirements of its fund in order to call capital, as soon as practicable (but no later than 20 days) after Kelso or its Affiliate, as applicable, makes its applicable Capital Contribution or loan) as is necessary to maintain the relative equity interests or relative debt interests (which shall be deemed to be pro rata for equity interests if no Kelso loans have been made), as applicable, in the Company and its Subsidiaries between the Kelso Members and the Parthenon Members. In the event that Kelso makes a Capital Contribution pursuant to

 

27


paragraph (a) of this Section 7.4 (or a loan, if applicable) by means of a Capital Contribution (or loan, if applicable) to a Subsidiary of the Company, so long as Kelso is in a position to cause the Company to do so, Kelso agrees to use reasonable best efforts to cause the Company (including to cause the applicable Subsidiary) to permit the Parthenon Members to make a concurrent Capital Contribution (or loan, if applicable) in a manner consistent with the first sentence hereof.

Section 7.5 Additional Capital Contributions . No Member shall be required to make any additional capital contribution to the Company in respect of the Interests then owned by such Member. However, a Member may make such additional capital contributions to the Company, but only with the written consent of the Board acting by majority vote. The provisions of this Section 7.5 are intended solely to benefit the Members and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, shall not be construed as conferring any benefit upon any creditor of the Company (and no such creditor shall be a third party beneficiary of this Agreement), and no Member shall have any duty or obligation to any creditor of the Company to make any additional capital contributions or to cause the Board to consent to the making of additional capital contributions. Members shall be deemed to have contributed such additional capital upon issuance of additional Interests equal to the cash purchase price for such Interests or, if no cash is paid or there is non-cash consideration (including in the event that the Company or any Subsidiary acquires any company or business (whether by stock purchase, merger or otherwise, including any Company or business acquired or transferred from any Affiliate of the Company), and Units are issued in respect of such acquisition), in the amount of the Fair Market Value of such non-cash consideration as determined by the Board in good faith at or prior to issuance of such Interests. For the avoidance of doubt, the immediately foregoing sentence shall also apply to issuances of Interests to new Members.

Section 7.6 Negative Capital Accounts . Except as required by law, no Member shall be required to make up a negative balance in its Capital Account.

ARTICLE VIII

ADDITIONAL TERMS APPLICABLE TO OVERRIDE UNITS

Section 8.1 Certain Terms .

(a) Forfeiture of Operating Units . A Management Member’s Operating Units shall be subject to forfeiture on a pro-rata basis in accordance with the schedule in Section 8.2 hereof if he or she becomes an Inactive Management Member before the third anniversary of the issuance date of such Member's Operating Units.

(b) Value Unit Participation . Value Units will participate in distributions under Article X only upon an Exit Event and, upon such Exit Event, as follows (and only as follows): (i) No Value Units will participate in distributions if the Kelso Investment Multiple is less than or equal to 2, (ii) all Value Units will participate in distributions if the Kelso Investment Multiple is at

 

28


least 4 and (iii) the Applicable Performance Percentage of the Value Units will participate in distributions if the Kelso Investment Multiple is greater than 2 and less than 4. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything to the contrary, in no event shall any Value Units participate in distributions unless Kelso receives an internal rate of return, compounded annually (“ IRR ”), on its investment in the Company (as defined below) of at least 12% and the Kelso Investment Multiple is greater than 2. Kelso’s IRR will be calculated after giving full effect to the dilution of Kelso’s Interests in the Company by the Override Units (i.e., after calculating an assumed distribution to Management Members based on the first sentence hereof and calculating Kelso's IRR on this basis). The “ Applicable Performance Percentage ” means, expressed as a percentage, the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the excess, if positive, of the Kelso Investment Multiple (as defined below) over 2 by (y) 2. The “ Kelso Investment Multiple ” is computed by dividing (x) the Final Value by (y) the Initial Value.

(c) Certain Cancellations . In the event that any portion of the Value Units does not become eligible to participate in distributions pursuant to Section 8.1(b) upon the first occurrence of an Exit Event, such portion of such Value Units shall automatically be canceled without payment therefor.

(d) Certain Adjustments . All Override Units shall expire and be forfeited on the 10 th anniversary of the issuance of such Override Unit.

(e) Calculations . All calculations required or contemplated by Section 8.1(b) shall be made in the sole determination of the Compensation Committee (or the Board, as applicable) and shall be final and binding on the Company and each Management Member.

(f) Benchmark Amount . The Board shall determine the Benchmark Amount with respect to each Override Unit at the time such Override Unit is issued to a Management Member, which shall be reflected on Schedule A . The Benchmark Amount of each Override Unit issued as of the date hereof will be $25.616798, which (together with the provisions of Sections 10.1(a)(i) and (ii)) are intended to result in such Override Unit being treated as a profits interest for U.S. federal income tax purposes as of the date such Override Units is issued.

Section 8.2 Effects of Termination of Employment on Override Units .

(a) Forfeiture of Override Units upon Termination .

(i) Termination for Cause . Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee in a manner more favorable to such Management Member, in the event that a Management Member’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual is terminated for Cause, all of the Override Units issued to such Inactive Management Member shall be forfeited.

(ii) Other Termination . Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee in a manner more favorable to such Inactive Management Member, in the

 

29


event that a Management Member’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual is terminated for any reason other than for Cause, then, in the event that (x) an Exit Event has not yet occurred, and (y) no definitive agreement shall be in effect regarding a transaction, which, if consummated, would result in an Exit Event, then all of the Value Units issued to such Inactive Management Member shall be forfeited and a percentage of the Operating Units issued to such Inactive Management Member shall be forfeited according to the following schedule (it being understood that in the event that such forfeiture does not occur as a result of the operation of clause (y) but the definitive agreement referred to in such clause (y) subsequently terminates without consummation of an Exit Event, then the forfeiture of all of the Value Units and of the applicable percentage of Operating Units referred to herein shall thereupon occur):

 

If the termination occurs

  

Percentage of such

Inactive Management
Member’s Operating Units

to be Forfeited

 
Before the first quarterly anniversary of the grant of such Inactive Management Member’s Operating Units    100 %
On or after the first quarterly anniversary, but before the second quarterly anniversary, of the grant of such Inactive Management Member’s Operating Units    91.67 %
On or after the second quarterly anniversary, but before the third quarterly anniversary, of the grant of such Inactive Management Member’s Operating Units    83.33 %
On or after the third quarterly anniversary, but before the fourth quarterly anniversary, of the grant of such Inactive Management Member’s Operating Units    75 %
On or after the fourth quarterly anniversary, but before the fifth quarterly anniversary, of the grant of such Inactive Management Member’s Operating Units    66.67 %
On or after the fifth quarterly anniversary, but before the sixth quarterly anniversary, of the grant of such Inactive Management Member’s Operating Units    58.33 %

 

30


On or after the sixth quarterly anniversary, but before the seventh quarterly anniversary, of the grant of such Inactive Management Member’s Operating Units    50 %
On or after the seventh quarterly anniversary, but before the eighth quarterly anniversary, of the grant of such Inactive Management Member’s Operating Units    41.67 %
On or after the eighth quarterly anniversary, but before the ninth quarterly anniversary, of the grant of such Inactive Management Member’s Operating Units    33.33 %
On or after the ninth quarterly anniversary, but before the tenth quarterly anniversary, of the grant of such Inactive Management Member’s Operating Units    25 %
On or after the tenth quarterly anniversary, but before the eleventh quarterly anniversary, of the grant of such Inactive Management Member’s Operating Units    16.67 %
On or after the eleventh quarterly anniversary, but before the twelfth quarterly anniversary, of the grant of such Inactive Management Member’s Operating Units    8.33 %
On or after the twelfth quarterly anniversary of the grant of such Inactive Management Member’s Operating Units    0 %

(b) Inactive Management Members . If a Management Member’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason, such Member shall be thereafter be referred to herein as an “ Inactive Management Member ” with only the rights (and applicable restrictions) of an Inactive Management Member specified herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, such Inactive Management Member shall continue to be treated as a Member for purposes of any applicable allocations or distributions, which shall be deemed for tax purposes to be made to such Inactive Management Member in its capacity as a Member, until such time as all Units retained by such Inactive Management Member are Transferred or repurchased in accordance with this Agreement.

(c) Special Distribution . If a Management Member’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual is terminated for any reason, the Company may distribute in its discretion to such Management Member, in complete liquidation of his retained Units (including Common Units and Operating Units), shares of the common stock of Axle Holdings, Inc. having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount that such Inactive Management Member would have received with respect to such retained Units if the assets of the Company were sold for their Fair Market Value and the proceeds thereof distributed in accordance with Section 14.2. Any such shares shall be subject to the Shareholders Agreement.

 

31


(d) Effect of Forfeiture . Any Override Unit which is forfeited shall be cancelled for no consideration.

(e) Special Allocation . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if an Override Unit of a Management Member is forfeited pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or 8.2(a) of this Agreement, then the Board, in its sole discretion, may (in its discretion) at any time reallocate all or any portion of such forfeited Override Units to one or more of the Management Members.

Section 8.3 Nontransferability of Awards . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no Override Units may be Transferred, other than (i) retained Operating Units by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or, subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, to a trust or other entity as described in Section 13.2 for estate-planning purposes), (ii) subject to approval by the Compensation Committee in any individual case (including such additional terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee shall require), to a transferee under Article XIII. All distributions in respect of Override Units issued to a Management Member or an Inactive Management Member hereunder shall be distributed during his or her lifetime only to such Management Member or Inactive Management Member or, if applicable, a transferee permitted under Section 13.2.

ARTICLE IX

ALLOCATIONS

Section 9.1 Book Allocations of Net Profit and Net Loss . Except as provided in Section 9.2, Net Profit or Net Loss, as the case may be, with respect to any Accounting Period, including each item of income, gain, loss and deduction of the Company, shall be allocated among the Capital Accounts as of the end of such Accounting Period in a manner that as closely as possible gives effect to the provisions of Article X and the other relevant provisions of this Agreement.

Section 9.2 Special Book Allocations .

(a) Qualified Income Offset . If any Member unexpectedly receives any adjustment, allocation or distribution described in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) or (6) and such adjustment, allocation or distribution causes or increases a deficit in such Member’s Capital Account in excess of its obligation to make additional Capital Contributions (a “ Deficit ”), items of gross income and gain for such Accounting Period and each subsequent Accounting Period shall be specifically allocated to such Member in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations, the Deficit of such Member as quickly as possible; provided that an allocation pursuant to this Section 9.2(a) shall

 

32


be made only if and to the extent that such Member would have a Deficit after all other allocations provided for in this Article IX have been tentatively made as if this Section 9.2(a) were not in this Agreement. This Section 9.2(a) is intended to comply with the qualified income offset provision of Treasury Regulations section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted in a manner consistent therewith.

(b) Partnership Minimum Gain . Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(f), if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Accounting Period, each Member shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such Accounting Period in proportion to, and to the extent of, an amount equal to the portion of such Member’s share of the net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain, determined in accordance with Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(g). This Section 9.2(b) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulations section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(c) Restorative Allocations . Any special allocations of items of income or gain pursuant to this Section 9.2 shall be taken into account in computing subsequent allocations pursuant to this Agreement, so that the net amount for any item so allocated and all other items allocated to each Member pursuant to this Agreement shall be equal, to the extent possible, to the net amount that would have been allocated to each Member pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement if such special allocations had not occurred.

Section 9.3 Tax Allocations . The income, gains, losses, credits and deductions recognized by the Company shall be allocated among the Members, for U.S. federal, state and local income tax purposes, to the extent permitted under the Code and the Treasury Regulations, in the same manner that each such item is allocated to the Members’ Capital Accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall have the power to make such allocations for U.S. federal, state and local income tax purposes as may be necessary to maintain substantial economic effect, or to insure that such allocations are in accordance with the Members’ Interests, in each case within the meaning of the Code and the Treasury Regulations, it being anticipated that no Management Member or Additional Management Member shall be allocated taxable income in excess of the amount of cash to be received by such Member or Additional Member. In accordance with section 704(c) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss and deduction with respect to any property contributed to the capital of the Company shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Members so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company for U.S. federal income tax purposes and its fair market value at the time of contribution.

 

33


ARTICLE X

DISTRIBUTIONS

Section 10.1 Distributions Generally .

(a) This section provides for the distribution of certain amounts (“ Distributable Amounts ”) to the Members. The term “Distributable Amounts” means ( i ) upon the occurrence of an Exit Event, all amounts held by the Company immediately following such Exit Event reduced by existing liabilities and expenses of the Company and a reasonable reserve for future liabilities and expenses; and ( ii ) at any other time determined by Board, any amounts designated by the Board to the extent that the cash available to the Company and its subsidiaries is in excess of the reasonably anticipated needs of the business (including reserves). Immediately prior to the making of any distribution, a tentative distribution schedule shall be made, including for the purpose of determining whether applicable Kelso performance hurdles are met. In determining the amount distributable to each Member, the provisions of this Section 10.1 shall be applied in an iterative manner. Distributable Amounts shall then be distributed as follows:

(i) Subject to Section 10.1(a)(ii) and the provisions of Article VIII, to the Members in proportion to the number of Units held by each Member as of the time of such distribution.

(ii) The amount of any proposed distribution to a holder of any participating Override Unit pursuant to Section 10.1(a)(i) in respect of such Override Unit shall be reduced until the total reductions in proposed distributions pursuant to this Section 10.1(a)(ii) in respect of such Override Unit equals the Benchmark Amount in respect of such Override Unit. Any amount that is not distributed to the holder of any Override Unit pursuant to this Section 10.1(a)(ii) shall be distributed to the Members pursuant to Section 10.1(a)(i) without applying this Section 10.1(a)(ii) again with respect to such re-distributed Benchmark Amount.

(b) In the event that an Exit Event is structured as a sale of Interests by the Members (including pursuant to Section 13.10(b)), rather than a distribution of proceeds by the Company, the purchase agreement governing such Interest sale will have provisions therein which replicate, to the greatest extent possible, the economic result which would have been attained under this Article X had the Exit Event been structured as a sale of the Company's assets and a distribution of proceeds thereof.

(c) For the avoidance of doubt, it is understood that references herein to Override Units that “will not participate in distributions under Article X” or any similar formulation or reference means (i) that Members will not receive distributions in respect of such Units held pursuant to Article X and (ii) that such non-participating Override Units held will not be counted in any determination of the pro rata or proportionate ownership of Units of such Member or any other Member for purposes of Article X. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, no Override Units shall participate in any distributions under this Section 10.1 except pursuant to an Exit Event in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 8.1(b)) unless the Compensation Committee shall determine otherwise.

 

34


Section 10.2 Distributions In Kind . In the event of a distribution of Company property, such property shall for all purposes of this Agreement be deemed to have been sold at its Fair Market Value and the proceeds of such sale shall be deemed to have been distributed to the Members.

Section 10.3 No Withdrawal of Capital . Except as otherwise expressly provided in Article XIV, no Member shall have the right to withdraw capital from the Company or to receive any distribution or return of such Member’s Capital Contributions.

Section 10.4 Withholding .

(a) Each Member shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify and hold harmless each Person who is or who is deemed to be the responsible withholding agent for U.S. federal, state or local income tax purposes against all claims, liabilities and expenses of whatever nature (but, in each case, excluding any penalties and excluding accrued interest that results from such Person’s fraud, willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence) solely relating to such Person’s obligation to withhold and to pay over any U.S. federal, state, or local income taxes imposed on such Member and the employee's share of social security, Medicare, and federal unemployment taxes imposed on such Member (including, in each case, accrued interest but excluding penalties thereon), provided that such liability of any Member shall not exceed the sum of the balance of such Member’s Capital Account, after giving effect to all adjustments hereunder, and the aggregate amount of all prior distributions made to such Member by the Company.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article X, ( i ) each Member hereby authorizes the Company to withhold and to pay over, or otherwise pay, any withholding or other taxes payable by the Company or any of its Affiliates with respect to such Member or as a result of such Member’s participation in the Company and ( ii ) if and to the extent that the Company shall be required to withhold or pay any such taxes (including any amounts withheld from amounts payable to the Company to the extent attributable, in the judgment of the Members, to such Member’s Interest), such Member shall be deemed for all purposes of this Agreement to have received a payment from the Company as of the time such withholding or tax is required to be paid, which payment shall be deemed to be a distribution with respect to such Member’s Interest to the extent that the Member (or any successor to such Member’s Interest) is then entitled to receive a distribution. To the extent that the aggregate of such payments to a Member for any period exceeds the distributions to which such Member is entitled for such period, such Member shall make a prompt payment to the Company of such amount. It is the intention of the Members that no amounts will be includible as compensation income to any Management Member, or will give rise to any withholding taxes imposed on compensation income, for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of the receipt, vesting or disposition of, or lapse of any restriction with respect to, any Override Units granted to such Member.

 

35


(c) If the Company makes a distribution in kind and such distribution is subject to withholding or other taxes payable by the Company on behalf of any Member, such Member shall make a prompt payment to the Company of the amount of such withholding or other taxes by wire transfer.

Section 10.5 Restricted Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall not make a distribution to any Member on account of its Interest in the Company if such distribution would violate Section 18-607 of the Delaware Act or other applicable law.

Section 10.6 Tax Distributions . In the event the Company allocates net taxable income to any of the Company's Members for any accounting period, then, at the Compensation Committee's discretion (or the Board’s, if there shall be no Compensation Committee), the Company shall make distributions of cash to such members prior to any other distributions provided for in Article X in an amount determined by the Compensation Committee (or the Board, if there shall be no Compensation Committee) for the purpose of allowing such members to satisfy their tax liability arising as a result of such allocation. Tax distributions made pursuant to the foregoing shall be treated as advances against distributions payable to members pursuant to Section 10.1.

Section 10.7 Benchmark Adjustment . Management Members' Benchmark Amounts shall be proportionately adjusted to reflect, as deemed equitable and appropriate by the Compensation Committee, distributions (including any such distribution in connection with a recapitalization transaction or similar extraordinary transaction) made to the other Members pursuant to Section 10.1 at a time other than an Exit Event. All determinations and calculations required under this Section 10.7 shall be made in the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee.

ARTICLE XI

BOOKS AND RECORDS

Section 11.1 Books, Records and Financial Statements .

(a) At all times during the continuance of the Company, the Company shall maintain, at its principal place of business, separate books of account for the Company that shall show a true and accurate record of all costs and expenses incurred, all charges made, all credits made and received and all income derived in connection with the operation of the Company’s business in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and, to the extent inconsistent therewith, in accordance with this Agreement. Such books of account, together with

 

36


a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate, shall at all times be maintained at the principal place of business of the Company and shall be open to inspection and examination at reasonable times by each Member and its duly authorized representative for any purpose reasonably related to such Member’s Interest; provided that the Company may maintain the confidentiality of Schedule A .

(b) Within the same time periods applicable to the Company's lenders with respect to the relevant financial information, the Company shall provide to the Parthenon Members such quarterly or annual financial statements and other financial information (if any) (collectively, the “ Lender Financial Information ”) required to be provided, and provided, to the lenders of the Company and its Subsidiaries; provided that, following such time that a Parthenon Member first informs the Company in writing that it has elected to no longer receive the Lender Financial Information, thereinafter the Parthenon Members shall no longer receive, and the Company shall no longer have any obligation to provide to the Parthenon Members, the Lender Financial Information.

Section 11.2 Filings of Returns and Other Writings; Tax Matters Partner .

(a) The Company shall timely file all Company tax returns and shall timely file all other writings required by any governmental authority having jurisdiction to require such filing. Within 90 days after the end of each taxable year (or as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter), the Company shall send to each Person that was a Member at any time during such year copies of Schedule K-1, “Partner’s Share of Income, Credits, Deductions, Etc.”, or any successor schedule or form, with respect to such Person, together with such additional information as may be necessary for such Person to file his, her or its United States federal income tax returns.

(b) KIA VII shall be the tax matters partner of the Company, within the meaning of section 6231 of the Code (the “ Tax Matters Partner ”) unless a Majority in Interest votes otherwise. Each Member hereby consents to such designation and agrees that upon the request of the Tax Matters Partner, such Member will execute, certify, acknowledge, deliver, swear to, file and record at the appropriate public offices such documents as may be necessary or appropriate to evidence such consent.

(c) Promptly following the written request of the Tax Matters Partner, the Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, reimburse and indemnify the Tax Matters Partner for all reasonable expenses, including reasonable legal and accounting fees, claims, liabilities, losses and damages incurred by the Tax Matters Partner in connection with any administrative or judicial proceeding with respect to the tax liability of the Members, except to the extent arising from the bad faith, gross negligence, willful violation of law, fraud or breach of this Agreement by such Tax Matters Partner.

 

37


(d) The provisions of this Section 11.2 shall survive the termination of the Company or the termination of any Member’s Interest and shall remain binding on the Members for as long a period of time as is necessary to resolve with the Internal Revenue Service any and all matters regarding the U.S. federal income taxation of the Company or the Members.

Section 11.3 Accounting Method . For both financial and tax reporting purposes, the books and records of the Company shall be kept on the accrual method of accounting applied in a consistent manner and shall reflect all Company transactions and be appropriate and adequate for the Company’s business.

ARTICLE XII

LIABILITY, EXCULPATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

Section 12.1 Liability . Except as otherwise provided by the Delaware Act, the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be solely the debts, obligations and liabilities of the Company, and no Covered Person shall be obligated personally for any such debt, obligation or liability of the Company solely by reason of being a Covered Person.

Section 12.2 Exculpation . No Covered Person shall be liable to the Company or any other Covered Person for any loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that a Covered Person shall be liable for any such loss, damage or claim incurred by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful breach of this Agreement.

Section 12.3 Fiduciary Duty . To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Covered Person has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Company or to any other Covered Person, a Covered Person acting under this Agreement shall not be liable to the Company or to any other Covered Person for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Covered Person otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the parties hereto to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Covered Person.

Section 12.4 Indemnification . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a Covered Person shall be entitled to indemnification from the Company for any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of any act or omission performed or omitted by such Covered Person in good faith on behalf of the Company and in a manner believed to be within the scope of authority conferred on such Covered Person by this Agreement, except that no Covered Person shall be entitled to be indemnified in respect of any loss, damage or claim incurred by such Covered Person by reason of such Covered Person’s gross negligence, willful

 

38


misconduct or willful breach of this Agreement with respect to such acts or omissions; provided , that any indemnity under this Section 12.4 shall be provided out of and to the extent of Company assets only, and no Covered Person shall have any personal liability on account thereof.

Section 12.5 Expenses . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, disbursements, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by a Covered Person in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding relating to or arising out of their performance of their duties on behalf of the Company shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Company prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that the Covered Person is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in Section 12.4.

Section 12.6 Severability . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, if any portion of this Article shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify each Director or Officer and may indemnify each employee or agent of the Company as to costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement with respect to any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including an action by or in the right of the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Article that shall not have been invalidated.

ARTICLE XIII

TRANSFERS OF INTERESTS

Section 13.1 Restrictions on Transfers of Interests by Investor Members and Management Members . No Management Member or Investor Member may Transfer any Interests (including, without limitation to any other Member, or by gift, or by operation of law or otherwise), provided that Interests may be Transferred ( a ) pursuant to Section 13.2(a) (“Estate Planning Transfers, Transfers Upon Death”), ( b ) in accordance with Section 13.5 (“Puts and Calls”), ( c ) in accordance with Section 13.6 (“Involuntary Transfers”), ( d ) pursuant to Section 13.10(a) (“Tag-Along Rights”), ( e ) pursuant to Section 13.10(b) (“Drag-Along Rights”) and ( f ) pursuant to Section 13.11, in connection with the formation of Newco (as defined in Section 13.11(b)) in anticipation of an IPO.

Section 13.2 Estate Planning Transfers; Transfers upon Death of an Investor Member or Management Member; Affiliate Transfers .

(a) Common Units held by Management Members or Investor Members may be transferred for estate-planning purposes of such Investor Member or Management Member, authorized by the prior written approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or

 

39


delayed) of the Board (excluding such Management Member or Investor Member and other members of the Board who are designees of the Management Members and the Investor Members), to ( A ) a trust under which the distribution of the Common Units may be made only to beneficiaries who are such Management Member or Investor Members, his or her spouse, his or her parents, members of his or her immediate family or his or her lineal descendants, ( B ) a charitable remainder trust, the income from which will be paid to such Management Member or Investor Member during his or her life, ( C ) a corporation, the shareholders of which are only such Management Member or Investor Member, his or her spouse, his or her parents, members of his or her immediate family or his or her lineal descendants or ( D ) a partnership or limited liability company, the partners or members of which are only such Management Member or Investor Member, his or her spouse, his or her parents, members of his or her immediate family or his or her lineal descendants. Common Units may be transferred as a result of the laws of descent, provided that any heirs, executors or other beneficiaries shall remain subject to the terms of this Agreement as if such Management Member or Investor Member continued to hold the Common Units directly.

(b) The Parthenon Members may Transfer all or a portion of their Interests to any of their Affiliates (other than any portfolio company). For the avoidance of doubt, upon any such Transfer to a permitted Affiliate (or to any subsequent permitted affiliated transferee), such Affiliate of the Parthenon Members shall be bound by all of the restrictions of this Agreement applicable to the Parthenon Members. The Parthenon Members shall promptly inform the Company of any Transfer made pursuant to this Section 13.2(b).

Section 13.3 Effect of Assignment . The Company shall, from the effective date of any permitted assignment of an Interest (or part thereof), thereafter pay all further distributions on account of such Interest (or part thereof) to the assignee of such Interest (or part thereof); provided that such assignee shall have no rights or powers as a Member unless such assignee complies with Section 13.8.

Section 13.4 Overriding Provisions .

(a) Any Transfer in violation of this Article XIII shall be null and void ab initio, and the provisions of Section 13.3 shall not apply to any such Transfers. The approval of any Transfer in any one or more instances shall not limit or waive the requirement for such approval in any other or future instance.

(b) All Transfers permitted under this Article XIII are subject to this Section 13.4 and Sections 13.5, 13.7 and 13.8.

(c) Any proposed Transfer by a Member pursuant to the terms of this Article XIII shall, in addition to meeting all of the other requirements of this Agreement, satisfy the following conditions: ( i ) the Transfer will not be effected on or through an “established securities market” or a “secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof,” as such terms are used in Treasury

 

40


Regulations section 1.7704-1, and, at the request of the Board, the transferor and the transferee will have each provided the Company a certificate to such effect; and ( ii ) the proposed transfer will not result in the Company having more than 99 Members, within the meaning of Treasury Regulations section 1.7704-1(h)(1) (determined pursuant to the rules of Treasury Regulations section 1.7704-1(h)(3)). The Board may in its sole discretion waive the condition set forth in clause (ii) of this Section 13.4(c).

(d) The Company shall promptly amend Schedule A to reflect any permitted transfers of Interests pursuant to this Article XIII.

Section 13.5 Put and Call Rights .

(a) Sale by Inactive Management Members to the Company (“ Put Rights ”) . Subject to all provisions of this Section 13.5(a) and to Section 13.5(c) (“Prohibited Purchases”), each Inactive Management Member shall have the right to sell to the Company, and the Company shall have the obligation to purchase from each such Inactive Management Member, all, but not less than all, of such Inactive Management Member’s Common Units following the termination of employment of such Inactive Management Member, at their Fair Market Value, if the employment of such Inactive Management Member with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual (or by the Company on behalf of any such Subsidiary) ( i ) is terminated without Cause or ( ii ) terminates as a result of ( A ) the death or Disability of such Inactive Management Member, ( B ) the resignation of such Inactive Management Member (with or without Good Reason); provided, that (in the case of this clause (B)), at the time of such resignation the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual would not have the right to terminate such Management Member for Cause or ( C ) the Retirement of such Inactive Management Member. If any Inactive Management Member desires to sell Common Units pursuant to this Section 13.5(a), he or she (or his or her estate, as the case may be) shall notify the Company not more than 180 days after the termination of employment as a result of death or Disability and not more than 90 days after the termination of employment as a result of a termination without Cause, the resignation of such Inactive Management Member or the Retirement of such Inactive Management Member.

(b) Right of the Company to Purchase from Inactive Management Members (“ Call Rights ”) . Subject to all provisions of this Section 13.5(b) and Section 13.5(c) (“Prohibited Purchases”), the Company shall have the right to purchase from each Inactive Management Member, and each such Inactive Management Member shall have the obligation to sell to the Company, all, but not less than all, of such Inactive Management Member’s Common Units following the termination of employment of such Inactive Management Member:

(i) at their Fair Market Value, if the employment of such Inactive Management Member with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual (or by the Company on behalf of any such Subsidiary) is terminated as a result of ( A ) the termination by the Company or any such subsidiary (or by the Company on behalf of any

 

41


such subsidiary) of such employment without Cause, ( B ) the death or Disability of such Inactive Management Member, ( C ) the resignation of such Inactive Management Member (with or without Good Reason); provided, that (in the case of this clause (C)), at the time of such resignation the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual would not have the right to terminate such Management Member for Cause or ( D ) the Retirement of such Inactive Management Member;

(ii) at the lesser of Fair Market Value and the Carrying Value of such Common Units if the employment of such Inactive Management Member with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual (or by the Company on behalf of any such Subsidiary) is terminated for Cause; or

(iii) at the Fair Market Value or the Carrying Value of such Common Units, in the sole discretion of the Board (excluding such Inactive Management Member and other members of the Board who are designees of the Management Members), if such Inactive Management Member is terminated by the Company for any reason other than as a result of an event described in either subparagraph (i) or (ii) of this Section 13.5(b).

(c) Prohibited Purchases . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Company shall not be obligated to purchase any Interests from an Inactive Management Member hereunder and shall not exercise any right to purchase Interests from a Management Member hereunder, in each case, to the extent (a) the Company is prohibited from purchasing such Interests (or incurring debt to finance the purchase of such Interests), or the Company is unable to obtain funds to pay for such Interests from a Subsidiary of the Company, in any case by reason of any debt instruments or agreements, including any amendment, renewal, extension, substitution, refinancing, replacement or other modification thereof, which have been entered into or which may be entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including those to finance the acquisition of the Company on the date hereof, and any future acquisitions by the Company or recapitalizations of the Company (the “ Financing Documents ”) or by applicable law, (b) an event of default has occurred (or, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would occur) under any Financing Document and is (or would be) continuing, or (c) the purchase of such Interests (including the incurrence of any debt which in the judgment of the Board is necessary to finance such purchase) or the distribution of funds to the Company by a Subsidiary thereof to pay for such purchase (1) would, or in the view of the Board (excluding such Inactive Management Member and other members of the Board who are designees of any Management Member), would reasonably be likely to result in the occurrence of an event of default under any Financing Document or create a condition which would reasonably be likely to, with notice or lapse of time or both, result in such an event of default, (2) would, in the judgment of the Board (excluding such Inactive Management Member and other members of the Board who are designees of any Management Member), be imprudent in view of the financial condition (present or projected) of the Company and its Subsidiaries or the anticipated impact of the purchase (or of the obtaining of funds to permit the purchase) of such Interests on the Company's or any of its Subsidiaries' ability to meet their respective obligations, including under any Financing Document or

 

42


otherwise, or to satisfy and make their planned capital and other expenditures or satisfy any related obligations, or (3) could, in the judgment of the Board, constitute a fraudulent conveyance or transfer by the Company or a Subsidiary thereof or render the Company or a Subsidiary thereof insolvent under applicable law or violate limitations in applicable corporate law on repurchases of stock or payment of dividends or distributions. If Interests which the Company has the right or obligation to purchase on any date exceed the total amount permitted to be purchased on such date pursuant to the preceding sentence (the “ Maximum Amount ”), the Company shall purchase on such date only that number of Interests up to the Maximum Amount (if any) (and shall not be required to purchase more than the Maximum Amount) in such amounts as the Board shall in good faith determine.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if the Company is unable to make any payment when due to any Management Member under this Agreement by reason of this Section 13.5(c), the Company shall have the option to either ( i ) make such payment at the earliest practicable date permitted under this Section 13.5(c) and any such payment shall accrue simple interest (or if such payment is accruing interest at such time, shall continue to accrue interest) at a rate per annum of 6% from the date such payment is due and owing to the date such payment is made, provided that all payments of interest accrued hereunder shall be paid only at the date of payment by the Company for the Interests being purchased or ( ii ) pay the purchase price for such Interests with a subordinated note which is fully subordinated in right of payment and exercise of remedies to the lenders’ rights under the Financing Documents and the maturity date of which is 30 days after the latest maturity date on any debt of the Company which is outstanding (or reasonably expected to become outstanding) as of the date such subordinated note is issued.

(d) Retained Operating Units . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the provisions of Section 13.5(a) and 13.5(b) shall not apply to (and there shall no put or call rights with respect to) retained Operating Units unless the Board or the Compensation Committee determines in its discretion that such provisions will so apply; provided that in the event that the Board or the Compensation Committee, as applicable, determines that the provisions will be applicable to retained Operating Units, with respect to any Operating Units to be purchased or sold pursuant to such Sections, clauses 13.5(a)(ii)(B) and 13.5(b)(i)(C) shall read as follows: “the resignation of such Inactive Management Member with Good Reason” (it being understood that, in respect of retained Operating Units, the Board or the Compensation Committee, as applicable, will have discretion to purchase such Operating Units at either Fair Market Value or Carrying Value with respect to resignations without Good Reason).

Section 13.6 Involuntary Transfers . Any transfer of title or beneficial ownership of Interests upon default, foreclosure, forfeit, divorce, court order or otherwise than by a voluntary decision on the part of a Management Member or an Investor Member (each, an “ Involuntary Transfer ”) shall be void unless the Management Member or the Investor Member complies with this Section 13.6 and enables the Company to exercise in full its rights hereunder. Upon any Involuntary Transfer, the Company shall have the right to purchase such Interests pursuant to

 

43


this Section 13.6 and the person or entity to whom such Interests have been Transferred (the “ Involuntary Transferee ”) shall have the obligation to sell such Interests in accordance with this Section 13.6. Upon the Involuntary Transfer of any Interest, such Management Member or an Investor Member shall promptly (but in no event later than two days after such Involuntary Transfer) furnish written notice to the Company indicating that the Involuntary Transfer has occurred, specifying the name of the Involuntary Transferee, giving a detailed description of the circumstances giving rise to, and stating the legal basis for, the Involuntary Transfer. Upon the receipt of the notice described in the preceding sentence, and for 60 days thereafter, the Company shall have the right to purchase, and the Involuntary Transferee shall have the obligation to sell, all (but not less than all) of the Interests acquired by the Involuntary Transferee for a purchase price equal to the lesser of ( i ) the Fair Market Value of such Interest and ( ii ) the amount of the indebtedness or other liability that gave rise to the Involuntary Transfer plus the excess, if any, of the Carrying Value of such Interests over the amount of such indebtedness or other liability that gave rise to the Involuntary Transfer. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any Involuntary Transfer of Override Units shall result in the immediate forfeiture of such Override Units and without any compensation therefor, and such Involuntary Transferee shall have no rights with respect to such Override Units without regard to the transferring Management Member’s or Investor Member’s, as applicable, status of employment with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

Section 13.7 Assignment by the Company . The Company shall have the right to assign to Kelso all or any portion of its rights and obligations under Sections 13.5(a), 13.5(b) or 13.6, provided that any such assignment or assumption is accepted by Kelso; provided further that if the Company determines to assign its rights and obligations under this Section 13.7 to Kelso (and Kelso accepts such assignment and assumption), the Company shall also offer to assign such rights and obligations to the Parthenon Members on a pro-rata basis based on relative ownership interests between Kelso and the Parthenon Members. If the Company has not exercised its right to purchase Interests pursuant to any such Section within fifteen (15) days of receipt by the Company of the letter, notice or other occurrence giving rise to such rights, then Kelso shall have the right to require the Company to assign such rights; provided that the provisos set forth in the immediately preceding sentence with respect to the pro-rata assignment of such rights shall apply if Kelso determines to require the Company to assign such rights. Kelso shall have the right to assign to one or more of the Kelso Members all or any of its rights to purchase Interests pursuant to this Section 13.7.

Section 13.8 Substitute Members . In the event any Management Member, Investor Member or Kelso Member Transfers its Interest in compliance with the other provisions of this Article XIII, the transferee thereof shall have the right to become a substitute Management Member, Investor Member or substitute Kelso Member, as the case may be, but only upon satisfaction of the following:

(a) execution of such instruments as the Board deems reasonably necessary or desirable to effect such substitution; and

 

44


(b) acceptance and agreement in writing by the transferee of the Member’s Interest to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement and assumption of all obligations under this Agreement (including breaches hereof) applicable to the transferor and in the case of a transferee of a Management Member who resides in a state with a community property system, such transferee causes his or her spouse, if any, to execute a Spousal Waiver in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto. Upon the execution of the instrument of assumption by such transferee and, if applicable, the Spousal Waiver by the spouse of such transferee, such transferee shall enjoy all of the rights and shall be subject to all of the restrictions and obligations of the transferor of such transferee.

Section 13.9 Release of Liability . In the event any Member shall sell such Member’s entire Interest in the Company (other than in connection with an Exit Event) in compliance with the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, pursuant to the last sentence of Section 13.6, without retaining any interest therein, directly or indirectly, then the selling Member shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be relieved of any further liability arising hereunder for events occurring from and after the date of such Transfer, provided , however , that no such Transfer shall relieve any Management Member of his obligations pursuant to Section 4.6 hereof and such obligations shall survive any termination of such Management Member’s membership in the Company for the restriction period set forth in Section 4.6.

Section 13.10 Tag-Along and Drag-Along Rights .

(a) Tag-Along Rights . In the event that at any time Kelso (or an Affiliate (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) thereof holding Interests) proposes to Transfer Interests in the Company, other than any Transfer to an Affiliate of Kelso, Kelso shall give each Investor Member and Management Member written notice of such proposed Transfer. Each Management Member and Investor Member shall then have the right (the “ Tag-Along Right ”), exercisable by written notice to Kelso within 30 days following delivery of the notice referred to in the foregoing sentence, to participate pro rata in such sale by selling a pro rata portion of such Management Member’s and Investor Member’s Interests on substantially the same (and no less favorable) terms (including with respect to representations, warranties and indemnification) as the selling Kelso Member, provided , however , that any representations and warranties relating specifically to any Member shall only be made by that Member and any indemnification provided by the Members (other than in respect of representations and warranties relating to any such Shareholder’s title to or ownership of the Interests being sold by such Shareholder in the Proposed Sale and such holder’s authority, power and right to enter into and consummate such transaction without violating any other agreement or legal requirement) shall be based on the proceeds to be received by each Member in the proposed sale, either on a several, not joint, basis or solely with recourse to an escrow established for the benefit of the proposed purchaser; provided , further , however , that, (i) in respect of consideration received by the Management Members, if a majority (based on ownership of participating Interests) of participating Management Members consent (ii) in respect of consideration received by the Parthenon

 

45


Members, with a Parthenon Members’ consent, or (iii) in respect of consideration received by the Investor Members (other than the Parthenon Members), if a majority (based on ownership of participating Interests) of participating Investor Members (other than the Parthenon Members) consent, the form of consideration to be received by Kelso or any Kelso Member in connection with the proposed sale may be different from that received by the Management Members and/or the Investor Members so long as the value of the consideration to be received by Kelso or any Kelso Member is the same or less than what they would have received had they received the same form of consideration as the Management Members and/or Investor Members (as reasonably determined by the Board in good faith).

(b) Drag-Along Rights . (i) In the event that at any time Kelso (or an Affiliate (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) thereof holding Interests) ( A ) proposes to Transfer Interests in the Company, other than any Transfer to an Affiliate of Kelso, or ( B ) desires to effect an Exit Event, Kelso shall have the right (the “ Drag-Along Right ”), upon written notice to the other Members not less than 30 days prior to the proposed closing, to require that each other Member join pro rata in such sale by selling a pro rata portion of such Member’s Interests on substantially the same (and no less favorable) terms (including with respect to representations, warranties and indemnification) as the selling Kelso Members, provided , however , that any representations and warranties relating specifically to any Member shall only be made by that Member and any indemnification provided by the Members (other than in respect of representations and warranties relating to any such Shareholder’s title to or ownership of the Interests being sold by such Shareholder in the Proposed Sale and such holder’s authority, power and right to enter into and consummate such transaction without violating any other agreement or legal requirement) shall be based on the relative purchase price being received by each Member in the proposed sale, either on a several, not joint, basis or solely with recourse to an escrow established for the benefit of the proposed purchaser; provided , further , however , that (i) in respect of consideration received by the Management Members, if a majority (based on ownership of participating Interests) of participating Management Members consent, (ii) in respect of consideration received by the Parthenon Members, with a Parthenon Members’ consent, or (iii) in respect of consideration received by the Investor Members (other than the Parthenon Members), if a majority (based on ownership of participating Interests) of the Investor Members (other than the Parthenon Members) consent, the form of consideration to be received by Kelso or any Kelso Member in connection with the proposed sale may be different from that received by the Management Members and/or the Investor Members so long as the value of the consideration to be received by Kelso or any Kelso Member is the same or less than what they would have received had they received the same form of consideration as the Management Members and/or Investor Members (as reasonably determined by the Board in good faith). For purposes of this Section 13.10, for each Member, “joining Kelso in such sale” shall include voting its Interests consistently with Kelso, transferring its Interests to a corporation organized in anticipation of such sale in exchange for capital stock of such corporation, executing and delivering agreements and documents which are being executed and delivered by Kelso and providing such other cooperation as Kelso may reasonably request.

 

46


(ii) Any Exit Event may be structured as an auction and may be initiated by the delivery to the Company and the other Members of a written notice that Kelso has elected to initiate an auction sale procedure. Kelso shall be entitled to take all steps reasonably necessary to carry out an auction of the Company, including, without limitation, selecting an investment bank, providing confidential information (pursuant to confidentiality agreements), selecting the winning bidder and negotiating the requisite documentation. The Company and each Member shall provide assistance with respect to these actions as reasonably requested.

(iii) The Members acknowledge and agree that Kelso shall have the right, pursuant to Section 6.2(f) of the Shareholders Agreement, to elect that a Member holding securities of Axle Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) sell additional shares of Holdings common stock (in addition to shares that such Member holding securities of Holdings would be required to sell pursuant to Section 6.2(a) of the Shareholders Agreement) in lieu of all or a portion of Interests that such Member would otherwise be required to sell by virtue of Kelso's drag-along rights pursuant to Section 13.10(b).

(c) In the event the Kelso Members sell less than 100% of their Interests in the Company, joining “pro rata in such sale” shall be based on relative participating Common Units unless the Compensation Committee deems the provisions of Article X operative (including Section 10.1(b)) or the Compensation Committee determines that Override Units shall, or shall be required to, participate in such sale (in which case “pro rata in such sale” shall be based on relative participating Units, with applicable adjustments made for Benchmark Amounts) or the Compensation Committee otherwise determines on a reasonable basis based on the then current capital structure of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 13.10, holders of Override Units shall not have rights (nor obligations) to participate in Transfers by Kelso or Affiliates thereof pursuant to Section 13.10(a) or 13.10(b) unless the Compensation Committee, in its sole discretion, determines (with respect to any particular Transfer by Kelso or an Affiliate) that Override Units (including either or both of Operating Units or Value Units or portions thereof) shall be permitted to (in the case of Section 13.10(a)), or shall be required to (in the case of 13.10(b)), to participate in a sale of Interests by Kelso pursuant to Section 13.10(a) or 13.10(b) (in which case applicable Override Units shall be permitted to participate or be required to participate); provided that, in either case, the Compensation Committee may make appropriate provision in the transaction with respect to Override Units so included to account for applicable Benchmark Amounts, the retention schedule set forth in Section 8.2(a)(ii) and other appropriate provisions of this Agreement. The foregoing shall not limit the rights of holders of Override Units to participate in any Exit Event pursuant to Articles VIII and X.

(d) Any transaction costs, including transfer taxes and legal, accounting and investment banking fees incurred by the Company and Kelso in connection with a Exit Event shall, unless the applicable purchaser refuses, be borne by the Company in the event of a merger, consolidation or sale of assets and shall otherwise be borne by the Members on a pro rata basis based on the consideration received by each Member in such Exit Event.

 

47


Section 13.11 Initial Public Offering .

(a) Upon a determination by Kelso to effect an Initial Public Offering, the Board shall take such actions as are necessary to structure the IPO in a manner acceptable to Kelso, including, without limitation, causing the public offering of the stock of an existing or newly formed subsidiary of the Company or any of the Transfers, mergers, consolidations or restructurings pursuant to Section 13.11(b) and making any such amendments to this Agreement (subject to Section 15.11) as may be deemed by the Board to be necessary to facilitate such IPO.

(b) In the event of a determination by Kelso to cause ( i ) a Transfer of all or substantially all of ( x ) the assets of the Company or ( y ) the Interests to a newly organized stock corporation or other business entity (“ Newco ”), ( ii ) a merger of the Company into Newco by merger or consolidation or ( iii ) any other restructuring of the Interests, in any such case in anticipation of an Initial Public Offering, each Member shall take such steps to effect such Transfer, merger, consolidation or other restructuring as may be requested by the Company on terms that are substantially the same (and no less favorable) in respect of such Member's Interests as other holders of corresponding Interests in respect of such corresponding Interests, including, without limitation, if requested, Transferring such Member’s Interests to Newco in exchange for capital stock of Newco, provided , that in the event of such an exchange, each Interest would be exchanged for a number of shares of Newco stock determined in a manner such that each Member is treated no less favorably than such Member would have been treated upon an Exit Event (assuming the value of the consideration to be received by Kelso in the Exit Event is the mid-point of the filing range in the IPO); provided , however , in lieu of effecting any such exchange of the Common Units (and/or, at the option and request of Kelso, Override Units) of Management Members, the Company shall, at the request of Kelso, pay to the Management Members cash in an amount equal to the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares such Management Member would, otherwise, have received pursuant to the preceding proviso. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, no Member shall be required to take any action or omit to take any action to the extent such action or omission violates applicable law. If the Board determines to effect an IPO pursuant to this Section 13.11(b) and the Management Members receive shares of Newco pursuant to any such Transfer, merger, consolidation or restructuring, each Management Member and Investor Member agrees to enter (as a “Management Shareholder” or a “Outside Investor”, respectively, as set forth therein) into a registration rights agreement on terms substantially comparable to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.

ARTICLE XIV

DISSOLUTION, LIQUIDATION AND TERMINATION

Section 14.1 Dissolving Events . The Company shall be dissolved and its affairs wound up in the manner hereinafter provided upon the happening of any of the following events:

(a) the Board and the Members shall vote or agree in writing to dissolve the Company pursuant to the required votes set forth in Sections 5.3 and 4.3(d), respectively;

 

48


(b) any event which under applicable law would cause the dissolution of the Company, provided that, unless required by law, the Company shall not be wound up as a result of any such event and the business of the Company shall continue.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the death, retirement, resignation, expulsion, bankruptcy or dissolution of any Member or the occurrence of any other event that terminates the continued membership of any Member in the Company under the Delaware Act shall not, in and of itself, cause the dissolution of the Company. In such event, the remaining Member(s) shall continue the business of the Company without dissolution.

Section 14.2 Dissolution and Winding-Up . Upon the dissolution of the Company, the assets of the Company shall be liquidated or distributed under the direction of and to the extent determined by the Board and the business of the Company shall be wound up. Within a reasonable time after the effective date of dissolution of the Company, the Company’s assets shall be distributed in the following manner and order:

First , to creditors in satisfaction of indebtedness (other than any loans or advances that may have been made by any of the Members to the Company), whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment, and the expenses of liquidation, whether by payment or the making of reasonable provision for payment, including the establishment of reasonable reserves (which may be funded by a liquidating trust) determined by the Board or the liquidating trustee, as the case may be, to be reasonably necessary for the payment of the Company’s expenses, liabilities and other obligations (whether fixed, conditional, unmatured or contingent);

Second , to the payment of loans or advances that may have been made by any of the Members to the Company; and

Third , to the Members in accordance with Section 10.1, taking into account any amounts previously distributed under Section 10.1,

provided that no payment or distribution in any of the foregoing categories shall be made until all payments in each prior category shall have been made in full, and provided , further , that if the payments due to be made in any of the foregoing categories exceed the remaining assets available for such purpose, such payments shall be made to the Persons entitled to receive the same pro rata in accordance with the respective amounts due to them.

Section 14.3 Distributions in Cash or in Kind . Upon the dissolution of the Company, the Board shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to liquidate all of the Company’s assets in an orderly manner and apply the proceeds of such liquidation as set forth in Section 14.2, provided that if in the good faith judgment of the Board, a Company asset should not be

 

49


liquidated, the Board shall cause the Company to allocate, on the basis of the Fair Market Value of any Company assets not sold or otherwise disposed of, any unrealized gain or loss based on such value to the Members’ Capital Accounts as though the assets in question had been sold on the date of distribution and, after giving effect to any such adjustment, distribute such assets in accordance with Section 14.2 as if such Fair Market Value had been received in cash, subject to the priorities set forth in Section 14.2, and provided , further , that the Board shall in good faith attempt to liquidate sufficient Company assets to satisfy in cash (or make reasonable provision for) the debts and liabilities referred to in Section 14.2.

Section 14.4 Termination . The Company shall terminate when the winding up of the Company’s affairs has been completed, all of the assets of the Company have been distributed and the Certificate has been canceled, all in accordance with the Delaware Act.

Section 14.5 Claims of the Members . The Members and former Members shall look solely to the Company’s assets for the return of their Capital Contributions, and if the assets of the Company remaining after payment of or due provision for all debts, liabilities and obligations of the Company are insufficient to return such Capital Contributions, the Members and former Members shall have no recourse against the Company or any other Member.

ARTICLE XV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 15.1 Notices . All notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if ( a ) delivered personally, ( b ) mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, ( c ) sent by next-day or overnight mail or delivery or ( d ) sent by fax, as follows (or to such other address as the party entitled to notice shall hereafter designate in accordance with the terms hereof):

(a) If to the Company:

Axle Holdings II, LLC

c/o Kelso & Company

320 Park Avenue, 24 th Floor

New York, New York 10022

Attention: James J. Connors II, Esq.

Telecopy No.: (212) 751-3939

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP

Four Times Square

New York, New York 10036

Attention: Lou R. Kling

Telecopy No.: (917) 777-2770

 

50


(b) If to a Member, at the address set forth opposite such Member’s name on Schedule A attached hereto, or at such other address as such Member may hereafter designate by written notice to the Company.

All such notices, requests, demands, waivers and other communications shall be deemed to have been received by ( w ) if by personal delivery, on the day delivered, ( x ) if by certified or registered mail, on the fifth Business Day after the mailing thereof, ( y ) if by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, on the day delivered, or ( z ) if by fax, on the day delivered, provided that such delivery is confirmed.

Section 15.2 Securities Act Matters . Each Member understands that in addition to the restrictions on transfer contained in this Agreement, he or she must bear the economic risks of his or her investment for an indefinite period because the Interests have not been registered under the Securities Act.

Section 15.3 Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are for purposes of convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

Section 15.4 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the Members with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any prior agreement or understanding among them with respect to such subject matter.

Section 15.5 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 15.6 Governing Law; Attorneys’ Fees . This Agreement shall be governed in all respects, including as to validity, interpretation and effect, by the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of laws rules thereof. The substantially prevailing party in any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement shall be entitled to receive an award of, and to recover from the other party or parties, any fees or expenses incurred by him, her or it (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in connection with any such action or proceeding.

Section 15.7 Waiver of Jury Trial . EACH MEMBER HEREBY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING BASED UPON, ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE BREACH, TERMINATION OR VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

51


Section 15.8 Waiver of Partition . Except as may otherwise be provided by law in connection with the winding-up, liquidation and dissolution of the Company, each Member hereby irrevocably waives any and all rights that it may have to maintain an action for partition of any of the Company’s property.

Section 15.9 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is inoperative or unenforceable for any reason, such circumstances shall not have the effect of rendering the provision in question inoperative or unenforceable in any other case or circumstance, or of rendering any other provision or provisions herein contained invalid, inoperative, or unenforceable to any extent whatsoever, so long as this Agreement, taken as a whole, still expresses the material intent of the parties hereto. The invalidity of any one or more phrases, sentences, clauses, Sections or subsections of this Agreement shall not affect the remaining portions of this Agreement.

Section 15.10 Further Actions . Each Member shall execute and deliver such other certificates, agreements and documents, and take such other actions, as may reasonably be requested by the Company in connection with the continuation of the Company and the achievement of its purposes, including, without limitation, (a) any documents that the Company deems necessary or appropriate to continue the Company as a limited liability company in all jurisdictions in which the Company or its subsidiaries conduct or plan to conduct business and (b) all such agreements, certificates, tax statements and other documents as may be required to be filed in respect of the Company.

Section 15.11 Amendments . This Agreement (including this Section 15.11) may not be amended, modified or supplemented except by a written instrument signed by the Kelso Members; provided , however , that Kelso may, pursuant to Section 4.8, make such modifications to this Agreement, including Schedule A as are necessary to admit Additional Members. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or supplement shall adversely affect either ( a ) a particular Member on a discriminatory basis (or otherwise adversely and disproportionately relative to the other Members) without such Member’s consent (it being understood that any such applicable amendment to the rights or exceptions herein that apply expressly and exclusively to “Parthenon Members” shall require the consent of the Parthenon Members) or ( b ) the Management Members as a class without the consent of a majority of the Management Members. The Company shall notify all Members after any such amendment, modification or supplement, other than any amendments to Schedule A , as permitted herein, has taken effect.

Section 15.12 Power of Attorney . Each Member (other than the Parthenon Members) hereby constitutes and appoints Kelso as his or her true and lawful representative and attorney-in-fact in his or her name, place and stead to make, execute, acknowledge, record and file the following:

 

52


(a) any amendment to the Certificate which may be required by the laws of the State of Delaware because of:

(i) any duly made amendment to this Agreement, or

(ii) any change in the information contained in such Certificate, or any amendment thereto;

(b) any other certificate or instrument which may be required to be filed by the Company under the laws of the State of Delaware or under the applicable laws of any other jurisdiction in which counsel to the Company determines that it is advisable to file;

(c) any certificate or other instrument which Kelso or the Board deems necessary or desirable to effect a termination and dissolution of the Company which is authorized under this Agreement;

(d) any amendments to this Agreement, duly adopted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; and

(e) any other instruments that Kelso or the Board may deem necessary or desirable to carry out fully the provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that any action taken pursuant to this power shall not, in any way, increase the liability of the Members beyond the liability expressly set forth in this Agreement, and provided further that where action by a majority of the Board is required, such action shall have been taken.

Such attorney-in-fact is not by the provisions of this Section 15.12 granted any authority on behalf of the undersigned to amend this Agreement, except as provided for in this Agreement. Such power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the subsequent death or incapacity of the Member granting such power of attorney.

Section 15.13 Fees and Expenses . The Company shall assume (as applicable) and pay all legal, formation, transaction and related expenses incurred by the Company and its Subsidiaries (including all such expenses incurred by the Kelso Members on behalf of the Company and its Subsidiaries). Except as provided in this Agreement or in any other agreement between the Company and such Member or its Affiliates (including the letter agreement dated February 22, 2005, between Kelso & Company, L.P. and Axle Merger Sub, Inc.), all other fees and expenses incurred by any Member in connection with its investment in the Company (including in connection with such Member's negotiation of this Agreement) shall be borne by the respective Member incurring such expenses.

 

53


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

KELSO MEMBERS

KELSO INVESTMENT ASSOCIATES VII, L.P.
By:   Kelso GP VII, L.P., the general partner
By:   Kelso GP VII, LLC, its general partner
By:  

/s/ David I. Wahrhaftig

Name:   David I. Wahrhaftig
Title:   Managing Member
KEP VI, LLC
By:  

/s/ David I. Wahrhaftig

Name:   David I. Wahrhaftig
Title:   Managing Member
MANAGEMENT MEMBERS

/s/ Thomas C. O’Brien

Thomas C. O’Brien

/s/ Scott P. Pettit

Scott P. Pettit


/s/ David R. Montgomery

David R. Montgomery

/s/ Donald J. Hermanek

Donald J. Hermanek

/s/ John W. Kett

John W. Kett

/s/ John R. Nordin

John R. Nordin

/s/ Sidney L. Kerley

Sidney L. Kerley
INVESTOR MEMBERS

/s/ Brian T. Clingen

Brian T. Clingen

/s/ Dan Simon

Dan Simon

 

2


PARTHENON INVESTORS II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
By:   PCap Partners II, LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   PCap II, LLC
  its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ John C. Rutherford

Name:   John C. Rutherford or Ernest K. Jacquet
Title:   Managing Member
J&R FOUNDERS’ FUND II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
By:   J&R Advisors F.F., LLC,
  its General Partner
By:   J&R Investment Management Company, LLC
  its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ John C. Rutherford

Name:   John C. Rutherford or Ernest K. Jacquet
Title:   Managing Member
PCIP INVESTORS, a Delaware general partnership
By:   Parthenon Capital, LLC.,
  its Managing Partner
By:   J&R Investment Management Company, LLC
  its Managing Member
By:  

/s/ John C. Rutherford

Name:   John C. Rutherford or Ernest K. Jacquet
Title:   Managing Member

 

3


MAGNETITE ASSET INVESTORS III L.L.C.
By:   BLACKROCK FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
  As Managing Member
By:  

/s/ Mark J. Williams

Name:   Mark J. Williams
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

4


Schedule A

Kelso Members

 

Name & Mailing Address

   Date of
Admission
   Capital Contribution    Common Units

Kelso Investment Associates VII, L.P.

c/o Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

   May 10, 2005    $ 97,353,435.41    3,800,374

KEP VI, LLC

c/o Kelso & Company, L.P.

320 Park Avenue, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10022

   May 10, 2005    $ 24,106,564.59    941,044


Management Members

 

Name & Mailing Address

   Date of
Admission
   Capital
Contribution
   Common
Units
   Override Units    Benchmark
Amount
            Value Units    Operating Units   

Thomas C. O’Brien

   May 25, 2005    $ 20,000    781    128,971    64,485    $ 25.616798

Scott P. Pettit

   May 25, 2005    $ 20,000    781    50,000    25,000    $ 25.616798

David R. Montgomery

   May 25, 2005    $ 20,000    781    53,333    26,667    $ 25.616798

Donald J. Hermanek

   May 25, 2005    $ 20,000    781    50,000    25,000    $ 25.616798

John W. Kett

   May 25, 2005    $ 20,000    781    50,000    25,000    $ 25.616798

John R. Nordin

   May 25, 2005    $ 20,000    781    33,333    16,667    $ 25.616798

Sidney L. Kerley

   May 25, 2005    $ 20,000    781    16,667    8,333    $ 25.616798


Investor Members

 

Name & Mailing Address

   Date of
Admission
   Capital Contribution    Common Units

PARTHENON MEMBERS :

        

Parthenon Investors II, L.P.

75 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

   May 25, 2005    $ 14,574,456    568,941

PCIP Investors

75 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

   May 25, 2005    $ 200,544    7,829

J&R Founders Fund II, L.P.

75 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

   May 25, 2005    $ 225,000    8,783

OTHER INVESTOR MEMBERS :

        

Magnetite Asset Investors III L.L.C.

c/o BlackRock Financial Management

40 East 52 nd Street

New York, NY 10022

   May 25, 2005    $ 2,000,000    78,074


Name & Mailing Address

   Date of
Admission
   Capital Contribution    Common Units

Brian T. Clingen

   May 25, 2005    $ 2,000,000    78,074

Dan Simon

   May 25, 2005    $ 3,000,000    117,111

Exhibit 10.25

AMENDMENT

TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AXLE HOLDINGS II, LLC

This Amendment (the “Amendment”) to the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Axle Holdings II, LLC (the “Company”), dated May 25, 2005 (the “LLC Agreement”), is made effective as of this 2nd day of November, 2006. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the LLC Agreement.

WHEREAS, the Kelso Members desire to effect certain amendments to the LLC Agreement as it relates to Thomas C. O’Brien;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 15.11 of the LLC Agreement, the Kelso Members or the Compensation Committee has the ability to treat a Management Member more favorably upon termination of employment than is currently provided by Section 8.2(a)(ii) and the Kelso Members and the Compensation Committee has determine to do so with respect to Thomas C. O’Brien only.

NOW THEREFORE, pursuant to Section 15.11 of the LLC Agreement, the following shall occur:

1. Solely as it relates to Thomas O’Brien, the lead-in to Section 8.2(a)(ii) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to be as set forth below. Such amended and restated Section 8.2(a)(ii) shall be the Section 8.2(a)(ii) for all purposes of the LLC Agreement as it relates to Thomas O’Brien and shall replace in its entirety the lead-in to Section 8.2(a)(ii) as it relates to Thomas O’Brien that existed prior to the date of this Amendment. The lead-in to Section 8.2(a)(ii) for each Management Member (other than Thomas O’Brien) shall not be effected by this Amendment.

Other Termination . Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee in a manner more favorable to Thomas O’Brien, in the event that Thomas O’Brien employment with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual is terminated then, except as otherwise provided in Section 8.4, in the event an Exit Event has not yet occurred, all of the Value Units issued to Thomas O’Brien shall be forfeited (unless (1) Thomas O’Brien’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual is terminated by the Company or any such Subsidiary without Cause and (2) a definitive agreement with respect to an Exit Event is entered into within twenty-four (24) months of such termination and at anytime thereafter the transactions contemplated by such definitive agreement relating to such Exit Event are consummated, in which case such Value Units shall not be forfeited and shall be deemed retained as of the time such Exit Event pursuant to such agreement is consummated) and a percentage of the Operating Units issued to Thomas O’Brien shall be forfeited according to the following schedule:”


2. Solely as it relates to Thomas O’Brien (and not any other Management Member), a new Section 8.4 shall be added to the LLC Agreement and shall read in its entirety as follows:

“Section 8.4. Adesa Transaction . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, in the event (A) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries consummates an acquisition of, or combination with, Adesa, Inc. (whether by way of a merger with or into Adesa, Inc., purchase of shares, tender offer or exchange offer or other similar transaction, regardless of the entity surviving such transaction) (an “ Adesa Acquisition ”) and (B) thereafter Thomas O’Brien’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary that employs such individual is terminated by the Company or any such Subsidiary without Cause, then all of the Value Units and Operating Units allocated to Thomas O’Brien at the time such Adesa Acquisition shall be deemed to be retained at the time such Adesa Acquisition is consummated and such Override Units shall no longer be subject to the forfeiture provisions of this Agreement; provided that the participation of the Override Units in distributions under Section 10.1 shall remain subject to the provisions of Section 8.1(b) and Section 10.1, as applicable.”


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this document as of date and year first written above.

 

KELSO INVESTMENT ASSOCIATES VII, L.P.
By:   Kelso GP VII, L.P., the general partner
By:   Kelso GP VII, LLC., its general partner
By:  

/s/ James J. Connors, II

Name:   James J. Connors, II
Title:   Managing Member
KEP VI, LLC
By:  

/s/ James J. Connors, II

Name:   James J. Connors, II
Title:   Managing Member

Exhibit 10.26

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED

LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT

OF

AXLE Holdings II, LLC

This First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Axle Holdings II, LLC (this “Amendment”), effective as of April 20, 2007, amends the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Axle Holdings II, LLC, dated May 25, 2005 (the “Agreement”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given such terms in the Agreement.

WHEREAS, pursuant to a series of related transactions occurring today, (i) the Company will contribute all of the shares of capital stock of Axle Holdings, Inc. to KAR Holdings II, LLC in exchange for Class B Common Units in KAR Holdings II, LLC (“KAR LLC”), (ii) certain affiliates of the Parthenon Members and the Kelso Members are making cash contributions to KAR LLC and are entering into a limited liability company agreement of KAR LLC, (iii) Clingen is making a cash contribution to KAR LLC and will become the serving President and Chief Executive Officer of KAR LLC and its subsidiaries, and (iv) Clingen and Parthenon and the other members of KAR LLC (including the Kelso Members) have agreed to certain restrictive covenants and the Kelso Members have agreed to amend the Agreement to eliminate the restrictive covenants applicable to Parthenon and Clingen in Section 4.6 of the Agreement.

NOW THEREFORE, in accordance with Section 15.11 of the Agreement and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Amendment .

(a) The definition of “Subject Members” contained in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

““Subject Members” means the Investor Members (other than the Parthenon Members and Clingen) and the Management Members”

(b) Section 4.6(a)(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“(i) [Intentionally Omitted]”

(c) Section 4.6(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“(b) Confidentiality . Without the prior written consent of a majority of the Board, except to the extent required by law, rule, regulation or court order, each


Subject Member shall not disclose any trade secrets, customer lists, drawings, designs, information regarding product development, marketing plans, sales plans, management organization information (including data and other information relating to members of the Board or management), operating policies or manuals, business plans, financial records, proprietary management information systems and/or software or other financial, commercial, business or technical information relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or information designated as confidential or proprietary that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may receive belonging to suppliers, customers or others who do business with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively, “ Confidential Information ”) to any third person unless such Confidential Information has been previously disclosed to the public by the Company, any such Subsidiary of the Company or is or becomes in the public domain (other than by reason of such Subject Member’s breach of this Section 4.6(b)).”

(d) Section 4.6(c) of the Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“(c) Non-Solicitation of Employees . During the applicable restriction period under Section 4.6(a)(ii), no Subject Member shall directly or indirectly induce any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to terminate employment with such entity, and no Subject Member shall directly or indirectly, either individually or as owner, agent, employee, consultant or otherwise, employ, offer employment to or otherwise interfere with the employment relationship of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with any person who is or was employed by the Company or such Subsidiary unless, at the time of such employment, offer or other interference, such person shall have ceased to be employed by such entity for a period of at least six months, provided that, nothing in this Section 4.6(c) shall preclude such Subject Member from placing advertisements during the restriction period in periodicals of general circulation soliciting persons for employment or from employing any person who comes to such Subject Member solely in response to such advertisements.”

(e) Section 4.6(h) of the Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

“(h) [Intentionally Omitted]”

2. Headings . Headings in this Amendment are for convenience of reference only, and shall neither limit nor amplify the provisions of this Amendment.

3. Continuation of Agreement . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all of the terms and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and this Amendment shall not amend or modify any other rights, powers, duties, or obligations of any party to the Agreement.

4. Complete Agreement . This Amendment contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters contained herein and supersedes and replaces any prior agreement between the parties with respect to the matters set forth in this Amendment.

 

2


5. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and any such counterparts may be transmitted by facsimile transmission, and each of such counterparts, whether an original or a facsimile of an original, shall be deemed to be an original and all of such counterparts together shall constitute a single agreement.

[Signatures appear on the following page.]

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have hereunto executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

KELSO INVESTMENT ASSOCIATES VII, L.P.
By:   Kelso GP VII, L.P., its general partner
By:   Kelso GP VII, LLC, its general partner
By:   /s/ James J. Connors, II
Name:   James J. Connors, II
Title:   Managing Member
KEP VI, LLC
By:   /s/ James J. Connors, II
Name:   James J. Connors, II
Title:   Managing Member

Exhibit 10.27

KAR Holdings, Inc.

Annual Incentive Program

Summary of Terms

Program Year 2007


KAR Holdings, Inc. Annual Incentive Program

Summary of Terms

The following is a summary of the KAR Holdings, Inc. Annual Incentive Program. Any awards under the Program are subject to the approval of the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors of KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”). The Committee has all final authority with respect to administration and interpretation of the Program.

Purpose of the Program

The purpose of the Program is to reward eligible employees of the Company with incentive compensation based on their contributions toward meeting and exceeding overall Company goals.

Eligibility

Key employees of the Company may participate in the Program as determined by the Committee.

Performance Period

Each performance period under the Program will be one year in duration and will coincide with the Company’s fiscal year (January 1 – December 31).

Awards

Your award is tied to your personal performance as well as the financial performance of the Company or your particular business unit, division, region or individual site during the performance period. Your award opportunity is expressed as a percentage of your base salary, which typically will be determined at the end of the performance period.

Your award is tied to specific “threshold,” “target” and “superior” performance goals. The “threshold” is the minimum performance goal that must be met before any award is earned. Your “target” opportunity represents the award amount you will receive if the Company meets its targeted financial and, if applicable, non-financial goals. Your actual award opportunities at threshold, target and superior levels of performance are set forth in your personalized compensation statement. Your award is conditioned on satisfactory performance of your job responsibilities.

Performance Goals and Targets

Through the annual planning process performance goals and targets are established. The performance goals and targets chosen for the Company, each

 

2


business unit, division, region and site reflect the Company’s strategy, competitive situation, and market potential. Your award may be weighted on a combination of the overall performance of the Company, your business unit, division, region or site. Your actual performance goals and goal definitions are included with your personalized compensation statement materials.

Funding of the Program

It is important to note that the Program is designed to be self-funding. That is, when the target financial performance goals for the Company, each business unit, division, region and site are established for the Program year, they include an estimated award payout based on meeting your target performance level. The actual award payout is included in the final determination of financial performance. This method of simultaneously calculating financial performance inclusive of the award payout results in the Program’s self-funding.

Calculation of Awards

In the award calculation your target award opportunity is multiplied by a performance factor. The performance factor is directly related to financial performance relative to the established threshold, target, and superior performance goals. If actual financial results fall between the threshold, target, or superior performance levels, straight-line interpolation will be used to determine the performance factor.

Thus, your award is the product of your target opportunity multiplied by the performance factor and goal weighting.

 

 

Your Target

Award

Opportunity

   X   

Performance

Factor

   x   

Goal

Weighting(s)*

   =    Award   
 

(Percent of

Salary)

            (25% – 100%)         

* Multiple goal weightings will add to 100%.

Payment of Awards

All awards will be paid out in cash, net of applicable withholding taxes. Awards will be paid as soon as practicable after the audited financial results are available for the performance period. It is generally anticipated that payment will be made within ninety days after the performance period ends.

 

3


Discretionary Adjustment of Awards

The Committee retains discretion to adjust payouts up or down on a case-by-case basis. Individual award payouts may be adjusted downward due to your personal performance of your job responsibilities. Individual award payouts may be eliminated entirely for noncompliance with corporate policy or controls . In some cases, the award payout may be increased based on your personal performance of your job responsibilities. Upward award adjustments must be initiated by senior operational management and approved by the business unit president and CEO.

In addition, the Committee may adjust any or all financial goals during a performance period to reflect unforeseen, unusual or extraordinary events or circumstances including but not limited to (i) changes in accounting principles or practices, (ii) extraordinary gains or losses on the sale of assets, (iii) new or amended laws or regulations and (iv) acquisitions or divestitures.

The Committee also has the authority to impose such other limitations on awards as it may deem necessary or appropriate.

Prorated Awards

In the event that you are hired by the Company during the performance period, the Committee may offer you a prorated award based on the number of months that you are eligible to participate in the Program.

In the event that you transfer between business units or are promoted during the course of a performance period, a prorated award may be earned based on the time you spend in each position.

Termination of Employment

Generally

Generally, upon termination of your employment for any reason, you will forfeit any award that has not been paid.

Retirement, Disability or Death

In the event that your employment is terminated as a result of your retirement (defined below), disability (defined below) or your death, then your award will be prorated based on the number of months you were employed during the performance period prior to the termination of your employment, in accordance with the Program. Payment will be paid as soon as practicable after the audited financial results are available for the performance period. It is generally anticipated that payment will be made within ninety days after the performance period ends. In the event of your death, your award will be paid to your beneficiary or, if no beneficiary is named, to your estate.

 

4


For purposes of the Annual Incentive Program, “retirement” shall have the same meaning as set forth under any tax qualified retirement Program maintained by the Company for the benefit of the participant and “disability” shall mean your inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment for the period of time as set forth under the long term disability Program maintained by the Company for the benefit of the participant.

Voluntary Termination or Termination by the Company

In the event that your employment with the Company is terminated voluntarily by you or by the Company, you will forfeit any award that has not been paid, in accordance with the Program.

Termination or Modification of the Program

The Committee may modify or terminate the Program at any time, effective at such date as the Committee may determine.

 

5

Exhibit 10.28

TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

by and among

ALLETE, INC.

AND ITS AFFILIATES

and

ADESA, INC.

AND ITS AFFILIATES

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
Section 1.    Definitions    2
Section 2.    Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns    6
              2.01    ALLETE’s Responsibility    6
              2.02    ADESA’s Responsibility    7
              2.03    Agent    7
              2.04    Notice    7
              2.05    Manner of Tax Return Preparation    7
              2.06    Tax Services Agreement    8
Section 3.    Liability for Taxes    9
              3.01    ADESA’s Liability for Section 2.01(a) Taxes    9
              3.02    ALLETE’s Liability for Sections 2.01(a) and (b) Taxes    9
              3.03    ADESA’s Liability for Sections 2.01(c) and 2.02 Taxes    9
              3.04    Payment of Tax Liability    9
              3.05    Computation    9
Section 4.    Distribution Taxes and Deconsolidation    10
              4.01    Distribution Taxes    10
              4.02    Carrybacks    11
              4.03    Allocation of Tax Items    11
              4.04    Continuing Covenants    11
              4.05    Allocation of Tax Assets    13
Section 5.    Stock Options    13
              5.01    Deduction, Withholding, Reporting    13
Section 6.    Indemnification    14
              6.01    Generally    14
              6.02    Inaccurate or Incomplete Information    14
              6.03    No Guarantee for Tax Items    14
Section 7.    Payments    14
              7.01    Estimated Tax Payments    14
              7.02    True-Up Payments    15
              7.03    Redetermination Amounts    15
              7.04    Payments Under This Agreement    15
Section 8.    Tax Proceedings    16
              8.01    In General    16
              8.02    Participation of non-Filing Party    16
              8.03    Notice    17
              8.04    Control of Distribution Tax Proceedings    17

 

i


Section 9.    Miscellaneous Provisions    17
              9.01    Effectiveness    17
              9.02    Cooperation and Exchange of Information    17
              9.03    Dispute Resolution    18
              9.04    Notices    18
              9.05    Changes in Law    19
              9.06    Confidentiality    20
              9.07    Successors    20
              9.08    Affiliates    20
              9.09    Authorization, Etc    21
              9.10    Entire Agreement    21
              9.11    Applicable Law; Jurisdiction    21
              9.12    Counterparts    21
              9.13    Severability    21
              9.14    No Third Party Beneficiaries    21
              9.15    Waivers, Etc    21
              9.16    Setoff    22
              9.17    Other Remedies    22

 

ii


TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

THIS TAX SHARING AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) dated as of June 4, 2004, by and among ALLETE, Inc.(“ALLETE”), a Minnesota corporation, each ALLETE Affiliate (as defined below), ADESA, Inc. (“ADESA”), a Delaware corporation and indirect wholly owned subsidiary of ALLETE, and each ADESA Affiliate (as defined below) is entered into in connection with the Distribution (as defined below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, ALLETE and its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries are members of an Affiliated Group (as defined below), of which ALLETE is the common parent corporation;

WHEREAS, in anticipation of the Distribution (as defined below), ADESA has caused certain of its subsidiaries to be converted to single member limited liability companies (“ADESA Subsidiary Conversions”);

WHEREAS, as set forth in the Joint Aircraft Ownership & Management Agreement dated as of June 4, 2004, and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, ALLETE will transfer and assign to ADESA joint ownership interests in two aircraft (the “Transfer”);

WHEREAS, as set forth in the Master Separation Agreement dated as of June 4, 2004 (the “Master Separation Agreement”), and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, ALLETE and ADESA currently contemplate that ADESA will make an initial public offering (the “IPO”) of ADESA common stock that will reduce ALLETE’s ownership of ADESA on a fully diluted basis to not less than eighty and one-tenth percent (80.1%);

WHEREAS, as set forth in the Master Separation Agreement, and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, prior to the Distribution, ALLETE intends to cause ALLETE Automotive Services, Inc. (“AAS Inc.”), a Minnesota corporation, to be converted to a limited liability company organized under the laws of Minnesota (such limited liability company being referred to as “AAS LLC” and such conversion being referred to as the “AAS Conversion”);

WHEREAS, as set forth in the Master Separation Agreement, and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, ALLETE intends, sometime after the IPO, that AAS LLC will distribute its ADESA Common Stock to ALLETE (such distribution being referred to as the “Intercompany Distribution”);

WHEREAS, as set forth in the Master Separation Agreement, and subject to the terms and conditions thereof, following the Intercompany Distribution, ALLETE intends to distribute its ADESA Common Stock to the then existing shareholders of ALLETE, (“Distribution”).

WHEREAS, the Transfer and the Distribution are intended to qualify as a tax-free reorganization and distribution under sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”); and,


WHEREAS, in contemplation of the Distribution pursuant to which ADESA and its direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries will cease to be members of the ALLETE Group (as defined below), the parties hereto have determined to enter into this Agreement, setting forth their agreement with respect to certain tax matters.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, ALLETE, for itself and on behalf of the ALLETE Affiliates, as defined below, and its future subsidiaries (other than ADESA and its subsidiaries), and ADESA, for itself and on behalf of the ADESA Affiliates, as defined below, hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions.

As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of the terms defined):

“AAS Conversion” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“ADESA Auction Business” means the assets comprising the vehicle auctions, vehicle redistribution and other related services

“ADESA Affiliate” means any entity with respect to which ADESA possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or otherwise.

“ADESA Business” means the business of providing wholesale vehicle auctions and related vehicle redistribution services for the automotive industry in North America as well as short-term inventory financing for used vehicle dealers, as more completely described in the IPO Registration.

“ADESA Employee” means an employee of ADESA or any ADESA Affiliate immediately after the Distribution, or a retiree or other former employee of ADESA or any ADESA Affiliate who is not an ALLETE Employee, provided that any ALLETE Employee who becomes an ADESA Employee shall be considered an ADESA Employee.

“ADESA Group” means the Affiliated Group, or similar group of entities as defined under corresponding provisions of the laws of other jurisdictions, of which ADESA will be the common parent corporation immediately after the Distribution, and any corporation or other entity which may become a member of such group from time to time.

“ADESA Subsidiary Conversions” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“ADESA Tax Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(b).

“Affiliated Group” means an affiliated group of corporations within the meaning of section 1504(a)(1) of the Code.

 

2


“After Tax Amount” means any additional amount necessary to reflect the hypothetical Tax consequences of the receipt or accrual of any payment required to be made under this Agreement (including the receipt or payment of an additional amount or amounts hereunder and the effect of the deductions available for interest paid or accrued and for Taxes such as state and local income Taxes), determined by using the highest marginal corporate Tax rate (or rates, in the case of an item that affects more than one Tax) for the relevant taxable period (or portion thereof).

“ALLETE Affiliate” means any entity with respect to which ALLETE possesses, directly or indirectly, the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or otherwise, but excluding ADESA or any ADESA Affiliate.

“ALLETE Employee” means an employee of ALLETE or any ALLETE Affiliate immediately after the Distribution, or a retiree or other former employee of ALLETE or any ALLETE Affiliate who is not an ADESA Employee, provided that any ADESA Employee who becomes an ALLETE Employee shall be considered an ALLETE Employee.

“ALLETE Group” means the Affiliated Group, or similar group of entities as defined under corresponding provisions of the laws of other jurisdictions, of which ALLETE is the common parent corporation, and any corporation or other entity which may be, may have been or may become a member of such group from time to time, but excluding any member of the ADESA Group.

“ALLETE Tax Services” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.06(a).

“Audit” includes any audit, assessment of Taxes, other examination by any Taxing Authority, proceeding, or appeal of such a proceeding relating to Taxes, whether administrative or judicial, including proceedings relating to competent authority determinations.

“Code” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Combined Return” means any Tax Return with respect to Income Taxes, other than United States federal Income Taxes, filed on a consolidated, combined (including nexus combination, worldwide combination, domestic combination, line of business combination or any other form of combination) or unitary basis wherein ADESA or one or more ADESA Affiliates join in the filing of such Tax Return (for any taxable period or portion thereof) with ALLETE or one or more ALLETE Affiliates.

“Consolidated Return” means any Tax Return with respect to United States federal Income Taxes filed on a consolidated basis wherein ADESA or one or more ADESA Affiliates join in the filing of such Tax Return (for any taxable period or portion thereof) with ALLETE or one or more ALLETE Affiliates.

“Distribution” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“Distribution Date” means the close of business on the date which the Distribution is effected.

 

3


“Distribution Taxes” means any Taxes imposed on ALLETE or any ALLETE Affiliate resulting from, or arising in connection with: (i) the failure of the Distribution to be tax-free to such party under the Code (including, without limitation, any Tax resulting from the failure of the Distribution to qualify under section 355 and section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code or the application of section 355(d) or section 355(e) of the Code to the Distribution) or corresponding provisions of the laws of any other jurisdictions; and (ii) the Restructuring. Each Tax referred to in the immediately preceding sentence shall be determined using the highest marginal corporate rate applicable to such tax for the relevant taxable period (or portion thereof).

“Estimated Tax Installment Date” means the estimated Income Tax installment due dates prescribed in section 6655(c) of the Code and any other date on which an installment of Income Taxes is required to be made.

“Filing Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01.

“Final Determination” shall mean the final resolution of liability for any Tax for any taxable period, by or as a result of: (i) a final and unappealable decision, judgment, decree or other order by any court of competent jurisdiction; (ii) a final settlement with the IRS, a closing agreement or accepted offer in compromise under Code sections 7121 or 7122, or a comparable agreement under the laws of other jurisdictions, which resolves the entire Tax liability for any taxable period; (iii) any allowance of a refund or credit in respect of an overpayment of Tax, but only after the expiration of all periods during which such refund may be recovered by the jurisdiction imposing the Tax; or (iv) any other final disposition, including by reason of the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations.

“Income Taxes” shall mean all federal, state, local or foreign Taxes determined by reference to income, net worth, gross receipts or capital, or any such Taxes imposed in lieu of such Taxes.

“Income Tax Return” shall mean all Tax Returns with respect to Income Taxes.

“Independent Firm” means a recognized law or accounting firm, provided however, that such term shall not include any accounting firm that performs or has preformed audit services with respect to ALLETE or ADESA.

“Intercompany Distribution” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“IPO” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

“IPO Registration Statement” means the registration statement filed March 11, 2004 on Form S-1 pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service or any successor thereto, including, but not limited to its agents, representatives, and attorneys.

“Master Separation Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.

 

4


“Minnesota Power Business” means the assets comprising the regulated business of Minnesota Power.

“Officer’s Certificate” means the letter executed by officers of ALLETE and ADESA provided to Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher and Flom, LLP, in connection with the Tax Opinion.

“Option” means an option to acquire common stock, or other equity-based incentives the economic value of which is designed to mirror that of an option, including non-qualified stock options, discounted non-qualified stock options, cliff options to the extent stock is issued or issuable (as opposed to cash compensation), and tandem stock options to the extent stock is issued or issuable (as opposed to cash compensation).

“Owed Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04.

“Owing Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04.

“Payment Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.04(e).

“Post-Distribution Period” means a taxable period beginning after the Distribution Date.

“Pre-Distribution Period” means a taxable period beginning before the Distribution.

“Restructuring” means, collectively, the AAS Conversion, the Transfer, the Intercompany Distribution, the ADESA Subsidiary Conversions and the IPO.

“Separate Tax Liability” means an amount equal to the Tax liability that ADESA and each ADESA Affiliate would be required to pay under the Tax Agreement and the State Tax Agreement, determined in accordance with past practice, and such amount shall be computed by ALLETE using the highest marginal corporate rate applicable to such tax (or rates, in the case of an item that affects more than one Tax) for the relevant taxable period (or portion thereof).

“Sole Responsibility Item” means any Tax Item for which the non-Filing Party has the entire economic liability under this Agreement.

“State Tax Agreement” means the Agreement titled “State Tax Agreement” dated October 5, 1993, between and among Minnesota Power & Light Company and each of its subsidiary corporations executing a signature page attached thereto.

“Tax Agreement” means the Agreement titled “Tax Agreement” dated October 5, 1993, between and among Minnesota Power & Light Company and each of its subsidiary corporations executing a signature page attached thereto.

“Tax Asset” means any Tax Item that has accrued for Tax purposes, but has not been used during a taxable period, and that could reduce a Tax in another taxable period, including, but not limited to, a net operating loss, net capital loss, investment tax credit, foreign tax credit, research and experimentation credit, charitable deduction or credit related to alternative minimum tax or any other Tax credit.

 

5


“Tax Benefit” means a reduction in the Tax liability of a taxpayer (or of the Affiliated Group of which it is a member) for any taxable period. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a Tax Benefit shall be deemed to have been realized or received from a Tax Item in a taxable period only if and to the extent that the Tax liability of the taxpayer (or of the Affiliated Group of which it is a member) for such period, after taking into account the effect of the Tax Item on the Tax liability of such taxpayer in the current period and all prior periods, is less than it would have been if such Tax liability were determined without regard to such Tax Item.

“Tax Detriment” means an increase in the Tax liability of a taxpayer (or of the Affiliated Group of which it is a member) for any taxable period. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, a Tax Detriment shall be deemed to have been realized or received from a Tax Item in a taxable period only if and to the extent that the Tax liability of the taxpayer (or of the Affiliated Group of which it is a member) for such period, after taking into account the effect of the Tax Item on the Tax liability of such taxpayer in the current period and all prior periods, is more than it would have been if such Tax liability were determined without regard to such Tax Item.

“Tax Item” means any item of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit, or other attribute that may have the effect of increasing or decreasing any Tax.

“Tax Opinion” means the opinion letter to be issued by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, addressing certain U.S. federal Income Tax consequences of the Distribution under Sections 368 and 355 of the Code.

“Tax Return” means any return, report, certificate, form or similar statement or document (including any related or supporting information or schedule attached thereto and any information return, amended tax return, claim for refund or declaration of estimated tax) required to be supplied to, or filed with, a Taxing Authority in connection with the determination, assessment or collection of any Tax or the administration of any laws, regulations or administrative requirements relating to any Tax.

“Taxes” includes all taxes, charges, fees, duties, levies, imposts, rates or other assessments imposed by any federal, state, local or foreign Taxing Authority, including, but not limited to, income, gross receipts, excise, property, sales, use, license, capital stock, transfer, franchise, payroll, withholding, social security, value added or other taxes, and any interest, penalties or additions attributable thereto. “Tax” shall mean any one of the foregoing Taxes.

“Taxing Authority” means any governmental authority or any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof or any quasi-governmental or private body having jurisdiction over the assessment, determination, collection or imposition of any Tax (including the IRS).

“Transfer” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

Section 2. Preparation and Filing of Tax Returns.

2.01 ALLETE’s Responsibility . ALLETE shall have sole and exclusive responsibility for:

(a) the preparation and filing of all Consolidated Returns and all Combined Returns;

 

6


(b) the preparation and filing of all Tax Returns (other than Consolidated Returns and Combined Returns) with respect to ALLETE and any ALLETE Affiliate; and

(c) the preparation of all Income Tax Returns with respect to ADESA and any ADESA Affiliate for any Pre-Distribution Period; provided , however , that ADESA will be responsible for the preparation and filing of all foreign Income Tax Returns for ADESA and any ADESA Affiliate.

2.02 ADESA’s Responsibility . ADESA shall have sole and exclusive responsibility for:

(a) the preparation and filing of all Tax Returns with respect to ADESA and any ADESA Affiliate for Post-Distribution Periods; and

(b) the filing of all Income Tax Returns described in Section 2.01(c) for Pre-Distribution Periods and the preparation and filing of any Tax Return other than Income Tax Returns described in Section 2.01(c) with respect to ADESA and any ADESA Affiliate.

2.03 Agent . Subject to the other applicable provisions of this Agreement, ADESA hereby irrevocably designates, and agrees to cause each ADESA Affiliate to so designate, ALLETE as its sole and exclusive agent and attorney-in-fact to take such action (including execution of documents) as ALLETE, in its sole discretion, may deem appropriate in any and all matters (including Audits) relating to any Tax Return described in Section 2.01 of this Agreement; provided , however , that in the event such action would result in a Tax Detriment to ADESA or an ADESA Affiliate, ALLETE shall consult with ADESA and ADESA shall be provided an opportunity to reasonably object to such action.

2.04 Notice . Within ten (10) days after receipt of a written notice from a Taxing Authority regarding the commencement of an Audit or other inquiry with respect to any Tax Return for a Pre-Distribution Period the party receiving such notice shall notify the other party of such Audit or other inquiry.

2.05 Manner of Tax Return Preparation .

(a) Unless otherwise required by a Taxing Authority, the parties hereby agree: (i) to prepare and file all Pre-Distribution Tax Returns in a manner consistent with past practice regarding such preparation and filing and (ii) to prepare and file all Tax Returns and to take all other actions, in a manner consistent with (1) this Agreement, (2) the Officer’s Certificate, and (3) the Tax Opinion. All Tax Returns shall be filed on a timely basis (taking into account applicable extensions) by the party responsible for filing such returns under this Agreement.

(b) ALLETE shall have the right, with respect to any Tax Return described in Section 2.01 of this Agreement (without regard to which party is responsible for

 

7


preparing and filing such Tax Return) to determine (1) the manner in which such Tax Return shall be prepared and filed, including the elections, method of accounting, positions, conventions and principles of taxation to be used and the manner in which any Tax Item shall be reported, (2) whether any extensions may be requested, (3) the elections that will be made by ALLETE, any ALLETE Affiliate, ADESA, or any ADESA Affiliate on such Tax Return, (4) whether any amended Tax Returns shall be filed, (5) whether any claims for refund shall be made, (6) whether any refunds shall be paid by way of refund or credited against any liability for the related Tax, and (7) whether to retain outside firms to prepare or review such Tax Returns; provided , however , that in the event such action would result in a Tax Detriment to ADESA or an ADESA Affiliate, ALLETE shall consult with ADESA and ADESA shall be provided an opportunity to reasonably object to such action. ALLETE shall provide ADESA with copies of all Tax Returns described in Section 2.01 within thirty (30) days after filing any such Tax Returns.

(c) Within ninety (90) days after filing the final Consolidated Return, ALLETE shall notify ADESA of the Tax Assets associated with ADESA and each ADESA Affiliate, and the Income Tax basis of any asset or liability transferred to ADESA in connection with the Transfer. At ADESA’s request, ALLETE will use its best efforts to provide ADESA with preliminary estimates of such information as soon as is practicable.

2.06 Tax Services Agreement .

(a) ALLETE Tax Services . If requested by ADESA, ALLETE shall perform the duties and obligations ascribed to ADESA as may reasonably be requested by ADESA (the “ALLETE Tax Services”) for a period not to exceed twenty-four (24) months following the Distribution Date. In consideration for the ALLETE Tax Services, ADESA shall pay to ALLETE an amount as negotiated by the parties in good faith for the ALLETE Tax Services performed. Except as set forth in Section 2.06(c), payment with respect to ALLETE Tax Services performed in a particular month shall be made within thirty (30) days of the receipt by ADESA of an invoice for such services and such payment shall be made in immediately available funds as instructed by ALLETE.

(b) ADESA Tax Services . If requested by ALLETE, ADESA shall provide such assistance and other tax related services to ALLETE, as may reasonably be requested by ALLETE (the “ADESA Tax Services”) for a period not to exceed twenty-four (24) months following the Distribution Date. In consideration for the ADESA Tax Services, ALLETE shall pay to ADESA an amount as negotiated by the parties in good faith for the ADESA Tax Services performed. Except as set forth in Section 2.06(c), payment with respect to ADESA Tax Services performed in a particular month shall be made within thirty (30) days of the receipt by ALLETE of an invoice for such services and such payment shall be made in immediately available funds as instructed by ADESA.

(c) Netting of Payments . In any month where there are both ALLETE Tax Services and ADESA Tax Services performed, to the extent possible the payments by ADESA in Section 2.06(a) and by ALLETE in Section 2.06(b) shall be netted against each other, and the resulting amount due shall be paid to ALLETE or ADESA, as the case may be.

 

8


(d) Right to Review . The party performing Tax Services under either Section 2.06(a) or 2.06(b) shall provide the other party with any Tax Return to be filed by such party at least ten (10) days prior to the due date, as extended, of such Tax Return.

(e) Information . ADESA shall timely provide, in a manner consistent with past practice, all information necessary for ALLETE to prepare all Tax Returns and compute all estimated Income Tax payments (for purposes of Section 7.01 of this Agreement). ALLETE shall provide ADESA with copies of all notices or communications from any Taxing Authority relating to any Tax or Tax Return of ADESA or any ADESA Affiliate covered by the Tax Services.

Section 3. Liability for Taxes.

3.01 ADESA’s Liability for Section 2.01(a) Taxes . With respect to all Tax Returns described in Section 2.01(a) of this Agreement, ADESA shall be liable for the Separate Tax Liability of ADESA and all ADESA Affiliates, and shall be entitled to receive and retain all refunds or credits of Taxes previously paid by ADESA with respect to any such Separate Tax Liability.

3.02 ALLETE’s Liability for Sections 2.01(a) and (b) Taxes . With respect to all Tax Returns described in Section 2.01(a) of this Agreement, ALLETE shall be liable for the difference between the Separate Tax Liability and all Income Taxes shown as due on such Tax Returns, and shall be entitled to receive and retain all refunds or credits of Income Taxes attributable to such difference. With respect to all Tax Returns described in Section 2.01(b) of this Agreement, ALLETE shall be liable for all Taxes due with respect thereto, and shall be entitled to receive and retain all refunds or credits of Taxes previously paid by ALLETE with respect to such Taxes.

3.03 ADESA’s Liability for Sections 2.01(c) and 2.02 Taxes . With respect to all Tax Returns described in Sections 2.01(c) and 2.02 of this Agreement, ADESA shall be liable for all Taxes due with respect thereto, and shall be entitled to receive and retain all refunds or credits of Taxes previously paid by ADESA with respect to such Taxes.

3.04 Payment of Tax Liability . If one party is liable for Taxes, under Sections 3.01 through 3.03 of this Agreement, with respect to Tax Returns for which another party is responsible for filing, then the liable party shall pay the Taxes to the other party pursuant to Section 7.04 of this Agreement.

3.05 Computation . At least ten (10) days prior to the due date of any Tax Return for which ADESA incurs a separate Tax Liability, ALLETE shall provide ADESA with a written calculation in reasonable detail setting forth the amount of such Separate Tax Liability or estimated Separate Tax Liability (for purposes of Section 7.01 of this Agreement). ADESA shall have the right to review and comment on such calculation. Any dispute with respect to such calculation shall be resolved pursuant to Section 9.03 of this Agreement.

 

9


Section 4. Distribution Taxes and Deconsolidation.

4.01 Distribution Taxes .

(a) ALLETE’s Liability for Distribution Taxes . Notwithstanding Sections 3.01 through 3.03 of this Agreement, ALLETE and each ALLETE Affiliate shall be liable for one hundred percent (100%) of any Distribution Taxes that result from one or more of the following:

(i) any act, failure to act or omission of or by ALLETE (or any ALLETE Affiliate) inconsistent with any material, information, covenant or representation in the Officer’s Certificate or the Tax Opinion;

(ii) any act, failure to act or omission of or by ALLETE (or any ALLETE Affiliate) after the date of the Distribution, including, without limitation, a cessation, transfer to affiliates, or disposition of its active trades or businesses, or an issuance of stock, stock buyback or payment of an extraordinary dividend by ALLETE (or any ALLETE Affiliate) following the Distribution;

(iii) any acquisition of any stock or assets of ALLETE (or any ALLETE Affiliate) by one or more other persons prior to or following the Distribution; or

(iv) any issuance of stock by ALLETE (or any ALLETE Affiliate), or change in ownership of stock in ALLETE (or any ALLETE Affiliate), that causes section 355(d) or section 355(e) of the Code to apply to the Distribution.

(b) ADESA’s Liability for Distribution Taxes . Notwithstanding Sections 3.01 through 3.03 of this Agreement, ADESA and each ADESA Affiliate shall be liable for one hundred percent (100%) of any Distribution Taxes that result from one or more of the following:

(i) any act, failure to act or omission of or by ADESA (or any ADESA Affiliate) inconsistent with any material, information, covenant or representation related to ADESA or any ADESA Affiliate in the Officer’s Certificate or the Tax Opinion;

(ii) any act, failure to act or omission of or by ADESA (or any ADESA Affiliate) after the date of the Distribution, including without limitation, a cessation, transfer to affiliates or disposition of its active trades or businesses, or an issuance of stock, stock buyback or payment of an extraordinary dividend by ADESA (or any ADESA Affiliate) following the Distribution;

(iii) any acquisition of any stock or assets of ADESA (or any ADESA Affiliate) by one or more other persons prior to or following the Distribution; or

(iv) any issuance of stock by ADESA (or any ADESA Affiliate), or change in ownership of stock in ADESA (or any ADESA Affiliate), that causes section 355(d) or section 355(e) of the Code to apply to the Distribution.

(c) Joint Liability for Remaining Distribution Taxes . The liability for any Distribution Taxes not allocated by Sections 4.01(a) or (b) of this Agreement shall be borne fifty percent (50%) by ALLETE and fifty percent (50%) by ADESA.

 

10


4.02 Carrybacks

(a) In General . ALLETE agrees to pay to ADESA the United States federal income Tax Benefit from the use in any Pre-Distribution Period (the “Carryback Period”) of a carryback of any Tax Asset of the ADESA Group from a Post-Distribution Period. If subsequent to the payment by ALLETE to ADESA of the United States federal income Tax Benefit of a carryback of a Tax Asset of the ADESA Group, there shall be a Final Determination which results in a (1) change to the amount of the Tax Asset so carried back or (2) change to the amount of such United States federal income Tax Benefit, ADESA shall repay to ALLETE, or ALLETE shall repay to ADESA, as the case may be, any amount which would not have been payable to such other party pursuant to this Section 4.02(a) had the amount of the benefit been determined in light of these events. Nothing in this Section 4.02(a) shall require ALLETE to file an amended Tax Return or claim for refund or credit of Taxes; provided , however , that ALLETE shall use its reasonable best efforts to use any carryback of a Tax Asset of the ADESA Group that is otherwise carried back under this Section 4.02(a).

(b) Net Operating Losses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, ADESA hereby expressly agrees to elect (under section 172(b)(3) of the Code and, to the extent feasible, any similar provision of any state, local or foreign Tax law) to relinquish any right to carryback net operating losses for any tax year with respect to which such net operating loss could otherwise be carried back into a Consolidated Return or a Combined Return (in which event no payment shall be due from ALLETE to ADESA in respect of such net operating losses).

4.03 Allocation of Tax Items . All Tax computations for (1) any Pre-Distribution Periods ending on the Distribution Date and (2) the immediately following taxable period of ADESA or any ADESA Affiliate, shall be made pursuant to the principles of section 1.1502-76(b) of the Treasury Regulations or of a corresponding provision under the laws of other jurisdictions, as determined by ALLETE after consultation with ADESA and subject to ADESA’s right to reasonably object thereto; provided , however , that an election to ratably allocate items under section (b)(2) of the aforementioned Treasury Regulations shall not be made without the express written consent of ADESA, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

4.04 Continuing Covenants .

(a) In General . Each of ALLETE (for itself and each ALLETE Affiliate) and ADESA (for itself and each ADESA Affiliate) agrees (1) not to take any action reasonably expected to result in an increased Tax liability to the other, a reduction in a Tax Asset of the other or an increased liability to the other under this Agreement, (2) not to take any action, fail to take any action, or commit any omission that would result in Distribution Taxes and (3) to take any action reasonably requested by the other that would reasonably be expected to result in a Tax Benefit or avoid a Tax Detriment to the other, provided that such action does not result in any additional direct or indirect cost not fully compensated for by the requesting party. The parties hereby acknowledge that the preceding sentence is a statement of general principle and is not intended to limit, and therefore shall not apply to, the rights of the parties with respect to matters otherwise covered by this Agreement.

 

11


(b) Consistency . Each of ALLETE (for itself and each ALLETE Affiliate) and ADESA (for itself and each ADESA Affiliate) agrees that it will not take or fail to take any action where such action or failure to act would be inconsistent with any material, information, covenant or representation contained in the Officer’s Certificate or the Tax Opinion. For this purpose an action is considered inconsistent with a representation if the representation states that there is no plan or intention to take such action. Each of ALLETE (for itself and each ALLETE Affiliate) and ADESA (for itself and each ADESA Affiliate) agrees that it will not take any position on a Tax Return that is inconsistent with the treatment of (i) the Transfer as a tax-free reorganization under section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, and (ii) the Distribution as tax free under sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code.

(c) Certain ALLETE Actions Following the Distribution . ALLETE agrees that during the two (2) year period following the Distribution, without first obtaining a tax opinion from an Independent Firm that such action will not result in Distribution Taxes: (1) ALLETE shall not sell or transfer all or substantially all of the assets comprising the Minnesota Power Business, except (i) to a corporation which files a Consolidated Return with ALLETE and which is wholly-owned, directly or indirectly, by ALLETE, or (ii) in a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(C) or (D) of the Code where the shareholders of ALLETE receive more than 50 percent of the stock of the acquiring company (for this purpose any shares of ALLETE acquired by any person after the Distribution shall not be considered to be held by a shareholder of ALLETE); (2) ALLETE shall not merge with another entity, without regard to which party is the surviving entity, except in a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A), (C) or (D), or an exchange under Section 351, of the Code where the shareholders of ALLETE own more than 50 percent of the stock of the surviving entity (for this purpose any shares of ALLETE acquired by any person after the Distribution shall not be considered to be held by a shareholder of ALLETE); and (3) ALLETE shall not issue stock of ALLETE (or any instrument that is convertible or exchangeable into any such stock) in an acquisition or public or private offering (excluding any issuance pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or other employment related arrangements having customary terms and conditions and that satisfy the requirements of temporary Treasury Regulations section 1.355-7T(e)(3)(ii)), unless following such issuance of stock, the shareholders of ALLETE continue to own more than 50 percent of the stock of ALLETE (for this purpose any shares of ALLETE acquired by any person after the Distribution shall not be considered to beheld by a shareholder of ALLETE).

(d) Certain ADESA Actions Following the Distribution . During the two-year period following the Distribution, without first obtaining a tax opinion from an Independent Firm that such action will not result in Distribution Taxes: (1) ADESA shall not sell or transfer all or substantially all of the assets comprising the ADESA Auction Business or any interest in an entity that conducts the ADESA Auction Business, except in a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(C) or (D) of the Code where the shareholders of ADESA receive more than 50 percent of the stock of the acquiring company (for this purpose any shares of ADESA acquired by any person in the IPO or after the Distribution shall not be considered to beheld by a shareholder of ADESA); (2) ADESA shall not, and shall not permit any ADESA subsidiary which conducts the ADESA Auction Business to, merge with another entity, without regard to which party is the surviving entity, except in a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A), (C) or (D), or an exchange under Section 351, of the Code where the shareholders of ADESA own more than 50 percent of the stock of the surviving entity

 

12


(for this purpose any shares of ADESA acquired by any person in the IPO or after the Distribution shall not be considered to beheld by a shareholder of ADESA); and (3) ADESA shall not issue or cause to be issued stock of any ADESA affiliate (or any instrument that is convertible or exchangeable into any such stock) in an acquisition or public or private offering, and shall not issue stock of ADESA (or any instrument that is convertible or exchangeable into any such stock) in an acquisition or public or private offering (excluding any issuance pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or other employment related arrangements having customary terms and conditions and that satisfy the requirements of temporary Treasury Regulations section 1.355-7T(e)(3)(ii)), unless following such issuance of stock, the shareholders of ADESA continue to own more than 50 percent of the stock of ADESA (for this purpose any shares of ADESA acquired by any person in the IPO or after the Distribution shall not be considered to beheld by a shareholder of ADESA).

(e) Notice of Specified Transactions . Not later than twenty (20) days prior to entering into any oral or written contract or agreement, and not later than five (5) days after it first becomes aware of any negotiations, plan or intention (regardless of whether it is a party to such negotiations, plan or intention), regarding any of the transactions described in paragraph (c) or (d), ALLETE or ADESA, as the case may be, shall provide written notice of its intent to consummate such transaction or the negotiations, plan or intention of which it becomes aware, to the other party.

4.05 Allocation of Tax Assets .

(a) In General . In connection with the Distribution, ALLETE and ADESA shall cooperate in determining the allocation of any Tax Assets among ALLETE, each ALLETE Affiliate, ADESA, and each ADESA Affiliate. The parties hereby agree that in the absence of controlling legal authority or unless otherwise provided under this Agreement, Tax Assets shall be allocated to the legal entity to which the cost or burden associated with the creation of such Tax Asset (other than with respect to any Tax Asset created by reason of a contribution to the capital of ADESA by ALLETE on or before the Distribution Date, in which case ADESA shall be permitted to retain such Tax Asset) has been charged.

(b) Earnings and Profits . ALLETE will advise ADESA in writing of the decrease in ALLETE earnings and profits attributable to the Distribution under section 312(h) of the Code on or before the first anniversary of the Distribution; provided , however , that ALLETE shall provide ADESA with estimates of such amounts (determined in accordance with past practice) prior to such anniversary as reasonably requested by ADESA.

Section 5. Stock Options.

5.01 Deduction, Withholding, Reporting .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, ALLETE (or the appropriate member of the ALLETE Group) shall claim all Tax deductions arising by reason of exercises of Options to acquire ALLETE stock held by ALLETE Employees. To the extent permitted by law, ADESA (or the appropriate member of the ADESA Group) shall claim all Tax deductions arising by reason of exercises of Options to acquire ADESA stock held by ADESA Employees.

 

13


(b) ALLETE shall, to the extent required by law, withhold applicable Taxes and satisfy applicable Tax reporting obligations with respect to exercises of Options to acquire ALLETE stock held by ALLETE Employees. ADESA shall, to the extent required by law, withhold applicable Taxes and satisfy applicable Tax reporting obligations with respect to exercises of Options to acquire ADESA stock held by ADESA Employees.

Section 6. Indemnification.

6.01 Generally . The ALLETE Group shall jointly and severally indemnify ADESA, each ADESA Affiliate, and their respective directors, officers and employees, and hold them harmless from and against any and all Taxes for which ALLETE or any ALLETE Affiliate is liable under this Agreement and any loss, cost, fine, penalty, damage or other expense of any kind, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, but excluding any consequential, special, punitive or exemplary damages, that is attributable to, or results from the failure of ALLETE, any ALLETE Affiliate or any of their respective directors, officers or employees to make any payment required to be made under this Agreement. The ADESA Group shall jointly and severally indemnify ALLETE, each ALLETE Affiliate, and their respective directors, officers and employees, and hold them harmless from and against any and all Taxes for which ADESA or any ADESA Affiliate is liable under this Agreement and any loss, cost, fine, penalty, damage or other expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, but excluding any consequential, special, punitive or exemplary damages, that is attributable to, or results from, the failure of ADESA, any ADESA Affiliate or any of their respective directors, officers or employees to make any payment required to be made under this Agreement.

6.02 Inaccurate or Incomplete Information . The ALLETE Group shall jointly and severally indemnify ADESA, each ADESA Affiliate, and their respective directors, officers and employees, and hold them harmless from and against any loss, cost, fine, penalty, damage or other expense of any kind, excluding any consequential, special, punitive or exemplary damages, that is attributable to the negligence of ALLETE or any ALLETE Affiliate in supplying ADESA or any ADESA Affiliate with inaccurate or incomplete information, in connection with the preparation of any Income Tax Return (other than with respect to any foreign ADESA Affiliate). The ADESA Group shall jointly and severally indemnify ALLETE, each ALLETE Affiliate, and their respective directors, officers and employees, and hold them harmless from and against any loss, cost, fine, penalty, damage or other expense, excluding any consequential, special, punitive or exemplary damages, that is attributable to the negligence of ADESA or any ADESA Affiliate in supplying ALLETE or any ALLETE Affiliate with inaccurate or incomplete information, in connection with the preparation of any Income Tax Return.

6.03 No Guarantee for Tax Items . Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as a guarantee of the existence or amount of any loss, credit, carryforward, basis or other Tax Item, whether past, present or future, of ALLETE, any ALLETE Affiliate, ADESA or any ADESA Affiliate.

Section 7. Payments.

7.01 Estimated Tax Payments . As requested by ALLETE, ADESA shall promptly, but not later than the date immediately preceding each Estimated Tax Installment Date

 

14


with respect to a taxable period for which a Consolidated Return or a Combined Return will be filed, pay to ALLETE on behalf of the ADESA Group an amount equal to the amount of any estimated Separate Tax Liability that ADESA would have otherwise been required to pay to a Taxing Authority on such Estimated Tax Installment Date.

7.02 True-Up Payments . Not later than 15 days following the provision of the Separate Tax Liability computation to ADESA as provided in Section 3.05, ADESA shall pay to ALLETE, or ALLETE shall pay to ADESA or apply as a credit against future Tax liability, as appropriate, an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the ADESA Separate Tax Liability and the aggregate amount paid by ADESA with respect to such period under Section 7.01 of this Agreement.

7.03 Redetermination Amounts . In the event of a redetermination of any Tax Item reflected on any Tax Return described in Section 2.01(a) of this Agreement (other than Tax Items relating to Distribution Taxes), as a result of a refund of Taxes paid, a Final Determination or any settlement or compromise with any Taxing Authority which may affect ADESA’s Separate Tax Liability, ALLETE shall prepare a revised pro forma Tax Return for the relevant taxable period reflecting the redetermination of such Tax Item as a result of such refund, Final Determination, settlement or compromise. ADESA shall pay to ALLETE, or ALLETE shall pay to ADESA, as appropriate, an amount equal to the difference, if any, between the Separate Tax Liability based on such revised pro forma Tax Return and the Separate Tax Liability for such period as originally computed pursuant to this Agreement.

7.04 Payments Under This Agreement . In the event that one party (the “Owing Party”) is required to make a payment to another party (the “Owed Party”) pursuant to this Agreement, then such payments shall be made according to this Section 7.04.

(a) In General . All payments shall be made to the Owed Party or to the appropriate Taxing Authority as specified by the Owed Party within the time prescribed for payment in this Agreement, or if no period is prescribed, within twenty (20) days after delivery of written notice of payment owing together with a computation of the amounts due.

(b) Treatment of Payments . Unless otherwise required by any Final Determination, the parties agree that any payments made by one party to another party (other than payments of interest pursuant to Section 7.04(e) of this Agreement, payments with respect to Tax Services pursuant to Section 2.06 of this Agreement, and payments of After Tax Amounts pursuant to Section 7.04(d) of this Agreement) pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated for all Tax and financial accounting purposes as nontaxable payments (dividend distributions or capital contributions, as the case may be) made immediately prior to the Distribution and, accordingly, as not includible in the taxable income of the recipient or as deductible by the payor.

(c) Prompt Performance . All actions required to be taken by any party under this Agreement shall be performed within the time prescribed for performance in this Agreement, or if no period is prescribed, such actions shall be performed promptly or, with respect to the Tax Services, on a timely basis.

 

15


(d) After Tax Amounts . If pursuant to a Final Determination it is determined that the receipt or accrual of any payment made under this Agreement (other than payments of interest pursuant to Section 7.04(e) of this Agreement) is subject to any Tax, the party making such payment shall be liable for (a) the After Tax Amount with respect to such payment and (b) interest at the rate described in Section 7.04(e) of this Agreement on the amount of such After Tax Amount from the date such After Tax Amount is due under this Agreement through the date of payment of such After Tax Amount. A party making a demand for a payment pursuant to this Agreement and for a payment of an After Tax Amount with respect to such payment shall separately specify and compute such After Tax Amount. However, a party may choose not to specify an After Tax Amount in a demand for payment pursuant to this Agreement without thereby being deemed to have waived its right subsequently to demand an After Tax Amount with respect to such payment.

(e) Tax Benefit . Any payments made by one party to another party under this Agreement shall be adjusted as necessary to reflect any deduction or other Tax Benefit realized by the party receiving such payment arising from any payment or other Tax Item giving rise to such payment under this Agreement.

(f) Interest . Payments pursuant to this Agreement that are not made within the period prescribed in this Agreement (the “Payment Period”) and were not otherwise setoff against amounts owed by one party to the other party as provided in Sections 2.06(c) and 9.16 of this Agreement shall bear interest for the period from and including the date immediately following the last date of the Payment Period through and including the date of payment at a per annum rate equal to the applicable rate for large corporate underpayments set forth in Section 6621(c) of the Code. Such interest will be payable at the same time as the payment to which it relates and shall be calculated on the basis of a year of 365 days and the actual number of days for which due.

Section 8. Tax Proceedings.

8.01 In General . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the party responsible for filing a Tax Return pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement (the “Filing Party”) shall have the exclusive right, in its sole discretion, to control, contest, and represent the interests of ALLETE, any ALLETE Affiliate, ADESA, and any ADESA Affiliate in any Audit relating to such Tax Return and to resolve, settle or agree to any deficiency, claim or adjustment proposed, asserted or assessed in connection with or as a result of any such Audit. The Filing Party’s rights shall extend to any matter pertaining to the management and control of an Audit, including execution of waivers, choice of forum, scheduling of conferences and the resolution of any Tax Item. Any costs incurred in handling, settling, or contesting an Audit shall be borne by the Filing Party.

8.02 Participation of non-Filing Party . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the non-Filing Party shall have the right to assume control over decisions to resolve, settle or otherwise agree to any deficiency, claim or adjustment: (i) with respect to any Sole Responsibility Item for which the non-Filing Party’s responsibility under this Agreement could exceed ten thousand dollars ($10,000); provided, that the non-Filing Party acknowledges in writing that it has sole liability for such deficiency, claim or adjustment. The Filing Party shall

 

16


not settle any Audit they control concerning a Tax Item of a Pre-Distribution Period on a basis that would materially adversely affect the non-Filing Party without obtaining such non-Filing Party’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld if failure to consent would adversely affect the Filing Party.

8.03 Notice . Within ten (10) days after a party receives a written notice from a Taxing Authority of a proposed adjustment to a Tax Item (irrespective of whether such proposed adjustment would reasonably be expected to give rise to an indemnification obligation or other liability (including a liability for Tax) under this Agreement), such party shall notify the other party of such proposed adjustment, and thereafter shall promptly forward to the other party copies of notices and material communications with any Taxing Authority relating to such proposed adjustment; provided, however, that the failure to provide such notice shall not release the indemnifying party from any of its obligations under this Agreement except to the extent that such indemnifying party is materially prejudiced by such failure.

8.04 Control of Distribution Tax Proceedings .

(a) ALLETE and ADESA shall jointly control, and shall each have the right to participate in all activities and strategic decisions with respect to, any Tax proceedings relating to Distribution Taxes. ALLETE may assume sole control of the Distribution Tax proceedings if it acknowledges in writing that it has sole liability for any Distribution Taxes that might arise in such proceeding.

Section 9. Miscellaneous Provisions.

9.01 Effectiveness . This Agreement shall be effective as of the Distribution Date.

9.02 Cooperation and Exchange of Information .

(a) Cooperation . ADESA and ALLETE shall each cooperate fully (and each shall cause its respective affiliates to cooperate fully) with all reasonable requests from another party in connection with the preparation and filing of Tax Returns, claims for refund, and Audits concerning issues or other matters covered by this Agreement. Such cooperation shall include, without limitation:

(i) the retention until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, and extensions, if any, thereof, and the provision upon request, of Tax Returns, books, records (including information regarding ownership and Income Tax basis of property), documentation and other information relating to the Tax Returns, including accompanying schedules, related work papers, and documents relating to rulings or other determinations by Taxing Authorities;

(ii) the execution of any document that may be necessary or reasonably helpful in connection with any Audit, or the filing of a Tax Return or refund claim by a member of the ALLETE Group or the ADESA Group, including certification, to the best of a party’s knowledge, of the accuracy and completeness of the information it has supplied; and

 

17


(iii) the use of the party’s best efforts to obtain any documentation that may be necessary or reasonably helpful in connection with any of the foregoing. Each party shall make its employees and facilities available on a reasonable and mutually convenient basis in connection with the foregoing matters.

(b) Failure to Perform . If a party fails to comply with any of its obligations set forth in Section 9.02(a) of this Agreement upon reasonable request and notice by the other party, and such failure results in the imposition of additional Taxes, the nonperforming party shall be liable in full for such additional Taxes.

(c) Retention of Records . A party intending to dispose of documentation of ALLETE (or any ALLETE Affiliate) or ADESA (or any ADESA Affiliate), including without limitation, books, records, Tax Returns and all supporting schedules and information relating thereto (after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations) prior to the expiration of the statute of limitations (including any waivers or extensions thereof) of the taxable year or years to which such documentation relates, shall provide written notice to the other party describing the documentation to be destroyed or disposed of sixty (60) business days prior to taking such action. The other party may arrange to take delivery of the documentation described in the notice at its expense during the succeeding sixty (60) day period.

9.03 Dispute Resolution . In the event that ALLETE and ADESA disagree as to the amount or calculation of any payment to be made under this Agreement, or the interpretation or application of any provision under this Agreement, the parties shall attempt in good faith to resolve such dispute. If such dispute is not resolved within sixty (60) business days following the commencement of the dispute, ALLETE and ADESA shall jointly retain an Independent Firm, reasonably acceptable to both parties, to resolve the dispute; provided , however , that in order to pursue any such dispute resolution under this Section 9.03, the Owing Party must either (i) first pay to the Owed Party, or place in an escrow reasonably satisfactory to the Owed Party pending resolution of such dispute, an amount equal to the payment which is the subject of such dispute, or (ii) deliver to the Owed Party a written opinion of an independent law or accounting firm reasonably acceptable to both parties, substantially to the effect that with respect to such dispute the Owing Party is more likely than not to prevail in its entirety in the dispute resolution proceeding. The Independent Firm shall act as an arbitrator to resolve all points of disagreement and its decision shall be final and binding upon all parties involved. Following the decision of the Independent Firm, ALLETE and ADESA shall each take or cause to be taken any action necessary to implement the decision of the Independent Firm. The fees and expenses relating to the Independent Firm shall be borne by the party that does not prevail in the dispute resolution proceeding. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the dispute resolution provisions set forth in this Section 9.03 shall not be applicable to any disagreement between ALLETE and ADESA relating to Distribution Taxes or Distribution Tax proceedings.

9.04 Notices . Any notice, request, instruction or other document to be given or delivered under this Agreement by any party to another party shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given or delivered when (1) delivered in person or sent by telecopy to the facsimile number indicated below with a required confirmation copy sent in accordance with clause (2) below, (2) deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid and sent certified mail, return receipt requested or (3) delivered to Federal Express or similar service for overnight delivery to the address of the party set forth below:

 

18


If to ALLETE or any ALLETE Affiliate to:

ALLETE, Inc.

30 W. Superior Street

Duluth, MN 55802

Attention: General Counsel

Facsimile: 218-723-3960

with a copy to:

ALLETE, Inc.

30 W. Superior Street

Duluth, MN 55802

Attention: Manager of Tax

Facsimile: 218-720-2515

If to ADESA or any ADESA Affiliate to:

ADESA Inc.

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Suite 500

Carmel, IN 46032

Attention: General Counsel or Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile: 317-249-4603

with a copy to:

ADESA Inc.

13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Suite 500

Carmel, IN 46032

Attention: Director of Tax

Facsimile: 317-249-4603

Either party may, by written notice to the other parties, change the address or the party to which any notice, request, instruction or other document is to be delivered.

9.05 Changes in Law .

(a) Any reference to a provision of the Code or a law of another jurisdiction shall include a reference to any applicable successor provision or law.

(b) If, due to any change in applicable law or regulations or their interpretation by any court of law or other governing body having jurisdiction subsequent to the date of this Agreement, performance of any provision of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated thereby shall become impracticable or impossible, the parties hereto shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such provision.

 

19


9.06 Confidentiality . Each party shall hold and cause its directors, officers, employees, advisors and consultants to hold in strict confidence, unless compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process or, in the opinion of its counsel, by other requirements of law, all information (other than any such information relating solely to the business or affairs of such party) concerning the other parties hereto furnished it by such other party or its representatives pursuant to this Agreement (except to the extent that such information can be shown to have been (1) in the public domain through no fault of such party, (2) later lawfully acquired from other sources not known to be under a duty of confidentiality by the party to which it was furnished, or (3) independently developed), and each party shall not release or disclose such information to any other person, except its directors, officers, employees, auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, bankers and other consultants who shall be advised of and agree to be bound by the provisions of this Section 9.06. Each party shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to hold confidential information concerning or supplied by the other party if it exercises the same care as it takes to preserve confidentiality for its own similar information.

9.07 Successors . This Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit and detriment of any successor, by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise, to any of the parties hereto, to the same extent as if such successor had been an original party.

9.08 Affiliates . ALLETE shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth herein to be performed by any ALLETE Affiliate, and ADESA shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth herein to be performed by any ADESA Affiliate; provided , however , that (1) if it is contemplated that an ADESA Affiliate may cease to be an ADESA Affiliate as a result of a transfer of its stock or other ownership interests to a third party in exchange for consideration in an amount approximately equal to the fair market value of the stock or other ownership interests transferred and such consideration is not distributed outside of the ADESA Group to the shareholders of ADESA then ADESA may request in writing no later than thirty (30) days prior to such cessation that ALLETE execute a release of such ADESA Affiliate from its obligations under this Agreement effective as of such transfer and ALLETE shall promptly execute and deliver such release to ADESA provided that ADESA shall have confirmed in writing its obligations and the obligations of its remaining ADESA Affiliates with respect to their own obligations and those of the departing ADESA Affiliate and that such departing ADESA Affiliate shall have executed a release of any rights it may have against ALLETE or any ALLETE Affiliate by reason of this Agreement, and (2) if it is contemplated that an ALLETE Affiliate may cease to be an ALLETE Affiliate as a result of a transfer of its stock or other ownership interests to a third party in exchange for consideration in an amount approximately equal to the fair market value of the stock or other ownership interests transferred and such consideration is not distributed outside of the ALLETE Group to the shareholders of ALLETE then ALLETE may request in writing no later than thirty (30) days prior to such cessation that ADESA execute a release of such ALLETE Affiliate from its obligations under this Agreement effective as of such transfer and ADESA shall promptly execute and deliver such release to ALLETE provided that ALLETE shall have confirmed in writing its obligations and the obligations of its remaining ALLETE Affiliates with respect to

 

20


their own obligations and the obligations of the departing ALLETE Affiliate and that such departing ALLETE Affiliate shall have executed a release of any rights it may have against ADESA or any ADESA Affiliate by reason of this Agreement. The requested party hereunder shall not unreasonably withhold the provision of any such release. This Section 9.08 shall be effective through the second anniversary of the Distribution Date.

9.09 Authorization, Etc . Each of ALLETE and ADESA hereby represents and warrants that it has the power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, that this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of such party, that this Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each such party and that the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by such party does not contravene or conflict with any provision of law or of its charter or bylaws or any agreement, instrument or order binding on such party.

9.10 Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior tax sharing agreements between ALLETE (or any ALLETE Affiliate) and ADESA (or any ADESA Affiliate) and such prior tax sharing agreements shall have no further force and effect.

9.11 Applicable Law; Jurisdiction . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to laws and principles relating to conflicts of law.

9.12 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

9.13 Severability . If any term, provision, covenant, or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction (or an arbitrator or arbitration panel) to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants, and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect, and shall in no way be affected, impaired, or invalidated. In the event that any such term, provision, covenant or restriction is held to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternate means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such terms, provisions, covenant, or restriction.

9.14 No Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is solely for the benefit of ALLETE, the ALLETE Affiliates, ADESA and the ADESA Affiliates. This Agreement should not be deemed to confer upon third parties any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, cause of action or other rights in excess of those existing without this Agreement.

9.15 Waivers, Etc . No failure or delay on the part of the parties in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. No modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by the parties therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given.

 

21


9.16 Setoff . All payments to be made by any party under this Agreement may be netted against payments due to such party under this Agreement, but otherwise shall be made without setoff, counterclaim or withholding, all of which are hereby expressly waived.

9.17 Other Remedies .

(a) ALLETE recognizes that (1) any act, failure to act, or omission specified in Section 4.01(a)(i)-(ii) of this Agreement of or by ALLETE or any ALLETE Affiliate or (2) the occurrence of any event specified in Section 4.01(a)(iii)-(iv) of this Agreement, may result in Distribution Taxes which could cause irreparable harm to ADESA, ADESA Affiliates and their stockholders, and that such persons may be inadequately compensated by monetary damages for such act, failure to act, omission, or event. Accordingly, neither ALLETE nor any ALLETE Affiliate shall permit (1) any act, failure to act, or omission specified in Section 4.01(a)(i)-(ii) of this Agreement or (2) the occurrence of any event specified in Section 4.01(a)(iii)-(iv) of this Agreement, that could be reasonably foreseeable to result in any Distribution Taxes, and ADESA and each ADESA Affiliate shall be entitled to injunctive relief, in addition to all other remedies, in order to prevent any such act, failure to act, omission, or occurrence.

(b) ADESA recognizes that (1) any act, failure to act, or omission specified in Section 4.01(b)(i)-(ii) of this Agreement of or by ADESA or any ADESA Affiliate or (2) the occurrence of any event specified in Section 4.01(b)(iii)-(iv) of this Agreement, may result in Distribution Taxes which could cause irreparable harm to ALLETE, ALLETE Affiliates and their stockholders, and that such persons may be inadequately compensated by monetary damages for such act, failure to act, omission, or event. Accordingly, neither ADESA nor any ADESA Affiliate shall permit (1) any act, failure to act, or omission specified in Section 4.01(b)(i)-(ii) of this Agreement or (2) the occurrence of any event specified in Section 4.01(b)(iii)-(iv) of this Agreement, that could be reasonably foreseeable to result in any Distribution Taxes, and ALLETE and each ALLETE Affiliate shall be entitled to injunctive relief, in addition to all other remedies, in order to prevent any such act, failure to act, omission, or occurrence.

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be executed by a duly authorized officer on June 4, 2004.

 

ALLETE, INC.
on behalf of itself and the ALLETE Affiliates
By:  

/s/ James K. Vizanko

Name:   James K. Vizanko
Title:   Senior VP, CFO and Treasurer

ADESA, Inc.

on behalf of itself and the ADESA Affiliates

By:  

/s/ Cameron Hitchcock

Name:   Cameron Hitchcock
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

23

Exhibit 10.29

TRUST INDENTURE

between

DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF FULTON COUNTY

and

SUNTRUST BANK

as Trustee

Dated as of December 1, 2002

Authorizing the Issuance of

$40,000,000 in Aggregate Principal Amount of

Development Authority of Fulton County

Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds

(ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project)

Series 2002


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS

   8

Section 1.01

   Definitions    8

Section 1.02

   Miscellaneous Use of Words    13

ARTICLE II THE BONDS

   13

Section 2.01

   Authorized Amount of Bonds    13

Section 2.02

   Issuance of 2002 Bonds    13

Section 2.03

   Execution; Limited Obligation    16

Section 2.04

   Authentication    16

Section 2.05

   Form of Bonds    17

Section 2.06

   Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Bonds    17

Section 2.07

   Registration and Exchange of Bonds    18

Section 2.08

   Issuance of Additional Bonds    19

Section 2.09

   Payment of 2002 Bonds in Installments    21

ARTICLE III REDEMPTION OF 2002 BONDS BEFORE MATURITY

   21

Section 3.01

   Optional Redemption    21

Section 3.02

   [Intentionally Omitted]    21

Section 3.03

   Notice of Redemption    21

Section 3.04

   Redemption Payments    22

Section 3.05

   Principal and Redemption Payment Credits    22

Section 3.06

   Partial Redemption    22

Section 3.07

   Cancellation    23

ARTICLE IV GENERAL COVENANTS

   23

Section 4.01

   Payment of Principal and Interest    23

Section 4.02

   Performance of Covenants by Issuer    23

Section 4.03

   Ownership; Instruments of Further Assurance    24

Section 4.04

   Payment of Taxes and Related Charges    24

Section 4.05

   Maintenance and Repair    24

Section 4.06

   Recordation of the Financing Statement    24

Section 4.07

   Inspection of Project Books    24

Section 4.08

   Priority of Pledge    25

Section 4.09

   Rights Under Lease and Bond Purchase Agreement    25

Section 4.10

   Payment for Extraordinary Expenses    25

ARTICLE V REVENUES AND FUNDS

   25

Section 5.01

   SOURCE OF PAYMENT OF BONDS    25

Section 5.02

   Creation of the Bond Fund; Pledge of Same    26

Section 5.03

   Payments into the Bond Fund    26

Section 5.04

   Use of Monies in the Bond Fund    26

 

2


Section 5.05

   Non-Presentment of Bonds    26

Section 5.06

   Fees, Charges and Expenses of Bond Agents    27

Section 5.07

   Monies to be Held in Trust    27

Section 5.08

   Insurance and Condemnation Proceeds    27

Section 5.09

   Repayment to the Lessee from the Bond Fund    27

ARTICLE VI CUSTODY AND APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS OF BONDS

   27

Section 6.01

   Disposition of Accrued Interest; Disposition of Bond Proceeds    27

Section 6.02

   Project Fund: Disbursements    28

Section 6.03

   Completion and Occupancy of Project    28

Section 6.04

   Surplus Money in Project Fund    28

ARTICLE VII INVESTMENTS; DEPOSIT OF FUNDS

   28

Section 7.01

   Project Fund Investments    28

Section 7.02

   Bond Fund Investments    29

Section 7.03

   Deposit of Funds    29

ARTICLE VIII SUBORDINATION TO RIGHTS OF THE LESSEE

   29

Section 8.01

   Subordination to Rights of the Lessee    29

Section 8.02

   Release of Portions of the Project    29

Section 8.03

   Release of Equipment    30

Section 8.04

   Granting of Easements    30

Section 8.05

   Further Assurances    30

ARTICLE IX DISCHARGE OF LIEN

   30

Section 9.01

   Discharge of Lien    30

Section 9.02

   Provision for Payment of Bonds    31

ARTICLE X DEFAULT PROVISIONS AND REMEDIES OF BONDHOLDERS

   31

Section 10.01

   Defaults    31

Section 10.02

   Acceleration    32

Section 10.03

   Other Remedies    32

Section 10.04

   Rights of Bondholders    32

Section 10.05

   Application of Monies    33

Section 10.06

   Termination of Proceedings    34

Section 10.07

   Notice of Events of Default; Opportunity of the Issuer and Lessee to Cure Defaults    34

Section 10.08

   Waivers of Events of Default    35

Section 10.09

   Right of Holders of the Bonds to Direct Proceedings    35

Section 10.10

   Rights and Remedies Vested in Trustee    35

Section 10.11

   Rights and Remedies of Owners of the Bonds    36

ARTICLE XI SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

   36

Section 11.01

   Supplemental Indentures Not Requiring Consent of Bondholders    36

 

3


Section 11.02

   Supplemental Indentures Requiring Consent of Bondholders    37

Section 11.03

   Execution of Supplemental Indentures    38

ARTICLE XII AMENDMENT OF LEASE DOCUMENTS

   38

Section 12.01

   Amendments to Lease Documents Not Requiring Consent of Bondholders    38

Section 12.02

   Amendments to Lease Documents Requiring Consent of Bondholders    38

ARTICLE XIII THE TRUSTEE

   39

Section 13.01

   Acceptance of the Trusts    39

Section 13.02

   Notice to Owners of Bonds If Event of Default Occurs    42

Section 13.03

   Intervention by Trustee    42

Section 13.04

   Successor Trustee    42

Section 13.05

   Resignation by the Trustee    43

Section 13.06

   Removal of the Trustee    43

Section 13.07

   Appointment of Successor Trustee; Temporary Trustee    43

Section 13.08

   Concerning Any Successor Trustee    43

Section 13.09

   Right of Trustee to Pay Taxes and Other Charges    44

Section 13.10

   Trustee Protected in Relying Upon Resolutions, etc    44

Section 13.11

   Successor Trustee as Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent and Bond Registrar    44

Section 13.12

   Trust Estate May Be Vested in Co-Trustee    44

Section 13.13

   Continuation Statements    45

ARTICLE XIV IMMUNITY OF MEMBERS, OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES OF THE ISSUER AND TRUSTEE

   45

ARTICLE XV MISCELLANEOUS

   46

Section 15.01

   Consents of Bondholders    46

Section 15.02

   Limitation of Rights    46

Section 15.03

   Severability    47

Section 15.04

   Notices    47

Section 15.05

   Payments Due on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays    48

Section 15.06

   Laws Governing Resolution    48

Section 15.07

   Counterparts    48

Section 15.08

   Designation of Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent and Bond Registrar    48

EXHIBIT A Form of Bond

  

 

4


TRUST INDENTURE

THIS TRUST INDENTURE (the “Indenture”) dated as of December 1, 2002, made and entered into by and between the DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF FULTON COUNTY, a public body corporate and politic created and existing under the laws of the State of Georgia (the “Issuer”) and SUNTRUST BANK, a state banking corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Georgia having power and authority to accept and execute trusts, and having its principal offices in Atlanta, Georgia (the “Trustee”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Issuer has been duly created and is existing as a public body corporate and politic and an instrumentality of the State of Georgia and a public corporation pursuant to the provisions of the Act (as hereinafter defined); and

WHEREAS, the Issuer has been created pursuant to the provisions of the Act to develop and promote for the public good and general welfare trade, commerce, industry and employment opportunities and to promote the general welfare of the State of Georgia; and in furtherance of such purposes, the Issuer is empowered to issue its revenue obligations, in accordance with the Act for the purpose of acquiring, constructing and installing any “project” (as defined in the Act) for lease or sale to prospective tenants or purchasers in furtherance of the public purposes for which it was created; and

WHEREAS, after careful study and investigation the Issuer, in furtherance of the purposes for which it was created, has entered into a lease agreement (the “Lease”), dated as of even date herewith, with ADESA Atlanta, LLC (the “Lessee”), a limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey pursuant to which the Issuer has agreed to acquire, construct and install the Project (as defined in the Lease), including the real property owned by the Issuer, for the use and occupancy of the Lessee under the Lease and in consideration of which the Lessee has agreed to pay the Issuer specified rental payments and other payments; and

WHEREAS, after careful investigation, the Issuer has found and does hereby declare that it is in the best interest of the citizens of Fulton County, that the Project be acquired, constructed, installed and leased to the Lessee for the purposes stated in the Lease, all in keeping with the public purpose for which the Issuer was created; and

WHEREAS, Plans and Specifications for the Project have been prepared by the Lessee, and it is estimated that the amount necessary to finance the cost of the Project, including expenses incidental thereto, will not exceed $40,000,000; and

WHEREAS, the most feasible method of financing the cost of the Project is through the issuance hereunder of Development Authority of Fulton County, Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds, (ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project) Series 2002, in the aggregate notational principal of $40,000,000, provided that said may be reduced based on the aggregate total amount of any and all payments made by the Purchaser (as hereinafter defined) in consideration of the sale of such Bonds under and pursuant to the Bond Purchase Agreement (the “2002 Bonds”); and

 

5


WHEREAS, it is anticipated that additional moneys may be necessary to finance the cost of (a) completing the acquisition, construction and installation of the Project, (b) providing for the enlargement, improvement, expansion or replacement of the Project, (c) refunding any bonds issued under this Indenture, or (d) any combination of the foregoing, and provision should be made for the issuance from time to time of Additional Bonds which shall be equally and ratably secured hereunder with the 2002 Bonds (the 2002 Bonds and such Additional Bonds being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Bonds”); and

WHEREAS, the 2002 Bonds will be delivered to and paid for by the Purchaser in multiple installments as and when moneys are required to complete the acquisition, construction and installation of the Project, and the provisions of this Indenture are to be liberally read and construed in a manner which facilitates such approach to delivery and payment; and

WHEREAS, the Issuer will receive rental payments and other payments from the Lessee, which revenues, together with all other rents, revenues and receipts arising out of or in connection with the Issuer’s ownership of the Project, shall be pledged together with the Lease (except for certain “Unassigned Rights” as hereinafter defined) as security for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the 2002 Bonds; and

WHEREAS, all things necessary to make the 2002 Bonds, when authenticated by the Trustee and issued and delivered as in this Indenture provided, the valid, binding and legal obligations of the Issuer, according to the import thereof, and to create a valid assignment and pledge of the rental payments and other payments derived from the Lease to the payment of the principal of and interest on the Bonds and a valid assignment of all the right, title and interest of the Issuer in the Lease, have been done and performed, and the execution and delivery of this Indenture and the execution, issuance and delivery of the 2002 Bonds, subject to the terms hereof, have in all respects been duly authorized;

NOW, THEREFORE, KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

The Issuer, in consideration of the premises and of the purchase and acceptance of the 2002 Bonds by the holders and owners thereof, and of the sum of ONE DOLLAR ($1.00), lawful money of the United States of America, to it duly paid by the Trustee, at or before the execution and delivery of these presents, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, in order to secure the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Bonds according to their tenor and effect and to insure the performance and observance by the Issuer of all the covenants expressed or implied herein and in the Bonds, has given, granted, bargained, sold, conveyed, transferred, pledged, and assigned, and does by these presents, give, grant, bargain, sell, convey, transfer, pledge, and assign to the Trustee for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the 2002 Bonds and any Additional Bonds to be issued hereunder and their successors and assigns forever:

GRANTING CLAUSE FIRST

All right, title and interest of the Issuer in the Lease (except for Unassigned Rights) and the Bond Purchase Agreement, and all amendments, modifications and renewals thereof.

 

6


GRANTING CLAUSE SECOND

All rental payments and other payments to be received pursuant to the Lease, together with all other rents, revenues and receipts arising out of or in connection with the Issuer’s ownership of the Project (except for Unassigned Rights), and all amendments, modifications and renewals thereof.

GRANTING CLAUSE THIRD

All amounts on deposit from time to time in the Project Fund and the Bond Fund, subject to the provisions of this Indenture permitting the application thereof for the purposes and on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

GRANTING CLAUSE FOURTH

Any and all other property of every name and nature (including, without limitation, any additional lease or leases covering the Project) from time to time hereafter by delivery or by writing of any kind, given, granted, pledged, assigned, conveyed, mortgaged or transferred, as and for additional security hereunder, by the Issuer or by anyone in its behalf or with its written consent, to the Trustee, which is hereby authorized to receive any and all such property at any and all times and to hold and apply the same subject to the terms hereof.

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD all and singular the same with all privileges and appurtenances hereby granted, bargained, sold, conveyed, assigned, pledged, mortgaged and transferred or agreed or intended so to be, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to the Trustee and its successors in said trusts and to them and assigns;

IN TRUST NEVERTHELESS, upon the terms herein set forth for the equal and proportionate benefit, security and protection of all present and future holders and owners of the 2002 Bonds and any Additional Bonds without privilege, priority or distinction as to the lien or security interest or otherwise of any holder of any of the 2002 Bonds and any Additional Bonds over any other holder thereof except as herein expressly provided, and such pledged property shall immediately be subject to the security interest, charge and lien hereof without any physical delivery thereof or any further act, and said security interest, charge and lien shall be valid and binding against the Issuer and against all parties having claims of any kind against the Issuer whether such claims have arisen in contract, tort or otherwise and irrespective of whether such parties have notice thereof, and said security interest, charge and lien shall constitute a first security interest, charge, and lien securing the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the Issuer, its successors or assigns, shall well and truly pay, or cause to be paid, the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the 2002 Bonds and any Additional Bonds, at the times and in the manner mentioned in the 2002 Bonds and any

 

7


Additional Bonds according to the true intent and meaning thereof, or shall provide, as permitted hereby, for the payment thereof and shall well and truly keep, perform and observe all the covenants and conditions pursuant to the terms of this Indenture to be kept, performed and observed by it, then upon such final payment this Indenture and the rights hereby granted and liens hereby created shall cease, determine, and be void; otherwise this Indenture and said rights and liens to be and remain in full force and effect.

THIS INDENTURE FURTHER WITNESSETH, and it is expressly declared, that the 2002 Bonds and any Additional Bonds issued and secured hereunder are to be issued and delivered, and all said property, rights, and interest, including, without limitation, the amounts hereby assigned and pledged, are to be dealt with and disposed of, under, upon and subject to the terms, conditions, stipulations, covenants, agreements, trusts, uses and purposes hereinafter expressed, and the Issuer has agreed and covenanted, and does hereby agree and covenant, with the Trustee and the respective holders and owners, from time to time, of the 2002 Bonds and any Additional Bonds, as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.01 Definitions . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Lease. The following words and phrases and others evidently intended as the equivalent thereof shall, in the absence of clear implication herein otherwise, be given the following meanings:

Act ” means the Development Authorities Law (O.C.G.A. §§36-62-1 et seq .), as heretofore and hereafter amended.

Additional Bonds ” means any additional bonds authorized and issued by the Issuer pursuant to Section 208 hereof.

Authenticating Agent ” means the Authenticating Agent designated pursuant to Section 1508 hereof.

Bond Agents ” means the Paying Agent, the Authenticating Agent, the Bond Registrar, the Trustee, any co-trustee and any other similar agents appointed by the Issuer or the Trustee with the prior written consent of the Lessee. Any Person may serve in the capacity of more than one of such Bond Agents.

Bond Counsel ” means Alston & Bird LLP, Atlanta, Georgia or its successors, or if such firm is no longer a nationally recognized firm in the area of municipal finance, or declines to serve in such capacity, then said other counsel which is nationally recognized in the area of municipal finance selected by the Issuer and acceptable to the Lessee and the Trustee.

Bond Fund ” means the fund created by Section 502 of this Indenture.

Bond Purchase Agreement ” means the contract of even date herewith among the Issuer, the Lessee and the Purchaser pursuant to which the Issuer has agreed to sell, and the Purchaser has agreed to purchase, the 2002 Bonds, in accordance with the provisions thereof, as the same may be amended or supplemented in accordance with its terms.

 

8


Bonds ” means collectively, the 2002 Bonds and any Additional Bonds.

Bondholder ”, “ holder ” or “ owner ” when used with respect to the Bonds, means the registered owner of any Bond.

Bond Registrar ” means the Trustee designated as Bond Registrar pursuant to Section 1508 hereof, or any other Person designated by the Issuer as successor Bond Registrar pursuant to the terms hereof.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in the City in which the principal office of the Trustee, the Lessee or Paying Agent are not required or authorized by law to close.

Closing Date ” means the date of the original issuance and sale of any series of Bonds.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and all applicable rulings and regulations (including temporary and proposed regulations) thereunder.

Counsel ” means an attorney or firm thereof who is duly licensed to practice before the highest court of at least one state in the United States of America.

County ” means Fulton County, Georgia, a political subdivision of the State of Georgia, and any public entity, body or issuer to which is hereafter transferred or delegated by law the duties, powers, authorities, obligations, or liabilities of the present political subdivision.

Event of Default ” means any Event of Default under this Indenture, as specified in and defined by Section 1001 hereof.

Extraordinary Services ” and “ Extraordinary Expenses ” means services and expenses hereunder other than Ordinary Services, or Ordinary Expenses, respectively.

Fixed Rate ” means five percent (5%) per annum.

Governmental Obligations ” means (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged, or (b) obligations issued by a person controlled or supervised by and acting as an instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on which is fully and unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America.

Home Office Payment Agreement ” means any home office payment agreement entered into in accordance with the provisions of Section 202(c) hereof, as the same may be amended or supplemented in accordance with its terms.

 

9


Independent Auditor ” means an independent certified public accountant, or firm thereof, of recognized standing who or which does not devote his or her or its full time to either the Issuer or the Lessee (but who or which may be regularly retained by either).

Interest Payment Date ” means the first day of each December, commencing on December 1, 2003.

Issuer ” means the Development Authority of Fulton County, a body corporate and politic, duly created and existing under the Act, and its successors and assigns.

Lease ” means that certain Lease Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002 between the Issuer and the Lessee, as the same may be amended or supplemented in accordance with its terms.

Lease Documents ” means the Lease, the Guaranty, the Security Deed and the Bond Purchase Agreement, as the same may hereafter be modified, amended or supplemented in accordance with their respective terms.

Lessee ” means ADESA Atlanta, LLC, a limited liability company, organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey and its permitted successors and assigns under the Lease.

Maturity Date ” means December 1, 2017.

Nationally Recognized Bond Counsel ” means an attorney or a firm of attorneys of nationally recognized standing in matters pertaining to the tax-exempt nature of interest on bonds issued by states and their political subdivisions, duly admitted to the practice of law before the highest court of any state of the United States of America.

Ordinary Services ” and “ Ordinary Expenses ” means those services normally rendered and those expenses normally incurred by a Person in the capacity of a trustee under instruments similar to this Indenture and for which no payment over and above any agreed payment schedule from the Issuer or the Lessee to the Trustee is required.

Outstanding ” or “ Bonds Outstanding ” means all Bonds which have been issued pursuant to this Indenture, except:

(a) Bonds canceled in accordance with Section 307 hereof prior to maturity;

(b) portions of Bonds to the extent that partial redemption or cancellation thereof has been noted thereon in accordance with Section 306 hereof;

(c) Bonds for the payment or redemption of which cash funds or Government Obligations shall have been theretofore deposited with the Trustee (whether upon or prior to the maturity or redemption date of any such Bonds); provided, that if such Bonds are to be redeemed prior to the maturity thereof, notice of such redemption shall have been given or arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made therefor, or waiver of such notice satisfactory in form to the Trustee shall have been filed with the Trustee; and

 

10


(d) Bonds in lieu of which others have been authenticated under Section 207 hereof.

Paying Agent ” means the Paying Agent designated pursuant to Section 1508 hereof, or any other Person designated by the Issuer as successor Paying Agent pursuant to the terms hereof.

Payment Office ” means the payment office of the Trustee set forth in Section 1504 hereof, and any different office designated by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Section 1504 hereof, which shall be used for the payment of the Bonds.

Permitted Investments ” means any of the following which at the time of investment are legal investments under the laws of the State of Georgia for the monies proposed to be invested therein:

(a) bonds or obligations of the State of Georgia, or of any county, municipality or political subdivision of the State of Georgia;

(b) bonds or other obligations of the United States or subsidiary corporations of the United States government which are fully guaranteed by such government;

(c) obligations of agencies of the United States government issued by the Federal Land Bank, the Federal Home Loan Bank, the Federal Intermediate Credit Bank and the Central Bank for Cooperatives;

(d) bonds or other obligations issued by any public housing agency or municipality in the United States, which such bonds or obligations are fully secured as to the payment of both principal and interest by a pledge of annual contributions under an annual contributions contract or contracts with the United States government, or project notes issued by any public housing agency, urban renewal agency, or municipality in the United States and secured as to payment of both principal and interest by a requisition, loan, or payment agreement with the United States government;

(e) certificates of deposit of national or state banks located within the State of Georgia which have deposits insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and certificates of deposit of federal savings and loan associations and state building and loan or savings and loan associations located within the State of Georgia which have deposits insured by the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation or the Georgia Credit Union Deposit Insurance Corporation (including the certificates of deposit of any bank, savings and loan association, or building and loan association acting as custodian or trustee for any proceeds of the Bonds); provided, however, that the portion of such certificates of deposit in excess of the amount insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation, or the Georgia Credit Union Deposit Insurance Corporation, if any, shall be secured by deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, Georgia, or with any national or state bank or federal savings and loan association or state building and loan or savings and loan association located

 

11


within the State, of one or more of the following securities in an aggregate principal amount equal at least to the amount of such excess: direct and general obligations of the State of Georgia, or of any county, municipality corporation in the State of Georgia, or obligations included in subsections (b), (c), or (d) above;

(f) securities of or other interests in any no-load, open-end management type investment company or investment trust registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as from time to time amended, or any common trust fund maintained by any bank or trust company which holds such proceeds as trustee or by an affiliate thereof so long as:

(1) the portfolio of such investment company or investment trust or common trust fund is limited to the obligations referenced in subsection (b) above and repurchase agreements fully collateralized by any such obligations;

(2) such investment company or investment trust or common trust fund takes delivery of such collateral either directly or through an authorized custodian;

(3) such investment company or investment trust or common trust fund is managed so as to maintain its shares at a constant net asset value; and

(4) securities of or other interests in such investment company or investment trust or common trust fund are purchased and redeemed only through the use of national or state banks having corporate trust powers and located within the State of Georgia;

(g) repurchase agreements relating to obligations included in subsection (b) above to the extent authorized by O.C.G.A. §50-17-2; and

(h) any other investments to the extent at the time permitted by then applicable law for the investment of public funds.

Person ” or “ person ” means any natural person, firm, association, corporation or public body.

Principal Amount ” or “ principal amount ” means, with reference to the Bond or Bonds outstanding, the total amount of installment purchase payments made by the Purchaser pursuant to the Bond Purchase Agreement, less all principal amounts thereof previously paid, redeemed or cancelled, all as reflected on the 2002 Bond.

Project ” means the land, buildings, furniture, fixtures, equipment and other facilities and improvements leased under the Lease, as they may at any time exist.

Project Fund ” means the fund created by Section 602 hereof.

Purchase Period ” means the period during which the Purchaser is obligated to make installment purchase payments under the Bond Purchase Agreement which shall commence on the Closing Date and end on the Completion Date.

 

12


Purchaser ” means ADESA Atlanta, LLC, and its successors and assigns.

Record Date ” means, with respect to the 2002 Bonds, the fifteenth day of the month immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date.

Security Deed ” means the Deed to Secure Debt and Security Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002 from the Issuer, as grantor, in favor of the Trustee, as grantee, as the same may hereafter be modified, amended or supplemented in accordance with its terms.

2002 Bonds ” means any of the Development Authority of Fulton County Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds (ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project) Series 2002 authorized and issued pursuant to Section 202 hereof.

Trust Estate ” means the property described in Granting Clauses First, Second, Third and Fourth of this Indenture.

Trustee ” means SunTrust Bank, or any successor trustee appointed pursuant to Section 1308 hereof.

Unassigned Rights ” means the rights of the Issuer to receive (i) rental payments under Section 5.3(c) of the Lease, (ii) indemnification under Section 6.4 of the Lease, (iii) repayments of advances made by the Issuer, plus interest, as provided in Section 6.5 of the Lease, and (iv) attorneys’ fees and expenses payable to the Issuer under Section 10.4 of the Lease.

Section 1.02 Miscellaneous Use of Words . “Herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “hereinbefore,” “hereinafter” and other equivalent words refer to this Indenture and not solely to the particular portion thereof in which any such word is used. The definitions set forth in Section 101 hereof include both singular and plural. Whenever used herein, any pronoun shall be deemed to include both singular and plural and to cover all genders. Any percentage of Bonds, specified herein for any purpose, is to be figured on the unpaid principal amount thereof then outstanding.

ARTICLE II

THE BONDS

Section 2.01 Authorized Amount of Bonds . The Bonds may be issued in different series and each Bond shall have an appropriate series designation. All of the Bonds shall be equally and ratably secured by this Indenture and by the pledge herein made, it being expressly understood and agreed that no Bonds issued hereunder shall be prior to any other Bonds thereafter issued hereunder, but shall be on a parity therewith, with respect to the pledge of this Indenture. The Bonds may be issued at one or more times in principal amounts designated by the Issuer and approved by the Lessee.

Section 2.02 Issuance of 2002 Bonds .

(a) The 2002 Bonds shall be designated “Development Authority of Fulton County, Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds (ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project) Series 2002.” The 2002 Bonds shall be issued in the original notational aggregate principal amount of

 

13


$40,000,000. The 2002 Bonds shall be issuable as fully registered bonds without coupons in any denomination and shall be numbered consecutively from R-l upward, in order of authentication, with any other designation as the Trustee deems appropriate.

(b) The 2002 Bonds shall be dated as of December 1, 2002. Each 2002 Bond shall bear interest from the interest payment date next preceding its date of authentication, or if authenticated on an interest payment date, it shall bear interest from its date of authentication; provided, however if authenticated prior to the first Interest Payment Date, it shall bear interest from the Closing Date; and provided further, that if, on the date of authentication of any 2002 Bond, interest on the 2002 Bonds shall be in default, 2002 Bonds issued in exchange for 2002 Bonds surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall bear interest from the date to which interest has been paid in full on the 2002 Bonds surrendered.

The 2002 Bonds shall bear interest on the Principal Amount at the Fixed Rate per annum. Interest on the 2002 Bonds shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year composed of twelve 30-day months. The 2002 Bonds shall mature on the Maturity Date. The 2002 Bonds are subject to redemption pursuant to Article III hereof.

Interest on the 2002 Bonds shall accrue on the Principal Amount of the Bonds outstanding commencing on the Closing Date. The interest on the 2002 Bonds shall be payable annually on the first day of each Interest Payment Date, commencing December 1, 2003 until payment in full of the principal amount thereof, by check or draft drawn on the Trustee and mailed to the registered owner at his address as it appears on the bond registration books kept by the Bond Registrar on the fifteenth day of the month (whether or not a Business Day) before each interest payment date. Payment of interest on the 2002 Bonds may, at the option of any holder of 2002 Bonds in an aggregate principal amount of at least $1,000,000, be transmitted by electronic transfer to such holder to the bank account number on file with the Trustee in accordance with written instructions received by the Trustee prior to the fifteenth day next preceding any interest payment date. Any such instructions shall contain the name of the recipient bank (which must be located in the continental United States), such bank’s ABA routing number and the acknowledgment of the Bondholder that a transfer charge may be charged by the Trustee to the Bondholder for such electronic transfers. Payment of the principal and redemption price, including any premium, of each 2002 Bond upon maturity thereof shall be made upon surrender thereof at the Payment Office of the Trustee, except that in the event the Purchaser is the holder of any 2002 Bond at the maturity date, no surrender of such Bond will be required for the payment of such Bond. All payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America.

(c) Any provision hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee will, at the written request of the registered holder of all outstanding Bonds, enter into a home office payment agreement with such holder providing for the payment of the interest on such Bond or Bonds and the redemption price of any partial redemption of the principal thereof at a place and in a manner other than as provided in this Section 202 or in such Bond or Bonds, but any such agreement shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) The terms and conditions of such agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

14


(ii) The final payment of the principal of and premium (if any) on such Bond or Bonds shall be made only upon the surrender thereof to the Trustee; and

(iii) If such agreement provides for the partial redemption of the principal of such Bond or Bonds without the surrender thereof in exchange for one or more new Bonds in an aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of such Bond or Bonds, then such agreement;

(A) shall provide that the holder of such Bond or Bonds will not sell, pledge, transfer or otherwise dispose of the same unless prior to the delivery thereof it shall (I) surrender the same to the Trustee in exchange for a new Bond or Bonds in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate unpaid principal of such Bond or Bonds or (II) notify the Trustee in writing of such sale, pledge, transfer or other disposition and deliver to the Trustee a certificate certifying to the Trustee that endorsement has been made on such Bond or Bonds, or on a record of partial redemption appertaining to each such Bond and constituting a part thereof, of all portions of the principal of each such Bond which have been redeemed; and

(B) shall provide (I) that, to the extent of the payment to the holder of such Bond or Bonds of the redemption price of any portion thereof called for redemption, the Issuer and the Lessee shall be released from liability with respect to such Bond or Bonds, and (II) that such holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer, the Lessee and the Trustee against any liability arising from the failure of such holder to make any endorsement on such Bond or Bonds required by the preceding clause (A) or from an error or omission in such endorsement; and

(C) shall provide that if monies are on deposit in the Bond Fund, on or before any interest payment date or any redemption date, sufficient to pay the interest on the Bonds due on such interest payment date or the redemption price of any Bonds called for redemption on such redemption date, as the case may be, then the failure of the holder of any such Bonds to receive in a timely manner any payment due such holder on such interest payment date or redemption date, as the case may be, because of a mistake, delay or other failure in the implementation of the method of payment prescribed by such holder in such agreement shall not constitute a default hereunder, provided such mistake, delay or other failure is not due to the negligence of the Issuer.

(d) The initial sale and delivery of the 2002 Bonds to the purchasers thereof shall be subject to satisfaction of following conditions on or prior to the Closing Date:

(i) A final judgment of validation with respect to the 2002 Bonds shall have been rendered by the Superior Court of Fulton County as provided by the Act.

(ii) There shall have been filed with the Issuer a request and authorization to the Issuer on behalf of the Lessee and signed by an Authorized Lessee Representative to

 

15


cause the Authenticating Agent to authenticate and deliver the 2002 Bonds to the purchaser or purchasers thereof or its or their representative or representatives upon payment to the Issuer of the sum specified in such request and authorization.

(iii) The Issuer shall have received the unqualified approving opinion of Alston & Bird LLP, Atlanta, Georgia, addressed to the Issuer, the Trustee and the Lessee, as to the legality of the 2002 Bonds and the proceedings of the Issuer and the issuance thereof.

(iv) The Issuer and Bond Counsel shall have received the unqualified approving opinion of Nelson, Mullins, Riley & Scarborough, LLP, Atlanta, Georgia, as counsel to the Issuer, addressed to the Issuer, the Trustee, the Lessee, the Purchaser and Bond Counsel, as to the legality and binding effect on the Issuer of this Indenture and the Lease.

(v) The Issuer shall have received an executed copy of the Bond Purchase Agreement.

Section 2.03 Execution; Limited Obligation . The 2002 Bonds shall be executed on behalf of the Issuer with the manual or facsimile signature of its Chairman or Vice-Chairman, and attested by the manual or facsimile signature of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary, and shall have impressed, imprinted or otherwise reproduced thereon the corporate seal of the Issuer. Any such facsimiles shall have the same force and effect as if manually signed. In case any officer whose signature shall appear on the 2002 Bonds shall cease to be such officer before the delivery of such 2002 Bonds, such signature or other facsimile shall nevertheless be valid and sufficient for all purposes, the same as if such officer had remained in office until such delivery.

THE 2002 BONDS ISSUED PURSUANT TO THIS INDENTURE SHALL NOT BE DEEMED TO CONSTITUTE A DEBT OF THE COUNTY, THE STATE OF GEORGIA OR ANY OTHER POLITICAL SUBDIVISION THEREOF, OR A PLEDGE OF THE FAITH AND CREDIT OF THE COUNTY, THE STATE OF GEORGIA OR ANY OTHER POLITICAL SUBDIVISION THEREOF, BUT SUCH 2002 BONDS SHALL BE LIMITED OBLIGATIONS OF THE ISSUER PAYABLE SOLELY FROM THE BOND FUND PROVIDED FOR HEREIN, AND THE ISSUANCE OF THE 2002 BONDS SHALL NOT DIRECTLY, INDIRECTLY, OR CONTINGENTLY OBLIGATE THE COUNTY, THE STATE OF GEORGIA OR ANY OTHER POLITICAL SUBDIVISION THEREOF, TO LEVY OR TO PLEDGE ANY FORM OF TAXATION WHATEVER THEREFOR OR TO MAKE ANY APPROPRIATION FOR THE PAYMENT THEREFOR; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, FUNDS FOR THE PAYMENT OF THE 2002 BONDS MAY BE RECEIVED FROM ANY OTHER SOURCE DECLARED BY THE ACT TO BE AVAILABLE AND MAY BE USED FOR THE LESSEE’S PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS UNDER THE LEASE. THE ISSUER HAS NO TAXING POWER.

Section 2.04 Authentication . No 2002 Bond shall be valid or obligatory for any purpose or entitled to any security or benefit under this Indenture unless and until a certificate of authentication on such 2002 Bond substantially in the form set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto shall have been duly executed by the Authenticating Agent, and such executed certificate of the Authenticating Agent upon any such 2002 Bond shall be conclusive evidence that such 2002

 

16


Bond has been authenticated and delivered under this Indenture. The Authenticating Agent’s certificate of authentication on any 2002 Bond shall be deemed to have been executed by the Authenticating Agent if signed by an authorized signatory of the Authenticating Agent, but it shall not be necessary that the same officer execute the certificate of authentication on all of the 2002 Bonds.

Section 2.05 Form of Bonds . The 2002 Bonds shall be in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A hereto, each with such appropriate variations, omissions, substitutions and insertions as are permitted or required by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends and endorsements placed thereon, as may be required to comply with any applicable laws or rules or regulations, or as may, consistent herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Bonds. The definitive Bonds shall have endorsed thereon, until such time as the

Authenticating Agent shall have been advised in writing to the contrary, as hereinafter provided, a legend or text in substantially the following form:

TRANSFER RESTRICTED

THIS BOND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE AND THE LESSEE OF THE PROJECT REFERRED TO IN THIS BOND TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER WILL NOT VIOLATE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS.

At such time as the Authenticating Agent is advised in writing by Counsel for the Lessee or the Issuer that such a legend is no longer required, the Authenticating Agent, on presentation of any Bond, will strike through the legend and execute a certificate to the effect that the legend has been removed by the Authenticating Agent with the consent of the Issuer and the Lessee or shall issue a new Bond or Bonds of authorized denomination or denominations without such legend.

Section 2.06 Mutilated, Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Bonds . If any 2002 Bond is mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Issuer may execute and deliver a new 2002 Bond of like maturity and tenor in lieu of and in substitution for the 2002 Bond mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed; provided that, in the case of any mutilated 2002 Bond, such mutilated 2002 Bond shall first be surrendered to the Bond Registrar, and in the case of any lost, stolen or destroyed 2002 Bond, there shall be first furnished to the Bond Registrar evidence satisfactory to the Bond Registrar of the ownership of such 2002 Bond and of such loss, theft or destruction, together with indemnity satisfactory to it, the Lessee and the Issuer; provided that if the holder thereof is an Affiliate of the Lessee, such indemnity may take the form of an unsecured promise or indemnity by such holder. If any such 2002 Bond shall have matured or a redemption date pertaining thereto shall have passed, instead of issuing a new 2002 Bond, the Issuer may pay the same. The Issuer may charge the holder or owner of such 2002 Bond with its and the Bond Registrar’s reasonable fees and expenses in this connection.

 

17


Section 2.07 Registration and Exchange of Bonds . Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Bond at the Payment Office of the Bond Registrar, duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer in form satisfactory to the Bond Registrar and duly executed by the registered owner or his attorney duly authorized in writing, the Issuer shall execute and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver in the name of the transferee or transferees a new fully registered 2002 Bond or 2002 Bonds of the same series and same maturity for a like aggregate principal amount. 2002 Bonds may be exchanged at said office of the Bond Registrar for a like aggregate principal amount of 2002 Bonds of the same series and same maturity for a like aggregate principal amount. The Issuer shall execute and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver 2002 Bonds bearing numbers not contemporaneously then outstanding. The execution by the Issuer of any 2002 Bond of any denomination shall constitute full and due authorization of such denomination and the Authenticating Agent shall thereby be authorized to authenticate and deliver such 2002 Bond. The Issuer shall cause books for the registration and for the registration of transfer of the 2002 Bonds as provided in this Indenture to be kept by the Bond Registrar. The Bond Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any 2002 Bond during the period of fifteen days next preceding any interest payment date of the 2002 Bonds nor to register the transfer of or exchange any 2002 Bond after the mailing of notice calling any 2002 Bond for redemption has been made, nor during the period of fifteen days next preceding mailing of a notice of redemption of any 2002 Bonds. Prior to delivering any 2002 Bonds hereunder, the Issuer shall cause the validation certificate thereon to be appropriately executed.

As to any 2002 Bond, the Person in whose name such 2002 Bond shall be registered shall be deemed and regarded as the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and payment of or on account of either principal of or interest on any 2002 Bond shall be made only to or upon the order of the registered owner thereof or his legal representative, but such registration may be changed as hereinabove provided. All such payments shall be valid and effectual to satisfy and discharge the liability upon such 2002 Bond to the extent of the sum or sums so paid.

The cost of any services rendered or other expenses incurred by the Bond Registrar in connection with any exchange or registration of transfer shall be treated in the arrangement for services between the Issuer and the Bond Registrar as Ordinary Services or Ordinary Expenses of the Bond Registrar, and shall be reimbursed as such pursuant to the provisions in the Lease.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case any Bond to be exchanged bears the restrictive legend described in Section 205 hereof, no registration of transfer thereof shall be effected unless there shall have been delivered to the Trustee the legal opinion described in such legend or a legal opinion to the effect that such legend is no longer required as described in Section 205 hereof.

In the event that any Bondholder fails to provide a correct taxpayer identification number to the Trustee, the Trustee may make a charge against such holder sufficient to pay any governmental charge required to be paid as a result of such failure. In compliance with Section 3406 of the Code, this amount may be deducted by the Trustee from amounts payable to the Bondholder.

 

18


On or after the delivery to the Trustee of the Completion Certificate, any holder of a 2002 Bond bearing a stated principal amount in excess of the Principal Amount of said Bond, may surrender such Bond to the Trustee in exchange of a new 2002 Bond having a stated principal amount equal to the Principal Amount of the Bond surrendered.

Section 2.08 Issuance of Additional Bonds .

(a) Subject to the requirements of applicable law, so long as the Lease is in effect and the Lessee shall not be in default thereunder, one or more series of Additional Bonds may be authorized by resolution of the Issuer and thereupon issued and delivered for the purposes and under the conditions stated in this Section and in Section 4.2 of the Lease and upon compliance with the provisions of this Section and Section 4.2 of the Lease. Any such Additional Bonds shall rank pari passu with the 2002 Bonds as to the security for the payment thereof and interest thereon.

(b) Additional Bonds may be issued at any time and from time to time in one or more series for the purpose of: (i) financing the completion of the Project to the extent the proceeds of the 2002 Bonds are insufficient to provide for completion of the Project, (ii) financing any extensions, improvements, repairs, renovations, replacements or extensions of the Project, including, without limitation, the acquisition of any additional land, improvements, equipment, or other real or personal property in connection therewith (collectively herein called “Additional Improvements”), or (iii) refunding all or any portion of any series of outstanding Bonds.

(c) Additional Bonds may be in such denomination or denominations, shall bear interest payable at such intervals, on such dates in each year, at such rate or rates, shall mature on such dates in such amounts and years, and shall be in such form and may contain such provisions for redemption prior to maturity, all as may be provided in the resolution under which such Bonds are issued.

(d) The proceeds from the issuance of any Additional Bonds shall be used solely for the payment or reimbursement of the costs (including the costs of issuing such bonds, legal fees and other related costs) for the purposes described in subsection (b) of this Section.

(e) The Issuer may execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver Additional Bonds for the purposes specified above upon receipt by the Trustee of the following:

(1) A written statement of the Lessee executed on behalf of the Lessee by any Authorized Lessee Representative of the Lessee (i) approving the terms, conditions, manner of issuance, purchase price, delivery and contemplated disposition of the proceeds of the sale of such Additional Bonds, and (ii) certifying that no Default has occurred and is continuing under the Lease or, to the best of such officer’s knowledge, this Indenture;

(2) A copy, duly certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Issuer, of the resolution adopted and approved by the Issuer authorizing the issuance of such Additional Bonds and the execution and delivery of the supplemental indenture providing for the terms and conditions under which such Additional Bonds shall be issued, together with an executed counterpart of such supplemental indenture;

 

19


(3) A separate lease or an executed counterpart of an amendment of the Lease expressly providing for the payment of rentals by the Lessee in amounts sufficient to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Additional Bonds;

(4) Copies of Financing Statements filed to protect the security interests created in the supplemental indenture with respect to the Additional Bonds;

(5) An opinion of Bond Counsel to the effect that this Indenture, as supplemented, creates a valid lien on and pledge of the revenues thereby conveyed and pledged, and all filings and/or recordings of any document required in order to perfect and preserve such lien and pledge have been duly accomplished. The Trustee may rely on such opinion as to the sufficiency and filing of the Financing Statements referred to in (4) above;

(6) An opinion of Bond Counsel to the effect that (i) the issuance of such Additional Bonds has been duly authorized and the terms thereof comply with the requirements of this Indenture and the Constitution and laws of the State of Georgia; (ii) all conditions precedent provided for in this Indenture relating to the authentication and delivery of such Additional Bonds have been satisfied; (iii) upon the issuance of such Additional Bonds, they shall be valid and binding obligations of the Issuer entitled to the benefits of and secured by this Indenture; and (iv) such other matters as may be reasonably required by the Issuer or the Trustee; and

(7) A written request and authorization to the Trustee on behalf of the Issuer and signed by the Chairman or Vice Chairman and Secretary of the Issuer to authenticate and deliver such Additional Bonds to the purchaser or purchasers therein identified upon payment to the Trustee, but for the account of the Issuer, of the sum specified in such request and authorization plus accrued interest on such Additional Bonds to the date of delivery thereof.

The proceeds of such Additional Bonds shall be deposited with the Trustee and held and disbursed by the Trustee as provided in the supplemental indenture providing for the issuance of such Additional Bonds.

(f) The Issuer shall assign and pledge such separate or supplemental Lease and all revenues derived or to be derived therefrom as security for the payment of the Outstanding Bonds, including the Additional Bonds.

(g) Any subsequent proceedings authorizing the issuance of Additional Bonds, including any supplemental indenture as provided in this Section, shall not conflict with the terms and provisions of this Indenture but shall, for all legal purposes, ratify and reaffirm all the applicable covenants, agreements and provisions of this Indenture for the equal protection and benefit of all Bondholders.

 

20


(h) The Additional Bonds and the security therefor shall be validated in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia.

Section 2.09 Payment of 2002 Bonds in Installments . Under the Bond Purchase Agreement, the Purchaser is required to make certain installment payments with respect to the Bonds. The 2002 Bonds shall be initially issued as one Bond in the principal amount of $40,000,000, provided that such principal amount may be reduced based on the aggregate total amount of any and all installment payments made by the Purchaser in consideration of the sale of such Bonds under and pursuant to the Bond Purchase Agreement during the Purchase Period. If the Trustee is holding the Bond, the Trustee agrees that upon an installment payment under the Bond Purchase Agreement it will endorse in the space provided on the table attached to such Bond, the amount and date of each such installment payment.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION OF 2002 BONDS BEFORE MATURITY

Section 3.01 Optional Redemption . The 2002 Bonds are subject to optional redemption at the direction of the Lessee prior to their stated maturity in whole or in part at any time and from time to time at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Bonds to be redeemed, plus accrued interest to the redemption date. Notice of any such optional redemption shall be given to the Trustee by the Lessee not less than ten (10) days but no more than sixty (60) days before the redemption date. Any such notice for redemption in part shall specify the principal amount of the Bonds to be redeemed.

Section 3.02 [Intentionally Omitted] .

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption .

(a) Notice of the call for any such redemption identifying the 2002 Bonds to be redeemed shall be given by the Trustee mailing a copy of the redemption notice by first class mail, postage prepaid at least ten (10) days but no more than sixty (60) days prior to the redemption date to the registered owner of each 2002 Bond to be redeemed at the address shown on the registration books. Such notice must (i) specify the 2002 Bonds to be redeemed, the redemption date, the redemption price and the place or places where amounts due upon redemption must be payable and (ii) state that on the redemption date, the 2002 Bonds to be redeemed will cease to bear interest; provided, however, that failure to give such notice by mailing, or any defect therein, shall not affect the validity of any proceeding for the redemption of the 2002 Bonds.

(b) In addition to the foregoing notice, to the extent the 2002 Bonds are owned by five (5) or more holders who are not Affiliates of the Lessee, further notice shall be given by the Trustee as set out below, but no defect in said further notice nor any failure to give all or any portion of such further notice shall in any manner defeat the effectiveness of a call for redemption if notice thereof is given as prescribed in subsection (a) above.

(i) Each further notice of redemption given hereunder shall contain the information required in subsection (a) above for an official notice of redemption plus (l)

 

21


the CUSIP numbers of all 2002 Bonds being redeemed, but only to the extent any such numbers have been assigned; (2) the date of issue of the 2002 Bonds as originally issued; (3) the rate of interest borne by each 2002 Bond being redeemed; (4) the maturity date of each 2002 Bond being redeemed; and (5) any other descriptive information needed to identify accurately the 2002 Bonds being redeemed.

(ii) Each further notice of redemption shall be sent at least two Business Days before the redemption date by registered or certified mail or overnight delivery service to all of the following registered securities custodians then in the business of holding substantial amounts of bonds of the type comprising the 2002 Bonds (such custodians now being The Custodian Trust Company of New York, New York, Midwest Securities Trust Company of Chicago, Illinois and Philadelphia Custodian Trust Company of Philadelphia, Pennsylvania) and to one or more national information services that disseminate notices of redemption of bonds such as the 2002 Bonds (such as Financial Information Inc.’s Financial Daily Called Bond Service, Interactive Data Corporation’s Bond Service, Kenny Information Service’s Called Bond Service and Standard & Poor’s Called Bond Record).

(c) Any notice sent as provided in this Section 303 shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not the addressee receives such notice.

Section 3.04 Redemption Payments . Prior to the date fixed for redemption, the Lessee on behalf of the Issuer shall place (or caused to be placed) funds with the Trustee in the Bond Fund Redemption Account, sufficient to pay the principal amount of the Bonds called for redemption, accrued interest thereon to the redemption date and the required redemption premium, if any. Upon the happening of the above conditions, the Bonds so designated for redemption shall, on the redemption date designated in such notice, become and be due and payable as hereinabove specified, and from and after the date of redemption so designated, unless default shall be made in the payment of the Bonds so designated for redemption, interest on the Bonds so designated for redemption shall cease to accrue, and the same shall no longer be protected by this Indenture and shall not be deemed to be Outstanding under the provisions of this Indenture.

Section 3.05 Principal and Redemption Payment Credits . Nothing herein contained shall be construed to limit the right of the Issuer to purchase any Bonds, at the written direction of the Lessee, in the open market, with any excess monies in the Bond Fund, at a price not exceeding the redemption price set forth in this Article, as a credit against its Bond Fund principal payment obligations, or its redemption payment obligations. Any such Bonds so purchased may not be reissued and shall be disposed of as is hereinafter provided in this Indenture.

Section 3.06 Partial Redemption . The 2002 Bonds may be redeemed in any denomination. Upon surrender of any 2002 Bond for redemption in part only, the Issuer shall execute and the Authenticating Agent shall authenticate and deliver to the holder thereof a new 2002 Bond or 2002 Bonds of the same series and same maturity, in the aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the 2002 Bond surrendered. At the option of any Bondholder, upon a partial redemption of a Bond, the Bondholder may endorse on the Table of

 

22


Partial Redemptions appearing on such Bond, the amount and date of such partial redemption and shall immediately forward a written confirmation of such endorsement to the Trustee, unless the Trustee is holding such Bond on behalf of such owner, in which case the Trustee shall make such endorsement upon the payment thereof; and each Bondholder, by acceptance of its Bonds, hereby indemnifies the Paying Agent and the Trustee, and holds them harmless, against all damages, claims, actions or expenses arising from such owner’s failure to make or forward notice of such endorsement. In the event less than all the 2002 Bonds are to be redeemed, the Bonds to be redeemed shall be redeemed in the principal amount designated by the Lessee.

Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, the provisions of Sections 303, 304 or 306 hereof may be amended or modified pursuant to a Home Office Payment Agreement entered into pursuant to Section 202(c) hereof with respect to some or all of the Bonds which are subject to the terms of such agreement.

Section 3.07 Cancellation . All 2002 Bonds which have been surrendered for the purpose of payment (including 2002 Bonds which have been redeemed prior to maturity and those voluntarily surrendered with instructions to cancel the same) shall be immediately canceled and periodically cremated or otherwise destroyed by the Trustee and shall not be reissued, and a certificate of cremation or destruction evidencing such cremation or destruction shall be furnished by the Trustee to the Issuer. All 2002 Bonds which have been surrendered for cancellation prior to maturity or early redemption shall cease to accrue interest on and after the surrender thereof and the same shall no longer be protected by this Indenture and shall not be deemed to be Outstanding under the provisions hereof.

ARTICLE IV

GENERAL COVENANTS

Section 4.01 Payment of Principal and Interest . The Issuer covenants that it will promptly pay the principal of (whether at maturity or upon any redemption or acceleration), premium, if any, and interest on the 2002 Bonds at the place, on the dates, and in the manner provided herein and in the form of the 2002 Bonds according to the true intent and meaning hereof and thereof. The principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the 2002 Bonds are payable solely from rental payments and other payments received from the Lessee under the Lease, together with all other revenues, rents, and earnings arising out of or in connection with the Issuer’s interest in the Project, which payments, revenues, rents and earnings (excepting those subject to the Unassigned Rights) are hereby specifically pledged to the payment of principal of and interest on the 2002 Bonds in the manner and to the extent herein specified. The principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the 2002 Bonds are payable solely from the Bond Fund established pursuant to Section 502 hereof.

Section 4.02 Performance of Covenants by Issuer . The Issuer covenants that it will faithfully perform at all times any and all covenants, agreements, undertakings, stipulations and provisions contained in this Indenture, in any and every Bond, and in all proceedings of the Issuer pertaining thereto. The Issuer warrants and represents that it is duly authorized under the Constitution and laws of the State of Georgia to issue the 2002 Bonds and to enter into this Indenture and to assign the rental payments and other payments received from the Lessee under

 

23


the Lease together with all other revenues, rents and earnings arising out of or in connection with its interest in the Project in the manner and to the extent herein set forth; that all action on its part for the issuance of the 2002 Bonds and the authorization, execution and delivery of this Indenture has been duly and effectively taken; and that the 2002 Bonds are and will be valid and enforceable obligations of the Issuer in accordance with their terms.

Section 4.03 Ownership; Instruments of Further Assurance . The Issuer covenants that it lawfully owns and is lawfully possessed of the Project, or on and as of the date of the Closing Date of the 2002 Bonds, it will lawfully own and be possessed and have good and marketable title in and to the Project. The Issuer covenants that it will do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged and delivered, such resolution or resolutions supplemental hereto and such further acts, instruments, and transfers as the Trustee or the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then outstanding may reasonably require for the better giving, granting, pledging, assigning, conveying, mortgaging, transferring, assuring, and confirming unto Trustee for the benefit of the Bondholders all and singular the rents and other payments under the Lease and other revenues, rents, and earnings arising out of or in connection with the Issuer’s interest in the Project, and pledged hereby to the payment of the principal of and interest on the Bonds. The Issuer covenants that, except as herein and in the Lease provided, it will not sell, convey, mortgage, encumber or otherwise dispose of any part of the Project.

Section 4.04 Payment of Taxes and Related Charges . Pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 of the Lease, the Lessee has agreed to pay all lawful taxes, assessments, and charges at any time levied or assessed upon or against the Project which might impair or prejudice the lien and priority of this Indenture; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 404 shall require the payment of any such taxes, assessments and charges not required to be paid under Section 6.3 of the Lease.

Section 4.05 Maintenance and Repair . Pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1 of the Lease, the Lessee has agreed at its own expense to cause the Project to be maintained, preserved and kept in reasonably good condition, repair, and working order, and that it will, from time to time, cause to be made all needed repairs thereto, and that the Lessee may, at it own expense, make, from time to time, additions, modifications and improvements to the Project under the terms and conditions set forth in the Lease.

Section 4.06 Recordation of the Financing Statement . The Issuer covenants that it will cause such financing statements as are necessary to perfect the assignment of rentals to be received under the Lease (excepting only any Unassigned Rights), to the Trustee as security for the payment of principal of and interest on the Bonds to be filed and recorded in the records of the office of the Clerk of the Superior Court of Fulton County, Georgia.

Section 4.07 Inspection of Project Books . The Issuer covenants that all books and documents in its possession relating to the Project and the rents, revenues and earnings derived from the Project shall at all times be open to inspection by such accountant or other agents as the Trustee or the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then outstanding may, from time to time, designate.

 

24


Section 4.08 Priority of Pledge . The pledge and assignment herein made of the rental payments and other payments received from the Lessee under the Lease, excepting only any Unassigned Rights, together with all other rents, revenues and earnings arising out of or in connection with the Issuer’s interest in the Project, is a first and prior pledge thereof and shall not be impaired directly or indirectly by the Issuer or the Trustee and neither such payments, rents, revenues and earnings nor the Project or the Issuer’s interest in the Lease shall otherwise be pledged and no person shall have any rights with respect thereto except as provided herein and in the Lease.

Section 4.09 Rights Under Lease and Bond Purchase Agreement . The Lease sets forth the respective obligations of the Issuer and the Lessee relating to the acquisition, construction, installation and leasing of the Project. Reference is hereby made to the Lease for a detailed statement of the obligations and rights of the Lessee thereunder; and the Issuer agrees that the Trustee in its own name or in the name of the Issuer may enforce all rights of the Issuer and all obligations of the Lessee under and pursuant to the Lease for and on behalf of the owners of the Bonds, whether or not the Issuer is in default under the Lease or this Indenture.

The Bond Purchase Agreement sets forth the respective obligations of the Issuer, the Lessee and the Purchaser relating to the purchase of the Bonds. Reference is hereby made to the Bond Purchase Agreement for a detailed statement of the obligations and rights of the Purchaser and the Lessee thereunder; and the Issuer agrees that the Trustee in its own name or in the name of the Issuer may enforce all rights of the Issuer and all obligations of the Lessee and the Purchaser under and pursuant to the Bond Purchase Agreement for and on behalf of the owners of the Bonds, whether or not the Issuer is in default under the Lease or this Indenture.

Section 4.10 Payment for Extraordinary Expenses . Anything to the contrary herein or in the Lease notwithstanding, neither the Issuer nor the Lessee shall be liable for payment of any Extraordinary Expenses or for any Extraordinary Services unless the same was approved in writing in advance by the Lessee pursuant to Section 506 hereof and Section 5.3(b) of the Lease, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

ARTICLE V

REVENUES AND FUNDS

Section 5.01 SOURCE OF PAYMENT OF BONDS . THE OBLIGATION OF THE ISSUER TO PAY THE PRINCIPAL OF, PREMIUM, IF ANY, AND INTEREST ON THE BONDS IS NOT A GENERAL OBLIGATION OF THE ISSUER BUT IS A LIMITED OBLIGATION PAYABLE SOLELY OUT OF THE BOND FUND FROM THE RENTAL PAYMENTS AND OTHER PAYMENTS RECEIVED FROM THE LESSEE UNDER THE LEASE, EXCEPTING ONLY PAYMENTS PURSUANT TO ANY UNASSIGNED RIGHTS, TOGETHER WITH ALL OTHER RENTS, REVENUES, AND EARNINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE ISSUER’S OWNERSHIP OF THE PROJECT AND AS AUTHORIZED AND PROVIDED HEREIN.

The Project has been leased under the Lease and the rental payments provided for in Section 5.3 of the Lease are to be paid to the Trustee for the benefit of the Bondholders and are

 

25


to be deposited in the Bond Fund provided for in Section 502 hereof, except as provided in any Home Office Payment Agreement. Such rental payments are sufficient in amount and become due in a timely manner so as to insure the prompt payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds.

Section 5.02 Creation of the Bond Fund; Pledge of Same . There is hereby created by the Issuer and ordered established with the Trustee a trust fund to be designated “Development Authority of Fulton County Bond Fund ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project” which shall be used only to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds. There shall now be established within the Bond Fund a Principal and Interest Account and a Redemption Account; such Accounts, together, shall comprise the Bond Fund. In accordance with the provisions hereof, the Bond Fund is hereby pledged to and charged with the payment of (i) the interest on the Bonds as such interest shall become due and payable, and (ii) the principal and premium, if any, of the Bonds as the same shall become due and payable.

Section 5.03 Payments into the Bond Fund . There shall be paid into the Principal and Interest Account all rental payments specified in Section 5.3(a) of the Lease. There shall be paid into the Redemption Account, as and when received, (a) all monies required to be remitted to the Trustee or paid into the Bond Fund pursuant to Sections 5.3, 7.1 or 7.2 of the Lease, and (b) all monies required to be so deposited pursuant to Section 304 hereof. All other monies received by the Trustee under and pursuant to any of the provisions of the Lease or this Indenture shall be deposited into the Principal and Interest Account or the Redemption Account in accordance with the direction accompanying any such monies. The Issuer covenants that so long as any of the Bonds are outstanding it will pay, or cause to be paid, into the Bond Fund from the available sources of payment described in Section 501 hereof sufficient monies to pay promptly the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds as the same become due and payable.

Section 5.04 Use of Monies in the Bond Fund . Except as provided in Section 509 hereof, monies in the Bond Fund shall be used solely for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds and redemption price of Bonds redeemed prior to maturity. No part of the rental payments under the Lease required to be paid into the Bond Fund (excluding prepayments under Section 9.5 of the Lease) shall be used to redeem Bonds prior to maturity. Monies held in the Redemption Account may be used for the purchase of Bonds in the manner provided in Section 305 hereof.

Section 5.05 Non-Presentment of Bonds . Unless otherwise provided in a Home Office Payment Agreement, if any Bond shall not be presented for payment when the principal thereof becomes due, either at maturity or at the redemption date, provided monies sufficient to pay such Bond shall have been made available to the Trustee and are held in the Bond Fund for the benefit of the holder thereof, all liability of the Issuer to the holder thereof for the payment of such Bond shall forthwith cease, determine and be completely discharged, and thereupon, subject to Section 509(b) and the laws having to do with unclaimed property in the State of Georgia, it shall be the duty of the Trustee to hold such monies, without liability for interest thereon, for the benefit of the holder of such Bond who shall thereafter be restricted exclusively to such monies for any claim of whatever nature on his part under this Indenture or on, or with respect to, such Bond.

 

26


Section 5.06 Fees, Charges and Expenses of Bond Agents . Pursuant to the terms of the Lease, the Lessee has agreed to pay directly to each of the Bond Agents, until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds shall have been paid in full: (i) an amount equal to the annual fees of such Bond Agents, if any, for their Ordinary Services rendered and their Ordinary Expenses incurred under this Indenture, and (ii) to the extent that they have been approved in writing by the Lessee, the reasonable fees and charges of such Bond Agents, if any, for Extraordinary Services rendered by them and Extraordinary Expenses incurred by them under this Indenture, as and when the same become due, subject to the provisions of Section 410 hereof. As specified in Section 5.3(b) of the Lease, the Lessee may contest the validity, necessity or reasonableness for any such Extraordinary Services and Extraordinary Expenses and the fees or charges referred to therein.

Section 5.07 Monies to be Held in Trust . All monies paid over to the Trustee for the account of the Bond Fund under any provision of this Indenture shall be held in trust by the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Bonds entitled to be paid therefrom.

Section 5.08 Insurance and Condemnation Proceeds . Reference is hereby made to Sections 7.1, 7.2 and 7.3 of the Lease for provisions as to the disposition of net proceeds of insurance and condemnation awards.

Section 5.09 Repayment to the Lessee from the Bond Fund .

(a) Any amounts remaining in the Bond Fund after payment in full of all Bonds (taking into consideration that sufficient monies or obligations such as are described in Section 902 hereof must be retained in the Bond Fund to pay all principal of, premium, if any, and interest then due and payable with respect to each Bond not yet presented for payment and to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest relating to each Bond which is not yet due and payable but with respect to which the lien of this Indenture has been defeased upon compliance with Article IX hereof), and after payment of all of the fees, charges and expenses of the Bond Agents which have accrued and which will accrue and all other items required to be paid hereunder, if any, shall be paid to the Lessee upon the expiration or sooner termination of the term of the Lease as provided in Article XI of the Lease.

(b) Any moneys held by the Trustee in the Bond Fund in trust for the payment of the principal of or interest on any Bond remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Lessee, and the holder of such Bond shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Lessee for the payment thereof and all liability of the Trustee with respect to such trust money shall thereupon cease.

ARTICLE VI

CUSTODY AND APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS OF BONDS

Section 6.01 Disposition of Accrued Interest; Disposition of Bond Proceeds . The proceeds from the sale of the 2002 Bonds (including all installment payments made pursuant to the Bond Purchase Agreement) shall be paid into the hereinafter defined Project Fund.

 

27


Section 6.02 Project Fund: Disbursements .

(a) A special fund is hereby created by the Issuer and ordered established with the Trustee to be designated “Development Authority of Fulton County Project Fund ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project.”

(b) Monies in the Project Fund shall be disbursed in accordance with the Lease, particularly Section 4.3 thereof.

(c) All payments from the Project Fund shall be made as directed by an Authorized Lessee Representative upon checks signed or wire transfers, or in such other manner as may be provided for in any Home Office Payment Agreement.

(d) All monies in and all securities held for the credit of the Project Fund shall be subject to a lien and charge in favor of the holders of the Bonds and shall be held for the security of such holders until paid out in the manner provided for hereinabove.

(e) The Trustee shall maintain adequate records pertaining to the Project Fund and all disbursements therefrom, and after the Project has been completed and the Completion Certificate has been filed with the Trustee as provided in Section 603 hereof, the Trustee shall file an accounting thereof with the Lessee.

Section 6.03 Completion and Occupancy of Project . If the acquisition and installation of the Project has not occurred prior to the Closing Date, the Completion Date shall be evidenced to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Completion Certificate executed and delivered by the Lessee in accordance with Section 4.5 of the Lease.

Section 6.04 Surplus Money in Project Fund . Upon receipt by the Trustee of the Completion Certificate pursuant to Section 4.5 of the Lease, all monies remaining in the Project Fund (including monies earned on investments made pursuant to the provisions of Section 701 hereof), except for amounts retained in the Project Fund for the payment of Project Costs not then due and payable, shall be paid into the Bond Fund and used by the Trustee for the payment of the principal of Bonds or for the purchase of the Bonds in the open market in the manner provided under Article III hereof. Any amounts paid into the Project Fund after the delivery of the Completion Certificate in accordance with the requirements of Section 4.5 of the Lease, except for amounts retained in the Project Fund for the payment of Project Costs not then due and payable, shall be used for the payment of the principal of the Bonds or for the purchase of the Bonds in the open market in the same manner heretofore provided in this Section for amounts remaining on the Completion Date.

ARTICLE VII

INVESTMENTS; DEPOSIT OF FUNDS

Section 7.01 Project Fund Investments . Any monies held as a part of the Project Fund shall be invested in obligations which are Permitted Investments. Such investments shall be made upon the written direction of an Authorized Lessee Representative. Each written investment direction given under this Section shall include a certification that such investments

 

28


constitute Permitted Investments under the terms of this Indenture. Such investments shall be held by or under the control of the Trustee and shall be deemed at all times a part of the Project Fund and the interest accruing thereon and any profit resulting therefrom shall be credited to the Project Fund and any loss resulting therefrom shall be charged to the Project Fund. The Trustee may make any such investments through its own investment department or that of any Affiliate of the Trustee and shall not have any liability for any loss resulting from any investment made and administered in accordance with this Section.

Section 7.02 Bond Fund Investments . Monies held in the Bond Fund Redemption and Principal and Interest Accounts shall, at the written direction of an Authorized Lessee Representative, be invested and reinvested by the Trustee in Permitted Investments in accordance with the treatment prescribed for Project Fund monies in Section 701 hereof. Investments shall mature at such times and in such amounts as will permit the timely payment of the amounts required to be paid from the Bond Fund. Such investments shall be held by or under the control of the Trustee and shall be deemed at all times a part of the Redemption Account or the Principal and Interest Account, as the case may be, and the interest accruing thereon and any profit realized therefrom shall be credited to the Redemption Account or the Principal and Interest Account, as the case may be, and any loss resulting therefrom shall be charged to the Redemption Account or the Principal and Interest Account, as the case may be. The Trustee is directed to sell and convert to cash a sufficient amount of such investments in the Bond Fund whenever the cash held in the Bond Fund is insufficient to provide for the payment of the principal of (whether at the maturity date or redemption date prior to maturity), premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds as the same become due and payable. The Trustee may make any such investments through its own investment department or that of any Affiliate of the Trustee and shall not be liable for any investment, or the sale thereof, made in accordance with the provisions of this Article VII.

Section 7.03 Deposit of Funds . All monies received by the Issuer in connection with the issuance of the Bonds or otherwise in connection with or arising out of the Issuer’s interest in the Project shall be deposited with the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Article VI of this Indenture. All monies deposited shall be applied in accordance with the terms and for the purposes herein set forth and shall not be subject to lien or attachment by any creditor of the Issuer.

ARTICLE VIII

SUBORDINATION TO RIGHTS OF THE LESSEE

Section 8.01 Subordination to Rights of the Lessee . This Indenture and the rights, options and privileges of the Trustee and the holders of the Bonds hereunder and under the Lease, are specifically made subject to and subordinate to the rights, options, and privileges of the Lessee set forth in the Lease, and the Lessee shall be suffered and permitted to possess, use, and enjoy the Project and its appurtenances so as to carry out its obligations under the Lease.

Section 8.02 Release of Portions of the Project . Reference is made to the provisions of the Lease, including, without limitation, Sections 6.2 and 11.2 thereof, wherein the Lessee has been granted the right to remove, dispose of and/or acquire certain portions of the Project upon

 

29


compliance with the terms and conditions of the Lease. The Issuer and the Lessee have agreed under the Lease that upon compliance with the conditions applicable to the release of certain portions of the Project, any such portions of the Project which are released shall automatically cease to be subject to the Lease and by virtue thereof this Indenture and shall be released therefrom and herefrom without the necessity of any further action by the Issuer, the Lessee, the Trustee or any other Person.

Section 8.03 Release of Equipment . Reference is made to the provisions of the Lease, including, without limitation, Section 6.2 thereof, wherein the Lessee has been granted the right to remove from the Project items of Equipment upon compliance with the terms and conditions of the Lease. The Issuer and the Lessee have agreed under the Lease that upon compliance with the conditions applicable to the release of items of Equipment, any such items of Equipment which are released shall automatically cease to be subject to the Lease and by virtue thereof this Indenture and shall be released therefrom and herefrom without the necessity of any further action by the Issuer, the Lessee, the Trustee or any other Person.

Section 8.04 Granting of Easements . Reference is made to the provisions of the Lease, including, without limitation, Section 8.5 thereof, wherein the Lessee has reserved the right to grant or release easements and take other action upon compliance with the terms and conditions of the Lease. The Issuer agrees to confirm in writing any action taken by the Lessee under said Section 8.5 upon compliance with the provisions of the Lease.

Section 8.05 Further Assurances . The Trustee, at the written request of the Issuer or the Lessee, shall (i) confirm in writing that all rights to and liens on the Project or any part thereof which may be released pursuant to the terms of the Lease which may be afforded under this Indenture shall be released and terminated upon compliance with the terms of the Lease and (ii) execute or cause to be executed any and all instruments reasonably requested by the Issuer or the Lessee to effectuate a conveyance of the Project or any part thereof or the release of any lien or security interest therein.

ARTICLE IX

DISCHARGE OF LIEN

Section 9.01 Discharge of Lien . If the Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds at the times and in the manner stipulated therein and herein, and if the Issuer shall keep, perform and observe all and singular the covenants and agreements in the Bonds and in this Indenture expressed as to be kept, performed and observed by it or on its part, then the lien of this Indenture shall cease, determine and be void. The Trustee shall thereupon execute and deliver to the Issuer such instruments in writing as shall be required to evidence the same, and reconvey to the Issuer the Trust Estate, and assign and deliver to the Issuer so much of the Trust Estate as may be in its possession or subject to its control, except for monies and securities held in the Bond Fund for the purpose of paying Bonds which have not yet been presented for payment and monies and obligations in the Bond Fund required to be paid to the Lessee pursuant to Section 509 hereof.

 

30


Section 9.02 Provision for Payment of Bonds . The Bonds shall be deemed to have been paid within the meaning of Section 901 hereof if:

(a) (1) there shall have been irrevocably deposited into the Bond Fund or in a separate escrow fund expressly created for such purpose either (i) monies in an amount, and/or (ii) Governmental Obligations the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on which when due, will provide monies in an amount which, without further investment or reinvestment, and together with the monies, if any, deposited with or held by the Trustee at the same time and available for such purpose pursuant to this Indenture, shall be sufficient to pay the principal of and interest due and to become due on the Bonds at their respective maturities (as evidenced by a certification to such effect by an Independent Auditor delivered to the Trustee), and there shall have been paid to each of the Bond Agents all of the fees and expenses due or to become due to such parties, in connection with the discharge of their respective obligations in connection with the payment or redemption of the Bonds, or otherwise with respect thereto, or there shall have been made arrangements satisfactory to said Bond Agents for such payment or (2) there shall have been surrendered for cancellation all outstanding Bonds in accordance with Section 9.6(c) of the Lease; and

(b) in case the Bonds are to be redeemed prior to their maturity, the Issuer shall have given to the Trustee in form satisfactory to the Trustee irrevocable instructions to redeem the Bonds on the date or dates indicated and either evidence satisfactory to the Trustee that all redemption notices required hereunder have been given or irrevocable power authorizing the Trustee to give such redemption notices. As a condition to any such payment, the Trustee in its discretion may require the delivery of a certification by an Independent Auditor of the sufficiency of any such deposit, provided that no such certification shall be required if all of the Bonds are held by the Lessee and/or its Affiliates.

ARTICLE X

DEFAULT PROVISIONS AND REMEDIES OF BONDHOLDERS

Section 10.01 Defaults . If any of the following events occurs, subject to the terms of Section 1007 hereof, it is hereby defined as and declared to be and to constitute an “Event of Default” under this Indenture:

(a) default in the due and punctual payment of any interest on any Bond and the continuance of such default for a period of thirty (30) calendar days; or

(b) default in the due and punctual payment of the principal of or redemption premium, if any, on any Bond, whether at the maturity date or the redemption date prior to maturity and the continuance of such default for a period of thirty (30) calendar days; or

(c) default in the performance or observance of any other of the covenants, agreements, or conditions on the part of the Issuer under this Indenture or in the Bonds contained; or

(d) the occurrence of any event of default under the Lease as provided in Section 10.1 thereof and receipt by the Trustee of a written request to accelerate the principal amount of the

 

31


Bonds then Outstanding from the holders of more than 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding; provided that no such written request shall be required upon the occurrence of an event of default under subsections (d) or (e) of Section 10.1 of the Lease.

Section 10.02 Acceleration . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default hereunder, the Trustee may, and upon receipt of written instructions from the holders of more than 50% in aggregate principal amount of Bonds then outstanding, shall, by notice in writing delivered to the Issuer, declare the principal of all Bonds and the interest accrued thereon to the date of such acceleration to be immediately due and payable, and the same shall thereupon become and be immediately due and payable; provided, however, the Bonds then Outstanding shall be accelerated automatically and without the necessity of any declaration or the taking of any other action upon the occurrence of an event of default under subsection (d) or (e) of Section 10.1 of the Lease.

Section 10.03 Other Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default hereunder, the Trustee shall have the power to proceed with any right or remedy granted under the Lease Documents or by the Constitution and laws of the State of Georgia, as it may deem best, including any suit, action or special proceeding in equity or at law for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained herein or for the enforcement of any proper legal or equitable remedy as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect the rights aforesaid, insofar as such may be authorized by law, and the right to the appointment, as a matter of right and without regard to the sufficiency of the security afforded by the Trust Estate, of a receiver for all or any part of the Trust Estate. In the event all the 2002 Bonds are held by the Purchaser or one or more Affiliates of the Purchaser, the Trustee shall exercise no rights or remedies and shall not authorize the Issuer to exercise any right or remedy without providing such holders at least five Business Days’ advance written notice thereof. In the event the holders of at least 50% in aggregate principal amount of said Bonds instruct the Trustee and the Issuer to take no action, the Trustee and the Issuer shall comply with such instructions and shall incur no liability as a result of such compliance. The rights here specified are to be cumulative to all other available rights, remedies, or powers and shall not exclude any such rights, remedies or powers. Without intending to limit the foregoing rights, remedies and powers by virtue of such specification, the Trustee is authorized to further assign the Issuer’s right, title and interest in the Lease to a third party, provided that the Trustee shall provide written notice of such assignment to the Issuer at least one business day prior to the effective date of any such assignment.

Section 10.04 Rights of Bondholders . Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and if requested to do so by the holders of more than 50% in principal amount of the Bonds Outstanding and indemnified as provided in Section 1301(m) hereof, the Trustee shall be obliged to exercise such rights and remedies conferred by this Indenture and the Lease as the holders of the Bonds shall have instructed the Trustee, subject to the following:

(a) No right or remedy by the terms of this Indenture conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or the holders of the Bonds is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, but each and every such right and remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other right or remedy given to the Bondholders or now or hereafter existing at law, in equity, or by statute.

 

32


(b) No delay or omission to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default hereunder shall impair any such right or remedy or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such Event of Default or acquiescence therein; and every such right and remedy may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient.

(c) No waiver of any Event of Default hereunder shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent Event of Default or shall impair any rights or remedies consequent thereon.

Section 10.05 Application of Monies .

(a) All monies received pursuant to any right given or action taken under the provisions of this Article and any monies available in the funds and accounts shall, after payment of the costs and expenses of the proceedings resulting in the collection of such monies and of the expenses, liabilities and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in connection therewith and all other amounts due and payable to the Trustee hereunder or under the Lease, be deposited in the Principal and Interest Account, on a pro rata basis, and all monies in the Bond Fund shall be applied as follows:

(i) Unless the principal of all the Bonds shall have become or shall have been declared due and payable, all such monies shall be applied by the Trustee:

First—To the payment to the Persons entitled thereto of all installments of interest then due on the Bonds (other than installments of interest on Bonds with respect to the payment of which monies or securities are set aside in the respective Bond Fund), in the order of the maturity of the installments of such interest and, if the amount available shall not be sufficient to pay in full any particular installment, then to the payment ratably, according to the amounts due on such installment, to the Persons entitled thereto, without any discrimination or privilege; and

Second—To the payment to the Persons entitled thereto of the unpaid principal of any of the Bonds which shall have become due (other than principal of Bonds with respect to the payment of which monies or securities are set aside in the Bond Fund), in the order of their due dates, with interest on such Bonds from the respective dates upon which they become due and, if the amount available shall not be sufficient to pay in full Bonds due on any particular date, together with such interest, then to the payment ratably, according to the amount of principal due on such date, to the Persons entitled thereto without any discrimination or privilege.

(ii) If the principal of all the Bonds shall have become due or shall have been declared due and payable, all such monies shall be applied to the payment of the principal and interest then due and unpaid upon the Bonds (other than principal of and interest on Bonds with respect to the payment of which monies or securities are set aside in the Bond Fund), without preference or priority of principal and interest one over the other, or of any installment of interest over any other installment of interest, or of any Bond over any other Bond, ratably, according to the amounts due respectively for principal and interest, to the Persons entitled thereto without any discrimination or privilege.

 

33


If the principal of all the Bonds shall have been declared due and payable, and if such declaration shall thereafter have been rescinded and annulled under the provisions of this Article then, subject to the provisions of paragraph (ii) of this subsection (a), in the event that the principal of all the Bonds shall later become due or be declared due and payable, the monies shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (i) of this subsection (a).

(b) Whenever monies are to be applied pursuant to the provisions of this Section, such monies shall be applied at such times, and from time to time, as the Trustee shall determine, having due regard to the amount of such monies available for application and the likelihood of additional monies becoming available for such application in the future. Whenever the Trustee shall apply such funds, it shall fix the date (which shall be an interest payment date unless it shall deem another date more suitable) upon which such application is to be made and upon such date interest on the amounts of principal to be paid on such dates shall cease to accrue. The Trustee shall give such notice as it may deem appropriate of the deposit with it of any such monies and of the fixing of any such date, and shall not be required to make payment to the holder of any Bond until such Bond shall be presented to the Trustee for appropriate endorsement or for cancellation if paid in full.

(c) Whenever all Bonds and interest thereon have been paid under the provisions of this Section and all expenses and charges of the Bond Agents, if any, have been paid, any balance remaining in the Bond Fund shall be paid to the Lessee as provided in Section 509 hereof.

Section 10.06 Termination of Proceedings . In case the Trustee or any Bondholder shall have proceeded to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture by the appointment of a receiver, by entry, or otherwise, and such proceedings shall have been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or shall have been determined adversely, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Trustee and the Bondholders shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder with respect to the Trust Estate, and all rights, remedies and powers of the Trustee and the Bondholders shall continue as if no such proceedings had been taken.

Section 10.07 Notice of Events of Default; Opportunity of the Issuer and Lessee to Cure Defaults .

(a) No Event of Default specified in subsection 1001(c) hereof shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder until notice of such Event of Default by registered or certified mail shall be given by the Trustee to the Issuer and the Lessee, and the Issuer shall have had thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice to correct said Event of Default or cause said Event of Default to be corrected, and the Issuer shall not have corrected said Event of Default or caused said Event of Default to be corrected within the applicable period; provided further, that if an Event of Default specified in said subsection 1001(c) be such that it can be corrected but not within the period specified herein, it shall not constitute the basis of an Event of Default hereunder if corrective action capable of remedying such Event of Default is instituted by the Issuer within the applicable period and diligently pursued until the Event of Default is corrected, unless, by

 

34


such action, the lien or charge hereof on any part of the Trust Estate shall be materially endangered or the Project or the revenue therefrom or any part thereof shall be subject to loss or forfeiture.

(b) With regard to any Event of Default concerning which notice is given to the Lessee or the Issuer under the provisions of this Section 1007, the Issuer hereby grants to the Lessee full authority to perform any obligation the performance of which by the Issuer is alleged in such notice to be in default, such performance by the Lessee to be in the name and stead of the Issuer with full power to do any and all things and acts to the same extent that the Issuer could do and perform any such things and acts and with power of substitution.

Section 10.08 Waivers of Events of Default . The Trustee (a) may in its discretion waive any Event of Default hereunder and its consequences and rescind any acceleration of maturity of principal and its consequences, if such Event of Default has been cured and there is no longer continuing any Event of Default hereunder, and (b) shall waive any Event of Default hereunder and its consequences and rescind any acceleration of maturity of principal, upon the written request of the owners of a majority in principal amount of the Bonds outstanding; provided, however, that there shall not be waived (i) any Event of Default pertaining to the payment of the principal or premium, if any, of any Bond at its maturity date or any prepayment date prior to maturity, or (ii) any Event of Default pertaining to the payment when due of the interest on any Bond, unless prior to such waiver or rescission, all arrears of principal (due otherwise than by acceleration) and interest, with interest (to the extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Bonds on overdue installments of principal, premium, if any, and interest and all arrears of payments of principal when due, as the case may be, and all expenses of the Trustee in connection with such Event of Default, shall have been paid or provided for, and in case of any such waiver or rescission, or in case any proceeding taken by the Trustee on account of any such Event of Default shall have been discontinued or abandoned or determined adversely, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Trustee and the owners of the Bonds shall be restored to their former positions and rights hereunder respectively, but no such waiver or rescission shall extend to any subsequent or other Event of Default, or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 10.09 Right of Holders of the Bonds to Direct Proceedings . Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, but subject to the provisions of Section 1301(m) hereof, the owners of not less than a majority in principal amount of Bonds outstanding shall have the right, at any time, by an instrument or instruments in writing executed and delivered to the Trustee, to direct the method and place of conducting all proceedings to be taken in connection with the enforcement of the terms and conditions of this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or any other proceedings hereunder; provided, that such direction shall not be otherwise than in accordance with the provisions of law and of this Indenture.

Section 10.10 Rights and Remedies Vested in Trustee . Subject to the provisions of Section 1004, all rights and remedies (including the right to file proof of claims) under this Indenture or under any of the Bonds may be enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Bonds or the production thereof in any trial or other proceedings relating thereto and any such suit or proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its name as Trustee without the necessity of joining as plaintiffs or defendants any owners of the Bonds, and any recovery of judgment shall be for the equal benefit of the owners of the Bonds.

 

35


Section 10.11 Rights and Remedies of Owners of the Bonds . No owner of any Bonds shall have any right to institute any suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law for the enforcement of this Indenture, for the execution of any trust thereof or for the appointment of a receiver or to enforce any other right or remedy hereunder, unless an Event of Default has occurred of which the Trustee has been notified as provided in subsection (h) of Section 1301 hereof, or of which by said subsection it is deemed to have notice, and the owners of not less than a majority in principal amount of Bonds outstanding shall have made written request to the Trustee and shall have offered reasonable opportunity either to proceed to exercise the powers hereinbefore granted or to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name, nor unless also such owners have offered to the Trustee indemnity as provided in Section 1301 hereof, nor unless also the Trustee shall thereafter fail or refuse to exercise the powers hereinbefore granted, or to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its, his or their own name or names. Such notification, request and offer of indemnity are hereby declared in every case at the option of the Trustee to be conditions precedent to the execution of the powers and trusts of this Indenture and to any action or cause of action for the enforcement of this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or for any other right or remedy hereunder; it being understood and intended that no one or more owners of the Bonds shall have any right in any manner whatsoever to affect, disturb or prejudice the lien of this Indenture by its, his or their action or to enforce any right or remedy hereunder except in the manner herein provided, and that all proceedings at law or in equity shall be instituted, had and maintained in the manner herein provided and for the equal benefit of the owners of all Bonds. Nothing in this Indenture contained shall, however, affect or impair the right of any owner of the Bonds to enforce the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on any Bond at and after the maturity thereof, or the obligation of the Issuer to pay the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on each of the Bonds issued hereunder to the respective owners hereof at the time, place, from the source and in the manner expressed in the Bonds.

ARTICLE XI

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 11.01 Supplemental Indentures Not Requiring Consent of Bondholders . The Issuer may, without the consent of, or notice to, any of the Bondholders, adopt an indenture or indentures supplemental to this Indenture as shall not be inconsistent with the terms and provisions hereof for any one or more of the following purposes:

(a) to cure any ambiguity or formal defect or omission in this Indenture;

(b) to grant to or confer for the benefit of the Bondholders any additional rights, remedies, powers or authorities that may lawfully be granted to or conferred upon the Bondholders;

(c) to subject to the lien and pledge of this Indenture additional rents, revenues, receipts, properties or collateral;

(d) to issue and to secure the payment of Additional Bonds as provided in Section 208 hereof; and

 

36


(e) in connection with any other changes hereto which shall be deemed necessary or desirable for the purpose of modifying or altering, amending, adding to or rescinding, in any particular, any of the terms or provisions contained herein which do not prejudice the interests of the Bondholders.

Section 11.02 Supplemental Indentures Requiring Consent of Bondholders . Exclusive of supplemental indentures covered by Section 1101 hereof and subject to the terms and provisions contained in this Section, and not otherwise, the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) in principal amount of the Bonds then outstanding shall have the right, from time to time, anything contained in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, to consent to and approve the adoption by the Issuer of such other indenture or indentures supplemental hereto as shall be deemed necessary or desirable by the Issuer for the purpose of modifying, altering, amending, adding to or rescinding, in any particular, any of the terms or provisions contained in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall permit, or be construed as permitting (in each case, without the consent of the Bondholders affected thereby):

(a) an extension of the maturity date on which the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Bond is, or is to become, due and payable;

(b) a reduction in the principal amount of any Bond or Bonds, the rate of interest thereon, or any redemption premium;

(c) a privilege or priority of any Bond or Bonds over any other Bond or Bonds;

(d) a reduction in the principal amount of the Bonds required for consent to any supplemental indenture;

(e) an alteration of the date fixed in any of the Bonds for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Bond or other modification of the terms of payment of the principal at maturity of or interest or redemption premium, if any, on any Bond or imposition of any conditions with respect to such payment or adversely affecting the right of the owner of any Bond, which is absolute and unconditional, to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment as provided herein;

(f) any action affecting the rights of the owners of less than all of the Bonds then outstanding;

(g) any action to increase the percentage of the principal amount of Bonds the action of the owners of which shall be required to declare all outstanding Bonds to be due pursuant to the provisions of Section 1002 hereof; or

(h) the creation of any lien or charge on any of the Trust Estate prior to or superior to the lien or charge created on the Trust Estate as security for the payment of the Bonds and any Additional Bonds hereafter issued pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

If the Issuer shall request the Trustee to enter into any such supplemental indenture for any of the purposes of this Section, upon receipt of satisfactory indemnity with respect to the

 

37


expenses to be incurred, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed execution of such supplemental indenture to be given in writing by registered or certified mail postage prepaid to the registered owners of all Bonds Outstanding. Such notice shall briefly set forth the nature of the proposed supplemental indenture and shall state that copies thereof are on file at the principal office of the Trustee for inspection by all Bondholders. If, within sixty (60) days, or such longer period as shall be prescribed by the Issuer, following the mailing of such notice, the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) in principal amount of the Bonds shall have consented to and approved the execution of such supplemental indenture as herein provided, no holder of any Bond shall have the right to object to any of the terms and provisions contained therein, or the operation thereof, or in any manner to question the propriety of the execution thereof, or to enjoin or restrain the Issuer from executing the same or from taking any action pursuant to the provisions thereof. Upon the execution of any such supplemental indenture as in this Section permitted and provided, this Indenture shall be modified and amended in accordance therewith.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, a supplemental indenture under this Article XI shall not become effective unless and until the Lessee shall have consented to the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture. In this regard, the Trustee shall cause notice of the proposed execution and delivery of any such supplemental indenture together with a copy of the proposed supplemental indenture to be delivered to the Lessee at least fifteen (15) days prior to the proposed date of execution of any such supplemental indenture.

Section 11.03 Execution of Supplemental Indentures . As a condition to executing any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article XI, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying on, an opinion of Counsel stating that the supplemental indenture is authorized and permitted by this Indenture and all conditions precedent to the execution thereof have been satisfied. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

ARTICLE XII

AMENDMENT OF LEASE DOCUMENTS

Section 12.01 Amendments to Lease Documents Not Requiring Consent of Bondholders . Any amendment, change or modification of the Lease Documents as may be required (i) by the provisions of the Lease or this Indenture, (ii) for the purpose of curing any ambiguity or formal defect or omission in the Lease Documents, (iii) in connection with the property included in the Project as described and defined in the Lease so as to more precisely identify the same or substitute additional property acquired with the proceeds of the Bonds in accordance with the provisions of Sections 4.2(b) and 6.2 of the Lease or release portions of the Project pursuant to the terms of the Lease, (iv) in connection with additional real estate which pursuant to the Lease is to become part of the Land or (v) in connection with any other changes thereto which shall be deemed necessary or desirable and which do not prejudice the interests of the Bondholders, may be effected without the consent of, or notice to, the Bondholders.

Section 12.02 Amendments to Lease Documents Requiring Consent of Bondholders . Except for the amendments, changes or modifications as provided in Section 1201 hereof, no

 

38


amendment, change, or modification of the Lease Documents shall be effected unless the Trustee has given notice thereof to the Bondholders and has received the written approval or consent of the holders of not less than two-thirds (2/3) in principal amount of the Bonds at the time Outstanding in the manner set forth in Section 1102 hereof. If at any time the Issuer and the Lessee shall desire to effect any proposed amendment, change or modification of any of the Lease Documents, the Trustee shall cause notice of such proposed amendment, change or modification to be mailed in the same manner as provided by Section 1102 hereof with respect to proposed supplemental indentures. Such notice shall briefly set forth the nature of such proposed amendment, change or modification and shall state that copies of the instrument embodying the same are on file at the principal office of the Trustee for inspection by Bondholders.

ARTICLE XIII

THE TRUSTEE

Section 13.01 Acceptance of the Trusts . The Trustee hereby accepts the trusts imposed upon it by this Indenture, but only upon and subject to the following express terms and conditions:

(a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default and after the curing of all Events of Default which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. Following the occurrence of an Event of Default and prior to the curing of all Events of Default, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

(b) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereof and perform any of its duties by or through attorneys, agents, receivers or employees but shall be answerable for the conduct of the same in accordance with the standard specified above, and shall be entitled to advice of Counsel concerning all matters of trust hereof and the duties hereunder, and may in all cases pay such reasonable compensation to all such attorneys, agents, receivers and employees as may reasonably be employed in connection with the trusts hereof. The Trustee may act upon the opinion or advice of any attorney (who may be the attorney or attorneys for the Issuer or the Lessee), approved by the Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care. The Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss or damage resulting from any action or non-action in good faith in reliance upon such opinion or advice.

(c) The Trustee shall not be responsible for any recital herein, or in the Bonds (except in respect to the authentication certificate of the Trustee endorsed on the Bonds), or for the recording or re-recording, filing or re-filing of this Indenture, or the Lease, or for insuring the Trust Estate or any part of the Project or collecting any insurance moneys, or for the validity of the execution by the Issuer of this Indenture or of any supplements hereto or instruments of further assurance, or for the sufficiency of the security for the Bonds, or for the value of or title in and to the Trust Estate or any part of the Project or otherwise as to the maintenance of the security hereof; but the Trustee may require of the Issuer or the Lessee full information and advice as to the performance of the covenants, agreements and conditions aforesaid and as to the condition of the Trust Estate.

 

39


(d) Except to the extent herein specifically provided, the Trustee shall not be accountable for the use of any of the Bond proceeds. The Trustee may become the owner of Bonds with the same rights which it would have if it were not Trustee.

(e) The Trustee shall be protected in acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate, order, affidavit, letter, telegram or other paper or documents believed to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons. Any action taken by the Trustee, pursuant to this Indenture upon the request, authority or consent of any Person who at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent is the owner of any Bond, shall be conclusive and binding upon all future owners of the same Bond and upon Bonds issued in exchange therefor or in place thereof.

(f) As to the existence or non-existence of any fact or as to the sufficiency or validity of any instrument, paper or proceeding, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate signed on behalf of the Issuer by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Issuer and attested by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Issuer as sufficient evidence of the facts therein contained, and prior to the occurrence of a Default of which the Trustee has been notified as provided in subsection (h) of this Section, or of which by said subsection it is deemed to have notice, shall also be at liberty to accept a similar certificate to the effect that any particular dealing, transaction or action is necessary or expedient, but may at its discretion secure such further evidence deemed necessary or advisable, but shall in no case be bound to secure the same. The Trustee may accept a certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Issuer under its seal to the effect that a resolution in the form therein set forth has been adopted by the Issuer as conclusive evidence that such resolution has been duly adopted, and is in full force and effect.

(g) Except as expressly provided otherwise herein, any discretionary rights conferred upon the Trustee shall not be construed as imposing upon the Trustee an affirmative duty or obligation to act or abstain from acting, and the Trustee shall not be answerable for such other than its gross negligence or willful default.

(h) The Trustee shall not be required to take notice or be deemed to have notice of any default or Event of Default hereunder or under the Lease except failure by the Issuer to cause to be made any of the payments to the Trustee required to be made by Section 501 hereof and failure by the Lessee to make the rental and other payments required to be made under Article V of the Lease and except with respect to any default under Section 10.1 of the Lease written notice as to which has been given to the Trustee, unless the Trustee shall be specifically notified in writing of such Event of Default by the Issuer or by the owners of at least twenty-five percent (25%) in principal amount of the Bonds. All notices or other instruments required by this Indenture to be delivered to the Trustee must, in order to be effective, be delivered at the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee, and in the absence of such notice so delivered the Trustee may conclusively assume there is no Event of Default except as aforesaid.

 

40


(i) The Trustee shall not be personally liable for any debts contracted or for damages to persons or property, or for salaries or non-fulfillment of contracts during any period in which it may be in the possession of or managing the Project as in this Indenture provided.

(j) At reasonable times the Trustee, and its duly authorized agents, attorneys, experts, engineers, accountants and representatives who are acceptable to the Lessee, and accompanied by an official of the Lessee, shall have the right, but no duty, to inspect the Project as well as all books, papers and records of the Issuer pertaining to the Project and the Bonds, and to take copies of such memoranda from and in regard thereto only as required from the books, papers and records of the Issuer.

(k) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the execution of the said trusts and powers or otherwise in respect of the premises.

(l) Notwithstanding anything elsewhere in this Indenture contained, the Trustee shall have the right, but shall not be required, to demand, in respect of the authentication of any Bonds, the withdrawal of any cash, the release of any property, or any action whatsoever within the purview of this Indenture, any showings, certificates, opinions, appraisals or other information, or corporate action or evidence thereof, in addition to that by the terms hereof required as a condition of such action by the Trustee relevant to the authentication of any Bonds, the withdrawal of any cash, or the taking of any other action by the Trustee.

(m) Before taking any remedial action hereunder following an Event of Default, the Trustee may request an opinion of Counsel or may require that a satisfactory indemnity bond be furnished for the reimbursement of all expenses to which it may be put and to protect it against all liability, except liability which is adjudicated to have resulted from the negligence or willful default of the Trustee by reason of any action so taken. None of the provisions contained in this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise to incur financial liability in the performance of any of its duties or the exercise of any of its rights or powers hereunder.

(n) All moneys received by the Trustee or any Trustee for the Bonds shall, until used or applied or invested as herein provided, be held in trust for the purpose for which they were received but need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required herein or by law. Neither the Trustee nor any such Trustee shall be under any liability for interest on any moneys received hereunder except such as may be agreed upon under a separate written agreement.

(o) As to the existence or non-existence of any fact or as to the sufficiency or validity of any instrument, paper or proceeding, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon a certificate signed on behalf of the Lessee by an Authorized Lessee Representative as sufficient evidence of the facts therein contained, and prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default of which the Trustee has been notified as provided in subsection (h) of this Section, or of which by said subsection it is deemed to have notice, shall also be at liberty to accept a similar certificate to the effect that any particular dealing, transaction or action is necessary or expedient, but may at its discretion secure such further evidence deemed necessary or advisable, but shall in no case be bound to secure the same. The Trustee may accept a certificate of the Secretary of the Lessee

 

41


under its seal to the effect that a resolution in the form therein set forth has been adopted by the Lessee as conclusive evidence that such resolution has been duly adopted, and is in full force and effect.

(p) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture other than the application of moneys received for deposit into the Funds and Accounts hereunder and the payment of debt service on the Bonds from moneys in the Bond Fund, whether at the request or direction of any of the Bondholders pursuant to this Indenture or otherwise, unless the Bondowners shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity acceptable to it against the fees, advances, costs, expenses and liabilities (except as may result from the Trustee’s own gross negligence or willful misconduct) which might be incurred by it in connection with such rights or powers, including, without limitation, in connection with environmental contamination and the cleanup thereof.

(q) The Trustee may elect not to proceed in accordance with the directions of the Bondholders (except any direction provided pursuant to Section 1002 and 1003 hereof) without incurring any liability to the Bondholders if the Trustee reasonable determines that such direction would materially and adversely subject the Trustee in its individual capacity to environmental or other liability for which the Trustee has not received indemnity pursuant to this Section from the Bondholders, and the Trustee may rely upon an opinion of Counsel addressed to the Issuer and the Trustee in determining whether any action directed by Bondholders may result in such liability.

(r) The Trustee may inform the Bondholders of environmental hazards that the Trustee has reason to believe exist, and the Trustee has the right to take no further action and, in such event no fiduciary duty exists which imposes any obligation for further action, with respect to the Trust Estate or any portion thereof if the Trustee, in its individual capacity, determines that any such action would materially and adversely subject the Trustee to environmental or other liability to which the Trustee has not received indemnity pursuant to this Section.

Section 13.02 Notice to Owners of Bonds If Event of Default Occurs . If an Event of Default occurs of which the Trustee is by subsection (h) of Section 1301 hereof required to take notice then the Trustee shall give written notice thereof by certified or registered mail to the registered owners of Bonds, and, as to Events of Default described in Section 1001(c) hereof, to the Issuer and the registered owners of Bonds by certified or registered mail.

Section 13.03 Intervention by Trustee . In any judicial proceeding to which the Issuer is a party which, in the opinion of the Trustee and its Counsel, has a substantial bearing on the interest of the owners of the Bonds, the Trustee shall give the Bondholders written notice thereof and shall intervene on behalf of the owners of the Bonds if so requested in writing by the owners of at least a majority in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding. The rights and obligations of the Trustee under this Section are subject to the approval of a court of competent jurisdiction.

Section 13.04 Successor Trustee . Any corporation or association into which the Trustee may be converted or merged, or with which it may be consolidated, or to which it may sell or transfer its corporate trust business or assets as a whole or substantially as a whole, or any

 

42


corporation or association resulting from any such conversion, merger, consolidation, sale or transfer to which it is a party, ipso facto, shall be and become successor Trustee hereunder and vested with all of the title to the Trust Estate and all the trusts, powers, discretions, immunities, privileges and all other matters as was its predecessor, without the execution or filing of any instrument or any further act, deed or conveyance on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

Section 13.05 Resignation by the Trustee . The Trustee and any successor Trustee may at any time resign from the trusts hereby created by giving sixty (60) days’ written notice to the Issuer and the Lessee and by first class mail to each registered owner of Bonds, and such resignation shall take effect on the later to occur of (i) the end of such sixty (60) day period, or (ii) the appointment of a successor Trustee by the owners of the Bonds or by the Issuer. Such notice to the Issuer may be served personally or sent by registered or certified mail.

Section 13.06 Removal of the Trustee . The Trustee may be removed at any time, by an instrument or concurrent instruments in writing delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer, and signed by either (i) the owners of a majority in principal amount of the Bonds then Outstanding or (ii) the Lessee, so long as no event of default exists under Section 10.1 of the Lease.

Section 13.07 Appointment of Successor Trustee; Temporary Trustee . If the Trustee hereunder shall resign, be removed, be dissolved, be in course of dissolution or liquidation, or shall otherwise become incapable of acting hereunder or in case it shall be taken under the control of any public officer, officers or a receiver appointed by a court, a successor may be appointed by (i) the Lessee, unless an event of default exists under Section 10.1 of the Lease, or (ii) the owners of a majority in principal amount of the Bonds, by an instrument or concurrent instruments in writing signed by the Lessee or such owners, or by their attorneys in fact, as the case may be, duly authorized; provided, nevertheless, that in case of such vacancy the Issuer by an instrument signed by the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Issuer and attested by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Issuer under its seal, may appoint a temporary Trustee to fill such vacancy until a successor Trustee shall be appointed by the Lessee or the owners of the Bonds in the manner above provided; and any such temporary Trustee shall immediately and without further act be superseded by the Trustee so appointed by the Lessee or the owners of the Bonds. Every such Trustee appointed pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall be a trust company or bank (having trust powers) in good standing, within or outside the State of Georgia, having individually or together with its banking Affiliates an unimpaired capital and surplus of not less than fifty million dollars ($50,000,000), if there be such an institution willing, qualified and able to accept the trust upon reasonable or customary terms.

Section 13.08 Concerning Any Successor Trustee . Every successor Trustee appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to its predecessor and also to the Issuer an instrument in writing accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon such successor, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations of its predecessor; but such predecessor shall, nevertheless, on the written request of the Issuer, or of its successor, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the estates, properties, rights, powers and trusts of such predecessor hereunder; and every predecessor Trustee shall deliver all securities and moneys held by it as Trustee hereunder to its successor. Should any instrument in writing

 

43


from the Issuer be required by any successor Trustee in order to more fully and certainly vest in such successor the estates, properties, rights, powers and trusts hereby vested or intended to be vested in the predecessor any and all such instruments in writing shall, on request, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Issuer. The resignation of any Trustee and the instrument or instruments removing any Trustee and appointing a successor hereunder, together with all other instruments provided for in this Article, shall be filed and/or recorded by the successor Trustee in each recording office where the Indenture and Lease shall have been filed and/or recorded.

Section 13.09 Right of Trustee to Pay Taxes and Other Charges . If any tax, assessment or governmental or other charge upon any part of the Trust Estate or the Project is not paid as required herein, the Trustee may pay such tax, assessment or charge, without prejudice, however, to any rights of the Trustee or the owners of the Bonds hereunder arising in consequence of such failure; and any amount at any time so paid under this Section, with interest thereon from the date of payment at the rate per annum borne by the Bonds, shall become so much additional indebtedness secured by this Indenture, and the same shall be given a preference in payment over the principal of and interest on the Bonds and shall be paid out of the revenues and receipts from the Trust Estate, if not otherwise caused to be paid; but the Trustee shall not be under obligation to and shall not make any such payment unless it shall have been requested to do so by the owners of a majority in principal amount of the Bonds and shall have been provided with sufficient moneys for the purpose of making such payment.

Section 13.10 Trustee Protected in Relying Upon Resolutions, etc . The resolutions, opinions, certificates and other instruments provided for in this Indenture may be accepted by the Trustee as conclusive evidence of the facts and conclusions stated therein and shall be full warrant, protection and authority to the Trustee for the release of property and the withdrawal of moneys hereunder.

Section 13.11 Successor Trustee as Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent and Bond Registrar . In the event of a change in the office of Trustee, the predecessor Trustee which has resigned or has been removed shall cease to be the owner of the Project Fund and Bond Fund and shall cease serving as Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent and Bond Registrar, to the extent the Trustee was at such time serving in one or more of such capacities, and the successor Trustee shall become automatically such owner and such Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent, and Bond Registrar, to the extent the Trustee was at such time serving in one or more of such capacities.

Section 13.12 Trust Estate May Be Vested in Co-Trustee . It is the purpose of this Indenture that there shall be no violation of any law of any jurisdiction (including particularly the laws of the State of Georgia) denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as a trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Indenture, and in particular in case of the occurrence of a Default, it may be necessary that the Trustee appoint an additional individual or institution as a separate Trustee or Co-Trustee. The following provisions of this Section 1312 are adapted to these ends.

In the event of the incapacity or lack of authority of the Trustee, by reason of any present or future law of any jurisdiction, to exercise any of the rights, powers and trusts herein granted to the Trustee or to hold title to the Trust Estate or take any other action which may be necessary or desirable in connection therewith, the Issuer with the consent of the Lessee may appoint a

 

44


separate Trustee or Co-Trustee and each and every remedy, power, right, claim, demand, cause of action, immunity, estate, title, interest and lien expressed or intended by this Indenture to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Trustee with respect thereto shall be exercisable by and vest in such separate Trustee or Co-Trustee but only to the extent necessary to enable the separate Trustee or Co-Trustee to exercise such rights, powers and trusts, and every covenant and obligation necessary to the exercise thereof by such separate Trustee or Co-Trustee shall run to and be enforceable by either of them.

Should any deed, conveyance or instrument in writing from the Issuer be required by the separate Trustee or Co-Trustee so appointed by the Trustee in order to more fully and certainly vest in and confirm to him or it such properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations, any and all such deeds, conveyances and instruments shall, on request, be executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Issuer. In case any separate Trustee or Co-Trustee or a successor to either, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the estates, properties, rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations of such separate Trustee or Co-Trustee, so far as permitted by law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee until the appointment of a new Trustee or successor to such separate Trustee or Co-Trustee.

Section 13.13 Continuation Statements . The Trustee shall file continuation statements for the purpose of continuing without lapse the effectiveness of (i) those Financing Statements which shall have been filed at or prior to the issuance of the Bonds in connection with the security for the Bonds pursuant to the authority of the applicable Uniform Commercial Code, and (ii) any previously filed continuation statements which shall have been filed as herein required. The Issuer agrees to sign such continuation statements as may be requested of it from time to time by the Lessee or the Trustee.

ARTICLE XIV

IMMUNITY OF MEMBERS, OFFICERS

AND EMPLOYEES OF THE ISSUER AND TRUSTEE

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of, redemption premium, if any or interest on the Bonds, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect thereof or of the indebtedness represented thereby, or upon any obligation covenant, or agreement of this Indenture, against any member, officer, employee or agent, as such, past, present or future, of the Issuer or the Trustee or of any successor, either directly or through the Issuer or the Trustee or any successor, whether by virtue of any constitutional provision, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any assessment or penalty or otherwise, it being expressly agreed and understood that this Indenture and the Bonds are solely limited obligations and that no personal liability whatsoever shall attach to, or be incurred by, any member, officer, employee or agent, as such, past, present or future, of the Issuer or the Trustee or any successor, either directly or through the Issuer or the Trustee or any successor, because of the incurring of any indebtedness hereby authorized or under or by reason of any of the obligations, covenants, promises or agreements contained in this Indenture or in the Bonds or to be implied herefrom or therefrom, and that all liability, if any, of that character against every such member, officer, employee and agent, by the acceptance of any of the Bonds and as a condition of, and as part of the consideration for, the adoption of this Indenture and the issuance of the Bonds, expressly waived and released. This immunity shall not apply to gross negligence, intentional misconduct or acts or omissions taken or suffered in bad faith.

 

45


ARTICLE XV

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 15.01 Consents of Bondholders .

(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Bondholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Bondholders in person or by their agents duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Issuer, and, where it is expressly required, to the Issuer and the Lessee. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive if made in the manner provided in this Section.

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute proof of his authority.

(c) The fact and date of execution of any such instrument or writing may also be proved in any other manner which the Issuer deems sufficient, and the Issuer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may in any instance require further proof with respect to any of the matters referred to in this Section.

(d) The ownership of Bonds shall be proved by the registration books kept by the Bond Registrar.

(e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver, or other action by any Bondholder shall bind every future holder of the same Bond in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by any Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Bond.

Section 15.02 Limitation of Rights . With the exception of rights herein expressly conferred, nothing expressed or mentioned in or to be implied from this Indenture or the Bonds is intended or shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Issuer, the Trustee, the Lessee, and the holders of the Bonds, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Indenture or any covenants, agreements, conditions and provisions herein contained; this Indenture and all of the covenants, agreements, conditions and provisions hereof being intended to be and being for the sole exclusive benefit of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Lessee, and the holders of the Bonds as herein provided.

 

46


Section 15.03 Severability . If any provision of this Indenture shall be held or deemed to be or shall, in fact, be inoperative or unenforceable as applied in any particular case in any jurisdictions or in all jurisdictions, or in all cases because it conflicts with any other provision or provisions hereof or any Constitution or statute or rule of public policy, or for any other reason, such circumstances shall not have the effect of rendering the provision in question inoperative or unenforceable in any other case or circumstance, or of rendering any other provision or provisions herein contained invalid, inoperative or unenforceable to any extent whatever.

Section 15.04 Notices . It shall be sufficient service of any notice, request, complaint, demand or other paper if the same shall be duly mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

(a) If to the Issuer—

Development Authority of Fulton County

141 Pryor Street, S.W.

Suite 5001

Atlanta, Georgia 30303

with a copy to:

Nelson, Mullins, Riley & Scarborough

999 Peachtree Street, N.E.

Suite 1400

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Attn: Lewis C. Horne, Jr., Esq.

Facsimile Number: (404) 817-6050

(b) If to the Lessee—

ADESA Atlanta, LLC

310 E. 96th Street

Suite 400

Indianapolis, Indiana 46240

Facsimile Number: (317) 815-3656

Attn: General Counsel

with a copy to:

Alston & Bird LLP

1201 West Peachtree Street

Atlanta, Georgia 30309

Attn: Glenn R. Thomson, Esq.

Facsimile Number: (404) 253-8145

 

47


(c) If to the Trustee—

SunTrust Bank

25 Park Place, 24th Floor

Atlanta, Georgia 30303-2900

Facsimile Number: (404) 588-7335

A duplicate copy of each notice, certificate or other communication given hereunder by any of the Issuer, the Lessee or the Trustee to any one of the others shall also be given to all of the others. The Issuer, the Lessee and the Trustee may, by notice given hereunder, designate any further or different addresses to which subsequent notices, certificates or other communications shall be sent.

Section 15.05 Payments Due on Saturdays, Sundays and Holidays . In any case where the date of maturity of principal of or interest on the Bonds or the date fixed for redemption of any Bonds shall be, in the city of payment, a Saturday, Sunday or a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized by law to close, then payment of principal or interest need not be made on such date in such city but may be made on the next succeeding business day not a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or day upon which banking institutions are authorized by law to close with the same force and effect as if made on the date of maturity or the date fixed for redemption, and no interest shall accrue for the period after such date.

Section 15.06 Laws Governing Resolution . The effect and meaning of this Indenture and the rights of all parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed according to, the laws of the State of Georgia.

Section 15.07 Counterparts . Any person entitled to rely on this Indenture may conclusively rely on a counterpart hereof duly certified by the Secretary of the Issuer for any purpose and any such counterpart may be introduced in evidence in any court proceedings or in any other proceedings for the enforcement hereof to the same extent as if such counterpart constituted the original record of proceedings of the Issuer where this Indenture and the adoption hereof is recorded.

Section 15.08 Designation of Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent and Bond Registrar . The Trustee is hereby designated as the initial Paying Agent, Authenticating Agent and Bond Registrar. The Issuer shall at the direction of the Lessee, and may from time to time and with the prior consent of the Lessee, designate a successor or successors to the Paying Agent, Bond Registrar, or Authenticating Agent, whereupon any such successor shall undertake its responsibility in such capacity, but only in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture. Each such party may be removed at any time by the Lessee by an instrument in writing delivered to the Issuer and such party, such removal to take effect upon the appointment of a successor thereto and the acceptance by such successor of its duties and obligations hereunder.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

48


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed, sealed and delivered this Indenture through their respective duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF FULTON COUNTY
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Shaw

  Chairman
ATTEST:
 

/s/ Lewis C. Horne, Jr.

  Asst. Secretary
  (SEAL)
SUNTRUST BANK
By:  

/s/ Jack Ellerin

Name:   Jack Ellerin
Title:   Assistant Vice President

 

49


EXHIBIT “A”

FORM OF BOND

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

STATE OF GEORGIA

DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF FULTON COUNTY

TAXABLE ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT REVENUE BONDS

(ADESA ATLANTA, LLC PROJECT)

SERIES 2002

TRANSFER RESTRICTED

THIS BOND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR JURISDICTION, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER, THE TRUSTEE AND THE LESSEE OF THE PROJECT REFERRED TO IN THIS BOND TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER WILL NOT VIOLATE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS.

THESE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ISSUED OR SOLD IN RELIANCE ON PARAGRAPH (13) OF CODE SECTION 10-5-9 OF THE “GEORGIA SECURITIES ACT OF 1973,” AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN A TRANSACTION WHICH IS EXEMPT UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER SUCH ACT.

 

No.                         Issuance Date:                         Interest Rate:                     

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Development Authority of Fulton County (the “Issuer”), a body corporate and politic, duly created under the Development Authorities Law (O.C.G.A. §36-82-1, et seq.), as amended (the “Act”), hereby promises to pay to, the registered owner hereof, solely from the special fund hereinafter described and from no other source, on the Maturity Date (as herein defined), the Principal Amount (as defined in the hereinafter described Indenture), and to pay to the registered owner hereof solely from said special fund, interest thereon, from the Interest Payment Date (as herein defined) next preceding the date of authentication hereof, or if this Bond is authenticated on an Interest Payment Date (as hereinafter defined), from the date of authentication hereof, but if this Bond is authenticated prior to December 1, 2003, from the Issuance Date described above (provided, however, that if on the date of authentication hereof, interest on the hereinafter defined Bonds is in default, this Bond shall bear interest from the date to which interest hereon has been paid in full) at the interest rate described above. The interest on the 2002 Bond shall be payable annually on the first day of each December, commencing December 1, 2003 (each, an “Interest Payment Date”), computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months, by check mailed to the address of the registered owner as shown on the books kept by the Bond Registrar, hereinafter defined, on the fifteenth (15th) day of the month immediately preceding each Interest Payment Date (a “Record Date”); provided, however, that payment of interest on the Bonds may, at the option of any holder of Bonds in an

 

A-1


aggregate principal amount of at least $1,000,000, be transmitted by electronic transfer to such holder to the bank account number on file with the Trustee upon the written request of such holder received by the Trustee not later than the fifteenth day next preceding any Interest Payment Date and containing the information and statements required under the Indenture. Both the principal hereof, any redemption premium, and the interest hereon are payable in lawful money of the United States of America at the Payment Office of SunTrust Bank, as trustee, paying agent, bond registrar and authenticating agent (the “Trustee”) under the hereinafter mentioned Indenture, or, if a successor is hereafter appointed, then at the Payment Office of such successor. In no event shall the interest rate on this Bond exceed the Fixed Rate (as herein defined). Payment of the principal and redemption price, including any premium, of each 2002 Bond upon maturity thereof shall be made upon surrender thereof at the Payment Office of the Trustee, except that in the event the Purchaser is the holder of any 2002 Bond at the maturity date, no surrender of such Bond will be required for the payment of such Bond. All payments shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America.

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Bond set forth on the reverse side hereof and such further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth on the front side hereof.

It is hereby certified and recited that all acts, conditions and things required by the Constitution and laws of the State of Georgia to happen, exist, and be performed precedent to and in the issuance of this Bond and the execution of the Indenture by the Issuer, have happened, exist and have been performed.

This Bond shall not become valid or obligatory for any purpose or be entitled to any security or benefit under the Indenture until the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been manually signed by the Authenticating Agent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Bond to be executed in its name by the manual or facsimile signature of its Chairman, and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed or imprinted or otherwise reproduced hereon and attested by the manual or facsimile signature of its Secretary.

 

DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF FULTON COUNTY
By:  

 

  Chairman

 

ATTEST:

 

Secretary
(SEAL)

 

A-2


* * * * * * * * * *

AUTHENTICATION CERTIFICATE

This Bond is one of the Bonds described in the within-mentioned Indenture and is hereby authenticated.

 

SunTrust Bank, as Authenticating Agent
By:  

 

  Authorized Representative

Date of Authentication:                     

* * * * * * * * * *

 

A-3


VALIDATION CERTIFICATE

STATE OF GEORGIA

COUNTY OF Fulton

The undersigned Clerk of the Superior Court of Fulton County, Georgia, keeper of the records and seal thereof, HEREBY CERTIFIES that this bond was validated and confirmed by judgment of the Superior Court of Fulton County, Georgia, in Civil Action No.             , rendered on the      day of         ,          that no intervention or objection was filed opposing the validation of said bond, and that no appeal of said judgment of validation has been taken.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have caused this certificate to be executed by the use of my facsimile signature.

 

(SEAL)    

 

    Clerk
    Superior Court
    Fulton County, Georgia

* * * * * * * * * *

 

A-4


FORM FOR TRANSFER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto                      (Tax Identification or Social Security No.             ) the                      within bond and all rights thereunder, and hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints                      attorney to transfer the within bond on the books kept for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:                          
    

 

     NOTE: The signature to this transfer must correspond with the name as it appears upon the face of the within bond in every particular, without alteration, enlargement or change whatsoever.
Signature Guaranteed:     

 

    
(Bank, Broker or Firm)*     
By:  

 

    
  (Authorized Officer)     
Its Medallion Number:                                              

*  Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution which is a member of a recognized signature guarantee program, i.e., Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program (STAMP), Stock Exchanges Medallion Program (SEMP), or New York Stock Exchange Medallion Signature Program (MSP).

    

 

A-5


[REVERSE SIDE OF BOND, IF PRINTED]

This Bond is one of an authorized issue of 2002 Bonds issued in the initial notational principal amount of $40,000,000 provided that interest on this Bond shall be calculated on the sum of the installment bond payments as reflected on the “Table of Installment Bond Payments” attached hereto, less the principal amount of partial redemptions made with respect to this Bond as reflected on the “Table of Partial Redemptions” attached hereto. The 2002 Bonds are being issued under and secured by a Trust Indenture, dated as of December 1, 2002, between the Issuer and the Trustee (as amended and supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, collectively, the “Indenture”). The 2002 Bonds and any Additional Bonds issued under the terms of the Indenture are herein called the “Bonds”. The Bonds shall mature on the Maturity Date (as defined in the Indenture). Otherwise, the Bonds are of like tenor except as to number, series designation, interest rate, stated maturity and amounts. The Bonds are issued by the Issuer for the purpose of paying, in whole or in part, the costs relating to the acquisition, construction and equipping of certain facilities located in Fulton County, Georgia and facilities related thereto, all for use by and for the benefit of ADESA Atlanta, LLC and its successors and assigns (the “Lessee”) which facilities, as more particularly defined in the hereinafter defined Lease, shall be referred to hereinafter collectively as the “Project”, and have been leased to the Lessee, pursuant to, in compliance with, and in the execution of the powers and authority therefor provided by the Act.

This Bond is issued under the Indenture and pursuant to the Constitution and laws of the State of Georgia, including particularly the Act. Prior to the issuance hereof, the Issuer entered into a Lease Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002 (as amended and supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof, the “Lease”), between the Issuer and the Lessee, pursuant to the terms of which the Lessee must pay to the Issuer rental payments which are committed and will be fully sufficient to pay the principal of and the interest on the Bonds as the same become due. Under the terms of the Lease, and except as provided in the Lease, it is the obligation of the Lessee to pay the cost of maintaining the Project in good repair, to keep it properly insured, and to pay all taxes, levies or other charges assessed against or with respect to the Project. As security for the payment of the Bonds, all right, title and interest of the Issuer in the rents, payments, revenues and earnings to be received under the terms of the Lease (excepting only certain Unassigned Rights (as defined in the Lease) generally relating to indemnification payments and payments to the Issuer for its fees and certain expenses incurred in connection therewith or otherwise arising out of or in connection with the Issuer’s interest in the Project) and all payments to be received under the terms of the Bond Purchase Agreement have been assigned and pledged for the benefit of the holders of the Bonds.

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal of or interest on this Bond against any officer or member of the Issuer. This Bond and the redemption premium, if any, and interest hereon shall not be deemed to constitute a debt of Fulton County, the State of Georgia, or any other political subdivision thereof, or a pledge of the faith and credit of Fulton County, of the State of Georgia, or of any other political subdivision thereof, but shall constitute a limited obligation of the Issuer and be payable solely from the Bond Fund provided for under the terms of the Indenture. The issuance of this Bond shall not directly, indirectly or contingently obligate Fulton County, the State of Georgia, or any other political subdivision, to levy or pledge any form of taxation whatever therefor or to make any appropriation for the payment hereof. This

 

A-6


Bond is payable solely from the rents and other payments to be received under the terms of the Lease and any other rents, revenues and earnings arising out of or in connection with the Issuer’s interest in the Project.

The rental payments for the Lessee’s use of the Project will be sufficient to pay when due the principal of and the interest on the Bonds. It is provided in the Indenture that the Issuer may hereafter issue Additional Bonds from time to time under certain terms and conditions, and, if issued, such additional bonds will rank pari passu with this Bond as to the lien on the revenues to be derived by the Issuer in connection with the Project. Reference to the Indenture is hereby made for a description of the aforesaid Bond Fund, the nature and extent of the security, rights, duties and obligations of the Issuer, the Lessee, the Paying Agent, the Bond Registrar, the Authenticating Agent, and the Trustee, the rights of the holders of the Bonds, the issuance of Additional Bonds, the terms and conditions under and upon the occurrence of which the Indenture and the Lease may be modified, and the terms and conditions under and upon the occurrence of which the lien of the Indenture may be defeased as to this Bond prior to the maturity or redemption date hereof, to all of the provisions of which the holder hereof, by the acceptance of this Bond, assents.

The Bonds are subject to redemption prior to their stated maturity in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture.

When Bonds are called for redemption as aforesaid, notice thereof identifying the Bonds to be redeemed shall be given by mailing a copy of the redemption notice by first class mail to the registered owner of each such Bond to be redeemed at the address shown on the registration books at least five (5) days but no more than sixty (60) days prior to the redemption date; provided, however, that failure to mail any such notice to any such registered owners shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of Bonds. All Bonds called for redemption shall cease to bear interest on the specified redemption date provided sufficient monies for their redemption are on deposit at the designated place of payment at that time, and such Bonds shall no longer be secured by the lien of the Indenture and shall not be deemed to be outstanding under the provisions of the Indenture.

The transfer of this Bond is registerable by the registered holder hereof in person or by his attorney duly authorized in writing at the principal office of the Bond Registrar, but only in the manner, subject to the limitations, and upon payment of the charges provided in the Indenture, and upon surrender and cancellation of this Bond. Upon such registration of transfer a new Bond or Bonds of the same series and the same maturity for the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the transferee in exchange therefor. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Bond Registrar and any Paying Agent may deem and treat the registered holder hereof as the absolute owner hereof (whether or not this Bond shall be overdue) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of principal hereof and interest due hereon and for all other purposes, and neither the Issuer nor the Bond Registrar shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

This Bond is issued with the intent that the laws of the State of Georgia shall govern its construction. Under the terms of the aforesaid Act creating the Issuer and the other laws of the State of Georgia, the interest on this Bond is exempt from present state income taxation within the State of Georgia.

 

A-7


In certain events, on the conditions, in the manner, and with the effect set forth in the Indenture, the principal of all of the Bonds may become or may be declared due and payable before the stated maturity thereof, together with interest accrued thereon. Modifications or alterations of the Indenture, or of any supplements thereto, may be made to the extent and in the circumstances permitted by the Indenture.

 

A-8


TABLE OF INSTALLMENT BOND PAYMENTS

Upon receipt of any installment payment made pursuant to the Bond Purchase Agreement, the holder of this Bond (or the Trustee, if the Trustee is holding this Bond on behalf of the Bondholder) shall make the appropriate notation on the table below:

 

Date

 

Installment Amount

Paid

 

Total Principal

Payments

 

Signature of Bondholder

or Trustee

             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             

 

A-9


TABLE OF PARTIAL REDEMPTIONS

Upon all partial redemptions the above Bond may be surrendered to the Trustee for the appropriate notation by it on the table below:

 

Date

  Amount Redeemed  

Remaining Unpaid

Principal Amount

 

Signature of Bondholder

or Trustee

             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             
             

[End of Form of 2002 Bond]

 

A-10

Exhibit 10.30

BOND PURCHASE AGREEMENT

DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF FULTON COUNTY

Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds

(ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project)

Series 2002

THIS BOND PURCHASE AGREEMENT dated as of December 1, 2002, among the DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF FULTON COUNTY, a public body corporate and politic organized under the laws of the State of Georgia (the “Issuer”), ADESA ATLANTA, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, in its capacity as Purchaser hereunder (the “Purchaser”) and ADESA ATLANTA, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, in its capacity as lessee under the hereinafter mentioned Lease (the “Lessee”).

1. Background

(a) The Issuer proposes to issue and sell not to exceed $40,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds (ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project), Series 2002 (the “Bonds”), the proceeds of which shall be used to finance the acquisition, construction, development and equipping of a wholesale vehicle auction facility on approximately 280 acres of land, which facility consists of certain buildings, structures, machinery, equipment and all related real and personal property deemed necessary or desirable in connection therewith (the “Project”). The Project is located in Fulton County, Georgia, and will be leased to the Lessee and used primarily as a wholesale automobile auction facility. The Project will be leased by the Issuer to the Lessee under the terms of a Lease, dated as of December 1, 2002 (the “Lease”) between the Issuer and the Lessee requiring the Lessee to pay to the Issuer rental and other payments in such amounts and at such times as shall be required to pay the principal of and interest on the Bonds as and when the same become due. The Bonds shall be issued under and secured by a Trust Indenture dated as of December 1, 2002 (the “Indenture”) between the Issuer and SunTrust Bank, Atlanta, Georgia, as Trustee (the “Trustee”), under the terms of which the Issuer’s interest in the Lease and the rents, revenues and receipts to be derived by the Issuer under the Lease will be assigned and pledged to the Trustee as security for the payment of the Bonds.

(b) The Issuer proposes to sell the Bonds to the Purchaser and the Purchaser proposes to purchase the Bonds for its own investment purposes and not with a view towards any resale or public distribution thereof.

(c) The proceeds of the Bonds are to be applied to pay costs incurred in connection with the acquisition, construction and installation of the Project as contemplated by the Lease and the Indenture.

(d) The parties hereto contemplate that the interest paid on the Bonds will be includable in the gross income of the recipient or recipients thereof for federal income tax purposes because of the application of certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and that, as such, the Bonds may not be offered for sale to the public

 

1


without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, unless the Trustee has received an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Lessee to the effect that failure to register the Bonds will not violate the Securities Act of 1933. The Issuer will cooperate fully at the request of the Lessee, and at Lessee’s expense, in effecting such registration and in taking such other steps as may be deemed necessary or appropriate with respect to the Bonds, the Lease, the Indenture or this Bond Purchase Agreement to effect such registration in the event of any future public sale or disposition of the Bonds.

(e) The parties contemplate that the purchase price of the Bonds may be paid by the Purchaser in installments as provided in Paragraph 2 hereof.

2. Purchase, Sale and Closing.

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions and in reliance on the representations, warranties and covenants herein set forth, the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Issuer all of the Bonds, and the Issuer hereby agrees to sell to the Purchaser all of the Bonds, at a price of 100% of the principal amount of the Bonds. The parties agree that the aggregate principal amount of Bonds to be sold and purchased hereunder shall not exceed the principal amount specified in Paragraph 1(a) hereof. Such purchase price shall be deemed to be paid on and as of the date of the initial issuance of the Bonds (the “Closing Date”) by (i) the payment of any amount under and pursuant to subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph as is paid on the Closing Date and (ii) the Purchaser’s obligation evidenced hereby to make payments in the future under and pursuant to subparagraph (b) of this Paragraph 2. The Bonds shall bear interest at the fixed rate determined as provided in Section 202 of the Indenture.

(b) Pursuant to Section 4.3 of the Lease and Section 602 of the Indenture, the Lessee shall from time to time submit requisitions to the Trustee in an aggregate amount not to exceed $40,000,000. Unless such requisition does not clearly indicate that a copy of it has been sent to the Purchaser, the Trustee shall, upon receipt and review of each requisition, promptly transmit to the Purchaser by telecopy to the telecopier number set forth in Paragraph 9 hereof a letter directing the Purchaser to make payment for the Bonds in the amount of such requisition, in immediately available funds. The Purchaser shall within three (3) days of its receipt of a copy of such requisition from the Lessee or such letter of direction from the Trustee, whichever arrives earlier, pay to the Trustee the amount indicated thereon, and each such payment shall be deemed to be, and shall be, an installment payment of the Bonds. Such payments shall be made in such manner, until the Purchaser’s payment obligations under this Agreement shall have been discharged in full as provided in subparagraph (d) below. The Trustee shall deposit all such payments received from the Purchaser in the Project Fund created under the Indenture.

(c) The Issuer shall be obligated, upon the maturity or earlier redemption of the Bonds, to pay to the Purchaser only up to the aggregate of all installments payments made hereunder as shall have been funded pursuant to the preceding subparagraph and accrued and unpaid interest, if any.

 

2


(d) The Purchaser’s payment obligations under this Agreement shall be discharged in full on the earlier of (i) the date when the sum of the aggregate payments made hereunder equals $40,000,000 or (ii) the date when any and all directions for payment made pursuant to subparagraph(b) hereinabove made on or prior to the commencement of the Completion Date (as defined in the Lease) have been paid in full.

(e) All Bonds issued by the Issuer are to be sold to the Purchaser under and pursuant to this Bond Purchase Agreement and shall not be sold to any other purchaser or pursuant to any other agreement without an agreement in writing signed by the Issuer, the Trustee and such purchaser.

3. Private Sale . The Purchaser agrees that it is purchasing the Bonds for its own investment account and not with a view towards any direct or indirect resale or public distribution thereof and agrees to execute and deliver to the Trustee on the Closing Date an investment letter in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “D”.

4. Issuer’s Representations and Warranties . The Issuer makes the following representations and warranties to the Purchaser:

(a) The Issuer is a public body corporate and politic created by and existing under the laws of the State of Georgia.

(b) The Issuer has full power and authority under the Constitution and laws of the State of Georgia (i) to acquire, construct and install the Project, (ii) to finance the acquisition, construction and installation of the Project by issuing and selling the Bonds, (iii) to lease the Project to the Lessee as provided in the Lease, (iv) to pledge the rents, revenues and receipts derived pursuant to the Lease to the Trustee as provided in the Indenture, (v) to execute, deliver and perform this Bond Purchase Agreement, the Lease and the Indenture in accordance with their respective terms, and (vi) to carry out and consummate all other transactions contemplated by each of the aforesaid documents.

(c) The Issuer has duly authorized all actions and complied with all provisions of law with respect to the execution, delivery and performance of this Bond Purchase Agreement, the Lease and the Indenture, and has taken all actions necessary or appropriate to insure that such documents constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Issuer in accordance with their respective terms.

(d) When delivered to and paid for by the Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Bond Purchase Agreement, the Bonds will have been duly authorized, executed, authenticated and issued and will constitute legal, valid and binding limited obligations of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with their terms and entitled to the benefits of the Indenture, except to the extent that their enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws affecting creditor’s rights, and subject to the application of principles of equity, if equitable remedies are sought.

(e) Except for Additional Bonds (as defined in the Indenture), the Issuer has not and will not issue or sell any other bonds or obligations, the principal of and/or interest on which shall be payable from the rents, revenues and receipts derived from the Project or pledged or assigned pursuant to the Indenture or which shall be secured by any lien upon any of the properties constituting the Project.

 

3


(f) The execution and delivery of this Bond Purchase Agreement, the Bonds, the Lease and the Indenture and the compliance with the provisions thereof, do not and will not conflict with or constitute on the part of the Issuer a violation of, breach of or default (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) under any constitutional provision, statute, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, resolution, note agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which the Issuer or any of its assets is presently bound, or, to the knowledge of the Issuer, any existing order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any of its activities and property; and all consents, approvals, authorizations and orders of governmental or regulatory authorities, if any, which are required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Bond Purchase Agreement have been obtained.

(g) There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, known to be pending or threatened against or affecting the Issuer, nor to the best of the knowledge of the Issuer is there any basis therefor, wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would materially adversely affect the transactions contemplated by this Bond Purchase Agreement, or which in any way would adversely affect the validity or enforceability of the Bonds, the Lease, the Indenture, this Bond Purchase Agreement or any agreement or instrument to which the Issuer is a party and is used or contemplated for use in the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Bond Purchase Agreement.

(h) Neither the Issuer nor anyone acting on its behalf (including the Lessee) has directly or indirectly offered for sale or sold any of the Bonds or any similar security of the Issuer to, or solicited any offer to buy any of the same from, anyone other than the Purchaser. Neither the Issuer nor anyone else acting on its behalf will after the date hereof directly or indirectly offer any of the Bonds or any other securities under circumstances which would subject this issue and sale of the Bonds to the provisions of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(i) The Issuer has filed any and all reports with any governmental or public agency as may be required by law, including, without limitation, all reports required to be filed with the Georgia Department of Community Affairs pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 36-82-10.

5. Lessee’s Representations and Warranties . The Lessee makes the following representations and warranties to the Issuer and the Purchaser:

(a) The Lessee is a limited liability company organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New Jersey and authorized to transact business in the State of Georgia. The Lessee has full corporate power, authority and legal right to engage in the business and activities conducted or proposed to be conducted by it with respect to the Project, to execute, deliver and perform the Lease and this Bond Purchase Agreement and to perform its obligations thereunder and hereunder, including the making of payments as provided in the Lease.

 

4


(b) The Lessee has duly authorized all action for the execution, delivery and performance of the Lease and this Bond Purchase Agreement and has taken all actions necessary or appropriate to insure that such documents, when executed and delivered by the Lessee, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Lessee, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except to the extent that their enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws affecting creditors’ rights, and subject to the application of principles of equity, if equitable remedies are sought.

(c) The execution and delivery of this Bond Purchase Agreement and the Lease and the compliance with the provisions hereof and thereof by the Lessee, do not conflict with or constitute on the part of the Lessee a material violation of, breach of or default under (i) the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Lessee, (ii) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, lease, note agreement or other agreement or instrument to which the Lessee is a party or by which the Lessee is presently bound, or (iii) any constitutional provision or statute or any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental or regulatory authorities, applicable to the Lessee.

(d) There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, pending, or, to the Lessee’s knowledge, threatened against the Lessee which could reasonably be expected to result in a decision which would materially adversely affect the transactions contemplated by this Bond Purchase Agreement or the Lease or the validity or enforceability of the Bonds, the Lease, this Bond Purchase Agreement, or any agreement or instrument to which the Lessee is a party, and used or contemplated for use in the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Bond Purchase Agreement or the Lease.

6. Lessee’s Covenants . The Lessee covenants and agrees that it will:

(a) Refrain from taking or omitting to take any action which action or omission would in any way cause the proceeds from the sale of the Bonds to be applied in a manner contrary to that provided for in the Lease or in the Indenture, as in effect from time to time.

(b) Pay or cause to be paid, all reasonable expenses and costs incident to the authorization, issuance, printing, sale and delivery, as the case may be, of the Bonds, the Lease, the Indenture and this Bond Purchase Agreement, including without limitation (i) all filing, registration and recording fees and expenses; (ii) Trustees’ fees and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its counsel); and (iii) fees and expenses of Bond Counsel and Counsel to the Issuer.

7. Conditions of Purchaser’s Obligations . The Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for the Bonds which is to be delivered as the initial installment hereunder is subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions at or before such delivery, any one or more of which may be waived by the Purchaser:

(a) The Lease, the Indenture and this Bond Purchase Agreement shall have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the respective parties thereto, in substantially the forms heretofore approved by the Purchaser, with only such changes therein as the Purchaser, the Issuer and the Lessee shall mutually agree upon;

 

5


(b) The Bond to be initially delivered shall have been duly authorized, executed and authenticated in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture;

(c) The Purchaser shall have received the following documents:

(i) Executed counterparts of the Lease and the Indenture;

(ii) Opinions dated as of the date of delivery of the Bond to be initially delivered of (A) Counsel for the Issuer in substantially the form of that which is attached hereto as Exhibit “A”; (B) Bond Counsel in substantially the form of that which is attached hereto as Exhibit “B”; and (C) Counsel for the Lessee in substantially the form of that which is attached hereto as Exhibit “C”;

(iii) A certificate dated as of the date of delivery of the Bond to be initially delivered, signed by the Chairman or Vice Chairman and the Secretary of the Issuer and in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser, to the effect that to the best of the information, knowledge and belief of such officers, each of the representations and warranties set forth in Paragraph 4 hereof and in the Lease is true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of the date of delivery of the Bond to be initially delivered and that the Issuer has complied with each of its covenants and agreements required in this Bond Purchase Agreement to be complied with at or prior to the date of delivery of the Bond to be initially delivered; and

(iv) Such additional opinions, certificates, instruments and other documents as the Purchaser or its counsel may reasonably request to evidence compliance with applicable law, as of the date of delivery of the Bond to be initially delivered.

The Purchaser’s obligation to purchase and pay for any of the Bonds at any time or from time to time after the delivery of the Bond to be initially delivered, as herein provided, is subject to the due execution, authentication and delivery to the Purchaser of such pertinent Bond.

8. Home Office Payment . The Issuer agrees that all amounts payable to the Purchaser with respect to any Bond held by the Purchaser or its nominee may be made to the Purchaser (without any presentment thereof, except upon payment of the final installment of principal, and with a notation of any principal payment being made thereon by the Purchaser) pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of a Home Office Payment Agreement entered into in accordance with Section 202(c) of the Indenture. In the event the Purchaser enters into a Home Office Payment Agreement, the Purchaser agrees that (a) if any Bonds are sold or transferred it will notify the Issuer, the Trustee and the Lessee of the name and address of the transferee, and include a copy of the notation referred to hereafter in this sentence and (b) prior to delivery of such Bonds, a notation shall be made on such Bonds of the date to which interest

 

6


has been paid thereon and of the amount of any prepayments made on account of the principal thereof. The Purchaser agrees to indemnify the Trustee and hold it harmless from any loss, claim, action, damage or expense arising out of the Purchaser’s failure to give the notice or, if it is holding such Bonds, to make the notation with respect to prepayment of the Bonds, as required in the immediately preceding sentence. The rights and obligations of the Issuer, the Lessee and the Purchaser under this Paragraph 8 shall not be assignable upon any partial transfer of the Bonds.

9. Notices and Other Actions . Except as set forth elsewhere herein, all notices, demands and formal actions hereunder will he in writing and sent by certified or registered mail to:

 

The Issuer—    Development Authority of Fulton County
   141 Pryor Street, S.W.
   Suite 5001
   Atlanta, Georgia 30303
with copies to:    Lewis C. Horne, Jr., Esq.
   Nelson, Mullins, Riley & Scarborough
   999 Peachtree Street, N.E.
   Suite 1400
   Atlanta, Georgia 30309
   Telecopy No.: (404) 817-6050
The Lessee—    ADESA Atlanta, LLC
   310 E. 96th Street, Suite 400
   Indianapolis, Indiana 46240
  

Attn: General Counsel

Telecopy No.: (317) 815-3656

with copies to    Glenn R. Thomson, Esq.
   Alston & Bird LLP
   One Atlantic Center
   1201 West Peachtree Street
   Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3424
   Telecopy No.: (404) 253-8266
The Purchaser—    ADESA Atlanta, LLC
   310 E. 96th Street, Suite 400
   Indianapolis, Indiana 46240
   Attn: General Counsel
   Telecopy No.: (317) 815-3656

 

7


The Trustee—    SunTrust Bank
   25 Park Place, 24th Floor
   Atlanta, Georgia 30303
   Attn: Corporate Trust Department
   Telecopy No.: (404) 588-7335

The Issuer, the Lessee, the Purchaser and the Trustee may, by notice given hereunder, designate any further or different addresses or telecopier numbers to which subsequent notices, certifications or other communications shall be sent.

10. Survival of Representations and Agreements . All representations, warranties and agreements of the Issuer and the Lessee contained herein shall remain operative and in full force and shall survive (a) the execution and delivery of this Bond Purchase Agreement, and (b) the purchase of any or all of the Bonds hereunder.

11. Counterparts . This Bond Purchase Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with each executed counterpart constituting an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

12. Successors; Governing Law . This Bond Purchase Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their successors and assigns. This Bond Purchase Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia.

 

8


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto have executed and sealed this Agreement through its duly authorized representative as of the date and year first above written.

 

  ISSUER
  DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF FULTON COUNTY
(SEAL)    
  By:  

/s/ Robert J. Shaw

    Chairman

 

Attest:

/s/ Lewis C. Horne

Asst. Secretary

 

9


  LESSEE
  ADESA ATLANTA, LLC
(SEAL)    
  By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

  Name:   Paul J. Lips
  Title:   Treasurer

 

Attest:

/s/ Karen C. Turner

Karen C. Turner
Secretary

 

10


  PURCHASER
  ADESA ATLANTA, LLC
(SEAL)    
  By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

  Name:   Paul J. Lips
  Title:   Treasurer

 

Attest:

/s/ Karen C. Turner

Karen C. Turner
Secretary

 

11


ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF TRUSTEE

The undersigned Trustee acknowledges receipt of and agrees to perform those functions required of it pursuant to the provisions of Sections 2 and 8 of this Bond Purchase Agreement:

 

  SUNTRUST BANK, as Trustee
SUNTRUST BANK CORPORATE SEAL    
  By:  

/s/ Jack Ellerin

    Jack Ellerin
    Assistant Vice President

 

Attest:
 

/s/ Muriel Shaw

Name:   Muriel Shaw
Title:   Trust Officer

 

12


EXHIBIT “A”

(Letterhead of Counsel for the Issuer)

December 19, 2002

ADESA Atlanta, LLC

Atlanta, Georgia

Development Authority of Fulton County

Atlanta, Georgia

Alston & Bird LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

SunTrust Bank

Atlanta, Georgia

$40,000,000

Development Authority of Fulton County

Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds

(ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project)

Series 2002

Ladies and Gentlemen:

As counsel for the Development Authority of Fulton County (the “Issuer”), I have considered the validity of the above captioned bonds (the “Bonds”), and in this connection I have examined the following:

(i) Resolution of the Issuer adopted December 3, 2002 (the “Resolution”),

(ii) Trust Indenture, dated as of December 1, 2002 (the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and SunTrust Bank, as Trustee (the “Trustee”),

(iii) Lease Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002 (the “Lease”), between the Issuer and ADESA Atlanta, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (the “Lessee”), and the Memorandum of Lease and Option to Purchase dated as of the date hereof (the “Memorandum of Lease”) executed by the Issuer and the Lessee,

(iv) Documents Escrow Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, among the Issuer, the Lessee and the Trustee, as escrow agent,

(v) Deed to Secure Debt and Security Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002 (the “Security Deed”), from the Issuer in favor of the Trustee,

 

A-1


(vi) Bond Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002 (the “Bond Purchase Agreement”) among the Issuer, the Lessee, and ADESA Atlanta, LLC, in its capacity as purchaser of the Bonds (the “Purchaser”),

(vii) Act (as defined in the Indenture),

(viii) UCC-1 Financing Statement naming the Issuer, as debtor, and the Trustee, as secured party (the “Financing Statement”),

(ix) UCC-1 Financing Statement Fixture Filing naming the Issuer, as debtor, and the Trustee, as secured party (the “Fixture Filing”), and

(x) such other documents and instruments as I have deemed relevant.

The documents and instruments referred to in paragraphs (ii), (iii), (iv), (v), (vii) and (viii) above are herein collectively, referred to as the “Issuer Documents”.

From such examinations, I am of the opinion that as of this date:

1. The Issuer is a public body corporate and politic duly organized and existing under the Constitution and laws of the State of Georgia.

2. The Issuer has taken all action legally required to authorize the issuance, sale and delivery of the Bonds, and when each Bond has been duly authenticated by the Trustee and delivered in the manner set forth in the Indenture such action will constitute all of the action necessary to duly authorize the issuance, sale and delivery of each Bond by the Issuer and each of said Bonds will rank on a parity regardless of the fact that such Bonds will have actually been issued and delivered at different times or installment payments thereon may be made at different times. The Issuer has duly adopted the Resolution and has duly authorized the execution, delivery and performance of the Issuer Documents and the Bonds and the Issuer Documents have been duly executed and delivered by the Issuer.

3. Each Bond after due authentication by the Trustee and delivery in the manner set forth in the Indenture will constitute a valid and legally binding obligation of the Issuer according to its import, will be enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights), and will be entitled to the security of the Lease and the Indenture. The Issuer Documents are each in full force and effect and each such agreement, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery thereof by the other parties thereto, constitutes the valid, binding and legally enforceable obligation of the Issuer according to its import and in accordance with their respective terms (except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights) and the Issuer is entitled to the benefits of the same.

4. The execution and delivery of the Issuer Documents and the compliance by the Issuer with the terms thereof will not be a violation of, conflict with, or result in

 

A-2


any breach of any of the provisions of, or constitute a default under the activating resolution or by-laws of the Issuer or any law applicable to it, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or other security interest or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon the property of the Issuer (other than as contemplated by the Issuer Documents), pursuant to any agreement or other instrument to which the Issuer is a party or by which it may be bound, or any license, judgment, constitutional provision, decree, order, law, statute, ordinance or governmental rule or regulation applicable to the Issuer.

5. To the best of our knowledge, the Issuer is not in default in any material respect under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it may be bound, which will materially affect any of the Issuer Documents.

6. No additional or further approval, consent or authorization of, or any filing with, any governmental or public agency or authority (including, without limitation, the filing of any report with the Georgia Department of Community Affairs pursuant to O.C.G.A. § 36-82-10) not already obtained or filed is required by the Issuer in connection with (a) the issuance, sale and delivery of the Bonds, (b) the entering into and performing of its obligations under the Bonds or any of the Issuer Documents, or (c) the adoption of the Resolution; provided, however, no opinion is given herein as to the securities or “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction.

7. To the best of my knowledge, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, pending or threatened against or affecting the Issuer, wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would materially adversely affect the validity or enforceability of any of the Issuer Documents, and the execution and delivery by the Issuer of any of the Issuer Documents and the performance of the obligations of the Issuer thereunder do not and will not violate or constitute a default under any provision of law or any agreement, indenture, note or other instrument binding upon the Issuer.

8. The Indenture and the Security Deed creates in favor of the Trustee, on behalf of the holders of the Bonds, as security for all obligations of the Issuer purported to be secured thereby, a security interest in such of the personal property and fixtures described therein as collateral in which a security interest may be created under the Uniform Commercial Code (“UCC”) in effect in the State of Georgia (the “UCC Collateral”).

 

A-3


9. All action taken by the Issuer in connection with the Resolution and the Issuer Documents is legal in all respects, and none of the proceedings held or actions taken by the Issuer with respect to any of the foregoing has been repealed, rescinded or revoked. All instruments furnished to the Trustee in connection with the order of the Issuer to authenticate and deliver the Bonds conform to the requirements of the Indenture and such instruments constitute sufficient authority under the Indenture for the Trustee to authenticate and deliver the Bonds as directed in such order.

 

Very truly yours,

NELSON, MULLINS, RILEY & SCARBOROUGH

By:

 

 

 

Lewis C. Home, Jr.

 

A-4


EXHIBIT “B”

(Letterhead of Bond Counsel)

December 19, 2002

ADESA Atlanta, LLC

Atlanta, Georgia

Development Authority of Fulton County

Atlanta, Georgia

SunTrust Bank

Atlanta, Georgia

$40,000,000

Development Authority of Fulton County

Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds

(ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project)

Series 2002

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have acted as Bond Counsel in connection with the issuance by the Development Authority of Fulton County (the “Issuer”), a public body corporate and politic of the State of Georgia, created and existing pursuant to an implementing Act of the General Assembly of the State of Georgia (O.C.G.A. Section 36-62-1 et seq., as amended) (the “Act”), of up to $40,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of its Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds (ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project), Series 2002 (the “Bonds”).

As Bond Counsel, we have examined (i) the Constitution and laws of the State of Georgia, including specifically the Act (as defined in the herein described Indenture); (ii) the resolution of the Development Authority of Fulton County (the “Issuer”) adopted December 3, 2002 (the “Resolution”); (iii) the Trust Indenture, dated as of December 1, 2002 (the “Indenture”), between the Issuer and SunTrust Bank, as Trustee (the “Trustee”); (iv) the Lease, dated as of December 1, 2002 (the “Lease”), between the Issuer, as lessor, and ADESA Atlanta, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, as lessee (the “Lessee”); (v) the Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002 (the “Guaranty”), issued by the Lessee for the benefit of the Trustee; (vi) the Bond Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002 (the “Bond Purchase Agreement”), among the Issuer, the Lessee and ADESA Atlanta, LLC, as purchaser of the Bonds (the “Purchaser”); (vii) certified transcript of the bond validation proceedings conducted in the Superior Court of Fulton County; and (viii) other papers relating to the issuance of the bonds described in the caption (the “Bonds”). The Bonds shall be in fully registered form, shall bear interest, mature and be subject to optional and mandatory sinking fund redemption as provided in the Indenture.

 

B-1


The Bonds are being issued for the purpose of financing the acquisition, construction, development and equipping of a wholesale vehicle auction facility on approximately 280 acres of land located in Fulton County, Georgia, which facility consists of certain buildings, structures, machinery, equipment and all related real and personal property deemed necessary or desirable in connection therewith (the “Project”). The Project will be leased to the Lessee under the Lease in furtherance of the public purpose for which the Issuer was created. The Lessee has agreed in the Lease to make rental and other payments sufficient to pay the principal and interest on the Bonds as the same become due and payable. The Issuer’s right, title and interest in the Lease and all payments thereunder (other than certain Unassigned Rights, as therein defined) have been pledged and assigned under the terms of the Indenture to the payment of the Bonds.

Pursuant to the terms of the Indenture, the Issuer has reserved the right to issue Additional Bonds (as defined therein) from time to time in unlimited amounts under certain terms and conditions contained in the Indenture, and, if issued, such Additional Bonds shall rank on a parity with the Bonds and be equally and ratably secured by the Indenture.

As to questions of fact material to our opinion, we have relied upon certified proceedings and other certifications of public officials furnished to us and written representations, certifications and covenants of the Issuer and the Company, including those set forth in the Indenture, the Lease and the Bond Purchase Agreement, without undertaking to verify the same by independent investigation. To the extent that the obligations of the Issuer may be dependent on such matters, we have assumed for purposes of this opinion letter that the other parties to the Indenture, the Lease and the Bond Purchase Agreement are duly qualified to engage in transactions covered by this opinion letter, that each of such documents has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such other parties and constitute the legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with their terms, of such other parties; and that all such other parties have the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver such documents and to perform their respective obligations thereunder. In giving the opinions set forth below, we have relied on the opinion letter of Nelson, Mullins, Riley & Scarborough, Atlanta, Georgia, counsel to the Issuer, dated as of the date hereof, with respect to the matters covered therein. In rendering the opinion set forth in paragraph (5) below, we have relied upon, without independent verification, the accuracy of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3 and 4 of the Bond Purchase Agreement and the Investment Letter, dated this date and executed by the Purchaser.

We have examined the Bond numbered R-1 as executed by the Issuer and based upon such examination and the examinations, opinions and premises above referred to, and subject to the qualifications, assumptions and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that:

(1) The Issuer is a public corporation duly organized and existing under the Constitution and laws of the State of Georgia.

(2) Under the Constitution and laws of the State of Georgia, the Lease and the Indenture have been duly authorized, executed and delivered and constitute valid and binding obligations of the Issuer and are legally enforceable in accordance with their terms. All the right, title and interest of the Issuer in and to the Lease (other than Unassigned Rights as defined in the Indenture) have been duly assigned to the Trustee and pledged under the Indenture.

 

B-2


(3) The Bonds have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and when duly authenticated by the Trustee and delivered in the manner set forth in the Indenture will constitute only limited obligations of the Issuer as therein and in the Indenture provided and will not constitute indebtedness by or on behalf of Fulton County, the State of Georgia, or any political subdivision thereof, or a pledge of the faith and credit of Fulton County, the State of Georgia, or any political subdivision thereof. The Bonds will be payable from the special fund provided thereof in the Indenture and will not directly, indirectly or contingently obligate Fulton County, the State of Georgia, or any political subdivision thereof to levy or to pledge any form of taxation whatever or to make any appropriation for the payment thereof, and no owner of any of the Bonds will ever have the right to compel the exercise of the taxing power of Fulton County, the State of Georgia, or any political subdivision thereof to pay the same or the interest thereon. The Issuer has no taxing power.

(4) Interest on the Bonds will be included in gross income of the owners thereof for federal income tax purposes, but is exempt from present state income taxation within the State of Georgia.

(5) The Bonds being issued as of the date hereof are exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) as a transaction “by an issuer not involving a public offering” within the meaning of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and the Indenture is exempt from qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

We express no opinion as to the federal or state income, net worth, sales, ad valorem or other tax consequences of the acquisition, installation or equipping of the Project or its use, occupancy or operation by the Lessee or the payments made and/or received under the terms of the Lease, the Indenture and the Bonds.

The rights of the owners of the Bonds and the enforceability of the Bonds, the Indenture, the Lease and the Guaranty may be subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and principles of equity applicable to the availability of specific performance or other equitable relief.

 

B-3


This opinion is effective as of its date and may be relied upon only by the addressees of this letter. This opinion may not otherwise be quoted or relied upon, and we have no obligation to update this opinion.

 

Very truly yours,

ALSTON & BIRD LLP

By:

 

 

  Glenn R. Thomson

 

B-4


EXHIBIT “C”

(Letterhead of Counsel for Lessee)

December 19, 2002

Development Authority of Fulton County

Atlanta, Georgia

Alston & Bird LLP

Atlanta, Georgia

$40,000,000

Development Authority of Fulton County

Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds

(ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project)

Series 2002

Ladies and Gentlemen:

I have acted as counsel to ADESA Atlanta, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (the “Company”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of ADESA New Jersey, Inc., in connection with the issuance and sale of the captioned bonds (the “Bonds”). This letter is provided to you at the request of the Company. Capitalized terms used in this opinion letter that are not otherwise defined herein will have the same meanings as set forth in the Trust Indenture described in paragraph (a) below.

This opinion letter is based upon my review of the following documents:

(a) The Trust Indenture dated as of December 1, 2002, by and between the Development Authority of Fulton County (the “Issuer”) and SunTrust Bank, as trustee (the “Trustee”);

(b) The Lease Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002, by and between the Issuer and the Company;

(c) The Bond Purchase Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002, by and between the Issuer and the Company;

(d) The Guaranty Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002, issued by the Company for the benefit of the Trustee;

(e) The Memorandum of Lease and Option to Purchase, dated as of December 19, 2002 between the Issuer and the Company;

(f) The Home Office Payment Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2002, between the Company and the Trustee;

 

C-1


(g) The Investment Letter, dated as of December 19, 2002, executed by the Company;

(h) Copies of the Certificate of Formation and Operating Agreement of the Company certified by the secretary of the Company, as being complete and in full force and effect as of the date of this opinion letter;

(i) Certificate of Good Standing issued by the Secretary of State of the State of New Jersey on December     , 2002, and by the Secretary of State of the State of Georgia on December     , 2002, with respect to the Company;

(j) Resolutions of the Manager of the Company (the “Company Resolutions”) and other records certified by officers of the Company as constituting all records of proceedings and actions of the Manager of the Company relating to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (as defined below) as of the date of this opinion letter;

(k) General Certificate of the Company, dated as of the date of this opinion letter;

(l) Limited Warranty Deed dated as of the date hereof from the Company in favor of the Issuer;

(m) Bill of Sale dated as of the date hereof from the Company in favor of the Issuer; and

(n) Documents Escrow Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002 among the Issuer, the Company and the Trustee, as escrow agent.

The documents described in paragraphs (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (1), (m) and (n) are collectively referred to as the “Transaction Documents.” The documents described in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (1), (m) and (n) are collectively referred to as the “Company Documents.” All of the parties to any one or more of the Transaction Documents other than the Company are collectively referred to as the “Counterparties.”

In delivering this opinion I have examined, among other things, originals or copies certified or otherwise identified as being true copies of the Transaction Documents and such corporate records of the Company, certificates of public officials, certificates of officers of the Company, and such other documents as I have deemed necessary under the circumstances. I have relied upon certifications of certain public officials, including those of the Issuer, and of officers of the Company with respect to matters stated or represented in such certifications concerning the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

I am qualified to practice law in the State of Indiana. Accordingly, this opinion is based solely upon the laws of the State of Indiana and the United States of America. To the extent that the Transaction Documents and any other instruments, documents, and agreements referred to therein provide that the law of the State of Georgia will apply, I have assumed that the law of such state is identical to the law of the State of Indiana. In rendering opinions as to future events, I have assumed the facts and law existing on the date hereof.

 

C-2


Assumptions

For purposes of rendering this opinion, I have assumed, but have not independently verified, the following matters upon which I express no opinion:

A. Counterparties . All of the Counterparties: (i) are duly organized and validly existing; and (ii) have qualified to do business in any necessary jurisdiction and have all necessary authority, and all necessary governmental or other consents and authorizations, to enter into, execute, deliver and perform the Transaction Documents and to effect the transactions required of them by the Transaction Documents. All of the Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by all of the Counterparties by authorized agents or officials of such Counterparties acting within the scope of their respective authority, and in accordance with applicable law. The Transaction Documents constitute the valid and binding obligations of the Counterparties and the representations and warranties made in the Transaction Documents by the Counterparties are true.

B. No Conflict . The execution, delivery, performance and enforcement of the Transaction Documents will not constitute a breach of or default under any mortgage, deed of trust, lease, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement, document or instrument by which any of the Counterparties or their respective assets may be bound.

C. Authenticity . All signatures (other than those of the Company officials) are genuine, and all Transaction Documents submitted to me as originals are authentic. All copies of documents submitted to me as copies of documents actually executed or to be executed are the same as the originally executed and delivered documents.

Opinions

Based upon the foregoing and my review of such questions of law as I have deemed necessary or appropriate for purposes of this opinion and subject to the assumptions and qualifications set forth herein, I am of the opinion that, as of this date:

1. The Company is a limited liability company (i) duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New Jersey and (ii) duly qualified and in good standing under the laws of the State of Georgia.

2. The Company has full power and authority to execute and deliver the Company Documents, and to perform its obligations under, and to carry out and consummate the transactions described in the Company Documents.

3. The Company Documents have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms.

 

C-3


4. The execution and delivery by the Company of, and the performance of its obligations under, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Company Documents do not (i) conflict with or constitute a breach or violation of or default under the Certificate of Formation or Operating Agreement of the Company; (ii) violate any applicable provisions of statutory law or regulation; (iii) breach or otherwise violate any decree, order, or judgment to which the Company is subject that is in force and effect on the date hereof; or (iv) breach or result in default under any agreement, indenture, mortgage, lease, deed of trust, note, or other instrument to which the Company is or may be bound.

5. The Company is not in breach of or in default under any applicable law or regulation, or any applicable judgment or decree or any lease agreement, indenture, bond, note, resolution, agreement or other instrument to which either is a party or is otherwise subject, which in any case the failure to comply with would have a material adverse effect upon the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents; and no event has occurred and is continuing which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an event of default under any of such agreements or documents.

6. There are no suits or proceedings threatened or pending against or affecting the Company, or any property owned by it, at law or in equity, before or by any court, arbitrator, administrative agency or other governmental authority, which individually or in the aggregate might have a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to carry out the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

7. No authorization, consent, approval or review of any court or public or governmental body or regulatory authority is required as of the date of closing for the authorization, execution and delivery by the Company of the Company Documents or for any action taken by the Company in connection with the transactions contemplated by such documents which has not been obtained or effected, except for such as may be required under state securities laws.

8. The Company Resolutions have been lawfully adopted and are currently in full force and effect.

Qualifications

Each of the opinions expressed above is subject to and in all respects qualified by the following:

a. My opinion as to the enforceability of any Transaction Document is limited by: (i) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, and other similar laws affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and lenders; (ii) general principles of equity, good faith and fair dealing (regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); (iii) principles governing the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or any other equitable remedy, which generally provide that the award of such remedies is in the discretion of the court to which application for such relief is made; and (iv) as to the indemnification provisions in any Transaction Document which are applicable to the Company, the limitations on enforcement required by applicable state and federal securities laws.

 

C-4


b. The opinion expressed in paragraph 6 with respect to pending and threatened actions, suits, proceedings, claims and investigations is based solely upon the Certificate and my personal knowledge, and I have not examined any records of any court, administrative tribunal or other similar entity in connection with the opinions expressed in that paragraph.

c. No opinion is expressed as to the enforceability of provisions, if any, that purport to establish evidentiary standards.

This opinion is rendered to you in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and is for your benefit and the benefit of any of your successors, assigns or participants. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose or by any other person without my express written consent.

 

Respectfully submitted,

Karen C. Turner

General Counsel

 

C-5


EXHIBIT “D”

INVESTMENT LETTER

[Date of Bond Purchase]

$40,000,000

Development Authority of Fulton County

Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds

(ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project)

Series 2002

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In connection with the private placement of the captioned bonds (the “Bonds”) pursuant to the Bond Purchase Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002 by and between the undersigned as purchaser (the “Purchaser”), the Development Authority of Fulton County (the “Issuer”) and ADESA Atlanta, LLC (the “Lessee”), the undersigned hereby acknowledges and represents that: (i) the Purchaser has had the opportunity to ask questions and receive answers concerning the Issuer, the Lessee, the terms and conditions of the offering and the Lease by and between the Issuer and the Lessee, and any information supplied to it with respect to any of the foregoing; and (ii) the Bonds were not offered to it by means of any publicly disseminated advertisements or sales literature and it is not aware of any other offers of the Bonds to any other persons by such means. The Purchaser understands that the holders of the Bonds have no right to demand payment from the Issuer from any sources other than that described in the Bonds.

The Purchaser acknowledges and understands that (i) the Bonds are payable solely from monies derived from amounts payable under the Lease Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002 (the “Lease”) between the Issuer and the Lessee and certain trust funds on deposit with SunTrust Bank, as trustee (the “Trustee”), under that certain Trust Indenture dated as of December 1, 2002 (the “Indenture”) between the Issuer and the Trustee, and (ii) the Bonds constitute special limited obligations of the Issuer payable solely from the revenues described in (i) above and shall not constitute an indebtedness of Fulton County, State of Georgia or any other political subdivision thereof, and neither the faith and credit nor the taxing power of Fulton County, the State of Georgia or any other political subdivision thereof is pledged to the payment of the principal of and interest on the Bonds, or any costs incident thereto.

The Purchaser further acknowledges and agrees that none of the Issuer, the Trustee or Alston & Bird LLP, as bond counsel, has given or confirmed any information relating to the Project or the Lessee or its operations, financial condition or prospects and that such parties will have no responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any information obtained by the Purchaser from any source regarding the Project or the Lessee or the sufficiency of any security for the Bonds.

The Purchaser maintains its principal executive offices in the State of Indiana, and is authorized to transact business in the State of Georgia.

 

D-1


The Purchaser understands that the Bonds have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), nor have they been registered under any state securities laws.

The Bonds are being purchased for the Purchaser’s own account for investment only, for its own account only, and not with a view to any distribution, resale or other disposition thereof, and the Purchaser is not an underwriter thereof. The Purchaser has no present plans or obligations to enter into or perform any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement for any such distribution, resale or other disposition.

The Purchaser understands and agrees that the following restrictions and limitations shall be applicable to the transfer or disposition of the Bonds or any interest therein:

(i) Neither the Purchaser’s Bonds nor any interest therein shall be sold, pledged, hypothecated, or otherwise transferred or disposed of if such action would cause the initial private placement of these Bonds to become a public offering or a distribution thereof.

(ii) A legend will be placed on the Bonds in substantially the following form:

THIS BOND HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION, AND IT MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, HYPOTHECATED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, WITHOUT AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE TRUSTEE, THE ISSUER AND THE LESSEE OF THE PROJECT REFERRED TO IN THIS BOND TO THE EFFECT THAT SUCH TRANSFER WILL NOT VIOLATE APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS.

The foregoing legend may be placed on any new instruments issued upon presentation by the Purchaser of instruments of transfer, and any subsequent purchaser will be required to deliver a similar investment agreement.

The Purchaser acknowledges that the Bonds will not be listed on any securities exchange. Further, no trading market now exists, and none may exist in the future for the Bonds. Accordingly, the Purchaser understands that it may need to bear the risks of this investment for an indefinite time, since any sale prior to the maturity of the Bonds may not be possible or may be at a price below that which the Purchaser is paying for the Bonds. The Purchaser represents that it has knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and investments necessary to evaluate the risks of an investment in the Bonds.

 

D-2


The Purchaser also represents that it is capable of bearing the economic risks of an investment in the Bonds indefinitely and is capable of bearing the economic risk of losing its entire investment in the Bonds.

 

Very truly yours,

ADESA ATLANTA, LLC

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

D-3

Exhibit 10.31

LEASE AGREEMENT

BETWEEN

DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF FULTON COUNTY

AND

ADESA ATLANTA, LLC

DATED AS OF DECEMBER 1, 2002

The interest of Development Authority of Fulton County (the “ Issuer ”) in this Lease Agreement has been assigned to SunTrust Bank, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) under the Trust Indenture dated as of December 1, 2002, between the Issuer and the Trustee as security for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on those certain Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds, (ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project) Series 2002, and any Additional Bonds issued under the Indenture.

This Instrument was prepared by:

Alston & Bird LLP

One Atlantic Center

1201 West Peachtree Street

Atlanta, Georgia 30309-3424

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1    Definitions    1
Section 1.2    Certain Rules of Interpretation    6

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS

 

Section 2.1    Representations by the Issuer    7
Section 2.2    Representations by the Lessee    7

ARTICLE III

DEMISING CLAUSES

AND WARRANTY OF TITLE

 

Section 3.1    Demise of the Project    8
Section 3.2    Warranty of Title    8
Section 3.3    Quiet Enjoyment    8

ARTICLE IV

COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT;

ISSUANCE OF THE BONDS; ADDITIONAL BONDS

 

Section 4.1    Agreement to Construct and Equip the Project; Appointment of Lessee and Construction Agent    8
Section 4.2    Agreement to Issue the Bonds; Application of Bond Proceeds; Additional Bonds    10
Section 4.3    Disbursements from the Construction Fund    11
Section 4.4    Obligation of the Parties to Cooperate in Furnishing Documents to Trustee    11
Section 4.5    Establishment of Completion Date and Date of Beneficial Occupancy    11
Section 4.6    Lessee Required to Pay Construction and Equipment Costs in Event Construction Fund Insufficient    12
Section 4.7    Issuer to Pursue Remedies Against Contractors and Subcontractors and Their Sureties    12
Section 4.8    Investment of Construction Fund and Bond Fund Moneys Permitted    13

 

i


ARTICLE V

EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS LEASE;

DURATION OF LEASE TERM; RENTAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 5.1    Effective Date of This Lease, Duration of Lease Term    13
Section 5.2    Delivery and Acceptance of Possession    13
Section 5.3    Rents and Other Amounts Payable    13
Section 5.4    Place of Payments    14
Section 5.5    Obligations of Lessee Hereunder Unconditional    15

ARTICLE VI

MAINTENANCE, MODIFICATIONS,

TAXES AND INSURANCE

 

Section 6.1    Maintenance and Modifications of Project by Lessee    15
Section 6.2    Removal of Equipment    16
Section 6.3    Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and Utility Charges    17
Section 6.4    Insurance and Indemnity    18
Section 6.5    Advances by Issuer or Trustee    19

ARTICLE VII

DAMAGE DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

 

Section 7.1    Damage and Destruction    19
Section 7.2    Condemnation    19
Section 7.3    Condemnation of Excluded Property    20

ARTICLE VIII

SPECIAL COVENANTS

 

Section 8.1    No Warranty of Design, Condition or Suitability by the Issuer    20
Section 8.2    Inspection of the Project    21
Section 8.3    Lessee to Maintain its Existence; Conditions Under Which Exceptions Permitted    21
Section 8.4    Qualification in Georgia    21
Section 8.5    Granting of Easements and Leasehold Mortgages    21
Section 8.6    Waiver of Landlord’s Lien    25
Section 8.7    Granting of Mortgages by Issuer    25
Section 8.8    Estoppel Certificates    26
Section 8.9    Authorized Issuer Representative    26
Section 8.10    Authorized Lessee Representative    26

 

ii


ARTICLE IX

ASSIGNMENT, SUBLEASING, PLEDGING

AND SELLING; REDEMPTION;

RENT PREPAYMENT AND ABATEMENT

 

Section 9.1    Assignment and Subleasing    26
Section 9.2    Assignment and Pledge of Revenues by Issuer    27
Section 9.3    Restrictions on Sale of Project by Issuer    27
Section 9.4    Redemption of Bonds    27
Section 9.5    Prepayment of Rents    27
Section 9.6    Presentment of Bonds for Cancellation    28
Section 9.7    Lessee Entitled to Certain Rent Abatements if Bonds Paid Prior to Maturity    28
Section 9.8    Reference to Bonds Ineffective After Bonds Paid    28

ARTICLE X

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

Section 10.1    Events of Default Defined    28
Section 10.2    Remedies on Default    30
Section 10.3    No Remedy Exclusive    31
Section 10.4    Agreement to Pay Reasonable Attorneys’ Fees and Expenses    31
Section 10.5    No Additional Waiver Implied by One Waiver    31
Section 10.6    Rescission of Remedies    31

ARTICLE XI

OPTIONS IN FAVOR OF LESSEE

 

Section 11.1    General Option to Purchase Project    32
Section 11.2    Option to Purchase a Portion of the Project    32
Section 11.3    Conveyance on Purchase    33
Section 11.4    Relative Position of Options and Indenture    34
Section 11.5    Lessee’s Option to Terminate    34
Section 11.6    Conveyance of Project at End of Lease Term    35

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 12.1    Notices    35
Section 12.2    Binding Effect    36
Section 12.3    Severability    36
Section 12.4    Amounts Remaining in Funds    36
Section 12.5    Amendments, Changes and Modifications    36

 

iii


Section 12.6    Execution Counterparts    37
Section 12.7    Captions    37
Section 12.8    Recording of Lease    37
Section 12.9    Law Governing Construction of Lease    37
Section 12.10    Net Lease    37
Section 12.11    Survival of Purchase Options    37

EXHIBIT A—LAND

EXHIBIT B—THE PROJECT

 

iv


STATE OF GEORGIA

COUNTY OF FULTON

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT made and entered into as of December 1, 2002 (this “ Lease ”) by and between DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF FULTON COUNTY (herein called the “ Issuer ”), a public body corporate and politic duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Georgia, as Lessor, and ADESA ATLANTA, LLC (herein called the “ Lessee ”), a limited liability corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of New Jersey, as Lessee.

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Issuer was created for the purpose of expanding and developing trade, commerce, industry and employment opportunities in Fulton County, Georgia (the “ County ”), and in furtherance of such purposes, the Issuer has the power to issue its revenue bonds to provide funds to be used by the Issuer to finance construction, installation, modification, renovation or rehabilitation of land, buildings, structures, facilities and other improvements and fixtures, machinery, equipment, furniture and other property of any nature whatsoever used in connection therewith, as determined by a majority of the members of the Issuer for lease or sale to prospective tenants or purchasers; and

WHEREAS, the Issuer proposes to acquire, construct and equip the Project (as hereinafter defined) within the Issuer’s area of authority and to lease the same to the Lessee in a manner consistent with its stated purpose of expanding and developing trade, commerce, industry and employment opportunities in the County.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the respective representations and agreements herein contained and such other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows (provided, that any obligation of the Issuer to pay money created by or arising out of this Lease shall be payable solely out of the proceeds derived from this Lease, the sale of the Bonds referred to in Section 2.1 hereof, the insurance and condemnation awards as herein provided and any other revenues arising out of or in connection with its ownership, leasing or sale of the Project as hereinafter defined):

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions . In addition to the words and terms elsewhere defined herein, the following words and terms as used herein shall have the following meanings unless the context or use clearly indicates another or different meaning or intent, and any other words and terms defined in the Indenture shall have the same meanings when used herein as assigned them in the Indenture unless the context or use clearly indicates another or different meaning or intent:

Act ” means the Development Authorities Law (O.C.G.A. 36-62-1 et seq .), as now or hereafter amended.

 

1


Additional Bonds ” means additional parity Bonds authorized to be issued by the Issuer pursuant to Section 208 of the Indenture.

Additions ” shall have the meaning given in Section 6.1 hereof.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person (i) directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such Person, or (ii) directly or indirectly owning or holding five percent (5%) or more of the equity interest in such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

Agreement Term ” means the period beginning on the date hereof and continuing until the expiration of the Lease Term.

Authorized Issuer Representative ” means the person or persons at the time designated to act on behalf of the Issuer by written certificate furnished to the Lessee and the Trustee containing the specimen signature of such person or persons and signed on behalf of the Issuer by its Chairman or Vice Chairman. Any such person shall be subject to the approval of the Lessee and shall be replaced by the Issuer upon the written request of the Lessee.

Authorized Lessee Representative ” means the person or persons at the time designated to act on behalf of the Lessee by written certificate furnished to the Issuer and the Trustee containing the specimen signature of such person or persons and signed on behalf of the Lessee by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice President of the Lessee.

Bonds ” means the 2002 Bonds and any Additional Bonds issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture.

Bond Fund ” means the fund created by Section 502 of the Indenture.

Closing Date ” means the date of the original issuance and sale of the Bonds.

Completion Date ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 4.5 hereof.

Construction Fund ” means the fund created by Section 602 of the Indenture.

Construction Period ” means the period between the beginning of construction of the Project or the date on which the Bonds are first delivered to the original purchaser thereof (whichever is earlier) and the Date of Beneficial Occupancy.

 

2


County ” means Fulton County, Georgia, a political subdivision of the State of Georgia, and any public entity, body or authority to which is hereafter transferred or delegated by law the duties, powers, authorities, obligations or liabilities of the present political subdivision.

Date of Beneficial Occupancy ” shall have the meaning given such term in Section 4.5 hereof.

Equipment ” means those items of machinery, equipment and other tangible personal property acquired with the proceeds from the sale of the Bonds or the proceeds from any payment by the Lessee pursuant to Section 4.6 hereof and installed as part of the Project and any item of machinery, equipment and other tangible personal property acquired and installed in substitution thereof and renewals and replacements thereof pursuant to the provisions of Sections 4.1, 6.2(a), 7.1 and 7.2 hereof, less such machinery, equipment and other tangible personal property as may be released from this Lease pursuant to Section 6.2(b) hereof or damaged or destroyed and not restored as provided in Section 7.l or taken by the exercise of the power of eminent domain as provided in Section 7.2 hereof, but not including any Excluded Property or any machinery, equipment and other tangible personal property installed under the provisions of Section 6.1(b) hereof.

Excluded Property ” means all personal property (other than such property as is included in the definition of Equipment) and all real property (other than such property as is included in the definition of Land and Improvements) which is not purchased or acquired, directly or indirectly, with the proceeds of the Bonds or expressly transferred to the Issuer by a bill of sale or similar instrument, and all renewals and replacements therefor, in each case whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the Lessee or any other Person, and whether or not installed or located on the Land as described in Section 6.1(b) hereof.

Force Majeure Event ” means, without limitation, the following: acts of God; strikes, lockouts or other industrial disturbances; acts of public enemies; orders of any kind of the government of the United States or of the State of Georgia or any of their departments, agencies, or officials, or any civil or military authority; insurrections; riots; epidemics; landslides; lightning; earthquakes; fire; hurricanes; storms; floods; washouts; droughts; arrests; restraint of government and people; civil disturbance; explosions; breakage or accident to machinery, transmission pipes or canals; partial or entire failure of utilities; or any other cause or event not reasonably within the control of the Lessee. The settlement of strikes, lockouts and other industrial disturbances shall be entirely within the discretion of the Lessee, and the Lessee shall not be required to make settlement of strikes, lockouts and other industrial disturbances by acceding to the demands of the opposing party or parties when such course is in the judgment of the Lessee unfavorable to the Lessee.

Government Obligations ” means (a) direct obligations of the United States of America for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged, or (b) obligations issued by a person controlled or supervised by and

 

3


acting as an instrumentality of the United States of America, the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on which is fully and unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States of America.

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality or regulatory body.

Improvements ” means those certain buildings, facilities and other improvements to real property provided for in the Plans and Specifications which are located on the Land and which do not constitute a part of the Equipment, including, without limitation, all facilities, roads, parking areas, utilities, fences, lighting and other site improvements, as such may from time to time exist.

Issuer ” means Development Authority of Fulton County, a public body corporate and politic duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Georgia, and its lawful successors and assigns.

Land ” means the real estate and interests in real estate described in Exhibit “A” attached hereto and by this reference made a part of this Lease, plus such real estate and interests in real estate as may be added to the provisions of this Lease pursuant to Section 12.5 hereof, less such real estate and interests in real estate as may be released from this Lease pursuant to Sections 8.5 and 11.3 hereof or taken by the exercise of the power of eminent domain as provided in Section 7.2 hereof.

Lease ” means this Lease Agreement as it now exists and as it may hereafter be amended pursuant to the terms hereof and Article XII of the Indenture.

Lease Term ” means the duration of the Lessee’s beneficial occupancy of the Project as provided in Section 5.1 hereof, including any applicable Extended Lease Term (as therein defined).

Leasehold Mortgage ” shall having the meaning given in Section 8.5(b) hereof.

Lessee ” means ADESA Atlanta, LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, and its successors and assigns including any surviving, resulting or transferee corporation as provided in Section 8.3 hereof.

Mortgage ” shall have the meaning given in Section 8.7 hereof.

Net Proceeds ” when used with respect to any insurance or condemnation award, means the gross proceeds from the insurance or condemnation award with respect to which that term is used remaining after payment of all expenses incurred in the collection of such gross proceeds.

Permitted Encumbrances ” means, as of any particular time, (a) liens for ad valorem taxes and special assessments not then delinquent or permitted to exist as provided in Section 6.3 hereof, (b) the Lease Documents, (c) utility, access and other easements, licenses, rights-of-way, restrictions, reservations and exceptions which,

 

4


according to the certificate of an Authorized Lessee Representative, will not materially interfere with or impair the operations being conducted at the Project (or, if no operations are being conducted therein, the operations for which the Project was designed or last modified), (d) unfiled and inchoate mechanics’, materialmen’s or other similar liens for construction work in progress, (e) mechanics’, laborers’, materialmen’s, suppliers’ and vendors’ liens or other similar liens in connection with the Project Construction or the acquisition, construction and installation of any Additions (as defined in Section 6.1 hereof), (f) such defects, irregularities, encumbrances, easements, rights-of-way and clouds on title as do not, in the aggregate, and in the opinion of the Lessee, materially impair the property affected thereby for the purpose for which it was acquired or is held by the Issuer, (g) the rights of sublessees and other tenants having an interest in all or any portion of the Project, and (h) any Lessee Liens and Issuer Liens (as such terms are defined in Section 8.5(b) hereof).

Person ” means any individual, partnership, joint venture, firm, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust or other enterprise (whether or not incorporated) or any Governmental Authority.

Plans and Specifications ” means the plans and specifications prepared by or on behalf of the Lessee for the Project, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time by the Lessee in accordance with Section 4.1 hereof.

Project ” means the facilities, including the Land, the Improvements and the Equipment, acquired or to be acquired, constructed and installed pursuant to Plans and Specifications, which facilities, as presently contemplated, are generally described in Exhibit “B” hereto, and all Additions described in Section 6.1(b) to the extent the Issuer has received the notice and/or bill of sale or other transfer documents as required by said Section; provided, however, that the term “Project” and the lesser included terms “Improvements” and “Equipment” shall not be deemed to include any part of the Excluded Property except where those terms are used in the definitions of “Date of Beneficial Occupancy,” “Construction Period,” “Plans and Specifications,” and “Project Costs,” in Sections 2.1(a) and 2.1(d) and Article IV hereof and in any other provision of this Lease dealing specifically with the acquisition, construction, installation or equipping of property.

Project Construction ” means the design, development, acquisition, construction, installation, equipping and placing into service of the Project, including, without limitation, the design and construction of all Improvements and the acquisition, installation and testing of all Equipment.

Project Costs ” shall include the following:

(a) all costs of construction, purchase, or other forms of acquisition;

(b) all costs of real or personal property required for the purpose of the Project and all facilities related thereto, including land and any rights or undivided interests therein, casements, franchises, water rights, fees, permits, approvals, licenses, and certificates and the securing of such franchises, permits, approvals, licenses and certificates and the preparation of applications therefor;

 

5


(c) all machinery, equipment, initial fuel, and other supplies required for the Project;

(d) financing charges and interest prior to the Date of Beneficial Occupancy;

(e) costs of engineering, architectural and legal services;

(f) fees paid to fiscal agents for financial and other advice or supervision;

(g) costs of Plans and Specifications and all expenses necessary or incidental to the construction, purchase or acquisition of the Project or to determining the feasibility or practicability of the Project;

(h) any fund or funds for the creation of a debt service reserve, a renewal or replacement reserve and such other reserves as may be reasonably required by the Issuer with respect to the financing and operation of the Project and as may be authorized by the Indenture; and

(i) administrative expenses and such other expenses as may be necessary or incidental to the financing of the Project as authorized in the Act.

The foregoing costs and expenses include costs and expenses incurred by the Issuer or the Lessee pursuant to the Inducement Agreement dated as of October 22, 2002, between the Issuer and the Lessee (the “ Inducement Agreement ”) and include repayment of any loans made by the Lessee for the advance payment of any part of such costs, including interest thereon.

2002 Bonds ” means the Taxable Economic Development Revenue Bonds (ADESA Atlanta, LLC Project) Series 2002, issued by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture.

Section 1.2 Certain Rules of Interpretation . The definitions set forth in Section 1.1 shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms therein defined and shall cover all genders.

“Herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” “hereof,” “hereinbefore,” hereinafter” and other equivalent words refer to this Lease and not solely to the particular Article, Section or subdivision hereof in which such word is used.

Reference herein to an Article number (e.g., Article IV) or a Section number (e.g., Section 6.8) shall be construed to be a reference to the designated Article number or section number hereof unless the context or use clearly indicates another or different meaning or intent.

 

6


The table of contents, titles and headings of the articles and sections of this Lease Agreement have been inserted for convenience and reference only and are not to be considered a part hereof and shall not in any way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof and shall never be considered or given any effect in construing this Lease or any provision hereof or in ascertaining intent, if any question of intent should arise.

This Lease and all the terms and provisions hereof shall be liberally construed to effectuate the purposes set forth herein and to sustain the validity of this Lease.

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS

Section 2.1 Representations by the Issuer . The Issuer makes the following representations as the basis for the undertakings on its part herein contained:

(a) The Issuer is a public body corporate and politic duly organized and existing under the provisions of the Act. Under the provisions of the Act, the Issuer has the power to enter into the transactions contemplated by this Lease and to carry out its obligations hereunder. The Issuer has determined by majority vote of its members that the Project constitutes a “project” within the meaning of the Act. By proper corporate action, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Lease.

(b) The Issuer proposes to acquire, construct and equip the Project in accordance with the Plans and Specifications, and proposes to lease the Project to the Lessee, all for the purpose of promoting trade, commerce, industry and employment opportunities in the County and the State of Georgia.

(c) The Bonds are to be issued under the Indenture, pursuant to which the Issuer’s interest in this Lease and the rents and other revenues derived by the Issuer from its ownership and leasing of the Project will be assigned and pledged to the Trustee, all as security for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds.

Section 2.2 Representations by the Lessee . The Lessee makes the following representations as the basis for the undertakings on its part herein contained:

(a) The Lessee, a limited liability company duly incorporated, existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New Jersey, and qualified to do business under the laws of the State of Georgia, has the power to enter into this Lease and to perform its obligations contained herein, and has been duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease.

(b) The Lessee is not subject to any provision under its Certificate of Formation, as amended or its Operating Agreement, as amended, or any contractual limitation or provision of any nature whatsoever which in any way limits, restricts or prevents the Lessee from entering into this Lease or performing any of its obligations hereunder.

(c) All of the Project will be located in the County.

 

7


ARTICLE III

DEMISING CLAUSES

AND WARRANTY OF TITLE

Section 3.1 Demise of the Project . Commencing on the Closing Date and during the Lease Term, the Issuer agrees to demise and lease to the Lessee, and the Lessee hereby agrees to lease from the Issuer, the Project at the rental set forth in Section 5.3 hereof and in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, subject to Permitted Encumbrances.

Section 3.2 Warranty of Title . The Issuer acknowledges that it has received from the Lessee a Limited Warranty Deed with respect to the Land and warrants for itself and its successors and assigns to the Lessee, its successors and assigns, that the Issuer has not and shall not take any actions which would result in the imposition of any liens or encumbrances on the Land except (i) Permitted Encumbrances or (ii) those liens or encumbrances created by or with the written consent of the Lessee.

Section 3.3 Quiet Enjoyment . The Issuer covenants and agrees that it will warrant and defend the Lessee in the quiet enjoyment and peaceable possession of the Project free from all claims of all Persons claiming by or through the Issuer, throughout the Lease Term, so long as the Lessee shall perform the covenants, conditions and agreements to be performed by it hereunder, or so long as the period for remedying any default in such performance shall not have expired.

ARTICLE IV

COMMENCEMENT AND COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT;

ISSUANCE OF THE BONDS; ADDITIONAL BONDS

Section 4.1 Agreement to Construct and Equip the Project; Appointment of Lessee and Construction Agent .

(a) The Issuer, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby makes, constitutes and appoints the Lessee as its true, lawful and exclusive agent for the Project Construction, and the Lessee hereby accepts such agency to act and do all things on behalf of the Issuer, to exercise all rights, remedies and powers of the Issuer in connection therewith, including, without limitation, the following:

(i) negotiate, enter into, perform and enforce all contracts, purchase or supply orders and other arrangements with respect to the Project Construction (collectively, the “ Construction Contracts ”) on such terms and conditions as are customary and reasonable under the circumstances and as are reasonably consistent with local and national standards and practices with respect to similar facilities;

 

8


(ii) apply for and obtain in its own name or the name of the Issuer all necessary permits, licenses, consents, approvals, entitlements and other authorizations which may be required for the Project Construction and the use and occupancy of the Project or any part thereof;

(iii) supervise or negotiate, enter into, perform and enforce contracts for the supervision of the Project Construction;

(iv) prepare, execute and file with the Trustee all requisitions and other requests required under the terms hereof and of the Indenture and to obtain and use monies in the Construction Fund for the payment or reimbursement of Project Costs; and

(v) maintain the Plans and Specifications and adequate books and records with respect to the Project Construction.

The Issuer hereby ratifies and confirms all actions of the Lessee with respect to the Project prior to the date hereof. This appointment of the Lessee to act as agent and all authority hereby conferred or granted is conferred and granted irrevocably, until all activities in connection with the Project Construction shall have been completed, and shall not be terminated prior thereto unless by the mutual agreement of the Issuer and the Lessee.

(b) The Issuer agrees that it will enter into, or accept the assignment of, such Construction Contracts as the Lessee may request in order to effectuate the purposes of this Section; provided that, unless waived by the Issuer, each such Construction Contract shall be expressly non-recourse to the Issuer.

(c) The Lessee agrees to use its best efforts to cause the Plans and Specifications to be prepared and completed as soon as practicable and in accordance with the requirements of all applicable Governmental Authorities. In addition, to the extent not covered by said Plans and Specifications, the Lessee agrees to prepare the list of Equipment for installation in the Project which Equipment shall be necessary or desirable in the discretion of the Lessee in connection with the use, occupancy and operation of the Project. The Issuer agrees that the Lessee may at any time and from time to time, in its sole discretion, change the Plans and Specifications; provided, however, no such change or changes shall singly or in the aggregate result in the Project not constituting a “project” as defined in the Act or shall, without prior written notice to the Issuer, substantially change the character of the Project or the type of business operations to be conducted at the Project. The Improvements and the Equipment shall be titled in the name of the Issuer and subject to the terms of this Lease.

(d) The Lessee agrees to use its best efforts to (i) cause the Project Construction to be commenced as promptly as practicable after the Closing Date, (ii) to continue said Project Construction with all reasonable dispatch thereafter, and (iii) to cause said Project Construction to be completed as soon as practicable. Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, the Lessee shall not be deemed in default of its duties and obligations under this Section 4.1 during any period that the Lessee is unable, in whole or part, to carry out such duties and obligations by reason of a Force Majeure Event. If said Project Construction is not

 

9


completed within the time herein contemplated there shall be no resulting liability on the part of the Issuer or the Lessee and there shall be no diminution or postponement in the payment of the rents required in Section 5.3 hereof by the Lessee.

(e) Upon the request of the Lessee, the Issuer will assign to the Lessee all warranties and guaranties of all contractors, subcontractors, suppliers, architects and engineers for the furnishing of labor, materials or equipment or supervision or design in connection with the Project and any rights or causes of action arising from or against any of the foregoing under the Construction Contracts or otherwise.

Section 4.2 Agreement to Issue the Bonds; Application of Bond Proceeds; Additional Bonds .

(a) In order to provide funds for payment of the Project Costs, the Issuer agrees that it will sell, issue and cause to be delivered, pursuant to the Indenture, the 2002 Bonds, bearing interest, maturing and having the other terms and provisions set forth in the Indenture. Upon receipt of the proceeds derived from the sale of 2002 Bonds, the Issuer will cause said proceeds to be deposited in the Construction Fund.

(b) The Issuer agrees to authorize the issuance of Additional Bonds upon the terms and conditions provided herein and in the Indenture. Additional Bonds may be authorized for the purpose of financing Project Costs to the extent such costs exceed the amount in the Construction Fund, such excess to be evidenced by a certificate signed by the Authorized Lessee Representative, subject to the limitations contained in Section 208 of the Indenture. If the Lessee is not in default hereunder, the Issuer agrees, on request of the Lessee, from time to time, to use its best efforts to issue Additional Bonds in such amounts, maturing on such dates, bearing such rate or rates of interest and redeemable at such times and prices as may be specified by the Lessee and as shall be permitted within the limits and under the conditions specified above and in the Indenture; provided, that (i) the Lessee and the Issuer shall have entered into an amendment to this Lease or a separate lease containing substantially the same terms as this Lease to provide for the lease of any additional properties not constituting Excluded Property to the Lessee and to include a description of such additional properties, to provide for rental payments to be paid by the Lessee to the Issuer as shall be sufficient to pay the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on the Additional Bonds as provided to be paid in the supplemental bond resolution with respect to such Additional Bonds, and to extend the Lease Term or in the case of a separate lease, provide for a lease term of at least ten years if the maturity of any Additional Bonds would occur after the expiration of the Lease Term, and (ii) the Issuer shall have otherwise complied with the provisions of the Indenture with respect to the issuance of such Additional Bonds. Any amendment to this Lease entered into pursuant to clause (i) above will provide that any such additional properties shall be included under this Lease upon terms equivalent to those pertaining to the Project. The Issuer will deposit the proceeds from the sale of Additional Bonds in the same manner as provided in paragraph (a) above.

(c) Upon request of the Lessee, the Issuer agrees to authorize and use its best efforts to issue, and if issued to deposit the proceeds from the sale of, any refunding bonds for the purpose of refunding all or a portion of the outstanding Bonds.

 

10


Section 4.3 Disbursements from the Construction Fund . In the Indenture, the Issuer has authorized and directed the Trustee that moneys in the Construction Fund shall be used to pay the Project Costs, or to reimburse the Issuer or the Lessee for any Project Costs paid or incurred by the Issuer or the Lessee either before or after execution of this Lease and delivery of the 2002 Bonds. Such payments shall be made by the Trustee upon receipt of a requisition, signed by the Authorized Lessee Representative, stating with respect to each payment to be made:

(1) the requisition number;

(2) if other than the Lessee, the name and address of the person to whom payment is due;

(3) the amount to be paid; and

(4) that each obligation mentioned therein constitutes a Project Cost and has not been the basis of any previous requisition.

In the Indenture, the Issuer has authorized and directed that all moneys remaining in the Construction Fund (including moneys earned pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.8 hereof) upon receipt by the Trustee of the Construction Completion Certificate described in Section 4.5(b) hereof, shall at the written direction of the Lessee, be (i) used by the Issuer for the purchase of Bonds for the purpose of cancellation; or (ii) paid into the Bond Fund; or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii) as is provided in such direction, provided that amounts approved by the Authorized Lessee Representative shall be retained in the Construction Fund (whether or not then on deposit or to be deposited pursuant to a subsequent requisition) for payment of Project Costs not then due and payable. Any balance remaining of such retained funds after full payment of all such Project Costs shall be used by the Trustee as directed by the Lessee in the manner specified in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of this paragraph.

In making any such payment from the Construction Fund, the Trustee may rely on any such requisitions and certificates delivered to it pursuant to this Section and the Trustee shall be relieved of all liability with respect to making such payments in accordance with such requisitions and certificates without inspection of the Project or any other investigation.

Section 4.4 Obligation of the Parties to Cooperate in Furnishing Documents to Trustee . The Issuer and the Lessee agree to cooperate with each other in furnishing to the Trustee the documents referred to in Section 4.3 hereof that are required to effect payments out of the Construction Fund, and to cause such requisitions to be directed to the Trustee as may be necessary to effect payments out of the Construction Fund in accordance with Section 4.3 hereof.

Section 4.5 Establishment of Completion Date and Date of Beneficial Occupancy . The Completion Date shall be evidenced to the Trustee by a certificate executed by the Authorized Lessee Representative (the “ Construction Completion Certificate ”) stating that as of a date certain (the “ Completion Date ”) the Project Construction was completed and that the Issuer and/or the Lessee received all consents, approvals or other licenses for applicable Governmental Authorities required for the use, occupancy and operation of the Project. The Construction Completion Certificate shall be delivered within ten (10) days of the Completion Date as determined by the Lessee.

 

11


The Date of Beneficial Occupancy shall be evidenced to the Trustee by a certificate signed by the Authorized Lessee Representative (the “ Beneficial Occupancy Certificate ”) stating that the Date of Beneficial Occupancy has occurred and specifying said date. The “ Date of Beneficial Occupancy ” shall mean the earliest to occur of (i) the Completion Date or (ii) the day on which commercial operations at the Project have begun. The Beneficial Occupancy Certificate shall be delivered within ten (10) days of the date of the occurrence of the Date of Beneficial Occupancy.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Construction Completion Certificate and the Beneficial Occupancy Certificate shall state that they are given without prejudice to any rights of the Issuer or the Lessee against third parties which exist on the date of such certificate or which may subsequently come into being. The Issuer and the Lessee agree to cooperate in causing such certificates to be furnished to the Trustee.

Section 4.6 Lessee Required to Pay Construction and Equipment Costs in Event Construction Fund Insufficient . In the event the moneys in the Construction Fund available for payment of the Project Costs should not be sufficient to pay such costs in full and the Lessee has not requested that the Issuer issue Additional Bonds for such purpose, the Lessee agrees to complete the Project Construction and to pay all that portion of the Project Costs as may be in excess of the moneys available therefor or in the Construction Fund by making payments directly to the construction contractor or contractors or the suppliers of materials and equipment as the same shall become due or by paying into the Construction Fund the moneys necessary to complete the Project in which case the Issuer will proceed to complete the Project Construction and the cost thereof will be paid from the Construction Fund. The Issuer does not make any warranty, either express or implied, that the moneys which will be paid into the Construction Fund and which, under the provisions of this Lease, will be available for payment of the Project Costs will be sufficient to pay all such Project Costs. The Lessee agrees that if, after exhaustion of the moneys in the Construction Fund, the Lessee should pay any portion of the Project Costs pursuant to the provisions of this Section, it shall not be entitled to any reimbursement therefor from the Issuer or from the Trustee or from the holders of any of the Bonds (except to the extent that Additional Bonds may be issued to pay such excess Project Costs) nor shall it be entitled to any diminution of the rents payable under Section 5.3 hereof. All Land, Improvements and Equipment acquired with funds provided by the Lessee as provided herein shall be titled in the name of the Issuer and subject to the terms of this Lease.

Section 4.7 Issuer to Pursue Remedies Against Contractors and Subcontractors and Their Sureties . In the event of any default of any supplier, contractor or subcontractor under any Construction Contract entered into in connection with the Project Construction or in the event of breach of warranty with respect to any material, workmanship or performance guaranty, the Issuer, at the request and sole cost of the Lessee, will promptly proceed either separately or in conjunction with others, to exhaust the remedies of the Issuer against any defaulting supplier, contractor or subcontractor and against any surety thereof or for the performance of any contract made in connection with the Project. Unless the Lessee shall request the Issuer to proceed in another manner, the Issuer shall proceed, in connection with any such default, only through the Lessee as agent for the Issuer; and the Lessee, as such agent and in the name of the Issuer, shall prosecute, defend or settle any action or proceeding or take any other action involving any such supplier, contractor, subcontractor or surety which the Lessee deems

 

12


reasonably necessary. Any amounts recovered by way of damages, refunds, adjustments or otherwise in connection with the foregoing prior to the Completion Date shall be paid into the Construction Fund and after the Completion Date shall be applied in the manner specified in Section 4.3 hereof.

Section 4.8 Investment of Construction Fund and Bond Fund Moneys Permitted . Any moneys held as a part of the Construction Fund or the Bond Fund shall be invested or reinvested by the Trustee upon the written request and direction of the Lessee in only those investments permitted under the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issuer acknowledges and agrees that pursuant to the Bond Purchase Agreement, payment of the Bonds may be made in installments commencing on the Closing Date.

ARTICLE V

EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS LEASE;

DURATION OF LEASE TERM; RENTAL PROVISIONS

Section 5.1 Effective Date of This Lease, Duration of Lease Term . The agreements contained in this Lease shall become effective and the Agreement Term shall begin as of the dated date hereof. The Lease Term shall not commence until the Date of Beneficial Occupancy. Unless sooner terminated or extended in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, this Lease and the Lease Term shall expire at midnight on the tenth anniversary of the thirty-first day of December of the year immediately following the year in which the Date of Beneficial Occupancy occurs; provided, however, if for any reason the entire Project has not been transferred to the Lessee pursuant to Article XI hereof, then the Lease Term shall continue until such Project has been so transferred (such period after the Stated Termination Date shall herein be called the “ Extended Lease Term ”).

Section 5.2 Delivery and Acceptance of Possession . The Issuer agrees to deliver to the Lessee sole and exclusive possession of the Project (subject to the right of the Issuer or the Trustee to enter thereon for inspection purposes and to the other provisions of Section 8.2 hereof) on the Date of Beneficial Occupancy and the Lessee agrees to accept possession of the Project upon such delivery; provided, however, that the Lessee shall be permitted to enter the Project prior to the Date of Beneficial Occupancy for the purpose of fulfilling its duties and obligations as agent for the Issuer in connection with the Project Construction as provided in Article TV hereof and to install and maintain its own equipment.

Section 5.3 Rents and Other Amounts Payable .

(a) The Lessee shall make payments to the Trustee during the Agreement Term for the account of the Issuer in such amounts and at such times as are sufficient to pay (i) the principal of and premium, if any, on the Bonds (whether due and payable at maturity or upon the redemption (in whole or in part) or acceleration of the Bonds) and (ii) accrued interest on the Bonds. In any event each rental payment under this Section shall be sufficient to pay the total amount of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest payable on the Bonds and if at any time

 

13


the balance in the Bond Fund is insufficient to make required payments of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest due on the Bonds on such date, the Lessee shall forthwith pay any such deficiency.

Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any amount at any time deposited in the Bond Fund shall be credited against the next succeeding payment and shall reduce the payment to be made by the Lessee to the extent such amount is in excess of the amount required for payment of the principal of and premium, if any, on Bonds theretofore called for redemption and past due interest in all cases where such Bonds have not been presented for payment; and further, if the amount held by the Trustee in the Bond Fund should be sufficient to pay at the times required the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds then remaining unpaid, the Lessee shall not be obligated to make any further payments under the provisions of this Section.

The payments due and payable during the Extended Lease Term (as defined in Section 5.1 hereof) shall be $1.00 per year.

(b) The Lessee agrees to pay to the Trustee (to the extent not paid from the Construction Fund) until the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds shall have been fully paid, its reasonable and necessary fees, charges and expenses (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) as provided in the Indenture, as and when the same become due. In addition, the Lessee agrees to pay the reasonable and necessary fees, charges and expenses of the Trustee appointed with the consent of the Lessee in accordance with the Indenture. The Lessee may, without creating a default hereunder, withhold any payment required to be made under this subsection (b) in order to contest in good faith the validity, necessity or reasonableness of any such fees, charges or expenses.

(c) The Lessee agrees to pay the reasonable and necessary expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) not otherwise provided for in this Lease, which may be incurred by the Issuer, or for which the Issuer may in any way become liable, as a result of issuing any of the Bonds, the Project Construction and the leasing of the Project to the Lessee, or being a party to this Lease or the Indenture, or issuing the Bonds.

(d) In the event the Lessee should fail to make any of the payments required in this Section, the item or installment so in default shall continue as an obligation of the Lessee until the amount in default shall have been fully paid, and the Lessee agrees to pay the same with interest thereon at the rate of interest borne by the Bonds until paid. The provisions of this Section shall be subject to the provisions of Section 9.7 hereof.

Section 5.4 Place of Payments . The payments provided for in Section 5.3(a) hereof shall either be paid directly to the Trustee for the account of the Issuer and deposited in the Bond Fund or be paid directly to the holder or holders of Bonds in accordance with a home office payment agreement entered into pursuant to Section 202(c) of the Indenture. The payments provided for in Section 5.3(b) and (c) hereof shall be paid directly to the parties to whom such payments are due.

 

14


Section 5.5 Obligations of Lessee Hereunder Unconditional . Subject to the provisions of Section 9.7 hereof, the obligations of the Lessee to make the payments required in Section 5.3(a) hereof shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be subject to diminution by set-off, counterclaim, abatement or otherwise. Until such time as the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds shall have been fully paid or provision for the payment thereof shall have been made in accordance with the Indenture, the Lessee (i) will not suspend or discontinue any payments provided for in Section 5.3(a) hereof except to the extent the same have been prepaid, and (ii) except as provided in Sections 11.1 and 11.5 hereof, will not terminate the Agreement Term for any cause, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, failure of the Issuer to complete the Project Construction, failure of the Issuer’s title to the Project or any part thereof, any acts or circumstances that may constitute failure of consideration, eviction or constructive eviction, destruction of or damage to the Project, commercial frustration of purpose, any change in the tax or other laws of the United States of America or of the State of Georgia or any political subdivision of either thereof or any failure of the Issuer to perform and observe any agreement, whether express or implied, or any duty, liability or obligation arising out of or connected with this Lease. Nothing contained in this Section shall be construed to release the Issuer from the performance of any of the agreements on its part herein contained; and in the event the Issuer should fail to perform any such agreement on its part, the Lessee may institute such action against the Issuer as the Lessee may deem necessary to compel performance or recover its damages for nonperformance so long as such action shall not do violence to the agreements on the part of the Lessee contained in the preceding sentence. The Lessee may, however, at its own cost and expenses and in its own name or in the name of the Issuer, prosecute or defend any action or proceeding or take any other action involving third persons which the Lessee deems reasonably necessary in order to insure the acquisition, construction and equipping of the Project or to secure or protect its right of possession, occupancy and use hereunder, and in such event the Issuer hereby agrees to cooperate fully with the Lessee and to take all action necessary to effect the substitution of the Lessee for the Issuer in any such action or proceeding if the Lessee shall so request.

ARTICLE VI

MAINTENANCE, MODIFICATIONS,

TAXES AND INSURANCE

Section 6.1 Maintenance and Modifications of Project by Lessee .

(a) The Lessee agrees that during the Lease Term it will at its own expense (i) keep the Project in as reasonably safe condition as its operations shall permit and (ii) keep the Improvements and the Equipment and all other facilities and improvements forming a part of the Project in reasonably good repair and in good operating condition.

(b) The Lessee may from time to time, in its sole discretion and at its own expense, make any additions, modifications or improvements to the Project, including (i) the acquisition of additional real property or any interests therein, (ii) the acquisition, construction and equipping of additional buildings, utilities, parking facilities and other improvements on or

 

15


under the Land, and (iii) the installation of additional machinery, equipment and other tangible personal property in the Project, on the Land or in any additional buildings and improvements (collectively, the “ Additions ”); provided, however, no such Additions shall materially impair the effective use of the Project or result in any part of the Project not being a “project” within the meaning of the Act. The Lessee shall furnish to the Issuer the plans for any such Additions. The Issuer shall not be obligated to pay any costs or expenses in connection with the design, acquisition, construction or installation of any such Additions.

At any time and from time to time, the Lessee may elect by giving notice thereof to the Issuer to include any such Additions or portions thereof as a part of the Project (collectively, herein called “ Project Improvements ”); provided that to the extent any such Project Improvements include personal property, such notice shall be accompanied by a bill of sale, assignment or other instrument transferring title thereof to the Issuer. No transfer instrument shall be required in the case of the Project Improvements which constitute real property and upon the giving of such notice to the Issuer such Project Improvements shall be deemed a part of the Project and titled in the name of the Issuer. If no such notice is given by the Lessee to the Issuer, such Additions shall be deemed Excluded Property.

Any such Additions constituting Excluded Property, may be removed by the Lessee at any time and from time to time; provided that any damage to the Project occasioned by such removal shall be repaired by the Lessee at its own expense. All Excluded Property, whether or not installed in the Project or located on or adjacent to the Land, shall remain the sole property of the owner thereof in which the Issuer shall not have any interest, and shall not be subject to the provisions of this Lease or the Indenture. The Issuer agrees to execute and deliver at the request of the Lessee or any other Person having an interest in the Project or any part thereof any landlord’s waivers and other releases in connection with the acquisition, construction and installation of such Excluded Property.

Nothing contained in the preceding provisions of this Section 6.1(b) shall prevent the Lessee from granting any deeds to secure debt, mortgages, security agreements or other similar liens or encumbrances or entering into any sale/leaseback transactions with respect to any Additions (whether in the form of a conditional sale, financing lease or otherwise) and the Issuer agrees to execute and deliver at the request of the Lessee any instruments, waivers, releases, financing statements or other documents necessary or appropriate to confirm any such grant. These provisions shall be in addition to the rights of the Lessee set forth in Sections 8.5 and 8.7 hereof.

(c) Subject to the Lessee’s usual safety and security requirements of persons located on the Land, the Issuer, the Trustee and their respective duly authorized agents shall have the right, upon giving the Lessee at least 48 hours prior written notice, to enter upon any part of the Land during normal daylight business hours, and examine and inspect the same as may be reasonably necessary for the purpose of determining whether the Lessee is in compliance with its obligations under this Section 6.1; provided that no such inspection shall interfere with the business operations at the Project.

Section 6.2 Removal of Equipment . The Issuer shall not be under any obligation to renew, repair or replace any inadequate, obsolete, worn out, unsuitable, undesirable

 

16


or unnecessary Equipment. In any instance where the Lessee in its sole discretion determines that any items of Equipment have become inadequate, obsolete, worn out, unsuitable, undesirable or unnecessary, the Lessee may remove such items of Equipment and (on behalf of the Issuer), sell, trade-in, exchange or otherwise dispose of them (as a whole or in part) and retain all proceeds or consideration received in connection therewith without any responsibility or accountability to the Issuer therefor, provided that in the event that any such removal shall result in the Project not being deemed to constitute a “project” under the Act, the Lessee shall substitute (either by direct payment of the costs thereof or by advancing to the Issuer the funds necessary therefor) and install other machinery or equipment or otherwise take such additional actions which would cause the Project to constitute a “project” under the Act.

The removal from the Project of any portion of the Equipment pursuant to the provisions of this Section shall not entitle the Lessee to any abatement or diminution in amount of the rents payable under Section 5.3 hereof.

The Lessee will not remove or permit the removal of any of the Equipment except in accordance with the provisions of this Section. At the request of the Lessee, the Issuer shall execute such bills of sale, releases or other documents reasonably required by the Lessee in order to accomplish any sale, trade-in, exchange or other disposition of Equipment pursuant to this Section.

Section 6.3 Taxes, Other Governmental Charges and Utility Charges .

(a) The Issuer and the Lessee acknowledge that under present law no part of the Project owned by the Issuer will be subject to ad valorem taxation by the State of Georgia or by any political or taxing subdivision thereof, and that under present law the income and profits (if any) of the Issuer from the Project are not subject to either Federal or Georgia taxation. The Issuer further acknowledges that it has entered into this Lease to enable the Lessee to enjoy a reduction in ad valorem taxation afforded by the reduced value of Lessee’s interest in the Project, as set forth in that certain Memorandum of Agreement Regarding Lease Structure and Valuation of Leasehold Interest among the Issuer, the Lessee and the Fulton County Board of Tax Assessors (the “ Property Tax Memorandum ”). Pursuant to the Property Tax Memorandum, the Issuer agrees that the Lessee will not be required to make any payments in lieu of taxes or other similar payments, provided that the Lessee will pay, as the same respectively become lawfully due and payable, (i) all ad valorem taxes assessed with respect to the Lessee’s leasehold interest in the Project during the Lease Term; (ii) all taxes and governmental charges of any kind whatsoever upon or with respect to the Project or any machinery, equipment or other property installed or brought by the Lessee therein or thereon (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any taxes levied upon or with respect to the income or profits of the Issuer from the Project which, if not paid, will become a lien on the Project or a charge on the revenues and receipts therefrom prior to or on a parity with the lien or charge of the Indenture; (iii) all utility and other charges incurred in the operation, maintenance, use, occupancy and upkeep of the Project; and (iv) all assessments and charges lawfully made by any governmental body for public improvements that may be secured by lien on the Project; provided, that with respect to special assessments or other governmental charges that may lawfully be paid in installments over a period of years, the Lessee shall be obligated to pay only such installments as are required to be paid during the Lease Term.

 

17


(b) It is the understanding and intent of the parties that the Issuer’s acquisition of title to the Project, including but not limited to the Equipment, shall be solely for the purpose of leasing the same to the Lessee pursuant to the terms hereof. It is further the understanding and intent of the parties that, for purposes of the sales and use taxes imposed by Article 8 of Title 48 of the Official Code of Georgia Annotated, the conveyance to the Issuer of title to the Project or any portion thereof by the Lessee as contemplated herein shall not be a taxable transaction for sales and use tax purposes in accordance with the holding of Footpress Corporation v. Strickland, 242 Ga. 686, 251 S.E.2d 278 (1978).

(c) The Lessee may, at its own expense and in its own name and behalf or in the name and behalf of the Issuer, in good faith contest any such taxes, assessments and other charges and, in the event of any such contest, may permit the taxes, assessments or other charges so contested to remain unpaid during the period of such contest and any appeal therefrom. The Issuer will cooperate fully with the Lessee in any such contest.

Section 6.4 Insurance and Indemnity .

(a) During the Project Construction and throughout the Agreement Term, the Lessee shall, in its own name or in the name of the Issuer, keep the Project continuously insured against such risks and in such amounts as are customarily insured against by the Lessee and in such amounts as is consistent with the Lessee’s customary practices, paying as the same become due all premiums in respect thereto; provided that the Lessee may satisfy the requirements of this Section through self-insurance in accordance with its customary practices at other locations. Any policies of insurance so obtained by the Lessee shall include the Issuer as a named insured, as its interest may appear, if such endorsement is obtainable and customary. The Lessee may, in its own name or in the name of the Issuer, prosecute or defend any action or proceeding, or take any other action involving claims against the carrier of the insurance required hereby, including the settlement of such claims, which the Lessee deems necessary or desirable under the circumstances.

(b) The Lessee shall also indemnify and defend the Issuer and the Trustee, and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively the “ Indemnified Parties ” or individually an “ Indemnified Party ”), and hold the same harmless against all liabilities, loses, suits, actions, damages, penalties, costs and expenses (collectively, “ Indemnified Losses ”) incurred in connection with or with respect to (i) the issuance or sale of the Bonds, (ii) the Project Construction, or (iii) the operation of the Project by the Lessee; provided, however, that the indemnification required by this Section 6.4 shall not include indemnification for Indemnified Losses resulting directly or indirectly from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of any Indemnified Party; and provided, further, that the indemnity provided in this Section shall be effective only to the extent of any Indemnified Loss in excess of the Net Proceeds of any insurance carried with respect to the loss sustained. Unless the Lessee shall request an Indemnified Party to proceed in another manner, an Indemnified Party shall proceed in connection with any claim against which indemnification is provided hereunder, only through the Lessee as agent for such Indemnified Party unless there is a conflict; and the Lessee, as such agent and in the name of such Indemnified Party, shall defend or settle any such claim, action or proceeding or take any other action with respect thereto as the Lessee shall deem reasonably necessary and appropriate.

 

18


(c) The provisions of this Section 6.4 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

Section 6.5 Advances by Issuer or Trustee . In the event the Lessee shall (i) fail to maintain the insurance coverage required by Section 6.4 hereof or (ii) fail to correct or repair any hazardous condition at the Project which poses an immediate threat of injury to or death of any Person, and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from the Issuer or the Trustee demanding that such failure be remedied and indicating the intent of such party to cure such failure at the expense of the Lessee, the Issuer or the Trustee may (but unless satisfactorily indemnified shall be under no obligation to) take out the required policies of insurance and pay the premiums on the same or take appropriate actions to correct such hazardous condition; and all amounts so advanced therefor, by the Issuer or the Trustee shall become an additional obligation of the Lessee to said party, which amounts, together with interest thereon at the rate of interest borne by the Bonds from the date thereof, the Lessee agrees to pay.

ARTICLE VII

DAMAGE DESTRUCTION AND CONDEMNATION

Section 7.1 Damage and Destruction . Unless the Lessee shall elect to exercise its option to purchase the Project pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.1 hereof, if prior to full payment of the Bonds (or provision for payment thereof having been made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture) the Project is destroyed (in whole or in part) or is damaged by fire or other casualty all Net Proceeds of insurance received by the Issuer, the Lessee or the Trustee resulting from claims for such losses shall be paid to the Lessee and applied in one or more of the following ways at the sole discretion of the Lessee:

(a) The restoration by the Lessee, as agent for and on behalf of the Issuer, of the property damaged or destroyed to substantially the same condition as it existed prior to the event causing such damage or destruction, with such changes, alterations, and modifications (including the substitution and addition of other property) as may be desired by the Lessee and will not impair the utility of the Project; or

(b) Payment into the Bond Fund to be applied by the Trustee toward the redemption of the principal of any of the Bonds, in whole or in part, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption; or

(c) Payment to the Lessee for any other purpose.

The Lessee shall not be obligated to report the use of such proceeds to the Issuer or the Trustee or to make any accounting with respect to the use of any such Net Proceeds. The Issuer hereby makes, constitutes and appoints the Lessee as its agent with power of substitution, and the Lessee hereby accepts such agency, to repair, rebuild or restore the property damaged as provided above.

Section 7.2 Condemnation . Unless the Lessee shall elect to exercise its option to purchase the Project pursuant to the provisions of Section 11.1 hereof, if prior to full

 

19


payment of the Bonds (or provision for payment having been made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture) title to, or the temporary use of, the Project or any part thereof shall be taken under the exercise of the power of eminent domain by any governmental body or by any person, firm or corporation acting under governmental authority, the Net Proceeds received by the Issuer, the Lessee, the Trustee or any of them, from any award made in such eminent domain proceedings, shall be paid to the Lessee and applied in one or more of the following ways at the sole discretion of the Lessee:

(a) The restoration of the improvements of the Project to substantially the same condition as they existed prior to the exercise of the said power of eminent domain, with such changes, alterations, and modifications (including the substitution and addition of other property) as may be desired by the Lessee and will not impair the utility of the Project;

(b) The acquisition, by the Issuer at the request of the Lessee of other machinery, equipment or other tangible personal property suitable for the Lessee’s operation of the Project (which property shall be deemed a part of the Project and available for use and occupancy by the Lessee without the payment of any rent other than herein provided to the same extent as if such other property were specifically described herein and demised hereby); provided, that such property shall be acquired by the Issuer subject to no liens or encumbrances other than those approved by the Lessee.

(c) Payment into the Bond Fund to be applied by the Trustee toward the redemption of the principal of the Bonds, in whole or in part, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of redemption; or

(d) Payment to the Lessee for any other purpose.

The Lessee shall not be obligated to report to the Issuer or the Trustee or to make any accounting therefor.

The Issuer shall cooperate fully with the Lessee in the handling and conduct of any prospective or pending condemnation proceeding with respect to the Project or any part thereof and will, to the extent it may lawfully do so, permit the Lessee to litigate in any such proceeding in the name and behalf of the Issuer. In no event will the Issuer voluntarily settle, or consent to the settlement of, any prospective or pending condemnation proceeding with respect to the Project or any part thereof without the written consent of the Lessee.

Section 7.3 Condemnation of Excluded Property . The Lessee shall also be entitled to the Net Proceeds of any condemnation award or portion thereof made for damages to or takings of its own property or for damages on account of the taking of or interference with the Lessee’s rights to possession, use or occupancy of the Project.

ARTICLE VIII

SPECIAL COVENANTS

Section 8.1 No Warranty of Design, Condition or Suitability by the Issuer . THE ISSUER MAKES NO WARRANTY, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO THE DESIGN OR CONDITION OF THE PROJECT OR THAT IT WILL BE SUITABLE FOR THE LESSEE’S PURPOSES OR NEEDS.

 

20


Section 8.2 Inspection of the Project . During the Lease Term, the Lessee agrees that upon receipt by the Lessee of at least two days’ prior written notice from the Issuer, the Issuer and its duly authorized agents who are reasonably acceptable to the Lessee shall have the right at all reasonable times during business hours, subject to the Lessee’s usual safety and security requirements, to enter upon the Land and to examine and inspect the Project without interference or prejudice to the Lessee’s operations.

Section 8.3 Lessee to Maintain its Existence; Conditions Under Which Exceptions Permitted . The Lessee agrees that during the Agreement Term it will maintain its existence, will not dissolve or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets and will not consolidate with or merge into another Person or permit one or more other Persons to consolidate with or merge into it; provided, that the Lessee may, without violating the agreement contained in this Section, consolidate with or merge into another Person or permit one or more other Persons to consolidate with or merge into it, or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to another Person, but only on condition that the Person resulting from or surviving such merger (if other than the Lessee) or consolidation or the Person to which such transfer is made (i) shall expressly assume and agree in writing to perform all of the Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, and (ii) if an entity, shall be organized and existing under the laws of one of the states of the United States of America or the District of Columbia or, if not, shall appoint and maintain a local agent for service of process in the State of Georgia.

Section 8.4 Qualification in Georgia . The Lessee covenants that it is and throughout the Agreement Term it will continue to be either organized or qualified to do business under the laws of the State of Georgia.

Section 8.5 Granting of Easements and Leasehold Mortgages .

(a) The Lessee may at any time or times cause to be granted easements, licenses, rights-of-way (temporary or perpetual and including the dedication of public highways) and other rights or privileges in the nature of casements with respect to any property included in the Project, or the Lessee may cause to be released existing casements, licenses, rights-of-way and other rights or privileges in the nature of easements, held with respect to any property included in the Project with or without consideration and the Issuer agrees that at the request of the Lessee it shall execute and deliver any instrument necessary or appropriate to confirm and grant or release any such easements, license, right-of-way or other right or privilege.

(b) The Lessee shall at all times and from time to time have the right to encumber all of the Lessee’s right, title and interest under this Lease by mortgage, deed to secure debt, security agreement, assignment or other security instrument, including, without limitation, assignment of the rents, issues and profits from the Project, as security for any debt of the Lessee, (such mortgage, deed to secure debt or other instrument(s) being hereinafter referred to as a “ Leasehold Mortgage ”, and the holder(s) from time to time of such Leasehold Mortgage being hereinafter referred to as a “ Leasehold Mortgagee ”).

 

21


In the event that a Leasehold Mortgagee shall provide the Issuer and the Trustee with written notice of its name and address (a “ Notice of Leasehold Mortgage ”), then, following receipt by the Issuer of such Notice of Leasehold Mortgage and for so long as such Leasehold Mortgage shall remain unsatisfied of record or until written notice of satisfaction of such Leasehold Mortgage is given by the Leasehold Mortgagee to the Issuer, the provisions of this Section 8.5 shall apply to each such Leasehold Mortgagee. Upon written request of such Leasehold Mortgagee, the Issuer shall acknowledge receipt of a Notice of Leasehold Mortgage by an instrument in recordable form provided to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Leasehold Mortgagee. In the event of any assignment of a Leasehold Mortgage or in the event of a change of address of a Leasehold Mortgagee or of an assignee of such Leasehold Mortgagee written notice of such new name and/or address shall be promptly provided to the Issuer.

No cancellation, rejection, surrender, amendment or modification (other than by expiration of the Lease Term) of this Lease or release of the Lessee hereunder shall be effective as to any Leasehold Mortgagee (provided that such Leasehold Mortgagee has given a Notice of Leasehold Mortgage) unless consented to in writing by such Leasehold Mortgagee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no rejection of this Lease by Lessee or by a trustee in bankruptcy for the Lessee shall be effective as to any Leasehold Mortgagee (provided that such Leasehold Mortgagee has given a Notice of Leasehold Mortgage) unless consented to in writing by such Leasehold Mortgagee.

The Issuer and the Trustee shall, on serving the Lessee with any notice of any default under this Lease, simultaneously serve a copy of such notice upon each Leasehold Mortgagee (provided that such Leasehold Mortgagee has given a Notice of Leasehold Mortgage). No such notice by the Issuer to the Lessee shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until a copy thereof has been so provided to every Leasehold Mortgagee in the manner specified herein (provided that such Leasehold Mortgagee has given a Notice of Leasehold Mortgage). From and after the date such notice has been given to a Leasehold Mortgagee, each such Leasehold Mortgagee shall have the same period, after its receipt of such notice, for remedying any default specified in such notice or causing the same to be remedied as is given to the Lessee after the giving of such notice to the Lessee to remedy, commence remedying or cause to be remedied the defaults specified in any such notice, but Leasehold Mortgagee shall in no manner be obligated to do so. The Issuer and the Trustee shall accept such cure by or at the instigation of the Leasehold Mortgagee as if the same had been performed by the Lessee. The Lessee hereby authorizes each Leasehold Mortgagee to take any such action that such Leasehold Mortgagee deems necessary to cure any such default and does hereby authorize entry upon the Project by each such Leasehold Mortgagee for the purpose of curing such defaults.

(c) In the event that the Issuer or the Trustee shall elect to terminate this Lease by reason of any default of the Lessee under Article X, such Leasehold Mortgagee shall have the right, which right shall be exercised, if at all, within fifteen (15) days after such Leasehold Mortgagee is notified of the Issuer’s election to terminate the Lease, to postpone and extend the specified date for the termination of this Lease as fixed by the Issuer in its notice of termination for a period of not more than six (6) months, provided that such Leasehold Mortgagee shall, during such six (6) month period, (A) pay or cause to be paid any Annual Rental and other payments and charges as the same become due and continue its good faith efforts to perform all of the Lessee’s other obligations under this Lease, excepting (i) obligations of the Lessee to

 

22


satisfy or otherwise discharge any lien, charge or encumbrance against Lessee’s interest in this Lease or the Project provided that such lien, charge or encumbrance is junior in priority to the lien of the mortgage held by such Leasehold Mortgagee and does not effect the Issuer’s fee simple interest in the Project, and (ii) past non-monetary obligations then in default and not reasonably susceptible of being cured by such Leasehold Mortgagee, and (B) if not enjoined or stayed, take steps to acquire or sell the Lessee’s interest in this Lease by foreclosure of the Leasehold Mortgage or other appropriate means and prosecute the same to completion with due diligence.

If at the end of such six (6) month period such Leasehold Mortgagee is complying with the immediately preceding paragraph and such Leasehold Mortgagee is prohibited by any process or injunction issued by any court of competent jurisdiction or by reason of any action in any court of competent jurisdiction from commencing or prosecuting foreclosure or other appropriate proceedings in the nature thereof, this Lease shall not then terminate, and the time for completion by such Leasehold Mortgagee of its proceedings shall continue so long as such Leasehold Mortgagee is enjoined or stayed and thereafter for so long as such Leasehold Mortgagee proceeds in good faith and with due diligence to complete steps to acquire or sell the Lessee’s interest in this Lease by foreclosure of the Leasehold Mortgage or by other appropriate means. Nothing in this paragraph, however, shall be construed to extend this Lease beyond the original Lease Term, nor to require a Leasehold Mortgagee to continue foreclosure proceedings after a default has been cured. In the event that such default shall be cured and the Leasehold Mortgagee shall discontinue such foreclosure proceedings, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as if the Lessee had not defaulted under this Lease.

In the event that a Leasehold Mortgagee complies with this subsection 8.5(c) and Leasehold Mortgagee acquires the Lessee’s right title and interest herein by foreclosure or otherwise, then, upon the acquisition of the Lessee’s right, title and interest herein by such Leasehold Mortgagee or its designee, or any other purchaser or assignee at a foreclosure sale or otherwise, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as if the Lessee had not defaulted under this Lease.

The granting of a Leasehold Mortgage shall not be deemed to constitute an assignment or transfer of this Lease or of the leasehold estate hereby created, and any conveyance of the leasehold estate created hereby from Lessee to a Leasehold Mortgagee by foreclosure or otherwise, or from Leasehold Mortgagee as attorney-in-fact of the Lessee to a purchaser at a foreclosure sale, shall not be deemed to constitute an assignment or transfer of this Lease or of the leasehold estate hereby created requiring the assumption of the obligations of the Lessee hereunder, but such purchaser or assignee of this Lease and of the leasehold estate hereby created shall be deemed to have agreed to perform all of the terms, covenants and conditions on the part of the Lessee to be performed hereunder from and after the date of such purchase and assignment. Upon such conveyance, the Issuer and the Trustee shall recognize such Leasehold Mortgagee, or any other purchaser or assignee, as the Lessee hereunder. From and after the date of such sale or assignment, the holder of any Leasehold Mortgage then existing or thereafter placed on the leasehold estate hereby created shall be considered a Leasehold Mortgagee as contemplated by this Lease, and the Leasehold Mortgagee thereunder shall be entitled to receive the benefit of any and all provisions of this Lease intended for the benefit of a Leasehold Mortgagee, subject to the obligations and duties of the Leasehold Mortgagee under this Lease.

 

23


(d) In the event that this Lease is terminated as a result of any default by the Lessee hereunder or any other cause (including, without limitation, a rejection of this Lease by the Lessee’s trustee in bankruptcy pursuant to 1 1 U.S.C. §365 or any equivalent provision of law), the Issuer shall provide each Leasehold Mortgagee (provided that such Leasehold Mortgagee has given a Notice of Leasehold Mortgage) with written notice that the Lease has been terminated, together with a statement of all sums which would at that time be due under this Lease but for such termination, and of all other defaults, if any, then known to the Issuer. The Issuer shall enter into a new lease (hereinafter referred to as the “ New Lease ”) of the Project with any Leasehold Mortgagee or its designee for the remainder of the term of this Lease with the same covenants, conditions and agreements (including, without limitation, any and all options to extend or renew the term of this Lease, but excluding any requirements which have been satisfied by the Lessee prior to termination) as are contained herein, subject only to (i) the conditions of title as the Project are subject to on the date of the execution of the original Lease, (ii) the right, if any, of any parties then in possession of any part of the Project by, through or under Lessee, and (iii) the lien and encumbrance of any security instrument encumbering the Issuer’s fee simple interest in the Project upon receipt by the Issuer of a written request from such Leasehold Mortgagee on or before sixty (60) days after the date of the Issuer’s notice of termination given pursuant to this subsection 8.5(d) and thereafter, the lessee under the New Lease shall have the same right, title and interest in and to the Project as the Lessee had under this Lease. The obligations of the Issuer to enter into a New Lease shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Such Leasehold Mortgagee or its designee shall pay or cause to be paid to the Issuer at the time of the execution and delivery of such New Lease any and all sums which would at the time of execution and delivery thereof be due pursuant to this Lease but for such termination and, in addition thereto, all reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorney’s fees, which the Issuer shall have incurred by reason of the Lessee’s default of which Leasehold Mortgagee has been notified and provided an opportunity to cure as required by this Lease, and such termination and the execution and delivery of the New Lease and which have not otherwise been received by the Issuer from the Lessee or any other party in interest under the Lessee. Upon the execution of such New Lease, the Issuer shall allow the Lessee named therein as an offset against the sums otherwise due under this subsection 8.5(d), an amount equal to the net income derived by the Issuer from the Project during the period from the date of termination of this Lease to the date of beginning of the term of such New Lease; and

(ii) Such Leasehold Mortgagee or its designees shall agree to cure any defaults of the Lessee under the terminated Lease of which the Issuer shall have notified Leasehold Mortgagee other than a default existing under subsections 10.01(c), (d) or (e) hereof.

The new lessee under such New Lease shall, upon entering into such New Lease, acquire all of the right, title and interest of the Lessee in and to any and all subleases of all or any part of the Project.

 

24


(e) So long as any Leasehold Mortgage is in existence, unless all Leasehold Mortgagees shall otherwise expressly consent in writing, the fee title to the Project and the leasehold estate of the Lessee herein created shall not merge but shall remain separate and distinct, notwithstanding the acquisition of said fee title and said leasehold estate by the Issuer or by the Lessee, or by a third party, by purchase or otherwise.

(f) Notices from the Issuer to the Leasehold Mortgagee shall be mailed to the address furnished the Issuer pursuant to Notice of Leasehold Mortgage, and those from the Leasehold Mortgagee to the Issuer shall be mailed to the address designated pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.1 of this Lease. Such notices, demands and requests shall be given in the manner described in Section 12.1 of this Lease and shall in all respects be governed by the provisions of that section.

(g) The Issuer shall, on request in connection with the financing or refinancing of the Lessee’s leasehold interest in the Project, execute, acknowledge and deliver to a Leasehold Mortgagee an agreement, prepared at the sole cost and expense of the Lessee, in form satisfactory to the Leasehold Mortgagee and the Issuer among the Issuer, the Lessee and the Leasehold Mortgagee, agreeing to all the provisions of this Article XI. In addition, the Lessee shall reimburse the Issuer for any reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses actually incurred in reviewing such agreement.

Section 8.6 Waiver of Landlord’s Lien .

(a) The Issuer hereby waives any right to distrain Excluded Property or any other personal property of the Lessee or any other Person which does not constitute a part of the Project, and any landlord’s lien or similar lien upon Lessee and any landlord’s lien or similar lien upon Excluded Property, any other personal property of Lessee or any other Person and any alterations belonging to any Person, regardless of whether such lien is created by statute or otherwise. The Issuer agrees, at the request of the Lessee, to execute a waiver of any landlord’s or similar lien for the benefit of any present or future holder of a security interest in, or lessor of, any of the Excluded Property, any other personal property of any Person or any alterations belonging to any Person.

(b) The Issuer acknowledges, and agrees in the future to acknowledge (in a written form reasonably satisfactory to the Lessee), to such Persons, at such times and for such purposes as the Lessee may reasonably request, that any property included in Excluded Property is not subject to this Lease and do not constitute fixtures or improvements (regardless of whether or to what extent such Excluded Property is affixed to the Project), and that the Issuer has no right, title or interest in or to any Excluded Property.

Section 8.7 Granting of Mortgages by Issuer . Upon the written request of the Lessee and with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in the aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then outstanding, the Issuer agrees to execute and deliver to any Person specified by the Lessee (a “ Mortgagee ”) with or without receipt of consideration and at all times and from time to time, any mortgage, deed to secure debt, security agreement, assignment or other security instrument (herein called a “ Mortgage ”) encumbering the Issuer’s fee simple interest in the Project as security for any debt of Lessee or any other Person.

 

25


In addition, upon the written request of the Lessee and with the consent of the holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds then outstanding, the Issuer and the Trustee shall execute and deliver such subordination agreements, consents or other documents or instruments in recordable form having the effect of subordinating all or any part of their respective interests in the Project, this Lease and the Trust Estate to the interests of the holder or holders of any Mortgage.

Section 8.8 Estoppel Certificates . The Issuer and the Trustee shall, without charge, at any time and from time to time hereafter, within five (5) days after written request of the Lessee to do so, certify by written instrument duly executed and acknowledged to any Leasehold Mortgagee, Mortgagee or purchaser, or proposed Leasehold Mortgagee, Mortgagee or proposed purchaser, or any other Person, firm or corporation specified in such request: (i) as to whether this Lease has been supplemented or amended, and if so, the substance and manner of such supplement or amendment; (ii) as to the existence of any default hereunder known to the Issuer or the Trustee; (iii) as to the existence of any offsets, counterclaims or defenses hereto on the part of the Lessee known to the Issuer or the Trustee; (iv) as to the commencement and expiration dates of the term of this Lease; and (v) as to any other matters as may be reasonably so requested. Any such certificate may be relied upon by the Lessee and any other person, firm or corporation to whom the same may be addressed, and the contents of such certificate shall be binding on the Issuer and the Trustee as to the Lessee and the addressee(s) of such certificate.

Section 8.9 Authorized Issuer Representative . Unless otherwise specified herein, whenever under the provisions hereof the approval of the Issuer is required or the Issuer is required to take some action at the request of the Lessee, such approval may be made or such action may be taken by the Authorized Issuer Representative; and the Lessee or the Trustee shall be authorized to act on any such approval or action and the Issuer shall have no complaint against the Lessee or the Trustee as a result of any such action taken.

Section 8.10 Authorized Lessee Representative . Unless otherwise specified herein, whenever under the provisions hereof the approval of the Lessee is required or the Lessee is required to take some action at the request of the Issuer, such approval may be made or such action may be taken by the Authorized Lessee Representative; and the Issuer or the Trustee shall be authorized to act on any such approval or action and the Lessee shall have no complaint against the Issuer or the Trustee as a result of any such action taken.

ARTICLE IX

ASSIGNMENT, SUBLEASING, PLEDGING

AND SELLING; REDEMPTION;

RENT PREPAYMENT AND ABATEMENT

Section 9.1 Assignment and Subleasing . This Lease may be assigned in whole or in part, and the Project may be subleased as a whole or in part, by the Lessee without

 

26


the necessity of obtaining the consent of the Issuer, the Trustee or any other Person; provided, however, except as provided below no assignment (other than pursuant to Section 8.3 hereof) or sublease shall relieve the Lessee from primary liability for any of its obligations hereunder. The Lessee agrees to cause any sublessee of the Project or any portion thereof to operate the Project as a “project” as defined in the Act. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Lessee shall be relieved of liability hereunder in the event of an assignment of its interest in this Agreement if (i) the assignee expressly assumes and agrees in writing to perform all of the Lessee’s obligations under this Lease and (ii) if the assignee is a foreign Person (i.e. a natural Person residing outside the United States of America or an entity not organized and existing under the laws of one of the states of the United States of America or the District of Columbia), such Person shall appoint and maintain an agent for service of process in the State of Georgia.

Section 9.2 Assignment and Pledge of Revenues by Issuer . Pursuant to the Indenture, the Issuer has assigned and pledged its interest in any moneys receivable under this Lease, excluding payments pursuant to Sections 5.3(b), 5.3(c) and 6.4 hereof, as security for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds, but such assignment and pledge shall be subject and subordinate to this Lease.

Section 9.3 Restrictions on Sale of Project by Issuer . The Issuer agrees that, except as otherwise expressly permitted under the terms of this Lease or the Indenture, it will not sell, assign, transfer or convey the Project during the Agreement Term and that it will not take any other action which may reasonably be construed as tending to cause or induce the levy or assessment of additional ad valorem taxes on the Project. If the laws of Georgia at the time shall permit such action to be taken, nothing contained in this Section shall prevent the consolidation of the Issuer with, or merger of the Issuer into, or transfer of the Project as an entirety to, any public corporation whose property and income are not subject to taxation and which has corporate authority to carry on the business of owning and leasing the Project; provided, (i) that no such action shall be taken without the prior written consent of the Lessee, unless such action shall be required by law, and (ii) that upon any such consolidation, merger or transfer, the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Bonds according to their tenor, and the due and punctual performance and observance of all the agreements and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by the Issuer, shall be expressly assumed in writing by the corporation resulting from such consolidation or surviving such merger or to which the Project shall be transferred as an entirety.

Section 9.4 Redemption of Bonds . The Issuer, at the request at any time of the Lessee and if the same are then redeemable, shall forthwith take all steps that may be necessary under the applicable redemption provisions of the Indenture to effect redemption of all or part of the then outstanding Bonds, as may be specified by the Lessee, on the earliest redemption date on which such redemption may be made under such provisions or upon the date set for the redemption by the Lessee pursuant to Sections 7.1, 7.2 or 11.1 hereof or Article III of the Indenture.

Section 9.5 Prepayment of Rents . There is expressly reserved to the Lessee the right, and the Lessee is authorized and permitted at any time it may choose, to prepay all or any part of the rents payable under Section 5.3(a) hereof, and the Issuer agrees to accept such prepayment of rents when the same are tendered by the Lessee. All rents so prepaid shall be

 

27


credited on the rental payments specified in Section 5.3(a) hereof, in the order of their due dates and at the election of the Lessee shall be used for the redemption of outstanding Bonds in the manner and to the extent provided in the Indenture.

Section 9.6 Presentment of Bonds for Cancellation . The Lessee expressly reserves the right and is authorized to present any principal amount of Bonds to the Issuer or the Trustee for cancellation. If all of the outstanding Bonds are presented to the Issuer or the Trustee for cancellation, then, upon payment to the Issuer or the Trustee of any amounts payable to the Issuer due hereunder (other than the payments pursuant to Section 5.3(a) hereof), this Lease may be terminated upon notice given pursuant to Section 11.5(b) hereof. If a portion of the Outstanding Bonds are presented to the Issuer or the Trustee for cancellation, the resulting reduction in the amount of Bonds outstanding shall entitle the Lessee to an appropriate reduction in the payments required by Section 5.3(a) hereof on all succeeding rental payment dates. All Bonds so presented and canceled shall thereafter no longer be considered outstanding for any purpose of the Indenture or this Lease, including the calculation of payments under Section 5.3(a) hereof. The Lessee may present Bonds for partial cancellation and reissuance of new Bonds for the portions not canceled, or for partial cancellation and notation thereof on such Bonds, such notation to be made on the Table of Partial Redemptions on such Bonds in the same manner as provided for partial redemptions in Section 306 of the Indenture.

Section 9.7 Lessee Entitled to Certain Rent Abatements if Bonds Paid Prior to Maturity . If at any time the aggregate moneys in the Bond Fund shall be sufficient to retire in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture all of the Bonds at the time outstanding, and to pay all fees and charges of the Trustee due or to become due through the date on which the last of the Bonds is retired under circumstances not resulting in termination of the Lease Term, and if the Lessee is not at the time otherwise in default under Article VI hereof, the Lessee shall be entitled to use and occupy the Project from the date on which such aggregate moneys are in the hands of the Trustee to and including midnight on the last day of the Lease Term, without the payment of the amounts required by Section 5.3(a) during that interval (but otherwise on the terms and conditions hereof).

Section 9.8 Reference to Bonds Ineffective After Bonds Paid . Upon payment in full of the Bonds (or provision for payment thereof having been made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture) and all fees and charges of the Trustee, all references in this Lease to the Bonds shall be ineffective and the holders of any of the Bonds shall not thereafter have any rights hereunder, saving and excepting those that shall have theretofore vested. For purposes of this Lease, the Bonds shall be deemed fully paid when so paid according to the provisions of Article IX of the Indenture.

ARTICLE X

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

Section 10.1 Events of Default Defined . The following shall be “events of default” under this Lease and the terms “event of default” or “default” shall mean, whenever they are used in this Lease, any one or more of the following events:

(a) Failure by the Lessee to pay when due the portion of the payments required to be paid under Section 5.3(a) hereof representing payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, on the Bonds and the continuance thereof for a period of ten (l0) calendar days after receipt by the Lessee of written notice of such failure;

 

28


(b) Failure by the Lessee to pay when due the portion of the payments required to be paid under Section 5.3(a) hereof representing payments of interest on the Bonds, and the continuance thereof for a period of ten (10) calendar days after receipt by the Lessee of written notice of such failure;

(c) Failure by the Lessee to observe and perform any covenant, condition or agreement on its part to be observed or performed, other than as referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section, for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice specifying such failure and requesting that it be remedied, given to the Lessee by the Issuer, unless the Issuer shall agree in writing to an extension of such time prior to its expiration; provided, however, if the failure stated in such notice cannot practically be corrected within the applicable period, it shall not be an event of default if the Lessee initiates appropriate corrective measures during such period and such measures are thereafter diligently pursued by the Lessee;

(d) A proceeding or case shall be commenced, without the application or consent of the Lessee in any court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization, dissolution, winding-up or composition or adjustment of debts of Lessee, (ii) the appointment of a trustee, receiver, custodian, liquidator or the like of the Lessee or of all or any substantial part of its assets, or (iii) similar relief under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up or composition or adjustment of debts, and such proceeding or cause shall continue undismissed, or an order, judgment, or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered and shall continue in effect for a period of ninety (90) days; or an order for relief against the Lessee shall be entered against the Lessee in an involuntary case under the United States Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereafter in effect) or other applicable law and shall continue in effect for a period of ninety (90) days; or

(e) The Lessee shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due or shall file a petition in voluntary bankruptcy or shall make any general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or shall consent to the appointment of a receiver or trustee of all or substantially all of its property, or shall commence a voluntary case under the United States Bankruptcy Code (as now or hereafter in effect), or shall file in any court of competent jurisdiction a petition seeking to take advantage of any other law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, winding-up or composition or adjustment of debts, or shall fail to controvert in a timely or appropriate manner, or acquiesce in writing to, any petition filed against it in an involuntary case under such United States Bankruptcy Code or other applicable law.

The term “liquidation, reorganization or dissolution of the Lessee” as used in this subsection, shall not be construed to include the cessation of the existence of the Lessee resulting from a merger or consolidation of the Lessee into or with another Person or a dissolution or liquidation of the Lessee following a transfer of all or substantially all of its assets as an entirety, under the conditions permitting such actions contained in Section 8.3 hereof.

 

29


The foregoing provisions of this Section are subject to the following limitations: if by reason of a Force Majeure Event the Lessee is unable in whole or in part to carry out the agreements on its part herein contained, other than the obligations on the part of the Lessee contained in Article V and Sections 6.3, 6.4 and 8.6 hereof, the Lessee shall not be deemed in default during the continuance of such inability.

Section 10.2 Remedies on Default . Whenever any event of default referred to in Section 10.1 hereof shall have happened and be subsisting and subject to the provisions of this Section 10.2, the Issuer may take any one or more of the following remedial steps:

(a) The Issuer may, at its option, declare all amounts payable under Section 5.3(a) hereof for the remainder of the Agreement Term to be immediately due and payable, whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable. If the Issuer elects to exercise the remedy afforded in this Section 10.2(a) and accelerates all amounts payable under Section 5.3(a) hereof for the remainder of the Agreement Term, the amount then due and payable by the Lessee as accelerated rents shall be the sum of (1) the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Bonds, and (2) all interest and redemption premium, if any, on the Bonds accruing to the date of such acceleration. Such sums as may then become payable shall be paid into the Bond Fund and after the Bonds and accrued interest thereon have been fully paid and any costs occasioned by such default have been satisfied, any excess moneys in the Bond Fund shall be returned to the Lessee as an overpayment of rents; provided, however, upon the occurrence of an event of default described in subsections (d) or (e) of Section 10.1 hereof, all amounts payable under Section 5.3(a) hereof for the remainder of the Agreement Term shall be deemed automatically accelerated without the necessity of any declaration or the taking of any other action whatsoever.

(b) The Issuer or the Trustee may re-enter and take possession of the Project without terminating this Lease, and sublease the Project for the account of the Lessee, holding the Lessee liable for the difference in the rent and other amounts payable by such sublessee in such subleasing and the rents and other amounts payable by the Lessee hereunder.

(c) The Issuer may terminate the Lease Term, exclude the Lessee from possession of the Project and use its best efforts to lease the Project to another for the account of the Issuer, holding the Lessee liable for all rent and other payments due up to the effective date of such leasing.

(d) In the event any of the Bonds shall at the time be outstanding and unpaid, the Issuer or the Trustee may have access to and inspect, examine and make copies of all books and records of the Lessee to the Project.

(e) The Issuer may take whatever action at law or in equity may appear necessary or desirable to collect the rent then due and thereafter to become due, or to enforce performance and observance of any obligation, agreement or covenant of the Lessee under this Lease.

Any amounts collected pursuant to action taken under this Section shall be paid into the Bond Fund and applied in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture or, if the Bonds have been fully paid (or provision for payment thereof has been made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture), to the Lessee.

 

30


Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, the Issuer and the Trustee shall be prohibited from accelerating rental payments hereunder and exercise any other rights or remedies provided herein, at law or otherwise, unless and until the Issuer or the Trustee shall have given the Lessee not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice of its intent to declare an event of default, accelerate rental payments and/or exercise any such rights or remedies and the Lessee shall have failed to cure said event of default prior to the expiration of said 30-day period. Any such notice shall be a separate notice from any notice given pursuant to Section 10.1 hereof and shall specify with particularity the event or events of default that have occurred and are continuing and which actions are proposed to be taken by the Issuer and/or the Trustee as a result of any such event of default.

Section 10.3 No Remedy Exclusive . No remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Issuer is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy or remedies, but each and every such remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given under this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute. No delay or omission to exercise any right or power accruing upon any default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver thereof, but any such right and power may be exercised from time to time and as often as may be deemed expedient. In order to entitle the Issuer to exercise any remedy reserved to it in this Article, it shall not be necessary to give any notice, other than such notice as may be herein expressly required. Such rights and remedies as are given to the Issuer hereunder shall also extend to the holders of the Bonds who shall be deemed third party beneficiaries of all covenants and agreements herein contained.

Section 10.4 Agreement to Pay Reasonable Attorneys’ Fees and Expenses . In the event the Lessee should default under any of the provisions of this Lease and the Issuer or the Trustee should employ attorneys or incur other expenses for the collection of rent or the enforcement of performance or observance of any obligation or agreement on the part of the Lessee herein contained, the Lessee agrees that it will on demand therefor pay to the Issuer the reasonable fees of such attorneys and such other reasonable expenses so incurred by the Issuer or the Trustee.

Section 10.5 No Additional Waiver Implied by One Waiver . In the event any agreement contained in this Lease should be breached by either party and thereafter waived by the other party, such waiver shall be limited to the particular breach so waived and shall not be deemed to waive any other breach hereunder.

Section 10.6 Rescission of Remedies . Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, the Lessee may at any time after an event of default under Section 10.1 hereof, cure said default by the payment of all amounts due and payable (other than amounts payable as a result of any acceleration) or the performance of any duty or obligation then in default and upon said cure the Issuer and the Trustee shall (i) rescind and annul any acceleration of rent payable hereunder and (ii) cease the exercise of any rights or remedies initiated as a result of such event of default, and take such steps as may be necessary to place the Lessee in the same position as it rights of the Lessee hereunder shall be fully restored and reinstated as if such event of default never occurred.

 

31


ARTICLE XI

OPTIONS IN FAVOR OF LESSEE

Section 11.1 General Option to Purchase Project . The Lessee shall have, and is hereby granted, the option to purchase the entire Project (less those portions which have already been purchased by Lessee, if any, as provided herein) at any time during the Agreement Term and whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

To exercise such option, the Lessee shall give written notice to the Issuer and to the Trustee, if any of the Bonds shall then be unpaid, and shall specify therein the date of closing such purchase, which date shall be not less than fifteen days from the date such notice is mailed. The purchase price which shall be paid to the Issuer by the Lessee in the event of its exercise of the option granted in this Section shall be the sum of the following:

(1) an amount of money which will be sufficient (or Government Obligations the principal of and the interest on which when due will provide moneys which, together with the moneys, if any, deposited with the Trustee will be sufficient), when added to any amount already on deposit in the Construction Fund and the Bond Fund, to pay the interest on the then outstanding Bonds until the earliest permissible redemption date following the closing of such purchase and to pay the principal of and interest on all of the Bonds on such redemption date;

(2) an amount of money equal to the fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture accrued and to accrue (including counsel fees and expenses) until such final payment and redemption of the Bonds; plus

(3) the sum of $10.00 which shall be paid by the Lessee to the Issuer. In the event of the exercise of the option granted in this Section, any Net Proceeds of insurance or condemnation shall be paid directly to the Lessee.

Section 11.2 Option to Purchase a Portion of the Project . The Lessee shall have and is hereby granted an option to purchase any portion of the Project at any time and from time to time and whether or not an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, provided that it furnishes the Issuer with the following:

(a) A notice in writing containing (i) a description of that portion of the Project with respect to which such option is to be exercised and (ii) a statement that the Lessee intends to exercise its option to purchase such portion of the Project on a date stated, which shall not be less than ten (10) nor more than ninety (90) days from the date of such notice.

(b) A certificate of the Authorized Lessee Representative, dated not more than ninety days prior to the date of the purchase and stating that, in the opinion of the person signing such certificate, (i) the portion of the Project with respect to which the option is exercised are not

 

32


needed for the operation of the remaining portion of the Project or that sufficient right and title is reserved to the Issuer to fulfill said needs, (ii) the purchase will not impair the usefulness of the remaining portion of the Project and will not destroy the means of ingress thereto and egress therefrom.

(c) A statement setting forth the original Project Costs attributable to such portion of the Project, as depreciated using rates calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

The Issuer agrees that upon receipt of the notice and certificate required in this Section to be furnished to it by the Lessee and the amount specified in subsection (c) of this Section, the portion of the Project with respect to which the Lessee shall have exercised the option granted in this Section shall automatically cease to be a portion of the Project leased hereunder on the date stated in such certificate and on such date shall automatically be released from the provisions of this Lease and the Indenture without the necessity of any further action by the Issuer or the Lessee. In the event the Lessee shall exercise the option granted to it under this Section the Lessee shall not be entitled to any abatement or diminution of the rents payable under Section 5.3 hereof.

If the Lessee purchases any unimproved part of the Project pursuant to the provisions of the preceding paragraph, the Lessee and the Issuer agree that all walls presently standing or hereafter erected on or contiguous to the boundary line of the Land so purchased by the Lessee shall be party walls and each party grants the other a 10-foot easement adjacent to any such party wall for the purpose of inspection, maintenance, repair and replacement thereof and the tying-in of new construction. If the Lessee utilizes any party wall for the purpose of tying-in new construction that will be utilized under common control with the Project, the Lessee may also tie-in to the utility facilities on the Land for the purpose of serving the new construction and may remove any non-loadbearing wall panels in the party wall; provided, however, that if the property so purchased ceases to be operated under common control with the Project, the Lessee covenants that it will install non-loadbearing wall panels similar in quality to those that have been removed and will provide separate utility services for the new construction. No wall may be so utilized by the Lessee unless prior thereto the Issuer has been furnished with a certificate of the Authorized Lessee Representative stating that the proposed utilization will not impair the usefulness of the Project for the purposes for which it was designed to be used.

The purchase price payable by the Lessee in connection with the purchase of a portion of the Project in accordance with this Section shall be deposited in the Bond Fund and used to pay the principal of the Bonds.

If and to the extent under any particular circumstances there is deemed any inconsistency between the provisions of this Section and provisions of Section 6.2, the provisions of Section 6.2 shall be held as controlling and shall supersede the provisions of this Section.

Section 11.3 Conveyance on Purchase . At the closing of the purchase pursuant to the exercise of any option to purchase granted in this Article, the Issuer will, upon receipt of the applicable purchase price (if any), deliver to the Lessee the following:

(a) If the Indenture shall not at the time have been satisfied in full, a release by the Issuer from the provisions of the Indenture of the property with respect to which such option was exercised.

 

33


(b) Documents (including, without limitation, a limited warranty deed and a bill of sale) customarily used in commercial real estate transactions involving improved property conveying to the Lessee good and marketable title to the Project with respect to which such option was exercised as such Project then exists, subject to the following: (i) those liens and encumbrances (if any) to which title to said property was subject when conveyed to the Issuer; (ii) those liens and encumbrances created by the Lessee or to the creation or suffering of which the Lessee consented in writing; (iii) those liens and encumbrances resulting from the failure of the Lessee to perform or observe any of the agreements on its part contained in this Lease; and (iv) if the option is exercised while any condemnation proceeding is pending the rights and title of the condemning authority.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in order to facilitate the transfer of the Project to the Lessee upon the Lessee’s exercise of an option to purchase provided in this Article XI, the Issuer agrees to execute and deliver to the Trustee, as escrow agent, on the date of execution and delivery of this Lease the documents referred to in subsection (b) above to be held pursuant to a Documents Escrow Agreement dated as of December 1, 2002 among the Issuer, the Lessee and the Trustee. The Issuer hereby appoints the Lessee as its attorney-in-fact for the purpose of dating, completing and filing such documents upon satisfaction by the Lessee of any and all conditions to the exercise of such purchase option as provided herein, and acknowledges and agrees that such appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

Section 11.4 Relative Position of Options and Indenture . The options respectively granted to the Lessee in this Article shall be and remain prior and superior to the Indenture and may be exercised whether or not the Lessee is in default hereunder, provided that such default will not result in the nonfulfillment of any condition to the exercise of any such option.

Section 11.5 Lessee’s Option to Terminate . The Lessee shall have the following options to terminate this Agreement whether or not the Lessee is in default hereunder or there exists an Event of Default hereunder:

(a) At any time prior to payment in full of the Bonds within the meaning of the Indenture, and particularly Article IX thereof, the Lessee may terminate the Agreement Term by irrevocably depositing in the Bond Fund moneys which will be sufficient, or Government Obligations the principal of and interest on which when due will provide moneys which, together with any moneys on deposit in the Bond Fund, will be sufficient, according to the provisions of Article IX of the Indenture, to pay in full all of the Bonds then outstanding, and fees and expenses due or to become due to the Trustee and by making adequate provision for the publication of any redemption notice that may be required by the Indenture.

(b) At any time after payment in full of the Bonds within the meaning of the Indenture, and particularly Article IX thereof, the Lessee may terminate the Agreement Term by giving the Issuer notice in writing, and such termination shall become effective forthwith.

 

34


Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, the purchase of the Project by the Lessee pursuant to any option provided in this Lease shall automatically terminate the Lease Term, if not previously terminated.

Section 11.6 Conveyance of Project at End of Lease Term . Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, the Issuer shall have the right and option on or after the Stated Termination Date to convey the Project to the Lessee, with or without receipt of any consideration therefor, by executing any recording documents conveying to the Lessee good and marketable title to the Project subject to such liens and encumbrances as are described in Section 11.3(b)(i) through (iv).

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1 Notices . All notices, certificates or other communications hereunder shall be sufficiently given and shall be deemed given when mailed by registered or certified mail return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

  if to the Issuer:    Development Authority of Fulton County
     141 Pryor Street, S.W.   
     Suite 5001   
     Atlanta, Georgia 30303   
  with a copy to:    Nelson, Mullins, Riley & Scarborough
     999 Peachtree Street, N.E.   
     Suite 1400   
     Atlanta, Georgia 30309   
     Attn: Lewis C. Horne, Jr., Esq.   
  if to the Lessee:    ADESA Atlanta, LLC   
     310 E. 96th Street, Suite 400   
     Indianapolis, Indiana 46240   
     Attn: General Counsel   
  with a copy to:    Alston & Bird LLP   
     1201 West Peachtree Street   
     Atlanta, Georgia 30309   
     Attn: Glenn R. Thomson, Esq.   
  if to the Trustee:    SunTrust Bank   
     25 Park Place, 24th Floor   
     Atlanta, Georgia 30303   

 

35


A duplicate copy of each notice, certificate or other communication given hereunder by either the Issuer or the Lessee to the other shall also be given to the Trustee. The Issuer, the Lessee and the Trustee may, by notice given hereunder, designate any further or different addresses to which subsequent notices, certificates or other communications shall be sent.

Section 12.2 Binding Effect . Lease shall inure to the benefit of and shall be binding upon the Issuer, the Lessee and their respective successors and assigns, subject, however, to the limitations contained in Section 8.3, 9.1, 9.2 and 9.3 hereof.

Section 12.3 Severability . In the event any provision of this Lease shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other provision hereof.

Section 12.4 Amounts Remaining in Funds . It is agreed by the parties hereto that any amounts remaining in the Bond Fund and the Project Fund upon expiration or sooner termination of the Lease Term as provided in this Lease, after payment in full of the Bonds (or provision for payment thereof having been made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture) and the fees, charges and expenses of the Trustee in accordance with the Indenture shall belong to and be paid to the Lessee by the Issuer as overpayment of rents.

Section 12.5 Amendments, Changes and Modifications . Except as otherwise provided in this Lease or in the Indenture, subsequent to the initial issuance of Bonds and prior to their payment in full (or provision for the payment thereof having been made in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture), this Lease may not be effectively amended, changed, modified, altered or terminated without the concurring written consent of the Trustee, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, this Lease may be amended without the consent of the Trustee or of the holders of any of the Bonds for the purpose of subjecting additional real or personal property to the provisions hereof. Any such addition shall become effective upon the delivery by the Lessee and the acceptance by the Issuer of the following:

(a) a certificate of the Authorized Lessee Representative setting out a description of the real or personal property to be added to this Lease and stating that the Lessee owns such real or personal property free and clear of any and all liens, mortgages, encumbrances and clouds on title except such as would constitute Permitted Encumbrances; and

(b) documents conveying to the Issuer good and marketable title to the real or personal property described in the certificate referred to above and identifying said real or personal property as being subject to the provisions of this Lease.

Upon the delivery and acceptance of the foregoing documents, the real or personal property so added shall become part of the Project and this Lease shall ipso facto be amended to include such property, without the necessity of any further amendatory instrument, subject to all of the provisions of this Lease, and the Lessee shall be entitled to the use and occupancy of such additional property without increase in the amounts payable under Section 5.3

 

36


hereof so long as such additional property is acquired without expense to the Issuer. The Issuer will, however, execute such instruments amendatory hereto as shall be requested by the Lessee to confirm the addition of any such property to the provisions hereof.

Section 12.6 Execution Counterparts . This Lease may be simultaneously executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 12.7 Captions . The captions or headings in this Lease are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provisions of this Lease.

Section 12.8 Recording of Lease . This Lease or at the option of the Lessee, a memorandum hereof in form and substance satisfactory to the Lessee, and every assignment hereof shall be recorded in the office of the Clerk of Superior Court of Fulton County, Georgia, or in such other office as may be at the time provided by law as the proper place for such recordation.

Section 12.9 Law Governing Construction of Lease . This Lease shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Georgia.

Section 12.10 Net Lease . This Lease shall be deemed a “net lease,” and the Lessee shall pay absolutely net during the Lease Term the rent and all other payments required hereunder, without abatement, deduction or set-off other than those herein expressly provided.

Section 12.11 Survival of Purchase Options . Notwithstanding anything else herein contained, the purchase options granted to the Lessee hereunder and the provisions of Sections 5.3(b) and 6.4 hereof shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Agreement Term.

 

37


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer and the Lessee have caused this Lease to be executed in their respective corporate names and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested by their duly authorized officers, all as of the date first above written.

Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:

 

By:  

/s/ Carmen Vaughn

Name:   Carmen Vaughn
Title:   Unofficial Witness
DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY OF FULTON COUNTY
By:  

/s/ Robert J. Shaw

Name:   Robert J. Shaw
Title:   Chairman
(SEAL)
By:  

/s/ Ruanne E. Clay

Name:   Ruanne E. Clay
Title:   Notary
Attest: My commission expires March 20, 2003
By:  

/s/ Lewis C. Horne, Jr.

Name:   Lewis C. Horne, Jr.
Title:   Asst. Secretary
(NOTARIAL SEAL)

Signed, sealed and delivered in the presence of:

 

By:  

/s/ Scott Anderson

Name:   Scott Anderson
Title:   Unofficial Witness


ADESA ATLANTA, LLC
By:  

/s/ Paul J. Lips

Name:   Paul J. Lips
Title:   Treasurer

(SEAL)

 

By:  

/s/ Cheryl A. Shrader

Name:   Cheryl A. Shrader
Title:   Notary Public
Attest: My commission expires 9/24/08

CHERYL SHRADER, Notary Public

President of Tipton County, Indiana

My Commission Expires 9-24-2008

By:  

/s/ Karen C. Turner

Name:   Karen C. Turner
Title:   Secretary
(NOTARIAL SEAL)


EXHIBIT A—LAND

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

Parcel “I”

All that tract or parcel of land situated and lying in Land Lots 24, 25, 34 and 35, 9th Land District, Fulton County, Georgia and being more particularly described as follows:

Beginning at a  1 / 2 inch rebar at the intersection of the south line of Oakley Industrial Boulevard (variable R/W) with the west line of the CSX Railroad (100’ R/W); thence, along the west line of the CSX Railroad and with a curve to the right having a radius of 5309.24 feet, a chord bearing and distance of South 24 degrees 15 minutes 38 seconds East, 693.18 feet and an arc distance of 693.68 feet to a  1 / 2 %, inch rebar; thence, South 20 degrees 31 minutes 03 seconds East, continuing along the west line of the CSX Railroad, a distance of 553.23 feet to a point; thence, South 76 degrees 17 minutes 13 seconds West, leaving the CSX Railroad and along the north line of a tract of land conveyed to Ruby O. Thompson, as recorded in Deed Book 13140, page 238, Deed Records of Fulton County, Georgia, passing a 1 inch axle at a distance of 0.20 feet and continuing for a total distance of 646.19 feet to a  3 / 8 inch rebar in concrete; thence, South 13 degrees 46 minutes 17 seconds East, along the west line of said Thompson tract, a distance of 290.79 feet to a  3 / 8 inch rebar in concrete; thence, North 76 degrees 17 minutes 13 seconds East, along the south line of said Thompson tract, a distance of 680.59 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar on the west line of said CSX Railroad; thence, South 20 degrees 31 minutes 03 seconds East, along the west line of the CSX Railroad, a distance of 442.92 feet to a 2 inch pipe; thence, South 76 degrees 49 minutes 39 seconds West, leaving the CSX Railroad and along the north line of a tract of land conveyed to Gerald M. Cochran, a distance of 146.69 feet to a 1 inch pipe; thence, along the north line of a tract of land conveyed to Oakley Estates, Inc., the following calls: first, South 76 degrees 46 minutes 08 seconds West, a distance of 543.87 feet to a 1 inch pipe; thence, North 66 degrees 20 minutes 13 seconds West, a distance of 370.17 feet to a 1 inch pipe; thence, South 76 degrees 58 minutes 28 seconds West, a distance of 291.19 feet to a 1 inch pipe; thence North 69 degrees 29 minutes 59 seconds West, a distance of 573.17 feet to a l inch pipe; thence South 01 degrees 11 minutes 44 seconds East, along the west line of said Oakley Estates, Inc. tract, a distance of 980.19 feet to a 1 inch pipe; thence, South 88 degrees 23 minutes 36 seconds East, along the south line of said Oakley Estates, Inc. tract and the apparent south line of Land Lot 35, a distance of 737.84 feet to a point; thence, South 68 degrees 39 minutes 43 seconds West, a distance of 2250.48 feet to a point; thence, North 16 degrees 24 minutes 31 seconds West, a distance of 378.99 feet to a point; thence, North 33 degrees 57 minutes 04 seconds West, a distance of 544.71 feet to a point; thence, North 08 degrees 58 minutes 32 seconds West, a distance of 624.34 feet to a point; thence, North 09 degrees 42 minutes 26 seconds East, a distance of 536.07 feet to a point on the south line of said Oakley Industrial Boulevard; thence, along the south line of Oakley Industrial Boulevard the following calls: first, along a curve to the left having a radius of 2925.17 feet, a chord bearing and distance of North 51 degrees 55 minutes 24 seconds East, 436.00 feet and an arc distance of 436.40 feet to a concrete right-of-way monument; thence, North 47 degrees 38 minutes 42 seconds East, a distance of 479.45 feet to a concrete right-of-way monument; thence, North 47 degrees 38 minutes 42 seconds East, a distance of 249.45 feet to a concrete right-of-way monument; thence,

 

A-1


along a curve to the right, having a radius of 2232.10 feet, a chord bearing and distance of North 58 degrees 28 minutes 53 seconds East, 849.46 feet and an arc distance of 854.69 feet to a concrete right-of-way monument; thence, North 69 degrees 26 minutes 09 East, a distance of 1527.41 feet to the Point of Beginning and containing 152.29 acres of land, more or less.

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

Parcel “N”

All that tract or parcel of land situated and lying in Land Lots 23, 24, and 25, 9th Land District, Fulton County, Georgia, and being more particularly described as follows:

Beginning at a  1 / 2 inch rebar at the intersection of the southerly line of Wood Road (variable R/W) with the west line of Lee’s Mill Road (apparent 50’ R/W); thence, South 02 degrees 21 minutes 28 seconds West, along the west line of Lee’s Mill Road, a distance of 75.17 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar; thence North 88 degrees 15 minutes 01 seconds West, leaving Lee’s Mill Road and along the north line of a tract of land conveyed to Sloan J. Dailey, as recorded in Deed Book 26514, page 269, Deed Records of Fulton County, Georgia, a distance of 414.86 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar; thence, South 02 degrees 23 minutes 11 seconds West, along the west line of said Dailey tract, a distance of 209.99 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar; thence, South 88 degrees 14 minutes, 56 seconds East, along the south line of said Dailey tract, a distance of 414.89 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar on the west line of Lee’s Mill Road; thence, South 02 degrees 21 minutes 16 seconds West, along the west line of Lee’s Mill Road, a distance of 172.00 feet to a 1 inch flat iron; thence, leaving Lee’s Mill Road and along the south line of a tract of land conveyed to M.D. Hodges, Inc., as recorded in Deed Book 10585, page 90, the following calls: first, North 88 degrees 15 minutes 00 seconds West, a distance of 849.03 feet to a 1 inch axle; thence, North 88 degrees 21 minutes 50 seconds West, a distance of 235.01 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar; thence, North 88 degrees 20 minutes 19 seconds West, a distance of 326.85 feet to a 1 inch pipe; thence, North 88 degrees 32 minutes 43 seconds West, a distance of 176.26 feet to a cross cut on a rock; thence, North 88 degrees 18 minutes 12 seconds West, a distance of 1157.73 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar; thence, North 88 degrees 24 minutes 55 seconds West, a distance of 237.39 feet to a  3 / 8 inch rebar at the southwest corner of said M.D. Hodges, Inc. tract; thence, North 04 degrees 21 minutes 53 seconds East, along the west line of said M.D. Hodges, Inc. tract, a distance of 706.83 feet to a 1 inch pipe; thence, North 86 degrees 49 minutes 02 seconds West, along the south line of a tract of land conveyed to M.D. Hodges Enterprises, Inc., as recorded in Deed Book 9574, pages 472, Deed Records of Fulton County, Georgia, a distance of 192.12 feet to a  5 / 8 inch rebar; thence, North 86 degrees 47 minutes 41 seconds West, continuing along said south line, a distance of 133.55 feet to a  5 / 8 inch rebar at the southeast corner of a tract of land conveyed to PYA Monarch, Inc., as recorded in Deed Book 29373, page 582, Deed Records, Fulton County, Georgia; thence, along the east line of said PYA Monarch, Inc. tract the following calls: First, North 42 degrees 15 minutes 01 seconds East, a distance of 365.10 feet to a  5 / 8 inch rebar, thence, North 12 degrees 14 minutes 26 seconds East, a distance of 131.32 feet to a sanitary sewer manhole; thence, North 40 degrees 59 minutes 35 seconds West, a distance of 1.90 feet to point; thence, North 68 degrees 39 minutes 43 seconds East, leaving said PYA Monarch, Inc. tract, a distance of 2688.52 feet to a point on the south line of a tract of land conveyed to Oakley Estates, Inc., said point also being on the apparent north line of Land Lot 24; thence, South 88 degrees 23 minutes 36 seconds East, along the south line of said Oakley Estates, Inc. tract and

 

A-2


said north line of Land Lot 24, a distance of 468.82 feet to a 1 inch pipe at the apparent northeast corner of Land Lot 24 and the northeast corner of said M.D. Hodges Enterprises, Inc. tract; thence, South 05 degrees 09 minutes 25 seconds West, along the east line of said M.D. Hodges Enterprises, Inc. tract and the apparent east line of Land Lot 24, a distance of 563.70 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar on the north line of the terminus of Wood Road as defined by said M.D. Hodges Enterprises, Inc. tract; thence, South 88 degrees 59 minutes 19 seconds West, along said north line of Wood Road, a distance of 29.93 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar; thence, South 05 degrees 14 minutes 05 seconds West, along the west line of Wood Road as defined by said M.D. Hodges Enterprises, Inc. tract, a distance of 169.12 feet to a 2 inch pipe at the northeast corner of a tract of land conveyed to Fife Baptist Church; thence, South 88 degrees 52 minutes 42 seconds West, leaving Wood Road and along the north line of the Fife Baptist Church tract, a distance of 253.70 feet to a 11/2% in angle iron; thence, South 88 degrees 15 minutes 50 seconds West, continuing along the north line of the Fife Baptist Church tract, a distance of 242.10 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar; thence, South 05 degrees 47 minutes 51 seconds West, along the west line of the Fife Baptist Church tract, a distance of 340.70 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar; thence, South 81 degrees 27 minutes 16 seconds East, along the south line of the Fife Baptist Church tract, a distance of 250.78 feet to a 11/2 inch angle iron; thence, South 81 degrees 07 minutes 37 seconds East, continuing along the south line of the Fife Baptist Church tract, a distance of 246.02 feet to a  1 / 2 inch pipe on the west line of Wood Road; thence, South 05 degrees 07 minutes 07 seconds West, along the west line of Wood Road, a distance of 77.59 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar at the northeast corner of a tract of land conveyed to Robert A. Wood; thence, North 88 degrees 23 minutes 30 seconds West, leaving Wood Road and along the north line of the Wood tract, a distance of 415.03 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar; thence, South 05 degrees 02 minutes 14 seconds West, along the west line of the Wood tract, a distance of 227.89 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar; thence South 88 degrees 17 minutes 49 seconds East, along the south line of the Wood tract, a distance of 154.41 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar; thence, South 64 degrees 38 minutes 18 seconds East, continuing along the south line of the Wood tract, a distance of 53.89 feet to a 2 inch pipe; thence, South 64 degrees 32 minutes 53 seconds East, continuing along the south line of the Wood tract, a distance of 222.67 feet to a 1 inch rebar on the west line of said Wood Road; thence, along the south line of Wood Road and with a curve to the left having a radius of 124.94 feet, a chord bearing and distance of South 40 degrees 54 minutes 48 seconds East, 82.79 feet and an arc distance of 84.39 feet to a  1 / 2 inch rebar; thence, South 60 degrees 05 minutes 17 seconds East, continuing along the south line of Wood Road, a distance of 167.04 feet to the Point of Beginning and containing 106.48 acres of land, more or less.

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

Tracts 1 and 2

All that tract or parcel of land lying and being in Land Lot 35 and 36 of Ninth District of originally Fayette then Campbell now Fulton County, Georgia more fully described as follows: Commencing in the center of Fairburn and Fayetteville Highway at a point 2501/2 feet southernly measured along said Highway from the North line of land lots Nos. 35 and 36 run south 74 degrees, West 118 feet to center of Atlantic Coast Line Railroad, Thence continue Westerly on same course 698 feet to a corner, thence run South 16 degrees East 2908/10 feet to a corner, thence run North 74 degrees East 731 feet to center of A.C.L. R.R. Thence continue Easterly in same course 1581/2 feet to the center of Fairburn and Fayetteville Highway, Thence

 

A-3


North 30 degrees and 45 minutes West along said highway 300 feet to point of beginning, and containing 5 acres of land not including right of way of 100 feet wide belonging to Atlantic Coast Line Rail Road. This 5 acre tract of land is a part of the Tom Garden place and was deeded by Grady Carden and Mrs. Emmie Carden Findlay to John Low Smith, and from John Low Smith to Lois Oakley.

MORE RECENTLY DESCRIBED IN A SURVEY BY INTEGRATED SCIENCE AND

ENGINEERING DATED JUNE 11, 2002, AS FOLLOWS:

TRACT 1

All that tract or parcel of land lying and being in Land Lot 36 of the 9th District, Fulton County, Georgia, and being more particularly described as follows:

To reach the true point of beginning, commence at a 1” open top pipe at the common land lot corner of land lots 35, 36, 23, and 24;

THENCE North 00 degrees 08 minutes 19 seconds West along the western land lot line of land lot 36 for a distance of 1192.30 feet to a point where the South property line of tract 2 intersects the common land lot of land lots 35 and 36;

THENCE North 76 degrees 17 minutes 31 seconds East along the South property line of tract 2 for a distance of 486.69 feet to a  1 / 2 ” rebar at the west right of way of a CSX railroad (100’) R/W);

THENCE across the right of way of the CSX railroad North 75 degrees 32 minutes 19 seconds East for a distance of 100.35 feet to a 60-penny nail on the east right of way of the 100’ wide CSX railroad and true point of beginning;

THENCE North 20 degrees 30 minutes 14 seconds West along the right of way of the CSX Railroad (100’ R/W) for a distance of 291.99 feet to a  1 / 2 ” rebar found;

THENCE North 76 degrees 07 minutes 03 seconds East for a distance of 38.28 feet to the right of way of Fayetteville Road (100’ R/W) and a 1” open top pipe;

THENCE South 22 degrees 16 minutes 14 seconds East along the right of way of Fayetteville Road for a distance of 293.27 feet to a 1” open top pipe;

THENCE South 76 degrees 13 minutes 18 seconds West for a distance of 47.39 feet to a 60-penny nail and true point of beginning;

Said property contains 0.29 acres more or less.

 

A-4


TRACT 2

All that tract or parcel of land lying and being in Land Lots 35 and 36 of the 9th District, Fulton County, Georgia, and being more particularly described as follows:

To reach the true point of beginning, commence at a 1” open top pipe at the common land lot corner of land lots 35, 36, 23, and 24;

THENCE North 00 degrees 08 minutes 19 seconds West along the western land lot line of land lot 36 for a distance of 1192.30 feet to a point where the South property line of tract 2 intersects the common land lot line of land lots 35 and 36;

THENCE North 76 degrees 17 minutes 31 seconds East along the South property line of tract 2 for a distance of 466.69 feet to a  1 / 2 ” rebar found at the west right of way of a CSX railroad (100’ R/W) and true point of beginning;

THENCE South 76 degrees 17 minutes 31 seconds West for a distance of 681.04 feet to a  3 / 8 ” rebar found;

THENCE North 13 degrees 46 minutes 35 seconds West for a distance of 290.84 feet to a  3 / 8 ” rebar found;

THENCE North 76 degrees 17 minutes 13 seconds East for a distance of 646.02 feet to the western right of way of a 100’ CSX Railroad right of way and a axle found;

THENCE South 20 degrees 38 minutes 22 seconds East along the western right of way of a 100 foot CSX right of way for a distance of 293.04 feet to a  1 / 2 ” rebar found and a true point of beginning;

Said property contains 4.43 acres more or less.

Total area tract 1 and tract 2 = 4.72 acres more or less.

 

A-5


EXHIBIT B—THE PROJECT

The Project consists of the acquisition, construction, development and equipping of a wholesale automobile auction facility on approximately 280 acres of land, which facility consists of certain buildings, structures, machinery, equipment and all related real and personal property deemed necessary or desirable in connection therewith. The Project shall also include the Improvements and all buildings, structures, foundations, excavations and other civil works necessary or useful in connection with the construction, installation or operation of the Equipment and the Improvements or otherwise necessary or useful to the carrying out of the purpose of the Project.

 

B-1

Exhibit 10.32

Portions of this Exhibit 10.32 have been omitted based upon a request for confidential treatment. This Exhibit 10.32, including the non-public information, has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. “[*]” designates portions of this document that have been redacted pursuant to the request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

AMENDED AND RESTATED

PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

Dated as of May 31, 2002

between

AFC FUNDING CORPORATION

and

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     PAGE

ARTICLE I

 

AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE AND CONTRIBUTE

  

1.1.

  Agreement to Purchase and Sell    1

1.2.

  Timing of Purchases    2

1.3.

  Consideration for Purchases    2

1.4.

  Purchase and Sale Termination Date    2

1.5.

  Intention of the Parties    3

1.6.

  Certain Definitions    3

ARTICLE II

 

CALCULATION OF PURCHASE PRICE

  

2.1.

  Calculation of Purchase Price    4

ARTICLE III

 

CONTRIBUTION OF RECEIVABLES; PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE

  

3.1.

  Contribution of Receivables    4

3.2.

  Initial Purchase Price Payment    4

3.3.

  Subsequent Purchase Price Payments    4

3.4.

  Settlement as to Specific Receivables    5

3.5.

  Reconveyance of Receivables    6

ARTICLE IV

 

CONDITIONS OF PURCHASES

  

4.1.

  Conditions Precedent to Initial Purchase    6

4.2.

  Certification as to Representations and Warranties    7

4.3.

  Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Agreement    7

ARTICLE V

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ORIGINATOR

  

5.1.

  Organization and Good Standing    8

5.2.

  Due Qualification    8

5.3.

  Power and Authority; Due Authorization    9

5.4.

  Valid Sale or Contribution; Binding Obligations    9

5.5.

  No Violation    9

5.6.

  Proceedings    9

5.7.

  Bulk Sales Act    9

5.8.

  Government Approvals    9

5.9.

  Financial Condition    10

5.10.

  Margin Regulations    10

5.11.

  Quality of Title    10

5.12.

  Accuracy of Information    10

5.13.

  Offices    10

5.14.

  Trade Names    11

5.15.

  Taxes    11

5.16.

  Licenses and Labor Controversies    11

5.17.

  Compliance with Applicable Laws    11

5.18.

  Reliance on Separate Legal Identity    11

 

i


5.19.

  Purchase Price    11

5.20.

  Eligibility of Receivables    11

5.21.

  Perfection Representations    11

5.22.

  Credit and Collection Policy    11

5.23.

  Transaction Documents    11

ARTICLE VI

 

COVENANTS OF THE ORIGINATOR

  

6.1.

  Affirmative Covenants    12

6.2.

  Reporting Requirements    13

6.3.

  Negative Covenants    14

ARTICLE VII

 

ADDITIONAL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS IN RESPECT OF THE RECEIVABLES

  

7.1.

  Rights of the Company    15

7.2.

  Responsibilities of the Originator    15

7.3.

  Further Action Evidencing Purchases    16

7.4.

  Application of Collections    16

ARTICLE VIII

 

PURCHASE AND SALE TERMINATION EVENTS

  

8.1.

  Purchase and Sale Termination Events    16

8.2.

  Remedies    18

ARTICLE IX

 

INDEMNIFICATION

  

9.1.

  Indemnities by the Originator    18

ARTICLE X

 

MISCELLANEOUS

  

10.1.

  Amendments, etc    20

10.2.

  Notices, etc    20

10.3.

  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies    20

10.4.

  Binding Effect; Assignability    21

10.5.

  Governing Law    21

10.6.

  Costs, Expenses and Taxes    21

10.7.

  Submission to Jurisdiction    21

10.8.

  Waiver of Jury Trial    22

10.9.

  Captions and Cross References; Incorporation by Reference    22

10.10.

  Execution in Counterparts    22

10.11.

  Acknowledgment and Agreement    22

 

ii


SCHEDULES
SCHEDULE 1.1(b)    Excluded Receivables
SCHEDULE 5.13    Office Locations
SCHEDULE 5.14    Trade Names
SCHEDULE 5.15    Tax Matters
EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT A    Form of Purchase Report
EXHIBIT B    Form of Company Note

 

iii


AMENDED AND RESTATED PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, this “Agreement ”), dated as of May 31, 2002, is between AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation (the “ Originator ”), as seller, and AFC FUNDING CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation (the “ Company ”), as purchaser.

Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of December 31, 1996 (as amended or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Original Purchase and Sale Agreement ”) shall, subject to this paragraph, be superseded hereby in their entirety. Notwithstanding the amendment and restatement of the Original Purchase and Sale Agreement by this Agreement, the Originator shall continue to be liable for all unpaid amounts accrued to the date hereof and owing by it under the Original Purchase and Sale Agreement and all agreements thereunder to indemnify such parties in connection with events or conditions arising or existing prior to the date that the conditions are satisfied in Section 4.3 hereof (the “ Amended and Restated Closing Date ”). Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, each reference to the Original Purchase and Sale Agreement in any other document, instrument or agreement shall mean and be a reference to this Agreement.

Definitions

Unless otherwise indicated in this Agreement, certain terms that are capitalized and used throughout this Agreement are defined in Exhibit I to the Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Receivables Purchase Agreement ”), among the Company, the Originator, as initial Servicer, Fairway Finance Corporation and such other entities from time to time as may become purchasers thereunder as purchasers (together with their successors and assigns, the “ Purchasers ”), and BMO NESBITT BURNS CORP., as the initial agent and as purchaser agent for Fairway Finance Corporation (together with its successors and assigns, the “ Agent ”) and XL Capital Assurance Inc., as Insurer (the “ Insurer ”).

Background

1. The Company is a special purpose corporation, all of the capital stock of which is wholly-owned by the Originator.

2. On the Original Closing Date (as defined below), the Originator transferred certain Receivables and Related Rights to the Company as a capital contribution to the Company.

3. In order to finance its business, the Originator wishes to sell certain Receivables and Related Rights from time to time to the Company, and the Company is willing, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, to purchase such Receivables and Related Rights from the Originator.

4. The Company intends to sell to Purchasers an undivided variable percentage interest in its Receivables and Related Rights pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement in order to finance its purchases of certain Receivables and Related Rights hereunder.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

AGREEMENT TO PURCHASE AND CONTRIBUTE

1.1. Agreement to Purchase and Sell. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement (including Article IV) , and in consideration of the Purchase Price, the Originator agrees to sell to the Company, and does hereby sell to the Company, and the Company agrees to purchase from the Originator, and does hereby purchase from the Originator, without recourse and without regard to collectibility, all of the Originator’s right, title and interest in and to:

(a) each Receivable of the Originator that existed and was owing to the Originator as of the opening of the Originator’s business on December 31, 1996 (the “ Original Closing Date ”) (other than the Receivables and Related Rights contributed by the Originator to the Company pursuant to Section 3.1 (the “ Contributed Receivables ”));


(b) each Receivable created or originated by the Originator from the opening of the Originator’s business on the Original Closing Date to and including the Purchase and Sale Termination Date (other than any Excluded Receivables identified from time on Schedule 1.1(b) and consented to by the Agent and the Insurer, as such Schedule may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time with the consent of the Agent and the Insurer);

(c) all rights to, but not the obligations under, all Related Security (other than with respect to the Contributed Receivables);

(d) all monies due or to become due with respect to any of the foregoing;

(e) all books and records related to any of the foregoing; and

(f) all proceeds thereof (as defined in the UCC) received or applied on or after the Original Closing Date including, without limitation, all funds which either are received by the Originator, the Company or the Servicer from or on behalf of the Obligors in payment of any amounts owed (including, without limitation, finance charges, interest and all other charges) in respect of any Receivable (other than Contributed Receivables), or that are (or are to be) applied to amounts owed in respect of any such Receivable (including, without limitation, insurance payments and net proceeds of the sale or other disposition of vehicles or other collateral or property of the related Obligor or any other Person directly or indirectly liable for the payment of any such Receivable that are (or are to be) applied thereto).

All purchases and contributions hereunder shall be made without recourse, but shall be made pursuant to and in reliance upon the representations, warranties and covenants of the Originator, in its capacity as seller and contributor, set forth in each Transaction Document. The Company’s foregoing commitment to purchase such Receivables and the proceeds and rights described in subsections (c) through (f)  of this Section 1.1 (collectively, including such item relating to Contributed Receivables, the “ Related Rights ”) is herein called the “ Purchase Facility .”

1.2. Timing of Purchases.

(a) Original Closing Date Purchases. The Originator’s entire right, title and interest in (i) each Receivable that existed and was owing to the Originator as of the opening of the Originator’s business on the Original Closing Date (other than Contributed Receivables), and (ii) all Related Rights with respect thereto was sold to the Company on the Original Closing Date.

(b) Regular Purchases. After the Original Closing Date, each Receivable created or originated by the Originator and all Related Rights shall be purchased and owned by the Company (without any further action) upon the creation or origination of such Receivable (other than any Excluded Receivables created or originated by the Originator from the opening of the Originator’s business on the Amended and Restated Closing Date to and including the Purchase and Sale Termination Date).

1.3. Consideration for Purchases. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company agrees to make all Purchase Price payments to the Originator.

1.4. Purchase and Sale Termination Date. The “ Purchase and Sale Termination Date” shall be the earlier to occur of (a) the date of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.2 and (b) the Payment Date immediately following the day on which the Originator shall have given notice to the Company that the Originator desires to terminate this Agreement.

 

2


As used herein, “ Payment Date” means (i) the Original Closing Date and (ii) each Business Day thereafter that the Originator is open for business.

1.5. Intention of the Parties. It is the express intent of the parties hereto that the transfers of the Receivables (other than Contributed Receivables) and Related Rights (other than those relating to the Contributed Receivables) by the Originator to the Company, as contemplated by this Agreement be, and be treated as, sales and not as secured loans secured by the Receivables and Related Rights. If, however, notwithstanding the intent of the parties, such transactions are deemed to be loans, the Originator hereby grants to the Company a security interest in all of the Originator’s right, title and interest in and to the Receivables and the Related Rights now existing and hereafter created, all monies due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto, and all proceeds thereof, to secure all of the Originator’s obligations hereunder.

1.6. Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the terms “Material Adverse Effect” and “Solvent” are defined as follows:

Material Adverse Effect ” means, with respect to any event or circumstance, a material adverse effect on:

(i) the business, operations, property or financial condition of the Originator;

(ii) the ability of the Originator or the Servicer (if it is the Originator) to perform its obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party or the performance of any such obligations;

(iii) the validity or enforceability of the Receivables Purchase Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

(iv) the status, existence, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Company’s interest in the Receivables or Related Rights; or

(v) the collectibility of the Receivables.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person at any time, a condition under which:

(i) the fair value and present fair saleable value of such Person’s total assets is, on the date of determination, greater than such Person’s total liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) at such time;

(ii) such Person is and shall continue to be able to pay all of its liabilities as such liabilities mature; and

(iii) such Person does not have unreasonably small capital with which to engage in its current and in its anticipated business.

For purposes of this definition:

(A) the amount of a Person’s contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time shall be that amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances then existing, represents the amount which can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability;

(B) the “fair value” of an asset shall be the amount which may be realized within a reasonable time either through collection or sale of such asset at its regular market value;

 

3


(C) the “regular market value” of an asset shall be the amount which a capable and diligent business person could obtain for such asset from an interested buyer who is willing to purchase such asset under ordinary selling conditions; and

(D) the “present fair saleable value” of an asset means the amount which can be obtained if such asset is sold with reasonable promptness in an arm’s length transaction in an existing and not theoretical market.

ARTICLE II

CALCULATION OF PURCHASE PRICE

2.1. Calculation of Purchase Price. On each Servicer Report Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the Company, the Agent, the Insurer and the Originator (if the Servicer is other than the Originator) a report in substantially the form of Exhibit A (each such report being herein called a “ Purchase Report ”) with respect to the matters set forth therein and the Company’s purchases of Receivables from the Originator

(a) that were made on the Original Closing Date (in the case of the Purchase Report delivered on the Original Closing Date), or

(b) that were made during the period commencing on the Servicer Report Date immediately preceding such Servicer Report Date to (but not including) such Servicer Report Date (in the case of each subsequent Purchase Report).

The “ Purchase Price” (to be paid to the Originator in accordance with the terms of Article III) for the Receivables and the Related Rights that are purchased hereunder shall be the fair market value of the Receivables as agreed to from time to time by the Company and the Originator.

ARTICLE III

CONTRIBUTION OF RECEIVABLES;

PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE

3.1. Contribution of Receivables. On the Original Closing Date, the Originator contributed to the capital of the Company, Receivables and Related Rights with respect thereto consisting of each Receivable of the Originator that existed and was owing to the Originator on the Original Closing Date that as of such date was not an Eligible Receivable and Receivables that existed and were owing to the Originator on the Original Closing Date that as of such date were Eligible Receivables, beginning with the oldest of such Eligible Receivables and continuing chronologically thereafter, and all or an undivided interest in the most recent of such contributed Eligible Receivables [*].

3.2. Initial Purchase Price Payment. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company agreed to pay to the Originator the Purchase Price for the purchase of Receivables made on the Original Closing Date [*].

3.3. Subsequent Purchase Price Payments. On each Business Day falling after the Original Closing Date and on or prior to the Purchase and Sale Termination Date, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Originator the Purchase Price

 

4


for the Receivables sold by the Originator to the Company on such Business Day, in cash, to the extent funds are available to make such payment and such payment is permitted by paragraph (o) of Exhibit IV to the Receivables Purchase Agreement [*].

Servicer shall make all appropriate record keeping entries with respect to the Company Note or otherwise to reflect the foregoing payments and adjustments pursuant to Section 3.4, and Servicer’s books and records shall constitute rebuttable presumptive evidence of the principal amount of and accrued interest on the Company Note at any time. Furthermore, Servicer shall hold the Company Note for the benefit of the Originator, and all payments under the Company Note shall be made to the Servicer for the account of the applicable payee thereof. The Originator hereby irrevocably authorizes Servicer to mark the Company Note “CANCELLED” and to return the Company Note to the Company upon the finalpayment thereof after the occurrence of the Purchase and Sale Termination Date.

3.4. Settlement as to Specific Receivables and Dilution.

(a) If on the day of purchase or contribution of any Receivable from the Originator hereunder, any of the representations or warranties set forth in Section 5.4, 5.11 or 5.20 is not true with respect to such Receivable or as a result of any action or inaction of the Originator, on any day any of the representations or warranties set forth in Section 5.4, 5.11 or 5.20 is no longer true with respect to such a Receivable, then the Purchase Price with respect to the Receivables purchased hereunder shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Outstanding Balance of such Receivable and shall be accounted to the Originator as provided in subsection (c)  below; provided, that if the Company thereafter receives payment on account of Collections due with respect to such Receivable, the Company promptly shall deliver such funds to the Originator.

(b) If, on any day, the Outstanding Balance of any Receivable purchased or contributed hereunder is reduced or adjusted as a result of any discount, rebate or other adjustment made by the Originator, Company or Servicer or any setoff or dispute between the Company, the Originator or the Servicer and an Obligor, then the Purchase Price with respect to the Receivables purchased hereunder shall be reduced by the amount of such reduction and shall be accounted to the Originator as provided in subsection (c)  below.

(c) Any reduction in the Purchase Price of the Receivables pursuant to subsection (a)  or (b)  above shall be applied as a credit for the account of the Company against the Purchase Price of Receivables subsequently purchased by the Company from the Originator hereunder; provided, however if there have been no purchases of Receivables (or insufficiently large purchases of Receivables) to create a Purchase Price sufficient to so apply such credit against, the amount of such credit

(i) shall be paid in cash to the Company by the Originator in the manner and for application as described in the following proviso, or

(ii) shall be deemed to be a payment under, and shall be deducted from the principal amount outstanding under, the Company Note, to the extent that such payment is permitted under paragraph (o) of Exhibit IV of the Receivables Purchase Agreement;

provided, further, that at any time (y) when a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event exists or (z) on or after the Termination Date, the amount of any such credit shall be paid by the Originator to the Company by deposit in immediately available funds into the Collection Account for application by Servicer to the same extent as if Collections of the applicable Receivable in such amount had actually been received on such date.

 

5


(d) Each Purchase Report (other than the Purchase Report delivered on the Original Closing Date) shall include, in respect of the Receivables previously generated by the Originator (including the Contributed Receivables), a calculation of the aggregate reductions described in subsection (a)  or (b)  relating to such Receivables since the last Purchase Report delivered hereunder.

3.5. Reconveyance of Receivables. In the event that the Originator has paid to the Company the full Outstanding Balance of any Receivable pursuant to Section 3.4, the Company shall reconvey such Receivable to the Originator, without representation or warranty, but free and clear of all liens created by the Company.

ARTICLE IV

CONDITIONS OF PURCHASES

4.1. Conditions Precedent to Initial Purchase. The initial purchase under the Original Purchase and Sale Agreement was subject to the condition precedent that the Company shall have received, on or before the Original Closing Date, the following, each (unless otherwise indicated) dated the Original Closing Date, and each in form, substance and date satisfactory to the Company:

(a) A copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Originator approving the Transaction Documents to be delivered by it and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Originator;

(b) A Certificate of Existence for the Originator issued as of a recent date by the Indiana Secretary of State;

(c) A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Originator certifying the names and true signatures of the officers authorized on the Originator’s behalf to sign the Transaction Documents to be delivered by it (on which certificate the Company and the Servicer (if other than the Originator) may conclusively rely until such time as the Company and the Servicer shall receive from the Originator a revised certificate meeting the requirements of this subsection (c)  );

(d) The articles of incorporation of the Originator together with a copy of the by-laws of the Originator, each duly certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Originator;

(e) Copies of the proper financing statements (Form UCC-1) that have been duly executed and name the Originator as the assignor and the Company as the assignee (and Purchaser as assignee of the Company) of the Receivables generated by the Originator and Related Rights or other, similar instruments or documents, as may be necessary or, in Servicer’s or the Agent’s opinion, desirable under the UCC of all appropriate jurisdictions or any comparable law of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect the Company’s ownership interest in all Receivables and Related Rights in which an ownership interest may be transferred to it hereunder;

(f) A written search report from a Person satisfactory to Servicer and the Agent listing all effective financing statements that name the Originator as debtor or assignor and that are filed in the jurisdictions in which filings were made pursuant to the foregoing subsection (e), together with copies of such financing statements (none of which, except for those described in the foregoing subsection (e), shall cover any Receivable or any Related Right), and tax and judgment lien search reports from a Person satisfactory to Servicer and the Agent showing no evidence of such liens filed against the Originator;

(g) Favorable opinions of Warren W. Byrd, Esq., general counsel to the Originator and Ice Miller Donadio and Ryan, special counsel to the Originator, concerning enforceability of this Agreement and certain other matters, and Ice Miller Donadio and Ryan, concerning certain bankruptcy matters, and such other opinions as the Company may reasonably request;

 

6


(h) Evidence (i) of the execution and delivery by each of the parties thereto of each of the other Transaction Documents to be executed and delivered in connection herewith and (ii) that each of the conditions precedent to the execution, delivery and effectiveness of such other Transaction Documents has been satisfied to the Company’s satisfaction; and

(i) A certificate from an officer of the Originator to the effect that Servicer and the Originator have placed on the most recent, and have taken all steps reasonably necessary to ensure that there shall be placed on subsequent, summary master control data processing reports the following legend (or the substantive equivalent thereof): “THE RECEIVABLES DESCRIBED HEREIN HAVE BEEN SOLD TO AFC FUNDING CORPORATION PURSUANT TO A PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996, BETWEEN AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION AND AFC FUNDING CORPORATION; AND AN INTEREST IN THE RECEIVABLES DESCRIBED HEREIN HAS BEEN GRANTED TO POOLED ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE CAPITAL CORPORATION, PURSUANT TO A RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF DECEMBER 31, 1996, AMONG AFC FUNDING CORPORATION, AS SELLER, AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION, AS SERVICER, POOLED ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE CAPITAL CORPORATION, AS PURCHASER AND NESBITT BURNS SECURITIES INC., AS AGENT.”

4.2. Certification as to Representations and Warranties. The Originator, by accepting the Purchase Price (including by the increase in the outstanding balance of the Company Note) related to each purchase of Receivables and Related Rights shall be deemed to have certified that the representations and warranties contained in Article V are true and correct on and as of such day, with the same effect as though made on and as of such day.

4.3. Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective when each of the conditions precedent in this Section 4.3 has been satisfied on or before the Amended and Restated Closing Date. The effectiveness of this Agreement shall be subject to the condition precedent that the Company, the Agent and the Insurer shall have received, on or before the Amended and Restated Closing Date, the following, each (unless otherwise indicated) dated as of the date hereof, and each in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, the Agent and the Insurer:

(a) A copy of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Originator approving the Transaction Documents to be delivered by it and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, certified by the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Originator;

(b) A Certificate of Existence for the Originator issued as of a recent date by the Indiana Secretary of State;

(c) A certificate of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Originator certifying the names and true signatures of the officers authorized on the Originator’s behalf to sign the Transaction Documents to be delivered by it (on which certificate the Company, the Agent, the Insurer and the Servicer (if other than the Originator) may conclusively rely until such time as the Company, the Agent, the Insurer and the Servicer shall receive from the Originator a revised certificate meeting the requirements of this subsection (c)  );

(d) The articles of incorporation of the Originator together with a copy of the by-laws of the Originator, each duly certified as of the Amended and Restated Closing Date by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Originator;

(e) Copies of the proper financing statements (Form UCC-1) that are suitable for filing and name the Originator as the assignor and the Company as the assignee (and the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) as assignee of the Company) of the Receivables generated by the Originator and Related Rights or other, similar instruments or documents, as may be necessary or, in Servicer’s, the Insurer’s or the Agent’s opinion, desirable under the UCC of all appropriate jurisdictions or any comparable law of all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect the Company’s ownership interest in all Receivables and Related Rights in which an ownership interest may be transferred to it hereunder;

 

7


(f) A written search report as of a recent date from a Person satisfactory to Servicer, the Insurer and the Agent listing all effective financing statements that name the Originator as debtor or assignor and that are filed in the jurisdictions in which filings were made pursuant to the foregoing subsection (e), together with copies of such financing statements (none of which, except for those described in the foregoing subsection (e), shall cover any Receivable or any Related Right), and tax and judgment lien search reports from a Person satisfactory to Servicer, the Insurer and the Agent showing no evidence of such liens filed against the Originator;

(g) Favorable opinions of Joel G. Garcia, Esq., general counsel to the Originator and Ice Miller, special counsel to the Originator, concerning enforceability of this Agreement and certain other matters, and Ice Miller, concerning certain bankruptcy matters, and such other opinions as the Company, the Agent or the Insurer may reasonably request;

(h) Evidence (i) of the execution and delivery by each of the parties thereto of each of the other Transaction Documents to be executed and delivered in connection herewith and (ii) that each of the conditions precedent to the execution, delivery and effectiveness of such other Transaction Documents has been satisfied to the Company’s, the Agent’s and the Insurer’s satisfaction; and

(i) A certificate from an officer of the Originator to the effect that Servicer and the Originator have placed on the most recent, and have taken all steps reasonably necessary to ensure that there shall be placed on subsequent, summary master control data processing reports the following legend (or the substantive equivalent thereof): “THE RECEIVABLES DESCRIBED HEREIN HAVE BEEN SOLD TO AFC FUNDING CORPORATION PURSUANT TO AN AMENDED AND RESTATED PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF MAY 31, 2002 BETWEEN AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION AND AFC FUNDING CORPORATION; AND AN INTEREST IN THE RECEIVABLES DESCRIBED HEREIN HAS BEEN GRANTED TO THE AGENT FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE SECURED PARTIES, PURSUANT TO AN AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF MAY 31, 2002, AMONG AFC FUNDING CORPORATION, AS SELLER, AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION, AS SERVICER, FAIRWAY FINANCE CORPORATION, AND SUCH OTHER ENTITIES FROM TIME TO TIME AS MAY BECOME PURCHASERS THEREUNDER, BMO NESBITT BURNS CORP. AS AGENT AND PURCHASER AGENT FOR FAIRWAY FINANCE CORPORATION AND XL CAPITAL ASSURANCE INC., AS INSURER.”

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE ORIGINATOR

In order to induce the Company to enter into this Agreement and to make purchases and accept contributions hereunder, the Originator, in its capacity as seller under this Agreement, hereby makes the representations and warranties set forth in this Article V .

5.1. Organization and Good Standing. The Originator has been duly incorporated and in existence as a corporation under the laws of the State of Indiana, with power and authority to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties are presently owned and such business is presently conducted.

5.2. Due Qualification. The Originator is duly licensed or qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in good standing in the jurisdiction where its chief executive office and principal place of

 

8


business are located and in all other jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of its property or the conduct of its business requires such licensing or qualification except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3. Power and Authority; Due Authorization. The Originator has (a) all necessary corporate power, authority and legal right (i) to execute and deliver, and perform its obligations under, each Transaction Document to which it is a party, as seller, and (ii) to generate, own, sell, contribute and assign Receivables and Related Rights on the terms and subject to the conditions herein and therein provided; and (b) duly authorized such execution and delivery and such sale, contribution and assignment and the performance of such obligations by all necessary corporate action.

5.4. Valid Sale or Contribution; Binding Obligations. Each sale or contribution, as the case may be, of Receivables and Related Rights made by the Originator pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute a valid sale or contribution, as the case may be, transfer, and assignment thereof to the Company, enforceable against creditors of, and purchasers from, the Originator; and this Agreement constitutes, and each other Transaction Document to be signed by the Originator, as seller, when duly executed and delivered, will constitute, a legal, valid, and binding obligation of the Originator, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

5.5. No Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which the Originator is a party as seller, and the fulfillment of the terms hereof or thereof will not (a) conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default under (i) the Originator’s articles of incorporation or by-laws, or (ii) any indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it is bound, (b) result in the creation or imposition of any Adverse Claim upon any of its properties pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, loan agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other agreement or instrument, other than the Transaction Documents, or (c) violate any law or any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction, decree, rule, or regulation applicable to it or its properties, where, in the cases of items (a)(ii), (b)  or (c)  , such conflict, breach, default, Adverse Claim or violation has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.6. Proceedings. (i) There is no litigation, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Originator’s knowledge threatened, before any Government Authority or arbitrator (a) asserting the invalidity of any Transaction Document to which the Originator is a party as seller, (b) seeking to prevent the sale or contribution of Receivables and Related Rights to the Company or the consummation of any of the other transactions contemplated by any Transaction Document to which the Originator is a party as seller, or (c) seeking any determination or ruling that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. (ii) The Originator is not subject to any order, judgment, decree, injunction, stipulation or consent order that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7. Bulk Sales Act. No transaction contemplated hereby requires compliance with any bulk sales act or similar law.

5.8. Government Approvals. Except for the filing of the UCC financing statements referred to in Article IV, all of which, at the time required in Article IV, shall have been duly made and shall be in full force and effect, no authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the Originator’s due execution, delivery and performance of any Transaction Document to which it is a party, as seller.

 

9


5.9. Financial Condition.

(a) On the date hereof, and on the date of each sale of Receivables by the Originator to the Company (both before and after giving effect to such sale), the Originator shall be Solvent.

(b) The consolidated balance sheets of the Originator and its consolidated subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001, and the related statements of income and shareholders’ equity of the Originator and its consolidated subsidiaries for the fiscal year then ended certified by the Originator’s independent accountants, copies of which have been furnished to the Company, present fairly the consolidated financial position of the Originator and its consolidated subsidiaries for the period ended on such date, all in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied; and since such date no event has occurred that has had, or is reasonably likely to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10. Margin Regulations. No use of any funds acquired by the Originator under this Agreement will conflict with or contravene any of Regulations G, T, U and X promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System from time to time.

5.11. Quality of Title.

(a) Each Receivable (together with the Related Rights) which is to be sold or contributed to the Company hereunder is or shall be owned by the Originator, free and clear of any Adverse Claim excepting only Permitted Liens. Whenever the Company makes a purchase, or accepts a contribution, hereunder, it shall have acquired a valid and perfected ownership interest (free and clear of any Adverse Claim, excepting only Permitted Liens) in all Receivables generated by the Originator and all Collections related thereto, and in the Originator’s entire right, title and interest in and to the other Related Rights with respect thereto.

(b) [*]

5.12. Accuracy of Information. No factual written information furnished or to be furnished in writing by the Originator, as seller, to the Company, the Purchasers, the Insurer or the Agent for purposes of or in connection with any Transaction Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby (including the information contained in any Purchase Report) is, and no other such factual written information hereafter furnished (and prepared) by the Originator, as seller, to the Company, the Purchasers, the Insurer or the Agent pursuant to or in connection with any Transaction Document, taken as a whole, will be inaccurate in any material respect as of the date it was furnished or (except as otherwise disclosed to the Company at or prior to such time) as of the date as of which such information is dated or certified, or shall contain any material misstatement of fact or omitted or will omit to state any material fact necessary to make such information, in the light of the circumstances under which any statement therein was made, not materially misleading on the date as of which such information is dated or certified.

5.13. Offices. The Originator’s principal place of business and chief executive office is located at the address set forth under the Originator’s signature hereto, and the offices where the Originator keeps all its books, records and documents evidencing the Receivables, the related Contracts and all other agreements related to such Receivables are located at the addresses specified on Schedule 5.13 (or at such other locations, notified to Servicer (if other than the Originator), the Insurer and the Agent in accordance with Section 6.1(f), in jurisdictions where all action required by Section 7.3 has been taken and completed).

 

10


5.14. Trade Names. Except as disclosed on Schedule 5.14, the Originator does not use any trade name other than its actual corporate name. From and after the date that fell six years before the date hereof, the Originator has not been known by any legal name or trade name other than its corporate name as of the date hereof, nor has the Originator been the subject of any merger or other corporate reorganization except, in each case, as disclosed on Schedule 5.14.

5.15. Taxes. Except as set forth on Schedule 5.15 the Originator has filed all tax returns and reports required by law to have been filed by it and has paid all taxes and governmental charges thereby shown to be owing, except any such taxes which are not yet delinquent or are being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles shall have been set aside on its books.

5.16. Licenses and Labor Controversies.

(a) The Originator has not failed to obtain any licenses, permits, franchises or other governmental authorizations necessary to the ownership of its properties or to the conduct of its business, which violation or failure to obtain would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(b) There are no labor controversies pending against the Originator that have had (or are reasonably likely to have) a Material Adverse Effect.

5.17. Compliance with Applicable Laws. The Originator is in compliance, in all material respects, with the requirements of (i) all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and orders of all governmental authorities (including, without limitation, Regulation Z, laws, rules and regulations relating to usury, truth in lending, fair credit billing, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy and all other consumer laws applicable to the Receivables and related Contracts) (excluding with respect to environmental matters which are covered by clause (ii) ), and (ii) to the best of its knowledge, all applicable environmental laws, rules, regulations and orders of all governmental authorities.

5.18. Reliance on Separate Legal Identity. The Originator is aware that Purchasers, the Insurer and the Agent are entering into the Transaction Documents to which they are parties in reliance upon the Company’s identity as a legal entity separate from the Originator.

5.19. Purchase Price. The purchase price payable by the Company to the Originator hereunder is intended by the Originator and Company to be consistent with the terms that would be obtained in an arm’s length sale. The Servicing Fee payable to the Originator is intended to be consistent with terms that would be obtained in an arm’s length servicing arrangement.

5.20. Eligibility of Receivables. Unless otherwise identified to the Company on the date of the purchase hereunder, each Receivable purchased hereunder is on the date of purchase an Eligible Receivable and, so long as the Originator is the Servicer, each Pool Receivable included as an Eligible Receivable in the calculation of Net Receivables Pool Balance is an Eligible Receivable as of the date of such calculation.

5.21. Perfection Representations. [*].

5.22. Credit and Collection Policy. The Originator has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Receivable prior to its transfer hereunder.

5.23. Transaction Documents. The Originator has complied in all material respects with all terms, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents applicable to it prior to the Amended and Restated Closing Date and will comply in all material respects from and after the Amended and Restated Closing Date with all terms, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents applicable to it.

 

11


ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS OF THE ORIGINATOR

6.1. Affirmative Covenants. From the date hereof until the first day following the Final Payout Date, the Originator will, unless the Company and the Control Party (or if the Control Party is the Majority Purchasers, the Agent) shall otherwise consent in writing:

(a) Compliance with Laws, Etc. Comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, including those with respect to the Receivables generated by it and the related Contracts and other agreements related thereto.

(b) Preservation of Corporate Existence. Preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises and privileges in the jurisdiction of its incorporation, and qualify and remain qualified in good standing as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the failure to preserve and maintain such existence, rights, franchises, privileges and qualification could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Receivables Review. (i) From time to time during regular business hours, upon reasonable prior notice as requested by the Company, the Insurer or the Agent, permit the Company, the Agent or the Control Party, or their respective agents or representatives, (A) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books, records and documents (including, without limitation, computer tapes and disks) in the possession or under the control of the Originator relating to the Receivables and Related Rights, including, without limitation, the related Contracts, and (B) to visit the Originator’s offices and properties for the purpose of examining such materials described in the foregoing clause (A) and to discuss matters relating to the Receivables and Related Rights or the Originator’s performance hereunder or under the Contracts with any of the officers or employees of the Originator having knowledge of such matters; and (ii) without limiting the provisions of clause (i) next above, from time to time on request of the Insurer or the Agent permit certified public accountants or other auditors acceptable to the Insurer or the Agent, as applicable to conduct a review of its books and records with respect to the Receivables and Related Rights; provided that so long as no Purchase and Sale Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred the Company, the Agent, the Control Party, certified public accountants or other auditors acceptable to the Control Party (or if the Control Party is the Majority Purchasers, the Agent), as applicable, shall not conduct more than two such examinations or reviews, as applicable, in any year (including any examinations conducted pursuant to any other Transaction Document). The Control Party agrees to notify the Agent of such examinations and agrees that the Agent can be present at such examinations.

(d) Keeping of Records and Books of Account. Maintain an ability to recreate records evidencing the Receivables in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof.

(e) Performance and Compliance with Receivables and Contracts. At its expense timely and fully perform and comply with all provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the related Contracts and all other agreements related to the Receivables and Related Rights.

(f) Location of Records, Etc. . (i) Keep its principal place of business and chief executive office, and the offices where it keeps its records concerning or related to Receivables and Related Rights, at the address(es) referred to in Schedule 5.13 or, upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Company, the Insurer and the Agent, at such other locations in jurisdictions where all action required by Section 7.3 shall have been taken and completed, and (ii) provide the Company, the

 

12


Insurer and the Agent with at least 60 days’ written notice prior to making any change in its name, jurisdiction of organization or location or making any other change in its identity or corporate structure (including a merger) which could render any UCC financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement “seriously misleading” as such term is used in the UCC (which written notice sets forth the applicable change and the effective date thereof).

(g) Credit and Collection Policies. Comply in all material respects with its Credit and Collection Policy in connection with the Receivables and the related Contracts prior to their transfer hereunder.

(h) Separate Corporate Existence of the Company. Take such actions as shall be required in order that:

(i) the Company’s operating expenses (other than certain organization expenses and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation and delivery of the Transaction Documents) will not be paid by the Originator unless the Company shall have agreed in writing with the Originator to reimburse the Originator for any such payments;

(ii) the Originator will have its own separate mailing address and stationery;

(iii) the Company’s books and records will be maintained separately from those of the Originator;

(iv) any financial statements of the Originator which are consolidated to include the Company will contain detailed notes clearly stating that (A) all of the Company’s assets are owned by the Company, and (B) the Company is a separate corporate entity and has sold ownership interests in the Company’s accounts receivable;

(v) the Company’s assets will be maintained in a manner that facilitates their identification and segregation from those of the Originator;

(vi) the Originator will strictly observe corporate formalities in its dealing with the Company, and funds or other assets of the Originator will not be commingled with those of the Company. The Originator shall not maintain joint bank accounts or other depository accounts to which the Company has independent access and shall not pool any of Originator’s funds at any time with any funds of the Company;

(vii) the Originator will maintain arm’s length relationships with the Company, and the Originator will be compensated at market rates for any services it renders or otherwise furnishes to the Company; and

(viii) the Originator will not be, and will not hold itself out to be, responsible for the debts of the Company or the decisions or actions in respect of the daily business and affairs of the Company (other than with respect to such decisions or actions of the Originator in its capacity as Servicer).

(i) Perfection Covenant. [*]

6.2. Reporting Requirements. From the date hereof until the first day following the Purchase and Sale Termination Date, the Originator shall, unless the Agent, the Insurer and the Company shall otherwise consent in writing, furnish to the Company, the Insurer and the Agent:

(a) Proceedings. As soon as possible and in any event within three Business Days after the Originator has knowledge thereof, written notice to the Company, the Insurer and the Agent of (i) all pending proceedings and investigations of the type described in Section 5.6 not previously disclosed to the Company, the Insurer and the Agent and (ii) all material adverse developments that have occurred with respect to any previously disclosed proceedings and investigations;

 

13


(b) as soon as possible and in any event within three Business Days after the occurrence of each Purchase and Sale Termination Event or event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a Purchase and Sale Termination Event, a statement of the chief financial officer of the Originator setting forth details of such Purchase and Sale Termination Event or event and the action that the Originator has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(c) promptly after the filing or receiving thereof, copies of all reports and notices that the Originator or any ERISA Affiliate files with respect to a Plan under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code with the Internal Revenue Service or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the U.S. Department of Labor or that the Originator or any ERISA Affiliate receives from any of the foregoing or from any Multiemployer Plan to which the Originator or any ERISA Affiliate is or was, within the preceding five years, a contributing employer, in each case in respect of the assessment of withdrawal liability or an event or condition which could, in the aggregate, result in the imposition of liability on the Originator and/or any such ERISA Affiliate in excess of $250,000; and

(d) promptly after the occurrence of any event or condition that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, notice of such event or condition.

(e) Other. Promptly, from time to time, such other information, documents, records or reports respecting the Receivables, the Related Rights or the Originator’s performance hereunder that the Company, the Insurer or the Agent may from time to time reasonably request in order to protect the interests of the Company, the Purchasers, the Agent, the Insurer or any other Affected Party under or as contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

6.3. Negative Covenants. From the date hereof until the date following the Final Payout Date, the Originator agrees that, unless the Control Party (or if the Control Party is the Majority Purchasers, the Agent) and the Company shall otherwise consent in writing, it shall not:

(a) Sales, Liens, Etc. Except as otherwise provided herein or in any other Transaction Document, sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim except for Permitted Liens upon or with respect to, any Receivable or related Contract, Collections or Related Security, or any interest therein, or assign any right to receive income in respect thereof.

(b) Extension or Amendment of Receivables. Except in its capacity as Servicer to the extent permitted by paragraph (f) of Exhibit IV to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, extend, amend or otherwise modify the terms of any Receivable in any respect, or amend, modify or waive, any term or condition of any Contract related thereto.

(c) Change in Business or Credit and Collection Policy. Make (i) any material change in the character of its business, or any change in the Credit and Collection Policy that would adversely affect the collectibility of the Receivables Pool or the enforceability of any related Contract or the ability of the Originator or the Company to perform its obligations under any related Contract or under any Transaction Document; or (ii) any other material change in the Credit and Collection Policy without prior written consent of the Company and the Control Party (or if the Control Party is the Majority Purchasers, the Agent).

(d) Receivables Not to be Evidenced by Instruments. Take any action to cause or permit any Receivable generated by it to become evidenced by any “instrument” (as defined in the applicable UCC) unless such “instrument” shall be delivered to the Company (which in turn shall deliver the same to the Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties).

 

14


(e) Mergers, Acquisitions, Sales, etc. Merge or consolidate with another Person (except pursuant to a merger or consolidation involving the Originator where the Originator is the surviving corporation), or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one or in a series of transactions), all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), other than pursuant to this Agreement.

(f) Deposit Banks. Add or terminate any Deposit Bank unless the requirements of paragraph (i)  of Exhibit IV of the Receivables Purchase Agreement have been met.

(g) Accounting for Purchases. Account for or treat (whether in financial statements or otherwise) the transactions contemplated hereby in any manner other than as sales of the Receivables and Related Security by the Originator to the Company.

(h) Transaction Documents. Enter into, execute, deliver or otherwise become bound by any agreement, instrument, document or other arrangement that restricts the right of the Originator to amend, supplement, amend and restate or otherwise modify, or to extend or renew, or to waive any right under, this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents.

ARTICLE VII

ADDITIONAL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS IN RESPECT OF THE RECEIVABLES

7.1. Rights of the Company. The Originator hereby authorizes the Company or its respective designees to take any and all steps in the Originator’s name necessary or desirable, in their respective determination, to collect all amounts due under any and all Receivables and Related Rights, including, without limitation, endorsing the Originator’s name on checks and other instruments representing Collections and enforcing such Receivables and the provisions of the related Contracts that concern payment and/or enforcement of rights to payment.

7.2. Responsibilities of the Originator. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding:

(a) The Originator agrees to transfer any Collections that it receives directly to a Deposit Account within one Business Day of receipt thereof, and agrees that all such Collections shall be segregated and held in trust for the Company and the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties; provided that if the Company or the Servicer is required by Section 4.4 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement to remit Collections directly to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (or its designee) the Originator shall remit such Collections directly to the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties (or its designee) in the same manner as the Company and Servicer may be required to do so by Section 4.4 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement. The Originator further agrees not to deposit any funds other than Collections in a Deposit Account.

(b) The Originator shall perform its obligations hereunder, and the exercise by the Company or its designee of its rights hereunder shall not relieve the Originator from such obligations.

(c) None of the Company, Servicer (if other than the Originator), Purchasers, the Insurer or the Agent shall have any obligation or liability to any Obligor or any other third Person with respect to any Receivables, Contracts related thereto or any other related agreements, nor shall the Company, Servicer (if other than the Originator), Purchasers, the Insurer or the Agent be obligated to perform any of the obligations of the Originator thereunder.

(d) The Originator hereby grants to Servicer (if other than the Originator) an irrevocable power of attorney, with full power of substitution, coupled with an interest, to take in the name of the Originator all steps necessary or advisable to indorse, negotiate or otherwise realize on any writing or other right of any kind held or transmitted by the Originator or transmitted or received by the Company (whether or not from the Originator) in connection with any Receivable or Related Right.

 

15


7.3. Further Action Evidencing Purchases. The Originator agrees that from time to time, at its expense, it will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action that the Company or Servicer, the Agent or the Insurer may reasonably request or that may be otherwise necessary or desirable in order to establish or maintain a valid and enforceable ownership interest in the Receivables and Related Rights and Collections and other proceeds with respect thereto, and a perfected security interest in the items described in Section 1.5, in each case free and clear of any Adverse Claim, excepting only Permitted Liens, in favor of the Company including, without limitation, taking such action to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the interest of the Company under this Agreement or to enable the Company to exercise or enforce any of its rights hereunder or under any other Transaction Document. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Originator will at Originator’s expense:

(a) upon the request of the Company or the Insurer and the Agent authorize and file such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto or assignments thereof, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or appropriate; and

(b) mark the summary master control data processing records relating to the Receivables and related Contracts with the legend set forth in Section 4.1(i) .

The Originator hereby authorizes the Company or its designee to file one or more financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto and assignments thereof, relative to all or any of the Receivables (and the Related Rights) now existing or hereafter generated by the Originator. If the Originator fails to perform any of its agreements or obligations under this Agreement, the Company or its designee may (but shall not be required to) itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement or obligation, and the expenses of the Company or its designee incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by the Originator as provided in Section 10.6.

7.4. Application of Collections. Any payment by an Obligor in respect of any indebtedness owed by it to the Originator or the Company, shall be applied first, as a Collection of any Receivables owed by such Obligor to the Company, and second to any other indebtedness of such Obligor. The foregoing notwithstanding, a different application of such payment is permissible if (a) required by contract or law, (b) otherwise instructed by the Obligor or (c) instructed by the Company or the Agent and, in the case of (c) above, only with the prior written consent of the Insurer.

ARTICLE VIII

PURCHASE AND SALE TERMINATION EVENTS

8.1. Purchase and Sale Termination Events. Each of the following events or occurrences described in this Section 8.1 shall constitute a “Purchase and Sale Termination Event”:

(a) The Termination Date (as defined in the Receivables Purchase Agreement) shall have occurred; or

(b) The Originator shall fail to make any payment or deposit to be made by it hereunder or under the Transaction Documents when due and such failure shall remain unremedied for two Business Days after notice or discovery thereof; or

(c) Any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made by the Originator (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement, any other Transaction Document or any other information or report delivered pursuant hereto or thereto shall prove to have been false, incorrect or incomplete (with respect to such information or report delivered) in any material

 

16


respect when made or deemed made provided, however, if the violation of this paragraph (c) by the Originator may be cured without any potential or actual detriment to the Company, the Purchasers, the Agent, the Insurer or any Program Support Provider, the Originator shall have 30 days from the earlier of (i) the Originator’s knowledge of such failure and (ii) notice to the Originator of such failure to so cure any such violation before a Purchase and Sale Termination Event shall occur so long as the Originator is diligently attempting to effect such cure; or

(d) The Originator shall fail to perform or observe in any material respect any agreement contained in any of Sections 6.1(h) or 6.3 ; or

(e) The Originator shall fail to perform or observe any other material term, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure shall remain unremedied for 30 days after the earlier of (i) the Originator’s knowledge of such failure and (ii) written notice thereof shall have been given by Servicer, the Agent, the Insurer or the Company to the Originator; or

(f) (i) The Originator or any of its subsidiaries shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Originator or any of its subsidiaries seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or other similar official for it or for all or any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 45 days; or (ii) the Originator or any of its subsidiaries shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth in clause (i) above in this Section 8.1(f) ;

(g) (i) Any “accumulated funding deficiency” (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan, (ii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Control Party, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iii) the Originator or any ERISA Affiliate shall, or in the reasonable opinion of the Control Party, is likely to, incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan, (iv) the Internal Revenue Service shall file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 6323 of the Internal Revenue Code with regard to any assets of the Originator or any ERISA Affiliate and such lien shall not have been released within ten Business Days, or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation shall, or shall indicate its intention to, file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA or perfect a lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA with regard to any of the assets of Seller or any ERISA Affiliate, or (v) any other adverse event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv)  and (v)  above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to involve an aggregate amount of liability to the Seller or an ERISA Affiliate in excess of $250,000.

(h) The Internal Revenue Service shall file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 6323 of the Internal Revenue Code with regard to any of assets of the Originator and such lien shall not have been released within ten Business Days, or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation shall, or shall indicate its intention to, file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA with regard to any of the assets of the Originator; or

 

17


(i) This Agreement or any purchase pursuant to this Agreement shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms hereof) (i) cease to create, a valid and enforceable perfected ownership interest in each Receivable and the Related Rights and Collections and other proceeds with respect thereto, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, excepting only Permitted Liens or (ii) cease to create with respect to the items described in Section 1.5, or the interest of the Company with respect to such items shall cease to be, a valid and enforceable perfected security interest, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, excepting only Permitted Liens.

8.2. Remedies.

(i) Optional Termination. Upon the occurrence of a Purchase and Sale Termination Event, the Company (and not Servicer) shall have the option by notice to the Originator (with a copy to the Agent and the Insurer) to declare the Purchase and Sale Termination Date to have occurred.

(ii) Remedies Cumulative. Upon any termination of the Purchase Facility pursuant to this Section 8.2, the Company shall have, in addition to all other rights and remedies under this Agreement or otherwise, all other rights and remedies provided under the UCC of each applicable jurisdiction and other applicable laws, which rights shall be cumulative. Without limiting the foregoing, the occurrence of the Purchase and Sale Termination Date shall not deny the Company any remedy in addition to termination of the Purchase Facility to which the Company may be otherwise appropriately entitled, whether at law or equity.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

9.1. Indemnities by the Originator. Without limiting any other rights which the Company may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Originator hereby agrees to indemnify the Company, the Purchasers, the Agent, the Insurer and each of their respective assigns, officers, directors, employees and agents (each of the foregoing Persons being individually called a “ Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party ”), forthwith on demand, from and against any and all damages, losses, claims, judgments, liabilities and related costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (all of the foregoing being collectively called “ Purchase and Sale Indemnified Amounts ”), regardless of whether any such Purchase and Sale Indemnified Amount is the result of a Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party’s negligence, strict liability or other acts or omissions of a Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party, awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of or as a result of the following:

(a) the transfer by the Originator of an interest in any Receivable or Related Right to any Person other than the Company;

(b) the breach of any representation or warranty made by the Originator under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or any information or report delivered by the Originator pursuant hereto or thereto (including any information contained in a Purchase Report) which shall have been false, incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made, deemed made or delivered;

(c) the failure by the Originator to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Receivable or the related Contract, or the nonconformity of any Receivable or the related Contract with any such applicable law, rule or regulation;

(d) [*]

 

18


(e) the failure of the Originator to file with respect to itself, or any delay by the Originator in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to any Receivables or purported Receivables generated by the Originator or Related Rights, whether at the time of any purchase or contribution or at any subsequent time;

(f) any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy) of the Obligor to the payment of any Receivable or purported Receivable generated by the Originator (including, without limitation, a defense based on such Receivables or the related Contracts not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from or relating to the transaction giving rise to any Receivable or relating to collection activities with respect to any Receivable (if such collection activities were performed by the Originator or any of its Affiliates acting as Servicer or by any agent or independent contractor retained by the Originator or any of its Affiliates);

(g) any products liability or other claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding arising out of or in connection with goods, insurance or services that secure or relate to any Receivable;

(h) any litigation, proceeding or investigation against the Originator or in respect of any Receivable or Related Right;

(i) any tax or governmental fee or charge (other than any tax excluded pursuant to the proviso below), all interest and penalties thereon or with respect thereto, and all out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel in defending against the same, which may arise by reason of the purchase, contribution or ownership of the Receivables or any Related Right connected with any such Receivables;

(j) any failure of the Originator to perform its duties or obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

(k) the commingling of any Collections at any time with other funds;

(l) the failure by the Originator to pay when due any taxes payable by it, including without limitation, franchise taxes and sales, excise or personal property taxes payable in connection with the Receivables or any Related Right connected with any such Receivables; and

(m) the failure by the Originator to be duly qualified to do business, to be in good standing or to have filed appropriate fictitious or assumed name registration documents in any jurisdiction;

excluding, however, (i) Purchase and Sale Indemnified Amounts to the extent resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of a Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party, (ii) any indemnification which has the effect of recourse for non-payment of the Receivables due to credit reasons to the Originator (except as otherwise specifically provided under this Section 9.1) and (iii) any tax based upon or measured by net income or gross receipts.

If for any reason the indemnification provided above in this Section 9.1 is unavailable to a Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party or is insufficient to hold such Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party harmless, then the Originator shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law. Promptly after receipt by a Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party under this Article IX of notice of any claim or the commencement of any action arising out of or as a result of any of paragraphs (a) through (m) above, the Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Originator under this Article IX, notify the Originator in writing of the claim or the commencement of that action; provided, however, that the failure to notify the Originator shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have under this Article IX except to the extent it has been materially prejudiced by such failure and, provided, further, that the failure to

 

19


notify the Originator shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to a Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party otherwise than under this Article IX. If any such claim or action shall be brought against a Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party, the Originator shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it wishes, to assume the defense thereof with counsel satisfactory to the Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party. After notice from the Originator to the Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party of its election to assume the defense of such claim or action, the Originator shall not be liable to the Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party under this Article IX for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. The Originator shall not (i) without the prior written consent of the relevant Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party or Parties (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim, action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party or Parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent includes an unconditional release of each Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party from all liability arising out of such claim, action, suit or proceeding or (ii) be liable for any settlement of any such action affected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with its written consent or if there be a final judgment of the plaintiff in any such action, the Originator agrees to indemnify and hold harmless any indemnified party from and against any Purchase and Sale Indemnified Amounts relating thereto.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1. Amendments, etc.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement may from time to time be amended, modified or waived, if such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and consented to by the Originator, the Company, the Servicer (if other than the Originator) and the Control Party (or if the Control Party is the Majority Purchasers, the Agent); provided, however, that no such amendment, modification or waiver shall materially adversely affect the Insurer without the prior written consent of the Insurer.

(b) No failure or delay on the part of the Company, the Originator or any third party beneficiary in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right. No notice to or demand on the Company, Servicer, or the Originator in any case shall entitle it to any notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. No waiver or approval by the Company or Servicer under this Agreement shall, except as may otherwise be stated in such waiver or approval, be applicable to subsequent transactions. No waiver or approval under this Agreement shall require any similar or dissimilar waiver or approval thereafter to be granted hereunder.

10.2. Notices, etc. All notices and other communications hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (which shall include facsimile and electronic mail communication) and sent or delivered, to each party hereto, at its address set forth under its name on the signature pages hereof or at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. Notices and communications by facsimile or electronic mail shall be effective when sent (and shall, unless such delivery is waived by the recipient by electronic mail or other means, be followed by hard copy sent by first class mail), and notices and communications sent by other means shall be effective when received.

10.3. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by law.

 

20


10.4. Binding Effect; Assignability. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the Originator and its respective successors and permitted assigns. The Originator may not assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior consent of the Company, the Insurer and the Agent. This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, and shall remain in full force and effect until the date after the Purchase and Sale Termination Date on which the Originator has received payment in full for all Receivables and Related Rights purchased pursuant to Section 1.1 hereof. The rights and remedies with respect to any breach of any representation and warranty made by the Originator pursuant to Article V and the indemnification and payment provisions of Article IX and Section 10.6 shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

10.5. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF INDIANA (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF), EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE VALIDITY OR PERFECTION OF THE INTERESTS OF PURCHASERS IN THE RECEIVABLES OR RELATED RIGHTS, OR REMEDIES HEREUNDER IN RESPECT THEREOF, ARE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF INDIANA.

10.6. Costs, Expenses and Taxes. In addition to the obligations of the Originator under Article IX , the Originator agrees to pay on demand:

(a) all reasonable costs and expenses in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and administration (including periodic auditing of the Receivables) of this Agreement, the Liquidity Agreement, the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the other documents and agreements to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, including all reasonable costs and expenses relating to the amending, amending and restating, modifying or supplementing of this Agreement, the Liquidity Agreement, the Receivables Purchase Agreement and the other documents and agreements to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith and the waiving of any provisions thereof, and including in all cases, without limitation, Attorney Costs for the Company, the Agent, the Insurer, the Purchasers and their respective Affiliates and agents with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Company, the Agent, the Insurer, the Purchasers and their respective Affiliates and agents as to their rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and all reasonable costs and expenses, if any (including Attorney Costs), of the Company, the Agent, the Insurer, the Purchasers and their respective Affiliates and agents, in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents; and

(b) any and all stamp and other taxes and fees payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing and recording of this Agreement or the other documents or agreements to be delivered hereunder, and agrees to save each Purchase and Sale Indemnified Party harmless from and against any liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or omission to pay such taxes and fees.

10.7. Submission to Jurisdiction. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY (a) SUBMITS TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF ANY ILLINOIS, COOK COUNTY, CITY OF CHICAGO OR NEW YORK STATE COURT, NEW YORK COUNTY, CITY OF NEW YORK AND THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF ILLINOIS AND THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, OVER ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY TRANSACTION DOCUMENT; (b) AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH STATE OR UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT; (c) WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY EFFECTIVELY DO SO UNDER

 

21


APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING; (d) CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF ANY AND ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES OF SUCH PROCESS TO SUCH PERSON AT ITS ADDRESS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 10.2 ; AND (e) TO THE EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, AGREES THAT A NONAPPEALABLE FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 10.7 SHALL AFFECT THE COMPANY’S RIGHT TO SERVE LEGAL PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE ORIGINATOR OR ITS PROPERTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTIONS.

10.8. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY RIGHTS UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, OR UNDER ANY AMENDMENT, INSTRUMENT OR DOCUMENT DELIVERED OR WHICH MAY IN THE FUTURE BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH OR ARISING FROM ANY RELATIONSHIP EXISTING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, AND AGREES THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE TRIED BEFORE A COURT AND NOT BEFORE A JURY.

10.9. Captions and Cross References; Incorporation by Reference. The various captions (including, without limitation, the table of contents) in this Agreement are included for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. References in this Agreement to any underscored Section or Exhibit are to such Section or Exhibit of this Agreement, as the case may be. The Exhibits hereto are hereby incorporated by reference into and made a part of this Agreement.

10.10. Execution in Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

10.11. Acknowledgment and Agreement. By execution below, the Originator expressly acknowledges and agrees that all of the Company’s rights, title, and interests in, to, and under this Agreement shall be assigned by the Company to the Agent (for the benefit or the Secured Parties) pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, and the Originator consents to such assignment. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges and agrees that the Agent, the Insurer and the Purchasers are third party beneficiaries of the rights of the Company arising hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents to which the Originator is a party and that the Control Party may enforce the rights of the Company under this Agreement.

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ CURTIS L. PHILLIPS

Name:   Curtis L. Phillips
Title:   CFO & Treasurer

310 East 96 th Street, Suite 300

Indianapolis, Indiana 46240

Attention: Curt Phillips

Telephone: (317) 815-9645 ext. 2185

Facsimile: (317) 815-8682

E-mail: cphillips@autofinance.com

[Notary]

AFC FUNDING CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ CURTIS L. PHILLIPS

Name:   Curtis L. Phillips
Title:   CFO & Treasurer

310 East 96 th Street, Suite 310

Indianapolis, Indiana 46240

Attention: Curt Phillips

Telephone: (317) 815-9645 ext. 2185

Facsimile: (317) 815-8682

E-mail: cphillips@autofinance.com

[Notary]

 

S-1


STATE OF INDIANA

  )  
  )   SS

COUNTY OF MARION

  )  

Before me the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the said County and State, personally appeared Curtis L. Phillips, an officer of AFC Funding Corporation, personally known to me who acknowledged the execution of the foregoing this 31st day of May, 2002.

 

/s/ FRANCESCA C. YORK

  My Commission Expires: 12/5/08  
Signature    

Francesca C. York

  My County of Residence: Hamilton  
Printed Name    

 

FRANCESCA C. YORK

NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF INDIANA

HAMILTON COUNTY

MY COMMISSION EXP. DEC. 5, 2008

     

 

STATE OF INDIANA

  )  
  )   SS

COUNTY OF MARION

  )  

Before me the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the said County and State, personally appeared Curtis L. Phillips, an officer of Automotive Finance Corporation, personally known to me who acknowledged the execution of the foregoing this 31st day of May, 2002.

 

/s/ FRANCESCA C. YORK

  My Commission Expires: 12/5/08  
Signature    

Francesca C. York

  My County of Residence: Hamilton  
Printed Name    

 

FRANCESCA C. YORK

NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF INDIANA

HAMILTON COUNTY

MY COMMISSION EXP. DEC. 5, 2008

     

 

S-2


SCHEDULE 1.1b

EXCLUDED RECEIVABLES

Excluded Receivables ” means any right to payment under:

[*]


SCHEDULE 5.13

OFFICE LOCATIONS

 

 


SCHEDULE 5.14

TRADE NAMES

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION

AFC

AUTOMOTIVE FLOOR PLAN CORPORATION (only used in Arizona, Florida and Wisconsin)


SCHEDULE 5.15

TAX MATTERS

NONE.


EXHIBIT A

FORM OF PURCHASE REPORT

 


 

   Turnover Days         X    (Discount rate + Profit Discount)
   _________             
             
   _________         X    _________
% +
  __________
   _________             
             
   _________         X    _________    
             

PDRRR **

   _________      %        
             

A/R purchased

   _________  

 

          
             

Purchase discount

   _________             
             
               
             

Purchase price

   _________             
             
               
             
             

** Purchase Discount Rate Serve Ratio


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF COMPANY NOTE

[DATE]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, AFC FUNDING CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation (the “ Company ”), promises to pay to AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation (“ Originator ”), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein and in the Purchase and Sale Agreement referred to below, the aggregate unpaid Purchase Price of all Receivables purchased by the Company from Originator pursuant to such Purchase and Sale Agreement, as such unpaid Purchase Price is shown in the records of Servicer.

1.     Purchase and Sale Agreement .    This Term Note is the Company Note described in, and is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in, that certain Amended and Restated Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of May 31, 2002 (as the same may be amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified in accordance with its terms, the “ Purchase and Sale Agreement ”), between the Company and Originator. Reference is hereby made to the Purchase and Sale Agreement for a statement of certain other rights and obligations of the Company and Originator.

Upon the effectiveness of this Term Note, the terms and provisions of the Term Note dated as of December 31, 1996 (as amended or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Original Term Note ”) shall, subject to this paragraph, be superseded hereby in their entirety. Notwithstanding the amendment and restatement of the Original Term Note by this Term Note, the Company shall continue to be liable for all unpaid amounts accrued to the date hereof and owing by it under the Original Term Note. Upon the effectiveness of this Term Note, each reference to the Original Term Note in any other document, instrument or agreement shall mean and be a reference to this Term Note.

2.     Definitions .    Capitalized terms used (but not defined) herein have the meanings assigned thereto in the Purchase and Sale Agreement and in Exhibit I to the Receivables Purchase Agreement (as defined in the Purchase and Sale Agreement). In addition, as used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

Bankruptcy Proceedings ” has the meaning set forth in clause (b) of paragraph 9 hereof.

Final Maturity Date ” means the Payment Date immediately following the date that falls ten (10) Business Days after the Legal Final Maturity Date.

Interest Period ” means the period from and including a Payment Date (or, in the case of the first Interest Period, the date hereof) to but excluding the next Payment Date.


Senior Interests ” means, collectively, (i) all accrued Discount on the Investment, (ii) the fees referred to in Section 1.5 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, (iii) all amounts payable pursuant to Section 1.8 , 1.9 or 1.10 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, (iv) the Investment and (v) all other obligations of the Company, the Originator and the Servicer (as long as the Originator is the Servicer) that are due and payable, to (a) the Purchaser, the Agent, the Insurer and their respective successors, permitted transferees and assigns arising in connection with the Transaction Documents and (b) any Indemnified Party arising in connection with the Receivables Purchase Agreement, in each case, howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter existing, or due or to become due, together with any and all interest and Discount accruing on any such amount after the commencement of any Bankruptcy Proceedings, notwithstanding any provision or rule of law that might restrict the rights of any Senior Interest Holder, as against the Company or anyone else, to collect such interest.

Senior Interest Holders ” means, collectively, Purchaser, the Agent, the Insurer and the Indemnified Parties.

Subordination Provisions ” means, collectively, clauses (a) through (l) of paragraph 9 hereof.

Telerate Screen Rate ” means, for any Interest Period, the rate for thirty day commercial paper denominated in Dollars which appears on Page 1250 of the Dow Jones Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that service for the purpose of displaying Dollar commercial paper rates) at approximately 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on the first day of such Interest Period.

3.     Interest .    Subject to the Subordination Provisions set forth below, the Company promises to pay interest on this Term Note as follows:

(a)    Prior to the Final Maturity Date, the aggregate unpaid Purchase Price from time to time outstanding during any Interest Period shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Telerate Screen Rate for such Interest Period, as determined by Servicer; and

(b)    From (and including) the Final Maturity Date to (but excluding) the date on which the entire aggregate unpaid Purchase Price is fully paid, the aggregate unpaid Purchase Price from time to time outstanding shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by Bank of Montreal, as its “base rate”, “reference rate” or other comparable rate, as determined by Servicer.

4.     Interest Payment Dates .    Subject to the Subordination Provisions set forth below, the Company shall pay accrued interest on this Term Note on each Payment Date, and shall pay


accrued interest on the amount of each principal payment made in cash on a date other than a Payment Date at the time of such principal payment.

5.     Basis of Computation .    Interest accrued hereunder that is computed by reference to the Telerate Screen Rate shall be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a 360-day year, and interest accrued hereunder that is computed by reference to the rate described in paragraph 3(b) of this Term Note shall be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a 365- or 366-day year.

6.     Principal Payment Dates .    Subject to the Subordination Provisions set forth below, payments of the principal amount of this Term Note shall be made as follows:

(a)    The principal amount of this Term Note shall be reduced by an amount equal to each payment deemed made pursuant to Section 3.4 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement; and

(b)    The entire remaining unpaid Purchase Price of all Receivables purchased by the Company from Originator pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement shall be paid on the Final Maturity Date.

Subject to the Subordination Provisions set forth below, the principal amount of and accrued interest on this Term Note may be prepaid on any Business Day without premium or penalty.

7.     Payment Mechanics .    All payments of principal and interest hereunder are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America in the manner specified in Article III of the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

8.     Enforcement Expenses .    In addition to and not in limitation of the foregoing, but subject to the Subordination Provisions set forth below and to any limitation imposed by applicable law, the Company agrees to pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, incurred by Originator in seeking to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when due.

9.     Subordination Provisions .    The Company covenants and agrees, and Originator and any other holder of this Term Note (collectively, Originator and any such other holder are called the “ Holder ”), by its acceptance of this Term Note, likewise covenants and agrees on behalf of itself and any holder of this Term Note, that the payment of the principal amount of and interest on this Term Note is hereby expressly subordinated in right of payment to the payment and performance of the Senior Interests to the extent and in the manner set forth in the following clauses of this paragraph 9 :


(a)    No payment or other distribution of the Company’s assets of any kind or character, whether in cash, securities, or other rights or property, shall be made on account of this Term Note except to the extent such payment or other distribution is (i) permitted under clause (o) of Exhibit IV to the Receivables Purchase Agreement or (ii) made pursuant to clause (a) or (b) of paragraph 6 of this Term Note;

(b)    In the event of any dissolution, winding up, liquidation, readjustment, reorganization or other similar event relating to the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, partial or complete, and whether in bankruptcy, insolvency or receivership proceedings, or upon an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Company or any sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company other than as permitted by the Purchase and Sale Agreement (such proceedings being herein collectively called “ Bankruptcy Proceedings ”), the Senior Interests shall first be paid and performed in full and in cash before Originator shall be entitled to receive and to retain any payment or distribution in respect of this Term Note. In order to implement the foregoing: (i) all payments and distributions of any kind or character in respect of this Term Note to which Holder would be entitled except for this clause (b) shall be made directly to the Agent (for the benefit of the Senior Interest Holders); (ii) Holder shall promptly file a claim or claims, in the form required in any Bankruptcy Proceedings, for the full outstanding amount of this Term Note, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause said claim or claims to be approved and all payments and other distributions in respect thereof to be made directly to the Agent (for the benefit of the Senior Interest Holders) until the Senior Interests shall have been paid and performed in full and in cash; and (iii) Holder hereby irrevocably agrees that Purchaser (or the Agent acting on Purchaser’s behalf), in the name of Holder or otherwise, may demand, sue for, collect, receive and receipt for any and all such payments or distributions, and file, prove and vote or consent in any such Bankruptcy Proceedings with respect to any and all claims of Holder relating to this Term Note, in each case until the Senior Interests shall have been paid and performed in full and in cash;

(c)    In the event that Holder receives any payment or other distribution of any kind or character from the Company or from any other source whatsoever, in respect of this Term Note, other than as expressly permitted by the terms of this Term Note, such payment or other distribution shall be received in trust for the Senior Interest Holders and shall be turned over by Holder to the Agent (for the benefit of the Senior Interest Holders) forthwith. Holder will mark its books and records so as clearly to indicate that this Term Note is subordinated in accordance with the terms hereof. All payments and distributions received by the Agent in respect of this Term Note, to the extent received in or converted into cash, may be applied by the Agent (for the benefit of the Senior Interest Holders) first to the payment of any and all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses) paid or incurred by the Senior Interest Holders in enforcing these


Subordination Provisions, or in endeavoring to collect or realize upon this Term Note, and any balance thereof shall, solely as between Originator and the Senior Interest Holders, be applied by the Agent (in the order of application set forth in Section 1.4(c) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement) toward the payment of the Senior Interests; but as between the Company and its creditors, no such payments or distributions of any kind or character shall be deemed to be payments or distributions in respect of the Senior Interests;

(d)    Notwithstanding any payments or distributions received by the Senior Interest Holders in respect of this Term Note, while any Bankruptcy Proceedings are pending Holder shall not be subrogated to the then existing rights of the Senior Interest Holders in respect of the Senior Interests until the Senior Interests have been paid and performed in full and in cash. If no Bankruptcy Proceedings are pending, Holder shall only be entitled to exercise any subrogation rights that it may acquire (by reason of a payment or distribution to the Senior Interest Holders in respect of this Term Note) to the extent that any payment arising out of the exercise of such rights would be permitted under clause (o) of Exhibit IV to the Receivables Purchase Agreement;

(e)    These Subordination Provisions are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of Holder, on the one hand, and the Senior Interest Holders on the other hand. Nothing contained in these Subordination Provisions or elsewhere in this Term Note is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors (other than the Senior Interest Holders) and Holder, the Company’s obligation, which is unconditional and absolute, to pay Holder the principal of and interest on this Term Note as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof or to affect the relative rights of Holder and creditors of the Company (other than the Senior Interest Holders);

(f)    Holder shall not, until the Senior Interests have been paid and performed in full and in cash, (i) cancel, waive, forgive, transfer or assign, or commence legal proceedings to enforce or collect, or subordinate to any obligation of the Company, howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, or now or hereafter existing, or due or to become due, other than the Senior Interests, this Term Note or any rights in respect hereof or (ii) convert this Term Note into an equity interest in the Company, unless Holder shall have received the prior written consent of the Agent, the Insurer and Purchaser in each case;

(g)    Holder shall not, without the advance written consent of the Agent, the Insurer and Purchaser, commence, or join with any other Person in commencing, any Bankruptcy Proceedings with respect to the Company until at least one year and one day shall have passed since the Senior Interests shall have been paid and performed in full and in cash;


(h)    If, at any time, any payment (in whole or in part) of any Senior Interest is rescinded or must be restored or returned by a Senior Interest Holder (whether in connection with Bankruptcy Proceedings or otherwise), these Subordination Provisions shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, as though such payment had not been made;

(i)    Each of the Senior Interest Holders may, from time to time, at its sole discretion, without notice to Holder, and without waiving any of its rights under these Subordination Provisions, take any or all of the following actions: (i) retain or obtain an interest in any property to secure any of the Senior Interests; (ii) retain or obtain the primary or secondary obligations of any other obligor or obligors with respect to any of the Senior Interests; (iii) extend or renew for one or more periods (whether or not longer than the original period), alter or exchange any of the Senior Interests, or release or compromise any obligation of any nature with respect to any of the Senior Interests; (iv) amend, supplement, amend and restate, or otherwise modify any Transaction Document; and (v) release its security interest in, or surrender, release or permit any substitution or exchange for all or any part of any rights or property securing any of the Senior Interests, or extend or renew for one or more periods (whether or not longer than the original period), or release, compromise, alter or exchange any obligations of any nature of any obligor with respect to any such rights or property;

(j)    Holder hereby waives: (i) notice of acceptance of these Subordination Provisions by any of the Senior Interest Holders; (ii) notice of the existence, creation, non-payment or non-performance of all or any of the Senior Interests; and (iii) all diligence in enforcement, collection or protection of, or realization upon, the Senior Interests, or any thereof, or any security therefor;

(k)    Each of the Senior Interest Holders may, from time to time, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Transaction Documents to which such Persons are party, but without notice to Holder, assign or transfer any or all of the Senior Interests, or any interest therein; and, notwithstanding any such assignment or transfer or any subsequent assignment or transfer thereof, such Senior Interests shall be and remain Senior Interests for the purposes of these Subordination Provisions, and every immediate and successive assignee or transferee of any of the Senior Interests or of any interest of such assignee or transferee in the Senior Interests shall be entitled to the benefits of these Subordination Provisions to the same extent as if such assignee or transferee were the assignor or transferor; and

(l) These Subordination Provisions constitute a continuing offer from the holder of this Term Note to all Persons who become the holders of, or who continue to hold, Senior Interests; and these Subordination Provisions are made for the benefit of the


Senior Interest Holders, and the Agent may proceed to enforce such provisions on behalf of each of such Persons.

10.     General .    No failure or delay on the part of Originator in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right. No amendment, modification or waiver of, or consent with respect to, any provision of this Term Note shall in any event be effective unless (i) the same shall be in writing and signed and delivered by the Company and Holder and (ii) all consents required for such actions under the Transaction Documents shall have been received by the appropriate Persons.

11.     Maximum Interest .    Notwithstanding anything in this Term Note to the contrary, the Company shall never be required to pay unearned interest on any amount outstanding hereunder and shall never be required to pay interest on the principal amount outstanding hereunder at a rate in excess of the maximum nonusurious interest rate that may be contracted for, charged or received under applicable federal or state law (such maximum rate being herein called the “ Highest Lawful Rate ”). If the effective rate of interest which would otherwise by payable under this Term Note would exceed the Highest Lawful Rate, or if the holder of this Term Note shall receive any unearned interest or shall receive monies that are deemed to constitute interest which would increase the effective rate of interest payable by the Company under this Term Note to a rate in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate, then (i) the amount of interest which would otherwise by payable by the Company under this Term Note shall be reduced to the amount allowed by applicable law, and (ii) any unearned interest paid by the Company or any interest paid by the Company in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate shall be refunded to the Company. Without limitation of the foregoing, all calculations of the rate of interest contracted for, charged or received by Originator under this Term Note that are made for the purpose of determining whether such rate exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate applicable to Originator (such Highest Lawful Rate being herein called the “ Originator’s Maximum Permissible Rate ”) shall be made, to the extent permitted by usury laws applicable to Originator (now or hereafter enacted), by amortizing, prorating and spreading in equal parts during the actual period during which any amount has been outstanding hereunder all interest at any time contracted for, charged or received by Originator in connection herewith. If at any time and from time to time (i) the amount of interest payable to Originator on any date shall be computed at Originator’s Maximum Permissible Rate pursuant to the provisions of the foregoing sentence and (ii) in respect of any subsequent interest computation period the amount of interest otherwise payable to Originator would be less than the amount of interest payable to Originator computed at Originator’s Maximum Permissible Rate, then the amount of interest payable to Originator in respect of such subsequent interest computation period shall continue to be computed at Originator’s Maximum Permissible Rate until the total amount of interest payable to Originator shall equal the total amount of interest which would have been payable to Originator if the total amount of interest had been computed without giving effect to the provisions of the foregoing sentence.


12.     No Negotiation .    This Term Note is not negotiable.

13.     Governing Law .    THIS TERM NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF INDIANA WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

14.     Captions .    Paragraph captions used in this Term Note are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Term Note.


AFC FUNDING CORPORATION
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

Exhibit 10.33

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of June 15, 2004, is entered into between AFC FUNDING CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation (the “ Company ”) and AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation (the “ Originator ”).

R E C I T A L S

A. The Company and the Originator are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2002, and as may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Agreement ”).

B. The Company, the Originator, Fairway Finance Company, LLC, Harris Nesbitt Corp. and XL Capital Assurance Inc. are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2004 (the “ Receivables Purchase Agreement ”).

C. The Company and the Originator desire to amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth.

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Certain Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings provided in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

2. Amendments to Agreement . The Agreement is amended as follows:

2.1 Section 5.11(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(b) No effective financing statement or other instrument similar in effect covering any Receivable or any Related Right is on file in any recording office except such as may be filed in favor of the Company in accordance with this Agreement or in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in accordance with the Receivables Purchase Agreement.”

2.2 Section 5.20 of the Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Section 5.20 Eligibility of Receivables . So long as the Originator is the Servicer, each Pool Receivable included as an Eligible Receivable in the calculation of Net Receivables Pool Balance is an Eligible Receivable as of the date of such calculation. The Servicer, on behalf of the Company may from time to time on the Servicer Report identify specific Receivables as “Specified Ineligible Receivables”.


2.3 Section 6.1(c) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

(c) Receivables Review . (i) From time to time during regular business hours, upon reasonable prior notice as requested by the Company, the Agent or the Insurer, permit the Company, the Agent or the Control Party, or their registered agents or representatives, (A) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books, records and documents (including, without limitation, computer tapes and disks) in the possession or under the control of the Originator relating to Receivables and the Related Rights, including, without limitation, the related Contracts, and (B) to visit the offices and properties of the Originator for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (A) above, and to discuss matters relating to Receivables and the Related Rights or the Originator’s performance hereunder or under the Contracts with any of the officers or employees of the Originator having knowledge of such matters; and (ii) without limiting the provisions of clause (i) immediately above, from time to time on request of the Insurer or the Agent, permit certified public accountants or other auditors acceptable to the Insurer or the Agent, as applicable, to conduct a review of its books and records with regards to the Receivables and Related Rights; provided , however , that the Control Party (or if the Control Party is the Majority Purchasers, the Agent) shall not be reimbursed for more than two such examinations in any year (including any examinations conducted pursuant to any other Transaction Document but excluding any audit conducted pursuant to Section 4.2(a) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement unless (x) a Level One Trigger has occurred and is continuing, in which case the Company, the Control Party or the Agent shall be reimbursed for four such examinations per year in addition to any audits conducted pursuant to Section 4.2(a) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement or (y) a Termination Event, Unmatured Termination Event or Control Party Notice Event has occurred, in which case the Control Party (or if the Control Party is the Majority Purchasers, the Agent) shall be reimbursed for all such examinations. The Control Party agrees to notify the Agent of any such examinations and agrees that the Agent can be present at any such examinations.

2.4 Section 6.1(i) of the Agreement is hereby amended by removing “ paragraph (16) ” therein and replacing it with “ paragraph (17) ”.

2.5 Section 8.1(g) of the Agreement is hereby amended by removing the amount “$250,000” from the final sentence thereof and replacing it with “$10,000,000.”

2.6 Schedule 1.lb of the Agreement is hereby amended and replaced in its entirety with Schedule l.lb hereto.

3. Representations and Warranties . The Originator hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Originator contained in Article V of the Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct as of such earlier date).

 

2


(b) Enforceability . The execution and delivery by the Originator of this Amendment, and the performance of its obligations under this Amendment and the Agreement, as amended hereby, are within its corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on its part. This Amendment and the Agreement, as amended hereby, are its valid and legally binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(c) Purchase and Sale Termination Event . No Purchase and Sale Termination Event has occurred and is continuing.

4. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon receipt by the Company, the Originator, the Agent and the Insurer of counterparts of this Amendment and the Receivables Purchase Agreement, each duly executed and dated as of the date hereof (or such other date satisfactory to the Agent and the Insurer), in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and the Insurer.

5. Effect of Amendment . Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, all provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. After this Amendment becomes effective, all references in the Agreement (or in any other Transaction Document) to “the Purchase and Sale Agreement,” “this Agreement,” “hereof,” “herein” or words of similar effect, in each case referring to the Agreement, shall be deemed to be references to the Agreement as amended by this Amendment. This Amendment shall not be deemed to expressly or impliedly waive, amend or supplement any provision of the Agreement other than as set forth herein.

6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, and each counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

7. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Indiana without reference to conflict of laws principles.

8. Section Headings . The various headings of this Amendment are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Amendment or the Agreement or any provision hereof or thereof.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

AFC FUNDING CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Curtis L. Phillips

Name:

  Curtis L. Phillips

Title:

  Vice President and Treasurer

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Curtis L. Phillips

Name:

  Curtis L. Phillips

Title:

  Vice President and Treasurer

CONSENTED TO BY:

 

XL CAPITAL ASSURANCE INC.

By:

 

/s/ Richard Pfaltzgraff

Name:

  Richard Pfaltzgraff

Title:

  Managing Director

 

S-1

(Amendment No. 1 to Amended and

Restated Purchase and Sale Agreement)


HARRIS NESBITT CORP., as Agent

By:

 

/s/ Kevin P. Gibbons

Name:

  Kevin P. Gibbons

Title:

  Managing Director

By:

 

/s/ David J. Kucera

Name:

  Davla J. Kucera

Title:

  Managing Director

 

S-2

(Amendment No. 1 to Amended and

Restated Purchase and Sale Agreement)


SCHEDULE 1.lb

EXCLUDED RECEIVABLES

Excluded Receivables ” has the meaning provided in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

Exhibit 10.34

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of January 18, 2007, is entered into between AFC FUNDING CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation (the “ Company ”) and AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation (the “ Originator ”).

R E C I T A L S

A. The Company and the Originator are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2002 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”).

B. The Company and the Originator desire to amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth.

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Certain Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings provided in the Agreement.

2. Amendments to Agreement . The Agreement is amended as follows:

2.1 Section 1.1 (b) and (c) are hereby amended in their entirety to read as follows:

(b) each Receivable created, originated or acquired by the Originator from the opening of the Originator’s business on the Original Closing Date to and including the Purchase and Sale Termination Date (other than any Excluded Receivables identified from time to time on Schedule 1.1 (b)  and consented to by the Agent, as such Schedule may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time with the consent of the Agent);

(c) all rights to, but not the obligations under, all Related Security (other than with respect to the Contributed Receivables and other than those rights assigned by the Originator to First Bank and not reacquired by the Originator in connection with acquisitions under the First Bank Sale Agreement);

2.2 Section 1.2(b) is hereby amended to replace the phrase “created or originated by the Originator” in each place it appears therein with the phrase “created, originated or acquired by the Originator”.

2.3 Section 1.5 is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

It is the express intent of the parties hereto that the transfers of the Receivables and Related Rights by the Originator to the Company, as


contemplated by this Agreement be, and be treated as, sales and not as secured loans secured by the Receivables and Related Rights. If, however, notwithstanding the intent of the parties, such transactions are deemed to be loans, the Originator hereby grants to the Company a security interest in all of the Originator’s right, title and interest in and to the Receivables and the Related Rights now existing and hereafter created, arising or acquired, all monies due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto, and all proceeds thereof, to secure all of the Originator’s obligations hereunder.

2.4 Section 3.4(d) is hereby amended to replace the phrase “previously generated by the Originator” with the phrase “previously generated or acquired by the Originator”.

2.5 Section 5.1l(b) is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

(b) No effective financing statement or other instrument similar in effect covering any Receivable or any Related Right is on file in any recording office except such as may be filed (i) in favor of AFC in accordance with the First Bank Sale Agreement, (ii) in favor of the Company in accordance with this Agreement or (iii) in favor of the Agent for the benefit of Purchasers in accordance with the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

2.6 Clauses (d) and (e) of Section 9.1 are hereby amended to replace each reference to “generated by the Originator” therein with the phrase “generated or acquired by the Originator”.

3. Representations and Warranties . The Originator hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Originator contained in Article V of the Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct as of such earlier date).

(b) Enforceability . The execution and delivery by the Originator of this Amendment, and the performance of its obligations under this Amendment and the Agreement, as amended hereby, are within its corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on its part. This Amendment and the Agreement, as amended hereby, are its valid and legally binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(c) Purchase and Sale Termination Event . No Purchase and Sale Termination Event has occurred and is continuing.

4. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon receipt by the Agent of counterparts of this Amendment duly executed and in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

5. Effect of Amendment . Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, all provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. After this Amendment becomes effective, all references in the Agreement (or in any other Transaction

 

2


Document) to “the Purchase and Sale Agreement,” “this Agreement,” “hereof,” “herein” or words of similar effect, in each case referring to the Agreement, shall be deemed to be references to the Agreement as amended by this Amendment. This Amendment shall not be deemed to expressly or impliedly waive, amend or supplement any provision of the Agreement other than as set forth herein.

6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, and each counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

7. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Indiana without reference to conflict of laws principles.

8. Section Headings . The various headings of this Amendment are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Amendment or the Agreement or any provision hereof or thereof.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

AFC FUNDING CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ James E. Money, II

Name:   James E. Money, II
Title:   Assistant Treasurer / Controller
AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Cameron Hitchcock

Name:   Cameron Hitchcock
Title:   President

 

CONSENTED TO BY:
BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP., as Agent
By:  

/s/ John Pappano

Name:   John Pappano
Title:   Managing Director

Exhibit 10.35

EXECUTION COPY

Portions of this Exhibit 10.35 have been omitted based upon a request for confidential treatment. This Exhibit 10.35, including the non-public information, has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. “[*]” designates portions of this document that have been redacted pursuant to the request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED

PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of April 20, 2007, is entered into between AFC FUNDING CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation (the “ Company ”) and AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation (the “ Originator ”).

R E C I T A L S

A. The Company and the Originator are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2002 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”).

B. The Company and the Originator desire to amend the Agreement as hereinafter set forth.

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Certain Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings provided in the Agreement.

2. Amendments to Agreement . The Agreement is amended as follows:

2.1 Section 1.1(c) is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

(c) all rights to, but not the obligations under, all Related Security (other than with respect to the Contributed Receivables and other than those rights assigned by the Originator to an Originating Lender and not reacquired by the Originator in connection with acquisitions under the related Originating Lender Sale Agreement);

2.2 Section 1.2(b) is hereby amended to replace the phrase “creation or origination” and its grammatical derivatives in each place it appears therein with the phrase “creation, origination or acquisition”.

2.3 Schedule 1.1(b) to the Agreement is hereby replaced with Annex A hereto:

2.4 Each reference to “Insurer” in the Agreement is hereby deleted, each reference to “Control Party” is hereby amended to be a reference to “Majority Purchasers” and each phrase “(or if the Control Party is the Majority Purchasers, the Agent)” is hereby deleted.

2.5 Section 5.11 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(a) Each Receivable (together with the Related Rights) that is to be sold or contributed to the Company hereunder is or shall be owned by the Originator, and in the case of the Receivables is free and clear of any Adverse Claim excepting only Permitted Liens. Whenever the Company makes a purchase or accepts a contribution hereunder, it shall have acquired a valid and perfected ownership interest (in the case of the Receivables, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, excepting only Permitted Liens) in all Receivables generated or acquired by the Originator and all Collections related thereto, and in the Originator’s entire right, title and interest in and to the other Related Rights with respect thereto.


(b) [*].

2.6 Section 5.3(a)(ii) is hereby amended to replace the phrase “to generate” with the phrase “to generate, acquire”.

2.7 Schedule 5.13 is hereby updated to replace the address therein with the following address: 13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Suite 310, Carmel, Indiana 46032.

2.8 Section 6.3(a) is hereby amended to delete the phrase “or related Contract, Collections or Related Security” therein.

2.9 Section 7.3 is hereby amended to add the phrase “with respect to the Receivables” after the phrase “a perfected security interest in the items described in Section 1.5 , in each case” in the first sentence therein.

2.10 Section 8.1(i) is hereby amended to add the phrase “and in the case of the Receivables” immediately prior to the phrase “free and clear of any Adverse Claim” in each instance in which such phrase occurs.

2.11 Section 9.1 is hereby amended to (i) add the phrase “[*]” immediately prior to the phrase [*] in subsection (d) thereof, and (ii) replace the first sentence of the last paragraph with the following:

[*].

 

2


3. Representations and Warranties . The Originator hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

(a) Representations and Warranties . The representations and warranties of the Originator contained in Article V of the Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof (unless stated to relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties are true and correct as of such earlier date).

(b) Enforceability . The execution and delivery by the Originator of this Amendment, and the performance of its obligations under this Amendment and the Agreement, as amended hereby, are within its corporate powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on its part. This Amendment and the Agreement, as amended hereby, are its valid and legally binding obligations, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(c) Purchase and Sale Termination Event . No Purchase and Sale Termination Event has occurred and is continuing.

4. Effectiveness . This Amendment shall become effective as of the date hereof upon receipt by the Agent of counterparts of this Amendment duly executed and in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

5. Effect of Amendment . Except as expressly amended and modified by this Amendment, all provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. After this Amendment becomes effective, all references in the Agreement (or in any other Transaction Document) to “the Purchase and Sale Agreement,” “this Agreement,” “hereof,” “herein” or words of similar effect, in each case referring to the Agreement, shall be deemed to be references to the Agreement as amended by this Amendment. This Amendment shall not be deemed to expressly or impliedly waive, amend or supplement any provision of the Agreement other than as set forth herein.

6. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, and each counterpart shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

7. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of Indiana without reference to conflict of laws principles.

8. Section Headings . The various headings of this Amendment are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Amendment or the Agreement or any provision hereof or thereof.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

AFC FUNDING CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Cameron Hitchcock

Name:   Cameron Hitchcock
Title:   President
AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ James E. Money, II

Name:   James E. Money, II
Title:   Vice President of Finance & Treasurer


CONSENTED TO BY:

BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.,

as Agent

By:  

/s/ John Pappano

Name:   John Pappano
Title:   Managing Director


Annex A

Schedule 1.1(b)

Excluded Receivables

Excluded Receivables ” means any Receivable identified on Schedule 1.1(b) of the Purchase and Sale Agreement from time to time and any right to payment under: [*].

Exhibit 10.36

Portions of this Exhibit 10.36 have been omitted based upon a request for confidential treatment. This Exhibit 10.36, including the non-public information, has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. “[*]” designates portions of this document that have been redacted pursuant to the request for confidential treatment filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

dated as of April 20, 2007

among

AFC FUNDING CORPORATION,

as Seller,

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION,

as Servicer,

FAIRWAY FINANCE COMPANY, LLC,

MONTEREY FUNDING LLC

and such other entities from time to time

as may become Purchasers hereunder

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH,

as Purchaser Agent for Monterey Funding LLC,

and

BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.,

as the initial Agent

and as Purchaser Agent for Fairway Finance Company, LLC

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page
ARTICLE I. AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE PURCHASES    1
  Section 1.1.   Purchase Facility    1
  Section 1.2.   Making Purchases    2
  Section 1.3.   Participation Computation    3
  Section 1.4.   Settlement Procedures    3
  Section 1.5.   Fees    7
  Section 1.6.   Payments and Computations, Etc    7
  Section 1.7.   Dividing or Combining Portions of the Investment of any Participation    8
  Section 1.8.   Increased Costs    8
  Section 1.9.   Dilutions; Application of Payments    9
  Section 1.10.   Requirements of Law    9
  Section 1.11.   Inability to Determine Eurodollar Rate    10
  Section 1.12.   Additional and Replacement Purchasers, Increase in Maximum Amount    11
  Section 1.13.   Special Allocation Provisions for Non-Revolving Purchasers    12
ARTICLE II. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS; TERMINATION EVENTS    12
  Section 2.1.   Representations and Warranties; Covenants    12
  Section 2.2.   Termination Events    12
ARTICLE III. INDEMNIFICATION    13
  Section 3.1.   Indemnities by the Seller    13
  Section 3.2.   Indemnities by AFC    15
  Section 3.3.   Indemnities by Successor Servicer    16
ARTICLE IV. ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTIONS    17
  Section 4.1.   Appointment of Servicer    17
  Section 4.2.   Duties of Servicer; Relationship to Backup Servicing Agreement    18
  Section 4.3.   Deposit Accounts; Establishment and Use of Certain Accounts    20
  Section 4.4.   Enforcement Rights    21
  Section 4.5.   Responsibilities of the Seller    22

 

   -i-    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

             Page
  Section 4.6.   Servicing Fee    22
  Section 4.7.   Specified Ineligible Receivables    22
ARTICLE V. THE AGENTS    23
  Section 5.1.   Appointment and Authorization    23
  Section 5.2.   Delegation of Duties    24
  Section 5.3.   Exculpatory Provisions    24
  Section 5.4.   Reliance by Agents    24
  Section 5.5.   Notice of Termination Date    25
  Section 5.6.   Non-Reliance on Agent, Purchaser Agents and Other Purchasers    25
  Section 5.7.   Agent, Purchaser Agents and Purchasers    26
  Section 5.8.   Indemnification    26
  Section 5.9.   Successor Agent    26
ARTICLE VI. MISCELLANEOUS    26
  Section 6.1.   Amendments, Etc    26
  Section 6.2.   Notices, Etc    27
  Section 6.3.   Assignability    27
  Section 6.4.   Costs, Expenses and Taxes    28
  Section 6.5.   No Proceedings; Limitation on Payments    29
  Section 6.6.   Confidentiality    30
  Section 6.7.   GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION    30
  Section 6.8.   Execution in Counterparts    30
  Section 6.9.   Survival of Termination    30
  Section 6.10.   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL    30
  Section 6.11.   Entire Agreement    31
  Section 6.12.   Headings    31
  Section 6.13.   Liabilities of the Purchasers    31
  Section 6.14.   Tax Treatment    31

 

   -ii-    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page
EXHIBIT I   DEFINITIONS    I-1
EXHIBIT II   CONDITIONS OF PURCHASES    II-1
EXHIBIT III   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    III-1
EXHIBIT IV   COVENANTS    IV-1
EXHIBIT V   TERMINATION EVENTS    V-1
EXHIBIT VI   PORTFOLIO CERTIFICATE    VI-1
EXHIBIT VII   PERFECTION REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS    VII-1
SCHEDULE I   CREDIT AND COLLECTION POLICY    I-1
SCHEDULE II   DEPOSIT BANKS AND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS    II-1
SCHEDULE III   [RESERVED]    III-1
SCHEDULE IV   ELIGIBLE CONTRACTS    IV-1
SCHEDULE V   TAX MATTERS    V-1
SCHEDULE VI   COMPETITOR FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS    VI-1
ANNEX A   FORM OF PURCHASE NOTICE   
ANNEX B   FORM OF SERVICER REPORT   
ANNEX C   FORMS OF JOINDER AGREEMENTS   

 

   -i-    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, originally dated as of December 31, 1996, amended and restated as of May 31, 2002, as of June 15, 2004 and as of April 20, 2007 (as further amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Agreement ”) is entered into among AFC FUNDING CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation, as seller (the “ Seller ”), AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation (“ AFC ”), as initial servicer (in such capacity, together with its successors and permitted assigns in such capacity, the “ Servicer ”), FAIRWAY FINANCE COMPANY, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Fairway ”), and MONTEREY FUNDING LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Monterey ”), as initial purchasers (together with their successors and permitted assigns and such other entities as may become party hereto from time to time as purchasers, the “ Purchasers ”), DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, as Purchaser Agent for Monterey (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns and such other financial institutions as may become party hereto from time to time each as a purchaser agent, a “ Purchaser Agent ”) and BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP., a Delaware corporation (“ BMOCM ”), as agent for the Purchasers (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) and as Purchaser Agent for Fairway (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns and such other financial institutions as may become party hereto from time to time each as a purchaser agent, a “ Purchaser Agent ”).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS. Certain terms that are capitalized and used throughout this Agreement are defined in Exhibit I to this Agreement. References in the Exhibits hereto to “the Agreement” refer to this Agreement, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

Fairway, the Agent (as successor to Harris Nesbitt Corp.), the Seller and the Servicer are party to that certain Second Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2004 (the “ Prior Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Seller has sold, transferred and assigned an undivided variable percentage interest in a pool of receivables to the Purchasers thereunder.

The parties hereto wish to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety in order to make certain changes set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

AMOUNTS AND TERMS OF THE PURCHASES

Section 1.1. Purchase Facility . (a) On the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, each Purchaser hereby agrees to purchase and make reinvestments of undivided percentage ownership interests with regard to its Participation from the Seller from time to time prior to the

 

      Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Termination Date. Under no circumstances shall any Purchaser make any such purchase or reinvestment, if, after giving effect to such purchase or reinvestment, (A) the aggregate Investment of such Purchaser would exceed its Maximum Commitment; or (B) the aggregate outstanding Investment of all Purchasers would exceed the Maximum Amount.

(b) The Seller may, upon at least 30 days’ notice to the Agent, the Purchaser Agents, the Servicer and the Backup Servicer, terminate the purchase facility provided in Section 1.1(a) in whole or, from time to time, irrevocably reduce in part the unused portion of the Maximum Amount; provided that each partial reduction shall be in the amount of at least $1,000,000, or an integral multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof and shall not reduce the Maximum Amount below $100,000,000. Any such reductions shall be applied to the Commitments of the Purchasers on a pro rata basis (based on unused Commitments) or as otherwise consented to by the Agent.

Section 1.2. Making Purchases . (a) Each purchase (but not reinvestment) of undivided ownership interests with regard to any Participation of any Purchaser hereunder shall be made upon the Seller’s irrevocable written notice in the form of Annex A delivered to the Agent (who will forward such notice to the applicable Purchaser Agent) in accordance with Section 6.2 (which notice must be received by such Purchaser Agent prior to 11:00 a.m., Chicago time) on the Business Day immediately preceding the date of such proposed purchase. Each such notice of any such proposed purchase shall specify the desired amount and date of such purchase and the desired duration of the initial Yield Period for the related Portion of the Investment of such Participation; provided each proposed purchase shall be in the amount of at least $1,000,000 or an integral multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Purchaser Agent shall select the duration of such initial Yield Period with respect to the Portion of the Investment funded by the Purchaser(s) for which it is acting as Purchaser Agent and each subsequent Yield Period in connection with such Portion of Investment in its discretion; provided that it shall use reasonable efforts, taking into account market conditions, to accommodate Seller’s preferences.

(b) On the date of each purchase (but not reinvestment) of undivided ownership interests with regard to the Participation of any Purchaser, such Purchaser shall, subject to Section 1.1(a) and the satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Exhibit II hereto, make available to its Purchaser Agent (at its address set forth on the signature pages hereto or of the applicable Joinder Agreement), in same day funds, an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share (subject to Section 1.13 ) of the amount of such purchase. Upon receipt of such funds, each such Purchaser Agent shall make such funds immediately available to the Seller at such address.

(c) The Seller hereby sells and assigns to the Agent, for the benefit of the Purchasers, an undivided percentage ownership interest equal to the Aggregate Participation in (i) each Pool Receivable then existing and thereafter arising, (ii) all Related Security with respect to such Pool Receivables, and (iii) all Collections with respect to, and other proceeds of, such Pool Receivables and Related Security.

(d) To secure all of the Seller’s obligations (monetary or otherwise) under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, whether now or hereafter existing or arising, due or to become due, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, including to secure the obligation of the Servicer to apply Collections as provided in this Agreement, the Seller hereby grants to the

 

   2    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under all of the following, whether now or hereafter owned, existing or arising: (A) all Pool Receivables, (B) all Related Security with respect to each such Pool Receivable, (C) all Collections with respect to such Pool Receivables and Related Security , (D) the Deposit Accounts, the Liquidation Account and the Cash Reserve Account and all certificates and instruments, if any, from time to time evidencing the Deposit Accounts, the Liquidation Account and the Cash Reserve Account, all amounts on deposit therein, all investments (including any investment property) made with such funds, all claims thereunder or in connection therewith, and all interest, dividends, moneys, instruments, securities and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of the foregoing, (E) all rights of the Seller under the Purchase and Sale Agreement, and (F) all proceeds of, and all amounts received or receivable under any or all of, the foregoing. The Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall have, with respect to the property described in this Section 1.2(d) , and in addition to all the other rights and remedies available under this Agreement, all the rights and remedies of a secured party under any applicable UCC.

Section 1.3. Participation Computation . Each Participation shall be automatically recomputed (or deemed to be recomputed) on each Business Day other than a Termination Day. Each Participation shall remain constant as computed (or deemed recomputed) as of the day immediately preceding the Termination Date until such date that the aggregate Investment and Discount thereon shall have been paid in full, all the amounts owed by the Seller hereunder and under any other Transaction Document to the Purchasers, the Purchaser Agents, the Agent, and any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person are paid in full and the Servicer shall have received the accrued Servicing Fee.

Section 1.4. Settlement Procedures . (a) Collection of the Pool Receivables shall be administered by the Servicer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. The Seller shall provide to the Servicer on a timely basis all information needed for such administration, including notice of the occurrence of any Termination Date or Paydown Day and current computations of the Participations. The Servicer shall segregate and hold all Collections in trust for the benefit of the Seller, the Purchasers and the other Secured Parties and, within one Business Day of the receipt of Collections of Pool Receivables by the Seller or Servicer, deposit such Collections into a Deposit Account. On each day that is not a Termination Day, the Servicer shall remit to the Liquidation Account from the Deposit Accounts an amount at least equal to the amount needed to make the payments set forth in clause (c)  below.

(b) Allocation of Seller’s Share of Collections Prior to Termination Date . If such day is not a Termination Day, the Servicer shall allocate out of the Seller’s Share of Collections and pay or otherwise deposit into the Cash Reserve Account as set forth below the following amounts in the following order:

(1) first , to the Servicer any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees;

(2) second , deposit into the Cash Reserve Account an amount up to the excess of the Cash Reserve over the amount on deposit in the Cash Reserve Account; and

   3    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(3) third , to the Seller.

(c) Daily Purchaser Share Allocation . On each Business Day that is not a Termination Day, the Servicer shall allocate from the Purchaser’s Share of Collections and set aside in the Liquidation Account (unless otherwise specified below) the following amounts in the following order:

(1) first , to the Servicer and the Backup Servicer, the Unaffiliated Servicing Fees and Backup Servicing Fees and Transition Expenses (but subject to the Backup Servicing Fee Cap) accrued through such day and not previously set aside in the Liquidation Account;

(2) second , to each Purchaser, any applicable Discount and Program Fees accrued through such day and not previously set aside in the Liquidation Account;

(3) third , to the Cash Reserve Account, an amount, if any, sufficient to increase the amount on deposit therein to equal the Cash Reserve;

(4) fourth , if a voluntary paydown of Investment is being made, for application in reduction of the Investment in accordance with Section 1.4(f);

(5) fifth , if the sum of the aggregate Participations exceeds 100% or if such day is Paydown Day, for application in reduction of the Investment in accordance with Section 1.4(g) ;

(6) sixth , to any Indemnified Party, ratably in proportion to the respective amounts owed to each such Person, any amounts owed to such Indemnified Party;

(7) seventh , to the Backup Servicer, any accrued and unpaid Backup Servicing Fees, after giving effect to the distribution in clause (1) above;

(8) eighth , to the Servicer, any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees, which in the Servicer’s discretion may be netted monthly from Collections, after giving effect to the distribution in clause (1)  above;

(9) ninth , to the reinvestment in Pool Receivables and Related Security; and

(10) tenth , to the Seller, but only to the extent no Paydown Day exists or would result from such distribution.

(d) Distributions from Liquidation Account . Funds set aside and held on deposit in the Liquidation Account pursuant to Section 1.4(c) above shall be distributed by the Agent as follows:

(1) Distribution of Discount, Program Fees and Investment Prior to Termination Date . On each Settlement Date that is not a Termination Day, amounts set aside in the Liquidation Account for a particular Purchaser with respect to Discount, Program Fees and Investment shall be paid to the applicable Purchaser’s Account of such Purchaser on the applicable Yield Period End Date or Fee Payment Date for such amounts;

   4    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(2) Distributions of Indemnified Amounts . On each Settlement Date, Collections held on deposit in the Liquidation Account for the benefit of an Indemnified Party shall be paid to the applicable Indemnified Party as directed by such Indemnified Party;

(3) Distributions of Servicing Fees . On each Servicer Payment Date, Collections held on deposit in the Liquidation Account for the benefit of the Servicer shall be paid as the Servicer shall direct; and

(4) Distribution of Backup Servicing Fees and Transition Expenses . On each Backup Servicer Payment Date, Collections held on deposit in the Liquidation Account for the benefit of the Backup Servicer shall be paid to the Backup Servicer as the Backup Servicer shall direct.

(e) Settlement Following Termination Date . On each Draw Date on and after the Termination Date, all Collections (including the Seller’s Share) in the Deposit Accounts shall be transferred into the Liquidation Account and applied as follows:

(1) first , to the Servicer (if not AFC or an Affiliate thereof) and the Backup Servicer (ratably in proportion to the respective amounts owed to each) the sum of accrued and unpaid Unaffiliated Servicing Fees and Backup Servicing Fees and Transition Expenses (but subject to the Backup Servicing Fee Cap) for the prior calendar month;

(2) second , to the Agent an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Enforcement Costs (provided that the amount payable pursuant to this clause (2) shall not exceed $200,000);

(3) third , pro rata (based on amounts due) to each Purchaser’s Account an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid Discount and Program Fees;

(4) fourth , pro rata (based on Investment outstanding) to each Purchaser’s Account an amount equal to each Purchaser’s outstanding Investment;

(5) fifth , to the Backup Servicer or any applicable successor Servicer, an amount equal to the sum of the invoiced but unpaid Transition Expenses (if any) and any Backup Servicing Fees (if any) for the prior calendar month to the extent not paid pursuant to clause (1)  above;

(6) sixth , (i) first, to the Agent an amount equal to any accrued and unpaid Enforcement Costs to the extent not paid pursuant to clause (2) above and (ii) second, to any Indemnified Party, ratably in proportion to the respective amounts owed to each such Person, any amounts owed to such Indemnified Party;

(7) seventh , to the Servicer an amount equal to such Purchaser’s Investment Share of any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees due to the Servicer; and

   5    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(8) eighth , to the Seller.

(f) Voluntary Paydown of Investment . If at any time the Seller shall wish to cause the reduction of the aggregate of the Investment of the Participations of the Purchasers, the Seller shall give each Purchaser Agent, the Agent, the Servicer and the Backup Servicer at least two Business Days’ prior written notice thereof (including the amount of such proposed reduction and the proposed date on which such reduction will commence). Following the delivery of such notice, on the proposed date of commencement of such reduction and on each day thereafter, the Servicer shall cause the remainder of the Purchasers’ Share of Collections (after giving effect to allocations of more senior priority items under Section 1.4(c) above) to be transferred to the Liquidation Account and the Agent shall hold therein such amounts for the benefit of the Purchasers until the aggregate amount thereof not so reinvested shall equal the desired amount of reduction, at which time such amount shall be allocated to repay the outstanding Investment of the Purchasers ratably according to their respective Purchaser Percentages, with such reduction to be applied first to the Investment of the Revolving Purchasers and then to the Investment of the Non-Revolving Purchasers (and otherwise subject to Section 1.13 ); provided , that upon the occurrence of the Termination Date, all such Collections set aside shall instead be held for distribution in accordance with Section 1.4(e) ; and provided , further , that,

(1) unless otherwise agreed by the Agent, the amount of any such reduction with respect to each Purchaser shall be not less than $1,000,000 and shall be an integral multiple of $100,000, and the entire Investment (if any) of the Participation after giving effect to such reduction shall be not less than $100,000,000,

(2) the Seller shall use reasonable efforts to choose a reduction amount, and the date of commencement thereof, so that to the extent practicable such reduction shall commence and conclude in the same Yield Period, and

(3) if two or more Portions of Investment shall be outstanding with respect to any Purchaser at the time of any proposed reduction, such proposed reduction shall be applied, unless the Seller shall otherwise specify in the notice described above, to the Portion of Investment of such Purchaser with the shortest remaining Yield Period.

(g) Distributions of Investment Upon Paydown Day . On each Paydown Day (including on any day the Aggregate Participations exceed 100%), the remainder of the Purchasers’ Share of any remaining Collections (after giving effect to allocations of more senior priority items in Section 1.4(c)) , shall be transferred by the Servicer from the Deposit Accounts to the Liquidation Account and held therein by the Agent and allocated to repay the outstanding Investment of the Purchasers ratably according to their respective Purchaser Percentages (with such reduction to be applied first to the Investment of the Revolving Purchasers and then to the Investment of the Non-Revolving Purchasers and otherwise subject to Section 1.13 ); provided , that on the first day that is not a Paydown Day or a Termination Day, the Agent shall hold all funds allocated to repay Investment pursuant to this subsection for distribution in accordance with the priorities set forth in Section 1.4(c) ; and, provided , further , that upon the occurrence of the Termination Date, all Collections allocated to repay Investment pursuant to this subsection shall instead be held for distribution in accordance with Section 1.4(e) .

   6    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(h) Withdrawals from Cash Reserve Account . If on any Draw Date (A) insufficient funds are on deposit in the Liquidation Account to make in full all required distributions of Discount and fees and (B) since the prior Draw Date funds have been released to the Seller and not used by the Seller to acquire Receivables, the Seller shall deposit into the Liquidation Account on or before such Draw Date the lesser of the amounts described in clauses (A)  and (B)  above for the benefit of the applicable Purchasers. If on any Draw Date insufficient funds are on deposit in the Liquidation Account (after giving effect to any deposits made by the Seller as described in the preceding sentence) to make in full all required distributions of Discount and fees for such Draw Date, the Agent shall distribute funds from the Cash Reserve Account in payment of such Discount and fees as if such funds were funds on deposit in the Liquidation Account held for the benefit of the applicable Purchaser. On any Termination Day, to the extent directed by the Majority Purchasers, the Agent shall distribute funds from the Cash Reserve Account pursuant to Section 1.4(e) as if such funds were funds on deposit in the Liquidation Account held for the benefit of the applicable Purchaser and, following the payment in full of all outstanding Investment, any remaining amounts on deposit in the Cash Reserve Account shall be distributed as Collections pursuant to Section 1.4(e) . If on any Business Day other than a Termination Day, after giving effect to all distributions on such day pursuant to Section 1.4 , the amount on deposit in the Cash Reserve Account exceeds the Cash Reserve, such excess shall be released from the Cash Reserve Account and treated as Collections for purposes of Section 1.4 for the following Business Day.

Section 1.5. Fees . (a) The Seller shall pay to the Purchaser Agents certain fees in the amounts and on the dates set forth in a letter dated April 20, 2007 between the Seller, AFC and the Purchaser Agents, as such letter agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof (the “ Fee Letter ”).

(b) The Seller shall pay to the Backup Servicer the Backup Servicing Fees and any Transition Expenses in the amounts and on the dates set forth in the Backup Servicing Fee Letter, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time with the prior written consent of the Agent.

Section 1.6. Payments and Computations, Etc . (a) All amounts to be paid or deposited by the Seller or the Servicer to, or for the benefit of, any Purchaser Agent, any Purchaser, the Agent or the Backup Servicer hereunder shall be paid or deposited no later than 12:00 noon (Chicago time) on the day when due in same day funds to the Liquidation Account. All amounts received after noon (Chicago time) will be deemed to have been received on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

(b) The Seller, AFC or Servicer (as applicable) shall, to the extent permitted by law, pay interest on any amount not paid by the respective party to the applicable Person when due hereunder, at an interest rate equal to [*].

(c) All computations of interest under subsection (b) above and all computations of Discount, fees and other amounts hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual number of days elapsed. Whenever any payment or deposit to be made hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment or deposit shall be made no later than the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in the computation of such payment or deposit.

   7    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Section 1.7. Dividing or Combining Portions of the Investment of any Participation . The Seller may, on any Yield Period End Date, either (i) divide the Investment of any Purchaser into two or more portions (each, with respect to the applicable Participation, a “ Portion of Investment ”) equal, in aggregate, to the Investment of such Purchaser, provided that after giving effect to such division the amount of each such Portion of Investment shall be not less than $1,000,000, or (ii) combine any two or more Portions of Investment outstanding on such Yield Period End Date and having Yield Periods ending on such Yield Period End Date into a single Portion of Investment equal to the aggregate of the Investment of such Portions of Investment.

Section 1.8. Increased Costs . (a) If any Purchaser Agent, any Purchaser, the Agent, any Liquidity Bank, any Related CP Issuer, any other Program Support Provider or any of their respective Affiliates (each an “ Affected Person ”) determines that the existence of or compliance with (i) any law or regulation or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof, in each case adopted, issued or occurring after the date hereof or (ii) any request, guideline or directive from any central bank or other Official Body (whether or not having the force of law) issued, occurring or first applied after the date of this Agreement affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by such Affected Person and such Affected Person determines that the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of any commitment to make purchases of or otherwise to maintain the investment in Pool Receivables related to this Agreement or any related liquidity facility or credit enhancement facility and other commitments of the same type, then, upon written demand by such Affected Person (with a copy to the Agent and the applicable Purchaser Agent (if any)), the Seller shall immediately pay to the Agent, for the account of such Affected Person, from time to time as specified by such Affected Person, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Affected Person in the light of such circumstances, to the extent that such Affected Person reasonably determines such increase in capital to be allocable to the existence of any of such commitments or maintenance of its investment in the Pool Receivables; provided that within 30 days of an Affected Person’s knowledge of any such circumstance such Affected Person shall notify the Seller in writing of the same and whether such Affected Person will request that the Seller indemnify it for such circumstance. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Seller, the Agent and the applicable Purchaser Agent (if any) by such Affected Person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. For the avoidance of doubt, the first application of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“ FASB ”) (including, without limitation, FASB Interpretation No. 46R), shall constitute an adoption, change, request or directive subject to this Section 1.8(a) .

(b) If, due to either (i) the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) compliance with any guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law), there shall be any increase in the cost to any Affected Person of agreeing to purchase or purchasing, or maintaining the ownership of the related Participation(s) in respect of which Discount is computed by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, then, upon written demand by such Affected Person, the Seller shall immediately pay to the Agent, for the account of such Affected Person, from time to time as specified, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Affected Person for such

 

   8    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


increased costs; provided that within 30 days of an Affected Person’s knowledge of any such circumstance such Affected Person shall notify the Seller in writing of the same and whether such Affected Person will request that the Seller indemnify it for such circumstance. A certificate as to such amounts submitted to the Seller, the Agent and the applicable Purchaser Agent (if any), by such Affected Person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Section 1.9. Dilutions; Application of Payments .

(a) if on any day

(i) the Outstanding Balance of any Pool Receivable is reduced or adjusted as a result of any discount, rebate or other adjustment made by the Originator, Seller or Servicer, or any setoff or dispute between the Seller, Originator or the Servicer and an Obligor, the Seller shall be deemed to have received on such day a Collection of such Pool Receivable in the amount of such reduction or adjustment; or

(ii) any of the representations or warranties in paragraphs A.(g) or A.(o) of Exhibit III is not true with respect to any Pool Receivable, the Seller shall be deemed to have received on such day a Collection of such Pool Receivable in full.

Any such deemed Collections shall be deposited by the Seller into the Liquidation Account on the first Business Day of the calendar week following deemed receipt thereof.

(b) Except as otherwise required by applicable law or the relevant Contract, all Collections received from an Obligor of any Receivable shall be applied in accordance with the Contract with such Obligor and the Credit and Collection Policy.

(c) If and to the extent any Secured Party shall be required for any reason to pay over to an Obligor (or any trustee, receiver, custodian or similar official in any Insolvency Proceeding) any amount received by it hereunder, such amount shall be deemed not to have been so received but rather to have been retained by the Seller and, accordingly, such Secured Party shall have a claim against the Seller for such amount, payable when and to the extent that any distribution from or on behalf of such Obligor is made in respect thereof.

Section 1.10. Requirements of Law . In the event that any Affected Person determines that the existence of or compliance with (i) any law or regulation or any change therein or in the interpretation or application thereof, in each case adopted, issued or occurring after the date hereof or (ii) any request, guideline or directive from any central bank or other Governmental Authority (whether or not having the force of law) issued or occurring after the date of this Agreement:

(i) does or shall subject such Affected Person to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any increase in the applicable Participation(s) or in the amount of Investment relating thereto, or does or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to such Affected Person on account of Collections, Discount or any other amounts payable hereunder (excluding taxes imposed on the overall net income of such Affected Person, and franchise taxes imposed on such Affected Person, by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Affected Person is organized or a political subdivision thereof);

   9    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(ii) does or shall impose, modify or hold applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, purchases, advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Affected Person which are not otherwise included in the determination of the Eurodollar Rate or the Base Rate hereunder; or

(iii) does or shall impose on such Affected Person any other condition;

and the result of any of the foregoing is (x) to increase the cost to such Affected Person of acting as a Purchaser Agent or Agent or of agreeing to purchase or purchasing or maintaining the ownership of undivided ownership interests with regard to the applicable Participation or any Portion of Investment (or interests therein) in respect of which Discount is computed by reference to the Eurodollar Rate or the Base Rate or (y) to reduce any amount receivable hereunder (whether directly or indirectly) funded or maintained by reference to the Eurodollar Rate or the Base Rate, then, in any such case, upon written demand by such Affected Person the Seller shall pay the Agent, for the account of such Affected Person, any additional amounts necessary to compensate such Affected Person for such additional cost or reduced amount receivable. All such amounts shall be payable as incurred. A certificate from such Affected Person to the Seller certifying, in reasonably specific detail, the basis for, calculation of, and amount of such additional costs or reduced amount receivable shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error; provided , however , that no Affected Person shall be required to disclose any confidential or tax planning information in any such certificate.

Section 1.11. Inability to Determine Eurodollar Rate . In the event that any Purchaser Agent shall have determined prior to the first day of any Yield Period for the Participation of its Purchaser (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto) by reason of circumstances affecting the interbank Eurodollar market, either (a) dollar deposits in the relevant amounts and for the relevant Yield Period are not available, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Yield Period or (c) the Eurodollar Rate determined pursuant hereto does not accurately reflect the cost (as conclusively determined by such Purchaser Agent) to any Purchaser for which such Purchaser Agent acts as agent of maintaining each such Portion of Investment of such Purchaser during such Yield Period, such Purchaser Agent shall promptly give telephonic notice of such determination, confirmed in writing, to the Seller prior to the first day of such Yield Period. Upon delivery of such notice (a) no Portion of Investment of such Purchaser shall be funded thereafter at the Bank Rate determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, unless and until the applicable Purchaser Agent shall have given notice to the Seller that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist, and (b) with respect to any outstanding Portions of Investment then funded at the Bank Rate determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, such Bank Rate shall automatically be converted to the Bank Rate determined by reference to the Base Rate at the respective Yield Period End Dates relating to such Portions of Investment.

   10    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Section 1.12. Additional and Replacement Purchasers, Increase in Maximum Amount . (a) The Seller shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, with the prior written consent of the Agent to add any entity as a Purchaser hereunder (which addition may increase the Maximum Amount if a Purchaser is added) or increase the Maximum Commitment of any existing Purchaser. No increase in the Maximum Commitment of a Purchaser hereunder shall be effective unless, if the increasing Purchaser is a Note Issuer, such Note Issuer shall have received written confirmation by the Rating Agencies that such action shall not cause the rating on the then outstanding Notes of such Note Issuer to be downgraded or withdrawn. Each such addition of a new Purchaser hereunder shall be effected by delivery to the Seller, the Servicer, the Agent and each Purchaser Agent, of a Joinder Agreement executed by the Seller, the Servicer, the Agent, such new Purchaser and its Purchaser Agent (if different from the Purchaser) in substantially the form of Annex C hereto. Upon receipt of a Joinder Agreement, if such Joinder Agreement has been fully executed and completed and is substantially in the form of Annex C , the Servicer shall, not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the effectiveness of such Joinder Agreement give prompt written notice to all Purchaser Agents, the Agent and Purchasers as to (i) the name, identity and address for receiving notices of the new Purchaser(s) and Purchaser Agent(s) becoming party hereto, (ii) the Maximum Commitment of such new Purchaser, (iii) the change in the Maximum Amount and (iv) the effective date of such Joinder Agreement. Immediately upon the effectiveness of such Joinder Agreement, such additional Purchaser shall purchase, by wire transfer of immediately available funds its Participation. Effective with the payment of such amounts, such new Purchaser and its Purchaser Agent designated in the applicable Joinder Agreement shall each become parties hereto.

(b) By executing and delivering a Joinder Agreement, each new Purchaser and Purchaser Agent confirms to and agrees with the Agent and each other Purchaser and Purchaser Agent party hereto as follows: (A) such new Purchaser has received a copy of this Agreement, and the Purchase and Sale Agreement, together with copies of such financial statements and other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Joinder Agreement; (B) such new Purchaser has made and will continue to make, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, any Purchaser Agent or any other Purchaser and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (C) such new Purchaser appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (D) such new Purchaser and its Purchaser Agent agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Purchaser or Purchaser Agent.

(c) In addition to the foregoing, in the event that any Purchaser or Purchaser Agent (i) does not consent to an amendment of clause (ii) of the definition of Termination Date to which the Seller and the Servicer have otherwise consented; or (ii) does not consent to any amendment or modification of this Agreement agreed to by the Seller, the Servicer and the Majority Purchasers but which requires the consent of such Purchaser, then, in any such event, the Seller shall have the right, with the prior written consent of the Agent, to require such Purchaser to assign its interests in its Participation and the Pool Receivables and all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a replacement Purchaser acceptable to the Agent and the

 

   11    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Seller. Any such assignment shall be without recourse, representation or warranty of any kind on the part of the assigning Purchaser, except that such assignment is free and clear of any Adverse Claims created by such Purchaser, and shall be consummated pursuant to documentation reasonably satisfactory to the assignor and assignee on not less than ten days’ prior written notice, at a purchase price equal to the sum of (w) the aggregate outstanding Investment of the Purchaser being so replaced; (x) all accrued and unpaid Discount on such Investment; (y) all accrued and unpaid Program Fees owed to or on behalf of such Purchaser; and (z) all other accrued and unpaid expenses, indemnities and other amounts owing under this Agreement to such Purchaser, including any Termination Fees caused by the above-described assignment. Concurrently with any such assignment, the Seller, the Servicer, such replacement Purchaser and its Purchaser Agent (if different from the Purchaser) shall execute a Joinder Agreement to evidence the terms and conditions under which such replacement Purchaser has agreed to become a Purchaser hereunder.

Section 1.13. Special Allocation Provisions for Non-Revolving Purchasers . Notwithstanding the definitions of “Pro Rata Share” or “Purchaser Percentage” and the provisions of Section 1.2(b) , 1.4(f) and 1.4(g) , such definitions and provisions shall be adjusted such that the Investment of each such Non-Revolving Purchaser shall remain (i) constant prior to the occurrence of the Termination Date or (ii) subject to such other limitations specified in the applicable Joinder Agreement of such Non-Revolving Purchaser.

ARTICLE II.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS;

TERMINATION EVENTS

Section 2.1. Representations and Warranties; Covenants . Each of the Seller and the Servicer hereby makes the representations and warranties, and hereby agrees to perform and observe the covenants of such Person, set forth in Exhibits III , IV and VII , respectively hereto.

Section 2.2. Termination Events . If any of the Termination Events set forth in Exhibit V hereto shall occur, the Majority Purchasers may, by notice to the Seller, each Purchaser Agent, the Agent and the Backup Servicer, declare the Termination Date to have occurred (in which case the Termination Date shall be deemed to have occurred); provided that, automatically upon the occurrence of any event (without any requirement for the passage of time or the giving of notice) described in subsection (g) , (h) , (k)  or (m)  of Exhibit V , the Termination Date shall occur. Upon any such declaration, the occurrence or the deemed occurrence of the Termination Date, the Agent (at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) shall have, in addition to the rights and remedies which they may have under this Agreement, all other rights and remedies provided after default under the UCC and under other applicable law, which rights and remedies shall be cumulative. The Agent shall obtain confirmation of the then-current rating of the Notes from the Rating Agencies prior to waiving the occurrence of any Termination Event of the type described in clause (j) of Exhibit V hereto.

   12    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


ARTICLE III.

INDEMNIFICATION

Section 3.1. Indemnities by the Seller . Without limiting any other rights that the Agent, the Purchaser Agents, the Purchasers, the Related CP Issuers, the Backup Servicer or any of their respective Affiliates, employees, agents, successors, transferees or assigns (each, an “ Indemnified Party ”) may have hereunder or under applicable law, the Seller hereby agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Party from and against any and all claims, damages, expenses, losses and liabilities (including Attorney Costs) (all of the foregoing being collectively referred to as “ Indemnified Amounts ”) arising out of or resulting from this Agreement or other Transaction Documents (whether directly or indirectly) or the use of proceeds of purchases or reinvestments or the ownership of any Participation, or any interest therein, or in respect of any Receivable or any Contract regardless of whether any such Indemnified Amounts result from an Indemnified Party’s negligence or strict liability or other acts or omissions of an Indemnified Party, excluding, however, (a) Indemnified Amounts to the extent resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Indemnified Party, (b) recourse (except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement) for uncollectible Receivables to be written off consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy or (c) any overall net income taxes or franchise taxes imposed on such Indemnified Party by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Indemnified Party is organized or any political subdivision thereof. Without limiting or being limited by the foregoing, and subject to the exclusions set forth in the preceding sentence, the Seller shall pay on demand to each Indemnified Party any and all amounts necessary to indemnify such Indemnified Party from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts relating to or resulting from any of the following:

(i) the failure of any Receivable included in the calculation of the Net Receivables Pool Balance as an Eligible Receivable to be an Eligible Receivable, the failure of any information contained in a Servicer Report or a Portfolio Certificate to be true and correct, or the failure of any other information provided to any Purchaser, any Purchaser Agent or the Agent with respect to Receivables or this Agreement to be true and correct;

(ii) the failure of any representation or warranty or statement made or deemed made by the Seller (or any of its officers) under or in connection with this Agreement to have been true and correct in all respects when made;

(iii) the failure by the Seller to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation with respect to any Pool Receivable or the related Contract; or the failure of any Pool Receivable or the related Contract to conform to any such applicable law, rule or regulation;

(iv) the failure (A) to vest in the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) a valid and enforceable perfected undivided percentage ownership interest, to the extent of the Aggregate Participation, in the Receivables in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool and the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto and (B) the failure to vest in the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) a first priority perfected security interest in the items described in Section 1.2(d) , in each case, free and clear of any Adverse Claim;

   13    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(v) the failure to have filed, or any delay in filing, financing statements or other similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to any Receivables in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool and the Related Security and Collections in respect thereof, whether at the time of any purchase or reinvestment or at any subsequent time;

(vi) any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor) of the Obligor to the payment of any Receivable in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool (including, without limitation, a defense based on such Receivable or the related Contract not being a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Obligor enforceable against it in accordance with its terms), or any other claim resulting from or relating to the transaction giving rise to such Receivable or relating to collection activities with respect to such Receivable (if such collection activities were performed by the Seller or any of its Affiliates acting as Servicer or by any agent or independent contractor retained by the Seller or any of its Affiliates);

(vii) any failure of the Seller to perform its duties or obligations in accordance with the provisions hereof or to perform its duties or obligations under the Contracts;

(viii) any products liability or other claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding arising out of or in connection with goods, insurance or services that are the subject of or secure any Contract;

(ix) the commingling of Collections of Pool Receivables at any time with other funds;

(x) any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to this Agreement or the use of proceeds of purchases or reinvestments or the ownership of any Participation or in respect of any Receivable, Related Security or Contract;

(xi) any reduction in Investment as a result of the distribution of Collections pursuant to Section 1.4 , in the event that all or a portion of such distributions shall thereafter be rescinded or otherwise must be returned for any reason;

(xii) any tax or governmental fee or charge (other than any tax upon or measured by net income or gross receipts), all interest and penalties thereon or with respect thereto, and all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel in defending against the same, which may arise by reason of the purchase or ownership of any Participation or other interests in the Receivables Pool or in any Related Security or Contract;

(xiii) the failure by the Seller or the Servicer to pay when due any taxes payable by it, including, without limitation, the franchise taxes and sales, excise or personal property taxes payable in connection with the Receivables;

   14    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(xiv) the failure by the Seller or the Servicer to be duly qualified to do business, to be in good standing or to have filed appropriate fictitious or assumed name registration documents in any jurisdiction; or

(xv) the failure of any Deposit Account Bank to remit any amounts held in its Deposit Account pursuant to the instructions of the Servicer whether by reason of the exercise of setoff rights or otherwise.

If for any reason the indemnification provided above in this Section 3.1 is unavailable to an Indemnified Party or is insufficient to hold such Indemnified Party harmless, then the Seller shall contribute to such Indemnified Party the amount otherwise payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law (but subject to the exclusions set forth in clauses (a) through (c) above).

The obligations of the Seller under this Section 3.1 are limited recourse obligations payable solely from the Collections, the Receivables and Related Security in accordance with the priority of payments set forth in Section 1.4 .

Section 3.2. Indemnities by AFC . Without limiting any other rights that the Agent, any Purchaser, any Purchaser Agent or any other Indemnified Party may have hereunder or under applicable law, AFC hereby agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Party, forthwith on demand, from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts, awarded against or incurred by any of them, regardless of whether any such Indemnified Amounts result from an Indemnified Party’s negligence or strict liability or other acts or omissions of an Indemnified Party excluding, however, (a) Indemnified Amounts to the extent resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Indemnified Party, (b) recourse (except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement) for uncollectible Receivables to be written off consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy or (c) any overall net income taxes or franchise taxes imposed on such Indemnified Party by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Indemnified Party is organized or any political subdivision thereof, arising out of or relating to:

(i) the failure of any Receivable included in the calculation of the Net Receivables Pool Balance as an Eligible Receivable at any time to be an Eligible Receivable at such time, the failure of any information contained in a Servicer Report or a Portfolio Certificate to be true and correct, or the failure of any other information provided (directly or indirectly) by AFC or the Seller to the Purchasers, the Agent, the Backup Servicer or any Purchaser Agent with respect to Receivables or this Agreement to be true and correct;

(ii) any representation or warranty made by AFC under or in connection with any Transaction Document in its capacity as Servicer or any information or report delivered by or on behalf of AFC in its capacity as Servicer pursuant hereto, which shall have been false, incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made;

(iii) the failure by AFC, in its capacity as Servicer, to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation (including truth in lending, fair credit billing, usury, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy) with respect to any Pool Receivable or other related contract;

   15    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(iv) any failure of AFC to perform its duties, covenants and obligations in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement;

(v) any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor) of the Obligor to the payment of any Receivable in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool resulting from or relating to collection activities with respect to such Receivable (if such collection activities were performed by the Seller or any of its Affiliates acting as Servicer or by any agent or independent contractor retained by the Seller or any of its Affiliates);

(vi) the commingling of Collections of Pool Receivables at any time with other funds; or

(vii) any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to AFC’s activities as Servicer under this Agreement.

If for any reason the indemnification provided above in this Section 3.2 is unavailable to an Indemnified Party or is insufficient to hold such Indemnified Party harmless, then AFC shall contribute to such Indemnified Party the amount otherwise payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law (but subject to the exclusions set forth in clauses (a) through (c) above).

Section 3.3. Indemnities by Successor Servicer . Without limiting any other rights that the Agent, any Purchaser, any Purchaser Agent or any other Indemnified Party may have hereunder under applicable law, each successor Servicer hereby agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Party, forthwith on demand, from and against any and all Indemnified Amounts, other than Indemnified Amounts resulting from gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of such Indemnified Party, awarded against or incurred by any of them arising out of or relating to:

(i) any representation or warranty made by such successor Servicer under or in connection with any Transaction Document in its capacity as Servicer or any information or report delivered by such successor Servicer pursuant hereto, which shall have been false, incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made;

(ii) the failure by such successor Servicer to comply with any applicable law, rule or regulation (including truth in lending, fair credit billing, usury, fair credit reporting, equal credit opportunity, fair debt collection practices and privacy) with respect to any Pool Receivable or other related contract;

(iii) any failure of such successor Servicer to perform its duties, covenants and obligations in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement;

   16    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(iv) any dispute, claim, offset or defense (other than discharge in bankruptcy of the Obligor) of the Obligor to the payment of any Receivable in, or purporting to be in, the Receivables Pool resulting from or relating to collection activities with respect to such Receivable (if such collection activities were performed by such successor Servicer or by any agent or independent contractor retained by such successor Servicer); or

(v) any investigation, litigation or proceeding related to such successor Servicer’s activities as Servicer under this Agreement.

If for any reason the indemnification provided above in this Section 3.3 is unavailable to an Indemnified Party or is insufficient to hold such Indemnified Party harmless, then such successor Servicer shall contribute to such Indemnified Party the amount otherwise payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, claim, damage or liability to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in no event shall any successor Servicer be liable to any Person for any act or omission of any predecessor Servicer.

ARTICLE IV.

ADMINISTRATION AND COLLECTIONS

Section 4.1. Appointment of Servicer . (a) The servicing, administering and collection of the Pool Receivables shall be conducted by the Person so designated from time to time as Servicer in accordance with this Section 4.1 . Until the Majority Purchasers give notice to the Seller, the Agent and the Servicer (in accordance with the following sentence) of the designation of a new Servicer, AFC is hereby designated as, and hereby agrees to perform the duties and obligations of, the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof. Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Majority Purchasers may designate the Backup Servicer or any other Person (including the Agent) to succeed the Servicer, on the condition that any such Person so designated (other than the Backup Servicer, except to the extent specified in the Backup Servicing Agreement) shall agree in writing to perform the duties and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof unless otherwise consented to by the Majority Purchasers.

(b) Upon the designation of a successor Servicer as set forth in Section 4.1(a) hereof, the Servicer agrees that it will terminate its activities as Servicer hereunder in a manner which the Agent determines will facilitate the transition of the performance of such activities to the new Servicer, and the Servicer shall cooperate with and assist such new Servicer. Such cooperation shall include (without limitation) access to and transfer of all records and use by the new Servicer of all licenses, hardware or software necessary or desirable to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security. Without limiting the foregoing, the Servicer agrees that, at any time following the occurrence of a Termination Event, the Servicer shall, at the request of the Agent (i) promptly identify all branch offices, loan processing offices or other locations at which the Pool Receivable Documents are then being held, (ii) allow the Agent or its designee full access to all such locations and all Pool Receivable Documents, (iii) promptly arrange, at the Servicer’s expense, the transfer of possession of all such Pool Receivable Documents to the Backup Servicer, any successor Servicer or other third-party custodian specified by the Agent

 

   17    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


and (iv) instruct the Servicer’s agents and any person with whom the Servicer or its agents have contracted to hold any such Pool Receivable Documents to provide full access to, and/or transfer possession of, any Pool Receivable Documents held by such agent or contractor. The Servicer agrees to take no action which would impede or impair the ability of the Agent or its designees to gain access to the Pool Receivable Documents or to obtain possession thereof in accordance with the provisions hereof. The parties hereto agree that the covenants contained in the foregoing sentence are reasonable and necessary for the protection of the legitimate interests of the Secured Parties in the Pool Receivables. Accordingly, in addition to other remedies provided at law or equity, upon any breach by the Servicer of the covenants contained in the second preceding sentence, the Agent shall be entitled to seek specific performance and injunctive relief by and against the Servicer prohibiting any further breach of such covenants, without the necessity of proving irreparable injury or posting bond.

(c) The Servicer acknowledges that, in making its decision to execute and deliver this Agreement, the Purchaser Agents, the Agent and the Purchasers have relied on the Servicer’s agreement to act as Servicer hereunder. Accordingly, the Servicer agrees that it will not voluntarily resign as Servicer.

(d) The Servicer may delegate its duties and obligations hereunder to any subservicer (each, a “ Sub-Servicer ”); provided that , in each such delegation, (i) such Sub-Servicer shall agree in writing to perform the duties and obligations of the Servicer pursuant to the terms hereof, (ii) the Servicer shall remain primarily liable to the Secured Parties for the performance of the duties and obligations so delegated, (iii) the Secured Parties shall have the right to look solely to the Servicer for such performance and (iv) the terms of any agreement with any Sub-Servicer shall provide that the Majority Purchasers may terminate such agreement upon the termination of the Servicer hereunder in accordance with Section 4.1(a) above by giving notice of its desire to terminate such agreement to the Servicer (and the Servicer shall provide appropriate notice to such Sub-Servicer); provided further , no such delegation shall be effective without the prior written consent of the Majority Purchasers.

Section 4.2. Duties of Servicer; Relationship to Backup Servicing Agreement . (a) The Servicer shall take or cause to be taken all such action as may be necessary or advisable to collect each Pool Receivable from time to time, all in accordance with this Agreement, accepted industry standards and all applicable laws, rules and regulations, with reasonable care and diligence, and in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy. The Servicer shall set aside for the accounts of the Seller, the Backup Servicer and the Purchasers the amount of the Collections to which each is entitled in accordance with Section 1.4 . The Seller shall deliver to the Servicer and the Servicer shall hold for the benefit of the Secured Parties in accordance with their respective interests, all records and documents (including without limitation computer tapes or disks) with respect to each Pool Receivable and all Pool Receivable Documents. The Servicer (if the Servicer is AFC or one of its Affiliates) shall stamp each page of each Contract related to a Pool Receivable with the following legend “This Receivable has been sold to AFC Funding Corporation and an interest therein has been granted to BMO Capital Markets Corp. as Agent”. During such period as a Backup Servicer is required to be maintained hereunder, the Servicer agrees to provide the Backup Servicer with an electronic (scanned) copy of each Contract related to a Pool Receivable and with monthly updates thereafter upon receipt of which the Backup Servicer shall perform a conversion and reconciliation of the Receivables data and recalculate

 

   18    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


the Servicer Report. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Agent may direct the Servicer to commence or settle any legal action to enforce collection of any Pool Receivable or to foreclose upon or repossess any Related Security; provided , however , that no such direction may be given unless a Termination Event has occurred. AFC is hereby appointed the custodian of the Pool Receivable Documents for the benefit of the Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties; provided , however , that such appointment may be terminated pursuant to the terms hereof. AFC, or an affiliate on its behalf, will maintain fidelity and forgery insurance and adequate insurance to replace all Pool Receivable Documents due to casualty loss or theft of such documents. In performing its duties as servicer and custodian, AFC shall act with reasonable care, using that degree of skill and attention that AFC exercises with respect to the files relating to all comparable contracts that AFC owns or services for itself or others. AFC shall (i) maintain the Pool Receivable Documents in such a manner as shall enable the Agent and the Purchaser Agents to verify the accuracy of AFC’s recordkeeping; and (ii) promptly report to the Agent and the Purchaser Agents any failure on its part or the part of its agents to hold the Pool Receivable Documents and promptly take appropriate action to remedy any such failure. Upon termination of AFC’s appointment as custodian hereunder and the delivery of the Pool Receivable Documents to the successor custodian, the successor custodian shall review such documents to determine whether it is missing any documents, and AFC shall cooperate with the successor custodian and use its best efforts to assist the successor custodian to obtain the missing documents. AFC shall maintain continuous custody of the Pool Receivable Documents in secure facilities in accordance with customary standards for such custody.

(b) In the event the Backup Servicer becomes the successor Servicer hereunder, any applicable terms and conditions of the Backup Servicing Agreement relating to its performance as successor Servicer shall be deemed to be incorporated herein, and the obligations and liabilities of the successor Servicer (as such obligations and liabilities apply to the Backup Servicer acting in such capacity) shall be deemed to be modified in accordance with the provisions thereof. To the extent that any conflict exists between the terms of this Agreement and the Backup Servicing Agreement, the terms of the Backup Servicing Agreement shall control.

(c) The Servicer’s obligations hereunder shall terminate on the Final Payout Date. After such termination, the Servicer shall promptly deliver to the Seller all books, records and related materials that the Seller previously provided to the Servicer in connection with this Agreement.

(d) During such period as a Backup Servicer is required to be maintained hereunder, the Servicer shall provide the Backup Servicer and the Agent and each Purchaser Agent (if requested) on a monthly basis an electronic download with respect to the Pool Receivables in form and substance acceptable to the Backup Servicer (and which shall include, but not be limited to, all records related to each Receivable required by the Backup Servicer to service and collect such Receivable).

(e) Following the occurrence and during the continuation of a Termination Event or a Level One Trigger, the Servicer shall provide to the Backup Servicer and the Agent and each Purchaser Agent (if requested) on a daily basis an electronic download with respect to the Pool Receivables in form and substance acceptable to the Backup Servicer (and which shall include,

 

   19    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


but not be limited to, all records related to each Receivable required by the Backup Servicer to service and collect such Receivable) and a Portfolio Certificate (including information with respect to all Collections received and all Receivables acquired by the Seller). Following the occurrence and during the continuation of a Level One Trigger, the Agent shall have the right to require the Seller or the Servicer to, and upon such request the Seller or the Servicer, as applicable, shall, assemble all of the Contracts and make the same available to the Backup Servicer or other third-party custodian specified by, and at a place selected by, the Agent within 30 days.

Section 4.3. Deposit Accounts; Establishment and Use of Certain Accounts .

(i) Deposit Accounts . On or prior to the date hereof, the Servicer agrees to transfer ownership and control of each Deposit Account to the Seller. Seller has granted a valid security interest in each Deposit Account to the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) pursuant to Section 1.2(d) and shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Agent to cause the security interest to be perfected under the applicable UCC.

(ii) Cash Reserve Account . The Agent has established and will maintain in existence the Cash Reserve Account. The Cash Reserve Account shall be used to hold the Cash Reserve and for such other purposes described in the Transaction Documents.

(iii) Liquidation Account . The Agent has established and will maintain in existence the Liquidation Account. The Liquidation Account shall be used to receive Collections from the Deposit Accounts pursuant to Section 1.4(b) and to hold amounts set aside for the Purchasers, the Backup Servicer and (if the Servicer is not AFC or an Affiliate of AFC) the Servicer out of the Collections of Pool Receivables prior to the applicable Settlement Dates and for such other purposes described in the Transaction Documents. No funds other than those transferred in accordance with Section 1.4 shall be intentionally transferred into the Liquidation Account.

(iv) Permitted Investments . Any amounts in the Liquidation Account or the Cash Reserve Account, as the case may be, may be invested by the Liquidation Account Bank or the Cash Reserve Account Bank, respectively, prior to the occurrence of a Termination Event at the Agent’s direction and following the occurrence of a Termination Event at the Agent’s direction, in Permitted Investments, so long as the Agent’s interest (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in such Permitted Investments is perfected in a manner satisfactory to the Agent and such Permitted Investments are subject to no Adverse Claims other than those of the Agent provided hereunder.

(v) Control of Accounts . The Agent may (with written notice to the Purchaser Agents) and shall (at the direction of the Majority Purchasers) following any Termination Event (or an Unmatured Termination Event of the type described in paragraph (g)  of Exhibit V ) at any time give notice to any Deposit Account Bank that the Agent is exercising its rights under the applicable Deposit Account Agreement to do any or all of the following: (i) to have the exclusive ownership and control of such Deposit Account transferred to the Agent (or such other party designated by the Majority Purchasers) and to exercise exclusive dominion and control over the funds deposited therein and (ii) to take any or all other actions permitted under the applicable Deposit Account Agreement. The Seller hereby agrees that if the Agent (or such

 

   20    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


other party designated by the Majority Purchasers) at any time takes any action set forth in the preceding sentence, the Agent (or such other party designated by the Majority Purchasers) shall have exclusive control of the proceeds (including Collections) of all Pool Receivables and the Seller hereby further agrees to take any other action that the Majority Purchasers may reasonably request to transfer such control. Any proceeds of Pool Receivables received by the Seller, the Servicer or AFC (as Servicer or otherwise), thereafter shall be sent immediately to an account designated by the Majority Purchasers and held by the Agent (or such other party designated by the Majority Purchasers) for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

(vi) Location of Liquidation Account and Cash Reserve Account . If at [*] is rated below A-1 by S&P or P-1 by Moody’s, the Agent shall promptly establish a new Liquidation Account and a new Cash Reserve Account at a financial institution which is rated at least A-1+ by S&P (or if the financial institution is the [*] A-1 by S&P) and P-1 by Moody’s and transfer all amounts on deposit in such accounts at [*] to such new accounts at such financial institution, until such time as [*] is rated at least A-1 by S&P and P-1 by Moody’s.

Section 4.4. Enforcement Rights . (a) At any time following the occurrence of a Termination Event:

(i) the Majority Purchasers may (with the consent of the Agent) direct the Obligors that payment of all amounts payable under any Pool Receivable be made directly to the Backup Servicer or such other party designated by the Majority Purchasers, in each case, for the benefit of the Secured Parties;

(ii) the Majority Purchasers may with the consent of the Agent instruct the Seller or the Servicer to give notice of the Agent’s interest (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in Pool Receivables to each Obligor, which notice shall direct that payments be made directly to the Backup Servicer or such other party designated by the Majority Purchasers (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), and upon such instruction from the Majority Purchasers, the Seller or the Servicer, as applicable, shall give such notice at the expense of the Seller; provided , that if the Seller or the Servicer fails to so notify each Obligor, the Agent or its designee may so notify the Obligors; and

(iii) the Majority Purchasers may with the consent of the Agent request the Seller or the Servicer to, and upon such request the Seller or the Servicer, as applicable, shall, (A) assemble all of the records necessary or desirable to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security and all Pool Receivable Documents, and transfer or license to any new Servicer the use of all software necessary or desirable to collect the Pool Receivables and the Related Security, and make the same available to the Backup Servicer or other third-party custodian specified by, and at a place selected by, the Agent and (B) segregate all cash, checks and other instruments received by it from time to time constituting Collections with respect to the Pool Receivables in a manner acceptable to the Agent and, promptly upon receipt, remit all such cash, checks and instruments, duly endorsed or with duly executed instruments of transfer, to the Agent or the Backup Servicer (or such other party designated by the Majority Purchasers) (for the benefit of the Secured Parties).

 

   21    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(b) The Seller hereby authorizes the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), and irrevocably appoints the Agent (acting on behalf of the Secured Parties) as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution and with full authority in the place and stead of the Seller, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to take any and all steps in the name of the Seller and on behalf of the Seller necessary or desirable, in the determination of the Agent, to collect any and all amounts or portions thereof due under any and all Pool Receivables or Related Security, including, without limitation, endorsing the name of the Seller on checks and other instruments representing Collections and enforcing such Pool Receivables, Related Security and the related Contracts. The Agent shall only exercise the powers conferred by this subsection (b) after the occurrence of a Termination Event. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subsection (b) , none of the powers conferred upon such attorney-in-fact pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall subject such attorney-in-fact to any liability if any action taken by it shall prove to be inadequate or invalid, nor shall they confer any obligations upon such attorney-in-fact in any manner whatsoever.

Section 4.5. Responsibilities of the Seller . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Seller shall (i) perform all of its obligations, if any, under the Contracts related to the Pool Receivables to the same extent as if interests in such Pool Receivables had not been transferred hereunder, and the exercise by any Secured Party of its rights hereunder shall not relieve the Seller from such obligations and (ii) pay when due any taxes, including, without limitation, any sales taxes payable in connection with the Pool Receivables and their creation and satisfaction. The Agent, the Purchaser Agents, the Purchasers, the Backup Servicer and any successor Servicer shall not have any obligation or liability with respect to any Pool Receivable, any Related Security or any related Contract, nor shall any of them be obligated to perform any of the obligations of the Seller or AFC under any of the foregoing.

Section 4.6. Servicing Fee . The Servicer shall be paid a monthly fee in arrears, through distributions contemplated by Section 1.4 , equal to (a) at any time AFC or an Affiliate of AFC is the Servicer, [*] (b) at any time the Backup Servicer is the Servicer, the fee set forth in the Backup Servicing Agreement or Backup Servicing Fee Letter, and (c) at any time a Person other than AFC, an Affiliate of AFC or the Backup Servicer is the Servicer, the Successor Servicer Fee or such other amount as the Agent and such successor Servicer shall agree. The Servicing Fee shall not be payable to the extent funds are not available to pay the Servicing Fee pursuant to Section 1.4 .

Section 4.7. Specified Ineligible Receivables . To the extent the Originator has from time to time identified a Receivable as a “Specified Ineligible Receivable” in accordance with Section 5.20 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement, (i) such Receivable shall not be included as an Eligible Receivable by the Seller or the Servicer hereunder, (ii) such Receivable shall not be included in any calculations of the Delinquency Ratio or the Default Ratio or other Receivable Pool information (other than a statement of the aggregate outstanding amount of such Specified Ineligible Receivables) hereunder and (iii) shall not be considered a Receivable for purposes of clause (o) of Exhibit V hereof.

 

   22    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


ARTICLE V.

THE AGENTS

Section 5.1. Appointment and Authorization . Each Purchaser and Purchaser Agent (including each Purchaser and Purchaser Agent that may from time to time become a party hereto) hereby irrevocably designates and appoints BMO Capital Markets Corp. as the “Agent” hereunder and authorizes the Agent to take such actions and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent hereby and to exercise such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Agent shall hold, in its name, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, amounts on deposit in the Liquidation Account and the Cash Reserve Account. The Agent shall not have any duties other than those expressly set forth herein or any fiduciary relationship with any Indemnified Party, and no implied obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or otherwise exist against the Agent. The Agent does not assume, nor shall it be deemed to have assumed, any obligation to, or relationship of trust or agency with, the Seller or Servicer. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to the contrary, in no event shall the Agent ever be required to take any action which exposes the Agent to personal liability (unless indemnified in advance in a manner determined satisfactory to the Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) or which is contrary to the provision of any Transaction Document or applicable law.

(a) Each Purchaser hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the respective institution identified as the Purchaser Agent for such Purchaser on the signature pages hereto or in any agreement pursuant to which such Purchaser becomes a party hereto, and each authorizes such Purchaser Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Purchaser Agent by the terms of this Agreement, if any, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no Purchaser Agent shall have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary relationship with any Purchaser or other Purchaser Agent or the Agent, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities on the part of such Purchaser Agent shall be read into this Agreement or otherwise exist against such Purchaser Agent.

(b) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, the provisions of this Article V are solely for the benefit of the Purchaser Agents, the Agent and the Purchasers, and none of the Seller or Servicer shall have any rights as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise under any of the provisions of this Article V , except that this Article V shall not affect any obligations which any Purchaser Agent, the Agent or any Purchaser may have to the Seller or the Servicer under the other provisions of this Agreement. Furthermore, no Purchaser shall have any rights as a third-party beneficiary or otherwise under any of the provisions hereof in respect of a Purchaser Agent which is not the Purchaser Agent for such Purchaser.

(c) In performing its functions and duties hereunder, the Agent shall act solely as the agent of the Secured Parties, and the Agent does not assume nor shall be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the Seller or Servicer or any of their successors and assigns. In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Purchaser

 

   23    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Agent shall act solely as the agent of its respective Purchasers and does not assume nor shall be deemed to have assumed any obligation or relationship of trust or agency with or for the Seller, the Servicer, any other Purchaser, any other Purchaser Agent or the Agent, or any of their respective successors and assigns.

Section 5.2. Delegation of Duties . The Agent may, with the prior written consent of the Majority Purchasers, execute any of its duties through agents or attorneys-in-fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. The Agent shall not be responsible to the Purchaser Agents or any Purchaser for the negligence or misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care.

Section 5.3. Exculpatory Provisions . None of the Purchaser Agents, the Agent or any of their directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable for any action taken or omitted (i) with the consent or at the direction of the Majority Purchasers (or in the case of any Purchaser Agent, the Purchaser relating to such Purchaser Agent) or (ii) in the absence of such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Agent shall not be responsible to any Purchaser or Purchaser Agent for (i) any recitals, representations, warranties or other statements made by the Seller, Servicer, the Originator or any of their Affiliates, (ii) the value, validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of any Transaction Document, (iii) any failure of the Seller, the Servicer, the Originator or any of their Affiliates to perform any obligation it may have under any Transaction Document to which it is a party or (iv) the satisfaction of any condition specified in Exhibit II . The Agent shall not have any obligation to any Purchaser or any Purchaser Agent to ascertain or inquire about the observance or performance of any agreement contained in any Transaction Document or to inspect the properties, books or records of the Seller, Servicer, the Originator or any of their Affiliates.

Section 5.4. Reliance by Agents . Each Purchaser Agent and the Agent shall in all cases be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any document or other writing or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent or made by the proper Person and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to the Seller or Servicer), independent accountants and other experts selected by the Agent or any such Purchaser Agent. Each Purchaser Agent and the Agent shall in all cases be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under any Transaction Document unless it shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Majority Purchasers (or in the case of any Purchaser Agent, the Purchaser relating to such Purchaser Agent) and it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action.

(a) With regard to the Purchasers and the Purchaser Agents, the Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement in accordance with a request of the Majority Purchasers, the Purchasers and the Purchaser Agents, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all Purchasers and Purchaser Agents.

(b) Purchasers that have a common Purchaser Agent and that have a majority of the Investment of all such related Purchasers shall be entitled to request or direct the related Purchaser Agent to take action, or refrain from taking action, under this Agreement on behalf of

 

   24    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


such Purchasers. With regard to the Purchasers and the Purchaser Agents, such Purchaser Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement in accordance with a request of such Majority Purchasers, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of such Purchaser Agent’s related Purchasers.

(c) Unless otherwise advised in writing by a Purchaser Agent or by any Purchaser on whose behalf such Purchaser Agent is purportedly acting, each party to this Agreement may assume that (i) such Purchaser Agent is acting for the benefit of each of the Purchasers for which such Purchaser Agent is identified herein (or in any Joinder Agreement or assignment agreement) as being the Purchaser Agent, as well as for the benefit of each assignee or other transferee from any such Person, and (ii) each action taken by such Purchaser Agent has been duly authorized and approved by all necessary action on the part of the Purchasers on whose behalf it is purportedly acting. Each Purchaser Agent and its Purchaser(s) shall agree amongst themselves as to the circumstances and procedures for removal, resignation and replacement of such Purchaser Agent.

Section 5.5. Notice of Termination Date . Neither any Purchaser Agent nor the Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event unless such Person has received notice from any Purchaser, Purchaser Agent, the Servicer or the Seller stating that a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred hereunder and describing such Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event. If the Agent receives such a notice, it shall promptly give notice thereof to each Purchaser Agent whereupon each such Purchaser Agent shall promptly give notice thereof to its Purchasers. If a Purchaser Agent receives such a notice (other than from the Agent), it shall promptly give notice thereof to the Agent. The Agent shall take such action concerning a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event as may be directed by the Majority Purchasers (unless such action is otherwise specified herein as requiring the consent of all Purchasers), but until the Agent receives such directions, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, as the Agent deems advisable and in the best interests of the Secured Parties.

Section 5.6. Non-Reliance on Agent, Purchaser Agents and Other Purchasers . Each Purchaser expressly acknowledges that none of the Agent, the Purchaser Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Agent or any Purchaser Agent hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of the Seller, Servicer or the Originator, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Agent or such Purchaser Agent, as applicable. Each Purchaser represents and warrants to the Agent and the Purchaser Agents that, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, Purchaser Agents or any other Purchaser and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, it has made and will continue to make its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, prospects, financial and other conditions and creditworthiness of the Seller, Servicer and the Originator, and the Receivables and its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to take, or omit, action under any Transaction Document. Except for items specifically required to be delivered hereunder, the Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Purchaser Agent with any information concerning the Seller, Servicer or the Originator or any of their Affiliates or the Receivables that comes into the possession of the Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

 

   25    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Section 5.7. Agent, Purchaser Agents and Purchasers . Each of the Purchasers, the Agent, the Purchaser Agents and their Affiliates may extend credit to, accept deposits from and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, debt or other business with the Seller, ADESA, Servicer or the Originator or any of their Affiliates. With respect to the acquisition of the Eligible Receivables pursuant to this Agreement, any of the Purchaser Agents and the Agent shall, to the extent they become Purchasers hereunder, have the same rights and powers under this Agreement as any Purchaser and may exercise the same as though it were not such an agent, and the terms “Purchaser” and “Purchasers” shall, in such case, include such Purchaser Agent or the Agent in their individual capacities.

Section 5.8. Indemnification . Each Purchaser shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent (but solely in its capacity as Agent) and its officers, directors, employees, representatives and agents (to the extent not reimbursed by the Seller or Servicer and without limiting the obligation of the Seller or Servicer to do so), ratably in accordance with their respective Investment from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, settlements, costs, expenses and disbursements of any kind whatsoever (including in connection with any investigative or threatened proceeding, whether or not the Agent or such Person shall be designated a party thereto) that may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent or such Person as a result of, or related to, any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or the execution, delivery or performance of the Transaction Documents or any other document furnished in connection therewith (but excluding any such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, judgments, settlements, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent or such Person as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction). The obligations of any Note Issuer under this Section 5.8 shall be subject to the restrictions of Section 6.5 .

Section 5.9. Successor Agent . The Agent may, upon at least thirty (30) days notice to the Seller, the Servicer, the Backup Servicer, each Purchaser and Purchaser Agent, resign as Agent. Such resignation shall not become effective until a successor Agent is appointed by the Majority Purchasers and has accepted such appointment. Upon such acceptance of its appointment as Agent hereunder by a successor Agent, such successor Agent shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights and duties of the retiring Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under the Transaction Documents. After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.3 and this Article V shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was the Agent.

ARTICLE VI.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 6.1. Amendments, Etc . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Seller or Servicer therefrom shall be effective

 

   26    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


unless in a writing signed by the Majority Purchasers and, in the case of any amendment, by the Seller and the Servicer and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided, however , that (i) other than an amendment to extend the scheduled Termination Date, no amendment shall be effective unless each Note Issuer that is a Purchaser (or the applicable Purchaser Agent on its behalf) shall have received written confirmation by the Rating Agencies that such amendment shall not cause the rating on the then outstanding Notes of such Note Issuer to be downgraded or withdrawn; (ii) no amendment shall be effective which would reduce the amount of Investment or Discount, or fees or other amounts payable to any Purchaser hereunder, or delay any scheduled date for payment thereof (including any scheduled occurrence of the Termination Date) absent the prior written consent of such Purchaser; (iii) no increase in a Purchaser’s Maximum Commitment shall be effective without the prior written consent of such Purchaser; (iv) no amendments to this Section 6.1 or to the definition of Majority Purchasers shall be effective without the prior written consent of all Purchasers and (v) no amendments to Sections 1.1 , 1.2 , 1.3 , 1.4 , 1.5 , 1.6 , 1.8 , 1.10 , 1.11 , 1.12 , 3.1 , 3.2 , Article V , 6.2 , 6.3 , 6.4 , 6.5 , 6.6 , 6.7 , 6.9 , 6.10 , 6.11 or 6.13 or the definitions of Applicable Margin, Bank Rate, Base Rate, Carry Costs, CP Rate, Discount, Eurodollar Rate, Federal Funds Rate, Investment, Investment Share, Level One Trigger, LIBOR Participation, Loss Percentage, Loss Reserve, Loss Reserve Ratio, Net Receivables Pool Balance, Normal Concentration Percentage, Program Fee, Special Obligor, Termination Date, Termination Fee, Yield Period, or any definitions incorporated in such definitions, shall be effective in each case without the consent of the Majority Purchasers and the Agent; and provided , further , that no such amendment shall in any way amend any provisions of this Agreement applicable to the rights or obligations of the Agent or any Purchaser Agent without the prior written consent of the Agent or such Purchaser Agent, as applicable. No failure on the part of the Agent, any Purchaser, or any Purchaser Agent to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

Section 6.2. Notices, Etc . All notices and other communications hereunder shall, unless otherwise stated herein, be in writing (which shall include facsimile and electronic mail communication) and sent or delivered, to each party hereto, at its address set forth under its name on the signature pages hereof or, in the case of the Backup Servicer, at its notice address designated in the Backup Servicing Agreement or, in any case, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties hereto. Notices and communications by facsimile or electronic mail shall be effective when sent (and shall, unless such delivery is waived by the recipient by electronic mail or other means, be followed by hard copy sent by first class mail), and notices and communications sent by other means shall be effective when received.

Section 6.3. Assignability . (a) This Agreement and any Purchaser’s rights and obligations herein (including ownership of its Participation) shall be assignable, in whole or in part, by such Purchaser and its successors and assigns with the prior written consent of the Seller and the Agent; provided , however , that such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided , further , that no such consent shall be required if the assignment is made to (i) any Affiliate of such Purchaser, (ii) any Liquidity Bank (or any Person who upon such assignment would be a Liquidity Bank) of such Purchaser or (iii) any Program Support Provider (or any Person who upon such assignment would be a Program Support Provider) of such Purchaser.

 

   27    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Each assignor may, in connection with the assignment, disclose to the applicable assignee any information relating to the Seller or the Pool Receivables furnished to such assignor by or on behalf of the Seller, the Agent, the Purchasers or the Purchaser Agents.

Upon the assignment by a Purchaser in accordance with this Section 6.3 , the assignee receiving such assignment shall have all of the rights of such Purchaser with respect to the Transaction Documents and the Investment (or such portion thereof as has been assigned).

(b) Each Purchaser may at any time grant to one or more banks or other institutions (each a “ Liquidity Bank ”) party to a Liquidity Agreement or to any other Program Support Provider participating interests or security interests in its Participation. In the event of any such grant by a Purchaser of a participating interest to a Liquidity Bank or other Program Support Provider, the Purchaser shall remain responsible for the performance of its obligations hereunder. The Seller agrees that each Liquidity Bank or other Program Support Provider shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 1.8 and 1.10 .

(c) This Agreement and the rights and obligations of any Purchaser Agent hereunder shall be assignable, in whole or in part, by such Purchaser Agent and its successors and assigns; provided , however , that if such assignment is to any Person that is not an Affiliate of the assigning Purchaser Agent, such Purchaser Agent must receive the prior written consent (which consent in each case shall not be unreasonably withheld) of the Agent and the Seller.

(d) Except as provided in Section 4.1(d) , neither the Seller nor the Servicer may assign its rights or delegate its obligations hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Majority Purchasers.

(e) Without limiting any other rights that may be available under applicable law, the rights of any Purchaser may be enforced by it directly or by its Purchaser Agent or its other agents.

(f) [*].

Section 6.4. Costs, Expenses and Taxes . (a) In addition to the rights of indemnification granted under Section 3.1 hereof, the Seller agrees to pay on demand all reasonable costs and expenses in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery and administration (including periodic auditing of Pool Receivables) of this Agreement, any Liquidity Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the other documents and agreements to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, including all reasonable costs and expenses relating to the amending, amending and restating, modifying or supplementing any such documents or agreements and the waiving of any provisions thereof, and including in all cases, without limitation, Rating Agency fees (including in connection with the execution hereof and any amendments hereto) and Attorney Costs for the Agent, each Purchaser, each Program Support Provider, each Purchaser Agent, the Backup Servicer, any successor Servicer and their respective Affiliates and agents with respect thereto and with respect to advising the Agent, the Purchaser, each Program Support Provider and their respective Affiliates and agents as to their rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and all reasonable costs and expenses, if any (including Attorney Costs), of each Purchaser Agent, each Purchaser, each Program Support

 

   28    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Provider, the Agent, the Backup Servicer, any successor Servicer and their respective Affiliates and agents in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

(b) In addition, the Seller shall pay on demand any and all stamp and other taxes and fees payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing and recording of this Agreement or the other documents or agreements to be delivered hereunder, and agrees to save each Indemnified Party harmless from and against any liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or omission to pay such taxes and fees.

Section 6.5. No Proceedings; Limitation on Payments . (a) Each of the Seller, the Servicer, the Agent, the Purchaser Agents, the Purchasers, the Backup Servicer, each assignee of a Participation or any interest therein, and each Person which enters into a commitment to purchase or does purchase a Participation or interests therein hereby covenants and agrees that it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, any Note Issuer or Related CP Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding, or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the latest maturing Note issued by any such Note Issuer or Related CP Issuer is paid in full.

(b) Notwithstanding any provisions contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no Note Issuer shall, nor shall it be obligated to, pay any amount pursuant to this Agreement unless such Note Issuer has excess cash flow from operations or has received funds with respect to such obligation which may be used to make such payment and which funds or excess cash flow are not required to repay its Notes when due. Any amounts which a Note Issuer does not pay pursuant to the operation of the preceding sentence shall not constitute a claim against such Note Issuer for any such insufficiency unless and until the condition described in the preceding sentence is satisfied. Nothing in this subsection (b) shall be construed to forgive or cancel any obligations of such Note Issuer hereunder.

(c) Each of the Servicer, the Agent, the Purchaser Agents, the Purchasers, the Backup Servicer, each assignee of a Participation or any interest therein, and each Person which enters into a commitment to purchase or does purchase a Participation or interests therein hereby covenants and agrees that it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, the Seller any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding, or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after all amounts payable by the Seller hereunder are paid in full.

(d) Notwithstanding any provisions contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Seller shall not be obligated to pay any amount pursuant to this Agreement unless the Seller has property or other assets which may be used to make such payment. Any amounts which the Seller does not pay pursuant to the operation of the preceding sentence shall not constitute a claim against the Seller for any such insufficiency unless and until the conditions described in the preceding sentence are satisfied. Nothing in this subsection (d) shall be construed to forgive or cancel any obligations of the Seller hereunder.

 

   29    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Section 6.6. Confidentiality . Unless otherwise required by applicable law or already known by the general public or the third party to which it is disclosed, the Seller agrees to maintain the confidentiality of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents (and all drafts thereof) in communications with third parties and otherwise; provided that this Agreement may be disclosed to (a) third parties to the extent such disclosure is made pursuant to a written agreement of confidentiality in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (b) the Seller’s legal counsel and auditors if they agree to hold it confidential.

Section 6.7. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION . (a) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF INDIANA (WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO THE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS THEREOF), AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT THAT THE PERFECTION (OR THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OR NON-PERFECTION) OF THE INTERESTS OF THE PURCHASERS IN THE POOL RECEIVABLES AND THE OTHER ITEMS DESCRIBED IN SECTION 1.2(d) IS GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF A JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF INDIANA.

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF ILLINOIS COOK COUNTY AND CHICAGO OR NEW YORK NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK CITY OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE NORTHERN DISTRICT OF ILLINOIS OR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, EACH OF THE PURCHASERS, THE SELLER, THE SERVICER, THE PURCHASER AGENTS AND THE AGENT CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH OF THE PURCHASERS, THE SELLER, THE SERVICER, THE PURCHASER AGENTS AND THE AGENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY DOCUMENT RELATED HERETO.

Section 6.8. Execution in Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

Section 6.9. Survival of Termination . The provisions of Sections 1.8 , 1.10 , 3.1 , 3.2 , 6.4 , 6.5 , 6.6 , 6.7 , 6.10 and 6.13 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Section 6.10. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THE PURCHASERS, THE SELLER, THE SERVICER, THE PURCHASER AGENTS, THE AGENT AND THE BACKUP SERVICER (BY ACCEPTING THE BENEFIT HEREOF) EACH WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS

 

   30    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR PARTIES, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS OR OTHERWISE. THE PURCHASERS, THE SELLER, THE SERVICER, THE PURCHASER AGENTS, THE AGENT AND THE BACKUP SERVICER EACH AGREE THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING WHICH SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 6.11. Entire Agreement . This Agreement (together with the other Transaction Documents) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Purchasers, the Seller, the Servicer, the Purchaser Agents and the Agent, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements and understandings of such Persons, verbal or written, relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

Section 6.12. Headings . The captions and headings of this Agreement and in any Exhibit hereto are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation hereof or thereof.

Section 6.13. Liabilities of the Purchasers . The obligations of each Purchaser under this Agreement are solely the corporate obligations of such Purchaser. No recourse shall be had for any obligation or claim arising out of or based upon this Agreement against any stockholder, employee, officer, director or incorporator of any Purchaser; and provided , however , that this Section 6.13 shall not relieve any such Person of any liability it might otherwise have for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The agreements provided in this Section 6.13 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

Section 6.14. Tax Treatment . The Participations shall be treated and reported as indebtedness of the Seller for all income and franchise tax purposes. The Seller, the Servicer, the Agent and Fairway and each Purchaser, by its agreement to make a purchase (and to make reinvestments, if applicable) with regard to its Participation, agrees, and shall cause its assignees to agree, to treat and report the Participations as indebtedness of the Seller for all income and franchise tax purposes.

 

   31    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

AFC FUNDING CORPORATION,
as Seller
By:  

/S/ CAMERON HITCHCOCK

Name:   Cameron Hitchcock
Title:   President
13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Suite 310
Carmel, Indiana 46032
Attention: Jim Money
Telephone: 317-843-4756
Facsimile: 317-815-8687
E-mail: jmoney@autofinance.com

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION,

as Servicer

By:  

/S/ JAMES E. MONEY, II

Name:   James E. Money, II
Title:   Vice President of Finance & Treasurer
13085 Hamilton Crossing Blvd., Suite 300
Carmel, Indiana 46032
Attention: Jim Money
Telephone: 317-843-4756
Facsimile: 317-815-8687
E-mail: jmoney@autofinance.com

 

   S-1    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.,
as Agent and as Purchaser Agent for Fairway
By:  

/S/ JOHN PAPPANO

Name:   John Pappano
Title:   Managing Director
BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.
115 S. LaSalle, 13th Floor West
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Attention: Conduit Administration
E-mail: fundingdesk@bmo.com
Telephone: (312) 461-5640
Facsimile: (312) 293-4908

FAIRWAY FINANCE COMPANY, LLC,

as a Purchaser

By:  

/S/ PHILIP A. MARTONE

Name:   Philip A. Martone
Title:   Vice President
c/o Lord Securities Corp.
48 Wall Street, 27th Floor
New York, New York 10005
Attention: Phillip Martone
Email: pmartone@lordspv.com
Telephone: (212) 346-9008
Facsimile: (212) 346-9012
Maximum Commitment:
[*]

 

   S-2    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH,
as Purchaser Agent for Monterey
By:  

/S/ DANIEL PIETRZAK

Name:   Daniel Pietrzak
Title:   Director
By:  

/S/ DANIEL GERBER

Name:   Daniel Gerber
Title:   Vice President
DEUTSCHE BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH
60 Wall Street, 18 th Floor
New York, New York 10005
E-mail: abs-conduits@list.db.com
Telephone: (212) 250-0357
Facsimile: (212) 797-5150

MONTEREY FUNDING LLC,

as a Purchaser

By:  

/S/ LORI GEBRON

Name:   Lori Gebron
Title:   Vice President
c/o Lord Securities Corp.
48 Wall Street, 27th Floor
New York, New York 10005
Maximum Commitment:
[*]

 

   S-3    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


STATE OF INDIANA   )
  )    SS
COUNTY OF HAMILTON   )

Before me the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the said County and State, personally appeared Cameron Hitchcock, an officer of AFC FUNDING CORPORATION , personally known to me who acknowledged the execution of the foregoing this 19th day of April, 2007.

 

/S/ FRANCESCA C. YORK

    My Commission Expires: 12/5/08
Signature    

Francesca C. York

    My County of Residence: Hamilton
Printed Name    

 

STATE OF INDIANA   )
  )    SS
COUNTY OF HAMILTON   )

Before me the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for the said County and State, personally appeared James E. Money, II, an officer of AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION , personally known to me who acknowledged the execution of the foregoing this 19th day of April, 2007.

 

/S/ FRANCESCA C. YORK

    My Commission Expires: 12/5/08
Signature    

Francesca C. York

    My County of Residence: Hamilton
Printed Name    

 

   S-4    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


EXHIBIT I

DEFINITIONS

As used in the Agreement (including its Exhibits), the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined). Unless otherwise indicated, all Section, Annex, Exhibit and Schedule references in this Exhibit are to Sections of and Annexes, Exhibits and Schedules to the Agreement.

ADESA ” means ADESA, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Adverse Claim ” means a lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance, or any other type of preferential arrangement, it being understood that a lien, security interest or other charge or encumbrance, or any other type of preferential arrangement, in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties contemplated by the Agreement shall not constitute an Adverse Claim.

AFC ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Affected Person ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.8 .

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, is in control of, is controlled by or is under common control with such Person or is a director or officer of such Person, except that with respect to a Purchaser, Affiliate shall mean the holder(s) of its capital stock.

Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Aggregate Participation ” means, at any time, the sum of the Participations expressed as a percentage.

Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Applicable Margin ” means [*].

Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable fees and reasonable disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel, and all reasonable disbursements of internal counsel.

Backup Servicer ” means the Person appointed to act as backup servicer pursuant to the Backup Servicing Agreement.

Backup Servicer Payment Date ” means each Draw Date.

Backup Servicing Agreement ” means (i) the Backup Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 19, 2004, among the Servicer, Portfolio Financial Servicing Company, the Agent and the other parties thereto; and (ii) any replacement backup servicing agreement entered into

 

   EX-I-1    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


from time to time with the prior written consent of the Majority Purchasers; in each case as such agreements may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

Backup Servicing Fee Cap ” has the meaning set forth in the Backup Servicing Agreement or the Backup Servicing Fee Letter.

Backup Servicing Fee Letter ” means the fee letter (if any) approved in writing by the Majority Purchasers, setting forth the Backup Servicing Fees payable to the Backup Servicer, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time with the prior written consent of the Majority Purchasers.

Backup Servicing Fees ” means all fees and reimbursable expenses (excluding Transition Expenses) payable pursuant to the Backup Servicing Agreement or the Backup Servicing Fee Letter.

Bank Rate ” means, for any Purchaser for any Yield Period for any Portion of Investment, an interest rate per annum equal to the Applicable Margin above the Eurodollar Rate for such Purchaser for such Yield Period; provided , that in the case of

(a) any Yield Period on or after the first day of which the applicable Purchaser Agent shall have been notified by a Liquidity Bank or the related Purchaser that the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any law or regulation makes it unlawful, or any central bank or other Governmental Authority asserts that it is unlawful, for such Liquidity Bank or such Purchaser to fund any Portion of Investment based on the Eurodollar Rate set forth above (and such Liquidity Bank or such Purchaser, as applicable, shall not have subsequently notified such Purchaser Agent that such circumstances no longer exist),

(b) any Yield Period of one to (and including) 13 days, or

(c) any Yield Period as to which (i) the applicable Purchaser Agent does not receive notice, by no later than 12:00 noon (Chicago time) on (w) the second Business Day preceding the first day of such Yield Period that the Seller desires that the related Portion of Investment be funded at the CP Rate, or (x) the third Business Day preceding the first day of such Yield Period that the Seller desires that the related Portion of Investment be funded at the Bank Rate, or (ii) the Seller has given the notice contemplated by clause (w) of this clause (c) and the applicable Purchaser Agent shall have notified the Seller that funding the related Portion of Investment at the CP Rate is unacceptable to the applicable Purchaser,

the “ Bank Rate ” for each such Yield Period shall be an interest rate per annum equal to the Base Rate in effect on each day of such Yield Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the “Bank Rate” for each day in a Yield Period occurring during the continuance of a Termination Event shall be an interest rate equal to 2%  per annum above the Base Rate in effect on such day.

 

   EX-I-2    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 (11U.S.C. § 101, et seq .), as amended and in effect from time to time.

Base Rate ” means, for any Purchaser for any day, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the higher of: (a) the rate of interest most recently announced by the applicable Reference Bank as its prime commercial rate for loans made in Dollars in the United States or (b) 0.50%  per annum above the latest Federal Funds Rate. The rate referred to in clause (a)  is not necessarily intended to be the lowest rate of interest determined by the applicable Reference Bank in connection with extensions of credit.

Business Day ” means any day on which (i) (A) the Agent at its branch office in Chicago, Illinois is open for business and (B) commercial banks in New York City are not authorized or required to be closed for business, and (ii) if this definition of “Business Day” is utilized in connection with the Eurodollar Rate, dealings are carried out in the London interbank market.

Buyer’s Fees ” means the fees paid by an Obligor to the auction in connection with a purchase of a vehicle by such dealer.

Byrider ” means BYRIDER SALES OF INDIANA S, INC. and any subsidiary thereof.

Capped Backup Servicing Fees ” means all Backup Servicing Fees accrued in any calendar month, not to exceed the Backup Servicing Fee Cap.

Carry Costs ” means, with respect to any calendar month, the sum of the amounts of the following items that accrued or were incurred during such calendar month: (a) all Discount, (b) the Program Fee, (c) the Servicing Fee, (d) the Backup Servicing Fee and (e) all other expenses and fees of the Seller under the Agreement.

Cash Reserve ” means (i) at any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Level One Trigger, [*] of the aggregate Investment at such time and (ii) at any other time, an amount equal to [*] of the aggregate Investment at such time.

Cash Reserve Account ” means that certain bank account numbered [*] maintained at [*] and maintained for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Cash Reserve Account Bank ” means the bank holding the Cash Reserve Account.

Change in Control ” means

(a) AFC shall fail to own, free and clear of all Adverse Claims, 100% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of the Seller, except as otherwise provided by the Pledge Agreement; or

 

   EX-I-3    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(b) KAR shall fail to own, directly or indirectly, free and clear of all Adverse Claims (other than the KAR Credit Facility Pledge), at least 80% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of AFC, on a fully diluted basis.

Collections ” means, with respect to any Pool Receivable, (a) all funds which are received by the Seller, the Originator or the Servicer (including amounts paid directly to an Originating Lender and subsequently forwarded to the Seller, the Originator or the Servicer) in payment of any amounts owed in respect of such Receivable (including, without limitation, principal payments, finance charges, floorplan fees, curtailment fees, interest and all other charges), or applied (or to be applied) to amounts owed in respect of such Receivable (including, without limitation, insurance payments and net proceeds of the sale or other disposition of vehicles or other collateral or property of the related Obligor or any other Person directly or indirectly liable for the payment of such Pool Receivable applied (or to be applied) thereto), (b) all Collections deemed to have been received pursuant to Section 1.4(f) and (c) all other proceeds of such Receivable.

Company Note ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

Contract ” means, with respect to any Obligor, collectively, the Dealer Note issued by such Obligor, or similar agreement between such Obligor and AFC or an Originating Lender, as applicable, any guaranty issued in connection therewith and each other agreement or instrument executed by an Obligor pursuant to or in connection with any of the foregoing, the purpose of which is to evidence, secure or support such Obligor’s obligations to AFC or each Originating Lender, as applicable, under such Dealer Note or other similar agreement.

CP Rate ” means, for any Purchaser for any Yield Period for any Portion of Investment, to the extent such Purchaser funds such Portion of Investment for such Yield Period by the issuance of Notes, (a) a rate per annum equal to the sum of (i) the rate (or if more than one rate, the weighted average of the rates) at which Notes of such Purchaser (or its Related CP Issuer) having a term equal to such Yield Period and to be issued to fund such Portion of Investment may be sold by any placement agent or commercial paper dealer selected by the applicable Purchaser Agent on behalf of such Purchaser (or its Related CP Issuer), as agreed between each such agent or dealer and the applicable Purchaser Agent and notified by the applicable Purchaser Agent to the Servicer; provided , that if the rate (or rates) as agreed between any such agent or dealer and the applicable Purchaser Agent with regard to any Yield Period for such Portion of Investment is a discount rate (or rates), then such rate shall be the rate (or if more than one rate, the weighted average of the rates) resulting from converting such discount rate (or rates) to an interest-bearing equivalent rate per annum, plus (ii) the commissions and charges charged by such placement agent or commercial paper dealer with respect to such Notes, expressed as a percentage of such face amount and converted to an interest-bearing equivalent rate per annum ; or (b) such other rate set forth in the Joinder Agreement pursuant to which such Purchaser becomes a party to the Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this definition, to the extent that any Portion of the Investment is funded by issuing Notes denominated in a currency other than United States dollars, the costs of any currency exchange contracts entered into in connection with such issuance of Notes shall be included in the rate determined hereunder and the interest rate (or, if any component of such rate is a discount rate,

 

   EX-I-4    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


the rate resulting from converting such discount rate to an interest rate bearing equivalent rate per annum for such component) with respect to such Notes may be calculated with reference to the amounts received and payable by the Purchaser, or Related CP Issuer, under currency exchange contracts entered into in connection with the issuance of such Notes; provided , however , that any such costs shall only be included in the calculation of “CP Rate” to the extent that the issuance of such Notes in a currency other than U.S. dollars would result (as reasonably determined by the applicable Purchaser Agent at the time the applicable Purchaser, or its Related CP Issuer, became obligated under the related currency exchange contracts) in a lower “CP Rate” than would have been obtained through the issuance of such Notes in U.S. dollars.

Credit and Collection Policy ” means those receivables credit and collection policies and practices of the Servicer in effect on the date of the Agreement and described in Schedule I hereto, as modified in compliance with the Agreement.

Curtailment Date ” means, with respect to any Receivable, the date defined as such in the Contract for such Receivable.

Dealer Note ” means a Demand Promissory Note and Security Agreement and any other promissory note issued by an Obligor in favor of AFC or the applicable Originating Lender.

Debt ” means (i) indebtedness for borrowed money (which shall not include, in the case of the Seller or AFC, accounts payable to any Affiliate in the ordinary course of business arising from the provision of goods and services by such Affiliate), (ii) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, (iv) obligations as lessee under leases which shall have been or should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, recorded as capital leases, (v) obligations under direct or indirect guaranties in respect of, and obligations (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness or obligations of others of kinds referred to in clauses (i)  through (iv)  above, and (vi) liabilities in respect of unfunded vested benefits under plans covered by Title IV of ERISA.

Default Ratio ” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) computed as of the last day of each calendar month by dividing (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during such month plus the aggregate amount of non-cash adjustments that reduced the Outstanding Balance of any Pool Receivable during such month (other than a Pool Receivable that became a Defaulted Receivable during such month) by (ii) the aggregate amount of Pool Receivables that were generated by the Originator (including those acquired by the Originator from any Originating Lender) during the calendar month that occurred five calendar months prior to the calendar month ending on such day.

Defaulted Receivable ” means a Receivable:

(i) as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than [*] after the due date for such payment;

 

   EX-I-5    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(ii) which, consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy, would be written off the Seller’s books as uncollectible; or

(iii) which is converted to a long term payment plan in the form of a note or other similar document.

Delinquency Ratio ” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage and rounded upward to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) computed as of the last day of each calendar month by dividing (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables (net of all miscellaneous credits) that were Delinquent Receivables on such day by (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Pool Receivables on such day.

Delinquent Receivable ” means a Receivable which is not a Defaulted Receivable (i) as to which any payment, or part thereof, remains unpaid for more than [*] after the due date for such payment or (ii) which, consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy, would be classified as delinquent by the Seller.

Deposit Account ” means an account listed on Schedule II hereto and maintained at a bank or other financial institution for the purpose of receiving Collections.

Deposit Account Agreement ” means a letter agreement, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, among the Seller, the Agent and the applicable Deposit Account Bank, as the same may be amended, supplemented, amended and restated, or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Agreement.

Deposit Bank ” means any of the banks or other financial institutions at which one or more Deposit Accounts are maintained.

Discount ” means, with respect to each Purchaser:

[*].

Dividends ” means any dividend or distribution (in cash or obligations) on any shares of any class of Seller’s capital stock or any warrants, options or other rights with respect to shares of any class of Seller’s capital stock.

Draw Date ” means the 20 th day of each calendar month or, if such day is not a Business Day, the following Business Day.

Eligible Contract ” means a Contract in one of the forms set forth in Schedule IV with such variations as AFC shall approve in its reasonable business judgment that shall not materially adversely affect the rights of the Originator or the Originating Lender, the Seller or the Purchasers.

Eligible Receivable ” means, at any time, any Receivable:

[*].

 

   EX-I-6    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Enforcement Costs ” means, at any time, all unpaid costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in enforcing its rights and the rights of the other Indemnified Parties hereunder.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute of similar import, together with the regulations thereunder, in each case as in effect from time to time. References to sections of ERISA also refer to any successor sections.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, at any time, each trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that would, at the time, be treated together with such Person as a single employer under Section 4001 of ERISA or Sections 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Eurodollar Rate ” means, for any Portion of the Investment for any Yield Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upward to the nearest 1/16th of 1%) determined pursuant to the following formula:

 

Eurodollar Rate =

  

LIBOR

        
   1.00 -Eurodollar Reserve Percentage         

Where,

Eurodollar Reserve Percentage ” means, for any Yield Period, the maximum reserve percentage (expressed as a decimal, rounded upward to the nearest 1/100th of 1%) in effect on the date LIBOR for such Yield Period is determined under regulations issued from time to time by the Federal Reserve Board for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to “Eurocurrency” funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities”) having a term comparable to such Yield Period.

Excluded Obligor ” means an Obligor so designated in writing as such by the Agent or the Majority Purchasers in a notice to the Seller in good faith and in the Agent’s or the Majority Purchasers’ reasonable judgment relating to credit considerations from time to time, it being understood that from time to time such designation may be revoked by written notice to the Seller.

Excluded Receivables ” means any Receivable identified on Schedule 1.1(b) of the Purchase and Sale Agreement from time to time and any right to payment under:

[*].

Fairway ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any period, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal (for each day during such period) to: (a) the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or (b) if such rate is not so published for any Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

 

   EX-I-7    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Federal Reserve Board ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or any entity succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Fee Letter ” means, as to any Purchaser, the fee letter entered into by such Purchaser’s Purchaser Agent and the Seller as described more particularly in Section 1.5 .

Fee Payment Date ” means each Draw Date.

Final Payout Date ” means the date following the Termination Date on which no Investment or Discount in respect of any Participation under the Agreement shall be outstanding and all other amounts payable by the Originator, the Seller or the Servicer to the Purchasers, the Purchaser Agents, the Agent, the Backup Servicer, any successor Servicer or any other Affected Person under the Transaction Documents shall have been paid in full.

Finance Charge and Floorplan Fee Collections ” means, with respect to any calendar month, any Collections applied by the Servicer in such calendar month to the payment of interest and finance charges and all other amounts (other than principal) owed under a Contract.

First Bank ” means First Bank of White, a federally insured commercial bank organized under the laws of the State of South Dakota, used herein solely in connection with the First Bank Sale Agreement.

First Bank Sale Agreement ” means that Commercial Floor Plan Loan Marketing, Originator and Sale Agreement dated January 18, 2007 between the Originator and First Bank.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles and practices in the United States, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any body or entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including without limitation any court, and any Person owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

Holdings ” means KAR Holdings II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

Indemnified Amounts ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .

Indemnified Party ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1 .

Insolvent ” or “ Insolvency ” means, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such Plan is insolvent within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA.

 

   EX-I-8    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Insolvency Proceeding ” means (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshalling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of its creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors; in each case (a) and (b) undertaken under U.S. Federal, state or foreign law, including the Bankruptcy Code.

Investment ” means, with respect to any Purchaser, the aggregate of the amounts paid to the Seller in respect of the Participation of such Purchaser pursuant to the Agreement, or such amount divided or combined in accordance with Section 1.7 , in each case reduced from time to time by amounts actually distributed and applied on account of such Investment pursuant to Section 1.4 ; provided , that if such Investment shall have been reduced by any distribution and thereafter all or a portion of such distribution is rescinded or must otherwise be returned for any reason, such Investment shall be increased by the amount of such rescinded or returned distribution, as though it had not been made.

Investment Share ” means, with respect to any Purchaser at any time, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the Investment of such Purchaser and the denominator of which is the aggregate of the Investment of all Purchasers.

Joinder Agreement ” means a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Annex C and executed pursuant to Section 1.12 .

KAR ” means KAR Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

KAR Credit Facility ” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007 among KAR Holdings II, LLC, KAR Holdings, Inc., as Borrower, the secured lenders from time to time party thereto, Bear Stearns Corporate Lending Inc., as Administrative Agent, UBS Securities LLC, as Syndication Agent and the other parties thereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

KAR Credit Facility Pledge ” means the pledge of AFC stock to secure the obligations under the KAR Credit Facility.

KAR Financial Covenant ” means the financial covenant regarding KAR’s maximum consolidated senior secured leverage ratio as set forth in Section 8.1(a) of the KAR Credit Facility on the date of execution thereof. Such covenant (including all defined terms incorporated therein) will survive the termination of the KAR Credit Facility and can only be amended, modified, added or terminated from time to time with the prior written consent of the Majority Purchasers; provided , however , that as long as KAR’s senior secured debt shall be rated at least “BBB- (stable)” by S&P and at least “Baa3 (stable)” by Moody’s, the financial covenant will conform with the financial covenants required by KAR’s Credit Facility or any replacement facility without the consent of the Majority Purchasers.

KAR Financial Covenant Event ” means any breach of the KAR Financial Covenant that is not cured pursuant to the cure right as set forth in Section 8.1 (b) of the KAR Credit Facility.

 

   EX-I-9    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


KAR Financial Covenant Termination Event ” means, following the occurrence of a KAR Financial Covenant Event, the earliest to occur of [*].

KAR Restricted Amendment ” means any action under or amendment to the KAR Credit Facility [*].

Legal Final Maturity Date ” means the first Settlement Date on or after the date that is two years after the Termination Date.

Level One Trigger ” means [*].

LIBOR ” means, with respect to each Purchaser’s Portion(s) of Investment, the rate of interest per annum (rounded to the nearest 1/100th of 1%, with 0.005% being rounded upwards) equal to the rate of interest per annum : (i) for deposits in Dollars (in the approximate amount of the Investment to be funded) for a period equal to the applicable Yield Period that appears on Telerate Page 3750 or (ii) if such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750, determined by the Agent to be the arithmetic mean (rounded to the nearest 1/100th of 1%, with 0.005% being rounded upwards) of the rates of interest per annum notified to the Agent as the rate of interest at which Dollar deposits in the approximate amount of the Investment to be funded, and for a period equal to the applicable Yield Period, would be offered to major banks in the London interbank market at their request, in each case at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) on the second Business Day before such funding. For the purposes of calculating LIBOR for any (a) Yield Period of 30 days or less shall be equal to LIBOR for 30 days as of the first day of such Yield Period and (b) Yield Period greater than 30 days shall be equal to an interpolated rate as determined by the Agent based on LIBOR for 30 to 90 days, as applicable, as of the first day of such Yield Period.

Liquidation Account ” means that certain bank account numbered [*] and pledged, on a first-priority basis, by the Seller to the Agent pursuant to Section 1.2(d) .

Liquidation Account Bank ” means the bank holding the Liquidation Account.

Liquidity Agent ” means any financial institution in its capacity as a Liquidity Agent pursuant to a Liquidity Agreement.

Liquidity Agreement ” means any loan or asset purchase agreement or similar agreement whereby a Note Issuer party hereto as a Purchaser obtains commitments from financial institutions to support its funding obligations hereunder and/or to refinance any Notes issued to fund the Note Issuer’s Investment hereunder.

Liquidity Bank ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.3(b) .

Loss Percentage ” means [*].

Loss Reserve ” means [*].

Loss Reserve Ratio ” means [*].

 

   EX-I-10    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Lot Check ” means, with respect to any Obligor, a physical inspection of such Obligor’s financed vehicles and which may include a review of such Obligor’s books and records related thereto.

Majority Purchasers ” means Purchasers [*].

Majority Purchasers Notice Event ” means, following the occurrence of a [*].

Material Adverse Effect ” means, with respect to any event or circumstance, a material adverse effect on:

(a) the business, operations, property or financial condition of the Seller or the Servicer;

(b) the ability of the Seller or the Servicer to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party or the performance of any such obligations;

(c) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

(d) the status, existence, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Agent’s interest (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in the Receivables or Related Security; or

(e) the collectibility of the Receivables.

Maximum Amount ” means the lesser of (i) $750,000,000 or (ii) the sum of the Maximum Commitments of all Purchasers.

Maximum Commitment ” means, with respect to a Purchaser, the maximum dollar amount of Investment that such Purchaser is willing to fund, as set forth on the signature pages of this Agreement, any Joinder Agreement or any assignment entered into pursuant to Section 6.3 , as applicable, which amount may, following the written request of the Seller, be increased at any time with the written consent of such Purchaser.

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.

Multiemployer Plan ” means a Plan that is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

Net Receivables Pool Balance ” means, at any time, an amount equal to the result of (a) 100% of the aggregate Outstanding Balances of Eligible Receivables (other than Specified Curtailment Receivables) then in the Receivables Pool [*] plus (b) [*] of the aggregate Outstanding Balances of all Eligible Receivables constituting Specified Curtailment Receivables then in the Receivables Pool [*] minus (c) the amount by which the result obtained in clause (b) above exceeds the product of (X) the amount obtained in clause (a) above multiplied by (Y) 8.0% minus (d) the aggregate amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Eligible Receivables [*] of each Obligor then in the Receivables Pool exceeds the product of (A)

 

   EX-I-11    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


the Normal Concentration Percentage for such Obligor (or, in the case of a Special Obligor, the Special Concentration Percentage for such Obligor) multiplied by (B) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Eligible Receivables [*] then in the Receivables Pool [*].

Net Spread ” means the annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction (computed as of the last day of each calendar month), the numerator of which is the excess of (x) all Finance Charge and Floorplan Fee Collections received and applied during such calendar month (including recoveries) over (y) the sum of, without duplication, (i) the Carry Costs for such calendar month, (ii) the aggregate amount of Receivables that became Defaulted Receivables during such calendar month, and (iii) the aggregate amount of non-cash adjustments that reduced the Outstanding Balance of any Pool Receivable during such calendar month (but excluding any Receivable that was included in the calculation of Net Spread pursuant to clause (ii)  above in any previous calendar month); and the denominator of which is the average aggregate Outstanding Balances of the Pool Receivables during such calendar month.

Non-Revolving Purchaser ” means each Purchaser designated as a “Non-Revolving Purchaser” in the Joinder Agreement or amendment pursuant to which such Purchaser becomes a party hereto.

Normal Concentration Percentage ” for any Obligor (other than a Special Obligor) means at any time [*].

Note Issuer ” means Fairway and any other Purchaser which funds its Investment and other investments by issuing short or medium term promissory notes either directly or by means of a Related CP Issuer.

Notes ” means (a) in the case of Fairway or other Purchaser, the short-term promissory notes issued or to be issued by Fairway or such Purchaser to fund its investments in accounts receivable or other financial assets, (b) in the case of any Purchaser with a Related CP Issuer, the short-term promissory notes issued by its Related CP Issuer to indirectly fund the investments of such Purchaser, and (c) in the case of any other Purchaser, as set forth in the applicable Joinder Agreement.

Obligor ” means, with respect to any Receivable, a Person obligated to make payments pursuant to the Contract relating to such Receivable; provided that Receivables generated by Affiliates of any Obligor shall be treated as if generated by such Obligor.

Official Body ” means any government or political subdivision or any agency, authority, bureau, central bank, commission, department or instrumentality of any such government or political subdivision, or any court, tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, or any accounting board or authority (whether or not a part of government) which is responsible for the establishment or interpretation of national or international accounting principles, in each case whether foreign or domestic.

Originating Lender ” means each of First Bank, AFC Cal, LLC, a California limited liability company, AFC of Minnesota Corporation, a Minnesota corporation, and AFC of TN, LLC, a Tennessee limited liability company.

 

   EX-I-12    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Originating Lender Sale Agreement ” means each transfer agreement between an Originating Lender and the Originator; prior to the Receivables of any Originating Lender (other than First Bank) being treated as Eligible Receivables hereunder, the Majority Purchasers shall have consented to the form of Originating Lender Sale Agreement and each Rating Agency shall have received a copy thereof at least 5 Business Days prior to such Receivables receiving such treatment.

Originator ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

Outstanding Balance ” means [*].

Participation ” means, with respect to any Purchaser at any time, the undivided percentage ownership interest of such Purchaser in (i) each and every Pool Receivable now existing or hereafter arising, other than any Pool Receivable that arises on or after the Termination Date, (ii) all Related Security with respect to such Pool Receivables, and (iii) all Collections with respect to, and other proceeds of, such Pool Receivables and Related Security. Such undivided percentage interest shall be computed as

 

I + LR

  
NRB + LA   

where:

 

I    =    the Investment of such Participation at the time of computation as reduced by the amount of cash in the [*] at the end of business on either (i) with respect to any Servicer Report, the last Business Day of the prior calendar month, or (ii) with respect to any Portfolio Certificate, the last Business Day of the prior calendar week, in each case that was wired to the respective Purchaser on the immediately following Business Day to pay down that Purchaser’s Investment.
LR    =    the Loss Reserve of such Participation at the time of computation (calculated after reducing the Purchaser’s Investment by the amount of cash in the [*] at the end of business on either (i) with respect to any Servicer Report, the last Business Day of the prior calendar month, or (ii) with respect to any Portfolio Certificate, the last Business Day of the prior calendar week, in each case that was wired to the respective Purchaser on the immediately following Business Day to pay down that Purchaser’s Investment).
NRB    =    the Net Receivables Pool Balance at the time of computation.
LA    =    the amount on deposit in the Liquidation Account (other than amounts transferred thereto from the Deposit Accounts to pay Discount, the Servicing Fee, Unaffiliated Servicing Fees, Backup Servicing Fees, Transition Expenses and Program Fees and Indemnified Amounts to the Indemnified Parties).

 

   EX-I-13    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Each Participation shall be determined from time to time pursuant to the provisions of Section 1.3 .

Paydown Day ” means any day that is not a Termination Day on which the conditions set forth in Section 3 of Exhibit II are not either satisfied or waived.

Perfection Representation ” means the representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Exhibit VII attached hereto.

Performance Guaranty ” means the Performance Guaranty, dated as of April 20, 2007, made by KAR in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time with the prior written consent of the Majority Purchasers.

Permitted Investments ” means (i) overnight obligations of the United States of America, (ii) time deposits or AAAm or AAAm-G rated money market accounts maintained at [*] or if [*] is rated below A-1 by S&P or P-1 by Moody’s such other financial institutions rated at the time of investment not less than A-1+ by S&P and P-1 by Moody’s, (iii) certificates of deposit that are not represented by instruments, have a maturity of one week or less and are issued by financial institutions rated at the time of investment not less than A-1 by S&P and P-1 by Moody’s if such certificates of deposit are issued by [*] or A-1+ by S&P and P-1 by Moody’s if such certificates of deposit are issued by financial institutions other than [*] and (iv) commercial paper rated at the time of investment not less than A-1 by S&P and P-1 by Moody’s if such commercial paper is issued by Fairway or A-1+ by S&P and P-1 by Moody’s if such commercial paper is issued by an entity other than Fairway and, in the cases of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), having a maturity date not later than (A) with respect to amounts on deposit in the Cash Reserve Account, the immediately succeeding Draw Date and (B) with respect to amounts on deposit in the Liquidation Account, the earlier of (x) the next Settlement Date and (y) one week from the date of investment; provided , however , that the Majority Purchasers may, from time to time, upon three Business Days’ prior written notice to Servicer, remove from the scope of “Permitted Investments” any such obligations, certificates of deposit or commercial paper and specify to be within such scope, other investments.

Permitted Lien ” means (i) any mechanic’s lien, supplier’s lien, materialman’s lien, landlord’s lien or similar lien arising by operation of law with respect to the Related Security and (ii) and liens for taxes, assessments or similar governmental charges or levies incurred in the ordinary course of business that are not yet due and payable or as to which any applicable grace period shall not have expired, or that are being contested in good faith by proper proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been established, but only so long as foreclosure with respect to such a lien is not imminent and the use and value of the property to which the Adverse Claim attaches is not impaired during the pendency of such proceeding.

Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation (including a business trust), joint stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity, or a government or any political subdivision or agency thereof.

 

   EX-I-14    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Plan ” means, at a particular time, any employee benefit plan or other plan established, maintained or contributed to by the Seller or any ERISA Affiliate thereof that is covered by Title IV of ERISA.

Pledge Agreement ” means the Pledge Agreement dated May 31, 2002 between AFC and the Agent, as the same may be amended or modified with the prior written consent of the Majority Purchasers.

Pool Receivable ” means a Receivable in the Receivables Pool.

Pool Receivable Documents ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph (l)(iii) of Exhibit IV to the Agreement.

Portfolio Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit VI to the Agreement.

Portion of Investment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.7 . In addition, at any time when the Investment of a Participation is not divided into two or more portions, “Portion of Investment” means 100% of the Investment of such Participation. For any Yield Period, the “related” Portion of Investment means the Portion of Investment of any Purchaser accruing Discount during such Yield Period at a particular Discount rate. For any Yield Period End Date, the “related” Portion of Investment means the Portion of Investment of any Purchaser which has a Yield Period ending on such Yield Period End Date.

Prior Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the Preliminary Statements.

Program Fee ” means, as to any Purchaser, the periodic fees set forth in the applicable Fee Letter.

Program Support Agreement ” means, as to any applicable Note Issuer party hereto as a Purchaser, the Liquidity Agreement and any other agreement (if any) entered into by any Program Support Provider providing for the issuance of one or more letters of credit for the account of the Purchaser, the issuance of one or more surety bonds for which the Purchaser is obligated to reimburse the applicable Program Support Provider for any drawings thereunder, the sale by the Purchaser to any Program Support Provider of the Participation (or portions thereof) and/or the making of loans and/or other extensions of credit to the Purchaser in connection with the Purchaser’s securitization program, together with any letter of credit, surety bond or other instrument issued thereunder.

Program Support Provider ” as to any Note Issuer (and/or Related CP Issuers) means and includes any Liquidity Bank and any other or additional Person (other than any customer of a Purchaser (and/or Related CP Issuers)) now or hereafter extending credit or having a commitment to extend credit to or for the account of, or to make purchases from, a Purchaser (and/or Related CP Issuers) or issuing a letter of credit, surety bond or other instrument to support any obligations arising under or in connection with any Note Issuer’s (and/or Related CP Issuer’s) securitization program.

 

   EX-I-15    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to any Purchaser at any time, a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the unused portion of such Purchaser’s Maximum Commitment at such time and the denominator of which is the unused portion of the Maximum Amount at such time.

Purchase and Sale Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2002, among the Originator and the Seller, as the same has been and may be modified, supplemented, amended and amended and restated from time to time in accordance with the Transaction Documents and with prior written consent of the Majority Purchasers.

Purchaser ” means Fairway and each other Person which becomes a “Purchaser” hereunder in accordance with the provisions of Section 1.12 or Section 6.3(a) .

Purchaser Agent ” means, as to any Purchaser, the financial institution designated by such Purchaser as responsible for administering this Agreement on behalf of such Purchaser, together with any successors or permitted assigns acting in such capacity; if any Purchaser does not so designate another institution as its Purchaser Agent, such Purchaser shall be deemed to have designated itself as its Purchaser Agent and all references herein to such Purchaser’s Purchaser Agent shall mean and be references to such Purchaser.

Purchaser Percentage ” means, with respect to any Purchaser at any time, a fraction (expressed as a percentage), the numerator of which is such Purchaser’s outstanding Investment at such time, and the denominator of which is the aggregate Investment of all Purchasers at such time.

Purchaser’s Account ” means (i) as to Fairway, the special account (account number [*] maintained at the office of Harris Trust and Savings Bank, or such other account as may be so designated in writing by its Purchaser Agent to the Seller and (ii) as to any other Purchaser, such account as may be so designated in writing by the applicable Purchaser Agent to the Seller and the Servicer.

Purchasers’ Share ” means the share of Collections deposited into the Deposit Accounts represented by the Aggregate Participation.

Rating Agencies ” means Moody’s and S&P.

Receivable ” means any right to payment from any Person, whether constituting an account, chattel paper, instrument, payment intangible or a general intangible, arising from the providing of financing and other services by the Originator or the applicable Originating Lender to new, used and wholesale automobile or other motor vehicle dealers, and includes the right to payment of any interest or finance charges and other obligations of such Person with respect thereto.

Receivables Pool ” means at any time all of the then outstanding Receivables conveyed to the Seller pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement and not reconveyed to the Originator in accordance with the terms of the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

 

   EX-I-16    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Recreational Vehicle ” means [*].

Recreational Vehicle Receivable ” means those Receivables generated as a result of the making of loans to finance the purchase of Recreational Vehicles.

Reference Bank ” means [*], provided that if so agreed by the Seller, the Servicer and the Agent, each Purchaser which becomes a party hereto by virtue of Section 1.12 may designate a different Reference Bank for purposes of calculating the Base Rate applicable to such Purchaser’s Investment.

Related CP Issuer ” shall mean, with respect to any Purchaser, any commercial paper conduit approved by the Servicer which advances funds to such Purchaser for the purpose of funding or maintaining its interest in the Investment, together with their successors and permitted assigns.

Related Security ” means, with respect to any Receivable:

(a) all right, title and interest in and to all Contracts and other Pool Receivable Documents that relate to such Receivable;

(b) all security interests or liens and rights in property subject thereto from time to time purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise, including all rights in vehicles securing or purporting to secure such payment and any insurance or other proceeds arising therefrom;

(c) all UCC financing statements covering any collateral securing payment of such Receivable;

(d) all guarantees and other agreements or arrangements of whatever character from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise;

(e) all rights in any power of attorney delivered by the related Obligor; and

(f) all rights and claims of the Seller with respect to such Receivable pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

Rental Receivable ” means a Receivable which satisfies all of the requirements of the definition of Eligible Receivable except clause [*].

Reorganization ” means, with respect to any Multiemployer Plan, the condition that such plan is in reorganization within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA.

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than those events as to which the thirty day notice period is waived under subsections .22, .27 or .28 of PBGC Reg. §4043.

 

   EX-I-17    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Restricted Payments ” has the meaning set forth in paragraph (o)(i) of Exhibit IV of the Agreement.

Revolving Purchaser ” means Fairway and each other Purchaser designated as a “Revolving Purchaser” in the Joinder Agreement or amendment pursuant to which such Purchaser becomes a party hereto.

S&P ” means Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services.

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Purchasers, the Purchaser Agents, the Agent and the Program Support Providers.

Seller ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Seller’s Share ” means the Seller’s share of Collections deposited into the Deposit Accounts, calculated as 100% minus the Aggregate Participation.

Servicer ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

Servicer Payment Date ” shall mean each Draw Date.

Servicer Report ” means a report, in substantially the form of Annex B hereto.

Servicer Report Date ” means the 15th day of each month, or if such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day.

Servicing Fee ” shall mean the fee referred to in Section 4.6 .

Settlement Date ” means each of (a) each Yield Period End Date, (b) any Servicer Payment Date or Backup Servicer Payment Date and (c) any Fee Payment Date.

Single Employer Plan ” means any Plan which is covered by Title IV of ERISA, but which is not a Multiemployer Plan.

Special Concentration Percentage ” means, (i) [*] and (ii) for any other Special Obligor at any time [*].

Special Obligor ” means [*].

Specified Ineligible Receivables ” means such Pool Receivables collected through the Deposit Accounts that the Originator has identified as “Specified Ineligible Receivables” pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement and are therefore ineligible under this Agreement.

Specified Curtailment Receivable ” means [*].

Successor Servicer Fee ” means, for any calendar month, [*].

 

   EX-I-18    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Tangible Net Worth ” means, with respect to any Person, the net worth of such Person calculated in accordance with GAAP after subtracting therefrom the aggregate amount of such Person’s intangible assets, including, without limitation, goodwill, franchises, licenses, patents, trademarks, tradenames, copyrights, service marks and brand names and capitalized software.

Termination Date ” means the earliest of (i) the Business Day which the Seller so designates by notice to the Agent at least 30 days in advance pursuant to Section 1.1(b) , (ii) April 20, 2012 (the “ Scheduled Termination Date ”), and (iii) the date determined pursuant to Section 2.2 .

Termination Day ” means each day which occurs on or after the Termination Date, unless the occurrence of the Termination Date (if declared by the Majority Purchasers pursuant to Section 2.2 ) is waived in accordance with Section 6.1 .

Termination Event ” has the meaning specified in Exhibit V .

Termination Fee ” means, with respect to any Portion of the Investment of any Purchaser and any Yield Period during which any reduction of such Portion of the Investment occurs on a date other than the Yield Period End Date therefor (without giving effect to any shortened duration of such Yield Period pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of the definition thereof), the amount, if any, by which (i) the additional Discount (calculated without taking into account any Termination Fee) which would have accrued during the remainder of such Yield Period on the reductions of Investment had such reductions remained as Investment, exceeds (ii) the income, if any, received by the applicable Purchaser from investing the proceeds of such reductions of Investment, as determined by the related Purchaser Agent, which determination shall be binding and conclusive for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Title Attached Receivable ” means [*].

Tractor Receivable ” means those Receivables generated as a result of the making of loans to finance the purchase of Tractors.

Tractors ” means [*].

Transaction Documents ” means the Agreement, the Deposit Account Agreements, the Purchase and Sale Agreement, each Originating Lender Sale Agreement, the Performance Guaranty, the Pledge Agreement, the Company Note, each Joinder Agreement, the Backup Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Fee Letter and all other certificates, instruments, UCC financing statements, reports, notices, agreements and documents executed or delivered under or in connection with any of the foregoing, in each case as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the Agreement.

Transition Expenses ” means all reasonable cost and expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Backup Servicer in connection with transferring servicing obligations under this Agreement, which shall not exceed the cap established in the Backup Servicing Agreement or the Backup Servicing Fee Letter.

 

   EX-I-19    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the applicable jurisdiction.

Unaffiliated Servicing Fees ” means all Servicing Fees payable to the Servicer (if AFC or any Affiliate thereof is not the Servicer).

Unmatured Termination Event ” means an event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a Termination Event.

Yield Period ” means, with respect to each Portion of Investment of any Purchaser:

(a) initially the period commencing on the date of a purchase pursuant to Section 1.2 and ending such number of days thereafter as the Seller shall select, subject to the approval of the applicable Purchaser Agent pursuant to Section 1.2 , up to 90 days after such date; provided that the weighted average length of all Yield Periods may not exceed 45 days; and

(b) thereafter each period commencing on the Yield Period End Date of the immediately preceding Yield Period and ending such number of days (not to exceed 90 and the weighted average length of all Yield Periods not to exceed 45 days) as the Seller shall select, subject to the approval of the applicable Purchaser Agent pursuant to Section 1.2 , on notice by the Seller received by the applicable Purchaser Agent (including notice by telephone, confirmed in writing) not later than 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on such Yield Period End Date or the second Business Day prior to such Yield Period End Date if Discount is computed by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, except that if the applicable Purchaser Agent shall not have received such notice or approved such period on or before 11:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on such Yield Period End Date, such period shall be one day; provided , that

(i) any Yield Period in respect of which Discount is computed by reference to the Bank Rate shall be a period from one to and including 90 days;

(ii) any Yield Period (other than of one day) which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day; provided , however , if Discount in respect of such Yield Period is computed by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, and such Yield Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, and there is no subsequent Business Day in the same calendar month as such day, such Yield Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(iii) in the case of any Yield Period of one day, (A) if such Yield Period is the initial Yield Period for a purchase pursuant to Section 1.2 , such Yield Period shall be the day of purchase of the Participation; (B) any subsequently occurring Yield Period which is one day shall, if the immediately preceding Yield Period is more than one day, be the Yield Period End Date of such immediately preceding Yield Period, and, if the immediately preceding Yield Period is one day, be the day next following such immediately preceding Yield Period; and

 

   EX-I-20    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(C) if such Yield Period occurs on a day immediately preceding a day which is not a Business Day, such Yield Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day;

(iv) in the case of any Yield Period for any Portion of Investment which commences before the Termination Date and would otherwise end on a date occurring after the Termination Date, such Yield Period shall end on such Termination Date and the duration of the initial Yield Period which commences after the Termination Date shall commence on the Termination Date and end on the next Draw Date and thereafter such Yield Period shall commence on the day after such previous Draw Date and end on the next Draw Date;

(v) no Yield Period may exceed 90 days in length and the weighted average length of all Yield Periods may not exceed 45 days; and

(vi) each Yield Period of the Portion of Investment funded by a Non-Revolving Purchaser shall be one calendar month in duration prior to the occurrence of the Termination Date (or as otherwise specified in the Joinder Agreement or amendment pursuant to which such Purchaser becomes a party hereto).

Yield Period End Date ” means the last day of each Yield Period.

Other Terms . All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. All terms used in Article 9 of the UCC in the State of Indiana, and not specifically defined herein, are used herein as defined in such Article 9. Unless the context otherwise requires, “or” means “and/or,” and “including” (and with correlative meaning “include” and “includes”) means including without limiting the generality of any description preceding such term.

 

   EX-I-21    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


EXHIBIT II

CONDITIONS OF PURCHASES

1. Conditions Precedent to Initial Purchase and the Effectiveness of the Prior Agreement . The effectiveness of the Prior Agreement was subject to the conditions precedent (which have been satisfied or waived as of the date hereof) that the Agent receive on or before the date thereof the following:

(a) A counterpart of the Prior Agreement and the other Transaction Documents duly executed by the parties thereto.

(b) Certified copies of (i) the resolutions of the board of directors of each of the Seller and AFC authorizing the execution, delivery, and performance by the Seller and AFC of the Prior Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, (ii) all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to the Prior Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and (iii) the articles of incorporation and by-laws of the Seller and AFC.

(c) A certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary of the Seller and AFC certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of the Seller and AFC authorized to sign the Prior Agreement and the other Transaction Documents. Until the Agent receives a subsequent incumbency certificate from the Seller and AFC in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, the Agent shall be entitled to rely on the last such certificate delivered to them by the Seller and AFC, as applicable.

(d) Financing statements, in proper form for filing under the UCC of all jurisdictions that the Agent may deem necessary or desirable in order to perfect the interests of the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) contemplated by the Prior Agreement and other Transaction Documents.

(e) Financing statements, in proper form for filing under the applicable UCC, if any, necessary to release all security interests and other rights of any Person in the Receivables, Contracts or Related Security previously granted by the Seller or AFC.

(f) Completed UCC requests for information, dated on or before the date of the Prior Agreement, listing the financing statements referred to in subsection (e) above and all other effective financing statements filed in the jurisdictions referred to in subsection (e) above that named the Seller or AFC as debtor, together with copies of such other financing statements (none of which shall cover any Receivables, Contracts or Related Security), and similar search reports with respect to federal tax liens, judgments and liens of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in such jurisdictions as the Agent requested, showing no such liens on any of the Receivables, Contracts or Related Security.

(g) Executed copies of a Deposit Account Agreement with each Deposit Account Bank.

 

   EX-II-1    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(h) Favorable opinions of in-house counsel for the Seller and AFC, as to corporate and such other matters as the Agent reasonably requested.

(i) Favorable opinions of Ice Miller, special counsel for the Seller, ADESA and AFC, as to enforceability and such other matters as the Agent reasonably requested.

(j) Favorable opinions of Ice Miller, special counsel for the Seller and AFC, as to bankruptcy matters.

(k) Certificates of Existence with respect to the Seller and AFC issued by the Indiana Secretary of State and articles of incorporation of the Seller certified by the Indiana Secretary of State.

(l) Evidence (i) of the execution and delivery by each of the parties thereto of the Purchase and Sale Agreement and all documents, agreements and instruments contemplated thereby (which evidence included copies, either original or facsimile, of each of such documents, instruments and agreements), (ii) that each of the conditions precedent to the execution and delivery of the Purchase and Sale Agreement was satisfied to the Agent’s satisfaction, and (iii) that the initial purchases under the Purchase and Sale Agreement were consummated.

(m) Evidence of payment by the Seller of all accrued and unpaid fees (including those contemplated by the Fee Letter), costs and expenses to the extent then due and payable on the date thereof, together with Attorney Costs of the Agent to the extent invoiced prior to or on such date, plus such additional amounts of Attorney Costs as constituted the Agent’s reasonable estimate of Attorney Costs incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings; including any such costs, fees and expenses arising under or referenced in Section 6.4 as provided in the Fee Letter.

(n) The Fee Letter between the Seller and the Agent contemplated by and delivered pursuant to Section 1.5 .

(o) A Servicer Report representing the performance of the portfolio purchased through the Purchase and Sale Agreement and the Prior Agreement for the month prior to closing.

(p) Such confirmations from the rating agencies as were required by any Purchaser in its respective sole discretion.

(q) a listing of all Obligors of all Receivables as of the date of the Prior Agreement.

2. Conditions Precedent to the Effectiveness of this Agreement . The effectiveness of the Agreement is subject to the condition precedent that the Agent shall have received on or before the date hereof the following, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent:

(a) A counterpart of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents duly executed by the parties thereto.

 

   EX-II-2    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(b) Certified copies of (i) the resolutions of the board of directors of each of the Seller and AFC authorizing the execution, delivery, and performance by the Seller and AFC of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, (ii) all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to the Agreement and (iii) the articles of incorporation and by-laws of the Seller and AFC (to the extent such documents have been modified since they were last delivered to the Agent).

(c) A certificate of the secretary or assistant secretary of the Seller and AFC certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of the Seller and AFC authorized to sign the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

(d) Favorable opinions of in-house counsel for the Seller and AFC, as to corporate and such other matters as the Agent may reasonably request.

(e) Favorable opinions of Ice Miller, special counsel for the Seller and AFC, as to enforceability and such other matters as the Agent may reasonably request.

(f) Evidence of payment by the Seller of all fees, costs and expenses then due and payable to the Purchasers or the Agent (including, without limitation, any such fees payable under the Fee Letter), together with Attorney Costs of the Agent to the extent invoiced prior to or on such date, plus such additional amounts of Attorney Costs as shall constitute the Agent’s reasonable estimate of Attorney Costs incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings.

(g) A Portfolio Certificate dated as of the last Friday immediately prior to the date hereof, together with a floorplan receivables summary dated as of the date hereof.

(h) Such confirmations from the rating agencies as shall be required by any Purchaser in its sole discretion.

(i) A current list of all branch offices, loan processing offices or other locations at which the Pool Receivable Documents are being held.

(j) An executed copy of an amended and restated Fee Letter for Fairway in form and substance acceptable to the Purchaser Agent for Fairway.

(k) Evidence of the filing of appropriate UCC-3 amendments to reflect the revisions to the collateral description.

(l) Such other approvals, opinions or documents as the Agent may reasonably request.

3. Conditions Precedent to All Purchases and Reinvestments . Each purchase (including the initial purchase) and each reinvestment shall be subject to the further conditions precedent that:

(a) in the case of each purchase, the Servicer shall have delivered to the Agent on or prior to such purchase, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, (i) a completed

 

   EX-II-3    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Servicer Report with respect to the immediately preceding calendar month, dated within 30 days prior to the date of such purchase (or a completed Portfolio Certificate, dated as of the last Business Day of the immediately preceding calendar week) and (ii) a completed Portfolio Certificate to the extent a daily Portfolio Certificate is required in accordance with Section 4.2(e) of the Agreement, and shall have delivered to the Agent such additional information as may reasonably be requested by the Agent.

(b) on the date of such purchase or reinvestment the following statements shall be true (and acceptance of the proceeds of such purchase or reinvestment shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Seller that such statements are then true):

(i) the representations and warranties contained in Exhibit III are true and correct on and as of the date of such purchase or reinvestment as though made on and as of such date; and

(ii) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from such purchase or reinvestment, that constitutes a Termination Event or an Unmatured Termination Event; and

(iii) the sum of the aggregate of the Participations does not exceed 100%; and

(iv) the amount on deposit in the Cash Reserve Account is equal to or greater than the Cash Reserve; and

(c) the Agent shall have received such other approvals, opinions or documents it may reasonably request.

 

   EX-II-4    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


EXHIBIT III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

A. Representations and Warranties of the Seller . The Seller represents and warrants as follows:

(a) The Seller is a corporation duly incorporated and in existence under the laws of the State of Indiana, and is duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing, as a foreign corporation in every jurisdiction where the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified except where the failure to so qualify has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, including the Seller’s use of the proceeds of purchases and reinvestments, (i) are within the Seller’s corporate powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of the Seller, (iii) do not contravene or result in a default under or conflict with (1) the Seller’s charter or by-laws, (2) any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Seller, (3) any contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Seller or its property or (4) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting the Seller or its property, and (iv) do not result in or require the creation of any Adverse Claim upon or with respect to any of the Seller’s properties, where, in the cases of items (2) , (3)  and (4), such contravention, default or conflict has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the Seller.

(c) No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party other than those previously obtained or UCC filings.

(d) Each of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(e) Since December 31, 2006 there has been no material adverse change in the business, operations, property or financial condition of the Seller or AFC, the ability of the Seller or AFC to perform its obligations under the Agreement or the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party or the collectibility of the Receivables, or which affects the legality, validity or enforceability of the Agreement or the other Transaction Documents.

(f) (i) There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened against the Seller before any Government Authority or arbitrator and (ii) the Seller is not subject to any order, judgment, decree, injunction, stipulation or consent order of or with any Government Authority or arbitrator, that, in the case of each of foregoing clauses (i) and  (ii) , could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

   EX-III-1    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(g) The Seller is the legal and beneficial owner of the Pool Receivables free and clear of any Adverse Claim, excepting only Permitted Liens; and has acquired all of the Originator’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Related Security; upon each purchase or reinvestment, the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) shall acquire a valid and enforceable perfected undivided percentage ownership interest, to the extent of the Participation, in each Pool Receivable then existing or thereafter arising, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, excepting only Permitted Liens; in the Collections with respect thereto and in the Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Related Security and proceeds thereof, the Agreement creates a security interest in favor of the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in the items described in Section 1.2(d) , and the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) has a first priority perfected security interest in such items. No effective financing statement or other instrument similar in effect naming AFC or the Seller as debtor or seller and covering any Contract or any Pool Receivable or the Related Security or Collections with respect thereto or any Deposit Account is on file in any recording office, except those filed in favor of the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) relating to the Agreement.

(h) [Reserved].

(i) Each Servicer Report, Portfolio Certificate, information, exhibit, financial statement, document, book, record or report furnished or to be furnished at any time by or on behalf of the Seller to the Agent or any Purchaser Agent in connection with the Agreement is or will be accurate in all material respects as of its date or (except as otherwise disclosed to the Agent and any such Purchaser Agent at such time) as of the date so furnished, and no such item contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(j) The principal place of business and chief executive office (as such terms are used in the UCC) of the Seller and the office(s) where the Seller keeps its records concerning the Receivables are located at the address set forth under its signature to this Agreement.

(k) The names and addresses of all the Deposit Banks, together with the account numbers of the Deposit Accounts of the Seller at such Deposit Banks, are specified in Schedule II to the Agreement.

(l) The Seller is not in violation of any order of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority.

(m) Neither the Seller nor any Affiliate of the Seller has any direct or indirect ownership or other financial interest in any Purchaser, the Agent or any Purchaser Agent.

(n) No proceeds of any purchase or reinvestment will be used for any purpose that violates any applicable law, rule or regulation, including, without limitation, Regulations T, U and X of the Federal Reserve Board.

 

   EX-III-2    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(o) Each Pool Receivable included as an Eligible Receivable in the calculation of the Net Receivables Pool Balance is an Eligible Receivable as of the date of such calculation.

(p) No event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from a purchase in respect of, or reinvestment in respect of, any Participation or from the application of the proceeds therefrom, which constitutes a Termination Event.

(q) The Seller and the Servicer have complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Receivable.

(r) The Seller has complied with all of the terms, covenants and agreements contained in the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and applicable to it.

(s) The Seller’s complete corporate name is set forth in the preamble to the Agreement, and the Seller does not use and has not during the last six years used any other corporate name, trade name, doing-business name or fictitious name, and except for names first used after the date of the Agreement and set forth in a notice delivered to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (l)(vi) of Exhibit IV .

(t) The authorized capital stock of Seller consists of 1,000 shares of common stock, no par value, 100 shares of which are currently issued and outstanding. All of such outstanding shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and are owned (beneficially and of record) by AFC.

(u) The Seller has filed all federal and other tax returns and reports required by law to have been filed by it and has paid all taxes and governmental charges thereby shown to be owing.

(v) The Seller is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(w) No “accumulated funding deficiency” (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA) exists with respect to any Single Employer Plan, and each Single Employer Plan has complied in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code. The present value of all accrued benefits under each Single Employer Plan (based on those assumptions used to fund such Plans) did not, as of the last annual valuation date prior to the date on which this representation is made or deemed made, exceed the value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such accrued benefits. Neither the Seller nor any ERISA Affiliate has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan, and neither the Seller nor any ERISA Affiliate would become subject to any liability under ERISA if the Seller or any such ERISA Affiliate were to withdraw completely from all Multiemployer Plans as of the valuation date most closely preceding the date on which this representation is made or deemed made. No such Multiemployer Plan is in Reorganization or Insolvent.

 

   EX-III-3    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


B. Representations and Warranties of the Servicer . The Servicer represents and warrants as follows:

(a) The Servicer is a corporation duly organized and in existence under the laws of the State of Indiana, and is duly qualified to do business, and is in good standing, as a foreign corporation in every jurisdiction where the nature of its business requires it to be so qualified except where the failure to so qualify has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The execution, delivery and performance by the Servicer of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, (i) are within the Servicer’s corporate powers, (ii) have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Servicer, (iii) do not contravene or result in a default under or conflict with (1) the Servicer’s charter or by-laws, (2) any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Servicer, (3) any contractual restriction binding on or affecting the Servicer or its property or (4) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting the Servicer or its property, and (iv) do not result in or require the creation of any Adverse Claim upon or with respect to any of its properties, where, in the cases of items (2), (3) and (4), such contravention, default or conflict has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party have been duly executed and delivered by the Servicer.

(c) No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or other Person is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by the Servicer of the Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party.

(d) Each of the Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Servicer enforceable against the Servicer in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity, regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(e) There is no pending or threatened action or proceeding affecting the Servicer before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

(f) The Servicer has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Receivable.

(g) the Servicer is not subject to any order, judgment, decree, injunction, stipulation or consent order of or with any Governmental Authority or arbitrator, that, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(h) Each Servicer Report, Portfolio Certificate, information, exhibit, financial statement, document, book, record or report furnished or to be furnished at any time by or on behalf of the Seller to the Agent or any Purchaser Agent in connection with the Agreement is or

 

   EX-III-4    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


will be accurate in all material respects as of its date or (except as otherwise disclosed to the Agent and any such Purchaser Agent at such time) as of the date so furnished, and no such item contains or will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(i) The principal place of business and chief executive office (as such terms are used in the UCC) of the Servicer and the office(s) where the Servicer keeps its records concerning the Receivables are located at the address set forth under its signature to this Agreement or the Backup Servicing Agreement, as applicable.

(j) The Servicer is not in violation of any order of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority.

(k) Neither the Servicer nor any Affiliate of the Servicer has any direct or indirect ownership or other financial interest in any Purchaser, the Agent or any Purchaser Agent.

(l) The Servicer is not an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

   EX-III-5    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


EXHIBIT IV

COVENANTS

Covenants of the Seller and the Servicer . Until the latest of the Termination Date, the date on which no Investment of or Discount in respect of any Participation shall be outstanding or the date all other amounts owed by the Seller under the Agreement to the Purchasers, the Purchaser Agents, the Agent and any other Indemnified Party or Affected Person shall be paid in full:

(a) Compliance with Laws, Etc . Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall comply in all material respects with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders, and preserve and maintain its corporate existence, rights, franchises, qualifications, and privileges except to the extent that the failure so to comply with such laws, rules and regulations or the failure so to preserve and maintain such existence, rights, franchises, qualifications, and privileges would not materially adversely affect the collectibility of the Receivables or the enforceability of any related Contract or the ability of the Seller or the Servicer to perform its obligations under any related Contract or under the Agreement.

(b) Offices, Records and Books of Account, Etc . The Seller shall provide the Agent with at least 60 days’ written notice prior to making any change in the Seller’s name or jurisdiction of organization or making any other change in the Seller’s identity or corporate structure (including a merger) which could impair or otherwise render any UCC financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement “seriously misleading” as such term is used in the applicable UCC; each notice to the Agent pursuant to this sentence shall set forth the applicable change and the proposed effective date thereof. The Seller and Servicer will also maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including, without limitation, an ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables and related Contracts in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records, computer tapes and disks and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables (including, without limitation, records adequate to permit the daily identification of each Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable).

(c) Performance and Compliance with Contracts and Credit and Collection Policy . Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall, at its expense, timely and fully perform and comply with all material provisions, covenants and other promises required to be observed by it under the Contracts related to the Receivables, and timely and fully comply in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Receivable and the related Contract.

(d) Ownership Interest, Etc . The Seller shall, at its expense, take all action necessary or desirable to establish and maintain a valid and enforceable undivided ownership interest, to the extent of the Aggregate Participation, in the Pool Receivables (free and clear of any Adverse Claim excepting only Permitted Liens) and the Collections, with respect thereto and the Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Related Security and the proceeds thereof, and a first priority perfected security interest in the items described in Section 1.2(d) , in favor of

 

   EX-IV-1    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties), including, without limitation, taking such action to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the interest of the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) under the Agreement as the Agent may request.

(e) Sales, Liens, Etc . The Seller shall not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist any Adverse Claim (excepting only Permitted Liens) upon or with respect to, any or all of its right, title or interest in, to or under, any item described in Section 1.2(d) (including without limitation the Seller’s undivided interest in any Receivable, Related Security, or Collections, or upon or with respect to any account to which any Collections of any Receivables are sent), or assign any right to receive income in respect of any items contemplated by this paragraph (e) .

(f) Extension or Amendment of Receivables . After the occurrence and during the continuance of a Termination Event or an Unmatured Termination Event or after the Termination Date (or if a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event would result therefrom), neither the Seller nor the Servicer shall extend the maturity or adjust the Outstanding Balance or otherwise modify the terms of any Pool Receivable in any material respect, or amend, modify or waive any term or condition of any related Contract in any material respect.

(g) Change in Business or Credit and Collection Policy . Without the prior written consent of the Majority Purchasers, neither the Seller nor the Servicer shall make any material change in the character of its business or in the Credit and Collection Policy, or any change in the Credit and Collection Policy that would adversely affect the collectibility of the Receivables Pool or the enforceability of any related Contract or the ability of the Seller or Servicer to perform its obligations under any related Contract or under the Agreement. Neither the Seller nor the Servicer shall make any material change to its standard operating practices or procedures with respect to the Receivables Pool (including, by way of example, its practice of granting waivers relative to the Credit and Collection Policy) without providing each Rating Agency and the Agent prior written notice thereof to the extent such change would impact a material portion of the Receivables Pool [*].

(h) Audits . Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall, from time to time during regular business hours, upon reasonable prior notice as requested by the Agent, permit the Agent or its agents or representatives, (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all books, records and documents (including, without limitation, computer tapes and disks) in the possession or under the control of the Seller or the Servicer relating to Receivables and the Related Security, including, without limitation, the related Contracts, and (ii) to visit the offices and properties of the Seller and the Servicer for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (i) above, and to discuss matters relating to Receivables and the Related Security or the Seller’s or Servicer’s performance hereunder or under the Contracts with any of the officers, employees, agents or contractors of the Seller having knowledge of such matters; provided , however , that the Agent shall not be reimbursed for more than two such examinations in any year (including any examinations conducted pursuant to any other Transaction Document but excluding any audit conducted pursuant to Section 4.2(a) ) unless (x) a Level One Trigger has occurred and is continuing, in which case the Agent shall be reimbursed for four such examinations per year in addition to any audits conducted pursuant to Section 4.2(a) or (y) a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event has occurred, in which case the Agent shall be reimbursed for all such examinations.

 

   EX-IV-2    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(i) Change in Deposit Banks, Deposit Accounts and Payment Instructions to Obligors . Neither the Seller nor the Servicer shall add or terminate any bank as a Deposit Bank or any account as a Deposit Account from those listed in Schedule II to the Agreement without (i) the prior written consent of the Agent and (ii) in the case of a new Deposit Account and/or Deposit Bank, the applicable Deposit Bank has executed, and the applicable Deposit Account is subject to, a Deposit Account Agreement consented to in writing by the Agent.

(j) Deposit Accounts . Each Deposit Account shall at all times be subject to a Deposit Account Agreement. Neither the Seller nor the Servicer will deposit or otherwise credit, or cause or permit to be so deposited or credited, to any Deposit Account, the Liquidation Account or the Cash Reserve Account cash or cash proceeds other than Collections of Pool Receivables.

(k) Marking of Records . At its expense, the Seller (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall mark its master data processing records relating to Pool Receivables and related Contracts, including with a legend evidencing that the undivided percentage ownership interests with regard to the Aggregate Participation related to such Receivables and related Contracts have been sold in accordance with the Agreement.

(l) Reporting Requirements . The Seller will provide to the Agent and each Purchaser Agent (in multiple copies, if requested by the Agent) (except that with respect to paragraphs (i), (ii), (iii)  and (iv) , the Seller will cause AFC (or, with respect to paragraph (iv) , the Servicer), to provide to the Agent, each Purchaser Agent, the Backup Servicer (in the case of paragraph (iii)) and (in the case of items (iii)(a) and (xiii)) each Rating Agency, the following:

(i) (I) as soon as available and in any event within 45 days after the end of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of AFC in a format acceptable to the Agent the consolidating balance sheet of AFC and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the end of such quarter and statements of income of AFC and its consolidated subsidiaries for the period commencing at the end of the previous fiscal year and ending with the end of such quarter, certified by the chief financial officer of such Person and (II) as soon as available, but in any event not later than 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarterly periods of each fiscal year of KAR (or, in the case of the first fiscal quarter ending after April 20, 2007, 60 days after the end of such fiscal quarter), the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of KAR and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and the related unaudited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such quarter and the portion of the fiscal year through the end of such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year and the current year budget;

(ii) (I) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of AFC, (A) a copy of the annual report for AFC and its consolidated subsidiaries, containing financial statements for such year audited by

 

   EX-IV-3    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


KPMG LLP or other independent certified public accountants acceptable to the Agent and (B) the consolidating balance sheet of AFC and the income statement of the Seller for such year certified by the chief financial officer of the Seller, and (II) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of KAR, a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of KAR and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and the related audited consolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous year and the current year budget, reported on by KPMG LLP or other independent certified public accountants of nationally recognized standing;

(iii) (a) as soon as available and in any event not later than the Servicer Report Date, a Servicer Report as of the calendar month ended immediately prior to such Servicer Report Date and (b) unless the Agent has otherwise agreed in writing, a Portfolio Certificate as of each Friday, delivered on the third Business Day of the next calendar week (or as of each Business Day to the extent required by Section 4.2(e) ). Each Servicer Report shall contain a current list of all branch offices, loan processing offices or other locations at which records and documents relating to the Pool Receivables (including, without limitation, any related Contracts and vehicle certificates of title) (collectively, the “ Pool Receivable Documents ”) are held by the Servicer. The Servicer shall provide each Rating Agency with prior notice of any material change to the form of Servicer Report and get their consent thereto prior to implementing any such change.

(iv) as soon as possible and in any event within three days after the occurrence of each Termination Event and Unmatured Termination Event, a statement of the chief financial officer of the Seller setting forth details of such Termination Event or event and the action that the Seller has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(v) promptly after the filing or receiving thereof, copies of all reports and notices that the Seller or any ERISA Affiliate files with respect to a Plan under ERISA or the Internal Revenue Code with the Internal Revenue Service or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the U.S. Department of Labor or that the Seller or any ERISA Affiliate receives from any of the foregoing or from any Multiemployer Plan to which the Seller or any ERISA Affiliate is or was, within the preceding five years, a contributing employer, in each case in respect of the assessment of withdrawal liability or an event or condition which could, in the aggregate, result in the imposition of liability on the Seller and/or any such ERISA Affiliate in excess of $250,000;

(vi) at least 60 days prior to any change in the Seller’s name or any other change requiring the amendment of UCC financing statements, a notice setting forth such changes and the effective date thereof;

(vii) such other information respecting the Receivables, the Related Security (including inventory reports by branch, Obligor, vehicle identification number,

 

   EX-IV-4    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


and other descriptions sufficient to identify the Related Security) or the condition of operations, financial or otherwise, of the Seller or AFC as the Agent or any Purchaser Agent may from time to time reasonably request;

(viii) promptly after the Seller obtains knowledge thereof, notice of any litigation, regulatory ruling, default under any Originating Lender Sale Agreement or other event which could reasonably be expected to prevent any Originating Lender from originating Receivables or transferring Receivables to the Originator following origination;

(ix) promptly after the Seller obtains knowledge thereof, notice of the commencement of any proceedings instituted by or against any of the Seller, the Servicer or the Originator, as applicable, in any federal, state or local court or before any governmental body or agency, or before any arbitration board, in which the amount involved, in the case of the Servicer or Originator, is $500,000 or more and not covered by insurance or in which injunctive or similar relief is sought or any litigation or proceeding relating to any Transaction Document;

(x) promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any event or circumstance that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(xi) notice of any material change to the Credit and Collection Policy or any amendment, waiver, extension, termination or replacement of the KAR Credit Facility (with a copy thereof) and an execution copy of the underlying credit agreement with respect to the KAR Credit Facility, in each case, upon execution thereof;

(xii) as soon as possible and in any event within 30 days after the Seller knows or has reason to know of: (i) the occurrence or expected occurrence of any Reportable Event with respect to any Plan that is a Single Employer Plan, a failure to make any required contribution to a Plan, the creation of any lien in favor of the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or a Plan or any withdrawal from, or the termination, Reorganization or Insolvency of, any Multiemployer Plan or (ii) the institution of proceedings or the taking of any other action by the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the Seller or any ERISA Affiliate or any Multiemployer Plan with respect to the withdrawal from, or the terminating, Reorganization or Insolvency of any Plan; and

(xiii) as soon as available and in any event upon the earlier to occur of (x) 45 days following the end of a fiscal quarter (90 days, in the case of the fourth fiscal quarter in any fiscal year, and 60 days in the case of the first fiscal quarter ending after April 20, 2007) and (y) the day a compliance certificate is delivered pursuant to the KAR Credit Facility, a compliance certificate setting forth computations in reasonable detail satisfactory to the Majority Purchasers demonstrating compliance with the financial covenants of KAR thereunder.

 

   EX-IV-5    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(m) Separate Corporate Existence . Each of the Seller and AFC hereby acknowledges that the Purchasers, the Agent and the Purchaser Agents are entering into the transactions contemplated by the Agreement and the Transaction Documents in reliance upon the Seller’s identity as a legal entity separate from AFC. Therefore, from and after the date hereof, the Seller and AFC shall take all reasonable steps to continue the Seller’s identity as a separate legal entity and to make it apparent to third Persons that the Seller is an entity with assets and liabilities distinct from those of AFC, the Originator and any other Person, and is not a division of AFC or any other Person. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and in addition to and consistent with the covenant set forth in paragraph (a) of this Exhibit IV , the Seller and AFC shall take such actions as shall be required in order that:

(i) The Seller will be a limited purpose corporation whose primary activities are restricted in its articles of incorporation to purchasing Receivables from the Originator, entering into agreements for the servicing of such Receivables, selling undivided interests in such Receivables and conducting such other activities as it deems necessary or appropriate to carry out its primary activities;

(ii) Not less than one member of Seller’s Board of Directors (the “ Independent Directors ”) shall be individuals who are not direct, indirect or beneficial stockholders, officers, directors, employees, affiliates, associates, customers or suppliers of the Originator or any of its Affiliates. The Seller’s Board of Directors shall not approve, or take any other action to cause the commencement of a voluntary case or other proceeding with respect to the Seller under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, debt arrangement, dissolution or other similar law, or the appointment of or taking possession by, a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, or other similar official for the Seller unless in each case the Independent Directors shall approve the taking of such action in writing prior to the taking of such action. The Independent Directors’ fiduciary duty shall be to the Seller (and creditors) and not to the Seller’s shareholders in respect of any decision of the type described in the preceding sentence. In the event an Independent Director resigns or otherwise ceases to be a director of the Seller, there shall be selected a replacement Independent Director who shall not be an individual within the proscriptions of the first sentence of this clause (ii) or any individual who has any other type of professional relationship with the Originator or any of its Affiliates or any management personnel of any such Person or Affiliate and who shall be (x) a tenured professor at a business or law school, (y) a retired judge or (z) an established independent member of the business community, having a sound reputation and experience relative to the duties to be performed by such individual as an Independent Director;

(iii) No Independent Director shall at any time serve as a trustee in bankruptcy for Originator or any Affiliate thereof;

(iv) Any employee, consultant or agent of the Seller will be compensated from the Seller’s own bank accounts for services provided to the Seller except as provided herein in respect of the Servicing Fee. The Seller will engage no agents other than a Servicer for the Receivables, which Servicer will be fully compensated for its services to the Seller by payment of the Servicing Fee;

 

   EX-IV-6    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(v) The Seller will contract with the Servicer to perform for the Seller all operations required on a daily basis to service its Receivables. The Seller will pay the Servicer a monthly fee based on the level of Receivables being managed by the Servicer. The Seller will not incur any material indirect or overhead expenses for items shared between the Seller and the Originator or any Affiliate thereof which are not reflected in the Servicing Fee. To the extent, if any, that the Seller and the Originator or any Affiliate thereof share items of expenses not reflected in the Servicing Fee, such as legal, auditing and other professional services, such expenses will be allocated to the extent practical on the basis of actual use or the value of services rendered, and otherwise on a basis reasonably related to the actual use or the value of services rendered, it being understood that Originator shall pay all expenses relating to the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, legal and other fees;

(vi) The Seller’s operating expenses will not be paid by Originator or any Affiliate thereof unless the Seller shall have agreed in writing with such Person to reimburse such Person for any such payments;

(vii) The Seller will have its own separate mailing address and stationery;

(viii) The Seller’s books and records will be maintained separately from those of the Originator or any Affiliate thereof;

(ix) Any financial statements of the Originator or KAR which are consolidated to include the Seller will contain detailed notes clearly stating that the Seller is a separate corporate entity and has sold ownership interests in the Seller’s accounts receivable;

(x) The Seller’s assets will be maintained in a manner that facilitates their identification and segregation from those of the Originator and any Affiliate thereof;

(xi) The Seller will strictly observe corporate formalities in its dealings with the Originator and any Affiliate thereof, and funds or other assets of the Seller will not be commingled with those of the Originator or any Affiliate thereof. The Seller shall not maintain joint bank accounts or other depository accounts to which the Originator or any Affiliate thereof (other than AFC in its capacity as Servicer) has independent access and shall not pool any of the Seller’s funds at any time with any funds of the Originator or any Affiliate thereof;

(xii) The Seller shall pay to the Originator the marginal increase (or, in the absence of such increase, the market amount of its portion) of the premium payable with respect to any insurance policy that covers the Seller and any Affiliate thereof, but the Seller shall not, directly or indirectly, be named or enter into an agreement to be named, as a direct or contingent beneficiary or loss payee, under any such insurance policy, with respect to any amounts payable due to occurrences or events related to the Originator or any Affiliate thereof (other than the Seller); and

 

   EX-IV-7    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(xiii) The Seller will maintain arm’s length relationships with the Originator and any Affiliate thereof. The Originator or any Affiliate thereof that renders or otherwise furnishes services to the Seller will be compensated by the Seller at market rates for such services. Neither the Seller nor the Originator or any Affiliate thereof will be or will hold itself out to be responsible for the debts of the other or the decisions or actions respecting the daily business and affairs of the other.

(n) Mergers, Acquisitions, Sales, etc .

(i) The Seller shall not:

(A) be a party to any merger or consolidation, or directly or indirectly purchase or otherwise acquire, whether in one or a series of transactions, all or substantially all of the assets or any stock of any class of, or any partnership or joint venture interest in, any other Person, or sell, transfer, assign, convey or lease any of its property and assets (including, without limitation, any Pool Receivable or any interest therein) other than pursuant to this Agreement;

(B) make, incur or suffer to exist an investment in, equity contribution to, loan, credit or advance to, or payment obligation in respect of the deferred purchase price of property from, any other Person, except for obligations incurred pursuant to the Transaction Documents; or

(C) create any direct or indirect Subsidiary or otherwise acquire direct or indirect ownership of any equity interests in any other Person.

(o) Restricted Payments .

(i) General Restriction . Except in accordance with subparagraph (ii) , the Seller shall not (A) purchase or redeem any shares of its capital stock, (B) declare or pay any Dividend or set aside any funds for any such purpose, (C) prepay, purchase or redeem any subordinated indebtedness of the Seller, (D) lend or advance any funds or (E) repay any loans or advances to, for or from the Originator. Actions of the type described in this clause (i)  are herein collectively called “ Restricted Payments ”.

(ii) Types of Permitted Payments . Subject to the limitations set forth in clause (iii) below, the Seller may make Restricted Payments so long as such Restricted Payments are made only to the Originator and only in one or more of the following ways:

(A) Seller may make cash payments (including prepayments) on the Company Note in accordance with its terms; and

(B) if no amounts are then outstanding under the Company Note, the Seller may declare and pay Dividends.

 

   EX-IV-8    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(iii) Specific Restrictions . The Seller may make Restricted Payments only out of Collections paid or released to the Seller pursuant to Section 1.4(b) . Furthermore, the Seller shall not pay, make or declare:

(A) any Dividend if, after giving effect thereto, Seller’s Tangible Net Worth would be less than [*]; or

(B) [*].

(p) Use of Seller’s Share of Collections . Subject to clause (o)  above, the Seller shall apply its share of Collections to make payments in the following order of priority: first , the payment of its expenses (including, without limitation, the obligations payable to Purchasers, the Affected Persons, the Agent, the Purchaser Agents and the Agent under the Transaction Documents), second , the payment of accrued and unpaid interest on the Company Note, third , the payment of the outstanding principal amount of the Company Note, and fourth , other legal and valid corporate purposes permitted by the Agreement.

(q) Amendments to Certain Documents .

(i) The Seller shall not amend, supplement, amend and restate, or otherwise modify the Purchase and Sale Agreement, the Company Note, any other document executed under the Purchase and Sale Agreement, the Deposit Account Agreements, the Backup Servicing Agreement, the Backup Servicing Fee Letter or the Seller’s articles of incorporation or by-laws, except (A) in accordance with the terms of such document, instrument or agreement and (B) with the prior written consent of the Agent. The Seller shall obtain confirmation of the then–current rating of the Notes from S&P prior to amending the Seller’s articles of incorporation.

(ii) The Originator shall not enter into, or otherwise become bound by, any agreement, instrument, document or other arrangement that restricts its right to amend, supplement, amend and restate or otherwise modify, or to extend or renew, or to waive any right under, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document.

(r) Incurrence of Indebtedness . The Seller shall not (i) create, incur or permit to exist any Debt or liability or (ii) cause or permit to be issued for its account any letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances, except for Debt incurred pursuant to the Company Note and liabilities incurred pursuant to or in connection with the Transaction Documents or otherwise permitted therein.

(s) Lot Checks . The Seller shall, or shall cause the Originator to, conduct Lot Checks of the Obligors according to the Originator’s customary practices or such more frequent intervals as may reasonably be requested by the Agent.

(t) Byrider . [*].

 

   EX-IV-9    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


EXHIBIT V

TERMINATION EVENTS

Each of the following shall be a “Termination Event”:

(a) Any Person which is the Servicer shall fail to (1) make when due any payment or deposit to be made by it under the Agreement or any other Transaction Document or (2) set aside or allocate all accrued and unpaid Program Fee, Discount or Servicing Fee in accordance with Section 1.4(b) and in each case, such failure shall remain unremedied for two Business Days after the earlier of (i) the Servicer’s knowledge of such failure and (ii) notice to the Servicer of such failure; or

(b) The Seller shall fail (i) to transfer to any successor Servicer when required any rights, pursuant to the Agreement, which the Seller then has with respect to the servicing of the Pool Receivables, or (ii) to make any payment required under the Agreement or any other Transaction Document, and in either case such failure shall remain unremedied for two Business Days after notice or discovery thereof; or

(c) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Seller or the Servicer (or any of their respective officers) under or in connection with the Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any information or report delivered by the Seller or the Servicer pursuant to the Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall prove to have been incorrect, incomplete (with respect to such information or report delivered) or untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered; provided , however , if the violation of this paragraph (c)  by the Seller or the Servicer may be cured without any potential or actual detriment to any Purchaser, the Agent, any Purchaser Agent, the Backup Servicer or any Program Support Provider, the Seller or the Servicer, as applicable, shall have 30 days from the earlier of (i) such Person’s knowledge of such failure and (ii) notice to such Person of such failure to so cure any such violation before a Termination Event shall occur so long as such Person is diligently attempting to effect such cure; or

(d) The Seller or the Servicer shall fail to perform or observe any other material term, covenant or agreement contained in the Agreement or any other Transaction Document on its part to be performed or observed and any such failure shall remain unremedied for 30 days after the earlier of (i) such Person’s knowledge of such failure and (ii) notice to such Person of such failure (or, with respect to a failure to deliver the Servicer Report or the Portfolio Certificate pursuant to the Agreement, such failure shall remain unremedied for five days); or

(e) (i) A default shall occur in the payment when due (subject to any applicable grace period), whether by acceleration or otherwise, of any Debt of the Seller, AFC or KAR or (ii) a default shall occur in the performance or observance of any obligation or condition with respect to such Debt if the effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of any such Debt, and, in the case of either clause (i)  or clause (ii) , the Debt with respect to which non-payment and/or non-performance shall have occurred exceeds, at any point in time, with respect to the Seller or AFC, $1,000,000 in the aggregate for all such occurrences or, with respect to KAR, $35,000,000, in the aggregate for all such occurrences; or

 

   EX-V-1    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


(f) The Agreement or any purchase or any reinvestment pursuant to the Agreement shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms hereof) (i) cease to create, or the Aggregate Participation shall for any reason cease to be, a valid and enforceable perfected undivided percentage ownership interest to the extent of the Aggregate Participation in each Pool Receivable free and clear of any Adverse Claim, excepting only Permitted Liens and the Collections with respect thereto and the Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Related Security and the proceeds thereof, or (ii) cease to create with respect to the items described in Section 1.2(d) , or the interest of the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) with respect to such items shall cease to be, a valid and enforceable first priority perfected security interest, and in the case of the Pool Receivables, free and clear of any Adverse Claim, excepting only Permitted Liens; or

(g) The Originator, KAR or Seller shall generally not pay its debts as such debts become due, or shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally, or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or any proceeding shall be instituted by or against the Originator, KAR or Seller seeking to adjudicate it a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of it or its debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for any substantial part of its property and, in the case of any such proceeding instituted against it (but not instituted by it), either such proceeding shall remain undismissed or unstayed for a period of 45 days, or any of the actions sought in such proceeding (including, without limitation, the entry of an order for relief against, or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for, it or for any substantial part of its property) shall occur; or the Originator, KAR or Seller shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the actions set forth above in this paragraph (g) ; or

(h) As of the last day of any calendar month, the arithmetic average of the Default Ratios for the most recent [*] shall exceed [*] or the Default Ratio as of the last day of any calendar month shall exceed [*]; or

(i) As of the last day of any calendar month, the arithmetic average of the Delinquency Ratios for the most recent [*] shall exceed [*] or the Delinquency Ratio as of the last day of any calendar month shall exceed [*]; or

(j) The Net Spread shall be [*]; or

(k) At any time the aggregate of all Participations exceeds 100% and such condition shall continue unremedied for five days after any date any Servicer Report or Portfolio Certificate is required to be delivered; or

(l) A Change in Control shall occur; or

(m) (i) Any “accumulated funding deficiency” (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived, shall exist with respect to any Plan, (ii) a Reportable Event shall occur with respect to, or proceedings shall commence to have a trustee appointed, or a trustee shall be appointed, to administer or to

 

   EX-V-2    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


terminate, any Single Employer Plan, which Reportable Event or commencement of proceedings or appointment of a trustee is, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Purchasers, likely to result in the termination of such Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA, (iii) the Seller or any ERISA Affiliate shall, or in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Purchasers, is likely to, incur any liability in connection with a withdrawal from, or the Insolvency or Reorganization of, a Multiemployer Plan, (iv) the Internal Revenue Service shall file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 6323 of the Internal Revenue Code with regard to any assets of the Seller or any ERISA Affiliate and such lien shall not have been released within ten Business Days, or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation shall, or shall indicate its intention to, file notice of a lien pursuant to Section 4068 of ERISA or perfect a lien under Section 302(f) of ERISA with regard to any of the assets of Seller or any ERISA Affiliate, or (v) any other adverse event or condition shall occur or exist with respect to a Plan; and in each case in clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv)  and (v)  above, such event or condition, together with all other such events or conditions, if any, could reasonably be expected to involve an aggregate amount of liability to the Seller or an ERISA Affiliate in excess of $10,000,000; or

(n) The Tangible Net Worth of the Seller shall be less than [*] or the Tangible Net Worth of the Originator shall be less than [*]; or

(o) Any material adverse change shall occur in the reasonable business judgment of the Agent or the Majority Purchasers in the collectibility of the Receivables or the business, operations, property or financial condition of the Originator or the Seller; or

(p) Any Purchase and Sale Termination Event (as defined in the Purchase and Sale Agreement) shall occur (whether or not waived by the Seller); or

(q) The Performance Guaranty shall cease to be in full force and effect with respect to KAR, KAR shall fail to comply with or perform any provision of the Performance Guaranty, or KAR (or any Person by, through or on behalf of KAR) shall contest in any manner the validity, binding nature or enforceability of the Performance Guaranty with respect to KAR; or

(r) the sum of all of AFC’s Debt (including intercompany loans between AFC and KAR but excluding any guarantee of KAR’s Debt under the KAR Credit Facility), plus the Investment of the Aggregate Participation, plus the outstanding balance of any other recourse or non-recourse transactions exceeds [*]; or

(s) AFC’s debt (excluding guarantees) to equity ratio is greater than [*]; or

(t) The aggregate Outstanding Balances of Eligible Receivables then in the Receivables Pool shall be less than $100,000,000; or

(u) The amount on deposit in the Cash Reserve Account shall at any time fail to equal or exceed the Cash Reserve for a period of [*]; or

(v) (i) any of the Originator, the Seller or the Servicer shall have asserted that any of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party is not valid and binding on the parties thereto; or (ii) any court, governmental authority or agency having jurisdiction over any of the

 

   EX-V-3    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


parties to any of the Transaction Documents or any property thereof shall find or rule that any material provisions of any of the Transaction Documents is not valid and binding on the parties thereto and all appeals therefrom have been decided or the time to appeal has run; or

(w) the Backup Servicer shall resign or be terminated and no successor Backup Servicer reasonably acceptable to the Agent shall have been appointed pursuant to a replacement Backup Servicing Agreement within 90 days of such resignation or termination; unless on or prior to the first day in which a Backup Servicer is required to be appointed pursuant to this paragraph (x) ADESA’s senior unsecured debt shall be rated at least “BBB-” by S&P and “Baa3” by Moody’s; provided , that a Termination Event shall be deemed to occur if no Backup Servicer reasonably acceptable to the Agent shall have been appointed within 90 days following any subsequent withdrawal, suspension or downgrade of such senior unsecured debt ratings of ADESA below “BBB-” by S&P or below “Baa3” by Moody’s or, if the applicable rating is “BBB-” by S&P or “Baa3” by Moody’s, the placement of such ratings on credit watch or similar notation; or

(x) the occurrence of a KAR Financial Covenant Termination Event.

 

   EX-V-4    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


EXHIBIT VI

PORTFOLIO CERTIFICATE

AFC FUNDING CORPORATION

PORTFOLIO CERTIFICATE

AS OF: ____________________

 

To: BMO Capital Markets, as Agent

Deutsche Bank AG, as Agent

Reference is made to the Third Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007 (herein, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, called the “ Receivables Purchase Agreement ”), among AFC Funding Corporation (the “ Seller ”), Automotive Finance Corporation (the “ Servicer ”), Fairway Finance Company, LLC, and Monterey Funding LLC as Purchasers, and such other entities from time to time as may become purchasers thereunder, BMO Capital Markets as Agent and Purchaser Agent for Fairway Finance Company, LLC and Deutsche Bank AG as Agent and Purchaser Agent for Monterey Funding LLC. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein are used as defined in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

The Seller hereby certifies and warrants to you that the following is a true and correct computation as of                                          .

 

1.    NET RECEIVABLES POOL BALANCE    Amount
   A.    Total of all Receivables in the Receivables Pool    $                         
   B.    Specified Ineligible Receivables    $                         
   C.    Sum of Outstanding Balances of all Receivables in the Receivables Pool that are excluded from the Net Receivables Pool Balance    $                         
   D.    Amount by which the Outstanding Balances of all Eligible Receivables of each Obligor exceeds the product of the Normal Concentration Percentage for such Obligor (or, in the case of a Special Obligor, the Special Concentration Percentage) multiplied by the Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables    $                         
   E.    Net Receivables Pool Balance (1A-1B-1C-1D)    $                         

 

   EX-VI-1    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


2.    LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT BALANCE EXCESS/(DEFICIT)     
   Amount of Collections on deposit in the Liquidation Account (other than amounts transferred thereto from the Deposit Accounts to pay Discount, Utilization Fee, Facility Fee, Unused Fee, Note Placement Fees, Backup Servicing Fees, Unaffiliated Servicer Fees and Transition Expenses pursuant to Section 1.4(b)(i) and 1.4(b)(ii) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement and Indemnified Amounts to the Indemnified Parties)   $                            
3.    PARTICIPATION OUTSTANDING     
   The sum of the Aggregate Investment of the Participation and the Loss Reserve minus the amount of cash in the Deposit Account at [*] at the end of business on either (i) with respect to any Servicer Report, the last Business Day of the prior calendar month, or (ii) with respect to any Portfolio Certificate, Friday of the prior calendar week and that was wired to the respective Revolving Purchaser on the immediately following Business Day to paydown that Revolving Purchaser’s Investment.   $                            
   A.    Aggregate Investment   $                              
   B.    Loss Reserve ([*]) after application of cash sent from [*]   $                              
   C.    Cash Sent from [*]   $                              
TEST: (1E PLUS 2 MUST BE GREATER THAN OR EQUAL TO 3)       YES/NO                                 
4.    CASH RESERVE ([*])       
   A.    Actual Balance     $                            
   B.    Minimum Required Balance     $                            
TEST: (4A MUST BE GREATER THAN 4B)       YES/NO                                 

 

   EX-VI-2    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Seller has caused this Certificate to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer this          day of                      , 200    .

 

AFC FUNDING CORPORATION,

By

 

 

Name:

  Jim Money

Title:

  VP of Finance

 

   EX-VI-3    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


EXHIBIT VII

PERFECTION REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS

In addition to the representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Agreement, to induce Purchasers and Agent to enter into the Agreement and, in the case of Purchasers, to purchase the Participation hereunder, the Seller hereby represents, warrants and covenants to Agent and the Purchasers as to itself as follows on the Closing Date and on the date of each purchase and reinvestment in the Participation thereafter:

General

1. The Agreement creates a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the Indiana UCC) in the Receivables in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, which security interest is prior to all other Adverse Claims, and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Seller.

2. The Receivables constitute “accounts,” “payment intangibles,” “general intangibles,” “instruments” or “tangible chattel paper,” within the meaning of the Indiana UCC.

3. The Cash Reserve Account, the Deposit Account and the Liquidation Account and all subaccounts of such accounts, constitute either a “deposit account” or a “securities account” within the meaning of the Indiana UCC.

4. The Originator or the Originating Lender, as applicable, thereof has perfected its security interest against the Obligors in the property securing the Receivables (to the extent that a security interest in such property can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement).

Creation

5. The Seller owns and has good and marketable title to the Receivables free and clear of any Adverse Claim, claim or encumbrance of any Person, excepting only Permitted Liens.

6. Originator has received all consents and approvals to the sale of the Receivables to the Seller required by the terms of the Receivables that constitute instruments or payment intangibles.

Perfection

7. Each of the Originator and the Seller has caused or will have caused, within ten days after the effective date of the Agreement, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the sale of the Receivables from Originator to the Seller pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement and the security interest therein granted by the Seller to the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, hereunder; and Originator has in its possession the original copies of such instruments or tangible chattel paper that constitute or evidence the Receivables, and all

 

   EX-VII-1    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


financing statements referred to in this paragraph contain a statement to the effect that: A purchase of or security interest in any collateral described in this financing statement will violate the rights of the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

8. With respect to Receivables that constitute an instrument or tangible chattel paper:

Such instruments or tangible chattel paper is in the possession of the Servicer and the Agent has received a written acknowledgment from the Servicer that the Servicer is holding such instruments or tangible chattel paper solely on behalf and for the benefit of the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, and each of the Originator and the Seller has caused or will have caused, within ten days after the effective date of the Agreement, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law, and all financing statements referred to in this paragraph contain a statement to the effect that: A purchase of or security interest in any collateral described in this financing statement will violate the rights of the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

9. With respect to the Cash Reserve Account, the Deposit Account and the Liquidation Account and all subaccounts of such accounts that constitute deposit accounts, either:

(i) The Seller has delivered to the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a fully executed agreement pursuant to which the bank maintaining the deposit accounts has agreed to comply with all instructions originated by the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, directing disposition of the funds in such accounts without further consent by the Seller; or

(ii) The Seller has taken all steps necessary to cause the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, to become the account holder of such accounts.

10. With respect to the Cash Reserve Account, the Deposit Account and the Liquidation Account or subaccounts of such accounts that constitute “securities accounts” or “securities entitlements” within the meaning of the Indiana UCC:

(i) The Seller has delivered to the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a fully executed agreement pursuant to which the securities intermediary has agreed to comply with all instructions originated by the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, relating to such account without further consent by the Seller; or

(ii) The Seller has taken all steps necessary to cause the securities intermediary to identify in its records the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as the person having a security entitlement against the securities intermediary in each of such accounts.

 

   EX-VII-2    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Priority

11. Other than the transfer of the Receivables to the Seller under the Purchase and Sale Agreement and the security interest granted to the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to this Agreement, neither the Seller nor the Originator has pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Receivables or the Cash Reserve Account, the Deposit Account, the Liquidation Account or any subaccount of such accounts. Neither the Seller nor the Originator has authorized the filing of, or is aware of any financing statements against the Seller or the Originator that include a description of collateral covering the Receivables or the Cash Reserve Account, the Deposit Account, the Liquidation Account or any subaccount of such accounts other than any financing statement relating to the security interest granted to the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, hereunder or that has been terminated.

12. Neither the Seller nor the Originator is aware of any judgment, ERISA or tax lien filings against either the Seller or the Originator.

13. None of the instruments or tangible chattel paper that constitute or evidence the Receivables has any marks or notations indicating that they have been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Seller or the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

14. Neither the Cash Reserve Account, the Deposit Account, the Liquidation Account nor any subaccount of such accounts are in the name of any person other than the Seller or the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties. The Seller has not consented to the securities intermediary of any such account to comply with entitlement orders of any person other than the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties.

15. Survival of Perfection Representations . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement or any other Transaction Document, the Perfection Representations contained in this Exhibit VII shall be continuing, and remain in full force and effect (notwithstanding any termination of the commitments or any replacement of the Servicer or termination of Servicer’s rights to act as such) until such time as Investments and all other obligations under the Agreement have been finally and fully paid and performed.

16. No Waiver . The parties to the Agreement: (i) shall not, without obtaining a confirmation of the then-current rating of the Notes, waive any of the Perfection Representations; and (ii) shall provide the Ratings Agencies with prompt written notice of any breach of the Perfection Representations, and shall not, without obtaining a confirmation of the then-current rating of the Notes (as determined after any adjustment or withdrawal of the ratings following notice of such breach), waive a breach of any of the Perfection Representations.

17. Servicer to Maintain Perfection and Priority . The Servicer covenants that, in order to evidence the interests of the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, under this Agreement, Servicer shall take such action, or execute and deliver such instruments (other than effecting a Filing (as defined below), unless such Filing is effected in accordance with this paragraph) as may be necessary or advisable including, without limitation, such actions as are

 

   EX-VII-3    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


requested by the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, to maintain and perfect, as a first priority interest (subject only to Permitted Liens), the Agent’s, on behalf of the Secured Parties’, security interest in the Receivables and Collections with respect thereto and the Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Related Security and the proceeds thereof. Servicer shall, from time to time and within the time limits established by law, prepare and present to the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, for the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, to authorize (based in reliance on the opinion of counsel hereinafter provided for) the Servicer to file, all financing statements, amendments, continuations, initial financing statements in lieu of a continuation statement, terminations, partial terminations, releases or partial releases, or any other filings necessary or advisable to continue, maintain and perfect the Agent’s, on behalf of the Secured Parties’, security interest in the Receivables and Collections with respect thereto and the Seller’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Related Security and the proceeds thereof as a first-priority interest (subject only to Permitted Liens) (each a “ Filing ”). Servicer shall present each such Filing to the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, together with (x) an opinion of counsel as to perfection and such other matters as the Agent may reasonably request with respect to such Filing, and (y) a form of authorization for the Agent’s, on behalf of the Secured Parties’ signature. Upon receipt of such opinion of counsel and form of authorization, the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall promptly authorize in writing Servicer to, and Servicer shall, effect such Filing under the Uniform Commercial Code without the signature of Originator, the Seller, or the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties where allowed by applicable law. Notwithstanding anything else in the Agreement to the contrary, the Servicer shall not have any authority to effect a Filing without obtaining written authorization from the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, in accordance with this paragraph (17).

 

   EX-VII-4    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


SCHEDULE I

CREDIT AND COLLECTION POLICY

 

   SCH I    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

AFC Credit Policy

Rev. 04/07

 

  SCH I - i   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

INTRODUCTION

   1-1

RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY

   2-1

GOLD ACCOUNTS: Line requests up to [*] (New applications and line increases)

   3-1

PLATINUM ACCOUNTS: Line requests [*] (New applications and line increases)

   4-1

CREDIT APPROVAL POLICY

   5-1

ADDITIONAL CURTAILMENT POLICY

   6-1

AUCTION PURCHASES

   7-1

NON-AUCTION PURCHASES

   8-1

DEALER QUICK APPS POLICY

   9-1

CREDIT FILES & MAINTENANCE

   10-1

ANNUAL REVIEW POLICY

   11-1

SPECIAL PROGRAMS

   12-1

LOAN SUPERVISION

   13-1

APPENDIX A

   14-1

 

  SCH I - i   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

1.0 INTRODUCTION

The AFC Board of Directors* has adopted these policies for the purpose of establishing its general credit philosophy, guidelines and limitations.

These credit policies are intended to provide a framework for management to direct credit activities for the company. While they are intended to be a general guide, it is recognized that specific situations may arise that would require exceptions to the policies stated herein. Exceptions will be allowed subject to the approval by a majority of the Credit Committee in accordance with sound business practice.

 

* See Appendix A

 

2.0 RESPONSIBILITY AND AUTHORITY

 

  2.1 Board of Directors

The AFC Board of Directors has ultimate authority for these credit policies. In addition to approving this policy, the Board is responsible for reviewing credit standards, procedures and for monitoring the loan portfolio and its performance. The Board requires sound credit standards, internal and accounting controls, and periodic audits of loan approvals and transactions.

 

  2.2 Credit Committee

The Credit Committee shall consist of the President and at least four other members. The President may appoint additional members to the Credit Committee at their discretion. The current Credit Committee members are:

President, AFC

Chief Operating Officer, AFC

VP of Finance, AFC

Director of Credit Services, AFC

Vice President of Operations, AFC

Vice President of Legal, Collections, & Special Operations, AFC

Specific functions and duties of the Credit Committee:

 

   

Approve loans in excess of [*]

 

   

Monitor compliance with this policy and related procedures

 

   

Recommend changes to this policy as necessary

 

  SCH I -1   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

  2.3 Credit Department

AFC shall have the following objectives in its Credit Department:

 

   

To set the level of funds and monitor performance to make sure AFC is achieving rates of return adequate to meet budgeted profit objectives

 

   

To consider all risks involved with a loan and to evaluate and analyze risk factors during the period that the loan is available

 

   

To maintain a moderately aggressive lending posture that achieves reasonable growth objectives

 

   

To avoid undue concentrations of exposure to any one credit loan

The primary functions of the Credit Department shall be to:

 

   

Process loan applications and prepare recommendations for approval by the Credit Department and Credit Committee

 

   

Obtain all required loan documentation

 

   

Manage force-placed insurance

 

   

Establish and update the credit file for each loan

 

   

In addition to these primary duties, other functions may be assigned to the department by the President

The President shall be responsible for the general administration and supervision of the loan portfolio. He shall monitor compliance with this policy and shall see that reports of loans approved and other lending activities are made to the Credit Committee. The President or his designee has authority to approve loans up to and including [*].

The Chief Operating Officer shall have primary responsibility for compliance with the policies stated herein and shall see that proper and complete reports are made to the Credit Committee.

The Director of Credit Services (DCS) shall be responsible for the day-to-day operation of the Credit Department. The DCS shall see that loan forms and procedures are updated from time to time, that all Credit personnel are properly trained and that all lending operations are carried out in a prudent and proper manner. The DCS will ensure proper review of procedures and controls over the credit approval process. The DCS will establish and maintain approved credit limits. It is the DCS and/or the Credit Committee’s prerogative to restrict temporary increases in conjunction with line increases or new lines for [*].

The Credit Analyst has authority to approve new loans and existing loan increases up to and including [*] in accordance with the AFC Credit Scorecard. The Credit Analyst will use reasonable business judgment in addition to the scorecard when approving or declining loan applications. Loan approvals, which exceed the scorecard limit, require approval by the Credit Manager.

 

  SCH I -2   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

  2.4 Credit Standards

Credit shall be extended to qualified dealers according to the following criteria:

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

Other considerations:

 

   

[*]

 

   

Financial condition of the borrower and availability of additional collateral

 

   

[*]

 

  2.5 Citizenship

It is AFC’s policy to lend only to U.S. Citizens, Canadian Citizens, and/or Non-U.S. Citizens who are legal permanent residents of the Unites States (“Legal Permanent Resident”). When considering whether to extend credit to a Legal Permanent Resident, AFC will do so without regard to the applicant’s specific race, nationality, or ethnic origin; rather it will consider the application under the totality of the circumstances.

The Credit Department will maintain the current legal requirements to be considered a Legal Permanent Resident. All discrepancies must be discussed with the Legal Department or outside Counsel.

AFC reserves the right, through the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA)/Privacy Act (PA), to require a Legal Permanent Resident to obtain verification of the validity of their documentation via a formal request through the FOIA/PA.

 

  2.6 Credit Limits and Advances

Since credit limits may be set or altered by a State from time to time, the Credit Department and Legal Department will monitor this on an ongoing basis. Additionally, it might be a requirement of a State to have a minimum advance on the dealer’s line. These regulations will also be monitored and adjusted accordingly.

Currently the States of CA and VA have an INITIAL minimum advance requirement of $5,000.

 

  SCH I -3   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

The Credit Department reserves the right to alter a dealer’s credit limit based on the above factors as well as performance concerns.

 

3.0 Gold Accounts: LINE REQUESTS UP TO [*]

(NEW APPLICATIONS AND LINE INCREASES)

 

  3.1 New Applications

Application Process:

The credit process is initiated when the branch receives a completed and signed application from a dealer. The branch must enter the application and reference information into the COSMOS computer system and send to the Corporate Credit Department. A Credit Analyst within the Credit Department will complete a credit analysis which includes a credit bureau, UCC/lien search, KO Book check, credit summary, and credit scorecard. [*]

 

  3.2 Existing Credit Lines

Credit Line Increase Requests:

Minimum Requirements:

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

The branch should submit the documents above via the computer system, to the Credit Department.

 

  SCH I -4   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

3.3 Contract Documents Required:

Required Documents:

1. Sole Proprietorship and Partnerships

A. [*]

B. [*]

C. [*]

2. Corporations

A. [*]

B. [*]

C. [*]

3. LLCs

A. [*]

B. [*]

C. [*]

 

4.0 Platinum Account: LINE REQUESTS [*]

(NEW APPLICATIONS AND LINE INCREASES)

When a request for a platinum package is received at the corporate Credit Department the following steps will be taken:

The package will be reviewed [*] for completeness.

 

  4.1 Platinum Package Review

 

  4.1.1 Complete Packages

 

  If the package is complete, the Branch Manager will be e-mailed that the package has been received complete.

 

  The Credit Department will send a final e-mail with the decision from Credit Committee when received.

 

  SCH I -5   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

  4.1.2 Incomplete Packages

 

  If the package is incomplete, the branch will be e-mailed a list of missing documents.

 

  The Platinum Department will follow-up with the dealer via a phone call and/or letter to assist the branch in gathering missing documents.

 

  If the missing documents are not received within [*], the request will be stale dated. The package will be scanned into EDMS and originals will be shredded.

 

  The package can be resubmitted when complete with updated documents.

 

  4.2 Contents of a Complete Platinum Package

 

  4.2.1 [*]

 

  4.2.2 [*]

 

  4.2.3 [*]

 

  4.2.4 [*]

 

  4.2.5 [*]

 

  4.2.6 A new applicant requires a completed, signed AFC application; a completed signed checklist, [*].

A review requires an AFC Review Worksheet, a completed Dealer Modification Form, [*].

 

  4.2.7 It is necessary to obtain other floorplan sources, current balances and all information related to all auction references listed. (There is space for this information on the [*] Checklist).

 

  4.2.8 LLC (If Applicable)- Because of the way that Limited Liability Companies are structured, it is necessary to obtain and send Articles of Organization, and the Operating Agreement (where applicable) to the Credit Department. Where there is no Operating Agreement required by the state, we will need to see the corporate tax returns. If there are neither, then AFC will draft a document that must be signed by certain members and/or manager of the Borrower. We need to identify all Members and Managers. [*].

 

  SCH I -6   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

There are two common structures of an LLC:

 

  Member managed – [*].

 

  Manager managed – [*].

In the event of a discrepancy the Legal Department will be involved in making the appropriate course of action.

 

  4.2.9 If a Corporation, please obtain a copy of dealership’s Articles of Incorporation.

 

  4.2.10 Completed [*] checklist signed by Branch Manager verifying that package is complete (can be located on MyAFC.net).

 

  4.2.11 Security or collateral- It may be necessary to obtain security or collateral in the form of a mortgage . This possibility should be discussed with the dealer.

If security is needed, the dealer needs to be advised that the average cost of document preparation may exceed [*]. These costs include:

 

  a property appraisal

 

  a title search

 

  the cost for having a Deed of Trust or a Mortgage prepared.

If the property being used as collateral is a commercial property, please be aware that these costs could be considerably higher due to [*].

[*]

If the increase is subject to security or collateral, the Credit Department will put the branch in touch with in-house counsel. When contacted, counsel will know what is required and in most cases can handle internally.

Security or collateral could also be in the form of a certificate of deposit or cash. Any other type of security or collateral should be discussed with a Regional Manager.

 

5.0 CREDIT APPROVAL POLICY

 

  5.1 Gold Accounts: Credit Lines [*]

The Credit Analyst has the authority to credit decision the following:

 

   

New applications

 

   

Requests for increases

 

   

Annual reviews

 

   

Standard term changes ([*]). Non-standard term change requests must be approved by the Credit Manager or the Director of Credit Services.

 

   

Once an Application is approved the account can be automatically increased to the new credit line via a [*] temporary increase by the Credit /Contract Departments.

 

  SCH I -7   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

This gives the branch ample time to get the contract executed to make the line permanent.

 

  5.2 Platinum Accounts: – Credit lines [*]

Credit lines over [*] are handled in the following manner:

 

  5.2.1 The Sr. Credit Analyst will prepare the credit package and route to the Credit Manager. At the same time the analyst emails their recommendation to the RM and BM. The RM has the ability to recommend revising or terminating the request. The Sr. Credit Analyst may also order a criminal background check at this time with the appropriate authorization.

 

  5.2.2 The Credit Manager will review, make recommendation and route the package to the DCS for their recommendation if available.

 

  5.2.3 The DCS will review the file, make a recommendation and then forward it to the remaining credit committee members.

The following are the dollar amounts and the corresponding credit committee members required to approve the request (in addition to the DCS):

Loan requests up to [*]

 

  COO, VP of Finance, or another representative as directed by the President

Loan requests between [*] up to [*]

 

  One independent VP (other than the VP of the area the dealer is located in)

 

  President, COO, VP of Finance, or another representative as directed by the President (Two of the three).

Loan requests in excess of [*]

 

  One independent VP (other than the VP of the area the dealer is located in)

 

  COO & VP of Finance

 

  And President

 

  - It is not necessary for the President to sign on loan packages under [*]; however, the President may sign in place of any of the individuals listed above.

 

  5.2.4

The file will be returned to the Credit Manager who will prepare a summary term sheet. The package will be routed back to the DCS for

 

  SCH I -8   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

 

review of all recommendations. It is the DCS’ responsibility to interpret all recommendations and ensure that a majority of signing members agree on a final decision.

 

  5.2.5 The final decision will be forwarded to the Branch Manager via email and also entered into COSMOS. The Credit Analyst will detail why the decision was made, if other than requested, in an email to the Branch Manager.

 

  5.2.6 Once an Application is approved the account can be automatically increased to the new credit line via a [*] temporary increase by the Credit Department. This gives the branch ample time to get the contract executed to make the line permanent (refer to 5.1).

 

  5.2.7 Term change requests require the approval of the following (after RM and Division VP approval):

 

  DCS

 

  COO, VP of Finance, or another respresentative as directed by the President.

 

  An independent VP or the President can substitute for the above individuals if they are not available.

If a dealer is not contracted within [*] of approval, the dealer must reapply unless an exception is made by the Credit Manager.

 

6.0 ADDITIONAL EXTENSION OF CURTAILMENT DATE

 

  6.1 Policy Statement

An additional extension of curtailment date, beyond contract terms for a vehicle, may be approved with the following qualifiers (unless approved by the Division VP):

 

  6.1.1 Dealer must have a [*] history with AFC of reasonable activity.

 

  SCH I -9   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

  6.1.2 No failed lot checks in the last [*].

 

  6.1.3 No NSF’s in the last [*].

 

  6.1.4 Contract floorplan fee applies.

 

  6.1.5 Any additional extension of curtailment is for at least [*] of the remaining principal, plus fees, plus interest and unit must be visually verified within [*] of the transaction.

 

  6.1.6 The unit must be visually verified within [*] of the transaction. If the unit was not visually verified by an AutoVin Field Manager within [*] of the transaction, then the branch must visually verify the unit. Branches may use pictures in place of visual inspections when visual inspections are not possible. The pictures must include images of all four sides of the vehicle with at least one of the pictures showing the valid AFC P.O. number for the current week. The branch will receive a weekly email in their branch inbox with their Corporate assigned AFC P.O. number for that week. The branch must retain the photos used for the inspection in the respective dealer’s Miscellaneous file at the branch.

 

  6.2 Approvals

 

 

6.2.1

1 st extension of curtailment beyond contracted terms must be approved by the [*].

 

 

6.2.2

2 nd extension of curtailment beyond contracted terms must be approved by the [*].

 

 

6.2.3

3 rd extension of curtailment or greater must be approved by the [*] who will then forward to the [*] if recommended for their approval.

 

  Approvals must be documented via e-mail and retained in the title file

 

7.0 AUCTION PURCHASES

 

  7.1 Policy Statement

This is a purchase in which the vehicle is purchased through the auction lane of an AFC-approved auction. The dealer must present the auction ticket as the loan’s source documentation. Branch employees must verify the integrity of the transaction by inspecting the related documentation. The table below explains the parameters for advances made for an AFC Approved Auction Purchases.

 

  SCH I -10   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

Approved Auction Purchase

 

[*]

  

Maximum AFC Advance

  

COSMOS Floorplan Date

  

Additional AFC Fee

[*]

   Up to [*].    [*]    None

[*]

   Up to [*]    [*]    [*]

 

Required documentation: Negotiable title and auction ticket. If inspection is required, attach the Advance Checklist Form.

 

Floorplanning dates when Paying Auction

  

Floorplanning dates when Paying Dealer

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

[*]

   [*]

 

** Note: An additional [*] must be entered manually into COSMOS unless this was from an AFC-sponsored float program.

Vehicles over [*]

[*] These transactions require [*] approval. Dealers may have distinct terms identified within their respective contract.

Refloorplanning

[*] approval is required if dollar amount of refloor is greater than or equal to previous floorplanned amount. Refloor is the same unit floored by the same dealer within the [*].

 

8.0 NON-AUCTION PURCHASES

Policy Statement

This is a purchase in which the vehicle is not purchased through the auction lane of an AFC approved auction, or an approved auction purchase [*]. The dealer must provide appropriate source documentation showing how they acquired the vehicle and the cost they incurred in doing so.

Non-Auction Purchases

There are many ways a dealer can acquire inventory. The three that occur most often are:

1) Dealer takes vehicle on trade from a retail customer.

2) Dealer trades inventory with another dealer (new or used).

 

  SCH I -11   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

3) Dealer directly purchases from another dealer (new or used), fleet organization or other automotive entity.

 

    

Maximum AFC Advance

  

Additional Administrative Fee charged to dealer.

If inspected prior to flooring

   * Up to [*] (whichever is less)    Yes—[*]

If NOT inspected prior to flooring

   * Up to [*] (whichever is less)    Yes—[*]

 

 

Required documentation: Negotiable title, APPROVED value guide valuation, Advance Checklist Form and an original executed BOS or copy of BOS or auction ticket.

 

 

Approved Value Guides (the selected Value Guide must be geographically specific to the flooring branch’s location where applicable) :

 

 

Blackbook – Average Wholesale

 

 

Classic Car Blackbook – Average Wholesale

 

 

Heavy Duty Blackbook – Average Wholesale

 

 

NADA – Trade-In

 

 

NADA – Low Retail (use only when NADA Trade-In value is not available for same unit)

 

 

NADA Classic Guide – Low Retail

 

 

NADA Recreational Vehicle Guides – Low Retail (boats, RVs, trailers, etc.)

 

 

ADESA Market Guide – Average

 

 

Manheim Market Report – Average

 

 

Branches may use pictures in place of visual inspections when visual inspections are not possible. The pictures must include images of all four sides of the vehicle with at least one of the pictures showing the valid AFC P.O. number for the current week. The branch will receive a weekly email in their branch inbox with their Corporately assigned AFC P.O. number. Each number will be valid for seven calendar days. Branch must attach all inspection photos to the respective paid source document.

Any exception to the above outline can be made by written request from the Branch Manager to the Regional Manager.

Non-Auction Purchase Privileges

 

 

[*]%= All account begin with [*] of the credit line available for non-auction purchases.

 

  SCH I -12   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

 

[*]%= Any account with at least [*] paid off.

Any exception to the above outline may be made by written request from the Branch Manager to the Regional Manager prior to submission to the Credit Admin Department for approval by the [*].

Reminders for Approved Auction and Non-Auction Purchases

 

 

Branches do not have to advance the full percentage in the Maximum AFC Advance column and it is recommended to inspect.

 

 

Branches must aggressively follow-up for all outstanding titles from “indirect” advances. Outstanding titles should never age [*] from the date on which AFC funds were mailed.

 

 

Branches must conduct complete inspections of the collateral in accordance with the advance checklist form.

 

 

Branches must have original title prior to all direct funding.

Vehicles over [*]

[*] These transactions require [*] Approval. Dealers may have distinct terms identified within their respective contract.

Refloorplanning

[*] approval is required if dollar amount of refloor is greater than or equal to previous floorplanned amount. Refloor is the same unit floored by the same dealer within the [*].

 

9.0 DEALER QUICK APPS POLICY

Purpose

Quick Apps were designed to allow the branches to take greater advantage of sales opportunities. A Quick App will allow a dealer to begin flooring on the day of sale and gather full, supporting documentation after the sale. The dealer must leave one check per car with the branch on sale day.

Quick Apps are to be used for special situations which must be pre-approved by the Division VP [*] prior to the event.The branch will [*] floor vehicles, after which the account will be placed on a no flooring restriction. The account will remain restricted until a complete application package has been received and reviewed at Corporate.

NOTE: The credit limit established on quick applications will be determined with limited information. The account can be re-evaluated for a higher credit limit if more information is provided in the completed application package.

 

  SCH I -13   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

In no case will a Quick App line exceed [*].

 

10.0 CREDIT FILES AND MAINTENANCE

As a matter of policy, all credit files shall be maintained on all loans at the corporate office in electronic format. Each credit file shall contain:

 

  Borrower application for credit (signed and obtained from ALL signers on the account, including Guarantors)

 

  Credit reports on each Borrower and Guarantor

 

  Credit applications review worksheet prepared by the Credit Department

 

  Credit review write-up for loans in excess of [*]

 

  Copies of [*] for loans in excess of [*]

 

  UCC or applicable search

 

  Evidence of loan approval

 

  Evidence of PMSI filings with other creditors, as necessary (green card or equivalient)

 

  Properly executed documents:

 

  Promissory Note and Security Agreement

 

  Term Sheet

 

  Power of Attorney

 

  Unconditional Guaranty

 

  Other documents necessary to secure AFC’s interest in the loan

 

  Any other information deemed necessary by the Credit Department

Dealer lot check documentation shall be maintained by lot check provider and can be retrieved via the web.

 

  10.1 Manufacturer Agreements

Following is the policy regarding Manufacturer Agreements, and the procedures which must be completed prior to executing such agreements. It is the intention of AFC to fully review each manufacturer for financial stability, quality of product and commitment to integrity at a level equal to which AFC is held. In order to accomplish this, the following documents are necessary.

Financial Statements:

 

   

Income statement and balance sheet within the last 90 days.

 

   

Income and balance sheet for prior year-end.

Tax Returns:

 

   

Last two years corporate tax returns.

Miscellaneous:

 

   

Credit references (minimum of two).

 

   

Most recent annual report or current business plan

The documents above must be submitted to the Credit Manager. The Credit Manager will prepare a complete credit package for Credit Committee review. The package will

 

  SCH I -14   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

include a financial analysis, Lexis/Nexis search or equivalent, reference check, business summary and credit recommendation. Every package requires the approval of at least the Director of Credit Services, Treasurer of ADESA, Inc., COO, or Controller.

 

11.0 ANNUAL REVIEW POLICY [*]

The purpose of this policy is to ensure that the customer’s credit and account performance has been maintained to AFC standards. All AFC dealer files are reviewed annually by the corporate office. The branch must update all documentation required for initial approval and submit with recommendation for renewal. Current financial data should be no more than three months old (exceptions must be approved by the Credit Department). Platinum account annual reviews require the approval of the Credit Manager, platinum accounts and DCS, and one of the following (an independent VP, COO, Controller, Treasurer, ADESA, Inc., or the President).

Required Documents

 

Gold Accounts:

  

Platinum Accounts:

•        [*]

  

•        [*]

•        [*]

  

•        [*]

•        [*]

  

•        [*]

•        [*]

  

•        [*]

•        [*]

  

•        [*]

•         [*]

  

•        [*]

 

  SCH I -15   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

12.0 SPECIAL PROGRAMS

The Operations Department has created several special programs to help facilitate our borrowers and branches. These programs allow the branches to better serve their dealers while still upholding the desired credit standards of AFC.

The following explains each special program in depth:

 

 

Temporary Increase and Overlines

 

   

It is the DCS and/or the Credit Committee’s prerogative to restrict temporary increases in conjunction with line increase or new lines for up to six months.

 

 

Float Sales

 

 

Rental

 

  12.1 Dealer Temporary Increase and Overline Policies

The purpose of these policies is to prevent losses due to over-extended, unmonitored dealers, as well as identify those dealers who may need an increased credit line. It is designed to document and monitor those dealers who exceed their credit limits.

 

  12.1.1 Temporary Increase Policy

The purpose of the temporary increase is to accommodate a dealers sporadic buying needs and to allow for increased buying power while a credit line increase is being processed. Dealers are permitted to go over their credit line by an approved amount for a given period of time. The dealer’s account may fluctuate up and down within that time frame as long as the account balance remains under the temporary approved credit line. The credit line must be under the standard credit limit by the end of the temporary increase period or the account will be restricted from flooring.

Approval Levels for Temporary Increase*:

 

  

Branch Manager or SAM

(Special Assignment Manager)

   up to [*]**
   Regional Manager or Credit Manager    up to [*]
   Vice President    up to [*]
   COO or DCS    up to [*]
   COO & DCS    over  [*]
   President can substitute for all of the above.   

 

* Based on performance review of a dealer the Credit Department has the authority to decline any request made.
** Requests made by someone other than the Branch Manger must copy the Branch Manager in the email request.

 

  SCH I -16   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

The above listed differences between US and Canadian are based on an average exchange rate of [*]. The actual exchange rate is changed daily in COSMOS. As a result the Overline/Temporary Increase amounts will differ from the maximums listed above.

Maximum term for a temporary increase is [*].

The maximum limit for a temporary increase must not exceed the dealers contracted credit limit unless approved by the VP, COO, VP of Finance, DCS, or President.

On accounts where the Temporary request is [*], the Dealer must submit a current Balance Sheet and Income Statement (not older than 90 days) for review by the DCS and COO, or their replacements.

There can be no more than [*] temporary increases within any [*] month period unless approved by the COO, Controller, or President (in the event that neither are available, the DCS can approve). If none of the above are available, then the Credit manager may approve exceptions. Additionally, there can be no more than [*] consecutive temporary increases after our Seasonal Temp Program (STP).

For example if a dealer [*].

 

  12.1.2 Overline Policy

This should be used when a dealer needs to exceed their credit line for a special, one-day event or situation (such as a special sale). The account may not fluctuate up and down; once the dealer is approved for the overage, no more vehicles may be floored until the line is paid back to the normal credit limit. All Overlines that exceed a temporary increase by [*] must be approved by the COO, VP of Finance, or President (in the event that they are not available, the DCS can approve). If none of the above is available, then the Credit Manager may approve the exceptions.

Approval levels for Overline (Where no Temporary Increases are in place)*;

 

   All Branch Employees    up to [*]**

   Regional Manager or Credit Manager    up to [*]

   Vice President    up to [*]

   COO or DCS    up to [*]

   COO & DCS    over  [*]

   President can substitute for all of the above.   

 

* Based on performance review of a dealer the Credit Department has the authority to decline any request made.
** Approvals at the Branch level do not need to be e-mailed to the Overline Administrator.

 

  SCH I -17   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

The above listed differences are based on an average exchange rate of .80. The actual exchange rate is changed daily in COSMOS. As a result the Overline/Temporary Increase amounts will differ from the maximums listed above.

 

  12.2 Rate & Term Adjustment Procedure

The need for rate and term adjustments comes up from time to time. In order to process these requests quickly, please forward the following to the Credit Department:

 

   

Summary write-up

 

   

Complete a ROGI form

 

   

Obtain the [*] and [*]’s written approval for the request

 

   

Complete request in Cosmos computer system.

 

   

Submit all of the above for approval to the Credit Department at Corporate.

Gold account standard term changes ([*]) can be approved by the credit analyst. Non-standard term changes must be approved by the [*].

Platinum account non-standard term changes must be approved by the [*] (two independent [*] can substitute if the [*] is not available), and the [*].

 

  12.3 Float Sales – Auction Guaranteed

(100% Guaranteed or Partially Guaranteed)

Purpose

Float sales are special sales held by an auction to increase sales by allowing dealers to purchase vehicles and not pay for them until sold or within a specified term, whichever comes first. AFC participates in order to support the auction.

Auction Approval

Prior to a float sale the host auction must be approved by the Credit Committee. Initial float sale requests must be submitted 2 weeks prior to the sale and should have the following documents submitted with the request.

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

 

  SCH I -18   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

Once the host auction is approved by the Credit Committee the auction will be allowed to have float sales for 1 year. In order to continue having float sales, the auction must be reviewed annually.

NOTE: The limit established by the Credit Committee is the maximum amount that the auction can extend to the dealers purchasing at the float sale. This dollar amount will be treated as a “credit line” – that is, AFC will only floor cars up to the set dollar amount. The auction can apply for temporary increases if necessary.

Terms & Conditions

 

   

The term will be stated on the float sale request form (i.e. 30 to 60 days).

 

   

[*] in accordance with their standard floorplan contract.

 

   

[*]

 

  12.4 Float Sales – [*] AFC Liability

Purpose

Float sales are special sales held by an auction to increase sales by allowing dealers to purchase vehicles and not pay for them until sold or within a specified term, whichever comes first. AFC participates in order to support the auction.

All non AFC dealers who participate must have a credit limit assigned by the Credit Department and execute a float sale agreement prior to floor planning.

Terms & Conditions

 

   

The term will be stated on the float sale request form (i.e. 30 to 60 days).

 

   

[*] float in accordance with their standard floorplan contract.

 

   

[*]

 

  12.5 Rental

Rental Floorplans

Rental floorplans operate in much the same way as do retail floorplans with a few marked exceptions. In general, rental floorplans are geared toward the segment of the automotive market in the car rental business. Their fee, interest and term structure is designed to reflect the nature of the rental industry. Application procedures for rental accounts mirror those of the retail floorplan.

Although rental accounts differ in term and rate, they are maintained to the same standard as a retail account. Dealers must be reviewed on an annual basis; credit line reviews for increases are completed as well as periodic lot audits.

 

  SCH I -19   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

13.0 LOAN SUPERVISION

Each Regional and Branch Manager has the duty to review the performance of the loans he or she services and to actively follow up if substantial deviations or problems are detected. It is the Regional and Branch Mangers’ responsibility to notify the appropriate individuals, via a potential loss notice, and to develop a plan to correct the problem.

AFC shall provide ADESA Inc. a monthly operating report as defined by ADESA Inc.

The policies listed below are the policies that the AFC Credit Department is responsible to oversee regarding problem loans:

 

   

NSF Policy

 

   

Contract Execution Policy

 

   

Direct Dealer Contact

 

   

Credit References

 

   

AFC Reinstatement Policy

 

   

Forced Placed Insurance

 

   

Cashier’s Check

 

  13.1 NSF Policy

The corporate Administrative Services Department receives notification daily of all NSFs. The Administration Department posts the checks in the Cosmos computer system and notifies the branch. Cosmos automatically restricts the account from any further flooring until the following types of funds are deposited upon which it automatically removes the flooring restriction:

 

   

Cashier’s check

 

   

Certified check

 

   

Traveller’s check

 

   

Money order

 

   

Cash

 

   

Wire transfer

 

   

Credit card

 

   

ACH

 

  13.2 Contract Execution Policy

The purpose of this memorandum is to establish AFC’s policy regarding the signing, witnessing, and notarizing of AFC contracts, exhibits, and Amendments.

US branches/Alberta Dealers: All contracts, exhibits and amendments must be signed by the dealer in the presence of an AFC employee. Each branch must have at least one employee who is a notary, and have access to at least one other notary who is known by an AFC employee. (I.e. an auction employee)

 

  SCH I -20   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

These notaries and no others will be used to notarize applicable exhibits and amendments, including all guaranties.

Canadian branches/except Alberta Dealers: All Contracts, exhibits and amendments must be signed by the dealer in the presence of two witnesses, at least one of which must be an AFC employee. If an amendment or exhibit that requires the signature of two witnesses is not signed by both witnesses, it will be returned as incorrect.

All branches: The Notary/Witnesses must be present at the time of signing. A notarized/witnessed copy of the contract must be given to all signors. Each branch will verify the identity of the parties and compare signatures on the contract with a signature on a signor’s picture identification in a form of either a driver’s license or passport. Each branch will also be required to write down the photo ID number of the contract signers at the bottom of the dealer contract application page.

 

  13.3 AFC Reinstatement Policy

Purpose

Should an active dealer be designated as a potential loss necessitating a PLN Notice, and subsequently considered for reinstatement of a credit line, the following procedures are required.

The following procedures are also required if the dealership files for bankruptcy protection under chapter 7, 11, or 13. This would result in a BANKRUPTCY LOCKOUT.

Requirements

Branch Manager: Recommends reinstatement procedures are activated via an e-mail to the respective Regional Manager describing in detail the reason for the request. The cause of the potential loss, how the potential loss was resolved (i.e.; PIF or PN), the current status of the account, and what the dealer has done to prevent reoccurrence of a potential loss must be a part of this recommendation. The recommended dollar amount of the reinstatement credit line must be less than the previous credit line. Additionally, if this is a bankruptcy, we need the date of filing, the type filed, and the date of discharge or dismissal.

Regional Manager : Reviews the Branch Manager recommendation. Either concurs or rejects the recommendation. If rejected- the issue is closed. If concurs- forwards recommendation e-mail to the Collection Manager with appropriate comments.

Collection Manager : Reviews the recommendation and either concurs or rejects with appropriate comments. Forwards recommendation e-mail to Credit Manager.

Credit Manager: Reviews the recommendation and completes the Review Process Matrix. Upon completion, routes to DCS for review. The DCS then forwards recommendation with appropriate comments to the respective Area Vice President for final concurrence or rejection.

 

  SCH I -21   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC - Credit Policy


 

Division Vice President : Reviews the recommendation and determines final concurrence or rejection. Upon completion, forwards file with appropriate comments to the Collection Manager.

Collection Manager : If recommendation is rejected, dealer file is re-filed with the collection accounts. If concurrence, the lockout is removed, the Branch Manager is notified, and the dealer file is re-filed in the Credit Department as an active dealer.

Required Documents:

 

   

AFC Review Worksheet

 

   

Dealer Request Form

 

   

Lot Audit Summary

 

   

If a term or rate change, submit a ROGI and approval by Regional Manager.

File will be reviewed for the following:

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

 

   

[*]

As a general rule the standard reinstatement process must be performed when a PLN has been previously entered. If a dealer cures the default prior to any vehicle being 30 days delinquent or written off, the Collection Manager and the Regional Manager have the authority to waive the reinstatement process. Thereafter, only the President, COO or any two of the following VP of Collections, Corporate Counsel, and any of the divisional VP’s have the authority to waive the reinstatement process. If the reinstatement process has been waived the Collections Department will immediately inform the Credit Department of such waiver. In the case of a bankruptcy the entity or person which AFC has contracted with (i.e. not a guarantor) must go through a reinstatement process and there will be no waivers allowed.

 

  13.4 Credit References

From time to time AFC is asked to provide credit references for dealers that we have done business with. In order to protect AFC and its dealers, please forward all inquiries to the corporate Credit Department.

 

  13.5 Forced Placed Insurance

To establish a line of credit with AFC the dealer is required to insure all collateral against risks. The dealer shall provide AFC with copies of its current policies of insurance yearly that include; Comprehensive and Collision coverage and physical damage coverage for a limit of not less than 50% of their approved credit line. [*]

If a dealer does not provide AFC with the required insurance documentation within a specified timeframe the dealer will automatically be enrolled in AFC’s Vehicle Inventory Protection (VIP) Program. The dealer also has the opportunity to voluntarily sign-up for the VIP insurance program.

 

  SCH I -22   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


SCHEDULE II

DEPOSIT BANKS AND DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

 

Deposit Bank

 

Deposit Account

[*]   [*]

[*]

  [*]

[*]

  [*]

[*]

  [*]

 

   SCH-II-1    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


SCHEDULE III

[RESERVED]

 

   SCH-III-1    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


SCHEDULE IV

ELIGIBLE CONTRACTS

Eligible Contracts are available upon request

 

   SCH-IV-1    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


SCHEDULE V

TAX MATTERS

None.

 

   SCH-V-1    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


SCHEDULE VI

COMPETITOR FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

[*]

 

   SCH-VI-1    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


ANNEX A

FORM OF PURCHASE NOTICE

 

      Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


ANNEX B

FORM OF SERVICER REPORT

 

      Date   

 

  
      # of Days in Month:   

 

  
Third Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of                           , 200    among AFC FUNDING CORPORATION as Seller, AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION, as Servicer, FAIRWAY FINANCE COMPANY, LLC and MONTEREY FUNDING as Purchasers, and BMO Capital Markets and Deutsche Bank as Initial Agents

 

Part I. Purchase Limit, Investment Amount, and Participation as of      
     Fairway    Monterey
  A.   Purchase Limit      
  Purchase Limit %      
  B.   Aggregate Investment Amount (Excludes Cash Wired from [*])      
  C.   Aggregate Loss Reserve Calculation      
  D.   Collateral Balance = (Net Receivables Pool Balance + Excess in Liq. Acct )      
  E   Participation = [(B+C /D)]      
Part II. Receivables Rollforward and Aging Report   
  See Section I details on Receivables Pool Balance calculated as of the Month End Date.      
Part III. Concentration Limits and Net Portfolio Balance   
  See Section II details on Receivables Pool Balance calculated as of the Month End Date.      
Part IV. Required Reserves (Section III)    $    %
  A.   Loss Reserve (incl Cash Res)   Loss Reserves and Percentage      
    Minimum Level (Min % * Investment)      
  B.   Cash Reserve (part of LR)   Minimum Level (Min % * Investment)      
Part V. Performance Triggers (Section IV)    Actual    Trigger Level
  A.   [*]      
  [*]        
  B.   [*]      
  C.   [*]      
  D.   [*]      
  E.   [*]        
  F.   [*]      
  G.   Net Spread Test        

 

   Annex B    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


Part VI. Financial Triggers & Covenants (Section V)    Actual         Trigger Level
  A.   Bankruptcy         
  B.   Material Adverse Change         
  C.   IRS section 6323 Lien         
  D.   Change in Control         
  E.   Level One Trigger Event         
  F.   KAR Financial Covenant Violation         
  G.   Cross Acceleration of Corporate Debt         
  H.   Servicer’s Debt + Investment Limitation         
  I.   Tangible Net Worth Test (AFC)         
  J.   Tangible Net Worth Test (Seller)         
  K   Leverage Ratio (Debt / Equity) of AFC - Quarterly         
Part VII. Reporting Requirements    Timing          
  A.   Reporting Period         
  B.   Report Dates         
  C.   Quarterly Financial Statements - Seller & Servicer         
  D.   Annual Financial Statements - Seller & Servicer         
  E.   KAR Compliance Certificate         
  F.   Material Changes to Servicer Report         
Part VIII. Representations & Warranties
The Servicer certifies the figures on the Servicer Report to be true and complete, no Termination Events as forth in Exhibit V have occurred, and the representations and warranties set forth in Exhibit III of the Receivables Purchase Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

AFC FUNDING CORPORATION

  By:

     

  Name Printed:

     

  Title:

     

  Date:

     

 

   Annex B    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


  SECTION I – Receivables Information           

 

  I.    Receivables Rollforward            
        

Current

Month

       
A)    Beginning Principal Balance                

B)

   Receivables Floorplanned                

C)

   Principal Receipts                

D)

   Write-Offs                

E)

   A/R Converted to Notes                

F)

   Ending Principal Balance [A + B - C - D - E]                
   Finance Charge Collections            

G)

   Interest                

H)

   Floorplan Fee                

I)

   Other Fees                

J)

   Finance Charge Collections                
   Write-Offs            

K)

   Total Write-Offs                

L)

   Write-Offs > [*]                

M)

   Total Converted to Notes                

N)

   Converted to Notes > [*]                

II.

   Receivables Aging Report            

A)

   Current                

B)

   [*] Days Past Due                

C)

   [*] Days Past Due                

D)

   [*] Days Past Due                

E)

   [*] Days Past Due                

F)

   [*] Days Past Due                
   Total Receivables [A + B + C + D + E + F]                
   Average Maturity (ref purposes only)            
   Difference            

III.

   Payment Rate / Implied Turnover         

A)

   Principal Receipts (from rollforward)              

B)

   Beginning Principal Balance (from rollforward)              
   Implied Turnover [B / A * 30]              
              

V.

   Delinquent Receivables              
   Receivables [*] days past due            

VI.

   Defaulted Receivables            
   Receivables [*] days past due              
              

SECTION II – Concentrations & NRPB

           

VII.

   Obligor Information            
   Number of Active Dealers              
   Average Dealer Size              

 

  Annex B   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


VIII.

   Net Receivables Pool Balance Calculation         
   Total Receivables              
   Less: Specified Inelgibile Receivables           
   Total Receivables excluding Specified Ineligible Receivables         
   Receivables excluded from NRPB (includes exclusion for Specified Curtailment Recv.)*         
      TA Exclusions              
      Delinquent Receivables              
      Defaulted Receivables              
              Non-Eligible Vehicles           
              Tractor Receivables > [*]           
              Recreational Vehicle Receivables > [*]        
              Used Motorcycles > [*]           
      Obligors with > [*] defaulted (not previously excluded)        
      Ineligible Term Exclusions           
      Floorplanned > [*]              
      [*] Day Terms > [*]              
      Terms > [*] payoff              
      Short Pays (P Exclusions)           
      NSF              
   Total Specified Curtailment Exclusion           
              
   Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables           
   (before Specified Curtailment Recv. Add-back)         
   Specified Curtailment Receivables         
   Add: [*]            
   Add: [*]            
      Less Specified Curtailment Receivables Advance in excess of [*]      
   O/s Bal. of Eligible Recv. (incl. Specified Curtailment Recv.)           
   Concentration Limits (including Specified Curtailment Receivables)         
  

Normal Concentrations (List all obligors in excess of [*] - US$ Equivalent)

 

        
      Largest Obligors    O/S Eligible    Elig Rec Limit    Excess   
      Dealer Number    Balance - NPE    [*]    Concentrations   
  

2

             0    —     
  

3

             0    —     
  

4

             0    —     
  

5

             0    —     
  

6

             0    —     
  

7

             0    —     
   8                 —     
                       
   9                     
         Total Excess Concentrations – Normal          —  
      Excluded Obligors             N/A

 

  Annex B   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


     Special Concentrations (List all obligors in excess of [*] - US $ Equivalent that has been approved as a special obligor)
     Per Third Amended Restated Agmt new dealers added to this list
        O/S Eligible    Elig Rec Limit    Excess   
     Dealer Number    Balance -

NPE

        Concentrations   
   1                —     
   2                —     
   3                —     
        Total Excess
Concentrations
- Special [*]
         —  
     Special Concentrations (List all obligors in excess of [*] - US $ Equivalent that has been approved as a special obligor)
                      
   1             0    —     
        Total Excess
Concentrations
- Special [*]
         —  
     Special Concentrations (List all obligors in excess of [*] -- US $ Equivalent that has been approved as a special obligor)
                      
   1             0    —     
   2             0    —     
   3             0    —     
   4             0    —     
        Total Excess
Concentrations
- Special [*]
         —  
                  
     Net Receivables Pool Balance             0

 

  Annex B   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


SECTION III - Required Reserves            
                 
IX.    Investment & Discount (Discount Tab)         Fairway    Monterey    Total
A)    Aggregate Investments               0
B)    Total
Discount
                0
C)    Accrued &
Unpaid
Discount
                0
D)    Average Investment (from Billing)               0
X.    Loss Percentage (Calculated Monthly)              
A)    [*]               
B)    [*]                
C)    Loss Reserve Ratio (Calculated Below)              
D)    Minimum
Loss
Percentage
              
E)      Loss Percentage [*]              
                 
     Loss Percentage  (1-Loss Percentage)             
                  
XI.    Loss Reserve Calculation   Fairway       Monterey       Total
A)    Total
Investment
               
B)    Cash wired in from collection account              
C)    Loss Percentage/(1-Loss Percentage)              
     Loss Reserve [A - B * C]             
   Loss Reserve Ratio:              
F)    [*]                 
G)    [*]                
H)    [*]               
I)    Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables             
     Loss Reserve Ratios [G * H/I]             
XII.    Cash Reserve Account              
A)    Excess
Spread [*]
               
B)    Excess
Spread [*]
               
C)    [*]               
   [*]               
               
D)    [*]               
   Maximum Delinquency Ratio             
             
E)    Level One Trigger Event (C less than [*] or D greater than [*] ]        
   If ‘YES’ , then such trigger shall remain in effect until three consecutive calendar months have elapsed during which
such trigger has not been breached.
F)    Cash Reserve Percentage             
G)    Aggregate Investments (Fairway + Monterey)            
H)    Required Cash Reserve Amount [F * G]             
I)    Actual Cash Reserve Balance             

 

  Annex B   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


XIII.    Total Reserves              
A)    Loss Reserve            
B)    Cash Reserve [from XII. H)]         
            Total Reserve $ [A + B]              
                  
           Total Reserve % [A + B]           
C)    Investment + Loss Reserve [A + F]            
                    
                  
              
XIV.    Liquidation Account Balance       Fairway    Monterey    Total
A)    Liquidation Account Balance            
B)    Last Billing Paid                
C)        Discount            
D)        Utilization Fee (From Billing)         
E)        Facility Fee (From Billing)            
F)        Note Placement Fees            
G)        Backup Serv. Fees & Unaffiliated Serv. Fees         
H)        Transition Expenses (if Any)         
           
      Minimum Balance        
      Excess Cash/(Deficit)        
      Compliance?      
   Note: Items D, E and F are limited to Libor + [*]      
XV.    Allocation to Purchaser’s Share and Seller’s Share (Based on or       Participation)
   Prior to a Termination Event         
               Purchasers’

Share

A)    Principal Receipts            
B)    Finance Receipts            
                      
C)    Total            
                    
1    Unaffiliated Servicing Fee and Back-up Servicing Fee      
2    Interest and Program Fees (not previously set aside in Liquidation Acct)      
3    Cash Reserve Acct (any amt required to equal Cash Reserve Requirement)      
4    Voluntary Paydown of Investment           
5    Paydown Investment of the Purchasers         
6    Liquidation Account (to any Indemnified Party excl. any Interest/Program Fees & Investment)   
7    Back-up Servicer (any accrued & unpaid Back-up Servicing Fees)      
                    
8    Servicing Fees (not paid above) to the Servicer         
                    
9    Reinvested in Receivables         
                    
10    Seller, any remaining amounts         
                  
SECTION IV - Performance Triggers            
XVI.    Termination Events - Month End Only
A)    Participation Test
   1)   Aggregate Investments
   2)   Loss Reserve Calculation
   3)   Cash wired from collection account
   4)   Excess Cash in Liquidation Account

 

  Annex B   Third Amended and Restated
    Receivables Purchase Agreement


   5)   Investment + Loss Reserve - Cash wired         
   6)   Net Receivable Pool Balance minus + Excess in Liq. Acct         
   7)   Participation % [5) / 6)]           
   8)   Participation % Limit    In Compliance        
B)    Default Ratio Test         
   1)  

Receivables [*] days past due + Write-offs and Notes < [*] past due

         Jan-00
    

+ A/R conv to Notes <[*] past due (Ref Tab 1 for details)

          
   2)   Receivables Originated [*] months prior (Cash Disbur.)           
   3)   Default Ratio [1/2]           
     Maximum [*] Default Ratio    In Compliance        
             
   4)   [*] Avg Default Ratio           
     Maximum [*] Avg Default Ratio    In Compliance        
             
C)    Delinquency Ratio Test          Jan-00
   1)   Total Delinquent Receivables           
   2)   Outstanding Balance of Pool Receivables           
   3)   Delinquency Ratio [1/2]           
     Maximum [*] Delinquency Ratio    In Compliance        
             
   4)   [*] Avg Delinquency Ratio           
     Maximum [*] Avg Delinquency Ratio    In Compliance        
             
D)    Net Spread Test           
   1)   Finance Charge Collections         
   2)   Discount Expensed During Month (actual)         
   3)   Monthly Facility Fees (includes pgm fee & insur premium)         
   4)   Monthly Utilization Fee (includes Use & NonUse fees)         
   5)   Backup Servicing Fees and Unaffiliated Servicer Fees         
   6)   Transition Expenses (if any)         
   7)   Servicer Fee         
   8)   Other Fees > $100         
   9)   Receivables [*] Days Past Due         
   10)   Write-offs/Non-Cash AJE’s         
   11)   A/R Converted to Notes         
    

Subtotal

          
   12)   Add Back 10) & 11) greater than [*] days old         
   13)   Recoveries         
   14)   Excess Finance Collections           
   15)   Average Aggregate Balance Pool Receivables         
   16)   Net Spread [*]           
   17)   Minimum Net Spread           
     Compliance [*]         
             
   18)   [*] Avg Net Spread           

 

   Annex B    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


E)

     Minimum Eligible Receivables      
     1)    Eligible Receivables        
     2)    Minimum Eligible Receivables        
        Compliance [1 > 2]      

F)

     Minimum Cash Reserve      
     1)    Amount on Deposit in Cash Reserve        
     2)    Minimum Cash Reserve Amount        
        Compliance [1 > 2]      
               
             

SECTION V - Financial Triggers & Covenants

     

A)

     Tangible Net Worth Test      
 

1.

   Servicer - Automotive Finance Corporation   
     A)    AFC’s Shareholder’s Equity        
     B)    AFC’s Intangible Assets        
     C)    Tangible Net Worth [A-B]        
     D)    Minimum Tangible Net Worth        
        Compliance [C > D]      
 

2.

   Seller - AFC Funding Corporation      
     A)    Funding Shareholder’s Equity        
     B)    Funding Corp’s Intangible Assets        
     C)    Tangible Net Worth [A-B]        
     D)    Minimum Tangible Net Worth        
        Compliance [C > D]      

B)

     Servicer’s Debt + Investment Limitation   
     A)    Maximum Debt        
     B)    All Debt (including Intercompany) & Receivables Sold     
     C)    Compliance (A > B)      

C)

     [*]         
     A)    [*]      
                                Month/Year of most recent search     
     B)    [*]      
        [*]      
               
        [*]      
               
        [*]      
               
     C)    [*]        
        [*]        
        [*]      
             

D)

        Contract Images Sent        

 

   Annex B    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


ANNEX C

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [                      ], 20[      ], is entered into among AFC Funding Corporation (the “ Seller ”), Automotive Finance Corporation, as servicer (the “ Servicer ”), [                                  ], a [                              ], as a Purchaser (the “[              ] Purchaser ”), [              ], as Purchaser Agent for the [              ] Purchaser (the “[              ] Purchaser Agent ”), Fairway Finance Company, LLC, as a Purchaser (“ Fairway ”), and BMO Capital Markets Corp. (formerly known as Harris Nesbitt Corp.), as Purchaser Agent for Fairway and as agent for the Purchasers (the “ Agent ”).

BACKGROUND

The Seller, the Servicer, Fairway and the Agent are parties to a certain Third Amended and Restated Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007 (as amended through the date hereof, the “ Receivables Purchase Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

5. Addition of [            ] and [            ] Purchaser . (a) This letter constitutes a Joinder Agreement pursuant to Section 1.12 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement. The Seller desires the [              ] Purchaser to become a Purchaser and the [              ] Purchaser Agent to become a Purchaser Agent under the Receivables Purchase Agreement, and the [              ] Purchaser agrees to become a Purchaser and the [              ] Purchaser Agent agrees to become a Purchaser Agent thereunder.

(b) Seller hereby represents and warrants to each of the [              ] Purchaser, the [              ] Purchaser Agent, the Agent and Fairway as of the date hereof, as follows:

(i) the representations and warranties contained in Exhibit III and Exhibit VII to the Receivables Purchase Agreement are true and correct on and as of the date hereof as though made on and as of such date;

(ii) no event has occurred and is continuing, or would result from the execution of this Agreement, that constitutes a Termination Event or Unmatured Termination Event;

(iii) the sum of the aggregate of the Participations does not exceed 100%;

(iv) the aggregate Investment for all Term Purchasers does not exceed 40% of the aggregate Investment; and

(v) the amount on deposit in the Cash Reserve Account is equal to or greater than the Cash Reserve.

 

Annex C -1


6. Effective Date of Addition . Upon execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Seller, the Servicer, each of the [              ] Purchaser, the [              ] Purchaser Agent, Fairway and the Agent and receipt by the Agent of counterparts of this Agreement (whether by facsimile or otherwise) executed by each of the parties hereto, on [                      ], 20[      ] (the “Effective Date”) each of the [              ] Purchaser and the [              ] Purchaser Agent shall become a party to, and have the rights and obligations of a Purchaser and Purchaser Agent, respectively, under, the Receivables Purchase Agreement and Fairway shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by Fairway hereunder, relinquish its rights and interest (other than the right to receive payments which accrued in favor of Fairway prior to but not including the date hereof) and be released from its obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

7. Assignment by Fairway . On the Effective Date, Fairway (the “ Assignor ”) hereby sells and assigns to the [              ] Purchaser (the “ Assignee ”) without recourse and without representation or warranty (except that the portion of the Participation being assigned hereunder is outstanding and owing and Assignor is the sole owner of its right, title and interest in and to the portion of Participation being transferred hereunder free of any Adverse Claim), and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, that portion of the Assignor’s interest in and to the Participation and that portion of the Assignor’s other rights and obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreement as of the date hereof equal to the following:

 

Maximum Commitment assigned:

   $ [              ]

Assignor’s remaining Maximum Commitment:

   $ [              ]

Investment to be assigned on the Effective Date:

   $ [              ]

The Agent shall confirm the aggregate Investment of each Purchaser to each Purchaser Agent by email on the Effective Date after the transfers to occur on the Effective Date.

The Maximum Commitment of the Assignor and the Assignee shall be as set forth on the signature page hereto.

A. The Assignor hereby instructs the Agent to make all payments from and after the Effective Date in respect of the portion of the Participation assigned hereby directly to the Assignee. The Assignor and the Assignee agree that all Discount and fees accrued up to, but not including, the Effective Date are the property of the Assignor, and not the Assignee. The Assignee agrees that, upon receipt of any such Discount or fees, the Assignee will promptly remit the same to the Assignor.

B. On the Effective Date, the Assignee shall pay to the Assignor, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to the purchase price of the portion of the Participation assigned hereunder in accordance with the following payment instructions:

 

 

  
ABA No.:  

 

  
Account Name:  

 

  
Account No.:  

 

  
Ref:   AFC Funding Corporation   

 

   Annex B    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


All notices and other communications hereunder or under the Receivables Purchase Agreement to the [              ] Purchaser and the [              ] Purchaser Agent shall be sent or delivered to [              ] Purchaser and [              ] Purchaser Agent at the address set forth under their names on the signature pages hereof.

8. No Proceedings . Each party hereto hereby covenants and agrees that it will not institute against, or join any other Person in instituting against, any Purchaser, any Note Issuer or any Related CP Issuer any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceeding, or other proceeding under any federal or state bankruptcy or similar law, for one year and one day after the latest maturing Note issued by such Purchaser, Note Issuer or Related CP Issuer is paid in full. The provisions of Section 6.5(b) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement shall apply to this Agreement mutatis mutandis as if set forth herein. The covenants contained in this paragraph shall survive any termination of the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

9. Miscellaneous . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF INDIANA. This Agreement may not be amended, supplemented or waived except pursuant to a writing signed by the party to be charged. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, and by the different parties on different counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

   Annex B    Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement by their duly authorized officers as of the date first above written.

 

[                                                   ]

By:  

 

Name Printed:  

 

Title:  

 

Maximum Commitment: $[              -]

Address:

[                      ], as Purchaser Agent for [              ]

By:  

 

Name Printed:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Address :

 

      Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


 

FAIRWAY FINANCE COMPANY, LLC,

 

as a Purchaser

 

By:

 

 

 

Name Printed:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Maximum Commitment: $[              ]

 

BMO CAPITAL MARKETS CORP.,

as Purchaser Agent for Fairway and as Agent

 

By:

 

 

 

Name Printed:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

      Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement


AFC FUNDING CORPORATION, as Seller

By:  

 

Name Printed:  

 

Title:  

 

AUTOMOTIVE FINANCE CORPORATION, as Servicer

By:

 

 

Name Printed:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

      Third Amended and Restated
      Receivables Purchase Agreement

Exhibit 12.1

Statement of Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

KAR Holdings

(in millions, except ratios)

 

     Pro forma year ended
December 31, 2006
    Nine months ended
September 30, 2007
  

Pro forma
January 1, 2007

to
September 30, 2007

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ (60.4 )   $ 2.5    $ 2.6
                     

Fixed charges:

       

Interest expense

     229.8       104.4      167.0

Interest component of rentals:

       

Buildings - 1/3

     13.1       7.1      11.5

Autos and trucks - 1/3

     0.9       0.4      0.7

Office and other equipment - 1/3

     3.2       1.2      2.1
                     

Total interest component of rentals:

     17.2       8.7      14.3

Total fixed charges

   $ 247.0     $ 113.1    $ 181.3

Earnings before income taxes and fixed charges

   $ 186.6     $ 115.6    $ 183.9

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     0.8       1.0      1.0
                     

ADESA, Inc.

(in millions, except ratios)

 

     For years ended December 31,   

From
January 1, 2007
to

April 19, 2007

     2002    2003    2004    2005    2006   

Income from continuing operations before Income taxes

   $ 152.0    $ 188.1    $ 178.1    $ 201.9    $ 204.4    $ 51.9
                                         

Fixed charges(1)

                 

Interest expense

     22.5      16.0      25.4      31.2      27.4      7.8

Interest component of all rentals

     8.0      7.8      7.2      7.3      7.9      2.4
                                         

Total fixed charges

     30.5      23.8      32.6      38.5      35.3      10.2

Earnings before income taxes and fixed charges

   $ 182.5    $ 211.9    $ 210.7    $ 240.4    $ 239.7    $ 62.1
                                         

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     6.0      8.9      6.5      6.2      6.8      6.1
                                         

 

(1) Fixed charges represent interest and the interest component of all rentals. ADESA uses a reasonable approximation of the interest factor related to operating leases in calculating the interest component of all rentals.


Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

(in thousands, except ratios)

 

     For years ended December 31,   

From
December 27, 2004
to

May 25, 2005

  

From
May 26, 2005

to

December 25, 2005

    For year ended
December 31, 2006
    From
January 1, 2007
to
April 19, 2007
     2002    2003    2004          

Fixed charges

                  

Interest expense, net (1)

     507      1,375      1,505      567      15,021       30,596       10,023

Interest factor attributable to rentals

     7,359      7,493      8,025      3,583      5,308       10,029       3,394
                                                  

Fixed Charges

   $ 7,866    $ 8,868    $ 9,530    $ 4,150    $ 20,329     $ 40,625     $ 13,417
                                                  

Earnings

                  

Pre-tax (loss) income from continuing operations

     7,023      3,636      19,404      4,459      (6,766 )     (8,855 )     1,084

Plus fixed charges

     7,866      8,868      9.530      4,150      20,329       40,625       13,417
                                                  

Earnings

   $ 14,889    $ 12,504    $ 28,934    $ 8,609    $ 13,563     $ 31,770     $ 14,501
                                                  

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     1.9      1.4      3.0      2.1      —         —         1.1

Deficiency

     —        —        —        —        (6,766 )     (8,855 )     —  

(1) Includes amortization on debt issuance cost.

Exhibit 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

The following is a list of subsidiaries of KAR Holdings, Inc. (a Delaware corporation).

 

Name

  

State or Country of

Incorporation or Organization

    

ADESA, Inc.

  

Delaware

  

ADESA Corporation, LLC

  

Indiana

  

A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc.

  

Louisiana

  

A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC

  

Tennessee

  

ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC

  

Louisiana

  

ADESA Arkansas, LLC

  

Delaware

  

ADESA Atlanta, LLC

  

New Jersey

  

ADESA Birmingham, LLC

  

Alabama

  

ADESA California, LLC

  

California

  

ADESA Charlotte, LLC

  

North Carolina

  

ADESA Colorado, LLC

  

Colorado

  

ADESA Dealer Services, LLC

  

Indiana

  

ADESA Des Moines, LLC

  

Iowa

  

ADESA Florida, LLC

  

Florida

  

ADESA Impact Texas, LLC

  

Texas

  

ADESA Indianapolis, LLC

  

Indiana

  

ADESA Lansing, LLC

  

Michigan

  

ADESA Lexington, LLC

  

Kentucky

  

ADESA Mexico, LLC

  

Indiana

  

ADESA Missouri, LLC

  

Missouri

  

ADESA New Jersey, LLC

  

New Jersey

  

ADESA New York, LLC

  

New York

  

ADESA Ohio, LLC

  

Ohio

  

ADESA Oklahoma, LLC

  

Oklahoma

  

ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC

  

Pennsylvania

  

ADESA Phoenix, LLC

  

New Jersey

  

ADESA San Diego, LLC

  

California

  

ADESA-South Florida, LLC

  

Indiana

  

ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC

  

Indiana

  

ADESA Texas, Inc.

  

Texas

  

ADESA Virginia, LLC

  

Virginia

  

ADESA Washington, LLC

  

Washington

  

ADESA Wisconsin, LLC

  

Wisconsin

  

AFC Cal, LLC

  

California

  

Asset Holdings III, L.P.

  

Ohio

  

Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC

  

Massachusetts

  

Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC

  

Tennessee

  

Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC

  

Indiana

  

Automotive Finance Corporation

  

Indiana

  

Automotive Recovery Services, Inc.

  

Indiana

  

 

1


AutoVIN, Inc.

  

Indiana

  

PAR, Inc.

  

Indiana

  

Axle Holdings, Inc.

  

Delaware

  

Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

  

Illinois

  

Insurance Auto Auctions Corp.

  

Delaware

  

IAA Acquisition Corp.

  

Delaware

  

IAA Services, Inc.

  

Illinois

  

Auto Disposal Systems, Inc.

  

Ohio

  

ADS Ashland, LLC

  

Ohio

  

ADS Priority Transport Ltd.

  

Ohio

  

Dent Demon, LLC

  

Indiana

  

Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc.

  

South Dakota

  

Tri-State Auction Co., Inc.

  

North Dakota

  

Zabel & Associates, Inc.

  

North Dakota

  

ADESA Importation Services, LLC

  

Michigan

  

AFC Funding Corporation

  

Indiana

  

Auction Vehicles of Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.

  

Federal District of Mexico

  

ADESUR S. de R.L. de C.V.

  

Federal District of Mexico

  

2540-0714 Quebec Inc.

  

Quebec

  

504811 NB Ltd.

  

New Brunswick

  

51937 Newfoundland & Labrador Limited

  

Newfoundland

  

79378 Manitoba Inc.

  

Manitoba

  

ADESA Auctions Canada Corporation

  

Nova Scotia

  

ADESA Montreal Corporation

  

Nova Scotia

  

ADESA Quebec Corporation

  

Quebec

  

ADESA Remarketing Services Inc.

  

Ontario

  

AutoVIN Canada Inc.

  

Nova Scotia

  

Automotive Finance Canada Inc.

  

Ontario

  

CAAG Transport Ltd.

  

British Columbia

  

Impact Auto Auctions Ltd.

  

Ontario

  

Impact Auto Auctions Sudbury Ltd.

  

Ontario* (own 50%)

  

Suburban Auto Parts Inc.

  

Ontario

  

 

* Unless otherwise indicated, all subsidiaries are wholly owned.

 

2

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

KAR Holdings, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our reports included herein relating to the balance sheet of KAR Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2006; the consolidated financial statements of ADESA, Inc, and subsidiaries (ADESA) as of December 31, 2006 and for the year then ended; and the consolidated financial statements of Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc. and subsidiaries (IAAI) as of December 31, 2006 (Successor) and December 25, 2005 (Successor) and for the year ended December 31, 2006 (Successor), for the period from May 25, 2005 to December 25, 2005 (Successor), for the period from December 27, 2004 to May 24, 2005 (Predecessor) and for the year ended December 26, 2004 (Predecessor) and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the registration statement. Our report on the financial statements of ADESA refers to the adoption in 2006 of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “ Share-Based Payment. ” Our report on the financial statements of IAAI refers to the adoption in 2006 of Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “ Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in the Current Year Financial Statements ,” and Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “ Share-Based Payment .”

/s/ KPMG LLP

Indianapolis, Indiana

January 22, 2008

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-4 of KAR Holdings, Inc. of our report dated March 15, 2006 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of ADESA, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Indianapolis, Indiana

January 21, 2008

Exhibit 25.1


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 


 

¨ CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b) (2)

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

A National Banking Association   94-1347393

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or

organization if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

101 North Phillips Avenue

Sioux Falls, South Dakota

  57104
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

Wells Fargo & Company

Law Department, Trust Section

MAC N9305-175

Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, 17 th Floor

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

(612) 667-4608

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 


KAR Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   20-8744739

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

13085 Hamilton Crossing

Boulevard Carmel, Indiana

  46032
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 


Floating Rate Senior Notes Due 2014

(Title of the indenture securities)

 



1

See Table 1 – List of additional registrants


Table 1

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

 

Name of Additional Registrant*

  

State or Other

Jurisdiction of

Incorporation

or

Formation

  

Primary

Standard

Industrial

Classification

Code Number

  

I.R.S Employer

Identification

Number

ADESA, Inc.

   Delaware    5010    35-1842546

ADESA Corporation, LLC

   Indiana    5010    35-1842546

A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc.

   Louisiana    5010    72-1417504

A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC

   Tennessee    5010    62-1532205

ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC

   Louisiana    5010    72-1419175

ADESA Arkansas, LLC

   Delaware    5010    71-0844203

ADESA Atlanta, LLC

   New Jersey    5010    58-2563132

ADESA Birmingham, LLC

   Alabama    5010    63-0980470

ADESA California, LLC

   California    5010    91-1811682

ADESA Charlotte, LLC

   North Carolina    5010    56-1853746

ADESA Colorado, LLC

   Colorado    5010    84-1555543

ADESA Dealer Services, LLC

   Indiana    5010    26-1218111

ADESA Des Moines, LLC

   Iowa    5010    42-1486117

ADESA Florida, LLC

   Florida    5010    35-1842547

ADESA Impact Texas, LLC

   Texas    5010    20-5233403

ADESA Indianapolis, LLC

   Indiana    5010    35-1915228

ADESA Lansing, LLC

   Michigan    5010    38-3406149

ADESA Lexington, LLC

   Kentucky    5010    61-1184881

ADESA Mexico, LLC

   Indiana    5010    35-1842546

ADESA Missouri, LLC

   Missouri    5010    43-1811816

ADESA New Jersey, LLC

   New Jersey    5010    22-3339600

ADESA New York, LLC

   New York    5010    16-1307133

ADESA Ohio, LLC

   Ohio    5010    31-1334072

ADESA Oklahoma, LLC

   Oklahoma    5010    73-1607773

ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC

   Pennsylvania    5010    25-1801698

ADESA Phoenix, LLC

   New Jersey    5010    86-1000467

ADESA San Diego, LLC

   California    5010    41-2021208

ADESA-South Florida, LLC

   Indiana    5010    35-1930710

ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC

   Indiana    5010    35-1929359

ADESA Texas, Inc.

   Texas    5010    74-2757736

ADESA Virginia, LLC

   Virginia    5010    20-2751571

ADESA Washington, LLC

   Washington    5010    91-2069348

ADESA Wisconsin, LLC

   Wisconsin    5010    39-1846227

AFC Cal, LLC

   California    5010    20-8709089

Asset Holdings III, L.P.

   Ohio    5010    20-8709089

Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC

   Massachusetts    5010    13-4284567

Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC

   Tennessee    5010    04-3165540

Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC

   Indiana    5010    26-1218186

Automotive Finance Corporation

   Indiana    5010    35-1699152

Automotive Recovery Services, Inc.

   Indiana    5010    35-2123607

AutoVIN, Inc.

   Indiana    5010    35-2086523

PAR, Inc.

   Indiana    5010    35-2062003

Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

   Illinois    5010    95-3790111

Insurance Auto Auctions Corp.

   Delaware    5010    95-4455113

IAA Acquisition Corp.

   Delaware    5010    36-4351076

IAA Services, Inc.

   Illinois    7549    36-4294285

Auto Disposal Systems, Inc.

   Ohio    5010    31-0954761

ADS Ashland, LLC

   Ohio    5010    31-0954761

ADS Priority Transport Ltd.

   Ohio    5010    31-0954761

Dent Demon, LLC

   Indiana    5010    26-1530430

Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc.

   South Dakota    5010    46-0412455

Tri-State Auction Co., Inc.

   North Dakota    5010    45-0255813

Zabel & Associates, Inc.

   North Dakota    5010    45-0446447

Axle Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware    5010    20-2835651

* Addresses and telephone numbers of principal executive offices are the same as those of KAR Holdings, Inc.


Item 1. General Information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

(a)

   Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.
   Comptroller of the Currency
   Treasury Department
   Washington, D.C.
   Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
   Washington, D.C.
   Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco
   San Francisco, California 94120

(b)

   Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.
   The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor. If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None with respect to the trustee.

No responses are included for Items 3-14 of this Form T-1 because the obligor is not in default as provided under Item 13.

 

Item 15. Foreign Trustee. Not applicable.

 

Item 16. List of Exhibits. List below all exhibits filed as a part of this Statement of Eligibility.

 

Exhibit 1.

   A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee now in effect.*

Exhibit 2.

   A copy of the Comptroller of the Currency Certificate of Corporate Existence and Fiduciary Powers for Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated February 4, 2004.**

Exhibit 3.

   See Exhibit 2

Exhibit 4.

   Copy of By-laws of the trustee as now in effect.***

Exhibit 5.

   Not applicable.

Exhibit 6.

   The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.


Exhibit 7.

   A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.

Exhibit 8.

   Not applicable.

Exhibit 9.

   Not applicable.

* Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated December 30, 2005 of Hornbeck Offshore Services LLC file number 333-130784-06.
** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form T-3 dated March 3, 2004 of Trans-Lux Corporation file number 022-28721.
*** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated May 26, 2005 of Penn National Gaming Inc. file number 333-125274.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 22 nd day of January 2008.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

/s/ Jane Y. Schweiger

Jane Y. Schweiger

Vice President


EXHIBIT 6

1/22/2008

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

Gentlemen:

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned made by Federal, State, Territorial, or District authorities authorized to make such examination may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

 

Very truly yours,
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

/s/ Jane Schweiger

Jane Schweiger
Vice President


Consolidated Report of Condition of

Wells Fargo Bank National Association

of 101 North Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57104

And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

at the close of business September 30, 2007, filed in accordance with 12 U.S.C. §161 for National Banks.

 

         

Dollar Amounts

In Millions

ASSETS

     

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

     

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

      $ 12,302

Interest-bearing balances

        1,022

Securities:

     

Held-to-maturity securities

        0

Available-for-sale securities

        48,254

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

     

Federal funds sold in domestic offices

        15,276

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

        1,881

Loans and lease financing receivables:

     

Loans and leases held for sale

        21,274

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

   277,174   

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

   2,569   

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

        274,605

Trading Assets

        5,557

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

        4,240

Other real estate owned

        861

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

        421

Intangible assets

     

Goodwill

        9,718

Other intangible assets

        19,391

Other assets

        30,644
         

Total assets

      $ 445,446
         

LIABILITIES

     

Deposits:

     

In domestic offices

      $ 269,857

Noninterest-bearing

   68,381   

Interest-bearing

   201,476   

In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs

        59,766

Noninterest-bearing

   11   

Interest-bearing

   59,755   

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

     

Federal funds purchased in domestic offices

        12,491

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

        6,758


    

Dollar Amounts

In Millions

Trading liabilities

     3,109

Other borrowed money

  

(includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

     26,482

Subordinated notes and debentures

     10,896

Other liabilities

     14,803
      

Total liabilities

   $ 404,162

Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries

     57

EQUITY CAPITAL

  

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

     0

Common stock

     520

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

     25,692

Retained earnings

     14,509

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     506

Other equity capital components

     0
      

Total equity capital

     41,227
      

Total liabilities, minority interest, and equity capital

   $ 445,446
      

I, Howard I. Atkins, EVP & CFO of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

 

               

Howard I. Atkins

               

    EVP & CFO

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us

and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate

Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.

 

Michael Loughlin        
John Stumpf      Directors   
Carrie Tolstedt        

Exhibit 25.2


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 


 

¨ CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b) (2)

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

A National Banking Association   94-1347393

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or

organization if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

101 North Phillips Avenue

Sioux Falls, South Dakota

  57104
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

Wells Fargo & Company

Law Department, Trust Section

MAC N9305-175

Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, 17 th Floor

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

(612) 667-4608

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 


KAR Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   20-8744739

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard

Carmel, Indiana

  46032
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 


8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes Due 2014

(Title of the indenture securities)

 



1

See Table 1 – List of additional registrants


Table 1

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

 

Name of Additional Registrant*   

State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Formation

   Primary
Standard
Industrial
Classification
Code Number
   I.R.S Employer
Identification
Number

ADESA, Inc.

   Delaware    5010    35-1842546

ADESA Corporation, LLC

   Indiana    5010    35-1842546

A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc.

   Louisiana    5010    72-1417504

A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC

   Tennessee    5010    62-1532205

ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC

   Louisiana    5010    72-1419175

ADESA Arkansas, LLC

   Delaware    5010    71-0844203

ADESA Atlanta, LLC

   New Jersey    5010    58-2563132

ADESA Birmingham, LLC

   Alabama    5010    63-0980470

ADESA California, LLC

   California    5010    91-1811682

ADESA Charlotte, LLC

   North Carolina    5010    56-1853746

ADESA Colorado, LLC

   Colorado    5010    84-1555543

ADESA Dealer Services, LLC

   Indiana    5010    26-1218111

ADESA Des Moines, LLC

   Iowa    5010    42-1486117

ADESA Florida, LLC

   Florida    5010    35-1842547

ADESA Impact Texas, LLC

   Texas    5010    20-5233403

ADESA Indianapolis, LLC

   Indiana    5010    35-1915228

ADESA Lansing, LLC

   Michigan    5010    38-3406149

ADESA Lexington, LLC

   Kentucky    5010    61-1184881

ADESA Mexico, LLC

   Indiana    5010    35-1842546

ADESA Missouri, LLC

   Missouri    5010    43-1811816

ADESA New Jersey, LLC

   New Jersey    5010    22-3339600

ADESA New York, LLC

   New York    5010    16-1307133

ADESA Ohio, LLC

   Ohio    5010    31-1334072

ADESA Oklahoma, LLC

   Oklahoma    5010    73-1607773

ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC

   Pennsylvania    5010    25-1801698

ADESA Phoenix, LLC

   New Jersey    5010    86-1000467

ADESA San Diego, LLC

   California    5010    41-2021208

ADESA-South Florida, LLC

   Indiana    5010    35-1930710

ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC

   Indiana    5010    35-1929359

ADESA Texas, Inc.

   Texas    5010    74-2757736

ADESA Virginia, LLC

   Virginia    5010    20-2751571

ADESA Washington, LLC

   Washington    5010    91-2069348

ADESA Wisconsin, LLC

   Wisconsin    5010    39-1846227

AFC Cal, LLC

   California    5010    20-8709089

Asset Holdings III, L.P.

   Ohio    5010    20-8709089

Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC

   Massachusetts    5010    13-4284567

Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC

   Tennessee    5010    04-3165540

Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC

   Indiana    5010    26-1218186

Automotive Finance Corporation

   Indiana    5010    35-1699152

Automotive Recovery Services, Inc.

   Indiana    5010    35-2123607

AutoVIN, Inc.

   Indiana    5010    35-2086523

PAR, Inc.

   Indiana    5010    35-2062003

Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

   Illinois    5010    95-3790111

Insurance Auto Auctions Corp.

   Delaware    5010    95-4455113

IAA Acquisition Corp.

   Delaware    5010    36-4351076

IAA Services, Inc.

   Illinois    7549    36-4294285

Auto Disposal Systems, Inc.

   Ohio    5010    31-0954761

ADS Ashland, LLC

   Ohio    5010    31-0954761

ADS Priority Transport Ltd.

   Ohio    5010    31-0954761

Dent Demon, LLC

   Indiana    5010    26-1530430

Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc.

   South Dakota    5010    46-0412455

Tri-State Auction Co., Inc.

   North Dakota    5010    45-0255813

Zabel & Associates, Inc.

   North Dakota    5010    45-0446447

Axle Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware    5010    20-2835651

 

* Addresses and telephone numbers of principal executive offices are the same as those of KAR Holdings, Inc.


Item 1. General Information . Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency

Treasury Department

Washington, D.C.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Washington, D.C.

Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco

San Francisco, California 94120

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor . If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None with respect to the trustee.

No responses are included for Items 3-14 of this Form T-1 because the obligor is not in default as provided under Item 13.

Item 15. Foreign Trustee . Not applicable.

Item 16. List of Exhibits . List below all exhibits filed as a part of this Statement of Eligibility.

 

Exhibit 1.    A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee now in effect.*
Exhibit 2.    A copy of the Comptroller of the Currency Certificate of Corporate Existence and Fiduciary Powers for Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated February 4, 2004.**
Exhibit 3.    See Exhibit 2
Exhibit 4.    Copy of By-laws of the trustee as now in effect.***
Exhibit 5.    Not applicable.
Exhibit 6.    The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.


Exhibit 7.    A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.
Exhibit 8.    Not applicable.
Exhibit 9.    Not applicable.

 

* Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated December 30, 2005 of Hornbeck Offshore Services LLC file number 333-130784-06.
** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form T-3 dated March 3, 2004 of Trans-Lux Corporation file number 022-28721.
*** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated May 26, 2005 of Penn National Gaming Inc. file number 333-125274.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 22 nd day of January 2008.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

/s/ Jane Schweiger

Jane Schweiger
Vice President


EXHIBIT 6

1/22/2008

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

Gentlemen:

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned made by Federal, State, Territorial, or District authorities authorized to make such examination may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

 

Very truly yours,
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

/s/ Jane Schweiger

Jane Schweiger

Vice President


Consolidated Report of Condition of

Wells Fargo Bank National Association

of 101 North Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57104

And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

at the close of business September 30, 2007, filed in accordance with 12 U.S.C. §161 for National Banks.

 

         

Dollar Amounts

In Millions

ASSETS

     

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

     

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

      $ 12,302

Interest-bearing balances

        1,022

Securities:

     

Held-to-maturity securities

        0

Available-for-sale securities

        48,254

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

     

Federal funds sold in domestic offices

        15,276

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

        1,881

Loans and lease financing receivables:

     

Loans and leases held for sale

        21,274

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

   277,174   

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

   2,569   

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

        274,605

Trading Assets

        5,557

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

        4,240

Other real estate owned

        861

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

        421

Intangible assets

     

Goodwill

        9,718

Other intangible assets

        19,391

Other assets

        30,644
         

Total assets

      $ 445,446
         

LIABILITIES

     

Deposits:

     

In domestic offices

      $ 269,857

Noninterest-bearing

   68,381   

Interest-bearing

   201,476   

In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs

        59,766

Noninterest-bearing

   11   

Interest-bearing

   59,755   

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

     

Federal funds purchased in domestic offices

        12,491

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

        6,758


    

Dollar Amounts

In Millions

Trading liabilities

     3,109

Other borrowed money

  

(includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

     26,482

Subordinated notes and debentures

     10,896

Other liabilities

     14,803
      

Total liabilities

   $ 404,162

Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries

     57

EQUITY CAPITAL

  

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

     0

Common stock

     520

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

     25,692

Retained earnings

     14,509

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     506

Other equity capital components

     0
      

Total equity capital

     41,227
      

Total liabilities, minority interest, and equity capital

   $ 445,446
      

I, Howard I. Atkins, EVP & CFO of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

 

               

Howard I. Atkins

               

    EVP & CFO

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.

 

Michael Loughlin        
John Stumpf      Directors   
Carrie Tolstedt        

Exhibit 25.3


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY

UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A

CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 


 

¨ CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b) (2)

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

A National Banking Association   94-1347393

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or

organization if not a U.S. national bank)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

101 North Phillips Avenue

Sioux Falls, South Dakota

  57104
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

Wells Fargo & Company

Law Department, Trust Section

MAC N9305-175

Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, 17 th Floor

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479

(612) 667-4608

(Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

 


KAR Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   20-8744739

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

13085 Hamilton Crossing Boulevard

Carmel, Indiana

  46032
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 


10% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2015

(Title of the indenture securities)

 



1

See Table 1 – List of additional registrants


Table 1

TABLE OF ADDITIONAL REGISTRANTS

 

Name of Additional Registrant*   

State or Other
Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or

Formation

   Primary
Standard
Industrial
Classification
Code Number
   I.R.S Employer
Identification
Number

ADESA, Inc.

   Delaware    5010    35-1842546

ADESA Corporation, LLC

   Indiana    5010    35-1842546

A.D.E. of Ark-La-Tex, Inc.

   Louisiana    5010    72-1417504

A.D.E. of Knoxville, LLC

   Tennessee    5010    62-1532205

ADESA Ark-La-Tex, LLC

   Louisiana    5010    72-1419175

ADESA Arkansas, LLC

   Delaware    5010    71-0844203

ADESA Atlanta, LLC

   New Jersey    5010    58-2563132

ADESA Birmingham, LLC

   Alabama    5010    63-0980470

ADESA California, LLC

   California    5010    91-1811682

ADESA Charlotte, LLC

   North Carolina    5010    56-1853746

ADESA Colorado, LLC

   Colorado    5010    84-1555543

ADESA Dealer Services, LLC

   Indiana    5010    26-1218111

ADESA Des Moines, LLC

   Iowa    5010    42-1486117

ADESA Florida, LLC

   Florida    5010    35-1842547

ADESA Impact Texas, LLC

   Texas    5010    20-5233403

ADESA Indianapolis, LLC

   Indiana    5010    35-1915228

ADESA Lansing, LLC

   Michigan    5010    38-3406149

ADESA Lexington, LLC

   Kentucky    5010    61-1184881

ADESA Mexico, LLC

   Indiana    5010    35-1842546

ADESA Missouri, LLC

   Missouri    5010    43-1811816

ADESA New Jersey, LLC

   New Jersey    5010    22-3339600

ADESA New York, LLC

   New York    5010    16-1307133

ADESA Ohio, LLC

   Ohio    5010    31-1334072

ADESA Oklahoma, LLC

   Oklahoma    5010    73-1607773

ADESA Pennsylvania, LLC

   Pennsylvania    5010    25-1801698

ADESA Phoenix, LLC

   New Jersey    5010    86-1000467

ADESA San Diego, LLC

   California    5010    41-2021208

ADESA-South Florida, LLC

   Indiana    5010    35-1930710

ADESA Southern Indiana, LLC

   Indiana    5010    35-1929359

ADESA Texas, Inc.

   Texas    5010    74-2757736

ADESA Virginia, LLC

   Virginia    5010    20-2751571

ADESA Washington, LLC

   Washington    5010    91-2069348

ADESA Wisconsin, LLC

   Wisconsin    5010    39-1846227

AFC Cal, LLC

   California    5010    20-8709089

Asset Holdings III, L.P.

   Ohio    5010    20-8709089

Auto Dealers Exchange of Concord, LLC

   Massachusetts    5010    13-4284567

Auto Dealers Exchange of Memphis, LLC

   Tennessee    5010    04-3165540

Automotive Finance Consumer Division, LLC

   Indiana    5010    26-1218186

Automotive Finance Corporation

   Indiana    5010    35-1699152

Automotive Recovery Services, Inc.

   Indiana    5010    35-2123607

AutoVIN, Inc.

   Indiana    5010    35-2086523

PAR, Inc.

   Indiana    5010    35-2062003

Insurance Auto Auctions, Inc.

   Illinois    5010    95-3790111

Insurance Auto Auctions Corp.

   Delaware    5010    95-4455113

IAA Acquisition Corp.

   Delaware    5010    36-4351076

IAA Services, Inc.

   Illinois    7549    36-4294285

Auto Disposal Systems, Inc.

   Ohio    5010    31-0954761

ADS Ashland, LLC

   Ohio    5010    31-0954761

ADS Priority Transport Ltd.

   Ohio    5010    31-0954761

Dent Demon, LLC

   Indiana    5010    26-1530430

Sioux Falls Auto Auction, Inc.

   South Dakota    5010    46-0412455

Tri-State Auction Co., Inc.

   North Dakota    5010    45-0255813

Zabel & Associates, Inc.

   North Dakota    5010    45-0446447

Axle Holdings, Inc.

   Delaware    5010    20-2835651

 

* Addresses and telephone numbers of principal executive offices are the same as those of KAR Holdings, Inc.


Item 1. General Information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

Comptroller of the Currency

Treasury Department

Washington, D.C.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

Washington, D.C.

Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco

San Francisco, California 94120

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

Item 2. Affiliations with Obligor. If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

None with respect to the trustee.

No responses are included for Items 3-14 of this Form T-1 because the obligor is not in default as provided under Item 13.

Item 15. Foreign Trustee. Not applicable.

Item 16. List of Exhibits. List below all exhibits filed as a part of this Statement of Eligibility.

 

Exhibit 1.    A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee now in effect.*
Exhibit 2.    A copy of the Comptroller of the Currency Certificate of Corporate Existence and Fiduciary Powers for Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, dated February 4, 2004.**
Exhibit 3.    See Exhibit 2
Exhibit 4.    Copy of By-laws of the trustee as now in effect.***
Exhibit 5.    Not applicable.
Exhibit 6.    The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act.
Exhibit 7.    A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority.
Exhibit 8.    Not applicable.
Exhibit 9.    Not applicable.


* Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated December 30, 2005 of Hornbeck Offshore Services LLC file number 333-130784-06.
** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form T-3 dated March 3, 2004 of Trans-Lux Corporation file number 022-28721.
*** Incorporated by reference to the exhibit of the same number to the trustee’s Form T-1 filed as exhibit 25 to the Form S-4 dated May 26, 2005 of Penn National Gaming Inc. file number 333-125274.


SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Minneapolis and State of Minnesota on the 22 nd day of January 2008.

 

WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

/s/ Jane Schweiger

Jane Schweiger
Vice President


EXHIBIT 6

1/22/2008

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

Gentlemen:

In accordance with Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents that reports of examination of the undersigned made by Federal, State, Territorial, or District authorities authorized to make such examination may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request therefor.

 

Very truly yours,
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

/s/ Jane Schweiger

Jane Schweiger
Vice President


Consolidated Report of Condition of

Wells Fargo Bank National Association

of 101 North Phillips Avenue, Sioux Falls, SD 57104

And Foreign and Domestic Subsidiaries,

at the close of business September 30, 2007, filed in accordance with 12 U.S.C. §161 for National Banks.

 

         

Dollar Amounts

In Millions

ASSETS

     

Cash and balances due from depository institutions:

     

Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin

      $ 12,302

Interest-bearing balances

        1,022

Securities:

     

Held-to-maturity securities

        0

Available-for-sale securities

        48,254

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:

     

Federal funds sold in domestic offices

        15,276

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

        1,881

Loans and lease financing receivables:

     

Loans and leases held for sale

        21,274

Loans and leases, net of unearned income

   277,174   

LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses

   2,569   

Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance

        274,605

Trading Assets

        5,557

Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases)

        4,240

Other real estate owned

        861

Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies

        421

Intangible assets

     

Goodwill

        9,718

Other intangible assets

        19,391

Other assets

        30,644
         

Total assets

      $ 445,446
         

LIABILITIES

     

Deposits:

     

In domestic offices

      $ 269,857

Noninterest-bearing

   68,381   

Interest-bearing

   201,476   

In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs

        59,766

Noninterest-bearing

   11   

Interest-bearing

   59,755   

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

     

Federal funds purchased in domestic offices

        12,491

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

        6,758


    

Dollar Amounts

In Millions

Trading liabilities

     3,109

Other borrowed money

  

(includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases)

     26,482

Subordinated notes and debentures

     10,896

Other liabilities

     14,803
      

Total liabilities

   $ 404,162

Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries

     57

EQUITY CAPITAL

  

Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus

     0

Common stock

     520

Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock)

     25,692

Retained earnings

     14,509

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     506

Other equity capital components

     0
      

Total equity capital

     41,227
      

Total liabilities, minority interest, and equity capital

   $ 445,446
      

I, Howard I. Atkins, EVP & CFO of the above-named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief.

 

                Howard I. Atkins
                    EVP & CFO

We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct.

 

Michael Loughlin

       
John Stumpf      Directors   

Carrie Tolstedt

       

Exhibit 99.1

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING

FLOATING RATE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014

AND THE RELATED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

IN EXCHANGE FOR

FLOATING RATE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014

AND THE RELATED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING

8  3 / 4 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014

AND THE RELATED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

IN EXCHANGE FOR

8  3 / 4 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014

AND THE RELATED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING

10% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015

AND THE RELATED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

IN EXCHANGE FOR

10% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015

AND THE RELATED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

                    , 2008

To our Clients:

Enclosed for your consideration is a prospectus, dated                     , 2008 (the “Prospectus”), relating to the offer (the “Exchange Offer”) of KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) to exchange their Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014, 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 and 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 and, in each case, the applicable related subsidiary guarantees, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for their outstanding Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014, 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 and 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 and, in each case, the applicable related subsidiary guarantees (individually an “Old Note” and collectively, the “Old Notes”), upon the terms and subject to the conditions described in the Prospectus. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus. The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement dated April 20, 2007, by and among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors referred to therein and the initial purchaser referred to therein.

This material is being forwarded to you as the beneficial owner of the Old Notes held by us for your account but not registered in your name. A tender of such Old Notes may only be made by us as the holder of record and pursuant to your instructions.

Accordingly, we request instructions as to whether you wish us to tender on your behalf the Old Notes held by us for your account, pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the enclosed Prospectus. You may only tender your Old Notes by book-entry transfer of the Old Notes into the exchange agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company.


Your instructions should be forwarded to us as promptly as possible in order to permit us to tender the Old Notes on your behalf in accordance with the provisions of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 2008 unless extended by the Company. Any Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date.

Your attention is directed to the following:

 

  1. The Exchange Offer is for any and all Old Notes.

 

  2. The Exchange Offer is subject to certain conditions set forth in the Prospectus in the section captioned “The Exchange Offer—Conditions to the Exchange Offer.”

 

  3. Any transfer taxes incident to the transfer of Old Notes from the holder to the Company will be paid by the Company.

 

  4. The Exchange Offer expires at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on , 2008 unless extended by the Company.

If you wish to have us tender your Old Notes, please so instruct us by completing, executing and returning to us the instruction form on the back of this letter.

 

2


INSTRUCTIONS WITH RESPECT TO

THE EXCHANGE OFFER

The undersigned acknowledge(s) receipt of your letter and the enclosed material referred to therein relating to the Exchange Offer made by the Company with respect to the Old Notes.

This will instruct you to tender the Old Notes held by you for the account of the undersigned, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

Please tender the Old Notes held by you for my account as indicated below:

 

  ¨ Please tender the Old Notes held by you for my account as indicated below:

AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL AMOUNT AT MATURITY OF OLD NOTES

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014: $             

8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014: $             

10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015: $             

 

  ¨ Please do not tender any Old Notes held by you for my account.

Dated:                      , 2008

Signature(s):                                                                                                                                                    

Print Name(s) here:                                                                                                                                         

Print Address(es):                                                                                                                                            

Area Code and Telephone Number(s):                                                                                                           

Tax Identification or Social Security Number(s):                                                                                          

 

None of the Old Notes held by us for your account will be tendered unless we receive written instructions from you to do so. Unless a specific contrary instruction is given in the space provided, your signature(s) hereon shall constitute an instruction to us to tender all Old Notes held by us for your account.

 

3

Exhibit 99.2

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING

FLOATING RATE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014

AND THE RELATED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

IN EXCHANGE FOR

FLOATING RATE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014

AND THE RELATED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING

8  3 / 4 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014

AND THE RELATED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

IN EXCHANGE FOR

8  3 / 4 % SENIOR NOTES DUE 2014

AND THE RELATED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

OFFER FOR ALL OUTSTANDING

10% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015

AND THE RELATED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

IN EXCHANGE FOR

10% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2015

AND THE RELATED SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

WHICH HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED

                    , 2008

To Brokers, Dealers, Commercial Banks,

Trust Companies and Other Nominees:

KAR Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) is offering, upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the prospectus dated                    , 2008 (the “Prospectus”), to exchange (the “Exchange Offer”) their Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014, 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 and 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 and, in each case, the applicable related subsidiary guarantees, which have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for their outstanding Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2014, 8  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2014 and 10% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2015 and, in each case, the applicable related subsidiary guarantees (individually an “Old Note” and collectively, the “Old Notes”). The Exchange Offer is being made in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company contained in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 20, 2007, by and among the Company, the subsidiary guarantors referred to therein and the initial purchasers referred to therein. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

We are requesting that you contact your clients for whom you hold Old Notes regarding the Exchange Offer. For your information and for forwarding to your clients for whom you hold Old Notes registered in your name or in the name of your nominee, or who hold Old Notes registered in their own names, we are enclosing the following documents:

 

  1. Prospectus dated                    , 2008; and


  2. A form of letter which may be sent to your clients for whose account you hold Old Notes registered in your name or the name of your nominee, with space provided for obtaining such clients’ instructions with regard to the Exchange Offer.

Your prompt action is requested. The Exchange Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on                , 2008 unless extended by the Company (the “Expiration Date”). Old Notes tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer may be withdrawn at any time before the Expiration Date.

A holder may only tender Old Notes by book-entry transfer of the Old Notes into the Exchange Agent’s account at The Depository Trust Company. To participate in the Exchange Offer, a tendering holder must, on or prior to the Expiration Date, transmit an agent’s message to the Exchange Agent, in accordance with the instructions set forth in the Prospectus.

The Company will, upon request, reimburse brokers, dealers, commercial banks and trust companies for reasonable and necessary costs and expenses incurred by them in forwarding the Prospectus and the related documents to the beneficial owners of Old Notes held by them as nominee or in a fiduciary capacity. The Company will pay or cause to be paid all transfer taxes applicable to the exchange of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

Any inquiry you may have with respect to the Exchange Offer, or requests for additional copies of the enclosed materials, should be directed to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, the Exchange Agent for the Exchange Offer, at its address and telephone number set forth in the Prospectus under the caption “The Exchange Offer—The Exchange Agent.”

Very truly yours,

KAR HOLDINGS, INC.

NOTHING HEREIN OR IN THE ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS SHALL CONSTITUTE YOU OR ANY PERSON AS AN AGENT OF THE COMPANY OR THE EXCHANGE AGENT, OR AUTHORIZE YOU OR ANY OTHER PERSON TO USE ANY DOCUMENT OR MAKE ANY STATEMENTS ON BEHALF OF EITHER OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO THE EXCHANGE OFFER, EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS EXPRESSLY MADE IN THE PROSPECTUS.

Enclosures

 

2